Skip to main content

Full text of "A new medical dictionary : ... on the basis of Hooper and Grant, adapted to the present state of science, and for the use of medical students and the profession"

See other formats 


A NEW , 



MEDICAL DICTIONARY: 



CONTAINING AN EXPLANATION OF THE TERMS IN 



ANATOMY, HUMAN AND 

COMPARATIVE, 
PHYSIOLOGY, 
PRACTICE OF MEDICINE, 
OBSTETRICS, 
SURGERY. 



THERAPEUTICS, 

MATERIA -MEDICA, . 

PHARMACY, 

CHEMISTRY, 

BOTANY, 

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY 



WITH THE 



FORMULAS OF THE PRINCIPAL PHARMACOPEIAS, 

AND VALUABLE 

PRACTICAL ARTICLES ON THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE. 

ON THE BASIS OF HOOPER AND GRANT. 

ADAPTED TO THE PRESENT .STATE OF SCIENCE, 

AND 
FOR THE USE OF MEDICAL STUDENTS AND THE PROFESSION. 



BY D. PEREIRA GARDNER, M.D., 
in 

PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY AND MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE IN THE PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF MEDION.lt 

FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY, ETC., IN HAMPDEN 8IDNEY COLLEGE. CORRESPONDING 

MEMBER OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW YORK, ETC., ETC. 



no^i. 



NEW YORK: 

HARP1ER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS.. 
185;-,. 



w 

mi 



ftAs)y\ hJo , (>ty37 77 c $ 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year one thousand 
eight hundred and forty-seven, by 

Harper & Brothers, 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District 
of New Yor 1 ' 



PREFACE. 



Dr. Hooper's Medical Dictionary has been, since its first appearance 
in London, a standard in the profession. It has almost completely super- 
seded the books of this class which were in circulation antecedently, and 
retains its original and imposing position. The publishers have not, how- 
ever, overlooked the necessity of frequent emendations to keep pace with 
the rapid advancement of the medical sciences. The present seventh 
London edition has been completely revised and considerably improved 
by Professor Klein Grant, a gentleman of distinguished medical celebrity. 

Actuated by the same liberal motives, the American publishers have 
determined to keep pace with the improvements in the medical profession, 
and hence the republication of this work in a new and more compendious 
form. Adopting the last edition of the English work as a basis, the editor 
has bent his exertions, in this revision, to the production of a dictionary 
entirely adapted to the use of medical students, while he has endeavored 
to retain all the practical matter of the previous writers, so as to make it 
equally invaluable to the general practitioner. He has made an addition 
of many thousand articles, and more especially in the departments of 
chemistry, physiology, surgery, and the practice of medicine ; nor has he 
lost any opportunity of giving notoriety to numerous American improve- 
ments, wherever the limits of the article have permitted. 

Philadelphia, September, 1847. 



A NEW 



MEDICAL DICTIONARY. 



ABB 

Al. Alalia privativum denotes the absence 
• or privation of any thing ; as, aphyllus, 
leafless ; aphonia, loss of voice : when the word 
to which it is prefixed begins with a vowel, v 
or « is inserted; thus, anorexia, want of appe- 
tite. 

2. A. aa. ava, ana, of each, used in pre- 
scriptions after the mention of two or more in- 
gredients, when it is intended that the speci- 
fied quantity of each ingredient should be taken. 

3. aaa. A contraction of amalgama, an amal- 
gam. 

Aabam. An alchemical name of lead. 

Aarzhil, Waters of. They contain muriates 
and sulphates of lime and soda, oxide of iron, 
and hydrosulphuric acid. 

Abach, Waters of. A hydrosulphureted sa- 
line spring. 

Abactus venter. Abigcatus. xVbortion. 

Abaisir. Abasis. See Spodium. 

Abaliena'tio. Abalienation ; decay of body 
or mind. 

Abalienatus. Abalienated; benumbed; cor- 
rupted. 

Abanga. See Ady. 

Abapti'ston. Abaptista. The old trepan. 

Abaremo-temo. A tree of Brazil, probably 
a mimosa. The decoction of its bark, which 
is bitter and astringent, was applied by the 
natives to ill-conditioned ulcers. 

Abarnahas. Magnesia. 

Abartamen. Lead. 

Abarticulation. See Diarthrosis. 

Abas. Scald-head. 

Ab a'ttoir. Abuildingfor slaughteiing cattle. 

Abbeville, Waters of. An acidulous cha- 
lybeate spring. 

ABBREVIATION. (Abbreviate, onis) f.) 
Certain abbreviations, consisting of signs, let- 
ters, or parts of words, are used in medical for- 
mula; and prescriptions, for the sake of expedi- 
tion ; thus, B; signifies recipe ; h. s., hord somni ; 
conf. aromat., confectio aromatica. See Pre- 
scription. 

A variety of characters or signs were used by 
the old chemists and pharmacologists : thus, the 
seven metals were represented by the signs of 
the planets after which they were named; as, 
gold or Sol by that of the Sun, ; silver or 
Luna by that of the Moon, ]) ; iron by that of 
Mars, $ , &c. All the principal substances used 



ABD 

in chemistry have likewise their particular sym- 
bols. 

Abbrevia'tds. Abbreviate; shortened. 

ABDO'MEN. (men, inis, n. ; from abdo, to 
hide.) The belly. The largest cavity in the 
body, bounded above by the diaphragm, by 
which it is separated from the chest ; below, 
by the bones of the pubes and ischium ; on 
each side, by various muscles, the short ribs, 
and ossa ilii ; anteriorly, by the abdominal mus- 
cles, and posteriorly by the lumbar vertebra? 
and muscles of the loins. Internally, it is in- 
vested by a serous membrane, the peritoneum 
(see Peritoneum), and externally by muscles 
and common integuments. The abdomen and 
the pelvis constitute, in reality, but one cavity, 
there being no partition between them. 

Abdo'minal regions. If an imaginary line- 
bo drawn from the cartilage of the seventh rib 
on one side to the same point on the other, and 
another line between the anterior superior spi- 
nous processes of the ilia, the abdomen will be 
divided into three regions. The upper above 
the first line is the Epigastric region, the inter- 
vening space is the Umbilical region, and that 
below, the Hypogastric region. Each of these 
is subdivided. The central part -of the upper- 
most is the epigastric, and those on each side 
the right and left hypochondriac. The umbili- 
cal region is divided into the central, or umbil- 
ical and right and left lumbar. The hypogas- 
tric becomes the pubic in its central part, and 
has an iliac and inguinal region on each side. 

Abdomina'les. An order of Fishes which 
have fins placed on the abdomen, as the salmon, 
the trout. 

Abdominalis. Abdominal: pertaining to the 
belly ; as, abdominal viscera, &c. 

Abdominal aorta. That portion of the aorta 
which is situated below the diaphragm. 

Abdominal aponeurosis. ' The tendinous apon- 
eurosis of the oblique and transverse muscles 
which forms the linea alba and sheath of the 
recti muscles. 

Abdominal ganglia. The semilunar ganglia. 

Abdominal ring. See Annnlns abdominis. 

Abdominal vertebra. The lumbar vertebra*. 

Abdominal viscera. The organs included 
in the true abdominal cavity ; those which lay 
in the pelvis are called pelvic viscera. They 
are. anteriorly and laterally, the epiploon, stom 

9 



A B D 

ach, and small intestines, mesentery, lacteal ves- 
sels, the pancreas, spleen, liver, and gall-blad- 
der. Posteriorly, not included within the peri- 
toneum, the kidneys, supra-renal glands, ure- 
ters, the receptaculum chyli, the descending 
aorta, and the ascending vena cava. 

Abdomino'scopy. (From abdomen, and oko- 
tcu, to explore.) Exploration of the abdomen. 

Abducens labiorum. See Levator anguli oris. 

Abducent. That which draws apart. The 
sixth pair of nerves are called nervi abducentcs. 
See Nervi abducentes. 

Abduce'nteS. Motor oculi extemus. 

ABDUCTION. (Abductio, onis, f. ; from 
ab, and duco, to draw.) 1. The action by 
which muscles withdraw a part from the axis 
of the body or of a limb. 

2. In Surgery, Abruption. A fracture in 
which the bone near a joint is so divided that 
the extremities recede from each other. 

ABDUCTOR, (or, oris, m.) A muscle 
which performs the abduction of any part ; its 
antagonist is called adductor. 

Abductor auricularis. Abductor minimi dig- 
iti manus. — Abductor auris. A portion of the 
posterior auris muscle. — Abductor brevis alter. 
Abductor pollicis manus. — Abductor indicis. 
Abductor indicis manus. 

Abductor indicis manus. Semi-interossc- 
ous indicis. Abductor indicis. It arises from 
the metacarpal bone of the thumb and the os 
trapezium, and is connected to the superior part 
of the first phalanx of the fore finger. 

Abductor indicis pedis. It arises from the 
metatarsal bone of the fore toe, the metatarsal 
bone of the great toe, and the os cuneiforme 
internum, and is inserted into the first joint of 
the lore toe. 

Abductor longus pollicis. Abd. long, pollicis 
manus. Extensor primi internodii pollicis. 

Abductor longus pollicis manus. Extensor 
ossis metacarpi pollicis manus. 

Abductor medii digiti pedis. It arises 
from the inside of the metatarsal bone of the 
middle toe internally, and is inserted into the 
inside of the first joint of the middle toe. 

Abductor minimi digiti manus. Extensor 
tertii internodii minimi digiti. Hypothcnar 
minor. Abductor auricularis. It arises from 
the pisiform bone, and the ligamentum carpi 
annulare, and is inserted into the inner side 
of the first bone of the little finger. 

Abductor minimi digiti pedis. Abductor. 
Parathcnar major and metatarseus, Winslow. 
It arises from the inferior part of the protuber- 
ance of the os calcis, and the metatarsal bone 
of the little toe, and is inserted into the first 

J'oint of the little toe externally. Its use is to 
end the little toe downward, and to draw the 
little toe from the rest. 

Abductor oculi. Rectus extemus oculi. 
Abductor pollicis manus. Abductor polli- 
cis brevis. Abductor thenar Riolani. Abductor 
pollicis. It arises from the ligamentum carpi 
annulare, and the os trapezium and os navicu- 
lare, and is inserted into the outer side of the 
first phalanx of the thumb. Its use is to draw 
the thumb from the fingers. The Abductor 
brevis alter of Albinus is merely the inner por- 
tion of this muscle. 
10 



ABI 

Abductor pollicis pedis. Thenar. Ab- 
ductor pollicis. It arises from the protuber- 
ance of the os calcis, where it forms the heel, 
and is inserted into the internal sesamoid bone 
and root of the first joint of the great toe. Its 
use is to pull the great toe from the rest. 

Abductor tertii digiti pedis. It arises, 
tendinous and fleshy, from the inside and infe- 
rior part of the root of the metatarsal bone of 
the third toe, and is inserted, tendinous, into the 
inside of the root of the first joint of the third 
toe. Its use is to pull the third toe inward. 

Abeba'os. Weak; infirm. 

Abellice'a. Hamatoxylon campechianum. 

Abelmeluch. This is a species of Rici- 
nus, according to some authors : a tree grow- 
ing in the neighborhood of Mecca is so called. 
Its seeds are black and oblong, and are alleged 
to act as a very violent cathartic. 

Abelmo'schus. Abelmusk. Hibiscus abel- 
moschus. 

Abensberh, Waters of. A cold sulphureous 
spring. 

Abepithy'mia. A paralysis of the solarplexus. 

Aberratio mensium. Vicarious menstrua- 
tion. 

ABERRA'TION. (Aberro, to wander from.) 
1. The passage of a fluid in the living body into 
vessels not destined to receive it, as of red blood 
into the capillaries, constituting the error loci 
of Boerhaave. 2. The determination of a fluid 
to a part different from that to which it is ordi- 
narily directed, as in vicarious hemorrhage. 3. 
Alienation of the mind, which is its most usual 
acceptation. 

Aberration. In Optics, a deviation of the 
rays of light from a true focus, producing a dis- 
torted or colored image. It is also used in as- 
tronomy to designate an apparent chango of 
place in stars produced by the earth's orbital 
motion and the progressive movement of light. 

Abe'sasum. Iron rust. 

Abcssi. Realgar. In Arabic, faices. 

A'besum. Quicklime. 

Abevacuation. An incomplete discharge of 
humors. 

Abhal. An Asiatic fruit from a species of 
cypress, believed to be powerfully emmena- 
gogue. 

A'bies. The fir genus. See Pinus for the 
species of Abies. 

Abies canadensis. Pinus balsamea. 

Abies mungos scopoli. See Pinus pumilio 

Abies virginiana. See Pinus balsamea. 

Abie'tic acid. Acidum abieticnm. An 
acid in the resin of the Pinus abics; it crys- 
tallizes in square plates, and is soluble in al- 
cohol. 

Abieti'na rix. Pix Burgundica. 

Abieti'n.e. A division of the natural family 
Conifera, including those trees which produce 
cones with many rows of scales, under which 
their seeds are formed. Pines ; firs. 

Abi'etine. Abietina. A resinous substance 
obtained from the Strasbourg turpentine. Ber 
zelius calls it the resin gamma of the same tur- 
pentine. 

Abie'tis resina. Thus, the exudation of the 
Spruce fir. 

Abiga. Teucrium chamapitys. 



ABO 

Abigea'tus. Abactus. 

Abio'tos. Conium maculatum. 

Abirrita'tion. Debility; asthenia. 

Ablactation. Weaning. 

Abla'tion. (Aufero, to remove.) The re- 
moval or extirpation of a part. It is used in 
Surgery as a generic term, and divided into the 
species amputation and extirpation. 

Able'psia. (From a, priv., and PXetto, to 
see.) Ablepsy; blindness. 

Abluent. Abluens. Abstergent. 

ABLUTION. (Ablulio; from abluo, to wash 
away.) 1. The washing of the body. 2. The 
separation of extraneous matters from any sub- 
stance by washing. 

ABNO'RMAL. Abnormons. Abnormitas. 
Anormal. Anomalia. (ab, from ; norma, a 
rule.) Irregular; not symmetrical or accord- 
ing to rule. 

Aboit. Abit. White lead. 

Aboli'tion. Abolitio. Destruction ; as of 
sight, hearing. 

Aboma'sus. Abomasutn. Abomasium. The 
fourth stomach of ruminating animals. 

Abomina'lio. Disgust; loathing of food. 

Abo'rsus. Aborsio. A miscarriage. 

Abo'rtiens. Miscarrying. Sterilis, barren, 
in Botany. 

Abortifacient. Abortive. 

ABORTION. (Aborlio, onis, f.) Abortus; 
Aborsus. 1. Expulsion of the foetus before the 
sixth month ; miscarriage. A birth after the sixth 
month, and before the ninth, is called premature 
labor, the child being viable. Abortion arises 
from an unhealthy condition of the mother or 
foetus. A nervous, relaxed, or plethoric habit 
in the mother is most calculated to produce 
this accident, which, frequently arising from 
constitutional causes, becomes habitual. It is 
often connected, where habitual, with diseases 
of the placenta. Violent shocks produced by 
fatigue, mental emotions, or physical violence, 
occasionally produce miscarriage, and should 
all be avoided by persons liable to the acci- 
dent. Abortion occurs from the first month 
after conception, but is more frequent between 
the second and third. It is attended with 
hemorrhage, pains in the loins, spasms in the 
bowels, and slight fever, but simulates labor- 
pains in the more advanced stages. The' hem- 
orrhage continues for several days in late cases, 
and may become dangerous. The treatment, 
when it has taken place, is to confine the pa- 
tient to the horizontal posture, in perfect qui- 
escence, render the bowels soluble, use cold 
applications to restrain hemorrhage, such as 
wet cloths, injections of cold water, or intro- 
duce a plug into the vagina when it is excess- 
ive ; the diet should be light. The great point 
of treatment in abortion is the delivery of the 
placenta, which is sometimes retained, and be- 
comes putrid, producing a low fever in the pa- 
tient, which is to be combated by quinine and 
diffusible stimulants, &c., as in typhus. The 
acetate of lead is used internally with good ef- 
fect. 2. The product of miscarriage. 

Abortive. Abortifacient. 1. A medicine sup- 
posed to have the power of exciting abortion. 
Ergot, savine, borax, and those medicines which 
irritate the rectum, sometimes produce this ef- 



ABS 

feet. 2. In Botany, flowers which do not pro- 
duce perfect seed. 

Abortus. Aboriment. Abortion. 

Aboulaza. A tree of Madagascar, which 
yields a medicine for diseases of the heart. 

Abrabax. Abraxas. Abrasaxas. A mysti- 
cal term, 365. 

Abracada'bra. A Syrian idol. 

Abra'calan. Abracadabra. 

Abra'chia. (a, priv., and fipaxiuv, the arm.) 
An absence of the arms. 

Abra'nchia. An order of the class Anne 
lida. 

Abra'sion. (Abrado, to scrape off) Abra- 
sio. A superficial lesion of the skin. A very 
superficial ulcer or excoriation of the intestinal 
mucous membrane. 

A'brathan. Abratan. Artemisia abrotanum 

Abrette. Abelmoschus. 

Abric. Sulphur. 

Abro'ma. A gum-bearing tree of New Soutii 
Wales. 

Abrosia. Abstinence. 

Abro'tanum. Common southern-wood. Sew 
Artemisia. — A. mas. See Artemisia. 

Abrotoni'tes. A wine impregnated with ab- 
rotanum. 

Abru'pte-finna'tus. Abruptly pinnate; a 
pinnate leaf which terminates abruptly without 
an odd leaflet or a cirrus. 

Abru'ptio. See Abduction. 

Abru'ptus. Abrupt. Abrupte pinnatus. 

A'brus. A genus of leguminous plants. 
— A. precatorius. A small shrub of Africa, the 
East and West Indies. Its root resembles liq- 
uorice. Its seed (Angola seed) is farinaceous, 
and used as food ; it is of a bright scarlet color, 
marked with a black spot, and employed for 
beads. Wild or Jamaica liquorice. 

Absce'dexs. (From abscedo, to depart.) A 
decayed part separated from the sound. 

ABSCESS. {Abscedo, to separate from.) An 
imposthume, boil, or gathering. A collection of 
pus in a part of the body, resulting from inflam- 
mation, which may be acute or chronic; the 
latter is attended with great constitutional dis- 
turbance, as in lumbar abscess. The pus is to 
be evacuated as soon as fluctuation in the ab- 
scess can be discovered, and the wound kept 
clean, and dressed with adhesive plaster or lint. 
Acute abscesses in unimportant parts are either 
discussed by leeches, counter-irritation, or, if too 
far advanced, matured by warm poultices. In 
chronic abscesses, and those formed internally, 
the strength is often to be maintained by gentle 
stimulants. 

Abscessus. The generic name of a class of 
diseases: A. lumborum. Lumbar abscess. — 
A. mamma:. Mammary abscess. — A. pectoris. 
Empyema. — A. pulmonum. Empyema. — A. oc- 
uli. Hypopiou. — A. gangranosus. Anthrax. 
— A. capitis sanguineus neonatorum. Cephalffi" 
raatoma. — A. spiritosus. Aneurism. 

Abscissa vox. Loss of voice. 

ABSCI'SSION. (Abscissio; from abscindo, to 
cut off.) The cutting away some morbid or 
superfluous part. The premature termination 
of a disease. 

Abscissio piusputii. Circumcision. 

Absco'nsio. (From abscondo, to hide.) A 

11 



ABS 



A C A 



cavity of a bone, which receives and conceals 
the head of another bone. A sinus. 

Absi'nthate. Absinthas. A salt of the ab- 
sinthic acid. 

Absi'nthine. Absinthina. Absinthia. The 
bitter uncrystallizable principle of absinthium. 

Absi'nthic acid. Acidum absinthicum. A 
peculiar acid of absinthium. 

Absinthi'tes. Abrotonites. 

ABSI'NTHIUM. {urn, ii, u. Aij>tv0iov ; from 
a, neg., and ipivdoc, pleasure.) Wormwood. 
See Artemisia. — A. commune. Artemisia ab- 
sinthium. — A. noMANUM. Artemisia pontica. 
— A.vulgare. Artemisia absinthium. 

Absolute. Alcohol free from water is called 
absolute alcohol; also perfectly pure; as, huile 
absolue, pure oleine. 

ABSO'RBENT. (Absorbe?is; from absorbeo, 
to suck up.) Having the property of absorbing 
or neutralizing. Calamine, starch, &c, applied 
to ulcerous surfaces to absorb fetid pus, are 
termed absorbents. In Anatomy, the delicate 
vessels which take up substances from any part 
of the body and carry them into the blood. 
See Lacteal and Lymphatic. 

Absorbents. Bodies which neutralize acids 
in the stomach and bowels, as magnesia, chalk. 

ABSORBENT SYSTEM. The vessels and 
glands throughout the body which produce ab- 
sorption ; they discharge, lor the most part, into 
the thoracic duct. 

ABSO'RPTION. (Absorptio, onis, f.; from 
absorbeo, to suck up.) 1. Imbibition. The func- 
tion of the absorbents of collecting or imbibing 
the chyle and superabundant nutrition of the 
body ; the former being the office of the lacteals, 
the latter of the lymphatics : by the latter, ab- 
normal growths, fat, &c., are occasionally re- 
moved. The minute extremities of the veins 
are also endowed with the faculty of absorption, 
according to Magendie's experiments. Absorp- 
tion is applied in pathology to the re-entry of 
morbid fluids into the system, as pus, dropsical 
effusions, &c. ; in therapeutics, to the passage 
of medicines, either from the cutaneous surface 
or in any other way. By many physicians the 
action of numerous medicines is attributed to 
their direct passage to the parts remedied, or 
into the circulation. The conditions of absorp- 
tion are the presence of numerous pores or ves- 
sels in the part, and an affinity between the sub- 
stance and the membrane ot the absorbents or 
pores. 

2. Absorption, in Physics, is the flowing of a 
gas or liquid into the pores of any other sub- 
stance : this result depends on an electrical af- 
finity of the two bodies. 

Absorption, interstitial. The removal of 
fat from its cellules, and similar offices of the 
lymphatic or absorbent system. 

Absorpti'vitt. Absorptivite. The power 
of absorption inherent in organic tissues. 

Abste'mious. (Abstemius; ab, from; and 
temetum, wine.) Refraining from wine, accord- 
ing to French writers. 

Abste'ntio. A suppression or retention. 

ABSTERGENT. (Abstergens ; from abster- 
geo, to cleanse.) Abstersive. Detergent. A 
medicament, which cleanses or clears away foul- 
ness. 

12 



Abstergents. Abstergentia. Detergents. 

Abstinence. (Abstinentia, a;, f. ; from ab- 
stineo, to abstain.) A sparing use of food. 

Abstracti'tius. (From abstraho, to drllw 
away.) Abstractitious ; obtained by distillation. 

Absus. See Cassia absus. 

Abuta. See Cissampelos parcira. 

Abvacua'tio. A large evacuation of any fluid, 
as of blood from a plethoric person. 

Acaca'lis. An Egyptian shrub. 

Acacia. Gum acacia. 

ACA'CIA. (a, a, f. Anaiua.) The name of 
a genus of leguminous trees and shrubs. The 
Egyptian thorn. 

Acacia altera trieoliata. Acacia trefoil. 
Spartium spinosum. — A. falsa. Robinia. — A. 
germanica, v. nostras. The sloe, or Prunus spi- 
nosa. — A. indica. Tamarindus. — A. zeylonica. 
Haematoxylon campechianum. 

Acacia catechu. A tree of India ; the ex- 
tract of its wood forms catechu. 

ACACIA, GUM. Acacia gmnmi. Gum Ara- 
bic. Gum Senegal. Common sweet gum, ob- 
tained from Barbary, Morocco, and India; it 
exudes spontaneously from several species of 
acacia, as the A. vera, Arabica, Senegal, &c. 
It is found in pale-yellowish, hard, brittle, and 
shining fragments, soluble in water; sp. gr 1-4; 
insoluble in alcohol ; composition, Ci2H u On 
when pure. The mucilage is prepared by dis- 
solving one part of gum in two of hot water : it 
is demulcent, and an excellent vehicle for sus- 
pending oily medicines, which it renders mis- 
cible with water. 

Acacia vera. The name of the Egyptian 
thorn, or gum Arabic tree. 

Acacia veravel. The expressed juice of the 
immature pods of the Acacia veravel. This 
inspissated juice is brought from Egypt : it is 
considered a mild astringent medicine. 

Acacia gummi. Acacia gum. 

Acaid. Vinegar. 

Acajou. The cashew nut. Anacardium oc- 
cidentale. 

Acalai. Salt. 

Acalcum. Tin. 

Acale'ph;e. Acalephans. A class of radiate 
sea animals, as the Medusa?. 

Acale'phc. (AnahnQri.) The nettle. Seo 
Urtica. 

Acalyci'nus. Without a calyx. 

Acalypha. The name of a genus of euphor- 
biaceous plants. Class, Monadelphia. Order, 
Monacia. Acalypha indica. A Malabar plant 
used by the natives against gout and syphilis. 
Oil in which the«plant has been infused is ap- 
plied by friction. — A. betulina furnishes leaves 
of aromatic and stomachic properties. — A. vir- 
giniaca is indigenous, expectorant, and diuretic. 

Aca'matos. A perfect rest of the muscles 

Acamech. Impure silver. 

ACA'MPSIA. (From a, priv., and ko/itttu, 
to bend.) An inflexible state of a joint. See 
Anchylosis. 

Acanor. An ancient furnace. 

A'canos. Acanthium. Onopordium acan- 
thium. 

Aca'ntha. (a, €E, f. Aicavda; from ann, a 
point.) 1. A thorn or prickle. 2. The spinous 
processes of vertebra. 3. The spina dorsi 



AC C 

Aca.vtha'bolus. A kind of forceps for re- 
moving thorns. 

Acanthalzuca. Echinops. 

Aca'nthinum gummi. Gum acacia. 

Aca'nthulus. Acanthabolus. 

Aca'nthus. A genus of plants. Didynamia. 
Angiospermia. — A. mollis. Bear's breech ; 
brank-ursine. Branca ursina. The leaves and 
root abound with a mucilage. It is employed 
for th^feame purposes as althaea. 

Acapatli. See Iva frutescens. 

Aca'pnon. Marjoram. 

Aca'rdia. Acardiac. (From a, p»v., and 
h'apdia, the heart.) Without a heart. 

Acaricoba. Hydrocotyle umbcllatum. 

Acaro'is vesinifera. Botany Bay gum-tree. 

A'caron. The wild myrtle. 

Acartum. Minium. 

A'CARUS. (us, i, m. ; from a, ueg., and 
KEipu, to divide, too small to be divided.) The 
tick, or mite ; a numerous genus of insects. 
Those which are found in the human body are, 
1. A. domesticus, domestic tick: observed in 
the head, near gangrenous sores, and on dead 
bodies. 2. A. scabiei (Scarcoptcs scabiei), itch 
tick: this animal is white, with reddish legs. 
It burrows near the exulcerations of the itch, 
and in the neighborhood of other ulcers : it is 
seldom seen except in hot climates. 3. The A. 
autumnalis, harvest bug, or wheal insect : the 
bite produces inflammation and swelling, ac- 
companied by much itching. The insect is of 
a globular ovate shape, with an abdomen bristly 
behind. Other species are commonly known 
as the A. ricinus, or dog tick ; the A. siro, or 
cheese mite; the A. dysenteries, or dysentery 
tick. The A. folliculorum is said to inhabit the 
cutaneous follicles. The irritation caused by 
these vermin is relieved by a lotion composed 
of equal parts of the aromatic spirit of ammonia 
and water. 

Acatalf/psia. (a, neg., and Kara2,a/j,6avu, to 
apprehend.) Acatalepsy. Uncertainty in the 
diagnosis. 

Aca 1 talis. The beny of the juniper. 

Acata'posis. (a, neg., and Karatnvu, to swal- 
low.) Difficult deglutition. 

Acata'statos. Acatastaticus. Acatastatic. 
(a, neg., and KadioTn/j.t, to determine.) A term 
applied by Hippocrates, 1. To fevers which are 
irregular in their paroxysms. 2. To turbid 
urine without sediment. 

Acatera. The greater juniper-tree. 

Acatha'rsia. Without purgation. 

Acatsjavalli. A Malabar plant — Cassytha 
filiformis ? It is astringent and aromatic. Its 
infusion is used as a fomentation in cases of 
hemicrania ; and its juice, mixed J^th sugar, 
is esteemed as a remedy for ophthalmia. 

Acau'lis. (a, priv., and Kavlog, a stem.) 
Stemless ; without apparent stem. 

Acaweria. The root of the Ophyoxylum 
serpentinum. It is bitter, and much used in 
the East Indies as an antidote to the bite of ser- 
pents. 

Acazdir. Tin. 

Accatum, or accalem. Brass. 

ACCELERATION. (Acceleratio, onis, f. ; 
from accelero.) An augmentation of motion. 

Accelerator URinr.fi. A muscle of the pe- 



ACE 

nis. Ejaculator seminis. Bulbo-cavernosus of 
Winslow. It arises from the sphincter ani and 
membranous part of the urethra, and from the 
crus and beginning of the corpus cavernosum 
penis. It is inserted into a line in the middle 
of the bulbous part of the urethra. The use of 
these muscles is to drive the urine or semen for- 
ward, and to push the blood toward the corpus 
cavernosum and glans penis in erections. 

Accent. Inflection of the voice. 

Accession. (Accessio, onis, f. ; from accedo, 
to approach . ) The accession or commencement 
of a disease. Applied chiefly to a fever which 
has paroxysms or exacerbations ; thus, the ac- 
cession of fever means the commencement of 
the paroxysm, or approach of the febrilo period. 

Accesso'riu?. Accessory. Connected with, 
or dependent upon, any thing ; as, an accessory 
symptom, accessory muscle, accessory nerve, &c. 

Accessorius lumbalis. Sacro-lumbalis. 

Accessorius nervus. Accessorii Willisii. 
From the second, fourth, and fifth cervical 
nerves. The superior respiratory nerves. 

Accessory of the pah vagitm. The superior 
respiratory nerve. 

Accident. {Accident ; from accido, to hap- 
pen.) A casualty. An unexpected symptom 
arising in the course of a disease. The French 
writers use this word synonymously with symp- 
tom. 

Accidental. Tissus aecidentels. Accident- 
al, or false membranes. 

Accidental colors. Ocular spectra. 

Acci'piter. (From accipiter, a hawk.) A 
bandage which was put over the nose; so called 
from its resemblance to the claw of a hawk. 

Accipitres. The hawk tribe^ 

Acclimated. Accustomed to a climate. 

Acclimatement. Acclimation. 

ACCLIMATION. Becoming seasoned or 
accustomed to a climate . It is usually preceded 
by fevers or some specific disease, which is 
hence called the acclimating fever. 

Accli'vis. Obliquns internus abdominis. 

ACCOUCHEMENT. Parturition. 

ACCOUCHEUR. A man-midwife. An ob- 
stetrician. 

ACCRETION. ( Accretio, onis, f. ; from ad, and 
cresco, to grow.) Growth; growing together. 

ACCUBA'TIO. (From accumbo, to recline.) 
Childbed ; reclining. 

Accumbent. Lying against. 

Acephalia. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., and 
Ketyakn, a head.) Absence of the head. 

Accusatio. Indication. 

Acedia. Neglect; fatigue. 

Acella. Axilla. 

Acephalobra'chia. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., 
Ketyalrj, a head, and Ppaxiuv, an arm.) Ab- 
sence of the head and arms. 

Acephalobra'chius. A monster without 
head or arms. 

Acephaloca'rdia. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., 
K£<pa2,n, a head, and isapdia, the heart.) Ab- 
sence of the head and heart. 

Acephaloca'rdius. A foetus born without 
head or heart. 

Acephalochi'rus. (us, i, m. ; from a, priv., 
Kt(j>a?.7j, a head, and x El P> a hand.) A foetus 
born without head or hands. 

13 



ACE 

Acephaloc y'stis. (is, idis, f. ; from a, priv., 
KKpahj, a head, and kvotic, a bladder.) The 
acephalocyst, or hydatid. See Entozoa, 

Acephaloga'ster. (er, ri, m. ; from a, priv., 
KeQakr], a head, and yaartip, the belly.) A foe- 
tus born without the head, chest, and superior 
part of the belly. 

Ace phaloga stria. Absence of the head, 
chest, and upper part of the belly. 

Acephai.opo'dia. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., 
KC<j>a2.tj, a head, and novg, a foot.) Wanting 
the head and feet. 

Acephalo'podus. A foetus born without 
head or feet. 

Acephalora'chia. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., 
Kttyahi, a head, and paxie, the spine.) Want- 
ing the head and vertebral column. 

Acephat.o'stomus. (us, i, m. ; from a, priv., 
KC<f>a2,n, a head, and OTOfia, the mouth.) An 
acephalous foetus, having at its superior part an 
aperture resembling a mouth. 

Acephai.othora'cia. (a, te, f. ; from a, priv., 
Kttya2.r), a head, and dupai;, the chest.) Ab- 
sence of the head and chest. 

Acephalotho'rus. A foetus bom without 
head or chest. 

ACE'PHALUS. Acephalous. Without a 
head : applied to a monster bora without a 
head. 

Acer. Pungent; sharp. 

A'CER. (er, eris, n.) A genus of trees. 
Family, Aceraccte. The maples. 

Acer saccharinum. The sugar maple. It is 
as tall as the oak, and from two to three feet in 
diameter; puts forth a white blossom in the 
spring, before any appearance of leaves; its 
ashes afford a large quantity of excellent pot- 
ash. It abounds in the space between 43° and 
46° N. latitude. Five pounds of sugar are af- 
forded by the sap of one tree. It is tapped in 
March. The sugar is separated from the sap 
by boiling. When refined, it is equal to fine 
loaf sugar. 

Acer virginianum odoratum. Liquid amber. 

A'cerate. A salt of the aceric acid. 

Ace'ratos. Unmixed; uncorrupted. 

Ace'rr. (Acerbus; from acer, sharp.) Ap- 
plied to a tasto compounded of acidity and as- 
tringency. 

Ace'ric acid. Acidum accricum. An acid 
combined with lime iu the juice of the common 
maple (Acer campcstrc) — malic acid? 

Acercus. A tailless monster. 

Ace' rides. Plasters made \vithout wax. 

ACE'ROSE. Accrosus. Leaves shaped like 
a needle. 

Accrosvs. Chaffy ; coarse bread containing 
bran. 

Acer'vulds cerebri. A sandy substance of 
a yellow color which is frequently found near, 
or in the substance of, the pineal gland : it con- 
sists of phosphate of lime : it has not been ob- 
served till after the age of puberty, and does 
not appear to be the product of disease. 

Acescent. Ace'sccncy. (Acescens; from aces- 
co, to grow sour.) Becoming sour. 

A'cesis. (is, is, f. ; from aKtofiai, to cure.) 
A remedy or cure. 

Acesma. A drug. 

Acestor. A physician. 
14 



ACE 

Acestos. Curable. 

Acestra. A needle. 

Ace'stris. Acestoris, or Accstria. A female 
physician, or a midwife. 

ACETA'BULUM. (urn, i, n. ; from acetabu- 
lum, a saucer.) 1. The cup-like cavity of the 
os innominatum. See Innominatum os. 2. An 
old liquid measure of the $th of a pint. 3. An 
old name of the Cotyledon umbilicus. 4. The 
lobes or cotyledons of the placenta in Emula- 
ting animals have been called acetabula. 5. The 
same name has been given to the mouths of the 
uterine veins terminating in the placenta. 

Aceta medicata. Pharmaceutical prepara- 
tions of vinegar. 

Aceta'l. A compound of aldehyde with 
ether. Formula, AcO+AeO+HO. 

Aceta'ria. (a, orum, pi. n. ; from acetum, 
vinegar.) A salad; pickles. 

Acetarium scorbuticum. A kind of pickle 
directed by Dr. Bates for scorbutic persons, and 
made of horseradish. 

ACE'TAS. (as, alls, f. ; from acetum, vine- 
gar.) An acetate ; a salt of the acetic acid. 
Acetates are characterized by the pungent 
smell of vinegar, which they exhale on the ad- 
dition of sulphuric acid ; by yielding, on distil- 
lation in a moderate red heat, a very light, odor- 
ous, and combustible liquor, called pyroacetic 
spirit, or acetone ; by being all soluble in water, 
many of them so much so as to be uncrystalliza- 
ble. The acetates commonly employed in the 
cure of diseases are the acetates of potash, am- 
monia, soda, lead, zinc, mercury, morphia. 

Acetas AMMONIjE. Acetate of ammonia. Seo 
Ammonia: acetatis liquor. 

Acetas ferri. Acetate of iron. (D. Ph.) A 
mild, good chalybeate. 

Acetas hydrargyri. See Hydrargyri ace- 
tas. 

Acetas morphijj. See Morphia; acetas. 

Acetas plumbi. See Plumbi acetas, and 
Plnmbi acetatis liquor. 

Acetas potass^:. See Potasses acetas. 

Acetas sod.e. See Soda; acetas. 

Acetas zinci. Acetate of zinc. A salt com- 
posed of oxide of zinc and acetic acid. It is 
used sometimes as an astringent in inflamma- 
tion of the eyes. 

Acetate. A salt of acetic acid. See Acetas. 

Acetate of Ammonia. See Ammonia; acetatis 
liquor. 

Acetate of Iron. See Acetas ferri. 

Acetate of Lead. Sugar of lead. 

Acetate of Mercury. See Hydrargyri acetas. 

Acetate of Morphia. See Morphia; acetas. 

Acetate of Potash. See Polassm acetas. 

Acetat&f Soda. See Soda; acetas. 

Acetate of Zinc. See Acetas zinci. 

Acetated vegetable Alkali. See Potassa ace- 
tas. 

Acetated volatile Alkali. See Ammonia; ace- 
tatis liquor. 

ACETIC ACID. Acidum accticum fortius. 
The acid of vinegar (acetum) It exists free, 
and combined with bases in many vegetable 
products, and is the principal result of the ace- 
tous fermentation. The purest acid is obtained 
by distilling the acetates with sulphuric acid 
and also, indirectly, from pyroligneous acid. 



A CE 

This is an intensely sour fluid, aromatic, color- 
less; sp. gr., 1-062; volatilizes slowly, and boils 
at 248° F. ; at 50° F. it becomes solid, forming 
rhomboidal crystals containing ith water. The 
strongest acid is that which crystallizes perfect- 
ly without any excess of water ; it consists of 
C4H3O3-I- HO, and is the protohydrate of acetic 
acid, the anhydrous compound existing only in 
combination. Theoretically, this acetic acid is a 
hydrated teroxide'of acetyl, (Ac)=Ac0 3 -{-HO: 
there are many other hydrates. It combines 
usually in neutral proportions, but also as 2 and 
3 atoms to one of base. 

Strong acetic acid unites with nearly all ox- 
ides: forming acetates, it is powerfully rubefa- 
cient, producing blisters on the skin. Its solv- 
ent powers are considerable, resins, essential 
oils, phosphorus, and many vegetable princi- 
ples being dissolved by it. The most common 
adulteration is by sulphuric acid, which is de- 
tected by chloride of barium, which produces 
a white precipitate with sulphuric acid. 

Pyroligneous acid is acetic acid distilled from 
wood and purified ; it usually retains an empy- 
reumatic odor. It is ordered by the Lond. Ph. 
of such strength that 100 grs. dissolve 87 grs. 
of crystallized carbonate of soda. For the prep- 
arations of acetic acid, see Acetum. 

ACETIFICA'TION. (Acetificatio ; from ace- 
tum, vinegar, and facto, to make.) The action 
or process by which vinegar is made. 

Acetite. A false name for acetate. 

Acetometer. An instrument for estimating 
the strength of vinegars. 

ACETONE. Pyroacetic spirit. It is the vola- 
tile aromatic product of the destructive distilla- 
tion of acetate of lime, barytes, &c.; is color- 
less, inflammable; boils at 132°; lighter than wa- 
ter; sp. gr., 079. Composition, C3H3O. It is 
also procured by passing vapor of acetic acid 
over charcoal heated to dull redness. It has 
been introduced into medicine for consumption 
and diseases of the chest. 

Aceto'sa. (a, <c, f.) Sorrel. See Rumcx 
acetosa. 

ACETOSE'LLA. See Oxalis acetosella. 

Acetous acid. Formerly acetic acid ; now 
applied to Aldehydic acid. 

Acetous Fermentation. That stage of fer- 
mentation in which vinegar is produced. See 
Fermentation. 

Ace'tum. (mot, i, n.) Vinegar. The acetic 
acid is the characteristic product of the acetous 
fermentation. Common vinegar consists of the 
acetic acid in a very diluted state, mixed with 
saccharine and mucilaginous matter, and other 
vegetable impurities. The vinegar used for do- 
mestic purposes is obtained from an, infusion of 
malt, from wine, or cider. Vinegar, divested 
of its impurities by distillation, constitutes the 
acidum aceticum dilutum, and the ordinary dis- 
tilled vinegar of the shops. Acetic acid of con- 
siderable strength may be prepared by satura- 
ting perfectly dry charcoal with common vine- 
gar, and distilling ; the water comes over first, 
and, as the heat increases, is followed by the 
acid. Strong acetic acid is also obtained by ex- 
posing vinegar to a freezing temperature, when 
the water congeals while the acid remains liq- 
uid, and may be strained off. A good deal of 



ACH 

strong vinegar is now made by oxydizing whis- 
ky and spirits in the German method. The dis- 
tilled vinegar of wood is also used in manufac- 
tures : it is febrifuge and antiseptic. Common 
vinegar contains less than five per cent, of pure 
acetic acid. 

Acetum agrcstinum solutivum. An old med- 
icine. 

Acetum aromaticum. Aromatic vinegar. (E. 
Ph.) Take of rosemary tops, dried sage leaves, 
aa. fiv. ; dry lavender flowers, 5 ij. ; cloves, 
31J- ; distilled vinegar, ftviij. Macerate seven 
days, express, filter. (Ed. Ph.) Aromatic and 
antiseptic. 

Acetum bezoardicum. Aromatic vinegar. 
Acetum propkylacticum, &c. 

Acetum canthaiudis. (Ph. L.) Vinegar of 
cantharides. Take of ■ cantharides, powdered, 
fij.; acetic .acid, Oj. Macerate eight days, ex 
press, and strain. A prompt vesicant. 

Acetum colchici. Vinegar of meadow saf- 
fron. Take dry meadow saffron roots, sliced, 
5ij.; distilled vinegar, Oij.; alcohol, f. fi. Ma- 
cerate in vinegar seven days, express, filter; 
add the alcohol. (U. S.) Diuretic, in gout; 
dose, f. 3ss. to 3iss. 

Acetum destillatum. Acetum distillatum. 
Distilled vinegar. Distill over a sand-bath in glass 
vessels. Of a gallon of vinegar, reject the first 
pint, and preserve the next five only. A fluid 
ounce at sp. gr. 1-007 saturates 35 grs. of carb. 
potassa, or 58£ crystallized carb. soda. (U. S.) 

Acetum opii. Vinegar of opium. Take opi- 
um, jiy. ; distilled vinegar, Oj. Macerate sev- 
en days, filter. (Ed. P.) Seldom used ; in- 
tended as a substitute for the tinct. opii acet v 
or for the black drop. 

Acetum philosophicum. A preparation of the 
alchemists. 

Acetum pkophylacticum. Vinaigrcdcsqua- 
tre voleurs. Vinegar of the four thieves. A 
preparation somewhat similar to aromatic vine- 
gar. 

Acetum radicatum. Radical vinegar; con- 
centrated acetic acid. 

Acetum scillje. Vinegar of squills. Take 
sliced squill, fiv.; distilled vinegar, Oij.; alco- 
hol, f. 5j. Macerate for seven days, express; 
add the alcohol to the clear fluid. (U. S.) 
The oxymel scilla) is better. Expectorant, diu- 
retic ; dose, 3ss. to 3y. : larger doses excite 
nausea and vomiting. 

Acetum theriacale. Theriacale aromaticum. 

Acetyl. A hypothetical compound radical, 
C4H3; symbol, Ac : the radical of acetic acid, 
&c. Acctylic acid is the acetic acid. Acctylous 
acid, AcOyHO, is the same as aldehydic acid. 

Aceyte de sal. A South American remedy 
for bronchocele, containing a portion of iodine. 

Achacana. The edible root of a Peruvian 
cactus. 

Achjenium. A one-celled, one-seeded, supe- 
rior indehiscent dry fruit. 

Achanaca. An African plant used in the 
kingdom of Mely as an anti-syphilitic. 

Achaovan. An Egyptian plant, resembling 
the chamomile. 

Achaovan abiat. An Egyptian plant; prob- 
ably the Cineraria maritima. 

Achar. Atchar. 

15 



ACI 

Achari'ston. Various antidotes and collyria. I 

A'che. The herb smallage. 

Acheii.ia. (From a, x Et ^ 0C > a lip.) Desti- 
rute of a lip or lips. 

Acheir. (From a, priv., and;rM0, the hand.) 
Devoid of hands. — Galen. 

Achia. Acinar. The pickled shoots of the 
bamboo. 

Achi'colum. The sudatorium of the ancient 
baths. 

Achille'a. A genus of composite plants re- 
sembling the tansy in properties. Milfoil ; yar- 
row. The A. ageratum, maudlin ; A. millefo- 
lium, yarrow ; A. alrata, are bitter aromatics. 
A. ptarmica, sneezewort or bastard pellitory, is 
a sialogogue, and the powder of the root or 
leaves is a sternutatory. A. moschata is the 
active body of the Esprit (Viva. 

Achillei'on. A sort of sponge. 

Achille'is. A species of barley. 

Achillis chorda. See Achillis tendo. 

Achillis tendo. The strong tendon of the 
heel which is formed by the junction of the 
gastrocnemius and soleus muscles, and which 
extends along the posterior part of the tibia 
from the calf to the heel. 

Achiote. Annotto. 

Achlamy'deous. (a,^a//r;f, acloak.) Plants 
without either calyx or corolla. 

A'chlys. Darkness ; cloudiness. Opacity of 
the cornea caligo. 

Achmam. Achmadiam, or Achimadium. An- 
timony. 

Achmella. Spilanthus acmclla. 

A'chne. (A%pti.) 1. Inspissated mucus in 
the eye, Hippocrates ; or in the fauces, Galen. 
2. Lint. 

A'CHOLUS. (From a, priv., and x^V, bile.) 
Deficient in bile. 

A'CHOR. A pointed pustule, containing 
a light yellow matter, and changing into a brown 
scab: it attacks the hairy scalp of children. 
It is also called Lactumen, Favus, Porrigo lar- 
valis, Crusta lactea. 

Achori'stos. (Inseparable; from a, priv., 
and x u P l &i to separate.) Applied by the an- 
cients to a symptom inseparable from any dis- 
ease, as pain in the side from pleurisy. 

Achourou. The Carib name of a species of 
myrtle. A decoction of the leaves is used by 
the natives as a remedy for dropsy. 

A'chras sapota. The oval-fruited sapota, 
the seeds of which are sometimes given in the 
form of emulsion in calculous complaints. It 
grows in the West India Islands. The bark of 
this, and the Achras mammosa, is very astrin- 
gent, and is used medicinally under the name 
of Cortex jamaicensis : it has been I'ecommend- 
ed as a febrifuge. 

Achroa. Without color ; pale. 

Achroi. Pallid persons. 

Achromatic, (a, xP u l ia f color.) An ar- 
rangement of two lenses to avoid colored aber- 
ration in optical instruments. 

Achro'mato'psia. (From a, xP uua > &n & otyic, 
vision.) A term to designate an incapacity of 
distinguishing different colors from each other. 

Achyrodes. Acerose. 

Achyron. Bran; furfur. 

A'cia. (From any, a point.) A term used 
16 



ACI 

by Celsus, which some believe to mean a needle, 
others the thread, and others a particular kind 
of suture. 

Aci'cui.ar. (Acicularis ; from acicula, a 
needle.) Needle-shaped ; applied to leaves and 
to crystals. 

ACID. {Acidum, i, n. ; from axic, a point.) 
A compound which is capable of uniting, in 
definite proportion, with alkaline bases, and 
which when liquid, or in a state of solution, has 
either a sour taste or reddens litmus paper. 
Acids are called mineral or organic, as they are 
derived from minerals, plants, or animals ; they 
are also divided into oxygen, hydrogen, sul- 
phur, &c, acids, as they are compounds of 
these elements. Those oxygen acids which 
terminate in ic, contain the largest- proportion 
of oxygen ; those in ous, a less amount. For 
the properties of these compounds, see them 
respectively. 

Acid aerial. Carbonic acid. — A. calcareous. 
Carbonic acid. — Acid of ants. Formic acid. — 
Acid of apples. Malic acid. — Acid bath. See 
Balneum. — Acid of lemons. Citric acid. — Acid 
of milk. Lactic acid. — Acid of tartar. Tartaric 
acid. — Acid of sorrel. Oxalic acid. — Acid of 
sugar. Oxalic acid. 

ACIDIFI'ABLE. Capable of being convert- 
ed into an acid by an acidifying principle. 

ACIDIFICATION. The endowing of any 
thing with acid properties. 

ACIDIFYING. That which combines with 
an acidifiable substance, as oxygen. 

ACIDIME'TRY. The measurement of the 
strength of acids. This is effected by saturating 
a given weight of them with an alkaline base ; 
the quantity requisite for the purpose is the 
measure of their power. 

ACIDITY. Sourness. 

Acidity of the stomach. A symptom of dys- 
pepsy ; it is temporarily alleviated by magne- 
sia, and remedied by regular diet and exercise. 

ACIDULOUS. Somewhat acid ; sub-acid. 

Acidulous waters. Mineral waters contain- 
ing a large amount of carb6nic acid. 

Acidum abietis. An acid liquor distilled 
from the fresh branches of the Pinus sylvestris. 

Acidum aceticum. See Acetic acid. — A. acet. 
aromaticum. Acetum aromaticum. — Acidum 
aceticum camphoratum. Take of camphor, 
§ ss. ; alcohol, enough to reduce the camphor to 
powder ; acetic acid (strong), fvi. ; dissolve. 
(Ph. E. and D.) A pungent, refreshing per- 
fume, resembling Henry's aromatic vinegar. — 
Acidum aceticum concentratum. Acetic acid.— 
Acid. acet. fortius and forte. Acetic acid. — 
Acidum aceticum empyreumaticum. Pyroligne- 
ous acid. See Acetic acid. — Acidum aceticum 
ex ligno destillatum. Pyroligneous acid. 

Acidum aceticu m dilutum. Concentrated acid 
diluted with 10 parts of water. (U. S.) 

Acidum acetosella. Oxalic acid. 

Acidum acetosum. Acetum. 

Acidum athereum. See Sulphuric acid. 

Acidum aluminosum. The sulphuric acid. 

Acidum arsenicosum. A. arseniosum. Ar- 
senious acid. 

Acidum benzoicum. Benzoic acid. Take 
of gum Benjamin, or benzoin, any quantity; 
place in a glass subliming vessel over a sand- 



ACI 

oath heated to 300° F., and gradually increas- 
ed till nothing more ascends. Press the subli- 
mate in folds of blotting paper to separate the 
oily parts, and sublime again at 400° F. (U. 
S. Ph.) Seldom used except in compound 
medicines. Stimulant; dose, gr. x. to 3ss. 

Acidum borussicum. Hydrocyanic acid. 

Acidum catholicon. Sulphuric acid. 

Acidum citricum. See Citric acid. 

Acidum hydrocarbonicum. Oxalic acid. 

Acidum hydrocyanicum. Dilute prussic 
acid. Take of cyanuret of silver, grains 51 ; 
muriatic acid, grs. 41; distilled water, f. 5j. 
Add the salt of silver to the diluted acid, shake 
them together in a stoppered vessel, and after 
a short interval pour off the clear liquor into 
another vessel. Keep this for use, and in a 
dark place. (U. S.) It is a powerful seda- 
tive, and sometimes used to allay irritation both 
of the pulmonary and gastric apparatus ; dose, 
one to six or eight drops, dissolved in water or 
mucilage : it should be recent. This officinal 
or medical acid is not to be confounded with 
pure Hydrocyanic acid, which see. 

Acidum hydrothionicum liquidum. Solution 
of sulphureted hydrogen in water. 

Acidum ligncum. Pyroligneous acid. See 
Acetic acid. 

Acidum marinum conccntratum. Hydrochlo- 
ric acid. 

Acidum morbosum. Acidity of the stomach. 

Acidum muriaticum dilutum. Dilute muri- 
atic or hydrochloric acid. Mix four parts, by 
measure, of muriatic acid with twelve parts of 
distilled water; it should have sp. gr. 1-05. 
(U. S.) Tonic and refrigerant; dose, 38s. 

Acidum muriaticum nitroso oxygenatum. 
Nitro-muriatic acid. 

Acidum nitricum. See Nitric acid. 

Acidum nitricum dilutum. Take of nitric 
acid, a fluid ounce; distilled water, nine fluid 
ounces. Mix them. (U. S. and Ph. L.) Dose, 
3ss. 

Acidum nitro-muriaticum. See Nitro-muri- 
atic acid. 

Acidum nitrosum. See Nitrous acid. 

Acidum pingue. The supposed principle of 
causticity. 

Acidum primigenium. See Acidum catholi- 
con. 

Acidum prussicum. See Hydrocyanic acid ; 
and for the medical compound, Acidum hydro- 
cyanicum. 

Acidum pyroaceticum. Pyroligneous acid. 
See Acetic acid. 

Acidum quercitanicum. Tannic acid. 

Acidum sacchari, vel saccharinum. Oxalic 
acid. 

Acidum salis, or Salis culinaris, or Salis mar- 
ini. Muriatic acid. 

Acidum solis. See Clyssus. 

Acidum suecicum. Swedish acid. Hydro- 
fluoric acid. 

Acidum sulphureum. See Sulphurous acid. 

Acidum sulphuricum. See Sulphutic acid. 

Acidum sulphuricum aromaticum. Aro- 
matic sulphuric acid. Take sulphuric acid, 
f, Shjss.; alcohol, Oij.; cinnamon, in powder, 
5iss. ; powdered ginger, ?j. Add the fluids 
carefully, mix in the powders, and let them 



ACN 

digest six days; strain. (U. S.) Tonic and 
refrigerant; dose, itlx. to 3ss. 

Acidum sulphuricum dilutum. Take of 
sulphuric acid, a fluid ounce ; distilled water, 
thirteen fluid ounces ; add the water gradually 
to the acid in a glass vessel. (U. S.) 

Acidum sulphuris volatile, or sulphurosicum. 
Sulphurous acid. 

Acidum tartari. Acidum tartaricum. See 
Tartaric acid. 

Acidum universale. Sulphuric acid. 

Acidum vitriolicum. See Sulphuric acid. 

Acidum vitriolicum dilutum. See Acidum 
sulphuricum dilutum. 

Acidum zooticum, or zootinicum. Hydro- 
cyanic acid. 

Acidurgia. Operative surgery.. 

A'cies. Iron or steel. 

Aciesis. Barrenness. Sterility in females. 

ACIN ACI'FORMIS. (From acinaces, a cime- 
ter, and forma, a shape.) Acinaciform ; shaped 
like a saber ; applied to leaves. 

Acine'sia. {a, a, f . ; anivnoia; from a, 
priv., and Kivnotc, motion.) 1. Loss of motion. 
2. The interval of rest between the systole and 
diastole of the heart. 

Acini biliosi. See Liver. 

Acini of Malpighi. Corpora Malpighi- 
ana. 

Aciniform. Acinosus. (From acinus, a 
grape.) Acinose. A name given to the uvea 
or posterior lamina of the iris, and to the cho- 
roid coat. 

A'CINUS. (us, i, m. ; from acinus, a grape.) 
1. The minute glandular corpuscles in which 
the different secretions take place, as in the 
skin, liver, &c, are called acini. 2. Glands 
which are in the form of clusters, as the pan- 
creas, are sometimes called acini glandulosi. 3. 
The term acinus was formerly applied to a 
small fleshy granulation. 4. In Botany, the 
small berries which compose the fruit of the 
mulberry, blackberry, &c, are called acini. 

A'cinus. (A/uvoc.) A species of thyme men- 
tioned by Dioscorides. 

Acipe'nser. A genus of fish of the order 
Chondropterysii. The sturgeon. All the 
species afford isinglass. 

Acma'sticos. A term applied by the Greeks 
to a fever which preserves an equal intensity 
throughout its course : the term is synonymous 
with duorovoc. 

A'cme. (e, es, f. ; from aKfin, vigor, matu- 
rity.) The height or crisis of a disease. 

Acme'lla. See Spilanthus acmella. 

Acmon. The incus of the ear. 

A'CNE. (A.kvt). Acna, ee, f.) Acne is de- 
fined by Bateman as " an eruption of distinct, 
hard, inflamed tubercles, which are sometimes 
permanent for a considerable length of time, 
and sometimes suppurate very slowly and par- 
tially." There are four varieties of Acne : A. 
simplex ; A. punctata, maggot pimple ; A. in~ 
durata, stone pock ; and A. rosacea, carbuncle, 
grog blotch. This disease usually appears on 
the face, especially on the forehead and chin, 
and sometimes also on the neck, shoulders, and 
breast ; it seldom descends to the lower part of 
the trunk, or to the extremities. 

Acne'stis. The back. 

17 



ACO 



AC R 



Acnestos. Cneorum tricoccum. 
Acoe'lius. Emaciated/ Without belly. 
Acffisis. The faculty of hearing. 
ACO'LOGY. (Acologia, ce, f. ; from okoq, a 
remedy, and loyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine 
of remedies. The application of the term has 
usually been restricted, but without reason, to 
surgical remedies. 
Acone. A mortar. 

Aco'ndylus. (From a, priv., and kovSvTloc, a 
joint.) Without a joint. 

Aco'nion. An ancient form of medicine for 
the eyes. 

A'CONITE. Aconitum napellus, and Aconi- 
tum neomontanum. (U. S.) 

Aconitic acid. An acid found in wolf's-bane, 
Equisetum fluviatile, &c. It also results 
from the decomposition of citric acid by heat. 
Form., C4HO3, HO. 

Aconitina. Aconitia. Aconita. Aconitinc. 
A narcotic, extremely poisonous alkaloid prin- 
ciple in Aconitum napellus, &c. It is white 
and granular, or in a colorless, transparent mass, 
having a glassy luster ; inodorous, very fusible, 
little soluble in water, but readily so in alcohol 
and ether. It is highly poisonous, the twelfth 
part of a grain being sufficient to destroy the 
life of a small bird instantaneously. It is an 
arterial and nervous sedative, and is recom- 
mended as an antiphlogistic, but is not used in- 
ternally. The drug is seldom pure. Dr. Turn- 
bull has warmly recommended its external use, 
in the form of ointment, in neuralgic, gouty, and 
rheumatic cases. 

Aconitine. Aconitina, solution of. Turn- 
bull's preparation. Aconitine from Mr. Mor- 
son's, gr. viij. ; alcohol, s-ij.: dissolve. Applied 
to the sound skin by a friction sponge. Begin 
with 3ss. for the application. 

Aconitine ointment. Turnbull's aconitine, 
gr. ij. ; alcohol, gtt. vj. Mix together, and add 
3J. of lard. Begin with the use of gr. x., and in- 
crease as it is indicated. 

Aconi'tum. {um, i, n. Akovitov.) Aconite. 
Monk shood. Wolf's-bane. There are several 
species, which have all a similar poisonous ac- 
tion on the animal economy, but some are 
stronger than others. They are perennial Ra- 
nunculacea?. The A. napellus is the most im- 
portant, but A. paniculatum, cammarum, and 
neomontanum are officinal. Properties, narcot- 
ic and sudorific ; especially of use in rheumatic 
and neuralgic diseases. Dose of the dried 
leaves, 1 to 5 grs. : in over-doses it is an acrid 
narcotic. 

Aconitum anthora. Salutary monk'shood. 
This is poisonous, like the rest of the genus; 
the dried root is used in doses of 10 to 20 grs. 
as a vermifuge and cathartic. 

Aconitum lycoctonum. A species possessing 
the same properties as wolf's-bane. 
Aconu'si. Diseases of the ears. 
A'copa. ( a, koitoc, fatigue. ) Medicines 
against weariness. 

A'copis. A stone ; used as a remedy against 
weariness. 

Acopon. Acopnm. Singular of Acopa. 
A'copos. Supposed to be the Menyanthes 
trifoliata. 

A'COR. {or, oris, m. ; from aceo, to be sour.) 
18 



Acidity and acrimony. This word is sometimes 
used in the same way as acid. 

AcoracejE. Acorina. See Aroidem. 
ACO'RIA. (a, m, f. ; from a, priv., and itopeu, 
to satiate.) Canine appetite. Inordinate de- 
sire for food or drink. 

Acori'tes. Acorites vinum. A wine of 
acorus, liquorice, &c. 

Acortinus. The lupin. See Lupinus. 
A'CORUS. A genus of plants. Hexandria. 
Digynia. Nat. family, Aroidem. — A. calamus. 
The sweet-flag, or acorus. — Calamus aromati- 
cus. The root is aromatic, and but seldom 
used. Dose, rij., in infusion. 

Acorus adulterinus. A. palustris. A. vulgaris. 
See Iris. — A. verus. A. asiaticus. The same as 
A. aromaticus. 

A'cos. A remedy, or medicine. 
Aco'smia. 1. Irregularity in the critical days 
of fever. — Galen. 2. Baldness. 

Acotyle'don. Without a cotyledon. In 
the natural system of Jussieu, the Acotyledones 
form a class which corresponds with the Cryp- 
togamia of Linnreus, and includes Lichens, Sea- 
weeds, Fungi, Mosses, &c. 

Acou'meter, or acumeter. (From anovu, to 
hear, and /xeTpov, a measure.) An instrument 
invented by Itard for estimating the extent of 
the sense of hearing. 

Acou'ophonia. (From aicovu, I hear, and 
<puv?i, sound.) Auscultation by the ear of sounds 
produced by percussion. 

Acou'sma. A deprivation of the sense of 
hearing, in which imaginary sounds are heard. 
Acou'stic. (From arcovu, to hear.) 1. Be- 
longing to the ear, or to sound. 2. An acoustic 
medicine is one used in disorders of the sense 
of hearing. 

Acoustic duct. See Meatus auditorius. 
Acoustic nerve. See Portio mollis. 
Acoustico-malleus. A doubtful muscle of 
the internal ear; the third, or external muscle 
of the malleus. 

Acou'stics. The science which investigates 
the nature and production of sounds. 
Acqu'a. See Aqua and Eau. 
Acquetta. Liquor arsenicalis. 
Acqui, Mineral water of. A thermal (167° 
F.) sulphur spring. 

Acquired diseases. Diseases which are not 
hereditary nor congenital, but dependent on 
some adventitious cause operating after birth. 

Acrai. A kind of satyriasis or nymphoma- 
nia. — Avicenna. 

Acrai'palos. Acraipala. Remedial of the 
effects of a debauch. 

Acra'lea. (From aicpoc, extreme.) The 
extreme parts of the body, as the legs, arms, 
nose, ears, &c. 

Acra'nia. (From a, priv., and Kpaviov, the . 
cranium.) Absence of the whole or a part of 
the cranium. 

Acra'sia. (From a, priv., and npacic, tem- 
perance^) Intemperance of any kind. — Hip- 
pocrates. 

Acratei'a. Acratia. (From a, priv., and 
Kparoc, strength.) Debility ; impotence. 

Acrati'sma. A meal of bread steeped in pure 
wine. 

Acrato'meli. Wine mixed with honey 



ACR 

A'CRATOS. (From a, priv., and Kepavvvfii, 
to mix.) Unmixed. 

Acrature'sis. Inability to void urine from 
weakness (acratia) of the bladder. 

A'cre. (AKpn.) The extremity of the nose 
or any other part. 

A'crea. The same as acralea. 

A'CRID. (Acris.) Substances which excite, 
in the organs of taste, a sensation of pungency 
and heat, and, when applied to the skin, irritate 
and inflame it. 

ACRIMONY. (Acris, acrid.) Many diseases 
were referred to acrimony of the humors. The 
term is still partially used in medicine. The 
humoral pathologists distinguished an acid and 
alkaline acrimony. 

Acri'nia. (From a, priv., and Kpivu, I sep- 
arate.) The diminution or suspension of a se- 
cretion. 

A'cris. (A«ptf, the summit of any thing.) 
The prominence of a bone. — Hippocrates. 

Acri'sia. (From a, priv., and Kpivu, to 
judge.) A state of disease in which no judg- 
ment can be formed, or one in which the prog- 
nosis is unfavorable. 

Acrites. Acrita. The lowest division of 
animals, as sponges, polypi, sterelmintha, &c. 

Acritical. A'critos. Applied to a disease 
without a regular crisis, or to a symptom not 
indicative of a crisis. 

Acrivi'ola. Tropceolum majus. 

Acroby'stia. The prepuce. 

Acrochei'ris. Acrocheir. (From aitpoc, ex- 
treme, and x £l P> a na nd.) The arm from the 
elbow to the ends of the fingers. 

ACROCHO'RDON. (From aKpoc, extreme, 
and #op(5»7, a string.) A small, hard tumor or 
wart, placed on a narrow base, or hanging by 
a pedicle. 

Acrochor'ismus. A species of violent dan- 
cing. 

Acrocolia. The extremities. 

Acrodactylum. The upper surface of the digit. 

Acrodrya. Autumnal fruits. 

Acrodynia. (From aKpoc, odvvn, pain.) An 
epidemic in Paris during 1828, '29, attended 
with great pain in the tendons, &c, of the 
wrists and ankles, sometimes attended with ir- 
ruptions. It is supposed to have been rheu- 
matic or nervous, and, according to M. Roberts, 
resembling dengue. 

Acrogens. (From aKpoc, yevvau, to grow.) 
The Cryptogamia, or Acbtyledons, which grow 
only by additions to the extremities. 

Acroleine. An acrid volatile body resulting 
from the decomposition by heat of glycerin, or 
oils containing it. Form., C6H4O.;.. It is con- 
sidered a hydrated oxide of Acryle — CeH 3 . Ac- 
roleine rapidly absorbs oxygen, and becomes 
Acrylic acid (C6H 3 3 -(-HO), which is analogous 
to the acetic. 

Acrole'nion. The Olecranon. 

ACROMA'NIA. (a, a, f.; from aKpoc, ex- 
treme, and fiavia, madness.) Total or incurable 
madness. 

ACROMIAL. Acromia'lis. Appertaining to 
the acromion. 

Acromial artery. External scapular ar- 
tery. A branch of the axillary artery, dividing 
into an inferior and superior branch, and 6up- 



ACT 

plying the muscles of the chest and shoulder. 
They freely anastomose with the superior scap- 
ular, thoracic, and circumflex arteries. 

Acromial vein. Accompanies the artery. 

Acromio-coracoid. Related or belonging 
to these processes, as the acromio-coracoid 
ligament. 

ACRO'MION. (Acrominm, i,n.; from aKpoc, 
extreme, and uuoq, the shoulder.) The pro- 
cess of the scapula or shoulder-blade, to which 
the clavicle is articulated. 

Acro'mphalon. The center of the navel. 

Acron. ( A/cpGM>.) The extreme part of a 
limb. 

Acro'nia. (AKpuvia ; from aKpuv, an ex- 
tremity. ) The amputation of any extreme part, 
as of a finger or toe. 

Acro'pathus. (AKponaOoe ; from aKpoc, ex- 
treme, and iradoc, a disease.) A term applied 
by Hippocrates to an organ diseased in its ex- 
treme part ; or to a disease situated on the sur- 
face or extremities of the body. 

Acro'phyton. Tussilago farfara. 

Acropodium. The upper surface of the foot. 

Acropo'sth^. Acropsi'lon. Acrosbystia. 
The extremity of the prepuce. The extremity 
of the glans penis. 

Acros. Extreme; summit. The activity of 
strength or of disease, &c. 

A'crospire. Acrospira. The young shoot 
of germinating seeds. 

Acrotarsium. The upper surface of the tarsus. 

Acrote'ria. The extremities of the body. 

Acroteria'smus. (AKpurnptafa.) The am- 
putation of an extremity. 

Acrothy'mion. A kind of wart described by 
Celsus as hard and rough, readily bleeding, 
with a narrow base and a broad top. 

Acro'ticus. (From aKpoc, extreme.) Af- 
fecting the external surface. Acrolica is Dr. 
Good's third order of his class Eccritica. 

Acroti'smus. (From a, priv., and Kporoc, the 
pulse.) Acrotism, defect of pulse. Asphyxia. 

Acryle. Acrylic acid. See Acroleine. 

Act.e'a. Acte. Sambucus niger. 

ACTjE'A. A genus of plants. Polyandria. 
Monogynia. Family, Ranunculacece. — A. spi- 
cata. A. Ckristophoriana. Herb Christopher. 
Baneberry. A plant growing in mountain for- 
ests in most parts of Europe. It is very acrid; 
the root is strongly cathartic, and the berries 
are poisonous. — A. raccmosa. Cimicifuga. 
Black snake-root. Rich-weed. The root of this 
plant is astringent, and its decoction has been 
used as a gargle in malignant sore throat. It 
is acro-narcotic, and has been used in chorea, 
epilepsy, &c. 

Actjea americana. Sometimes called red 
and white cohosh, from being found in two va- 
rieties, rubra and alba, with red or white ber- 
ries ; it is found in the rich mold of shady and 
rocky forests throughout the Northern States to 
Virginia, and was in great repute among the 
Indians. It is a drastic purgative, and some- 
times emetic. 

A'ctine. Bunium bulbocastanum. 

Acti'nism. Actino-chemistry. 

Actinoboli'smus. (From oktlv, a ray, and 
(iaTCKu, to throw out.) Irradiatio. Diradiatio. 
An ancient term to designate the instantaneous 

19 



ACU 



ADA 



How of the animal spirits by which the volitions 
of the mind are communicated to the different 
organs. 

ACTI'NO-CHEMISTRY. (From uktcv, a 
ray.) That department of chemistry which 
treats of the action of the sun's rays. 

Acti'nology. (From auriv, and "koyoc, a dis- 
course. ) The science which treats of the action 
of the sun's rays. 

Acti'nometer. (From annv, and fierpov, a 
measure.) An instrument to measure the force 
of the sun's light. 

ACTION. (Actio, onis, f. ; from ago, to act.) 
The exertion or operation of an active power. 
1. Voluntary actions are those produced by 
acts of the will, as the contractions of the mus- 
cles. 2. Involuntary actions are those excited 
either mediately, through the nerves and spinal 
marrow, as those of the larynx, pharynx, sphinc- 
ters, &c. ; or immediately, as those of irritabil- 
ity. 3. Mixed actions are those motions or al- 
terations of inspiration and expiration which 
constitute the acts of respiration. 4. Morbid 
actions are those derangements of the ordinary 
actions which constitute diseases. 

ACTION OF PRESENCE. Catalysis. A 
chemical term to indicate the property some 
agents possess of causing combination or de- 
composition in others without appearing to be 
chemically affected ; as when spongy platinum 
causes the union of hydrogen with oxygen, &c. 
These actions are, for the most part, to be re- 
ferred to capillary forces, or to the presence of 
ferments. 

ACTIVE. Activus. Acting with energy ; 
thus we say an active medicine, an active dis- 
ease. The term is applied to some particular 
diseases in a manner not very significant, as act- 
ive hemorrhage, active aneurism. 

Actual. Actualis. Any thing which acts 
immediately ; it is, however, usually restricted 
to red-hot iron employed as a cautery, and call- 
ed the actual cautery; while a caustic, or es- 
charotic substance, is called the potential or vir- 
tual cautery. 

Actuation. Actuatio. A word used to sig- 
nify that change wrought by the vital powers 
on a medicine, &c. 

Acua'le os. A styloid process. 

Acuitas. Acrimony. 

Acui'tio. (From acuo, to sharpen.) Acui- 
tion. The sharpening of an acid liquor by the 
addition of something more acid ; or, the aug- 
mentation of the strength of a medicine by the 
addition of something which has similar pow- 
ers in a greater degree. 

Aculeate. Aculeatus. (From aculeus, a 
prickle.) Prickly. 

Acu'leus. A prickle. 

Aculeus ligneus. A splinter of wood. 

ACUMINA'TUS. (From acumen, a point.) 
Acuminate; or, terminated by a point some- 
what elongated. 

ACUPUNCTURE. (Acupunctura, <e, f. ; from 
■acus, a needle, and punctus, a prick.) An op- 
eration which consists in the introduction of 
long, fine needles into any part of the body 
with a view to the relief or cure of disease. 
This proceeding is sometimes termed acupunc- 
turation. The needle is introduced with a 
20 



slight semi-rotatory motion, and occasions very 
little pain ; it is passed to the depth of from 
half an inch to two inches, according to the 
nature of the part where it is applied, and is 
allowed to remain from a few minutes to seV" 
eral hours before it is withdrawn. It has been 
observed by many practitioners, that one needle, 
allowed to remain for a considerable time, is 
more efficacious than several which are speed- 
ily withdrawn. Practitioners confine this op- 
eration to muscular, tendinous, and aponeurotic 
parts ; but the Orientals pierce the abdomen 
with needles for the relief of colic and other 
affections; and M. Bretonneau declares that he 
has passed needles in all directions through the 
cerebrum, cerebellum, heart, lungs, and stom- 
ach of young puppies without any bad effect. 
On the Continent of Europe it has been tried, 
with more or less apparent success, in most 
diseases of which pain is the principal symp- 
tom, as rheumatism, neuralgia, gastrodynia 
pleurodynia, headache, toothache, &c. Acu 
puncture is not generally considered worthy of 
any confidence, except in cases of local pain 
quite unattended with inflammatory action: 
that form of chronic rheumatism in which the 
nerves are chiefly implicated, and which may 
be termed rheumatic neuralgia, is the disease 
in which this remedy has been found most un- 
equivocally useful. The practice of making 
punctures with a needle, to afford exit to the 
fluid effused in anasarca and oedema, is as ef- 
fectual as scarification, and much less danger- 
ous; in this case, the needle ought not to be 
deeply inserted ; the penetration of the cutis is 
all that is required. 

ACURGIA. Operative surgery. 

A'CUS. A needle. See Needle. 

Acus cannulata. A trocar. 

Acus capilala. A pin. 

Acus intcrpunctoria. Acus ophthalmica. A 
couching needle. . 

Acus moscha'ta. Geranium moschatum. 

Acus paracentica. A trocar. 

Acus pastoiis. Scandix anthriacus. 

Acus tri'quetra. A trocar. 

Acus veneris. Eryngium campestre. 

Acusis. The faculty of hearing. 

Acustica. Acoustics. 

Acusto. Nitre. 

ACUTE. (Acutus; from acuo, to sharpen.) 
Sharp. 1. Designates the shape of objects; an 
acute leaf is one which tapers gradually to a 
slender, but not a prickly or thorny termina- 
tion. 

2. In Pathology, it is applied to a disease 
which is attended with violent symptoms, and 
whose course is short ; it is opposed to chronic. 

ACUTENA'CULUM. {urn, i, n. ; from acus, 
a needle, and tenaculum, a handle.) The 
handle for a needle, to make it penetrate easily 
when stitching a wound. Heister calls the 
portaiguille by this name. 

AcY'ANOBLE'rsiA. Incapability of distinguish- 
ing the color of blue. 

Acye'sis. (From a, priv., and kvtjoic, preg- 
nancy.) Sterility in women. — Vogcl 

Acyrus. Arnica montana. 

Adaca. Sphmranthus indicus. 

Ad^emo'nia. (From a, priv., and daifiov, for- 



ADD 



ADD 



tune.) Hippocrates and Galen use this word 
for uneasiness, restlessness, or anxiety. 

Adakodien. A Malabar plant, of the tribe 
Apocynene ; used in affections of the eyes. 

Adal. The part of plants on which their 
medicinal virtues depend. 

Ad all Lippia. A Malabar plant regarded 
by the Indians as an antidote to the bite of the 
Cobra di Capello. 

A'damas. A6a/iag. The diamond. 

Ada'mi morsus os. The thyroid cartilage. 

Ada'mica terra. The name applied to sev- 
eral kinds of bole or clay, which are of a red 
color. 

Adam's apple. Pomum adami. 

Adam's needle. Yucca gloriosa. 

Adami' ta, or adami 1 turn. A very hard, white 
calculus. — Paracelsus. 

ADANSO'NIA DIGITATA. The baobab. 
The pounded bark, leaves, and fruit are used 
by the negroes ; they are mucilaginous, and sup- 
posed to be useful against fevers. 

Ada'rce. Ada'rces. A substance found in- 
crusting the reeds and grass in the marshes on 
the sea-coast of Galatia. Formerly in repute 
for cleansing the skin from tetters, freckles, &c. 

Adarigo. Ardarneck. Orpiment. 

Adarticula'tio. The same as Arthrodia. 

Addad. A bitter, poisonous plant of Numidia. 

ADDEPHA'GIA. («, m, f. ; from addnv, 
abundantly, and cpayu, to eat.) A voracious ap- 
petite. See Bulimia. 

Adder. See Vipera. 

Adder's tongue. Opioglossum spicatum. 

ADDITAME'NTUM. (urn, i, n. ; from addo, 
to add.) An addition to any part, which is 
sometimes, though not always, found. A term 
formerly applied synonymously with epiphysis, 
but now only applied to two portions of sutures 
of the skull. See Lambdoidal and Squamous 
sutures. 

Additamentum coli. See Appendix cceci 
vermiformis. 

Additamentum pedum hippocampi. The 
name given to a swelling observed in the sub- 
stance which forms the bottom of the ventricles 
of the brain; it follows the direction of the cor- 
nua ammonis, and is sometimes equally large. 

Additamentum necatum. Ad. uncatum ulna. 
The olecranon. 

Additamentum ad sacro-lumbalcm. See Sac- 
ro-lumbalis. 

Additamentum ulna. The radius. 

Adducens humeri. See Pccloralis major. 

Adducens oculi. See Rectus internus oculi. 

ADDUCENT. {Adducens; from ad, and 
duco, to draw.) Performing the action of ad- 
duction ; applied to muscles. See Adduction. 

ADDUCTION. Adductio. The action by 
which a part is drawn toward the axis of the 
body, or of a limb. 

ADDU'CTOR. A muscle which performs 
the adduction of the part into which it is in- 
serted. 

Adductor ad minimum digitum. See Ad- 
ductor pollicis manus. 

Adductor auris. See Retrahens aurem. 

Adductor brevis femoris. A muscle of 
the thigh, which, with the adductor longus and 
magnus femoris, forms the triceps adductor fe- 



moris. Adductor femoris sccundus of Douglas 
Triceps secundus of Winslow. It is situated on 
the posterior part of the thigh, arising, tendin- 
ous, from the os pubis, near the symphysis, be- 
low and behind the adductor longus femoris, 
and is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the 
inner and upper part of the lihea aspera, from 
a little below the trochanter minor, to the be- 
ginning of the insertion of the adductor longus 
femoris. See Triceps adductor femoris. 

Adductor femoris primus. See Adductor 
longus femoris. 

Adductor femoris secundus. See AdduC' 
tor brevis femoris. 

Adductor femoris tertius. See Adductor 
magnus femoris. 

Adductor femoris quartius. See Adductor 
magnus femoris. 

Adductor indicis pedis. An external in- 
terosseous muscle of the fore toe, which arises, 
tendinous and fleshy, by two origins, from the 
root of the inside of the metatarsal bone of the 
fore toe, from the outside of the root of the met- 
atarsal bone of the great toe, and from the os 
cuneiforme internum. It is inserted, tendinous, 
into the inside of the root of the first joint of the 
fore toe. Its use is to pull the fore toe inward 
from the rest of the small toes. 

Adductor longus femoris. A muscle situ- 
ated on the posterior part of the thigh, which, 
with the adductor brevis and magnus femoris, 
forms the triceps adductor femoris. Adductor 
femoris primus of Douglas. Triceps primus of 
Winslow. It arises, by a pretty strong roundish 
tendon, from the upper and interior part of the 
os pubis, and ligament of its synchondrosis, on 
the inner side of' the pectineus, and is inserted 
along the middle part of the linea aspera. See 
Triceps adductor femoris. 

Adductor magnus femoris. A muscle 
which, with the adductor brevis femoris, and 
the adductor longus femoris, forms the triceps 
adductor femoris. Adductor femoris tertius et 
quartus of Douglas. Triceps tertius of Winslow. 
It arises from the symphysis pubis, and all along 
the flat edge of the thyroid foramen, whence it 
goes to be inserted into the linea aspera through- 
out its whole length. See Triceps adductor 
femoris. • 

Adductor mcdii digiti pedis. The interos- 
seus secivndus. 

Adductor metacarpi minimi digiti manus. 
Arises fleshy from the os unciforme and annular 
ligament, inserted into the fore part of the met- 
acarpal bone of the little finger, and serves to 
deepen the hollow of the hand. 

Adductor minimi digiti pedis. An inter- 
nal interosseous muscle of the foot. It arises, 
tendinous and fleshy, from the inside of the root 
of the metatarsal bone of the little toe. It is in- 
serted, tendinous, into the inside of the root of 
the first joint of the little toe. Its use is to pull 
the little toe inward. 

Adductor oculi. See Rectus internus oculi. 

Adductor pollicis. See Adductor pollicis 
manus. 

Adductor pollicis manus. A muscle of the 
thumb. Adductor pollicis. Adductor ad mini- 
mum digitum. It arises, fleshy, from almost the 
whole length of the metacarpal bone that sua 

21 



ADE 

tains the middle finger ; from thence its fibres 
are collected together. It is inserted, tendin- 
ous, into the inner part of the root of the first 
bone of the thumb. Its use is to pull the thumb 
toward the fingers. 

Adductor pollicis pedis. A muscle of the 

great toe. Antithenar -of Winslow. It arises, 
y a long, thin tendon, from the os calcis, from 
the os cuboides, from the os cuneiforme exter- 
num, and from the root of the metatarsal bone of 
the second toe. It is inserted into the external 
os sesamoideum, and root of the metatarsal bone 
of the great toe. Its use is to bring this toe 
nearer to the rest. 

Adductor prosta't^e. A name given by 
Santorini to a muscle, which he also calls Leva- 
tor prostata ; and which Winslow calls Prosta- 
ticus superior. Albinus, from its office, has 
very properly called it Compressor prostata. 

Adductor tertii digiti pedis. An external 
interosseous muscle of the foot, that arises, ten- 
dinous and fleshy, from the roots of the meta- 
tarsal bones of the third and little toe. It i3 in- 
serted, tendinous, .into the outside of the root of 
the first joint of the third toe. Its use is to pull 
the third toe outward. 

Adech. The interior invisible man, accord- 
ing to Paracelsus. 

Ade'ctos. (Gr.) Medicines which relieve 
the irritation caused by acrimonious medicines. 
Sedatives. 

Adeliparia. Excessive corpulency. 

Adelodagam. A bitter plant used in Mala- 
bar against catarrh, asthma, and gout. 

Ade'lphea. (From adeltyog, a relation.) 
Cognate. Applied by Hippocrates to diseases 
which have an affinity to each other — adetyea 
TraOnfiara. 

Adelphixia. Adelphixis. Syn. Adelphea. 
Sometimes sympathy. 

A'den. 1. A gland. 2. A bubo. 

ADENA'LGIA. (From adnv, and alyog, 
pain.) A pain seated in a gland. 

ADENEMPHRA'XIS. Adenemphraxia.— 
(From adrjv, and e/ufipat-ig, obstruction.) A 
swelling or engorgement of a gland. 

ADENIA. («, <z, f.) The name of a genus 
of plants. Class, Hcxandria. Order, Mono- 
gynick—A. venenata. A native of Arabia ; is a 
strong poison. 

Ade niform. Glandiform. 

Adeni'tis. Inflammation of a gland. — A. 
mesenterica. Inflammation of the mesenteric 
glands. 

ADENO'GRAPHY. (Adcnographia, a, f.) 
A description of the glands. 

ADENO'IDES. Resembling a gland. 

ADENO'LOGY. (Adenologia, a, f.; from 
adnv, and Zoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of 
the glands ; that part of anatomy which treats 
of the glands. 

Adenomeninge'a. ■ (From adnv, and fttJViyH, 
a_ membrane.) Adenomeniugeal. A name 
given by Pinel to the mucous or pituitous fever, 
because the follicular glands and mucous mem- 
brane of the intestines are, according to him, 
the principal seat of the disorder. 

Adenonco'sis. (From adnv, and oynaoig, a 
swelling.) Adenoncus. The swelling of a 
gland. 

22 



AD I 

Adenoneuro'sa. (From adnv, and vevpov, a 
nerve.) Pinel calls the plague febris adenon- 
eurosa, because the disease is seated principally 
in the nerves and the lymphatic glands of the 
axilla and groin. 

Adeno-pharynge'us. (From adnv, and $a- 
pvyt; , the pharynx.) This name has been given 
to some muscular fibres which pass from the 
constrictor pharyngis inferior to the thyroid 
gland. Their existence is not constant. 

Adexopharyngi'tis. Inflammation of the 
tonsils and pharynx. 

Adenoptha'lmia. (From adnv, and ofdaX- 
fiog, the eye.) Inflammation of the meibomian 
glands. 

Adenophyma. Adenoncosis. 

Adenophyma inguinalis. A bubo. • 

Adenosclero'sis. (From adnv, and onlnpou, 
to harden.) A term applied by Swediaur to a 
hard, indolent swelling of a gland which is not 
of a sciiTous nature. 

ADENO'SUS. .Adenous. Gland-like. 

Adenosus abscessus. A hard abscess, re- 
sembling a gland. 

Adenotomy. Adcnotomia. Dissection of the 
glands. 

Adepha'gia. Bulimia. 

A'DEPS. (s, is, m. and f.) Lard. (U. S.) 
Fat. A concrete oily matter contained in the 
cells of the adipose tissue. In Medicine, this 
word usually means Hog's lard: it is to be 
washed free from salt. Adeps is used in the 
same sense as Unguentum by some authors. 
See Unguentum. 

Adeps anserina. Goose grease. Ithasbeen 
used as an emollient, and also as an emetic. 

Adeps ovillus. Suet. Mutton fat. 

Adeps pr^parata. Prepared hog's lard. 
Lard is prepared for medicinal purposes by 
cutting it into small pieces, melting with a gen- 
tle heat, and straining through linen. 

Adeps suilla, vel suillus. Hog's lard. 

Adepta philosophia. Adepta. (From adi- 
piscor, to obtain.) Alchemy, which see. 

Adepta medicina. That branch of medicine 
which treated of diseases produced by astral 
influences was so called by Paracelsus. 

Adflatus. Afflatus. 

Adh.erentia. Adhesion. 

Adhatoda. Justicia adhatoda. 

Adherence. Adhesion. 

ADHESION. (Adh&sio ; from adhmreo, to 
stick to.) 1. In a general sense, the state of 
two bodies which are joined together' by at- 
traction or the interunion of parts, or the act by 
which they are so united. 2. In Surgery, the 
reunion of parts that have been divided, by a 
particular kind of inflammation, called the Ad- 
hesive. See Inflammation. 3. In Pathology, 
the morbid union of parts which are naturally 
contiguous, but not adherent, by means of ad- 
hesive inflammation, as that of the pleura pul- 
monalis with the pleura costalis. The French 
writers usually make a distinction between ad- 
hesion and adherence ; by the former they des- 
ignate the act or process of uniting, by the lat- 
ter the state of union. 

Adhesive inflammation. See Inflammation. 

Adhesive plaster. Emplastrum resince. 

ADIA'NTUM. A genus of Ferns. Maiden- 



ADI 

iaair. — A. cethiopicum. Cape of Good Hope 
maidenhair. An astringent and aromatic. — A. 
album. See Asplenium murale. — A. aureum. 
See Polytrichum commune. — A. canadcnse. 
Adiantum pedatum. — A. capillus veneris. 
Maidenhair. Adiantum vnlgare. Adiantum 
verum. Capillus veneris. The leaves of this 
plant are somewhat sweet, austere, and mu- 
cilaginous, and are used in the preparation of 
the sirop de capillaire. — A. nigrum. See As- 
plenium adiantum nigrum. — A. pedatum. Adi- 
antum canadense. Capillus veneris canadensis. 
Canada maidenhair. — A. rabrum. See Aspleni- 
um trichomanes. 

ADIAPHORE'SIS. Adiaphro'sis. (From a, 
priv., and diatfiopeu, to dissipate.) Defect of 
cutaneous perspiration. 

Adia'phorous. Adiaphorus. Neutral; inact- 
ive. 

ADIAPNEU'STIA. (a, <c,f.) A diminution 
or obstruction of cutaneous perspiration. 

Adiapto'tos. An electuary composed of 
stone parsley, henbane, and white pepper: it 
was given in colic. — Galen. 

ADIARRHCE'A. A suppression of any of the 
necessary excretions. 

Adibat. Mercury. 

A'dice. The nettle. 

Adipic acid. It results from the action of 
nitric acid on oleic acid, and occurs in rounded 
masses ; volatile and fusible. Formula, C6H4O3 
-{-HO. — Laurent. 

ADIPOCE'RA. (a, a, f. ; from adcps, fat, 
and cera, wax.) Adipoccre. A substance 
closely allied to spermaceti ; grave-wax. It is 
the animal fat left after the decay of the fleshy 
parts. It is produced by the long-continued 
action of water on muscle. 

Adipocera cetosa. Spermaceti. Cetaceum. 

Adipocire. Adipocera. • 

A'DIPOSE. (Adiposus; from adeps, fat.) 
Fatty ; as, adipose membrane, &c. 

Adipose arteries. This name has been ap- 
plied particularly to the twigs of the diaphrag- 
matic, capsular, and renal arteries, which sup- 
ply the fat around the kidneys. 

Adipose ducts. Imaginary ducts of Mal- 
pighi, which convey the fat to the cells of adi- 
pose tissues. 

Adipose membrane. Membrana adiposa. 
The tissue in the cells of which the animal mat- 
ter called fat is deposited. There is no good 
reason to suppose that it differs from common 
cellular tissue. 

Adipose tissue. See Adipose membrane. 

Adipose sarcoma. This is of the character 
of suet : it is found on the back and front of the 
trunk. 

Adiposis. Excessive fatness. Polysarcia. 

Adiposis hepatica. Fatty disease of the liver. 

Adipous. Adiposus. Fatty. 

ADI'PSIA. (a, <b, f. ; from a, neg., and 
<5iij[ja, thirst.) Absence of thirst. It is mostly 
symptomatic of some disease of the brain. 

Adi'pson. (From a, priv., and diipa, thirst.) 
A medicine which allays thirst. 

Adi'psos. 1. Liquorice. 2. The fruit of the 
Egyptian palm. 

Adi'tus. An entrance or approach. 

Adiuli'stos. Unstrained wine. 



ADU 

Adjunctum. An adjunct or assistant. 

Adjutor partus. The midwife; accoucheur. 

Adjuto'rium. A name of the humerus. 

ADJUVANT. (Adjuvans; from adjuvo, to 
assist.) 1. That which assists in the cure or 
prevention of a disease. 

2. An ingredient introduced into a prescrip- 
tion to aid the operation of the principal ingre- 
dient or basis. See Prescription. 

ADNATA TUNICA. That portion of the 
tunica conjunctiva which covers the sclerotic 
coat of the eye has been called tunica adnata. 

Adnate. Adna'tus. (From adnascor, to 
grow to.) Applied to some parts which appear 
to grow to others. 

ADOLESCENCE. Adolesce' ntia. (a, <e,f.; 
from adolesco, to grow.) Youth ; the period 
of life between puberty and the full develop- 
ment of the frame ; extending, in man, from the 
age of 14 to 25, and in woman from 12 to 21. 

Adolia. A Malabar plant, of the leaves of 
which, boiled in oil of sesamum, the natives 
make a liniment used to facilitate parturition. 

ADO'NIS. (is, idis, f.) A genus of plants. 
Polyandria. Polygynia. Pheasant's eye. The 
roots of the A. verna and A. apennina were for- 
merly supposed to possess emmenagogue prop- 
erties. 

ADO'PTER. A chemical vessel with two 
necks, placed between a retort and receiver. 

Ador. Maize, or Indian corn. 

Adorion. The carrot. 

ADOSCULA'TJON. (From ad, and osculor, 
to kiss.) Copulation or impregnation by mere 
external contact between the genital parts of 
the two sexes, without intromission. This 
takes place in many birds and fish. 

AD PONDUS OMNIUM. To the weight 
of the whole. These words, placed after the 
name of any ingredient in a prescription, signi- 
fy that the weight of such ingredient is to equal 
that of all the others put together. 

Adrachnc. See Andrachne. 

Adraga'nthine. Adraganthina. The mu- 
cilage which forms the greater part of gum 
tragacanth. 

Adram. Fossil salt. 

Adrarhi'za. Aristolochia clematitis. 

Adrobo'lon. Indian bdellium. 

Adros. A full habit or pulse. 

Adsaria pala. Dolichos. « 

Adspiratio. Adspiration. Inspiration. 

ADSPRE'SSUS. Approximate, pressed to, 
or laid to. 

Adstites glandulosi. The prostate gland. 

ADSTRICTION. Adstrictio. The action or 
effect of an astringent. Constipation. 

Adulasso. Justicia bivalvis. An Indian 
shrub used in gout. 

ADULT. Adultus. (From adolesco, to 
grow.) A term applied to animals or plants 
that have arrived at a state of maturity. 

ADULTERATION. The act of corrupting 
or debasing a thing that is pure, by some im- 
proper admixture. 

Adurion. Rhus coriaria. 

ADU'STIO. Adustion: a burn, cauteriza- 
tion. See Cautery, and Moxa. 

Adu'stus. (From aduro, to burn.) Adust: 
burned, parched. 

23 



jEGO 

ADVENTI'TIOUS. Adventitius. (From ad- 
venio, to come to.) Accidental. Applied, 1. 
To diseases which are not hereditary nor con- 
genital. See Acquired diseases. 

2. To tissues which are the product of dis- 
ease, as false membranes. 
Adversifo'lius. Having opposite leaves. 
A'DY. A tree of St. Thomas, Palma ady. 
The fruit is called caryoces, cariosse, and aban- 
ga. It contains a stone, the kernel of which, 
if infused in boiling water, gives out an oil of a 
saffron color, which becomes hard in the cold, 
and is used as butter. 

ADYNA'MIA. (a, a, f. A.6vva/iia; from a, 
priv., and dvvajiiq, power.) A defect of vital 
power. 

Adynamia virilis. Impotence. 

Adynamic. Adynamicus. Asthenic. A 
term applied to malignant fevers and other dis- 
eases attended with great debility. 

Ady'namon. A kind of weak wine. 

Adynasia. Adynatia. Adynamia. 

Adynatos. Weakly, sickly. 

M-DS.A.. yEdoia. The genitals. 

Mthei'tis. (From aidoia, the parts of gener- 
ation.) Inflammation of the pudenda. 

JEDffiOBLENORRHffiA. Blenorrhoea. 

.3Sd<eogra'phia. JEdaography. The de- 
scription of the organs of generation. 

^doeolo'gia. jEdceology. A treatise on 
the organs of generation. 

^Ed(Eomania. Nymphomania. 

^DffiON. The groin. 

JEdceoptosis. JEdoptosis. Prolapsus of 
any part of the genitals.; 

•^Edceo'tomy. The anatomy of the organs of 
generation. 

iEDorso'pHiA. The escape of wind from the 
womb through the vagina. 

JEeigluce. Sweet wine, or must. 

./Egagropi'lus. A concretion of hairs found 
in the stomach of goats, deer, cows, &c., for- 
merly called Bezoars, and believed to possess 
the same virtues as the Oriental bezoars. 

■SS'gias. Aigis. j?Egides. A white speck 
on the cornea, which occasions a dimness of 
sight. 

^Egi'dion. An ancient collyrium. 

.ffi'GILOPS. j&'gylops. (ops, opis, m.; 
from at!;, a goat, and aip, an eye: so named 
from the supposition that goats were very sub- 
ject to it.) 1. The ancients apply this term to 
n sore just under the inner angle of the eye. 
The best modern surgeons seem to consider 
llie ajgilops only as a stage of the fistula lach- 
lymalis. 

2. A name of the Bromus sterilis, given to it 
from its supposed virtues. 

^Egine'tia. A species of Orobanche, used 
in Malabar as a masticatory. 

^Egi'rinon. (kiyeipivov, from atyeipoc, the 
poplar-tree.) A kind of ointment in which the 
fruit, or catkin, of the poplar was a principal 
ingredient. 

JEglia. .ffigias. 

JEGOBRONCHO'PHONY. The bleating 
sound of the voice with the bronchial voice, as 
in pleuropneumonia. 

.ffiGo'cEROs. Trigonella fanugracum. 

JEgo'lethron. Azalea pontica ? 
24 



AER 

JEgo'nychos. Lithospermum officinale. 

^GOPHO'NY. ^Egopho'nia. (From atf, a 
goat, and tyuvrj, voice.) A stethescopic sound, 
in which the voice of the patient somewhat re- 
sembles the bleating of a goat. It is character- 
istic of pleurisy accompanied with a small de- 
gree of effusion ; if the effusion become consid- 
erable,, the peculiar sound is no longer heard. 

jEgopo'dium podagraria. Goat-weed; gout- 
weed. This umbelliferous plant is sedative, 
and was formerly used to mitigate the pains of 
gout. 

jEgoproso'pon. A name of a lotion for the 
eyes when inflamed. 

^Egripha. Agrippa. 

JEgritudo. Sickness; disease. 

^Egrotus. Sick ; a sick person. 

JEgyptia. A medicine. 

JEgyptia moscata. Hibiscus abelmoschus. 

JEgyptia stypteria. Egyptian alum. 

/Egyptia ulcera. Ulcers of the fauces and 
tonsils, described by Aretaeus as common in 
Egypt and Syria — AiyvKTta nai ZvpuiKa e/l- 
Ksa. 

.Egyptiacum unguentum. JEgyption. A 
name given to different unguents of the deter- 
gent or corrosive kind. The simple ajgyptia- 
cum is a composition of verdigris, vinegar, and 
honey, boiled to a due consistence. 

.Egyptius pessus. A vaginal suppository 
composed of honey, turpentine, butter, oil of 
lilies or roses, saffron, and sometimes a little 
verdigris. 

Aeichry'son. See Sempervivum. 

AEIPATHPA. Aipathia. (From aei, al- 
ways, and nadoc, a disease.) An inveterate 
disease ; a continued disease. 

Aei'thales. The house-leek. See Semper- 
vivum. 

Aeizo'on. (From aei, always, and fwj?, life.) 
The sempervivum. 

jEnea. A catheter. 

^Eolecthyma. Small-pox; variola. 

^Eollion. Varicella. 

jEolipile. A globular metallic vessel with 
only a small aperture or pipe, in which water 
may be heated, so that the steam jets out with 
considerable force. 

iEoN. Acuv. 1. The age of man from birth 
till death. — Hippocrates. 2. The spinal mar- 
row. 

jEone'sis. A sprinkling or washing of the 
whole body. 

jEo'nion. Aiuvtov. The sempervivum. 

jEO'RA. Swinging. A species of exercise 
frequently used by the ancients. 

jEqualis. Equal. 

^Equator oculi. The line formed by the 
closed eyelid. 

^Eqdivocus. Equivocal; doubtful. 

AER. (er, eris, m. Aqp.) Air; a gas. See 
Atmosphere. 

jEration of the blood. Its conversion into- 
arterial blood in the lungs by the absorption of 
oxygen and loss of carbonic acid. 

Aer factitius. Factitious air; gas artificially 
obtained. 

Aerficcus. Fixed air. Carbonic acid gas. 

Aer ingenitus. The air contained within the 
cavity of the tympanum 



J1SC 

Aerated alkaline water. Water impregnated 
with carbonic acid. 

^Ere'olum. ^Ereolus. An ancient weight, 
the sixth part of an obolus, or about two grains. 
It was the same with the Greek x a ^ROvc. 

Aerial plants. Plants, as the epidendra, 
aerides, &c, which continue to live on moist- 
ure imbibed from the air. 

.Erifluxus. The discharge of gas or ema- 
nations from sick persons. 

Aeri'tis. Aeptric. Anagallis arvensis? 

JEro-entercctasia. Tympanitis. 

A'erolith. Aerolite. A meteoric stone. 
See Meteorolite. 

AEROLO'GIA. JEroscopy. (a, a, f.) Aerol- 
ogy. Pneumatics. The action of the atmo- 
sphere on organized bodies is a subject of much 
importance in physiology. 

Aero'meli. Mel Aereum. Honey-dew. It 
is nearly identical with manna. 

AERO'METER. (From anp, air, and mrpov, 
a measure.) An instrument for making the 
necessary corrections in pneumatic experiments 
to estimate the mean bulk of gases. An instru- 
ment well adapted to this purpose has been in- 
vented by Dr. Marshall Hall. 

Aeropho'bia. (a, a, f. ; from aqp, air, and 
tj>o6oc, fear.) * Dread of air — that is, of a current 
of air. This symptom is common in hydro- 
phobia, and has been occasionally observed in 
other diseases, as hysteria and phrenitis. 

Aero'sis. Ar/puaic. In the physiology of 
Galen, this term signifies the process by which 
the blood was supposed to be attenuated and 
converted into the vital spirits. 

Aerosta'tics. The science which treats of 
the elevation of bodies in the atmosphere, by 
means of balloons. 

Aerosta'tio. Aerostation. The raising 
of heavy bodies in the atmosphere. 

jEro'sus lapis. Lapis calaminaris.— Pliny. 

jEru'ca. Verdigris. Subacetate of copper. 

jEruginous. Of a greenish color, like verdigris. 

jERU'GO. (o, inis, f.) The ancient name 
for the rust of brass ; (verdigris) 

jErugo jeris. Verdigris. See Cupri sub- 
acetas. 

Ms ustum. Burned copper ; a prepara- 
tion consisting of equal parts of copper and 
rough brimstone, laid in strata, with a small 
quantity of common salt sprinkled on each 
layer, and exposed to the fire till the brimstone 
is burned out. It has been called JEs veneris, 
^Es cremantum, Cinis aris, Crocus veneris, &c. 

^Erugo preparata. See Cupri subacetas. 

jES. Brass. 

iEscHROMYTHE'sis. The obscene language 
of the delirious. 

jE'schos. Deformity. 

.E'SCULINE. The extractive matter of the 
horse-chestnut. 

.E'SCULUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of trees. 
Heptandria. Monogynia. ^Esculacea. — y£. 
hippocas'tanum. The bark is an uncertain feb- 
rifuge, and by some considered superior to Pe- 
ruvian bark. For medical use, it is to be taken 
from those branches which are neither very 
young nor very old. It is somewhat astringent. 
The powder of the dried root is errhine. 

.ESCULA'CEjE. A natural order of exo- 



.ETH 

genous plants, consisting of the horse-chestnut 
and other nearly allied species. They are alt 
either shrubs or trees inhabiting temperate re- 
gions, and nearly correspond with jEsculus 
hippocastanum hi the structure of the flowers. 
Their seeds contain starch, and their bark is in 
some cases bitter and astringent. 

^Eseca'vum. Brass. 

jEsta'tes. Freckles. See Ephelis. 

iEsTHEMA. A sensation or perception. 

iEsTHEMATONUsi. Diseases affecting sensation. 

ASTHENIC. (From atadavo/iai.) jEsthet- 
icus. Affecting the senses. Deprivation or loss 
of one or more of the functions of sensation. 
The ^Esthetica form the second order of the 
Class Neurotica of Dr. Good. 

/Esthesis. JEsthcsia. (Awdnaic ; from 
aiadavo/iai, to feel.) This term has been ap- 
plied both to sensibility and sensation. 

^Esthete'rium. JEsthetcrion. (Ato0r)T7)- 
piov; from cuadavofiai, to feel or perceive.) The 
sensorium. 

jESTI'VAL. (JEstivalis ; from astas, sum- 
mer.) Belonging to summer. 

iESTIVA'TION. jEslivatio. 1. The action 
of the summer on the animal economy. 

2. The particular state of the bud in plants 
before the evolution of the corolla. 

.ESTUA'RIUM. (urn, i, n.) A stove, or a 
vapor bath. 

^E'STUS. Heat : applied both to the natural 
sensation when intense, and to the morbid sensa- 
tion excited by inflammation or any other cause. 

jEstus volaticus. A sudden and fugitive sen- 
sation of heat, which leaves a littla redness of 
the skin ; sudden heat or flushing of the face ; 
Strophulus volaticus, or wild-fire'rash of children. 

jE'TAS. (as, tis, f.) The ancients reckon- 
ed six stages of life : 

1. Infantia vel pueritia: childhood, which is 
from birth to the fifth year of our age. 

2. Adolesccntia, alas bona: youth, reckoned 

to the eighteenth ; and youth, properly so called, * 
to the twenty-fifth year. 

3. Juvcntus, reckoned from the twenty-fifth 
to the thirty-fifth year. 

4. Virilis cetas, atas firmata, 30 years ; atas 
constans, 40 years ; atas matura, 50 years : man 
hood, from the thirty-fifth to the fiftieth year. 

5. Senectus, atas provecta, atas mala : old 
age, from fifty to sixty. 

6. Crepita atas, atas ingravcscens, atas de- 
crepita, atas ajjfecta, atas exacta, atas extrema : 
decrepid age, which ends in death. 

jEthales. See Aeithales. 

jEtheogamous plants. The Cryptogamia. 

jE'THER. (fir, eris, m. ; from aidtjp, pure 
air, or any highly subtile fluid.) Ether. A 
volatile inflammable liquor, obtained by distil- 
lation from a mixture of alcohol and a concen- 
trated acid. The ethers are an important class 
of chemical compounds, which agree in certain 
general properties, but vary according to the 
nature of the acid employed in their formation. 
They are all highly volatile and inflammable, 
and have a peculiar characteristic odor. The 
sulphuric and nitrous ethers are extensively 
used in medicine, and the acetic and muriatic 
occasionally ; the rest are not employed medi- 
cinally. See Ether. 

25 



M TH 

Aether aceticus. Acetic ether. A mild, 
agreeable, and diaphoretic ether. Dose, f. 33s. 
to f. 3ij. 

iETHER chloricus ? Has been used as an 
antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3ss. 

^Ether, Hoffman's. Spiritus a3theris com- 
positus. 

./Ether hydrochloricus. The extremely 
volatile chloride of ethyl. It boils at 51° F. 
A spirituous solution has been used in doses of 
f. 3j. to f. 3iij. 

JSther hydrocyanicus. JEther prussicus. 
See Ether hydrocyanic. 

jEther martialis. An etherial solution of 
chloride of iron. 

^Ether nitricus alcoolisatus. Spiritus 
ajtheris nitrici. 

j>Ether nitrosus. Nitrous ether. Nitric 
ether. Hyponitrous ether. This ether is placed 
in the Dublin Pharmacopoeia. It is rarely used, 
is very subject to decomposition, and is a yel- 
lowish, highly volatile liquid. Sp. gr., 0"94; 
boils at 61i° F. ; and has the properties of 
sulphuric ether. Composition, Ae0-f-NO3, or 
nitrite of oxide of ethyl. 

./Ether fhosphoratus. Dissolve 3 grains of 
phosphorus in 5J. of ether. (Paris codex.) 
Dose, gtt. x. to xx. Used in impotence, and as 
a nervous stimulant. 

.(Ether rectificatus. JEther sulphuricus 
reclificatus. 

./Ether sulphuricus. JEther vitriolicus. 
Common ether. Prepared by distilling alcohol, 
Ibiiss. ; sulphuric acid, Ibiss. It may be used 
externally in lotions, &c. Also prepared from 
alcohol, Oiv. ; sulphuric acid, Oj. ; and rectified 
with potash, 3VJ., and water, f. fiij. (U. S.) 

./Ether sulphuricus rectificatus. (U.S.) 
Rectified ether. Take common ether, f. fxiv. ; 
potash, J ss. ; distilled water, f. fxj. : distill f. fxij. 
at 120° F. Wash the product in f. fix. of water. 

Sulphuric ether is a perfectly transparent 
and colorless liquid; it has a fragrant, pene- 
trating odor, and a peculiar, pungent taste : it is 
exceedingly volatile, and produces a great de- 
gree of cold by its evaporation : it is highly in- 
flammable. It boils at about 98° F. Ether 
combines with alcohol in all proportions, but 
sparingly with water, 1 part only of ether be- 
ing taken up by 10 of water. It readily dis 
solves the essential oils, camphor, resins, gum 
resins, wax, balsams, &c. When most com- 
pletely rectified, it has a specific gravity of 
about -700. 

Sulphuric ether acts on the animal economy 
as a very diffusible stimulant ; it is a powerful 
antispasmodic, and, under certain circumstan- 
ces, has a narcotic effect. The common dose is 
from f. 3ss. to f. 31J. ; but, to produce any decided 
effect, it often requires to be given in larger 
doses than these ; and, from the diffusibility of 
its stimulus, the dose ought to be frequently 
repeated, if any continued operation of the 
remedy be desired. Externally applied, ether 
may be made to act as a stimulant or a refriger- 
ant: if it be prevented from evaporating by 
closely covering the place where it is applied, 
it excites a strong sensation of heat and reddens 
the skin ; if it be allowed to evaporate freely, 
it produces extreme cold, and with this view 
26 



iETI 

has been applied 'to the tumor of strangulated 
hernia to favor its reduction. When chemically 
pure, it is the oxide of ethyl : C4H5O. Sym 
bol, AeO. 

JEther sulphuricus acidus. Elixir acidum 
Halleri. 

JEther sulphuricus cum alcoholc. (Ph. E.) 
Spiritus aetheris sulphurici. 

JEther sulphuricus cum alcohole aromaticus. 
Spiritus ffitheris aromaticus. 

JEther vitriolicus. ./Ether sulphuricus. 

jEtherea. The ethers. 

JEthe'rea herba. Eryngium. 

jEthe'real. JEthereus. Appertaining to, or 
of the nature of, ether. 

./Ethereal acid. Sulphovinic acid 

jEthereal oil. Oleum athereum. 

./Ethereal tincture. A preparation in 
which ether is used in place of alcohol. 

jEtherolea. The volatile or essential oils. 

JEthiopis. Salvia sclarea. 

iE'THIOPS. A name given to several black 
powders, oxides, sulphurets, &c. 

JEthiops albus. The albino. 

./Ethiops alcalisatus. Hydrargyrum cum 
creta. 

JEthiops animalis. The powder formed by 
burning various animals to a chid*. 

.Ethiops antimonialis. A preparation still 
employed hi cutaneous diseases. It is made by 
triturating two parts of sulphuret of antimony 
with one of quicksilver. Dose, a few grains at 
first, which may be gradually increased to half 
a drachm. 

JEthiops auripigmentalis. Was made by 
triturating sulphuret of arsenic with quick- 
silver. 

JEthiops jovialis. Was prepared by rubbing 
together tin, quicksilver, and sulphur. 

JEthiops martialis. The black oxide of iron. 

JEthiops mineralis. JEthiops mineral. See 
Hydrargyri sulphuretum nigrum. 

JEthiops narcoticus. ./Ethiops mineral. 

./Ethiops per se. The protoxide of mer- 
cury was so called, because it may be formed 
by merely triturating the mercury for a long 
time when exposed to the air. 

iEthiops vegetabilis. A powder formed 
by incinerating the Fucus vesiculosus in a cov- 
ered crucible. It contains iodine, and has been 
used in diseases of the glands. 

.ETHMOID. See Ethmoid. 

jEtho'lices. Burning pustules on the skin. 
Furunculi, or boils. 

-Etho'sibia. (From aidof , shining, and o/iua, 
a sight or spectacle. ) The appearance of flashes 
of light before the eyes : a symptom common 
in several diseases. 

.ETHU'S A. A genus of umbelliferous plants. 
— JE. cyna'pium. Fool's parsley. A poison- 
ous plant which much resembles parsley. — JE. 
meum. Meum. Meum athamanticum, Meu and 
Spignel. Baldmony. The root is carminative 
and stomachic. It appears to be nearly of the 
same nature as that of lovage. 

Aetioi phlebes. The temporal veins. 

.ETIOLOGY. JEtiologia. (From atria, a 
cause, and loyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of 
the causes of diseases, divided by medical writ- 
ers into proximate and remote ; and the latter, 



AGA 

again, are distinguished into predisposing and 
exciting. 

^ETI'TES. Lapis aquilce. Eagle-stone. 
They had wonderful virtues attributed to them, 
as that of facilitating parturition and preventing 
abortion. 

jEthogen. A compound of nitrogen and 
boron, remarkable for phosphorescing before 
the blow-pipe. 

JEto'cion. jEto'lion. See Daphne mezercon. 
jEto'nychum. See Litkospermum. 

Affectio hypochondriaca. Hypochondri- 
asis. — A. hysterica. Hysteria. — A. orthopnoica. 
Croup. — A. tympanitica. Tympanitis. 

AFFECTION. A disease. Also, certain con- 
ditions of the mind ; thus, we speak of the moral 
affections. 

Affectus. Passion. — A. faucium pestilens. 
Cynanche maligna. — A. hypcrodes. Dropsy. 

Afferentia vasa. See Vasa afferentia. 

AFFINITY. (Affinitas, atis, f.) This term 
has been used indifferently with attraction, but 
is commonly restricted to chemical attraction. 
Chemical affinity is generally supposed to be 
the result of the electrical conditions of the 
bodies combining. It was formerly divided 
into a number of species ; as, disposing affinity, 
quiescent affinity; but these are merely theoret- 
ical, and have no peculiar importance. 

Affinity, vital. The power which regu- 
lates the formation of the various solids and 
fluids from the common circulating fluids has 
been called vital affinity. 

A'ffion. An Arabic name of opium. 

AFFLA'TUS. (us, us, m. ; ffom affiare, to 
blow upon.) 1. A vapor or blast. 2. Applied 
to a species of erysipelas, which attacks sud- 
denly, as if produced by some unwholesome 
wind. 

Afflux. Affluxus. A determination of blood 
or humor to a part. 

Affluxio. Abortion. 

Affrodina. Copper. 

Affusio orbicularis. The placenta. 

AFFUSION. (Affusio; from affundo, to 
pour upon.) The affusion of cold water has 
been used in the hot stage of certain low fevers. 
The water is poured over the head. It some- 
times cuts short the disease. It is also used 
in nervous affections, especially of the spine. 
Affusions may be also made with hot and tepid 
water. 

Sponging the body with tepid water, or vin- 
egar and water, has now in a great measure 
superseded the use of the cold affusion. It al- 
lays febrile heat and restlessness, and frecpiently 
induces a gentle moisture on the surface. It is 
useful in most cases where the skin is hot and 
dry, but should be avoided where there is any 
tendency to perspiration ; it is particularly ser- 
viceable in scarlatina, in which disease the heat 
of the skin is frequently very intense ; it has 
also been recommended in measles, but its 
safety in this case is extremely doubtful. 

Afium. Opium. 

Afragar. Verdigris. 

After-birth. See Placenta. 

After-pains. See Parturition. 

Ag. The symbol of silver. Argentum. 

AGALA'CTIA. (From a, priv., and yaha, 



AGA 

milk.) Agalaxis. Agalactio. Agalactatio. A 
defect of milk after childbirth. 

AGALA'XIS. See Agalactia. 

AGA'LLOCHUM. Lignum a l oe s. 

Agamous plants. The Cryptogamia. 

Agaric. Agaricum. Boletus ignarius. - 
Agaric female. Agaric of the oak. Boletus 
ignarius.— Agaric purging. Boletus laricis. 

AGA'RICUS. (us, i, m.) Agaric. Mush- 
rooms. A genus of Fungi, with a cap, and 
gills underneath of a different substance from 
the cap. They vary greatly in their qualities. 
The poisonous kinds have either a narcotic 
smell or acrid taste, and are warty or glutin- 
ous. In poisoning, the mushroom is to be 
voided by emetics, and appropriate treatment 
adopted according to its narcotic or acrid nature. 

Agaricus albus. See Boletus laricis. 

Agaricus aurantiacns sndpseudo-aurantiacus. 
Amanita. — A. auriculmforma. Peziza. 

Agaricus campestris. There are several 
species of the agaric which go by this term ; 
as, the Agaricus edulis, cantharcllus, delicio- 
sus, violaceus, &c. The eatable mushroom. 
Similar to it in quality is the champignon, 
Agaricus pratensis. Great care should be ta- 
ken to ascertain that they are of the right sort, 
and not of a poisonous nature. Catsup is made 
by throwing salt on mushrooms, which causes 
them to part with their juice. 

None of the following species are known to 
be dangerous, and they are all sold for food in 
different parts of Europe. Agaricus araneo- 
sus ; cantharellus, the chantarelle ; cortinellus ; 
albellus, the musk champignon ; eburneus, the 
mugnaio ; ericctorum, the jozzolo; virgineus, 
the petite oreillette; auricula, the escoubarbe; 
eryngii, the ciccioli, which grows on the sea-hol- 
ly ; tristis, the fungo appassionato ; nivalis, the 
fungo dormiente; socialis, pivoulade d'Ecosse; 
ilicinus ; tortilis, the mousseron de Dieppe ; 
palomet, the palombette; virens, the verdone; 
transluccns, the pivoulade de saule ; deliciosus; 
subdulcis ; procerus ; cylindraccus ; attenua- 
tus; asper; solitarius,incarnatus ; vaginatus; 
aroideus. 

Agaricus chirurgorum. See Boletus igni- 
arius. 

Agaricus cinnamomeus. Brown mushroom. 
This species of agaric is of a pleasant smell. 
When broiled, it has a good flavor. 

Agaricus mineralis. Mountain milk; pure 
carbonate of lime, or rock milk. 

Agaricus muscarius. Bug agaric. Ama- 
nita. So called from its known property of 
destroying bugs. This* reddish fungus is the 
Agaricus — stipitatus, lamellis dimidiatis solita- 
riis, stipite volvato, apicc dilatato, basi ovato, 
of Linnaeus. It is intoxicating, narcotic, and 
often very poisonous. 

Agaricus necator. This has a yellowish 
juice, and is a deadly poison. 

Agaricus piperatus. Pepper mushroom; 
pepper agaric. Fungus albus acris. When 
freely taken, fatal consequences are related by 
several writers to have been the result. Even 
when this vegetable has lost its acrid juice by 
drying, its caustic quality still remains. 

Agaricus theiogalus. This has a yellowish 
juice, and is highly poisonous. 

27 



AGN 

Agaricus vioi.aceus. Violet mashroom. 
This fungus requires much boiling, but when 
sufficiently done and seasoned, it is very agree- 
able to the palate. 

Agate. A siliceous stone. 

Agathis australis. Syn. Dammara aus- 
tiralis. See Cowdie gum. 

Agathosma. Syn. Diosma. 

Agathotes. Syn. Gcntiana. 

Agave Americana. Mexican aloe. The 
juice is said to be diuretic. 

Agave cubensis. The roots resemble red 
sarsaparilla. 

AGE. See JEtas. 

AGENE'SIA. Agennesia. Agenesis, {a, 
<c, f. ; from a, neg., and yeveoic, generation.) 
1. Impotence; sterility. 

2. A term applied by Breschet to anomalies 
of organization consisting in absence or imper- 
fect development of parts. 

AGENT. (Agens; from ago, to act.) Any 
thing which acts or produces an effect upon the 
body. In pathology, the extraneous causes of 
disease are called morbific agents; and in ther- 
apeutics, medicines, and all things used in the 
treatment of disease, are called therapeutical 
agents. « 

Agentia. Active agents. 

Ager nature. The uterus. 

Agera'sia. A green and vigorous old age. 

Age'ratum. Achillea ageratum. 

AGEU'STIA. {a, m, f.; from a, neg., and 
yevofiai, to taste.) A defect or loss of taste. It 
is organic or atonic. 

Agglo'merate. (Agglomeratus ; from ag- 
glomero, to shape into a ball.) Aggregate. 

Agglu'tinant. (From agglutino, to glue 
together.) An external application which 
unites divided parts by causing them to stick 
together. 

Agglutinatio. Coition. 

Agglutina'tion. 1. The natural process of 
adhesion in wounds. 2. The action of an ag- 
glutinant. 

AGGREGATE. (Aggregatus ; from aggre- 
go, to assemble together.) Collected together. 
Glands which are clustered together are called 
glandular aggregates. 

Aghcustia. Aguestia. 

Agiahalid. An African shrub resembling 
Zimenia. It is vermifuge, and the fruit purga- 
tive. 

AGITATION. Constant and distressing ac- 
tion of body or mind. 

Agitatorius. Convulsive. 

A'glia. A white cicatrix on the cornea. 

Aglossia. Wanting the tongue, from mal- 
formation. 

Agmjtition. Agluti'tio. (From a, neg., and 
glutio, to swallow.) Inability to swallow. 

A'gma. A fracture. 

Agna'ta. Adnata. 

Agnathia. Wanting the jaw, from malfor- 
mation. 

Agni'na tunica. The amnion. See Amnion. 
Agno'ia. (From ayvoeu, to be ignorant; not 
to understand.) The state of a patient who 
does not recognize those around him. 

A'gnus castus. See Vitex agnus castas. 
Also, Castor oil. 
28 



AGE 

Ago'ge. 1. The process of reasoning upon 
diseases from their symptoms. 2. The order, 
state, or tenor of a disease. 

Agomphi'asis. (From a, priv., and yo/x<j>U' 
aig, a particular mode of connection between 
bones.) Looseness of the teeth. This word 
has sometimes been incorrectly written gom- 
phiasis. 

A' gone. Henbane. See Hyoscyamus niger. 

Ago'nia. (Ayovia ; from a, priv., and yovoc, 
offspring.) Sterility; impotence. 

Agoni'sticon. (From ayuvtorng, one who 
contends.) Very cold water, given in large 
quantity in fevers to overcome the morbid heat 
of the blood. 

A'GONY. Agonia. (Ayavia ; from ayuv, a 
contest.) The straggle which precedes death. 

Ago'stos. (From ayu, to bring or lead.) 
The forearm from the elbow to the fingers; 
also, the palm or hollow of the hand. 

Agra. Aypa. An attack or seizure ; a com 
mon suffix. 

Agrahalid. Agiahalid. 

Agre'sta. Verjuice. 

Agre'sten. Tartar before it is purified. 

AGRE'STIS. {is, is; from ager, a field.) 1. 
Pertaining to the field ; the trivial name of many 
plants. 2. In the works of some old writers it 
is applied to a disease which is malignant or in- 
tractable. 

A'gria. Ilex aquifolium. Herpes cxedens. 

Agria'mpelos. Bryonia alba, or Tamus 
communis. 

Agrielw'a. Agrielteos. The oleaster, or 
wild olive. 

Agrijo'lium. The holly-tree. Ilex aquifo- 
lium. 

AGRIMONIA EUPATORIA. Common ag- 
rimony. A mild astringent, corroborant, and 
deobstruent, used fresh m infusion, &c. Dose, 
3ss. to 3ij. of the substance. 

AGRIMONY. Agrimo'nia. (a, a, f.) A ge- 
nus of Rosacea?. 

Agrimony, hemp. Eupatorium cannabinum. 

Agrioca'rdamum. Lepidium iberis. 

Agrioca'stanum. Bunium bulbo-castanum. 

Agrioci'nara. Cynara scolymus. 

Agriococcime'la. Prunus spinosa. 

Agriome'la. The crab-apple. See Pyrus 
malus. ' 

A'grion. See Peucedanum silaus. 

Agriopastina'ca. Wild parsnip. 

Agriophy'llon. Peucedanum silaus. 

Agriori'ganum. Origanum vulgare. 

Agrioseli'num. Smyrnium olusatrum. 

Agrioste'ari. Wild field-corn ; a species of 
Triticum. 

AGRIOTHY'MIA. (From aypioc, wild, and 
tivfioc, disposition.) Furious insanity. — Sau~ 
vages. 

Agripa'lma. The herb motherwort. Leo- 
nurus cardiaca. 

Agripalma gallis. Leonurus cardiaca. 

Agri'ppa. A child or person born with the 
feet foremost. 

Agrippinus partus. Born with the feet 
foremost. 

Agro di cedro. The lemon, or citron. 

Agroste'mma. The cockle. 

Agro'stis. Bent-grass. 



AGU 

agru'mina. Leeks ; wild onions. 

Agruna. The sloe. Prunus spinosa. 

AGRY'PNIA. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., and 
vnvoc, sleep.) Watchfulness; sleeplessness. 
Insomnia. 

AGRYPNOCO'MA. A lethargic kind of 
watchfulness. 

Agryfnodes. Agrypnus. Watchfulness; 
sleeplessness. 

AGUE. An ague or intermittent fever is a 
disease consisting of febrile paroxysms which 
completely subside, and return at stated pe- 
riods. During the intermissions, the patient is 
generally quite free from fever, but a degree 
of languor and inaptitude to exertion frequently 
remain. The febrile paroxysm of an ague con- 
sists of three periods or stages — the cold, the 
hot, and the sweating — and these follow in reg- 
ular succession. The paroxysms occur at cer- 
tain intervals, and the fever is called quotid- 
ian, tertian, quartan) &c, according to their 
time of attack. 

The cold stage commences with a sense of 
debility and sluggishness in motion, frequent 
yawning and stretching, and an aversion to 
food. The face and extremities become pale, 
the features shrink, and the skin over the whole 
body appears constricted. At length the pa- 
tient feels very cold, and universal rigors come 
on, with pains in the head, back, loins, and 
joints, nausea, and vomiting of bilious matter ; 
the respiration is short, frequent, and anxious ; 
the urine is almost colorless; sensibility is 
greatly impaired ; the thoughts are somewhat 
confused ; and the pulse is small, frequent, and 
often irregular. In a few instances, drowsiness 
and stupor have prevailed to a degree amount- 
ing to complete coma; but this is by no means 
usual. 

These symptoms abating after a short time, 
the second stage commences with an increase 
of heat over the whole body, redness of the 
face, dryness of the skin, thirst, pain in the 
'head, throbbing in the temples, anxiety and 
restlessness ; the respiration is fuller and more 
free, but still frequent; the tongue is furred, 
and the pulse has become regular, hard, and 
full. If the attack has been very severe, de- 
lirium may occur at this period. 

When these symptoms have continued for 
some time, a moisture breaks out on the fore- 
head, and by degrees becomes a sweat, which 
at length extends over the whole body. As the 
perspiration continues, the heat of the body 
abates, the thirst ceases, and most of the func- 
tions are restored to their ordinary state. This 
constitutes the third stage. 

The quotidian is sometimes converted into a 
continuous fever. The tertian, in which the 
paroxysms have a remission of forty-eight hours, 
is most common; and the quartan, with a re- 
mission of seventy-two hours, is most severe 
and unmanageable. 

But the intervals are sometimes longer, even 
to ten days ; and occasionally we find two or 
three distinct types affecting the patient at the 
same time, as a double tertian, with two par- 
oxysms on one day, &c These are called 
complicated agues. 

When agues arise in the spring of the year, 



AHM 

they are called vernal; and when in the au- 
tumn, they are known by the name of auttimnal. 
Intermittents often prove obstinate, and of long 
duration, especially in warm climates : they not 
unfrequently resist every mode of cure, so as to 
become very distressing to the patient ; and by 
the extreme debility which they induce, often 
give rise to other chronic complaints. 

It seems to be pretty generally acknowledged 
that marsh miasm, or the effluvia arising from 
stagnant water or marshy ground, when acted 
upon by^ieat, is by far the most frequent ex- 
citing cause of this fever : it is by no means 
improbable, however, that other causes may 
sometimes operate in its production. 

One peculiarity of ague is, its great suscepti 
bility of renewal from very slight causes, even 
without the repetition of the original exciting 
cause. 

Ague is not generally a dangerous disease ; in 
a few instances the cold or congestive stage has 
been so intense as to overwhelm the powers of 
life, but such an occurrence is extremely rare. 
The debility induced renders the patient liable 
to dropsical affections, dyspepsia, and visceral 
obstructions. 

The indications in the. treatment are to cut 
short the paroxysms, and to prevent their re- 
currence. The first is effected by the febri- 
fuges ; the second is the most important period. 
The time immediately before a paroxysm is 
best for the administration of revellents, as 
emetics, stimidants, hot baths ; a large dose of 
quinine, gr. x., is very effectual ; in some cases, 
blood-letting. In the intervals between the 
paroxysms, quinine, gr. j. to gr. v. Cinchona, 
and tonics, often combined with aromatics and 
stimulants, are used. The liquor arsenicalis, in 
doses of 5 to 20 drops, is used where quinine 
disagrees. The bowels must be kept in good 
order. 

When ague occurs in debilitated constitutions, 
or has induced debility by its violence or long 
continuance, a generous diet and a pretty free 
use of wine is often necessary during the inter- 
missions. 

AGUE AND FEVER. Ague. Intermittent 
fever. 

Ague cake. The popular name for a tumor, 
consisting, commonly, of an enlarged spleen, 
which projects under the false ribs on the left 
side. It occurs in patients who have suffered 
from protracted ague. 

Ague, complicated. See Ague. 

Ague, dead. Ague, dumb. Irregular, or 
masked intermittent. 

Ague drop. Fowler's tasteless ague drop is 
a solution of arseniate of potash in water. The 
regular substitute is the arsenicalis liquor. 

Ague-free. Sassafras. 

Ague-weed. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 

Agui'os. (From a, priv., and yviov, a mem- 
ber.) Wanting limbs. — Hippocrates. Weak; 
feeble. — Galen. 

Agul. Hedysarum alhagi. 

Agyion. Weak; mutilated. 

Agy'rias. An opacity of the crystalline lens. 

Agy'rtes. Agyrta. An itinerant quack or 
mountebank. 

Ahme'lla. See Achmella. 

29 



ALA 



ALB 



Ahoval. See Thevetia. 

Ahusai,. Orpiment. 

Aidoromania. Nymphomania. 

Aiersa. Iris germanica. 

Aigrette. Pappus. 

AIMA. Blood. A prefix to many words, but 
commonly written Hccma, hcemo, which see. 

Aimatera. Hepatirrhoea. 

Aimo'rra. Anthcmis tinctoria ? 

Aipi. Aipima. Aipipoca. Jatropa manihot. 

Am, atmospheric. See Atmosphere. 

Air, alkaline. Ammonia. ' 

Air, azotic. Nitrogen. 

Air, dcphlogisticated. Oxygen. 

Air, fixed. A., factitious. Carbonic acid. 

Air, fluoric. Fluoric acid. 

Air, heavy inflammable. Carbureted hydro- 
gen. 

Air, hepatic. Hydrogen, sulphurated. 

Air, inflammable. Hydrogen. 

Air, marine. Muriatic acid. 

Air, mephitic. Carbonic acid. 

Air, nitrous. Nitrogen. 

Air, nitrous dcphlogisticated. Protoxide of 
nitrogen. 

Air, phlogisticatcd. Nitrogen. 

Air, phosphoric. Phosphureted hydrogen. 

Air, sulphureous. Sulphurous acid. 

Air, vital. Oxygen. 

Aira. 1. Lolium, or darnel. 2. A genus 
of grasses. Hair-grass. 

Air-cells of the lungs. Bronchial cells. 

AIR-PASSAGES. The larynx, trachea, 
bronchi, nostrils, and pharynx. 

Airthrey mineral water. Saline and ca- 
thartic. 

Aithiology. Etiology. 

Aisthesis. iEsthesis. 

Aithomma. Blackness of the humors of the 
eye. 

Aitia. Aition. Cause. 

AlX LA CHAPELLE, MINERAL WATERS OF. A 

thermal (136° F.), strong sulphur spring, much 
1 The factitious water is made by mixing 



used. 



hydrosulphureted water, f. 5=iv. ; carbonate of 
soda, 3j.; common salt, gr. ix.'; water, f. fxviiss. 
This is the Aqua aquisgranensis. 

Aix. A city of Provence. It has thermal 
springs, slightly impregnated with saline matter. 

Aix. A town of Savoy. It has warm sul- 
phureous springs. 

Aizo'on. House-leek. 

Ajava. The Indian name of a seed used as 
a remedy for the colic. 

A'juga, or Abiga. Teucrium chamccpitys. 

Ajuga pyramidalis. Upright bugloss. Is 
slightly astringent and bitter. Ajuga reptans 
is said to possess similar properties. 

Akalalis. Akatera. Juniperis communis. 

Akibot. Sulphur. 

Akinesia. See Acinesia. 

Ako'logy. Acology. Materia medica. 

AL. The symbol for aluminum. 

ALA. (a, a, f. ; a wing.) 1. In Anatomy, 
applied to many parts, as ala, the arm-pit ; aim 
nasi, the lateral cartilages of the nose ; alee 
uteri, the broad ligaments of the uterus, &c. 
2. In Botany, any lateral expansion of tissue. 

Ala auris. The upper and outer part of the 
external ear. 
30 



Ala interna minor. Nymphte. 

Ala nasi. The cartilage of the nose which 
forms the outer part of the nostrils. 

Ala vespertilionis. That part of the liga- 
ment of the womb which lies between the Fal- 
lopian tube and the ovarium ; so called from its 
resemblance^to the wing of a bat. , 

Alabaster. Alabaslrites. Formerly used 
in ointments. 

Alacab. Sal ammoniac. 

Aliform. Alaeformis. (From ala, a wing, 
and forma, shape.) Wing-shaped. See Ptery- 
goid. 

Aix ingrassii. The lesser pterygoid pro- 
cesses of the sphenoid bone. 

AljE ma jo res. The labia pudendi. 

Al.k minores. The nympha?. 

Al.e vomeris. The two laminae forming the 
sphenoidal edge of the vomer. 

Alafor. Alafort. Alafi. Alkali. 

Alagao. A shrub which grows in the Phil- 
ippine Islands, of which the natives make cat- 
aplasms for diseases of the head and belly, for 
tumors, and for ulcers. 

Alagas os. A name of the sacrum and coc- 
cyx. 

Alahabar. Alabari. Lead. 

Ala'lia. (From a, priv., and haXeu, to 
speak.) Defect of articulation. 

Alana terra. Tripoli. 

Alandahal. Cucumis colocynthis. 

Alanfuta. An Arabian name of a vein be- 
tween the chin and lower lip, which was for- 
merly opened to prevent fetid breath. 

Ala'ntine. Inuline. 

Alaqueca. A sulphuret of iron. 

Alares musculi. Pterygoid muscles. 

Ala'res ven.e. The superficial veins at the 
bend of the arm. 

Alaria ossa. The pterygoid processes of 
the sphenoid bone. 

ALA'RIS. (From ala, a wing.) Formed 
like, or belonging^, a whig. 

Alaris externum. The external pterygoid* 
muscle. 

Alate'rnus. Rhamnus alaternus. 

ALA'TUS. (From ala, a wing.) Winged. 
Alate. In Pathology, one whose scapula? pro- 
ject backward like the wings of a bird. 

Alauda arvensis. The field-lark. 

Albadara. The sesamoid bone of the great- 
toe, to which many extraordinary virtues were 
attributed by the superstition of the Rabbins. 

Albagenzi. Albagian. Albagiaze. The 
os sacrum. 

Albamentum. The white of an egg. 

Albanum. The saline part of urine. 

Alban, Saint. A village in the department 
of the Loire, where there is an acidulous chalyb- 
eate spring. 

Albaras. Albara. Albaras. Albaros. The 
Arabic name for the alphos of the Greeks. 
Lepra alphoides. — Albaras alba. See Leuce. 
— Albaras nigra. Lepra Greecorum. L. nigri- 
cans. 

Albaras. An alchemical name of arsenic. 

A'lba pituita. Leucophlegmasia. 

Alba'tio. Dealbatio. Albificatio. The act 
of becoming white. 

Albetad. Galbanuni. 



ALB 

Albica'ntia corpora. Corpora alMcantia 
Willisii. Two small, rounded bodies or pro- 
jections from the base of the brain, of a white 
color, anterior to the tuber annulare. 

Albinism. Albinoismus. The anomaly of 
organization which characterizes the albino. 

Albi'no. A Spanish term for the white 
progeny of negro parents, but now applied to 
all persons presenting the characters of the al- 
bino. The whiteness of the surface in the al- 
bino is pallid and death-like ; the hair is white 
in every part of the body ; the iris of a pale 
rose color, and it can not bear a strong light. 
The constitution is feeble. 

Albino skin. Albinism has been treated of 
as a disease under the name of albino skin. 

Albi'num. Gnaphalium dioicum. 

Albor. Urine. 

ALBORA. A disease complicated of the 
morphew, serpigo, and leprosy. — Paracelsus. 

Alborca. Mercury. 

Albotim. Albotai. Turpentine. 

Albuginea oculi. The fibrous membrane 
situated immediately under the conjunctiva, 
formed by the expansion of the tendons of the 
four recti muscles. White of the eye. 

Albuginea testis. A thick, fibrous mem- 
brane, of a white appearance, forming the prop- 
er tunic of the testis. 

Albugineous. A term applied to substances 
of a pearly or pure white color. 

Albugineous membranes. The fibrous mem- 

ALBUGI'NEUS. (From alius, white). A 
term applied by anatomists to certain parts on 
account of their whiteness ; as, tunica albuginea 
oculi, tunica albuginea testis. Chaussier uses 
this term to designate one of the four fibres 
which he considers as elementary. Fibre al- 
buginee. See Fibre, elementary. Gauthier 
calls one of the four layers into which he di- 
vides the rete mucosum, membrana albuginea 
profunda, and another membrana albuginea 
superficialis. See Rete mucosum. 

ALBU'GO. Albula. (o, inis, f. ; from albus, 
white.) 1. The white of the eye. 2. A white 
opacity of the cornea. See Leucoma. 

Albugo ovi. The white of an egg. 

Albuhar. White lead. 

Album balsamum. Copaiba. 

Album canis. Album gracum. 

Album ceti. Spermaceti. 

Album gr^cum. The white dung of dogs. 
It consists chiefly of phosphate of lime, and was 
formerly applied as a discutient. 

Album nigrum. The dung of mice. 

Album olus. Valeriana locusta. 

Album rhasis. An ointment composed of 
ceruse and hog's lard. 

ALBU'MEN. (en, inis.) 1. A substance so 
named from the albumen, or white of eggs. It 
enters largely into the composition of the ani- 
mal fluids and solids. It abounds in the serum 
of the blood, the vitreous and crystalline humors 
of the eye, the fluid of dropsy, and the substance 
called coagulable lymph, and forms the great- 
er part of most tissues. The white of eggs con- 
sists of albumen in a liquid form, and sufficiently 
pure for all ordinary purposes, being combined 
with water and a trace of soda and saline mat- 



ALC 

ter. In this state it is a glairy fluid, without 
smell or taste, and easily soluble in cold water, 
but not in hot, since it begins to coagulate at 
145°. When exposed, in a thin stratum, to a 
current of air, it concretes into a solid transparent 
substance, which is soluble in water, and, if 
kept dry, may be preserved for any length of 
time without putrefaction. The principal char- 
acteristic of albumen is its coagulability by 
heat. It coagulates at 160° F., and at 212° it 
shrinks and dries into a horny mass. The acids 
and metallic oxides coagulate albumen. 

On exposure to the atmosphere in a moist 
state, albumen passes speedily into putrefaction. 

Solid albumen may be obtained by agitating 
the white of egg with ten or twelve times its 
weight of alcohol, or with acetic acid ; it pre- 
cipitates in the form of white insoluble flocculi. 
Albumen thus obtained is like fibrin, solid, in- 
sipid, inodorous, denser than water, and without 
action on vegetable colors. It dissolves in pot- 
ash and soda more easily than fibrin, but less 
easily in acetic acid and ammonia. It is also 
soluble in nitrate and sulphate of potash and 
soda, and other neutral salts. 

From its coagulability, albumen is much used 
for the purpose of clarifying liquids. 

There are many varieties of albumen, differ- 
ing in physical qualities, but being compounds 
of Protein, which see. It is highly nutritious, 
and convertible by the economy into fibrin. 

Orfila recommends the white of eggs as the 
best antidote to corrosive sublimate ; and, as al- 
bumen forms precipitates with the solutions of 
almost all the metallic salts, it is useful against 
other metallic poisons. 

2. In Botany, the substance which forms the 
chief bulk of some seeds, as corn, coffee, &c., 
and which is of various consistence, being fecu- 
lent, farinaceous, horny, or ligneous. 

Albu'men aluminosum. Alum curd. 

Albumen ovi. Albumor. The white of an 
egg; used in pharmacy to suspend oils, fats, 
and balsams. 

Albuminorrhcea. Bright's disease. 

ALBU'MINOSE. Proteine. That part of 
albumen or fibrin soluble in weak hydrochlo- 
ric acid. 

Albuminous. Of the nature of albumen. 
Containing albumen. 

ALBUMINURIA. Albuminous urine. It is 
discovered by heating, or the action of nitric 
acid, which coagulates the albumen, and is a 
symptom of organic diseases of the kidney 
Bright's disease. 

ALBU'RNUM. (urn, i, n. ; from albus, white.) 
The new wood of trees. 

ALCAHEST. Alkahest. Alcaest. The uni- 
versal solvent. 

Alcahest glauberi. Subcarbonate of pot- 
ash. 

Alcahest respurii. This was formed by 
detonating nitre with metallic zinc, and treating 
the residuum with water. The water contained 
the alcahest. 

Alcahest zwelferi is acetic acid obtained 
by distillation from verdigris. • 

Alcalescence. Becoming alkaline. 

A'lcali. See Alkali. 

Alcaligene. Nitrogen. 

31 



ALC 

ALCALIZA'TION. See Alkalization. 

Alca'nna. This name has been given to 
three plants. 1. Lawsonia inermis. 2. To a 
species of Filaria. 3. Anchusa tinctoria. 

Alcaol. The solvent for the preparation pf 
the philosopher's stone. 

Alcarge'n. Cacodylic acid. 

Alcarsin. See Cacodyl. 

A'LCEA. ATiKea. A genus of malvaceous 
plants. Hollyhock. — A. JEgyptiaca villosa. 
■See Hibiscus abelmoschus. — A. Indica. See 
Hibiscus abelmoschus. — A.. Rosea. Common 
hollyhock. The flowers are mucilaginous. 

Alcebric vivum. Sulphur. 

Alchachenge. Physalis alkekengi. 

Alchachil. Rosemary. 

Alcharith. Mercury. 

Alchemia. See Alchemy. 

ALCHEMI'LLA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
Rosaceous plants. Ladies' mantle. — A. vul- 
garis. Formerly esteemed as an astringent. — 
A. arvensis is slightly diuretic. 

A'LCHEMIST. One who practiced alchemy. 

A'LCHEMY. Alchymy. Alchimia. Alkima. 
This was synonymous with chemistry at first, 
but, owing to the theoretical views of the chem- 
ists of the seventh century, became the art of 
discovering the universal solvent, medicine, &c, 
and to some extent falling into the hands of 
empirics, has been of late much denounced. 

Alchitram. Alchitura. Tar. 

Alchitran. 1. Oil of juniper. 2. The re- 
siduum of a distillation. Tar. 

Alcibia' dium. Alci'bium. Echium vulgare. 

Alcimad. Antimony. 

Alcoates. See Alcohol. 

Alcob. Sal ammoniac. 

Alcocalum. Cynara scolymus. 

Alcofol. Antimony. 

ALCOHOL. The rectified product of the 
distillation of whisky, &c. That in the mar- 
ket contains 85 per cent, real spirit. The alco- 
hol of the U. S. Pharm. is of sp. gr. 0*835, and 
represents the spiritus rectificatus of the Lon- 
don and alcohol fortius of the Edinburgh Phar- 
macopoeia. Alcohol is used in British pharmacy 
for the rectified spirit distilled from carbonate 
of potassa ; in this way it is obtained with a sp. 
gr. of - 810 : this is nearly pure, and may be 
made so by repeated distillation from chloride 
of calcium, when absolute alcohol of sp. gr. 
0-794 is obtained. 

It is the peculiar product of the vinous fer- 
mentation, and is found in quantities from 4 to 
25 per cent, in beer, cider, wines, &c. It has 
a hot, pungent taste, is extremely inflamma- 
ble, and a remarkable solvent of resins, some 
fats, the active principle of many substances, 
&c. It boils at 173° F., and is very volatile. 
It combines with some saline substances, form- 
ing Alcoates. Composition. — Hydrated oxide 
of ethyl, AeO-y-HO, or C 4 H 6 04-HO; many 
acids separate its water, and thus produce 
ether. Medically, it is a powerful diffusible 
stimulant, and when habitually used in its 
-stronger preparations, produces serious injury 
U) the health. Externally it is applied in evap- 
orating lotions. In Pharmacy, it is much used 
diluted with one half water, as alcohol dilutum 
(dihitus), spiritus tenuior, sp. gr. 0*935, and 
32 



ALE 

proof spirit, in the preparation of tinctures, es- 
sences, spirits, elixirs. Alcohol is frequently 
used for tinclura or spiritus, which see. 

Alcohol, absolute. Pure alcohol of sp. gr. 
0-794, at 58° F. 

Alcohol ammoniatum. (U. S.) Take alco- 
hol, Oiiss. ; lime, ibj. ; muriate of ammonia, 
■fviij. ; water, f. fvj. ; prepare as in the case of 
liquor ammonia. It is stimulant and antispas- 
modic ; dose, 3ss. to 3J- It is used in forming 
ammoniated tinctures. 

Alcohol ammoniatum aromaticum. (U. S.) 
Take alcohol ammoniatum, Oj. ; oil of rosemary, 
oil of lemons, of each, f. 3y. ; oil of cloves, oil of 
cinnamon, each, f. 3ss. Mix, and add a little 
water to avoid empyreuma in the distillation: 
let Oj. pass over by a gentle heat. Stimulant 
and antispasmodic; dose, gtt. xx. to f. 3J. 

Alcoholic muriatic ether. A mixture of 
equal parts of muriatic ether and alcohol. Dose, 
gtt. x. to 3ss. Diffusible stimulus. 

Alcohol sulphuricatum. A. sulphuricum. 
Elixir acidum Halleri. 

Alcohol of sulphur. Bisulphuret of car- 
bon. See Carbon. 

Alcoholate. Spirit. Essence. Apharma 
ceutical preparation in which a tincture is first 
made and then distilled, so that it retains only 
the volatile portions. 

Alcoholic potass a. Potassa fusa purified by 
solution in alcohol and evaporation to dryness. 

Alcoholmeter. The specific gravity imple- 
ments used in ascertaining the purity of spirits. 
Areometer. 

Alcool. Alcohol. Alcoolcs. Tinctures. 

Alcoolats. The preparations called spirits. 
See Spiritus. 

Alcol. Vinegar. 

Alcola. 1. An Aiabic name of aphtha?, or 
the thrush. 2. A term applied by Paracelsus 
to the sediment of urine. 

Alcolita. Urine. 

Alcor. Oxide of copper. 

Alcornoco. Alcornoquc. The bark of an 
unknown South American tree, which has been 
introduced into Europe of late years, and ex- 
tolled by some as a specific in phthisis: it is 
slightly astringent and bitter. Dose, in pow- 
der, 3ss. 

Alcubrith. Sulphur. 

A'lcyon. A bird of the swallow tribe. 

Alcyo'nium. Bastard 6ponge. The ashes of 
this substance were formerly employed as a den- 
tifrice ; they were also believed to promote the 
growth of hair, and were used against baldness. 

Aldehyde. The hydrated protoxide of ace- 
tyl, an ethereal fluid : AcO-)-HO. 

Aldehydic acid. The same as the acetylous 
acid, a volatile puugent body : it is readily con- 
verted by reagents into acetic acid. 

ALDER. Betula ulnus. 

Alder, berry-bearing. Black alder. See 
Rhamnus. 

ALE. Cerevisia. A fermented liquor made 
from malt and hops, and chiefly distinguished 
from beer by a less quantity of hops used therein. 

Ale ac as. Liquorice. 

Alec. Vitriol. 

Alccharith. Mercury. 

Alecost. Tanacetum balsamita. 



A LG 



A LI 



Alegar. Vinegar. 

Alei'mma. Alei'plia. Au ointment. 

Alel.s'on. (From ale, salt, and elaiov, oil.) 
A compound of salt and oil, applied by the an- 
cients to tumors. 

Alema. Flour. 

ALE'MBIC, or Alambic Alembicus. A 
chemical utensil made of glass, metal, or earth- 
en-ware, consisting of a body, to which is fitted a 
conical head, with a beak descending laterally, 
to be inserted into a receiver. A kind of still. 

Alemhic. Lead. 

Alembroth, sal. Hydrargyrum praecipita- 
turn album. 

Alembroth desiccatum. Sal tartari, or 
carbonate of potash. 

Alemzadat. Alemzadar. Sal ammoniac. 

Ales. A compound salt. 

Alese. Alexe. A napkin. 

A'LETRIS. A genus of asphodelea>. — Afar- 
inosa. Star-grass. A plant common in the Uni- 
ted States ; it is a strong bitter, and is used as a 
tonic and stomachic. Dose, of the powder, 9ss. 

Aletron. Flour. 

Aleu'ron. Flour. 

Aleurotcsis. Sifting. 

Alexanders. See Smyrnium. 

Alexa'ndria. Prunus lauro-cerasus. 

Alexandrinum. Au ancient form of medi- 
cine. 

Alexica'cum. An antidote or amulet. 

Alexipharmacum. An alexipharmic medi- 
cine. 

ALEXIPHA'RMIC. (Alexipharmicus ; from 
aXefw, to expel, and (j>appaitov, a poison.) A 
term applied by the ancients to medicines 
which were supposed to fortify the system 
against poisons, or to obviate their effects when 
taken. 

Alexipyreticum. Alexipyretum. A febri- 
fuge medicine. 

Alexipyre'ticus. Alexipy'retus. (From 
aAefw, to drive away, and irvpeToc, a fever.) 
Possessed of febi'ifuge power. 

Alexir. See Elixir. 

Alexiteric. Alcxite'rium. (uw», i. ; A/lef- 
Tjrjiptov; from a"ke!;w, to aid.) A remedy of 
any kind ; but it was applied chiefly to alexi- 
pharmics. An antidote to external poisons. 

Alexiterium chlorium. Chlorine. 

Alexiterium nitricum. Nitrous acid. 

Alfatide. Alfol. Sal ammoniac. 

A'LGA. {a, m, f.) A sea-weed. 

ALGM. Under this term is comprehended 
all the sea-weeds. 

Algali. Nitre. 

Algalie. A catheter, or sound. 

Algarab. Anchylops. 

ALGAROTH. When chloride of antimony 
(butter of antimony) is thrown into water, a 
metallic compound is precipitated in the form 
of a white powder, which is the powder of al- 
garoth, and is an oxychloride of antimony. It is 
violently emetic in doses of two or three grains, 
and is preferred by many for making the emet- 
ic tartar. 

ALGE'DO. (o, inis, f. ; from a7>.yoc, pain.) 
A violent pain about the anus, perineum, tes- 
tes, urethra, and bladder, arising from the sud- 
den stoppage of a virulent gonorrhoea. 
C 



Alge ma. Algedon. Algesis. (kXyjJiia ; 
from aXyeu, to be in pain.) Pain of any kind. 

Algeric Lime. 

Algidus. Coldness. 

Algidafebris. Febrishorri'fica. Febris que'r- 
quera. A malignant remittent, characterized 
by icy coldness of the surface. 

A'LGOR. (or, oris, m. ; from algeo, to shiv- 
er with cold.) The feeling of coldness which 
is general in the first stage of fevers. Rigor. 

Algos. Algeticus. Algia. Pain. 

Alhagi. See Hedysarum. 

Alhandal. Colocynth. 

Alhasba. Measles. 

Alhenna. See Lawsonia inermis. 

Ali'bilis. Alibile. Fit for the purposes of 
nutrition. 

A'lica. Probably the spelt. 

A'lices. The spots which appear on the 
skin at the commencement of the eruption of 
the small-pox, and which afterward become 
pustules. 

ALIENATIO. Irregulai-ity ; derangement. 

Alien a'tio mentis. Alienation of mind. 
Pinel restricts this term to insanity, exclusive 
of those derangements of the intellect which 
are secondary or symptomatic of some other 
disease ; as delirium, &c. 

Alienus. Delirious. 

A'LIFORM. (From ala, a wing, and forma, 
resemblance.) Wing-like. Pterygoid. 

Aligulus. A confection. 

Alimella. The parotid. 

ALIMENT. (Alimentum, i, n. ; from alo, 
to nourish.) Any substance which, being sub- 
jected to the action of the digestive organs, is 
capable of affording nourishment to the body. 
Organized matter, or that which has possessed 
life, seems to be alone capable of assimilation 
with the animal system : hence, every aliment 
must necessarily be derived from the animal or 
vegetable kingdom. There are, however, cer- 
tain inorganic substances, such as water, com- 
mon salt, lime, &c, which, though incapable 
by themselves of nourishing, appear, when ad- 
ministered in conjunction with alimentary sub- 
stances, to contribute essentially to nutrition. 

Food is azotized or non-azotized : the former 
only is capable of sustaining life. Aliments may 
be divided into : 

1st. Farinaceous, or amylaceous : wheat, 
barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, potato, sago, salep, 
peas, beans, lentils, &c. 

2d. Mucilaginous : carrot, beet-root, turnip, 
asparagus, cabbage, lettuce, artichoke, car- 
doons, pumpkins, melons, &c. 

3d. Sweet : the different sorts of sugar, figs, 
dates, dried grapes, apricots, honey, &c. 

4th. Acidulous : oranges, gooseberries, cher- 
ries, peaches, strawberries, raspberries, mul- 
berries, grapes, prunes, pears, apples, sorrel, 
vinegar, &c. 

5th. Fatty and oily : cocoa, olives, sweet al- 
monds, nuts, walnuts, the animal fats, the oils, 
butter, &c. 

6th. Gelatinous : tendinous parts, as calf's 
foot ; some fishes ; and the flesh of young ani- 
mals generally ; jellies. 

7th. Protein : the flesh and the blood of dif- 
ferent animals ; eggs, milk, cheese. 

33 



ALK 

8th. Spirituous : wine, beer, cider, spirits. 

ALIMENTARY. Alimenta'rius. Nourish- 
ing ; belonging to food. 

Alimenta'tion. Alimentatio. The recep- 
tion of nourishment. 

ALIMENTARY CANAL. Canalis alimenta- 
rius. Alimentary duct : a name given to the 
•whole conduit through which the food passes 
from the mouth to the anus. 

Alimentary duct. 1. The alimentary ca- 
nal. 2. The thoracic duct is sometimes so 
called. See Thoracic duct. 

Alimos. Liquorice. 

Alinthisar. Elongation of the uvula. 

Alip.e'nos. Alipontos. Remedies which 
were of a dry nature, as powders, &c. 

Alipa'sma. Lipasma. 

Alipata. A tree which grows in the Phil- 
ippine Islands, and is reputed to be highly poi- 
sonous; the juice, which is milky, and the 
smoke of the wood, are said to cause blindness. 

Ali'ptica. That department of ancient med- 
icine which treated of inunction. 

ALISMA PLANTAGO. The water-plantain, 
the root of which has been used in hydrophobia. 
The fresh leaves are rubefacient. 

Alitu'ra. The process of assimilation or 
nutrition. 

Alizarine. The sublimed red coloring mat- 
ter of madder. 

Alkqfial. Alkafiel. Antimony. 

Alkahest. See Alcahest. 

Alkale. Pullets' fat. 

ALKALE'SCENT. Alkalescens. Slightly 
alkaline. 

A'LKALI, or ALCALI. A caustic substance 
which changes vegetable blue colors to green, 
and which combines with acids so as to neutral- 
ize their properties more or less perfectly, and 
to form salts. Potash, Soda, Lithia, and Am- 
monia are known to chemists; the three former 
are fixed, and the last volatile. Of late years, 
the list of alkalies has been augmented by a nu- 
merous and interesting class of vegetable sub- 
stances, which have been called by some alka- 
loids, because they possess the property of 
neutralizing acids. Lime, magnesia, baryta, and 
strontia are called alkaline earths. 

The composition and chemical relations of 
the individual alkalies will be found under their 
respective heads. 

Alkali ammoniacum. Ammonia. 

Alkali ammoniacum spirituosum. Spiritus 
ammonia. 

Alkali, animal. Ammonia. 

Alkali, caustic volatile. See Ammonia. 

Alkali causticum. Caustic alkali. Caustic 
potash is used in surgery for making issues. 

Alkali fixum. See Potash and Soda. 

Alkali, fossil, mineral. See Soda. 

Alkali, native vegetable. See Alkaloid. 

Alkali, phlogisticated. Prussian alkali. 
When a fixed alkali is ignited with bullock's 
blood or other animal substances, and lixiviated, 
it is converted, in a great measure, into ferrocy- 
anide of potassium or prussiate of potash. 

Alkali, Prussian. Ferrocyanide of potassium. 

Alkali, vegetable. See Potash. 

Alkali vegetabile salitum. The muriate of 
potash. 

34 



ALK 

Alkali, volatile. See Ammonia. 

Alkali, volatile, concrete. Ammonia 
carbonate. 

Alkalid. Alkes. sEs ustum. Oxide of 
copper. 

ALKALI'METER. The name of an instru- 
ment for determining the quantity of alkali in 
the impure potash and soda of commerce. 

ALKALINE. Alkali'nus. Applied to a sub- 
stance partaking of the nature of, or having hi 
its composition, an alkali. Under the name of 
alkalina, Dr. Ciillen includes those medicines 
which are usually called antacids. 

Alkaline air. Ammoniacal gas. 

Alkaline earths. Lime, magnesia, baryta, 
and strontia, which have the property of chang- 
ing yellow colors. 

ALKALI'NITY. (Alkalinitas ; from alkali.) 
The property communicated to bodies by the 
presence of an alkali. 

ALKALIZATION. Alkalizatio. The com- 
munication of alkaline properties to any sub- 
stance. 

A'LKALOIDS, VEGETABLE. (From al- 
kali, and ei6oc, resemblance.) A class of vege- 
table substances possessing the property of 
combining with acids, usually representing the 
active principle of the plant ; as morphia, 
strychnia. They are commonly insoluble in 
water, but dissolve in alcohol. 

As the vegetable alkalies agree in several of 
their leading chemical properties, the mode of 
preparing one of them admits of being applied 
with slight variation to all. The general out- 
line of the method is as follows : The substance 
containing the alkaline principle is digested, or 
more commonly macerated, in a large quantity 
of water, which dissolves the salt, the base of 
which is the vegetable alkali. On adding some 
more powerful salifiable base, such as potash 
or ammonia, or boiling the solution for a few 
minutes with lime or pure magnesia, the vege- 
table alkali is separated from its acid, and, be- 
ing in that state insoluble in water, may be 
collected on a filter and washed. As thus pro- 
cured, however, it is impure, retaining some of 
the other principles, such as the oleaginous, 
resinous, or coloring matters with which it is 
associated in the plant. To purify it from these 
substances, it should be mixed with a little an- 
imal charcoal, and dissolved in boiling alcohol. 
The alcoholic solution, which is to be filtered 
while hot, yields the pure alkali, either on cool- 
ing or by evaporation ; if not quite colorless, it 
should again be subjected to the action of alco- 
hol and animal charcoal. In order to avoid the 
necessity of employing a large quantity of alco- 
hol, the following modification of the process 
may be adopted: The vegetable alkali, after 
being precipitated and collected on a filter, is 
made to unite with some acid, such as the 
acetic, sulphuric, or muriatic, and the solution 
boiled with animal charcoal until the coloring 
matter is removed. The alkali is then precip- 
itated by ammonia or some other salifiable 
base. 

The following substances have been brought 
forward of late years as native vegetable alka- 
lies, but the title of several of them to be so con- 
sidered is more than doubtful : 



ALL 



ALL 



Aconitine, 


Crotoniiae, 


Arcinia, 


Curaiine, 


Atropia, 

Brucia, 

Buxine, 


Cusparine, 

Cynopia, 

Daturine, 


Capsicine, 


Delphia, 



Narcine, 
Nicotine, 
Picrotoxia, 
Populine, 
Quinia, 
Sabadilline, 
Chelidonine, Digitalia, Salicine, 

Cinchonia, Emetia, Sanguinaria, 

Codeine, Eupatorine, Solania, 

Colchicine, Hyoscyamine, Strychnia, 
Conine, Jervine, Veratria. 

Corticine, Morphia, 

Corydalin, Narcotina, 

A'LKANET. Alka'nna. See Anchusa tinc- 
toria. 

Alkanet, bastard. Lithospermum offici- 
nale. 

Alkan\a vera. See Lawsonia inermis. 

Alkant. Mercury. 

Alkantum. Oxide of copper. Arsenic. 

Alkar. A medicine. 

Alkeke'ngi. Physalis alkekengi. 

ALKE'RMES. A celebrated remedy, where- 
of kermes is the basis. 

Alkerva. Ricinus communis. 

Alkitran. Ccdria. 

Alkoel. Sulphuret of lead. 

A'lkohol. Alcohol. 

Alkool. Alkoolk. A preparation of anti- 
mony used to tinge the eyelids and eyelashes 
black. 

Alkosor. Camphor. 

Alky plumbi. Sugar of lead. 

Allabor. Lead. 

Allama'nda. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
Aria. Monogynia. — Allamanda cathartica. A 
shrub of Guiana, the infusion of whose leaves is 
said by Linnaeus to be useful in colica picto- 
num. 

ALLA'NTOID MEMBRANE. (From allae, 
a sausage, and eidog, likeness.) Membrana al- 
lantoidcs. A membrane of the foetus, which 
exists in most of the mammalia. It is situated 
between the chorion and amnion ; it communi- 
cates with the bladder by the canal termed the 
urachus, and contains the urine of the foetus. It 
has been much disputed among anatomists 
whether this membrane exists in the human sub- 
ject and some other animals. The membrane 
called vcsicula umbilicalis is not to be found 
during the whole period of gestation, like the 
allantois, but disappears in the course of the 
third month ; it is doubtful whether it commu- 
nicates with the bladder, and, consequently, 
whether it contains urine ; it has, therefore, 
been generally considered as connected with 
the nutrition of the foetus. The vesicula um- 
bilicalis is sometimes called tunica crythroides, 
especially in those of the inferior animals in 
which it exists. 

Allantoin. Allantoic acid. By gently 
evaporating the allantoid fluid, it is deposited in 
the form of white acicular crystals. It is neu- 
tral. Form., Cy 2 +3HO. 
Alla'ntois. See Allantoid. 
Allantoto'xicum. (From allac, a sausage, 
and to^ikov, a poison.) A poison developed in 
putrid sausages made of blood and liver. It 
often proves speedily fatal, producing a low 
typhus fever. 



Alla'sia. A tree that grows on the coast of 
Mozambique. A cataplasm made of its leaves 
and applied to the loins is said to facilitate par- 
turition. 

Allelui'a. The wood-sorrel ; oxalis. 

All-good. Chenopodium bonus Henricus. 

All-heal. See Stachys and Hypericum. 

ALLIA'CEOUS. (Alliaceus; from allium', 
garlic. ) Pertaining to garlic. Similar to garlic. 

Allia'ria. Erysimum alliaria. 

Allicar. Vinegar. 

Alligatu 'ra . The act of bandaging a wound 

Allii radix. Garlic. 

Allio'ticum. An alterative medicine. 

A'LLIUM. Garlic. Agenusofasphodelea?. 
— A. cepa. The onion. It is acrid, rubefa 
cient, and stimulating, promoting the secretions, 
particularly expectoration and urine ; and pos- 
sesses antiscorbutic properties. Externally, they 
are employed roasted in poultices, to promote 
suppuration. — A. porrum. The leek or porret 
Porum. Similar to the onion. — A. sativum. 
Garlic. Every part of the plant, but more espe- 
cially the bulb, has a pungent, acrimonious taste, 
and a peculiarly offensive, strong smell. These 
properties depend on an essential oil. It has 
the same properties as the onion, but is very 
much more active. Dose, 1 to 3 cloves; of the 
juice, f. 3ss. to 5J. The syrup is an officinal 
pi-eparation. (U. S.) — Allium ascalonicum is 
the shallot. — A. schamoprasum. The chive.— 
A. scorodoprasum. The rochambole. 

Allium gallicum. Portulaca4 

Allium victoriale. VictoriaHs lonea. The 
root, which, when dried, loses its alliaceous 
smell and taste, is said to be efficacious in allay- 
ing the abdominal spasms of gravid females ? 

Allium redolens. Teucnum scordium. 

Allochoos. Delirious. 

Allgjo/sis. (AHoluoic ; from alloioo, to> 
change.) A change in the constitution. 

Alloso'ticus. (From allotou, to change.) 
Applied to a medicine capable of effecting a 
change in the constitution — alloiuriKa Qapfia- 
n.a, alterative medicines. 

ALLOPATHY. Allopathi'a. (From alloc, 
other, and iradog, a disease.) The effect of a 
medicine which cures a diseased action by es- 
tablishing another of a different kind. 

Allo'phasis. Delirium; incoherence. 

Allotriophagi'a. (a, as, f. ; from allorpioc r 
foreign, and fayu, to eat.) Depraved appetite. 

Allotropism. Allotropy. The change of 
property witnessed in elementary bodies, as in 
chlorine, carbon, &c. 

Alloxan. A crystalline solid produced by 
the action of strong nitric acid on uric acid. It 
is the erythric acid of Brugnatelli; formula, 
C8H4N2O10. It is converted into alloxanic acid 
by alkalies, and into alloxantin by sulphurated 
hydrogen and other agents. Alloxan and allox- 
antin are compounds of uril; the 1st, 2U1.-I- 
Oi+4HO ; the 2d, 2Ul.-f»0+5HO. 

ALLOY. Metallic compounds in general.. 
Thus, brass is called an alloy of copper and) 
zinc ; bell metal, an alloy of copper and tin- 

ALLSPICE. See Myrtus pimenta. 

Allyl. A hypothetical radical in the pun 
gent principles of garlic, mustard, and simila. 
plants. 

35 



ALO 

Alma. Water. 

Almaranda. Almakis. Almartak. Litharge. 

Almarkasita. Mercury. 

Almelilektu. A word used by Avicenna 
to express a preternatural heat less than that of 
fever, and which may continue after a fever. 

Almezerion. Cneorum tricoccuni. 

Almisadir. Sal ammoniac. 

Almizadir. Verdigris. 

ALMOND. See Amygdalus. 

Almond cake. The cake left after the ex- 
pression of the oil. 

Almond paste. This is made; of four ounces 
of blanched bitter almonds, the white of an 
egg, rose water, and rectified spirits, equal 
parts, as much as may be sufficient. It is a 
cosmetic for softening the skin and preventing 
chaps. 

Almonds of the ears. External glands of 
the neck situated near the ears. The parotid. 

Almonds of the throat. See Tonsils. 

Almuri. A cathartic preparation. 

Alnus rotundifolia. Betula alnus. 

Alnus nigra. Rhamnus frangula. 

A'LOE. (e, es, f.) A genus of plants in the 
family Liliacea?. Much confusion exists as to 
the plants from which the numerous kinds of 
aloes are derived, the A. perfoliata of Lin- 
naeus having been divided into a number of 
species. Aloe vulgaris yields Barbadoes aloes. 
Aloe socolorina, the socotorine. Aloe spicata, 
which is the only officinal species, yields Cape 
aloes. ,. 

The active principle of aloes is called aloe'sin; 
it is a saponaceous, extractive, and bitter sub- 
stance, present to the extent of 81 per cent, in 
Barbadoes aloes. It is soluble in water. They 
also contain a resinous extractive matter. The 
terms aloeresinic and aloetic acids are given to 
the two bodies making up the bitter pynciple. 
The socotorine aloes yield by distillation a vol- 
atile oil which is not obtained from the Barba- 
does. The several kinds of aloes are dissolved 
almost entirely by boiling water, but the resin 
is deposited as the solution cools. Their solu- 
bility is increased by the addition of alkalies or 
their carbonates. All the kinds of aloes are sol- 
uble in proof spirits. 

Aloes are a well-known stimulating purga- 
tive, emmenagogue, and anthelmintic. The me- 
dium dose is from 5 to 15 grains, nor does a 
larger quantity operate more effectually. Their 
effect is exerted on the large intestines, and 
principally on the rectum ; when administered 
as a decoction, little of this peculiar effect is ob- 
served. Aloes sometimes can not be employed. 
It has the effect of stimulating the rectum more 
than other purges, and with justice has been 
accused of exciting hemorrhoidal swellings, so 
that we ought to abstain from it in such cases, 
as well as in cases where there is inflammation 
or irritation of the intestinal canal ; it is improp- 
er in pregnancy. 

Aloes are too nauseous to be given in powder. 
They are most frequently exhibited in the form 
of pill, combined with purgatives, aromatics, 
bitters, or other medicines, according to the ef- 
fect desired to be produced. The best liquid 
form is the Decoctum aloes compositum. 
Aloe caballina,ot£ Aloe guineensis. Aloes. 
36 



ALP 

Aloe depurata. A. lota. An old extract. 

Aloe insuccata. An old aromatic extract 
of aloes. 

Aloe socotorina. Aloe zocotorina. Aloes. 

Aloeda'rium. khondapiov. A name given 
by the Greeks to various cathartic compounds 
containing aloes as a principal ingredient. 

Aloephangin.e pilule. See PUulce ale- 
phangince. 

ALOES . The dried j uice of different species 
of aloe. The commercial varieties are, Cape, 
socotorine, and hepatic or Barbadoes. Some- 
times we also hear of Mocha, Indian, and Cab- 
alline, or horse aloes. 

Aloes, Cape. Shining aloes. Very dark 
olive color ; vitreous fracture ; it is the kind 
used almost exclusively in the United States. 

Aloes, common. Cape aloes. 

Aloes, fetid. Horse aloes. — A. barbadensis. 
Barbadoes aloes. — A. lucida. Aloes socotorina. 
— A. extractum. Aloes. 

Aloes, hepatic Barbadoes aloes. Reddish 
brown ; aromatic, but unpleasant ; rather soft ; 
little used in the United States. 

Aloes, horse. Aloes. Dose, 3 vj. for ahorse. 

Aloes, lignum. See Lignum aloes. 

Aloes, socotorina. Turkey aloes. Aloein- 
dica. Reddish yellow; fragrant; garnet edges 
when examined by transmitted light ; glossy, 
and sometimes with vitreous fracture. It is sel- 
dom met with in the United States, but every 
kind is passed under this name by dealers. 

Aloes, spiked. Aloe. 

Aloes wood. See Lignum aloes. 

Aloesin. Aloeresinic. Aloetic acid. Aloes. 

ALOE'TIC . Alocticus. A medicine in which 
aloes is the chief ingredient. 

Aloetic acid. Chevreuil regards it as arti- 
ficial tannin. 

ALOGOTROPHI'A. (From aloyog, dispro- 
portionate, and rpt<t>u, to nourish.) A term 
employed by some writers to designate an un- 
equal nutrition of different parts of the body, es- 
pecially of the bones in rachitis. 

ALO'PECES. The psoa3 muscles. 

ALOPE'CIA. (a, ce. f.) Baldness. 

Alopecia areata. Porrigo declavens. 

Alouchi. The name of a gum obtained from 
the canella alba tree. 

Alpam. A Malabar shrub, from which an 
ointment for the itch is prepared. The juice 
of the leaves mixed with that of the calamus is 
used against the bite of serpents. 

Alpha, a. A very common prefix in chem- 
istry to distinguish varieties; as, alpha orcein, 
alpha resin, &c. 

A'lphiton. Flour, especially barley-meal. 

Alphite'don. A fracture in which a bone is 
broken into small fragments. 

ALPHO'NSIN. The name of an instrument 
for extracting balls. It consists of three branch- 
es, which separate from each other by their 
elasticity, but are capable of being closed by 
means of a tube in which they are included. 

ALPHO'SIS. The albino-skin. 

A'LPHUS. Alphos. Lepra alphoides. 

Alpi'ni balsamum. Balm of Gilead. Amy- 



Alpinia c ardamomum. A name given to the 
cardamom plant. 



ALU 

Alratica. A partial or total hnperforation 
of the vagina. 

Alsamach. The external auditory foramen. 

Alsech. Alnmen plumosum. 

ALSI'NE. See Stellaria. 

Altafor. Camphor. 

A'LTERATIVE. Alterans. That which 
re-establishes the healthy functions of the ani- 
mal economy, without producing any sensible 
evacuation by perspiration, purging, or vomit- 
ing. 

Altercum, or Altercangenon. Hyoscya- 
inus niger. 

Altern.e plants. Alternate-leaved plants. 

ALTELE'A. The name of a genus of malva- 
ceous plants. The marshmallow. — Althaea offi- 
cinalis. It abounds in mucus, and is useful as 
a demulcent in coughs, catarrhs, dysuria, &c. 
Both the root and leaves are employed medici- 
nally. Althaea is generally used in decoction 
and syrup. The root and leaves are officinal. 

Althanaca. Althanacha. Orpiment. 

Althea, or Altheine. A substance found 
by Braconnot in the marshmallow. It is the 
same with asparagin. . 

Althebegium. An Arabian name for a sort 
of swelling, which is observed in cachectic and 
leucophlegmatic habits. 

Altheben. Pterygium or pannus. See Pter- 
ygium. 

ALTHE'XIS. The cure of a distemper. 
Thence Altheus, a physician. 

Althionic acid. It is isomeric with the 
sulphovinic, and formed in the same way. 

Altilibat. Turpentine. 

A'LUDEL. A subliming vessel. 

ALUM. The officinal salt is a double sul- 
phate of alumina and potassa. There are also 
alums which contain soda, ammonia, &c, in 
place of these components, and some with iron, 
or oxides of chrome or manganese in place of 
the alumina. 

Alum has a sweetish and very astringent 
taste. Its specific gravity is about 1-71. It is 
soluble in five parts of water at 60° F., and in 
rather more than its own weight of boiling wa- 
ter. It crystallizes in octohedrons, or segments 
of the octohedron. When the crystals are ex- 
posed to a gentle heat, they undergo the watery 
fusion ; and when to a stronger heat, they swell, 
part with all their water, which amounts to 
nearly 50 per cent., and subside into a white^ 
opaque, friable, spongy substance: this is tftv 
alumen exsiccatum, or alumcn ustum of the 
Pharmacopoeias. 

In medicine, alum is internally applied as an 
astringent in cases of passive hemorrhage ; in 
those of an active character it is less applicable : 
the dose is from 5* to 20 grains every hour or 
two till the bleeding is .restrained. 

As an astringent tonic, alum may be given in 
the dose of 10 grains made into a bolus, three 
times a day, or in whey. 

Externally, alum is much employed by sur- 
geons as an astringent lotion for the eyes. From 
2 to 5 grains to an ounce of rose water forms a 
proper collyrium. It is also applied as a styp- 
tic to bleeding vessels ; as a mild escharotic to 
fungous ulcers, and as an astringent to those 
with flabby granulations. 



ALV 

Alum is much used as an ingredient in gar- 
gles for sore throat, relaxation of the uvula, 
and aphtha; and injections for gleet, leucor- 
rhcea, &c. 

Alum, compound solution of. See Liquor 
aluminis composilus. 

Alum curd. Alum curd of Riverius. A co- 
agulum made by agitating briskly jj. of alum 
with the white of an egg. 

Alum root. Heuchera cortusa. 

Alum whey. Serum aluminosum. A whey 
made by boiling two drachms of alum with a 
pint of milk, and then straining. Dose, 3ij.' 

Alumen catinum. An old name for pot- 
ashes. 

Alumen deRochi. Alumen Rochi Gallis are 
impure kinds of alum formerly in the market. 

Alumen exsiccatum. A. ustum. A. calci~ 
natum. Dried alum. It is escharotic. 

Alumen factitium. A. crystallinum. A. 
commune. See Alum. 

Alumen fixum. Potash. 

Alumen kinosatum. Pulvis aluminis com- 
positus. 

Alumen rubrum. A. romanum. A. ruti- 
lum. The Roman alum, which is of a reddish 
color, and nearly free from iron. 

Alumen rupeum. Native alum. 

Alumen saccharinum. A cosmetic pre- 
pared with alum, rose-water, and the white of 
eggs. 

ALU'MINA. (a, a, f.) Alumine : earth of 
alum, argil, or argillaceous earth, A white, in- 
soluble, veiy infusible powder. . The sesqui- 
oxide of aluminum. It is the basis of clay, 
kaolin, the sapphire, and ruby. It combines 
with acids, but is not a very powerful base. 

The acetate and sidphate of alumina, as well 
as the chloride of aluminum, possess the most 
extraordinary antiseptic properties. Solutions 
of these bodies will perfectly preserve animal 
remains. 

Alumina pura. Alumina. 

Aluminjs sales. See Alumina. 

Alumina sulphas acidulus cum potassa. 
Alum. 

Aluminje et potassa hypersulphas. Alum. 

Aluminje sulphas fusus. The Alumen ex- 
siccatum. 

Aluminous. Aluminosus. Pertaining to, or 
partaking of, the nature of alum. 

Aluminous acid. Sulphuric acid. 

ALU'MINUM, or ALUMI'NIUM. (um, i, 
n.) The metallic base of alumina. It is pre- 
pared from the chloride, and somewhat resem- 
bles platinum in powder. 

Alus. Comfrey. 

Alusar. Manna. 

ALU'SIA. (a, m, f. ; from alvoic, a wander- 
ing.) Illusion ; hallucination. The name giv- 
en by Dr. Good to a genus of diseases, including 
Alusia clatio, sentimentalism, or mental extrav- 
agance ; and Alusia hypochondrias, hypochon- 
drism, or low spirits. 

Alvaquilla. Psoralea glandulosa. 

ALVEA'RIUM. (um,i,u.) The meatus au- 
ditorius externus of the ear. 

A'lveo-labia'lis. The buccinator muscle. 

ALVE'OLAR. Alveolaris. Appertaining to 
the alveoli, or sockets of the teeth. 

37 



AMA 



AM A 



Alveolar artery. The superior maxillary. 

Alveolar membra ne. The membrane lying 
between the tooth and alveolus. 

Alveolar structure. The minute cellular 
structure of the intestinal mucous membrane ; 
full of small pits. 

Alveola'tus. (From alveolus, a little cavi- 
ty.) Alveolate ; having small cavities. 

ALVE'OLUS. (us, i, m.) A diminutive of 
alveus, a cavity.) The socket of a tooth. 

A'lveus ampulla'scens. The tumid part of 
the thoracic duct at its commencement from 
the receptaculum chyli. 

Alveus communis. The common duct, or 
communication of the ampulla? of the semicircu- 
lar canals of the ear, is so termed by Scarpa. 

ALVIDU'CUS. Purgative; laxative. 

Alvi excretio. Defecation. 

Alvi fluxus, v. profluvium. A diarrhoea. 

A'LVINE. (From alvus, the belly.) Ap- 
pertaining to the belly or bowels. 

Alvine concretions. See Enterolithus. 

A'lvus. The abdomen; the belly. 

Alvus astricta. A. coacta. A. dura. *4. 
tarda. Costiveness. 

Alvus fluida. Looseness of the bowels. 

Alvus renum. Telvis of the kidney. 

A'lyce. Alysis. Morbid anxiety and rest- 
lessness. 

A'lypon. Globularia alypum. 

ALY'SMUS. (k"kva(ioe; from aXvu, to be 
anxious.) The anxiety and inquietude that ac- 
company many states of disease. 

ALY'SSUM. Mad wort. See Marrubium 
alyssum. 

Alyssum galeni. See Marrubium. 

Alyssum plinii. See Galium mollugo. 

Alyssum verticillatum. Marrubium ver- 
ticillatum. 

Alzemafor. Cinnabar. 

Alzilat. An Arabian weight of 3 grains. 

Amadou. A tinder made of dry fungi steeped 
in nitre. 

AMA'LGAM. An alloy of mercury. See 
Mercury. 

Amalgamation. The process by which an 
amalgam is formed. 

Amame'lis. Various fruits. 

Amandinus lapis. A stone regarded by the 
ancients as a universal antidote to poisons. 

AMANI'TA. A genus of fungi nearly re- 
sembling the agaricus. A. muscaria, fly ama- 
nita, is used to poison flies. 



Amanita . Auavirat. A name given by the 
ancients to edible fungi, as mushrooms. 

Amani'tine. Amanitina. Letellier has given 
this name to the poisonous principle of fungi, 
which, however, he has not been able to sep- 
arate from other matters with which it is asso- 
ciated. 

Ama'ra du'lcis. Bitter-sweet. Solanum 
dulcamara. 

Amara medicamenta. Bitters; tonics. 

Amara'cina unguenta. Fragrant ointments. 

Ama'racum. A fragrant herb. Marjoram? 

Amare'lla. The Polygala vulgaris. 

Ama'rine. Amarina. A name given by 
some to the bitter principle of vegetables. Ac- 
cording to Laurent, a product of the action of 
ammonia on oil of bitter almonds. 
38 



Amarities. Amaritudo. Amaror. Bitter 
ness. 

AMARYLLIDA'CExE. (Amaryllis, one of 
its genera.) A natural order of beautiful endo- 
gens, with inferior fruit, six stamens, and six 
nearly equal segments of the flower. The 
greater part consists of bulbous species inhab- 
iting the Cape of Good Hope, and the tropical 
parts of both hemispheres. The bulbs are often 
emetic and poisonous. 

Amasesis. Imperfect mastication. 

Amato'ria febris. Chlorosis has been so 
called. 

Amatorium virus. A. veneficium. See Phil- 
trum. 

Amato'rius. (From amo, to love.) The 
superior oblique muscles of the eye have been 
called musculi amatorii, from their use in ogling. 

AMAURO'SIS. (is, is, f. Apavpuoic; from 
afiavpou, to obscure.) Gutta serena. Suffusio 
nigra. A diminution or total loss of sight, aris- 
ing from a paralysis of the retina or optic nerve. 
Amaurosis may exist independently of any vis- 
ible lesion of structure in the eye, or it may be 
complicated with cataract or any other affection. 

It is in general characterized by dilatation of 
the pupil and immobility of the iris. These, 
however, are not constant symptoms. There 
is, moreover, something very characteristic in 
the appearance of an amaurotic eye : there is a 
total want of the natural expression ; the eye 
rolls unmeaningly, and the patient is unable to 
direct it at will toward any particular object. 
In simple amaurosis, also, the humors of the eye 
are perfectly clear ; and when we look into the 
organ, the bottom of it frequently appears as if 
it were of a dead white or a sea-green color. 
It may attack suddenly, or gradually come on; 
be complete, or partial and intermittent, as in 
attacks of ague. 

Causes : — 1. Morbid changes of structure in 
the optic nerve, or parts of the brain connected 
with it. 2. Compression of the nerves. 3. Ex- 
ternal injuries. 4. Exhaustion of the power of 
the visual nerves by over - excitement. 5. In- 
flammatory affections of the retina. 6. De- 
rangement of the digestive organs. 7. Sup- 
pressed secretions and discharges, and the sudden 
cure of some cutaneous diseases. 8. The influ- 
ence of narcotics and other poisonous substances. 
9. Congenital malformation. 

The prognosis in this disease is generally un- 
ci i favorable. When it is congenital, or dependent 



on organic lesion, it is totally incurable ; when 
it comes on at an advanced period of life, or 
when it has been of long continuance, and in- 
creased gradually to complete blindness, little 
reasonable hope of success can be entertained ; 
on the other hand, when #he patient is young 
and the blindness not complete, when the at- 
tack has been suddeii, when the disease has 
not been of long standing, and especially when 
it is periodical, judicious treatment will often ef- 
fect a cure. 

The treatment should always have particular 
reference to the cause of the disease, where 
this can be ascertained. When it is connected 
with increased vascular action, general and lo- 
cal blood-letting should be had recourse to, and 
followed up by the use of counter-irritants, as 



A MB 

blisters behind the ears and on the back of the 
neck, issues, setons, and the moxa; the appli- 
cation of cold to the head by means of the 
shower-bath or the douche should not be neg- 
lected ; active purgatives are clearly indicated, 
and an antiphlogistic regimen should of course 
be enjoined. When it arises from genuine pa- 
ralysis of the. optic nerve, in consequence of over- 
excitement or any other cause, bloodletting and 
all debilitating measures are highly injurious, 
and tonic treatment is required ; blisters should 
be repeatedly applied; and electricity should 
have a fair trial, since it has been highly ex- 
tolled in this form of the disease, and, at all 
events, can do no harm when judiciously regu- 
lated. 

The internal use of strychnine has been rec- 
ommended in that form of amaurosis which con- 
sists simply in loss of nervous power ; and its 
reputed success in other cases of paralysis justi- 
fies a trial of it in this. Mr. Liston, Dr. Short, 
and Dr. Heathcote have applied strychnine ex- 
ternally with apparent benefit. The cuticle, 
raised by a blister, was removed from the tem- 
ples, and from one eighth to one fourth of a 
grain applied daily to the denuded surface on 
each side, the quantity being gradually increas- 
ed to a grain, and in one instance to three grains ; 
half the latter quantity, however, is as much as 
will generally be requisite or safe: repeated 
blisters and applications of the strychnine will 
sometimes be required. 

The partial amaurosis of dyspeptics, &c, must 
b^removed by treating the cause. 

Amaurotic cat's eye. Amaurosis in which 
the pupil is unusually pale, as in old persons. 

Amazo'nius. Auafyvioc. A lozenge former- 
ly used against flatulency and vomiting : it was 
composed of aniseed, wormwood, myrrh, pep- 
per, smallage, castor, opium, and cinnamon. 

Ambar. Amber. See Succinum. 

A'mbe. (Ambe, es, f. ; A/i6r}, the rim or mar- 
gin of any thing.) A machine invented by 
Hippocrates for reducing dislocations of the 
shoulder. 

Amber. See Succinum. 

Amber seed. See Hibiscus. 

A'mbergris. Ambarum. (Ambragrisca, ce, 
f.) A substance found in irregular masses float- 
ing on the sea near the islands of the Indian 
Ocean and many tropical shores. It is dis- 
charged from the intestines of the spermaceti 
whale, and is a diseased product. It is of a 
grayish-yellow color, waxy fracture, and agree- 
able odor; melts at 144° F. ; sp. gr., 78 to -92. 

Pelletier and Caventou have found ambergris 
to consist principally of a substance very anal- 
ogous to cholesterine, and to which they have 
given the name of ambreine. This is converted 
into ambreic acid by nitric acid. From its high 
price, ambergris is variously counterfeited. It 
has been alleged to possess stimulant and anti- 
spasmodic virtues, but it appears to be nearly 
inert, and is now scarcely used except by the 
perfumer 

Ambia. An East Indian fluid, yellow bitumen. 

Ambide'xter. (From umbo, both, and dex- 
ter, right.) As a substantive, one who uses 
both hands with equal facility ; hence, ambidex- 
trous. 



AMB 

Ambil.«vus. Awkward. 

Amblo'sis. Amblothridion. Ambloma. A 
miscarriage. 

Amblo'ticus. (From a^lumg.) Amblotic; 
having the power to cause abortion. 

Amblyaphia. Dullness of couch or general 
sensation. 

Amblyo'gmos. See Amblyopia. 

AMBLYO'PIA. (a, a:, f. ; Ap6Xvoma; from 
afi6hvc, dull, and uty, the eye.) Hippocrates 
means by this word the dimness of sight to 
which old people are subject. The best mod- 
ern writers make amblyopia synonymous with 
partial amaurosis. 

Amblyopia crepuscularis. Hemeralopia. 
— A, dissitorum. Short-sightedness. 

Amblyopia meridiana. Nyctalopia. 

Amblyopia proximorum. Long-sightedness. 

Amblyo'smus. See Amblyopia. 

A'mbon. AfiSuv, the margin or tip of the 
sockets in which the heads of bones are lodged. 

A'mbra. Ambor. Amber. See Succinum. 
Ambergris. 

Ambreic acid. An acid obtained by treating 
ambreine with nitric acid. 

Ambreine. A fatty substauce forming the 
basis of ambergris: it diners but little from 
cholesterine. 

Ambro'sia. Afifjpoaia. 1. A name given 
to several plants, as tansy, wormwood, the herb 
botrys, &c. ,2. The name of several compound 
medicines, which were all of the alexipharmic 
kind. 

Ambulance. {Ambulo, to walk.) A light 
caravan, furnished with surgeons' assistants, im- 
plements, &c, and orderlies, for attendhig upon 
the wounded in the field of battle. 

A'mbulans. (From ambulo, to walk.) A 
term applied to some erratic diseases, as erysip- 
elas ambulans, &c. 

Ambuleia. Succory. 

Ambuli. An East Indian plant which is bit- 
ter and febrifuge. 

A'mbulo. Flatus furiosus. Vareni. Flat- 
ulent distension of the abdomen, attended with 
pain. 

AMBU'STIO. (o, onis, f. ; from amburo, to 
burn.) A burn or scald. Burns may be di- 
vided, according to the degree of injury sus- 
tained, into three kinds. 1. Such as merely 
excite an inflammation of the skin, attended, or 
not, with slight vesication, and which, if it be 
not very improperly treated, almost always 
shows a tendency to resolution. 2. Those 
which affect the vitality of the cutis, causing 
detachment of the cuticle and suppuration of 
the cutaneous surface, and which become dan- 
gerous when extensive. 3. Those in which the 
vitality of the integuments is either immediate- 
ly destroyed, or so injured that sloughing en- 
sues ; these are frequently dangerous, especially 
in very young or feeble persons. 

Setting aside all exclusive plans, the most ra- 
tional and successful treatment of burns seems 
to be that founded on the actual condition of 
the parts in the three degrees of injury men- 
tioned at the commencement of this article. 
When the burn or scald is quite superficial, and 
the integuments merely inflamed, the inflamma- 
tion is to be relieved by the application of cold 

30 



A AI B 



A All 



water or cooling lotions. It is to be observed, 
however, that when the pulse is feeble and the 
skin cold, or when the burn, though superficial, 
is extensive, or situated on the trunk, cold ap- 
plications are improper, and we may use the 
liniment recommended by Sir Astley Cooper, 
consisting of equal parts of oil of turpentine, 
lime water, and linseed oil, resorting afterward 
to cooling applications and antiphlogistic treat- 
ment, when reaction is sufficiently established. 
When the cuticle has been detached, and sup- 

Euration thus rendered necessary, there is no 
etter general application than the linimentum 
aquce calcis ; though, when the part is very hot 
and painful, a poultice will frequently be found 
to give more effectual relief. In burns attend- 
ed with destruction of parts, the treatment is 
the same with that of sphacelus ; the separa- 
tion of the sloughs is to be promoted by emol- 
lient poultices ; and as the injured part is liable 
during this process to assume every variety of 
action, stimulating or soothing remedies must 
be applied according to circumstances; when 
the sores are languid and the sloughs detached 
slowly, a certain proportion of turpentine mix- 
ed with the dressings will be found useful ; end 
when the ulcers are irritable, anodyne fomen- 
tations or poultices are necessary to restore a 
healthy action. 

Slight burns require little constitutional treat- 
ment ; laxatives and attention to diet are gener- 
ally ail that is required. With respect to those 
of a more serious description, the following 
summary of practice is given by Mr. Samuel 
Cooper : 

" With regard to the internal treatment, when 
a scald or burn is of a severe description, the 
Jirst stage of danger, the danger from the shock 
on the system, the period of irritation, as Du- 
puytren terms it, immediately presents itself, 
sometimes accompanied by violent agitation of 
the nervous system, but still more frequently by 
shiverings, paleness, stupor, coldness, weak 
pulse, and collapse. Now opium, brandy, am- 
monia, or ether may be given. Cold applica- 
tions are to be avoided, bottles of hot water 
may be put to the feet and epigastrium, and the 
patient kept covered. The warm bath for chil- 
dren is in this stage particularly recommended 
by Dupuytren. When the collapse goes off, 
and fever and inflammation come on, we are to 
adopt antiphlogistic treatment, bleed young, ro- 
bust subjects, and administer opium. 

" The second period of great suffering and 
danger is when the eschars and sloughs are be- 
ginning to loosen : the stage of elimination, as 
it is named by French surgeons. The constitu- 
tional disturbance now runs high, and, when the 
patient is strong and young, bleeding is often 
necessary, together with leeches and opium. 

a The third stage of danger is that of suppu- 
ration, when the profuse discharge may be such 
as the patient can not safely bear ; purgatives 
and astringent lotions are now proper to check 
it, followed by bark, dil. sulph. acid, a moder- 
ate quantity of wine and opium. For the diar- 
rhoea to which burned patients are subject in 
the suppurative stage, Dupuytren prefers giving 
half a grain of opium, and one of sulphate of 
zinc, three or four times a day. 
40 



" The fourth stage of danger is when hectic 
symptoms have been induced by the long dura- 
tion of the effects of the injury, the irritation, 
pain, discharge, &c. Here we must act ac- 
cording to the principles explained in the arti- 
cle on hectic fever, support the strength, give 
opium, &c. The occasional complications of 
burns, phlegmonous erysipelas, tetanus, and the 
determination of blood to internal organs, will 
of course demand their particular remedies." 

Ambutua. Cissampelos pareira. 

Ambuya-embo. The name of a Brazilian 
species of aristolochia, a decoction of which is 
used by the natives against obstructions, &c. 

Ameli. A Alalabar shrub of an unknown 
genus. The decoction of its leaves is said to be 
useful in colic, and its root boiled in oil is ap- 
plied to tumors as a discutient. 

Ame'lla. The same as achmella. 

Amenia. Amenorrhcea. 

AMENORRHEA, (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., 
(irjv, a month, and peu, to flow.) An obstruc- . 
tion of the menses in women from other causes 
than pregnancy or advanced age. 

Amenorrhcea involves two distinct cases : 

1 . Emansio mensium : Retention of the men- 
ses ; when the menses do not appear at the pe- 
riod of life at which they may be naturally ex- 
pected. See Chlorosis. 

2. Suppressio mensium. Alorbid cessation. 
This may arise directly from colds, mental emo- 
tions, and is to be restored by attending to the 
cause : or it may be symptomatic of diseases of 
the nervous system, or of debility from tjiese 
causes : it often becomes chronic, and is to be 
treated as in chlorosis. 

AA1ENTACE./E. Amenta' ceaplantec. Amen- 
taceous plants. 

Amenta'ceous. Amentaceous: having an 
amentum or catkin ; as the willow, birch, beech, 
poplar, &c. 

AME'NTIA. (a, ee, f. ; from a, priv., and 
mens, the mind.) Imbecility of mind, in which 
the relations of things are either not perceived 
or not recollected. When it originates at birth, 
it is called amentia congenita, natural idiotism ; 
when from the infirmities of age, amentia senilis, 
dotage, or second childishness ; and when from 
some accidental cause, amentia acquisila. 

Ame'ntum. (um, i, n.) A catkin, or decid- 
uous, pendulent spike. 

Ame'ntum. Alumen siccum. 

Amer. A bitter substance produced by act- 
ing on raw silk with nitric acid. 

American centaury. Sabbatia angularis. — 
A. dittany. Cunila mariana. — A. hellebore. 
Veratrum album. — A. ipecacuanha. Euphorbia 
ipecacuanha ; but principally Gillenia trifoliata. 
— A. sanicle. Heuchera americana. — A. senna. 
Cassia marilandica. — A. spikenard. Aralia race- 
mosa. 

Americanum tuberosum. The potato. 

Amethy'stus. Amethyst a medicamenta* 
Medicines used to prevent or remove the effects 
of excess in wine. The amethyst. 

Ametria. Intemperance. 

Ami'culum. The amnion has been so call- 
ed. 

Amidogen. The hypothetical compound rad- 
ical of ammonia, &c. : NH 2 . Symbol, Ad. 



A M M 

Amides. Amidides. Salts containing ami- 
dogen. 

Amidide op hydrogen. Ammonia. 

A'midine. Amidin. Gelatinous starch; the 
soluble portion of starch : it is formed at once 
by the action of hot water on starch. 

A'midum. Amidon. See Amylum. 

Amiline. A product of the distillation of 
hydrated oxide of amyl with dry phosphoric 
acid — C10H10. 

AmiNje'um vinum. A wine much esteemed 
by the ancients. Galen also mentions an Ami- 
nceum neapolitanum and an Aminceum siculum. 

A'mma. Hamma. A truss. 

Ammelide. Ammeline. Products of the de- 
composition of sulphocyanogen. 

A'MMI. The pharmacopoeia] name of the 
herb bishop's weed, of which there are two 
sorts. See Sison ammi, and Ammi majus. — A. 
majus. The Ammi vulgare of the shops. The 
seeds are less powerful than those of the Sison 
ammi; they are carminative and tonic. — A. 
verum. See Sison ammi. 

AMMO'NIA. {a, a, f. ; so called because it 
is obtained from sal ammoniac.) Ammonia is 
a gaseous body procured by the destructive 
distillation of animal matters. It is alkaline, 
transparent, of a suffocating, pungent odor. It 
may be condensed into a fluid by a pressure of 
6} atmospheres, at 50° F. Composition, NH 3 
Equivalent, 17-19. Water dissolves 750 times 
its bulk, and acquires the properties of the gas. 
This is the liquor ammonia?, or solution of am- 
monia* The strength of the solution increases 
with its specific gravity. The strongest con- 
tains 32£ per cent. ; sp. gr., 0-875. The liquor 
ammonia? is powerfully caustic and discutient. 
It is alkaline, and combines readily with acids, 
forming soluble salts for the most part. Heat, 
or exposure to the air, removes the ammonia, 
which is merely dissolved. 

On account of its great volatility, it should be 
preserved in well-stopped bottles, a measure 
which is also required to prevent the absorp- 
tion of carbonic acid. At a temperature of 
130° F. it enters into ebullition. 
Table of the quantity of real Ammonia in solu- 
tions of different densities. 



100 parts of 




Of real 


100 parts of 




Of real 


sp. gravity 

•8750 




Ammonia 


sp. gravity 
•9435 




Ammonia 


32-5 


14-53 


■8875 


a 


29-25 


•9476 


j-. 


13-46 


•9000 


'Jj 


26-00 


•9513 


"3 


12-40 


•9054 


o 



25-37 


•9545 


a 


11-56 


•9166 


2207 


•9573 


° 


10-82 


•9255 




19-54 


•9597 




10-17 


•9326 




17-52 


•9619 




9-60 


•9385 




15-88 


•9692 




9-50 



Real ammonia, in its compounds with other 
bodies, betrays a remarkable chemical nature. 
Its compounds are formed under four classes: 
direct compounds of NH3; these are very few, 
instable, and similar to the hydrates: com- 
pounds of amidogen, NH 2 , which are amides, 
and principally with metallic bodies: com- 
pounds of ammonium, NH<, which unites di- 
rectly with chlorine, sulphur, &c. : and, lastly, 
compounds of oxide of ammonium, NH 4 0, 
which is present in the common salts of ammo- 
nia. 

The presence of free ammoniacal gas may 



A MM 

always be detected by its odor, by its tempo- 
rary action on yellow turmeric paper, and by 
its forming dense white fumes of muriate of am- 
monia, when a glass rod, moistened with mu- 
riatic acid, is brought near it. 

Spirits of hartshorn is impure liquor ammo- 
nia. For the salts of ammonia, see Ammonia;. 

Ammonia acetata. See Ammonia; acetatis 
liquor. 

Ammonia caustica liquida. Ammonice liq- 
uor. — A. hydriodate of, see Iodine. — A. hydro- 
sulphuret. A. hepatized. See Ammonia! hy- 
drosulphuretum. 

Ammonia muriata. See Ammonia; murias. 

Ammonia pr.eparata. See Ammonia; sesqui- 
carbonas. 

Ammoniaco-magnesian phosphate. A triba- 
sic phosphate; NH 4 0, 2MgO, P0 5 -f-12HO; it 
is granular, sparingly soluble in water, but very 
soluble in acids ; it forms a frequent calculus. 
See Calculus. 

AMMONIA'CUM. (Afifiuvianov. Ammoni- 
acum, i, n.) See Heracleum gummiferum. 

Ammoniacum sal. Sal ammoniac. See Am- 
monia; murias. 

Ammonia acetatis liquor. Solution of ace- 
tate of .ammonia ; formerly called Aqua ammo- 
nia: acetates. Take of sesquicarbonate of am- 
monia, two ounces ; dilute acetic acid, four pints. 
Add the acid to tho salt, until bubbles of gas 
shall no longer arise, and mix. Febrifuge, su- 
dorific, diuretic; dose, 31J. ad fij. Externally, 
discutient. 

Ammonije aqua diluta. (Ed.) Dilute solu- 
tion of ammonia is made by mixing tho strong 
ammonia solution of chemists, sp. gr. -875, with 
two parts of water. Dose, gtt. xv.-xxx. 

Ammonia bicarbonas. (D. Ph.) Bicar- 
bonate of ammonia. Expose a solution of the 
sesquicarbonate to a stream of carbonic acid 
gas until it loses its alkaline reaction. It is 
much less active than the sesquicarbonate. 
Dose, gr. x. to gr. xxv. 

Ammonia carbonas. (U. S.) See Ammo- 
nia; sesquicarbonas. 

Ammoni x. citras. Citrate of ammonia. Ob- 
tained by the action of lemon-juice on the sal 
volatile or the bicarbonate. It is usually em- 
ployed j* the form of effervescing draughts, as 
a febrifuge and saline diaphoretic. The juice 
of half a lemon will saturate about gr. xv. to 
gr. xx. of the ammonia. 

Ammonia et ferri murias. Ferrum ammo 
niatum. 

Ammonia hydrochloras. (L.) Hydro- 
chlorate of ammonia. The muriate. See .4m- 
monia; murias. 

Ammonia hydrosulphuretum. (D.) Am- 
monia sulphuretum. Hydrosulphuret of ammo- 
nia. Liquor ammonia; hydrosulphatis. (U. S.) 
Take liquor ammonia, f. ? iv. ; pass hydrosulphu- 
rio acid through it to saturation ; keep in a well- 
stopped bottle. (U. S.) A yellowish, fetid, 
acrid fluid. It precipitates metallic solutions, 
and is decomposed by acids. It is a powerful 
arterial and nervous sedative. Dose, gtt. v., in 
a tumbler full of water. 

Ammonije liquor. Liquor of ammonia ; the 
Alkali volatile causticum and Aqua ammonia; 
puree. Take lime, ibiss. ; slake with water, ^ix. ; 

41 



AMM 

mix, when cold, with ibj. muriate of ammonia, 
in a mortar ; introduce into a retort over a sand- 
bath, and distill into a vessel containing Oj. of 
distilled water. Sp. gr., 0-944. (Ph. U. S.) 

This preparation is colorless and transparent, 
with a strong, peculiar smell : it parts with the 
ammonia in the form of gas, if heated to 130°, 
and requires to be kept from the contact of at- 
mospheric air. 

The solution of ammonia is stimulant and 
antacid, and is given in doses of gtt. x. to xx. 
Externally applied, it is rubefacient, and use- 
ful when it is desirable to establish a strong 
counter-irritation in a short time. Taken inter- 
nally in an over-dose, it is rapidly fatal; the 
best antidote is vinegar. 

Ammonije murias. Miniate of ammonia. 
Hydrochlorate of ammonia. Sal ammoniacus 
or ammoniacum. A salt formed by the combi- 
nation of muriatic acid with ammonia. 

The ordinary mode of manufacturing sal am- 
moniac in Europe is by combining with muri- 
atic acid the ammonia resulting from the igne- 
ous decomposition of animal matters in close 
vessels. 

Muriate of ammonia has a pungent, acrid, and 
cool taste. Its crystals are of a tetrahedral 
form, but they are seldom regular. It is totally 
volatile, but a strong fire is recpiisite to sublime 
it. It is soluble in 3-25 parts of water at 60°, 
and in its own weight of boiling water. Its 
solution in cold water is attended with a great 
reduction of temperature, hence it is mixed 
with ice to form freezing mixtures. Its specific 
gravity is about 1-450. Chemically, it is a 
chloride of ammonium : NH.i-|-Cl. Sal am- 
moniac was formerly given in different doses as 
a purgative, emetic, diuretic, and sudorific. It 
is now hardly ever used internally; it may, 
however, be given in the dose of a drachm to 
act as a diuretic or diaphoretic, according as its 
operation is determined to the kidneys or the 
skin. Externally applied, it is an excellent dis- 
cutient, and is frequently used by surgeons as 
an ingredient in lotions for indolent tumors, 
chilblains, &c. Dissolved with its own weight 
of nitre in eight parts of water, it forms an ex- 
cellent refrigerant application. 

Ammonije nitras. Ammonia nitmata. Ni- 
trate of ammonia. Nitrate of oxide of ammo- 
nium. Composed of the nitric acid and ammo- 
nia, its virtues are internally diuretic, and ex- 
ternally resolvent and sialogogue. Dose, 3j.- 
9\j. It is the substance from which protoxide 
of nitrogen, or laughing gas, is obtained. 

Ammonije sesquicarbonas. (L.) Subcar- 
bonate of ammonia. Sal volatilis, or Sal vola- 
tile. It is made thus : Take of muriate of am- 
monia, a pound; of prepared chalk, dried, a 
pound and a half. Reduce them separately to 
powder ; then mix them together, and sublime 
in a heat gradually raised, till the retort be- 
comes red. 

This salt is prepared on the large scale. It 
should be kept in well-stopped bottles, for, 
when exposed to the air, it gradually parts with 
its ammonia, loses its pungency, and effloresces. 
When very pure, carbonate of ammonia has 
a crystalline form, but the crystals are seldom 
very regular. Its specific gravity is 0-966. The 
42 



AMN 

taste and smell of this salt are the same with 
those of pure ammonia, but much weaker. It is 
soluble hi rather more than twice its weight of 
cold water, and in its own weight of hot water, 
but is volatilized by a boiling temperature. 
Heat sublimes it. 

The sesquicarbonate is stimulant, antacid, di- 
aphoretic, and, in large doses, emetic ; in some 
nervous affections, it acts as an antispasmodic. 
Dose, gr. x. to xv. The common smelling 
salts of the shops consist of this salt, with the 
addition of some fragrant substance. 

Ammonia sesq,uicarbonatis liquor. (L.) 
Solution of carbonate of ammonia. Take of 
sesquicarbonate of ammonia, four ounces ; dis- 
tilled water, a pint. Dissolve and filter. It 
spoils by keeping. The dose is from 3ss. to 5L 

Ammonia spiritus aromaticus. A. spiritus 
compositus. See Alcohol ammoniatum aromati- 
cum. 

Ammonia, spiritus fcetidus. See Spiritus 
ammonite fatidus. 

Ammonia spiritus succinatus. See Spiritus 
ammonia succinatus. 

Ammonite sulphas. Sulphate of ammonia. 
Consists of sulphuric acid and ammonia (NH4 
O.SO3.HO). Sulphate of oxide of ammonium. 
Properties similar to muriate of ammonia. 

Ammonite tartras. Tartrate of ammonia 
Formed by saturating carbonate of ammonia by 
tartaric acid. It may be given in solution or 
as effervescing draught, as a febrifuge. Seldom 
used. 

Ammoxiaretum cupri. Cuprum ammonia- 
tum. 

Ammoniated copper. See Cuprum ammo- 
niatum. — A. iron. Ferrum ammoniatum. — A. 
iron, tincture of. Tinctura ferri ammoniati. 
— A. copper, liqtior of. Cupri ammoniati liq- 
uor. 

Ammonio-chloride of mercury. Ammonia- 
ted submuriate of mercury. A. mercury. A. 
oxychloruret of mercury. White precipitate. 
See Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. 

Ammonio sulphate of copper. Cupri am- 
moniatum. 

Ammo'nion. A collyrium. 

Ammo'nium. {um, i, n.) The hypothetical 
compound NH4 ; its oxide, NH 4 0,is the common 
base of ammoniacal salts. See Ammonia. 

Ammonium, chloride of. Ammoniac murias. 

AMMONIURET. {Ammoniurctum, i, n.) A 
compound of ammonia, and a metallic oxide ; 
as, ammoniuret of gold, silver, zinc, &c. 

Ammoniuret of teroxide of gold. Fulmi- 
nating gold. Aurate of gold. It has been giv- 
en, very culpably, in venereal disease, &c. 

Amna alkalisata. A name given by Para- 
celsus and others to natural saline waters. 

AMNE'SIA. Amne'stia. (a, ee, f. ; from a, 
priv., and fivnaic, memory.) Forgetfulness. 

A'mnic acid. See Amnion. 

Amnioclepsis. Premature escape of the 
liquor amnii. 

A'MNION. Amnios. The innermost mem- 
brane of the ovum, which immediately sur- 
rounds the foetus. It lines the chorion, covers 
the placenta, and is reflected on the umbilical 
cord, which it invests as far as the navel, where 
it terminates. It contains a thin, watery fluid, 



AMP 

called the liquor amnii, or water of the amnion, 
and in popular language the waters. The quan- 
tity is usually two pints at parturition, but may 
be only six ounces, or in great excess. This 
fluid is generally transparent, often milky, and 
sometimes of a yellow or light brown color, 
and very different in consistence. It has a 
slightly saline taste. The obvious uses of the 
amniotic fluid are, to afford the foetus a yield- 
ing medium, which does not restrain its mo- 
tions, while it protects it from external shocks 
and injuries ; and to act as a soft but powerful 
wedge for the dilatation of the os uteri and vag- 
ina at the time of parturition. 

Amnios. In Botany, a transparent fluid in 
which the young embryo is at first suspended. 

Amo'mis. The fruit of the plant now called 
Matonia cardamomum. 

AMO'MUM. A genus of plants; family, 
Zingiberacea?. 

Amomum cardamomum. The round carda- 
mom. 

Amomum galanga. Maranta galanga. Am. 
zcdoaria. Ka3mpferia rotunda. 

Amomum granum paradisi. The plant which 
affords the grains of paradise. It has also been 
called Cardamomum majus, and Cardamomum 
piperatum. 

Grains of paradise, or the greater cardamom 
seeds, are contained in a large brown, trian- 
gular pod. The seeds are angular, and of a 
reddish-brown color, smaller than pepper. 
They are extremely hot, and similar in virtue 
to pepper. 

Amomum plinii. The Solatium. 

Amomum racemosum. See Cardamomum. 

Amomum vulgare. See Sison amomum. 

Amomum zingiber. See Zingiber officinale. 

A'MOR. (or, oris, m.) Love. See Pathe- 
mata animi. 

Amo'rge. See Amurca. 

Amo'rpha. A genus of plants of the class 
Diadelphia, and order Decandria. There is 
only one species known. It grows in America, 
and. the bruised root is said to be good for the 
toothache. 

Amorphous. (From a, fiop<j>n, form.) With- 
out regular form. 

Amosteus. Osteocolla. 

Ampac. An East Indian tree, which affords 
a very odoriferous resin ; the leaves are used to 
medicate baths. 

Ampar. Succinium. 

Ampelosa'gria. Bryonia. 

Ampharisteros. Awkward with the hands. 

Amphemeri'nus. A/ifnfiepivoc. Occurring 
daily. Applied by the Greeks to a quotidian 
ague — nvpsroc afyrj/iepivoc. 

Amphiam. Opium. 

AMPHIARTHRO'SIS. (From a/jujn, both, 
and apdpumc, an articulation.) A mixed kind 
of articulation, in which the articular surfaces 
of bones are united by an intermediate sub- 
stance, in a manner which admits of a small 
degree of motion. The junction of the verte- 
bra) by the intervertebral cartilages is of this 
kind. Some use the term synonymously with 
synchondrosis. 

AMPHI'BIA. A class of animals, embracing 
frogs. They are vertebrated, with cold blood 



AMY 

and naked skin; oviparous, and most undergo 
a metamorphosis, adapting them to a transition 
from an aquatic to an atmospheric medium of 
respiration. 

Amphi'bius. (From ap^i, both, and (3ioc, 
life; as being capable of two modes of life.) 
Amphibious. 

Amphiblestroi'des. The hyaloid membrane 
surrounding the vitreous humor of the eye. 

Amphibra'nchia. The tonsils and parts ad- 
jacent to them. — Hippocrates. 
Amphicaustis. The vulva. 
Amphi'deon. The os >iteri. 
AMPHIDIARTHRO'SIS. (From a^i, both, 
and diapdpuGic, a movable articulation.) A 
name given by Winslow to the articulation of 
the lower jaw with the os temporis, because it 
partakes of the nature both of ginglymus and 
arthrodia. 

Amphimerina. Pertussis. — A. hcctica. Hec- 
tic fever. 

Amphion. Maslach. 

Amphiplex. AfHpnrlint;. The perineum. 
Amphipneu'ma. (From a/tfa, about, and 
nvevfia, breath.) A great difficulty of breath- 
ing. — Hippocrates. 

Aphismi'la. A dissecting-knife. 
Amphispha'lsis. Circumduction. 
A'mphora. See Weights and Measures. 
AMPHORIC RESONANCE. A stethescopic 
sound, which is a variety of the metallic tink- 
ling. See Metallic Tinkling. 

Amphi'stoma. A genus of intestinal worms 
Amplexicau'lis. Amplexicaul. Embracing 
or clasping the stem. 

Ampu'lla. A large-bellied bottle. In Anato- 
my, the dilated part of the membranaceous 
semicircular canals in the ear. In Pathology, 
some writers use it synonymously with bulla, a 
bleb, or watery bladder on the skin; hence 
pemphigus has been called Febris ampullosa. 
Ampulla chylifera. Receptaculum chyli. 
Ampulla. Phlyctasna. 
Ampuixula. (a, ee, f.) Applied by anato- 
mists to a canal or bag, which is a little enlarged 
in the centre. 

AMPUTA'TION. (Amputatio, onis, f. ; from 
amputo, to cut off.) The removal of a limb, # or 
any projecting part, as the penis, by means of 
a cutting instrument. In the case of a tumor, 
the term excision or extirpation is generally 
used. The amputation may be by a circular 
cut, which is the old plan ; or, more properly, 
by so directing the knife as to leave flaps which 
can be nicely adjusted, so as to cover the bone. 
A tourniquet is used where the part is supplied 
with large arteries, or, if that is inapplicable, 
strong pressure. 

A'mulet. Amulctum. Gems 1 , stones, pieces 
of paper inscribed with certain words, Sua., 
were formerly worn suspended from the neck, 
as prophylactics against different diseases. 
Amu'rca. The marc of the olive. 
A'myche. A slight exulceration, excoriation, 
or abrasion of the skin. — Hippocrates. 

Amy'cticus. Applied to irritating medicines 
used to excite torpid parts into action. 
Amydriasis. See Mydriasis. 
Amye'lia. A monstrosity consisting in par 
tial or total absence of the spinal marrow. 

43 



AMY 



ANA 



AMY'GDALA. (a,«,f. Ajj.vy8a.lri.) 1- The 
almond. Amygdalus communis. 2. The tonsils 
are called amygdala. 

Amygdala amara. The bitter almond. See 
Amygdalus communis. 

Amygdala dulcis. The sweet almond. See 
Amygdalus communis. 

Amygdala oleum. Amygdalus communis. 

Amygdalae placenta. Almond cake. 

Amygdala'tum. Almond emulsion. 

Amygda'leje. A tribe of the natural family 
of the Rosacea , of which the genus Amygdalus 
is the type. 

Amygdalin. A crystalline, white, bitter sub- 
stance, obtained from bitter almonds, cherry- 
laurel, &c. (C4oH.2 7 N0 22 — anhydrous), which is 
readily metamorphosed into hydrocyanic acid, 
&c. Amygdalic acid is a product. 

Amygdalitis. Cynanche tonsillaris. 

AMY'GDALUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. — A. communis. The almond-tree. The 
systematic name of the plant which affords the 
almond. Amygdalus — foliis scrratis infimis 
glandulosis, floribus sessilibus gcminis, of Lin- 
naeus. 

The almond is a small tree. The sweet and 
bitter fruit is the product of varieties. The 
fruit yields by expression an abundance of bland 
oil — Oleum amygdala;. But, besides this, the 
bitter kinds contain a principle called amygda- 
lin, which is readily decomposed, and, under 
ordinary circumstances, converted into oil of 
bitter almonds and prussic acid. Hence their 
poisonous nature. They are seldom used alone. 
Almonds are employed in emulsion and confec- 
tion, but principally in confectionary. They 
are demulcent. 

Amygdalus persica. The common peach- 
tree. The leaves and flowers owe their flavor 
to prussic acid. 

Amygmos. Scarification. 

Amyl. Ayl. The hypothetical radical of a 
class of bodies resembling the ethyl series. 
Formula, CioHn. Oil of grain spirits, or pota- 
toes. Amilic alcohol is AylO,HO ; amiline is 
C10H10. 

AMYLA'CEOUS. Possessing the properties 
o/ starch. 

A'myline. See Amidine. 

A'MYLUM. Amyleon. (urn, i, n. A/xvlov; 
from a, priv., and pvkw, a mill; because the 
ancients made it from unground wheat. ) Starch. 
A white, insipid substance, insoluble in cold 
water, but forming a jelly with boiling water. 

Starch exists abundantly in all plants, and is 
readily separated bjy pounding and washing. 
Its composition is C12H10O10. Its presence is 
ascertained by the action of iodine on a cold 
solution, which it renders blue. It is very infe- 
rior as a nutritious body because of the absence 
of nitrogen. Tapioca, sago, arrow-root, cassa- 
da, &c., are forms of impure starch. The gran- 
ules of starch present miscroscopic differences, 
by which they may be recognized. Each gran- 
ule consists of an external waxy envelope, and 
of a soluble center, which is Amidin. 

It is a demulcent ; and a mucilage prepared 
from it often produces excellent effects, especial- 
ly in the form of clyster, in dysentery and di- 
arrhoea. Externally, surgeons sometimes apply 
44 



the powder as an absorbent in erysipelas and 
abrasions of the skin. 

Amylum iodatum. See Iodide of starch. 

Amylum marantjs. Arrow-root. 

A'myos. (From a, priv., and /xvc, a muscle.) 
Applied to a limb so emaciated that the mus- 
cles scarcely appear. — Hippocrates. 

Amyosis. Imperforate his or pupil. 

AMYRIDACEjE. An order of dicotyledo- 
nous plants, abounding in fragrant resin. Trees 
or shrubs, with leaves compound, with pellucid 
dots ; corolla, polypetalous ; stamens, hypogy- 
nous; ovary, superior; fruit, sub-drupaceous, 
samaroid, or leguminous. 

Amyris elemifera. A tree yielding gum 
elemi. The resin is softish, somewhat transpar- 
ent, of a pale whitish color, inclining a little to 
green, and of a strong, though not unpleasant 
smell. It is only used in an officinal ointment, 
the Unguentum elemi compositum, and is now 
seldom, if ever, to be found genuine in the shops. 

Amyris gileadensis. Balm of Gilead, or 
balsam of Mecca tree. It is a native of Abyssin- 
ia and Arabia. The fruit is termed carpobal- 
samum in the old pharmacopoeias, and the wood 
of the branches xylobalsamum. The best balm 
of Gilead is a spontaneous exudation from the 
tree, and is held in such high estimation by the 
Turks, that it is rarely, if ever, to be met with 
genuine among us. The medicinal virtues are 
similar to tolu. Dose, gtt. xv. Other species of 
amyris, as A. plumieri, A. zelandica, &c, are 
also spoken of as sources of medicinal balsams. 

Amyron. Carthamus. 

Amyxis. Scarification. 

ANA. Iu medical prescriptions it means " of 
each." See A. 

ANA'BASIS. (From avaftaivu, to ascend.) 
The first period of a disease, or that of increase ; 
hence, anabaticus. 

Anabe'xis. (From avadnrru, to cough up.) 
An expectoration. 

Anable'psis. (From ava, again, and/3Zen-w, 
to see.) The recovery of sight after it has been 
lost. 

Ana'bole. (e, cs, f. ; from ava6aHa>, to re- 
ject.) The discharge of any thing by vomiting ; 
expectoration. 

Anabrochi'smos. (Anabrochismus ; fromava, 
with, and (ipoxoc, a running knot.) The re- 
moval of the eyelashes, when they irritate the 
eye, by means of a hair knotted round them.— 
Hippoc, Galen, Paulus. 

Anabro'sis. {is, is, f. ; ava6puoic, from ava- 
6pooKu, to corrode.) A corrosion. 

ANACARDIACE.E. The cashew tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants, abounding in a resinous, 
sometimes acrid, highly poisonous juice. Trees 
or shrubs with leaves alternate ; flowers, usually 
unisexual; stameres,perigynous; ovary,B\iperioT; 
fruit, generally drupaceous. 

Anacardium occidentale. The cashew- 
nut, called, also, Acajou and Acajuba, is of this 
family. 

Anacardium orientale. The Malacca bean. 
See Avicennia tomentosa. 

Anacatha'rsis. Anachrempsis. Expectora 
tion. Blancard denotes, by this word, the op 
eration of medicines which act upward, as emet 
ics, expectorants, &c. 






ANA. 



ANA 



Anacatha'rticus. Anacathartic. Proino- 
tiug expectoration, or vomiting. 

Anachmus. An alchemical term for a spirit. 

Anachron. Soda. 

ANA'CLASIS. (is, is, f. ; from avatcTiau, to 
bend back.) A recurvature of any part, as of 
a joint, of a fractured limb, &c. 

Anaclinterium. A reclining chair. 

Ana'clisis. (is, is, f. ; from avaicTuvu, to re- 
cline.) Decubitus. The attitude of a sick per- 
son in bed, which affords important indications 
in several diseases. 

Anacolle'ma. (From avanoXXau, to glue 
together.) An epithem made of agglutinant 
substances, and applied to the foi-ehead. — Ga- 
len. 

Anacoluppa. A Malabar plant which is 
used by the natives to cure epilepsy, and as an- 
tidote to the bite of the naja. It is probably 
the Zapania nodiflora. 

Anacte'sis. Anacomide. (From avaxrao/xai, 
to recover.) Restoration of strength ; recovery 
from sickness. — Hippocrates. 

Anacyclus pyrethrum. Anthemis pyre- 
thrum. 

Anadesmus. A fascia. 

Anadiplo'sis. (From avadiirAou, to redupli- 
cate.) The reduplication of the paroxysm in 
agues of a double type. 

Ana'dora. Excoriation. 

Ana'drome. The translation of a pain from 
the lower to the upper parts of the body. 

An-edo/us. A monster without genitals. 

Anjematopoiesis. Defective sanguification. 

ANjE'MIA. (a, m, f. ; from a, priv., and 
atfia, blood.) Exsanguinity. Deficiency of 
blood. The general cause of such deficiency is 
hemorrhage ; but there is a remarkable disease, 
the leading feature of which is an insufficient 
formation of blood (Marasmus anhcemia). 

" Face, lips, and general surface ghastly pale ; 
pulse quick and feeble ; appetite impaired ; al- 
vine evacuations irregular, black, and fetid, oc- 
casionally with severe gripings; languor and 
emaciation extreme." 

Anaimia has been divided into A. chlorosis v. 
vera for the true disease, and A. spuria con- 
secutiva for loss of blood. It appears to arise 
from disease of the mesenteric vessels where it 
is true. Tonics, stomachics, and generous diet, 
with change of habits, residence, &c, are the 
only means of treatment. Mercury is said some- 
times to succeed. 

An.2emos1s. Anaemia. ^ 

AnjEMOtrophy. Deficiency of blood in a 
part ; deficient nutrition. 

ANjESTHE'SIA. (a,ee,f. AvatodTjma; from 
a, priv., and atadavoftai, I feel.) Loss of the 
sense of touch. Diminished or lost sense of feel- 
ing. When numbness occurs without obvious 
pressure, it shows a tendency to a paralytic 
state, and should be watched. There is some- 
times a total loss of the sense of touch, mostly 
partial, but sometimes general, over the whole 
surface of the body. 

Anagallis arvensis. Scarlet pimpernel. A 
beautiful little plant, very common. It has 
been considered as antispasmodic and stom- 
achic, but does not seem to possess any activ- 
ity. 



Anagargali'cta. AvayapyaAinra. A gargle. 

Anagargari'stum. Avayapyaptorov. A gar- 
gle. 

Anagly'phe. (From avaylvfyu, to engrave.) 
See Calamus scriptorius. 

Ana'gogue. That which produces an evac- 
uation upward. 

Ana'graphe. (From avaypa<jtu, to write or 
prescribe.) A prescription or receipt. 

Anagyris fcetida. This plant grows in Italy 
and the south of France. Its wood exhales a 
very fetid odor. Its leaves are strongly ca- 
thartic. 

A'NAL. (Analis; from anus.) Appertain- 
ing to the anus, or extremity of the great gut. 

Anale'ntia. A term of Paracelsus to denote 
a species of epilepsy. 

Anale'psia. Epilepsy arising from affection 
of the stomach. — John of Gadesden. 

ANALE'PSIS, or ANALE'PSIA. (From 
avaXafi6avu, to restore.) A recovery of strength 
after sickness. 

ANALE'PTIC. Analcpticus. That which 
recruits the strength which has been lost by 
sickness. Restorative. 

Analge'sia. Absence from pain. 

Analogous. The organs of different animals 
which have the same anatomical relations. 
Morbid tissues which resemble sound structures 
ai - e termed analogous. 

ANALO'SIS. (is, is, f. AvaAuou;; from 
avaXionu, to consume.) A consumption or 
atrophy. 

Analtesis. Recovery of strength. 

ANA'LYSIS. (is, is, f. AvaAvcu; ; from 
avaTivu, to resolve.) The resolution of any sub- 
stance into its constituent elements. Analysis 
is proximate when the various compound parts 
are separated, as a sulphate into the acid and 
base ; and ultimate when the elementary parts 
are separated. Organic analysis is the investi- 
gation of animal or vegetable bodies. 

Anamirta cocculus. Cocculus indicus. 

Anamne'sticus. (Ava/xvnanKoc ; from ava- 
ftifivnoicu, to remember.) Anamnestic. Med- 
icines supposed to strengthen the memory. 

A'nanas. Ananassa. See Bromelia. 

Anapeti'a. Avanereia. An expansion of 
the orifices of vessels or canals. — Galen. 

Anaphalanti'asis. A falling off of hair from 
the eyebrows. Baldness. 

Anaphone'sis. Vociferation. 

Ana'phora. Expectoration; vomiting. 

ANAPHRODI'SIA. Impotence. See Ster- 
ility. 

Anaphro'meli. Clarified honey. 

ANA'PLASIS. (AvcmAaaic ; from avanXaa- 
ou, to form anew.) Hippocrates uses this term 
to signify the reunion of a fractured bone. 

ANAPLERO'SIS. (AvanAnpuaic, repletio; 
from avanAnpou, to fill up.) The restitution of 
parts that have been destroyed, as the incarna- 
tion of an abscess, or the healing of a wound 
attended with loss of substance. 

Anaplero'ticus. Incarnative; a medicament 
which favors the restoration of the lost substance 
of a part. 

Anapleu'sis. (From avaizAeu, to float.) The 
exfoliation and casting off of dead portions of 
bone. 

45 



• 



*» ANA 

ANAPNEU'SIS. (From avanveu, to respire.) 
Respiration. 

Ana'pnoe. Kvanvor). Respiration. 

Ana'posis. A recession of humors from the 
skin inwardly. 

Anapse. Emaciation. Atrophy. 

Anapsia. Blindness. 

Ana'ptysis. Avanrvaic. Expectoration. 

Anarrhegnu'minos. (From avapprjyvvni, to 
break again.) A term applied by Hippocrates 
to ulcers which heal prematurely and break out 
again — avappnyvv/icva tTucea. 

Anarrht'non. That which issues from the 
nose or skin. 

ANARRHCE'A. (From ava, and pew, to 
flow.) A flux of humors from below up- 
ward. 

Anarrho'pia. (AvappoTua; from ava, up- 
ward, and psnu. to tend.) A flux of humors 
from below upward. — Hippocrates. 

Anarthros. A person so fat that his joints 
are scarcely seen. 

A'NAS. A duck or drake. — A. anser. The 
goose, called also Anser domcsticus. — A. cygnus. 
The swan. — A. domestica. The tame duck. 

ANASA'RCA. (From ava, throughout, and 
oapt;, the flesh.) Anasarca is a collection of se- 
rous fluid in the cellular membrane immediate- 
ly under the skin. As the accumulation in- 
creases, the skin often becomes inflamed and 
thickened, and presents an appearance of ery- 
sipelas. The fluid gravitates toward the lower 
extremities, which often become excessively 
swollen. . The distended cuticle at last gives 
way, and affords an outlet of the effused fluid, 
which, however, continues to be poured into 
the cellular tissue with great rapidity. 

Anasarca is usually symptomatic of visceral 
diseases in which the functions of the absorbents 
and veins are interrupted. It may be active or 
passive, or may follow as a sequel of the exan- 
thems. It is treated in the same way as dropsy. 
See Hydrops. 

Anasarca hystericum. A transient swelling 
sometimes observed in hysterical persons. — A. 
pulmonum. (Edema of the lungs. — A. serosa. 
Phlegmasia dolens. 

ANASPADIAS. Anaspadiceus. When the 
urethra opens on the upper surface of the penis. 

Ana'spasis. (From avaanau, to draw to- 
gether.) Contraction of the stomach, &c. 

Anasta'lticus. (From avaareXku, to re- 
strain.) Styptic or astringent. 

ANA'STASIS. (From aviarnpn, to rise, or 
rise again; to cause to rise.) 1. A recovery 
from sickness; a restoration to health. 2. A 
translation of humors to a superior part. — Hip- 
pocrates. 

ANASTOMO'SIS. {Avaarojiomc ; from ava, 
mutually, and oro/ia, a mouth.) The inoscula- 
tion or communication of vessels, as arteries, 
veins, and lymphatics. The term has also been 
hypothetically applied to the union of the branch- 
es of nerves, from the notion that these were 
canals for the transmission of a nervous fluid. 

ANASTOMO'TICUS. Anastomotic. I. A 
term anciently applied to medicines which were 
supposed to open the mouths of vessels, as ca- 
thartics, diuretics, deobstruents, diaphoretics. 

2 Applied by anatomists to those branches 
46 



ANA 

of vessels by which a union or anastomosis with 
other vessels is effected. 

Anastomoticus magnus. The branch of the 
brachial artery which is given off a little above 
the elbow, and supplies the adjacent parts. 

Anatasis. Extension. 

Anathymiasis. Anasarca hystericum; also 
hypochondriasis. Fumigation and exhalation. 

Ana'tica portio. An unequal portion ; from 
ava, of each. 

Anatomia animata, v. viva. Physiology. 

Anatomical nomenclature. See Nomencla- 
ture, anatomical. 

ANA'TOMY. (AvaTOfiia or AvaToftn. Ana- 
tomia, a, f., or Anatome, cs, f. ; from avarefivu, 
to cut up.) The dissection of organized bodies, 
with a view to elucidate their structure and 
functions ; also, the science which treats of the 
structure of organized bodies, and which is learn- 
ed by dissection. Anatomy is divided into hu- 
man, and comparative, which compares the 
structure of all organized beings. The anatomy 
of the inferior animals is called zootomy ; that 
of vegetables, phytotomy. Anatomy is also di- 
vided into general and descriptive : general 
anatomy teaches the structure and physical 
properties of the various tissues which compose 
the body, without reference to the form or sit- 
uation of the organs into whose composition 
they enter; descriptive anatomy takes cogni- 
zance of the shape, position, and connection of 
parts. 

Descriptive anatomy is sudivided into, 

Osteology ; the study of the bones. 

Syndcsmology ; that of the ligaments. 

Myology ; of the muscles. 

Neurology ; of the nerves. 

Angiology ; of the vessels. 

Adenology ; of the glands. 

Splanchnology; of the viscera. 

Dermology ; of the cutaneous textures. 

Lastly, anatomy is divided, according to the 
object with a view to which it is especially cul- 
tivated, into pathological, or morbid anatomy, 
which investigates the changes induced in the 
structure of organs by disease ; surgical anatomy, 
which demonstrates the relative position of 
parts, with a reference to those operations which 
it may be necessary to perform on them ; phys- 
iological anatomy, which regards the structure 
of organs only in as far as it elucidates their 
functions, and classifies organs according to the 
functions to which they minister ; transcendent- 
al anatomy, which regards the plan or model 
on which the living frame and its organs are 
developed. 

Anatomy, artificial. The art of making 
models in wax or other materials of anatomical 
objects. 

Anatrepsis. Recovery from sickness. 

Anatre'sis. The operation of trepanning the 
skull. — Galen. 

Anatri'psin. Anatribe. (From avarpi6u 
to rub.) Friction of the surface of the body. 

Anatripso'logy. A treatise on the use of 
friction. 

Anatris. Anatris. Mercury. 

Anatron. Analrum. See Natron. 

Ana'trope. Inverted action of the stomach 
nausea and vomiting. — Galen. 



AN C 

ANAU'DIA. (a, or, f. ; from a, priv., and 
avdn, speech.) Aphonia ; loss of voice. Cata- 
lepsy. 
Anazoturia. Deficiency of urea. 

"A'nceps. (cps, ipitis.) Two-edged. 
Ancha. (Arabic.) The hip. 
A'NCHILOPS. {ops, opis, m. ; from ayxh 
near, and urp, the eye.) A disease in the inner 
corner of the eye. See JEgilops. 
Anchora'lis. The coracoid process. 
Anchovy pear. Grias cauliflora. 
ANCHU'SA. Ayxovoa. A genus of plants, 
family Boragineee. — A. officinalis. The offici- 
nal bugloss. It was formerly esteemed in mel- 
ancholia and hypochondriasis, but is seldom 
used. — A. tinctoria. The anchusa or alkanna 
of the pharmacopoeias. The alkanet plant. The 
root is externally of a deep purple color, and 
is used by dyers, and in pharmacy for coloring 
ointments, as lip salves, &c. 

ANCHYLO'SIS. See Ancylosis. 

Ancipi'tius. Anceps. Two-edged. 

Ancistron. Syn. hamulus. A hook. 

A'NCON. Aynuv. The elbow joint. Some- 
times restricted to the olecranon. See Ulna. 

ANCONE'US. (From aynuv, the elbow.) A 
small triangular muscle, situated on the back 
part of the elbow. Anconeus minor of Winslow. 
Anconeus vel cubitalis Riolani of Douglas. It 
arises from the ridge, and from the external 
condyle of the humerus, and, after running 
about three inches obliquely backward, it is 
inserted by fleshy fibres into the back part or 
ridge of the ulna. Its use is to assist in extend- 
ing the forearm. 

Anconeus externus. A. internus. A. ma- 
jor. See Triceps extensor. 

Anconeus minor. See Anconeus. 

Anconeus processus. Anco'noid process. 
See Ulna. 

Ancte'res. Aynrnpte. Fibulae or clasps, 
with which the lips of gaping wounds, which 
did not admit of the suture, were brought into 
apposition. — Celsus. 

Ancteria'smus. The operation of bringing 
the lips of wounds together by fibula) or 
clasps. 

A'NCYLE. (From aynvlog, crooked or con- 
tracted.) Contraction or stiffness of a joint. 

ANCYLOBLEPH AEON. (From aynvln, and 
(3%e<papov, the eyelid.) An adhesion of the 
margins of the eyelids to each other. 

Ancyloglo'ssus. Ancyloglossum. '(From 
ayKvTkT), and yhuaaa, the tongue.) Applied to 
one who is tongue-tied. 

Ancylome'le. A curved probe. 

Ancylomerismus. Morbid adhesions. 

ANCYLO'SIS. (AyKvAufft?; from ayavloc, 
crooked or contracted.) Stiffness and immo- 
bility of a joint. Ancylosis is divided into true, 
or complete, and false, or incomplete. In the 
first there is commonly osseous union ; in the 
second, contraction of the ligaments and ten- 
dons. False ancylosis is treated by gradual ex- 
tension, frictions with liniments, and fomenta- 
tions. The true, bony anchylosis has been 
remedied by making a false joint, sawing 
through the parts; but this is a desperate ex- 
pedient. 

Ancylo'tomus. (From ay win, and refiva, 



AND 

to cut.) 1. A crooked surgical knife or bis 
toury. 2. A knife for dividing the framum lin 
guse in tongue-tied persons. 
Ancyra. A hook. 

Ancyroi'des. The coracoid process of the 
scapula. 

Anda. An euphorbiaceous tree, the fruit of 
which is an oval nut, containing two seeds. 
The seeds are oily and strongly cathartic, and 
have also an emetic effect; the green outer por- 
tion is astringent, and used in diarrhoea. 

Andely. A town of France, near Gysors. 
It has cold mineral springs, which are slightly 
chalybeate. 

Anderson's pills. Anderson' 1 s Scotch Pills 
These consist of Barbadoes aloes, with a pro- 
portion of jalap and oil of aniseed. 

ANDI'KA. A genus of plants, family Mimo- 
seae. — A. inermis. The Gcoffroya inermis. The 
cabbage-tree. This is a lofty tree growing in 
the East and West Indies, and other hot coun- 
tries. The bark is cathartic and narcotic, and 
is celebrated as an anthelmintic. It may be 
given in powder, decoction, extract, or syrup. 
The dose of the powder is from 3j. to 333. ; of 
the extract, gr. iij. The dose of this medicine 
is to be gradually increased till it induces a de- 
gree of nausea, the occurrence of which limits 
the dose ; for if it be earned further, it occa- 
sions vomiting, fever, and delirium. 

The seeds of this plant possess the same vir- 
tues as the bark. The bark and seeds of the 
Andira racemosa and Andira retusa ( Geoffroya 
surinamensis) have been used for the same pur- 
poses as those of the Andira inermis. 
Andrachne. Purslane. 

Andranatom'ia. Andranatome. The dis- 
section of the human body. 
Andria. Adult age. 
Andria mulier. An hermaphrodite. 
Androceum. The stamens, with the parts 
to which they are attached. 

Androgenic, (kvdpoyeveia ; from avnp, a 
man, and yeveatg, generation.) The generation 
of males. — Hippocrates. • 

Andro'gynus. (Avdpoyvvog ; from avnp, and 
yvvn, a woman.) An hermaphrodite. 
Androma'nia. Nymphomania. 
ANDRO'MEDA. A genus of plants, family 
Ericaceas. — A. maria'na. Broad-leaved Moor- 
wort. A decoction of the leaves is said to be 
useful in the disease called the ground-itch, or 
toe-itch. — A. arborea. The sorrel-tree furnishes 
leaves of a pleasant acid taste, a decoction of 
which is used in fevers. 

Andro'phorus. The slender pillar which 
supports the united anthers in monadelphous 
and diadelphous plants. 

Andropogon nardus. Indian nard. Spica 
nardi. The root is moderately warm and pun- 
gent, and its flavor is not disagreeable. 

Andropogon schjena'nthus. Camels'-hay, 
or sweet-rush. Juncus odoratus. The dried 
plant has an agreeable smell, and a warm, bit- 
terish, not unpleasant taste. 

Androsace. Cotyledon umbilicus. 
Andros^mum. Hypericum anirosmmum. 
Androto'mia. Andro'tome. The dissection 
of man. Androtomy, human dissection. 

A'ndrum. Ksempfer has given this name to 

47 



ANE 

a species of elephantiasis of the scrotum, which 
is endemic in the south of Asia. 

Ane'bium. The herb alkanet. See An- 
■chusa. 

Anebus. Not of adult age. 

Anecpyetus. Not subject to suppuration. 

Anegertice. The act of resuscitating the 
apparently dead. 

Aneile'ma. Aneilesis. Flatulence. 

Anele'ctric The same as non-electric. 

Anemia. Anaemia. 

Anemometer. A wind gauge. 

ANEMO'NE. Anemony. A genus of plants 
in the family Eanunculacece. — A. hepatica. The 
hepatica, or herb trinity. This plant is alleged 
to possess mildly astringent and corroborant 
virtues. — A. ncmorosa. The systematic name 
of the Ranunculus albus of the pharmacopoeias. 
The bruised leaves and flowers are said to cure 
tinea capitis, if applied to the part. The whole 
plant is acrid and poisonous. — A. pratensis. 
The Pulsatilla nigricans of the pharmacopoeias. 
Baron Stoerck attributes to it extraordinaiy 
virtues in chronic diseases of the eyes, second- 
ary syphilis, and cutaneous diseases. The plant 
has scarcely any smell, but its taste is extremely 
acrid, and when chewed it inflames the tongue 
and fauces. A. pulsatilla has acrid properties. 

Anemony, meadow. A. pratensis. — A. wood. 
A. nemorosa. 

Anemo'nin, or Anemo'nia. A volatile, crys- 
tallizable substance obtained from some species 
of anemony. It bums like camphor. Form., 
CsHsCv With bases it yields anemonic acid. 

Anence'phalus. A fcetusbora without abrain. 

Anenteronervia. Colic. 

ANEPITHY'MIA. {a, w, f. ; from a, priv., 
and emdvfiia, desire.) Loss of any of the nat- 
ural appetites, as hunger, thirst, &c. 

Anerethi'sia. (From a, priv., and epedu, 
to irritate.) The name given by Swediaur to 
defect of irritability. 

A'NESIS. (Avefftc; from avinjxi, to remit.) 
A remission. 

Aneson. Anet. Aiethum. 

Anesum. Aniseed. 

ANE'THUM. (um, i, n. Avndov.) A genus 
of plants, family Umbelliferae. — A. faniculum. 
Sweet fennel. The seeds are aromatic, and 
warm : they contain a large proportion of es- 
sential oil. They are stomachic and carmina- 
tive. The root is said to be pectoral and diu- 
retic. — A. grave' olcns. Dill. Anethum of the 
shops. An essential oil and a distilled water 
are prepared from the seeds, which are given 
in flatulent colic and dyspepsia. 

ANE'TICUS. Anodyne. 

ANE'TUS. {us, i, m. ; from avin/xi, to re- 
mit.) Dr. Good uses this as the generic name 
of intermittent fevers. 

A'NEURISM. Aneuri'sma. Ancurysma. 
{Avevpvo/ia; from avevpvvu, to dilate.) A tu- 
mor arising from the dilatation of an arteiy; 
but it has been extended to several diseases and 
lesions of the blood-vessels, and to dilatations 
of the heart. There are four principal kinds : 

1. True aneurism. Spontaneous aneurism. — 
A pulsating tumor, caused by rupture, or ulcer- 
ation of the internal and middle coats of an 
artery, with dilatation of its external coat, or 
48 



ANE 

by a simple dilatation of all the coats. In the 
ordinary progress of true aneurism, the two in- 
ner coats ulcerate, or are torn, and the blood 
comes in contact with the external or cellular 
coat of the artery, which is immediately dis- 
tended ; the blood, being now out of the course 
of the circulation, coagulates, and, as the sac 
of the aneurism enlarges, the lymph is deposit- 
ed within it in successive layers, which are ar- 
ranged concentrically, and which are firmer the 
further they recede from the artery. This dep- 
osition of lymph resists the impulse of the blood ; 
and when the disease undergoes a spontaneous 
cure, it is by the accumulation of coagula, 
which completely fill up the sac, put a stop to 
the circulation through the artery, and cause 
the obliteration of its canal. More frequently, 
however, the layers of lymph only offer a tem- 
porary resistance to the evil: when the cellular 
coat is distended to the utmost, it gives way, 
and the cellular sheath of the artery becomes 
the sac of the aneurism, and, in its turn, is also 
raptured; the blood, however, is not effused, 
since, by the pressure of the tumor on the sur- 
rounding parts, inflammation has been excited, 
and the sac united with them by coagulating 
lymph. At length the parietes of the tumor 
yield to the constantly increasing pressure of 
the contained blood, and a rapid hemorrhage 
puts a period to the patient's life and suffer- 
ings, if he has not been previously worn out 
by constitutional irritation, or destroyed by the 
pressure of the aneurismal tumor on parts es- 
sential to life. The mode in which the aneur- 
ism bursts varies according to its situation. 
When the tumor points on the external surface 
of the body, a slough is generally formed, on 
the detachment of which the fatal hemorrhage 
ensues; and the same happens when the an- 
eurism gives way into cavities lined with mu- 
cous membrane, as the gullet or intestines ; but 
when it presses upon a serous membrane, as in 
the case of aneurisms which burst into the cav- 
ity of the thorax or abdomen, the distended 
part gives way by laceration. 

True aneurism is most frequently met with 
in the aorta, particularly at its arch; its next 
most common situation is the popliteal artery ; 
it is also familiar to surgeons as occurring in the 
external iliac, femoral, common carotid, and 
subclavian arteries ; it is rare in the brachial 
artery, wherever situated. Some writers re- 
strict true aneurism to dilation, without rapture 
of any kind. 

2. False Aneurism. Traumatic aneurism. — 
When all the coats of an artery are ruptured or 
wounded, and the blood, escaping into the sur- 
rounding textures, occasions a pulsating tumor, 
the case is said to be one of false aneurism. 
This kind of aneurism may be either circum- 
scribed or diffused : the former takes place 
where the blood is poured out slowly, and its 
diffusion prevented by the pressure of dense 
cellular membrane or other unyielding text- 
ures ; the latter, when the blood escapes readi- 
ly into a lax cellular tissue, which allows it to 
spread in all directions. False aneurism may 
arise from the rapture of an artery by some 
sudden exertion, but it most usually results 
from punctured wounds of the arteries. 



ANE 

3. Aneurismal Varix, or Varicose Aneurism. 
—When an artery is punctured with a vein, 
and the opening between them remains, the 
blood passes from the artery into the vein, 
which becomes dilated to a greater or less ex- 
tent above and below the seat of the injury, and 
is felt to pulsate like an arteiy ; the passage of 
the blood from the artery into the vein is ac- 
companied with a whizzing sound, analogoits to 
the bellows sound heard in certain diseases of 
the heart. 

5. Aneurism by Anastomosis. — A tumor con- 
sisting of the smaller arteries and veins of a 
{>art, which have become dilated, and open into 
ittle sacs in the cellular substance, which give 
way when over-distended, and often discharge 
blood so profusely as to endanger the life of the 
patient. Ntsvus is of this nature. 

The spontaneous cure of aneurism, when it 
occurs, depends upon the formation of coagula 
in the sac, or the artery, or both ; or upon some 
mechanical obstruction to the course of the 
blood through the artery, which eventually 
causes a deposition of lymph within the canal 
of the vessel. The treatment, whether medical 
or surgical, is founded on a knowledge of these 
facts. The medical treatment consists in the 
use of such means as diminish the action of the 
heart and favor the formation of coagula within 
the aneurismal sac: the principal of these 
means are small but frequent abstractions of 
blood from the general system, purgatives, a 
very spai'e diet, and perfect quietude. Digita- 
lis, colchicum, tartar emetic, acetate of lead, and 
acetic acid are also used to diminish the circu- 
lation. This treatment is the only one applica- 
ble to aneurisms of the aorta, or others situated 
within the chest or abdomen, in which it is not 
deemed expedient to attempt a surgical opera- 
tion. In the case of aneurisms situated in the 
extremities, however, the reducing practice just 
described becomes a valuable adjunct to local 
compression. 

The surgical treatment of aneurism is two- 
fold ; namely, by compression, and by ligature. 
Compression is only applicable to aneurisms 
situated in the extremities, and is applied to the 
aneurismal tumor itself, to the artery between 
it and the heart, or to both, according to cir- 
cumstances. When the case is not of long 
standing, and the tumor is small, pressure is 
advantageously applied to the tumor itself; 
when the tumor is larger, pressure, directly ex- 
ercised upon it, would be, for obvious reasons, 
both ineffectual and injurious, and can only be 
applied with propriety on the artery between 
it and the heart. In all cases, the compression 
must by no means involve the whole circum- 
ference of the limb. This means seldom pro- 
duces a radical cure. 

The great surgical means for the cure of an- 
eurism is the ligature of the artery, whereby 
the canal of the artery is obliterated. 

Formerly, the ligature was placed beyond the 
aneurism ; but now it is always placed between 
it and the heart, if possible. 

In the method of curing aneurism by the lig- 
ature, there are several very important precepts 
to be observed : 

1. The ligature shoidd be thin and round, so 
D 



ANG 

as to effect a clean division of the two inner 
coats, and it should be tightly applied in order 
to insure this result. 

2. The vessel should bo detached from its 
connections as little as possible, and the wound 
caused by the operation should be immediately 
brought together, with a view to its healing by 
the first intention. 

3. In spontaneous or true aneurism, the liga- 
tuie should not be applied too near the sac, 
lest the artery should be diseased, and incapa- 
ble of assuming the adhesive inflammation on 
which the cure depends: in traumatic or false 
aneurism, the artery is sound ; and the ligature 
may, therefore, be applied near the sac. 

4. The ligature ought never to be applied to 
the artery too near a large anastomosing branch ; 
for the impulse of the blood will prevent the 
formation of a firm coagulum, and may frustrate 
the whole sanatoiy process. 

An aneurism situated on tha limbs, neck, or 
outward parts, is an external aneurism; that in 
the internal organs, an internal aneurism. 

It sometimes happens that an external an- 
eurism is situated so near the trunk of the 
body, or otherwise so circumstanced, that a lig- 
ature can not be applied at any point of the ar- 
tery nearer the heart ; in such cases, the artery 
has been tied beyond the tumor. 

Aneurismal varix seldom requires treatment : 
if it becomes very large, compression may be 
tried ; and if it bursts, the arteiy is to be tied. 

The aneurism by anastomosis has been vari- 
ously treated. Whenever the tumor is so situ- 
ated that it can be secured by ligature or extir- 
pated with safety, it should, without hesitation, 
be removed ; it must not be wounded, for the 
bleeding may be fatal ; otherwise it is better to 
let it alone, unless it be a serious difficulty. 

Aneurism, dissecting. When one or two , 
arterial coats are ruptured,and the effused blood 
passes between them and the outward coat or 
coats, separating them for a distance. 

Aneuiiism of the heart. Tliis term has 
been applied to enlargement of the heart. 
When it is attended with thickening of the 
parietes, it is called active aneurism; and when 
with enlargement of the cavities and extenua- 
tion of the parietes, passive aneurism. See 
Heart, diseases of. 

Aneurisma spurium. False aneurism. See 
Aneurism. 

Aneurisma varico'sum. Varicose aneurism, 
aneurismal varix, or venous aneurism. See 
Aneurism. 

Aneurisma verum. True aneurism. See 
Aneurism. 

Aneurismal ctst, or sac. The pouch in 
which the blood is accumulated. 

Aneurismal varix. See Aneurism. 

Aneurysmus. Dilatation. 

Anfractuo'sity. Anfractus. This word ia 
used by anatomists for a sinuous depression or 
groove ; thus, the furrows which separate the 
convolutions of the brain have been called cer- 
ebral anfractuosities. 

ANGEIAL. (ayyeiov, a vessel.) Vascular. 
The serous membrane which lines the blood- 
vessels and lymphatics. 

Angeio'logy. Angeio'tomy. See Angiologia. 

49 



• A N G 

Angeion. A vessel. From this word is com- 
pounded a great number of terms little used : 
as, Angeioleucitis, scrofulous inflammation ; An- 
geiosteosis, ossification of the vessels ; Angeio- 
pathia, disease of the vessels ; Angiography 
and Angeiohydrography, anatomy of the vessels 
and lymphatics. 

Angeiorrhagia. Hemorrhage. 
ANGE'LICA. (a, a, f.) A genus of um- 
belliferous plants. — A. archangelica. The roots 
have a fragrant, agreeable smell, and a bitter- 
ish, pungent taste. The stalk, leaves, and 
seeds possess the same qualities, though in an 
inferior degree. They are aromatic and car- 
minative. The dose, 3ss. to $j., three or four 
times a day. Confectioners make a sweetmeat 
of the stems. — A. atropurpurea is indigenous, 
and similar in property. — A., garden. See 
Angelica archangelica. — A. pilula. Anderson's 
pill. — A. saliva. See Angelica sylvestris. — A. 
sylvestris. Wild angelica. This species pos- 
sesses inferior properties to the garden species. 
Angelicus pulvis. Algaroth. 
Angeli'n-e cortex. See Andira. 
Anger. Ira. See Pathemata animi. 
Angie'ctasis. (From ayyeiov, a vessel, and 
enraaic, extension.) Any dilatation of a vessel ; 
a term comprehending the different kinds of 
aneurism, varix, &c. 

ANGI'NA. (a, <e, f.; from ango, to strangle.) 
A term that has been applied to several diseases 
which are attended with difficult deglutition or 
respiration. Inflammation of the throat, phar- 
ynx, or surrounding parts. 

Angina has been often used for croup, which 
has the following synonymes : Angina canina ; 
A. exudatoria ; A. humida ; A. infantum ; A. 
inflammatoria ; A. cynanche ; A. membrana- 
cea; A. pellicularis ; A. pemiciosa; A. poly- 
. posa ; A. ptdposa ; A. strepiiosa; A. trache- 
litis; A. svffocativa. 

It is a synonyme of Cynanche maligna, which 
has been termed Angina epidemica ; gangre- 
nosa ; maligna ; ulcerosa. 

Angina aphthosa. Aphtha?. — A. bronchialis. 
Bronchitis. — A. interna. A. laryngea. Laryn- 
gitis. — A. paralytica. Paralysis of the pharynx. 
— A. uvularis. Uvulitis. — A. tonsillaris. Sore 
throat. 

Angina external. A. maxillaris and A. 
parolidea are synonymes of mumps. 

Angina EPiGLOTTinEA. A. asdematosa. An 
cedematous affection of the glottis, the conse- 
quence of chronic laryngitis. See Laryngitis. 
Angina nasalis. Inflammation of the pos- 
terior portions of the Schneiderian membrane. 
Nasitis. 

Angina pectoris. A. cordis. Neuralgia of 
the heart. Suffocative breast-pang. This af- 
fection is acute or chronic. The acute is char- 
acterized by a sense of painful constriction in 
the chest, most about the lower part of the 
sternum, inclining to the left side, and extend- 
ing to the left arm. The pain is always severe, 
and sometimes amounts to agony ; the action of 
the heart and lungs is variously disordered, and 
the patient is harassed with dyspnoea, palpita 
tion, extreme anxiety, and a sense of impending 
dissolution; the pulse is sometimes not much 
affected, but it is generally either oppressed, 
50 



ANG 

feeble, and intermittent, or full and tiirobbing : 
it occasionally alternates between these two 
states; the functions of the stomach are also 
much deranged, and there is often excessive 
flatulence and eructation. After continuing 
from a few minutes to one or more hours, these 
distressing symptoms subside, and the patient 
returns to his ordinary state. 

The chronic form of the disease is less violent, 
but the paroxysms are more frequent, and of 
longer duration, and the intermissions less per- 
fect. The chronic form often results from the 
long continuance of the acute. The fits are 
brought on by considerable exercise, fatigue, 
indigestion, depressing passions. 

It is chiefly dependent on gout, rheumatism, 
dyspepsia, neuralgia. The prognosis is rather 
unfavorable in aged persons. The treatment 
depends upon the cause, which must be assailed 
during the intermissions, whether it be gastric, 
rheumatic, or neuralgic. During the parox- 
ysms, friction over the heart, counter-irritation, 
antispasmodics, especially small doses of ipe- 
cacuanha or antimony, are very serviceable. 
Hydrocyanic acid, spiritus ammonia? fcetidus, 
and camphor are much employed. Bleeding is 
serviceable where there is plethora or conges- 
tions of the parts near the heart. Mild laxatives 
are also to be used. The patient should lead a 
quiet, regular life, taking as much exercise as 
he can. Organic affections of the heart and 
great vessels are also causes, such as ossification 
of the different valves, ossification of the coro- 
nary arteries, hypertrophy of the heart, or pas- 
sive dilatation — more frequently the latter. 

Angina pellicula'ris. A name lately given 
to those inflammations of the pharynx, larynx, 
or adjacent parts, which are attended with the 
formation of false membranes, as croup. 
Angina polypo'sa. See Croup. 
Angina scirrho'sa. Difficulty of deglutition, 
occasioned by scirrhus of the pharynx or oesoph- 
agus. See Stricture. 

Angina sicca. A chronic inflammation of 
the pharynx, accompanied with a distressing 
sensation of dryness and heat It is generally 
symptomatic of chronic affections of the stomach 
or lungs. 

Angina trachealis adultortjm. Laryngitis. 
Angino'sus. Attended with angina, as Scar- 
latina anginosa. 

Angio. A prefix, similar to Angeio, which see. 
A'ngioca'rpous. (From ayytiov, a case, and 
Kapnoc, fruit.) When seed-vessels are inclosed 
within a covering that does not form a part of 
themselves ; as the filbert, acorn, such fungi as 
have their spores included in a peridium, or 
hollow shell, as lycoperdon. 

ANGIOLO'GIA. (a, cc, f. ; from ayyeiov, a 
vessel, and Xoyog, a discourse.) Angiology, or 
the doctrine of the blood-vessels and absorbents. 
Angiopyra. Continued fever. 
Angio'sis. A term under which Alibert in- 
cludes all diseases of the blood-vessels. 

ANGIOSPE'RMIA. An order of plants in 
the class Didynamia of Linnaeus, the seeds of 
which are lodged in a pericarpium or seed-ves- 
sel. 

Angiotenic. Synocha. Inflammatory fever. 
ANGIOTO'MIA. (a, a, f ; from ayyeiov, a 



ANH 

v essel, and refivu, to cut. ) Angiotomy ; the anat- 
omy of the sanguiferous and absorbent vessels. 

Angle. Angulus. The inclination of two 
lines tdward each other, which meet at a point. 
The term is applied by anatomists to various 
parts, which are of an angular shape ; thus, we 
speak of the external and internal angle of the 
eyes, of the angle of the jaw. 

Angle, facial. A straight line drawn from 
the most prominent part of the forehead to the 
alveolar edge of the upper jaw, opposite to the 
incisor teeth, and another from the external au- 
ditory foramen to the same point, form an angle 
called the facial angle. The facial angle affords 
but a very defective criterion of the develop- 
ment of the cranium, or the sagacity of the an- 
imal ; still, however, there appears to be some 
general truth in the indications derived from it, 
especially in relation to the human species ; for 
in the European race the facial angle is seldom 
less than 80°, while in the negro it is seldom 
more than 70°. 

Angle, optic Angle of vision. Visual an- 
gle. The angle formed by two rays of light 
proceeding from different objects, or opposite 
extremities of the same object, and meeting in 
the pupil. 

Angola seed. Abrus precatorius. 

Angolan. A fine East Indian tree, the wood 
of which is believed to possess diuretic and 
vermifuge powers. It is the Alangium decape- 
talum. 

A'ngone. (e, es, f. ; from ayx^, to strangle.) 
A name given to the feeling of strangulation 
common in hysteria. Globus hystericus. 

A'NGOR. {or, oris, m.) In pathology, a 
feeling of anxiety and constriction in the pre- 
cordial region. Anguish. 

Angor febrilis. The weariness and pain 
which commences some fevers. 

Angor pectoris. Angina pectoris. 

A'ngos. A.yyoc. A vessel. The uterus. A 
bubo. 

Angosturin. A bitter neutral, crystalline 
principle, obtained by evaporating the alcoholic 
solution of cusparia. 

Angui'lla. The eel. 

Angular artery. The facial artery, where 
it is distributed near the inner angle of the eye, 
and also the facial artery. 

Angular processes. The orbitary processes 
of the frontal bone. 

Angular vein. The vein accompanying the 
angular artery. 

Angularis. The levator scapulae. 

ANGULO'SUS. Angular. 

Angusta'tio. The morbid contraction of a 
vessel or canal. 

Angustatio cordis. The contraction, or 
systole, of the heart. 

Angustia. Contraction; anxiety. 

Angustifo'lium. Narrow-leaved. 

ANGUSTU'RA. Angusturia cusparia. See 
Bonplandia. 

Angustura spuria. A. ferruginea. See 
Brucia antidysenterica. 

Anhjsmatosia. Asphyxia; anaemia. 

Anh.kmia. Anaemia. 

Anhalti'na. Certain distilled aromatic spir- 
its supposed to possess analeptic virtues. 



AN I 

ANHELA'TION. Dyspnoea. Difficulty of 
breathing; panting. 

ANHE'LITUS. (us, us, m. ; from anhelo, to 
breathe with difficulty.) Anhelation. The 
breath; dyspnoea; asthma. 

Anhistous. Inorganic. The decidua is 
termed an anhistous membrane by Velpeau. 

ANHY'DROUS. (From a, neg., and vdup, 
water.) Without water. A term applied by 
chemists to various substances which contain 
no combined water, as crystals, &c. 

Anice'ton. A plaster of litharge, alum, ce- 
russa, frankincense, white pepper, and turpen- 
tine, formerly reputed in tinea, &c. 

Anideus. (From a, neg., and el6oc, shape.) 
Amorphous. 

Anidro'sis. (Avidpucjtc ; from a, neg., and 
idpuc, sweat.) Absence of cutaneous perspira- 
tion. 

Anil. See Indigofera. 

Anile. Senseless. 

Aniline. Anilicacid. Products from indigo. 

A'NIMA. (a, m, f. ; from ave/ioc, wind, or 
breath.) The soul, or vital principle. Any 
simple and volatile substance ; the purest part 
of any substance. A medicine supposed to 
have particular virtues in curing the diseases of 
any organ was sometimes called the anima. 

Anima aloes. Refined aloes. 

Anima articulorum. See Hermodactylus. 

Anima he patis. Sulphate of iron. So called 
from the efficacy it was formerly supposed to 
possess in diseases of the liver. 

Anima mundi. The universal spirit or intel- 
ligence. 

Anima pulmonum. A name given to saffron 
on account of its use in asthmas. 

Anima rhabarbari. The best rhubarb. 

Anima saturni. Sugar of lead. 

ANIMAL. A symmetrical organization pro- 
vided with an internal stomach, and having the 
power of voluntary motion to a greater or less 
extent. The nervous system is peculiar to ani- 
mals, although it can not be traced in every 
species. The term includes eveiy variety of 
form and degree of development. Chemically 
considered, animals are compounded of carbon, 
hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, chiefly. Phos- 
phorus and sulphur exist in all to a limited ex- 
tent; the earthy bodies are peculiar to some 
only. Animals differ from plants in their power 
of digestion ; while the latter convert gases, wa- 
ter, and inorganic substances into starch, fibrin, 
&c, animals are incapable of producing exten- 
sive changes on the food they receive, and re- 
quire that which is highly organized for their 
nutrition. 

Animal acids. Those acids produced by 
the metamorphoses occurring within animals, 
such as the cliolic, uric, cystic, lactic, cerebric,- 
margaric, stearic, &c. 

Animal black. Charred bone, horn, &c. 

Animal fluids. The blood, bile, pancreatic: 
juice, gastric juice, mucous and serous exhala- 
tions, chyle, lymphatic fluid, semen, &c. 

Animal heat. The temperature which re- 
sults from vital operations occurring in the 
bodies of the higher animals, and which main- 
tains them at a nearly uniform heat. The chan- 
ges producing it seem to occur in the capillary 

51 



A N I 

system of the whole body, and to be dependent 
upon the alterations occurring in arterial blood 
in the function of nutrition. Its development 
is under the influence of the nervous system, in- 
somuch as nutrition is regulated by jnervous 
Eower. The average temperature of the human 
ody is 98° F. ; but it fluctuates on the skin 
by several degrees. 

Animal jelly. See Gelatine. 
Animal kingdom. The entire collection of 
animated objects. The following view by Pro- 
fessor Owen is the most complete. 

In this there are four primary divisions, or 
sub-kingdoms: 1. Vertebrata, or animals fur- 
nished with a regular back-bone ; 2d. Articu- 
lata, animals which contain no internal skele- 
ton, but are covered with a crust or shell made 
of distinct parts or articulations, as the lobster ; 
3d. Mollusca, animals destitute of skeleton or 
articulations, but usually inhabiting shells; and, 
4th. Radiata, animals of the lowest organiza- 
tion, destitute of an internal respiratory organ, 
and having a nervous system composed of mere 
lines, which are often radiated from a centre. 
These sub-kingdoms contain each several class- 
es, as may be seen in the table. 

Kingdom Animalia. 
Sub-kingdom Vertebrata. 
•Class Mammalia, mammals. 
Aves, birds. 
Reptilia, reptiles. 
■ Pisces, fishes. 

Sub-kingdom Articulata. 
Class Crustacea, such as lobsters. 
Arachnida, spiders. 
Insecta, insects. 
Anellata, worms. 
- Cirripedia, barnacles. 

Sub-kingdom Mollusca. 
Class Cephalopoda, with a cartilaginous head. 
Gasteropoda, with an organ for locomo- 
tion situated under the stomach, as the 

snail. 
Pteropoda, organs of locomotion two 

membranous fins, situated at the sides 

of the neck. 
Lamellibranchiata, without head, the 

gills disposed in bands, as oysters. 
Brachiopoda, without head, inclosed in 

a mantle, with two fleshy arms. 
Tunicata, without head, without shell, 

covered with a membrane. 

Sub-kingdom Radiata. 

Nematoneura, nerves apparent. 
Acrita, nerves rudimentary. 
Class Enchinoderma (Cuvier), those furnished 
with a crust. 
Acalepha (Cuvier), those which are 

without crust. 
C(elelmintha (Owen), Entozoa, with a 

distinct alimentary canal. 
Sterelmintha (Owen), without a sep- 
arate abdominal cavity, hydatids. 
Ciliobrachiata (Farre), with a distinct 

abdomen and anus. 
Nudibrachiata (Farre), corals without 

intestines or separate anus. 
Rotifera (Ehrenb.), Infusoria, furnished 
52 



li 
a i 



& 



Organic 



ANI 

with a nervous system, a distinct ab 
dominal cavity, and cilliae around the 
mouth. 
Polygastra (Ehrenb.), Infusoria, a sim- 
ple jelly containing many cavities or 
stomachs. 
Animal (economy. See CEconomy, animal. 
Animal oil. See Oleum animate. 
Animal sensibility. This is divided into 
true sensibility and contractility, and further, as 
follows : 

Animal sensibility. Perceptive; cere- 
bral; sensibility of relation, &c. Attended 
with consciousness, and requiring for its 
manifestation a particular apparatus or ar- 
rangement of parts. 

Organic sensibility. Nutritive; vegeta- 
tive; latent; molecular sensibility. Unat- 
tended with consciousness, requiring no 
particular organ, and existing in all living 
^ parts, whether animal or vegetable. 

Animal contractility. Voluntary; con- 
tractility of relation, &c. Excited by the 
will, and accompanied with consciousness. 
Subordinate to animal sensibility. 

Involuntary, and unaccom- 
panied with sensation; irri- 
tability. Corresponding to 
contractility. ] organic sensibility. 

involuntary, but accom- 
k panied with sensation. 
Animal spirits. The buoyancy of health. 
The perception of force and power which char- 
acterizes hearty life. 

ANIMA'LCULE. (Animalculum, i, n.) A 
minute animal which can not be distinctly seen 
without the help of glasses, and is often invisible 
to the naked eye. 

Animalcules, infusory. Infusoria. 
Animalcules, spermatic. See Semen. 
Animaliza'tion. The pi - ocess by which the 
nutritive part of the food is converted into the 
various substances that compose the body. 
Animation. The state of a living animal. 
Animation, suspended. See Asphyxia. 
A'nime gummi. See Hymenwa courbaril. 
Animella. The parotid. 
A'nimi deliquium. Animicasus subitus. Syn- 
cope. Fainting. 

A'NIMISTS. Those physiologists who fol- 
lowed Stahl in believing that all the functions 
of the living body are performed by the imme- 
diate agency of the anima, or soul, were called 
Animists. 

A'NIMUS. (us, i, m. ; from ave/ioc, wind or 
breath.) The soul or mind; the intellectual 
principle. Anima usually denotes the vital 
principle, while animus denotes a conscious and 
intelligent principle. 

Aninga. A root which grows in the Antil- 
les, and is used by sugar-bakers for refining 
their sugar. 

A'NIONS. (From ava, upward, and iuv, go- 
ing.) Substances which, in electro-chemical 
decompositions, are evolved from their combi- 
nations at the surface, by which the electricity 
enters the electrolyte. See Electrode. 

Ani'satum. A medicated wine, formerly 
prepared with the wine of Ascalon, honev and 
aniseed. 



ANN 



ANO 



Anisca'lptor. The latissiraus dorsi muscle. 

ANISEED. Anise. See Pimpinella anisum. 

Aniseed-tree. Illicium anisatum. 

ANISE'TTE. The French liqueur, made by- 
distilling anise, fennel, and coriander seed with 
brandy, and sweetening the produce. 

Ani'si camphora. When the volatile oil of 
anise is exposed to a low temperature, it sepa- 
rates into a thin liquid and a concrete substance ; 
the latter has been called camphor of anise : it 
is the same with the substance named scrusina 
by Bizio. 

Anisic acid. A crystallizable, volatile prod- 
uct of the action of nitric acid on concrete oil 
of aniseed (C16H6O5, HO); heated with baryta 
it yields an oily liquid, Anisole (C14H7O2). 

Aniso'sthenes. When one or more muscles 
act more strongly than the rest, as in opisthot- 
onos. 

Aniso'tachys. (From aviaoc, unequal, and 
raxvc, quick.) Applied, formerly, to a pulse 
which is quick and unequal. 

ANI'SUM. Anisumvulgare. Anisi seviina. 
Aviaov. See Pimpinella outturn. 

Anisum africanum frutescens. A. fructi- 
cosum, galbaniferum. Bubon galbanum. 

Anisum sinense. Anisum stellatnm. See 
Illicium. 

Ankle. Malleolus. 

ANKY. A prefix similar to Ancy, which see. 

ANNEALING. Tempering metals and 
glass. 

Anni climacterici. Critici, dccretorii, fa- 
tales, genetliliaci, gradarii, hcbdomadici, heroici, 
scalares, scanciles. The climacteric years. 

Annota'tio. Under this name some writers 
have included the symptoms which precede an 
attack of ague, as languor, yawning, chilliness, 
&c. 

Annotto. Bixa orleana. 

ANNUAL. (Animus, yearly.) In Pathology, 
this term has been applied to diseases which 
return about the same time every year : morbi 
annul; morbi annivcrsarii. 

A'nnuens. (From annuo, to nod.) The 
recti antici capitis have been called musculi an- 
nuentes. 

Annuitio. Nodding. 

A'NNULAR. {Annularis ; from annulus, a 
ring.) Resembling a ring, or having relation to 
a ring : as an annular bone, an annular cartilage. 
Digitus annularis, the ring finger. 

Annular bone. See Circulis osscus. 

Annular cartilage. The cricoid cartilage. 
. Annular ligament of the radius. See 
Ligaments. 

Annular ligaments. Two sets of ligaments 
at the carpus and tarsus, serving to bind down 
the muscular tendons to those parts. 

Annular protuberance. Annularis pro- 
cessus. See Pons varolii. 

Annularis ani. The sphincter ani. 

Annula'ris vena. The vein situated be- 
tween the rinjj finger and the little finger. 

ANNULA'TUS. (From annulus, a ring.) 
Annulate ; having rings. 

A'NNULUS. (us, i, m.) A ring. This 
name is given to ring-like parts, openings, &c. ; 
as, annulus osseus of the temporal bone in the 
foetus, annulus abdominis. 



Annulus abdominis. The abdominal ring. 
An opening formed by the separation of the 
fibers of the external oblique muscle of the ab- 
domen, through which passes the spermatic cord 
in man, and the round ligament of the uterus in 
woman. It is through this opening that the ab- 
dominal viscera protrude in inguinal hernia. 
See Obliqutis cxternus abdominis. 

Annulus chirurgicus. A ring formed of 
lead or brass, and used to fix the eye in surgical 
operations. 

Annulus gangliformis tunicje choroide^. 
Annulus ligamenlosus. A. albidus. The ciliary 
circle. 

Annulus purgatorius. A ring made of glass 
of antimony, formerly supposed to have the 
power of purging. 

Annulus repens. Herpes circinatus. 

Annulus umbilicalis. The umbilical ring 
— A. ventriculi. The pylorus. 

Annus climacte'ricus. The great climac- 
teric year; the 63d and 81st year of the age of 
man, from a notion that men are more likely 
to die during these years than any other. 

Anocatha'rtic Anocatharticus. Emetic ; 
purging upward. 

Anochei'lum. The upper lip. 

Anocjelia. The stomach. 

Anode. ( From ava, upward, and odoc, a way.) 
A term applied by Dr. Faraday to that part of 
the surface of a decomposing body which the 
electric current enters — the part immediately 
touching the positive pole. 

Anodia. (From a, priv., and u6ij, song.) 
Dissonant speech. 

A'NODYNE. (Anodynus; KvuSvvoc; from 
a, priv., and odvvn, pain.) Applied to medi- 
cines which allay pain. Anodyne medicines 
are divided into three sorts : paregorics, or such 
as actually assuage pain ; hypnotics, or such as 
relieve by procuring sleep; and narcotics, or 
such as give ease by stupifying the senses. 
The principal anodynes are opium, camphoi', 
hyoscyamus, belladonna, tobacco, conium, oil 
of bitter almonds. 

Anodyne necklaces are made of the rootB 
of henbane, bryony, &c. They are believed by 
the credulous to facilitate dentition, procure 
sleep, &c. 

Anody'nia. Absence of pain. In Vogel's 
classification this is the name of a class of dis- 
eases. 

Ano'dynum martiale. The precipitata form- 
ed by adding potash to a solution of the ferrum 
ammoniatum in water. 

Ano'dynum minerale. 1. The sal prunella?. 
2. Nitrum stibiatum. 

Ance'a. Avoia. The same as amentia. 
Idiotism. 

Anomalia nervorum. The nervous diathesis. 

Anomaloce'phalus. An individual whose 
head is deformed. — G. St. Hilairc. 

Anomalotrophia. Diseases depending on 
modified nutrition. 

ANO'MALOUS. ( Anomalus ; avufiakog ; 
from a, neg., and opahoc, ragular.) Irregular; 
subject to no certain law. Applied to diseases 
which do not follow the ordinary course, or 
which have something peculiar and unusual in 
their symptoms. 

53 



ANT 

Anomaly. A deviation from ordinary laws. 
Monstrosities are called anomalies of organiza- 
tion. 

Ano'mphalos. Anomphalus. Without a na- 
vel. 

ANO'NYMOUS. (Anonymvs ; from a, priv., 
and ovofia, a name.) Nameless. Applied to 
several parts of the body ; as, the anonymous 
bone, or os innominatum; the anonymous fora- 
men, or foramen innominatum. 

Anoptha'lmus. Anopsia. Anommatus. Eye- 
less. 

Anorchides. Persons without testicles. 

ANO'RCHUS. Anorchis. (us, i, m. ; from 
a, priv., and op%ic, the testicle.) One who is 
born without testicles, or who has been depriv- 
ed of these organs. The apparent absence of 
the testicles at birth is very common, and arises 
merely from their not having yet descended 
into the scrotum ; they are sometimes retained 
within the abdomen to the age of ten or fifteen 
years, or even through life. Occasionally one 
testicle descends into the scrotum, while the 
other remains in the abdomen. Men in whom 
the testicles are retained within the abdomen 
are not at all less apt for generation than others. 

ANORE'XIA. (a, ee, f. ; from a, priv., and 
opel-ic, appetite.) Anorexy. A want of appe- 
tite, without loathing of food. It is generally 
symptomatic. See Dyspepsia. 

Anormal. Anormis. Abnormal. (From ab, 
vw&norma, a law or rule.) Irregular. Contrary 
to ordinary laws. It is opposed to normal, or 
regular. 

Axosia. (From a, priv., and voaoe, disease.) 
Freedom from disease ; health. 

ANO'SMIA. (a, m, f.; from a, neg., and oop.11, 
an odor.) A loss of the sense of smell. When 
it arises from a disease of the Schneiderian 
membrane, it is termed Anosmia organica ; and 
when from no manifest cause, Anosmia atonica. 

Anosthre'sia. (From a, priv., and oafypnoic, 
the sense of smell.) Loss of the sense of smell. 

Anser dome'sticus. The domestic goose. 

Anseri'na. Potentilla anserina. 

Ant. Formica rufa. 

ANTA'CID. (Anfacidus; from avn, against, 
and acidus, acid.) Applied to medicines which 
destroy acidity. They are simply palliatives ; 
used in dyspepsia and diarrhoea. The principal 
are, potash, soda, ammonia, magnesia, lime, and 
their carbonates. Where the acidity is con- 
joined with nausea and faintness, ammonia acts 
as a grateful stimulant as well as an antacid ; 
when irritability of the gastro-enteric mucous 
membrane prevails, potash is particularly indi- 
cated. 

Anta'chid. (Antacridus; from avn, against, 
and acridus, acrid.) Applied to a medicine 
which corrects acrimony. 

Antagonism. (Antagonismus ; from avn, 
against, and ayuvifa, to contend.) The action 
ot muscles which oppose each other. This 
term is also used for conntcr4rritation. 

ANTAGONIST. Antagonista. A term ap- 
plied to a muscle whose action is opposed to 
that of another muscle : thus, the flexors and 
extensors of a limb are antagonists, and also 
the abductors and adductors. 

ANTA'LGIC. Relieving pain. Anodyne. 
54 



ANT 

ANTA'LKALINE. Antalkalinus. Having 
the power of neutralizing alkalies. All the 
acids, except the carbonic, have this power. 

ANTAPHRODI'SIAC. Antaphrodi'tic. (An- 
taphrodisiacus ; from avn, and atypodioianoc, 
venereal.) Applied, 1. To medicines which 
diminish the venereal appetite. 2. To medi 
cines used against syphilis. 

Antapo'dosis. (From avTairodtdu/ii, to re- 
ciprocate.) The succession or return of the 
paroxysms in fevers. — Hippocrates. 

Antarthri'tic. Antarthriticus. Applied to 
a medicine used against the gout, as colchicum. 

Antasthma'tic Antasthmaticus. A medi- 
cine which relieves asthma, as stramonium, &c. 

Antatro'phic. Antatrophicus. Applied to 
medicines used against an atrophy, or maras- 
mus. 

ANTEFLEXION. A bending forward. An- 
teflexion of the uterus is when the fundus is 
curved forward, without much displacement 
of the os uteri. 

Antela'bium. The extremity of the lip. 

Ante'mbasis. The reception or insertion of 
bones into each other. — Galen. 

Anteme'tic. Antimeticus. Applied to a 
medicine used against vomiting. 

Antendei'xis. Contra-indication. 

ANTE'NNiE. Articulated processes with 
which the heads of insects, crustaceous animals, 
&c., are furnished. 

Antennaria dioica. The plant cat's-foot, 
sometimes used in hemorrhage, diarrhoea, &c. 

Antenea'smus. Maniacal dancing, with a 
tendency to suicide. 

Antephi'altic. (From avn, and eQiatonc, 
the nightmare.) A medicine used against the 
nightmare. 

Antepile'i'tic. A medicine used against 
epilepsy. 

ANTE'RIOR. This word is often used by 
anatomists to designate parts which are situated 
before others, as the anterior lobes of the brain, 
the foramen lacerum antei-ius, &c. 

Anterior auris. Musculus anterior amis. 
A muscle of the external ear. It arises, thin 
and membranous, near the posterior part of the 
zygoma, and is inserted into a small eminence 
on the back of the helix, opposite to the concha 
which it draws a little forward and upward. 

Anterior intercostal nerve. Ncrvus in- 
tcrcoslalis anterior. This is also called the 
splanchnic nerve, and is a branch of the great 
intercostal that is given off in the thorax. 

Anterior mallei. See Laxator tympani. 

Anteroticus. Antaphrodisiac. 

Anteupho'rbium. See Cacalia. 

Anteve'rrio uteri. Anteversion. When 
the fundus falls into the inferior strait, the os 
uteri being toward the sacrum, and often out of 
reach. 

Anthanor. See Athanor. 

Anth^morrha'gic Anthmmorrhagicus. A 
medicine used to check hemorrhage. 

Anthelitragus. A muscle of the pavilion 
of the ear. 

A'NTHELIX. (Anlihclix; from avn, oppo- 
site to, and eXtf, the margin or circumference 
of the external ear.) An eminence on the car- 
tilage of the ear, situated before, or, more prop- 



ANT 

eriy, within the helix, and consisting, at its up- 
per part, of two ridges, which unite as they 
descend. 

Anthe'lmia. Spigclia anthelmintica. 

ANTHELMINTIC. (Anthelmintics ; from 
avTi, against, and e"K[ilvc, a worm.) Medicines 
are so called which procure the evacuation of 
worms from the stomach and intestines. The 
principal are, calomel, iron, tin, salt, olive oil, 
oil of turpentine, cowhage, worm-seed, spigelia 
marilandica, male fern, tansy, the bark ot the 
cabbage-tree, and gamboge. See these, and 
also Invermination. 

A'NTHEMIS. (is, idis, fem. ; from avdoc, a 
flower.) A genus of plants. Cla3s, Syngenesia . 
Order, Polygamia supcrjltia. Composites. — A. 
cotula. The may -weed, or stinking chamomile . 
Cotula fmtida. Chamcemelum fcetidum. Has a 
very disagreeable smell, and the leaves a strong, 
acrid, bitterish taste. It is said to have been 
useful in hysterical affections, but is very sel- 
dom employed. — A. nobilis. The common 
chamomile. Chamamelum. Anthemis. (U. S.) 
Both the leaves and flowers of this indigenous 
plant have a strong smell, and a very bitter, 
nauseous taste; but the latter have the more 
bitterness, and are considerably more aromatic. 
The flowers are the part generally used. They 
possess tonic and stomachic qualities, and are 
employed as a light tonic in debility of the 
digestive organs. A simple infusion of the 
flowers is frequently taken to excite vomiting, 
or to promote the operation of emetics. Ex- 
ternally, they are used in fomentations. An oil 
is sold, which is aromatic only, not bitter. — A. 
py'rethrum. The Spanish chamomile ; pellitory 
of Spain. Pyrethrum. Its taste is hot and 
acrid; the acrimony resides in a resin called 
pyretln-in. Its qualities are stimulant; but it 
is never used, except as a masticatory, in tooth- 
aches, rheumatic affections of the face, and pa- 
ralysis of the tongue, hi which it affords relief 
by stimulating the salivary glands. — A. tinc- 
toria. Dyer's chamomile. Is bitter and sto- 
machic. 

A'NTHER. (Anthera, ee, f.) A lobed organ 
forming the summit of the stamen of plants. It 
contains the pollen or fecundating substance. 

Anthe'ra. (From avdrjpog, Jloridus.) A 
medicament used by the ancients, composed 
•of myrrh, sandarach, alum, rose-leaves, saffron, 
and other ingredients. 

Anthe'rion. Avdepeuv. The chin. 

Anthe'sis. (Avdnoig; from avdeu, to flow- 
er.) The period of full inflorescence in a plant. 

ANTHIARIN. The active principle of a 
gum-resin obtained from the Anthiaris toxica- 
ria, the most deadly of the Upas poisons. 

ANTHO'DIUM. A head of florets, like the 
thistle, may-weed, &c, with one common in- 
volucrum. 

Anthophy'llus. The fruit of the clove. 

A'NTHORA. Aconitum anthora. 

A'NTHOS. Rosmarinus officinalis. 

Anthosatum. The flower of rosemary. 

Anthracene. A volatile, crystalline sub- 
stance found in coal-tar ; melts at 356° ; form., 
C30H10. 

ANTHRACIA. Carbuncular exanthem. A 
genus of diseases characterized by fever, with 



ANT 

an eruption of carbuncular tumors, as plague, 
yaws, &c. 

Anthuacia pestis. Plague. — A. rubula. 
Frambcesia. 
Anthracoid. Resembling anthrax. 
Anthracokali. The name given by Dr. 
Polya to a remedy in certain herpetic affections. 
The simple preparation consists of a levigated 
coal-dust and pure potassa; the sulphurated, 
of sulphur, levigated coal-dust, and caustic po- 
tassa. Dose, gr. ij. 

Anthraco'sis oculi. Anthracia. A red, 
livid, burning, sloughy, very painful tumor, oc- 
cun-ing on the eyeball or eyelids. — Paulus 
JEgineta. 

ANTHRAX, (ax, acis, m. ; from avdpat, a 
live coal.) A carbuncle. Anthracia. Anthro- 
cosia. Anthrocoma. A hard and circumscribed 
inflammatory tumor, commonly on the neck, 
back, or loins. A carbuncle is nearly allied to 
a boil, but more severe. The swelling is larger, 
the pain more severe ; the livid pustule in. the 
centre appears earlier ; there is no defined cen- 
tral core, as in a boil, and the gangrene spreads 
wider and more rapidly. The tumor soon be- 
comes shining, somewhat oedematous at the 
sides, and black in the middle ; a bloody pus 
or ichor is discharged through several small 
openings, and at length the slough is detached, 
leaving a deep, ragged, ulcerous cavity. It 
attacks aged persons, and those whose consti- 
tutions are impaired. Treatment. — 'Open it 
freely, as soon as soft, and assist the removal of 
the slough by poultices or stimulant applica- 
tions. If the patient sinks, support the strength 
by quinine, wine, generous diet, and use opium 
to allay pain. It is a very dangerous disease. 

Anthri'scus. See Scandix and Caucalis. 

Anthro. (From avdpurcoc, a man.) . A pre- 
fix of many words; it means human. 

Anthrope. The skin. 

Anthropo'geny. (Anthro pogenia; avdpu- 
ttoc, and yevecte, generation.) The study of 
the generation of man. 

Anthropo'graphy. (From avdpuiroc, and 
ypa<pu, to write. ) A description of the structure 
of man. 

Anthropo'logy. (From avOpunoc, and.Xoyoc, 
a discourse.) The description of man. Phys- 
iology. 

Anthropo'phagus. Anthropopha 1 gha. A 
man-eater ; a cannibal. 

Anthroposo'phia. (From avdpunoc, and 
ooQta, knowledge.) The philosophy of man. 

Anthro potomy. Anatomv of man. 

ANTHY'LLIS. AvOvUig. A name given 
by the ancients to a number of plants. A genus 
of plants; family, heguminosce. — A. vulnera'ria 
is used as an application to wounds, bruises, &c 
— A. cre'tica is supposed to have laxative prop- 
erties. 

Anthypno'tic (Anthypnoticus ; from avn, 
against, and vTrvog, sleep.) Applied to medi- 
cines which prevent sleep. Coffee and strong 
tea has this effect on many persons. 

Anthypoco'ndriac. Anthypochondriacus. 
Medicines used against hypochondriasis. 

Anthyste'ric (Anthystcricus ; from avn, 
against, and varepa, the womb.) Applied to 
medicines used against hysteria. 

55 



A N T 



ANT 



ANTI. Ant- Avti. A prefix meaning op- 
posed to, against. See the compound words 
Ant-; as, Antapoplectic, Antarthritic, Antasth- 
tnatic, Antatropic, Antemetic, Antephialtic. 

Anti'ades. The tonsils. 

Antiadi'tis. Inflammation of the tonsils. 

Antiado'ncus. Anti'agri. A swelling of 
the tonsils. 

Antiarine. Anthiarin. 

Antiaris toxicaria. See Upas. 

Antiballo'menos. Applied to a medicine 
used as a substitute for another. 

Antibra'chial. Antibrachialis. Appertain- 
ing to the forearm. 

Antebrachial aponeurosis. The aponeu- 
rosis or cellular sheath covering the forearm; 
it arises above from the brachial aponeurosis, 
and the tendons of biceps and triceps, as well 
as the 'condyle, and is lost below in the annular 
ligaments. 

Antibra'chium. The forearm. 

Anticache'ctic Anticachecticus. A med- 
icine against a cachexy. 

Anticancerous. Anticarcinomatous. A 
medicine against cancer. 

Antica'rdium. {urn, i, n. ; from avri, op- 
posite to, and Kapdia, the heart.) The hollow 
at the bottom of the breast, commonly called 
scrobiculus cordis, or pit of the stomach. 

Anticatarrhal. Anticatarrhalis. A med- 
icine used against a catarrh. 

Ai^ticauso'tic. {Anticausoticus ; from aim, 
against, and navaoc, a burning fever.) Applied 
to a medicine used against an ardent fever. 

A'nticheir. The thumb. — Galen. 

Anticholerica. Sophora heptaphylla. 

ANTICIPATING. Anti'cipans. When cer- 
tain phenomena of the living body occur before 
their accustomed time ; as to the menses, an- 
ticipating their monthly period, or the parox- 
ysm of an ague coming on before the expected 
hour. 

Anticipa'tio. Anticipation. See Anticipans. 

Anticne'mion. The shin. — Galen. 

Antico'lic. Anticolicus. A medicine used 
against the colic. 

Anticus. Anterior ; in front. 

ANTIDE'SMA. A genus of East Indian 
plants. The leaves of the A. alexiteria are 
used as an antidote to the bite of serpents. The 
A. zeylanica is supposed to be an antidote to 
the bite of the naja. 

Antidinic. Antidi'nicus. (From avri, 
against, and divoc, giddiness.) A medicine 
used against vertigo or giddiness. 

ANTIDOTA'RIUM. A dispensatory ; a phar- 
macopoeia. 

A'NTIDOTE. Anti'dotus. Anti'dotum.— 
(From avn, against, and didofii, to give.) A 
medicine used to prevent or remove the effects 
of poison. Originally it meant any medicine. 

Antidynous. Anodyne. 

Antidysente'ric. Antidysentericus. Amed- 
icine used against a dysentery. 

Antifebrile. Antifebrilis. A febrifuge. 

Antigala'ctic. (Antigalacticus ; from avri, 
and yaXa, milk.) Medicines or other means 
•which diminish the secretion of milk. 

Antih.«morrhagic. Styptic. Antihsemor- 
rhagic extract is a styptic extract of ergot. 
56 



Antihe'ctic Anthecticus. Anthectic. «A 
medichie against hectic fever. 

Antihectic mixture of Griffith. See Mis- 
turaferri composita. 

Antihe'cticum poterii. Diaphoreticum, Jo- 
viale. Formerly extolled for its efficacy in hec- 
tic fevers. It was made by fusing antimony 
and tin together in a crucible, pounding, and 
then detonating them with nitre. 

Antihydro'pic. (Antihydropicus ; from avn, 
against, and vdpuirc, dropsy.) Medicines used 
against dropsy. 

Antii'cteric (Anti-ictericus ; from avri, 
and mrepoc, jaundice.) Applied to medicines 
used against jaundice. 

Anti-imfetigines, Solomon's. Liquor hy 
drargyri oxymuriatis. 

Antilactics. Antigalactic. 

Antili'thic. (From avri, and Tudog, a stone.) 
Synonymous with Lithontriptic. 

Antilo'bium. The tragus. 

Antiloi'mic. Antiloimicus ; from avri, and 
/lot/zoc, a pestilence.) Applied to a preservative 
against pestilence. 

ANTILOPE. Antilopus. Antholops. The 
horns and hoofs were formerly supposed to 
possess antispasmodic virtues, and were given 
in hysteria and epilepsy. 

Antilyssic (From avri, and "kvoaa, mad 
ness.) A medicine useful in madness. 

ANTILY'SSUS. (From avri, and Tivaaa, 
canine madness.) Medicine which is adminis- 
tered against the effect of a mad dog's bite. 

Antimelancho'lic. A medicine given to 
remove melancholy. 

ANTIMO'NIAL. Antimonialis. A prepara- 
tion of antimony. • 

Antimonial powder. See Antimonialis pul- 
vis. 

Antimonial wine. See Antimonii tartarizali 
vinum. 

Antimonialis pulvis. Pulvis antimonii com- 
positus. Antimonial powder. Take sulphuret 
of antimony, powdered, a pound ; hartshorn 
shavings, two pounds. Mix, and throw them 
into a crucible at a red heat, and stir the mix- 
ture until it ceases to give off vapor. Pound 
the residue, and place in a crucible with a 
loose lid ; keep at a red heat two hours. 

It was introduced as a substitute for James's 
powder, and is an uncertain mixture of oxide 
of antimony, antimonious acid, and bone earth. 

It is principally employed as a sudorific in 
febrile diseases, given in powder or pill ; dose, 
gr. v. to x. Minute doses of emetic tartar pro- 
duce the same diaphoretic effect, and with much 
greater certainty. 

Antimoniale causticum. Antimony, chlo- 
ride of. 

Antimo'niate. A salt formed by the com- 
bination of the antimonic acid with a base. 

Antimoniatum tartar. Antimonii tartaric 
zatum. 

Antimonii butyrum. See Antimony. — A. 
calx. Antimonium calcinatum. — A. cinnaba- 
ris. See Cinnabar. — A. clyssus. Sulphuret of 
antimony deflagrated with nitre. — A. crocus. 
See Antimonii vitrum. — A. flores argentini. 
See Antimony. — A. flores Helmontii. See Flo- 
res antimonii Helmontii. — A. flores rubri- See- 



ANT 

Flores antimonii rubri. — A. hepar. Antimonii 
sulphuretum pra>cipitatum. 

Antimonii cerussa. A. cinis. See Antimo- 
nium calcinatum. 

Antimonii et potass,* tartras. A.potassio 
tartras. Antimony et potash, tartrate of. An- 
timonium tartarizatum, which see. 

Antimonii muriatum. Antimony, muriate of. 
Antimony, chloride of. 

Antimonii nix. Oxide of antimony. 

Antimonii oleum. Antimony, chloride of. 

Antimonii oxydulum hydrosulphuratum. 
Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. 

Antimonii oxydum. Oxide of antimony. 
Teroxicle or sesquioxide of antimony. See An- 
timony. 

Antimonii oxydum cum sulphure vitrifica- 
tum. A. oxydum sulphuretum vitrificatum. See 
Antimonii vitrum. 

Antimonii oxydum nitro-muriaticum. (Ph. 
D.) Antimony, nitro-muriatic oxide of. See 
Antimonium tartarizatum. 

Antimonii oxysulphuretum. Antimony ox- 
ysulphuret. See Antimonium sulphuretum pra- 
cipitalum. 

Antimonii regulus. The native sulphuret. 

Antimonii sal. Antimonium tartarizatum. 

Antimonii sesquioxydum. A. sesquisulphu- 
retum. A. sesquichloridum. These are now 
called the oxide, &c, or the teroxide, &c. See 
Antimony oxide, Antimonium sulphuretum prce- 
cipitatum. 

Antimonii sulphuratum, v. pr^cipitatum. 
See Antimonii sulphuretum pracipitatum. 

Antimonii sulphure'tum. Sulphuret of an- 
timony is an abundant natural product, and is 
found in the form of the common ore of anti- 
mony; it exhibits a brilliant lead-gray color, 
and radiated o\ fibrous crystalline texture. It 
is used to form the compounds of antimony, and 
not as a medicine. Its composition is SbSs; 
and it is a tersulphuret, aud not a sesquisulphu- 
ret or sulphuret. 

Antimonii sulphuretum pr^cipitatum. (U. 
S.) Sulphur: antimonii prcecipitatum. Pre- 
cipitated sulphuret of antimony. A preparation 
which is made thus : Take of sulphuret of anti- 
mony, in powder, six ounces ; of the solution 
of potash, four pints ; of distilled water, three 
pints. 

Mix, and boil the mixture over a slow fire for 
three hours, stirring it well, and occasionally 
adding distilled water, so that the same measure 
may be preserved. Strain the solution quickly 
through a double linen cloth, and, while it is 
yet hot, drop in, gradually, as much sulphuric 
acid as may be required to precipitate the pow- 
der ; then wash away the sulphate of potash 
with hot water ; dry the precipitated sulphuret 
of antimony, and reduce it to a fine powder. It 
is an oxysulphuret of antimony {Hepar anti- 
monii). 

If the decanted liquor be allowed to cool be- 
fore the addition of the acid, the orange-red 
precipitate, called kcrmes mineral, will be 
thrown down. 

Oolden sulphuret is obtained by precipitating 
the solution by an acid after the kermes has 
subsided. 

The precipitated sulphuret of antimony is di- 



AN T 

aphoretic and expectorant in small doses, and 
emetic in a larger dose. In modem practice it 
is only used as an alterative. It is useful in 
many cutaneous affections, and in chronic rheu- 
matism, especially combined with calomel, as 
in Dr. Plummer's pill. The dose of the precip- 
itated sulphuret is from gr. j. to gr. iv., twice a 
day. Acids increase the emetic effect of this 
medicine, and should therefore be avoided 
during its use. 

Antimonii sulphuretum pr^pahatum. (U. 
S. ) Prepared sulphuret of antimony. It is pre- 
pared in the same way as chalk, but is an un- 
safe medicine, seldom used; dose, gr. x. to 9j. 

Antimonii sulphuretum rubrum. The red 
precipitate which falls spontaneously from the 
solution of sulphuret of antimony in potash. 
Kermes mineral. 

Antimonii tartariza'ti vinum. Vinum an- 
timonii. (U.S.) Wine of tartaiized antimony. 
Take of tartarized antimony, one scrapie ; Ten- 
eriffe wine, §x. Dissolve. Each fj. contains 
two grains. 

Antimonii tartras. Antimonium tartariza- 
tum. 

Antimonii vitriolum. See Sulphas anti- 
monii. 

Antimonii vitrum. Glass of antimony. A 
preparation which is thus made : sulphuret of 
antimony in powder is exposed in a shallow 
iron dish to heat, and is kept constantly stir- 
red to prevent agglutination. It is heated un- 
til fumes are no longer given off. The gray 
powder thus obtained answers well for the for- 
mation of tartarized antimony ; but if it is to be 
vitrified, it must be put into a covered iron cru- 
cible, and exposed to a strong heat until it fuses 
into a clear glass ; the glass should be transpar- 
ent, and of a bright brownish-red or hyacinthine 
color. It consists of oxide and sulphuret of an- 
timony, in proportions which are somewhat 
variable. When the oxide is dissolved by acids, ■ 
there remains the crocus or saffron of antimony, 
an oxysulphuret : Sb03-f-2SbS 3 . 

This preparation was formerly employed as a 
diaphoretic, aperient, and emetic ; but it is now 
only used in making some other preparations. 

Antimonite. A salt formed by the combi- 
nation of the antimonious acid with a base. See 
Antimony. 

Antimonium calcinatum. The impure ox- 
ide of antimony, as obtained by calcining the 
sulphuret. It is of an ash-gray color, and con- 
tains antimonious acid. 

Antimonium diaphore'ticum. Diaphoretic 
antimony. An old preparation; called, also, 
Calx antimonii Anglorum : made by deflagra- 
ting in a crucible one part of gray antimony 
with three of nitre. 

Antimonium diaphoreticum lotum. Anti- 
moniate of potash. This is the diaphoretic an- 
timony washed. 

Antimonium diaphoreticum martia'le. An- 
ticacheclicum Ludovici. An old medicine, made 
by fusing together equal weights of powdered 
sulphuret of antimony and iron filings, reducing 
them when cool to powder, deflagrating them 
with three times their weight of nitre, and dis- 
solving the product in water ; a yellowish- 
brown precipitate is formed, which is the mar- 

57 



ANT 



A N T 



tiai diaphoretic antimony. It was given as a 
tonic in doses of 15 or 20 grains. 

Antimo.vium medicina'le. Melt together 
sulphuret of antimony, Jv.j potash, fj.; com- 
mon salt, g iv. When cold, separate the crust ; 
powder, and wash. 

Antimonium salitum. Antimony, chloride of. 

Antimonium tartariza'tum. Antimonii et 
roxAss^; tartras. (U. S.) Tartarized anti- 
mony; tartar emetic. Take prepared sulphu- 
ret of antimony, fij. ; muriatic acid, jxiiss. ; 
nitric acid, 3J. ; water, Cj. Digest with heat 
in the acids; filter; add to the water. Collect 
the precipitate {nitro-murialic oxide, Dub/) ; 
wash thoroughly; dry. Take of this oxide, §ij. ; 
powdered supertartrate of potash, §iiss. ; dis- 
tilled water, f xviij. Boil, filter, and set it aside 
to crystallize. 

Pure tartar emetic is in crystals, the primary 
form of which is an octahedron with a rhombic 
base. They arc transparent when first formed, 
but become white and opaque by exposure to 
the air. It reddens litmus. Its taste is slightly 
styptic and metallic. Exposed to the air, it ef- 
floresces slowly. It is insoluble in alcohol. 
Boiling water dissolves half its weight, and cold 
water a fifteenth part. If the aqueous solution 
be long kept, the salt is spontaneously decom- 
posed. 

As an emetic, it is given in doses of gr. j. to 
gr. iij., and produces, also, active purgation. 
It is not suitable for children, from the* prostra- 
tion it produces. It acts as an arterial sedative, 
and sometimes is altogether contra-indicated in 
any form, from the patient's idiosyncrasy. 

In small quantities, emetic tartar is of great 
utility as a nauseating medicine, a diaphoretic, 
and an expectorant. Dose, gr. i to gr. $. In 
minute doses, and combined with calomel, it is 
a powerful alterative in many diseases of the 
skin. 

It is sometimes administered in doses of gr. 
v. to x. in inflammations, especially of the 
chest, to produce a full sedative effect. When 
nibbed into the skin, or applied to the surface 
of a wound, tartarized antimony produces its 
characteristic effects on the system. 

An ointment, formed by triturating sij. of 
tartarized antimony with ?j. of lard, and nibbed 
into the skin, has the singular property of 
bringing out a crop of large and inflamed pus- 
tules, something resembling those of small-pox. 
This is used with great effect in all cases where 
powerful counter-irritation is required, and has 
the advantage of all other means in one partic- 
ular, namely, that it not only excites inflamma- 
tion, but establishes a new and specific action, 
and imitates closely the natural process by 
which internal disease is sometimes thrown 
upon the surface. When taken in a poisonous 
dose, emetic tartar produces effects very analo- 
gous to those of arsenic: violent vomiting and 
purging, with severe colic, pain and sensation 
of burning hi the stomach, difficult respiration, 
fainting, convulsions, and death. The treat- 
ment consists in evacuating the poison by the 
copious use of bland diluents, decomposing it 
by decoctions of oak bark or infusion of galls, 
and subsequently abating the inflammation of 
the bowels by bleeding and opium. 
58 



Antimonium vitrificatum. See Antimonii 
vitrum. 

A'NTIMONY. {Antimonium, i, n.) A metal 
of a grayish-white color, having a slight bluish 
shade, and very brilliant. Its texture is lamella- 
ted. Its specific gravity is about 6 - 7. It is 
moderately hard, very brittle, fuses at 800° F., 
and, if the heat be increased, it is volatilized in 
white fumes of oxide of antimony. Symbol, 
Sb ; equivalent, 129*24, or, according to some 
chemists, 64 - 62. When antimony is heated to 
a full red or white heat in a covered crucible, 
and then suddenly exposed to the air, it in- 
flames and burns with a white light; the vapor 
which rises condenses on cool surfaces, fre- 
quently in the form of small acicular crystals of 
a silvery whiteness : these were formerly called 
argentine flowers of antimony ( SbOs). It is 
the active oxide of medicines. 

Antimonious acid : Sb0.i. It is generated 
when the oxide is exposed to heat in open ves- 
sels, and is formed in the process of preparing 
the pulvis antimonialis. It is probably a mix- 
ture of the oxide and antimonic acid. 

Antimonic acid, sometimes called peroxide 
of antimony, is obtained as a white hydrate by 
digesting the metal in strong nitric acid. When 
exposed to a red heat, it parts with oxygen, 
and is converted into antimonious acid. Its 
form, is SbOs. 

Chloride of antimony, SbCls, or Terchloride, 
formerly the sesquioxide, is formed by distill- 
ing metallic antimony with rather more than 
twice its weight of corrosive sublimate; the 
volatile chloride of antimony passes over, and 
the mercury remains in the retort. This butter 
of antimony is soft, dissolves with a gentle heat, 
and crystallizes on cooling. When it is thrown 
into water, the greater part subsides in the 
state of an oxychloride, which is the powder of 
Algaroth. The chloride, or butter, is deliques- 
cent, and has caustic qualities. It is rarely 
used except by veterinary surgeons. 

Antimony forms an important series of com- 
pounds with sulphur. The common sulphuret, 
kermes mineral, and golden sulphuret, have al- 
ready been described. See Antimonii sulphu- 
rctum and Antimonii sulphur c turn prcrcipitatum. 
There are several oxysulphurets of antimony, 
which are of rather variable composition, ac- 
cording as more or less of the sulphuret is 
oxydized during their formation. Of this nature 
are the glass of antimony, the crocus or saffron 
of antimony, and the liver of antimony. See 
Antimonii vitntm. The compound of antimony 
most important to the physician is the double 
tartrate of antimony and potash, or emetic tar- 
tar of the shops. See Antimonium tartariza- 
tum. 

Antimony ash. Antimonium calcinatum. — 
A., jlowers. See Antimony. — A., deutoxide of. 
Antimonious acid : Sb0 4 . The antimonium 
calcinatum is an impure kind. — A., golden sul- 
phuret. See Antimonii sulphuretum prajcipi- 
tatum. — A.,hydrochlorate. A.,munatc. Antimo- 
ny, chloride. — A.,peroxidc. Antimonious acid. 
Antimonium calcinatum. — A., red. Kermes 
mineral. Antimonii sulphuretum prtecipita- 
tum. — A., submuriale. Powder of Algaroth. 
See Antimony, chloride. — A.,sesqnioxide.A.,ses 



ANT 

quisulphurct, &c. The same as the oxide, sul- 
phuret, the former terms being used when the 
equivalent of antimony is taken at 64-62 : thus, 
the oxide becomes 2SbC*3. — A.,tcroxide. A., 
tersulphurcl. The same compounds as are 
usually termed the oxide, sulphuret, &c. 

Antimony, butter of. See Antimony, chlo- 
ride of. 

Antimony, cerated. Cerated glass of. The 
levigated powder of the glass, mixed with £th 
wax, roasted till no more vapors arise, and 
then pounded. An old preparation. 

Antimony, crude. The sulphuret of anti- 
mony of commerce. 

Antimony, glass of. See Antimonii vitrum. 

Antimony, sulphuret of. See Antimonii 
sulphureturn. 

Antimony, tartarized. See Antimoninm 
tartarizatum. 

Antimony, vitrified oxide of. See Anti- 
monii vitrum. 

Antinephri'tic. (Antinephriticiis ; from avrt, 
and vcfpinc, a disease of the kidneys.) Medi- 
cines used against disorders of the kidneys. 

Antineurotic. Nerviue remedies. 

Antiochi hieri, and A. theriaca. Compli- 
cated medicines used by the ancients in mania, 
&c. 

Antiodonta'lgic. See Antodontalgic. 

Antiorga'stic. (Antiorgasticus ; from avn, 
and opyafa, to excite vehemently.) Seda- 
tive. 

Antiparaly'tic Antiparalyticus. Medi- 
cines against palsy. 

Antiparasitic Antiparasiticus. Substances 
which destroy vermin. 

Antipa'thic Possessed of an antipathy. 
Applied to things whose nature is adverse and 
opposed. 

ANTI'PATHY. {Antipathia, ce, f. ; from 
avTi, against, and nadog, an affection. ) Disgust 
and honor at the presence of particular objects, 
with great restlessness or fainting. It com- 
prises two speoies, viz., Antipathia sensilis, 
eensile antipathy, antipathy excited through the 
medium of the external senses ; and Antipathia 
insensilis, insensile antipathy, where the antip- 
athy is not excited by objects within the range 
of vision. 

ANTIPERISTALTIC. Antiperistaltics. 
An inverted action of the intestines, by which 
their contents are urged upward. It is op- 
posed to Peristaltic, which see. 

Antiperi'stasis. Antagonism. 

Antipertussis. An old remedy against 
hooping-cough, containing the sulphate of zinc. 

Antipestilential. The same as antiloimic. 

Antipha'rmic Autipharmacon. (Antiphar- 
micus; from avn, and Qap/ianov, a poison. ) The 
same as alexipharmic. 

ANTIPHLOGISTIC. (Antiphlogisticus ; 
from avn, against, and <j>\eyu, to burn.) A 
term applied to those means, whether medicinal 
or hygienic, which tend to reduce inflamma- 
tion. Bleeding, purging, refrigerants, and a low 
diet form the most important part of the anti- 
phlogistic treatment. 

Antiphtheiriaca. Antiparasitic medicines. 

Antiphthi'sic Anliphthisicus. Against a 
consumption. 



ANT 

Anti'phthora. See Anthora. 

Antiphy'sical. {Antiphysicus ; from avn, 
against, and Qvoaw, to blow.) Synonymous 
with carminative. 

Antipleuri'tic Antipleur Ulcus. Against 
a pleurisy. 

Antipoda'gric Antipodagricus. Medicines 
which relieve the gout. 

Antipra'xia. Antipraxis. (From av~i, and 
irpaaau, to work.) A contrariety of diseased 
states coexisting in the same patient, as spasm 
of the muscles in one limb, and paralysis in 
another. 

Antifro'stat.e glandule. Cowper's glands, 
so called because they are situated before the 
prostate. 

Antiputric Antiseptic. 

Antipso'ric. Medicines used against the itch. 

Antipyic. {Antipyicus; from avn, against, 
and ttvov, pus. ) Medicines or other means used 
to prevent suppuration. 

Antipyre'tic. Antipyrelicus. Against a 
fever. Febrifuge. 

Antipyro'tic. (Antipyroticus: from avrt, 
against, and nvp, fire.) Applied to remedies 
used in the cure of burns. 

Antiquartana'rium. A remedy against a 
quartan ague. 

Antiqua'rticum. The same as Antiquarta- 
narium. 

Antiquarticum peruvianum. The cinchona, 
or Peruvian bark. 

Anti'qui morbi. Chronic diseases. 

Antirachitic. Against rachitis, or the 

ANTI'RRHINUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. Family, 
Scrophularinem. — A. elati'ne. Elaline. The 
leaves of this plant have a roughish, bitter taste, 
but no smell. Formerly used against scurvy 
and old ulcerations. — A. lina'ria. Toad-flax. 
Linaria. The leaves have a bitterish, saline 
taste. They are diuretic and cathartic. They 
have been much used as an application to piles 
in ointment, &c. 

Antisco'lic (Antiscolicus ; from avn, and 
OKuknl;, a worm.) Anthelmintic. 

ANTISCORBU'TIC. Antiscorbuticus. Against 
the scurvy. 

ANTISCROFULOUS. Antistrumous. Med- 
icines or other means opposed to scroftda. 

ANTISE'PTIC. (Anlisepticus ; from avn, 
against, and anirc), to putrefy.) A term applied 
to any substance which has the power of pre- 
venting animal matter from passing into a state 
of putrefaction, and of obviating putrefaction 
when already begun. In the arts, salt, nitre, 
acetic acid, mineral acids, creasote, acetate and 
muriate of alumina, chlorine, sulphate of iron, 
charcoal, acetone, arsenic, corrosive sublimate, 
sulphate of copper, acetate of iron, &c., are of 
this kind. Antiseptic medicines are those which 
are used to correct the tendency to putrescency 
supposed to exist in certain malignant diseases. 
This class of medicines has been divided into, 
1. Tonic antiseptics; as cinchona, cusparia, 
anthemis, quinine. 2. Refrigerating antisep 
tics ; as the mineral acids. 3. Stimulating an- 
tiseptics ; as wine, alcohol, creasote, acetone, 
chlorine water, chloride of lime, and soda. 4 

JW 



ANT 

Antispasmodic antiseptics ; as camphor, assafoe- 
tida, musk. 

Anti'spasis. A revulsion or derivation, as in 
the action of a blister. See Revulsion. 

ANTISPASMODIC. (Antispasmodics ; 
from avri, against, and oiraajjioc, a spasm.) An 
antispasmodic medicine properly means one 
which has the power of allaying spasm, but is 
usually extended to those which allay severe 
pain unconnected with inflammation. The 
principal are musk, castor, petroleum, ammonia, 
asafetida, sagapenum, galbanum, ammoniacum, 
valerian, cajeput oil, ether, opium, camphor, 
and animal oils. 

Antispa'stic. Antispasticus. Antispasmod- 
ic. Derivative or revulsive. 

Antiste'rnum. AvTiarepvov. The back. 

Antistropha. The first and second ribs 
have been so called. 

Antistrumous. Antiscrofulous. 

ANTISYPHILI'TIC. Against the venereal 
disease. 

Anti'tasis. (From avri, against, and tclcic, 
extension.) Counter-extension. 

Anti'thenar. This name has been given to 
two muscles: adductor ad indicem., and adductor 
pollicis pedis. 

Antitra'gicus. A muscle of the external 
ear ; use, to turn the tip of the antitragus a lit- 
tle outward. 

ANTI'TRAGUS. (us, i, n. ; from uvti, and 
rpayog, the tragus.) An eminence of the outer 
ear, opposite to the tragus. 

Antitypia. Resistance. 
_ ANTIVENEREAL. Anlivenercus. Medi- 
cines used in the cure of venereal diseases. 

Anti verminous. Anthelmintic. 

Antizy'mic Applied to that which prevents 
fermentation. Antiseptic. 

Anth'a lactea. Antlia mammaria. A 
breast-pump. 

Antonii sancti ignis. See Erysipelas. 

Antophy'llos. Anthophyllos. 

Antri'tis. (From antrum, a cave.) Inflam- 
mation of any cavity of the body. 

A'NTRUM. (urn, i, n., a cave.) A cavity 
which has a small opening. The term is ap- 
plied by anatomists to several cavities. 

Antrum buccinosum. The cochlea of the 
ear. 

Antrum gen.e. See Antrum Highmoria- 
num. 

Antrum Highmorta'num. Antrum of High- 
more. Antrum maxillee superioris. Maxillary 
sinus. A large cavity in each superior maxil- 
lary bone, between the eye and the roof of the 
mouth, lined by a mucous membrane. 

The maxillary sinuses are liable to several 
morbid affections. Sometimes their membra- 
nous lining inflames, and secretes a great quan- 
tity of mucus or pus. Various polypi, fungi, 
and other tumors are produced in them. Their 
bony parietes are occasionally affected with ex- 
ostosis, or caries. The antrum is subject to 
abscess, which is accompanied with great pain 
and swelling, ending in caries of the palate, 
nasal plate, &c, whereby the pus is evacuated. 
It may be remedied by extracting a molar 
tooth, and perforating, through its socket, the 
cavity. After the pus is discharged, inject the 
60 



AOR 

cavity with tepid water. But it is also subject 
to polypus and malignant growths, which re- 
quire the antrum to be laid open, and often 
cauterized by fire. 

Antrum pylo'ri. The small extremity of 
the stomach approaching the pylorus. 

Ants,' acid of. Formic acid. 

Anty'lion. AvtvXiov. An astringent cata- 
plasm. 

Anuria. Ischuria. 

A'NUS. (us, i, m.) The fundament, or ter 
mination of the rectum. The seat. The anus 
is furnished with muscles, viz., the sphincter, 
which keeps it closed ; and the levatorcs ani, 
which retract it into its natural situation after 
the expulsion of the fasces. It is surrounded 
with a very loose cellular substance. The anus 
is subject to various diseases, especially piles, 
ulceration, abscesses, excrescences, and prolap- 
sus, and to imperforation in new-born infants. 
2. The foramen commune postcrius, in the brain. 

Anus, artificial. An artificial opening 
made by the surgeon in the situation of tho 
anus in cases where the rectum is imperforate ; 
or, a serious operation for the purpose of afford- 
ing an outlet to the fasces by a new way, when, 
from disease or accident, a portion of the intes- 
tinal canal is obliterated. 

Anus, constriction of. The same as that 
below, with or without ulcerations. 

Anus, fissure of. Contraction of the anus, 
accompanied by a slight elongated ulceration 
of the rectum, the edges of which are red; 
there is, also, contraction of the rectum. It is 
attended with great anguish during defalcation, 
lasting from half an hour to several days. The 
introduction of the finger is attended with tho 
greatest pain. Laxatives, leeches to the anus, 
and fomentations are of little service if the dis- 
ease be established ; nothing but a free division 
of the sphincter toward the coccyx, and the 
introduction of tents during the cicatrization, 
will effect a perfect cure. 

Anus, preternatural. An accidental open- 
ing in the parietes of the abdomen, to which 
opening some part of the intestinal canal leads, 
and through which the faeces are either wholly 
or in part discharged. It may arise from a 
wound or gangrene of a strangulated hernia. 
Every means are to be taken to direct the faeces 
in their natural direction. 

ANXIETY. Anxictas. In medical language, 
this term is applied to a painful restlessness 
and inquietude, usually accompanied with a 
sense of weight in the precordial region. 

Any'dron. A species of night-shade. — Blan- 
card. 

AO'RTA. (a, «. f.) The main trunk of tho 
arterial system, which gives rise to eveiy artery 
in the body except the pulmonary. The aorta 
rises behind the pulmonary arteiy from the up- 
per and back part of the left ventricle of the 
heart, opposite the third dorsal vertebra. It8 
mouth is closed by three semilunar valves. It 
ends at the fourth lumbar vertebra, and bifur- 
cates into the right and left iliac arteries. 

Aorta, arch of. The bend between the 
ascending and descending portions. 

Aorta, ascending. That portion which 
goes from the heart to the arch. 



a r ft 



APH 



Aorta, descending. The whole of the aorta 
from the termination of the arch to its bifurca- 
tion into the iliac arteries. 

Aorta, thoracic The portion of the aorta 
between the heart and the diaphragm. 
. Aorteuri'sma. Aneurism of the aorta. 

Aortic. Appertaining to the aorta, as aortic 
valves. 

AORTI'TIS. Inflammation of the aorta. An 
extremely obscure disease, usually associated 
with diseases of the heart, lungs, and pleura, 
and resulting in aneurism and other organic and 
fatal consequences. Increasedactionoftheheart, 
dyspnoea, uneasiness in the course of the arteiy, 
violent pulsations, are the few uncertain signs. 
The affection is very common in its chronic form, 
as autopsies reveal. Treatment. — Counter-irri- 
tation, with tartar emetic ointment, issues, blood- 
letting, rest, antiphlogistic treatment. 

Ao'rtra. Aotron. The lungs. 

Ao'tus. (From a, and ovc, an ear.) A mon- 
ster without ears. 

Apa'gma. The fracture of a bone. 

Apalachi'ne gallis. Ilex vomitoria 

Ar all age. Change for the better. 

Apalotica. Deformities of the soft parts. 

Apanthismus. The obliteration of parts no 
longer useful, as the thymus gland. 

Apa'nthropy. (Apanthropia ; from a, and 
avQpuiroe, a man.) A species of melancholy 
characterized by a dislike to society. 

Apari'ne. Goose-grass. See Galium aparine. 

Aparthro'sis. The same as Abarticulation. 

APATHY. (Apathia, ee, f. ; from a, priv., 
and naOoc, affection.) A morbid suspension of 
the natural passions and feelings. It is a com- 
mon symptom in low fevers, and other diseases 
which greatly impair the energy of the brain. 

Apeche'ma. Counter-fissure. 

Ape'lla. Retraction or smallness of the pre- 
puce, or any soft appendage. 

Ape'psia. Indigestion. See Dyspepsia. 

Aperiens palpebrarum rectus. See Le- 
vator palpebra superioris. 

APE'RIENT. Ape'riens. Apertivus. (From 
aperio, to open.) Applied to a medicine which 
gently opens the bowels. 

Aperi'statos. Aperislatum. An epithet 
applied by Galen to a small hollow ulcer which 
is not surrounded by inflammation, or accom- 
panied with any particular morbid disposition. 

Ape'rtor oculi. Levator palpebra; superi- 
oris. 

Aperto'rium. An instrument that has been 
used to dilate the os uteri during labor. 

APE'TALOUS. Apetalus. Without a petal. 

Apeuthy'smenos. The rectum. 

A'PEX. {ex, ids, m.) The extremity or 
tip of a part, as the apex of the tongue. 

APH^'RESIS. Amputation or extirpation. 

APHE'LXIA. (a, a, f. ; from atytkKu, to 
abstract.) Revery. Dr. Good has three spe- 
cies: 1. A. socors, absence of mind. 2. A. in- 
tenla, abstraction of mind. 3. A. otiosa, brown 
study. 

Aphepse'ma. (A0ei/>J7//a.) Aphepsis. A de- 
coction. 

A'phesis. 1. The remission or resolution of 
a disease. 2. Laxity and debility of the whole 
body, or of any part. • 



A philanthropy. Aphilanthropia. (From 
a, <f>i?,EU, to love, and avdpurcoe, a man.) Dis- 
like of men ; love of solitude. 

APHO'NIA. {Afuvia, a, as, f. ; from a, priv., 
and (jtavjj, the voice.) Speechlessness; dumb- 
ness ; loss of voice. Apoplexy. — Hippocrates. 

Dumbness may proceed from loss of the 
tongue or organic affections of that organ, de- 
fects in the larynx, and be complete — or it may 
be partial, and arise from nervous atony, as in 
catalepsy, or as a symptom of nervous diseases 
or complications, as in hysteria, or from inflam- 
mation of the parts around the larynx. Division 
of the recurrent nerve or pneumogastric pro- 
duces incurable dumbness. Violent emotions 
are occasionally attended with aphonia. Per- 
sons born deaf are commonly without speech. 
Where it is a nervous symptom, counter-irrita- 
tion is used to recover the voice ; hi atony and 
great prostration, tonic stimulants. 

Aphonia surdorum. The dumbness of deaf 
persons. 

Apho'ria. Barrenness. Sterility in the fe- 
male. 

Aphorisbi. A maxim. 

Aphro'des. Resembling froth. 

Aphrodi'sia. Coition. Puberty. 

APHRODI'SIAC. {Aphrodisiacus ; from 
a<j>podioia, venery.) Applied to articles oil food, 
medicines, &c, which excite the venereal appe- 
tite. Phosphorus dissolved in oil is said to have 
this property, in doses of ^th to -J^th of a grain. 

Aphrodisia'smus- Aphrodisia. 

Aphrodi'sius morbus. The venereal disease. 

Aphronia. Apoplexy. 

Aphrosyne. Insanity. 

A'PHTHA. (a, a;, f. ; k<f>6ai ; from anru, to 
inflame. ) The thrash ; called, also, Aphtha lac- 
turfmen. Small white ulcers upon the tongue, 
gums, inside of the lips and palate, resembling 
particles of curdled milk. There are three 
species of this affection : 1. Aphtha infantum. 
This appears in children soon after birth. When 
it is mild it is confined to the mouth, or extends 
no farther than the fauces ; but when violent 
and of long standing, it is apt to extend through 
the whole course of the alimentary canal, from 
the mouth down to the anus ; and to excite se- 
vere purging, with great constitutional irrita- 
tion. The disease, when recent and confined 
to the mouth, may in general be easily removed ; 
but when it is of long standing, and has extend- 
ed to the stomach and intestines, it very fre- 
quently proves fatal. 

2. Aphtha maligna. Black thrush. In this 
the ulceration spreads from the larynx to the 
mouth, the sloughs are black, and the patient 
is affected with typhoid fever. It is usually 
symptomatic. A gangrenous form of thrush 
{Aphtha gangrenosa, or A. serpentes) has fre- 
quently been very fatal among children, espe- 
cially in foundling hospitals. 

3. Aphtha chronica. The thrush sometimes 
occurs as a chronic disease, both in warm cli- 
mates and in those northern countries where 
the cold is combined with a considerable de- 
gree of moisture, or where the soil is very 
marshy. The treatment of the thrush in chil- 
dren is generally to be begun by clearing out 
the bowels with rhubarb and magnesia, or 

61 



AP 

mild aperients. Where the child is very weak, 
and the aphthae of a dark color, bark and other 
tonics must be had recourse to. The separation 
of the sloughs and healing of the ulcers may be 
promoted by washing the mouth occasionally 
with the honey of borax, diluted with two or 
three parts of rose water. The diet should be 
light and gelatinous. Warm clothing is neces- 
sary where there is dampness or cold. 

Aphtha lactantium. Aphtha infantum. — A. 
adultorum. Aphtha maligna. — A. anginosa. 
Aphthae of the throat. 

Aphthous. Partaking of the nature of aph- 
tha. 

APHY'LLUS. (From a, priv., and fvTJMv, 
a leaf.) Aphyllous; leafless. 

A'pios. Formerly Euphorbia apios. Also, 
the Bunium bulbocastanum, Lathyrus tuberosus, 
and Glycine apios. 

A'PIS. (is, is, f.) The name of a genus of 
Hymenopterous insects. The bee is A. mclli- 
fica. 

A'PIUM. (um, i, n.) The name of a genus 
of plants; family, TJmbellifcra. — A. grave 1 olens. 
Apium. Smallage. The roots, &c, are said to 
be aperient and carminative ; the whole plant 
is acrid and poisonous. Celery is a variety 
produced by cultivation. — A. hortense. See 
Apium, petroselinum. — A. pctroselinum. (Ph. 
U. S.) Common parsley. The seeds possess 
aromatic and carminative powers, but arc sel- 
dom prescribed. 

Aplastic. Not plastic. See Plastic. 

APNCE'A. Apnus. Apncustia. (a, a, f. ; 
from a, priv., and nveu, to breathe.) An ex- 
treme feebleness of respiration, as in syncope 
— sometimes asphyxia. 

Apo-. Ano. From; off; out. A common 
prefix. 

Apoarthrosis. Articulation. 

Apoca'rpason. Apocarpathon. Apocalpa- 
son. See Carpasus. 

Apocarpje. Apocarpous. Without distinct 
carpels. 

APOCATHA'RSIS. (From ano, and nadai- 
pu, to purge.) A purgation, whether upward 
or downward. 

Apocatha'rtic The same as cathartic. 

APOCENO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ano, and 
Kevou, to evacuate.) 1. A flow or evacuation 
of any humor. 2. An order in the class Locales 
of Cullen is called Apocenoses, which embraces 
diseases characterized by a flux of blood, or 
other fluid, without pyrexia. 

Apochrempsis. Expuition. 

Apochyli'sma. An extract. 

Apochy'ma. Ano^v/ia. Pitch impregnated 
with sea-salt. 

Apocla'sma. Apagma. 

Apo'cope. Abscission. 

Apocrenic acid. A product of decaying 
vegetable matter, probably a humate of ammo- 
nia. — Mulder. 

Apo'crisis. (From anoKpivu, to secrete from.) 
An excretion of superabundant humors. 

Apocru'sticus. Apocroustic; repellant. 

Apocye'sis. (From ano, and kvu, to bring 
forth.) Parturition. 

APOCYNACE.E. An order of dicotyledon- 
ous plants, nearly agreeing with asclepiadaceee, 
62 



APO 

but of rather more suspicious properties. Trees 
or shrubs, usually with milky juice, with leaves 
opposite, sometimes whorled ; corolla, monope- 
talous, hypogynous ; stamens, inserted into the 
corolla ; ovaries, two ; fruit, a follicle, capsule, 
drupe, or berry, single or double. , 

Apocy'nine. A bitter principle from apocy- 
num. 

APO'CYNUM. Dog's-baue. A genus of 
plants: class, Pcnlandria; order, Moufigynia; 
family, Apocynacecc. — A. androswmifolium. (U. 
S.) The powder of the root is given as an 
emetic, thirty grains producing about the same 
effect as a scrapie of ipecacuanha. — A. canna- 
binum. (U. S.) Indian hemp. Powerfully 
emetic and cathartic. Dose, 3j. Also diuretic. 
Used in dropsies. — A. rnari'timum, or Vcnetum. 
Grows near Venice, and contains a milky, poi- 
sonous juice. — A. juvc'ntas is used in India as a 
cordial. — A. scandens. The allamanda. 

Apodacry'ticus. Substances which first ex- 
cite a flow of tears and then repress them. 

AroDYTE'RiuM. The anteroom of the bath. 

Apogalacti'smus. Ablactatio. 

APOGEU'SIS. (From ano, and yevouai, to 
taste.) A generic term used by Vogel, includ- 
ing the various disorders of the sense of taste. 
Ageustia. 

Apoglauco'sis. Glaucoma. 

APOLE'PSIS. (knofajipic ; from ano/M/i- 
6avu, to intercept.) A suppression of any 
function. 

Apollinaris altercum. Hyoscyamus. 

Apo'lysis. Relaxation. 

Apo'meli. An oxymel. 

APONEURO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ano, and 
vevpov, a nerve, or a tendon, which the an- 
cients confound together.) A tendinous ex- 
pansion. It is sometimes used for fascia. See 
Muscle. 

Aponeurosis crural, or femoral. Fascia 
lata. — A. iliac. Fascia iliaca. 

A'poxos. Anodyne. 

Apopalle'sis. Apopalsis. Expulsion. Pro- 
trusion. — Hippocrates. 

Apopa'lsis. See Apopallesis. 

Apopedasis. Dislocation. 

A p o p h l E g m a ' t i c . Apophlegmaii 'smus. 
(Apophlegmaticus ; from ano, and (fkeyfia, 
phlegm.) A medicine which excites a dis- 
charge of mucus. The term, therefore, includes 
errhines, masticatories, detergent gargles, &c. 

Apo'phrades. (From anu, and <j>pa£o, to 
speak.) Unlucky days, dies nefandi ; days 
which are not critical, or those on which no 
favorable change in a disease is expected to 
take place — Dies apophrades. 

Apo'phthora. Apophtha'rma. Abortion 

APO'PHYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from anofvu, to 
produce or send forth.) A process, projection, 
or protuberance of a bone or other part. 

Apophysis of Ingrassius. The ahe minores 
of the sphenoid bone. 

Apophysis of Rau. See Malleus. 

Apople'cta ve'xa. The internal jugular 
vein. 

APOPLECTIC. Apoplcclicvs. Appertain 
ing to apoplexy. 

Apoplectic cell. The cavity into which 
blood has been effused m apoplexy. 



APO 



APP 



Apoplectifaclents. The true narcotics, as 
opium, morphia, and lactucarium, which stupefy 
and produce conn-acted pupil. 

Apople'xia hyorocepha'lica. Acute hy- 
drocephalus. 

Apoplexia catale'ptica. A. parva. Cat- 
alepsy. 

Apoplexia infa'ntum. A form of apoplexy 
which has been observed to occur in children 
from the effect of teething, worms, or intestinal 
irritation. 

Apople'cticje ve'sje. The jugular veins. 

A'POPLEXY. (Apoplexia, w,i.; anon7i,n^i.a; 
from anoTr'fa)Gau, to strike or astound.) A 
sudden abolition, or great diminution, of the 
powers of sense and voluntary motion, the pa- 
tient lying in a sleep-like state ; the action of 
the heart continuing, as well as the respiration, 
which is often accompanied with a stertorous 
sound. The fit of apoplexy is frequently at- 
tended with convulsions of one side of the body 
and paralysis of the other. It is most frequent 
after thirty -five, and the prognosis is unfavora- 
ble. 

Apoplexy is usually divided into sanguineous 
(A. sanguined) and serous (A. serosa, A. pitui- 
tosa), according as there is blood or serum effus- 
ed into the brain ; the terms sthenic and asthenic 
are, howevei*, preferable. In sthenic apoplexy 
there is a full habit, plethora, tendency to hemor- 
rhage; in asthenic there is feebleness, small pulse, 
pallor, and tendency to nervous disease. The 
precursory signs of pain in the head, vertigo, 
somnolency, deep inspirations, belong to both; 
but the stupor of the sthenic variety is deep- 
er, and the liability to paralytic consequences is 
greater in the asthenic. The worst symptoms 
during the fit are, close contraction of the pu- 
pil, deep stertor, clinched jaw, foaming at the 
mouth ; spontaneous hemorrhages are favora- 
ble. The treatment depends on the variety; 
where there is plethora, bleeding, counter-irri- 
tation, and purgation are actively employed ; 
but in the asthenic form bleeding is always to 
be cautiously employed, the main dependence 
being on counter-irritants. The fits last from 
eight hours to upward of two days, and the 
prognosis will depend soinewhat-on their length. 
The asthenic form is most dangerous. During 
convalescence the diet is to be low or nutritious, 
according to the variety. There is a liability to 
recurrence produced by the attack. 

Simple apoplexy (Apoplexia nervosa, or A. 
simplex') is a name given to a disease the 
symptoms of which are similar to those of com- 
mon apoplexy, but in which it is of nervous or 
cerebral origin, and unconnected with effusion 
either of blood or serum. 

Apoplexy, cutaneous. Apoplexie cutanee. 
A great and sudden determination of blood to- 
ward the skin and subjacent cellular membrane. 

Apoplexy, pulmonary. Extravasation of 
blood in the lungs from the rupture of vessels, 
or exhalation and transmission from the mem- 
branes of the bronchia;, &c. See Hemoptysis. 

Apoplexy, renal. A congested state of the 
kidney, with irregular, dark, or black tubercu- 
lated knots. 

Apopni'xis. Suffocation., 

Apopsy'chia. Complete syncope. 



Aporrhce'a. (From anofipeu, to flow from.)/ 
Dcjluvium. Effluvium. Miasm. Alopoecia. 

Aposce'mma. Aposcepsis. 1. The metas- 
tasis of a disease. — Hippocrates. 2. Faces. 

Aposceparni'smus. A wound of the cranium, 
from which a fragment has been chipped off by 
a sharp instrument. 

Apo'schasis. (From ano(rx a &, to scarify.) 
Aposchasmus. A scarification. Venesection 
— Hippocrates. 

Apose'pidin. Caseous oxide. 

Apo'sia. Absence of thirst. 

Aposi'tia. A loathing of food. 

Aposi'tic Medicines, &c, which take away 
the appetite. 

Apospa'sma. A solution of continuity, at- 
tended with recession of the divided parts from 
each other, as laceration of tendons, &c. — Galen. 

Aposphaceli'sis. Sphacelus. 

Apo'stasis. (is, cos, f. ; from atytarntii, to 
sepai - ate.) The Greek, writers apply this term, 
1. To abscesses in general. 2. To the separation 
of a fragment of bone. 3. To the resolution of 
a disease by excretion, or by a critical discharge. 

Aposta'xis. The dropping of any fluid. See 
Staxis. 

APOSTE'MA. (a, alis, n. ; from a<l>t.0Tn[ii, 
discedo, absccdo ; hence, abscessus.) An apos- 
tcm, imposthume, or apostume. Abscess. 

Apostema apostasis. An abscess from me- 
tastasis. 

Apostema fsoaticum. Lumbar abscess. 

Apo'stropiie. An aversion for food. 

Aposyringesis. The passage of a sore into 
a fistula. 

Apotelesma. The termination of a disease. 

APOTHE'CA. (kirodnicn, a repository.) A 
storehouse for medicines ; an apothecary's shop. 

Apothecaries' Hall. The place of business 
of the Company of Apothecaries, whose office, 
in England, is to examine candidates for the 
diploma of apothecary or general practitioner, 
and to prepare and 'sell pure medicines. 

Apo'thecary. (Apothecarius, i, m. ; from 
airodrjKn.) A general practitioner and druggist. 
This term formerly signified a druggist. 

Apothe'cia, or Apothe'cium. The recepta- 
cle of lichens. 

Apo'theme. The dark, insoluble body into 
which extractive matter becomes changed by 
contact with air. 

Apo'thesis. (From anoTidn/ii, to replace.) 
The proper position for a reduced bone or part 

Apo'tocus. Abortive; pi - emature. 

Apotome. Amputation. 

APO'ZEMA. A'pozem. (a, atis, n. ; airofr 
/in, ; from ano&o, to boil.) A decoction or apo- 
zem. 

APPARA'TUS. (us, lis, m.; from apparo, 
to prepare.) The instruments used in the prac- 
tice of any art, as chemical apparatus, surgical 
apparatus. In Surgery, to certain methods of 
performing operations, as apparatus major, and 
apparatus minor — particular methods of opera- 
ting for the stone. In Physiology, to a catena- 
tion of organs all ministering to the same func- 
tion, as the respiratory apparatus, the digest 
ive apparatus. 

Apparatus at.tus. The high operation for 
the stone. 

63 



APR 

Apparatus, chemical. The instruments re- 
quired for chemical investigations, such as fur- 
naces, crucibles, evaporating vessels, retorts, 
receivers, adopters, &c. 

Apparatus lateralis. Apparatus major. 
Apparatus minor. See Lithotomy. 

Apparatus, pneumatic. The name given to 
various contrivances for collecting the gases that 
result from chemical processes, and subjecting 
them to experiment. They are received over 
water or mercury usually. 

Apparatus, immovable. A method of sup- 
porting fractures by bandages or pasteboard, 
wetted with starch, or some stiffening paste. 

Appe'ndices cerebe'lli vermifo'rmes. Two 
eminences on the cerebellum, one of which is 
situated on the anterior and superior part, the 
other on the posterior and inferior. They some- 
what resemble earth-worms coiled up, whence 
their name. 

APPINDI'CULA. («, cc, f. ; dimin. of ap- 
pendix.) A term applied by anatomists to cer- 
tain parts appended ;to others. 

Appendicula ceci vermiformis. See Ap- 
pendix cceci vermiformis. 

Appendicula cerebri. The pituitary gland. 

Appendicul„e epiplo'icje. Appendices coli 
adiposw, vel pinguedinosa. Numerous small 
appendages of the colon and rectum, consisting 
of the peritoneal tunic filled with adipose mat- 
ter. 

ArpEsru'cuLATE. Appendiculatus. Leaves, 
leaf-stalks, &c, furnished with an appendix or 
additional organ. 

APPE'NDIX. (ix, ids, f.) An appendage. 

Appendix auricularis. A process of the 
upper and anterior part of the auricles of the 
heart. 

Appendix cmci vermiformis. A hollow 
process attached to the ciecum. It is of varia- 
ble length, usually about four inches, and of the 
diameter of a goose-quill. 

Appendix ventriculi. The duodenum. 

Appetence. Strong desire. 

APPETITE. (Appctitus, Us, m. ; from ap- 
peto, to desire.) An instinctive desire to per- 
form certain natural functions, especially those 
of digestion and generation. — A., canine. Bu- 
limia. — A., depraved. Pica. — A., insatiable. 
Bulimia. — A., morbid. Bulimia, Pica, Dyspep- 
sia, Limosis. 

Apple. Pyrus mains. 

Apple, Adam's. Pomum Adami. 

Apples, acid of. Malic acid. 

Application. (From applico, to apply.) In 
medical language, remedial agents which are 
used externally, as poultices, lotions, &c, are 
called external applications, as opposed to in- 
ternal medicines. 

Apprehe'nsio. (From apprehendo, to take 
hold of.) 1. Catalepsy has been so called. 2. 
Indication. 

Approximate. Approximatus. A term used 
in botany. See Adpressus. 

Approximation. {Approximate, onis, f.) 
The name given by Ettmuller to a pretended 
method of curing diseases by making them 
pass from the human body into animals or veg- 
etables. 

Apricot. Armcniaca vulgaris. 
64 



AQU 

Apulo'tic. Epulotic. 

Apye'tus. (Anvnroc; from a, priv., and 
nvov, pus.) A term applied by the ancients to 
external tumors which do not suppurate. 

APYRE'TIC. (Apyreticus, anvperoc; from 
a, priv., and nvp, fire.) A term that has been 
applied, 1. To those days on which the inter- 
mission happens in agues. 2. To local affec- 
tions which are not accompanied with febrile 
excitement of the system. 

APYRE'XIA. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., and 
irvpe^ia, fever.) Apyrexy. The intermission 
of an ague. Also, freedom, or cessation of 
fever. 

Apyrous. (Apyrus; from a, neg., and Trt'p, 
fire.) Applied, 1. To a body which sustains 
the action of a strong heat without change. 2. 
To a body which has not been subjected to the 
action of fire. 

A'QUA. (a, a, f.) Water. In Pharmacy, 
water is divided into several species; as, Aq. 
fonlana, spring water; Aq. ftuviatilis, Aq. ex 
flumine, river water ; Aq. ex lacu, lake water ; 
Aq.pura, Aq. destillata, pure or distilled water; 
Aq. medicata soteria, mineral water; Aq. ni- 
vea, nivalis, snow water; Aq. pluvia, pluvialis, 
imbrium, rain water ; Aq. paludosa, ex palude, 
marsh water ; Aq. putealis, ex puteo, well wa- 
ter. The term is also erroneously employed 
for Spiritiis, as Aqua anisi fortis, Aq. cinnamo- 
mi fortis, Aq. junipcri, Aq. menthaj spirituosa, 
Aq. ardiente, &c. ; for all of which, see Spiritus. 

Aqua aeris fixi. A. acidi carbonici. Wa- 
ter impregnated with fixed air. See Carbonic 
acid water. 

Aqua alexite'ria. A water distilled from 
leaves of spearmint, fresh tops of sea worm- 
wood, and fresh angelica leaves. 

The aqua alexiteria spirituosa was made 
from the same ingredients, but with the addition 
of proof spirit. The latter preparation, with 
vinegar added to it, was cnlled Aqua alexiteria 
spirituosa cum aceto. 

Aqua alkali'na oxymuria'tica. Chloride 
of soda. 

Aqua alu'minis composita. Aqua aluminosa 
Bateana. See Liquor aluminis compositus. 

Aqua ammo'nije aceta'tje. See Ammonia 
acetatis liquor. 

Aqua ammonia ruR-s:, or fortissimo, or 
caustica. See Ammonia. * 

Aqua amygdalarum amarum concentrata. 
Water of bitter almonds. Take bitter almonds, 
ibij. ; water, Ibx. ; alcohol, Ibiv. Bruise the 
almonds, and add the fluids gradually. Set the 
mixture aside in a well-closed vessel for a day. 
Distill ; receive Ibij. It contains prussic acid, 
and takes the place of the Aqua laurocerasi, 
and Aqua cerasorum nigrorum, or black cherry 
water, but it does not keep well. 

Aqua anethi. See Anethum graveolens. 

Aqua argentea. Mercury. 

Aqua arsenicalis pearsonii. Solution of 
arsenite of soda ; it is almost identical in prop- 
erty with the arsenicalis liquor, or Fowler's so- 
lution. 

Aqua benedicta rulandi. A solution of 
crocus of antimony in wine. It is an active 
emetic. 

Aqua binelli. Aq. balsamica arterialis. 



AQU 

An Italian styptic of little value, supposed to be 
a solution of creasote in water. 

Aqua brocchieri. Eau de Brocchieri. Very 
similar to the Aq. binelli. 

Ao.ua calcis. See Calcis liquor. 

Aqua camphorje. (U. S.) Camphor water 
or mixture. Camphor, 3ij.; alcohol, HI xl. ; mag- 
nesia, 3J.; distilled water, Oij. Rub the cam- 
phor with the alcohol, then, with the magnesia, 
dissolve and filter. Dose, f. fss. to f. fj. 

Aqua camphorata (of Bates). See Aqua 
vitriolica camphorata. 

Aqua carui. See Caruin carui. 

Aqua cerasorum nigrorum. Black cherry 
water. Prepared by bruising black cherries 
so as to break the stones, and then distilling 
with only a small proportion of water. 

Aqua chlorinii. See Chlorine water. 

Aqua cinnamomi. See Aqum distillates. 

Aqua coslestis. Water holding ammonia- 
ted copper in solution. See Liquor cupri am- 
monio-sulphatis. « 

Aqua cosrulea. See Aqua sapphirina. 

Aqua coloniensis. Cologne water. Eau 
de Cologne. 

v Aqua cupri ammonia'ti. See Liquor cupri 
ammonio-sulphatis. 

Aqua cupri vitriola'ti composita. Aqua 
vitriolica cmrulea. See Solutio sulphatis cupri 



Aqua di na'poli. See Aquctta. 

Aqua distillata. Aq. stillata. Distilled 
water, obtained by distilling water in clean 
vessels, until about two thirds have come over. 

Aqua ferne'lii. A mixture of corrosive 
sublimate and lime-water, with the addition of 
a little spirit of wine. 

Aqua florum aurantii. Aqua napha. Or- 
ange-flower water. A simple water distilled 
from orange flowers. It has a fragrant but 
sickly smell, and is antispasmodic. Dose, fj. 
to § iv. 

Aqua funiculi. See Anethum fceniculum. 

Aqua fortis. A weak and impure nitric 
acid. 

Aqua gr.ec a. A weak solution of nitrate of 
silver, which is sold by venders of nostrums to 
turn red hair black. 

Aqua gryse a. An aqueous solution of nitrate 
of mercury mixed with a decoction of various 
pktnts. 

Aqua hepatica. Aq. acidi hydro sulphur ata. 
Hydrosulphuretted water. 

Aqua hordeata. Barley-water. See Decoc- 
tum hordei. 

Aqua inter cutem. Anasarca. 

Aqua kali pr^parati. See Potassa car- 
bonatis liquor. 

Aqua kali puri. See Potassce liquor. 

Aqua lab yrinthi. The fluid of the internal 
ear. 

Aqua lithargyri acetati. See Plumbi 
acetatis liquor. 

Aqua lithargyri acetati composita. See 
Plumbi acetatis liquor dilutus. 

Aqua lucue. Spiritu3 ammoniae succinates, 
or aromaticus. 

Aqua marina. Sea-water. 

Aqua menthjs piperita. See Mentha pi- 
perita. 

E 



AQU 

Aqua Mentha sativje. Aqua menthce viridts. 
See Mentha viridis. 

Aqua mephritica. Aqua nucis moschatje. 
Spiritus myristicae. 

Aqua mirabilis. This was made by digest- 
ing aromatics in alcohol, and then distilling. 

Aqua mulsa. Hydromeli. 

Aqua obscura. The cataract. A term 
translated from the Aiabian authors. 

Aqua ophthalmica. Aqua zinci sulphatis 
cum camphora. 

Aqua pelagica. Sea-water. 

Aqua phagede'nica. The common yellow 
wash. See Yellow wash. 

Aqua picis liquids. (D. Ph.) Aquapicea. 
Tar water. Mix of tar, Oij. ; water, Cj. ; stir 
15 minutes, and, when clear, strain. Stimulant 
and diuretic. Dose, Oj. and Oij. ; in the day. 

Aqua pimento. See Myrtus pimenta. 

Aqua potass^;. Liquor potassae. 

Aqua pulegii. See Mentha pulegium. 

Aqua rabelli. Elixir acidum Halleri. — A. 
raphani composita. Spiritus armoraciae compos- 
itus. — A. saturni. Plumbi acetatis liquor. — A. 
sulphurata simplex. Hydrosulphuretted water. 
— A. naphte. A. neroli. See Aq. florum au- 
rantii. — A. vulneraria. A. thediana. A. trau- 
matica. A. sclopetaria. Eau d'Arquebusade. 

Aqua regia. Aqua regalis. Nitromuriatic 
acid. 

Aqua ros.e. (U. S.) Rose-water. Rose 
petals, Ibviij. ; water, Cij. Distill one gallon. 

Aqua sapphirina. Aqua cmrulea. Aqua 
cupri ammoniati. Blue eye-water. This is 
made by mixing sj. of sal ammoniac with fi»j. 
of lime-water, and putting into the mixture a 
small piece of clean copper, which is to remain 
till the fluid has acquired a fine blue color 

Aqua sere'na. Amaurosis. 

Aqua stygia. Nitromuriatic acid. 

Aqua sty'ptica. A name formerly given to 
a solution of sulphate of copper (or iron) and 
alum in water, with the addition of sulphuric 
acid. Solutio sulphatis cupri composita. 

Aqua toffania. See Aquetta. 

Aqua ve'geto-minera'lis. Eau vegeto-min- 
erale. Goulard water is so called from its be- 
ing made of vinegar and lead. 

Aqua vit^:. Brandy. 

Aqua vitriolica camphorata. Camphora- 
ted water. Take of white vitriol, Armenian 
bole, aa. fiv. ; camphor, fj. Powder. Sprinkle 
one ounce at a time into Ibiv. of boiling water, 
and stir it briskly, and filter. A preparation 
formerly much used as a detergent to ulcers 
and a collyrium in chronic ophthalmia. 

Aqua zinci sulphatis (vel vitriolati) cum 
ca'mphora. Dissolve of sulphate of zinc, f ss., 
in a quart of boiling water ; add of camphora- 
ted spirits, f. 588., and filter. This is astringent, 
and a good collyrium. 

Aquje distilla'te. Distilled waters. These 
are made by distilling vegetables or other sub- 
stances with common water, and continuing the 
process as long as the water which comes over 
is strongly impregnated with the volatile part 
of the substance employed. The distilled wa- 
ters of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia are prepared by 
rubbing the essential oil with carbonate of mag- 
nesia, triturating with water, and then filter- 

65 



AQU 

ing ; f. 388. of oil is added to two pints of water. 
To every gallon five ounces of proof spirit are 
to be added. It is unnecessary to enumerate 
all the distilled waters, as their names indicate 
the substance -with the virtues of which they 
are impregnated. Dose, fss. to ?ij. 

Aquje minerales. See Mineral waters. 

Aoyrn stillati'tie simplices. Simple dis- 
tilled waters. 

AQU.K STILLATITIiE SPIRITUOS.E. SpirftUOUS 

distilled waters, now called spirits. See Spir- 
itus. 

AQILEDU'CTUS. An aqueduct. This name 
has been given by anatomists to several canals 
in different parts of the body, but not very cor- 
rectly, as several of them contain no fluid. 

Aqu^lductus cerebri. The infundibulum 
of the brain. 

Aqueductus co'chle.s:. A very narrow 
canal, which begins at the under part of the 
Bcala tympani, near the fenestra rotunda, and, 
passing through the pars petrosa of the tem- 
poral bone, terminates by a triangular opening 
on the surface of the dura mater. 

Aqueductus cotu'nnii. The aqueducts of 
Cotunnius. The aquwductus cochlea and aqua- 
ductus vestibuli. 

AqcjEDUCtus fallopii. The aqueduct or 
canal of Fallopius, so called after the anatomist 
of that name. It commences within the meatus 
auditorius interims, passes through the pars 
petrosa of the temporal bone, and terminates in 
the stylo-mastoid foramen. It transmits the 
portio dura of the seventh pair of nerves. 

Aqueductus sylvii. From the under and 
back part of the third ventricle of the brain to 
the fourth ventricle. Iter ad quartum ventric- 
ulum, or canalis medius. 

Aqujeductus vestibuli. A canal which 
commences in the vestibule of the internal ear, 
near the common orifice of the semicircular 
canals, and terminates between the layers of the 
dura mater on the posterior surface of the pars 

Eetrosa of the temporal bone. Its use is not 
nown. 

Aquatic nut. See Trapa nutans. 

AQUA'TICUS. (From aqua, water.) 
Aquatic. 

_ Aqueous humor. Humor aquosus. The 
limpid, watery fluid which fills the space be- 
tween the cornea and crystalline lens in the 
eye. See Eye. 

AQUETTA. Aqua Tojfania. Aqua delta 
Tqffana. Aquetta di Napoli. A celebrated 
poison prepared by a woman named Toffana. 
It was a concentrated solution of arsenic. 

Aquifo'lium. Hex aquifolium. Holly. 

A'QUILA. (a,a:,f.) The Latin for an eagle. 
An alchemical name of sal ammoniac, the mer- 
curius metallorum, arsenic, sulphur, and the 
philosopher's stone. 

Aquila alba. A. mitigata. Calomel. 

Aquila c(elestis. Some preparation of mer- 
cury. 

Aquila lachrymje. A preparation of which 
calomel was an ingredient. 
■ Aquila veneris. An old chemical prepara- 
tion, made by subliming verdigris with sal am- 
moniac. 

Aquile lignum. Seo Lignum aloes. 
66 



AEA 

Aquile vene. The temporal veins. 

AQUILE'GIA. The herb columbine. A 
genus of plants. Family, RanunculacetB. 

Aquilegia vulgaris. The seeds, flowers, 
and the whole plant have been used medicinal- 
ly in exanthematous diseases, scurvy, jaundice, 
&c. It is retained in several foreign Pharma- 
copoeias. 

Aquili'cia. A genus pf plants, of the class 
Pentandria, and order Monogynia. It contains 
only one species, the Aquilicia sambucina, which 
is a native of Java, the Moluccas, &c. The 
decoction of the root is used against heartburn ; 
that of the wood is said to allay thirst. 

Aquili'na. The same as Aquilegia. 

Aquo-capsulitis. Aquo-membranitis. In 
flammation of the anterior chamber of the eye. 

Aquula. In medical language, it has been 
applied to a hydatid, a fatty tumor under the 
skin of the eyelid, &c. 

Aquula acustica. Aqua labyrinlhi. 

Arabic gum. See Acacia vera. 

Arabica antidotus hepatica. A powder 
composed of myrrh, costus, white pepper, and 
cassia leaves. It is not now used. 

Arabine. Soluble and pure gum. 

A'rabis. A species of nasturtium used by 
the ancients in pickles. 

Aracee. Aroideas. ■ 

Arachis hypogea. The earth-nut. 

Ara'chnida. (From apaxvn, a spider.) The 
spider tribe. 

Arachni'tis. A term generally applied to 
inflammation of the arachnoid membrane. 
Arachnoiditis, or Arachnoditis. See Encephali- 
tis and Spinal cord, diseases of the. 

ARA'CHNOID. (Arachnoides ; from apax- 
vj], a spider, or spider's web, and eidoc, like- 
ness. ) Cobweb-like. 

Arachnoid membrane. Membrana arach- 
noides. Tunica aranea. 1. A very thin and 
transparent membrane, investing the brain, 
medulla oblongata, and spinal cord. It is situ- 
ated between the dura mater and pia mater. 
Over the whole upper surface of the brain the 
arachnoid membrane adheres so closely to the 
pia mater as to be scarcely separable from it ; 
but, in different parts of the base of the brain, 
especially about the tuber annulare, it is merely 
in contact with the pia mater, and can easily be 
raised with the aid of the blow-pipe. Trie 
arachnoid membrane does not insinuate itself 
between the convolutions of the brain. No 
blood-vessels or absorbents have hitherto been 
detected in the arachnoid membrane, although 
the phenomena of disease sufficiently evince 
that it is endowed with both. The inner sur- 
face of this membrane is constantly bedewed 
with a serous exhalation, and there is little 
doubt that, like other membranes of this class, 
it forms, in its whole extent, a closed sac. 

2. The term arachnoid was also applied by 
the Greek anatomists to the hyaloid membrane, 
or runic of the vitreous humor of the eye. 

3. The capsule of the crystalline lens has 
been called tunica aranea by modern anato- 
mists. 

A'RACK. Arac. An Indian spirituous liq 
uor, prepared from rice, &c. 

Aracouchini. See Idea aracouckini. 



ARC 



ARC 



Aracus aromaticus. Vanilla. 

Arados. A commotion. 

Areometer. The hydrometer. 

ArWticus. Medicines supposed to rarefy 
the fluids of the body. 

ARA'LIA. (a, m, f.) A genus of plants. 
Class, Pentandria; order, Pentagynia. — A. nu- 
dicaulis. (U. S.) False sarsaparilla. The 
roots are sometimes chopped up and mixed 
with the sarsaparilla of the shops. It is said 
to be a mild stimulant and diaphoretic, and has 
been recommended as a substitute for sarsa- 
parilla. — A. spinosa. Angelica-tree. Prickly 
ash. Toothache-tree. The bark of this species 
is useful in toothache, colic, and rheumatism. — 
A. umbellifera. This species affords an aro- 
matic gum-resin which exudes from the bark. 

Aralia'ceje. The natural family of plants, 
of which the genus Aralia is the type. 

Aralia'strjjm. The ginseng. See Panax 
quinquefolium. 

Ara'nea. 1. A spider. This insect was 
formerly held to be highly poisonous, and also 
very efficacious in medicine. The web was 
likewise used externally and internally as a 
febrifuge. The web is not a bad mechanical 
styptic. 2. The herb Paris has been called Ara- 
nea. See Paris quadrifolia. 

Aranea tarantula. The tarantula. 

Aranea tunica. Arachnoid membrane. 

Araneo'sa urina. Urine which contains 
filaments resembling a spider's web. 

Araneosus pulsus. An extremely feeble 
pulse. 

Araneum ulcus. See Astahillos. 

Arantia. The same as aurantium. See 
Citrus aurantium. 

A'rar. The Thuya occidentalis, which 
yields gum sandarach. 

Aratrum. The vomer. 

A'RBOR. {or, oris, f.) A tree. The term 
arbor has been applied to things more or less 
resembling a tree, as arbor vita, arbor Diana. 

Arbor alba. Melaleuca minor. 

Arbor maris. Coral has been so called. 

Arbor toxicaria. The Upas-tree. 

Arbor vitje. The tree of life. 1. When the 
cerebellum is cut vertically, the medullary sub- 
stance appears ramified so as to represent a 
tree ; this dendriform arrangement of the white 
matter is named Arbor vita;. 2. The Thuya 
occidentalis is named Arbor vita. 

Arbor vit.s: uterina. The arborescent folds 
of the membrane on the interior of the cervix 
uteri. • 

Arbore'scent. Arborescens. Woody plants : 
resembling the shape of a tree. 

Arbuscula gummifera. Hypericum bacci- 
ferum. 

A'RBUTUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
Ericacea. Decandria. Monogynia. — A., trail- 
ing. See Arbutus uva ursi. — A. u'nedo. Une- 
do papyracea. The strawberry-tree. The 
leaves are astringent. — A. uva ursi. Bear's- 
berry. The leaves are astringent and tonic, 
and used in calculous and other diseases of the 
urinary organs. The powder of the leaves is 
given in doses of from 9j. to 3J. twice or thrice 
a day. 

Arca cordis. The pericardium. 



Arceus, balsam of. A soft ointment con- 
taining resin and turpentine. 

ARCA'NUM. (um,i, n.) A secret. A nos- 
trum or medicine. 

Arcanum be'cchicum. A solution of fiver 
of sulphur and sugar in water. 

Arcanum cora llinum. An old preparation 
made by digesting the nitric-oxide of mercury 
in solution of potash, washing it, and burning 
spirit of wine upon it. It was used internally 
to excite salivation, and externally as an escha- 
rotic. 

Arcanum duplicatum. Panacea Holsatica. 
Sulphate of potash. 

Arcanum duplicatum catholicum. An am- 
ulet composed of the root of colchicum and*plant- 
ain. Preservative from pestilential diseases. 

Arcanum ludemanni. Oxide of zinc. 

Arcanum ta'rtari. The acetate of potash. 

Arceuthos. Apuevdog. Juniper. 

Archangelica officinalis. See Angelica. 

A'rche. (Apxq, a beginning.) The earli- 
est stage of a disease. 

Archegeni morbi. Acute diseases. 

Archelogia. A treatise on the principles 
of medicine. 

Arches of the palate. The anterior and 
posterior folds of the mucous membrane, &c, 
between which are the tonsils. 

ARCHE'US. Archccus. The vital principle; 
an occult power. 

ARCHIA'TER. A chief physician. 

Archil. Archilla. See Lichen rocella. 

Archima'gia. Archimia. The art of mak- 
ing gold and silver. 

Archopto'ma. Archoptosis. (From apxoc, 
the rectum or anus, and tttiztu, to fall down.) 
Prolapsus ani. 

Arciform fibres. Curved fibres proceeding 
from the corpus pyramidale, beneath the cor- 
pus olivare, to the cerebellum. 

ARC OS. Arcus. The rectum. Hence, 
Arckorrhagia, Archorrhasa. Hemorrhage from 
the rectum. — Archosyrinx. Fistula in ano. 

Arcta'tio. (o, onis, f. ; from arcto, to con- 
tract.) Arctitudo. Narrowing or constriction 
in any sense ; the term has been chiefly applied 
to constipation of the bowels, and preternatural 
narrowness of the female pudenda. 

A'RCTIUM. (um, i, n. ; apiceiov.) A genus 
of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia mqualis. 
Composite. — A. lappa. Burdock, or clit-bur. 
Bardana. Arctium. The seeds have a bitter- 
ish, sub-acrid taste : they are diuretic in the 
quantity of a drachm. The roots are esteemed 
aperient, diuretic, and sudorific. 

Arctosta'phylos. The uva ursi. See Ar- 
butus. 

Arcua'lis. (From arcus, a bow.) Shaped 
like a bow. The coronal suture has been called 
sutura arcualis; and the parietal, as also the 
temporal bones, have been called ossa arcualia. 

Arcua'tio. (From arcus, a bow.) A gib- 
bosity or projection of the sternum. 

Arcua'tus morbus. Morbus arquatus. The 
jaundice. See Icterus. 

A'rcula. The orbits or sockets of the eyes 
have been called arcula. A cradle. 

Arcula cordis. The pericardium. 

Arcus medullaris. The fornix. 

67 



ARE 



ARG 



Arcus senilis. An opacity around the cor- 
nea, occurring in advanced life. 

Ardent. Ardens. (From ardeo, to burn.) 
Burning: applied to fevers and to alcoholic 
spirits. 

A'RDOR. {or, oris, m. ; from ardeo, to 
burn.) Intense heat. 

Ardor febri'lis. Feverish heat. 

Ardor uri'nje. Scalding of the urine. A 
common symptom in gonorrhoea. 

Ardor ventri'culi, or A. stomachi. Heart- 
burn. See Cardialgia pyrosis. 

A'REA. {a, a, f. ; the space contained with- 
in the boundaries of a plane figure.) This term 
was applied by Celsus to a cutaneous disease, 
of winch he makes two varieties, one corre- 
sponding to alopecia, the other to ophiasis. 

Area pellucida. The transparent space 
formed after the lapse of several hours in the 
incubated egg, around the first trace of the 
embryo, by the middle portion of the germinal 
membrane. 

Area vasculosa. A second distinct space 
surrounding the area pellucida, and so named 
from the formation of the blood-vessels in it. 

Area vitellina. A third distinct space sur- 
rounding the area vasculosa. This zone event- 
ually incloses the whole yolk. 

ARE'C A. A genus of Palms. 

Areca catechu. Areca indica. East In- 
dies. Two kinds of catechu are extracted from 
the nut by the Indians, one called cuttacamboo, 
and the other cashcutti. 

Areca oleracea. Areca Americana. The 
cabbage-tree palm. The pith forms an inferior 
kind of sago ; the young buds are eaten as cab- 
bage, and the fruit yields oil. 

Arefaction. Drying. 

Are'gon. A resolvent ointment. 

Aremaros. Cinnabar. 

Are'na. (a, a:, f.) Sand. Applied to gravel 
deposited from the urine. 

Arena callida. The sand-bath. 

Arenaria peploi'des. Sea-side sand-wort. 
Sea chick-weed. This herb has been used as 
an application to whitlows. 

Arenamen. Armenian bole. — Ruland. 

Arena'tio. (o, onis, f. ; from arena, sand.) 
A practice formerly prevailed of immersing the 
whole body, or the feet only, in hot sand ; this 
was called arenatio, and was used in cases of 
dropsy. 

Are'nga. A palm which grows in the Mo- 
luccas. The sap affords sugar ; the pith, a kind 
of sago. The ripe fruit, when eaten, is said to 
«ause insupportable itching of the skin. 

ARE'OLA. (a, cc, f. ; diminutive of area.) 
Applied, 1. In Anatomy, to the small interstices 
of cellular or other tissues. 2. A circle of a 
pale-reddish color, which surrounds the nipple 
m women. During pregnancy, and for some 
time after, the areola is considerably enlarged, 
and of a darker color. 3. An inflamed ring 
around pustules, &c. The areola surrounding 
the vaccine vesicle affords an important indica- 
tion of the disease being genuine. 

Areola papilla'ris. The areola round the 
nipple in women. 

Areo'meter. See Hydrometer. 
Aret^noi'des. See Arytcenoides. 
68 



A'rete. Vigor. 

A'RGAL. Argol. Crude tartar. 

A'rgema. (From apyoe, white.) Argemon. 
An ulcer of the eye, situated on the margin of 
the cornea. 

ARGEMO'NE. A genus of plants. Polyan- 
dria. Polygynia. Papaveracece. — A. mexi- 
cana. Papaver spinosum. Prickly poppy. 
The seeds are purgative and emetic, and the 
flowers narcotic. An infusion of the leaves is 
said to be useful in ophthalmia. The yellow 
juice is said to be hydragogue. 

Argentate of ammonia. Fulminating silver. 

Argenti cyanuretum. (U. S.) Cyanide, 
Cyanodide, Cyanuret, or Hydrocyanate of sil- 
ver. Take nitrate of silver, 3xv. ; prussic acid 
and water, aa. Oj. Dissolve the nitrate in the 
water and add the acid; mix. Wash the 
precipitate with distilled water ; dry. Use, to 
prepare hydrocyanic acid from. It has been 
used in syphilis in doses of gr. £. 

Arge'nti ni'tras. Argentum nitratum. Ni- 
trate of silver; lunar caustic. Take of silver, 
5j. ; nitric acid, f. 3V. ; distilled water, two fluid 
ounces. Mix the nitric acid and water, and 
dissolve the silver therein on a sand-bath; then 
increase the heat gradually, that the nitrate of 
silver may be dried. Melt the salt in a cruci- 
ble over a slow fire, until, the water being 
evaporated, it shall cease to boil ; then pour it 
quickly into molds of convenient shape. It is 
inodorous; has a very nauseous, metallic, and 
caustic taste ; and, when applied to the skin, 
immediately tinges it black. It is used as a 
caustic — and externally, in solution, gr. v.-3j. 
to the fj. of water, as a wash to ulcers and in- 
flamed surfaces, especially in purulent ophthal- 
mia and erysipelas. Internally it is tonic, and 
given in epilepsy, chorea, &c, in doses of gr. \ 
to gr. iij., three times a day ; but, if long used, 
produces a leaden appearance of the skin. 

Argenti'na. Potentilla anserina. 

Argentine flowers of antimony. See An- 
timony. 

Arge'ntum. (um,i,n.) Silver. This metal 
occurs both native and combined with gold, &c. 
Pure silver is white, brilliant, malleable, and 
ductile ; a good conductor of heat and electric- 
ity; sp. gr., 10-5; soluble in nitric acid; sym- 
bol, Ag; equivalent, 108-3. Silver leaf, Ar- 
gentum foliatum, is sometimes used to cover 
pills. Silver combines readily with chlorine, 
iodine, and analogous elements. The oxide Ar- 
genti oxydum has been partially used as a sub- 
stitute for the nitratef but is not sufficiently act- 
ive; internally, it has been given in doses of 
gr. SB., in gastric and epileptic diseases. The 
chloride {Argenti chloridum) has been used in 
similar cases; dose, gr. iij.; 3ss. is an emetic. 
Both these remedies were formerly used, and 
then abandoned. The iodide and the chloride 
of silver and ammonia have also been used in 
syphilis, but without remarkable advantage 
over mercurials ; doses, gr. f to {. 

Argentum divisum. Metallic silver in fine 
particles. 

Argentum nitra'tum. See Argenti nitras. 
Argentum vivum. Argentum fugitivum. Ar- 
gentum mobile. Quicksilver. See Mercury. 
Argentum zootinicum. Argenti cyanuretum. 



ARI 

ARGI'LLA. Argil. Alumina, or argilla pura, 
has been used as an absorbent; dose, 3ss. to 3ij. 
See Alumina. 

Argilla vitriola'ta. Alum. 
Argilla'ceous. Argillaceus. Of, or belong- 
ing to, argil or clay. • 

ARGYREI'A. A genus of plants. Class, Pen- 
tandria. Order, Monogynia. It includes some 
shrubs natives of Cochin-China. Cataplasms 
made of their leaves and roots are applied to 
tumors of the breast. 

Argyri'tis. Litharge. 

Argyroli'banos. The white olibanum. 

Argyro'phora anti'dotus. A medicine de- 
scribed by Nicolaus Myrepsus. 

Argyropce'ia. The art of making silver. 

Argyrotrophe'ma. (From apyoc, white, and 
rpo(j>rifia, food.) A white, cooling food, made 
with milk. — Galen. 

Ari'a. Aronia. See Crataegus. 

ARICINA. Aricine. C 2 oH 12 N0 3 . An alka- 
loid found in Cusco-cinckona bark, and very 
analogous in its properties to cinchonia and qui- 
na. These three alkaloids may be viewed as 
oxides of the same compound radical. 

Aricy'mon. (on, onis, f. ; from apt, an in- 
tensive 'particle, and kvu, to be pregnant.) A 
woman who conceives readily and often. — Hip- 
pocrates. 

Aridena. Leanness of any part. 

Aridity. Ariditas. Dryness, especially of 
the tongue and skin. 

Aridu'ra. (From area, to be dried up.) 
Wasting of any particular limb or other part, as 
opposed to atrophia, or general wasting of the 
body. — Ettmuller. Sauvages. 

ARI'LLUS. (us, i, m.) A tunic investing 
the seeds of some plants, completely or partially. 

Ari'sta. (a, m, f.) The awn. A sharp, 
bristle-like appendage, which proceeds from the 
husk or glume of grasses. 

Ariobarza'nium. Apio&ap^avtov., The name 
of a discutient plaster mentioned by Aetius. 

Arista'rchi anti'dotus pauli'na. A com- 
pound of opium, castor, styrax, galbanum, and 
aromatics, mixed up with honey. 

Aristi emplastrum nigrum. See Telra- 
pharmacum. 

Aristio'nis machinamentum. An apparatus 
invented by Aristion for the reduction of dislo- 
cations. 

AristaltHje'a. Althcsa officinalis. 

Arista'tus. (From<m'sta,anawn.) Awned. 

ARISTOLOCHI'A. (a, ce, f. ; from apioToc, 
best, and Xoxeia, parturition. ) A genus of plants. 
Gynandria. Hcxandria. Family, Aristolo- 
chiacea. — A. anguici'da. Snake-killing birth- 
wort. Contra capitan. The juice of the root 
has the property of so stupefying seipents, that 
they may be handled with impunity. One or 
two drops are sufficient ; and if more be drop- 
ped into the mouth, it kills them. It is also 
esteemed as a preservative against the effects 
of the bite of venomous serpents. — A. clemati'- 
tis. The Aristolochia vulgaris of some Phar- 
macopoeias; called, also, Aristolochia tenuis. 
This plant is diaphoretic ; it is retained in some 
Pharmacopoeias, but has no great activity. — A. 
fdba'cea. See Fumaria bulbosa. — A. grandi- 
flo'ra. This plant grows in the West Indies 



ARN 

Its flowers have a very fetid smell, and its root 
is said to be a deadly poison to all animals that 
eat of it. — A. longa. The aristolochia of the 
Pharmacopoeias. The root of this plant only 
is in use; it possesses a somewhat aromatic 
smell, and a warm, bitterish taste, accompanied 
with a slight degree of pungency. It is some- 
times given as an aromatic stimulant in gout 
and other diseases. — A. odoratissima. Bastard 
contrayerva. The root is tonic. — A> pistolochia, 
or polyrrhiz a. Aromatic, acrid, and bitter. — 
A. rotunda. Properties same as Aristolochia 
longa. — A. serpenta'ria. The Scrpentaria vir- 
giniana. Virginian snake-root. Aristolochia. 
Its root has an aromatic smell, approaching to 
that of valerian, but more agreeable ; and a 
warm, bitterish, pungent taste. Its active prin- 
ciples appear to be a bitter resin and an essen 
tial oil. It possesses stimulant and diaphoretic 
virtues, and is employed in some fevers where 
these effects are required. It is thought to in- 
crease the efficacy of cinchona in cases of pro- 
tracted ague, and is a useful tonic in dyspepsia. 
It may be given in powder, in doses of gr. xv. 
increased to 3ss., or an infusion may be made 
by macerating gi. of the bruised root in gxy. of 
boiling water, and giss. or fij. may be given 
several times a day. Decoction impairs its 
virtue by dissipating the essential oil. — A. tc'- 
nuis. See Aristolochia clematitis. — A. triloba' ta. 
Three-lobed birthwort. The root, and every 
part of this plant, is diuretic, and has been em- 
ployed against the bite of serpents. — A. vulga'- 
ris. See Aristolochia clematitis. 

ARISTOLOCHIACEiE. A tribe of Dicot- 
yledonous plants. Herbaceous plants or shrubs, 
with leaves alternate ; flowers apetalous, her- 
maphrodite; stamens epigynous; ovary many- 
celled ; fruit dry or succulent, many-celled. 

Aristolochica medicamenta. Medicines 
which promote the flow of the lochia. 

Aristrios. See Astragalus. 

Arkansas springs. These are thermal; 
temp., 100° F. 

ARM. Brachium. That part of the upper 
extremity which extends from the shoulder to 
the wrist. It is divided into the brachium, 
properly so called, which extends from the 
shoulder to the bend of the arm ; and the anti- 
brachium, or fore-arm, which is between the 
bend of the arm and the wrist. 
' Armadi'llo. See Millepedes. 

Arma'lia ossa. The temporal bones. 

Armarium unguentum. See Unguentum ar- 
marium. 

Armatu'ra. Armor. The amnion has been 
so called. 

Armeni'aca malus. Armeniaca vulgaris. 
The apricot. 

Armenian bole. See Bole, Armenian. 

Arme'nius lapis. Apfieviog ludoc. Arme- 
nian stone. 

Armi'lla. The annular ligament of the car- 
pus. 

Armoniacum sal. See Ammoniacum saL 

Armora'cia. See Cochlearia armoracia. 

Arnaldia. A doubtful disease. 

A'RNICA. (a, a, £ ) A genus of plants. 
Syngenesia. Polygamia supcrflua. Composite. 
— A. montana. Arnica of the Pharmacopoeias. 

69 



AES 

Leopard's bane. The plant, when dried, has 
a Blight aromatic odor ; the leaves and flowers 
have a weak, bitter, and aromatic flavor ; the 
root is bitter and acrid. The leaves and flow- 
ers are narcotic, stimulant, diaphoretic, and er- 
rhine; the root is aromatic and tonic. The 
leaves and flowers have been greatly extolled 
in paralysis, amaurosis, gout, rheumatism, and 
other cases; in an over-dose, they are narcotic. 
In powder, iose fi-om gr. v. to gr. x. twice or 
thrice a day ; or an infusion may be made with 
3Jss. of the dried leaves or flowers, or 3J. of the 
root, to sfxij. of water, and given in the quan- 
tity of fjss. The principal preparation is an 
oil {Oleum arnica). It is dissolved in ether, 
and given in doses of gtt. -jL to \ of the oil. 

Arnica suede'nsis. A. spuria. See Inula 
dysenterica. 

Arnoglo'ssum. See Plantago. 

Arno'tto. See Bixa orlcana. 

Arohot. Quicksilver. 

Aroideje. The Arum tribe of Monocotyled- 
onous plants, containing an acrid, and, in some 
cases, a highly dangerous principle. Herba- 
ceous plants, with leaves sheathing at the base ; 
flowers unisexual, arranged upon a spadix, 
within a spathe; stamens hypogynous; ovary 
superior ; fruit succulent. 

ARO'MA. (a, atis, n., apuua.) The odorif- 
erous principle of plants, which resides either 
in a volatile oil or a resinous matter. 

AROMA'TIC. {Aromalicus ; from apufia, 
an odor. ) Certain vegetable substances which 
have a peculiar spicy odor and a warm and 
generally agreeable flavor, as ginger, cinnamon, 
cardamom, &c. Substances of this class are 
more or less similar in their operation on the 
animal economy, being all stimulant and car- 
minative. 

Aromatic vinegar. See Acetum aromaticum. 

Aroma'ticus cortex. A name of canella 
alba. See Wintera aromatica. 

Aromati'tes. A name given, according to 
Pliny, 1. To a bituminous stone found in Ara- 
bia, having the color and odor of myrrh. 2. 
To a factitious wine containing various aromat- 
ics. 

Aromatopoua. A druggist. 

Aronia. See Aria. 

Arquebusa'de. Eau d'arquebusade. 

Arrack. See Arack. 

A'rraphon, or Arabon. (From a, priv., and 
patyn, a suture.) A term that has been applied 
to a cranium without sutures. 

Arrhje'a. {a, a, f. ; from a, neg., and peu, 
to flow.) The suppression of any natural flux, 
as the menses, &c. 

Arrhi'zus. (From a, priv., and pifr, a root.) 
Destitute of a root. 

Arrhostema. Arrhostia. Disease. 

Arrow-head. See Sagittaria. 

ARROW-ROOT. The fecula, chiefly starch, 
obtained from the roots of the Maranta arundi- 
nacea. This term is used, also, for that obtained 
from potatoes, Arum (Portland) ; Zamias (Flor- 
ida); Curcuma (East Indies), and other sour- 
ces. It is used, often very injudiciously, as 
aliment for sick persons. Its properties are the 
same as starch. 

ARS. Art. This term is often used to des- 
70 



ARS 

ignate a science ; as, Ars chymiatria, A. hermet- 
ica, A. ma jorum, A. separatoria, A. spagirica, 
are terms for chemistry. 

Ars machaonia. A. medica. A. sanandi. 
The medical art. 

Arse'niate. Arsenias. K A salt formed by 
the combination of the arsenious acid with a 
base. See Arsenic acid. 

Arseniate of ammonia {Arsenias ammonia) 
and Arseniate of potash {Arsenias potassa) 
have been recently used in cutaneous affections, 
&c, but they have no advantage over the Ar- 
senicalis liquor. The dose is gr. -J^th to £th, 
dissolved in water. They are prepared by 
bringing together arsenic acid and the carbon- 
ates of the bases. 

Arseniate of iron. Arsenias ferri. Has 
been used in ointment, and internally, in doses 
of gr. ^gth to gr. -|-th, in cancerous affections, 
inveterate skin diseases, and scrofula. 

A'RSENIC. {Arsenicum, i, n. Kpaevwov, 
or apfievticov, masculine: so called on account of 
its strength as a poison.) Arsenic is met with 
abundantly in nature, sometimes in its metallic 
state, more frequently combined with sulphur 
and with other metals. United with sulphur, it 
forms the native realgar and native orpiment of 
mineralogists. 

Arsenic is an extremely brittle, dark metal. 
It is of a crystalline texture. Its specific grav- 
ity is 5-235 to 5-8843. Symbol, As. Equiva- 
lent, 75-34 or 37-7. It sublimes at 356° F., 
without previous fusion. Its vapor has a 
strong alliaceous smell. When it is exposed to 
the air its surface tarnishes, and it slowly falls 
to powder, and constitutes fly-powder, or mort 
a mouches. 

The known compounds of arsenic and oxy- 
gen are two, and they both possess acid prop- 
erties: one is the arsenious acid, which is the 
well-known poison called white arsenic, or arse- 
nic in commerce; the other is called arsenic 
acid. (See Arsenious acid and Arsenic acid.) 
It forms a fetid gas with hydrogen, and a vola- 
tile product with chlorine, called the fuming 
liquor of arsenic. These are both poisonous. 

Of the combinations of arsenic with sulphur, 
three are distinctly known. The bi-sulphuret, 
well known in commerce under the name of 
realgar, occurs in a native state. It is of a 
ruby-red color, transparent, and crystalline. 

The compound ASS3 is also familiar under 
the name of orpiment. The sulpharsenic acid, 
AsSg, nearly resembles orpiment. Arsenic also 
unites with bromine, iodine, &c, and produces 
highly poisonous compounds. The iodide has 
been used in ointment, and internally in doses 
of gr. £th to gr. Jd, in skin diseases. 

Arsenic and mercury, iodide of. Liquor 
hydriodatis arsenici et hydrargyri. Made hy 
rubbing 6-08 grs. metallic arsenic; 15-38 grs. 
quicksilver; 50 grs. iodine ; with f. 3J. of alco- 
hol; until the mass is dry and of a pale-red 
color. Dissolve in Oss. of distilled water ; add 
of hydriodic acid 53s., and boil a few minutes. 
Make up the cold solution to f. fviij. by distill 
ed water. Each fluid drachm contains of arse 
nic gr. i ; dose, HI xv. to f. 3S8., three times duily. 
Useful in cutaneous affections and fungoid dis- 
eases. — Donovan. 



ARS 

Arse'nic acid. This acid is obtained by 
dissolving arsenious acid in nitric acid, and 
drying. Composition, AsCv Arsenic acid is 
of a milk-white color. It is soluble in five or 
six times its weight of cold, and in a smaller 
quantity of boiling water. It is very deliques- 
cent. It is poisonous in the highest degree, 
more so, apparently, even than the arsenious 
acid. Its salts are called arseniates. 

Arsenic, bromide of. See Arsenic. — A., 
fuming liquor of. The chloride of arsenic. — 
A., iodide of. See Arsenic. — A., oxide of. 
Arsenious acid. — A., sublimed white. See Ar- 
senicum album sublimatum. — A., sulphur et of. 
See Arsenic. — A., white. A., white oxide of. See 
Arsenious acid. 

Arsenical caustic A species of caustic 
which was used by Mr. Justamond in the treat- 
ment of cancer. It was composed of two parts 
of white arsenic to one of levigated antimony, 
melted together in a crucible. The caustic 
was mixed with opium. The use of arsenical 
caustics is of doubtful propriety. 

Arsenical solution. See Arsenicalis liquor. 

Arsenica'lis liquor. Liquor potass^; ar- 
senitis. (U. S.) Fowler's solution. Arseni- 
cal solution. Take of oxide of arsenic, in very- 
fine powder, subcarbonate of potash, of each 
64 grains; distilled water, a pint. Boil them 
together in a glass vessel, until the arsenic be 
entirely dissolved. When the solution is cold, 
add compound spirit of lavender, four fluid 
drachms. Then add as much distilled water 
as may exactly fill a pint measure. Each ounce 
of this fluid contains four grains of the oxide, 
and each drachm half a grain. The dose is 
from 11 v. to HI xx., given twice or thrice a day. 
The medicinal properties of this solution are 
noticed under the head Arsen%us acid. It is 
incompatible in prescription with lime-water, 
nitrate of silver, hydrosulphuret of potash, the 
salts of copper, and cinchona bark. 

Arsenical paste. See Pate arscnicale. 

Arsenici iodidum. Arsenicum ioduretum, as, 
also, the other binary compounds of arsenic. See 
Arsenic. 

Arsenici oxydum pr.'eparatum. See Arsen- 
icum album sublimatum. 

Arsenicum album sublimatum. Reduce 
white arsenic to powder, then put it into a cru- 
cible and expose it to the fire, so as to sublime 
it into another crucible inverted over the former. 

Arsenicum crystallinum. See Arsenious 
acid. 

ARSE'NIOUS ACID. White oxide of arse- 
nic. White arsenic. The common form of 
arsenic, obtained by subliming the ores of arse- 
nic in the air ; it exists as a translucent mass, 
in octahedral crystals, or, more commonly, as a 
■white, opaque substance, the powder of which 
is found in the shops. Its sp. gr. is 3-7 ; com- 
position, AsOs. It has little taste, but acid prop- 
erties. It is soluble in 13 times its weight of 
boiling water, but requires 80 times its weight 
of cold. The solution crystallizes, and the acid 
assumes the form of regular octahedrons. 

The solution is very acrid, reddens blue col- 
ors, unites with the earthy bases, and decom- 
poses the alkaline sulphurets. 

Arsenious acid combines with the earthy and 



ARS 

alkaline bases. The earthy arsenites possess 
little solubility ; and hence the solutions of ba- 
ryta, strontia, and lime form precipitates with 
that of arsenious acid. 

With^ the fixed alkalies the arsenious acid 
forms viscid arsenites, which do not crystallize, 
and which are decomposable by fire, the arse- 
nious acid being volatilized by the heat. The 
arsenite of potash is the active ingredient in the 
arsenical solution of the Pharmacopoeias. 

The solution of Arsenite of soda, or Pearson's 
solution, is identical in its properties with the 
Arsenicalis liquor. 

Arsenious acid is readily precipitated from 
colorless solutions, of a yellow color, by sulphu- 
reted hydrogen, or nitrate of silver and ammonia. 
Ammoniacal sulphate of, copper produces a 
green precipitate, called Scheele's green. 

But the decisive trial, or experimentum cruets, 
is to take a little of the dry matter, mix it with 
a small pinch of dry, black flux, put it into a 
narrow glass tube sealed at one end, and after 
cleansing the sides with a feather, subject the 
bottom of the tube to the action of the blow- 
pipe till it has been red hot for a minute; a 
garlic odor will then be perceptible, and the 
steel-lustred coating of metallic arsenic will be 
seen in the tube about one fourth of an inch 
above its bottom. Cut the tube across at that 
point by means of a fine file ; detach the scale 
of arsenic with the point of a penknife ; put a 
fragment of it into the bottom of a small wine- 
glass along with a few drops of ammoniacal 
acetate of copper, and triturate them well to- 
gether for a few minutes with a round-headed 
glass rod : the mazarine blue color will soon be 
transmuted into a lively grass-green, while the 
metallic scale will vanish. Thus we distinguish 
perfectly between a particle of metallic arsenic 
and one of animalized charcoal. Another par- 
ticle of the scale may be placed between two 
smooth and bright surfaces of copper, with a 
touch of fine oil, and while they are firmly 
pressed together, exposed to a red heat: the 
tombac alloy will appear as a white stain. A 
third particle may be placed on a bit of heated 
metal, and held a little under the nostrils, when 
the garlic odor will be recognized. No danger 
can be apprehended, as the fragment need not 
exceed the tenth of a grain. 

A test superior to those by precipitation is 
called Marsh's test; the suspected fluid is in- 
closed in a curved tube, or Woulfe's bottle, and 
mixed with pieces of zinc and dilute sulphuric 
acid; the hydrogen thus produced combines 
with any arsenic present, and gaseous arseniuret- 
ted hydrogen is produced : the gas, being allow- 
ed to pass from the reservoir by a small jet, is 
readily ignited, and a plate or tube held over 
the flame shows rings of metallic arsenic and 
arsenious acid — or the gas may be reduced by a 
red heat in a tube before issuing into the air. 
Another test, somewhat superior, is to evaporate 
the suspected fluid to a small bulk, add pure hy- 
drochloric acid, digest, and then introduce strips 
of pure, clean copper foil ; these collect the 
metallic arsenic, and become of a dark metallic 
color. The strips, introduced into a small open 
tube and heated, yield crystallized arsenious acid; 
or, surrounded with charcoal, give off" the metal. 

71 



A RS 

The following minute specification of symp- 
toms in poisoning by arsenic is given by Orfila : 
"An austere taste in the mouth; frequent 
ptyalism; continual spitting ; constriction of the 
pharynx and oesophagus; teeth set on edge; 
hiccough; nausea; vomiting of brown or bloody 
matter; anxiety; frequent fainting-fits; burn- 
ing heat at the praecordia ; inflammation of the 
lips, tongue, palate, throat, stomach ; acute pain 
of stomach, rendering the mildest drinks intol- 
erable ; black stools of an indescribable fetor ; 
pulse frequent, oppressed, and irregular, some- 
times slow and unequal; palpitation of the 
heart ; syncope ; unextinguishable thirst ; burn- 
ing sensation over the whole body, resembling 
a consuming fire — at times an icy coldness ; dif- 
ficult respiration ; cold sweats ; scanty urine, of" 
a red or bloody appearance ; altered expression 
of countenance; a livid circle round the eye- 
lids; swelling and itching of the whole body, 
which becomes covered with livid spots, or with 
a miliary eruption ; prostration of strength ; loss 
of feeling, especially in the feet and hands ; de- 
lirium ; convulsions, sometimes accompanied 
with an insupportable priapism; loss of the 
hair ; separation of the* epidermis ; horrible con- 
vulsions; and death." 

In cases of poisoning, the arsenic is first to be 
evacuated : this is done by means of the stomach- 
pump; active emetics (sulphate of zinc, 3j.)» 
mucilaginous and warm drinks — whites of eggs 
are to be freely administered, to enable the op- 
erator to collect all the particles in the stomach; 
and, as soon as it can be prepared, a table- 
Bpoonful of fresh hydratcd sesquioxide of iron 
is to be given eveiy five minutes until relief is 
had. If the means do not exist at hand for the 
preparation of this antidote, lime-water is the 
next best means within reach. The after treat- 
ment is chiefly counter-irritant and demulcent, 
but must be directed according to the urgent 
eymptoms, for the poison may act almost entire- 
ly on the heart and nervous system, prostrating 
their action. Clysters and suitable means are 
to be taken to evacuate the whole alimentary 
canal. 

In testing for the poison, all vomited matters, 
the contents of the stomach, and suspected food, 
are to be secured and treated by Marsh's test, 
or with the hydrochloric acid and copper foil. 
Bodies poisoned by arsenic are preserved in a 
remarkable way. 

Uses: Arsenious acid is seldom given inter- 
nally, Fowler's solution and other forms being 
preferred. The classes of diseases for which ar- 
senical preparations are administered internally 
are, intermittents, neuroses, inveterate skin dis- 
eases, epilepsy ; dose, of the acid, gr. y B to gr. -J, 
in pill. All these preparations are to be dis- 
continued when the oedema arsenicalis is pro- 
duced, or salivation, headache, &c. ; for a chron- 
ic poisoning leading to death is produced by 
the smallest doses long continued. A fatal dose 
is from gr. ij. to gr. v. ; but the effect depends 
on the fullness and condition of the stomach ; 
for, when vomiting is at once produced, half an 
ounce has been rejected without any dangerous 
effect. 

Arsenis potass.e. Arscnis potasses liquor. 
Arsenite of potash. See Arsenicalis liquor. 
72 



ART 

A'rsenite. A salt formed by the union of 
the arsenious acid with a base. 

Arsenite of copper. Scheele's green. 

Arsenite of potash. The active agent of 
the arsenicalis liquor. 

Ars smart. The genus Polygonum. 

Artaneck. Artancch. Arsenic. 

ARTEMTSIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants 
in the Linnaean system. Syngenesia. Poly- 
gamia superflua. Composite. — A. abro'tanum. 
Common southern-wood. Abrotanum. Abro~ 
tanum mas. It has a strong, agreeable smell ; 
a pungent, bitter, and somewhat nauseous taste. 
It is said to be tonic, diaphoretic, anthelmintic \ 
seldom used except in fomentations. — A. absin- 
thium. Common wormwood. Absinthium vul- 
gare of the Pharmacopoeias. This species of 
wormwood yields an essential oil by distillation, 
which is said to possess narcotic powers. Ac- 
cording to Bergius, wormwood is antiseptic, 
anthelmintic, resolvent, tonic, and antispas- 
modic. It is so seldom used in the present day, 
that it is difficult to find it in the shops. Both 
alcohol and water extract the virtues of the 
plant. It is sometimes administered as a tonic 
in dyspepsia, either in the form of powder or 
infusion. The powder of the dried leaves may 
be given in the dose of 3j. to 3ij. Of the in- 
fusion, made with 3vj. of the herb to fxij. of 
boiling water, from one to two ounces may be 
given three times a day. The powder of the 
root is highly recommended in epilepsy ; dose, 
3J., thrice daily. — A. campestris. Field south- 
ern- wood. Is bitter, and similar to the Abro- 
tanum. — A. chinensis; sinensis; latifolia. A 
soft woolly substance, called Moxa, is prepared 
in China and Japan from it. This is used as a 
moxa. — A. dracunculns is common Tarragon. — 
A. glacialis. Siftilar to common wormwood. — 
A. judaica. Artemisia santonica. — A. latifolia. 
See Artemisia chinensis. — A. maritima. Sea 
wormwood. Absinthium maritimum of the 
Pharmacopoeias. It has been preferred to the 
absinthium, as being less nauseous; but it is 
also less active, and is now hardly ever used. — 
A. pontica. Absinthium ponticum, or Roman 
wormwood, not now used medicinally. — A. 
rupestris. Genipi album. Used in some coun- 
tries in ague and amenorrhoea. — A. santo'nica. 
The Tartarian southern-wood or worm-seed. 
The Semen santonici; called, also, Absinthium 
santonicum. The seeds are small, light, and 
oval ; they have been esteemed as stomachic 
and emmenagogue, but were chiefly prized for 
their anthelmintic virtues. For adults, the dose 
in substance is from one to two drachms, twice 
a day. — A. vulgaris. Mugwort. Slightly bit- 
ter, and now neglected, but said to be useful in 
epilepsy ; dose, ^j. of the dried root. 

Arteria. An arteiy; see the particular 
branch for a description. 

Arteria aspera. The trachea. 

Arteria centralis retina. A very small 
branch of the ophthalmic which penetrates the 
optic nerve, and runs imbedded within it till 
it arrives at the retina, on the internal surface 
of which it is dispersed in numerous minute 
branches. One branch passes through the vit- 
reous humor to the posterior surface of the cap- 
sule of the crystalline lens. 



ART 



A K T 



Arteria venosa. This name was given by 
the ancient anatomists to the pulmonary vein, 
or, rather, veins, for there are four trunks. 

Arteri'acus. Medicines used against dis- 
eases of the windpipe — apTijptaica Qap/Aaica. — 
Oaten. 

Arterije helicinje. Short, curved branches 
supplying the corpora cavernosa penis. 

Arterial blood. The red blood of the ar- 
teries. 

Arterial circle of Willis. The arteries 
of the base of the brain, formed by the internal 
carotids and vertebral arteries. 

ARTERIALIZATION OF THE BLOOD. 
Its conversion from black to red blood in the 
lungs, during which oxygen is absorbed and 
carbonic acid eliminated. 

Arteriectasis. Arterieurysma. Arterio- 
dyalysis. Arteriorrhexis. Aneurism. 

Arteriography. Arteriology. A treatise 
on the arteries. 

Arteriosa vena. See Vena arlcriosa. 

Arteriosus ductus. See Ductus arteriosus. 

ARTERIO'TOMY. ( Arteriotomia, ee, f. ; 
from aprnpta, an artery, and rsftvu, to cut.) 
The opening of an arteiy for the purpose of 
abstracting blood from the system. This oper- 
ation is only practiced by modem surgeons on 
the temporal artery ; but the ancients used also 
to open the frontal and occipital, and the artery 
of the thumb between it and the fore-finger. 

ARTERITIS. Arteriitis. Artereitis. In- 
flammation of an artery. Tumultuous vascular 
excitement, palpitations, heat, and throbbing in 
the course of the principal trunks, succeeded 
by collapse, and occasionally gangrene of the 
part affected, or of a limb. Treatment. — Anti- 
phlogistic, with arterial sedatives, as tartar 
emetic, digitalis, and colchicum. In the chron- 
ic form, It is often complicated with other in- 
flammations and diseases. 

A'RTERY. {Arteria, a, f. ; from anp, air, 
and TTjpeu, to keep : so called because the an- 
cients believed the arteries to contain air only.) 
The main arterial trunks are only two in num- 
ber ; the aorta rising from the left ventricle of 
the heart, and the pulmonary artery from the 
right : all the other arteries are branches of the 
aorta. The arteries terminate in veins ; in cap- 
illary vessels; in glands and follicles, by se- 
cretory ducts ; in exhalent vessels ; in cells, as 
those of the penis ; or, lastly, they anastomose 
with each other. The arteries are composed of 
three tunics; an external or cellular, a middle 
or muscular, and an internal or proper coat. 

The following table exhibits a general view 
of the arterial system. The anatomy of the in- 
dividual arteries is more particularly described 
under their respective titles. 

A Table of the Arteries. 

All the arteries originate from the pulmonary artery 
and the aorta. 

The pulmonary artery emerges from the right ventri- 
cle of the heart, and soon divides into a right and left 
branch, which are distributed by innumerable ramifica- 
tions through the lungs. 

_ The aorta arises from the left ventricle of the heart, 
giving off the anterior and posterior coronary arteries 
unmediately at its origin. It then proceeds to supply 
every part of the body with blood, in the following 
order: 



a. It first forms an arch. 

b. It then descends along the spine ; and, 

c. It divides into the two common iliac arteries. 

a. The abch of the aorta gives off three branches. 

1. The arteria innominata, which divides into the right 
common carotid and right subclavian. 

2. The left common carotid. 

3. The left subclavian. 

I. The common carotids are divided into external and 
internal. 

The external carotids give off, 

1. The superior thyroid. 

2. The lingual. 

3. The facial. 

4. The inferior pharyngeal. 

5. The occipital. 

6. The posterior auris. 

7. The internal maxillary, from which the spinous artery 
of the dura mater, the lower maxillary, and several 
branches about the palate and orbit arise. 

8. The temporal. 

The internal carotid affords, 

1. The ophthalmic. 

2. The middle cerebral. 

3. The communicans, which inosculates with the verte- 
bral. 

II. The subclavians give off the following branches : 

1. The internal mammary, from which arise the thymic, 
comes phrenici, pericardiac, and phrenico-pcricardiac ar- 
teries. 

2. The inferior thyroid, which gives off the tracheal, as- 
cending thyroid, and transversalis humeri. 

3. The vertebral, which ascends on each side through a 
canal formed by foramina in the transverse processes 
of the cervical vertebrae, and, having given off the an- 
terior arteries of the spinal cord, joins its fellow of the 
opposite side within the cranium to form the basilar 
artery, from which proceed the anterior ccrebelli, the 
posterior cerebelli, which usually give off the posterior 
arteries of the spinal cord, the posterior cerebri, and 
many branches about the brain. 

4. The cervicalis profunda. 

5. The cervicalis superficialis. 

6. The superior intercostal. 

7. The supra-scapular. 

As soon as the subclavian arrives at the arm-pit, it is 
called the axillary artery ; and when the latter reaches 
the arm, it is called the brachial. 

The axillary artery gives off, 

1. Four external thoracic or mammary arteries. 

2. The sub-scapular, which divides into the scapularie in- 
terna and dorsalis scapula inferior. 

3. The posterior circumflex, and, 

4. The anterior circumflex, both of which are ramified 
about the shoulder-joint. 

The brachial artery gives off, 

1. Many lateral branches. 

2. The profunda humeri superior. 

3. The profunda humeri inferior. 

4. The great anastomosing artery, which ramifies about 
the elbow-joint. 

The brachial artery then divides, about the bend of the 
arm, into the ulnar and radial arteries, which are rami- 
fied to the ends of the fingers. 

The ulnar artery gives off, 

1. The ulnar recurrent. 

2. The posterior interosseous. 

3. The anterior interosseous. 

The ulnar artery terminates by forming the superficial 
palmar arch, from which proceed the digital arteries. 
The radial artery gives off, 

1. The radial recurrent. 

2. The superficialis vola. 

3. The palmaris profunda, which forms the deep palmar 
arch. 

b. The descending aokta gives off, 
In the thorax, 

1. The bronchial, and, 

2. The esophageal arteries, both varying in number. 

3. The inferior intercostals. 
In the abdomen, 

1. The inferior diaphragmatic. 

2. The cceliac, which divides into three branches : 

1. The hepatic, from which are given off, before it 
reaches the liver, 
a. The duodeno-gastric, which sends off the right 

gastro-epiploic and the pancreatico-duodenal, 
B. The pylorica superior hepatica. 

73 



ART 

2. The coronaria vcntriculi. 

3. The splenic, which emits the great and small pan- 
creatics, the posterior gastric, the left gastro-epiploic, 
and the vasa brevia. 

3. The superior mesenteric, 

4. The renal or emulgents. 

5. The spermatics. 

6. The inferior mesenteric. 

7. The lumbar arteries. 

8. The middle sacral. 

c. The aorta then bifurcates into the common iliacs, 
each of which divides into an external and internal iliac. 
The internal iliac, called, also, hypogastric, gives off, 

1. The ileo-lumbar. 

2. The lateral sacrals. 

3. The gluteal or posterior iliac. 

4. The obturatory. 

5. The umbilical. 

6. The uterine. I 

7. The middle hemorrhoidal. 

8. The pudic, which gives off the external hemorrhoidal, 
perineal, and arteria penis. 

{). The ischiadic. 

The external iliac gives off, in the groin, 

1. The epigastric. 

2. The circumflexa iliaca. 

It then passes under Poupart's ligament, and is called 
the femoral artery, sending off, 

1. The external pudics. 

2. The profunda, which gives off the rami perforantcs. 

3. The internal circumflex. 

4. The external circumflex. 

5. The ramus anastomoticus magnus, which ramifies 
about the knee-joint 

The femoral artery having reached the ham, is termed 
the popliteal, and here gives off the articular arteries. It 
then divides into the anterior and posterior tibial. 

The anterior tibial gives off, 

1. The recurrent. 

2. The internal malleolar. 

3. The external malleolar. 

4. The tarsal, 

5. The metatarsal. 

6. The dorsalis halicis. 

The posterior tibial divides into the fibular or peroneal, 
and the posterior tibial, properly so called. 

The peroneal divides into the anterior peroneal and 
posterior peroneal. 

The posterior tibial, properly so called, sends off, 

1. The nutritia tibia. 

2. Many small branches. 

3. The internal plantar. 

4. The external plantar, from which an arch is formed, 
that gives off the digitals of the toes. 

Arthani'ta. Cyclamen europmum. 

Arthe'ticus. Arthereticus. The same as 
Artkriticus. 

Arthoicum. Pannonium. A certain red 
oil, expressed from bread and herbs digested 
in dung. 

Arthre'mdolum. Arthefnbolus. An instru- 
ment for reducing luxated bones. 

Arthri'tica herba. Teucrium chamapitys, 
and other herbs. 

Arthri'tic. Arthri' licus. Pertaining to the 
gout. 

ARTHRI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from apdpov, a 
joint.) Morbus articularis. Gout. Inflam- 
mation of a joint. The ancients distinguished 
arthritis into four principal varieties, according 
to its seat : Chiragra, in the hand ; Podagra, 
in the feet (gout) ; Ischias, in the hip ; Gona- 
gra, in the knee. 

Arthritis arthrodynia. Rheumatism. — 
A. diapkragmatica. Angina pectoris. — A. hy- 
drarthros. Hydrarthrus. — A. planetica. A. 
vaga. Podagra. — A. verus. Gout. 

ARTHROCA'CE. A collection of matter 
within the cavity of a bone. Caries of the 
bones. 

ARTHRO'DIA. (a, a, f.; from apdpov, a 
74 



ART 

joint.) A connection of bones, in which the 
head of one is received into a superficial cavity, 
so as to admit of free motion in every direction, 
as the articulation of the head of the humerus 
with the glenoid cavity of the scapula. 

Arthrodium. A small joint. 

ARTHRODY'NIA. (a, a, f.; from apdpov, 
and oSvvn, pain.) The name given by Cullen 
to chronic rheumatism. — A. podagrica is gout. 

Arthro'mbole. From apdpov, and (3a?i,Xv, to 
cast.) Coaptation. The reduction of a dislo- 
cation or fracture. 

Arthron. A movable joint. 

Arthronalgia. Arthralgia. Arthrodynia. 

Arthro'ncus. (From apdpov, and oytcoc, a 
tumor.) The name given by Swediaur to the 
detached cartilaginous bodies which sometimes 
form within the knee-joint. 

Arthrophlogo'sis. (From apdpov, and <j>lo- 
yuatc, inflammation. ) Inflammation of a joint. 

ARTHROPUO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from apdpov, 
and ttvov, pus.) Arthropyosis. Suppuration 
in the cavity of a joint. 

Arthro'sia. (a, a, f.) Articular inflamma- 
tion. 

Arthrosia acuta. Rheumatism, acute. — 
A. chronica. Rheumatism, chronic. — A. lum- 
borum. Lumbago. — A. podagra. Gout. 

ARTHROSIS, (is, is, I; from apdpov.) 
Articulation. 

Arthrospongus. A sponge-like tumor of 
the joints. 

A'rtia. Aprta. April). The same as arte- 
ria; but especially the aspera arteria, or wind- 
pipe. 

Arti'calus. The artichoke. 

Artichoke. Artichoke, French. See Ci- 
nara scolymus. 

Artichoke, Jerusalem. See Hclianthus tu- 
bcrosus. 

ARTI'CULAR. (Articularis; from articu- 
lus, a joint.) Belonging to a joint; as, articular 
cartilages, articular arteries, &c. 

Articular arteries. Five branches of the 
popliteal artery given off" around the knee-joint. 
They anastomose freely, and cany sufficient 
blood to establish the circulation of the fore- 
leg, where the popliteal is tied for aneurism, 
&c. They are, 1. A superior external articular 
(Arteria articularis superior externa). 2. The 
superior internal articular (Art. arlicularit su- 
perior interna). These arise above the con- 
dyles of the femur. 3. The middle articular 
(Art. articularis media), distributed to the pos- 
terior capsular ligament and adipose matter. 
4. The inferior internal articular (Art. articu- 
laris inferior interna) ; and, 5. The inferior ex- 
ternal articular (Art. articularis inferior exter- 
na). The articular veins correspond with 
these. 

Articularis gena. Subcrurccus. A few 
detached muscular fibres, found under the cru- 
rams, and attached to the capsule of the knee- 
joint. 

Articularis morbus. Arthritis, or gout. 

Articula'ta. Articulated animals, as in- 
sects, worms, lobsters. 

ARTICULA'TION. (Articulatio, onis, f.; 
from articulus, a joint.) 1. In Physiology, the 
formation of distinct syllables by the organs of 



ARU 



ASA 



speech. 2. In Anatomy, the natural connection 
of one bone with another in the skeleton. 
Anatomists distinguish three kinds of articula- 
tion : the first they name Diarthrosis ; the sec- 
ond, Synarthrosis ; and the third, Symphysis ; 
which see, under their respective heads. 

Articulation, false. False joint. Where 
a fractured bone remains ununited, a false joint 
is produced. Operations have been performed 
to cause reunion even after years : they consist 
of cutting to the bones, destroying the articular 
surfaces, and establishing a union through the 
resulting inflammation. An extremely severe, 
and almost unjustifiable process. 

ARTICULA'TUS. Articulate; jointed. Ap- 
plied to objects which are formed of distinct 
pieces, united as if one piece grew out of an- 
other. 

ARTTCULUS. (us, i, m. ) A joint or artic- 
ulation. The phalanges of the fingers have 
also been called articuli. 

Artificial. Artificialis. Formed by art. 
ARTIFICIAL EYE. It is made of enamel 
beautifully colored, and is a shell of less than a 
hemisphere. It is applied under the eyelids, 
over the diseased ball. At first it produces 
considerable irritation, and can not be worn but 
for a few hours ; but, as the part hardens, it 
becomes easy, and the patient is capable of im- 
parting a slight motion to the shell. 

ARTIFICIAL TEETH. They are now made 
of enamel. The mode of insertion is various. 
They may be attached by gold or platinum 
wire, or a band, to sound teeth, or to a plate 
attached to the gums. The artificial tooth is 
also attached to a sound stump by means of a 
wedge of wood fitted into corresponding holes 
in the two. 

Arti'scus. A troch. 

ARTOCA'RPUS. (From aproc, bread, nap- 
7rof, fruit.) A genus of plants. — A. incisa is 
the bread-fruit tree. — A. integrifolia. The 
jack or jaca tree. The fruit of this tree is also 
used as food. — A. bcnghalcnsis. The fruit is 
preserved in salt, and used in cookery. 

Arto'meli. A cataplasm of bread and honey. 
— Galen. 

A'RUM. (urn, i, "n. Apov.) A genus of 
plants. Gynandria. Polyandria. Family, 
Aroideec.—A. coloCasia. Colocasia. This spe- 
cies is cultivated in the East Indies, Syria, 
Egypt, and the South of Europe. The leaves 
and root boiled in water are much used as food. 
— A. dracontium. See Dracontium pertusum. 
— A. dracunculus. A. polyphyllum. Dragon's- 
wort. This plant is extremely acrimonious; 
more so than the A. maculatum, with which, 
however, it agrees in its general properties, 
and, like it, becomes bland and nutritious by 
drying or boiling. — A. csculentum. Taro. The 
root is a pot-herb in the West Indies and else- 
where. — A. maculatum. Wake-robin. Arum 
of the Pharmacopoeias. Arum — acaule; foliis 
hastatis, integerrimis ; spadice clavato of Lin- 
nams. The root is the medicinal part of this 
plant. When recent, it is very acrimonious. 
When cut in slices, and applied to the skin, it 
has been known to produce blisters. This ac- 
rimony, however, is gradually lost by drying, 
and may be so far dissipated by the application 



of heat as to leave the root a bland, farinaceous 
aliment. The dose of the fresh root, gr. x. to 
3j. The dried root is inert. It has been used 
in rheumatism chiefly. — A. triphyllum. Indian 
turnip. Arum (U. S.) has the same properties 
as A- maculatum- — A. vcnenosum. A. segui- 
num. Caladium seguinum. 

ARUNDINA'CEUS. (From arundo, a reed.) 
Arundinaceous, or reed-like. 

Arundinaceje . A natural tribe of plants, of 
which the genus Arundo is the type. 

ARU'NDO. (o, inis, f.) A reed. A genus 
of plants. Triandria. Digynia. Graminew. 
— A. saccharifera. The sugar-cane. See Sac- 
charum officinale. — A. bambos. The bamboo 
plant. — A.phragmi'tes. The common reed has 
been used in syphilis, &c. , but there is no reason 
to believe that it possesses any medicinal activity. 
Arundo brachii major. The ulna. 
Arundo brachii minor. The radius. 
Arvi'na. Hog's lard. 

Artt^'no-epiglottide'us. Arytamo-epiglot- 
ticus. A muscle which runs on each side, from 
the arytamoid cartilage to the epiglottis. The 
use of the two muscles, which act together, is 
to draw the epiglottis directly downward upon 
the glottis dining the act of deglutition. 

ARYTENOID. (Arytmnoides; often improp- 
erly called arytcenoideus ; from apvraiva, a fun- 
nel, and Eidoc, shape.) Funnel-shaped; applied 
to two cartilages of the larynx, and also to the 
muscles, glands, &c., connected with these car- 
tilages. 

Arytjenoid cartilage. Cartilago aryt<c- 
noides. See Larynx. 

Aryt,enoide'us major. See Arytcenoideus 
transversus. 

Aryt.enoideus minor. See Arytmnoideus 
obliqnus. 

Arytjenoideus obliquus. A muscle of the 
glottis. Arytcenoideus minor of Douglas. It 
arises from the base of one arytamoid cartilage, 
and, crossing its fellow, is inserted near the tip 
of the opposite arytamoid cartilage. This mus- 
cle is occasionally wanting ; but when present, 
its use, in conjunction with its fellow, is to pull 
the arytamoid cartilages toward each other. 

Arytjenoideus transversus. An azygos, 
or single muscle of the glottis. Arytcenoideus 
major of Douglas. It arises from the side of one 
arytamoid cartilage, from near its articulation 
with the cricoid to near its tip. The fibers run 
across, and are inserted in the same manner 
into the other arytamoid cartilage. Its use is to 
shut the glottis, by bringing the two arytamoid 
cartilages, with their ligaments, nearer to each 
other. Both these are now often called the 
Arytjenoideus. 

Ary'thmus. Arrhythmns. Appvd/ioc. An 
irregular pulse. 

AS. The symbol for arsenic. 
As,orAssis. (is,is, m.) The Roman pound, 
which was divided into twelve equal parts, or 
ounces. 

Asa dulcis. Styrax benzoin. 
AsAFffiTiDA. See Ferula assafoetida. 
ASAGRjEA OFFICINALIS (Lindley). _ Me~ 
lanthacece. A Mexican plant which furnishes, 
with Veratrum sabadilla, a portion of the saba- 
dilla seeds of commerce. 

75 



ASC 

Asaphatum. See Saphatum. 

As aphi'a. (AoaQeia ; from a, neg., and oatyrjc, 
clear.) Defect of speech. 

Asarabacca. See Asarum europmum. 

Asarone. A'sarine. A species of crystalline 
etearoptene discovered in the Asarum europmum. 
It has an emetic quality. Form., C20H13O5. 

A'SARUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Dodecandria. Monogynia. — A. canadense. 
Wild ginger. The root resembles ginger in 
properties. It is the asarum of the U. S. Ph. — 
A. europmum-. Asarabacca. Its leaves are ac- 
rid, bitter, nauseous, and slightly aromatic. The 
root is extremely acrid. It loses much of its 
medicinal activity by drying. It was formerly 
used as an emetic, but is now seldom employed 
except as an errhine. It contains a principle 
called Asarone. 

Asarum hy.pocistus. Cytinus hypocistus. 

Asarum oil and camphor. These are ob- 
tained from the A. europmum. 

Ascalo'nia, or Ascalo'nium. The shallot. 

Ascaricida. Vernonia anthelmintica. 

Asca'rides. The plural of ascaris. 

A'SCARIS. (is, idis, f. ; from aoicapi£u, to 
leap. ) The name of a genus of intestinal worms. 
See Entosoa. 

ASCE'NDENS. (From ascendo, to ascend.) 
Adscendens. Ascending. Applied, in Anatomy, 
to various parts, as musculus obliquus ascendens 
and onobrycliis. 

Ascendens obliquus. See Obliquus internus 
abdominis. 

Ascending aorta. See Aorta, ascending. 

Asce'nsus. (us, us, m.) An ascent. This 
term has been applied, 1. In Pathology, to the 
increase of a disease. 2. Sublimation has been 
called distillatio per ascensum. 

Ascensus uteri. Hysteria. 

Ascesis. Exercise. 

A'scia, or Dola'bra. The spiral bandage, 
said to be so called from its having the shape of 
a hatchet when applied ; but this resemblance 
is not very obvious. 

Asci'dium. (urn, i, n. ; from aoicidiov, a small 
round bottle.) Hollow appendages formed by 
a leaf or other organ. 

ASCI'TES. Askitcs.' (es, a, m. ; aoKiTTjc; 
from aoKoc, uler, a bottle : so called from its 
bottle-like protuberance.) Hydrops utricula- 
rius. Dropsy of the belly within the periton- 
eum. 

Ascites is generally recognized with great 
facility. The symptoms are, swelling of the 
abdomen, coming on gradually, equable when 
the patient is upright or laid upon the back, and 
following the motions of the body by gravita- 
ting to the side toward which the patient leans. 
To the touch the swelling is somewhat tense ; 
and if one hand be placed on either side of the 
abdomen, and the opposite side be sharply 
struck with the other hand, a sense of fluctua- 
tion is communicated, which can hardly be mis- 
taken by an experienced observer. There is 
generally anasarca of the lower extremities and 
other parts of the body, the urine is commonly 
high colored and very scanty, the breathing is 
difficult, and those parts of the body which are 
not puffed up by watery infiltration are emacia- 
ted. 

76 



A SO 

The treatment of ascites is, on the whole, to 
be conducted as in dropsy. In the acute idio- 
pathic form of the disease, bleeding, purgatives, 
and other antiphlogistic means are required. 
When there are evident symptoms of peritoneal 
inflammation, local bleeding by leeches, and the 
application of blisters, are of manifest utility. 
In by far the greater number of cases, however, 
ascites presents itself as a chronic affection, con- 
nected with a shattered constitution, and too 
frequently with incurable disease of some im- 
portant viscus ; hence the prognosis is nearly 
always unfavorable. Diuretics, with hydragogue 
cathartics, are freely employed ; mercury as an 
alterative, and tonics, are also necessary. 

The blue pill, to produce a slight effect on 
the mouth, is very beneficial; and the combi- 
nation of this medicine with squill, digitalis, 
and other diuretics, is often found to increase 
their effect upon the kidneys. Tapping is em- 
ployed to alleviate the urgent symptoms of the 
distended abdomen, but it is only palliative ; it 
has sometimes been repeated 60 times and up- 
ward. 

The diet of dropsical patients should be nour- 
ishing, but light; and cooling and acidulated 
beverages may be safely allowed, notwithstand- 
ing a vulgar prejudice to the contrary. 

Asci'tic. Asciticus. Affected with ascites. 

ASCLEPIADA'CEjE. The asclepias tribe 
of dicotyledonous plants. Shrubs or herbaceous 
plants, with leaves opposite, alternate, or whorl- 
ed; corolla monopetakms, hypogynous; stamens 
inserted into the base of the corolla; ovaries 
two ; fruit one or two follicles. In this tribe 
the sexual apparatus is very peculiar. 

ASCLE'PIAS. (as, adis, f.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. — A. asthmatica. 
Cynanckum ipecacuanha. Coromandel ipecacu- 
anha is emetic and diaphoretic, and celebrated 
in asthma. — A. curassa'vica. Bastard ipecacu- 
anha. White ipecacuanha of St. Domingo. The 
leaves are emetic in the dose of 3j. or 9ij. 
The root is mixed with that of ipecacuanha, and 
possesses similar virtues, but in a less degree.— 
A. gigantea. The Mudar of the East. It has 
an acrid, milky juice, and is employed m cu- 
taneous diseases; a medicated oil is also used 
as a liniment in gout. The inner bark of the 
root is given in syphilis and tape-worm, in doses 
of gr. v., twice a day. — A. incarnata. (U. S.) 
It has pink flowers, and is veiy common ; the 
root is emetic and cathartic. — A. pseudosarsa. 
Syn. of Hemidesmus indicus. — A. syriaca. (U. 
S.) Apocynum syriacum. Syrian dog's-bane. 
Common silk-weed. The milky juice of thia 
plant is an acrid poison. Boiling appears to 
destroy the poison in the young shoots. The 
root is said to be useful jn asthmatic and other 
pulmonary affections; dose, 3J. of the dried bark, 
in the day. — A. tuberosa. (U. S.) Butterfly 
weed. Pleurisy root. The root of this species 
is diaphoretic and slightly purgative. It is said 
to be also expectorant and febrifuge. In Vir- 
ginia and the Carolinas it is used in pulmonary 
affections. — A. vincetoxicum. Swallow-wort. 
Vincetoxicum of the Pharmacopoeias. The root 
of this plant smells, when fresh, somewhat like 
valerian ; it has at first a sweet taste, succeed- 
ed by an unpleasant, sub-acrid bitterness. It 



ASP 

was formerly in esteem as an alexipharmic, and 
has had diuretic and deobstruent virtues attrib- 
uted to it ; but it is now very seldom used. 

Asco'ma. The eminence of the pubes. 

A'SCYRUM. («,i,n. Aanvpov.) 1. The 
Greek name of the herb St. Peter's wort. 

2. The name of a genus of plants of the fam- 
ily of the HypericecB. The species are natives 
of America. 

Asef. Albasef. Pemphigus. 

Asegon. Asegen. Asogen. Dragon's blood. 

Aselli. Asellus. The wood-louse. Onis- 
-cus aselli. 

Ash. See Fraxinus. 

Ash, bitter. Quassia. 

ASIATIC PILLS. Each pill contains about 
jjth of a grain of white oxide of arsenic, and 
somewhat more than half a grain of black pep- 
per. 

Asiaticum balsamum. Balm of Gilead. 

Asininum lac. Ass's milk. See Milk. 

ASI'TIA. (a, m, f. ; from a, priv., and atroc, 
food.) Loathing of food. 

Asius lapis. See Assius lapis. 

Asjogan. Asjagan. (Indian.) A tree grow- 
ing in Malabar and the East Indies, the juice of 
which is used against the colic. 

ASO'DES. (Aoudeg.) A fever accompanied 
with great internal heat, anxiety, nausea, and 
loathing of food — aaudeg nvp. 

Asp. See Net] a. 

ASPA'LATHUS. A thorny shrub. Cytisus 
lanigerus ? 

Aspa'kagin. A peculiar principle of the as- 
paragus. It exists, also, in the root of the liquor- 
ice and marshmallow, and in potatoes. It is 
crystallized in octahedrons of a white color, 
having a cool and slightly nauseous taste. 
They are soluble in hot water, but sparingly so 
in cold water, and not at all in alcohol. For- 
mula, CsHsNjjOe+SHO. It is also called aspar- 
amide, and is converted by bases into aspartic 
acid and ammonia. 

ASPA'RAGUS. (us, i, m. ; Aanapayog, a 
young shoot.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. 
Monogynia. Family, Asphodelece. — A. officina- 
lis. The root has been esteemed diuretic. 
The young shoots are an agreeable and whole- 
some article of diet. 

Aspa'sia. A constrictive application, con- 
sisting of wool soaked in infusion of galls, for 
the vagina. 

Aspen. See Populus tremula. 

As per. Rough. Applied to parts which are 
rough, as the linea aspcra of the thigh-bone. 

A'spera arteria. The windpipe. See 
Trachea. 

Asperifo'lius. Rough-leaved. 

Asperity. Asperitas. Roughness. 

Asperma'sia. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., and 
cirep/ia, seed.) Deficiency of semen. 

Aspermati'smus. (From a, priv., and dKEp- 
fia.) A reflux of the semen into the bladder, 
preventing its emission in coitu. It is the Dys- 
permatismus refluus of Sauvages. 

ASPE'RSION. Aspersio. Sprinkling. The 
sprinkling of the surface of the body, or any 
part of it, with a liquid or a powder. 

ASPE'RULA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Tetrandria. Monogynia. Rubiacew. — A. odo- 



ASP 

rata. Sweet woodruff. The plant has been 
recommended as a cordial, diuretic, deobstruent, 
and vulnerary. 

Aspha'ltias. ,Aa(j>aXTiac. Asphalitis, and 
Asphallilis. The last lumbar vertebra. 

ASPHA'LTUM. (urn, i, n. ; from aofalroc, 
bitumen.) A smooth, hard, brittle, black, or 
brown substance, which melts easily when 
heated, and, if pure, burns without residue. It 
is found in a soft or liquid state on the surface 
of the Dead Sea and the Island of Trinidad. It 
occurs, also, as a mineral production in various 
parts of Europe, Asia, and America. 

The Egyptians used asphaltum in embalming, 
under the name of mumia. It was used by the 
Babylonians instead of mortar for cementing 
bricks. Taken internally, asphaltum acts as a 
stimulant, but it is now hardly ever used unless 
as an ingredient in some plasters a»d ointments. 

A'sphodel. See Asphodelus. 

ASPHO'DELEiE. The asphodel or lily tribe 
of monocotyledonousplants. Herbaceous plants, 
with bulbs, occasionally arborescent, with leaves 
not articulated with the stem, parallel-veined ; 
flowers hexapetaloideous; stamens hypogynous; 
ovary supeiior ; fruit succulent, or dry and cap- 
sular. 

ASPHO'DELUS. (us, i, m. k^oSelog.) 
A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. 
Family, Asphodelece, or Liliacece. — A. ramosus. 
Branched asphodel, or king's spear. The bulb 
was formerly supposed to possess diuretic and 
emmenagogue virtues, and was applied locally 
to promote suppuration. It loses its acridity by 
boiling. 

ASPHY'XIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., and 
a<j>v!;tg, the pulse.) Asphyxia. This term prop- 
erly signifies absence of the pulse, but is usu- 
ally applied, in medical language, to that state 
in which the vital phenomena are suspended 
from some cause interrupting respiration, but 
in which life is not actually extinct. Dr. Mason 
Good divides asphyxia into four varieties : 

1. Asphyxia suffocationis. Asphyxia from 
suffocation, produced by hanging or drowning : 
countenance turgid and livid 

2. A. mephitica. Choke-damp; produced 
by inhaling carbonic acid, or some other irre 
spirable exhalation : countenance pallid. 

3. A. electrica. Electrical asphyxia; pro- 
duced by a stroke of lightning or electricity : 
Kmbs flexible, countenance pale, blood uncoag 
ulable. 

4. A.algida. Frost-bite asphyxia; produced 
by intense cold : limbs rigid, countenance pale 
and shriveled. 

In the first variety, from hanging or drown- 
ing, the immediate cause is suffocation, or a total 
obstruction to the breathing. The face is tur- 
gid with blood, and of a livid hue. The counte- 
nance has a semblance of apoplexy, as though 
there were congestion of blood in the head. 

The immediate cause of asphyxia is an occlu- 
sion of the larynx ; and where this is partial, 
some apoplectic symptoms are generally ob- 
servable. It is on this account that the face 
of those who die by hanging is more frequently 
turgid, and the muscles give proof of more con- 
vulsive action than the face of those who die 
by drowning. 

77 



ASP 

It is the same with persons who are exposed 
to the action of carbonic acid or other mephitic 
gases, so far diluted with respirable air as to 
render them incapable of destroying life in- 
stantly ; in which case, there has not only been 
sometimes a feeble prolongation of the circula- 
tion, but even stertorous breathing, and many 
other symptoms of apoplexy, of which we shall 
have to speak further under the next variety. 

Some of the narcotic poisons seem to act in a 
similar manner. Given in a full dose, they 
destroy life instantly; but when the dose is 
smaller, the circulation is continued feebly, and 
apoplectic symptoms ensue. 

How long the living principle may remain 
attached to the animal frame, so as to admit of 
the resuscitation of the individual, has not been 
ascertained with any degree of accuracy, even 
to the present time ; and there is very probably 
some diversity in this respect, according to the 
varying degree of irritability in different indi- 
viduals. 

It has been known, however, from a very 
early time, that torpitude from drowning may 
be induced and continue for some minutes with- 
out much danger ; but after 20 minutes recov- 
ery becomes rare, although persons have been 
resuscitated after three quarters of an hour and 
more. 

In the resuscitation of drowned persons, the 
two means on which we have principally to de- 
pend are the regulated application of warmth 
and artificial inflation of the lungs. The body 
should be quietly conveyed to a warm and dry 
place, where it should be stripped of its cloth- 
ing, wrapped in warm blankets, and placed on 
its back on a table, with the head, shoulders, 
and chest a little raised. The room should be 
very freely ventilated, and all persons whose 
attendance is unnecessary excluded. Blankets 
wrung out in very hot water should be placed 
over the trunk, especially the stomach, and bot- 
tles of hot water applied to the feet. It is ne- 
cessary, however, to be cautious in the applica- 
tion of heat, since, if too suddenly applied, or in 
too high a degree, it will immediately destroy 
the feeble vitality which remains. A restoration 
of the action of the lungs is, however, the most 
important object of all. The manner of accom- 

Slishing this has been very accurately described 
y Dr. Currie as follows : " While an assistant 
sustains the wooden tube (into which a common 
pair of bellows can be made by the assistance 
of a strip of linen,- ribbon, or tape, to fit accu- 
rately) in one nostril, and stops the other nostril 
with his left hand, and with his right hand ac- 
curately closes the mouth, another assistant 
(who ought to be placed on the opposite or left 
hand of the body) is, with his right hand, to 
press backward, and draw gently downward 
toward the chest, the upper end of the wind- 
pipe, that part which lies a little below the 
chin, and which, from its prominence in men, is 
vulgarly called Adam's apple; by doing this, 
the gullet or passage to the stomach will be com- 
pletely stopped up, while the windpipe will be 
rendered more open, to let the air pass freely 
into the lungs. The left hand of this second 
assistant is to be spread lightly over the pit of 
the stomach, ready to compress the chest, and 
78 



ASP 

expel the air again as soon as the lungs have 
been moderately filled ; the first assistant un- 
stopping the mouth or nostril at the same time, 
to let the air escape. The operation is to be 
conducted in a regular and steady manner, 
either until natural respiration begins, or until 
this and the other measures recommended have 
been persisted in for at least six hours, without 
any appearance of returning life." Nothing ap- 
proaching violence should be used, as the tissue 
of the lungs will be ruptured thereby. 

Oxygen and protoxide of nitrogen have been 
recommended in place of air, but the means of 
obtaining them are not always at hand. 

In addition to the means already stated, the 
surface of the body may be rubbed with am- 
moniacal or other stimulating liquids. Stimu- 
lating injections, containing ammonia, and bran- 
dy, or other spirits, have often been introduced 
with success into the rectum, and will be found 
most beneficial when administered moderately 
warm. It is also advisable to convey some cor- 
dial, volatile alkali, or the compound spirit. of 
lavender into the stomach by means of a canula. 

Venesection, and especially that of the jugu- 
lar vein, has been strenuously recommended; 
and wherever there is reason to believe that 
the drowning has followed upon a sudden fit 
of apoplexy, the recommendation is rational 
enough, provided it can be practiced with effect. 
But commonly the blood will not flow. 

Returning life is usually first discoverable by 
the symptoms of sighing, gasping, twitching, or 
subsultus, and slight pulsation of the heart; in 
effect, by a weak or clonic action in most of the 
organs. 

The general principles of the remedial treat- 
ment here recommended apply to most of the 
other varieties of asphyxia, or suspended anima- 
tion. We may observe, however, that in at- 
tempting the recovery of those who have been 
hanged, and particularly those who have inex- 
pertly hanged themselves, bleeding from the 
jugular veins may be more frequently found 
necessary than in the drowned. 

In asphyxia from inhalation of irrespirable 
gases, death, in many cases, takes place instan- 
taneously ; and, consequently, the countenance, 
as well as the general surface of the body, is 
pale. Yet, as the gas is often in some degree 
diluted with atmospheric air, the circulation, 
and even the breathing, are occasionally continu- 
ed for some time in a feeble and imperfect man- 
ner, and the asphyxia is united with symptoms 
of apoplexy, or genuine apoplexy takes place 
in its stead. 

The gases that are found most fatal are the 
carbonic acid, and several which are thrown 
forth from putrefying animal and vegetable 
substances, and especially from cemeteries. 

The most common source of injury is car- 
bonic acid, which is found in close rooms where 
charcoal has been burned, over fermenting vats 
or wells, and in many natural cavities of the 
earth. As it will not support flame, the com- 
mon and easiest test, where it is suspected to 
exist, is that of a lighted candle, which is well 
known to be extinguished immediately if this 
gas be present in a quantity sufficient to be in- 
jurious to respiration. 



A S P 

The patient, if any degree of sensibility re- 
main, should, in this variety of asphyxia, be 
freely exposed to the open air, histead of a 
heated atmosphere, as in the preceding ; and, 
if he can swallow, moderately stimulating 
drinks may be given. If insensible, cold water 
should be dashed on the face, aromatic vinegar 
applied to the nostrils, and stimulating clysters 
injected, as recommended under the first vari- 
ety. The lungs should be artificially inflated. 

A proper use of voltaic or magnetic electricity 
is also, in many instances, found highly ser- 
viceable. The fluid should be transmitted 
along the course of the nerves, as from the 
phrenic nerve in the neck, toward the dia- 
phragm, or from the pneumogastric and great 
sympathetic nerves, immediately under the 
Bterno-mastoid muscle, where they lie in a 
common sheath. In Dr. Babington's case, the 
application of voltaic electricity surpiisingly in- 
creased the power of the muscles of respiration, 
but appeared rather to diminish the action of 
the heart. It was hence used alternately with 
a forcible inhalation of oxygen gas and various 
external stimulants. Venesection was tried, 
but does not seem to have been beneficial. 
The man recovered in a few days. 

In the third, or electric variety, the system 
appears to be suddenly exhausted of all its 
nervous power. The mode in which the elec- 
tricity is communicated is of little importance ; 
for, if sufficiently powerful for the purpose, real 
or apparent death is instantaneously produced, 
whether the stroke flow from lightning, an elec- 
tric battery, or a voltaic trough, and every or- 
gan is equally exhausted of its vital power. 

The shock of lightning destroys the contrac- 
tility of the muscles, and renders the blood 
loose and uncoagulable. 

The general principle of medical treatment 
has been laid down under the first variety. 
Stimulants of the most active kind should be 
resorted to without loss of time ; but, of all stim- 
ulants, that of electricity or voltaism seems to 
be specially called for in the present modifica- 
tion of asphyxia. 

In frost-bite asphyxia, or that produced by 
intense cold, the limbs are rigid, and the coun- 
tenance pale and shriveled. This variety is 
always preceded by an insurmountable desire 
to sleep, which the utmost exertion of the will 
is unable to counteract. The sleep, in most 
cases, terminates in death. 

In applying remedial means to this modifica- 
tion of asphyxia, great caution is necessary re- 
specting the employment of warmth. In this 
last case, commence by immersing the body for 
a few minutes in a bath of cold sea-water or 
salted water, at the same time that the lungs 
are inflated with air moderately warm, and the 
stomach and rectum excited by gentle stimu- 
lants. After a short immersion in sea-water, 
the body should be taken out, wiped perfectly 
dry, laid in flannel in a moderately warm room, 
and submitted to the friction of warm hands. 

Asphyxia idiopathica. Fatal syncope from 
relaxation of the heart. 

Asphyxia, local. Gangrene. 

Asphyxia neonatorum. Asphyxia of new- 
born infants. This name has been unnecessari- 



ASS 

ly given to defect of respiration in children just 
born, which may arise from various mechanical 
and physiological causes. 

Asphyxiated. In a state of asphyxia or suf- 
focation. 

Aspidi'scus. AomtiiCKog. The sphincter 
ani. 

ASPI'DIUM. (mot, i, n. ; from aomc, a 
shield.) A genus of plants. Cryptogamia. 
Filices. — A. coriaceum. Calagualae radix. — A. 
filix mas. The male fern, or polypody. The 
root of this plant has been greatly celebrated 
for its effects upon the tcenia, or broad tape- 
worm. Dose, 3ij. to 3 iij . , in powder, followed 
by a cathartic. 

Aspiration. Aspiration. Inspiration; im- 
bibition. 

ASPLE'NIUM. (mot, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Cryptogamia. Filices. — A. adia'n- 
tum nigrum. Leek fern. Black maidenhair. 
This is used as an astringent and pectoral. — 
A. ce'tcrach. Spleen-wort. Miltwaste. A. 
officinarum. It has a mucilaginous, roughish 
taste, and has been recommended in diseases 
of the chest, and in nephritic and calculous 
cases. — A. hemioni'lis. Hemionitis. Mule's- 
fern. Used with the same intentions as the 
Scolopendrium vulgare. — A. murale. Wall-rue. 
Tent-wort. A. ruta muraria. It has been 
supposed by some to possess specific virtues in 
the cure of ulcers of the lungs, and is exhibited 
in the form of decoction. — A. officinarum. See 
Asplenium ceterach. — A. ruta muraria. See 
Asplenium murale. — A. scolopendrium. See Sco- 
lopendrium vulgare. — A. tricho' 'manes. The 
common maiden hair or spleen-wort. Tricho- 
manes of the Pharmacopoeias. The leaves of 
this plant have a mucilaginous, sweetish, sub- 
astringent taste, without any particular flavor; 
they have been esteemed as an expectorant and 
deobstruent. 

Aspredo. Trachoma. 

Aspredo miliacea. Miliary fever. 

Aspre'lla. Equisetum majus. 

Assa dulcis. Benzoin. 

Ass's milk. See Milk, ass's. 

ASSAFCETIDA. See Ferula assafcetida. 

A'ssala. The nutmeg. 

Assarabacca. See Asarum europceum. 

Ass a'rius . A Eoman weight of two drachms. 

Assarthrosis. Articulation. 

ASSAY. An operation, the object of which 
is to determine the quantity of valuable metal 
contained in any mineral or metallic mixture. 

Asserac An intoxicating preparation used 
by the Eastern nations. It is made with opium, 
or with the cannabis sativa. 

Assidens. Accompanying. 

Asside'ntia signa. Accessory symptoms. 

ASSIMILATION. {Assimilatio, onis, ■ f. ; 
from assimilo, to make like to.) Assimilation. 
The conversion of nutritious matter into the 
proper organic substance of the different text- 
ures of the animal body. The term is synony- 
mous with nutrition. 

Assiste'ntes gla'ndulje. The lobes of the 
prostate gland have been so called. 

Associated movement. Consensual move- 
ments. Movements which, without our cogni- 
zance, accompany voluntary exertions. 

79 



AST 

Assodes. See Asodes. 

Assula. A splint. 

A'STACUS. (us, i, m.) The name of a 
genus of shell-fish. — A. jluviatilis. The offici- 
nal crevis, or cray-fish. See Cancer astacus. — 
A. marinus. The lobster. See Cancer gam- 
in arus. 

Astakillos. A malignant ulcer of the foot. 

Astasia. Uneasiness. 

A'static. Where the magnetic direction of 
one needle is neutralized by another, so that 
the two stand in any position, and not constant- 
ly north and south. 

Astera'ntium. Anthemis pyrethrum. 

Aste'ria. Aslerias. Astroites. Astrios. A 
stone to which the ancients attributed imagin- 
ary virtues. 

Aste'ricum. See Anthemis pyrethrum. 

ASTHE'NIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., and 
cBevog, strength.) Debility. 

Asthenia deglutitionis, Paralysis of the 
pharynx. 

Asthenia pectoralis. Angina pectoris. 

Asthenia suffocationis. Asphyxia. 

ASTHENIC. Weak: of debility; there- 
verse of sthenic. It is used extensively as a 
term to qualify disease. 

Asthenopia. Weak-sighted. 

A'STHMA. (a, atis, neut. Aad/xa; from 
aodfiafa, to breathe with difficulty.) Asthma 
■spasticum adultorum. A. seniorum. A. con- 
vulsivum. A. intermittens. A. chronicum. A 
disease characterized by difficulty of breathing, 
recurring in paroxysms, accompanied with a 
wheezing sound, cough, and sense of constric- 
tion in the chest, and terminating in expectora- 
tion more or less copious. Asthma is more fre- 
quently met with at an advanced age than at 
an early period of life : it seldom appears in 
infancy or youth. 

The paroxysm of asthma is very generally 
preceded by languor, flatulency, headache, 
heaviness over the eyes, sickness, pale urine, 
disturbed rest, and sense of oppression about 
the praecordia. The accession usually happens 
about the middle of the night, and during the 
first and deepest sleep : the cause of this it 
would be difficult to explain. 

In many instances there is an ineffectual ef- 
fort to spit, with a harsh and dry cough that 
brings up nothing but a little frothy mucus dur- 
ing the whole of the paroxysm. In such cases 
the fit is seldom of long duration, and often 
subsides in two or three hours. In other in- 
t stances the cough is violent and suffocative; 
and when it has lasted for an hour or two, an 
expectoration of tough viscid mucus commen- 
ces, which gradually becomes copious and af- 
fords relief. It is occasionally mixed with 
blood from the severity of the struggle, and, 
when this occurs, it tends the more effectually 
to unload the bronchial vessels, and alleviate 
the symptoms. 

It is often, however, many hours before the 
severity of the paroxysm is very sensibly di- 
minished: the patient generally feels some 
degree of constriction during the whole of the 
ensuing day, and is fortunate if the next night 
be passed without a return of the fit. The ten- 
dency to such returns usually continues for 
80 



AST 

several nights ; in severe cases, for a week or a 
fortnight. The paroxysms are rarely fatal, but 
the disease induces organic affections, which 
may become so. 

The ordinary seat of the asthmatic spasm is 
in the bronchial tubes. At the same time, the 
muscles of the larynx may, in some instances, 
become involved in the morbid action, or that, 
in cases of extreme severity, the external mus- 
cles of respiration, overpowered by ineffectual 
exertion, may participate in the spasm instead 
of opposing it ; but this is evidently a state of 
things which could not endure long without 
occasioning death. The pneumogastric nerve 
is undoubtedly implicated, if not the cause of 
the disease in many cases. 

The copious expectoration which occurs in 
one kind of asthma, and the absence or small 
degree of this excretion in the other, has occa- 
sioned the division of asthma, both in popular 
language and in systems of nosology, into dry 
and humid, under which heads we shall con- 
sider it in the present article. 

1. Asthma siccum : dry asthma ; nervous 
asthma. 

2. Asthma humidum: humid asthma; com- 
mon asthma. 

Asthma siccum. Paroxysm sudden, violent, 
and of short duration ; cough slight ; expecto- 
ration scanty, only appearing toward the close 
of the fit, or, in some instances, altogether ab- 
sent. 

This is the proper convulsive or nervous 
asthma of Willis, Hoffman, Floyer, and Aken- 
side. Dr. Mason Good makes five varieties of 
dry asthma. 

a. Simplex. Simple nervous asthma. With- 
out any obvious cause, or connection with any 
other affection. 

/8. Metastaticum. From retropulsion of some 
acrid humor from the surface of the body. 

y. Phlegmaticum. From repelled oedema of 
the extremities in phlegmatic or cachectic hab- 
its, with a scanty secretion of urine. 

6. Vaporosum. From inhaled fumes of met- 
als, especially of lead and arsenic ; of sulphur, 
charcoal, nitric acid, and other deleterious sub- 
stances. 

e. Organicum. From organic derangement 
of the walls or contents of the chest. 

Asthma humidum. Attack gradual. Parox- 
ysm ingravescent and protracted; cough se- 
vere ; expectoration commencing early ; at first 
scanty and viscid, afterward copious and afford- 
ing great relief. 

This species, like the preceding, generally 
appears without any obvious cause or marked 
connection with any other disorder. In some 
cases, however, it seems to be connected with 
plethora, and a loaded state of the pulmonary 
vessels. In other instances, as in old age, or 
after long-continued and repeated catarrhs, it is 
accompanied with, and perhaps excited by. an 
excess of mucus flowing from a weakened and 
relaxed state of the mucous glands of the bron 
chiffi. Dr. Good has three varieties : 

a. Simplex. Simple humid asthma. Without 
any manifest cause, or combination with any 
other affection. 

j3. Plethoricum. From plethora, or the sup- 



AST 

pression of some accustomed sanguineous evac- 
uation. 

y. Atonicum. From local atony. From a 
debilitated and relaxed condition of the excre- 
tories of the air-ves3els, as a consequence of 
chronic and neglected catarrhs, or of old age. 

In the treatment of asthma, our attention 
should be directed to the paroxysm itself, and 
to the state of the constitution during the inter- 
vals of the paroxysms. 

Bleeding. — When there is much general 
plethora, inflammatory action in any important 
organ, or great embarrassment of the pulmonary 
circulation occasioning congestion in the brain, 
the propriety of venesection, under proper lim- 
itations, is sufficiently obvious. 

Purgatives, except in as far as they may be 
needful to keep the bowels regularly open, have 
seldom proved beneficial. Emetics, especially 
ipecacuanha, have been highly extolled by 
many writers, but overrated. 

Sir John Floyer is said to have found great 
benefit in his own case from the use of very 
strong coffee. 

Narcotics and antispasmodics, given alone, 
have rarely been attended with any decided 
advantage. They have occasionally afforded 
relief in the diy asthma, but have little effect in 
the humid ; they should be combined with di- 
aphoretics, as in Dover's powder, which is some- 
times followed by a moisture over the whole 
surface of the body, and a corresponding abate- 
ment of the internal spasm. This state of gentle 
diaphoresis, however induced, is always favor- 
able. Antispasmodics, as musk, castor, valerian, 
camphor, and the fetid gums, may perhaps be 
employed successfully; and they acquire ad- 
ditional efficacy from a union with diaphoret- 
ics, as the neutral salts, and small doses of ipe- 
cacuanha, or antimonial powder. 

The hyoscyamus has often succeeded as a nar- 
cotic where opium has failed, but should not 
be trusted to by itself. Camphor is much es- 
teemed. 

Where the urine is small in quantity, and of 
a pale hue, and particularly where the disease 
is connected with a pituitous or phlegmatic 
habit, diuretics have been found unquestionably 
serviceable. 

The fetid gums, which combine an expec- 
torant with an antispasmodic power, have been 
much employed, especially ammoniacum and 
asafcetida; both these should be combined with 
saline medicines. Squill and ipecacuanha, com- 
bined in small and frequently-repeated doses, 
will generally be found more efficacious than 
any other expectorant, and their efficacy will 
often be increased by the addition of a minute 
quantity of the blue pill, especially in cases 
where the abdominal secretions are in a disor- 
dered state. 

Acids, especially nitric acid, gtt. vj., combined 
with squill and hyoscyamus, have been found to 
give great relief. Smoking tobacco, and espe- 
cially stramonium leaves, is often useful. 

Within the last few years a new anti-asthmatic 
remedy has sprung up in the lobelia injlata : in 
some cases it has doubtless afforded almost im- 
mediate relief, but it fails much more frequently 
than it succeeds. It is given in the form of a 
F 



AST 

• 

saturated tincture of the leave;*, in doses of from 
3ss. to 3VJ- 

The general treatment is to be conducted 
with a view of establishing a healthy tone ; if 
the disease be associated with plethora, gout, 
or a nervous diathesis, appropriate medicines 
are to be employed; these , have reference, 
chiefly, to diet, regular exercise, and habits. 

It can not bo too strongly inculcated, that 
there is no disorder in which a careful regula- 
tion of the ordinary habits of the patient is of 
more avail than in asthma. An exact temper- 
ance in diet, an undeviating regularity in the 
hours of rising, taking food and exercise, and 
going to rest, and residence in a locality which 
is found by experience to be salubrious to the 
individual, have often produced a marked im- 
provement, if not a complete cure, in cases on 
which half the materia medica had been ex- 
hausted. 

Asthma acutum. A. spasticum infantum. 
A. spasmodicum infantum. A. Koppian. A. 
Millar's. A. thymicum. A. thymic. Spas- 
modic croup. See Laryngismus stridulus. 

Asthma acreum. A. emphysematicum. Pneu- 
mothorax. 

Asthma arthriticum. A. convulsivum. A. 
diaphragmaticum. A. dolorificum. Angina 
pectoris. 

Asthma cardiac. Dyspnoea, dependent on 
disease of the heart. 

Asthma gypseum. A. montanum. A. put- 
verulenlum. Asthma arising from particles of 
dust irritating the air-passages ; the asthma of 
bakers, millers, &c. 

Asthma infantum. Croup. • 

Asthma nocturnum. The nightmare. 

Asthma uteri. Hysteria. — Van Helmont. 

Asthmatic. Broken-winded; subject to asth- 
ma. 

A'stites. The lobes of the prostate gland. 

A'stomus. (Aorofioc; from a, priv., and 
orofia, a mouth.) Without a mouth. 

ASTRA'GALUS. (us, i,m.) 1. Astragalus 
os, the ankle-bone ; a bone of the tarsus, upon 
which the tibia moves. It is placed at the up- 
per and back part of the tarsus, and its superior 
surface presents a large smooth head for articu- 
lation with the distal ends of the tibia and fibula. 
The ankle-joint which is thus formed is a com- 
plete ginglymus, or hinge-joint. 

2. In Botany, a genus of leguminous plants. 
Diadclphia. Decandria. 

Astragalus exscapus. Stemless milk-vetch. 
The root of this plant is said to cure confirmed 
syphilis. 

Astragalus tragaca'ntha. This species 
was supposed to be the plant that afforded the 
gum called tragacanth. See Astragalus vents. 

Astragalus verus. Goat's thorn; milk- 
vetch. Astragalus aculeatus. The gum-trag- 
acanth is derived principally from the Astragalus 
verus, but in part, also, from the A. gummifera 
and A. creticus. Gum-tragacanth, or gum-dra- 
gant, or dragon, exudes spontaneously from the 
plant in summer. The best is white, semi- 
transparent, dry, yet somewhat soft to the touch. 

Put into water, it slowly imbibes a great 
quantity of the liquid, swells to a large volume, 
and forms a soft, but not fluid mucilage ; if more 

81 



AT C 

■water be added, a fluid solution may be obtain- 
ed by agitation, but the liquid looks turbid and 
whey-like. Tragacanth contains 40 to 50 per 
cent, of bassorin. 

Tragacanth is usually preferred to the other 
gums for making up troches, and other like 
purposes, and is, perhaps, superior as a demul- 
cent to gum-arabic. 

ASTRA'NTIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Class, Pentandria. Order, Digynia. — A. ma- 
jor. Astrantia nigra. Astrantia vulgaris. 
Black master-wort. The root of this plant is 
acrid, and was formerly employed as a purga- 
tive. The Imperatoria ostruthium has been 
called astrantia. 

Astricta alvus. Costiveness of the bowels. 
Astriction. Astrictio. Constringent; the 
action of an astringent. The corrugation and 
contraction produced by astringents. 
Astricto'rius. Astringent; styptic. 
ASTRI'NGENT. {Astringent; from aslrin- 
go, to constringe.) An astringent medicine is 
one which, when applied to the body, renders 
the solids denser and firmer, by contracting 
their fibres. Astringents serve to diminish ex- 
cessive discharges ; and, by condensing relaxed 
parts, act indirectly as tonics. The substances 
of this class are, the mineral acids, alum, lime- 
water, and several preparations of copper, zinc, 
iron, lead, creasote, and nitrate of silver. A 
great variety of vegetable substances possess as- 
tringent properties, which they probably owe to 
the presence of tannin, as oak bark, galls, cate- 
chu, kino, krameria, logwood, red Sander's 
wood, the rosa gallica, uva ursi, tormentil ; these 
are the pure astringents. 

Astringent principle. Tannin or tannic 
acid. 

Astringents. Aslringcntia. See Astringent. 
A'strion. The astragalus. 
Astroboli'smus. ( Atrrpofio/lio/ioc.) Apo- 
plexy, or sudden paralysis. 
Astrologia. Astrology. 
Astrum duplicatum. A medicine composed 
of the tinctures of antimony and coral, essence 
of amber and musk. Great cordial virtues were 
attributed to it. 

Astysia. Asynodia. Impotence. 
Asuoli. Soot. Ink. 
Atac Talc. Nitre. 

A'tavism. When an hereditary affection is 
lost in one generation and reappears in the 
next. 

ATA'XIA. (a, a, f. ; from a, neg., and ran- 
au, to order.) Want of regularity. Applied to 
the course or symptoms ot a disease, or to the 
functions of the animal body. Sydenham uses 
the term ataxia spirituum to signify commotion 
of the nervous system. It has been most gen- 
erally used by recent writers to denote that 
state ofcthe nervous system which accompanies 
nervous fever. 

Ata'xic Ataxicus. Ara«rof. In a state 
of ataxia. Ataxic fever means nervous fever. 
A low state. 

ATA'XO-ADYNA'MIC. (Ataxo-adynami- 
cus ; from arat-ia, disorder, and advvafiia, de- 
bility.) A term applied by the French to ty- 
phus fever — -fievre ataxo-adynamique. 

Atchar. A condiment used in India, con- 
82 



AT L 

sisting of various green fruits, garlic, ginger 
mustard, and pimenta, pickled in vinegar. 

Ate'cma. Ate'cnia. (From a, priv.. and 
tekvov, a child.) Anaphrodisia. Sterility. 

Atelectasis pulmonum. Imperfect dilata- 
tion of the lungs at birth. 

A'TELES. kreljje. Imperfect; defective. 

Atelo. From Ateles. With this prefix is 
compounded many words signifying an absence 
or defect of a part; as — Atelocheilia, malfor- 
mation of the hps — Atcloencephalia, imperfect 
brain — Atelognathia, imperfect jaws — Atelomy- 
elia, imperfect spinal marrow — Ateloprosopia, 
imperfect development of the face — Atelosto 
mia, imperfect mouth. 

Ater succus. Black bile. 

ATHAMA'NTA. (a,a,f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Digynia. Umlelliferce. — A. cre- 
tensis. Candy carrot. Daucus creticus of the 
Pharmacopoeias. The seeds have an aromatic 
smell, and a slightly pungent flavor, and have 
been employed as carminatives and diuretics. 
— A. meum. jEthusa meum. — A. oreoseli'num. 
Black mountain parsley. The officinal oreose- 
linum. An extract and tincture prepared from 
the root were said to be attenuant, aperient, de- 
obstruent, and lithontriptic. The oil obtained 
by distillation from the seed was esteemed as 
a remedy for the toothache. 

Athama'nticubt. ^thusa meum. 

ATHANA'SIA. (a, a, f. ; kdavaaia, immor- 
tality.) A name given to tansy ; also, to several 
medicines. 

Athanor. Athonor. An old kind of fur- 
nace. 

AthelasThus. Unable to suckle. 

Athelsis. Suckling. 

Athe'na. Adnva. A compound plaster in 
much repute among the ancients. 

Athenato'nium. A glass cover for a cucurbit. 

Athenio'nis catapo'tium. The name of a 
pill, composed of myrrh, pepper, castor, and 
opium. Celsus recommends it against a cough. 

Atheni'ppum. Diasmyrnes. Evuoec. An 
ancient collyrium, described by Scribonius 
Largus. 

Athera. Athara. Pulse ; pap ; also, a lin- 
iment. . 

ATHERO'MA. («, atis, n. A8epu/ia, or 
adnpupa; from aOapa, pulse or pap.) An en- 
cysted tumor that contains a substance of a 
pulpy consistence, as molluscum. 

Atheromatous. Atheromatodes. The ad- 
jective derived from atheroma ; thus, we say an 
atheromatous tumor. Beclard observes that the 
substance of these tumors is sebaceous, the 
cysts being distended follicles. 

ATHLETIC. {Athleticus; from aBloe, a 
contest.) Individuals in whom the muscular 
system is highly developed are said to be ath- 
letic. 

ATHY'MIA. («, ce, f. ; from a, neg., and 
■&v/iog, courage.) Despondency or melancholy. 

Atincar, or Atinkar. Borax. 

A'TLAS. Atlantion. Atloid. (From a, in 
tensive, and r"kau, to sustain.) The name of 
the first vertebra. This vertebra has a small 
arch instead of a body, and little or no spinous 
process, but a very large ring. In the fresh 
subject this is partially filled up so as to cor- 



ATO 

respond with the rest of the spinal canal, by 
the odontoid process of the second vertebra. It 
is articulated above with the condyles of the oc- 
cipital bone ( atloido-occipital articulation) ; 
and below, by the oblique processes, with the 
dentata (atloido-axoid articulation). The nod- 
ding motions of the head are performed between 
the occipital bone and the atlas; the rotatory 
motions, between the atlas and dentata. 

Atloido-axoid ligaments. Two bgaments 
passing between the atlas and axis, or dentata. 

Atle. The tamarisk — Prosper Alpinus. 

Atmidia'trice. Atmiatria. (From ar/xic, 
vapor, and tarpiKn, with rexvn understood, the 
medical art. ) The art of curing diseases by ex- 
posure of the body to the action of vapors. 

Atmisterion. A vapor -bath. 

Atmo'meter, or Atmido'meter. (From ar- 
fioc, or arfiic, a vapor, and [icrpov, a measure.) 
An instrument for measuring the quantity of 
vapor exhaled from a humid surface in a given 
time. 

A'TMOSPHERE. (Almosphera, a, f. ; from 
dTfioc, vapor, and a<paipa, a globe.) The elastic 
gases and vapor which surround the earth. It 
extends some 45 miles upward; consists of- 
nitrogen, 79 parts ; oxygen, 21 per cent. ; with 
about puVo tb of carbonic acid ; the quantity of 
vapor of water depends upon the temperature, 
being most in warm weather. The atmosphere 
exerts a pressure at the surface of the earth of 
15 lbs. on the square inch, but this diminishes 
rapidly as we ascend elevations. It is because 
of this pressure that fluids boil at a fixed tem- 
perature, mercury stands at 30 inches in the 
barometer, &c . A diminution of pressure would 
much derange the circulation. 

Atmospheres. An expression in physical 
Bcience to indicate the pressure under which a 
gas or vapor is condensed. Each atmosphere 
is a pressure of 15 pounds on the square inch, 
or 30 inches of. mercury. They are enumera- 
ted by the ordinary numbers. 

ATO'CIA. (From aroKOf, barren.) Sterility. 

Ato'cium. (Same etymon.) A name that 
has been given to the Lychnis sylvestris; be- 
cause, as it is said, the flowers often bear no seed. 

Ato'lmia. (a, neg., and rolpa, confidence.) 
Despondency ; want of confidence. 

A'TOM. (Atomus, i, m., arofioc; from a, 
neg., and refivu, to cut or divide.) Synony- 
mous with equivalent. The smallest or ulti- 
mate particles of which material bodies are- 
composed are called atoms; of these larger 
portions of matter are composed, and between 
them the actions of attraction and repulsion, 
whereby the condition of bodies is changed, 
may be supposed to take place. This view of 
the constitution of bodies has given rise to the 
atomic theory. — A., compound, or component. 
An atom which contains two or more element- 
ary atoms. — -A., elementary. The atom of a 
substance which has not been decomposed. — 
A., organic. The atoms of substances which 
are found in organic bodies, or are obtained 
from them by various processes. — A., primary. 
The same with elementary atoms. — Atomic 
theory. See Combination, chemical. 

Ato'nia palpebrarum. Falling down of 
the upper eyelids. See Ptosis. 



ATE 

ATO'NIC. (Atonicus; from arovia, weak 
ness.) Deficient in tone ; weak. 

A'TONY. (Atonia, ce, f., arovia; from a, 
neg., and reivu, to extend.) Deficiency of 
tone ; weakness ; properly, of muscular organs, 
to the healthy state of which a certain tone or 
tension of their fibres has been supposed neces- 
sary ; but the term is now applied to debility 
of any kind. 

A'TRA BI'LIS. (xoItj pelaiva.) Black 
bile. A fluid imagined by the ancients, but 
which has no real existence. A redundance 
produced melancholia. 

Atrabilia'ri^: arte'ri^:. The arteries which 
supply the supra-renal glands. 

Atrabiliari^; cap's ulje. The supra-renal 
glands or capsules. 

Atrabiliarije ven.se . The veins which sup 
ply the supra-renal glands. 

Atrabi'liary. Atrabilious. Atrabiliosus. 
(Atrabiliarius ; from atra bills.) Appertaining 
to black bile. 

Atrabiliary temperament. The melan- 
cholic and hypochondriac temperament. 

Atrachelocephalus. A monster without 
neck. 

Atrache'lus. (From a, priv., and rpaxv 
"koc, the neck.) Short-necked. 

ATRA'CTYLIS. The distaff thistle. A ge- 
nus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia aqua 
lis. Composite. — A. gummi'fera.' Gummy 
rooted atractylis; pine thistle. The root 
abounds with a gummy matter, which exudes 
when it is wounded. The root and tops of the 
flower-stalks, boiled and dressed with oil, are 
used as food. The gummy matter is said to be 
chewed for the purpose of strengthening the 
gums. 

Atrage'ne. A name of the Clematis vitalba. 

Atrame'ntum. (urn, i, n.) Ink; also, black- 
ing, copperas or vitriol, and the black fluid se- 
creted by the cuttle-fisb. 

Atramentum sutorium. Sulphate of iron. 

Atramentum sympatheticum. See Ink, 
sympathetic. 

Atrapha'xis. Arpa<j>a!;ic. Atriplex. 

ATRE'SIA. Atretismus. (From a, neg., 
and rirpn/u, to perforate.) Imperforation. Ab- 
sence of the natural opening of any canal or 
cavity, owing to congenital malformation or oc- 
clusion of the same from disease or injury. 

Atre'tus. One who has an imperforate 
anus or genitals. 

Atrices. Altrices. Small tumors about the 
anus, as hemorrhoids or condylomata. 

A'trici. Small sinuses in the vicinity of the 
anus, which do not penetrate into the cavity of 
the rectum. 

A'TRIPLEX. (ex, ids, f. Arpa^ic.) A 
genus of plants. Polygamia. Monoecia. Chc~ 
nopodiaceee. Orache. — A. foetida. See Cheno- 
podium vulvaria. — A. hallimus. A. hortensis. 
See Atriplex littoralis. — A. littoralis. A. hah- 
mus. A. marina. Grass-leaved sea orache. 
The leaves and young shoots are pickled and 
eaten like samphire. The plant was formerly 
considered antiscorbutic. — A. papula. The 
leaves of this are eaten like spinage. — A.portu- 
lacoi'des. Portulaca marina. Sea purslane. 
Shrubby orache. The leaves and shoots are 

83 



ATE 

sometimes used for pickles, and the plant was 
formerly esteemed antiscorbutic ; it is not now 
employed in medicine. — A. saliva. Orache. 
A. hortensis of the Pharmacopoeias. The herb 
and seed of this plant have been exhibited me- 
dicinally as antiscorbutics. 

A'trium co'rdis de'xtrum. The right auri- 
cle of the heart. 

A'trium co'rdis sini'strum. The left auricle 
of the heart. 

A'TROPA. (a, a, f. ; from AtjOOttoc.) A ge- 
nus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. So- 
lanacece. — A. Icllado'nna. Deadly night-shade. 
The Belladonna of the Pharmacopoeias. The 
activity of this plant depends on a peculiar al- 
kaline principle called Atropia. (See Atropia.) 
Belladonna is a powerful narcotic, and is al- 
leged, also, to possess sudorific and diuretic 
properties. It has been recommended in scir- 
rhous and cancerous affections and neuroses. 
Dose, of dried leaves, in powder, a grain, grad- 
ually increased to 10 or 12 grains; or an infu- 
sion may be made. Externally applied, bella- 
donna has great efficacy in allaying local pain 
and spasm. The powder or extract made into 
an ointment, with an equal weight of lard, and 
rubbed on the penis and perineum, relieves 
chordee more effectually than any other appli- 
cation. But the most familiar use of belladon- 
na is for dilating the pupil of the eye, so as to 
facilitate' the examination of the deep-seated 
parts of this organ. For this purpose, the ex- 
tract of belladonna, diluted with a sufficient 
quantity of water, is rubbed over the eyebrow 
and around the eye, and in less than an hour 
the pupil becomes widely dilated. It has also 
been used as a preventive of scarlatina. The 
extract is the only officinal preparation of bella- 
donna. — A. mandra' gora. Mavdpayopac. Av- 
dpunofiop&oc. Mandragora. The mandrake. 
This plant is a native of Asia and the South of 
Europe ; formerly used as a love philter. The 
mandrake possesses considerable narcotic pow- 
er, and the root was formerly much used in 
medicine, but it is entirely discarded from the 
practice of the present day. 

Atrophia mesenterica. A. glandularis. 
A. infantum. See Tabes mesenterica. 

A'TROPHY. (Atrophia, a, f. ; from a, priv., 
and rpetjxo, to nourish.) A wasting of" the 
whole body, or any particular part of it. Local 
atrophy may arise from congenital defect in the 
organization of the part, as in the case of a limb 
which is small and imperfectly developed in 
comparison with the rest of the body ; or it 
may arise from some cause impeding the natu- 
ral supply of blood, as when the main artery of 
any organ is rendered impervious; or from a 
diminution of the nervous influence, as in the 
wasting of a paralytic limb ; or from total sus- 
pension of the natural functions of an organ, as 
in the degeneration of muscles that are % never 
used ; or, lastly, from the effects of inflamma- 
tion, as frequently exemplified in the testicle 
and other parts. General atrophy or wasting 
of the body is observed to arise from insufficient 
nourishment, from profuse evacuations, and 
from a diseased state of the apparatus of nutri- 
tion, consisting either in imperfect chylification 
or imperfect assimilation. 
84 



ATT 

The treatment of atrophy will, of course, in- 
volve a most scrupulous attention to the diet 
and habits of the patient. The bowels should 
be kept regular ; mercurial alteratives may 
sometimes be required, and the vegetable and 
mineral tonics. Cleanliness, fresh air, and mod- 
erate exercise are quite indispensable. Cold 
bathing, where it is not contra-indicated, will 
be found a powerful auxiliary. The atrophy 
of old age is to be met by the most nutritious 
food, wine, and warmth. 

ATRO'PIA. Atropina. (a, a, f.) Atropine. 
The alkaloid of Atropa belladonna. It is a white 
crystalline body, acrid and bitter ; sparingly sol- 
uble, even in alcohol. It combines with the or- 
dinary acids, forming soluble crystalline salts. 
Formula C34H23O6 (Liebig.) 

M. Brandes was obliged to discontinue his 
experiments on this alkali from its bad effects 
on his health. Even the vapor of it occasioned 
violent headaches, nausea, pains in the back, 
giddiness, and dilatation of the pupil. He once 
tasted a small quantity of sulphate of atropia, 
and found it merely saline; but he was soon 
affected with violent headache, shaking in the 
limbs, alternate sensations of heat and cold, op- 
pression of the chest, difficulty in breathing, 
and feebleness of the circulation. 

Atropia lactantium. Wasting from bad 
breast milk. 

Atropia verminos a. Marasmus from worms. 

Atropi'na. See Atropia. 

A'tropine. See Atropia. 

ATTE'NUANT. (Attenuans; ixova.att.enuo, 
to make thin.) Diluent. A medicine which 
has the power of rendering the consistence of 
the blood thinner. The existence of any such 
power in medicine i3 hypothetical. 

Attenua'tus. Attenuated. 

Attitude. The different positions which 
the body is capable of assuming by the action 
of its muscles are called attitudes. The atti- 
tude of the body in disease often affords import- 
ant indications. 

ATTO'LLENS. (From attollo, to lift up.) 
Lifting up : applied to some muscles, the office 
of which is to lift up the parts they are affix- 
ed to. 

Attollens aurem. A muscle of the exter 
nal ear : Attollens auricula and Attollens auric- 
ulam. It arises, thin, broad, and tendinous, 
from the tendon of the occipito-frontalis, from 
which it is almost inseparable, where it covers 
the aponeurosis of the temporal muscle ; and is 
inserted into the upper part of the ear, oppo 
site to the antihelix. 

Attollens oculi. See Rectus superior oculi. 

Atto'nitus. Properly, thunder-struck, but 
also used by the Latins synonymously with 
amazed or surprised, whence the English word 
astonished. The term attonitus morbus was ap- 
plied by Celsus to apoplexy, from its sudden 
and overwhelming attack. 

ATTRACTION. (Attractio, onis, f. ; from 
attraho, to attract.) The terms attraction and 
repulsion are employed merely as the expres- 
sion of the general facts, that the masses or 
particles of matter have a tendency to approach 
and unite to, or to recede from, one another, 
under certain circumstances. The term affinity 



AUD 

has been used synonymously with attraction, 
but it is now commonly applied only to chemi- 
cal attraction. 

Attraction op affinity. Chemical attrac- 
tion. The force (usually electrical) which 
combines dissimilar atoms into definite chemi- 
cal bodies. It acts only at insensible distances, 
and between definite numbers of atoms. 

Attraction of aggregation. Cohesion, or 
Attraction of cohesion. 

Attraction, capillary. Capillarity. The 
attraction exerted by certain bodies, whereby 
they wet the surfaces of others, or rise in fine 
tubes or between plates. Thus, water exerts 
a capillary attraction for glass, wood, or a 
sponge, but not for oils or fats. The penetra- 
tion of fluids through tissues and porous vessels 
is by reason of their capillary attraction ; hence, 
some will not penetrate. There are also dif- 
ferent degrees of attraction; one fluid rising 
higher in tubes than another, or, in a mixture, 
rising before another of less attraction. All 
the phenomena of capillarity are under the in- 
fluence of electrical or galvanic arrangements. 

Attraction of cohesion. The force which 
unites similar atoms into masses ; it acts only at 
insensible distances. 

Attraction, elective. Chemical attraction. 
The attraction which selects certain atoms in 
producing compound's. Thus, when sulphuric 
acid is presented to a solution containing bary- 
ta, magnesia, soda, it elects the baryta, forming 
the sulphate of baryta. 

Attraction, electrical. The approach of 
bodies dissimilarly electrified. This force oper- 
ates at sensible distances, as between clouds 
and the earth. Magnetic attraction is the 
same as exhibited by the magnet. 

Attraction of gravitation. Gravity. The 
force which causes masses to approach each 
other, if free. It acts at great distances, the 
force diminishing as the squares of the distan- 
ces. It is the great central force of astronomy. 

A'TTRAHENS. Attrahent. Attractorius. 
Drawing. Attrahentia mcdicamenta are me- 
dicaments which irritate the surface and attract 
the fluids to the parts to which they are applied, 
as blisters, sinapisms, &c. The term is synony- 
mous with epispastic. 

Attrahens auris. The anterior auris muscle. 

Attrition. Attritio. (o, onis, f.) In med- 
ical language, this term has been applied, 1. To 
a graze, or abrasion of the cuticle. 2. To the 
crushing of a part by violence. 3. To a severe 
kind of cardialgia, or heartburn, accompanied 
with great pain and sense of suffocation. 

Atypic A'typus. (From a, priv., and rv- 
iroc, a type.) Without type. Applied to fevers 
the course of which is so irregular as to be re- 
ducible to no law. 

Au. The symbol for gold (aurum). 

Aua'nte. Auapse. (Avavrn ; from avai- 
vu, to dry.) A disease attended with emacia- 
tion. 

Audinac springs. Mineral waters contain- 
ing a little sulphureted hydrogen. 

AUD'ITION. Auditus. Anditio. The qual- 
ity of hearing. The impression of the waves of 
sound is supposed to reach the auditory nerves 
through their action on the aqua labynnthi. 



AUR 

AU'DITORY. {Auditorius; from audio, to 
hear.) Appertaining to the sense of hearing. 

Auditory arteries. The external is a 
branch of the styloid; the internal, of the basilar. 
This accompanies the portio mollis. The veins 
empty into the jugulars. 

Auditory canal. See Auris. 
Auditory nerve. See Portio mollis. 
Auditory passage. See Auris. 
Audi'tus. (us, us, m.) The sense of hearing. 
Augmentation. Augme'ntum. (um, i, n.) 
Incrementum. The augment ; augmentation ; 
increase. This term is applied to the period 
of a fever between its commencement and its 
height. 

Auli'scos. (From avhoc, a reed-pipe.) A 
catheter, or clyster-pipe. 

Aumale. A small town of Upper Normandy. 
It has acidulous chalybeate springs. 

AU'RA. (a, a, f.) A subtile vapor or exha- 
lation. 

Aura ele'ctrica. If electricity be received 
from a sharp point, a sensation is felt as if a cold 
wind were blowing on the part exposed to it. 
This is called the aura electrica. 

Aura epile'ptica. A sensation which is 
sometimes felt immediately before a fit of epi- 
lepsy. The patient feels as if a stream of cold 
air were ascending from some distant part of 
the body toward the head. See.. Epilepsy. A 
similar phenomenon is alleged sometimes to 
occur in hysteria, in which case it is called aura 
hysterica. 

Aura hysterica. See Aura cpileptica. 

Aura podagrica. The precursory warning 
of a fit of gout. 

Aura semina'lis. Aura scminis. The most 
subtile and vivifying portion of the semen virile, 
which, according to some physiologists, ascends 
through the Fallopian tubes, to impregnate the 
ovum in the ovarium. The existence of this 
aura is entirely hypothetical. 

Aura vita'lis. So Helmont calls the vital 
principle. 

Aura'ntia curassave'ntia. Curassoa ap- 
ples, or oranges. These are immature oranges. 
When dried they are of a stony hardness, and 
have a pleasant aromatic and bitter flavor, with- 
out any acidity. Infused in wine or brandy 
they make a good stomachic. When reduced 
in size and rendered smooth by turning, they 
are used as issue-peas. 

Aurantia'ce*. A natural family of plants, 
of which the orange is the type. 

Aurantii BACCfls. See Citrus aurantium. 

Auranth cortex. Orange rind. 

Aurantin. Aurantine. The bitter principle 
of orange rind. 

AURA'NTIUM. (urn, i, n.) The orange, 
See Citrus aurantium. 

Au'rate. (Auras, atis, f.) A salt formed by 
the combination of the auric acid with a base. 

Auratf. of ammonia Fulminating gold. 
See Aurum. 

Au'rea alexandri'na. A kind of opiate. 

Aureola. Areola. 

Aureum olus. Orache. See Atriplex. 

Au'reus a'rabum. The seventh part of an 
ounce. It was the same with the denarius of 
the Romans. 

85 



AU R 



AUR 



AURI CHLORIDUM. Chloride of gold. See 
Aurum for this and the other compounds of 
gold. 

Auric acid. See Aurum. 

AURI'CULA. (a, ce, f. ; dim. of auris, the 
ear.) An auricle, or little ear. The external 
ear, and two cavities of the heart which have 
Bomewhat the appearance of little ears. See 
Auris and Cor. 

Auiu'cula i'nfima. The lobule of the ear. 

Auri'cula judjE. See Peziza auricula. 

Auricula leporis. See Bupleurum. 

Auricula muris. See Hieracium and Myo- 



Auricul^; cordis. The auricles of the heart. 

Auricula'ris. (From auris, the ear.) Au- 
ricular. Pertaining to the ear; as, auricular 
muscles, auricular arteries, &c. 

Auricularis digitus. The little finger : so 
called because it is frequently introduced into 
the ear. 

Auriculate. Auricula' lus. A leaf, furnished 
at its base with a pair of leaflets. 

Auri'culo-ventri'cular orifices. The ap- 
ertures by which the auricles and ventricles of 
the heart communicate are so called. 

Auri'ga. A kind of bandage used by the 
ancients in wounds of the thorax. 

Auri'go. Icterus. 

Aurillac A town in the department of 
Cantal, in France, which has cold chalybeate 
springs. 

Auripigme'ntum. Yellow orpiment. 

AU'RIS. (is, is, f.) The ear. The organ 
of hearing in man may be divided into the Au- 
ricle, or external ear; the Tympanum, or mid- 
dle ear ; and the Labyrinth, or internal ear. 

1. External ear. This includes the Pinna, 
or that part called in common language the 
ear, and the Meatus auditorius cxtcrnus, or 
external auditory canal. The pinna consists 
chiefly of fibro-cartilage, covered with the com- 
mon integuments ; but the soft lower portion 
contains no cartilage. The upper cartilaginous 

{>art is called Ala, and sometimes Pavilion ; the 
ower soft part is called Lobns. The prominent 
margin which surrounds the greater part of the 
ear is called the Helix ; another curved ridge 
within this is the Antihelix ; the little triangu- 
lar flap that projects over the forepart of the 
auditory canal is termed the Tragus ; and the 
smaller eminence opposite to it, which forms 
the termination of the antihelix, is styled the 
Antitragus. The groove between the helix 
and antihelix is called fossa innominata ; the 
shallow depression between the two ridges at 
the upper part of the antihelix is the fossa na- 
vicularis, and the deep central hollow bounded 
by the antihelix, and leading to the meatus ex- 
ternus or auditory tube, is called the concha. 
There arc several muscles connected with the 
pinna, viz., the attollens aurcm, anterior auris, 
retrahentes aurcm, the major helicis, minor hc- 
licis, tragicus, antitragicus, transversus auricu- 
las, obliquus auris, and contractor meatus. De- 
scriptions of these muscles will be found under 
their respective heads. From the concha, the 
meatus auditorius externus passes toward the 
tympanum in a direction obliquely forward and 
inward. The tube is rather more than an inch 
86 



in length; it is somewhat wider at its outer 
than at its inner extremity, and is a little con- 
tracted at its middle. The meatus is lined 
throughout its course by a prolongation of the 
common integument, which becomes thinner 
as it proceeds further inward, and, being re- 
flected from the membrana tympani at the bot- 
tom of the meatus, constitutes a blind sac. In 
the outer half of the meatus, numerous small 
glands are found between the cutaneous lining 
and the cartilage ; these secrete the cerumen, 
or wax of the ear, and aie called Glandular ce- 
ruminosce. At the bottom of the meatus exter- 
nus, the Membrana tympani is stretched over 
the orifice of the tympanum, forming a parti- 
tion between it and the meatus. It is a thin, 
firm, somewhat elastic, semi-transparent mem- 
brane, of a circular or very slightly oval shape, 
and rather more than the third of an inch in 
diameter. 

2. Middle ear. This is formed by the cav- 
ity called the Tympanum, or Drum. The tym- 
panum is of an irregular form ; it is situated in 
the petrous portion of the temporal bone, and 
is bounded externally by the membrana tym- 
pani, and internally by an osseous septum, which 
divides it from the labyrinth ; anteriorly it com- 
municates with the Eustachian tube, and pos- 
teriorly with the mastoid cells. 

The osseous septum, which divides the tym^ 
panum from the labyrinth, presents about its 
middle a rounded eminence called the Promon- 
tory, and above and behind this a small process, 
called, from its shape, the Pyramid, and which 
is hollow, with a foramen at its top. The tym- 
panum, thus situated and bounded, has several 
openings in its bony parietes; these are as fol- 
lows : 1. The Fenestra ovalis is situated imme- 
diately above the promontory, and would com- 
municate with the cavity called the vestibule, 
were it not closed in the fresh state by a thin 
membrane. 2. The Fenestra rotunda, which 
is smaller than the last, is placed below the 
back part of the promontory, and would com- 
municate with a part of the cochlea called scala 
tympani, were it not closed by a membrane: 
the real form of this aperture is triangular rather 
than round. 3. Behind and beneath the pyra- 
mid is a very small foramen, which gives en- 
trance to the chorda tympani nerve. 4. At the 
upper and back part of the tympanum are three 
or four foramina leading into the mastoid cells, 
which are cavities hollowed out in the mastoid 
process of the temporal bone, communicating 
with each other, and lined by a prolongation of 
the mucous membrane of the tympanum. 5. 
In the floor of the tympanum, at its anterior 
part, is the Glenoid fissure, or Fissura Glaserii, 
which transmits the chorda tympani nerve and 
laxator tympani muscle, and lodges the slender 
process of the malleus. 6. At the inner and 
forepart of the cavity of the tympanum are two 
apertures, separated from each other by a small 
plate of bone called Processus cochlcariformis ; 
these lead to two canals, one of which transmits 
the tensor tympani muscle, and the other forms 
part of the Eustachian tube. The Eustachian 
tube forms an important accessory part of the 
auditory apparatus. It passes from the cavity 
of the tympanum obliquely forward and inward, 



AUR 



AUR 



and opens just above the arch of the palate at 
the outer edge of the posterior aperture of the 
nostril. The whole tube is from an inch and a 
half to two inches long ; about a third part of it 
toward the ear is bony ; the remainder is com- 
posed of cartilage and fibrous membrane ; the 
osseous part widens toward its aperture in the 
tympanum, but the cartilaginous portion widens 
toward its aperture at the posterior nostril, so 
that the tube is constricted in its middle portion, 
but dilated toward each extremity ; the orifice 
near the nostril is the larger. The whole tube 
is lined by a prolongation of the mucous mem- 
brane of the pharynx, which is also expanded 
through the tympanum and mastoid cells. 
Within the cavity of the tympanum are certain 
small bones called Ossicula auditus, which are 
articulated with one another so as to form a 
chain extending across the cavity from the mem- 
brana tympani to the fenestra ovalis. These 
bones are called the Malleus, Incus, Stapes, and 
Os orbiculare, which last is considered by some 
anatomists as merely a process of the incus. 
The Malleus, so named from its being shaped 
something like a hammer, is the most external 
of the ossicula ; it consists of a round head, a 
neck, a handle, and a long and short process. 
The handle, or manubrium, is directed down- 
ward and forward, and adheres by a rounded 
extremity to the centre of the membrana tym- 
pani ; the head is directed upward and inward, 
and articulates with the incus by two small 
cartilaginous surfaces ; the short process, pro- 
cessus brevis, comes off at right angles from the 
upper part of the handle, and is in contact with 
the membrana tympani; the long process, or 
slender process, processus gracilis, projects from 
the neck of the malleus downward and for- 
ward, and terminates in a point which enters 
the glenoid fissure. The Incus, so called from 
a fancied resemblance to an anvil, comes next 
to the malleus. It consists of a body and two 
crura, or processes. The body is of a flattened 
form, and has, on its anterior border, a cavity 
"which receives and is articulated with the head 
of the malleus. The shorter of these processes 
runs obliquely backward, and terminates in a 
point at the opening of the mastoid cells ; the 
longer, which is also the more slender, is directed 
downward and curved inward at its extremity, 
to which is appended the Os orbiculare. The 
Os orbiculare is very minute, being smaller 
than a gram of mustard-seed. Some consider 
it as a distinct bone, and others merely as a part 
of the long process of the incus. The os orbic- 
ulare is articulated with the head of the stapes. 

The Stapes is so named from its resemblance 
to a stirrup, and is divided into a head, crura, 
and base. The stapes is placed horizontally, its 
head or apex being articulated with the os or- 
biculare, and its base attached to the fenestra 
ovalis, with which it corresponds in size and 
shape. The anterior eras is shorter than the 
posterior, and the interval between them is 
filled up with a membrane. 

Connected with this chain of bones are cer- 
tain minute muscles by which their movements 
are effected. These are four in number, viz., 1 . 
The Tensor tympani, or Internus mallei, which 
arises from the cartilaginous extremity of the 



Eustachian tube, runs backward in a bony canat 
parallel with the tube, enters the tympanum, 
where it becomes tendinous, and is inserted 
into the short process of the malleus : its use is 
to render the membrana tympani tense by draw- 
ing the malleus inward. 2. The Laxator tym- 
pani, or Externus mallei, which arises from the 
spinous process of the sphenoid bone, and soon 
becoming tendinous, passes through the glenoid 
fissure to be inserted into the long process of 
the malleus : its use is to relax the membrana 
tympani by drawing the malleus forward and 
outward. 3. The Laxator tympani minor is 
described as rising from the upper part of the 
bony extremity of the meatus auditorius externus, 
and inserted into the handle of the malleus : it 
is so small and indistinct that many anatomists 
deny its muscularity, and consider it merely as 
a ligament. 4. The Stapedius, which is lodged 
within the tube of the pyramid, and sends out 
a tendon to be inserted into the neck of the 
stapes : its use is to render the membrane of 
the fenestra ovalis tense by drawing the head 
of the stapes upward and backward. 

3. Internal ear, or Labyrinth. This, as 
before stated, is the essential part of .the organ. 
As* fully developed in the human subject, it con- 
sists ol three parts, viz., the Vestibule, Cochlea, 
and Semicircular canals. 

The Vestibule, so named from its forming a 
kind of porch to the other cavities of the laby- 
rinth, is a small cavity of an irregular oval fig- 
ure. Externally, it is bounded by the partition 
between it and the tympanum already describ- 
ed ; internally, by a cribriform plate of bone, 
which separates it from the meatus auditorius 
internus ; anteriorly, by the cochlea ; and pos- 
teriorly, by the semicircular canals. 

The vestibule has several apertures, viz. : 1. 
The fenestra ovalis, already described, by which 
it communicates with the tympanum. 2. Four 
or five small perforations in the plate which 
separates the vestibule from the meatus internus, 
through which the filaments of the auditory 
nerve enter. 3. A round hole at the fore and 
under part, leading to a canal termed Scala 
cochlea:, by which the vestibule communicates 
with the cochlea. 4. Five similar foramina 
behind, by which it opens into the semicircu- 
lar canals : one of these foramina is common to 
two of the canals. 5. Near the common fora- 
men last mentioned is a small hole leading into 
the passage termed Aquceductus vcstibuli. 

The Cochlea is so named from its bearing 
some resemblance to a snail-shell. It is of a 
pyramidal form ; it is placed obliquely at the 
forepart of the vestibule, with its base directed 
toward the meatus auditorius internus, and its 
apex outward and a little downward. The 
cochlea consists of an osseous tube, coiled spi- 
rally round a central pillar. The tube makes 
two turns and a half round this axis from the 
base of the cochlea to its summit, or cupola. 
The central pillar of the cochlea consists of two 
parts : the one called Modiolus, from its resem- 
blance to the spindle of a winding stair-case; 
the other Infundibulum, because it is funnel- " 
shaped. The Modiolus is a hollow cone, con 
taining that branch of the auditory nerve which 
is destined for the cochlea ; and its sides, which 

87 



AUE 

consist of two plates, with intervening cells, are 
every where perforated with minute holes for 
the transmission of the nervous fibres. The In- 
fundibulum is an imperfect bony funnel, con- 
nected, by its small end, with the top of the 
modiolus. The first turn, or gyrus, of the coch- 
lea, and half of the second, are described round 
the modiolus, the remaining half of the second 
gyrus winds round the small end of the infundi- 
bulum, and the upper extremities of the gyri, 
which communicate with each other, are in- 
closed by the cupola of -the cochlea. The tube 
of the cochlea, which thus winds around the 
central pillar, is divided by a longitudinal par- 
tition into two canals, termed Scala;, from their 
supposed resemblance to stair-cases; the sep- 
tum which divides them is composed of a bony 
plate and a membranous portion, and is called 
Lamina spiralis. One of the scala3 commences 
in the vestibule at a foramen already described, 
makes its two turns and a half round the cen- 
tral axis, and ends in the cupola ; this is called 
Scala vestibuli: the other scala begins at the 
cupola, makes its two turns and a half round 
the central axis, and ends in the fenestra rotun- 
da, by the membrane covering winch the scala 
is prevented from communicating with the cav- 
ity of the tympanum ; this scala, which is the 
smaller of the two, is called Scala tympani. 
The cochlea, like all the rest of the labyrinth, 
is] lined by a soft mucous membrane. 

The Semicircular cavMs are three very small 
bony tubes, each of which forms a curve great- 
er than half the circumference of a circle. They 
are situated behind the vestibule, in the sub- 
stance of the petrous portion of the temporal 
bone. One of them is placed transversely, with 
its convex side upward, and is called superior, 
or vertical ; another is placed obliquely, with 
the convex side backward, and is styled poste- 
rior, or oblique; the third, which is smaller than 
either of the others, is placed horizontally, and 
is termed exterior, or horizontal. These three 
canals communicate at both ends with the ves- 
tibule, but the upper extremity of the posterior 
canal joins with the internal extremity of the 
vertical canal, forming a common passage, so 
that the holes by which all the three canals open 
into the vestibule are only five in number. The 
canals are lined by a fine mucous membrane, 
inclosing the expansion of the auditory nerve, 
and each canal has, at one of its extremities, a 
small dilatation called Ampulla, or Cavitas el- 
liptica, corresponding with an enlargement of 
the contained nerve. 

The whole of the labyrinth is lined with 
periosteum, which forms the membranes of the 
two fenestra!, and the membranous portion of 
the lamina spiralis. Besides the periosteum, 
the whole labyrinth is lined with a very soft 
mucous membrane. In the vestibule this mem- 
brane forms a sac, called Sacculus vestibuli, 
which sac is divided by a partition of the same 
texture with itself, and called by Meckel Septum 
vestibuli nervoso-membranaceum. In the semi- 
pircular canals the mucous membrane is not in 
contact with the periosteum, but forms distinct 
tubes, which contain the nervous matter, and 
have an ampulla at one end corresponding with 
the enlargement of the nerve and its canal. A 
88 



AUR 

watery fluid, much resembling the aqueous hu- 
mor of the eye, and called Aqua labyrinthi, fills 
the vestibule and scalse of the cochlea, and sur- 
rounds the membranous tubes of the semicircu- 
lar canals. 

Connected with the labyrinth are several ca- 
nals for the transmission of nerves or veins ; 
these are, 1. The Meatus auditorius internus,ov 
internal auditory canal, which commences at a 
foramen on the back part of the petrous portion 
of the temporal bone ; it runs outward and for- 
ward toward the vestibule; it is about three 
lines in length, and rather less in diameter. It 
transmits the auditory and the facial nerve with 
a small branch of the posterior cerebral artery. 
At its termination, the meatus is divided by a 
small bony ridge into two recesses of unequal 
size : the inferior, which is the larger, receives 
the auditory nerve; the superior, and smaller, 
the facial nerve. These recesses, at first, ap- 
pear to form a cul dc sac ; but the smaller pit 
is found to contain a foramen by which the fa- 
cial nerve passes into the aqueduct of Fallopius; 
and the larger is found to transmit the fibres 
of the auditory nerve to the vestibule, by nu- 
merous foramina in the cribriform plate already 
described as forming a partition between the 
vestibule and the meatus. 2. The Foramen 
innominatum, or Hiatus Fallopii, which is a fis- 
sure leading obliquely backward and outward 
from the anterior surface of the pars petrosa, 
and giving passage to the vidian nerve into the 
aqueduct of Fallopius. 3. The Aquceductus 
Fallopii, which commences at the foramen al- 
ready described at the bottom of the meatus 
interims, passes through the petrous portion of 
the temporal bone, and terminates externally 
at the stylo-mastoid foramen, giving transmis- 
sion to the facial nerve. 4. Two small canals, 
called the Aqueducts of Cotunnius, because 
that anatomist supposed that their use was to 
carry off the superfluous water of the labyrinth. 
One of these canals, called Aquceductus cochlea, 
commences within the scala tympani near its 
termination, and opens on the posterior border 
of the pars petrosa, near the jugular fossa.. 
These aqueducts of Cotunnius seem merely to 
give transmission to small veins; at least, if 
they have any other uses, it is not understood. 
Having now described all the cavities of the 
ear, we have to consider the distribution of the 
nerves and blood-vessels, and the relation of 
the different parts of the apparatus to the sense 
of hearing. The nerves distributed to the in 
ternal ear are the Seventh pair, the Vidian 
nerve, and those derived from the Otic ganglion. 
The seventh pair of nerves consists of the Por- 
tio mollis, or auditory nerve, and the Portio 
dura, or facial nerve. The portio mollis and 
portio dura enter the meatus auditorius inter- 
nus together : at the bottom of this canal they 
separate ; the portio mollis passing through the 
cribriform plate to the labyrinth, and the portio 
dura into the aqueduct of Fallopius. 

The Auditory nerve divides at the bottom of 
the meatus into two sets of filaments, which 
pass through the foramina of the cribriform 
plate. One set proceeds to the base of the 
cochlea, enters the hollow of the modiolus, and 
creeps through the numerous minute foramina 



AUK 



A U R 



in its sides to form an intricate net-work on the 
ecalre and lamina spiralis ; the other set is ex- 
panded on the lining membrane of the vestibule 
and semicircular canals. 

The Facial nerve, separating from the audi- 
tory at the bottom of the meatus, passes into 
the aqueduct of Fallopius. During its course 
through this canal, it is joined by the Vidian 
nerve, which reaches it through the hiatus Fal- 
lopii, and afterward separates from it to enter 
the tympanum : the facial nerve, while still in 
the aqueduct, gives a filament to the tensor tym- 
pani muscle and one to the stapedius ; finally, 
it passes out at the stylo-mastoid foramen, to 
be distributed on the side of the head and face. 

The Vidian nerve rises from the sphenopal- 
atine ganglion, passes backward through the 
pterygoid foramen of the sphenoid bone, and, 
having given twigs to the sphenoidal sinuses, 
nasal fossae, pharynx, and Eustachian tube, di- 
vides into two filaments, one of which goes to 
join the carotid plexus in the carotid canal; 
the other, which is the portion in which we 
are at present interested, ascends through the 
foramen lacerum anterius, in the base of the 
cranium, and, running along the groove on the 
ridge of the os petrosum, covered by the dura 
mater, enters the aqueduct of Fallopius by the 
hiatus already described. Here it accompa- 
nies the facial nerve for a short distance, and 
then, parting from it, enters the hollow of the 
pyramid, through which it passes into the tym- 
panum, where it receives the name of Chorda 
tympani. It crosses the cavity from behind 
forward, passing between the handle of the 
malleus and the long process of the incus ; it 
then quits the tympanum by the glenoid fis- 
sure: its final destination is to the sub-maxillary 
gland. Jacobson described a plexus within the 
cavity of the tympanum, formed by filaments 
entering at opposite points from the vidian, 
glosso-pharyngeal, and sympathetic nerves. 
According to this anatomist, the vidian, while 
in the hiatus Fallopii, and before it joins the fa- 
cial, gives off two delicate filaments, which 
pass through minute canals into the tympa- 
num; the filament from the sympathetic en- 
ters the tympanum by a small foramen from 
the carotid canal ; lastly; the filament from the 
glosso-pharyngeal enters the same cavity by a 
small canal, leading from the fossa occupied by 
that nerve: all these filaments meet upon the 
promontory, and form a plexus. 

The Otic, or Auricular ganglion, is a small, 
soft ganglion, of a reddish-gray color, connected 
with the third branch of the fifth pair of nerves, 
and situated immediately below the foramen 
ovale of the sphenoid bone. It gives off sev- 
eral minute branches, two of which go to the 
internal ear, viz., one to the tensor tympani 
muscle, and another to the tympanic plexus 
above described. 

The arteries of the tympanum and labyrinth 
are derived from the posterior auricular, inter- 
nal maxillary, and basil s*ry. 1. The posterior 
auricular sends a stylo-mastoid branch into the 
foramen of that name, which passes along the 
aqueduct of Fallopius to the tympanum, where 
it divides into minute branches, some of which 
pass to the mastoid cells, and others to the 



labyrinth. 2. The internal maxillary gives off 
a tympanic branch, which passes through the 
glenoid fissure, to be distributed on the lining 
of the tympanum, the laxator tympani muscle, 
and the membrana tympani. These two twigs, 
the stylo-mastoid and tympanic, form, in young 
subjects, a sort of coronary artery round the 
termination of the meatus auditorms externus r 
from which minute vessels pass inward upon 
the membrana tympani. 3. The basilary artery 
sends a branch called the internal auditory into 
the meatus auditorius interims, which, passing 
along with the nerves, enters the labyrinth 
through the cribriform plate, and is distributed 
over its lining membrane. The stylo-mastoid 
and tympanic arteries are accompanied by cor 
responding veins; but the blood supplied to 
the labyrinth by the internal auditory artery is 
returned by two small veins, which pass through 
the aqueducts of Cotunnius. 

Aurisca'lpium. An instrument for cleansing 
the ear. An ear-pick. 

Aurist. One who attends to diseases of the 
ear. 

Aurium fluctuatio. A. sibilus. A. sonitus. 
A. susurus. A. tinnitus. Singing or buzzing 
in the ears. 

Auru'go. The jaundice. 

AURU'M. (um, i, n.) Gold. It occurs al- 
ways in the metallic state ; is yellow, eoft, of 
moderate brilliancy ; the best conductor of heat 
and electricity ; insoluble, except in nitromuri- 
atic acid ; fuses &t 2016°. It is the most ductile 
and malleable metal; sp. gr., 19-4 to 19*65; 
equivalent, 99 "6, Berz. (200, Brande) ; symbol, 
Au. There are two oxides, Au 2 and AU2O3 ; 
these have been called the oxide or aurous oxide 
(protoxide), and peroxide, or auric acid (ses- 
quioxide). There exist, also, analogous com- 
pounds with chlorine and sulphur, and probably 
with iodine and bromine. The following com- 
pounds have been introduced into medicine, for 
the most part, in syphilitic and scrofulous dis- 
eases; their efficacy is doubtful, for Velpeau 
and Baudeloque could discover none of the prop- 
erties attributed to them by Chrestien, Orfila, 
and others, although employed in doses 100 
times larger, as 12 grs. They are all applied 
by friction to the tongue, lips, or adjacent parts. 

Aum et sodii chloridum. Aurum muriat- 
icum natronatum. Murias aurico -natricum. 
Chloruretum auri et natrii. Aurum chloratum 
natronatum. Sodii auro-terchloridum. Per- 
chloruretum auri et sodii. Chloride of gold 
and sodium. Auro-terchloride of sodium. Auro- 
sesquichloride of sodium. NaCl-|-Au2Cl3-}-4HO. 
Orange-colored four-sided prisms; soluble in 
water. Dissolve 85 grs. of sesquichloride of 
gold, and 6 grs. of chloride of sodium, in a little 
distilled water ; evaporate gently until a pellicle 
forms, then set aside to crystallize. (Paris 
Codex.) Dose, internally, gr. -^ to gr. ^. 

Auri iodidum. A. ioduretum. Iodide of 
gold. Aurous iodide. Au^I. Precipitated 
from a solution of sesquichloride of gold by 
iodide of potassium. A yellowish, insoluble 
powder ; dose, gr. y^ to gr. y^. 

Auri nitromurias. Aurum nitrico-muria- 
tum. This has been called nitromuriate of gold, 
but is only a solution of sesquichloride of gold 

89 



A U R 

(gr. vj.) in nitromuriatic acid (fj.). The acid 
constitutes it a violent escharotic ; it lias been 
used as such to cancerous tumors. 

Auri oxvdum. Auri teroxydum. Peroxide 
of gold. Auric acid. Auric oxide. AU2O3. 
Take four parts calcined magnesia, one part 
sesquichloride of gold, 40 parts water; boil; 
wash the powder first in water, and afterward 
with dilute nitric acid. A brown, insoluble 
powder; dose, gr. J ff to gr. j. If an excess of 
ammonia be used to precipitate instead of mag- 
nesia, there is formed the aurate of ammonia, 
ammonuret of gold, or fulminating gold ; a vio- 
lently detonating powder, most culpably used 
by some persons in medicine. 

Aurum chloratum. Auri chloridum. Auri 
chloruretum. Aurum muriaticum. Aurum sa- 
litum. Auri tcrchloridum. Auri sesquichlori- 
dum. Auric chloride. Solution of gold. Nitro- 
muriate of gold. Sesquichloride of gold. Chlo- 
ride of gold. Au 3 . CI3. Dissolve one part of 
fold in three parts of nitromuriatic acid, with 
eat ; evaporate at a low heat until it begins to 
emit chlorine ; set aside to crystallize. (Paris 
C.) Crystalline needles of an orange color, de- 
liquescent, with a strong styptic taste. It must be 
kept in a well-closed vessel in darkness. It is 
soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. This is 
one of the most active preparations, being 
equally powerful with corrosive sublimate, ac- 
cording to Orfila. The powder is mixed with 
liquorice or some other innocuous substance, 
and rubbed on the tongue, cancerous swelling, 
&c., in the dose of gr. yg- to gr. ^, twice daily, 
and gradually increased ; or it may be made 
into pill. Externally applied, begin with gr. 
5th. Antidote, white of eggs. 

Aurum cyanidum. Auri cyanuretum. Auri 
tercyanidum. Tercyanide of gold. Cyanide 
of gold. Sesquicyanide of gold. AujCya- Add 
to a pure solution of sesquichloride of gold, so- 
lution of cyanide of potassium, until no further 
precipitate falls. The precipitate, which is a 
yellow, insoluble powder, is the sesquicyanide 
of gold. (Paris C.) Dose, gr. T j to gr. -jL. 

Aurum foi.ia'tum. Gold leaf. 

Aurum fu'lmixaxs. Fulminating gold. See 
Auri oxydum. 

Aurum lepro'sum. Antimony. 

Aurum metallicum. Pulvis auri. Aurum 
pulveralum. Aurum limatum. Gold filings. 
Gold leaf rubbed into a powder, or the powder 
precipitated from the solution of the chloride by 
sulphate of iron; dose, gr. \ to gr. j. 

Aurum musi'vum. Mosaic gold. Bisulphuret 
of tin. 

Aurum pota'bile. Potable gold. Some vol- 
atile oil, as that of rosemary, was poured on a 
solution of gold ; this reduced the gold and sep- 
arated it from the rest of the liquor; alcohol 
■was added to this. The aurum pota'bile was in 
high esteem as a cordial medicine. 

Aurum sophi'sticum. Brass. 

Aurum stanno-paratum. Purpura mine- 
rals Cassii. Purple of Cassius. Add a solu- 
tion of protochloride and perchloride of tin to 
a solution of sesquichloride of gold. Filter, 
and dry the powder. Dose, gr. Ath to gr. *\»th. 

Au'rus braziue'nsis. An obsolete name of 
the Calamus aromalicus. 
90 



A US 

AUSCULTA'TION. (Auscultalio, onis, f.; 
from ausculto, to listen.) This term is applied 
to the several methods of detecting the nature 
and seat of disease by means of the sense of 
hearing. The sounds perceived in auscultation 
divide themselves into those produced sponta- 
neously within the body by its healthy or dis- 
eased actions, and those which are excited arti- 
ficially. The former, alone, are usually consid- 
ered under the head of auscultation ; the latter 
are referred to that of percussion. (See Per- 
cussion.) Again, auscultation is distinguished 
into immediate, or that effected by the direct 
application of the car, and mediate, or that ef- 
fected through the medium of an intervening 
body, namely, the stethescope. 

These two modes of auscultation should be 
used conjointly, and the ear should be accus- 
tomed to both, since, under different circum- 
stances, sometimes one and sometimes the other 
will be found to convey the more accurate in- 
formation. Auscultation may be used with 
more or less advantage in all cases where mor- 
bid sounds are produced ; but its general appli- 
cations, and the only ones on which it is neces- 
sary to dwell in this place, are, 

1. The auscultation of respiration. 

2. Auscultation of the voice. 

3. Auscultation of the cough. 

4. Auscultation of sounds foreign to the res- 
piration, voice, or cough, but sometimes accom- 
panying them. 

5. Auscultation of the actions of the heart. 

6. Obstetric auscultation. 

We may here describe the natural sounds 
detected by each of these modes of auscultation, 
giving an enumeration merely of the morbid 
sounds, a further notice of which will be found 
under their respective heads. 

1. Auscultation of respiration. The pass- 
age of the air into and out of the lungs, in the act 
of breathing, causes certain sounds, which vary 
according to the size of the cavities through 
which the air passes; these are called the Ve- 
sicular, the Bronchial, and the Tracheal sounds. 

The Vesicular respiration, or pulmonic respi- 
ratory murmur, is heard pretty distinctly at all 
parts of the chest, but most so where the lungs 
are neai'est the surface, as in the axilla, in the 
space between the clavicle and the trapezius 
muscle, and that between the clavicle and the 
mamma. It is a soft, crepitating sound, and 
conveys the idea of air entering into a number 
of very minute cells. The respiratory murmur 
is, ceeteris paribus, heard strongly in propor- 
tion to the frequency, not to the depth ot the in- 
spiration : hence, when we have any difficulty 
in distinguishing this sound, the patient should 
be desired to breathe quick, and it will imme- 
diately become obvious. The intensity of the 
respiratory murmur varies at different ages, 
and in different individuals. It is much more 
strongly marked before the age of puberty than 
after, and in infants is particularly noisy. The 
respiration of adults affords this sound in very 
different degrees of intensity in different indi- 
viduals, although the lungs be perfectly healthy; 
in some it is so slight as hardly to be perceived 
in the ordinary state of the respiration, while 
in others it is so strong as to obtain the name of 



AUS 

puerile respiration : the latter peculiarity (sup- 
posing a healthy state of the lungs) is only 
observed in women, and in men of a highly 
nervous temperammt. Whenever the respira- 
tory murmur has ceased, or is remarkably di- 
minished over any portion of the surface of the 
thorax, we may conclude that the correspond- 
ing portion of the lungs has, from some cause, 
become impermeable to the air, in a greater or 
less degree. 

The Bronchial respiration can not, generally, 
be distinguished from the vesicular over the 
greater part of the thorax. It is usually heard 
only in the space below the clavicle, but in 
thin persons may also be frequently detected at 
the upper part of the sternum, in the axillae, 
and in the interscapular region. The bronchial 
sound diners from that of vesicular respiration 
in the air seeming to pass through larger cavi- 
ties. When any portion of the pulmonary text- 
ure, situated near a considerable bronchial 
tube, becomes impervious to the air, the bron- 
chial sound is heard more distinctly from the 
cessation of the vesicular, and may be detected 
at parts of the thorax where, in the healthy 
state of things, it is confounded with the vesic- 
ular sound. Whenever this change from the 
natural sounds of respiration occurs, we may 
be sure that the surrounding texture of the 
lung is morbidly condensed, as by hepatization, 
tubercle, effusion, &c. 

The Tracheal respiration is heard only in the 
course of the trachea, and the sound is of the 
same kind as the bronchial, only louder and 
more blowing, from the greater size of the tube 
through which the air passes. 

The sounds of morbid respiration ai'e, 

a. Cavernous respiration. 

b. Blowing respiration, or souffle. 

2. Auscultation of the voice. If we apply 
the hand or the ear to the chest of a healthy per- 
son, while they are speaking or singing, we per- 
ceive a distinct vibration, and a similar impres- 
sion is communicated to the ear through the 
stethescope. The strength of this vibration will 
vary greatly abcording to the natural power of 
the voice, the fatness or leanness of the individu- 
al, &c . Over those parts of the lungs distant from 
any large bronchial tube it is comparatively 
feeble. If we apply the stethescope between 
the scapulae, over the large bronchial'tubes at 
the root of the lungs, the resonance of the voice 
is very strong, and the words of the speaker 
may sometimes be heard, but they always seem 
to hang, as it were, at the end of the instrument 
furthest from the ear, and not to traverse its 
tube : the sound of the voice thus heard pro- 
ceeding from a bronchial tube is called Bron- 
chophony. Again, if the stethescope be applied 
over the larynx or trachea, the sound is still 
stronger, the words are distinctly heard, and 
they appear to pass right through the tube of 
the instrument to the ear of the listener; the 
sound of the voice thus heard is called Laryn- 
gophony. The sounds of the voice indicative 
of disease are, 

a. Bronchophony, in situations where it does 
not exist in health. 

b. ^Egophony. 
e. Pectoriloquy. 



AUS 

3. Auscultation of the cough. If the lungs 
be healthy, no particular sound is developed by 
the act of coughing : the shock is perceived in 
all parts of the chest, and, as in the case of the 
voice, the sound is heard very distinctly from 
the larger bronchial tubes, and seems to pass 
directly through the stethescope to the ear from 
the trachea and larynx. The auscultation of 
the cough is chiefly useful because it sometimes 
develops other sounds, as the crepitous, or 
cavernous rattle, which, under certain circum- 
stances, may not be detected in the ordinary 
states of respiration. Two sounds indicative 
of disease are connected with the cough: 

a. The Tubal cough. 

b. The Cavcrnotis cough. 

4. Auscultation of sounds foreign to the 
respiration, voice, or cough, but sometimes 
accompanying them. These sounds are all mor- 
bid, and consist of those arising from diseased 
state of the bronchial tubes, and those arising 
from diseased states of parts within the thoi'ax, 
but exterior to the lungs. The first class in 
eludes the several kinds of Rattle, Ronchus, 
or, as it is called by the adoption of the French 
term, Rale. 

Laennec describes five species of ronchus: 

a. The Crepitous. 

b. The Mucous. 

c. The Sonorous. 

d. The Sibilous. 

e. The Crackling. 

The second class, or sounds arising from dis- 
eased states of parts within the thorax, but ex- 
terior to the lungs, includes, 

a. The Metallic tinkling, of which the Am 
phoric resonance is a modification. 

b. The Sound of friction. 

5. Auscultation of the heart. The action 
of the heart gives rise to sounds which are per- 
ceived very distinctly in the cardiac region, and 
more obscurely over an extent of the thorax, 
varying in different individuals. The stethe- 
scope, applied over the lower third of the ster- 
num, indicates the state of the right cavities of 
the heart ; over the cartilages of the ribs, from 
the fourth to the seventh, it indicates the state 
of the left cavities. Three leading circumstan- 
ces are to be attended to in the auscultation of 
the heart, namely, the impulse, the sound, and 
the rhythm. 

The Impulse. This is perceived both by 
means of the stethescope and by the application 
of the hand, and in a healthy individual is con- 
fined to the cardiac region, or extends only a 
little beyond it. The impulse is, cceteris pari 
bus, stronger in proportion as the walls of the 
heart are thicker ; hence it is much increased 
in hypertrophy, while in passive dilatation of 
the heart it can hardly be perceived, even 
though the action of the heart be violent. The 
impulse communicated by the heart to the pa- 
rietes of the thorax was, till lately, supposed to 
arise from the apex of the heart being tilted 
forward by the reaction of the column of blood, 
suddenly impelled, by the contraction of the 
heart, into the curved aorta. This explanation 
is now generally relinquished, and the most 
prevalent opinion is, that the impulse is occa- 
sioned simply by the muscular action of the 

91 



AUS 

heart itself: Dr. Hope, however, believes that, 
in consequence of the retraction of the ventri- 
cles upon their base, and upon the auricles 
which are in a state of extreme distension, the 
apex of the heart is tilted against the ribs, and 
produces the impulse. The strength of the im- 
pulse is influenced by a variety of circumstan- 
ces ; thu3, all causes which produce great de- 
bility, as large evacuations of blood, diarrhoea, 
extreme abstinence, &c, diminish the impulse 
so much, that it may be feeble even where hy- 
pertrophy exists : the same effect is produced 
by severe dyspnoea, whether arising from asth- 
ma, pulmonary congestion, or any other cause; 
here the diminished impulse arises from the 
action of the heart being impeded by the accu- 
mulation of blood in its cavities. On the other 
hand, violent exercise, nervous excitement, fe- 
ver, and other causes, frequently render the 
impulse very forcible where there is no hyper- 
trophy. 

Sound and rhythm of the heart's action. If 
the ear be applied, with or without the inter- 
vention of the stethescope, to the cardiac region 
of a healthy person, two successive sounds will 
be heard, then a brief interval of silence, then 
a repetition of the two sounds, then another in- 
terval; and so on in a series, continued with 
perfect regularity, and susceptible of being rep- 
resented by musical notation. This peculiar 
and constant succession of sounds is called the 
rhythm. The sounds of the heart's action in 
the healthy state are very distinct in the cardiac 
region, but faint at any considerable distance 
from it ; a quick ear will, however, detect them 
at most parts of the chest. The two sounds 
heard at each pulsation of the heart differ both 
in kind and in duration. The first sound is 
grave, prolonged, rather louder at its com- 
mencement than at its termination, and seems 
to be suddenly broken in upon by the second, 
which is short, acute, and compared to the clap 
of the valve of a pair of bellows. The relative 
duration of the two sounds, and the pause which 
succeeds them, is thus estimated by Laennec : 
the whole time being divided into four parts, 
two of these are occupied by the first sound, 
one by the second, and one by the pause which 
succeeds it. The first sound is synchronous 
with the impulse of the heart, and, in the 
healthy state, with the arterial pulse; but the 
latter is subject to variation in disease. It was 
supposed by Laennec that the first sound was 
caused by the contraction of the ventricles, and 
the second by that of the auricles; and this 
was for some time the received opinion. It was 
first called in question by Mr. Turner ; and the 
observations of Drs. Corrigan, Stokes, and Hope 
have conduced to a different view of the sub- 
ject. The experiments of Dr. Hope appear, 
indeed, to have placed it beyond a doubt that 
the auricle has no part in the production of the 
second sound. Dr. Hope conceives that the 
first sound is occasioned by the systole of the 
ventricle, and the second by its diastole: 
whether the second sound be caused precisely 
by the diastole of the ventricle or not may still 
be uncertain; but it is now pretty generally 
admitted that it is caused by some action of the 
ventricle. 

92 



AUS 

It has already been observed of the impulse, 
that it is strong in proportion as the walls of the 
ventricles are thick: the reverse is true with 
respect to the sound of the h*art, which is found 
to be loud in proportion as the walls of the 
ventricle are thin ; hence, in passive dilatation 
of the heart, the sound is louder than natural, 
and is heard distinctly at parts of the chest 
where, in the healthy state, it is very obscure, 
or altogether inaudible ; while in hypertrophy 
the sound is indistinct, and very circumscribed 
in its extent. Besides these sounds occasioned 
by the action of the ventricles, which exist in 
health, and which, as above explained, afford 
by their deviations diagnostics of disease, there 
are other sounds of the heart which are always 
indicative of disease. The auscultatory signs 
connected with morbid states of the heart are. 

a. Increased impulse. 

b. Diminished impulse. 

c. Increased sound. 

d. Diminished sound. 

e. The Bellows sound. Bruit de souffle. 

f. The Rasp sound. Bruit de rape. 

g. The Purring tremor (Frcmissement ca- 
taire), which, although perceived by the touch 
rather than the hearing, is placed here, since it 
accompanies the rasp sound, and arises from 
the same causes. 

h. The New-leather sound. Bruit de cuir 
neuf. 

i. Arterial sounds. 1. Bruit de soufflet inter- 
mittent. An intermittent blowing sound, occa- 
sioned by contraction of the calibre of an artery, 
from tumor, &c. It is sufficient to compress 
the artery with the stethescope to produce this 
noise. 2. Bruit du soufflet continu. A contin- 
uous blowing and snoring sound, resembling 
the blowing noise of the bellows of a forge. 
The bruit de diablc, or sound of the humming- 
top, is a variety of this soufflet. Sometimes a 
kind bf.'tune of the arteries is heard, resembling 
the humming of 'certain insects ; this is called 
sifflement module, ou chant des arteres. 

6. Obstetric auscultation. The use of aus- 
cultation, as a means of detecting pregnancy, 
was first made known in 1818 by M. Mayer, 
of Geneva, who stated that the pulsations of 
the foetal heart might be distinctly perceived by 
the application of .the ear to the abdomen of the 
mother. "His observations have been confirmed 
and extended by M. Kergaradec and others, 
and two auscultatory sounds are now recognized 
which, when they unequivocally exist, may be 
considered as conclusive evidence of pregnan- 
cy, at the same time that their non-existence, 
in any particular case, must not be admitted as 
sufficient ground for denying that a woman is 
gravid. These two signs are the sounds of the 
foetal heart and the placental sound. 

a. The sound of the fatal heart. The stethe- 
scope, applied to the abdomen of a pregnant 
woman, detects a series of sounds following 
exactly the same rhythm as those of the adult 
heart, but differing from them in being much 
quicker and much feebler. The pulsations of 
the foetal heart vary from 120 to 160 in a min- 
ute, and are different at different times in the 
same subject. Changes in the rapidity or force 
of the circulation of the mother do not influence 



AUT 

the heart of the foetus, and vice versa any agi- 
tation of the fetal circulation has no effect on 
that of the mother. The sounds of the fetal 
heart can seldom be detected with any degree 
of certainty before the sixth month of preg- 
nancy. The facility with which they are heard 
depends upon the position of the fetus, the 
quantity of liquor amnii, and other circumstan- 
ces. They are heard most distinctly when the 
anterior part of the chest of the fetus is near 
that part of the parietes of the litems over 
which the stethescope is applied. They some- 
times cease to be discoverable for hours, or 
even days together ; and hence a single auscul- 
tation is not always sufficient. The situation 
in which the pulsations are most distinctly heard 
varies according to the position of the fetus ; 
but as they may be heard more or less over the 
whole uterine region, they may easily be traced 
to their source. 

b. The placental sound. Bruit placentaire. 
This sound was first detected by M. Kergara- 
dec. It is heard principally over that part of 
the uterus where the placenta is attached ; and 
hence, although the situation in which it is 
most audible varies in different cases of preg- 
nancy, it must remain unchanged throughout 
the same pregnancy. It very nearly resembles 
the bellows sound of the adult heart, and is 
isochronous with the pulse of tho mother. It 
generally becomes perceptible about the fourth 
month, and is then more distinct than at a .later 
period of gestation. Several opinions have 
been held as to the cause of this sound, but 
there is little doubt that it proceeds from the 
enlarged vessels of the uterus which are con- 
nected with the placenta; for, on the one hand, 
it remains audible for a short time after the pla- 
centa is detached, and, on the other, this sound, 
or one very similar to it, seems to be occasionally 
heard in parts of the uterine parietes distant 
from that at which the placenta is attached. 

The sound of the fetal heart and the placen- 
tal sound can generally be detected by the ear, 
without the assistance of the stethescope. 

Auscultatory percussion. Acouophonia. 

Au'stere. Austcrus. An acid and astrin- 
gent flavor. 

Auta'lgia dolorosa. Pleurodynia. 

Autemesia. Idiopathic vomiting. 

Authe'meros. (From avroc, the same, and 
rjfiepa, a day.) Appertaining to the same day. 

Autochiria. Suicidal insanity. 

AUTOCRATEI'A. Autocratia. Autocrato- 
ria. Autocrasy. (From avroc, itself, and Kpa- 
roc, strength.) The vital principle. The vis 
medicatrix naturae. 

Automa'tic. (Automations; avrofiaroe; from 
avTOjiaTifa, to act of one's own accord.) In 
Physiology, those functions which are perform- 
ed instinctively, and without the exercise of 
the will, are called automatic. 

AUTOPHONIA. (From avroc, and fury, 
voice.) The process of examining the modifi- 
cations of one's own voice when speaking with 
the head close to a patient's chest, abdomen, 
&c. 

Autopho'sphorus. Phosphorus. 

AUTOPLA'STY. Autoplastic surgery. The 
restoration of lost parts, as the nose, &c. 



AXI 

AUTO'PSY. Auto'psia. Autophia. (a, a, 
f. ; from avroc, one's self, and oibic, vision.) In- 
spection; personal observation; the dissection 
of a dead body. 

Autumnal fever. An intermittent, or re- 
mittent, with bilious complication. 

Auxiliary. Auxiliaris. Auxilium. As- 
sistant. Auxiliary muscles are those which 
concur with others, and aid them in their action. 
An auxiliary medicine is one which is given 
along with another to increase its efficacy. 

Avella'na. The hazel-nut. Corylus avel- 
lana. — A. catharlica. The purgative nut of 
Jatropha curcas. Physic-nut. — A. i'ndica. 
The ben-nut. See Balanns myrepsica. — A. 
mexicana. Cacao. Theobroma cacao. — A. 
purgatrix. Garden spurge. 

AVE'NA. (a, a, f.) A. sati'va. The oat. 
Gruel made with oatmeal is in common use as 
an article of diet for the sick. Externally, oat- 
meal is used as the basis of several poultices. 

Avenje farina. Oatmeal. 

AVENJE SEMINA. Oats. 

Avenaine. A principle said to exist in oats. 

Avenheim. A village not far from Stras- 
bourg. It has mineral waters, which contain 
bitumen, carbonate of soda, &c. They are ape- 
rient and absorbent. 

Avens. See Geum. 

Averrhoa bilimbi, and A. carambola. In- 
dian trees, the fruit of which is acid and refrig- 
erant. 

Aversion. Aversio. (o, onis, f. ; from aver- 
to, to turn away.) In therapeutics, this term 
has been used in the same sense as derivation, 

01* 7'C'V7llSt07l> 

AVICE'NNIA. (a,ce,i.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Angiospermia. — A. tomento'sa. 
The white mangrove of Brazil. A large tree. 
The fruit, boiled in water, is eaten, and the 
leaves are used in emollient cataplasms. 

Avi'cul^e herme'ticje. A pretended uni- 
versal salt. 

Aviga'to pear. See Laurus persea. 

Avis medica. The peacock. 

AVOIRDUPOIS. Averdupois. See Weights 
and Measures. 

Avranches. A town of Lower Normandy, 
which has acidulous chalybeate waters. 

Avulsion. Evulsion. 

Ax. A small town in the department of Ar- 
riege. It abounds in sulphureous waters. 

A'xea commissu'ra. See Trochoides. 

Axia. A shrub of Cochin-China, said to be 
tonic and diaphoretic. 

AXI'LLA. (a, ee, f.) 1. The arm-pit. 2. 
In Botany, the angle formed by the leaf with 
the stem. 

AXILLA'RIS. Axillary. (From axilla, the 
arm-pit.) Of, or belonging to, the axilla, or 
arm-pit. 

Axillaris arteria. The axillary artery is 
a continuation of the subclavian, and gives oft* 
in the axilla four mammary arteries, the sub- 
scapular, and the posterior and anterior cir- 
cumflex arteries, whi6h ramify about the joint. 

Axillaris vena. The axillary vein, which 
is a continuation of the basilic vein, and re- 
ceives the blood from the cephalic, and the 
veins corresponding to the branches of the axil- 

93 



B AC 

lary artery. When the axillary vein passes un- 
der the clavicle, it becomes the subclavian. 

Axillary. See Axillaris. 

Axillary glands. The lymphatic glands 
of the arm-pit. They receive the fluid of the 
lymphatics of the arm. 

Axi'llary plexus. Plexus axillaris. The 
axillary or brachial plexus of nerves is formed 
by the last three cervical nerves and the first 
dorsal. It surrounds the axillary artery ; and, 
having given off the external thoracic nerves, 
and some muscular branches, the plexus divides 
into the large nerves which supply the upper 
extremity. See Nervous system. 

Axilla'tus. Disposed round an axis. 

AXIS. Afwv. 1. This term is applied, in 
the general language of science, to a right line 
passing through, or supposed to occupy, the 
centre of a body. 2. The second cervical ver- 
tebra, or dentata. 

Axoi'do-atlandoid. The ligaments, articu- 
lation, &c, of the axis and atlas. This junction 
is liable to fatal accidents, as when the process 
of the dentatus is broken, or the ligaments 
which confine it. 

AX'UNGE. Axungia. (a,<c,L) The lard 
or fat of an animal. — A. anserina. Goose fat. 
— A. castoris. The fluid of the oil-bags of the 
castor fiber. — A. ctira'ta. A. prceparata. Puri- 
fied hogs' lard. — A. ale mu'mia. Marrow. — A. 
porci'na. Hogs' lard. 

Ayally. The name of a grass used in St. 
Domingo as a laxative. 

Azagor. Verdigris. 

AZA'LEA. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
Monogynia. — A. pon'tica. The Pontic azalea, 
believed to be the JEgolethron of the ancients. 
A nectareous juice exudes from it, which has 
intoxicating and poisonous properties. 

Azamar. Vermilion ; also, minium. 

Azederach. Melia azederach. 

Azelaic acid. The product of the action of 
nitric on oleic acid. 

Azobenzide. Azobenzoyl. Azobenzoidc. 
Azobenzoidine. Azobenzoilide. Azotide of 
benzoyle. Products of the decomposition of 
benzoyle and its compounds. 

Azoerythrine. An azotized compound of 
archil. 

Azolitmine. A purple coloring matter, the 
principal constituent of litmus. 

Azoodynamia. Loss of vital power. 

AZORES. The climate is mild, moist, and 
equable. 



B AC 

Azotane. The chloride of azote. 

Azotates. Nitrates. 

A'ZOTE. (Azotum, i, n. ; from a, priv., 
and Z/urn, life, because it is unfit for respiration.) 
See Nitrogen. 

Azotenesis. (From azote, and voaoc, dis- 
ease.) Diseases arising from excess of nitrogen 
in the system. 

Azo'tic acid. The nitric acid has been so 
called 

Azotic gas. See Nitrogen. 

AZOTIZED BODIES. Organic compounds 
containing nitrogen, and especially the com- 
pounds of proteine, which are remarkable for 
their nutritiousness. 

Azotureted hydrogen. Ammonia. 

Azoturia. An excess of urea in the urine. 

Azu'lmic acid. During the spontaneous de- 
composition of hydrocyanic acid, a black matter 
is deposited, very similar to the ulmic acid. This 
has been named by M. Boullay Azulmic acid. 

Azurestone. See Lapis lazuli. 

A'zyges. The sphenoid bone. 

A'ZYGOS. (From a, priv., and fyyoc, a 
yoke; because it has no fellow.) Several sin- 
gle muscles, veins, bones, &c, are so called. 

Azygos processus. A process of the os 
sphenoides. 

Azygos u'vul^k. Azygos muscle. Palato- 
uvularis. A muscle of the uvula. Palato-sta- 
phalinus of Douglas. Staphalinns, or Epista- 
phalinus, of Winslow. It arises from the pos- 
terior extremity of the suture, which joins the 
palate bones, and runs down the whole length 
of the velum and uvula, covered by the mucous 
membrane, and adhering in its passage to the ten- 
dons of the circumflexi muscles. It is inserted 
into the tip of the uvula. Its use is to raise the 
uvula upward and forward, and to shorten it. 

Azygos vein. Azygos vena. This vein is 
formed by the union of the lower intercostal 
veins of the left side, and ascends on the fore- 
part of the spine at the right side of the aorta ; 
it passes through the diaphragm into the chest, 
crosses the aorta, generally behind, but some- 
times before, to the right side of the chest, and 
terminates in the vena cava superior, just before 
it enters the pericardium. In this course it re- 
ceives blood from the renal and lumbar veins, 
the right intercostals, the oesophageal veins, 
and the right bronchial vein. On the left side 
of the spine is a large vein called Semi-azygos. 
See Semi-azygos. 

Azymus. Unleavened. 



B. 



B 



The symbol for Boron. 

Ba. Barium. 

Babuzica'rius. The nightmare. SeeEphi- 
altes. 

BA'CCA. (a, a, f. ; a berry.) A pulpy 
seed-vessel, inclosing several seeds. 

Baccs. Berries. — Baccee bermudensis. See 
Sapindus saponaria.— B. piscatorice. B. orien- 
tates. Cocculus indicus. 

Baccje copaifer* factitls:. Copaiba in- 
closed in gelatinous capsules. 
94 



Baccar. Bacchar. Baccharis. TSaKKapie. 
BanxapiC- A fragrant herb formerly used. 

BA'CCHARIS. A genus of plants. Synge- 
nesia. Polygamia superflua. — B. braziliana. 
The bruised leaves are used against ophthal- 
mia. — B. ivtsfolia. The leaves are used in in- 
fusion as a stomachic by the Peruvians. 

Ba'cchia. Acne rosacea. 

Ba'cchica. Ivy. 

Bacci'ferous. Bacciferus. Berry -bear- 
ing. 



B AL 

Baccifo'rmis. Bacciform. Having the form 
of a berry. 

Bacci'nia. Baccinium. The genus Vaccin- 
ium. 

Bacher's pills. Pilules tonic<z Bacheri. 
These consist of extract of black hellebore, fj.; 
myrrh, fj. ; carduus benedictus, fiij. ; made 
into a mass, and divided into pills of one grain 
each. From two to six pills are ^iven three 
times a day. 

Baci'llum. A troche of a cylindrical shape. 
A pastile. Several surgical instruments. 

Bacopa. A genus ot plants. Class, Pcntan- 
dria. Order, Monogynia. The Bacopa aquatica 
is used in Cayenne as a remedy for burns. 

Baden. A town of Austria. It has mineral 
springs containing carbonates of lime and mag- 
nesia; sulphates of lime, magnesia, and soda; 
and muriates of soda and alumina. 

Badia'ga. A sea-weed. It is used in Rus- 
sia to take away the livid marks of bruises ; 
and the powder of it applied to the part is said 
to have this effect in the course of a single night. 

Badian. Illicium anisatum. 

Badulam. A small tree of Ceylon. The 
Ardisia humilis. Its fruit, made into syrup, is 
given to allay heat and thirst in ardent fevers. 

Bagneres-adour. A small town in the de- 
partment of the Hautes Pyrenees which has 
numerous mineral springs, the greater part of 
which are warm and sulphureous; but some 
warm and saline, and others cokj and chalybe- 
ate. 

Bagneres-de-luchon. A small town in the 
department of the Haute Garonne, which 
abounds in hot sulphureous springs. 

Bagnigge wells. A saline mineral spring 
near London. 

Bagnoles. A village in the department of 
the Orne. Its water is like that of Bagneres- 
de-Luchon. 

Bagnols. A village in the department of 
Lozere. It has sulphureous waters. 

BAHAMA ISLANDS. The climate is warm, 
but subject to rapid alternations of temperature 
and moisture from winds and storms. Hence 
it can not be recommended to consumptives as 
a winter residence. 

Bahel. Columnea longifolia. 

Bah el schulli. Genista spinosa indica. 

Bailey's itch ointment. This consists of 
nitre, alum, white vitriol, cinnabar, olive oil, 
lard, oils of aniseed, origanum, and lavender, 
colored with alkanet-root. 

Bains. 1. A city in the department of Vos- 
ges. It has thermal saline waters. 2. A village 
near Aries. It has hot sulphureous waters. 

Baker's itch. Psoriasis diffusa. 

Baker's salt. Carbonate of ammonia. 

Baljena macrocephala. The sperm whale. 

Balance electrometer. An instrument 
constructed on the application of the common 
balance and weights, to estimate the mutual 
attraction of oppositely-electrified surfaces. 

Balance, hydrostatic. A balance adjusted 
for taking specific gravities. 

Bala'nda. The beech-tree. 

BALANITIS. (Ba?Mvog, glans.) Inflamma- 
tion of the mucous membrane of .the glans pe- 
nis, and inner layer of the prepuce, &c. 



B AL 

Balanoca'stanum. Bunium bulbocastanum. 

Balanorrhcea. Balanitis; false gonorrhoea. 

BA'LANUS. (us, i, m. ; from fiakavoe, an 
acorn.) 1. Several kinds of nuts, as the ben-nut. 
2. A suppositoiy or pessary. 3. The glans 
penis and the glans clitoridis. 

Balanus myrepsica. The ben-nut. See 
Moringa aptera. 

BALARtfc. A town in the department of 
Herault in France. It has warm saline springs. 

Balau'stium. Balausta. Balaustinis. The 
flower of the pomegranate. 

Balbis. BaMic. An oblong cavity. 

Balbus. Balatro. A stammerer. 

BALBU'TIES. (From balbutio, to stammer.) 
A defect of articulation ; stammering. 

Baldmony. sEthiisa meum. 

BALDNESS. Calvities. The falling off of 
the hair, which is natural in old age, may be 
prematurely induced by a variety of causes, as 
after severe fevers, and in consumptive and ca- 
chectic diseases. Some healthy persons lose 
their hair early in life. Where the disposition 
to baldness is only slight, the use of animal fat, 
as bear's grease, &c, will often suffice to obvi- 
ate it ; but when the hair falls off in any quan- 
tity, the only effectual remedy is to shave the 
head. 

Baldwin's phosphorus. Fused nitrate of 
lime. 

Baline'um. See Balneum. 

Ball and socket joint. Enarthrosis. 

Balli'smus. (BaAAttr/zoc; from /3a/U.t£iw, to 
dance.) Chorea. 

Balli'sta. Batista. Os balista. The as- 
tragalus. 

Balloon. (Ballon, French.) A large glass 
receiver in the form of a hollow globe, usually 
with two necks. 

BALLO'TA. Ballote. BalluTn. A genus 
of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. La- 
biatm. — B. nigra. B. fcetida. Marrubium ni- 
grum. Black, or stinking horehound. A 
common plant, to which detersive and other 
virtues have been ascribed. — B. lanata. A 
Siberian species, recommended by Brera in 
rheumatism, gout, and dropsy, as a diuretic. 
Dose, fss., in decoction. 

BALLOTTEMENT. A French term intro- 
duced into medicine. It means the motion 
communicated to the foetus in utero, by striking 
the cervix uteri with the finger of one hand 
introduced into the vagina, while the other 
hand is placed on the abdomen to fix the uterus. 
The foetus is thus made to ascend and descend 
floating in the liquor amnii. This ballottement 
is one of the least equivocal signs of pregnancy. 

BALLSTON SPA. A village in Saratoga 
county, New York. It has acidulous chalybe- 
ate springs, which are much frequented. It 
has, also, a sulphureous spring. 

Balm. Ste Melissa. 

Balm of Gilead. Balm of Mecca. Amyris 



Balm of Gilead fir. Abies balsamea. 

Balm, Turkey. See Dracocephalum. 

Balnea cknosa. The mud surrounding 
mineral springs. It has been often topically 
applied. 

BA'LNEUM. (um,i,n. Balaveiov.) A bath. 

95 



BAL 

Baths are distinguished, according to the me- 
dium employed, into the water bath, the vapour 
bath, the air bath, &c. : according as the water 
or other medium is applied to the whole body 
or only to a part, into general and partial : ac- 
cording to the part which is bathed, into pedi- 
luvium, or the foot bath ; coxceluvium, or semi- 
cupium, the hip bath ; manuluvium, or the hand 
bath, &c. : according to the manner in which 
the medium is applied, into the shower bath; 
the douche bath ; and affusion. When the me- 
dium is not applied in its simple state, but im- 
pregnated with some medicinal substance, the 
bath is said to be medicated. We shall hence, 
in the present article, consider the subject of 
bathing under the following heads : 

1. The cold bath. 

2. The tepid bath. 

3. The hot bath. 

4. The vapor bath. 

5. The air bath. 

6. Partial bathing. 

7. The shower bath. 

8. The douche. 

9. Affusion. 

10. Medicated baths. 

1. The Cold Bath. The temperature of this 
is from 42° to 85° F. When a healthy indi- 
vidual immerses his body in cold water, he at 
first experiences a sensation of cold and a cer- 
tain shock to the whole system; these very 
soon subside, and, unless the immersion be long 
continued, the water communicates a pleasant 
sensation, and feels warm rather than cold: 
when he leaves the water a very marked re- 
action of the arterial system takes place ; the 
pulse becomes very full and sti-ong ; there is a 
glow on the surface from the increased action 
of the capillary vessels; the muscles are braced, 
and the general sensations are those of elasticity 
and vigor. It is by the production of this reac- 
tion that the cold bath proves so salubrious, 
and it is therefore beneficial or otherwise, ac- 
cording as the system is sufficiently vigorous 
to establish this reaction or not. Cold bathing 
is not only conducive to the preservation of 
health, but is a very powerful therapeutical 
agent. The general circumstances of disorder 
for which cold bathing appears to be of service, 
are languor and weakness of circulation, ac- 
companied with profuse sweating and fatigue 
on very moderate exertion; tremors in the 
limbs, and many of those symptoms usually 
called nervous ; weakness of the moving pow- 
ers, and a listless and indolent state of the mind; 
provided that these symptoms are unconnected 
with any permanent disease of the viscera. 
The sea bath is best. 

2. The Tepid Bath. The range of temper- 
ature of this is from 85° to 97° F. Tepid 
bathing is chiefly serviceable by relaxing the 
skin, and promoting insensible perspiration. It 
is hence used with advantage in most cases 
wherp the skin is arid, and transpiration defi- 
cient; and in many chronic cutaneous diseases 
its use is indispensable to cleanse the pores of 
the skin from the vitiated secretions which are 
continually obstructing them. The tepid bath 
is frequently used as a preparation for the cold 
in the case of weakly patients, who would, at 

96 



BAL 

first, be unable to sustain the shock of the 
latter. 

3. The Hot Bath. The temperature of this 
is from 95° to 100° F., but about 96° is the 
best for ordinary purposes. Immersion in wa- 
ter of this degree of heat has a remarkably 
tranquillizing effect on the nervous system ; it 
renders the skin soft and perspirable ; it allays 
irritation, and produces a strong tendency to 
quietude and sleep. At a temperature of 98° 
the hot bath usually renders the pulse some- 
what quicker and fuller. At 100° and upward 
it strongly stimulates the arterial system, and 
produces a general unpleasant sensation of ex- 
citement and turgescence, which is presently 
relieved by perspiration; if the immersion be 
long continued, it causes extreme lassitude, de- 
bility, and somnolency. The bath at 96° oper- 
ates as a powerful antispasmodic, and relieves 
visceral inflammation by determining the blood 
to the surface of the body ; it hence affords the 
greatest relief in cases where an inflammatory 
and a spasmodic state are combined, as in en- 
teritis, cystitis, gall stones, &c. It is employed 
by surgeons to iavor the reduction of strangu- 
lated hernia by the relaxation it occasions. It 
is much usecLin convulsive affections, especially 
those of young children; and in cutaneous dis- 
eases accompanied with a very rough and im- 
perspirable state of the cuticle, its utility is 
obvious. A very hot bath of 104° F. is, in 
some cases, a valuable remedial agent, as in the 
cold stage of malignant fevers, and other cases 
in which the heart is almost overpowered, and 
the blood, accumulating in the larger vessels, 
leaves the surface cold and pallid. 

4. The Vapor Bath. This bath is formed 
by letting the steam from a kettle pass between 
the sheets which surround the patient, taking 
care that the vapor is not too hot. Or it may 
be formed by pouring water on hot bricks, &c, 
placed under a suitable cover. The. tempera- 
ture varies from 112° to 130°. It produces 
nearly similar effects, and is applicable nearly 
to the same cases, as the hot water bath: it 
differs, however, in exciting the circulation less, 
and producing more immediate and copious 
diaphoresis. 

5. The Air Bath. The exposure of the naked 
body to the atmosphere of a cool chamber is 
often very useful in allaying the restlessness 
arising from slight degrees of febrile excitement; 
and this may be called a cold air bath. The 
air bath, however, which is generally used as 
a therapeutical agent, is the warm air bath, in 
which the body of the patient is placed in an 
apparatus adapted to the purpose, and exposed 
to the action of the air heated to a temperature 
of from 90° to 130°. The warm air bath is 
more stimulating than the vapor bath, and pro- 
duces copious perspiration in a still shorter 
time ; it is hence a powerful remedy in highly 
congestive forms of fever, and in the cold stage 
of the malignant cholera. It is also used with 
advantage in stiffness of the joints from chronic 
rheumatism, and other cases. 

6. Partial Bathing. The beneficial effectst 
of the topical application of water are known 
to every one. Thus, cold water applied to the 
head is a common means of diminishing cere- 



B AL 

bral excitement; the topical use of the same 
agent to restrain hemorrhage in abortion and 
other cases is equally familiar; nor less so is 
the immersion of a scalded part in cold water 
as the most effectual means ot allaying pain and 
preventing vesication. The immersion of the 
feet and legs in warm water is a popular and 
useful means of determining the blood from in- 
ternal parts, and producing moisture on the 
skin; the inflammation caused by sprains and 
bruises is much relieved by bathing with warm 
water, and the suppuration of external abscess- 
es is promoted by the same means. Many 
other examples might be adduced, but the 
above may suffice. 

7. The Shower Bath. In this kind of bath 
water is made to fall from a height through nu- 
merous apertures upon the head and body of 
the patient. Its effects are similar to those of 
the ordinary cold bath, except that it produces 
a more transient shock, and is, therefore, better 
adapted to individuals whose power of reaction 
is feeble. 

8. The Douche. This consists in the projec- 
tion of a stream of cold water from a tube upon 
any part of the body. It is a most powerful 
means of refrigeration, and diminishes remark- 
ably all the vital actions of the part to which it 
is applied. Its effect varies according to the 
temperature of. the water, the diameter of the 
stream, and the force with which it is projected. 
When applied to the head it speedily dimin- 
ishes every action of the system, and will often, 
in a short time, reduce a full, inflammatory 
pulse to a thread. It is used principally in in- 
flammatory affections of the brain, and is a rem- 
edy of extraordinary efficacy in such cases: the 
'louche should here be used with due caution, 
for its depressing power is so great, that if too 
long or too severely applied, it may have fatal 
effects. 

9. Affusion. The affusion of cold water has 
been much extolled as a means of cutting short 
fever. It has already been treated of in the ar- 
ticle Affusion, which see. Sponging the body 
with cold water, or cold ablution, is highly con- 
ducive to the preservation of health : it should 
be practiced regularly imiediately on getting 
out of bed in the morning. 

10. Medicated Baths. "'hese are such as 
consist of particular liquids or vapors different 
from the ordinary media used for bathing, or 
of the common media impregnated with foreign 
substances, with a view of giving them some 
peculiar efficacy. Thus we have wine baths, 
milk baths, sulphureous baths, acid baths, ai - o- 
matic baths ; baths prepared with sulphate of 
iron, with quicklime, with alum, with sal am- 
moniac, &c. Generally speaking, much more 
importance seems to have been attached to 
medicated baths than their real efficacy war- 
rants. The sulphureous and acid baths, how- 
ever, form an exception to this remark. The 
sulphureous vapor bath is applied by placing 
the patient in a box, not including his head, 
and introducing the fumes arising from sulphur 
placed upon a piece of hot iron. This bath is 
used in vaiious cutaneous diseases, and often 
with success, especially in the different forms of 
scabies and impetigo. It has also been extolled 

G 



B AL 

• 

for its efficacy in rheumatism, gout, paralysis, 
disorder^ of the digestive organs, &c, in which 
cases its efficacy is much more doubtful. 

The nitro-muriatic acid bath was invented by 
Dr. Scott, of Calcutta, and used by him in many 
morbid conditions of the liver, especially a tor- 
pid state of that viscus. It is not often found 
necessary to raise the bath much above the 
knees, and a mere foot bath, or common wash- 
hand basin, is occasionally sufficient; in which 
case the attendants sponge the parts above the 
knee, or the aims, with the acid water. 

Three parts, by measure, of muriatic, and 
two of nitric acid, are to be carefully mixed, 
and added to five parts of distilled water. The 
bath is to consist of three ounces of this dilute 
acid to every gallon of water. 

The feet should remain in the bath for twen- 
ty minutes or half an hour, and the legs, thighs, 
and abdomen be, in the mean time, frequently 
sponged with the liquid. In winter the bath 
may be used warm, but this is not necessary in 
summer. 

Dr. Scott affirms that he has employed this 
process with decided advantage in almost all 
cases dependent on a morbid secretion of bile ; 
whether the secretion be superabundant, de- 
fective, or depraved. He found it often, within 
a few hours after the first bathing, increase the 
flow of bile and ameliorate its character, caus- 
ing the expulsion of dark-colored faeces, bright- 
colored bile, or bile of a brown, green, or black 
color, like tar mixed with oil. In the parox- 
ysm of pain from a gall-stone passing the bile 
ducts, or from common spasm, he also found it 
act like a charm, and produce almost immedi- 
ate ease. 

Balneum animale. The animal bath. Wrap- 
ping the skin of an animal just killed round the 
body of a patient, or any part of it. 

Balneum aren.e. A sand bath. 

Balneum calidum. A hot bath. 

Balneum frigidum. A cold bath. 

Balneum mari.e. The water bath used by 
chemists. 

Balneum medicatum. A medicated bath. 
A bath impregnated with some substance to 
give it a peculiar activity or virtue. 

Balneum rori's. A bath of dew. An old 
name for the vapor bath. 

Balneum siccum. A dry bath. The im- 
mersion of the body in any dry material, as 
ashes, salt, sand, &c. , is called a dry bath. Also, 
the hot air bath. 

Balneum sulphureum. A bath containing 
some preparation of sulphur. 

Balneum tepidum. A tepid bath. 

Balneum vaporis. A vapor bath. 

BALSAM. (Balsamum, i, n. BaXoafiov; 
from baal samen, the Hebrew for the prince of 
oils.) This term was formerly applied to any 
strong-scented, fluid, natural vegetable resin. 
Latterly, however, chemists have restricted this 
term to vegetable juices, either liquid, or which 
spontaneously become concrete, consisting of a 
substance of a resinous nature, combined with 
benzoic acid. They are insoluble in water, but 
readily dissolve in alcohol and ether. 

Balsam apple, male. See Mormordica bah 



97 



B AL 

• 

Balsam, artificial. Compound medicines 
are thus termed which are made of a^balsamic 
consistence and fragrance. 

Balsam of Canada See Pinus balsamea. 

Balsam, Canary. See Dracocephalum. 

Balsam of Copaiba, or Capivi. See Copai- 
fera officinalis. 

Balsam of honey. The preparation sold 
under this name is generally either tincture of 
benzoin or tincture of tolu. 

Balsam of horehound, Ford's. See Ford's 
balsam of horehound. 

Balsam of liq_uidambar. See Liquidambar 
tityracifi.ua. 

Balsam of liquorice. A nostrum which, 
according to Dr. Paris, consists principally of 
paregoric elixir, very strongly impregnated with 
oil of anise. 

Balsam of mercury. The unguentum hy- 
drargyri nitratis. 

Balsam, natural. A balsam which exudes 
from a plant is thus called. 

Balsam, Peruvian. See Myroxylon peru- 
ifierum. 

Balsam, Riga. Pinus cembra. 

Balsam of storax. Balsams procured from 
the Liquidambar atlinia and orientate. 

Balsam, sea-side. Croton eleuteria. 

Balsam of sulphur. See Balsamum sul- 
jahuris. 

Balsam of Tolu. See Toluifera balsamum. 

Balsam, Turkey. See Dracocephalum. 

Balsam for wounds. Tinctura benzoini 
eomposita. 

Balsama'tio. The embalming of dead bodies. 

Balsamelje'on. Balsa'mi oleum. Balm of 
Gilead. See Amyris gileadensis. 

BALSA'MIC. Balsamicus. Balsameus. 
Eelating to a balsam. Hoffman applies this 
name to medicines which are stimulant, hot, 
and acrid. Dr. Cullen speaks of them under 
the joint title of balsamica et resinosa. 

BALSAMPFERA. Balm-bearing.— B. bra- 
xiliensis. See Copaifera officinalis. — B. indi- 
eana. See Myroxylon peruiferum. 

Balsamina. B.fcemina. See Impatiens. 

15ai.sa.mita fceminea. See Achillea agera- 
tum. 

Balsamita lutea. See Polygonum. 

Balsamita major. B. mas. See Tanacetum 
balsamita. 

Balsamita minor. See Achillea ageratum. 

Balsamita suavolens. A composite plant, 
resembling tansy in its appearance and virtues. 

Balsamodendron gileadensis Syn. of 
Amyris gileadensis. 

BALSAMODENDRON MYRRH A. The 
myrrh-tree; a plant of the order Terebintha- 
cece, which yields the gum-resin myrrh. It is 
thought 6yu. with B. kataf. 

Balsamum. A balsam. Every nostrum of 
extraordinary virtue was fonnerly called a bal- 
sam, but few of them are now known. See 
Balsam. 

Balsamum acusticum. Acoustic balsam. A 
mixture of antispasmodic tinctures, essential 
oils, and the like. Baume's consists of tinctures 
of assafoetida, ambergris, and castor, terebinthi- 
nated balsam of sulphur, and oil of rue. It is 
dropped into the ear, or a piece of cotton moist- 
98 



B AL 

ened with it introduced, in cases of atonic deaf- 
ness. 

Balsamum ^Egyptiacum. See Amyris gilead- 
ensis. 

Balsamum alpini. See Amyris gileadensis. 

Balsamum americanum. See Myroxylon pe- 
ruiferum. 

Balsamum anodynum Batei. See Bates's 
anodyne balsam. 

Balsamum anodynum guidonis. Balsamum 
guidonis. A vulnerary balsam prescribed by 
Guy of Caliac. It consisted of hepatic aloes, 
ammoniacum, bdellium, caranna, castor, galba- 
num, labdanum, myrrh, Peruvian balsam, oli- 
banum, amber, tacamahaca, storax, and Venice 
turpentine. 

Balsamum apoplecticum. This was pre- 
pared with musk, amber, civet, Peruvian bal- 
sam, volatile oils, &c. It was applied external- 
ly to the head and nostrils of apoplectic patients, 
and was believed to be of great efficacy in that 
disease. 

Balsamum arcvei. A digestive ointment. 
The unguentum elemi compositum. 

Balsamum asiaticum. See Amyris. 

Balsamum braziliense. See Copaifera of- 
ficinalis. 

Balsamum canadense. See Pinus balsamea. 

Balsamum carpathicum. 1. The essential 
oil distilled very carefully from the fresh cones 
of the trees which yield the common turpen- 
tine. 2. The resinous juice of the young twigs 
of the Pinus cembra. 

Balsamum cephalicum saxonicum. A dis- 
tillation from various essential oils. 

Balsamum commandatoris. Friar's balsam. 
See Tinctura benzoini eomposita. 

Balsamum copaiba. See Copaifera offici- 
nalis. 

Balsamum embryonum. Aqua embryonum. 
A preparation made by mixing a vinous infu- 
sion of different aromatics, misletoe, &c., with 
several kinds of distilled waters ; digesting and 
then distilling. It was used internally and ex- 
ternally with a view of preventing abortion by 
strengthening the foetus and the womb ; whence 
its name. 

Balsamum filicis. Oleum filicis. 

Balsamum genuinum antiquorum. B. gil 
eadense. See Amyris gileadensis. 

Balsamum guaiaci'num. An old prepara- 
tion made by dissolving a pound of guiac and 
three drachms of Peruvian balsam in two pints 
and a half of rectified spirits of wine. 

Balsamum guidonis. See Balsamum anody- 
num guidonis. 

Balsamum hungaricum. A resin which ex- 
udes from the extremities of the branches of 
the Pinus pumilio, and is also expressed from 
the cones of the same tree. 

Balsamum judaicum. See Amyris gilead- 
ensis. 

Balsamum libani. Riga balsam. 

Balsamum locatelli. Balsamum lucatelli. 
A preparation made of olive oil, Venice turpen- 
tine, yellow wax, and red sanders. It was 
formerly exhibited in phthisis, coughs of long 
standing, &c, but is now disused. 

Balsamum mas. See Tanacetum balsamita. ■ 

Balsamum e mecca. See Amyris gileadensis 



BAL 

Balsamum mexicanum. See Myroxylon peru- 
iferum. 

Balsamum persicum. Tinctura benzoini 
composita. 

Balsamum peruvianum. See Myroxylon 
peruiferum. 

Balsamum rackasi'ri. Balsamum racaz- 
zira. Balsamum rhadasiri. A balsamic sub- 
stance which is inodorous when cold, but when 
heated has a smell somewhat resembling the 
balsam of Tolu ; said to have the properties of 
copaiba. 

Balsamum saponaceum. Opodeldoc. -Lini- 
mentum saponis compositum. 

Balsamum saturni. The remedy so named 
is prepared by dissolving acetate of lead in oil 
of turpentine. It is a good application for 
cleansing foul ulcers. 

Balsamum styracis benzoini. See Styrax 
benzoin. 

Balsamum succini. Oil of amber. 

Balsamum sulphuris. Oleum sulphuratum. 

tilsamum sulphuris simplex. Balsamum sul- 
m uris crassum. A solution of sulphur in olive 
oil in the proportion of one part of the former 
to eight of the latter ; their union being effect- 
ed by a gentle heat. This preparation was 
formerly given in catarrh, asthma, and other 
pectoral affections, in doses of from HI v. to 3ss., 
in water. It is never administered internally 
at present, but is sometimes used as an appli- 
cation to foul ulcers. 

Balsamum sulphuris ani'satum. A solution 
of sulphur in oil of aniseed, with or without the 
addition of oil of turpentine. 

Balsamum sulphuris barbadense. Petro- 
leum sulphuratum. Sulphur boiled with Bar- 
badoes tar. 

Balsamum sulphuris crassum. B. sulphu- 
ris simplex. See Balsamum sulphuris. 

Balsamum sulphuris terebinthinatum. 
This is made by digesting sulphur with oil of 
turpentine; its use is now confined to veteri- 
nary medicine. 

Balsamum syriacum. See Amyris gilcad- 
e.nsis. 

Balsamum tolutanum. See Toluifera bal- 
samum. 

Balsamum traumaticum. Balsam for cuts. 
Vulnerary balsam. See Tinctura benzoini 
composita. 

Balsamum universale. The ceratum plum- 
bi- compositum has been so called. 

Balsamum verum. See Amyris gilcadcnsis. 

Balsamum viride. Green balsam. 1. A 
preparation formerly much used by surgeons 
as a detergent. It was made of verdigris, lin- 
seed oil, and elemi ; or of verdigris, linseed oil, 
and oil of turpentine, or of verdigris and lin- 
seed oil without any other ingredient. There 
is a preparation still used in France called 
Baume vert de Metz, Balsamum viride Mctcn- 
sium, which consists of subcarbonate of cop- 
per, sulphate of zinc, turpentine, aloes, and 
several fixed and volatile oils. 2. A natural 
balsam brought from Peru. It is the produce 
of the Chloroxylon verticillalnm. 

Balsamum vita:. Several artificial balsams 
have been so called ; as, Balsa?num Vita: Hoff- 
manni, Balsamum Vita; Tcichmczerianum, &c. 



BAR 

That of Hoffman was the most celebrated. It 
was composed of ambergris, balsam of Peru, 
and a variety of essential oils dissolved in high- 
ly-rectified spirit of wine. It was used both 
externally as a corroborant, and internally as a 
cordial, &c. The number of its ingredients is 
now much diminished, and it is scarcely used. 

Balzoinum. Benzoin. 

Bambalia. Stammering. 

BAMBA'LIO. One who stammers or lisps. 

BAMBU'SA. Bamboo. Various pickles and 
condiments are prepared from the young shoots, 
and the substance called tabasheen, which con- 
cretes in the cavities of the bamboo, is much 
esteemed by the natives as a deobstruent. 

Bamia. Bammia. — B. moscha'la. Hibiscus 
abelmoschus. 

Bana'na. See Musa. 

BANDAGE. Deligatio. Fascia. An ap- 
paratus consisting of one or several pieces of 
linen, flannel, or other material, used to give 
support to parts, to exert pressure on them, or 
retain dressings, &c, in their proper position. 
Bandages are either simple or compound. The 
chief of the simple are the circular, the spiral, 
the uniting, and the retaining. The compound 
bandages are the T bandage,, the suspensory, 
three or four tailed, the eighteen-tailed band- 
age, &c. 

Bandy leg. A leg which has the bones 
curved outward, or in any other direction. 

Bangue. See Cannabis indica. 

Banilla. Epidendrum vanilla. 

Banyer's ointment. Litharge, Ibss. ; burn- 
ed alum, fij. ; calomel, ?iss. ; Venice turpen- 
tine, Ibss. ; lard, Ibij. Used in porrigo. 

Baobab. Adansonia digitata. 

Baptica coccus. The kermes insect. 

BAPTISIA TINCTORIA. Wild indigo. A 
leguminous perennial. The root is laxative and 
acrid; in large quantity, emetic. It is used 
freely in domestic economy as a source of in- 
digo. 

Baras. An Arabic name of the alphos, or 
white leprosy. 

Ba'rba. a, m, f. A beard. 

Barba Aronis. See Arum maculatum. 

Barb a caprje. See Spirea ulmaria. 

Barba hirci. See Tragopogon. * 

Barba jovis. Jupiter's beard. Several 
herbs have been so called. 

Barbadoes cherry. Malpighia glabra. 

BARBADOES LEG. A disease endemic in 
the island of Barbadoes and the East Indies. 
The Elephantiasis arabum. An enormous dis- 
tension of the cellular tissue of the leg, of a 
dark color. It is preceded by fever and in- 
flammation, in which stage it is managed by 
antiphlogistic means, scarifications, &o ; but if 
this stage be passed, the disease is unmanage- 
able. Amputation has been practiced. 

Barbadoes nut. See Jatropha. 

Barbadoes tar. Petroleum barbadense. 

Barbarea. See Erysimum barbarea. 

Barba'ria. Barbaricum. Rhubarb. 

Barbaross.k pilule. Barbarossa's pills. 
These were composed of quicksilver, rhubarb, 
diagridium, musk, amber, &c. It was one of 
the earliest mercurial medicines which came 
into general estimation. 

99 



BAR 

Barbarv gum. A variety of Senegal gum. 

Barba'tus. (From barba, a beard.) Beard- 
ed : applied, in botany, to leaves or other parts 
of plants which have a hair-like appendage ; as 
the Mesembryanthemum barbatum, and Spanan- 
the paniculata ; and in zoology, to animals 
which have a beard, or an appendage resem- 
bling one. 

Barberry. See Berberis. 

BARBIERS. A paralytic affection of the 
tropics, commencing in*the limbs, but followed 
by loss of voice, emaciation, adynamia. It 
principally affects strangers, and has been con- 
founded with beriberi. 

Barclay's antibilious pills. These con- 
sist of colocynth, 3ij.; extract of jalap, 3J. ; al- 
mond soap, 3iss. ; guiac, 3iij. ; emetic tartar, gr. 
viij. ; essential oils of juniper, caraway, and 
rosemary, of each gtt. iv., made into a mass 
with a sufficient quantity of syrup of buckthorn, 
and divided into sixty-four pills. 

Barda'na. Burdock. See Arctium lappa. 

BARE'GES. In Haute Pyrenees. There 
are several thermal (85° to 112° F.) sulphure- 
ous springs. 

Baru chloridum. Baku iodidum. See 
Baryta. 

BARI'LLA. (a, a, f.) The impure soda ash, 
procured by burning to ashes different plants 
that grow on the sea-shore. 

BA'RIUM. {urn, i, n.) The metallic basis 
of the earth baryta. The sulphuret and chlo- ■ 
ride are used iii medicine. 

Barium, chloride of. See Baryta. 

BARK. Cortex. 1. The common integu- 
ment of vegetables. 2. The Peruvian bark is 
called bark by way of eminence. See Cincho- 
na. 

Bark, Caribbean. See Cinchona caribaa. 

Bark, Jamaica. See Cinchona caribaa. 

Bark, Peruvian. See Cinchona. 

Bark, red. See Cinchona oblongifolia. 

Bark, yellow. See Cinchona cordifolia. 

Barley. See Hordeum. 

Barley, caustic See Cevadilla. 

Barm. Yeast. 

Barnet, waters of. A saline purging spring 
near London. 

BARO'METER. (From (iapoc, weight, and 
fierpov, a measure.) An instrument for deter- 
mining the weight of the atmosphere; it is 
commonly called a weather glass. It is made 
thus : take a glass tube more than thirty inches 
long, seal it hermetically at one end, fill it with 
mercury, and invert it in a basin of the same 
fluid; the mercury in the tube will fall to a 
point, at which it is exactly balanced by the 
pressure of the atmosphere on the surface of 
the mercury in the basin, leaving a vacuum in 
the upper part of the tube. The ascent and 
descent of the mercury in the tube indicates 
the variations in the weight of the atmosphere. 
The whole is supported by a convenient appa- 
ratus, to which a scale is adapted for measuring 
the height of the mercury. 

Baro'nes. Small worms. 

Barosma. Diosma. 

Barras. The resinous juice which exudes 
from the Pinus maritima, and concretes on the 
bark in yellow masses. It is also called galipot. 
100 



B AS 

Barre, springs of. They are thermal and 
chalybeate. 

BARREN. In Botany, a barren flower is 
that which has no pistil. 

Barrenness. See Sterility. 

BARRY'S EXTRACTS. These are pre- 
pared with great care in vacuo, and by steam 
heat only. 

Bartholinian.e glandule. See Sublingual 



Baryecoi'a. Dullness of hearing; deafness. 

Baryoco'ccalon. Datura stramonium. 

Barypho'nia. A difficulty of speaking. 

Barypi'cron. Absinthium latifolium. 

BARY'TA. («, m, l\ from (3apvc, heavy.) 
Barytes. This earth is a protoxide of barium. 
It occurs abundantly in nature in the form of 
sulphate and carbonate. It is a grayish caustic 
powder. The salts of baryta are white, and 
more or less transparent. They are all poison- 
ous except the sulphate ; and hence the proper 
counter-poison is dilute sulphuric acid for the 
carbonate, and sulphate of soda for the solul|le 
salts. 

Baryta, carbonate. Barytm carbonas- 
Used for the preparation of the chloride and 
other salts. 

Baryta, hydriodate. Iodide of Barium. 
Has been used in scrofula. Dose, gr. $th thrice 
daily ; and also in the form of ointment. 

Baryta, muriate. Baryta hydrochlorate. 
Barii chloridum. Chloride of Barium. Take 
carbonate of baiyta, Ibj. ; muriatic acid, f. fxij. ; 
water, Oiij. Dissolve gradually; warm, filter, 
evaporate, so that crystals may form. It is 
used in solution. — Liquor baryta murias. One 
part salt to three water. Employed principal- 
ly in scrofulous diseases ; also in cutaneous dis- 
eases, and as a wash to ulcers. Dose, gtt. vj. 
to gtt. x., continued until nausea is produced. 
It is a violent, irritating poison. It is the test 
for sulphuric acid in solution, throwing down 
the white, insoluble sulphate of baryta. 

Barytin. A new base from Veratrum album. 

Basaal. An Indian tree. The leaves are 
used iu gargles. The kernels are said to be 
vermifuge. 

Basalt. Trap rock. 

BASCULATION. (Basculer, French.) A 
term used in examinations of the uterus in re- 
troversion; the fundus is pressed upward, the 
cervix drawn downward. 

BASE. See Basis. 

Base, acidifiable. A body which, by its 
union with oxygen, forms acids. 

Basia'tor. (From basio, to kiss.) The or- 
bicularis oris muscle. 

Basic water. Water which is combined 
with an acid or other substance as a regular 
metallic base, and not in the crystals or as a 
hydrate. 

Basil. See Ocimum basilicum. 

Basilaris processus. See Occipital bone. 

BASILARY. Basilaris. Appertaining to 
the base. A term used in anatomy: thus, a 
process of the occipital bone is called the basi- 
lary process, because it is situated at the base 
of the skull. 

Basilary apophysis. See Occipital bone. 

Basilary artery. An artery of the brain: 



BAT 

so called because it lies upon the basilary pro- 
cess of the occipital bone. It is formed by the 
junction of the two vertebral arteries within 
the skull, and runs forward to the sella turcica 
along the pons varolii, which, as well as the 
adjacent parts, it supplies with blood. 

Basilary vertebra. The last lumbar ver- 
tebra. 

Basilic velx. Basilica vena. The large 
vein that runs oft the inner side of the arm, and 
terminates in the axillary vein. The branch 
which crosses, at the bend of the arm, from the 
long median vein to join the basilic, is called 
the median basilic. Either of them may be 
opened in the operation of blood-letting. 

Basilica mediana. See Basilic vein. 

Basilica nux. The walnut. 

Basilicon. See Unguentum basilicum. 

Basi'licum. Ocimum basilicum. 

Basilicum unguentum. See Unguentum ba- 
silicum. 

BASI'LICUS. In Anatomy, parts supposed 
to be very important in their functions ; and 
in Pharmacy, compositions highly esteemed for 
their efficacy. 

Ba'silis. An ancient collyrium. 

Basili'scus. Basilisk. A fabulous serpent. 
The philosopher's stone. Corrosive sublimate. 

Ba'sio-cf/rato-glo'ssus. The Hyoglossus 
muscle has been so named from its attachment 
to the basilary process of the occipital bone, the 
corner of the os hyoides, and the tongue. 

Basio-cestrum. A kind of crotchet. 

Basio-glossus. That portion of the hyoglos- 
sus muscle which is inserted into the base of 
the os hyoides. 

Basio-pharyng^us. See Constrictor pha- 
ryngis medius. 

BA'SIS. (is, is, f.) A base. 1. That from 
which other parts are supported. 2. The princi- 
pal medicine in a prescription. 3. The electro- 
positive component of a salt; as lime, potash. 

Basis cordis. The base of the heart. 

Bassi colica. A medicine compounded of 
aromatics and honey. 

Bassora gum. GumKuteera. A gum which 
distills from the Stercidia urens. See Bassorine. 

BA'SSORINE. A variety of gum which 
swells, but does not dissolve, in water ; as trag- 
acanth. 

BASTARD. False. 

Bastard contrayerva. Aristolochia odo- 
ratissima. 

Bastard dittany. Dictamnns fraxinclla. 
It appears to have no sensible properties, al- 
though used by some as an antispasmodic. 

Bastard tellitory. See Achillea ptarmica. 

Bastard peripneumony. See Peripneumo- 
nia notha. 

Bastard pleurisy. See Peripneumonia no- 
tha. 

Basyle. The metallic radical of a salt. 

Bata'tas. The natives of Peru give this 
name to the root of a convolvulus, and to the 
potato. See Solanum tuberosum, and Convol- 
vulus batatas. 

Batatas peregrina. See Ipomcna quamoclit. 

Bateman's pectoral drops. These consist, 
chiefly, according to Dr. Paris, of tincture of 
castor, with proportions of camphor and opium, 



BAY 

flavored with aniseed, and colored with cochi- 
neal. 

Bates's alum water. Liquor aluminis com- 



Bates's anodyne balsam. A preparation 
corresponding wfth the linimentum saponis com- 
positum. 

Bates's aqua camphorata. Take sulphate 
of copper, French bole, aa gr. xv. ; camphor, 
gr. iv. : dissolve in water, Oiv. An eye wash. 

BATH. 1. A place for bathing, or the me- 
dium in which the body is bathed. See Bal- 
neum for every kind of bath. 2. The name of 
a city in England long celebrated for its nu- 
merous hot springs, called Bathonim aqua, So- 
lis aqua", Badiguce aqua (from 112° to 116° F.). 
The mineral components are of little import- 
ance. 

Bath, Dupuytren's. Gelatino-sulphurous 
bath. Add glue, lib., dissolved in water; sul- 
phuret of potassium, §iv. ; water, 30 gallons. 
Use a wooden bath vessel. 

Bath, sulphurous. The above, without the 
glue. 

Bastennes. A place in Gascon v. Its min- 
eral waters are said to be similar to those of 
Bareges. 

Ba'thmis. The cavity of a bone which re- 
ceives the articular extremity of another bone. 

Ba'thron. Badpov. An instrument for re- 
ducing luxations in general. 

Bathypi'cron. Absinthium. 

Batisse. A place near Clermont. Its min- 
eral waters contain subcarbonate of soda, sul- 
phates of soda, iron, and lime, muriate of mag- 
nesia, and carbonate of lime. 

BATRA'CHIA. Animals of the frog kind. 

Batra'chium. Ranunculus. 

Batrachi'tes. See Bufonitcs. 

Ba'trachus. Ranula. 

Battari'smus. Stammering. 

Batta'ta peregrina. Ipomrca quamoclit. 

Battata virginiana. Solanum tuberosum. 

Battery, electrical. A combination of 
Leyden jars, all of which can be discharged at 
once. 

Battery, galvanic. Numerous pairs of gal- 
vanic plates. 

Battley's solution. See Liquor opii seda- 
tivus. 

Baudricourt, waters of. Sulphurous 
springs. 

Bauhin, valve of. The ileo-colic valve. 

Baume's hydrometer. See Hydrometer. 

Baurin. A village in the department of the 
Somme. It has mineral springs which are 
strongly chalybeate. 

BAY-CHERRY. Bay -laurel. Bay- 
leaves. See Prunus lauro-cerasus. 

Bay-leaved passion-flower. See Pnssi- 
jlora laurifolia. 

Bay-rum. Spirit flavored with bay-leaves. 

Bay-salt. Common salt obtained by evapo- 
rating sea water in shallow ponds by the heat 
of the sun. It is of a dark-gray color, and con- 
tains a minute quantity of iodine. 

Bay, sweet. Laurus nobilis. 

Baynton's adhesive plaster. This consists 
of six drachms of resin, melted with a pound 
of lead plaster. 

101 



BEG 

Baynton's bandage. This consists in the 
application of strips of adhesive plaster round 
the leg in regular order, one above the other, 
and with their edges in contact. It is of the 
greatest use in indolent ulcers of the leg, and 
acts, both by approximating the edges of the 
ulcers to each other, and by its uniform press- 
ure. 

Bdella. A leech. 

BDELLIUM, (mot, i, n.) A gum-resin hav- 
ing somewhat the appearance of very impure 
myrrh, and with similar properties, but it is not 
used now. 

Bdello'meter. (From (ide'XXa, a leech, and 
fiETpov, a measure.) An instrument proposed 
as a substitute for the leech; it consists of a 
cupping-glass, to which are attached a scarifi- 
cator and exhausting syringe. 

Bean. Vicia faba. 

Bean, French. B., kidney. Phaseolus 
vulgaris. 

Bean, Malacca. Anacavdium indicum. 

Bean of Carthagena. Lauras pichurim 
and Ocotea puchury. See Bejuoi. 

Bean, St. Ignatius's. Strychnos Sancti Ig- 
natii. 

Bear's berry. Bear's bilberry. Bear's 
whortleberry. Arbutus uva ursi. 

Bear's breech. Acanthus mollis. 

Bear's foot. Helleboras fcetidus. 

Beauvais. Department of Oise. It has 
chalybeate springs. 

Beaver. Castor fiber. 

BEBEERU. A tree of Guiana, the bark of 
which yields bebecrine, a principle analogous in 
properties with quinine. 

Beccabunga. (a, <c, f.) Veronica beccabunga. 

Be'chicus. (From fin!;, a cough.) Reme- 
dial of a cough. 

Be'chion. Tussilago farfara. 

Bechorthopnea. FertusBis. 

Beconguilles. A root which is bi - ought 
from South America. It has emetic properties 
analogous to those of ipecacuanha. 

Becui'ba nux. A nut produced by a Brazil- 
ian tree, from which a balsam is drawn that is 
held in estimation in rheumatism. 

Bedegar, Or Bedeguar. Spongia cynosbati. 
An excrescence found on different species of 
wild roses. 

Bedford strings. In Pennsylvania. They 
are saline and carbonated. 

Bedstraw. Galium aparine. 

Bee. Apis mellifica. 

Beech. Fagus sylvatica. 

Beech drots. Orobanche virginiana. 

Beer. See Cerevisia. 

Beestings. The colostrum. 

Bees' wax. See Cera. 

Beet. Beta vulgaris. 

Beetles. Coleopterans. 
. Begma. Bny/ia. The* matter expectorated 
by coughing. 

BEGO'NIA. A genus of plants. Class, Mo- 
ncecia; order, Polyandria. The roots of B. 
grandiflora and B. tomentosa are used in Peru 
against hemorrhages, diseases of the chest, 
scurvy, &c. 

Beguan. A bezoar or concretion found in 
the intestines of the iguana lizard 
102 



BEN 

Beguin's sulphurated spirit. The sut- 
phuret of ammonia. 

Behen album. See Centaurea behen. 

Behen, officinarum. See Cucubalus behen 

Behen rubrum. See Statice limonium. 

Behen tree. The Moringa aptera. 

Beidelsar. Beid el ossar. A plant used in 
Africa as a remedy for fever and the bites of 
serpents. It is supposed to be the Asclcpias 
procera. Cataplasms made of its leaves are 
applied to indolent swellings, and its caustic, 
milky juice is used to discuss venereal nodes. 
The Egyptians use the down of its seed as 
tinder. 

Beju'io. Habilla de Carthagena. Bean of 
Carthagena. A kind of bean famed for being 
an effectual antidote against the poison of all 
serpents. 

Bela-aye. Nerium antidysentericum. 

Beledamboc. A kind of convolvulus which 
grows in Malabar. It contains an acrid juice, 
which is made, with oil and ginger, into a lini- 
ment, and used against the bite of a mad dog. 

Belamodagam. A Malabar plant of the ge- 
nus Scavola. Its leaves are said to be diuretic 
and emmeuagogue. 

Belching. Eructation. 

Belenoi'des. Belemnoid. (From (3b?loc, a 
dart, and eidoc., form.) Belenokl. A term that 
has been applied to the styloid processes in 
general. 

BELLADO'NNA. (a, a, f.) The deadly 
nightshade. See Atropa belladonna. 

Belladonine. A principle said to be dis- 
tinct from atropia, and found in the belladonna. 

Bellegu. Belleregi-myrobalanus. 

Belleris. MyrobalanuB bellirica. 

Bellesme. A town near Montagne, where 
there is a cold chalybeate spring. 

Bellison. Belilla. Mussanda frondosa. 

Bell metal. An alloy of copper, zinc, tin, 
and a small quantity of antimony. 

Bellon. Dry colic. 

Bellotas. The fruit of the Ilex major. 
Recommended by some Spanish physicians in 
diseases of the chest, accompanied with profuse 
expectoration and hamioptysis. 

BELLOWS SOUND. Bruit de soufflet. A 
sound resembling that which is produced by 
the action of a pair of bellows. It is heard in 
cases of enlargement of the heart, or contrac- 
tion of its orifices. It is rarely constant, but 
ceases and returns abruptly, often without any 
apparent cause. It sometimes exists in a heart 
that is perfectly healthy, especially in hysteri- 
cal or highly-nervous subjects. The same sort 
of sound, only sharper and more whizzing, is 
heard in different arteries, often without any 
assignable cause. It is always loud and dis- 
tinct in cases of aneurismal varix. When the 
bellows sound, as heard at the heart, becomes 
somewhat rough to the ear, it passes into what 
is called the rasp sound. See Rasp sound. 

Bellu.e. The pachyderms. 

Bellyache. Colic. 

Belzoinum. Belzoim. Benzoin. See Sly 
rax benzoin. 

Bel moschus. Hibiscus abelmoschus. 

Ben. See Ouilandina moringa. 

Ben moenja. A tree of Malabar. The de- 



BER 

coction pf its roots is thought by the natives to 
be of great efficacy in malignant fevers. Its 
bark, given in decoction, is said immediately 
to stop the vomiting caused by the bite of ser- 
pents. 

Ben-nut. Moringa aptera. 

Benedicta herba. The Geum urbanum. 

Benedicta laxativa. The lenitive elec- 
tuary. See Confectio senna. 

Benedictum laxativum. Rhubarb, and also 
the lenitive electuary. 

Beneficium nature. Spontaneous recovery 
without medicine. 

Beneolentia. Fragrant medicines, &c. 

Bengal quince. See Erateva marmelos. 

Benga'l.*: radix. See Cassumuniar. 

BENI'GNUS. Benign. A term applied to the 
mild form of a disease as opposed to the malig- 
nant. A medicine which is gentle in its oper- 
ation was likewise so called by the older writers. 

Benivivum. Benzoin. 

Benjamin. See Styrax benzoin. 

Benjamin flowers. See Benzoic acid. 

Bennet herb. Geum urbanum. 

Bent grass. Agrostis. 

Benumbers. Agents which produce numb- 
ness and loss of muscular power, as aconitine, 
stramonium. 

Benzamide. Bz. Ad. Obtained by satura- 
ting chloride of benzoyl with dry ammonia, and 
washing to remove the muriate of ammonia. 
It is crystalline, pearly, soluble, fuses at 239°. 
It is decomposed by acids or alkalies, with wa- 
ter, into ammonia and benzoic acid. 

Benzile. A substance procured by passing 
a stream of chlorine gas through fused benzoin. 

Benzimide. A substance discovered by* 
Laurent in crude essence of bitter almonds. 

Benzin. Benzene. The name of the bicar- 
buret of hydrogen, procured by heating benzoic 
acid with lime; this compound is termed by 
Liebig benzole (Ci2H e ). 

Benzoas. Benzoate. A salt formed by the 
union of the benzoic acid with a base. 

BENZOIC ACID. (Acidum benzoicum ; so 
called because it is procured from benzoin.) 
This acid is easily obtained by subliming gum 
benjamin. It forms long, hexagonal, silky nee- 
dles ; is sweet and hot to the taste. Soluble in 
alcohol. Formula, CnHsOs-f-HO, or hydrated 
oxide of benzoyl, HO, Bz.O. 

Benzoic acid is veiy seldom used in medi- 
cine, but now and then it is ordered as a stim- 
ulant in spasmodic coughs and dyspnoea. The 
dose is from one grain to five. 

Benzone. A volatile fluid procured by Pel- 
iglot by heating dry benzoate of lime. 

Benzoyl, Benzoii.e, or Benzyle. C14H5O2. 
Bz. The hypothetical radical of a series of 
compounds, including benzoic acid, and the es- 
sence or volatile oil of bitter almonds. 

Berberia. See Beriberia. 

Berberin. The yellow coloring matter of 
the barberry root. 

BE'RBERIS. (m, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
Hexandria. Monogynia. — B. vulgaris. The 
barberry of the Pharmacopoeias. The berries, 
which are gratefully acid, and moderately as- 
tringent, were formerly believed to be of great 
use in biliary fluxes. 



BEX 

Bergamot. Citrus medica. 

Bergmehl. A Swedish infusory formation 
resembling earth, said to be very nutritious. 

Beriberia. See Beriberi. 

BERI'BERI. An acute dropsy common in 
Malabar and Ceylon, attended with muscular 
debility and spasms. The treatment is very 
uncertain. 

Berlin blue. Prussian blue. 

BERMUDA, CLIMATE OF. The winter 
is mild, but too liable to sharp, dry winds for 
invalids. „ 

Bermuda berry. See Sapindus saponaria. 

Berry. See Bacca. 

Berthollet's neutral carbonate of am- 
monia. The bicarbonate. It is almost desti- 
tute of odor. 

Beru. A place in Champagne, France. It 
has mineral waters, which are slightly chalyb- 
eate. 

Bes, or Bessis. An eight-ounce measure. 

BETA. A genus of plants. Pcntandria. 
Digynia. Clienopodiacem. — B. hybrida. Man- 
gel wurzel of the Germans. — B. rubra. The 
systematic name of the red beet, the root of 
which is used indifferently with that of the 
beta vulgaris. — B. vulgaris. The common beet- 
root, well known as an agreeable and whole- 
some article of diet. It yields sugar. 

Betel. Piper betel. A species of pepper 
cultivated in several parts of India. The na- 
tives are in the habit of chewing a preparation 
made with the leaves of this plant, lime, and 
areca ; this mixture is called Betel. It is con- 
sidered tonic and astringent. 

BETO'NICA. Betony. A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiata. -— B. 
aquatica. See Scrophularia aquatica. — B. offi- 
cinalis. The wood betony of the Pharmaco- 
poeias: also, B. purpurea, B. vulgaris. This 
plant, though formerly much esteemed, has little 
activity, and is not used now. Root slightly 
cathartic and emetic. 

Betonica fauli. Veronica. 

Betony. See Betonica. 

Betony, water. Scrophularia aquatica. 

BE'TULA. (a, <b, f.) A genus of plants. 
Monwcia. Tetrandria. Betulinea:. — B. alba. 
The betula of the Pharmacopoeias, or white 
birch. The juice is sweet and fermentable. 
The leaves and bark are slightly astringent and 
tonic. The bark has been used hi mtermit- 
tents. — B. alnus. The alnus of the Pharma- 
copoeias. The common alder. This, like the 
birch and other trees of the same genus, affords 
a large quantity of saccharine juice. A wine is 
made from it, called Alder wine. 

Betuli'na. Betuline. A substance discov- 
ered in the bark of the Betula alba. It is of a 
white color, veiy light, crystallizes in the form 
of long needles ; soluble in ether, alcohol, and 
oils; fusible, volatile, and inflammable. 

Beulah spa. A saline mineral spring near 
London. 

Beuvigny. A place near Bayeux, in Nor- 
mandy. Its waters are said to be chalybeate. 

BEX. Bexis. Cough. 

Bex convulsiva. B. theriodes. Pertussis. 

Bex humida. A cough, with expectoration. 

Bexaguillo. A name given to the white 
103 



BEZ 

ipecacuanha, which the Spaniards bring from 
Pern. 

Bexugo. A purgative root formerly import- 
ed from Peru. It is supposed by some to have 
been a species of Hippocratea. 

Bezetta cosrulea. Croton tinctorium. 

BE'ZOAR. Lapis bezoardicus. Bezoard. 
A preternatural concretion formed in the intes- 
tines of animals. Some of these substances 
were formerly celebrated for their medicinal 
virtues. They were supposed alexipharmic, 
and used as amulets. They are concretions of 
phosphate of lime, magnesia, and other salts, 
mixed with hair, and tinged with bile. Others 
are biliary, or of cholesterine. 

Bezoar bovinum. Bezoar of the ox. 

Bezoar germanicum. The bezoar from the 
alpine goat. 

Bezoar hojwnis. Biliary concretions. 

Bezoar hy'stricis. The bezoar of the In- 
dian porcupine. 

Bezoar microco'smicum. The vesical cal- 
culus of the chamois. 

Bezoar occidentale. Occidental bezoar. 

Bezoar orientals. Lapis bezoar oricntalis. 
Oriental bezoar. 

Bezoar porcinum. See Bezoar hystricis. 

Bezoar simije. The bezoar from the mon- 
key. 

Bezoa'rdic. Bezoardicus. Of, or belonging 
to, the bezoar. Alexipharmic. 

Bezoardica radix. See Dorstcnia contra- 
yerva. 

BEZOARDICUM. A bezoar, or bezoardic 
medicine. The name was given to numerous 
very complex bodies, most of which are now un- 
known, and none used. The principal are 
mentioned below. 

Bezoardicum joviale. An old preparation 
made by fusing regulus of antimony with tin in 
a crucible ; reducing them to powder when 
cold, mixing them intimately with corrosive 
sublimate, keeping the mixture for some days, 
distilling it, and mixing the liquor that comes 
over with a large quantity of water, whereby 
a white powder is precipitated, washing the 
precipitate repeatedly with water, drying it, 
and detonating with nitre ; lastly, washing the 
product carefully and again drying. This prep- 
aration was a very powerful diaphoretic, and 
■was given in doses of from gr. x. to 9j. 

Bezoardicum lunare. 1. A medicine pre- 
pared by distilling butter of antimony with a 
solution of nitrate of silver. It was deemed of 
great efficacy in epilepsy, and various affections 
of the head; the dose was from gr. 6 to gr. 12. 
2. The Pulvis Viennensis Alhis Virgineus; 
not now used. 

Bezoardicum martiale. The Bezoardicum 
joviale, with the substitution of iron for tin. 
Tonic and diaphoretic. Dose, gr. xv. to gr. 

XXV. 

Bezoardicum minerale. Antimonious acid. 

Bezoardicum saturni. An old preparation 
made by distilling protoxide of lead and butter 
of antimony with nitric acid ; it was given in 
doses of gr. vi. in' diseases of the spleen. 

Bezoardicus lapis. See Bezoar. 

Bezoardicus pulvis. See Pulvis bezoardi- 
cut. 

104 



BIC 

BI. Bin. Bis. Two, or twice. A com- 
mon prefix, meaning two, twice, a pair. In 
Chemistry it means, in any compound, two 
atoms of the electro-negative body. 

Biarchetunsim. Cerusse. 

Bibasic Acids which combine with two 
atoms of base, or can form double salts. 

Bibenella. See Pimpinella. 

Bibito'rius. Rectus internus oculi. 

Biborate op soda. Borax. 

Bibulous. Bibulus. Attracting moisture: 
charta bibula, blotting paper. 

Bicarbonas potassje. See Potasses bicar- 
bonas. 

Bicarbonates. Salts with two atoms of 
carbonic acid. 

Bicauda'lis. The posterior auris muscle. 

Bicephalium. (From bis, twice, and Ke(pa"kr} r 
a head.) A large sarcoma growing on the 
head. 

Bicephalus. Dicephalus. 

BI'CEPS. (From bis, twice, and caput, a 
head. ) Two-headed : applied to muscles which 
have two distinct origins or heads. 

Biceps brachii. See Biceps flexor cubiti. 

Biceps cruris. See Biceps flexor cruris. 

Biceps cubiti. See Biceps flexor cubiti. 

Biceps externus. See Triceps extensor 
cubiti. 

Biceps flexor cruris. Biceps cruris. Bi- 
ceps. A muscle of the leg, situated on the 
hind part of the thigh. It arises by two dis- 
tinct heads: the first, called longus, from the 
upper and posterior part of the tuberosity of 
the os ischium. The second, called brevis, 
arises from the linea aspera, a little below the 
termination of the glutasus maximus. It is in- 
serted, by a strong tendon, into the upper part 
of the head of the fibula. Its use is to bend 
the leg. This muscle forms what is called the 
outer ham-string; and between it and the in- 
ner, the popliteal arteiy, vein, and nerve are 
situated. 

Biceps flexor cubiti. Coraco-radialis* 
Biceps internus humeri. A muscle of the fore- 
arm, situated on the forepart of the os humeri. 
It arises by two heads. The first and outer- 
most, called longus, begins tendinous from the 
upper edge of the glenoid cavity of the scapula, 
passes over the head of the os humeri within 
the shoulder joint, and is afterward inclosed, in 
its descent, in a groove near the head of the os 
humeri, by a membranous ligament that pro- 
ceeds from the capsular ligament and adjacent 
tendons. The second, or innermost head, call- 
ed brevis, arises, tendinous and fleshy, from 
the coracoid process of the scapula, in common 
with the coraco-brachialis muscle. The mus- 
cle is inserted into the inner tubercle at the 
upper end of the radius. Its use is to turn the 
hand supine, and to bend the fore-arm. 

Biceps internus. See Biceps flexor cubiti. 

Biceps manus. See Biceps flexor cubiti. 

Bicipital. Relating to the biceps muscle;, 
thus, the groove in the os humeri which lodges 
the tendon of the long head of the biceps, is- 
called the bicipital groove. The bicipital tu- 
berosity is the prominence near the end of the 
radius, into which the tendon of the biceps is- 
inserted. 



BIL 

Bichichxs. Pectoral troches consisting of 
liquorice juice, sugar, starch, tragacanth, al- 
monds, and mucilage of quince-seed. 

Bichios. Bicho. The Guinea worm. 

Bicho m culo. A disease endemic in Brazil. 
It consists in great relaxation of the anus. 

Bichos. The chigoe, or chigger. 

Bico'ngius. A measure containing two con- 
gii, or twelve sextarii. 

Biconjuga'tus. Yoked together. Biconju- 
gate. 

Bico'rnis. Two-horned. The os hyoides. 

Bicorne os. The os hyoides. 

BICUSPID. Bicuspidatus, or Bicuspis. 
(Bis, twice, and cuspis, a point.) Bicuspidate. 
Applied, 1. To teeth. SeeDcntes. 2. To leaves: 
folium bicuspidum, or bicuspidatum, a leaf that 
terminates in two points. 

BI'DENS. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. 
Polygamia cequalis. Composite. — B. tripar- 
tita. The hemp agrimony, formerly esteemed 
as a diuretic, sudorific, vulnerary, &c, but now 
disused. 

BIE'NNIAL. Biennis. Applied to plants 
which live for two years. 

Blestings. The first milk; 'colostrum. 

Bifarious. Arranged in two rows. 

Bife'moro-calca'neus. Bifemoro-calcanien. 
The gastrocnemius muscle. 

Bifid. Bifidus. Forked ; divided into two. 

Bifo'lium. Ophrys ovata. 

BIFURCATION. Bifurcatio. The division 
of a trunk into two branches, as that of the 
aorta, the trachea, or the stem of a plant. 

Bifurcate. Bifurcatus. Divided into two 
branches. 

Bigarade. The bitter or Seville orange. 

Biga'ster. Biventer, or Digastricus. 

BIGNO'NIA. A genus of plants. Didyna- 
mia. Angiospermia. The leaves of the Big- 
nonia indica are used by the natives of India 
as an emollient application to ulcers, and the 
flowers of the B. chelonoides are used in Mala- 
bar as a perfume. — B. catalpa is the catalpa- 
tree. 

Bignonia'ce.e. A natural family of plants, 
of which the genus Bignonia is the type. 

Bihydrate of amiline. Corn spirit oil, or 
amilic alcohol. 

Bikh. The poisonous aconitum ferox of India. 

Bilabiate. Bilabiatus. Two-lipped. 

Biladen. Steel. 

Bilate of soda. Choleate of soda combined 
with coloring matter. 

Bilazay waters. Department of Deux 
Sevres. A thermal sulphureous spring. 

Bilberry. See Vaccinium. 

Bilberry bean. See Arbutus uva ursi. 

BILE. (Bilis, is,f.) A bitter, nauseous fluid, 
of a greenish-brown color, secreted by the liv- 
er. That from the gall-bladder is thick and 
dark (cystic bile), but that which flows directly 
into the duodenum from the liver (hepatic bile) 
is thin, yellowish, and inodorous. Bile does 
not putrefy readily ; it is soluble in water and 
alcohol; acids produce a turbidity. Alkalies 
dissolve bile. This secretion possesses the 
property of dissolving fatty substances. Bile 
contains about ten per cent, of solid matter, the 
rest being water The solid part contains the 



BIL 

fatty acids, cholesterine, bilin, cholepyrrhin or 
coloring matter, fellinic and cholinic acid, soda, 
phosphates, &c, and mucus. Liebig calls the 
whole of the organic matter choleic acid, since 
it combines with oxide of lead and other bases. 
The chemical history of bile is very obscure : it 
is so readily metamorphosed that the ordinary 
tests and manipulations are impossible in its 
examination. Bilin (Berzelius J is the princi- 
pal compound in bile, and is in combination 
with the fellinic and cholinic acids, forming the 
bilifellinic and bilicholinic acids of Berzelius. 
Bilin is a gummy, yellowish solid, without ni- 
trogen ; it is decomposed at 212° F., and burns, 
leaving an ash. Liebig gives the formula 
C76N 2 H 6 ^D22 for his choleic acid, which is all 
that part of bile soluble in alcohol, and contain- 
ing the bilin, &c, of Berzelius. This substance 
is resolved by muriatic acid into taurine, am- 
monia, and a new acid, the choloidic, and by 
the action of caustic potash into carbonic acid, 
.ammonia, and a new cholic acid : both these 
acids are found to contain no nitrogen. This 
author regards the bile as a secretion destined 
to prepare carbonaceous food for the function 
of calorification, and not as an excretion ; and 
his view is sustained by the fact that choleic 
acid can not be discovered in healthy fasces. 

The most obvious use of the bile in the ani- 
mal economy is to separate the chyle from the 
chyme. It aids in exciting the peristaltic ac- 
tion of the intestines; hence, in' jaundice, the 
bowels are, in general, extremely torpid. The 
color of the faeces seems to depend on the state 
of the bile. 

The bile or gall of various animals was for- 
merly used in medicine. All bile was supposed 
to be calefacient, drying, detergent, discutient, 
vermifuge ; it was believed, also, to facilitate 
parturition. 

Bile, Pettenkofer's test for. The sus- 
pected fluid, or an alcoholic solution of the 
solid, is placed in a test tube, and two thirds 
the volume of pure sulphuric acid added by 
drops. When the mixture is cold, two or three 
drops of pure syrup is added, when, if choleic 
acid be present, the mixture assumes a violet-red 
color. 

Bile sugar. Picromel. 

Biliary. Biliarius. Appertaining or rela 
ting to bile ; as, Biliary ducts, Biliary concre 
tions. • 

Biliary apparatus. The liver, ducts, &c, 
concerned in the secretion of bile. 

Biliary calculus. B. concretions. See 
Calculus. 

Biliary ducts. See Hepar. 

Biliary resin. (Theiiard.) This is a mix- 
ture of the bilifellinic and bilichohnic acids of 
Berzelius. 

Bilicholinic acid. See Bile. 

Bilifellinic acid. See Bile. 

Bilifulvin. An insoluble pale-yellow col- 
oring matter, produced by the action of oxygen 
on cholepyrrhin ; and left, after the precipita- 
tion of the biliverdin, by an acid from the oxi- 
dized solution. 

Bilimbi. An Indian tree (the Averrhoa bi~ 
limbi) which yields a juice used by the natives 
for the cure of itch and other cutaneous disor- 

105 



BIR 



BIT 



ders ; it is said that for this purpose they wear 
linen dipped in the juice. 

Bilin. The principal constituent of bile, 
which see. 

Bilious. Abounding in bile. 

Bilious fever. See Febris and Fever. 

Bilious temperament. See Temperament. 

Biliph.*:in. The reddish-yellow coloring 
matter of bile, called cholepyrrhin by Berzelius. 
It is found in some biliary calculi, and as a 

{>owder in the gall-bladder. It is very slight- 
y soluble, except in solutions of potash or soda; 
and in this case, when exposed to air, it ab- 
sorbs oxygen, and the yellow changes to green 
(Biliverdin), which may be precipitated by an 
acid, leaving behind the Bilifulvin. The pres- 
ence of biliphami in serum, urine, &c, is at 
once known by adding a little nitric acid, when 
it changes to blue, then green, violet, red, and, 
ultimately, yellowish-brown. 

BI'LIS. See Bile. 

Bins atra. Black bile. The fanciful cause 
of melancholy. 

Biliverdin. The green oxidized biliphocin. 
That obtained from ox bile is said to closely 
resemble chlorophyll. 

BTLOBED. Bilobus. Having two lobes. 

Bilocular. Bilocularis. Two-celled: ap- 
plied to a capsule which has two cells. 

Bimana. The order of mammalia containing 
the genus man, or homo. 

Bi'manus. Two-handed. A term applied 
by zoologists to man. 

Binary. Binary. A binary compound is 
that resulting from the union of two elements. 

Bina'tus. Binate; in pairs. 

Bindweed. The genus Convolvulus. 

Bindweed tribe. Convolvulacea?. 

Bino'culus. Diophthalmos. (From bis, 
twice, and oculus, the eye.) The name of a 
bandage adapted to be applied over both 
eyes. 

Biochemia. Biochtmia. Animal or vital 
chemistry. 

Bio-dynamics. The doctrine of the vital 
forces. 

BIO'LOGY. (Biologia, a, f . ; from (iioc 
life, and Tioyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine or 
science of life. 

Bioly'chnium. Biolychnion. (From ftioc, 
life, and ?.vxviov, a lamp.) The vital or animal 
heat. # 

Bipari'etal. That diameter of the cranium 
which passes from one parietal protuberance 
to the other is called by some the biparietal di- 
ameter. 

Bipartite. Biparti'tus. Deeply divided, 
almost to the basis. 

Bipeneli.a. See Pimpinclla. 

Biped. (From bipc.i.) An animal with only 
two legs. 

Bipinnati'fidus. Doubly pinnatifid. 

Bipinnate. Bipinnatus. Doubly pinnate. 

Bir. The thorax. 

Birch. See Betnla alba. 

Birdlime. Viscus aucupum. So called be- 
cause, from its great viscidity, it is used to en- 
tangle birds. A vegetable substance, generally 
prepared from the middle bark of the holly. 

Bird's eye. The Adonis verna. See Adonis. 
108 



Bird's tongue. The seeds of the Fraxinut 
excelsior. 

Birthwort. See Aristolochia. 

Birthwort, climbing. See Aristolochia 
clematitis. 

Birthwort, long-rooted. See Aristolochia 
longa. 

Birthwort, snake-killing. See Aristolo- 
chia anguicida. 

Birthwort, three-lobed. See Aristolochia 
trilobata. 

Bische. Biecho. A malignant dysentery 
of the West Indies. 

Biserial. Arranged in two rows. 

Biserrate. With two orders of seratures. 

Bisferiens. Dicrotus. 

Bishop's weed. See Ammi. 

Bisli'ngua. Ruscus hypoglossum. 

Bismalva. Althma officinalis. 

BISMUTH. (Bismuthum, i, n.) A brittle, 
crystalline metal, fusible at about 400° F. ; of 
a pink tinge ; readily soluble in nitric acid. It 
is a very inferior conductor of heat and elec- 
tricity. Sp.gr., 9-5; equivalent, 71*0; symbol, 
Bi. When heated in the open air, it burns 
into the oxide BX), or flowers of bismuth of a 
fine white color. The salts of bismuth have 
attracted little attention in medicine, the sub- 
nitrate, or magistery of bismuth, being the only 
officinal preparation. The chloride of bismuth, 
also called the butter of bismuth, is corrosive, 
and of a soft consistency. 

Bismuth subnitrate. B. trisnitratc. B. te- 
tarto-nitrate. This is formed when a solution 
of the nitrate is dropped into a large quantity 
of pure water. The subnitrate (3 BiO-f-NOs) 
falls as an insoluble, beautifully-white powder, 
known under the names of pearl powder and 
magistery of bismuth. This powder has ob- 
tained some celebrity in the treatment of gas- 
trodynia, obstinate vomiting, and painful affec- 
tions of the stomach. Dose, gr. iv. to gr. x., 
three times a day. It is but an uncertain med- 
icine, however, and has been pushed to doses 
J of 3j. without benefit. 

Bismuthi subnitras. See Bismuth subni- 
| trate. 

Bismuthum album. Bismuth, subnitrate. 

Bistort. See Bistorta. 

BISTO'RTA. (a, «, f.) Polygonum bis- 
torta. 

BI'STOURY. Bislouri. Any small knife 
for surgical purposes. Bistouries are straight, 
convex, concave, sharp-pointed, probe-pointed, 
&c. 

Bistoury cache. A bistoury, the blade of 
which is concealed in a sheath, from which it 
is made to protrude by pressing on a spring. 

Bisulphas. Bisulphate. 

Bisulphas potassjE. See Potassce bisulphas. 

Bitartrate of potash. Cream of tartar. 

Bi'thynos. TSidvvoc. An ancient plaster 
against dropsy. 

BIT NOBEN. (Indian.) Salt of bitumen. 
A white saline substance imported from India, 
which is not a natural production, but a prep 
aration made by the Hindoos. It is called in 
the country padanoon, soucherloon, and popu- 
larly, khala mimuc, or black salt. It is used by 
the Indians in all complaints. 



BLA 

Bitter. See Amarus. 

Bitter apple. See Cucumis colocynthis. 

Bitter earth. Magnesia. 

Bitter of welter. Carbazotic acid. 

Bitter infusion. An infusion of gentian, 
quassia, &c. 

BITTER PRINCIPLE. This name was 
formerly applied to a substance supposed to be 
common to bitter plants, and to be the cause of 
their peculiar taste. There is no such common 
principle. 

Bitter-sweet. Solauum dulcamara 

Bitter wood. Quassia. 

BI'TTERN. The mother water which re- 
mains after the crystallization of common salt 
from sea-water. It abounds with sulphate and 
muriate of magnesia, and contains iodine and 
bromine. 

BITTERS. Medicines of a bitter taste. 
They are usually tonics, and are by some wri- 
ters divided into pure or simple bitters, aro- 
matic bitters, and astringent bitters. — Bitters, 
wine or spirit. Tinctura gentiana; composita. 

Bittos. A disease marked by acute pain in 
the anus. 

BITU'MEN. (en, init, n.) This term in- 
cludes a number of inflammable mineral substan- 
ces. The fluid are naphtha, petroleum, mineral 
tar, mineral pitch. The solid are asphaltum, 
elastic bitumen or mineral caoutchouc, mineral 
adipocire, retinasphaltum, pit coal, jet mellilite 
or honey-stone, and amber. Of these substan- 
ces, asphaltum and amber have been used in 
medicine. See Asphaltum and Succinum. 

Bitumen barbaden.se. See Petroleum har- 
badense. 
* Bitumen judaicum. See Asphaltum 

Bitumen liquidum. See Petroleum. 

Bitumenization. The transformation of or- 
ganic matters into bitumen. Thus, wood is 
converted by natural processes into several va- 
rieties of coal, and the substance called peat 
co/isists of the remains of vegetables which have 
undergone a similar change. 

Bitumenized. Changed into bitumen. Thus, 
bitumenised wood, &c. 

Bituminous. Partaking of the nature of bi- 
tumen. 

BIVALVE. Bivalvis. Two-valved; form- 
ed of two pieces. 

BIVE'NTER. Digastric. A muscle is so 
termed which has two bellies. 

Biventer cervicis. The complexus muscle. 

Biventer maxill.e inferioris. The digas- 
tric muscle. 

BI'XA. A genus of plants. Polyandria. 
Monogynia. — B. orellana. B. orleana. An- 
notto. The substance so called is obtained from 
the pellicles of the seeds. In Jamaica and oth- 
er warm climates, it is considered as a useful 
remedy in dysentery, possessing astringent and 
stomachic qualities. 

Blacci^:. Rubeola. 

Black boy gum. A red resin of New Hol- 
land, from the Xantliorrhoea arborea. 

Black death. See Pestis nigra. 

Black draught. Infusion of senna with 
salts. 

Black drop. Gutta nigra. 

Black flux. Cream of tartar heated to red- 



B LE 

ness, or a mixture of carbonate of potash and 
charcoal. 

Black jaundice. See Icterus. 

Black lead. Plumbago. 

Black leprosy. See Lepra. 

Black pestilence. Plague. See Pestis ni- 
gra. 

Black snake-root. Actam (cimicifuga)race- 
mosa. 

Black sticking plaster. Solution of isin 
glass, with a little tincture of benzoin brushed 
over silk. 

Black tongue. An epidemic typhoid disease. 

Black turpeth. Black oxide of mercury. 

Black vomit. See Yellow fever. 

Black wadd. Peroxide of manganese. 

Black wash. Lotio calcis composita. 

Black water. The water-brash. Pyrosis 

Blackberry. Rubus villosus. 

Bladder. See Urinary bladder. 

Bladder-wrack. See Fucus vcsiculostts. 

Bladdery fever. Pemphigus. 

Blade-bone. See Scapula. 

BLjESITAS. (as, atis, f.; from blcesus.) 
Stammering. 

Bl.s:sus. T&Tmiooc. A term applied to one 
who has the legs or feet distorted outward ; to 
one who has the spine bent forward or back- 
ward ; to a paralytic ; or to one who stammers. 

Blain. A small wateiy vesicle of the skin. 
Rupia. 

Blanc de Troyes. Creta preparata. 

Bla'nca. A medicine of turpentine, various 
fetid gums, euphorbium, colocynth, antimony, 
aromatics, &c. White lead. 

Blanca mulierum. The whites. See Leu- 
corrhaa. 

Blanch. To whiten. Blanched almonds 
are those deprived of their testa. 

Bla'nquinine. An alkaloid supposed to ex- 
ist in cinchona ovalifolia. 

Blas. A term of Van Helmont, who applied 
it to the motions and influences of the stars, and 
to the activities of animal bodies. 

Blast. Afflatus. Erysipelas. 

BLASTE'MA. (B2.aoTT/fia. BXaarnmg ; 
from j3Xaaravu, to germinate.) 1. The eruption 
of any morbific humor. 2. The rudimentary 
mass of an organ in a state of development. 3. 
The substance which nourishes the cytoblast, 
or cell-germ. 

BLASTODERMA. The germinal membrane 
or skin, within and about which the develop- 
ment of the nucleus takes place. 

Bla'tta byza'ntia. Unguis odoratus. The 
operculum of a shell-fish, formerly used in 
medicine. 

Blatta'ria. Verbascum blattaria. 

Blaud's pills. Nearly the same as the pi- 
lula> ferri compositre. 

Bleaching liquid. Solution of chloride of 
soda or lime. 

Bleaching powder. Chloride of lime. 

Blear-eye. A weak and weeping eye, with 
a chronic inflammation of the eye-lids. See 
Lippitudo. 

Bleb. A bulla or small bladder. 

BLE'CHNUM. A genus of ferns.— B. lin- 
guifoliwm. See Scolopendrium vulgare. — B 
squamosum. See Ceterach officinalis. 

]07 



BLE 

BLECHR-o'rviius. A name given by some 
•writers to the slow, nervous fever. 

Blechros. Slow; feeble: as, blechrospkyg- 
mia, a slow pulse. 

BLEEDING. 1. A discharge of blood from 
the animal body, from whatever cause. See 
Hemorrhage. 2. The operation of blood-let- 
ting for the cure or prevention of disease. See 
Blood-letting. 

Blende. Sulphuret of zinc. 

BLENNA. Mucus. Hence, Blennelytria, 
leucorrhcea — Blenncnteria, dysentery — Blen- 
nisthmia, an increased flow of mucus from the 
pharynx and larynx — Blennogenous tissue, a 
tissue for the production of mucus, especially 
that of the skin. 

Blennophthalmia. Purulent ophthalmia. 

Blennoptysis. Catarrh. 

Blennopyria. Fevers with mucous disturb- 
ance. 

. BLENNORRHA'GIA. (From Qlevva, mu- 
cus, and pTiyvvfii, to burst forth.) A discharge 
of mucus. Gonorrhoea. 

Blennorrha'gic Relating to blennorrha- 
gia. 

BLENNORRHCE'A. (From fiXevva, mucus, 
and peu, to flow.) A flow of mucus. The 
term is applicable to an increased discharge 
from any of the mucous surfaces, but is usu- 
ally restricted to that from the m-ethra and va- 
gina. Blennorrhea may be divided into two 
species : 

1. The Blennorrhea simplex, which is a sim- 
ple increased secretion of mucus from the ure- 
thra, proceeding from local irritation or debil- 
ity. It requires rest, cold applications, tonics, 
and mild aperients. 

2. Blennorheea chronica. — It is the common 
sequel of a clap, which has either been badly 
treated, or has lasted long and produced great 
local weakness ; but it occurs, also, indepen- 
dently of any clap, from other causes of weak- 
ness. The discharge is yellowish, slimy, and 
stiffens the linen. It varies greatly in quantity 
in different cases. Another cause of gleet is 
stricture of the urethra. In common cases, 
gleet yields to terebinthinate medicines: the 
copaiba and Chian turpentine are most esteem- 
ed. Warm stimulants are also serviceable ; as 
cubebs, and other peppers. When these are 
ineffectual in stopping the discharge, tonics and 
cold bathing should be resorted to. Passing a 
bougie occasionally often so stimulates the re- 
laxed urethra as \p remove the disease. Weak 
astringent injections seldom fail of stopping the 
discharge. Solutions of acetate of lead, sul- 
phate of zinc, or acetate of zinc, are generally 
the best adapted for this purpose. 

BLENNORRHEA. A generic term for a 
disease attended with mucus discharge ; as, B. 
genitalium, leucorrhcea — B. luodes, venerea, 
vrethralis, urethritis or clap — B. oculi, ophthal- 
mia— U. nasalis, coiyza — B. urinalis, vesica, 
cystorrhoea — B. ventriculi, gastorrhnea — B. va- 
gina, uteri, leucorrhcea. 

BLENNO'SES. Affections of the mucous 
tissues. 

Blennothorax. Catarrh ; peripneumonia 
notha. 

Blepharadeni'tis. (From filefyapov. the 
108 



BLO 

eyelid, and a6i]v, a gland.) Inflammation of 
the Meibomian glands. 

Blepharelosis. Entropion. 

Blephari'tis. (From (3he$apov, the eyelid.) 
An inflammation of the eyelid. 

BLEPHARON. The eyelid. From this is 
compounded a number of words ; as, Blepha- 
rcedema, or hydroblepharon — Blepharoplastice, 
the formation of a new eyelid — Blepharospas- 
ms, a spasm of the eyelid. 

BLEPHARO'NCUS. (From ftletyapov, and 
oynoc, a tumor.) A tumor on the eyelid. The 
term Blcpharoncosis has been improperly substi- 
tuted for this; oyKOtuc means a general aug- 
mentation of the bulk of any thing. 

BLEPHAROPHTHA'LMIA. Blepharotis. 
Blephar otitis. An inflammation of the eyelid. 

BLEPHAROPLE'GIA. (From (Uefyapov, 
and nXnyn, a stroke, or paralysis.) Falling 
down of the upper eyelid from paralysis of the 
levator muscle. See Blepharoptosis. 

BLEPH AROPTO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from /fte- 
<j>apov, and irruatc, from mrrru, to fail.) Ble- 
pharoplegia. A prolapse, or falling down of 
the upper eyelid. It may arise from a relaxed 
state of the common integuments of the eyelids, 
or from paralysis of the levator muscle ; in the 
latter case it is often connected with disease of 
the brain : some writers consider spasm of the 
orbicular muscle as an occasional cause. 

Blepharoxy'stum. An instrument used by 
the Greek surgeons to remove callosities from 
the inner surface of the eyelid. 

Blessed thistle. See Centaurea bcncdicta. 

Blestri'smus. Jactitation; restlessness. 

Ble'villk. It possesses an acidulous cha- # 
lybeate spring. 

Blindness. Coecitas. 

Blindness, nocturnal. See Hcmeralopia. 

BLISTER. 1. An elevation of the cuticle, 
arising from the deposition of a serous fluid un- 
derneath it. A blister may be raised artificially 
by topical applications, or it may be caused By 
a burn, by hard friction of the cuticle, or by 
disease. 2. A topical application, which raises 
the cuticle in the form of a vesicle, filled with 
a serous fluid. See Vesicatorium. 

Blister-fly. See Cantharis. 

Blister, perpetual. One that is kept open 
by stimulating dressings. 

BLI'TUM. (fan, i, n. ; /3/Urov.) A genus 
of plants. Class, Monandria ; Order, Digynia. 
— Blitnm capitatum. The Amaranthiis blitum. 
A pot-herb : it has been employed as an emol- 
lient. — B. fmtidum. Chenopodium vulnaria. 

BLOOD. The chief circulating fluid of ani- 
mals, wherefrom the materials for the repair of 
parts and the production of secretions are de- 
rived. It is of a red color and high tempera- 
ture (98° to 102°) in man and the higher ani- 
mals, but in reptiles, fishes, and the inferior 
races little elevated above the medium in 
which they dwell, and of a white, or yellcAvish, 
or pink color. The amount of blood in an in- 
dividual has been estimated at from 8 to 100 lbs., 
and it is supposed not to exceed 30 lbs. The 
sp. gr. is from 1042 to 1058. While circula- 
ting in the body it consists of a transparent 
fluid, the liquor sanguinis or plasma, in which 
numerous minute globules float. The globules 



BLO 

are of three kinds: 1. The ordinary red glob- 
ule, of an elliptical and flattened figure, and 
about ^ ? V<r tn °^ an mcn m diameter. 2. Lymph 
globules, which are jspherical, granular, and 
colorless, and contain minute nuclei, sometimes 
seen to be in motion. 3. Chyle globules, which 
do not differ in any remarkable points from the 
lymph globules. The last two are called the 
white globules of the blood, and there may 
also be oil globules. When drawn and allow- 
ed to rest, the blood divides spontaneously into 
a light yellow fluid, the scrum, and into a solid 
portion, the clot or crassamcnlmn. The latter 
is produced by the deposit of the fibrin of the 
liquor sanguinis, which invests and carries down 
the globules. The serum contains Water, sa- 
line matters, and albumen. Notwithstanding 
the marked difference in color, and capacity of 
sustaining life, between venous and arterial 
blood, there is nothing known with certainty 
concerning their chemical differences. 

Much attention has been paid of late to the 
normal composition of healthy blood for the 
purpose of obtaining a standard of comparison 
to judge of the effects of disease on this impor- 
tant fluid. The mean of Simon represents 
healthy blood as consisting of 80 per cent, wa- 
ter and 20 solid residue, witli 0*2 per cent, 
fibrin, and the same amount of fats ; 10 to 13 
per cent, of globules ; 6 to 7 per cent, of albu- 
men ; and 1 per cent, of extractive matters and 
salts. The extractive is divided into alcohol 
and water extracts, of which but little isknown. 
The salts consist of chloride of sodium and potas- 
sium; carbonate of soda; phosphate of soda, lime, 
and magnesia ; peroxide of iron, and sulphate 
of soda. The fats consist of common fats, phos- 
phorized fat, and a minute amount of serolin. 

In diseases of an inflammatory order the 
fibrin may become as much as 6 to 10 parts in 
1000, especially in pneumonitis and acute rheu- 
matism, whereas in typhoid states it falls so 
low (0-9 in 1000) as to impair the coagulability 
of the blood. The blood globules are diminish- 
ed by bleeding and hemorrhages, and fall much 
below the standard in cachexies, especially 
chlorosis, in which they sink to 3 or 2 per 
cent. There are also certain bodies, as sugar, 
urea, cholesterine, and bile, which are occa- 
sionally discovered in unhealthy blood. The 
bufiy coat of inflammation arises from the ex- 
cess of fibrin, or of a modification of it, called 
the tritoxide of protein by Mulder. 

The blood is, for the most part, recruited 
from the lacteals, and receives contributions 
from the lymphatic system also ; these, being 
mixed with the venous or black blood returned 
from all parts of the system, are exposed to air 
in the lungs, part with carbonic acid, and ob- 
tain oxygen, which is, according to some, mere- 
ly absorbed by the liquor sanguinis, and, ac- 
cording to others, acts upon the fibrin or on the 
coloring matter. In the course of the circula- 
tion, the oxygen, whether free or combined, is 
replaced by carbonic acid, converting the arte- 
rial into venous blood. The ultimate analysis 
of dry blood gives, according to Liebig, carbon, 
51-96; hydrogen, 7*25; nitrogen, 15-07; oxy- 
gen, 21-30; ashes, 4-42: which nearly coin- 
cides with the formula C^HsgNeOis. 



BOD 

Blood, black. Venous blood. 
Blood corpuscules. B. globules. B. 
disks. See Globules of the blood. 
Blood, deficiency of. Anaemia. 
Blood, dragon's. Calamus rotang. 
Blood, fullness of. Plethora. 
Blood, menstrual. The sanguineous fluid 
discharged by the healthy uterus of unimpreg 
nated females is of an acid reaction, and non- 
coagulable. By analysis, it is found to contain 
an excess of blood globules, epithelium cells, 
nearly 0-3 per cent, of fats, the normal quantity 
of albumen and salts, and almost an entire free- 
dom from fibrin. 

Blood, spitting of. Haemoptysis. 
Blood stroke. An universal congestion. 
Blood, vomiting of. Hrematemesis. 
Blood, white. Lymph. 
BLOOD-LETTING. Under this term is 
comprehended every artificial discharge of blood 
made with a view to the cure or prevention of 
disease. Blood-letting is divided into general 
and topical. The former includes venwsection 
and arteriotomy ; and the latter, the application 
of leeches, cupping-glasses, and scarification. 

Blood-root. Sanguinaria canadensis. 

Blood-shot. When the vessels of the eye- 
ball are distended with red blood. 

Blood-stone. Haematite. 

Blood-vessel, breaking a. Ha;morrhagia. 

Bloody flux. Dysentery. 

BLOW-PIPE. An instrument used by anato- 
mists and chemists. The anatomical blow-pipe 
is a silver or brass tube, by means of which 
parts are inflated. By means of the blow-pipe 
the flame of a candle or lamp is directed on the 
object intended to be acted on. The flame 
assumes a conical shape, and the greatest heat 
is at the point of the cone. By substituting for 
common air a stream of oxygen gas, a much 
' higher temperature is produced, and a mixture 
of oxygen and hydrogen gases propelled through 
the tube by a convenient apparatus causes a • 
degree of heat nearly equal to that of the arc 
of flame in the voltaic circuit. This constitutes 
what is called the Oxy-hydrogen blow-pipe. 
The blow-pipe is an invaluable instrument to 
the chemist, and affords the mineralogist a prin- 
cipal means of determining the nature of min 
eral substances. 

Blue bottle. Centaurea cyanus. 

Blue disease. Blue skin. Blue jaundice 
See Cyanosis. 

Blue eye-water. See Aqua cupri ammoniati. 

Blue ointment. Unguentum hydrargyri 

Blue pill. See Pilula hydrargyri. 

Blue stone. Blue vitriol. Blue cop- 
peras. Sulphate of copper. 

Blunt hook. Hook blunt. 

BO'A. (a, <e, f.) 1. The Latin name of a 
papular eruption. 2. The Lues venerea. 3 
The name of a genus of serpents. 

Boar. Sus scrofa. 

Boche'tum. A decoction of the woods. 

Bo'chia. A glass subliming vessel. 

Bo'cium. Bochium. Boetum. Bronchocele. 

BODY. In the language of science this term 
is sometimes used in the same sense as matter; 
that is, it designates a substance which has 
length, breadth, and thickness ; is divisible, 

109 



BOL 

impenetrable, and movable ; but it is more fre- 
quently used to designate those circumscribed 
forms of matter which are the objects of sight 
and touch ; as animals, vegetables, stones, &c. 
Body, coming down of. Proctocele. 
Boerhaave's ague rowDER. A mixture of 
alum, powdered nutmeg, and Armenian bole. 

Boerhaave's red pill. A pill containing 
cinnabar. 

Bog-bean. See Mcnyanthes trifoliata. 

Bogia gummi. Gamboge. 

Boil. See Furunculus. 

Boiling point. The temperature at which 
fluids boil at the ordinary pressure of the atmo- 
sphere, or 30 inches of the barometer. 

Bola. Myrrh. 

Bolar earth. Bole. See Bole. 

BOLE. (Bolus, i, m.; (3u?mc, a mass.) An 
argillaceous mineral, having a conchoidal frac- 
ture, a glimmering internal lustre, and a shining 
streak, and of various colors. These earths 
were commonly mado into little cakes or flat 
masses, and stamped with certain impressions ; 
from which circumstance they received the 
name of terra; sigillatw, or sealed earths. 

Bole, Armenian. Bolus Armenia:. The 
Armenian bole is an argillaceous earth of a 
pale but bright-red color. It is occasionally 
mixed with honey, and applied to the aphtha) ; 
it is also used as a tooth-powder when mixed 
with some aromatic. 

BOLE' TIC. Boleticus. Appertaining to 
the boletus. 

Boletic acid. Acidum bolcticum. An acid 
discovered by Braconnot in the juice of the 
Boletus pseud o-ign iarius. 

BOLE'TUS. (us, i, va.\ QuknriQ.) 1. A 
kind of fungus referred by Lhmams to the ge- 
nus Lycopcrdon. 2. A genus of fungi, which 
differ from the agarics in having tubes under 
the caps instead of gills. 

Boletus cervi. The deer ball. This is 
said to be aphrodisiac. 

Boletus igniarius. Agaric of the oak; 
touchwood boletus ; female agaric. The Agar- 
icus of the Pharmacopoeias : called, also, Agar- 
icus chirurgorum, Agaricus quercus. Has been 
much used by surgeons as an external styptic, 
when softened by beating. 

Boletus laricis. Agaricus albus. It is 
parasitic on the larch, and it is a drastic purge 
in the dose of sj. to jij. 

Boletus purgans. The boletus laricis. 

Boletus suave'olens. The Fungus salicis 
of the Pharmacopoeias. When fresh, it has a 
sub-urinous smell, and at first an acid taste, fol- 
lowed by a bitter. Formerly given in phthis- 
ical complaints. 

Boletus sulphureus. On drying, this 
evolves needle-like crystals of oxalic acid near- 
ly pure. 

Bolismus. See Bulimia. 

Bolognian stone. A pyrophorus. The ex- 
act process is not known; but a substance very 
distinctly luminous in the dark, after exposure 
to the sun's rays, may bo obtained by making 
powdered sulphate of baryta into cakes with 
mucilage of gum tragacanth, calcining them 
carefully in the open fire, and allowing them to 
cool slowly. 
110 



BOH 

BO'LUS. (Bolus, i, m. ; /JuAof, a mass.) 1. 
Any medicine, rolled into the shape of a ball 
larger than an ordinary-sized pill, and yet not 
too large to be swallowed. 2. A kind of argil- 
laceous earth. See Bole. 

Bolus ad quartanum. A medicine of Laen- 
nec for pneumonia. #. Emetic tartar, gr. j. ; 
bark, sj. : make into a mass with oil of juniper. 

Bolus Armenia. See Bole, Armenian. 

Bolus armeni.e albus. The white Armen- 
ian bole. 

Bolus blessensis. BoleofBlois. 

Bolus gallicus. Bolus albus. French bole. 
A pale, red-colored earth, variegated with ir- 
regular specks and veins of white and yellow. 
It was formerly esteemed as an absorbent and 
antacid. 

Bomarea salsilla. This Chilian plant is 
used as a sudorific. 

Bqmbic acid. Acidum bombicum. Acid of 
the silk-worm ; formic acid ? 

BO'MBUS. (us, i, m. ; (iofi6og, the buzzing 
of bees.) In medical language, this word has 
been used to denote, 1. The sensation of ring- 
ing in the ears. Tinnitus aurium. 2. The 
noise caused by the movement of gas in the in- 
testines, otherwise called Borborygmus. See 
Borborygmus. 

Bonduch Indorum. See Guilandina. 

BONE. See Os. 

Bone-binder. See Osleocolla. 

Bone black. Charred bones ; ivory black. 

Bone earth. It consists nearly altogether 
of phosphate of lime. 

Bone nippers. Bone forceps. A strong 
pair of forceps with cutting edges, for removing 
and cutting away fragments of bones. 

Boneset. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 

Bone spirit. The impure ammonia distilled 
from bones. 

Bones, brittleness or friability of. This 
morbid state is a consequence of several dis- 
eases, especially syphilis. The gelatinous mat- 
ter of the bones is removed, and there being 
an excess of earthy particles, they become brit- 
tle, so as to be fractured upon the slightest vio- 
lence. 

Bones. SALT of. Carbonate of ammonia. 

Bones, softening of. Mollities ossium. 

Bonnes, mineral waters of. They are sul- 
phureous and thermal : 98° F. 

BONPLANDIA. A genus of lofty trees of 
South America, the bark of which yields angos- 
tura or cusparia bark, especially that of the B. 
trifoliata. 

Bonus genius. Peucedanum. 

Bonus Henricus. See Chenopodmm bonus 
Henricus. • 

BORA'CIC ACID. Acidum boracicum. Aci- 
dum boracis. Sedative salt of Homberg. Bo- 
racic acid is most readily obtained by dissolving 
borax in hot water, filtering the solution ; add- 
ing sulphuric acid by little and little, till the 
liquid has a sensibly acid taste, and setting it 
aside to cool : the boracic acid will be depos- 
ited in small, white, shining, scaly crystals. It 
is slightly acid ; soluble ; vitrified by heat. 
Composition, boron 1— f-3 oxygen. It was for- 
merly thought to be a sedative. 

Borage. See Borago. 



BOT 

BORAGI'NEjE. Boraginacem. The Borage 
tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous 
plants or shrubs, with leaves alternate, covered 
■with asperities ; corolla gamopetalous ; stamens 
inserted in the corolla ; fruit, four nats, distinct. 
BORA'GO. (o, mis, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Boraginem. — B. of- 
ficinalis. Borage. It is used in Europe in pul- 
monary diseases, in rheumatism, and in cutane- 
ous affections. 

BO'RAS. (as, atis, f.) A borate. 
Boras sodje. See Sodm biboras. 
Boras supersodicus. Borax. 
Borate. A salt of boracic acid. 
Borate of mercury. A compound of bora- 
cic acid with oxide of mercury. It has been 
recommended in syphilis. 

BORAX. (Boras, acis, m. ; from Bourach, 
an Arabic word.) See Sodm biboras. 

BORBORY'GMUS. (us,i,m. Boptopvyfioe.) 
The rumbling noise occasioned by flatus in the 
intestines. 

Bordeaux, waters of. They are chalybe- 
ate. 

Boric acid. Boracic acid. 
Boritis. The philosopher's stone. 
Borneen. The name given to a compound 
of carbon and hydrogen found in valerian root, 
and which, on exposure to moisture, acquires 
the properties of Borneo camphor. It is sup- 
posed to be identical with liquid camphor. The 
camphor itself has been named borneol, and it 
is converted, by the action of nitric acid, into 
laurel-camphor. 

Borneo camphor. That found in the crevi- 
ces of the dryobalonops-tree. 

BORON. Borium. Boracium. The basis 
of- boracic acid. It is an element, solid, of a 
greenish-black color, and resembling carbon. 
Eq., 136*25 ; sym., B. It combines with sul- 
phur, chlorine, and oxygen, forming with the 
last, BO3, boracic acid. 

Borozail, or Zail. (Ethiopic.) A disease 
which is endemic on the shores of the River 
Senegal. It attacks the genital organs of both 
sexes, but is different from syphilis. Accord- 
ing to Blancard, it is called Asab in men, and 
Assdbatus in women. It is probably identical 
with Frambmsia, or the Yaws. 

Boruret. A combination of boron with a 
simple body. A boride. 

Borri. Borri-borri. Boberri. Turmeric; 
also an ointment. 

BOS. (os, ovis, m.) The ox. A well-known 
genus of ruminant animals. The flesh of the 
ox, commonly called beef, is highly-nutritious 
and digestible. 

BOS WE'LLIA. A genus of plants. Decan- 
dria. Monogynia. B. serrata is supposed to 
afford the olibanum of commerce. — B. thuife- 
ra. The olibanum-tree. 

Bota'le foramen. The foramen ovale of 
the foetal heart. 

BOTANICA. Botany. 
Bota'nicon. A plaster made of herbs. 
Botano'logy. Botany. 

BO'TANY. (BoraviKn, Botanica; from jio- 
ravtj, an herb, or grass. ) That branch of natural 
history which relates to the vegetable kingdom. 
Botany is not confined to the description and 



BOU 

classification of plants, but involves the whole 
philosophy of one great department of nature. 
It consists of the terminology, or nomenclature 
of the several parts of plants which are exter- 
nally visible; as stems, leaves, flowers, seed- 
vessels, &c. 

The classification, or arrangement. A knowl- 
edge of the different parts of a plant must ne- 
cessarily be gained before it is described ; but, 
amid the multiplicity of objects which the veg- 
etable kingdom presents, it is impossible to dis- 
tinguish individuals from each other, by char- 
acters which the memory can retain, without 
having recourse to such general similarities and 
differences as are common to a number of indi- 
viduals. By tracing these general resemblance* 
and diversities through a number of gradations, 
we are enabled to found on them primary and 
subordinate divisions, either ascending from 
particulars to generals, or descending from gen- 
erals to particulars. Such divisions and distri- 
butions in the science before us constitute the 
various systems, arrangements, or classifications- 
of botanists ; and these, according to the kind 
of characters on which they are founded, are 
called natural or artificial. A view of the 
principal classifications of plants will be given 
in the article Vegetable Kingdom. 

Vegetable chemistry is the chemical exami- 
nation of the substances which enter into the 
composition of plants, or are formed by them. 
This now forms the greater part of vegetable 
physiology. 

Botany-bay gum. See Xanthorhasa haslilis. 
Botargo. A salted preparation made in Ita- 
ly and the South of France, from the row of the 
gray mullet. It is used as a seasoning to other 
food. 

Bo'thrion. Botrium. 1. The socket of a 
tooth. 2. A small, deep ulcer of the cornea. 

BOTHRIOCE'PHALUS. (us, i, m.; from 
Podpiov, and ke^oXv, a head.) The tape- worm. 
See Entozoa. 

BoTHRiocErHALus latus. See Entozoa. 
Bo'tium. A bronchocele. 
BO'TRYS. (Borpvc, a cluster of grapes.) 
Supposed to be the Chenopodium botrys. — B. 
mexicana. Chenopodium ambrosioides. — B. 
vulgaris- Chenopodium botrys. 

Botts. The larva of several flies which aro 
found in the stomach and intestines of horses 
and domestic animals. 

Botulinic acid. A poisonous, oily acid 
found in decaying sausages. 

BOUGI'E. (French for a wax candle.) A 
long, slender instrument that is introduced into 
the urethra, oesophagus, or rectum, to overcome 
strictures of those canals. Bougies for the ure- 
thra are made of various materials, as elastic 
gum, wax, catgut, and metal, and of various 
sizes, according to the degree of stricture. 
Each kind of bougie has its advantages for par- 
ticular purposes, but the elastic gum is the one 
most generally used, and to be preferred in 
common cases of stricture of the urethra. When 
the bougie has some escharotic substance at- 
tached to the end of it, it is called a medicated 
or armed bougie. Armed bougies are some- 
times used in inveterate cases of stricture. A 
common bougie, with a piece of nitrate of sil- 

111 



BRA 

ver fitted into the end of it, is the contrivance 
generally used by such surgeons as approve of 
the use of armed bougies. Bougies for the 
esophagus are usually made of elastic gum, and 
are sometimes armed with caustic, like those 
for the urethra. Bougies for the rectum are 
generally made of elastic gum or of crystal 



Bouillon. Broth. 

Boulogne. Its mineral waters are acidulous 
and chalybeate. 

Bourbon-lan cy. It has thermal saline 
springs, containing carbonic acid, muriates of 
soda and lime, sulphate of soda, carbonates of 
lime, iron, and silica. Their temperature is 
from 106° to 135° F. 

BOURDONNEMENT. The name given by 
the French to the several varieties of imaginary 
sounds, termed, 1. Syrigmus, or ringing in the 
ears. 2. Susurrus, or whizzing sounds. 3. 
Bombus, or beating sounds. 

BOURDONNEMENT AMPHORIQUE. An 
auscultatory sound resembling the buzzing of a 
bee confined in a vase. 

Bovi'll^e. The measles. 

Bovi'na fames. See Bulimia. 

Bovi'stus. See Lycoperdon. 

Box-tree. See Buxus. 

Box-wood. Cornus florida. 

Boyle's fuming liquor. Boyle's hell. Sul- 
phuret of ammonia. 

BR. Bromine. 

Brache'rium. A truss or bandage for hernia. 

BRACHLE'US. (From brachium, the arm.) 
Appertaining to the arm. 

Brachi^eus externus. See Triceps exten- 
sor cubiti. 

BrachijEUS internus. See Brachialis in- 
terims. 

Brachi^us musculus. See Brachialis inter- 
ims. 

BRA'CHIAL. {Brachialis, from brachium, 
the arm.) Appertaining to the arm. 

Brachial aponeurosis. The euveloping 
aponeurosis of the arm. 

Brachial artery. Arteria brachialis. Ar- 
teria humeralis. It is the continuation of the 
axillary, which, as it passes behind the tendon 
of the pectoralis major, receives the name of 
brachial. It runs down on the inside of the 
arm, behind the inner edge of the coraco-bra- 
chialis and biceps muscles. It gives off the 
profunda humeri superior, the profunda infe- 
rior, and the ramus anastomoticus magnus. At 
about an inch below the bend of the arm it di- 
vides into the radial and ulnar. 

Brachial plexus. The lower cervical nerves 
and the first dorsal form this plexus. From this 
all the great nerves of the upper extremity are 
derived. It also gives off the external thoracic 
nerves and twigs to the muscles in its vicinity. 

Brachia'le. The carpus. 

Brachialis externus. See Triceps exten- 
sor cubiti. 

Brachialis internus. Brachiaus. Bra- 
chieeus interims. It arises fleshy from the mid- 
dle of the os humeri, at each side of the inser- 
tion of the deltoid muscle, covering all the 
inferior and forepart of this bone ; runs over 
the joint, and adheres firmly to the ligament ; 
112 



BRA 

is inserted, by a strong, short tendon, into th/v 
coronoid process of the ulna. Its use is to bend 
the fore-arm, and to prevent the capsular liga- 
ment of the joint from being pinched during 
that actios. 

BRACHIA'TUS. Brachiate. Applied to 
branches, panicles, &c, spread in four direo 
tions, crossing each other alternately in pairs. 

Brachii os. See Humeri os. 

Brachio-cefhalic artery. The arteria in- 
nominata. 

Brachio-cubital ligament. See Ligament- 
um brachio-cubitale . 

BRACHIO'PODA. (From fipaxiuv, an arm. 
and novc, a foot.) An order of molluscous ani- 
mals, so called because their feet resemble 
arms. 

Brachio-radial ligament. See Ligament- 
um brachio-radiale. 

BRA'CHIUM. {um, i, n.; fipaxiuv, the 
arm.) The arm, or, more properly, that part 
of it extending from the shoulder to the elbow. 

Brachium movexs quartus. See Latissi- 
mus dorsi. 

Brachu'na. A species of satyriasis. Nym- 
phomania. 

Brachyau'chen. One with a short neck. 

Brachychro'nius. (From (ipaxvc, short, and 
Xpovoe, time.) A term applied by Galen to a 
disease which continues but a short time. 

Brachypnce'a. From j3paxvc, and ttveu, to 
breathe.) Dyspnoea. 

BRACT. Bractea. A floral leaf. A bract 
is a little leaf-like appendage to some flowers, 
lying under or interspersed in the flower, but 
generally different in color from the true leaves 
of the plant. 

Bractea'tus. Bracteate: having a floral 
leaf. 

Bracteifo'rmis. Resembling a bract. 

Bradymasesis. Dysmasesis. 

Bradype'psia. (From (ipadvc, slow, and 
■retttu, to concoct.) Weak digestion. 

Bra'dyspermati'smus. Sterility. 

Bradysuria. Painful and frequent urination. 

Bragg at. A ptisan of honey and water. 

BRAIN. See Cerebrum. 

Brain, little. See Cerebellum. 

Braine. A small town three leagues from 
Soissons. It has mineral waters similar to those 
of Passy. 

Bramble. Rubrus fructicosus. 

Bran. Furfur. It is laxative. 

Branca leonina. B. leonis. See Alche- 
milla. 

Branca ursina. See Acanthus and Hera- 
cleum. 

Branchi. Branches. Swelling of the tonsils. 

BRA'NCHIA. {a, a:, f. ; from (ipayxia, the 
gills of a fish.) A gill. The respiratory organs 
of those animals that breathe water instead of 
air are called branchice, or gills. 

BRANCHIO'PODA. (From (3pay X ia, gills, 
and novg, a foot.) An order of crustaceous ani- 
mals, so called because their branchial are situ- 
ated on the feet. 

Branchus. Bpuyxoc. Hoarseness. 

Brandish's alkaline solution. A solution 
of potash. 

BRANDY. Spiritus Gallicus. An alcoholic 



BRE 

liquor, obtained by distillation from wine. It 
contains from 50 to 60 per cent, of pure spirit. 
Its peculiar flavor depends on the essential oil. 
It acts like other ardent spirits; it is, howev- 
er, preferable as a stimulant in typhus and oth- 
er asthenic diseases. Brandy, largely diluted 
with water, will often be found a good ordinary 
drink at dinner, in cases of dyspepsia unattend- 
ed with an inflammatory state of the stomach. 

Brank-ursine. Acanthus mollis. 

Bkanks. Mumps. 

Brase'gur waters. They have both ca- 
thartic and astringent properties. 

Brasi'lia. Brazil wood. 

Brasiliense lignum.' See Ccesalpinia. 

Brasiliensis radix. The ipecacuanha root. 

Bra'sium. Malt, or germinated barley. 

Brass. Ms. 

Brassade'lla. Brassatella. Ophioglossum 
spicatum. 

BRA'SSICA. (a, a, f.) Kpn/ify. Cabbage 
or colewort. A genus of cruciferous plants. 
Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. — B. acidulata. Sour 
crout. — B. alba. The white cabbage. — B. api- 
ana. Jagged or crimpled colewort. — B. canina. 
See Mereurialis perennis. — B. capitata. See 
Brassica oleracea: — B. cuma'na. The red cole- 
wort. — B. eru'ca. Brassica erucastrum. Gar- 
den rocket. Roman rocket. Eruca sylves- 
tris. The seeds of this plant {semen eruca;) 
have an acrid taste. They are said to be good 
aperients and antiscorbutics. The rocket was 
esteemed aphrodisiac by the ancient Romans. — 
B. erucastrum. See Brassica eruca. — B. flori- 
da. The cauliflower. — B. lacuturria. The 
Savoy plant. — B. marina. See Convolvulus 
soldanella. — B. napus. Wild navew, or rape. 
The systematic name for the plant from which 
the semen napi is obtained. Napus sylvestris. 
Bunias. The seeds yield, upon expression, a 
large quantity of oil, called rape oil, which is 
sometimes ordered in stimulating liniments. — 
B. oleracea. The sea cabbage. Cabbages in 
general are somewhat hard of digestion, and 
are apt to produce flatulency in weak stomachs. 
The pickles of cabbage ai - e considered as anti- 
scorbutic, from the vinegar and spices they 
contain. — B. rapa. The turnip. The turnip 
is somewhat laxative, but liable to produce flat- 
ulencies. — B. rubra. Red cabbage. This 
makes a good pickle. The infusion of its leaves, 
which is of a very rich blue color, affords an 
excellent test both for acids and alkalies, turn- 
ing green with alkalies, and red with acids. — 
B. sabduda. The Savoy plant. — B. saliva. 
The common garden cabbage. 

BRAYERA ANTHELMINTICA. A rosa- 
ceous plant of Abyssinia, the flowers of which, 
in decoction, are said to be of great value in 
tapeworm, and as a vermifuge. 

Brazil wood. See Casalpinia. 

Bread-fruit. The Artocarpus incisa. 

BREAST. The mamma, which see ; also, 
the thorax or chest. 

Breast -glass. A curved tube furnished 
with a large bulb about midway, and used for 
the purpose of drawing, by suction, the milk 
from tumid breasts. There is another imple- 
ment called a breast-glass, which is adapted to 
the nipple, and resembles a small cup, the use 
H 



BRO 

being to receive the milk which overflows from 
the breast. 

Breast-pump. A small bell-glass furnished 
with an exhausting syringe for the purpose of 
relieving tumid breasts. 

BREATH. The air expelled from the chest 
at each expiration. (See Respiration.) Fetor 
of the breath arises from a variety of causes, 
and constitutes the disagreeable infirmity com- 
monly called a bad breath. It may arise from 
decayed teeth, diseases of the nostrils or fauces, 
&c. ; but it is most frequently connected with 
a disordered state of the digestive organs. In 
some persons, however, who enjoy perfect 
health, fetor of tho breath is constitutional and 
incurable. 

Breath, short or difficult. Dyspnoea. 

Breech presentations. See Parturition. 

BRE'GMA. {a, tis, n. ; from /?/3£%o, to 
moisten : formerly so called, because, in infants, 
it is tender and moist.) The top of the head, 
formed by the junction of the parietal bones. 

Brenning. Gonorrhoea. 
• Brevis cubiti. The anconeus. 

Brevissimus oculi. The obliquus inferior 

Brezilin. The coloring matter of Brazil 
wood. 

Bricklayer's itch. A kind of impetigo on 
the hands. 

Bricks. Bricks and brick-earth were for- 
merly articles of the materia medica ; indeed, 
the oil of bricks is sometimes used in the pres- 
ent day. See Oleum laterinum. The powder 
of bricks, made into an ointment with lard, has 
been used as an application to herpetic and 
other cutaneous diseases. 

Bricks, oil of. Oleum laterinum. 

BRIGHT'S DISEASE. A granular degen- 
eration of the kidney, with albuminous urine. 
The symptoms are cachexia, dyspepsia, lumbar 
pain, inflammation of the kidney, frequent uri- 
nation, dropsies, or visceral disease. 

Brim of the pelvis. The margin of the 
upper strait of the pelvis. 

Brimstone. See Sulphur. 

BRISTOL HOT WELL. Bristoliensis aqua. 
A thermal and slightly acidulous mineral spring, 
situated about a mile below Bristol. The fresh 
water is inodorous, perfectly limpid and spark- 
ling, and sends forth numerous air-bubbles when 
poured into a glass. It is very agreeable to the 
palate, but without having any very decided 
taste. 

British gum. Starch heated to 700° F. 

British oil. Oleum petrre vulgare. 

Broad ligaments. See Uterus. 

Brochus. Bpoxog. Laqueus. A noose; a 
particular kind of bandage. 

Bro'chus. A person with a very prominent 
upper lip, or whose teeth project forward. 

Brocoli. Brassica florida. 

Bro'dium. Jusculum. Broth, or the liquor in 
which any thing is boiled. It has also been 
used to designate any liquid vehicle of a medi- 
cine. Brodium salis means a decoction of salt. 
Bro'mal. A caustic, volatile, oily compound, 
made by acting on alcohol with bromine in the 
cold. Formula, C 4 B 3 0-f-HO. 

Bromate. Bromas. A salt formed by the 
combination of the bromic acid with a base. 

113 



BRO 



BBO 



BROMATO'LOGY. (Bromatologia, ee, f. ; 
from ppo/ia, food, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) A 
discourse or treatise on aliments. 

BROME'LIA. A genus of plants. Hexan- 
dria. Monogynia. — B. ananas. The pine-ap- 
ple. The B. penguin yields a refrigerant fruit. 

Bromic acid. See Bromine. 

BROMIDE. A compound formed by the 
union of bromine with a base. See Bromine. 

BROMINE. (Bromium; from fipuuoc, fee- 
tor : so called from its peculiarly offensive 
smell.) Brome. An elementary body obtain- 
ed from bittern. At common temperatures 
bromine is a deep reddish-brown liquid, of a 
peculiarly suffocating, disagreeable odor. Spe- 
cific gravity about 3. It emits a brownish-red 
vapor at common temperatures, and hoils rap- 
idly at 1 16°. At a temperature somewhat be- 
low 0° it congeals into a brittle solid. It is 
slightly soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 

This element is closely analogous with chlo- 
rine and iodine. Eq., 78*39; sym., Br. It 
forms an acid with oxygen, the bromic, BrOs, 
and an acid gas with hydrogen, very similar to 
the hydrochloric acid. Its compounds with 
elementary bodies and compound radicals are 
closely similar with those of chlorine, and are 
called bromides. 

Bromine has been lately introduced into 
medicine. M. Magendie regards its properties 
as somewhat analogous to those of iodine, but 
more active; he has employed it in scrofula, 
amenorrhoea, and hypertrophy of the heart. 
The bromide of potassium, also called hydrobro- 
mate of potash, may be given in distilled water 
or any other simple vehicle, in the dose of from 
three to five grains twice a day. 

Bromide of sodium seems to be a preparation 
very similar to the bromide of potassium. 

The bromide of potassium and sodium has 
been applied externally by M. Magendie, in the 
form of ointment, to scrofulous swellings. Thir- 
ty-four grains of the bromide may be blended 
with an ounce of lard, and half a drachm or a 
drachm of this ointment rubbed into the part at 
each application. 

The bromide of iron has been administered 
internally by M. Magendie: he divides ten 
grains of the bromide, beat up with conserve 
of roses and gum Arabic, into twenty pills, and 
gives two of the pills night and morning. 

Bromide of mercury has been given in syph- 
ilis; and the bromide of silver is extremely sen- 
sible to the action of light. 

BRO'MINUM. (am, i, n.) Bromine. 

Bromogra'phia. Bromography. A treatise 
on food. 

Bro'muret. The same as bromide. * 

BRO'MUS. 1. The Greek name of the oat. 
2. A genus of grasses. — B. dioscoridis. The 
wild oat. — B. sterilis. The wild oat. 

BRO'NCHIA. Bronchi. (From /3poy X oc, 
the throat.) The tubes into which the trachea 
divides. See Trachea. 

BRONCHIAL. Bronchialis. Appertaining 
to the bronchia, as bronchial arteries, bronchial 
veins, &c. 

Bronchial arteries. Bronchial glands. 
Bronchial plexus. See Trachea. 

Bronchial cells. See Pulmo. 
114 



Bronchial cough. This auscultatory sound 
indicates obstruction of the cells. 

Bronchial respiration. See Auscultation. 

Bronchial tubes, dilatation of. See 
Bronchitis. 

Bronchial veins. See Trachea. 

Bronchiectasis. Dilatation of the bronchia. 

BRONCHI'TIS. Inflammation of the mu- 
cous lining of the bronchi. Bronchitis may be 
considered under two forms, the acute and the 
chronic, the description of which will render 
the intermediate forms in which it presents it- 
self sufficiently intelligible. 

1. Acute Bronchitis. — This sometimes com 
mences in the bronchial tubes themselves, and 
sometimes extends to them from the trachea. 
In the majority of cases the disease arises from 
exposure to cold, and it is then usually accom- 
panied with.coryza and a general inflammatory 
state of the mucous membrane of the nose, 
frontal sinuses, and windpipe. Acute bronchi- 
tis, in its lighter and more common form, is not 
a serious affection, and amounts, in fact, to noth- 
ing more than what is called " a cold on the 
chest." Sometimes, however, acute bronchitis 
presents itself as a very formidable affection. 
The difference between the more severe and 
lighter forms of bronchitis depends partly on 
the degree of inflammatory action and the ex- 
tent of membranous surface affected, but prin- 
cipally on the site of the disease, which, in the 
slighter cases, is confined to the large tubes, 
and in the severer, extends to the minute ram- 
ifications: in the former, the turgescent state 
of the membrane and the increased mucous se- 
cretion offer no serious impediment to respira- 
tion; while in the latter, the same things oc- 
curring in the small tubes prevent the due aera- 
tion of the blood in the cells of the lungs to 
such a degree, that the patient often dies from 
suffocation. In the severer forms of acute bron- 
chitis the fever is sharp, and at first usually of 
the inflammatory kind, the pulse being hard 
and quick, and the urine scanty and high-col- 
ored. The oppression on the chest is very 
great, and generally accompanied with pain, 
which is of a much more obtuse kind than that 
attendant on pleurisy ; the cough is severe, fre- 
quent, and distressing; the expectoration is at 
first scanty, and afterward becomes copious, 
frothy or viscid, and sometimes streaked with 
blood ; the increased secretion affords no relief 
to the symptoms, and the dyspnoea and cough 
are aggravated by it. All the symptoms enu- 
merated are worse toward night, at which time 
there is an exacerbation of fever. This state 
of things having continued for some days, the 
patient generally begins to recover, or becomes 
very rapidly worse. The first symptom of 
amelioration is a greater freedom of breathing, 
with a change in the expectoration, the sputa 
becoming thicker, whiter, and less abundant; 
when this happens, the expectoration evidently 
relieves the dyspnoea and cough. In those ca- 
ses where the disease takes an unfavorable turn, 
a state of extreme debility and collapse super- 
venes very suddenly to that of excitement. 
Where the event is to be favorable, acute bron- 
chitis often runs on for a week or more before 
a change for the better occurs ; but in the fatal 



BRO 

cases, the stage of collapse generally commen- 
ces within four or five days, and in some in- 
stances the disease is exceedingly rapid in its 
progress, death taking place within forty-eight 
hours from the first attack. 

In young children, acute bronchitis some- 
times runs its course very insidiously. There 
may, perhaps, be no pain, little fever, and little 
general indication of serious disease of any kind ; 
nor is cough always present: attentive obser- 
vation, however, easily detects the mischief 
that is going on : the respiration is quick, with a 
disposition to wheezing; on applying the ear, 
a mucous rattle is heard in every part of the 
chest; while the countenance, which is pale, 
anxious, and slightly livid, indicates the insuffi- 
cient aeration of the blood. This state of 
things, unless speedily obviated, is soon follow- 
ed by a sudden accession of extreme dyspnoea, 
accompanied with great rapidity of the pulse; 
these symptoms abate for a while, leaving the 
child during the interval in a drowsy state ; but 
they return with increased severity, and death 
takes place from asphyxia. 

In the severer forms of acute bronchitis 
blood-letting is generally required, but the ex- 
tent to which it should be earned varies ex- 
tremely in different cases. Some think that 
bronchitis is a disease which will never bear 
large bleeding; but this is an erroneous opinion: 
it is true, indeed, that bleeding ought not to be 
carried so far in bronchitis as m pleuritis or in- 
flammation of serous membranes in general, 
and it is equally true that bleeding has not 
nearly so great an influence in subduing the in- 
flammatory action in the former case as in the 
latter ; nevertheless, in acute cases of bronchitis 
occurring in young and robust subjects, and 
marked by symptoms of high arterial excite- 
ment, blood may be drawn freely at the com- 
mencement of the disease, and the evacuation 
repeated if the pulse indicates it. Bronchitis is 
one of those cases in which local may often be 
advantageously substituted for general blood- 
letting; and cupping is usually preferable to 
the application of leeches, as the bleeding is 
more under control. Bleeding is. improper in 
epidemic or asthenic acute bronchitis. 

After blood-letting, where this is deemed 
necessary, a smart purgative should be given, 
as a dose of calomel and jalap ; and the bowels 
should, of course, be kept sufficiently free 
throughout the disease, especially in children. 
Emetics are much recommended by some au- 
thors at the commencement of acute bronchitis: 
in the case of young children they are almost 
always serviceable, by exciting expectoration. 
Blisters and counter-irritation are useful after 
the first violence of the fever. Minute doses of 
ipecacuanha and diaphoresis by antimony are 
very important. 

Those practitioners who advocate the use of 
large doses of tartar emetic, recommend it to 
be administered in acute bronchitis in the same 
manner as in pneumonia. The inhalation of 
vapors is sometimes beneficial in acute bron- 
chitis. 

In the stage of collapse and extreme debility, 
all antiphlogistic measures must be entirely laid 
aside. At the same time, as inflammation is 



BRO 

still going on, we must not have recourse to any 
alcoholic or other stimulants which increase 
the actions of the vascular system. Stimulants 
of some kind are, nevertheless, essential to 
raise the brain from the torpor occasioned by 
the circulation of dark-colored blood, and to 
make the patient expectorate the mucus which 
is continually accumulating in the lungs, and 
threatening him with suffocation. The medi- 
cine which best answers these intentions is the- 
carbonate of ammonia, which may be given in- 
full doses ; camphor in large doses is also a val- 
uable stimulant in such cases; and with these 
may be combined the more stimulating expec- 
torant gum-resins, as ammoniacum, galbanum, 
&c. Dr. Copland strongly recommends the ex- 
ternal use of turpentine. The use of narcotics 
has perhaps been too indiscriminately recom- 
mended in acute bronchitis. In the irritable 
stage, hyoscyamus, conium, or opium may be 
combined with the ipecacuanha and antimony, 
but these should be omitted in the stage of ooU 
lapse, or used with a veiy vigilant attention to 
their effects. 

When acute bronchitis, instead of terminating- 
in recovery or death, passes gradually into the 
chronic form, the treatment must, of necessity, 
vary accordingly. Light tonics are often ser- 
viceable when this transition seems about to 
take place. 

2. Chronic Bronchitis. — Chronic bronchitis 
differs from the acute in the greater mildness 
and longer continuance of its symptoms, the 
duration of which varies from a week to many 
years. The expectorated matter is also of an 
entirely different character, being, in the chro- 
nic disease, of s thicker consistence, opaque, 
and of a greenish or yellowish-white color : it 
is often muco-purulent ; and in inveterate cases 
distinctly purulent, and sometimes streaked 
with blood. Chronic bronchitis may supervene 
on an acute attack ; but it is more frequently a 
primary disease, and, as such, affects elderly 
rather than young persons ; but it occurs at all 
ages. In its milder forms it is often almost 
dormant during the fine weather of summer; 
but in the winter, or when there is a continu- 
ance of inclement weather, the patient is har- 
assed with severe cough and copious viscid ex- 
pectoration, especially in the morning. There 
are generally slight dyspnoea, and acceleration ■• 
of pulse if the patient use any personal exer- 
tion; but otherwise the health may be good,, 
and continue so for many years. The greater 
number of older persons, indeed, are subject to 
a slight degree of chronic bronchitis ; and many 
labor under it to a more considerable extent, 
without serious derangement of the health, or 
abridgment of the ordinary term of fife. 

In its severer forms, chronic bronchitis is a 
most distressing affection. The respiration, al- 
ways oppressed, becomes extremely laborious 
on the slightest exertion; and where the ex* 
pectoration is purulent, there are hectic fever,, 
great emaciation, nocturnal sweats, and occa- 
sional diarrhoea, forming frequently an aggre- 
gate of symptoms so closely resembling those 
of tubercular phthisis, that an accurate diagno- 
sis between the two diseases can only be formed 
by the aid of auscultation. This form of bron- 

115 



BRO 

chitis may be induced by a long continuance 
of the milder form ; it may supervene on an 
attack of acute bronchitis ; or it may be con- 
secutive on measles or other affections of chil- 
dren, which involve the lining membrane of the 
air-passages. There is a very severe and fatal 
form of chronic bronchitis, which arises from the 
inhalation of metallic or other irritating parti- 
cles to which persons engaged in particular arts 
and occupations are exposed. Lastly, chronic 
bronchitis forms a frequent complication of tu- 
bercular phthisis and asthma, and may be in- 
duced by any of those diseases of the thoracic 
viscera which occasion great disturbance of the 
pulmonary circulation. The only disease in 
which chronic bronchitis is likely to be con- 
founded is tubercular phthisis. The history of 
the case, the greater dilatability of the chest, 
the general absence of pain, and the minor de- 
gree and less regular course of the hectic symp- 
toms, will generally suffice to distinguish chro- 
nic bronchitis from phthisis; but auscultation 
and percussion afford the best criterion. 

In chronic bronchitis, the resonance of the 
chest on percussion is little diminished; in 
many cases not at all. The sibilant, sonorous, 
and mucous rattles are heard at different parts 
of the chest at different times, according as the 
mucus happens to be accumulated and the 
bronchi obstructed in one portion of the lungs 
or another. The respiratory murmur often 
varies much in intensity, being sometimes in- 
distinct and sometimes puerile ; but it is never 
permanently absent in any part of the chest. 
There is one circumstance, and only one, which 
may render the diagnosis by auscultation ob- 
scure ; when the disease has been of long 
standing, the bronchial tubes sometimes become 
dilated, a state which we shall presently ad- 
vert to ; and when this dilatation is considera- 
ble, a loud bronchophony, scarcely distinguish- 
able from pectoriloquy, is heard in the situation 
of the dilated tube ; occasionally, indeed, the 
sound is that of veiy distinct pectoriloquy, and 
the cavernous i - attle is also heard. The dull- 
ness of sound on percussion, which surrounds a 
vomica, is not, however, perceived in an equal 
degree in the vicinity qf a dilated bronchial 
tube; moreover, the situation of the cavity in 
the two cases is generally different; vomicte 
being most frequently found in the subclavian 
and axillary regions, and dilated bronchi in the 
scapulary, mammary, and lateral regions. 

The treatment of chronic bronchitis must 
vary according as it is intended to be curative 
or merely palliative. In cases of recent date, 
and especially where the chronic succeeds the 
acute form of the disease, a complete cure may 
generally be effected ; while in cases of very 
long standing, in which the texture of the bron- 
chial membrane has undergone a morbid change 
and the constitutional powers are greatly im- 

! mired, our endeavors must be confined to al- 
aying urgent symptoms as they arise, and reg- 
ulating the habits of the patient in the man- 
ner best adapted to sustain the system under a 
continued irritation, and to guard against such 
causes as are likely to increase it. 

At an early period, blisters and the tartar 
ismetic ointment are of great utility, and should 
116 



BBO 

be frequently applied ; and throughout the 
course of the disease they are useful in subdu- 
ing occasional exacerbations. Where the dis- 
ease is obstinate, and the patient has sufficient 
strength, issues and setons may be very advan- 
tageously used; but in the advanced stage, or 
where the constitution is feeble, their effect is 
much too exhausting. Blood-letting, or digita- 
lis and colchicum, are sometimes indicated 
where there is too much irritation; squill and 
ipecacuanha, with the terebinthine balsams, 
are the best expectorants, but proper attention 
to diet and air ai - e most serviceable. Inhala- 
tion of tar vapor has been of late recommended. 

Bronchitis asthenica. The bronchitis of 
old persons. 

Bronchitis epidemica. B. convulsiva. Per- 
tussis. 

Bronchitis membranacea. B.plastica. Pol- 
ypus brouchialis. 

Bronchius musculus. The sterno-thyroi- 
deus. 

Bronchlemit'is. (From ftpoyxoc, and leflMa, 
a sheath or membrane.) The specific name of 
croup in Dr. Good's system. 

BRONCHOCE'LE. (e,es,f.; from (Ipoyxoc, 
the windpipe, and ktjIt], a tumor.) Goitre A 
tumor on the forepart of the neck, formed by 
an indolent enlargement of the thyroid gland. 
"The tumor, when not accidentally inflamed, 
is free from pain, and, in its incipient state, 
has a soft, elastic consistence. When it has ex- 
isted some time, the gland loses its natural fig- 
ure, assumes a firm, fleshy feel, being firmer, 
however, in some places than in others, spread- 
ing toward the 6ides of the neck, and some- 
times attaining a prodigious magnitude. When 
the adjacent cellular substance and lymphatic 
glands participate in the disease, the base of the 
swelling may extend from one side of the neck 
to the other. In a few instances, only one lobe 
is affected. Bronchocele is treated by iodine 
internally administered, and applied as an oint- 
ment ; if this fails, a seton passed through the 
tumor has caused its absorption. It has also 
been excised, but the hemorrhage is often dan- 
gerous. 

Bronchocephalitis. Pertussis. — Desruelles. 

Bro'ncho-h^morrhagia. (From Bpoyxoc, 
and aifioppayia, a flow of blood.) A term ap- 
plied by M. Andral to an exudation of blood 
from the bronchial membrane, as opposed to 
pneumo-hcemorrhasia, or hemorrhage from the 
rupture of vessels m the lungs. 

BRONCHO'PHONY. (Bronchophonia, a,U 
from Bpoyxoc, and <povn, the voice.) The sound 
of the voice as heard by applying tjie stethe- 
scope over a large bronchial tube. See Aus- 
cultation. 

Bro'ncho-pneumonia. A form of inflamma- 
tion of the lungs, which commences in the 
bronchial membrane, and afterward involves 
the parenchyma of the lungs. — Frank. 

Bronchorrhoi'a. Increased bronchial se- 
cretion without fever. 

Broncho'tomus. (From Bpoyxoc, the wind- 
pipe, and refivu, to cut.) A kind of sheathed 
knife, formerly used in the operation of bron- 
chotomy. 

BRONCHO'TOMY. (Bronchotomia, ce. f. 



BBU 

from jipoyxoc, and te/xvu, to cut ) A surgical 
operation, in which an opening is made into the 
larynx or trachea, to afford a passage for the air 
into and out of the lungs, when any disease 
prevents the patient from breathing through 
the mouth or nostrils; or to extract foreign 
bodies which have accidentally fallen into the 
trachea ; or, lastly, to facilitate the inflation of 
the lungs in cases of suffocation, drowning, &c. 
The operation is called Tracheotomy when the 
opening is made into the trachea, and Laryn- 
gotomy when the opening is made into the 
larynx. The practice of bronchotomy is of 
great antiquity. 

BRO'NCHUS. (us, i, m. ; fipoyxoc, from 
Bpexu, to moisten.) The trachea ; also improp- 
erly substituted by some for branchus, ppayxoe, 
hoarseness. 

Bro'ntolithe. A meteoric stone. 

Bronze. An alloy of copper, with a small 
proportion of tin. 

Brooklime. See Veronica bcccabunga. 

Broom. See Sparlium scoparium. 

Broom-rape. See Orobanche. 

Brossardiere, waters of. In Bas Poitu. 
They contain carbonates of iron and lime, mu- 
riate of soda, and sulphate of lime. 

BROUSSAIST. An advocate of the theories 
of Broussais. 

Brownist. See Brunonian System. 

BRU'CEA. (a, m, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diacia. Tetrandria. — B.ferruginea. Brucea 
antidysenterica. A tree of Abyssinia, Woogi- 
noos. Its bark is bitter and astringent, and 
valued as a remedy in dysentery and diarrhoea. 
This free is generally supposed to afford the 
false angustura bark. — B. pseudo-ferruginea. 
The tree which probably yields the false an- 
gustura bark ; it is little known, and frequently 
confounded with the Brucea ferruginea. 

BRU'CIA. (a, cc, f.) Brucine. Brucina. 
A vegetable alkaloid from the false angustura 
bark. It exists also in small quantity in St. 
Ignatius's bean, the nux vomica, and the Strych- 
nos tiente. Its taste is exceedingly bitter and 
acrid. It is soluble in cold, and still more so 
in hot alcohol, and it is also soluble, with the 
aid of heat, in diluted alcohol. Nitric acid 
strikes a red color with brucia, and this is 
changed into a violet by the addition of proto- 
muriate of tin. It is doubtful whether this is 
not strychnia, rendered impure by resin. It has 
the properties of strychnine, but in a less de- 
gree. Six grains appear to equal one of strych- 
nine. Dose, gr. jth five to six times daily. 

Brucine. See Brucia. 

Brucourt, waters of. They contain car- 
bonic acid, muriate and sulphate of soda, sul- 
phate of lime, &c. 

Bruisewort. See Saponaria. 

BRUIT. Sound. A term admitted into 
medicine from the French to express the sounds 
of auscultation and percussion. 

Bruit de craquement. Bruit de cuir nevf. 
New-leather sound, produced by the friction of 
the pericardium, when dry and roughened by 



Bruit de diable. The venous hum : a high 
degree of bellows sound, indicating impover- 
ished blood ? 



BRU 

Bruit de frottement, ascendant et de 
scendant. See Friction, sound of. 

Bruit humorique. Bruit hydropneumatique. 
The sound on percussing organs filled with a 
liquid and gas. 

Bruit musculaire. Bruit rotatoire. The 
sound which accompanies the first impulse of 
the heart, and is supposed to be due to muscu- 
lar contraction. 

Bruit de parchemin. Parchment sound. 
The sound resembling two pieces of parchment 
rubbed together; heard in diseases of the heart, 
and said to be produced by thickening and ri- 
gidity of the valves. 

Bruit placentaire. Bruit de soufflet pla* 
centaire. See Auscultation. 

Bruit de pot fele. Sound of a cracked 
pot: the sound heard on percussion when a 
cavern exists in the lungs, which has only a 
small communication with the bronchi. 

Bruit de raclement. Sound of scraping 
heard when the pericardium scrapes against a 
bony substance, as in ossification of the coro- 
nary arteries. 

Bruit de rape. See Rasp sound. 

Bruit de scie. Bruit de lime a bois. See 
Rasp sound. 

Bruit de soufflet. See Bellows sound. 

Bruit de soufflet placentaire. Bruit 
placentaire. See Auscultation. 

Bruit tymfanique. Tympanitic sound. 
The sound produced on percussing the abdo- 
men when the intestines contain much gas. 

Bruma'les plants. Plants of warm cli- 
mates which flower during the time of the year 
corresponding to our winter. 

BRUNNER\S GLANDS. BrunneH glandu- 
la.. The solitary muciparous glands of the 
stomach and small intestines have been so 
named, after Brunner, a Swiss anatomist, who 
died in 1727 ; these glands, however, had 
been previously described by Peyer. See In- 

BRUNONIAN SYSTEM. A system of med- 
icine by John Brown. In this system it is as- 
sumed that the living body is endowed with a 
peculiar property of excitability; that every 
agent capable of affecting the living body acts 
on the excitability as a stimulant ; that the ef- 
fect of the operation of stimulants, or excite- 
ment, when only in a due degree, is to produce 
the natural and healthy functions of life ; that 
the effect of excessive excitement is to produce 
exhaustion, or direct debility ; and the effect of 
deficient 'excitement to cause an accumulation 
of excitability, or indirect debility. All morbid 
actions are supposed to arise from one or other 
of these states of direct or indirect debility, and 
all diseases are consequently referred to two 
classes, the sthenic or the asthenic. 

Brunswick green. An ammoniaco-chloride 
of copper. 

Bruta. The savine plant. 

Bru'tia. A kind of pitch. Pix brutia. 

Bru'tino. Turpentine. 

Brutobon. An ancient ointment. 

Brutole. See Brytoli. 

Brutua. Cissampelos pareira. 

Bruxaneli. A tall tree of Malabar, the bark 
of which is said to be diuretic, and the root an 

117 



BUB 

tiarthritic. Its juice, mixed with butter, is used 
as a liniment for boils. 

BKY'GMDS. (us, i, m. ; (3pvy/xoc; from 
[ipv%u, to grind the teeth.) Grinding or chat- 
tering of the teeth. 

BRYO'NIA. (a, m, f.) Bryony. A genus 
of plants. Class, Diacia; order, Syngenesia; 
natural family, Cucurbitacca. — B. dioica. B. 
alba. White bryony plant ; called, also, Bry- 
onia aspera. Wild vine. Wild hops. Tetter- 
berry. The root has a very nauseous, biting 
taste, and disagreeable smell. It is said to 
be purgative, hydragogue, emmenagogue, and 
diuretic; and, when fresh, emetic. In small 
doses, it is said to operate as a diuretic, and to 
be resolvent and deobstruent. Given in powder 
from 3j. to 3J., it proves strongly purgative ; and 
the expressed juice, in the quantity of a spoon- 
ful, operates violently both upward and down- 
ward. The fresh root, when braised, is used 
as a cataplasm, and is discutient. Taken in an 
overdose, the white bryony produces inflamma- 
tion of the bowels, and all the other effects of 
an acrid vegetable poison. — B. mcchoachanna 
alba. See Convolvulus mechoachanna. — B. 
mcchoachanna nigra. The jalap plant. — B. 
nigra. Tamus communis. — B. peruviana. 
Jalap. 

Bryonine. A bitter principle in white bry- 
ony root. 

Bryony, black. Tamus communis. 

Bryony, white. See Bryonia dioica. 

Brytole. Brutol<5. A French term applied 
to a preparation made by macerating some me- 
dicinal substance in beer, as brutole de quinqui- 
na, cinchona beer; brutolc de raifort, horse- 
radish beer. 

Bry'ton. Bpvrov. Ale or beer. 

BU'BO. (o, onis, m. ; ^ov5uv, from the He- 
brew bobo, which is a reduplicate of the word 
boe, or bo, to swell.) A swelling of a lymphatic 
gland, particularly those of the groin or axilla. 
This may arise from the mere irritation of some 
local disorder, in which case the bubo is styled 
sympathetic ; from the absorption of some irri- 
tating matter, such as the venereal poison ; or 
from constitutional causes, as in the pestilential 
bubo, and scrofulous swellings of the inguinal 
and axillary glands. The term bubo is now 
Beldom applied except to venereal swellings of 
the inguinal glands, and pestilential glandular 
tumors, or those which occur in the plague and 
fevers allied to it. 

BD'BON. Bov6uv. 1. The Greek word for 
the groin, and also for a bubo or glandular 
swelling occurring in the groin. 2. A genus of 
umbelliferous plants. Pentandria. Digynia. — 
B. galbanum. See Galbanum. — B. macedoni- 
cum. Macedonian parsley. The systematic 
name of the plant which affords the semen pe- 
troselini Macedonici of the shops. 

Bubo'nium. Aster Atticus. A species of 
starwort. 

BUBO'NOCE'LE. (e, ei, f. ; from (3ov6uv, 
the groin, and kj/'Xt), a tumor.) An inguinal 
hernia. See Hernia. 

Bubonore'xis. Bubonorixis. A term which 
has been applied to a bubonocele when accom- 
panied with a division of the peritoneum, or, in 
other words, when it is without a hernial sac. 
' 118 



BUC 

Bubo'nulus. A painful swelling of the lym 
phatic glands of the penis. 

BU'CCA. (a, a, f.) The cheek. The hoi, 
low of the cheek, that is inflated by the act of, 
blowing. 

BU'CCAL. (Buccalis, from bucca, the 
cheek.) Of, or belonging to, the cheek. 

Buccal artery. A branch of the internal 
maxillary artery. See Internal maxillary ar- 
tery. 

Buccal membrane. The mucous membrane 
which lines the mouth. 

Buccal nerve. The buccinator nerve: a 
branch of the inferior maxillary nerve. 

Buccales glandule. The small mucous 
glands or follicles situated within the cheek, 
under its lining membrane. Their fluid lubri- 
cates the mouth, and assists the saliva in pre- 
paring the food for deglutition. 

Bu'ccea. Buccclla. A mouthful ; a morsel. 

Bucce'lla. A polypus in the nose. 

Bucce'laton. BovKiceXaTOv. A purgative 
medicine consisting of scammony, opium, and 
aromatics. 

BUCCINA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from bucci- 
no, to blow the trumpet.) Bucco-labialis. It 
arises from a ridge extending between the last 
molar tooth and the coronoid process of the lower 
jaw-bone, and from the upper jaw between the 
last molar tooth and pterygoid process of the 
sphenoid bone: it goes forward, with direct 
fibres, to be inserted into the corner of the 
mouth : it is thin and flat, covers in the mouth, 
and forms the walls of the cheek, to the lining 
membrane of which it adheres closely, and is 
perforated in the middle of the cheek by the 
duct of the parotid gland. 

Bucco-labial nerve. The buccal nerve. 

Bu'cco-pharynge'al aponeurosis. A ten- 
dinous expansion extending from the internal 
ala of the pteiygoid process of the sphenoid 
bone to the posterior part of the lower alveolar 
arch ; its anterior part gives attachment to the 
buccinator muscle, and its posterior part to the 
constrictor pharyngis superior. 

Bu'ccula. The fleshy part under the chin. 

Bucella'tio. A method of stopping hemor- 
rhage by applying lint upon a vein or artery. — 
Fallopius. 

Bucephalox, red-fruiter. The Trophis 
Americana. 

Bu'ceras. Buccros. Fenugreek. Trigo- 
nella foenumgracum. 

BUCHU. See Diosma crcnata. 

Buck-bean. See Menyanthes trifoliata. 

Buck-eye. jEscuIus pavia. 

Buck-thorn. See Rkamnits catharticus. 

Buck-wheat. See Polygonum, fagopyrum. 

Buck-wheat, eastern. See Polygonum di- 
varicatum. 

BUCNE'MIA. (a, a, f . ; from Jiov, and 
KVTjfiri, the leg.) Dr. Good gives this generic 
name to a disease which is characterized by a 
tense, diffuse, inflammatory swelling of a lower 
extremity ; usually commencing at the inguinal 
glands, and extending in the course of the lym- 
phatics. The genus comprises two species: 
Bucnemia sparganosis, or the puerperal swelled 
leg, and Bucnemia tropica, or the Barbadoes leg. 
See Phlegmasia dolens, and Barbadoes leg. 



BUL 

Bucra'nion. The Snap-dragon plant. See 
Antirrhinum. 

Bu'cton. The hymen. 

Buffy coat. See Blood. 

BU'FO. (o, onis, m.) A well-known genus 
of Batrachian animals. The toad. — B. vulga- 
ris. The common toad. Many superstitious 
notions were formerly entertained of this ani- 
mal. See Bufonites. 

. Bufoni'tes. Bufonis lapis. A fossil body 
supposed to be generated in the head of toads 
and other reptiles, and to possess extraordinary 
alexipharmic virtues. 

Buga'ntia. A chilblain. See Pernio. 

Bugle. The Prunella vulgaris. 

Buglo'ssum. Bugloss. Buglo'ssa. B. an- 
gustifolium. B. majus. B. sativum. B. syl- 
vestre. Anchusa officinalis. 

Bu'gula. Ajuga pyramidalis. 

Bulam fever. Remittent fever. 

BULB. In Anatomy, any enlargement of a 
part, as the bulb of the urethra, bulb of a tooth. 

Bulb, rachidian. The medulla oblongata. 

Bulbi'ferus. Bulb-bearing. 

BULBI PRIORUM CRURUM FORNICIS. The 

mammary tubercles. 

Bulboca'stanum. Bunium bulbocastanum. 

Bulboca'vernosus. The accelerator urina; 
muscle. 

Bu'lbonach. Bolbonach. Lunaria rediviva. 

BULBO'SUS. Bulbous. In Anatomy, ap- 
plied to soft parts which are naturally enlarged, 
as the bulbous part of the urethra. 

Bu'lbulus. A little bulb. 

BUL'BUS. (us, i, m.) BoUoc. A bulb. 
A globular or pyriform coated body, solid, or 
formed of fleshy scales or layers, constituting 
the lower part of some plants, and giving off 
radicals from the circumference of the flattened 



Bulbus arteriosus. The anterior of the 
three cavities of the heart in its early develop- 
ment in vertebrata. 

Bulbus vomitorius. See Hyacinthus mus- 
cari. 

Bulge-water tree. See Geoffroya jamai- 
■censis. 

Bulging. See Gibbous. 

BULI'MIA. (a, a, f. ; from (3ov, a particle 
of excess, and lifioc, hunger. ) Voracity ; insatia- 
ble hunger ; canine appetite : Bulimiasis, Bou- 
limos, Bulimus, Bolismos. Bulimia, hi various 
degrees, is often symptomatic of worms, preg- 
nancy, and diseases and anomalies of organiza- 
tion in the stomach, duodenum, and other ab- 
dominal viscera ; it seems, however, sometimes 
to occur as an idiopathic affection, which may 
consist simply in excessive voracity, or may be 
accompanied with a sense of faintness, and in 
other instances by vomiting. Hence, Dr. Cul- 
len makes three species : 

1. Bulimia helluonum ; in which there is no 
other disorder of the stomach than an excessive 
craving for food. 

2. Bulimia syncopalis ; in which there is a 
frequent desire for food, preceded by swooning. 

3. Bulimia emelica; in which an extraordi- 
nary appetite for food is followed by vomiting. 
The real causes of this disease are little under- 
*tood; it has been supposed to proceed from 



BUE 

an acid in the stomach, from disordered states 
of the gastric juice, from indigested sordes, from 
worms, or from malformation of the stomach. 
Tonics are indicated in some cases, and nause- 
ating doses of ipecacuanha may be useful in 
others ; but, in most, a proper regulation of the 
diet is the most important means of cure. 

Bu'lithos. A bezoar concretion found in 
the ox. 

BU'LLA. (a, ee, f. ; a bubble.) A bleb. A 
vesicle containing a watery humor, which ari- 
ses from burns, scalds, or other causes. The 
bulla constitute the fourth order of Dr. Willan's 
arrangement of cutaneous diseases. 

Bull* rotundje cervicis uteri. Naboth's 
glands. 

Bulla'tus. Bullate ; blistered. In Pathol- 
ogy, the vesicular fever, because the skin is 
covered with little blisters. See Pemphigus. 

Bullo'sus. Bullatus. 

Bunch. Racemus. 

Bundle. Fasciculus. 

BUN IAS. A genus of plants. Tetradyna- 
mia. Siliculosa. Crucifera. 

Buni'tes vinum. Wine made from bunium 
and must. 

BU'NIUM. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
Digynia. Umbelliferce. — B. bulbocastanum. 
Earth-nut. Pig-nut. 

Bunyon. Bunion. Enlargement and irrita- 
tion of the bursa mucosa of the great toe.- 

BUPEI'NA. Bulimia. 

Buphthalmia. See Buphlhalmus. 

BUPHTHA'LMUM. A genus of plants. 
Syngenesia. Polygamia superflua. Composites. 
Ox-eye. — B. crcticum. Anthemis pyrethrum. 
— B. germanicum. B. majus. Chrysanthemum 
leucanthemum. — B. oleraccum is said to be 
used as a pot-herb in Cochin China. — B. salici- 
folium, said to be slightly narcotic. According 
to Pallas, its leaves are used in Persia as tea. 

BUPHTHA'LMUS. (us, i, m. ; from pove, 
an ox, and otydaTifioc, an eye.) Buphthalmia. 
Most writers have applied this name to the first 
stage of hydrophthalmia, or dropsy of the eye. 
Sabatier applies it to an increase of the vitre- 
ous humor, which pushes the iris forward, and 
forms a sort of border round the crystalline lens. 

BUPLEU'RUM. A genus of plants. Syn- 
genesia. Polygamia superflua. The hare's 
ear. — B. rotundifolium, or Thorough-wax ; call- 
ed, also, Bupleuron, Bupleuroidcs, and formerly" 
celebrated for curing ruptures. 

Burdock. See Arctium lappa. 

Burgundy pitch. See Pinus aides. 

Buris. The name given by Avicenna to a 
species of hernia. The disease referred to is 
probablyascirrhousinduration of the testicle. 

BURN. See Ambustio. 

Burina. Pitch. — Ruland. 

Burnet saxifrage. See Pimpinella. 

Burning. Brenning. Gonorrhoea. 

Burning glass. A convex lens. 

Burnt hartshorn. See Cornu usium. 

Burnt magnesia. Calcined magnesia. 

Burnt sponge. See Spongia usta. 

Bu'rrhi spi'ritus matrica'lis. A compound 
of myrrh, olibanum, amber, mastich, and spirit 
of wine. 

BU'RSA. (From /Jvpaa, abag.) Thescrotum. 
119 



CAB 

BU'RSA MUCO'SA. A small sac lined with 
synovial membrane, which secretes an oily 
fluid to lubricate the surfaces over which the 
tendons of muscles play. The bursos mucosa? 
are of different sizes, and are situated near the 
joints, particularly the large joints of the ex- 
tremities. 

Bursa pastoris. Thlaspi bursa pastoris. 

Bursa testium. B. virilis. Scrotum. 

Bursa'lis. The Obturator internus. 

Bursa'logy. Bursalogia. An account of 
the bursa? mucosae. 

Bursera oummifera. The resin of this tree 
is sweetish and aromatic. It is used by the 
French. 

Buseh'num. The carrot. 

Bu'ssn spi'ritus bezoa'rdicus. Made by dis- 
tilling spirit of hartshorn or of ivory, sal ammo- 
niac, crude potash, amber, oil of cedar, and al- 
cohol. 

Butcher's-broom. Ruscus aculeatus. 

BU'TEA FRONDOSA. An Eastern legumi- 
nous tree which yields a kind of kino, called 
Butea gum. 

Bu'tiga. Acne rosea. 

BUTTER. (Butyrum, i, n. ; from (iovc, a 
cow, and rvpoe, coagulum, or cheese.) The 
oily parts of milk. Butter differs from the 
common animal fats in containing peculiar ole- 
aginous matters — butyrine,caprone, and caprine. 
When saponified, it yields, in addition to the 
usual products, three volatile odoriferous sub- 
stances, called the butyric, caproic, and capric 
acids. The common mode of preserving it is 
by the addition of salt, which will keep it good 
for a considerable time, if in sufficient quantity. 
Fresh butter is not uuwholesome unless taken 
in too great quantity; it generally disagrees, 
however, with very bilious persons. Rancid 
butter is extremely unwholesome and indigest- 
ible. Milk yields 3 to 5 per cent. 

Butter of antimony. Chloride of antimony. 

Butter of bambouc. An oil said to be ob- 
tained from a species of almond in Senegal, and 
used in neuralgic affections. 

Butter of cacao. An oily concrete matter 
obtained from the cacao-nut. 

Butter-bur. See Tussilago petasitcs. 

Butter-flower. Butter-cup. See Ranun- 
culus. 

Butter-milk. The sour milk left from the 
churning. It is nutritious. 



CAC 

Butter-nut. Juglans cinerea. 

Butterfly-shaped. See Papilionaceus. 

Butterfly weed. Asclepias tuberosa. 

Butterwort. See Pinguicula. 

Button snake-root. Two plants are known 
by this name in the United States : Eryngium 
aquaticum and Liatris spicata. 

Butua. See Cissampelos pareira. 

Buty'ric acid. A limpid, volatile oil, of a 
rancid smell and etherial taste. It exists, com- 
bined with glycerine, in butter, forming buty- 
rine; and, when distilled, yields butyrone 
(C 6 H 6 0). 

Butyrum amygdalarum. Almond confec- 
tion. 

Butyrum antimonii. See Antimony. 

Butyrum saturni. Unguentum plumbi su- 
peracetatis. 

Butyrum zinci. Chloride of zinc. 

Buxine. An alkaline substance, lately de- 
tected by M. Faure in the Buxus sempervirens. 

BUXTON. A village in Derbyshire, where 
there are thermal springs. Buxtoniensis aquae. 
Their temperature is about 82° F. 

BUX'US. (us, i, m. ; from nvKafa, to be- 
come hard.) The box-tree. 1. The name of 
a genus of plants in the Linncoan system. Class, 
Moncecia ; order, Triandria. 2. The pharma- 
copceal name of the box. See Buxus semper- 
virens. — B. sempe'rvirens. The buxus. The 
leaves possess a very strong, nauseous, bitter 
taste, and aperient virtues. They have been 
employed, in form of decoction, in cases of 
dropsy, asthma, and worms. 

By'arus. A plexus of blood-vessels in the 
brain. 

Byne. Malt. 

Byrethrum. Forest gives this name to a 
kind of cap for the head, containing cephalic 
drugs. 

By'rsa. (Bvpaa, a hide.) A piece of leather. 

Bysauchen. Stiffness of the neck. 

Byssaceous. Divided into fine filaments 
like wool. 

By'ssus. Byssum. Bvaooc. 1. Linen. 2. 
A genus of lichens. 3. The hairy appendage 
by which some shell-fish attach themselves to 
rocks. 

Bysti'ni antidotus. A corroborant and di- 
uretic medicine mentioned by Aretaeus. 

Bythos. The fundus of the stomach. 



c 



c. 



The symbol for carbon. 

Ca. Calcium. 

Caa-apia. See Dorstenia braziliensis. 

Caa-ataya. A Brazilian plant, a species of 
gratiola? It is bitter, and esteemed a good 
purgative. 

Caa-ghiyugo. A Brazilian shrub, with leaves 
of a detersive quality. 

Caa-peba. Pareira brava. 

Caa-roba. A Brazilian tree, the leaves of 
which are sudorific. 

C A' BALA. Cabbala; Kabala; Cabalia; 
Caballa ; Ars caballistica ; Cqbula. (Hebrew, 
120 



Kibel, to receive.) Applied to a mystical in- 
terpretation of the Pentateuch alleged to have 
been received by Moses from the Deity. Any 
thing mystical 

Cabalhan. A poisonous plant of Mexico. 

Caballine aloes. Horse aloes. A coarse 
species of aloes. 

Cabbage. See Brassica. 

Cabbage-bark tree. See Andira inermis. 

Cabureiba. Cabureiciba. Myroxylon pe 
ruiferum. 

CACiEMIA. (From kokoc, bad, and ai/ia 
blood.) A diseased condition of the blood. 



C AC 

Cacagogue. An old ointment to produce 
defecation. 

C AC ALIA, {a, m, f.) Syngenesia. Poly- 
gamic/, aqualis. Composites. — C. alpina. Le- 
ontice veterum. Strange colt's-foot. Supposed 
to possess desiccative and other virtues. — C. 
anteuphorbium, of Africa. Supposed to be an 
antidote to the euphorbium. — C. hastata, of 
Siberia. Is a violent purgative, and is said to 
be antisyphilitic. — C.odora, of Arabia; used as 
a fumigation in the chambers of those sick of 
small-pox. — C. pendula. The expressed juice 
is used in Arabia against diseases of the ear. — 
C. sonchifolia. This is used in India as a con- 
diment. 

Ca'camum. Cancamum. 

Cacanum. Kanavov. A demulcent plant. 

Cacao. See Theobroma cacao. 

Caca'tio. Cacation. Defecation. 

Cacatoria febris. Febris dejectoria. Fe- 
bris cathartica. A species of intermittent fever 
accompanied with diarrhoea, and sometimes 
with tormina. 

Caccionde. See Pilulm de Caccionde. 

Cachang parang. Mimosa scandens of Su- 
matra. The beans are said to be used in pleu- 
risy. 

CACHE 'C TIC. Cachecticus, KaxenriKoc. 
Affected with cachexia. See Cachexia. 

CACHE'XIA. (a, as, f. ; from kokoc, bad, 
and efrc, a habit.) A bad condition or habit 
of body, as that arising from scurvy, syphilis, 
&c. Some writers have also used the term 
cachexia synonymously with diathesis, or dis- 
ease, as Cachexia icterica, the jaundice, or a 
disposition to it ; Cachexia uterina, the whites. 

Cachexia africana. See Pica. 

Cachexia londinensis. The paleness of 
those resident in cities. 

Cachexia splenica. A cachexy accompa- 
nying disease of the spleen. 

Cachexia virginum. Chlorosis. 

Cache'xi.e. A class of diseases in Cullen's 
Nosology, embracing three orders, viz., Mar- 
cores, IntumescentiiB, and Impetigines. 

CACCHINA'TION. (From cachinno, to 
laugh aloud.) Immoderate laughter, a symp- 
tom which occurs in hysteria, mania, and other 
affections. 

Cachore. A name of catechu. 

CA'CHRYS. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
dria. Digynia. Vmbellifera. — C. libanolis. 
This plant is aromatic and astringent. The 
seeds are acrid. — C. odontalgia. The root of 
this species has been used like that of the py- 
rethrum against toothache. 

Cachu. Catechu. 

CACHU'NDE. A medicine highly celebra- 
ted among the Chinese and Indians, made of 
several aromatic ingredients, perfumes, medici- 
nal earths, and precious stones ; said to be ner- 
vine and cordial. 

Cacoalexite'rium. Alexiterium. 

OACOCHO'LIA. {a, as, f. ; from kukoc, and 
XoKt), bile.) Diseases with a vitiated or un- 
healthy condition of the bile. 

Cacochroi. Diseases with a morbid change 
of color in the face, &c. 

CACOCHY'LUS. (From kanoc, and X ^oc, 
chyle.) Productive of bad chyle. Cacochyla 



C AC 

alimenta, aliments which afford bad chyle; that 
is, aliments which are of difficult digestion. 

Cacocht'lia. Depraved chylification. 

CACOCHY'MIA. (a, as, f. ; from kokoc, and 
XVfioc, juice, or humor.) An unhealthy state 
of the humors, as Cacochymia scorbutica, pur- 
pura ; C. venerea, syphilis. 

Cachochymica febris. A fever supposed to 
arise from a depraved state of the humors. 

Cacocore'ma. A medicine which purges 
off vitiated humors. 

Cacod^'mon. The nightmare. 

CACODYL. (From nance, and oSvg, odor.) 
CtH 6 As.Kd. A compound radical. It is ethe- 
rial, nauseous ; crystallizes in prisms ; takes 
fire spontaneously in air, chlorine, &c. ; insolu- 
ble in water ; boils at 338° F. The oxide, for- 
merly called alcarsin,- KdO, is a limpid etherial 
liquid, and solidifies at 94° F. It is very pun- 
gent, and resembles arseniureted hydrogen in 
odor. It is self-inflammable in air, and very 
poisonous. Cacodylic acid, or alcargen, is 
HO-j-Kd0 3 . It is inodorous, soluble, and crys- 
tallizes in large colorless prisms, and is feebly 
acid. There are also sulphurets, chlorides, 
iodides, cyanides, &c, of cacodyl. The odor 
of the chloride of cacodyl is extremely penetra- 
ting and stupefying. The cacodyl compounds 
are also supposed by Liebig and others to con- 
tain the compound radical acetyl. 

CACOE'THES. (Ka/co^r, from /sa/cof, 
and t/Ooc, disposition.) 1. As a substantive. A 
bad habit of body or a malignant ulcer. 2. As 
an adjective. Ill-conditioned. 

Cacomorphia. Deformity. 

Cacopa'thia. A diseased condition of the 
mind. 

CACOPHO'NIA. (a, as, f. ; from kgkoc, and 
<j>uvq, the voice.) A discordance or indistinct- 
ness of the voice. 

Cacopra'gia. A disease in those viscera 
which minister to nutrition. 

Cacorrhachitis. Cacorrhachis. Diseased 
spine. 

Cacorry'thmus. Disordered. Applied to 
an irregular pulse. 

Caco'sis. Kanooic. A bad habit of body. 
— Hippocrates. 

Cacosi'tia. An aversion to food. 

Cacosphy'xia. A disordered or bad state 
of the pulse. 

Cacosto'machus. Unpleasant food. 

C ACOTHY'MIA. (a, a, f. ; from k anoc , and 
dv/ioc, the mind.) A diseased state of the mind. 

Cacotri'bulus. Centaurea calcitrapa. 

CACOTRO'PHIA. (a, a, f. ; from kukoc, 
and rpeipu, to nourish.) Disordered nutrition. 

Cacoucia coccinea. A perennial plant of 
South America which is emetic and cathartic. 

CACTACEvE. The tribe of plants to which 
the cactus belongs. The species are all harm- 
less. 

CACTUS. KanToc. 1. An ancient name of 
the artichoke. 2. A genus of plants. Icosan- 
dria. Monogynia. Cactaceat. — C. coccinelli- 
fer. Nopal. Its leaves are the habitation of 
the cochineal insect. — C. melo-cactus. The 
melon thistle. — C. opuntia. The Indian fig, or 
prickly pear ; the opuntia of the Pharmacopoe- 
ias. The prickly leaves abound with a muci- 

121 



CML 

laginous matter, and are used in the form of 
poultices as an emollient application. 

Cadaba. A genus of Indian plants, family 
Capparidese. The C. farinosa is said to be an 
antidote to snake-bites. 

CADA'VER. (er, eris, neut. ; from cado, to 
fall.) A carcase, or body deprived of life. 

Cadaveric. Cadaverous. Cadaverosus. 
Appertaining to a dead body. 

Cadet, fuming liquor of. Alcarsin. See 
Cacodyl. 

Cadia. A leguminous plant of Egypt. The 
fresh leaves are said to relieve colic. 

Cadmi'a. KadfiEia. Katifua. A variety of 
different substances. — C. factilia. C. forna- 
cum. Tutia. — C. fossilis. C. lapidosa. Cal- 
amine. — C. metallica. Cobalt. — C. nativa. 
Cobalt, and the lapis calaminaris. 

Cadmii sulphas. Cadmium sulphuricum. 
Sulphate of cadmium. A solution of gr. i. to 
gr. iv. in §j. of water is used as a collyrium in 
spots of the cornea and torpid inflammation of 
the conjunctiva. 

CADMI'UM. {urn, i, n.) Cadmium, in col- 
or and lustre, has a strong resemblance to tin, 
but is somewhat harder and more tenacious. 
It is very ductile and malleable. Its specific 
gravity is 8*004 before being hammered, and 
8-694 afterward. It melts at about the same 
temperature as tin, and is nearly as volatile as 
mercury, condensing like it into globules which 
have a metallic lustre. Its vapor lias no odor. 
Equivalent, 56. Its oxide is salifiable. Cd-|-0. 

Caduca membrana. C. Hunteri. See Dc- 
cidua. 

Caduca passio. Epilepsy. 

CADU'CIBR'ANCHIATES. ( Caducus,bran- 
chim, gills.) Those batrachians which under- 
go a metamorphosis, and lose their branchial 
apparatus before arriving at the period of ma- 
turity ; as the frog, toad, salamander, and newt. 

CADU'CUS. (From cado, to fall.) Cadu- 
cous. Falling off: applied generally in natural 
history. 1. In Anatomy, to the tunica decidua 
uteri. 2. In Pathology, to epilepsy. 

Ca'dus. An ancient measure equal to 120 
pounds when applied to wine, and 10o when 
applied to oil. 

CiECAL. Cacalio. Appertaining to the 
caecum. 

Cecal appendix. The appendix caeci ver- 
miformis. 

C^E'CITAS. (From eweus, blind.) Blind- 
ness. See Caligo, and Amaurosis. 

CjE'CUM. (um, i, n. : from emeus, blind: 
so called from its being perforated at one end 
only.) The blind gut. The first portion of 
the large intestine, situated in the right iliac 
region. It is in this intestine that the ilium 
terminates by a valve, called the valve of the 
cascum. The appendix caci vermiformis is also 
attached to it. 

CjE'CUS. Blind: applied, in, anatomy, to 
canals which are closed at one extremity, as the 
intestinum cecum. 

Ckla-dolo. See Toronia Asiatica. 

CjELiaca mucosa. Mucous diarrhoea. 

Celi donum. Chelidonium majus. 

Cjeli flos. Cmli rosa. The Lychnis coro- 
naria. 

122 



CAL 

Csrulosis neonatorum. Cyanosis. 

CjESALPI'NIA. A genus of plants. Class, 
Decandria ; order, Monogynia. All the plants 
afford wood which is used in dyeing : they are 
known in commerce under the name of Brazil 
woods. The principal are C. echinata, which 
yields the best; C. crista, and C. sappan, of 
Siam. 

CjERULEUM BEU0L1NENSE. C. borussicum. 

Frussian blue. 

Czeruleum montanum. The Armenian stone. 

CESARIAN OPERATION. Casarian sec- 
tion. The operation of making an incision into 
the uterus to extract the child, cither after the 
death of the mother, or when the obstacles to 
delivery are so great as to leave no other alter- 
native. 

Cafa. Caf. Cafar. Camphor. 

C affeic acid. An acid discovered by Runge, 
which possesses the odor of the roasted coffee 
when heated. 

Caffein. A slightly bitter, white, silky prin- 
ciple, obtained from coffee, tea, guarana, and 
paullinia. It sublimes at 72-5°. It is the same 
as theine. Liebig finds it to consist of CsHsNj 
Oo-4-HO. He lias shown that it may act as 
food in increasing the amount of bile formed, 
by furnishing nitrogen thereto. To the same 
end asparagine and theobromine, analogous 
principles, arc also destined. 

Caga'strum. The germ of diseases which 
arise from corruption. — Paracelsus. 

Cahen laguen. Chironia chilensis. 

CAINCA. Caincce radix. Cahincm. The 
Brazilian name of a root celebrated as an anti- 
dote to the bite of serpents, and for emetic and 
diuretic qualities. Dose of the bark, 9j. to 3J. 
The aqueous extract is used in doses of gr. x. 
as an emetic and purgative. It is said to be 
valuable in intermittents. Pelletier gave the 
name of caincic acid to a substance found in the 
bark of the root. See Chiocca racemosa. 

Caipa schora. A cucurbitaceous plant of 
Malabar. The natives drink the juice of its 
fruit, with a little nutmeg, to stop the hiccough. 
The unripe fruit is emetic. 

Cajan. Phaseolus creticus. 

Cajeput oil. Caju-kilan. Cajuputi. See 
Melaleuca, and Oleum Cajeputi. 

Calaba. Calophyllum inophyllum. 

Calabash tree. Crescentia cujeti. 

Calaf. Salix a?gyptiaca. 

Calageiu. Calagirah. Veronica anthel- 
mintica. 

Calaguala. Polypodiuin calaguala. 

Calamagro'stis. Reed grass. The Arundo 
calamagrostis of Linnaeus. The root has been 
said to possess diuretic and emmenagogue prop- 
erties. 

Calama'rije. The reed-plants. 
• Calambac Calambouk. Lignum aloes. 

Calamina preparata. Prepared calamine. 
Burn the calamine and reduce it to powder; 
then let it be brought into the state of a very 
fine powder, in the same manner that chalk is 
directed to be prepared. See Calamine. 

CA'LAMINE. ( Calamina, a, f. ) Lapis 
calaminaris. A native carbonate of zinc. It 
is very heavy, moderately hard and brittle, of a 
gray, yellowish-red, or blackish-brown color, 



CAL 

insoluble in water, but soluble, with efferves- 
cence, in sulphuric acid. This mineral, pre- 
Sared by calcination and reduced to fine pow- 
er, forms an article of the materia medica. 
In this state it is sprinkled on ulcers and exco- 
riations to promote their healing. Mixed with 
rose or elder-flower water, it has been used as 
a collyrium for weak eyes. It is the basis of 
the Ceralum calamine:, long known under the 
name of Turner's cerate. 

CALAMI'NTHA. Calamint. Melissa cal- 
iiinintha. — C. humilior. Glechoma liederacea. 

Calamita. Styrax. 

Calamita bianca. A very adhesive kind of 
white bole. 

CA'LAMUS. (us, i, m. KaTiapoc.) Acorus 
calamus. (U. S.) A genus of reed-plants. — 
C. alcxandrinus. A medicine mentioned by 
Celsus, probably the Andropogon nardus. — C. 
aromaticus. Acorus calamus. — C. draco. The 
plant which yields dragon's blood. — C. odora- 
tus. Andropogon nardus. — C. saccharinus. C. 
indicus. The sugar-cane. — C. scriplorius. A 
furrow at the bottom of the fourth ventricle of 
the brain, so called from its resemblance to a 
writing pen. — C. vulgaris. Arando phragmites. 

Calapi'tte. A stony concretion found in 
the inside of some cocoa-nuts. 

Calathium. Calathidium. A depressed 
anthodium or capitulum. 

Calbia'num. An ancient plaster. 

Calcadinum. Calcatar. Colcotar. Vitriol. 

CALCA'NEUM. (um, i, u. ; from calx, the 
heel.) The heel, or bone of the heel. Os 
calcis. 

Calcan'thum. Calcanthos. Flowers of 
brass; vitriol. 

CA'LCAR. (ar, aris, n.; a spur.) 1. The 
os calcis. 2. Applied by botanists to the spur- 
red process of the riugeiit and personate corolla 
of plants. 

Calcarate. Calcaratus. Spurred: applied 
to the corals and nectaries of plants. 

Calcar avis. The hippocampus minor. 

CALCAREOUS. ( Calcarius ; from calx, 
lime.) Partaking of the nature of lime. 

Calcareous earth. See Lime. 

Calcareous soap. Linimentum calcis. 

Calcareus. Calcaria. Lime. 

Calcaris flos. Calcatrippa. The lark 
spur. See Delphinium. 

Calcaton. A troche containing arsenic. 

Calcena. Calcenon. Calccnonia. Calci- 
nonia. Concretions of tartrate of lime. — Para- 
celsus. 

CALCEOLA'RIA. A genus of plants. Di- 
andria. Monogynia. Slipper-wort. — C. pri- 
mata is used in Peru as a laxative. — C. trifida 
is employed as a febrifuge. 

Ca lckum equi'num. Tussilago. 

Calchithius. Verdigris. 

Calcidicum. A medicine containing arsenic. 

Calci'fraga. Globularia alypum. 

Calcigerous. Bearing or containing calca- 
reous matter, as the calcigerous cellules of the 
teeth. 

CALCII CHLORIDI LIQUOR. This prep- 
aration is made by dissolving four ounces of 
chloride of calcium in twelve ounces of distilled 
water. The dose is from 1*1 xx. to jij. The 



CAL 

Liquor calcii chloridi (U. S.) is of double this 
strength. 

CALCII CHLORIDUM. Calcii chlorure 
turn. Chloride of calcium. Take of chalk,five 
ounces ; hydrochloric acid, distilled water, each 
half a pint. Mix the acid with the water, and 
add the chalk to saturation. The effervescence 
being finished, strain and evaporate the liquor 
until the salt is dried. Put the salt into a cru- 
cible, and having liquefied it by exposure to 
the fire, pour it upon a flat, clean stone. When 
it is coid, break it into small pieces, and keep 
it in a well-closed vessel. It has been sup- 
posed to possess tonic and deobstruent proper- 
ties, and acquired a high reputation in scrofula 
and bronchocele, which it has failed to main- 
tain. The dose is xv. grains to 8j. 

Calcii oxychloruretum. C . protochlorure- 
tum. See Calcis chloridum. 

Calcii oxydum. Lime. 

CALCINATION. (Calcinatio, onis, i.) The 
process of subjecting a body to the action of 
fire, or to a considerable degree of heat, to 
drive oft* its volatile parts ; or to convert it into 
a calx or oxide. 

Calcinatum majus. Dulcification. 

Calcinatum majus Poterii. A compound 
of mercury, prepared by dissolving the metal 
in aquafortis, and precipitating with salt water. 

Calcinatum minus. A sweet substance. 

CALCINED MAGNESIA. See Magnesia. 

Calcined mercury. Binoxide of mercury. 

Calcis bichloruretum. Calcis chloridum. 

Calcis carbonas. See Lime, and Creta 
praparata. 

CALCIS CHLORIDUM. Chloride of lime. 
Oxymuriate of lime. Itis much used in bleach- 
ing, under the name of bleaching powder; and 
an aqueous solution of it, commonly known 
under the name of Labarraque's disinfecting 
fluid, is a powerful corrector of putrid effluvia, 
and of great use as an application to putrid ul- 
cers, discharges, &c. A useful solution is made 
with f j. to Oss. of water. 

Calcis hepar. Sulphuret of lime. 

Calcis hydras. Hydrate of lime, or slacked 
lime. 

Calcis hypochloris. Calcis chloridum. 

Calcis liquor. Solution of lime. Aqua 
calcis. Lime-water. Take of lime, half a 
pound ; boiling distilled water, twelve pints. 
Upon the lime, first slaked with a little of the 
water, pour the remainder of the water and 
shake them together; next cover the vessel 
immediately, and let it stand for three hours ; 
then keep the solution upon the remaining lime 
in stopped glass bottles, and pour off the clear 
liquor when it is wanted for use. 

Lime is soluble in about 450 times its weight 
of water, or little more than one grain in one 
fluid ounce. Lime-water is colorless and in- 
odorous, and has an unpleasant alkaline taste. 
It absorbs carbonic acid rapidly from the atmo- 
sphere, so that, if it be not carefully preserved, 
the whole of the lime is soon precipitated in 
the form of carbonate. It is given internally 
as an antacid, in doses of from two ounces to 
six, in cardialgia, diarrhoea, &c. Mixed with 
olive oil, it forms the celebrated application to 
burns, known under the name of Carran oil 

123 



CAL 

Calcis murias. C. oxymurias. Calcii chlo- 
ridum. 

Calcis muriatis liquor. See Calcii chlo- 
ridi liquor.. 

Calcis os. Calcar. Calcaneum. Plerna. 
The largest bone of the tarsus, which forms the 
heel. It is situated posteriorly under the as- 
tragalus. It is divided into a body and pro- 
cesses. It has a large tuberosity behind to form 
the heel, into which the tendo achillis is insert- 
ed. A sinuous cavity, as its forepart, which, in 
the fresh subject, is filled with fat, and gives 
origin to several ligaments. Two prominences, 
at the inner and forepart of the bone, with a 
pit between them, for the articulation of the 
under and forepart of the astragalus. A de- 
pression, in the external surface of the bone 
near its forepart, where the tendon of the pero- 
nacus longus runs. A large cavity, at the inner 
side of the bone, lodging the long flexors of the 
toes, together with the vessels and nerves of 
the sole. There are two prominences, at the 
under and back part of this bone, that give ori- 
gin to the aponeurosis, and several muscles of 
the sole. The anterior surface of the os calcis 
is concave, for its articulation with the os cu- 
boides, and it is articulated to the astragalus by 
ligaments. 

Calcis sulphuretum. Sulphuret of lime. 
It has been used in a bath for itch, &c. 
Calcitari. Alkaline salt. 
Calcitea. Calcitrea. Vitriol. 
Calciteosa. Litharge. 
Calcithos. Verdigris. 
Calcitra'pa. Centaurea calcitrapa. 
CA'LCIUM. (urn, i, n. ; from calx.) The 
metallic basis of lime, which is the oxide of 
calcium. For the officinal compound, see Calcii. 
Calcoi'dea ossi'cula. The three cuneiform 
bones of the tarsus. 

Calco-subphalangeus. The abductor mus- 
cles of the foot. 

Cal'cotar. Sulphate of iron. Ferri sul- 
phas. 

Calc sinter. The calcareous deposite of 
some springs. 

Calc spar. Native crystallized carbonate 
of lime. It possesses the power of double re- 
fraction, and is much used in polariscopes. 

Calculi'fragus. (From calculus, and fran- 
go, to break.) Having the power of breaking 
stone in the bladder. 1. Lithontriptic medi- 
cines. 2. The name of an instrument which is 
introduced into the bladder to break down cal- 
culi. See Lithotrity. 3. The scolopendrium, 
and pimpernel. 

Calculosus. Afflicted with the stone. 
CALCULUS. («*, i, m. A pebble.) In 
pathology, this term is applied to morbid con- 
cretions of a hard or stony consistence, which 
form in different cavities and other parts of the 
body. 

Calculus, arthritic Gouty concretions; 
chalk-stones. See Podagra. 

Calculus, articular. See Concretions, ar- 
Ocular. 

Calculus, biliary. Calculus biliosus. Cal- 
culi cystici. Calculi fellei. Gall-stone. Bili- 
ary calculi are of common occurrence, and usu- 
ally consist of the substance called cholesterine, 
124 



CAL 

blended with various proportions of coloring 
matter, inspissated bile, albumen, &c. Four 
kinds have been observed. 1. One kind is of 
a white color, sometimes a Uttle yellowish or 
greenish. It is nearly pure cholesterine. 2. 
Another kind is of a round or polygonal shape, 
often of a gray color externally, and brown 
within. It exhibits concentric layers, which 
appear to consist of inspissated bile ; and there 
is generally a central nucleus of the white crys- 
talline matter, or cholesterine. 3. A third kind 
is of a deep brown, or green color. Its texture 
is made up of crystals of cholesterine, inter- 
mixed with biliverdin. A fourth kind is said to 
be insoluble in alcohol. 

Gall-stones often exist without occasioning 
pain or any disagreeable symptoms, so that 
their presence is not detected till after death. 
Where, however, they become impacted in 
their passage through the gall-ducts, they ob- 
struct the flow of bile into the intestines, there- 
by causing jaundice ; and they sometimes occa- 
sion excruciating pain. Opium, the warm bath, 
the nitro-muriatic acid bath, and antiphlogistics, 
are used in these cases. See Icterus. 

Calculi of the ears. Masses of indurated 
wax. 

Calculus, encysted. When the calculus 
becomes covered or surrounded by mucus and 
membrane. 

Calculus, intestinal. See Enter -olilhus. 
Calculi, lachrymal. Concretions some- 
times form in the lachrymal passages, where 
they cause abscesses and fistula;. 

Calculus of the mamma. Concretions 
found in mammary abscess. 

Calculus, pancreatic Some have sup- 
posed that certain transparent calculi, which 
have been vomited or passed by stool, were 
formed in the pancreas ; but there seems no 
good reason for any such belief. 

Calculi of the pineal gland. Morbid 
concretions have been found on dissection in 
the pineal gland, the presence of which was 
not indicated during life by any particular 
symptoms. They consist of phosphate of lime, 
like the gritty matter naturally found in the part. 
Calculi of the prostate gland. Stony 
concretions are sometimes found in the sub- 
stance of the prostate gland, and occasion the 
same evil as any other enlargement of the part. 
They generally consist of phosphate of lime. 

Calculus, pulmonary. Concretions are 
sometimes expectorated in great number during 
life, or found in the substance of the lungs, or 
ramifications of the bronchi, after death. In 
most cases in which this occurs, it is an accom- 
paniment of tubercular phthisis ; but there are 
cases on record in which an expectoration of 
chalky concretions has taken place, from time 
to time, during a number of years, unconnect- 
ed with any bad symptoms, and without injury 
to the general health of the patient. The pres- 
ence of such concretions is supposed, by M. 
Bayle, to give rise to a form of phthisis, which 
he calls Phthisic calculeuse. 

Calculi, salivary. Concretions which are 
sometimes found in the substance of the salivary 
glands, or in their ducts. They generally con- 
sist of phosphate of lime and animal matter. 



CAL 

Calculi, spermatic. Calculi have occa- 
sionally been detected after death in the vesic- 
ulse seminales. 

Calculi of the tonsils. Concretions pro- 
duced in the tonsils. 

CALCULI, URINARY. Calculi vesica, ves- 
ical calculi. Calculi formed by a morbid depo- 
sition from the urine may be found in the kid- 
ney, ureter, bladder, or urethra. Whatever be 
their position, they are always formed in the 
kidney or bladder : they are therefore renal or 
vesical. 

1. Renal calculi. When calculous matter is 
separated in the kidneys, it assumes the form 
either of fine sand, which passes off without 
causing any severe symptoms, and is deposited 
after the exci - eted mine has been some time at 
rest, or of distinct calculi, varying in size, but 
large enough to occasion very distressing pain 
in their passage through the urinary canals. 
Both these varieties are, in popular language, 
called the gravel; and the severe symptoms 
arising from the passage of renal calculi through 
the ureters is styled a Jit of the gravel. 

For the sake of perspicuity, it will be best to 
designate mere sabulous deposites as urinary 
'sand, and distinct concretions as renal calculi. 

a. Urinary sand is of two kinds, white and 
red. The white consists of phosphate of lime, 
or of the ammouio-magnesian phosphate, or of 
a mixture of the two. The red consists of uric 
acid. Both of these morbid states of the urine 
are usually connected with disorder of the di- 
gestive organs ; and those general therapeutical 
means which are adapted to the removal of 
such disorder are beneficial in both. With a 
view to correct the state of the urinary secre- 
tion, on which the sabulous deposite more im- 
mediately depends, alkalis are given where the 
uric acid predominates, and the mineral acids 
where the deposite consists of the phosphates. 
In the latter case the muriatic acid is generally 
found most useful. 

b. Renal calculi. These sometimes exist for 
a long time, and remain stationary in the kid- 
ney, where they may attain a considerable 
magnitude without giving rise to any symptoms 
which lead to a suspicion of their presence ; or 
they may excite chronic inflammation and sup- 
puration of the kidney, with bloody urine and 
hectic fever, which finally destroys the patient. 
More generally, however, they descend along 
the ureter, and give rise to the painful affection 
commonly called a fit of the gravel. »The de- 
scent of a renal calculus is usually attended 
with pain in the loins, shooting down through 
the pelvis to the inside of the thighs, retraction 
of the testicle, and numbness of the leg of the 
affected side, shivering, faintness, nausea, and 
vomiting. In ordinary cases the calculus soon 
reaches the bladder, and the distressing symp- 
toms cease for the time. It is then either void- 
ed through the urethra, with more or less pain 
and difficulty, or it remains in the bladder and 
becomes the nucleus of a vesical calculus. If 
the calculus become firmly impacted in the 
ureter, inflammation of the kidney supervenes, 
or a fatal suppression of the urinary secretion, 
■which may take place in both kidneys, though 
there be a calculus in only one of, the ureters; 



CAL 

or the case may terminate fatally in a more 
gradual manner, by inflammation and ulcera- 
tion of the ureter and extravasation of urine. 
In a few cases an abscess has formed in the 
ureter, and discharged itself by a fistulous open- 
ing in the lumbar region, or in the groin, through 
which the urine also finds an outlet. These 
formidable consequences are, however, com- 
paratively rare. The treatment, while a calcu- 
lus is passing down the ureter, should consist 
in the use of the warm bath, which is of great 
service by its relaxing and antispasmodic effect; 
blood-letting, if necessary to obviate inflamma 
tion, and opiates to allay pain. 

The constitutional disposition to the formation 
of renal calculi is to be obviated by the means 
applicable to calculous disorders in general. 
These will be noticed at the conclusion of the 
present article. 

2. Vesical calculus. A vesical calculus, or 
stone in the bladder, may arise from a renal 
calculus having passed into the bladder, and 
there increased in size by successive depositions 
upon its surface ; or it may be originally fanned 
in the bladder itself; or a foreign body, which 
has accidentally got into the bladder, may form 
a nucleus around which calculous matter is de- 
posited : it appears, however, that calculi found 
in the bladder have generally their origin in 
the kidney. The composition of urinary cal- 
culi is very diversified. The calculi hitherto 
observed consist of, 

1. Uric or lithic acid. 

2. Urate of ammonia. 

3. Phosphate of lime. 

4. Ammonio-magnesian phosphate. 

5. Oxalate of lime. 
G. Cystic oxide. 

7. Carbonate of lime. 

8. Silica. 

9. The alternating calculus, consisting of al- 
ternate layers of .the matters composing those 
already enumerated. 

The first five of the foregoing substances are 
of most frequent occurrence, but their relative 
frequency varies in different countries and dis- 
tricts. 

1. Calculi composed of uric (lithic) acid are 
of a brown or fawn color, and, when cut 
through, appear of a more or less distinctly 
laminated texture. Their surface is generally 
smooth, or nearly so, being sometimes slightly 
tuberculated. Sp. gr., 1*5. Before the blow- 
pipe, this calculus blackens, and gives out a 
peculiar ammoniacal odor, leaving a minute 
portion of white ash : it is soluble in solution of 
pure potassa, and, heated with a little nitric 
acid, affords a fine pink compound. 

2. Urate of ammonia forms calculi, the sur- 
face of which is sometimes smooth, sometimes 
tuberculated ; they are made up of concentric 
layers, and the fracture is fine earthy, resem- 
bling that of compact limestone ; they are gen- 
erally of a small size, and rather uncommon, 
though urate of ammonia often occurs mixed 
with uric acid. They usually decrepitate be- 
fore the blow-pipe, are more soluble than the 
uric calculus, evolve ammonia when heated 
with solution of potassa, and are readily soluble 

125 



C AL 

lu the alkaline carbonates, which pure uric acid 
is not. 

3. Phosphate of lime calculus is of a pale 
brown or gray color, smooth, and made up of 
regular and easily-separable lamina;. It is sol- 
uble in muriatic acid, and precipitated by pure 
ammonia, and does not fuse before the blow- 
pipe. Calculi from the prostate gland are fre- 
quently composed of phosphate of lime. 

4. Ammonio-magncsian, or triple calculus, is 
generally white or pale gray, and tho surface 
often presents minute crystals; its texture is 
generally compact, and often somewhat hard 
and translucent; heated by the blow-pipe, it 
exhales ammonia, and leaves phosphate of mag- 
nesia. It is more easily soluble than the pre- 
ceding ; and oxalate of ammonia forms no pre- 
cipitate in its muriatic solution. 

It frequently happens that calculi consist of 
a mixture of the two last-mentioned substances, 
in which case they fuse before the blow-pipe, 
and are hence termed fusible calculi. They are 
■white, or nearly so, and softer than the sepai'ate 
substances, often resembling chalk in appear- 
ance. They are easily soluble in muriatic acid, 
and if oxalate of ammonia be added to their 
solution, the lime is precipitated in the state of 
oxalate. 

5. Oxalate of lime forms calculi, the exterior 
color of which is generally dark brown, or red- 
dish; sp. gr., 1-4 and upward; they are com- 
monly rough or tuberculated upon the surface, 
and have hence been called mulberry calculi. 
Before the blow-pipe they blacken and swell, 
leaving a white infusible residue, which is 
easily recognized as quicklime. Small oxalate 
of lime calculi are, however, sometimes per- 
fectly smooth upon the surface, and somewhat 
resemble a hempseed in appearance. 

6. Cystic oxide is a very rare species. It is 
yellowish-white, crystalline, and of a waxy lus- 
tre. They are soft, and, when burned by the 
blow-pipe, exhale a peculiar fetid odor. They 
are soluble in nitric, sulphuric, muriatic, phos- 
phoric, and oxalic acids, and also in alkaline 
solutions. Cystic oxide forms crystallizable 
compounds with nitric, muriatic, and oxalic 
acids. With sulphuric acid it forms a viscid, 
colorless, and uncrystallizable compound. The 
composition is CeNFLjC^Sj. 

7. Dr. Prout, and Mr. Smith of Bristol (Med- 
ico.-Chir. Trans., xi., 14), have described cal- 
culi composed almost entirely of carbonate of 
lime ; but this species is exceedingly rare. 

8. Silica, as an ingredient in urinary sand, 
and in some calculi, is very rare. 

9. Xanthic oxide forms a very rare calculus. 
It has a brown surface, scaly fracture, is brown 
interiorly, and acquires a resinous appearance 
when rubbed. It is entirely soluble in potash, 
and precipitated by carbonic acid. Composi- 
tion, C 6 N. 2 H 2 0s. 

A stone may exist in the bladder without 
causing much inconvenience, provided it be 
email, smooth, and of a rounded figure ; but if 
it be large, rough, or of an angular figure, it is 
always productive of severe suffering. The 
degree of pain will, however, vary greatly, ac- 
cording to the state of the bladder and the qual- 
ity of the urine. 
126 



C AL 

The general symptoms indicative of a stone 
in the bladder are, a painful itching along the 
penis, especially the glans; the micturition is 
painful, and a stream of urine is liable to be 
suddenly arrested before the bladder is empty, 
so that the urine is expelled by fits, and the 
pain is greatest immediately after its evacua- 
tion ; there is a dull pain and sense of weight 
about the neck of the bladder; the urine is 
mixed with a large quantity of mucus, and fre- 
quently tinged with blood, especially after ex- 
ercise. All the symptoms of stone are aggra- 
vated to an intolerable degree by the motion 
of a carriage, or exercise on horseback. At an 
advanced stage of the disease the bladder be- 
comes inflamed, and its mucous coat suppu- 
rates; the ureters and kidneys participate in 
the diseased action; large quantities of blood 
and pus are passed with the urine ; the patient 
becomes emaciated, and finally dies, worn out 
by pain and hectic fever. 

The symptoms attendant on enlargement of 
the prostate gland in some respects resemble 
those of stone, but the pain arising from calcu- 
lus in the bladder generally comes on only in 
paroxysms, while that from a diseased prostate 
is constant. Surgeons agree that the presence • 
of a calculus in the bladder can only be dis- 
tinctly ascertained by the operation of sound- 
ing. 

Calculus is more common in temperate than 
in warm or very cold climates. It occurs more 
frequently in early life than in old age, but 
more frequently in either than during the mid- 
dle period of Hie. Persons of sedentary habits 
are more liable to it than those of active habits. 
Luxurious persons are more obnoxious to it 
than those who are temperate. The disposi- 
tion to gravel and urinary calculi is intimately 
connected with the gouty diathesis. Injuries 
of the spine and kidneys have been observed 
to give a disposition to calculus, and especially 
to that form of it which arises from a deposition 
of the phosphates. Strictures of the urethra, 
and enlargement of the prostate gland, favor 
the formation of calculi. 

When a stone in the bladder has become too 
large to pass through the urethra, it can only be 
got rid of with certainty by a surgical opera- 
tion. See Lithotomy and Lithotrity. 

Certain means have long been in use for the 
purpose of dissolving the stone, and rendering 
an operation unnecessary. There are cases on 
record in which the judicious use of alkalies 
appears to have had a marked effect on uric 
acid calculi. It was proposed by Fourcroy to 
attempt the solution of stones in the bladder by 
the injection of appropriate fluids. It appears, 
from the trials which have been made at differ- 
ent times, that alkaline injections of sufficient 
strength to answer the purpose are too irrita- 
ting for the bladder to bear ; but Sir B. Brodie 
has succeeded in dissolving some deposites of 
phosphate and carbonate ol lime by nitric acid, 
highly diluted, sent in a stream through the 
bladder by means of a double catheter of pure 
gold. 

Admitting that largo stones are only to be 
got rid of by the aid of surgery, it becomes of 
great importance to obviate, if possible, the 



C AL 

calculous diathesis. There is more or less de- 
rangement of. the digestive functions in all ; and 
hence a particular attention to diet and regimen, 
and the use of vegetable bitters and astringents, 
are serviceable in most cases. Among the bit- 
ters, the Uva ursi and Pareira brava are espe- 
cially recommended. In the cases which de- 
pend on an acid diathesis, namely, those in 
which the calculus is composed of uric acid, of 
oxalate of lime, or of cystic oxide, the general 
principle is to obviate the acid tendency by al- 
kaline medicines. There are, however, many 
exceptions to this rule. In cases where lithic 
acid is predominant, it has frequently been 
found most beneficial to pi'oniote a copious dis- 
charge of that acid by means of turpentine and 
other medicines which are known to have this 
effect. Dr. Prout has also found that the dis- 
position to form oxalate <*f lime is converted by 
the use of muriatic acid into the common lithic 
diathesis; he has made similar observations 
with respect to the cystic oxide, and hence in 
these cases he recommends the use of muriatic 
acid where it is not contra-indicated by an irri- 
table state of the bladder. 

Where the alkaline or phosphatic diathesis 
prevails, the mineral acids are indicated ; their 
effect, however, is by no means so striking as 
that of alkalies in the acid diathesis ; indeed, it 
is supposed by many, and probably with good 
reason, that the benefit derived from them is 
chiefly referrible to the tonic effects on the di- 
gestive organs. The muriatic acid has been 
found most generally useful. 

In the actual paroxysm of stone in the blad- 
der the suffering is dreadfully severe, and gen- 
erally admits of no effectual relief; it may, 
however, be considerably palliated by the use 
of the warm hip-bath and anodyne suppositories 
and enemata. 

Calculus, urethral. A calculus impacted 
in the urethra. If immovable, it is cut out by 
dividing the urethra longitudinally. 

Calculi of the uterus. They are some- 
times present, but very rare, in engorgements 
of a chronic nature. 

Caldas springs. They are thermal, con- 
taining sulphureted hydrogen, sulphate of iron, 
and the common salts. 

CALDA'RIUM. The hot bath of the an- 
cients. 

Caleanthum. Copperas. — Pliny. 

Calebash. Cucurbita lagenaria. 

CALEFA'CIENT. (Cale/aciens ; from cal- 
efacio, to make warm.) Substances are so 
called which excite a degree of warmth in the 
parts to which they are applied, as mustard, 
pepper, &c. They belong to the class of stim- 
ulants. 

CALEF ACTION. Calefactio. The act or 
process of heating. 

CALE'NDULA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia necessaria. 
Composites. — C. alpina. Arnica montana. — C. 
arvensis. Caltha palustris. — C. officinalis. C. 
sativa. Garden marigold. The plant is ape- 
rient and diaphoretic. — C. palustris. See 
Caltha palustris. 

Calendulje martiales. Ferrum ammonia- 
turn. 



C AL 

Calendulin. A kind of gum bassorin ob- 
tained from the marigold. 

Calenturas. Cinchona ? 

CA'LENTURE. ( Calcntura, <b, f. ; from 
caleo, to be hot.) A form of phrenitis alleged 
formerly to have been common among seamen 
in tropical latitudes. 

Cale'sium. A tree of Malabar, the bark of 
which, made into an "ointment with butter, 
cures convulsions from wounds, and heals ul- 
cers. The juice of the bark cures aphthse, and, 
taken inwardly, the dysentery. — Ray. 

Caleza de negro. See Phytelephas. 

Call See Kali. 

Calico bush. Kalmia latifolia. 

Casidum innatum. C. animate. See Cali- 
dus. 

CA'LIDUS. Warm. Hence calidum inna- 
tum, animal or vital heat. 

CALI'GO. (o, inis, f.) In pathology this 
term is applied to dimness of sight or blind- 
ness, caused by the interposition of an opaque 
body between the object and the retina: hence 
its species are, 

1. Caligo palpebrarum. The obstruction to 
the light being in the eyelids. 

2. Caligo cornea. Opacities, &c. 

3. Caligo lentis. The obstruction being In 
the lens or its capsule. Cataract. 

4. Caligo pupillm. The iris being closed. 

5. Caligo humorum. The aqueous or vitre- 
ous humors having lost their transparency. 

6. Caligo synizesis. Synizesis. 
CALIPERS. Compasses with curved legs. 

Bourdeloque's calipers are used to ascertain the 
capacity of the pelvis. 

CALISAYA BARK. Cinchona flava. (U.S.) 

Calix. See Calyx. 

Calli. Gouty nodes. 

CALLICARPA. A genus of plants. Tc- 
trandia. Monogynia. It contains oidy one 
species, C. americana, which grows in South 
Carolina and Virginia. The leaves are used in 
dropsy. 

CALLICO'CCA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. See Ipe- 
cacuanha. 

Callicreas. The sweet-bread. See Pan- 
creas. 

Calli'gonum. See Polygonum. 

Callip^di'a. The art of generating beauti- 
ful children. , 

Calliphy'llum. Asplenium trichomanes. 

Callistemon seed. Pohutu-kauva. 

CALLI'TRICHE. A genus of plants. Mo- 
nandria. Digynia. 1. Water stai*wort. Wa- 
ter chickweed. 2. Adiantum. 

Callositas palpebrarum. Scleriasis. 

CALLOSITY. Callositas. Preternatural 
hardness of the skin or other parts. 

Callous. Callo'sus. Indurated. 

CA'LLUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The flexible sub- 
stance deposited between the divided ends of 
broken bones, in which the osseous matter by 
which they are permanently united is deposit- 
ed. See Fracture. 2. A preternatural hard- 
ness of any part, especially of the skin. 

Calmet. Antimony. 

Calome'lanos turque'ti. A purgative pill 
made of calomel, sulphur, and resin of jalap. 

127 



C AL 



CAM 



CALO'MEL. Calomelas. {as, ilnos, m. ; 
from ttaloc, and ftehag, black.) Originally ap- 
plied to black sulphuret of mercury, but now to 
calomel. See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 

Calomelas pr.ecipitatum. (Ph. D.) Calo- 
mel prepared by the formula of the Dublin 
Pharmacopoeia ; that is, by Jewell's process. 

Calomelas sublimatum. (Ph. D.) Calomel 
prepared by sublimation". 

Calonia. KaXovia. Myrrh. 

CALOPHYLLUM. A genus of tropical 
plants. Poiyandria. Monogynia. The C. 
inophyllum, tacamahaca, &c, yield a kind of 
tacamahaca, and also an oil for lamps. — C. cal- 
<iba produces the Oleum Sancta Maries. 

Calor animalis. Animal temperature* 

Calor fervens. Boiling heat. 

Calor lentis. A gentle heat; about 100° F. 

Calor mordicans. The pungent heat of the 
skin in ardent fevers, which leaves an unpleas- 
ant tingling sensation on the fingers for some 
minutes after touching the patient. 

Calor nativus. Animal or vital heat. 

CALO'RIC. {Caloricum, i, n. ; from calor, 
heat.) The cause which produces the sensa- 
tion and effects of heat. The characteristic.ef- 
fect of caloric is expansion, but it is also an 
agent in producing chemical change. The form 
and gravity of bodies is dependent on this im- 
ponderable. Its nature is utterly unknown. 

Caloric, latent. Insensible heat. Heat ex- 
isting in all bodies, and not made evident by af- 
fecting the thermometer. Also, heat which pass- 
es into liquids, to convert them into vapor, &c. 

Caloric, specific. The precise amount of 
heat necessary to raise different bodies to a 
given degree of temperature. 

Calorific Having the quality of producing 
heat, as the calorific rays of the spectrum, which 
are the red, orange, and yellow. 

Calorification. (From calor, heat, and 
jacio, to make.) The function of generating 
animal heat. 

Calori'meter. An apparatus to measure the 
quantity of heat which a body gives out in 
pooling. 

Calorimotor. A galvanic arrangement by 
Dr. Hare for the production of great heat. It 
consists of one pair of plates of great surface. 

Calotropis gigantea. Asclepiasgigantea; 
mudor. 

Calo'type. The name given by Mr. Talbot 
to pictures obtained on paper rendered sensible 
to light by the gallo-nitrate of silver. 

CA'LTHA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranunculacea. — C. 
arvensis. C. vulgaris. The wild marigold. 
The juice has been given in scrofula. — C. pa- 
iustris. Populago. It is said to be caustic and 
deleterious. 

Caltrops. See Trapa. 

CALUMBA. See Cocculus palmatus. The 
root is a good tonic. Dose, gr. x. to 33s. 

Calumba, American or false. The Frasera 
Walteri. 

Calumbin. The bitter principle of calumba. 

Calva. Calva'ria. The skull; the vertex. 

Calvata ferramexta. An old name for 
such surgical instruments as have a button at 
the end. 

128 * 



CALVTTIES. {es, ei, f. ; from calvus, bald. ) 
Calvitium. Baldness. 

CALX. {Calx, cis, fcem.) 1. Lime. 2. An 
oxide. 

Calx. {Calx, cis, m.) The heel. 

Calx antimonii. Oxide of antimony. 

Calx bismuthi. Bismuth, subnitrate. 

Calx chlorina'ta. Chloride of lime, or 
bleaching powder. See Calcis chloridum. 

Calx cum kali puro. See Potassa cumcalce- 

Calx cum potassa. See Potassa cum calce. 

Calx e testis. Shell lime. 

Calx, extincta. Slaked lime. 

Calx hydrargyri alba. See Hydrargyrum 
ammoniatum. 

Calx salita. Calcii chloridum. 

Calx viva. C. usta, recens. Quick-lime. 
Made by burning limestone. 

Caly'bio. A one-ceiled, inferior, few-seeded 
fruit, inclosed in a capsule, as the acorn. 

Calyca'nthemje. Plants which, among 
other characteristics, have the corolla and sta- 
mina inserted into the calyx. 

Calyciflo'r^:. Plants which have the sta 
mina inserted into the calyx. 

CALYCI'NUS. (From calyx, the flower- 
cup.) Calycinalis. Calycine: belonging to 
the calyx of a flower. 

Calycula'tus. Calyculate: having a double 
calyx, or several successively diminishing in size. 

Caly'culu.s. {us, i, m.) A little calyx. 

CALYP'TRA. {a, cc, f. ; from nalvnTu, to 
cover.) The veil or covering of mosses. A 
kind of membranous hood placed on their cap- 
sule or fructification. 

CALYPTRA'TUS. Calyptrate : furnished 
with a calyptra. 

CA'LYX. {yx, ids, f . ; «a/lu£; from KoJkv- 
tttu, to cover.) 1. The flower-cup. It is gen- 
erally of a green color. 2. The infundibula, or 
membranous tubes which rise round the base 
of the papillae of the kidneys, and receive the 
urine from them, are also called calyces. See 
Kidney. 

Camandag. Camandang. A tree of the 
Philippine Islands. It yields a milky juice, 
called by the natives tague : it is used to poi- 
son arrows. 

CAMARA. {a, cc, f. ; from aauapa, a vault.) 
Camarium. 1. The fornix of the brain. 2. 
The vaulted part of the auricle of the heart. 

Camarez. Its mineral waters are impreg- 
nated with the sulphates of soda and iron. 

Camaro'ma. (From Kafiapa, a vault.) Ca- 
marosis. Camaratio. A fracture of the skull, 
where the bones present the appearance of an 
arch or vault. 

CA'MBIUM. {urn, i, n.) 1. The nutritious 
humor which is changed into the materials of 
which the body is composed. 2. The dex- 
trine, or matter of organization found between 
the young bark and new wood of plants in 
spring. 

Cambine. Cambing. A tree of the Molucca 
Islands, the bark of which exudes a juice much 
esteemed against dysentery. 

Cambo. A village in the department of the 
Basses Pyrenees, where there are two mineral 
springs ; one is an acidulous chalybeate, and the 
other sulphureous. 



CAM 

CAMBO'GIA. Cambo'dia. («, a, f.) See 
Stalagmilis cambogioides and Garcinia. 

Cambu'ca. Cambucca membrata. A bubo 
or ulcer on the genitals. 

Came lan. Anisum moluccanum. A small 
tree of Amboyna, the seeds of which smell like 
those of anise, and are used for the same pur- 
poses. 

Cameli'xa. See Myagrum. 
Game'llidje. Camelliccc. A natural family 
of plants, including the genera Camellia and 
Then. 

CA'MKRA. A chamber; applied to the 
cavities of the eye, before and behind the iris, 
which contain the aqueous humor. See Ocu- 
Ins. 

Camera lucida. A prism of glass invented 
by Dr. Wolluston for the purpose of enabling 
any person to make drawings of objects. 

Camera obscura. A dark chamber, or box, 
into which the images of objects are brought to 
a focus by means of one or more lenses. 
Cameratio. See Camaroma. 
Caminga. See Canella alba. 
Cami'sia foetus. The chorion. 
Cammaron. Arnica scorpioides? 
Ca'mosiers. It has springs containing car- 
bonate of lime, sulphur, muriate of soda, &c. 
These waters are purgative, and are used in 
diseases of the skin. 

CAMPA'NA. («, a, f.) A bell. In Chem- 
istry, a receptacle like a bell, for making sul- 
phuric acid; whence the name of oleum sul- 
phnris per campanum. 

Campana'ceje. Campanulaccm. Bell-shaped 
flowers. The name of an order in Linineus's 
natural method : now Campanulacem. 
Campana'ceus. Bell-shaped. 
Campanifo'rmis. Bell-shaped. 
OAMPA'NULA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. — C. trachc- 
leum. The great throat-wort. A decoction of 
the root has been recommended in cases of sore 
throat, relaxation of the uvula, &c. 

Campanula'te. (From campanula, a little 
bell.) Bell-shaped. 

Campeachy wood. See Hccmatoxylon cam- 
pechianum. 

Campe'stris. Of, or belonging to, the field. 
Camphene. The name given by Dumas to 
pure oil of turpentine : form., C 2 oHi 6 . 

Camphine. A commercial spirit used for 
lighting ; it is merely the common oil of turpen- 
tine redistilled. 

Camphogen. A colorless liquid ; density, 
0-861. See Camphor, which is the hydrate of 
camphogen. 

Campholic acid. A solid acid having the 
composition of camphor. 

CA'MPHOR. {a, <e, f. ; from the Arabic ca- 
foor.) Camphora. Camphirc. A peculiar 
stearopten existing in several plants. 

1. The Dryobalanops camphora, D. aromati- 
ca, a tall tree growing in forests in Sumatra and 
Borneo. The camphor concretes in the heart 
of the tree, occupying cavities a foot or a foot 
and a half long. The young trees contain an 
oily camphor. 

2. The Laurus camphora, or Camphora offi- 
cinarum, a native of China and Japan. Its 



CAM 

roots, wood, and leaves smell strongly of cam- 
phor, which is obtained by distillation. 

Camphor, when pure, has a strong and pecu- 
liar fragrance, and a bitter, pungent taste. It is , 
white, semitransparent, unctuous to the touch, 
brittle, and of an irregular crystalline texture. 
Its specific gravity is -9837. It is very vola- 
tile ; boils at 400° ; and sublimes in close ves- 
sels, crysttdlizing in hexagonal plates. It is 
very inflammable, and bums with a bright 
flame and much smoke. 

It is a solid essential oil; composition, C M Hi4 
-]-2HO, the radical being camphogen, which 
may be separated by repeated distillation with 
phosphoric acid. Camphogen resembles, in its 
chemical relations, benzin and naphthaline, and 
is found in many essential oils. 

Camphor is soluble in alcohol, ethers, and 
oils both fixed and volatile. Concentrated sul- 
phuric acid decomposes camphor, giving rise to 
the formation of artificial tannin ; diluted sul- 
phuric or diluted nitric acid dissolves it ; so do 
the muriatic, strong acetic, and fluoric acids. 

The addition of water to the spirituous or 

acid solutions of camphor instantly separates it. 

Alkalies have hardly any effect on camphor. 

Resins combine with it, forming a tenacious 

mass. 

Concrete oils of tobacco, elecampane, &c , 
have been called camphors, and true camphor 
is found in many of the aromatic salviaceous 
plants. 

Camphor, in its action on the animal econo- 
my, is stimulant, narcotic, antispasmodic, and 
diaphoretic. Its stimulus is very diffusible, and 
soon followed by a sedative effect. In an over- 
dose it causes vomiting, giddiness, delirium, and 
convulsions. Employed externally, it is a very 
useful ingredient in anodyne liniments, and 
twenty or thirty grains of it added to a poultice, 
and applied to the perineum, allays chordee. 
The dose of camphor is from gr. ij . to 3j . When 
given in the solid form, it is very apt to occa- 
sion pain at the cardiac orifice of the stomach, 
and vomiting; it is therefore best given sus- 
pended in water by means of mucilage. 

Camphor, artificial. Produced by the ac- 
tion of dry muriatic acid on turpentine oil, and 
other similar essences. It is a hydrochlorate 
of camphene ; C 30 Hi6-|-HCl. It has the appear- 
ance and odor of camphor, but is not a nervine. 
— Orfila. 

Camphor, Borneo. The native camphor of 
the Dryobalanops. 

Camphor, liquid. Camphor oil. The fluid 
obtained by tapping the dryobalanops. It has 
the odor of camphor or cajaputi, and contains 
an elaopten, which, when pure, is C. 2 oHi 6 , ac- 
cording to Telouze, but which becomes C 2 oHieO< 
by exposure to air. 

Camphor, oil of. This name is given to a 
solution of camphor in dilute nitric acid {nitrate 
of camphor, Pereira) ; but it is also used for 
liquid camphor, and for the liniment of camphor. 
Camphor water. Mistura camphorae. 
Camphors flores compositi. Camphor 
sublimed with benzoin. 

Camphors flos. That portion of the cam- 
phor which ascends first in the process of sub- 
limation. / 

129 



CAN 

Camphorata. See Camphorosma. 

Camphorate. Cam'phoras. (as, atis, f.) 
A salt formed by the union of the camphoric 
acid with a base ; thus, camphorate of alumina, 
camphorate of ammonia, &c. 

Camphorated spirit. Camphorated spirit 
of wine. Tinctura camphor®. 

Camphorated tincture of opium. See 
Tinctura opii camphorata. 

Camphora'tus. Camphorated. 

CAMPHORIC ACID. Acidum camphori- 
cum. An acid obtained by distilling nitric acid 
eight times following fromjcamphor. It has an 
acid taste, crystallizes in prisms, is inodorous, 
fuses at 145 0- 4, and emits a pungent vapor, and 
sublimes partially into the anhydrous acid. 
The ordinary acid is tribasic ; form., 3 HO+ 
C10H7O3. It combines with the earthy, alka- 
line, and metallic bases, and forms salts, called 
camphorates. 

CAMPHORO'SMA. A genus of plants. Tc- 
trandria. Monogynia. — C. monspelicnsis. C. 
hirsute. Camphorata of the Pharmacopoeias. 
Stinking ground-pine ; formerly used in decoc- 
tion in dropsical and asthmatic complaints. 

Camphrone. An oily substance produced 
by M. Fremy by dropping pieces of camphor 
into a porcelain tube containing quicklime at a 
red heat, and condensing the vapor. Formula 
C 30 H 21 O. It boils at 167° F. 

Camphylorrhachis. One with a crooked 
spine. 

Campsis. Ka/irpic- When a bone or carti- 
lage is bent without breakage ; hence, campsis 
depressio, a depression. 

Ca'mpuli'tropous. In Botany, a name given 
to such ovules as bend down upon themselves 
till their apex touches the base. 

Camwood. A red dye-wood from Africa. 

Canaijin a aquatica. See Bidens. 

Canada balsam. See Pinus balsamea. 

Canada maidenhair. Adiantum pedatum. 

CANAL. Several foramina and passages are 
so called. See Canalis and the specific names. 

Canal, alimentary or digestive. Alimenta- 
ry duct, Canalis cibarius. The entire length 
of the passage from the mouth to the anus. 

Canal, arachnoidian. Canal of Bichat. 
A passage^ produced by the extension of the 
arachnoid membrane over the transverse and 
longitudinal fissures of the brain. 

Canal, intestinal. See Intestinal canal. 

Canal of Fontana. Ciliary canal. A mi- 
nute vascular canal within the ciliary ligament. 

Canal of Petit. Canalis Petitianus. See 
Oculus. 

Canal of Schlemm. A minute canal at the 
junction of the cornea and sclerotica. 

Can ales semicirculares. The semicircular 
canal. See Auris. 

Canaliculate. Canalicula'tus. Channel- 
ed ; having a long furrow. 

Canaliculus. ( Diminutive of canalis, a 
channel.) A little canal. See Ductus arte- 
riosus. 

Canalis Arteriosus. See Ductus arteri- 
osus. 

Canalis nasalis. See Ductus nasalis. 

Canalis venosus. See Ductus venosus. 

CANARIES, CLIMATE OF THE. It re- 
130 



CAN 

sembles, but is not quite as equable as, that of 
Madeira. 

Canary balsam. See Dracocephalum. 

Ca'ncamum. Various gums and resins. 

Cancella'te. Latticed ,• having a reticu- 
lated appearance. 

CANCE'LLI. (i, orum, pi. m.) Lattice- 
work. The reticular substance in bones is so 
called. See Os. 

CA'NCER. (Cancer, cri, m.) A genus of 
cru8taceous animals. — C. pagurus. This is the 
common crab. The crab's claws, chela; can- 
crorum of the shops, are taken from this spe- 
cies. — C. ga'mmarus. Astacus marinus. The 
common lobster. — C. a'stacus. C. fluviatUis. 
Astacus fiuviatilis. The craw-fish. Certain 
concretions in the stomach of this animal con- 
stitute the crab's eyes (cancrorum oculi) of the 
shops. — C. Bernhardus. Pagurus streblonya. 
Hermit crab. This species takes up its abode 
in univalve shells which it finds empty. 

CANCER, (cer, ceris, f.) A malignant dis- 
ease ; so called because a part affected with it, 
being raised into a tumor and surrounded by di- 
lated veins, bears some resemblance to a crab, 
for which reason it was called by the Greeks 
Carcinoma, from Kapiuvoc, a crab. The follow- 
ing general account of this malady is condensed 
from Dr. Copland's Dictionary of Practical Med- 
icine : 

Cancer consists of two states or stages : the 
first is scirrhus; the second, true cancer, or car- 
cinoma. 

I. Scirrhous Stage. — Occult cancer. It com- 
mences with a tumor, a limited local hardness.; 
is usually single; is veiy rarely, at its com- 
mencement, detected in different parts at once ; 
and is not surrounded by a cyst. It is distin- 
guished, at this period, by hardness, coldness, 
whiteness, or paleness, insensibility, and defi- 
ciency of red blood-vessels : a state indicating 
the low degree of vitality of the part. 

The scirrhous structure, when fully develop- 
ed, consists of a firm, hard, rugged, incompressi- 
ble, and unequal mass, the limits of which are 
not distinctly defined. Its color is generally of 
a light gray, and, when cut into thin slices, it is 
semi-transparent. Upon close inspection, it is 
found to consist of two distinct substances ; the 
one hard, fibrous, and organized ; the other soft, 
and apparently inorganic. The former compo- 
ses the chief part of the diseased mass, and 
consists of septa, which are opaque, of a paler 
color than the soft part, unequal in their length, 
breadth, and thickness, disposed in various di- 
rections ; sometimes forming a nearly solid 
mass ; in other instances, a number of cells or 
irregular cavities, which contain the soft part. 
The latter is sometimes semi-transparent, of a 
bluish color, and of the consistence of softened 
glue ; at other times more opaque, softer, some- 
what oleaginous, and like cream in color and 
consistence. 

The fibrous structure seems to be the cellu- 
lar, or proper tissue of the part, in a state of 
induration and hypertrophy ; assuming, in con- 
sequence of its increased density and bulk, an 
appearance similar to the fibrous or fibro-carti- 
laginous structure; while the softer portion, 
contained in the meshes and cells of the former, 



CAN 

appeal's to be merely a morbid secretion pour- 
ed out by the vessels nourishing the organized 
fibrous tissue, and is probably the exhalation of 
the part, either secreted in a modified state, or 
accumulated and changed by the disease of* its 
containing structure. 

The proportion of each of those two substan- 
ces, and the modes of their distribution, vary 
very considerably in different scirrhous masses. 

Bayle makes the following species : 

1. The Chondroid, (from xovdpog, cartilage, 
and eiSoc, likeness), or cartilaginifomi. 

2. The Hyaloid (from valoc, glass, and eidoc), 
or vitriform. 

3. The Larinoid (from 'kapLvog. fat, and cidog ), 
or lardiform. 

4. The Bunioid (from jdovviov. a turnip, and 
e i6og), or napiform. 

5. The Encephaloid (from ejke'JhiXoc, the 
brain, and euhc), or cerebrif'orm. 

6. The Colloid (from ko?.?m, glue, and etioc ), 
or gelatiniform. 

7. The Compound cancerous; the Mixed cun- 
cerous; and the Superficial cancerous. 

At the commencement of scirrhous disease, 
the structure of the tissue or organ in which it 
is seated preserves for some time its aspect and 
color, being changed merely in volume and 
density : sometimes, however, its volume is but 
little augmented, while its density is very much 
increased. As the disease advances, the prop- 
er tissue of the organ becomes more obscure, 
and verges nearer to that already described. 

Scirrhous tumors do not always remain in 
the state now described ; and the period during 
which they thus continue is not determinate. 
When once they commence, they seldom retro- 
grade, and the part affected never is restored 
to its healthy state. It is chiefly in this respect 
that the early stages of scirrhus differ from sim- 
ple induration proceeding from chronic inflam- 
mation. Scirrhus may remain nearly stationary 
for several years, occasioning but little consti- 
tutional disturbance; but generally an impor- 
tant change takes place in its structure, and the 
disease afterward makes rapid progress. 

II. Carcinomatous, or Cancerous Stage. — 
Open or ulcerated cancer. After a time, por- 
tions of the scirrhous mass begin to soften, and 
pass into a state of unhealthy suppuration and 
ulceration. The soft or inorganic substance re- 
solves itself into a thin ichorous matter, very 
different from pus; and disorganization com- 
mences, generally about the centre of the mass, 
and extending toward that part of it which is 
nearest J^ther the surface of the body or any of 
the natWal openings. After this period the 
diseased mass seldom increases much in bulk, 
but is destroyed by an ulcerative process. The 
malady now makes rapid progress, owing to 
the contamination of the adjoining structures 
by the morbid matter secreted by the ulcera- 
ting part, a portion of which matter is evident- 
ly absorbed, irritating the lymphatic glands, 
and vitiating the whole frame. In consequence 
of this infection, the powers of life sink. 

When the skin covering a scirrhous tumor 
ulcerates, a fungus of a cauliflower appearance, 
and hard, gristly structure, sometimes proceeds 



CAN 

from the surface of the mass. In some cases, 
ulceration destroys both the fungus and the pri- 
mary tumor. It has been observed by Sir E. 
Home that some cancerous sores have suddenly 
changed from a painful and malignant charac- 
ter to a more healthy aspect at some part, and 
even have begun to cicatrize. This apparent 
amendment is never permanent, for, sooner or 
later, the ulcerative process is renewed, and 
the disease pursues its usual course. Dr. Parr 
states that he has seen several cases thus ter- 
minate spontaneously ; but the patients were 
all soon afterward apt off* by internal disease, 
probably consisting of the internal development 
or metastasis of the malady, cases of which oc- 
currence are not unfrequent. 

Cancerous tumors generally contaminate the 
glands in the vicinity, particularly after ulcera- 
tion lias commenced. 

Scirrho-cancer most commonly originates in 
glands whose functions have been interrupted, 
or which have never performed the offices in- 
tended for them ; or it affects parts which have 
been previously diseased, or have received, at 
some period, an external injury. Thus it at- 
tacks the mamm;r, the uterus, the ovaria, the 
testes, the thyroid glands. It also very fre- 
quently commences in the integumental, and 
the digestive, and urino-genital mucous surfa- 
ces ; more particularly in the skin of the face ; 
in the mucous membrane of the nose, lips, 
mouth, pharynx, and oesophagus ; in the stom- 
ach, especially the pylorus and cardia ; in the 
intestinal canal, the ileo-csecal valve, rectum, and 
anus, and in the urinary bladder. The viscera 
which are secondarily affected are commonly 
the lungs, bronchial glands, the liver, the omen- 
tum, the mesentery, the spleen, the pancreas, 
the brain, the medulla of the bones, and the 
skin. Several of these, particularly the liver, 
pancreas, mesentery, brain, &c, may also be 
primarily or coevally affected with other parts. 
Scirrhus affects the skin in two forms : the one 
is that of wart, the other that of tubercle ; the 
former being primary, the latter secondary. 

III. Diagnosis. — It is of great importance to 
be able to distinguish between this disease and 
various others for which it is liable to be mis- 
taken. For instance, the simple induration 
proceeding from chronic inflammation has been 
mistaken for scirrhus. 

In simple induration the part affected is red- 
der, more injected, retains more of its original 
structure, is less indurated, and less tabulated, 
than scirrhus. The parts also surrounding the 
indurated portion are frequently slightly infil- 
trated with serum. Induration, the result of 
inflammatory action, admits of resolution, and 
entirely disappears, sometimes in consequence 
of a natural flux or evacuation, of active exer- 
cise, the return of accustomed discharges, or 
pregnancy. Thus the menstrual flux sometimes- 
dissipates inflammatory induration of the mam- 
ma?, or of the neck of the uterus. 

The fibrous production generally appears in 
the form of a rounded body, implanted, but 
isolated, in the proper structure of the organ, 
and adhering to it merely by means of lamina- 
ted tissue. Upon dividing this structure, it 
grates under the scalpel ; and it sometimes pre- 

131 



CAN 

sents dilated vessels, which are never observed 
in scirrhous masses : moreover, it occasions little 
or no pain, and never passes into the cancerous 
state. 

Compared with tubercular or lardaccous pro- 
ductions, scirrho-cancer off#s remarkable differ- 
ences : 1st. The latter is never found isolated 
in the cellular tissue, or in the parenchyma of 
organs, in the form of granulations, or of small 
rounded tumors, as the tubercular formations 
are ; nor in largely-diffused masses- as the lard- 
aceous substance. 2d. It is never inclosed in 
a cyst. 3d. It does not Greatly increase the 
volume of the part it affects; sometimes the 
part is even diminished, but much more dense. 
4th. It is not susceptible of the same kind of 
softening as the tubercular and lardaccous pro- 
ductions ; but rather of a peculiar rareiaction, 
passing into a peculiar form of fungus, followed 
by the development of blood-vessels. 5th. Its 
vital properties arc excited, and its sensibility 
becomes exalted, as the disease advances ; cir- 
cumstances which are never observed in con- 
nection with these productions. 

Cancerous "ulceration is characterized by a 
jagged, thick, soft edge, which is turned out- 
ward. The surface of the ulcer is grayish, or 
grayish brown, sometimes livid brown, eleva- 
ted into loose, fungous vegetations, discharging 
a fetid, corroding sanies or ichor, and bleeding 
slightly upon irritation, a. Chronic inflamma- 
tory ulcers differ from the former in the absence 
of a fetid corroding ichor; in the hardness of 
their margin, which turns inward ; and in the 
reddish and more healthy appearance of their 
bottoms, which in cancer is colorless, or of a 
livid brown, hard, irregular, fungous, some- 
times with cauliform excrescences, and extreme- 
ly offensive, b. Local tumors sometimes ap- 
pear, particularly on the tongue, originating in 
uritation, and exasperated by the continuance 
of this cause. These usually commence with a 
small pimple or wart, becoming more and more 
hard and irritable as they increase, until they 
assume a scirrhus-like induration. They seldom 
endanger the constitution, yet appear sometimes 
to assume a malignant character. 

As soon as the carcinomatous change takes 
place in the scirrhous mass, the disease involves 
adjoining parts, and the system generally. The 
local suffering is more fully developed, and the 
vital actions of the part are changed greatly 
from the healthy course. The sensibility is 
morbidly augmented in short paroxysms ; the 
pain being violent, and what is usually called 
lancinating or stinging during the exacerba- 
tions, but often slight, or almost altogether ab- 
sent in the intervals. If the surface be exposed, 
the pain is burning, and the part is always sore. 
As the disease advances, and particularly as the 
ulceration proceeds, the paroxysms of lancina- 
ting and burning pain increase in violence, and 
the remissions become more imperfect and of 
shorter duration. The cancerous sanies is gen- 
erally very fluid; but its appearance varies 
with the treatment, the situation of the disease, 
and with the diet of the patient. It is gener- 
ally of a grayish white or reddish gray; it 
slightly effervesces with sulphuric acid, and 
turns*syrup of violets green. 
132 



CAN 

The characters of cancerous cachexia are. 
emaciation; softness and flaccidity of the soft 
solids; cedema of the extremities ; hectic fever; 
a peculiar change of the complexion and color 
of the whole surface of the body, which become 
of a pale leaden, or pale straw color, or waxy 
hue ; and general depravation of the functions. 
Causes. — Scirrhus, like scrofula, is hereditary. 
It is almost altogether confined to persons ad- 
vanced in life, and very rare before the age of 
thirty. Females, owing to the liability of then- 
appropriate organs to bo attacked, are more 
subject to it than males, especially those who 
have not borne children, the disease generally 
appearing in them upon the cessation of the 
catamenia. 

It is generally excited by blows and external 
injuries, by repeated or continued irritation, 
the abuse of spirituous liquors, and by low and 
poor diet. The proximate cause of this dread 
ful disease is extremely obscure. 

The best pathologists regard cancer as essen- 
tially depending upon a weakened and otherwise 
morbid state of the system generally ; and aris- 
ing from depravation of the vital conditions of 
the part affected, whereby its nutrition, nervous 
sensibility, and secreting function become spe- 
cifically changed, and all the fluids and solids, 
■ultimately contaminated. 

Treatment.— Dr. Copland conceives that the 
treatment of this disease should be directed to 
the fulfillment of the following intentions : 1st. 
To support the energies of life, by exciting the 
digestive functions, and the abdominal secre- 
tions and excretions. 2d. To soothe the mor- 
bid sensibility of the part, and promote the 
absorption of morbid depositions in its tissues, 
by means of anodynes combined with deob- 
struents and discutients ; and, 3d. To impart 
vigor to the frame by suitable medicine, diet, 
and regimen. 

The preparations of iodine, given in very 
small and frequently-repeated doses, with po- 
tass, and conium, or opium, will be found 
among the best remedies that can be used ; in- 
asmuch as, when exhibited in this manner, they 
are both tonic and deobstruent. They may 
also be used externally in the form of ointment. 
Either stramonium, conium, opium, belladonna, 
hyoscyamus, or aconitum, may be given in va- 
rious forms in the intervals between the exhi- 
bition of the iodine ; and be combined with tonic 
infusions or decoctions, with the fixed or vola- 
tile alkalies, or with camphor in doses of from 
two to six grains. They may also be tried in 
conjunction with the preparations of arsenic, 
or of iron, or the chlorates of potashJJBoda, or 
lime, and as external applications alio, when 
the disease has gone on to ulceration. In fe- , 
males, scirrho-cancer is generally connected, at 
its commencement, with disorder or the cessa- 
tion of the menstrual discharge. In such cases, 
the preparations of iron with ammonia, or the 
fixed alkalies, and aloes, are sometimes of ser- 
vice. Dr. Copland has observed most ad- 
vantage in these cases from frequent and full 
doses of conium, in the form of powder, given 
with the sub-borate of soda. 

Tonic infusions, or decoctions, with liquor 
ammonia; acetatis, or with the carbonates of the 



CAN 

alkalies, and extract of conium, or the tincture 
of hyoscyamus ; the oxymur. hydrarg. in the 
compound tincture of cinchona, or compound 
decoction of sarsaparilla ; or small doses of blue 
pill, or hydrarg. cum creta, with camphor, and 
either of the narcotic extracts ; the preparations 
of sulphur, and the sulphurets ; the phosphates 
of iron, or this metal combined with ammonia, 
and conium; the sulphates of quinine and zinc; 
and the balsams and terebinthinates, may sev- 
erally be employed. 

Although the malady obviously lias a consti 
tutional origin, yet the propriety of extirpating 
the affected part, as soon as the true scirrhous 
character becomes manifest, may be conceded. 
After this is accomplished, the constitutional 
vice may be more successfully combated, and 
the reappearance of the local disease more 
probably prevented than at a later period. 
When, however, the system exhibits any of the 
symptoms of cancerous cachexia, whether the 
adjoining glands be enlarged or not, nothing 
will be gained by an operation ; but some ad- 
vantage may still accrue from judicious and en- 
ergetic medical treatment, particularly from 
tonics combined with anodynes, alteratives, 
and deobstruents. 

During the treatment of this malady, atten- 
tion must be especially directed to the secre- 
tions and evacuations. Tho bowels ought to be 
kept freely open with deobstruent laxatives, 
combined with tonics and vegetable bitters. 
The diet should be nutritious and easy of di- 
gestion. Change of air and of scene, with 
agreeable amusements, serve essentially in as- 
sisting the influence of a judiciously-devised 
method of cure, and should, therefore, not be 
overlooked by the practitioner; and the tonic 
and saline mineral waters are of use. 

Cancer aquaticus. The cancrum oris. 

Cancer, chimney-sweeper's. Cancer mun- 
ditorum. 

Cancer galeni. An eight-tailed bandage 
for the head. 

Cancer munditorum. C. scroti. A pecu- 

# liar ulceration of the scrotum in chhnney- 

Bweepers. It begins at the lower part of the 

scrotum. Extirpation of tho part is the only 

remedy. 

Cancer ossis. See Osteosarcoma. 

Cancer powder, Martin's. Contained ^th 
of arsenic, mixed with belladonna or other veg- 
etable substances. 

Cancer root. Orobanchc virginiana. 
• Cancer scroti. The chimney-sweeper's 

cancer. 

Cancer weed. See Sylvia lyrata. 

Canchai.agua. Erythrasa chilensis. A bit- 
ter plant of Chili, said to be aperient, tonic, and 
vermifuge. 

Cancre'na. Gangrene. 

Cancroid. Cancroideus. Having a cancer- 
ous nature; used by Alibert also for cheloid 
cancers, or those which affect the skin, and 
have a flattened surface, marked like the back 
of a tortoise. 

CANCRORUM CHEL.E. Crab's claws. 
See Carbonas calcis and Cancer pagurus. 

Cancrorum lapides. C. lapilli. C. oculi. 
See Cancer astaevs. 



CAN 

CA'NCRUM. (um, i, n. ; from cancer, a 
spreading ulcer.) The cancer. 

Cancrum oris. Canker of the mouth ; the 
common name for ulperated gums, and ulcers 
inside the cheeks. See Stomacace. 

Cande. A village of Haut Poitou, which has 
mineral waters containing sulphate of lime and 
iron. 

Candela fumalis. A pastil. See Pastillum. 
Candela medicata. A medicated bougie. 
Candela probatoria. A bougie. 
., Candela'ria. Verbascum thapsus. 

Candidum ovi. White of egg. 

Candisa'tio. The process of candying sugar. 

Candle-tree oil. The solid oil of Croton 
seMferum. 

Ca'ndum. Canthum. Sugar candy. 

Candy carrot. See Atkamanta crclensis. 

Cane sugar. See Sit gar. 

CANE'LLA, (a, (r, f.) A genus of plants. 
Dodecandria. Monogynia. Magnoliacea.— 
C. alba. This plant produces the bark called 
canclla. The canclla alba is a native of the 
West Indies and South America. The bark 
is in quills or flat pieces, of a light yellow- 
ish-gray color, and of an aromatic smell and 
taste. Alcohol extracts its aromatic principle ; 
water does- so imperfectly. It yields a thick 
essential oil by distillation. It is a sufficiently 
good aromatic, and is sometimes used with that 
intention in combination with other medicines. 
— C. caryophyllata. Myrtus caryophyllata. — 
C. ccylanica. Cinnamon. — C. cubana. See 
Canclla alba. 

Canellje malabaricx cortex. Cassia bark. 

Canellifkra malabarica. Cassia bark. 

Ca'nicse. Coarse meal. 

Canica'ckus panis. Bread made of coarse 
meal. 

Canici'da. Aconite. 

Canicui.a'ris. (From canicula, the dog- 
star.) Appertaining to the dog-star. Applied 
to the hottest days of the year. 

CANINA A1TETENTIA. Canine appetite. 
See Bulimia. 

Canina brassica. Mercurialis perennis. 

Canina lingua. See Cynoglossum. 

Canina malus. The fruit of the Atropa man- 
dragora. 

Canina rabies. See Hydrophobia. 

CANINE. (Caninus; from canis, a dog.) 
Appertaining to, or partaking of the nature of, 
a dog. 

Canine fossa. See Fossa canina. 

Canine madness. See Hydrophobia. 

Canine teeth. The four eye-teeth. 

Caninus musculus. The levator anguli 
oris. 

Caninus risus. C. spasmus. See Risus 
sardonicus. 

Caniru'bus. Rosa canina. 

Canis cerebrum. The antirrhinum. 

Cani'ties. Canitia. (From canvs, gray- 
headed.) Grayness of the liair. 

Canker. See Cancer. 

CA'NNA. (a, <r. f.) 1. A reed or hollow 
cane. 2. The tibia or fibula. 

Canna fistula. See Cassia fistula. 

Canni indica! See Sagittaria alexiphar 
mica. 

133 



C AN 



CAT 



Canna starch. The variety of starch called 
Tous les mois. 

Cannabi'nus. Resembling hemp. 

CANNABIS. (is,is,f.) Hemp. A genus 
of plants. Dicecia. Pentandria. Urticacece. — 
C saliva. Common hemp. It has a strong 
and narcotic smell, which causes giddiness, 
dimness of sight, and intoxication. Hemp 
seeds, when fresh, afford a considerable quan- 
tity of oil. Decoctions and emulsions of them 
have been recommended against coughs, ardor 
urinse, &c. — C. indica. A variety of hemp 
much used in the East as an excitant. Bangue. 
Hashish. Malach. The leaves are chewed or 
smoked like those of tobacco, and an intoxica- 
ting liquor is prepared from them. 

Cannelt.in. A sweet substance extracted 
from canella bark. 

Cannon bone. The single metatarsal bone 
of the horse and equine race. 

CA'NNULA. (a, m, f. ; diminutive of canna, 
a reed.) A metallic tube used by surgeons for 
various puiposes. 

Canopi'te. An ancient collyriuni. 

Cano'pum. Kavuirov. The flower or bark 
of the elder-tree. — Paulus JEgineta. 

Canta'brica. The convolvulus cantabrica ? 

Ca'ntabrum. Bran. 

CANTERBURY. It has a mineral water, 
Cantauriensis aqua, strongly impregnated with 
iron, sulphur, and carbonic acid gas. 

Cantharidin. See Cantharis. 

CA'NTHARIS. (is, idis, f. Kaydaptr, from 
Kavdapoe, a beetle.) The blistering fly, and 
Spanish fly. The genus cantharis affords nu- 
merous blistering species. The bright-green 
commercial Spanish fly is C. vesicatoria. The 
C vittata, or potato fly, is admitted into the 
United States' officinal list, and C. cincrea, 
marginala, and atrata have been used success- 
fully in different parts of the country: many 
others have blistering properties. They owe 
their activity to a crystalline principle resem- 
bling spermaceti, but extremely acrid, and 
called cantharidin. This is a true essential oil. 
Their chief use in medicine is as a vesicating 
material in plaster or oils; but in this form 
they sometimes produce partial strangury, 
which may be avoided by placing a piece of 
tissue paper over the surface of the plaster, and 
if it has occurred, may be averted by copious 
mucilaginous drinks. They are used internally, 
with caution, in gleet, leucorrhcea, paralysis 
of the bladder. In over doses they are a vio- 
lent acrid poison, producing inflammation of 
the bowels and intestines, or satyriasis, convul- 
sions, and death. Use demulcents, laudanum, 
and camphor, with frictions on the spine, as 
soon as the poison can be thrown off from the 
atomach. Dose of the powdered flies, gr. i. to 
gr. iij. ; of the tincture, gtt. x. to 3ss. 

Canthare'llus. Meloe proscarabams. 

Canthum saccharum. Sugar candy. 

CA'NTHUS. (us,i,m. Kavdoc.) The an- 
gle of the eye, where the upper and under eye- 
lids meet. That nearest the nose is termed the 
internal, or greater canthus; and the other, near- 
est the temple, the external, or lesser canthus. 

Cantia'nus pulvis. Lady Kent's powder. 
An ancient cordial. 
134 



• Canton's phosphorus A composition made 
by mixing three parts of calcined oyster-shells 
with one of flowers of sulphur, and subjecting 
them for an hour to a strong heat in a covered, 
crucible. The resulting substance is luminous 
in the dark. 

Canula. See Cannula. 

Caoutchine. Coutchoucine. One of the 
volatile oils produced by the destructive distil- 
lation of caoutchouc. It dissolves Indian rub- 
ber. 

Caoutchouc. Indian rubber. Itisahydro- 
carbon, and soluble hi coal naphtha, &c. Com- 
position, CsHr. — Faraday. Elastic bitumen is 
called mineral caoutchouc. 

Capacity for heat. The capacity or power 
any substance possesses of absorbing heat, to 
produce a given elevation of temperature. It 
differs exceedingly in different bodies. 

CAPAIBA. Capaiva. See Copaifera offici- 
nalis. 

Capeli'na. A bandage which, when ap 
plied, has somewhat the form of a hood. 

Caper. See Capparis spinosa. 

Caper spurge. Euphorbia lathyris. 

Caphopicrite. The bitter principle of rhu 
barb. 

Capilla'ceus. Resembling a hair. 

Capill'aire. Syrup flavored with orange- 
flower water ; formerly syrup of adiantum. 

Capillaris. See Capillary. 

Capillaris vermiculus. See Dracunculis. 

CAPILLARY. (Capillaris; from capillus, 
a hair.) Resembling a hair. Applied, 1. In 
Anatomy, to the minute vessels by which the 
terminal arteries and veins communicate with 
each other. The capillary vessels are distribu- 
ted throughout all parenchymatous organs, and 
possess a circulation of their own. The chem- 
ical changes which result in the production of 
heat and the secretions occur in those vessels 
and tissues. 2. In Botany, to parts of plants 
which resemble hairs. 3. In Surgery, to a 
linear fracture of the skull, unattended with 
any separation of the parts of the injured bone. 

Capillary attraction. The electrical af- • 
finity which exists between dissimilar substan- 
ces, and which produces the ascent of fluids in 
tubes, and other phenomena. It is a prime 
mover in the circulation of the capillary vessels 
of animals. 

Capilla'tio. A capillary fracture of the 
cranium. 

CAPI'LLUS. (us, i, in.) The hair. Slen- 
der, cylindrical, semi-transparent, insensible, I 
and elastic filaments, which arise from small 
bulbs or roots situated in the true skin, or the 
cellular substance under it. Each of the bulbs 
has two capsules, between which is an oily 
fluid containing the coloring matter of the hair. 
The hairs,' in passing through the skin, carry • 
with them transparent sheaths, which are pro- 
cesses of the epidermis. Each hair is found to 
consist of a bundle of smaller hairs, among 
which are one or two canals containing a nu- 
tritious fluid, called the medulla. If the hairs 
be much dried, their cuticular sheath gives way 
at the point, and the constituent filaments sep- 
arate. Their composition is the same as that 
of horn. 



CAP 

Capilli'tium. The hairy scalp. 

Capillus veneris. See Adiantum. 

Capillus veneris canadensis. See Adian- 
tum pedatum. 

Capiple'nium. A catarrh; also, heaviness 
of the head. 

Capistra'tio. Phimosis. 

Ca pi's tru m. A bandage used chiefly in frac- 
tures and injuries of the lower jaw. 

CA'PITAL. Capitalis. 1 . Belonging to the 
head, as capitalia medicamenta, cephalic medi- 
cines, or medicines for the head. 2. The head 
or upper part of an alembic. 

Capitate. Capita' tus. Headed; resem- 
bling a head in shape. 

Capitatje papilla. The large or lenticular 
papilke of the tongue. 

CapitatjE plants. The Cinarocephalcc. 

Capitilu'vium. A lotion for the head. 

Capitis oblkjuus inferior et major. See 
■Obliqmts inferior capitis. 

Capitis par tertium fallopii. See Tra- 
chelo-mastoideus. 

Capitis posticus. See Rectus capitis posti- 
cus major. 

Capitis rectus. See Rectus capitis posticus 
minor. 

Capitula'tus. Headed. 

CAPPTULUM. (urn, i, n.; diminutive of 
caput, the head.) 1. A small head, or knob. 
2. A protuberance of a bone, received into the 
concavity of another bone. 3. An alembic. 4. 
In Botany, a species of inflorescence, called a 
head or tuft, formed of many flowers arranged 
in a globular form upon a common peduncle. 

Capi'vi. See Copaifera officinalis. 

Capnel^'um. A very liquid kind of resin 
mentioned by Galen. 

Capni'tis. Tutty. 

Capnomor. A volatile, colorless liquid, ob- 
tained from tar, and. having the property of 
dissolving caoutchouc. 

Ca'pnos. Capnium. Capnites. Fumaria. 

CA'PPARIS. {is, is, m.) A gejnus of plants. 
Polyandria. Monogynia. Capparidcte. — C. 
baducca. Badukka. Cultivated in India. The 
natives make a liniment of its juice, winch is 
believed to be anodyne. The flowers, which 
are very beautiful, are purgative. — C. mithrida- 
tica. This grows in Arabia. It is said to be 
alexipharmic. — C. spinosa. The caper plant. 
It is a native of the South of Europe. The 
buds, or unexpanded flowers of this plant, are 
in common use as a pickle, under the name of 
■capers. 

Capra hircus. The domesticated goat. 

CAPRARIA. A genus of plants. Didyna- 
mia. Angiospermia. — C. biflora is the Mexi- 
can tea. 

Caprate. A salt of capric acid. 

CAPREOLA'RIS. (From capreolus.) Cap- 
reolatm. Resembling the tendrils of a vine. 
The spermatic vessels have been called Vasa 
eapreoiaria, from their tortuous course. 

Capre'olus. A tendril. 

Capreolus auris. The helix, so called from 
its twisted shape. See Auris. 

Capric acid. Acidum capricum. An oily 
acid discovered by M. Chevreuil in butter of 
goat's and cow's milk. It has a disagreeable 



CAP 

odor resembling sweat. It is volatile ; density, 
092; boils above 212° F. Formula, HO+ 
C18H14O3. — Caproic acid is very similar. For- 
mula, H04-Ci 2 H 9 3 . 

Caprice'rva. The antelope. 

Capricornus. An alchemical name of lead. 

Caprifi'cus. The wild fig-tree. See Ficus. 

C APRIFOLIA'CE^E . A family of plants, of 
which caprifolium is the type. They are near- 
ly allied to the cinchonacea;. 

Caprifo'lium. See Lonicera. 

Caprj'zans pulsus. A bounding pulse. 

Caproic acid. See Capric acid. 

C apronje. Capronia. (Quasi a capitepro- 
n<B.) The hair which hangs down over the 
forehead. 

Caps a cordis. The pericardium. 

Capse'lla. Echium vulgare. 

CA'PSICUM. (urn, i, n. ) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanacew. — C. an- 
nul/ m. Cayenne pepper. Guinea pepper. Used 
in excess, peppers debilitate the digestive or- 
gans. In the practice of medicine, Cayenne 
pepper is a powerful and useful stimulant, and 
is very advantageously given in atonic gout, 
paralysis, low fevers, and other cases. A gar- 
gle made by adding 31). of the officinal tincture 
to 3=vi. of water is in common use in malignant 
sore throat. Capsicum may be given in the 
form of pills in doses of from gr. v. to gr. x., or 
from fllx. to ji. of the officinal tincture. — C 
baccatum and C. frutcscens are shrubby plants 
existing in hot climates, and furnish the hottest 
Cayenne pepper. 

Capsicin. An acrid resinous principle of 
Cayenne pepper. 

CA'PSULA. (a, je, f. ; diminutive of capsa, 
a box or case.) A capsule. 1. In Anatomy, a 
membranous production inclosing a part like a 
bag; as the capsular ligaments, the capsule of 
the crystalline lens, &c 2. In Botany, a dry, 
woody, coriaceous, or membranaceous pericarp 
or seed-vessel, consisting of several valves. 

Capsula atraciliaris. See Renal glands- 

Capsula cordis. The pericardium. 

Capsula glissonii. See Capsule of Glisson. 

Capsula lumba'ris. The receptaculum 
chyli. 

Capsula renalis. See Renal glands. 

Capsulje seminales. Bartholin gives this 
name to the dilated extremities of the vasa def- 
erentia, near the vesicular seminales ; some 
other anatomists have applied it to the vesicula? 
themselves. 

CapsuljE synovia'les. The capsular liga- 
ments of the joints. 

CA'PSULAR. (Capsnlaris; from capsa, a 
bag.) 1. Surrounding a part, like a bag : ap- 
plied to a fibrous membrane which surrounds 
every movable articulation, and contains the 
synovia, as in a bag. It is to be distinguish- 
ed from the synovial membrane, which elabo- 
rates the synovial fluid, and is serous. 2. Ap- 
pertaining to a capsule ; as the capsular arteriet 
and capsular veins. See Kidney. 

Capsule. An evaporating vessel <of porce- 
lain or other ware. See, also, Capsula. 

Capsule, fibrous. The capsular ligament. 

Ca'psule, gela'tinous. Ca'psula gela'tinte. 
Little cases made of gelatine, of the size of a 

135 



CAR 

yul, and containing copaiba or other disagree- 
able medicines. Sometimes they are called 
capsules of copaiba, or by the name of the in- 
closed drug, or simply capsules. They are 
very readily made by dipping a smooth iron 
rod, with a rounded end, of the proper size, 
into hot jelly of the proper consistence, remov- 
ing the capsule when dry, introducing the 
drug, and sealing with a drop of jelly. 

Capsule of glisson. Capsula Glissonii. 
Capsula communis Glissonii. Capsula-hepatica. 
A strong tunic, formed of cellular membrane, 
which accompanies the vena portse in its rami- 
fications through the liver. See Hepar. 

CAPSULITIS. Inflammation of the capsule 
of the crystalline lens. 

Capuli. The Physalis pubescens. 

Ca'pulum. A contortion of the eyelids or 
other parts. 

CA'PUT. (ut, itis, neut.) The head. In 
Anatomy this term is variously applied. 1. To 
the part called, in ordinary language, the head. 
2. To the upper extremity of a long bone ; as 
the head of the humerus or femur. 3. To the 
origin of a muscle ; as the long head of the bi- 
ceps. 4. To a protuberance resembling a head. 
5. To the beginning of a part; as caput ccccumcoli. 

Caput gallina ginis. Vcrumontanum. An 
eminence of the urethra in men, situated before 
the neck of the bladder. See Urethra. 

Caput inclava'tum. Caput incuncatum. 
Locked head. A case in obstetrics in which 
the head of the fcotus is firmly impacted in the 
bones of the pelvis. 

Caput mo'nachi. Leontodon taraxacum. 

Caput mortuum. The fixed residue of 
chemical operations, in wkich volatile matters 
were driven off; also, the useless parts. 

Caput obsti'pum. The wry neck. 

Caput purgum. Capitipurgium. A medi- 
cine which causes a defluxion from the head, 
as an errhine, a sia/ogoguc, &c. — Matthaus Syl- 
vaticus. 

Caput succedaneum. An cedematous swell- 
ing on the head of a fetus, formed during labor 
by pressure. 

Caput testis. The epididymus. 

Carabaccium. An aromatic wood of India. 
The decoction is said to be stomachic and anti- 
scorbutic. 

Oarabe funerum. Bitumen. 

Ca'rabus. A genus of coleopterous insects. 

Caramata. A tree, the bark of which, ac- 
cording to Dr. Hancock, is superior as a febri- 
fuge to cinchona bark in many cases. 

Caramel. Sugar made brown by heat. 

Cara'nna. (a, <s, f.) A resin formerly em- 
ployed as an ingredient in vulnerary balsams, 
but now disused ; called, also, Caragna. 

Carapa'ce. The upper shell of chelonians. 

Carapoucha. Carapullo. A poisonous 
:gras8 indigenous to Lima, which is a narcotic ; 
, perhaps Festuca quadridentata ? 

Cara schulli. Barleria buxifolia. A plant 
of Malabar, used by the natives externally as a 
suppurative, and internally against suppression 
of urine. 

Caraway. See Carum. 

Carbamide. A compound of amidogene with 
carbonic oxide : NH 2 CO. It is formed during 
136 



CAR 

the action of chloro-carbonic acid on ammonia. 
It is soluble, and acts as a base. 

CAR'BASIJS. (us, i, m. and f. ; pi. a, arum, 
n.) Fine linen; lint. 

CARBAZOTIC ACID. (Carbazotic; from 
carbon and azote.) A peculiar acid, formed by 
the action of nitric acid on indigo. It is the 
same as the bitter principle of Welter, obtained 
by the action of nitric acid on silk ; and tho 
bitter principle which Braconnot obtained from 
aloes by treating them with nitric acid. It 
crystallizes in yellow prisms ; is bitter, fusible, 
and volatile, and sparingly soluble. Its salts 
are yellow, and some detonate when heated. 
Formula, HO+CuHsNaO^ (Dumas). Accord- 
ing to M. Rapp, ten grains will kill a dog. It 
produces convulsions, tremors, and, finally, 
complete insensibility. The acid used was 
not, however, pure. 

CA'RBO. (o, onis, m.) 1. Charcoal. 2. 
A carbuncle. See Anthrax. 

Carbo animalis. Animal charcoal. 

Carbo animalis purificatus. This is ani- 
mal charcoal from which the bone earth has 
been carefully separated by muriatic acid, and 
subsequently well washed. 

Carbo fossilis. Pit coal. 

Carbo ligxi. C. vcgetabilis. Charcoal. 

Carholic acid. One of the products of the 
distillation of coal. 

Carbomethyuc acid. An acid obtained by 
acting upon pyroxylic acid by carbonic acid. 

CARBON, (on, onis, n. ; from carbo, coal.) 
An elementary body, found in the purest state 
in the diamond and anthracite. The term va- 
por of carbon- is used for a hypothetical form of 
carbon existing in gaseous compounds. Equiv- 
alent, 6; symbol, 0. 

Charcoal is obtained from most organic 
matters by ignition in closo vessels. Wood 
yields it very abundantly. It is carbon, with 
ashes, &c. Charcoal is a good conductor of 
electricity, unchangeable at ordinary tempera- 
tures, and repiarkable for its capacity of absorb- 
ing certain gases, as well as disinfecting and 
decolorizing solutions. The two latter proper- 
ties are particularly great in animal charcoal 
obtained from charred bones. Charcoal pow- 
der is an excellent disinfectant and antiseptic 
application to foul ulcers, and is also employed 
internally by the homeopaths. It forms a good 
tooth-powder, and has been used, in doses of 
gr. ss. to gr. iij., in scrofulous affections and 
cancer. 

Carbon unites with all tho common simple 
combustibles, and with nitrogen, forming a se- 
ries of most important compounds. With sul- 
phur it forms a curious limpid liquid, called 
carburet of sulphur, or sulphuret of carbon. 
With phosphorus it forms a compound, tho 
properties of which aro not yet perfectly ascer- 
tained. It unites with hydrogen in two defi- 
nite proportions, constituting carbureted and 
bicarbureted hydrogen gases. With azote it 
forms cyanogen. Steel and plumbago are two 
different compounds of carbon with iron. 

Carbon, or charcoal, in combination with 
oxygen, forms two important compounds, viz., 
the oxide of carbon, and carbonic acid. See 
Carbonic acid and Carbonic oxide. 



CAR 

Carbon, sesqui-iodide of. See Carbonis 
sesqui-iodidum. 

Carbonaceous acid. Sec Carbonic acid. 

Carbonas ammoni.£. See Ammonia. 

Carbonas calcis. See Crcta pratparata. 

Carbonas calcis dura. Marble. 

Carbonas calcis friabilis. Chalk. 

Carbonas ferri. See Ferrum. 

Carbonas magnesije. See Magnesia. 

Carbonas flumbi. See Lead. 

Carbonas potass.k. See Potassa. 

Carbonas soD.fi. See Soda. 

Carbonas zinci impurus. Calamine. 

C A'RBONATE. ( Carbonas, atis, f. ) A car- 
bonate. A salt formed by the union of carbo- 
nic acid with a base. They all effervesce with 
strong acids, and all are decomposed by heat, 
except the carbonates of potash, soda, and lithia. 

Carbonate of lime. See Creta prccparata. 

Carbonate of potash. See Potasscc carbo- 
nas. 

Carbonate of soda. See Soda: carbonas. 

Carbonated hydrogen gas. Carbureted 
hydrogen gas. 

Carbonated waters. Those waters im- 
pregnated with carbtmic acid. 

CARBONIC. Carbonicus. Of, or belonging 
to, carbon. 

Carbonic acid. Acidum carbonicum. The 
gaseous product of the combustion of carbon 
in abundance of oxygen. It is irrespirable, 
non-combustible, nor a supporter of combus- 
tion. Density, 1524. Water dissolves its own 
volume. It reddens litmus, and acts as an acid 
body. Formula, COj; equivalent, 22. Car- 
bonic acid is condensed into a fluid and solid 
by great pressures. This gas is liberated in 
processes of fermentation ; exists to the extent 
of nearly TT ^ in air, and very freely in calca- 
reous rocks. It adds a sprightly flavor to wa- 
ter and many mineral springs, and is grateful 
to the stomach. Its salts are called carbonates ; 
and it may be freely generated from these by 
the action of strong acids, as in the case of the 
effervescing draught, in which bicarbonate of 
soda and tartaric acid are used. 

Carbonic acid water. Aqua acidi carbo- 
nici. (U. S.) By means of a forcing-pump, 
throw into a suitable receiver, nearly filled 
with water, carbonic acid equal to five times 
the amount of water. 

Carbonic oxide. Gaseous oxide of carbon. 
This is the protoxide of carbon: CO. It is 
combustible, burning with a blue flame, irre- 
spirable, and neutral ; density, -972. There is 
good reason for supposing this a compound 
radical, and the basis of oxalic acid, &c. It 
does not exist in nature, but is formed when 
carbon burns without free access of oxygen. 
When a mixture of carbonic oxide and chlorine 
is exposed to sunshine, a curious compound is 
formed, called phosgene gas, or chlorocarbonic 
acid: C0+C1. 

Carbonicum natrum. Carbonate of soda. 

CARBONIDES. Compounds of oxalic acid 
with metals, &c, in which it unites without an 
equivalent of water, as carbonide of lead. — Du- 
mas. 

Carbo'nis sksqui-iodidum. Carbonis sesqui- 
ioduretum. Sesqui-iodide of carbon. This 



CAR 

substance has a false name, no such compound 
as iodide of carbon existing. It is iodoform, 
C 2 HI 3 , and is obtained by adding caustic soda 
or potash to a concentrated solution of iodide 
in alcohol, until the latter loses its color. By 
adding water to this, the iodoform is precipita- 
ted as a yellow powder. Iodoform is soluble 
in ether and alcohol, and may be obtained 
crystalline from these. It has a saffron odor 
and disagreeable taste. It has been used in 
strumous diseases, lepra, porrigo, &c. Fifty 
grains will kill a dog. An ointment of 38S. to 
5j. cerate has been employed. 

Carbonis sulfhuretum. Sulphuret of car- 
bon. 

Carbonium. Carbon. 

Carboniza'tion. The conversion of organic 
substances into charcoal. 

CARBUNCLE. Anthrax. 

Carbuncle berry. C. fungous. Termin- 
thus. 

Carbuncle of the tongue. Glossanthrax. 

Carbuncular exanthem. Anthracia. 

Carbunculate. Carbnnculatns. Affected 
with acne rosacea. 

Carbu'nculus. Anthrax. 

Carbunculus anginosus. Malignant soro 
throat. * 

CA'RBURET. (Carburctum,i,n.} A com- 
pound of carbon with other elementary substan- 
ces. 

Carburet of iron. Steel. 

Carburet of sulphur. Sulphuret of car- 
bon. 

Carbureted hydrogen. The number of 
compounds so called are numei'ous, but it is 
now especially applied to light carbureted hy- 
drogen or marsh gas: CH<>. It is a colorless, 
inodorous, veiy inflammable gas ; density, '559. 
It is neutral in composition. This gas is given 
off from marshes and the combustion of bitumi- 
nous coal, and forms the explosive gas of mines 
when mixed with air. 

defiant gas, also called per-carburet of hy- 
drogen, consists of C4H4, or, more properly, of 
C4H3-I-II, or hydrate of acetyl. It is a very 
combustible gas, and in consequence of its ba- 
sis, acetyl, forms combinations with chlorine, 
bromine, &c, which act by replacing the hy- 
drogen. 

Carbydrogen. Pyroxylic spirit. 

Ca'rcarus. Intermittent fever ; ague. 

Ca'rcer. An antispasmodic medicine. 

Carcerui.us. A compound fruit, consisting 
of a few dry, indehiscent, few-seeded carpels. 

Carche'sius. A kind of noose used in the 
reduction of dislocations — Kapunoioc (ipoxoc. 

Carcine'thron. KapKivqdpov. Polygonum 
aviculare ? . 

Carcino'des. Cancer-like. 

CARCINO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from Kapmvoc.} 
Synonymous with cancer. 

Carcinoma HfiMATODEs, spongiosum. Fun- 
gus ha>matodes. 

Carcinoma melanoticum. Melanosis. 

CARCINO'MATOUS. Cancerous. 

Ca'rcinus. Cancer. 

Carcinus spongiosus. Fungus hacmatodes. 

CARDAMI'NE. (e,e*,f.) A genus of plants. 
Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Crucifera. — C- 

137 



CAR 

pralensis. Cardamantica. Ladies' smock, or 
cuckoo-flower. Cardamine of the Pharmaco- 
poeias. Said to be antispasmodic ; probably 
inert. 

CARDAMO'MUM. (um,i,n.) Cardamoms. 
The seeds of various plants of the family Scita- 
minece, especially the Elctta'ria cardamo'mum, 
which yields the cardamomum minus. The 
seeds are of a warm, agreeable flavor, which is 
due to an essential oil, and used in various phar- 
maceutical preparations on this account. Nu- 
merous varieties, called Java, Ceylon, large 
and medium cardamoms, are treated of, but 
the above are the only description found in the 



Cardamo'ms, Ceylon. The grains of Para- 
dise. 

Cardamomum majus. See Amomum granum 
paradisi. 

Cardamomum pipehatum. The common 
cardamom. 

CA'RDIA. (a, a, I; Kapha.) 1. The heart. 
U. The superior orifice of the stomach. 

CA'RDIAC. Cardiacus. 1. Of, or belong- 
ing to, the heart. 2. Cordial. Applied to med- 
icines supposed to strengthen the heart. See 
Cordial. 

Cardiac? arteries. The coronary arteries 
of the heart. 

Cardiac confection". See Confcctio aromat- 
ica. 

Cardiac herb. Leonurus cardiaca. 

Cardiac passion. The heartburn. 

Cardiac plexus. Cardiac nerves. The 
plexus of nerves which supplies the heart. 

Cardiac veins. The coronary veins of the 
heart. See Heart. 

Cardiacus morbus. The heartburn. 

Cardiagmu8. Cardialgia. 

CARDIA'LGIA. (a, a:, f. ; from icapiha, the 
cardia, and ahyoc, pain.) Cordolium. Heart- 
burn. An uneasy sensation in the stomach, 
with heat more or less violent, sometimes at- 
tended with anxiety and faintness, and often 
with an inclination to vomit, or a plentiful dis- 
charge of a clear watery fluid (pyrosis). 

Cardialgia is frequently a symptom of other 
complaints ; as dyspepsia, scirrhus, chronic in- 
flammation of the stomach, worms, retrocedent 
gout, suppressed menstruation, and various dis- 
eases of the heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and 
intestines ; but it is likewise found, in many 
instances, as an idiopathic affection. 

In idiopathic cases, the treatment consists of 
a proper attention to diet; tonics, with gentle 
stimulants, when there is no inflammation pres- 
ent. Alkaline medicines, combined with rhu- 
barb, are very useful ; exercise, with a proper 
attention to the bowels, is also necessary. 

Cardialgia inflammatoria. Gastritis. 

Cardialgia sputatoria. Pyrosis. 

Cardialogy. Cardialogia. A treatise on 
the heart. 

Card i an a strophe. Malposition of the 
heart. 

Cahdia'rus. A worm said to have been 
found in the heart or pericardium. 

CARDIF/CTASIS. (From icapdia, and ektu- 
■eic, extension.) The name given by Breschet 
to dilatation of the heart. 
13S 



CAR 

Cardielco'sis. Ulceration of the heart. 
Cardimelech. The vital principle. 

Cardinalis de lugo cortex. In the year 
1653, Cardinal de Lugo administered the Peru 
vian bark, whence the name of Cardinal de Lu- 
go's bark. 

Cardinalis flos. Cardinal flower. Lobe- 
lia cardinalis. 

CARDINAL HUMORS. Blood, phlegm, 
yellow bile, and black bile. These were sup- 
posed to originate from the four elements, and 
to form all the solids and fluids of the body. 

Cardiname'ntum. Ginglymus. 

Cardioce'le. The protrusion of the heart 
into the abdomen through a wound of the dia 
phragm has been so called. 

CARDIO'GMUS. (us, i, m. Kapdiuyftoc*- 
This term has been variously applied. With 
the Greek writers it is synonymous with cardi 
algia ; some modern authors have applied it to 
angina pectoris; and Sauvages understands by 
it an incipient aneurism of the heai't or its large 
vessels. 

Cardiogmus cordis sinistri. Angina pec 
toris. 

CARDIOMALA'CIA. "(From napdia, and 
fiaXaKia, softness.) Softening of the heart from 
deficient nutrition or from inflammation. 

CARDIO'NCHUS. (us, i, m. ; from icapdia, 
and oynoc, a tumor.) Aneurism of the heart. 

CARDIOPA'LMUS. (From mp6ia, and 
naTifioc, palpitation.) Palpitation of the heart. 

CARDIORRHE'XIS. (From icapdca, and 
pn&e, a rapture.) Rupture of the heart. 

Cardio'tromus. Tremor of the heart : that 
is, a slight degree of palpitation. 

Cardi pericarditis. Pericarditis. 

CARDI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from aapiha.) In- 
flammation of the heart. Inflammation of the 
entire substance of the heart is of comparative- 
ly rare occurrence, although inflammation of 
particular parts of it is not very uncommon. 
When the muscular substance of the heart be- 
comes inflamed, this proceeds, in a great ma- 
jority of cases, from the extension of inflamma- 
tion from the pericardium. See Pi-ricarditis. 

Cardium edule. The common cockle. 

Ca'rdo. A hinge. Ginglymux. 

Cardopa'tium. Carliiia acaulis. 

CA'RDUUS. (us, i, m.) A genua of plants. 
Syngenesia. Polygamia aqnalis. Compositor. 
— C. acanthus. Acanthus mollis. — C. altilis. 
C. chrysal nthemus. C. domesticus. The arti- 
choke. — C. arvensis. See Serratuln. — C. bent- 
dictus. See Centaurea. — C. fidhmnm. Dipsa- 
cus fullonum. — C. hmmorrhoidalis. See Serra- 
tula arvensis. — C. lacleus. C. moriunus. C 
marim. Common milk-thistle, or Lndy's-this- 
tle. The seeds of this plant, and the herb, 
have been employed medicinally. The former 
contain a bitter oil, and are recommended as 
relaxants. — C. pinea. Atractylis gummifera. — 
C. sativus. Cinara scolymus. — C. solslitialis. 
Calcitrapa officinalis. — C. spinossimus. Cardu- 
us nutans. — C. stellatus. Centaurea calcitrapa. 
— C. tomentosus. Onopordium acanthium. — C. 
veneris. The Dipsacus sylvestris. 

Carebari'a. Heaviness of the head. 

Ca'reum. Carum carui. 

CA'REX. (ex, icis, f.) A genus of plants. 



OAR 

Sedges. — C. arenaria. Sea sedge. The root 
is said to have been found serviceable in some 
affections of the trachea, in rheumatic pains, 
&c. — C. hirta. The roots of this and several 
other species, as C. villosa, C. disticha, and C. 
intermedia, are called German sarsaparilla, 
and are sometimes mixed with the true sarsa- 
parilla. 

Cariacou. A fermented liquor made in 
Cayenne from a mixture of cassava, potatoes, 
and cane syrup. 

Caribbean bark. A false cinchona ; the 
bark of Exosfcma carihmun of the West In- 
dies. 

CA'RICA. The tig. Ficus carka. 

Carica fructus. Figs. 

Carica papaya. I'apaw-trec. This is in- 
digenous, and native of both Indies and of the 
Guinea coast. Every part of the papaw-tree, 
except the ripe fruit, affords a milky juice, 
which is considered, when fresh, a remedy for 
the tape-worm. 

Ca'ricum. KapiKOv. An ancient escharotic 
and detergent. 

CA'RIES. (es, ei, 'f.) The ulceration of a 
bone, or that state of a bone which is analogous 
to ulceration of the soft parts. The bone swells, 
produces a great irritation in the neighboring 
soft parts, with abscesses, which leave fistulous 
passages, from which a thin sanies exudes. It 
usually arises from a morbid diathesis, or poison 
in the system; when otherwise, it is to be 
treated by stimulants and caustics. 

CARI'NA* 1. The back-bone. 2. In Bota- 
ny, the keel, or the lower part of a papiliona- 
ceous flower, consisting of two petals united or 
separate. 

Carinatk. Carina' I us. Keel-shaped; boat- 
shaped. 

Cariosse. See Ady. 

Carious. Cariosus. Affected with caries. 

CARLI'NA. A genus of plants. Syngenc- 
sia. Polygamia aqualis. Composita. — C. 
acanthifolia. Artichaut sauvage, or wild arti- 
choke. — C. acavlis. The Carline thistle; for- 
merly used as a bitter and vermifuge. 

Ca'rlo s ancto. St. Charles's root. It is 
found in Mechoachan. Its bark has an aromat- 
ic flavor, and a bitter, acrid taste. It is said to 
be sudorific, and to strengthen the gums and 
stomach. 

Carlsbad, waters of. These are thermal 
(120° to 100° F.) and saline. 

Carmelite water. Eau des Cannes. 

Ca'rminans. Carminative. 

CARMI'NATIVE. Carminativus. Applied 
to medicines which allay spasmodic pain of the 
bowels, and dispel flatulence. The principal 
carminatives are ginger, cardamom, anise, and 
caraway seeds ; several of the essential oils, as 
those of peppermint, anise, caraway, and juni- 
per; ardent spirits, and especially aromatic 
tinctures. 

Carmine. A beautiful pigment, formed of 
the coloring matter of the cochineal. 

Carnaba'dium. Caraway seed. 

Carney column.e. See Heart. 

Carnelian. A reddish calcedony. 

CA'RNEOUS. Carneous: fleshy. Applied 
to some muscles of the heart. 



CAR 

Carni'cula. A small fleshy substance. The 
gums. 

Carnifica'tion. Carnificatio. The conver- 
sion of any texture of the animal body into a 
substance resembling flesh, as in hepatization 
of the lungs. 

Carnifo'rmis. (From caro, flesh, and for 
ma, likeness. ) Having the appearance of flesh. 

CARNI'VORA. An order of the class Mam- 
malia, which prey upon other animals. 

Carnivorous. Flesh-devouring: applied to 
animals that live on flesh. 

Carnosa cutis. See Pannicnlus carnosus. 

Carnositas. A small fleshy growth. 

Carno'sus. Fleshy. 

CA'RO. (Caro, cam is, f.) Flesh. 

Caro anseuina. Caro gallinacea. Cutis 
anserina. 

Caro luxurians. A fungous growth. 

Caro orbicularis. The placenta. 

Carob. Ceratonia. 

Caroli. Syphilitic sores on the penis 

Carolina pink. Spigelia marilandica. 

Caros. Caro'sis. See Cams. 

Caro'ta. (a, a; f.) See Daucus. 

Carotica mkdicamenta. Narcotic medi- 
cines. 

CARO'TID. (Carotis, Caroticus; from tca- 
pou, to cause to sleep.) The common carotids 
are two considerable ai'teries that ascend on 
the forepart of the cervical vertebrae to the 
head, to supply it with blood. The right com- 
mon carotid is given off from the arteria inno- 
minata. The left arises from the arch of tho 
aorta. In its course up the neck, the common 
cai'otid artery lies by the side of the trachea, 
and behind the sterno-mastoid muscle, and is 
contained in a common cellular sheath with 
the internal jugular vein and the pneumogas- 
tric nerve. About midway between the thy- 
roid cartilage and the os hyoides, the common 
carotid divides into the external and internal 
carotids : this point varies. 

The external carotid usually gives off the fol- 
lowing branches to the neck and External part 
of the head: the svperior thyroideal, the lin- 
gual, the facial, the inferior pharyngeal, the 
occipital, the posterior auris, the internal max- 
illary, and the temporal. The internal carotid 
passes through the cai - otic canal of the tempo- 
ral bone to the interior of the cranium, where 
it gives off the ophthalmic, the middle cerebral, 
and the arteria communicans. 

Carotid canal. The canal in the lower 
part of the temporal bone in which the carotid 
artery passes. The foramina at its ends are the 
carotid foramina. 

Carotin. A ruby-colored, crystalline, neu- 
tral substance obtained from carrots. It is 
soluble in oils, not in ether, and slightly in 
alcohol. 

Caro'um. The caraway seed. 
Carpal. Relating to the carpus, or wrist. 
Carpathian balsam. See Balsamum carpa- 
thicum. 

CARPEL. ( From icapnoc, a fruit.) The entire 
pistil, including the lower expanded portion 
which forms the fruit cells. A compound fruit 
consists of a number of carpels or carpellary 
leaves. 

139 



CAR 

Carpentaria. The Achillea millefolium? 

Carpe'sium. Kapmjaiov. An ancient plant. 

CARPHOLO'GIA. (a, or, f. ; from Kap<j>og, 
chaff, and Aeyu, to pluck.) Carpologia. A 
disposition to pick minute objects, which ac- 
companies the delirium of low fever. Contin- 
ual picking at the bed-clothes is a frequent 
symptom in such cases. It is usually accom- 
panied by a vacancy of expression in the coun- 
tenance, and is indicative of great cerebral ex- 
haustion and extreme danger. 

Ca'rphos. Fenugreek. 

CA'RPIA. (a, cc, f. ; from carpo, to pluck.) 
Lint. 

Carpi^eus. The palmaris brovis. 

Carpial. Carpian. Relating to the carpus 
or wrist. 

Carpi'smus. The wrist. 

Carpoba'lsamum. Amyris gilcadensis. 

Ca'rpolites. Fossil fruits and seeds. 

Carpologia. See Carphologia. 

Carpologia spasmodica. Subsultus tendi- 
num. 

CARPOLOGY. (From naprcoc , fruit, and 
"hoyoc, a description. ) A treatise on fruits. 

Carpo metacarpeus minimi digiti. Adduc- 
tor metacarpi minimi digiti. 

CARPO-PEDAL SPASM. A spasmodic af- 
fection of the chest and larynx, with croupy 
cough, convulsions, especially of the thumbs 
and toes, which become bent for some time. 
It occurs in children of from three to nine 
months, and is probably connected with teeth- 
ing or spinal irritation. It is often readily re- 
moved by the warm bath, carminative cathar- 
tics, lancing the gums, and gentle narcotics. 
Counter irritation is very useful. There is a 
carpo-pedal spasm somewhat symptomatic of 
spasm of the glottis, which is a much more fa- 
tal state. 

CARro'piiORUM. The name of the central 
column, which, in the fruit of the geranium, 
the euphorbia, or apiaceous plants, bears the 
ripe carpels, and holds them together when 
they attempt to separate at maturity. 

CARPO'TICA. (From Kapnoc, fruit.) Dis- 
eases affecting impregnation. The name given 
by J. Mason Good to the third order of Ins class 
GrCiictzcct 

CARPUS. (««,*', m. Kaptzoc.) The wrist. 
The wrist is a very complex articulation, by 
means of which the hand moves on the fore- 
arm. It consists of eight bones, viz., the os 
scaphoides, lunar e, onieiformr, pisiforme, trape- 
zium trapczoides, magnum, and unciforme. The 
first four of these bones form one row, and the 
second form another row. These bones are 
connected to each other, and to the metacarpal 
bones, by numerous ligaments, styled oblique, 
transverse, capsular, lateral, &c. The three 
first bones of the carpus are connected with the 
extremities of the radius and ulna by a capsular 
and two lateral ligaments. A transverse, ante- 
rior, or annular ligament is stretched from the 
projecting points of the pisiform and unciform 
bones to the scaphoides and trapezium, binding 
down the tendons of the flexor muscles of the 
fingers, and giving firmness to the articulation 
of the wrist. 

CARRAGEEN MOSS. Ckrondrus crispus. 
140 



OAR 

A sea-weed growing on the rocks of the coast, 
and collected for sale in Ireland. It produces 
an abundance of vegetable jelly when boiled. 

Carrageenin. A kind of pectin obtained 
by boiling carrageen moss. 

Carron oil. Linimentum aqua; calcis. 
Carrot. See Daucus carota. 
Carrot, candy. See Athamanta crctensis. 
Carrot poultice. See Cataplasma dauci. 
CARTHAGENA BARKS. Two varieties 
occur, but they are both obtained from the Cin- 
chona cordifolia. 

Carthamin. The brilliant red or rouge col- 
or obtained from safflower. 

CA'RTHAMUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Syngcnesia. Polygamia aqualis. Com- 
positm. — C. tinctorius. Safflower, or bastard 
saffron. Carthamum officinarum. The seeds 
are strongly cathartic; they are also emetic 
and diuretic ? The dried flowers are frequent- 
ly mixed with saffron to adulterate it. The 
plant is cultivated in many places on account 
of its flowers, which arc used as a dye. 

C A' R TIL AGE. (Cartilago, inis, f.) A 
white, elastic, glistening substance, commonly 
called gristle. Ossification takes place in a 
kind oi cartilage. Cartilages are divided by 
anatomists into ohducent, which cover the mo- 
vable articulations of bones ; intcr-articular, 
which are situated between the articulations, 
and uniting cartilages, which unite one bone 
with another. Cartilage consists chiefly of 
chondrine, with four per cent, of bone earth. 

Cartilage, loose or free. Portions of car- 
tilage which become free and are found be- 
tween joints. They produce great irritation, 
and often excruciating pain during exercise. 
The loose cartilage should be fixed by a band- 
age, and extracted; but this operation some- 
times ends in violent inflammation of the joint. 
C A R T I L A'G I N O U S . Cartilaginous. In 
Anatomy, applied to parts which naturally, or 
from disease, have a cartilaginous consistence. 

Cartilago annularis. The ring-like carti- 
lage. See Cartilago cricoides. 

Cartilago arytjenoidea. See Larynx. 
Cartilago cricoi'des. C.innominata. The 
cricoid cartilage. See Larynx. 

Cartilago ensiformis. C. mucronata. C. 
xiphoides. Xiphoid cartilage. Ensiform carti- 
lage. A cartilage shaped somewhat like a 
sword, attached to the lower end of the ster- 
num. 

Cartilago gutturalis. The arytenoid car- 
tilage. 

Cartilago scutiformis. C. Thyroidea. C. 
Clypealis. See Thyroid cartilage. 

Cartilago tri'quetra. The arytenoid car- 
tilage. 

Cartilago xiphoides. See Cartilago ensi- 
formis. 

CA'RUM. (mot, i, n. Kapo C .) 1. The 
caraway. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
Monogynia. Umbelliferce. — C. carui. The 
caraway plant. Carvi. Carus. Caruon. The 
seeds have a pleasant, spicy smell, and a warm, 
aromatic taste. They are esteemed carmina- 
tive, cordial, and stomachic. An essential oil 
and distilled water are prepared. ' Dose of the 
oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. x. 



CAR 



CAS 



CARU'NCULA. (a, a-, f . ; diminutive of 
caro, flesh.) A caruncle, or little fleshy ex- 
crescence. It is variously applied. 1. To 
healthy and natural parts; as the caruncula; 
myrtiformes, and caruncula lachrymalis. 2. To 
soft, fleshy excrescences which are the product 
of disease. 

Caruncul/E cuticulares. This name has 
been given to the nymphaj. 

Caruncula lachrymalis. The lachrymal 
caruncle. A little, fleshy, conoidal, glandiform 
body, red externally, situated in the internal 
canthus of each eye. It appears to be formed 
of numerous sebaceous glands, from which 
many small hairs grow. The gum-like sub- 
stance found in the inner corner; of the eye in 
the morning is the indurated secretion of this 
caruncle. 

Caruncula mamillares. The extremities 
of the lactiferous tubes in the nipple. 

Caruncula myrtiformks. Two or more 
caruncles, which represent the lacerated hymen. 

Caruncul.e papillarks. The protuberan- 
ces within the pelvis of the kidney, formed by 
the convergence of the tubuli uriniferi. 

Caruon. See Carum. 

CA'RUS. (us,i,m. Kapoc-) The most pro- 
found degree of coma. The word has been 
variously applied by different medical writers, 
but by all to some form of coma. 

Ca'rva. The cassia lignca. 

Carta. The genus to which the hickory, 
C. alba, belongs. 

CARTE don. (From napva, a nut.) Cary- 
don. A sort of fracture, where the bono is bro- 
ken into small pieces, like the shell of a cracked 
nut. 

Cary'ocar. A South American genus, the 
trees of which yield excellent nuts, especially 
the C. glabrum and batryosum, which produce 
the Saouari nuts. 

Caryoces. See Ady. 

Caryocosti'num. An electuary, so named 
from two of its ingredients, the clove and costus. 

CARYOPHYLLACE^E. The chick-weed 
tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous 
plants, with leaves opposite, and tumid nodes ; 
flowers, polypetalous, symmetrical ; stamens, 
definite ; ovarium, one-celled, with a free cen- 
tral placenta; fruit, a one-celled capsule, by 
obliteration. 

Caryophylla'ta. Geum urbanum. 

Caryophyllic acid. The heavier oil of 
cloves. The lighter oil is called clove hydro- 
carbon. 

C aryoph yllin. The resin of cloves extract- 
ed by alcohol. 

Caryophylloides cortex. See Laurus cu- 
lilawan. 

Caryophy'llum. (um, i, n.) Eugenia cary- 
ophyllata. The clove. 

CARYOPHY'LLUS. (us, i, m.) The clove- 
tree. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Mo- 
nogynia. — C. aromaticus. See Eugenia caryo- 
phyllata. — C. aromaticus americanus. Myrtus 
pimenta. — C. hortensis. C. ruber. See Dian- 
thus caryophyllus. — C. vulgaris. See Geum 
urbanum. 

Cary'opsis. The botanical name for the 
iruit of wheat, oats, &c. 



Cary'ota urens. A palm bearing acrid 
fruit. 

CASCARI'LLA. (a, a, f.) A name given 
originally to small specimens of cinchona, but 
now applied to another bark. See Croton cas- 
carilla. 

Caschu. See Acacia catechu. 
Casein. See Protein. 
Casein of the blood. Globulin. 
Caseous. Resembling cheese or casein. 
Caseous oxide. See Cheese. 
Caseum. Sec Cheese. 

Cashew-nut. See Anacardium occidentale. 
Cashow. See Acacia catechu. 
Casminar. See Cassumnniar. 
Cassa'da. Cassava. See Jatropha manihot. 
CA'SSIA. (a, cc, f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Monogynia. Lc gummosa:. — C. 
absns. The small Egyptian lotus. The Egyp- 
tians powder the seeds with an equal quantity 
of sugar, and put a little of the mixture under 
the eyelids at the commencement of their oph- 
thalmia. — C. alata. The systematic namo of a 
plant, the leaves of which are bitter, nauseous 
in their taste, and supposed to be cathartic. 
They are said to cure herpes. — C. caryophylla'- 
ta. The clove-bark tree. See Myrtus cary- 
ophyllata. — C. fistula. The purging cassia. 
Called, also, C. nigra, C.fistularis, C. Alexan- 
drina, C. solntiva. This plant is now transfer- 
red to another genus. See Cathartocarpus. 
The pulp of the pods is laxative in the dose of 
§ss. to 3j. — C. latinorum. C- monspeliensivm. 
C. poetica. See Osyris. — C. lignca. See Cin- 
namomum. — C. marilandica. Indigenous sen- 
na. See Senna, American. — C. senna. One 
of the plants which produce senna. See Senna. 
— C. solutiva. See Cassia fistula. 
Cassia bark. See Cinnnmomvm. 
Cassi.»e artamentum. The pulp of cassia 
fistula. 

Cassia: pulpa. See Cassia fistula. 
Cassina. Ilex cassina. 
Cassius's precipitate. The purple powder 
of Cassius. 

Cassoleta. A kind of moist fumigation de- 
scribed by P. Morellus. 

CASSUMU'NIAR. A root which is brought 
from the East Indies in irregular slices of vari- 
ous forms, some cut transversely, others longi- 
tudinally. The cortical part is marked with 
circles of a dusky brown color ; the internal 
part is paler, and. unequally yellow. It pos- 
sesses moderately warm, bitter, and aromatic 
qualities, and a smell like ginger. It is recom- 
mended in hysterical, epileptic, and paralytic 
affections. 

Cassuvium roMiFERUM. Anacardium occi- 
dentale. 

CASTA'NEA. (a, a, f. ) The chestnut. 
See Fagus castanea. — C. equina. The horse- 
chestnut. See iEsculus hippocastanum. — C. 
pumila. The chinquapin. 

Castile soap. A hard soap formed of olive 
oil and carbonate of soda. 

Castjoe. See Acacia catechu. 
Castle-leod. The name of a place in Rosa- 
shire, in Scotland, where there is a sulphureous 
spring, celebrated for the cure of cutaneous dis- 
eases and foul ulcers. 

141 



CAT 



CAT 



CA'STOR. (or, oris, m.) 1. The name of a 
genus of animals. 2. Castoreum. — C. fiber. The 
beaver. The name of castoreum, or castor, is 
given to two bags, situated in the inguinal re- 
gions of the beaver, which contain a very odor- 
ous substance, soft, and almost fluid when re- 
cently cut from the animal, but which dries, 
and assumes a resinous consistence in process 
of time. The best comes from Russia. It is 
of grayish-yellow or light-brown color. Castor 
has an acrid, bitter, and nauseous taste ; its smell 
is strong, aromatic, and fetid. It is a powerful 
antispasmodic. Dose, from 10 to 30 grains. 

Castorink. A crystalline fatty matter in 
castoreum. 

Castor oil. See Ricinus. 

CASTO'REUM. (urn, i, ».) See Castor 
fiber. 

CASTRATION. (Castratio, onis, f. ; from 
castro.) In Surgery, an operation by which a 
testicle is removed from the body. 

Castra'tus. One who is castrated. When 
this operation is performed on young persons, 
it produces a tendency to fatness, and the 
voice remains of a high pitch, and clear. Many 
of the best Italian singers are castrati. 

Castre'nsis. Belonging to a camp; as,/e- 
bris castrensis, camp fever. 

Casus palpebr.e superioris. Falling of 
the eyelid. Blepharoptosis. 

Catabasis. An expulsion of humors by pur- 
gation. 

• Cataba'ticus. Applied to a fever which 
gradually diminishes in severity till it termi- 
nates. 

Catable'ma. The outermost fillet, which 
secures other bandages. 

Catabythismomania. Insanity, with a dis- 
position to drowning. 

Catacau'ma. A burn or scald. 

CATACAU'SIS. (From Karaicatu, to bum.) 
Combustion, or burning ; also, spontaneous 
combustion. 

Cataceras'ticus. Having the property of 
obtunding the acrimony of humors. 

Catachri'ston*. Catachrisma. An ointment. 

Cata'chysis. (From naraxeu, I pour upon.) 
Affusion. 

Cata'clasis. (From Karaa/Mo, to break.) 
The fracture of a bone. 

Ca'tacleis. 1. The first rib, which is placed 
immediately under the clavicle. 2. The sub- 
clavicular region of the chest. 

Catacly'sma. A clyster. 

Catacly'smus. 1. An embrocation. 2. The 
dashing of water upon any part. 

Catag'ma. A fracture. 

Catagma'ticus. Catagmatic: promoting the 
formation of callus. 

Catale'ntia. A kind of epilepsy. 

CATALE'PSIA. (a, at, f. ; from KaTa2,a(i6a- 
va, to seize, to hold.) Catalepsis. Catalepsy. 
It consists in a total suspension of sensibility 
and voluntary motion, and generally, also, of 
mental power ; the pulsation of the heart and 
the breathing continuing, the muscles remaining 
flexible, the body yielding to and retaining any 

K'ven position, in which respect it differs chief- 
from ecstasy. This condition lasts from a 
few hours to several days. It is very rare. 
142 



Cold water douche, and stimulants along the 
course of the spine, are necessary means ; but 
the cause must regulate the treatment. 

Catalepsia spuria. Ecstasy. 

Catale'ptic Relating to catalepsy. 

Catalo'ticus. Catuloticus. 

CATALPA CORDIFOLIA. A tree of the 
family Bignoniacece. The seeds of the catalpa 
have been recommended in asthma. 

CATALY'SIS. (From Kara, and Ivu, I 
loose.) The decomposition produced by a 
catalytic agent or by the catalytic force. This 
is accomplished without any change being pro- 
duced on the agent. Hence it is called decom- 
position by contact, or action of presence. The 
action of yeast and all ferments are of this kind ; 
or acids on starch, an d diastase on starch, by 
which it is changed into dextrine and glucose. 

CATAME'NIA. (a, o?wra, neut. plur. ; from 
Kara, and fir/v, the month.) The monthly dis- 
charge from the uterus of females. See Men- 
struation. 

Catantlesis. Catanlle'ma. A fomentation 
with warm water. 

CATAPA'SMA. (a, atis, n. ; from nara- 
naaou, to sprinkle.) Catapastum. A dry 
medicine reduced to powder, to be sprinkled 
on the body. 

CATA'PHORA. («, a, f.; from Kara<j>epu, 
to sink or fall down.) A term used by some 
authors to designate a state of coma, and by 
others an unusually profound sleep. 

Cataphora hydrocephalica. Apoplexy. 

Cataphra'cta. . A bandage for the thorax, 
used in cases of fracture of the sternum and 
ribs. 

CATAPLAS'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from tcara- 
TrAaoau, to spread like a plaster.) A poultice. 

Cataplasma aceti. Vinegar poultice. Made 
by adding vinegar to any simple farinaceous 
matter. Applied to bruises and sprains. 

Cataplasma acetosje. Sorrel poultice. Ap- 
plied to scorbutic ulcers. 

Cataplasma aeratum. See Cataplasma 
fermenti. 

Cataplasma aluminis. A solution of alum 
is generally substituted. 

Cataplasma bynes. Malt poultice. Finely- 
ground malt is to be mixed with thin yeast to 
the consistence of a poultice, and applied warm. 
Some surgeons prefer this to the yeast poultice 
against gangrene. 

Cataplasma carbonis. C. carbonis ligni. 
Charcoal poultice. Made by mixing very finely- 
powdered charcoal with linseed and warm 
water. It is used to correct the state of ill- 
conditioned ulcers and destroy their fetor. 

Cataplasma cerevisi,*:. C. cercvisice fcecu- 
la. Strong beer poultice. Made with the 
grounds or dregs of strong beer, by stirring in 
corn meal, and heating it cautiously in a pan. 
It is considered a good stimulant and antiseptic 
for sloughing or gangrenous parts. 

Cataplasma conii. (Ph. D.) Hemlock 
poultice. R-. Conii foliorum exsiccatorum, y. ; 
aquae fontana;, Oi.j. Boil till only a pint remains 
when as much linseed meal as necessary is to 
be added. This is an excellent application to 
many cancerous, scrofulous, and other ill-con 
ditioned ulcers. 



CAT 

Cataplasma cumini. The old Therica Lon- 
donensis. It is now seldom ordered. 

Cataplasma dauci. Carrot poultice. Braise 
fly. of boiled or raw carrot root in a mortar to 
a pulp. Employed as an application to cancer- 
ous, scrofulous, and other irritable and un- 
healthy ulcers. It is a most useful application. 

CATArLASMA DIGITALIS. FoX-gloVO poultice. 

Linseed meal, oat meal, or crumb of bread are 
to be made into the consistence of a poultice, 
by mixing them with a strong decoction of the 
leaves of fox-glove. This poultice is said to be 
more sedative than hemlock, and to allay the 
pain of irritable sores. 

Cataplasma fermenti. C. fermenli cere- 
visicc. Yeast cataplasm. Take of flour, a pound; 
yeast, half a pint. Mix and expose to a gentle 
heat, until the mixture begins to rise. This is 
a celebrated application in cases of sloughing 
and mortification. 

Cataplasmi fuci. Sea-weed poultice. 

Cataplasma lini. Linseed poultice. Lin- 
seed meal, Ibss. ; boiling water, Oiss. The lin- 
seed meal is to be gradually sprinkled into the 
water, while they are quickly blended together 
with a spoon. Corn meal is equally good. 

Cataplasma panis. Bread poultice. 

Cataplasma plumbi acetatis. R. Liquoris 
plumbi acetatis, 3J.; aquae distill., Oj.; mica; 
panis, q. s. Misce. Practitioners who place 
much confidence in the virtues of lead, often 
use this poultice in cases of inflammation. 

Cataplasma quercus marini. Cataplasma 
fuci. 

Cataplasma simplex. The basis of this is 
one part linseed meal and two parts oat meal. 
Indian meal is a better substance. The surface 
of the poultice is to be spread with olive oil. 
It acts by its warmth. 

Cataplasma sinapis. C. sinapeos. Mustard 
cataplasm. Take of mustard seed, linseed, of 
each, powdered, half a pound ; hot water, as 
much as is sufficient. An active rubefacient, 
very useful in producing counter irritation in 
rheumatism, low fevers, &c. 

CATAPLE'XIS. (is, is, f. ; from Kara, and 
-K"kr}aou, to strike.) A sudden stupefaction, or 
deprivation of sensation in any member or or- 
gan, as the eye, &c. 

Catapo'tium. KaT07rortoi>. A pill. 

Catapsy'xis. A considerable degree of chil- 
liness, without shivering. — Galen. 

Catapto'sis. A sudden falling down, as of 
the whole body in apoplexy or epilepsy ; or of 
a particular limb when seized with palsy. 

Cataputia major. See Ricinus. 

Cataputia minor. See Euphorbia lathyris. 

CA'TARACT. (Cataracta, a, <e, f . ; gener- 
ally derived from Karapaoou, to disturb or con- 
found.) Cataract is usually defined to be a 
weakness or interruption of sight, produced by 
opacity either of the crystalline lens, its cap- 
sule, or the fluid of Morgagni. 

When the disease is seated in the lens, its 
capsule, or the fluid of Morgagni, it is called a 
true cataract ; but when it consists of opaque 
matter deposited in front of the lens, it is de- 
nominated a false cataract. The terms lenticu- 
lar, capsular, and capsulo-lenticular cataracts 
express some of the distinctions referred to. 



C*T 

Cataracts are also distinguished into idio- 
pathic, or such as arise from internal, but gen- 
erally unknown causes, and accidental, which 
originate from external violence, or active in- 
flammation. In general, the idiopathic, sooner 
or later, affect both eyes; but an accidental 
cataract is frequently restricted to one eye. 

The symptoms of a cataract are of the fol- 
lowing description : 1st. All objects, especially 
white ones, seem to tho patient as if covered 
with a mist, a circumstance that generally pre- 
cedes any visible opacity behind the pupil. 2d. 
The decline of vision bears an exact proportion 
to the degree of opacity. 3d. The opacity is 
almost always first noticed in the centre of the 
pupil. 4th. When the iris is light-colored, the 
more opaque the cataract is, the more plainly a 
blackish ring is seen at the edge of the pupil ; 
and such a ring is particularly conspicuous 
when the cataract is soft and large, as it then 
propels the margin of the uvea forward. 5th. 
As a cataract generally begins at the central 
point behind the pupil, objects placed directly 
in front of the eye are most difficultly seen, 
even in the early stage of the disease; but those 
which are on one side may yet be discerned, 
particularly if the light be not strong, which 
would make the pupil too diminutive to let the 
rays pass through the thinner transparent edge 
of the lens. 6th. What has just been observed 
likewise explains why patients, having an opaci- 
ty in the center of the lens, are sometimes com- 
pletely blind in a strong light, though they may 
enjoy a useful degree of vision in the shade, or 
in moderately dark places. 7 th. The eyesight 
of patients affected with incipient cataract may 
be materially assisted by convex glasses, be- 
cause objects are magnified by them. 8th. To 
patients in this state, the flame of a candle seems 
to be obscured in a white, misty halo, which 
always becomes broader the farther the patient 
is from the light. When the cataract is more 
advanced, the flame can not be discerned, but 
merely the situation of the light. 9th. The ac- 
tion of the iris is not affected. 

In amaurosis, the horn-like or glaucomatous 
appearance is more deeply seated in the eye 
than the opacity of a cataract, and is somewhat 
concave. It is frequently of a greenish color, 
while the opacity of cataract is usually grayish, 
white, or amber-colored. The decline ot vis- 
ion, also, is not in a ratio to the opacity, and 
the patient may be entirely blind, with little 
appearance of defect in the eye. The pupil is 
likewise generally dilated and motionless, with 
its pupillary margin somewhat irregular. The 
temporary increase or decrease of blindness, a 
circumstance so jcommon in patients with in- 
complete amaurosis, depends upon circumstan 
ces which depress or excite the system, and 
not, as in cases of cataract, upon the degree of 
light, and the corresponding alterations in the 
size of the pupil. 

Whiteness denotes either a dissolved lens or 
a capsular cataract; a gray color, a lenticular 
cataract ; an amber color, or dark-gray, a firm 
lens ; and light gray, a soft one. If the whole 
extent of the pupil is uniformly opaque, the 
cataract is probably one of the lens; if the 
opacity is streaked or speckled, it is likely to 

143 



be ono of the capsule. If the opaque streaks 
radiate from a centre, the posterior layer of the 
capsule is probably affected. If the form of the 
opacity is convex, either the anterior capsule 
or the lens is the seat of it ; if concave, the pos- 
terior part of the capsule. With the light con- 
centrated on the pupil by means of a double 
convex glass, all these particulars may bo as- 
certained. Mr. Cooper believes that the size 
of a cataract is a better criterion of its consist- 
ence than its color ; and, at all events, that the 
emaller the lens is, and the darker its color, the 
more solid its substance will generally be; 
while the larger and more protuberant it is 
against the iris, the greater is the probability 
of its being soft. 

A cataract of the lens itself, as already ex- 
plained, is termed a lenticular cataract, which 
may vary much in its consistence. Thus, such 
a cataract may be hard, as it is often found to 
be in elderly persons, with an amber color, the 
tint being deeper in proportion as the cataract 
is firmer. 

A lenticular cataract may be soft, that is to 
say, of a cheesy, gelatinous, or even milky con- 
sistence. Soft cataracts are more bulky than 
hard ones, so that they project nearly into the 
pupil. Hence, sight is more considerably in- 
terrupted than when the cataract is hard, and 
the power of distinguishing colors frequently 
quite abolished. The capsular cataract has a 
smooth and glistening surface, with streaks 
upon it, and it lies close to the edge of the pupil. 

When the lens is present, a capsular cataract 
is rarely unaccompanied by a lenticular one ; 
but an opaque lens may be removed or taken 
away by absorption, and a capsular cataract 
may be left. In this case, as the opacity is 
merely a thin layer of the capsule, the cataract 
makes no projection against the iris, and the 
anterior chamber is not lessened by the ad- 
vance of the iris toward the cornea. 

In children, cataracts are never hard ; but in 
adults we meet with both hai - d and soft ones. 

A cataract is termed simple, when accompa- 
nied by no other disease of the eye likely to 
impair its functions, or with no particular con- 
stitutional disease ; complicated, when joined 
with other diseases of the eye, as adhesion of 
the crystalline capsule to the iris, amaurosis, 
glaucoma, or a gouty, rheumatic, or syphilitic 
state of the system. 

When a cataract is free from every compli- 
cation ; when it is not attended with frequent 
headache, nor pains in the eye ; when the pu- 
pil retains its regular circular shape ; when the 
iris possesses its natural power of motion in the 
different degrees of light ; and when the patient 
can readily discern the difference between light 
and darkness, and even perceive bright colors, 
and the outlines of objects, in shady places, 
where the pupil naturally expands, the progno- 
sis is favorable. True cataract is remedied 
only by an operation. 

Whether an operation should be performed 
when the cataract is single, and the other eye 
in the enjoyment of good vision, is a question 
on which some difference of opinion is enter- 
tained. Diversity in the refracting power of 
the eyes after the removal of the lens from one 
144 



CAT 

of them, and the apprehension of confused vis- 
ion as the result, are the reasons usually urged 
against the practice, which has, however, to a 
certain extent, proved successful ; while the 
continuance of a cataract in one eye not only 
gives a disposition to the origin of the same kind 
of opacity in the other, but permanently im- 
pairs the sensibility of the retina itself for want 
of exercise. 

It is a general and judicious maxim, never to 
operate upon both eyes at the samo time. In 
the case of extraction in particular, this rule is 
universally observed. It is also a maxim to let 
the patient have the benefit of preparatory 
treatment before he undergoes the operation. 
His diet should be lowered, and his bowels 
emptied. 

The age of eighteen months to that of two 
years is deemed an advantageous period for 
operating on congenital cataracts. 

There are three kinds of operation for cata- 
ract: 1st. The method formerly termed couch- 
ing, and which is simply the removal of the 
cataract out of the axis of vision, leaving it still 
in the eye. It is now frequently called dis- 
placement; and has two varieties, depression 
and reclination. 2d. Surgeons practice extrac- 
tion of the. cataract; that is, they take the 
opaque lens completely out of the eye. 3d. 
Another method, often adopted, consists in the 
division of the cataract into fragments, which, 
being exposed to the aqueous humor, become 
absorbed. 

By depression and reelinalhn, we change the 
situation of the cataract. In depression, the 
lens is pushed directly below the level of the 
pupil. In reclination, the lens is made to turn 
over into the middle, and toward the bottom 
of the vitreous humor; so that the surface of 
the lens, which was previously directed forward, 
is now placed upward, and what was the upper 
edge is turned backward. Over the lens, dis- 
placed in this manner, the vitreous humor will 
close much more completely than over the sim- 
ply depressed lens, so that it will be less likely 
to reascend behind the pupil. Nor will the 
retina be so liable to be pressed upon by the 
cataract as after depression ; yet reclination 
unavoidably does more extensive injury to the 
hyaloid membrane of the vitreous humor. 

Extraction is the complete removal of the 
cataract from the eye through an opening made 
in the cornea. The incision for this purpose 
must form the segment of a regular circle, be 
smooth, and - , at the same time, of sufficient size 
to permit the easy passage of the cataract 
tlnxjugh it. Both in this first period of the 
operation, and in the subsequent one of opening 
the capsule, the iris should remain entirely free 
from injury. 

One of the chief dangers of extraction is that 
of loss of the vitreous humor, which, if due care 
he not taken, is apt to be suddenly forced out * 
of the eye along with the cataract. 

Another risk is that of the iris being wound- 
ed. Sometimes the operation is followed by a 
prolapsus of this organ, and occasionally by a 
closure of the pupil from the inflammation ex- 
cited in the iris by injury of its texture. 

The division, or breaking of a cataract piece- 



CAT 

meal, may be done with a needle, either through 
the sclerotica or the cornea. It has the recom- 
mendation of being the most easy, but some- 
times needs repetition. Opaque portions of the 
capsule, however, frequently resist absorption, 
and must, after all, either be extracted or dis- 
placed. The division of a cataract, when per- 
formed by passing the needle through the cor- 
nea and pnpil, is termed kcratonyxis. « 

No method of operating for the cure of cata- 
ract should be exclusively preferred, each hav- 
ing its advantages in particular cases. 

Cataract, black. 1. A very rare variety 
of cataract, in which the opaque lens is black. 
2. Amaurosis. 

Cataracta glauca. Glaucoma. 

Cata'iiia. Nepeta cataria. 

Catarrh, urethral. Gleet. 

Catarrh, uterine. Leucorrhosa. — Acute 
uterine catarrh is sometimes used for metritis. 

CATARRHAL. Catarrhw'us. Of the na- 
ture of a catarrh; thus, catarrhal fever. 

Catarrhe'cticus. A name given by Hip- 
pocrates to medicines supposed to have a dis- 
solvent power. 

Catarrheu'ma. Catarrh. 

Catarrhe'xis. A sudden and violent effu- 
sion. Hippocrates applies it to a sudden and 
profuse diarrhoea. Schneider calls a copious 
and rapid discharge of blood from the bowels, 
catarrhexis vera. 

Catarrho'pia. Calarrhysis. An afflux of 
morbid fluids downward. 

CATA'RRHUS. (us, i, m. ; from Karappsu, 
to flow from.) Catarrh. An increased flow of 
mucus. Common catarrh. Catarrh, or inflam- 
mation of the lining membrane of the air pas- 
sages, presents itself under two forms, common 
catarrh, called in ordinary language a cold, and 
epidemic catarrh, or influenza. The symptoms 
of common catarrh are a sense of fullness in the 
head, and of weight over the eyes, which are 
weak and watery, and muscular pains. The 
nostrils are obstructed, and pour forth a fluid. 
There is frequent sneezing, hoarseness of the 
voice, cough, generally attended with expecto- 
ration, and often a sense of fullness or soreness 
in the fauces. It results from exposure and at- 
mospheric changes. A sudorific, gentle purga- 
tion, and warm clothing, usually suffice to re- 
lieve it. 

Catarrh is a pretty constant accompaniment 
of measles, and is not unfrequent in fever, small- 
pox, worms, dentition, rheumatism, and other 
diseases. 

In the epidemic catarrh, or influenza, the at- 
tack is very sudden; there is great heaviness 
over the eyes ; and the fever is attended with 
great depression. Its violence usually abates 
in forty-eight hours. It is brought on by un- 
known epidemic causes, and sometimes pre- 
cedes more violent epidemics. The treatment 
consists of sudorifics, febrifuges, and laxatives ; 
bleeding is often injurious. 

Catarrhus jEstivus. A sort of epidemic 
catarrh in the early summer. 

Catarrhus bkllinsulanus. Parotitis. 

Catarrhus genitalium. C. vagina. C. 
uteri. Leucorrhcea. 

Catarrhus intestinalis. Diarrhoea 
K 



CAT 

Catarrhus intestinorcm. Mucous diar 
rhoea. 

Catarrhus pulmonum. C. pituitosus. Pul 
monary catarrh. Bronchitis. 

Catarrhus senilis. Chronic bronchitis. 

Catarrhus suffocativus. Croup. 

Catarrhus vesicje. This name has been 
given to a copious discharge of mucus from the 
bladder, which arises from chronic inflamma- 
tion of its mucous coat. 

Catarti'smus. KarapTio/xoc. The reduction 
of a dislocated bone. — Paulus JEgineta. 

Catasa'rca. Anasarca. 

Catasta'gmos. Distillation; also, coryza. 

Catasta'ltious. Catastaltic: medicines 
which repress evacuations. 

Cata'stasis. 1. The constitution or state 
of airy thing. 2. The restoration of a dislocated 
part. 

Cata'tasis. The extension of a fractured or 
dislocated limb, in the reduction. 

Cat axis. Fracture. 

Catchfly. The Silenc virginica. The root 
is said to be vermifuge. 

CA'TECHU. See Acacia catechu. Catechin 
and catechinic acid are components of catechu. 

Cateia'dion. (Karetadiov ; from Kara, and 
eia, a blade of grass: so called from its shape.) 
A long-shaped instrument mentioned by Are- 
tams, which was thrust into the nostrils to pro- 
voke a hemorrhage in cases of headache. 

Cate'n* musculus. The anterior tibial 
muscle. — Spigelius. 

Cathje'resis. Exhaustion. 

CATHiERETICUS. (KaOaipertKog ; from 
Kadaipu, to take away.) Cathoretic. Escha- 
rotic. 

Cat ha' R»i a. An excrement. Any thing 
purged from the body naturally or by art. 

CATHA'RSIS. (is, cos, f.) Purgation. 

CATHA'RTIC. (Catharticus : from Kadai- 
pu.) Purgative. Applied to a medicine which, 
taken internally, or applied externally, increas- 
es the evacuations. The different articles re- 
ferred to this class are divided into five orders 
of cathartics : 

1. Stimulating, as jalap, aloes, colocyuth, 
croton oil : selected for indolent and phlegmatic 
habits, and those who are hard to purge. 

2. Refrigerating, as sulphate of soda, sul- 
phate of magnesia, supertartrate of potash, &c. 
These are better adapted for plethoric habits, 
and those with an inflammatory diathesis. 

3. Astringent, as rhubarb and damask roses, 
which are mostly given to those whose bowels 
are weak and irritable, and subject to diarrhoea. 

4. Emollient, as castor oil, olive oil, manna, 
which may be given, in preference to other ca 
thartics, to infants and very aged persons. 

5. Narcotic, as tobacco, hyoscyamus, and dig- 
italis. Medicines of this kind are never exhib- 
ited in the practice of the present day. 

Cathartics are also divided into laxatives, 
purgatives, &c. They act upon the upper por- 
tion of the canal, as calomel ; upon the lower, 
as aloes ; or throughout, as the saline purges. 

Cathartic clyster. Enema catharticum. 

Cathartic salt. Both Epsom salt and 
Glauber's salt are so named. See Magnesia 
sulphas and Soda sulphas. 

145 



CAT 

Catha'rtine. A substance of a reddish col- 
or, a peculiar smell, and a bitter, nauseous taste; 
soluble in water and alcohol. Obtained from 
senna. 

CATHARTOOARPUS FISTULA. Cassia 
fistula. A leguminous tree of the East and West 
Indies. The purging pulp is contained in pods 
two feet long. It is a gentle laxative in a small 
dose, but in large doses occasions nausea and 
griping. It is now hardly ever used except as 
an ingredient in compounds, as the confectio 
sennse, &c. 

Cathemeri'nus. Quotidian. 

CA'THETER. {Catheter, teris, m.; icade- 
Ttjp, from KaOiTjiit. to thrust into.) A long and 
hollow tube, introduced by surgeons into the 
urinary bladder, to draw off the urine when 
the patient is unable to pass it naturally. Ca- 
theters are either made of silver, or of a mix- 
ture of metals, or of elastic gum. That for the 
male urethra is much longer than that for the 
female, and so curved, if metallic, as to adapt 
itself to the urethra. 

Catheteri'sm. Introducing the catheter. 

Cathi'drysis. Reduction of a fracture. 

Catho'lceus. An oblong fillet, applied 
round that bandage for the head called perice- 
pastrum, in order to secure it. 

CATHO'LICON. Catholicum. A universal 
medicine. 

Catholicum duplex. An old purgative elec- 
tuary, containing rhubarb, senna, cassia, tama- 
rinds, &c. 

Catholici humores. Humors which exist 
throughout the body were formerly so called. 

Ca'tias. Kartac. A knife used for cutting 
a dead foetus out of the womb. — Paulus JEgi- 
neta. 

Cati'llia. A weight of nine ounces. 

Cati'nus fuso'rius. A crucible. 

Catkin. See Amentum. 

CA'TLING. A long, narrow, double-edged, 
sharp-pointed knife, used chiefly in amputations. 

Cat mint. Catnep. See Nepeta. 

Catocatha'rtic. Catocatharticus. A pur- 
gative medicine. 

Ca'toche. Catocheis. Catalepsis. 

CA'TOCHUS. (us, i, m. ; Karoxv, from /ca- 
texu, to detain.) Catalepsy, or ecstasis. 

Catomi'smus. A method of reducing a lux- 
ated humerus, by throwing the arm of the pa- 
tient over the shoulder of a strong man, and 
the reduction was effected by action of the pa- 
tient's own weight. 

Cato'pter. Catopron. A speculum. 

CATOPTRIC EXAMINATION OF THE 
EYE. When a lighted candle is held before a 
sound eye, or one affected with amaurosis, three 
images are seen : the first from the cornea, the 
other two from the anterior and posterior sur- 
face of the crystalline lens ; but if either of these 
structures have become opaque, the image from 
it is either dimmed or altogether absent. It is 
used in the diagnosis of cataract. 

Catoptrics. The phenomena of reflected 
light. 

Catote'ricus. Catore'ticus. A cathartic. 

Catoti'ca. Dr. Good's order of diseases af- 
fecting internal surfaces, and producing dis- 
eased fluids. 
146 



C AU 

Cat thyme. Teucrium marum. It is a 
warm aromatic, and has been used in nervous 
affections. In the fresh state it is a powerful 
errhine. 

Cat's-tail grass. Timothy grass. 

Caucalis anthriscus. Daucus annuus mi- 
nor. Pentandria ; Monogynia. This plant is 
said to be diuretic. 
« Caucaloi'des. The patella. * 

CAU'DA. (a, m, f. ; from cado, to fall: be 
cause it hangs down behind.) A tail. 1. The 
tail of animals. 2. The os coccygis. 3. The 
clitoris, when elongated. 

Cauda equina. The spinal marrow, at its 
termination about the second lumbar vertebra, 
gives off a large number of nerves, which, when 
unraveled, resemble the horse's tail ; hence the 
name. 

Cauda porcina. See Peucedanum. 

Cauda seminis. The rostrum of a seed. 

Caudal. Relative to the tail. 

Cauda'te. Having a tail. 

CAU'DEX. (ex, icis, m.) That part of the 
root and stem of a plant which is not ramified r 
as caudex desccndens and caudex ascendens. 

Caul. Omentum. 

Caule'don. In the manner of a stem; to 
KavTindov Karayfia, a transverse fracture. 

Caulescent. Cauleseens. Having a stem. 

CAU'LIFLOWER EXCRESCENCE. A 
highly vascular excrescence, growing about the 
anus, vulva, or os uteri, producing a watery dis- 
charge, but bleeding from the slightest cause. 
If in the former situation, it is often syphilitic. 

Cauline. Caulinus. Of, or belonging to, 
the stem. 

CAU'LIS. (is, is, m. KavXoe.) A stem 
which bears the leaves as well as the flowers. ' 

Caulocarpous. Arborescent. 

Caulople'gia. An injury or pai'alysis of the 
penis. 

CAU'MA. (a, atis, n. ; Kavfia, heat.) Burn- 
ing heat ; febrile heat. 

Cauma carditis. Carditis. — C. hecmorrha- 
gicum. Hemorrhage. — C. hepatitis. Hepatitis. 
— C. peripneumonia. Pneumonitis. 

Cause. See ^Etiology. 

Causis. A burn. 

CAUSO'DES. Causoma. Inflammation. 

CAUSTIC. See Causticum. 

Caustic alkali. A pure alkali. 

Caustic barley. Cevadilla. 

Caustic curves. The lines produced by 
reflected or refracted light, which contain the 
greatest light and heat. 

Caustic lime. Fresh-burned lime. 

Caustic, lunar. See Argenti nitras. 

Caustic potash. Potassa fusa. 

Caustic volatile alkali. See Ammonia. 

Causticity. The property of a caustic. 

CAU'STICUM. (urn, i, n.; from naiu, to 
burn.) A caustic. A substance which has so 
strong a tendency to combine with organized 
substances as to destroy their texture. The 
caustics in most common use are the lunar 
caustic, or nitrate of silver, the caustic potash, 
and the nitrates of mercury. 

Causticum alkalinum. C. accrrimum. C. 
commune. C. potentiate. C. salinum. Potassa 
fusa. 



CED 

Causticum americanum. See Veratrum sab- 
adilla. 

Causticum antimoniale. Muriate of anti- 
mony. 

Causticum arsenicale. Arsenical caustic. 

Causticum commune fortius. See Potassa 
cum calce. 

Causticum lunare. See Argenti nitras. 

CAU'SUS. {us, i, m. Kavaog ; from icaiu, 
to burn.) An ardent fever of the Greeks, sup- 
posed to be a violent bilious remittent. 

Causus endemicus. Endemial or tropical 
fever. Yellow fever. 

Cauterets. A village in the department 
of the Hautes Pyrenees, celebrated for its warm 
sulphureous springs. 

Cauteria potentialia. The active caus- 
tics. 

Cauterium potentials. Potassa. 

CAUTERIZATION. Cauterizatio. The ap- 
plication of a cautery. 

CAUTERY. Cauterium. Cauteries were di- 
vided by the older surgeons into actual and po- 
tential : the former name was applied to a red- 
hot iron; the latter, to what is 1 now called a 
caustic. 

Cave'rna. (a, ee, f . ; from cavus, hollow.) 
A cavern : the pudendum muliebre is so called 
by some writers. 

Caverno'sus. Cavernous. Formed of large 
cells. See Corpus cavcrnosum and Sinus cav- 
cmosus. 

CAVERNO'US RESPIRATION. A sound 
similar to that produced by blowing into a bot- 
tle. It is produced by cavities filled with air, 
existing in the lungs. 

Cavi'lla. Cavicula. 1. The malleolus, or 
protuberance of the ankle. 2. The os cunei- 
form. 

Ca vitas antrosa aurio. The tympanum. 

Cavitas buccinata. The cochlea. 

Cavitas elliptica. The ampulla. 

Cavitates innominate. The auricles of the 
heart. 

CAVITY. {Cavitas, atis, f. ; from cavus, 
hollow.) A term applied generally to the hol- 
low parts of the body ; thus we speak of the 
abdominal cavityt, the thoracic cavity, the artic- 
ular cavities, &c The cavities of bones are 
usually named according to some real or fancied 
resemblance; thus we have glenoid cavities, 
cotyloid cavities, fossa:, sinuses, &c. 

Cayenne pepper. See Capsicum. 

Cd. Cadmium. 

Ce. Cerium. 

CEANOTHUS. {us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — C. ameri- 
canus. New Jersey tea. The root is astrin- 
gent, and yields a cinnamon-colored dye. 

Cebadilla. Veratrum sabadilla. 

Cebipira. A large Brazilian tree, decoctions 
of the bark of which are used in baths and fo- 
mentations, to relieve rheumatic pains in the 
limhs, and cutaneous diseases. 

Cecryphalos. KepuvQaXoc. The reticulum 
of ruminating animals. 

Cedar. Pinus cedrus. 

Cedar, red. Juniperus virginiana. 

Ce'dma. {Ked/ia: from nedafa, or Kedau, for 
OKedafa, to disperse.) A name given by the 



CEL 

Greeks to chronic rheumatism of the joints, es* 
pecially the hip. 

Cedra, oil or essence of. Oleum cedrinum. 

CE'DRELA'CEjE. A very important order 
of plants, allied to Meliacece, from which they 
differ in having winged, indefinite seed. Most 
of the species are trees of large size. Swietenia 
mahogani yields mahogany, in the woods of the 
Spanish Main; Chloroxylon swietenia, Indian 
satin-wood; while the yellow wood and the 
cedar of New Holland are the produce of oth- 
ers. In general, their bark is powerfully as- 
tringent ; that of Soymida febrifuga, and ma- 
hogany itself, is a potent febrifuge; that of 
Cedrela toona is a most valuable tonic in the 
Malayan archipelago ; and Khaya senegalensis 
yields a similar remedy for the dangerous fevers 
of the Gold Coast. 

Cedrinum lignum. Cedar wood. See Pi- 
nus cedrus. 

Ce'drinus. Appertaining to the cedar 

Cedrinum vinum. See Vinum cedrinum. 

Cedri'tes. Wine in which the resin which 
distills from the cedar-tree has been steeped. It 
was formerly employed as a vermifuge. 

Cedria. Cedrium. Cedreleum. This term 
seems to have been applied to several substan 
ces, but most generally to the resin of the cedar. 

Cedrome'lla. The citron. 

Cedrone'lla. Turkey balsam. 

Cedro'stis. Bryony. 

Ce'drula. A name of the Juniperus oxyce- 
drus, or berry-bearing cedar. 

Cedrus. Pinus cedrus. 

Cedrus Americana. The arbor vitae. 

Cedrus bacci'fera. The Juniperus oxyce- 
drus. 

Cei'ria. KEipia. The tape-worm. 

Celandine. See Chclidonium. 

Cela'strus. Ceanothus. 

Celauritis. Litharge. 

CE'LE. (From lenln.) A tumor caused by 
the protrusion of any soft part : a hernia. Hence 
the compound terms enterocele, epiplocele, &c. 

Celery. Apium graveolens. 

Celis. A spot or stain. 

CELL. CELLULE. Minute spheroidal or 
ganizations, having a complete bounding mem- 
brane, and produced by the development of 
nuclei or cytoblasts. Cells are, for the most 
part, of very limited duration, especially such 
as lie on the exposed surfaces of membranes, 
and new individuals are produced either from 
the reproductive nuclei of former cells (which 
have thrown them out or become dissolved), or 
from a regular structure called the basement or 
primary membrane, which lies in immediate I 
contact with the capillary system of vessels. 
This primary membrane is itself but a delicate 
aggregation of flattened, nucleated cellules, but 
it allows of the transudation of nutritious matter 
from the capillary fluids, and hence not only 
throws off cytoblasts, but is the medium of a 
regulated nutrition. The homogeneous sides 
of capillary vessels, and of the cellules them- 
selves, are constructed of the basement mem- 
brane, which is a primary deposite from the 
blood. This tissue possesses the power of im- 
bibition and exosmose, and thus serves, in the 
nutrition of each cellule, for the admission of 

147 



CEL 

the peculiar aliment necessary to its growth. It 
is a form of protein, probably of albumen. 

The original form of all cellules is spheroidal ; 
but, by unequal development, by the influence 
of position, and from other causes, there is often 
a deviation in the progress of growth : thus they 
become elongated and tapering, or fusiform, as 
in cartilaginous and cancerous tissues, and in 
vegetable wood ; or a row of cellules may by 

growth become converted into a tube by the 
estruction of their bounding membrane ; in 
this way the myolemma is produced. Cells are 
also simple or nucleated ; in the latter possess- 
ing the power of producing further cellules from 
the nuclei, either by a kind of iissiparous gen- 
eration, as in the case of the rod blood globules 
{Barry), or by the dissolution of the mature 
cell and separation of the nuclei. Cellules are 
also free or isolated, and attached. The cor- 
puscles of blood and vai'ious secretions furnish 
specimens of free cellules ; the mucous mem- 
branes and skin also constantly throw off" from 
their basement membrane free simple cellules 
which have performed their office, and are call- 
ed the epithelium cells. These pass through 
their cycle of development often with great ra- 
pidity, acting as isolated bodies, and segrega- 
ting mucous and other secretions, which they 
finally pour forth into appropriate cavities by 
bursting, the rudiments of their tissue being 
discerned in the secretions they produce, or in 
the excretions of the body. It is the destiny 
of other cellules to be imprisoned in more per- 
manent tissues, as cartilage, bone, &c, where 
they are surrounded by an intercellular matter, 
amid which they grow by the development of 
nuclei, the old cells giving place to their proge- 
ny, but the process occurring with slowness. 

The interior of cellules contains, in the differ- 
ent parts of the body, every one of its compo- 
nent parts : thus there are adipose cellules, 
muscular cellules, nervous cellules, &c. 

All parts of the vegetable structure consist of 
cellules, variously modified, and containing dif- 
ferent fluids, gases, or solids. In animals the 
cellular development docs not seem quite so 
universal; but the most important parts, as well 
as the largest proportion of the frame, exhibits 
cellular structure ; and the maintenance or nu- 
trition of glands, muscles, nerves, and the great- 
er part, is by cellules. 

Cellules are always minute in animals, but 
vary in different parts from the ^J ^ th to the 
T*BTnr tn of an inch in diameter. 

Cell, germinal. Cytoblast. 

Cells, bronchial. See Pulmo. 

Cells, mastoid. See Auris. 

Ce'llula. (a, <c, f. ; diminutive of cella, a 
cell.) A little cell or cavity. 

Cellule mastoideje. See Temporal bones. 

Ce'llular. Cellularis. Composed of little 
cells. 

Cellular membrane, texture, tissue, web. 
See Membrana. 

CELLULARES. The great division of the 
vegetable kingdom, including plants composed 
of cellules only, as the fungi, alga?, lichens. 
It nearly resembles the cryptogamia of Lin- 
naeus. 

CELLULES. Minute cells. 
148 



CEN 

Cellulitis venenata. A poisoned wound. 

CELOTO'MIA. («,«e,f.; from kt/Xv, hernia, 
and rsfivu, to cut.) The operation for a stran- 
gulated hernia, by cutting. 

CE'MENT. Chemists call by this name any 
substance employed to unite things together by 
adhesion, as lutes, glues, 6olders, &c. 

Cement, soft. Cap cement. Melt six parta 
of resin with two of common wax, and color 
with red ochre. 

CE'MENTATION. A chemical process, 
which consists in surrounding a body in the 
solid state with the powder of some other bodies, 
and exposing the whole for a time, in a close 
vessel, to a degree of heat not sufficient to fuse 
the contents. Thus iron is converted into steel 
by cementation with charcoal. 

Cemente'rium. An aludel. 

Ce'nchrias. Cenchris. Cenchrites. A 
species of herpes. 

Ceneangei'a. Emptiness of the vessels of 
the body. 

C e ne mb ate 1 1 s . Paracentesis. 

Ce'neon. The hollow of the flank. — Hippo- 
crates. Galen. 

Cenificatum. A calx. 

Ce.viote'mium. A purging remedy, formerly 
used in the venereal disease, supposed to be 
mercurial. 

Ckniplam. Ccnipotam. Cenigdam cenigo- 
tarn. An instrument used to open the head in 
epilepsy ! — Ruland. 

Cenobium. A fruit consisting of several car- 
pels, without valves or sutures ; as in the labia- 
ted plants. 

CENO'SIS. (From kevou, to empty.) Sy- 
nonymous with evacuation ; inanition. 

CENOTICA. Morbid discharges, or excess- 
ive discharges. 

Ceno'ticus. Cenotic; evacuant. 

CENTAU'REA. (ea, m, f.) A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia frustanea. — 
C. behen. Bchen album. The root is regarded 
in the East as a tonic. — C. benedicta. The 
blessed or holy thistle. It is a strong bitter, 
tonic and astringent. Chamomile flowers are 
now generally substituted. — C. calcitra' pa-. 
The common star-thistle, or,6tar knap-weed. 
The juice, extract, or infusion is said to cure 
intermittents, and has been recommended in 
nephritic disorders. It is tonic. — C. centaurir 
um. The greater centaury. Centaurium mag- 
num and Centaurium majus. The root of this 
plant was formerly used as an aperient and cor- 
roborant in alvine fluxes. — C. cyanus. The 
blue-bottle. Cyanus. The flowers were for- 
merly in frequent use. — C. solstUialis. Saint 
Barnaby's thistle. It is only a weak tonic. 

Centauru cacumina. See Chironia centau- 
rium. r 

CENTAURIN. The bitter principle of Eu- 
ropean centauiy (Erythraa, or Chironia cen- 
taurium). It is said to be an excellent febrifuge 
when combined with hydrochloric acid. 

Centaurioi'des. See Gratiola officinalis. 

Centauris. Kevravpic. The lesser cen- 
taury. 

Centaurite. Cnicin. 

Centaurium. Kevravpiov. Centaurea.— 
C. magnum. C. majus. See Centaurea cen- 



CEP 

tam-ium. — C. minus. C. parvum. See Chiro- 
nia centaurium. 

CENTAURY, AMERICAN. The Sahbatia 
angularis. It is a good simple bitter. Dose, 
SM. to 3ij. 

Centaury, European. Cliironiatentaimum. 

Cente'ria. Hypericum androswmum. 

Centigramme. The 100th part of a gramme, 
or '15 grain troy. 

Centilitre. The 100th of a litre, or 270 
fluid drachms. 

Centilitrum. An old liquid measure, equal 
to the 100th part of the Greek hirpa, or pound. 

Centime'tre. The 100th of a metre: 0-39 
of an inch. 

Centimo'rbia. Lysimachia nummularia. 

Centine'rvia. Plantago. 

Centinodia. Polygonum aviculare. 

CENTRAL ARTERY OF THE RETINA. 
A minute branch of the ophthalmic, supplying 
the retina, and sending a branch to the vitreous 
humor. 

Centres, nervous. The brain, spinal cord, 
and sympathetic ganglia are so called. 

Centrifugal inflorescence. When the cen- 
tral or topmost bud opens first, it is the reverse 
of the centripetal or common inflorescence. 

Ce'ntrium. (KevTptov; from kevteu, to 
prick.) The epithet of a plaster recommended 
by Galen against stitches in the side. 

CENTRUM COMMUNE. Epigastric cen- 
tre. The solar plexus. See Nervous system. 

Centrum nerveum. Centrum phrenicum. 
The middle tendinous portion of the diaphragm. 
See Diaphragm. 

Centrum ovale. Centrum ovale majua. The 
oval expanse of white matter displayed when 
the hemispheres are removed down to the level 
of the corpus callosum ; and generally called 
Centrum ovale Vieussenii. Again, if the upper 
part of the brain be removed by a horizontal 
section, at a level a little above that just men- 
tioned, there appears in each hemisphere a 
smaller oval expanse of white matter, which 
has been described by Vicq d'Azyr, and is call- 
ed the small, or lateral centrum ovale, centrum 
ovale minus, or centrum ovale of Vicq d'Azyr. 

Ce'ntrum semicircula're ge'minum. Ta> 
nia semicircularis. 

Centrum tendinosum. See Diaphragm. 

Centum capita. Eryngium commune. 

Centumno'dia. Polygonum aviculare. 

Centu'ncui.us. Gnaphalium. 

CE'PA. («., a, f.) An onion. See Allium 
cepa. 

Cepa ascalonica. The shalot. 

CepjEA. The Sedum cepa-a of Linmeus. 

Cephaelis. See Ipecacuanha. 

CEPHALiE'A. (From KSfalij, the head.) 
Violent and inveterate pain in the head. 

Cephal^e'a spasmodlja. C. nauseosa. Sick 
headache. It is fluctuating or spasmodic, at- 
tended with nausea and faintness in the morn- 
ing, and is to be considered a symptom of gastric, 
uterine, or other disorders, and to be treated 
accordingly. 

CEPHALHEMATOMA. Cephal<ematome. 
(From KE<pa2.n, and ai/ia, blood.) A sanguine- 
ous tumor of the head, sometimes existing be- 
tween the bone and pericranium of new-born 



CEP • 

infants, over the parietal bone. It nearly aU 
ways subsides in twenty to thirty days, but ia 
rare cases produces necrosis. 

Cephalagra. Gout in the head. 

Cephalagraphy. Cephalagraphia. A de- 
scription of the head ; usually anatomical. 

CEPHALALGIA, (a, a:, f.; from Ke<pa~kn, 
and aKyoc, pain.) This term has been gener- 
ally applied to a common headache, while the 
term cephalaia has been used to designate that 
obstinate and inveterate kind of headache 
which in some cases resists all means of cure. 

Cephalalgia contagiosa. Influenza. So 
called from the distressing headache which 
commences the attack. 

Cephalalgia spasmodica. Cephalaia spas- 
modica. 

Cephala'rticus. ' (From ueya'hTi, and aprt- 
fu, to make perfect.) Having the property of 
purging the head, as errhines, &c. 

CEPHALIC. Ccphalicus. (From KetyaXr].) 
Pertaining to the head. 1. In Pharmacy, an 
errhine. 2. In Anatomy, applied to a vein of 
the arm which the ancients supposed to have 
some particular connection with the head. 
Chaussier calls the internal jugular vein the 
cephalic vein, and the common carotid artery 
the cephalic artery. 

Cephalic vein. Vena cephalica. The an- 
terior or outermost, vein of the arm, which re- 
ceives the cephalic of the thumb: it empties 
into the axillary vein. 

Cephalic powder. See Pulvis ccphalicus. 

Cephalic snuff. An errhine powder, the 
active ingredient of which is asarabacca. 

CEPHALI'TIS. Phrenitis. See Encephalitis. 

Cephalo'dium. The orbicular and conv«x 
conceptacule of some lichens. 

Cephalodynf.. Headache. 

Cephalogenesis. The doctrine of the de- 
velopment of the brain. 

Cephalogia. A dissertation on the head. 

Cephaloid. Capitate. Resembling a head, 
or relating to the head. 

Cephalo'meter. Ccphalomctrum. An in- 
strument formerly used to estimate the size of 
the foetal head during parturition. It is now 
laid aside; the fingers are the best cephalo- 
meter. 

Cephalo'nosus. This name has been given 
to cephalic fever, or that kind of fever in which 
the brain is particularly affected. 

CEPHALOMA. An encephaloid or medul- 
lary tumor; medullary sarcoma. Hence the 
adjective ccphalomatous. 

Ce'phalo-pharyngeus. See Constrictor 
pharyngis inferior. 

Cephaloph yma. Cephalhematoma. 

CEPHALO'PODA. (From KeQaln, and 
■novc, a foot.) An order of molluscous animals, 
in which the mouth is surrounded with locomo- 
tive tentacula, as the cuttle-fish. 

Cephalopo'nia. Pain or heaviness in the 
head. 

Cephalo-spinai.. Cephalo-rachidian. Ap- 
pertaining to the head and spine. 

Cephalo-s pinal, or Cephalo-rachidian flu- 
id. A serous fluid or halitus found between 
the pia mater and enccjdialon, and along the 
spinal marrow. 

149 



CER 



CER 



Cephalotomia. Cephalotomy. A dissection 
w opening of the head. 

CEPHALOTOMY. (From ne^oln, and rep- 
vu, to cut.) Opening the head of the foetus in 
preternatural labors. It is done by means of 
Smellie's scissors, which are introduced through 
a fontanelle or suture, and, being opened, are 
turned within the skull to break down the brain. 
By the pressure of the contracting uterus the 
brain is forced out in part, and the head be- 
comes reduced. This operation is only war- 
ranted where there is such a deformity of the 
pelvis as to render the passage of the head im- 
possible; where the child is dead, or laboring 
under a fatal disease, as hydrocephalus; or 
where <$he parents refuse the Caesarian section, 
or the condition of the patient renders it inex- 
pedient. 

CEPHALOTRIBE. (From Ke^aTijj, and rpt- 
6u, to bruise.) A powerful pair of forceps, 
worked by a screw at the handle, and invented 
by M. Bourdeloque, jun., for crushing the 
head of the foetus in utero. It is used after the 
brain has been discharged. As the skull is 
broken into fragments, spiculao of bone often 
protrude through the scalp, and may injure the 
mother. 

CEPHALOTRIPSY. (From Kefdfai, and 
dpviTTu, to crush.) Breaking up the skull of 
the foetus in utero. 

Cepini. Vinegar. 

CE'RA. U,0,l YLnpoc.) Wax. A fatty 
substance, which, when pure, is white, pellu- 
cid, destitute of taste. Its specific gravity is 
from -960 to -966. At 32° it is brittle, but be- 
comes soft and flexible when heated to 86°, and 
melts at 155°. It is insoluble in cold alcohol 
and ether, but partly soluble in hot alcohol. 
That of commerce is nearly entirely derived from 
bees. Wax is, according to Hess, a simple hy- 
drocarbon, C20H20O. When oxydized, it forms 
eerie acid. It is not saponifiable. The sub- 
stances called cerin, myristicin, and ceraine, are 
impure products of oxydation, according to this 
authority. 

Vegetable Wax. — Proust asserts that the 
bloom on fruit, as well as the varnish on leaves, 
consists of wax. Some vegetables contain it 
abundantly, as the Myrica cerifera, Ccroxylum 
andicola, Palma camauba, and Galactodendron 
utile. From these the wax may be extracted 
by boiling in water. 

Wax is employed for various economical pur- 

J)oses. In medicine it is emollient, and used 
or making plasters, cerates, and bougies. 

Cera alba. C.dealbata. White wax; bees' 
wax bleached. 

Cera flava. Yellow wax. 

Cer.e'.e. The cornua of the uterus. — Rufics 
Ephesius. 

Cera'mium. A Greek measure of about nine 
gallons. 

CERAMURIA. Urine which deposits the 
earthy phosphates of a light color. 

Cerani'tes. A pastil used by Galen. 

CE'RAS. 1. Horn. 2. The wild parsnep. 
3. The cornea. 4. A prefix of many words, 
properly written kcra, as keratocele. 

Cerasa nigra. Prtmus avium. — C. rubra. 
Prunus cerasus. 
150 



Ce'rasin. A gum which swells, but does 
not dissolve in water. 

Cerastes. The genus of horned vipers. 

CE'RASUS. See Prunus cerasus and Pru- 
nus. 

CERATlU* See Ceratum and Unguentum. 

Cerate, 'common. Ceratum simplex. 

Cerate for the lips. Take of white wax, 
5j. ; olive oil, f. fij. Color the oil with alkanet 
root, and add it to the melted wax, stirring till 
cold. Emollient. 

Cerate, Goulard's. Ceratum plumbi com- 
positum. 

Cerate, Kirkland's neutral. See Un- 
guentum plumbi compositum. 

Cerate, Marshall's. Take" of palm oil, 
3vj.; calomel, fj. ; acetate of lead, fss. ; un- 
gucnti hydrargyri nitratis, fij. Mix. 

Cerate, simple. Ceratum simplex. 
, Cerate, Turner's. Ceratum calaminse. 

Cera'tia. Ceratonia siliqua. 

Ceratia diphyllus. A plant from which 
gum anime exudes. 

Ceraticum. Ceratonia siliqua. 

Cera'tio. The fixation of mercury : mixing 
with wax. 

Cerati'tes. See Unicornu. 

Cera'tium. Kepariov. 1. The pod of the 
Ceratonia. 2. An ancient weight equal to four 
grains. 

CERATO. Kerato. A prefix of many terms 
containing the word keras (/cepac), horn, or 
cornea ; for which, see Kera- and Kerato-. 
Such are ceratonyxis, ceratoplastice, ceratitis, 
ceratodeitis, ceratotomia, &c. 

Ce'rato-glo'ssus. The hyoglossus. 

Cerato-hyoideus. See Stylo-hyoideus. 

CE'RATOCE'LE. Keratocele. (From 
nepae, a horn, and Kt\kji, a hernia.) When the 
outer layer of the cornea is destroyed by ulcer- 
ation, and the inner layer, still entire, is pro- 
truded by the pressure of the aqueous humor, 
it forms what is called a ceratocele, or hernia of 
the cornea. 

Ceratoi'des. (From icepac, and eidoc, ap 
pearance.) Horn-like. The cornea. 

Ce'ratomala'gma. A cerate. See Cera 
turn. 

CERATO'NIA. (a, w, f.) A genus of plants. 
Polygamia. Tricecia. — C. si'liqua. The carob 
tree. The sweet pulp of the pod is demulcent. 

CE'RATOTOME. ( Ceratotomus, i, m. ; from 
Kepag, and tejivu, to cut.) Baron Wenzel gave 
this name to the knife with which he divided 
the cornea. 

CERA'TUM. (urn, i, n. ; from cera, wax, 
because its principal ingredient is wax. ) Cerate. 
A composition of wax, oil, or lard, with or with- 
out other ingredients. 

Ceratum album. See Ceratum cetacei. 

Ceratum arse'nici. (U.S.) Cerateof 
arsenic. Take of arsenious acid, m fine pow- 
der, 3j. ; simple cerate, ?j. Soften the cerate 
and mix intimately. A dangerous application 
to cancerous surfaces. 

Ceratum calami'nje. Calamine cerate. 
Take of prepared calamine, yellow wax, of 
each ft>ss. ; lard, Ibij. Melt the wax and lard; 
remove it from the fire ; and, as soon as it be- 
gins to thicken, add the calamine, and stir it 



CER 

constantly until the mixture becomes cold. 
(U. S.) 

Ceratum cantha'ridis. (U. S.) Blister- 
ing plaster. Cerate of Spanish flies. Take of 
Spanish flies, powdered, fbj. ; yellow wax, res- 
in, and olive oil, of each, % viij. Add the pow- 
der, with stirring, to the other ingredients 
melted together. This is the common blister- 
ing plaster of the United States. If the appli- 
cation produces strangury, discontinue; and 
employ demulcent drinks .and emollient oint- 
ments. 

Ceratum ceta'cei. (U. S.) C. ceti. Sper- 
maceti cerate. Take of spermaceti, jj.; white 
wax, § iij. ; olive oil, fvj. Add the oil to the 
spermaceti and wax, previously melted togeth- 
er, and stir them until the mixture becomes 
cold. Emollient. 

Ceratum cic'ut^;. Ceratum conii. 

Ceratum ci'trinum. See Ceratum resincc. 

Ceratum coni'i. Hemlock cerate. Take 
unguenti conii, ibj.; spermaceti, fij.; white 
wax, fiij. Mix. One of the formulae of St. 
Bartholomew's Hospital, occasionally applied 
to cancerous, scrofulous, phagedenic, herpetic, 
and other inveterate sores. 

Ceratum epuloticum. C. lapidis cala- 
minaris. See Ceratum calamines. 

Ceratum gal'eni. See Cold cream. 

Ceratum hydr'argyri compositum. (Ph. 
L.) Compound cerate of mercury. Take of 
strong ointment of mercmy, soap cerate, of each, 
fiv. ; of camphor, fj. Mix. A resolvent for 
indolent swellings. 

Ceratum juni'perj sabin.*:. Ceratum sabi- 
nae. 

Ceratum lithargyri acetati compositum. 
See Ceratum plumbi compositum. 

Ceratum lyttje. Ceratum cantharidis. 

Ceratum plumbi aceta'tis. (Ph. L.) Ce- 
rate of acetate of lead. Take of acetate of 
lead*, powdered, jij. ; white wax, fij.; olive oil, 
f. Jviij . Mix. This cerate is sedative, cooling, 
and desiccative. 

Ceratum plumbi carb'onatis. (U. S.) Ce- 
rate of carbonate of lead. Take of plaster of 
carbonate of lead, f x. ; of olive oil, f. fij. Melt 
the plaster and then mix with the oil. Desic- 
cative and cooling. 

Ceratum plumbi compositum. (Ph. L. ; U. 
S.) Compound cerate of lead. Take of solu- 
tion of sub-acetate of lead, f. fiiss. ; yellow wax, 
f iv. ; olive oil, f. fix. ; camphor, 3ss. Mix the 
wax, previously melted, with eight fluid ounces 
of oil ; when it begins to thickenj»add gradually 
the solution of acetate of lead until it gets cold. 
Lastly, mix in the camphor, previously dissolved 
in the remainder of the oil. It is cooling, de- 
siccative, and resolvent. 

Ceratum plumbi subaceta'tis. (U. S.) Ce- 
ratum plumbi compositum. 

Ceratum plumbi superacetatis. Cerate 
of sugar of lead. 

Ceratum refrige'rans gal'eni. Cold 
cream. 

Ceratum resins. (U. S.) C. resinee fla- 
-vae. Resin cerate. Take of resin, fv. ; yellow 
wax, fij. ; lard, 5 viij. Melt. Digestive and 
stimulant. 

Ceratum resins compo'situm. -(U.S.) 



CER 

Compound resin cerate. Take of resin, suet, 
yellow wax, each fly". ; turpentine, ftss. ; flax- 
seed oil, Oss. Melt together. A stimulant and 
digestive cerate. 

Ceratum sabin.e. (U. S.) Savine cerate. 
Take of savine, in powder, fij. ; of ceratum res- 
inae, fly. Mix the powder with the cerate, 
previously softened. Used to keep up a dis- 
charge from blistered surfaces. 

Ceratum saponis. (U. S. ; Ph. L.) Soap 
cerate. Take of hard soap, fviij.; yellow wax, 
f x. ; semi-vitrified oxide of lead, powdered, 
fl)j.; olive oil, a pint; vinegar, a gallon. Boil 
the vinegar with the oxide of lead, constantly 
stirring ; then add the soap, and boil it again in 
a similar manner, until the moisture is entirely 
evaporated; then mix in the wax, previously 
melted with the oil. Resolvent; against scrof- 
ulous tumors, &c. 

Ceratum satu'rni. Ceratum plumbi com- 
positum. 

Ceratum simplex. (U. S.) Ceratum. Sim- 
ple cerate. Take of lard, f viij. ; white wax, 
fiv. Melt. Emollient. 

Ceratum spermatis ceti. See Ceratum ce- 
tacei. 

Ceratum zinci carbo'natis. (U. S.) C. 
zinci carbonatis impuri. See Ceratum calami- 
nes. 

Ceraunion. A meteoric stone. 

Cerbera tanghin. An apocynous tree of 
Madagascar. The fruit is the most poisonous 
natural production known : it produces violent 
convulsions, and is narcotic. 

Ce'rberus. Pulvis scammoniaG compositus. 

CERCA'RLE. (From KepKoc, a tail.) Infu- 
sorials with a large body and slender tail. 

Cerchnos. Cerchnus. Hoarse inspiration, 
or voice wheezing. 

Ce'rcis. The radius bone ; a pestle. 

Cerco'sis. 1. A polypus of the uterus. 2. 
An enlargement of the clitoris. 

Ce'rea. The cerumen aurium. 

CEREA'LIA. The grain plants. 

Cerebellitis. Inflammation of the cere- 
bellum. 

CEREBE'LLOUS. Cerebellosus. Appertain- 
ing to the cerebellum. It has been applied to 
the blood-vessels of the cerebellum, and also to 
a species of apoplexy, in which this organ is 
supposed to be peculiarly affected, from the ac- 
companying erection, and other signs of irrita- 
tion of the generative organs. 

CERE'BELLUM. (w, i, n. ; diminutive of 
cerebrum.") The little brain. See Encephalos. 

CERE'BRAL. Cerebralis. Appertaining to 
the cerebrum or brain. 

Cerebral apophysis. The pineal gland. 

Cerebral arteries. C. veins. C. nerves. 
See Encephalos. 

Cerebral fever. A fever in which the 
brain is much affected. 

Cere'bric acid. A fatty acid of the brain 
and nervous system, supposed to contain ni- 
trogen and phosphorus, and but imperfectly 
known. 

CERE'BRIFORM. Resembling in substance 
the brain. Encephaloid. 

CERE'BRITIS. Encephalitis. Inflamma- 
tion of the cerebrum, or brain. 

151 



CER 

CERE'BRO-SPINAL. Pertaining both to 
the cerebrum, or brain, and spinal cord ; as the 
cerebrospinal diseases, i. e., those which indi- 
cate a disorder of the spinal cord and brain. 

Cerebro-s pinal fluid. The Rachidian fluid, 
or serous halitus found in the sheath of the 
spinal marrow. 

Cerebro-spinants. Narcotic medicines are 
so called by Pereira. 

CEREBROL. Cerebrolein. The fatty 
matter of the brain, supposed to contain nitro- 
gen. It is, however, regarded as a mixture of 
albumen and common fats by Liebig. 

CEREBRUM, {nm, i, n.) The anterior 
portion of the brain. See Encephalos. 

Cerebrum abdominals. The solar plexus. 
— C. elongatum. The medulla oblongata and 
spinal cord. — C. parvum. C. posterius. The 
cerebellum. 

Cerefo'lium. Chasrophyllum sylvestre. — 
C. hispanicum. Scandix odorata. 

Cerel^'um. A cerate. 

Ce'reus. Cere'olus. 1. A wax bougie. 2. 
Having a waxy appearance. 

Cereus medicatus. A medicated bougie. 

CERE VI 'SI A. {a, a;, f. ; quasi cerevisia, 
i. e., cerealis liquor, from ceres, corn, of which 
it is made.) Any liquor made from grain, es- 
pecially ale and strong beer. 

Cerevisia abietis. Spruce beer. 

Cerevisia fermentum. Yeast. 

Ce'ria. Tamia. 

Cerine. See Cera. 

Ce'rinus. A dull yellowish-red color. 

Ce'rio. The seed called a earyopsis. 

Ce'rion. See Achor. 

CE'RIUM. (um, it, a.) A very rare metal. 
It is brittle, white, and volatile in a very in- 
tense heat. Eq., 46*05 ; symbol, Ce. It is not 
acted on by nitric, but is dissolved by nitro- 
muriatic acid. It combines with oxygen in 
two proportions. The protoxide (Ce 2 C)3) is 
white, and the peroxide of a fawn-red color. 

Cernin, Saint. Upper Auvergne. It has a 
cold chalybeate spring. 

Ce'rnos. A bandage for the head. 

Cer'nuus. Hanging down the head ; droop- 
ing. 

CERO'MA. An adipose, lardaceous, or waxy 
tumor. • 

Ckro'ma. Ceroneum. Ccrotum. A ce- 
rate. 

Ceropi'ssus. A cerato of pitch and wax. 

Ceroxtlon andicola. A palm of the Andes, 
which yields much wax from its stem. 

Cerua. Ricinus communis. 

Cerulin. Cerulina. The blue pigment of 
sulphate of indigo. When it is united with 
bases they are called coeruleo-sulphates. 

CERU'MEN. {en, inis, n. ; from cera, wax.) 
The waxy matter of the ear secreted by folli- 
cles, situated under the cuticular lining of the 
meatus auditorius externus. When in excess, 
it becomes a cause of deafness by impeding 
the passage of sounds. In this case, syringing 
the channel with warm water is an effectual 
remedy. Deafness may also arise from a want 
of the secretion, when slightly stimulating oils 
are useful. 

Ceruminous glands. See Auris. 
152 



CES 

CERU'SSA. Cerussc. White lead. .Plum- 
bi subcarbonas. 

Cerussa acetata. See Plumbi acetas. 
Cerussa citrata. Yellow oxide of lead. 
Massicot. 

Cerusse of antimony. An oxide of anti- 
mony, formed by deflagration with nitre, and 
washing. Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. 

Cervaria alba. Laserpitium latifolium. 
Cervi spina. See Rhamnus caAkarticus. 
CERVI'CAL. {Cervicalis; from cervex, the 
neck.) Belonging to the neck; as, cervfcal 
nerves, cervical muscles, &c. 

Cervical arteries. There are two cervi- 
cal arteries, both of which generally rise from 
the subclavian, behind the scalenus muscle, 
sometimes by a common trunk, and sometimes 
separately. The cervicalis profunda, vel poste- 
rior, ascends obliquely backward between the 
transverse processes of the two lowest cervical 
vertebras, and continues its course directly up- 
ward on the posterior part of the spine, supply- 
ing the adjacent muscles and inosculating with 
the occipital artery. The cervicalis superficia- 
lis, vel anterior, crosses tho neck transversely, 
communicating with other branches of the sub- 
clavian, and with the occipital artery. 

Cervical ganglia. The three ganglia form- 
ed by the great sympathetic on each sido the 
neck. 

Cervical glands. Lymphatic glands of-the 
neck. They are sometimes improperly called 
ganglia. 

Cervical ligaments. The anterior stretch- 
es between the basilar process of the occipital 
bone and the front of the first vertebra. The 
posterior cervical ligament is the ligamentum 
nucha. 

Cervical nerves. See Nervous system. 
Cervical plexus. Tho plexus formed from 
the anterior branches of the first three cervical 
nerves, over the posterior scalenus muscle. 

Cervical vertebra. The seven upper- 
most of the vertebra;, which form the spine. 

Cervical veins. Tne veins which corre- 
spond with the cervical arteries. 

Cervica'lis descendens. See Sacro lum~ 
balis. 

Cervica'ria. Campanula trachelium. 
Cervi'nus. Fawn color. 
CE'RVIX. {ix, icis, f.) 1. The neck. 
Properly, the back part of the neck. 2. Ap- 
plied also to portions of organs which somewhat 
resemble a neck, as cervix uteri, the neck of 
the uterus ; cervix vesica, the neck of the blad- 
der, &c. 

Cervix obstipa. Wry neck. 
CE'RVUS. {us, i, m. ) A genus of ruminant 
animals. — C. dices. The elk or moose deer. — 
C. tarandus. The rein-deer. — C. elephas. The 
stag. — C. dama. The fallow deer. — C. cana- 
densis. The Wapiti deer. — C. virginianm. 
The Virginian deer.— -C. axis. The axis, or 
spotted Indian deer. — C. capreolus. The Eu- 
ropean roebuck. — C. muntjac. The Indian 
roebuck. 

CE'SPITOSE. {Cespilosus; from cespes, a 
sod or turf.) A plant is so called which pro- 
duces many stems from one root, and which has 
all its leaves radical, so as to resemble a turf. 



CHA 

CESTOI'DEANS. Cestoidea. The order 
of parenchymatous entozoa, to which the tape- 
worms belong. 

CESTR'ACEjE. A sub-class of plants, usu- 
ally associated with the Solanacece, some of 
which are poisonous. 

Cesthi'tes vinum. (From Keorpov, betony.) 
Wine impregnated with betony. 
Ce'strum. Betonica officinalis. 
CETA'CEA. Cetaceans. An order of ma- 
rine mammiferous animals, including the whale, 
porpoise, dolphin, &c. 

CETA'CEUM. (urn, i, n.) Spermaceti. 
Cetaceus. (From ceta, a whale.) Ceta- 
ceous. 

Ce'tene. The product of the distillation of 
ethal with anhydrous phosphoric acid. It is 
an oily, inflammable liquid. Form., C32H32. 
Ce'terach. Asplenium ceterach. 
Cetine. Pure spermaceti. 
CETRARIA ISLANDICA. Iceland moss. 
It abounds in a mucilaginous and slightly bitter 
starch,' and is demulcent and pectoral. 

Cetra'rine. The bitter matter of the Ice- 
land moss. It is colored deep blue by hydro- 
chloric acid, and has febrifuge qualities. 

CE'TYLE. A hypothetical radical of a se- 
ries of compounds derived from spermaceti. 
Form.", C31H33; symb., Ct. The hydrated ox- 
ide of cetyle is ethal. Cetylic acid, CtOs,HO, 
is ethylic acid. There are also a chloride and 
other compounds. 

Cevadic acid. Acidum cevadicnm. Formed 
by the action of potash on the fat matter of the 
sabadilla. It is a crystalline, volatile acid. 
Cevadi'lla. CevcdUla. See Sabadilla. 
Cevil. A medicine of Paracelsus. 
Ceyenne pepper. See Capsicum. 
Ceylon moss. The sea-weed, Fucus amyla- 
cevs. It is very rich in a mucilaginous starch, 
and recommended in Europe as an article of 
food. 

Chabert's oil. A mixture of three parts oil 
of turpentine and one part Dippel's oil, distill- 
ed. Anthelmintic : used in tape-worm. 

CILEROPHY'LLUM. (um,i,n.) A genus 
of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifc- 
rtB. — C. odoratum. Sweet cicely. — C. sativum. 
Common chervil. See Scandix cerefolium. — 
C. sylvestrc. Bastard hemlock. Cicutaria. 
It possesses no remarkable property. 
Ch^'te. Human hair. 
Chaff. Palea). 

Chafing. A superficial excoriation. It may 
be remedied by cooling cerates containing ace- 
tate of lead. 

CHAIN SAW. This is made of a strong 
watch-chain, the links of which have seratures 
on one side. One end is permanently fixed 
into a handle, and the other is furnished with a 
hook, so that it can be attached or separated 
from the handle according to circumstances. 
The chief use of the chain saw is in the opera- 
tion for the removal of the lower jaw. It is a 
difficult instrument to manage. 

Ch a la's is. 1. Relaxation. 2. The porcine 
species of scrofula. — Sauvages. 

Chala'sticus. XahaoTiKoc. Emollient 
CHALA'ZA. (XaXata, a hail-stone.) 1. 
Chalazion. 2. Two white bodies attached to 



OH A 

the membrane which covers the yolk of an egg 
are called chalazee, or grandines. 3. A mark 
on the seeds of plants, which corresponds with 
the insertion of their umbilical cord. 
Chala'zion. Chalazium. Hordeolum. 
Chalazo'sis. Xala&inc. Chalazion. 
Cha'lbane. KaMavt). Galbanum. 
Chalca'nthum. Chalcha'nthe. XciknavBov. 
Verdigris; vitriol. 

Chalcedo'nius. A medicine used by Galen 
in disorders of the ears. 

Chalcedony. A semi-transparent variety 
of quartz. 

Chalce'tum. Valeriana locusta? 
Chalcoi'deum os. The cuneiform bone of 
the foot. 

Chalci'tis. Xa/Umr. See Colcothar. 
Chalcus. Xalucovc. See JErcolum. 
Chali'cratum. Wine mixed with water. 
CHALK. A common, friable species of car- 
bonate of lime. Creta. 

Chalk, black. A dark-colored clay. 
Chalk, French. A compact, unctuous talc. 
Chalk mixture. Mistura creta?. 
Chalk, prepared. Creta prreparata. 
Chalk, red. An aluminous, friable mineral, 
stained with oxide of ii-on. It has been used as 
an absorbent. 

Chalk, Spanish. Soap-stone. 
Chalk stones. See Gout. 
Chalk with mercury. Hydrargyrum cum 
creta. 

CHALY'BEATE. (Ckalybcatus ; from cha- 
lybs, iron or steel.) Of, or belonging to, iron. 
Applied to a medicine containing iron, and to 
mineral waters which are impregnated with 
iron. 

Chalybeated tartar. Ferri ct potassus tar- 
tras. 

Chalybis rubigo rRjEPARATA. Ferri sub- 
carbonas. 

CHA'LYBS. (XaTimj). Chalys, ybis, m.) 
Steel. See Ferrum. 

Chalybs tartarizatus. Ferri et potassa> 
tartras. 

Chamjea'cte. The dwarf elder. 
Cham-eba'lanus. Lathyrus tuberosus? 
Cham^'batos. The Rubus fructicosus. 
ChamjEbu'xus. Polygala chamajbuxus. 
Cham-e/cedrus. A dwarf abrotanum. 
Cham^ci'ssus. Chammcle'ma. Ground ivy. 
Cham.«cri'sta. Cassia chamcecrista. A de- 
coction, drunk freely, is said to be serviceable 
against the poison of the night-shade. 

Cham.ecypari'ssus. Santolina channccypa 
rissus. 

Chamjedryi'tes. Wine impregnated with 
germander. 

CHAMiE'DRYS. Chammdrops. Tho ger- 
mander. Teucriurn chamredrys. — C. incana 
maritima. Teucrium marum. — C. palustris. 
Teucrium scordium. — C. spuria. Veronica of- 
ficinalis. — C. sylvestria. Veronica chamasdrys. 
Cham^gei'ron. Xa/uaiyeipov. Colt's-foot. 
Cham-ele'a. Daphne alpiua. 
Cham^ljea'gnus. Myrica gale. 
Cham.slai'tes. Wine impregnated with the 
chamadea. 

Cham.s'leon. A genus of lizards inhabiting 
hot climates. 

153 



CH A 



CHE 



Chameleon album. Carlina acaulis. 

Chameleon mineral. Manganate of potash. 

Chamjeleon verum. See Cnicus. 

Chamjeleu'ce. Tussilago farfara. 

Chamjsli'num. Linum catharticum. 

CHAMjEME'LUM. ' Chamamelon. Anthe- 
mis nobilis. — C. canariense. The Chrysanthe- 
mum frutescens. — C. chrysanthemum. The 
Bupthalmum germauicum. — C. fmtidtcm. The 
Anthemis cotula. — C. nobile. See Anthemis 
uobilis. — C. vulgare- See Matricaria chamo- 
milla. 

Cham^e'morus. Rubus chamsemorus. 

Cham^my'rtus. Ruscus aculeatus. 

Chamjspeu'ce. Camphorosma monspelien- 
sis. 

Cham.e'pitys. Teucrium chamamitys. — C. 
moschata. Teucrium iva. 

Chamje'plion. Erysimum alliaria. 

Cham^erodode'ndron. Azalea pontica. 

Cham^'rops. Teucrium chameedrys. 

Cham^'rubus. Rubus chamaemorus. 

ChamjESpa'rtium. Genista tinctoria. 

CHAMBE'R. Camera. A circumscribed 
cavity or place. In Anatomy, used to designate 
the compartments of the eye. The anteHor 
chamber is that situated between the cornea 
and lens, and containing the aqueous humor; 
the posterior chamber lies between the retina 
and lens, and is filled with the vitreous humor. 

Chamberlain's restorative pills. A quack 
medicine, consisting of cinnabar, sulphur, sul- 
phate of lime, and a little gum, or other vege- 
table matter. 

CHAMO'MILE. Chamomilla. Anthemis 
nobilis. — C, dog's. C, German. Matricaria 
chamomilla. — C, dyer's. Anthemis tinctoria. 
— C, Spanish. Anthemis pyrethrum. — C. 
stinking. C, wild. Anthemis cotula. 

Chamomile drops. Alcoholic spirit, flavored 
with essential oil of chamomile. 

Chamomi'lla. Anthemis nobilis. — C. nostras. 
Matricaria chamomilla. — C. romana. Anthe- 
mis nobilis. 

Champignon. Agaricus pratensis. 

CHA'NCRE. (French.) A primary vene- 
real ulcer. Such ulcers, of course, are found 
most frequently on the genitals ; but they may 
occur on any part of the body to which the ve- 
nereal poison has been immediately applied. 
See Syphilis. 

Chandoo. A form of opium used in the 
East for smoking. 

Channeled. Canaliculatus. 

Chaosda. The plague. — Paracelsus. 

Charabe. See Carabe. 

CHARACEiE. A family of acrogens inhab- 
iting water, and nearly resembling confervae. 

Charantia. Momordica elaterium. 

CHARCOAL. The product of vegetable 
and animal matters burned without access of 
air. It consists of carbon with ashes, and is 
used in powder as a dentrifice ; in cataplasms, 
applied to foul sores ; and as a decolorizing and 
disinfecting agent. See Carbo. 

Charcoal, animal. The impure carbona- 
ceous residue of bones. It contains 88 per 
cent, of phosphate and carbonate of lime, and 
has extraordinary decolorizing properties. 

Cha'rdone. The artichoke. 
154 



Chards. The foot-stalks and midribs of ar- 
tichokes and the white beet: the former are 
blanched. They are used as vegetables or sal- 
ads in Europe. 

Charistolo'chia. Artemisia vulgaris. 

CHA'RLATAN. (Italian ciarlare, to talk 
much.) A pretender; a quack. Hence char- 
latanry. 

Charlock. Raphanus raphanistrum. 

Charm. A trick played on the superstitious 
by incantation or otherwise, to act on the im- 
agination. It was abundantly employed in the 
early ages, not only by physicians, but others ; 
and the practice is not yet exploded. 

Cha'rme. Charmis. A cordial of Galen. 

CHARPIE. Scraped linen, or lint. 

Charr. Salmo alpinus. 

CHA'RTA. (a, ee, f. Xaprric.) 1. Paper. 
2. The amnios has been called the charta vir- 
ginea, from its likeness to a piece of fine paper. 

Charta cimcuMiE. Turmeric paper. 

Charta lacmi. Litmus paper. 

Chartreux, poudre de. A hydrosulphuret 
of antimony. Kermes mineral. 

Chaschisch. (Arabian.) Hemp. The tops 
are used as a narcotic, and smoked by Eastern 
nations. 

Chasme. Chasmus. Yawning. 

Chaste tree. Agnus castas. 

Chate. Cucumis eegyptiaca. 

Chay. Chaya. Oldenlandia umbellata. 

Cheek bone. Jugale os. 

CHEESE. The partially dry casein and but- 
ter of milk, usually salted and pressed. Cheeses 
differ in the proportion of these aliments; some, 
as the Stilton and Neufchatel, containing a great 
amount of butter, while others, as the Parme- 
san, contain none. They owe their flavor to 
an incipient change of the casein, or to aromatic 
herbs mixed with the curd. There is no ali- 
ment so nutritious as good cheese ; and it forms 
the principal, if not the only, animal food of 
large populations in Europe, but is rather indi- 
gestible to those who are unused to it. 

Cheese mite. Acarus sirio. 

Cheese rennet. Galium verum. 

Cheesy. Resembling cheese ; caseous. 

CHEIL-. Cheilo-. (From x ei ^ oc > a lip.) 
Used as a prefix to many words, as Cheilitis. 
Cheilon. Inflammation of the lip. — Cheilo- 
carcinoma. Cancer of the lip. — Cheilomala- 
cia. Cancer of the mouth. — Cheiloplastice 
An operation for the restoration of a lip. 

Cheiloca'ce. (e, es, f. ; from ^etAof, a lip, 
and nanov, an evil.) Canker of the mouth. 

Cheime'thlon. Cheimetlon. A chilblain. 
Pernio. 

Cheimia. A rigor. 

CHEIR. (Greek.) A hand. A prefix; as 
in Cheirapsia. Scratching. — Cheiriater. A 
surgeon. — Cheirixis. Surgery. — Cheirono- 
mia. Exercise with the hands. 

CHEIRA'NTHUS. A genus of plants. Te- 
tradynamia. Siliquosa. Cruciferce. — C. cheiri. 
The wall-flower. The flowers have a moder- 
ately strong, pleasant smell, and a nauseous, 
bitter, somewhat pungent taste. 

Qcei'ri. 1. Cheiranthus cheiri. 2. Quick- 
silver, aurum potabile, or antimony, &c. 

CHEIRO'PTERA. (From X eip, the band 



CHE 

and TTTepov, a wing.) A family of mammifer- 
ous animals, similar to and including the bats. 

OHE'LA. (a, a, f. XnXn, forceps; from 
\eu, to take.) 1. The claw of a crab. 2. A 
forked probe. 3. Fissures or chaps. 4. The 
eye-lashes. 

Chel.s: cancrorum. Crab's claws. 

Chel.e palpebrarum. The tarsal ligaments. 

Chele'rythrine. An alkaloid said to be 
found in chclidonium majus. 

Cheli'don. The bend of the arm. 

Chelidonic acid. An acid said to exist in 
the Chelidonium majus. 

Chelidonine. An alkaloid of Chelidonium 
majus. It is bitter, insoluble, and forms salts. 
Formula, C40H20N3O6. 

CHELIDO'NIUM. («,»,n.) 1. Bryony. 
2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. 
Ranunculacece. — C. majus. Tetter-wort, and 
great celandine. The herb and root have a 
faint, unpleasant smell, and a bitter, acrid, du- 
rable taste. They are aperient and diuretic, 
but liable to irritate the stomach and bowels. 
Of the dried root, from 3ss. to 3J. is a dose. The 
fresh juice is used to destroy warts, and films 
in the eyes; but for the latter purpose it is 
diluted with milk. — C. minus. Ranunculus 
ficaria. 

CHELOI'DE. Cheloi'dcs. (From xeAuc, a 
tortoise, and eidoc, resemblance.) A new form 
of cutaneous disease described by Alibert, con- 
sisting of raised patches of integument of a blu- 
ish-red color, traversed by white lines, accom- 
panied with increased heat, intolerable itching, 
and sometimes severe and pungent pain.. 

CHELO'NE. (e, es, f. XeTlovt}.) 1. The 
tortoise. 2. An ancient instrument for extend- 
ing a limb. 

CHELO'NIA. Chelonians. An order of 
reptiles including the various species of tortoise 
and turtle. 

Chelo'nion. A hump on the back. 

Chelsea pensioner. The name of a nostrum 
for rheumatism. It consists of gum guaiac, 3J. ; 
rhubarb, 31J. ; cream of tartar, jj. j flowers of 
sulphur, fj. ; one nutmeg, and a pound of clari- 
fied honey. 

CHELTENHAM SPRINGS. They are both 
saline and chalybeate. 

Cheltenham salts. A mixture of sulphate 
of soda, 3ij.; sulphate of magnesia, 3J.; com- 
mon salt, gr. x. ; sulphate of iron, gr. £. Efflo- 
resced Cheltenham salts is this mixture dried 
by a sand-bath. 

Chely'scion. A dry, short cough. 

Che'ma. Two small spoonfuls. 

CHEMICAL. Pertaining to chemistry; as, 
chemical affinity, see Affinity ; chemical equiva- 
lents, see Equivalents, &c. 

Chemical attraction. The attraction or 
force which draws together dissimilar atoms, to 
secure their intimate combination. It acts only 
at minute distances, and for the most part in 
solutions, or at a high temperature. It has 
been hitherto considered electrical, the elements 
or atoms combining being respectively electro- 
positive and electro-negative ; but numerous 
facts tend to the- conclusion that the electrical 
condition is not the cause of union, for chlorine 
will replace hydrogen in certain organic com- 



CHE 

pounds, notwithstanding the different electrical 
affinities of these elements. 

Chemical combination. The union brought 
about by chemical affinity and attraction. It 
takes place in atoms or equivalents only, but 
the number combinin§fin organic bodies may 
be very numerous. During combination, some 
sensible phenomenon usually occurs, as the ev- 
olution of light, heat, change of color or form ; 
but it may also occur without this, the effect 
being hidden and molecular. 

Chemical formula. The algebraic repre- 
sentation of a compound ; as, S03,HO, sulphu- 
ric acid with an atom of water. Formulas in 
organic chemistry become more complex, from 
the contractions used for the compound radi- 
cal ; as, Ac0 3 ,HO, acetic acid. Here Ac rep- 
resents acetyl, or C4H3. The signs employed, 
as =, -f-, ( ), are the same as those of algebra. 

Chemical nomenclature. The phraseology 
of chemistry, the rules of which are found in 
every elementary work. 

Chemical symbols. The contractions used 
to designate the elements and radicals. See 
Equivalents. 

Chemical types. Certain formulas which 
represent a group of compounds, and in which 
some, or all the elements, as hydrogen, can be 
replaced, in part or entirely, by chlorine, iodine, 
&c, without disturbance to the proportion of 
the other elements, and in some cases without 
any great difference of sensible property. M. 
Dumas supposes that one element may, under 
peculiar circumstances, replace any other of a 
type. Thus chlorine may take the place of 
hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, &c. Thus chlo- 
ride of ethyl, C4H5CI, is a chemical type, which, 
by the action of chlorine, may be changed into 

C4pi CI — Cjipj CI — C4pi CI— C4/-M CI — C4CI5CI, 

in which the same grouping or type is percept- 
ible. 

Chemist. A proficient in chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY. (Chimia, m, f. Xv/ieia, and 
Xniiua', also, Chemia. Egyptian.) According 
to Dr. Thomson, " The object of chemistry is 
to determine the constituents of bodies, and the 
laws which regulate the combinations and sep- 
arations of the elementary particles of matter." 
The objects to which the attention of chemists 
is directed comprehend the whole of the sub- 
stances that compose the globe. It is primarily 
divided into organic and inorganic chemistry, 
the former of which investigates the characters 
and properties of living objects, and their prod- 
ucts; the latter, the elements and compounds 
derivable from the mineral world. 

CHEMO'SIS. (is, eos, f. ; from x aivu > t0 
gape.) Inflammation of the tunica conjunctiva 
of the eye. See Ophthalmia. 

CHE'NOPODIA'CEjE. A natural order of 
herbaceous exogens, distinguished with diffi- 
culty from Amarantacem by their herbaceous 
calyx; from Phytolaccacem by their solitary 
carpel, and the stamens never exceeding the 
number of the segments of the calyx, to which 
they are opposite. They consist of weeds in 
habiting most parts of the world. 

Chenopo'dio-mo'rus. Blitum capitatum. 

CHENOPO'DIUM. (««,»»,n.) l.C.anthel 
155 



CHI 

minticum. (U. S.) 2. A genus of plants. Pen- 
tandria. Digynia. Chenopodiacem. — C. am- 
brosioidcs. Mexico tea ; Spanish tea. C. Mex- 
icanum. A decoction of this plant has been 
recommended in paralytic cases. — C. anthel- 
minticum. The seeds#*e in great esteem for 
the cure of worms. They are powdered, and 
made into an electuary, with any proper syrup 
or conserve. The essential oil is officinal. — C. 
bonus Henricus. The leaves are emollient, and 
have been made an ingredient in decoctions for 
glysters. — C-botrys. The Jerusalem oak. This 
plant was formerly administered in form of de- 
coction in some diseases of the chest; as hu- 
moral asthma, coughs, and catarrhs. — C.fceti- 
dum. C. vulvaria. The stinking orach. The 
very fetid smell of this plant induced physicians 
to exhibit it in hysterical diseases; and it is 
recommended by some, even in the present 
day, as an emmenagogue. 

Che'nopus. The same as chenopodium. 

Cherefo'lium. See Charophyllum. 

CHERRY. The fruit of the Primus cerasus, 
of which there are numerous varieties. Good, 
ripe cherries are wholesome, and less liable to 
disagree than other plums. — Cherry, bird. Pru- 
nus padus. — C. bay. C. laurel. Prunus lau- 
rocerasus. — C, wild. Prunus virginiana. — C, 
winter. Physalis alkekengi. 

Chervil. Chervillum. See Scandix cere- 
folium. 

Chest. The thorax, which see. 

Chestnut, horse. iEsculus hippocastanum. 

Chestnut, sweet. Fagus castanea. 

CHEVA'STER. Chevastrc. A double- 
headed roller, which is applied by its middle 
below the chin ; then running on each side, is 
crossed on the top of the head ; then passing to 
the n/ipe of the neck, is there crossed ; it then 
passes under the chin, where it is crossed again, 
«fec. 

Chezana'nce. An ancient plaster. 

Chia'smos. Chiasma. The crossing of pai'ts, 
like the letter chi, x> as m tno decussation of 
the optic nerves. 

Chia terra. An earth formerly used as an 
application to burns. 

Chi'adus. A funuiculus ; aboil. 

Chian turpentine. Pistachia terebinthus. 

Chiasmus. Chiastos. Sec Chiastrc. 

CHI'ASTRE. (Chiasmus, i, m. ; from %ia- 
£<u, to form the Greek letter %> chi.) Chiastos. 
The name of a bandage for the temporal artery. 
It is a double-headed roller, the middle of 
which is applied to the side of the head, oppo- 
site to that in which the artery is opened, and, 
when brought round to the part affected, it is 
crossed upon the compress that is laid upon the 
wound, and is then continued over the coronal 
suture, and under the chin; then crossing on 
the compress, it is carried, as at first, round the 
head, &c. 

Chibou. A spurious gum elemi. 

Chica. A fermented liquor of the Peruvians, 
made from Indian meal; also, a red coloring 
matter. 

Chichi'na. Cinchona. 

Chicken-pox. See Varicella. 

Chick-weed. Alsine media. 

Chicory. See Cichorium intybus. 
156 



CHI 

Chi'goe. Chigre. A small tick, Pulex pen- 
etrans, which burrows into the skin of the foot, 
and forms ulcerations. They are abundant in 
tropical climates and in the Southern States. 
By removing the insect from its lodgment with 
a needle, the worst effects are avoided. 

Chilblain. See Pernio. 

Child-bed fever. See Puerperal fever 

Chili, balsamum de. The Barbadoes tar, 
mixed with a few drops of the oil of aniseed. 

Chili pepper. Capsicum. 

Chiliophy'llon. Achillea millefolium. 

Chill. A rigor. 

Chilo-. A prefix; from ^etAof, a lip. See 
Chcilo. 

Chi'lon. Chilitis. (From x El ^ 0C > tne n P-) 
An inflamed and swelled lip. — Vogel. 

CHIMA'PHILLA. (a, or, f.) A genus of 
plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Pyrolacem. 
— C. maculata has spotted leaves, and resem- 
bles the next in properties. — C. umbellata. C. 
corymbosa. Chimaphilla. (U. S.) Pipsissewa. 
Winter green. The fresh leaves are said to be 
acrid ; when dried, and in decoction, they have 
an astringent, tonic, and diuretic action, very 
similar to uva ursi. The decoction (decoctum 
chimaphilla;), infusion, or extract may be used 
in dyspepsia, cachexies, especially scrofula, 
dropsies, and nephritic complaints. Dose of 
the decoction, a pint daily. 

Chimethlon. See Cheimethlon. 

Chi'mia. Chemistry. 

Chimiatek. See Chymiater. 

Chimney-sweeper's cancer. Cancer mun- 
ditorum. 

CHI'NA. Sinilax China. 

China chin;e. The Peruvian bark. 

China nova. A variety of red cinchona bark 
found in commerce in France and Germany, 
and differing from the C. oblongifolia. 

China occidentalis. American or West 
Indian sarsaparilla. China spuria nodosa. In 
scrofulous disorders it has been preferred to 
the Oriental China ; in other cases it is of simi- 
lar but inferior virtue. 

China, pride of. Melia azedarac. 

China supposita. Senecio pseudo-China. 

CHINCHINA. Cinchona. 

Chinchina de Santa Fe. There are several 
species of bark sent from Santa Fe, but neither 
their particular natures, nor the trees which af- 
ford them, are yet accurately determined. 

Chinchina de St. Lucia. Cinchona flori- 
bunda. 

Chinchina Jamaicensis. Cinchona caribaea. 

Chinchina rubra. Cinchona oblongifolia. 

Chinchunchulli. See Ionidium. 

CHINCOUGH. Pertussis. 

Chi'nicus. Chi'ninum. Chinium. Quina. 

Chinoidine. Chinoidina. A supposed al- 
kaloid of cinchona, which is only an impure 
quinine. 

Chinova. Chinovine. Chinova bitter. A 
supposed alkaloid of China nova. 

CHINOVATINE. An alkaloid of Cinchona 
ovata. It is readily crystallizable, and forms 
salts. Its formula is C^H^NiiOs. 

Chinwelk. Mentagra. 

Chinquapin. Castanea pumila. 

CHIOCOCCA. {a, m, f.) A genus of shrubs 



CHI. 

common in Brazil, of the sub-family Psycho- 
triacem, order Cinchonaccm, nearly associated 
to the ipecacuanhas. C. anguifuga, C. densi- 
folia, and C. raccmosa furnish medicinal roots. 
The last of them, and probably all, yield the 
cahinca or cainca root, remarkable for its emet- 
ic and febrifuge qualities. 

Ohio turpentine. Pistacia terebinthus. 

C h ioli . Furunculus. 

CHIR-. Chiro-. A prefix; from ^«p, the 
hand ; as in chironax, a surgeon ; chirorrhcuma, 
rheumatism of the head. See, also, Cheir-. 

CHI'RAGRA. (a, a, f. ; from x^P, the hand, 
and ay pa, a seizure.) The gout in the joints 
of the hands. 

CHIRETTA. Chirayta. A very bitter 
drug, the herb and root of the Agathotcs chir- 
yata of India. It very nearly resembles gen- 
tian in properties, and belongs to the same nat- 
ural family. 

Chiro'nes. (Xeipuvee; from^etp, the hand.) 
Small pustules on the hands and feet, inclosed 
in which is a troublesome worm. — Turton. 

CIIIRO'NIA. (a, a-, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Gentianece. — C. 
ccntanrium. This plant is an efficacious bit- 
ter, and has been recommended by Cullen as a 
substitute for gentian. The tops are directed 
for use, and are commonly given in infusion; 
but they may also be taken in powder, or pre- 
pared into an extract. — C. chilensis is a spe- 
cies growing in Chili, and of similar properties. 
— C. angnlaris. American centaury. See Sab- 
batia angularis. 

Chiro'nius. A malignant ulcer, callous on 
its edges, and difficult to cure. 

C h iro po'dist. One who operates on the feet. 

Chirothe'ca. A glove.of the scarfskin. 

CHIRU'RGIA. (a, a, f.; from *«/>, the 
hand, and epyov, a work: because surgical op- 
erations are performed by the hand.) Chirur- 
gery, or surgery. 

Chiru'roice. Surgery. 

Chirukgic.u.. Surgical : appertaining to 
surgery. 

Chiuu'rgus. A surgeon. 

Chitine. A peculiar animal product existing 
in the outer envelope of insects. 

Chittick's remedy for stone. Potash or 
soda dissolved in broth. 

Chive. 1. A stamen. 2. Allium. 

Chi.iaros. A slight fever. — Galen. 

Chi.ia'sma. A warm fomentation. 

CHLOA'SMA. Chlorosis. — Chloasma pseu- 
do-porrigo. The pityriasis versicolor; check- 
ered dandriff. 

CHLO-. Chlor-. A prefix; from chlorine, 
used to designate organic products resulting 
from the action of chlorine; as, chlonaptasc, 
chlonaptese, chlonaptise, chlonaptosc, chlonap- 
Utse, resultants of the action of chlorine on 
naphthaline, in which the vowels are employed 
in their alphabetical order, to designate the 
presence of one, two, &c, atoms of chlorine. 
Chlonaptalase, chlonaptalese, chlonaptalise, are 
another series produced by the action of chlo- 
rine on chlonaptise. — Chlor o-amide. Chloro- 
amidide. A compound of chlorine and amido- 
gene, as the chloro-amidide of hydrogen, or 
muriate of ammonia. — Chloroxenaptose, &c. 



C HL 

Compounds resulting from theacrion of nitric 
acid on chloro-naptose, &c — Chlorosalicine. 
The product of the action of chlorine on salicine. 
— Chlorophencsic, Sec., acids. Products of the 
action of chlorine on phenyle. — Chlorosulphu- 
ric acid is a peculiar pungent and volatile acid, 
consisting of chlorine and sulphurous acid. It 
is resolved, by solution in water, into hydro- 
chloric and sulphuric acids. 

Chlorace'tic acid. An acid very analogous 
to the acetic in its properties and salts. It is 
obtained by the action of chlorine and the sun's 
light on pure acetic acid. It forms tabular 
crystals; fusible at 113° F. ; boiling at 390° F. 
Formula, C 4 C1 3 3 ,H0. 

Chlorace'tyle. A hypothetical radical, 
C4CI3, analogous to acetyle, with the hydrogen 
replaced by chlorine. Chloral is the hydrated 
oxide, and chloracctic acid the hydrated per- 
oxide, (C 4 Cl3)0 3 ,HO. 

Chlo'ral. A colorless oily liquid, of a pen 
etrating odor. Boils at 199° ; sp. gr., 1-5 
Procured by the action of chlorine and sun 
light on pure alcohol. Form., CiCl30,HO. It 
is spontaneously converted into an isomeric, in- 
soluble solid by keeping. 

Chlora'nile. A neutral product of the action 
of chlorine on chlorisatine. It exists in volatile, 
golden scales, soluble in hot alcohol, and is also 
derivable from oil of coal-tar ; formula,Ci.:Cl.|04. 
By solution in weak potash solution, it forms a 
deep purple fluid, which deposits dark purple- 
red crystals, containing chloranilic acid and 
potash. This acid forms scarlet or yellow crys- 
tals, as it contains water or not; form., CijCla 
Or„2HO, or half of this. Solution of ammonia 
dissolves chloranile, and forms a blood-red liquid, 
which deposites chloranilammon, CfiClOa-j-NHi 
-f-4Aq. This salt, being dissolved and treated 
with hydrochloric acid, yields black needles of 
chloranilam, CiiChOc>-\-fill3. 

CHLOR ANTHUS. A genus of plants allied 
to the Piper, and possessing highly stimulant 
properties. 

Chlorhydric acid. Hydrochloric acid. 

Chloric acid. A powerful acid, veiy read- 
ily decomposed, ClOo. It exists only in com- 
bination with water or bases. Of its salts, the 
chlorate of potash is most used, and is officinal 
(Potassa- chloras). The chlorates yield oxy- 
gen at a high temperature, and when acted 
upon by strong sulphuric acid, turn yellow, and 
evolve chlorous acid. 

CHLO'RIDE. Chloridum. Chloretum. 
A compound of chlorine with a metal or metal- 
loid. Chlorides are analogous to oxides in their 
structure, and are termed haloid salts. See the 
bases respectively for the officinal chlorides. 

Chloride of ammonium. Ammonia? muriaa. 

Chloride of hydrogen. Hydrochloric 
acid. 

Chlo'rinated. Containing chlorine, or im- 
pregnated with chlorine ; as chlorinated lime 
or soda for chloride of lime or soda. 

Chlorindopten. A volatile crystalline sub- 
stance produced by the action of chlorine on 
indigo. When heated with potash, and distill- 
ed, it yields chlorindatmic and chlorindoptcric 
acid ; this, when separated from the potash, ia 
a white, flocculent body, of a disagreeable odor 

157 



C HL 

Formula, CijH 4 C1 3 0,HO. It is identical with 
the chlorophenine acid of Laurent. 

CHLO'RINE. Chlorinium. Chlorum. 
Chlora. (From x^upoc, green.) An element- 
ary gas, of a light greenish-yellow color, and 
pungent odor. Sp. gi\, 2-47 ; equivalent, 36 - 0, 
or 35-47 ; symb., CI. It is a powerful agent, 
combining with most elements, and peculiarly 
active on organic compounds. It closely re- 
sembles oxygen in its chemical properties. Its 
direct compounds are called chlorides, chloru- 
rets, or chlorinated bodies. It is condensed by 
four atmospheres into a yellowish-green fluid. 
Chlorine is readily soluble in water, which 
takes up about two volumes, and the solution, 
or when moisture is present, is powerfully 
bleaching, disinfectant, and antiseptic. 

Chlorine is given off by the solution when 
warmed, and also from the chloride of lime or 
soda; or it may be prepared by the action of 
sulphuric acid (13 parts), water (13 parts), com- 
mon salt (8 parts), peroxide of manganese (6 
parts), mixed in a glass retort. It has been 
used in a dilute state both internally and exter- 
nally. It is best obtained for medicinal purpo- 
ses from the solution properly diluted. In the 
concentrated state it is very irritating and poi- 
sonous, producing spasm of the glottis if in- 
haled, and inflaming the mucous membranes. 
Chlorine forms four compounds with oxygen, 
none of which are used in medicine. 

Chlorine water. Aqua chlorinii. Liquor 
chlori. This solution has a place in the Dublin 
and Edinburgh Pharmacopoeias, and is the 
proper means of using chlorine as a remedial 
agent. It is prepared by passing chlorine into 
water in a series of Woulfe's bottles. The so- 
lution is yellowish-green, pungent, of a harsh, 
styptic taste, and decomposes by the action of 
light. In the concentrated state it has been 
applied as a caustic and irritant to indolent ul- 
cers ; in the diluted state to obstinate skin dis- 
eases, cancerous sores, putrid sore throat (as a 
gargle), but in these is not better than a solu- 
tion of chloride of soda or lime. If a dilute so- 
lution be warmed in an inhaler, it may be in- 
haled, and is said to have produced good effects 
in chronic bronchitis and the early stages of 
consumption. A bath of the dilute solution 
has also been employed in chronic affections of 
the liver ; or the skin may be sponged with the 
solution in the same way as the mtro-muriatic 
acid solution is employed : the mixture should 
be strong enough to produce a prickly sensa- 
tion. The diluted solution has also been ad- 
ministered in typhoid conditions, malignant sore 
throat, venereal disease, and hepatic affections. 
It is an excellent antidote in poisoning by hy- 
drocyanic acid and the sulphurets. The dose 
is uncertain, and therefore it is best to begin 
with Hlx. to Ttlxx. in a wine-glass of water, and 
gradually increase it ; in these doses it is tonic, 
stimulant, and antiseptic, and if long continued, 
produces ptyalism. If an over- dose be taken, 
white of egg is the best antidote ; but magne- 
sia, chalk, milk, or flour will answer, if given 
in quantity. It produces gastro-enteritis if not 
immediately neutralized. 

Chlorisatine. A transparent, orange-yel- 
low, crystalline product of the action of chlo 
158 



CHL 

rine on isatine. Formula, Ci6 < p, 4 NOi. There 

is also a bichlorisatine. Potash produces with 
it chlorisatinic acid. Sulphuret of ammonium 
forms chlorisatyde, which is resolved by heat 
into chlorindine. Bichlorisatine runs through 
similar changes. 

Chlo'rite. A compound of the chlorous 
acid (CIO4), but often improperly applied to 
the bleaching salts of lime and soda, which are 
compounds of calcium or sodium with one 
equivalent of oxygen and also one of chlorine. 
For the bleaching compounds, see Calcis chlo- 
ridum, et Sodte chloridum. 

C H L R 0-. A prefix , in Chemistry, for 
chlorine ; and used in Natural History to des- 
ignate a green color. 

Chlo'rocarbo'nic acid. Phosgene gas. A 
colorless, pungent gas, formed by exposing 
equal volumes of carbonic oxide and chlorine 
to sun-light. Formula, CO-|-Cl. It decompo- 
ses by solution in water, and forms with abso- 
lute alcohol an oily liquid, boiling at 200°, and 
called chlorocarbonic ether. 

Chlo'roform. A colorless, oily liquid, of an 
ethereal odor, and sweetish, hot, and aromatic 
taste. Sp. gr., 1-48; boiling point, 141°-4; 
formula, C2HCI3, or F0CI3, perchloride of for- 
myl. It is obtained by distilling alcohol, ace- 
tone, or wood spirit from a dilute solution of 
chloride of lime. Alcoholic solution of potash 
converts it into formiate of potash. It has 
been recommended as a diffusible stimulus and 
antispasmodic, and may be substituted for the 
ethers, being more pleasant. It is dissolved in 
alcohol for use. 

Chlo'roid. A name given by Professor Gra- 
ham to the negative pole or platinode of a bat- 
tery. 

CHLOROPHYLL. (From #2.6>poc, green, 
and (pvTiXov, a leaf. ) The green matter of the 
leaves of plants. A peculiar coloring matter 
resembling indigo. It produces the various 
colors of fruits and autumnal leaves by changes 
in structure, the nature of which is unknown. 

Chloroproteic acid. A white, flocculent, 
nearly insoluble body, fanned by the action of 
chlorine on solutions of protein. Formula, 
OwHaiNsOu-j-Cls. —Mulder. 

Chlorosalicylic acid. A crystalline acid, 
capable of sublimation, formed by the action 
of dry chlorine on dry hydruret of salicyle. 
Formula, ChH 5 4 ,C1. 

CHLORO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from x^up°C, 
green.) The green sickness. A disease which 
principally affects young unmarried females. 
It is characterized by languor, fatigue, palpita- 
tions of the heart, pains in the loins, flatulency, 
acidity in the stomach, constipation, perverted 
taste, loss of tone in the digestive organs, and 
universal debility. As it advances in its prog- 
ress, the face becomes pale, and assumes a pe- 
culiar greenish hue ; the whole body is flaccid, 
and pale ; the feet are affected with cedematous 
swellings ; the pulse is quick, but small ; and 
the patient is apt to be affected with many of 
the symptoms of hysteria. From the com- 
mencement of the disorder, the catamenia are 
usually pale and scanty, and at length disappear 
altogether. This disease arises from a defi- 



CHO 

ciency of blood globules, and not, as is sup- 
posed, from any uterine affection, the failure of 
the catamenia being an effect. 

The cure of chlorosis is to be attempted by 
increasing the tone of the system. This may 
be effected by a generous diet, moderate use 
of wine, daily exercise, particularly on horse- 
back, agreeable company, and tonic medicines, 
especially the preparations of iron, joined with 
myrrh, &c., as the Mistura ferri composita and 
the Pilulce ferri composite. Cold bathing will 
be found a powerful corroborant ; attention to 
the bowels and catamenia are also requisite. 

Chloro'tic Having the appearance of chlo- 
rosis, or pertaining to chlorosis. 

CHLO'ROUS. Belonging to chlorine. 

Chlorous elements. Professor Graham's 
term for the negative elements of organic com- 
pounds, the principal of which are chlorine, 
oxygen, sulphur, nitrogen, hydrogen. 

Chlo'rovalerisic acid. Chlorovalero- 
sic acid. Products of the substitution of chlo- 
rine in valerianic acid. 

Chloro'xylon verticillatum. A Peruvian 
plant yielding a green balsam. 

CHLO'RURET. Chlorure. Chloruretum. 
Syn. of chloride. Chloruret of oxide of calcium 
and of oxide of sodium are the chloride of lime 
and chloride of soda. 

Chlo'rydric. Hydrochloric. 

Choak. Croup. 

Cho'ana. 1. The pelvis. '2. The infundi- 
bulum of the brain. 

Cho'colate. Ckocolatum. An oily article 
of diet prepared from the cacao-nut. 

Chocolate-tree. Theobroma cacao. 

Ch<eni'cis. The trepan. 

Ch(eras. Scrofula. 

Choiros. The vulva. 

Choke-damp. The name grv%n by miners to 
all irrespirable gases or vapors, and especially 
those containing carbonic acid. 

Cho'lades. The smaller intestines. 

CHO'LjEMIA. (From xofy, bile, and aifia, 
blood.) Diseases characterized by the pres- 
ence of bile in the blood. Icterus, especially 
when it arises from a gall-stone impacted in the 
bile ducts, is accompanied by the presence of 
bilipha-in, or bile pigment, m the blood; the 
amount of cholesterine is also increased ; but 
neither choleic acid nor bilin have been hitherto 
found in this blood. 

CHO'LAGOGUE. ( Cholagogus, i, m. ; from 
Xokri, bile, and ayu, to drive away.) Applied 
to purgative medicines which bring away a 
quantity of bile. 

Cho'las. Cholago. 1. The cavity of the 
hypochondria. 2. The small intestines. 

CHOLE. (XoXn. Chole,es,f.) Cholos. 
The bile. 

Cholecyst. The gall bladder. 

CHOLE'DOCHUS. (From X oM, and de^o- 
fiai, to receive.) Receiving or retaining the gall. 

Choledochus ductus. Ductus communis 
choledochus. The common biliary duct, which 
conveys both the cystic and hepatic bile into 
the duodenum. 

Chole'gon. Cholagogue. 

Cho'leh.emia. Icterus. Jaundice. 

Cho'leia. Lameness. 



CHO 

CHOLE'IC ACID. The choleic acid of De- 
marcay is the mixture of bihfellinic and bili- 
chohnic acids of Berzelius. Liebig gives this 
name to the whole organic matter of Bile, 
which see. 

Cho'lelithia. Icterus. Jaundice arising 
from gall-stones. 

Cholelithis. Cholelithos. A gall-stone. 

Chole'nchysis. Effusion of biliary matter, 
or biliphrein. 

Chole'pyrrhin. The brown coloring matter 
of bile. See Biliphcein. 

CHO'LERA. (a, ee, f. ; from ^oty, bile, and 
pEU, to flow.) Cholera morbus. This name is 
now applied to two diseases utterly dissimilar ; 
to a common bilious disease, and to a malignant 
disease of recent origin, which commenced in 
Hindostan, and has since diffused itself epidem- 
ically in various directions. 

Cholera biliosa. C, English. Cholera, 
common. 

Cholera, common. Gastro-enteritis mucosa. 
This consists in copious vomiting and purging 
of bilious matter, with violent griping, cramps 
of the muscles of the abdomen and lower ex- 
tremities, and great depression of strength. 
Cullen makes two species of this genus : 1. 
Cholera spontanea, which happens, in hot sea- 
< isons, without any manifest cause, except chan- 
ges of temperature. 2. Cholera accidentalis, 
which occurs after the use of food that digests 
slowly, and irritates. It is most common in 
the spring and autumn ; and the accidental 
species is often connected with the use of indi- 
gestible fruits, especially cucumbers and plums. 
It usually begins with soreness, pain, distension, 
and flatulency in the stomach and intestines, 
succeeded quickly by a severe and frequent 
vomiting and purging of bilious matter, heat, 
thirst, a hurried respiration, and frequent but 
weak and fluttering pulse. When the disease 
is not violent, these symptoms, after continuing 
for a day or two, cease gradually, leaving the 

Eatient in a debilitated and exhausted state; 
ut where the disease proceeds with much vi- 
olence, there arises great depression of strength, 
with cold, clammy sweats, considerable anxie- 
ty, a hurried and short respiration, continued 
hiccough, convulsions, cramp of the extremi- 
ties, with a sinking and irregular pulse, which 
quickly terminates in death ; an event that not 
unfrequently happens within the space of twen- 
ty-four hours. Sometimes there is blueness of 
the skin. 

When the disease is mild, abstinence from 
solid food, with laxative and mucilaginous di- 
luents, are all that is necessary ; in severer ca- 
ses, hyoscyamus or opium internally, with warm 
fomentations and sinapisms externally, are ne- 
cessary. Tonics and a generous diet are to be 
slowly adopted, as soon as the symptoms of 
gastric irritation have subsided. 

Cholera flatulenta. C. sicca. Flatulent 
colic. 

Cholera infantum. Infantile cholera. Wa- 
tery gripes. This commences with bilious di- 
arrhoea, which degenerates into a kind of dys- 
entery. It is soon attended with obstinate 
vomiting and great thirst. The skin becomes 
ashy ; there is fever, heat of the abdomen, irri- 

159 



C II o 

table pulse, drowsiness, coma, and often con- 
vulsions; and it may terminate fatally in from 
three weeks to as many months. Dissections 
show enlargement and morbid alterations of 
the mucous follicles of the alimentary canal, 
with inflammation of the canal and engorge- 
ment of the liver. It is produced by teething, 
improper food, foul air, and autumnal miasm, 
and is very fatal in the cities of the Middle 
States. The chief indication in the treatment 
is to avoid the foul atmosphere and oppressive 
heat of the city, by removing the infant to the 
country, without which the chances are unfa- 
vorable. The vomiting is to be allayed by 
lime-water and minute doses of laudanum, or 
by counter irritation; the bowels cleared by 
calomel of bile, and if there be much dysentery, 
mucilaginous drinks are to be given, with small 
doses of Dover's powder and acetate of lead. 
Warm baths and sinapisms are sometimes to be 
employed, and also leeches to the epigastrium. 
In convalescence, which is often protracted, 
tonics are necessary. 

Cholera, malignant. Asiatic Cholera. Blue 
Cholera. Pestilential Cholera. Spasmodic 
Cholera. Epidemic Cholera. This pestilence 
is generally supposed to have originated at .Tes- 
sore in the year 1817, from whence it reached 
Russia in 1828; in 1831, England; and in 1832 
entered America through Montreal and Quebec. 
It prevailed in Europe and here during the au- 
tumnal months. 

The attack of the disease in extreme cases is 
so sudden, that, from a state of apparent good 
health, or with the feeling only of trifling ail- 
ment, an individual sustains as rapid a loss of 
bodily power as if he were suddeuly struck 
down, or placed under the immediate effects 
of some poison, the countenance assuming a 
deathlike appearance, the skin becoming cold 
(79° to 77°), and giving to the hand a sensation 
of coldness and moisture similar to that of the 
skin of a person already dead. The pulse is 
either feeble, intermitting, fluttering, or lost; 
a livid circle is observed round the eyelids ; the 
eyes are sunk in their sockets; the tongue is 
cold, and either clean or covered with a slight 
white fur; and, in many instances, even the 
breath is cold. In cases of this severity, the 
vomiting and purging characteristic of the dis- 
ease do not commonly take place so early as in 
milder attacks, but seem to be delayed until 
the almost overpowered functions of the body 
make a slight effort at reaction. It is worthy 
of remark, that unless death takes place in 
these extreme cases within a few hours, some 
effort of the animal power is made to rally the 
constitution; and this point is insisted upon 
here, because it will direct the mind of prac- 
titioners to the particular moment when bleed- 
ing, and certain other parts of practice recom- 
mended in the Indian reports, can be enforced 
in this country with probable success. Vomit- 
ing soon succeeds ; first of some of the usual 
contents of the stomach, next of a turbid fluid, 
like whey, white of egg, water-gruel, or rice- 
water ; described, perhaps, more accurately as 
a serous fluid containing flocculi. The lower 
bowels seem to let go their contents; what 
happens to be lodged in the rectum is passed 
160 



CHO 

more or less in its natural state ; the next dis- 
charges are similar to those thrown up from the 
stomach, and are passed with violence, as if 
squirted with a syringe. Spasms, beginning at 
the toes and fingers, soon follow, and extend, 
by degrees, to the larger muscles of the legs 
and arms, and to those of the abdomen. These 
vary in intensity, but are sometimes so violent 
as to put on the appearance of tetanus. 

There is a severe burning heal felt at the 
prcecordia ; an invincible desire for cold liquids, 
particularly water; and, although the skin and 
tongue are cold to the touch, and the pulse 
nearly lost, the patient complains of intenso 
heat, and has an almost insuperable aversion to 
any application of it to the skin. The next 
severe symptoms are an intolerable sense of 
weight and constriction felt upon the chest, ac- 
companied with anxious breathing, the spasms 
continuing at the same time ; the voice reduced 
to a. hoarse breathing; a leaden or bluish ap- 
pearance of the countenance, the tongue, fin- 
gers, and toes assuming the same color; the 
palms of the hands and soles of the feet be- 
coming shriveled; the fingers and toes giving 
the appearance of having been corrugated by 
long immersion in hot water. There is, through- 
out, a suppression of the secretion of urine, of 
the secretions of the mouth and nose : no bile 
is seen in the evacuations; and it may be gen- 
erally observed that ad the functions employed 
in carrying on life: are suspended, or alarmingly 
weakened, except that of the brain, which ap- 
pears, in these extreme cases, to sutler little, the 
intellectual powers usually remaining perfect to 
the last moment of existence. At length a 
calm succeeds, and death. The last period is 
commonly marked by a subsidence of the se- 
vere symptoms, without improvement of the 
pulse or return of natural heat ; but, occasion- 
ally, it terminates in convulsive spasm. In such 
cases the patient succumbs in two, four, or, at 
m'ost, eight hours. 

These symptoms mark the collapsed or cold 
state of cholera ; but, if they be not fatal, 
there is a second period, called the hot, or fe- 
brile stage, which supervenes in from twelve 
to forty-eight hours, or upward. This is char- 
acterized by headache, return of pulse, febrile 
heat, and, in fact, the symptoms of continued 
fever, which rapidly passes into typhoid. This 
stago is no less dangerous than the first, death 
occurring on the fourth to the eighth day. This 
second stage is often closely allied to a typhoid 
bilious fever. 

In many cases the disease does not run its 
course so rapidly ; but a bilious diarrhoea exists 
for several days, and the symptoms of the col- 
lapsed state occur during upward of thirty-six 
hours. The disease may also terminate, without 
the febrile stage, in convalescence, with great 
weakness, or in a copious discharge of vitiated 
bile. The favorable symptoms are a gradual 
return of warmth, the discharge of urine and 
of bile, and the subsidence of spasms. The ev- 
idence of the best authorities is in favor of tho 
epidemic, but non-contagious nature of cholera. 

Treatment. — Unfortunately, this is neither 
fixed nor very successful. Almost every thing 
has been tried, but the most commended means 



CHO 

are: in the stage preceding collapse, copious 
venesection, large doses of calomel and opium, 
and of Dover's powder; emetics. Calomel 
has been administered in doses of 9j. to 388. 
every hour. As the collapsed stage is approach- 
ing, hot and stimulating baths, frictions with 
warm turpentine and other rubefacients, caje- 
put oil, and internal stimulants, are employed ; 
and in the second, or febrile stage, the treat- 
ment must depend upon the character it as- 
sumes, whether that of bilious or typhoid fever. 
The number of deaths exceeded one half dur- 
ing its visit in 1831 to 1833 here and in Europe. 

CHOLERIC. Cholc'ricus. 1. Appertaining 
to cholera; asfebris cholerica, a fever accom- 
panied with symptoms of cholera, or the fever 
which succeeds to cholera. 2. Bilious ; as the 
choleric or bilious temperament. 

Cho'lerine. A slight cholera, or the incipi- 
ent stage of cholera. 

Cho'i.euiuiagia. Cholcrrhcea. Cholera. 

Chole'steiuc acid. It is formed when cho- 
lesterine is treated with nitric acid, and is in 
crystals of a yellowish-white color ; insoluble 
in water, but dissolved by boiling alco"hol. 

C H O L E ' S T E R I N E. ( Cholestcrina; from 
Xoty> and areap, fat.) A pearly substance. It 
crystallizes in silvery scales, and is not saponi- 
iiable by potash. Formula, C38H33O, or C36 
H32O. Cholesterine is a product of diseased 
biliary secretion, constituting one form of cal- 
culus. It is also present in nervous matter, and 
in minute quantity in the blood. 

Cholic acid. That of Gmelin is .formed 
from a solution of bilin in potash, and precipi- 
tation by acetic acid. It is slightly soluble, 
crystalline, and of a sharp, sweet taste. Form., 
CuHsiiOio. The cholic acid of Liebig is formed 
by the action of potash on choleic acid, and is 
C74H60O18. 

Choline-soda. The name of M. Platner for 
the chief crystalline component of bile, without 
the coloring matter. 

Cholinic acid. One of the products of the 
digestion of dilute hydrochloric acid on bilin, 
with which latter it is combined. See Bile. 

Choloidic acid. One of the products of the 
action of muriatic acid on choleic acid. For- 
mula, C 7 2Hr, 6 0i2. — Liebig. 

CHOLO'LITHUS. (us, i, m. ; from X o%V, 
and lidoc, a stone.) A gall-stone. 

Cholo'ma. Cholosis. (From juAof, lame, 
or maimed. ) Lameness, or distortion of a limb. 
— Galen. 

CHOLOSES. Morbid affections of the liver 
and spleen. — Alibert. 

CHOND-. Chondko-. (From xovdpoc, car- 
tilage.) A prefix indicating cartilage: as in 
chondritis, inflammation of a cartilage ; chon- 
drogencsis, a formation of, or change into, carti- 
lage ; chondrography, chondrology, a descrip- 
tion or account of the cartilages; chondroma, 
a fibrous or cartilaginous tumor ; chondrotomy, 
the cutting Yri* dissection of a cartilage. 

Chondrin. Chondrine. A gelatinous com- 
ponent of the permanent cartilages. It is a 
form of glue. Composition, CjsH^NeOio, or 
pro£cm-f-4aq-f20. — Scherer. 

Chondri'lla. A genus of plants. Synge- 
nesia. Polygamia aqitalis. 
L 



CHO 

Chondroglo'ssus. The h yoglossus mus- 
cle. 

Chondro-pharyngjeus. A muscle which 
rises in the cartilaginous part of the tongue, 
and is inserted in the pharynx. 

Cho'ndroptery'gians. Chondropterygii. 
The order of cartilaginous fishes. 

CHO'NDROS. (Xovdpoc. us, i, m.) 1. 
A cartilage : the xiphoid cartilage. 2. A food 
of the ancients. Alica. 3. A grumous concre- 
tion. ** 

Chondrosynde'smus. The union of bones 
by fibro-cartilage. — Galen. 

CHO'NDRUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of sea- 
weeds. — C. crispus. C. polymorphus. Car- 
rageen, or Irish moss. It abounds upon rocks 
on the sea coast of Ireland, and is indigenous 
to the United States. It is slender, yellowish, 
and much curled. The decoction is gelatinous, 
from the pectine of the plant, and is a useful 
demulcent in pectoral and gastric irritations. 
By steeping the plant in cold water some min- 
utes, any unpleasant flavor is separated. 

Cho'ne. Xuvt}. See Choana. 

Cho'ra. Xupa. A region. Galen uses this 
word particularly to signify the cavities of the 
eyes ; but also applies it to any void space. 

Chord, testicular. The spermatic cord. 

CHO'RDA. (a, te, f. ; from x°P^V, an intes- 
tine.) 1. A cord, or assemblage of fibres, fi. 
The tendon of a muscle. 3. Cnordee. 

Chorda magna. See Tendo Achillis. 

Chorda tympani. A branch of the seventh 
pair of nerves. See Auris. 

Chorda ventriculi. The gastric plexus of 
the par vagum nerve. 

Chord.e. The genitals. — Paracelsus. 

ChorDjE lancisii. C.longitudinalesLanci- 
sii. The three lines on the superior face of the 
corpus callosum. 

Chords tendineje. The tendons which 
connect the carnem columnar of the ventricles 
of the heart to the auricular valves. 

Chords vocales. C. Fcrrenii. The vocal 
cords. See Voice. 

Chords Willisii. The small fibres which 
cross the sinuses of the dura mater. 

Chorda'psus. A painful colic. Ileus. 

CHORDEE'. (Chorde. French.) A spas- 
modic erection of the penis, which is a common 
accompaniment of gonorrhoea. 

CHORE'A. (a, ee, f. Xopeta ; from x°po(, a 
dance.) C. Sancti Viti. C . sancti modesti. Co~ 
reomania. St. Virus's dance. Convulsive mo- 
tions of the limbs, occasioning strange and in- 
voluntary gesticulations. It attacks boys and 
girls, and those chiefly who are of a weak con- 
stitution. It appears most commonly from the 
eighth to the fourteenth year. The approaches 
of chorea are slow. A variable and often a 
ravenous appetite, loss of usual vivacity and 
playfulness, a swelling and hardness of the 
lower belly, and, in general, a constipated state 
of the bowels, aggravated as the disease advan- 
ces, and slight, irregular, involuntary motions 
of different muscles, particularly those of the 
face, which are thought to be the effect of irri- 
tation, precede the more violent convulsive 
motions. The muscles of the head, neck, arms, 
and legs become affected; the gait is etagger- 

lfit 



CHE 

ing, and the movements often violent. Deglu- 
tition and speech are impeded; the eyes be- 
come vacant. The convulsive movements are 
almost incessant, except during sleep. When 
it is of long standing there is much mental de- 
pression, and a vacant and languid air. 

There is a singular form of this disease, which 
has been called by some writers Malleatio, con- 
sisting in a convulsive action of one or both 
hands, which strike the kne« like a hammer. 

The disease originates in^disordered gastric 
or uterine function, and chiefly from constipa- 
tion and worms, the nervous symptoms being 
produced by reflex action. The treatment con- 
sists in the use of purgatives, tonics, especially 
preparations of iron, cold bathing, pure air, and 
nutritious diet. It is a tedious but not danger- 
ous disease, and often defies all remedial agents. 
In obstinate cases, the arsenical solution, m do- 
ses of Hlvj. thrice daily, may be serviceable. 
Camphor is sometimes remarkably useful. 

CHO'RION. ( From x u P a > a receptacle. ) 
The second membrane of the foetus. It is of a 
delicate serous texture, and invests the umbili- 
cal cord. It is reflected on the one side over 
the amnios, and on the other lines the deci- 
dua. 

Chorion, spongy. C. fungous. C. reticu- 
lated. The decidua, or caduca. 

C H O R I U M . Cho Hon. ( From x°P l0V > tne 
skin.) The cutis vera. 

CHO'ROID. Choroides. Choroideus. Re- 
sembling the chorion. 

Choroid membrane. Mcmbrana choroides. 
The second tunic of the eye, lying immediately 
under the sclerotica, to which it is connected 
by vessels. See Eye. 

Choroid plexus. Plexus choroides. A plex- 
us of blood-vessels, situated ill the lateral ven- 
tricles of the brain, where a prolongation of the 
pia mater penetrates, called the tela choroidca. 

Choroid tunic Choroid membrane. 

Choroiditis. Chorioiditis. Inflammation 
of the choroid coat of the eye. 

Chri'sis. (From XP IU > to anoint.) An in- 
unction, or anointing of any part. Hence, 
christos, an ointment. 

Christmas rose. Helleborus niger. 

Chr(eas. Scrofula. 

Chromate. Chro'mas. (as, atis, f.) A salt 
of chromic acid with a base. 

CHROMA'TICS. (From npufia, color. ) 
That portion of optics which treats of colors. 

Chroma'togenous. Producing color ; as the 
chromato genoits apparatus of Breschet, which 
consists of a system of glanduhe and ducts, to 
produce the color of the skin. 

CHRO'MIUM. A grayish-white, almost in- 
fusible metal, obtained with difficulty from 
chrome iron ore. Sp. gr., 5-9; eq., 28-19; 
sym., Cr. Its compounds, especially the chro- 
mates, are beautifully colored, of a green or yel 
low tint. — Clvromc yellow is the chromate of 
lead. — Chrome alum. That variety of alum 
which contains oxide of chromium in place of 
alumina. 

Chromo'psia. Chromwpsia. Colored vision. 
Said to occur sometimes in jaundice ? 

Chhomule. Chlorophyll. 

CHRO'NIC . ( Chronicus ; from xpovoc, time. ) 
162 



Of long continuance : applied to diseases, and 
used in opposition to the term acute. 

CHRONO-. A prefix; meaning of long con- 
tinuance, or chronic. 

Chhu'psia. Chromopsia. 

CHRYS-. Chryso-. (From ^ptxrof, gold.) 
A prefix , meaning of a golden-yellow color ; as, 
Chryse, a yellow vulnerary plaster of Paulus — 
Chryselectron, golden-yellow amber — Chryso- 
melia, the bitter orange — Chrysolithus, a pre- 
cious stone of a yellowish color — Chrysopus, 
gamboge. 

Chrysalis. Chrysalid. The grub, or inac- 
tive form of winged insects. 

Chrysammic acid. A product of the actio» 
of nitric acid on aloes. It is in golden-yellow 
scales; its solution, a fine purple. Formula, 
C 15 HN a Oi2-4-HO. 

CHRYSANTHEMUM, (urn, i, n.) A ge 
nus of plants. Sytigencsia. Polygamia. Com 
posita;. — C. leucanthemum. Ox-eye daisy. For 
merly esteemed anti-asthmatic, but now fallei 
into disuse. — C. parlkctiium. Pyrethrum par 
thenium. 

ChrySi'tis. 1. Litharge. 2. Gnaphalium 
orientale 1 

Chrysoba'lanus. The nutmeg? 

Chrysoco'lla. Borax. 

Chryso'coma. Achillea millefolium. 

Chrysola'chanon. A species of atripleir. 

Chrysolepic acid. Picric acid, derived 
from aloes. 

Chrysosple'nium. Golden saxifrage. 

CHRysu'LCA. Nitro-muriatic acid. 

Chtho'nophagia. African cachexy. 

CHURRUS. The resinous exudation of tht 
hemp plant of India. In the East it is employ 
ed as a narcotic and antispasmodic ; but exper 
iments made by Pereira in London were un 
successful. 

Chus. Chu. Chou. Choa. AGreekmeas 
ure of about nine pints. 

Chyazic acid. Prussic acid. 

Chyla'ria. Chyluria. A discharge of a 
whitish mucous urine, of the color of chyle; 

CHYLE. (Chylus, i, m. ; from x v ^ oc > tne 
juice.) The milk-like liquid observed, some 
hours after eating, in the lacteal vessels of the 
mesentery and in the thoracic duct. It is sep- 
arated by digestion from the chyme, and is the 
substance from which blood is formed. 

It is obtained, for purposes of examination, 
from the thoracic duct of horses, and is mixed 
with lymph. It varies in color from opales- 
cence to a yellowish white, and even to blood 
red. It coagulates in ten to fifteen minutes 
when drawn, and after a time separates into 
two or three parts. The clot is a soft, gelatin- 
ous, whitish or pink mass, and contains fibrin. 
There are four kinds of globules: 1. Chyle 
globules, which are round, grayish, and nearly 
twice as large as blood globules ; they are also 
abundant in blood. 2. Blood globules, which 
may be absent, few in number, or abundant. 
3. Fat globules, which are abundant or other 
wise, according to the aliments. 4. Round, 
transparent, colorless lymph globules, rather 
less than blood globules, and which do not ex- 
ist in blood. Most of these float in the serum, 
which closely resembles the serum of blood. 



CIB 

Sometimes the amount of fat is so great that 
the chyle forms a supernatant layer resembling 
cream. The chyle is alkaline, and, according 
to Simon, that of the horse contains from 60 to 
100 parts in 1000 of solids, of which 46 to 60 
parts are albumen, with chyle and lymph glob- 
ules; 1 to 16 parts fat; 1 to 3 parts fillrin; 2 to 
10 parts saline matters ; and 2 to 8 parts spirit 
and water extracts, with uncertain quantities 
of hffimato-globulin : the proportions varying 
with the food. The obvious purpose of the 
chyle is to recruit the supply of blood, and 
probably the largest portion enters the blood 
from the veins of the stomach and lesser intes- 
tines, passing through the portal circulation. 

Chyliferous vessels. The lacteals. 

CHYLIFICA'TION. (Chylificatio, onis, f. ; 
from chylus, and^o, to become.) The produc- 
tion of chyle. 

Chyli'sma. An expressed juice. 

CHYLO-. Chyl-. (Fromc%/e.) A prefix 
of many words ; as, Chylocystis, the receptacu- 
lum chyli — Chylography, an account of the 
chyle and lacteal vessels — Chylorrhcea, the dis- 
charge, of a milky or chylous fluid — Chylotho- 
rax, effusion of chyle into the chest — Chylu- 
ria, milky urine. 

Chylopoie'sis. Chylification. 

CHYLOPOIE'TIC. ( Chylopoieticus ; from 
%v?,oc, and iroieo, to make.) Concerned in the 
formation of chyle ; thus, chylopoietic viscera, 
chylopoietic vessels, &c. 

Chylo'sis. Chylification. 

Chylosta'gma. The distillation or expres- 
sion of any juice. 

Chylostagma diaphoreticum. An old med- 
icine. 

Chylous. Chylar. Chylosus. Kelating to 
the chyle ; milky. 

Chylous diarrhoea. A diarrhoea of infants, 
in which the stools are whitish and milky. It 
indicates great irritation of the mucous follicles 
of the intestines. 

Chylus. Chyle. 

CHYME. {Chymus, i, m. ; from ^ty/oc, 
juice.) The ingested mass of food that passes 
from the stomach into the duodenum, and from 
which the chyle is prepared in the small intes- 
tines. 

CHY'MIA. (a, a, f. Xv/iia.) Chimia. 
Chemistry. 

i Chymia'ter. Chimiater. A chemical phy- 
sician. 

Chymiatri'a. The art of curing diseases by 
chemical means or medicines. 

Chymistry. This and other words com- 
pounded of chymia, are now spelled with cliem- 
instead of chym-. 

Chymorrhcea. Chymochezia. Chylous di- 
arrhoea. Coeliac flux. 

Chymosis. Ckemosis. Chymification. 

CHY'NLEN EADIX. A cylindrical root, of 
the thickness of a goose-quill, brought from 
China. It has a bitterish taste, and imparts a 
yellow tinge to the saliva. The Chinese hold 
it in great estimation as a stomachic, infused in 
wine. 

CIBA'TIO. (o, onis, f. ; from cibus, food.) 
The taking of food. 

Cibus. Cibarium. Aliment; food. 



CID 

Cicatricula. 1. A small scab or cicatrix. 
2. A small white spot on the yellow of the 
egg- 

Cicatrisant. Cicatrisans. That which dis- 
poses wounds and ulcers to heal. 

Cicatrisa'tus. Cicatrized. 1. In Surgery, 
applied to parts formerly ulcerated, on which 
the skin has formed. 2. Marked with a scar. 

CICA'TRIX. (ix, icis, f. ;*froin cicatrize, 
to heal up or skin over.) A scar upon the skin 
after the healing of a wound or ulcer. 

CICATRIZATION. {Cicatrizatio, onis, f.) 
That process by which ulcers and sores are 
healed. 

Cicely, sweet. See Scandix odorata. 

CI'CER. (c?-, eris, n.) A genus of plants. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — C. 
arietinum. The chick pea-plant. The seeds 
have been employed medicinally, but are now 
fallen into disuse. In some places they are- 
roasted and used as coffee, and in others 
ground into a flour for bread, or eaten as peas. 

Ci'cera. A small pill of the size of a vetch. 

Cicera tartari. A small pill composed of 
turpentine and cream of tartar. 

CICHORA'CEjE. One of the four divisions 
of Compositec. The plants belonging to this 
division have a milky juice. They inhabit the 
whole world, and are characterized by all the 
florets of the flower-heads being alike and lig- 
ulate. Lettuce, succory, and endive are famil- 
iar examples of Cichoraccce, which are gener- 
ally bitter, with a soporific quality resembling 
that of opium. 

CICHORIUM. (um,i,n.) A genus of plants. 
Syngencsia. Polygamia aqualis. Composites. 
— C. endivia. The endive. A salad possess- 
ing bitter qualities. — C. intybus. The wild 
succory. Cichorcum, Ciclioriwm sylvestre, Ci- 
ckorium officinarum. The plant is bitterish,, 
and sometimes used as salad. The root yields 
a milky juice, said to be aperient and useful in 
phthisis. When roasted, it closely resemblea 
coffee, and is used to adulterate it in Europe. . 

Cichory. Cichorium intybus. 
Cicinde'la. Lampyris noctilulca.. 

Cici'num oleum. An oil obtained by boiling 
the bruised seeds of the Jatroplta curcas. It is 
somewhat similar in its properties to castor oil. . 
Ci'cla. A name for the white beet. 
CICU'TA. (a, a, f.) 1. Some confusion has 
arisen among modern writers from the name 
cicuta having been sometimes applied to the 
common hemlock, or conium maculalum. 2. A. 
genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. . JJm~ 
belliferce. — C. maculata is indigenous, and very 
similar to the following. — G. virosa.. Water 
hemlock. Cow-bane. Called, also, Cicuta 
aquatica, Cicutaria virosa. This plant is sel- 
dom employed medicinally in the present day.. 
It is an active poison, producing tremors, verti- 
go, a violent burning at the stomach, epilepsy, 
convulsions, spasms of the jaw, tumefaction of' 
the abdomen, and death. It must be met by 
emetics. 

Cicuta'ria. Chnerophyllum sylvestre. — G. 
aquatica. Phellandrium aquaticum.— C. viro' 
sa. See Cicuta virosa. 
Cicutine. Conia. 

Cider. The fermented juice of apples. It 
163 



C IN 



C IN 



^contains from 6 to 10 per cent, of alcohol. Its 
acidity is due to malic acid chiefly. 

CILIA. (Plm-al of cilium.) 1. The edges 
■<& the eyelids, or the eyelashes growing from 
them. 2. Minute filamentary appendages com- 
mon in infusory animals, by which they move, 
and attract particles toward themselves. 3. A 
pubescence of plants, which consists of hairs on 
the margin of a leaf or petal, giving it a fringed 
appearance. 

Ciliaris musculus. That part of the mus- 
culus orbicularis palpebrarum which lies near- 
est the cilia, considered by Riolan as a distinct 
muscle. 

Ci'liary. Ciliaris. Belonging to the eye- 
lid, or to cilia. 

"Ciliary arteries. Numerous branches of 
the ophthalmic, supplying the ciliary processes 
and the iris. The latter are called the long 
-ciliary arteries. 

Ciliary body. The ring formed by the 
union of the ciliary processes. 

Ciliary circle. The ciliary ligament. 

'Ciliary ligament. Ligam'entum ciliarc. 
The circular band that unites the iris and scle- 
rotic membrane to the choroid coat. See Eye. 

Ciliary nerves. Branches of the ophthal- 
mic ganglion and nasal nerve, supplied to the 
ciliary processes and ligament. 

Ciliary processes. The folds into which 
the choroid coat is gathered around the margin 
of the crystalline lens. 

Ciliary veins. They have the course of 
the arteries, but are so numerous and winding 
sts to produce the vasa vorticosa of the choroid 
i coat. 

Ciliary zone. The ring or zone formed by 
the insertion of the hyaloid membrane, along 
with the retina, into the capsule of the lens. 

Ciliatus. Fringed; bordered. 

CI'LIUM. (um, ii, n. ; from cilleo, to move 
about. ) The eyelid or eyelash. 

Ci'llo. Cillosis. (From cilium, the eyelid.) 
One who is affected with a spasm or trembling 
of the eyelids. 

CILLO'SIS. (From cilium, the eyelid.) A 
spasmodic trembling of the eyelids. 

Cimex. A genus of insects. — C. domesticus. 
•G. lectularius. The bed-bug. 

CIMICIFU'GA. (U. S.) The root of the C. 
■racemosa, C. scrpentaria. See Actca raccmosa. 

Cimo'lia. C. alba. See Cimolite. — C-pur- 
ipuresccns. Fuller's earth. 

Cimolite. Cimolian earth. Fuller's earth, 
of a grayish-white color; formerly used as an 
absorbent. 

Cinabaris. Cinabarum. Hydrargyri sul- 
phuretum l'ubrum. 

•Cina cina. Cinchona. 

Cin'/e semen. Artemisia santonica. 

CI'NARA. 1. The artichoke. 2. A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamiaaqualis. Com- 
posite. — C. scolymv-s. The . artichoke. The 
leaves are bitter, and afford, by expression, a 
considerable quantity of juice, said to have been 
: given successfully in dropsies. 

CINAROCEPHA'LjE. A natural family of 
■ plants, so called from the globose shape of their 
' inflorescence ; as the thistle, globe thistle, bur- 
dock, blue-bottle, &c. 
164 



CINCHO'NA. (a, a, f.) 1. A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Cinchona- 
cece. Cinchona. 2. The pharmacopceial name 
of several kinds of Peruvian barks. The trees 
which afford these barks grow wild in the hilly 
parts of Peru, Bolivia, and Columbia ; the bark 
is stripped from the branches, trunk, and root, 
and dried. Three kinds of bark are now in 
use, and officinal in the United States. 

Cortex cinchonje cordifolia:. (Ph. L. & 
D . ) Yellow, or Calisaya bark. The plant which 
affords this is unknown. It is in flat or curled 
pieces ; not dark-colored, like the red ; exter- 
nally smooth, internally of a cinnamon color, 
friable and fibrous ; its taste is very bitter, with 
some degree of astringency. It is from this 
species that quina is chiefly obtained. One lb. 
yields 3iij. of sulphate of quinine. 

Cortex cinchonje lancifoli^e. (Ph. L. & 
D.) Lance-leaved cinchona. Pale, loxa, or 
crown bark. The true loxa bark is from the 
Cinchona condaminea of Humboldt and Bon- 
pland. This is the quilled bark, which comes in 
small quilled twigs, breaking close and smooth, 
friable between the teeth, covered with a rough 
coat of a grayish-brown color; internally smooth 
and of a light brown; its taste is bitter, and 
slightly astringent ; flavor slightly aromatic. It 
is rich in cinchonine, according to Soubeiran. 

Cortex cinchona; oblongifolije. (Ph. L. 
& D.) This is the red bark : it is in large thick 
pieces and quills, externally covered with a 
brown rugged coat, internally more smooth and 
compact, but fibrous, of a dark-red color ; 
taste and smell similar to that of the pale bark, 
but the taste is rather stronger. It contains both 
quinia and cinchonine. 

These three are the best kinds, and the yel- 
low and red barks are preferred, as containing 
most active matter. They are all tonic, astrin- 
gent, and eminently febrifuge, especially in in- 
termittents and typhoid diseases. Quinia and 
cinchonine ai'e the active principles, and are 
usually, especially the former, substituted for 
the bark ; but it has not the astringent proper- 
ty, and is in some cases, where a want of tone 
exists, as in convalescence from typhoid fevers, 
inferior to the powdered bark or its other prep- 
arations. The dose of the powder is 3ss. to 31J. 
The decoction is employed as a gargle in ma- 
lignant sore throat, and as a wash to gangre- 
nous and other sores. Large doses of the pow- 
der sometimes disagree, producing headache, 
constipation, vomiting, or diarrhoea. In these 
cases it should be appropriately combined with 
other medicines. 

Cinchona alkalies. Quinia, cinchonine, 
and aricina. These differ from each other only 
in the equivalent of oxygen. 

Cinchona flava. (U. S. Ph. E. D.) C. 
calisaya. C. regia. Cortex Chinee regius. C. 
luteus. C. jlavus. Calisaya, royal crown, or 
yellow bark. See Cortex cinchona cordifolice. 
(Ph. L. & D.) 

Cinchona pallida. (U.S.) C. corona. (E.) 
C. officinalis. . (D.) China Loxa. Cortex Chi- 
na fuscce. C.de Loxa. C . Peruvianus. Pale 
crown loxa, or quilled bark. Bark of Cincho- 
na condaminea. (E.) See Cortex cinchona 
lancifolia. (L. & D.) 



C IN 

Cinchona rubra. (U. S., E., & D.) China 
rubra. Red bark, from an undetermined spe- 
cies. See Cortex cinchona: oblongifolia. (L. 
&D.) 

CINCHONA BARKS, FALSE. These are 
derived from plants other than the cinchonas, 
and contain neither quinia nor cinchonine, but 
are usually good tonics, and often febrifuge. 
The chief are, Cinchona dc Santa Lucia. St. 
Lucia bark ; from the Exostema floribunda of 
the West Indies and Mexico. — C. Caribcea. 
Caribean or Jamaica bark ; from E. Caribeum. 
— C. Peruviana. Peruvian bark (false); from 
E. Peruviana. — C. Brasiliana. Brazilian cin- 
chona; from E. Souzamim. — C. Pitaya. Pita- 
ya cinchona; plant unknown. — C. dc Rio Ja- 
neiro. The bark of Bucna hcxandra. 

CINCHONA BARKS, VARIOUS. Many 
other barks are found in commerce, of which 
the following aro the piincipal : Cinchona 
cinerea. (E.) C. Huanuco. Gray or silver 
cinchona; the bark of C. micrantha. (E.) It 
is of excellent quality, and derived from Lima. 
According to Grebei, 1 lb. yields 103 grs. of cin- 
chonine, and no quinia. — Cinchona de Cartha- 
gena dura. China flava dura. Carthagena 
hard bark; from C. cordifolia. It is inferior; 
1 ft), yields about 30 grs. of quinia, and as much 
cinchonine, but varies. The C. dc Carthagena 
fibrosa is a very inferior fibrous bark, also from 
Carthagena. — Cinchona de Santa Fe. C. au- 
rantiaca de Santa Fe. Orange bark, from San- 
ta Fe; derived from C. lancifulia. It is ex- 
tremely inferior. — Cinchona huamai.ies. Hu- 
amalies, or rusty bark ; from C. purpurea. It 
is derived from Lima, and contains about sj. of 
cinchona to the lb., and but little quinia. — Cin- 
chona Jaen. Ash cinchona, the bark of C. 
ovata. It is very inferior, few specimens yield- 
ing more than jss. of quinia to the lb., and no 
cinchonine. — Cinchona nova. Kina nova. 
Mutis's red bark of Santa Fe ; derived from C. 
inagnifolia. According to Pelletier and Ca- 
venton, it contains neither quinia nor cincho- 
nine, but a new acid, the kinovic. 

CINCHONACEiE. The cinchona tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs, with 
leaves opposite; flowers in panicles; stamens 
arising from the corolla ; fruit inferior, either 
splitting into two cocci,' or indehiscent. 

Cinchonic acid. Kinic acid. 

Cinchonic red. A substance found in barks, 
closely resembling catechinc. 

CINCHONINE. (Cinchonina, a:, f.) The 
alkaloid of pale bark ; also abundant in hua- 
nuco bark. It is obtained in the same way as 
quinia. 

Cinchonine crystallizes in the form of a rhom- 
boidal prism. It has but little tasto, and re- 
quires 2500 parts of water for its solution ; but 
when dissolved in alcohol or an acid, it has the 
bitter taste of bark. It partially sublimes by 
heat, without fusion. Formula, C 30 Hi 2 NO. 
Hence it diners from quinine only in containing 
one equivalent less of oxygen. 

Gallic, oxalic, and tartaric acids form neutral 
salts with cinchonine, which aro soluble only 
with excess of acid. Hence infusion of nut- 
galls gives, with a decoction of good cinchona, 
an abundant precipitate of gallate of cincho- 



CIN 

nine. Robiquet gives as the composition of a. 
subsulphate of cinchonine, sulphuric acid, 11-3 j 
cinchonina, 79'0. This is analogous to the sul- 
phate of quinine. 

Cinchonine possesses the same medicinal 
properties as quinine, but in a less powerful 
degree. 

CinchoninjE suLrHAS. See Cinchonine. 

Cinchovatine. Chinovatine. 

Cinci'nnus. The hair on the temples. 

Cincli'sis. Cinclismus. 1. Agitation; rap- 
id or constant motion. 2. An involuntary wink- 
ing-— Vogcl. 

Cineres russici. Common potash. 

CINERI'TIOUS. (Cincrens; from cms,, 
ashes.) Of the color of ashes ; gray. The cor- 
tical substance of the brain is so called, from its 
ash color. It is the vesicular nervous matter 
of modem physiologists. 

Cineritious tubercle. This occupies the 
floor of the third ventricle of the brain. 

Cineri'tium. A cupel. 

Cine'rula. A name for spodium. 

CINE'TICA. (From kiveu, to move.) Dis- 
eases affecting the organs of motion, that is, the 
muscles. The third order in the class Neuro- 
tica of J. Mason Good. 

Cine'ticus. (KivnTiKog, having the power 
of motion.) Appertaining to the powers of 
motion, and consequently the muscles. 

Cine'tus. The diaphragm. 

Cingula'ria. Lycopodium selago? 

Cingulum hildani. A leather band former- 
ly used in cases of rupture. 

Cingulum mercuriale. Cingulum sapien- 
tial and cingulum stultiticc. An invention of 
Rulandus. " Take three drachms of quicksil- 
ver; shake it with two ounces of lemon-guice 
until the globules disappear ; then separate the 
juice, and mix with the extinguished quicksD- 
ver half the white of an egg ; gum-dragon, fine- 
ly powdered, a scruple ; and spread the whole 
on a helt of flannel." It was used to excite sal- 
ivation. 

Cingulum Sancti Johannis. Artemisia vul- 
garis. 

Cinifica'tum. Calcined. 

Cinis antimonii. Antimony ash; the roast- 
ed sulphuret ore. It contains antimonious acid, 
sesquioxide, and unburned sesquisulphuret. 

CFNNABAR. (Cinnabaris, is, f.) 1. For- 
merly applied to many red substances. 2. A 
sulphuret ore of mercury. 3. An artificial com- 
pound of mercury and sulphur, called factitious 
cinnabar, red sulphuret of mercury, and ver- 
milion. See Hydrargyri sulphuretum rubrum. 
— C. factitia. Factitious cinnabar. — C. Graeo- 
rum. The sanguis draconis and cinnabar. — C 
nativa. Native cinnabar. 

Cinnabar of antimony. Common cinnabar, 
produced during the old method of preparing 
butter of antimony. 

Cinnabarine. Cinnabarinus. Of a red lead 
or cinnabar color. 

Cinnamic acid. See Cinnamyle. 

CINNAMO'MUM. (urn, i, n. ; from kinman, 
Hebrew, or Icinamon, Arabic.) 1. The bark and 
essential oil of the Cinnamomum Zelandicum. 
Cinnamon. 2. A genus of shrubs. Ennean- 
dria. Monogynia. Lauracea;. — C. Cassia. C 

165 



CIR 

aromaticum of Nees yields the cassia lignea, 
cassia buds, ca3sia bark and oil of commerce. 
This bark is thicker, coarser, more pungent, 
but less fragrant than true cinnamon. The 
Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia prescribes the oil, 
water, spirit, and tincture ; and in the United 
States it is improperly grouped with cinnamon 
bark. It is more astringent than cinnamon : 
dose of the powder, gr. x. to 5ss. — C. Zelandi- 
cum. C. accuminatutn. The tree yielding the 
fine or Ceylon cinnamon, which is the inner 
bark of the branches. It owes its aromatic and 
stimulant qualities to the essential oil, oleum 
cinnamomi. The bark is also astringent. Dose 
of the powder, gr. x. to 3ss. ; of the oil, gtt. j. 
to gtt. iij. — C. mai.abaiucum. Malabar or 
.Madras cinnamon is a variety of cinnamon, but 
resembles cassia, and is of inferior quality. — 
C Culilawan and C. xanthoneuron yield Cu- 
lilawan bark, which resembles cassia, and C. 
sintoe the sintoe bark, which is very similar. 

Cinnamomum album. Canella alba. — C. in- 
dicum. Cinnamomum cassia. 

Cinnamon. Cinnamomum. See Cinnamo- 
mum Zclandicum. 

Cinnamon suet. An oleaginous and waxy 
product of the cinnamon trees. 

CINNA'MYL. Cinnamule. The hypotheti- 
cal radical of cinnamon oil, &c. (Ci8H 8 0j=Ci). 
Pure oil of cinnamon is the hydmret, or CiH. ; 
but the commercial oil contains resins and an 
acid, which are oxides of ciunamyle. These 
resins, as well as cinnamic acid, CiO,HO, are 
formed by exposure to the air. Cinnamic acid 
is crystalline, and capable of sublimation. Cin- 
nameinc is an oily derivative of cinnamyle, 
found in balsam of Peru, from which cinnamic 
acid is readily obtained by the action of alkalies. 

Cino'nosi. Diseases of motion. 

Cinoplanesis. Irregular motion. 

Cinquefoil. Potentilla reptans. 

Ci'on. The uvula. 

Cio'nis. An enlargement and painful swell- 
ing of the uvula. 

Cipipa. A kind of tapioca. 

CIRCiE'A. (a, a;, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diandria. Monogynia. — C. Intciana. Enchant- 
er's night-shade, which is now fallen entirely 
into disuse. 

Circinnate. When the leaves, inflores- 
cence, or other parts are rolled up in a spiral 
manner. 

Circium AnvENSE. Serratula arvensis. 

Circocele. See Cirsoccle. 
** Circos. Kipooc. The Greek for a varix. 

Ci'rcus. A circular bandage. — Turton. 

CIRCULATION. ( Circulalio, onis, f. ; from 
circulo, to compass about.) The course taken 
by the blood from the heart around the body. 
The aerated blood sets out from the left ventri- 
cle, and is distributed by the arteries through- 
out the body ; entering the capillaries from 
these, it is again collected by the veins, and re- 
turned to the right auricle. This constitutes 
the great, or systemic circulation. By the con- 
traction of the right auricle the venous blood is 
thrown into the right ventricle, and hence into 
the pulmonary artery, which distributes it to 
the capillaries of the lungs, where it parts with 
its carbonic acid, and acquires oxygen, or be- 
166 



CIR 

comes converted into arterial, red, or florid 
blood. From these vessels, the pulmonary 
veins collect and pour it into the left auricle of 
the heart. This auricle, contracting, drives the 
blood into the left ventricle, and thus the cir- 
cuit is completed. This is the lesser, or pulmo- 
nic circulation. There is also a small circuit 
accomplished through the coronary arteries and 
veins for the supply of the heart. The object 
of these currents is to supply every part with 
blood, and to renew its activity by aeration. 

Much discussion has arisen concerning the 
forces which propel the blood through this 
route, but there is little doubt that there are 
several, of which the chief are the contraction 
of the auricles and ventricles ; the elasticity 
of the vessels, especially of the arteries, and the 
affinity of various elements of the blood for 
the tissues through which it circulates. Tho 
nervous power is also interested in the capillary 
circulation, as we observe in the phenomenon 
of blushing ; nor is muscular contraction with- 
out influence. 

Circulation, capillary.* The passage of 
the blood through the system of minute or capil- 
lary vessels which penetrate every part of the 
tissues, and lie between the arteries and veins. 
It is in this circulation that nutrition, secretion, 
and animal heat take place, and in which arte- 
rial blood becomes changed to venous. What- 
ever other changes occur, we know that arterial 
blood here acquires carbonic acid (in the sys- 
temic circulation), from the metamorphosis of 
parts. The cause, of the blood's movement is 
only partially attributable to the heart, elastic- 
ity of the vessels, and nervous influence ; it is 
mainly due to the affinity of the tissue or viscus, 
which has the capacity of attracting the blood, 
and, having produced a change thereon, loses 
its affinity, and thus the effete portion is pushed 
forward by the advancing current, and flows 
toward the veins. The matters necessary to 
the function and maintenance of particular or- 
gans are drawn from the capillaries by the pro- 
cess of absorption, and alterations effected in 
the blood by the penetration of fluids or gases 
from the surrounding tissues. The fluid of the 
capillaries also differs according to their size, 
some conveying red blood, while others carry 
only a serous fluid. Any disturbance of the 
function of the capillaries is attended by dis- 
ease. A loss of elasticity in their parietes pro- 
duces a retardation of the current and accumu- 
lation of blood, which may result in engorge- 
ment or inflammation of an organ, and termi- 
nate by a change of the fluid into pus, sanies, 
or other morbid products. 

Circulation, fcetal. In the fcetus, there 
being no pulmonic circulation, the course of the 
blood differs from that of the adult. Arterial- 
ized blood is received from the placenta by the 
umbilical vein, which conveys it partly into the 
liver, and partly into the vena cava, by the 
ductus venosus. From both these it reaches 
the right auricle of the heart, which, by con- 
tracting, drives a small part into the right ven- 
tricle, from which it enters the pulmonary vein, 
and is returned by the ductus arteriosus into 
the aorta; but the greater part passes. through 
the foramen ovale, lying between the auricles. 



CIR 

directly into the left auricle. The blood of the 
left auricle is driven, by its contraction, into 
the left ventricle, and hence passes by the aorta 
through the arterial syBtem ; but that portion 
which reaches the internal iliacs is diverted 
from the foetus, these arteries forming the um- 
bilical arteries, and returning to the placenta, 
where the effete blood is aerated by contact 
and imbibition from the maternal fluid. The 
veins of the foetus discharge into the vena cava, 
the blood they convey being, mixed with that 
of the umbilical vein in the light auricle. 

Circulation, portal. The venous circula- 
tion through the liver. The blootl of the ab- 
dominal viscera takes this route. 

CI'ROULUS. (Diminutive of circus, a cir- 
cle.) A circle or ring. Applied to circular 
parts, or any part of the body which is of an 
annular shape, as circulus oculi, iridis, &c. • 

Circulus arteriosus i'ridis. The artery 
which runs round the iris, and forms a circle, is 
so termed. 

Circulus cilia'ris. See Ciliary circle. 

Circulus membranosus. The hymen. 

Circulus osseus. Annulus osseus. A ring- 
like bone in the ear of the foetus. It is placed 
at the bottom of the cartilaginous meatus ex- 
ternus, and supports the membrana tympani. 
In the adult it is united with the meatus. 

Circulus qua'druplex. A kind of bandage 
used by the old surgeons. 

Circulus tonsillaris. A plexus surround- 
ing the tonsil, formed of the lingual and glosso- 
pharyngeal nerves. 

Circulus Willisii. Willis's circle. See 
Encpehalos. 

Circumagentes. The oblicpie muscles of 
the eye. 

Circumcalua'lis. The tunica conjunctiva. 

CIRCUMCTSION. (Circnmcisio, onis, f . ; 
from circumcido, to cut about.) The removal 
of the prepuce from the glans penis, or of a por- 
tion of the prepuce. It is practiced by surgeons 
in some cases of phymosis. 

CIRCUMDUCTION. Circumduct™. The 
act of moving a limb or any part around, or 
about a centre. 

Circumductionis opiFEX. The superior ob- 
lique muscle of the eye. — Vcsalius. 

CIRCUMFLEX A ANTERIOR. Anteri- 
or circumflex artery. The name of a branch of 
the humeral artery dispersed upon the muscles 
covering the anterior part of the shoulder joint. 

Circumflexa externa. The external cir- 
cumflex. An artery usually arising from the 
profundafemoris, but sometimes from the com- 
mon femoral. It is distributed to the muscles 
of the hip and thigh. 

Circumflexa ili'aca. Circumflexa ossisilii. 
Biaca anterior. An artery which rises nearly 
opposite the epigastric, from the external iliac 
artery, immediately before it passes under Pou- 
part's ligament. It runs along the crest of the 
ilium, between the transversalis and internal 
oblique muscles, and inosculates with the epi- 
gastric, inferior intercostal, and lumbar arteries. 

Circumflexa interna. An artery given off 
from the profunda or femoral, opposite the ex- 
ternal circumflex. It turns round the inner part 
•of the neck of the thigh bone. 



CIR 

Circumflexa posterior. Articularit poste- 
rior. A branch of the humeral artery, larger 
than the circumflexa anterior, passing to the 
back of the shoulder joint, and dispersed chief- 
ly on the deltoid muscle. 

CIRCUMFLE'XUS. Circumflex. An epi- 
thet given by anatomists to objects which wind 
round others. Thus there is an anterior and 
posterior circumflex artery around the shoulder 
joint, a circumflex muscle of the palate, &c. 

Circumflexus palati. Circumflexus palati 
mollis. A muscle of the palate. It arises from 
the spinous process of the sphenoid bone, be- 
hind the foramen ovale, and from the Eusta- 
chian tube ; it then runs down along the Pter- 
ygoideus interims, passes over the hook of the 
pterygoid process by a round tendon, which 
soon spreads into a broad membrane. It is in- 
serted into the velum pendulum palati, and the 
semilunar edge of the os palati. Its use is to 
stretch the velum, to draw it downward, and 
to the side toward the hook. 

Circumfusa. The natural agents, as climate, 
atmosphere, heat, &c, which surround man at 
all times. — Halle. 

Circumli'tio. A liniment. 

Circumossa'lis membrana. The periosteum. 

CIRCUMSCI'SUS. Circumscissile. (From. 
circumscindo, to cut round about.) Circum- 
cised. Applied to a membranous capsule, sep- 
arating into two parts by a complete circular 
fissure. 

CIRRHO'SIS. (From ntppoe, yellowish.) A 
pathological condition not uncommon in the 
liver, which becomes condensed, granular, and 
of a rusty yellow color, forming the tubercula- 
ted, lobulated, mammelated, hob-nail, or gin 
liver of different authors. It also occurs in the 
lungs. 

Cirro'sus. Cirrose : having a cirrus or ten- 
dril. 

Cir'rus. Cirrhus. A tendril. 

CIRSOCE'LE. (e, cs, f. KipaoK^v; from 
Kipaoc, varix, or a dilatation of a vein, and 
K7]2.rj, a tumor.) A varicose enlargement of the 
spermatic veins : it is most frequently confined 
to that part of the spermatic cord which is be- 
low the opening in the abdominal tendon ; and 
the vessels generally become rather larger as 
they approach the testes. It occasions pain 
from the distension of the vessels, and is attend- 
ed with a sense of weight in the loins. Usual- 
ly the affection is slight, and keeping the bow- 
els open and sustaining the scrotum by a net 
is all that is necessary. When the vessels are 
more than usually tumid, leeches should be ap- 
plied, and followed by astringent lotions to the 
cord and scrotum. Where the disease is invet- 
erate, surgeons recommend the removal of a 
considerable portion of the loose skin of the 
scrotum, so as to condense its structure, and 
this is a radical cure. 

Cirsoi'des. 1. Resembling a varix. 2. The 
upper part of the brain. 3. The spermatic 
veins. 

Cirso'mphalos. A varicose state of the veins 
around the navel. 

CIRSOPHTHA'LMIA. (a, <v, f. ; from tup- 
aoe, and otydatyoc, the eye.) A varicose state 
of the vessels of the eye. 

1G7 



CIT 

CISSA'MPELOS. (*, f.-) A genus of plants. 
Diascia. Monadelphia. Menispermacece. — C 
pareira. C. caapeba. Pareira brava ; called, 
also, Parcyra. The root of this plant, a native 
of South America and the West Indies, has no 
remarkable smell, but a sweet bitter, and some- 
what austere taste. It has been extolled in 
nephritic and calculous complaints. The dose 
is from 3j. to 3ij. of the powder ; or an infusion 
may be made with 3iij. of the root to Ibj. of 
water, the third part of this being taken at a 
dose. It is said to contain a peculiar alkaloid, 
cissampelin. 

Ciste'rna. (a, a, f.) A cistern or reser- 
voir. The fourth ventricle of the brain has 
been so called. — C. chyli. C. lurnbaris. The 
receptaculum chyli. 

CI'STUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Polyandria. Monogynia. Cistaccm. — C. crc- 
ticus. The plant yielding ladanum. It is a 
native of Syria and the Archipelago. The gum- 
resin called ladanum exudes upon the leaves 
of this plant. Ladanum was formerly much 
employed internally as a pectoral and astrin- 
gent in catarrhal affections, dysenteries, and 
several other diseases ; at present, however, it 
is never used, except as an ingredient in the 
stomachic plaster, emplastrum ladani. — C. la- 
daniferus. This species grows in Spain, Por- 
tugal, and Provence. Its young branches af- 
ford, by boiling in water, a substance analogous 
to the ladanum of Crete. — C. laurifolius. This 
grows in the south of France, and also affords 
a kind of ladanum. — C. ledon. Ledum palus- 
tre. 

CI'TRATE. (Citras, at/s, f. ; from citrus, 
the lemon.) A salt of citric acid. 

Citrate of ammonia. It is formed by neu- 
tralizing sesquicarbonate of ammonia by citric 
acid, and is a slight diaphoretic. 

Citrate of potash. This salt is used me- 
dicinally, in the form of the common efferves- 
cing saline draught, made with citric acid and 
carbonate of potash. It is useful in allaying ir- 
ritability of the stomach and vomiting, and is a 
slight diaphoretic. 

Citrate of soda. A scruple of carbonate 
of soda, neutralized by a sufficient quantity of 
lemon-juice, or ten grains of citric acid, forms 
an effervescing draught, which has nearly the 
same effects as that made with citrate of potash. 

Citreolus. The cucumber. 

Ci'treum. Ci'trea. Citrus medica. 

CI'TRIC. (Citricus; from citrus, the lemon.) 
Of, or belonging to, the lemon. 

Citric acid. Acidum citricum. (U. S.) 
The acid of lemons. It also exists in cranber- 
ries, tamarinds, &c., and may be obtained by 
straining the juice, saturating with chalk, puri- 
fying the precipitate, and decomposing by di- 
lute sulphuric acid. It is very sour, but of an 
agreeable flavor ; soluble in hot and cold water. 
It is found in short, transparent, rhomboidal 
prisms; colorless. Sp. gr., 1-617. The for- 
mula of these is CiaH 5 On f 3HO-j-2HO, but it 
is also formed with one equivalent of water of 
crystallization. The acid is tribasic. 

When 1 part of citric acid is dissolved in 19 
of water, the solution may be used as a substi- 
tute for lemon-juice. If before solution the 
168 



CL A 

crystals be triturated with a little sugar and a 
few drops of the oil of lemons, the resemblance 
to the native juice will be more complete. It 
is refrigerant, and an antidote against sea-scur- 
vy; but the admixture of mucilage and other 
vegetable matter in the recent fruit of the lem- 
on has been supposed to render it preferable 
to the pure acid of the chemist. It is more 
expensive, and seldom preferred to the tartaric 
acid for effervescing draughts. 

The solution of pitric acid undergoes sponta- 
neous decomposition. By an increasing heat 
it is decomposed into several products. At first 
it yields the hydrated aconitic acid, or pyro' 
citric acid ; then the pyroaconitic, or citricic 
acid; afterward the citraconic; and, lastly, an 
empyreumatic oil. 

Citrine ointment. Unguentum hydrargyri 
nitratis. 

Citri'nula. A small citron or lemon. 

Ci'trinus. Citrine. Lemon-colored. 

Citron. See Citrus medica. 

Citrtj'llus. Cucurbita citrullus. 

CI'TRUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The lemon. 2. A 
genus of plants. Polyadelphia. Icosandria. 
Aurantiacccc. — C. aurantium. C. vulgaris. 
The orange-tree and fruit. The flowers, flores 
napha, are highly odoriferous, and used as a 
perfume. The water distilled from the flowers 
is called aqua florum napha;. Orange flowers 
were once thought to possess considerable an- 
tispasmodic powers ; and the distilled water is 
still prescribed on the European Continent. 
The yellow rind, c*ortcx aurantii, has a grateful 
aromatic flavor, and a warm, bitterish taste. 
The juice of oranges is a grateful, acid, refriger- 
ant, antiscorbutic drink, and is useful in bilious 
and some dyspeptic complaints. — C. Bigarardia 
yields the Bigarade, bitter, or Seville orange. — 
C. limctla yields the lime, a small, fragrant 
lemon. — The fruit of C. paradisi resembles the 
shaddock, which is the product of C. decumana. 
— C. medica. The lemon-tree. The juice of 
the lemon, which is much more acid than 
that of the orange, possesses similar virtues. 
The exterior rind is a very grateful aromatic 
bitter, not so hot as orange-peel, and yielding 
in distillation a less quantity of oil, which is 
extremely light, almost colorless, and generally 
brought from the southern parts of Europe, 
under the name of essence of lemons. The 
citron-tree is also considered as belonging to the 
same species, the Citrus medica. Its fruit is 
called ccdromcla, which is larger and less suc- 
culent than the lemon ; but in all other respects 
the citron and lemon trees agree. The citron- 
juice, when sweetened with sugar, is called by 
the Italians agro di cedro. — The C. mella rosa 
of Lamarck is another variety of the C. medica. 
The essence prepared from this fruit is called 
essence of bergamotte, and essentia de cedra. 

Cittara. A place in the Isle of Ischia, 
where there are thermal waters of 100° Fahr. 
They contain carbonate and sulphate of lime, 
and muriate of soda. 

Civet cat. Viverra civetta and V. zibetha. 

CIVE'TTA. Civet: a perfume resembling, 
but very inferior to, musk. 

Cl. Chlorine. 

Cladonia islandica. Cetraria islandica.— * 



CL A 

C. rangiferina. Reindeer moss. It i8 nutri- 
tious and pectoral. 

CLAIRVOYANCE. A supposed mesmeric 
state, during which the patient sees objects oth- 
erwise out of sight, and, it is pretended, has the 
quality of vision diffused over the whole body ! 

CLAP. (From the old French word clapi- 
ses, public shops kept by single prostitutes.) 
See Urethritis. 

CLA'RET. Clarctum. 1. A light French 
wine, drunk in this country chiefly m summer. 
Claret is an excellent drink in typhoid fevers. 
See Vinum. 2. A name formerly given to sev- 
eral factitious wines. 

CLARIFICATION. {Clarificatio, onis, f.; 
from clarus, clear, pure, and facio, to make.) 
The depuration of any thing, or process of free- 
ing a fluid from heterogeneous matter or fecu- 
lencies, as by white of egg, charcoal, <fcc. 

Ci-area. Salvia sclarea. 

CLASS. A group of objects, &c., allied in 
several prominent qualities. A class is divided 
into orders, genera, species, and varieties. 

Classy. A place near Laon, in Picardy, 
where there are chalybeate waters. 

Claudicatio. Clauditas. Claudication. 
Lameness; limping. i 

CLAU'STRUM. (um, i, n. ; a barrier, from 
claudo, to shut.) Formerly applied in anatomy, 
as claustrum gutturis, the opening of the phar- 
ynx ; claustrum. virginitatis, the hymen. 

CLAUSU'RA. (a, <b, f. ; from claudo, to 
shut.) An imperforation of any canal or cavity 
of the body. Thus clausura Uteri is a preter- 
natural imperforation of the uterus ; clausura tu- 
barum Fallopianarum, a morbid imperforation 
of the Fallopian tubes, mentioned by Ruysch 
as one cause of infecundity. 

CLAVA'RIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of fungi. 
Club-shaped fungus. — C. cinerca. Gray goat's- 
beard. This and the C. coralloides are some- 
times eaten. Their flesh is cottony, and they 
have little flavor. The latter was once used as 
a corroborant and astringent. 

Clava'tio. Synonymous with Gomphosis. 

Clava'tus. Clubbed; club-shaped. 

Clavella'ti ci'neres. Wood ashes. 

CLAVICLE. Clavi'cula. (a, <z, f . ; from 
elavis, a key, on account of some resemblance 
to the keys used by the ancients. ) The collar 
bone. The clavicle is placed at the root of the 
neck, and at the upper part of the breast. It 
extends across, from the tip of the shoulder to 
the upper part of the sternum ; it is a round 
bone, a little flattened toward the end which 
joins the scapula, and curved like an Italic /. 

The end next the sternum is round and flat, 
or button-like ; and it is received into a suitable 
hollow on the upper piece of the sternum. 

The outward end of the clavicle is flattened 
as it approaches the scapula, and the. edge of 
that flatness is turned to the edge of the flatten- 
ed acromion, so that they touch but in one sin- 
gle point, and they are tied firmly by strong 
ligaments. « 

Clavi'culus. Clavis. The clavicle. 

CLA'VUS. (us, i, m. ; a nail.) 1. A corn, 
so called from its resemblance to the head of a 
nail. It is a roundish, horny, cutaneous extu- 
berance, with a central nucleus, sensible at its 



C LI 

base ; found chiefly on the toes, from the press- 
ure of tight shoes. 2. An intense pain in some 
part of the head, limited to a very small space, 
and causing a sensation as if a nail were being 
driven into the head. It is most frequently 
connected with hysteria, and is then called 
clavus hystericus. 3. A tubercle on the white 
of the eye ; so called from its shape. — Celsus. 
4. Condylomata of the uterus have been called 
clavi. 

Clavus oculi. This name has been given 
by some to staphyloma. 

Clavus secah'nus. Secale cornutum. 

Clay. The impure hydrated silicate of alu- 
mina, constituting a tenacious earth. 

Cleansings. The lochia. 

CLEAVAGE. This term is applied to the 
mechanical division of. crystals. 

Cleavers. Galium aparine. 

Cleidion. The clavicle. 

Cleidomastoide'us. The posterior part of 
the stcrno-cleido-mastoideus. — Albinus. 

CLEI'S AGRA, (a, w, f. ; from nine, the 
clavicle, and ay pa, a prey.) A name given by 
Ambroise Pare to gout affecting the articulation 
of the clavicle. 

Clei'thron. Claustrum. 

C L E ' M A T I S. ( tis, idis, f. ) A genus of 
plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranuncu- 
lacew. — C. daphnoi'des. Vinca minor. — C.pas- 
siflora. The passion-flower. — C. recta. Up- 
right virgin's bower. The same virtues are 
attributed to this plant as to the next. — C. vi- 
talba. The traveller's joy. Vitalba. C. ar- . 
thragene of Theophrastus. Its leaves, when 
fresh, produce a warmth on the tongue, and if 
the chewing is continued, blisters arise. They 
also vesicate and ulcerate the skin when rub- 
bed on it. The plant has been administered 
internally to cure lues venerea, scrofula, and 
rheumatism. An infusion of two or three 
drachms of the leaves in a pound of boiling 
water may be taken in the course of the four- 
and-twenty hours. — The C. viorna, C. virgini- 
ca, C. crispa, and C. Jlammula, are also very 
acrid. 

Clemati'tis. The same as clematis. 

Clepsy'dra or Cle'psydra. (From kTlctttu. 
to conceal, and v6up, water.) The name of an 
instrument used by the ancients to measure 
time by the dropping of water through a hole 
from one vessel to another. 

Clermont ferrand. A town in the depart- 
ment of Puy de Dome. It has acidulous 
springs. 

Cle'ves. A city of Westphalia. It has min- 
eral waters, containing carbonate and sulphate 
of iron. 

Clifton. Near Bristol. A dry, mild cli- 
mate, resorted to by English invalids. 

CLIMACTERIC. (Climactericus; fromx^- 
fia!;, a gradation.) A term applied to those 
years in the life of man which have been sup- 
posed to mark n certain degree in the scale of 
his existence. Such periods are often divided 
into seven years. 

Climacteric disease. The gradual loss of 
the powers, &c, in old age. 

CLIMATE. (From idii/ia, a region.) The 
prevailing constitution of the atmosphere of any 

169 



CLI 

region with re3pect to heat, cold, moisture, 
winds, and impregnation with extraneous mat- 
ters, is called the climate of that region. 

The subject of climate is one of the highest 
interest to the naturalist, the physiologist, and 
the physician. Climate exerts a very sensible 
influence on the animal and vegetable kingdoms 
in different parts of. the globe : it is one of the 
causes which determine the physical and moral 
peculiaiities of different races of mankind ; and 
it has a marked influence in modifying the char- 
acters of disease, the operation of remedies, 
and the whole practice of medicine. 

The diseases chiefly benefited by a change 
of climate are, 

1. Pulmonary Consumption. — If the change 
«.>f climate is to be productive of any real bene- 
fit, it must be tried at a much earlier period of 
the disease than it generally is, and before the 
actual development of tubercles in the lungs. 
The climates best adapted to consumptive pa- 
tients are Rome ; Madeira ; the Canary Islands ; 
Pensacola, Tampa Bay, Key Biscayno; the 
southern side of the West India Islands, espe- 
cially Cuba and Jamaica; Vera Cruz, and Mex- 
ico. Those who have passed the winter in 
mild climates should in general seek a more 
bracing air in summer ; and during the course 
of this season they may advantageously change 
the air frequently, taking care not to visit any 
place the climate of which is hostile to their 
particular state of health. 

2. Chronic Bronchitis. — The morbid condi- 
tions of the mucous lining of the larynx, trachea, 
and bronchi are greatly influenced by climate ; 
and the change from a cold and moist to a mild 
and dry air seldom fails to relieve, and occa- 
sionally removes them. The situations which 
have been mentioned as most favorable in 
phthisis are best suited also to bronchial dis- 
eases generally. 

3. Asthma is often greatly relieved, and oc- 
casionally ceases, under the influence of a m,ild 
climate, more especially when complicated with 
disease of the bronchial membrane, as it almost 
always is when of some duration. 

4. Chronic Rheumatism and Gout.— 7Climate 
produces the most decidedly beneficial effects 
in these diseases, and that often with surprising 
rapidity, even in cases of long standing, which 
have resisted the best directed medical treat- 
ment. The climate should be dry, warm, and 
equable. 

5. Scrofula. — Strumous affections, especially 
when seated in the skin and lymphatic glands, 
are frequently cured, and the general health is 
greatly improved by a mild climate. 

6. Dyspepsia. — Different forms of dyspepsia, 
hypochondriasis, and other nervous affections, 
intimately connected with a disordered state of 
the digestive organs, all of which are aggrava- 
ted by a cold and humid atmosphere, are much 
mitigated by a winter's residence in the South, 
if aided by a proper regimen. 

Besides the above mentioned, there are sev- 
eral other morbid states of the system which 
are remarkably benefited by chauge of climate. 
Such are irritable states of the mucous mem- 
branes generally, and irritable cutaneous affec- 
tions. At those periods of life, also, which are 
170 



CLO 

attended with rapid development or critical 
changes in the constitution, the influence of 
change of climate is very beneficial. In weakly 
childhood, and puberty, and in climacteric de- 
cay, a new climate, if well adapted to the indi- 
vidual, has frequently succeeded in improving 
and establishing the health. For the peculi- 
arities of localities, see them severally. 

Climaticus. Climatic. Belonging to cli- 
mate. 

Climbing birthwort. See Arislolochia. 
Clinan'thus. Clinanthium. The enlarged 
and flattened top of a common peduncle which 
supports several sessile flowers, as in scabiosa 
and dorstcnia. 

CLI'NICAL. (Clinicus; from kIivt), abed.) 
Relating to a bed : thus, clinical lectures, lec- 
tures delivered at the bedside of the patient ; 
clinical notes, notes taken at the bedside, &c. 

Clinique. A school where medicine or sur- 
gery is taught by the direct examination and 
treatment of the patients. 

C l i n i u m. The termination of the floral 
branch on which the carpels are situated — the 
torus. 

Clinker. The black oxide of iron of the 
smith's forge. i 

Cli'noid. Clinoidcs. Resembling a bed. 
The four processes surrounding the sella tur- 
cica of the sphenoid bone are so called, of 
which two are anterior and two posterior. 

Clinomastoide'us. A corruption of cleido- 
mastoideus. See Stemo-cleido-mastoideus. 

CLINOPO'DIUM VULGARE. Wild basil. 
This plant was formerly in esteem against the 
bite of serpents, and to facilitate labor ; it was 
also given in strangury, and as an astringent in 
diarrhoea. 

Cliseo'meter. Cliseometrum. An instru- 
ment invented by Stein, and described by Osi- 
ander, for measuring the degree of inclination 
of the female pelvis, or, in other words, the an- 
gle which the axis of the pelvis makes with 
that of the body. 

Clito'ridis musculus. See Erector clitori- 
dis. 

CLI'TORIS. (is, idis, f. KTietropic ; from 
icXetu, to inclose, or hide.) A small glandiform 
body, like a penis in miniature, and, like it, 
covered with a prepuce or foreskin. It is sit- 
uated above the nympha), and before the open- 
ing of the urinary passage of women. 

Clitorismus. 1. A morbid or congenital en- 
largement of the clitoris. 2. Excessive venery. 
CLOA'CA. (a, cc, f.) A cavity formed by 
the extremity of the intestinal canal in birds, 
fish, reptiles, and the monotrematous animals. 
It forms a common cavity, in which the intes- 
tines and ureters terminate in both sexes, and 
the vagina also in the female. 

Cloacs. The openings through the integu- 
ments which in necrosis lead to the dead bone. 
CLO'NIC. (Clonicus: from k2.ovoc, agita- 
tion, commotion.) A spasm which is not of 
long duration, though it may be repeated in 
rapid succession; such are the spasms which 
affect the muscles in epilepsy. Clonic is op- 
posed to tonic spasm. . 

Clono'des. KlovuSeg. A vibratory pulse; 
convulsive. 



C LY 

CLONUS. Clonos. A generic term, mean- 
ing any frequently recurring act or convulsion, 
as, C. nictitatio, winking. — C. epilepsia, epilep- 
sy. — C. subsvltus, subsultus tendinum. 

Clot of blood. See Blood. 

Cloporte ordinaire. The wood-louse. 

Cloud berry. Rubrus chamamiorus. 

CLOVE. See Eugenia caryophyllata. — C. 
bark. See Myrtus caryophyllata. — C. gilli- 
flower. C. pink. Dianthus caryophyllata. 

Cloven. See Fissus. 

CLUB-FEET. A congenital or acquired dis- 
tortion of the feet, arising from contraction of 
the extensor muscles. The following are some 
new terms, introduced by Dr. rtrauss, to desig- 
nate the varieties of club-foot: 1. The Tip-foot, 
Horse-foot, or Pes equinus. When the sufferer 
walks on his toes, and the heel is drawn up- 
ward. In this class may be included the knot- 
foot (pied-bot en dessousV when the patient 
walks upon the back ot the foot. 2. The 
Cross-foot, Club-foot inward, or Varus. When 
the sufferer walks on the outward edge of the 
foot, or the outward part of the dorsum, the 
point of the foot being turned inward. 3. The 
Out-bow foot, Club-foot outward, or Valgus. 
The sufferer treads upon the inward part of the 
foot; the point of the foot, and sometimes the 
heel, are turned outward. 4. The Heel club- 
foot, or Talipes calcaneus. The patient walks 
upon the heel. The treatment of these deform- 
ities consists in extension by a proper appara- 
tus, and the division of the tendons of the con- 
tracted muscles in some cases. 

Club-shaped. See Clavatus. 

Club moss. Lycopodium clavatum. 

Clune's. The buttocks, or nates. 

CLU'PEA. A genus of fishes, including the 
shad, herring, anchovy, &c. — C. alosa. The 
shad. — C. encrasi 'coins. The anchovy. — C. 
harengus. The common herring. — -C. latulus. 
Whitebait. — C. pilchardus. The pilchard. — 
C. sprattus. The sprat. — C. thryssa, or yellow- 
billed sprat of the West Indian seas, is said to 
be very poisonous. 

CLU'SIA. A genus of plants. Polygamia. 
Monacia. The species exude several kinds of 
gum resins. 

CLU'TIA. A genus of plants. Dioecia. Gy- 
nandria. — Clutia collinais a poisonous species; 
and C. spinosa is astringent, and used in India 
as an anthelmintic for cattle. 

CLY'DON. (KZwJwv, a wave.) Fluctuation 
of the contents of the abdomen ; flatulence. — 
Galen. 

Clypea'lis cartila'go. The thyroid carti- 
lage. 

Clypeate. Shield-shaped; scutiform. 

CLYS'MA. (KXvofia; from nlv&, to wash.) 
In medical language, a clyster. See Enema. 

CLYSTER. A mucilaginous, or purgative, sa- 
line, nutritious, narcotic, &c., lavement, thrown 
into the rectum by a syringe, to answer partic- 
ular indications. Some clysters are officinal. 
See Enema. 

_ Cly'ssus. An old chemical term. Some- 
times it meant a compound of various chemical 
products of the same substance, but generally 
the product of the detonation of nitre with any 
other substance: thus nitre, deflagrated with 



COA 

charcoal, foimed the clyssus nitri ; with anti- 
mony, the clyssus antimonii ; and with sulphur, 
the clyssus sulphuris. 

Cnemodactyl^'us. The extensor long- 
us digitorum pedis. 

Cneomos. Cnesis. Prurigo. 

Cneorum tricoccum. Cneoron. Daphne 
mezereum. 

Cnicin. A brown, extractive body of Cni- 
cus (Centaurca) benedicUis. It is bitter, and 
contains no nitrogen ? 

CNI'CUS. {us, i, f. ; kvlkoc.) 1. Formerly 
carthamus tinctorius. 2. A genus of plants. 
Syngcnesia. Polygamia eequalis. Compositor. 
— C. cernuus. The nodding cnicus: the tender 
stalks, boiled and peeled, are eaten. — C. lana- 
tus. The distaff thistle. Formerly used as an 
alterative. — C. olcraceus. Round-leaved mead- 
ow thistle. The leaves are eaten like cabbage. 
— C. sylvestris. C. bencdictus. Centaurea 
benedicta. 

Cnidii grana. See Daphne mezereum. 

Cnido'sis. Kviduoic. A pungent itching. 

CO. The symbol of cobalt. 

Coacervate. Accumulated. 

Coadunate. Two or more parts united to- 
gether. 

Coaduna'tje. The name given by Linnaeus 
to a natural family of plants, which have a num- 
ber of flowers clustered together so as to resem- 
ble a single flower. 

Coa'gulable. Coagulabilis. Susceptible of 
coagulation. 

COAGULABLE LYMPH. The transparent, 
gelatinous exudation from wounded or inflamed 
vessels, which becomes organized, and serves 
to repair injuries or produce adhesions. Its pe- 
culiar component is fibrin, and it differs from 
blood only in the absence of red globules. 

Coa'gulant. (Coagulans; from coagulo, to 
incrassate, or curdle.) Having the power of 
coagulating. Formerly applied to medicines 
supposed to render the blood more coagulable. 

Coagulated mercury. The binoxide of 
mercury. 

COAGULA'TION. (Coagulatio ; from co- 
agulo, to curdle.) The sudden or spontaneous 
conversion of a liquid into a soft solid mass, of 
a gelatinous consistence and nature, as when 
the white of an egg is consolidated by heat ; or 
the separation of the denser particles from a 
fluid, as in the coagulation of the blood. 

COA'GULUM. (wot, i, n.) The tenacious 
substance formed from a fluid by coagulation. 
The clot of the blood is so called. In Patholo- 
gy, the plug of coagulable lymph which forms 
in divided arteries, or the clot of blood result- 
ing from morbid action, and frequently found in 
cavities, or effused. 

Coagulum alu'minis. This is made by beat- 
ing the white of eggs with a little alum until a 
coagulum is formed. It has been recommend- 
ed as an efficacious application in a relaxed 
state of the conjunctive membrane of the eye. 
Coal fish. Gadus carbonarius. 
Coalte'rna febris. A double intermittent. 
Coaptation. Coapta'tio. An old surgical 
term for what is now called the reduction of a 
dislocation or fracture. 

COARCTATION. ( Coarctatio ; from co 
171 



coc 

arcto, to straighten.) Applied in medical lan- 
guage to the contraction or lessening of the 
diameter of a canal, as of the intestinal canal, 
or the urethra. 

Coarcta'tus. Crowded. 

Coarticula'tio. Syn. of diarthrosis. 

CO'BALT. ( Cobaltum, i, n.) A brittle, 
crystalline metal, of a reddish-gray color, and 
weak metallic lustre. Sp. gr., 7-834 ; eq., 29-5 ; 
sym., Co. It undergoes little change in the air, 
but absorbs oxygen when heated m open ves- 
sels, and is readily oxidized by means of nitric 
acid. It is magnetic, and difficultly fusible. 

Cobalt exists hi nature commonly combined 
with arsenic; when this is roasted, it yields 
zaffre, an impure oxide, which, when fused 
with sand and potash, gives smalt, extensively 
used as a coloring material by glass and earth- 
enware manufacturers. The oxides of cobalt 
are the protoxide, CoO, and a sesquioxide, 
C02O3. The salts of the former are pink or 
blue. The chloride is a pretty sympathetic ink, 
and used in blow-pipe analysis. The habitudes 
of cobalt are analogous to iron, and, like this 
metal, it unites with cyanogen, forming coballi- 
cyanogen, a hypothetical radical similar to fcr- 
ridcyanogen. 

Cobham springs. A weak saline. 

Co'bra de cape'llo. The hooded snake. 
See Naja. . 

Cobweb. See Aranca. 

Cocoa-nut. Cocos nucifera. 

Cocca cxidia. See Daphne mezcreum. 

Cocci granum. See Coccus infectorius. — C. 
orientalis. The cocculus indicus berries. 

Coccine'lla. 1. The cochineal insect. Coc- 
cus cacti. 2. A genus of coleopterous insects 
resembling the lady-bird. 

COCCOLOBA UVIFERA. The sea-side 
grape of the West Indies; a polygonaceous 
plant, from which the astringent extract called 
Jamaica kino was supposed to be prepared. 

CO'CCULUS. (ns, i, m. ; diminutive of kok- 
koc, a berry.) 1. A little berry. 2. A genus of 
plants. 

Cocculus crispus. Menispermum tubercu- 
latum. 

Cocculus Ikdi aromaticus. Jamaica pep- 
per. See Myrtus pimento.' 

COCCULUS INDICUS. C. lacunosus. C. 
Ic-vanticus. C. picatorius. C. plukenctii. C. 
subcrosus. The berries of menispermum coc- 
culus. 

COCCULUS PALMA'TUS. Menispermum 
palmatum. Of the natural family Menispcrma- 
cece. Dioscia. Hcxandria. The plant which 
produces the calumba root is a native of the 
eastern part of Southern Africa, growing in great 
abundance in the forests of Mozambique. 

The dried root is found in transverse sections, 
generally about one third of an inch in thick- 
ness, and one or two inches in diameter. The 
bark is thick and easily detached, internally 
bright yellow, and covered with a wrinkled 
olive-brown cuticle. The interior part of the 
root is of a pale brownish color, and has a 
spongy texture, with darker converging rays. 
Those pieces which have the fewest worm- 
holes, the brightest color, and are solid and 
neavy, are the best. It is bitter, and slightly 
172 



COC 

aromatic. The bitter principle appeal's to de- 
pend on a crystalline, sparingly soluble sub- 
stance, called colombin. 

This root is a useful antiseptic and tonic. It 
is frequently employed with much advantage 
in diarrhoeas, and also allays the nausea and 
vomiting which accompany pregnancy. Den- 
man found it more useful than the cinchona in 
the low stage of puerperal fever. As a tonic, 
unaccompanied with astringency, and possess- 
ing little stimulus, it has been recommended in 
phthisis and hectic fever, to allay irritability 
and strengthen the digestive organs; and in 
dyspepsia. The dose of the powdered root is 
from grs. xv. to 3S8., repeated three or four 
times a day. 

CO'CCUM. A dry seed-vessel, more or less 
compound, the sides of which are elastic, pro- 
jecting the seeds with force when ripe. 

Co'ccum ba'phicum. Coccus infectorius. 

CO'CCUS. (Kokkoc; us, i, m.) 1. The 
cochineal. (U. S.) 2. In Botany, a cell or 
capsule: when two are joined together, it is 
termed dicoccous ; and where there are three, 
tricoccous, &c. 3. In Entomology , a genus of 
hemipterous insects. — C. cacti. The cochineal 
insect ; also called Coccinclla, Coccinilla, C. 
Amcricanus, and C. Indicus tinctorius. Coch- 
ineal is highly prized for its valuable properties 
in producing the dye which bears its name. It 
is used to color tinctures. Cochineal has a 
faint, disagreeable, bitter, and austere taste. 
Those retaining the white powder on the exte- 
rior, and called silver cochineal, are most val- 
ued. The coloring matter, which is called car- 
minium, or cochincllin, is soluble in water, 
alcohol, and solutions of pure alkalies. The 
carmine of painters is prepared by precipitating 
this coloring matter from its solution by means 
of alum or oxide of tin. — C. infecto'rius. C. 
baphicus. C. ilicis. C. quercus cocciferm. C, 
tinctorius. The insect which produces the 
kcrmes grains, or kermes berries. Now only 
used to color syrups red. — C. lacca. The in- 
sect which produces lac dye. — C. polo'nicus. 
This is found on the roots of the Polygonum 
cocciferum and other plants. It is used as a red 
dye. 

COCCYGE'US. (Coccygeus; from kokkv%, 
because it is inserted into the coccyx. ) A mus- 
cle of the os coccygis, situated within the pel- 
vis. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the 
spinous process of the ischium, and covers the 
inside of the sacro-ischiatic ligament. It is in- 
sorted into the extremity of the os sacrum, and 
nearly the whole length of the os coccygis, lat- 
erally. Its use is to support and move the os 
coccygis forward. 

COCCYX, (zygis, f.) Coccy'gis os. This 
bone is a small appendage to the end of the 
sacrum, terminating in a point. In the child 
it is merely cartilage, and we can find no point 
of bone : during youth, it is ossifying into dis- 
tict bones, which continue movable upon each 
other till mature life ; then the separate bones 
gradually unite with each other, so as to form 
one conical bone : this takes place later in 
women than in men. It forms, with the sa- 
crum, the lowest part of the pelvis. It has no 
foramina, and no communication with the spi- 



COD 

iial canal, but points forward to support the 
lower part of the rectum : thus it contracts the 
lower opening of the pelvis, so as to support ef- 
fectually the rectum, bladder, and womb, and 
yet continues so movable in women as to re- 
cede in time of labor, allowing the head of the 
child to pass. 

Cochenillin. Carminium. The coloring 
principle of cochineal. See Coccus cacti. 

Co'chia. (KonKia; from kokkoc, a berry.) 
Coccia. An ancient name of some officinal 
pills. The pill of cochia of the present day is 
the compound colocynth pill. 

Cochineal. See Coccus- cacti. 

Cochinella Germanica. See Coccus Polo- 
nica. 

CO'CHLEA. {Cochlea, a snail's shell.) A 
cavity of the internal ear, so called from its 
.shape. See Auris. 

Cochlea terrestris. See Limax. 

COCHLE'ARE. {arc, is, n.) A spoon; a 
spoonful. — C. amplum, or magnum, is a table- 
spoon, calculated to hold half a fluid ounce ; C. 
medium is a dessert or pap spoon, supposed to 
hold two tea -spoonfuls; and C. minimum, a 
tea-spoon, which holds about one fluid drachm. 

COCHLEA'RIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Tetradynamia. Siliculosa. Crucifc- 
ree. — C. armoracia. Armoracia. (U. S.) The 
horseradish. The root is very stimulant in 
spirit and infusion. It is diuretic and antiscor- 
butic. Externally applied, the fresh root is ru- 
befacient, — C. coronopus, wild scurvy-grass, 
. is similar to the next. — C. officinalis. C. hor- 
tensis. The lemon scurvy-grass. Its expressed 
juice has been held in great estimation as an 
antiscorbutic. It is used sometimes as a salad. 

Cochlea'riform. Cochleariformis. Shaped 
like a spoon; as the processus cochleariformis 
of the temporal bone. 

COCHLEA'TUS. Cochleate. Spiral, like 
the winding of a shell. 

Cocinic acid. The fat acid of the cocoa-nut. 
It is obtained by saponification, and is snow- 
white, crystalline, fusible at 95°, and volatile. 
Form., C.27H2 6 03,HO. The cocinatc of oxide 
W' ethyl has the odor of apples. 

Cockle. Cardium edule. 

Cocoa. Theobroma cacao. 

CO'COS. A genus of palms. — C- butyra'cea- 
The plant which affords the palm oil. — C. mat- 
di'vicus. Coccus de Maldiva. Nux medica. 
Maldiva nut. Formerly considered alexiphar- 
mic. — C. nuci'fera. The cocoa-nut palm. 

CO'CTION. (Coctio, onis, f. ; from coquo, to 
boil.) Concoction. 1. Digestion. See Diges- 
tion. 2. A boiling or decoction. 3. In humor- 
al pathology, maturation. 

Cod. Gadus morhua. — Cod oil. Codfish 
oil. C. liver oil. See Oltum jecoris aselli. 

Codaga-pala. Nerium antidysentericum. 

C O'D E I A. Codeine. A white crystalline 
6olid, slightly soluble in water, and soluble in 
ether; extracted from opium. Formula, C35 
H20NO5; anhydrous. For the method of* ob- 
taining it, see Morphia. It is an alkaloid. Its 
medical effects are not well understood, since 
it is said to produce great itching, to produce 
intoxication, to allay pain, to produce stupor; 
It is much less active than morphia. 



COF 

Codex medicamentarius. A pharmacopoeia 
or formulary. 

Co'dia. A poppy head. 

Codoce'le. A bubo. 

Cosca'lis. (From caecum, the blind gut.) 
Ccecal : of, or belonging to, the coecum. 

CGE'CUM. (From cascus, blind.) The blind 
gut. See Intestines. 

CCEi'LELMrNTHA. (From kolXoc, hollow, 
and eTijjLivg, a worm.) The name of a class of 
entozoa, including part of the cavitary intesti- 
nal worms of Cuvier, or those which are char- 
acterized by having an alimentary canal con- 
tained in a distinct abdominal cavity. 

CCE'LIA. (Kot/Ua, or noikin; from noihoc, 
hollow.) A cavity in any part of the body, es- 
pecially in the lower belly. 

Cos liac. Celiacus. Appertaining to the 
belly. 

Cos liac artery. Arteria celiaca. The first 
branch given off from the aorta in the cavity of 
the abdomen. It arises from the aorta imme- 
diately after the emergence of the latter from 
between the crura of the diaphragm, or nearly 
opposite the eleventh dorsal vertebra. The 
cceliac artery is a very thick, short trunk, and 
rims little more than an inch and a half before 
it divides into the great branches, viz., the he- 
patic, the coronaria ventricnli, and the splenic. 

CffiUAC passion. Casliac flux. Passio cm- 
liaca. This term has been variously under 
stood by different writers. Sauvages says it is a 
chronic flux, in which the aliment is discharged 
half digested. Dr. Cullen considers it as a spe- 
cies of diarrhoea, under the name of diarrheca 
cosliaca. See Diarrhosa. 

CffiUAC plexus. The solar plexus. 

COZLI'ACA. The first class of diseases in 
Dr. Good's Nosology, embracing diseases of the 
digestive organs. » 

Cceliaca chylosa. C. lactea. A name of 
the cceliac passion. 

CCELI'ACA URINA'LIS. The name given 
by some writers to a disease in which the urino 
is turbid, and appears milky. 

Ccsliacus fluxus. C.morbus. The cceliac 
passion. 

CCELIO-. Casio-. (From kolKoc, hollow.) A 
prefix of many words ; as, Casliocele, hernia. — 
Casliodiarrhosa, diarrhoea. — Coslostomia, a hol- 
low voice. 

COELO'MA. A large, round, and not very 
deep ulcer in the cornea of the eye. 

CCENjESTHE'SIS. The common percep 
tion or general sensibility of the whole body. 

CffiNOBio. A fruit of two or more carpels, 
united at the base and separate at the apex, 
from which a single style arises. 

CCENURUS. The hydatid which dwells in 
the head of sheep, producing the staggers. 

Cceruleus lapis. The sulphate of. copper. 
See Cupri sulphas. 

CO'FFEA. {a, a, f;) 1. Coffee. 2. A ge- 
nus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Ru- 
biaceee. — C. Arabica. The plant which yields 
coffee. The coffee is the seed of this tree. 
The beverage is stimulating, and, when habitu- 
ally taken too strong, it produces bad effects, 
in impairing the digestion, and inducing nervous 
irritability. It possesses nervine and astringent 

173 



COL 

qualities, and may be drunk with advantage at 
all times, except when there is a redundance 
of bile. It is said to be a partial antidote 
against an over dose of opium, and to relieve 
obstinate spasmodic asthmas. Its active prin- 
ciples are caffcin, and a volatile oil generated 
in roasting. Coffee, in those unaccustomed to 
its use, is often binding or astringent, but to 
those in good health, rather stimulating, indu- 
cing a natural evacuation. It is also tonic, 
stimulant, and antisoporific. 

COHABITATION. Writers on legal medi- 
cine use this word in the sense of copulation, or 
coition. 

COHE'SION. ( Cohcnsio, onis ; from con, and 
karco, to stick together. ) That power by which 
the particles of bodies are held, together. 

Cohobation. Redistillation of a fluid on the 
same ingredients. 

Cohosh. The Indian name of Cimicifuga, 
&c. See Aetata Americana. 

Coi'uma. (From Koikia, the bowels.) A 
sudden swelling of the belly from flatulence. — 
Turton. 

COI'NDICANT. (From con, and indico, to 
indicate.) Coindicans. A symptom is called 
coindicant when it is accompanied by others 
indicating the same thing. 

CO'ITUS. Coition. The conjunction of the 
male and female. 

Coitus humoius means a conflux of fluids, or 
gathering of humors. 
Colarado. Dengue. 

Colato'ria la'ctea. Certain vesiculo-vas- 
cular bodies in the internal tunic of the uterus 
described by Astruc. He says they were for- 
merly considered as glands. 

COLATO'RIUM. 1. A strainer of any kind. 
2. Formerly used for an issue, ulcer, &c, from 
which morbid matters were discharged. 

COLATU'RA. (a, a, f. ; from colo, to strain.) 
A filtered or strained liquor. 

Colchester. It has a purging mineral wa- 
ter, Aqua Colcestrencis. 

Colchicia. Colchicine. The alkaloid of 
colchicum, which see. 

CO'LCHICUM. («m, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Hcxandria. Trigynia. Mclantliacea. 
— C. autumnale. The meadow-saffron. Col- 
chicum. A bulbous plant common in wet 
meadows in Europe. Its leaves and seed-ves- 
sels appear above ground in spring, and the 
flower, which is pink and liliaceous, in August. 
The bulbs which have not flowered are collect- 
ed for medicinal use from June to August; if 
older, they lose their properties. The seeds 
are ripe in June and July. The bulb ( Colchici 
radix. C. cormus. C. bulbus), when matm'e, 
on being cut transversely, yields a milky-look- 
ing acrid juice, which produces a beautiful blue 
color if rubbed with the alcoholic solution of 
guaiacum. To preserve the virtues of the plant, 
the bulb, as soon as possible after it is dug up, 
6hould be cut into transverse slices, not thicker 
than an eighth of an inch, and dried by a heat 
not exceeding 170° F. The slices should not 
appear deeply notched, as this is the mark of 
the bulb being too old. The slices should be 
preserved in well-stopped bottles. The needs 
{colchici semina) are nearly round, in size about 
174 



COL 

an eighth of an inch, and of a reddish-brown 
color. Their active properties reside in the 
testa; they do not spoil by being kept. The 
recent bulb has scarcely any odor ; the taste ia 
bitter, hot, and acrid. Its acrimony, according 
to Pelletier and Caventou, resides in veratria ; 
but Hesse and Geiger assert that it is a different 
alkaloid, which they have named colchicia. It 
is procured in slender acicular crystals, is in- 
odorous, has a bitter, biting taste, but is less 
acrid than veratria, from which it differs in be- 
ing soluble in water, and forming crystallizable 
salts with acids. It is said to be violently poi- 
sonous, producing vomiting, diarrhoea, and con- 
vulsions. Vinegar and wine are the best men- 
strua for extracting the active qualities of the 
bulb. A deposit forms in the wine, which Sir 
E. Home says is extremely acrid, exciting nau- 
sea and griping, and ought to be removed, as 
its removal does not alter the virtues of the 
medicine. The seeds contain colchicia, and 
yield it up to wine, vinegar, and alcohol. Mead- 
ow-saffron possesses diuretic, purgative, and 
sedative properties. On the European Conti- 
nent, it is a favorite remedy in dropsy, particu- 
larly hydrothorax, and in humoral asthma, but 
is inferior to squill. In gout, rheumatism, and 
other diseases of 'excitement, however, its effi- 
cacy has been fully ascertained ; and, in allay- 
ing the pain of gout, it may be almost said to 
possess a specific property. It operates on the 
bowels chiefly, producing copious bilious evac- 
uations; and, acting on the nerves and heart, 
diminishes the action of the arterial system. • 
The petals of the flower, and the seed, possess 
the same medicinal properties as the bulb. An 
over-dose of colchicum operates as a powerful 
poison, causing severe diarrhoea, vomiting, fail- 
ure of the pulse, and the most dangerous col- 
lapse. There is no specific antidote ; the re- 
moval of the poison must be effected by vomit-- 
ing or the stomach-pump, and the heart's action; 
sustained by stimulants, of which strong coffee 
is said to be very useful. The dose, m sub- 
stance, is from grs. iij. to grs. ix. of the dried i 
bulb or seeds. 

Colchicum bulbocodiodes. C '.byzantituml . 
C. variegatum. C. montanum. Plants sup- 
posed to yield hermodactyl, a bulbous drug of 
little efficacy, as now found, but under which 
name the ancients distinguished a medicine, re- 
sembling colchicum. As to the supposed source 
of this Colchicum Illyricum, no such plant is 
known. 

Colchicum zeylanicum. See Zedoaria. 

Colco'thar. Chalcitis. Colcothar: vitrioli. 
The brown-red oxide of iron, which remains 
after the distillation of the acid from sulphate 
of iron. 

COLD. 1. TheUbseuce of heat; a temper 
ature below 40° produces the sensation of cold- 
ness. 2. The common name for a catarrh, or 
an irritation of the conjunctiva pf the eye. In 
Pathology, the sensation of coldness, when un- 
connected with the atmospheric temperature, 
is called algor when it is not severe; horror 
when intense, so as to produce chilliness ; and 
rigor when attended with shivering. It is a 
symptom of the first stage of fevers, inflamma- 
tions of the viscera in intermittents, hysteria, 



COL 

nausea, syncope, and, in general, of disturbed 
circulation. In Therapeutics, cold is a most 
important agent in diminishing febrile heat, es- 
pecially of the head ; in producing contraction 
of the vessels in hemorrhages, when applied in 
the form of iced water or ice. Coldness of the 
air, in a moderate degree, is stimulant and tonic, 
and when long continued or severe, sedative. 
The cold bath and cold shower bath are among 
the best tonics for those of a relaxed habit. 
Extremely severe cold produces gangrene and 
internal congestions, ending in death ; but the 
application of cold by bath, wet cloths, &c, 
must be cautiously made, as it may bring on 
colics, catarrh, rheumatism, fevers, peritonitis, 
or a fit of gout in delicate or diseased persons. 
The drinking of much cold or iced water, when 
heated, in the summer, is often followed by the 
most pernicious effects, and even sudden death: 
this results from the action of the cold in dis- 
turbing the circulation, and producing cerebral 
irritation or congestion. It is to be met by 
using stimulants internally, applying cold to 
the head, and counter irritation, by sinapisms, 
to the feet, &c. ; and if inflammation establishes 
itself, bleeding will be necessaiy. 

The sudden dashing of cold water (cold af- 
fusion) upon the body produces remarkable 
effects : it acts as a shock on the nervous sys- 
tem in those cases where loss of nervous power 
exists, as in syncope, hysteria, some forms of 
asphyxia, great weaiiness from over-exertion, 
partial narcotism ; it arouses the system, often 
restores consciousness, and re-establishes the 
functions of particular organs, as the lungs and 
heart. On the other hand, in nervous excite- 
ment, as in mania, it produces sedative effects, 
arrests the paroxysm, allays pain, and produces 
sleep. Letting fall a current of cold water on 
the head, or along the spine, will sometimes 
arouse patients from complete lethargy, or quiet 
a paroxysm of mania. 

Cold affusion. See Cold. 
Cold cream. Melt of white wax, fiv. ; al- 
mond oil, Ibj. ; add slowly a pint of rose-water, 
stirring till cold. 

CO'LEOPHY'LLUM. (From koIeoc, a 
sheath, and QvTiAov, a leaf. ) A monocotyledon- 
ous structure : the young leaves being evolved 
from within a sheath, while those of dicotyle- 
dons are always naked. 

C%LEO'PTERA. (From Koleoc, a sheath, 
and nrepov, a wing.) An order of insects fur- 
nished with elytra or sheaths to their wings, as 
beetles, &c. 

Co'les. Colis. The penis. 
Colewort. See Brassica. 
COLIC. See Colica. This term has been 
singularly abused by writers, and is made to 
signify any pain in the abdominal or pelvic vis- 
cera. Thus, Colic, menstrual; C, nephritic; 
C, calculous; C, hepatic; C, verminous; C, 
uterine; C, gastric; C., hemorrhoidal, sever- 
ally mean pain in an organ, or proceeding from 
a disturbed function. 

Colic arteries. See Colica dextra, C. me- 
dia, and C. sinistra. 

Colic, Devonshire; C.,lead; C, Madrid; 
C, metallic; C, nervous; C, painter's; C. of 
Poitou; C, plumber's; C, saturnine; C. of 



COL 

Surinam. The colica pictonum, or endemic 
diseases resembling it. 

CO'LICA. (a, ee, f. ; from kuAov, colon, the 
name of a portion of the intestines.) The colic, 
or belly-ache. All severe griping pains in the 
abdomen, not primarily dependent on inflam- 
mation, are called colic ; but, from the different 
causes and circumstances of this disorder, it is 
variously denominated, and several species have 
been distinguished by nosologists. When its 
principal symptoms are sharp and spasmodic 
pains, it is called spasmodic colic; and when, 
with the pain, there is constipation, and accu- 
mulation of fiecal matter, stercoraceous colic ; 
when from indigestible food, accidental colic. 
When the pain is accompanied with vomiting 
of bile, it is called bilious colic ; if flatus causes 
the pain, that is, if there be temporary disten- 
sion, relieved by the discharge of wind, it takes 
the name of flatulent or windy colic ; when ac- 
companied with heat and a degree of inflam- 
mation, it takes the name of inflammatory colic. 
When colic arises to a violent height, and is 
attended with obstinate costiveness, and an 
evacuation of freces by the mouth, it is called 
passio iliaca, or iliac passion. 

These varieties are to be treated according 
to the prominent symptom. Where it is chief- 
ly spasmodic, carminatives, the hot bath, ether, 
and opium, with fomentations, are necessary. 
Ordinary colics require warm carminative pur- 
ges, with calomel, colocynth, and castor oil. 
Enemas are of great utility in colic, when there 
is much pain in the colon. These should con- 
tain of laudanum, f. 3ss . to f. 3J . When the pain 
is fixed, hiccough supervenes, there is pain on 
pressure, and disturbance of the circulation, an- 
tiphlogistic means are necessary. 

Colica acuta, inflammatoria, phlogistica, ple- 
thorica, are synonymes of enteritis. — C. convul- 
siva, pituitosa, idiopathica, syn. of spasmodic 
colic; see Colica. — C.crapulosa, accidentalis, 
helluonum, indigestion, or accidental colic. 

Colica pictonum. C. rachialgia. Plumber's 
or Painter's colic. Dry belly-ache. The dis- 
ease comes on gradually, with a pain at the pit 
of the stomach, extending downward to the in- 
testines, accompanied with eructations, slight 
sickness at the stomach, thirst, anxiety, obsti- 
nate costiveness, and a quick, contracted pulse. 
After a short time the pains increase considera- 
bly in violence ; the whole region of the belly 
is highly painful to the touch ; the muscles of 
the abdomen are contracted into hard, irregular 
knots or lumps; the intestines themselves ex- 
hibit symptoms of violent spasm, insomuch that 
a clyster can hardly be injected, from the pow- 
erful contraction of the sphincter ani; and there 
is constant restlessness, with a frequent vomit- 
ing of an acrid or porraceous matter, but more 
particularly after taking either food or medicine. 
Upon a farther increase of the symptoms, or 
their not being quickly alleviated, the spasm* 
become more frequent, as well as violent ; the 
costiveness proves invincible, and an inflam 
mation of the intestines ensues, which soon de 
stroys the patient by gangrene. 

This disease commonly arises from the action 
of white lead, in which case there is often a 
blue line to be traced along the margin of the 

175 



COL 

teeth ; but it also arises from the free use of 
cider, and is endemic in some hot countries. 

The medical treatment is nearly the same 
with that of spasmodic colic ; but the narcotics 
should always be combined with castor oil, 
purgatives, fomentations, and soothing clysters. 
After the free evacuation of the bowels, there 
is nothing better than oleaginous aperients, in 
combination with small doses of opium, if the 
pain has not vanished, and assumes a spasmodic 
character. If peritoneal inflammation arises, 
the lancet and baths must be resorted to. A 
very common effect of colic from lead is a sub- 
paralytic state of the fingers and hands. This 
remains for a long time, but often yields at last 
to the internal treatment, and topical stimulants 
applicable to local palsy. The disease is very 
severe, but not often fatal. 

Colica dextra. Arteria colica dextra. A 
branch of the superior mesenteric artery, dis- 
tributed to the ascending portion of the colon. 
There is a corresponding vein called vena colica 
dextra. 

Colica media. Artcria colica media. A 
branch of the superior mesenteric artery which 
supplies the transverse arch of the colon. 

Colica sinistra. Arteria colica sinistra. 
A branch of the inferior mesenteric artery dis- 
tributed to the left side and sigmoid flexure of 
the colon. The corresponding vein is called 
vena colica sinistra. 

Co'lice. The colic. 

COLI'TIS. Colonitis. Inflammation of the 
mucous membrane of the colon, or acute dys- 
entery. 

Colla nsciuM. See Ichthyocolla. 

COLLAPSE. Colla'psus. (From collabor, 
to shrink down.) An entire prostration of the 
vital powers, such as occurs in adynamic fevers, 
Asiatic cholera, &c. 

Collar bone. Clavicle. 

Collateral. Collateralis. Placed by the 
side of that which accompanies another object. 

Collateralis. The ischio-cavernosus muscle. 

Colle'ticus. Agglutinating. 

COLLI'CLE. (From colligo, to collect.) The 
union of the ducts which convey the tears from 
the puncta lachrymalia to the cavity of the nose. 

COLLI'CULUS. (Diminutive of collis, a 
hill.) A term applied in anatomy to several 
email eminences; as, Colliculus nervi ajthmoi- 
dalis, the corpus striatum. — C. nervi optici, the 
optic thalamus. 

Colliga'men. A ligament. 

COLLINSONIA CANADENSIS. An indige- 
nous perennial, much used in domestic practice 
as an emetic, diuretic, &c. It is preferred in 
the fresh state. The plant is called horse balm, 
rich weed, archangel, heal-all, &c, and is labi- 
ate, diandrous, and monogynous. 

Colliquame'ntum. The pellucid fluid in 
which the first rudiments of the embryo are 
formed. — Harvey. 

COLLIQUATIVE. {Colliquativus ; from 
colliqueo, to melt.) A term applied to any ex- 
cessive evacuation, which rapidly wastes the 
frame : thus we speak of colliquative perspira- 
tion, colliquative diarrhaa, &c. 

Colli'sus. Contused. Collisa vulnera are 
■contused wounds. 
176 



COL 

Colli'sio. A contusion. 

Collodes. Gelatinous. 

COLLOID, (From K.oM,a, glue.) The jelly- 
like degeneration observed in some malignant 
tumors, as colloid cancer. 

CO'LLUM. (mot, i, n.) 1. The neck; more 
properly, its anterior part, as opposed to cervix 
the back part of the neck. 2. The place where 
the roots of a plant diverge from the stem. 

Collu'tio. A washing; applied especially 
to gargling the mouth. 

Colluto'rium. A gargarism, or a wash for 
the mouth. 

Co'llyra. Collyris. A bump or tumor 
which rises after a blow. 

COLLY'RIUM. {urn, ii, n. ; from kuIvu, to 
check, and pea, to flow, because it stops de- 
fluxions.) 1. A lotion or wash for the eyes. 
2. The more ancient Greek writers used this 
term to designate a suppository, and also ap- 
plied it to a solid or liquid medicament for the 
eyes. The later Greek and Roman writers use 
it in the latter sense only. 

COLOBO'MA. Ko'A.o6u/ia. 1. A deficiency 
of any part of the body. — Galen. 2. The term 
has been particularly applied by some modern 
authors to congenital fissures of the upper eye- 
lids, iris, choroid coat, or retina, as coloboma 
iridis. 

Coloca'sia. Nympha) nelumbo. 

COLOCYNTH. Colocy'nthts. See Cucu- 
mis colocynthis. , 

Colocynthin. An amorphous, intensely bit- 
ter principle of colocynth. It is non-azotized, 
and violently purgative. 

Colo'mba. Colombin. Colombo. See Coc- 
culus palmatus. 

CO'LON. {on, i, n. KwAoc, quasi koiTiov; 
from koiKoc, hollow: so named from its capaci- 
ty.) The greater portion of the large intestine 
is so called. See Intestine. 

Colon, torpor of. Want of action hi the 
colon, whereby faeces are retained, and, by the 
pressure they cause on adjacent organs, lead to 
gastric, cardiac, and nervous disorders. 

Colonitis. Colorectitis. Acute dysentery. 

Colophonium succini. The black, slimy res- 
idue of amber after destructive distillation. 

COLOPHO'NY. Colopho'nia. Pix Grasca. 
Rcsina nigra. 1. The dark-colored resin which 
remains in the retort after distilling rough tur- 



ve*1 



pentine with water. 2. Chemists give* this 
name to common resin, C40H30O4, which, indeed, 
consists of two resins, the pinic and sylvic acids. 

Coloquintida. See Cucumis colocynthis. 

COLOR. {Color vel colos, oris, m.) The 
primary colors were considered by Sir Isaac- 
Newton as seven: red, orange, yellow, green, 
blue, indigo, and violet. Wollaston reduces 
them to four : red, green, blue, and violet ; and 
Brewster to three: red, yellow, and blue. 

Colora'tus. Colored. 

COLORING MATTERS. The chemical 
principles of plants, which possess a high color. 
Many are resinous and without nitrogen, as 
gamboge, curcumine; others, as indigo, car- 
mine, are azotized, containing either ammonia 
or amides. Those colors are called substantive 
which unite directly with fibres, and those ad- 
jective which require a mordant, or basis 



• 



COL 

Colors, accidental. C, complimentary. 
C, opposite. C, harmonic. Those colors 
which, being mixed with a given tint, in the 
proportion existing in the spectrum, make up 
white light. If the eye be wearied by ex- 
amining an object of a particular color, and 
turn from it, any white object will appear, for 
a short time, of the complementary color ; this 
is called an ocular spectrum. Red colors are 
complementary to the shades of gi'een, and the 
reverse ; yellows to the purples, and blues to 
the orange colors. 

COLO'STRUM. (vm,i, n.) 1. A name 
given to the first milk secreted in the breasts 
after childbirth. It has been a general belief, 
and is so at the present time, that this early 
milk is purgative, and destined to carry off the 
meconium ; an opinion which rests on no suffi- 
cient evidence, and is probably erroneous. 2. 
An emulsion prepared with turpentine and yolk 
of egg. 

COLPO-. A prefix; from Kohnoe, the vagi- 
na.) As, Colporrhagia, hemorrhage from the 
vagina. — Colporrhaphia, suture of the vagina. 
— Colposis, Colpitis, inflammation or irritation 
of the vagina, as in leucorrhoaa. — Colpostcgno- 
tsis, absence or obliteration of the vagina. 

Colpocele. A tumor or hernia of the vagina. 

Colpopto'sis. A prolapsus, or falling down 
uf the vagina. 

Colt's-foot. Tussilago farfara. 

Co'luber. See Vipcra. 

Colubrina dracontium. Arum dracuncu- 
lus. — C. Lusitanica. Euphorbia capitata. — C. 
mrginiana. Aristolochia serpentaria. 

Colubiu'num lignum. Colubrina; radices. 
This name has been given to a variety of woods, 
supposed, in the countries which produce them, 
to be specific against the bite of serpents ; as, 
Dracontium pertusum, Rhamnus colubrinus, and 
Strychnos colubrina. . 

CO'LUM. (n, i, n. ; a filter, or strainer.) 
The secretory organs of the living body have 
been called cola, or strainers. 

COLU'MBA. 1. Colombo. See Calumba. 
2. A genus of birds, as the dove, common pig- 
eon, &c. 

Colu'mbic acid. An oxide of columbium. 

Columbine. Aquilegia vulgaris. 

Colu'mbium. A r-are metal ; also called tan- 
talum. 

Colume'lla. A column, or little pillar. 

Columella'res dentes. The canine teeth: 
so called from their shape. — Varro. 

COLU'MNA. (a, <e,f.) A column, or pillar. 
Many parts of the body, which in their shape 
or office resemble columns, are so named ; as 
columna carnem of the heart. 

Columns carneje. See Heart. 

Columna nasi. The fleshy part of the nose, 
which forms the termination of the septum. 

Columna oris. The uvula. 

Column.e rectje Morgagni. The longitudi- 
nal plica? of the rectum. 

Columna vertebralis. The vertebral col- 
umn. See Vertebra. 

COLU'TEA. («, <b, f.) A genus of plants. 

Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — C. 

arborescens. The bladder senna, or bastard 

senna, the leaves of which are laxative, and 

\T 



COM 

sometimes fraudulently mixed with those of 
true senna. 

Colutorium. A gargle. 

Colza oil. The oil of the colza : it resem- 
bles rape oil. 

CO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from ku, for neipai, to 
lay down.) A morbid state resembling sound 
sleep, produced by compression of the brain 
and various other causes. Some authors make 
cams the most profound degree of morbid sleep, 
and coma a minor ; but the term coma is now 
generally used to designate any state of morbid 
sleep from which the patient can not be roused, 
or not without difficulty. 

Co'ma. (a, *ce, f. ; a mane.) In Botany t a 
fasciculus of leaves on the top of a stem. The 
top of a forest-tree. 

Coma aurea. Chiysocoma. 

Coma somnolentum. A state of profound and 
morbid sleep, when awakened from which the 
patient immediately relapses. See Lethargus. 

Coma vigil. In this there is delirium, rest- 
lessness ; but the eyes are closed. See Agryp- 
nocoma. 

CO'MATA. An order of the class Neuroses 
of Cullen's Nosology, embracing diseases that 
are characterized by a diminution of the pow- 
ers of voluntary motion, with sleep, and torpor 
of the senses. 

Co'matose. Comatosus. Affected with coma. 

COMBINATION, CHEMICAL. The union 
of atoms to form new compounds. See Chem- 
ical affinity, and Equivalent. 

Combining proportions. Equivalents. 

Comb-like. See Pectinatus. 

COMBUSTIBLE. Susceptible of combus- 
tion. 

Combustibles. In Chemistry, those ele- 
ments which readily unite with oxygen, chlo- 
rine, &c, as sulphur, phosphorus, carbon, bo- 
ron, hydrogen, the metals, silicon. 

COMBUSTION. Combustio. 1. A burn or 
scald. 2. Burning. The process of decompo- 
sition by fire. In Chemistry, this term former- 
ly denoted the union, whether with flame or 
silently, of elements with oxygen; but since 
the discovery of chlorine, iodine, &c, it has 
now a much more extended meaning, for these 
are capable of combining with heat and flame 
in the same way as oxygen. 

Combustion, spontaneous. C. preternatural. 
C. human. A term applied to the destruction 
of the human body by a process altogether pe- 
culiar in its phenomena and products, and 
which has been supposed, though in all proba- 
bility erroneously, to arise without any extra- 
neous cause of ignition. From the imperfect 
evidence before us, it appears that there is a 
morbid state of the body in which it becomes 
readily combustible by fire or electricity, and 
that this may occur to habitual drunkards. 
The body is said to be almost entirely destroy- 
ed except the limbs, and to leave a greasy ash. 

Spontaneous combustion has been named 
Catacausis by Dr. Young ; and Dr. Good has 
added a specific name referring to its cause, 
and calling the disease, or, rather, catastrophe, 
Catacausis ebriosa. 

Combustion, supporters of. In Chemistry, 
the elements in which the combustible bodies 

17? 



COM 

are changed. The principal of these are oxy- 
gen, chlorine, iodine, bromine, fluorine ; but 
there is nothing gained by this division, for sul- 
phur and phosphorus are, as respects the metals, 
supporters of combustion. 

Combustion tube. The Bohemian, or hard 
glass tube, used to burn organic substances with 
oxide of copper. 

Comenic acid. A product of the decompo- 
sition of meconic acid by heat. It is of a pale 
yellow, crystalline, and sparingly soluble. For- 
mula, Ci 2 H 2 8 ,2HO. 

Comfrey. Symphytum officinale. 

Comitia'lis morbus. Epilepsy. 

Comitiss.e pulvis. 1. Powdered cinchona. 
2. An old alexipharmic medicine was called 
Pulvis comitissm de Cantia, or Pulvis Cantia- 
nus. See Canlianus pulvis. 

Commander's balsam. Tinctura benzoini 
composite. 

Commanduca'tio. (From commanduco, to 
eat.) The act of mastication, or chewing. 
' Comma'nsum. A masticatory. 

Commeli'nej;. A natural family of plants, 
of which the genus Commelina is the type. 

COMMINUTED. {Comminutus, from com- 
minuo, to break down.) Broken into pieces: 
applied to fractures. 

COMMISSU'RA. Commissure. (Fromcow- 
mitto, to join together.) A juncture, or point 
of union. Applied, in Anatomy, to the corners 
of the lips, where they meet together ; and also 
to certain parts of the brain, where its fibres 
cross, and join one hemisphere to the other. 
The junction of the optic nerves is also called 
their commissure. 

Commissura anterior cerebri. The ante- 
rior commissure of the brain. See Encephalos. 

Commissura magna cerebri. The corpus 
eallosum of the brain. 

Commissura mollis. The gray mass which 
unites the thalami of the brain. 

Commissura posterior cerebri. The pos- 
terior commissure of the brain. 

Common salt. Chloride of sodium. 

Commotion. Commotio. Synonymous with 
concussion. 

C M MU'N IC A N S. (From communico, to 
communicate.) A term applied by Bellini to 
intermittent fevers, wherein the paroxysms 
succeed each other so rapidly that one has no 
sooner ceased than another commences. 

Communicans arteria. Communicating ar- 
tery of Willis. The branch by which the pos- 
terior cerebral artery is connected on each of 
the bases of the brain with the internal carotid 
is called the arteria communicans. The short 
transverse branch which connects the two an- 
terior cerebral arteries is sometimes called ar- 
teria communicans anterior. 

Communicans tible. The external saphena 
branch of the tibial nerve. 

Comose. Ending in a tuft or brush. 

Compages. Articulation. 

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. The anato- 
my of all organized bodies, whether animal or 
vegetable, compared with a view to illustrate 
the general principles of organization. Com- 
parative anatomy is the only true basis of physi- 
ology. 

178 



COM 

Completio. Plethora. 

COMPLEXION. In common language, this 
term is applied merely to the color of the face ; 
but it is used by some writers to signify all the 
external and sensible peculiarities of an indi- 
vidual. 

COMPLE'XUS. (From complector, to em- 
brace.) Complexus scu biventer ccrvicis of Al- 
bums. A muscle situated on each side of the 
back part of the neck. When one of the mus- 
cles only acts, it draws the head backward and 
to one side ; when both act, they draw the 
head directly backward. It arises from the 
transverse processes of the seven superior ver- 
tebrae of the back, and four inferior of the neck, 
by as many distinct tendinous origins ; in its as- 
cent, it receives a fleshy slip from the spinous 
process of the first vertebra of the back ; from 
these different origins it runs upward, and is 
everywhere intermixed with tendinous fibres. 
It is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the in- 
ferior edge of the protuberance in the middle 
of the os occipitis, and into a part of the curved 
line that runs forward from that protuberance. 
It draws the head backward. 

Complexus minor. See Trachelo-masioideus. 

COMPLICATION. In medical language, 
any disease or anomalous symptoms which are 
coexistent with, and modify another disease, 
without being inseparable from it, is called a 
complication. 

COMPO'SPTvE. The largest of all natural 
groups of plants, and so called because the old 
botanists who invented the name regarded the 
flower-heads as compound flowers. They an 
swered to the Syngenesia polygamia of Linnse 
us, and are positively characterized by having 
capitate flowers, syngenesious anthers, and an 
inferior ovaiy with a single erect ovule, and are 
sometimes trees, although more generally her 
baceous plants or shrubs. Although medical 
species, the chamomile, wormwood, southern- 
wood, elecampane, and opium lettuce are con 
spicuous, the order contains many esculents, as 
the artichoke, the Jerusalem artichoke, the let 
tuce, succory, and endive. 

COMPO'SITUS. Compound. Applied to 
that which is made up of two or more different 
things. It stands opposed to simple. 

Compotes. Preserved fruits. 

COMPOUND RADICALS. Those compound 
bodies, as cyanogen, ethyl, &c., which have the 
capacity of uniting with elements to form more 
compound bodies. These are themselves of 
stable composition, and act much in the way 
of elements. 

COMPRESS. ( Compressa, a, f. ; from com- 
primo, to press together.) Soft linen, lint, or 
other substances, folded together into a sort of 
pad, for the purpose of being placed over parts 
which require pressure. 

Compressibility. The capacity of occupy- 
ing less space when subjected to pressure. The 
existence of this property leads natural philoso- 
phers to the conclusion that the atoms of matter 
are not in absolute proximity, but that, in ev- 
ery case where compressibility exists, there is 
the capacity of bringing them closer. When 
reaction follows pressure, the substance is said 
to be elastic. 



C ON 

COMPRESSION. ( Comprcssio, onis, f. ; 
from comprimo, to press together. ) A diseased 
state of the body, or of a part, the effect of 
something pressing upon it. Compression of 
the brain gives rise to symptoms which it is of 
great importance to distinguish from those of 
concussion and other morbid states. See Con- 
cussion, Apoplexy, and Encephalitis. 

Compression. In Surgery, the application 
of pressure by means of rollers, the tourniquet, 
laced stocking, compresses, &c. It is direct or 
immediate when made to an artery or wound to 
stop hemorrhage, or to smffll aneurisms to dimin- 
ish the flow of blood. It is mediate when applied 
to a limb or the integuments for the purpose 
of sustaining the parts and favoring contraction, 
as in varicose veins, anasarca, certain indolent 
ulcers, a relaxed state of parts ; in tapping ; af- 
ter parturition. If the pressure be considerable, 
the absorbent system is stimulated into action, 
and tumors frequently disappear and ulcers 
heal which are of long standing. In the latter 
cases the pressure must be made with judg- 
ment, for, if too severe, the limb becomes ema- 
ciated, the circulation is impeded, and blood 
will accumulate in the parts below the press- 
ure. Hence the roller must be applied first to 
the lowest parts, and brought up uniformly; and 
attention must be paid to the state of the limb 
by frequent examination. 

COMPRE'SSOR. (From comprimo, to press 
together.) A name given to those muscles 
which press together the parts on which they 
act ; also to a surgical instrument. 

Compressor of Dupuytren. An instrument 
invented by M. Dupuytren for compressing the 
femoral artery. It consists of a semicircle of 
steel, having a pad at each end, and which, 
pressing only upon the vessel and the opposite 
point ot the thigh, has the advantage of not im- 
peding the collateral circulation, like the com- 
mon tourniquet. 

Compressor naris. Dilatorcs alarum nasi 
of Cowper. A muscle of the nose, that com- 
presses the alae toward the septum nasi. It 
arises, by a narrow beginning, from the root of 
the ala nasi externally, and spreads into a num- 
ber of thin, separate fibres, which run up along 
the cartilage in an oblique manner toward the 
dorsum of the nose, where it joins with its fel- 
low, and is inserted into the narrow extremity 
of the os nasi, and nasal process of the superior 
maxillary bone. 

Compressor of Nuck. Constrictor of Nuck. 
An instrument invented by Nuck for compress- 
ing the urethra in cases of incontinence of urine. 

Compressor tro'stat^e. The anterior fibres 
of the levator ani, which embrace the prostate 
gland, are thus named by Albinus. 

Compressor urethra. See Levator ani. 

Compressus. Compressed; flattened later- 
ally. 

COMPTO'NIA. A genus of plants. Mona- 
cia. Triandria. It contains only one species, 
C. asplenifolia, which is indigenous. Its leaves 
are used as an astringent against diarrhoea. 

Cona'rium. The pineal gland. 

Concau'sa. Concaussa. (From eon, with, 
and causa, a cause.) A cause which co-oper- 
ates with another in the production of a disease. 



CON 

Co'ncavus. Concave; depressed in the 
middle. 

CONCENTRATION. ( Concentrate, onis, 
f. ; from con, and centrum, a center.) The vol- 
atilization of part of the water of fluids, in order 
to increase their strength. The matter to bo 
concentrated, therefore, must be of greater fix- 
ity than water. This operation is performed 
on some acids, particularly the sulphuric; also 
on solutions of alkalies and neutral salts. 

Conce'ntric. Concentricus. Consisting of 
many layers one within the other, and arranged 
circularly. 

Concepta'cles. The vessels which contain 
the reproductive corpuscles of cryptogamic 
plants. 

CONCEPTA'CULUM. (Latin, a receiver.) 
A term in Botany, denoting a one-valved fruit, 
opening longitudinally on one side, and distinct 
from the seeds. It is a folliculus without any 
attachment between the placenta and the ven- 
tral suture, as in asclepias. 

CoNCErTAcuLUM. A vessel : the uterus. * 
CONCEPTION. (Conceplio, onis, f.; from 
concipio, to conceive.) Conceptus. The im- 
pregnation of the ovulum in the female ovarium 
by the semen. See Generation. 

Conception, false. A conception where 
the ovum is blighted, and becomes a mole, hy- 
datids, &c. 

Conce'ptus. The first rudiments of the foe- 
tus have been so called by some writers. Oth- 
ers apply the term to the act of conception. 

CO'NCHA. 1. A bivalve shell. 2. Applied 
in anatomy and natural histoiy to various ob- 
jects from their shape. 

Concha auris. Concha auricula:. The hol- 
low part of the cartilage of the outer ear. See 
Auris. 

ConchjE narium. The turbinated portion 
of the ethmoid bone, and the inferior spongy 
bones of the nose, which are covered by the 
Schneiderian membrane, have been so termed. 
Conchifera. Mollusca furnished with shells. 
Concho-helix. A small fasciculus of muscu- 
lar fibres found between the concha and helix 
of the ear. 

Conchoi'des. Conchoid: shell-like. 
CO'NCHUS. (us, i, m. ; from Koyxn, a shell.) 
1. The cranium. 2. The cavity of the eye. 

Concide'ntia. (From concido, to fall down.) 
Synonymous with collapse. 

CONCO'CTION. ( Concoctio, onis, f ; from 
concoquo, to digest.) Digestion. 1. The altera- 
tion which the food undergoes in the primas 
vies. 2. That operation of nature upon morbid 
matter which renders it fit to be separated from 
the healthy fluids. 

Concomitant. Accompanying. A concomi- 
tant symptom is that which is associated with 
another, or a group of symptoms. 

CONCRE'TION. Concrementum. (Goncre^ 
tio; from concresco, to grow together.) 1. The 
growing together of parts which, in a natural' 
state, are separate ; as the fingers and toes. 2. 
The condensation of any fluid or other substance 
to a more solid consistence : hence bilious and 
urinary concretions. 

Concretion, biliary. See Calculus, biliary. 
Concretion, intestinal. See Enteroliths*- 
179 



CON 

Concretion, urinary. See Calculus. 

Concubitus. Coition. 

CONCU'SSION. (Concussio, onis, f. ; from 
concutio, to shake. ) A shock, blow, or jolt, com- 
municated to an organ either directly or indi- 
rectly. In cases of simple concussion, the in- 
sensibility is not so great as where compression 
exists, the pupils are more contracted, the mus- 
cles less relaxed, little or no stertor attends, but 
the pulse is very intermitting, and in slight ca- 
ses there is often considerable sickness. 

Concussion of the brain. The stunning, 
more or less severe, which results from blows 
acting directly or indirectly on the brain. In 
severe cases, the loss of sensation may exist for 
many hours, and is attended by partial reaction, 
which increases, if treatment be not employed, 
to inflammation of the brain. In the first stage 
little can be done; as consciousness returns, 
bleeding may be employed; and should the 
febrile symptoms increase, cold to the head, 
purgatives, and counter irritation are to be em- 
ployed. The prognosis is often unfavorable, 
from the occurrence of extravasation, which 
may tako, place during convalescence. This is 
marked by the return of torpor, with stertorous 
breathing, &c. 

Condensa'ntia. Medicines were so called 
which were supposed to possess the power of 
thickening the humors of the body. 

CONDENSA'TION. (Condensatio, onis; 
from condenso, to make thick.) The approxi- 
mation of the particles of which a substance is 
composed, so that a given weight of it occupies 
less space than before. In Anatomy and Pa- 
thology, this term is applied to the texture of 
parts when it is denser or more solid than is 
usual hi other parts: thus we speak of conden- 
sation of the cellular membrane, of the paren- 
chyma of a viscus, &c. In Chemistry, conden- 
sation means the subjection of aeriform bodies 
to pressure, or the conversion of vapors by cold 
into fluids. The vessels in which these pro- 
cesses are carried on are called condensers. 

CONDIMENT. Condime'ntum. {urn, i, n. ; 
from condio, to season.) A spice, pickle, or 
other material used to season articles of food. 

Conditu'ra. (a, #, f.) 1. The same as con- 
dimentum. 2. The embalming of a dead body. 

CONDU'CTOR. (or, oris, m. ; from condu- 
co, to lead or guide.) 1. In Surgery, an in- 
strument, the use of which is to direct the knife 
in certain operations. It is more commonly 
called a director. 2. In Electricity, a body 
which has the property of transmitting the 
electric energy, as opposed to a non-conductor, 
or body which has not that property. 

Conduplica'tus. Folded or doubled to- 
gether. 

^ CO'NDYLE. (Condylus. KovdvXoc, the 
joint of a finger, a tubercle or knot.) A pro- 
cess of a bone in the shape of a flattened head 
or eminence, chiefly articular. 

Condtli digitorum manus, The phalanges. 

Condyloid foramina. See Occipital bone. 

Condyloid process. A condyle. 

CONDYLO'MA. (a, atis, n. KovdvXupa; 

from kovSvXoc, a tubercle or knot.) A soft, 

wart-like excrescence, that appears about the 

anus and pudenda. There are several species 

180 



CON 

of condylomata, .which have received names 
from their appearance; aaficus, crista;, thymus, 
from their resemblance to a fig, &c. 

CONDY'LOPEDS. Condylopoda. (From 
Kovdvhoe, and irovc, a foot.) A name applied 
by Latreille to that subdivision of encephfdous 
articulate animals which have jointed feet. It 
includes the myriapods, insects, arachnidaus, 
and crustaceans. 

Cone. Strobilus. 

Co'neine. Conia. 

Conei'on. Conium. 

Cone'ssi cortex. See Nerium antidysen- 

CONFE'CTIO. (onis, f . ; from conficio, to 
make up.) A confection. In general, it means 
any thing made up with sugar. 

Confectio alkermes. See Alkermes. 

CONFECTIO AMYGDALAE. (U. S.) C. amyg 

daldrum. (Ph. L. et D.) Confection of al- 
monds. Take of sweet almonds, fj. ; acacia 
gum, powdered, jj. ; refined sugar, §ss. Blanch 
the almonds, and mix. Demulcent; used to 
form the mixture of almonds. 

Confectio archigenis. See Aristarchi an- 
tidotus paulina. 

Confectio aromatica. (U. S.) Take of 
pulvis aromaticus, Jj. ; syrup of orange peel, f. 
5ij. Mix. It is stimulant, cararinative, and 
astringent. Dose, gr. x. to 3J. 

Confectio aurantii corticis. (U. S.) Con- 
fectio aurantiorum. (Ph. L.) Confection of 
orange peel. Take of fresh external rind of 
oranges, separated by rasping, a pound ; refined 
sugar, three pounds. Mix. A tonic and stom- 
achic confection. Dose, 31J. or more. Com- 
monly used as a vehicle. 

Confectio cardiaca. See Confectio aro- 
matica. 

Confectio cassia. (Ph. L.) C. cassus 
fistula;. Confection of cassia. Take of fresh 
cassia pulp, Ibss. ; manna, fij. ; tamarind pulp, 
fj.; syrup of roses, Oss. Bruise the manna; 
melt it in the syrup by a water-bath ; then mix 
in the pulps, and evaporate down to a proper 
consistence. A mild aperient for the feeble 
and for children. Dose, jij. to j£j. 

Confectio damocratis. Mithridatium. 

Confectio de santalis. An old astringent 
confection, made with sandal wood, red coral, 
bole, &c. 

Confectio de Thurk. A French confection 
of aromatic seeds with frankincense. 

Confectio Fracastorii. See Dioscordium. 

Confectio hamec. A confection made of 
the bark of yellow myrobalan, violets, poly- 
pody of the oak, absinthium, rhubarb, diagri- 
dium, canella, ginger, and other ingredients, 
made up with honey. 

Confectio hyacinthi. Hyacinth confection. 
The Electuairc de safran used in France was 
formerly made with the addition of hyacinth^ 
and took its name from that ingredient. 

Confectio japonica. Electuarium catechu 
compositum. 

Confectio opii. (U. S.) Confectio opiata. 
Confection of opium. Take of opium, powder- 
ed, 3vj.; pulvis aromaticus, fvj. ; tragacantb, 
powdered, 31J.; syrup, a pint. Rub together 
the opium and the syrup, previously heated; 



CON 

then add the other articles, reduced to powder, 
and mix. It is narcotic and stimulant, and 
given in atonic gout, flatulent colic, diarrhoea 
unattended with inflammatory symptoms, and 
other cases. The dose is from grs. x. to 3SS. 
It contains one grain of opium in thirty-six of 
the confection. U. S. Ph. of 1832. 

CONFECTIO PIPERIS NIGRI. (Ph. L. & E-) 

Confection of black pepper. Take of black 
pepper, elecampane, of each Ibj . ; fennel seeds, 
tbiij.; honey, refined sugar, of each tbij. Hub 
the dry ingredients together so as to reduce 
them to a very fine powder; then, having add- 
ed the honey, rub them again so that the whole 
may incorporate. This confection is given in- 
ternally in a relaxed condition of the extremity 
of the rectum, producing partial prolapsus, and 
in piles occasioned by debility. Dose, 3J. to 31J. 

Confectio Raleiohana. See Confectio aro- 
matica. 

Confectio rosje canine. (Ph. L.) Con- 
serve of hips. Confection of dog-rose. Take 
of dog-rose pulp, fly. ; refined sugar, powdered, 
^xx. Expose the pulp in a water-bath to a 
gentle heat ; then add the sugar gradually, and 
rub them together until they are thoroughly in- 
corporated. Used as a vehicle for cough med- 
icines, &c. 

CONFECTIO ROS.JE GALLICJE. (Ph. L.) Con- 

Jectio rota. (U. S.') Conserve of red rose. 
Take of the petals of the red rose, before it is 
expanded, ibj. ; refined sugar, Ibiij. Bruise the 
petals, and incorporate the sugar. This is" a 
gentle astringent, and commonly used as a ve- 
hicle in the preparation of pills. 

Confectio rutje. (Ph. L.) Confection of 
rue. Take of dried rue leaves, caraway seeds, 
bay berries, of each ^iss. ; sagapenum, Jss. ; 
black pepper, 3ij. ; clarified honey, fxvi. This 
is an antispasmodic preparation, but its use is 
confined to clysters, 3ss. to 3J. being mixed with 
mucilage of starch. 

Confectio scammonii. (U. S.) Confectio 
scammoncce. (Ph. L.) Confection of scammo- 
ny. Take of scammony powdered, ginger 
powdered, of each fj.; oil of cloves, 111 xx. ; 
syrup of orange peel, as much as may be suffi- 
cient. Rub the dry articles together, then add 
the syrup, and, lastly, the oil. This is a stim- 
ulating cathartic, and removes worms. Dose, 
from 588. to 3j. U. S. Ph. of 1832. 

Confectio sennje. (Ph. L. & U. S.) Con- 
fection of senna. Take of senna leaves, fviij. ; 
figs, fly. ; tamarind pulp, pulp of prunes, cassia 
pulp, of each Tbss. ; coriander seeds, f iv. ; liq- 
norice root, f iij. ; refined sugar, flriiss. ; water, 
Oiv. Powder the senna leaves with the cori- 
ander seeds, and separate, by sifting, ten oun- 
ces of the mixed powder. Boil down the water 
with the figs and liquorice root to half, then 
press out the liquor and strain it. Evaporate 
the liquor in a water-bath until a pint and a 
half only remains ; then add the sugar, to make 
syrup. Lastly, mix the pulps gradually with 
the syrup, and, having added the sifted pow- 
der, mix the whole together. This is a mild 
and elegant aperient, especially in piles and for 
pregnant women. Dose, 3ss. to jss. 

Confertiis. Clustered. 

CONFE'RVA. (a, a, f. ) The tribe of cryp- 



CON 

togamic plants, comprehending the jointed alga 
or water weeds. The conferva) are chiefly 
fresh-water plants, but many are marine. They 
are composed of capillary, jointed tubes. — C. 
dichotoma. C. helminthocortos. See Fucus 
helminthocorton. — C.rivalis. Crow silk. Hairy 
river weed. Of a green color; said to be anti- 
spasmodic. — C. rupestris. Fucus helmintho- 
corton. 

Confirma'ntia. Roborantia. Tonics. 

CO'NFLUENT. Confluens. Running to- 
gether. In Pathology, applied to eruptions 
which are so thickly developed as to appear to 
run together, especially that of small-pox. 

Confluent small-pox. See Variola. 

Conflu'xio. That consent or sympathy of 
the different parts of the living frame by which 
the actions of life are sustained. 

CONFORMATION. Conformatio. The 
natural disposition of parts of any structure or 
body. 

Conforta'ntia. Confortati'va. Cordials. 

Confu'sje febres. A name given by Bellini 
tojirregular agues. 

Confu'sio. (From confundo, to mix togeth- 
er.) A disorder of the eyes, proceeding from 
a rupture of the membranes which include the 
humors, by which means they are all confound- 
ed together. — Galen. 

CONGELA'TION. ( Congclalio, onis, f. ; 
from congclo, to freeze.) i. In Chemistry, the 
conversion of a liquid body into a solid. 2. In 
Physiology, it is sometimes used synonymously 
with coagulation. 3. In Pathology, it was for- 
merly employed to designate those diseases 
which are attended with stupor and numbness, 
as catalepsy, paralysis, &c. 

Congelati'va. The same as conglutinantia. 

Congela'tus. Congclaticus. A person af- 
flicted with ecstasy or catalepsy was formerly 
so called. 

CO'NGENER. (cr, eris, adj. ; from con, and 
genus, kind.) Applied, 1. In Natural History, 
to genera nearly allied, or to species of the 
same genus. 2. In Anatomy, to muscles which 
concur in the same action. 

Congenita notje. Narvus. 

CONGE'NITAL. Congenitus. Applied to 
that which pertains to an individual from his 
birth: thus, a congenital disease is one which 
existed at birth; a congenital deformity, a de- 
formity which existed at birth. 

CONGESTION. (Congestio, onis, f.; from 
congero, to amass.) A preternatural accumu- 
lation of blood, bile, or other fluids in their 
proper vessels: thus we say a congestion of 
blood in the vessels when they are over-dis- 
tended, and the motion of the blood is slow ; a 
congestion of bile in the biliary ducts, &c. Ve- 
nous congestion is the accumulation of blood in 
an organ from loss of power in the circulation. 
It is often attended with collapse. 

Congestion, cerebral. The simple variety 
of apoplexy, where the vessels are full, but do 
not effuse their contents. There is perfect co- 
ma, &c. 

Congestive diseases. Diseases arising from 
congestion. 

Congestive fev,er. See Fcbris. 

Congia'rius. The same as Congius. 
181 



CON 

Co'ngius. Congiarius. (u$,i,m.) An an- 
cient measure nearly equal to a gallon. In 
modern works it signifies a gallon. 

CO'NGLOBATE. (Conglobatus ; from con- 
globo, to gather into a ball.) A term applied 
to a gland, Glandula conglobata, which is 
formed of a contortion of lymphatic vessels, 
connected together by cellular structure, having 
neither a cavity nor an excretory duct: such 
are the mesenteric, inguinal, axillary glands. 

CONGLOMERATE. {Conglomerates} from 
conglomcro, to heap upon.) 1. In Anatomy, 
applied to a gland, Glandula conglomcrata, 
which consists of a number of smaller glomer- 
ate glands, the excretory ducts of which all 
unite into one common duct, as the salivary 
glands, the pancreas, &c. 

Congluti'na'ntia. The same as agglntinan- 
tia. 

Congrega'tje OLa'ndULJE. Glands which 
are clustered together, but each distinct from 
the rest, and having its own duct: the term is 
especially applied to the glands which are 
formed in clusters on the inner surface of the 
intestines. 

Congress. Congrcssug. Coition. 

CONIA. Conine. Conicinc. Conein. An 
oily, volatile alkaloid of conium maculatum. It 
is obtained by distilling the concentrated infu- 
sion with potash. It is very acrid, and has the 
smell of tobacco. Its salts are also acrid and 
difficultly crystallizable. It is decomposed 
with remarkable facility. Formula, CieHieN ? 
or C12H14NO. From experiments on small ani- 
mals, it appears extremely poisonous, producing 
complete paralysis of the voluntary and respira- 
tory muscles. 

Conia. Kovia. A word used by the Greek 
writers to signify, 1. A lixivium. 2. Lime. 3. 
Ashes. 4. A wine prepared by fermenting 
must on liquid pitch previously washed with 
6ea-water. — Dioscoridcs. 

Gomes papillje. See Conicus. 

Conicine. See Conia. 

CO'NICUS. Conical. In Anatomy, applied 
to the lenticular papilla; of the tongue. Coniccc 
papilla. 

CONI'FKRjE . The cone-bearing tribe of di- 
cotyledonous plants. It includes the pines, firs, 
cedars, larch, &c. 

Co'nis. (is, eos, f. ; kovic.) Dust; fine pow- 
der; ashes; a nit in the hair; scurf on the head. 

CONI'UM. (um, ii, 11. ; kuveiov; koviov.) 
1. Hemlock. 2. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
dria. Digynia. Umbcllifcrw. — C. maculatum. 
The conium and cicuta of the Pharmacopoeias. 
Hemlock. Hemlock is indigenous, and may 
be distinguished from those plants which bear 
wme resemblance to it by the spotted stem. 
It is to be collected in flower. The 6eeds are 
also marked with fine stria;, and are nearly 
spherical. It is a very active poison. In a 
moderate dose it is apt to occasion sickness and 
vertigo ; in a larger quantity it produces anxie- 
ty, cardialgia, vomiting, convulsions, coma, and 
death. It is decidedly narcotic, and has great 
efficacy in allaying the irritability and improv- 
ing the appearance of ill-conditioned sores. In 
chronic rheumatisms, some glandular swellings, 
and in various fixed and periodical pains, it is 
182 



CON 

also employed. Nor is it less efficacious when 
applied externally: a poultice made of meal 
and the expressed juice (or a decoction of the 
extract, when the other can not be obtained) 
allays the pain of ulcerated cancers, and gives 
abetter aspect to irritable and unhealthy sores. 
The narcotic power resides in conia. The 
proper method of administering coniunt inter- 
nally is to begin with two or three grains of 
the powder or inspissated juice twice or thrice 
a day, and gradually to increase the dose. A 
slight giddiness and sickness, with a sensation 
as if the eyeballs were strained, are the first in- 
dications of an over-dose. When any of these 
symptoms are experienced, the dose should be 
kept stationary for several days, until they have 
ceased, and then, after a few days, the dose 
may be increased ; for little advantage can be 
expected but by a continuance of the greatest 
quantity the patient can bear. 

Coni vasculosi. The conical convolutions 
of the vasa efferentia of the testicle, and which 
form the epididymis. 

Con.iuga'tus. Conjugate, or yoked. 

CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva tunica. Mem- 
brana conjunctiva. The mucous membrane 
covering the exposed surface of the eyeball and 
lining the internal surface of the eyelid. 

Conjunctiva, granular. A diseased and 
granular condition of the conjunctiva resulting 
from purulent ophthalmia. 

Conju'nctivis. Inflammation of the conjunc- 
tiva. See Ophthalmitis for the species, &c. 

CONJU'NCTUS. Conjoined. In Patholo- 
gy, conjuncta causa means a proximate cause ; 
conjuncla signa mean inseparable or pathogno- 
monic symptoms; conjuncti morbi are diseases 
which are either coexistent, or consecutive ono 
on the other. 

Conna'tus. Connate. Congenital. 

CONNIVENT. Conni'vens. (From conni- 
veo, to wink.) Applied, in Anatomy, to the 
folds on the mucous surface of the small intes- 
tines, which are called valvules conniventes, 
from their converging or approaching one an- 
other. 

Conoid. Of the figure of a cone. 

Conoides coRrus. The pineal gland. 

Conquassa'tio. Conquassation. In Phar- 
macy, the bruising of recent vegetables, fruits, 
the softer parts of animals, &c, with a pestle, 
till they are reduced to a soft pulp. 

Conse'cutive symptoms. Phenomena occur 
ring after a disease, or following it as a conse- 
quence. 

Consent of parts. Consensus. See Sym- 
pathy. 

CONSE'RVA. (a, a:, f. ; from conservo, to 
keep.) A conserve. A composition of some 
recent vegetable and sugar, beat together into 
a uniform mass of the consistence of honey ; 
as conserve of hips, orange-peel, &c. Conserves 
are now called confections. See Confectio. 

Conserva absinthii maritimi. Conserve of 
wormwood. This was formerly celebrated for 
the cure of dropsies. It was given in the dose 
of 5ss. before meals. 

Conserva ari. See Arum maculatum. 

Conserva auranth Hispalensis. C. Jla- 
vedinis aurantiorvm. C.f. corticum aurantw- 



CON 

rum. C. citri aurantii. See Confcctio auran- 
tii corticis. 

Conserva cynobasti. See Confeclio rosas 
canines. 

Conserva lu'jul.e. Confection of wood- 
sorrel. It is gratefully acid to the taste, and 
was formerly used to allay thirst in fevers. 

Conserva menth^e. Conserve-ofmint. This 
preparation of mint is given occasionally as a 
stomachic, in sickness and weakness of the 
stomach. See Mentha viridis. 

Conserva puuni sylvestris. Conserve of 
sloes. Astringent virtues are ascribed to this 
medicine, which, however, is now seldom used. 
Seo Prunus sylvestris. 

Conserva rosje. See Confeclio roscc Gal- 
hccc. 

Conserva scill.e. Conserve of squill. This 
is an uncertain and nausqpus preparation, and 
has been for some time expunged from the 
Pharmacopoeias. 

Conservation. Preservation. 

C o n a i s t e ' n t i a. (From cotisisto, to stand 
still.) Tho acme of a disease. 

C O N S ' L I D A. A name given to many 
plants; as, C. aurea. See Solidago virgaurea. 
— C. major. See Symphytum. — C. media. See 
Ajuga. — C. minor. See Prunella. — C. regalis. 
See Delphinium consolidum. — C. saraccnica. 
See Solidago virgaurea. 

Consolida'ntia. A term formerly applied 
to medicines which were supposed to give firm- 
ness to parts recently healed. 

Consomme. {Consummatum, low Latin.) A 
strong broth. 

Consounu, MIDDLE. See Ajuga pyramidalis. 

Conspersio. Catapasma. 

-Consi'iratio. Sympathy. 

Constella'tum ungue'ntum. An ointment 
composed of the powder of dried earth-worms, 
and the fat of the bear or wild boar. It was 
formerly used to promote the cicatrization of 
wounds, and to cure the toothache. 

CONSTIPA'TION. (Constipatio, onis, f . ; 
from constipo, to crowd together.) C. alvi. 
Obstipatio. Costiveness. 

Costiveness and obstipation are sometimes 
used synonymously : the former, however, is 
generally applied to that state in which the 
bowels act, though tardily; and the latter to 
that in which there is no alvine evacuation. 
Costiveness is not always a disease, for many 
people in robust health are not accustomed to 
have their bowels emptied oftener than twice 
a week. This sluggishness or torpitude of the 
bowels may be produced by various causes : for 
sometimes the food is not sufficiently stimula- 
ting, sometimes there is a deficiency or depraved 
condition of the bile, which is a natural stimulus 
to tho bowels. In other instances there is a 
defect of tone in the muscular fibres of the 
bowels themselves, so* that they are not suffi- 
ciently affected by natural and healthy stimuli. 

The medical treatment of constipation con- 
sists in adopting a diet free from all astringents, 
using corn or rye bread, and regulating the ex- 
ercise. In most cases, laxative articles of diet, 
such as stewed fruits, and the frequent use of 
gentle laxatives, will be found more effectual 
than the stronger cathartics. Where costive- 



CON 

uess occurs in persons of a plethoric habit, the 
moderate use of venesection will often prove 
the most effectual laxative. In all cases, emol- 
lient and laxative enemata are a useful auxili- 
ary, and in many are alone sufficient to restore 
the healthy action of the bowels. 

In the more aggravated state, or that in which 
the disease is called obstipation rather than 
costiveness, there is generally sluggishness of 
the bowels from defect of tone in their fibres, 
and the patients are weakly, and prone to sed- 
entary habits : the faeces, therefore, become in- 
durated, and form into hard balls, called scybala. 
In these obstinate cases, the more powerful ca» 
thartics, as the croton oil and elaterium, must 
be had recourse to, and conjoined with stimu- 
lating clysters. It will be preferable, however, 
to try a number of different cathartics in suc- 
cession, than to persevere in violent doses of 
any one of them; for, owing to peculiarity of 
constitution, it sometimes happens that obstipa- 
tion which has resisted the most drastic medi- 
cines will yield readily to a few grains of aloes, 
a moderate quantity of Epsom salts largely di- 
luted, or something equally simple. The cause 
of the obstipation must, however, be inquired 
into and removed before a permanent cure can 
bo effected. 

Constituens. Constituent. Tho vehicle or 
mixture in which active medicines are pre- 
scribed. 

CONSTITUTION. Cmstitntio. The gen- 
eral condition of the body, as evinced by the 
peculiarities in the performance of its functions: 
such are the peculiar predisposition to certaht 
diseases, or liability of particular organs to dis- 
ease; the varieties in digestion, in muscular 
power and motion, in sleep, in the appetite, &c. 
Some marked peculiarities of constitution are 
observed to be accompanied with certain exter- 
nal characters, such as a particular color and 
texturo of the skin and of the hair, and also 
with a peculiarity of form and disposition of 
mind; ail of which have been observed from 
the earliest time, and divided into classes ; and 
which received names, during the prevalence 
of the humeral pathology, which they still re- 
tain. See Temperament. 

Constitution of the air, epidemical. . A 
certain hypothetical state of the air as regards 
moisture, heat, &c, present during epidemics. 

Constitutional. Peculiar to the constitu- 
tion or diathesis of the individual. 

CONSTRICTI'VUS. (From constringo, to 
bind together.) Constrictive; styptic. 

CONSTRI'CTOR. {or, oris, m.; from cork- 
stringo, to bind together.) A name given to a 
muscle which contracts any opening ofthe body. 

Constrictor aljj nasi. See Depressor lo- 
bii supcrioris alwque nasi. 

Constrictor ani. Sphincter ani. 

Constrictor cunni. Sphincter vagina?. 

Constrictor isthmi faucium. Glossostaphi- 
linus of Winslow, Douglas, and Cowper. A 
muscle situated at the side of the opening of 
the fauces, that draws the velum pendulum pa- 
lati toward the root of the tongue,^which it 
raises at the same time, and, with its fellow, 
contracts the passage between the two arches, 
by which it shuts the opening of the fauces. 

183 



CON 

Constrictor labiorum. C. oris. Orbicu- 
laris oris. 

Constrictor (esophagi. Constrictor of the 
oesophagus. A circular bundle of fleshy fibres 
at the upper part of the gullet. 

Constrictor palpebrarum. Orbicularis pal- 
pebrarum. 

Constrictor pharyngis inferior. A mus- 
cle situated on the posterior part of the phar- 
ynx. It arises from the side of the thyroid 
cartilage, and from the cricoid cartilage, and is 
inserted into the white line, where it joins with 
its fellow, the superior fibres running obliquely 
upward, covering nearly one half of the middle 
constrictor, and terminating in a point : the in- 
ferior fibres run more transversely, and cover 
the beginning of the oesophagus. Its use is to 
compress that part of the pharynx which it 
covers, and to raise it with the larynx a little 
upward. 

Constrictor pharyngis medius. A muscle 
situated on the posterior part of the pharynx. 
It arises from the appendix of the os hyoides, 
from the cornu of that bone, and from the liga- 
ment which connects it to the thyroid cartilage ; 
the fibres of the superior part running oblique- 
ly upward, and covering a considerable part of 
the superior constrictor, terminate in a point; 
and it is inserted into the middle of the cunei- 
form process of the os occipitis, before the fora- 
men magnum, and joined to its fellow at a white 
line in the middle part of the pharynx. This 
muscle compresses that part of the pharynx 
•which it covers, and draws it and the os hyoi- 
des upward. 

Constrictor pharyngis superior. Glosso- 
pharyngeus. A muscle situated on the posterior 

!>art of the pharynx. It arises from the cunei- 
brm process of the os occipitis, before the fora- 
men magnum, from the pterygoid process of 
the sphenoid bone, from the upper and under 
jaw, near the last dentes molares, and is also 
connected with the buccinator muscle, with the 
root of the tongue, and with the palate. It is 
inserted in the middle of the pharynx. Its use 
is to compress the upper part of the pharynx, 
and to draw it forward and upward. 

Constrictor vesicae urinaria. See Detru- 
sor urinm. 

Constrin'gens. Astringent. 

C ON S U L T A'T I O N. A meeting of physi- 
cians in any case of disease. 

Consumma'tum. Any gelatinous broth, or 
consomme. 

CONSUMPTION. (Consumptio; from con- 
sumo, to waste away.) A wasting of the body, 
or marasmus, especially by phthisis. See Phthi- 
sis, and Tabes dorsalis. 

Consu'mtio. Consumption. 

Contabesce'ntia. An atrophy, or wasting 
of any organ. 

CONTAGION. (Contagio, onis, f. ; from 
eon, and tango, to touch.) The term contagion 
has been used in several acceptations. 1. It 
has been employed to signify the communica- 
tion of a disease by personal contact with the 
sick. 2. Jt has been employed to signify the 
communication of a disease, either by personal 
contact with the sick, or by an effluvium evolved 
from the body of the sick. 3. It has been em- 
184 



CON 

ployed as a generic term, embracing all atmo- 
spheric and morbid poisons; all the effluvia, 
miasmata, infections, and poisons that cause fe- 
vers, of whatever kind; and those poisons which 
uniformly excite the diseases which give birth 
to them, as the venereal disease, the itch, tinea 
capitis, &c. The second of these senses is the 
one in which it is now generally employed. 
Attempts have been made to distinguish be- 
tween contagion and infection, the former being 
restricted to the communication of disease by 
direct contact, and the latter to that by effluvia 
arising from the body of the sick, and commu- 
nicated through the medium of the atmosphere; 
but this distinction is now properly discarded 
by the majority of practical writers, and the 
two words are considered as synonymous. 

Let it be understood, then, that contagion or 
infection means 'the fpmmunication of a disease 
by personal contact with the sick, or by means 
of an effluvium arising from the body of the sick. 

It is well known that some contagious dis- 
eases, as typhus, frequently originate in the an 
imal body when subjected to the action of cer- 
tain external causes, among which the more 
obvious are, confinement in crowded and ill- 
ventilated places, deficient or unwholesome food, 
intemperance, excessive fatigue, long-continued 
exposure to cold and moisture, and depressing 
passions of the mind. Such diseases are also 
occasionally observed to arise sporadically, 
without the intervention of the causes above 
alluded to, and, to all appearance, independent- 
ly of contagion. There is, however, a class of 
contagious diseases which have never yet been 
proved to arise sporadically, and are generally 
believed never to do so : the contagions which 
produce these are therefore called specific con 
tagions ; such are those of syphilis, measles, 
small-pox, cow-pox, hooping-cough, scarlatina, 
&c. Whether the majority of pathologists are 
in the right in denying the occasional sponta- 
neous origin of specific contagions is much too 
large a question to be entered upon here ; nor 
have we, in truth, sufficient data for its philo 
sophical determination. The following are the 
best known contagions to which the human 
body is subject: 1. The contagion of typhus; 
2. hooping-cough; 3. mumps; A. purulent oph 
thalmia; 5. small-pox; 6. cow-pox ; 7. measles; 
8. scarlet fever ; 9. varicella; 10. erysipelas ; 
11. dysentery ; 12. yaws; 13. venereal disease; 
14. scald head; 15. itch; 16. hydrophobia; 17. 
malignant pustule; 18. glanders; 19. dissection 
wounds ; 20. milk sickness. 

Among contagious poisons, some exist in the 
form of a liquid virus, by the insertion of which 
beneath the cuticle of a healthy individual, ot 
its simple application to any part where the cu- 
ticle is very thin, the disease is communicated; 
such are the small-pox and syphilitic poisons: 
the matter of other contagions, again, entirely 
eludes our senses ; thus the contagion of typhus 
is known to us only by its effects. 

The poisons of small-pox, chicken-pox, mea- 
sles, and hooping-cough produce such a change 
in the susceptibility of the system, when once 
they have influenced it, as to prevent the recur- 
rence of the disease, except in a very small 
number of instances, which merely form excep- 



CON 



CON 



tions to a general rale. Other contagions, again, 
fortify the system to a considerable degree 
against any future infection of the same kind, 
but not nearly to the same degree as those 
above mentioned ; thus scarlet fever generally 
occurs only once in a person's life-time, but still 
it often occurs two or three times. Lastly, 
many contagions confer no immunity from the 
future effects of the same poison ; thus, having 
once labored under syphilis is no protection 
against a future invasion of that disease. 

Further information concerning the peculiari- 
ties of the individual morbid poisons will be 
found under the heads of the diseases to which 
they give rise ; but some diseases, as erysipelas, 
catarrh, pneumonia, &c., which are not usually 
contagious, become so under peculiar and un- 
known conditions. 

An important subject connected with conta- 
gion is that of fomitcs. It is found that the 
effluvia by which contagious diseases are com- 
municated are absorbed more or 'less by all 
porous bodies, and may, through the medium 
of these, be transported to distant places, and 
[ireserved in full activity for a length of time. 
The substances which thus convey contagion 
are called fomites. Wool, hair, cotton, feath- 
ers, woolen and cotton cloths, and other simi- 
lar substances, most readily imbibe and retain 
the contagious miasmata. 

Liebig has endeavored to show that most, if 
not all, contagious poisons act as ferments; and 
being either introduced by inoculation, or by 
I ho inspiration of volatile particles into the blood 
or system, there establish their action after re- 
producing contagion, as yeast is reproduced 
wherever there is gluten present in the fer- 
mentable matters. 

Contagious. Capable of producing conta- 
gion, or of producing disease, &c, by contact, 
cither mediate or immediate. 
Continence. Chastity. 
Continent cause. A proximate cause. 
CON'TINENS FEBRIS. Continuafebris. A 
continued fever, as opposed to a remittent or 
intermittent. See Fcbris. 
Continued feveh. See Fcbris. 
CONTINUITY. A perfect connection. A 
wound or fracture is called a solution of con- 
tinuity. 

Contorted. Conto'rtus. Twisted. 
CO'NTRA-APERTU'RA. A counter open- 
ing. An opening made to give exit to matter 
where one which already exists is insufficient 
for that purpose. 
Contra capitan. Aristolochia anguicida. 
CONTRACTILITY. Contractilitas. That 
property of the livingfibre by which it contracts 
on the application of a stimulus, whether men- 
tal, as the will, or physical. Contractility is 
generally said by physiologists to depend on 
the organic property of sensibility. On this 
subject, M. Broussais remarks: "Sensibility 
and contractility have been attributed to the 
living fibre ; but if the real meaning of these 
two words reduces itself to the affirmation that 
the fibre contracts because some cause deter- 
mines it to do so, it is clear that the former of 
these two properties is necessarily involved in 
the latter. In effect, if the sensibility of the 



fibre is manifested only by its contractions, to 
say that it is sensible is merely to say that it 
contracts." 

CONTRACTION. ( Contract™, onis, f. ; from 
contraho, to draw together.) 1. la. Physiology, 
the action arising from excited contractility; 
that is, the shortening of a living fibre on the 
application of a stimulus. 2. In Pathology, the 
shortening of a muscle from some morbid cause. 

CONTRACTU'RA. (a, m, f. ; from contraho, 
to draw together.) Muscular contraction. Cul- 
len has made contractura a genus of disease in 
his class Locales and order Dyscincsiw. The 
species are, 

1. Contractura primaria, from a rigid con- 
traction of the muscles ; called, also, obstipitas, 
a word that, with any other annexed, distin- 
guishes the variety of the contraction. Of this 
species he forms four varieties : Contractura ab 
injlammationc, when it arises from inflamma- 
tion. 2. Contractura a spasmo, called, also, 
tonic spasm and cramp, when it depends upon 
spasm. 3. Contractura ab antagonistas para- 
lit icos, from the antagonist muscles losing their 
action. A. Contractura ab acrimonid irritante, 
which is induced by some irritating cause. 

2. Contractura articularis, originating from a 
disease in the joint. 

Contractions of muscles may sometimes, in 
the early stages, be remedied by stimulating 
liniments, the warm bath, mechanical extension, 
with attention to the health and cause of dis- 
ease. The division of the tendon may be prac- 
ticed where it is a simple contraction without 
loss of nervous power, &c. 

Contra-extensio. Counter extension. 

CONTRA-FISSURE. Contrafissu'ra. (From 
contra, against, and findo, to cleave.) Contre- 
coup. A fracture in a part distant from that in 
which the blow is received ; as when the fron- 
tal bone is broken by a fall on the occiput, the 
bone in the latter region remaining sound. 
Counter-fissures are not confined to the crani- 
um, but occur also in other bones. 

Contrahe'ntia. Medicines which produce 
contractions : they include astringents and styp- 

CONTRA-INDICATION. (From contra, 
against, and indico, to show.) Counter indica- 
tion! A symptom which forbids the use of a 
remedy which might otherwise be employed : 
for instance, it is usual to bleed in inflammation 
of the lungs; but if it be accompanied with 
highly typhoid symptoms and great sinking of 
the vital powers, these form contra-indications 
to the use of the lancet. 

Contra-stimulant. See Contro-stimulant. 

CONTRAYE'RVA. (a, a, f.) This herb 
was given as an antidote against poisons. See 
Dorstenia. — C. alba. C. Germanorum. Ascle- 
pias vincetoxicum. — C. nova. The Mexican 
contrayerva. Psoralea pentaphylla. — C. vir- 
giniana. Aristolochia serpentaria. 

Contre-coup. See Contra-fissure. 

Contrexeville, waters of. Department 
of Vosges. They contain carbonates of iron 
and lime, muriate of lime, and a matter which 
appears to be bituminous, and are used in dis- 
eases of the urinary organs and cutaneous dis- 
eases. 

185 



CON 

CONTRO-STIMUL ANT. A medicine which 
reduces the vital force. 

CONTRO-STIMULUS. A doctrine " of Ra- 
sori, that certain medicines act by reducing the 
vital force, as in the case of tartar emetic. 

CONTUSION. ( Contnsio, (mis, f. ; from con- 
titiido, to knock together.) A braise. A lesion 
in which there is usually extravasation of blood, 
but which, when very severe, may result in 
complete disorganization. Cold applications 
and leeches are necessary in simple cases. 

Co'nus. A cone. Strobile. The fruit of 
pine-trees. 

CONVALESCENCE. ( Convalescenlia, m, f. ; 
from convalesce/, to get well.) The recovery 
of health after the cure of a disease. The pe- 
riod of convalescence is that space from the 
departure of a disease to the recovery of the 
strength lost by it. 

CONVALESCENT. Recovering, or return- 
ing to a state of health after the cure of a dis- 
ease. The word is frequently used as a sub- 
stantive. 

CONVALLA'RIA. (a, a, I) A genus of 
plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliaccte. — 
C. majalis. The lily of the valley. May-lily. 
A water distilled from the flowers or root is 
used in Germany as a nervine. When dried 
and powdered they are purgative, in the dose 
of 3j. to 3J. — C. polygonatum. The Solomon's 
seal. The root has been used externally as an 
astringent and application to bruises, and inter- 
nally as a corroborant. 

Convoluta ossa. See Spongiosa ossa. 
Convolu'te. Convolutus. Rolled up, or 
folded. Applied to bones, membranes, leaves, 
&c. 

CONVOLUTION. Convolutio. (From con- 
volvo, to roll together.) A substance rolled 
upon itself so as to appear folded is said to be 
convoluted, as the brain and intestines. 

Convolutions of the brain. See Enceph- 
alos. 

Convolutions of the intestines. See Intes- 
tines. 

Convolvui.in. A feeble alkaloid discovered 
by Marqnart in scammony. 

CONVOLVULA'CEjE. The bind-weed tribe 
of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous, climb- 
ing, and shrubby plants, with leaves alternate ; 
flowers regular, monopetalous ; stamens insert- 
ed into the base of the corolla; ovarium supe- 
rior, 2-4 celled ; seeds albuminous. 

CONVO'LVULUS. (us, i, m.) 1. Iliac pas- 
sion. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Mo- 
nogynia. Convolvulacccc. — C. Atncricanus. 
See Convolvulus jalapa. — C. batatas. The 
sweet potato. — C. cantabrica. The cantabrica. 
Lavender-leaved bind-weed. It is anthelmin- 
tic and actively cathartic. — C. colubri'nus. Cis- 
eampelos pareira. 

Convolvulus jalapa. The Linnsean name 
of the jalap plant. Called, also, C. Americanus, 
C. mexicana. This plant has been lately as- 
certained to belong to the genus Ipomcea. It 
is a native of Mexico. The best jalap is in 
oval-pointed tubers, covered with a thin, wrin- 
kled, brown cuticle ; sometimes it is in thin 
slices. It has a heavy, disagreeable smell, and 
a sweetish, slightly pungent taste. It is hard, 
186 



CON 

compact, and internally of a light brown or 
grayish color, with dark brown streaks. The 
active principle of jalap is partly dissolved both 
by water and alcohol, and: enhrely by diluted 
alcohol. The active principles appear to be 
resin and extractive matter. The root, pow- 
dered, is a very common, efficacious, and safe 
purgative, as daily experience evinces ; but, ac- 
cording as it contains more or less resin, its 
effects must, of course, vary. In large doses, 
or when joined with calomel, it is an excellent 
hydragogue cathartic and anthelmintic. Th« 
operation of jalap is rendered much less irrita- 
ting by the addition of a few grains of carbonate 
of potash. Dose of the powder, gr. x. to 3j. 

Convolvulus major albus. See Convolvu- 
lus sepium. — C. maritimus. See Convolvulus 
soldanella. — C. mechoacan. C. macrorhizus. 
Mechoacan. Jalapa alba. The root was 
brought from Mexico, but is now entirely su- 
perseded by jalap, or used as au adulteration. 
— C. panduratus. Wild potato vine. This is 
common in the Northern States, and the root is 
a mild purgative. — C. perennis. The hop. — C. 
pes caprew. An Indian species, enijnoyed in 
stimulating cataplasm. 

Convolvulus scammonia. The scammony 
plant; called, also, C. Syriacus. It affords the 
gum-resin called scammony. It is a native of 
Asia Minor and Cochin China. It is from the 
milky juice of the root that we obtain the offic- 
inal scammony. The smell of scammony is 
rather unpleasant, and the taste bitterish and 
slightly acrid. The different proportions of gum 
and resin of which it consists have been various- 
ly stated, but proof spirit is the best menstruum 
for it. It is brought from Aleppo and Smyrna in 
masses, generally of a light, shining gray color, 
and friable texture ; of rather an unpleasant 
smell, and bitterish and slightly acrid taste. 
The scammony of Aleppo is by far the purest 
That of Smyrna is ponderous, black, and mixed 
with extraneous matters. Scammony is a hy- 
dragogue cathartic and anthelmintic. Dose, gr. 
v. to xv. 

Convolvulus seiuum. The juice of this 
plant is violently purgative, and given in dropsi- 
cal affections. A poultice of the herb, made 
with oil, has been recommended in white swell- 
ings of the knee-joint. — C. soldanella. The sea 
convolvulus. The leaves are said to be a dras- 
tic purge, but the medicine has fallen into disuse. 
— C. Syriacus. See Convolvulus scammonia. — 
C. turpe'thum. The turbith plant. The cor- 
tical part of the root is brought from the East 
Indies in oblong pieces : it is of a brown or ash 
color on the outside, and whitish within. The 
best is ponderous, not wrinkled, easily frangi- 
ble, and of a resinous appearance. When chew- 
ed, it at first imparts a sweetish taste, which is 
followed by a nauseous acrimony. It is strong- 
ly purgative, but liable to much irregularity of 
action; jalap, therefore, is now always prefer- 
red to it. 

Convulsio canina. Risus sardonicus. — C. 
ccrealis. Raphania. — C. habitualis. Chorea. — 
C. Indica. Tetanus. — C. uteri. Abortion. 

CONVULSION. (Convulsio, onis, f. ; from 
convello, to pull together.) A fit. A convul- 
sion is an agitation of all the limbs of the body, 



CON 



COP 



ov of* a part, occasioned by violent and involun- 
tary contractions of the muscles, with alternate 
relaxations, or what are called clonic spasms. 

Convulsions are universal or partial. When 
universal, all the limbs are more or less affect- 
ed, as are the muscles of the face and those of 
respiration. This is the case with epilepsy and 
hysteria, wlijch see. 

A convulsion fit varies much in the mode of 
attack as well as its progress. Sometimes the 
assault is sudden and without any warning, but 
more generally thero are precursive indications: 
these forerunners are, coldness of the extremi- 
ties, dizziness in the head, spectra floating be- 
fore the eyes, the tremors of some muscles, a 
cold air or aura creeping up a limb or up the 
back. The straggle itself varies in extent, vio- 
lence, and duration. The muscles are alter- 
nately rigid and relaxed ; the teeth gnash, and 
often bite the tongue ; the mouth foams ; the 
eyelids open and shut in perpetual motion, or 
are stretched upon a full stare, while the pro- 
tuberant balls roll rapidly in every direction : 
the whole face is hideously distorted. The 
force exerted in some cases is enormous, so as 
to overpower the strength of several attendants. 
When the lungs are much oppressed, the lips, 
cheeks, and, indeed, the entire surface of the 
face and arms, are of a dark or purple hue. 
The paroxysm will sometimes cease in a few 
minutes, but occasionally it will last for hours ; 
and, after a short period of rest, it perhaps re- 
turns again with as much violence as before: 
tiiis happens frequently in puerperal and infan- 
tile convulsion. Great languor commonly suc- 
ceeds, sometimes headache and vertigo, but not 
(infrequently there arc no secondary symptoms 
whatever. 

Partial convulsions have received different 
names : 1 . That kind which affects several 
muscles irregularly is called chorea. 2. When 
the muscles of the face only are convulsed, it 
produces a kind of laughter; and this is called 
risus sardonicus. From the particular cause, it 
is distinguished as being puerperal, maniacal, 
dental, &c. The convulsion occasionally shifts 
about from one part to another irregularly, 
from the face to the arms, and from them to the 
feet ; and in some cases, the face, or the chest, or 
the limbs are more affected than the other parts. 
The causes of convulsions are numerous. 
In infants, children, and youth, the common 
causes are irritation of the bowels, teething, 
and worms. The remedies, consequently, are 
the appropriate purgatives, and allaying the lo- 
cal irritation. The gums should be properly 
lanced. In the puerperal convulsion, the at- 
tention must be directed to the uterus, the irri- 
tation of which is best allayed by copious, 
prompt, and repeated bleeding, and by the ad- 
ministration of opium by the mouth and rectum. 
Another set of causes which produce a convul- 
sion are affections of the mind; as excess of an- 
ger, joy, grief, and fear. The treatment during 
the fit must apply to the state of the constitu- 
tion which favors a tendency to its recurrence. 
The remedies in convulsions are bleeding (in 
plethoric persons), stimulants to the extremi- 
ties, cold to the head, antispasmodics, especially 
in enemata; of these, ether, assafcetida, and 



camphor are preferred. For children, a hot 
bath is highly serviceable. • After a paroxysm 
the predisposing cause must be treated, and tho 
health fully restored. 

Convulsive. Convulsions. Somewhat 
spasmodic; having the character of a convulsion. 
CON VULSIVES. Medicines which increase 
muscular hritability, and in large doses produce 
convulsions or tetanus ; as strychnia, brucia, 
and the plants which contain them. 

CONY'ZA. {a, a-, f.) A genus of plants. 
SyngcJiesia. Polygamia superjlua. Composi- 
tm. — C. sqnarrosa. Great fleabane. This was 
formerly esteemed as an emmenagogue, anti- 
icteric, antepileptic, and vermifuge. — C. cwru- 
lea. Erigeron acre. — C. major. Inula viscosa ? 
— C. media. Inula dysenterica. — C. minor. 
C. pulicaria. The inula pulicaria. Its chief 
use was to destroy fleas. 

CoorERTOitiA caktilago. The thyroid car- 
tilage. — Castelli. 

COPAI'BA. («, a, f.) The resinous exuda- 
tion of various trees. See Copaifcra officinalis. 
COPAI'FERA. (a, a,f.) A genus of plants. 
Dccandria. Monogynia. Mimosew. — C. offi- 
cinalis. The systematic name ofthe plant from 
which the copaiba balsam was supposed to be 
obtained. It is now ascertained that nearly all 
the species of the genus Copaifcra yield the 
balsam more or less abundantly, and especially 
C. multijuga. Copaiba is a yellow, resinous 
juice, of a moderately agreeable smell and a 
bitterish taste, very permanent on the tongue. 
The trees which afford it grow in the Brazils. 
While new, it is a colorless fluid; in time, how- 
ever, it acquires a yellowish tinge, and the con- 
sistence of oil ; but though by age it has been 
found thick, like honey, yet it never becomes 
solid, like other resinous fluids. By distillation 
in water, the oil is separated from the resin, 
and in the former the taste and smell of the 
balsam are concentrated. If the operation is 
carefully performed, about one half of the bal- 
sam rises into the receiver in the form of oil. 
The balsam unites with fixed and volatile oils, 
and with spirit of wine. It is given in all dis- 
eases of the urinary organs, when no inflamma- 
tion is present. In gonorrluea, after the in- 
flammatory symptoms have abated, in gleet, 
and in leucorrhoea, it is a medicine of great ef- 
ficacy. It exerts a stimulating effect on the 
kidneys, increasing their secretion, and in an 
over-dose causing inflammation of these organs. 
It often gives relief in hemorrhoids. In irrita- 
ble habits this medicine is liable to excite grip- 
ing, sickness, and severe pains in the region of 
the kidneys, so that its use can not be persevered 
in : these effects are sometimes obviated by 
combining it with opium. Dose, gtt. xx. to 333. 
three times a day, given in tho form of capsules. 
Copaiva. See Copaifcra. 
Copaiva or Copaiba capsules. The balsam 
placed in small gelatinous capsules, so as to b« 
taken without any unpleasant taste. 

Copaivic acid. The yellow, brittle resin of 
copaiba balsam. 

Copal. An amber-like body used in making 
varnishes. 

COPALCHE' BARK. The bark of Croton, 
pseudo-China. It resembles cascarilla. 

187 



COR 



COR 



Copalm balsam. Liquidambar. 

COPHO'SIS. (Kwfaoic; from ku^oc, deaf.) 
Generally synonymous with deafness, though 
some writers have restricted it to particular 
kinds of deafness. 

Co'pos. Kanoe. Weariness; lassitude. 

COPPER. Cuprum. A metal of a peculiar 
reddish-brown color ; crystallizable, hard, son- 
orous, very malleable and ductile, of consider- 
able tenacity, and one of the best conductors 
of heat and electricity. Its specific gravity is 
8-8; equivalent, 31 '6; symbol, Cu. It fuses at 
about 2000° F. Copper is found in nature in 
the metallic state, and in the form of oxide, 
sulphuret, carbonate, sulphate, chloride, phos- 

{)hate, and arseniate. Copper readily tarnishes, 
brming a red suboxide (Cu 2 0). The black ox- 
ide (CuO) is a powerful base, and is extensively 
used in the ultimate analysis of organic bod- 
ies as a source of oxygen. The salts of copper 
are mostly of a green or blue color, and those 
which are soluble are poisonous. The symp- 
toms of poisoning are purging, vomiting, gastric 
distress, and often nervous disorders, such as 
convulsive movements, tetanus, general insen- 
sibility, or a palsy of the lower extremities. 
Should the patient escape the first effects, a se- 
vere gastro-enteritis will be generally estab- 
lished. The antidotes for cupreous poisons are 
albumen, as in the white of egg, flour and wa- 
ter, &c. ; the ferrocyanide of potassium and 
sugar are also highly recommended. For the 
officinal preparations, see Cuprum. 

Co'ppkras. Sulphate of iron. — C, blue. 
Sulphate of copper. — C, white. Sulphate of 
zinc. 

Copper nose. Acne rosea. 

Coprago'gus. (From nonpoc, the excrement, 
and ayu, to bring away.) Purgative. 

COPR-. Copro-. A prefix (from Konpoc, 
excrement) of many words, little used; as, Co- 
pracratia, involuntary defecation. — Copremesis, 
iliac passion. — Coprocriticus, a laxative. — Co- 
prophoria, purgation. — Coprosclerosis, the in- 
duration of fiecal matters. 

Coprosta'sia. Coprosta' sis. Costiveness. 

Co'pte. An ancient cataplasm. 

COPTIS. The root of C. trifolia, a ranun- 
culaoeoua, indigenous plant. It is a simple, 
bitter tonic, like quassia. Dose of the powder, 

gr. X. to 388. 

Co'pula. 1. A ligament. 2. Sexual inter- 
course. — C. carnalis. Coition. 

Copulation. Coition. 

Copyo'pia. Weakness of sight. 

Cor. {Cor, dis, neut.) The heart. 

CO'RACO-BRACHIA'LIS. Coraco-brachi- 
tcus. A muscle, so called from its origin and 
insertion. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from 
the fore-part of the coracoid process of the scap- 
ula, adhering, in its descent, to the short head 
of the biceps; inserted, tendinous and fleshy, 
about the middle of the internal part of the os 
humeri, near the origin of the third head of the 
triceps, called brachialus externus, where it 
sends down a thin, tendinous expansion to the 
internal condyle of the os humeri. Its use is to 
raise the arm upward and forward. 

Coraco-clavicular ligament. See Liga- 
ment. 

188 



Coraco-hyoideus. See Omo-hyoideut. 

CO'RACOID. (Coracoides ; from /copaf, a 
crow, and eidoc, resemblance : shaped like the 
beak of a crow. ) Some processes of bones are 
so named, from a fancied resemblance to the 
beak of a crow ; as the coracoid process of the 
scapula. 

Coracoid process. See Scapula. 

Coracoideus musculus. The Brachialis in- 
temus. 

Coral. See Corallium. 

CORALLI'NA. (a, a, f.) A genus of ma- 
rine productions, generally supposed to be polyp- 
ifers. They consist of a calcareous articulated 
stem, which adheres to rocks, shells, or other 
bodies. — C. Corsicana. C. helminthocorton. 
See Fucus helminthocorton. — C. officinalis. C. 
alba. Coralline. Sea moss. White wormseed. 
This was formerly administered to children as 
an anthelmintic. — C. rubra. See Fucus helmin- 
thocorton. 

Coralline. See Corallina. 

CORA'LLIUM. (um,i,n.) Coral. A gen- 
eral name for those marine polypifers which 
have a stony or horny axis; as Jsis, Oculina, 
Gorgonia, &c. — C. album. White coral. The 
j>roduce of the several species of Oculina : Ma- 
drepora oculala of Limnuus. The powder of 
white coral has been administered as an absorb- 
ent. — C. nigrum. Black coral. Gorgonia an- 
tipathes — Antipalhca of Linnaeus. This was 
formerly used in epilepsy. — C. rubrnm. Acmo. 
Azur. Red coral. The red coral of commerce 
is the hard, calcareous substance of the Isis 
nobilis. When powdered, it is exhibited as an 
absorbent earth to children, but is in no respect 
preferable to common chalk. 

Corallode'ndron. Erythrina corallotlen- 
dron. 

Co'rali.oid. Coralloides. Coral-like. 

CO'RCHOROS. A genus of plants. Polyan- 
dria. Monogynia. The. Cor chorus olitorius is 
cultivated in Egypt as a pot-herb, and the C. 
trilocularis in Barbary. 

Co'rculum. The embryo of seeds. 

CORD, UMBILICAL. 1. The cord formed 
by the union of the umbilical vessels and integu- 
ments, and connecting the foetus with the pla- 
centa. 2. In Botany, the tissue which connects 
the ovule with the carpel. 

Corda. Cord. See Chorda. 

Corda tympani. See Chorda tympani. 

Cordje Willisii. See Chordae Willisii. 

Corda'te. Heart-shaped; like the heart ou 
playing cards. 

CO'RDIA. («, a, f.) A genus of plants. , 
Pcntandria. Monogynia. Cordiaceee. — C. 
myxa. The Sebesten plant. The black fruit is 
mucilaginous, and gently laxative; and is ex- 
hibited in form of decoction in various diseases 
of the chest, hoarseness, cough, difficult respi- 
ration, &c. 

CORDIAL. Cardiacus. A term originally 
adjective, but, like most others expressive of 
the properties of medicines, used also as a sub- 
stantive. It is applied to warm and stimulating 
medicines which raise the spirits, and were for- 
merly supposed to strengthen the heart, whence 
the name. 

Cordo'lium. Cardialgia. 



COR 

CORE, (e, es, f. Koprj.) 1. The pupil of 
the eye. 2. The center, or nucleus. 

Corecto'mia. (From xopij, and tKTEfivu, to 
cut out. ) The operation of making an artificial 
pupil by cutting out a portion of the iris. 

Coredia'lysis. (From Koprj, and diakvu, to 
loosen.) The formation of an artificial pupil by 
detaching the iris from the ciliary ligament. 

Core'ma. A medicine for cleansing the skin. 
— Paulus JEgineta. 

Coremorpho'sis. (From Kopn, and fiopQucric, 
formation.) The operation of forming an arti- 
ficial pupil. — Wagner. 

Corenclei'sis. (From Kopn, and cyKXeung, 
inclusion.) That operation for artificial pupil 
in which a portion of the iris is drawn through 
an incision in the cornea, and cut off. 

Coreo'ncion. Coroncion. (From Koprj, and 
oymvov, a hook.) A hooked instrument used 
in the operation of artificial pupil. 

Coretomedia'lysis. (From Koprj, and re/ivu, 
to cut, and dialvu, to loosen.) The operation 
for artificial pupil, by detaching the iris from 
the ciliary ligament. 

CORETO'MIA. Ceretofomia. (From Kopn, 
and re/tvu, to cut.) The operation for artificial 
pupil. 

Coria'ceous. (Coriaccus; from corium, 
leather.) Leathery. 

Coriander. Coriandrum sativum. 

CORIAN'DRUM. (mot, *, n.) Coriander. 
A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Digynia. 
Umbelliferts. — C. sativum. The coriander 
plant. It is a native of the south of Europe. 
Every part of the plant, when fresh, has an of- 
fensive odor ; but the seeds, when dried, have 
a tolerably grateful smell, and their taste is 
moderately warm and pungent. They yield 
their virtues entirely to rectified spirit, but only 
partially to water. By distillation with water 
they yield a small quantity of a yellowish es- 
sential oil, which smells strongly, and pretty 
agreeably, of the coriander. The seeds, oil, 
and water are carminative, and used as adju- 
vants in cathartic medicines. 

Coriannon. Corianon. See Coriandrum. 

Coria'ria myrtifo'lia. A poisonous French 
plant used in tanning, and said to be used to 
adulterate senna. 

CO'RIS. (is, is, f.) 1. St. John's wort. 2. 
A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
— C. cretica. Hypericum saxatile. — C. lutea. 
Hypericum coris. — C. monspeliensis. Heath 
pine. Symphitum petraum. This plant is in- 
tensely bitter and nauseous, but apparently an 
active medicine, and employed, it is said, with 
success in syphilis. 

CORIUM. Leather. The cutis vera. 

Co'rium phlogi'sticum. The buffy coat of 
the blood. 

Cork. See Quercus suber. 

Cormus. A solid, bulbous enlargement of 
the lower part of the stem of liliacere, aroidffi, 
and other plants. 

Corn. Clavus. — C. poppy. Papaver rhoeas. 
— C. salad. Valeriana locusta. 

CORNACEiE. The natural group to which 
the dogwood trees belong. 

Cornachi'nus pulvis. Earl of Warwick's 
powder. The preparations known imder this 



COR 

name consist of scammony, diaphoretic anti 
mony, and cream of tartar, in proportions vary 
ing according to different receipts. 

CO'RNEA. (a, as, f.) C.transparens. Cpel 
lucida. The anterior transparent tunic of the 
eye. See Eye. 

Cornea opaca. The sclerotic. 

Cornea, opaque. Caligo. 

Cornea, sugar-loaf. Staphyloma. 

Corneitis. Inflammation of the cornea. 

Corneous. Horn-like. 

Corni'cula. An old cupping instrument in 
the shape of a horn, with an aperture at the 
narrow end, through which the air is exhausted 
by drawing with the mouth. 

Cornicula'ris processus. Horn-shaped 
process. The coracoid process of the scapula 
has been so called. 

Corniculate. Having horn-like processes. 

Cornifo'rmis. Horn-shaped. 

CO'RNINE. An alkaline substance said to 
exist in the Cornus Jlorida. It appears to re- 
semble quinine in its properties. 

CO'RNQ. (n. ind.) 1. The horn of an ani- 
mal. 2. A wart. 3. A com. 4. The lateral 
ventricles of the brain terminate in three angu- 
lar cavities, which are called their cornua, or 
horns. They are severally called cornu ante- 
rius, cornu descendens, or inferior cornu, and 
cornu posterius. 

Cornu ammonis. Cornu arictis. When the 
pes hippocampi of the human brain is cut trans 
versely through, the cortical substance is so dis 
posed as to resemble a rani's horn. This is the 
true cornu ammonis, though the name is often 
applied to the pes hippocampi itself. 

Cornu arietis. See Cornu ammonis. 

Cornu cervi. Hartshorn. The horns of 
several species of stag, as the Cervus alecs, Ct 
dama, C. clephas, and C. taranda, are used 
medicinally. Boiled, they impart to the water 
a nutritious jelly, which was formerly much in 
esteem. The horns, when calcined, afford the 
cornu ustum of the Pharmacopoeias. By distil- 
lation they yield the liquor volatilis cornu cervi, 
or spirit of hartshorn, now superseded by am- 
monia. 

Cornu cervi calcinatum. See Cornu us- 
tum. 

Cornu monocero'tis. See Unicornn. 

Cornu rupicapr.sc. Chamois horn. 

Cornu ustum. Cornu cervi calcinatum. 
Burn pieces of hartshorn in an open fire until 
they become thoroughly white ; then powder, 
and prepare them in the same manner as is 
directed for chalk. Burned hartshorn has been 
supposed to possess absorbent, antacid, and as- 
tringent properties. It consists of phosphate of 
lime, with minute proportions of carbonate of 
lime and phosphate of magnesia; it has evident 
ly, therefore, no antacid or absorbent power, 
and is probably altogether inert as a medicine. 

CORNUA. The turbinated bones ; also, pro 
cesses of the hyoid and other bones. 

Cornua lachrymalia. The lachrymal due te 

Cornua sacralia. Two tubercles, some 
times united, at the inferior and outer side of 
the sacrum, by the side of which the last sacral 
nerves pass out. 

Cornua sphenoida'lia. Ossicula Bertini. 
189 



COR 

Cornua uteri. The angles of the uterus 
where the Fallopian tubes arise. 

CO'RNUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of shrubs. 
Tctrandria. Monogynia. Cornacecc. — C. circi- 
nata, C.florida, and C. sericea. These indige- 
nous species of dogwood are admitted into the 
Pharmacopoeia. The bark is bitter, astringent, 
and aromatic, and by some supposed to resemble 
cinchona bark. The dose is 9j. to 3J. in powder 
or decoction. — C. mascula. A European tree, 
the fruit of which is of the size and form of an 
olive, and is edible. The bark is said to be 
febrifuge. — C. sanguinea. The cornel. The 
fruit is moderately cooling and astringent. It 
yields an oil useful for burning. 

Cornu'tus. Cornutc. Horn-shaped. 

COROA. Coruova. Cornova. The name 
of a bark introduced into Europe from the East 
Indies. The tree which affords it is not yet 
known. It is said to be a powerful bitter and 
febrifuge. Trommsdorff has found in it a pe- 
culiar soft resin and an aromatic bitter princi- 
ple. 

CORO'LLA. (a, tc, f. ; from coronula, a lit- 
tle crown.) That part of a flower which is 
within the calyx, and immediately surrounds 
the organs of fructification. Its divisions are 
called petals. 

Corollary. A consequence resulting from 
a. proposition already demonstrated. 

Coro'llula. The partial floret of a capitu- 
lum. 

CORO'NA. (a, a, f.) A crown. A term 
used in anatomy and botany to designate cer- 
tain objects supposed to resemble a crown. 

Corona oilia'ris. The ciliary ligament.^- 

Coro.va glandis. The margin of the glans 
penis. 

Corona imperialis. Fritillaria imperialis. 

Corona regia. Trifolium melilotus offici- 
nalis. 

Corona terrj;. Glechoma hederacea. 

Corona tubulorum. A circle of minute 
tubes surrounding each of Feyer's glands. They 
are the excretory mouths of glands. 

Corona veneris. An eruption of venereal 
blotches or pustules on the forehead. 

Co'ronal suture. Sutura coronalis. The 
suture of the head that extends from one tem- 
ple across to the other, uniting the two parietal 
bones with the frontal. 

CO'RONARY. Coronarius. (From corona, 
a crown. ) This term is applied in anatomy to 
several parts because they surround others, or 
for some less obvious reason. 

Coronary arteries of the heart. Two 
arteries which supply the substance of the heart 
with blood. See Heart. 

Coronary artery of the stomach. Arte- 
ria coronaria ventriculi. A branch of the cce- 
liac. It supplies the lesser curvature of the 
stomach. The veins of the stomach are called 
coronary veins. 

Coronary ligament of the liver. See 
Liver. 

Coronary ligament of the radius. The 
ligament which surrounds the ne ^k of the ra- 
dius, and connects it with the ulna. It is called, 
also, the annular and the orbicular ligament. 

Corona'tds. Coronate: applied to a petal 
190 



COR 

which has little crown-like eminences, as in 
Nerium oleander. 

Coro'ne. The coronoid process of the lower 
jaw-bone. 

Coroneion. Coreoneion. 

Coronet bone. The second of the consoli- 
dated phalanges of the horse's foot. 

CO'RONOID. (Coronoides, Coronoidcus; 
from Kopuvtj, a crow, and ei6oc, likeness.) Pro- 
cesses of bones are so called that have any re- 
semblance to a crow's beak ; as the coronoid 
process of the ulna, jaw, &c. 

CORPORA ALBICANTIA. C. candicantia. 
Two white eminences at the base of the brain ; 
called, also, corpora albicaniia Willisii. See 
Enccphalos. 

Corpora arantii. See Corpora sesamoidea. 

Corpora bigemina. See Corpora quadri- 
gemina. 

Corpora cavernosa penis. See Penis. 

Corpora genicui.ata. Two small eminen- 
ces at the lower and outer part of the optic 
thalami. See Enccphalos. 

Corpora Malpighiana. Acini of Malpighi. 
See Kidney. 

Corpora olivaria. Two prominences of 
the medulla oblongata; so named from their 
being shaped somewhat like an olive. See 
Enccphalos. 

Corpora ovata. See Corpora olivaria. 

Corpora pyramidalia. Two eminences of 
the medulla oblongata; so called from then 
pyramidal shape. See Enccphalos. 

Corpora quadrigemina. See Tubcrada 
quadrigemina. 

Corpora restiformia. Two eminences sit- 
uated one on each side of the upper part of the 
medulla oblongata. See Enccphalos. 

Corpora sesamoidea. Corpuscula arantii. 
Corpuscula Morgagni. The small, hard gran- 
ules on the loose edge of the semilunar valves 
of the aorta and pulmonary artery. See Heart. 

Corpora striata. See Enccphalos. 

Corpora'tio. Incorporation. 

Corpulency. Corpulentia. See Polysarcia. 

CORPUS, (us, oris,n.) 1. A body ; matter 
of whatever kind. 2. In Pharmacy, the basis 
of a formula was formerly called corpus ; thus, 
oil of nutmeg was called corpus pro balsamo, 
because it was used as the basis of factitious 
balsams. 

Corpus annulare. See Pons varolii. 

Corpus callo'sum. Commissura magna ce- 
rebri. Great commissure of the brain. The 
white medullary part joining the two hemi- 
spheres of the brain, and coming into view un- 
der the falx of the dura mater when the hemi- 
spheres are drawn from each other. 

Corpus cavernosum clitoridis. See Cli- 
toris. 

Corpus cavernosum penis. See Penis. 

Corpus cavernosum vaginje. The erectile* 
spongy tissue of the vagina. 

Corpus cinereum. See Corpus dentatum. 

Corpus denta'tum. C. cinereum. C.rhom- 
boideum. A portion of cineritious matter ob- 
served in the cerebellum. See Enccphalos. 

Corpus fimbria'tum. The flattened termi- 
nation of the posterior eras of the fornix of the 
brain. See Encephalos. 



COR 

Corpus glandulosum. The prostate gland. 

Corpus glandulosum mulierum. A vascu- 
lar eminence surrounding the orifice of the fe- 
male urethra. 

Corpus Highmorianum. See 'Testis. 

Corpus luteum. A yellow spot found in 
that part of the ovarium of females from whence 
an ovum has proceeded : hence their presence 
was supposed to determine that the female had 
been impregnated. The number of the corpo- 
ra lutea corresponds with the number of ova 
removed. It is, however, asserted by modern 
writers that corpora lutea have been detected 
in young virgins, where no impregnations could 
possibly have taken place. 

Corpus mucosum. See Cutis. 

Corpus nerveo-spongiosum. The cavernous 
substance of the penis. 

Corpus nervosum. The cavernous substance 
of the clitoris. 

Corpus Okense. See Corpus Wolffianum. 

Corpus pampiniforme. (Pampiniformc ; 
from pampinus, the tendril of a vine.) The 
plexus formed by the spermatic veins around 
the spermatic artery. 

Corpus papilla're. The nervous and vas- 
cular papilla) of the rote mucosum have been 
so called. 

Corpus psalloides. Sec Lyra. 

Corpus pyramida'le. 1. An eminence on 
each side of the medulla oblongata. See Cor- 
pora pyramidalia. 2. The plexus formed by 
the spermatic veins, usually called corpus pam- 
piniforme. 

Corpus reticulare. C. rcticulare Malpighi. 
See Retc mucosum. 

Corpus rhomboideum. See Corpus dentatum. 

Corpus spongiosum urethra. Substantia 
spongiosa urethra. Corpus spongiosum penis. 
The spongy structure around the urethra. It 
commences before the prostate gland, surrounds 
the urethra, and forms the bulb; then proceeds 
to the end of the corpora cavernosa, and termi- 
nates in the glans penis, which it forms. 

Corpus striatum. See Encephalos. 

Corpus varicosum. The spermatic plexus 
of vessels. 

Corpus Wolffianum. Two bodies situated 
in the region of the kidneys in the young fostus. 
They disappear about the tenth week, and are 
succeeded by the rudimentary kidneys. 

CORPU'SCLE. Corpusculum. A very mi- 
nute body ; an atom. 

Corpuscula arantii. See Corpora sesatnoi- 
dea. 

Corpuscular action. Molecular action. 

CORRIGENT. Corrigens. Corrector ins . 
Any substance in a medical formula or prescrip- 
tion which is intended to modify or render 
milder the action of another. 

Corri'gia. (Leather thongs.) The tendons 
of the muscles have been so called. 

CORRO'BORANT. (Corroborans; from cor- 
roboro, to fortify or strengthen.) Possessed of 
the power of strengthening. See Tonic. 

Corroborantia. Tonics. 

CORROSIVE. That corrodes or destroys. 

Corrosive sublimate. Corrosive chloride 
of mercury; the bichloride. See Hydrargyri 
chloridum corrosivum. 



COR 

CORRUGA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from corru- 
go, to wrinkle.) A muscle, the office of which 
is to wrinkle or corrugate the part it acts on. 

Corrugator supercilii. C. coiterii. A 
small muscle situated on each side of the fore- 
head. Musculus supercilii of Winslow. Mus- 
cuius frontalis verus of Douglas. Its use is to 
knit the brows. 

Corset de Brasdor. A bandage used by 
Brasdor in fracture of the clavicle. 

Corsican moss. Fucus helminthocorton. 

CORTEX, {ex, ids, m. or f.) 1. The bark 
or common integument of plants. 2. The Pe- 
ruvian bark. 

Cortex angeling. Andira inermis. 

Cortex angusturje. See Cusparia. 

Cortex antiscorbuticus. C '. aromaticus . 
See Winter a aromatica. 

Cortex bela-aye. See Ncrium antidyson- 
tericum. 

Cortex CAKELLJI malabarice. See Cinna- 
momum. 

Cortex cardinalis de Lugo. Cinchona. 

Cortex caryophylloides. Cinnamomum 
culilawan. 

Cortex cerebri. The cortical substance of 
the brain. See Encephalos. 

Cortex chin.*: regius. C. chinchinec. See 
Cinchona. 

Cortex elutherije. See Croton. 

Cortex jamaicensis. See Achras. 

Cortex la'vola. The bark bearing this 
name is supposed to be the produce of the tree 
which affords the Anisutn stellatum. See Eli- 
cium anisatum. 

Cortex magellanicus. See Wintera. 

Cortex massoy. Massoy bark. The prod- 
uce of an unknown tree of New Guinea, where 
it is beaten into a pultaceous mass with water, 
and rubbed upon the abdomen to allay pain of 
the bowels. It has the smell and flavor of cin- 
namon. 

Cortex ovi. The decidua reflexa. 

Cortex patrum. See Cinchona. 

Cortex peruvianus. See Cinchona. 

Cortex poggereb^:. A bark from South 
America; said to be serviceable in diarrhoeas 
and dysenteries. The tree which produces it 
is unknown. 

Cortex quassia. See Quassia amara. 

Cortex winteranus. See Wintera aro- 
matica. 

CO'RTICAL. Corticalis. Appertaining to 
or resembling bark. In Anatomy, the external 
portion of the brain and kidney are denomina- 
ted the cortical substance. See Encephalos and 
Kidney. 

Corticin. A doubtful substance in the Salix 
alba bark, of a resinous character. 

Cortico'sus. Like bark or rind. 

CORTU'SA. 1. Sanicula europea. 2. A ge- 
nus of plants. Class, Pentandria ; order, Mo- 
nogynia. The C. mathioli has been thought 
useful in rheumatism. 

CORU. A tree mentioned by Dalechamps as 
growing in China, Japan, Malacca, and Bengal. 
The bark of its root yields a milky juice used 
against diarrhoea and dysentery. The bark of 
the stem is employed with the same intention. 
This tree has been thought to be the Taberna- 

191 



COS 

montana citrifolia, or the Nerium antidysenter- 
icum. 

Corundum. A crystalline or massive mineral 
of great hardness. It is nearly pure alumina. 
Emery is a species. 

CORY'DALINE. Corydalca. An alkaline 
substance found by Wackenroder in the Cordy- 
alis bullosa and Fiimaria. 

Corydalus but.bosus. See Fumaria. 

CO'RYLUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
Monazcia. Polyandria. — C. avella'na. The 
hazel-nut tree. The nuts ai'e hard of digestion, 
and often pass the bowels very little altered; 
they are, however, nutritious. 

CO'RYMBI'FEILE. (Latin, corymbus, and 
fero, I bear. ) One of the divisions of Compos- 
ites. It comprehends those plants which, like 
the chrysanthemum and the aster, have the ca- 
pitula furnished with a ray; and those others 
which, like artemisia, although destitute of a 
ray, are similar to such plants in the majority 
of their charactei's. 

Cory'mbus. A corymb. An inflorescence 
formed by many flowers, the partial flower- 
stalks of which are gradually longer, as they 
stand lower on the common stalk, so that all 
the flowers are nearly on a level. 

CO'RYPHA. A genus of palms. — C. rotnn- 
difolia yields a kind of sago. — C. nmbraculi'fe- 
ra. The Talipot palm of Ceylon and Malabar, 
celebrated for the immense size of its leaves. 
The pith of the young plant is used as bread. 

Co'RYrHK. Kopvrpi/. 1. The vertex of the 
head. 2. The extremities of the fingers. 3. 
The apex of the heart. 

CORY'ZA. (a, a, f. Kopvfr; from napa, 
the head, and few, to boil.) A catarrh, or cold 
in the head. 

Coryza maligna. C. virulcnta. See Ozeena. 

COSMETIC. (Cosmeticits ; from KOtjfieu, to 
adorn.) An external medicine used to beauti- 
fy the skin. 

Cosmogany. The history of the origin of the 
world and universe. 

Co'smos. A regular series. Hippocrates ap- 
plies it to the order and series of critical days. 

CO'SSIS. A little tubercle on the face, like 
the head of a worm, arising from the enlarge- 
ment, &c, of a sebaceous follicle. 

CO'STA. (a, (c, f.) 1. In Anatomy, the rib 
of an animal. The ribs are the long, curved 
bones which are placed in an oblique direction 
at the sides of the chest. Their number is gen- 
erally twelve on each side. The seven upper 
ribs, which are articulated to the sternum, are 
called true ribs; and the five lower ones, which 
are not immediately attached to that bone, are 
called false ribs. At the posterior extremity of 
each rib is a small head, having two articulating 
surfaces, which are received into two cavities 
contiguous to each other, and formed in the 
upper and lower part of each dorsal vertebra. 
This articulation is a species of ginglymus, and 
allows only of motion upward and downward. 
The head of each rib is supported by a short 
neck, and immediately beyond this we find a 
flattened tubercle, affording an oblong and 
slightly convex surface, which is articulated 
with the transverse process of the lowest of the 
two dorsal vertebrae, with which its head is ar- 
192 



COT 

ticulated. At some little distance from this 
tuberosity the rib makes a considerable curve, 
which is usually called its angle. To the ante- 
rior extremity is fixed a long, broad, and strong 
cartilage, which, in each of the true ribs, reache» 
to the sternum, where its articulation is secured 
by a capsular ligament, and by other ligament- 
ous fibres. The cartilages of the sixth and 
seventh ribs being longer than the rest, are ex- 
tended upward, in order to reach the sternum, 
the inferior poi'tion of which is about on a level 
with the fifth rib. The cartilages of these two 
ribs are usually united into one, so as to leave 
no space between them. The false ribs are 
supported in a different manner: their carti- 
lages terminate in an acute point before they 
reach the sternum, the eighth rib being attach- 
ed by its cartilage to the lower edge of the car- 
tilage of the seventh, or last of the true ribs ; 
the ninth in the same manner to the eighth; and 
the tenth to the ninth; the cartilages of each 
rib being shorter than that of the rib above it. 
The eleventh and twelfth are not fixed at their 
anterior extremities like the other ribs, but hang 
loose, and are supported only by their ligament 
ous fibres, and by muscles and other soft parts. 

The external surface of each rib is somewhat 
convex, and its internal surface slightly concave. 
On the inferior and interior surface of these 
bones we observe a long fossa, for the lodgment 
of the intercostal vessels and nerves. The 
spaces between the ribs are termed intercostal 
spaces. 

The true ribs increase in size from above, or 
from the first to the seventh, and together form, 
with the sternum and dorsal vertebra;, a sort 
of basket, for the protection of the lungs, heart, 
&c. 

2. In Botany, the thick, nerve-like cords of 
a leaf, which proceed from the base to the apex, 
are called ribs. See Leaf. 

Costa herba. C. pulmonaria. See Hypo- 
charts. 

COSTAL. (Costalis; from costa, a rib.) Be- 
longing to a rib : applied to muscles, arteries, 
nerves, &c. 

Costa'tus. Ribbed. 

COSTIVENESS. See Constipation. 

COSTO-. A prefix (from costa, a rib) : ap- 
plied to ligaments, muscles, &c, connected 
with the ribs; as, Costo-clavicular ligament. See 
Ligament. — Costo-stcrnal articulation. Costo- 
trachelianus. The scaleni muscles. 

Costo-hyoideus. The omo-hyoideus. 

CO'STUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Monandria. Monogynia. — C. arabicus. The 
sweet and bitter costus. C.indicus; amarus; 
dulcis; orientalis. The root of this tree pos- 
sesses bitter and aromatic virtues, and is con- 
sidered as a good stomachic. It is also said to 
be diaphoretic, diuretic, and emmenagogue. — 
C. corticosus. Wintera aromatica. — C. horto- 
rum minor. Achillaea ageratum. — C. nigra. 
The artichoke. 

Cotarnine. A product of the decomposition 
of narcotine. It is a yellow, crystalline body ; 
soluble, bitter, and alkaline, and forms crystal 
lizable double 'salts with the chlorides of mer 
cury and platinum. Formula, C25Hi 3 N06. 

Cotton. Gossypium herbaceum. 



cou 

Cotton-weed. See Filago. 

Oo'tula. C. falida. See Anthemis cotula. 

Co'tule. The acetabulum. 

Cotu'nnius, liquor of. Cottcnnii liquor. 
The aqua labyrinthi of the internal ear. 

COTYLE'DON. 1. A seed-lobe, or cotyle- 
don. The cotyledons are the two halves of a 
seed, which, when germinating, become two 
pulpy leaves, called the seminal leaves. 2. The 
acetabulum. 

Cotyledoxeje. Flowering plants, or the 
phonerogamia. — Jussieu. 

Cotyledons. In Comparative Anatomy, the 
vascular, cup-like processes of the chorion, 
which serve as a placenta. 

Cotyloid cavity. The acetabulum. 

COUCHING. A surgical operation, which 
consists in removing the opaque lens out of the 
axis of vision, by means of a needle constructed 
for the purpose. This is done by depressing 
the lens below the axis, and allowing it to be- 
come absorbed. 

COUGH. A sonorous and violent expulsion 
of air from the chest is well known to occur as 
a symptom in pleurisy, pneumonitis, quinsy, 
asthma, catarrh, phthisis, hysteria, Sec. ; on 
which account some nosologists have omitted 
cough as an idiopathic disease. Cough is doubt- 
less most frequently a symptom of some other 
complaint ; but it is at times as truly idiopathic 
as any other disease, and ought to be treated as 
such. Generally speaking, idiopathic cough is 
not dangerous in itself, or while runniug its 
regular course ; but it has often proved highly 
dangerous in its results, by superinducing in- 
flammation of some organ, an luemoptysis, or 
phthisis. A cougft is in some cases attended 
by expectoration, and sometimes it exists with- 
out any: henco the distinction of cough into 
moist or mucous, and dry cough. 

The mucous cough has been named anapty- 
sis, anacalharsis, hex humida, and tussis humida. 
The expectoration is chiefly mucous, and is ex- 
creted very freely. It is common and of long 
continuance in aged and debilitated persons. 

The dry cough is mostly unattended by any 
expectoration, and often returns periodically. 
It is observed in highly irritable, nervous, and 
hysterical constitutions, and is obviously nervous. 

With respect to the treatment of cough, that 
which is produced by cold requires diaphoret- 
ics, demulcents, and expectorants; and laxa- 
tives, with small doses of henbane to allay the 
bronchial irritation, and a diet properly regula- 
ted according to circumstances. Where the 
symptoms assume an inflammatory character, 
the treatment recommended in acute bronchitis 
becomes applicable. Where the cough has be- 
come more habitual, and attends old age, the 
more stimulating expectorants are useful, as 
ammoniacum, benzoin, styrax ; and where the 
expectoration is considerable and the tempera- 
ment phlegmatic, stimulating inhalations, as of 
tar vapor, are useful. The nervous cough re- 
quires antispasmodics. 

Cough, bronchial. See Cough, tubal. 

Cough, cavernous. The resonance of the 
cough, heard when the stethoscope is applied 
over an excavation in the lungs, is termed the 
cavernous cough. 



COU 

Cough, hooping. Pertussis. 

Cough, tubal. When the lungs are hepa 
tized, the cough, as heard through the stetho- 
scope, applied over the trachea, root of tho 
bronchi, and even over the subdivisions of the 
bronchi no larger than a goose-quill, gives, be- 
sides its natural shock, a sensation as of air 
passing through a tube. This is called tubal, or 
bronchial cough. 

Coumarin. The concrete, volatile oil of tho 
Tonka bean. 

COUNTER-EXTENSION. Contra exten- 
sion. The drawing a dislocated limb in a di- 
rection contrary to that in which it is pulled by 
the muscles. The upper part of the limb of 
the patient must be first fixed in a suitable 
manner. 

Counter-indication. See Contra-indication. 

COUNTER - IRRITATION. Contra-irrita- 
tion. The establishment of an irritation in 
some part other than the seat of disease, for the 
purpose of producing a derivation of blood, &c, 
and translating the morbid action to a less im- 
portant organ. Counter-irritation is usually es- 
tablished on the skin or mucous membrane of 
the intestines ; in the latter case by purgatives. 
The most important counter-irritants applied 
to the skin are blisters, stimulating liniments, 
mustard plasters, red pepper, savme, caustic 
issues, setons, stimulating and hot lotions. 

Counter-opening. See Contra-apertura. 

Coup dk maitre. The introduction of the 
catheter or sound into the urethra, with the 
convexity toward the abdomen, and subse- 
quently turning it half round, to enter the blad- 
der. 

COUP DE SANG. 1. Blood-stroke. A sud- 
den congestion of an organ without hemor- 
rhage. It may come on almost without warn- 
ing, and attacks the brain, lungs, and other 
organs. 2. It is also used to designate the loss 
of sensation and motion, produced by a con- 
gestion or by hemorrhage in an important or- 
gan, as the brain, lungs, &c. 

COUP DE SOLEIL. Sun-stroke. A term 
used to signify any malady produced by exposure 
to tho sun's rays, as erysipelas, apoplexy, phre- 
nitis, &c. ; it is generally restricted, however, 
to that fonn of phrenitis not uncommon in hot 
climates, which arises from exposing the head 
uncovered to the full heat of the sun, or long- 
continued exertion in the sun. The attack of a 
sun-stroke commences with coma and loss of 
sensation, the brain fever being duo to reac- 
tion. 

Cou rap. The vernacular name in India for 
cutaneous diseases attended with itching, as 
porrigo, scabies, &c. Also, Scabies Indica. 

Cou'rbaril. Hymenam courbaril. 

Couro'ndi. An evergreen tree of India, said 
to be antidysenteric. 

Courou moelli. A shrub of India, said to 
be antivenomous. It is the Flacurtia tepiaria 
of Roxburgh. 

Courrone des tasses. A circle of cups. A 
form of the galvanic battery, consisting of a 
number of cups, saucers, or small pots, each of 
which contains a pair : the pairs are connected 
by wires. 

Courses. The menses. 

193 



cow 

Court plaster. Emplastrum adhaeaivum 
Anglicum. 

Coutoubea alba. A plant of Guiana, which 
is very bitter, and said to be anthelmintic and 
cmmenagogue. 

Couvre-chef. The French name of n band- 
age for the head. See Cucullus. 

Covolam. Cratreva marmelos. 

Covvbane. Cicuta virosa. 

Oowdie gum. Cowdie pine resin. . The res- 
inous juice, obtained by incisions, of the Dam- 
mar a australis, a coniferous tree of New Zea- 
land. It is also found fossil, and is largely used 
in the United States as an ingredient of copal 
varnishes. 

Cowhage. Cow-itch. See Dolichos prurient. 

COWPER'S GLANDS. (GlandulteCowperi; 
named from Cowper, who first described them.) 
Two small muciparous glands, each about the 
size of a pea, situated at the sides of the mem- 
branous part of the urethra in the male, before 
the prostate gland. See Urethra. 

Cowper's glands in the female. Two 
small glands situated beneath the skin at the 
posterior part of the labia and entrance of the 
vagina. They secrete a whitish sebaceous fluid. 

COW-POX. Vaccina. Vacciola. Kine- 
pox. A pustular disease of cows' teats. It 
consists of vesicles of a blue color, and nearly 
livid. They are elevated at the margin and 
depressed at the top, and contain a limpid fluid. 
There is usually some fever, which may be 
very severe. We owe to Dr. Jenner the fact 
that the introduction of the fluid of these pus- 
tules under the skin of the human subject pro- 
duces a slight disease of a similar nature, and 
which is a preventative against small-pox. 
This is the process now so generally practiced 
under the name of vaccination ; but hitherto it 
has been found that the pustules produced on 
the human subject yields a lymph, having the 
same virtue as that from the cow, and the ani- 
mal is not, therefore, resorted to. The fluid 
from grease on a horse's heel has a similar 
property, and persons inoculated therewith 
are said to be cqninated. Vaccination, in many 
cases, produces a complete immunity from the 
small-pox for life ; but it is safer to be revacci- 
nated about puberty, and, perhaps, at times 
when there is epidemical small-pox, as many 
cases are on record where severe disease has 
occurred after twenty or more years, although 
it is usually much modified, constituting vario- 
loid. The preservative action is very apparent, 
from the fact that inoculation will not produce 
pustules. Vaccination is usually practiced on 
the upper part of the arm, a lancet charged 
with lymph being thrust below the skin in sev- 
eral points. On the fifth day vesicles appear, 
which mature on the ninth or tenth; dry up, 
and fall off about the twentieth. There is 
sometimes a little fever and headache during 
this time, but no pustules except on the arm. 
The lymph should be taken from the pustules 
from the sixth to the eighth day for vaccinating 
others. If it is to be used at once, the lancet 
is the best body to take it up with ; but if it be 
put by for future use or transportation, ivory 
points, quills, two pieces of glass, or a piece of 
thread dipped in the broken pustule, are suita- 
194 



CBA 

ble receptacles. Heat should be avoided, as it 
destroys the virus. 

Cow parsnip. Heracleum. 

Cowrap. Impetigo. 

Cowslip. Primula veris. 

CO'XA. (a, ee, f.) The hip, haunch, or hip 
joint ; also the ischium and the os coccygis. 

COXjELUVIUM. (From coxa, and lavo, to 
wash.) A hip bath. A large basin capable of 
holding sufficient fluid to allow a person to sit 
in it, and be immersed up to the navel. 

Coxi ossa. The ossa innominata. 

Cox agra. A painful neuralgic affection of 
the thigh. Coxalgia. 

COXA'LGIA. (a, as, f. ; from coxa, and aX 
yoc, pain.) A term applied to pain in the hip, 
whether from rheumatism or any other cause. 

Coxarius morbus. Coxarum. Hip disease. 

Coxe'ndix. The same as coxa. 

COXO-FEMORAL ARTICULATION. The hip joint 

Cr. Chromium. 

Crab. See Cancer. 

Crablouse. See Pediculus. 

Crab-yaws. A name in Jamaica for a kind 
of ulcer on the soles of the feet, with callous 
lips, so hard that it is difficult to cut them. See 
Frambasia. 

CRADLE. An apparatus used by surgeons 
to protect diseased parts from contact with the 
bed-clothes, &c. It consists of a light semi- 
cylindrical or hooped case of wood, beneath 
which the limb reposes. 

CRA'MBE. A genus of plants. Tetrady- 
namia. Siliculosa. Crucifera. — C.maritima. 
The sea-kale. It is cultivated for the table, 
and has a delicate flavor when blanched. 

Crame'ria. See Kramcrfa. 

CRAMP. See Spasm. 

Cranberry. Vaccinium oxycoccus. 

Cranesbill. See Geranium. 

Crangon. See Cancer crangon. 

Craniology. See Phrenology. 

Cranio'scopy. (From npaviov, the skull, 
and oKoweu, to explore.) The inspection or 
examination of skulls. See Phrenology. 

CRA'NIUM. (vm, ii, n. Kpaviov; from 
Kapa, the head.) The skull, or superior part of 
the head. The cranium is composed of eight 
bones, six of which are called proper to the 
cranium, and two common to the cranium and 
face. The six proper to the cranium ai'e the 
os frontis, the two ossa parietalia, the two ossa 
temporum, and the os occipitis : the two com 
mon to the cranium and face are the os ethmoi- 
des and the os sphenoides. 

Cranium humanum. The human skull ; for- 
merly considered alexipharmic and antiepilep- 
tic. 

Cranium, perforation of. A desperate re- 
source of the accoucheur in those cases where, 
from deformity of the pelvis, the head can not 
pass through it, even with the assistance of 
forceps, and where, the child being dead, the 
Caesarian section can not be employed. It is 
done with Smellie's perforator, cautiously in- 
troduced during an interval from pain. The 
point of the instrument is directed so as to en- 
ter a fontanelle or suture, and, being intro- 
duced, the handles are opened, and the instru- 
ment rotated so as to break up the brain. 



CRE 

Cra'pula. A surfeit. The oppressed state 
of the stomach and head arising from excess in 
eating or drinking. 

Cra'sis. Mixture. Applied to the humors 
of the body, when there is such an admixture 
of their principles as to constitute a healthy- 
state : hence in dropsies, scurvy, &c., the era- 
sis, or healthy mixture of the principles of the 
blood, is said to be destroyed. 

Crasbame'ntum. The clot of blood. 

CRA'SSULA. 1. Sedum telephium. 2. A 
genus of plants. Pentandria. Penlagynia. 
Crassulacece. 

CRASSULA'CEiE. A natural order of her- 
baceous or shrubby exogens, growing in hot, 
dry, and exposed situations; remarkable for 
the succulent nature of their stems and leaves. 
They have an affinity with Penthorum and with 
IHeccbracew, through Tillaa; and possess re- 
frigerant, abstergent properties, mixed, at times, 
with a good deal of acridity. 

Crassus pulsus. A strong and full pulse. 

CRATjE'GUS. (urn, i, t ) A genus of plants. 
Icosandria. Digynia. Rosacea;. The haw- 
thorn, C. oxyacantha, and wild service-tree, C. 
terminalis, belong to this genus. — C. aria is the 
white beam-tree. 

CRATiE'VA. A genus of plants. Polyan- 
dria. Monogynia. The fruit of nearly all the 
species has a peculiar alliaceous odor, whence 
they have been called garlic pears. The C. 
religiosa is the Pura-au of Tahiti. Its leaves 
are aromatic and stimulant. The bark of the 
C. tapia is a bitter tonic, and is esteemed by 
the Indian practitioners as a febrifuge. — C. 
■marmelos, Covolam, yields a tonic bark. 

Craw-fish. Cancer fluviatilis. 

Crea. Ocrea. The anterior part of the leg. 

Cream. See Milk. 

Cream of tartar. See Potassw bitartras. 

CREASOTE. Creasoton. Creazotum. (U. 
S.) (From Kpeac, flesh, and erwfw, to preserve.) 
An oily, colorless, highly-refractive liquid, of a 
penetrating odor, resembling that of smoke, or 
smoked meat, and of a burning and exceeding- 
ly caustic taste. Specific gravity, 1-037, at 68 J 
F. It boils at 203° Centigrade, and is not con- 
gealed by a cold of — 16° F. It burns with a 
strongly fuliginous flame. With water at 20°, 
it forms two combinations, one a solution of 1 
part in 80, and the other of 10 parts in 100. It 
is readily decomposed by nitric and sulphuric 
acids and alkalies. Alcohol, ether, Bulphuret 
of carbon, acetic ether, acetic acid, and naph- 
tha, combine with it in any proportion. It de- 
composes or dissolves resins, resinous coloring 
matters, and other similar substances, 1 1 coag- 
ulates albumen, and is a powerful antiseptic; 
indeed, smoke, tar, and similar bodies seem to 
depend upon this agent for their antiseptic 
properties. In these and other properties, ere* 
asote resembles carbolic acid. 

Creasote is prepared from wood-tar by a very 
tedious process. It is an active poison, produ- 
cing death in doses of jij. or more, very much 
in the same way as prussic acid, hut with ac- 
companying symptoms of irritation : thus it 
stops the heart's action, produces coma, hurried 
respiration, and convulsions. There is no as- 
certained antidote: mucilaginous drinks, solu- 



C RE 

tion of chlorine, and blood-letting are spoken 
of. If the collapse be severe, ammoniacal 
stimulants will be necessary. 

Medical Uses. — It has been found useful in 
the vomiting of pregnancy, irritable stomach. 
&c, but is to be employed cautiously, from its 
known tendency to irritate the mucous mem- 
brane of the stomach and bowels. Gastrodynia, 
neuralgias, hysteria, and phthisis have been oc- 
casionally benefited by it. The dose internally 
is gtt. j. to gtt. iijj., in solution or mixture. Ex- 
ternally it is caustic, and has been applied to 
sloughing sores, in the same way as nitrate of 
silver. A little applied to the hollow of a ca- 
rious tooth is very efficacious in toothache. 
The ointment, or a weak solution, is of consid- 
erable service in lepra, porrigo, impetigo, and 
obstinate skin diseases. The watery solution 
(crcasote wa£er), , »containing 1 part in 80 of ere- 
asote, is a valuable styptic, and may be used in 
uterine hemorrhage, and taken internally in 
haomatemesis, haemoptysis, &c. The vapor has 
been used also in chronic bronchitis. 

Creeping sickness. Ergotism. 

CREMA'STER. (er, eris, m. ; from Kptftauy 
to suspend.) Muscidus testis. Musculus scroti. 
A muscle of the testicle, by which it is sus- 
pended, and drawn up and compressed, in the 
act of coition. It arises from the lower edge 
of the internal oblique muscle of the abdomen, 
passes over the spermatic cord, and is lost in 
the cellular membrane of the scrotum covering 
the testicle 

CREMNO'NCUS. A swelling or tumor of 
the labia pudendi. 

Cre'mnus. 1. The lip of an ulcer. 2. The 
labium pudendi. 

CRE'MOCARPIUM. A two to five celled 
inferior fruit, the cells of which are one-seeded, 
iudehiscent, dry, perfectly close at all times, 
and, when ripe, hanging separate from a com- 
mon axis, as in umbelliferous plants. 

CRE'MOR. (or, oris, m.) 1. Cream, .ft, 
Any substance floating on the top of a liquid, 
and skimmed off. 

Cremor ta'rtaiu. Cream of tartar. Potas- 
sa; bitartras. 

Crena. Crenalura. The irregular projec- 
tions or seratures of the skull bones, whereby 
the sutures are formed. 

G R E N A' T U S. Crenate : notched or scol 
loped. 

Crenic acid. An azotized product of de- 
caying vegetable matter. 

Creosote. See Crcasote. 

Cbkpa'tio. Crepatura. In Pharmacy, the 
boiling of seeds till they burst. 

CREPITATION. (From crepito, to make a 
crushing or crackling noise.) 1. The peculiar 
sound or sensation occasioned by pressure be- 
tween the fingers, in cellular tissues filled with 
air; as the lungs in their natural state, or a part 
affected with emphysema or gangrene. 2. The- 
grating of the ends of broken bones- 

Crepitant. Crackling. 

CRE'PITUS. (««, us, m. ; from erepo, to 
make a noise.) A crashing or crackling noise. 
A discharge of wind from the bowels upward 
or downward. In medicine, the term is nsn- 
ally applied to the grating sound which is heard 

195 



CRI 

when the ends of a fractured bone are rubbed 
on each other. 

Crepitus lupi. Lycoperdon bovista. 

Crescentia cujete. The fruit of this West 
Indian tree js acidulous, and useful in some 
bowel complaints. 

CRESCENTIA. Enlarged lymphatics in the 
groin. 

CRESS. A number of plants with a pungent 
flavor. — C, garden. Lepidium sativum. — C, 
Indian. Tropccolum majus. — C, sciatica. See 
Lepidium iberis. — 0., water. C, icild. Sisym- 
brium (nasturtium) aquaticum. 

Crest. See Crista. 

Crested. Cristatus. 

CRE'TA. (a, ce, f.) Chalk. An impure 
native carbonate of lime. See Creta preeparata. 

Creta prjsparata. C. alba. Prepared 
chalk. Take of chalk, Ibj.; add a little water, 
and rub it to a fine powder. Throw this into a 
large vessel full of water, shake them, and after 
a little while pour the still turbid liquor into 
another vessel, and set it by that the powder 
may subside; lastly, pour off the water, and 
dry the powder. This is antacid and absorb- 
ent. It is exhibited chiefly in the form of the 
cretaceous mixture. See Mistnra creta. Dose, ' 

Cretaceous. Cretaccus. Chalky: apper- 
taining to chalk. — C. acid. Carbonic acid. — 
C. mixture. See Mistura creta?. — C. powder. 
See Pulvis creta; compositus. 

Crete, dittany of. Origanum dictamnus. 

Cretin. One affected with cretinism. 

CRETINISM. Cretinismus. A peculiar en- 
demic disease Common in Switzerland, Tyrol, 
Valais, and the Pyrenees. It makes a very 
close approach to rickets in its general symp- 
toms. It differs principally in the tendency to 
bronchocele. The brain seems to follow the 
fate of the rest of the body, and, in many cases, 
even to take the lead, so that the chief imbe- 
cility is to be found in this organ. Cretinism 
seems to be partially hereditary, and to be most 
frequent in damp, close valleys. It is usually 
seen early in life, and resembles rickets in this 
respect. The subjects seldom attain to old age. 

CRIBRA'TIO. (o, onis, f.) The operation 
of sifting, or passing through a sieve. 

Cribratus. Cribrosus. Sieve-like ; perfo- 
rated with small holes. 

Cri'briform. (Cribriformis: from cribrum, 
a^ieve, and forma, likeness; because it is per- 
forated like a sieve.) Applied to the ethmoid 
bone. The tunica decidua of the ovum has 
been called membrana cribriformis by Osiander. 

CRI'CO-ARYTENOID. Crico-arylenoidarus. 
Relating to the cricoid and arytenoid cartilages 
of the larynx. 

C Rico- arytenoid, lateral. A muscle 
which rises from the side of the cricoid carti- 
lage, and is inserted into the Bide of the base 
of the arytenoid cartilage. Its use is to open 
the glottis by separating the arytenoid cartila- 
ges. 

C Rico- arytenoid, posterior. A muscle 
which arises from the back part of the cricoid 
cartilage, and is inserted into the back part of 
the base of the arytenoid cartilage. Its use is 
to draw back the arytenoid cartilage, to render 
196 



CRI 

the ligament of the glottis tense, and thereby to 
lengthen the glottis. 

Crico-pharyngeus. See Constrictor pha- 
ryngis inferior. 

Crico-thyroide'us. Crico-thyroid. A mus- 
cle which rises from the side and anterior part 
of the cricoid cartilage, and has two insertions, 
one into the under part of the ala of the thyroid 
cartilage, arid the other into its inferior cornu. 
Its action is to draw the thyroid cartilage 
downward and forward, or the cricoid cartilage 
upward and backward. 

Crico-thy'ro-pharyng-e'us. The inferior 
constrictor muscle of the pharynx is so called 
by Dumas. 

CRI'COID. (Cricoides ; Cricoideus, from 
KpiKoe, a ring, and eidoc, resemblance.) Ring 
like : applied to a round, ring-like cartilage of 
the larynx. Sec Cartilago cricoides. 

Cri de cuir neuf. See New leather sound. 

Cridones. The same as crinones. Sea 
Crino. 

CRIM EVIL. C. .leg. A kind of tubercu 
lar elephantiasis, said to prevail in the Crimea 
and Astracan. 

Crimno'des. Bran-like: applied to urine 
which deposits a sediment like bran. — Hippoc- 
rates. 

CRINA'LE. An instrument formerly used 
to exert pressure in cases of fistula lachrymalis. 
It is named from having at one end a small 
cushion stuffed with hair. 

Cri'nis. The hair. See Capillus. 

CRI'NO. (o, onis; from crinis, the hair.) 
1. A genus of entozoa. 2. A disease which, 
according to Ettmuller and others, has prevailed 
epidemically among infants. It consisted in 
the eruption of rigid, black hairs from the skin 
of the back, arms, and legs, accompanied with- 
febrile irritation and emaciation. 

Crino'myron. An ointment composed of 
lilies and aromatics. * 

CRINONES. Grubs. An affection of chil- 
dren, in which a morbid secretion is produced 
by the sebaceous follicles, which resemble small 
grubs. Acne punctata. 

CRI'SIS. (is, is, f. Kptoic, a judgment or 
determination; from xpivu, to judge.) A sud- 
den change for the better or worse taking place 
in the course of acute diseases, and especially 
fevers. A favorable crisis is sometimes attend- 
ed with a diarrhoea, perspiration, or other sen- 
sible evacuation, and such evacuations are 
styled critical. At other times the crisis is un- 
attended with any sensible evacuation. A cri- 
sis is perfect or imperfect ; the former bringing 
the patient suddenly to a state of convalescence, 
the latter merely causing a marked alleviation 
of the symptoms. The crisis is also called sal~ 
vtary or fatal, according to the result. It has 
been a question from the time of Hippocrates 
down to the present, whether fevers have a 
tendency to a crisis on particular days of tHeir 
course rather than on others. See Critical 
days. 

CRISP ATION. Crispatura. ( From crispo, to 
curl.) A slight contraction of any part, wheth- 
er natural or induced by a morbid cause ; thus 
the skin, when contracted so as to form whajt is 
called cutis anscrina, is in a state of crispatjon: 



CRO 

the small arteries divided by a wound wlien 
they retract so as to arrest the hemorrhage are 
in a state of crispation. 

Cri'spus. Crisp: curled. 

CRISTA, (a, a, f. The comb of a cock ; 
a crest.) This name is given, 1. In Anatomy, 
to several processes and parts of bones ; as the 
crista ilii and the crista galli of the ethmoid 
bone. 2. In Surgery, to excrescewses, like the 
comb of a cock, about the anus. 

Cristje of the clitoris. The nymphsc. 

Crista galli. An eminence of the ethmoid 
bone, so called from its resemblance to a cock's 
comb. See Ethmoid bone. 

Crista urethkalis. The caput gallinaginis 
of the urethra. 

Crista'tus. Crested. 

Cri'the. Crithidion. Hordeolum. 

Crithe'rion. The same as crisis. 

CRITH'MUM. A genus of plants. Pcntan- 
dria. Digynia. UinJtcllifera. — C. maritimum. 
The samphire, or sea-fennel. It is a low per- 
ennial plant, and grows about the sea-coast in 
several parts of England. It has a spicy, aro- 
matic flavor. 

CRI'TICAL. Appertaining to the crisis 
determining the event of a disease. Applied 
to symptoms, evacuations, periods, &c., which 
have reference to a crisis. 

Critic at. DATS. Dies judicatorii. Dies de- 
cretorii. Dies principes. Dies radicates. Hip- 
pocrates and Galen taught that there were cer- 
tain days on which the crisis of fever was 
generally perfect and favorable ; others on 
which it was imperfect or unfavorable; and 
others, again, which were seldom marked by 
any particular change one way or the other. 
According to Galen, the 7th day is particularly 
favorable; next to this, the 14th; then the !)th, 
11th, and 20th; then the 17th and 5th; lastly, 
the 4th, 3d, anil 18th. The sixth day is very 
doubtful and unfavorable, and like it are the 
8th, 10th, 12th, lfith, and 19th. The 13th day 
is intermediate, and not marked by any consid- 
erable change. Diocles and Archigenes made 
the 21st one of the favorable days; but Galen 
agrees with Hippocrates in rejecting this and 
substituting the 20th. The doctrine of critical 
days has been much contested, and is so, more 
or less, to the present time. It is now general- 
ly disbelieved, however, by physicians, that 
the critical days of fever can be determined 
with any degree of accuracy sufficient to render 
the doctrine practically useful. 

Cro'ceus. Deep yellow. 

Croci stigmata. See Crocus. 

Crocidi'.xis. Crocidismus. Floccilation. 
Carphologia. 

Cro'cinum. A mixture of oil and saffron, 
sometimes with the addition of aromatics. 

Croco'nic acid. See Rhodizonic acid. 

C R ' C U S. (us, i, and um, i, n. KpoKOc. 
KpoKov.) 1. A genus of plants. Triandria. 
Monogynia. Iridacew. 2.- The pharmacopoeial 
name of the prepared stigmata of the saffron 

Elant. See Crocus sativus. 3. A name given 
y the older chemists to several preparations 
of metallic substances, from their color ; thus, 
Crocus martis, Crocus veneris. 
Crocus axtimosii. See Antimonii vitrum. 



CRO 

Crocus Germanicus. See Carthamus tine 
tortus. 

Crocus Indicus. See Curcuma. 

Crocus martis. Burnt green vitriol: 

Crocus metallorum. A sulphur oxide of 
antimony. Crocus antimonii. 

Crocus officinalis. See Crocus sativus. 

Crocus Saracenicus. See Carthamus tine 
torius. 

Crocus sativus. The saffron plant. It is a 
native of Greece and Asia Minor, but is cul1> 
vated abundantly for medicinal use. The stig« 
mas (croci stigmata) are the part employed in 
medicine. 

Good saffron has a sweetish, penetrating, dif- 
fusive odor; a warm, pungent, bitterish taste; 
and a rich, deep orange-yellow cilor. It yields 
its color and active ingredients to water, alco- 
hol, proof spirit, wine, vinegar, and, in a smaller 
degree, to ether. By distillation with water it 
affords a small quantity of a heavy, golden- 
yellow colored volatile oil ; and it is to this oil 
that saffron owes its active properties : 32 parts 
of saffron yield 1 of oil. The medical virtues 
are inconsiderable, although the ancients thought 
highly of it. The chief use now is as a color- 
ing matter. 

Crocus veneris. Oxide of copper, formed 
by calcining the metal. 

Crop. See Ingluvies. 

CROSS BIRTH. The popular name for 
what obstetricians call Preternatural labor. 

Crosswort. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 

CRO'TALUS. (us, i, m. ; from Kporahov, a 
rattle.) The rattlesnake. A genus of venom- 
ous serpents abounding in various parts of the 
American continent. There are three species, 
the characters of which are well ascertained '. 
C. horridus, C. durissus, and C. miliarius; a 
fourth, C. cascabclla, has been recently found 
in Brazil. The most remarkable characteristic 
of these reptiles is the rattle appended to their 
tails. This consists of a number of horny joints, 
which are movable on one another, and make 
a rattling noise when the animal moves. The 
number of these joints increases with the ago 
of the serpent, one being added eveiy time it 
changes its cuticle. The bite of the rattlesnake 
is almost uniformly fatal if neglected, being fol- 
lowed by gangrenous inflammation of the in- 
jured part, and rapid sinking of the vital pow- 
ers. The proper treatment in case of a bite is 
to cut out the part as soon as possible, cauterize 
the naked surface, or apply cupping glasses, 
and sustain the patient's strength by brandy 
and carbonate of ammonia. 

Crotaphi'tes. Appertaining to the temple. 
Applied to the temporal artery, vein, or muscle. 

Crotaphitic nerve. A branch of the fifth 
pair of nerves ; the portio minor. 

Cro'taphos. Crotaphium. The temples. 
A throbbing and pain in the temples. 

CROTCHET. A curved steel instrument, 
with a hook, used to extract the foetus in the op- 
eration of embryotomy, and to bring down the 
limbs in certain presentations. It may be blunt 
or sharp, but the latter is a most injurious in- 
strument to the mother. 

CRO'TON. (on, onis.) A genus of plants 
Monmcia. Monadelphia. Euphorbiacea;. 

197 



C RO 

•Croton benzoin. See Styrax benzoin. 

Croton cascarilla. C. linearc. These 
were supposed to furnish cascarilla. See Cro- 
ton eleutheria. 

Croton eleutheria. The plant which yields 
cascarilla bark. It is a native of the Bahama 
Islands and West Indies. The bark is in quills, 
covered upon the outside with a rough, whitish 
matter, and brownish on the inner side, exhib- 
iting, when broken, a smooth, close, blackish- 
brown surface. It has a light, agreeable smell, 
and a moderately bitter taste, accompanied with 
a considerable aromatic warmth. It is veiy in- 
flammable, and when burned and extinguished 
gives out a fragrant, musky smell. It yields 
its virtues partially to water and to alcohol, and 
entirely to profif spirit, and contains a fragrant, 
volatile oil. It is a very excellent aromatic 
tonic and febrifuge. The dose of the powder- 
ed hark is from grs. xij. to jj., three or four 
times a day. 

Croton laccifeuum. An East Indian tree, 
the resinous juice of which affords gum lac. 

Croton pseudo-china. Croton cascarilla. 

Croton sem'eerum. See StilUngia. 

Croton ti'glium. C. jamalgota. The tree 
which affords the tiglia seeds. C. pavana is 
also said to yield them. They are natives of 
the island of Ceylon, Malabar, China, Cochin 
China, and the Molucca Islands. Every part 
of the plant seems to be medicinal: the root 
acts as a drastic purgative, and, exhibited in 
the dose of a few grains, is considered at Am- 
boyna and Bntavia as a specific for dropsy ; the 
wood (lignum Pavanw) produces, when admin- 
istered in small doses, a diaphoretic effect, and 
in larger ones it proves drastic ; the leaves are 
also purgative. The seeds (scmina tiglii. s. 
crotonis), or purging nuts, however, are the 
parts which have been more generally employ- 
ed. They were long known under the names 
of Grana Molucca, Tilii Grana, and Grana 
Tiglia. 

The expressed oil of the seeds {Oleum tiglii, 
V. S.) has a yellow color, a faint odor, and an 
acrid taste: these qualities, however, will be 
found to vary in different samples. According 
to Dr. Nimmo, this oil consists of forty-five 
parts of an acrid purgative principle, and fifty- 
five of a fixed, bland oil. The acrid matter 
consists of a peculiar acid (crotonic or ialrophic) 
and a resin. Brandes also discovered a doubt- 
ful alkaloid, crotonin or tiglin. 

Croton oil, when pure — but, unfortunately, it 
is so much adulterated as to be seldom pure — is 
a drastic purge, remarkable for the rapidity of 
its action and the prostration it superinduces. 
Dose, gtt. j. to gtt. ij., either on sugar, in tinc- 
ture, or soap. It may be used in obstinate 
constipation, unattended with inflammation, 
where other purges are inoperative ; but its use 
is dangerous, from the severe gastro-enteric ir- 
ritation it sometimes produces. It has been 
applied externally as a counter irritant, and 
produces a pustular eruption, and sometimes 
purges. The amount employed is gtt. ij.-v., 
dissolved in alcohol. 

Croton tinctorium. The lac plant. This 
plant is a native of the Levant, Italy, and the 
south of France, and produces the lacca carnea. 
198 



CRO 

Cro'tonate. A salt formed by the crotonic 
acid with a base. 

CROTO'NE. A fungus on trees produced 
by an insect like a tick; and, by metaphor, 
applied to small fungous excrescences on the 
periosteum. 

Crotonic acid. Crotonin. See Croton tig- 
lium. 

Crotonis ^leum. Croton oil. See Croton 
tiglium. 

CROUP. Cynanchc trachcalis. Tracheitis. 
A permanently laborious and suffocating breath- 
ing, accompanied by a stridulous noise, a short 
and dry cough, and frequently, toward the 
close, an expectoration of a concrete, membra- 
nous sputum. Two distinct forms of disease 
have been described by authors under the 
name of croup : the acute and the spasmodic. 

Acute croup is peculiar to childhood, and at- 
tacks between the third and thirteenth year; 
one attack produces a liability to its recurrence 
It is found mostly in damp, marshy places. It 
commences usually with a slight cough, hoarse- 
ness, and sneezing, as though cold had been 
taken. To these symptoms, in a day or two, 
and sometimes in a few hours, succeed a pecu- 
liar shrillness and ringing of the voice, as if the 
sound were sent through a brazen tube. At 
the same time there is a sense of pain about 
the larynx, some difficulty of respiration, with 
a wheezing sound in inspiration, as if the pas- 
sage of the air were straitened. The cougk 
which attends it is sometimes dry ; and if any 
thing be spit up, it is a matter of a purulent ap 
pearance, and sometimes films, resembling 
portions of a membrane. Together with these 
symptoms, there is a frequency of pulse, a rest 
lessness, and an uneasy sense of heat. When 
the internal fauces are viewed, they are some- 
times without any appearance of inflammation , 
but frequently a redness, and even swelling, 
appear; and sometimes in the fauces there la 
an appearance of matter like to that rejectee! 
by coughing. With the symptoms now de 
scribed, and particularly with great difficulty 
of breathing, and a sense of strangling in the 
fauces, the patient is sometimes suddenly cut 
off. The countenance generally exhibits great 
distress; the head and face are covered with 
perspiration, from the violence of the struggle, 
and the lips and cheeks are alternately pale 
and livid. The peculiarity of this species of 
croup consists in the secretion of the membrane, 
which is perpetually endangering suffocation. 

The disease is an inflammation of the trachea, 
and sometimes bronchi, attended with the se- 
cretion of a false membrane. There is also 
more or less spasm of the epiglottis. It runs 
its course in two or three days. The prognosis 
is very unfavorable, especially where tho cough 
is dry and the fever high. 

Copious bleeding at the commencement of 
the attack, by breaking abruptly upon the in- 
flammatory action, has sometimes carried off the 
disease at once. This may be effected from 
the jugular vein, and leeches may be applied 
afterward, according to circumstances. Emetics 
have been given immediately after. These are 
of doubtful effect; in many instances, however, 
they have soon removed the disease. A full 



CRU 

dose of tartar emetic is the best in this case. 
The remedy principally relied on in the pres- 
ent day, and which in many instances has acted 
like a charm, is large and repeated doses of 
calomel. Of this, not less than five or six 
grains are commonly given to very young chil- 
dren, and continued every two or three hours, 
till there is a discharge of green, bilious mat- 
ter, which seems to be the criterion of its hav- 
ing taken effect. When depletion has been 
carried far enough, and the disease still contin- 
ues, the apjjlication of a blister on the back of 
the neck or between the shoulders may be ser- 
viceable. Other means of counter irritation 
are also to be employed. Where suffocation is 
imminent, tracheotomy should be performed. 

Spasmodic croup is a very different disease 
from the former, the peculiarity of which is in- 
flammation, and a membrane-like secretion, 
neither of which exist in this, which is of a 
purely nervous or spasmodic nature. See La- 
ryngismus stridulus. 

Croup, falsi:. C. cerebral. C. spurious. 
Pseudo-croup. Spasmodic croup. Laryngismus 
stridulus. 

Crout, hysteric. A croup-like cough, oc- 
curring as a nervous symptom in some cases of 
hysteria. 

Croup-like convulsion - . Inward fits. A 
convulsive affection of young children, unat- 
tended by external fits, occurring often at inter- 
vals, with carpo-pedal spasm, and supposed by 
some authors to be a chronic croup. It is 
sometimes of long continuance, but is danger- 
ous from the occurrence of spasm of the glottis. 
It is a nervous affection arising from gastric and 
dental irritation. 

Croup-like inspiration-. Laryngismus stri- 
dulus. 

Crowfoot. Sec Ranunculus. — C. cranc's- 
'•ill. Geranium pratense. 

Crow-silk. Conferva rivalis. 

Crown. See Corona. 

CROWN BARK. Loxa bark. Cortex cin- 
;honae lancifolia). 

Crown, impsjrial. Corona imperialis. 

Crown ok a tooth. The uppermost part, 
which is incased in enamel. 

CRU'CIAL. (Crucialis; from crux, a cross.) 
Cross-like. Applied, in Anatomy, to some parts 
disposed in the manner of a cross, as the cru- 
cial ligaments of the knee joint. 2. In Surgery, 
to an incision made in the shape of a cross. 

Crucial bandage. The T bandage. 

Crucial ligaments. The ligaments of the 
knee joint. See Ligament. 

Crucia'tus. Cruciate. Cruciformis. 

C R U ' C I B L E. Crucibulum. A chemical 
vessel in which substances are exposed to the 
heat of a fire or furnace. They are of various 
materials, as earthenware, porcelain, iron, black 
lead, platina, &c. 

CRUCI'FERiE. (From crux, crucis, a cross, 
and fero, to bear.) The cruciferous tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous, seldom 
shrubby plants, with leaves alternate ; flowers, 
polypetalous ; sepals, four, deciduous, cruciate, 
alternating with four cruciate petals; stamens, 
six, hypogynous, tetradynamous ; fruit, a sili- 
qua, or silicula. 



CRU 

Crucifo'rmis. Cruciatus. Cross-like. 

CRUDE. Unprepared; raw. Applied to 
coarse natural or artificial products which re- 
quire purification ; as crude sulphur, crude an- 
timony. 

CRU'DITAS. (From crudus, raw.) A cru- 
dity. A term applied to undigested substances 
in the stomach, and formerly to humors in the 
body unprepared for concoction. 

Cruenta expuitio. Haemoptysis. 

CRU'OR. (or, oris, m.) The red part of 
the blood when coagulated. See Blood. 

Cruorin. The soluble product obtained by 
boiling fibrin and albumen in water. It is pro- 
duced in the analysis of blood by M. Denis's 
process. 

Crupsia. Chromopsia. 

Cru'ra. The plural of crus, which see. 

CRURiE'US. (From crus, a leg.) Cruralis. 
A muscle situated on the forepart of the thigh. 
It arises, fleshy, from between, the two trochan- 
ters of the os femoris, firmly adhering to the 
forepart of the os femoris throughout the greater 
part of its' length; and is inserted, tendinous, 
into the upper part of the patella, behind the 
rectus. Its use is to assist the vasti and rectus 
muscles in the extension of the leg. 

CRU'RAL. Cruralis. Belonging to the 
crus, leg, or lower extremity. 

C rural arch. The inguinal arch formed 
by l'oupart's ligament. 

Crural artery. The femoral artery. 

Crural canal. C. ring. The femoral 
ring. 

Crural hernia. Femoral hernia. See Her- 
nia cruralis. 

Crural nerve. A branch from the lumbal* 
plexus. It lies on the outside of the psoas 
muscle and femoral artery. It supplies the 
muscles and integuments of the thigh. The 
chief branch is the saphena nerve, which sup- 
plies the knee, anterior portion of the leg, and 
upper part of the foot. 

Crural plexus. The lumbar plexus. 

Cruralis. See Crurmus. 

CRUS. (Crus, ris, n.) 1. The leg; the 
thigh. 2. The root or origin of some parts of 
the body, from their resemblance to a leg ; as 
Crura cerebri, Crura cerebclli; Crura of the 
diaphragm. — C. clitoridis. See Clitoris.— C. 
penis. See Penis. 

CRU'STA. (a, a, f.) 1. A shell. 2. A 
scab. 3. The scum of a fluid. 

Crusta genu equina. The morbid crust or 
com on the knees of some horses. Knee scab. 
Horse crust. It has been often recommended 
in nervous diseases, especially epilepsy. Dose 
of the powder, gr. v. to 9j. 

Crusta inflammatory. C.phlogistica. C. 
pleurilica. The huffy coat of inflamed blood. 

Crusta lactea. Milk scab. See Porrigo, 
Larvalis, &c. 

Crusta petrosa. See Denies. 

Crusta villo'sa. C. vermicularis. The 
mucous coat of the stomach and intestines. 

CRUSTA'CEA. A class of articulated ani- 
mals protected by a hard shell. 

Crusta'ceous. Shell-like. Covered with a 
shell, or resembling a shell. 

Cru'stula. An effusion of blood under the 
199 



CRY 

tanica conjunctiva of the eye, from a bruise or 
any other cause. 

Crymo'des. (Kpv/iudec ; from Kpv/ioc, cold.) 
An epithet of a fever, wherein the external 
parts are cold and the internal hot. 

Crymodynia. Chronic rheumatism. 

Crymoses. Diseases caused by the action 
of cold. 

Cryo'phorus. The frost-bearer, an instru- 
ment to demonstrate the production of cold by 
evaporation at low temperatures. 

Crypso'rchis. One whose testicles have not 
descended. 

CRY'PT^E. Crypta. (From Kpvnru, to 
hide.) 1. A follicle, or little pit; a follicular 
gland. 2. The little rounded appearances at 
the end of the small arteries of the cortical sub- 
stance of the kidneys, that appear as if formed 
by the artery being convoluted upon itself, are 
called crypta. 

Cryptoce'phat.us. (From upvirroc, and ice- 
$d?in, a head.) A monstrosity, in which the 
head is very small, and does not project from 
the trunk. 

CRYPTOGA'MIA. (a, * , f. ; from Kpvitroc, 
and yafioc, a marriage.) Plants without sta- 
mens or pistils. It contains four orders: Fili- 
<:es, Musci, Alga, and Fungi. 

CRYSTAL. (Crystallus,i,m. KpvaraUoc.) 
When bodies assume the solid form, their par- 
ticles becoming connected in a certain order, 
so as to constitute defined mathematical figures. 
Every substance susceptible of crystallization 
appears in some primitive form, as the cube, te- 
trahedron, octahedron ; and all the secondary 
forms arise from the decrement of particles 
from the edges and angles of these primitive 
forms. 

Crystal mineral. Sal prunella?. 

Crystalli. Pemphigus, and also varicella. 

Crystallin. The azotized body of which 
the crystalline lens is formed. It closely re- 
sembles casein in composition. 

Crystallina. A vesicle. 

Crystalline. Crystallinus. Resembling 
crystal ; having the form of a crystal. 

Crystalline lens. C. humor. See Eye. 

CRYSTALLIZATION. ( Crystallizalio, 
onis, f. ; from crystallns, a crystal.) The pro- 
cess in which crystallizable bodies tend to as- 
sume a regular form. The circumstances which 
are favorable to the crystallization of salts are 
two: 1. Their particles must be divided and 
separated by a fluid, in order that the corre- 
sponding faces of those particles may meet and 
unite. 2. In order that this union may take 
place, the fluid which separates the integrant 
parts of the salt must be gradually evaporated, 
so that it may no longer divide them. 

Crystallization, water of. The water 
which combines with many salts to give them 
a regular or crystalline form. It is driven off 
by heat, and leaves the substance in powder, 
as when alum is heated. There are usually 
several equivalents of water present in such 
crystals. 

CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. The science which 
investigates the forms, modifications, &c., of 
crystals. 

Crystalloid. Crystalline. 
200 



CUC 

Cryts, synovial. The bursas mucosae. 

Cte'dones. Pectinated. 

Cteis. 1. The os pubis. 2. The incisor 
teeth were called urtvec. 

Cte'nobra'nchiata. Syn. of pectinibran- 
chiata. 

CU. Copper. 

CUBA, CLIMATE OF. This island is most- 
ly selected as a place of residence for consump- 
tives; and Havana being the most convenient 
city, is selected by the invalid. The mean 
temperature of the year is high, being 78° F. ; 
but the northern coast is subject to high winds 
during the fall and winter. The south coast 
would be preferable. 

CUBE'BA. (a, a-, f.; from cubabah, Arab.) 
See Piper cubeba. 

Cubebin. A substance extracted from cu- 
bebs, closely analogous, if not identical, with 
piperin. Formula, C34H17O10. — Gregory. 

Cubeiis. See Piper cubeba. 

Cubebs, oil of. Oleum cubeba?. 

Cubic nitre. Nitrate of soda. 

Cubiforme os. See Os cuboides. 

Cubitjeus externus. See Extensor digito- 
rum communis. 

Cubitjeus internus. See Flexor sublimis, 
and profundus. 

CU'BITAL. (Cubitalis; from cuMtus, the 
fore-arm.) Belonging to the fore-arm. 

Cubital artery. The ulnar artery. 

Cubital nerve. The ulnar nerve. 

Cubitalus musculus. See Anconeus. 

Cubito-suprapalmaris. Belonging to the 
fore-arm and back of the hand. An artery de- 
rived from the ulnar bears this name, and also 
the attending vein. 

C U ' B I T U S. {us, i, m. ; from cubo, to lie 
down.) 1. The fore-arm, or that part between 
the elbow and wrist. 2. The larger bone of 
the fore-arm is called os cubiti. See Ulna. 

CUBOI'DES. Cuboid; resembling a cube. 

Cuboides os. Os cubiforme. A tarsal bone 
of the foot. See Tarsus. 

Cuckow-flower. Cardamine pratensis. 

Cuckow pint. Arum maculatum. 

CUCU'BALUS. A genus of plants. Decan- 
dria. Tryginia. — C. bacciferus. The berry- 
bearing chickweed, which is sometimes used 
as an emollient poultice. — C. behen. The Be- 
hen officinarum, or spatling poppy, formerly 
used as a cordial and alexiphannic. 

Cuculla'ris. The trapezius muscle. 

Cuculla'tus. Hooded; cone-shaped. 

CUCU'LLUS. A hood; a bandage for the 
head ; an odoriferous cap for the head. 

CUCUMBER. See Cucumis sativus.— C, 
bitter. See Cucumis colocynthis. — C, squirt' 
ing. C, wild. See Momordica elaterium. — 
C, tree. Magnolia acuminata. 

CU'CUMIS. (is, is, m.) A genus of plants. 
Monacia. Syngenesia. Cucurbitacea. 

Cucumis agrestis. C. asininus. Momor- 
dica elaterium. 

Cucumis colocynthis. The bitter apple, 
bitter gourd, or bitter cucumber. An annual 
vine, native of Syria and Africa. The fruit is a 
round pepo, the size of a small orange, yellow, 
and smooth on the outside when ripe ; trilocu 
lar, each cell containing many ovate, compress- 



CUM 

ed whitish seeds, enveloped by a white, spon- 
gy pulp {colocynthidis pulpa). The pulp is 
inodorous, extremely bitter, and nauseous. 
Ether, alcohol, and water extract its virtues. 
It is a drastic purgative, producing violent grip- 
big, and is mostly given in the form of extract, 
combined with aloes and other drugs. Dose, 
gr. ij. to gr. v. 

Cucumis melo. Musk melon. This fruit 
must be eaten moderately, as it is liable to pro- 
duce flatulence and colic. 

Cucumis sativus. Cucumber plant. It is 
cooling and aperient, but veiy apt to disagree 
with bilious stomachs. 

Cucumis sylvestris. See Momordica elate- 
rium. 

Cu'cutha. A hood. An odoriferous cap for 
the head, containing aromatic drugs. 

Cucurbit. Cucurbita. An alembic. 

CUCU'RBITA. A genus of plants. Montt- 
cia. Syngcnesia. Cucurbitacem — C. citrullus. 
The water-melon plant. The seeds of this 
plant were formerly used medicinally. An in- 
fusion is said to be diuretic. Water-melon is 
cooling and somewhat nutritious, but disagrees 
with many. — C. lagenaria. The gourd, the 
pulp of which is bitter and purgative. — C. me- 
lo pepo is the large squash, and C. ovifera the 
small vegetable marrow. — C. pepo. The com- 
mon pumpkin. The seeds contain a large pro- 
portion of oil, which may be made into emul- 
sions. 

CUCURBITA CRUENTA. A Clipping glaSB. 

CUCURBITA'CEiE. Plants resembling the 
gourd. 

Cucurbiti'nus. The tatnia solium. See 
Tarda, 

CUCURBI'TULA. C. omenta. A cupping 
glass. 

CUCURBITULA CUM FERR0. Clipping. 

Cucurbitula sicca. Dry cupping. 

Cudbear. The coloring matter of the leca- 
nora tartarea. 

Cudweed. See Filago. 

CuiCHf nchullis. Ionidium miorophyllum. 

CU'LEX. The gnat family. — C. pipiens. 
The common gnat. The best application to 
the bitten part is diluted spirit of hartshorn. 

Culilawan. See Cinnamorrmm Culilawan. 

Culinary. Relating to the kitchen, or to 
cookery. 

Culm. Cu'lmus. Straw. The stem of 
grasses, rushes, and plants nearly allied to them. 

Cu'lter. Cultellus. A knife or shear. The 
third lobe of the liver. 

Cultrate. Shaped like a plough-share. 

Culver's physic Leptandra virginica. 

Cumamus. See Piper eubeba. 

Cumana buassica. Red colewort. 

Cumin. Cuminum cyminum. 

CU'MINUM. A genus of plants. Hcptan- 
dria. Digynia. VmbelUferw. — C. asthiopicum. 
See Sison. — C. cy'minum. The cumin plant. 
The seeds have a bitterish taste, accompanied 
with an aromatic, though not agreeable flavor. 
, They are generally preferred to other seeds for 
external use in discussing indolent tumors. 

CUMYL. A hypothetical radical existing in 
oil of cumin; form., CioHnO:. — Citmitwlc, or 
pure essential oil of cumin, is a hydruret, or C.o 



CUP 

HnO$-|-H. — Cuminic acid, which is crystalline, 
is the hydrated oxide, CsoHnOa-f-HO. 

Cunea'lis sutura. The suture by which 
the os sphenoides is joined to the os frontis. 

CUNEIFORM. (Cuneiformis; from cuneus, 
a wedge, and forma, likeness.) Wedge-like. 

Cuneiformiaossa. The sphenoid bone. , 
See Tarsus. 

Cune'olus. (From cuneus, a wedge.) A 
crooked tent to put into a fistula. 

CUNI'LA. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
Monogynia. Salviacea. The C. mariana is 
thought to be febrifuge. — C. bubula. Marjo- 
ram. Pliny. — C. mascula. The inula dysen- 
terica. — C. pulegioides. Hodeoma pulegioides. 

Cup. A measure of four ounces, used in 
bleeding. 

Cu'pel. A shallow earthen vessel like a 
cup, made of bone earth, used in assaying. 

CUPELLATION. Cupellatio. The puri ly- 
ing of perfect metals by means of an addition 
of lead, which, at a due heat, becomes vitrified, 
and promotes the vitrification and calcination 
of such imperfect metals as may be in the mix- 
ture, so that these last are carried off in the fu- 
sible glass that is formed, and the perfect metals 
are loft nearly pure. 

Cupola. The infundibulum of the cochlea. 

CUPPING. Cupping is performed by glass- 
es, called, from their shape, cucurbitula, of dif- 
ferent sizes and shapes, mostly open like a cup, 
a spirit lamp, and a scarificator. When the 
operation is about to be done, a basin of warm 
water, a piece of fine sponge, and the lighted 
lamp must be at hand. As many of the cup- 
ping-glasses as may be judged necessary are to 
be put into the basin. Each glass is then to be 
held for an instant only over the flame of the 
spirit lamp, and immediately placed upon the 
skin; and the moment the glass is applied, the 
skin and integuments are drawn up, and be- 
come swollen, from the blood being drawn into 
the small vessels. When nothing more is done, 
the operation is called dry cupping. But cup- 
ping being mostly intended to remove a quan- 
tity of blood, the operator proceeds, after the 
glass has been on a minute, to remove it, and 
quickly applies the scarificator, and immedi- 
ately puts on the cupping-glass, having used 
the spirit lamp as before. When the glasses 
are so full as to bo in danger of falling off", or 
the blood is coagulated in them, they should be 
removed, emptied, and applied again. 

CUPRE'SSUS. A genus of plants. Monce- 
cia. Monadclphia. Conifcra. The cypress- 
tree. — C. sempe'rvirens. The cupressus of the 
shops. Every part of the plant abounds with a 
bitter, aromatic, terebinthinate fluid, and is said 
to be a remedy against intermittents. Its wood 
is extremely durable. 

CUPRI ACETAS. (U.S.) Verdigris. A pale 
green substance, of a crystalline structure, con- 
sisting of a mixture of acetates of copper. By 
levigating, and preparing like chalk, it consti- 
tutes the cupri acctas praparatus (U. S.). It is, 
like all the salts of copper, poisonous, and used 
only in ointment, ungucntum cupri are/as. 

Cupri ammoxiaretum. Cupri ammonio-sul- 
phas. See Cuprum ammoniatum. ' 

Cupri ammoniati liquor. C. ammoniati 
201 



CUR 

aqua. C. ammoniati solutio. See Liquor cupri 
ammonio-sulphatis. 

Cupri limatura. Copper filings. 
Cupri rubigo. Verdigris. 
Cupri subacetas. C. subacctas praparata. 
C. diacetas. See Cupri acctas. 

Cupri sulphas. Cuprum vitriolatum. Sul- 
phate of copper. Blue stone. Blue vitriol. 
It possesses corrosive and styptic qualities ; is 
esteemed as a tonic, emetic, astringent, and es- 
charotic; and is exhibited internally in the 
cure of dropsies, hemorrhages, and as a speedy 
emetic. The dose, as a tonic and astringent, is 
one sixth of a grain, gradually increased to gr. 
ij. ; as an emetic, from gr. v. to gr. xv. Exter- 
nally, it is applied in cases of hemorrhages, he- 
morrhoids, leucorrhoea, phagedenic ulcers, and 
condylomata. 

Cupro-sulphatk OF AMMONIA. See Cuprum 
(immoniatum . 

CU'PRUM. {urn, /, n.) See Copper. 

Cuprum ammoniacalk. .See Cuprum ammo- 
niatum. 

Cuprum ammoniatum. (U.S.) Cupri ammonia- j 
sulphas. Ammonia; cupro-sulphas. Aminoniated 
copper. Ammoniacal sulphate of copper. Am- ! 
mouio-sulphate of copper. Take of sulphate of ! 
copper, f ss. ; sesqui-carbonate of ammonia, jvi. ! 
Rub them together in a glass mortar till the ef- i 
fervescence ceases, then dry the aminoniated 
copper, wrapped up in bibulous paper, in the ! 
air. It is to be kept in a well-stopped bottle, j 
This preparation is much milder than the ,sul- j 
phate of copper. It is found to produce tonic 
and astringent effects on the human body. Its j 
principal internal use has been in epilepsy and 
other obstinate spasmodic diseases, given m do- j 
868 of half a grain, gradually increased to five 
grains or more, two or three times a day. For j 
its external application, see Liquor cupri ammo- \ 
nio-sulphatis. 

Cuprum vitriolatum. See Cupri sulphas. \ 

Cu'pula. The cup of the acorn. 

OUPULIFERJE. The oak and chestnut! 
tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs j 
with leaves .alternate; flowers, amentaceous, j 
dioecious, apetalous; ovarium inferior, inclosed 
ill a cupule ; fruit, a horny or coriaceous nut. 

CURA'TIO. Cura. The treatment of a dis- 
ease or injury. 

Cura avenacka. A decoction of oats with 
nitre, &e. , 

Cura famis. Abstinence from food. 

Cura medeana. The operation of Iransfu- 
■ion. 

CURA B I. A violent poison used by the 
South American Indians to poison weapons. 
It is supposed to be derived from a strychnos, j 
and contains an alkaloid (curarine) of a yellow- 
Uh amorphous form, which is very active. 

CURATIVE. Cura/ivus. Relative to a cure ; j 
capable of cure. 

Curcas. See Jatropha cureas. 

Curcu'lio. 1. The throat. 2. A genus of j 
coleopterous insects. 

Curcum. See Chelidonium majus. 

CURCUMA. («,«,£ Arabic, curkum.),l. 
Turmeric. 2. A genus of plants. Monandria. 
Monogynia. Zingiberaecw. — C.longa. C. ro- 
tunda. The turaieric plant. The root is im- 
202 



C US 

ported from the East Indies. It is of a yellow 
color; its odor is somewhat fragrant; to the 
taste it is bitterish, slightly acrid, exciting a 
moderate degree of warmth in the mouth, and, 
on being chewed, it tinges the saliva yellow. 
The yellow coloring matter (cucurmin) is resin- 
ous, and soluble in ether and alcohol. It is 
used in curry powder, in dyeing, and furnishes 
a chemical test of the presence of uncombined 
alkalies. — C. angustifolia, C. leuchorrhiza, and 
C. rubescens all yield East Indian arrow-root. 
— C. zedoaria. See Zedoary. 

Curd. The coagulum of milk. 

CURE'TTE. (French.) An instrument, 
shaped like a little scoop, for taking away any 
opaque matter that may be left behind the pu- 
pil, after extracting the cataract from the eye. 

Currant. See Ribes, and Vilis. 

Curry. A condiment, containing turmeric, 
red and black pepper, and aromatic seeds, in 
various proportions. 

Cursuma. Curiuma. See Ranunculus fica- 
ria. 

Curva'tor coccy'qis. A muscle described 
by Albinus. 

Curva'tus. Curvate: bent. 

CURVATURE. (From curvo, to bend.) A 
curved or bent condition. A departure froru 
the erect or straight line. In Pathology, a de- 
parture from the proper or normal figure and 
direction ; as curvature of the spine, curvature 
of a bone, in mollitcs ossiuin. 

Curvature of the spine. When the spinal 
column deviates from its regular figure. The 
curvature may be lateral, or forward. It arises 
from various causes. 1st. Debility of the mus- 
cles, caused by tight lacing, want of exercise, a 
constrained posture. This occurs in youth, and 
may be remedied by proper exercise, tonics, 
the removal of all injurious causes, and occa>- 
sional support. 2d. Rickets. See Rachitis. 
3d. Caries of the vertebra;, by which the body 
being destroyed, there is curvature forward, as 
in Pott's disease. 4th. Hydrorachis, which see. 
5th. Psoas and lumbar abscess, producing caries 
of the adjacent vertebra?. 6th. Accidents to the 
vertebra', producing dislocation, softening, in- 
flammation, and ending in curvature. 

CUSCO CINCHONA. A spurious bark re- 
sembling the yellow. Sulphate of soda does 
not, however, produce any precipitate in the in 
fusion, as it does in that of yellow bark. 

Cusco'nin. Aricina. 

CUSCU'TA. Dodder. A genus of plants. 
Tctrandria. Digynia. — C. epithymum. The 
dodder of thyme. A parasitical plant, possess- 
ing a strong, disagreeable smell, and a pungent 
taste, very durable in the mouth ; formerly rec- 
ommended in melancholia' as a cathartic. — C 
curopaia. Common flax dodder. 

CUSPARIA. (a, a;, f.) Cusparia or angos- 
tura (U. S.) bark. Cusparia cortex. This is 
the bark of the Galipea officinalis and G. cuspa- 
ria (De Candolle); Cusparia febrifuga of Hum- 
boldt and Bonpland, or Bpnplandia trifoliat'a of 
Willdenow, which see. It is tonic, stimulant, 
and aromatic. Dose of the powder, gr. v. to 3j. 
Cusparin. See Angosturin. 
CUSPID A' TUS. ( From cuspis, a point. ) 
Cuspidate: sharp-pointed. Four of the teeth 



CUT 

arc called cuspidati, because they have the two 
sides of their edge sloped off to a point. See 
Teeth. 

Ccspis. 1. The glans penis. 2. A bandage. 

Cu'stos oculi. An instrument to fix the eye 
during an operation. 

Cuta'.mbulus. Gordius medinensis ? Itch- 
ing. 

CUTA'NEOUS. (Cu/aneus; from c utis, the 
skin.) Belonging to the skin. 

Cutaneous diseases. Diseases attended 
with an eruption on the skin. There are sev- 
eral distinct classes of cutaneous diseases. In 
some, as the exanthemata, the rash or efflores- 
cence is of the nature of a sequela, or symptom ; 
in others, as syplyMis, scrofula, it appears to be 
produced from constitutional debility ; while 
in the third the skin is the seat of inflammation, 
usually of a chronic kind, and the health is not 
primarily disturbed to any great extent. This 
third class, including porrigo, lichen, lepra, pi- 
tyriasis, psoriasis, are those usually denomina- 
ted skin diseases. Many are very obstinate. 
The treatment of these, where inflammation is 
absent, consists of stimulating ointments chiefly, 
of which tar, creasote, sulphur, arsenic, and tar- 
tar emetic are the active agents. 

Cutaneous nerves. Two branches of the 
brachial plexus, the internal and external. 
They supply the arm and hand. In the leg 
there are four cutaneous nerves, branches of 
the lumbar plexus, or the anterior crural nerve. 

Cuta'neus Muscur.us. See Platysma myoi- 
dcs. 

Cutch. The catechu of the acacia catechu. 

CU'TICLE. (Cuticula, a, f . ; a diminutive 
uf cutis, the skin.) See Cutis. 

CU'TIS. (is, is, f.) Dennis. Pellis. The 
skin. The skin has been said to consist of 
three parts: true skin (cutis vera), mucous net 
rctc mucosum), and scarf-skin, or epidermis ; 
out Bichat, Chaussier, and others regard it as 
consisting of two only, the cutis vera and epi- 
dermis, the rc/e mucosum being the vascular net- 
work of the former. Other authors divide the 
reto mucosum into three layers. 

The cutis vera of the human skin (corion, co- 
■rium, derma) seems to consist chiefly of very 
small, dense fibres, closely interwoven with 
each other, or of condensed cellular tissue. 
The inner surface is of a gray color, and in al- 
most all parts of the body presents a number of 
depressions, varying in size from one tenth to 
one twelfth of an inch, and consequently form- 
ing spaces or intervals between them. These 
depressions, which correspond to eminences in 
the adjacent adipose tissue, have been termed 
areola-. The outer or cuticular surface is quite 
smooth, of a pale or flesh-red tinge, and is much 
more vascular than its inner surface. It pre- 
sents, further, a number of minute conical emi- 
nences (papilla;), liberally supplied with blood- 
vessels and nerves. 

The cutis vera is perforated by the ducts of 
the sebaceous follicles, and gives origin to hairs, 
nails, and sudoriferous glandules. It is very lib- 
erally supplied with vessels, absorbents, and 
nerves. 

The rete mucosum is the seat of color. It is 
divided by some authors into, 1. A transparent, 



C YA 

white membrane, tunica albida profunda. 2 
The gemmula, or coat which contains the color- 
ing matter. 3. The tunica albida superficUdis, 
which forms the uppermost layer. 

The cuticle, or scarf-skin (epidermis, cuticu 
la), is a semitransparent, or, rather, translucent 
layer, of thin, light-colored matter, extended con- 
tinuously over the outer surface of the chorion. 
It is destitute of blood-vessels, nerves, and ab- 
sorbents; and there is reason to believe, from 
observing the phenomena and process of its re- 
production, that it is originally seci'eted in the 
lorm of a semifluid, viscid matter by the outer 
surface of the chorion, and consists of epithelium 
cells. 

The skin is a gelatinous tissue, being con- 
verted into gelatine by boiling, and combining 
with tannic acid to form the insoluble and tough 
tanno-gelatine, or leather. 

Cutis anseri'na. Goose-skin. The con- 
tracted state of the skin, arising from cold and 
other causes, in which its papillae are l'igid and 
prominent, giving it the appearance of the skin 
of a plucked goose. 

Cutis externa. C. summa. C. ultima. Tho 
epidermis. 

Cutis vera. See Cutis. 

Cutitis. Erysipelas. 

Cutting for the stone. Lithotomy. 

Cuttle fish. Sepia. 

Cyamelide. See Cyanogen. 

Cyam'a. Cyanosis. 

Cyanic acid. See Cyanogen. 

Cyanilic acid. Cyanic acid. 

Cyanide. A compound of cyanogen. 

Cyanodide. Cyanodium. A cyanide, or cy- 
anuret. 

CYA'NOGEN. Cyanogenium. Prussine. 
Bicarburct of nitrogen. A colorless gas, of a 
penetrating odor, soluble in water and alcohol, 
burning with a light purple flame. Sp. gr., 
1*82; condensiblo by a pressure of 3-6 atmo- 
spheres into a fluid. Composition, C 2 N ; sym- 
bol, Cy. ; eq., 2623. It is a powerful electro- 
negative body, uniting with most metals to form 
cyanides or cyanurets. It is also a compound 
radical, existing as such in many important 
bodies. The cyanogen series includes hydro- 
cyanic acid, Cyll, or hydruret of cyanogen ; cy- 
anic acid, CyO ; fulminic acid, CysOj ; cyanu- 
ric acid, Gy^Os, &c. 

Cyanogen is formed whenever azotized mat 
ter is burned with an alkali in closed vessels. 
For experiment, it is readily procured by heat- 
ing bicyanide of mercury. There is an isomeric, 
black, insoluble solid, called paracyanogen, also 
formed in the latter process. Most of the com- 
pounds of this body are poisonous. 

Cyanic acid (cyanilic acid) is monobasic. It 
may bo obtained by distilling cyanuric acid, 
and is a very instable, volatile, corrosive liquid. 
It spontaneously changes into cyamelide, which 
is a dense, white solid. The cyanate of ammo- • 
nia is urea. Fulminic acid has not been isola- 
ted, but its salts with mercury, silver, gold, &c., 
are violently detonating. The acid is bi basic. 
Cyanuric acid is tribasic, of a weak acid taste, 
crystalline, and very stable. By a red heat it 
is volatilized into cyanic acid. It is obtained 
by heating urea until it loses its ammonia. 

203 



CYC 



CYN 



These three acids are isomeric, and bear to one 
another the relation of the three phosphoric 
acids. 
Cyanopathi'a. Cyanopathy. Cyanosis. 
CYANO'SIS. (is, is, m. ; from nvavoc, blue.) 
The blue disease. An unnatural blue color of 
the whole skin. This generally arises from a 
congenital malformation of the heart, in which 
the right and left cavities directly communi- 
cate, so that the whole of the blood is not duly 
aerated in the lungs. 
Cyanoxalic acid. A synonyme oiurylc. 
CYANURET. Cyanide. A compound of 
cyanogen with a base. See the bases. 

Cyanuret of mercury. Cyanide, or bicya- 
nide of mercury. See Hydrargyri cyanuretum. 
It is analogous in its operation to the corrosive 
sublimate. It is used in France, however, in 
obstinate venereal and cutaneous diseases. The 
dose is from the sixteenth of a grain to half a 
grain, in pills or solution. 

Cyanuret of potassium. Cyanide of potas- 
sium. This has been employed as a substitute 
for hydrocyanic acid, and is thought to possess 
similar properties. It has the advantage of 
keeping unchanged. The dose is from the 
fourth of a grain to a grain, in pill or solution. 
Cyanuret of silver. See Argenti cyanu- 
retum. 

Cyanuret of zinc. Cyanide of zinc. This 
is said to have nearly the same medicinal prop- 
erties as the cyanuret of potassium, and may 
be given in the same doses. 

Cyanuric acid. See Cyanogen. 
Cyanurin. A blue pigment,. supposed by 
wme authors to exist in diseased urine. 

Cyanus. C. scgclum. Centaurea cyanus. 
Cy'ar. The internal auditory foramen. 
Cyathifo'rmis. Glass-shaped, or cup-shaped. 
Cyathi'scus. A probe with a hollow at the 
end. 

CY 'A Til US. (us, i, m. Kvadoc.) 1. A 
drinking cup. 2. A liquid measure, the twelfth 
of a sextarius. 3. A solid measure, equal to ten 
drachms. 4. In modern prescriptions, cyathus 
is a wine glass, or f. gin. to f. fij. 

CY'CAS. A genus of palm-like plants. Cy- 
cadeee. — C. circina'lis. The meal-bark tree, 
which affords Japan sago, a variety of farina, 
chiefly starch. — C. incrmis and C. revoluta also 
yield a sago. 
Cy'ceum. Kvkeuv. An ancient article of diet. 
CY'CLAMEN. Cyclaminus. Cyclaminum. 
A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. 
Primulacem. — C. europmum. The sow-bread. 
Arlhanita. The root is a drastic purge and er- 
rhine ; and by the common people it has been 
used to procure abortion. 

Cyclamine. A very acrid, purgative, and 
emetic crystalline principle from the root of the 
Cyclamen curopaum. 

Cycle. A determinate period of days or 
years, when the same phenomena recur. 
Cycli'scus. Cyclismus. A lozenge. 
CYCLOBRA'NCHIA. An order of gastero- 
jMjdous mollusca. 

CYCLOGANGLIATA. A subdivision of the 
class Mollusca, with ganglia arranged circularly 
around the oesophagus; as gasteropoda, ptero- 
poda, cephalopoda, twiicata, conchifera. 
204 



CYCLONEU'RA. The radiate animals. 
CYCLOPHO'RIA. (From kvkIoc, a circle, 
and $epu, to bear. ) The circulation of the blood 
or other fluids. 
Cyclopia. Cyclops. Having one eye only. 
Cyclo'pion. The white of the eye. 
Cyclosis. The general circulation of the 
latex of the higher plants. It also exists in the 
family of polypes. 

CYCLO'STOMI. A genus of cartilaginous 
fishes. 

Cydo'natum. Kvdovarov. A confection 
composed of quinces and aromatics. — Paul us 
^Tlgineta. 

CYDO'NIA VULGARIS. Cydonium. The 
quince-tree. The seeds (scmina cydoniw) are 
officinal. They abound in a mucilage called 
cydonine, and are sometimes used in decoctions 
as a demulcent. 

Cydonije semina. Quince seeds. See Cy- 
donia vulgaris. 
Cydonium malum. A quince. 
C YE'MA. ( Kvrj/j.a ; from kvu, to bring forth. ) 
The product of conception. The ovum. 

C ye sis. Conception. Hence Cycsiology, 
the theory of generation. 
Cyesteine. Kystein. 

CYLINDER. A solid, having the sides per- 
pendicular and a circular section. A common 
tumbler is a hollow cylinder. The long bones 
are sometimes called cylindrical, but they are 
irregular. 

Cylindrical. Cylindroid. Cylindroides. 
Resembling a cylinder in figure. 

CYLLO'SIS. (KvTJiuaic; from kv7^ou, to 
maim or distort.) 1. In a general sense, dis- 
tortion, mutilation, lameness of any kind. 2. 
Curvature of the leg outward ; that state of the 
leg commonly called a bandy leg. 

CY'MA. A cyme or tuft. A species of inflo- 
rescence, consisting of several flower-stalks, all 
springing from one center or point, but each 
stalk is variously subdivided. 

Cymato'des. Kv/iarudnc. An unequal, fluc- 
tuating pulse. 

Cy'mba. The os naviculare. 
Cymbala'ria. A species of antirrhinum. 
Cymbala'ris cartila'go. The cricoid carti- 
lage. 

Cymbifo'rmis. Boat-like: applied to seeds. 
The os naviculare. 

Cymene. An ingredient in oil of cumin. It 
has the agreeable odor of oil of lemons, and is 
isomeric witli camphogen. CgoHu. 
Cy'minum. See Cuminum. 
Cymo'sus. Cymosc. Like a cyme. 
CYNA'NCHE. (c, cs, f. ; from kvuv, a dog, 
and ayx u , to suffocate or strangle: so called 
from dogs being said to be subject to it.) Sore 
throat. See Tonsillitis, Pharyngitis, and Croup. 
Cynanche epidemica. C.faucium. C. gan- 
grenosa. C. maligna. C. prunella. C. ton- 
sillaris. C. ulcerosa. These are synonymes 
of tonsillitis in different stages of activity. See 
Tonsillitis. 

Cynanche laryngea. Laryngitis, and also 
croup. 

Cynanche parotidjEA. C. maxillaris. See 
Parotitis. 
Cynanche pharyngea. Pharyngitis. 



CYN 



CYS 



Cynanche stridula. C . strepitosa. C.sv.f- 
focativa trachcalis. Synonymes of croup. 

Cynanche trachealis spasmodica. Spas- 
modic croup. Laryngismus stridulus. 

Cyna'nchicus. Medicines which relieve the 
quinsy. 

CYNA'NGHUM. (um,i,n.) A genus of 
plants. Peniandria. Digynia. Asclepiada- 
cem. — C. argel. C. olcwfolium. An Egyptian 
plant, the leaves of which are employed to 
adulterate senna. — C. monspeliacum. The 
adulterated juice forms Montpellier scammony, 
which is purgative, but little used. — C. vicetox- 
icum. A European plant. The leaves and 
roots are acrid and emetic. — C. vomitorium. 
The ipecacuanha of the Isle of France. It re- 
sembles the common ipecacuanha in its prop- 
erties. The dose is gr. x. to 9j. 

Cynanthro'pia. A particular melancholy, 
in which men fancy themselves changed into 
dogs. — Bellini. 

Cyna'pia. Cynapina. A narcoto-acrid al- 
kaloid found in CEthusa cynapivm, a poisonous 
umbelliferous plant. 

Cy'nara. See Cinara. 
CY'NARA'CE^E. Cynarw. One of the di- 
visions of the great group of Composita: It 
contains the thistle, the artichoke, and similar 
plants, having their capitula surrounded by a 
hard, spiny, or lacerated involucrum, and long, 
equal tubular florets, with an inflated limb. 
They are also called Cynaroccphalce. 

Cynarocephalus. See Cinarocephalns. 
Cynarrho'dium. In Botany, a fruit with 
distinct ovaria, and hard, indehiscent pericarpia 
inclosed within the fleshy tube of the calyx, as 
in Rosa. 

Cynic us. Cynic. Relating to a dog. A 
cynic or canine spasm is a convulsive contortion 
of one side of the face, in which the features 
are dragged downward. 

CYNIPS. A genus of hymenopterous insects. 
— C. quercusfolii. C. gallm tinctorim. The 
oak-gall insect. — C. rosea produces the excres- 
cences on rose-trees called Bcdcguar. 
Cynocra'mbe. Mercurialis perennis. 
Cyno'ctonum. Aconitum napellus. 
Cynocy'tisis. Rosa canina. 
Cyno'des orexis. Kvvudnc ope^ic. Canine 
appetite. 

Cynodon dactylon. The Bermuda grass of 
the Southern States, and the doub of India. The 
roots are particularly rich in saccharine and 
mucilaginous matters. 

Cynodo'ntes. The canine teeth. See Teeth. 
CYNOGLO'SSUM. {urn, i, n.) Hound's 
tongue. A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Mo- 
no gynia. Boraginece. — C. officinale. Hound's 
tongue. Cynoglossnm. It is said to possess 
narcotic powers, and is mucilaginous, but is 
seldom employed medicinally. Acids are said 
to counteract the ill effects from an over-dose. 

Cyno'lophi. Tho spinous processes of the 
vertebrae. 

Ctkoly'ssa. Hydrophobia. 
CYNOMO'RIUM. A genus of plants. Mo- 
ncecia. Monandria. — C. coccineum. Fungus 
melitensis. A drachm of the powder is given 
for a dose in dysenteries and hemorrhages, and, 
>t is said, with remarkable success. 



CYNORE'XIA. Bulimia. 

Cyno'sbatus. Cyno'sbastos. Cynospa'stim. 



Rosa canina. 
Cyopho'ria. 
Cyparissus. 
Cyperaceje. 
CYTERUS. 



Pregnancy. 
See Cupressus. 
The natural family of rushes. 
A genus of rushes. — C. anti- 
quorum. The large rush of Syria and Egypt, 
which furnished the ancient papyrus. — C. escu- 
lentus. The rush-nut. The root resembles the 
chestnut. — C. longus. Galangale. The root 
of this plant is aromatic. — C. rotundus. The 
round cyperus. The root is a grateful aromatie 
bitter. 

CYPHO'SIS. Cyphoma. (KvQuoie, Kv<j>u/ta, 
kvQoc; from kvtxtu, to bend.) Gibbosity. A 
hump back. 

Cypress. Cyprus. Cupressus sempervirens. 

Cypress spurge. Esula minor. 

Cy'prinum oleum. Kvirpivov elaiov. It war 

composed of oil of unripe olives, aspalathus, 

calamus, myrrh, cardamum, elecampane, and 

Jews' pitch. — Dioscorides. 

CY'PRINUS. A genus of fishes. The five 
following are used as food.— C. alburnus. Tho 
bleak. — C. barbus. The barbel. — C. carpio. 
The carp. — C. gobio. The gudgeon. — C. Icu- 
ciscus. The dace. 

Cyprium jes. Copper. 
Cy'psele. Cypsela. Cypselis. 1. Tho wax 
of the ear. 2. A seed vessel. 

Cykto'nosus. 1. The rickets. 2. Curved 
spine. 

CYRTOSIS. Cyrto'ma. (From Kvproc, curv- 
ed.) The same as gibbosity, or curvature. A 
tumor. 

Cyrtosis cretinismus. Cretinism. — C. ra- 
chia. Rachitis. 

Cy'ssarus. The l^ectum. 
Cyssa'nthemon. Cyssophyllon. Cyclamen. 
Cyssotis. (From nvaoc, the anus.) An in- 
flammation of the rectum. Tenesmus. 

CYST. Kist. (From kvotic, a bladder.) 
A membranous sack or cavity in which morbid 
products are collected ; such products are said 
to be encysted. 

CYST-. A common prefix. (From kvotic, 
the bladder.) The following are not much 
used: Cystectasy, Cystectasia. Lithectasy.— 
Cysterethismus. Irritability of the bladder.— 
Cystiphlogia, Cystophlogia. Cystitis. — Cysto- 
blennorrhaa, Cysto-catarrhus, Cystorrhasa. Syn- 
onymes of cystirrhoea. — Cystolithic. Relating 
to urinary calculi. — Cystoncus. Swelling of or 
about the bladder. — Cysto phlegmatic. Rela- 
ting to cystirrhcea, or a flow of mucus from the 
bladder. — Cystopyic. Relating to suppuration 
of the bladder. 

CYSTA'LGIA. (a, a, f.) Painful spasmodic 
affection of the bladder. Such affections are 
not very common, but they are occasionally 
met with. The spasm comes on in paroxysms, 
which sometimes equal in severity those of the 
stone. 

C ysteo'lithus . A stone in the urinary blad- 
der or gall bladder. 
Cy'sthus. KvoOoc. The anus. 
CY'STIC Cysticus. Belonging to the uri- 
nary or gall bladder; as cystic duct, cystic 
bile, &c. 

205 



CYS 

Cystic duct. The duct leading from the 
gall bladder. 

Cystic oxide. See Cystin. 
Cystica medicamenta. Medicines used in 
diseases of tho bladder. 

CYSTICE'RCUS. (us, i, m. ; from kvotic, 
and KepKoc, a tail.) The tailed bladder-worm. 
A genus of worms of the hydatid tribe, consist- 
ing of a cylindrical body, terminated by a cau- 
dal vesicle, and having a head furnished at its 
base with four nipples or suckers. Those which 
have been found in the human subject are, C. 
tenuicollis, about an inch long : its head is very 
small. — C.finnia. This species is always in- 
closed in a delicate cyst. It is of the size of a 
linseed. — C. Fischcrianus. Found in the cho- 
roid plexus of a man, where they caused no in- 
convenience. — C. dicystus. Once found in the 
ventricle of the brain in apoplexy. It present- 
ed two vesicles ; the one the ordinary caudal 
bladder, the other embracing the body ante- 
riorly. — C. punctatns. Found in the choroid 
plexus. Its caudal bladder is globular, and 
presents several white spots. 

CYSTIN. Cystic oxiuk. A rare constitu- 
ent of urinary calculi, soluble in alkalies and 
acids. It is obtained in six-sided, transparent 
crystals or plates, is insoluble in water and al- 
cohol, and gives oft' a peculiar odor when burn- 
ed. It has neither acid nor alkaline reaction, 
and seems to form salts with both these classes 
of bodies. Formula, Cf,H.;N04S 2 ; hence it is 
remarkable for the large amount, 25-5 per cant., 
of sulphur it contains. 

Cystikrha'gia. A discharge from the blad- 
der, mostly of blood. 

CYSTIRRIKE'A. (From kvotic, and peu, to 
flow. ) Discharge of mucus from the bladder ; 
vesical catarrh. It is mostly accompanied with 
strangury, and depends on irritation of the 
bladder. Warm diluents, the turpentines, and 
antiphlogistic regimen are necessary. 

CY'STIS. (From kvotic, a bag.) 1. A cyst, 
bladder, or small membranous bag. 2. The 
urinary bladder. 3. The membranous bag sur- 
rounding or containing any morbid substance. 

Cystis CHOLEDOCHA. C. fcllea. See Gall 
bladder. 

Cystis urinaria. See Urinary bladder. 

CYSTI'TIS. (is, idis, f. Kvortg.) Inflam- 
mation of the bladder. Inflammation affects 
chiefly the mucous coat of the bladder, but all 
the coats may be implicated. The disease may 
be either acute or chronic. The acute form is 
known by acute pain in the region of the blad- 
der, attended with fever and hard pulse, a fre- 
quent and painful discharge of urine, or a sup- 
pression, and generally tenesmus. If the disease 
be not soon subdued, the restlessness and anxi- 
ety increase, the extremities become cold, vom- 
iting supervenes, and delirium and other marks 
of great general irritation; the disease runs its 
course with rapidity, and subsides or destroys 
the patient in a few days. The treatment is 
the Bame as in nephritis. \ 



CYT 

Chronic inflammation of the bladder is at- 
tended with a highly irritable state of the organ, 
and a very copious excretion of mucus along 
with the urine, whence the name of catarrhus 
vesica! which has been applied to it. 

CY'STITOME. (From kvotic, and refivu, to 
cut.) The name of an instrument for opening 
the capsule of the crystalline lens. — Lafaye. 

Cy'sto-bubonoce'le. A rare species of her- 
nia, in which the urinary bladder is protruded 
through the inguinal aperture. 

CYSTOCE'LE. (From kvotic, and K7)?.n, a 
tumor.) Hernia of the bladder. This is rare. 
It occurs most frequently at the inguinal ring, 
less at the crural ring; the bladder has also 
been known to protrude through the perinamm, 
vagina (vaginal cystocele), or thyroid foramen. 

Cystodynia. Pain in or about the bladder. 

Cy'stomeroce'le. A hernial protrusion of 
the bladder through the femoral ring. See 
Cystocele. 

Cystoplasty. The reparation of vesico-va- 
ginal fistula by paring its edges, dissecting a 
flap from the external labium, and uniting this 
by suture to the edges. 

CYSTOPLE'GIA. (From kvotic, and Buff- 
ered, to strike.) Paralysis of the bladder. 

Cystoplk'xia. The same as cystoplegia. 

CYSTOPTO'SIS. (From kvotic, and ititctu, 
to fall.) A name given by Vogel to a relaxa- 
tion of the internal coat of the bladder, where- 
by it protrudes into the urethra. 

Cystosta'sticus. Cystospastie. (From kvo- 
tic, and anau, to draw.) Relating to spasm of 
the bladder. 

CYSTOTO'MIA. (a, w, f. ; from kvotic, and 
Tttivu, to cut.) The operation of cutting or 
puncturing into the bladder. 

CY'TINUS. A genus of plants. Gynandria. 
Oetandria. — C. hypocistis. Rape of cystus. A 
fleshy, pale-yellowish plant, parasitical on the 
roots of several species of cystus in the south of 
Europe, from which the snecus hypocistidis is 
obtained. 

CY'TISINE. Cytissina. A bitter principle 
resembling emetin ; nauseous, emetic, and poi- 
sonous. It is found in the seeds of the Cytisus 
laburnum, or common laburnum, and also in asa- 
rum and arnica. One to two grains are emetic 
and purgative; in larger doses it is an acrid 
poison. 

Cy'tiso-geni'sta. Spartium scoparium. 

Cytisus scoparius. The spartium scopa- 
rium. 

CYTOBLAST. (From kvtoc, a cell, and 
(i?MOToc, a germ.) A nucleus, areola, or cell- 
germ. A minute spot discovered on the grow- 
ing cells of those parts of animals or plants 
undergoing development or frequent reparation, 
which is found to be the rudiment of anew cell. 

Cytohlastema. The blastema orfluid which 
nourishes the cytoblast. Dextrine in plants,, 
and the liquor sanguinis in animals, are the 
principal blastema or cell food; but it differs 
according to the place of the cytoblast. 



206 



DAN 



DAT 



D, 



D. 



ABERLOCKS. Fucus esculent us. 
Dace. Cyprinus leuciscus. 
DACRY-. A prefix (from 6anpov, a tear) of 
many words seldom employed ; as Dar.ryadc- 
nalgia. Disease of the lachrymal gland. — Da- 
cryadenitis. Inflammation of the lachrymal 
gland. — Dacryodes. A sanious ulcer, &c. 
Dacry'dium. Scammony. 
Dacryo'ma. (From daxpvu, to weep.) Epi- 
phora. 

Dacty'lion. • Preternatural adhesion of the 
fingers to each other. A congenital deformity, 
or the consequence of hums. — Vogel. 
Dactylitis. Faronchia. 
Dactylius aculeatus. An aimellated worm 
found in diseased urine. 

DA'CTYLUS. (us, i, m. AoktvIoc.) 1. A 
finger. See Digitus. 2. The date. 

Dadyl. A product from oil of turpentine. 
D.bdalia suaveolens. Boletus suaveolens. 
DjE'mim. 1. A small torch or candle. 2. A 
bougie. 

DvEMONOMA'NIA. Damonia. (a, m, f. ; 
from daifiuv, a demon, and ftavia, madness.) 
A melancholy where the patient supposes him- 
self to be possessed by devils. 

Daffodil. Narcissus pseudonarcissus. 
Daffy's elixir. Compound tincture of sen- 
na, with the addition of aniseed and elecampane 
root. 

Dahlin. A kind of starch or inulin. 
DAGUERREOTYPE. A process whereby 
the images of objects formed in a camera ob- 
scura are made to depict themselves on a plated 
surface. The silver is prepared with iodine, or 
compounds of iodine with bromine or chlorine, 
and being acted on by light, it is exposed to 
the vapor of mercury, and washed in a solution 
of hyposulphite of soda, &c. The impressions 
are exquisite, and the process furnishes every 
one with the means of securing perfect repre- 
sentations of natural or artificial objects. 
Daisy, ox-eye. See Chrysanthemum. 
Dalby's carminative. A nostrum much 
used as a carminative for children. It consists 
of carbonate of magnesia, 3ij. ; oil of pepper- 
mint, 1Uj. ; oil of nutmeg, ttlij. ; oil of aniseed, 
Ttiij. ; tincture of castor, 3ss. ; tincture of assa- 
tetida, HI xv. ; tincture of opium, HI v.; spirit 
of pennyroyal, itlxv. ; compound tincture of 
cardamoms, 333.; peppermint water, fij. 
Dam a. A deer. See Ccrvus. 
Damask rose. See Rosa ccntifolia. 
Dammara australis. See Cowdic gum. 
Dammaric acid. An acid resin of cowdie 
gum, soluble in weak alcohol. Formula, C i0 
H30OB. 

Dammara*. A component of cowdie gum, 
soluble in pure alcohol. Formula, doHsiOa. 

Damna'tus. Terra damnata. The refuse of 
distillation. 

Damson. Primus domestica. 
Dandelion. See Lcontodon taraxacum. 
Dandriff. See Pityriasis. 
Danevert springs, Sweden, contain carbon- 



I ic acid, carbonate and sulphate of iron, sul 
I phiites of soda and lime, and muriate of soda. 
Danse de saint fiUY. Dansc de St. Witt. 
See Chorea. 

DAPHNE, (e, es, f.) A genus of plants. 
Octandria. Monogynia. Tymclacem. — D. al- 
pina. This species of dwarf olive-tree is said 
to be purgative in the dose of 31J. — D. gni'di- 
um. The tree which affords the Garou bark. 
Spurge-flax. Flax -leaved daphne. The bark 
has the same properties as mezereon. — D. lau- 
re'ola. The spurge-laurel. Laureola daphnoi- 
dcs. The bark is used in the same way as that 
of the mezereon. — D. lintearia. The lace bark 
of Jamaica has analogous properties. 

Da'i-hne meze'reum. The mezereon. Me- 
zereum. (U. S. ) This plant is extremely acrid ; 
the berries (grana cnidii) also have the same 
effects; and, when swallowed, prove a pow- 
erful corrosive poison. The bark of the root 
{cortex radicis mezerei) is officinal, and is a 
component of the compound sarsaparilla de- 
coction. It is very acrid, which arises from 
the presence of a volatile oil and resin. The 
bark, steeped in vinegar, is vesicating, and 
is sometimes used with the same intention as 
savine. It is also stimulant and diaphoretic. 
Its use in syphilis is very questionable, but in 
cutaneous diseases it seems more serviceable. 
It is also used in decoction (fj. to Oj. of water), 
of which f. §ij, three times a day, is a dose. In 
over-doses it is an acrid poison, and is to bo 
met by diluents, dilute acids, and encouraging 
the vomiting. 

Daphnel2e'on. Oil of bay-berries. 
DATHNINE. The bitter, crystalline princi- 
ple of the daphne alpina, mezereon, &c. It is 
hard, of a grayish color, evaporates in acrid, 
acid vapors, is sparingly soluble in cold, but 
moderately in boiling water. It is not the act- 
ive principle of mezereon, and appears to re- 
semble asparagin. 

Daphnoi'des. Dapkni'tis. Daphne laureola. 
Da'rsis. Excoriation. 
Da'rta. A severe impetigo. 
DA'RTOS. (From depu, to excoriate.) A 
condensed cellular structure under the skin of 
the scrotum. It is by means of the dartos that 
the skin of the scrotum is corrugated and re- 
laxed. 

DARTRE. A term vaguely applied by 
French writers to cutaneous diseases: generally 
speaking, it corresponds with herpes and im- 
petigo. 

Da'syma. Trachoma. 
Date. The fruit of phoenix dactylifera. 
Date plum, Indian. Dyospyrus lotus. 
DATU'RA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanaceee. Near- 
ly all the species resemble the datura stramo- 
nium in effect. Several are used in the East 
Indies, as D. arborea, D. fcrox, D. fastuosa, D. 
metel, and D. tatula. 

Datura stramonium. Stramonium. (U. S.) 
Thorn apple. Jamestown weed. The leaves 

207 



DEA 

{folia stramonii), roots {radix stramonii), and 
seeds (semina stramonii) are officinal. Of these, 
the seeds are the most active, and contain datu- 
rine. The odor of the plant is fetid and nar- 
cotic, the taste bitter and nauseous. Its me- 
dicinal powers are extracted by water or spirit. 
Stramonium acts nearly like belladonna. It 
numbs pain, without producing sleep ; dilates 
the pupil, though not so fully ; causes dryness 
of the throat, headache, and nervousness. In 
over-doses it produces delirium, convulsions, 
and sometimes palsy, and is to be mot by emet- 
ics, acid diluents, and astringent decoctions. It 
seems to be most useful in neuralgias and chro- 
nic rheumatism. Its use in mania and asthma, 
especially when smoked, is very questionable. 
Dose of the powdered leaves, gr. j.; of the 
seeds, gr. ss., to be gradually increased. Cat- 
aplasms of the fresh-bruised leaves have been 
very successfully used in sores of a highly irri- 
table and painful nature. 

DATU'RINE. Datuiua. Daiurina. Datn- 
rium. A highly poisonous alkaloid of stramo- 
nium. It crystallizes in coloiless, brilliant 
prisms, of a bitter and tobacco-like flavor. It 
requires 280 parts of cold and 72 of boiling wa- 
ter for solution, and is very soluble in alcohol. 
It resembles in properties hyoscyamia, and di- 
lates the pupil. 

Dauci'tes visum. Must, in which bruised 
carrots have been steeped. 

DAU'CUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The carrot. 2. 
A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Urn- 
bellifcra. — D. ahaticus. Oreoselinum. — D. an- 
nuus minor. Caucalis anthriscus. — D. carota. 
D. sativa. Daucns. (L.) Carota. (U. S.) 
The carrot plant. The scraped root forms a 
good poultice, and the seeds are a warm aro- 
matic. Tire boiled root is moderately nutri- 
tious. — D. creticus. See Athamanta. — D. Ma- 
cedonius. Apium graveolens. — D. montanus. 
D. sclenoides. Oreoselinum. — D. sepritiius. 
Scandix cerefolium? — D. sylvestris. D. vul- 
garis. Wild carrot, or bird's nest. The seeds 
possess demulcent and aromatic qualities. 

Daura. Hellebore. Leaf-gold. — Ruland. 

Davy's safety lamp. An oil lamp sur- 
rounded by gauze wire, to prevent explosions 
in coal mines. 

Day-mare. See Ephialtes. 

Day-sight. See Hemeralopia, and Nyctalo- 
pia. 

Dead-nettle. Lamium album. 

Deadly nightshade. Atropa belladonna. 

Deafness. See Dysecma. 

Deaf-dumbness. See Aphonia. 

Dealbatio. See Albatio. 

Dearticula'tio. See Diarthrosis. 

DEATH. The final cessation of the vital 
processes, the action of which maintains life. 
— Death, apparent. Asphyxia. — D., partial. 
D., molecular. Gangrene. Mortification. — D., 
black. The plague of the fourteenth century. — 
D., sudden. The sudden loss of vital power. 
It may arise from organic disease of the heart 
or arteries, apoplexy, hemorrhage into the lungs, 
or excessive uterine hemorrhage, or from ner 
vous shocks, such as that of a severe operation. 

D f. a u r a t i o. The w rapping up of pills in 
gold leaf. 

208 



DEC 

DEBILITAS. Debility, (as, atis, f.) 
Weakness. Decay of power, flauvages has a 
peculiar class of diseases under the name of 
Debilitates, or those characterized by debility. 

Debilitants. Medicines which reduce ex- 
citement. 

Decagy'nia. An order of plants with ten 
pistils. 

Deca'ndria. A class of plants with ten sta- 
mens. 

DBCANTATION. Decantatio. The pour 
ing off of a liquor clear from sediment. 

Decarbonization. The removal of carbon 
in the aeration of the blood. 

Decide'ntia. Synonymous with cataptosis. 

D E C I D U A. In Anatomy, a very thin and 
delicate membrane, mcmbrana decidua, which 
adheres to the internal surface of the gravid 
uterus. It is generally supposed by anatomists 
of the present day that the decidua is a sac 
without any aperture, lining the uterus previ- 
ously to the descent of the ovum; and that 
when the ovum descends it pushes the decidua 
before it, and is enveloped by it, except at the 
part where the placenta is afterward formed. 
That part of the membrane which lines the 
uterus is called tunica decidua uteri, and that 
which covers the ovum is called tunica decidua 
rejlcxa. 

DECTDUOUS. (Dccidnns; from decido, to 
fall off' or down ; to die.) Falling off. In Bot- 
any, applied to trees, shrubs, &C,, which lose 
their leaves as winter approaches. 

DE'CLINE. 1. Remission. The abatement 
of a disease or paroxysm. 2. The result of old 
age; an enfeeblement of the vital powers. 3. 
Tabes. Phthisis. 

Declining. Declinatus. Dcclivis. 1. Ap- 
plied to stems, pericarps, &c, when bent down 
like a bow, with the arch downward. 2. A 
muscle of the abdomen, because of its posture. 
Obliquus descondens. 

Declinatus. See Declining. 

Decli'vis. Declining; descending. 

DECO'CTTON. The process of boiling; also 
used for the form of medicine in which the act- 
ive matters are boiled with water. To make a 
decoction (decoctum), the drugs should be well 
bruised, or if fresh, sliced ; the boiling should 
be conducted in a closed tin or copper vessel, 
and not so far prolonged as to produce decom- 
positions among the vegetable matters. Decoc- 
tions do not keep well, and in summer are sel- 
dom fit for use after forty-eight hours. The 
officinal decoctions are given under Decoctum. 

Decoction of the woods. D. sudorific 
Decoctum guaiaci compositum. 

Decoction, pectoral. Decoctum hordei 
compositum. 

DECO'CTUM. (um, i, n. ; from decoquo, to 
boil.) A decoction. In a chemical point of 
view, it is a continued ebullition with water, to 
separate such parts of bodies as are only soluble 
at that degree of heat. The following are 
among the principal decoctions used in medi 
cine. 

Decoctum album. See Mistura cornu uth. 

Decoctum aloes compositum. (Ph. L.) 
Compound decoction of aloes. Take of extract 
of liquorice, 3vij.; carbonate of potash, 33.; 



PEC 

aloes, powdered, myrrh, powdered, saffron, of 
each, jiss. ; water, a pint and a half. Boil down 
to a pint, and strain ; then add compound tinc- 
ture of cardamoms, f. jvij. Dose, f. sjss. to f. 
fiss. 

Decoctum alth.tsje. (Ph. D.) D. althem 
officinalis. Decoction of marsh mallows. Take 
of dried marsh mallow roots, jiv. ; raisins, stoned, 
fij. ; water, Ovij. Boil to live pounds, and 
strain. Demulcent drink. 

Decoctum amyli. (Ph. L.) Take of starch, 
Jssrf water, C)j. Rub them together, and boil 
for a few minutes. Used as an enema, either 
alone or as a vehicle. 

Decoctum anthkmidis. 1). anthemidis nobi- 
lis. Chamomile decoction. Take of chamo- 
mile flowers, %).; caraway seeds, =jss. ; water, 
fi>v. Boil fifteen minutes, and strain. (Ph. E.) 

Decoctum astragali. Take of the root of 
the Astragalus exscapus, §j.; distilled water, Oiij. 
These are to be boiled till only a quart of fluid 
remain. The whole is to be taken, a little 
warmed, in the course of twenty-four hours. 
This remedy was tried very extensively hi Ger- 
many, and said to exert very powerful effects 
as an antisyphilitic. 

Decoctum ave'nje. Water gruel. Boil of 
oatmeal, ?.}., in water, Ovj. to Oij., constantly 
stirring. Strain. A demulcent vehicle. 

Decoctum bardanjk. Take of hardana root, 
J vj. ; of distilled water, Ovj. Boil down to two 
quarts. From a pint to a quart in a day is giv- 
en, in those cases where sarsaparillit and alter- 
atives are supposed to be necessary. 

Decoctum ca'ssia: fistul.*:. Decoction of 
cassia fistula. Take of cassia pulp, jij.; water, 
Oij. Boil a few minutes, decant the fluid parts, 
and add of syrup of violets, 5J., or of manna, fij. 
A French fonnula. It is laxative. Dose, f. jiv. 
to f. ?vj. 

Decoctum cetra'ri,*:. See Decoctum lickc- 
nis. 

Decoctum chamjemki.i. See Decocfnvi an- 
themidis. 

Decoctum chimaphi'i,.*:. (U. S.) Decoc- 
tion of pipsissewa. Decoction of wintergreen. 
Take of chimaphila leaves, bruised, ^j. ; of wa- 
ter, Oiss. Boil to a pint, and strain. A gentle 
alterative tonic. Dose, fj. to ^ij. A pint may 
be taken daily. 

Decoctum chro'xdri. Decoction of carra- 
geen moss. Take of carrageen moss, 58s. Steep 
in cold water for ten minutes, then boil in wa- 
ter, Oiij., fpr a quarter of an hour. This is nu- 
tritious and demulcent, and may be combined 
with milk, &c. 

Decoctum cinchonje. (U. S.) Decoction 
of cinchona. Decoction of Peruvian bark. Take 
of cinchona bark, bruised, fj.; water, a pint. 
Boil for ten minutes in a vessel slightly cover- 
ed, and strain the decoction while hot. Ac- 
cording to the option of the practitioner, the 
bark of either of the species of cinchona, the 
cordifolia, or yellow, the oblongifolia, or red, or 
the laucifolia, or quilled, may be used. This 
way of administering the bark is very general, 
as all the other prepai - ations may be mixed with 
it, as necessity requires. It is a very good as- 
tringent lotion for prolapsus of the uterus or 
rectum. Dose, f. ?ij. 
O 



DEC 

Decoctum colu'mb.e compo'situm. Com- 
pound decoction of columba. Take of columba 
root, bruised, of quassia shavings, each 313. ; of 
orange peel, 3J.; of powdered rhubarb, Sj. ; of 
carbonate of potash, 333. ; of water, f. ^xx. Boil 
to a pint, and add to the strained liquid tinctu- 
ra lavandulap, f. fss. A tonic decoction of the 
former United States Pharmacopoeia. 

Decoctum commune rao clystere. Decoc- 
tum malvw compositum. 

Decoctum cornu. See Mislura cornu usti. 

Decoctum corn'us flo'ridje. (U. S.) De- 
coction of dogwood bark. Take of dogwood 
bark, bruised, §j. ; of water, Oj. Boil for ten 
minutes, and strain while hot. This is an im- 
perfect substitute for cinchona. Dose, f. 517. 

Decoctum cydonije. (L. Ph.) Decoction 
of quince seeds. Take of quince seeds, 31J. ; 
water, a pint. Boil over a gentle fire for ten 
minutes, then strain. Demulcent. 

Decoctum daphnes mezerei. Decoction of 
mezereon. Take of the bark of mezereon root, 
^ij. ; liquorice root, braised, 5SS. ; water, Oiij. 
Boil with a gentle heat down to two pounds, 
and strain. From four to eight ounces of this 
decoction may be given four times a day, in 
some obstinate venereal and rheumatic affec- 
tions. It operates chiefly as a sudorific. 

Decoctum diapiioreticum. Decoctum gua- 
iaci compositum. 

Decoctum digitalis. (Ph. D.) Decoction 
of foxglove. Take dried foxglove leaves, 3J.; 
water enough to produce f. §viij. of decoction. 
As soon as the water begins to boil, remove it, 
and digest for fifteen minutes. It is sedative 
Dose, 31J. 

Decoctum dulcamara:. (U.S.) Decoction of 
woody nightshade. Decoction of bittersweet. 
Take of the incised stalks of dulcamara, ;j. ; dis- 
tilled water, Ojss. Boil to a pint, and strain. This 
remedy has been employed in inveterate cases 
of scrofula ; in cancer and phagedama ; in lepra 
and other cutaneous affections. Its chief use is 
as a diuretic in dropsy. Dose, 5SS. to ?j. three 
times a day. 

Decoctum okoffb^bjb inermis. (Ph. D.) 
Decoction of cabbage-tree bark. Take of bark 
of the cabbage-tree, bruised, 5J. ; water, Oij. 
Boil it, with a gentle fire, down to one pint, and 
strain. Then add of syrup of orange peel, 513. 
This is a powerful anthelmintic and narcotic. 
If disagreeable symptoms should arise from an 
over-dose, we must immediately purge with 
castor oil, and dilute with acidulated drinks. 
Dose to adults, ?jss. 

Decoctum glycyrrhi'z.*:. (Ph. D.) De- 
coction of liquorice. Take of liquorice root, 
bruised, fijss. ; of water. Oj. Boil a few min- 
utes, and strain. A demulcent and pectoral 
vehicle. 

Decoctum guaiaci officinalis compositum. 
D. lignorum. Compound decoction of guaia- 
cum. Decoction of the woods. Take of guai- 
acum raspings, fiij. ; raisins, stoned, sfij. ; sas- 
safras root, liquorice, each ?j. ; water, Ox. Boil 
the guaiacum and raisins with the water, over 
a gentle fire, to one half; adding, toward the 
end, the sassafras and liquorice. Strain the 
liquor, without expression. A slight alterative 
diaphoretic, of which one or two pints may be 

209 



DEC 



DEC 



taken daily. The French use a similar prepa- 
ration, made purgative by senna and rhubarb. 

Decoctum hjemato'xyli. (U. 8.) Decoc- 
tion of logwood. Take of logwood, rasped, J j. ; 
of water, Oij. Boil to Oj., and strain. A good 
astringent. Dose, f. gjj. 

Decoctum hellebori albi. See Decoctum 
Vtratri albi. 

Decoctum hordei. (U. S.) D. hordei dis- 
tichi. Barley water. Take of pearl barley, 
gij. ; water, four pints and a half. First wash 
with cold water ; next, having poured upon the 
barley half a pint of water, boil for a few min- 
utes. Let this water be thrown away, and add 
the remainder of the water, boiling ; then boil 
down to two pints, and strain. Demulcent 
drink. 

Decoctum hordei compositum. (Ph. L.) 
D. pectoralc. Compound decoction of barley. 
Take of decoction of barley, two pints ; figs, 
sliced, f ij. ; liquorice root, sliced and bruised, 
f ss. ; raisins, stoned, ?ij. ; water, a pint. Boil 
down to two pints, and strain. A pectoral and 
demulcent drink. 

Decoctum hordei cum gummi. Barley wa- 
ter, Oij. ; gum arabic, gj. The gum is to be 
dissolved in the barley decoction while warm. 
It then forms a suitable diluent in strangury, 
dysury, &c. 

Decoctum kin* kinje. Decoctum cinchona?. 

Decoctum lichenis. (U. S.; Ph. L.) D. 
iichenis islandici. Decoction of Iceland moss. 
Take of Iceland moss, gj.; water, a pint and a 
half. Boil down to a pint, and strain. Tonic 
and demulcent. The dose is from gj. to giv. 
This is now called Decoctum cetrarim. 

Decoctum ligno'rum. Decoctum guaiaci 
compositum. 

Decoctum lobelia. Take a handful of the 
roots of the Lobelia syphilitica ; distilled water, 
Oxij. These are to be boiled in the usual way 
till only four quarts remain. Formerly sup- 
posed antivenereal. Dose, a pint or more daily. 

Decoctum lusitanicum. The form of this 
is not precisely known, but it resembles the 
D. sarsaparilla compositum, with the addition 
of walnut peel, red Banders wood, &c. Sul- 
phuret of antimony is boiled with the vegetable 
matter, but as it is insoluble, it can yield little 
to its efficacy. 

Decoctum malva: compositum. Compound 
decoction of mallows. Take of mallows, dried, 
5j. ; chamomile flowers, dried, gss. ; water, a 
pint. Boil for a quarter of an hour, and strain. 
For glysters and fomentations. 

Decoctum mezerki. See Decoctum daphnes 
mezerei. 

Decoctum papaveris. (Ph. L.) Decoction 
of poppy. Take of white poppy capsules, 
bruised, giv. ; water, four pints. Boil for a 
quarter of an hour, and strain. This prepara- 
tion possesses slight anodyne properties, and is 
used as a fomentation in acute ophthulmia, pain- 
ful swellings, &c. 

Decoctum pectorals. See Decoctum hordei 
compositum. 

Decoctum FOLYGA'LiF. senegje. Decoctum 
senegae. . 

Decoctum pro enemate. See Decoctum mal- 
va: compositum. 
210 



Decoctum pro fomento. See Decoctum pa- 
paveris. 

Decoctum ptko'lje. Decoctum chima- 
piko. 

Decoctum quercus alb*. (U. S.) D. qucr- 
cus roboris. Decoction of oak bark. Take of 
oak bark, gj.; water, Oiss. Boil down to a 
pint, and strain. This astringent decoction is 
chiefly used for external purposes. 

Decoctum sarsaparill*. (U. S.) Decoc- 
tion of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsaparilla root, 
sliced and bruised, § vj. ; boiling water, Ovj. Boil 
down to Oiv., and strain. Supposed to be al» 
terative. Dose, Oj. to Oiss. daily. 

Decoctum sarsaparilla: compositum. (U. 
S.) Compound decoction of sarsaparilla. Take 
of decoction of sarsaparilla, boiling, four pints ; 
sassafras root, sliced, guaiacum wood shavings, 
liquorice root, bruised, of each, gj.: mezereon 
root bark, 3nj. Boil for a quarter of an hour, 
and strain. A gentle sudorific and alterative. 
Dose, Oj. or more daily. 

Decoctum SARZjE. See Decoctum sarsapa- 
rilla. 

Decoctum scopa'rii compo'situm. (Ph. L.) 
Decoction of broom. Take of broom tops, ju- 
niper berries, and dandelion roots, of each, gss. ; 
of water, Oiss. Boil to a pint, and strain. A 
diuretic and laxative. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. 

Decoctum senega:. (U. S.) Decoction of 
senega. Take of senega root, gj. ; water, two 
pints. Boil down to a pint, and strain. Dose, 

Decoctum smila'cis sarsapari'lla:. D. 
sarsw. Decoctum sarsaparillae. 

Decoctum sudor'ificum. Decoctum guaiaci 
compositum. 

Decoctum tara'xaci. (U. S.) Decoction 
of dandelion. Take of bruised dandelion root, 
gij. ; of water, Oij. Boil to a pint, and strain. 
Laxative and aperient. Dose, f. gij. 

Decoctum tormenti'lla;. (Ph. L.) De- 
coction of tormentil. Take of bruised torinen- 
til root, gij. ; of water, Oiss. Boil to a pint, 
and strain. Astringent. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. 
Used also as an injection in leucorrhaea, &c. 

Decoctum ulmi. (Ph. L.) D. ulmi cam- 
pestris. Decoction of elm bark. Take of fresh 
elm bark, bruised, giv. ; water, Oiv. Boil 
down to two pints, and strain. This may be 
employed with great advantage as a collyrium 
in chronic ophthalmia. Demulcent. 

Decoctum uva: ursi. (U. S.) Decoction 
of uva ursi. Take of uva ursi leaves, gj. ; of 
water, f. gxx. Boil down to a pint, and strain. 
A valuable astringent in urinary diseases. Dose, 
f. giss. 

Decoctum vera'tri. (Ph. L. &. D.) D. 
veratri albi. (U. S.) Decoction of white hel- 
lebore. Take of veratrum album root, in pow- 
der, gj.; of water, Oij. Boil to a pint, strain, 
and, when cold, add of alcohol f. gij. It is a 
violeut purgative and emetic, and but rarely 
used internally. It has been found beneficial 
as a wash in cutaneous affections, as tinea, pso- 
ra, lepra. 

DECOLLATION. The removal of the head. 
Decapitation. 

DECOLORATION. The blanching or loss 
of the natural colorof any object. The removal 



DEF 

of adhering coloring matters. It is effected by 
the action of animal charcoal. 

DECOMPOSITION. Dccompositio. 1. De- 
cay; putrefaction. 2. The separation of the 
component parts or principles of bodies from 
each other. The principal agents in effecting 
this are heat and electricity. 

Decomposition by contact. Catalysis. 

Decompo'situs. A term applied to leaves, 
and meaning doubly compound. 

DECORT ICA'TION. Dccorticatio. The 
stripping of any thing of its bark, husk, or shell. 

Dec he me nt. Deer omentum. Decrease or 
decline. 

DECREHTA'TION. Decrepitatio. A kind 
of crackling noise, which takes place when some 
bodies, especially salts, are exposed to a certain 
degree of heat. 

DECU'BITUS. (From decumbo, to lie 
down.) The attitude or disposition of the body 
of a patient when in the horizontal posture. 
This forms an important feature in some dis- 
eases. 

Decumbent. Decu'mbcns. Lying down. 
Drooping. 

Decu'rrent. Decurrens. Applied to leaves 
which run down the stem in a leafy border or 
wing. 

Decurtatus. Decreasing to a point. 

Decu'ssate. Decussatus. Applied to leaves 
and spines which are in pairs, alternately cross- 
ing each other*. 

DECUSSATION. Dccussalio. (Fromdecusso, 
to cross each other.) When nerves or muscular 
fibres cross one another, this distribution is 
called decussation. 

Decusso'rium. An ancient instrument to 
depress the dura mater after trepanning. 

Dedolation. The producing a wound with 
loss of substance. 

Deer-berry. Gaultheria procumbens. 

Defectus logul^e. Aphonia. 

DEFECA'TION. 1. The separating or free- 
ing any thing from its fmces. 2. The process 
of relieving one's self of faeces. 

Defectio animi. Fainting. Dcliquium animi. 

DEFENSIVES. Defensiva. Formerly ap- 
plied to plasters and dressings of wounds, and to 
cordial medicines, or such as resist infection. 

De'ferens. The vas deferens. 

Defi'xus. Impotent. 

DEFLAGRATION. Dejlagra'tio. A rapid 
combustion, such as that which takes place 
when a mixture of sulphur and nitre is inflamed. 

Deflagrator. A powerful galvanic ma- 
chine of Dr. Hare. 

Deflectio. Dejleclcns. Derivative or re- 
vulsive. 

Defle'xus. Deflex: bending outward in a 
small degree. 

DEFLORATION. The extinction of the 
marks of virginity by connection with the male. 
See Virginity. 

Defluvium capit,louum. Baldness. Fall- 
ing off" of the hair. 

DEFLU'XION. (Dejluxio, onis, f. ; from de- 
fitto, to run off.) 1. A catarrh or cold. 2. A 
descent of humors from a superior to an inferior 
part. A term much used by the humoral pa- 
thologists. ' 



DEL 

Deforma'tio. Deformation. A deformity. 

DEGENERATION. Dcgenerescence. In 
Natural History and Physiology, a gradual fall- 
ing off or deterioration in any class of animals, 
or of any particular organ in the animal or vege- 
table body, from the operation of natural causes. 
In Pathology, degeneration signifies a morbid 
chango in the structure of parts, as cancerous 
degeneration. 

DEGLUTI'TION. (Dcglutitio f o?iis,f.; from 
de, and glutio, to swallow.) The act of swal- 
lowing. All the muscles of the tongue, those 
of the velum of the palate, of the pharynx, of 
the larynx, and the muscular layer of the oesoph- 
agus, are employed in deglutition. This ac- 
tion is produced by the reflex function, or exci- 
to-motory system, as well as by the voluntary. 

Deglutition, difficult. Deglulitio diffi- 
cilis. D. impedita. D. lasa. Dysphagia. 

De'gmus. A gnawing pain. 

DEGREE. A step or stage ; an arbitrary 
measure on a scale of temperature, &c. ; as the 
degree of violence, the degree of a thermometer. 

Dehi'scent. Dehi'scens. (From dehisco, to 
gape.) Gaping. Applied in botany to cap- 
sules which split, when ripe, to give exit to the 
seed. 

Dejectio alvi. Defecation. 

DEJECTION. {Dejectio, onis, f. ; from de- 
jicio, to go to stool.) A discharge of laical 
matter from the bowels, or the matter dis- 
charged. 

Dejecto'uius. Purgative. 

De la Motte's golden drops. See Gouttcs 
du General la Motte. 

Dela'psus. Dela'psio. Prolapsus. 

Delcroix's depilatory. A mixture of quick- 
lime, orpiment, and a vegetable powder. 

DELETE'RIOUS. (Dclcteriits; from dnXea, 
to hurt.) Poisonous; not wholesome. 

Deliga'tio. (From deligo, to bincPup.) 
The application of a bandage. 

DELIQUE'SCENCE. (Deliquescentia; from 
deliquesco, to melt down.) Deliquation, or the 
spontaneous assumption of the fluid state by cer- 
tain bodies, when left exposed to the air, in 
consequence of their attracting water from it, 
as in the caso of the chloride of calcium and 
carbonate of potassa. 

DELI'QUIUM. (urn, i, n.) 1. A fainting. 
Syncope. 2. The spontaneous solution of a 
deliquescent salt. 

Deliquium animi. Fainting. See Syncope. 

DELIRIFA'CIENTS. Medicines which di- 
late the pupil, produce dysphagia, partial apho- 
nia, delirium, and, finally, stupor; such as bel- 
ladonna, stramonium, and hyoscyamus. 

DELIRIOUS. Dclirans. Affected with de- 
lirium. It is commonly applied to the mild 
forms of delirium, as incoherence. 

DELI'RIUM. (urn, i, n. ; from deliro, to 
rave.) The confusion of ideas which occurs in 
the progress of diseases from disturbed function 
of the brain. Delirium is either violent and 
frantic, delirium ferox, as in acute inflammation 
of the membranes of the brain, or low and mut- 
tering, typhornania, as in low fever. 

Delirium furiosum. D. maniacurri. Mania. 
— D. senile. The imbecility and moral insani- 
ty of the aged. 

211 



DEL 

Delirium traumaticum. The nervous re- 
action which follows the collapse or prostration 
of severe accidents or surgical operations on 
some feeble constitutions. The symptoms and 
treatment are completely analogous with those 
of delirium tremens. 

Delirium tremens. D. cbriosikitis. D. po- 
tatorum. Delirium of drunkards. An affection 
of the brain nearly peculiar to drunkards. A 
person having been much addicted to the use 
of ardent spirits, omits his accustomed stimulus, 
and the approach of an attack of delirium tre- 
mens is almost invariably announced by the 
{)atient being remarkably irritable, with fret- 
ulness, anorexia, and mobility of the body. 
Watchfulness next'oecurs, and the patient gets 
little or no sleep. He has frightful dreams, 
sees remarkable sights, or hears extraordinary 
sounds. He then begins to fancy that some 
conspiracy is forming against him, entertains 
suspicions about certain persons or tilings, and 
imagines that some mischief is intended toward 
him. Then he is perpetually busied about his 
affairs, and so on. Some patients in this affec- 
tion are very much alarmed, and fancy that a 
person in the next room is waiting to assassi- 
nate them. 

The skin is damp and relaxed, and there is a 
variable, active expression of the eye, and al- 
most always tremor of the hands. The pulse is 
soft, compressible, and seldom above one hun- 
dred, except under great bodily exertions. 

The prognosis is generally rather favorable, 
if the ordinary health of the patient be not very 
bad, and if he bo not far advanced in life. In 
the treatment of this disease, opium is our sheet 
anchor. It should be given in large doses, as 
sixty minims of the tincture every hour or two, 
its effect being cautiously watched. If sound 
sleap be thus induced, the patient usually wakes 
freeTrom disease. Iu many cases, the judicious 
use of alcoholic stimulants is of signal service ; 
and these means, with laxatives, gentle diapho- 
retics, and proper moral management, will gen- 
erally bring the case to a successful issue. 
Bleeding, to a small extent, may be required at 
the commencement, when the patient is young 
and plethoric, and there are symptoms of de- 
termination of blood to the head ; but, general- 
ly speaking, bleeding should be considered as 
out of the question in this disease : patients 
who are largely bled hardly ever recover. If 
the patient express a desire for food, he may 
be allowed light articles of diet: in some cases 
even animal food has been given with advan- 
tage ; and, indeed, it might not be easy to give 
any good reason why this should be refused, if 
the state of the stomach be such as to incline 
the patient to ask for it. After an attack, the 
patient should be directed to diminish his pota- 
tions gradually, so as to finally abandon a dis- 
gusting and brutal habit. 

DELITE'SCENCE. (From delitcsco, to hide 
one's self.) The sudden resolution of an in- 
iflammatiou. 

Delivery. See Parturition. 

Deloca'tio. Dislocation. 

De'lphinate. A salt of delphinic acid with 

D E L P H I ' N I A. (a, ce, f.) Delphinium. 
9.12 



DEM 

Delphine. Delphia. A vegetable alkaloid in 
stavesacre. See Delphinium staphisagria. 
Delphi'nic acid. Syn. of phocenic acid. 
DELPHI'NIUM. {urn, ii, n.) 1. The lark- 
spur. 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Tri- 
gynia. Ranunculaccce. — D. consolida. The 
larkspur. The root and seeds are acrid and 
bitter, acting as a purgative and emetic in large 
doses. It is the delphinium of the United 
States Pharmacopoeia. — D. staphisagria. Staves- 
acre. The seeds are large, rough, of an irregu- 
lar triangular figure, and of a blackish color. 
They are very -bitter, acrid, and nauseous, and 
seldom used except to destroy vermin, and as 
an anthelmintic in decoction. They contain 
delphinia. Pure delphinia is a whitish, odor- 
less powder, said to be crystalline when wet, 
of an extremely acrid and bitter taste ; soluble 
in alcohol and ether. It fuses at 248° F. It 
possesses an alkaline reaction, and forms salts. 
Formula, CarHtgNOs. It is recommended by 
Mr. Turnbull in rheumatism and neuralgias, 
and chiefly employed externally in lotion or 
ointment. The ointment may be made with 
3ss. to 5j. of lard. Internally, the dose is one 
twelfth of a grain. An over-dose produces a 
prickling sensation over the body, burning pain, 
purging, and convulsions. 

De'lphys. The uterus, or female organs. 

Deltiform. Deltoid. 

D E L T O I ' D. Dcltoidcs and deltoid eus. 
(From A, and e«5oc, a likeness.) The name of 
a muscle of the superior extremity, situated on 
the shoulder. It arises exactly opposite to the 
trapezius, from one third part of the clavicle, 
from the acromion and spine of the scapula, 
and is inserted, tendinous, into the middle of 
the os humeri, which bone it lifts up directly ; 
and it assists-, with the supra-spinatus and cor- 
aco-brachialis, in all the actions of the humerus, 
except the depression ; it being convenient that 
the arm should be raised and sustained, in or- 
der to its moving on any side. 

De'manus. Without a hand. 

Deme'nted. Afflicted with dementia. 

DEME'NTIA. (a, a, f. ; from de, from, and 
mens, mind.) Fatuity. A form of insanity in 
which unconnected and imperfectly denned 
ideas chase each other rapidly through the 
mind ; the powers of continued attention and 
of reflection are lost, and even the perceptive 
power at length becomes indistinct. Dementia 
is sometimes an accompaniment of old age, and 
is a frequent termination of mania. 

Demiazygos. See Semiazygos. 

Demimetal. See Semimetal. 

Demi'ssor. A catheter. 

DEMODEX FOLLICULORUM. A minute 
acarus inhabiting the sebaceous follicles of per- 
sons living in cities, whose skin is not sufficient 
ly excited by pure air, &c. — Erasmus Wilson. 

Demonomania. Daemonomania. 

Demonstrator of anatomy. A teacher of 
practical anatomy on the subject. 

Demoti'vus la'psus. Sudden death. 

DEMU'LCENT. (Demulcens ; from demul- 
ceo, to soften.) A medicine which obviates 
acrimony, not by correcting or changing its na- 
ture, but by involving it in a mild and viscid 
matter, which prevents it from acting upon the 



DEN 

isensible parts of our bodies, or by covering the 
surface exposed to their action. Catarrh, diar- 
rhoea, dysentery, calculus, and gonorrhoea are 
the diseases in which demulcents are employed. 
The principal are gum tragacanth, linseed, al- 
theea officinalis, malva sylvestris, okra, slippery 
elm, ichthyocolla, liquorice, the starches, olive 
oil, quince seeds, cetaceum, wax, and almond 
oil. 

Demusculatus. Lean; emaciated. 

Dendroi'd. Dcndroides. Having a tree- 
like appearance. 

Dendroli'baxus. Rosmarinus officinalis. 

DENGUE. An epidemical fever, having 
many of the symptoms of rheumatic fever, 
which appeared in the West Indies, and some 
of the Southern States, in 1827 and 1828. It 
was of a very violent character, and sometimes 
attended with eruptions on the skin, but not fa- 
tal. The duration of the active stage was sel- 
dom more than three days. It was treated by 
general antiphlogistic means. 

Denigra'tiox. Dcnigratio. The process or 
act of becoming black : applied to a diseased 
part. 

DENS. (s,tis,m.) A tooth. See Teeth. 

Dexs caballixus. Henbane. — D. canis. 
See Erythronium. — D. leonis. Taraxacum. 

De'nsitv. The same as specific gravity. 

D e ' n t a g it a . The toothache. Odontalgia. 
Tooth forceps. 

DE'NTAL. (Denlalis; from dens, a tooth.) 
Appertaining to the teeth. 

Dextal arches. The arch formed by the 
teeth when arranged in the jaws, or by the al- 
veoli. 

Dextal arteries. The teeth of the upper 
jaw are supplied by branches from the infra- 
orbitar and superior alveolar arteries. The 
lower jaw by the inferior maxillary. 

Dental formula. A formula or notation to 
designate the number and species of teeth in a 
mamifer. It is an important generic character. 
Thus, in the genus Fclis, the formula is, incisors, 
£ ; Canines, A, 1 ; premolars (or bicuspids), 
%, 5; molars, f, -2. In man: incisors, £; ca- 
nines, i, i ; pnumolars, %, % ; molars, 3, ^. In 
these, the upr>er figures refer to the upper jaw, 
the lower to the lower jaw ; and when the fig- 
ures are repeated, as 3, $, it means on each 
side of the upper and lower jaw. 

Dental nerves. See Teeth. 

Dental tulp. The internal pulpy and vas- 
cular substance filling the center of the teeth. 

Denta'lis la'pis. See Tartar. 

Denta'ria. Plumbago europaja. 

Dextarpa'ga. An instrument for drawing 
teeth. 

DENTA'TA. The second vertebra of the 
neck. It differs from the other cervical verte- 
bral in having a tooth-like process at the upper 
part of the body, whence its name. 

DE'NTATE.' (Dcntatns; from dens, a tooth.) 
Toothed : applied to roots, leaves, petals, <fcc. 

Dentatus processus. See Vertebra: 

DENTES. Plural of dens. See Teeth. 

Dextes acuti. The incisor teeth. 

Dextes adulti. The second set of teeth. 

Dkxtes auversi. The incisor teeth. 

Dkntks coi.umeli.ares. The molar teeth. 



DEN 

Denticulate. Denticula'tus. Set with lit- 
tle teeth. 

Dentidu'cum. Denticeps. An instrument 
for drawing teeth. 

DENTIFRICE. {Dcntifricum, i, n. ; from 
dens, and frico, to rub.) A powder for clean- 
ing the teeth. Charcoal powder, chalk, pow- 
dered cinchona or rhatany, bole Armenian, 
carbonate of soda, and cream of tartar, are the 
chief. 

Dextilla'ria. Plumbago europsea. 

Dentine. The peculiar bony formation of 
ivory of part of the teeth. It contains 72 per 
cent, of mineral matter. 

Dextisca'lpium. An instrument for scaling 
teeth. 

DENTIST. One who operates on the teeth. 

D E N T I'T I O N. (Dcntitio, onis, f.) The 
cutting of teeth. See Teeth. 

Dextition, difficult. Dcntitio difficilis. 
The most violent symptoms of dentition arise 
in infancy, from the pressure and irritation of 
the young tooth. As the teeth push forward, 
the superincumbent gum wastes from absorp- 
tion, and is at last cut through, and the tooth 
makes its appearance. 

The first active stage of teething is usually 
about the third or fourth month of infancy. If 
the irritation becomes considerable, the gums 
swell, the child grows fretful, and starts in its 
sleep ; or, on awaking suddenly, there is heat, 
thirst, and other concomitants of fever, with, 
perhaps, dullness or drowsiness ; the bowels are 
affected, and a rash appears on the skin, usual- 
ly the red gum ; and there is often a dry and 
troublesome cough. In about ten days or a 
fortnight these symptoms subside. 

The period of cutting the first teeth usually 
occurs between the seventh and ninth month. 
The gum is often extremely sensible, and can 
not endure the slightest touch. At the base it 
is florid and distended, and when the tooth is 
on the point of protrusion, it seems covered 
with a flat and whitish blister. The grand point 
is here to moderate the local irritation. A di- 
arrhoea, or full discharge of saliva, does this 
naturally, and hence these are favorable symp- 
toms ; and if the former be too violent, or ac- 
companied with griping, it should be merely 
corrected by carbonate of magnesia or lime* If 
the bowels be confined, cooling laxatives are to 
be employed ; and the discharge of a small 
quantity of blood from the gums, in the first 
stage, by lancing them, will often afford effect- 
ual relief. If the symptoms of oppression or 
spasmodic action be severe, leeches should be 
resorted to ; after which, a blister will be found 
useful, placed on the back. When the teeth 
are on the point of protrusion, the lancet will 
often afford immediate relief, by giving a direct 
opening to the tooth, which will frequently uric* 
its appearance in the course of a few hours. 

Dentium dolor. Toothache. 

Dentium scalptura. Lancing the gum over 
a protruding tooth. 

Dentoideus. Tooth-like. Odontoid. 

DENUDA'TION. (From denudo, to make 
bare.) The laying bare any part: usually ap- 
plied to a bone, either in an artificial way or 
as a morbid result. 

213 



D EP 

DEO'BSTRUENT. (Deobstrucns ; from de, 
and obstruo, to obstruct.) Having the power 
of removing any obstruction, as a purgative. 
It is indefinite, and seldom used. 

Deoppi'lans. (From de, and oppilo, to stop.) 
Deoppilativns. Having the property of remov- 
ing obstructions. Deobstruent. 

DEOXIDA'TION. Deoxidizing. (Fromrfe, 
and oxide, a compound of oxygen.) The sep- 
aration of oxygen from any compound. The 
reduction of an oxide. Sulphurous acid, phos- 
phorus, and potassium are extremely active de- 
oxidizing agents. The action of heat, assisted 
by charcoal or hydrogen gas, is a common means 
in metallurgic operations. 

Depa'scens. Corroding. 

Depauperatus. Impoverished in quality. 

Depe'ndens. Dependent. 

Deperdi'tio. Abortion. — Castelli. 

Depeti'go. A ring-worm, tetter, scurf, or 
itch, where the skin is rough. — Turton. 

Depiileoma'tion. An old term for rectifica- 
tion, or the removal of aqueous particles from a 
spirituous body. 

DEPHLOGFSTICATED. Without phlo- 
giston. 

Dephlogisticateo air. Oxygen gas. 

DEPHtOGISTIC VTKl) MURIATIC OR MARINE 

acid. Chlorine. 

Dephi.ogisticaticu nitrous air. The pro- 
toxide of nitrogen. 

Deputation. Depilaiio, The loss of hair: 
naturally, as in baldness, or by artificial means. 

DEPI'LATORY. (Depilatorius; from de, 
of, and pilus, the hair. ) Any application which 
removes hairs. They are usually formed with 
caustic lime and orpiment, but a pitch plaster 
applied over the part, and torn off violently, will 
remove the hair. . 

DEPLE'TION. (Depict io; from dcplco, to 
unload.) The act of diminishing the fullness 
of any part, more especially of the sanguiferous 
system; hence blood-letting is a means of de- 
pletion. The term is also applied to any sys- 
tem of evacuation by which a plethoric state is 
subdued, as also to the effect of morbid evacu- 
ations. 

Depletory means. Such means or process- 
es as tend to depletion. Blood-letting, purga- 
tives, emetics, abstinence, counter - irritation, 
are all, under different circumstances, deple- 
tory means. 

DEPLUMA'TION. (From de, and pluma, a 
feather.) A disease of the eyelids, which caus- 
es the hair to fall off. 

DEPO'SIT. Deposition. (From depono, 
to lay down.) The laying or falling down of 
any substance. In Physiology, the accumula- 
tion of fat, muscular fibre, &c, in their proper 
place, by the vital forces. In Pathology, the 
accumulation of fat, &c, hi abnormal positions, 
or the occurrence of new growths, as of the 
cancerous tissue, is termed a morbid deposit. 
The sediment of urine is also called a deposit. 

Deposi'tio. Deposition. The depression of 
• the lens, in the operation of couching, has been 
so called. 

DEPRAVA'TION. (Depravaiio ; from de- 
pravo, to corrupt.) The corruption or change 
for the worse in the solids or fluids of the body, 
214 



DER 

whereby they become morbid. Also, the per- 
version of a sense, as the depravation of sight 
or taste. 

Deprehe'nsio. 1. Catalepsy. 2. Diagnosis. 

DEPRE'SSANTS. Remedial means which 
diminish the frequency of the pulse, and reduce 
the vital energy. Blood-letting, tartar emetic, 
tobacco, digitalis, and nauseating doses of ipe- 
cacuanha are the chief. 

Depre'ssed. Pressed down ; flattened. Ap- 
plied to seeds, it means flattened from above 
downward. 

DEPRESSION. (Dcpressio, o?us, f. ; from 
deprimo, to press down. The state of a part 
that has been pressed down. In Anatomy, a 
hollow fossa or slight excavation. In Surgery, 
it is applied, 1. To fractures of the cranium, in 
which a portion of bone is forced inward. 2. 
To couching, an ojieration for cataract, con- 
sisting in the removal t>f the opaque lens out of 
the axis of vision by means of a needle, the 
lens being depressed into the vitreous humor. 

DEFRE'SSOR. (or, oris, m.) Any muscle 
which depresses the part on which it acts. 

Depressor alje nasi. See Dcpiressor labii 
superioris al&qnc nasi. 

Depressor anguli oris. A muscle situated 
below the under lip. It arises, broad and 
fleshy, from the lower edge of the lower jaw, 
near the chin, and is inserted into the angle of 
the mouth, which it pulls downward. 

Depressor labii inferioris. It pulls the 
under lip and skin of the side of the chin down- 
ward, and a little outward. 

Depressor labii superioris al.eque nasi. 
Incisivvs medius of Winslow. It is situated 
above the mouth, draws the upper lip and ala 
nasi downward and backward. It arises, thin 
and fleshy, from the superior maxillary bone, 
runs upward, and is inserted into the upper lip 
and root of the ala of the nose. 

Depressor laeii superioris proprius. See 
Depressor labii superioris alecque nasi. 

Depressor labiorum communis. See De- 
pressor anguli oris. 

Depressor oculi. See Rectus inferior oculi. 

Depre'ssorium. An instrument to guard the 
dura mater when the skull is cut or sawed in 
operations. 

Depre'ssus. Depressed. 

DEPRI'MENS. D. oculi. The rectus infe- 
rior oculi. 

Deprime.ns auricula:. The retrahens au- 
riculis. 

Deprime.ns maxillje biventer. The digas- 
tricus. 

Depu'rant. Applied to a medicine supposed 
to purify the fluids of the body. 

DEPURA'TION. (Depuratio, onis, f.) 1. 
The defecation or clarification of any thing. 2. 
The process of removing morbid parts from the 
humors. 

Depurato'rius. Depuratory. Any thing 
which makes clean or purifies the body from 
morbid humors, whether by the process of dis- 
ease, or by hygienic and remedial means. 

Derbia. Impetigo. 

Derbyshire neck. Bronchocele. 

DERIVATION. (Derivatio, onis, f. ; from 
derivo, to drain off. ) The drawing away any 



DES 

morbid action from its original seat to another 
*nd less important part. Thus vesicatories, 
epispastics, and local stimulants act by deriva- 
tion or revulsion. 

DE HI VAT IVES. Revulsives. Medicines 
adapted to procure a derivation. See Deriva- 
tion. 

DE'RMA. The skin. 

Derma'lgia. A rheumatic pain or neuralgia 
of the skin, attributable to a morbid condition 
of the cutaneous nerves. 

Dermata'gra. Pellagra. 

Dermati'tis. Dcrmatis. Diffuso inflamma- 
tion of the skin, or erysipelatous inflammation. 

Dermato'graphy. Dermography. The an- 
atomical description of the skin. 

Dermatoi'd. Dermatoi'dcs. Resembling 
skin. This epithet has been applied to the 
dura mater. 

Dermato'logy. A discourse or treatise on 
the skin. 

Dermato'lysis. Cutis pendula. Excessive 
development or hypertrophy of the skin, where- 
by it hangs in large, loose folds about the person. 

Dermohje'mia. Excessive vascularity, con- 
gestion, or hyperemia of the skin. 

Dermoid. Derma toid. 

Dermoto'my. Dcrmotomia. The dissection 
of the skin. 

Derosne's salt. A crystalline substance 
obtained by digesting opium in ether. 

DESCE'NDENS NONI. The descending 
cervical branch of the ninth pair, or hypoglos- 
sal nerves. 

Descenso'rium. A furnace in which the dis- 
tillation by descent is performed. 

Desce'nsus. (From descendo, to move down- 
ward.) Destillatio per deseensum. A distilla- 
tion when the tire is applied at the top and 
round the vessel, the orifice of which is at the 
bottom. 

DESCRIPTIVE ANATOMY. The anatomy 
which treats of the form, appearance, position, 
distribution, and connection of parts, without 
reference to the particular textures of which 
they are composed. 

Deshler's salve. The unguentum reshue 
compositum is an imitation. * 

DESICCA'TION. (Desicca/io; from desic- 
co, to dry up.) The drying up of any thing 
moist. 

DESI'CCATIVE. (Dcsiccativus; from de- 
sicco, to dry up.) Possessed of a drying prop- 
erty. Applied especially to medicines used to 
dry up ulcers ; as calamine, calomel, &c. 

Despie'ntia. This word properly means fol- 
ly, but it has been used in medical language to 
signify delirium. 

DE'SMA. (From 6eap.oc, a ligament or band- 
age.) A ligament. 

Desmography. A description of the liga- 
ments. 

Desmoi'd. Resembling a ligament. The va- 
rious fascia of the body, the aponeuroses and 
ligamentous membranes, consisting of condens- 
ed cellular tissue, are termed desmoid tissues. 

Desmolo'gy. A treatise on the ligaments. 

Desmorrhe'xis. The rupture of a ligament. 

De'smos. A bandage. 

DESPUMA'TION. (Despumatio, onis, f . ; 



DEU 

from despumo, to clarify.) The clarifying a flii- 
id, or separating the scum from it. 

DESQUAMA'TION. (Desquamatio, onis, f. ; 
from desquamo, to scale off.) The separating 
of lamina?, or scales, from the skin or bones. It 
is more properly applied to the skin ; in the caso 
of bones it is generally called exfoliation. 

Desquamato'rium tre'panom. Trepanum 
exfoliativum. A kind of trepan formerly used 
for detaching lamina? from exfoliating bones. 

Destillatio. See Distillation. 

Destillatio per descensum. See Descen- 
sus. 

DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION. Distil- 
lation of organic bodies at a red heat, whereby 
they aro disorganized, and yield volatile and 
empyreumatic products. 

DESUDA'TIO. (o, onis, f. ; from desudo, to 
sweat much.) 1. Excessive sweating. 2. A 
miliary eruption to which children are chiefly 
subject. See Sudamina. 

Dete'ntio. Detentia. Catalepsy. 

DETE'RGENT. (Deter gens; from deter go, 
to wipe away.) Applied to a medicine which 
cleanses foul wounds or ulcers. Such are de- 
rived from the class of stimulants or emollients. 

DETERMINATION. The afflux or incipi- 
ent congestion of blood or other humors in a 
part; as the determination of blood to the brain, 
producing convulsions, apoplexy, &0.j the de- 
termination of blood to the lungs, producing 
congestion of the lungs. 

Detona'tion. An explosion. 

DETRA'CTOR. (or, oris, in. ; from detra- 
ho, to draw.) Detrahcns. Applied to a mus- 
cle, the office of which is to draw the part to 
which it is attached away from some other part. 

Detrahens quadratus. See Platysma my- 
aides. 

Detri'tus. 1. The fragmentary remains of 
any crashing or disorganizing process; as the 
detritus of a broken calculus. 2. The disor- 
ganization of a tissue, by suppuration, soften- 
ing, gangrene, &c. 

DETRUNCA'TION. Dctruncatio. (From 
de, from, and truncus, the body or trunk. ) The 
separation of the head from the body. Used in 
operative obstetrics for the separation of the 
head in embryotomy. 

DETRU'SOR URI'NjE. The muscular coat 
of the bladder, the office of which is to expel 
the urine from the bladder. 

Deurens febris. An ardent fever. 

Deute'ria. The bad symptoms arising from 
retention of the jdacenta. — Vogcl. 

Deute'rion. The secundines. 

D E U T E R P A T H I 'A. (Deuleropatheia ; 
from devTspoc, second, and iraOoe, a suffering.) 
A sympathetic affection where a second part 
suffers ; as where the stomach is disturbed from 
an injury of the head. 

DEU TO-. (From devrepoe, second.) A 
common prefix in chemistry, signifying two, 
twice, or double ; as, Dcutoxide. The second 
oxide, or binoxide. — Deutochloride, Deutosul- 
phate, Dentiodide, &c, which mean, respect- 
ively, the bichloride, bisulphate, biniodide; 
and each contains two ecpiivalents of the agent 
designated. 

Deutoxide of azote. Binoxide of nitrogen. 
215 



DIA 

Devalga'tus. Bandy-legged. 

DEVELOPMENT. This term usually 
means growth, but is also employed by St. 
Hilaire to designate particular stages in the en- 
tire growth of the body at which a change oc- 
curs in the rapidity of addition to parts or the 
manner of growth. 

Devonshire colic. The painter's colic. See 
Colica pictonum. 

D E W. The deposit of line particles of 
moisture, which takes place whenever a body 
having a temperature below the dew point is 
introduced into the air ; also, the moisture pre- 
cipitated on clear evenings upon the ground, in 
consequence of its rapid cooling from radiation. 
Exposure to the dew-fall is remarkably injuri- 
ous to health, especially in low, marshy, and 
warm locations, where the moisture is very 
abundant. The dew acts in two ways: as a 
depressing means, arresting the insensible per- 
spiration and chilling the body ; and, secondly, 
as a medium for the conveyance, and perhaps 
formation, of miasmata, which thus come in 
contact with the system. 

Dew-berry. Rubrus trivialis. 

Dew-claws. Crusta genu equina. 

Dew point. The temperature measured by 
a thermometer at which dew falls or disappears 
on any surface exposed to the atmosphere. It 
is easily measured by exposing a little ether in 
a clean watch glass, and immersing a delicate 
thermometer therein. The temperature at the 
moment of the deposit of dew is the dew point. 

Dexocardia. When the heart beats on the 
right side, as in pleurisy and pneumothorax. 
V DEXTRIN E. Soluble starch ; a gummy 

substance existing abundantly in plants, and 
readily procured by heating to 120° a mixture 
of starch and infusion of malt. The solution 
differs from gum in possessing the power of 
causing a deviation of a ray of circularly polar- 
ized light toward the right hand. Its composi- 
tion is isomeric with starch, C12H10O10; and in 
nutritiousness and general properties it belongs 
to the amylaceous family of organized bodies. 

D I-. A prefix (from die, twice) used in 
chemistry, anatomy, &c. In Chemistry, di-, in 
dioxide, dichloride, &c.,has not the same mean- 
ing as deuto- or bin- oxide, &c, but it is used 
to designate the preponderance of the electro- 
positive body. Thus dichloride of copper means 
a compound in which there is two atoms of 
copper and one of chlorine, and not two of 
chlorine ; dioxide of copper, where there is two 
atoms of copper and one of oxygen. 

DIA-. A prefix (from dia, through). It sig- 
nifies, in composition, extension, perversion, sep- 
aration. In the old Pharmacy, it meant the 
presence of the ingredient before which it was 
written; as diacydonium and dialocs, medicines 
containing the quince and aloes. 

DIABE'TES. (es, is, m. Atafi?/r>?c; from 
Sia6aivu, to pass through.) An immoderate 
flow of urine. There are three species of this 
complaint : 1. Diabetes insipidus, in which 
there is a superabundant discharge of limpid 
urine, of its usual urinary taste. 2. Diabetes 
mellitus, in which the urine is very sweet, abun- 
dant, and contains a great quantity of sugar. 3. 
Diabetes chylosns, in which the mine is abmi- 
• 216 



DIA 

dant and of a whitish aspect, often coagulating. 
It is a rare form. * 

Great thirst, with a voracious appetite, grad- 
ual emaciation of the whole body, and a fre- 
quent discharge of urine, containing a large pro- 
portion of saccharine and other matter, which 
is voided in a quantity even exceeding that of 
the aliment or fluid introduced, are the charac- 
teristics of the mellitic form of the disease. 
Those of a shattered constitution, and those 
who are in the decline of life, are most subject 
to its attacks. It not unfrequently attends on 
hysteria, hypochondriasis, dyspepsia, and asth- 
ma ; but it is always much milder when symp- 
tomatic than when it appears as a primary af- 
fection. 

Diabetes may be occasioned by the use of 
strong diuretic medicines, intemperance of life, 
and hard drinking ; exposure to cold ; excess 
in venery ; severe evacuations, or by any thing 
that tends to produce an impoverished state of 
the blood, or general debility. It has, how* 
ever, taken place in many instances without 
any obvious cause. 

Under a long continuance of the disease, the 
body becomes much emaciated, the feet cedem- 
atous, great debility cirises, the pulse is frequent 
and small, and an obscure fever, with all the 
appearances of hectic, prevails. 

The urine in diabetes mellitus, from being at 
first insipid, clear, and colorless, soon acquires 
a sweetish or saccharine taste, its leading char- 
acteristic ; and, when subjected to experiment, 
a considerable quantity of saccharine matter is 
to bo extracted from it. Sometimes it is so 
loaded with sugar as to be capable of being fer- 
mented into a vinous liquor. 

In some instances, the quantity of urine in 
diabetes is much greater than can be accounted 
for from all the sources united. Cases are re- 
corded in which 25 to 30 pints were discharged 
in the space of a day, for many successive 
weeks, and even months. 

With respect to the proximate cause of dia- 
betes mellitus, many hypotheses have been ad- 
vanced concerning it. The following are the 
principal: That the disease depends upon, 1. 
A morbid action of the stomach and chylopoi- 
etic viscera. 2. A morbid state of the blood, 
produced by a diseased action of the assimila- 
ting powers. 3. A diseased condition of the 
kidneys. 

The formation of the saccharine matter is 
very generally believed to depend on a process 
in the stomach and bowels somewhat analogous 
to germination on starchy materials. Indeed, 
diastose has been detected in matters vomited 
from the' stomach. 

In the treatment of diabetes, we are led to 
that of the insipid species first, and then that 
of the mellitic. 

1. Of the insipid species. This is mostly 
cured by tonics, stimulants, and mineral acids, 
as Peruvian bark, cascarilla, and the like, with 
sulphuric acid, taking care to invigorate the 
system by proper air, exercise, and diet. The 
drink should be diminished. When sympto- 
matic of any other disease, its remedies must 
also be conjoined. As a sympathetic affection,, 
it very commonly attends hysteric and nervous 



DIA 

diseases, against which the practitioner's atten- 
tion must also be directed. The prognosis is 
not unfavorable where there is no disease of 
the kidneys. 

2. Of the mellilic, or true diabetes. This is 
one of those affections in which almost every 
medicine and every plan has been resorted to, 
from which it is natural to infer that it is very 
little under the control of any. The indications 
of treatment are, 1st. To diminish the sources 
from which sugar can be derived. 2. To di- 
minish the secretion of urine. 3. To relieve 
the disorder of the stomach and bowels, and al- 
lay urgent symptoms. The first point is attain- 
ed by the uso of an animal diet, with gluten, 
bread, using no vegetable or amylaceous com- 
pounds. Secondly, the drink should be di- 
minished to the least quantity, and be free from 
stimulating or diuretic property. The clothing 
should bo warm, and sudorilics, with the hot 
bath, be frequently employed. In the third 
place, dyspepsia should be properly treated; 
irritation about the bladder or kidneys must be 
subdued by demulcents, bleeding, or counter- 
irritation, and opiates, Debility must be coun- 
teracted by tonics. Hygienic means should 
be at all times adopted. The prognosis is unfa- 
vorable where the disease is of long duration, 
there is much emaciation, and organic affection 
of the kidneys. The mineral acids, especially 
the phosphoric, and also iodine, have been rec- 
ommended as a means of arresting the saccha- 
rine formation. 

Diabetes akglicus. D- saecharmus. D. 
varus. Synonymes of diabetes mellitus, or true 
diabetes. 

Diabetes HYSTERICUS. D. spurius. False 
or spurious diabetes. The diabetes insipidus of 
Culleu, which consists chiefly in a preternatural 
discharge of urine, with nervous symptoms. 

Diabetes infantilis. Profuse and sweet 
urine, occurring as a symptom in teething. It 
is a rare affection, but is fully detailed by Dr. 
Morton in his Phthisiologia. 

Diabetes lacteus. D. chylosus. Urine 
abundant, and of a milky color, sometimes co- 
agulating spontaneously. A rare disease, found 
in persons of luxurious habits. 

Diabe'tic SUGAR. The sugar found in diabe- 
tic urine. It is the samo as grape sugar, or 
glucose. See Sugar, tests for. 

DIABRO'SIS. Erosion. 

Diabro'tica. Errosives. 

Diacatho'licon. (From 6ia, and KadoAiiioc, 
universal. ) A laxative electuary, so called from 
its general usefulness. It was composed of 
senna leaves, pulp of cassia and of tamarinds, 
root of male fern and of rhubarb, violets, ani- 
seed, liquorice root, sweet fennel, and sugar. 

DIACAU'SIS. Excessive heat. 

Diacau'stic. A burning glass. 

Diacentau'rium. A powder containing cen- 
taury. 

Diace'raton. A collyrium mentioned by 
Celsus, of which hartshorn was the principal 
ingredient. 

Diachalci'teos. A plaster containing col- 
cothar. 

Diachari'sta. Certain medicines applied to 
the fauces. 



DIA 

Diachore'ma. Diachoresis. An excretion 

Diachrisis. Anointing or inunction. 

Diachry'sum. A plaster for fractured limbs. 

DIA'CHYLON. Diachylum. Formerly any 
emollient plaster. Two diachylon plasters are 
known, one as white, or simple diachylon, the 
other as yellow diachylon, or diachylon with 
gums. See Diachylon simplex, and Diachylon 
cum gummi. 

Diachylon cum gummi. Yellow diachylon. 
Gum diachylon. This is made with simple di- 
achylon, ibiij. ; galbauum, strained, gviij.; com- 
mon turpentine, frankincense, each fiij. 

Diachylon simplex. The emplaslrurn 
plumbi. 

Diacine'ma. A subluxation. 

Dia'clasis. A small fracture. 

DIACLY'SMA. (From <5ta«/lt>£w, to wash 
out.) A gargle or wash for the mouth. 

DIACO'DIUM. Diacodion. Syrup of pop- 
pies is a substitute. 

Diacolocy'nthus. A medicine of colocynth. 

Dia'cope. Diacomma. A deep cut or wound. 

Diacou'stics. The examination of sound 
which has been transmitted through various 
media. 

Dia'crises. A class of diseases in which the 
secretions are vitiated. 

DIA'CRISIS. Diagnosis. 

Diacydo'nium. Marmalade of quinces. 

DIADE'LPHIA. Diadclphous. (From die, 
twice, and adetyoc, a brother.) A class in the 
sexual system, embracing those the flowers of 
which are hermaphrodite, and have the male 
organs united below into two sets of cylindrical 
filaments. 

Diade'ma. A diadem. A bandage for the 
head. 

Diadermi atria. The enderniic treatment 
of disease. 

Diade'xis. A translation of humors from 
one place to another. 

Dia'doche. Diadexis. 

Dia'dosis. 1. The distribution of nutritious 
matter throughout the system. 2. The remis- 
sion of a disease. 

DLE'RESIS. (is, is, f. ; from diaipeu, to di- 
vide or separate.) A solution of continuity, as 
a wound or ulcer. A removal by cutting, as in 
some surgical operations. 

Dijere'ticus. (From diaipeu, to divide.) 
Escharotic Corrosive. 

D I JE ' T A. Diatema. (From diatrau, to 
nourish.) Diet; food. See Diet, and Aliment. 

Dietetic See Dietetic. 

Diaglau'cium. An eye-water containing the 
juice of the glaucium. 

DIAGNO SIS. (is, is, f. ; from diayivacrnu, 
to discern or distinguish.) Biacrisis. The art 
of recognizing a disease by its symptoms, and 
of distinguishing one disease from another. 

Diagnostic Pathognomonic; characteristic 
of a disease. 

Diagry'dium. See Dacrydium. 

Diahermoda'ctylum. A purging medicine 
containing hennodactyl. 

Diai'um. A troche, the chief ingredient of 
which was violets. 

DIALEI'MMA. (Aiafetppa; from dialeuru, 
to intermit. ) The intermission of a fever. 

217 



DI A 



DI A 



Diale'psis. An intermission ; a vacant space 
between the folds of a bandage. 

Diali'banum. A medicine of frankincense. 
Dia'i.oes. Several medicines containing 
aloes. 

Dialthje'a. An ointment chiefly of marsh 
mallows. 

Diai.u'ric acid. A powerful acid, crystal- 
line and soluble, obtained by the action of sul- 
phureted hydrogen on alloxantine. Formula, 
C 8 N,H 3 7 -f-HO. 

DIA'LYSES. (The plural of dialysis.) The 

name of an order in the class Locales of Cullen's 

Nosology, embracing diseases in which there is 

solution of continuity manifest to the eyo or 

« touch. 

DIA'LYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from Stakvo, to dis- 
solve.) Relaxation or weakness of the limbs. 
Dialytica. Medicines which heal wounds. 
Diahaonstio. Having the property of trans- 
mitting the magnetic influence, as is the case 
with all metals, &C, which do not acquire mag- 
netism. 

D i a m a r g a R i ' x S . An anl id< ile in which 
pearls were the chief ingredient. 

Diamasse'ma. Diamastcma. A masticatory. 
Dia'mbra. A cordial medicine containing 
amber, musk, &c. 

Diamo'ron. A syrup of mulberries. 
Diamoto'sis. The introduction of lint into 
an ulcer or wound. 

Dia'na. The moon. Silver. 
Diananca'smus. The reduction of adisloca- 
lion. 

DIA'NDRIA. Diandrous. (From Sic, twice, 
and avijp, a man.) A class of plants with two 
. stamens. 

DIA'NTHUS CARYOPHYLLUS. The clove 
pink. The dowers, which have air agreeable 
•smell, were formerly used as an aromatic. 

Diapai.ma. An ointment containing sulphate 
of zinc. 

Diapa'sma. A medicine reduced to powder, 
and sprinkled over the body, or any part. 

Diapede'bis. The transudation or escape of 
blood through the coats of a vessel ; also, trans- 
udation of blood through the skin or any mem- 
brane. 

Diape'xsia. The sanicle. 
DIATIIANOUS. (Diaphanosus; from tua, 
through, and tyaivu, to shine.) Transparent. 
Pinel called the delicate serous membranes di- 1 
aphanous membranes, as the arachnoid. 

DIAPHORE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from diwpopeu, 
to carry through.) A perspiration. Profuse 
perspiration. * 

DIAPHORE'TIC. ( Diaphoreticus; fromdt- 
aQopsw.) That which, from being taken inter- 
nally, increases the discharge of perspiration by 
the skin. To secure diaphoresis, it is necessary 
that the patient be kept warm in bed, for the 
temperature of the skin must be elevated. This 
class of medicines comprehends five orders: 

1. Pungent diaphoretics, as the volatile sails 
and essential oils. 

2. Calefacient diaphoretics, such as scrpcnla- 
ria, contraycrva, guaiacum, mezcrcon, and va- 
lerian; these are given in cases where the cir- 
culation is low and languid. 

3. Stimulant diaphoretics, as the ethers. 

218 



wines, turpentines, and mercurial preparations, 
which are best fitted for the vigorous. 

4. Antispasmodic diaphoretics, as opium, 
mush, camphor, ipecacuanha, dulcamara, and 
antimonial preparations. 

5. Diluent diaphoretics, as water gruel, whey, 
&c. 

But the vapor bath, frictions, and exercise, 
with warmth, are perhaps among the most 
certain and active diaphoretics. 

Diaphoretic. Sweating, attended with in- 
creased perspiration. 

Diaphoretic antimony. See Antimonium 
diaphorcticum. 

DiAPHOKETiccM .loviAi.K. See Anlihccticum 
poterii. 

Diaphoretic, MINERAt. The diaphoretic an- 
timony. See Antimonium diaphorcticum. 

Diai'horeticum martiale. Sec Antimonium 
diaphorcticum martiale. 

DI'APHRAGM. (Diaphragma, matis, n. ; 
from diaQpaoow, to separate by a partition.) 
The midriff. A muscle that divides the tho- 
rax from the abdomen. It is composed of two 
muscles: the first and superior of these arises 
from the sternum, and the ends of the last 
ribs on each side. Its fibres, from this semi- 
circular origin, tend toward a center, and ter 
minute in a tendon, or aponeurosis, which is 
termed the centrum tendinosum ; and was call- 
ed by the old anatomists, centrum ncrveum. 
The second and inferior muscle comes from the 
vertebra; of the loins by two productions, of 
which that on the right side comes from the 
first, second, and third vertebra; of the loins; 
that on the left side is somewhat shorter; and 
both these portions join, and make the lower 
part of the diaphragm, which joins its tendons 
with the tendon of the other, so that they make 
but one muscular partition. It is pierced in 
the middle for the passage of the vena cava; in 
its lower part for the oesophagus, and the nerves, 
which go to the upper orifice of the stomach, 
and betwixt the productions of the inferior 
muscle, passes the aorta, the thoracic duct, and 
the vena a/.ygos. This muscle is one of the 
chief means of inspiration and expiration; it 
also acts an important part in vomiting, the ex- 
pulsion of ficces, hiccough, &C. 

Diaphragm. Any portion or septum be- 
tween two parts or cavities. 

Diaphragma. A partition. Hence, Dia- 
phragma cerebri, the tentorium. — D. murium, 
the septum narium. 

D I A P II R AG M A' T I C. Diaphragmatic 
cus. Appertaining to the diaphragm. 

Diaphragmatic arteries. Arterial dia- 
phragma.ticte. Arteries phrenica. The dia- 
phragm is supplied by four arteries : two supe- 
rior, rising from the internal mammary artery, 
and distributed on the thoracic surface of the 
diaphragm ; and two inferior, rising from the 
abdominal aorta, or from the cceliac, and dis 
tributed to the abdominal surface of the dia- 
phragm. 

Diaphragmatic gout. Angina pectoris.' 

Diaphragmatic hernia. A rupture, with 
protrusion of part of the abdominal viscera 
through the diaphragm. 

Diaphragmatic nerves. See Phrenic nerves. 



DIA 

Diaphragmatic plexus. There are two: 
one situated on the right, and one on the left 
side of the diaphragm. They are formed by 
branches from the solar plexus, and accompany 
the ramification of the inferior diaphragmatic 
arteries. 

Diaphragmatic ring. The natural aperture 
through which the rcna cava ascaulcns passes 
through the diaphragm. 

Diaphragmatic veins. Four veins corre- 
sponding with the diaphragmatic arteries. They 
pour their blood into the vena cava above and 
below the diaphragm. 

' DIAPHRAGMATI'TIS. Diaphragm- 
lis. (From 8ia<J>pay/ia, the diaphragm.) In- 
flammation of the diaphragm. The diaphragm, 
being lined above by the pleura and below by 
the peritoneum, often becomes affected in le- 
sions of these membranes, increasing the symp- 
toms often to a violent extent, affecting the 
respiration, and superadding oerebral symptoms. 
Hence this form of the disease has been called 
paraphrenias, from resembling inflammation of 
the brain. It may arise in the diaphragm or 
be secondary. 

The treatment is the same; with that of pleu- 
ritis and peritonitis, but calls for the most active 
remedies. Large quantities of blood are to be 
abstracted. After having cleared the bowels 
by a mercurial and saline purgative, full doses 
of antimonials, with calomel, warm bath, and 
blisters, are the best remedies. 

Inflammation in the muscular structure of the 
diaphragm, or the true diaphragmatitis, produ- 
ces the same symptoms, with the exception of 
the nature and seat of the pain. It exists chief- 
ly as a secondary disease, being often produced 
by the retrocession of gout or rheumatism from 
the limbs. It is a most violent and dangerous 
affection, and often kills in a short time. 

DIA'PHTHORA. (From dia<j>deipu, to cor- 
rupt.) 1. Corruption of any part. 2. Abortion. 

Diai'Hyi.a'ctic. Diaphylaclicus. Prophy- 
lactic. 

DIA'PHYSIS. (Aiamvmc; from tiiaQvo, to 
divide.) An interspace. Applied, 1. To the 
crucial ligaments. 2. To the shaft of a long 
bone. 

Dia'plasis. The replacing a luxated or frac- 
tured bone in its proper situation. 

DIAPLA'SMA. (a, atis, n. ; from ihanXaa- 
cw, to anoint.) An unction or fomentation ap- 
plied to the whole body or any part. 

D I A ' P N O E. (From dianveu, to breathe 
through.) A gentle perspiration. 

Diapxoc.e'nous. That which produces per- 
spiration. 

DIA PNOIC. (Diapnoticus, or diapnoicus; 
from (huTrveu, to transpire.) A medicine which 
promotes gentle perspiration. 

Diapore'ma. Anxiety. Jactitation. 

DIAPYE'MA. Diapyesis. (From (ha, and 
•rvov, pus.) Suppuration. 

DIAPYK'TJC. Diapyetiens. (From fiiairv- 
rjpa, a suppuration.) Applied to a medicine 
which promotes suppuration. Hence, Diap- 
yetica. 

DIARH/E'MIA. A morbid thinness 'of the 
blood from deficiency of globules, whereby it 
transudes through the membranes. 



DIA 

Dia'rius. (From dies, a day.) Diary. Of 
one day's length. 

Diaroma'ticum. (From 6ia, and apo/iariKov, 
an aromatic.) A composition of spices. 

DIARRHAGE. Fracture. 

Dia'rrhodon. Several collyra, &c, of which 
roses are an ingredient. 

DIARRHCE'A. (a, ce, f. ; from diappeu, to 
flow through.) A purging. A diarrhoea, purg- 
ing, or looseness consists in the too frequently 
passing the fa)ces, or contents of the great in- 
testines; preceded generally by a munnuring 
noise, and a little pain; that little a griping, and 
without any fever. It is not, liko dysentery^ a 
febrile disease. 

The most common of all the species of diar- 
rhoea is that in which the faeces pass of common 
quality, but immoderately loose and copious. 
Dr. Cullen calls it diarrhoea crapulosa; Dr. 
Good, diarrhoea fusa, and diarrhoea stcrcoraria. 
It usually arises from incautious eating or 
change of weather, and cures itself, or may be 
met by an antacid and rhubarb. 

Almost as frequent as the former species is 
the bilious diarrhoea, in which the fieces aro 
loose, copious, and of a bright yellow color. 
This is attended with increased bilious secre- 
tion; is mostly duo to increased temperature. 
A mild diet usually stops it. 

Another species of diarrhoea consists in the 
dejections containing a quantity of mucus : Ca- 
tarrhus intestinorum, and diarrhoea catarrhalis. 
It has hitherto been described as a species of 
diarrhoea, though it more properly belongs to 
dysentery. Its common cause is cold, particu- 
larly in the feet. Warmth, diaphoretics, with 
gentle astringents and opiates, constitute the 
best treatment. 

A looseness consists sometimes of white, 
milky, or what have been called chylous stools: 
the qffectio or passio caeliaca, diarrhoea cmliaca, 
or diarrhoea chylosa. The nature of the white 
discharge is unknown; but there is irritation 
of the mucous follicles of the intestines. It is 
very uncommon. 

The diarrhoea lientcria, in which the food 
passes almost unchanged by the stomach, is far 
from common, and is mostly an affection symp- 
tomatic of gout, scirrhus, or some organic dis- 
ease. As a genuine diarrhoea, its cure is to be 
attempted by tonics, bitters, and the remediee 
against indigestion. 

In the diarrhoea serosa, or diarrhoea aquosa, 
the dejections are watery, almost entirely liquid, 
and limpid. It occurs mostly in the lcucophleg- . 
matic and weak. Its cure is to be attempted 
by warm cordials, with astringents and tonics, 
as gentian, calumba, simarouba, orange peel, 
with the peppers, and warm tinctures. 

When a loose state of the bowels is caused 
by worms, diarrhoea verminosa, which is some 
times the case from ascarides, their presence 
and irritation in the rectum establish the spe- 
cies ; and the cure is to be effected by vermi- 
fuges. 

From what has been advanced, it is evident, 
that, in conducting the cure of a diarrhoea, tho 
objects are to obviate the several causes, to less- 
en the inordinate peristaltic motion, and to give 
tone to the intestines. To fulfill these, it has 

219 



DI A 

oeen usual to exhibit emetics, purgatives, and 
astringents, according to the circumstances of 
the case. Emetics are very seldom serviceable, 
unless in strong subjects, with a loaded stom- 
ach, in which case an emetic may at first be 
useful in speedily removing its contents: it 
may also assist in emulging the ducts of the 
liver, and determining to the skin ; but its sec- 
ondary operation is that of weakening, and it 
ought, therefore, to be resorted to with great 
caution. Cathartics are serviceable in expell- 
ing worms, indurated or acrimonious faces ; but 
any acrimony in the intestine generally causes 
its own discharge; and where there is much 
irritability, they aggravate the disease : how- 
ever, in protracted cases, the alvine contents 
speedily become vitiated, and renew the irrita- 
tion, which may be best obviated by an occa- 
sional mild aperient, particularly rhubarb. If 
the liver do not perform its office, the intestine 
"will hardly recover its healthy condition; and 
that may most probably be effected by the cau- 
tious use of mercury. Likewise, articles which 
determine the fluids to other outlets,' diuretics, 
and particularly diaphoretics, in many cases 
contribute materially to recovery; the latter, 
perhaps, assisted by bathing, warm clothing, 
gentle exercise, &c. Diluent, demulcent, and 
antacid medicines are employed to correct acri- 
mony, according to its particular nature. In 
children teething, the gums should be lanced ; 
and if the bowels have been attacked on the re- 
pulsion of some other disease, it may often be 
proper to try to restore this. But a matter of 
great importance is the due regulation of the 
diet, carefully avoiding those articles which are 
likely to disagree with or irritate the bowels, and 
preferring such as have a mild astringent effect. 
Food the least acescent, as jellies, arrow-root, 
sago, bread, plain meats, &c, are best; and for 
the drink, pure water, or a little sherry or bran- 
dy, sufficiently diluted, rather than malt liquors. 
Some of the means already noticed will help 
to moderate the excessive peristaltic movement, 
as a wholesome diet, exercise, diaphoretics, 
&c. ; but there are others of more power, which 
must sometimes be resorted to. At the head 
of these is opium, a full dose of which frequent- 
ly at once effects a cure; but where there is 
some more fixed cause, and the complaint is of 
any standing, moderate quantities, repeated at 
proper intervals, will answer better, and other 
subsidiary means ought not to be neglected: 
aromatics may prevent its disordering the stom- 
ach, rhubai'b obviate its causing permanent 
constipation, &c. Tonics are generally proper, 
the discharge itself inducing debility ; and, 
where there is a deficiency of bile particularly, 
the lighter forms of the aromatic bitters will 
materially assist. In protracted cases, mild 
chalybeates are sometimes serviceable; astrin- 
gents come in aid of the general plan, and, 
where opium disagrees, they may be more ne- 
cessary; but the milder ones should be em- 
ployed at first, the more powerful only where 
the patient appears sinking. Chalk and lime- 
water answer best where there is acidity; oth- 
erwise the pomegranate, logwood, catechu, ki- 
no, tormentil, may be given ; where these fail, 
galls, alum, or sulphate of zinc. 
220 



DI A 

Diarrhcea alba. D. piluitosa. D. chymo- 
sa. Diarrhoea with white evacuations. The 
diarrhoea cceliaca. 

Diarrhcea carnosa. A form of dysentery 
in which flesh-like portions are eliminated. 

Diarrhcea cholerica. A bilious diarrhoea. 

Diarrhcea chyloka. The ileac passion has 
been so called. 

Diarrhcea dyspeptica. D. ingcslorum. 
The lientery, or diarrhcea Ucntcria. 

Diarrhcea hepatica. A diarrhcea marked 
by the superabundance of bilious stools. 

Diarrhcea urinosa. See Diabetes. 

Diarthro'dial. Relating to diarthrosis. See 
Diarthrosis. The cartilages covering the artic- 
ular extremities of bones aire called diarthro- 
dial cartilages. 

DIARTHRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from diapBpou, 
to articulate.) A movable connection of bones. 
It is divided into five species, viz., cnarthrosis, 
arthrodia, ginglymus, trochoides, and amphiar- 
throsis, which see. 

Diasapo'nium. An ointment in which soap 
was the principal ingredient. 

Diasci'llium. Oxymel and vinegar of squills. 

DIASCO'RDIUM. Confectio Fracastorii. 
Electuary of scordium. A very complex ancient 
cordial, with tonic and astringent properties. 

Diase'nna. Electuary of senna. 

Diasmy'rnum. Diasmymcs. A collyrium 
containing myrrh. 

Diaso'stica. Diasoslics. Hygiene. 

Diaso'sticus. Hygienic. Prophylactic. 

Diasphy'xis. The pulsation of an artery, 

Diastas je'mia. A morbid state of the blood, 
in which the blood globules become disoi'gan- 
ized. 

DIA'STASE. A modification of gluten, fib- 
rin, or other protein compounds, which has the 
property of causing starch to be converted into 
dextrine and grape sugar. One part of diastase 
is sufficient to change 2000 of starch. It is the 
chief agent of germination, being produced 
whenever seeds sprout ; and from its existence 
in the saliva, it is probably connected with the 
process of the digestion of amylaceous matters. 
It has been detected in the stomach of diabetic 
patients. 

Diastase may be obtained by rubbing up malt 
with a little water, expressing, and adding just 
enough alcohol to separate the albumen and 
allow the liquid to pass the filter. Thafiltrate, 
mixed with more alcohol, deposits the diastase. 
It is soluble in water, but soon becomes aisid, 
and loses its properties. Its peculiar property" 
seems to depend upon the change it is under- 
going, and which is communicated to amyla- 
ceous bodies in the same way as rennet acts 
upon milk. 

DIA'STASIS. Diastema. (Erom duorn/it, 
to separate.) A separation, by disease or vio- 
lence, of bones or cartilages which are natural- 
ly connected; as that which occasionally hap 
pens to the bones of the cranium in some cases 
of hydrocephalus. 

DIA'STOLE. (e, cs, f. ; from SiaoreAha, to 
separate.) The dilatation of the heart and ar- 
teries, whereby they are enabled to contain 
more blood. It is rapidly followed by the con>> 
traction, or systole. 



DIC 

Diastomo'tris. Any dilating instrument, as 
a speculum, ani or vagina. 

Diastke'mma. A distortion of any part, or a 
sprain. 

DiA'sTiiorHK. See Diastrcmma. 

Diasu'lphuris. Any medicine containing 
sulphur. 

DIA'TASIS. (From dtareivu, to distend. ) 
The extension of a fractured limb, in order to 
reduce it. 

Diaterf/ticus . A medicine which preserves 
health and prevents disease. A prophylactic. 

Diate'ssaron. An ancient medicine. 

Diathe'rmal. Diathcrmanous. Permeable 
to the rays of heat; allowing them to pass 
through without becoming much warmed. 

Diatherma'nc y. The property possessed by 
bodies of permitting the passage only of certain 
rays without absorption. 

DIA'THESIS. (is, is, f. ; from diandn/it, to 
dispose.) A natural predisposition to certain 
diseases, which is generally hereditary. The 
most remarkable diatheses are the scrofulous, 
gouty, rheumatic, cancerous, nervous, and calcu- 
lous. 

Diatragaca'nthu.m. The pulvis tragacan- 
thaj compositus. 

Diatrion pipereox. A medicine made of 
peppers. 

Diatrita'rii. The methodic physicians. 

DIA'TRITOS. (From 6ia, and rpug, three.) 
An abstinence during three days was first rec- 
ommended by the methodic physicians. This 
period was called diatrilos. On the third day 
they gave such medicines as they thought of 
importance. Coclius Aurelianus gives this name 
not only to the whole period, but to the third 
day in particular. 

Dia'trium. A medicine composed of three 
ingredients. 

Diavoletti. Diavolini. An Italian name 
for lozenges made of cocoa and the most pun- 
gent aromatics, to excite venery. 

Djaxyla'loes. A medicine containing lig- 
num aloes. 

Diazo'ma. The diaphragm. 

Diazo'ster. The twelfth vertebra of the 
back. 

Dicephalus. Having two heads. 

Dicera dentata. Syn. of Eknocarpus hinau. 
■See Hinau. 

Diceras rude. An intestinal worm. 

Dichaste'res. The incisores. 

Dichophy'ia. That condition of the hairs in 
which they split and grow forked. 

DICHO'TOMOUS. (Dichotomus; from dec , 
twice, and repvu, to cut.) Bifurcate ; forked. 

Dicoc'cus. Dicoccous: having two capsules 
united, each with one cell. 

DICOTYLE'DONES. Having two cotyle- 
dons. The plants forming the third great di- 
vision in Jussieu's Natural Method are so called. 
They closely agree with the exogens. 

Dichroism. Appearing of two colors when 
examined by transmitted or reflected light. 

Dicrjeus. Bifid: cloven. 

DICRO'TIC. (Dicrotus ; from die, and 
xpova, to strike.) Applied to a pulse in which 
the artery rebounds after striking, so as to 
convey the sensation of a double pulsation. It 



DIF 

often presages hemorrhage, especially in ty 
phus. 

DICTA'MNUS. (ns,i,m.) A genus of 
plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Rutaceai. — 
D. fraxinella. D. all/us. White fraxinella, or 
bastard dittany. Fraxinella. The root was 
formerly much used as a tonic, and by Baron 
Stoerck as an antiperiodic, but seems to be of 
little efficacy. Dose, 9j. twice a day. 

Dictamnus creticus. See Origanum die- 
tamnus. 

DIDY'M. Didymum. A new metal, imper- 
fectly examined, and said to exist in cerium 
ores. 

Didymalgia. Fain in the testicles. 

DI'DYMI. (From didvfioi, twins.) The 
testicles ; also, the posterior corpora quadri- 
gemina, which are still called testes. 

Didymitis. Hernia humoralis. 

Di'dymous. Didymus. Applied to anthers, 
&c., when upon one filament there are two an- 
thers united. 

DIDYNA'MIA. Didynamous. (From die, 
two, and dvvafitc, power.) Plants with her- 
maphrodite flowers, having four stamina, two 
of which are long and two short. 

Diecbo'lium. (From 6ia, and EKtaKlu, to 
cast out.) A medicine causing abortion. — Hip- 
pocrates. 

Dieffenba'chia seguixa. The dumbcane of 
the West Indies. An araceous plant, the juice 
of which, in doses of two drachms, has proved 
fatal in two hours. 

Dierenbach. A city of Bavaria, in the neigh- 
borhood of which are sulphureous, chalybeate, 
and saline waters. 

Dies. A day: employed to designate the 
periods of a disease ; as Dies critici, the critical 
days — Dies indicatorii, the indicating days. 

DIET. Diasta. That food is, in general, 
thought the best, and conducive to long life, 
which is most simple, pure, and free from irri- 
tating qualities, and such as approaches nearest 
to the nature of our own bodies in a healthy 
state, or is capable of being easiest converted 
into their substance by digestion, after it has 
been duly prepared by cooking. Diet is of 
the first importance in the treatment of dis- 
ease, especially of the chronic form. The sim- 
plest is unquestionably milk and bread ; but 
the addition of a little cooked meat is always 
desirable in health. About twenty ounces a 
day constitute a medium diet, and thirty-six a 
full diet. 

DIET DRINK. An alterative decoction em- 
ployed daily in considerable quantities, at least 
from a pint to a quart. The compound decoc- 
tion of sarsaparilla and mezereon, the Lisbon 
diet drink, is the most common and most useful. 

DIETE'TIC. (Dieteticus; from diairau, to 
nourish. ) Relating to diet. 

DIETETICS. Dietetica. Dietetice. That 
department of medicine which relates to the 
regulation of diet. 

Dieu le Filt. A spring in France with cha- 
lybeate mineral waters. 

DIFFERENTIAL THERMOMETER. A 
thermometer invented by Leslie, to show the 
difference of the temperature of its two bulbs. 
It consists of a tube twice bent at right angles, 

221 



DIG 

like the letter U, the two ends of which are 
blown into bulbs. This is supported on a 
stand. Colored sulphuric acid occupies the 
tube, and one of the upright sides is graduated. 
Whenever a difference of temperature is man- 
ifest between the bulbs, the intermediate fluid 
is pressed toward the cooler side, and the move- 
ment is measured ou the scale. 

Difficui.tas intestinorum. Dysentery. 

Diffla'tio. Transpiration. 

Diffo'rmis. Irregular in shape. 

DIFFRA'OTION. The apparent bending or 
inflection of a ray of light by the sharp edge of 
any opaque substance placed in its course. 

DIFFUSE. Diffnsus. Spreading. In Pa- 
thology, diseases which Spread widely, as op- 
posed to those which are circumscribed. 

DlFFUSK INFLAMMATION OF THE CELLULAR | 

membrane. This name wits given by the late 
Dr. Andrew Duncan, junior, to the affection be- 
fore known under the appellation of phlegmo- 
■jioid erysipelas. Diffuse inflammation may oc- 
cur in the cellular membrane of any part of the 
body, and may affect either the subcutaneous, 
or the intermuscular and deep-seated layers. 

Diffused false ANEURISM. See Aneurism. 

DIFFUSIBLE. A term applied to that which 
is easily dissipated ; thus the stimulus of ether 
and alcohol is said to be a diffusible stimulus, 
because it very soon passes off. They augment 
the heart's action, but are transitory. 

DIFFUSION OF GASES. The property 
gases and vapors possess of penetrating into 
one another, as into empty spaces or vacua. 
This diffusion takes place only so long as one is 
in excess, and terminates when the mixture is 
equal throughout; no more vapor rising in a 
saturated atmosphere. But the impediment 
offered thus to the ascent of a particular elastic 
body does not deter other vapors or gases from 
rising. The movement is independent of grav- 
ity, and the rapidity is inversely as the square 
root of the density of the gases. The recipient 
vapor or gas is not compressed by this opera- 
tion, but dilates with the increment, the mix- 
ture occupying the same space as the ingredi- 
ents separately. The atmosphere is a splendid 
example of the operation of diffusion, its com- 
ponents, although of different density, being 
mixed in undeviating proportions. 

Diga'stiuc guoovk. A longitudinal depres- 
sion of the mastoid process of the temporal 
bone, from which the diitastricus muscle arises. 

DIGA'STRICUS. (From <5<f, twice, and 
yaarr/p, a belly.) A muscle situated externally 
between the lower jaw and os hyoides. It ari- 
ses, by a fleshy belly, from the upper part of 
the processus mastOldeus ; and, descending, it 
contracts into a round tendon, which passes 
through the stylo-hyoidcus, and an annular lig- 
ament, which is fastened to the os hyoides ; then 
it ascends toward the middle of the edge of 
the lower jaw, where it is inserted. Its use is 
to open the mouth by pulling the lower jaw 
downward and backward ; and when the jaws 
are shut, to raise the larynx, and consequently 
the pharynx, upward, as in deglutition. 

DI'GERENTS. (From digero, to digest.) 
Digestives. Applied to medicines which pro- 
mote the secretion of proper pus in wounds and 
222 



DIG 

ulcers ; thus we speak of a digestive oint- 
ment. 

DIGESTER. A strong and tight iron ves- 
sel or kettle, furnished with a safety valve, in 
which bodies may be subjected to the vapor of 
water, alcohol, or ether, at a pressure above 
that of the atmosphere. 

D i g e ' s x i b l e. Capable of being digested. 
Substances differ in this respect very remarka- 
bly ; but, except in a general way, it is impos- 
sible to construct tables of the digestibility of 
viands, the character of most differing with in- 
dividuals. It may be remarked, however, that 
roast meats, well cooked, and not too greasy, 
are most digestible, and that oily bodies and 
flatulent vegetables are least so. Salted meats 
are often extremely indigestible, especially 
where the powers of the stomach are impaired. 

DIGE'STION. (Digcstio, onis, f . ; from di- 
gero, to dissolve.) I. An operation in Chemis- 
try and Pharmacy, in which such matters as 
are intended to act slowly on each other are 
exposed to a heat, continued for sonic time. 

II. In Physiology, the change impressed upon 
food to render it capable of sustaining the body. 
Food taken into the mouth is comminuted by 
the teeth, and impregnated with saliva, the ac- 
tion of which is not certainly known ; it, how- 
ever, contains a ferment (ptyalinc) capable of 
changing starch and sugar, and rendering the 
solid proteiu substance soluble. In the stom- 
ach, food encounters the gastric juice, and is 
rendered thereby soluble, being converted into 
a pultaceous mass called chyme. The gastric 
juice is secreted by follicles of the mucous 
meinbrain; upon the excitation of food or other 
stimulus: it is limpid, colorless, somewhat vis- 
cid, and usually acid. The gastric juice resem- 
bles, in a high degree, saliva, but its composition 
is not accurately determined ; indeed, it seems 
to vary with the animal. According to the best 
authorities, it contains hydrochloric and acetic, 
or lactic acids, mucus, pepsine, with Jfelts of chlo- 
rine and phosphoric acid. A very dilute solu- 
tion in water is capable of rendering the solid 
protein compounds soluble, when the digestion 
is carried on at 100° F. with agitation. In this 
change, the peps inc., which is itself but modified 
albumen, seems to act as a ferment, and the 
hydrochloric acid as a solvent. The time con- 
sumed in digestion, under favorable circumstan- 
ces, varies between two and four hours)\accord- 
ing to the solidity of the viands; dried, and 
salted meats requiring most time. In this 
cess, protein compounds are resolved into solvit 
ble albumen and fibrin, or they are suspended. 
Gelatine is dissolved or otherwise, according to 
the form it has when eaten. Oily matters are 
suspended in an emulsion. Starch is converted,, 
primarily, into dextrine, but it is not accurately 
known what is the secondary change impressed 
upon it, or on gum, pectine, and sugar, although 
it is thought that these reach the system in, 
compounds of lactic acid. The chyme, quitting 
the stomach, is received into the duodenum,, 
and there impregnated with bile and the pan- 
creatic juice. The object of its mixture with 
bile is not certainly known; it is, however, 
thought that three effects arc produced: 1st. 
The chyme fe separated into a denser part. 



DIG 

more or less excrementitious, and a fluid chyle, 
destined to be absorbed by the capillaries of 
the small intestines. 2d. It serves to suspend, 
and introduce into the system, a larger amount 
of fatty matters ; and, 3d. A portion of the bile 
itself is absorbed, and by supplying carbon, 
adds to the function of respiration. Of the of- 
fice of the pancreatic juice nothing is known. 
The products of digestion remain little changed, 
except from the addition of mucus, until they 
reach the caecum, where the refuse acquires its 
fetor. 

Drinks introduced into the stomach are ab- 
sorbed, for the most part, by imbibition ; but if 
they suspend nutritious matters, the latter are 
left behind, and subjected to the process of di- 
gestion. 

The process of digestion is subject to numer- 
ous lesions, arising from want of tone in the 
mucous or muscular tissues of the stomach, im- 
perfect secretion of gastric juice, the production 
of abnormal bodies, as diastase (Bourchardat), 
and loss of nervous power. Indeed, digestion 
is peculiarly under the influence of the nervous 
system, for those who are engaged in pursuits 
requiring great mental concentration, and resort 
to their labors too soon after meals, are very 
liable to indigestion. Some two hours of men- 
tal rest seem to be demanded after a full meal. 
The stomach is supplied by the pneumogastrio 
and great sympathetic nerves chiefly, of which 
the latter seems to be the most influential in 
the process of chylifaction. 

It has been very recently shown that the 
gastric juice, while it contains free acid, has the 
property of dissolving protein aliments, but that 
when alkaline, it acts upon amylaceous bodies, 
converting them into dextrine and sugar. M. 
Bourchardat has also discovered diastase in the 
saliva, which has properties analogous with 
those of the gastric juice. 

Digestion, impaired. D. difficult. D. de- 
praved. Dyspepsia. 

DIGE'STIVE. ( Digcstivus ; from digero, to 
digest.) A term applied by surgeons to those 
substances which, when applied to an ulcer or 
wound, promote suppuration: such are the cc- 
ratum resintc, warm poultices, fomentations, &c. 

Digestive canal. ' D. tube. The stomach 
and small intestines chiefly, but sometimes used 
for the whole canal, from the mouth to the 
anus. 

Digestive salt of Sylvius. Digesti'vum 
sal. Muriate of potash. Chloride of potas- 
sium. 

Digital. Pertaining to, or resembling a 
finger. 

DIGITA'LINE. Digilalina. Digitalia. 
The supposed active principle of digitalis. The 
digitaline of Royer appears to be only coloring 
matter, with fat and salts. Lancelot and Radig 
have, however, obtained a colorless, crystal- 
line, acrid body, with some alkaline properties, 
about one grain of which produced death in an 
animal by arresting the heart's action. 

DIGIT A'LIS. {is, is, f.) 1. The foxglove. 
2. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiosper- 
mia. Scrqfulariacea. — D. purpurea. The fox- 
glove. The leaves have a bitter, nauseous taste, 
and have been long used externally to ulcers 



DIL 

and scrofulous tumors. When properly dried, 
their color is a lively green. They yield their 
virtues to alcohol or water. Digitalis is a pow- 
erful arterial sedative, reducing the pulse to 35 
or 40 beats per minute; producing nausea, vom- 
iting, purging, and vertigo; and in over-doses, 
insensibility, convulsions, and deathy coldness. 
It is usually administered in tincture, beginning 
with ten drops night and morning, and increas- 
ing the dose until slight nausea is produced. 
It is, however, to be used with great caution 
as its effects often become suddenly dangerous. 
Its great use is to quiet undue excitement of 
the heart and arteries, and the diseases which 
originate in them. As a diuretic, digitalis is of 
most service in those forms of dropsy which 
arise from cardiac affections. The dose of the 
powder is gr. j. to gr. iij. An over-dose is to 
be met by diffusible stimulants, blisters to the 
epigastrium, and hot applications to the skin. 
The drawback to the more extended use of this 
medicine is the uncertainty of its effects. 

Digita'tion. Applied to parts which are 
more or less finger-shaped; thus the serratvs 
magnus muscle is said to arise by a number of 
fleshy digitations. 

Digita'to-finna'tus. Applied to a digitate 
leaf, the leaflets of which are pinnated. 

Digita'tus. Digitate: fingered. 

Digitifo'rmis. Finger-like. 

Digi'tium. A whitlow. — Linnteus. 

DI'GITUS. (us, i, m.) A finger. 

Digitus annularis. The ring finger; that 
next the little finger. 

Digitus auricularis. The little finger. 

Digitus indicatorius. The index finger, 
that next the thumb. 

Digitus manus. A finger. The fingers and 
thumb in each hand consist of fourteen bones, 
there being threo to c^ch finger and two to the 
thumb. These bones are called respectively 
the first, second, and third phalanx. 

Digitus pedis. A toe. The toes are form- 
ed of the same number of bones as the fingers. 

Diglo'ssum. The laurus alexandrina. See 
Ruscus hypoglossum. 

Digno'tio. Synonymous with diagnosis. 

DIGY'NIA. Digynous. (From die, twice, 
and yvvt}, a woman.) Those hermaphrodite 
plants with two styles. 

Diha'lon. A plaster prepared with salt and 
nitre. 

DILATA'TION. (Dilatatio, onis, f. ; from 
dilato, to widen.) The widening of any part, 
whether by a natural or diseased action. 

Dilatation ok the heart. See Heart, dis~ 
eases of. 

D I L A ' T O R. (or, oris, in. ; from dilato.) 
The name of some muscles, the office of which 
is to dilate the parts on which they act. 

Dilator alje nasi. See Levator labii supe- 
rioris. 

Dila'tor, Arnott's. A catheter made of 
oiled silk and membrane, water-tight, and hol- 
low, attached to a silver top. This, being in- 
troduced into the urethra, can be filled with 
air by blowing, or with water, and thus serves 
to dilate the passage, and remove any stricture 
that may exist therein. 

DILA'TOR or DILATO'RIUM. (urn, i, n.-» 
223 



DIO 



DIP 



from dilalo.) A speculum. Also, any mechan- 
ical contrivance, as a piece of sponge, calculated 
to keep a wound, &c., open or dilated. 

Dili.. See Anethum graveolens. 

Dills. See Fucus palmatus. 

DILUENTS. Diluentia. (Dilucns; from 
diluo, to wash away.) Those substances which 
increase the proportion of fluid in the body, as 
water and aqueous drinks. Diluents are mere- 
ly secondary remedies. They are given in acute 
inflammatory diseases, to lessen the stimulant 
quality of the blood and allay thirst, and are also 
used to promote the action of diuretics in "drop- 
sy, and to fevor the operation of sudorifics. 

Dilu'tus. Dilute or diluted. 

Dimidia'tus. Extending half way round; 
half fonned. 

Dimness of sight. See Caligo. 

DIMO'RPHISM. Dimorphous. The proper- 
ty many chemical bodies possess of crystallizing 
in two forms ; belonging to different orders of 
crystallization. 

Dinant. A town near St. Malo, in France, 
with chalybeate and saline springs. 

Di'nicus. Applied to a medicine which re- 
lieves giddiness. 

DI'NUS. Dittos. (From diveu, to turn 
round.) Dizziness; giddiness. 

Diodonce'phalus. A monstrosity in which 
there are double rows of teeth. 

DICE'CIA. (a, «?, f. ; from die, and oikoc, a 
house.) A class of plants having male flowers 
■on one individual, and female on another. 

Diffi'cious. Having the structure of dieecia. 

Dioi'cus. Dioecious. 

Dioncosis. A plethora. 

Dionysi'scus. Bony excrescences near the 
temples. — Vogel. 

DIO'PTRA. (From dioTrrofiai, to see 
through.) Dioptron. An instrument for dila- 
ting any natural cavity, the better to see its 
condition. A speculum. 

Dioptrics. That part of optics which treats 
of refraction. 

Dioptri'smus. The operation of dilating a 
part with the speculum. 

Dioptrumi AiOTTTpov. The lapis specularis. 

DIORRHO'SIS. Diorrhe'sis. (Aioppuoir, 
iiopuaic ; from dca, and oppoc, the serum.) The 
conversion of any part into serum. 

DIORTHO'S'IS. (From diopdou, to cor- 
rect.) The reduction of a fracture or disloca- 
tion. 

DIOSCO'REA. («, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diacia. Hexandria. — D. alata. The yam; 
also obtained from D. bulbifcra and D. sativa. 

DIO'SMA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Rutaccm. — D. ere- 
nata. Barosma crenata; also, D. odorata, D. 
scrratifolia, and B. serratifolia. Buchu. The 
leaves are diuretic and stimulant, and have 
been found useful in cases of chronic inflamma- 
tion of the kidney and urinary bladder, and in 
irritable and spasmodic states of the latter or- 
gan. An infusion of one ounce of the leaves to 
a pint of water is taken in divided doses in the 
twenty-four hours. The active principle is a 
volatile oil. 

Dio'smejE. A division of the family Ruta- 
ce<e, of which the genus Diosma is the type. 
224 



Dio'smin. A bitter extractive of the leaves 
of the diosma. 

DIO'SPYROS. (os, i, f.) 1. The persim- 
mon. (U.S.) 2. A genus of plants. Polyga- 
mia. Dieecia. Ebenacece. — D. cbe'num. Ebo- 
ny. — D. lotus. The Indian date-plum. The 
fruit, when ripe, is agreeable; when unripe, 
very astringent. — D. virginiana. The persim- 
mon. The unripe fruit, which is very astrin 
gent, has been used in simple diarrhoea, in in- 
fusion. The bark is astringent and bitter. 

DIO'XIDE. A compound of oxygen with a 
base, in whicli there is one equivalent of the 
former to two of the latter. 

Dio'xus. A collyrium of vinegar. 

Dipe'talous. Two-petaled. 

Di'phryges. Aitypvyic. Oxide of copper. 

DIPHTHERI'TIS. Diphtheria. (From 
Si<j>6epa, a skin or membrane. ) Angina pellicu- 
laris. The name given by M. Bretonneau to a 
peculiar variety of pharyngitis, accompanied 
by the formation of a false membrane, which 
was epidemic at Tours in 1818 and the three 
succeeding years. 

DlPHTHERITIS TRACHKALIS. ClOUp. 

Diphy'llous. Diphyllus. Two-leaved. 
'Diplasia'smus. The re-exacerbation of a 
disease. 

DI'PLOE. (e, es, f. ; from dinlou, to double.) 
The cancellated substance between the two 
tables of the skull. 

DIPLOGA'NGLIATA. A name given by 
Dr. Grant to the articulated animals, because 
the ganglionic knots are somewhat increased in 
size. 

Diploge'nesis. An organic defect arising 
from the union of two parts. . 

DIPLO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; dinluua ; from 6i- 
nXou, to double.) 1. A writing which confers 
some privilege, and especially as relates to 
medical att'airs, a license to practice physic or 
surgery. 2. A double vessel : to boil in diplo- 
mate, is to boil in what is called a water-bath. 

DIPLONE'URANS. Vertebrate animals, be- 
cause they have two nervous systems, the spinal 
and sympathetic. Dr. Grant has subsequently 
applied this term to an order of worms. 

DIPLO'PI A. (a, a, f. ; from Sin'kooe, double, 
and pnrofiat, to see.) A disease in which the 
person sees an object double. It is mostly 
symptomatic of indigestion, intoxication, worms, 
hysteria, &c. \ 

Diplo'sis. The diploe. \. 

Diploso'ma crenata.# An entozoon having 
the appearance of two worms attached togetn^ 
er. It has been passed from the bladder, and 
may be four or more inches in length. 

Dippel's animal oil. Oleum animale Dip- 
pelii. 

Djpsacon. Dipsacum. See Dipsacus. 

DI'PSACUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia. The teasel. 
The D. fullonum, or fuller's teasel, is considered 
diuretic in France. The D. sylvestris also 
yields an antiscorbutic root. 2. A diabetes. 

Dipse'ticus. Productive of thirst. 

DIPSOMA'NIA. (From dtfa, and fiavia, 
madness.) The thirst of drunkards. 

DIPSO'SIS. (From dtfa, thirst.) Morbid 
thirst. See Polydipsia. 



DIS 

DITTERA. (From die, twice, and irrepov, 
a wing.) Insects having two wings. 

DIPTERA'CE-ffi. Diptcroca'rpea. A fam- 
ily of dicotyledonous trees peculiar to the In- 
dian Archipelago. They are polypetalous, with 
hypogynous, indefinite stamens, subulate an- 
thers, concrete carpella, an ovarium of several 
cells, a tubular calyx with imbricate estiva- 
tion, fruit surrounded by a foliflpeous calyx. 
They abound in a resinous or camphoraceous 
sap. 

DITTERIX. A genus of trees. Diadclphia. 
Octandria. The D. odorata of Guiana yields a 
wood having the properties of guaiac, and an 
odoriferous bean called the Tonquin bean. 

Di'pterous. Having two wing-like append- 
ages, as in the case of some seeds. 

Dipyiu'tes. Dipyros. Bread twice baked. 

DIRCA PALUSTRIS. The leather wood. 
A small indigenous shrub found in boggy pla- 
ces. Octandria. Monogynia. Natural family, 
Thymelaw. The berries, which are small and 
of a yellow color, are said to be narcotic and 
poisonous. The bark is acrid, and produces 
vomiting and purging in doses of ten grains. It 
seems to be very analogous to the mezereon 
bark in properties. 

DIRE'CTOR. (or, oris, m. ; from dirigo, to 
direct.) 1. A grooved instrument for guiding 
the knife in some surgical operations. 2. The 
name of a muscle. 

Director penis. Erector penis. 

DIRI'GENT. Diri'gcns. Directing: that 
constituent of a compound medicine which de- 
termines its action. Thus guaiac is said to di- 
rect the action of nitre to the skin, while squill 
determines it to the kidneys. 

Diringa. See Acorus calamus. 

Dirt-eating. A morbid appetite common 
among negroes, and producing the cachexia 
Africana. 

Disce'ptum. The diaphragm. 

DISCHA'RGE. In Pathology, a morbid in- 
crease in the secretion of any organ. 

Disciform. Disciformis. Resembling a 
disk or quoit. 

Di'scoid. .Discoides. Disciform. 

DISCRE'ET. Discre'tus. Distinct or sep- 
arate. Applied to eruptions which are not con- 
fluent, but in which the pustules, &c, are sep- 
arated from each other. 

DiscnETo'muM. The diaphragm. 

Discri'men. 1. An old bandage used in 
bleeding from the frontal vein. 2. The dia- 
phragm. 

DI'SCUS. (us, i, in. ; from dionog, a quoit 
or disk.) The disk, or central part of a leaf or 
compound flower. 

DISCU'SSION. Resolution. The overcom- 
ing the inflammatory action of a tumor, so as to 
re-establish a healthy function in the part.' This 
is effected by stimulants, astringents, leeches, 
&c., according to circumstances. 

Discu'ssives. Discussiva. Discutients. 

DISCU'TIENT. (Discutiens; from discutio, 
to shake to pieces.) Discusorius. Diachyti- 
cus. Applied to those substances which pos- 
soss a power of discussing or resolving tu- 
mors. 

DISEASE. Morbus. Any deviation from 
P 



DIS 

the natural and healthy actions of the whole 
system, or any particular organ. Diseases are, 

Local. Affecting some particular part. 

Constitutional. Affecting the whole system. 

Specific. Marked by some disordered vital 
action, not common to diseases in general. 

Idiopathic. Primary, and not dependent on 
any other disease. 

Symptomatic, or Sympathetic. Dependent 
on some other disease. 

Periodical. Recurring at fixed periods. 

Acute. Severe, and of short continuance. 

Chronic. Of long continuance. 

Sporadic. Arising from adventitious causes 
affecting the individual. 

Epidemic. Generally diffused among a pop- 
ulation. 

Endemic. Peculiar to, or especially preva- 
lent in, a certain region. 

Intercurrent. Sporadic, but occurring during 
the prevalence of epidemic or endemic diseases. 

Contagious, or Infectious. Communicable 
from one individual to another by personal con 
tact, or by effluvia diffused through the air 

Congenital. Bom with the individual. 

Hereditary. Descending from parents to their 
offspring. 

Acquired. Neither hereditary nor congeni- 
tal, but dependent on some cause operating af- 
ter birth. 

Sthenic. Attended with strong activity of 
the vital powers. 

Asthenic. Attended with sinking of the vital 
powers. 

Diseases of artisans. Besides the common 
causes of disease to which all mankind are more 
or less subject, there are some connected with 
particular occupations and modes of life, the in- 
vestigation of which is alike important in a 
practical and philosophical point of view. These 
causes of disease may, in a general way, be re- 
ferred, 1. To confinement and bad ventilation. 

2. To the effects of temperature and moisture. 

3. To sedentary habits. 4. To over-fatigue. 5. 
To excessive exertion of some parts of the body, 
and inactivity of others. 6. To constrained and 
unnatural postures. 7. To the noxious influ- 
ence of animal, vegetable, or mineral particles 
inhaled with the air, or otherwise applied to the 
body. 

1. Confinement and bad ventilation produce 
scrofula, consumption, and deformities. 

2. Temperature and moisture produce rheu- 
matism, asthma, catarrhs, and visceral affections. 

3. Sedentary habits, languor, nervousness, 
dyspepsia, constipation, haemorrhoids, leucor 
rhcea, obesity. 

4. Over-fatigue, loss of vital powers, hernias, 
affections of the spine and kidneys. 

5. Excessive exertion of some parts of the 
body, and inactivity of others. — Those who use 
the eye are subject to amaurosis and cataract; 
those who use the lungs, to asthma and pulmo- 
nic diseases. 

6. Constrained and unnatural postures. — The 
evils arising from this cause are curvature of the 
spine, dyspepsia, gastrodynia, constipation, 
haemorrhoids, asthma, and pulmonary diseases. 

7. The action of animal, vegetable, or mineral 
particles, inhaled with the air, or otherwise ap- 

225 



DIS 



DIS 



plied to the body. — The principal morbific 
agents of this kind are mercury, lead, copper, 
arsenic, antimony, zinc, tin, the mineral acids, 
animal putrefaction, vegetable putrefaction, soot, 
and fine powders of various kinds, which pro- 
duce mechanical irritation. 

Disecoi'a. Deafness. 

DISGORGEMENT. The process of empty- 
ing or relieving of an excess of blood, secretion, 
&c., any viscus; as the disgorgement of the 
liver or bile. The reverse of engorgement. 

DISGUST. A loathing, or mental repugnance 
to any thing or action. It is a symptom con- 
nected with affections of the brain or nervous 
system. 

DISINFECTANTS. Agents which destroy 
disagreeable effluvia or miasma. Chlorine gas, 
either derived from muriatic acid, or as thrown 
off from chloride of lime or soda, or the chlorine 
water, is the chief disinfectant. The vapor of 
heated vinegar, nitrous acid, and lime, are also 
recommended by some. Where the foul odor 
arises from decaying vegetable matters or priv- 
ies, a strong solution of sulphate of iron, or 
an abundance of charcoal, are good remedies. 
With respect to miasms, the action of fire, grow- 
ing trees, and chlorine vapors form the best 
disinfectants. 

Disinfecting liquid, Lauakuaque's. A so- 
lution of chloride of soda. 

DISINFECTION. The process of dispelling 
and neutralizing contagious miasmjpta. This is 
done by the copious admission of fresh air, and 
the use of certain chemical substances, as chlo- 
rine, and the vapors of vinegar. The action of 
heat and the purifying effects of growing trees 
are also important. 

Disk. See Discus. 

DISLOCA'TTON. (Disloca/io, onis, f. ) 
Luxation. The displacement of the articular 
extremity of a bone. When dislocation takes 
place as the result of violence, it is Called prim- 
itive, or accidental ; when it happens as a con- 
sequence of disease which has destroyed the 
textures forming the joint, it is called consecu- 
tive, or spontaneous. 

1. Dislocations are distinguished, with re- 
spect to their extent, into the complete or in- 
complete ; the latter term is applied when the 
articular surfaces still remain partially in con- 
tact; tins only occurs in ginglymoid articula- 
tions, as those of the foot, knee, and elbow. 
The complete luxation almost always occurs in 
the orbicular articulations. 

2. The direction of a dislocation is named up- 
ward, downward, forward, and backward, in the 
orbicular articulations; and lateral, forward, 
and backward, in the ginglymoid. 

3. Dislocations are further distinguished, ac- 
cording to the accompanying circumstances, 
into the simple, when unattended by a wound, 
communicating internally with the joint and 
externally with the air; and the compound 
■when attended by such a wound. 

The indications of treatment are, 1st. To re- 
duce the bone to its proper place, which is to 
be done by counter-extension. 2d. To retain 
it in the natural situation, which is effected by 
bandages, or, if necessary, by splints. 3d. To 
attend to any distressing symptoms which may 
226 



arise in consequence of the injury; these aitr 
chiefly nervous. 

DISORGANIZATION. A change in the 
structure of a part. It may be partial, as in 
the change from a fibrous to a granular texture; 
or complete, as in gangrene and sphacelus. 

DISPE'NSARY. {Dispensarium, ii, n. , 
from dispendo, to distribute.) The place in 
which medicines are prepared or advice given. 

DISFE'NSATORY. ( Dispensatorium, ii, n. ) 
A book treating of medicines. 

Dispe'rmus. Dispermous, or two-seeded 

Dis pe'rsion. In Optics, the separation which 
the different colored rays of light undergo iu 
passing through a refracting prism, whereby 
the spectrum is formed. 

DISPLACEMENT. In Pharmacy, a pro- 
cess by which the active principles of various 
drugs are procured in making tinctures, infu- 
sions, &c. The medicine, in a moist state, is 
placed in the displacement apparatus, or perco- 
lator, which is a sort of funnel, having a fine 
sieve, and sometimes a stopcock, in its lower 
part, and furnished with a cap or stopper above. 
A coarse powder of the drug is first mixed with 
sufficient water, alcohol, or ether to saturate it 
thoroughly. This may be done in a mortar, or 
in the tight percolator, the stopcock being 
closed. The powder or mixture is packed in 
the percolator so as to be somewhat pressed, 
the degree depending upon the substance and 
menstruum; for when water is used, the mate- 
rial must be looser than when alcohol or ether 
is employed. The mixed mass is allowed to 
remain in the closed vessel from a few minutes 
to twelve hours. When it is to be drawn off, 
a further addition of the fluid is made, so that 
the prescribed quantity be employed, the addi 
tion being made slowly. The stopcock is now 
opened, and the filtered fluid received in a 
proper vessel. Further additions of the men- 
struum are to be made until the prescribed 
quantity of tincture or infusion is obtained. 
The fluid employed must be the same through- 
out; but, that none may be wasted, the quan- 
tity remaining in the powder after the process 
is completed may be obtained by pouring wa- 
ter upon it to the same amount as the spirit, 
&c, present. 

Disposition. See Diathesis. 

Dissecting abscess. An abscess which in- 
trudes between the muscles, separating or dis- 
secting them from one another. 

DISSECTION. (Disscctio, onis, f. ; Trom 
disseco, to cut asunder.) The cutting to piec 
of any part of an animal or vegetable for the" 
purpose of examining its structure. See Anat- 
omy. 

Dissection wound. The wound, however 
slight, received during dissections, is often ex- 
tremely dangerous, and especially if the subject 
be fresh, and death has occurred through puer- 
peral fever, diffuse cellular inflammation, or in- 
flammation of any serous tissue. The conse- 
quences of the wound are either inflammation 
of the lymphatics of the arm, or a typhoid fever 
with diffuse inflammation of the cellular tissue. 
The symptoms are, depression, nausea, rigors, 
severe headache, and vomiting. These occur 
within eighteen hours of the injury. There is, 



D 1 S 

next, extremely severe pain in the shoulder of 
the affected arm ; a pustule usually appears soon 
after on or near the wound. There is a swell- 
ing of the axilla, neck, and side, which becomes 
of a pink color. The fever at this time is a 
most dangerous typhoid, cutting off the patient 
before other local symptoms are developed. 
But, instead of following this course, the first 
symptoms may be nervous, so aggravated as to 
resemble hydrophobia, and producing a fatal 
result in forty hours; or the diffuse inflamma- 
tion may begin at the wrist; or, thirdly, the 
principal local symptom may bo inflammation 
of the absorbents of the arm, beginning at the 
hand, and traceable in red lines. Should the 
disease continue, the cellular inflammation ends 
in suppurations and gangrene, which exhaust 
the patient, or undermine his constitution. 

The prognosis is unfavorable, more than two 
thirds of these cases resulting fatally. The 
worst symptoms are severe constitutional and 
nervous distress: the cases where the inflam- 
mation begins in the hand are least dangerous. 
If the patient be of a bad constitution or in fee- 
ble health, the risk is greater. 

The indications of treatment are, 1st. To 
support the nervous system. 2d. To eliminate 
the poison. 3d. To relieve pain, and promote 
the discharge of pus and sloughs. 

The sesquicarbonate of ammonia, wine, and 
diffusible stimulants, with attention to the bow- 
els; calomel, hi doses of gr. v., given every 
three hours, to produce salivation ; and cam- 
phor or morphia, to relieve pain, are necessary 
at first. As soon as any pain is perceived in 
the axilla, numerous leeches should be applied, 
and the bleeding encouraged by fomentations. 
If swelling takes place, incisions must be made 
into it to allow the escape of serum or pus. 
The after-treatment consists in the use of tonics, 
country air, and a light, nutritious diet. 

It is to be remarked that severe typhoid fe- 
vers are sometimes produced from a miasm 
surrounding the dead body, and where no 
puncture has occurred. If any wound be per- 
ceived in dissection, the proper means are to 
wash the hands and suck the part vigorously, 
applying, as soon as possible, tlnr nitrate of sil- 
ver to the wound. 

Disse'ctus. Dissected; incised. 
DISSEPIME'NT. A partition. The parti- 
tions which separate the cells of a capsule. 
Disse'ptum. The diaphragm. 
Disside'ntia. The same as diastasis. 
Dissi'lient. Bursting suddenly asunder. 
Dissolution. 1. Death. 2. In humoral 
pathology, a diminution of consistence in the 

Dissoi.u'tus. Loose.— D. morbus. Dysen- 
tery. 

DISSO'LVENT. (Dissolve/is; from dissolvo, 
to loosen.) 1. Applied to a medicine which 
dissolves morbid concretions. 2. A menstruum. 

Di'stans. Distant: applied to parts direct- 
ed away from each other. 

DISTE'MPER. A disease of dogs, attended 
by a catarrh, but consisting essentially in irri- 
tation of the brain and spinal marrow, and char- 
acterized by frequent fits. It is often fatal from 
the supervention of inflammation of the lungs. 



DID 

DISTE'NTION. Distentio. (From distendo, 
to stretch out.) Dilatation. 

Distentio nervorum. A spasm or convul- 
sion. — C chits. 

DISTICH I 'A SIS. (is, is, f. ; from 6ic , 
double, and gtixoc, a row.) Distichiasis. Dis- 
tichia. A disease of the eyelid, in which there 
is a double row of eyelashes, one growing in the 
natural direction, and the other turned inward, 
and irritating the globe of the eye. 

Di'stichous. Distichus. Two-ranked. 

Distilla'te. The product of distillation. 

Distilla'tio. Distillation. — D. per ascen- 
sion. When the vapor rises upward into the 
cap of the still. — D. per descensum. When the 
vapor is forced to descend along a tube passing 
downward from the interior of the still. — J). 
per lat.ua. Where the vapor passes laterally 
from the still. 

DISTILLATION. (Distillatio, onis, U from 
distillo, to drop little by little.) 1. The separ- 
ation by heat of the volatile parts of fluids. 
The process is conducted in a still or retort, and 
the product cooled by running it in a long tube 
cooled by water. 2. A catarrh. 

Distillation, instructive. The decompo- 
sition of bodies by a strong heat in one vessel, 
and the collection of the products in another. 

Distillation, dry. When there is no fluid 
mixed with the substance undergoing distilla- 
tion. Sublimation. • 

Distillation in vacuo. When the process 
is earned on in an exhausted vessel, so that lit- 
tle or no air is present. By this means less 
heat becomes necessary. Hence, if the prod- 
uct be injured by heat or the presence of air, 
this plan is employed, otherwise there is no 
economy of fuel, as was formerly supposed. 

Distill atorius . Appertaining to distillation. 

Distilled vinegar. See Acctum. 

Distinct. Distinctus. Free. 

DI'STOMA. ' (a, atis, n. ; from 6ic, and tjro- 
ua, a mouth.) Two-mouthed. A genus of 
worms. — D. hepaticum. Fasciola humana. 
The liver fluke. A small, flat worm, of the 
size of a nail, frequent in the bile ducts of sheep 
and oxen. They have been found. by Pallas, 
Chabert, and Bucholz in the human subject. 

DISTO'RTION. (Distortio; from distor- 
quco, to wrest aside.) An unnatural direction 
of parts, from whatever cause, as a» curved 
spine, a wry mouth, squinting, &c. 

Distortor oris. See Zygomaticus minor 

DI'STRIX. (ix, ids, f.; from <5tc, double, 
and #ptf, the hair.) A disease of the hair, in 
which it splits and divides at the end. 

Distylus. Distyle. Having two styles. 

DITRACHYCE'RAS. A genus of intestinal 
worms ; the same as Diceras. 

Dittander. Lepidum sativum. 

Dittany. D., bastard. See Dictamnus di- 
bits. 

Dittany, American. Cunila mariana. 

Dittany of Ckete. Origanum dictamnus.. 

Dittany, white. See Dictamnus albus. 

DIURE'SIS. (is, is, f. Aiovprjaic; from Si- 
ovpew, to void the urine.) The excretion of 
urine. It is frequently applied to a more than 
usually abundant excretion of urine, whether 
from disease or the operation of medicine. 

227 



DOC 



DOM 



DIURETIC (AiovpvnKoc. Diureticus ; 
from diovptjoic, a discharge of urine.) A medi- 
cine which increases the flow of urine. Diu- 
retics act chiefly by stimulating the kidneys, 
by promoting absorption, or as diluents. They 
require a cool skin for their operation, and are 
hindered in their action by diaphoresis. The 

Srincipal articles are dulcamara, digitalis, scilla, 
iosma, chimaphila, colchicum, juniper, spirit of 
nitric ether, the acetates and nitrates of potash 
and soda, the balsams, turpentines, and resins, 
and cantharides. 

Diure'tic salt. Acetate of potash. 

Divapora'tio. Evaporation. 

DIVARICATION. The separation of two 
things previously united . Hence entropion has 
been called divaricatio. 

Divarica'te. Divaricahis. Straddling; 
standing wide from each other. 

Divergent. Diverging. 

Diversiflo'rus. A term- applied to umbels 
which have regular florets in the center and ir- 
regular toward the circumference. 

TDiverso'rium. The receptaculum chyli. 

DIVERTICULUM, (urn, i, n. ; a by-way.) 
A term generally applied by anatomists to any 
hollow appendage attached to and communica- 
ting with the intestinal tube ; also used to des- 
ignate any receptacle wherein blood or any 
fluid may be stored for temporary purposes. 

Diverticulum Nuckii. The opening on eacli 
side through which the round ligament of the 
uterus passes. 

Diverticulum chyli. The receptaculum 
chyli. 

DIVIDING BANDAGE. Fascia dividens. 
A bandage used to keep parts separate from 
-each other, and prevent adhesion, as in cases 
of burns. 

Divi-divi. The pod of the Casalpinia cori- 
<aria, exported from the north, of Africa. It 
abounds in tannin. 

Divu'lsio. A rupture or laceration produced 
by external violence. 

Divulsio urin.e. This term has been used 
for that state of the urine in which a nebulous 
deposit is diffused through it. 

Dixon's antibilious pills. These are com- 
posed of aloes, scammony, rhubarb, and emetic 
tartar. . 

Dizziness. Vertigo. 

DOBEREINER'S LAMP. A means of ob- 
taining an instantaneous light, by turning a 
• stream of hydrogen gas, contained in a reser- 
voir, upon a surface of spongy platinum. The 
gas is ignited, and communicates light to a 
small oil lamp which is attached. ,This beau- 
tiful contrivance is now superseded by the Lu- 
cifer match. 

DOCIMA'SIA. (From doni/xafa, to exam- 
ine.) The art of examining fossils, in order to 
discover what metals, &c, they contain. 

Docimasia pulmo'num. The examination of 
the lungs of a new-born child, to determine 
whether it had breathed before death. An im- 
portant point in medical jurisprudence, when 
l there is doubt whether the infant was still-born 
« or destroyed after birth. The examination is 
ithree-fold : 

jl. The hydrostatic test, by immersion in wa- 



ter. If the lungs have been permeated by air, 
or the child has respired, they will swim ; oth- 
erwise they usually sink. 

2. The static test, or Ploucquet's test. This 
consists in weighing the body of the infant, and 
then the lungs. If it has breathed, the lungs 
are nearly twice as heavy as if still-born. 

3. DanielVs test. This consists in measuring 
the circumference of the chest and lungs of the 
subject, and comparing them with these di 
mensions in cases of still-born children. 

All these tests should be examined before an 
opinion is given to the court on the subject, as 
either alone is liable to objections. 

Dock. See Rumex. 

Dock-cresses. See Lapsana. 

Docna Sara. A place among the Carpathian 
Mountains, where there is a mineral spring con 
taining sulphate, carbonate, and muriate of 
soda, silica, and iron. 

DOCTOR. (From doctus, learned.) Any 
person qualified by the diploma of a state in 
stitution or college to practice the art of medi 
cine. 

Doctrine, physiological. The doctrine ot 
Broussais. 

Dodder. Cuscuta epithymum. 

Dodecada'ctylus. The duodenum. 

DODECA'NDRIA. Dodccandrons. (From 
dudtaa, twelve, and avnp, a man.) A class of 
hermaphrodite plants with twelve stamens. 

Dodeca'hedron. A solid of twelvo sides: 
a frequent form of crystals. 

Do'drans. A measure called a palm; about 
nine inches. 

Dog's-bane, Syrian. See Asclcpias Syriaca. 

Dog-choke. Cynanche. 

Dog-days. Dies caniculares. 

Dog's grass. See Triticum repens. 

Dog's-mercury. See AJercurialis 

Dog-rose. Rosa canina. 

Dog-stones. Orchis mascula. 

Dog-wood. See Cornus. 

DOGMATISTS. (Dogmatici; doyjiaTiKoi ; 
from doyfia, a doctrine.) A set of ancient phy- 
sicians, who supposed principles from which 
they drew conclusions. 

Dolabrifo'rm. Hatchet-shaped. 

DO'LICHOS. (os, i, m.) 1. Cowhage. 2. 
A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. 
Leguminosee. — D. prurient. The DoU^ho.*., or 
cowhage. The pods are covered withXsharp 
hairs (dolicki pubes), which are employed 
dicinally, in the form of electuary, as an anthei 
mintic. Dose of the hairs, gr. v. to gr. x. — D. 
soja. The plant which yields soy. — Several 
species are used as food, as D. ensiformis in 
Jamaica, D. taberosus in Martinique, D. bulbo- 
sus and D. lignosus in the East Indies. 

Dolo'mite. A magnesian limestone. 

DO'LOR. (or, oris, f.) Pain. 

Dolo'res. Pains. The name given by some 
nosologists to a class of diseases of which pain 
is a prominent symptom. 

Dolorosi morbi. Dolores. 

Dolphin. See Delphinus. 

Dombe'ya turpentine. A glutinous, strong- 
scented, and whitish turpentine, obtained from 
the Dombeya excelsa of Chili. 

Domestic medicine. Medicine as practiced 



DOS 

by unprofessional persons in their own families. 
Many treatises have been written on domestic 
or popular medicine. 

Donax. A reed, and also a shell-fish. 

Donovan's preparation of arsenic. See 
Arsenic, and Mercury, iodide of. 

Doradilla. Asplenium ceterach. 

DORE'M A. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
Digynia. Umbellifera. — D. ammoniacum. The 
plant which yields ammoniacum. Ammoniacum 
is a gum-resin, of a yellowish color externally, 
and white within ; it has a peculiar, faint, and 
not unpleasant smell, and a sweetish bitter, nau- 
seous taste. Its properties resemble galbanum, 
but it is less active. It is employed chiefly as 
a stimulating expectorant, in doses of gr. x. to 
3ss., and externally as a discutient. 

DORO'NICUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Syngcncsia. Polygamia superjlua. 
Composite. Leopard's bane. — D. germanicum. 
See Arnica. — D. romanum. Roman leopard's 
bane. See D. pardalianchcs. — D. pardalian- 
clies. Roman leopard's bane. The root, in an 
over-dose, is said to be an acrid poison: instan- 
ces are related of its efficacy in vertigo,- epilep- 
sy, and other nervous diseases. 

DO'RSAL. (Dor sails; from dorsum, the 
back.) Belonging to the back, or to the back 
of any organ. 

Dorsal vertebrje. See Vertebra. 

Dorse. The Gadus callarias, a fish which 
yields some portion of the cod-liver oil. Its oil 
is nearly colorless. 

Do'rso-costa'lis. The name given by Chaus- 
sier to the serratus posticus superior muscle. 

Dorso-su'pra acromia'nus. The trapezius 
muscle. — Chaussie r. 

Dorso-trachealia'nus. The splenius colli 
muscle. — Chanssier. 

DORSTE'NIA. {a, a, f. ) A genus of plants. 
Tctrandria. Monogynia. Urticacew. — D. bra- 
zilicnsis. Caa apia. The root is emetic and 
vulnerary. — D. contraycrva. Contraycrva. 
The root has an agreeable aromatic smell; a 
rough, bitter, penetrating taste ; and when 
chewed, it gives out a sweetish kind of acri- 
mony. It is diaphoretic and stimulant, and is 
used in powder. Dose, gr. x. to 38s. — D. dra- 
kena. D. houstonii. Species yielding the con- 
trayerva. 

DO'RSUM. (um,i,n.) The back; the ver- 
tebral column. The word is much used in de- 
scriptive anatomy ; as dorsum pedis, the upper 
part of the foot ; dorsum mantis, the back of the 
hand ; dorsum penis, the upper side of the 
penis. 

DOSA'GE. A plan of analysis, in which the 
reagent is added, in measured quantities, out 
of a graduated tube, to a measured and weigh- 
ed solution of the assay. By this means the 
proportion of the body sought is more readily 
obtained, and the losses arising from filtration, 
drying, and transference from vessels avoided. 

DOSE. (Dosis; from iidaut, to give.) The 
amount of a medicine to be employed for a 

E articular purpose. The doses of remedies will 
e found under each head respectively. There 
are, however, numerous circumstances which 
modify the dose, as sex, constitution, the pecu- 
liar condition of the tissues, the effect desired, 



DRA 

and the age. On all these points, except the 
last, the practitioner must judge for himself. 

The doses for children are determined ac- 
cording to experience or the following rule: 
Suppose the full dose be given at 21 years, at 
17 the dose =§ds; at 13, =4; at 7, =|d; at 3, 
=ith ; at 2, =|th ; and at 1 year, ^'gth. But 
the tolerance for particular drugs differs, opium 
being borne in less quantities, while calomel 
and many purges may be given in much greater 
proportions to children. 

DOSSIL OF LINT. A small roll or bundle 
of lint, used as an application to a bleeding sur- 
face or wound. 

Do'tage. Dementia. 

Do'thien. Aodinv. A furunculus or boil. 

DOTHINENTERI'TIS. (From dodinv, a 
boil, and cvTepov, an intestine.) An inflamma- 
tory enlargement of Peyer's and Brunner's 
glands, particularly described by M. Breton- 
neau, and regarded by him as the cause of those 
symptoms which constitute typhus and several 
other kinds of fever. 

Dotted. Punctatus. 

DOU'CHE. A dash of water or other fluid, 
or gas, directed on some part of the body. See 
Affusion. 

Dove's-foot. See Geranium. 

Dover's powder. Pulvis ipecacuanha? et 
opii. 

DRA'BA. (a, w, f.) Apa6n. A genus of 
plants. Tctradynamia. Siliculosa. Cruei- 
feras. — D. vcrua. The seed is hot and stimu- 
lating. 

DRAC/E'NA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Hexandria. Monogynia. — D. draco. The 
dragon-tree. The inspissated sap constitutes 
the purest dragon's blood. See Dragon's blood. 
— D. reftexa. Of the Isle of France and Mada- 
gascar. The young shoots are supposed to pos- 
sess emmenagogue and abortive properties. — 
D. tcrminalis. The root is used against dysen- 
tery. 

D R A ' C II M. Drachma. A weight of the 
eighth of an ounce, or CO grains. 

DRA'CO. (0, onis, m. Apanuv, the drag- 
on.) A fabulous serpent, &c. 

Draco herba. Artemisia dracunculis. 

Draco mitigatus. Calomel. 

Draco sylvestris. Achillea ptarmica. 

DRACOCE'PHALUM. (um.,i,n.) A genus 
of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospcrmia. — D. 
moldavicum. This plant affords by distillation 
a fragrant essential oil, known in Germany by 
the name of oleum syria. The whole herb m 
aromatic and stomachic. 

Dra'conine. Dracinc. A red substance 
found in dragon's blood. 

Draco'nis sanguis. Dragon's blood. 

DRACO'NTIUM. (wot, *, n.) A genus of 
plants. Gynandria. Polyandria. Aroidea:. — 
D. fatidnm. Symplocarpus fatidus. It ex- 
hales a very fetid odor, which is impaired by 
keeping. The powder of the root is given as 
an antispasmodic, in doses of ten or twenty 
grains. — D. pertusum. An extremely acrimo- 
nious plant. The Indians cover dropsical parts 
with the fresh leaves, which produce vesica- 
tions and an oozing of serum. 

DRACU'NCULUS. Dracontium; also, the 
229 



DRO 

Guinea worm. Filaria medineusis. — D. r.u-u- 
lentus. Artemisia dracunculus. — D. polyphyl- 
lus. Arum dracunculus. — D.pratensis. Achil- 
lea ptarmica. 

Dragacantha. Draganl gum. Dragantin. 
Tragacanth gum. 

Dkage'es. A kind of lozenge or confection, 
which may be made the vehicle of medicine. 
The dragecs of Kcyscr contained acetate of 
mercury. 

DRAGON'S BLOOD. Sanguis draconis. A 
resinous, concrete substance, ot a blood-red color 
and heterogeneous texture. Various kinds of 
it are found in the shops. It was formerly used 
as an astringent, but appears inert, and is now- 
only employed in varnishes and dentifrices. 

Dragon root. Aram triphyllum. 

Dragon-tree. See Draccena. 

Dragon's wort. Arum dracunculus. 

Drake'na. Dorstenia contrayerva. 

DRA'STIC. (Drasticus. ApaaTinor, active, 
brisk; from Span, to effect.) A term generally 
applied to those medicines which are very vio- 
lent in their action; thus, drastic purges, emet- 
ics, &c. 

DRAUGHT. A sufficient quantity of any 
fluid medicine for a dose. This is usually made 
equal to an ounce, with the vehicle. 

Drench. A draught for a horse. Usually 
applied to a purgative medicine. 

Dre'ssek. One who applies the dressings 
in a hospital. A surgeon's assistant. 

DRE'SSING. The proper adjustment of 
bandages, plasters, and apparatus to the dis- 
eased or injured limbs of patients. The term 
dressings is used for the bandages, &.C., em- 
ployed in auy case. 

DRI'MYS. A genus of trees. Dodecandria. 

Monogynia. Magnoliacccc. The D. Winteri 

'yields the true Winter's bark, which is a warm 

aromatic bitter, now superseded by canclla 

bark. 

DRIVE'LLING. An involuntary How of sa- 
liva. It happens in infancy, in old age, and 
idiocy. 

Drooping. Nutans. 

DROP. Gutla. 1. As much of auy fluid as 
coheres together when allowed to fall slowly. 
The drop of water is made a measure in phar- 
macy, and equals a grain, or minim ( til ) ; but 
the weight of the drop of other fluids differs 
from it, and hence it is more accurate to pre- 
scribe by minims than drops. 2. Any concen- 
trated medicine which is administered by drops 
is also called a drop ; as the black drop, ague 
drop, red drop. 

Dropaci'smus. Dropax. A stimulant plas- 
ter of pitch, wax, &o., to take off hair. 

Drops. Certain concentrated medicines: 
Drops, anodyne. Solution of acetate of mor- 
phia. — D., Dutch. Balsam of sulphur. — D., 
Jit. Spiritus ammonia) frotidus. — D., Greeks. 
Solution of corrosive sublimate. See Hydrar- 
gyri chloridum corrosivum. — D. , Jesuits'. Tinc- 
ture benzoini composite. — D., lavender. Spir- 
itus lavanduliE composites. — D., nitre. * Spirit- 
us ffitheris nitrici. — D., Norris's. A solution of 
tartar emetic in spirits of wine. — D., Wade's. 
Tinctera benzoini composite 

Drop-serene. See Amaurosis. 
230 



]> U (* 

Dro'psical. Affected with dropsy; sur 
charged with fluid. 

DROPSY. See Hydrops. 

Dropsy of the BELLY. D. of the peritoneum. 
See Ascites. 

Dropsy of the brain. D. of the head. Seo 
Hydrocephalus. 

Dropsy of the chest. D. of the pleura. 
See Hydrothorax. 

Dropsy of the eye. See Hydrophthalmia. 

Dropsy of the ovary. See Ovarium. 

Dropsy of the pericardium. See Hydro 
pericardium. 

Dropsy of the skin. D., general. See 
Anasarca. 

Dropsy of the testicle. See Hydrocele. 

Dropsy of the WOMB. See Hydrometra 

Dropwort. QE nan the crocata, and Spiram 
filipendula. — D., hemlock, D., water, ffinan- 
the crocata. 

DRO'SERA. {a, w, t.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Hcxagynia. — D. rolundifolia. 
The sun-dew. The plant is said to be so acrid 
as to ulcerate the skin, and to excite a fatal 
coughing and delirium in sheep which eat of it. 

Drosobo'tanum. Betonica officinalis. 

Droso'mem. Honey-dew. Aeromeli. 

Droso'meter. An instrument for estimating 
the amount of dew deposited on any occasion. 
A portion of wool weighed before and after ex- 
posure to the dew is sufficient for this purpose. 

Drowning. See Asphyxia. '« 

DRUG. A simple medicine which has not 
undergone preparation. Hence Druggist, a 
dealer in drugs. 

Drum of the ear. The tympanum. See 
Auris. 

DRUNKE'NNESS. Habitual dram-drinking 
may be properly called a disease, inasmuch as 
both the chylopoietic and nervous apparatus 
become disordered. There is loss of appetite, 
dyspepsia, restlessness, tremulous motion, and, 
Anally, delirium tremens, or confirmed disease 
of the brain. 

DRU'PA. (a, ee, f. ; from drupes, over-ripe 
olives.) A stone-fruit, formed of a fleshy or co- 
riaceous seed-vessel, inclosing a nut. A drupe. 

Drupa'ceous. Drupaceus. Resembling a 
drupe, or stone-fruit. 

Drya'deje. A subdivision of the family ro- 
sacea 1 , including the genera geum,potentilla,&c. 

Dry clyster. A suppository. 

DRYOB A'LANOPS. A genus of trees, of the 
family Dipteraceee, inhabiting the Eastern Ar- 
chipelago. The D. aromatica or D. camphora 
yields, by incision, the camphor oil, and the 
trunks of the trees often contain concrete cam- 
phor. The dryobalanops, Borneo or Sumatra 
camphor, is hard, brittle, and in crystals. It is 
highly esteemed in the East, but does not differ 
in properties from common camphor. 

DRY PILE. A galvanic apparatus, construct* 
ed with pairs of different metallic plates, sep- 
arated by layers of farinaceous paste mixed 
with common salt. 

Dry rot. A species of decay to which wood 
is subject. The wood loses all its cohesion, 
and becomes friable, and fungi generally appear 
upon it. 

Duck. Anas domestica. 



D U C 

Duct. See Ductus. 

DUCTI'LITY. Ductilitas. A property by 
which bodies are elongated by repeated or con- 
tinued pressure, so as to be drawn into wire. 
It is peculiar to metals. 

Ductor. The same as director. 

Ducts, biliary. See Hepar. 

Ducts of Bellini. The uriniferous canals 
of the kidney. 

DU'CTUS. (us, us, in.) A canal or duct. 

Ductus ad nasum. See Ductus nasalis. 

Ductus aquosi. The lymphatics. 

Ductus arteriosus. Canalis arteriosus. An 
arterial tube forming a direct communication 
between the pulmonary artery and aorta of the 
fetus. After birth it becomes impervious. 

Ductus auris palatinus. The Eustachian 
tube. 

Ductus bartholinia'nus. Duct of Bartho- 
lin. The duct of the sublingual gland. 

Ductus biliaris. The biliary duct. 

Ductus communis choledochus. The com- 
mon duct, formed by the union of the cystic 
and hepatic ducts. See Hepar. 

Ductus cy'sticus. The cystic duct. The 
duct by which the bile regurgitates into the gall 
bladder. 

Ductus ejaculatorius. A duct within the 
prostate gland, opening into the urethra. 

Ductus excretorius. Excretory duct. The 
duct which proceeds from a gland, and carries 
the secreted fluid to its destination, is called 
the excretoiy duct of that gland. 

Ductus hepaticus. The hepatic duct. 

Ductus hygroble'piiari. D. hygrophtha'U 
mici. The Meibomian glands. 

Ductus incisorius. The little canal leading 
from the foramen incisivum into the cavity of 
the nares. 

Ductus laohrymalls. The lachrymal duct. 

Ductus lactiferi. Ductus galactophori. 
The excretory ducts of the glandular substance 
■composing the female breast. The milk passes 
along these ducts to the nipple. 

Ductus lymphaticus. See Lymphatics. 

Ductus nasalis. The nasal duct, which 
conveys the tears from the lachrymal sac to the 
nose. See Lachrymal apparatus. 

Ductus pancrea'ticus. The pancreatic duct. 
It is white and small, and arises from the left 
extremity of the pancreas, runs through the 
gland toward the duodenum, into which it pours 
its contents by an opening common to it and 
the ductus communis choledochus. 

Ductus rori'ferus. The thoracic duct. 

Ductus salivalis inferior. The duct of 
the submaxillary gland. 

Ductus salivalis superior. The parotid 
duct. See Ductus Stcnonis. 

Ductus Stenonis. The Stenonian or paro- 
tid duct. 

Ductus thoracicus. See Thoracic duct. 

Ductus umbilicai.is. The umbilical cord. 

Ductus urinje. The ureter. 

Ductus veno'sus. Canalis venosus. A ve- 
nous tube forming a communication in the foetus 
between the umbilical vein and the left hepatic 
vein, just where the latter vein enters the vena 
cava. The ductus venosus becomes impervious 
after birth, and dwindles into a whitish cord. 



I) Y N 

Ductus warthonia'nus. The excretory 
duct of the maxillary gland ; so named after its 
discoverer. It passes forward between the my- 
lohyoideus and genioglossus muscles, and under 
the sublingual gland, opening finally on each 
side the framum lingua?. 

Ductus Wirtsungi. The pancreatic duct. 

Duelech. Dulech. An imaginary evil prin- 
ciple of Paracelsus. 

DULCAMARA, (o, m, f.) See Solatium 
dulcamara. 

Dulce. Dulcsh. Fucus palmatus. 

Dulce, red. Fucus edulis. 

Dulce'do amo'ris. The clitoris. 

DU LO IF IC A'TION. (From dulce, sweet, 
and facio, to make.) 1. The mixing mineral 
acids with alcohol to render them milder was 
thus named by the old chemists. 2. The pro- 
cess of washing with water, to remove disagree- 
able or sapid particles from any solid. 

Duma'sin'L An empyreumatic oil, obtained 
by rectifying acetone procured from the ace- 
tates. 

Dumbness. See Aphonia. 

Dumo's.e. Shrubby plants. 

Dumo'se. Dumosus. Bushy. 

Duodeni'tis. Inflammation of the duode- 
num. Rather an obscure affection, but said to 
be characterized by fever, white tongue, ano- 
rexia, yellowness of the skin, and tenderness in 
the region of the gut. 

DUODE'NUM. (urn, i, n. ; from duodeni, 
twelve : so called because it was supposed not 
to exceed the breadth of twelve fingers.) The 
first portion of the small intestines. See Intes- 
tine. 

Du'pi.ex. Double, or two.-fold. 

Duplicate. Duplicatus. Doubled. 

DUPLICATION. Duplicatio. A malforma- 
tion, in which parts are doubled. 

Duplica'ture. A fold, double, or reflection. 

DU'RA MATER. (From durus, hard.) Du- 
ra meninx. The tough, sero-fibrous membrane 
which invests the brain externally to the arach- 
noid membrane, and forms the internal perios- 
teum of the cranium. See Encephalos. 

Dura'men. The heart-wood of a tree. 

Dutch drops. The balsam of turpentine; 
also, a preparation of oil of turpentine, tincture 
of guaiac, spirit of nitric ether, and oils of am- 
ber and cloves. 

Dutch gold. An alloy of copper and zinc. 

Dwale. Atropa belladonna. 

DWARF. Nanus. An animal or plant, the 
growth of which has been stunted, so that its 
stature is greatly inferior to the average height 
of the species to which it belongs. 

Dwarf elder. Sambucus ebulus. 

Dycto'ides. Reticular. 

DYNA'MIC. Dynamicns. (From dvvapic, 
force or power.) Relating to force, especially 
the vital power. Characterized by increased 
action or force, in contradistinction to adynamic. 

Dynamic school. The physiologists who 
believed that the vital phenomena proceed from 
the operation of an internal force or power (6v- 
vafiic), acting, in a great measure, independent- 
ly of external causes. 

Dyna'mics. The science of motion; an inves- 
tigation of the laws and results of motion. 

231 



D YS 

Dy'namis. Avvapic. 1. A power or faculty. 
2. A medicine. — Galen. 

Dynamo'meter. An instrument consisting 
of a spring, either elliptical or spiral, which, 
when pulled upon, indicates the amount of 
force on a scale in pounds and fractions. It is 
used to measure the strength or draught of ani- 
mals. According to this instrument, the mus- 
cular contraction of a man's arm is equal to 
from 100 to 140 pounds; and the strength of 
the loins in drawing, 200 to 300 pounds. 

DYS-. A prefix. (From 6vg, difficult or 
faulty.) It is much used, and often signifies 
painful ; in ordinary cases it implies negation, 
as Dyseccea, want of hearing, or deafness. 

DYSESTHESIA, {a, m, f. ; from 6vc, with 
difficulty, and aioOavofiai, I feel or perceive.) 
Weakness of any of the senses, especially of 
touch. 

DysiESTHE'siiE. An order in the class Lo- 
cales of Dr. Cullen, containing those diseases in 
which the senses are depraved or destroyed, 
from a defect of the external organs. 

Dyscatabro'sis. (From 6vc, and 6puonu, to 
eat.) Difficult deglutition. 

Dyscata'posis. (From 6vc, and Karaxivu, 
to drink.) A difficulty of swallowing liquids. 
Dr. Mead gives this name to hydrophobia. 

DYSCHRCE'A. (From tar, and xpoa, color.) 
An unhealthy color of the skin; synonymous 
with macula. 

D Y S C I N E'S I A. (a, m, f. J from Svc , with 
difficulty, and klveu, to move.) Diminution or 
abolition of the power of motion. 

Dyscine'sije. An order in the class Locales 
of Dr. Cullen, embracing diseases in which the 
motion is impeded or depraved, from an im- 
perfection of the organ. 

Dyscopho'sis. Defect of hearing. 

Dysco'ria. Irregularity of the pupil. 

DYSCRA'SIA. (a, m, f.; from 6vc, and ke- 
pavvvfii, to mix.) A bad c}-asis, temperament, 
or habit of body. 

DYSEC(E'A. (a, a, f. ; from tve, and anon 
hearing.) Deafness. Dr. Cullen has two spe- 
cies: 1. The organic, which arises from wax 
in the meatus, injuries of the membrane, or in- 
flammation and obstruction of the tube. 2. 
The atonic, when without any discernible in- 
jury of the organ. 

Dyseme'sia. Painful and ineffectual efforts 
at vomiting. 

Dysenterone'uvia. Colic. 

DYSENTERY. (Dysenteria, a-, f . ; from 
6vc, with difficulty, and evrepa, the bowels.) 
The bloody flux. This disease is known by 
fever; frequent griping stools; tenesmus; stools, 
chiefly mucous, sometimes mixed with blood, 
the natural fieces being retained, or voided in 
small, compact, hard substances, known by the 
name of scybala ; loss of appetite, and nausea. 
It arises from miasm, hot moisture, bad food, 
and is often epidemic in hot countries, and in 
camps and crowded places ; in the latter cases 
the fever is usually typhoid. 

When the discharge is simply mucous, the 
disease has been called Dysenteria alba. The 
febrile symptoms may also subside, producing 
the chronic dysentery. In the course of ma- 
lignant dysentery, prolapsus ani may occur; 
232 



D YS 

but in the severest cases the disease soon as- 
sumes an adynamic character. There is great 
prostration of strength, fetid stools, involuntary 
discharges, and death supervenes in a few days. 
The disease owes its origin to inflammation of 
the intestinal tube, especially the colon and 
rectum, and this lesion may terminate in sup 
puration, gangrene, or contractions. 

Treatment. — In mild cases, gentle aperients, 
rhubarb, magnesia, and laudanum are used ; 
bleeding is seldom employed, except in pleth- 
oric patients. • Sudorifics are also important, es- 
pecially Dover's powder. In the malignant ty- 
phoid kinds, castor oil, emetics, diaphoretics, and 
opium are most serviceable, with active coun- 
ter irritation by blisters. Diffusible stimulants 
are to be used as soon as the symptoms permit. 
The disease is sometimes arrested by bringing 
the system rapidly under the influence of mer 
cury. 

DYSEPULO'TIC. Dyscpulolus. (From due, 
with difficulty, and tizvlou, to cicatrize.) Dif- 
ficult to be healed : applied to ulcers. 

Dyshjemorrho'is. Dyshamorrha'a. (From 
Svg, and ai/xoppoig, the piles.) Suppression of 
the bleeding from piles. 

Dyslalia. Indistinct articulation. 

DYSLOCHI'A. (a, a, f. ; from 6vc, and lo 
%ia, the lochia.) An imperfect excretion or 
suppression of the lochia. 

Dyslysin. Au insoluble product of the ac- 
tion of hydrochloric acid on bilin. 

Dysmase'sis. Dysmassesis. Difficulty of 
mastication. 

Dysme'nia. Dysnienorrheea. 

DYSMENORRHEA, (a, as, f. ; from 6vc, 
and /xrjvoppoia, the menses.) Difficult or pain- 
ful menstruation, accompanied with severe 
pains in the back, loins, and bottom of the belly. 
This troublesome and painful affection may 
arise from nervous irritability, or from a pleth- 
oric state ; the former is alleviated by anodynes 
and diaphoretics, with the warm bath ; the lat- 
ter, in which there is often found portions of 
false membrane and blood in the discharge, re- 
quires antiphlogistic treatment, and the most 
effective is leeches to the anus, with frequent 
doses of mild saline purges, including gr. x. of 
nitre. The inflammatory dysmenorrheas arises 
from subacute inflammation of the womb, and 
hinders impregnation. For the establishment 
of health, the patient must be treated properly 
in the intervals of the cntamenia. A change of 
air is often of great service. 

Dyso'des. Fetid. 

DYSO'DIA. (Avoutiia, a bad smell.) A ge- 
nus in Sauvage's Nosology, including disease* 
characterized by fetor. 

Dysodonti'asis. Difficult dentition. 

Dysonei'ros. Imperfect sleep ; restlessness, 

DYSO'PIA. (a, tc, f. ; from rfvc, badly, aud 
wt/;, an eye.) Bad sight. Sight depraved. Un- 
der this term are comprehended, 1. Night-sight. 
See Nyctalopia. 2. Day-sight. See Hemcra- 
lopia. 3. Long-sightedness. See Presbyopia. 
4. Short-sightedness. See Myopia. 5. Lateral 
vision, or skew-sightedness. The vision is here 
accurate only when the object is placed ob- 
liquely, so that the person can only see in on 
oblique direction, in consequence of some par- 



DYS 

tial opacity of the cornea, which usually pro- 
ceeds from slight scars, &c. 

Dysopia luminis. Day blindness. See Nyc- 
talopia. 

Dysopia tenebrarum. Night blindness. See 
Hcmeralopia. 

DYSORE'XIA. (a, a, f. ; from dvc, badly, 
and opeljic, appetite.) A depraved appetite. 

Dysorexi^. An order in the class Locales 
of Cullen, which he divides into two sections, 
Appetitus erronci and dcficicntes. 

Dyso'smia. Diminution of the sense of smell. 
The proper term is dysosphrcsia. 

DYSOSPHRE'SIA. (From 6vc, with diffi- 
culty, and oaQpnoic, the sense of smell.) An 
impaired state of the sense of smell. 

Dysfathi'a. Avonadeia. Indisposition to a 
disease. — Galen. 

DYSPE'PSIA. (a, ec, f. ; from 6vg, with dif- 
liculty, and ■xetctu, to concoct.) Indigestion. 
This very common disease consists generally of 
a want of appetite, a sudden and transient dis- 
tension of'the stomach, eructations of various 
kinds, heartburn, pyrosis, pain in the region of 
the stomach, perhaps vomiting, rumbling noise 
in the boweis, and frequently costiveness or di- 
arrhoea. A long train of nervous symptoms are 
also frequent attendants, as palpitations, impair- 
ed sight and hearing, with despondency, severe 
pains in the head, &c. It is most frequent in 
sedentary persons, as students, or may arise 
from irregularities in living. Dyspepsia may 
also be a symptom of organic affections of 
the abdominal viscera. The disease is due to 
atony, chronic inflammation, or mere irritation 
of the stomach or upper intestines, and is to be 
treated according to its form. It is seldom per- 
fectly cured, and may last for many years with- 
out great aggravation. 

The treatment of dyspepsia consists, 1. In 
obviating, as far as possible, the several causes. 
2. In relieving urgent symptoms. 3. In restor- 
ing the tone of the chylopoietic viscera, and in- 
vigorating the general system. Atony is to be 
obviated by tonics, especially the vegetable 
bitters, and a careful diet; disordered secretion is 
to be corrected by mild mercurials and laxatives, 
with antacids; irritability and spasm, by a bland 
and nutritious diet, antispasmodics, and liquor 
« potassre ; inflammatory action, by the occasion- 
al use of leeches, abstinence, and gentle saline 
purgation. The best treatment will be found 
in proper diet, regular exercise and habits, the 
use of the bath and flesh-brush, with great at- 
tention to the bowels. There are many affec- 
tions which frequently accompany indigestion, 
which are treated of in other parts of this work, 
as Cardialgia, Constipation, Diarrhma, &c. 

Dyspepsia pica. Vitiated appetite. 

Dyspepsia an.emia. Anajmia. 

DYSPHA'GIA. (a, a?, f. ; from 6vc, with 
difficulty, and Qayu, to eat.) A difficulty of 
deglutition. This may arise from a great variety 
of causes. It very seldom occurs as an idio- 
pathic disease, but is common as a symptomatic 
and sympathetic affection. As the former, it 
occurs in paralytic states of the tongue, parts 
about the fauces, and oesophagus ; in enlarge- 
ments or contractions, natural or diseased, of 
the tongue ; in diminished diameter of the 



DYS 

oesophagus, from stricture, scirrhus, ossification,, 
carcinoma of the tongue, oesophagus, and the 
cardiac opening of the stomach, and from the 
like diseases, and others, as aneurism, broncho- 
cele, &c, around the fauces or oesophagus ; 
from extraneous bodies lodging in the fauces 
and oesophagus ; in inflammation of these and 
neighboring parts. Sympathetic dysphagia fre- 
quently occurs in hysteria, tetanus, trismus, 
hypochondriasis, &c. 

In the idiopathic disease, the uvula is relaxed 
and elongated, or the muscular coat of the pha- 
rynx and oesophagus is in an extremely relaxed 
and weak state. The remedies are such as 
stimulate the oesophagus, as spices, and dilute 
spirituous gargles, and the internal use of tonics 
and stimulants. In the symptomatic and sym- 
pathetic forms, the remedies must be derived 
from attention to the diseases of which this af- 
fection is a symptom. 

Dyspha'gia constricta. D.pharyngca. D. 
wsophagea. D. callosa. Stricture of the cesoph 
agus, or pharynx, as a result of inflammation or 
morbid conditions. 

DYSPHO'NIA. (a, a-, f.j.from dvc) %adly, 
and (puvri, the voice.) Dissonant voice. Those 
alterations or states of the voice in which the 
sound is imperfect or depraved ; as the weak, 
whispering, scarcely audible voice ; the change 
of the voice which happens about the age of 
puberty ; the rough and harsh voice ; the nasal 
voice ; the squeaking, whizzing, guttural, pala- 
tine voice. 

DYSPHO'RIA. («, a, f. ; from 6vc, and cpo- 
peu, to bear.) The restlessness and anxiety 
that accompany many diseases. 

Dysphoria nervosa. Fidgets, or restlessness. 

DYSPNCE'A. (a, <r, f. ; from 6vc, with diffi- 
culty, and 7Tveu, to breathe.) Dyspnoon. Dif- 
ficult respiration. A permanent difficulty of 
breathing. Chronic dyspnoea, or a uniformly 
short and difficult breathing, is mostly accom- 
panied by a little cough. The causes of it may 
exist in the chest, or at the origin of the respi- 
ratory nerves ; they are inbred, or the result of 
accident, arising from original deformity, ac- 
quired disease, or accidental injury. 

Various artisans are subject to dyspnoea, from 
the effects of irritating particles inhaled with 
the air they breathe. The breathing is some- 
times permanently difficult in persons of a phleg- 
matic temperament whose vascular action is 
very sluggish. Another cause of permanent 
difficult respiration is corpulency. 

Chronic difficulty of breathing appears also 
as a symptom or sequel in various other diseas- 
es, as chronic bronchitis, hydrothorax, and mor- 
bid conditions of the lungs, heart, and aorta. 

Dr. Cullen arranges dyspnoea into the eight 
following species : 

1. Dyspncea catarrhalis, when, with a cough, 
there are copious discharges of viscid mucus: 
called, also, asthma catarrhale, pneumodes, 
pneumonicum.. and pituilosum. 

2. Dyspncea sicca, when there is a cough with- 
out any considerable discharge. 

3. Dyspnaa a'irea, when much increased by 
slight changes of the weather. 

4. Dyspnaa fcrrea, when earthy or calculous 
matters are spit up. 

233 



EAR 

•5. Dyspnoea aqiiosa, when there is a scarcity 
of urine, with (edematous feet, but without the 
other symptoms of a dropsy in the chest. 

(5. Dyspnoea pinguedinosa, from corpulency. 

7. Dyspnoea thoracica, when parts surround- 
ing the chest are injured or deformed. 

8. Dyspnoea exlrinscca, from manifest exter- 
nal causes. 

But tins word is commonly used to designate 
the symptom of short or difficult respiration. 

Dyspnu-.a cosvut.siva. D. spastica. Asth- 
na. 

Dyspxoox. Dyspnoea. 

Dysspermasia. Dysspermatismus. 

DYSSPERMATI'SMUS. (us, i, in.; from 
'ivc, and anep/iariauoc, emission.) Slow or im- 
peded emission of semen during coition, insuf- 
ficient for the purpose of generation. Accord- 
ing to Cullen, the species are, 

1. Urethralis, when the obstruction is in the 
urethra. 

2. Nodosa*, when a tumor is formed in either 
corpus cavernoBiim penis. 

.1. Praputialis, when the impediment is horn 
a stnvfcness of the orifice of the prajpuce. 

4. Mucosus, when the urethra is obstructed 
by a viscid mucus. 

5. Hypcrtonicus, when there is an excess of 
erection of the penis. 

(J. Epilrpticiis, from epileptic fits coming on 
during coition. 

7. Aprac/odex, from a want of vigor in the 
genitals. 

8. Reflnus, in which the semen is thrown 
back into the urinary bladder. 

Dysthkrapku'tos. Difficult to heal. 

DYSTHE'TIOA. (From dvodeTiaa, a bad 
state of body.) The fourth order of the class 
H<rmatica of Good, including cachexies. 

DYSTTIY'MIA. (a, a, f . ; from &vq, bad, 
and ftv/ioc, mind.) Despondency. Melancholy. 

DYSTO'GIA. Dystochia. («,«•, f. ; from 
6vc, and tiktu. to bring forth.) Difficult partu- 
rition. .. 

Dystocia dyscyesis. Morbid pregnancy. 

DYSTCE C HI'ASIS. (is, is, f. ; from o\>c, 
badly, and errot^oc, order.) An irregular dis- 
position of the hairs on the eyelids. 

DYSU'RIA. (a, <t, f. ; from due, and ovpov, 
urine.) Difficulty in discharging the urine. 
When there are frequent, painful, or uneasy 
urgings to discharge the urine, and it passes off 



EAR 

only by drops, or in very small quantities, the 
disease is called strangury. When a sense of 
pain or heat attends the discharge, and it passes 
with difficulty, it is styled ardor urinse, or heat 
of the urine. Dysuria is acute or chronic. Dr. 
Cullen enumerates six species: 

1. Dysuria ardens, with a sense of heat, with- 
out any manifest disorder of the bladder. 

2. Dysuria spasmodica, from spasm. 

3. Dysuria comprcssionis, from a compression 
of the neighboring parts. 

■1. Dysuria phlogistica, from violent inflam- 
mation. 

5. Dysuria caladosa, from stone in' the blad- 
der. 

G. Dysuria mucosa, from an abundant secre- 
tion of mucus. 

The causes which give rise to these diseases 
are an inflammation of the urethra, occasioned 
either by gonorrhoea or by the use of acrid in- 
jections, tumor or ulcer of the prostate gland, 
inflammation of the kidneys or bladder, con- 
siderable enlargements of the hemorrhoidal 
veins, a lodgment of indurated fajces in the rec- 
tum, spasm at the neck of the bladder, the ab- 
sorption of cantharides applied externally or 
taken internally, and excess in drinking either 
spirituous or vinous liquors; but particles of 
gravel sticking at the neck of the bladder prove 
the most frequent cause. A gouty affection of 
the neck of the bladder will sometimes occa- 
sion these complaints. 

If it proceeds from a calculus in the kidney 
or ureter, besides the affections mentioned, it 
will be accompanied with nausea, vomiting, 
and acute pains in the loins and region of the 
ureter and kidney of the side affected. When 
a stone in the bladder or gravel in the urethra 
is the cause, an acute pain will be felt at the 
end of the penis, particularly on voiding the 
last drops of urine, and the stream of water 
will either be divided into two, or twisted like 
a corkscrew. If a scirrhus of the prostate 
gland has occasioned the suppression or difficul- 
ty of urine, a hard, indolent tumor, unattended 
with any acute pain, may readily be felt in the 
perinajum, or by introducing the finger into 
the rectum. The cure of this disease, which is 
always symptomatic, requires the removal of the 
several causes, and the administration of those 
medicines and means which are recommended 
for the removal of the primary affection. 



E 



E. 



I AGLE STONE. See Aelitis. 

EAR. See Auris. 

Ear, inflammation of. See Otitis. 

Ear-pick. A small probe and scoop to ex- 
tract ear-wax. 

Ear-shaped. See Auriculatc. 

Ear-trumpet. An instrument to assist au- 
dition in those partially deaf. It should be of 
the figure of a parabolic conoid, and of silver. 
A long tube, however convenient, is injurious 
to its efficacy. 

Ear-wax. See Cerumen. 

Earache. See Otalgia. 
234 



EARTH. (Terra, tc, f.) Chemically thera 
are nine earths, namely, Baryta, Strontia, Lime, 
Magnesia, Alumina, or clay, Glucina, Zirconia, 
Yttria, Thorina. They are oxides of metals : 
of these, the first four are called alkaline earths. 
They are also powerful bases, and form nu- 
merous salts. 

Earth, absorbent. See Absorbent. 

Earth, aluminous. E., argillaceous. Alu- 
mina. 

Earth of bones. Phosphate of lime 

Eaith, bolar. See Bole. 

Earth, heavy. Barytes. 



E H U 



KC II 



Earth, Japan. See Acacia catechu. 
Earth, sealed. Terra s-i gill at a. See Bole. 
Earth-nut. Bee Bunium bulbocastanum. 
Earth-worm. Lumbricus tcrrestris. 
Eaton's styptic. Chiefly a solution of green 
vitriol iu alcohol. 

EAU. Water. A French word, used to des- 
ignate several fluid medicines, chiefly spirituous. 
Eau d'arquebusade. Aqua vulncraria spir- 
ituosa. A vulnerary water formerly in gre.it 
repute, consisting of alcohol distilled with 
many aromatic herbs. 

Eau dk belloste. A mixture of equal parts 
of muriatic acid, brandy, and saffron, with or 
without the addition of water. It was former- 
ly employed as a resolvent. 

Eau dk Broccheiri. A styptic water of 
feeble properties, said to be a solution of crea- 
se te. 

Eau des carmbs. Aqua melissce composite. 
A preparation much esteemed in France as a 
stomachic, stimulant, &c. It consists of spirit 
of balm, eight parts ; spirit of rosemary, thyme, 
and canella, of each one part; spirit of nutmeg, 
two parts; spirit of anise, marjoram, hyssop, 
sage, angelica, and cloves, of each one part; 
spuit of orange peel, four parts; spirit of cori- 
ander, two parts. 

Eau de Cologne. A perfumed spirit of lav- 
ender. 

Eau de Javklle. A solution of chloride of 
soda. 

Eau de luce. Spiritus ammonia.- succ hiatus 
v. aromaticus. 

Eau de Naphre. A water distilled from the 
leaves of the bitter orange. 

Eau de rabel. Aqua Rahclii. A mixture 
of one part of concentrated sulphuric acid with 
three of alcohol. 

Eau de vie. Brandy. 

Eau medicinale. Aqua medicinalis IIus- 
tonii. A nostrum long celebrated for the cure 
of gout. It is generally believed to be a vinous 
infusion of the root of colchicum, and does not 
differ in its operation from the vinum colchici of 
our Pharmacopoeias. Some say it is a vinous 
infusion of the flowers of colchicum. 

Eau vegkto-minkralk. See Aqua vegeto- 
mincralis. 

Ebeaupin spring. Near Nantes. It contains 
carbonic acid; carbonates of lime, magnesia, 
and iron ; muriates of lime, magnesia, and soda, 
&c. 

EBENACEJE. The name given by Jussieu 
to a family of plants allied to the tree which 
produces ebony, Diospyros ebenum. 

E'benum. Ebemts. Ebony. 

Ebla'nin. Pyroxanthiu. It is derived from 
crude pyroxalic spirit. 

E'BONY. Diospyros ebenum: formerly es- 
teemed in medicine as a diaphoretic and alter- 
ative. 

Ebracteatk. Ebraclea'liis. Without a brac- 
tea, or floral leaf. 

Ebriecasum. An affection of the mind re- 
sembling drunkenness. — Paracelsus. 

Ebriety. Intoxication. 

Ebsemech. Quicksilver. 

EBULLI'TION. (EbnllUio, onis, f . ; from 
ebullio, to bubble up.) Boiling. This fakes 



place during the change which a fluid under- 
goes from a state of liquidity to that of an elas- 
tic body, in consequence of the application of 
heat, which dilates and converts it into vapor. 
The fixed temperature during boiling results 
from the pressure of the air. 

E'bulus. See Samlmcus ebnlits. 

Ebur. Ivory. 

EBUR eossile. Fossil unicorn. See Uni- 
cornu. 

Ebur ustum nigrum. Ivory black. 

ECBO'LIC. (From ekSoJUw, to cast out.) 
Applied to medicines which cause abortion or 
iiicilitate labor, as borax and ergot. 

Ecura'smata. Hippocrates gives this name 
to an eruption of fiery pimples. 

Ecbyrso'ma. A protuberance of a bone at 
the joints, appearing through the skin. 

E'CCATHA'RTIC. (From enicadaipu, to 
purge outward.) Medicines which open the 
pores of the skin. Sometimes, also, expecto- 
rants and purgatives. 

Ecchyi.o'ma. An extract. 

Ec'chyma. Eczema. 

Ecchymo'ma. The same as ecckymoiia. 

Ecchymoma ARTERIOSUS. The false aneu- 
rism. 

Ecchymoma lymph atica. Puerperal swelled 
leg. Phlegmasia dolens. 

ECCHYMO'SIS. {Ekxvhuoic\ from ckxvu, 
to pour out.) Ecchymosis. Extravasation. A 
black and blue swelling, either from a bruise or 
spontaneous extravasation of blood. It is re- 
moved by the application of leeches and cold 
stimulating lotions. See, also, Vibices, Pete- 
chia', and Sugillation. 

E'CCLISIS. A luxation or dislocation. 

E'ccope. The cuttjng oft' any part. 

Ecco'peus. An ancient instrument, the ras- 
patory, used in trepanning. 

EOCOPBO'TIC. (Eccoproticus ; from ik, 
and Konpoc, dung.) A term applied to laxatives 
which evacuate merely the natural contents of 
the bowels, without occasioning any liquid dis- 
charge : this is generally the case with rhubarb 
and aloes. 

ECOEINO'LOGY. {Eccrinologia, m, f. ; from 
EKKptvu, to excrete, and 7.oyoc, a discourse.) 
Eccriseology. The doctrine of excretions. 

E'ccrisis. An excretion of any kind. 

E C C It I ' T I C A . Diseases of the exceruent. 
function. 

ECOYE'SIS. (From etc, and uvyatc, gravid- 
ity.) Extra-uterine fcetation. 

Eccymosis. See Ecchymosis. 

E'cdora. An excoriation. 

Ecdo'rius. Applied to that which excori- 
ates the skin. 

Echk'collo.v. Echecollu >» . Any topical 
glutinous remedy. 

Echetro'sis. The white bryony. 

Echina'te. Echiiiatus. Bristly ; set with 
prickles. 

EOHINOCO'COUS. (us, i, m.) Rudolphi 
calls the small granular bodies found in the 
acephalocysts by the name of echinococci. 

E C II I N D E ' R M A. (From ex^oc , a sea- 
urchin, and depfia, a skin.) Echitwdermata. A 
class of radiated animals with hard skins, like 
that of the echinus, or sea-urchin. 

23:> 



ECP 

Echino'glossum. Ophioglossum vulgatuni. 
ECHINOPHTHA'LMIA. (a, a. f. ; from 
Exwog, a hedgehog, and ocpdafyia, an inflamma- 
tion of the eye.) An inflammation of the eye- 
lids, and the parts near the eyelashes. 

Echinopo'dium. Spartium scoparium ? 

ECHI'NOPS. (ops, opis, m.) Echinopus. A 
genus of plants. Syngencsia. Polygamia se- 
gregata. Composite. — E. sphmroce' phalus. 
The globe-thistle. Echinopus. The root and 
seeds are moderately diuretic, but seldom used. 

ECHINORHY'NCUS. (From exivoc, a 
hedgehog, and pvyxoc, a beak.) A numerous 
genus of intestinal worms, belonging to the or- 
der Acanthoccphalia of Rudolplu : one species 
has been found in man, namely, the echinorhyn- 
cus bicornis. 

ECHI'NUS. (us, i, m.) E^voc. 1. The 
hedgehog. 2. The sea-urchin. 3. The promi- 
nent points on the surface ot the pilcus of mush- 
rooms. 

Echinus marinus. The sea-urchin, the spine 
of which is called amygdaloides, from its shape. 

E'CHIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Boragincce. Viper's 
bugloss. — E. cegypliacum. Wall bugloss. The 
root is sudorific, and was used with oil as a 
dressing for wounds. 

Eclacti'sma. ( Eit?MKTio(j.a. ) Convulsive 
agitation of the limbs in children. — Hippocrates. 

ECLA'MPSIA. Ecla'mpsis. (From e/cAa/z- 
7rw, to shine.) Splendor ; brightness. Ap- 
plied, 1. To the appearance of flashes of light 
before the eyes, common in many diseases. 2. 
To the epilepsy of infants : the latter applica- 
tion is not obvious. 

Eclampsia gravidarum. E. parturicntium. 
The convulsions of gravid women; puerperal 
convulsions. 

ECLE'CTICS. (Eclccticns; from eicleyu, to 
select.) Archigenes and some others selected 
from all other sects what appeai-ed to them to 
be the best and most rational : hence they 
were called Eclectics, and their medicine Eclec- 
tic medicine. 

Ecle'ctos. Synonymous with eclegma. 

ECLE'GMA. (From ekXeix<->, to lick.) 
Ecleictos. A linctus. 

Ecle'pisis. The scaling off of parts, or de- 
squamation. 

E'C LYSIS, (is, cos, f. ; from ek?.vu, to dis- 
solve.) A universal faintuess. 

Economic. Appertaining to economy, or the 
useful distribution and application of things. 

ECONOMY. In scientific language, the or- 
derly arrangement of things with a view to a 
useful end; thus the total of the parts which 
constitute a living being is called the animal or 
vegetable economy. 

ECPHLY'SIS. (EKfkvoic ; from enfovfr, to 
boil, or bubble up or over.) A vesicular erup- 
tion, confined in its action and effects chiefly to 
the surface. It is used as a generic term, and 
includes herpes, eczema, pompholyx, and rupia. 

ECPHRA'CTIC. (Ecphraclicus ; from ek- 
$paoou, to remove obstructions.) Synonymous 
with deobstruent. 

Ecphra'xis. The opening of obstructed 
pores; deobstruent. 

ECPHRO'NIA. (a, a, f. E^puvn, or ek- 
236 



ECS 

<j>poovvn ; from enypuv, extra mentem, out of 
one's mind.) Insanity. Craziness. Melan- 
choly. 

Ed phy as. 1. An appendix, or excrescence. 
2. The appendicula creci vermiformis. 

ECPHY'MA. (a, alts, n. ; from ekQvu, edit 
co, egero.) A cutaneous excrescence. It is 
used as a generic term, and includes warts, 
corns, physconia, and callosities. — E. ademati- 
cum is phlegmasia dolens. 

Ecphyse'sis. A quick expulsion of the air 
from the lungs. 

E'cphysis. 1. An apophysis, appendix, or 
process of any kind. 2. The duodenum. 

Ecpie'sma. 1. A fracture of the skull, with 
depression of the bone. — Galen. 2. An ex- 
pressed juice. — Dioscorides. 

Ec pie's mos . A disorder of the eye, in which 
the globe is almost pressed out of the socket by 
an afflux of humors. 

Ecplero'ma. In Hippocrates they are 
hard balls of leather, or other substances, adap- 
ted to fill the arm-pit, while by the help of the 
heel, placed against a ball, and repressing the 
same, a luxated os humeri is reduced into its 
place. 

ECPLE'XIS. (is, is, f. : from EK7v2.7jaffu, to 
terrify or astonish.) A stupor or astonishment, 
from sudden external accidents. 

E'cpneusis. Ecpnoe. Expiration. 

ECPTO'MA. Ecptosis. (From ekttctttu, to 
fallout.) A falling down of any part : applied 
to a luxation ; the expulsion of the placenta ; 
the falling off of gangrenous parts ; to hernia of 
the uterus, &c. 

Ecpy'cticus. Rendering the fluids more 
solid. 

ECPYE'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from ek, and irvov, 
pus.) A collection of pus ; an abscess. 

ECPYE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ekttvw, to sup- 
purate.) Humid scall. A generic term for 
suppurating skin diseases, as porrigo, impetigo, 
ecthyma, &c. 

Ecpyesis ecthyma. Ecthyma. — Good. 

Ecpye'tic (Same etymon.) Suppurative. 

Ecre'gma. Ecre'xis. A rupture. 

Ecrhy'thmos. Irregular: applied to the 
pulse. 

E'croe. E'crysis. A discharge 

ECSARCO'MA. (a, atis, u. ; from ek, and 
oapl;, flesh.) A fleshy excrescence. 

Ecsesmata. Syn. of eczema. — Blancard. 

E'CSTASY. (Ecstasis, cos, f. E/cdracif ; 
from etjiorafiai, to be out of one's senses.) 1. 
An ecstasy. This disease consists in a total sus- 
pension of sensibility and voluntary motion, and 
mostly of mental power ; the muscles are rigid, 
the body erect and inflexible ; the pulsation of 
the heart is felt, and the breathing not affected. 
The exciting cause of this disease is generally 
some mental affection. It differs from catalep- 
sy and trance in the inflexible and rigid state 
of the muscles, and the obvious continuance of 
the breathing and the heart's action. It occa- 
sionally exists with a plethoric state of the 
blood-vessels, in which case bleeding and de- 
pletions are found useful. In other more obvi- 
ously nervous states, the nervous stimulants and 
aperients are to be preferred. The cold-water 
dash, especially when directed along the spine, 



EOT 

Is often very useful in rousing the patient. 2. 
In Hippocrates it signifies a delirium. 

E'ctasia. Aneurism. 

E'ctasis. Extension or expansion. 

Ecstatic trance. Catalepsy. 

E'ctexis. Melting or softening of parts. 

Ecthli'mma. Ail ulceration of the skin 
caused by pressure. 

Ecthli'psis. Elision or4xpression. 

E'CTHYMA. (a, alis, n. EKdvfia ; from 
£k6vu, to break out.) An eruption of large, 
round, and distinct pustules, seldom very nu- 
merous, unaccompanied by fever, and not con- 
tagious. It occurs chiefly on the extremities, 
and may arise from debility, or as a sequel of 
measles, small-pox, and scarlatina. There are 
three species in this genus : 

1. The Ecthyma vulgare consists of a partial 
eruption of small, hard pustules, on some part 
of the extremities, or on the neck and shoul- 
ders, which is completed in three or four days. 
In the course of a similar period, the pustules 
successively enlarge, and inflame highly at the 
base, while pus is formed in the apex; and in 
a day or two more they break, pour out their 
pus, and afterward a thinner fluid, which speed- 
ily concretes into brown scabs. In a week 
more the soreness and inflammation subside, 
and the scabs soon afterward fall off, leaving no 
mark behind. 

2. The Ecthyma infantile occurs in weakly 
infants during the period of lactation. This 
species is precisely like the former; but, in- 
stead of subsiding, often reappears for weeks 
together. The principal means of cure will be 
found in changing the nurse; and the advanta- 
ges of better aliment will bo aided by proper 
clothing and exercise. 

3. Ecthyma luridum. The most obvious pe- 
culiarity is the dark red color of the base, 
which is likewise hard and elevated, and of a 
larger size ; they appear slowly, but in long 
succession, and spread widely, the face alone 
being exempt from their occurrence. They 
appear in older persons of a broken constitu- 
tion, and often degenerate into ulcers. The 
treatment must be chiefly directed to the amend- 
ment of the constitution, by good diet, the occa- 
sional use of the warm bath, and by cinchona 
and decoction of the woods internally. 

Ectillo'tic Applied to that which eradi- 
cates tubercles or corns, or destroys superfluous 
hair. 

E'ctome. Ectomius. Excision. 

Ectomon. Ekto/xov. Black hellebore. 

ECTO'PIA. (a, <s, f. ; from e/cro7ror, out of 
place.) A displacement of any part; a luxa- 
tion. 

E'ctopia ani. Prolapsus of the anus. 

Ectopia. An order in the class Locales of 
•Cullen's Nosology. 

Ectoprotic Eccoprotic. 

Ectri'mma. An excoriation. 

Ectro'ma. An abortion. 

E'ctrope. 1. A duct by which morbid hu- 
mors are drawn off. 2. Ectropium. 

ECTRO'PIUM. Ectropion. (From c/trpe- 
iro, to evert.) An eversion of the eyelids, so 
that their internal surface is in part the outer- 
most. There are two species of this disease : 



ECZ 

one produced by an unnatural swelling of the 
lining of the eyelids ; the other arising from a 
contraction of the skin covering the eyelid, or 
of that in the vicinity, by which means the 
edge of the eyelid is first removed for some 
distance from the eye, and afterward turned 
completely outward, together with the whole 
of the affected eyelid. 

This disease is only to be cured by a surgical 
operation. That practiced by Sir William Ad- 
ams is now generally resorted to. It consists, 
first, in removing the whole of the fungous 
growth by a small, curved bistoury; next, in 
stripping away a piece of the edge of the tar- 
sus, in the form of the letter V ; afterward, in 
separating the eyelid from the cheek, whenever 
it adheres to it; and, finally, in supporting the 
lid, now raised into the proper place, and con- 
fining the edges of the cut eyelid, brought into 
a state of juxtaposition by a proper bandage. 
The divided edges heal by the first intention ; 
and the cure is often completed in a fortnight, 
with a restoration of the eyelid to its healthy 
form. 

EOTRO'SIS. (is,is,f. Vnrpuaic ; from e«- 
TirpuoKW, to miscarry.) A miscarriage. 

Ectro'tic. Ectyroticus. Ectyloticus. 1. 
Causing an abortion. 2. Applied to methods 
of promoting the development of pustules, dis- 
eases, &c 

ECZEMA. (Enfriia ; from eafcu, to boil 
out.) Eczcsma. A cutaneous disease, charac- 
terized by an eruption of small vesicles on va- 
rious parts of the skin, usually set close or 
crowded together, with little or no inflamma- 
tion round their bases, and unattended by fever. 
It is not contagious. The eruption is attended 
with tingling and smarting rather than itching. 
The species are : 

1. Eczema solare. Summer rash, or heat 
spots, produced by heat. It commonly lasts 
two or three weeks, and is unattended by much 
irritation. Cool bathing, a gentle purgative, 
and attention to clothing, is all that is necessary. 

2. Eczema impetiginodes. A local eczema, 
produced by the irritation of various substan- 
ces, especially sugar, and hence called Gro- 
cer's itch. Small, separate vesicles, containing 
a transparent fluid, slightly elevated : they are 
attended with pain, heat, smarting, and often 
with intense itching. When they break, the 
acrid lymph that is discharged irritates and in- 
flames the surrounding cuticle, which becomes 
thickened, rough, reddish, and cracked, as in 
the impetiginous state. The treatment consists 
of removing the irritating cause, and using 
washes of acetate of lead, or poultices. 

3. Eczema rubrum. This most remarkable 
variety, arises from the irritation of mercury, 
whence it lias been called eczema mercuriale, 
and erythema mercuriale and hydrargyria; but 
it may also be produced by exposure. This 
species usually commences with stiffness, burn 
ing heat, and itching in the inner surface of the 
thighs, and about the scrotum in men ; or in the 
groins or axillae, or neck. The surface becomes 
red, and rough, from innumerable minute, clear 
vesicles. These grow to the size of a pin's 
head, and become white and opaque. The 
eruption extends over the body in large patch- 

237 



EF F 

es, producing soreness, swelling, and much itch- 
ing. The ichorous discharge of the vesicles 
produces great inflammation and excoriation, 
often extending over the whole body. The 
disease may last several weeks, but usually only 
ten days. Towards its close, the surface be- 
comes covered with blackish scabs, which de- 
squamate, leaving a rough skin, as in slight pso- 
riasis. The constitution is not much affected, 
but irritable persons may suffer from repeated 
attacks. 

The treatment is entirely palliative. It con- 
sists of using the warm bath, emollient poul- 
tices, washes, and cerates, with great cleanliness 
of the linen. The mineral acids and sarsapa- 
rilla, or cinchona, are also serviceable. 

Eczema mercuriale. See Eczema rubrum. 

Eczesma. Eczema. 

EDENTA'TA. Edentals. The fifth order 
of mammalia : animals which are without inci- 
sor teeth, and some without any teeth. 

Edenta'te. Without teeth. 

Edes. Edctz. Amber. 

Ede'ssenum. An old collyriuni. 

Edic Edich. Edir. Iron. 

Edu'lcorant. Edulcorans. Applied to a 
medicine supposed to purify the fluids by de- 
priving them of their acrimony. 

EDULCORA'TION. Edulcoralio. 1. The 
affusion of water on any substance to remove 
from it saline or other particles which are solu- 
ble in water. 2. Sweetening. 

Edulcora'tor. A dropping bottle, for sup- 
plying small portions of fluid. It is merely a 
vial having a perforated cork, through which 
passes a small tube. 

Eel. Muracna. 

Eel fat. Adeps angwilUr.. This is obtained 
from eels while roasting, and was used as an 
ointment for stiff joints. 

E'FFERENT. Efferens. Carrying or trans- 
porting: applied to vessels, &c, which convey 
fluids from glands, as the vasa ejfercntia, which 
carry lymph to the thoracic duct. 

Efferent nerves. Those which convey 
nervous impressions from the centers to the 
periphery. 

EFFERVESCENCE. (EJervesccnlia, a, f. ; 
from effervcsco, to grow hot.) 1. That agita- 
tion 'which is produced by mixing substances 
together which cause the evolution of a gas. 2. 
A iow degree of ebullition. 

Effervescing draught. A pleasant carbo- 
nated drink, which may be used as a vehicle 
for saline medicines. It is made with bicarbo- 
nate of soda, 3ss., dissolved in a wine-glass of 
water, and acted on by a table-spoonful of lem- 
on juice, or tartaric acid, 3j. 

EFFE'TB. Effatus. Barren ; worn out ; 
impoverished. Applied principally to such act- 
ive agents as have lost their power by use. 

E'ffila. Freckles. 

EFFLORESCENCE. EJJloratio. (Efflorcs- 
cf.nlia, <e, f. ; from cfflorcsco, to blow as a flow- 
er.) 1. In Pathology, a morbid redness of the 
skin; an exanthem; also, the class of exan- 
thematous diseases. 2. In Chemistry, when 
bodies are spontaneously converted into a dry 
powder. It is usually occasioned by the loss 
of water of crystallization in saline bodies. Car- 
238 



EL A 

bonate of soda and sulphate of iron are instan 
ces. 

EFFLU'VIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from ejJLuo, to 
flow out.) An exhalation. Generally such a» 
are noxious, or disagreeable to the senses. 

Effractu'ra. A fracture of the cranium, in 
which the bone is much depressed. 

EFFUSION . ( Effusio, onis, f. ; from effundo, 
to pour out. ) In Qpthology, the escape of any 
fluid out of the vessel or viscus naturally con- 
taining it, and its lodgment in another cavity,, 
in the cellular substance (infiltration), or in the 
substance of parts. Effusion also sometimes 
signifies the morbid secretion of fluids from the 
vessels ; thus pathologists frequently speak of 
coagulable lymph being effused on different 
surfaces. 

Ege'ries. Egeslio. An excretion or evac- 
uation. 

EGE'STA. (a, a, f. ; from egero, to carry 
out.) The fieces and matters carried out of the 
healthy body. 

Egg. See Ovum. 

Egg plant. Solanuin nielongena. 

Egg-shapei>. Ovatus. 

Egopho'ny. Egobronchophony. See CEgoph- 
ony. 

Eighth pair of nerves. The par vaguui. 
See Nervous system. 

Eilamioes. The membranes involving the 
brain. 

Eile'ma. In Hippocrates it signifies painful 
convolutions of the intestines from flatulence. 

Ei'leon. The ilium. 

Ei'leos. See Ileus. 

Ei'spnoe. Inspiration of air. 

EJA'CULATORY. Ejaculans. (From ejae- 
ulor, to cast out.) . Ejaculatorus. The vessels 
which convey the semen to the penis are called 
ejaculatory ducts. These are the epididymis, 
the vasa deferentia, and the vesicular seminales. 

Ejaculator seminis. See Accelerator urinm. 

Eje'ction. A dejection or excrement. 

ELABORATION. A certain change or pro- 
cess through which it is supposed aliments, 
chyle, &c, pass to become assimilated to the 
fluids, &c, of the living body. 

Elaca'lli. Euphorbia uervifolia. 

ELjEAGNA'CEjE. A natural order of shrub- 
by, arborescent exogens, inhabiting the entire 
northern hemisphere down to the equator, hav- 
ing leprous leaves, superior fruit, tubular calyx, 
and apetalous flowers. They are distinguished 
from Thymelacem by the ovule being erect, 
from Proteaccm by the valvate calyx and the 
dehiscent fruit of the latter, and from Santala- 
cece by the superior ovary. The berries of 
some species are eaten in Persia and Nipaul. 

El^a'gnon. Vitex agnus castus. 

Eljeo'hku. A sweet purging oil. 

Eljkopha'nes. Having the appearance of oil. 

ELiEOS A'CCH ARUM, (urn, i, n. ; from 
e?.aiov, oil, and canxapov, sugar.) A mixture 
of an essential oil with sugar. 

Elaidate. A salt of elaidic acid. 

Elaidic acid. An acid resulting from the 
saponification of elaidiue. Formula, C72HC6O5. 

Elaidine. A substance resembling etearine, 
which results from the action of nitrous acid 
upon olive, almond, and some other oils. 



ELE 

EL A1N. (From eXaiov, oil.) Olehie. The 
oily principle of solid fats and oils. It is an 
oleate of glycerin. 

Elaiodate. A salt formed by the elaiodic 
acid with a base. 

Elaiodic acid. See Oleoricinic acid. 
Elaiodon. (From e?Miov, oil.) A name 
given by Herberger to the fluid part of volatile 
oils. o 

ELAIS GUINEE'NSIS. A palm of Guinea 
and the West Indies. It yields the Mac/caw fat, 
an emollient, fatty substance. 

Elalde'hyde. A fluid resulting from the 
spontaneous change of aldehyde. 

Elao'pten. The liquid portion of a volatile 
oil, to distinguish it from the stearoplen, which 
is solid, as in the case of camphor. 
E'laps. A sub-genus of vipers. 
Ela'sma. A lamina of any kind. A clyster- 
pipe. 

ELASTIC. (Elasticus ; from e^aarrjc, im- 
pulsor, which is from eTiavveiv, to impel, to 
push.) Springy; having the power of return- 
ing to the form from which it has been forced 
to deviate. 

Elastic fluid. A gas. 
Elastic gum. Caoutchouc. 
ELASTICITY. Elasticitas. A force in bod- 
ies by winch they endeavor to restore them- 
selves to the posture from which they were 
displaced by any external force. 

Elate'rine. A crystallizable matter distinct 
from elatin, found by Mr. Hernial in the juice 
of elaterium. 

ELATE'RIUM. (urn, i, n. Bfcmjptov ; 
from e%avvo>, to stimulate or agitate.) 1. Any 
drastic purgative. 2. At present it signifies a 
peculiar substance deposited from the juice of 
the wild cucumber. See Momordica elaterium. 
Elathe'ria. A name of the cascarilla bark. 
E'LATIN. The active principle of elaterium. 
6ee Momordica elaterium. 

Elati'ne. Antirrhinum elatine. 
Elayl. The name of Berzelius for olefiant 
gas or an isomeric compound. 

ELCA'JA. Trichilia emclica. An Arabian 
tree, the fruit of which is emetic, and is em- 
ployed in ointments for the cure of itch and 
other cutaneous diseases. 

ELCO'SIS. (is, eos, f.; from eIk oc, an ulcer.) 
Ulceration. Sauvages applies this term espe- 
cially to a cachectic disease attended with fetid, 
carious, and chronic ulcers. 
Elder. See Sambncus. 
Elder, dwarf. See Sambucus ebulus. 
Elder ointment. See Unguentum sambuci. 
Eleca'mpane. See Inula helenium. 
Elecampane camphor. See Helenin. 
Eleca'mpin. Inulin. 
* ELECTRI'C. Pertaining to electricity. 
Electric aura. The current produced 
when a highly-charged vessel or conductor dis- 
charges its electricity from a pointed rod. The 
aura is sometimes made to act upon delicate 
parts of the body, as the eye, and produces a 
stimulant or irritating effect; or the same re- 
sult may be produced by taking a current, by 
means of a pointed conductor, from the electri- 
fied patient. 

Electric bath. This term is employed to 



ELE 

designate that means of using electricity iu 
medicine which consists in placing the patient 
on the glass stool, and putting him in contact 
with the prime conductor of the machine, either 
directly by his hand, or by means of a chain. 
It is the most gentle method of using electrici- 
ty, and enables the operator to act •upon any 
part by receiving sparks, or the aura therefrom. 
Electric fishes. The species of the class 
Pisces are so called which have the power of 
discharging electric shocks ; the most remarka- 
ble are the Torpedo, Gymnotus, and Silurns, or 
Malapterurus electricus. 

Electric friction. A term introduced by 
Cavallo to designate the irritating action of tak- 
ing sparks from a person in the electrical bath 
through a piece of flaunel. It is said to be one 
of the most permanent and efficacious means of 
using this agent. 

Electric shocks. The sudden administra- 
tion of a large amount of electricity from a Ley- 
den jar, whereby the patient is thrown into a 
partial and rapid convulsion. The shock may 
be regulated by the size of the jar, or be of 
half a pint, a pint, or quart; or it may be of any 
force, by using the medical electrometer. Shocks 
from a pint jar are usually sufficiently severe. 
Electri'cal. Pertaining to electricity. 
Electrical balance. There are two ma 
chines bearing this name : Coulomb's torsion 
electrometer, and Harris's balance electrome- 
ter. See Electrometer. 

Electrical battery. A number of Leyden 
jars arranged in a box or frame, and commu- 
nicating with each other by metallic rods, so 
that the whole can be discharged together. 

Electrical column. An electrical pile of 
De Luc, consisting of thin plates of two metals, 
with paper between them, arranged like the 
pairs of a galvanic battery. The pairs are in- 
closed in glass tubes, and produce a feeble elec- 
trical current for some years. 

Electrical machine. There are two kinds 
in use, the plate and the cylinder machine. The 
plate machine consists of a circular plate of thick 
glass, through the centre of which passes an axis 
by which it can be rapidly rotated. The plate 
and axis are sustained by uprights of baked 
wood, which also carry cushions of leather or 
silk, against which the plate brashes in its rev- 
olutions, and receives its excitement. The 
cushions sometimes carry pieces of silk to as- 
sist the excitement ; and they are also smeared 
with an amalgam of tin and mercury, or with 
mosaic gold, for the same purpose. There is 
also attached to the machine a metallic part, 
called the prime conductor, which is sustained 
by one or more glass legs. The conductor is 
of every shape and size, but usually cylindrical, 
with rounded ends. At the part nearest the 
glass plate it is furnished with many wires, set 
within a tenth of an inch from the glass, for the 
purpose of collecting the electricity evolved. 
The cylinder machine differs from the former 
only in the figure of the glass, which is cylin- 
drical, and the position of the rubbers. 

ELECTRI'CITY. (From yleurpov, amber, 
which becomes electrical by heat.) An im 
ponderable body or agent, manifesting itself by 
attracting or repelling light bodies, by produ- 

239 



ELE 

cing light, decomposing water and certain flu- 
ids, and producing a shock or involuntary mus- 
cular motion in the bodies of animals when it 
is made to pass through them. An agent having 
some or all of these properties is set free when 
chemical action takes place, and when many 
bodies are heated or nibbed : in the former 
ca*e it is usually termed Galvanism, in the lat- 
ter Electricity; but the line of demarcation 
between them is indistinct. 

Matter, as respects frictional electricity, is 
either susceptible of excitement, electric or non- 
conducting, as dry wood, glass, resins, furs, 
silk ; or it is non-electric or conducting, as met- 
als and moist substances. When two of the 
former, as glass and silk, are rubbed together, 
electricity is made free. An electrical machine 
is therefore a contrivance in which glass and 
silk, or leather variously prepared, are made to 
rub together, with an arrangement for retaining 
the electricity produced. 

When bodies are electrified or excited, it 
appears that they attract some forms of matter 
and repel others. They attract all unexcited 
substances, and such as are in a different elec- 
trical state, while they repel all which have 
been similarly excited. In virtue of this phe- 
nomenon, it has been supposed that there are 
two electrical fluids, or two electrical states. 
These are severally called the positive, pins, or 
vitreous electricity, and the negative, minus, or 
resinous electricity. When two substances be- 
come excited by friction, one is negative, or 
indicates a loss of electricity, while the other 
becomes positive. The like fluids always re- 
pel, and the unlike attract. 

An excited body influences all those within 
a certain distance, inducing in them the electri- 
cal state, and this takes place whenever an 
electrical change occurs in the vicinity of a 
body. Thus, if one wire be conducting elec- 
tricity, any wire in the neighborhood will also 
be thrown into the electrical state. This action 
of excited matter is called induction : hence 
we have induced currents, induced electricity, 
&c. 

The effects of electricity also differ. When 
it gives powerful shocks to the body, or decom- 
poses fluids, it is said to have tension, or inten- 
sity; when, on the other hand, it develops great 
heat, as in certain galvanic arrangements, it is 
said to have quantity. 

An electric current is an influence propagated 
along a wire or conductor. When it passes 
through fluids of a certain composition (Unary), 
it produces decomposition or electrolysis. In 
this case, the wires which conduct the electric- 
ity are termed electrodes, that which conducts 
the positive or vitreous fluid is called the anode, 
and that at the other side the cathode. 

Electricity has been often recommended in 
medicine, especially in diseases attended with 
a loss or derangement of nervous power, as 
paralysis, chorea. It is commonly administered 
by placing the patient on a stool furnished with 
glass feet, and making him hold the prime con- 
ductor of a machine. This causes the electri- 
cal fluid to flow over his body. It is occasion- 
ally given in smart shocks from a Leyden vial, 
or he may be placed between conducting rods 
240 



ELE 

and currents 6ent through his body. Its opera- 
tion is very uncertain, and it is difficult td say 
how much good it has effected, while it is at all 
times a veiy disagreeable therapeutical agent. 
Electricity from the machine can only be ad- 
ministered during dry weather, and therefore 
this implement is not as serviceable as the mag- 
neto-electrical machine. 

Electricity, voltaic. Galvanism. 

Electkizers, Harrington's. Plates of cop- 
per, zinc, &c, which, being applied to the 
body, and connected by a wire, produce a fee- 
ble current . 

Electro'de. 1. A surface by which elec- 
tricity passes ; a pole. 2. Any substance which 
becomes electrical by friction or heat. 

Electko'dyna'mics. The phenomena of elec- 
tricity in motion, or the action of conductors on 
each other when conveying electricity or gal- 
vanism. 

Electroly'sis. The direct or primary de- 
composition of bodies by galvanism. 

Electroly'te. A substance capable of be- 
ing primarily decomposed by a galvanic cur- 
rent. 

ELE'OTRO-MA'GNETISM. That portion 
of electrical science which investigates the re- 
ciprocal relations of electrical or galvanic cur- 
rents to magnets. The basis, of this science 
rests in the discovery of CErsted, that a con- 
ductor placed near a magnetic needle affects it, 
producing a movement more or less intense, 
and varying in direction according to the posi- 
tion of the conductor, or the force of the trav- 
ersing current. The most remarkable phenom- 
ena of this department of electricity are the 
rotatory movements produced by galvanic cur- 
rents operating on temporary magnets, and the 
surprising power which may be produced in 
temporary magnets, by which they can sustain 
tons of weight. The temporary magnets are 
merely bars of soft iron, either curved or 
straight, around which are wound many hun- 
dred feet of fine copper wire, covered with silk ; 
the ends of this wire being placed in contact 
with the poles of a galvanic battery, the soft 
iron becomes a powerful temporary magnet. 
See Galvanism, and Magneto-electricity. 

ELECTHO'METER. An implement to 
measure electricity. There are several known 
to electricians. Henley's quadrant electrometer 
measures the electrical excitement of an object 
by the repulsion of a pith ball attached to a 
wire. Coulomb's torsion electrometer is an ex 
tremely delicate instrument, in which the re- 
pulsion of a pith ball is also used as the means 
of producing motion ; but the amount of repul- 
sion is measured by the twisting of a glass 
thread or fibre of cocoon silk. Harris's balance 
electrometer consists of a fine balance, from oneV 
arm of which a metal hemisphere is suspended 
a short distance from a stand, which is exci- 
ted by contact. The suspended hemisphere is 
thereby attracted, and the force necessary to 
separate them is ascertained in grains in the 
scale pan. 

Electro'metkr, medical. Lane's electro- 
meter. This is a useful implement for regula- 
ting the force of sparks or shocks taken from 
the prime conductor. It consists of a curved 



ELE 

brass rod, which is attached to the conductor; 
this sustains a glass rod sufficiently long to hin- 
der the passage of sparks, and is terminated by 
a brass knob, through which passes a brass 
wire, each end of which is also furnished with 
brass knobs. The shocks are taken by the pa- 
tient holding one of these knobs in his hand, 
while the other is forced near to the conductor. 
The violence of the shock is thus regulated by 
the distance at which the knob is placed from 
the prime conductor ; thus sparks of half an 
inch, one inch or two, three or more inches, 
may be administered. 

Electro'phorus. Volta's electrophorus. 
This is a cake of resin, accompanied by a disk 
of metal, surmounted by a glass handle. By 
exciting the resin with a silk rubber, it contin- 
ues active for weeks, and a spark is obtained 
whenever the metallic disk is removed, and 
touched or applied to a conductor. 

Ele'ctropolar. A term used to designate 
that condition of a conductor in which one end 
or surface is negative and the other positive. 
This condition occurs when electricity is in- 
duced. 

Ele'ctropuncture. See Acupuncture. 

Ele'ctroscope. An instrument for the dis- 
covery of electrical excitement. It diners from 
an electrometer, with which it is usually con- 
founded, in not measuring t.l«e degree of excite- 
ment. Two pith balls, connected by a dry silk 
thread, form a good electroscope. Two ships 
of gold leaf, inclosed in a glass case, and con- 
nected at one end by a brass rod, with a knob 
or plate of brass, constitute the gold-leaf elec- 
troscope. 

Ele'ctro-stimulation. The prickly sensa- 
tion produced by veratria, &c. — Turnbull. 

Ele'ctrotint. An engraving formed by the 
electrotype from an original painted in thick 
colors, so as to produce sufficient inequalities 
to hold engravers' ink. 

Ele'ctrotype. Casting by the galvanic cur- 
rent. Any metallic object being immersed in 
a proper solution of a metal, the latter is precip- 
itated on the mold by means of a galvanic cur- 
rent, so as to produce a perfect fac simile or 
impression. 

ELE'OTRUM. (urn, i, n. Eleicrpov.) Suc- 
cinum. Amber. 

Electrum minerale. An old tincture of 
metals. 

ELECTUA'RIUM. (um,i,n.) An electuary. 
The form of medicine now called a confection. 
See Confectio. 

Electuarium antimonii. Take confectio 
senna?, jj. ; guaiaci gummi, hydrargyri cum sul- 
phure, antimonii ppt. sing., ?ss. ; syrupi simpli- 
cis, q. s. : mix. This electuary was formerly 
used in chronic cutaneous diseases, generally 
in conjunction with decoction of elm bark or 
of sarsaparilla. The dose is one or two drachms 
twice a day. 

Electuarium cassia. Confectio cassia?. 

Electuarium catechu compositum. (Ph. 
E.) Electuary of catechu. Take of catechu, 
5iv. ; kino, §iij. ; cinnamon, nutmeg, each ?,j. ; 
opium, diffused in a sufficient quantity of Span- 
ish white wine, 3iss. ; syrup of red roses, boiled 
to the consistence of honev, IbijJ. Reduce the 
O 



E L E 

solids to powder, and, having mixed them with 
the opium and syrup, make them into an elec 
tuary. A useful aromatic astringent. Ten 
scruples contain one grain of opium. Dose, 
3ss. to 3j. 

Electuarium cinchonje cum soda. Jfc. Car 
bonate of soda, rij.; powder of cinchona, fj.; 
mucilage of gum arabic, q. s. : mix. The dose 
is two drachms twice or thrice a day. 

Electuarium lenitivum. Confectio sennae. 

Electuarium opiatum. E. Thebiacum. Con- 
fectio opii. 

Electuarium scammonh. Confectio scam- 
monii. 

Eleli'sphacos. A species of sage. 

E'LEMENT. ( Elementum, i, n. ) A sub- 
stance which can no further be divided or de- 
composed by chemical analysis. See Equiva- 
lent. 

E'lemi. A fragrant resin. See Amy r is eh- 
mifera. 

Eleochry'sum. Gnaphalium stcechas. 

E L E O P T E ' N E . The fluid portion of es- 
sential oils which have been partly solidified 
by cold. The solid portion is termed the stea- 
ropten, or stearoptene. 

Eleoseli'num. Apium graveolens. 

Elephantia. Elephantiasmus. See Eh- 

ELEPHANTFASIS. (is, is, f. Ele<t>avna- 
ate, from e7.E^ac, an elephant.) Elephantiasis 
Grwcorum. E. arabum. E. arabica. It is a 
disease of warm climates, as Africa, the East 
and West Indies, Madeira, and the Isle of 
France ; but occasional instances seem to occur 
in all climates. It is principally characterized 
by the appearance of shining tubercles, of dif- 
ferent sizes, of a dusky red or livid color, on 
the face, ears, and extremities ; together with 
a very thickened and rugous state of the skin, 
a diminution or total loss of its sensibility, and 
a falling off of all the hair, except that of the 
scalp. The tubercles finally ulcerate, tlio skin 
becomes fissured, and parts suffer from gan- 
grene. The disease lasts for years, and death 
ultimately supervenes from internal inflamma- 
tions. This formidable leprosy of the ancients 
is not, however, contagious. It is the Juxam 
of the Arabians. See, also, Barbadoes leg, and 
Lepra. » 

There is a disease of India, called Baras, often 
confounded with elephantiasis. This begins 
with circumscribed, pale blotches on the skin 
of the extremities, which are perfectly insensi- 
ble. This state sometimes spreads over the 
whole body, the pulse falls to 50 or 60, the ex- 
tremities become swelled and stiffen, bowels 
costive, mind dull, and little pain. Ulcers oc- 
cur, which gradually, year by year, dismember 
the fingers and toes. During this the health is 
not much affected, except that the faculties are 
benumbed. The patient often dies in old age 
of some other disease. 

It is said that the disease is cured in its first 
stage by the Asclepias gigantea, especially in 
combination with alterative doses of mercury 
and antimony, and with topical stimulants. 

Elephantiasis Italica. See Pelagra. 

E'LEPHAS. 1. The elephant. 2. Elephan- 
tiasis. 3. Aqua fortis. 4. Ivory. 

241 



ELI 

ELETTA'RIA. (a, <c,f.) A genus of plants, 
to which is referred the lesser cardamom plant, 
Elettaria cardamomum. See Alpinia carda- 
( momum. 

Eleutheria. Eleutcria. Cascarilla bark. 
See Croton eleutheria. 

Eleva'tio. Elevation; sublimation. 

ELEVA'TOR. {or, oris, m. ; from clcvo, to 
lift up.) 1. A muscle is so called, the office 
of which is to lift up the part to which it is at- 
tached. See, also, Levator. 2. A surgical in- 
strument, with which to raise any depressed 
portion of bone, especially of the cranial bones, 
after fractures and depressions. It is merely a 
bar or lever of steel, with one end made slight- 
ly rough, for the purpose of raising the bone. 

Elevator ani. See Levator ani. 

Elevator labii inferioris proprius. See 
Levator labii inferioris. 

Elevator labii superioris proprius. See 
Levator labii superioris alatque nasi. 

Elevator labiorum. See Levator anguli 
oris. 

Elevator nasi alarum. See Levator labii 
superioris almque nasi. 

Elevator oculi. See Rectus superioris. 

Elevator palpebr.s: superioris. See Le- 
vator palpebral superioris. 

Elevator scapula. See Levator scapula. 

Elevator testiculi. The cremaster mus- 
cle. 

Elevator urethra. The transversus peri- 
nau muscle. 

Elevato'rium. The elevator. 

Eli'banum. The same as olibanum. 

Elichry'sum. Gnaphalium stoechas. 

Eli'drion. Elidrium. 1. Gum mastich. 2. 
The rhaponticum. 3. Mercury. 4. An alloy 
of silver, gold, and brass. 

Eli'gma. A linctus. See Eclegma. 

Elioseli'num. See Eleoselinum. 

ELIQUA'TION. 1. An operation by means 
of which a more fusible substance is separated 
from another which is less fusible. It consists 
in the application of a degree of heat sufficient 
to fuse the former, but not the latter. 2. Col- 
liquation. 

Elithroid. See Elytroid. 

Elixa'tion. Seething, or boiling. 

ELI'XIR. {Elixir, n. ind. ; from the Arabic 
elekser, quintessence.) A term formerly ap- 
plied to many preparations, and chiefly to 
compound tinctures. 

Elixir acidum Halleiu. A mixture of sul- 
phuric acid and alcohol, used as a styptic in 
hemorrhages. 

Elixir aloes. Tinctura aloes et myrrh*. 

Elixir antiasthmaticum Boerhaavii. Bo- 
erhaave's antiasthmatic elixir. This is com- 
posed of alcohol, aniseed, and the roots of orris, 
asarabacca, sweet flag, liquorice, and elecam- 
pane. The dose is twenty or thirty drops. 
' Elixir paregoricum. Paregoric elixir. The 
tinctura camphora? composita, and tinctura opii 
ammoniata. 

Elixir proprietatis. Elixir of nature. An 
old preparation nearly corresponding with the 
compound tincture of aloes now in use. 

Elixir proprietatis cum acldo. The elixir 
proprietatis, acidulated with sulphuric acid. 
242 



EMA 

Elixir proprietatis tartarizatum. The 
elixir proprietatis, with the addition of salt of 
tartar. 

Elixir sacrum. A tincture made principal- 
ly of rhubarb and aloes. Tinctura rhei et aloes. 

Elixir salutis. E. of health. Tinctura 
senna; composita. 

Elixir stomachicum. The compound tino- 
ture of gentian. Tinctura gentianai composita. 

Elixir vit.e mathioli. This was composed 
of a great number of aromatic and stimulant 
substances, digested in alcohol. 

Elixir vitrioli. E. of vitriol. Acidum 
sulphuricum aromaticum. 

Elixivia'tio. Lixiviation. 

Elk. Cervus alcis. 

Ella'gic acid. Acidum cllagicum. An in- 
soluble acid existing in old nut-galls which 
have been changed by exposure to air ; it is a 
moist powder. Form., C17II2O4. 

Elleborum. See Helleborus. 

Elli'psoid. A solid of such a figure that ev 
ery section is an ellipse. 

Elli'ptic. Ellipticus. Of an elliptical 
shape. 

Elm. See Ulmus. 

Elm-leaved sumach. See Rhus coriaria. 

Elo'des. Marshy; also, the sudor anglicus. 

ELONGATION. (From clongo, to lengthen 
out.) 1. An impdWect luxation, where the lig- 
aments are only lengthened, and the bone not 
put out of its socket. 2. The extension of a 
limb for the purpose of reducing a dislocation 
or fracture. 

ELUTRIA'TION. {Elulrialio; from clutrio. 
to cleanse.) The pouring a liquor out of one 
vessel into another, in order to separate tha 
clear fluid from the sediment. Decantation. 

ELU'VIES. {es, ei, f. ; from cluo, to wash 
out.) A swamp or quagmire. Some writers 
give this name to the discharge of a fluid, and 
especially to fluor albus. 

Eluxa'tion. The same as luxation. 

Elymagro'stis. Panicum. 

E'LYMUS. A genus of grasses. 

ELYTRI'TIS. Elytroitis. Inflammation of 
the vagina. 

ELYTROCE'LE. A hernia in the vagina. 

E L y ' t r o i d. Elytroides. Like a sheath. 
The tunica vaginalis is so called by some wri- 
ters, because it includes the testis like a sheath. 
This epithet is also given to a pessaiy invented 
by M. Jules Cloquet. 

Elytro'ncus. Elylrophyma. A swelling or 
tumor of the vagina. 

ELY'TRUM. {Elytron, a sheath; from elvu, 
to involve.) 1. The membranes involving the 
spinal cord are called eXvrpa by Hippocrates. 
2. The wing sheaths of an insect. 3. The fe- 
male vagina. 

ELYTROFTO'SIS. ( From elvrpov, and 
•KTumc, a falling down.) A name given by 
Callisen to inversion of the vagina. Also, pro- 
lapsus of the vagina. 

ELYTRO'RRHAPHY. (From elvrpov, and 
pa<j>n, a suture.) . The operation of restoring 
the vagina by suture in cases of fissure, or of 
closing it in procidentia uteri. 

Emacia'tio.v. Leanness. See Atrophy, and 
Marasmus. 



EMB 

EMA'NSIO MENSIUM. Retention of the 
menses. See Amenorrhaa, and Chlorosis. 

Ema'rginate. Emarginatus. Nicked: that 
is, having a small, acute notch at the summit. 

Ema'sculate. Emasculatus. Applied to a 
male deprived of the generative power. 

EMASCULA'TION. The act of destroying 
the generative power in the male by lesion or 
removal of the organs on which it depends. 

Embalming. The preservation of the dead 
body. The most common means employed by 
the Egyptians was by saturating every part 
with asphaltum. 

Emba'mma. The Greek name of. any liquid 
condiment in which the food was dipped. 

EMBOTTEMENT. A French word, used to 
designate that hypothesis of generation which 
regards the embryos of successive periods as 
incased within one another. 

E'mbole. The setting of a dislocated bone. 

Embo'npoint. (From the French.) In good 
condition ; rather stout, but not corpulent. 

Embo'risma. An aneurism. 

Embre'gma. An embrocation. 

EMBROCA'TIO. (o, onia, f. ; from qufipe^w, 
to moisten or soak in.) An embrocation; a 
fluid application to nib any part of the body 
with. The following embrocations are useful : 

Embuocatio aluminis. Take of alum, uj. 5 
vinegar and proof spirit, of each, Ibss. For 
chilblains and diseased joints. 

Embrocatio ammonia. R. Embrocationis 
ammonia? acetatis, §ij.; aqua) ammonia?, 31J. 
For sprains and bruises. 

Embrocatio ammonia acetatis. R. Li- 
quoris ammonia) acetata), solutionis saponis, 
sing., fj. M. For bruises with inflammation. 

Embrocatio ammonia acetatis camphor- 
ata. R - . Solutionis saponis cum camphora, liq. 
ammonia) acetata), sing., 5J. ; aqua) ammonia) 
puroe, fss. For sprains and braises. It is also 
frequently applied to disperse chilblains which 
have not suppurated. It is said to be the same 
as Steer's opodeldoc. 

Embrocatio cantharidis cum camphora. 
R. Tinct. cantharidis, spiritus camphora), sing., 
5j. M. This may be used in any case in which 
the object is to stimulate the skin. The ab- 
sorption of cantharides, however, may bring on 
a strangury. 

Embroca'tion. Embrocatio. 

E'mbroche. An embrocation. 

E'MBRYO. EMBRTON. (From Efidpvu, to 
bud forth.) 1. The foetus in utero is so called 
before the fifth month of pregnancy. 2. The 
germ of a plant ; the corculum of Linnaeus. 

Embryo'ctony. Synonymous with embry- 
otomy. 

Embryo'graphy. The anatomical descrip- 
tion of the foetus. 

Embryon. See Embryo. 

Embryothla'stes. Embryothlasta. Em- 
bryorectes. An instrument for breaking the 
bones of a dead foetus to promote its delivery. 

EMBRYO'TOMY. {Embryotomy, <e, f. ; 
from efi6pvov, and reftvu, to cut.) The dis- 
memberment of the foetus while in ntcro, to ex- 
tract it. 

EMBRYU'LCIA. (a, «, f. ; from e/i6pvov, the 
foetus, and e2,ku, to draw.) 1. The obstetric 



EMI 

art. 2. The extraction of the dead foetus, in 
particular, has been so called ; and many use the 
term synonymously with embryotomy. 

EMBRYU'LCUS. (From s^pvov, a foetus, 
and e2.au, to draw.) The blunt hook or for- 
ceps for drawing the child from the womb. 

Emendent. Emcndans. Corrigent. 

Eme'rsus. Emersed; raised above the wa- 
ter. 

Emerus. Colutca arborcscens. 

EME'SIA. (a, a, f. ; eueaia ; from e/ieu, to 
vomit.) Ernes ma. Ernest's. The act of vom- 
iting. 

Emesis. Efieotc. Vomiting. 

Eme'ta. Emetia. Pure EmMine, which sec 

E ME 'TIC. (Emeticus, e/j.etikoc.) 1. Pos- 
sessed of the power of exciting vomiting. 2. 
A medicine which has the power of exciting 
vomiting. Emetics are used to remove injun- 
ous matters from the stomach, assist expectora- 
tion, break down fevers by producing a shock 
on the nervous system, produce relaxation and 
absorption by causing nausea, and to reduce 
the pulse and the heart's action. They are dan- 
gerous where there is determination of the blood 
to the head, especially in plethoric habits ; in 
visceral inflammation, or where there is a prob- 
ability of its occurrence ; in the advanced stage 
of pregnancy ; in hernia, and prolapsus uteri. 
The frequent use of emetics weakens the tone 
of the stomach. An emetic should always be 
administered in the fluid fonn. Its operation 
may be promoted by drinking any tepid dilu- 
ent, or light bitter infusion. The chief emetics 
are ipecacuanha, squill, chamomile, mustard, 
asarum europaeum, tobacco, tartar emetic, the 
sulphates of zinc, copper, and iron, and the sub 
acetate of copper, common salt. 

Ejietic tartar. See Antimoninm tarlariza- 
turn. 

Emetic weed. Lobelia inflata. 

EMETIN. Emctina. Emetine. The active 
principle of ipecacuanha, which contains as 
much as 16 per cent. It forms transparent 
brownish-red scales, without smell, and is of a 
bitter, acrid taste, and soluble in water and al- 
cohol. A grain acts as a powerful emetic, fol- • 
lowed by sleep ; six grains cause violent vom- 
iting, and produce stupor and death, the lungs 
and intestines being found inflamed. It is sel- 
dom used. When prepared with great care 
(Emelia), it is a white powder, and alkaline; 
doses so small as the one tenth of a grain are 
emetic. 

Emetocatha'rtic Emelico-catharticus. Op- 
erating both by vomit and stool. 

Eminence. Emincntia. A projection or pro 
tuberance. 

Eminentia annularis. The pons varolii. 

Eminentia candicantes. The corpora at 
bicantia of the brain. 

Eminentia lenticulares. The corpora stri- 
ata. 

Eminentia magna cerebri. The lhalami 
opticorum. 

Eminentia yuADiUGEMiNA. See Tubercula 
quadrigemina. 

Emissaria dura matris. The processes of 
the dura mater, which accompany the cerebr 
nerves through the foramina of the cranium 

243 



8 OI 

Ira! 



EMP 



EMP 



"* 



EMISSA'RIUM. (um,i,n.) A canal through 
which any fluid passes out. 

EMI'SSION. Emissio. The act of throwing 
off any matter or fluid from the body. 

Emissoria saxtorini. Vena: emissoria: san- 
loritii. The different small veins which pass 
through the foramina of the cranium, forming 
communications between the external veins ot 
the head and the sinuses of the dura mater; as 
those which pass through the foramina pari- 
etalia and foramina mastoidea. 

Emissoria ven.e santorini. Emissory veins 
of Santorin. See Emissoria Santorini. 

EMISSO'R^S. Emissory. Applied to that 
which conducts any fluid out of the body, es- 
pecially to certain veins. 

EMME'NAGOGUE. Emmeniagoga. (Em- 
menagogus; from e/xpnvia, the menses, and ayu, 
to move.) Whatever medicines possess the 
power of promoting the catamenia. They are 
supposed to act indirectly. These may be, 1. 
Stimulating, as mercurial and antimonial prep- 
arations, which are principally adapted for the 
young, and those with peculiar insensibility of 
the uterus. 

2. Irritating, as aloes, savinc, ergot, and 
Spanish flics ; these are to be preferred in .tor- 
pid and chlorotic habits. 

3. Tonic, as ferruginous preparations, cold 
bath, and exercise, which are advantageously 
selected for the lax and phlegmatic. 

4. Antispasmodic, as assafatida, castor, small 
doses of ipecacuanha, acetate of ammonia, and 
heavy essential oils, as pennyroyal, rosemary, 
tansy; and pedilnvia : the constitutions to which 
these are more especially suited are the deli- 
cate, the weak, and the irritable. 

Emme'nia. The menses. 

Emmeniagoga. Emmenagogue. 

Emmenolo'gia. A treatise on menstruation. 

E'mmotos. Any medicament spread on lint. 

EMO'LLIENTS. Emollentia. (Emolliens; 
from cmollio, to soften.) Medicines possessing 
the power of relaxing. The principal emol- 
lients are tcarm water and tepid vapors, althaa, 
malva, mucilages, bland oils, fat, and pedilnvia. 

Emollitio vkntriculi. Gastromalacia. 

E'MOTION. Mental affection ; but cmotio is 
also used for delirium. 

Empas'ma. A powder sprinkled upon the 
body to restrain sweat. Compare Catapasma. 

EMPATHE'MA. (a,atis,u. Epnadrjc ; from 
iza6pi)a, passio, affcclio.) Ungovernable pas- 
sion. A genus of disease in Good's Nosology. 

Empei'ria. Empirical medicine, or that 
founded on experience alone. 

EMPHLYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from ev, iu, and 
<j>Xvot(, a vesicular tumor or eruption.) A ve- 
sicular tumor or eruption with ichorous dis- 
charge, as in aphtha, erysipelas, pemphigus. 

EMPHRA'CTIC. (Emphraticus ; from ep- 
'Qparru, to obstruct.) A medicine which, ap- 
plied to the skin, shuts up the pores. 

Emphra'ctica. Physconia. 

EMPHRA'GMA. (From epfparru, to ob- 
struct.) That which obstructs. A generic 
"term; as, Emphragma lachrymale. Fistula 
tlachrymalis. — E. salivarc. Ranula. 

Emphr'axis. An obstruction in any cavity 
r canal. 

244 



EMPHY'MA. A tumor originating below 
the integuments, and unaccompanied with in- 
flammation, at least in its commencement, such 
as fleshy, bony, and other morbid growths. 
Used as a generic term by Dr. Good ; including 
sarcoma, exostosis, atheroma, &c. 

EMPHYSE'MA. (a, atis, n.; from eptyvoau, 
to inflate.) A swelling produced by air or gas. 
See Pneumatosis. 

Emphys'ema abdominis. Tympanites. 

Emphysema of the lungs. E. pulmonum. 
The penetration of air into the intercellular 
structure of the lungs {interlobular emphysema) , 
or a dilation of the cellules {vesicular emphys- 
ema). It is attended with a great increase of 
clearness in percussion. The expiration is la- 
borious or wheezing. See Pneumatosis. 

Emphysema pectoris. Pneumothorax. 

Emphysema uteri. E. of the womb. Phy- 
sometra. 

E'mphyton the'rmon. (Ep<j>vrov ■&eppov. 
Caliduminnatum. Innate heat.) Animal heat. 

EMFI'RIC. (Empiricus. ~EpiztipiK.oc; from 
ev, in, and ncipa, experience.) Formerly one 
who practiced the healing art upon experience, 
and not theory. The term is now applied to 
those who deviate from the line of conduct 
pursued by regular practitioners, and vend nos- 
trums, or advertise. 

Empi'ricism. The practice of empirics. 

Empla'sticus. Emplastic. Applied to med- 
icines which, when spread upon the skin, stop 
the pores. 

EMPLA'STRUM. (um, i, n. ; from tpnlaa- 
(7w, to spread upon.) A plaster. Plasters are 
composed of unctuous substances, united either 
to powders or metallic oxides, &c. They are 
usually kept in rolls wrapped in paper, and 
spread, when wanted for use, upon thin leath- 
er ; if the plaster be not of itself sufficiently ad- 
hesive, it is to be surrounded at its margin by a 
boundary of resin plaster. 

Emplastrum adhje'rens. Emplastrum sa- 
ponis compositum. 

Emplastrum adhje'sivum anglicum. Court 
plaster. It is made by brushing, first, a solution 
of isinglass, and then a spirituous solution of 
benzoin, over black sarcenet or silk. An ad- 
mirable sticking plaster, and which, when 
spread on white or pale-colored silk, allows the 
surgeon to see the progress of wounds, cuts, &c. 

Emplastrum adhesivum. See Emplqgtrum 
resinw. 

Emplastrum alexandrium. An old plaster, 
made of wax, alum, &c. 

Emplastrum ammoniaci. (U. S.) Take of 
purified ammoniacum, gv. ; vinegar, Oss. Dis- 
solve the ammoniacum in the acid, then evapo 
rate the liquor with a slow fire, constantly stir- 
ring it, until it acquires a proper consistence. 
This is stimulant and discutient. 

Emplastrum ammoniaci cum hydrargyro. 
(Ph. L.) Take of ammoniacum, By. ; mercury, 
fiij.; olive oil, f. sj. ; sulphur, gr. viij. Add 
the sulphur gradually to the heated oil, stirring 
constantly with a spatula till they unite ; then 
rub the mercury with them till the globules 
disappear ; lastly, add by degrees the amnioni 
acum, previously melted, and mix the whole 
together. This plaster is discutient, and is ap 



EMP 

plied to nodes, indurated glands, and indolent 
tumors. 

Emplastrum aroma'ticum. (Ph.D.) Aro- 
matic plaster. Take of the concrete sap of pi- 
nus abies (frankincense), fiij. ; yellow wax, 
5ss.; cinnamon powder, 3yj.; oil of pimento, 
oil of lemons, each 3ij. Melt the wax and res- 
in, and rub the oils and cinnamon together. 
Mix them when the melted mass is becoming 
cool, and stir. It does not keep well, but is a 
good local stimulant in flatulent colics, nausea, 
and dyspepsia. 

Emplastrum antihystericum. See Em- 
plastrum assafeelida:. 

Emplastrum assafcetidje. (U.S.) Plaster 
of assafoetida. Take of lead plaster, assafoetida, 
each fly.; galbanum, yellow wax, each Ibss.; 
dilute alcohol, Oiij. Dissolve the gum-resins in 
the alcohol, then strain while hot, evaporate to 
the consistence of honey, and mix with the 
melted wax and plaster. Anodyne and anti- 
spasmodic. It is occasionally directed to be 
applied to the umbilical region in hysterical 
cases and in flatulence. 

Emplastrum attrahens. See Emplastrum 
feres. 

Emplastrum bellado'nn.e. (U. S.) Plas- 
ter of belladonna. Take of extract of bella- 
donna, ^iss. ; resin plaster, jiij. Melt the plas- 
ter, and mix with the extract. An anodyne in 
neuralgic and rheumatic pains. 

Emplastrum calefa'ciens. (Ph.D.) Em- 
plastrum picis cum cantharide. (U. S.) 

Emplastrum cantharidis. (Ph. L.) Blis- 
tering-fly plaster. Take of blistering flies, in 
very fine powder, flbj. ; wax plaster, Ibiss. ; lard, 
Ibss. Having melted the plaster and lard to- 
gether, and removed them from the fire, a little 
before they become solid sprinkle in the blis- 
tering flies, and mix the whole together. The 
Ccratum cantharidis has taken the place of this 
in tfll United States. 

Emplastrum cantharidis vesicatorije com- 
positum. (Ph. E.) Compound plaster of Spanish 
flies. Take of Venice turpentine, 18 pts. ; Bur- 
gundy pitch, Spanish flies, of each 12 pts. ; yel- 
low wax, 4 pts. ; subacetate of copper, 2 pts. ; 
white mustard seed and black pepper, of each 
1 part. Melt the pitch and wax, add the tur- 
pentine, and, as the mixture cools, stir in the 
other ingredients in fine powder. More active 
than blistering ointment, but dangerous, from 
the sores it sometimes produces. 

Emplastrum cer.k. (Ph. L.) Wax plaster. 
Take of yellow wax, prepared suet, of each 
Jbiij.; yellow resin, fly. Melt them together, 
and strain. 

Emplastrum cicut;e. E. conii. A French 
preparation of pitch plaster, with hemlock 
powder. 

Emplastrum commune. See Emplastrum 
plumbi. 

Emplastrum cumini. (Ph. L.) Cumin plas- 
ter. Take of cumin seeds, caraway seeds, bay- 
berries, of each fiij. ; dried pitch, ftiij. ; yellow 
wax, ^iij. Melt the dried pitch and wax togeth- 
er, add the remaining articles, previously pow- 
dered, and mix. A warm stomachic plaster, 
and suppurative. 

Emplastrum diachylon. Empl. plumbi. 



EMP 

Emplastrum elephantinum. A plaster com- 
posed of cerusse, wax, oil, and water. — Celsus. 

Emplastrum epispasticum. Emplastrum 
cantharidis. 

Emplastrum ferri. (U. S.) E. oxidi fer- 
ri rubri. (Ph. E.) Iron plaster. Strengthen- 
ing plaster. Take of red oxide of iron, fiij. ; 
lead plaster, Ibi). ; Burgundy pitch, Ibss. Melt 
the plaster and pitch, and stir in the iron, in 
powder, as it cools. A mechanical support, 
and slightly stimulant. 

Emplastrum galba'ni comp'ositum. (Ph. L. 
& U. S.) Compound galbanum plaster. Take 
of galbanum, §vii).; lead plaster, Ibiij.; com- 
mon turpentine, jx. ; Burgundy pitch, ^iij. 
This plaster is a warm digestive and suppura- 
tive, calculated to promote maturation of indo- 
lent or scirrhous tumors, and to allay the pains 
of sciatica, arthrodynia, &c. 

Emplastrum galbani. (Ph. D.) Galbanum 
plaster. Take of lead plaster, flbij. ; yellow 
wax, jiv. ; galbanum, Ibss. Melt the galba- 
num, and then add it to the other ingredients, 
melted together ; then melt again, and strain. 
Stimulant and discutiont, but less active than 
the next. 

Emplastrum gummo'sum. (Ph. E.) E. cum 
gummatibus. E. e gummis rcsinosis. Gum 
plaster. Take of lead plaster, 8 pts. ; gum am- 
mouiacnm, galbanum, and yellow wax, of each 
1 part. To the melted wax and plaster add 
the gum-resins, previously melted. Very sim- 
ilar to the compound galbanum plaster, and to 
the French E. cum gummi rcsinis. 

Emplastrum hydra'rgyri. (U. S.) Mer- 
curial plaster. Take of mercury, 5VJ. ; olive 
oil, resin, of each 51).; lead plaster, lb). Mix 
the resin and oil, and when cool, rub the mer- 
cury with them until the globules disappear; 
lastly, add, by degrees, the lead plaster, melted 
by a slow fire, and mix the whole. Used to 
resolve buboes, &c., and as a discutient. 

Emplastrum hydrargyri compositum. (Ph. 
P.) A mercury plaster, with resins : of a very 
complex form. 

Emplastrum ladani compositum. Take of 
soft labdanum, 5uj.; of frankincense, 5J. ; cin- 
namon and expressed oil of mace, each fsa. ; 
essential oil of mint, 3J. This has been super- 
seded by the E. cumivi. 

Emplastrum lithargyri. Emplastrum 
plumbi. — E. I. compositum. Emplastrum gal- 
bani compositum. — E. I. cum hydrargyro. Em- 
plastrum hydrargyri. — E. I. cum rcsina. Em- 
plastrum resina. — E. lyttir. See Emplastrum 
cantharidis. 

Emplastrum melo'es vesicatorii. Emplas- 
trum cantharidis. 

Emplastrum norimberge'nse. (Ph.P.) An 
ointment of red lead, wax, oil, and a little cam- 
phor. 

Emplastrum opii. (U.S.) Plaster of opium. 
Take of opium, powdered, fij. ; Burgundy 
pitch, |iij.; lead plaster, Ibj.; water, f. fiv- 
Having melted the plaster, add \he resin, 
opium, and water, and boil down the whole 
with a slow fire to a proper consistence. An 
anodyne of little value. 

Emplastrum oxmi ff.rri rubri. Emplas- 
trum ferri. 

245 



EMP 

EMPLASTRUM OXIDI PLUMBI SEMIVITREUM. 

Emplastrum plumbi. 

Emplastrum picis. Emplastrum picis com- 
positum. (Ph. L.) Compound pitch plaster. 
Take of Burgundy pitch, ibij. ; resin of 6pruce 
fir, ibj. ; yellow resin, yellow wax, of each jiv. ; 
expressed oil of nutmegs, fj ; olive oil, water, 
of each f. fij. Having melted together the 
pitch, resin, and wax, add first the resin of the 
spruce fir (or diy white turpentine), then the oil 
of nutmegs, the olive oil, and the water ; lastly, 
mix the whole together, and boil down to a 
proper consistence. It is slightly rubefacient, 
and much used in coughs and rheumatic pains. 

Emplastrum picis burgundicje. See Em- 
plastrum picis. 

Emplastrum picis cum cantharide. (U. 
S.) Plaster of pitch, with Spanish flies. Warm- 
ing plaster. Take of Burgundy pitch, Ibiijss. ; 
cerate of cantharides, Ibss. Melt by a warm 
bath. A rubefacient, more active than pitch 
plaster, and useful in inflammations of the vis- 
cera. 

Emplastrum PLUMBI. E. oxidi plumbi. (U. 
S. & Ph. L.) Lead plaster. Take of semivitri- 
fied oxide of lead, in fine powder, lbv. ; olive 
oil, Cj. ; water, Oy. Boil slowly. A little boil- 
ing water is to be added toward the end of the 
process if required. Excoriations of the skin, 
slight burns, and the like, may be covered with 
this plaster; but it is in more general use as a 
defensive, and to make other plasters. 

Emplastrum plumbi carbonatls. (U. S.) 
Plaster of carbonate of lead. Take of carbo- 
nate of lead, Ibj. ; olive oil, Oij. ; yellow wax, 
fiv. ; lead plaster, Bliss, ; orris root, powdered, 
fix. Boil together the oil and carbonate of 
lead, with a little water; then add the wax 
and plaster, and when these are incorporated, 
mix in the powder as they cool. An applica- 
tion to excoriated surfaces. 

Emplastrum polychrk'stum. Emplastrum 
resinae. 

Emplastrum resinje. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
Resin plaster. E. rcsinosum. Adhesive plas- 
ter. Take of yellow resin, Ibss. ; lead plaster, 
Ibiij. Having melted the lead plaster, add the 
ream in powder, and mix. This adhesive plas- 
ter is chiefly used for keeping on other dress- 
ings, and for retaining the edges of recent 
wounds together. 

Emplastrum roborans. Sec Emplastrum 
ferri. (U. S.) 

Emplastrum sapoxis. E. saponaceum. (U. 
S., Th. L. et D.) Soap plaster. Take of hard 
soap, sliced, Ibss. ; lead plaster, Ibiij. Having 
melted the plaster, mix in the soap ; then boil 
It down to a proper consistence. A mild dis- 
cutient, and used as a defensive. 

Emplastrum sapon-is compositum. (Ph. D.) 
Adhesive or sticking plaster. Take of soap 
plaster, §ij.; resin plaster, ^iij. Make a plas- 
ter to be spread on linen. 

Emplastrum simplex. Emplastrum cera?. 

Emplastrum thuris compositum. Com- 
pound frankincense plaster. Take of frankin- 
cense, Ibss. ; dragon's blood, 5 iij. ; litharge 
plaster, Ibij. To the melted lead plaster add 
the rest, powdered. Adhesive; sustaining. 

Emplastrum vesicato'rium. Emplastrum 
246 



EMP 

cantharidis; but, in the United States, super- 
seded by the Ceratum cantharidis. 

Emplastrum viride. E. alexandrinum. 

Emplatto'mena. The same as emplastica- 

EMPNEUMATO'SIS. (From ev, in, and 
nveu, to blow.) 1. An inflation of the stom- 
ach and abdomen. — Galen. 2. The term has 
also been used synonymously with emphysema. 
3. Inspiration. 

Empo'rium. A mart. The name formerly 
given to an imaginary reservoir in the brain in 
which the animal spirits were collected. 

EMPRE'SMA. (From ev, in, and irpndu, to 
influence.) Mason Good uses this as the ge- 
neric name for visceral inflammation. Hence, 
E. phrenitis. Encephalitis. — E. paristhmitis. 
Cynanche, &c. See the species. 

E'mprion. Serrated. Applied by Galen to 
a particular kind of irregular pulse. 

EMPROSTHO'TONOS. (os, i, m. ; from 
e/nrpoo6ev, before, or forward, and reivu, to 
draw.) That form of tetanus in which the 
body is bent forward. See Tetanus. 

Empte. Empyema. 

Empto'k. Emptoica passio. Hcemoptysis. 

Empto'sis. Imbibition. Endosmosis. 

E'MPTYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from e/inrvu, to spit 
out.) A discharge of blood from the mouth. 

EMPYE'MA. *"(«, atis, n. ; from ev, within, 
and irvov, pus.) A collection of pus in the cav- 
ity of the thorax. It is one of the terminations 
of pleuritifl. There is reason for believing that 
matter is contained in the cavity of the chest, 
when, after a pleurisy, the patient has a diffi- 
culty of breathing, particularly when lying on 
the side opposite the affected one; and when 
an ocdematous swelling is externally percepti- 
ble. Empyema is generally fatal, but is occa- 
sionally cured by the operation of making a 
valvular opening into the chest at the most 
painful or tender part, or between the sixtli 
and seventh ribs. * 

Empyema is also used as a generic term. 
Thus we read of empyema of blood, pus, air, se- 
rous fluid. Purulent empyema is the abscess 
of the pleura, commonly called empyema. 

EMPYE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from e/invou, or 
Efx^veu, suppttro.) 1. Suppuration. 2. A ge- 
nus of disease characterized by phlegmonous 
pimples, which gradually fill with a purulent 
fluid, as small-pox. — Good. 

Empyesis oculi. Hypopion. 

Empyesis pectoris. Empyema. 

EMPYOCE'LE. (From ev, in, ttvov, pus, 
and KTjT.?/, a tumor.) A collection of pus with- 
in the scrotum has been so called. 

EMPYO'MPHALUS. (From ev, in, nvov, 
pus, and o/i(f>a?.oc, the navel. ) An abscess under 
the navel. Umbilical hernia, the sac of which 
contains pus or blood. 

Emp'yos. Purulent. 

Empyreal air. Oxygen gas. 

EMPYREU'MA. (a, atis, 11. ; from i/mtv- 
pevu, to kindle.) A peculiar and offensive 
smell that distilled waters and other substances 
receive from being exposed to heat in closed 
vessels, or when burned under circumstances 
which prevent the accession of air to a consid- 
erable part of the mass. It is due to volatile 
and tarry oils. 



E N A 

E M P Y R E U M A ' T I C Empyreumaticus. 
Smelling as it were burned. 

Empyreumatic oils. Those derived from 
the destructive distillation of bone and animal 
matters are powerfully antispasmodic. 

EMU'LGENT. (Emulgcns ; from emulgeo, 
to milk out : applied to the artery and vein 
which go from the aorta and vena cava to the 
kidneys. The vessels of the kidneys are so 
termed. The emulgent artery is a branch of 
the aorta. The emulgent vein evacuates its 
blood into the ascending cava. 

EMU'LSIN. A modification of albumen ex- 
isting in some oily seeds, as the almond and 
mustard. Such seeds form a milky emulsion 
when rubbed with water. The mixture, on 
standing, sepai'ates, the oil rising like cream, 
and the fluid becoming coagulated by acetic 
acid, or by boiling. It soon passes into an in- 
cipient state of decay, in which it decomposes 
the amygdaline of almonds, and the myronic 
acid of black mustard. 

EMU'LSIO. (io, onis, f.) An emulsion. 

Emulsio acaci.e. See Mistura acacia. 

Emulsio amygdal.e. See Mistura amygda- 
la. 

Emulsio camphora'ta. Take of camphor, 
3j.; sweet almonds, blanched, refined sugar, 
a. fss. ; water, Oiss. This is to be made in the 
same manner as the common emulsion. 

EMU'LSION. (Emulsio, onis, f.) A mix- 
ture. See Mistura. A soft and somewhat oily 
medicine resembling milk. An imperfect com- 
bination of oil and water, by the intervention 
of some other substance capable of combining 
with both these substances, as the yolk of egg, 
gum, sugar. An emulsion of castor oil, turpen- 
tine, or of gum-resins, is readily made, by rub- 
bing with gum and yolk of egg. 

Emulsion, almond. Mistura amygdala. 

Emulsion of gum Arabic. Mistura acacia;. 

E>iulsion of ASSAFffiTiDA. Emulsio antihys- 
terica. Mistura assafoetida. 

Emulsion, camphorated. Emulsio campho- J 
rata. 

Emulsion of gum ammoniac Mistura am- 
moniaci. 

Emu'lsive. Yielding oil by expression, as 
many seeds. 

EMU'NCTORY. (Emnnctorium, ii, n. ; from 
cmungo, to drain off.) The excretory ducts of 
the body, and the cavities containing fluids to 
be excreted, are so called. 

Emu'ndans. Applied to a liquid medicament 
which deterges a wound or ulcer, and, at the 
same time, washes away the sordes. — Blan- 
card. 

EMY'DO-SAU'RIA. The name of an order 
of the class Reptilia, including the crocodiles 
and alligators. 

Enji'mos. So Hippocrates and Galen call 
any topical medicine which is applied to a 
wound to stop bleeding. 

En.bore'ma. A deposit floating in the urine. 

Enamel. An artificial product, made by 
fusing oxide of tin with glass or fine sand. 

ENANTHE'SIS. Enanthema. (From ev, 
in, and avdeu, floreo : efflorescence from with- 
in.) Rash exanthem. A rash: in .opposition 
to exanthesis, an eruption on the skin, not con- 



ENC 

nected with internal affection ; as scarlet fever, 
measles, urticaria. 

Enante'sis. The near approach of ascend- 
ing and descending vessels. 
Enanthiopathic Palliative. 
ENARTHRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ev, in, 
and apdpov, a joint. ) The ball and socket joint. 
A species of cliarthrosis, or movable connection 
of bones, in which the round head of one is re- 
ceived into a cavity of another, in such a man- 
ner as to admit of motion in every direction ; 
as the head of the os femoris with the acetabu- 
lum of the os innominatnm. 

ENCAN'THIS. (is, is, f. ; from ev, and K av- 
doc, the angle of the eye.) A disease of the 
caruncula lachrymalis, of which there are two 
species : Encanthis benigna, and Encanlhis ma- ■ 
ligna sen invetcrata. The encanthis is a soft, 
red, and sometimes rather livid excrescence, 
which grows from the caruncula lachrymalis, 
and, at the same time, from the neighboring 
semilunar fold of the conjunctiva. 

The encanthis keeps up a chronic ophthalmy, 
impedes the action of the eyelids, and prevents, 
in particular, the complete closure of the eye. 
Besides, partly by compressing and partly by 
displacing the orifices of the puncta lachryma- 
lia, it obstructs the free passage of the tears into 
the nose. The inveterate encanthis is ordinari- 
ly of a, very considerable magnitude ; its roots 
extend beyond the caruncula lachrymalis and 
semilunar fold of the membranous lining of one 
or both eyelids. Sometimes the disease as- 
sumes a cancerous malignancy. This character 
is evinced by the dull red, and, as it were, 
leaden color of the excrescence ; by its exceed- 
ing hardness, and the lancinating pains which 
occur in it, and extend to the forehead. It is 
also shown by the propensity of the excres- 
cence to bleed, by the partial ulcerations on its 
surface, which emit a fungous substance, and a 
thin and exceedingly acrid discharge. 
Encatale'psis. Catalepsy. 
Encathi'sma. A semicupium, or bath for 
half the body. 

ENCAU'MA. (a, alls, n. ; from ev, in, and 
natu, to burn. ) The mark left by a burn, or a 
vesicle raised by a burn. 

Encau'sis. A burn. Ambustion. 
E'nceinte. (From the French.) Pregnant. 
Enckphalalgia. Headache. 
Encephalalgia hydiiopica. Hydrocepha- 
lus. 

ENCEPHALA'TA. The great sub-kingdom 
of vertebrate animals, in which the brain is 
protected by a bony case ; as fishes, reptiles, 
birds, mammals. 

Encepha'i.ic. Relating to the head or en- 
cephalon. 

ENCEPH ALI'TIS. Inflammation of the 
brain. There are three cases of inflammation 
within the head, viz., meningitis, or inflamma- 
tion of the membranes ; ccrebritis, or inflamma- 
tion of the substance of the brain ; and ence- 
phalitis, the last term being used to signify the 
case in which the membranes and substance of 
the brain are both implicated. 

1. Meningitis. — The symptoms of acute me- 
ningitis are sharp pains in the head, with great 
intolerance of light and sound ; restlessness and 

247 



EN C. 

violent delirium ; a quick and hard pulse ; 
thirst; a hot skin; flushed countenance, and 
injected conjunctiva ; spasmodic twitchings of 
the muscles, or convulsions, terminating in som- 
nolency, coma, and entire loss of muscular 
power. Vomiting is very frequent ; and a pe- 
culiar, sharp, quick ciy, indicative of sudden 
and violent pain, is also veiy characteristic. It 
is frequent in children, and often confounded 
with acute hydrocephalus. Inflammation of 
the dura mater is not common, except as the' 
result of mechanical injury of the head ; and 
the best illustrations of it are to be found in 
surgical writings. It terminates, if not check- 
ed, in separation of the membrane from the 
bone, effusion of pus between them, and slough- 
ing of the membrane itself. Chronic meningi- 
tis diners from the acute in the minor intensity 
of its symptoms, and the delirium is either ab- 
sent or not violent. 

The organic changes arising are an injected 
state, loss of transparency, thickening, adhe- 
sions ; purulent effusion and ulceration are rare. 

2. Cerebritis. — Inflammation of the sub- 
stance of the brain. This may be general or 
partial, acute or chronic. Acute inflammation 
is indicated by symptoms very similar to those 
of acute meningitis ; the pain in the head is 
intense, aud the febrile excitment high : it may 
be observed, however, that the attack is gener- 
ally less sudden in cerebritis, and is. more fre- 
quently preceded by premonitory symptoms, 
such as pain and sense of fulness in the head, 
vertigo, drowsiness, confusion of thought, devi- 
ation from ordinary habits, various derange- 
ments of sensation, muscular pain and debility, 
tendency to spasm, and other symptoms indic- 
ative of lesion of the cerebral functions. The 
symptoms of general cerebritis also usually ter- 
minate in coma, and a collapsed state of the 
system, much sooner than those of meningitis. 
The patient sometimes dies within twenty-four 
or even twelve hours, and seldom survives 
longer than a week. 

Partial cerebritis may be acute, subacute, or 
chronic. The acute form is marked by those 
symptoms generally indicative of inflammation 
of the substance of the brain, the lesion of par- 
ticular functions being more or less remarkable, 
according to the part of the organ principally 
implicated. 

The subacute form, which is the most fre- 
quent, presents the general symptoms of the 
acute in a minor degree of intensity. It is very 
insidious, and often brings about coma or pa- 
ralysis before suspected. 

In the chronic form, paralysis and loss of the 
senses commence the attack. 

Acute cerebritis usually produces merely a 
florid appearance in the brain. 

The subacute form gives rise to abscesses ; sim- 
ple softness or Jiaccidity; pulpy disorganization, 
or ramolissement ; induration of the substance 
of the brain, which has been most frequently 
found in maniacs, and those who have died of 
typhoid fevers ; hypertrophy and atrophy of the 
whole organ, or of particular parts. The chron- 
ic form generally occasions simple softening or 
induration. 

3. Encephalitis. Inflammation of the brain 
248 



ENC 

and its membranes. It usually commences with 
rigors, to which succeed a morbid heat, partic- 
ularly about the head. Pain, more or less 
acute, sometimes is felt extending over the 
whole head, but more frequently confined to 
some particular region. High inflammatory 
fever is soon developed, commonly attended 
with parching thirst. The countenance is 
flushed, the eyes bloodshot, the pupils contract- 
ed, and the brows knit. There is furious de- 
lirium, with the most distressing intolerance of 
light and sound : in some cases this state of cer- 
ebral excitement alternates with one of stupor 
The external senses are vaiiously disordered, 
giving rise to double vision, spectra, illusory 
sounds, imaginary odors, &c, and the faculties 
of speech and deglutition are impaired. These 
symptoms having continued for three or four 
days, the fever assumes a typhoid type; the 
tongue is covered with a dark fur; there is 
stupor, with low, muttering delirium, and sub- 
sultus tendinum. The patient drawls when he 
attempts to speak, and often can not articulate 
at all; and the mouth is drawn to one side, 
or some other paralytic symptoms are present. 
Trembling of the muscles, and convulsions, 
often occur at all periods of the disease ; con- 
vulsions frequently make their appearance for 
the first time when coma begins to supersede 
the stage of excitement. In the acute form it 
is generally fatal within a week. A natural 
crisis sometimes takes place, when the inflam- 
matory symptoms are at their height, by means 
of a copious cpistaxis, or the hemorrhoidal or 
menstrual flux. Ihembrrhage, from the bowels 
and other parts, sometimes occurs at a more ad- 
vanced stage of the disease, after the appear- 
ance of typhoid symptoms ; but it is then nev- 
er salutary, '-and resembles similar discharges 
which take place in cases of low fever. As a 
symptomatic or secondary affection, subacute 
encephalitis often forms a prominent feature of 
continued fever. In the acute, subacute, and 
chronic forms, it frequently occurs also in the 
course of maniacal affections. 

Encephalitis is a highly dangerous disease. 
The acute form may often be arrested at the 
commencement by judicious practice; but if 
the disorder be allowed to gain head, it gener- 
ally goes on to a fatal termination. In the sub- 
acute and chronic forms, the prognosis is, upon 
the whole, unfavorable, because the approach 
of the disease is insidious, and it has frequently 
made dangerous progress before its presence is 
suspected. 

In the acute form the treatment is simple. 
The patient must be bled as largely as his 
strength will admit of; an active purge, fol- 
lowed by saline medicines; cold and the douche 
are to be applied to the head. The application 
of blisters should be deferred till the vascular 
actions have been diminished by other means, 
and it will then be better to apply them to the 
extremities than to the head. Antimonials 
should be given to keep the skin moist, and the 
antiphlogistic regimen exactly enforced. In 
the comatose and sinking state, yery little can 
be done ; the object of the judicious practition- 
er is to prevent, if possible, the accession of this 
state, by subduing the inflammation at first ; it 



ENC 

is possible, however, that, by bringing the sys- 
tem under the influence of mercury, we may 
sometimes check an incipient disorganizing 
process, or promote the absorption of fluids 
that may have been effused. Throughout the 
disease, the position of the patient should be 
such as least favors the determination of blood 
to the head. 

The subacute and chronic forms of inflamma- 
tion of the brain afford less chance of success. 
The repeated abstraction of small quantities of 
blood by the lancet, cupping, or leeches, ac- 
cording to circumstances; continued counter- 
irritation by blisters or setons ; laxatives ; at- 
tention to diet; and, in some instances, the 
cautious use of mercury, constitute the best 
means. 

Encephalitis exudatoiua. Hydrocephalus 
interims. 

ENCEPHALOCE'LE. (c, cs, from eyKe<j>a- 
loc, the brain, and ktj^.tj, a tumor.) A hernia 
of the brain. Hernia cerebri. 

Encephaloh.e'mia. Hyperhaunia, or con- 
gestion of the brain. 

ENOE'PHALOID. (From eyKeoaloc, and 
eidog, resemblance.) Ccrebriforrn. Resem- 
bling the matter of the brain. The epithet giv- 
en by Laenuec to that species of morbid matter 
which constitutes the mass of the diseaso call- 
ed fungus hamatodes. Encephaloid matter is 
found also irregularly blended with other mor- 
bid formations, in the substance of malignant 
tumors, as with schirrus, melanosis, cancer. 
Encephalo'malacia. Softening of the brain. 
ENCETHALOS. Encephalon. (EyK£<f>a- 
Aof ; from ev, in, and KE<i>a%t], the head.) The 
contents of the cranium, which are the cere- 
brum, cerebellum, tuber annulare, &wk medulla 
oblongata, with their investing membWnes, their 
blood-vessels, and nerves. The whole gener- 
ally weighs in the human subject about forty- 
eight or fifty ounces. It is invested by three 
membranes : the dura mater, the tunica arach- 
noides, and the pia mater; these also pass 
down from the brain upon the spinal cord, and 
invest it to its termination. 

The dura mater (finviy^ ax^VPVl)i which is ex- 
ternal, is thick, firm, and resisting, and consists 
of fibro-serous membranes, being a compound 
structure; the outer lamella being fibrous, the 
inner serous, and derived from the arachnoid 
membrane. It is in close apposition with the 
cranium, which it lines, at the same time that 
it invests the brain, and sends inward process- 
es. It is, moreover, prolonged in a tubular 
form through the spinal cord, and along the 
foramina of the skull and vertebra?. 

The processes of the dura mater are the fol- 
lowing : 

The falx cerebri is in the longitudinal fissure 
between the hemispheres of the brain, forming 
a partition between them. It extends from 
the crista galli of the ethmoid bone to the in- 
ternal occipital protuberance, on a level with 
which it branches out at each side, becoming 
blended with the tentorium cerebelli. Be- 
tween the duplications of the membrane, along 
the sagittal suture, is formed the longitudinal 
sinus, and at their lower edge the inferior lon- 
gitudinal sinus. On the surface of the dura 



ENC 

mater, in the sinus, or upon the cerebral hem- 
ispheres, small albuminous masses occasionally 
exist, called glandula) Pacchioni. 

The tentorium cerebelli spreads out from the 
base of the falx, and serves to support the pos- 
terior lobes of the brain ; one border of it is at- 
tached all around to the lateral grooves on the 
occipital bone, and to the margin of the pars 
petrosa; the other, concave and free, encloses 
an oval interval, which transmits the crura ce 
rebri, processus ad testes, and basilar artery. 

The falx cerebelli is a narrow fold placed 
between the lobes of the cerebellum, extend- 
ing vertically from the under surface of the ten- 
torium to the foramen magnum ; its base lodges 
the occipital sinuses. 

The arachnoid membrane has been describ- 
ed. See Arachnoid membrane. 

The pia mater is made up of a thin lamella 
of cellular tissue, permeated by a multitude of 
minute capillary arteries. If invests the me- 
dulla spinalis, as well as the brain, and dips 
into the sulci between the convolutions of the 
latter ; we also find it enclosed within the ven- 
tricles, where it is named "plexus choroides." 
Its inner surface is in close contact with the 
cerebral substance ; the external is in apposition 
with the arachnoid membrane on the surface of 
the convolutions, but loses all connection with 
it after passing into the sulci. 

Plexus choroides. — In the fissure observable 
at the base of the brain, between the inner 
margin of its middle lobe and the crus cerebri, 
the pia mater, which invests the external sur- 
face, is continuous with that process of it (plexus 
choroides) which is found in the ventricles ; so 
that when we trace it, we find it, as it were, 
entering at the inferior cornu of the ventricle 
where it corresponds at first with the interstice 
between the corpus fimbriatum and the crus 
cerebri, and afterward lies along the floor of 
the ventricle, in which it ascends upon the 
thalamus nervi optici, and unites at the foramen 
or fissure of Monro with the plexus of the other 
side. At its entrance into the ventricle the 
plexus is drawn together so as to resemble a 
small vascular bundle, and becomes invested 
by the arachnoid membrane, which, by its re- 
flection from the sides of the ventricles to the 
plexus, maintains the integrity of the cavity. 

Where the pia mater is prolonged on the 
medulla oblongata, it forms a small plexus, 
which enters into the fourth ventricle, and be- 
comes also invested by a duplicature of the 
arachnoid. As the membrane descends into 
the spinal canal it becomes firm, resistant, and 
much paler in color. Its inner surface is in 
close contact with the cord, the exterior is but 
slightly connected with the arachnoid ; but the 
nerves, at the different pomts at which they 
pass outward, derive from it their immediate 
investment, or neurilema. The difference of 
character here pointed out between the spinal 
and cerebral parts of the pia mater, appears to 
MM. Jules and Hippolyte Oloquet sufficient to 
induce them to consider it as a distinct struct- 
ure. But it would be difficult to show where 
the continuity of the membrane is interrupted ; 
aud as to any difference of character and con- 
sistence that may appear, they are merely such 

249 



ENC 

as may be supposed to aiise from the different 
•circumstances in which the membrane is placed. 
In the spine it is exposed, at least in some de- 
gree, to the influence of motion- and pressure, 
which necessarily produce the same effect on 
it as on cellular tissues elsewhere ; that is to say, 
they render it thick and lamellar. Again, in 
the skull it is in contact with gray substance, in 
the spine with white ; so that we can readily 
account for the difference of the vascularity in 
the membrane, by recurring to the relative vas- 
cularity of the structures with which it is in 
contact. , 

The cerebrum. — The part of the central mass 
of the nervous system which is lodged within 
the skull, presents, even on a superficial inspec- 
tion, a division into parts, which differ in jrosi- 
tion, size, and form, as well as in the arrange- 
ment of their components; these have been 
named cerebrum, cerebellum (or great and lit- 
tle brain), cerebral protuberance, and, lastly, 
the connecting link between these and the 
spinal part, viz., the medulla oblongata. 

The brain {cerebrum) forms the largest por- 
tion of the central mass of the nervous system, 
and occupies the principal part of the cranial 
cavity. It extends from the frontal bone to the 
occipital fossa", resting on the orbital processes 
of the former, on the tentorium cerebelli i>os- 
teriorly, and in the center descends into the 
middle fossa;, at the base of the skull. Its su- 
perior surface is convex and arched, correspond- 
ing with the vault of the cranium, beneath which 
it is placed, and presents along the middle line 
a deep fissure, running from before backward, 
by which it is divided into two equal parts 
(hemispheres). The surface of the brain is ren- 
dered unequal by several depressions and ele- 
vations marked upon it. The elevations are 
colled convolutions (gyri), and are situated be- 
tween the depressions (sulci). The course of 
the convolutions is winding and tortuous, as the 
name implies, and their size presents many va- 
rieties in different places. It should be observ- 
ed, that the anterior extremity of the brain, 
which corresponds with the frontal bone, is 
narrower than the posterior, which is in appo- 
sition with the occipital bone. 

Hemispheres. — The external surface of each 
hemisphere is convex in its general outline; 
the internal is Hat and compressed, as it rests 
against its fellow of the opposite side, the falx 
major being interposed between them. The 
inferior surface presents several depressions and 
inequalities, corresponding with those of the 
base of the skull. 

Lobes. — On the inferior surface of each hem- 
isphere is observed its division into three lobes. 
The anterior lobe rests on the orbital process 
of the frontal bone and the smaller wing of the 
sphenoid bone ; the posterior is supported by 
the tentorium cerebelli ; and the middle is re- 
ceived into the central fossa, at the base of the 
skull. The anterior is sepai'ated from the mid- 
dle lobe by a deep fissure (fssvra Sylvii) ; but 
there is no precise line of demarcation between 
the latter and the posterior. 

The Brain — its external surface. — The rela- 
tion of size, form, and situation of the different 
■objects seen on the external surface of the brain 
250 



ENC 

should be carefully noted, as allusions are con- 
stantly being made to them during the descrip- 
tion of the parts deeply seated, and also when 
tracing the progress of its development in the 
human subject, or in the animal series, and par- 
ticularly when, after the manner of Gall and 
Spurzheim, we follow the course of the nerv- 
ous fibers through the successive steps of their 
expansion, as the phrase is, from the medulla 
upward into the cerebral hemispheres. Noth- 
ing of consequence remains to be noticed on the 
superior and external surface in addition to 
what has been already stated. 

The Brain — its base or inferior surface. 
When we turn to the inferior surface, we ob- 
serve that it presents in the middle line, and in 
front, a fissure, being the continuation of the 
longitudinal one, which establishes the separa- 
tion between the hemispheres. It lodges the 
anterior extremity of the falx cerebri, its depth 
being limited by the corpus callosum, which 
passes across from one hemisphere to the other. 
The inferior surface of each anterior lobe, as it 
corresponds with the orbital plate on which it 
rests, is slightly concave. 

Sulcus olfaciorius. — A few lines external to 
the longitudinal fissure, and parallel with it, is 
a, groove, resembling one of the sulci, which 
lodges the olfactory nerve, and at its posterior 
extremity is a rounded papilla, from which one 
root of that nerve is derived. 

Fissure of Sylvius. — Posterior to the groove 
just noticed is the fissure (fissura Sylvii) which 
marks the separation between the anterior and 
middle lobes, and lodges the middle artery of 
the brain. It inclines from within outward and 
upward, and gradually terminates among the 
convoluti^s on the exterior of the hemisphere, 
its directMi corresponding with that of the 
small wing of the sphenoid bone. At its in- 
ternal termination it forms a right angle with 
another fissure, which extends from before 
backward, and which is bounded externally by 
the middle lobe, internally by the crus cerebri 
and tractus opticus, and deserves notice because 
it transmits the pia mater from the external sur- 
face into the lateral ventricle. 

The angular part of the anterior lobe, which 
is included between the internal termination of 
the fissure of Sylvius, the longitudinal fissure, 
and the commissure of the optic nerves, has 
been named by Vicq d'Azyr substantia perfo- 
rata antica, and by ILeil lamina cribrosa, because 
it presents several foramina for the transmission 
of vessels. It deserves attention, inasmuch as 
the white lines seen at its inner border are con- 
tinuous with those of the corpus callosum. 

Optic commissure. — Between the fissuim 
Sylvii, and corresponding with the interval be- 
tween their internal terminations, is situated 
the commissure of the optic nerves. It is flat 
and quadrilateral in its form : one surface looks 
upward to the brain, and is connected with the 
anterior termination of the corpus callosum, 
which passes upon it in the form of a thin semi- 
transparent lamella; the other surface rests 
upon the depressed part of the sphenoid bone, 
which lies before the pituitary fossa ; the later- 
al and anterior margins are free, but the poste- 
rior one is intimately connected with a delicate 



E X C 

stratum of gray matter, which is inserted be- 
tween the nerves as they converge to their 
commissure. 

Tuber cinereum. — The piece of gray matter 
just referred to is called by Soemmering tuber ci- 
nereum: it extends from the posterior margin of 
the optic commissure to the corpora albicantia, 
gradually becoming a little thicker and firmer; 
for in front it is so thin as to be torn by the 
slightest touch. Its superior surface forms part 
of the floor of the third ventricle ; the inferior 
one is slightly convex, and gives attachment by 
its center to a funnel-shaped process, called in- 
fundibulum (tige pituitaire). This is a thin, 
elongated process of reddish-gray matter, in- 
clined obliquely downward and forward from 
the tuber cinereum to the pituitary gland : its 
extremities are slightly expanded, and its cen- 
ter constricted, which gives it an hour-glass 
shape. 

Pituitary gland or body. — The pituitary gland 
appeal's to have received its name from its being 
supposed, in the infancy of anatomy, to com- 
municate with the nose, and to secrete the 
viscid mucus (pituita) of that cavity ; it is lodg- 
ed in the excavation in the upper surface of the 
body of the sphenoid bone, and is unequally 
divided into two portions or lobes: the anteri- 
or, which is larger and more firm than the oth- 
er, is convex in front, and concave behind, so 
as to receive the other, whose border is round 
and convex. The situation of the pituitary 
gland is peculiar : it is interposed between the 
two lamella) of the fibro-3erous membrane. 
The dura mater will be found to line the sur- 
face of the boue on which the gland rests ; but 
the arachnoid membrane, after having formed 
a funnel-shaped process round the iufundibulum, 
is reflected off from it at its lower extremity, 
and stretched across the upper surface of the 
gland until it reaches the cliuoid processes, 
where it becomes continuous with the inner 
lamella of the fibro-serous membrane. When 
cut into thin slices, it appears to consist of two 
substances, one being reddish-gray, the other 
white. 

Mammillary bodies. — Immediately behind 
the tuber cinereum are placed two small bod- 
ies, called corpora mainmillaria (albicantia, pisi- 
formia). Their size is about that of a pea, but 
they are not quite round, beini* slightly com- 
pressed on three sides. Placed in apposition 
with one another, they are connected by a del- 
icate process of gray matter, of which substance 
the greater part of their mass consists; they 
are, however, invested by a lamella of white 
matter, derived from the anterior pillars of the 
fornix, of which they may be regarded as the 
termination. 

Behind the mammillary bodies is situated a 
thin lam,ella of white substance, which is pierced 
by a number of foramina for the transmission 
of vessels, and called locus perforatus, and 
sometimes pons Tarini. Its shape is triangu- 
lar, the sides being formed by the crura cerebri, 
the base by the mammillary bodies, the apex 
being at the border of the pons varolii: it 
forms part of the floor of the third ventricle. 

The crura cerebri are two thick, rounded 
bodies, about three fourths of an inch long, 



ENC 

and situated toward the center of the base of 
the brain, from which they project rather prom- 
inently. They are extended from the pons va- 
rolii forward and upward to tho under surface 
of the hemispheres, into which they seem as if 
inserted. They are nearly in contact behind, 
but diverge as they pass forward, so as to leave 
an interval, which is occupied by the locus per- 
foratus. The external surface of the crura con- 
sists of white matter, which is about two lines 
thick, and presents a distinctly fibrous charac- 
ter ; within this is inclosed a quantity of gray 
substance, so dark as to have received the name 
of locus niger. iTho arrangement of these struct 
ures can be readily seen by making a trans- 
verse section of the eras: the dark part is found 
to be convex interiorly, and concave above, so 
that the section of it presents a lunated form. 
The optic nerves rest upon the external surface 
of tho crura as they pass forward to their com- 
missure. 

The great commissure, corpus callosum. — All 
the jiarts of the brain hitherto noticed can be 
examined without any division of its texture, as 
they are placed superficially ; but several are 
inclosed within its interior, which can not be 
seen without dissection. Between the hemi- 
spheres, and exteiuling transversely from one to 
the other, is placed the corpus callosum (meso- 
lobe, commissura magna cerebri) ; its form is 
that of a broad layer of white fibres placed hor- 
izontally, but nearer to the anterior than to the 
posterior margin of the brain. Its extent from 
before backward is about three inches, but its 
breadth from side to side can not be assigned, 
as it becomes blended with the substance of 
the hemispheres. Its superior surface is convex 
in its general outline, and concealed by tho 
hemispheres, which overlap it. When these 
are removed, a superficial linear impression will 
be perceived exactly in the middle line, and at 
each side of it a slight longitudinal elevation. 
To this the term raphe, or suture, is applied, as 
it indicates the point at which the union of the 
hemispheres takes place when their develop- 
ment is being completed. The fibres obviously 
are transverse from without inward, for they 
commence at the circumference of the hemi- 
spheres, and terminate by their junction along 
the raphe. The inferior surface of the corpus 
callosum forms the roof of the lateral ventricles 
on each side, and toward the middle line it 
rests on the fornix, with which it is blended 
posteriorly : in front it gives attachment to the 
septum lucidum. Its anterior extremity, which, 
when viewed externally, presents a rounded 
border, is prolonged downward and backward 
to the base of the brain, where it forms a thin, 
semi-transparent lamella. This reflected part 
is nearly horizontal in its direction, so that it 
lies beneath the corpora striata, and above the 
commissure of the optic nerves, to which it ad- 
heres, but still passes backward, and becomes 
continuous with the tuber cinereum in the mid- 
dle line, while at each side ita margins are 
blended with the substantia perforata. The 
posterior border of the corpus callosum is thick 
and rounded at the middle line, its thickness 
being greater (as may be seen when it is cut 
through perpendicularly) than that of the ante- 

251 



ENO 

nor border, owing to its l'eceiving a greater 
number of converging fibres from the posterior 
lobes. A little more externally, the border of 
the corpus callosum gives off at each side two 
fasciculi of fibres, which can be traced, one into 
the posterior, the other into the descending 
cornu of the ventricle ; one of these forms the 
medullary investment of the hippocampus mi- 
nor, the other that of the hippocampus major. 

Lateral ventricles (ventriculi tricornes). — Be- 
neath the corpus callosum are situated the lat- 
eral ventricles, occupying the interior of the 
hemispheres. Their shape is very irregular, 
and can scarcely be said to bear a resemblance 
to any known figure. Each of them may be 
considered as divisible into a body or central 
portion, and three cornua or diverticula, which 
pass away in different directions. The central 
part lies horizontally: one cornu extends for- 
ward from it into the anterior lobe, another 
backward into the posterior, and the third 
downward into the middle one ; each of these 
presents certain peculiarities referrible to the 
parts seen within them, which deserve notice, 
[n the central part will be observed the corpus 
striatum and thalamus nervi optici, and between 
them the tamia semicircularis ; also the margin 
of the fornix, and part of the plexus choroides. 
These objects are for the present merely enu- 
merated ; each of them shall be noticed separ- 
ately. 

Septum inter ventriculos. — Previously to de- 
scribing the objects just named, it may be ob- 
served that the lateral ventricles are separated 
by a partition {septum lucidum), which extends 
from the corpus callosum perpendicularly down 
to its reflected lamella in front, and to the fornix 
behind ; it is round and broad before, but be- 
comes narrowed to a point posteriorly. It con- 
sists of two thin lamella of white substance, 
between which is a Assure, or interval, called 
the fifth ventricle. 

Fornix. — Beneath the corpus callosum and 
septum lucidum is a triangular lamella of white 
matter, which is extended from behind forward 
over the third ventricle, and is thence termed 
fornix. Its upper surface gives attachment to 
part of the septum lucidum, and posteriorly be- 
comes united with the corpus callosum; the 
inferior one overlays the third ventricle and the 
thalami nervorum opticorum, but is separated 
from them by the velum interpositum. Some 
oblique lines ore traced on this surface, on 
which account it has been termed lyra, or cor- 
pus psalloidcs. The anterior extremity of the 
fornix is narrow, and divides into two fasciculi 
(pillars of the fornix"), which curve downward 
at the fore part of the third ventricle, immedi- 
ately behind the anterior commissure, and ter- 
minate at the base of the brain by investing the 
corpora mammillaria. The base or posterior 
extremity of the fornix gives off at each angle 
a thin, flat process, which passes into the de- 
scending cornu of the ventricle, and assumes 
the name of corpus fimbriatum. 

The anterior cornu of each ventricle inclines 
forward and outward, diverging from its fellow 
of the opposite side ; the corpus striatum (its 
fore part) projects a little into its floor: the re- 
mainder of it. resembles a groove in the cerebral 



ENC 

substance. The posterior cornu, called the 
digital cavity, converges toward that of the op- 
posite side, and presents in its floor the hippo- 
campus minor (calcar unguis). This is a slight 
elevation, composed of a lamella of white mat- 
ter (continuous with, or derived from the cor- 
pus callosum), inclosing some cineritious sub- 
stance ; it gradually tapers to a point, and 
reaches to within an inch of the posterior ex 
tremity of the hemisphere. 

The inferior or descending cornu passes at 
first backward and outward from the body of 
the ventricle; but, after descending a little, it 
changes its direction altogether, and proceeds 
forward and inward, to terminate at the base 
of the brain, within a few lines of the fissure 
of Sylvius. This is the largest of the cornua : 
its convexity looks outward and backward, its 
concavity in the opposite direction: the under 
surface of the thalamus forms its roof, and the 
plexus choroides rests loosely on its floor, con- 
cealing the hippocampus major and corpus fim- 
briatum. 

The hippocampus major (cornu ammonis) re- 
sembles in shape a cerebral convolution; it is 
curved so that its convex border looks outward, 
and the concave inward, conforming with the 
direction of the cavity in which it lies. Its an- 
terior extremity expands somewhat, and pre- 
sents two or three, and sometimes as many as 
five small prominences, separated by slight de- 
pressions, which make it to resemble somewhat 
the back of the hand when shut close. Some 
of the older anatomists called it pes hippocampi, 
from its resemblance to the clubbed foot of 
some of the lower animals. External to the 
part where the cornu makes its curve forward, 
a slight elevation is observed, which is called 
pes acccssorius. 

Corpus fimbriatum. — Along the inner border 
of the cornu is a narrow falciform process of 
white substance (corpus fimbriatum), which is 
adherent by one edge to the floor of the cornu. 
It gradually becomes narrow, and ends in a 
point a little behind the pes hippocampi. Near 
the inner border of the corpus fimbriatum a 
naiTow line of cineritious substance (fascia 
dentata) is placed; it is not perceptible until 
the middle lobe, together with the inferior cor- 
nu of the ventricle, is drawn outward, as it is 
excluded from the cavity of the cornu by the 
reflection of the arachnoid membrane ; its free 
border is marked by several transverse notches, 
giving it a dentated appearance, from which its 
name is derived. 

The cornu ammonis consists externally of a 
lamella of white substance, which, if traced up- 
ward into the body of the ventricle, will be 
found continuous with the corpus callosum. The 
corpus fimbriatum, in like manner, will be found 
continuous with the fornix. 

The corpora striata (ganglions cerebraux su- 
perieurs, Gall) are two in number, situated 
one in the body of each lateral ventricle. Each 
of these bodies is pyriform in its shape, the 
larger extremity being turned forward and in- 
ward, the smaller backward and outward. 
The superior surface is smooth and slightly 
prominent in the cavity, all the rest being im- 
bedded in the substance of the hemisphere. 



ENC 

Their position is so oblique, that though in 
front they are separated by not more than three 
or four lines, their posterior extremities are 
from an inch and a half to two inches apart, the 
interval being occupied by the optic thalami 
and the third ventricle. Their external surface 
is composed of gray substance, but internally 
the gray and white are intermingled, so as to 
produce a striated appearance, whence the name 
is derived. The white fibres here found are 
continuous with those of the anterior pyramids 
and of the crura cerebri. They spread out con- 
siderably as they pass through the mass of gray 
matter of which the corpora striata consist, and 
appear to be at the same time enlarged and in- 
creased. Hence these bodies are considered 
by Dr. Gall to be ganglia of increase placed in 
the course of the fibres which are diverging to 
form the cerebral hemispheres. 

The optic thalami (thalami nervorum opti- 
corum, ganglions cerebraux posterieurs, Gall) 
are placed behind and between the corpora 
striata. The upper surface of each projects 
into the body of the corresponding ventricle ; 
the inferior one forms the roof of its descending 
cornu, and the external is blended with the 
corpus striatum and the substance of the hemi- 
sphere. The internal surface of each thalamus, 
which is contiguous to that of the opposite side, 
is united to it by a soft lamella of gray sub- 
stance called the soft commissure (commissura 
mollis). The union, however, may be called 
partial, for before and behind the commissure 
a small interval exists, where the thalami are 
unconnected, being merely in apposition. 

Corpora gcniculata. — On the posterior bor- 
der of each thalamus are observed two slightly 
raised papillae {corpus gcniculatum internum ct 
externum), which are connected by medullary 
stria? to the tubercula quadrigemina, the exter- 
nal one being also united to the origin of the 
optic nerve. 

Tcenia scmicircularis. — The contiguous bor- 
ders of the optic thalamus and corpus striatum 
are separated by a thin fasciculus of nervous 
matter, of a pale straw color (taenia semicircu- 
laris), commencing near the anterior pillar of 
the fornix: it extends from before backward 
between the bodies just named, and can be 
traced as far as the posterior border of the tha- 
lamus, and for a little way into the roof of the 
descending cornu, where it seems to cease. 

Pineal gland and its peduncles. — Along the 
inner margins of the thalami two delicate white 
fasciculi arise, and pass backward, converging 
to the pineal gland, whose peduncles they form, 
and, at the same time, constitute its only bond 
of connection with the substance of the brain. 
The pineal gland is a small mass of gray sub- 
stance of a conical shape, and is sometimes 
called conarium, occasionally acervulus. Its 
base rests on the tubercula quadrigemina; it 
usually contains in its interior some sabulous 
matter; at its first formation it consists of two 
masses, which unite into one. 

The third ventricle. — The optic thalami in- 
close between them a narrow cavity (third ven- 
tricle), which corresponds exactly with the 
middle line, and resembles a longitudinal fis- 
sure. Its sides are formed by the thalami, its 



ENC 

fioor by the locus perforatus and tuber cine- 
reum ; the velum interpositum and fornix 
cover it in. The anterior commissure, and the 
pillars of the fornix, bound it in front. Into 
this cavity leads an aperture (foramen commune 
anterius, foramen Monroi), which is a rima be- 
tween the anterior pillars of the fornix and the 
thalami, and which establishes a communica- 
tion between the third and the lateral ventri- 
cles ; a foramen leads out of it downward and 
forward (iter ad infundibulum). It may be ob- 
served that the infundibulum becomes imper- 
forate at its middle, which appears to be owing 
to a small cul-de-sac of arachnoid membrane 
which is prolonged into it. From the posterior 
extremity of the ventricle another foramen 
opens into a canal (iter a terlio ad quartum ven- 
triculum ; aqnecdnctus Sylvii), which leads ob- 
liquely downward and backward into the fourth 
ventricle. 

Commissures, anterior and posterior. — Two 
cord-like fasciculi are stretched across the ex- 
tremities of tlfc third ventricl j, and prolonged 
into the hemispheres which they connect, serv- 
ing as commissures. The anterior commissure 
lies just before the pillars of the fornix, and as 
it extends laterally it will be found imbedded 
in the substance of the corpora striata at each 
side, but does not become blended with them; 
its extremities arch backward a considerable 
way, so as to form a curve whose convexity 
looks forward. The posterior commissure is 
much shorter than the preceding, and extends 
but a few lines on each side into the thalami : 
it lies behind the ventricle, before the tuber- 
cula quadrigemina, and above the aqueduct of 
Sylvius. 

The cerebellum. — The second division of the 
central mass of the nervous system is the cere- 
bellum, which differs in situation and size, as 
well as in the arrangement of its component 
parts, from the cerebrum. It is lodged in the 
recess formed between the tentorium cerebelli 
and the inferior occipital fossa;, its weight, as 
compared with that of the brain, being as 1 to 
16 in the infant, and as 1 to 8 in the adult. Its 
surface, instead of convolutions, is divided into 
a number of concentric lamellae (folia cerebelli), 
placed perpendicularly on their edges, and in- 
closed one within the other. If, however, the 
sulci between them be opened, several other 
lamella; will be found inclosed within them, 
but smaller, more irregular, and with various 
degrees of inclination. 

Lobes. — The cerebellum is divided into two 
lateral lobes, the division being established be- 
hind by a fissure, which receives the falx cere- 
belli, and in front by a deep excavation, which 
lodges the medulla oblongata. 

Superior vermiform process. — The superior 
surface of the cerebellum is slightly depressed 
on each side where the tentorium rests upon it, 
but along the middle line a rounded ridge (pro 
cessus vermiformis superior) runs from before 
backward, and seems as if produced by the 
rippling up or admixture of the lamellae of the 
lobes as they extend from without inward. 
There appear to be from sixty to seventy la- 
mellae on the upper surface of the cerebellum, 
which are aggregated into five fasciculi. 

253 



ENC 

Inferior vermiform, process. — The inferior 
surface is convex, and dips down into the oc- 
cipital fossa?; along the middle line runs the 
inferior vermiform process, interposed between 
the lateral lobes ; it resembles a lobule formed 
of short transverse plates ; its anterior extremi- 
ty has been compared to a mammillary process. 

The mass of medullary matter inclosed with- 
in the cerebellum is connected with three pairs 
of medullary fasciculi, viz., processus e cere- 
bello ad testes, corpora resUf'ormia, and crura 
cerebelli, which require a detailed notice. 

Processus e ccrcbello ad testes. — From the in- 
terior of the lobes, two fasciculi of white fibres 
pass forward and upward to the lower pair of 
the tubercula quadrigemina; the name given 
to them indicates the points between which 
they lie; they converge in their ascent, and 
are connected by a semi-transparent medullary 
lamella, named the valve of Vieussens. The 
valve {valvula Vieussini) presents on its upper 
surface a slight groove, running from above 
downward, aud sometimes aline%r ridge, like a 
raphe : it overhangs the fourth ventricle. 

Posterior pyramids (corpora restilbrmia, py- 
ramides posterieures). — Two white, rounded 

Erocesses pass obliquely upward and outward 
om the medulla oblongata into the cerebel- 
lum, named by Kidley " restiform" bodies, by 
Gall "posterior pyramids;" we have already 
noticed them as part of the medulla oblongata. 

Peduncles of the cerebellum (crura cerebelli). 
— These are the largest of the fasciculi here re- 
ferred to; they are at first concealed within 
the lobes, and even when about to emerge 
from their substance they are overlapped by 
some minor lobules. They incline forward and 
inward, descending somewhat, and become 
continuous with the fibres of the pons varolii, 
which are thus derived from the crura cerebel- 
li. The pons, from its mode of formation, bears 
the same relation to the cerebellum that the 
corpus callosum does to the cerebrum, as it is 
composed of converging fibres, and may there- 
fore be called a commissure. 

Fourth ventricle. — The cerebellum incloses a 
cavity called the " fourth ventricle," the roof 
of which is formed by the valve of Vieussens 
and processus ad testes, the sides by the lobes 
of the cerebellum ; the dorsal surface of the 
medulla oblongata forms its floor, and it is com- 
pleted inferiorly by a reflection of the arach- 
noid membrane: a process of pia mater pro- 
jects into it at this situation, called plexus cho- 
roides minor. 

Corpus dentalum. — If a vertical section be 
made of one of the lobes of the cerebellum in 
such a way as that two thirds of its breadth 
shall lie external to the incision, an oval nucleus 
of gray substance (corpus dentatum, vel rhom- 
boideum) will be exposed : its texture is usu- 
ally firm, and its border notched, so as to give 
it a dentated appearance. Gall considers it as 
a ganglion of increase to the formative fibres of 
the cerebellum. The surface of the section 
here indicated presents rather a peculiar ap- 
pearance: the white substance will be found 
so disposed as to represent the stalk and branch- 
es of a tree, hence called arbor vita;. The 
branches project into the lamellae of the cere- 
254 



ENC 

bellum, which are not unfrequently, in figura- 
tive phrase, termed folia, for the gray substance 
invests them so as to make them resemble pin- 
natifid leaves. If a horizontal section be made 
so as to divide the lobe into two equal parts, 
the quantity of white substance will appear 
considerably greater than that of the gray. 

Tuber annulare. — The cerebral protuberance 
(nodus cerebri, pons varolii, protuberantia an- 
nularis) is much the smallest portion of the cen- 
tral mass, its relative size being to that of the 
rest as 1 to 72. It is placed beneath the cere- 
brum, above the medulla oblongata, and before 
the cerebellum, having intimate relations with 
each by continuity of substance ; hence it has 
been termed nodus encephali. It is a square 
mass, its depth being about equal to its length. 
Its anterior surface is convex, and rests against 
the basilar process of the occipital bone, and is 
composed of the converging fibres of the cere- 
bellum, disposed so as to form a portion of a 
ring, which incloses the contiguous extremities 
of the crura cerebri and medulla oblongata : it 
is termed protuberantia annularis, or pons varo- 
lii. Its upper surface is bounded by a trans- 
verse line, marking its separation from the 
crura cerebri, and the lower by another line r 
which divides it from the medulla oblongata % 
along its middle is a shallow groove, running 
from above downward, which corresponds with 
the basilar artery. 

Tubercula quadrigemina. — Upon the poste- 
rior surface of the cerebral protuberance, which 
is almost entirely concealed by the cerebellum, 
are placed four white, rounded bodies (tuber- 
cula, vel corpora quadrigemina), disposed in 
pairs, one above the other, and separated by 
two decussating lines. The upper pair are the 
larger, and called nates; the lower, testes: they 
are connected in front with the thalami, infe- 
riorly with the processus ad testes and the valve 
of Vieussens, and between their upper surface 
and the corpus callosum is a lima or fissure 
{fissure of Bichdt), through which the arachnoid 
membrane enters to line the ventricles. 

Communication between the ventricles of the 
brain. — The irregular vacuities disposed hi the 
interior of the cerebellum and brain communi- 
cate freely with one another by certain con- 
stricted portions, or foramina. If, while the 
brain and cerebellum remain in situ, the latter 
be divided by a vertical incision made from the 
valve of Vieussens downward through its sub- 
stance, the fourth ventricle will be exposed. 
This cavity contracts toward its upper part into 
a tube (aqueduct of Sylvius), which is directed 
upward and forward, under the tubercula quad- 
rigemina and the posterior commissure, into 
the middle or third ventricle. The latter again 
communicates at each side with the lateral 
ventricles by a lima {foramen Monroi), situated 
between the pillars of the fornix and the thalami, 
on which they rest. When the ventricles have 
been distended with fluid, this rima assumes a 
rounded form, and then only represents a fora- 
men. These vacuities, then, should be consid- 
ered, not as so many separate cavities, but as a 
series of compartments of one cavity contained 
within the cerebral mass ; and this is the ap- 
pearance they present during the earlier periods 



ENC 

of fetal life. The cavity, however, is not a shut 
sac, for the membrane which lines it is contin- 
ous with that which invests the external sur- 
face of the brain and cerebellum. It has been 
already stated that the arachnoid membrane 
passes in through the fissure of Bichat. Two 
other fissures ai'e situated, one on each side, 
between the corpus fimbriatum and the cms 
cerebri, through which the pia mater enters, to 
form the plexus choroides. These may be con- 
sidered as chinks between the portions of cere- 
bral substance just referred to ; but they are 
closed up by the manner in which the arach- 
noid membrane is reflected from the sides of 
the cornua of the ventricles upon the plexus 
choroides. 

Medulla oblongata. — The upper part of the 
spinal cord, before it emerges from the cra- 
nium, is called medulla oblongata. It is broad 
and thick superiorly near the pons varolii, but 
tapers gradually toward the occipital foramen. 
Its anterior aspect is rounded, the posterior is 
somewhat flattened, and each presents a con- 
tinuation of the median sulcus (anterior and 
posterior), by which it is divided into two sym- 
metrical parts. The lateral depressions, which 
correspond with the points of origin of the spi- 
nal nerves, are also continued upward into the 
medulla oblongata. But though iuferiorly the 
divisions established by these lines are so slight- 
ly marked as to have escaped notice until 
Chaussier directed his attention to the subject, 
yet in the superior part (medulla oblongata) they 
are so well defined as to have been deemed de- 
serving of particular names. The anterior and 
posterior pair have been called the anterior .and 
posterior pyramids ; the middle, from their 
shape, the corpora olivaria. These, according 
to Gall, are made up of the primitive or forma- 
tive fibres of the cerebrum and cerebellum ; for 
if they be traced upward, the anterior pyramids 
and the corpora olivaria will be found continu- 
ous with the fibres which are expanded into 
the cerebral hemispheres, while the posterior 
pyramids (usually called, since Ridley's time, 
corpora restiformia) are evolved into the lobes 
of the cerebellum. Besides these parts, which 
have been noticed by all anatomists, SirC. Bell 
has described another, which is situated be- 
tween the corpus olivare and restiforme. This 
consists of a narrow line of white matter, which 
may be traced along the medulla oblongata, 
and from thence downward between the ante- 
rior and posterior roots of the spinal nerves. It 
is but slightly marked in the lower part of its 
extent, but becomes pore perceptible opposite 
the corpus olivare ; after which it narrows, and 
ceases altogether at the margin of the pons, 
" not being continued upward into the cerebral 
mass." This may be termed tractus respira- 
tortus, as it gives origin to the class of respira- 
tory nerves as established by Sir C. Bell. 

Structure. — A transverse section of the me- 
dulla shows it to consist of a thin lamella of 
white matter, inclosing the gray or cineritious 
substance. The latter is disposed in a very 
peculiar way : it presents two lateral portions, 
each of a crescentic form, their concavities 
looking outward ; the convex sides of each are 
turned toward the middle line, and are eon- 



ENC 

nected by a short, transverse fasciculus of gray 
matter. The anterior cornua of the lateral 
masses are rather thick and rounded ; the pos 
terior extend as far as the corresponding collat 
eral sulci. 

The anterior pyramids (corpora pyramidalia) 
are close together, being separated only by the 
anterior sulcus, and extend, inclosed between 
the corpora olivaria, from the margin of the 
pons varolii to the foramen magnum. Some of 
the fibres of eacW pyramid which are close to* 
the sulcus pass across it obliquely, and so a 
decussation is produced between them. The 
rest continue their coui'se uninterruptedly, so 
that only a part of the pyramids change place, 
or decussate. 

The olivary bodies (corpora olivaria), when 
stripped of their medullary lamella, are found 
to consist each of an oblong mass of gray mat- 
ter, surrounded by a fringed or scalloped bor- 
der, and attached toward the middle line by a 
slight petiole. Owing to this arrangement, it 
presents, when divided by a transverse section, 
an arborescent appearance. 

The posterior pyramids (corpora restiformia, 
pyramides posterieures, Gall) correspond with 
the posterior and lateral parts of the medulla ; 
they diverge as they ascend toward the lobes 
of the cerebellum. The posterior aspect of the 
medulla oblongata is slightly concave, and di- 
vided into two lateral parts by the median sul- 
cus, to which two oblique lines converge, giv- 
ing it an indented appearance. This has been 
termed calamus scriptorius. One or two elon- 
gated cords are also observable on this surface, 
which have not as yet received names, "but 
whose offices may one day be discovered." 

Intimate structure of the Brain. — The cere- 
bral hemispheres are considered by Gall as re- 
sulting from an expansion or evolution of the 
fibres of the medulla oblongata, which he there- 
fore terms primitive, or formative fasciculi. 

Diverging fibres. — Tlie fibres of the anterior 
pyramids may be traced upward to the margin 
of the pons, where they become somewhat con- 
stricted. From the inner border of each, some 
fibres pass across the middle sulcus, and mutu- 
ally change place> or decussate ; those of the 
right side passing to the left, and vice versd. 
If an incision, a line or two in depth, be made 
through the pons, so that one lateral half of it 
may be turned outward, the fibres of the pyra- 
mid will be observed to pass into a quantity of 
gray substance lodged in the interior of the 
nodus encephalic In this situation the fibres 
diverge and separate, and are also considerably 
increased: at the upper margin of the pons 
they become continuous with the crus cerebri. 
Here an additional increase is derived from 
their passage through the gray substance lodg- 
ed in the interior of the crus, after which they 
proceed through the inferior cerebral ganglion 
(thalamus nervi oplici), and in the next place 
through the superior one (corpus striatum), be- 
ing successively increased and rendered still 
more divergent, until finally they reach the an- 
terior and middle lobes, where they are evolv- 
ed into their inferior, external, and anterior 
convolutions The corpus olivare contains with- 
in itself a small ganglion ; its fibres pass, with- 

255 



ENC 



END 



out any decussation, into the gray substance 
lodged iu the cerebral protuberance, where, 
like the pyramids, they receive additions, after 
which they pass into the eras cerebri, of which 
they form the posterior and inner part. Con- 
tinuing their ascent, after being increased in 
the locus niger, they pass through the optic tha- 
lamus, and thence into the corpus striatum, re- 
ceiving additions as they radiate through each, 
and finally -are continued upward into the con- 
volutions at the summit of th* hemisphere, and 
backward into those of the posterior lobe. 
Previously to entering the optic thalamus, some 
fibres of the corpus olivare have been observed 
to turn inward, so as to give to the tubercula 
quadrigemina their medullary investment, and 
also to unite with those of the opposite side, to 
form the valve of Vieussens. Finally, the di- 
verging fibres, traced up, as has been pointed 
out, through their successive steps of increase, 
terminate in the gray substance of the cerebral 
convolutions. 

Converging fibres. — Another order of fibres 
may be observed, quite distinct from those 
above noticed, and taking a different direction. 
These are called the " converging fibres," as 
they commence at the peripheral terminations 
of the preceding set, and pass from without in- 
ward to the middle line, so as to connect the 
lateral parts, and bring them into relation with 
one another ; on which account they are called 
commissures. The anterior and posterior com- 
missures are formed in this way, as is also the 
corpus callosum ; though the greater number 
of the fibres which compose the latter are trans- 
verse, those toward its extremities are oblique. 
This is owing to the manner in which the con- 
verging fibres of the anterior lobe are constrain- 
ed to pass from before backward, and those of 
the posterior lobe from behind forward, in or- 
der to gain the corresponding borders of the 
corpus callosum. By this arrangement a great- 
er number of fibres is collected to its extremi- 
ties, which renders them thicker (particularly 
the posterior one) than any other part of its ex- 
tent. Some of the inferior fibres thus traced 
from without inward, instead of uniting with 
the corresponding set along the middle line, be- 
come reflected downward from the under sur- 
face of the corpus callosum to the fornix, and so 
form the septum lucidum. The convolutions 
of the posterior lobe are brought into relation 
with those of the middle one by means of the 
fornix, the fibres of which are stretched from 
behind forward, in such a way that while its 
body is in a manner unattached, the extremities 
are identified with the parts just referred to. 

Diverging fibres of the cerebellum. — The form- 
ative fibres of the cerebellum are derived from 
the posterior pyramids, or corpora restiformia ; 
they pass upward and outward, and soon meet 
the corpus rhomboideum, which is considered 
as the ganglion of the cerebellum : the fibres 
are supposed to proceed through the gray sub- 
stance of which it is composed, though it is dif- 
ficult to demonstrate the fact ; after which they 
pass outward, diverging into the lobes of the 
cerebellum. 

Converging fibres. — From the peripheral 
terminations of the diverging fibres in the folia 
256 



a new set arise, which incline inward toward 
the middle line. These ai'e the converging 
fibres, which, by their union, form the crura 
cerebelli ; and the fibres of each cms, expand- 
ing as they pass downward and inward, con- 
stitute by their junction the pons varolii, which 
brings the lateral lobes of the cerebellum into 
relation, and becomes thereby their commis- 
sure. The processus a cerebello ad testes bring 
the lobes of the cerebellum into intimate con- 
nection with the cerebral hemispheres. 

The weight of the brain in the adult is about 
three pounds ; that of the cerebellum about four 
ounces and a half, and of the medulla oblongata 
half an ounce. 

Vessels. — The brain is supplied with blood by 
the two internal carotid arteries, and the two 
vertebral ; its residual blood is returned by the 
two internal jugular veins. 

The preceding anatomical description of the 
encephalos is taken from Professor Quain's 
Manual of Anatomy. Nine, or, according to 
the arrangements of Soemmering, twelve pair 
of nerves, rise from the brain, and make their 
exit at the different foramina of the skull. See 
Nervons System. 

Enchara'xis. A scarification. 

Enchilo'ma. See Enchyloma. 

ENCHO'NDROMA. - (From ev, and xovdoc, 
a cartilage.) Cartilaginous exostosis. A de- 
velopment of gelatinous cartilage in a bone, by 
which it becomes much swollen. It is not ma- 
lignant, and is of very slow growth. Amputa- 
tion or extirpation is completely efficacious. 

Encho'ndrus. Granular. Cartilaginous. 

Encho'rios. Enchorial. Endemic. 

Enchri'stum. Enchriston. An ointment. 

Enchylo'ma. An inspissated juice. An 
elixir, according to Lemery. 

Enchylosis. Extraction. 

Enchy'ma. Enchysis. Infusion. Plethora. 

Enchymo'ma. An infusion or pouring in of 
fluids. In the writings of the ancient phy- 
sicians, this word expresses a sudden injection 
of blood into the cutaneous vessels, which arise 
from joy, anger, or shame ; and, in the last in- 
stance, is what we usually call blushing. 

Enchymo'sis. Enchymoma. 

E'nchyta. Applied to medicines which are 
dropped into the eyes. — Galen. 

E N C L Y ' S M A. (From tv, and kTlv^u, to 
cleanse out.) A clyster. 

ENCGE'LIA. (From ev, within, and KoiXia, 
the belly.) The abdominal viscera. 

Enc(elitis. Inflammation of the abdominal 
viscera. 

Encolpi'smus. The introduction of any me- 
dicament into the female vagina. 

Encra'nium. Encranis. Encranion. The 
cerebellum. 

Encye'sis. Encymon. Encymosa. Preg- 
nancy. Fecundation. 

ENCY'STED. (From ev, in, and kvotic, a 
bag.) Saccatus. A term applied to those tu- 
mors which consist of a fluid or other matter, 
inclosed in a sac or cyst. 

ENCY'STIS. An encysted tumor. 

Endeixis. Indication. 

ENDE'MIC. (Endemius; endemicus; from 
ev. in, and Sij/xoc, people. ) A disease is so term- 



END 



E N E 



cd which is peculiar to, or particularly preva- 
lent in, a particular region; as agues about 
marshes, bronchocele in hilly countries. En- 
chorial is a synonyme. 

ENDERMATIC. Endermic. (Endermati- 
ens; from ev, and depfiariKoc, cutaneous.^) Ap- 
plied to that method of using medicines in 
which they are rubbed into the skin, especially 
after the cuticle has been removed by a blister. 

ENDERMIC. Improperly written for En- 
dermatic. 

Endive. Endi'via. Cichorium encliva. 

ENDO-. A prefix. (From evdov.) Within; 
of frequent use in science. 

ENDOBRANCHIA'TA. (From evdov, with- 
in, and fipayxia, gills.) A family of the class 
annelides, which have no external gills. 

ENDOCARDI'TIS. (From evdov, within, 
and napiha, the heart.) Inflammation of the 
lining membrane of the heart. See Heart, dis- 
eases of the. 

ENDOCARDIUM. The serous membrane 
lining the interior of the heart. 

Endoca'rp. Endocarpium. The inner coat 
or shell of a fruit. 

Endocolitis. Dysentery. 

Endodonti'tis. Inflammation of the mem- 
brane lining the internal cavity of a tooth. 

Endogastri'tis. Inflammation of the lining 
membrane of the stomach. 

ENDO'GENOUS. Endogen.*:. (From ev- 
dov, and yevvaci, to engender.) Applied to 
plants, the vessels of which are dispersed 
through the whole stem, and are so disposed 
that the oldest are exterior, and hence the 
growth of the plant takes place from within ; 
as palms, reeds. 

Endometritis. Inflammation of the lining 
membrane of.the womb. 

E'ndonenteri'tis. Inflammation of the lin- 
ing membrane of the intestines. 

E'ndo<esophagi'tis. Inflammation of the 
lining membrane of the oesophagus. 

E'ndophlebi'tis. Inflammation of the lining 
membrane of a vein. 

E'ndophlceum. The liber, or innermost lay- 
er of the bark of trees. 

Endophy'llous. When the young leaves 
are surrounded by a sheath, as in endogenous 
plants. 

E'ndopleura. The internal integument of 
the seed. 

E'ndorrhiz a. Plants having a sheathed root- 
let, as in the case of endogens. . 

E'ndosis. EviWtf. The remission of a 
fever. 

ENDOSMO'SE. Endosmosis. (Fromevdov, 
within, and wofioc, impulsion.) The passage of 
liquids or gases through membranes from the 
exterior to the interior: a phenomenon of ca- 
pillary attraction. 

E'ndospermium. The albumen orperisperm 
of seeds. 

E'ndosteitis. Inflammation of the lining 
membrane of a bone. 

E'ndostome. The orifice of the inner integ- 
ument of the ovule. 

Endosmome'ter. An instrument to show 
the action of endosmosis, in the case of fluids, 
through a membrane. 



E'ndothecium. The lining membrane of the» 
anther. 

Ene'cia. (From 7]veKt)c, continuous.) The 
generic name given by Mason Good to contin- 
ued fever. 

E'NEMA. (ar, atis, n. ; from evirifii, to in- 
ject.) A glyster, or clyster. A liquid medi- 
cine thrown into the rectum. They are ad- 
ministered, 1. For emptying the bowels. 2. 
Relaxing the powers of the body; as when 
tobacco infusion is used to effect the reduction 
of a strangulated hernia. 3. To kill worms in 
the rectum, as the thread-worm. 4. To defend 
the bowels from the irritation of the bile or 
acrimonious secretions. 5. To restrain a diar- 
rhoea. 6. To nourish the body, when aliment 
can not be received or retained in the stomach. 
7. To allay spasms in the intestines, the stom- 
ach, the lungs, and kidneys. 8. To allay vom- 
iting, caused by inverted peristaltic movement* 
of the small intestines. The following forms 
are in use : 

Enema ano'dynum. Take of starch jelly, 
Oss. ; tincture of opium, gtt. xl. to gtt. lx. Mix. 
Used in cases of dysentery or violent purging, 
and pain in the bowels. 

Enema antispasmodic™. Take of tincture 
of assafcetida, fss. ; tincture of opium, gtt. xl. ; 
gruel, Oss. Mix. For spasmodic affections of 
the bowels. 

Enema colocynthidis. Take compound ex- 
tract of colocynth, 3ij.; soap, fj.; water, Oj. 
Useful in obstinate constipation. 

Enema commune. Common or domestic 
glyster. Take of water gruel or molasses wa- 
ter, Oss. to Oj. ; a spoonful of salt, and a little 
oil. A cathartic glyster. 

Enema fcstidum. Add of tincture of assa- 
fcetida, f. 3y., to the laxative enema. 

Enema laxativum. Take of sulphate of 
magnesia, f ij. ; dissolve in three quarters of a 
pint of warm gruel, or broth, with an ounce of 
fresh butter or sweet oil. 

Enema nicotianje. Take of the infusion of 
tobacco from a half to a whole pint. Employ- 
ed in cases of strangulated hernia. A very 
dangerous enema. 

Enema nutriens. Take of strong beef tea, 
twelve ounces; thicken with arrow-root or 
warm jellies. 

Enema opii. Enema anodynum. 

Enema tabaci. See Enema nicotiance. 

Enema terebinthin.k. Take of oil of 
turpentine, half an ounce ; the yolk of one egg, 
and half a pint of gruel. The turpentine being 
first incorporated with the egg, add to them 
the gruel. This clyster is used with good effect 
in violent fits of the stone, and in cases of as- 

ENEPIDE'RMIC TREATMENT. The ap- 
plication of plasters, &c, to the skin, without 
abrasion or friction. 

E'NERGY. (Energia, «, f. ; from evepyeu, to 
act.) A term conveniently applied in physi- 
ology to certain powers of which we see the 
operation, but are ignorant of the nature : thu» 
we speak of the vital energy, the nervous energy, 
ftp. 

Enerva'tion. A Btate of weakness; the act 
of debilitating. 

257 



ENT 



ENT 



Ehe'rvis. Enervius. Ribless : applied to 
leaves which are without lines or ribs. 

Engala'ctum. Salsola kali. 

Engastrimy'thus. A ventriloquist. 

Engeiso'ma. A fracture of the skull, in which 
the broken portion of bone slides under the ad- 
jacent sound portion. — Kuhn. 

Enghien springs, near Paris, contain sul- 
phureted hydrogen gas, muriates of magnesia 
and soda, carbonates of lime and magnesia, free 
carbonic acid, &c. 

Englo'tto-ga'stor. A ventriloquist. 

ENGOMPHO'SIS. (is, is, m. ; from ev, and 
yofi^oc, a nail.) That species of articulation 
•which resembles a nail driven into wood, as a 
tooth into its socket. Gomphosis. 

Engo'nios. The flexure, or angle made by 
the bending of a joint. 

ENGORGEMENT. A French term synony- 
mous with congestion. 

Engoument. A French term signifying ob- 
struction. Thus engoument des bronches, ob- 
struction of the bronchi by effused mucus. 

Enhjemon. Evai/iov. An old plaster. 

Eni'xum paracelsi. Supersulphate of pot- 
ash. 

ENNEA'NDRIA. Enncandrow. (From ev- 
vea, nine, and avrjp, a man.) A class of plants 
with hermaphrodite flowers and nine stamina. 

Enneapha'rmacum. A medicine composed 
of nine simple ingredients. 

Enneaphy'llum. Bear's-foot. 

Ennui'. Listlessness ; mental languor. 

Eno'dis. Without knots. 

Eno'rmon. The vital principle. 

ENOSTO'SIS. (From ev, in, and oareov, a 
bone.) A tumor formed in the medullary ca- 
nal of a bone. 

ENRY'THMUS. (EvpvOfior, from ev, and 
pvd/ioe, number.) An irregular pulse. 

ENS. An entity. By this term Paracelsus 
signified a natural power capable of influencing 
the human body. Of such powers he enumer- 
ates five: an ens astralc, ens vcnenalc, ens natu- 
rale, ens spiritualc, and ens Deale. In Alchemy, 
an active body, as ens martis. 

Ens martis. An oxide of iron. 

Ens primum solare. Antimony. 

Ens veneris. The muriate of copper. 

Ensa'tcs. Sword-shaped. 

E'nsiform. (Ensiformis ; from ensis, a 
sword, and forma, resemblance.) Sword- 
shaped; sword-like. In Anatomy, applied to 
some parts from their resemblance ; as the ensi- 
form cartilage. See Cartilago ensiformis. 

Ensta'ctitm. A liquid medicine, applied 
ttUlatim, or drop by drop. 

ENTA'SIA. Entasis. (From evraaic, in- 
tcntio vehementia.) The generic name applied 
by Dr. Good to constrictive spasm, embracing 
trismus, tetanus, priapism. — E. loxia. Torti- 
collis. — E. systremna. Cramp. — E. tetanus an- 
ticus. Emprosthotonos. 

ENTA'TtCUS. (Evrart/coc ; from evretvu, 
to Strain: provocative.) Applied to that which 
excites venereal inclination. 

Ente'lipathia. Nymphomania. 

ENTELMI'NTHA. A synonyme of cntozoa. 

Enterade'nks. The mucous intestinal 
glands 

258 



ENTERALGIA. (From evrepov, the intes- 
tine, and aXyoc, pain.) The generic name given 
by Swediaur to painful affections of the bowels. 

Enterele'sia. Pain casued by the invagi- 
nation or strangulation of the intestines. — Ali- 
bert. 

Enteremphra'ais. Obstruction of the intes- 
tines. * 

Entere'nchyta. An instrument for admin- 
istering clysters. A clyster-pipe. 

ENTE'RIC. (Entericus; from evrepov, the 
intestine.) Appertaining to the intestines. 

ENTERICA. A generic term of Dr. Good 
for diseases affecting the alimentary duct. . 

ENTERFTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from evrepov, an 
intestine.) Inflammation of the intestines. 
Inflammation may attack any portion of the 
intestinal canal, and any of the three textures, 
mucous, muscular, or serous, which enter into 
its formation. The term enteritis has been 
most frequently applied to the commonest form 
of acute inflammation of the intestines, namely, 
that in which all the three coats are more or 
less implicated. See Inflammation of the Stom- 
ach and Intestines. 

Enteritis, follicular. Typhoid fever. 

ENTERO-. A prefix. (From evrepov.) An 
intestine ; of common occurrence in medicine 
and surgery. 

Enterobro'sis. Perforation ofthe intestines. 

ENTEROCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from evrepov, 
an intestine, and Kn?in, a tumor.) An intestinal 
rupture, or hernia. Every hernia may be so 
called that is produced by the protrusion of a 
portion of intestine, whether it is at the groin, 
navel, or elsewhere. 

Enterocystoce'le. A hernia including a 
portion of the bladder and of intestine. 

ENTERODE'LA. A section of polygastric 
infusorials, in which the alimentary canal is 
terminated by a mouth and anus. 

E'NTERO-EPI'PLOCE'LE. (From evrepov, 
an intestine, eninTioov, the omentum, and icn?in, 
a tumor.) A rupture formed by the protrusion 
of part of an intestine, with a portion of the 
omentum. 

ENTERO-EPIPLO'MPHALUS. (From ev- 
repov, eiwr?i.oov, and 0[i$o2,oe, the navel.) An 
umbilical hernia, in which both intestine and 
omentum are protruded. Most umbilical her- 
nia? are of this kind. 

ENTERO-GASTROCE'LE. (From evrepov, 
yaornp, the belly, and nrfkn, a tumor.) An ab- 
dominal hernia. 

ENTERO'GRAPHY. (Enterographia; from 
evrepov, and ypaipu, to describe.) The anatomi 
cal description of the intestines. 

ENTERO-HYDROCE'LE. (From evrepov, 
v6up, water, and ktjTlti, a tumor.) This may be 
applied either to a common scrotal hernia, with 
a good deal of water in the hernial sac, or to a 
congenital hernia (in which the bowels descend 
into the tunica vaginalis testis), attended with 
a collection of fluid in the cavity of this mem- 
brane. 

Entero-hydro'mphalus. (From evrepov, 
vdup, water, and ofupaTioc, the navel.) An um- 
bilical hernia, containing a portion of intestine 
and much serosity. This is sometimes the case 
when umbilical hernia coexists with ascites. 



ENT 

and the hernial sac communicates with the cavi 
ity of the abdomen. 

ENTERO-I'SCHIOCE'LE. (From evrepov, 
an intestine, iox<- ov > the ischium, and Knlv, a 
tumor.) An intestinal hernia at the ischiadic 
foramen. 

ENTERO'LITHUS. (us, i, m.; fom evre- 
pov, and 2,i6oc, a stone.) Intestinal concretion, 
or calculus. This term embraces all those con- 
cretions which resemble stones, generated in 
the stomach and bowels. Intestinal calculi are 
common in many of the inferior animals, and 
they also occur in man, but much less frequent- 
ly. They commonly consist of hair, or refuse 
matters, with phosphates. Magnesia sometimes 
forms these calculi. 

ENTEROLO'GY. (Enterotogia, a, f. ; from 
evrepov, and ?,oyoc, a discourse.) The part of 
anatomy which treats of the intestines. 

Enteromala'cia. Enteromalaxia. Soften- 
ing of the intestinal coats. 

E'ntero-meroce'le. A femoral hernia. 

ENTERO'-MESENTERIC FEVER. A ty- 
phus fever in which there is ulceration of the 
intestines aud enlargement of the mesenteric 
glands. — Petit and Serves. 

Enteuo'mphalus. An umbilical hernia, pro- 
duced by the protrusion of a portion of intestine. 

E'NTERON. (Evrepov, and plural evrepa, 
the intestines; from evroc, within.) An intes- 
tine, or the intestines in general. 

ENTEROPATHI'A. Enteropathy. (From 
evrepov, and nadoc, a disease.) Intestinal dis- 
ease : a generic term. 

Enteropathy cancerosa. Cancer of the 
intestines. 

Enteroperi'stole. Constriction or obstruc- 
tion of the intestines. 

Enterophlo'gia. Enteropy'ria. Enteritis. 

ENTERO'RRAPHY. Enterorraphia. Ente- 
rorraphe. (From evrepov, and patyrj, a suture.) 
A suture of the intestines, or the sewing togeth- 
er the divided edges of an intestine. 

Enterorrhk'xis. Perforation or rupture of 
the intestines. 

Enterorrh'oca. Diarrhoea. 

E'NTERO'SCHEOCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from 
tvrepov, oax eov > && scrotum, and unhrj, a rup- 
ture.) A scrotal hernia. 

ENTERO'SES. A class of diseases, includ- 
ing all such as are situated in the intestines. — 
Alibert. 

ENTERO'TOME. A form of scissors, invent- 
ed by J. Cloquet, for readily opening the intes- 
tines in dissections. 

ENTEROTO'MIA. Enteroto'my. The dis- 
section of the intestines. In Surgery, the cut- 
ting into the intestines to form artificial anus, 
or for any other object. 

Enteroz'oa. See Entozoa. 

Enthelminthis. Worms. See Entozoa. 

E'nthlasis. A depressed fracture of the 
skull. — Galen. 

ENTHUSIASM. (Enthusiasmus ; EvBovoi- 
aap.oe ; from evdvoiafa, to rave.) The delirious 
raving of those who fancy themselves inspired. 
— Galen. 

Entire. Integer. 

Entomo'line. The substance also called 
chitine- 



En t 

ENTOMO'LOGY. (From evropa, insects, 
and Tloyoc, a discourse.) The history, organi 
zation, and classification of insects. 

ENTOMO'STRACEANS. The division of 
crustaceans which are covered with a thin, 
horny tegument or shell, in two or more pieces. 

ENTO y NIA. (From the Greek.) Tension. 
Tonic spasm. A generic term; as in Entonia 
catalcpsis, catalepsy, &c. 

Ento'phyta. Parasitical fungi. 

ENTOZO'A. Entozoaria. (From evroc, 
within, and fuoi>, an animal.) Parasitical ani- 
mals. We shall consider the diseased actions to 
which they give rise under the head Invermi 
nation. 

The entozoa of the human body may be di- 
vided into those which inhabit only the aliment- 
ary canal, and those which are found in other 
parts. 

Of alvine entozoa there are two classes : 

First class : those which are generated and 
nourished in the human intestinal canal. Sec- 
ond class: those insects or worms that acci- 
dentally enter the human prima?, and never 
propagate their species in that canal, but are 
soon eliminated from the body. 

The first class contains : Order I. Round 
worms. 

Genus I. Intestinal ascarides. Character. — 
Body round, head obtuse, and furnished with 
three vesicles. 

Species 1. Ascaris lumbricoides. The long 
round worm, or lumbricoid ascaris. The As- 
caris of Rudolphi. Character. — When full 
grown, a foot in length. Mouth triangular. 2. 
Ascaris vermicular is. The thread or maw- 
worm. The Oxyuris of Rudolphi. Character. 
— When full grown, half an inch in length ; tail 
terminates in a fine point. 

Genus II. Intestinal trichurides. Charae 
ter. — Body round, tail three times the length 
of the body, head without vesicles. 

Species 1. Trichuris vulgaris. The trichuris, 
or long thread-worm. This worm is the Tri- 
chocephalus dispar of Rudolphi. Character. — 
The head furnished with a proboscis. 

Order II. The flat worms. 

Genus 1. Intestinal tape-worm. Character. 
— Body flat and jointed. 

Species I. Tania osculis marginalibus. The 
long tape-worm. The Tamia solium of Rudol- 
phi. Character. — The oscula are situated upon 
the margin of the joints. 2. Tamia osculis su- 
perftcialibus. The broad tape-worm. The 
Bothriocepkalus latus of Rudolphi. Character. 
— The oscula are placed upon the flattened sur- 
face. 

The second class contains: 1. The Fasciola 
hepatica, or fluke ; very rarely found in man. 
2. The ScarabcEus. Several species have been 
found in the meatus auditorius exlernus, the al- 
vine canal, the rectum, the vagina, &c. 3. 
The Oestrus, a fly, the ovula of which are de- 
posited under the skin in wounds or fetid ulcers, 
and where the larva; or maggots produce great 
mischief. 4. The Gordius, or horse-hair worm, 
which inhabits soft stagnant waters, and is 
taken into the stomach with the water. 5. 
The Hirudo, or leech, which is taken in the 
same way. C. The Musca. Several of this 

259 



ENU 

genus deposit their eggs in the nose, antra of 
Highmore, and in the rectum : especially the 
M. carnaria, or flesh-fly ; the M. vomitoria, or 
blow-fly ; the M. cibaria, or pantry-fly ; the M. 
Tnttris, or hopper-fly maggot. 

The third class comprehends those animal- 
cules which ai - e found in other parts, as the 
viscera of the head, thorax, &c, and under the 
skin. These are, 1. The Acephalocystis, or 
hydatid . This is formed like a hladder, whitish, 
and distended with an aqueous fluid. They 
are sometimes formed in the natural cavities of 
the body, as the uterus, abdomen, and ventri- 
cles of the brum, but more frequently in the 
liver, kidney, and lungs, where they produce 
diseased actions of those viscera. They are 
usually found in a large cyst containing fluid 
when in the liver, but are rare. 2. The Cys- 
ticcrcus, or bladder-tail hydatid. See Cysti- 
cercus. 3. The Polycephalus, or many-headed 
worm. See Polycephalus. 4. The Echino- 
coccus. See Echino-coccus. 5. The Filaria 
medinetisis, or Guinea worm. See Filaria. 6. 
The Acarus of the itch. See Scabies. 

The symptoms arising from the presence of 
entozoa in the intestines, and the treatment re- 
quired for their removal, will be found under 
the head Invermination. 

Entozoon folliculorum. Acarus folliculo- 
rum. 

Entrails. The viscera of the abdomen ; the 
intestines. 

Entricoma. The ciliary edge of the tarsal 
cartilage. 

ENTRO'FIUM. Entropion. (From ev, and 
rpenu, to turn.) A disease of the eyelids, in 
which the eyelashes and eyelid are inverted to- 
ward the bulb of the eye. This may arise from 
swelling of the lids or other causes, and soon 
produces irritation of the conjunctiva, or trichi- 
asis. The eyelids must be returned to their 
normal position by reducing the swelling, or 
by removing a small portion of skin, or draw- 
ing the hairs out and cauterizing the bulbs. 

ENTYro'sis. The glenoid cavity. 

Enucleation. The shelling of fruits, or tak- 
ing out the kernel or core of any thing, as an 
almond, a tumor, &c. 

E'nula. E. campana. Inula helenium. 

ENURE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from evovpeu, to 
make water.) An incontinency or involuntary 
flow of urine. This disease usually proceeds 
cither from relaxation or a paralytic affection 
of the sphincter of the bladder, induced by va- 
rious debilitating causes, as too free a use of 
spirituous liquors, manustupration, and 'excess 
in venery ; or it arises from compression on the 
bladder, from a diseased state of the organ, or 
from some irritating substance contained in its 
cavity. Dr. Cullen makes two species : 

1. Enuresis atonica, the sphincter of the blad- 
der having lost its tone from somo previous 
disease. 2. Enuresis ab irritationc, vel com- 
pressione vesica;, from an irritation or compres- 
sion of the bladder. 

It is often cured by the internal exhibition 
of the tinctura cantharidis, uva ursi, by tonics, 
and by stimulating the rectum with aloetic 
suppositories : blisters to the perineeum are also 
serviceable. When symptomatic of stone, or 
2fi0 



EPH 

any other disease, it requires the remedies for 
such complaint. 

EP-. EPH-. EPI-. Common prefixes 
from em, above, upon; and meaning exterior, 
above, increase, addition. 

Epacma'sticos. ~EiraK/iaanKoc. Applied by 
the Gree|»s to a fever which gradually increases 
in severity till it arrives at the crisis. 

Efa'cme. The increase or exacerbation of a 
disease. 

Epago'gium. The pramuce. 

Epanadiplo'sis. Reduplication: applied to 
the return of the cold fit of an ague before the 
hot fit is ended. 

Epana'stasis. A tubercle or pustule. 

Epancylo'tus. A serpentine bandage. 

EPANE'TUS. (From enaviy/xt, to remit.) 
A generic term applied by Dr. Mason Good to 
remittent fevers. The species are, E. hectica. 
Hectic. — E. malignus flavus. Yellow fever. — 
E. mills. Remittent fever. 

Efaphjk'resis. EjrafiaipeoLc. Repeated 
evacuation, and especially that of blood. 

Epa'kma. Eparsis. (From eiratpu, to ele 
vate.) A tumor of any part. 

Epe'ncranis. The cerebellum. — Galen 

Epheiue'um. Parts above the pubes. 

E'phedra. Ephcdrana. The buttocks. 

Ephe'lcis. The crust of an ulcer. 

E P H E ' L I S. (is, ides, f. ; from em, and 
t)?iioc, the sun.) This term denotes not only 
freckles, E. lenticnlaris, and the larger brown 
patches, E. diffusa, which likewise arise from 
exposure to the direct rays of the sun, as the 
name imports, but also those large dusky 
patches, which are very similar in appearance, 
but occur on other parts of the surface which 
are constantly covered. The best applications 
to such blemishes are very dilute alcohol, min- 
eral acids, and potash, so dilute as just to be 
sensible to the tongue. One form of diffused 
ephelis is of a brownish color, and followed by 
desquamation of the skin, and is symptomatic 
of uterine and intestinal disturbance. 

EPHE'MERA. Ephcmerus. (From em, and 
q/iepa, a day.) A fever of a day's duration. 

Ephemera maligna. E. sudatoria. See Su- 
dor anglicus. 

Ephe'meris. (is, idis, f. ; from efapepic.) 
An almanac. 

Ephe'meropy'ria. Ephemera. 

Ephe'sium empla'strum. A stimulating plas- 
ter described by Celsus. 

EPHIA'LTES. (es, is, m. ; from etyallopai, 
to leap upon.) Nightmare. Distressing sen- 
sations during sleep, mostly preceded by a 
fearful dream, in which some known or un- 
known enemy is in close pursuit, and from 
whom the person affected can not escape, and 
is unable to speak, though he is constantly en- 
deavoring so to do: in this struggle a great 
oppression or weight is felt on the chest. The 
causes of this affection are lying on the back, 
mental irritation from fatigue, and a dyspeptic 
state of the stomach. 

It sometimes arises from flatulence, caused 
by indigestible matter in the stomach, after too 
heavy a supper ; which, pressing the stomach 
against the diaphragm, impedes respiration, or 
renders it short and convulsed. Inflated inte* 



EP.I 

tines may likewise produce similar effects, or 
mental perturbations. 

There is another species, which has a more 
dangerous tendency, arising from an impeded 
circulation of blood in the lungs when lying 
down, or too great relaxation ol the heart and 
its impelling powers. Epilepsy, apoplexy, or 
sudden death are sometimes among the conse- 
quences of this species of disturbed sleep. 

Ephia'ltia. The herb peony. 

EPHIDRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from efidpou, to 
perspire.) A violent and morbid perspiration, 
producing debility. A colliquative sweat. 
Tonics, especially the mineral acids, are neces- 
sary to alleviate this condition. 

Ephi'ppium. The sella turcica of the sphe- 
noid bone. 

E'phodos. 1. An excretory duct. 2. The 
periodical attack of a fever. 

Epi'alos. The name given by the Greeks 
to a fever in which the morbid sensation of heat 
is accompanied with irregular shiverings. The 
Latin writers call it Querccra. 

Epia'ltes. See Ephialtes. 

Epian. Framboesia. 

Epica'nthis. The angle of the eye. 

Epica'rp. The outer covering or skin of a 
fruit. 

Epica'rpium. A medicament or plaster ap- 
plied to the wrist. 

Epicau'ma. Epicausis. Encauma: a burn. 

Epi'ceras. Trigonella fcenum gra;cum. 

Epicera'sticus. Demulcent medicines. 

Epi'cholus. Bilious. 

Epicho'rdis. The mesentery. 

Epicho'rion. The tunica decidua uteri. — 
Cfiaussier. 

Epichri'sis. Inunction. 

Epicho'rios. Enchoriop. 

Epichro'sis. Ephelis. 

Epicos'lis. -Synonymous with cilium. 

EPICO'LIC. (Epicolicus; from em, upon, 
and kuIov, the colon.) The part of the abdo- 
men which lies over the colon. 

Epico'ndyle. The protuberance at the outer 
side of the distal extremity of the humerus, 
from which the extensor and supinator muscles 
of the forearm and hand rise by a common ten- 
don. — Chaussier. 

Epico'ndylo-cubitalis. The anconeus. 

Epicondylo-radialis. The supinator radii 



Epicondylo-su'pra-metacarpia'nus. The 
extensor carpi radialis brevior. 

Epicondylo-supra-phalange'ttianus com- 
munis. The extensor digitorum communis. 

Epicondylo-supra-phalangettia'nus mi'ni- 
mi digiti. The extensor proprius minimi digiti. 

EPICOPHO'SIS. (From em, and ku<j>oc, 
deaf.) The same as cophosis ; deafness. Cas- 
telli says that it applies more particularly to 
deafness supervening in the course of another 

EPICRA'NIUM. (urn, i, n. ; from em, and 
npaviov, the cranium.) This term is most usu- 
ally applied to the tendinous expansion of the 
occipito-frontalis muscle ; but some writers ap- 
ply it to the skin of the head, and others to the 
whole of the soft parts which form the scalp. 

Epicra'nius. The occipito-frontalis muscle. 



EPI 

EPI'CRASIS. (From em, and icepavvv/ii, to 
temper.) A critical evacuation of bad humors. 
When a cure is performed in the alterative 
way, it is called per Epicrasin. 

Epicte'nium. The parts above and about 
the pubes. 

Epicye'ma. Epicyesis. Superfcetation. 

EPIDE'MIC. (Epidemicus; from em, upon, 
and An/ioc, the people.) Applied to a disease 
which attacks a multitude of persons at the 
same time and in the same place. Epidemic 
diseases may arise from contagion or from some 
atmospheric cause, or from, both combined, 
which last is probably the case in most in- 
stances. 

Epidemic of the Antilles. The dengue 
epidemic of Paris (in 1828). See Acrodynia. 

EPI'DEMY. An epidemic disease. The 
word epidemic is sometimes improperly used 
for this ; epidemic is an adjective term. 

EPIDE'NDRUM. (wot, *, n.) A genus of 
plants. Gynandria. Monandria. Orckidia- 
cece. — E. vanilla. Vanilla. The vanilla yields 
a long, flattish pod, containing a reddish-brown 
pulp, with small, shining black seeds, which 
have an unctuous, aromatic taste, and a fragrant 
smell. They are used by perfumers and con- 
fectioners. 

Epi'deris. The clitoris. 

EPIDE'RMIC. (Epidermicus ; from em- 
Sep/itc, the scarf skin.) Relating to the epi- 
dermis. 

Epidermic method. See Enderinic. 

EPIDE'RMIS. (is, idis, f. Emdep/iic ; from 
em, upon, and dep/ia, the skin.) The scarf 
skin, or cuticle of an animal or plant. 

EPIDERMOID. (From emdepfiic, and eitiog, 
resemblance.) Resembling the epidermis. 

Epide'rmose. A name given by Bourchardat 
to that portion of moist fibrin which is insolu- 
ble in dilute muriatic acid. 

Epi'desis. The arresting of a discharge of 
blood by means of a bandage. 

Epide'smus. A bandage by which splints 
bolsters, &c, are secured. 

EPIDI'DYMIS. (is, is, m. ; from em, upon, 
and 6iSvp.oc, a testicle.) A hard, vascular, ob- 
long substance, that lies upon the testicle, form- 
ed of a convolution of the vas deferens. It has 
a thick end, which is convex, and situated pos- 
teriorly ; and a thin end, which is rather flat, 
and situated inferiorly. The epididymis ad- 
heres to the testicle by its two extremities 
only, for its middle part is free, and the tunica 
vaginalis dips between it and the testicle, form- 
ing a little pouch. 

Epi'dosis. Increased growth or preternatu- 
ral magnitude. 

Epi'drome. An afflux of humors. 

Epifagus americanus. The orobanche vir- 
giniana. 

Epig^'ous. A descriptive term in botany^ 
denoting close contact with the earth or soil. 

EPIGA'STRIC. (Epigastricus ; from em, 
upon, and yaarnp, the stomach.) Appertaining 
to the epigastrium. 

Epigastric artery. A branch given off by 
the external iliac artery just where it passes 
under Poupart's ligament; it ascends between 
the rectus muscle and the peritoneum, and then 

261 



EP1 

within the sheath of the rectus, inosculating 
with the internal mammary. 

Epigastric region. See Abdomen. 

EPIGA'STRIUM. The part immediately 
over the stomach. 

Epigastroce'le. EpigastHocelc. Abdomi- 
nal hernim, situated at or near the epigastrium. 

Epigene'ma. Epiginomena. 

EPIGE'NESIS. (Eiriyeveo-ic ; from emyi- 
vofiat, to generate upon.) A theory of genera- 
tion which regards the foetus as the joint pro- 
duction of matter afforded by both sexes. 

EPIGINO'MENA. (Emy&o/uva ; from em- 
yivofiai, to succeed or supervene.) Adventi- 
tious symptoms occurring in the course of a 
disease, but not necessarily connected with it. 

Epiglo'ssum. Ruscus hypoglossum. 

Epiglottic gland. Pcriglottis. A collec- 
tion of minute glands situated at the base of the 
anterior surface of the epiglottis. These supply 
a fluid which lubricates the epiglottis. 

Epi'glotticus. Relating to the epiglottis. 

EPIGLO'TTIS. (it, idis, or is, is, f. ; from 
em, upon, and yluTTic, the tongue.) The car- 
tilage at the root of the tongue that falls upon 
the glottis, or superior- opening of the larynx. 
Its figure is nearly oval ; it is concave posteri- 
orly, and convex anteriorly ; the apex, or supe- 
rior extremity, is loose, and is always elevated 
upward by its own elasticity. While the back 
of the tongue is drawn backward in swallowing, 
the epiglottis is put over the aperture of the 
larynx : hence it shuts up the passage from the 
mouth into the larynx. The base of the epi- 
glottis is fixed to the thyroid cartilage, the os 
hyoides, and the base of "the tongue, by a strong 
ligament. 

Epiglo'ttum. An instrument for elevating 
the eyelids. — Paracelsus. 

Epiglou'tis. The superior parts of the but- 
tocks. 

Epigo'natis. The patella. 

Epigo'nides. About the knees. 

Epi'gonum. A superfcetation. 

Epi'gynous. When the stamens, petals, &c, 
are all attached to the ovarium, which thus be- 
comes inferior. 

Epila'mpsis. The same as cclampsis. 

Epilempsis. See Epilepsy. 

E'PILEPSY. (Epilepsia, a, f. Emfyfixpia; 
from enika/iSavu, to seize upon.) Falling sick- 
ness. It consists of violent convulsions, with 
coma, and usually foaming at the mouth. Cul- 
len has three species : 

1. Epilepsia ccrcbralis ; attacking suddenly, 
without manifest cause, and not preceded by 
any unpleasant sensation, unless, perhaps, some 
giddiness or dimness of sight. 

2. Epilepsia sympathica; without manifest 
cause, but preceded by a sensation of an aura 
(the aura epileptica') ascending from some part 
of the body to the head. 

3. Epilepsia occasionalis ; arising from man- 
ifest irritation, and ceasing on the removal of 
this. It comprehends several varieties : 

E. traumatica, arising from an injury of the 
head. 

E. a dolore, from pain. 
E. verminosa, from the irritation of worms. 
E. a veneno, from poisons. 
262 



EPI 

E. exanthematica, from the repulsion of cu 
taneous eruptions. 

E. a cruditate ventriculi, from crudities of 
the stomach. 

E. ab inanilione, from debility. 

E. vterina, from hysterical affections. 

E. ex onanismo, from onanism, &c. 

This disease attacks by fits of a few minutes 
to half an hour, and goes off, leaving the person 
most commonly in his usual state: but some- 
times a considerable degree of stupor and weak- 
ness remain behind, particularly where the dis- 
ease has frequent recurrences. It is oftener 
met with among children than grown persons, 
and boys seem more subject to its attacks than 
girls. Its returns aro periodical, and its parox- 
ysms commence more frequently in the night 
than in the day, being somewhat connected 
with sleep. 

Epilepsy may be idiopathic, hereditary, or 
symptomatic of irritation ; it is not uncommon 
in youth; when it attacks those past middle 
age it is extremely intractable. It may pass 
away after other severe diseases, or may termin- 
ate in loss of mind, idiotcy, or apoplexy. There 
is nothing certain in the morbid anatomy. 

The causes which give rise to epilepsy are 
blows, wounds, fractures, and other injuries 
done to the head by external violence, together 
with lodgments of water in the brain, tumors, 
concretions, and polypi. Violent affections of 
the nervou3 system, sudden frights, fits of pas- 
sion, great emotions of the mind, acute pains in 
any part, worms in the stomach or intestines, 
teething, the suppression of long-continued evac- 
uations, too great emptiness or repletion, and 
poisons received into the body, are causes 
which likewise produce epilepsy. Sometimes 
it is hereditaiy, and at others it depends on a 
predisposition, arising from affection of the sen- 
sorium, occasioned either by plethora or a state 
of debility. 

An attack of epilepsy is now and then pre- 
ceded by a heavy pain in the head, dimness of 
sight, noise in the eai's, palpitations, flatulency 
in the stomach and intestines, weariness, and a 
small degree of stupor, and, in most cases, there 
prevails a sense of something like a cold vapor 
or aura, proceeding from some part of the body 
toward the head, and well known under the 
name of aura epileptica ; but it more generally 
happens that the patient falls down suddenly 
without much previous notice; his eyes are 
distorted, or turned so that only the whites of 
them can be seen; his fingers are closely clinch- 
ed, and the trunk of his body, particularly on 
one side, is much agitated; he foams at the 
mouth, and thrusts out his tongue, which often 
suffers great injury from the muscles of the 
lower jaw being affected ; he loses all sense of 
feeling, and not unfrequently voids both urine 
and faeces involuntarily. The spasms abating, 
he recovers gradually ; but, on coming to him- 
self, feels languid and exhausted, and retains 
not the smallest recollection of what has passed 
during the fit. 

During the epileptic paroxysm in general, 
little or nothing is to be done except usmg pre- 
cautions that the patient may not injure him- 
self; and it will be prudent to remove any 



EPI 

tiling whicn may compress the veins of the neck, 
to obviate congestion in the head. Should 
there be a considerable determination of blood 
to this part, or the patient be very plethoric, it 
may be proper, if you can keep him steady, to 
open a vein, or the temporal artery; and, in 
weakly constitutions, the most powerful anti- 
spasmodics might be tried in the form of clys- 
ter, as they could hardly bo swallowed ; but 
there is very seldom time for such measures. 
In the intervals, the treatment consists, 1. In 
obviating the several exciting causes. 2. In 
correcting any observable predisposition. 3. 
In the use of those means which are most like- 
ly to break through the habit of recurrence. 

Where the fits are directly referrible to teeth- 
ing, worms, or a plethoric state, &c, the re- 
moval of these predisposing causes may be fol- 
lowed by a cure ; otherwise there is little 
hope of cure ; but the fits may be occasionally 
arrested by acting on the imagination, by 
emetics, powerful antispasmodics, or sedatives, 
especially stramonium. Metallic tonics are of 
great service, and the cuprum ammoniatum 
(gr. j. daily) and nitrate of silver (gr. v. to x. 
daily) have been known to produce cures ; the 
latter, however, imparts a leaden hue to the 
skin when long used. Large doses of tartar 
emetic immediately before a fit will sometimes 
arrest it. 

EPILEPTIC. Epilcpticus. Affected with 
epilepsy, or of the nature of epilepsy. 
Epileptica passio. Epilepsy. 
Epileptifa'cients. Those medicines which 
produce effects simulating epilepsy ; as prussic 
acid, cyanides, oil of bitter almonds. — Pereira. 
Epime'lis. The Arbutus unedo ? or Mcxpi- 
lus Germanica. 

Epi'mylis. The patella, or knee-pan. 
Epino'tium. The shoulder-blade. 
EPINY'CTIDES. (ErnvvKTidec ; from em, 
and vvf, night.) Vesicles rising during the 
night and disappearing in the morning. A fu- 
gacious kind of nettle-rash. Ecthyma, accord- 
ing to Sauvages. 

Epiparoxy'smus. The febrile paroxysm oc- 
curring with unusual frequency. 

Epipa'stum. A pulverulent medicine to be 
sprinkled upon any part. 

Epipe'talous. Epipetalus. Stamina, &c, 
attached to the corolla of a flower. 

EpiphjEno'menox. Any unusual symptom or 
appearance. 

Epiphlogi'sma. A burning heat of any part. 
EPI'PHORA. (a, ce, f. ; emtyopa ; from em- 
<j>epu, to carry forcibly.) The watery eye. An 
involuntary flow of tears. A superabundant 
flow of a serous humor from the eyes. It may 
arise from a more copious secretion of tears 
than the puncta lachrymalia can absorb, or, as 
M most common, from an obstruction in the 
lachrymal canal, or from irritation of the vari- 
ous parts of the eye. The humor flowing over 
the side of the cheek soon produces irritation 
and excoriation. 

Epiphra'gma. The slender membrane 

which sometimes shuts the peristoma of mosses. 

Epiphy'lla. Epiphyllous. Parasitic fungi, 

or other bodies growing on the leaves of other 

plants. 



EPI 

Epiphyma'ta. Cutaneous diseases. 
EPI'PHYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from em, upon, 
and <j>vcj, to grow.) A portion of bone growing 
upon another, but separated from it by a car- 
tilage. All the long bones, and many others, 
have epiphyses until the end of the juvenile pe- 
riod of life. 

Epi'phyta. Parasitic fungi. 
Epipi'gma. Emmjfia. A surgical appara- 
tus in the shape of the letter II, used for the re- 
duction of a luxated humerus. — Oribasius. 
Epipla'sm. A poultice. 
Epiple'gia. Hemiplegia. 
EPIPLERO'-SIS. (From em, and nlvpumc, 
repletion.) Excessive repletion or distension, i 
EPIPLOCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from emnXoov, 
the omentum, and Ktjhij, a tumor.) An omen- 
tal hernia. A rupture produced by the protru- 
sion of a portion of the omentum. See Hernia. 
EPI'PLOIC. Epiploicus. Appertaining to 
the epiploon or omentum. 

Epiploic appendages. See Appendiculct 
epiploicce. 

Epiploic arteries. Artcrice epiploicce. 
Branches of the gastro-epiploic artery distribu- 
ted to the omentum. 

Epi'ploi'schioce'le. An omental hernia pro- 
trading through the ischiadic foramen. 

EPIPLOI'TIS. (is, idis, f.) Inflammation 
of the epiploon or omentum. See Peritonitis. 

Epi'plomeroce'le. A femoral hernia formed 
by the omentum. 

Epiplo'mphalox. An omental hernia situa- 
ted at the navel. 

Epiploomphalon. See Epiplomphalon. 
EPI'PLOON. (on, i, n. ; from emirAou, to 
sail over : because it floats, as it were, upon the 
intestines.) A duplicature of the peritonaeum, 
otherwise called the omentum. See Omentum. 
Epiploscheoce'le. A rupture in which the 
omentum descends into the scrotum. 
E pipo'lasis . A fluctuation of humors. 
Epipo'ma. The same with epipigma. 
Epiporo'ma. 'Emmpufta. A hard tumor 
about the joints. 

Episcarci'dium. Synonymous with ana- 
sarca. 

EPI'SCHESIS. (E7r£<7„Y£ffic ; from emo^cw, 
to restrain.) A suppression of excretions. 

Epischeses. An order in the class Locales 
of Cullen, including diseases which arise from 
the suppression of excretions. 
Epi'schium. The os pubis. 
Episcopa'les va'lvul/e. The mitral valves 
of the heart. 

Episei'on. Emoeiov. Emaiov. The pubes. 
— Hippocrates. The vulva. 

Episema'sia. A sign or symptom. 

Episionc'us. A tumor of the labia pudendi. 

Episio'rraphy. Synonyme of elytrorrhaphy. 

EPISPA'DIAS. (From em, upon, and airau, 

to draw.) That malformation of the urethra in 

which it opens on the dorsum of the penis. See 

Hypospadia. 

EPISPA'STIC. (Epispasticus ; fUbrn em- 
anao), to draw.) Those substauces which have 
the power of inflaming the skin and causing an 
effusion of serum under the cuticle. Vesicatory. 
Epispastic silk. Oiled silk covered with 
blistering cerate, to answer as a blister. 

263 



EPI 

Epista/sticum. A blister. 
Bpispe'rm. Episperma. The outer envel- 
opes of a seed ; the testa. 

Epis ph je'ria. The convolutions of the brain 
have been so called. 

Epista'gmos. A catarrh. — Dioscorides. 
Epistaphyli'nus. The azygos uvula muscle. 

EPI'STASIS. Emaraaic. Hippocrates 
uses this word in the same sense as emaxeaic, 
a suppression of any kind ; but generally it sig- 
nifies any matter suspended near the surface 
of the urine, as opposed to vnoaraoic , hyposta- 
sis, the sediment. 

EPISTA'XIS. {is, is, f. : from emorafr, to 
distill from.) Bleeding at the nose. This is 
very common and unimportant in young per- 
sons of a plethoric habit, but when it occurs in 
advanced life may be symptomatic of apoplexy 
or palsy ; it is also a dangerous symptom in 
typhoid fever. If necessary to arrest epistaxis, 
it may be done by cold, astringents, or press- 
ure. Sometimes it is necessary to plug the 
nostrils. The subject should be treated by an- 
tiphlogistics if it recurs often. 

EPISTE'RNAL BONES. Two bones which 
in young persons are separated from the ster- 
num by a regular joint, but subsequently unite 
with the upper part of this bone. 

EPISTHO'TONOS. {os, i, m.; from em- 
cdev, forward, and tecvu, to extend.) A teta- 
nic affection of the muscles on the anterior part 
of the body, by which the trunk is bent forward. 
It is synonymous with emprosthotonos, which 
latter term is more frequently used. 

Epistrophalus. See Epistrophis. 

Epistropheus. The dentatus. 

Epi'strophis. Epistrophalus. Epistrophia. 
The first vertebra of the neck. 

Epitasis. The period of violence of a dis- 
ease. 

EPITHE'LIUM. {urn, ii, n. ; from em, and 
TiQjjfii, to place.) The cuticle on the prola- 
bium, or red part of the lips, and on the mu- 
cous membranes in general. It is distinguish- 
ed into the scaly epithelium, which forms the 
inner surface of the blood and lymph vessels, 
the inner surface of many mucous and serous 
•acs, &c. ; the columnar epithelium, which forms 
the surface of the intestinal canal, as well as 
the surface of the passages for most glands; and 
the ciliated epithelium, which forms the surface 
of the mucous membrane of the organs of respi- 
ration, &c. 

EPITHELIUM CELLS. Epithelial cells. 
Flattened, tesselated, or cylindrical cells cover- 
ing the delicate tissues. They are sometimes 
covered with cilia, and are mostly of short du- 
ration, being cast off from the membrane, but 
sometimes absorbed, or more permanent. 

EPITHE'M. {a, atis, n. ; from eiriridij/ii, to 
place upon or apply.) A lotion or fomentation, 
or any external application, except ointments 
and plasters. 

Epithema'tium. The same. 

Epi'tbTesis. The straightening of crooked 
limbs by instruments. 

Epi'thymum. Cuscuta epithymum. 

Epitro'chlea. The part above the trochlea 
of the humerus ; the lesser condyle. — Chaus- 
tier. 

264 



EQU 

EPIZOO'TIC. {Epizooticus; from ««, 
upon, and £aov, an animal.) When a disease 
prevails among the inferior animals in the same 
manner as an epidemic does amoug men, it is 
said to be epizootic. 

Epizo'oty. An epizootic disease. 

Epo'de. Epodos. The curing of diseases 
by incantation. 

Epo'mis. The acromion, or upper part of 
the shoulder. 

Epompha'lium. An application to the navel. 

Epse'ma. Epsesis. Decoction. 

Epsom springs. They are near London, and 
yield a purgative Baline, containing sulphate of 
magnesia chiefly. 

Epsom salt. Sulphate of magnesia. See 
Magnesia sulphas. 

EPU'LIS. {is, idis, f. ; from em, and ovla, 
the gums.) 1. A swelling on the gums. 2. A 
morbid growth of the gum, which may become 
malignant. 

Epulo'sis. Cicatrization. 

EPULO'TIC. Epuloticus. (From ckovKou, 
to cicatrize.) That which promotes cicatriza- 
tion. 

EQUILIBRIUM, {urn, it, n. ; from eeque, 
equally, and libra, to balance. ) The exact rela- 
tion of forces which brings about a condition 
of rest. In Medicine, the term is sometimes 
used to express a state of health in which the 
functions are said to be in equilibrium. In 
Electricity, it signifies a passive condition of the 
electrical forces. In the science of Heat, it 
means the state of uniform temperature to which 
all quiescent matter arrives. 

E Q U I ' N I A. Glanders. Two species are 
recognized : E. mitis, produced by inoculation 
of the fluid of grease; and E. glandulosa, which 
is genuine glanders, a malignant disease some- 
times affecting grooms who tend the diseased 
horses. 

Equise'tic acid. The aconitic acid. 

Equise'tum. The pharmacopoeial name of 
the mare's tail. Hippuris vulgaris. 

E'quitans. Equitant: applied to leaves 
which are disposed in two opposite rows, and 
clasp each other by then 1 compressed base. 

Equita'tion. Equitatio. Exercise on horse 
back. 

E'QUIVALENT. Equivalents, chemical. 
(From <eque, and valeo, I avail.) The propor 
tional weight in which elementary and com- 
pound bodies unite. Hence the term combin 
ing proportion is often used for equivalent. 
There are two systems of equivalents recog- 
nized in chemistry : that which takes hydrogen, 
the lightest ponderable body in nature, as uni- 
ty ; and that which adopts oxygen as 100. The 
former is most common, but the latter is more 
convenient for calculation. The discovery of 
the law of equivalents, i. e., that bodies com- 
bine in invariable weights, may be regarded 
as the origin of philosophical chemistry, inas- 
much as it introduced exactitude into the dis- 
cussions of the science. This law is not only 
true for the elements, but for secondary, ter- 
tiary, and more complex compounds, obtaining 
even in organic chemistry. Combination doea 
not, however, occur between solitary atoms or 
equivalents only, but between one and two or 



EQU 

more. In organic bodies sometimes there are 
thirty, seventy, or more equivalents of one or 
more components. There is at present some 
discussion whether combination can occur with 
half, quarter, &c, parts of equivalents. The 
table gives a list of simple bodies, with their 
equivalents, on the hydrogen scale. By multi- 
plying these numbers with 12-5, they will be 
converted into the equivalents on the oxygen 
scale. Those numbers mai-ked with ? are not 
certain, some chemists using double the quan- 
tities given. 

TABLE OF ELEMENTARY OR SIMPLE SUBSTANCES, 



WITH THEIR SYMBOLS AND EQ 


DIVALENT 


ATOMIC WEIGHTS. 






Non-metallic Elements 

Oxygen . . . 
Hydrogen . . 
Nitrogen . . . 
Sulphur . . . 
Phosphorus . . 
Carbon . . . 


Symbols. 

. . 0. 
. H. 

. . N. 
. S. 
. P. 
. C. 


At. wts. 

8-0 

100 

14-19 

16-12 

15-72? 

6-0 


Chlorine . . . 


. . CI. 


35-47 


Bromine . . . 


. . Br. 


78-39 


Iodine . . . 


. I. 


126-57 


Fluorine . . . 


. F. 


18-74 


Boron . . . 


. B. 


10-91 


Silicon . . . 


. Si. 


22*22 


Selenium . . 


. Se. 


39-63 


Metallic Elements. 

Potassium . . . 


. K. 


39-26 


Sodium . . . 


. Na. 


23-31 


Lithium . . . 


. L. 


6-44 


Barium . . . 


. Ba. 


68-66 


Strontium . . 


. Sr. 


43-85 


Calcium . . . 


. Ca. 


20-52 


Magnesium . . 


• Mg. 


12-89 


Aluminum . . 


. Al 


13-72 


Glucinum . . 


. G. 


26-54 


Yttrium . . . 


. Y. 


32-25 


Zirconium . . 


. Z. 


33-67 


Thorium . . 


. Th. 


59-83 


Cerium . . . 


Ce. 


46-05 


Lanthanum . . 


. La. 





Didymium . . 
Erbium . . . 


. D. 
. E. 





Terbium .... 


. Tr. 





Manganese . . 
Iron .... 


. Mn. 
. Fe. 


27-72 
27-18 


Cobalt . . . 


. Co. 


29-57 


Nickel . . . 


. Ni. 


29-62 


Zinc .... 


. Zn. 


32-31 


Cadmium . . 


. Cd. 


55-83 


Lead .... 


. Pb. 


103-73 


Tin ... . 


. Sn. 


58-92 


Bismuth . . . 


. Bi. 


71-07 


Copper . . . 
Uranium . . . 


. Cu. 
. U. 


31-71 
217-20 


Mercury . . . 
Silver . . . 


. Hg. 

: p1: 


101-43 
108-31 


Palladium . . . 


53-36 


Rhodium . . 


. R. 


52-20 


Iridium . •■ . 


. Ir. 


98-84 


Platinum . . 


. Pt. 


98-84 


Gold .... 


. Au. 


199-20 


Osmium ... 


. Os. 


97-72 


Titanium . . 


. Ti. 


24-33 


Tantalum . . 


. Ta. 


184-90 


Tellurium . . 


. . Te. 


64-25 


Tungsten . . 


. . W. 


99-70 



ERE 

Metallic Element*. Symbols. At. wto. 

Molybdenum . . . Mo. 47-96 
Vanadium .... V. 68-66 

Chromium . . . . Cr. 28*19 

Antimony . . . . Sb. 64-62? 

Arsenic As. 37-67? 

EQUIVOCAL. Equivocates. That which 
is of a doubtful or uncertain nature. 

Equivocal generation. The kind of repro- 
duction which can not be referred at once to 
copulation or any known process. 

E'QUUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A condition of fre- 
quent winking or nictitation. 2. The name of 
a genus of animals. The horse. — E. asinus. 
The ass : the female affords a light and nutri 
tious milk. See Milk. 

Eradicati'vus. Violent purgation or vio- 
lent purgatives. 

Era'nthemus. A species of chamomile. 

Eravay. An African species of ricinus. 

ERBIUM. A supposed new metal occurring 
with yttria. 

Erebi'nthus. Eptfitvflof. The vetch. 

ERECTILE TISSUE. A peculiar tissue de- 
scribed by Dupuytren and Rullier, which is 
susceptible of erection, or active turgescence, 
by an increased flow of blood. It is formed of 
arteries, veins, and nervous filaments, and con- 
sists of a spongy substance, the areola) of which 
communicate with each other. This tissue is 
found in the corpora cavernosa of the penis and 
clitoris, in the corpus spongiosum urethra?, the 
nipples, lips, iris, &c. This tissue is sometimes 
developed as a morbid structure, as in the case 
of mnvus maternus, and aneurism by anastomo- 
sis. Some deny the distinct existence of the 
erectile tissue, and consider it merely as a con- 
geries of blood-vessels largely supplied with 
nerves. 

Ere'ction. The enlargement which occurs 
in erectile tissues. 

ERE'OTOR. (or, oris, m.) That which 
raises any thing up: applied to several mus- 
cles, the office of which is to raise up the part 
into which they are inserted. 

Erector clito'ridis. First muscle of the 
clitoris of Douglas. Ischio-cavemosus of Wins- 
low. A muscle of the clitoris that draws it 
downward and backward, and serves to make 
the body of the clitoris more tense, by squeez- 
ing the blood into it from its crus. It arises 
from the tuberosity of the ischium, and is in- 
serted into the clitoris. 

Erector penis. Ischio-cavemosus of Wins- 
low. A muscle of the penis that drives the 
urine or semen forward, and, by grasping the 
bulb of the urethra, pushes the blood toward 
the corpus cavernosum and the glans, and thus 
distends them. It arises from the tuberosity of 
the ischium, and is inserted into the sides of the 
cavernous substance of the penis. 

Ere'ctus. Upright; a descriptive term. 

EREMACA'USIS. (From tipepa, slow, and 
navaic, combustion.) That form of dry rot or 
decay which occurs in organic bodies freely ex- 
posed to air, and kept only moderately moist. 
It is altogether different to fermentation in its 
results. There is complete oxidation of the de- 
caying parts. 

Ere'mus. See Ccnolium. 

265 



EEO 



ER Y 



BRETHRI'SM. Erethismus. (From epe- 
6i£a, to excite or irritate. ) Increased sensibility 
and irritability. A term variously applied by 
modern writers. Mr. Pearson has described a 
state of the constitution produced by mercury, 
the mercurial erethrism ; characterized by great 
depression of strength, anxiety about the prro- 
cordia, irregular action of the heart, frequent 
sighing, trembling, a small, quick, sometimes 
intermitting pulse, occasional vomiting, a pale, 
contracted countenance, a sense of coldness; 
but the tongue is seldom furred, nor are the 
vital and natural functions much disturbed. In 
this state, any sudden exertion will sometimes 
prove fatal. 

Erethri'sma. Rubefacient. 
ERETHRI'SMUS. A generic term of dis- 
eases attended with great irritability. Irrita- 
tion. Thus, Erethrismus ebriosum is delirium 
tremens. — E. hydrophobia is hydrophobia. — 
E. mercurialis, see Erethrism. — E. simplex, 
fidgets. 

Ere'trius. Dioscorides and Galen describe 
two kinds of terra Erelria as alkaline and ab- 
sorbent earths. 
•Eru'gmos. Ereuxis. An eructation. 
Ergaste'rium. A laboratory. 
ERGOT. Ergota. See Sccalc cornutiim. 
Ergot.e'tia abortifacie.vts. The supposed 
ergot fungus. 

Ergo'tin. Ergotinc. An unctuous, reddish, 
neutral powder from ergot. It does not appear 
to be the active principle. 

Ergoti'sm. The poisonous effects of the er- 
got of rye. See Secale comutum. 
Eri'ca. The genus of heaths. 
EKICA'CEjE. A natural order of shrubby 
exogeus. It differs from Vaccinacem and Cam- 
panulacea in the superior ovary ; from Epacri- 
dacccc in the anther being two-celled ; from Pyro- 
lace<e and Monotropacca in the structure of the 
seeds and in habit; and from all the orders 
represented by Scrophulariacem and Gentian- 
acetc in the number of the cells of the ovary 
agreeing with the lobes of the calyx and corolla. 
Their general qualities are astringent and diu- 
retic, some few being poisonous. The Arbutus, 
Andromeda, Kalmia, Rhododendron, Azalea, all 
well known shrubby plants of great beauty, be- 
long to this order. 

Eri'ceje. See Ericacecc. 
ERI'GERON. 1. Formerly applied to 
groundsel. 2. A genus of plants. Syngencsia. 
Superfl.ua. Composite. — E. canadense. Cana- 
da fleabane. An indigenous annual. The plant 
is bitter, acrid, and somewhat astringent. It 
appears to be tonic, astringent, and diuretic. 
Dose of the plant, 3ss. to fj., in powder. — E. 
heterophytlum is also officinal. It has properties 
similar to those of the following. — E. philadel- 
vhicum. Philadelphia fleabane. Scabious. A 
biennial herb, somewhat aromatic and bitter; 
it is diuretic and tonic, and has been much used 
in nephritic and dropsical affections. Dose, fj., 
in infusion or decoction, daily. 

Erigeron acre. Probably the Conyza ce- 
rula. 

ERINA'CEUS. The hedge-hog genus. 
Ero'ded. Gnawed ; jagged. 
Erode'nti a. Medicines which cause erosion. 
26C 



Erodium moschatum. The geranium mos- 
chatum. 

Ero'mania. Erotomania. 
ERO'SION. (Erosio, onis, f. ; from crodo, to 
gnaw out or eat into.) The gradual destruc- 
tion of the substance of a part by increased ac- 
tion of the absorbents, whether spontaneous, or 
excited by the application of some irritating 
substance. 
Ero'sus. Jagged; gnawed. 
Ero'tic Eroticus. Appertaining to the pas- 
sion of love ; as erotic melancholy. 

ERO'TOMA'NIA. {a, as, f. ;' from epuc, love, 
and jiavia, madness.) That melancholy or mad- 
ness which is the effect of love. 
Erpes. See Herpes. 
Erpetology. See Herpctology. 
ERRA'TIO. (Erralicus ; from erro, to wan- 
der.) Wandering; irregular. A term occa- 
sionally applied to pains, or any disease which 
is not fixed, but moves from one part to anoth- 
er, as gout, erysipelas, &c. 

E'RRHINE. Errhinus. Errhinum. (Ep- 
piva; from ev, in, and piv, the nose.) Med- 
icines which, applied to the internal membrane 
of the nose, excite sneezing, and increase the 
secretion, independent of any mechanical irri- 
tation. Such are tobacco, asarabacca, turbith 
mineral, peppers, &c. ; also called sternutatories. 
E'rrhysis. A trifling hemorrhage. 
E'RROR LOCI. Boerhaave introduced this 
term, from the opinion that the vessels were of 
different sizes, for the circulation of blood, 
lymph, and serum, and that when the larger 
sized globules were forced into the lesser ve» 
sels, they became obstructed by error of place 
Eruca sylvestris. Brassica eruca. 
Eru'cin. A principle of white mustard, of 
which little is known. 

ERUCTATION. (Eruclatio,onis,f.) Belch- 
ing. See Flatulency. 

ERUPTION. Eruptio. In medical lau 
guage, the sudden appearance of a disease on 
the skin; thus we speak of the eruption of 
measles, small-pox, scarlet fever, &c. The 
term applies both to the disease itself, as de- 
veloped on the skin, and the act of its break- 
ing out. 

Eruptive fever or diseases. Such diseas- 
es as are attended with exanthem or other cu- 
taneous efflorescences. 
Ervilla. See Ervutn. 
E'RVUM. (mot, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — E. er- 
villa. The tare. Tare meal has been made 
into bread, and used as a resolvent in the form 
of poultice. — E. lens. The lentil. They are 
eaten as peas. 

ERY'NGIUM. (w, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifera:. 
— E. aquaticum. Eryngium. (U. S.) The 
root is sudorific and expectorant, and acts sim- 
ilarly with contrayerva; in large doses it is 
emetic. — E. campestre is used in many places 
for that of the sea eryngo. — E. maritimum. The 
sea holly, eryngo. The root is sweetish and 
aromatic. It was formerly celebrated for Us 
aphrodisiac powers. 
Eryngo. See Eryngium. 
Eryngo, sea. See Eryngium. 



ERY 



ERY 



Eryngo-leaved lichen. See Lichen. 

ERY'SIMUM. (um, i,n.) A genus of plants. 
Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Cruciferce. — E. 
allia'ria. Sauce alone, or stinking hedge-mus- 
tard. Alliaria Camclina. It was esteemed 
powerfully diaphoretic, diuretic, and antiscor- 
butic. — E. barbarea. The leaves were consid- 
ered antiscorbutic. — E. officinale. Sisymbrium 
officinale. Hedge-mustard. Formerly used as 
an expectorant and diuretic. The seeds resem- 
ble mustard in their effects. 

ERYSI'PELAS. (as, atis, n. EpvoureXag ; 
from epvu, to draw, and nelae, adjoining; so 
named from its tendency to spread to the neigh- 
boring parts.) Ignis sacer, St. Anthony's fire; 
the rose. A peculiar form of inflammation 
which occurs chiefly in the skin, and is gen- 
erally accompanied with swelling, vesications 
on the affected part, and with symptomatic 
fever. 

1. Erysipelas •phlegmonodcs. Phlegmonoid 
erysipelas. This form of erysipelas frequently 
occurs in the face, affecting usually one side of 
it only ; sometimes it attacks one of the extrem- 
ities ; and in both cases it is ushered in by a 
smart feverish attack. The color is higher than 
in the other species, and the burning heat and 
tingling in the part are exceedingly distressing. 
The swelling generfily appears on the second 
night or third day of the fever ; the vesications 
rise on the fourth and fifth, and break or sub- 
side on the fifth or six, when the redness 
changes to a yellowish hue, and the swelling 
and fever begin to diminish, and on the eighth 
day both disappear ; on the tenth, the new cu- 
ticle is commonly left exposed, the old one 
having separated, and the brownish or dark 
scab, which had formed where the fluid of the 
vesications had been discharged, having fallen 
off. Phlegmonoid erysipelas frequently term- 
inates in suppuration, and in sloughing of the 
cellular membrane. 

2. The Erysipelas ademalodes is less severe 
in its attack : the tumor is more gradual in its 
rise and extension, is of a paler red or of a 
yellowish-brown color, and is accompanied by 
less heat and local distress : its surface is smooth 
and shining, and, if it be strongly pressed with 
the finger, a slight pit remains for a short time. 
Vesications, which arc smaller, less elevated, 
and more numerous than in the former species, 
appear on the third or fourth day from the 
commencement of the swelling, and are suc- 
ceeded in two or three days by thin, dark- 
colored scabs, giving an appearance not unlike 
the confluent small-pox, from the edges of which 
a clear lymph exudes. This is a dangerous 
form, and often attacks persons of debilitated 
constitution. 

3. The Erysipelas gangrenosum commences 
sometimes like the one and sometimes like the 
other of the foregoing species, and most com- 
monly occurs in the face, neck, or shoulders. 
It is accompanied with symptoms of low fever, 
and with delirium, which is soon followed by 
coma, which remains through the subsequent 
course of the disease. The color of the affect- 
ed part is a dark-red ; and scattered phlyctense, 
with a livid base, appear upon the surface, 
which frequently terminate in gangrenous ul- 



cerations. Even when it terminates favorably 
suppuration and gangrene of the muscles, ten 
dons, and cellular substance often take place, 
producing little caverns and sinuses, which 
contain an ill-conditioned pus, together with 
sloughs of the mortified parts, which are ulti- 
mately evacuated from the ulcers. It is an ex- 
ceedingly dangerous affection, the vital powers 
being frequently quite overwhelmed from the 
very first of the attack, and death taking place 
in a few hours. 

A peculiar variety of gangrenous erysipelas 
occasionally occurs in infants, a few days after 
birth, especially in lying-in hospitals, and is 
often fatal. It most frequently commences 
about the umbilicus or the genitals, and ex- 
tends upward or downward. The Erysipelas 
infantum, however, often terminates favorably 
in ten or twelve days. 

4. In the Erysipelas erraticum the morbid 
patches appear, one after another, on different 
parts of the body. It commonly terminates 
favorably, however, in a week or ten days. 

Erysipelas is sometimes contagious and epi- 
demic, and those once affected are liable to 
periodic returns. 

Erysipelas attacks all parts of the surface of 
the body; but it more frequently appears on 
the face, legs, and feet than in any other situa- 
tion. It occurs oftener in warm climates than 
in temperate or cold ones. When there is little 
affection of the system, it is termed erythema. 

Erysipelas often occurs from wounds in per- 
sons of bad constitution, and may supervene in 
malignant fevers. 

The treatment of erysipelas must vary great 
ly, according to the form of the disease. When 
it occurs in robust, plethoric constitutions, par- 
taking of the phlegmonous character, with se- 
vere inflammatory fever, it will be proper tc 
begin by taking a moderate quantity of blood ; 
then direct cooling saline purgatives, antimonial 
diaphoretics, a light vegetable diet, &c. But 
if the accompanying fever be more of the ty- 
phoid type, blood-letting is inadmissible, and 
the patient's strength must be supported : after 
clearing out the prima via3, and endeavoring to 
promote the other secretions by mild evacu- 
ants, when the pulse begins to fail, a more nu- 
tritious diet may be resorted to, with wine, the 
sulphate of quinine, ammonia, and other pow- 
erful stimulants. In the decidedly gangrenous 
form of erysipelas, all depletion is out of the 
question, and a tonic and stimulating treatment 
must be resorted to from the first. Opium 
should be given in full doses, and calomel may 
be useful in correcting the disordered state of 
the abdominal secretions. 

The local treatment is important. It consists 
of free incisions (in phlegmonous erysipelas) 
from the commencement, with poultices ; the 
use of concentrated solution of nitrate of silver, 
and the application of cold. Blisters are used 
by the French. 

Erysipelas infantum. See Erysipelas. 
Erysipelas phlyctenoides. E. pustulosa. 
E. zoster: Herpes zoster. 

Erysipe'latoid. Erysipelatodes. Erysipe 
latous. Resembling erysipelas. 

Erysipelatous. Pertaining to erysipelas. 
267 



E R Y 

ERYTHE'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from epvBpoc, 
red.) 1. Simple redness. — Hippocrates. 

2. Rash, or inflammatory blush without fe- 
ver. — Cullen. 

3. A lesser degree of erysipelas. — Calliscn. 

4. A nearly continuous redness of some por- 
tion of the skin, attended with disorder of the 
constitution, but not contagious. — Willan. 

Dr. Willan has six varieties : 

1. Erythema fugax consists of red patches, 
of an irregular form and short duration, re- 
sembling the redness produced from pressure. 
These patches are symptomatic of various feb- 
rile diseases, and appear successively on the 
arms, neck, breast, and face. 

2. The Erythema lave exhibits a uniformly 
smooth, shining surface, and chiefly appears on 
the lower extremities, in confluent patches, and 
is generally accompanied by anasarca. 

3. The Erythema marginatum occurs in 
patches, which are bounded on one side by a 
hard, elevated, tortuous red border, in some 
places obscurely papulated ; but the redness has 
no regular boundary on the open side. The 
patches appeal' on the extremities and loins, in 
old people, and remain for an uncertain time, 
without producing any irritation in the skin. 
They are connected with internal disorder, and 
their occurrence is to be deemed unfavorable. 

4. The Erythema papulation occurs chiefly 
on the arms, neck, and breast, in extensive ir- 
regular patches, of a bright red hue, present- 
ing not an inelegant painted appearance. For 
a day or two before the color becomes vivid, 
the surface is rough or imperfectly papulated. 
The redness afterward continues for about a 
fortnight ; and as the eruption declines, it as- 
sumes a bluish hue, especially in the central 
parts of the patches. This eruption is some- 
times attended with great disorder of the con- 
stitution, especially with a frequent, small 
pulse, total anorexia, and extreme depression 
of strength and spirits, and with acute pains 
and great tenderness of the limbs ; but the gen- 
eral disorder is often trifling. 

5. Erythema tuberculatum resembles the last 
variety m the large irregular patches of red 
efflorescence which it exhibits; but there are 
small, slightly - elevated tumors interspersed 
through the patches, which subside in about a 
week, leaving the erythema, which becomes 
iivid, and disappears in about a week more. 

6. The Erythema nodosum, which is a more 
common and milder complaint, seems to aflect 
females only, and occurs on the fore part of the 
legs. It is preceded by slight febrile symp- 
toms for a week or more, which generally abate 
when the erythema appears, ft shows itself 
in large oval patches, the long diameter of 
which is panllel with the tibia, and which 
slowly rise into hard and painful protuberances, 
and as regularly soften and subside in the 
course of nine or ten days, the red color turn- 
ing bluish on the eighth or ninth day, as if the 
leg had been bruised. It has always gone 
through its course mildly, under the use of 
laxatives, followed by the mineral acids and 
other tonics. 

Erythema anthrax. E. gangrenosum. 
Anthrax. 

268 



s ESC 

Erythema epidemicum. E.solare. Pellagra. 

Erythema a frigore. E. pernio. Chil 
bl a in. See Pernio. 

Erythema mercuriale. See Eczema met- 
curiale. 

ERY ; THRiEA centaurium. Synonyme of Chi- 
ronia centaurium. 

Ery'thr^a chilensis. Chironia chilensis. 

Ery'threma. Erythema. 

Ery'thric acid. Purpuric acid, or murexan. 

ERYTHRPNA. A genus of plants. Dia- 
delphia. Decandria. E. corallodendron, the 
coral tree. The bark of E. Indica is consid- 
ered febrifuge. E. Monosperma is much fre- 
quented by the insect that forms gum lac. 

Erythrine. The name given by Heeren to 
the red coloring matter of the Lichen roccella. 

Erythro'danum. Rubia tinctorum. 

Erythroei'des. Tunica vaginalis testis. 

Erythro'gen. A green substance some- 
times found in the gall-bladder in jaundice ; it 
is converted into a red color when combined 
with nitrogen. 

Erythro'id vesicle. A doubtful vesicle of 
the early foetus, longer, but of the same diame- 
ter as the umbilical vesicle. 

Erythro'leine. A red, oily fluid found in 
litmus by Kane. Form., C20H22O4. 

ERYTHRO'NIUM. («fi, i,i\.) 1. A name 
of Vanadium. 2. A genus of plants. Hexan- 
dria. Monogynia. Liliaceee. — E. Americanum. 
Erythronium Indicum. The root is emetic in 
doses of fss., but seldom used. — E. dens cani- 
nus. Dog's-tooth violet. The root has been 
given against colic and epilepsy, and applied 
externally in scald head. 

Euythro'phyll. The red coloring matter 
of autumnal leaves and fruits. It is an oxide 
of chlorophyll. 

ERYTHRO'PROTIDE. A product of the 
action of a concentrated boiling solution of pot- 
ash on protein. It is of a reddish-brown col- 
or, readily soluble in water and in boiling al- 
cohol. It is precipitated by the salts of lead, 
silver, and mercuiy, of a rose color. Formula, 
C'i 3 H 8 N0 5 . 

ERYTHRO'SIS. (From epydpog, red.) A 
florid form of plethora, in which the blood is 
rich in fibrin and hamiatosin. It is the plethora 
arteriosa of some. 

Erythro'xylum. Haematoxylum. 

Ery'thrus. Rhus coriaria. 

E'SAPHE. (EoaQri; from eoaipau, to feel 
with the hand.) The touch; or feeling the 
mouth of the womb, to ascertain its condition. 

E'SCHAR. (Eschara, <s, f. Eu^apa; from 
eaxapou, to scab over.) Eschara. The portion 
of animal substance that is destroyed by the 
application of a caustic, and which sloughs 
away. 

ESCHARO'TIC. Escharoticus. A sub- 
stance which possesses the power of destroying 
the texture ol the various solid parts of the ani- 
mal body to which it is directly applied. This 
class of substances may be arranged under two 
orders : 

1. Eroding esckarotics ; as blue vitriol, alttr 
men ustum, &c. 

2. Caustic escharotics; as potassa pura, ar- 
genti nitras, acidum sulphuricum, nitricum, &c 



ESS 

E'SCULENT. Esculentus. Such animals 
and plants as may be used for food. 

Escu'line. A supposed alkaloid from the 
horse-chestnut. 

ES'ENBECKINE. Esenbeckina. An alka- 
loid obtained from the Exostema souzanum, or 
Brazilian cinchona. This name was given to 
the product from the erroneous impression 
that the bark was derived from the Esenbcckia 
fcbrifuga. 

ESO-. A prefix (from eau, within), signify- 
ing internal ; as, Esocolitis, dysentery. 

Eso'enteritis. Inflammation of the mucous 
membrane of the bowels. 

Eso'gastritis. Inflammation of the mucous 
membrane of the stomach. 

Esox lucius. The pike fish, from the liver 
of which an oil is obtained, which is termed, 
in some pharmacopoeias, oleum lucii piscis. It 
is used in some countries to disperse opacities 
of the cornea. 

E'sphlasis. A fracture of the skull, with 
depression. 

Espn'oic medicine. The application of med- 
icines to the skin with friction. 

Es'prit. A French word for a spirit, tincture, 
volatile oil, or fluid. 

E'SSENCE. {Essentia, a, f.) Properly 
that part of any thing on which its most remark- 
able qualities depend. Usually volatile oils 
mixed with alcohol. It is also applied to some 
tinctures. 

Essence de petit grain. The volatile oil of 
the leaves of the orange, formerly of the young 
fruit. 

Essence of colt's-foot. This is made of 
equal parts of balsam of tolu and compound 
tincture of benzoin, with double the quantity of 
rectified alcohol. It is sold as a pectoral. 

Essence of mustard. This is made of oil 
of turpentine, camphor, spirit of rosemary, and 
flower of mustard. 

Essence of sarsaparilla, compound. A 
very concentrated state of the compound de- 
coction of sarsaparilla. 

Essence of spruce. This is prepared by 
decoction from the twigs of the spruce fir 
(pinus nigra). When mixed with treacle or 
sugar, and water, and fermented, it form^ spruce 
beer. 

ESSE'NTIA. An essence; an aromatic and 
volatile preparation ; also a tincture. See Tinc- 
tura, Vinum, and Oils, Essential! 

Essentia bina. A preparation used to color 
brandy, porter, and other strong drinks. It is 
made by boiling coarse sugar till it becomes 
black and bitter, and then mixing it with lime 
water to the consistence of a syrup. 

ESSENTIAL. Essentialis. Relating to the 
essence of any thing. 

Essential oils. See Oils, Essential. 

Essential salt of bark. A watery extract 
of Peruvian bark. 

Essential salt of lemons. The prepara- 
tion so called is a mixture of cream of tartar 
and binoxalate of potash. 

E'SSERA. (a,<e,f.) Sora. Bare. A spe- 
cies of cutaneous eruption, distinguished by 
broad, shining, smooth red spots, mostly with- 
out fever, and differing from the nettle rash in 



ETH 

not being elevated. It generally attacks the 
face and hands. It is also applied to the nettle 
rash. 

Esthio'menus. (From eodiu, to eat.) A 
term formerly applied to any disease which 
rapidly destroyed, or, as it were, ate away the 
flesh ; as some forms of herpes, lupus, cancer. 
Estival. JEstival. Pertaining to the sum 
mer. 

Estiva'tion. See ^Estivation. 
Esula major. See Euphorbia paluslris. 
Esula minor. See Euphorbia cyparissias. 
E'thal. A crystalline waxy substance, de- 
rived from the saponification of spermaceti. 
See Celyl. 

E'tcerio. An aggregate fruit, the parts of 
which are achenia, as in the raspberry. 

E'THER. See JEther. 

Ether, acetic Acetic naphtha. An ethe- 
real fluid, drawn over from an equal admixture 
of alcohol and acetic acid, distilled with a gentle 
heat from a glass retort in a sand-bath. It is an 
acetate of the oxide of ethyle. It has a grate- 
ful smell, is extremely light, volatile, and in- 
flammable. Its medicinal properties nearly re- 
semble the other ethers, and may be given in 
the same doses. It is seldom used. 

Ether, chlorine. See Chloroform. 

Ether-, hydric. Sulphuric or common ether. 
See jiEther sulphuricus reclificatus. 

Ether, hydrochloric. ^Ether hydrochlor- 
icus. It is best prepared by saturating alcohol 
with gaseous hydrochloric acid, and distilling 
with a gentle heat into a receiver surrounded 
by ice. It is colorless, has a penetrating odor, 
and sweetish taste. Composition, AeCl, or 
chloride of ethyle or ethule. Its sp. gr. is 0-874 
at 40° F., and it boils at 51° F. A spirituous 
solution is used as an antispasmodic ; this is the 
spiritus athcris hydrochlorici. Dose, f. y. to 
f. 3iij. 

Ether, hydrocyanic This has been em 
ployed by M. Magendie in some cases as a sub 
stitute for hydrocyanic acid, but its smell was 
found so insufferable that its use could not be 
continued. 

Ether, hyponitrous. See ^Ether nilrosus. 

Ether, muriatic E-, marine. See Ether, 
hydrochloric. 

Ether, nitric See JEther nilrosus. 

Ether, nitrous. Nitric naphtha. BeejEther 
nitrosus. 

Ether, gsnanthic The aromatic liquid 
which imparts to wines and some spirits their 
peculiar odor. It is an cenanthate of oxide of 
ethyle ; form., CnHi30 a -|-AeO. 

Ether, sulphuric See JEther sulphuricus. 

Ether, vitriolic See ^Ether sulphuricus. 

E'THEREAL. (Ethereus; from other.) A 
term applied to any highly-rectified essential oil 
or spirit. 

Ethereal oil. See Oleum aithereum. 

Ethereo-sulphuric acid. Sulphovinic acid. 

ETHERIFICATION. The conversion of 
fluids into ethers ; the process by which ethers 
are produced. The theory of etherification 
most countenanced is that which regards alco- 
hol as the hydrated oxide of ethyle or ethule 
(AeO, HO) ; this being acted on by concen- 
trated sulphuric acid, forms the hydrated bisul- 

269 



EUD 

pnate of oxide of ethyle. The hydrated bisul- 
pbate is decomposed by tbe heat in distillation, 
and there arises ether or oxide of ethyle ( AeO), 
while the water remains combined with sul- 
phuric acid. 

E'therine. A solid body isomeric with 
etherole, and deposited from it in the cold. 

E'therole. An insoluble oily product of the 
decomposition of sweet oil of wine when heat- 
ed with water. It is isomeric with olefiant gas 
and etherine — C4H4. 

E'thionic acid. A product of the action of 
anhydrous sulphuric acid on alcohol. Its form, 
is 2SO3, C4II5O. It forms crystalline salts. 

Ethiops. See JEthiops. 

E'THMOID. {Ethmoides; from edfioc, a 
sieve, and eidot;, form ; because it is perforated 
like a sieve.) Sieve-like. 

Ethmoid bone. Os ethmoides. Os elhmoi- 
deum. Cribriform bone. A bone of the head 
and nose. The ethmoid is a light cellular bone, 
over which the olfactory nerves are spread. It 
lies between the eyes and ethmoidal notch of 
the os frontis; is of a cubical figure; contained 
above the crista galli and cribriform plate, in 
the center, and running the length of the bone, 
is the nasal plate or azygous process, which, 
with the vomer, forma the upper division of the 
nostrils ; this plate also sustains at its lower part 
the two superior turbinated bones. Parallel with 
this, and on each side, are the two flat planes 
forming the orbitar plates, which make up a 
considerable portion of the orbit. 

Ethmoidal cells. The cells of the ethmoid 
bone. 

Ethmoides. Ethmoid. 

Ethu'le. A synonyme of Ethyle. 

ETHYLE. Ethule. A hypothetical com- 
pound radical ( C4H6 ) existing in the ethers. 
Symbol, Ae. Common sulphuric ether is the 
oxide of ethyle, AeO; alcohol the hydrated 
oxide, AeO, HO. Thero are also chlorides, 
bromides, &c. The oxide of ethyle acts the part 
of metallic oxides, forming salts, of which sev- 
eral are of considerable importance, as nitrous 
ether, which is the hyponitrite of oxide of ethyle 
AeO, N0 3 ). There is a carbonate (AeO . C0 2 ) : 
oxalate, or oxalic ether (AeO, C2O3), and numer- 
ous other salts, most of which have the charac- 
ters of ethers. 

Etiola'tion. The process of blanching plants 
by raising them in darkness. 

Etiology. /Etiology. 

E'tron. Hr^ov. The hypogastrium. 

EU-. A prefix. (From ev.) Well or good; 
as Encomia, a good state of the blood. — Eu- 
chymia, when the humors are in a good con- 
dition. — Eucrasia, Euexia,, a good temperament 
and constitution. — Euethes, benign. 

EUCALY'PTUS. A genus of plants. Ico- 
sandria. Monogynia. — The E. resinifera of 
New South Wales produces an astringent gum 
resin, resembling kino in properties. — The E. 
manifera of the same place yields a kind of 
manna, or eucalyptus sugar. 

Eua'nthemum. The chamomile. 

Eu'chlorine. The protoxido of chlorine; 
hypochlorous acid. 

EUDIOMETER. ( Eudiomelrum, i, n. ; from 
evdia, purity of air, and [icrpov, a measure.) An 
270 



EUP 

instrument for ascertaining the quantity of ox- 
ygen or any other gas in a given mixture of 
gases. The best is Ure's. 

EUDIOMETRY. (Eudiometria, a.) The 
art of determining the quantity of any gas con- 
tained in a given bulk of atmospheric air, &c. 

EUGE'NIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Icosandria. Monogynia. Myrtaceee. — E. cary~ 
ophylla'ta. The clove tree of the Indies. It 
owes its hot, aromatic flavor to an essential oil, 
the oleum caryophylli. Dose, gtt. ij. to gtt. v., 
in mixture. — E. jambos. Yields the Malabar 
plum. They are used medicinally as a mild 
astringent. 

Eugenia pimenta. See Myrtus pimenta. 

Euge'nin. The solid deposit from oil of 
cloves ; the stearopten of oil of cloves. 

Euge'us. The uterus. 

Eu'le. A worm found in putrid ulcers. 

Eunu'chium. Lactuca sativa. 

Eunu'chus. One that is castrated. 

Eupathi'a. Health. 

Eupato'iiiace^. A subdivision of the great 
natural family Composites. 

EUPATO'RIUM. (w,i,n.) 1. The Greek 
name for agrimony. 2. A genus of plants. 
Syngencsia. Polygamia ccqualis. Composite. 
3. Eupatorium cannabinum. 

Eupatorium arabicum. The eupatorium 
cannabinum. 

Eupatorium aya pana. A Brazilian plant 
which resembles E. perfoliatum in properties, 
but is of inferior activity. 

Eupatorium cannabinum. Hemp agrimony. 
The eupatorium of European writers. The 
plant was formerly much used in Europe, es- 
pecially as a diuretic, and in dropsies. It was 
also considered emetic and purgative. 

Eupatorium gr^corum. The agrimonia eu- 
patoria. 

Eupatorium mesues. The achillea agera turn. 

Eupatorium perfoliatum. Thoroughwort. 
Boneset. This indigenous perennial finds a 
place in the Pharmacopoeia, and is reputed 
tonic and diaphoretic. In larger doses it is ca- 
thartic and emetic. The Infusum eupalorii 
pcrfoliati is officinal. It has been much used 
in intermittents. 

Eupatorium pilosum. A synonyme of E. 
tcucrifolium. 

Eupatorium purpureum. Gravel-root. This 
resembles the E. perfoliatum in tonic action. 
It is also said to be diuretic. 

Eupatorium teucrifolium. E. verbenifoli- 
um. This indigenous perennial resembles the 
E. perfoliatum in its properties. 

Eupatorium veterum. The eupatorium of 
the ancients. Agrimonia eupatoria. 

Eupe'psia. Good digestion. 

Eupe'ptic. Eupepticus. Easy of digestion. 

EUPHO'RBIA. (a,a,{.) A genus of plants. 
Dodecandria. Trigynia. Euphorbiaceee. 

Euphorbia antiquorum. A plant formerly 
supposed to produce the Euphorbium. 

Euphorbia canariensis. This yields the 
gum euphorbia of the Canaries. 

Euphorbia corollata. Large flowering 
spurge ; an indigenous perennial. The root is 
emetic and purgative, and the whole plant ac- 
rid. Dose of the dried root, as an irritating 



eui* 

emetic, gr. x. to 3j. In smaller doses it is pur- 
gative, and when gr. i. to gr. ij. are employed, 
diaphoretic. The juice of the fresh plant is 
desiccative. 

Euphorbia cyparissias. The cypress 
spurge. This, like most of the spurges, is very 
acrimonious, inflaming the eyes and oesophagus 
after touching them. It is now fallen hito dis- 
use, whatever virtues may have heen ascribed 
to it formerly, one of which, no doubt, was that 
of opening the bowels, for it was called poor 
man's rhubarb. 

Euphorbia ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha 
spurge. American ipecacuanha spurge. This 
is an indigenous perennial, growing in the Mid- 
dle and Southern States. The root is an irrita- 
ting emetic and purgative in doses of gr. x. to 

Euphorbia lathyris. The plant which af- 
fords the lesser cataputia seeds. The seeds 
possess purgative properties, but if exhibited 
in an over-dose, prove drastic and poisonous : 
a quality common to all the Etiphorbiacete. 

Euphorbia officinarum. The plant which 
affords the euphorbium, an inodorous gum-resin, 
in yellow tears, which have the appearance of 
being worm-eaten; said to be obtained from 
several species of euphorbia. It is imported 
from Mogadore. It contains an active resin, 
and is very seldom employed internally, but it 
enters as an ingredient into some resolvent and 
discutient plasters. 

Euphorbia palustris. The greater spurge. 
The juice is used in Russia as a common purge ; 
and the plant is given, in some places, in the 
cure of intermittents. 

Euphorbia paralias. Sea spurge. Every 
part of this plant is violently cathartic and irri- 
tating, inflaming the mouth and fauces. 

EUPHORBIA'CEiE. A natural order of ex- 
ogenous plants, inhabitants of almost all parts 
of the globe; nearly allied to Malvacece and 
RkamnaceeB, especially agreeing with the for- 
mer in the starry structure of the hairs, the 
monad el phous stamens, and the definite number 
of ovules in three united carpels. Their sensi- 
ble properties are, on the whole, poisonous and 
exciting, both being of a volatile nature, and 
often dispelled by heat. Independently of the 
volatile principle there are two others, viz., ca- 
outchouc and turnsol. The bark of several 
crotons, the wood of Croton tiglium and com- 
mon box, the leaves of the latter, of Cicca dis- 
ticha, and of several euphorbias, are sudorific ; 
and many other species, among which Ricinus 
may be mentioned, are purgative ; the latter 
produces castor oil. 

EUPHO'RBLE GUMMI-RESINA. Euphor- 
bium. A waxy, resinous body, derived from 
several species of euphorbia by incising the 
stems. The powder is an irritating and dan- 
gerous emetic and cathartic when taken inter- 
nally, and is seldom or never prescribed. When 
added to Burgundy pitch, it may be employed 
as a rubefacient. See Euphorbia officinarum. 

EUPHRASIA, (a, m, f.) 1. Euphrasia. 2. 
A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospcrmia. 
Scrophulariacea. — E- officinalis. Eye-bright. 
It is supposed to be useful in diseases of the 
eyes, but is inert. 



EVO 

E'upion. A volatile, oily component of oil 
of tar. It boils at 117° ; sp. gr., 074 ; and has 
a pleasant odor. 

EUPLA'STIC. (From ev, and nliamc, for- 
mation.) Favorable to the formative forces. A 
term employed by Lobstein for the elaborated 
matter out of which animal tissues are formed, 
and opposed to cacoplastic, which means unfit 
for further organization. 

Eury'mthos. Regularity of the pulse. 

EUSTACHIAN TUBE. Tuba eustachiana. 
Iter apalato ad aurem. The tube which forms 
a communication between the posterior nares 
and the ear ; so named after its discoverer, Eus- 
lachius. See Auris. 

Eustachian valve. See Valvula Eustachii. 

Eusthe'nia. Vigorous health. — Hippocrates. 

Eutro'phia. Vigorous nutrition. 

EVA'CUANTS. (From evacuo, to empty.) 
Medicines or agents which cause a discharge 
from some emunctory, as purgatives, emetics 
sialagogues, &c. 

EVACUA'TION. A discharge, more espe- 
cially of fsnees. Also, the act of discharging, 
by artificial means, the contents of an abscess, 
&c. 

EVAPORA'TION. (Evaporatio, onis, f.) 
The slow conversion of any substance into va- 
por. It differs from distillation in its object, 
which chiefly consists in preserving the more 
fixed matters, while the volatile substances are 
dissipated juid lost : and the vessels are accord- 
ingly different; evaporation being commonly 
performed in open, shallow vessels, and distil- 
lation in an apparatus nearly closed from the 
external air. 

Evaporation is a process of infinite import- 
ance in the economy of nature ; and in the ani- 
mal body, evaporation from the skin (sponta- 
neous evaporation) and lungs is one of the most 
obvious causes of diminution of temperature. 

EVENTRA'TION. (From ex, out of, and 
venter, the belly.) Any condition arising from 
tumor or wounds in which the bowels are dis- 
placed or protruded. A ventral hernia is one 
form of eventration ; an extensive wound from 
which the bowels protrude is another form. 

Evergreen. Sempervirens. 

EVERRI'CULUM. A scoop, used to clear 
the bladder from the small calculous particles 
which may remain after the operation of lithot- 
omy. 

Eve'rsio palpebr,e. Ectropium. 

Evil, king's. Scrofula. 

Evi'ration. Castration. 

EVOLUTION. (Evolutio, o?iis, f.; from 
evolvo, to unroll.) 1. In Physiology, it means 
development. 2. That hypothesis respecting 
generation which supposes that the germ is not 
organized in the body of the parent, but pre- 
existent, already organized, and only developed 
by the process of generation, is called the hy- 
pothesis of Evolution : it is opposed to that of 
the Epigcnesis. Compare Epigcncsis. 

Evolution, spontaneous. In Obstetrict, 
this term has been applied by Dr. Denman to 
that case in which the arm and shoulder of the 
child being protruded from the vagina, a spon- 
taneous turning takes place, and the child is 
expelled by the breech, as if in a natural pre 

271 



EXA 

mentation of that part. The occasional occur- 
rence of the fact is generally admitted, but the 
Opinions of obstetricians are divided as to the 
precise manner and extent to which it takes 
place. 

Evo'mition. Evomitio. Vomiting. 

EVU'LSION. ( Evulsio ; from cvcllo, to 
pluck up. ) The forcible extraction or removal 
of a part : a term sometimes employed by sur- 
geons. 

EXA'CERBATION. (Exacerbatio; ivomex- 
aeerbo, to become violent.) An increase of in- 
tensity in the symptoms of a disease recurring 
at intervals. The term is generally applied to 
an increase of febrile symptoms, and is synony- 
mous with paroxysm. 

Ex.e'matosis. Hacmatosis. 

EXjE'RESIS. (From e^aipeu, to remove.) 
That division of the art of surgery which com- 
prises the removal of whatever is injurious or 
superfluous to the body; as the extraction of 
foreign bodies, amputation of limbs, excision of 
tumors, &c. 

Examblo'ma. Examblo'sis. An abortion. 

EXANASTOMO'SIS. (From eft and avaa- 
TOfiou, to relax or open.) The opening of the 
mouths of vessels to discharge their contents. 

EXANGI'A. (a, a, f. ; from ef, and ayyeiov, 
a vessel.) The generic name given by Mason 
Good to diseases which consist in enlargement, 
breach, or other morbid perforation of a large 
blood-vessel, without external opening. The 
genus includes aneurism, varix, and cyania. 

EXA'NGUINOUS. (Exanguis; fromra, 
and sanguis, blood.) Deficient in blood. The 
pale color of patients suffering from hemorrha- 
ges, chlorosis, (fee., is termed exanguinous. 

EXA'NIA. (From ex, out of, and anus.) 
Prolapsus of the rectum. See Procidentia ani. 

EXANTHE'M. Exanthema. (E^avdn/ia; 
from e^avBeu, effloresco, to effloresce, or break 
forth on the surface.) Exanthisma. 1. An 
eruption of the skin, called a rash. 2. In the 
present day nosologists have limited it to an 
eruption or rash which is accompanied with 
fever, and which has its regular periods of ef- 
florescence and decline. In Dr. Willan's ar- 
rangement it is appropriated solely to those 
appearances which are usually called rashes ; 
namely, to piitches of superficial redness of the 
skin, of various extent and intensity, occasioned 
by an unusual determination of blood into the 
cutaneous vessels, sometimes with partial ex- 
travasation; it has no reference, therefore, to 
the existence of fevor or contagion. It com- 
prehends measles, scarlet fever, nettle rash, 
rose rash, purples, and erythema. 

Exanthem mercurials. Eczema mercuriale. 

Exanthema, carbuncular. Anthrax. 

EXANTHE'MATA. The name of an order 
of diseases, of the class Pyrexia of Cullen's 
Nosology. 

Exanthematic. Exanthematicus . Eruptive. 

EXANTHEMA'TICA. The genus of erup- 
tive fevers in Good's Nosology. 

EXANTHE'SIS. (Efai^extc; from efrvdeu, 
to effloresce.) Properly, the breaking out of 
an efflorescence on the skin ; but applied, also, 
to the efflorescence itself. 

Exanthi'sma. See Exanthema. 
272 



EXC 

Exanthro'pia. The same as misanthropy. 

Exarchia'ter. A chief physician. 

Exarthre'ma. Exarthroma. Exarthrosii. 
A dislocation or luxation. 

Exarthro'ma. Egapdpufia. A dislocation. 

Exarthro'sis. ~E\ap8puaic. A dislocation. 

EXARTICULA'TION. (From ex, out of, 
and articulus, a joint.) A luxation or disloca- 
tion of a bone from its socket. 

ExCjECaria agallocha. Lignum aloes. 

Exci'pulum. A chemical receiver. 

EXCI'SION. ( From excisio, to cut out. ) 
The cutting out of parts, as tumors, &c., which 
are not sufficiently large or prominent to be 
amputated. We do not say the penis was ex- 
cised, but a tumor was excised. 

EXCITABI'LITY. (From excito, to excite.) 
That condition of living bodies wherein they 
can be made to exhibit the functions and phe- 
nomena which distinguish them from inanimate 
matter ; or the capacity of organized beings to 
be affected by various agents called stimuli. 

EXCTTANT. Exciting; stimulating. Ap- 
plied to medicines which excite the actions of 
the system, excitantia. These are either gen- 
eral, acting on the whole system, as alcohol, or 
particular, acting only on certain parts, as diu- 
retics, expectorauts, <&c. 

EXCITA'TION. Excitement. (From ex- 
cito, to excite.) 1. That state in which excita- 
bility is called into action. 2. The act of 
awakening excitability. 3. The result of the 
action of the exciting powers, as the circulation, 
mental action. 

Exciting cause. See JEtiology. 

EXCI'TO-MO'TORY SYSTEM. A division 
of the nervous system made by Dr. M. Hall. 
It consists of the tubercula quadrigemina, me- 
dulla oblongata, medulla spinalis, and the true 
spinal nerves. This system is brought into ac- 
tion by exterior agency, without the direct 
influence of the will. Thus the emission of 
semen is the result of an excito-motory phe- 
nomenon. The nerves of the gland, being ex- 
cited, convey an impression to the spinal cord, 
and this reflects a nervous influence to the prop- 
er organs, which produces an emission alto- 
gether independent of the will. These nerves 
are therefore said to act by reflex action, and 
their function is termed the reflex function. 
The phenomena of respiration and nutrition, as 
well as the heart's action, are under this influ- 
ence. 

EXCORIA'TION. {Excoriatio, onis, f. ; from 
excorio, to take off the skin.) An abrasion of 
the skin. 

E'XCREMENT. (Excrcmentum, i, n. ; from 
excerno, to separate from.) Any useless matter 
ejected from the body, but generally applied to 
the faeces discharged from the bowels. 

Excrementi'tious. Of the nature of excre- 
ment. 

EXCRE'SCENCE. ( Excrescentia, a, f. ; 
from excresco, to grow from.) Any preternat- 
ural growth ; as a com, a wart, piles, hydatids, 
&c. 

EXCRE'TION. {Excretio, onis, f. ; from 
excerno.) 1. The expulsion, by the various out- 
lets of the body, of such matters as would be 
superfluous or injurious if they remained. 2. 



EXO 

Any mutter so thrown off, as the faeces, urine, 
&c. 

E'XCRETORY. (Excretorius ; from excer- 
no, to purge, sift, &c.) This term is applied to 
the ducts which convey the secreted fluids from 
the glands. Some glands have only one excre- 
tory duct, and others several. 

Excretory organs. Those organs, viscera, 
or teguments which furnish a matter or prod- 
uct to be thrown off from the body ; they are 
the reverse of secretory organs. The skin and 
the mucous membranes are of this class. 

Excu'tia ventri'culi. A stomach brush. 
An instrument consisting of a ferule of iron or 
brass, with a bunch of hog's bristles at the end 
of it. It was formerly used to extract foreign 
bodies from the oesophagus ; and some absurdly 
attempted to cleanse the stomach of viscous 
matters by means of it. 

Exelco'sis. Ulceration. 

Exera'ma. Matters vomited. — Hippocra- 
tes. 

E'XERCISE. (Exercitalio, onis, f.) The 
use of the muscles in subordination to the will. 
Exercise has been divided into active and pass- 
ive; but many of the movements included in 
the latter can not properly be called exercise. 
Bee Gestation. Active exercise comprehends 
walking, running, dancing, and all those exer- 
cises usually termed athletic. They are of 
great importance in the preservation of health 
and in the removal of disease. The ancient 
physicians paid much more attention to this 
subject than the modern, insomuch that gym- 
nastic medicine formed, with them, a distinct 
department of the art. 

Exercitation. Gymnastics. 

Exerrho'sis. An insensible discharge; as 
that of the insensible perspiration. 

EXFCE'TATION. (From ex, outward, and 
fastus.) Extra-uterine pregnancy, where the 
ovum is developed otherwise than in the uterus. 

EXFOLIATION. (Exfoliatio ; from ex- 
folio, to cast the leaf.) The separation of a 
dead piece of bone from the living. 

Exfoliati'vum tre'panum. A raspatory, or 
instrument for scraping exfoliating portions of 
bone. 

Exfolia'tivus. Conducive to exfoliation. 

Exhala'nts. Exhalant vessels. Those ca- 
pillary vessels which pour out a fluid. 

EXHALATION. 1. The throwing off of 
vapor ; evaporation. 2. A vapor or effluvium. 

EXHAU'STION. 1. The state brought 
about by excessive fatigue, want of food, great 
mental effort, anxiety. 2. The effect produced 
by the action of the air-pump in removing air 
from vessels. 

Exhorrhi'z m . Dicotyledonous or exogenous 
plants. 

Exhuma'tio.v. The act of disinterring a 
corpse. / 

Exi'schios. A luxation of the thigh bone. 

EXO-. A prefix. (From the Greek, efu.) 
Outward ; of great use in words derived from 
that language. 

E'xochas. E'xoche. In general, a tumor. 
Paul of .Sgina applies the term to soft tubercles 
at the anus — probably piles. 

EXOCY/STIS. Exocyste. (From e£u, with- 



EXO 

out, aud wane, the bladder.) A prolapsus of 
the inner membrane of the bladder. 

EXO'GENOUS. (From cf, outside, and yeiv- 
ofiai, I grow.) A term applied to those plants 
a transverse slice of whose stem exhibits a cen- 
tral cellular substance or pith, an external cel- 
lular and fibrous ring or bark, and an interme- 
diate woody mass, aud certain fine lines radi- 
ating from the pith to the bark through the 
wood, and called medullary rays. They are 
called exogens, because they add to their wood 
by successive external additions, and are the 
same as what are otherwise called dicotyledons. 
They constitute one of the primary classes into 
which the vegetable world is divided, charac- 
terized by their leaves being reticulated ; their 
stems having a distinct deposition of bark, wood, 
and pith; their embryo with two cotyledons; 
and by their flowers usually formed on a qui- 
nary type. Our forest trees and most garden 
vegetables are of this kind. 

Exo'gens. See Exogenous. 

Exomphalocele. Exomphalus. 

EXO'MPHALUS. (From ef, out of, and ofi- 
<pa7ioc, the navel.) Exomphalos. An umbilical 
hernia. See Hernia umbilicalis. 

Exo'ncus. Exoncoma. Exoncosis. A large 
tumor. 

EXOPHTHA'LMIA. (a, m, f. ; from e£ out, 
and o<pf)aluoc, the eye.) A swelling or protru- 
sion of the bulb of the eye, to such a degree 
that the eyelids can not cover it. It may be 
caused by inflammation, when it is termed ex- 
ophthalmia irtflammatoria ; or from a collection 
of pus in the globe of the eye, when it is term- 
ed the cxophthalmia purulenta ; or from a con- 
gestion of blood within the globe of the eye, ex- 
ophthalmia sanguinea. 

Exo'rmia. A generic term, meaning an erup- 
tion, and employed by the Greek physicians 
with papula, ecthyma, lichen, &c. 

EXOSMO'SIS. (From ef, and ua/ioc, im- 
pulsion.) When the current is the reverse of 
Endosmosis, which see. 

EXOSTE'MA. A genus of trees of the nat- 
ural family Cinchoniacece; indigenous in Brazil, 
Peru, and South America, and yielding a portion 
of the false cinchona barks. — E.floribunda of 
the West Indies yields the St. Lucia bark. — E. 
caribbeeum furnishes Caribbean or Jamaica cin- 
chona bark. — E. penMianum yields the false 
cinchona, or Peruvian bark. — E. souzanum the 
Brazilian cinchona, the bark of which contains 
esenbeckine. 

Exosto'me. The foramen of an ovule. 

EXOSTO'SIS. (**, is, m. ; from e£, and oo- 
teov, a bone.) Hyperostosis. A morbid en- 
largement, or hard tumor of a bone. The 
bones most frequently affected with exostosis 
are those of the cranium, the lower jaw, ster- 
num, humerus, radius, ulna, bones of the carpus, 
the femur, and tibia. There is, however, no 
bone of the body which may not become the 
seat of this disease. It is not uncommon to find 
the bones of the cranium affected with exostosis 
in their whole extent. The ossa parietalia 
sometimes become an inch thick. 

Exostosis, however, mostly rises from the 
surface of the bone, in the form of a hard, 
round tumor ; and venereal exostoses, or nodes, 

273 



EXP 

are observed to arise chiefly on compact bones, 
and such of these as are only superficially cov- 
ered with soft parts ; as, for instance, the bones 
of the cranium, and the anterior surface of the 
tibia. 

Exostosis steatomodes. Osteosteatoma. 

EXO'TIO. (Exoticus; from efy, without.) 
Belonging to a foreign country. 

EXPANSION. 1. The increase of bulk 
which a body undergoes by the recession, of its 
particles from one another, so that it occupies 
a greater space while its weight remains the 
same. Expansion is one of the chief effects of 
the agency of caloric. 2. A prolongation or 
expanded condition, as of aponeuroses. 

EXPE'CTANT MEDICINE. That theoiy 
or practice of medicine which consists in ob- 
serving the course of a disease, leaving the sys- 
tem to the operations of nature for restoration, 
unless derangement occurs or symptoms arise 
too serious to be neglected. It has found much 
favor in France. 

EXPE'CTORANT. {Expcctorans; fromea;- 
pectoro, to discharge from the breast.) Applied 
to that which increases the discharge of mucus 
from the bronchial tubes. 

EXPE'CTORANTS. Medicines which pro- 
duce or assist expectoration. The principal of 
these are squills, the fetid gums, honey, liquor- 
ice, horehound, garlic, ipecacuanha, tartar emet- 
ic, senega root, balsam of tolu and benzoin, 
myrrh, and ammoniacum. 

EXPECTORATION. (Expectoratio, onis, 
f.) The act of ejecting matters from the chest ; 
also the sputum. 

Expectoratio sanguinis. Haemoptysis. 

Expellant. Expellens. Driving out ; ex- 
pulsive. 

Experience. Knowledge or tact acquired 
by practice. 

Experiment. A practical test. Something 
done in order to discover an uncertain or un- 
known effect. — Bacon. 

EXPIRATION. (Expiralio; from expiro, 
to breathe.) That part of respiration in which 
the air is expelled from the lungs. 

E'xpiratouy. That which assists in the pro- 
cess of expiration. 

EXPLORATION. Explora'tio. (From ex- 
ploro, to search out.) The investigation of the 
physical signs of disease, as opposed to the di- 
agnosis derived from symptoms. Exploration, 
as it is called, is used chiefly in diseases of the 
thorax and abdomen, and cousists of, Inspection, 
or examination by the eye ; Palpation, manual 
examination, or examination by the sense of 
touch ; Mensuration, or geometrical measure- 
ment, with a view to ascertaining the compar- 
ative size of the two sides of the chest or belly ; 
Percussion, or striking with the hand, which 
affords indications cognizable both by the touch 
and the sense of hearing ; Auscultation, which 
affords indications recognized only by the ear, 
either unaided or assisted by the intervention 
of the stethescope. 

Explora'tomum. A sound. 

EXPRESSED OIL. An oil obtained by 
pressing, as olive oil from the olive, almond oil 
from the almond, castor oil, &c. 

EXPRESSION. (Expressio, onis, f. ; from 
274 



EXT 

exprimo, to press out.) 1. A mechanical oper- 
ation by which the juices of plants and vari- 
ous fixed oils are obtained. 2. The indications 
of the state of the feelings, passions, and sensa- 
tions, presented by the countenance, attitude, 
and gesture. 

EXPUI'TION. (From exspuo, to spit out.) 
The act of spitting. 

EXPULSIVE. Expulsorius. 1. A bandage 
constructed for exerting pressure on parte, so 
as to expel pus or other fluids, is called the ex- 
pulsive bandage. 2. The pains which occur in 
the second stage of parturition, and by which 
the child is expellod, are called expulsive pains. 
3. Diaphoretics have been called expulsive med- 
icines. 

EXSANGUTNITY. (From ex, and sanguis, 
blood.) Bloodlessness. See Anccmia. 

Exse'rtus. Protruding. 

EXSICCATION. (Exsiccatio; from exsicco, 
to dry up.) Drying. A pharmaceutical and 
chemical operation, by which plants, chemical 
preparations, &c, are deprived of their humid 
ity. This is done by exposure to the, sun, or to 
fire, in an oven, &c, on dry or absorbent sub 
stances. 
' Exstipula'tus. Without stipuke. 

EXSTRO'PHIA. Ecstrophia. (From eic 
orpe$cj, to invert.) Extroversion. The dis 
placement of an organ, especially the bladder. 

Exsucca'tio. Synonymous with Echymoma 

Extempora'neous prescription. That form 
of prescription which is written at the bedside 
of the patient. 

Extensibility. The property or capacity 
of being extended. 

EXTE'NSION. (From extendo, to stretch 
out.) 1. In Physics, the property of occupying 
a portion of space. 2. In Surgery, the act of 
pulling a broken or dislocated bone outward 
from the body, to bring the end into a natural 
position and restore the parts. It is the reverse 
of counter extension. 

EXTE'NSOR. (or, oris, m. ; from extendo, 
to stretch out.) A term applied to those mus- 
cles the office of which it is to extend any part ; 
the term is in opposition to flexor. 

Extensor brevis digitorum pedis. A mus- 
cle of the toes, situated on the foot. Extensor 
brevis of Douglas. It arises, fleshy and tendin- 
ous, from the fore and upper part of the os cal- 
cis, and soon forms a fleshy belly, divisible into 
four portions, which send off an equal number 
of tendons that pass over the upper part of the 
foot, under the tendons of the extensor longus 
digitorum pedis, to be inserted into its tendinous 
expansion. Its office is to extend the toes. 

Extensor carpi radialis brevior. An ex- 
tensor muscle of the wrist, situated on the fore- 
arm. Radialis extervus brevior of Albinus. 
Radialis scciindus of Winslow. It arises, ten- 
dinous, from the external condyle of the hume- 
rus, and from the ligament that connects the ra- 
dius to it, and runs along the outside of the 
radius. It is inserted by a long tendon into the 
upper and back part of the metacarpal bone of 
the middle finger. It assists in extending and 
bringing the hand backward. 

Extensor carpi radialis longior. An ex- 
tensor muscle of the carpus, situated on the 



EXT 

fore-arm, that acts in conjunction with the 
former. Radial it, extcrnus longior of Albinus. 
Radialis externus primus of Winslow. It arises 
thin, broad, and fleshy, from the lower part of 
the external ridge of the os humeri, above its 
external condyle, and is inserted by a round 
tendon into the posterior and upper part of the 
metacarpal bone that sustains the fore-fingers. 

Extknsor carpi ulnaris. Ulnaris externus 
of Albinus and Winslow. It arises from the 
outer condyle of the os humeri, and then re- 
ceives an addition from the edge of the ulna ; its 
tendon passes in a groove behind the styloid 
process of the ulna, to be inserted into the in- 
side of the basis of the metacarpal bone of the 
little finger. * 

Extensor digitorum communis. A muscle 
situated on the fore-arm, that extends all the 
joints of the fingers. Extensor digitorum com- 
munis manus of Douglas and Winslow. Ex- 
tensor digitorum communis, seu digitorum tensor 
of Cowper. Cum cxtensore propria auricularis 
of Albinus. It arises from the external pro- 
tuberance of the humerus ; and at the wrist it 
divides into three flat tendons, which pass under 
the annular ligament, to be inserted into all the 
bones of the fore, middle, and ring fingers. 

Extensor digitorum longus. See Extensor 
longus digitorum pedis. 

Extensor indicis. See Indicator. 

Extensor longus digitorum pedis. A mus- 
cle situated on the leg, that extends all the 
joints of the four small toes. Extensor digi- 
torum longus. It arises from the upper part of 
the tibia and fibula, and the interosseous liga- 
ment ; its tendon passes under the annular lig- 
ament, and then divides into five, four of which 
are inserted into the second and third pha- 
langes of the toes, and the fifth goes to the basis 
of the metatarsal boiie. This last Winslow 
reckons a distinct muscle, and calls it Pcroneus 
brevis. 

Extensor longus pollicis pedis. See Ex- 
tensor proprius pollicis pedis. 

Extensor magnus. See Gastrocnemius. 

Extensor major pollicis manus. See Ex- 
tensor secundi internodii. 

Extensor minor pollicis manus. See Ex- 
tensor primi internodii. 

Extensor ossis metacarpi tollicis manus. 
An extensor muscle of the wrist, situated on the 
fore-arm. Abductor longus pollicis manus of 
Albinus. Extensor primi internodii of Douglas. 
Extensor primus pollicis of Winslow. Extensor 
primi internodii pollicis of Cowper. It arises, 
fleshy, from the middle and posterior part of 
the ulna, from the posterior part of the middle 
of the radius, and from the interosseous liga- 
ment, and is inserted into the os trapezium, and 
upper part of the metacarpal bone of the thumb. 

Extensor pollicis primus. See Extensor 
primi internodii. 

Extensor pollicis secundus. See Extensor 
secundi internodii. 

Extensor primi intkrnodii. A muscle of 
the thumb, situated on the hand, tl»t extends 
the first bone of the thumb obliquely outward. 
Extensor minor pollicis manus of Albinus. This 
piuscle, and the Extensor ossis metacarpi polli- 
eis manus, are called Extensor pollicis primus 



EXT 

by Winslow; Extensor secundi internodii by 
Douglas; Extensor secundi internodii ossis pol- 
licis by Cowper. It arises, fleshy, from the 
posterior part of the ulna and from the interos- 
seous ligament, and is inserted, tendinous, into 
the posterior part of the first bone of the thumb. 
Extensor proprius pollicis pedis. An ex- 
tensor muscle of the great toe, situated on the 
foot. Extensor longus of Douglas. Extensor 
pollicis longus of Winslow and Cowper. It 
arises by an acute, tendinous, and fleshy begin- 
ning, somo way below the head and anterior 
part of the fibula, along which it runs to near 
its lower extremity, connected to it by a num- 
ber of fleshy fibers, which descend obliquely, 
and form a tendon, which is inserted into the 
posterior part of the first and last joint of the 
great toe. 

Extensor secundi internodii. A muscle 
of the thumb, situated on the hand, that ex- 
tends the last joint of the thumb obliquely 
backward. Extensor major pollicis manus of 
Albinus. Extensor pollicis secundus of Wins- 
low. Extensor tertii internodii of Douglas. 
Extensor internodii ossis pollicis of Cowper. 
It ai'ises, tendinous and fleshy, from the middle 
part of the ulna and interosseous ligament ; it 
then forms a tendon, which runs through a 
small groove at the inner and back part of the 
radius, to be inserted into the last bone of the 
thumb. Its use is to extend the last phalanx 
of the thumb obliquely backward. 

Extensor secundi internodii indicis pro- 
prius. See Indicator. 

Extensor tArsi magnus. The gastrocne- 
mius and soleus muscles together. • 
Extensor tarsi minor. See Plantaris. 
Extensor tarsi suralis. See Gastrocne- 
mius internus. 

Extensor tertii internqdii indicis. See 
Prior indicis. 

Extensor tertii internodii minimi digiti. 
See Abductor minimi digiti manus. 
Extenuatio. Leanness. 
Externus auris. The laxator tympani. 
Extern*js mallei. See Laxator tympani. 
EXTINCTION OF MERCURY. The tritu- 
ration of mercury with other substances till the 
globules disappear. 

EXTINCTIO VOCIS. Imperfect aphonia. 
Extipula'tus. Witnout stipuke. 
EXTIRPATION. (Extirpalio ; from extir- 
po, to eradicate.) The complete removal or 
destruction of any part, either by cutting in- 
struments or the action of caustics. 

E'XTRACT. (Extractum, i, n. ; from extra- 
no, to draw out.) In Pharmacy, it includes all 
those preparations from vegetables which are 
separated by the agency of various liquids, and 
afterward obtained from such solutions, in a 
solid state, by evaporation of the menstruum. 
It also includes those substances which are 
held in solution by the natural juices of fresh 
plants, as well as those to which some men- 
struum is added at the time of preparation. 

Extract of lead. Goulard's extract. The 
subacetate of lead. 

EXTRA'CTION. (Extraclio; from extra- 
ho, to draw out.) The taking extraneous sub- 
stances out of the body. Thus we speak of the 

275 



E XT 



E X T 



extraction of bullets and splinters from wounds, 
and of stones from the urethra or bladder. Sur- 
geons also sometimes apply the term extraction 
to the removal of tumors out of cavities; as, 
for instance, to the taking of cartilaginous tu- 
mors out Qf the joints. They seldom speak of 
extracting any diseased original part of the 
body, though they do so in one instance, viz., 
the cataract. 

EXTRACTIVE. The mixture of gum, su- 
gar, and peculiar principles dissolved from 
plants by any menstruum. This mixture was 
formerly considered a chemical body, but it has 
no determinate constitution. 

Extractive matters of blood. In blood 
and all the secretions of the body there is a cer- 
tain amount of animal matter, not gelatinous, 
and being no known form of protein, which is 
called extractive. 

EXTRACTS. Various extracts, as of vale- 
rian, sabine, &c, are ordered by some pharma- 
copoeias ; but, being evaporated decoctions, are 
often without much activity, the oily parts be- 
ing evolved during inspissation. 

EXTRA'CTUM. (From extraho, to draw 
out.) An extract. 

Extractum aconi'ti. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Ex- 
tract of aconite. Take of aconite leaves, fresh, 
Jbj.: bruise them in a stone mortar, sprinkling 
on a little water; then press out the juice, and 
evaporate. Narcotic and diuretic. Dose, one 
grain to five grains. 

Extractum aconiti alcoho'licum. (U. S.) 
Alcoholic extract of aconitum. Take of dry 
aconitum loaves, in coarse powder, fly. ; dilute 
alcohol, Oiv. Moisten the leaves with alcohol ; 
let it digest twenty-four hours; put in a dis- 

{dacement vessel, and add the alcohol gradual- 
y. When the alcohol has ceased passing, add 
water to the leaves to keep them covered so 
long as a clear fluid percolates. Distill off the 
alcohol, mix, and evaporate. Dose, internally, 
gr. one sixth. Used chiefly in ointment in neu- 
ralgic pains. 

Extractum aloes purifica'tum. (Ph. L.) 
Purified extract of aloes. Take of aloes, pow- 
dered, fifteen ounces; boiling water, a gallon. 
Macerate for three days in a gentle heat ; then 
strain, and set it by, that the dregs may sub- 
side. Pour off the clear solution, and evapo- 
rate. The dose is from five to fifteen grains. 
Purgative. 

Extractum anthe'midis. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
Extract of chamomile. Take of chamomile 
flowers, dried, a pound ; water, a gallon : boil 
down to four pints, strain while hot, and evap- 
orate. The dose is ten grains to a scruple. A 
mild tonic. 

Extractum artemi'sle absi'nthii. (Ph. 
D.) Extract of wormwood. A strained de- 
■coction, evaporated. Tonic. Dose, gr. x. to3j. 

Extractum bellado'nn^e. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
Extract of belladonna. Take of deadly night- 
shade leaves, fresh, a pound. Prepare as E. 
aconiti. It is anodyne, and dilates the pupil. 
Dose, gr. £ to gr. iijj. 

Extractum belladonna alcoholicum. (U. 
S.) Alcoholic extract of belladonna. Prepared 
.as the E. aconiti alcoholicum. 

Extractum cascari'llje resino'sum. Al- 
276 



coholic extract of cascarilla. Cascarilla bark ia 
digested with alcohol, then with water, and 
the mixed liquids strained and inspissated. 
Dose, gr. x. to 3j. 

Extractum catechu. See Acacia catechu. 

Extractum catharticum. Extractum col- 
ocynthidis compositum. 

Extractum catholicox. A purgative ex- 
tract resembling extractum colocynthidis com- 
positum. 

Extractum cham.emf.i.i. Extractum anthe- 
midis. 

Extractum cicuta. Extractum conii. 

Extractum cincho'n.*:. Extract of bark. 
The London Pharmacopoeia has an E. cincho- 
na; cordifolim, E. cinchonas lancifolia, and E. 
cinchona; oblongifolim. The formula for each 
is the same. Take of the bruised bark, fifteen 
ounces ; distilled water, four gallons : boil down 
in a gallon of water to six pints, and strain the 
liquor while hot. In like manner, boil down 
the bark in an equal measure of water four 
times, and strain. Lasdy, all the liquors being 
mixed, evaporate to a proper consistence. This 
extract should be kept soft for making pills, 
and hard to be reduced to powder. Dose, gr. 
x. to 3j. 

Extractum cixcho.n.*;. (U. S.) Take of 
Peruvian bark, in coarse powder, fly. Proceed 
as in E. aconiti alcohol, but make Ovj. of infu- 
sion with water. Evaporate all to an extract. 

Extractum cinchona; resino'sum. (Ph. 
L.) Resinous extract of bark. Take of lance- 
leaved cinchona bark, bruised, a pound ; recti- 
fied spirit, four pints: macerate for four days, 
and strain. Distill the tincture in the heat of 
a water-bath until the extract has acquired a 
proper consistence. The dose is ten grains to 
half a drachm. 

Extractum colch'ici aceti'cum. (Ph. L.) 
Acetic extract of meadow saffron. Take of the 
fresh cormus of meadow saffron, a pound ; ace- 
tic acid, three fluid ounces: bruise, gradually 
sprinkling with the acetic acid, then press out 
the juice, and evaporate. The dose is from 
one to two grains twice or thrice a day. It is 
used in the same cases as the other preparations 
of colchicum. 

Extractum colchici cormi. (Ph. L.) Ex- 
tract of meadow saffron. Take of the cormus 
of fresh meadow saffron, a pound. Bruise, 
sprinkle with a little water, press out the juice, 
and evaporate. It is given in the dose of a 
grain every four hours, and is a very efficacious 
preparation of colchicum. 

Extractum colocy'nthidis. (Ph. L.) Ex- 
tract of colocynth. Take of colocynth, fly.; 
water, two gallons. Boil six hours, strain, and 
evaporate. The dose is from five to thirty 
grains. Cathartic. 

"Extractum colocynthidis compo'situm. 
(U. S. & Ph. L.) Compound extract of colo- 
cynth. Cathartic extract. Take of colocynth 
pulp, f vj. ; aloes, § xij. ; scammony, powdered, 
f iv. ; soiiu, ?iij. ; cardamom, powdered, 5j. ; 
proof spirit, a gallon. Macerate the colocynth 
in the spirit for four days in a gentle heat; 
strain the solution, and add it to the aloes, 
scammony, and soap ; evaporate, the cardamom 
being mixed in toward the end of the process 



EXT 

The dose is from five to thirty grains. A valu- 
able cathartic. 

Extractum conii. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Ex- 
tract of hemlock. Take of fresh hemlock leaves, 
ttj. Prepare as in E. aconiti. The dose is 
from five grains to a scruple. Narcotic, &c., 
as the plant. 

Extractum conii alcoho'licum. (U. S.) 
Alcoholic extract of hemlock. Prepare as for 
E. aconiti alcoholicum. 

Extractum corticis peruviani. Extractum 
cinchona?. 

Extractum digit'alis. (Ph. L.) Extract 
of foxglove. Take of fresh leaves of digitalis, 
fi»j. Prepare as E. aconiti. Of very uncertain 
strength. Dose, gr. 88. to gr. ij. An arterial 
eedative. 

Extractum dulcamara. Prepared by dis- 
placement from coarse powder. 

Extractum elate'rii. Extract of elaterium. 
Cut the ripe wild cucumbers into slices, and 
pass the juice, very gently expressed, through 
a very fine hair sieve ; then set it by for some 
hours, until the thicker part has subsided ; the 
thinner part, which swims at the top, Joeing re- 
jected. Diy the thicker part which remains 
by a gentle heat. The dose is from half a grain 
to three grains. Hydragogue cathartic. 

Extractum genista. Extractum spartii 
scoparii. 

Extractum gentia'njE. (U. 8. & Ph. L.) 
Extract of gentian. Take of gentian, sliced. 
Prepare as E. anthemidis. It may be prepared 
by displacement with cold water. Dose, from 
ten to thirty grains. Tonic. 

Extractum glycyrrhi'za. Extract of li- 
quorice. Take of liquorice root, sliced. An 
evaporated decoction. 

Extractum hamato'xyli. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
Extract of logwood. Take of logwood, pow- 
dered. Prepare as the E. anthemidis. Dose, 
from ten grains to half a drachm. Astringent. 

Extractum helle'bori alcoholicum. (U. 
S.) Alcoholic extract of black hellebore. 
Prepared like E. aconiti alcoholicum. 

Extractum hellebori nigri. (Ph. D.) 
Extract of black hellebore- root. Prepared as 
the E. anthemidis. Cathartic, gr. x. to 3j. ; 
said to be emmenagogue in doses of gr. iij. to 
gr.viij. 

Extractum humuli. See Extractum lupuli. 

Extractum hyoscy'ami. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
Extract of henbane. Take of fresh henbane 
leaves. Prepare as in E. aconiti. Dose, from 
three to twenty grains. Anodyne. 

Extractum hyoscyami alcoholicum. (U. 
S.) Alcoholic extract of hyoscyamus (hen- 
bane). Prepared from the dried leaves, like 
the E. aconiti alcoholicum. 

Extractum .tala'pa. (U. S.) Prepared 
like the E. cinchona?, U. S. 

Extractum jalapa. Extract of jalap. 
Take of jalap-root, powdered, two pounds ; 
rectified spirit, a gallon ; distilled water, two 
gallons : macerate the jalap-root in the spirit 
for four days, and pour oft' the tincture; boil 
down the remaining powder in the water to 
half a gallon ; then strain the tincture and de- 
coction separately, and let the former be dis- 
tilled and the latter evaporated, until each be- 



EXT 

gins to grow thick ; mix these and evaporate. 
The dose is from ten to twenty grains. Hy 
dragogue cathartic. 

Extractum jugla'ndis. (U. S.) Extract 
of butternut. Formerly prepared like E. an- 
themidis, but now by displacement. Cathar- 
tic. Dose, 3j. 

Extractum krame'ria. (U. S.) Extract 
of rhatany. Prepared by displacement. As- 
tringent. 

Extractum lactu'ca. (Ph. L.) Extract 
of lettuce. Take of fresh lettuce leaves. Pre- 
pare as E. aconiti. Dose, from five to ten 
grains twice or thrice a day. Anodyne. 

Extractum lupu'li. (Ph. L.) Extract of 
hops. Take of hops, half a pound; boiling wa- 
ter, two gallons. Macerate for twenty-four 
hours, boil down to a gallon, strain while hot, 
and evaporate. This extract contains the bit- 
ter and narcotic principle of the hop, without 
the aromatic. Dose, gr. v. to 3j. 

Extractum nucis vomi'ca. (U. S.) Alco- 
holic extract of nux vomica. Take of nux 
vomica, ftj . ; soften by steam ; slice dry, and 
reduce to a coarse powder. Macerate with 
alcohol, and place in a displacement apparatus, 
adding alcohol as long as the product is bitter; 
distill and inspissate. It acts like strychnia, 
producing tetanic convulsions, but is not very 
uniform. Dose, gr. SB. to gr. ij. The pharma- 
copoeias of Edinburgh and Dublin have the 
same extract differently prepared. 

Extractum opii purific'atum. (Ph. L.) 
E. opii aquosum. E. opii gummosnm. Ex- 
tract of opium. Take of opium, sliced, twenty 
ounces ; distilled water, a gallon ; pom - a small 
quantity of the water upon the opium, and 
macerate it for twelve hours ; add the remain- 
ing water gradually, and nib them together 
until the mixture be complete. Set it by, that 
the feculencies may subside ; then strain and 
evaporate. Dose, from half a grain to five 
grains. 

Extractum papa'veris. (Ph. L.) E.papa- 
veris albi. E. papavens somniferi. Extract of 
whfte poppy. Take of white poppy capsules, 
bruised, and freed from the ' seeds, fifteen 
ounces; boiling distilled water, a gallon. Ma- 
cerate for twenty-four hours, then boil down 
to four pints ; strain the hot liquor, and evapo- 
rate. Six grains are about equivalent to one 
of opium. 

Extractum pareira. Extract of pareira. 
Take of pareira, bruised, two pounds and a 
half; boiling distilled water, two gallons. Ma- 
cerate for four-and-twenty hours, boil down to 
a gallon, strain while yet hot, and evaporate 
to a proper consistence. This extract may be 
supposed to contain the virtues of the plant, if 
indeed the latter possess any. See Cissampelos 
pareira. The extract is given in doses of from 
ten grains to half a drachm. 

Extractum podoph'ylli. (U. S.) Extract 
of May-apple root. Prepared as E. cinchona}, 
U. S. Cathartic ; a substitute for jalap. Dose, 
gr. v. to gr. xv. 

Extractum quassia. (U. S.) Extract of 
quassia. Take of rasped quassia, ftj. ; water, 
q. s. Prepare by displacement. Tonic, Dose, 
gr. v. to gr. x. 

277 



EXT 

Extractum quercus. (Ph.D.) E.corlicis 
qitcrcus. Extract of oak bark. An evaporated 
decoction. Astringent. Dose, gr. X.-31. 

Extractum quinijs. Made by evaporating 
the mother liquor, after crystallization, in the 
preparation of sulphate of quinine. A very ac- 
tive preparation. Dose, gr. ij. to gr. x. 

Extractum khki. (Ph. L. & D.) Extract 
of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb loot, powdered. 
An aqueous and alcoholic extract, strained. 
Dose, from ten to thirty grains. 

Extractum rutjE. E. ruttc graveolens. 
Extract of rue. This may be prepared like 
other simple extracts. It is bitter. 

Extractum sabadillje alcoholicum. 
(Turnbull.) Extract of cevadilla (sabadilla). 
The evaporated tincture. It has the proper- 
ties of veratria. Dose, one sixth of a grain, 
gradually increased. 

Extractum samb'uci. (Ph. D.) The in- 
spissated juice of the elderberry. Aperient. 
Used in eruptive diseases. 
Extractum sarsje. Extractum sarsaparilkc. 
Extractum sars.e compo'situm. Com- 
pound extract of sarsaparilla of the druggists. 
Made by mixing the extract of sarsaparilla 
with the evaporated decoction of mezereou 
bark and guaiacum shavings, and adding a little 
oil of sassafras. About 5! is equal to a pint of 
the compound decoction of sarsapariHa. 

Extractum sarsapaiu'llje. (U. S.) Pre- 
pared from sarsaparilla in coarse powder, in the 
same manner as the E. aconiti alcoholicum. 

Extractum sarsaparilla. E.sarsm. (Ph. 
L.) Extract of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsa- 
parilla root, sliced, Ibiiss. ; boiling water, two 
gallons. Macerate for twenty-four hours, boil 
# to a gallon, strain the hot liquor, and evapo- 
rate. Dose, from .ten grains to a drachm. 
The Edinburgh and Dublin Pharmacopoeias 
have an alcoholic fluid extract, E. sarscc flu- 
idum. 

Extractum satu'rxi. Liquor plumbi ace- 
tatis. 

Extractum spartii scop'arii. (Ph. D.) 
Extract of broom-tops. An evaporated decoc- 
tion. Diuretic and laxative. Dose, 33s. to 3J. 
Extractum stramo'nii. (U. S.) Take of 
fresh stramonium (thorn-apple) leaves, and 
proceed as in the E. aconiti. Uncertain. 
Dose, gr. i., gradually increased. 

Extractum stramonii. (Ph. L.) Extract 
of thorn-apple. Take of the seeds of stramo- 
nium, fifteen ounces; boiling distilled water, 
one gallon. Macerate for four hours near the 
fire ; take out and bruise the seeds ; then put 
them again into the liquor, boil to four pints, 
strain while yet hot, and evaporate. Narcotic. 
Used in asthma. Dose, half a grain to two 
grains, in the form of pill. 

Extractum stramonii semi'nis. (U. S.) 
Alcoholic extract of stramonium seeds. . Pre- 

Sare by displacement with dilute alcohol, 
farcotic. Used in asthma and spasmodic af- 
fections. Dose, gr. i., gradually increased to 
gr- x. 

Extractum sttr'acis. (Ph. E.) Strained 
storax. Dissolve storax in rectified spirit, strain, 
and evaporate. 
Extractum tara'xaci. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
978 



EXU 

Take of dandelion root, fresh and bruised 
Prepare as the E. anthemidis. Dose, from ten 
grains to a drachm. 

Extractum thebai'cum. Extractum opii. 

Extractum vvx ursi. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
Extract of uva ursi (bearberry). Take of uva 
ursi, Ibiiss. ; water (distilled), Oij. Macerate 
twenty-four hours, boil, strain, and evaporate. 
Astringent and tonic. Used in calculous and 
vesical affections. Dose, gr. v. to gr. xv. 

EXTRA-NATURALS. A term used by the 
older hygeists, as distinguished from such agents 
as were non-naturals. Galen gives the follow- 
ing concise definition : Res extra-naturam quo 
sunt tres, morbus, causa morbi et accidentia 
morbum comitantia. 

EXTRA'NEOUS BODIES. In Hygeine, 
any bodies, whether solid, fluid, gaseous, inani- 
mate, or organized, which may enter or be found 
in the human system. Calculi, entozoa, ef- 
fused fluids, and bodies accidentally present, 
belong to this class. 

EXTRA-UTERINE PREGNANCY. When 
the ovum is developed out of the uterus, as in 
the ovaiy, Fallopian tube, parietes of the ute- 
rus, &c. 

EXTRA VASA'TION. Extratasatio ; from 
extra, without, and vas, a vessel. ) A term ap- 

{>lied by pathologists to the effusion of fluids 
rom their proper vessels or receptacles. Thus, 
when blood is effused on the surface or in the 
ventricles of the brain, it is said that there is an 
extravasation. When blood is poured from 
the vessels into the cavity of the peritomBum, 
in wounds of the abdomen, this accident is 
called an extravasation. An extravasation of 
urine is said to take place when, in conse- 
quence of a wound, sloughing, or ulceration, 
the urine makes its way into the cellular sub- 
stance or among the abdominal viscera. When 
the bile spreads among the convolutions of the 
bowels from wounds of the gall-bladder, this 
is also a species of extravasation. . 

EXTREMITY. Extrcmitas. This term is 
applied to the limbs, as distinguishing them 
from the other divisions of the animal, the head 
and trunk. 

Extrinsic That Avhich is not closely con- 
nected or allied to a part or thing, but belongs 
rather to the outside. 

Extro'rsal. Extrorse. Turned outward. 
When any part of a plant or other object is 
turned away from the axis of development. 

EXTROVE'RSION. Extroversio. That 
malformation in which a part is wrong side 
outward. This rarely occurs; but there are 
instances of the bladder being so situated. 

Exu'ber. A child that has been weaned. 

EXU'DATION. (Exudatio; from exudo, to 
sweat out.) The slow flowing out or sweating 
of a, fluid from the surface of a membrane, the 
skin, an ulcer, &c. Transpiration is a feeble 
degree of exudation. The halitus- or moisture 
of serous membranes is the result of exudation. 
It is a phenomenon of capillary action or exos- 
mose. 

EXULCERA'TION. (Exulceratio, onis, f. ; 
from exulcero, to cause ulcers.) Mostly applied 
to the commencement of ulceration. 

Exumbilicatio. Exomphalus. 



EYE. 

EXU'VI^. {ice, arum, pi. f. ; from exuo, to 
strip off.) 1. The cast-off skins of those ani- 
mals which change their skins by a natural 
process. The exuviae of serpents, unguium 
tenectce, were formerly boiled in wine, and 
used as a cure for deafness, &c. 2. Any mat- 
ter rejected from an organized body. 

EYE. The globular organ which occupies 
the cavity of the orbit and constitutes the ap- 
paratus of vision. There are certain parts call- 
ed appendages of the eye : these are the eyelids, 
see Tarsi ; the lachrymal apparatus, the plica 
semilunaris, the caruncula lachrymalis, see these 
titles ; the blood-vessels and nerves of the eye, 
see Ophthalmic artery, Optic nerve, &c. ; last- 
ly, the muscles of the eye, which are six in 
number. See Rectus and Obliquus. 

The globe of the eye is situated in the inter- 
nal and anterior part of the orbital fossa. Its 
form is that of a spheroid. When viewed in 
profile, the globe appears to be composed of 
segments of two spheres, of which the anterior 
is smaller and more prominent. Anteriorly, 
the globe of the eye is in relation with the. con- 
junctiva, which is reflected from the eyeltds 
upon it ; posteriorly, with the vessels and nerves 
(optic and. ciliary) which enter it, and with a 
quantity of adipose substance in which it is in 
some measure imbedded ; round its circumfer- 
ence, with the six muscles inserted into it ; su- 
periorly, and toward its outer side, with the 
lachrymal gland ; and internally, with the ca- 
runcula, tensor tarsi, and lachrymal sac. 

The globe, ov, as it is often called, the ball 
of the eye, is composed of membranes placed 
one within the other, a9H of humors or fluids 
which they inclose ; the former are not unfre- 
quently called coats, or tunics ; but, as none of 
them forms a complete investment, the term is 
not so applicable as that here adopted. The 
membranes are the conjunctiva, sclerotica, cor- 
nea, choroid, retina, and iris, the capsule of 
the crystalline lens, the hyaloid membrane, and 
that of the aqueous humor. The humors are 
the aqueous, vitreous, and the crystalline lens. 

The Conjunctiva. — The conjunctiva (mem- 
brana conjunctiva, sive adnata) lines the free 
border and inner surface of the eyelids, from 
which it is reflected upon the globe of the eye, 
*o as.to cover its anterior third. Along the bor- 
ders of the lids it is continuous with the skin, 
and by lining the puncla lachrymalia, forms a 
continuous surface with the mucous membrane 
of the lachrymal passages and nasal fossa;. 

The Sclerotica. — The sclerotic (anl-npor, 
hard ; cornea opaca.) is fibrous, firm, and resist- 
■ent in its texture, and forms about four fifths of 
the external investment of the eye, extending 
from the entrance of the optic nerve to the bor- 
der of the cornea. The internal surface is con- 
cave and in apposition with the choroid mem- 
brane, with which it is connected by vascular 
and nervous filaments, and by some delicate 
cellular tissue. Posteriorly, it is pierced by a 
small circular aperture for the transmission of 
the optic nerve ; anteriorly, it is truncated. The 
inner edge of this aperture is slightly beveled, 
■so as to allow the cornea to be inserted into it, 
somewhat as a watch-glass is into its case. It 
is rendered thicker posteriorly by the tendinous 



E Y E 

expansions of the muscles, which some anato- 
mists have called the tunica albuginea. The 
aperture for the optic nerve is a little nearer to 
the nasal than to the temporal side of the globe, 
and is found to be divided by a number of sep- 
ta, so as to constitute a cribriform, plate, through 
which the pulp of the nerve may be made to 
ooze as if through minute pores. In the mid- 
dle will be found one of these of larger size 
than the rest, which is named porus opticus. It 
gives passage to the arteria centralis retinae. 

The Cornea. — The cornea (cornea pellucida) 
occupies the anterior fifth of the globe; its trans- 
verse diameter is about seven lines, the vertical 
a little less. The anterior surface, which is 
convex and prominent, is in contact with the 
conjunctiva; the posterior is concave, and is 
lined by the membrane of the aqueous humor. 
It is composed of five or six concentric lamellae, 
united by some connecting medium, probably 
a fine cellular tissue, the interstices of which 
contain an aqueous or serous fluid. 

Ciliary Ligament. — The ciliary ligament (or- 
bicularis ciliaris, Haller) is a ring of light gray 
matter, about a line and a half in breadth, 
which is attached to the inner surface of the 
sclerotica, just at its junction with the cornea. 
Externally, it is united, though slightly, with 
the sclerotica; posteriorly, with the choroid 
membrane ; and anteriorly, with the iris, which 
may be said to be inserted into its substance. 
Its external circumference presents a slight 
groove which runs around it, so that when in 
apposition with the sclerotica a minute canal is 
inclosed between them. 

The Choroid. — The choroid membrane (tu- 
nica vasculosa, choroidea) lies between the scle- 
rotica and the retina, extending from the en 
trance of the optic nerve as far as the ciliary • 
ligameift. In the greater part of its extent it is 
connected, though loosely, to the sclerotica by 
cellular tissue, and by the vessels which pass 
from without to reach it ; but anteriorly, the 
union is established through the medium of the 
ciliary ligament. The inner surface is in ap- 
position with Jacob's membrane. Posteriorly, 
the choroid presents a foramen for the trans- 
mission of the optic nerve ; anteriorly, it forms 
the ciliary process. It is a very vascular and 
nervous tunic. The ciliary nerves pass along 
it, and the long ciliary arteries. The short cil- 
iary arteries are distributed into its substance, 
principally on the inner surface, called the ta- 
petum, from which ihepigmentum nigrum seems 
to be secreted. The vems are larger, and dis- 
posed in whorls on the outside (vasa vorticosa). 
The distinction between the venous and arte* 
rial distribution led Ruysch to consider the 
choroid as made of two lamellae, of which the 
interior was called tunica Ruyschiana. , 

Ciliary Processes. — The ciliary processes, 
formed, as has been above stated, of the ante- 
rior margin of the choroid, are from sixty to 
eighty in number. The form of each process 
is triangular. They are attached to the margin 
of the crystalline lens. The name ciliary body 
(corpus ciliare) is usually given to the aggre- 
gate of the ciliary process. 

Retina. — The retina (tunica nervea) is placed 
between the choroid membrane and the vitre- 

279 



i: y,e 

ous humor. It extends from the bottom of the 
eye, where it is continuous with the optic 
nerve, forward as far as the commencement of 
the ciliary processes. It seems to consist of" 
two lamin;e. About two lines outside the en- 
trance of the optic nerve may be observed in 
the retina a small hole and a yellow spot, first 
described by Soemmering, and named by him, 
the one forartien centrale, the other limbus lu- 
teus. It is covered externally by Jacob's mem- 
brane. 

The Iris. — The iris, which presents the col- 
ored circle seen through the transparent cornea, 
is a partition placed so as to divide, but very 
unequally, the interval between the cornea and 
the lens into two parts. This interval is filled 
by the aqueous humor, so that the iris moves 
freely in the fluid. The space between it and 
the cornea is the anterior chamber; that be- 
hind, the posterior chamber. The posterior sur- 
face is covered by a dark pigment called uvea. 
When this is washed off, a number of fine lines, 
or fibres, may be observed, converging from 
the greater circumference to the pupil: these 
are distinct from one another in the former sit- 
uation, but in the latter are blended so as to 
form a membranous zone. 

The great circumference of the iris corre- 
sponds with the ciliary ligament, into which it 
may be said to be inserted ; the smaller forms 
the border of the aperture called the pupil (pu- 
pilla). The pupillary aperture is closed in the 
foetus, up to the seventh month, by a delicate 
transparent membrane, called, from this circum- 
stance, membrana pupillaris. The iris receives 
an abundant supply of nerves from the long 
ciliary nerves, &c. It also possesses the power 
of contraction, &c, by which the pupil is en- 
larged or lessened. 

Aqueous Humor. — The aqueous humor is a 
thin, pellucid fluid, which fills up the two cham- 
bers of the eye, occupying the space between 
the cornea and crystalline lens. It is inclosed 
in a capsule. 

Crystalline Lens. — The crystalline lens is sit- 
uated at the union of the anterior third with 
the two posterior thirds of the eye, lying be- 
hind the irk, surrounded by the ciliary pro- 
cesses, and imbedded in the vitreous humor; 
it is perfectly transparent, soft in the greater 
part of its extent, but of high refracting power. 
The lens is doubly convex, the posterior seg- 
ment being more convex than the anterior ; the 
convexity of both is greater in infancy than in 
adult age. The greatest thickness of the lens 
280 



EYE 

is about two lines and a half; its circumference 
measures from twelve to fourteen. It consists 
externally of a soft and homogeneous substance. 
The central part is more dense and firm, and i3 
made up of concentric lamellae. 

The lens is inclosed in a delicate capsule. If 
a puncture be made into this membrane, a small 
quantity of a pellucid fluid, which is termed 
liquor Morgagni, issues. The capsule forms a 
triangular canal, the canal of Petit, around the 
edge of the lens. 

Vitreous Humor. — The vitreous humor (hu- 
mor vitrcus, corpus vitreum.) fills up the poste* 
rior two thirds of the globe of the eye. It con- 
sists of a thin, transparent fluid, inclosed in a fine 
membrane (hyaloid membrane)', this not only 
invests it externally, but forms a number of 
processes, projecting inward, and dividing it 
into detached masses, which may thus be said 
to be lodged within the areolar intervals of the 
membrane. Anteriorly, it lodges the posterior 
segment of the crystalline lens, and farther out, 
where it corresponds with the ciliary process- 
es, is an annulus, or disk, called the zonula of 
Zinn. 

The eye is a camera obscura, optically con- 
sidered. See Vision. 

Eye-urioht. Euphrasia officinalis. 

Eye glass. In air optical instrument, that 
lens or combination of lenses (eye-piece) which 
is placed .near the eye. It is the part which 
magnifies the object or image, and converts the 
divergent rays to a parallel beam, by which the 
vision becomes clear. 

Eye of typiio.v. JFhe squill. See Scilla 
maritime, • * 

Eye salve. Ointment of the nitric oxide of 
mercury, used for touching the thickened tar- 
sal ligament. An ointment containing subace- 
tate of copper is known under the name of 
Smellome's eye-salve. 

Eye stone. The opercula of some small 
spiral shells, used in the island of Guernsey to 
remove particles of dust from the eye. For 
this purpose an operculum is placed under the 
eyelid, and, in passing over the conjunctiva, 
carries with it the extraneous body. 

EYE TEETH. The fangs of the two upper 
cuspidati are very much larger than those on 
each side, and extend up near to the orbit, on 
which account they have been called eye teeth. 

Eye watek. The liquor zinci sulphatis. 

Eye water, blue. The liquor cupri-ammo- 
nio sulphatis, and aqua sapphirina. 

Eye, watery. Epiphora. 



F AC 



F JEC 



F. 



F. 



The symbol of fluorine. 

F. Ft. In a prescription, these letters are 
abbreviations oifiat or fiant, let it or them be 
made. 

FA'BA. («, ib, f. By the Falisci, a people 
in Hctruria, the bean was called haba; and 
from thence, perhaps, faba. Martinus derives 
it from iraw, to feed.) A bean. 

Faba jEgyptiaca. See Nymphaa nelumbo. 

Faba crassa. Sedum telephium. 

Faba febrifuga. See Jgnatia amara. 

Faba indica. See Jgnatia amara. 

Faba major. The bean. 

Faba marina. Umbilicus marinus. 

Faba pf.churim. See Laurus pechurim. 

Faba porcina. See Hyoscyamus. 

Faba purgatrix. See Jiicinus communis. 

Faba sancti ignatii. See Jgnatia. 

Faba suilla. See Hyoscyamus. 

Faba'ceje. The Lcguminosa. 

Fabaginea. Fabago. See Zygophyllum. 

Fabago. See Zygophyllum. 

Faba'ria. Sedum telephium. 

FABRA'RUM AQUA. Forge water. Water 
in which red-hot iron has been quenched. This 
is a good mild chalybeate. 

FACE. Fades. The lower and anterior 
part of the head. The bones of the face are 
usually divided by anatomists into those of the 
upper and lower jaw. In the former, besides 
the teeth, we find fifteen bones, viz., two ossa 
nasi, two ossa unguis, two ossa malarum, two 
ossa maxillaria supcriora, two ossa palati, two 
ossa spongiosa inferiora, two ossa triangularia, 
and the vomer. The lower jaw consists of only 
one bone besides the teeth, the os maxillaria 
inferius. The muscles of the face are numer- 
ous, and admit in the human subject of an infi- 
nite variety of action, so that all the stronger 
emotions of the mind have their corresponding 
characters in the countenance. The minute 
blood-vessels distributed to the integuments 
of the face are extremely numerous, and en- 
dowed with a high degree of irritability ; hence 
arise continual changes of complexion, accord- 
ing to the state of the mind, of the bodily health, 
of temperature, &c. From these two circum- 
stances, the variety of muscular action and the 
changes in the minute circulation, we derive 
the science of physiognomy, which, however it 
may have been exposed to ridicule when placed 
upon a false foundation, is of no small utility in 
the ordinary intercourse of life, and which, in 
the practice of medicine, is invaluable as a 
means of diagnosis. See Physiognomy. 

Face grippe'e. The pinched-m face, or con- 
tracted face of persons laboring under peri- 
tonitis. 

FA'CIAL. Facialis. Belonging to the face ; 
as facial nerve, &c. 

Facial angle. See Angle, facial. 

Facial artery. 1. The artery, otherwise 
called the labial, the external maxillary or an- 
gular artery. It is a branch of the external 
carotid, which, passing under the stylo-hyoid 



muscle and the tendon of the digastric, pen- 
etrates the submaxillary gland, and mount* 
over the side of the jaw to the angle of the 
mouth, and thence ascends to the inner angle 
of the eye, where it is dispersed. In this 
course it gives off palatine and lingual branch 
es, branches to the submaxillary gland, and tc 
various muscles ; a copious supply of blood is 
sent to the lips by the inferior labial, and two 
coronary branches of this artery. 

2. M. Chaussier has given the name of facial 
to the external carotid artery. 

Facial nerve. Ncrvus facialis. The sev- 
enth pair of nerves. See Portio dura. 

Facial vein. The vein which returns the 
blood from the facial artery. It usually joins 
the external jugular, but sometimes passes to 
the internal jugular. 

FACIES. See Face. Also the general ap- 
pearance of an animal. 

Facies cadaverica. The facies Hippocrat- 
ica. 

FA'CIES HIPFOCRA'TICA. That state of 
the countenance which immediately precedes 
death ; the nose is sharp, the eyes hollow, the 
temple sunk, the ears coid and contracted, and 
their lobes inverted ; the skin about the fore- 
head hard, tense, and dry; the countenance 
pale, greenish, or dark. 

Facies rubra. Acne (gutta) rosacea. 

Facies tortualis. The facies Hippocratica. 

FACTI'TIOUS. Factitius. A term applied 
to any thing which is made by art, in opposi- 
tion to that which is native, or found already 
made in nature. 

FACU'LTY. (Facultas; from facio, to 
make.) 1. The power by which any action is 
performed. 2. The body of professors who 
constitute a college of medicine, &c. 

FjE'CES. (The plural of fax.) The alvine 
excretions ; also, the dregs. Feculence. The 
alvine discharges may consist of mucus, tena- 
cious lymph, or pus, as in inflammations of the 
mucous membrane of the canal, the nature of 
the secretion depending on the degree of the 
inflammation; or they may consist of blood 
poured out by the vessels of the intestines gen- 
erally, or by the enlarged veins of the rectum 
(piles). They may consist chiefly of ill-digest- 
ed food, which happens in tabes mesenterica. ) 
They may be pale from the absence of bile, 
unusually yellow from its excess, green, as often 
happens in children, dark and offensive, from 
the long retention of feculent matter, or from 
morbid secretions of the liver. They often con- 
tain portions of hardened feces or scybala. It 
is important in all doubtful cases to distinguish 
those discharges which flow from the general 
surface of the intestines, from such as are the 
product of local disease in the rectum. When, 
therefore, pus or blood is discharged with the 
motions, the presence or absence of tenesmus, 
piles, or fistula should be ascertained. 

FjE'CULA. (a, a, f.; diminutive of fax.) 
A substance obtained by bruising or grinding 

281 



FAL 



FA M 



certain vegetables in water. An impure starch. 
It is that part which, after a little, falls to the 
bottom. The faecula of plants differs princi- 
pally from gum or mucus in being insoluble in 
cold water. The seeds of gramineous and le- 
'ginsinous vegetables, and all tuberous roots, 
contain it most plentifully. 

FMX. {Fax, acts, f. ; an excretion.) 1. A 
sediment of any fermented liquor ; as beer, 
wine, &c. 2. The alvine excretions are called 
faces. 

FAGA'EA. (a, a, f.) A genus of trees. 
Tetrandria. Monogynia. — F. octandra yields 
shell tacamahaca. See Tacamahaca. — F. pi- 
perita. Fagara major. This plant is found in 
Japan and the Philippine Islands. Its berries 
are called Japan pepper, and resemble, in their 
virtues, the cubebs. 

Fagin. A narcotic substance of beech nuts. 

Fago'pyrum. Polygonum fagopyrum. 

Fagotri'ticum. The buckwheat. 

FA'GUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The beech. 2. A 
genus of trees. Moncecia, Polyandria. Cn- 
pelifcra. — F. casta! nea. The chestnut tree. 
Castanea Lopima. They are nourishing, con- 
taining sugar, and much farinaceous substance. 
— F. castanea pumita. The chinquapin, — F. 
sylvatica. The beech tree. Fagus. The fruit 
and interior bark of this tree are occasionally 
used medicinally, the former in obstinate head- 
ache, and the latter in the cure of hectic fever. 
The oil expressed from beech nuts is suppos- 
ed to destroy worms: a child may take two 
drachms of it night and morning ; an adult an 
ounce. 

Fainting. See Syncope. 

Fairburn. A village jn Ross, Scotland, 
wliere there is a sulphureous spring. 

Falcanos. Orpiment. — Ruland. 

FA'LCIFORM. Falcate. (Falciformis ; 
iromfalx, a scythe, and forma, resemblance.) 
Resembling a scythe. 

Falciform process. The falx. A process 
of the dura mater, that arises from the crista 
galli, separates the hemispheres of the brain, 
and terminates in the tentorium. 

FA'LCO. (From falco, to hook.) A genus 
of birds, of the order Accipitrcs, as the eagle, 
falcon, hawk, &c. 

Falde'lla. A compress of lint. 

Falling of the uterus. Prolapsus uteri. 

Falling sickness. See Epilepsy. 

Fallopian ligament. See Pouparl's liga- 
ment. 
• Fallopian tube. See Tuba Fallopiana. 

FALMOUTH, CLIMATE OF. The climate 
of this place is among the mildest in England, 
and favorable for rheumatic and phthisic.il in- 
valids. 

FALSE. Falsus. Spurious. That which is 
not pure, or which deviates from nature. In 
Medicine, this expression is frequently employ- 
ed to designate imperfectly-formed diseases, or 
such as aro of little sevei'ity, as false peripneu- 
mony, false pleurisy. 

False aneurism. See Aneurism. 

False angustura. See Brucea. 

False conception. When the product of 
conception and gestation is not an infant, but a 
mole, hydatids, or other abnormal bodies. 
282 



False joint. See Artie ulation^f also. 

False membrane. A diseased product re- 
sembling a membrane, as that produced in 
croup, pleurisy, &c. It is due to an exudation 
of coagulable lymph. 

False pains. See Parturition. 

False passage. An accidental passage pro- 
duced by carelessness or want of skill in surgi- 
gal operations ; this often occurs with the ca- 
theter, especially when armed with caustic. 

False sight. Pseudoblepsis. 

False waters. False labor. A diseased ac- 
cumulation of serous fluid between the chorion 
and amnios, and which is discharged at various 
periods of pregnancy, and must be distinguish- 
ed from the true waters, or liquor amnii. 

False winter's bark. See Canella alba. 

FALSIFICATION. (From falsus, false, and 
facio, to make.) The act of adulterating or so- 
phisticating medicines for the purpose of se- 
curing a larger profit. The falsification of drugs 
is carried on to a largo extent and with con- 
summate skill. Tables representing the bodies 
commonly used in adulterations are readily ob- 
tained, but are of little value, for the substances 
employed are being continually changed, both 
for the purpose of avoiding detection, and from 
the fluctuating price of most of the substances. 
Several of these tables, printed quite recently, 
which I have examined, are so ridiculously m 
error from these causes, that I have preferred 
not to introduce any of them here, but to refer 
the reader to the little work of Professor Beck 
on the Adulterations of Medicines. It may be 
proper to remark, that the specific gravity of 
most substances is a characteristic test of their 
purity ; and as respects fluids, the specific grav- 
ity and boiling point conjointly are usually suffi- 
cient to enable a skillful person to detect any 
practicable adulteration. 

FALX. (Falx, cis, f. A scythe.) See Fal- 
ciform process. 

Falx cerebelli. The lesser falciform pro- 
cess of the dura mater, which lies between tho 
lobes of the cerebellum. 

Falx cerebri. The falciform process. 

Falx major. The falx cerebri. See Falci- 
form process. 

Falx minor. The falx cerebelli. 

Falx peritonei. Falx of the umbilical vein. 
Great. falx of the peritoneum. A reflection or 
process of the peritoneum, which passes along 
with the veins from tho umbilicus to the inferior 
surface of the liver. There are also lesser pro- 
cesses, called Falccs peritonei minima, 'which 
form the lateral ligaments of the liver, and the 
part raised up by the umbilical arteries. 

Fame'lica febris. A fever accompanied by 
insatiable hunger. — Sylvius. 

FA'MES. Plunger. 

Fames bovina. Bulimia. 

Fames canina. See Bulimia. 

Fames lupina. The same as Fames canina. 

Famigerati'ssimum emplastrum. An old 
plaster used in intermittent fevers, made of 
aromatic, irritating substances, and applied to 
the wrists. 

FAMILY. A term used by different natural- 
ists in various acceptations. It is now usually 
applied to a collection of a number of genera. 



F AS 

which are nearly allied to each other by char- 
acters derived from their organization. 

Fancy makk. Nhjvus. 

FANON. A French term for an extempora- 
neous splint, made of straw bound together with 
cord, and enclosing a stick to make it move 
rigid ; or a temporary splint of folds of linen or 
cloth. 

FANTOME. The French give this name to 
the figures or dolls which are used by surgeons 
to demonstrate the application of bandages, 
and by obstetricians to illustrate the mechanism 
of labor. 

Farcimen. Farcy. 

Farcimina'lis. The allantoid. 

Farcinoma. Farcy. 

Farctu'ra. Stuffing. An operation of the 
old pharmacy, which consisted in cramming 
medicinal substances into the body of an evis- 
cerated animal or the empty rind of a fruit. 

FA' ROY, or FARCIN. A disease of the 
horse which affects the lymphatics of the skin, 
either generally producing a distended appear- 
ance of the vessels like moles or buttons, when 
it is called the bud or button farcy ; or locally, 
when it is chiefly confined to dropsical accumu- 
lations in tho legs, and is called the water farcy. 
Both forms of the disease ai-e contagious ; and, 
like the glanders, an allied disease, both are dif- 
ficult to cure. The button farcy is generally 
removed by burning off the buttons by caustics 
or a red-hot iron, and by the exhibition of mer- 
cury ; and the water farcy by the exhibition of 
mercury alone. Both diseases are sometimes 
cured by feeding the animal entirely on green 
food. 

Fa'rfaua. Tussilago farfani. 

FARI'NA. (a, tc, f . ; from far, com, of 
which it is made.) Meal or flour. A term 
given to tin; pulverulent and glutinous part of 
wheat and other seeds, which is obtained by 
grinding and sifting. It is highly nutritious, 
and consists of gluten, starch, and mucilage. 

Farina fossills. The agaricus mineralis. 

Farina: resolve.ntes. Resolvent flours. 
This name was formerly given to a mixture of 
the flour of the seeds of the white lupin, tare, 
bean, and barley. 

Farina'cf.ous. Resembling flour or meal. 
All articles of food which contain farina, 

Farino'sus. Farinaceous. 

Fa'rreus. Scurfy. Applied to urine, when 
it deposits a branny sediment. 

Far-sightedness. Presbyopia. 

FA'SCIA. («, <r, f. ; from fascia, a bundle: 
because, by means of a band, materials are col- 
lected into a bundle.) 1. A bandage, fillet, or 
roller. 2. The tendinous expansions of mus- 
cles which bind parts together arc termed 
fascia. See Aponeurosis. » 

Fascia APONEUROTIC* femoris. See Fascia 
lata. 

Fascia crihriformis. A small web of cellu- 
lar substance, stretched from the lower edge of 
Poupart's ligament over the inguinal glands. 

Fascia dividens. A dividing bandage, ad- 
justed so as to keep parts separated, as in the 
case of burns. 

Fascia ili'aca. Iliac fascia or aponeurosis. 
The strons fascia which covers the inner surface 



K AS 

of the iliac and psoas muscles. Externally, it is 
attached to the crista of the ilium. Internally, 
it is continued behind the external iliac vessels 
to the ridge of the ilium, which bounds the su- 
perior aperture of the pelvis. Below, this fascia 
is attached to Poupart's ligament in the two 
outer thirds of its length. 

Fascia infundibuliformis. A portion of 
cellular membrane of a funnel shape, which 
passes down on the spermatic cord, where it 
penetrates the fascia transversalis. 

Fascia inguinalis. The spica bandage". 

Fascia lata. A thick and strong tendinous 
expansion, sent off from the back and from the 
tendons of the glutei and adjacent muscles, to 
surround the muscles of tho thigh. It is the 
thickest on the outside of the thigh and leg, but 
toward the inside of both becomes gradually 
thinner. A little below the trochanter major 
it is firmly fixed to the linea aspera, and fur- 
ther down, to that part of the head of the tibia 
that is next the fibula, where it sends off the 
tendinous expansion along the outside of the leg. 
It serves to strengthen the action of the mus- 
cles by keeping them firm in their proper 
places when in action, particularly the tendons 
that pass over the joints where this membrane 
is thickest. 

Fascia lata muscle. The tensor vagina; 
femoris. 

Fascia propria. The name given by Sir A. 
Cooper to the proper cellular envelope of a her- 
nial sac. t 

Fascia s culteti.- Scultetus bandage, or that 
made of separate strips. 

Fascia spiralis. See Spiral bandage. 

Fascia submuscularls. The tunica vagi 
nalis oculi. 

Fascia superficialis. A very thin layer of 
cellular membrane, which covers the abdominal 
muscles immediately under the skin. It ad- 
heres to the crural arch of the fascia lata, and 
is continued downward upon the spermatic 
cord to the scrotum. 

Fascia t-formis. The T bandage. 

Fascia tortilis. A tourniquet. . 

Fascia transversa'lis. The cellular mem- 
brane lining the inner surface of the transversa- 
lis abdominis muscle in the inguinal region. 
The anatomy of this fascia is minutely described 
in the splendid work of Sir A. Cooper on her- 
nia. 

Fa'scial. Fascialis. Of, or belonging to, a 
fascia. 

Fascialis. The tensor vagina? femoris mus- 
cle. 

Fascia'tio. The binding up any diseased or 
wounded part with bandages. 

Fascicula'r. Fascicularis. In bundles. 
Applied to roots which are sessile at their 
base, and consist of bundles of finger-like pro- 
cesses. 

Fa scicur, a't e. Fasciculatus. Bundled or 
clustered. Applied to the nerves, stems of 
plants, leaves, &e. 

Fasci'culi teretes cordis. The carnea; co- 
lumna; of the heart. 

FASCI'CULUS. Fascicle. (From fascis, 
a bundle.) 1. In Pharmacy, a handful. 2. In 
Botany, a number of flowers on little stalks, 

283 



FB 

variously inserted and subdivided, collected 
into a close bundle, and level at the top, as in 
sweet-william. 3. In Anatomy, a small bundle 
of fibres. 

Fasciculus cuneatus. Fasciculus of re- 
enforcement. A band of fibres from the corpus 
innominatum of the brain, which ascends over 
the upper surface of the pons varolii, and is ex- 
panded into the optic thalami. It forms in its 
course the anterior side of the fourth ventricle. 

FASCIOLA. (a, <e, f. ; diminutive of fascia.) 
The ^iame of a genus of entozoa in some ar- 
rangements. The fluke worm. See Distoma. 

Fasciola cinerea. The tuberculuin ciue- 
reum. See Enccphalon. 

FASTIDIUM CIBI. Want of appetite, or 
disgust of food. See Anorexia. 

Fastigia'tus. Flat-topped. 

FASTING. A want of the supply of food to 
the stomach. When produced by want of ap- 
petite, without any other apparent affection of 
the stomach, this often arises from too great fa- 
tigue, or protracted fasting; from violent pas- 
sions of the mind; and from habit, or other 
cause, enabling the system to sustain almost 
total abstinence for a long time. It is a most 
valuable antiphlogistic means. 

FAT. A concrete oil contained in the cellu- 
lar membrane of animals; it is generally white 
or yellowish, with little smell or taste, and va- 
ries in consistency according to the relative 
quantities of stearine, margarine, and elainc 
which it contains. The ultimate elements of 
animal fat are the same as those of vegetable 
oils : according to the analysis of Chevreul, 100 
parts of human fat are composed of 79 '0 carbon, 
11-4 hydrogen, and 9*6 oxygen. Hog's lard 
and mutton suet are very similarly constituted. 

Fatty. Adipose. Adiposus. Of the nature 
of fat. See Adipose. 

Fatty liver. Adiposis hepdlica. Fatty de- 
generation of the heart. That morbid state of 
the liver wherein it is swollen and laden, with 
fat. This occurs in those whose liver is torpid 
and circulation languid, from a loss of vital en- 
ergy, and from abuse of alcoholic drinks. 

Fatty ligament. A reflection of the syno- 
vial membrane of the knee joint, which passes 
from the ligamontum patella; to the depression 
between the condyles. 

Fatu'ity. Idiotism. See Amentia. 

FAU'CES. (The plural of faux.) The pha- 
rynx and back part of the mouth. 

FAU'NA. The group of animals peculiar to 
a country. 

FAUX. (Faux, cis, f. ; in the plural, faucet.) 
1. In Anatomy, the gorge, or opening of the 
pharynx. 2. In Botany, applied to the opening 
of the tube of a monopetalous corolla. 

Favo'sus. (From favus, a honeycomb.) Fa- 
vose: honeycomb-like. 

FA'VUS. (us, i, m. ; a honeycomb.) A 
pustule larger than the acor, flatter, and not 
acuminated. It contains a more viscid matter 
than the acor; its base, which is often irregu- 
lar, is slightly inflamed ; and it is succeeded 
by a yellow, semi-transparent, and sometimes 
cellular scab, like a honeycomb, whence its 
name. 

FE. The symbol of iron. 
284 



FEB 

Feathered. Plumosus. 

FE'BRES. Febris. An order in the class 
Pyrexia of Cullen, characterized by the pres- 
ence of pyrexia, without primary local affec- 
tion. 

■ Febri'cosus. Febricose. Feverish. 

FEBRI'OULA. (Dim. of febris.) A slight 
fever. Ephemera. 

Fkbri'ferous. Affected with fever ; engen- 
dering fevers. 

Febri'fuga. The plant feverfew : Matrica- 
ria parthenium. 

FE'BRIFUGE. (Febrifugus ; from febris, 
and fugo, to drive away.) That which pos- 
sesses the property of curing or alleviating fe- 
ver. Applied chiefly to medicines used against 
the ague, as cinchona, quinine, cusparia, arse- 
nic, antimony, &c. 

Febrifugum crenii. Regulus of antimony. 

Febrifugu.m magnum. A name given by Dr. 
Hancock to cold water as a drink m fevers. 

Febrifugum oleum. Febrifuge oil. The 
flowers of antimony, made with sal ammoniac 
and antimony sublimed together, and exposed 
to the air, which causes them to deliquesce. 

Febri'fugus. See Febrifuge. 

Febrifugus pulvis. In England, a mixture 
of'oculi cancrorum and emetic tartar, in the pro- 
portion of half a drachm and two grains, has 
obtained the same name ; in fevers, it is given 
in doses of gr. iii. to iv. — Hooper. 

Febrifugus sal. The chloride of potassium. 

FE'BRIS. (is, is, f. ; from ferveo, to be hot.) 
Pyrexia. Fever. The name of a very exten- 
sive and important class of diseases, which, al- 
though much diversified, are generally conceived 
to have something common in their nature. In 
a wide acceptation, the term fever has been 
applied to every case in which there is accel- 
eration of the pulse, increased heat of the sur- 
face of the body and dryness of the skin, thirst, 
suppression of urine, rigors, and more or less 
general disturbance of the functions of the 
whole system. 

Fever may be idiopathic or symptomatic. 
The former is farther divided into intermittent, 
remittent, and continued. The continued fever 
has three principal forms: the synocha, or in- 
flammatory fever; typhus, or low fever; and 
synochus, or common continued fever, in which 
the symptoms at the commencement are allied 
to synocha, and toward the termination to ty- 
phus. See Synochus and Typhus. 

The cause of fever has been the subject of 
much discussion and numerous hypotheses. 
These have not made much impression on prac 
tice, and are. for the most part, disregarded 
The views of Dr. Clutterbuck, that fever origi- 
nates in disturbance or inflammation of the 
brain; of Bretonnaau, that it arises from in- 
flammation of the conglomerate and solitary 
glands of the intestines, or is a species of dothen- 
enteritis; and, finally, of Broussais, that it is 
always attended with gastro-enteritis, are the 
most modern views of the pathological school 
of physicians. All these theories have been 
based on dissections, but are partial, for the se- 
quela; of fever vary in different countries and 
constitutions. 

Dr. Twcedie, in his illustrations of fever, 



FEB 

gives the following valuable statement of the 
' results of the dissection of 521 cases of fever, 
.selected from the records of the London Fever 
Hospital: 
<Jases iu which the fever was not apparently 

complicated with local inflammation in any 

organ 163 

<,';iso* complicated with cerebral affection 114 
thoracic affection 103 
abdominal affection 71 
cerebral and thora- 
cic affection . . 26 
cerebral and ab- 
dominal affection 30 
cerebral, thoracic, 
and abdominal 
affection ... 14 

We must conclude, then, that the proximate 
cause of fever remains to be discovered, and 
we may sum up our knowledge of the subject 
in the often quoted words of Fordyce, one of 
the most accurate and philosophical of medical 
reasoners. " A fever," says this author, " is a 
disease that affects the whole system ; it affects 
the head, the trunk of the body, and the ex- 
tremities; it affects the circulation, the absorp- 
tion, and the nervous system ; it affects the 
skin, the muscular fibers, and the membranes ; 
it affects the body, and affects likewise the 
mind. It is, therefore, a disease of the whole 
system, in every kind of sense. It does not, 
however, affect the various parts of the system 
uniformly and equally; but, on the contrary, 
sometimes one part is much affected in propor- 
tion to the affection of another part." 

For the treatment of continued fever, as well 
as for some further description of its varieties, 
the reader is referred to the articles Synochus 
and Typhus. See, also, Fever. 

Febris acmastica. Synocha. 

Febris alba. See Chlorosis. 

Febris algida. See Algida febris. 

Febris amatoria. This has been used both 
for chlorosis and hectic fever. 

Febris Americana. Yellow fever. 

Febris ' amphimerina. A quotidian ague. 
See Ague. 

Febris ampullosa. Pemphigus. 

Febris anabatica. Continued fever. 

Febris anginosa. See Scarlet fever. 

Febris angiotenica. Synocha. 

Febris aphthosa. See Aphtha. 

Febris ardens. See Causns and Remittent 
fever. 

Febris asodes. See Asodes. 

Febris bullosa. See Pemphigus. 

Febris carcerum. F. carceraria. Jail fe- 
ver. Typhus gravior. 

Febris castrensis. Camp fever. 

Febris catarrhalis. A fever' attended 
•with symptoms of catarrh. 

Febris catarrhalis epidemica. Influenza. 

Febris causodes. Synocha. 

Febris chole'rica. Bilious fever. 

Febris contagiosa. Typhus. 

Febris continua. Continued fever. Sy- 
uocha. 

Febris continua putrida. Synochus. 

Febris continua icterodes carohniensis. 
Yellow fever. 



FEB 

Febris culicularis. Miliary fever. See 
Miliaria. 

Febris diaria. Ephemera. 

Febris elodes. See Elodes. 

Febris epiala. See Epialus. 

Febris epidemica cum angina. Cynanche 
maligna. 

Febris erysipelatosa. See Erysipelas. 

Febris esserosa. Miliary fever. See Mili- 
aria. 

Febris exanthema'tica. A fever with an 
eruption. See Exanthema. 

Febris flava. The yellow fever. See Re- 
mittent fever. 

Febris ga'strica. Gastric fever. Fever in 
which the digestive organs are chiefly affected. 

Febris hectica. See Hectic fever. 

Febris hectica maligna nervosa. Typhus 
mitior. 

Febris hepatica. Bilious fever. 

Febris horrifica. See Algida febris. 

Febris hunga'ria. Lues Pannoniee. A form 
of camp fever formerly prevalent in Hungary. 

Febris hydrocephalica. Acute internal 
hydrocephalus. 

Febris hydro'des. A fever with profuse* 
sweats. 

Febris iliaca inflammatory. Enteritis. 

Febris inflammatoria. Inflammatory fe 
ver. See Fever and Inflammation. 

Febris inflammatoria simplex. Synocha. 

Febris intermittens. An intermittent fe 
ver. See Ague. 

Febris intestinalis ulcerosa. Typhus. 

Febris intestinorum. Enteritis. 

Febris lactea. Milk fever. A febrile state 
sometimes induced when the milk begins to be 
secreted after parturition, and which is mostly 
of the synochous type. 

Febris larvata. Masked fever. 

Febris lenta. Slow fever. See Typhus. 

Febris lenticularis. A fever, attended by 
an eruption like small lentils. 

Febris lochialis. Lochial fever. 

Febris maligna. See Typhus. 

Febris maligna biliosa. F. maligna flava. 
Yellow fever. 

Febris maligna cum sopore. Typhus gra 
vior. 

Febris marasmodes. Hectic fever. 

Febris miliaris. See Miliaria. 

Febris morbillosa. See Rubeola. 

Febris mucosa. Febris pituitosa. Mucous 
fever. A form of continued fever described 
by the French writers. It chiefly attacks those 
of the lymphatic temperament, and is charac- 
terized by irritation of the gastro-enteric mu- 
cous membrane, with redundant mucous secre- 
tion from this, and sometimes from the other 
mucous membranes. 

Febris mucosa verminosa. Infantile remit- 
tent fever. 

Febris nautica pestilentialis. Typhus 
gravior. 

Febris nervosa. See Typhus. 

Febris nervosa epidemica. F. nervosa ex- 
anthematica. Typhus gravior. 

Febris nosocomiorum. F. nosocomials. 
The fever of hospitals ; generally of the typhoid 
kind.* 

285 



FEI 

Febris palustris. Marsh fever. See Ague 
and Remittent fever. 
Febris pestilens. See Pettis. 
Febris petechials. See Typhus. 
Febris phthisica. Hectic fever. 
Febris pituitaria. See Febris mucosa. 
Febrw puerperum. F. puerperalis. l'uer- 
pcral fever. 

Febris purpurata maligna. Typhus gra- 
vior. 

Febris putrida. See Typhus. 

Febris putrida nervosa. Typhus gravior. 

Febris putrida sanguinea. Typhus mit- 
ior. 

Febris quercera. See Quercera. 

Febris remittens. See Ague. 

Febris remittens infantum. Infantile re- 
mittent fever. 

Febris rheumatica inflammatory. Acute 
rheumatism. 

Febris rubra. Scarlatina. 

Febris rubra pruriginosa. Urticaria. 

Febris sanguinea. F. sanguinea acuta. 
Inflammatory fever. 

Febris sanguinea putrida. Typhus. 

Febris sapropyra. Typhus gravior. 

Febris scarlatina. See Scarlatina. 

Febris synocha. See Synocka. 

Febris tabida. Hectic fever. 

Febris tropica. Yellow fever. 

Febris typho'des. Typhoid fever. 

Febris urticaria. See Urticaria. 

Febris variolosa. See Variola. 

Febris vesiculosa. See Erysipelas. 

Febris virginum. Chlorosis. 

FEBRUEE'S LOTION. A celebrated ap- 
plication to cancerous sores. It consists of: 
white arsenic, gr. x. ; distilled water, Oj. Dis- 
solve the arsenic completely, and then add of 
extract of conium, fj.; of solution of ^ubacetate 
of lead, f. fiij., and of tincture of opium, f. $j. 
Small quantities of the lotion are to be applied 
to the ulcerated surface with a caniel's-hair 
pencil. 

FE'CULA. See Fcccula. 

Fecula amylacea. Starch. 

Fecula marantje. Arrow-root starch. 

Feculence. The dregs. 

Feculent. Excreinentitious ; of the nature 
of dregs or refuse. 

FECU'NDATION. (From feamdo, to make 
fruitful.) The access of the male semen to the 
ovule produces fecundation or impregnation, 
and, after this effect, it commences to develop 
or is vivified. The portions of the semen termed 
seminal animalcules are those which reach the 
ovary. 

Fecu'ndity. The faculty of reproduction, 
and .the extent of this power. The average 
result of marriages is equal to four elnldren for 
the entiro country. 

FEET, DISTORTION OF THE. Children 
are often born with the feet distorted inward 
or outward. The defect when the feet turn 
inward is called varus ; when they are turned 
outward it is styled valgus. See Club-feet. 

FEIGNED DISEASES. Under this head 

are generally included the diseases simulated 

by impostors to answer their own ends, and 

also diseases which, though real," hav# been 

286 



FEM 

voluntarily induced or aggravated. Such do 
ceptions are practiced chiefly by vagrants to 
excite compassion and extort money, or by sol- 
diers or sailors to escape duty. In the case of 
soldiers, this has got the name of malingering. 
It is highly necessary for the practitioner to be 
aware of the various devices by which diseases 
are simulated. Much useful information on this 
subject is to be found in the different works on 
legal medicine, especially those of Mahon and 
Fodere. Dr. Hennen's Military Surgery may 
also be consulted with great advantage. 
FEL. (fel,fcllis,f.) Bile, which see. 
Fel bovinum. F.bovis. F.tauri. Ox bile. 
This was formerly used in medicine as a tonic. 
Dose, gr. ij. to gr. v., in pill. The bile of the 
hog has been used in the same way. Bile is 
employed in the arts to remove grease from va- 
rious textures. 

Fel natur.e. Aloes. 
Fel-wort. Gentiana lutea. 
Felli'culus. The gall bladder. 
Felliflua passio. Cholera. 
Fellinic acid. An acid combined with bi- 
lin, and separated by hydrochloric acid as an 
insoluble mass; soluble in alcohol. 

Fellis obstructio. F. suffusio. Jaundice. 
Felon. See Paronychia. 
FEMALE. (From famina, a woman.) The 
animal which bears the foetus, as distinguished 
from the male. 

Femen. The inner part of the thigh. 
Fe'mero-tibial. Femcro-tibialis. Connect- 
ed with the thigh bone, or femur, and the tibia. 
Femi'neus. Female. 

FE'MORAL. {Femoralis; from femur, the 
thigh.) Of, or belonging to, the thigh. 

Femoral artery. Arteria femoralis. Cru- 
ral artery. A continuation of tho external iliac 
along the thigh, from Poupart's ligament to the 
ham. For about two inches of its course below 
Poupart's ligament it is called the inguinal or 
common femoral artery. This gives off the ex- 
ternal pudic arteries, and divides into the prop- 
er femoral and the profunda. The proper 
femoral artery passes down the thigh, covered 
by the fascia, between the vastus internus and 
second head of the triceps; about the middle 
of the inside of the thigh, it is situated behind 
the sartorius muscle ; it afterward perforates 
the triceps muscle and passes into the ham, 
where it is called popliteal: it finally divides 
into the anterior and posterior tibial. The 
branches of the proper femoral artery are the 
external and internal circumflex, which, how- 
ever, arise in many subjects from the profunda; 
and the ramus anastomoticus magnus. 

FE'MORAL BONE. Fe'moris os. The 
thigh bone. A long cylindrical bone, situated 
between the pelvis and tibia. Its upper ex- 
tremity presents three considerable processes ; 
these are the head, the trochanter major, and 
trochanter minor. The head is received into 
the acetabulum of the os innoininatum. It L» 
covered by a cartilage, to which the strong, 
round ligament is attached. 

The head is supported obliquely by the cer- 
vix or neck, which is about an inch long. At 
its basis we observe two oblique ridges, which 
extend from the trochanter major to the tro- 



FEN 

chanter minor. Around this neck is attached 
the capsular ligament of the joint. Posteriorly 
and externally, from the neck of the bone, is 
the trochanter major. Anteriorly, and imme- 
diately below the neck, is a small process call- 
ed trochanter minor. These two processes 
have the name of trochanters, from the muscles 
that are inserted into them, being the principal 
instruments of the rotatory motion of the thigh. 
Below these processes the body of the bone 
begins. It is smooth except in the middle of 
its posterior surface, which presents a rough 
ridge, called tinea aspera. 

The lower extremity is larger than the up- 

1>er, somewhat flattened, and terminates in two 
arge protuberances, called condyles, which are 
united before so as to form a pulley, but are 
separated behind by a considerable cavity, in 
which the crural vessels and nerves are placed. 

Femoral hernia. See Hernia cruralis. 

Fe'morjeus. The cniraeus muscle. 

Fe'moralis. The triceps cruris muscle. 

Femorocele. See Hernia cruralis. 

FB'MUR. {Femur, oris, n.) The thigh. 
The thigh consists of one bone, the os femoris ; 
of several muscles, the psoas magnus, iliacus 
internus, gluteus maximus, medius, and mini- 
mus, the pectineus, triceps, obturator externus 
and internus, pyriformis, gemiiii, quadratus, 
tensor vaginae femoris, sartorius, gracilis, rectus, 
crureus, vasti, semimembranosus, semitendino- 
8us, and biceps. These muscles are bound by 
a Btrong fascia, and surrounded by the common 
integuments. The ligaments of the thigh are 
those of its articulation with the os innomina- 
tum, viz., the ligamentum teres and capsulare. 
The artery is the femoral, a continuation of the 
external iliac. Its veins and absorbents are 
numerous, and run parallel with the artery. 
The nerves are formed by the lumbar and sa- 
cral, and are the ischiadic, the obturator, and 
the crural. The glands are the inguinal and 
synovial. 

FENE'STRA. (a, ee, f. ; a window.) A 
name given by anatomists to two foramina in 
the ear. 

Fenestra cochlearis. , The fenestra ro- 
tunda. 

Fenestra oculi. The pupil. 

Fenestra ovalis. An oblong pr elliptical 
foramen^ between the cavity of the tympanum 
and the vestibulum of the ear. It is shut by the 
stapes. See Auris. 

Fenestra rotunda. A round foramen lead- 
ing from the tympanum to the cochlea of the 
ear. It is covered by a membrane in the fresh 
subject. See Auris. 

Fenestra vestibularis. The fenestra ovalis. 

Fenestral bandage. A bandage with in- 
terstices between the folds, to allow of the dis- 
charge of pus or other matters. 

Fenestrate. Having the appearance of a 
window, as when the tissue of a leaf between 
the woody parts is incomplete. 

FENNEL. Anethum fceniculum. 

Fennel, hog's. I'eucedanum. 

Fennel, sweet. Anethum (foeniculum) 
dulce. 

Fennel, water. Phellandrium aquaticum. 

Fenugreek. See Tri<ronella. 



V E K 

F K k a mk' n t u m . Any surgical instrument of iron. 

Feiunus. Ferine. Savage; brutal: applied 
to acute and malignant diseases. 

FERME'NT. An azotized body in an early 
state of oxidation, and capable of producing fer- 
mentation in certain solutions or mixtures, as 
yeast, &c. 

FERMENTA'TION. {Fermcntalio, onis, f. ; 
from fermento, to ferment.) The molecular 
process by which complex organic substances 
are resolved into simpler forms in a moderate 
temperature (50° to 120°), by the agency of 
yeast or other ferments formed of decaying 
azotized matters. The presence of oxygen gas 
and abundant moisture are necessary to the 
process. The most common case of fermenta- 
tion is the conversion of grape sugar into alco- 
hol and carbonic acid, as seen in the processes 
of making beer, wine, ■ or bread. Lactic acid 
or butyric acid are products of fermentation 
when the temperature and other conditions are 
regulated. The putrefactive fermentation of 
earlier writers is that which occurs in matters 
containing much nitrogen, and carbonate of am- 
monia is one of the results. The acetous fer- 
mentation is a different affair, and depends upon 
the continued access of oxygen ; it is now dis- 
tinguished as a case of eremacausis. 

In the common fermentation of malt or sugar, 
there is developed in the fluid certain minute 
fungoid conferva:, called torula or saccharom- 
yces, which give additional interest to the pro- 
cess, otherwise considered merely as a case 
of molecular motion propagated from the fer- 
ment. The amount of yeast required is always 
proportional to the sugar to be changed, and. 
unless there be azotized matter in the solution, 
no new yeast is produced. Whatever means 
interfere with the conditions of fermentation 
{antiseptics), hinder the process, as cold, exclu- 
sion of oxygen, dryness, aromatic bodies, me- 
tallic salts, or spirituous bodies, which hinder 
the decay of the ferment by abstracting oxygen, 
combining with it to form a firm solid, or de- 
composing it into more stable substances. 

Liebig and others have pointed out the simi- 
larity between the action of ferments and con- 
tagious and miasmatic bodies. In inoculation 
or vaccination, a portion of a morbid product is 
introduced into the system of a healthy person, 
and causes a molecular change throughout the 
body, ending in the production of an increased 
amount of the matter of the pustules (or fer- 
ment) ; or miasm, entering the lungs, acts upon 
the solids and fluids as a molecular force, with- 
out producing any additional ferment, except in 
the case of plague. These analogies are hv 
structive, to say the least of them. 

Fermentation, mucous. That kind of mole- 
cular action which results in the production of 
a mucous substance. It occurs at low temper- 
atures, and resembles the saccharine fermenta- 
tion. 

Fermentation, panary. The saccharine 
fermenUition occurring in bread dough. 

Fermentation, saccharine. When sugar is 
produced from starch, as in malting and germi- 
nation. 

FERME'NTUM. (wto, i, n.; quasi fcrvi 
mentum, from fcrveo, to ferment.) Yeast. 

287 



FER 

Fermentum cerevisije. Yeast ; barm: the 
scum which collects on beer while fermenting, 
and has the property of exciting that process in 
various other substances. Medicinally it is an- 
tiputrescent and tonic, and has been found use- 
ful internally in the cure of typhus fever, ad- 
ministered mixed with seven parts of beer. 
Externally it is used as a cataplasm. 

FERN. A cryptogamic plant of the high- 
est development. See Filiccs. 

Fern, female. Pteris aquilina. 
• Fern, male. Aspidium filix mas. See Fern, 
male shield. 
■ Fern, male shield. The Nephrodium Jilix 
mas, the root and buds of which have been 
highly recommended as vermifuges. 

Fern, mules. Asplenium hemonitis. 

Fern root. The root of Aspidium Jilix 
mas. 

FERO'NIA ELErHANTUM. A large tree 
of India, family Amentacca. A gum exudes 
• from the stem closely resembling gum arabic. 

Ferra'ria. The scrofularia aquatica. 

FERREIN, CANAL OF. The supposed chan- 
nel formed by the closed eyelids for the passage 
of the tears. 

Ferrei.v, pyramids of. The small papilhe 
of which the cones of the kidney are formed. 

FERRIACETAS. (Ph.D.) Acetate of iron. 
Iron liquor. Take of precipitated sesquioxide 
of iron, 1 part; acetic acid, 6 parts. Digest 
three days, and filter. It is a styptic and mild 
tonic. Dose, gtt. x. to gtt. xxv., in water. 

Ferri acetas tinctura. (Ph. D.) Tinct- 
ure of acetate of iron. Take of acetate of pot- 
ash, 2 parts ; sulphate of iron, 1 part ; alcohol, 
26 parts. Digest seven days ; pour off the 
clear fluid, and preserve in a well-stopped bottle. 
An agreeable chalybeate. Dose, f. sss. to f. y. 

Ferri alkalini liquor. Alkaline solution 
of iron. Take of iron, jiiss. ; nitric acid, f. 
§ ij. ; distilled water, f. §vj. ; solution of subcar- 
bonate of potash, ^vj. Having mixed the acid 
and water, pour them upon the iron, and when 
the effervescence has ceased, pour off the clear 
acid solution ; add this gradually, and at inter- 
vals, to the solution of subcarbonate of potash, 
occasionally shaking it, until it has assumed a 
deep brown-red color, and no further efferves- 
cence takes place. Lastly, set it by for six 
hours, and pour off the clear solution. This 
preparation was first described by Stahl, and 
called tinctura martis alkalina. The dose is 
from half a drachm to a drachm. 

Ferri ammo'nio-chlo'ridum. (Ph. L.) Fer- 
rum ammoniatum. (U. S.) Ammonio-chloride 
of iron. Take of sesquioxide of iron, jiij.; hy- 
drochloric acid, f. f x. ; hydrochlorate of ammo- 
nia, fbiiss. ; distilled water, four pints. Pour 
the acid on the sesquioxide, and digest in a 
sand-bath for two hours ; afterward add the 
hydrochlorate of ammonia, dissolved in distilled 
water ; strain and evaporate all the fluid ; last- 
ly, reduce the residuum to powder. This prep- 
aration is a mixture of sesquichloride of iron and 
hydrochlorate of ammonia. It is tonic and as- 
tringent, in doses of from three to fifteen grains, 
or more, in the form of bolus or pills, prepared 
with some gum. It is exhibited in most cases 
of debility, m chlorosis, asthenia, menorrhagia, 
288 



FER 

intermittent fevers, &c. See Tinctura ferri 
ammonio-chloridi. 

Ferri carbo'nas. See Ferri sesquioxydum* 

Ferri carbonas prjecipitatus. (U. 13.) 
See Ferri sesquioxydum. 

Ferri carbonas pr^paratus. (U.S.) This 
is common iron-rust. 

Ferri carbonas saccharatum. (Ph. E.) 
Saccharine carbonate of iron. Take of sulphate 
of iron, f iv. ; carbonate of soda, f v. ; pure 
sugar, §ij. ; water, Oiv. Dissolve the salts sep- 
arately, each in two pints of the water; mix; 
collect the precipitate on a cloth filter, wash it 
with cold water, press out as much of the water 
as possible, and immediately rub with the sugar, 
already powdered. Dry the mixture at a tem- 
perature not much above 120° F. The sugar 
checks, in a measure, the peroxidation of the 
iron. The preparation is similar to the Pilules 
ferri carbonatis (U. S.). It is used in the same 
cases as the pills, or the Mistura ferri composita. 
Dose, gr. v. to gr. x. 

Ferri citras. Citrate of iron. A mild cha- 
lybeate, very similar to the acetate of iron. 

Ferri cyanuretum. Prussian blue. See 
Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 

Ferri et ammonia murias. See Ferri am~ 
monio-chloridum. 

Ferri et potass.*: tartras. (U. S.) See 
Ferri potassio tartras. 

Ferri ferrocyanas. Prussian blue. See 
Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 

Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. F. ferro- 
cyanuretum. (U. S.) Ferro-sesquicyanido of 
iron. Ferro-sesquicyanuret of iron. Ferro- 
prussiate of iron. Ferrocyanide or ferrocyan- 
uretofiron. Prussian blue. Berlin blue. This 
substance is so abundantly made for commercial 
purposes that there is no occasion to introduce 
any pharmaceutical processes. It may be made 
extemporaneously by adding a solution of ferro- 
cyanide of potassium to a solution of any per- 
salt of iron, as the persulphate. Prussian blue 
occurs in masses of a rich blue color ; it is taste- 
less, insoluble in water, alcohol, and dilute 
acids, but soluble in oxalic acid and strong min- 
eral acids, frequently with decomposition. The 
composition of the pure anhydrous prussian 
blue is Fe7Cy9, but there is also a substance 
called basic prussian blue, or basic sesqui-ferro- 
cyanide of iron, formed by adding solution of 
yellow ferrocyanide of potassium to a solution 
of a protosalt of iron, and exposing the precipi- 
tate to air: this body has the composition of 
Fe 7 Cy9-j-2(Fe 2 03), or one equivalent of prussian 
blue with two of sesquioxide of iron : it is sol- 
uble in water. There is another substance re- 
sembling prussian blue, called TurnbulVs blue, 
or ferridcyanide of iron (Liebig), which is 
formed when red ferridcyanide of potassium is 
added to a protosalt of iron : the composition of 
this is FesCye. 

The therapeutic action of prussian blue is not 
certainly known, but it is regarded as a tonic 
and febrifuge. It seems to have been useful in 
intermittents, epilepsy, and neuralgia, or, in 
other words, to be an antiperiodic medicine. 
It is not very active, for two drachms scarcely 
affected a dog. It has also been used in oint 
ment to foul ulcers. Dose, gr. iv. to gr. x 



FEE 

every four hours, in intermittent. The dose 
may be much increased. 

Ferri ferro-prussias. Ferri ferro-hydro- 
cyanas. Prussian blue . Ferro-prussiate of iron . 
See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 
Ferri filum. Iron wire. 
Ferri iodidum. (Ph. L.,E., D.,&U. S.) Io- 
dide of iron. Take of iodine, §ij. ; iron filings, 
Xj. ; distilled water, a pint and a half. Mix 
the iodine with a pint of the water, and to 
these add the iron. Heat them in a sand-bath, 
and pour off the liquor when it has acquired a 
greenish color. Wash what remains with the 
half pint of water, boiling. Let the mixed and 
strained liquors evaporate at a heat not exceed- 
ing 212° in an iron vessel, that the salt may be 
dried. Keep it in a well-stopped vessel, the 
access of light being prevented. 

The solution obtained is one of iodide or 
protiodide of iron : it is of a green color, and by 
evaporation with as little contact of air as pos- 
sible, green tabular crystals may bo formed. 
By evaporation to dryness and heating moder- 
ately, this salt is fused, and on cooling becomes 
an opaque crystalline mass of an iron-gray color 
and metallic lustre. When exposed to the air 
it attracts moisture, and is very soluble both in 
water and in alcohol. In order to prevent the 
deposition of sesquioxide of iron by the absorp- 
tion of oxygen, the solution should be kept with 
an iron wire in it. 

This medicine has been lately introduced 
into practice by Dr. A. T. Thomson, who rec- 
ommends it in every form of scrofula, in chlo- 
rosis, atonic amenorrhcea, hysteria, secondary 
syphilis, incipient cancer, and other cases. The 
dose is from three grains, increased to eight 
grains or more. 

The Liquor ferri iodidi is an officinal prepara- 
tion, which see. There is also a syrup, the 
Syrupus ferri iodidi, twelve parts of which con- 
tain one grain of the fresh iodide of iron. 

Ferri lactas. Lactate of iron. Lactate of 
the protoxide of iron. This is made by slowly 
digesting fine iron wire in lactic acid. It has 
no advantage over the ferri carbonas sacchara- 
tum, and is used in the same cases. Dose, in 
the day, gr. x. to 9j., given in lozenges or pills. 

Ferri limatura purificata. Purified iron 
filings. These possess slight tonic and deobstru- 
ent virtues, and are calculated to relieve chlo- 
rosis, and other diseases in which steel is indi- 
cated, where acidity in the prima? vise abounds. 

Ferri oxydi squamae. (Ph.D.) The scales 
of iron from a smith's forge. They consist of a 
mixture of protoxide and peroxide of iron. See 
Ferri oxydum nigrum. 

Ferri oxydum fuscum. See Ferri sesquiox- 
ydum. 

Ferri oxydum hydratum. See Ferri sesqui- 
oxydum hydratum. 

Ferri oxydum nigrum. (Ph. D. & E.) Mag- 
netic, or black oxide of iron. Iron scales. It 
is made by washing and triturating the scales of 
a smith's forge. It is a mixture of the prot- 
oxide and peroxide in fluctuating proportions. 
It has the tonic, astringent, and deobstruent ac- 
tion of the chalybeates. Dose, gr. v. to 3j., 
two or thre^ times daily. 

Ferri oxydum rubrum. (Ph. E. & D.) 
T 



FEB 

Red oxide of iron, or rust. See Ferri sesqui- 
oxydum. 

Ferri percyanidum. (Ph. L.) Prussian 
blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 

Ferri pernitras. Pernitrate of iron. Ni- 
trate of the peroxide of iron. This is readily 
made by neutralizing dilute nitric acid by iron 
filings. It is a powerful astringent, and has 
been found useful in chronic diarrhoeas. Dose, 
commence with gr. j., and increase gradually. 
Ferri persulphas. Persulphate of iron. 
Sulphate of peroxide of iron. This is readily 
formed by boiling a solution of common sul- 
phate of iron with a little dilute nitric acid. 
The persulphate is powerfully astringent and 
styptic. Dose, half a grain, gradually increased. 
Ferri phosphas. (U. S.) Phosphate of 
iron. Take of sulphate of iron, ?v. ; phosphate 
of soda, f vj. ; water, Cj. Mix the solutions, and 
wash the precipitate with warm water. It is 
an insoluble slate-colored powder, consisting of 
a mixture of the pro to and perphosphate of iron, 
and said to be usefid in amenorrhcea and dys- 
pepsia, and is a mild chalybeate. Dose, gr. v. 
to 9ss., in pill or lozenge. 
Ferri pila. Iron filings. 
Ferri potassio tartras. (Ph. L.) Potassio- 
tartrate of iron. Ferrum tartarizatum. Take 
of sesquioxide of iron, three ounces ; hydro- 
chloric acid, f. fx. ; solution of potash, Ovss., 
or as much as may be sufficient ; bitartrate of 
potash, §viiss. ; distilled water, Ciss. Mix the 
sesquioxide of iron with the acid, and digest for 
two hours in a sand-bath. Add to these two 
gallons of the water, and set aside for an hour ; 
then pour off the supernatant liquor. The so- 
lution of potash being added, wash the precip- 
itate frequently with water, and while yet moist, 
boil it with the bitartrate of potash, previously 
mixed with a gallon of the water. If the liquor 
should be acid when tried by litmus, drop into 
it solution of sesquicarbonate of ammonia until 
it is saturated. Lastly, strain the liquor, and 
with a gentle heat let it evaporate, so that the 
salt may remain dry. 

This salt is composed very nearly of one 
equivalent of tartrate of potash and one of tar- 
trate of the sesquioxide of iron. It is a mild 
and efficacious chalybeate, and is less nauseous 
to the taste than the other preparations of iron. 
The dose is from grs. x. to 3ss., in solution or 
bolus, combined with an aromatic bitter. 

Ferri protocarbonas. Protocarbonate of 
iron. The officinal preparations of this body 
are the Ferri carbonas saccharatum, Pilula 
ferri carbonatis, and Mistura ferri composite, 
which see. 

Ferri protosulphas. F.p.viridis. Proto- 
sulphate of iron. Sulphate of the protoxide of 
iron. Green vitriol. See Ferri sulphas. 

Ferri prussias. Prussiate of iron. Prussian 
blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 

Ferri ramenta. Iron filings. 

Ferri rubigo. See Ferri sesquioxydum.- 

Ferri scobo. Iron filings. 

Ferri sesquioxydum. (Ph. L.) Ferri sub- 
carbonas. Ferri carbonas. Ferrum pracipitar 
turn. Formerly called Chalybis rubigo praparo* 
ta and Ferri rubigo. Sesquioxide of iron ; also 
called subcarbonate of iron. Take of sulphate 

289 



FEE 

of iron, Jviij. ; carbonate of soda, fix. ; boiling 
water, one gallon. Dissolve the sulphate of 
iron and carbonate of soda separately, each in 
half a gallon of water; then mix the solutions 
together, and set it by, that the precipitated 
powder may subside ; then, having poured off 
the supernatant liquor, wash the precipitate of 
iron with hot water, and dry it. It possesses 
mild corroborant and stimulating properties, 
and is exhibited with success in leucorrhcea, 
chlorosis, dyspepsia, rachitis, &c. Dose, from 
two to ten grains. 

Ferri sesquioxydum htdratum. Ferri ox- 
gdum hydratum. (U. 8.) Hydrated oxide of 
iron. Hydrated peroxide, sesquioxide, or trit- 
oxide of iron. Take of sulphate of iron, fiv. ; 
sulphuric acid , f. 3HJBS. ; nitric acid, f. 3 vj., or q.s.; 
aqua ammonia, q. s. ; water, Oij. Dissolve the 
sulphate in the water, add the sulphuric acid, 
boil, and add the nitric acid gradually, so that the 
solution becomes of a brown-red color. Allow 
the solution to cool; filter, and add to the filtrate 
the ammonia, stirring it briskly. Throw the 
precipitate on a calico filter, and wash with 
warm water until the filtrate does not precipi- 
tate a solution of nitrate of barytes. The moist 
precipitate, which is the hydrated peroxide, 
should be kept as a thick magma in a tight bot- 
tle if it is to be used as an antidote for arsenic ; 
otherwise, if it is to be made into pills, it should 
be pressed as dry as possible, and dried at a 
temperature not exceeding 180 F. It is a red- 
dish-brown magma, and composed, according 
to Guibourt, of 3-5 per cent, of sesquioxide, the 
rest being water, with a minute amount of am- 
monia. In cases of poisoning by arsenic, it is 
best to give it in the state of magma, a table 
spoonful being administered every five minutes. 
A large proportion is necessary to neutralize the 
poison, and no fears are to be apprehended 
from the action of an excess of sesquioxide. 

Ferri subcarbonas. See Ferri sesquioxy- 
dum. 

Ferri sulphas. (Ph. U. S., L., E., & D.) 
Sulphate of iron. Sulphate of protoxide of iron. 
Formerly called Ferrum vitriolatum. Green vit- 
riol. Take of iron filings, eight ounces; sul- 
phuric acid, fourteen ounces ; water, four pints. 
Mix together the sulphuric acid and water, and 
add thereto the iron; then, after the efferves- 
cence has ceased, filter the solution, and set it 
aside that crystals may form. Evaporate the 
decanted liquor that it may again yield crys- 
tals. Dry them all. This is an excellent prep- 
aration of iron, and is exhibited in many dis- 
eases as a styptic, tonic, astringent, and anthel- 
mintic. Dose, from one grain to five grains. 
It is emetic in doses of gr. x. to 3j. 

Ferri sulphas exsiccatum. (Ph. E.) Dried 
or exsiccated sulphate of iron. This is formed 
by drying the powdered sulphate at a temper- 
ature of about 300° F., whereby it loses most 
of its water of crystallization, and becomes a 
grayish powder. It is used in preparing the 
Pilulas ferri sulphas (Ph. E.). 

Ferri sulphas calcinatum. Peroxide of 
iron, formed by keeping the sulphate exposed 
for a long timo to a red heat, whereby the sul- 
phuric acid is driven off. 

Ferri sulphdretum. (Ph. U. 8., D., & E.) 
290 



FEE 

Sulphuret of iron. Take of iron filings, 51V. ; 
sulphur, fij. Mix, and place in a covered cru- 
cible, and expose to an obscure red heat till 
they unite. It is only employed in forming sul- 
phurated hydrogen. 

1 Ferri tartarum. (Ph. D.) See Fern po- 
lassio-tartras. 

Ferric acid. A very instable oxide of iron, 
of the composition FeC>3, scarcely known in the 
insulated state. 

Ferric oxide. Peroxide of iron. 

FERRIDCYA'NOGEN. A hypothetical com- 
pound radical, consisting of two atoms of ferro- 
cyanogen; form., CyeFej. It is tribasic, and 
forms an acid with hydrogen, the ferridcyanic, 
which exists in red prussiate of potash, or fer- 
ridcyanido of potassium. Its composition is 
C 6 Fe 2 +H 3 , or Cfdy,H 3 . 

Ferridcyanide of iron. TurnbuH's blue. 
See Ferri ferro-scsquicyanidum. 

FE'RRO-. A common prefix in chemistiy 
(from ferrum, iron), attached to those com- 
pounds in which this element unites with cya- 
nogen and other radicals. 

Ferro-chya'zic acid. The ferrocyanic acid. 

Ferrocy'anate. Ferrocyanas. The same 
as ferrocyanide. 

Ferrocyanate of potash. The old name 
for ferrocyanide of potassium, or yellow prus- 
siate of potash. 

Ferrocya'nic acid. A yellow, acid, crys- 
talline body, being a compound of ferrocyano- 
gen and hydrogen: Cfy,H 2 . It is bibasic 

Ferrocyanide of iron. The modern name 
of Prussian blue, or 3Cfy,Fe.t, formerly called 
ferro-sesquicyanide of iron. See Ferri ferro- 
sesquicyanidum. 

Ferrocyanide of potassium. Prussiate of 
potash. Yellow prussiate of potash. The yel- 
low salt obtained by burning animal matter 
with potash in the presence ofiron. The crys- 
tals are quadrangular prisms, soluble, and com- 
posed of Cfy,Kj-{-3HO. It is of great use in 
the laboratory as a test for iron, copper, and 
other metals, and for the production of other 
compounds of cyanogen. It has not much the- 
rapeutic action, two drachms producing little 
or no effect, but it is recommended by Dr. 
Smart as both a nervous and arterial sedative. 
Dose, ten to twenty grains every six hours. 

Ferrocya'nogen. A hypothetical radical, 
supposed to form tho basis of the ferrocya- 
nide* Its formula is CyaFe ; symbol, Cfy ; 
and equivalent, 105"87. The most permanent 
compounds are with potassium, iron, and hy- 
drogen. 

Ferro-prussic acid. FeiTocyanic acid. 

Ferro-se'squicya'nic acid. The ferridcy- 
anic acid. 

Ferro-sesquicyanide of iron. Prussian 
blue; now called Ferrocyanide of iron. See 
Ferri ferro-scsquicyanidum. 

Ferro-tartrate of ammonia. A salt of tar- 
trate of iron and ammonia. It is a good, mild 
chalybeate. 

Ferro-tartrate of potash. Ferro-tartras 
potassii. See Ferri potassio-tartras. 

Ferroso-fkrric oxide. The magnetic iron 
ore, or scales from the smith's anvil, is so called 
by Berzelius. See Ferri oxydum nigrum. 



FER 

Ferroso-ferric sutPHATE. The partially- 
changed sulphate of iron, when it contains both 
proto and per sulphate of iron, is so called by 
Berzelius. 

Fe'rrous oxide. Protoxide of iron. 

Ferrugi'neus. 1. Appertaining to iron. 2. 
Chalybeate. 3. Having a yellowish-brown 
color, like the rust of iron. 

Fe'rrugo. (Ph. E.) The ferri sesquioxy- 
dum hydratum. 

FE'RRUM. (wot, i, n.) The metal iron, 
which see. 

Ferrum am.moniatum. See Ferr$ammonio- 
ehloridum. 

Ferrum oxydatum hydratum. The hydra- 
ted sesquioxide of iron. See Ferri sesquioxy- 
dum hydratum. 

Ferrum POTABILK. See Ferri potassio-tar- 
tras. 

Ferrum fr.ecifitatum. See Ferri sesqui- 
oxydum. » 

Ferrum sai.itum. Muriate or chloride of 
iron. 

Ferrum tartarizatum. See Ferri polassio- 
tartras. 

Ferrum vitriolatum. See Ferri sulphas. 

Ferrureted chyazic acid. Ferrocyanic 
acid. 

FersjE. The measles have been so called. 

FERTILE. Fertilis. Fruitful. Applied, 1. 
In Physiology, to women, and the female of 
brute animals, which are prolific. 2. In Bota- 
ny, a flower which produces a seed capable of 
vegetation, or such as have both stamens and 
pistils. 

Fertilization. Impregnation: a term 
chiefly used in botany. 

FE'RULA. (a, a-, f. ) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 

Ferula africana galbanifera. The gal- 
banum plant. See Galbanum. 

Fkrula ammonifera. The plant now called 
Dorema ammoniacum. 

Ferula assafktida. The systematic name 
of the assafoetida plant. Assafatida. A native 
of Persia. The drug is the inspissated juice, 
obtained by scarifying the plants. That is ac- 
counted best which is clear, of a pale reddish 
color, and variegated with a great number of 
white tears. This concrete juice consists of 
two thirds of gum, and one third of resin and 
volatile oil, in which its taste and smell reside. 
It yields all its virtues to alcohol. Triturated 
with water, it forms a milk-like mixture, the 
resin being diffused by the medium of the 
gum. It is the most powerful of all the fetid 
gums, and is a most valuable remedy : em- 
ployed in hysteria, hypochondriasis, flatulent 
colics, and nervous disease^. Where we wish 
it to act immediately as an antispasmodic, it 
should be used in a fluid form, as that of tinct- 
ure, from half a drachm to two drachms. 
When in the form of enema, one or two drachms 
of the solid are to be diffused in eight ounces of 
warm milk or water. It is sometimes applied 
externally in the form of plaster as a stimulant 
and discutient. It is expectorant, emmena- 
gogue, arid a nervous stimulant. Dose of pow- 
der, gr. v. to 9j. 

Ferula persica. Stinking slant fennel. 



FEV 

This plant was supposed by Willdenow to yield 
the Sagapenum. The source whence this drug 
is derived is still uncertain. See Sagapenum. 

Ferula tingitana. A species yielding the 
African ammoniacum. 

Ferulacca. Bubon galbanum. 

FE'RVOR. (From ferveo, to boil.) A vio- 
lent or scorching heat. It designates a sensa- 
tion much more acute than that termed ardor. 

Fetlock. A tuft of hair growing behind 
the pastern-joint of horses. 

FEVER. ( From fervor, a violent heat.) Fe- 
vers constitute a class of diseases marked by 
rigors, increased heat, disturbed circulation,, 
prostration, and, most commonly, local inflam- 
mation of some viscus. They are divided into 
continued, intermittent, and remittent, or into 
active and typhoid. The following subdivision, 
by Pinel, is much more scientific : 

1. The Angeio-tenic, or inflammatory fever, 
situated in the organs of circulation. 

2. The Meningo-gastric, or bilious fever, orig- 
inating in the mucous membrane of the intes- 
tines. 

3. The Adeno-meningeal, a form of gastric fe- 
ver, depending on disease of the mucous folli- 
cles. 

4. The Ataxic, or irregular fever, in which 
the brain and nervous system are chiefly af- 
fected. 

5. The Adynamic, or fever characterized by 
prostration or depression of the vital powers. 

For the characteristics of fever and most of 
the species, see Febris. 

Fever, adynamic. Typhoid fever. 

Fever, asthenic Typhus fever: also used 
for fevers in which there is great prostration. 

Fever, asthmatic An intermittent fever, 
in which the respiratory function is much dis- 
turbed. 

Fever, ataxo-adynamic Fevers in which 
the nervous system is much affected, and when 
there is great prostration. 

Fever, bilious. F., bilio- gastric. The 
common bilious remittent of the autumn.. 

Fever, bilious remitting. Yellow fever. 

Fever, bilious remittent, of infants. See 
Fever, infantile remittent. 

Fever, bladdery. Pemphigus. 

Fever, brain. Phrenitis. 

Fever, camp. Typhus gravior. 

Fever, cerebral. Phrenitis. 

Fever, childbed. Puerperal peritonitis. 

Fever, congestive. A fever in which there- 
is much oppression, with obscure symptoms, 
and in which reaction is veiy slow. It is as- 
sociated with congestion of some viscus, and 
originates from the action of miasm in warm 
climates. 

Fever, contagious. This term is applied 
to typhus fever usually. 

Fever, continued. See Febris conlinua 

Fever, diary. Ephemeral fever. 

Fever, double. Those forms of complex 
intermittent in which two paroxysms occur in 
one day, are termed double quartans, double 
quotidians, &c. 

Fever, ephemeral. Simple fever of short 
duration. 

Fever, exacerbating. Remittent fever. 
291 



FIB 

Hever, endemic. F., endemial. Remittent 
fever. 

Fever, entero-mesenteric Typhoid fever. 

Fever, hospital. Typhus gravior. 

Fever, icteric. A fever in which jaundice 
supervenes. 

Fever, infantile remittent. A low fever 
occurring in childhood, which resembles in 
symptoms hydrocephalus, and seems to origi- 
nate in disturbance of the gastric and intestinal 
organs. 

Fever, inflammatory.' See Synocha. 

Fever, intermittent. See Ague. 

Fever, jail. Typhus gravior. 

Fever, low. Typhus fever. 

Fever, malignant. Typhus gravior. 

Fever, milk. The slight febrile disturbance 
■which precedes the secretion of milk in women. 

Fever, mixed. Synocha. 

Fever, paludal. Ague. 

Fever, paroxysmal. Remittent fever. 

Fever, pestilential. Typhus gravior, when 
very severe. The plague. 

Fever, putrid. Typhus gravior. 

Fever, ship. Typhus gravior. 

Fever, spotted. A form of typhus gravior 
attended with sudden prostration, intractable 
vomiting, spontaneous hemorrhages, or pete- 
■chiee of a purple or black color. 

Fever, stranger's. Remittent or yellow 
fever. 

Fever, tertian. That form of aguo in which 
the paroxysm returns every third day. 

Fever, typhoid. Entcro-mesenteric fever. 
Fever with meteorism, rose-colored spots on the 
abdomen, sudamina, torpor, lesion of Feyer's 
gland, and enlargement of the spleen. — Cope- 
land. 

Fever, verminous. Fever produced by the 
irritation of worms. The bilious remittent fe- 
ver of children is sometimes so called. 

Fever, vernal. Ague in the spring. 

Fever, yellow. A very violent fever, more 
or less adynamic, and complicated with jaun- 
dice and the vomiting of black matter. It is 
endemic, originates in miasm, and is chiefly 
confined to the tropics, but sometimes occurs in 
the autumn, after a hot, moist season, in cities 
situated in marshy districts. The treatment, 
where the prostration does not occur at the 
outset, consists in bleeding and the free use of 
calomel ; but bleeding is often fatal to persons 
of debilitated constitutions. 

Feverfew. Matricaria pyrethrum. 

Fever root. The triosteum perfoliatum. 

Feverwort. Bupatorium perfoliatum. 

FEVILLEA CORDIFOLIA. Antidote co- 
< coon. A climbing shrub of the West Indies, the 
seeds of which are used as a stomachic and hy- 
dragogue, and said to be useful as an antidote 
for poisoning by fish. In large doses they are 
purgative and emetic. The seeds abound in a 
milct oil, which may be extracted by pressure. 

FI'BRE. (Fibra, a, f.) A simple filament. 
Many of the textures of animal and vegetable 
bodies are manifestly composed of fibres. 

Fiber. Castor fiber. 

Fibra sanguinis. Fibrin. 

FI'BRIL. A small, thread-like fibre ; the 
•little roots. 
292 



FIB 

Fibrill.e. Minute fibres. 

FI'BRIN. Fibrine. A protein compound 
of animals and plants. It exists in the soluble 
state in blood, and insoluble in muscle. It is 
obtained readily from fresh blood by beating 
with twigs, to which it attaches itself in fibres, 
and maybe washed white. It is elastic, insol- 
uble, tasteless, and inodorous ; by long boiling 
it is, however, partly changed and dissolved! 
Dried in vacuo, it loses 80 per cent, of water, 
and becomes homy. Fresh venous or muscu- 
lar fibrin, triturated with one and a half times 
its weight^>f water and one third nitrate of 
potass, at Ti temperature of 100° to 120° F., 
and left for twenty-four hours, becomes gelati- 
nous, and eventually fluid. This does not oc- 
cur with arterial fibrin, or that long exposed to 
air. All the forms of fresh fibrin are slowly 
dissolved by concentrated acetic acid, dilute 
caustic potass, phosphoric acid, or hydrochloric 
acid. In solution it closely resembles albu- 
men. Pure fibrin, according to Mulder, con- 
sists of, 

Carbon . . 54-56 Oxygen . 22-13 
Hydrogen . 6-90 Phosphorus 0-33 
Nitrogen . 15-72 Sulphur . 0-36 

This agrees with the formula C400H310N00 
OjioP-S., but it is common to use the formula 
C48H360hN 6 -|-(S.P.) They both contain an ash 
of from 7 to 2-5 per cent, of phosphates of 
lime, magnesia, &c. The per centage of fibrin 
in normal blood is, according to Simon, about 
0-3, but it is increased in inflammatory diseases 
to as much as 1-2, and is deficient in chlorosis, 
&c. Hence the division of diseases into those 
with excess of fibrin, or hyperinosis, and those 
with deficiency, or hypinosis. 

Vegetable fibrin precipitates itself in the fib- 
rous state from vegetable juices. 

Fibro-cartilage. The fibrous cartilage of 
the ear, trachea, and other parts of the body. 

FIBROUS. Fibrosus. Composed of fibres. 

Fibrous membranes. Those membranes 
which are made up of fibres. Pathologists des- 
ignate by this term the periosteum and the 
various fasciae, more especially those which 
have a fibrous texture, and differ from the mus- 
cular tissues in being of a gelatinous compo- 
sition. 

Fibrous nervous tissue. See Nervous mat- 
ter. 

FI'BULA. (a, ee, f. ; a clasp or brace.) A 
long bono of the leg. It is situated on the 
outer side of the tibia, and forms, at its lower 
end, the outer ankle. Its upper extremity is 
formed into an irregular head, on the inside of 
which is a slightly concave articulating surface. 
Externally, the head of the fibula is rough and 
protuberant, serving for the attachment of liga- 
ments, and for the insertion of the biceps cru- 
ris muscle. Immediately below it, on its inner- 
sido, is a tubercle, from which a part of the 
gastrocnemius internus has its origin. Imme- 
diately below this head the body of the bone 
begins. It is of a triangular shape, and ap- 
pears as if it were slightly twisted at each end 
in a different direction. It is likewise a little 
curved inward and forward. Of the three an- 
gles of the bone, that which is turned toward 



FIL' 

the tibia is the most prominent, and serves for 
the attachment of the interosseous ligament. 
The lower end of the fibula is formed into a 
spongy, oblong head, externally rough and con- 
vex, internally smooth, and covered with a thin 
cartilage where it is received by the external 
triangular depression at the lower end of the 
tibia. Below this the fibula is lengthened out, 
so as to form a considerable process, called 
malleolus extcrnus, or the outer ankle. It is 
smooth, and covered with cartilage on the in- 
side, where it is contiguous to the astragalus, 
or first bone of the foot. At the lower and in- 
ner part of this process there is a spongy cavity, 
filled with fat ; and a little beyond this, poste- 
riorly, is a cartilaginous groove, for the tendons 
of the peroneus longus and peroneus brevis, 
which are here bound down by the ligament- 
ous fibres thaf are extended over them. 

Fi'bular. Appertaining to the fibula; as 
fibular artery, fibular nerve, &c. 

Fica'ria. Ranunculus ficaria. 

Fica'tio. The development of a tubercle of 
the kind called ficus. 

FICOI'DEiE. A natural order of shrubby 
or herbaceous exogens, inhabiting hot sandy 
plains. They are related to Crassulaceco, Che- 
nopodiaccm, and Silenacccc, and especially to 
Cactacem ; but are distinguished by their em- 
bryo being curved round mealy albumen, a su- 
perior calyx, and perigynous stamens. The 
succulent loaves of some are eaten, while oth- 
ers yield soda. 

Ficoi'des. Fig-like. 

FI'CUS. (us, i, f.; and us, us, f.) 1. A 
species of condyloma, so named from its being 
shaped like a fig. 2. A genus of plants. Poly- 
gamia. Dimcia. Urticacea;. 

Ficus carica. The fig-tree. Carica. Ficus 
vulgaris. Ficus communis. The fresh fruit is 
wholesome and laxative; the dried fruit will 
sometimes disagree. 

Ficus Indica. See Lacca. 

Fida. An alchemical name of gold or silver. 

Fidgets. Restlessness and uneasiness, with 
a constant desire of changing the position. 

Fidicina'lis. The lumbricales muscles have 
also been called fidicinales, for their action in 
moving the fingers. 

Fifth pair of nerves. See Nervous system. 

Fig. Ficus carica. 

Figwort. Ranunculus ficaria and scrofu- 
laria. 

FIL A' GO. (ago, aginis, f.) A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia neccssaria. 
Composite. — F. leontopodium. The herb lion's- 
foot, formerly used in diseases. — F. pigma is 
astringent. 

FI'LAMENT. (FUamentum ; from filum, a 
thread.) 1. Applied, in Anatomy, to a small, 
thread-like portion adhering to any part, and 
frequently synonymous with fibre. 2. In Bot- 
any, to the stamen of a flower, which consists 
of the filament, anther, and pollen. The fila- 
ment is the column which supports the an- 
ther. 

FILARIA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of worms in 
Rudolphi's classification. — F. Medinensis. The 
Guinea-worm. It is of a white color, and about 
the thickness of a violin string ; is commonly 



•FIS 

found in the legs, but sometimes in the muscu- 
lar part of the arms. While it moves under 
the skin it creates no trouble ; but, in time, the 

Elace near the mature filaria suppurates. If it 
e drawn, it excites considerable uneasiness, 
especially if broken, for the part left within 
creates intolerable pain. These worms are of 
different lengths, and may bo three yards and 
a half long. There is also a species sometimes 
found in the aqueous humor of the eye, the 
F. oculi. 

File'llum. The frconum of the prepuce. 

File'tum. The fraenum of the tongue.— Ed- 
itors of Castclli. 

FI'LICES. (Plural of fiNa.) Ferns. They 
are plants which bear then* fruit on the back of 
the leaf or frond. 

Filicina. A supposed alkaloid, derived 
from the root-stock of the male fern. 

Fili'cula. Adiantum capillus veneris. 

Filiform. FUifoi-mis. Thread-like. 

Filipe'ndula. Spiraja filipendula. 

Filipendula aquatica. (Enanthe fistulosa. 

Filius ante patrem. Any plant the flower 
of which comes out before the leaf, as colt's- 
foot. 

FI'LIX. See Polypodium. 

Filix Fi.qRiDA. Osmunda regalis. 

Filix FffiMiNA. Pteris aquilina. 

Filix mas. Aspidium filix mas. 

FILLE'T. A ribbon of linen employed by 
accoucheurs instead of the blunt hook, for the 
purpose of bringing down the extremities of 
the fastus in certain presentations. 

FILTER. A contrivance for filtering. Pa- 
per, linen, and woolen cloth are commonly 
employed. 

Filtrate. The part which passes through 
the filter. 

FILTRA'TION. (Fillratio; from filtrum, a 
strainer.) Au operation by means of which a 
fluid is mechanically separated from solid par- 
ticles. Filtration is performed through bibu- 
lous paper, fine linen, sand, a sponge, charcoal, 
&c, according to circumstances. 

Fi'ltrum. A filter. 

FI'LUM. (um, i, n.) A thread or filament. 

Filum arsenicale. Sublimed arsenic. 

FI'MBRIA. (a, a, f.) A fringe. Applied, 
in Anatomy, to any fringe-like body, and espe- 
cially to the fringed extremity of the Fallopian 
tube. 

Fimbria'tus. Fringed. 

Fimus. Dung. Various kinds of animal 
dung were formerly used in medicine. 

Finckle. Anethum foeniculum. 

Fingered. Digitatus. 

Fingers. See Hand. 

FIR. See Pinus. 

Fir, Canada. Pinus balsamea. 

Fir, Norway spruce. Pinus abies. 

Fir, Scotch. Pinus sylvestris. 

Fir, silver. F. spruce. Pinus picea. 

Fir, balsam. Pinus balsamea. 

Fire. Ignis. 

Fire-damp. A gas evolved in coal-mines^ 
containing light carbureted hydrogen. 

Fire, Saint Anthony's. Erysipelas. 

Firmi'sium mineralium. Antimony. 

Fish glue. See Tckthyoeolla. 

293 



F1S 

Fish skin. See Ichthyosis. 
FISSITARA. The polypes and infusorials 
which engender by fissiparous generation, 
which see. 

FISSU'RA. (a, a, f. ; from findo, to cleave 
or crack.) A fissure. 1. That species of frac- 
ture in which the bone is 6lit, but not com- 
pletely divided. 2. A name given to a deep 
and long depression in a part. 

Fissura Glaseri. A fissure situated in the 
deepest part of the glenoid fossa. 

Fissura longitudinalis. A deep fissure 
observed in the median line, on the upper sur- 
face of the brain, occupied by the falx cerebri 
of the dura mater. 

Fissuka magna Sylvii. Fissure of Sylvius. 
The anterior and middle lobes of the cerebrum 
on each side are parted by a deep, narrow sul- 
cus, which ascends obliquely backward from 
the temporal ala of the os sphenoides to near 
the middle of the os parietale. This sulcus is 
called Fissura magna Sylvii. 

Fissura umbilicalis. The fissure in the 
liver which lodges the umbilical vein in the 
foetus. 

Fissure of Bichat. The name given to the 
transverse fissure of the brain, from the opinion 
of Bichat that it was here that the arachnoid 
entered into the ventricles. 

Fissure of the anus. See Anus. 
Fissure of the spleen. The groove which 
divides the inner surface of the spleen. It is 
filled by vessels and fat. 
FI'SSUS. Cleft; cloven. 
Fistic nut. Pistachia vera. 
FI'STULA. (a, a, f.) A long and sinuous 
ulcer, that has a narrow opening, and which 
sometimes leads to a larger cavity, and has no 
disposition to heal. 

Fistula ciba'lis. The cesophagus. 
Fistula in ano. A sinus by the side of the 
rectum. From the laxity of the cellular mem- 
brane in the vicinity of the rectum, abscesses 
which form here easily become diffused, and 
the matter burrows by the side of tho gut, often 
to a very formidable extent, and hence the ne- 
cessity of early attention and great care in the 
treatment of abscesses so situated. Those fis- 
tulas in which the matter has made its escape 
by one or more openings through the skin only, 
are called blind external fistula ; those in which 
the matter has been discharged through an 
opening into the rectum, without any aperture 
in the skin, are called blind internal fistula; 
and those which open both into the gut and 
also externally through the skin, are called com- 
plete fistula. The cure is by a surgical opera- 
tion, which consists in laying the sinus freely 
open, and applying proper dressings to promote 
fleshy granulations. 

Fistula in perin.eo. When the urethra is 
perforated by ulceration or injury, and the urine 
escapes into the surrounding cellular membrane, 
it occasions inflammation, sloughing, and ab- 
scess. If the patient survive, the matter finds 
its way out by ulceration, through the integu- 
ments of the perineum, and the urine also es- 
capes through these ulcerous apertures. The 
term fistula is not very correctly applied to 
these. Fistula? in perinwo, as they are called, 
294 



FLE 

are most frequently the result of neglected or 
ill-treated strictures of the urethra. 

Fistula lachrymalis. Properly an ulcera- 
ted opening in the lachrymal sac, which has no 
tendency to heal, and through which a puriform 
fluid is discharged. The term has been applied 
to almost every diseased state of the lachrymal 
passages. 

Fistula, salivary. When by any means 
the parotid duct has been wounded, the wound 
is often prevented from healing by the contin- 
ued escape of saliva; and the irritation and 
pressure of this occasions the formation of an 
ulcerated opening in the integuments of the 
cheek, through which the saliva escapes. 
Fistula spiritalis. The windpipe. 
Fistula'ria. Delphinium staphisagria. 
Fistulous. Fistulosus. Like a fistula ; hol- 
low, like a reed. 

FIXED. Fixus. In Chemistry, applied to 
those substances which can not be caused to 
pass by a strong rarefaction from the solid or 
liquid state to that of an elastic fluid. 
Fixed air. Carbonic acid. 
Fixed oils. Common fats, and those oil* 
which require a temperature of 600° F. before 
they are decomposed. 

Fixity. The property by which bodies re- 
sist the action of heat, so as not to rise in vapor. 
Flabelliform. Flabelliformis. Fan-like: a 
term applied generally in natural history. 
FLAG. A water weed. See Alga. 
Flag, sweet. See Acorns. 
Flag, water. Iris pseudacorus. 
Flag, yellow water. Iris pseudacorus. 
Flagellikorm. Flagelliformis. Whip-like. 
A term applied to a stem that is long and pliant. 
Flage'llum. A runner, or a twig, which 
runs out long and slender. 

Flake white. Subnitrate of bismuth. 
Fla'mmula. Ranunculus flammula. 
Flammula jovis. Clematis recta. 
Flank. The iliac region of the abdomen. 
FLATULENCE. By this is understood a 
morbid* collection of gas in the stomach and 
bowels. Flatulency is often a symptom of other 
diseases, especially indigestion, colic, cholera, 
hysteria, and hypochondriasis. For the cure 
of this disease, carminatives, aperients, and 
tonics are resorted to, as nutmegs, cardamoms, 
pimenta, pepper, capsicum, camphor, pepper- 
mint, spearmint, cinnamon, rosemary, lavender, 
pennyroyal, &c. The aromatic essential oils 
are powerful carminatives. If these do not suc- 
ceed, etherial preparations and warm tonics 
should be given, and the strictest attention paid 
to the diet, in which all oleracerous vegetables, 
and all kinds of peas, beans, and flatulent fruits, 
should be avoided; also, large draughts of fluids. 
The diet should consist of plain animal food. 

Flatu'lent. Flatulentus. Windy; troubled 
with flatulence. 

Fla'tus. Wind hi the stomach and bowels. 
Flavedo. The outer rind of the orange and 
lemon is thus called. 
Flavus. Yellow. 

FLAX. See Linum. — F., purging. Linum 
catharticum. — F. , spurge. Flax-leaved daphne . 
Daphne gnidium. 
Fleabane. Inula dysenterica. 



S. 



FLE 

Fleabane, great. Conyza squarrosa. 

Fleabane, Canada. Erigeron canadense. 

Fleawort. Plantago pByllium. 

FLEAM. (From flamma, Latin.) A coarse 
lancet used to bleed horses or to lance the 
gums. Also, a cutting instrument inclosed in a 
metallic case and subject to the action of a 
spring, formerly used in bleeding, and but little 
employed in this day. 

Flectens par lumborum. A name given 
by Cassirius to the quadratus lumborum muscle. 

FLEMEN. (m, nis, n.) A Latin word sig- 
nifying swelling of the ankles from over-fatigue. 

Fleresin. A name that lias been given to 
gout. 

FLESH. The muscular substance of an an- 
imal. 

Flesh brush. A brush for rubbing the sur- 
face of the body in order to excite the cutane- 
ous circulation. Its use is very advantageous 
where the action of the capillary vessels is lan- 
guid. 

Flesh, proud. Fungous granulations. 

Fleshy. Oarnosus- 

Flexibility. The capacity of being bent 
readily. 

FLEXION. (Flexio, onis, f.) The bent 
state of a joint, or the act of bending a joint ; it 
is opposed to extension. 

FLEX'OR. The name of several muscles, 
the office of which is to bend the joints. 

Flexor accessories digitorum pedis. See 
Flexor longus digitorum pedis. 

Flexor brevis digitorum pedis, perfora- 
tus sublimis. A flexor muscle of the toes. 
Flexor brevis digitorum pedis, perforatus, of Al- 
binus. Flexor brevis of Douglas. Flexor dig- 
itorum brevis, sive perforatus pedis, of Window. 
Perforatus, seu flexor secundi internodii digi- 
torum pedis, of Cowper. It arises by a narrow, 
tendinous, and fleshy beginning, from the infe- 
rior protuberance of the os calcis. It likewise 
derives many of its fleshy libers from the adja- 
cent aponeurosis, and soon forms a thick belly, 
which divides into four portions. Each of these 
portions terminates in a flat tendon, the fibers 
of which decussate, to afford a passage to a ten- 
don of the long flexor, and afterward reuniting, 
are inserted into the second phalanx of each of 
the four lesser toes. This muscle serves to 
bend the second joint of the toes. 

Flexor brevis minimi digiti pedis. Para- 
thenar minor of Winslow. This littlo muscle 
is situated along the inferior surface and outer 
edge of the metatarsal bone of the little toe. It 
arises, tendinous, from the basis of that bone, 
and from the ligaments that connect it to the 
os cuboides. It soon becomes fleshy, and ad- 
heres almost the whole length of the metatarsal 
bone, at the anterior extremity of which it forms 
a small tendon, that is inserted into the root of 
the first joint of the little toe. Its use is to bend 
the little toe. 

Flexor brevis pollicis manus. Flexor se- 
'Cundi internodii of Douglas. Thenar of Wins- 
low. Flexor primi et secundi ossis pollicis of 
Cowper. This muscle is divided into two por- 
tions by the tendon of the flexor longus pollicis. 
The outermost portion arises, tendinous, from 
the anterior part of the os trapezoides and in- 



FLE 

ternal annular ligament. The second, or inner- 
most and thickest, portion arises from the same 
bone, and likewise from the os magnum and os 
cuneiforme. Both these portions are inserted, 
tendinous, into the sesamoid bones of the thumb. 
The use of this muscle is to bend the second 
joint of the thumb. 

Flexor brevis pollicis pedis. A muscle of 
the great toe, that bends the first joint of that 
part. Flexor brevis of Douglas. Flexor brevis 
pollicis of Cowper. It is situated upon the 
metatarsal bone of the great toe ; arises, tendin- 
ous, from the under and anterior part of the os 
calcis, and from the under part of the os cunei- 
forme externum. It soon becomes fleshy and 
divisible into two portions, which do not separ- 
ate from each other till they have reached the 
anterior extremity of the metatarsal bone of the 
great toe, where they become tendinous, and 
then the innermost portion unites with the ten- 
don of the abductor, and the outermost with 
that of the abductor pollicis. They adhere to 
the external os sesamoideum, and are finally in- 
serted into the root of the first joint of the great 
toe. These two portions, by their separation, 
form a groove, in which passes the tendon of 
the flexor longus pollicis. 

Flexor carpi radialis. A long, thin mus- 
cle, situated obliquely at the inner and anterior 
part of the fore-arm, between the palmaris 
longus and the pronator teres. Radialis in- 
ternus of Albinus and Winslow. It arises, ten- 
dinous, from the inner condyle of the os humeri, 
and, by many fleshy fibers, from the adjacent 
tendinous fascia. It descends along the inferior 
edge of the pronator teres, and terminates in a 
long, flat, and thin tendon, which afterward be- 
comes narrower and thicker, and, after passing 
under the internal annular ligament, in a groove 
distinct from the other tendons of the wrist, it 
spreads wider again, and is inserted into the 
fore and upper part of the metacarpal bone 
that sustains the fore-finger. It serves to bend 
the hand, and its oblique direction may likewise 
enable it to assist in its pronation. 

Flexor carpi ulnaris. Ulnaris internusoi 
Winslow and Albinus. A muscle situated on 
the cubit or fore-arm, that assists in bending 
the arm. It arises, tendinous, from the inner 
condyle of the os humeri, and, by a small fleshy 
origin, from the anterior edge of the olecranon. 
Between these two portions we find the ulnar 
nerve passing to the fore-arm. Some of its 
fibers arise, likewise, from the tendinous fascia 
that covers the muscles of the fore-arm. In its 
descent it soon beepmes tendinous, but its 
fleshy fibers do not entirely disappear till it has 
reached the lower extremity of the ulna, where 
its tendon spreads a little, and, after sending off" 
a few fibers to the external, and internal, and 
annular ligaments, is inserted into the os pisi- 
forme. 

Flexor longus digitorum pedis profundus 
perforans. A flexor muscle of the toes, situ- 
ated along the posterior part and inner side of 
the leg. Perforans seu flexor profundus of 
Douglas. Flexor digitorum longus, sive per- 
forans pedis, and perforans seu flexor tertii in- 
ternodii digitorum pedis of Cowper. It arises, 
fleshy, from the back part of the tibia, and, after 

295 



— _ 



FLE 

running down to the internal ankle, its tendon 
passes under a kind of annular ligament, and 
then through a sinuosity at the inside of the os 
calcis. Soon after this it receives a small ten- 
don from the flexor longus pollicis pedis, and 
about the middle of the foot it divides into four 
tendons, which pass through the slits of the flex- 
or brevis digitorum pedis, and are inserted into 
the upper part of the last bone of all the lesser 
toes. About the middle of the foot this muscle 
unites with a fleshy portion, which, from the 
name of its first describer, has been usually 
called masta carnea Jacobi Sylvii : it is also 
termed Flexor accessoriw digito rum pedis. This 
appendage arises by a thin, fleshy origin, from 
most part of the sinuosity of the os calcis, and 
likewise by a thin, tendinous beginning from 
the anterior part of the external tubercle of that 
bone ; it soon becomes all fleshy, and unites to 
the long flexor just before it divides into its 
four tendons. The use of this muscle is to bend 
the last joint of the toes. 

Flexor longus pollicis manus. Flexor 
longus pollicis of Albinus. Flexor tertii inter- 
nodii of Douglas. Flexor tertii internodii sive 
longissimus pollicis of Cowper. A muscle of 
the thumb, placed at the side of the flexor 
longus digitorum profundus perforans, and 
covered by the extensores carpi radiales. It 
arises, fleshy, from the anterior surface of the 
radius, immediately below the insertion of the 
biceps, and is continued down along the ob- 
lique ridge, which serves for the insertion of 
the supinator brevis, as far as the pronator 
quadratus. Some of its fibers spring, likewise, 
from the neighboring edge of the interosseous 
ligament. Its tendon passes under the internal 
annular ligament of the wrist, and, after run- 
ning along the inner surface of the first bone 
of the thumb, between the two portions of the 
flexor brevis pollicis, goes to be inserted into 
the last joint of the thumb, being bound down 
in its way by the ligamentous expansion that 
is spread over the second bone. In some sub- 
jects we find a tendinous portion arising from 
the inner condyle of the os humeri, and form- 
ing a fleshy slip that commonly terminates near 
the upper part of the origin of this muscle from 
the radius. The use of this muscle is to bend 
the last joint of the thumb. 

Flexor longus pollicis pedis. A muscle 
of the great toe, situated along the posterior 
part of the leg. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, 
a little below the head of the fibula, and its 
fibers continue to adhere to that bone almost to 
its extremity. A little above the heel it termi- 
nates in a round tendon, which, after passing 
in a groove formed at the posterior edge of the 
astragalus, and internal and lateral part of the 
os calcis, in which it is secured by an annular 
ligament, goes to be inserted into the last bone 
of the great toe, which it serves to bend. 

Flexor ossis metacarpi pollicis. Oppo- 
nent pollicis of Innes. Opponens pollicis manus 
of Albinus. Flexor primi internodii of Douglas. 
Antithenar sive semi-interosseus pollicis of Wins- 
low. A muscle of the thumb, situated under 
the abductor brevis pollicis, which it resembles 
in its shape. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, 
from the os scaphoides, and from the anterior 
296 



FLE 

and inner part of the internal annular ligament . 
It is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the 
under and anterior part of the first bone of the 
thumb. It serves to turn the first bone of the 
thumb upon its axis, and, at the same time, to 
bring it inward opposite to the other fingers. 

Flexor parvus minimi digiti. Abductor 
minimi digiti, Hypothenar Riolani of Douglas. 
Hypothenar minimi digiti of Winslow. A mus- 
cle of the little finger, situated along the inner 
surface of the metacarpal bone of the little fin- 
ger. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the 
nook-like process of the unciform bone, and 
likewise from the anterior surface of the adja- 
cent part of the annular ligament. It termi- 
nates in a flat tendon, which is connected with 
that of the abductor minimi digiti, and inserted 
into the inner and anterior part of the upper 
end of the first bone of the little finger. It 
serves to bend the little finger, and likewise to 
assist the abductor. 

Flexor profundus perforans. Profundus 
of Albinus. Perforans of Douglas. Perforans 
vulgo profundus of Winslow. Flexor tertii inter- 
nodii digitorum manus, vel perforatus manus, of 
Cowper. A muscle of the fingers, situated on 
the fore-arm, immediately under the perforatus, 
which it greatly resembles in its shape. It 
arises, fleshy, from the external side and upper 
part of the ulna, for some way downward, and 
from a large .portion of the interosseous liga- 
ment. It splits into four tendons a little before 
it passes under the annular ligament of the 
wrist, and these pass through the slit in the 
tendons of -the flexor sublimis, to be inserted 
into the fore and upper part of the third or last 
bone of all the four fingers, the joint of which 
they bend. 

Flexor sublimis perforatus. This muscle, 
which is the perforatus of Cowper, Douglas, 
and Winslow, is, by Albinus and others, named 
sublimis. It is called perforatus from its ten- 
dons being perforated by those of another flexor 
muscle of the finger, called the perforans. 
They who give it the appellation of sublimis 
consider its situation with respect to the latter, 
and which, instead of perforans, they name 
profundus. It is a long muscle, situated most 
commonly at the anterior and inner part of the 
fore-arm, between the palmaris longus and the 
flexor carpi ulnaris ; but, in some subjects, we 
find it placed under the former of these mus- 
cles, between the flexor carpi ulnaris and the 
flexor carpi radialis. It arises, tendinous and 
fleshy, from the inner condyle of the os humeri, 
from the inner edge of the coronoid process of 
the ulna, and from the upper and fore part of 
the radius, down to near the insertion of the 
pronator teres. A little below the middle of 
the fore-arm, its fleshy belly divides into four 
portions, which degenerate mto as many round 
tendons, that pass altogether under the internal 
annular ligament of the wrist, after which they 
separate from each other, become thinner and 
flatter, and, running along the palm of the hand,, 
under the aponeurosis palmaris, are inserted 
into the upper part of the second bone of each 
finger. Previous to this insertion, however, 
the fibers of each tendon decussate near the 
extremity of the first bone, so as to afford a 



FLO 

passage to a tendon of the perforans. Of these 
four tendons, that of the middle finger is the 
largest, that of the fore finger the next in size, 
and that of the little finger the smallest. The 
use of this muscle is to bend the second joint 
of the fingers. 

Flexor tertii internodii. See Flexor Ion- 
gus pollicis mantis. 

Flexuo'sus. Flexuous; full of turnings or 
windings. 

Flint glass. A highly refractive glass, con- 
taining 20 to 30 per cent, of lead, and used in 
optical instruments. Also, the finer kinds of 
glass used in domestic economy. 

FLOCCILA'TION. (Floccilatio, onis, f. ; 
from floccus, the nap of clothes.) Picking the 
bed-clothes. A symptom of great danger in 
acute diseases. See Carphologia. 

Flocci. The minute cilia) constituting the 
nap of mucous membranes. 

Flocci volitantes. Muscat volitantes. 

Floccu'lus. A small tuft: applied especially 
to the pneumogastric lobule of the cerebellum. 

Flo'ccus. The tuft of loose hairs terminat- 
ing the tail of some animals. 

FLOODING. The popular name for uterine 
hemorrhage, especially when occurring during 
parturition. 

FLORAL. (Floralis; from flos, a flower.) 
Belonging to a flower ; as floral leaf, &c. 

Floral leaf. A bractea. 

FLORENCE, CLIMATE OF. This city 
and vicinity is subject to great changes of tem- 
perature, and is one of the worst localities in 
Italy for consumptive patients. 

FLO'RES. (The plural of flos .) Flowers; 
a term given to several crystalline bodies, &c. 

Flores antimonii helmontii. An old prep- 
aration, made by dissolving sulphuret of anti- 
mony in aqua regia, and subliming the product 
with sal ammoniac. 

Flores antimonii rubri. An old prepara- 
tion, made by subliming a mixture of sulphuret 
of antimony and sal ammoniac. 

Flores benzoes. Benzoic acid. 

Flores martiales. See Ferri ammonio-chlo- 
ridum. 

Flores salis ammoniaci. See Amnion ice sub- 
carbonas. 

Flores sulphuris. Sublimed sulphur. 

Flores sulphuris loti. Sulphur lotum. 

Flores zinci. Oxide of zinc. 

Flores ce'ntia. The act of flowering. 

Floret. A little flower. Flosculus. 

FLORIDA, CLIMATE OF. The climate 
of Florida is subject to much less change than 
that of most of the States ; but nearly all the 
places on the coast, which alone are healthy, 
are subject to occasional violent and sharp 
winds, which render them very doubtful winter- 
ing stations for consumptives. Tampa Bay and 
Pensacola are very superior to St. Augustine. 

FLOS, (os, oris, f. ; a flower.) 1. A flower. 
2. An old term of chemists for whatever had a 
flower-like appearance, especially if obtained 
by sublimation ; as flowers of sulphur, benja- 
min, zinc, &c. 

Flosculo'sus. Having little florets. 

Flo'sculus. A little flower ; a floret. 

Flounder. Plenronectes flessus. 



FLU 

Flounder, liver. Distoma hepatica. 

Flower-de-luce. See Iris. 

Flowers. The menses are sometimes so 
called. 

Flowers of Benjamin. Benzoic acid. 

Flowers of sulphur. Sublimed sulphur. 

Flu'ate. Fluas. A fluoride. 

FLUCTUATION. Fluctuatio. A term used 
in medicine to express the undulation of a fluid ; 
thus, when pus is formed in an abscess, or when 
water accumulates in the abdomen, if the fin- 
gers be applied in a proper manner to the ab- 
scess or the abdomen, the motion of fluctuation 
may be distinctly felt. 

Fluctuation, peripherique. A mode of 
detecting effusion of fluid within the abdomen. 
It consists in placing both hands on the abdo- 
men, two or three inches apart, and with the 
two fore fingers parallel, and then slightly strik- 
ing the abdomen with the fore finger of the 
right hand : this produces an undulation of the 
fluid, which is readily felt by the fore finger of 
the left hand. . 

Fluctuation, superficial. Bee Fluctuation, 
peripherique. 

Fluellin. Antirrhinum elatine. 

FLUID. A body, the particles of which are 
readily movable in all directions with respect 
to each other. Fluids are divided into liquids, 
and elastic fluids, gases, or aeriform fluids. 
They differ from solids physically in possessing 
the quality of propagating pressures in every 
direction equally. 

Fluidity. The state of a fluid. 

Fluidum. A fluid. 

Fluke. The distoma hepaticum. 

FLUO-. A prefix ; of frequent occurrence in 
chemistry, and derived from fluorine. It indi- 
cates compounds in which this element is pres- 
ent ; as fluosilicic acid, an acid containing fluo- 
rine and silicic acid. 

Fluobo'ric acid. A gaseous acid body. 
Terfluoride of boron. 

FLU'OR. ( From fluo, to flow. ) Applied, 
in Pathology, to an increased discharge of a 
white mucous secretion from the internal sur 
face of the vagina of females. 

Fluor albus. F. albus benignus. F. mu- 
liebris. F. utcrinus. Leucorrhoea. 

Fluor albus malignus. Gonorrhoea. 

Fluor spar. The native fluoride of calcium, 
employed in chemistry as a source of hydroflu- 
oric acid as a flux. 

Fluoric acid. The hydrofluoric acid. 

Fluoric acid, silicated. Fluosilicic acid. 

Flu'oride. A compound of fluorine. 

FLU'ORINE. A hypothetical basis of hydro- 
fluoric acid. Eq., 1874 ; sym., F. 

Fluosi'licate. A compound of the fluo 
silicic acid with a base. 

Fluosili'cic acid. See Hydrofluoric acid. 

FLUX. 1. In Pathology, often applied to 
diarrhoea, dysentery, and cholera. 2. In Chem- 
istry, used to denote any substance or mixture 
added to assist the fusion of metals. 

Flux, bilious. Cholera. 

Flux, black. When one part of nitre and 
two of cream of tactar are deflagrated together 
in a crucible, a bisk powder remains, which 
is a mixture of chveoal and subcarbonate of 

297 



/ ■:$>& t 



potash. This substance is called black flux, and 
is of much use' iD the reduction of metals. 

Flux, bloody A dysentery. 

Flux, crude. A mixture of nitre and cream 
of tartar put into a crucible along with a metal 
to aid its fusion. 

Flux, intestinal. See Diarrhcea. 

Flux, white. When equal parts of nitre 
and cream of tartar are deflagrated together, 
the whole of the carbon is dissipated : the resi- 
due, which consists of subcarbonate of potash, 
is called white flux. 

Fluxio. A catarrh.— F. alba. F. vulva;. 
Leucorrhcea. 

Fluxion. Fluxio. Fusion. 

FLUXUS. (us, i, m.) A flux or discharge. 
A generic term for discharges; as, Fluxus dy- 
sentericus. Dysentery. — F. caliacus. Cocliac 
flux. — F. lunaris. F. menstrualis. The men- 
ses.— P. matricis. "Leucorrhcea, &c. 

Fluxus capillorum. Alopecia. 

FLY. See Musca. 

Fly powder. The gray oxide of arsenic. 
See Arsenic. 

Fly, Spanish. See Cantharis. 

Fo'cile. The ulna or radius. 

FO'CUS. (A fire.) 1. The right lobe of the 
liver. 2. The point at which converging rays 
of headlight, &c, meet together, and which is 
characteMze'd' by great heat and brilliant light, 
as in the case of the sun's rays. 

Fodi'na. The labyrinth of the ear. 

Fcenicula'tum lignum. Sassafras. 

FCENI'CULUM. Anethum. 

FffiNicuLUM alpinum. See JEthusa. 

Foeniculum aquaticum. Phellaiidriuni nquat- 
icum. 

Fceniculum dulSce. See Anethum. 

Fceniculum germanicum. See Anethum fw- 
niculum. 

F<e*[1culum MARINUM. See Crithmum. 

FojNictJLUM orientale. See Cuminum. 

F<£niculum porcinum. reucedanum offici- 
nale?'- 

F(ENicuLtrtt-?siftEN-SE. Sec Auisum stcllatum. 

Focniculum sVC&estre. F. toHuosum. See 
Seseli. ; — 

F«ENicui.UM vulgare'; " See Anethum. 

F(e'num. (um, i, n.*) Hay. 

F(ENUM CAMELORUM. JlinCUS. 

Fcenum gr^cum. See Trigonella. 

F(Enum sylvestre. Wild fenugreek. 

Foeta'bulum. An encysted abscess. 

FCETAL. Facialis. Appertaining to the 
foetus.. 

FffiTAL circulation. See Circulation, fatal. 

FffiTAL h"ead, diameters of. The diameter 
frcjni c^e''parietal bone to the other, or bipari- 
etdft' tir ttanSj^rse diameter, is three and a half 
inthes ; tW^6^rf.pito-mental, five inches; the 
temporaj^j^fcreialinclies ; the occipitofrontal, 
four and'a'quarteV to four and a half inches; 
the vertical diameter, three inches. 

Fceta'tion. Pregnancy. 

Foeticide. Destruction of the fcetus in utero, 
or criminal abortion. 

FGETOR. (From fasteo, to stink.) A strong, 
offensive smell ; a fetor. 

J%!rcrR oris. Bad breath. 

F(£"RUS. (us, us, m. ; from feo. to bring 
298 



FOO 

forth.) The child inclosed in the uterus of its 
mother is called a fcetus from the fifth month 
after pregnancy until the time of its birth. See 
Ovum. 

Foliaceous. Leafy. 

Foliata terra. Sulphur. Acetate of pot- 
ash. 

Fo'liated earth of tartar. Acetate of 
potash. See Polassa; acetas. 

FOLIA'TION. (Foliatio ; from folium, a 
leaf.) The manner in which leaves are folded 
up in their buds. See Vernutio and Gemma. 

Folia'tus. Foliate: leafy. 

Folio'lum. A leaflet or little leaf. 

FO'LIUM. A leaf. 

Follicle. See Follicule. 

Follicles of Lieberkuhn. The minute fol- 
licles of the mucous membrane of the small in- 
testines. 

FOLLI'CULE. Folliculus. (Diminutive of 
follis, a bag.) A little bag. In Anatomy, ap- 
plied to a simple gland or follicle. One of the 
most simple species of gland, consisting merely 
of a hollow vascular membrane or follicle, and 
an excretory duct; such are the mucous folli- 
cles, the sebaceous follicles, &c. In Botany, a 
follicle is a one-valved pericarp, or seed-vessel. 

Folliculus fellis. The gall bladder. 

FOMENTATION. Fomentatio. Partial 
bathing with warm water, simple or medica- 
ted. It is effected by applying hot and wet 
cloths, often changed, to the part. 

FO'MES. (es, Hit, m. ; a fovendo.) Fuel. 
In medical language, a fomes means a porous 
substance capable of absorbing and retaining 
contagious effluvia. Wool and woolen cloth 
are among the most active fomites. 

Fomes morbi. An old term for the exciting 
cause of a disease. 

Fo'mites. Plural of fomes. 

Fons pulsans. F. pulsatilis. A fontanel. 

Fontana, canal of. A canal of a triangular 
shape at the inner side of the ciliary circle of 
the eye. 

FONTANEL. Fontanella. (a, ce, f. ; dimin- 
utive of fons, a fountain.) Fons pulsatilis. The 
parietal bones and the frontal do not coalesce 
until the third year after birth, so that before 
this period there is an obvious interstice, com- 
monly called mold, and scientifically the ante- 
rior fontanel. There is also a lesser space, 
occasionally, between the occipital and parietal 
bones, termed the posterior fontanel. These 
spaces between the bones are filled up by the 
dura mater, pericranium, and external integu- 
ments, so that, during birth, the size of the 
head may be lessened; for, at that time, the 
bones of the head, upon the superior part, are 
not only pressed nearer to each other, but they 
frequently lay over one another, in order to di- 
minish the size during the passage of the head 
through the pelvis. 

FONTI'CULUS. (us, i, m.) An issue. An 
artificial ulcer formed in any part by incision 
or caustic, and kept discharging by introducing 
daily a pea, covered with any digestive oint- 
ment. 

FOOD. A substance containing any of the 
principles which exist in the body, is digestible, 
and not combined with a poisonous ingredient. 



FOR 

There are three principal varieties of food : 1st. 
That capable of repairing the waste of the flesh 
or muscle, called Asolized food, and essential 
to the strength of animals. 2d. That which 
sustains the heat of the hody, called non-Azo- 
tized food. 3d. That which repairs the waste 
of fat, and called Oleaginous food, the impor- 
tance of which is inferior to the two former, 
except for fattening animals. 

The azotized elements of food, so called from 
containing azote, or nitrogen, are fibrin, casein, 
and albumen ; they go to the repair of muscles, 
membranes, &c, which, in the active state of 
the body, are being perpetually consumed. 
Seeds and meats contain most of these princi- 
ples: the former from 10 to 20 per cent., and 
lean meat 23 to 25 per cent. The richest seeds 
are beans, peas, wheat, barley, oats, rye, corn. 
They are the only class capable of sustaining life 
by themselves. 

The non-azotized contain no nitrogen. Starch, 
sugar, and gum are the principal of these ; they 
are, by digestion, conveyed into the system, 
and changed so as to produce the heat which 
maintains life. Exposure to cold calls lor a 
greater consumption of these principles than in 
a warm situation. Potatoes, beets, carrots, and 
roots generally excel in these principles, but 
no vegetable food is deficient in them. These 
can not alone sustain life. 

Fatty or oleaginous food adds fat to the body, 
which, in sickness and- other circumstances, 
also contributes to the maintenance of animal 
heat. They are incapable of sustaining life. 

The food usually consumed is a mixture of 
these in different proportions ; thus, corn meal 
consists of 9 per cent, of oil, 12 of azotized prin- 
ciples, 50 of non-azotized, the rest boing water, 
husk, and saline matter; but the true value of 
any food is directly as the nitrogen principles 
it contains. 

Besides these substances, others are, in less 
measure, useful as food, viz. : salt, which assists 
digestion ; jelly, or gelatin, which repairs waste 
in the cellular tissue; bone earth (as it exists hi 
the food), which repairs the waste of the bones. 
Vinegar, alcohol, the juices of acid fruits, are 
also food of the non-azotized kind. 

In perfect digestion, these varieties of food 
are taken up into the system, and the husk, 
certain useless salts, and water rejected ; but it 
often occurs that the proportion of fat or starchy 
matters is so great, that much is rejected, unal- 
tered, by the bowels. 

The amount of food necessary to maintain an 
animal in exercise is dependent on the weight. 
A man requires 45 ounces of wheat bread, or 
14 of beef or mutton, daily, to maintain strength. 
— The Farmer's Dictionary. See, also, Aliment. 

FOOT. Pes. That part of an animal on 
which it stands or walks. 

Foot-bath. Pediluvium. 

Foot, flat. See Kyllosis. 

FORA'MEN. (en, inis, n. ; from foro, to 
pierce.) A little opening. The following are 
the principal : 

Foramen centrale. Foramen of Sosmmer- 
ing. 

Foramen cecum. 1. A single opening, in 
the basis of the cranium, between the ethmoid 



FOR 

and the frontal bone, that gives exit to a small 
vein. 2. A depression at the posterior part of 
the tongue, the foramen coecum Morgagni. 3. 
Also, the designation of a little sulcus, situated 
between the corpora pyramidalia and the pons 
varolii. 

Foramen incisi'vum. Foramen palatinum 
anterius. A foramen behind the upper incisive 
teeth, common to the two upper jaws below, 
but proper to each above. 

Foramen lacerum anterius. Foramen la- 
cerum orbilale supcrius. A large opening be- 
tween the greater and lesser wing of the sphe- 
noid bone on each side, through which the 
third, fourth, first branch of the fifth, and the 
sixth pair of nerves, and the ophthalmic artery, 
pass. 

Foramen lacerum in basi cranii. A fora- 
men in the basis of the cranium, through which 
the internal jugular vein, and the eighth pair 
and accessory nerves pass. 

Foramen magnum occipitis. The great 
opening at the under and fore part of the occip- 
ital bone. 

Foramen Monuoia'num. Foramen of Monro. 
An aperture under the anterior part of the body 
of the fornix, by which the lateral ventricles of 
the brain communicate with each other. See 
Enccphalos. 

Foramen magnum. Sec Occipital bone. 
Foramen ok Monro. See Foramen Monroi 
annm. 

Foramen of Soemmering. Foramen centrale 
A depression in the retina in the axis of vision. 
See Eye. 

Foramen of Win slow. An opening in the 
omentum. See Omentum. 

Foramen opticum. The hole which trans- 
mits the optic nerve. 

Foramen ovale. The opening between the 
two auricles of the heart of the foetus. See, 
also, Innominatum os. 

Foramen ROTVNDUM. The fenestra rotunda. 
Foramen sutra-orbitarium. The upper 
orbitary hole, situated on the ridge over which 
the eyebrow is placed. 

Foramen Vesalii. An indistinct hole, situ- 
ated between the foramen rotundum and fora- 
men ovale of the sphenoid bone, particularly 
pointed out by Yesalius. 

Foramina Thebesii. Minute pore-like open- 
ings, by which the venous blood exhales direct- 
ly from the muscular structure of the heart into 
the auricle, without entering the venous cur- 
rent. They were originally described by The- 
besius. 

Forami'nulum os. The ethmoid bone. 
FO'RCEPS. (eps, ipis, f. ; quasi ferricept, 
from ferrum, iron, and capio, to take.) The 
name given to a great variety of surgical instru- 
ments, which are used in order, to take firm 
hold of bodies, and are of the nature of pinchers. 
Forceps, obstetrical. The forceps em- 
ployed by obstetricians in extracting the foetus 
where there is preternatural difficulty in its ex- 
pulsion. It consists of two curved levers, one 
of which i3 first introduced and then the other, 
when they are locked together by a suitable 
joint, and thus constitute a pair of forceps; The 
blades are introduced in such a manner that 

299 



FOS 

the branches inclose the sides of the child's 
head about the ears. When used, traction is 
made from side to side, and the blades are 
drawn out in a curved direction toward the ab- 
domen or nates, according to the presentation 
of the child. 

FOR'ENSIC. Forensis. Forensicus. Be- 
longing to the forum, or courts of law. Foren- 
sic medicine is the application of medical sci- 
ence to the elucidation of judicial questions. 

Foreskin. The prepuce. 

Forfex. Scissors. 

Forge water. Fabrarum aqua. 

Fo'rmiate. Formias. A salt of formic acid. 

FO'RMIC ACID. Acidum formicum. This 
acid is found in the ant, or formica rufa, from 
which it may be obtained by simple distillation, 
or it may be prepared artificially. It is very 
sour, and blisters the skin. Form., C2HO3. 

FORMI'CA. (a, a, f.) A genus of insects. 
1. The ant. 2. A black wart, with a broad 
base and cleft superficies. 3. A varicose tumor 
on the anus and glans penis. 

Formica rufa. The ant. They were form- 
erly used in medicines as diuretic and carmina- 
tive. 

FORMIC A'T ION. A creeping sensation, 
with some tingling, such as one might imagine 
to be produced by the passage of numerous ants 
over the part. 

Fo'rmix. Herpes exedens. 

FO'RMULA. (a, a, f. ; diminutive of forma, 
a form.) A prescription for the preparation of 
medicines. In Chemistry, the form or structure 
of any compound. 
. Fo'rmulary. A collection of formulae. 

FO'RMYLE. A hypothetical compound rad- 
ical, of which formic acid is a derivative. The 
composition is C 3 H, and symbol, Fo. 

Fo'rnax. A furnace. 

Fornica'tus. Fornicate; vaulted. 

FORNICIFO'RMIS. Forniciform; vaulted. 

FO'RNIX. (ix, icis, f. ; an arch or vault.) 
The part beneath the corpus callosum in the 
brain is so called, because, if viewed in a par- 
ticular direction, it has some resemblance to 
the arch of a vault. 

Forpex. Scissors. 

FO'SSA. (a, «r, f . ; from fodio, to dig.) 
Fovea. A little depression or sinus. The pu- 
dendum muliebre. 

Fossa amynt.e. A double-headed roller for 
the face. 

Fossa hyaloidf.'a. The depression in the 
vitreous humor in which the crystalline lens is 
lodged. 

Fossa lachrymai.is. A sinuosity in the 
frontal bone for lodging the lachrymal gland. 

Fossa magna. 1. The great groove of the 
ear. 2. The external pudendum muliebre. 

Fossa navicui.aris. 1. The cavity at the 
bottom of the entrance of the pudendum mu- 
liebre. 2. The great groove of the ear. 

Fossa ovalis. The depression in the right 
auricle of the human heart, marking the site of 
the foramen ovale in the foetus. 

Fossa tituitaria. The hollow in the sella 
turcica of the sphenoid bone, which contains 
the pituitary gland. 

Fossa Sylvii. The fifth ventricle of the brain. 
300 



FRA 

FO'SSIL. The organic remains of animals 
and vegetables are termed extraneous fossils, as 
opposed to minerals, which are the natural pro- 
ductions of the earth. 

Fossil salt. Rock salt. 

Fossil unicorn. See Unicorn. 

Fothergill's pills. A nostrum of aloes, 
colocynth, scammony, and oxide of antimony. 

FO'TUS. (us, us, m.) A fomentation. 

Fotus communis. Decoction of poppies. See 
Decoctum papaveris. 

FOURCHE'TTE. (French.) 1. The com- 
missure of the labia majora at the posterior 
part. 2. A surgical instrument for raising the 
tongue in the operation of dividing the fraenum. 

Four-tailed bandage. A bandage for the 
head, jaw, and face, with four tails or heads. 

Fourth pair of nerves. Nervous system 

Fou'sel oil. Oil of grain or potato spirit. 

FO'VEA. 1. A little depression. 2. The 
pudendum muliebre. 3. A partial sweating- 
bath. 

Fovea'tus. Having a little depression or pit. 

Fovi'lla. The fecundating matter contain- 
ed in pollen. 

Fowl, dunghill. See Pkasianus. 

Fowl, guinea. Numidia meleagris 

Fowl, pea. Pavo cristatus. 

Fowler's solution. An arsenical solution 
of Dr. Fowler. The arsenical solution of the 
pharmacopoeias is similar to this. 

Foxglove. See Digitalis purpurea. 

Foxglove, Eastern. See Sesamum onen 
tale. 

FRA'CTURE. (Fractura, ce, f. ; iromfran- 
go, to break.) In Surgery, the breaking of a 
bone into two or more fragments. A simple 
fracture is when the bone only is divided. A 
compound fracture is a division of the bone, 
with a laceration of the integuments, the bone 
mostly protruding. When the bone is splinter- 
ed into a number of small pieces, this is called 
a comminuted fracture. A fracture is also term- 
ed transverse, oblique, &c., according to its di- 
rection. 

Frjena of the valvule of Bauhin. F. Mor- 
gagni. The rugae of the mucous membrane at 
the extremities of the lips of the ileo-ccecal 
valve. 

Frenulum. Fraenum. 

FRjE'NUM. (mot, i, n.) A name given by 
anatomists to any ligament which binds down 
or restrains the motion of a part. 

Fr.«num epiglo'ttidis. The ligament which 
connects the epiglottis with the root of the 
tongue and os hyoides. 

Frjsnum glandis. j^. penis. See Frainum 
praputii. 

Frjenum labiorum. 1. The fourchette. 2. 
Folds of mucous membrane which bind down 
the lips to the maxillary bones. 

Frjsnum linguje. A fold of the mucous 
membrane of the mouth, which binds down the 
tongue. 

Frjenum prjEputii. A fold of integument 
connecting the prepuce with the glans penis. 

FRAGA'RIA. (a, ts, f.) A genus of plants. 
Icosandria. Polygynia. Rosacea;. — F. sterilis. 
The barren strawberry. Astringent. — F. vesca> 
The strawberry plant. 



FR A 

FRAGI'LITAS OSSIUM. Fragility or brit- 
tleness of the bones. See Malacosteon. 

Fra'gmev. Fragmcntum. A splinter of a 
bone. 

Fra'gum. Fragaria vesca. 

FRAMB(E'SIA. (From framboise, Fr. for 
a raspbeny.) The yaws ; a disease that is en- 
demial to the Antilles Islands as well as Africa. 
It appeal's with excrescences like mulberries 
growing out of the skin in various parts of the 
body, which discharge an ichorous fluid. The 
ichor possesses contagious properties, and the 
disease appears but once. 

The period during which the eruption is in 
progress varies from a few weeks to several 
months. " When no more pustules are thrown 
out," Dr. Winterbottom observes, " and when 
those already upon the skin no longer increase 
in size, the disease is supposed to have reached 
its acme. About this time it happens, on some 
part of the body or other, that one of the pus- 
tules becomes much larger than the rest, equal- 
ing or surpassing the size of a half-dollar piece : 
it assumes the appearance of an ulcer, and, in- 
stead of being elevated above the skin, like 
others, it is considerably depressed ; the surface 
is foul and sloughy, and pours out an ill-con- 
ditioned ichor, which spreads very much, by 
corroding the surrounding sound skin: this is 
what is called the master or mother yaw." 
When arrived at its acme, however, the erup- 
tion continues a considerable time without un- 
dergoing much alteration, often without very 
materially injuring the functions, and it seldom 
proves dangerous, except from the mischievous 
interference of ill-directed art. 

The master yaw sometimes remains large and 
troublesome after the rest of the eruption has 
altogether disappeared. It requires to be 
treated with gentle escharotics, and soon as- 
sumes a healing appearance under these appli- 
cations. Stronger caustics are requisite for 
the cure of the crab yaws, or tedious excres- 
cences which occur on the soles of the feet. 

Fra'ngipan. An extract of milk, made by 
evaporating skimmed milk to dryness, and 
mixing with pounded almonds and sugar. It 
is used to prepare artificial milk. 

Fra'ngula. Rhamnus frangula. 

Frankincense. Formerly olibanum, but 
now the resin of the spruce fir. 

FRA'SERA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The American 
calumba. 2. A genus of plants. Tetrandria. 
Monogynia. Gentianece. — F. Walteri. F. car- 
olinensis.^ American calumba; false calumba. 
An indigenous plant, which has a triennial root 
{radix Fraseri), of a spindle shape, fleshy, of a 
yellow color, and somewhat resembling calum- 
ba. It is a simple bitter, without astrmgency, 
and of no particular value, certainly inferior to 
calumba. Dose, 33s. to g., in powder or infu- 
sion. 

Fraxine'lla. Dictamnus albus. 

Fra'xinink. A crystallizable bitter principle, 
obtained from the bark of the Fraxinus excel- 
sior. 

FRA'XINUS. («#,$, f.) A genus of plants. 
Polygamia. Dicecia. — F. excelsior. The ash- 
tree. Fraxinus. The bark is bitter, and has 
been exhibited in intermittents. The seeds are 



FRE 

diuretic in the dose of a drachm. — F. ornus. 
The tree from which manna flows. Many 
other trees and shrubs have likewise been ob- 
served to emit a sweet juice, which concretes 
upon exposure to the air, and may be consid- 
ered of the manna kind, especially the F. ro- 
tundifolia and excelsior. The best manna is in 
oblong pieces or flakes, moderately dry, friable, 
very light, of a whitish or pale yellow color, 
and in some degree transparent: the inferior 
kinds are moist, unctuous, and brown. It is a 
gentle purgative, and is apt, in large doses, to 
create flatulency and gripes, both of which are 
prevented by a small addition of some warm 
carminatives. It purges in doses of from fj. to 
gij. The dose for children is from one scru- 
ple to three. — F. rotundifolia. This tree also 
affords manna. 

Freckle. Ephelis. 

FREEZING POINT. The degree of cold 
at which water freezes ; it is thirty-two degrees 
of Fahrenheit. 

Freezing mixture. Frigorific mixture. A 
preparation by which a very low degree of cold 
may be suddenly obtained. Such mixtures are 
sometimes of great service in surgery, and also 
furnish the chemist with the means of condens- 
ing many preparations, and testing the freezing 
point of fluids. The following table is by Mr. 
Walker: 

Mixtures with Snow. 

Mixtures. Therm, fiill* 

Snow, or pounded ice, two parts, 1 
by weight : ( <u ^ to — ,r> ° 

Muriate of soda 1 ) a 

Snow or pounded ice . . . 5 j g 

Muriate of soda 2 > g^ to— 12 

Muriate of ammonia . . . 1 ) g ' 
Snow or pounded ice . . . 24 "^ S ( 

Muriate of soda 10 I p J to—l8 ° 

Muriate of ammonia . . . 5 j ea ) 
Nitrate of potash . . . . 5 J g l_ 
Snow or pounded ice . . . 1 '- ) 2 ( 

Muriate of soda 5 V fe I to— 25 y 

Nitrate of ammonia . . . 5 j ( 

Dilute sulphuric acid . . . 2 > from-J-32° 

Snow 3 < to— 23° 

Concentrated muriatic acid . 5 \ from-j-32 
Snow . . . . . . . . 8 ( to— 27° 

Concentrated nitrous acid . 4 / from-|-32 

Snow 7 < to— 30° 

Muriate of lime 5 > from-j-32 

Snow 4 \ to— 40° 

Crystal, muriate of lime . . 3 \ from-4-32° 

Snow 2 5 to— 50° 

Fused potash . . . . . 4 \ from+32° 

Snow 3 5 to— 51° 

These mixtures may also be made by the 
rapid solution of salts, without the use of snow 
or ice. The salts must be finely powdered, 
dry, and intimately mixed. 

Mixtures without Snow. 

Mixtures. Therm, falls 

Muriate of ammonia . . . 5) from+50 o 
Nitrate 01 potash . . . ..0 7 to— 10° 

Water . 16 ) 

Muriate of ammonia ... 5 "A 

Nitrate of potash .... 5 I from+50° 

Sulphate of soda . . . . 8( to+10° 

Water 16 J 

301 



F RI 



FEU 



Misturcft. 

Nitrate of ammonia . . 

Water 

Nitrate of ammonia . . 
Carbonate of soda 

Water 

Sulphate of soda . . . 
Dilute nitrous acid . . . 
Sulphate of soda . . . 
Muriate of ammonia . . 
Nitrate of potash . . . 
Dilute nitrous acid . . . 
Sulphate of soda . . ■ 
Nitrate of ammonia . ■ 
Dilute nitrous acid . . • 
Phosphate of soda . • ■ 
Dilute nitrous acid . ■ . 
Phosphate of soda . . . 
Nitrate of ammonia . . 
Dilute nitrous acid . . . 
Sulphate of soda . . . 
Muriatic acid .... 
Sulphate of soda . . • 
Dilute sulphuric acid . . 
Fre'missemekt cataire. 



Therm, fall* 

from+50° 
to +4° 

n-om+50 
to— 7° 

from-f50° 
to— 3° 

from+50° 
to— 10° 



from+50° 
to— 14° 

from+50° 
to— 12° 

from-{-50 o 
to— 21° 

from+50° 

5 J to— 0° 

5 ? from+50° 

4 I to— 3° 

The purring tre- 



FRE'MITUS. (Latin.) Shuddering. In 
physical diagnosis, the sensation communicated 
to the hand in certain morbid states of the res- 
piratory organs, and resembling a feeble vibra- 
tion. Thoracic fremitus may be produced by 
speaking {vocal fremitus), by couching (tussive 
fremitus), by the bubbling of air through fluids 
in the lung (rhoncal fremitus), by the collision 
and rubbing together of plastic matter exuded 
upon the pleural surfaces (rubbing fremitus), 
and by pulsation of the lung ( pulsatile fremitus.) 

Fre'na. The lockets of the teeth have been 
so called. 

French berries. See Rhamnus infeclorius. 

FRIABI'LITY. (Friabilitas ; from frio, to 
crumble.) The property of being easily crum- 
bled or reduced to small particles by pressure. 

FRI'ABLE. Possessed of friability. 

Friars' balsam. Tinctura benzoini com- 
posita. 

Fric'atorium. A liniment. 

FRICTION. (Frictio, onis; from frico, to 
rub.) Friction is a therapeutical agent of con- 
siderable power; by means of it, the circula- 
tion is stimulated in debilitated parts, and me- 
dicinal substances are made to penetrate the 
pores of the skin. 

Friction, sound of. In auscultation, the 
sound of friction, or bruit de frottement, is a 
Bound which is heard when there is consider- 
able roughness on the surface of the pulmonary 
or costal pleura. It is synchronous with the 
respiratory movements. 

Friksland green. Brunswick green. 

FRIGI'DITY. Frigiditas. 1. A sensation 
of coldness. 2. Impotence. 3. Frigidity of the 
stomach. The Anorexia exhaustorum (Sauv.) 
ia a want of appetite arising from excessive 
venery or other exhaustion. 

Frigori'fic Possessed of the power of in- 
ducing cold. 

Frioorific mixture. See Freezing mixture. 

Fri'gus. Cold. 

Frigus tenuo. A rigor. 
302 



FRITILLARIA. (a, m, f.) A genus of 
plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliaccee. — 
F. imperialis. The crown imperial has an ac 
rid bulb, which has been used as a resolvent, 
externally applied. 

Frog tongue. Ranula. 

FROLE'MENT. ( French. ) Touching 
lightly, or grazing. Used to designate a slight 
rustling sound in diseases of the heart — the 
Frolement pericardique, or rustling noise of the 
pericardium. It resembles the rustling of a 
thick silk, and accompanies the systole and 
diastole of the heart, indicating a roughness of 
the pericardium, produced by thickening from 
disease. 

Frond. The leaves of ferns and lichens are 
so called. 

FRO'NS. 0, tis, f. or m.) 1. The fore- 
head. 2. (front, dis, f.) The leaf of crypto- 
gamous plants, to signify that the stem, root, 
and leaf are all in one, as in ferns, fuci, &c. 

FRO'NTAL. (Frontalis; from frons, the 
forehead.) Belonging to the forehead. 

Frontal artery. The arteria supra-orbita- 
lis, a branch of the ophthalmic distributed to 
the muscles of the forehead. 

Frontal bone. See Frontis os. 

Frontal nerve. A branch of the ophthal 
mic nerve derived from the fifth pair. 

Frontal sinus. See Frontis os. 

Frontal spine. The spine or ridge on the 
inner side, and centrally, of the os frontis, to 
which the falx cerebri is attached. 

Frontalis. See Frontal. 

Frontalis VERBS. See Corrugator super- 
cilii. 

Fro'ntis os. The frontal bone. Os coro- 
nale. Os inverecundum. The external surface 
of this bone is smooth at its upper convex part, 
but below several cavities and processes are 
observed. At each angle of the orbits the bone 
juts out to form two internal and two external 
processes; and the ridge under the eyebrow, 
on each side, is called the superciliary process, 
from which the orbitar processes extend back- 
ward, forming the upper part of the orbits ; and 
between these the ethmoid bone is received. 
The nasal process is situated between the two 
internal angular processes. At the internal an- 
gular process is a cavity for the caruncula lach- 
rymalis; aud at the external, another for the 
pulley of the major oblique muscle. The foram- 
ina are three on each side : one in each super- 
ciliary ridge, through which a nerve, artery, 
and vein pass to the integuments of the fore- 
head ; a second near the middle of the internal 
side of the orbit, called internal orbitar ; the 
third is smaller, and lies about an inch deeper 
in the orbit. On the inside of the os frontis 
there is a ridge (the frontal spine), which is 
hardly perceptible at the upper part, but grows 
more prominent at the bottom, where the fora- 
men cmcum appears ; to this ridge the falx is at- 
tached. The frontal sinus is placed over the 
orbit on each side : except at this part the fron- 
tal bone is of mean thickness between the pa- 
rietal aud occipital, but the orbitar process is 
so thin as to be almost transparent. 

Fronto-^thmoid foramen. The foramen 
coecum of the os frontis. 



FUL 

FROST-BITE. A state of numbness, with 
diminished or arrested circulation in a part, 
more especially the toes, ears, and nose, from 
their exposed position, arising from the action 
of severe cold. Unless this condition be re- 
lieved, the part becomes mortified and sloughs 
off. The circulation is restored by friction, es- 
pecially with flannel ; by the action of water 
slightly warm, but not hot; and by stimulating 
frictions and lotions ; but before the latter are 
applied it is necessary to restore the organ in 
some degree, otherwise, if used at first, they 
would lead to injurious consequences. 

FRUCTIFICATION. (Fructificatio, onis, f. ; 
from fructus, fruit, and facio, to make. ) Under 
this term are comprehended the flowers and 
the fruit of a plant. 

F R U ' C T U S. (us, us, m. ; afruor.) The 
fruit of a tree or plant. By this term is under- 
stood, in Botany, the produce of the germen, 
consisting of the seed-vessel and seed. 

Fructus acido-dulces. Subacid fruits. 

Frugi'vorous. Feeding on fruits. 

Fruit. Fructus. 

Fruit-stalk. Pedunculus. 

Frumenta'ceous. Frumentaccus. Applied 
to plants like wheat. 

FRUME'NTUM. (urn, i, m.) Wheat; also, 
all the cerealia, the grains of which make 
bread. 

Frutesce'ntia. Frutescence. The mature 
state of a fruit. 

FRU'TEX. (ex, ids, m.) A shrub. 

Frutico'se. Fruticosus. Shrubby. 

FU'CUS. (us, i, m.) A sea weed. Cryp- 
togamia. Algce. — F. bacci'ferus. Gulf- weed 
is eaten raw or pickled. — F. digitaf.us. Sea 
girdle and hangers. It affords soda. — F. edulis. 
Red dulce is eaten raw or broiled, when it 
tastes like roasted oysters. — F. esculentus. F. 
teres. F. Jimbriatus. Daberlocks. Edible 
fuctis. It has a broad, plain, simple, sword- 
shaped leaf, springing from a pinnated stalk. — 
F. helminthocorton. This plant has great re- 
pute in destroying all species of intestinal 
worms! — F. natans. Sea lentil. Said to be 
useful against some forms of dysuria. — F. pal- 
matus. Handed fucus. Dulce. Consists of 
a thin-lobed leaf like a hand, and is eaten either 
raw, boiled, or broiled. — F. pinnatijidus. Pep- 
per dulce is warm, like cresses. — F. sacchari- 
nus. Sweet fucus is very sweet, and when diy, 
exudes a substance like sugar. — F. vesiculosa. 
The sea oak. Sea wrack. Bladder wrack. 
Burned in the open air, and reduced to a black 
powder, it forms the JEthiops vegctabilis of the 
shops, which, as an internal medicine, is simi- 
lar to burned sponge, containing a considerable 
quantity of iodine. 

FUGACIOUS. Fugax. (From fugere, to 
fly.) Fading or perishing quickly. A descrip- 
tive term, much used in botany, to distinguish 
between organs which rapidly fade away and 
those which are persistent ; also used m pa- 
thology, as fugacious redness, &c. 

FU'LCRUM. (um, i, n.) A prop or sup- 
port. The roots, branches, and trunk were 
called fulcra. 

FULGU'RATION. In Chemistry, a sudden 
brilliancy emitted by gold and silver before the 



FUM 

blowpipe, when assayed, as they begin to cool 
below the red heat. 

Fuli'ginous. Fuliginosus. 1. Sooty, or full 
of smoke. 2. Of a dark brown color. 

FULI'GO. (o, onis, f. ; quasi fumiligo; from 
fumus, smoke.) Soot. Wood-soot. Fuligo 
ligni. It has a pungent, bitter, and nauseous 
taste. The tincture prepared from this sub- 
stance, tinctura fuliginis, has been recommend- 
ed as a powerful antispasmodic in hysterical 
affections. 

FULIGO'KALI. (From fuligo, soot, and 
kali, potassa.) A remedy for chronic cutane- 
ous diseases, prepared by boiling 100 parts of 
soot and 20 parts of potassa in water, then fil- 
tering and evaporating the solution. A sulphu- 
reted fuligokali is prepai'ed by dissolving 14 
parts of potassa and 5 of sulphur in water, then 
adding 60 parts of fuligokali, evaporating, and 
drying the residuum. 

Fuller's earth. An argillaceous earth 

Fulminating gold. Spe Aurum. 

Fulminating mercury. See Mercury 

Fulminating platina. See Platina. 

Fulminating silver. See Argentum 

Fulmination. Detonation. 

FULMI'NIC ACID. It exists in fulminates, 
but has not been separated. It is bibasic — 
Cy 2 2 -f2HO. 

Fullness of blood. Plethora. 

Fumans nix. Quick lime. 

FUMA'RIA. (a, te, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. Papaveracea. — F. 
bullosa. The root was formerly given to restore 
the suppressed menses, and as an anthelmintic. 1 

— F. officinalis. The fumitory Fumaria. The 
infusion of the dried leaves, or the expressed 
juice of the fresh plant, was esteemed for its 
property of clearing the skin of many disorders 
of the leprous kind. 

Fuma'ric acid. An acid existing in fumaria 
and Iceland moss ; also derived by heating the 
maleic acid. 

Fumigating pastilles. A preparation for 
the purpose of burning in sick rooms, and yield- 
ing an agreeable odor ; they are made of fine 
charcoal, nitre, and cascarilla bark powdered, 
or gum benzoin, and united with mucilage. 

FUMIGA'TlON. (Fumigatio, onis, f. ; from 
fumus, smoke.) The application of fumes, to 
destroy contagious miasmata or effluvia. The 
most efficacious substances for this purpose are 
chlorine, chloride of lime, the vapor of nitric 
acid, and that of the muriatic. 

Fuming liquor of Boyle. Fuming liquor of 
Beguine. Hydrosulphuret of ammonia. 

Fuming liquor of Cadet. Fuming liquor of 
arsenic. Chloride of arsenic. 

Fuming liquor of Libavius. Bichloride of 
tin. 

Fuming acid ok Nordhausen. The concen- 
trated sulphuric acid obtained by distilling 
green vitriol. It consists of two atoms of sul- 
phuric acid and one of water. 

Fumitory. Fumaria officinalis. 

FUMUS. (us, i, m.) Smoke. 

Fumus albus. Mercury. 

Fumus citrinus. • Sulphur. 

Fumus duplex. Sulphur and mercury. 

Fumus rubens. Orpiment. 

303 



FUN 

Fumcs terb.«. Fumitory. 

FUNCTION. (Functio, onis, f.) Iu Physi- 
ology, any action by which vital phenomena 
are produced. The functions of the living body 
are now generally distributed into, 1 . Those of 
nutrition, embracing digestion, absorption, cir- 
culation, secretion, assimilation, and the evolu- 
tion of heat. 2. Those of relation, embracing 
sensation, the intellectual and moral phenome- 
na, the voice, and voluntary motion. 3. The 
generative functions, or those which relate to 
the perpetuation of the species, including co- 
ition, gestation, parturition, and lactation. We 
have also a subdivision into organic and animal 
functions, the latter being the functions of rela- 
tion, and the former the functions of nutrition 
and generation. 

Fu'nda. 1. A four-headed bandage used in 
injuries of the face, especially fracture of the 
lower jaw; called, aho, funda Galeni and fun- 
da maxillaris. 2. The sling used by obstetri- 
cians. 

Funda Galeni. See Funda. 

Funda maxillaris. See Funda. 

Fundament. (Fundamcntum, i, n.) The 
anus. 

Fundament, falling down ok. Prolapsus 
ani 

FU'NDUS. (us, i, m. Latin.) The base 
or bottom of an organ; a term much usod in 
anatomy, as fundus uteri, &c. 

FU'NGI. (Plural of fungus.) An order of 
the class Cryptogamia, including mushrooms, 
toadstools, puffballs, &c. 

Fungic acid. The expressed juice of fungi, 
boiled to coagulate the albumen, then filtered. 

Fu'ngiform. Fungiformie. Resembling a 
fungus. 

Fungiform papilla. The papilla? near the 
edges of the tongue have been so called. 

Fu'ngin. The fleshy part of mushrooms, de- 
prived by alcohol and water of the soluble parts. 
It is azotized, and highly nutritious. 

Fungo'id. Fungoides. Somewhat resem- 
bling a mushroom. 

Fungo'id disease. Fungus ha?matodes. 

Fungo'sitt. A fungous ulcer or excres- 
cence. 

FUNGOUS. Fungosus. Similar to a fungus. 

Fungous ulcer. See Ulcer. 

FU'NGUS. (us, i, m.) 1. In Surgery, a 
luxuriant and unhealthy growth of a texture 
softer than that which is natural to the part 
from which it springs. 2. In Botany, the name 
of an order of plants in the Linnaean system, 
belonging to the class Cryptogamia. 

Fungus articuli. Spina ventosa. 

Fungus, bleeding. Fungus hsematodes. 

Fungus cerebralis. Encephaloid. 

Fungus cerebri. Hernia cerebri. 

Fungus hjematodes. Spongoid inflamma- 
tion. Soft cancer. Medullary sarcoma. A pe- 
culiar form of malignant disease, having a re- 
markable similarity to the substance of the brain. 

Most commonly it presents itself in masses, 
contained in fine membranous partitions ; but 
it has three varieties, as originally pointed out 
by Laennec. The first is the encysted, which 
varies from the size of a filbert to that of an 
apple. The unencysted, which may be very 
304 



FUN 

small, but in other instances obtains the mag- 
nitude of a child's head. Its exterior is not so 
irregular as that of the encysted, though divi- 
ded into lobules, with fissures between them. 
The infiltrated or diffused consists of masses, 
which are not circumscribed, and the medullary 
substance presents a diversified appearance, in 
consequence of its being blended in various 
proportions with the tissues among which it is 
produced. It is generally of the same consist- 
ence as the cerebral medulla, but sometimes 
much softer. It varies also in color : in some 
instances it is quite white ; in others light red ; 
and it has occasionally been found to be of a 
deep red color. A section of the tumor exhibits 
numerous bloody points. A vascular organiza- 
tion is conspicuous in it, and as the coats of its 
vessels are remarkably delicate, the circulation 
of*the blood through them is readily interrupt- 
ed ; hemorrhage from congestive rupture takes 
place ; and the effused blood is mixed with the 
brain-like matter. When superficial, medullary 
sarcoma begins as a colorless swelling, soft and 
elastic to the touch, unless bound down by a 
fascia, in which case it has a firm, tense feel. 
When immediately subcutaneous, it is elastic, 
and hence liable to be mistaken for a tumor 
containing fluid. When it occurs in the tes- 
ticle, it is frequently supposed at first to be hy- 
drocele. 

Like cancer, it has a tendency to spread to 
the absorbent glands, which become converted 
into a similar substance. In every sense of the 
expression, it is a new formation, an adven- 
titious growth, whether situated in the cellular 
membrane, in the tissue of the muscles, in that 
of the viscera, or within the orbit, or in any 
cavity, or on any surface of the body. When 
it occurs in deep-seated parts, it has an invari- 
able tendency to make its way to the surface ; 
and, when this happens, a considerable swelling 
arises, the skin at length becomes thin and dis- 
colored, and, from being at first smooth, now 
projects irregularly; openings are formed in 
these projections, and a medullary growth 
springs up, which sometimes bleeds profusely. 
It is only at this period of the disease that the 
name of fungus huematodes is at all applicable ; 
and even now it is not very correct, as the mass 
is not a fungus, but a substance of medullary 
consistence. Medullary sarcoma seems to be a 
constitutional disease, and rarely confined to one 
organ. It has been observed in the eye, the 
brain, the lungs, the heart, the liver, the spleen, 
the kidneys, the bladder, the uterus, the ovaries, 
the mamma?, the mesenteric glands, the dura 
mater, the bones, and the thyroid gland. It 
may commence in almost every texture, or upon 
every surface. Sometimes it originates in the 
antrum, from which it extends to the brain, 
through the orbit. 

An early symptom of this terrible and very 
common organic disease is a wan, pale com- 
plexion, such as is remarkably indicative of 
what may be termed a fatal organic disease. 
Medullary sarcoma is not uncommon in young 
subjects and persons below the middle age, 
whereas cancer chiefly attacks individuals be- 
tween the ages of forty-five and fifty, or older 
persons. With regard to the treatment, we 



FUR 

know of no medicine which can correct the 
state of the constitution upon which this disease 
depends. The only chance of curing it is by 
the removal of the tumor at an early period of 
its formation, before the lymphatic glands and 
several other parts of the body have become af- 
fected. Thus, if the disease has extended up 
the spermatic cord, castration will be of no 
avail. Extirpation seldom brings a radical 
cure. 

Fungus igniarius. Boletus igniarius. 

Fungus la'iucis. Boletus lancis. 

Fungus medullaris. 1. Fungus hsemato- 
des. 2. An encephaloid tumor. 

Fungus melitensis. See Cynomorium. 

Fungus petrjeus. Agaricus mineralis. 

Fungus phalloides. Phallus impudicus. 

Fungus rosaceus. See Bedcguar. 

Fungus salicis. Boletus suaveolens. 

Fungus sambucinus. Peziza auricula. 

FUNI'CULUS. (Funiculus; diminutive of 
fu7iis, a cord.) A little cord. 

Funiculus spermaticus. The spermatic 
;ord. 

Funiculus umbilicalis. Umbilical cord. 

Funiculus varicosus. Cirsocele. 

Funis arborum. Smilax kevis. 

Funis umbilicalis. Umbilical cord. 

Funnel-shaped. Infundibuliform. 

Furca'le os. Furcella. Furcula. The 
clavicle. 

FURCA'TUS. Furcate; forked. 

Furcella. See Furcate os. 

Furce'lla inferior. The ensiform carti- 
lage. 

Fu'rcula. The clavicle. 

Furcula superior. The upper bone of the 
sternum, and also the clavicle. 

FU'RFUR. (ur, wis, m.) 1. Bran. 2. Pi- 
tyriasis. 

Furfura'ceous. Furfuraceus. A term ap- 
plied to the bran-like sediment occasionally 
deposited in the urine. 

Furfura'tio. Pityriasis. 

FURNACE. (Furnus, i, m.) The furnaces 
employed in chemical operations are of three 
kinds: 1. The cvaporatory furnace, which has 
received its name from its use : it is employed 
to reduce substances into vapor by means of 
heat, in order to separate the more fixed prin- 
ciples from those which are more volatile. 2. 
The revcrberatory furnace, which name it has 
received from its construction, the flame being 
presented from rising, but made to play over 



FTA 

an arched surface. It is appropriated to distil- 
lation. 3. The forge furnace, in which the 
current of air is determined by bellows. 

Furnace cadmia. Tutty or ttittia. 

FURNUS. 4us, i, m.) A furnace. 

Furnus ane'mius. A wind furnace. 

Furor uterinus. See Nymphomania. 

Furuncle. A boil or furunculus ; also called 
a sthenic furuncle. 

Furuncular anthrax. Anthrax, which see. 

Furunculi ventriculus. The core of a 
boil. — Celsus. 

FURU'NCULUS. F. verus. F. lenignw. 
(From furo, to rage ; so named from its heat 
and inflammation before it suppurates. ) A boil. 
An inflammatory, circumscribed, and very 
painful swelling immediately under the skin. 
It seldom exceeds the size of a pigeon's egg. 
It always has a central core, and is mostly y 
found in persons in strong health, and in the 
vigor of youth. Sometimes, however, boils 
occur in cachectic habits. A boil always sup- 
purates, and sooner or later discharges its con- 
tents. This disease rarely requires medical or 
surgical treatment, unless the person has many, 
and then bleeding and purging are required in 
plethoric constitutions, and an alterative course 
of sarsaparilla in weak and unhealthy ones. 

Furunculus gangr^nosus. F. malignus. 
Anthrax. 

Fuselol. Fousel oil ; oil of grain spirits. 

FUSIBILITY. The susceptibility of fusion. 

FUSIBLE. Possessed of fusibility. 

Fusible calculus. See Calculi, urinary. 

Fusible metal. A combination of three 
parts of lead with two of tin and five of bis- 
muth. It melts at 197° F. 

FU'SIFORM. Fusiformis. Spindle shaped. 

FUSION. (Fusio ; from fundo, to pour out. ) 
A chemical process, by which bodies are made 
to pass from the solid to the liquid state, in con- 
sequence of the application of heat. The chief 
objects susceptible of this operation are Baits, 
sulphur, and metals. Salts ore liable to two 
kinds of fusion : the one, which is peculiar to 
saline matters, is owing to water contained in 
them, and is called aqueous fusion ; the other, 
which arises from the heat alone, is known by 
the name of igneous fusion. 

FUSTIC. A dye-wood, derived from the 
Morus tinctoria. There is also another dye, 
called young fustic, derived from the Rhus co- 
tinus, or Italian sumach. 

Ftada. An alchemical name of mercury. 
305 



GAL 



GAL 



G. 



G. 



"• The symbol for glucinum. Among the 
Greeks, an ounce weight. 

Gabal. See Cabala. 

Gabbara. A mummy. 

Gabia'num oleum. Petroleum rubrum. 

Gabi'rea. Ta6ipca. A kind of myrrh. 

GADUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of fishes, 
order Jueulares, including the codfish, had- 
dock, and the Baltic torsk. 

Gadus mo'rrhua. The codfish. This fish, 
well known in our markets, abounds in the 
Northern seas. Its flesh is white, and is much 
eaten. When salted, it is also well-flavored and 
in general esteem. The liver oil is officinal. 
See Oleum jccoris asclli. 

Gagel. Myrica gale. 

GALA'CTIA. (a, a, f. ; from yala, lac, 
milk; or yaXaKTivoc, lactetis, milky.) Mislac- 
tation : a genus of disease in Good's nosology, 
embracing defective, excessive, vitiated, pre- 
mature, erratic, and other morbid secretions 
of the milk. 

Galactic acid. Lactic acid. 

Galactina. Aliment prepared with milk. 

Galactinus. Food made of milk. 

GALACTIRRHCE'A. (a, a, f. ; from yala, 
milk, and peu, to flow.) An excess or over- 
flow of milk. 

Galactites. A calcareous mineral of the 
ancients, used as an astringent and as a pro- 
moter of milk. 

Galactode'ndron utile. Tho cow or milk 
tree of South America. 

GALACTO'PHORUS. Galactophorous. 
(From ya\a, milk, and fcpo, to bring or carry.) 
Galactophorous; milk-bearing. As an adjec- 
tive, applied, 1. To that which has the proper- 
ty of increasing the secretion of the milk. 2. 
The excretory ducts of tho glands of the breasts 
of women, which terminate in the papilla, or 
nipple, are called ducti galactophori, because 
they bring the milk to tho nipple. 3. As a 
substantive, an instrument used to facilitate lac- 
tation, when the nipple is not sufficiently de- 
veloped. 

GALACTOPOIE'TICUS. (From yala, milk, 
and Koteu, to make.) Galactopoietic, or milk- 
making. 

Galactopo'sia. The curing diseases by a 
milk diet. 

Galactopy'ra. Milk fever. 

Galacto'sis. Galactopoicsis. The secretion 
or production of milk. 

Galanga major. See Ka-mpferia. 

Galanga minor. Maranta galanga. 

Galangal. Maranta galanga. 

Galangal, English. Cyperus longus. 

Galbanetum. A balsam of galbanum, with 
turpentine. 

GA'LBANUM. (nm, i, n.; {torn chalbanali, 
Heb.) A genus of umbelliferous plants, of 
whicfi G. officinale yields tho fetid gum-resin 
galbanum. This has the same properties as 
assafoetida, but in a less degree. Dose, gr. x. to 
388., in pills or emulsion. 
30G 



GA'LBULUS. (us, i, m. ; from galbus, yel- 
low.) 1. Tho name given by Vogel to a natu- 
ral yellowness of the skin which is observed in 
some persons. 2. The fruit of the cypress-tree. 

Ga'le. Myrica gale. 

GA'LEA. (a, «r, f.) >A helmet. 1. In.4Ka£- 
omy, the amnion. 2. In Surgery, a bandage 
for tho head. 3. In Pathology, a headache, 
extending all over the head, has been so called. 
4. In Botany, the upper arched lip of a ringent 
and personate corolla. 

Galea'te. Galcalus. Helmet-shaped: ap- 
plied to leaves, flowers, &c. 

GA'LEGA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diadclphia. Dccandria. Leguminosce. — G~ 
officinalis. Goat's rue. Galega. In Italy the 
leaves arc eaten in salads. — G. virginiana is 
an indigenous species, said to be diaphoretic 
and anthelmintic. 

GALE'NA. 1. An ancient name of tho the- 
riaca before the addition of vipers as an ingre- 
dient. 2. The native sulphuret of lead. 

GALENICAL MEDICINE. Medicina Ga- 
lenica. The authority of Galen was paramount 
till tho sixteenth century, when the chemical 
sect, with Paracelsus at their head, commenced 
a furious contest with the Galenists. In the 
treatment of diseases, the Galenists trusted al- 
most entirely to simple vegetables; the chem- 
ists derived their most powerful remedies from 
the mineral kingdom, and prepared thom by 
complex processes. 

GA'LE NISTS. Galenici. Tho followers of 
Galen. 

Gale'nium. (Talnviov ; from yal.nvij, gale- 
na.) A cataplasm containing the galena. 

Galen's bandage. The four-tailed bandage. 

Galen's madwort. See Marrnbium. 

GALEO'BDOLON. A genus of plants. Di- 
dynamia. Gymnospcrmia. Salviaccee. — G. 
luteum. Yellow archangel was formerly es- 
teemed vulnerary, but is now disused. 

GALEO'PSIS. A genus of plants. Didy- 
namia. Gymnospcrmia. Salviacea:. Several 
species were formerly used, but are now alto- 
gether overlooked. 

Galeri'culum aponeuro'ticum. A name 
that has been given to the tendinous expansion 
which lies ovor the pericranium, from its re- 
semblance to a little cup, Galericulum. 

Ga'lia. There were two medicines of this 
name, the pure and aromatic. Galia moschata 
contained aloes, amber, and musk ; galia ze- 
beltina, civet. 

Galianco'nks. Those who have short and 
small arms. 

GALIPE'A CUSPARIA. The new name of 
the Angustura bark-tree, or Bonplandia trifoli- 
ata; also called Galipcea officinalis. 

Galipot. Barms. The white turpentine 
that dries on the trees during winter. 

GA'LIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Tetrandria. Monogynia. Rul/iacetf. — G. al- 
bum. See G. rnollugo. — G. apari'ne. Goose- 
grass. Cleavers. The expressed juice has 



GAL 

been given as an aperient and iliuretic in incip- 
ient dropsies. — G. mollu'go. Greater ladies' 
bedstraw. It has been said to cure epilepsy. — 
G. tinctarium is an indigenous species, resem- 
bling in properties the G. re rum. The root 
yields a red dye. — G. venim. Ladies' bed- 
straw, or cheese-rennet. The Galium of the 
pharmacopoeias. The leaves and flowers pos- 
sess the property of curdling milk, and have 
been used in epilepsy. 

Gall. See Bile. 

GALL-BLADDER. Vesicula fellis. An ob- 
long receptacle, situated under the liver, to 
which it is attached in the right hypochondri- 
um. It is composed of three membranes, a 
cellular, fibrous, and mucous. On one side it 
adheres closely to the liver, and on the other is 
covered by the peritoneum. Its use is to re- 
tain the bile which regurgitates from the hepatic 
duct, there to become thicker and more acrid, 
and to send it through the cystic duct, which 
proceeds from its neck into the ductus commu- 
nis choledochus, to the duodenum. 

Gall ducts. See Hepar. 

Gall sickness. The remitting fever of 
marsh miasmata. 

Gall-stone. See Calculus, biliary. 

GA'LLA. («, <c, f.) A gall-nut. See Qner- 
cus infectoria. 

Galla turcica. See Qucrcus infectoria. 

Ga'llate. A salt of gallic acid. 

G A ' L L I C ACID. Acidum gallicum. A 
sparingly soluble, silky, and crystalline sub- 
stance, obtained by the oxidation of tannic 
acid, from which it diners in not possessing the 
property of precipitating gelatine. It is astrin- 
gent. Form., C 7 H0 3 +2HO. 

Gallicus morbus. Syphilis. 

GALLI'NjE. The family of fowls to which 
the cock, partridge, and pheasant belong. 

Gallipot. A pot of earthenware used to 
contain medicines. 

Galli'trichis. Callitriche. 

Galls. Gall-nuts. See Qucrcus infectoria. 

Gallus domesticus. The domestic fowl. 

Ga'lvanic battery or trough. An appa- 
ratus consisting of a number of simple galvanic 
circles, so arranged as to be discharged togeth- 
er. The galvanic battery of Professor Grove is 
the most perfect and efficient now employed. 

GALVANISM. (Galvanismus; from Galva- 
ni, the inventor.) The form of electricity ob- 
tained by chemical action, as in the oxidation 
of zinc by water, &c. For the collection of the 
fluid, it is necessary to immerse into the excit- 
ing mixture a plate of copper, platina, gold, or 
some metal not acted on ; thus the electricity 
arising from chemical action on the positive or 
zincous element is collected by the negative or 
platinous surface, and when these are made to 
unite by a wire outside the fluid, the action is 
increased. This constitutes a single circle, 
which, in practice, is usually made of zinc, cop- 
per, and dilute sulphuric acid ; but by using 
two fluids, which gradually unite and act upon 
one another, the galvanic effect is increased, as 
in Grove's battery, or rendered mora perma- 
nent, as in Daniell's. A number of simple cir- 
cles, in which each pair is made to unite, con- 
stitutes a batteiy, and the end wires proceed- 



GAL 

iug from tho terminal zinc and copper plates 
are called the poles or electrodes. Galvanic 
currents are increased in power by the size and 
closeness of the plates, strength of the exciting 
fluid, and thickness and shortness of the wires. 
By such an arrangement metals may be rapidly 
deflagrated, powder ignited, even at great dis- 
tances, &c. If, on the other hand, tension is 
required, the number of plates must be in- 
creased irrespective of their size. By this 
means powerful shocks are given, and the de 
composition- of water and numerous binary 
compounds effected. The common form of 
battery is Cruikshank's, which has been im- 
proved by Dr. Hare. 

Galvanism is thought by Dr. Wilson Philip 
to be identical with the nervous fluid ; and from 
its effects on animals, producing muscular con- 
tractions when a current is transmitted through 
a nerve to a muscle, as well as from the exami- 
nation of tho electrical eel, there is an unques- 
tionable connection. The galvanic current has 
been less used than common electricity and 
galvano-magnetism in the treatment of disease. 
It is said to have occasionally produced favor- 
able effects in asthma and nervous complaints. 
In the arts it is extensively employed in the 
precipitation of metals, or the electrotype, in 
the telegraph, blasting, &c. 

In Dr. Ure's experiments on an executed 
criminal, respiration was freely established by 
sending a current from a battery of 270 four- 
inch plates, one pole being in contact with the 
Ehrenic nerve and the other with the great 
ead of the diaphragm, through a small incision 
made under the cartilage of the seventh rib. 
He remarks, with respect to the restoration of 
persons partially drowned, or in whom respi- 
ration is suspended, 

" I would, however, beg leave to suggest an- 
other nervous channel, which I conceive to be 
a still readier and more powerful one, to the 
action of the heart and lungs, than the phrenic 
nerve. If a longitudinal incision be made, as 
is frequently done for aneurism, through the in- 
teguments of tho neck, at the outer edge of the 
sterno-mastoidevs muscle, about half way be- 
tween the clavicle and angle of the lower jaw ; 
then, on turning over the edge of this muscle, 
we bring into view the throbbing carotid, on 
the outside of which tho par vagum and great 
sympathetic nerve lie together in one sheath. 
Here, therefore, they may both be directly 
touched and pressed by a blunt metallic con- 
ductor. These nerves communicate, directly 
or indirectly, with the phrenic, and the super- 
ficial nerve' of the heart is sent off from the 
sympathetic. 

" Should, however, the phrenic nerve be ta- 
ken, that of the left side is the preferable of the 
two. From the position of the heart, the left 
phrenic differs a little in its course from the 
right. It passes over the pericardium, covering 
the apex of the heart. 

" While the point of one metallic conductor is 
applied to tho nervous cords above described, 
the other knob ought to be firmly pressed 
against the side of the person, immediately 
under the cartilage of the seventh rib. The 
skin should be moistened with a solution of 

307 



GAN 

common salt, or, what is better, a hot, saturated 
solution of sal ammoniac, by which means the 
electric energy will be more effectually con- 
veyed through the cuticle, so as to complete 
the voltaic chain. 

" For the purpose* of resuscitating dormant 
irritability of nerves, or contractility of their 
subordinate muscles, the positive pole must be 
applied to the former, and the negative to the 
latter." 

Galvano-magnetism. The magnetic effects 
produced by passing a galvanic current through 
a wire wound around a center of soft iron, 
whereby it becomes a temporary and powerful 
magnet. 

Galvano'metkk. An instrument for meas- 
uring the intensity of a galvanic current, by its 
effect in deflecting the magnetic needle. 

Gambir catechu. The catechu derived 
from the Uncaria gambier. 

Gambo'gia. Gambo'gium. Gamboi'dea. 
Gamboge. See Cambogia. 

Ga'mma. An old iron instrument used for 
Gauterizing a hernia. 

Ga'mmarus. Cancer gammarus. 

Ga'mopetalous. Synonymous with mono- 
petalous. 

Gamphe'le. The cheeks; the jaw. 

Ga'ngamon. The omentum. 

GA'NGLIA, ABDOMINAL. The semilunar 
ganglia and solar plexus. 

Ganglia cerebri postica. The thalami 
nervorum opticorum. 

Ganglia, lumbar. Five or fewer on each 
side, placed between the twelfth rib and the 
articulation of the last vertebra with the sacrum. 

Ganglia, sacral. Three or four on each 
side, placed upon the sides of the anterior sur- 
face of the sacrum. 

Ganglia, semilunar. G. solar. Two gan- 
glia of the abdomen, lying partly upon the crura 
of the diaphragm, partly upon the aorta, oppo- 
site the coeliac trunk. 

Ga'ngliform. A term which has been ap- 
plied to an enlargement in the course of a 
nerve. 

GA'NGLION. (TayyTuov, a knot.) A knot. 

1. In Anatomy, a natural knot-like enlargement 
in the course of a nerve. See Nervous system. 

2. In Surgery, an encysted, hard, indolent tu- 
mor, formed in the sheath of a tendon, and 
containing a fluid like the white of an egg. It 
most frequently occurs on the back of the hand 
or foot. It is treated by compression, discu- 
tients, or extirpation. 

Ganglion, abdominal. The semilunar gan- 
glia. 

Ganglion azygos, vel impar. A small gan- 
glion situated on the first bone of the coccyx. 

Ganglion, cardiac A plexus, constituting 
the central point of union of the cardiac nerves. 

Ganglion cavernosum. A ganglion placed 
at the outer side of the internal carotid artery, 
toward the middle of the cavernous sinus. It 
does not always exist. 

Ganglion cerebelli. G. ciliare. The cor- 
pus dentatum. 

Ganglion cervicale inferius. The infe- 
rior cervical ganglion, situated behind the ver- 
tebral artery, between the transverse process 
308 



,G AR 

of the seventh cervical vertebra and the neck 
of the first rib. It is sometimes double, and 
frequently continuous with the preceding gan- 
glion. 

Ganglion cervicale medium seu thyroide- 
um. A ganglion situated opposite to the fifth 
or sixth vertebra. It is often entirely want- 
ing; sometimes double. 

Ganglion cervicale primum. The superior 
cervical ganglion, situated under the base of 
the skull, and remarkable for its size and the 
regularity of its occurrence. Under the term 
great sympathetic or intercostal nerve are com- 
monly associated all the ganglia which occur 
from the upper part of the neck to the lower 
part of the sacrum, together with the filaments 
which issue from them. 

Ganglion, na^o-palatine. A ganglion dis- 
covered by Cloquet in the anterior palatine 
foramen. 

Ganglion of Andeksch. The ganglion 
petrosum. 

Ganglion of Ehrenritter. G. jugulare 
superius. G., Mutter's. Ganglion of the glosso- 
pharyngeal nerve, situated in the foramen la- 
cerum, above the ganglion petrosum. 

Ganglion of Gasserius. A ganglion on the 
posterior cord of the fifth pair of nerves. 

Ganglion of Meckel. The spheno-palatine 
ganglion, the largest of the cranial ganglia. 

Ganglion of Ribes. A small ganglion of 
communication between the sympathetic fila- 
ments of the anterior cerebral arteries. 

Ganglion of Vieussens. The coEliac plexus. 

Ganglion ophthalmicum. The ophthalmic 
or lenticular ganglion, placed on the outer side 
of the optic nerve ; one of the smallest ganglia 
of the body. 

Ganglion, otic A small ganglion discov- 
ered by Arnold near the foramen ovale. 

Ganglion petrosum. Ganglion of Andersch; 
a gangliform swelling on the glossopharyngeal 
nerve. 

Ganglion sphenoidal. The spheno-palatine 
ganglion. 

Ganglion splanchnicum. The semilunar 
ganglia. 

Ganglion, sub-maxillary. A ganglion 
which occurs opposite the sub-maxillary gland. 

Ganglionic Having ganglions. This term 
is applied to nerves which have ganglions in 
their course, and to the ganglions collectively 
as forming a system. 

Gangr.«:na oris. See Stomacace. 

Gangrjena ossis. See Spina ventosa. 

Gangr.<ena senilis. See Mortification. 

GA'NGRENE. (Tayypaiva. Gangrena, a, 
f. : from ypau, to feed upon.) See Mortifica- 
tion. 

GARCTNIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plante. 
Dodecandria. Monogynia. — G. Mangostana. 
The mangosteen of Java and Molucca. The 
fruit is excellent, and the dried bark is used in 
dysenteries and tenesmus, and a strong decoc- 
tion as a gargle in ulcerated sore throats. 

GARDE'NIA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of plante. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. — G. dumctorum yield* 
an emetic root, and G. gummifera produces tha 
East Indian Elemi. 

Garga'reon. Tapyapcuv. The uvula. 



G A S 

GARGARI'SMA. (a, atis, n. ; and Garga- 
rismus, i, m. ; Gargarismum, i, n. : from yapyap- 
tCu, to gargle.) A gargle or wash for the 
throat. 

Gargarisma aluminis. One drachm of pu- 
rified alum, half a fluid ounce of tincture of 
myrrh, and seven fluid ounces of mint water, 
mixed. 

Ga'rgathum. A bed on which lunatics 
were formerly confined. 

Gargeatio. See Sudor anglicanus. 

Gargle. Gargarisma. 

Garlic. See Allium. 

Garosmum. Chenopodium vulvaria. 

Garou. Daphne gnidium. 

Garrophy'llus. See Eugenia. 

GAS. (A Teutonic word, signifying air or 
spirit. ) Gaz. Aeriform fluid. A term ap- 
plied to all permanently elastic fluids, simple 
or compound, except the atmosphere, to which 
the term air is appropriated. 

Gas, ammoniacal. See Ammonia. 

Gas, azotic Nitrogen. 

Gas, carbonic acid. Carbonic acid. 

Gas, heavy carbonated hydrogen. Car- 
bureted hydrogen. 

Gas, hepatic Sulphureted hydrogen gas. 

Gas, light carbonated hydrogen. Car- 
bureted hydrogen. 

Gas water. The water which remains af- 
ter the gas used for illumination has passed 
through the purifier. It has been recommend- 
ed in chronic diseases of the skin. 

Gascoigne's powder. A powder of one 
pound of the compound powder of crab's-claws, 
and one ounce of prepared Oriental bczoar, 
mixed together. Balls made of this are called 
Gascoigne's balls. 

Gaseous oxide of carbon. Carbonic oxide. 

GASO'METEE. A reservoir for containing 
gas. 

GA'STER. Taortip. 1. The belly or abdo- 
men. 2. The stomach. 3. The womb. 

GASTEROPODA. A class of molluscous 
animals, with an organ of locomotion situated 
on the abdominal surface; as the snail. 

Gastero'stoma. A name given to the 2V- 
nia osculis supcrjicialibvs. 

Gastralgia. Cardialgia. 

GA'STRIC. Gastricus. Appertaining to the 
stomach. 

Gastric arteries. Arteria gastricee. These 
are, the right gastro-cpiploic, a branch of the 
hepatic artery ; the left gastro-cpiploic, a branch 
of the splenic ; the coronaria ventriculi, a branch 
of the coeliac; the pyloric arteries, which arc 
small branches of the hepatic and gastro-epi- 
ploics; and the vasa brevia, which are branches 
of the splenic. 

Gastric fever. Common continued fever, 
with gastric disturbance : the Menin go-gastric 
fever of Pinel. 

Gastric juice. A fluid secreted by the 
stomach. It is tolerably clear, yellowish, some- 
times acid, at others neutral. It contains two 
per cent, of solid matter, being pepsin, salivary 
matter, mucus, lactic acid, and saline matters. 
The animal matter, or pepsin, is the active 
agent, and possesses the property of dissolving 
azotized aliments in the presence of acids, but 



GAS 

loses this property, and acquires the power of 
acting on amylaceous bodies when neutral or 
alkaline. In these respects it is allied to sali- 
va and the pancreatic fluid. 

Gastric nerves. These are derived from 
the pneumogastric and great sympathetic. 

Gastric plexus. The plexus coronarius 
ventriculi, derived from the solur plexus. The 
branches accompany the coronary artery of the 
stomach. 

GASTRI'TIS. (is, idis, f.) Inflammation 
of the stomach. See Inflammation of the Stom- 
ach and Bowels. 

Ga'stro-arthritis. Gout. 
Gastrobro'sis. Perforation of the stomach. 
— Alibert. 

GASTROCE'LE. (c, es, f.; from yaarijp, 
the stomach, and K///I7/, a tumor.) A hernia of 
the stomach, occasioned by a protrusion of that 
viscus through the abdominal parietes. Hernia 
ventriculi. 

GASTROCNEMIUS, (jus, i, m. ; from yaa- 
rnp, the stomach, and Kvnp.n, the leg.) Two, 
or, according to some anatomists, four muscles, 
form the fleshy part or calf of the leg. 

Gastrocnemius externus. An extensor 
muscle of the foot, situated immediately under 
the integuments at the back part of the leg. 
Winslow describes it as two muscles, which lie 
calls gaslrocnemii. Tho gastrocnemius exter- 
nus arises by two distinct heads. The first, 
which is the thickest and longest of the two, 
springs from the upper and back part of the 
inner condyle of the os femoris, adhering 
strongly to the capsular ligament of the joint. 
The second head arises from the back part of* 
the outer condyle of the os femoris. A little 
below the joint, their fleshy bellies unite in a 
middle tendon, and below the middle of the 
tibia they cease to be fleshy, and terminate in 
a broad tendon, which unites with that of tho 
gastrocnemius internus to form one round ten- 
don, the tendo Achtilis. 

Gastrocnemius internus. It arises by two 
heads. Tho first springs from the posterior 
part of the head of tho fibula, and for some way 
below it. The second arises from an oblique 
ridge at the upper and posterior part of the | 
tibia. This muscle, which is narrow at its ori- 
gin, spreads wider as it descends, as far as its 
middle, after which it becomes narrower again, 
and begins to grow tendinous; but its fleshy 
fibers do not entirely disappear till* it lias almost 
reached the extremity of the tibia, a little above 
which it unites with the last muscle to form 
the tendo Achillis. This thick, round cord is 
inserted into the lower ami posterior part of 
the os calcis, after sliding over a cartilaginous 
surface on that bone, to which it is connected 
by a tendinous sheath that is furnished with a 
large bursa mucosa. 

Both the gastrocnemii have the same use, 
viz., that of extending the foot, by drawing it 
backward and downward. 

Gastrocolic Gastrocolic s. The greater 
omentum. 

GASTRODY'NIA. (a, a-, f.; from yaoTnp, 
and oivvn, pain.) Spasmodic pain in the stom- 
ach. 

GA'STRO-ENTERI'TLS. (is, idis, f. ; from 
309 



GEL 

yavrnp, and evrepov, the intestine.) Inflamma- 
tion of the stomach and intestines. See In- 
flammation of the Stomach and Intestines. 

Gastro-enteritis mucosa. Common chol- 
era. 

GASTRO-EPIPLOIC ARTERIES. Two 
arteries which supply the stomach and omen- 
tum. 

Gastroepiploic ganglions. The lymphatic 
glands of the greater omentum. 

Gastro-hepatic Connected with the liver 
and stomach. 

GA'STRO-IIYSTERO'TOM Y. ( Gastro-hys- 
tcrotomia ; from yaort/p, varepov, the womb, 
and reuvu, to cut.) The Caesarian section. 

Gastro'loquism. Ventriloquism. 

GASTRO M A L A C I A. Gasf.ro malaxia. 
(From yacj-np, and jia'AaKOC, soft.) Softening 
of the stomach; a morbid result occurring most 
commonly in infancy, and usually preceded by 
hydrocephalus, acute exanthemata, or disease 
of the respiratory organs. 

Gastro-pk'riodynia. A periodical spasmod- 
ic affection of the stomach, attended with great 
pain, and common in the East Indies, where it 
is called sool. 

Gastrophrenic. Connected with the stom- 
ach and diaphragm ; as the gastro-phrenic liga- 
ment, which is a reflection of the peritoneum. 

GASTRO'RAPHY. ( Gastroraphe ; from 
yaarrip, and pa<t>n, a suture.) The sewing of 
wounds of the abdomen. 

G a s t ro it r li a' o i A . Hammtemesis ; a dis- 
charge of blood from the stomach. 

Gastroi;kh<e'a. A superabundant secretion 
• of mucus from the gastric aud intestinal mu- 
cous membrane. 

Gastro'ses. A generic term of diseases seat- 
ed in the stomach. 

Gastro-splenic omenta. The folds of the 
peritoneum passing between the stomach and 
spleen. 

GASTROTO'MY. (From yacmip, and reuvu, 
to cut.) The operation of cutting into the ab- 
domen, which has been practiced under sever- 
al circumstances. 

GAULTHERIA. (a, a, f.) 1. A genus of 

1 ericaceous, shrubby plants. 2. Gaulthcriapro- 

enmbens, or partridge berry. The leaves and 

whole plant are fragrant, and yield an oil of a 

peculiar odor, the Oleam gaultherice. 

Ga'yacine. The resin of guaiacum. 

Ge'ic Acrt). The same as geine. 

Ge'ine. A name given by Bcrzelius to veg- 
etable mold, which, according to Braconnot, 
resembles ulmin. 

Geiso'ma. Gcison. The prominent parts of 
the eyebrows. 

Gei.a'smus. The sardonic laugh. 

GE'LATINE. (Gclatina, a, ft) Jelly. An 
animal substance, soluble in water, but not in 
alcohol; capable of assuming a well-known elas- 
tic or tremulous consistence by cooling. It is 
precipitated by tannin; and this is the founda- 
tion of the art of tanning leather. Alcohol and 
corrosive sublimate also precipitate it. 

Gelatine is obtained by boding the skin, fib- 
rous tissues, bones, &c., of animals. When 
{rare it is colorless. Size and glue are impure 
brms. That from cartilage (chondrinc) is 
310 



G E N 

slightly different. "When dried it keeps for 
years. Gelatine is not capable of sustaining 
life, but, according to Liebig, serves to repair 
the waste of the cellular and other tissues. Tt 
is a modified protein compound. Formula, 
C13H10N2O5. Chondrine is C16H13N4O7. 

The substance called vegetable jelly is pec- 
tin. 

Gelatine, sugar of. A product of the ac 
tion of potash on gelatine. It is very sweet 
and soluble, and crystallizes in prisms. Its for- 
mula is C8H7N2O5-I-2HO, and it forms com- 
pounds with metallic oxides. 

Gelatinous. Of the nature of gelatin. 

Gelatinous capsules. See Capsules. 

Gelatinous nervous tissue. See Nervous 
matter. 

Gelatinous tissues. Those tissues the ba- 
sis of which is gelatine, as the epidermis, fibrous 
tissues, mucous membrane. 

G E L A ' T I O. (o, onis, f. ; from gclo, to 
freeze.) 1. Freezing. 2. The rigidity of the 
body in catalepsy, as if the person were frozen. 

Gelu. Jelly. 

GEME'LLUS. The gastrocnemius and gem- 
ini muscles. 

GE'MINI. (i, ormn, in. pi.) Twins. 

Gemini musculi. Gcmelli. A muscle of the 
thigh that consists of two portions, united to- 
gether by a tendinous and fleshy membrane, 
and affords a passage to the tendon of the obtu- 
rator internus. These two portions are placed 
under the glutajus maxim us, between the is- 
chium and the great trochanter. The superior 
portion arises from the external surface of the 
srnne of the ischium, and the inferior from the 
tuberosity, and from the posterior sacro-ischiatic, 
ligament. They are inserted, tendinous and 
fleshy, into the cavity at the root of the great 
trochanter. This muscle assists in rolling the 
os feinoris outward, and prevents the tendon of 
the obturator internus from slipping out of its 
place while that muscle is in action. 

GE'MMA. (a, a, f.) 1. A gem. 2. In 
Botany, a bud on the stems of plants. 3. A 
granulation of a wound. 

Gemma oculi. The crystalline lens. 

Gemma'ceus. A term applied by botanists 
to a flower-stalk which grows out of a leaf-bud, 
as is seen in the Bcrberis vulgaris. 

GEMMFPAROUS. (From gemma, bud, and 
pario, to bring forth.) Applied to plants and 
animals which propagate by buds. 

Ge'mmule. A little bud. The termination 
of the plumula of germinating seeds. 

GE'NA. (a, ee, f.) The cheek. 

GENERAL ANATOMY. The anatomy of 
the textures of which the body is composed, as 
distinguished from descriptive anatomy. 

GENERATION. ( Gcneratio, onis, f. ; from 
yuvopai, to beget.) It is a sexual action, per- 
formed in different ways in most animals ; many 
of them have different sexes, and require con- 
junction : such are the human species, quadru- 
Seds, and others. The females of quadrupeds 
ave a matrix, separated into two cavities, ute- 
rus bicornis, and a considerable number of teats ; 
most of them bear several young at a time, and 
the period of their gestation is generally short. 
The generation of birds is very different. " 



The 



G K N 

males have a strong genital organ, which is often 
double. The vulva in the females is placed 
behind the anus ; the ovaries have no matrices, 
and there is a duct for the purpose of conveying 
the egg from the ovarium into the intestines : 
this passage is called the oviduct. The eggs of 
pullets have exhibited unexpected facts to phys- 
iologists who examined the phenomena of in- 
cubation. There is no determinate conjunction 
between fishes: the female deposits her eggs 
on the sands, over which the male passes, and 
emits his seminal fluid for the purpose of fecun- 
dating them: these eggs are hatched after a cer- 
tain time. The males of several oviparous quad- 
rupeds have a double or forked organ. Insects 
exhibit all the varieties which are observed in 
other animals; there are some, indeed the 
greater number, which have the sexes in two 
separate individuals; among others, the repro- 
duction is made either with or without eon- 
junction. The organ of the male, in insects, is 
usually armed with two hooks to seize the fe- 
male : the place of these organs is greatly va- 
ried ; with some, it is at the upper part of the 
belly, near the chest, as in tho male dragon-fly; 
in others, it is at the extremity of the antenna, 
as in the male spider. Most worms are her- 
maphrodite, each individual having botli sexes. 
Polypi, and most infusoria, are reproduced by 
buds or offsets, the buds being separated from 
vigorous animals. This is also the mode of re- 
production of the blood globules and most cel- 
lules. These are the principal modes of gen- 
eration in animals. In the human species, 
■which engages our attention more particularly, 
the phenomena are as follows : 

The part of the male, in the act of reproduc- 
tion, is to deposit tho semen in the vagina, at a 
greater br less distance from the orifice of the 
uterus. 

The function which the female discharges is 
much more obscure : some feel, at this moment, 
very strong voluptuous sensations; others ap- 
pear entirely insensible; while others, again, 
experience a sensation which is very painful. 
Some of them pour out a mucous substance in 
considerable abundance at the instant of the 
most vivid pleasure, while in the greater part 
this phenomenon is entirely wanting. In all 
these respects, there is, perhaps, no exact, re- 
semblance between any two females. 

These different phenomena are common to 
the most frequent acts of copulation ; that is, to 
those which do not produce impregnation, as 
well as those which are effective. 

The most recent opinion is, that the uterus 
during impregnation opens a little, draws in the 
semen by aspiration, and directs it to the ova- 
rium by means of the Fallopian tubes, the fim- 
briated extremity of which closely embraces 
that organ. 

The contact of the semen determines the de- 
velopment of one of the vesicles, which then 
passes into the litems, where the new individ- 
ual is to be elaborated. The fibrous particles 
of the semen, called the seminal animalculse, 
are those which reach the ovarian vesicle and 
impregnate it. 

On account of the difficulty of conceiving the 
passage of the semen to the ovarium, some 



GEN 

authors have imagined that this matter is not 
carried there, but only the vapor which exhales 
from it, or the aura seminalis. Others think 
that the semen is absorbed in the vagina, pass- 
es into the venous system, and arrives at the 
ovaria by the arteries. The phenomena which 
accompany the fecundation of women are, then, 
rfearly unknown. An equal obscurity rests on 
the fecundation of other mammiferous females. 
Nevertheless, it would be more easy to conceive 
a passage of the semen to the ovaria in these, 
since the uterus and the Fallopian tubes possess 
a peristaltic motion like that of the intestines. 
Fecundation, however, taking place by the con- 
tact of the semen with the ova, in- fishes, rep- 
tiles, and birds, it is not very likely that nature 
employs any other mode for the mammifera ; it 
is necessary, then, to conside? it as very prob- 
able that, either at the instant of coition, or at 
a greater or less time afterward, the semen 
amves at the ovarium, where it exerts more 
especially its action upon the vesicles most de- 
veloped. 

Fecundation having taken place, a motion is 
induced in the vivified ovum, which ruptures 
the tender vesicle that contains it ; the fimbria? 
of the Fallopian tube then grasp and convey it 
into the tube, which, by its peristaltic motion, 
conducts it into the cavity ot the uterus, there 
to be evolved and brought to maturity, and, at 
the expiration of a fixed term, to be sent into 
the world. 

Generation, equivocal. Get^eratio cequi- 
voca. Gene ratio spontanea. Gcncratio hetero- 
genca. Gcncratio primitiva. It was the belief 
of the ancients that a plastic energy existed in 
the universe, under the influence of which, 
matter, in certain circumstances, could become 
organized, and new living beings thus spon- 
taneously produced, as when minute animals 
are apparently formed from putrefaction, and in 
infusions of animal or vegetable substances: this 
was called equivocal generation, or epi genesis. 
In the present day the attention of physiologists 
is again being turned to the conditions under 
which the lower fungi appear on decaying 
bodies, and a theory ot spontaneous generation 
is gaining ground. 

Genera tion, fissi'pakous. Generation by 
division. The production of a new organism 
by a separation from the substance of the parent, 
as in the propagation of plants by shoots ; and 
that of certain animals, as some of the infusoria 
and polypi. 

Generation, organs of. The parts subserv- 
ient to generation in a woman are divided into 
external and internal. The external parts are 
the mons veneris, the labia, the perinmtm, the 
clitoris, and the nympha. The internal parts of 
generation are the vagina and uterus, the ovaria 
and Fallopian tubes. 

The parts which constitute the organs of gen- 
eration in men are the penis, testes, vesicula 
seminales, vasa deferentia, and prostate gland. 

Gene'ric Genericus. Appertaining to a 
genus. 

GBNE'TICA. (From yevemc, origin.) Dis- 
eases of the sexual functions. — Good. 

GENE'VA. Gin or whisky from malt, recti- 
fied with juniper berries or turpentine. 

311 



GEN 

Gk'hiai,. Relating to the chin. 

Gkricula'te. Geniculates. Bent like the 
knee. 

Gbni'culum. The knot or joint of stems, 
grasses, &c. 

GE'NIO- A prefix. (From yeveiov.) The 
chin ; belonging to the chin. 

Geni'o-glo'ssus. See Oenio-hyo-glossits. 

GENI'0-HY'O-GLO'SSUS. (From yeveiov, 
the chin, voeideg, the os hyoides, and yXuooa, 
the tongue.) Genio-glossus. The muscle 
which forms the fourth layer between the 
lower jaw and os hyoides. It arises from a 
rough protuberance in the inside of the middle 
of the lower jaw, and its fibers are inserted 
into the tip, middle, and root of the tongue, 
and base of the 9s hyoides. Its use is to draw 
the tip of the tongue backward into the mouth, 
the middle downward, and to render its back 
concave. It also draws its root and the os 
hyoides forward, and thrusts the tongue out of 
the mouth. 

Geni'o-hyoide'us. The muscle which con- 
stitutes the third layer between the lower jaw 
and os hyoides. It is a long, thin, and fleshy 
muscle, arising, tendinous, from a rough protu- 
berance at the inside of the chin, and growing 
somewhat broader and thicker as it descends 
backward to be inserted by very short, tendin- 
ous fibers into both the edges of the base of the 
os hyoides. It draws the os hyoides forward 
to the chin. 

Geni'o-phary'ngeus. See Constrictor pha- 
ryngis superior. 

Genipi album. Artemisia rupestris. 

Genipi verum. The Achillea foliis piiinatis. 
It has a very grateful smell, and is bitter. It is 
exhibited in Switzerland in epilepsy, diarrhaja, 
and debility of the stomach. 

GENI'STA. (a, ce, f.) 1. A genus of plants. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. 2. The 
spartium scoparium. — G. canariensis. See As- 
palathus canariensis. — G . spirtosa indica. Bahcl 
tchulli. An Indian tree, a decoction of the 
roots of which is diuretic. — G. tinctoria. The 
dyer's broom. 

Genita'lis. Appertaining to generation. 

Genital organs. See Organs of generation. 

Genita'lium. A disease of the genital parts. 

GENI'TICUS. (From yeivop.ai, gignor.) 
Appertaining to the sexual function. 

Genito'ra. (From gigno.) 1. The male 
seed. 2. The genital organs of either sex. 

GENOA, CLIMATE OF. Although this 
Italian city is in a warm climate, it is, accord- 
ing to Sir James Clark, decidedly injurious to 
the consumptive during winter, from the occa- 
sional invasion of cold, sharp winds. 

Gensing. Panax quinquefolium. 

Gentian. See Gentiana Infra. 

Gentian s pirit. A stomachic spirit, formed 
by the fermentation of a strong infusion of gen- 
tian. 

GENTIANA. (a, cc, f.) 1. A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Gentianacea. 
2. Gentiana lutea. 

Gentiana alba. See Laserpitium. 

Gentiana cachenlaguen. The chironia 
chilensis. 

Gentiana catesbcei. Blue gentian. It is 
312 



GER 

an indigenous species, the root of which is very 
similar m properties with the yellow gentian. 

Gentiana centaurium. Chironia centau- 
rium. 

Gentiana chirayita. This species is much 
employed in the East Indies as a tonic and anti- 
periodic febrifuge in intermittents. It is also a 
valuable alterative. 

Gentiana lutea. The officinal gentian. 
Gentiana rubra. The root is the medicinal 
part. It has great bitterness, and is in general 
use as a tonic, stomachic, and febrifuge. The 
tincture, infusion, and extract are much em- 
ployed. 

Gentiana major. G. rubra. G. vcternm. 
The officinal gentian. Gentiana lutea. 

GENTIANACE.E. The gentian tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants with 
leaves opposite ; flowers terminal, axillary ; sta- 
mens alternate with the segments of the co- 
l'olla ; ovarium single, superior, one or two cell- 
ed ; fruit, a many-seeded berry. 

GE'NTIANINE. An alkaline principle of 
gentian, supposed to be the active part of the 
plant. It is yellow, bitter, inodorous, nearly 
insoluble in cold water, but very soluble in al- 
cohol and water. 

Ge'ntianite. Gentianine. 

Genti'lii moriii. Hereditary diseases. 

GE'NU. (Indeclinable in the singular, n. ; 
genua, gemtorum, &c, in the plural.) The 
knee. 

Genugra. Gout in the knee. 

GE'NUS. One of the lesser subdivisions of 
natural history. A group of objects allied in 
most important organs or particulars. 

Geny antrum. The antrum of Highmore. 

Geo'des. A hollow mineral. 

GEOFFR/E'A. (a, a, f.) Geoffroya. A 
genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Le- 
guminosa. — G. inermis. See Andira inermis.— 
G. surinamensis. The bark is esteemed as an 
anthelmintic. » 

Geopha'gism. The habit of dirt-eating. 

GEO'RGIA BARK. The bark of the Pinck- 
neya pube?is, an indigenous tree, which is feb- 
rifuge, and has been mentioned as a substitute 
for the cinchona bark. 

Gerania'cejE. A natural family of plants, 
of which the genus geranium is the type. 

Gera'nis. A bandage for a fractured clav- 
icle. 

GERANIUM, (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Monadclphia. Decandria. Gcrani- 
acece. — G. batrachioides. Geranium pratense- 
— G. columbi'mim. Geranium rotundifolium. — 
G. moscha'tum. It is astringent. — G. pralense. 
It possesses slight astringent virtues. — G. ro- 
berlia'num. Stinking crane's-bill. Herb Rob- 
ert. Formerly esteemed as an external appli- 
cation in cancer, mastodynia, and old ulcers. — 
G. rotundifolium. It is slightly astringent. — 
G. sanguincum. Slightly astringent. 

GERM. The rudimentary state of a being;: 
a germen. 

Germander. See Teucrium. 

Germanis oleum. Pinus cembra. 

GE'RMEN. (en, enis, n.) The rudiment 
of the young fruit and seed of vegetables, found 
at the bottom of the pistil or carpel. 



G I S 



GL A 



Germinal cell. A cytoblast. 
Germinal membrane. See Ooum. 
GERMINA'TION. (Gcrminatio, onis, f.) 
The first development of a seed. 

GEROCO'MIA. (a, a, f. ; from yepac, old 
age, and KOfieu, to be concerned about.) That 
part of hygiene which regards the regimen and 
treatment of old age. 

Gerontopo'gon. The herb old man's beard, 
a tragopogon. 

Geronto'xon. The Arcus senilis. 

Gersa. An alchemical name of cerusse. 

Geryon. Quicksilver. 

GESTATION. (Gcstatio, onis, f . ; from "•e- 
ro, to carry.) Carrying. 1. Passive exercise, 
in which the body is moved without the exer- 
tion of its own muscles ; such as swinging, being 
carried in a litter, riding in a carriage, sailing. 
2. Pregnancy. 

Gestation, uterine. Gestatio uterina. The 
period from the impregnation of a female to the 
time of labor. See Pregnancy. 

GE'UM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Ico- 
sandria. Polygyria. Rosacea. — G. rivale. 
The root is astringent, and it is used in inter- 
mittents. — G. urbanum. The herb bennet, or 
avens. The root has been employed as a gen- 
tle astringent, corroborant, and stomachic. 

Geusiono'si. Diseases of the function of 
taste. 

Gibbositas. This word is sometimes used 
for curvature of the spine, especially that spe- 
cies constituting hump back. 

GIBBO'SITY. ( Gibbositas, atis, f. ; from gib- 
bus, a swelling or protuberance.) Crookedness. 

GPBBUS. (us, i, m.) Gibbous ; bulged ; 
swelled. An irregularity or swelling on the 
back, or any other part of the body. 

Gich. An alchemical name of lime. 

Giddiness. See Vertigo. 

Gi'gartina helminthocorton. The fucus 
helminthocorton. 

Gilead, balsam of. Amyris gileadensis. 

Gill. See Branchia and Lamella. 

GILLE'NIA. (a,a,i.) 1. A genus of plants. 
Tcosandna. Polygynia. Rosacea. 2. The 
gillenia trifoliata. — G. trifoliata. An indige- 
nous perennial plant, the root of which is a safe 
and effectual emetic in doses of 30 grains. It 
is the Indian physic, or American ipecacuanha. 
The G. stipulacea is very similar in properties. 

Gilliflower. See Diantkus. 

GIMBERNAT'S LIGAMENT. The apo- 
neurosis of the external oblique muscle of the 
abdomen divides at the inguinal aperture into 
two portions. The lower portion is doubled 
inward, and inserted into the spine of the pu- 
bis, the linea ileo-pectinea, and adjacent por- 
tion of the fascia lata. The tendinous fibres 
thus inserted constitute what is called Gimber- 
nat's ligament, which is defined by some to be 
the third insertion of Poupart's ligament. 

Gin. Geneva. 

Ginger. See Zingiber. 

Ginger beer. A pleasant and sufficiently 
wholesome effervescing beverage, made by fer- 
menting ginger, cream of tartar, and sugar, with 
yeast. It is made according to several well- 
known receipts. 

Ginger, wild. Asarum canadense. 



Gixgiber. See Zingiber. 

Gingibra'chium. The scurvy. 

Gi'ngilie oil. The bland oil of the sesa- 
mum orientale. 

Gingipe'dium. The scurvy. 

GINGI'VA. (a, a-,f.) The gum. The 
very vascular and elastic fleshy substance that 
covers the alveolar arches of the upper and un- 
der jaws, and embraces the neck of the teeth. 

Gi'nglymoid. Resembling a hinge. 

GI'NGLYMUS. (us, i, m. ; from yiyylvpoc, 
a hinge.) The hinge-like joint. A species of 
diarthrosis, or movable connection of bones,, 
which admits of flexion and extension. 

Ginseng. Panax quinquefolium. 

Gir. Quick-lime. 

Girmir. Tartar. 

Giroux springs. NearRiez. They are hot, 
and strongly impregnated with muriate of soda, 
carbonate of magnesia, sulphuret of potash, and 
a bituminous matter. 

Githa'go. Agrostemma githago. 

Glabe'lla. (From glaber, smooth.) The 
space between the eyebrows. 

GLA'BER. (From galab, Hebrew.) Glab- 
rous; smooth. 

Glabula. Gulbulus. 

Glacial. Resembling ice ; crystalline ; as 
glacial acetic, glacial phosphoric acid. 

Gla'cies. Ice. 

Gladiate. Ensiform; sword-shaped. 

Gladiolus luteus. Iris pseudacorus. 

Glairine. A gelatinous vegetable matter 
found in some thermal waters. 

Gla'ma. TTia/ia. The sordes of the eye. 

GLAND. (Glandula, a, f. ; a diminutive of 
glans, an acorn.) I. In Anatomy, an organ 
composed of blood-vessels, nerves, and absorb- 
ents, and destined for the secretion or alteration 
of some peculiar fluid. A gland is either, 

1. Folliculus, a follicle, which is a small bag 
appended to the extremity of a duct into which 
the secretion is made, and from which it is evac- 
uated by the duct. 

2. Lacuna, a little sac opening into the pas- 
sage, and into which, generally, mucus is se* 
ere ted, and is discharged when matter moves 
along the passage. 

3. Crypta, a soft body, consisting of vessels 
not completely surrounded with a membrane. 
The great intestines and kidneys furnish exam 
pies of this apparatus for secretion. 

4. Acinus, a round body, not regularly in- 
vested with a membrane. The liver is princi- 
pally composed of acini. 

The glands of the human body are divided 
by anatomists into different classes, either ac 
cording to their structure, or the fluid they con 
tain. According to their fabric, they are dis- 
tinguished into four classes : simple, compound, 
conglobate, and conglomerate. 

According to their fluid contents, they are 
more properly divided into mucous, sebaceous, 
lymphatic, salival, and lachrymal. 

1. Simple glands are small, hollow follicles, 
covered with a peculiar membrane, and having 
a proper excretory duct, through which they 
evacuate the liquor contained in their cavity. 
Such are the mucous glands of the nose, tongue, 
fauces, trachea, stomach, intestine, and urinary 

313 



GLA 



GLA 



bladder, the sebaceous glands about the anus, 
and those of the ear. These simple glands are 
either dispersed here and there, or are contig- 
uous to one another, forming a heap in such a 
manner that they are not covered by a common 
membrane, but each hath its own excretory 
duct, which is never joined to the excretory 
duct of another gland. The former are termed 
solitary simple glands, the latter aggregate or 
congregate simple glands. 

2. The compound glands consist of many sim- 
ple glands, the excretory ducts of which are 
joined in one common excretoiy duct ; as the 
sebaceous glands of the face, lips, palate, and 
various parts of the skin, especially about the 
pubes. 

3. Conglobate, or, as they are also called, 
lymphatic glands, are those into which lym- 
phatic vessels enter, and from which they go 
out again, as the mesenteric, lumbar, &c. They 
have no excretory duct, but are composed of a 
texture of lymphatic vessels connected together 
by cellular membrane: they are the largest in 
the foetus. 

4. Conglomerate glands are composed of a 
congeries of many simple glands, the excretoiy 
ducts of which open into one common trunk ; 
as the parotid gland, thyroid gland, pancreas, 
and all the salival glands. Conglomerate glands 
differ but little from the compound, yet they 
are composed of more simple glands than tho 
compound. 

The excretory duct of a gland is the duct 
through which the fluid of the duct is excreted. 
The vessels and nerves of glands always come 
from the neighboring parts, and the .arteries 
appear to possess a high degree of irritability. 
The use of the glands is to separate a peculiar 
liquor, or to change it. The use of the conglo- 
bate glands is unknown. 

II. In Botany, Linnaeus defines a gland a lit- 
tle tumor discharging a fluid. 

Gla'nders. Equinia. 

Glandiform. Having a spongy texture, like 
a gland, or resembling a gland in figure. 

GLA'NDULA. (a, a, f. ; a diminutive of 
glans.) A little gland. 

Glandula basilakis. The pituitary gland. 

Glandula innominata Gai.eni. The lach- 
rymal gland. 

Glandula lachrymalis. See Lachrymal 
gland. 

Glandula Riviniana. The sublingual gland. 

Glandula salivalis abdominis. The pan- 
creas. 

Glandulje articulares. The synovial 
glands. 

Glandule Brunneri. See Brunner's glands. 

Glandulje cervicis uteri. Naboth's glands. 

Glandulje dhk«; matris. See Glandula 
Pacchioni. 

Glandule intestinales. G. mucosa; coag- 
minata. See Peyer's glands. 

Glandulje myrtiformes. See Carnnculm 
myrtiformes. 

Glandule odoriferje. Tyson's glands. 
Minute glandules situated around the corona 
glandis of the male penis, and on the same part 
of the clitoris, which secrete a strong-smelling 
smegma. 

314 



Glandulje Pacchio'ni. A number of small 
fibrous substances, situated under the dura ma- 
ter, about the sides of the longitudinal sinus. 
Their use is not known, and some suppose 
them to be morbid products. 

GLANDULiE Peyeri. See Peyer's glands. 
Glandulje plexiformes. Peyer's glands. 
Glandulje prostratje mulierum. The 
spongy texture which surrounds the orifice of 
the urethra in women. 

Glandulje sebaceje ciliares. The Meibo- 
mian glands. 

Glandulje solitarije. The solitary glands- 
See Brunncrs glands. 

Glandulje sutra-renales. The renal cap- 
sules. 

Glandule: VASCUL08 x. . Conglomerate 
glands. 

Gla'ndular. Glandulo'sus. Having the 
ajjpearance, structure, or function of a gland. 

GLANS. (s, dis, f.) 1. A gland. See Gland. 
2. Tho acorn and similar fruits. 

Glans clito'ridis. The imperforate summit 
of the clitoris, which is erectile, and similar in 
structure, but smaller than the glans penis. 
Glans Jovis. The chestnut. 
Glans penis. The very vascular body that 
forms the apex of the penis. The inferior cir- 
cle is termed the cotoua glandis. See Corptm 
spongiosum urcthrce. 

Glans unguentaria. See Gitilandina. 
Glaseri sal polyciirestum. Glaser's sal 
polychrest. Potassse sulphas cum sulphure of 
the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia. 

GLASS. Vitrum. This substance was for- 
merly employed by surgeons, when roughly 
powdered, to destroy opacities of the cornea. 
Glass of antimony. See Antimonii vitrum 
Glass-shaped. Cyathiformis. 
Glasswort, snail-seeded. Salsola kali. 
Glauber's salt. Soda? sulphas. 
Glauber's secret sal ammoniac Sulphate 
of ammonia. 

Glauber's spirit of nitre. Nitric acid. 
Glauce'do. Glaucoma. 
Glauci'na. A name given to the natural 
cow-pox, from the grayish-blue color of the ves- 
icles. 

Gla'ucine. An alkaloid extracted from the 
leaves of the Glaucium lutcum. 

GLAU'CIUM. (iw, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Papavcra- 
cew. 2. The horned poppy, G. maritimm. 

GLAUCO'MA. (a, alls, n. ; from y?.avKoc, 
glaucous ; because of the eye becoming of a blue 
or sea-green color.) 1. Dimness or obscurity 
of sight from an opacity of the vitreous humor. 
It is difficult to ascertain, and is only to be 
known by a very attentive examination of the 
eye. It is generally produced by a cloudy se- 
cretion of the vitreous humor, or by a torpitude 
of action in the absorbents that carry off the 
fluid from the cells of the vitreous substance. 
A continued course of mercurial alteratives is 
likely to be beneficial, with blisters near the 
eye, as behind the ears, &c. 2. This name has 
been given to cataract. See Cataract. 
Glauco'sis. See Glaucoma. 
GLAU'CUS. Glaucous; hoary. Ofagray, 
bluish-srreen color. 



GLO 

GLECHO'MA. (a,a,f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiaiee. — O. 
hedera'cca. Ground-ivy, or gill. It has a strong 
smell, is bitterish, and somewhat aromatic. 

Gle'cho.v. 'Tatjxuv. Pennyroyal. 

Glechoni'tes. (From yXnxuv, pennyroyal.) 
Wine impregnated with pennyroyal. 

GLEET. A mucous discharge from the ure- 
thra, commonly a sequela of gonorrhoea. See 
Urethritis. 

GLE'NE. Yknvrj. 1. The cavity of the eye. 
2. That cavity of a bone which receives another 
within it. 

Gle'noid. Glenoides. The name of some 
articular cavities of bones. The surface of the 
scapula, with which the head of the humerus is 
articulated, is called the glenoid cavity of the 
scapula. 

Glenoid ligament. The fibro-cartilaginous 
ling which surrounds and increases the depth 
of the glenoid cavity. 

Gleu'xis. A sweet wine. 

Gli'adine. The pan of gluten soluble in 
hot alcohol. 

GLI'RES. (From glis, a dormouse.) The 
Linnamn name of the tribe Rndentia. 

Glischho'cholos. Viscid bilious excrement. 

Glisoma'rgo. Chalk. 

Glisson's capsule. See Capsule of Glisson. 

Globate. See Gland. 

Glo'bose. Globosus. Round. 

Globula'kia alypum. The leaves are used 
in Spain in the venereal disease. It is also a 
powerful cathartic. 

GLOBULE. Globulus. A small globe or 
spherical object. 

Globules ok the blood. This term is com- 
monly used to designate the red globules, and 
does not include the lymph and chylo globules. 
See Blood. The red globules are of a discoid 
figure in mammalia, and elliptical in birds and 
reptiles. They contain a central nucleus of j 
globulin or fibrin, and an inner coat of a red J 
substance, called hamatin, united with albumen, ! 
and an envelope of transparent tissue. The 
size of the red globules in man is about the 
TzrVoth of an inch, but their figure is modified 
under many circumstances of nutrition. They 
are rapidly dissolved by pure water, but pre- 
served in saline fluids, especially sulphate of 
soda. Their amount in the blood fluctuates in 
health and disease. See Blood. 

GLO'BULIN. The substance which forms 
the nucleus of tlie red blood globules. It is a 
form of fibrin. 

GLO'BUS. («s, i, m.) A ball. 

Globus hystericus. The air ascending in 
the oesophagus, and prevented by spasm from 
reaching the mouth, is so called, because it 
mostly attends hysteria, and gives the sensation 
of a ball ascending in the throat. This globus, 
or feeling of a ball in the throat, is a very com- 
mon annoyance to persons of a nervous tem- 
perament ; and it is, with them and others, a 
common attendant, not only in hysterical, but 
also in nervous and hypochondriacal complaints. 
Fits of passion, both of anger, grief, and fear, 
produce it, and often to an extent that threat- 
ens suffocation. Many emotions of the mind, 
even in the strongest, whose minds were well 



GLU 

regulated, give rise to this affection. Steady- 
ing the mind, cold water about the throat, and 
a small piece of ice, or very cold water in the 
month, generally relaxes the spasm, when an 
idiopathic disease. When symptomatic, the 
remedies of the primary disease are to be re- 
sorted to. 

Globus major epididymis. The upper and 
larger end of the epididymus. The lower end 
is the globus minor. 

Globus martialis. Globuli tartari martia- 
lis. The ferri potassio tartras. 

Globus uterinus. Tho round ball of the 
uterus after deliver}', as it may be felt through 
tho abdominal parietes. 

Glo'chis. A pointed hair. A sharp point. 
Glo'mer. A conglomerate gland. 
GLO'MERATE. (Glomeratus; from glo- 
mer.) 1. In Anatomy, a gland is so called 
which is formed of sanguineous vessels, having 
no cavity, but furnished with an excretory 
.duct, as the laohrymal and mammary glands. 
2. In Botany, it means congregated. 

Glome'rulus. In Botany, a capitulum, most- 
ly in the axilla of the peduncle. 

GLO'SSA. (a, a; f. ; from yAuooa, and ylur- 
ra, the tongue.) See Tongue. 

GLO'SSAGRA. («, <c, f. ; from yAuooa, the 
tongue, and ay pa. a seizure.) A violent pain 
in the tongue, with inflammation. 
Glo'ssalgia. Syn. of glossagra. 
Glo'ssanthrax. Carbuncle of the tongue, 
a disease common in cattle. 

Glossia'nus. The lingual muscle. 
G los s i ' t i s. Inflammation of the tongue ; 
glossagra. 

Glossoca'tochos. An instrument hi Pauhu 
iEgineta for depressing the tongue ; a spatula 
lingua?. 

GLOSSO'LOGV. The word is commonly 
used to designate a vocabulary, or appendix, 
explanatory of hard terms, from glossa; but it 
may also be used for a description of the tongue. 
Glossoly'sis. Syn. of glossoplegia. 
Glosso'ncus. A swelling or tumor of the 
tongue. 

Glosso-pharyngkai. nerves. See Nervovs 
System. 

Glosso-pharyngkus. See Constrictor pha- 
ryngcus superior. 

Glossople'gia. Paralysis of the tongue. 
Glossot o'm i a. Glossotomy. Excision of 
the tongue. 

Glosso-staphylinus. See Constrictor isth- 
mi faucimn. 

GLOSSOCE'LE. (c, es, f. ; from yluaaa, 
and unfa/, a tumor.) An extrusion of the tongue 
from swelling. 
Glosso'coma. A retraction of the tongue. 
Glo'tta. (From yAUTTU, the tongue.) See 
Tongue. 

GLO'TTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from yAurra, the 
tongue.) Tho superior opening of the larynx 
at tho bottom of the tongue ; the opening be- 
tween the arytenoid cartilages, also called tho 
rima glottidis. 

Glu'cic acid. A product of the action of al- 
kalies on sugar. It is very soluble, and has the 
composition of Ci2HsOs,3HO. 

GLUCI'NA. (a, a, f. ; from yAvuvc, sweet ) 
315 



GLU 

An earth found in the beryl and emerald. It 
is white, light, and soft; insipid, and adheres 
to the tongue ; and infusible. Sp. gr., 2-967. 

Gluci'num. The metallic base of the earth 
glucina. 

GLUCO'SE. (From yXr/cvf, sweet.) Grape 
sugar. Diabetic or starch sugar. That form 
of sugar which is found in acid fruits and plants. 
It is difficultly crystallizable, spontaneously fer- 
mentable, and has the composition CibHmOm, 
and hence differs from cane sugar in contain- 
ing three atoms more water. It is produced 
by the action of dilute sulphuric acid on starch. 
Glucose forms definite compounds with baryta, 
lime, oxido of lead, and other bases. 

Gluco'suria. Diabetes mellitus. 

GLUE. An inspissated jelly from the par- 
ings of hides and other offal. 

GLU 'Ml']. (Gluma, a, f. ; a glubendo, a 
husk of corn.) The husk. The calyx of grass- 
es and grass-like plants, of a chaffy texture. 

Glumo'se. Glumo'sus. A flower which is 
aggregate, and has a husky calyx. 

Gluteus. .See Gluteus. 

GLUTE'AL. Glutealis. Belonging lo the 
buttocks. 

Gluteal artery. A branch of the internal 
iliac artery. 

Gluteal nerve. A large branch from the 
fifth pair of lumbar nerves. 

GLU'TEN. (From gelo, to congeal.) 1. 
Glue. 2. A glutinous body found in wheat and 
other grains. 

Gluten, animal. Gelatine. 

Gluten bread. Bread or biscuits made 
from flour, previously washed to remove a part 
of its starch. It has been recommended in ilia- 
betes by Dr. Bourchardat. 

Gluten, vegetable. If wheat flour be made 
into a paste, and washed in a largo quantity of 
water, it leaves behind an insoluble part called 
gluten, and amounting to 10 or 20 per cent. : 
this is the nutritious part. It is grayish, tena- 
cious, and soon decays if moist. It cone ists, for 
the most part, of vegetable fibrin, with some al- 
bumen. 

GLUTE'US. (From yXovroc. the buttocks.) 
The name? of muscles, arteries. &C., of the but- 
tocks. 

Gluteus maximu.s. Glutens magnut. Glu- 
teus major. A broad radiated muscle. It is 
divided into a number of strong fasciculi, is cov- 
ered by a protty thick aponeurosis derived from 
the fascia lata, and is situated immediately un- 
der the integuments. It arises from the outer 
lip of the posterior half of the spine of the ilium, 
from the ligaments of the two posterior spinous 
processes, the posterior sacro-ischiatic ligament, 
and the outer sides of the os sacrum and oa 
coccygis. From these origins the fibers of the 
muscle run toward the great trochanter of the 
os femoria, where they form a broad and thick 
tendon, between which and the trochanter 
there is a considerable bursa mucosa. This 
tendon is inserted into the upper part of the 
tinea aspera for the space of two or three inches 
downward, and sends oft' fibers to the fascia 
lata, and to the upper, extremity of the vastus 
externus. It serves to extend the thigh by 
pulling it directly backward; at the same time, 
316 



GO A 

it draws it a little outward, and thus assists in 
its rotatory motion. 

Gluteus medius. The posterior half of this 
muscle is covered by the gluteus maximus. It 
arises, fleshy, from the outer lip of the anterior 
part of the spine of the ilium, from part of the 
posterior surface of that bone, and from the fas- 
cia that covers it. From these organs its fibers 
run toward the great trochanter, into the outer 
and posterior part of which it is inserted by a 
broad tendon. 

Gluteus minimus. Glutaus minor of Albi- 
nus and Cowper. A radiated muscle. It is sit- 
uated under the gluteus medius. It arises, 
fleshy, between the two semicircular ridges of 
the ilium, from the edge of its great niche. It* 
fibers run, in different directions, toward a thick, 
flat tendon, which adheres to a capsular liga- 
ment of the joint, and is inserted into the fore 
and upper part of the great trochanter. This 
muscle assists the two former in drawing the 
thigh backward and outward, and in rolling it. 

Glu'tia. 1. The VJtittocks. 2. The corpora 
quadrigemina. 

Glu'tinous. Glulinosus. Adhesive 

Gluttony. See Bulimia. 

GLU'TUS. The buttock. 

Glyca'sma. A sweet, medicated wine. 

GLY'CERINE. (From y?.VKvr, sweet.) The 
sweet principle of oils and fats, acting in these 
bodies the part of a base. Its composition is 
C fi H7O,-,+tI0, or hydrated oxide of glyecryle, 
GlOf-,,HO. It is gelatinous, and left in the pro- 
cess of soap-making. 

Glyck'ryl. Glyccrulc. The hypothetical 
basis or radical of glycerine, which see. 

Glyci'coll. Glycocoll. Sugar of gelatine. 
See Gelatine, Sugar of. 

Gly'cion. Glycyrrhizine. 

Glyoypi'oros. Bolanum dulcamara. 

GLYCYRRHI'ZA. (a, a, f.) 1. Liquorice. 
2. A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. 
Leguminos(E. — G. cchinala is substituted in some 
places for the glabra. — G. Glabra. The offici- 
nal liquorice. Glycyrrhiza. It is in common 
use as a pectoral or emollient in catarrhal de- 
fluxions on the breast, coughs, hoarsenesses, &c. 
Infusions, or the extract made from it, which 
is called Spanish liquorice, afford likewise very 
commodious vehicles for the exhibition of other 
medicines. 

GLycrRRiii'ziNE. The sugar of liquorice. 
It is neither crystallizable nor fermentable, and 
forms salts both with acids and bases. 

fiLYSTER. See Enema. 

GNAPHA'LIUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Syngcnesia. Polygamiasuperfiua. Com- 
posUw. — G. arenarium. See Gnaphalium stce- 
chas. — G.dioicum. Gnaphalium albinum. Cot- 
ton weed ; flores guaphalii. They were form- 
erly used as astringents. — G. staschas. Gold- 
ilocks. The flowers are warm, pungent, and 
bitter, and said to possess aperient and corrob- 
orant virtues. 

Gna'thus. (From yvanru, to bend.) 1. 
The jaw, or jaw-bones. 2. The cheek. 

GOAT, the capra hircus. 

Goat's-beard, gray. Clavaria cinerea. 

Goat's-beard mushroom. Clavaria coral 
loides. 



GON 

Goat's-rue. Galega officinalis. 

Goat's-thorn. Astragalus verus. 

Goat-weed. See JEgopodium. 

Godbold's vegetable balsam. A nostmm, 
consisting chiefly of simple oxymel. 

Godfrey's cordial. A quack medicine, 
made by infusing sassafras, gix. ; 6eeds of car- 
raway, coriander, and anise, of each, 5j., in six 
pints of water; simmering the mixture till re- 
duced to four pints, then adding six pounds of 
treacle, boiling the whole for a few minutes, 
and adding three ounces of tincture of opium. 

Godfrey's smellino-salts. These are pre- 
pared by resubliming the common subcarbon- 
ate of ammonia with pearlash and a portion of 
strong alcohol. 

Goitre. See Bronchocele. 

GOLD. See Aurum. 

Gold-beater's skin. The prepared intes- 
tine of the ox, used as a dressing by surgeons. 

Gold-cup. Sec Ranunculus. 

Gold-thread. Coptis trifolia. 

Golden maidenhair. See Polytrichum. 

Golden rod. See Solidago virgaurea. 

Golden sulfhuret of antimony. See An- 
timonii ox y sulphur ■etum. 

Goldilocks. Gnaphalium stoechas. 

Gomphi'asis. Gomphiasmus. Incorrectly 
written for agomphiasis. See Agomphiasis. 

Go'mphioi. The dentes molares, or grinding 
teeth. 

GOMPIIO'SIS. (is, is, f. To/Kpumc ; from 
yo/i<j)oo), to drive in a nail.) Gomphoma. A 
species of immovable connection of bones, in 
which one bone is fixed in another, like a nail in 
a board, as the teeth in the alveoli of the jaws. 

GO'NAGRA. (a, ee, f. ; from yovv, the knee, 
and aypa, a seizure.) The gout in the knee. 

Gona'lgia. See Gonyalgia. 

Gongro'na. Bronchocele. 

Gongy'lion. A pill. 

GONIO'METER. (From ywvia, an angle, 
and /lerpov, a measure.) An instrument for 
measuring angles, especially those of crystals. 

GONORRH(E'A. (a, a, f. ; from yovv, the 
semen, and peu, to flow.) 1. A flow or dis- 
charge of semen. Spermatorrhoea. As a dis- 
ease, it is an involuntarry emission of ti^g sem- 
inal fluid without copulation. It is mostly 
caused by an indulgence of libidinous ideas, 
sometimes with an erection of the*penis, and 
sometimes without. Gonorrhata dormientium. 
If it takes place in strong and vigorous consti- 
tutions, and especially from a superabundant 
secretion of seminal fluid, the best remedies are 
blood-letting and purgatives, with a low and 
abstemious diet, and regular exercise. Or it 
may arise in relaxed persons : this is the gon- 
orrhoea laxorum, and requires that sexual inter- 
course should be forbidden, and the system in- 
vigorated by cold sea-bathing, &c. 

2. The clap is also called gonorrhoea, from 
an old notion that the discharge consisted of 
semen. The gonorrhoea benigna is supposed to 
arise from irritation, unconnected with venereal 
contamination, and gonorrhoea virulenta, malig- 
na, or venerea, when it arises from the applica- 
tion of the venereal virus. See Urethritis. 

Gonorrhoea balani. A gonorrhoea! dis- 
charge, affecting the glans penis only. 



GOU 

Gonorrhce'al. Relating to the clap, or gon- 
orrhoea virulenta. 

GONYA'LGIA. (a, ce, f. ; from yovv, the 
knee, and aAyoc, pain.) Gonialgia. Gcnalgia. 
Pain in the knee. 

Goose. Anser domesticus. 

Goose-foot. Chenopodium. 

Goose-grass. Goose-share. Galium aparine. 

GO'RDIUS. («*, i, m.) A genus of animals. 
Class, Annelides. Order, Abranchia. — G. aquat- 
icus. The hair-tail worm", or Seta equina, found 
in stagnant marshes. — G. medinensis. See Fi- 
laria medinensis. 

GO'RGET. The name given to an instru- 
ment used in the operation of lithotomy. Gor- 
gets are of two kinds, cutting 'and blunt. The 
cutting gorget is a kind of knife, furnished with 
a beak, which runs in the groove of the staff, 
so that the gorget being pushed along it, divides 
the neck of the bladder and the prostate gland. 
The blunt gorget is merely a sort of large di- 
rectory for guiding the forceps into the bladder. 
The gorget is now seldom used, the cutting 
one being superseded by a simple knife, and 
the blunt one by the use of the finger. The 
gorget for fistula in ano is a wooden staff or 
bougie, to receive the point of the bistoury when 
it cuts through the intestine. 

GORGO'NIA. A genus of corals.— G. anti'- 
pathes. Antipathes. Black coral was formerly 
used in epilepsy. 

GOSSY'PIUM. ( M m, ii, n.) 1. Cotton. 2. 
A genus of plants. Monadclphia. Polyandria. 
Malvacea;. — G. herbaceum. The cotton plant. 

Go'tium. A goitre. See Bronchocele. 

Goulard's cerate. The ceratum plumbi 
subacetatis (U. S.). 

Goulard's extract. A saturated solution 
of acetate of lead. See Liquor plumbi subace- 
tatis. 

Gourd, bftter. Cucumis colocynthis. 

Gourd-worm. Distoma hepaticum. 

GOUT. Several names are given to this dis- 
ease, according to the part affected ; as arthri- 
tis, podagra, chiragra. It has also been called 
dolor podagricus, febris podagrica, &c. It is 
characterized by pain in the joints, chiefly of 
the great toe, or, at any rate, chiefly of the feet 
and hands, returning at intervals, with more or 
less of swelling, and redness of the skin, the 
functions of the stomach being mostly disturbed 
previous to the attack. 

It is a very painful disease, preceded usually 
by flatulency and indigestion, and accompanied 
by fever, pains in the joints of the hands and 
feet, particularly in that of the great toe, and 
which returns by paroxysms, occurring chiefly 
in the spring and beginning of winter. It most 
frequently attacks the male sex, particularly 
those of a corpulent habit and robust frame, 
who use wine and luxurious eating. It seldom 
attacks before forty. There are three species : 

1. The regular Gout. — A paroxysm some- 
times comes on suddenly, without any previous 
warning ; at other times it is preceded by an 
unusual coldness of the feet and legs, a sup- 
pression of perspiration in them, and numb 
ness, or a sense of prickling along the whole of 
the lower extremities ; and with these symp- 
toms the appetite is diminished, the stomach u 

317 



GO U 



GOU 



troubled wild fiat.uli.nicy and indigestion, a de- 
gree of torpor and languor vs felt over the whole 
body, groat Lassitude and fatigue are experi- 
enced after the least exercise, the body is cos- 
tive, and the urine pallid. The pain is intense, 
and resembles that of a dislocated bone, and is 
attended with the sensation of cold ; and this 
pain becoming more violent, is succeeded by 
rigors and other febrile symptoms, together 
with a severe throbbing and inflammation in 
the part. Sometimes both feet become swell- 
ed and inflamed, so that neither of them can 
be put to the ground ; nor can the patient en- 
dure the least motion without suffering excru- 
ciating pain. In a few hours he falls asleep, 
and a gentle sweat breaks out, and terminates 
the paroxysm, a number of which constitutes 
what is called a fit of the gout. The duration 
of the fit will be longer or shorter, according to 
the disposition of the body to the disease, the 
season of the year, and the age and strength of 
the patient. When a paroxysm has thus taken 
place, although there is an alleviation of pain 
at the expiration of some hours, still the patient is 
not entirely relieved from it, and for some even- 
ings successively he has a return both of pain 
and fever, which continue, with more or lesa 
violence, until morning. At first, an attack of 
gout occurs, perhaps, only once hi two or three 
years; then every year, and at length it be- 
comes more frequent, and is more severe, and 
of longer duration, each succeeding fit. In the 
progress of the disease, various parts of the 
body are affected, and translations take place 
from one joint or limb to another ; and, after 
frequent attacks, the joints lose their strength 
and flexibility, and become so stiff" as to be de- 
prived of all motion. Concretions of a chalky 
appearance are likewiso formed upon the out 
side of the joints, and nephritic affections arise 
from a deposit of the same kind of matter in 
them, which, although fluid at first, becomes 
gradually dry and firm. This matter is chiefly 
a compouud of the uric acid and soda, and 
other urates. 

2. Atonic Gout- — It sometimes happens that, 
although a gouty diathesis prevails in the sys- 
tem, yet, from certain causes, no inflammatory 
affection of the joints is produced; in which 
caso the stomach becomes particularly affected, 
and the patient is troubled with flatulency, in- 
digestion, loss of appetite, eructations, nausea, 
vomiting, and severe pains; and these affec- 
tions are often accompanied with much dejec- 
tion of spirits, and other hypochondriacal symp- 
toms. This is what is called atonic gout. A 
great variety of anomalous symptoms are refer- 
rible to the same source. 

3. Podagra retrograda. — Retrocedent gout. 
After the inllammation has occupied a joint, in- 
stead of its continuing the usual time, and going 
off gradually, it ceases suddenly, and is trans- 
lated to some internal part. The terra retro- 
cedent gout is applied to occurrences of this 
nature. When it tails on the stomach, it occa- 
sions nausea, vomiting, anxiety, or great pain ; 
when on the heart, it brings on syncope ; when 
on the lungs, it produces an affection resem- 
bling asthma ; and when it occupies the head, 
it is apt to give rise to apoplexy, or paloy. 

318 



4. Misplaced Gout is when the gouty diutne- 
sis, instead of producing the inflammatory af- 
fection of the joints, occasions an inflammatory 
affection of some internal parts, and which ap- 
pears from the same symptoms that attend the 
inflammation of those parts from other causes. 

Besides the more easily recognized forms of 
gout, there is no doubt that the gouty diathesis 
gives rise to a specific inflammation of various 
membranous parts. This is exemplified in the 
gouty form of iritis. (See Iritis.) It appears 
also to exert, occasionally, a pernicious influ- 
ence on the nervous system ; and Beer admits 
a distinct form of gouty amaurosis. 

In attempting the cure of this disease, our 
attention must be directed to the paroxysm, 
and to the management during its absence ; and 
particularly to the state of the constitution and 
previous habits, which may demand different 
and opposite plans. 

Treatment of the Paroxysm of a regular Fit 
of Gout. — The practice is to endeavor to sub- 
due the paroxysm by bleeding, leeches, purga- 
tives, sudoriffes, local astringents, refrigerants, 
&c, so managed as to prevent any danger of 
repelling the gout to some internal organ, and 
thus converting a regular paroxysm into a ret- 
rograde or atonic gout. The medicine which 
is most used during this fit, and which possess- 
es the power of shortening its duration, and 
sometimes of hindering the access, is the Vinum 
colchici, prepared either from the roots or seeds. 
It is administered in doses of 3J., combined with 
carbonate of magnesia, every two or three 
hours, until purging or vomiting are produced. 
It is, however, to be used with great caution, 
as it often irritates the stomach and heart. 

In atonic gout, our uniform attempt should 
be to produce a transfer from the part on which 
it has seized, and fix it in the extremities: in 
retrocedent gout, on the contrary, to render the 
vacillating attack on the extremities more per 
manent, and prevent it from shifting to any 
other quiirter. 

To obtain the first intention, we have to 
strengthen and even stimulate the system gen- 
erally by warm tonics and a generous diet, and, 
above all things, to take off the severe suffer- 
ing, in^vhatever it may consist, from the affect- 
ed organ : for the longer the fit continues there, 
the less capable is it of any instinctive remedial 
exertion. At the same time, we may solicit the 
paroxysm to the extremities by putting the feet 
into warm water. 

In atonic gout, the sufferings, though widely 
different according to the seat of the disease, 
are almost insupportable. In the head the pain 
is maddening, or the disorder is accompanied 
with great horror, or resembles the stupor of 
apoplexy: in the stomach there is a faintness 
like that of death, with the sense of weight and 
coldness; or there is a gnawing or a burning 
agony, or a spasmodic stricture which seems to 
cut the body in two, and renders breathing al« 
most impossible ; often, also, accompanied with 
a rapid and sinking palpitation of the heart. 

It is of importance to determine accurately 
that these anomalous symptoms are really those 
of gout, of which we nave chiefly to judge 
from the general character of the patient's con- 



GR A 

etitution, his hereditary predisposition, habits 
of life, and the ailments to which he has been 
previously subject. In most cases, too, during 
the paroxysm, and especially where the stom- 
ach is affected, the warmest cordials are neces- 
sary : as brandy, the aromatic spirit of ammonia, 
spiritus aitheris nitrosi, or the tincture of ginger 
or of capsicum. Sinapisms, hot applications 
externally, are to be freely used ; but our sheet- 
anchor is opium ; and it should be given freely, 
and in union with some preparations of anti- 
mony, so as to act toward the surface gener- 
ally, and thus to restore to the living power its 
interrupted equilibrium. 

In gout, the intervals of this disease are of 
as much importance to be attended to as its 
paroxysms. A cautious change of diet, from 
excess of wine to a moderate use, plain food, 
regular exercise, the use of the bath and flesh- 
brush, a regular state of the bowels, and suita- 
ble clothing, are the essential steps toward a 
cure. All that irritates or weakens nervous 
energy, as excessive study or vdnery, must be 
controlled. Where the system, and especially 
the digestive function, is weak, it will bo nec- 
essary to superadd a course of invigorating 
medicines, as stimulants, bitters, and astringents. 
Where uric acid gravel is a common symptom, 
doses of phosphate of soda, of ;y. daily, dis- 
solved in a quart of water or ordinary beverage, 
may be used to obviate any tendency to the 
formation of calculus. 

Gout, diaphragmatic Angina pectoris. 

Gout, rheumatic Acute rheumatism, es- 
pecially in the extremities. 

Gout-stone. See Chalk-stone. 

Gout-weed. See JEgopodium. 

Gouttes d'or du General Lamotte. De 
Lamotte's golden drops. A medicine prepared 
by dissolving nitrate of gold in alcohol. It has 
gained great reputation in gout and nervous 
diseases, in which, however, there is no reason 
to believe that it possesses any real efficacy. 

Gouty amaurosis. See Amaurosis. 

Gouty concretions. See Gout. 

Gouty iritis. See Iritis. 

Gowland's lotion. This is made by tritura- 
ting an ounce of bitter almonds, and two ounces 
of sugar, with two pounds of distilled water ; 
then adding to the strained liquor two scruples 
of corrosive sublimate, previously ground with 
two drachms of rectified alcohol. It is used in 
obstinate cutaneous diseases. 

GRA'CILIS. (So named from its slender- 
ness.) Rectus interior femoris, sive gracilis in- 
terior of Winslow. A long, straight, and slen- 
der muscle of the thigh, situated immediately 
under the integuments, at the inner part. It 
arises, by a broad and thin tendon, from the- 
anterior part of the ischium and pubis, and soon 
becoming fleshy, descends nearly in a straight 
direction along the inside of the thigh. A little 
above the knee, it terminates in a slender and 
roundish tendon, which afterward becomes flat- 
ter, and is inserted into the middle of the tibia, 
behind and under the sartorius. This muscle 
assists in bending the thigh and leg inward. 

GRAIN. Granvm. A weight, the 60th 
part of a drachm, and j|o of an ounce troy or 
apothecaries. 



GRA 

Grains of paradise. See Amomum granum 
paradisi. 

GRA'MEN. (en,inis,n.) Grass. Any kind 
of grass-like herb. 

Gramen arundi.vaceum. See Calamagros- 
tis. 

Gramen caninum. Triticum repens. 

Gramen crucis c yperioidis. Gramen eegyp- 
tiacum. Egyptian cock's-foot grass, or grass of 
the cross. The roots and plants are diuretic. 

Gra'mia. The sordes of the eyes. 

GRAMI'NEjE. Graminacetr. The natural 
family of the grasses. 

Gra'mma. A scrapie. 

Gra'mme. 1. The iris. 2. A French weight, 
15-434 grains Troy. 

Granadi'lla. The passion-flower. The 
fruit is refrigerating. 

Gran a actes. Elder-berries. 

Grana fina. G.jiigra. G.jaspeada. Coch- 
ineal. 

Grana moi.lucca. Grana tiglia. The seeds 
of the Crolon tiglium. See Croton liglium. 

Grana moschata. The seeds of the hibiscus 
abelmoschus. 

Grana paradisi. See Amomum granum 
paradisi. 

Guana sylvestria. Granilla. A variety 
of the cochineal. 

Granatri'stum. A carbuncle. — Paracelsus. 

GRANA'TUM. (um, i, n. ; from granvm, a 
grain, because it is full of seed.) The pome- 
granate. See Punica granatum. 

Grandino'sus. The os cuboides. 

Gra'ndo. Chalazion. 

Grani'ferus. Bearing grain. 

Gra'nular disease of the kidney. Bright'a 
disease of the kidney. 

Granular liver. Cirrhosis of the liver 

GRANULATED ZINC. Zinc which is re 
duced to small masses by pouring the meltea 
metal in small quantities into water. 

GRANULA'TION. (Granulatio, onis, f. ; 
from granum, a grain.) 1. In Surgery, the lit- 
tle grain-like fleshy bodies whkm form on the 
surfaces of ulcers and suppurating wounds, and 
serve both for filling up the cavities and bring- 
ing nearer together and uniting their sides, are 
called granulations. The color of healthy gran- 
ulations is a deep florid red. When livid they 
are unhealthy, and have only a languid circula- 
tion. Healthy granulations, on an exposed or. 
flat surface, rise nearly even with the surface 
of the surrounding skin, and often a little high 
er; but when they exceed this, and taki on a 
growing disposition, they are unhealthy, be- 
come soft, sponsjy, and without any disposition 
to form skin. Healthy granulations are always 
prone to unite to each other, so as to be the 
means of uniting parts. 

2. In Chemistry, the method of dividing me- 
tallic substances into grains or small particles, 
in order to facilitate their combination with 
other substances, and sometimes for the purpose 
of readily subdividing them by weight. 

Granula'tus. Granulated. 1. In Surgery, 
applied to ulcers. 2. In Botany, beaded. 

Gra'nulf.. Granulttm. A little grain. 

GRA'NUM. (urn, i, n.) A grain or kernel. 

Granum cnidium. Daphne inczereum. 
319 



GRA 

Granum infectorium. See Kermcs. 

Granum kermes. See Kermes. 

Granum moschi. See Hibiscus. 

Granum paradisi. See Amomum. 

Granum regium. The castor oil seed. 

Granum tiglii. Croton tiglium. 

Granum tinctorij:. See Kermes. 

Grape. See Vitis vinifcra. 

Grape sugar. See Glucose. 

Graphioi'des. An epithet of the styloid 
processes of the temporal bone and ulna. 

Graphi'scus. Cyalhisats. Generally used 
by the Greek writers to signify a scoop or probe 
with a hollow at the end of it. 

Graph'ite. Graphites. Plumbqgp, or black 
lead. 

Grassa. Borax. 

Grass on, ok namur. A volatile oil derived 
from the audropogon nardoides. 

GRATI'OLA. (a, a, f.) 1. A genus of 
plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Salviacea. 
— G. officinalis. I ledge-hyssop. Gratia dci. 
Gratiola centauriodes. The leaves have a nau- 
seous, bitter taste; they purge and vomit briskly 
in th<.> dose of half a drachm of the dry herb, 
or of a drachm infused in wine or water. It 
has been used in dropsies. 

Gratia dm. The old name of some plants, 
as Gratiola, Geranium robertianum, &c. 

GRAVE'DO. (o, inis, f. ; from gravis, 
heavy.) A name for cori/za, on account of the 
sense of weight in the head which accompa- 
nies it. 

Gravel. See Calculus. 

Gravel root. The root of the eupatorium 
purpureum. 

Grave wax. Adipocere. 

Gravi'dine. The same as kiestein. 

Graviditas. See Pregnancy. 

Gravi'meter. Nicholson's areometer, or 
any hydrometer. 

GRAVITA'TION. Generally used synony- 
mously with gravity ; but gravity more proper- 
ly denotes the cause, and gravitation the effect. 
Thus, when a body falls to the earth, this is an 
instance of gravitation, which is occasioned by 
the law or power of gravity. 

Gra'vitative. Gravativns. This term is 
sometimes applied to pain accompanied with a 
great sense ot weight. 

GRAVITY. (Gravitas, atis, f.) The term 
used by natural philosophers to denote the 
cause by which all bodies move toward each 
other, unless prevented by some other force or 
obstacle. It operates directly as the mass, and 
inversely as the square of the distance. 

Gravity, specific. The density of the mat- 
ter of which any body is composed, compared 
to the density of another body, assumed as the 
standard. This standard is pure distilled water, 
at the temperature of 60° F. To determine 
the specific gravity of a solid, we weigh it, first 
in air, and then in water. In the latter case, it 
loses of its weight a quantity precisely equal 
to the weight of its own bulk of water ; and 
hence, by comparing this weight with its total 
weight, we find its specific gravity. The rule 
therefore is, Divide the total weight by the lots 
of weight in water, the quotient is the specific 
gravity. If it be a liquid or a gas, we weigh it 
320 



GUA 

in a glass or other vessel of known capacity ; 
and dividing that weight by the weight of the 
same bulk of water, the quotient is, as before, 
the specific gravity. 

Gray lotion. The black wash. 

Great sympathetic nerve. See Nervous 
System. 

Green sickness. Chlorosis. 

Green vitriol. Sulphate ..of iron. 

Green weed. Genista tinctoria. 

Gressu'ra. The perinamm. 

GRI'AS. (as, adis, f. ) A genus of plants. 
Polyandria. Monogynia. — G. cauliflora. The 
anchovy pear. 

Grie'lum. Parsley and smallage. 

Griffith's mixture. The mistura ferri com- 
posita. 

Gripes. The colic. 

Gripho'menos. Applied to pains which sur- 
round the body at the loins. 

Grippe. (French.) The influenza. 

Groats. The decorticated seed of the oat. 

Grocer's itch. A variety of the Eczema im- 
pctiginoides, produced by the irritation of sugar. 

Grog blotch. G. blossom. Acne rosacea. 

Gromwell. Lithospermum officinale. 

Gros. A French weight, 59-070 troy grains. 

Grossula'ria. The gooseberry. 

Grossu'lin. Vegetable jelly ; pectin. 

Grossus. Fiona. 

Grotto del cane. (The Italian for the dogs' 
grotto: so called because the experiments with 
tho gas of the grotto are generally made upon 
dogs.) A grotto near Naples, in which carbon- 
ic acid gas rises about eighteen inches. A man, 
therefore, is not affected; but an animal, as a 
rabbit or a dog, forcibly held in, or that can 
not rise above it, is soon killed, unless taken 
out. He is recovered, if not kept in too long, 
by being brought into the open air. 

Grotto dei serpi. Near Braccano, in Ita- 
ly. It is filled with warm vapor, and those 
affected with cutaneous diseases resort to it 

Ground-ivy. Glecoma hederacea. 

Ground-liverwort. Lichen caninus. 

Ground-nut. Bunium bulbocastanum. 

Ground-pine. Teucrium chamaepitys. 

Groundsel. Senecio vulgaris. 

Grouseberry. The gaultheria procumbens. 

GRUB. A worm or maggot hatched from 
the egg of the beetle kind, or scarabeus: ap» 
plied, occasionally, to the sebaceous secretion 
of the subcutaneous follicles of the skin. 

Gruina'les. Plants resembling the geranium 

Gruma. Tartar. — Ruland. 

Grumous. Grumosus. Curdled; clotted. 

GRU'MUS. (us, i, m.) A curd; a clot of 
blood. 

GRU'TUM. (mot, i, n.) A hard, white tu- 
bercle of the skin, resembling, in size and ap- 
pearance, a millet-seed. 

Gry'phius pe's. Pied de Griffon. Griffon's 
foot. An instrument described by Ambroise 
Pare for extracting moles from the uterus. 

GRYPHO'SIS. (From ypvirou, to incurvate.) 
A disease of the nails, which turn inward, and 
irritate the soft parts below. 

Gryphus lapis. The philosopher's stone. 

GUACO. The Eupatorium guaco of South 
America. The juice is said to be efficacious 



GUM ' 

against snake-bites, and the plant has been 
spoken of as a remedy in cholera. 

Guaiacic acid. Guaicin. This is the resin 
of guaiacum, and constitutes 90 per cent, of the 
drug. It is remarkable for the changes of color 
it is capable of undergoing. 

GUAI'ACUM. (urn., i, n. ) 1 . The gum- 
resin of the guaiacum officinale. 2. A genus 
of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. — G. offici- 
nale. Guaiacum. The wood is called Guaia- 
cum americanum. Guaiacum is obtained by 
wounding the bark, and it exudes copiously 
from the wounds ; is hardened by exposure to 
the sun. It is of a friable texture, of a deep 
greenish color, and sometimes of a reddish hue; 
it has a pungent, acrid taste, but little or no 
smell, unless heated. Water dissolves about 9 
per cent, of guaiac, alcohol 95, and ether 40 ; it 
therefore consists almost entirely of resin, which 
is now called guaiacin, or guaiacic acid. The 
wood and resin of guaiacum are now in general 
medicinal use, and employed in gout and rheu- 
matic pains, and some cutaneous diseases, either 
in the form of tincture of the resin or decoction 
of the wood. In diseases of the skin, arising 
from secondary syphilis, it is often serviceable. 

Guajava. Guavo. Guajabo. The gnava- 
tree, P&idium pomiferum. The fruit furnishes 
an excellent jelly-like preserve. 

Guano. The partially-decayed fieccs of birds. 

Guaparaiba. See Rhizophora. 

Guarana. Guaranine. See Paullinia sor- 
bilis. 

Guarerba. The momordica elateriura. 

GUBERNA'CULUM TE'STIS. Ligament- 
vm testis. A name given by John Hunter to 
a fibro-vascular cord, extended between the 
testis and scrotum in the foetus. 

GuESTONIAN EMBROCATION FOR RHEUMATISM. 

01. terebinth., f. fjss. ; ol. oliv., f. ^iss. ; acid, 
sulph. dilut., f. 3iij. 

Gumo's balsam. The tinctura, or liniment- 
um saponis et opii. 

Guiana cortex. See Simarouba. 

G U I L A'N D I N A. (a, a, f. ; named after 
Melchior Guilandinus.) The name of a genus 
of plants. Decandria. ' Monogynia.- — G. bon- 
duc. The plant yielding the Bonduch indorum, 
Molucca or bezoar nut. It possesses warm, 
bitter, and carminative virtues. — G. moringa. 
Moringa aptera. 

Guinea-hen weed. Peteveria alliacea. 

Guinea-fowl. Numidia meleagris. 

Guinea pepper. See Capsicum. 

Guinea-worm. See Fitaria. 

GUIZOTIA OLEIFERA. A composite 
plant of India, the fruit of which yields an 
abundance of fixed oil, used in dressing food 
and as a lamp oil. 

Gula. The fore part of the throat and the 
oesophagus. 

Gullet. The oesophagus. 

Gulf-weed. Fucus bacciferus. 

GUM. (Gummi, n.; indeclinable.) I. It is 
usually transparent, more or less brittle when 
dry, of an insipid taste ; soluble in water, to 
which it gives a gluey, adhesive consistence, in 
proportion as its quantity is greater. It is sep- 
arable, or coagulates by the action of weak 
acids; is insoluble in alcohol and in oil, and 
X 



GUN 

becomes sour by long keeping when diluted 
with water. Pure gum (arabine) possesses the 
above properties, but that of tragacanth, ce- 
rasine, &c, is not soluble, but only swells in 
water. Arabine has the form. C34H22O22. 

II. The fleshy substance which surrounds 
the teeth. See Gingiva. 

Gum, acacia. G., Arabic.- See Acacia vera. 

Gum-boil. See Pandis. 

Gum, elastic See Caoutchouc. 

Gum lancet. A strong, curved fleam ot 
knife to lance or cut the gums during dentition, 
and to separate the gum from the tooth in ex 
traction. 

Gum, wd. G. rash. See Strophulus. 

Guma. An alchemical name of mercury. 

GU'MMA. (a, atis, n. ; so named from the 
resemblance of its contents to gum.) A stru- 
mous tumor on the periosteum of a bone. 

Gummi. See Gum. For the species, see the 
specific names. 

Gummi acacia:. G. acanthinum. G. arabi- 
cum. See Acacia vera. 

Gummi carannje. See Caranna. 

Gummi cerasorum. The gum which exudes 
from the bark of cherry trees. 

Gummi chiiiou. A spurious gum elemi. 

Gummi courbaril. Seo Hymenaa courbaril. 

Gummi euphorbii. See Euphorbia. 

Gummi galda. See; Galda. 

Gummi gambiense. See Kino. 

Gummi guttje. See Stalagmitis cabogioides- 

Gummi hedkrjk. See Hedera helix. 

Gummi junipehinum. See Juniperus. 

Gummi kikekunemat.o. See Kikekunemalo 

Gummi kino. See Kino. 

Gummi i.acca. See Lacca. 

Gumn'i i.a.mac, See Acacia vera. 

Gummi lutea. See Botany Bay gum. 

Gummi myrrh*. See Myrrha. 

Gummi nostras. The gums of indigenous 
trees. 

Gummi rubrum gambiense. See Kino. 

Gummi sagapenum. See Sagapenum. 

Gummi scorpioxis. G. senega. G. senega- 
lense. G. senica. G. thebaicum. See Acacia 
vera. 

Gummi tragacanth^:. See Astragalus. 

Gummosa pilulje. See Pilulte galbani cotn- 
posita. 

GUM-RESIN. Gummi resina. Gum-resins 
are the juices of plants that are mixed with 
resin, and an extractive matter, which has been 
taken for a gummy substance. The principal 
gum-resins are aloes, ammoniacum, assafbetida, 
galbanum, cambogia, guaiacum, myrrh, oliba- 
num, opoponax, sagapenum, sarcocolla, scam- 
monium, and styrax. 

Gums. Gingiva?. 

GUNDE'LIA. («,«?, f.) A genus of plants. 
Syngenesia. Polygamia segregata.—G. Tow- 
nefortii. The young shoots of this plant are 
eaten, but the roots are purgative and emetic. 

GU'NJAH. (Indian.) The dried hemp- 
plant, as prepared by the Hindostanees anil 
Arabs for smoking. This is the Cannabis in- 
dica, which, however, appears only to be a va- 
riety of the common hemp. An extract las 
been found by Dr. O'Shaughnessy of use in 
nervous and rheumatic affections. 

321 



GYM 

Go'rgling sound. In auscultation, the mu- 
cous rale. 

Gurgu'lio. The uvula or the windpipe. 

GUSTATO'RIUS. (Gustativus; from gustus, 
taste.) Gustatory. Gustative. Appertaining 
to the sense of taste. 

Gu'statory nerves. The nerves which 
minister to the sense of taste. See Taste. 

GU'STUS. (us, us, m. ; from yevopai, I taste.) 
See Taste. 

Gut. See Intestine. 

GU'TTA. (a, as, f.) 1. A drop. Drops are 
an uncertain form of administering medicines, 
and should never be trusted to. The shape of 
the bottle, or of its mouth, from which the 
drops fall, as well as the consistence of the 
fluid, occasion a considerable difference in the 
quantity administered. See Minimum. 2. A 
name of apoplexy. 

. Gutta anodyna. Anodyne drops; a solu- 
tion of acetate of morphia. 

Gotta gamba. See Stalagmitis. 

Gutta nigra. The black drop. A prepara- 
tion of opium. " Take half a pound of opium, 
sliced; three pints of juice of the wild crab; 
one ounce and a half of nutmegs, and half an 
ounce of saffron. Boil them to a proper thick- 
ness, then add a quarter of a pound of sugar 
and two spoonfuls of yeast. Set the whole in 
a warm place near the fire for six or eight 
weeks, then place it in the open air until it be- 
comes a syrup ; lastly, decant, filter, and bottle 
it up, adding a little sugar to each bottle." — 
Dr. Armstrong. This preparation has three 
times the strength of the tinct. opii. Strong vin- 
egar is often substituted for the crab juice. 

Gotta opaca. A name for the cataract. 

Gutta serena. See Amaurosis. 

Gvttje rosacea. Acne rosacea. 

Gotta'lis cartila'go. The arytenoid car- 
tilage. 

GUTTI'FERiE. The mangosteen tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs, occa- 
sionally parasitical, yielding resinous juice ; 
leaves entire, opposite; flowers polypetalous ; 
ftamens hypogynous ; earpella concrete ; ovari- 
um of several cells. 
\ GU'TTUR. (ur, uris, n.) 1. The throat, 
v 2. The windpipe. 

^Gu'ttural. Gutturalis. Belonging to the 
thnpat. 

(Guttural artery. The superior thyroideal 
artdery. 

VJutturiformis cartilago. The arytenoid 
cartilage. 

Gu ttu'rnium. The same. 

Gotto'ro-maxii.la'ris. A name given by 
Chausnier to the internal maxillary artery. 

GYMNA'STIC. (Gymnasticus; yvfivnari- 
koc; from yvfivor, naked, because the athletse 
were stripped.) A term applied to that branch 
322 



GYB 

of medicine which consisted in the use of vari- 
ous bodily exercises, with a view to the preser- 
vation of health or the cure of disease. 

GYMNA'STICE. (e, es, f. ; yuftvaonKt).) 
Gymnastics. Gymnastic medicine. 

Gymna'siom. A place where athletic exer- 
cises are practised. 

GYMNOCA'RPI. Mushrooms which bear 
seeds imbedded in the hymenium, as helvella, 
in which that part is smooth and even ; boletus, 
in which it is porous; and agaricus, in which 
it consists of gills. 

GYMNOSPE'RMIA. (a, as, f.; from yvpvoc, 
naked, and onepfia, a seed.) An order of the 
class Didynamia, embracing such as have ad- 
ded to the didynamial character four seeds not 
covered by a pericarp, such as the coniferse and 
cycadeaj. 

Gymnospe'rmous. Having seeds uncovered 
by a pericarp, and therefore apparently naked. 

Gyn-eci'a. The menses, and also the lochia. 

GYNECOMANIA, (a, as, f.; from yvvn, 
and fxavia, madness. ) That insanity which con- 
sists in an excessive desire for women. 

Gyn.«ecomy'stax. The hairs on the female 
pudendum. 

GynjECOma'sthon. A preternatural size of 
the breast. 

G Y N A'N D R I A. (a, <e, f. ; from yvvn, a 
woman, and avqp, a man, or husband.) Her- 
maphrodite flowers, the stamina of which grow 
upon the pistil, so that tho male and female 
organs aro united, and do not stand separate as • 
in other hermaphrodite flowers. 

Gyn anthro'pus. An hermaphrodite, in 
which the characters of tho male predominate. 

Gynatresia. Closure of the external parte 
of generation in the female. 

Gyne. A woman. 

Gyne'ceom. The pistillum of flowers. 

Gynida. An hermaphrodite. 

Gyno'base. Gynobasis. Decandolle thus 
designates the base of a solitary style, which is 
tumid and divided into separate cells. 

GYNOPH'ORA. A genus of lichens, contain- 
ing the G. proboscidea and cylindrica, or Tripe 
de Roche. 

Gyno'phore. The short stalk upon which 
the ovarium is seated in some flowers, as the 
Passijlora. 

GY'PSUM. (ton, i, n.) Sulphate of lime. 
Plaster of Paris, which is burnt gypsum, is 
used by artists and anatomists for taking casts ; 
it has also been employed to make a mold tor 
a fractured limb, to keep it in the proper po- 
sition. 

Gy'rate. Circinate. 

Gy'ration. An oscillation, or swinging to 
and fro. 

. Gy'ri cerebri. The convolutions of the 
brain. 



H^M 



H MM 



H. 



H. 



The symbol for hydrogen. 

Habe'na. A bandage for keeping the lips 
of wounds together ; a uniting bandage. 

HA'BITAT. The natural abode or locality 
of any animal or plant. 

Habit of body. Constitution and tempera- 
ment. 

Hacub. Gnudelia Toumefortii. 

Haddock. Gadus acglefinus. 

HjE'MA. Hamatos. (From aifia, aifiaroc, 
blood. ) Blood : a very common prefix in med- 
ical words. 

Hjema'ohroine. Hamiatosiu. 

H.emacy'anin. A blue coloring matter de- 
tected in the blood by Sanson, but of doubtful 
existence. 

Hjemado'nosis. Disease of the blood-vessels. 

H.smado'stosis. Ossification of the blood- 
vessels 

HiEMADYNAMO'METER. A bent glass 
tube, charged with mercury, used by M. Poi- 
seuille to determine the force with which the 
blood is driven by the heart's action along the 
principal vessels. 

H^emaph.e'i.v. The yellow coloring matter 
of the blood. 

Hj:mago'gues. Hamiagoga. Medicines 
>which are supposed to expel blood by hemor- 
rhoidal discharges or the catamenia. 

HjE'MALOPS. (From aifia, blood, and oip, 
the eye.) 1. An effusion of blood in the eye- 
lids or eye-ball. 2. A blood-shot eye. 

H.EMA'NTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Hexandria. Monogyrtia. The blood- 
flower. The juice of the bulb of a species, the 
H. toxicarius, is used by the Hottentots to poi- 
son arrows. 

HjEMASTA'TICA. (From aifia, and ora- 
TLKt), the science which treats of the weight of 
bodies.) Hremastatics. The name given by 
Hales to that department of physiology which 
treats of the laws which regulate the move- 
ments of the blood. 

H^matapo'ria. Ilwmaphoria. Anumiia. — 
Sagar. 

HjEMATE'MESIS. (is, is, f. ; from aifia, 
blood, and tfieu, to vomit.) A vomiting of 
blood. Heematemesis is readily to be distin- 

fuished from a discharge from the lungs by its 
eing usually preceded by a sense of weight, 
pain, or anxiety in the region of the stomach ; 
by its being unaccompanied by any cough ; by 
the blood being discharged in a very consider- 
able quantity ; by its being of a dark color, and 
somewhat grumous; and by its being mixed 
with the other contents of the stomach. 

The disease may be occasioned by any thing 
received into the stomach, which stimulates it 
violently or wounds it; or may proceed from 
blows, bruises, or any other cause capable of 
exciting inflammation in this organ, or of de- 
termining too great a flow of blood to it ; but 
it arises more usually as a symptom of some 
other disease (such as a suppression of the men- 
strual or hemorrhoidal flux, or obstructions in 



the liver, spleen, and other viscera) than as a 

Srimary affection. It is seldom so profuse as to 
estroy the patient suddenly, and the principal 
danger seems to arise, either from the great de- 
bility which repeated attacks of the complaint 
induce, or from the lodgment of blood in the 
intestines, which, becoming putrid, might oc- 
casion some other disagreeable disorder. 

This hemorrhage, being usually rather of 8 
passive character, does not admit of large evac- 
uations. Where it arises on a suppression of 
the menses in young persons, and returns peri- 
odically, it may be useful to anticipate this by 
taking away a few ounces of blood, not neg- 
lecting proper means to help the function of 
the uterus. In moderate attacks, particularly 
where the bowels have been confined, the in- 
fusion of roses and sulphate of magnesia may be 
employed : if this should not check the bleed- 
ing, the sulphuric acid may be exhibited more 
largely, or some of the more powerful astrin- 
gents and tonics, as alum, tincture of muriate 
of iron, decoction of bark, or superacetate of 
lead. Where pain attends, opium should be 
given freely, taking care that the bowels be 
not constipated; and a blister to the epigas- 
trium may be useful. In all cases the food 
should be light and easy of digestion, but more 
nourishing as the patient is more exhausted. 

H^matho'rax. Hsematothorax. 

HjEMA'TICA. Diseases of the sanguineous 
function. 

H.BMATIN. See Hamatoxyline and Homo- 
tosin. 

H^emati'tes. Lapis haymatites. A species 
of iron ore. 

Hemati'tinus. A collyrium in which was 
haematite. 

H M M A T O C E ' LE. (e, es, f. ; from aipa? 
blood, and Kijlrj, a tumor.) A swelling of the 
scrotum, or spermatic cord, proceeding from or 
caused by blood. It may arise from a wound 
in tapping for hydrocele, from injury or from 
disease of the spermatic vessels. It is to be 
treated by antiphlogistics, and in some cases- 
requires the evacuation of the blood. 

Hjematoce'le arterio'sa. Aneurism. 

HjEmatoche'zia. The discharge of blood 
by stool. 

Hjemato-cerebriform disease. See Fun* 
gus keematodes. 

H.emato'chysis. A hemorrhage. 

Hjemato'des. Hccmatoides. 1 1 aematoid - 
1. Geranium sanguineum. 2. Fungus hsema- 
todes. 

HjEMATO'LOGY. (Hamatolagia, a, t\ 
from aiua, and 2.oyog, a discourse.) The doc- 
trine of the blood ; a treatise on the blood. 

HJEMATO'MA. A tumor having the ap- 
pearance of blood. Such a tumor is sometimes 
found in the morbid states of the brain. 

Hvemato'mphamjs. Heematomphalocele. _ A. 
turnor about the navel, from an extravasation 
of blood. 

HiEMATO'NCUS. (From atfta, and ey/coc, 
323 



HjEM 

a tumor.) A generic nape given by Alibert to 
varicose tumors or naevi. 

H^MATOPEnE'sis. The leaping of the blood 
from a wounded artery. 

HjE'MATOPHLffiBffi'sTAsis. A suppression of 
an impetuous current of blood in the veins, or 
a full vein. 

Hjematopho'bia. That aversion or horror at 
the sight of blood which produces fainting. 

HjematopT.a'nia. Hcemoplania. Vicarious 
menstruation. 

HjEmatopoiesis. Hajmatosis. 

HjEMATorsiA. Hamatops- A name given 
to the collection of menstrual fluid in the ute- 
rus, which sometimes arises from imperforation 
of the hymen, or other obstruction to its exit. 

H^EMATO'SIN. Hecmatosinc. Hcematin. 1. 
The red coloring matter of the blood. It is 
combined with albumen, and forms the second 
envelope of the red globules. The pure color- 
ing matter is unknown, but certain actions 
thereon are interesting: thus it is found to be 
brightened in color by contact with oxygen 
and many saline matters, and rendered of a 
dark color by carbonic acid, sulphurous acid, 
sulphureted hydrogen, and solutions of sujphu- 
rete. Protoxide of nitrogen gives it a purple 
color. It contains two per cent, of iron in its 
composition, but does not depend upon this 
body for its color, according to the experiment 
of Sanson. 2. Lecanu has given the name of 
Heematosin to a modified preparation of the 
true coloring matter obtained by the action of 
dilute sulphuric acid upon the blood globules. 

HiEMATO'SIS. 1 . The production of blood 
by the sanguification of chyle and the arterializa- 
tion of venous blood. 2. A hemorrhage or flux 
of blood. 

H^matospi'lia. Furpura hrcmorrhagia. 

H^matotho'rax. Effusion of blood into the 
pleura. 

H^mato'xtline. Hmmatine. The coloring 
principle of logwood. It is soluble in water 
and alcohol, and forms a fine black with the 
persalts of iron. Form., C40H17O15. 

H^EMATO'XYLON. (on or urn, i, n.) A 
genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. — H. 
campcchianum. The logwood-tree. Called, 
also, Acacia zeylonica. Logwood is of a solid 
texture and of a dark red color; has a sweetish, 
sub-astringent taste, and no remarkable smell ; 
it gives a purplish-red tincture both to watery 
and spirituous infusions, and tinges the stools, 
and sometimes the urine, of the same color. It 
is employed medicinally as an astringent and 
corroborant. An extract is ordered in the 
pharmacopoeias. The dose is from ten to forty 
grains. 

H.BMATOXYLUM. Haematoxylon. 

HjEMATU'RIA. Hamaturcsis. (From ai- 

Sa, blood, and ovpov, urine.) The voiding of 
lood with urine. This disease is sometimes 
occasioned by falls, bl° W8 » bruises, or some vi- 
olent exertion ; but more usually aiises from a 
small stone lodged either in the kidney or ure- 
ter, which, by its size or irregularity, produces 
a wound. 

A dischai'ge of blood by urine, when pro- 
ceeding from the kidney or ureter, is common- 
ly attended with an acute pain in the back, 
324 



KJEM 

and Borne difficulty of making water, the urine 
which comes away first being muddy and high 
colored, but, toward the close of its flowing, 
becoming transparent, and of a natural appear 
auce. Vlhen the blood comes immediately 
from the bladder, it is usually accompanied 
with a sense of heat and pain at the bottom of 
the belly. 

Bloody urine is always attended with some 
danger, particularly when it is mixed with pu 
rulent matter. When it arises in the course of 
any malignant disease, it indicates a fatal ter- 
mination. 

When hematuria results from injuries in a 
plethoric habit, it may be proper to take blood, 
and pursue the general antiphlogistic plan. 
When it is owing to calculi which can not be 
removed, we use palliative measures, as giving 
alkalies or acids according to the quality of the 
urine ; mucilaginous drinks and clysters, with 
opium, fomentations, &c, to relieve pain. 

HjEmence'phalus. Apoplexy. 

H^mi'tis. The change of the blood in in- 
flammatory disease. • 

HjEMOce'rchnus. Rattling in the wind- 
pipe. 

HjEMOPLA'NIA. (From aifia, blood, and 
xXavij, a wandering.) The genus of diseases 
embracing vicarious hemorrhages. 

H^mophtha'lmia. Hamialops. 

H M M ' P T O B. (From aipa, blood, and 
77TUU, to spit up.) The spitting of blood. Si«_ 
Hmmoptysis. 

ILEMO'PTYSIS. Hecmoptosis. (From aipa, 
and tvtvu, to spit.) An expectoration of florid 
or frothy blood, preceded usually by heat or 
pain in the chest, irritation in the larynx, and 
a saltish taste in the mouth. It is sometimes 
produced by congestion, or a plethoric state of 
the vessels of the lungs, which is the most 
common cause of an idiopathic hajmoptoe, and 
which also obtains in diseases of the heart, es- 
pecially in hypertrophy of the right ventricle, 
which is accordingly a common cause of ha> 
moptysis. Thus produced it is called hamop- 
tysis plethorica: sometimes it is produced by 
external violence, and this is called harmoptysis 
violenta : calculous matter, irritating and erod- 
ing the vessels, causes the species denominated 
haemoptysis calcidosa : vomica? bursting in the 
lungs, and ulcerating the vessels, gives rise to 
the hcemoptysis phthisica : and when the bleed- 
ing is caused by the suppression of some cus- 
tomary evacuation, it is termed hmmoptysis vi~ 
caria. 

A spitting of blood arises most usually be- 
tween the ages of sixteen and twenty-five, from 
any violent exertion, as likewise by wounds, 
plethora, weak vessels, hectic fever, coughs, 
irregular living; or it may be vicarious or 
symptomatic. It is often a symptom in pleuri- 
sy, peripneumony, and many fevers, and often 
arises, and is the presage of a favorable term- 
ination. 

It was long supposed that the discharge of 
blood from the lungs was. always connected 
with the rupture of vessels ; but it is now well 
ascertained that, in many cases of haemoptysis, 
the blood simply exudes from the bronchial 
membrane without any breach of structure, and 



iimm 

that even a fatal hemorrhage may arise from 
this source. 

Unless the discharge of blood be excessive, 
haemoptysis is seldom attended with immediate 
danger to life, but it is nevertheless generally a 
formidable symptom, as being connected with 
some organic lesion of the thoracic viscera. 
Sometimes the hemorrhage is so profuse as to 
be fatal ; and occasionally, owing to the rupture 
of a large vessel, the lungs are inundated with 
blood, and the patient dies instantaneously. 
See Apoplexy, pulmonary. 

In this hemorrhage, which is mostly of the 
active kind, the antiphlogistic regimen must be 
strictly observed, particularly avoiding heat, 
muscular exertion, and agitation of the mind, 
and restricting the patient to a light, cooling, 
vegetable diet. Acidulated drink will be use- 
ful to quench the thirst, without too much liquid 
being taken. Where the blood is discharged 
copiously, but no great quantity has been lost 
already, it will be proper to attempt to check 
it by bleeding freely, if the habit will allow : 
and sometimes, where there is pain in the chest, 
local evacuations and blisters may be useful. 
Digitalis is also a proper remedy, particularly 
where the pulse is very quick, from its sedative 
influence on the heart and arteries. Antimo- 
nials in nauseating doses have sometimes an 
excellent effect, as well by checking the force 
of the circulation, as by promoting diaphoresis; 
.and opium, or some other narcotic, to relieve pain 
' and quiet cough, which may, perhaps, keep up 
the bleeding. Astringents, especially acetate 
of lead, with opium or supersulphate of potass, 
are of great use. Cold bathing and the shower 
bath have been often serviceable. Should hae- 
moptysis occasionally exhibit rather the passive 
character, evacuations must be sparingly used, 
and tonic medicines will be proper, with a 
more nutritious diet. 

Hemoptysis phthisis. Phthisis pulmonalis. 

HjEMO'RRHAGE. (Htcmorrhagia, a, f . ; 
from aiua, and prjircu, to break out.) A bleed- 
ing, or flow of blood. Blood, from whatever 
organ it flows, may have two causes for its is- 
sue. The vessels may be ruptured by a mor- 
bid distension and impetus, or they may give 
way from debility and relaxation. The for- 
mer are active, the latter passive hemorrhages. 
The great predisposing cause of active hem- 
orrhage, wherever it makes its appearance, is 
congestion or plethora. A plethoric diathesis 
will, however, only predispose to a bleeding 
somewhere or other, and hence there must be 
a distinct local cause that fixes it upon one par- 
ticular organ rather than upon another. See 
Epistaxis, Haemoptysis, Hamatcmesis, Menor- 
rhagia, &c. 

HEMORRHAGE FROM THK BOWELS. This may 

arise from dysentery or haemorrhoids. 

HEMORRHAGE FROM THK LUNGS. Hoimop- 

lysis. 

Hemorrhage from the nose. Epistaxis. 

Hemorrhage from the stomach. Hounat- 
emesis. 

Hemorrhage from the urinary organs. 
Haematuria. 

Hemorrhage from the uterus. Menor- 
rhagia. 



HAL 

HjEMORRHA'GIjE. Hemorrhages. An or- 
der in the class Pyrexia: of Cullen's Nosology. 

HjEMORRHCE'A. Passive hemorrhage.— 
Swediaur. 

Hemorrhgea petechials. A name given 
by Dr. Adair to purpura hemorrhagica. 

HiEMORRHOI'DAL. Hamorrhoidalis. Of, 
or belonging to, the hemorrhoidal vessels. 

Hemorrhoidal arteries. Arteria hamov 
rhoidales. The arteries of the rectum are so 
called : they are sometimes two, and at other 
times three in number. 1. The upper hemor- 
rhoidal artery, which is the great branch of the 
lower mesenteric continued into the pelvis. 2. 
The middle hemorrhoidal, which sometimes 
comes off from the hypogastric artery, and very 
often from the pudical artery. It is sometimes 
wanting. 3. The lower or external hemorrhoid- 
al is almost always a branch of the pudical ar- 
tery, or that artery which goes to the penis. 

Hemorrhoidal veins. Vcnrn haunorrhoir 
dales. These are two. 1. The external, which 
evacuates itself into the vena iliaca interna. 2. 
The internal, which conveys its blood into the 
vena portae. 

Hemorriioides oris. A discharge of blood 
from the turgid veins of the palate, uvula, and 
fauces, arising from suppression of the hemor- 
rhoidal discharge. — Blancard. 

Hemorriioides uteri. Varicose veins in 
and around the genital organs in women. — 
Blancard. 

Hemorriioides vesice. A varicose state 
of the veins around the neck of the bladder. 

ILEMO'RRHOIS. 1. A flow of blood. 2. 
The piles, which see. 

Hemorrhois procedens. Protoccle. 

Hemo'rrhous. Coluber cerastes. 

Hemospa'stic. That which has the power 
of drawing blood to a part. 

HiEMOSTA'SIA. (a, ai, f. ; from aifta, and 
larrifti, to stand.) A stagnation of blood. 

HjEMOSTA'TIC. (Hamostalicus; from 
aifia, blood, and orau, to stop.) Having the 
power to stop a hemorrhage. See Styptic. 

Hemosta'tica. See Hccmastatica. 

Hemostatics. See Hccmastatica. 

Hjemotro'phy. Excess of sanguineous nour- 
ishment. 

HAGGA'RD. An expression of the counte- 
nance, and' especially the eye, in which there 
are terror and despondency combined, and 
which may be a symptom of cerebral disease 
or madness. 

Hagiospe'rmum. Artemisia santonica. 

Ha.gio'xylum. Guaiacum. 

Hair. See Capillus and Pilus. 

Hair lichen. Lichen pilaris. A species 
of rash, in which the eruption is confined to 
the roots of the hair, and desquamation occurs 
after ten days. 

Hair, fallino off of. Alopecia. 

Hair, platted or matted. Plica. 

Hair-worm. Seta equina. 

Hairy river-weed. Conferva rivalis. 

Hake. Gadus merluccius. 

Hala'tium. A medicine composed of salt 
and purgatives. 

Halberd-shaped. Hastate. 

Halche'mia. The art of fusing salts. 
325 



HAN 

Hat.ec. Clupea harrengus. 
Halelje'um. A mixture of salt and oil, used 
by the ancients to swellings of the joints. 
Halica'cabum. Fhysalis alkekengi. 
Halices. Yawning after sleep. 
Ha'limus. Atriplex halimus. 
Halini'trum. Nitre, or rock salt. 
HA' LIT US. (us, Us, m.; from halo, to 
breathe out.) 1. A vapor. 2. The breath. 

Halitus of the blood. A volatile animal 
oil which rises from fresh blood. 

HALLUCINATION. (IlaUucinalio, onis, 
f. ; from hallucinor, to err.) Depraved imagi- 
nation. A genus of mental disease in Good's 
Nosology. See Alusia. 
Ha'llus. The great toe. 

Ha'lmykax. The nitre of Media. 

Halmyro'des. Acrimonious. 

HA'LO. (o, onis, m. ; from akuc , an area 
or circle.) See Areola. 

Halo signatus. The ring of stria: formed 
by the impression of the ciliary processes on tho 
anterior surface of the vitreous humor. 

HA'LOGENE. (From a?.r, sea-salt, and 
yevvau, to produce.) The class of bodies which, 
like chlorine, form salts with metals. 

HA'LOID. (From oAf, sea-salt, and e.i6oc, 
resemblance.) Having the structure of salt. 
The haloid salts are the compounds of chlorine, 
iodine, bromine, cyanogen and its compounds, 
and fluorine with the metals. Besides the sim- 
ple haloid salts, Berzelius distinguishes the 
three following kinds of combination : hydro- 
haloid salt, or combinations of a simple haloid 
salt with the hydracid of its radical ; oxy-haloid 
salts, or combinations of a metallic oxide with 
a haloid salt of the same metal ; double, haloid 
salts, consisting of two simple haloid salts, 
which contain different metals, but the same 
non-metallic ingredient, or of two haloid salts, 
consisting of the same metal, but having the 
other ingredients different; or, lastly, ot two 
simple haloid salts, both the elements of which 
are wholly different. 

Haloni'trum. The efflorescence found on 
the damp walls of inhabited places. 

Halote'chnia. That part of chemistry 
which treats of salts. 

Ham. Poples. 

HAMAME'LIS VIRGIN1CA. Witch-hazel. 
An indigenous shrub, of the family lierberidca; 
the bark of which is astringent and tonic. 

HA'MMA. (Afifia; from a-r<o. to bind, or 
fit on.) A truss for a hernia. 

Hamo'sus. Hooked. 

HAMrSTEAD SPRINGS. Near London. 
They are chalybeate. 

HAMULA'RIA. A genus of worms of Ru- 
dolphi. — H. subcompressa has been found in 
the bronchial glands. 

HAMULUS, (us, i, m.) A little hook. In 
Anatomy, applied to the hooked processes of 
the pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone. 

Hamulus cochleae. The hook of the coch- 
lea, a process by which the lamina spiralis ter- 
minates upon the axis. 

HAND. Manus. The hand is composed of 

the carpus or wrist, metacarpus, and fingers. 

Tho arteries of the hand are the palmar arch, 

and the digital arteries. The veins are the dig- 

326 



HAB 

ital, the cephalic of the thumb, and the salva* 
tella. The nerves are the external add internal 
cutaneous. 

Handala. Colocynth. 

Hands, dropped. The paralysis of the 
hands induced by the lead poison. 

Hanging. See Suspcnsio. 

Hannay's lotion. Preventive wash. A nos- 
trum for preventing venereal infection. It is a 
solution of potash. 

Hapho'nusi. Diseases of the sense of touch. 

HAPSIS. Arjug. 1. The sense of touch. 2. 
A lesion of any kind. Hippocrates uses the 
phrase aipoic Qpevov to signify delirium. 

Ha'psus. An old name for a compress of 
lint or other material. 

Harde'ri gla'ndula. Gland of Harderus. 
A gland found in ruminant and pachyderma- 
tous quadrupeds, and also in birds. It is situ- 
ated near tho inner angle of the eye, and se- 
cretes a thick, whitish fluid, which is diffused 
over the eye-ball. 

Hardesia. Lapis hibernicus. 

Hardhock. The spiraea tomentosa. 

Hare. Lepus timidus. 

HARE-LIP. Labium I eporinum; called, 
also, Lagocheilus and Lagosloma. A fissure or 
longitudinal division of one or both lips. Chil- 
dren are frequently born with this kind of 
malformation, particularly of the upper lip. 
Sometimes the portions of the lip which ought 
to be united have a considerable space between . 
them; in other instances they are not much 
apart. The cleft is occasionally double, there 
being a little lobe, or small portion of the lip, 
situated between the two fissures. The fissure 
may extend to the bones of the palate. It is 
remedied by paring the edges of the fissure, 
and uniting them by a suture. 

Hare-eye. Lagophthalmia. 

Hare-brained passion. Way ward and vio- 
lent passion, leading to acts of violence. 

H a re N DBS. C lupea harengus . 

IlAnMA. Apfia. A collyrium. 

Harmala. Peganum harmala. 

HARMO'NIA. Harmony. (From apu, to 
fit together.) A species of synarthrosis, or im- 
movable connection of bones, in which bones 
are connected together by means of rough mar- 
gins, not dentiform : in this manner most of the 
bones of the face are connected together. 

Ha'rpax. Ha'rpaga. Amber. 

HARROGATE SPRINGS. They are situa- 
ted near Knaresborough, Yorkshire, England. 
Harrogate possesses at present no less than 
fourteen wells, which are in greater or less re- 
pute. Six of them are sulphureous, five pure 
chalybeate, one saline chalybeate, and two sa- 
line, containing only a trace of iron, and no sul- 
phur. 

Hart's tongue. Asplenium scolopendrium. 

Hart- wort. Laserpitium siler. 

Hart-wort of Marseilles. Seseli tortuo- 
sum. 

HARTFELL SPRINGS. Near Moffat, Scot, 
land. They contain iron dissolved by sulphuric 
acid, and are much celebrated in scrofulous af- 
fections and cutaneous diseases. 

Hartshorn. See Cornu cervi. 

Hartshorn, spirit of. Aqueous solution 



HEA 

of ammonia, formerly prepared from the hart's 
horn. 
Harvest bug. Acarus autumnalis. 
HA'STA. {a, a, f.) A spear; applied to 
parts of animals and vegetables which are sup- 
posed to resemble this instrument. 
Hasta regia. Asphodelus luteus. 
Hasta'te. Hastatus. Spear or halberd 
shaped. 

Haste'lla. A splint like a spear, used for 
fractured limbs. 

HASTINGS, CLIMATE OF. This place, in 
the south of England, enjoys a remarkably mild 
and equable climate, being protected from 
northerly winds by the adjacent cliffs. 
Hatchet-shaped. Dolabriform. 
Hatfield's tincture. A nostrum, consist- 
ing of guaiac, soap, and rectified spirit of wine. 
HAUNCH. The lower part of the trunk, 
bounded by the hip joints, and including the 
pelvis. 

HAU'STUS. («*, us, m. ; from haurio, to 
swallow.) A draught or single dost: of a liquid 
medicine. 

Haustus nigkr. The infusum sennas com- 
positum. 

HAVANNAH, CLIMATE OF. This city, 
and other parts of Cuba, are much selected as 
a winter resort for consumptives, and the tem- 
perature is high, but the variation is considera- 
ble, being twice as great as in the island of Ma- 
deira ; there are also sharp winds occasionally. 
Havers's glands. Glands in and about the 
synovial membrane of joints. 

Haversian canals. The nutritious foram- 
ina and minute tubuli in the structure of the 
hard bones, whereby they receive blood-ves- 
sels and capillaries. 

Hawk. A species of the genus Falco. 
Hawk-weed. See Hypochteris. 
Hawk-weed, greater. See Sonchut. 
Hay, camel's. Juncus odoratus. 
Hazel-nut. Corylus avellnna. 
Head. See Caput. 

HEADACHE. Cephalalgia. Headache, or 
pain in the head, as a generic term, has receiv- 
ed a variety of specific names; hence cepha- 
lalgia venerea, rheumatica, nervosa, in'flamma- 
tona, stomachica, intermittens, &c. 

Ordinary cases of headache depend on one 
of the following causes: 1. A weakness or ex- 
haustion of the power of the brain. 2. A sym- 
pathy with the stomach and chylopoietic vis- 
cera. 

Their cure, consequently, is to be effected 
by nervous tonics when the disease is nervous, 
and by removing the states of stomach and 
chylopoietic viscera which excite the sympa- 
thetic headache. 

Rest is in all cases necessary : cold, and press- 
ure on the head, often give relief; and if the 
pain bo considerable, a small dose of opium, or 
Dover's powder, immediately after a warm 
pediluvium or fomentation, and a warm bed. 

Headache is very often a symptomatic affec- 
tion ; so much so that there are very few dis- 
eases in which it does not take place. It is a 
prominent symptom in all fevers and inflamma- 
tions, and in many nervous diseases, the vene- 
real disease, and rheumatism. 



HEA 

Headed. Capitulate. 

HEALTH. That state of the living body ia 
which all its functions are duly performed. 

Hearing. Auditus. See Auris. 

HEART. Cor. A hollow, muscular viscus> 
which forms the center of the circulating system 
in the higher orders of animals. Some observa- 
tions on the general mechanism of the heart 
will be found in the article Circulation. The 
human heart is irregularly pyramidal in its 
shape, and lies between the lungs, inclosed in 
its proper investing membrane, the pericardium. 

It is placed so obliquely, that if a line corre- 
sponding with its axis were passed through it at 
the moment of its pulsation, its direction, taken 
from base to apex, would be downward, for- 
ward, and to the left side. The anterior sur- 
face of the heart is convex in its general outline ; 
the posterior is flat, and rests on the diaphragm: 
the lower, or right border, is rather thin, and 
longer than the upper, which is rounded. The 
heart's surface is marked on its anterior and 
posterior aspect by two lines, of which one runs 
transversely, the other from above downward ; 
their position indicates the division of the organ 
into four different compartments, or cavities. 
The base of the heart (which is comparatively 
thin and flaccid in its structure) consists of that 
part which is in immediate connection with the 
veins {pars cordis venosa), and is divided into 
two cavities, called auricles, from the fact that 
each is surmounted by an appendage resembling 
an ear {auricula'). It is separated from the low- 
er or pyramidal part by a deep transverse groove 
{sulcus anriculo-vmtricularis). These circum- 
stances are most distinctly observable when the 
heart is distended. The portion between the 
transverse sulcus and the summit is thick and 
muscular, and connected with the arterial 
trunks ; it consists of two cavities (ventricles), 
the division between which is indicated by two 
slight grooves extending from the base to the 
apex, and lodging the descending branches of 
the c o ron ary vessels. 

When we consider the heart in its physio- 
logical relations, we adopt a different mode of 
division; for we find it to be a double organ, 
made up of two hearts, one for the pulmonary 
circulation (cor pulmonale), occupying the right 
side, and consisting of an auricle and a ventricle; 
the other for the system at large (cor systeini- 
cum), also consisting of two cavities of the same 
denomination. The pulmonic heart is the agent 
for the circulation of black blood, the systemic 
circulates red blood. Now, as no two of these 
cavities agree in form, or in the arrangement of 
their components, it becomes necessary to de- 
scribe each separately. 

The right auricle rests on the diaphragm, and 
forms the right and anterior part of the base of 
the heart. It presents two parts, which, though 
not marked off by any precise line of division, 
yet differ in size and form. One of these, large 
and flaccid, occupies the interval between the 
vena? cava), so as to receive directly the blood 
which they convey, and is hence named sinus 
venarum cavarum. The other projects forward 
and inward, between the right ventricle and 
the root of the aorta, like an appendage to the 
general cavity ; and so it is sometimes named 

327 



HEA 

"auricular appendage," but more frequently 
auricula, from some resemblance to a dog's ear. 
It is triangular in form, compressed, and slightly 
dentated at its border. It is thicker and more 
fleshy than the sinus. 

The external surface of the auricle, unattach- 
ed in the greater part of its extent, is prolonged 
upward, and to the left side, into its auricular 
appendage ; inferiorly it is connected with the 
right ventricle, internally with the left auricle, 
and into its two extremities open the vence 
cavse. 

In order to examine the interior of the auri- 
cle, an incision may be made from the junction 
of the cavae across to the auricula, from the mid- 
dle of which another may be earned upward 
into the superior cava. If the lower border of 
this incision be drawn forward, the cava; will 
be observed to incline inward at an angle, their 
conflux being marked by a slight elevation, 
called Lower's tubercle (tuberculum Loweri). 
The greater part of the cavity forms a pouch 
(«»ms), which is smooth, and but slightly mus- 
cular m its structure. The inner surface of the 
auricula is distinguished from the rest by several 
fleshy fasciculi, which run transversely upon 
it, called musculi pectinati. The inner side of 
the auricle is thin and smooth ; it corresponds 
with, or is formed by, the partition {septum au- 
ricularum) which separates it from the left au- 
ricle. At its lower part, and just above the 
orifice of the inferior vena cava, is situated an 
oval depression {fossa ovalis, vestigium foraminis 
ovalis), indicating the original communication 
between the auricles : it is bounded superiorly 
by a prominent convex border of a lunated form, 
its concavity looking downward, and named 
annulus fossa ovalis. Though the development 
of the septum be carried to the full extent, that 
lamella of it which closes the foramen ovale 
having extended up to a level with the annulus, 
we often find its upper border merely in appo- 
sition, but not united by adhesion to the corre- 
sponding part of the septum, so that an oblique 
or valvular aperture remains between the au- 
ricles ; still, during the action of the organ, there 
is sufficient provision against any communica- 
tion between these cavities. At the line of 
union between the inferior cava and the auricle 
is situated a crescentic fold of the lining mem- 
brane, called valvula Eustachii. This in the 
foetal state is large ; in the adult it is compara- 
tively diminutive, and often even perforated by 
several foramina. One border of the valve 
rests upon the wall of the auricle, with which 
it is continuous. Another is free and unattach- 
ed, being of a crescentic form ; its upper ex- 
tremity blends itself with the inner border of 
the annulus ovalis, and the inferior with the 
corresponding part of the orifice of the vena 
cava inferior. Between this valve (its left side) 
and the ventricular opening is situated the ori- 
fice of the coronary vein, protected by a valve. 
Several minute foramina may also be observed 
in different parts of the auricle, resembling the 
orifices of small veins, and called foramina 
Thebesii. Placed obliquely between the ap- 
pendix and the inferior cava, we observe the 
auriculo-ventricular opening, of an elliptic form, 
and about an inch in diameter; round its cir- 
328 



HEA 

cumference is attached the base of the tricuspid 
valve, the rest of which lies in the cavity of the 
ventricle. 

The right ventricle (ventriculus pulmonalis) 
extends from the base of the right auricle to the 
apex of the heart. Its form is somewhat trian- 
gular: to see its interior it will be found con- 
venient to make an angular or V-shaped flap, 
by dissecting up its anterior wall. When this 
is done, we observe that the interior surface 
presents a number of rounded, fleshy fasciculi, 
which are called columnee carncm, and are di- 
visible into three orders. The first, adherent 
by both extremities, are free in the rest of their 
extent ; others are but slightly prominent, being 
attached by their extremities, and also by the 
greater part of their circumference ; the third 
set form three or four fasciculi, which are di- 
rected from the summit toward the base of the 
ventricle, where they are connected with the 
borders and apices of the tricuspid valves, 
through the medium of several tendinous pro- 
cesses, called chorda tendinecc. The base of 
the ventricle is prolonged upward, its surface 
becoming at the same time quite smooth, some- 
what in the form of a funnel, where it gives at- 
tachment to the pulmonary artery, so that the 
mouth of this vessel is placed higher up, and to 
the left of the auricular opening. At its orifice 
three membranous folds are placed, called sig- 
moid valves. One border of these is attached 
at the line of union of the ventricle with the 
artery ; the other is free in the cavity of the 
latter, and presents in its middle a small gran- 
nie, called nodulvs or corpus aurantii. The 
tricuspid valve is so called from its being divi- 
ded into three points or processes, formed by 
the lining membrane of the auricle and ventri- 
cle. Each is triangular in its form ; their bases, 
which are continuous and undivided from one 
another, being attached all round the circum- 
ference of the opening, while in the rest of their 
extent they lie within the cavity of the ventri- 
cle. One of them rests upon the septum, or 
corresponds with it ; another with the anterior 
wall of the cavity; while the third, or larger, 
is inclined obliquely upward, and, as it were, 
interpos&d between the auricular and pulmo- 
nary apertures. The free margin of each is a 
little thickened, and gives attachment to the 
chorda? tendinea?. 

The left auricle (sinus pulmonalis) is situated 
at the posterior part of the base of the heart, 
where the greater portion of it is concealed by 
the pulmonary artery and the aorta, which 
overlap it, the auricula alone being visible, 
without detaching these vessels, or inverting the 
position of the heart. When distended, it is of 
a square form, and into its angles open the pul 
monary veins, those of the left lung being very 
close together. From its upper and left ex 
tremity projects the auricula, which is narrow- 
er, but longer and more tapering than that of 
the right side. Its margins are more deeply 
dentated, and present some angular inflections 
or zigzags. Its point rests on the root of the 
pulmonary artery. The interior of the left au 
ricula presents musculi pectinati similar to those 
in the right, but the general cavity of the auri- 
cle; is smooth. A slight depression may be ob» 



HEA 

served in the septum auricularum, correspond- 
ing with the fossa ovalis. In the inferior part 
of the cavity is situated the auriculo-ventricular 
opening, the circumference of which, gives at- 
tachment to the mitral valve. 
• • The left ventricle (ventriculus aorticus) occu- 
pies the left border of the heart, about one 
third of its extent appearing on the anterior 
surface, the rest being placed posteriorly, owing 
to the obliquity of the septum ventriculorum. 
Its cavity can be conveniently exposed by mak- 
ing two incisions through its wall, parallel with 
the septum, and uniting at an angle near the 
apex. When the flap thus formed is drawn 
upward, the great thickness of the walls of the 
cavity, as compared with those of the right 
ventricle, is rendered manifest. The columnar 
camerc resemble those of the right side, but are 
thicker, and directed, for the most part, from 
the base to the apex of the heart. Their inter- 
sections are exceedingly numerous at the sum- 
mit of the cavity, and along its posterior wall, 
but the upper part of the anterior one is com- 
paratively smooth. Two fleshy fasciculi of 
considerable size, commencing by smaller bun- 
dles, one from, the anterior, the other from the 
posterior surface, pass upward, and terminate 
each in a blunted extremity, from which nu- 
merous chordae tendinea; branch off to be insert- 
ed into the edges of the mitral valve. The 
auriculo-ventricular opening is guarded by a 
valve, similar in structure to that of the right 
side, but differing from it in presenting but two 
pointed processes; hence it has been termed 
the mitral valve (valvula mitralis). The larger 
division of it looks toward the aortic opening. 
To the right side of, and before the large open- 
ing just noticed, is situated a smaller one, which 
communicates with the aorta, and is guarded 
by three valvular folds of the lining membrane, 
similar in structure and form to those of the 
pulmonary artery, and also called sigmoid or 
semilunar valves. 

The heart is covered by the serous layer of 
the pericardium, which is reflected upon it, and 
lined in its interior by a membrane of apparent- 
ly similar structure, which not only serves as a 
coating for its proper substance, but also forms 
folds or valves at the auriculo-ventricular open- 
ings at each side, as well as the semilunar 
valves, where it is prolonged into the aorta and 
the pulmonary artery. Between the investing 
and the lining membrane is placed the proper 
muscular tissue of the organ. 

The heart receives its blood by the two cor- 
onary arteries ; its veins terminate in the right 
auricle ; its nerves come from the cardiac plex- 
us, and appear veiy small as compared with 
the bulk and quantity of matter of the organ ; 
a circumstance which was much insisted on in 
the discussion of the long-litigated question, Do 
the fibres of the heart possess their susceptibil- 
ity to impression (irritability) per se, or do they 
derive it from the nerves ? 

HEART, DISEASES OF THE. The heart 
is subject to a variety of diseases, which may be 
distinguished into sympathetic, inflammatory, 
and organic. 

1. Sympathetic affections. — These consist in 
irregularity, increase, or diminution of the 



HEA 

heart's action, or painful nervous affections of 
the heart, arising from various causes not oper- 
ating immediately on the organ itself. Thus 
palpitations and syncope are frequently the 
results of dyspepsia, hysteria, agitation or dis- 
tress of mind, and other causes which tend to 
disturb the nervous functions. Neuralgic affec- 
tions of the heart, also, are not uncommon. 

2. Inflammatory affections. — Three distinct 
textures are involved in the structure of the 
heart, namely, the pericardium, a sero-fibrous 
membrane, which forms its outer envelope; 
the muscular structure of the heart itself; and 
the endocardium, or serous membrane which 
lines its cavities. Each of these textures is lia- 
ble to inflammation, which, when seated in the 
pericardium, is termed Pericarditis ; when in 
the membrane lining the cavities of the heart, 
Endocarditis; and when in its muscular sub- 
stance, Carditis. 

a. Pericarditis. — This may assume an acute, 
subacute, or chronic form. It may proceed 
from the same remote causes which induce in- 
flammation of other serous membranes ; or it 
may be caused by extension of inflammation 
from the pleura; or it may arise from the me- 
tastasis of rheumatism, which is the most fre- 
quent cause, especially in young patients. The 
symptoms of pericarditis are extremely variable 
and deceptive ; and it has been frequently found, 
on dissection, to have existed in a severe degree 
in cases where it had altogether escaped the 
attention of the practitioner. Generally speak- 
ing, the following are the principal symptoms 
of acute pericarditis: sharp, burning pain in 
the region of the heart, accompanied by an at- 
tack of acute inflammatory fever; the pain 
shoots to the left scapula and shoulder, and 
often descends some way down the arm; it is 
increased by full inspiration and by the move- 
ments of the ribs, and also by pressure between 
the ribs over the apex of the heart, and in the 
epigastrium ; the respiration is hurried and la- 
borious, and there is a sense of constriction in 
the pra;cordial region, with restlessness and 
anxiety ; the patient can nqt lie on the left side, 
and generally feels least distress when lying 
on the back ; the state of the pulse varies ex- 
tremely ; it is always frequent, but is sometimes 
full, hard, and vibratory, and at others feeble, 
irregular, or intermittent ; in the advanced 
stag*, of the disease the pulse is generally feeble 
and irregular, though the action of the heart 
continues violent; there is frequent fainting, 
and extreme anxiety, restlessness, and misery. 
The duration of this disease is very various ; if 
not checked, it sometimes proves fatal in two 
or three days, and at other times is protracted 
for several weeks. This diversity of symptoms 
and duration depends on the nature and prog- 
ress of the organic changes which take place m 
the course of the inflammation. These changes 
consist, for the most part, in effusions of lymph 
or serum, which are more or less copious, and 
take place more or less rapidly. Thus, if serum 
be effused in large quantity at an early period, 
the action of the heart will almost from the first 
be much oppressed, and the pulse feeble and 
irregular ; if the effusion be more gradual, these 
symptoms will not occur till a more advanced 

329 



HE A 

period : again, if u copious exudation of coag- 
ulating lymph take place, and glue the pericar- 
dium to the heart, serous effusion will be re- 
strained, the symptoms dependent on it averted, 
and the duration of the case protracted. 

Inflammation of the pericardium does not 
often extend to the muscular substance of the 
heart, and when it does 60, there seem to be 
no very well established symptoms by which 
the fact can be ascertained; this, however, is 
of little consequence in practice, because the 
treatment is not influenced by it. 

The physical signs of pericarditis are, increas- 
ed impulse of the heart; bellows sound; and, 
where there is considerable effusion, a more 
than usual dullness on percussion in the cardiac 
region. 

When there are partial exudations of lymph 
on the opposite surfaces of the pericardium, the 
sound of friction is not uncommon. 

The physical signs, taken in conjunction with 
the symptoms, generally speaking, remove all 
obscurity from the diagnosis of pericarditis. 

The symptoms of chronic pericarditis are 
those of the acute in a less degree, and the 
accompanying fever is of the hectic kind. The 
increased impulse of the heart and the bellows 
sound exist, but are less remarkable than in the 
acute form ; when there is effusion of serum or 
lymph within the pericardium, the dullness on 
percussion is the same. 

Pericarditis may be considered as almost al- 
ways a fat;d affection, except in those instances 
of the acute disease in which the inflammation 
is out short by vigorous practice, before any or- 
ganic change has ensued. When pericarditis 
terminates in adhesion of the pericardium to the 
heart, the patient frequently remains for some 
months, or even for several years, free from any 
symptoms which appear formidable, but this 
state always, sooner or later, induces enlarge- 
ment of the heart, generally hypertrophy with 
dilatation ; and when this takes place, it goes 
on very rapidly to a fatal issue. 

The signs by which an adhesion of the peri- 
cardium to the heart may be recognized are 
not always very distinctly marked, nor ai - e some 
which have been brought forward as particu- 
larly diagnostic, sufficiently established to merit 
much confidence. In a general way, when we 
find, after acute or chronic inflammation of the 
pericardium, that there is a permanently in- 
creased dullness on percussion in the cardiac re- 
gion, with a degree of dyspnoea and more or 
less oppression on the chest, we may infer that 
this lesion has probably taken place. 

b. Endocarditis. — Inflammation of the lining 
membrane of the heart assumes an acute, sub- 
acute, or chronic form. It frequently arises 
from the metastasis of rheumatism, and its 
causes may in general be considered as similar 
to those of pericarditis. Endocarditis is a dis- 
ease which has been recognized by pathologists 
only within the last few years, nor have its 
symptoms yet been determined with the accu- 
racy that could be wished. In the acute form 
there is generally no severe pain, but rather a 
sense of oppression, anxiety, and faintness. 
There is a very tumultuous action of the heart, 
and great increase of impulse, frequently ac- 
330 



II K A 

companied with a tremor or vibration, which, 
in some instances, amounts to what is called 
the purring tremor. The pulse varies much; 
it is generally very rapid and irregular, but 
does not partake of the force of the heart's ac- 
tion, being usually soft and weak ; it is some- 
times hard and vibratory, and is then generally 
more regular. There is usually a bellows 
sound, which is more distinct in proportion to 
the strength of the heart's action, and which is 
rougher, or approaches more to the rasp sound, 
in proportion to the tumefaction of the valves, 
and the effusion of lymph on the surface of the 
lining membrane of the heart. 

The more chronic forms of endocarditis are 
frequently very difficult to distinguish from 
chronic pericarditis, unless where the latter is 
attended with copious serous effusion or exten- 
sive adhesion, in which case percussion may 
greatly aid the diagnosis. 

On the dissection of those who have died of 
acute endocarditis, the lining membrane of the 
heart presents various appearances, according 
to the degree and duration of the inflammatory 
action; increased vascularity, thickening, soft- 
ening, albuminous exudations, puriform depos- 
its: if the case be of some duration, the depo- 
sitions of lymph become vascular, and give nse 
to excrescences, vegetations, organized false 
membranes, and various adhesions. 

Chronic endocarditis gives rise to narrowing 
of the different orifices of the heart, cartilagin- 
ous and osseous induration of the valves, and, 
as particularly illustrated by M. Andral, to hy- 
pertrophy of the ventricles. Inflammation of 
the lining membrane of the heart may be read- 
ily conceived to conduce to the thickening of 
the parietes of that viscus ; first, by direct irri- 
tation of the contiguous muscular substance, 
as we find the muscular coat of the stomach 
thickened in chronic gastritis ; secondly, by 
stimulating the muscular fibres to increased ac- 
tion, both by the morbid stimulus of the dis- 
ease, and by the opposition offered by the nar- 
rowing of the heart's apertures, just as the mus- 
cular coat of the bladder is thickened by a 
structure of the urethra. 

c. Carditis. — General inflammation of the 
substance of the heart is a rare disease. Indu- 
ration and softening of the entire muscular sub- 
stance are, however, sometimes found ; and as 
these occasionally present themselves in cases 
of pericarditis, and are found to occupy only a 
superficial portion of the muscular substance 
contiguous to the pericardium, it is reasonable 
to infer that they are the result of ai; extension 
of inflammation from that membrane, and con- 
sequently, that when they occur, independently 
of pericarditis, they are the result of primary 
inflammation of the substance of the heart. Dr. 
Latham has recorded a solitary instance of uni- 
versal suppuration of the substance of the heart. 
There appear to be no distinct instances of gan- 
grene of the heart. 

Partial carditis is not so rare, but still not 
common. It terminates in abscess or ulcera- 
tion, more frequently the latter. Ulcers occupy 
the external or the internal surface of the heart, 
but the latter oftener than the former. Ulcera- 
tion is the most common cause ofTupture of the 



H K A 



wever, is a very rare acci- 



heart, which, ho 
dent. 

The treatment of pericarditis, endocarditis, 
and carditis may be considered under one head, 
as it is perfectly similar in all. In acute cases 
it consists, in the first place, hi a very bold and 
early use of the lancet, and a rigid observance 
of all the particulars of the antiphlogistic regi- 
men. We need be less cautious in the abstrac- 
tion of blood hi this than in any other case of 
acute inflammation ; the very center of life is 
attacked, and a fatal event is certain if the dis- 
ease be not speedily subdued: still reference 
must be had to the strength of the patient ; if 
a decided impression have been made by the 
lancet, cupping and leeches may be sufficient 
to subdue the remaining inflammatory action. 
In some cases of debilitated patients, they may, 
indeed, supersede the use of the lancet altogeth- 
er, for this is one of the cases of inflammation in 
which local bleeding has a very powerful eft'ect. 
The next most important remedy after blood- 
letting is mercury, which, in this, as in other 
cases, is a powerful means of preventing effu- 
sion, or causing the absorption of such matters 
as may already have been effused: with this 
view calomel should be given in the manner 
best suited to insure its effect on the mouth, 
namely, in small doses frequently repeated. 
Antimonial diaphoretics and saline purgatives 
are also serviceable. Digitalis may be useful in 
keeping the pulse down, and opium, combined 
With the calomel, has frequently a very bene- 
ficial effect ; other narcotics and antispasmodics 
may also be useful accoi'ding to circumstances. 
In the rheumatic and gouty forms of carditis, col- 
chicum is highly esteemed by some practition- 
ers. The use of counter-irritants is better adapt- 
ed to the subacute and chronic states of carditis 
than to the acute. 

Chronic carditis demands the same treatment 
as the acute, but in a very moderate degree ; 
small evacuations of blood, general or local, and 
continued counter-irritation by blisters, setons, 
tartar emetic ointment, &c, are the principal 
means ; mercury is also applicable here on the 
same principle as in the acute disease. When 
lymph has been effused within the heart or 
pericardium, and become organized, the case is 
beyond the reach of art ; and when pericarditis 
has terminated in serous effusion, if the patient 
survive any length of time, the case, in effect, 
becomes one of dropsy of the pericardium, on 
the treatment of which little need be said, be- 
cause no treatment is, generally speaking, of 
any avail. 

3. Organic diseases of the heart. — The most 
remarkable of these are, Induration, Soften- 
ing, Atrophy, Hypertrophy, Dilatation, Morbid 
growths, Morbid deposits and degenerations, 
Diseases of the valves and orifices of the heart. 

1. Indkration. — Induration of the muscular 
substance of the heart is not common. It ap- 
pears to be always the result of inflammation 
either extending from the pericardium to the 
muscular substance, or originating in the latter. 

2. Softening. — A pale and flabby state of the 
muscular substance of the heart is frequent in 
leucophlegmatic and dropsical subjects, but 
this may be considered as indicative of debility 



HE A 

rather than of absolute disease. Distinct soft- 
ening of the heart is, like induration, rare, and, 
like it, appears to be always the residt of inflam- 
matory action. 

3. Atrophy. — Most writers on diseases of the 
heart mention cases of diminished size of this 
organ, but the etiology of the affection appears 
to be entirely unknown. 

4. Hypertrophy. — Hypertrophy, or morbid 
increase of the muscular substance of the heart, 
is very common. It is more frequent, and great- 
er in degree, in the left ventricle than in the 
right. In most cases both ventricles are more 
or less affected. The auricles also are occa- 
sionally hypertrophied, but always in connec- 
tion with diseases of the ventricles or valves. 
Hypertrophy may occupy the parietes of only 
one cavity of the heart, or of all. M. Bertin 
divides hypertrophy into, a. Simple hypertrophy, 
in which the walls of the cavities are merely 
thickened without any change in the capacity 
of the cavities ; b. Hypertrophy, with, increase of 
the capacity of the cavities; c. Hypertrophy, 
with diminution of the capacity of the cavities. 

Hypertrophy may arise from any of those 
causes by which the substance of muscles in 
general is augmented; namely, from any of 
those causes which occasion a permanent in- 
crease in the force or frequency of contraction. 
Hence simple nervous palpitation, if habitual, 
may occasion hypertrophy ; it seldom does so 
however, to any great extent ; inflammation of 
the pericardium or endocardium, obstruction 
of the orifices of the heart, are the common 
causes of this affection: we have already no- 
ticed the manner of their operation, when 
speaking of endocarditis. The essential sign* 
of simple hypertrophy are, a full and hard 
pulse, which is almost always regular, and gen- 
erally more or less vibratory ; dyspnoea ; and 
increased impulse of the heart, with diminished 
sound. Hypertrophy, with diminution of the 
capacity of the cavities, is indicated by nearly 
the same signs, except that in some cases it 
appears to be attended by symptoms of ob- 
structed circulation. Hypertrophy with dilata- 
tion presents, as might be expected, the mixed 
characters of these two states ; there is increase 
both of impulse and of sound, and the symp- 
toms will vary according as the hypertrophy 
or the dilatation predominates. If we consider 
the respective relations of the fight and left 
cavities of the heart to the pulmonary and sys- 
temic circulation, we shall be prepared to ex- 
pect a difference in the symptoms of hyper- 
trophy, when situated in the one and in the 
other. In hypertrophy of the right cavities, the 
respiration is more embarrassed, the complex- 
ion is inclined to livid, and haemoptysis is more 
frequent. In hypertrophy of the left cavities, 
the brain suffers more than the lungs ; the car- 
otid arteries pulsate very strongly; there is a 
remarkable tendency to apoplexy, and other 
forms of cerebral disease, and the patient is 
frequently annoyed with pain, drowsiness, or 
throbbing in the head, noises in the ears, and 
other disagreeable sensations. 

Hypertrophy of the auricles is not accompa- 
nied with any diagnostic symptoms ; but this is 
of little consequence, because it is always con- 

331 



HEA 

nected with and dependent on some disease or 
obstruction of the corresponding ventricle. The 
stethescope aids the symptoms, in enabling us 
to determine which side of the heart is affected 
with hypertrophy ; when the increased impulse 
is perceived under the bottom of the sternum, 
we infer that the right ventricle is hypertrophied ; 
when it is increased between the cartilages of 
the fifth and seventh ribs, on the left side, we 
infer that the left ventricle is diseased; and 
when we find increased impulse in both these 
situations, we conclude that both sides of the 
heart are affected. 

5. Dilatation. — Dilatation of the cavities of 
the heart may take place without any change 
in the thickness of the parietes ; or it may be 
accompanied with thickening; or it may be 
accompanied with preternatural thinness of*heir 
parietes : hence we have Simple dilatation, Dil- 
atation with hypertrophy, and Dilatation with 
attenuation. 

Various causes may occasion temporary dis- 
tension of the cavities of the heart, but when 
these causes are removed, the cavities return 
by their own elasticity to then- natural dimen- 
sions. Permanent dilatation, therefore, is as 
distinctly a disease as hypertrophy ; and it 
seems better entitled to rank as a primary dis- 
ease, inasmuch as it is oftener found uncon- 
nected with inflammation or obstruction. Dila- 
tation of the heart, indeed, seems always to 
depend on an original or acquired debility of 
its muscular fibres, because iu some instances, 
where we find it independently of other dis- 
ease, It can only be attributed to such debility, 
and iu other instances, again, where it is in- 
duced by the same exciting causes as hyper- 
trophy, we must presuppose some such debility 
to account for the occurrence of dilatation, in 
place of the thickening which would be the 
natural result of over-action were the organ 
more robust. 

a. Dilatation with hypertrophy is a mixed 
case, combining the symptoms and signs of dil- 
atation with those of hypertrophy. There is 
one symptom, however, which 18 considered 
very diagnostic of this state, namely, targes- 
cence of the external jugular veins, and a pul- 
sation of these veins synchronous with that of 
the arteries : the rationale of this symptom has 
not yet been satisfactorily explained. 

b. Simple dilatation, as it is called, is in real- 
ity a case of dilatation with hypertrophy, in 
which the dilatation predominates over the hy- 
pertrophy; for since the parietes of tho heart 
are extended, without diminution of their thick- 
ness, there must have been a real increase of 
substance. 

c. Dilatation with attenuation* — This affects 
the right ventricle rather than the left, but in 
most cases both ventricles are involved. The 
auricles, also, are sometimes affected, most com- 
monly from disease of the auricular valves. In 
dilatation of the cavities of the heart with attenu- 
ation, the symptoms are, in many respects, pre- 
cisely the reverse of those of hypertrophy. 
The heart palpitates, but its action is feeble 
and oppressed; the pulse is soft and weak, 
though seldom irregular, except in an advanced 
stage of the disease ; the circulation is languid, 

'J32 



HEA 

and the evolution of animal heat deficient ; the 
lungs are oppressed with venous congestion, 
whence arise dyspnosa, cough, oedema of the 
lungs, and passive hemorrhage from the bron- 
chial membrane; effusion takes place within 
the cavities of the pleura, pericardium, or both; 
the countenance is of a leaden hue ; the func- 
tions of the brain are torpid, from insufficient • 
aeration of the blood ; the liver is extremely 
liable to become enlarged, and ascites ensues 
as" a consequence of the obstruction of the por- 
tal, veins: the prevalence of the dropsical di- 
athesis generally shows itself first in the lower 
extremities, but is never confined to these ; and, 
when it once shows itself, is certain evenraally to 
invade one or more of the great cavities of the 
body. The above are the consequences of a 
considerable degree of dilatation, but minor 
degrees frequently exist for many years with- 
out occasioning any formidable symptoms ; and 
slight dilatation of the heart is very common in 
cases of asthma, and other diseases which ob- 
struct the pulmonary circulation. 

The physical signs of dilatation of the heart, 
with attenuation of its walls, are exactly the 
reverse of those which indicate hypertrophy. 
The impulse of the heart is diminished, while 
its sound is increased and heard over a greater 
extent of the chest than is natural. We can 
here only state the physical signs of this ana 
other affections of the heart in a veiy general 
manner, referring the reader for more minute 
information to the elaborate treatises on aus- 
cultation which have appeared of late years in 
France and in England, at the same time cau- 
tioning him not to adopt too implicitly some 
of the minor distinctions pointed out by their 
authors, and never to trust absolutely to the 
ear, unless the information thus obtained bo 
corroborated by the symptoms of the case. 

Tho different forms of dilatation of the heart 
have been designated by some pathologists un- 
der the title of Aneurism of the heart, dilatation 
with hypertrophy being called Active aneurism, 
and dilatation with attenuation, Passive aneu- 
rism; these, however, are unmeaning terms, 
and should be banished from pathology. 

6". Morbid growths. — These consist chiefly of 
fungous growths and excrescences, which spring 
from the lining membrane of the heart, and ac- 
quire various degrees of vascularity and 'con- 
sistence, and present various forms and appear- 
ances. The only known cause of these morbid 
productions is inflammation of the endocardium, 
and they are more frequently found springing 
from that portion of the membrane which cov- 
ers the valves, in which case the valves them- 
selves are often ossified. It is probable that in 
some cases the excrescences in question origi- 
nate from the gradual organization of portions 
of lymph effused on the surface of the inflamed 
membrane ; in other cases there seems to be no 
reason to attribute them to such an origin, and 
they are probably caused by some unknown 
perversion of action in the vessels of the mem- 
brane itself, like polypi in other parts. They 
are more frequently met with in the left than 
in the right cavities of the heart. Morbid 
growths, of a bony consistence, are occasionally 
met with, usually attached to the valves, but 



HE A 

sometimes springing from other parts of the 
endocardium. 

7. Morbid depositions and degenerations. — 
These consist chiefly in the formation of bony 
matter, and in fatty and greasy degenerations. 
Ossific deposits are common in the pericardium 
and under the lining membrane of the heart, in 

m the situation of the valves. They have occa- 
sionally, also, been found in the muscular sub- 
stance of the heart, large portions of which, in 
some rare instances, have been found convert- 
ed into bone. Fat is often deposited, in very 
largo quantities, within the pericardium, and 
sometimes insinuates itself between the mus- 
cular fibres, causing atrophy of the muscular 
substance. In other cases, small portions of 
the substance of the heart, generally toward 
the apex, have been found infiltrated with a 
greasy matter. It does not appear that these 
fatty and greasy degenerations are productive 
of any particular bad effects. 

8. Diseases of the valves and orifices of the 
heart. — The valves of the heart, consisting of 
fibrous membrane invested on each side by the 
serous membrane which lines the cavities of 
the heart, are, like other parts of similar texture, 
particularly liable to cartilaginous induration 
and to ossification. It would appear that these 
changes always commence in the fibrous part, 
and are consequently situated under the serous 
membrane. All the valves of the heart are lia- 
ble to these diseases, but those of the left side 
are much more so than those of the right. The 
induration of the valves on the right, also, sel- 
dom goes beyond the cartilaginous stage, or, at 
all events, not so frequently as on the left side. 
The mitral valve is more frequently diseased 
than any other; next to this, the semilunar 
valves of the aorta: disease of the tricuspid 
valve is not very common, and that of the semi- 
lunar valves of the pulmonary artery very rare. 
Bony degenerations of the valves of the heart 
appear to be of two very different kinds ; in 
the one a cartilaginous induration becomes 
gradually converted into an imperfectly organ- 
ized bone; in the other, a calcareous matter, 
which possesses no organization, is deposited in 
a caseous or steatomatous nidus. The fonner 
appears to be generally the result of inflamma- 
tion of the endocardium, or of straining of the 
valve%from over-action of the heart ; the latter 
of that ossific diathesis, prevalent in old age, 
which occasions bony depositions in various 
parts of the arterial system. Fungous growths, 
or vegetations, as they are strangely called, 
are frequently found springing from the serous 
membrane of the indurated valves. 

Disease of the valves, when to any consid- 
erable extent, is almost always connected in 
the relation of cause or effect with hypertrophy 
or dilatation; the case, therefore, is usually a 
mixed one, in which the symptoms and signs 
of hypertrophy or dilatation are complicated 
with others indicative of obstruction to the free 
exit of the blood from the cavities of the heart. 
The symptoms of hypertrophy or of dilatation 
are greatly aggravated by the presence of the 
valvular disease, and to these are superadded 
intermission or irregularity of the pulse; the 
bellows, or rasp sound; and, occasionally, the 



HEA 

purring tremor. In general, disease of the 
auriculo-ventricular valves occasions more ir 
regularity of the pulse than that of the semi- 
lunar valves; the pulse, also, is more affected 
by disease of the valves on the left than on the 
right side of the heart. .The degree of rough- 
ness of the sounds which attend the contrac- 
tions of the heart depends chiefly on the degree 
of valvular obstruction ; and the sound varies 
from the softest bellows sound to the roughest 
rasp sound. The situation in which the sound 
is heard most distinctly indicates the particular 
valve which is diseased. 

In the case of the mitral valve, the sound 
seems nearest when the stethescope is applied 
at the left margin of the sternum, between the 
third and fourth ribs; when the aortic valves 
are affected, the sound is most distinct about 
the middle of the sternum (speaking relatively 
both to its length and breadth) ; when the tri- 
cuspid valve is diseased, the sound is clearest 
at a point a little to the right of the mesial line 
of the sternum, opposite to the space between 
the third and fourth ribs. The purring tremor 
is sometimes present and sometimes absent; it 
is chiefly heard when the action of the heart is 
increased by a fit of palpitation. It is not by 
itself at all diagnostic of disease of the valves, 
because it occurs, also, in other morbid states 
of the heart. It is to be observed, also, that a 
single auscultation is by no means sufficient to 
enable us to form a just opinion as to the presence 
or absence of disease of the valves, since, from 
causes not easily explained, we may be able to 
detect no sound one day, although it be loud 
and distinct on another. The above is a very 
rude, though, it is hoped, not very incorrect 
outline of the pathology and semeiography of 
the organic diseases of the heart ; the limits of 
this dictionary do not permit us to extend it. 

With respect to the treatment of these dis- 
eases, the general principles which should guide 
the practitioner may be stated in few words. 
When, as most frequently happens, the organic 
change is consecutive on some other disease, as, 
for example, hypertrophy on inflammation of 
the investing or lining membranes of the heart, 
or passive dilatation on congestion in the lungs, 
it is our business to remove the cause, if this be 
possible, before the effects have become se- 
rious ; again, when we can perceive no manifest 
cause of such structural changes, we have no 
immediate means of preventing or arresting 
them : hence the curative treatment of such 
diseases resolves itself entirely into that of the 
affections on which they may be consecutive. 
With respect to the palliative treatment, it con- 
sists in the avoidance of all causes which can 
hurry or disturb the circulation, as too active 
exercise, strong emotions of the mind, the use 
of indigestible aliments, or sudden vicissitudes 
of temperature; the occasional use of blood- 
letting, when necessary to relieve congestion ; 
of digitalis, to allay increased action of the heart; 
and of those means calculated to obviate disor- 
ders of the digestive organs, which have very 
great influence in producing an irritable state o* 
the heart. By a judicious observance of these 
rules, the fatal termination of organic diseases 
of the heart may often be kept at Day for a long 

333 



H EC 

time, and the patient exempted from any very 
severe Buffering. 

Heart, displacement of the. Ectopia cor- 
dis. This may occur congenitally, or by the 
pressure of neighboring organs. This organ has 
also been found variously malformed. 

Heartburn. Cardialgia. 

Heart-shaped. Cordate. 

Heart-wort. Laserpitiuin album. 

Heart's-ease. Viola tricolor. 

HEAT. Caloric. 

Heat, absolute. This term is applied to 
the whole quantity of caloric existing in a body 
in chemical union. 

Heat, animal. Animal temperature. 

Heat, free. Heat that is sensible to the 
touch or thermometer. 

Heat, latent. When any object is in equi- 
librium with the bodies which surround it with 
respect to its heat, that quantity which it con- 
tains is not perceptible by any external sign or 
organ of sense, and is termed combined caloric, 
or latent heat. 

Heat, prickly. Lichen tropicus. 

Heat, sensible. Free heat. 

Heat, specific The amount of heat requir- 
ed to bring a given body to a certain tempera- 
ture, as compared with the number of degrees 
necessary to elevate water or another body, is 
termed its specific heat. This is ten and a half 
times greater in water than mercury. 

Heat, vital. Animal temperature. 

Heath. Erica vulgaris. 

Heavy carbonated hydrogen. Carbureted 
hydrogen. 

Heavy inflammable air. Carbureted hy- 
drogen. 

Heavy spar. Sulphate of barytes. 

HE'BE. (H6tj; from t)6au, jlores, vigeo.) 
The hair which grows upon the pubes, or the 
age wheu it appears. 

Hebe'tudo. Amaurosis. — Paulus dSgineta. 

HEBRADE'NDRON. A genus of trees, fam- 
ily Guttifercc, inhabiting Ceylon, Siam, and the 
East Indies. The II. cambogioiles yielde gam- 
boge, and was mistaken formerly for the Sta- 
lagmites cambogioides, which see. 

HE'CTIC. (Hecticns; cktikoc; from tftc, 
habit.) Appertaining to the habit or constitu- 
tion. 

Hectic fever. Febris kectica. A disease 
of great perplexity and irregularity. The char- 
acter of the disease is well given by John 
Hunter in the following words: "Hectic may 
be said to be a slow mode of dissolution ; the 
general symptoms are those of a low or slow 
fever, attended with weakness, but more with 
the action of weakness than real weakness : for, 
upon the removal of the hectic cause, the action 
of strength is immediately produced, as well as 
every natural function, however much it was 
decreased before. The particular symptoms 
are debility ; a small, quick, and sharp pulse ; 
the blood forsaking the skin ; loss of appetite ; 
often rejection of all aliment by the stomach ; 
wasting; a great readiness to be thrown into 
sweats ; sweating spontaneously when in bed ; 
frequently a constitutional purging." 

It commonly commences slowly and insid- 
iously, and is not suspected for some months; 
334 



HEL 

and the only symptoms noticeable are, lassitude 
upon slight exercise, loss of appetite, and a 
wasting of the flesh. But if these symptoms 
be connected with a general increase of pulse, 
so that the artery beats from ninety to a hun- 
dred, or a hundred and twenty strokes in a 
minute, there will be a real ground for appre- 
hension. 

Where the disease is evidently symptomatic, 
the case must depend upon curing, or, if incur- 
able, upon removing, when this can be accom- 
plished, the part affected. Where idiopathic, 
we must combat, as far as we are able, the ir- 
ritable diathesis ; and above all things endeavor 
to strengthen, without increasing, the action of 
the machine. The best sedatives, as well as 
tonics, arc vegetable acids. The state of the 
body should be attended to ; exercise, light, nu- 
tritious diet, and light bitters, with sarsaparilla, 
may bo employed, but with little hope of re- 
covery. 

Hectic opy'r a. Hecticopyretos. Hectic 
fever. 

Hectogramme. One hundred grammes, 
equal to 3 ounces 1 drachm and 434 grains troy,, 
or 1543-4 grains. 

Hectolitre. A measure of 100 litres, or 
211-35 pints. 

HEDE'OMA. (a, a, f.) 1. American pen- 
nyroyal. 2. A genus of plants. Diandric/.. 
Monogynia. Labiates. — H. pulegioides. Amer- 
ican pennyroyal. A very common indigenous 
plant, of an aromatic, pungent smell, closely re- 
sembling pennyroyal. It is astimulant aromatic, 
and given in popular practice as a tea in men- 
strual retentions. The oil, oleum hedeoma, is 
officinal. 

HEDERA HELIX. II. arborca. The ivy. 
The leaves are very nauseous ; the berries are 
6uid to be emetic. The stalk yields, by exuda- 
tion, the Giimmi hedera:. It has a stroag, resin- 
ous, agreeable smell, and an astringent taste. 
Though never used in the practice of the pres- 
ent day, it possesses corroborant, astringent, and 
antispasmodic virtues. 

Hedf.ra terrestris. Glechoma hederacea,. 
Hedera'ce*:. Plants allied to the ivy. 
Hedge garlic. Alliaria officinalis. 
Hedge hyssop. Gratiola officinalis. 
Hedge mustard. Erysimum alliaria. 
Hedgehog. Erinaceus. 
Hedgehog mushroom. Hydnum erinaceum. 
He'dra. Edpa. A fracture of the cranium, 
with depression. — Hippocrates. 
Hedyo'smos. Mint. 
Hedy'pnois. The dandelion. 
HEDY'SARUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. — H. alhagi. 
A small shrub of Persia and Mesopotamia. Its 
leaves become covered during the night with a 
granular manna or honey dew, which is used as 
food, and has a little laxative quality. 
Helco'ma. Ulceration. 
Helcy'drion. A little ulcer. 
Helcy'ster. The crotchet. 
Hele'nine. Aconcrete volatile oil of the Inu- 
la helenium: it is crystalline: form., CieHioOj. 
Hele'nium. Inula helenium. 
HELE'NIUM AUTUMNALE. Sneezewort. 
An indigenous, perennial, composite plant,. 



n e l 

which is bitter and acrid. It is said to be use- 
ful in interrnittents. 

Heleoselinum. Eleoselinum. 

Helianthemum. . Helianthus. 

HELIA'NTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamic/, frustranea. 
Composite. — //. annuus. The sun-flower. The 
seeds have been made into a nutritious bread. 
— H. tuberosus. Jerusalem artichoke. The 
tubers somewhat resemble the potato. 

HELICA'LIS. Appertaining to the helix, or 
border of the ear. 

Helicalis major. See Helicis major. 

Helicalis minor. See Helicis miiun: 

He'licine arteries. The short, curved 
Tessels and arteries of the penis. 

HE'LICIS MAJOR. A proper muscle of 
the ear, which depresses the part of the carti- 
lage of the ear into which it is inserted: it lies 
upon the upper or sharp point of the helix, or 
outward ring, arising from the upper and acute 
part of the helix anteriorly, and passing to be 
inserted into its cartilage a little above the 
tragus. 

HELICIS MINOR. A proper muscle of the 
ear, which contracts the fissure of the ear : it is 
situated below the helicis major, upon part of 
the helix. It arises from the inferior and ante- 
rior part of the helix, and is inserted into the 
cms of the helix, near the fissure in the cartilage 
opposite to the concha. 

Helicotre'ma. The foramen by which the 
ecalaj of the cochlea of the internal ear commu- 
nicate. 

Heliosco'pios. Helianthus andheliotropium. 

HELIOSTAT. (From 77/Uoc, the sun, and 
iotijui, I stand.) A mirror which is so adjusted 
as to move with the sun, and thus throw a beam 
of light in the same direction during the day. 

He'liotrope. Heliotropium. Heliolropius 
lapis. The blood-stone. 

Heliotro'pii succus. See Croton. 

Heliotropium indicum. Convolvulus bata- 
tas. 

Heliotropium majus. This is the heliotro- 
pium europaum of Linnasus, which is bitter 
throughout. 

Heliotropium tricoccum. See Croton. 

Helis fulvescens. Symptomatic diffused 
eph elis. — Swediaur. 

HE'LIX. (ix, ids, m. EA<& a spiral line ; 
from 1 t?.u, to turn round.) The external circle 
or border of the outer ear, that curls inward. 
The genus of snails. — H. pomatia. The garden 
snail. It was formerly used in medicine. 

Hellebora'ster. Helleborus foetidus. 

Helleborastrum. See Helleborus. 

Hellebore, American. Veratrum viride. 

Hellebore, black. Helleborus niger. 

Hellebore, white. Veratrum album. 

HELLE'BORUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranuncu- 
lacece. — H. albus. See Veratrum album. 

Helleborus fostidus. Stinking hellebore, 
or bear's-foot. Helleboraster. The leaveB pos- 
sess anthelmintic powers. It commonly op- 
erates as a cathartic, sometimes as an emetic, 
and, in large doses, proves highly deleterious. 

Helleborus nicer. Helleborus. Black hel- 
lebore. Christmas rose. The root, when fresh, 



HEM 

is bitterish, and somewhat acrid : it has a nau- 
seous, acrid smell. The ancients esteemed it 
as a powerful remedy in maniacal cases. At 
present it is exhibited principally as an altera- 
tive, or, when given in a large dose, as a pur- 
gative. It often proves a very powerful em- 
menagogue in plethoric habits, where steel is 
ineffectual or improper. It is also recommend- 
ed in dropsies, and some cutaneous diseases. 
Dose, in powder, gr. iij. to 3ss., as an alterative; 
above this it is a drastic purge. 

Helleborus orientalis. The root of tins- 
Eastern species is still used in the Levant, and 
was formerly much esteemed in mania, epilep- 
sy, and dropsy. 

Helmet. Galea. 

Helmet-flower. See Anthora. 

HELMI'NTHAGOGUE. (Hclminthagogus; 
from eTi/itvc, a worm, and ayu, to drive out.) 
Synonymous with anthelmintic. 

H elmi'nthia. Helminthiasis. 

HELMINTHIASIS. (is,is,f. EfytvOiaoir, 
from etytvg, which signifies any species of 
worm.) A disease in which worms, or the 
larvae of worms, are bred in any part of the 
body. 

Helmi'nthic. Helminthic us. Appertaining 
to worms. 

Helminthoco'rton. Fucus helminthocorton. 

HELMINTHOLO'GY. A treatise or de- 
scription of worms. 

HELO'DES. (From eloc, a swamp.) 1. A 
fever, characterized throughout by profuse 
sweating. The sweating sickness. 2. Marsh 
fever. 

Helonias officinalis. Veratrum sabadilla. 

Helo'pyra. Hylepyretos. Marsh fever. 

He'i.os. The tumor formed by prolapsus 
iridis. 

H E L O ' S I S. (From n/iu, to turn.) An 
eversion or turning out of the eyelids. 

Helvella esculenta. According to Per- 
soon, this and the H. mitra are eaten for the mo- 
rel, with which they are confounded. 

He'lxine. See Parictaria. 

He'matine. See Hcematin. 

Hematosin. See Hcematosin. 

Hematu'ria. See Hematuria. 

HEMERALO'PIA. (a, a, f.; from yptpa, 
the day, and ui/;, the eye.) A defect in the 
sight, which consists in being able to see in 
broad daylight, but not in the evening. It pro- 
ceeds from too great an habitual exposure to 
light, whence the retina becomes torpid, and 
requires a strong stimulus to arouse it. Atnoon- 
tide, therefore, it is sensible to the impression 
of objects, but does not clearly discern them 
in the shade, toward the close of the day, or 
by ordinary candle-light. 

He'merai.ops. One who sees only in the 
day-time. 

HEMEROCA'LLIS. A genus of plants. 
Hexandria.. Monogynia. Liliaeea. — H.fulva. 
Tawny day-lily. The leaves are cooling, and 
the roots aperient. 

HEMI-. A prefix (from rjfiiove, half), mean- 
ing half, and corresponding with semi. 

Hemicerau'nios. A bandage for the back 
and breast. — Galen. 

HEMIC RA'NIA. (a, a-, f.; from J7/uo»r, 
335 



HEP 

half, and itpaviov, the head.) A pain that af- 
fects only one side of the head. It is generally 
nervous or hysterical, sometimes bilious ; and, 
in both cases, sometimes comes at a regular 
period, like an ague. When it is accompanied 
by a strong pulsation, like that of a nail pierc- 
ing the part, it is denominated claims. 

HEMIDE'SMUS INDICUS. An asclepia- 
daceous plant of East India, yielding the Indian 
6arsaparilla. 

He mio'bolon. Half an obolus, or the twelfth 
part of a drachm. 

Hemioni'tis. Asplenium hemionitis. 

HEMIO'PIA. (From i\uwvc, half, and ott- 
rojiai, to see.) A defect of vision, in which a 
person sees only the half of an object. 

Hemipa'gia. Hemicrania. 

HEMIPLE'GIA. Hemiplexia. (From r/fii- 
avg, half, and ttTltjoou, to strike : so called be- 
cause one side of the body is affected.) See 
Paralysis. 

HEMI'PTERA. Iusects having the upper 
wings half membranous and half coriaceous. 

Hemirho'mbion. An old bandage, which 
•extended half way round the part it was ap- 
plied to. 

HEMISPHERE. (Hemisphera, a, f.; half 
a globe.) The two masses which form the up- 
per part of the brain are called the hemispheres 
of the brain. 

Hemi'tomon. An old bandage, which was 
cut half way down. 

Hemitritje'us. Semitertian ague. 

Hemlock. Conium maculatum. 

Hemlock dropwort. (Enantho crocata. 

Hemlock-tree. It. spruce. Pinus cana- 
densis. 

Hemlock, water. Cicuta virosa. 

Hemorrhage. See Hemorrhage. 

Hemp. Cannabis sativa. 

Hemp-agrimony. See Enpatorium. 

Hemp, Indian. Commonly this means Apo~ 
■cynum cannabinum, but it is also used for the 
Cannabis indica. 

Hemp, water. See Eupatorium. 

Hemp-seed calculus. The small varieties of 
the mulberry calculus have been so called. 

Henbane. Hyoscyamus niger. 

Henbane of pehu. Tobacco. 

Hen-blindness. Nyctalopia. 

Henna. Lawsonia inermis. 

HE'PAR. (ar, atis, n. Hnap, the liver.) 
See Liver. 

Hepar antimonii. An oxy-sulphuret of an- 
timony. Antimonium vitrum. 

Hepar martiale. A compound of liver of 
sulphur and oxide of iron. 

Hepar sulphuris. See Sulphuretum. 

Hepar sulphuris volatilis. Boyle's fum- 
ing liquor. The hydrosulphuret of ammonia. 

Hepar uterinum. The placenta. 

HEPATA'LGIA. (a, a-, f. ; from nirap, the 
liver, and ahyoc, pain.) Pain in the liver. 

Hepatalgia calculosa. The pain caused 
by the passage of biliary calculi. 

Hepatalgia phlegmonoides. Hepatitis. 

Hepataposte'ma. Abscess of the liver. 

Hepatemphra'xis. Hepatic obstruction. 

HEPATIC. (Hepalicus; from tftrap, the liv- 
er.) 1. Belonging to the liver. 2. Liver color. 
336 



HEP 

Hepatic air. Sulphureted hydrogen. 

Hepatic artery. Arteria hepatica. The 
artery which nourishes the substance of the liv- 
er. It arises from the cceliac, where it almost 
touches the point of the lobulus Spigelii. Its 
root is covered by the pancreas ; it then turns 
a little forward, and passes under the pylorus 
to the porta of the liver, and runs between the 
biliary ducts and the vena porta;, where it di- 
vides into two large branches, one of which 
enters the right, and the other the left lobe of 
the liver. In this place* it is inclosed, along 
with all the other vessels, in the capsule of 
Glisson. 

Hepatic duct. Ductus hepaticus. The 
trunk of the biliary pores. It runs from the 
sinus of the liver toward the duodenum, and is 
joined by the cystic duct, to form the ductus 
communis choledochus. See Biliary duct. 

Hepatic flux. A form of dysentery accom 
panied with copious discharge of bilious mat- 
ter. 

Hepatic plf.xus. It is composed of filaments 
from the cceliac plexus, and which accompany 
the hepatic artery. 

Hepatic veins. Vena hepatica;. From the 
extremities of the vena porta?, and also from 
those of the hepatic artery, a number of veins 
arise, which are called vence hepatica;, and ac- 
company the branches of the hepatic artery and 
vena portun. The brunches of the hepatic veins 
finally unite into two or three large trunks, 
which recede from the hepatic artery and vena 
porta?, and terminate in the vena cava ascend- 
ens, just below the diaphragm. 

HEPA'TICA. (a, a-, f.) 1. American 
liverwort. 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. 
Polygaviia. Ranunculacccc. — H. americana is 
officinal, and, with H. acutiloba, is used in do- 
mestic practice as a demulcent, but is of little 
value. 

Hepatica fontana. Marchantia. 

Hepatica herba. See Marchantia. 

Hepatica jecoraria. H. stellata. H. ter 
rcstris. H. vulgaris. Marchantia. 

Hepatica nobilis. Anemone hepatica. 

HEPAT'ICiE. The liverwort tribe of aco- 
tyledonous plants. Cellular, flowerless plants, 
consisting of an axis or stem, either leafy or 
bordered; the reproductive organs are valved 
ihecm of different kinds. 

HEPATIRRH(E'A. (a, a, f. ; from nirap, 
and peu, to flow.) 1. A purging, with bilious 
evacuations. 2. A diarrhoea, in which portions 
of flesh, like liver, are voided. 

HEPATISATION. (Hepatisalio, onis, f. ; 
from vnap, the liver : so called from its appear- 
ing like liver.) The conversion of any texture 
into a substance resembling liver. The term is 
applied chiefly to the lungs. Hepatisation is 
generally divided into red and yellow; the for- 
mer deriving its color from the presence of 
blood, the latter from purulent infiltration.— 
See Pneumonia. 

HEPATI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from vnap, the 
liver.) Inflammatio hepatis. An inflammation 
of the liver. A disease attended with inflam- 
matory fever; tension and pain of the right 
hypochondrium, often pungent, like that of a 
pleurisy, but more frequently dull or obtuse; 8 



het 

pain at the clavicle, and at the top of the shoul- 
der of the right side ; much uneasiness in lying 
down on the left side; difficulty of breathing; 
a dry cough, vomiting, and hiccough. It is of 
two kinds, acute and chronic. 

The acute species of hepatitis comes on with 
a pain in the right hypochondrium, extending 
up to the clavicle and shoulder, increased by 
pressing upon the part; is accompanied with 
cough, oppression of breathing, and difficulty 
of lying on the left side, with nausea aud sick- 
ness, and often with a vomiting of bilious mat- 
ter. The urine is of a deep saffron color, and 
small in quantity ; there is loss of appetite, great 
thirst, and costiveness, with a strong, hard, and 
frequent pulse ; and when the disease has con- 
tinued for some days, the skin and eyes become 
tinged of a deep yellow. When the inflamma- 
tion is in the cellular structure or substance of 
the liver, it is called, by some, hepatitis paren- 
chymatosa ; and when the gall-bladder, which 
is attached to this organ, is the seat of inflamma- 
tion, it has been called hepatitis cystica. 

The chronic species is usually accompanied 
with a morbid yellow complexion, loss of ap- 

{)etite and flesh, costiveness, indigestion, flatu- 
ency, pains in the stomach, a yellow tinge of 
the skin and eyes, clay-colored stools, high-col- 
ored urine, depositing a red sediment and ropy 
mucus ; an obtuse pain in the region of the liv- 
er, extending to the shoulder, and not unfre- 
quently with a considerable degree of asthma. 

Hepatitis, like other inflammations, may end 
in resolution, suppuration, gangrene, or scir- 
rhus; its termination in gangrene is a rare oc- 
currence in temperate, but a very frequent ono 
in hot climates. 

The treatment of this disease is different in 
the two forms which it assumes. Acute hepa- 
titis is treated like other acute inflammation, 
except in the way in which mercury is exhibit- 
ed. The lancet and purgatives are to be freely 
used in strong patients. The bowels are next 
to be cleared, until the nature of the evacuations 
shows that it is not likely that any frecal matter 
remains in the intestines in a solid form, and 
that the bile passes off* freely. This is best 
done by calomel, in such doses as to affect the 
gums rapidly. If the bowels be morbidly open, 
opium is to be combined with the calomel. In 
all cases where it becomes doubtful whether 
the lancet should be again resorted to, cupping 
and leeches are useful; after which, a large 
blister should bo applied over the affected or- 
gan. In very acute cases, salivation is to be at- 
tempted also by rubbing mercurial ointment 
into the legs and thighs. The appearance of 
a soreness of the gums is a precursor of a de- 
cline of the disease. Hepatitis soon shows in 
what way it will terminate ; and if no diminu- 
tion of the symptoms is affected, death soon 
takes place, from the violence of the inflamma- 
tory action, or from gangrene. A gradual mit- 
igation of the force of the symptoms indicates 
its resolution. A shivering, with remission of 
febrile action, announces the formation of pus : 
an abscess then forms, and bursts either through 
the integuments, or into the stomach, colon, 
lungs, or kidney. As soon as this becomes 
known, the strength of the patient is no longer 



HER 

to be reduced : the strict antiphlogistic diet be- 
fore adopted must yield to a more nourishing 
one, but not a stimulating one ; and tonics, es- 
pecially bitters, as calumba and gentian, or cas- 
carilla, are to supply the place of the former 
medicines. 

Chronic hepatitis requires the same treatment 
with the acute, but in miniature. Cupping, 
and frequently applying leeches, are beneficial. 
Mercurial alteratives are especially serviceable, 
as the pilula hydrargyri submuriatis composita, 
or small doses of the blue pill, administered 
regularly, so as to effect a perceptible action on 
the gums,, and no more. The use of the nitro- 
muriatic acid bath and sponging, with doses of 
the acid of gtt. v., three times a day, is often 
serviceable in hot climates. A mild diet, exer- 
cise, and change of climate, are the great restor- 
atives. 

Hepatization. See Hepatisation. 

Hepatizon. Symptomatic diffused ephelis. 

HEPATOCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from rjirap, and 
ktiTiT}, a tumor.) A hernia, caused by a portion 
of the liver protruding through the abdominal 
parietes. 

Hepatoco'lic. Pertaining to the liver and 
colon ; a ligament of the liver. 

Hepato-ga'stric omentum. The lesser 
omentum, which passes from the liver to the 
stomach. 

Hepatography. A description of the liver. 

Hepatohje'mia. Congestion of the liver. 

Hepatolo'gy. A treatise on the liver. 

Hepatoma'lacia. Softening of the liver. 

Hepatoxcus. Tumefaction of the liver. 

Hepatophy'ma. An abscess of the liver. 

Hepatorrha'gia. See Hepatirrhaa. 

Hepatotomia. Dissection of the liver. 

Hepi'alus. A mild quotidian fever. 

HEPTA'NDRIA. Heptandrous. (From 
enra, seven, and avr/p, a man, or husband.) 
Plants with hermaplirodite flowers and seven 
stamens. 

Heptaphy'llum. The tormentil. 

Heptaple'urum. The plantago major. 

Heptar-tomphalus. An umbilical hernia, 
including a portion of the liver. 

HERACLE'UM. (mot, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentartdria. Digynia. Vmbellifera. — 
H. gummiferum. See Dorema ammoniacum. — 
H. lannatum. (U.S.) Masterwort. It is an in- 
digenous species, which has stimulant and car- 
minative properties. The dose of the dried 
root is 3'j. to 3iij. — H. spondylium. Spondylir 
urn. Cow-parsnip. All-heal. It is said to be 
useful in the cure of dysentery. 

Heracleus morbus. Epilepsy. 

Herb bennet. Geum urbanum. 

Herb Christopher. Actaea spicata. 

Herb of grace. Gratiola officinalis. 

Herb mastich. Thymus mastichina. 

Herb Robert. Geranium Robertianum. 

Herb trinity. Anemone hepatica. 

HE'RBA. (a, ce, f.) A herb. There are 
two kinds: annuals, which perish the same 
year; and biennials, which have their leaves 
the first year, and their flowers and fruit the 
second, and then die away. 

Herba alexandrina. Smyniium alexandri 
num. 

337 



HER 



HER 



Herba benedicta. Geum urbanum. 

Herba BRiTANMCA. Rumex hydrolapa- 
thum. 

Herba felis. Nepeta cataria. 

Herba julia. Milfoil. 

Herba melancholieuga. Fumaria offici- 
nalis. 

Herba militaris. Achilkca millefolium. 

Herba paris. Paris quadrifolia. 

Herba patri. Primula veris and crithmum 
maritimum. 

Herba regia. Ocymum officinalis. 

Herba sacra. Verbena trifoliata. 

Herba sanct^e barbareje. Erysimum bar- 
barea. 

Herba trinitatis. Anemone he patica. 

Herba'ceus. Herbaceous; like an herb. 

Herba'list. A dealer in herbs. 

HERBA'RIUM. Hortus siccus. A collection 
of dried specimens of plants. 

Herbi'vorous. Hcrbivorus. Feeding on 
herbs. 

Herboriza'tion. A botanical tour. 

Hercules's all-heal. Laserpitium chiro- 
nium. 

He'rcules bo'vii. An old emetic, &c. 

HERE'DITARY DISEASES. Morbi hered- 
itarii. Diseases which are propagated from 
parents to their offspring, as gout, scrofula, ma- 
nia, phthisis pulmonalis, &c. 

HERM A'PH RODITE. (Hermapkrodilus ; 
from Ep/xnc, Mercury, and KtypoiiTn, Venus : i. 
€., partaking of both sexes. ) 1 . A person whose 
organs of generation are so deibrmed as to 
make it doubtful to which sex he belongs. 
Many inferior animals are really hermaphro- 
dite. 2. In Botany, an hermaphrodite flower 
is one which contains both stamens and pistil. 

HERME'TIC. Hermeticus. Appertaining 
to chemistry. 

Hermetic medicine. Medicine as practiced 
by the chemical sect, as opposed to the Galeni- 
cal medicine. 

Hermetic seal. The closing the end of a 
glass vessel by fusion. 

HERMODA'CTYLUS. Hermodactyl. A 
ioot much celebrated among the ancients for 
the cure of gout. See Colchicum. 

Hermo'laos. Ep/zoAaor. A collyviuin. 

HE'RNIA. (a, <c, f . ; from epvoc, a branch; 
from its protrudiug out of its place.) Ecnexis. 
Ramex. A rupture. Surgeons understand by 
the term hernia, a tumor formed by the protru- 
sion of some of the viscera of the abdomen out 
of that cavity into a kind of sac, composed of 
the portion of peritoneum, which is pushed 
before them. However, there are certainly 
some cases which will not be comprehended 
in this definition, either because the parts are 
not protruded at all, or have no hernial sac. 
The places in which these swellings most fre- 
quently make their appearance are the groin, 
the navel, the labia pudendi, and the upper and 
fore part of the thigh ; they do also occur at 
every point of the anterior part of the abdo- 
men; and there are several less common in- 
stances, in which hernial tumors present them- 
selves at the foramen ovale, in the perineum, 
in the vagina, at the ischiatic notch, &c. The 
parts which, by being thrust forth from the 
338 



cavity in which they ought naturally to remain, 
mostly produce hernia, are either a portion of 
the omentum, or a part of the intestinal canal, 
or both together. But the stomach, the liver r 
the spleen, uterus, ovaries, bladders, &c., have 
been known to form the contents of some her- 
nial tumors. From these two circumstances 
of situations and contents are derived all the 
different appellations by which hernial are dis- 
tinguished. If a portion of intestine only forms 
the contents of the tumor, it is called entero- 
cele; if a piece of omentum only, epiplocelc; 
and if both intestine and omentum contribute to 
the formation of a tumor, it is called entero- 
cpiploccle. When the contents of a hernia are 
protruded at the abdominal ring, but only pass 
as low as the groin, or labium pudendi, the 
case receives the name of bubonocele, or ingui- 
nal hernia; when the parts descend into the 
scrotum, it is called an oscheocele, or scrotal 
hernia. The crural, or femoral hernia, is the 
name given to that which takes place below 
Poupart's ligament. When the bowels pro- 
trude at the navel, the case is named an exom- 
phalos, or umbilical hernia; and ventral is the 
epithet given to the swelling when it occurs at 
any other promiscuous part of the front of the 
abdomen. The congenital rupture is a very 
particular case, in which the protruded viscera 
are not covered with a common hernial sac of 
peritoneum, but are lodged in the cavity of the 
tunica vaginalis, in contact with the testicle ; 
and, as must be obvious, it is not named, like 
hernia in general, from its situation or contents, 
but from the circumstance of its existing from 
the time of birth. 

When the hernial contents lie quietly in the 
sac, and admit of being readily put back into 
the abdomen, it is termed a reducible hernia; 
and when they suffer no constriction, yet can 
not be put back, owing to adhesions, or their 
large size in relation to the aperture through 
which they have to pass, the hernia is termed 
irreducible. An incarcerated or strangulated 
hernia signifies one which not only can not be 
reduced, but suffers constriction ; so that, if a 
piece of intestine be protruded, the pressure to 
which it is subjected stops the passage of its 
contents onward toward the anus, makes the 
bowel inflame, and brings on a train of most 
alarming and often fatal consequences. 

The general symptoms of a hernia which is 
reducible and free from strangulation are, an 
indolent tumor at some part of the parietes of 
the abdomen ; most frequently descending out 
of the abdominal ring, or from just below Pou- 
part's ligament, or else out of the navel; but 
occasionally from various other situations. The 
swelling mostly originates suddenly; and it is 
subject to a change of size, being smaller when 
the patient lies down upon his back, and larger 
when he stands up or draws in his breath. 
The tumor frequently diminishes when press- 
ed, and grows large again when the pressure 
is removed. Its size and tension often increase 
after a meal, or when the patient is flatulent. 
Patients with hernia are apt to be troubled with 
colic, constipation, and vomiting, in consequence 
of the unnatural situation of the bowels. Very 
often, however, the functions of the viscera 



HER 

seem to suffer little or no interruption. When- 
ever the hernia is large, a truss, well adjusted 
to the person, should be worn constantly when 
out of bed. 

Hernia aquosa. Hydrocele. 

Hernia arterauum. An aneurism. 

Hernia bkonchiahs. Bronchocele. 

Hernia carnosa. Sarcocele. 

Hernia cerebri. Encephalocele. This term 
has been applied to several different cases. 
One case is where there is a congenital defect 
in the ossification of some part of the cranium, 
and the subjacent portion of the brain project- 
ing through the aperture, forms a tumor under 
the integuments. Another case is where there 
is a congenital deficiency of a large portion, 
both of the cranium and integuments, and the 
greater part of the brain protrudes : this is a 
monstrosity which is incompatible with the 
continuance of life for a longer period than a 
few days. A third case is where a tumor con- 
nected with the brain rises through the "aper- 
ture made in the operation of trephining. Con- 
cerning the nature of the last-mentioned case, 
there is difference of opinion among surgical 
writers; and, indeed, the tumor seems to be 
of a different character in different cases, some- 
times consisting of the substance of the brain, 
at others of a mass of congealed blood, and at 
others, again, of a fungous mass, which has been 
supposed to spring from the cerebral substance ; 
it is very likely, however, that fungous tumors 
of the dura mater may frequently have passed 
under the name of hernia cerebri. 

Hernia congenita. This species of hernia 
consists in the adhesion of a protruded portion 
of intestine or omentum to the testicle after its 
descent into the scrotum. This adhesion takes 
place while the testicle is yet in the abdomen. 
Upon its leaving the abdomen, it draws the ad- 
hering intestine, or omentum, along with it into 
the scrotum, where it forms the hernia congen- 
ita. The descent is not always before birth. 

The appearance of a hernia, in very early 
infancy, will always make it probable that it is 
of this kind ; but in an adult, there is no reason 
for supposing his rupture to be of this sort but 
his having been afflicted with it from his infan- 
cy; there is no external mark or character 
whereby it can be certainly distinguished from 
the one contained in a common hernial sac ; 
neither would it be of any material use in prac- 
tice if there was. 

Hernia cruralis. Femoral hernia. The 
parts composing this kind of hernia are always 
protruded under Poupart's ligament, and the 
swelling is situated toward the inner part of 
the bend of the thigh. The rupture descends 
on the side of the femoral artery and vein, be- 
tween these vessels and the os pubis. Females 
are particularly subject to this kind of rupture, 
in consequence of the great breadth of their 
pelvis, while in them the inguinal hernia is 
rare. The situation of the tumor makes it lia- 
ble to be mistaken for an enlarged inguinal 
gland, or a bubonocele. The femoral hernia, 
However, may always be discriminated by the 
neck of the tumor having Poupart's ligament 
above it. In the bubonocele, the angle of the 
pub eg is behind and below this part of the sac ; 



HER 

but in the femoral hernia, it is on the same 
horizontal level, a little on the inside of it. 

In the crural hernia, the aperture through 
which the parts issue is not formed by two 
bands (as in the inguinal hernia), but it is a 
foramen, almost round, proceeding from the 
internal margin of the crural arch (Poupart's 
ligament), near its insertion into the branch of 
the os pubis, between the bone and the iliac 
vein ; so that, in this hernia, the branch of the 
os pubis is situated more internally than the in- 
testine, and a little behind ; the vein externally, 
and behind ; and the internal border of the arch 
before. Now it is this border which always 
forms the strangulation. 

Hernia, epiploic. See Hernia. 

Hernia femoralis. Hernia cruralis. 

Hernia flatulenta. Pneumatocele. Windy 
rupture ; a rupture, in the contents of which 
there is much gurgling, from an accumulation 
of gas. 

Hernia guttalis. //. gutluris- Broncho- 
cele. 

Hernia humorai.is. Orchitis. 

Hernia incaucerata. Incarcerated hernia. 
Strangulated hernia, or a hernia with stricture. 
The symptoms are a swelling in the groin, &c.^ 
resisting the impression of the fingers. If the 
hernia be of the intestinal kind, it is generally 
painful to the touch, and the pain is increased 
by coughing, sneezing, or 'standing upright. 
These are the very first symptoms, and if they 
are not relieved, are soon followed by others, 
viz., a sickness at the stomach, a frequent 
retching, or inclination to vomit, a stoppage of 
all discharge per anum, attended with frequent, 
hard pulse, and some degree of fever. These 
are the first symptoms ; and if they are not ap- 
peased by tho return of the intestine, that is, if 
the attempts made for this purpose do not suc- 
ceed, the sickness becomes more troublesome, 
the vomiting more frequent, the pain more in- 
tense, the tension of the belly greater, the fever 
higher, and a general restlessness comes on, 
which is very terrible to bear. When this is 
the state of the patient, no time is to be lost ; 
a very little delay is now of tho utmost conse- 
quence; and if the one single remedy which 
the disease is now capable of be not adminis- 
tered immediately, it will generally baffle ev- 
ery other attempt. This remedy is the oper- 
ation whereby the parts engaged in the stric- 
ture may be set free. If this be not now 
performed, the vomiting is soon exchanged for 
a convulsive hiccough, and a frequent gulping 
up of bilious matter : the tension of the belly, 
the restlessness and fever, having been consid- 
erably increased for a few hours, the patient 
suddenly becomes perfectly easy, the belly 
subsides, the pulse, from having been hard, 
full, and frequent, becomes low, languid, and 
generally interrupted, and the skin, especially 
that of tho limbs, cold and moist; the eyes 
have now a languor and glassiness ; the tumor 
of the part disappears, and the skin covering it 
sometimes changes its natural color for a livid 
hue, and has a crepitus when touched. This 
crepitus is the too sure indicator of gangrenoua 
mischief within. In this state the gut either 
goes up spontaneously, or is returned with the 

«39 



HER 

smallest degree of pressure ; a discharge is 
made by stool, and the patient is generally 
much pleased at the ease he finds; but this 
pleasure is of short duration ; for the hiccough 
and the cold sweats continuing and increasing, 
with the addition of spasmodic rigors and sub- 
sultus tendinum, the tragedy soon finishes. 

In using the taxis, or attempt to restore the 
intestine, the tissues should be relaxed, if neces- 
sary, by the hot bath, or the action of nausea, 
produced by antimony, or cautious injections 
of a weak infusion of tobacco into the rectum. 

Hernia inguinalis. Bubonocele. Inguinal 
hernia. It appears in both sexes at the groin. 
It includes all herniee in which the parts dis- 
placed pass out of the abdomen through the 
inguinal ring. There are three different parts 
that may produce a hernia in the groin, viz., 
one or more of the intestines, the epiploon, and 
the bladder. That which is formed by one or 
more of the intestines was called by the an- 
cients entcroccle. The intestine which most 
frequently produces the hernia is the ilium, be- 
cause, being placed in the iliac region, it is 
nearer the groin than the rest; but, notwith- 
standing the situation of the other intestines, 
which seems not to allow of their coming near 
the groin, we often find the jejunum, and fre- 
quently, also, a portion of the colon and crecum, 
included in the hernia. It must be remember- 
ed that the mesentery and mesocolon are mem- 
braneous substances, capable of extension, 
"which, by little and little, are sometimes so far 
stretched by the weight of the intestines as to 
escape with the ilium in this species of hernia. 
The hernia made by the epiploon is called epi- 
plocele, as that caused by the epiploon and any 
of the intestines together is called enlcro-epi- 
plocclc. The hernia of the bladder is called 
cystocelc. Hernia of the bladder is uncommon, 
and has seldom been known to happen but in 
conjunction with some of the other viscera. 
When the parts, having passed through the ab- 
dominal rings, descend no lower than the groin, 
it is called an incomplete hernia ; when they 
fall into the scrotum in men, or into the labia 
pudendi in women, it is then termed complete. 

The disorders in which a mistake may possi- 
bly be made, are the circocele, bubo, hydro- 
cele, and hernia humoralis, or inflamed testicle. 

Hernia intestinalis. Enterocele. A rup- 
ture caused by the protrusion of a portion of 
the intestine. 

Hernia ischiatica. A rupture at the ischi- 
atic notch. This is very rare. 

Hernia lachrymalis. A swelling of the 
lachrymal sac from over-distension. 

Hernia mesenterica. Mesenteric hernia. 
If one of the layers of the mesentery be torn 
by a blow, while the other remains in its natu- 
ral state, the intestines may insinuate them- 
selves into the aperture, and form a kind of 
hernia. The same consequences may result 
from a natural deficiency in one of these layers. 
Sir A. Cooper relates a case in which all the 
small intestines, except the duodenum, were 
thus circumstanced. The symptoms during 
life were unknown. 

Hernia mesocolica. Mesocolic hernia. So 
named by Sir A. Cooper, when the bowels 
340 



HER 

glide between the layers of the mesocolon. 
Every surgeon should be aware that the intes- 
tines may be strangulated from the following 
causes: 1. Apertures in the omentum, mesen- 
tery, or mesocolon, through which the intestine 
protrudes. 2. Adhesions, leaving an aperture, 
in which apiece of intestine becomes confined. 
3. Membranous bands at the mouths of hernial 
sacs, which, becoming elongated by the fre- 
quent protrusion and return of the viscera, sur- 
round the intestine, so as to strangulate it with 
in the abdomen when returned from the sac 

Hernia omentalis. Epiplocele. An omen 
tal rupture ; or a protrusion of the omentum 
through any of the apertures of the abdomen. 

Hernia oschealis. A scrotal hernia. 

Hernia perinealis. Perineal hernia. In 
men, the parts protrude between the bladder 
and rectum; in women, between the rectum 
and vagina. The hernia does not project so as 
to form an external tumor; and in men, its 
existence can only be distinguished by exam- 
ining from the l-ectum. In women, it may be 
detected both from this part and the vagina. 

Hernia pharyngis. Pharnygocele. 

Hernia phrenica. Diaphragmatic or phren 
ic hernia. The abdominal viscera are occasion- 
ally protruded through the diaphragm, either 
through some of the natural apertures in this 
muscle, or deficiencies, or wounds and lacer- 
ations in it. 

Hernia pudendalis. Pudendal hernia. 
This is the name assigned by Sir A. Cooper to 
that which descends between the vagina and 
ramus ischii, and forms an oblong tumor in the 
labium, traceable within the pelvis, as far as the 
os uteri. 

Hernia sacci lachrymalis. Rupture of the 
lachrymal sac, a cause of fistula lachrymalis. 

Hernia scrotalis. Hernia oscheaAs. Os~ 
cheocele. When the omentum, the intestine, or 
both, descend into the scrotum, it has these ap- 
pellations ; when the omentum only, it is called 
epiploschcocele. It is styled a perfect rupture, 
in contradistinction to a bubonocele, which is 
the same disorder; but the descent is not so 
great. The hernia scrotalis is distinguished 
into the true and false: in the former, the 
omentum, or intestine, or both, fall into tho 
scrotum; in the latter, an inflammation, or a 
fluid, causes a tumor in this part, as in hernia 
humoralis, or hydrocele. Sometimes sebaceous, 
matter is collected in the scrotum; and this 
hernia is called steatocele. 

Hernia thyroidealis. Hernia foraminis 
ovalis. Thyroideal hernia. In the anterior and 
upper part of the obturator ligament there is an 
opening, through which the obturator artery, 
vein, and nerve proceed, and through which, 
occasionally, a piece of omentum or intestine 
is protruded, covered with a part of the peri- 
toneum, which constitutes the hernial sac. 

Hernia umbilicalis. Umbilical rupture. 
Exomphalos. In old umbilical ruptures, the 
quantity of omentum is sometimes very great. 
In recent and small ruptures, this sac is very 
visible ; but in old and large ones it is broken 
through, at the knot of the navel, by the press- 
ure and weight of the contents, and is not al- 
ways to be distinguished ; which is the reason 



HER 

why it has, by some, been doubted whether 
this kind of rupture has a hernial sac or not. 

Infants are very subject to this disease, in a 
small degree ; but, in general, either get rid of 
it as they gather strength, or are easdy cured 
by wearing a proper bandage. It is of still 
more consequence to get this disorder cured in 
females than in males, that its return, when 
they are become adult and pregnant, may be 
prevented as much as possible ; ibr at this time 
it often happens from the too great distension of 
the belly, or from unguarded motion, when the 
parts are upon the stretch. 

Hernia uteri. Hysterocele. Hernia of the 
uterus. Jnstances have occurred of the uterus 
oeing thrust through the rings of the muscles ; 
but this is scarcely to be discovered, unless in 
a pregnant state. It may be occasioned by vio- 
lent muscular efforts, by blows on the abdomen 
at the time of gestation, and also by wounds 
and abscesses of the abdomen, which permit 
the uterus to dilate the part. 

Hernia vaginalis. Vaginal hernia. A tu- 
mor occurs within the os externum of the va- 
gina. It is elastic, but not painful. When 
compressed, it readily recedes, but is reproduced 
by coughing, or even without this, when the 
pressure is removed. The inconveniences pro- 
duced are an inability to undergo much exer- 
cise or exertion, for every effort of this sort 
brings on a sense of bearing down. The vagi- 
nal hernia usually protrudes in the space left 
between the uterus and rectum. 

Hernia varicosa. Varicocele. See Cirso- 
ccle. 

Hernia venarum. Varix. 

Hernia veneris. A swelled testicle. 

Hernia ventosa. See Pneumatocele. 

Hernia ventralis. A hernia may appear 
at almost any point of the anterior part of the 
belly, but is most frequently found between 
the recti muscles. 

Hernia ventricui.i. Gastrocelc. A ventral 
rapture, caused by the stomach protruding 
through some part of the abdominal parietes. 
It rarely occurs but at or near the navel. 

Hernia vesicalis. Hernia cystica. Cysto- 
cele. The urinary bladder is liable to be thrust 
forth from its proper situation, either through 
the opening in the oblique muscle, like the in- 
guinal hernia, or under Poupart's ligament, in 
the same manner as the femoral. 

He'rnial. Relating to a hernia or rupture. 

Herniaria glabra. Rupture-wort. It has 
no active property. 

Hernioto'my. The operation for hernia. 

HE'RPES. (cs, is, m.; epnnc; from epnu, 
to creep: because it spreads and creeps about 
the skin.) Tetter. A cutaneous disease, known 
by an assemblage of numerous little vesicles, in 
clusters, itching very much, and difficult to heal, 
but terminating in furfuraceous scales. The 
eruption is preceded, when it is extensive, by 
considerable constitutional disorder, and is ac- 
companied by a sensation of heat and tingling, 
sometimes by severe deep-seated pain in the 
parts affected. The lymph of the vesicles, 
which is at first clear and colorless, becomes 
gradually milky and opaque, and ultimately con- 
cretes into scabs : but, in some cases, a copious 



. HER 

discharge of it takes place, and tedious ulcera- 
tions ensue. The disorder is not contagious in 
any of its forms. The species are : 

Herpes phltct.k nodes. This species of the 
eruption is commonly preceded by a slight feb- 
rile attack for two or three days. The small 
transparent vesicles then appear, in irregular 
clusters, sometimes containing colorless, and 
sometimes a brownish lymph ; and for two or 
three days more, other clusters successively 
arise, near the former. About the fourth day, 
the inflammation round the vesicles assumes a 
duller red hue, the vesicles themselves break, 
and discharge their fluid, or begin to dry and 
flatten, and dark or yellowish scabs concrete 
upon them. These fall off about the eighth or 
tenth day, leaving a reddefied and irritable 
surface, which slowly regains its healthy ap- 
pearance. As the successive clusters go through 
a similar course, the termination of the whole 
is not complete before the thirteenth or four- 
teenth day. 

Herpes zoster. Shingles. It is usually 

1 receded, for two or three days, by languor and 
oss of appetite, rigors, headache, sickness, and 
a frequent pulse, together with a scalding heat, 
and tingling in the skin, and shooting pains 
through the chest and epigastrium. Sometimes, 
however, the precursory febrile symptoms are 
slight, and scarcely noticed, and the attention 
of the patient is first attracted by a sense of 
heat, itching, and tingling in some part of the 
trunk, where he finds several red patches, of an 
irregular form, at a little distance from each 
other, upon each of which numerous small ele- 
vations appear, clustered together. These, if 
examined minutely, are found to be distinctly 
vesicular; and, in the course of twenty-four 
hours, they enlarge to the size of small pearls, 
and are perfectly transparent, being filled with 
a limpid fluid. The clusters are of various di- 
ameter, from one to two, or even three inches, 
and are surrounded by a narrow red margin, in 
consequence of the extension of the inflamed 
base a little beyond the congregated vesicles. 
During three or four days, other clusters con- 
tinue to arise in succession, and with consider- 
able regularity; that is, nearly in a line with 
the first, extending always toward the spine 
at one extremity, and toward the sternum, or 
linea alba of the abdomen, at the other, most 
commonly round the waist, like half a sash, but 
sometimes like a sword-belt, across the shoulder. 
These pass through the same changes as the 
former, but do not exfoliate before the twentieth ' 
or twenty-fourth day. 

This disease is to be treated by laxatives and 
diaphoretics ; the vesicles are not to be dress- 
ed unless abrasions of the skin occur. • 

Herpes circinatus. Ringworm. It ap- 
pears in small circular patches, in which the 
vesicles arise only round the circumference: 
these are small, with moderately red bases, and 
contain a transparent fluid, which is discharged 
in three or four days, when little, prominent, 
dark scabs form over them. The central area 
in each vesicular ring is at first free from any 
eruption; but the surface becomes somewhat 
rough, and of a dull red color, and throws off 
an exfoliation, as the vesicular eruption declines, 

341 



HER 

which terminates in about a week, with the 
falling off of the scabs, leaving the cuticle red 
for a short time. It is very tedious to cure. 

Astringent washes are used to allay the irri- 
tation, especially sulphate of iron and copper. 

Herpes labiai.is . A vesicular eruption upon 
the edge of the upper and under lip, and at the 
angle of the mouth, sometimes forming a semi- 
circle, or even completing a circle round the 
mouth, by the successive rising of the vesicles, 
is very common, and has been described by the 
oldest writers. At first the vesicles contain a 
transparent lym2>h, which in the course of 
twenty-four hours becomes turbid, and of a 
yellowish-white color, and ultimately assumes 
a puriform appearance. The lips become red, 
hard, and tumid, at well as sore, stiff, and pain- 
ful, with a sensation of great heat and smart- 
ing, which continues troublesome for three or 
four clays, until the fluid is discharged, and 
thick, dark scabs are formed over the excoriated 
parts. The swelling then subsides, and in four 
or five days more the crusts begin to fall off; 
the whole duration being, Bfl in the other her- 
petic affections, about ten or twelve days. It 
may be idiopathic, but is usually symptomatic 
of visceral irritation. 

Hr'spes pr^putiai.is. The attention of the 
patient is attracted to the prepuce by extreme 
itching, with some sense of heat ; and oil exam- 
ining it, finds one, or sometimes two red patch- 
es, about the size of a live cent piece, upon 
which are clustered five or six minute transpa- 
rent vesicles, which, from their extreme tenu- 
ity, appear of the same red hue as the base on 
which they stand. In the course of twenty- 
four or thirty hours, the vesicles enlarge, and 
become of a milky hue, having lost their trans- 
parency; and on the third day they are co- 
herent, and assume an almost pustular appear- 
ance. If the eruption is seated within that part 
of the prepuce which is, in many individuals, 
extended over the glans, so that the vesicles are 
kept constantly covered and moist (like those 
that occur in the throat), they commonly break 
about the fourth or fifth day, and form a small 
ulceration upon each patch. This discharges a 
little turbid serum, and has a white base, with 
a slight elevation at the edges ; and by an inac- 
curate or inexperienced observer it may be 
readily mistaken for chancre, more especially 
if any escharotic has been applied to it, which 
produces much irritation, as well as a deep- 
.seated hardness beneath the sore, such as is felt 
in true chancre. If no irritant be applied, the 
slight ulceration continues till the ninth or tenth 
day nearly unchanged, and then begins to heal ; 
which process is completed by the twelfth, and 
the scabs fall off on the thirteenth or fourteenth 
day. The vesicles scab sooner on the dry skin. 
No applications are necessary. 

Herpes iris. This rare and singular morbid 
appearance, which has not been noticed by 
medical writers, occurs in small circular patch- 
es, each of which is composed of concentric 
rings, of different colors. Its usual seat is on 
the back of the hands, or the palms and fingers, 
sometimes on the instep. 

No internal medicine is requisite in the treat- 
ment of the different species of herpes, except 
342 



HET 

| when the constitution is disordered (and then 
the general antiphlogistic plan must be adopt- 
ed) ; for, like the other eruptive diseases, which 
go through a regular and limited course, they 
can not be interrupted or accelerated in then' 
progress by any medicinal expedient ; but their 
termination may be retarded by improper treat- 
ment. 

Herpes ambulati'vus. Probably erratic 
erysipelas. 

Herpes depa'sce.vs. An eating or corrod- 
ing form of herpes. 

Herpes esthio'menos. A variety of herpes 
where there is great destruction of the skin by 
ulceration. ^ 

Herpes exe'dens. A form of herpes in 
which there is a rapid spreading of the disease 

Herpes farino'sus. This is characterized 
by its having furfuraceous exfoliations. 

Herpes ferus. An erysipelas. 

Herpes i'ndious. A fiery, itchy herpes, pe- 
culiar to India. 

Herpes mili a'ris. Herpes is so called when 
it begins with an eruption like millet-seeds. 

Herpes peri'rcei.es. The shingles. 

Herpes pustulo'sus. This name lias been 
given to ttu? different forms of acne. 

Herpes serpi'oo. The ringworm. Herpej 
circinatus. 

Herpes siccus. The dry, mealy tetter. 

Herpes zoster. The shingles, tine Herpes. 

HERPETIC. Hcrpeticus. (From herpes, ;i 
disease of the skin.) Relating to herpes. 

Herpetogra'p-h i a . I lorpetography. The 
description of herpes. 

HERPETO'LOGY. Herpetologia, (From 
tpirerog, a reptile, and /.oyog, a discourse.) A 
term of zoology applied to the study of reptiles. 

He'rpeton. A creeping pustule or ulcer. 

Herring. Clupea harengus. 

Hesmis. A quarter of a pound. 

HESPERI'DEiE. Plants which have rigid, 
evergreen leaves, odorous and polyandrous 
flowers ; as the myrtle, clove, &c. 

H e s p e ' r i n i s e . Ilesperidina. A peculiar 
crystallizable matter detected in unripe, bitter 
oranges by Lebreton and Bmndes. 

Hes PEiimiUM. A fruit of the structure of the 
orange and lemon. 

Hessian crucible. A crucible or melting- 
pot of fine clay and sand, used for common 
purposes in the laboratory. 

HETERO-. A prefix (from erepoc, different) ; 
of frequent use in medicine, and signifying dif- 
ference. 

Hetero'chymeusis. Depraved chymifac- 
tion and sanguification ; and a class of diseases 
indicating this, as phthisis, chlorosis. 

Hetero'clite. Heterologous. 

Hetero'crinia. A modification in the s<v 
cretion produced by an organ. 

Heterogenous. Opposed to homogenous, 
and used to designate a difference in the parts 
of any thing. 

Heterologous formations. Tissues or for- 
mations different from those of the healthy 
body ; the same as heteroplasis. 

Heteromo'rphism. A deviation from the 
natural figure. 

HETERO'PATHY. Heteropathi'a. (From 



HID 

erepoe, different, and nadoc, affection.) That 
mode of treating diseases in which a morbid 
state is removed by inducing a different morbid 
state. It is opposed to Homoeopathy. 

HETERO'PLASIS. Heteroplasty. (From 
trepoc, and irhaotc, formation.) A different 
formation from those belonging to the healthy 
body, as in the production of cancer, tubercles, 
&c. — Lobstein. 

Hetero'phoxia. A cracked voice. 

Heteuo'poda. An order of gastcropodous 
mollusca. — Cuvicr. 

HETERO'SARCOSES. (From erepoe, and 
cap!;, flesh.) A class of diseases characterized 
by the production of false tissues. — Gcndrin. 

Heter&'taxia. Malposition of organs. 

Hetero'tropal. In Botany, a seed in 
which the embryo lies across the lobes, and not 
in their axis. 

H E U C H E ' R A . ( a, a;, f. ) 1 . The alum 
root. (U.S.) 2. A genus of plants. Pcntan- 
dria. Digynia. Saxifragew. — //. cortusa. II. 
■amcricana. II. viscida. The alum root, or 
American saniclc, is a perennial, indigenous 
plant, the root of which is powerfully astrin- 
gent, and was much used by the Indians as an 
application to wounds and ulcers. 

Hkudolotia africaxa. A terebintaceous 
plant, said to yield gum bdellium. 

Hevev guianensis. H. clastica. One of the 
trees said to yield Indian rubber. 

Heve'ene. An oil obtained in the rectifica- 
tion of oil of caoutchouc. 

HEXAGY'NIA. (a, w, f.) Hermaphrodite 
plants with six pistils. 

HEXA'NDRIA. {a, a, f.) Hermaphrodite 
iplants with six stamens of an equal length. 

Hexape'talous. Six-petaled. 

Hexaphy'llous. Six-leaved. 

H E ' X I S. (Efo ; from e,r«, to have.) A 
habit or constitution of body. 

HG. Mercury: from hydrargyrum. 

HIA'TUS. (From hiare, to open or gape.) 
1. A foramen, aperture, or passage. 2. Yawn- 
ing. 

Hiatus Fallopii. The aqmeductus Fallopii. 

Hiatus of Winslow. The foramen of Wins- 
low. 

HIBI'SCUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Monadelphia. Polyandria. Malvaccm. — H. 
abelmoschns. The plant which yields musk 
seed. Granum moschi. It is indigenous ih 
Egypt. The Arabians esteem the seeds cor- 
dial, and mix them with coffee. — H. populaceus. 
A shrub of Molucca ; yields a resinous fruit and 
emetic root. 

Hiccup. Hiccough. Singultus. 

Hickory. Trees of the genus Carya. The 
ashes are used in popular medicine and dys- 
pepsia, and contain much carbonate of potash. 

HIDRO'A. (\6pua; from idpuc, sweat.) 1. 
Sudamina. 2. Eczema. — Sauvagcs. 

HiDRO y NOsos. Sudor anglicus. 

Hidropho'rous. Diaphoretic. 

Hidropy'retus. A sweating fever. 

HI'DROS. (From iSpuc, sweat.) Sweat. 
Used in the composition of many words, as 
Hidroticum, sudorific. 

Hidro'tica. Sudorifics. 

Hidro'ticus. Sudorific. 



HI I 

Hidus . Flowers of brass. — Ruland. 

Hi'era picra. Aloetic powder, made into 
an electuary with honey. 

Hierabo'tane. Verbena trifoliata. 

Hieraca'ntha. A sort of thistle. 

HIERA'CIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia aqualis. Com- 
posita;. — H. alpimim. H. minus. Hypochairis. 
— H. montanum. Chondrilla. — H. pilosella. 
Mouse-ear. Hieraoulum. This plant contains 
a bitter, lactescent juice, which has a slight de- 
gree of astriilgency. — H. pulcrum. Chondrilla. 

Hieraculum. See Hieracium. 

Hiera'nosos. 1. The epilepsy. 2. Chorea. 
3. Convulsions. 

Hiera'jicum. An old mfdagnia. 

Highgate resin. Fossil copal. 

Highmore, antrum of. Antrum highmort- 
anum. 

Higue'ro. The calabash-tree. Crcsccntia 
cujetc of Linnrcus, the fruit of which is said to 
be febrifuge. 

Hill's balsam of honey. Balsam of honey. 

Hill's essence of bardana. A solution of 
guaiac in proof spirit. 

HI'LUM. (wi, i, n.) The scar or point by 
which the seed is attached to its seed-vessel. 

Hilum lienis. The fissure of the spleen at 
which the vessels enter. 

H i m a n t o's i s . Hi' mas. Relaxation of the 
uvula. 

HINAU. The Elwocarpus hinau. A tree of 
New Zealand, the bark of which is astringent, 
and used in dyeing. 

HIP. 1. The articulation of the thigh with 
the pelvis. See Femoris os. 2. The ripe fruit 
of the dog-rose. They are chiefly used as a 
sweetmeat, or as a confection. See Confectio 
rosm caninm. 

Hip bone. Ischium. 

Hippantropia. A diseased imagination, or 
melancholy, in which an individual fancies 
himself a horse. 

HIPPO-. (From imvoc, a horse.) A prefix, 
signifying a large size, or compounded of hip- 
pos, a horse. 

H i p p o c a' m p u s . Two convolutions of the 
brain, situated on the comu ammonis, are eo 
called. See Enccphalos. 

Hippoca'stanum. The horse-chestnut 
iEsculus hippocastanum. 

Hi'ppocras. An old aromatic wine. 

Hippocrates' sleeve. Manica Hippocratis. 

Hiitocratic face. See Fades Hippocratica. 

Hippoi.a'pathum. Rumex patientia. 

Hippolith. Hippolithvs. A concretion of ■ 
animoniacal phosphate of magnesia, found in 
the intestines of horses. 

HIPPO'MANE. A genus of plants. Mona- 
cia. Monadelphia. The H. mancinella of 
India is the poisonous manchineel, the sap of 
which is used to poison arrows by the natives. 

HirpoMA'RATiiiiuM. Peucedanum silaus. 

Hipposeli'num. Smymium olusatrum. 

HIPPU'RIC ACID. (From imroc, a horse, 
and ovpoc, urine.) A constituent of the urine of 
horses and other ruminants. It is also present 
in the urine of persons taking benzoic acid. It 
crystallizes in square pi lams, which are sparing- 
ly soluble and bitter ; formula, C'i8ll»NO B -4-HO 

343 



HOL 

Hippuris vulgaris. Horse's or mare's tail. 
It is astringent. The same virtue is attributed 
to the Equisetum arvense, jluviatile, limosum, 
which are directed indiscriminately by the term 
Equisetum. 

HI'PPUS. (us, i, m. ; from lkwoc, a horse; 
because the eyes of those who labor under this 
affection ai'e continually twinkling and trem- 
bling, as is usual with those who ride on horse- 
back.) A repeated dilatation and alternate 
constriction of the pupil, arising from a spas- 
modic affection of the iris. 

Hips. The fruit of the Rosa canina. 

Hi'ra. The jejunum. 

Hi'rcine. The fluid component of goat's fat 
and mutton suet, having the smell of the animal, 
and producing, by saponification, Hircic acid. 

HI'RCUS. Capra hircus ; the goat. 

Hircus bezoarticus. Bezoar orientale. 

Hi'rquus. The corner of the eye. 

HIRSU'TIES. Hairiness ; a species of dis- 
ease in which hair grows in unusual situations, 
or in more than usual abundance. 

Hirsu'tus. Hairy. 

Hi'rtus. Rough-haired. 

HIRU'DO. The leech, which see. 

Hirudo medicinalis. See Leech. 

Hirundina'ria. Lysimachia nummularia 
and asclepias vincetoxicum. 

Hiru'ndo. (o, onis, f.) The bird called a 
swallow. It was formerly esteemed medicinal 
in epilepsy, diseases of the eyes, &c. 

Hispi'dula herba. Gnaphalium. 

Hi'spidus. Hispid; bristly. 

HISTOGE'NIA. Histogeny. (From laroc, 
organic, and yeveoic, generation.) The doctrine 
of the formation and development of organic 
textures. 

Histology. The anatomy of the minute 
textures. 

Hive syrup. This most inappropriate name 
is given by the United States Pharmacopoeia to 
the syrupus scillse compositus; for if hives means 
croup, no professional man would place any de- 
pendence on the syrup for its cure. 

HIVES. This term is employed in the north 
of England and Scotland to designate a species 
of chicken-pox, the Varicella globularis of Wil- 
lan, but in the United States is used for croup, 
both by the profession and popularly. 

Hoarseness. Raucedo. 

Hoary. Glaucus; incanus. 

Hoffman's anodyne. Hoffmani liquor ano- 
dynus. The spiritus ajtheris sulphurici com- 
positus. 

Hog. Sus scrofa. 

Hog's fennel. Peucedanum officinale. 

Hog gum. The produce of the rhus meto- 
pium. 

Hog's lard. Adeps praparata. 

Holce. OXKtj. A drachm. 

Holcus sorghum. Guinea corn. 

Holera'ckous plants. Culinary or pot 
herbs. 

Hollands. Gin. 

Hollt. Ilex aquifolium. 

Holly, dahoon. Ilex vomitoria. 

Holly, ground. Chimaphillsi umbellata. 

Holly, knee. Ru»cub aculeatus. 

Holly, sea. Eryngium maritimum. 
344 



HOM 

Hollyhock. Alcea rosea. 

Holmi'scus. 1. A small mortar. 2. The 
alveolar cavities. 

Holophly'ctis. A little pimple which ap- 
pears all over the body. 

Holo'steus. Holo'stes. Holo'steum. Oste- 
ocolla. 

HOLOTO'NICUS. (From oloc, whole, and 
reivu, to stretch.) That form of tetanus has 
been so called in which the muscles are uni- 
versally affected. 

Holy thistle. Centaurea benedicta. 

Holybut. Pleuronectes hypoglossus. 

Holywell. See Malvern. 

Ho'ma. An anasarcous swelling. 

Homberg's phosphorus. Ignited chloride 
of calcium. 

Homberg's pyrophorus. A mixture of burnt 
alum and dried brown sugar, which takes fire 
when exposed to the air ; or a mixture of three 
parts of lamp-black, four of burnt alum, and 
eight of carbonate of potash. 

Homberg's sedative salt. Boracic acid. 

HOMO. Man. Man, considered as an object 
of zoology, is a mammiferous animal, belonging 
to the order Bimana, or two-handed, of which 
he constitutes the sole genus. Man is distin- 
guished from other animals by a much greater 
development of mind ; by the use of articulate 
speech, as a means of communicating ideas ; 
and by moral and religious feelings, wliich are 
unknown to the inferior animals. The genus 
is divided into three prominent classes, of which 
there are many species: they are the Cauca' 
sian, including the European and Arabian fam- 
ilies; the Mongolian tribe of Chinese Tartars, 
Hindostane.se, and Indians ; and the Negro race. 

HOMO-. A prefix (from o/moc, the same), 
designating similarity ; as Home-genesis, the pro- 
duction of like objects. 

HoMorLATA. Omoplata. 

HoMffio'pATH. Homaopalhist. One who 
practices on homoeopathic principles. 

HOMOKO'PATHY. (Homosopathia ; from 
ofioioc, similar, and iradoc, affection. ) The doc- 
trine of Dr. Samuel Hahnemann, of Leipsic. 
According to this, every medicine has a specific 
power of causing alterations in the healthy sys- 
tem, by which a certain diseased state is set 
up ; but when a medicine is given to a person 
already laboring under that disease wliich the 
medicine has a natural tendency to produce, 
the effect will be to resolve the disease. The 
medicines are given in doses extremely small, 
as the millionth part of a grain. It is a princi- 
ple with Hahneman that only one medicine L-< 
to be administered at a time, and that the 
medicinal substances employed must be per- 
fectly pure. Most of the preparations are the 
expressed juice of the plant before flowering, 
preserved in alcohol : for use, it is diluted with 
water. Some of the medicines most frequent- 
ly employed are strychnia, belladonna, aconi- 
tum, arnica, conium, bryony, nux vomica. The 
vegetable alkaloids are also used. The object 
in any administration is to discover the speci 
fie medicine. With respect to the practice, it 
mainly consists of regulating the diet and hab- 
its nf tho patient. 

Homoio'sis. Homiosh- The elaboration of 



HOR 

the chyle, by which it is assimilated to the 
blood, &c. 

Homoge'nous. Having the same structure 
throughout. 

Homologous. Of the same nature ; having 
the same ratio or proportion. •• 

Homo'tonos. Syn. with acmasticos. 

Homotro'pal. Having the same direction 
as the body to which it belongs. An embryo 
is so called, the summit of which points to the 
apex of the seed. 

Hone's ty. The plant lunaria rediviva. 

Honey. See Mel. 

Honey-cup. The nectary. 

Honey of squill. Syrupusscillaecomposltus. 

Honey dew. A sweet exudation found on 
the leaves of many plants during moist, foggy 
weather, said to be produced by aphides. 

Honeysuckle. Lonicera periclymenum. 

Honeycomb-like. Favose. 

Hooded. Cucullate. 

Hoof-shaped. Ungulate. 

Hooper's pills. An emmenagogue of 
great celebrity, composed of aloes, myrrh, sul- 
phate of iron, and canella bark, somewhat re- 
sembling the Pilula ferri composita. 

HOOK. A curved steel implement attached 
to a handle. The tenaculum is a hook much 
employed by surgeons. The obstetrical blunt 
hook is a curved bar of steel, which is passed 
into the uterus for the purpose of embracing a 
limb of the fostus, and assist in bringing it down, 
when it is so bent as to impede parturition. 

Hooping-cough. See Pertussis. 
i Hop. Humulus lupulus. 

Hope's mixture. A medicine of great celeb- 
rity in hepatic obstructions, with diarrhoea. It 
consists of camphor mixture, f. §viij. ; dilute ni- 
trous acid, f. 3,1- ; tincture of opium, gtt. xl. 

Hoplochri'sma. Unguentum armarium. 

Ho'rdein. The starch of barley. 

Hordei semina. Pearl barley. 

HORDE'OLUM. (urn, i, n. ; diminutive of 
hordeum, barley.) A little tumor on the eye- 
lids ; a sty. Scarpa remarks, the sty is strictly 
only a little boil, which projects from the edge 
of the eyelids, mostly near the great angle of 
the eye. It suppurates slowly and imperfectly, 
and, when suppurated, has no tendency to 
burst. 

HO'RDEUM. {urn, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Triandria. Digynia. Graminece. 

Hordeum causticum. Veratrum sabadilla. 

Hordeum distichon. Hordeum vulgare. 

Hordeum perlatum. Hordeum vulgare. 

Hordeum vulgare. Common barley. It is 
very nutritious and mucilaginous, and in com- 
mon use as a drink, when boiled, in inflamma- 
tory diseases and affections of the chest, espe- 
cially where there is cough or irritation about 
the fauces. A decoction of barley with gum is 
considered a useful diluent and demulcent in 
dysuiy and strangury ; the gum mixing with 
the urine, sheathes the urinary canal from the 
acrimony of the urine. Among the ancients, 
decoctions of barley, /cpidn, were the principal 
medicine, as well as aliment, in acute diseases. 
Barley is freed from its husks in mills, and in 
this state called Scotch and French barley. In 
Holland they rub barley into small round 



HUM 

grains, somewhat like pearls, which is there- 
fore called pearl barley, or hordeum perlatum. 

Horehound. Marrubium vulgare. 

Horehound, black. H., stinking. Ballota 
nigra, or B. fcetida. 

Horehound, wild. Eupatorium teucrifolium. 

Horizontal. Horizontalis. Arranged in a 
straight line and level position. 

Horminum. Salvia sclarea. 

HORN. Cornu. An animal substance re- 
sembling the gelatinous tissue. Form., protein 
-4-NH3-I-O3. It is combined with about a half 
per cent, of solid matter. See Cornu. 

Horn silver. The native chloride of silver. 

Horn quicksilver. A native calomel of a 
horn-like appearance. 

Horn lead. Chloride of lead. 

Hornblende. A common crystalline min- 
eral of a green color ; a silicate of lime, mag- 
nesia, and iron. 

Horn-pock. See Variola. 

Horn-seed. Ergot. 

Horn-shaped. Cornutus. 

Horrida cutis. The cutis anserina. 

HORRIPILA'TION. (Horripilatio, onis, f. ; 
from horror, and pilus, a hair.) A shuddering 
or sense of creeping in different parts of the 
body. 

Horse-chestnut. JEsculus hippocastanum. 

Horse-radish. Cochlearia armoracia. 

Horse-radish-tree. The moringa ptery- 
gosperma. 

Horse-tail. Hippuris vulgaris. 

Ho'rtus. The female genitals. 

Hortus siccus. A collection of dried plants. 

HO'SFITAL. (From hospes, a guest.) An 
institution for the reception and treatment of 
the sick. 

Hospital gangrene. A peculiar form of 
gangrene, which sometimes prevails in hospi- 
tals. See Mortification. 

Hound's-tongue. Cynoglossum officinale. 

HOUR-GLASS CONTRACTION. A spas- 
modic contraction of the circular or transverse 
fibres of the uterus, whereby it is thrown into 
the shape of an hour-glass. This sometimes 
occurs after labor, if the placenta is not soon 
removed, causing it to be retained in the upper 
portion for some time. A similar morbid con- 
dition is sometimes produced in the stomach 
by the action of poisons. 

House-leek. Sempervivum tectorum. 

Howard's hydro-sublimate. Jewell's 
calomel. 

Huaco. See Guaco. 

Huama'lies bark. See Cinchona bark, va- 
rious. 

Huanu'co bark. See Cinchona bark, various. 

HUME'CTANT. (Humectans; from humec- 
to, to make moist.) Synonymous with diluent. 

HU'MERAL. Humeralis. Belonging to the 
humerus or arm. 

Humeral artery. Arleria humeralis. Bra- 
chial artery. The axillary artery, having passed 
the tendon of the great pectoral muscle, changes 
its name to the brachial or humeral artery, 
which name it retains in its course down the 
arm to the bend, where it divides into the radial 
and ulnar arteries. In this course it gives off/ 
several muscular branches, three of which only 

345 



H U M 



H Y D 



deserve attention: 1. The arteria profunda su- 
perior, which goes round the back of the arm 
to the exterior muscle, and is often named the 
upper muscular artery. 2. Another like it, 
called arteria profunda inferior, or the lower 
muscular artery. 3. Ramus anastomoticus ma- 
jor, which anastomoses round the elbow with 
the branches of the ulnar artery. 

Humeralis musculus. See Dclloides. 

HUME'S TEST FOR ARSENIC. The so- 
lution of nitrate of silver and ammonia, or 
ammoniaco-nitrate of silver. It precipitates the 
arsenic of a light yellow color. 

HU'MERUS. (us, i, m. ; from ufioc, the 
shoulder.) 1. The arm. 2. The shoulder. 3. 
The bone of the arm, os humeri, or os brachii. 
A long, cylindrical bone, situated between the 
scapula and fore-arm. The upper extremity 
is furnished with a rounded head, which artic- 
ulates with the scapula, with two tuberosities, 
between which is the bicipital groove. The 
shaft is somewhat flattened, and terminates in 
an expanded end, which furnishes the inner and 
outer condyle, the small head to articulate with 
the radius, and the trochlea to articulate with 
the ulna. 

Humic acid. Humine. See Humus. 

Hu'milis. The rectus inferior oculi. 

HU'MOR. (or, oris, m. ; ab humo, from the 
ground ; because moisture springs from the 
earth.) Humor, a general name for any fluid 
of the body except the blood. 

Humor vitreus. II. glacialis. H.hyalo'ulcs. 
The vitreous humor of the eye. See Eye. 

HUMORAL PATHOLOGY. That patholo- 
gy which attributed all diseases to disordered 
states of the fluids, without taking the solids 
into consideration. 

Humokic. This name is given by M. Piorry 
to the sound produced by percussion on the 
stomach, when it is distended with air and 
liquid. 

Hu'morists. Those physicians who refer all 
diseases to a depraved condition of the blood 
and humors ; such were the followers of Galen. 

Humous of thk eye. See Eye. 

Humour. See Humor. 

Hu Mr back. A curvature of the spine. See 
•Curvatures of the spine and Vertebral disease. 

Hu'mulin. The narcotic principle of the hop. 

HU'MULUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Diaicia. Pcntandria. Urlicacecc. 

Humui.us Lu'rui-us. The hop plant. Hops 
have a bitter taste, accompanied with warmth 
' and aromatic flavor, and are soporific and ton- 
ic. The hop flower loses a considerable quan- 
tity of its narcotic power in drying; hence 
those who sleep in the hop-houses are with dif- 
ficulty roused from their slumber. A pillow 
Btuffed with these flowers is said, in some in- 
stances, to have induced sleep when other rem- 
edies had failed. The young sprouts, called 
hop-tops, if plucked when only a foot above the 
ground, and boiled, are eaten like asparagus, 
and are u wholesome delicacy. The scales of 
the hop contain a yellow powder, lupulin, 
which is easily Reparable by means of a fine 
sieve. 

Humus. Hnmine. Decayed vegetable mat- 
ter. It exists in the soil in the insoluble form, 
346 



as inert or coaly humus, and also in combina- 
tion, as humic acid. 

HUNGER. Fames. The want of solid ali- 
ments. An instinctive sensation, the exact 
cause of which is unknown. 

Hungarian balsam. The resinous juice of 
the twigs of the Pinus pumilio. 

Hungary water. A perfume and stimulant 
spirit, the basis of which is spirit of rosemary 
and lavender. 

HURA CREPITANS. A euphorbiaceous 
tree of the West Indies, the sand box-tree, the 
seeds of which yield an abundance of bland oil, 
and are used as a medicine. 

Hurtsicklk. Centaurca cyanus. 

Husk. Glume. 

Husson's kau medicinai.e. See Eau mcdl* 
cinalc. 

Huxham's tincture of bark. The tinctura 
cinchona? composita. 

Hy'acinth. Hyacinthus. A gem. 

HYACI'NTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. — H. mus- 
can. The musk-grape flower, which, accord- 
ing to Ray, possesses emetic and diuretic qual- 
ities. 

Hyacinthus non scriptus. Scilla nutans. 

HY'ALOID. (Hyaloides ; from vakog, glass, 
and Etdoe, likeness.) Transparent, like glass. 

Hyaloid membrane. The capsule of the 
vitreous humor. 

Hyberna'culum. The winter covering of 
buds. 

Hybernation. The winter sleep of some 
animals, during which the animal functions are 
nearly suspended. 

Hybo'ma. YOu/ia. A gibbosity of the spine. 

HY'BRID. (Hybrida, m, m. ; from v6pic, an 
injury ; because its nature is tainted.) The off 
spring of two animals or plants of a different 
species. 

HYDA'RTHRUS. Hydarthrosis. (From 
v6up, water, and apdpov, a joint.) Hydarthron, 
hydarlhros, and spina ventosa of the Arabian 
physicians, is termed, from its color, a white 
swelling. Systematic writers have two kinds, 
viz., rheumatic and scrofidous. 

The knee, ankle, wrist, and elbow are the 
joints most subject to white swellings. In 
some instances the swelling yields, in a certain 
degree, to pressure. The pain is sometimes 
vehement from the very first ; in other instan- 
ces, there is hardly the least pain in the begin' 
ning of the disease. In the majority of scrof 
idous white swellings, let the pain be trivial 
or violent, it is particularly situated in one part 
of the joint, viz., either the center of the articu- 
lation, or the head of the tibia, supposing the 
knee affected. 

The morbid joint, in the course of time, ac- 
quires great magnitude. Still the integuments 
retain their natural color, and remain unaffect- 
ed. The enlargement of the articulation, how- 
ever, always seems greater than it really is, in 
consequence of the emaciation of the limb, both 
above and below the disease. An appearance 
of blue, distended veins, and a shining smooth- 
ness, are the only alterations to be noticed in 
the skin covering the enlarged joint. 

As the distemper of the articulation advances, 



HYD 

collections of matter form about the part, and 
at length burst. The ulcerated openings some- 
times heal up ; but such abscesses are generally 
followed by other collections, which pursue the 
same course. In some cases, these abscesses 
form a few months after the first affection of 
the joint; on other occasions, several years 
elapse, and no suppuration of this kind makes 
its appearance. The constitution sinks under 
this irritation, and hence the disease is very 
fatal. Hydarthms is generally a dropsy of the 
joint, with great increase of synovia, and often 
ends in caries of the bone. It is treated by 
counter-irritation and the use of .iodine. 

Rheumatic while swellings are very distinct 
diseases from the scrofulous distemper of large 
joints. In the first, the pain is said never to 
occur without being attended with swelling. 
Scrofulous white swellings, on the other hand, 
are always preceded by a pain, which is partic- 
ularly confined to one point of the articulation. 
In rheumatic cases, the pain is more general, 
and diffused over the whole joint. 

HYDA'TID. (Hydatis, idis, f. ; from vdanc, 
a vesicle, and vdup, water.) 1. A hydatid; a 
pellucid cyst, containing a transparent fluid, 
developed in a cavity or tissue of the human 
body, &c. 2. A genus of worms. 

1. Hydatis acephalocyatis. — The headless hy- 
datid, or bladder -worm, found in the bladder, 
uterus, brain, and other organs, and consisting 
of a membranous sac. containing a transparent 
fluid. 

2. Hydatis ccenurus. — The hydatid containing 
several animals grouped together, and termi- 
nating in one tail. 

3. Hydatis cysticcrcus. — The bladder-tailed 
hydatid. 

_ 4. Hydatis ditrachyecros. — The hydatid fur- 
nished with a rough, bifurcated horn. 

5. Hydatis cchinococcus. — The round, rough 
hydatid. 

6. Hydatis polycephalus. — The many-headed 
hydatid. 

7. To these may be added a white, encysted 
body, which Raspail names the ovuligcr of the 
joint of the wrist, and considers as a new genus, 
intermediate between the cysticcrcus and the 
ccenurus. The rot and the staggers in sheep 
are occasioned by the development of two spe- 
cies of vesicular worms, the cysticcrcus lineatus 
and tenuicollis, and the casnurus ccrcbralis of 
Rudolphi ; the one in the liver, or some other 
abdominal viscera, the other in the ventricles 
of the brain. The sheep which feed in salt 
meadows are exempt from this disorder. 

Hydatidocele. Hydaticele. A tumor con- 
'aining hydatids. 

Hydato'id. Jlydatoidcs. Aqueous; resem- 
bling water. 

Hy'derus. (Tdspog; from vdup, water.) 
Dropsy. 

HYDNUM. (vm, i, n.) A genus of fungi. 
Some are eaten. All the dark-colored, with 
spots, are to be suspected. — H. erinaceum. 
The hedgehog mushroom. — H. coralloides. 
Common coral fungus. — H. repandum. The 
ehevretle. — H. auriscalpium. Brouqvichons, 
which is said to be excellent. 

HYDE-. Hydiiik A prefix (from vdup, 



HYD 

vdaroc, water), denoting the presence of water, 
or of the element Hydrogen. 

Hydremia. Hydroaemia. 

HYDEACIDS. Those acids which, like hy- 
drochloric acid, contain hydrogen, in combina- 
tion with a radical. 

HY'DRAGOGUE. Hydragogus. (From 
vdup, water, and ayu, to drive out.) A medi- 
cine is so termed which possesses the property 
of increasing the secretions or excretions of the 
body, so as to cause the removal of water from 
any of its cavities. The term is chiefly applied 
to cathartics which have this effect, as jalap, 
gamboge, &c. 

HYDRA'MNIOS. (From vdup, and amnios. ) 
A morbid accumulation of the liquor amnii. 

Hydrargyra'tus. Of, or belonging to, mer- 
cury. 

HYDRA'RGYRI ACETAS. Acetate of mer- 
cury ; called, also, Mercurius acctattis, and Pi- 
lulie Kcyscri. By this preparation of mercury, 
the celebrated Keyser acquired an immense 
fortune in curing the venereal disease. The 
dose is 'from three to five grains. Notwith- 
standing the encomium given to it by some, it 
does not appear to be so efficacious as some 
other preparations of mercury. 

Hydrargyri ammo'mo - chloridum. (Ph. 
L.) Ammonio-chloride of mercury. See Hy- 
drargyrum ammoniatum. 

Hydrargyri bichloridi liquor. (Ph. L.) 
Solution of corrosive sublimate. Take of cor- 
rosive sublimate and hydrochlorate of ammo- 
nia, each gr. x. ; distilled water, Oj. 

Hydrargyri bichlo'ridum. Bichloride of 
mercury. See Hydrargyri chloridum corrosi- 
vum. 

Hydrargyri bicyamdum. Bicyanide of 
mercury. See Hydrargyri cyanurctum. 

Hydraugyi biniodidum. Biniodide of mer- 
cury. See Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum. 

Hydrargyri bixo'xydum. (Ph. L.) Bin- 
oxide of mei-cury. Take of bichloride of mer- 
cury, fiv. ; solution of potash, f. ^xxviij. ; dis- 
tilled water, Ovj . Dissolve the bichloride in the 
water, and filter ; then add the solution of pot- 
ash. Pour off the supernatant liquor, and wash 
the precipitate in distilled water until it is free 
from alkaline action; then dry with a gentle 
heat. This is an orange-red, insoluble powder, 
of an acrid, metallic taste. It is a powerful 
irritant, and also escharotic. It was formerly 
used to excite salivation; dose, gr. £ to gr. 1, 
combined with opium. It is violently emetic 
and cathartic in the dose of gr. iv. 

Hydrargyri bisulthure'tum. Bisulphuret 
of mercury. Cinnabar. See Hydrargyri sul- 
phur ctiim rubrum. * 

Hydrargyri borussias. Hydrargyri cya- 
nuretum. 

Hydrargyri bromidum. See Mercury, bro 
midc of. 

Hydrargyri calx alba. Hydrargyrum am, 
moniatum. 

Hydrargyri chlo^udum. (Ph. L.) Hy 

DRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. (U. S.) Chloridt 

of mercury. Protochloride or subchloride of 
mercury. Calomel. Take of mercury, ibiv. 
sulphuric acid, Ibiij. ; common salt, fbiss. ; dis 
tilled water, sufficient. Boil Ibij. of the mer- 

347 



H YD 

cury with the sulphuric acid to dryness ; rub 
this sulphate, when cold, with the other Ibij. 
of mercury in an earthen mortar until they are 
perfectly mixed; then add the common salt, 
and rub until all the globules have disappeared; 
then sublime. Rub the sublimate to a fine 
powder, and wash it carefully with boiling dis- 
tilled water, and dry. If the vaporous calo- 
mel be condensed in large vessels containing 
steam (Jewell's patent), it is in finer powder 
than common calomel, and also perfectly free 
from corrosive sublimate. In small doses of 
gr. ss., it is alterative ; as a purgative, gr. iij. to 
gr. v. are generally employed, combined with 
other purgatives; and in doses of 9j. to 3J. it is 
said to be sedative, and used with great effect 
in bilious fevers, cholera, and dysentery. It is 
also administered in combination as a siala- 
gogue, anthelmintic, and sudorific. Externally, 
it is applied to ulcers and sores as a desiccative, 
and in ointment to skin diseases. 

Hydrargyri chloridum corrosi'vum. (U. 
S.) Corrosive chloride of mercury. Bichloride 
ofmercury. Corrosive sublimate. Take of mer- 
cury, Ibij.; sulphuric acid, Ibij.; common salt, 
3biss. Boil the mercury and acid to dryness; 
triturate this with the salt, and sublime. A 
crystallino mass, soluble; taste acrid and cop- 
pery; sp. gr., 5-2. Its composition is HgCl 2 . It 
is a violent corrosive poison, a few grains pro- 
ducing death. In cases of poisoning, the white 
of eggs is a good antidote ; a recent hydrated 
sulphuret of iron is also proposed. It is used 
in alterative doses of gr. y ff th. to gr. £th, in so- 
lution, in secondary syphilis and obstinate skin 
diseases. A solution of gr. ij. to the f. 5J. of 
water is used as a wash in cutaneous diseases 
and venereal sores. As a gargle in syphilitic 
sore throat, gr. j. to Ibj. of barley-water. 

Hydrargyri cyanure'tum. (U. B.) Bi- 
cyanide, oyanuret, or prussiate of mercury. 
Take of Prussian blue (i'erri ferro-cyanuretum, 
U. S.), fiv. ; red oxide (binoxide) of mercury, 
?iij., or a sufficient quantity; distilled water, 
Oij. Boil together, constantly stirring, and if 
in half an hour the mixture is blue, add small 
quantities of the binoxide until it becomes yel- 
low ; then remove, and filter. Wash the resi- 
due on the filter with a pint of distilled water. 
Evaporate the solution to obtain crystals, which 
may be purified by resolution, &c. 

The crystals are square prisms, heavy, in- 
odorous, colorless, with a metallic taste, and 
soluble. Form., HgCy s , the equivalent ofmer- 
cury being taken as 202. It is used to obtain 
hydrocyanic acid. The Parisian Codex admits 
it as an antisyphilitjc medicine ; dose, gr. £th, 
in solution. It closely resembles corrosive sub- 
limate in its action. There is no known anti- 
dote, and therefore the stomach-pump and am- 
monia should Mb employed in case of poison- 
ing. 

Hydrargyri DEUTO-IODIDUH. //. deuto- 
iodnrelum. The binoxifte of mercury. See 
Hydrargyri iodidum rttbrum. 

Hydrargyri hyi>kroxioum. Hydrargyri 
oxydum rubrum. 

Hydrargyri iodidum. (U. S. &I'h. L.) H. 
iodidum fiavum. Iodide (protiodide, subiodide) 
of mercury. Take of mercury, Jj. ; iodine. ~v. ; 
348 



HYD 

alcohol, sufficient. Rub the mercury and iodine 
together, adding the alcohol gradually until the 
globules are no longer visible. Dry in a dark 
place, by a gentle heat, and preserve in a well- 
stopped vessel. A greenish-yellow powder; 
sp. gr., 7'75; insoluble in water and alcohol, 
but soluble in ether and solution of iodide of 
potassium. It is readily decomposed by light, 
and volatilized by beat. The sublimate is in 
red crystals, which become yellow on cooling. 
Formula, Hgl. It is powerfully irritant, and 
used in syphilis and scrofula, especially where 
these coexist; dose, gr. j. The pill and oint- 
ment, which see, are officinal. 

Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum. (U. S.) Red 
iodide of mercury. Biniodide (deutiodide, io- 
dide, periodide) of mercury. Take of mercu- 
ry i sj- i iodine, 3X.; alcohol, sufficient. Pro- 
ceed as with the iodide. A scarlet powder; 
sp. gr., 6-32. Insoluble in water, but dissolved 
by alcohol, some acids, &c. It sublimes by 
heat in red crystals. Composition, Hgl 2 . It 
forms double compounds with alkaline iodides, 
which are called hydrargyro-iodides. A power- 
ful irritant, and also caustic, resembling corro- 
sive sublimate. It has been used in syphilis 
and scrofula ; dose, gr. yg-th. The ointment is 
officinal ( Ungucntum hydrargyri liniodidi), 
and has been employed, much diluted, in ob- 
stinate ophthalmia tarsi, and thickening of the 
Meibomian glands. 

Hydrargyri murias corrosivus. //. muri- 
as oxygenatus. Corrosive sublimate. See Hy- 
drargyri chloridum corrosivum. 

Hydrargyri murias dulcis. H. murias ditl- 
cis sublimatus. H. murias suboxy genatus. Cal- 
omel. Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 

Hydrargyri nitras. Nitrate of mercury. 
Made by the action of cold nitric acid on mer- 
cury, and readily crystallizes in transparent 
rhombs. HgO,N0 5 +2HO. It is violently ir- 
ritant and caustic, and may be applied to fun- 
gous growths. If dilute ammonia be added to 
an acid solution, a black, velvet-like precipitate 
is formed, which is called Hahnemau's soluble 
mercury, and is, according to Kane, 2HgO,NOj 
+NH 3 . 

Hydrargyri nitrico-oxydum. //. nitratis 
ruber. Nitric oxide ofmercury. See Hydrar- 
gyri oxydum rubrum. 

Hydrargyri oxy'dum. H. oxydum cine- 
reum. See Hydrargyri oxydum nigrum. 

Hydrargyri oxydum nigrum. (U. S.) 
Black oxide ofmercury. Protoxide (suboxide, 
gray oxide) of mercury. Mercurous oxide. 
Take of calomel and of potash, each §iv. ; wa- 
ter, Oj. Make a clear solution of the potash; 
stir this with the calomel until the black oxide 
is formed ; wash this with distilled water, and 
diy. It is a black or grayish powder ; tasteless 
and insoluble, but readily decomposed by light. 
HgO. It is a mild preparation. Dose, gr. ss. 
to gr. iij. It is formed in the black wash, Lo- 
tio nigra. 

Hydrargyri oxy'dum nitricuV. See Hy- 
drargyri oxydum rubrum-. 

Hydrargyri oxydum rubrum. (U. S.) Red 
precipitate of mercury. Nitric oxide of mer 
cuiy. Take of mercury, § xxxvj. ; nitric acid, 
f. 5xiv. ; water, Oij. Dissolve by a pentle heat, 



HYD 

and evaporate to dryness Triturate the resi- 
due to a fine powder, and heat as long as red 
vapors rise. It occurs as a bright scarlet crys- 
talline substance, almost insoluble, and of an 
acrid, metallic taste. It is an impure binoxide 
of mercury with pemitrate of mercury, and, 
from its escharotic action, should be employed 
only externally. The powder is used to vene- 
real sores, fungous growths, &c, and the oint- 
ment is officinal. 

Hydrargyri oxydum sut.phuricum. See 
Hydrargyri sulphas flavus. 

Hydrargyri oxymurias. Hydrargyri per- 
murias. Corrosive sublimate. See Hydrar- 
gyri chloridum corrosivum. 

Hydrargyri protoioduretum (protoiodi- 
DUM). See Hydrargyri iodidum. 

Hydrargyri PRUSSIAS. Hydrargyri cyanu- 
retum. 

Hydrargyri BUBMURIAS. Hydrargyri sulf- 
murias sublimatum. Calomel. Hydrargyri 
chloridum mite. 

Hydrargyri submurias ammoniatum. Hy- 
drargyrum ammoniatum . 

Hydrargyri sulphas klavus. (U.S.) Hy- 
drargyri subsu/pkas Jlavus. Hydrar. sulphas. 
Yellow sulphate of mercury. Subsulphate. 
Sulphate of mercury. Turpeth mineral. Take 
of mercury, jiv. ; sulphuric acid, Jyj. Boil, and 
evaporate to diyncss. Triturate this with wai'm 
distilled water ; decant and wash, until the wash- 
ings give no precipitate, with solution of potash; 
dry the sulphate. It is a heavy, yellow powder, 
of an acrid taste, and scarcely soluble in water. 
It is highly irritant, producing nausea, vomiting, 
and ptyalism, in small doses. The dose, as an 
alterative, is gr. ss. ; as an emetic, gr. iij. to gr. 
v. It is a violent errhine, gr. j. ; may be mixed 
with gr. v. of liquorice powder for this purpose. 

Hydrargyri sulphure'tum nigrum. (U. S.) 
Hydrar. sulphuretum cum sulphure. (Ph. L.) 
Black sulphuret of mercury. iEthiops mineral. 
Take of mercury and sulphur, Ibj. ; rub them 
together until the globules have entirely disap- 
peared. It is a heavy, black, tasteless, and in- 
soluble powder, entirely volatilized by heat. 
It is alterative, and used in cutaneous and 
scrofulous diseases in doses of gr. v. to 3j. It 
is very mild, and is said not to produce ptyalism ; 
some good authorities doubt its medicinal value. 

Hydrargyri sulphuretum ru'brum. (U. 
S.) Red sulphuret of mercury. Bisulphuret 
(sulphuret) of mercury. Cinnabar. Vermil- 
ion. Take of mercury, §xl. ; sulphur, f viij. 
Mix the mercury with the melted sulphur over 
the fire, and as soon as the mass begins to 
swell, remove the vessel from the fire and cover 
it with considerable force to prevent combus- 
tion; then rub the (cold) mass into powder, 
and sublime. When powdered it is of a rich 
red color, tasteless, heavy, insoluble, and vola- 
tilized by heat; composition, HgS 2 . When 
pure it is inert ( Orfila), and is only used in fu- 
migations ; for this purpose, 33s. is employed in 
violent secondary syphilis. 

Hydrargyri supermurias. Hydrargyri 
chloridum corrosivum. 

Hydrargy'ria. Hydrargyrosis. Eczema 
noercuriale. 

HYDRARGYRO-IODIDBS. Hydrargyro- 



HYD 

cyanides. Compounds of iodide or cyanide 
of mercury with corresponding salts of potassi- 
um, sodium, &c. They are not officinally em- 
ployed in medicine. 

HYDRA'RGYRUM. {urn, i, n. Tdpapyv- 
poc; from vdup, water, and apyvpoc, silver.) 
Hydrargyria. Quicksilver. See Mercury. 

Hydrargyrum acetatum. See Hydrargyri 
acetas. 

Hydrargyrum ammom'atum. (U. S.) Hg. 
ammoniato-muriaticum. Ammoniated mercury. 
Ammonio-chloride of mercury White precip- 
itate. Take of corrosive sublimate, § vj. ; dis- 
tilled water, Cj. ; solution of ammonia, f. fviij. 
Dissolve the sublimate, add the ammonia, col- 
lect the precipitate, wash thoroughly, and dry. 
A white powder, of a slight metallic taste, in- 
soluble in water or alcohol, but dissolved by 
strong acids. It is, according to Kane, a chloro- 
amididc of mercury, or HgCln-j-HgAcb, bichlo- 
ride of binamidide of mercury. It is considered 
highly poisonous, and employed externally only 
for the destruction of lice, and as an ointment 
(u?ig. hydrarg. ammonio-chloridi) to obstinate 
skin diseases, as porrigo, impetigo, herpes, and 
to scabies. 

Hydrargyrum borussicum. H. cyatwgeno 
turn. See Hydrargyri cyanuretum. 

Hydrargyrum calcinatum. Hydrargy 
ri binoxydum. 

Hydrargyrum cum creta. (U. S., Ph. L., 
E., & D.) H. cum calcis carbonate. Mercury 
with chalk. Take of mercury, giij. ; prepared 
chalk, 5 v. Rub them together until the me- 
tallic globules disappear. This preparation is 
milder than any other mercurial except the 
sulphuret, and does not so 'easily act upon the 
bowels ; it is therefore used largely by many 
practitioners, and possesses alterative properties 
in cutaneous complaints and in obstructions of 
the viscera. Dose, 9ss. to 3ss., two or three 
times a day. Used for children chiefly. 

Hydrargyrum cum magnesia. (Ph. D.) 
Mercury with carbonate of magnesia. Made 
as above, and with similar properties. 

Hydrargyrum hydrocyanicum. Hydrar- 
gyri cyanuretum. 

Hydrargyrum muriaticum. H.muriaticum 
mite. See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 

Hydrargyrum phospho'ratum. Phosphu- 
reted mercury. A mild preparation, formerly 
employed as an antisyphilitic. Dose, from gr. 
ss. to gr. ij. It has gone out of use. 

Hydrargyrum pr.ecipitatum. H. prcecipi- 
tatum album. Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. 

Hydrargyrum pr^cipitatum cinereum. 
The Hydrargyri oxydum nigrum. It is prefer- 
red by some to cinnabar for fiimigations. 

Hydrargyrum prjEcipitatum (ruber), per 
se. Hydrargyri biniodidum. 

Hydrargyrum purificatum. (U. S.) Pu- 
rified mercury. Take of mercury, any weight : 
distill the mercury from an iron retort. 

Hydra'rgyrum sacchara'tum. Made by 
triturating mercury with lump sugar. It is 
similar to the Hydrargyrum cum creta. 

Hydrargyrum vitriolatum. See Hydrar- 
gyri sulphas flavus. 

HYDRA'RGYRUS. Mercury. Formerly 
employed for hydrargyrum ; hence many of the 

349 



HYD 

preparations already mentioned were placed 
under this head ; for which, see Hydrargyrum 
and Hydrargyri. 

Hydrarthrus. //. synovialis. See Hydar- 
thrus. 

HYDRA'STIS CANADENSIS. Yellow root. 
Turmeric root. Ranunculaccw. Polyandria. 
Polygynia. A I'erennial herb of the Western 
States, with acrid and bitter properties. The 
Indians employed it as a looal application to old 
ulcers. The juice of the root is also a dye. 

HY'DRATE. A compound in which water 
is chemically combined with some other sub- 
stance ; as hydrate of potash, soda, lime. There 
may be one or more equivalents of water. 

Hydrate ok potash. See Potassm hydras. 

Hy'd rated. Chemically combined with 
water. 

HYDRATED 1'EROXIDE OF IRON. Hy 
draied sesquioxidc {Iritoxidc .') of iron. Make a 
solution of green sulphate of iron in boiling water, 
and add nitric acid cautiously as long as red va- 
pors are given off; dilute with water, and filter. 
Add to the solution excess of ammonia until no 
more precipitate is formed (Bunsen). Admin- 
ister in the fresh, pulpy state. It is the best 
antidote for arsenic (aisenious acid), converting 
it into an inert arsenite of iron. Ten or twelve 
times as much of the hydrate is to be given as 
there has been poison taken ; and as it is very 
harmless, the dose should be full. For the ready 
preparation of this valuable antidote, the per- 
sulphate, or first solution, may be kept ready, 
or any soluble per salt may bo employed. 

' Hydrates of carbon. A name given to 
sugar, starch, and similar organic compounds, 
in which the hydrogen and oxygen are i>rcsent 
in the proportions to form water. 

HYDRAU'LICS. (From vdup, and avloc, a 
pipe.) The science which treats of the move- 
ment and mechanical effects of water and 
liquids. 

HYDRENCErHALOCELK. The watery tumor of 
the head produced by chronic hydrocephalus. 

HYDRENCE'FIIALOID. (From vdup, eyjee- 
tyahoe, the brain, and eidoc, likeness.) Having 
the symptoms of hydrocephalus. Diseases of 
the bowels and the irritation of teething often 
bring on a spurious hydrocephaloid disease. 

Hydresce'phalus. Acute hydrocephalus. 

HYDRE'NTEROCE'LE. (e, es, f . ; from 
vdup, water, evrepov, an intestine, and Kr\kn, a 
tumor.) A hydrocele, or dropsy of the scrotum, 
attended with an intestinal hernia. 

H ydric ether. Sulphuric or common ether. 
See Ether, snlphuricus. 

HYDRI'ODATE. Hydriodai. The old | 
term for an iodide. 

, HY'DRIO'DIC ACID. Addumhydnodicum, 
A colorless, gaseous acid, closely resembling the 
hydrochloric, consisting of one atom of iodine i 
and one of hydrogen, HI; eq., 127*5. 

Hydriodate of ammonia. See Iodine. 

Hydriodate of iron. See Ferriiodidum. j 

Hydriodate of potash. See Potassii iodi- \ 
dum. 

Hydriodate of soda. See Sodii iodidum. 

HYDRO'A. (a, m, f. ; from vdup, water.) 
A watery pustule. 

HYDRO'-EMIA. Hydremia. (From vdup, 
350 



HYD 

and aifia, blood.) That state of the blood in 
which the proportion of water is too great, and 
there is a want of blood globules and fibrin. 
This condition gives rise to chlorosis and other 
cachexies. 

Hydro'abdomen. Ascites. 

Hydro'arion. Dropsy of the ovarium. 

HYDROPBLETHARON. (From vdup, and 
;3?<,e<bapov, the eyelid.) An oedema or watery 
swelling of the eyelid. 

IIy'drobro'mate. A bromide. 

HY'DROBRO'MIC ACID. Acidum hydro- 
bromicum. An acid composed of one atom of 
hydrogen and one of bromine, HB; eq., 79-39. 
The constitution of this acid, and its properties, 
are analogous to that of the hydrochloric and 
hydriodic acids. 

Hydroc.elias. Ascites. 

Hydrocarbonati;. Carbureted hydrogen. 

Hy'drocarbons. Those organic bodies which 
consist principally of hydrogen and carbons, as 
the oils, wax, naphthas, and some ethers. 

Hydroca'rdia. Dropsy of the pericardium. 
See Hydropcricardium. 

HY'DROCE'LE. (c, es, f. ; from vdup, water, 
and K?jhi, a tumor.) Hydrocele is used by 
surgeons for a collection of fluid either on the 
membranes of the scrotum, or the coats of the 
testicle and its vessels. The first of these, an- 
asarca integumcnlorum, is common to all the 
cellular substance which loosely envelops both 
the testes. The latter, hydrocele tunica; vagi- 
nalis, is absolutely local, very seldom affects the 
common membrane of the scrotum, generally 
attacks one side only, and is frequently found 
in persons who are perfectly free from all other 
complaints. The tumor soon becomes tense,- 
fluctuating in feel, and partially transparent. 
The tumor is to be tapped with a small trocar, 
and a mixture of wine and water injected into 
the sac so as to' produce inflammation and sub- 
sequent adhesion. 

Hydrocele cystata. Encysted hydrocele 
of the spermatic cord resembles the common 
hydrocele; but the tumor does not extend to 
the testicle, which may be felt below or be- 
hind it, while in the hydrocele of the vaginal 
coat, when large, the testicle can not be dis- 
covered. In this disease, also, the penis is not 
buried in the tumor. Sometimes the fluid is 
contained in two distinct cells; and this is dis- 
covered by little contractions in it. It is dis- 
tinguished from the auasarcous hydrocele by a 
sensible fluctuation, and the want of the inelas- 
tic pitting; from hernia, by its beginning below, 
from its not receding in a horizontal position, 
and not enlarging by coughing and sneezing. 

Hydrocele funiculi spermatici, or hydro- 
cele of the spermatic cord. Auasarcous hydro- 
cele of the spermatic cord sometimes accom- 
panies ascites, and at other times it is found to 
be confined to the cellular substance in or about 
the spermatic cord. 

Hydrocele periton.*;i. Ascites. 

Hydrocele spinalis. Hydrorachis. 

HYDROCETHALUS. (us, i, m. ; from vdup 
water, and ice<pa?iq, the head.) Hydroeephalum 
Hydrcnccphalus. Dropsy of the brain. Dropsy 
of the head. It is distinguished by authors into 
external and internal; into hydrocephalus mem 



HY D 

branarum and vcntriculornm ; into acute and 
chronic. 

Pain in the head, particularly across the 
brow, stupor, dilatation of the pupils, nausea, 
vomiting, preternatural slowness of the pulse, 
and convulsions, are the pathognomonic symp- 
toms of this disease, which have been laid down 
by the generality of writers. The effusion of 
serous fluid, which gives name to this disease, is 
oaie of the many symptoms which accompany it. 

Acute hydrocephalus (//. interims), iu 
its early stages, is characterized by the symp- 
toms of inflammation of the brain. The head 
is hot, the face flushed, the eyes dull, and with- 
out expression. The arteries of the temples 
and neck pulsate strongly. The child, for this 
is chiefly an infantile malady, is restless and 
fretful, evidently suffering pain, while both the 
countenance and the gesture refer to the head 
as its seat. There is pyrexia more or less in- 
tense, the pulse is accelerated, the skin hot and 
dry, and the tongue covered with a white fur. 
The appetite is lost, and sometimes there is 
vomiting. The bowels are generally costive. 
The disease is chiefly prevalent in childhood 
from the second to the sixth year. 

Inflammation of the membranes of the brain, 
like others, is often slight in degree, and term- 
inates quickly in health. If it be long-con- 
tinued, though slight, it often ends in serous ac- 
cumulation, which is known or suspected by 
the marks of oppressed brain that take place. 
If the child is very young, so that the bones are 
not firmly united, the head gradually enlarges 
in its dimensions, and becomes misshapen in its 
figure. The extent to which the enlargement 
goes is veiy various. Sooner or later, it gen- 
erally stops by the bones uniting, the head re- 
maining afterward through life preternatural ly 
large. In this case a quantity of fluid remains, 
without seeming (in many instances, at least) 
to interfere with the proper exercise of the 
sensorial functions, or even with the general 
health, except that the body is commonly 
stunted in its growth. Such subjects are al- 
ways liable to repeated returns of inflamma- 
tion in the brain or its membranes, and which, 
sooner or later, in many cases prove fatal. 

Such is the progress, in the milder forms, of 
membranous inflammation of the brain. On 
many occasions the disease assumes a more 
active character, and soon spreads to the sub- 
stance of the brain, as is known by the great 
disturbance of functions that ensues. Then it 
is that the restlessness becomes extreme, irrita- 
bility is excessive, the expression of the counte- 
nance is altered, and especially that of the eyes, 
with the pupils unequally dilated. The eye- 
lids remain half open if the child sleeps ; there 
is often delirium ; the muscles of the hands and 
feet are in a state of contraction, and, frequent- 
ly, general convulsions take place. The fur on 
the tongue becomes thicker and of a darker 
color ; somnolency or stupor follows, and death 
ensues. The disease often proves fatal in two 
or three days, and, in very young infants, some- 
times at the very commencement of the inflam- 
mation, and then commonly with convulsions. 
In many instances, toward the end, a paralytic 
ttate of one side of the body is observed, while 



HYD 

the limbs on the opposite side, perhaps, are 
convulsed. 

The remedial means in cases of acute hydro- 
cephalus are of the kind usually employed in 
membraneous inflammation. Blood should be 
freely drawn by the lancet or by leeches. The 
treatment must be prompt and active to give 
a tolerable chance of success. Cold applica- 
tions to the head are useful. Purgatives, fre- 
quently repeated at the commencement of the 
attack, are necessary. Digitalis, mercurial al- 
teratives, with counter-irritation by blisters,, 
and tartar emetic ointment, are chiefly used. 

Chronic hydrocephalus is frequently con- 
genital ; it is connected with rachitis and scrof- 
ula, and is plainly a disease of cachexy and de- 
bility. This chronic disease is always danger- 
ous, and there is*much difficulty in determin- 
ing its extent, and the degree of cerebral dis- 
organization which may accompany it. Where, 
however, it is limited to a weak condition of 
the excernents of the brain, and medicines are 
speedily and steadily exhibited, there is a proba- 
bility of its being removed ; but where, on the 
contrary, no favorable impression can be made 
on the organ, the general frame partakes by 
degrees of the debility, the vital powers flag, 
the limbs become emaciated, and death ensues 
at an uncertain period ; or the patient survives, 
a miserable spectacle to the world, and a burden 
to the family, perhaps, for years. In some cases, 
where the quantity of water collected is not 
great, the substance of the brain has appeared 
to be indurated, and in others softened. Col- 
lections, also, of a viscid, tenacious matter have 
been discovered in cysts upon its external sur- 
face ; tumors have also been found attached to 
its substance, and in many instances a conver 
sion of a great part of the substance of the cere- 
brum or cerebellum into hxmatomatous, mel 
anomatous, scrofulous, and other structures. 

Hydrocephalus spurius. Hydreneepha- 
loid disease. 

Hydrochlorate of ammonia. See Ammo- 
nia: murias. 

Hydrochlorate*. The old name for chlo- 
rides. 

HYDROCHLO'RIC ACID. Acidum hydro- 
chloricum. Acidum muriaticum. Muriatic acid. 
A pungent, gaseous acid, containing one atom 
of chlorine, with one of hydrogen. Formula, 
IIC1; equivalent, 36"47. It is very soluble, 
water taking up 480 parts at 40° F., the solu- 
tion having a specific gravity of 1*21, and being 
well known as muriatic or hydrochloric acid. 
It is, highly caustic, and an extremely active 
chemical body, uniting with most elements to 
form chlorides, in which the hydrogen is re- 
placed by metals. It is extensively used in the 
laboratory as a solvent. 

Hydrochloric acid is a tonic and febrifuge, 
and lias been much employed in typhoid and 
cutaneous diseases and bilious obstructions, but 
if used in excess, produces intestinal irritation. 
Externally, it is very serviceable as a gdrgle, 
and as a constituent of the nitromuriatic acid 
bath. See Balneum. A dilute acid is officinal, 
the Acidum muriaticum dilulum, consisting of 4 
parts, by measure, of the acid, aud 12 parts of 
distilled water, of which itlv. to Hlxx. is a doss. 

351 



HYD 

Hydrochloroproteic acid. Adefiuite 
combination of hydrochloric acid and protein, 
wherefrom Mulder deduces the composition of 
protein. 

Hydrocotyle vulgaris. Marsh penny wort. 
This umbelliferous plant has been esteemed for 
its detersive and vulnerary properties, but is 
now disused. 

Hydrocya'nates. The former name of cy- 
anides or cyanurets. 

HY'DROCYA'NIC ACID. Acidum hydro- 
cyanicum. Prussic acid. In a very diluted 
state it is found in many plants, especially of 
the rosacea;. At an ordinary temperature, the 
pure acid is a volatile liquid, transparent and 
colorless ; its taste is at first cool, but soon be- 
comes acrid and irritating: it reddens slightly 
the tincture of turnsol. Its* odor is powerful, 
and very deleterious; it is only supportable 
when diluted with a certain quantity of air, 
and then resembles the smell of bitter almonds. 
It readily congeals, producing great cold. 

Perfectly pure or anhydrous acid is made 
from ferrocyanide of potassium and strong sul- 
phuric acid. It has the composition of one 
atom of cyanogen and one atom of hydro- 
gen, CyH; equivalent, 27-23. This has a spe- 
cific gravity of 0-69 at G6° F. ; at 59° it be- 
comes a fibrous solid, and at 80° boils. The 
vapor is inflammable. It readily undergoes 
spontaneous decomposition. 

Pure hydrocyanic acid is one of the most 
rapid and fatal poisons; one drop being intro- 
duced into the throat of a dog produces death 
after one or two convulsive respirations. Hence 
it produces death by acting as a sedative, es- 
pecially on the respiratory nerves, but also pro- 
duces convulsions and rigidity of the muscles. 

In cases of poisoning, the treatment must be 
extremely prompt, and consists of two steps, 
the maintenance of the nervous excitability by 
the preparations of ammonia, dashing cold wa- 
ter on the spine and head, and by the exhibition 
of an antidote. The antidote for prussic acid 
which is most serviceable, and may save the 
patient if exhibited sufficiently soon, is that 
recommended by Messrs. Smith, of Edinburgh. 
This consists in the exhibition of a solution of 
carbonate of potash, to be immediately follow- 
ed by a solution of old sulphate of iron, which 
contains both the proto and per salt of iron ; by 
this means any prussic acid present is instantly 
converted into insoluble and inert Prussian 
blue. If any excess of sulphate of iron be giv- 
en, it simply acts as an emetic, an operation 
that does not appear to be unfavorable. 

The means of recognizing the acid in cases 
of poisoning is as follows: The body will, if 
the case be recent, exhale a strong odor of the 
acid, and the contents of the stomach should be 
mixed with sulphuric acid and distilled by a 
water-bath. If any prussic acid be present, it 
will pass over in solution in water, and may be 
tested with carbonate of potash and a double 
salt of iron for the production of Prussian blue. 

Prussic acid is a sedative, and has been used 
with success in irritable affections of the stom- 
ach, lungs, and nervous system, and also in the 
itching of cutaneous affections, &c. It is, how- 
ever, very uncertain in its effects, if not exhib- 
352 



HYD 

ited while perfectly fresh. A dih ted hydro- 
cyanic acid, adapted to medicinal purposes, 
has been introduced in the United States into 
the recent pharmacopoeia (see Acidum hydro- 
cyanicum), of which f. jj . may be a poisonous 
dose. 

HYDROCY'STIS. (is, idis, f. ; from vSup, 
water, and kvotic, a vesicle.) An encysted 
dropsy. 

H YDRODYN A'MICS . ( From vdop, and 6v- 
va/iic, power.) The science which shows the 
methods of applying the properties of fluids to 
mechanical purposes. 

Hydro- en tero-epiplocele. Anentero- 
epiploccle. the sac of which contains a watery 
fluid. 

H ydro-epiplocet.e. A hernia formed of 
omentum, the sac of which contains a serou3 
fluid. 

Hydrofix'oric acid. An extremely caustic, 
gaseous acid, obtained by the action of sulphu- 
ric acid on fluoride of calcium. It consists of 
F1H, and is most remarkable for the strong af- 
finity which it has for silica, with which it 
forms the hydro-fluosilicic acid. A solution has 
been used for the purpose of etching on glass. 

Hydro'garox. Ydpoyapov. A mixture of 
garum and water. See Garum. 

HY'DROGEN. (Hydrogenium, ii, n. ; from 
vdup, water, and yevvau, to produce.) Inflam- 
mable air. The lightest body in nature: an 
elementary gas, without odor or color, very in- 
flammable in air, forming explosive compounds 
with oxygen. It has little chemical activity 
alone, and is irrespirable : 100 cubic inches 
weigh 2-13 grains. Its equivalent is 1 on the 
hydrogen scale, and 12-5 on the oxygen ; sym- 
bol, H . Hydrogen does not exist uncombined 
in nature ; but in a compound state, in water, 
ammonia, and vegetable products, is largely 
accumulated. It combines with oxygen, form- 
ing water, by the aid of heat or electricity. In 
all its properties hydrogen resembles a metal. 
It combines with oxygen, chlorine, bromine, 
&c, in the same way as other metals, and is 
readily displaced by the greater number, some- 
times with the evolution of pure gas, at others 
by the simultaneous combination of the libera- 
ted hydrogen with oxygen, to form water. Its 
compounds with carbon, forming coal gas and 
oil gas, are of considerable economical value: 
these, with sulphur, are thrown out from wet, 
putrescent matters, stagnant ditches, "&c. For 
other compounds, see the usual names. 

Hydrogen acids. Those acids which con- 
sist of hydrogen, combined with a haloid body, 
as the hydrochloric, &c. 

Hydrogen, cariiureted. Carbureted hy- 
drogen. 

Hydrogen gas, hea v vy carbonated. Car- 
bureted hydrogen. 

Hydrogen, oxide of. Protoxide of hydro' 
gen. Water. 

Hydrogen, peroxide of. It is a singular 
fluid, composed of one atom of hydrogen and 
two atoms of oxygen, discovered by Thenard, 
and remarkable for the great facility with which 
it evolves one atom of its oxygen, and pasBes 
into water. 

Hydrogen, phosphureted. See Phosphoric. 



H YD 

Hy'drogkmim. Hydrogen. 

Hydro'guret. A compound of hydrogen 
with a simple, inflammable body, or an ordinary 
metal. 

Hydrola'pathum. Rumex hydrolopathum. 

Hy'drolata. Distilled waters. 

Hydro'lica. Pharmaceutical preparations, 
in which water is used as a menstruum. 

Hydro'logy. An investigation into the na- 
ture and properties of water. 

Hy'dromancy. Divination by water. 

HY'DROMEL. Hydromeli. (From vdup, 
water, and fieXi, honey.) Water impregnated 
with honey. 

Hydro'mellonic acid. See Mellone. 

HYDRO'METER. Hydrometrum. (From 
vdup, and fierpov, a measure.) The name of an 
instrument for determining the specific gravity 
of fluids. The areometer. An instrument to 
take the specific gravity or density of fluids, 
spirits, &c. It is of great value in testing the 
strength of spirits, of solutions of sugars, dye- 
stuffs. The form of the implement, which is 
made of brass or glass, is that of a tube, with 
one or two bulbs, vaiying with the maker. 
Sykes's instrument, which is used for taking 
the strength of spirits, is furnished with a table. 
Baume's areometer, or hydrometer, is exten- 
sively used by sugar-makers and manufacturers. 
It is graduated from a central point in the stem 
— upward for fluids lighter than water, and -f- 
below for those that are heavier. The (zero) 
marks the density of distilled water at 58° F., 
and the downward marks correspond to the 
density of solutions of salt and water, contain- 
ing for each mark an additional one per cent, 
of salt ; thus, 5° indicates a fluid of the same 
density as that produced by mixing 5 parts of 
common salt and 95 of water. The real specific 
gravities are, 



For 

0=1-0000 
-f 1=1-0060 
-- 5=1-0340 
--10=1-0704 
--20=1-1515 
--30=1-2459 
--40=1-3571 
-1-50= 1-4902 
-|-60= 1-6522 
--70=1-8537 
--76=2-0000 



Fluids of less gravity. 

—11=0-9932 
—12=0-9865 
—15=0-9669 
—20=0-9359 
—25=0-9068 
—30=0-8795 
—35=0-8538 
—40=0-8295 
—45=0-8066 
—50=0-7849 
—60=0-7449 



HYDROME'TRA. (a, w, f. ; from vSup, and 
fitjrpa, the womb.) Hydrops uteri. Dropsy of 
the womb. It produces a swelling in the hy- 
pogastric region, slowly and gradually increas- 
ing, resembling the figure of the uterus, yielding 
to or fluctuating on pressure, without ischury 
or pregnancy. Sauvages enumerates seven 
species. It must be considered as a very rare 
disease, and one that can with difficulty be as- 
certained. 

HYDRO'MPHALUM. (n, i, n.; from 
vdup, and Ofi<j>aXoc, the navel.) A tumor at the 
navel containing water. This may arise from 
mere distension in cases of ascites, or from an 
umbilical hernia, the sac of which contains se- 
rum. 

.Hy'dromyri'nga. Dropsy of the tympanum. 

Hydronephrosis. A cyst in the kidney, 



HYD 

filled with urine, and originating in the ob- 
struction of the uriniferous tubes. 

Hydro'nosos. Sudor anglicanus. 

Hydroophoria. Ovarian dropsy. 

Hydro-oxyde. Synonymous with hydrate. 

HYDRO'PATHY. Hydropathia. (From 
vdup, and iradoc, disease.) The water cure. A 
mode of treating disease by the external and 
internal use of water and diaphoresis. 

Hydropede'sis. A violent sweating. 

HY'DROPERICA'RDIUM. Hydropericar- 
ditis. (From vdup, and nepiKapdiov, the peri- 
cardium.) Hydropericardia. DVopsy of the 
pericardium. This occurs as a consequence of 
inflammation of the pericardium, and as an .ac- 
companiment of hydrothorax. It is indicated 
by orthopnoea, palpitation, and irregular action 
of the heart, preternatural dullness of sound on 
percussion in the cardiac region, and a sound 
of fluctuation. It is generally connected with 
organic disease of the heart, and then is always 
incurable. 

Hy'dropersulphu'ric acid. Bisulphuret of 
hydrogen. 

HYDROPHO'BIA. (a, as, f.; from vdup, 
water, and Qofca, to fear.) Canine madness. 
Hydrophobia never originates spontaneously in 
man, nor is it known to do so except in dogs 
and canine animals; the bite may occur from 
twenty-one days to nine months before any ef- 
fect is perceptible, but the usual period is from 
thirty to sixty days. This disease is considered 
by all pathologists as the consequence of a mor- 
bid poison, introduced into the system by the 
bite of a rabid animal. 

Two or three days before the violent symp- 
toms occur, there is some indisposition. The 
pathognomonic symptoms are extreme nervous- 
ness, spasm about the chest and throat, extreme 
horror of fluids, with great thirst, and a parched 
mouth, foaming at the mouth, extreme anxiety, 
gasping respiration, pain and uneasiness about 
the praecordia. The patient, from the great 
thirst he endures, continually calls for water, 
but is often thrown into convulsions or spasms 
of the whole body when it is presented to him. 
This condition lasts from two to five days, and 
the patient dies either in convulsions or from 
extreme prostration. No unequivocal case has 
ever recovered. 

Treatment. — If the patient applies shortly 
after the bite, the part must be dissected out 
It is usual to apply potassa fiisa to the wound, 
and if this is done soon enough, the effects will 
be averted. 

When the violent symptoms have occurred, 
the treatment consists chiefly in exhibiting large 
doses of opium and camphor, but every means 
have been tried without success : blood-letting, 
immersion in water, antispasmodics, volatile al- 
kali, &c. It is worthy of consideration whether 
the inhalation of ether may not be an appropri- 
ate remedy. This agent produces a complete 
sedative action on the nervous system, which in 
hydrophobia is thrown into violent action. 

Hy'drophlegma'si.k. The genus of acute 
idiopathic dropsies of M. Rayer. 

HY'DROPHTHA'LMIA. Hydroptkalmium. 
(From vdup, water, and o<pdaXfioc, the eye.) 
There are two diseases, different in their nature 

353 



HYD 



fly d 



and consequences, thus termed. The one is a 
mere anasarcous or cedematous swelling of the 
eyelid. The other, the true hydrophthalmia, is 
a swelling of the bulb of the eye, from a morbid 
increase of the vitreous or aqueous humors. 

Hy'drophtha'lmus cruentus. Hremoph- 
thalmia. 

Hy'drophtho'ric acid. • Fluorine. 
HY'DROPHYSOCE'LE. (c, es, f.; from 
vdup, (j>vari, flatus, and Ktfki}, a tumor.) A name 
given to a hernia, the sac of which contains 
fluid and air. 

HY'DROPHYSOME'TRA. (From vdup, 
<pvarj, and perpa, the womb.) A morbid state of 
the uterus, in which it is distended by a collec- 
tion of watery fluid and gaseous matter. 

Hydro'phytes. Conferva;, or fresh-water 
plants. 

HYDRO'PIC. Hydropicus. (From vdpurp, 
the dropsy. ) Relating to dropsy ; as a hydropic 
patient or a hydropic medicine. 
Hydro'pica. Hydragogues. 
Hydro'piper. Polygonum hydropiper. 
HY'DROPLEURFTIS. (From vdup, and 
pleura.) Pleuritis accompanied by effusion. 
Acute hydrothorax. — Rayer. 

Hy'dropneuma'tic trough. A pneumatic 
trough. 

Hy'dropneumatoce'le. Synonyme of hy- 
drophysocele. 

HY'DRQPNEUMO'NIA. (From vdup, and 
wevpuv, the lung.) Serous infiltration of the 
lungs. 

HY'DROPNEUMOSA'RCA. (a, m, f. ; from 
vdup, nvevfia, wind, and erapf, flesh.) A tumor 
containing air, liquid, and solid matter. 

H y'dropneumo'tho'rax. Pneumothorax 
complicated with serous infiltration. 
Hydro'poi'des. Serous or watery. 
HY'DROPS. (ops, opis, m. ; from vdup, wa- 
ter.) Dropsy. A preternatural collection of 
serous or watery fluid in the cellular substance, 
or different cavities of the body. It receives 
different appellations, according to the particu- 
lar situation of the fluid. When it is diffused 
through the cellular membrane, either general- 
ly or partially, it is called anasarca. When it 
is deposited in the cavity of the cranium, it is 
called hydrocephalus; when in the chest, hydro- 
thorax ; when in the abdomen, ascites ; in the 
Uterus, hydrometra ; and within the scrotum, 
hydrocele. See these words. 
Hydrops abdominis. Ascites. 
Hydrops ad matulam. Diabetes. 
Hpdrops ahnii. H. amniosis. An excess- 
ive collection of liquor amnii. Hydrometra. 

Hydrops articuli. A swelling of a joint is 
so called when produced by a serous or lym- 
phatic effusion into the joint or surrounding cel- 
lular structure. Hydarthrus. 

Hydrops capitis. Hydrocephalus. 
Hydrops cerebri. Acute hydrocephalus. 
Hydrops cysticus. Hydrops saccatus. A 
dropsy enclosed in a bag or cyst. See Ascites. 
Hydrops genu. An accumulation of fluid 
within the capsular ligament of the knee. 
Hydrops gi.ottidis. (Edema of the glottis. 
Hydrops mi:dui.i..k spinalis. See Hydro- 
rachis. 
Hydrops HKTKtxjK. Diabetes. 
354 



Dropsy of the eye. See 
Dropsy of the ovarium. 



Hydrops oculi. 
Hydrophthalmia. 

Hydrops ovarii. 
See Ovarium. 

Hydrops palpebrj:. Hydroblepharon. 
Hydrops pectoris. See Hydrothorax. 
Hydrops pericardii. See Hydropericardi- 
um. 

Hydrops pu'lmonum. Serous infiltration of 
the lungs. 

Hydrops saccatus. See Hydrops cysticus. 
Hydrops sacci lachrymalis. Distension of 
the lachrymal sac from obstruction of the nasal 
duct. Fistula lachrymalis. 

Hydrops saccorum pleurjE. Hydrothorax. 
Hydrops scroti. See Hydrocele. 
Hydrops siccus. Tympanites has been ab- 
surdly so called. 

Hydrops spin.*.. Hydrorachis. 
Hydrops thoracis. Hydrothorax. 
Hydrops tubalis. Dropsy of the Fallopian 
tube. 

Hydrops uteri. See Hydrometra. 
Hydropy'retus. The sweating sickness. 
Hydro'rachia dehiscens. Hydrorachis. — 
J. P. Frank. 

HYDRO'RACHIS. (From vdup, and pa X i (t 
the spine.) Hydrops medulla; spinalis. Dropsy 
of the spine. There are two varieties of this 
disease, the one consisting in serous effusion 
within the spinal canal, unattended with any 
malformation of the bones; the other is the 
case also called spina bifida, in which there is 
an incomplete state of some of the vertebrae, 
and the membranes of the spinal cord, distended 
with serum, protrude and form a tumor under 
the skin. For the former, see Spinal Cord, 
Diseases of the. 

Hydrorachitis. See Hydrorachis 
Hydro'rchis. Hydrocele. 
Hy'droro'satum. A drink made of water, 
honey, and the juice of roses. 

HY'DRORRHffi'A. (From vdup, and psu, 
to flow.) 1. Graefe gives this name to the first 
stage of Egyptian ophthalmia, in which there is 
a profuse flow of tears. 2. It is applied to any 
slow and chronic discharge of watery fluid. 
Hy'drosa'ccharum. Water with sugar. 
HY'DROSA'RCA. (a, a, f. ; from vdup, wa- 
ter, and cap!;, the flesh.) 1. Synonymous with 
anasarca. 2. A tumor containing serosity and 
fleshy matter. — M. A. Sevcrinus. 

HY'DROSARCOCE'LE. (c, cs, f. ; from 
vdup, cap!;, and Krfkn, a tumor.) Sarcocele, 
with an effusion of water into the cellular mem- 
brane. 

Hy'droselk'nic acid. Seleniureted hydro- 
gen. It is very similar to sulphureted hydro- 
gen. 

Hy'droseli'num. A species of purslane. 
Hy'drosta'tica. An order of animals of the 
class Acalepha, which have buoyant air-vessels. 
Hydrosta'tic balance. A common balance 
furnished with a scale that may be hung near 
the beam, and under which is a hook to sus- 
pend any substance to be weighed in water, for 
the determination of its specific gravity. 

HYDROSTATICS. Hydrostatics. (From 
vdup, and arariicn, the science which treats of 
weights.) That branch of physics which treats 



H Y G 

of the weight, pressure, and equilibrium of 
liquids. 

H ydro'steon. A deposition of serum in the 
extremities of the long bones. — Van Wy. 

Htdrosu'blimate of mercury. Jewell's 
calomel. 

Hy'drosudo'pathy. Hydrosudotherap- 
da. Hydropathy. 

Hydrosu'lphate. Hydrosu'lphuret. Hy- 
drosiilphas. A salt formed by the hydrosul- 
phuric acid with a base. 

Hydrosu'lphate of ammonia. Hydrosul- 
phuret of ammonia. See Ammonia hydrosul- 
phurctum. 

Hydrosulphocyamc acid. See Sulpko-cy- 
anogen. 

Hy'drosulphure'ted water. A solution of 
sulphureted hydrogen in water. It is extreme- 
ly nauseous and disgusting, but finds a place in 
some pharmacopoeias as a stimulant and dia- 
phoretic. 

Hydrosulphure'tum sti'bii luteum. See 
Antimonii sidphuretum prtecipitatum. 

Hydrosulphure'tum stibii rubrum. 
Kermes mincralis. A hydrosulphm'et of anti- 
mony, formerly in high estimation as an ex- 
pectorant, sudorific, and antispasmodic in diffi- 
cult respiration, rheumatism, diseases of the skin 
and glands. 

Hy'drosulphu'ric acid. Sulphureted hy- 
drogen. 

Hy'drotheio'nic acid. Sulphureted hydro- 
gen. 

HYDROTHO'RAX. (ax, acis, f. ; from v6up, 
and tfwpaf, the chest.) Hydrops thoracis. Hy- 
drops pectoris. Dropsy of the chest. Difficulty 
of breathing, particularly when in a horizontal 
posture ; sudden startings from sleep, with anx- 
iety, and palpitations of the heart; cough, pale- 
ness of the visage, anasarcous swellings of the 
lower extremities, thirst, and a scarcity of urine, 
are the characteristic symptoms of hydrothorax; 
but the one which is more decisive than all the 
rest is a fluctuation of water perceived in the 
chest, either by the patient himself or his med- 
ical attendant, on certain motion of the body. 

The disease is seldom idiopathic, but pro- 
duced by organic diseases, especially of the 
heart, lungs, and liver, a general hydropic con- 
dition, &c. It is very fatal. The chief reme- 
dies are digitalis, squill, antimony, alterative 
doses of mercury, saline diuretics, and blisters. 
Where the fluid is collected in either of the sacs 
of the pleura, the operation of paracentesis of 
the thorax may afford relief under urgent symp- 
toms, and, perhaps, contribute to the recovery 
of the patient. 

Hydro'tic. Hydragogue. 

Hydro'tis. Dropsy of the ear. 

Hy'drous. Containing water. 

Hy'droxa'nthic acid. Xanthic acid. 

Hy'druret. (Ilydrurctum, i, n.) A com- 
pound of hydrogen with a metal. 

Hydru'iua. Hydrurcsis. Diabetes. 

Hygi'dion. Yyidtov. The name of a colly- 
rium mentioned by Paul of Mgina. 

Hygie'a. This name Wa» given to a plaster 
mentioned by Aetius, which was in high repute 
against malignant ulcers, and a number of other 
diseases. 



H YM 

HYGIE'NE. (e, es, f. ; from vytaivu, to bo 
well.) Hvgiesis. Health. That part of med 
icine which treats of the preservation of health. 

Hygie'nic Relating to hygiene. 

Hygie'sis. Hygiene. 

Hy'gra. Hygrcmpla' strum. A moist plaster. 

HY'GRO-. A prefix (from vypoc, moist), 
denoting the presence of moisture. 

Hy'groblepha'rici ducti. The excretory- 
ducts of the lachrymal gland. 

Hy'grocirsoce'le. Circocele, with dropsy 
of the scrotum. 

Hygrocolly'rium. A collyrium composed 
of liquids. 

Hygro'logy. Hygrologia. The doctrine 
of the fluids of the human body. 

HYGRO'MA. (a, atis, n. Typu/ia; from 
vypoc, liquid.) A tumor, the contents of which 
are serum, a fluid like lymph, matter resem- 
bling chocolate grounds, or some other morbid 
humor, but not pus. 

II Y G R O'M E T E R. (Hygrometrum, i, n. ; 
from vypoc, moist, and perpov, a measure.) An 
instrument for measuring the degrees of moist- 
ure in the atmosphere. 

Hy'grome'tric Relating to hygrometry. 

Hygro'metry. The art of ascertaining the 
degree of moisture of the atmosphere. 

Hygro'myrum. A liquid ointment. 

IIygropho'bia. Hydrophobia. 

Hygrophthalmic. Hygroblepharic 

Hy'groscope. A hygrometer. 

Hygroscopic. Hygrometric. 

Hygroscopy. Hygrometry. 

Hygrus. (From vypoc, humid.) Humid. 

Hy'le. {XA»/, matter.) The materia medica. 

IIY'MEN. (en, inis, m. ; from Hymen, the 
god of marriage.) The hymen is a thin mem- 
brane, of a semilunar or circular form, placed 
at the entrance of the vagina, which it partly 
closes. It has a very different appearance in 
different women, but it is generally found in 
virgins, and is raptured in the first coition. 
The presence of the hymen has been very erro- 
neously esteemed the test of virginity : in many 
females it is naturally wanting, and it may be 
destroyed by many causes besides copulation. 
The remnants of the hymen are called the ca- 
runculss myrtiformes. The hymen is peculiar 
to the human species. It is sometimes of such 
a strong, ligamentous texture that it can not be 
ruptured, and prevents the connection between 
the sexes. It is also sometimes imperforated, 
wholly closing the entrance into the vagina, and 
preventing any discharge from the uterus; but 
both these cases are rare. They are to be 
remedied by a crucial incision. 

H YMEN^E'A. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Monogynia. — //. courbaril. H. 
Martiana. Trees which are said to yield the 
Gum anime. 

H yme'nium. The dilated exposed membrane 
of gymnocarpous mushrooms. 

HYMENO'DES. (From vfinv, a membrane, 
and etfioc, likeness.) Such urine as is found full 
of little films and pellicles. Hippocrates applies 
it also to the menstrual discharges when mixed 
with a tough, viscid phlegm. 

HYMENO'LOGY. Hymenologia. (From 
vftnv, and Tioyoc, a discourse.) That part of 

35f 



HYO 

anatomy which considers the structure and 
functions of membranes. 

HYMENOP'TERA. (From vpyv, a mem- 
brane, and nrepov, a wing.) An order of insects 
which have membranaceous wings. 

Hymeno'tomy. The dissection of membranes, 
or an incision into the hymen. 

Hy'o-ba'sio-glo'ssus. The basio-glossus mus- 
cle. 

Hy'o-cho'ndro-gi.o'ssus. The hyo-glossus 
muscle. 

Hyo-epiglottic ligament. A band of cel- 
lular membrane which passes from the posterior 
part of the body of the os hyoides to the base 
of the epiglottis. 

HYO-GLO'SSUS. A muscle situated at the 
eides between the os hyoides and the tongue. 
It arises from the basis, but chiefly from the 
corner of the os hyoides, running laterally and 
forward to the tongue, which it pulls inward 
and downward. 

HYOI'DES. (From the Greek letter v, and 
eidoc , likeness. ) Hyoid, or like the Greek letter 
upsilon. 

Hyoides os. This bone is situated between 
the root of the tongue and the larynx. In 
describing this bone, it may be distinguished 
into its body, horns, and appendices. The 
body is the middle and broadest part of the 
bone, so placed that it may be easily felt with 
the finger in the fore part of the throat. The 
cornua, or horns, are flat, a little bent, and con- 
siderably longer than the body of the bone, and 
may be said to form the sides of the v. The 
appendices, or lesser horns, cornua minora, are 
two small processes, which, in their size and 
shape, are somewhat like a grain of wheat. 
They rise up from the articulations of the cor- 
nua with the body of the bone, and are some- 
times connected with the styloid process on 
each side by means of a ligament. The os hy- 
oides serves to support the tongue, and affords 
attachment to a variety of muscles, some of 
which perform the motions of the tongue, while 
ethers act on the larynx and fauces. 

Hyoides trimus. The sterno-hyoid mus- 
cle. 

Hyoides quartus. The omo-hyoideus mus- 

HY'O-PHARYNGE^US. A muscle, whose 
origin is in the os hyoides, and its insertion in 
the pharynx. 

Hyophtha'lmus. Buphthalmum spinosum. 

HYOSCIA'MIA. (a, a:, f.) Hyosciamine. 
A vegetable alkali extracted from henbane. 
8ee Hyoscyamus niger. 

HYOSCY'AMUS. («*, t, m.) 1. A genus 
of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. ' Sola- 
%ace.ee. 2. Henbane. 

Hyoscyamus albus. This possesses similar 
virtues to the hyoscyamus niger. 

Hyoscyamus luteus. Nicotiana rustica. 

Hyoscyamus niger. Common or black hen- 
bane. Hyoscyamus. The leaves and roots are 
active; they are nauseous, narcotic, antispas- 
modic, and slightly stimulant. In an over-dose 
it produces delirium, tremulous pulse, and an 
eruption of petechia), and the stomach has been 
found gangrenous. It does not constipate like 
opium. It is used in extract and tincture : dose 
356 



HYP 

of the former, gr. iij. to gr. v., and of the tinc- 
ture, 3J. to fij., as a narcotic. 

M. Brandes has extracted an alkali from this 
plant, hyosciamia. It crystallizes in long prisms, 
and when neutralized by sulphuric or nitric 
acid, forms characteristic salts. It is very pois- 
onous, producing tetanus in over-doses. 

Hy'o-thyroide'us. A muscle, whose origin 
is in the hyoid bone, and insertion in the thyroid 
cartilage. 

Hypa'cticus. Purgative. 

Hyp'-emia. Anscmia. — Andral. 

Hypalei'ptrum. A spatula for spreading 
ointments with. 

Hypamaur'osis. Imperfect amaurosis. 

Hype'latus. Purgative. 

HY'PER-. A common prefix (from vnep, 
above), denoting excess. 

HYPERACU'SIS. (From vnep and aKovacc, 
the sense of hearing.) Morbid exaltation of 
the sense of hearing. A common symptom in 
irritable states of the brain. 

HYPEREMIA. (From vnep, and aifia, 
blood.) The name given by Andral to con- 
gestion of blood in a part, from whatever cause. 

HY'PER^STHE'SIS. (From vnep and aia- 
davopai, to feel.) Morbid increase of sensibility. 

HYPERA'PHIA. (From vnep, and a<t>T/, the 
touch.) Morbid exaltation of the sense of touch. 

Hyperca'rbonate. A bicarbonate. 

HY'PERC ATH A'RSIS. (is, is, f. ; from vnep, 
and nadaipu, to purge.) An excessive purging 
from medicines. 

Hy'percera.to'sis. Staphyloma of the 
cornea. 

Hypercinesia uterina. Hysteria. 

Hypercorypho'sis. A prominence or pro- 
tuberance. Hippocrates calls the lobes of the 
liver and lungs Hypercoryphoses. 

HYPERCRI'NIA. (From vnep, and Kpivu, 
to separate.) Morbid increase in the secre- 
tions. — Andral. 

HYPE'RCRISIS. (is, is, f. Tnepupioir, 
from vnep, and npivu, to separate.) A critical 
excretion above measure ; as when a fever term- 
inates' in a diarrhoea, the humors may flow off 
faster than the strength can bear, and there- 
fore it is to be checked. 

HYPERE'MESIS. (it, is, f. ; from vnep, in 
excess, and e/ieu, to vomit.) An excessive 
evacuation by vomiting. 

HY'PEREPHIDRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from 
vnep, above, and e<j>tdpuoic, excessive sweat- 
ing.) Immoderate sweating. 

HY'PERERETHI'SIA. (From vnep, and 
epedifa, to excite.) Excessive irritability. 
Morbid sensibility. 

Hypere'sia. An excess of action in any 
organ. 

Hyperge'nesis. That morbid power of de- 
velopment in any organ or tissue which leads 
to the production of excessive growth. 

HYPERGE'USTIA. Hypergexisit. (From 
vnep, and yevoTic, taste.) Excessive sensibility 
in the function of taste. 

Hy'perhjemato'sis. Inflammation. 

Hyperh.emia. Hyperaemia. 

Hyperhidro'sis. Hyperephidrosis. 

HY'PERICA'CEjE. Hypericum, one of the 
genera. A natural order of exogenous plants, 



HYP 

usually having yellow flowers, with the petals 
wider on one side than the other, and marked 
with black dots, while the leaves are in many 
cases marked with transparent dots. They are 
usually strong-scented and astringent. Some 
of them have coppery red flowers, and yield n. 
resinous substance resembling gamboge. 

HYPE'RICUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Polyadelphia. Polyandria. Hyperi- 
tea:. — H. androsamum. St. Peter's wort. The 
androsemum formerly used as a mild purgative, 
and applied to heal ulcers. — H. bacciferum. 
The juice, in a dry state, resembles gamboge. 
— H. coris. Bastard St. John's wort. The 
seeds are said to be diuretic, emmenagogue, 
and antispasmodic . — //. perfoliatum . S t. John's 
wort. Hypericum. Formerly considered ano- 
dyne. — H. saxatHe. Hypericoides. The seeds 
are said to be diuretic and antispasmodic, but 
have fallen into disuse. 

Hyperine'sis. See Hypcrcatharsis. 

Hyperi'nos. See Hypcrcatharsis. 

HY'PERIN'OSIS. (From virep, and i C , fibre.) 
Excessive amount of librin in the blood. The 
class of diseases characterized by this excess 
are termed Hyperinoscs, and are inflammatory. 

Hyperi'nus. One excessively purged. 

Hypero'a. Tho palate. 

Hyperoi'tis. Inflammation of the palate. 

Hy'pero-pharynge'us. A muscle, so named 
from its situation above the pharynx. 

Hy'perosphr'esia. Hyperomia. Excessive 
acuteness of smell. 

Hyperostosis. Exostosis. 

Hyper-oxymuriatic acid. Chloric acid. 

HYPERSARCO'MA. (From virep, in excess, 
and oap!;, flesh.) Hyper sarco sis. A fleshy ex- 
crescence. 

Hypersarco'sis. Hypersarcoinu. 

HY'PERSTHENI'A. Hyperdynamia. (From 
virep, and odevoc, strength.) Over-excitement; 
andue development of vital energy, and irrita- 
bility. 

Hypersthenic. Hypersthcnicus. Active in 
a high degree. 

HY'PERTROHjE'MIA. (Vvomvnep, rpofyn, 
nutrition, and aifta, blood.) A high or excess- 
ive degree of plastic power in the blood, where- 
by hypertrophies or tumors are produced. 

* HYPE'RTROPHY. {Hypertrophic, a, f. ; 
from virep, above, and rpcxpn, nutrition.) A 
morbid increase of any organ, without change 
in the nature of its substance, arising from an 
excessive nutrition. 

Hypertrophy of the heart. See Heart, 
Diseases of the. 

Hyperure'sis. Enuresis. Excessive secre- 
tion of urine. 

HYPINO'SIS. (From viro, under, and if, 
fibre.) Deficiency of fibrin in the blood; a 
condition existing in chlorosis, scuivy, and other 
cachexies. 

Hypno'bates. One who walks in his sleep. 

Hypnolo'gia. Hypnology. That part of hy- 
giene which relates to the due regulation of 
sleeping and waking. 

HYPNO'TIC. (Hypnoticiis; from vttvoq, 
sleep.) Somniferous; narcotic. 

HY'PO-. A prefix (from viro, under), signi- 
fying deficiency. 



HYP 

Hypo. A common abbreviation of hypochon- 
driasis. 

HYPO^E'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from viro, under, 
and aifia, blood; because the blood is under 
the cornea.) An effusion of red blood into the 
chambers of the eye. 

HYPOCATHA'RSIS. (From viro, under, 
and KaOaipu, to purge.) A slight purging; or 
the insufficient operation of a purgative. 

Hypocau'stum. A stove. The subterranean 
apartment which contained the stoves for heat- 
ing the ancient baths. 

Hy'pocerchna'leon. Hoarseness. 

HYPOCHjE'RIS. (is, idis, f.) A genus of 
plants. Syngcnesia. Polygamia superfiua. 
Composita: — H. maculata. Broad-leaved Hun- 
garian hawk-weed. It is much esteemed in 
some pulmonary complaints. — //. minima was 
also formerly used. 

Hypocheo'menos. (From viroxeu, to suf- 
fuse.) One who labors under a cataract. 

Hypochi.oro'sis. A slight degree of chloro- 
sis. 

Hypochlo'rous acid. A compound of one 
atom of chlorine with one of oxygen, CIO, 
said to exist in the bleaching salts of lime and 
soda. 

H Y P C H O'N D R I A C. HypochondHasis. 
(From vko, under, and xovdpoc, a cartilage.) 1. 
Belonging to the hypochondria. 2. One affect- 
ed with low spirits. See Hypochondriasis. 

Hypochondriac region. Regio hypochon- 
driaca. The spaces in tho abdomen that are 
under the cartilages of the false ribs on each 
side of the epigastrium. 

HY'POCHONDRI'ASIS. (is, is, in.) Hy- 
pochondriacism. Vapors; lowness of spirits: 
called, also, Morbus hypochondriacus, Affeclio 
hypochondriaca, and Passio hypochondriaca. 

This appears to be a low species of melan- 
choly, combined with flatulency or dyspepsia, 
and singular hallucination. The treatment rests 
hi amusing the mind, exercise, freedom from 
anxious pursuits, and a well-regulated diet. It 
is most Irequent in those worn out by mental 
toil, and may terminate in melancholy, tu.-dium 
vitas, or confirmed misanthropy. 

HYPOCHO'NDRIUM. (um,ii,n.; from 
vtzo, under, and x 0V ^P°C> a cartilage.) That 
part of the body on each side which lies tinder 
the cartilages of the false ribs. 

Hypo'chyma. A cataract. 

Hypo'chysis. Hypochyma. 

Hypocoi'lon. The part under the orbit of 
the eye. 

Hypocopho'sis. A slight degree of deafness. 

HYPOCRA'NIUM. (From viro, under, and 
upaviov, the skull.) A collection of pus be- 
tween the skull and the dura mater has been 
so called. 

H y r o c r a t e'r i f o u m . Hypocrateriformis. 
Salver-shaped. 

Hypodei'ris. According to Rufus Ephesiua, 
the extremity of the fore part of the neck. 

HYPODERMA'TOMY. Hypodermatomia. 
(From viro Sepua, the skin, and ro/in, incision.) 
The division of subcutaneous parts, as the ten- 
dons, integuments, and muscles. 

Hypode'rmis. Hypo'deris. The skin over 
the clitoris. 

357 



II V P 



H YS 



HYPO'GALA. (a, <e, f. ; fi'oin vxo, under, 
and yala, milk.) A collection of white humor, 
like milk, in the chambers of the eye. There 
are two species of this disease : the one takes 
place, it is said, from a deposition of the milk, 
as is sometimes observed in women who suckle ; 
the other from the depression and rupture of a 
soft cataract. 

HYPOGA'STEIO. Hypogastric**. Belong- 
ing to the hypogastrium. 

Hypogastric artery. The internal iliac 
artery. 

Hypogastric plexus. A plexus of nerves, 
formed by the inferior mesenteric plexus with 
the sacral on the sides and back part of the rec- 
tum, and lower and back part of the bladder. 

Hypogastric regiox. See Hypogastrium. 

HYPOGA'STRIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from v~o, 
under, and yaarnp, the stomach.) The part of 
the abdomen that reaches from above the pubes 
to within three fingers' breadth of the navel. 

Hy'poga'stroce^k. A hernia, in the hypo- 
gastrium. 

Hypoge'ous. Subterranean ; remaining un- 
der the earth. 

HYPOGLO'SSUS. (From viro, under, and 
yhwaoa, the tongue.) Hypoglossal. The lin- 
gual nerves are called, also, nervi hypoglossi, 
hypoglossal nerves. 

HYPOGLO'TTIS. (is,idis,t. TiroyJiame; 
from vtto, under, and y7.u>rra, the tongue.) The 
under part of the tongue : applied, also, to a 
lozenge to be kept under the tongue until dis- 
solved. 

H y poglu'tis. The fleshy part under the 
nates, toward the thigh. 

Hypo'gynous. When the stamens and other 
parts of the flower are not attached to the ovary, 
but inferior. 

Hypohje'ma. An effusion of sanguineo us 
fluid into the anterior chamber of the eye. 

Hypoly'mpha. An effusion of lymph into 
the anterior chamber of the eye. 

Hypo'mia. The part subjacent to the shoul- 
der. 

Hyponitrous acid. A very instable acid, 
consisting of NO3. 

Hypo'nomos. A deep, phagedenic ulcer or 
fistulous ulcer. 

H y p o ' n y c H n . The ecchymosis of blood 
under a nail. 

Hypopk'dium. A cataplasm for the sole of 
the foot. 

Hypo'phasis. Hypophasia. That state of 
the eye in which the eyelids are half open, and 
only the white of the eye is seen. — Hippocra- 
tes. 

Hypo'phora. (From vnofyepopai, to be car- 
ried or conveyed underneath.) A deep, fistu- 
lous ulcer. 

Hypophosphoric acid. Merely a combina- 
tion of the phosphoric and phosphorous acids. 

Hypophosphorous acid. A powerful deox- 
ydizing agent, P 2 0. 

Htpophtha'lmion. The part.under the 
eye which is subject to swell in a cachexy or 
dropsy. 

Hypophy'sis cerebri. The pineal gland. 

Hypopicrotoxic acid. An acid found in the 
testa of the cocculus indicus. 
358 



HYPO'PION. Hypopyum. (From viro, un- 
der, and irvov, pus ; because the pus is under 
the cornea.) An accumulation of coagulating 
lymph (like pus), which takes place in the an- 
terior chamber of the aqueous humor, and fre- 
quently, also, in the posterior one, in conse- 
quence of severe acute ophthalmy. The symp- 
toms are the same as those which occur in the 
highest stage of violent acute ophthalmy, viz., 
prodigious tumefaction of the eyelids; the same 
swelling and redness as in chemosis; burning 
heat and pain in the eye ; pains in the eyebrow 
and nape of the neck ; fever, restlessness, aver- 
sion to the faintest light, and a contracted state 
of the pupil. 

Hypori'nion. The part of the upper lip be- 
low the nostrils ; also the hair which grows on 
that part. 

HYPOSA'RCA. (From vko, under, and oap£, 
flesh.) Hyposarcidios. A collection of fluid or 
air in the cellular membrane. 

HYPOSPADIAS. Hypospadia. (From vno- 
orcau, to draw under.) That malformation of 
the urethra ip which it terminates under the 
glans penis. 

H y p s p a t h i's m u s . A surgical operation, 
which consisted in making three incisions in the 
forehead down to the pericranium, letting the 
blood flow, and then passing a spatula between 
the soft parts and the pericranium. It is de- 
scribed by Paulus ^Egineta, lib. vi., c. 6. 

Hypospha'gma. Aposphagma. A rupture of 
the veins in the tunica adnata of the eye, chiefly 
from external injury. — Paulus JEginela. 

Hyposta'phyle. Relaxation of the uvula. 

Hypo'stasis. A sediment from the urine. 

Hyposthe'nic Contro-stimulant. 

Hypo-sulpho-benzo'ic acid. A bibasic acid, 
formed by the action of anhydrous sulphuric 
acid on benzoic acid. It is soluble and crystal- 
lizable. Formula, ChH^+SsA-^HO. 

Hyposulphurous acid. An acid detected 
by Sir J. Herschel, of which little is yet known. 
It has not been insulated. Composition, S2O2. 
Its salts, the hyposulphites, ar$ used in photog- 
raphy, and are readily decomposed. 

Hyposulphu'ric acid. A strong acid, of a 
syrup-like consistence, S2O5. 

HYPO'THBNAR. (ar, eros, u.; from viro, 
under, and devap, the palm of the hand.) 1. 
A muscle which runs on the inside of the hand. 
2. That part of the hand which is opposite to 
the palm. 

Hypothenar eminence. The fleshy part of 
the palm of the hand, corresponding to the lit- 
tle finger. 

Hypothenar minimi digiti. The flexor par- 
vus minimi digiti. 

Hypothenar minor metacarpus. The ab- 
ductor minimi digiti. 

Hypothenar riolani. The flexor parvus 
minimi digiti. 

HYPO'THESIS. (From vko, and Tidrjpi, to 
place.) A gratuitous supposition, invented to 
explain a phenomenon. 

Hypo'theton. A suppository. 

Hypozo'ma. The diaphragm. 

Hypsiglo'ssus. A muscle, whose origin 
is in the os hyoides, and its insertion in the 
tongue. 



H YS 

Hypsiloid. Hypsiloides. 1. The oa hyoi- 
des. 2. The hyo-glossus muscle. 

HYPU'LUS. (From viro, under, and ovTir/, a 
cicatrix.) An ulcer unsoundly healed, under 
the cicatrix of which there is sanies. 

Hyssop. Hyssopus officinalis. 

Hyssop, hedge. Gratiola officinalis. 

Hyssopi'tes. (From ixtctuttoc, hyssop.) Wine 
impregnated with hyssop. 

HYSSOTUS. (us,i,m.) A genus of plants. 
Didyiiamia. Gymnospcrmia. Salviacca. — H. 
tapUatus. Wild thyme. — //. officinalis. Com- 
mon hyssop. Hyssopus — spicis sccundis, foliis 
lanccolatis of Linnams. This plant is esteemed 
aromatic, stimulant, and pectoral. 

HY'STERA. (a, w, f.) The utems. 

HYSTERA'LGIA. (From varepa, and al- 
yoc, pain.) Pain in the womb, particularly 
spasmodic pain after childbirth. 

Hysteralgia i.ochiai.is. The after-pains. 

HYSTE'RIA. (From varepa, the womb, 
from which the disease was supposed to arise.) 
Passio hysterica. Hysterics. The disease at- 
tacks in paroxysms or tits. These are some- 
times preceded by dejection of spirits, anxiety 
of mind, effusion of tears, difficulty of breath- 
ing, sickness at the stomach, and palpitations at 
the heart ; but it more usually happens that a 
pain is felt on the left side, with a sense of dis- 
tension, advancing upward, till it gets into the 
throat (globus hystericus). The patient appears 
to be threatened with suffocation, becomes faint, 
affected with stupor and insensibility ; while, at 
the same time, the trunk and limbs are variously 
agitated ; wild and irregular actions take place 
in alternate lits of laughter, crying, and scream- 
ing; incoherent expressions are uttered, a tem- 
porary delirium prevails, and a frothy saliva is 
discharged from the mouth. The spasms at 
length abating, a cpiantity of wind is evacuated 
upward, with frequent sighing and sobbing, and 
the woman recovers the exercise of sense and 
motion, with or without recollection of what 
has taken place during the fit; feeling, how- 
ever, a severe pain in her head, and a soreness 
over her whole body. The species of Cullon 
are: 

1. Hysteria chlorotica, from a retention of the 
menses. 

2. Hysteria a leueorrhaa, from a fluor albus. 
■i. Hysteria a Menorrhagia, from an immod- 

<orate flow of the menses. 

4. Hysteria libidinosa, from sensual desires. 

Hysteric affections occur more frequently in 
the single state of life than in the married, and 
usually between the age of puberty and that of 
thirty-livo years; and they make their attack 
oftener about the period of menstruation than 
at any other. They occur, though rarely, in 
men of very irritable nervous habit, as well as 
in women. 

However dreadful and alarming a hysteric 
fit may appear, still it is seldom accompanied 
with danger, and the disease never terminates 
fatally unless it changes into epilepsy, or that 
the patient is in a very weak, reduced state. If 
the fit be mild, nothing is to be done ; if Bevere, 
and the patient veiy plethoric, bleeding may 
be necessary, affusion with cold water, and 
antispasmodic remedies. In the intervals, the 



H YS 

uterine function is to be attended to, and the 
general health strengthened. 

Hyste'rics. Hysteria. 

HYSTERI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from varepa, 
the womb.) Metritis. Inflammation of the 
womb. This disease is characterized by fever, 
heat, tension, tumor, and pain in the region of 
the womb ; pain in the os uteri when touched, 
and vomiting. 

An inflammation of the uterus shows itself 
usually about the second or third day after de- 
livery, with a painful sensation of the bottom of 
the belly, which gradually increases in violence, 
without any kind of intermission. On examin- 
ing externally, the uterus appears much increas- 
ed in size, is hard to the feel, and, on making a 
pressure upon it, the patient experiences great 
soreness and pain. Soon afterward there en- 
sues an increase of heat over the whole of the 
body, with pains in the head and back, extend- 
ing into the groins ; rigors, considerable thirst, 
nausea, and vomiting. The tongue is white 
and dry, the secretion of milk is usually much 
interrupted, the lochia are greatly diminished, 
the urine is high-colored and scanty, the body 
is costive, and the pulse hard, full, and frequent. 

Uterine inflammation is always attended with 
much danger, particularly where the symptoms 
run high, and the proper means for removing 
them have not been timely adopted. In such 
cases, it may terminate in suppuration, scirrhus, 
or gangrene. 

Frequent rigors, succeeded by flushings of the 
face, quickness and weakness of the pulse, great 
depression of strength, delirium, and the sudden 
cessation of pain and soreness in the region of 
the abdomen, denote a fatal termination. On 
the contrary, the ensuing of a gentle diarrhoea, 
the lochial discharge returning in due quantity 
and quality, thesecretion of milk recommencing, 
and the uterus becoming gradually softer and 
less tender to the touch, with an abatement of 
heat and thirst, prognosticate a favorable issue. 
The treatment is that for the most active inflam- 
mations. ' 

Hysteuoce'le. Hernia uteri. 

Hy'sterocystoce'le. Hernia of the uterus 
with displacement of the bladder. 

HYSTEROLO'XIA. (From varepa, and ko- 
for, oblique.) Obliquity of the uterus, occur- 
ring during pregnancy ; the species are, H. an- 
terior, or anteversion, and H. posterior, retro- 
version of the uterus. 

HYSTEROMALA'CIA. Hysleromalacosis. 
(From varepa, and ftaXaKia, softness.) Soften- 
ing of the tissues of the uterus, whereby the 
organ becomes liable to rupture during parturi- 
tion. 

H Y S T E R M A'N I A. ( From varepa^ the 
womb, and finvia, madness.) Furor uterinus. 
See Nymphomania. 

Hy'steuon. The placenta. 

Hysterono'ncus. A tumor of the uterus. 

HYSTERO'PHYSA. (From varepa, tho 
womb, and <j>vaa, flatus.) A distension of the 
womb, from a collection of air in its cavity. 

Hysteropto'sis. Prolapsus uteri. 

Hysterorrhoc'a mucosa. Leucorrhoea. — 
Swediaur. 

HY'STEROTOMATO'CIA. (From vvrepa, 
359 



ICH 

the womb, re/ivu, to cut, and roxof, parturition.) 
The extraction of the child by the Caesarian op- 
eration. 

HYSTBRO'TOMUS. (From varepa, the 
womb, and tejivu, to cut.) A kind of bistouri 
cachk, which has been used to divide the neck 
of the womb. 

HYSTEROTOMY. (Hystcrotomia, a, f.; 



ICT 

from varepa, the womb, and re'fivu, to cut. ) Th« 
Caesarian operation. 

HYSTRICPASIS. (From vorpi?, a hedge- 
hog or porcupine.) A rare disease of the hairs 
in which they stand erect. 

Ht'stricis lapis. Bezoar hystricis. 

Htstri'tis. Hysteritis. 



JL • The symbol for iodine. 

Iateria. The curative art. 

Ia'tralei'ptes. A physician who cures dis- 
eases by inunction. 

IA'TRALE'PTIC TREATMENT. The cu- 
rative means which consists in the application 
of medicines to the skin with friction. 

I a't reusolo'gia. Therapeutics. — Sprcn- 
gel. 

Ia'trochy'micus. Ia'trochy'mia. The phy- 
sicians of the chemical school of which Paracel- 
sus was the head were called Iatro-chymici. 

Ia'trognomi'ca. Medical knowledge. — 
Hufeland. 

Ia'troli'ptice. The method of cuviug dis- 
eases by inunction. 

Ia'tro-mathema'ticus. An iatro-rnathema- 
tician, or mathematical physician. One who 
explained the actions of the body and of medi- 
cines by mechanical laws. 

Ia'tron. Iatros. A physician. 

Iatro'phic acid. Crotonic acid. 

Iatrotechnice. The art of medicine. 

Ibe'ris. Lipidium iberis. 

Ibicuiba. A Brazilian nut, the kernel of 
which is said to be balsamic. 

Ibirace. Guaiacum. 

Ibi'xuma. Saponaria officinalis. 

ICE. Glacies. Water made solid by the 
application of cold. It is frequently applied to 
the head in cases of inflammation of the brain, 
and used by surgeons to resolve external inflam- 
mations, to stop haemorrhages, and constringe 
relaxed parts, and to reduce hernias. 

Ice-cap. A bladder containing pounded ice, 
and applied to the head in inflammation of the 
brain. 

Iceland moss. Cetraria islandica. 

Iceland spar. Crystallized carbonate of 
lime. 

I'CHOR. (or, oris, m. lA'wp-) A thin, 
aqueous, and acrid discharge. 

I'chorous. Of the nature of ichor. 

I'chthya. 1. The skin of the Squatina. 2. 
an instrument like a fish-hook for extracting the 
foetus. 

Ichthy'asis. See Ichthyosis. 

ICHTHYOCO'LLA. (a, a, f. ; from i X 6vc, 
a fish, and itoTJka, glue.) Isinglass. Fish-glue. 
Pure gelatine. It is chiefly obtained from the 
swimming-bladder of the sturgeon. Cooper's 
isinglass is nearly as good, and much cheaper: 
this is prepared from bones and cartilage, and 
is a clear kind of glue. 

Isinglass, boiled in milk, forms a mild, nutri- 
tious jelly, and is thus sometimes employed 
medicinally. A s dution in water, with a very 
360 



small proportion of some balsam, spread on 
black silk, is the court-plaster of the shops. 

ICHTHYOLOGY. (From i X 6vc, and loyoc, 
a discourse.) That department of natural his- 
tory which treats of fishes. 

ICHTHYOSIS, (u, is, f. ; from i X 6vc, a 
fish; on account of the resemblance of the 
scales to those of a fish.) The fish-skin disease. 
It is characterized by a thickened, hard, rough, 
and, in some cases, almost horny texture of the 
integuments of the body, with some tendency 
to scaliness, but without the deciduous exfolia- 
tions, the distinct and partial patches, or the 
constitutional disorder which belong to lepra 
and psoriasis. The species are : 

1. Ichthyosis simplex. — It commences with a 
thickened, harsh, and discolored state of the 
cuticle, which becomes of a warty character, 
and the color nearly black. 

2. Ichthyosis cornea. — Several rare cases of a 
rigid and horny state of the integuments, some- 
times partial, but sometimes extending nearly 
over the whole body, have been recorded by 
authors; and occasionally such a condition of 
the cuticle has been accompanied with the ac- 
tual production of excrescences of a homy tex- 
ture. These, however, are rare occurrences. 
The varieties arc, i". nacrca. When the scales 
are pearly. — /. pellagra. Pellagra. — J. sebacea. 
When the scales are of sebaceous matter. Ich- 
thyosis is very intractable ; it may, however, 
sometimes be cured by sulphur waters, with 
constant bathing and frictions to the skin. 

Icica aracouchini. A tree of Guayana, 
which yields the aracouchini balsam. 

ICOSA'NDRIA. Icosandrous. (From eikogi, 
twenty, and avr/p, a man or husband.) Plants 
with hermaphrodite flowers, having twenty or 
more stamina inserted into the inner side of the 
calyx or petals. 

ICTERI'TIA. 1. Icterus. 2. Erysipelas has 
been called Icteritia rubra. 

Icteritia alba. Chlorosis. 

Icteroidks. Relating to icterus ; ofayellow 
color. 

I'CTERUS. (us, i, in. ? from inrepoc, a yellow 
thrush.) The jaundice: characterized by yel- 
lowness of the skin and eyes, first observable in 
the tunica albuginea; the fasces are gray, and 
the urine of a deep color. Jaundice mostly 
comes on with languor, inactivity, loathing of 
food, disturbed sleep at night, acidities of the 
6tomach and bowels, frequent sense of nausea. 
As it advances the skin and eyes become of a 
deep yellow ; there is a bitter taste in the mouth, 
with frequent nausea and vomiting ; a dull, ob- 
tuse pain is felt in the right hypochondrium. 



ICT 

which is much increased by pressure. It arises 
from disturbed function of the liver, and when 
very severe is termed /. viridis, green jaundice, 
or I. nigra, black jaundice. It has been distin- 
guished into the following species: 

Icterus biliosus, or chol^us. This species 
is produced by a thick, inspissated bile plug- 
ging up the mouth of the ductus communis chol- 
edochus. It comes on very insidiously ; is not 
attended by any pain, and soon gives way to 
proper treatment. A vomit, purgatives, and 
alterative doses of mercury are to be used ; but 
it often lasts several weeks or months. 

Icterus calculosus, or chololithicus. 
Gall-stone jaundice. This is caused by a gall- 
stone, formed in the gall bladder, getting out 
of the bladder into the cystic or common chol- 
edic duct, and there stopping the bile in its 
course into the bowels. There is violent pain 
at the pit of the stomach, darting upward be- 
tween, the shoulders. 

The treatment of this species consists in allay- 
ing the pain by opiates, in doses proportioned 
to the degree of pain. If it be very severe, 
from 50 to 100 drops of laudanum should be 
administered in camphor mixture, and repeated 
according to circumstances. Fomentations to 
the painful parts are serviceable, and, above all, 
warm baths. The bowels are to be kept open, 
and irritability of the stomach allayed by soda- 
water, &c. t 

Icterus gravidarum. Jaundice of pregnant 
women. This takes place, now and then, aboUt 
the seventh or eighth month of pregnancy, and 
is caused by pressure of the uterus on the bile- 
ducts. It vanishes after labor. 

Icterus hepaticus. Hepatic jaundice. This 
embraces all instances of jaundice that are pro- 
duced by organic diseases of the liver, gall- 
bladder, pancreas, or any other viscus, and by 
tumors in the vicinity, as aneurism, enlarged 
glands, or adventitious structures, which, by 
pressure on, or by encompassing the gall-ducts, 
or by destroying them, cause jaundice. Hepatic 
jaundice is mostly accompanied by a dull and 
sometimes a severe pain ; and it is a chronic 
disease for the most part, and attended by itch- 
ing and defoedations of the skin, anasarcous 
•wellings of the legs, and frequently ascites. 

Icterus infantum. Jaundice of infants, or 
yellow-green. It affects children at or soon 
after their birth, and usually continues for some 
days, but is harmless; a dose of calomel fre- 
quently removes it. The cause is a partial re- 
tention of meconium. 

Icterus spasmodicus. Spasmodic jaundice. 
This is, of all, by far the most common species. 
It arises chiefly from indigestible food, and is 
attended with great pain in the stomach, and 
severe vomiting. 

It is to be treated by opiates and relaxants. 
Opium is to be administered in doses proportion- 
ed to the extent of pain ; and fomentations and 
the warm bath are to be resorted to occasion- 
ally. A blister to the pit of the stomach is often 
successful in relaxing the spasm. Great good 
results, when the stomach will bear it, from 
the compound powder of ipecacuanha, in regu- 
lar and small doses, and the use of warm pedi- 
luvia at bed-time. 



IKA 

The mercurial preparations, nitric acid, and 
especially the nitro-muriatic acid, applied, di- 
luted, by sponging, and taken internally, are 
most efficacious remedies in the chronic forms 
of icterus. 

Icterus albus. Chlorosis. 

Icterus niger. J. viridis. See Icterus. 

Icterus neonatorum. See Icterus infantum 

Ictodes FffiTmus. Dracontium foetidum. 

I'CTUS. (us, us, and ti, m. ; from ico, to 
strike.) 1. A stroke or blow. 2. The pulsation 
of an artery. 3. The sting of a bee or other 
insect. 

Ictus sons. A stroke of the sun. Seo 
Coup de soleil. 

IDEO'LOGY. (Ideologia, cc, f. ; from idea, a 
thought, and hoyoc , a discourse.) The doctrine 
of ideas. 

Idiocrasia. See Idiosyncrasy. 

Idiocy. See Amentia. 

IDIOPATHIC. (Idiopathicus ; from 1610c, 
peculiar, and iradoe, an affection.) A disease 
which is primary, and not symptomatic of, or 
consecutive upon, any other disease, is styled 
idiopathic. 

IDIOSY'NCRASY. (Idiosyncrasia, a, f . ; 
from idioc, peculiar, aw, with, and Kpaoic, a 
temperament.) A peculiarity of constitution, 
in which a person is affected by certain agents, 
which, if applied to the generality of persons, 
would produce no effect. 

Idiotism. Amentia. 

Idiotro'pia. Idiosyncrasy. 

Igasu'ric acid. The acid with which strych- 
nia is combined in mix vomica, &c. 

IGNA'TIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. — /. amara. The 
plant which yields St. Ignatius's bean. These 
beans are of a roundish figure, very irregular 
and uneven, about the size of an ordinary nut- 
meg, semitransparent, and of a hard, horny 
texture. They are very bitter. Infusions are 
given in the cure of intermittents, &c. They 
contain strychnia. 

Ignatiifaba. Ignatius's bean. Ignatia amara. 

I'GNIS. (is, is, m.) Fire. 1. The evolution 
of heat and light which attends combustion. 
2. Universal solvents. 3. The heat, redness, 
and acrimony of a disease. 

Ignis actualis. The actual cauteiy. 

Ignis calidus. A gangrene. 

Ignis columella. Erysipelas. 

Ignis fatuus. A luminous appearance or 
flame, frequently seen in the night in different 
marshy places, arising from inflamed gases, 
especially the phosphureted hydrogen. 

Ignis frigidus. A gangrene. 

Ignis Gehenna. The fire of hell. The uni- 
versal solvent was so called by the alchemists. 

Ignis persicus. 1. Erysipelas. 2. A car- 
buncle. 

Ignis potentialis. The potential cautery. 

Ignis rotm. Fire for fusion. 

Ignis sacer. See Sacer. 

Ignis sancti Antonii. Erysipelas. 

Ignis stlvaticus. I.volagrius. I. volaticii*. 
Strophulus volaticus. 

IGNITION. (From ignis, fire.) The act of 
catching fire, or the state of a burning substance . 

Iran radix. A somewhat oval, oblong, 
361 



ILE 



ILt 



sompressed root, brought from China. It is 
extremely rare, and appears to be from an 
orchis. 

Flaphis. Arctium lappa. 

I'LBAC PASSION. (Passio iliaca. Eaeoc, 
iXeoc, a kind of a colic, the seat of which is the 
iutestinum ileum.) It consists of severe griping 
pain, vomiting of a faecal matter, and costiveness, 
accompanied by retraction and spasms of the 
abdominal muscles. 

The griping paiu is very severe : the person 
at first vomits bilious fluid, which soon smells 
like fa3ces, and at length becomes perfectly 
stercoraceous, from the peristaltic motion of the 
bowels being inverted through their whole 
course ; so that, after a time, injections thrown 
into the rectum will pass along the whole tract 
of the intestines into the stomach, and escape 
through the mouth by vomiting. In some cases 
the skiu becomes yellow. Ileus arises from 
many causes, and is generally symptomatic of 
other diseases. 1. The most common cause is 
strangulated hernia. 2. Another frequent cause 
is an intussusception, or a retention of a part of 
the bowel within another. 

Acrid, cold, and indigestible esculents, cold 
beverages on a heated stomach, taking cold in 
the feet when disposed to intestinal derange- 
ments, unalimentary substances swallowed by 
mistake, as metallic money, pieces of glass, 
plum, cherry, or other fruit-stones, worms, cal- 
culous or other balls congested in the intes- 
tines and obstructing the regular movement, as 
scybala, gall-stones, intestinal calculi, are men- 
tioned as having produced ileus; and, as a 
symptomatic affectum, it is common in tumors, 
cancerous or otherwise, and stricture. It has 
also supervened in gout and rheumatism. 

The medical treatment consists in removing 
the exciting causes, if possible, by carminative 
aperients, fomentations, and glysters ; and if, at 
.the commencement, there are evidences of an 
inflammatory state, blood should be abstracted 
freely from the arm, and by leeches on the ab- 
domen. 

The griping and spasmodic pain, and a res- 
toration of the intestines from a state of inverted 
action to their proper peristaltic motion, which 
is sure to remove their constipation, are the 
points to which attention is to be directed. Dry 
and humid fomentations, and warm baths, and 
warm and copious glysters, afford a rational 
chance of success. The last should be rendered 
emollient by an admixture of oil, and aperient 
by the addition of infusions of senna or decoc- 
tion of colocynth, so that both intentions of cure 
should be earned forward at the same time. 
In combination with these, opium and various 
other narcotics may be tried. 

Purgatives, combined with antispasmodics, 
should also be administered by the mouth: 
though the vomiting is sometimes so incessant 
that little or nothing can be fairly swallowed; 
and vast quantities of vitiated and varied secre- 
tions are poured out. Calomel is decidedly the 
most likely to answer, in doses of about two, 
three, or four grains. 

Dr. Cullen, on the advice of De Haen, rec- 
ommends a continued stream of warm water 
thrown forcibly and with a proper syringe into 
362 



the rectum, so that it may play upon the con- 
stricted portion of the intestine, and declares 
that he has found this remedy to be one of the 
most powerful and effectual. The disease is 
very fatal. If it be produced by a hernia, it 
should be reduced, or the operation performed, 
if not too late. 

Ileaca passio. Ileac passion. 

I'lech. Ylech. A first principle. — Para- 
celsus. 

Ilei'tis. Inflammation of the ileum. See 
Inflammation of the Stomach and Intestines. 

ILEO-.- A prefix; from ileum, the small in- 
testine. 

Ileo-ciecal valve. Valvula ileo-coscali*. 
The valve situated at the junction of the ileum 
and ccecum. 

Ileo-colic artery. Artcria ileo-colica. A 
branch of the superior mesenteric artery, dis- 
tributed to the ileum and commencement of the 
colon. 

Ileo- colitis. Inflammation of the intes- 
tines. 

Ileo-lumbau artery. Artcria ilco-lumbalis. 
A branch of the internal iliac artery, distributed 
to the psoas and iliacus internus muscles. 

I'LEUM. Ileon. (From eiXeu, to turn about; 
from its convolutions.) Ileum intcstinum. The 
hist portion of the small intestines, about fifteen 
hands' breadth in length, which terminates at 
the valve of the uncum. 

ILEUS, (us, i, m.) See Ileac passion. 
' I' LEX. (ex, ids, f.) A genus of plants. 
Tetraiulria. Tetragynia. Iticica;. — /. aqui- 
folium. European holly. The leaves have 
been used to cure intermittent fevers. — I. ca»- 
si /hi. I. vomitoria. Cassina. This tree grows 
in Carolina; the leaves are bitter and aromatic. 
They are considered as stomachic and stimu- 
lant. They are used as expectorants, and, when 
fresh, are emetic. — I. mafbr and /. opaca are 
sometimes used. The /. paraguayensis furnish- 
es the Faraguay tea. 

I' LI A. (the plural of He, aXn.) 1. The 
Hanks. 2. The small intestines. 

I'LIAC. Iliacus. Belonging, situated near 
to, or connected with parts about the flanks. 

Iliac arteries. Artcria; iliaca;. The arte- 
ries so called arc formed by the bifurcation of 
the aorta, near the last lumbar vertebra. They 
are divided into internal and external. The 
internal iliac, also called the hypogastric artery , 
is distributed in the fetus into six, and in the 
adult into five branches, which are divided 
about the pelvis, viz., the little iliac, the glu- 
teal, the ischiatic, the pudical, and the obtura- 
tory; and in the fetus, the umbilical. The 
external iliac proceeds out of the pelvis, through 
Foupart's ligament, to form the femoral artery. 

Iliac fossa. A broad and shallow cavity at 
the upper part of the abdominal or inner sur- 
face of the os iliacum. Another fossa, alter- 
nately concave and convex, on .the femoral or 
external surface, is called the external iliac 
fossa. 

Iliac mesocolon. A fold of the peritoneum, 
which embraces the sigmoid flexure of the 
colon. « 

Iliac region. The side of the abdomen, be- 
tween the ribs and the hips. 



IMM . 

Ili'acus. Iliac. 

Iliacus internus. Iliacus of Winslow. A 
thick, broad, and radiated muscle, which is sit- 
uated in the pelvis, upon the inner surface of 
the ilium. It arises, fleshy, from the inner lip 
of the ilium, from most of the hollow part, and 
likewise from the edge of that bone, between 
its anterior superior spinous process and the 
acetabulum. It joins with the psoas magnus, 
where it begins to become tendinous, and, pass- 
ing under the ligamentum Fallopii, is inserted 
in common with that muscle. The tendon of 
this muscle has been seen distinct from that of 
the psoas, and in 6oine subjects it has been 
found divided into two portions. The iliacus 
internus serves to assist the psoas magnus in 
bending the thigh, and in bringing it directly 
forward. 

Ili'abus, Iliadum. Itcidos. Waster. 
Terms applied by Paracelsus to the first matter 
of all things, consisting, according to him, of 
mercury, salt, and sulphur. 

I'uci.v. A bitter substance of the holly. 

Ili'ngos. Vertigo. 

Ilio-. Terms compounded with this word 
denote parts connected with the ilium, as ilio- 
lumbar, Mo-sacral, &c. 

I'LIUM OS. The haunch bone. See In- 
nominaturn os. 

Ille'ckhra. Sedum .acre. 

ILLI'OIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of plants. 
Polyandria. Polygyria. Magnoliacew. — /. 
ani'satum. The yellow-flowered aniseed-tree. 
The star aniseed. The seeds are used with the 
same views as those of the Pimpinella anisum. 
The same tree is supposed to furnish the aro- 
matic bark called Cortex cmisi stellati, or Cor- 
tex lavola. — I. floridanum is similar, and the 
bark of /. parvijlorum resembles sassafras. 

Ii.linctus. The same as linctus. 

Illi'tio. The process of anointing. 

ILLO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from i\loc, the eye.) 
A distortion of the eyes ; strabismus. 

Illutame'ntum. Any substance used in il- 
lutation. 

ILLUTA'TIO. (o, on is, f . ; from in, and' la- 
tum, mud.) Illutation; a besmearing any part 
of the body with mud, and renewing it as it 
grows diy. 

I'li,ys. Ono who squints. 

Imbeci'litas oculorum. . Nyctalopia. 

IMBECILITY. Imbecilitas. Weakness, es- 
pecially of the faculty of judgment. 

Imber'bis. Beardless. 

IMBIBI'TION. ( Imhibilio, ouis, f. ; from 
imbibo, to receive into.) The absorption of a 
liquid into the pores of a solid. M. Magendie 
considers imbibition as a property universal 
throughout the organic tissues, with the excep- 
tion of the epidermis ; and regards it in these, 
as in inorganic bodies, as refcrriblo merely to 
capillary attraction. 

IMBRICA'TE. Imbrica'tus. Tiled; ar- 
ranged like tiles upon a house. Applied to 
leaves, as those of the Euphorbia paralia. 

IMME'RSUS. 1. Immersed; plunged under 
water. 2. The subscapularis muscle. 

IMMOVABLE APPARATUS. Bandages 
or supports in dislocations and fractures, which 
are imbued with starch or gum when applied. 



IMP 

so that they become rigid, and can not be read 
ily removed. 

Impa'ction. A form of fracture in which 
portions of bone project and others are de 
pressed. 

Impasta'tio. Thq,formation of a paste. 

IMPA'TIENS. (ens, entis, f.) A genua of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — I. balsa' 
mina. Considered vulnerary and diuretic— J. 
noli me tangere. Said to be diuretic. 

IMPENETRABILITY. (From in, not, and 
penctro, to penetrate.) An essential property 
of all matter, by which it occupies a given 
space, to the exclusion of every other body. 

IMPERATO'RIA. (a, w, f.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifera. 
— I. oslru'thium. The master-wort. The roots 
have a fragrant smell, and a bitterish, pungent 
taste. It is an inferior aromatic. 

IMPERFECT. Imperfectvs. Such flowers 
as want either anther or pistil, or both. 

IMPERFORATION . ( Imperforate, onis, f. ) 
The preternatural occlusion of any part which 
is usually pervious. 

Impe'eiai, beveraoe. Ptisana imperialis. 
A cooling and laxative drink, made by mixing 
half an ounce of supertartrate of potash with 
the same amount of lemon peel, four ounces of 
sugar, and three pints of boiling water. 

IMPE'RMEABLE. Impermeabilitas. Capa- 
ble of resisting the passage of gases and fluids. 

IMPETI'GINES. (The plural of impetigo; 
from impclo, to infest. ) An order of the class 
Cachexia, the genera of which are character- 
ized by cachexia and deformity of the external 
parts of the body with tumo*rs, eruptions, &c. 

IMPETI'GO." (o, mis, f . ; from impeto, to 
infest.) A disease of the skin, called the hu- 
mid or running tetter. It is characterized by 
the appearance of the small, psydracious pus. 
tules. It is not accompanied by fever, not 
contagious, nor communicable by inoculation. 
It chiefly occurs on the extremities, and under 
the following forms, according to Bateman: 

1. Impetigo Jignrata is the most common va- 
riety. It appears in circumscribed patches, 
of various figures and magnitude, attended with 
much itching. It is often a very tedious affec- 
tion. 

2. Impetigo sparsa. The pustules are here 
dispersed more especially about the extremi 
ties. 

3. Impetigo erysipelatodcs. This form of the 
disease, in its commencement, presents nearly 
the ordinary appearances of erysipelas, namely, 
a redness and puffy swelling of the upper part 
of the face, with oedema of the eyelids, and is 
accompanied with slight febrile symptoms for 
the space of two or three days ; but, on a mi- 
nuto examination, the surface, instead of the 
smooth polish of erysipelas, is found to exhibit 
a slight inequality, as if it were obscurely pap- 
ulated, and in a day or two the true character 
of the disease is manifested by the eruption o£ 
numerous psydracious pustules overthe inflamed 
and tumid skin, instead of the large, irregular 
bulla) of erysipelas. 

4. Impetigo scabida. In this more rare and 
severe form of the disease, one or more of the 
limbs become encased in a thick, yellowish, 

363 



IMP 

scabby crust, not unlike the bark of a tree, 
which is accompanied with a disagreeable heat 
and itching, and renders the motion of the af- 
fected limbs difficult and painful. This crust is 
the result of the concretion of an acrimonious 
humor, which is discharged in great abundance 
from numerous psydracious pustules, as they 
successively form, break, and ulcerate over the 
surface of the limb. 

The foregoing species aro to be treated by 
sulphur, purges, and alteratives, bathing, mercu- 
rial alteratives, and mild unguents. In all other 
respects the health is to be improved. 

5. Impetigo rodens is a rare but intractable 
species of the disease, probably of a cancer- 
ous nature, in which the cellular membrane 
is affected as well as the skin, and seems to 
shrink away as the ulceration and discharge 
go on. The disorder commences with a cluster 
of pustules, sometimes intermixed with vesicles, 
which soon break, and discharge, for a long pe- 
riod of time, an acrid humor, from open pores 
or from under scabs ; and the skin and cellular 
texture are slowly, but deeply and extensively, 
corroded, with extreme irritation and pain, 
which are only to be alleviated by large doses 
of opium. The disease commonly begins on the 
side of the chest or trunk of the body, and 
gradually extends itself. 

Impetigo has been used by various authors 
for itch, lepra, and most pustular affections. 

Impetum faciens. The vital energy. 

l'MPETUS. (From impetus, force.) 1. The 
actual force or momentum of a moving body. 
2. The paroxysm of a disease. 

1'mpia herba. • Gnaphalium. 

IMPLANTA'TION. (From implanto, to in- 
graft.) A term applied to a monstrosity, in 
which two bodies are united, but only one is 
perfectly developed, while the other remains 
in a rudimentary state. 

1 . Implantatio externa. This is of two kinds : 
1. Implantatio externa tequalit, in which the 
parts of the imperfect embryo are connected 
with corresponding parts of the perfect one ; as 
when the posterior parts of the body of a dimin- 
utive foetus hang to the front of the thorax of a 
fully-formed child, or where a third foot, para- 
sitic hand, or supernumerary jaw is present ; 
and, 2. Implantatio externa incequalis, in which 
the perfect and imperfect foetus are connected 
by dissimilar points. 

2. Implantatio interna. In this case one foetus 
contains within it a second. — Mullet. 

IMPLICATED. Implicatus. Celsus, Scri- 
bonius, and some others, call those parts of 
physic so which have a necessary dependence 
on one another ; but the term has been more 
significantly applied by Bellini to fevers, where 
two at a time afflict a person, either of the same 
kind, as in the case of a double tertian, or of 
different kinds, as in the case called a semiter- 
titm, which is a mixture of a tertian and a quo- 
.t.idian. 

Implu'vium. 1. The shower bath. 2. An 
embrocation. 

IMPO'NDERABLE. (From in. not, and 
pondus, weight.') Without appreciable weight. 
Light, heat, and the various forms of electricity 
are called imponderables. 
364 



INC 

IMPOSTHUMA. Imposthume. A term cor- 
rupted from apostema. An abscess. 

Im'potency. Impotence. See Sterility. 

Impoverished. According to the humoral 
pathologists, the blood or any secretion was 
impoverished when it was thin and remained 
fluid, and cachexies arose from this condition. 

Impregnation. Impregnatio. See Concep- 
tion and Generation. 

Impu'ber. Impubis- Not of the age of pu 
berty. 

Impu'lse, diastolic. The short stroke of 
the heart after each pulsation ; the back stroke. 

INANI'TION. (Inanitio, onis, f. ; from in- 
anio, to empty. ) The absence of nutrition from 
want of food. Starvation. 

Inaura'tion. The gilding of pills, &c. 

INCANDE'SCENCE. (From incandesco, to 
become white hot.) The bright light emitted 
by heated bodies. 

Incanta'tion. Incantatio. A way of cur- 
ing diseases by charms, much practiced in an- 
cient times, and adopted also by Paracelsus, 
Van Helmont, and other enthusiasts among the 
moderns. 

Inca'nus. Hoary; glaucous. 

INCARCERA'TION. (From in, and career, 
a prison.) 1. When a hernia is constricted so 
as to hinder the passage of faeces, it is said to 
be incarcerated. 2. The word is sometimes 
used synonymously with strangulation. 

INCA'RNATION. (From i«,and caro, flesh.) 
Synonyme of granulation. 

Inca'rneus. Having the property of pro- 
ducing granulations. 

Ince'ndium. Inccnsio. A burning fever or 
inflammation. 

Incerni'culum. (From incerno, to sift.) 1. 
A strainer or sieve. 2. The pelvis of the kid- 
ney. 

I'ncidence. The meeting of one body or 
agent with another, as when light or heat strikes 
upon a surface. 

Incide'ntia. Medicines supposed to pro- 
mote the discharge of phlegm. 

INCINERATION. Incineratio. (Fromm- 
cincro, to reduce to ashes.) The reduction of 
any substance to ashes by combustion. 

Incised wound. A wound made by a sharp 
instrument, and not torn or lacerated. 

INCI'SION. Incisio. A clean cut made into 
the soft parts with a sharp instrument. 

INCISI'VUS. Relating to the incisor teeth. 

Incisivum foramen. Foramen incisivum. 

Incisivus inferior. Levator labii inferioris. 

Incisivus lateralis. Levator labii superi- 
oris alaeque nasi. 

Incisivus medius. Depressor labii superior- 
is alaeque nasi. 

INCI'SOR. (or, oris, m. ; from incido, to cut, 
from its use in cutting the food.) The four 
front teeth of both jaws are called incisores, be- 
cause they cut the food. 

INCISO'RIUM. (urn, i, n.) A table where- 
on a patient is laid for an operation. 

Incisorium foramen. Foramen incisivum. 

Inci'sed. Incisus. Cut; snipped. 

Incitants. Incitantia. Synonyme of exci- 
tants. 

INCOMPATIBLE. Substances which can 



IND 

not with propriety be prescribed together in the 
same formula, on account of their having a 
chemical action on each other, are said to be 
incompatible. 

INCOMPRE'SSIBILITY. The proper- 
ty which some bodies possess of resisting any 
force tending to compress them into smaller di- 
mensions. Masses of matter are all in some de- 
gree compressible, but some are extremely in- 
compressible. 

INCONTINE'NCE. Incontinentia. (From 
in, and contineo, to contain. ) Inability to retain 
the natural evacuations. 

INCORPORATION. Incorporate. The in- 
timate mixing and blending of bodies so as to 
make them of uniform substance. 

INCRA'SSANS. (From incrasso, to make 
thick.) Formerly applied to medicines sup- 
posed to have the property of thickening the 
fluids. Incrassantia medicaments. 

Increme'ntum. Increase; growth. 

INCRUSTA'TION. Incntslatio. The accu- 
mulation of a crust of rigid particles over any 
substance ; this sometimes takes place on the 
surface of the cartilages, &c. 

INCUBA'TION. Incubatio. (From incubo, 
to sit upon.) 1. The period of time a bird sits 
upon her eggs before the young are produced. 
2. In Medicine, the period during which any 
virus or morbific agent is developing itself in 
the body before the obvious marks of disease 
become apparent. This time varies consider- 
ably, many months sometimes elapsing between 
the bite of a rabid dog, when the poison is in- 
troduced, and the appearance of hydrophobia. 

I'NCUBUS. (From incubo, to he upon; be- 
cause the patient fancies that something lies 
upon his chest.) The nightmare. See Ephial- 
tes. 

Incu'rvus. Curved inward. 

I'NCUS. {us, udis, f. ; a smith's anvil. ) The 
largest of the bones of the tympanum, so named 
from its shape. See Auris. 

Indehi'scent. Not opening when ripe: ap- 
plied to seed-vessels. 

Indented. Sinuatus. 

I'NDEX. {ex, icis, c. g. ; from indico, to 
point out ; because it is generally used for that 
purpose.) The fore finger 

Index of refraction. A term in Optics, 
expressing the constant ratio which exists be- 
tween the sines of the angles of incidence and 
refraction. This differs with various bodies, 
inasmuch as their refractive qualities differ. 

Indian arrow-root. Maranta. 

Indian cress. Tropaeolum majus. 

Indian cucumber. The root of the Medcola 
virginica. 

Indian date-plum. Diospyros lotus. 

Indian fig. Cactus opuntia. 

Indian hemp. The term usually signifies 
the Apocynum cannabinum; but the Cannabis 
indica is also spoken of under this name. 

Indian leaf. Malabathrum. 

Indian pink. Spigelia marilandica. 

Indian physic. Gillenia trifoliata. 

Indian rubber. Caoutchouc. 

Indian tobacco. Lobelia inflata. 

Indian turnip. Arum triphyuum. 

Indian wheat. J. earn, Zea mays. 



IND 

India'na radix. Ipecacuanha. 

INDIANA SPRINGS. A spring near Jef* 
fersonville is highly charged with Bulphureted 
hydrogen, and is, at the same time, chalybeate. 

I'ndica camo'tes. The potato. 

I'NDICANT. {Indicans; from indico, to 
show.) Relating to an indication. 

Indicating days. Critical days. 

INDICATION. {Indicalio, onis, f. ; from 
indico, to show.) That which demonstrates 
what ought to be done. It is threefold : pre- 
servative, which relates to the preservation of 
health ; curative, which relates to the cure of a 
present disease ; and vital, which respects the 
powers and reasons of diet. 

INDICA'TOR. An extensor muscle of the 
fore finger, situated on the lower and posterior 
part of the fore arm. It arises, by an acute, 
fleshy beginning, from the middle of the poste- 
rior part of the ulna ; its tendon passes under 
the same ligament with the extensor digitorum 
communis, with part of which it is inserted 
into the posterior part of the fore finger. 

IXDICUM LIGNUM. Logwood. 

Indicus morbus. The venereal disease. 

INDI'GENOUS. {Indigenus; ab indu, i. e., 
in et geno, i. e., gig-no, to beget.) Applied to 
things which are peculiar to any country, as 
animals, plants, or diseases. 

Indige'stion. See Dyspepsia. 

Indignabu'ndus. The rectus iutemus oculi. 

Indignato'rius. The rectus interims oculi. 

I'NDIGO. A blue coloring matter extract- 
ed from the Indigofera tinctoria; anil, or the 
indigo plant. It is massive, of a deep blue ; 
insoluble, tasteless, and inodorous. It has been 
recommended as a medicine in epilepsy, cho- 
rea, and hysteria. It is said to produce vomit- 
ing and constriction of the fauces, but the action 
is uncertain. The dose is from gr. v. to $j., or 
more, in electuary. 

Indigo, sulphate of. The solution of indigo 
in sulphuric acid. 

INDIGO'FERA. A genus of plants. Dia- 
delphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — I. tincto- 
ria. I. anil. The name of the plant which 
affords much of the indigo of commerce. 

Indigogene. White indigo, which, by oxy- 
genation, becomes blue. Deoxydized indigo. 

Indigo'tic acid. A product of the action of 
nitric acid on indigo. It is whitish, crystalline, 
and very insoluble. Form., C14H4NO9-I-HO. 
It is isomeric, if not identical with nitro-sali- 
cylic acid. 

Indigo'tin. Pure indigo blue, procured bj 
sublimation. Form., C16H5NO2. — Dumas. 

I'NDOLENT. (From in, and doleo, to be in 
pain.) Without pain: applied to tumors which 
exhibit but little pain. 

INDU'CTION. Inductio. (From in, and 
duco, to lead.) 1. The process, in philosophy, 
of raising individual facts into generalizations. 
2. In electricity, the action which an electrified 
body induces in adjacent and quiescent matter. 
See Electrical induction. 

Indu'plicate. -A kind of vernation or aesti- 
vation, in which the margins of the leaves are 
folded inward, and the external faces of these 
are applied to each other without twisting or 
imbrication. 

365 




INF 

iNDU'RANS. (From indv.ro, to harden. ) 
Applied to medicines which were supposed to 
condense the animal fibres. Medicamenta in- 
durantia. 

INDICATION. Jnduraiio. The hardened 
and usually thickened condition which results 
from inflammation, especially of a chronic char- 
acter. 

Indu'sium. A shirt or under garment. 1. 
The amnios. 2. The involucrum, or thin, mem- 
braneous covering of the fructification of ferns. 

Ine'bri'ants. Intoxicating bodies. 

Inequa'lis. Unequal. 

Ine'rmis. Unarmed; without spines. 

INE'RTIA. (From incrs, slothful.) 1. The 
passive and indifferent condition of matter. 2. 
Inactivity. 

Inertia of the womb. A morbid state of 
the womb during or subsequent to labor, in 
which muscular contractions cease, thus im- 
peding parturition, or producing hemorrhage. 
If it occur during labor, a dose of ergot will 
usually overcome this condition. After partu- 
rition, every means are to be used to produce 
contraction, as by the use of ergot, the intro- 
duction of the hand into the uterus, the injec- 
tion of cold water into the rectum, &c. 

INFA'NCY. Infantia. The period of child- 
hood preceding the seventh year. 

INFA'NTICIDE. (From infans, a child, and 
cmdo, to kill.) The murder of a young child. 
This, in the case of newly-born infants, may 
be the result of criminal intent, or of neglect ; 
the latter constituting infanticide by omission. 

Infa'rction. Constipation; the state in 
which the contents of any viscera are crowded 
together. 

Infection. See Contagion. 

INFE'RIOR STRAIT. In obstetrics, the 
lower strait or boundary of the pelvis, which 
is constituted by the rami of the os pubis, the 
tuberosities of the ischium, and the os coccygis 
posteriorly with the integuments. 

INFERO BRANCHIA'TA. An order of 
gasteropods, the gills of which are situated be- 
low the mouth. 

I'nferus. Inferior. 

Infibula'tio. 1. An impediment to the re- 
traction of the prepuce. 2. Syn. of ancterias- 
mus. 

INFI'RMARY. Infirmarium. A kind of 
hospital, where the relief is, however, mostly 
out-door, and patients are not furnished with 
beds. 

INFILTRA'TION. Inflltrafw. Effusion, or 
the accumulation of any fluid into the cells of 
an organ or texture. The fluid may be serous, 
puriform, sanguineous, or of any kind. Ana- 
sarca and oedema are instances of infiltration. 

INFLAMMABLE. ( Inflammabilis ; from 
inflammo, to burn.) Chemists distinguish by 
this term such bodies as inflame with facility. 
See Combustion. 

Inflammable air. Hydrogen gas. 

Inflammable air, heavy. Carbureted hy- 
drogen. 

INFLAMMATION. (Inflammatio, onis, f. ; 
from inflammo, to set on tire.) Inflammation is 
a stale generally characterized by redness, ten- 
sion swelling, beat, and pain. It is of some 
3G6 



INF 

duration, and speedily introduces extravasation 
from the blood in the part. 

Inflammation, when severe, is attended with 
pyrexia, or inflammatory fever, and an altered 
condition of the blood. The pyrexia is con- 
cisely defined by Cullen : a sense of coldness 
and debility, succeeded by increased heat of 
the skin, increased frequency of pulse, and a 
general derangement of the other functions. 1. 
The heart's action is at first depressed, but be- 
comes sharp and quick, increasing the temper- 
ature of the body, and establishing the febrile 
reaction. 2. The secretions are diminished. 
3. The nervous system becomes disturbed, and 
pains in the back, head, limbs, with tremors, 
storpor, hallucinations, intervene. 

When the principal disturbance is in the cir- 
culation, the fever is called inflammatory; but 
when the heart is less excited, the secretion* 
much changed, and the nervous system much 
depressed, with storpor, the fever is typhoid. 
The blood, a few days after the invasion of fe- 
ver, exhibits the butfy coat which is produced 
by an excess of fibrin or of modified fibrin. 

Inflammation, when it invades internal or- 
gans, in addition to the foregoiug general symp- 
toms, is also attended with a remarkable dis- 
turbance in the functions of the particular organ, 
as well as the parts which sympathize with it. 

Terminations of inflammation. — The essential 
condition of an inflamed organ consists in an ac- 
cumulation of blood ; and in the effort to relieve 
this, several results may occur. 1. Resolution, 
or the perfect restoration of the circulation. 2. 
Increased secretion. 3. Hemorrhage, dropsy, 
or effusion of coagulable lymph, according to 
the nature of the tissue assailed. 4. Suppura- 
tion. When this takes place in a cavity or cyst, 
an abscess is formed ; when on the surface of a 
tissue, an ulcer; and it is accompanied by hectic 
fever if extensive. 5. Gangrene, or the death 
of the part. The occurrence of gangrene is 
marked by, 1. The sudden cessation of pain. 
2. A sinking and irregular pulse. 3. A change 
in the expression of countenance, from that of 
febrile excitement to exhaustion. 4. Delirium. 
5. Cold sweats. Several of these results may 
occur in different parts of the same texture. 
The remoter effects of these terminations are 
adhesions of parts, dropsies, indurations of the 
substance of organs. 

The results of inflammation depend upon the 
tissues attacked. 1. That of the skin termi- 
nates in rashes, pustules, vesicles, scales, ulcers, 
and gangrene. 2. The mucous membranes 
terminate in secretions of a muco-purulent fluid, 
coagulable lymph, or in softening, thicke^jng, 
passive hemorrhage, ulceration, contraction, 
sloughing, and tubercular formation. 3. In the 
cellular tissue it ends in effusion of blood, lymph, 
serum, or pus, or finally in induration or gan- 
grene, but is most commonly phlegmonous and 
circumscribed. 4. Inflammation of the fibrous 
tissues ends in thickening, the effusion of a ge- 
latinous matter, the deposition of bony or cal- 
careous matter, and probably ulceration and 
gangrene, although this is often denied. 5. The 
serous tissues exhibit the most diffuse inflam- 
mation, which rapidly terminates in effusion of 
serum, whey-like fluid, coagulable lymph (caus- 



1 N F 

ing adhesions), blood ; and it may exhibit ecchy- 
mosed spots : it seldom ends in thickening, tu- 
bercle, or ulceration. 6. Inflammation of the 
solid viscera terminates in softening; but if 
chronic, in induration: abscess is uncommon 
except in the liver. 7. Inflammation affecting 
glands has an aptitude to terminate speedily in 
suppuration. Sometimes, however, they sup- 
purate very slowly, and occasionally induration 
takes place. 

In consequence of these various terminations 
of inflammatory action and other peculiarities, 
it is common in practice to subdivide inflamma- 
tion into the following varieties : 

1. Healthy, or adhesive ; that which disposes 
the part to heal or cicatrize. 

2. Unhealthy; that which disposes to ulcera- 
tion, erosion, sloughing, &c. 

3. Common ; that induced by common caus- 
es, as incisions, punctures, &c. 

4. Specific; that induced by inoculation, &c, 
as variola, clap, &c. 

5. Acute, sub-acute, and chronic; with refer- 
ence to its intensity and miration. 

6. Phlegmonous; that which is circumscri- 
bed, and disposed to suppuration. 

7. Erysipelatous ; that which is diffused, and 
less disposed to suppurate. 

8. Gangrenous; that which leads to mortifi- 
cation, or the death of a part. 

The theories of inflammation are sufficiently 
numerous, but it is now generally believed that 
it arises from a retardation of the circulation of 
blood iu the capillaries of the part ; this is pro- 
duced by some sufficient cause, and acts upon 
the system by disturbing the harmony of tho 
other functions through the nervous system. 

The treatment of inflammation is particular- 
ized under tho several diseases attacking the 
organs of tho body. In general terms, it may 
be said to consist of depletion by blood-letting, 
general or local, by purgation, diuresis, and the 
action of sudorifics. 

Relaxants are often useful, especially hot 
poultices and fomentations, the vapor bath. 
Refrigerants, as ablution with cold water, the 
douche, and ice applied in bladders to the part, 
are of the highest service in inflammations of 
the skin and encephalou, but must not be used 
in disorders of the respiratory or abdominal or- 
gans or heart. Metallic astringents are useful 
to the skin and exposed portions of the mucous 
membrane. 

Counter-irritation by blisters, sinapisms, tar- 
tar emetic ointment, croton oil frictions, or by 
issues and setons, are of the highest advantage 
after the first evacuations. Sedative lotions are 
also applied topically to painful ulcers. 

The symptomatic fever is treated by blood- 
letting, low diet, the use of diluents, purgatives, 
emetics in nauseating or diaphoretic doses, es- 
pecially tartar emetic and other antimonials, 
mercurials in alterative doses, especially calo- 
mel combined with opium, and such sedative 
medicines as foxglove and lead, and especially 
the antiphlogistic regimen. 

The most effectual mode of accomplishing 
the last purpose is to withdraw entirely all an- 
imal diet, and every sort of food or drink con- 
taining animal matter, and all malt or fermented 



INF * . § ' 

liquors, and to restrict the patient rigidly to the 
use of aqueous diluents, the vegetable ptisans, 
and such small quantities of farinaceous and 
gelatinous food, and the saccharine fruits, as may 
be sufficient to sustain life, without stimulating 
in any degree the heart or arteries. 

Emetic tartar, in very large doses, has' been 
employed of late years in the treatment of sev- 
eral inflammatory diseases, especially in inflam- 
mation of the lungs ; and some are of opinion 
that it possesses a specific power, since it has 
been observed to act beneficially without pro- 
ducing any sensible effect. In general, how- 
ever, it is a most depressing agent; and, even 
admitting it to possess all the efficacy which it* 
advocates claim for it, it may fairly be doubted 
whether, in most cases, a severe hypercatharsis, 
and keeping the patient in a state approaching 
to syncope for a length of time, may not leave 
more permanent debility than a reasonable ab- 
straction of blood. 

When inflammation has proceeded to suppu 
ration, it is generally advantageous to augment 
the allowance of food, and in some instances to 
allow a proportion of wine or malt liquor ; and 
wherever typhoid symptoms occur, the strength 
is to be sustained by diffusible stimulants, es- 
pecially the carbonate of ammonia. 

Inflammation of the bladder. See Cystitis. 

Inflammation of the brain. See Enceph- 
alitis. 

Inflammation of the breast. See Mastitis. 

Inflammation of the choroid membrane. 
See Iritis. 

Inflammation of the dura mater. See 
Encephalitis. 

Inflammation of the eye. See Ophthal- 
mitis. 

Inflammation of the intestine. See In- 
flammation of the stomach and intestines. 

Inflammation of the iris. See Iritis. 

Inflammation of the kidney. See Nephritis. 

Inflammation of the liver. See Hepatitis. 

Inflammation of the lungs. See Pneu- 
monitis. 

Inflammation of the peritoneum. See 
Peritonitis. 

Inflammation of the tia mater.. See En- 
cephalitis. 

Inflammation of the pleura. See Pleuritis. 

Inflammation of the retina. See Retinitis. 

Inflammation of the stomach. See In- 
flammation of the stomach and intestines. 

INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH 
AND INTESTINES. This may attack tho pe- 
ritoneal or the mucous coat, and in either case 
may involve the muscular structure. See Peri- 
tonitis. The mucous membrane of the stomach 
is liable to inflammation from a variety of caus- 
es, but the principal are excess in the use of ar- 
dent spirits, and poison. 

The idiopathic gastritis mucosa of drunkards 
is characterized by pain at the epigastrium, 
vomiting, even of the mildest food, low fever, 
and that trembling hand which never fails to 
accompany diseases of alcoholic origin. When 
in its utmost intensity, the vessels of the mucous 
membrane often give way, and a burst of hem- 
orrhage succeeds. 

The cure of this disease can be effected only 
367 



INF 



INF 



by that most difficult of all things, a reformation 
in the habits of a drunkard. Its relief may be 
obtained by leeches to the epigastrium, followed 
by a blister, and the internal administration of 
some mild mucilage, such as the mistura amyg- 
dalae, holding in solution five grains of nitre, 
which may be repeated three times a day. 

Inflammation of the mucous membrane of 
the small intestines occurs in adults both as an 
idiopathic affection and as symptomatic of 
other diseases — in an acute as well as chronic 
form. 

Symptoms. — Mucous enteritis is attended 
with a diffused soreness over the whole abdo- 
men rather than with pain. This is sometimes 
increased on pressure, but never to the extent 
that prevails on peritoneal inflammation. There 
is no considerable tension in the belly. The 
pulse is quick, with thirst, languor, and con- 
siderable febrile oppression. By these symp- 
toms we distinguish inflammation of the mucous 
membrane of the bowels from that state of 
irritation of the membrane which exists in 
common cases of diarrhoea ; but it must never 
be forgotten that the two states of disease are 
closely allied, and, in fact, run into each other 
by insensible degrees. The tongue in mucous 
enteritis is red and smooth, and eruptions take 
place about the lips. Vomiting is frequently 
noticed, with loss of appetite, indigestion, and 
irregularity in the alvine evacutions. Diar- 
rhoea is almost uniformly present ; the stools are 
slimy, and tinged with blood ; there may be te- 
nesmus. In severe cases, pure blood is occa- 
sionally passed in considerable quantity. 

The disease is not itself fatal, but may give 
rise to peritoneal inflammation ; it may advance 
to ulceration of the mucous coat, with softening 
and perforation. An early bleeding is often 
useful ; leeches, with counter-irritation, and the 
warm bath; gentle purgatives, as castor oil, 
rhubarb, and manna, only are admissible. De- 
mulcents and anodynes are afterwai - d used to 
allay the irritation of the bowels, and tonics 
may be used when this has been accomplished : 
blue pill and extract of hyoscyamus constitute 
a very serviceable medicine in allaying irrita- 
tion. The diet must be of milk and light jellies ; 
change of air, with gentle exercise, are necessa- 
ry. Particular symptoms, as vomiting and tenes- 
mus, must be met. 

Inflammation of the large intestine gives rise 
to those symptoms which constitute what is 
generally called dysentery. See Dysentery. 

Inflammation of the testicle. See Or- 
chitis. 

Inflammation of the tunica arachnoides. 
gee Encephalitis. 

Inflammation of the urethra. See Ure- 
thritis. 

Inflammation of the uterus. See Hyste- 
ritis. 

Inflammation of a vein. See Phlebitis. 

INFLAMMATORY. (Inflammatorius ; from 
inflammatio. ) Of the nature of inflammation. 

Inflammatory crust. The buffy coat. See 
Blood. 

Inflammatory fever. See Febris. 

Infla'tio. In Pathology, a windy swelling. 
See Pneumatosis. 
368 



Infla'tus . Inflated ; distended like a blown 
bladder. 

Infle'xus. Curved, or bent inward. 

INFLORE'SCENCE. (Inflorescentia, a, f.; 
from infloresco, to flower or blossom.) A term 
used by Linnams to express the particular man- 
ner in which flowers are situated upon a plant. 

The compound inflorescences are, 1. The 
Verticellus, or whorl. 2. The Capitulum, or 
tuft. 3. The Spica, or spike. 4. The Racemus, 
or cluster. 5. The Corymbns, or corymb. 6. 
The Umbella, or umbel. 7. The Cyma, or cyme. 
8. The Fasciculus, or fascicle. 9. The Panicula, 
or panicle. 10. The Thyrsus, or bunch. 11. The 
Spadix, or sheath. 12. The Amentum, or catkin. 

INFLUE'NZA. (a, as, f.) The Italian word 
for influence. Epidemic catarrh is so named, 
because it was supposed to be produced by a 
peculiar influence of the air &c. See Catarrhus. 

Infra-orbitar foramen. Foramen infra or- 
bitarium. A foramen in the superior maxillary 
bone, immediately below the orbit. It gives 
egress to the infra-orhjtary twig of the second 
branch of the fifth pair of nerves, and to a small 
twig of the internal maxillary artery. 

Infra-scapula'ris. (From infra, beneath, 
and scapula, the shoulder-blade.) A muscle 
named from its position beneath the scapula. 
See Subscapular is.' 

INFR A-SPINA'TUS. (From infra, beneath, 
and spina, the spine.) A muscle of the humerus, 
situated on the scapula. It arises, fleshy, from 
all that part of the dorsum scapula} which is 
below its spine ; and from the spine itself, as far 
as the cervix scapula}. The fibers run obliquely 
toward a tendon in the middle of a muscle, 
which runs forward, and adheres to the capsu- 
lar ligament. It is inserted, by a flat, thick 
tendon, into the upper and outer part of the 
large protuberance on the head of the os hu- 
meri. Its use is to roll the os humeri outward, 
to assist in raising and supporting it when 
raised, and to pull the ligament from between 
the bones. This muscle and the supra-spinatus 
are covered by an aponeurosis, which extends 
between the costaa and edges of the spine of 
the scapula, and gives rise to many of the mus- 
cular fibers. 

INFUNDIBULIFORM. Infundibuliformis. 
1. Funnel-shaped. 2. In Anatomy, applied to 
the circular ligament of the atlas, and to a fas- 
cia connected with the anatomy of hernia. See 
Fascia. 

INFUNDI'BULUM. (urn, i, n. ; a funnel : 
from infundo, to pour in.) 1. A canal that pro- 
ceeds from the lower and anterior part of the 
third ventricle of the brain to the pituitary 
gland. See Encephalon. 2. The beginnings 
of the excretory duct of the kidney, or cavities 
into which the urine is first received from the 
secretory cryptae, are called infundibula. Sea 
Kidney. 

Infu'sion. See Infusum. 

INFUSO'RIA. Infusory animals. A class 
of the animal kingdom, comprehending those 
animalcules which are found in infusions of 
organic substances and in stagnant waters. 

INFU'SUM. (*, n. ; and infusio, onis, f. ; 
from infundo, to pour in.) An infusion. A 
preparation made by pouring water, of any 



INF 

required degree of temperature, on such sub- 
stances as have a loose texture, as thin bark, 
wood, in shavings or small pieces, leaves, 
flowers, &c., and suffering it to stand a certain 
time. The process itself, as well as the liquor 
resulting from it, is called infusion. The fol- 
lowing are among the most approved infusions : 

Infu'sum angustu'r.e. (U.S.) See Infusum 
cusparia. 

Infu'sum anthe'midis. (U. S.) Inf. anth. 
nobilis. Infusion of chamomile. Take of chamo- 
mile flowers, jj. ; boiling distilled water, a pint. 
Macerate for ten minutes in a lightly-covered 
vessel, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. sj. 

Infu'sum armora'cije. (U.S.) J.armora- 
cicB compositum. Compound infusion of horse- 
radish. Take of fresh horseradish root, sliced, 
mustard seeds, bruised, of each, gj. ; boiling 
water, a pint. Macerate for ten minutes, and 
strain. Stimulant and diuretic. Dose, f. gj. 

Infu'sum aura'ntii compo'situm. (Ph. L.) 
Compound infusion of orange peel. Take of 
orange peel, dried, gss. ; lemon peel, fresh, 31J. ; 
cloves, bruised, 3J. ; boiling distilled water, a 
pint. Macerate for a quarter of an hour, and 
strain. A stomachic bitter. Dose, gij. 

Infu'sum buchu. (U.S.) Infusum diosma?. 

Infu'sum calu'mb.«. I. colomba. (U. S.) 
Infusion of calumba. Take of calumba root, 
sliced, 5S8. ; boiling water, a pint. Macerate 
for two hours, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. gj. 
to f. giii 



Infu'sum caryophy'lh. (U. S.) Infusion 
of cloves. Take of cloves, bruised, sij. ; boiling 
water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and 
strain. Stimulant stomachic. Dose, f. gj. 

Infu'sum cascari'llje. Infusion of cascarilla. 
Take of cascarilla bark, bruised, gj. ; boiling 
distilled water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, 
and strain. Aromatic bitter. Dose, f. gj. 
Infu'sum cassije sennje. Infusum senna?. 
Infu'sum cate'chu compo'situm. (U. S.) 
Compound infusion of catechu. Take of catechu, 
ground, gss. ; cinnamon bark, bruised, 3J. ; boil- 
ing water, a pint. Macerate for an hour, and 
strain. Aromatic astringent. Dose, f. gjss. 
Infu'sum chamjsmeli. Infusum anthemidis. 
Infu'sum chire'tt^;. (Ph. E.) Infusion of 
chiretta (chirayta). Take of chiretta, dried, 
Jss. ; boiling water, Oj. Infuse two hours, and 
strain. Tonic and stomachic, like gentian. 
Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. 

Infu'sum cincho'n.e. (U. S.) Infusion of 
cinchona. Take of cinchona bark, bruised, gj . ; 
boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for 
two hours, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. gj. to 

(• fij- 

Infu'sum cincho'nje compo'situm. (U. S.) 
Cinchona bark, in powder, one ounce ; aroma- 
tic sulphuric acid, one fluid drachm ; water, one 
pint. Macerate for twelve hours, occasionally 
shaking. Dose, f. gj. 

Infu'sum cuspa'ri.e. (U. S.) Infusion of 
cusparia. Take of cusparia bark, bruised, gss. ; 
boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for 
two hours, and strain. Stimulant tonic. Dose, 
f. gj. to f. gij. 

Infu'sum digita'lis. (U. S.) Infusion of 
foxglove. Take of foxglove leaves, dried, a 
drachm ; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for four 
A A 



INF 

hours, and strain; then add tincture of cinna- 
mon, f. gj. Dose, f. gss. 

Infu'sum dio'smje. (U. S.) Take of the 
leaves of diosma, gj. ; boiling distilled water, a 
pint. Macerate lor four hours, and strain. 
Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. 

Infu'sum eupatorii perfoliati. (U. S.) 
Take of thoroughwort, bruised, one ounce ; 
boiling water, one pint. Macerate for two 
hours, and strain. Dose, f. gij. 

Infu'sum gentia'nje compo'situm. (U. S.) 
Compound infusion of gentian. Take of gentian 
root, sliced, gss. ; orange peel, dried, coriander 
seeds, of each, one drachm; dilute alcohol, giv.; 
boiling water, a pint. First pour on the alcohol, 
and three hours after, the water. Macerate for 
twelve hours, and strain. Dose, f. gj. 

Infu'sum humu'li. (U.S.) Infusion of hops. 
Take of hops, g ss. ; boiling water, Oj. Infuse 
for two hours, and strain. Narcotic bitter. Dose, 

f- §ij- 

Infu'sum Krame'rue. (U.S.) Takeoftho 
root of rhatany, an ounce; boiling water, a pint. 
Macerate for four hours, and strain. Dose, f. gj. 

Infu'sum lini. (U.S.) Infusion of linseed. 
Take of linseed, braised, gss. ; liquorice root, 
sliced, 33J. ; boiling water, one pint. Macerate 
for four hours, and strain. Dose, a cupful. 

Infu'sum lini compo'situm. I. lini usitatis- 
simi. See Infusum lini. 

Infu'sum lufuli. Infusum humuli. 

Infu'sum Mentha simplex. (Ph. D.) In- 
fusion of spearmint ( mint) . Take of dried minV 
leaves, 31J. ; boiling water, enough to yield f. gvj. 
of strained infusion. Stomachic and carmina- 
tive: a vehicle for laxatives, &c. Dose, f. gij., 
or more. 

Infu'sum menthje compo'situm. (Ph. D.) 
Take of the infusion of mint, f. gvj. ; white 
sugar, 31J. ; oil of spearmint, gtt. iij., previously 
dissolved in compound tincturo of cardamom, 
f. gss. Mix. A grateful carminative ; useful in 
nausea and as a vehicle. Dose, f. fij. 

Infu'sum parei'rje. (Ph. L.) Takeoftho 
root of pareira, 3vj. ; boiling distilled water, a 
pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. 
Dose, f. gj. 

Infu'sum picis liqui'd.*:. Tar water. 

Infu'sum pruni virginianje. (U. S.) In- 
fusion of wild cherry bark. Take of wild cherry 
bark, bruised, gss. ; cold water, Oj. Macerate 
for twelve hours (or more in winter), and strain. 
It is tonic and slightly sedative. Dose, f. gy. 
to f. giij., three or four times a day. 

Infu'sum qua'ssije. (U. S,) Infusion of 
quassia. Take of quassia wood, 31J . ; cold water, 
a pint. Macerate for twelve hours, and strain. 
A pure bitter. Dose, f. gss. to f. gij. 

Infu'sum rhei. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) In- 
fusion of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb root, sliced, 
two drachms ; boiling water, a pint. Macerate 
for two hours, and strain. Cathartic. Dose, 

f- ?j- 

Infu'sum ros.e acidum. (Ph. D.) Infusum 
rosre compositum. 

Infu'sum rosje compo'situm. (U. S., Ph. L.) 
Inf. rosm gallica. Take of the petals of red 
rose, dried, gss. ; boiling water, Oiiss. ; dilute 
sulphuric acid, 3iij.; sugar, giss. Pour the water 
upon the petals of the rose, in a glass vessel ; 

369 



ING 



INJ 



then add the acid, and macerate for six hours. 
Lastly, strain the infusion, and add the sugar 
to it. Refrigerant and tonic. Dose, f. fij. 

Infu'som sarsapari'll.s:. (U. S.) Infusion 
of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsaparilla root, 
bruised, fj. ; boiling water, Oj. Digest for two 
hours, and strain. This may be made by dis- 
placement with cold water, after macerating 
the pounded root for twelve hours. Dose, f. 
jiv., or more. 

Infu'sum scopa'rii. (Ph. L.) Take of fresh 
broom tops, f j. ; boiling distilled water, a pint. 
Macerate for four hours, and strain. Diuretic. 
Dose, f. fj. to f. gij. 

Infu'sum senn.e. (U.S.) I. senna composi- 
tion. Infusion of senna. Take of senna leaves, 
jj. ; coriander seed, 3J. ;• boiling water, a pint. 
Macerate for an hour, and strain. Cathartic. 
Dose, fij. to fiv. 

Infu'sum senn.e cum tamari'ndis. (Ph. D.) 
I. senna compositum. (Ph. E.) Infusion of senna 
with tamarinds. Take of tamarinds, fj. ; senna, 
coriander seeds, bruised, of each, jjj. ; sugar, 
?ss. ; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for four 
hours, and strain. Aperient and refrigerant. 
Dose, f. fij. to f. ?iv. 

Infu'sum serpknta'ri^:. (U. S.) Infusion 
of Virginian snake root. Take of serpentaria, 
588. ; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for two 
hours, and strain. Dose, f. fj. to f. fij. 

Infu'sum simaru'bje. (Ph. L.) Infusion of 
simarouba. Take of simarouba bark, bruised, 
388. ; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for two 
hours, and strain. Dose, f. 5J. to f. fij. 

Infu'sum spige'lije. (U. S.) Infusion of 
pink root. Take of pink root, fss. ; boiling 
water, Oj. Macerate for two hours, and strain. 
Used as a vermifuge. Dose, f. fj. for a child of 
three years : it is commonly mixed with a ca- 
thartic. 

Infu'sum taba'ci. (U. S., Fh. L. & D.) In- 
fusion of tobacco. Take of tobacco leaves, 3J. ; 
boiling water, a pint. Macerate for an hour, and 
strain. Half is used for an enema. 

Infu'sum ulmi. (U.S.) Infusion of slippery 
elm bark. Take of the bark, sliced, f j. ; boiling 
water, Oj. Macerate twelve hours, and strain. 
Demulcent. Dose, ad libitum. 

Infu'sum valeria'n.*:. (U. S.) Take of 
valerian, f ss. ; boiling water, a pint. Macerate 
for an hour, and strain. Dose, f. 5'ij. 

Infu'sum zingibe'ris. Infusion of ginger. 
Take of ginger, bruised, sij. ; boiling water, Oss. 
Macerate for two hours, and strain. Carmina- 
tive. Dose. f. fj. 

INGE'STA. (IiLgestus; from ingero, to 
throw in.) The aliments taken into the body. 

INGLU'VIES. (es, ei, f.) 1. Gluttony. 2. 
The craw, crop, or gorge of a bird. 

Ingravidation. Pregnancy. 

I'NGUEN. (en, inis, n.) The groin. The 
lower and lateral part of the abdomen, above 
the thigh. 

I'NGUINAL. (Inguinalis; from inguen, the 
groin.) Appertaining to the groin. 

Inguinal artery. The external iliac in the 
groin. 

Inguinal glanbs. The lymphatic glands 
situated in the groin. They are found both 
above and below the aponeurosis. 
370 



Inguinal hernia. J. canal. See Hernia. 
Inguinal ligament. See PouparVs tiga* 
ment. 

INHALATION. The drawing in of fumes 
or vapors along with the breath. The inhala- 
tion of tta vapor of warm water is very service- 
able in some cases of inflammation of the mu- 
cous membrane of the air passages and throat. 
The steam may bo rendered anodyne by the 
addition of henbane seeds, poppy-heads, ether, 
or opium ; or gently stimulant by vinegar, &c. 
Tar vapor is of great service in chronic bron- 
chitis, in which disease chlorine has also latoly 
been found useful. The chlorine vapor is pro- 
duced by adding, at first, gtt. y. to gtt. x. of 
aq. chlorinii to warm water in the inhaler. 
The dose may be increased to gtt. xl. 

Inhalation of ether. Dr. Beddoes and 
Davy discovered that if the vapor of common 
sulphuric ether were inhaled, it at first pro- 
duced excitement, but rapidly brought on a state 
of torpor, which was extremely deep, and ap- 
pealed to them a dangerous effect. But this 
soporific action of ether is now known to be al- 
most, if not quite harmless, hundreds of persons 
having been kept under its influence for hours 
without any bad results. Hence it has been 
adopted as a preparative step in the perform- 
ance of painful and tedious operations, and 
even in parturition, but does not appear in the 
latter case to be safe. The ether may be 
placed in a common inhaler, or in a bottle with 
two necks, through one of which the patient 
inspires, while air passes into the fluid by the 
other. The stupor comes on in a few minutes 
and the inhalation is stopped, the effects con- 
tinuing from five to fifteen minutes after each 
administration. If there be occasion, the dose 
may be repeated a number of times. Under 
this influence, the patient is without the slight- 
est perception of pain ; and it appears that the 
operations are remarkably successful. The in- 
halation seems to be improper in cases attended 
with irritation of the brain. 

INHA'LER, MUDGE'S. A quart pewter 
pot, the lid of which screws on, and is fur- 
nished with a flexible tube, through which the 
patient draws air, which enters at some aper- 
tures in the izpper part of the handle, and pass- 
es through the thickness of the fluid. 

Inhe'rent. Inharens. Pertaining to a 
thing. 

INHUMA'TION. Inhumatio. The placing 
of a patient in an earth bath. 

I'nion. lvtov. The occiput. 

Initis. Fibrous inflammation. 

Injacula'tio. A violent spasmodic pain in 
the stomach, and immobility in the body. — Van 
Helmont. 

INJE'CTION. (Injectio, onis, f. ; from in- 
jicio, to cast into.) 1. A medicated liquor to 
be thrown into a natural or preternatural cavi- 
ty of the body by means of a syringe. Those 
injections which are thrown into the rectum 
are called enemata. 

2. A composition with which the vessels of 
any part of the body are filled for anatomical 
purposes. For ordinary purposes, it may be 
made of four parts of tallow, one part of resin, 
and one part of bees'-wax; to which, when 



INN 

melted together, there is to be added some oil 
of turpentine, having a sufficient quantity of 
coloring matter (vermilion for red, and king's 
yellow for yellow) suspended in it to color the 
injection. But for a fine preparation, the fol- 
lowing may be used: 1. The fine injection. 
Composed of brown spirit varnish and white 
spirit varnish, of each four parts ; turpentine 
varnish, one part; and coloring matter, one 
part, or as much as is sufficient. A little of this, 
while hot, is first thrown into the arteries, into 
the minute branches of which it is to be forced 
by, 2. The coarse injection. Composed of bees'- 
wax, two parts; resin, one part; turpentine 
varnish, one part; and coloring matter, q. s. 
To the bees'-wax and resin, melted together, 
add the turpentine varnish, and then the color- 
ing matter, suspended in some oil of turpentine. 

3. In Pathology, the presence of an increased 
quantity of blood in the vessels of a part is 
sometimes called injection of the vessels. 

I'nnate diseases. Those which are con- 
genital. 

INNERVATION. The vital process by 
which a part is supplied with nervous energy. 

INNOMINA'TUS. (From in, priv., and no- 
men, a name.) Some parts of the body are so 
called: thus, the pelvic bones, which in the 
young subject are three in number, to which 
names are given, become one in the adult, 
which is without a name. An artery from the 
arch of the aorta, and the fifth pair of nerves, 
have also had this unmeaning designation ap- 
plied to them. 

Innominata artehia. The first branch giv- 
en oft' by the arch of the aorta. It soon divides 
into the right carotid and right subclavian arte- 
ries. 

Innominati nervi. The fifth pair of nerves. 

Innominatum foramen. A foramen on the 
petrous portion of the temporal bone, for the 
passage of the vidian nerve. 

Innominatum os. A large, irregular bone, 
situated at the side of the pelvis. It is divided 
into three portions, viz., the iliac, ischiatic, and 
pubic, which are usually described as three dis- 
tinct bones. 

The os ilium, or haunch-bone, is of a very ir- 
regular shape. The lower part of it is thick 
and narrow ; its superior portion is broad and 
thin, terminating in a ridge, called the spine of 
the ilium, and more commonly known by the 
name of the haunch. The spine rises up like 
an arch, being turned somewhat outward. Ex- 
ternally, this bone is unequally prominent, and 
hollowed for the attachment of muscles ; and 
internally, at its broadest fore part, it is smooth 
and concave. At its lower part, there is a con- 
siderable ridjre on its inner surface. This ridge, 
which extends from the os sacrum, and corre- 
sponds with a similar prominence both on that 
bone and the ischium, fonns, with the inner 
part of the ossa pubis, what is called the brim 
of the pelvis. The whole of the internal sur- 
face behind this ridge is very unequal. The 
os ilium has likewise a smaller surface poste- 
riorly, by which it is articulated to the sides of 
the os sacrum. Its upper part is rough and 
porous; lower down it is more solid. It is 
firmly united to the os sacrum by a cartilagi- 



IN N 

nous substance, and likewise by very strong 
ligamentous fibers, which are extended to that 
bone from the whole circumference of this ir- 
regular surface. The spine of this bone, which 
is originally an epiphysis, has two considerable 
tuberosities, one anteriorly, and the other pos- 
teriorly, which is the largest of the two. The 
ends of this spine, too, from their projecting 
more than the parts of the bone below them, 
are called spinal processes. Before the ante- 
rior spinal process the spine is hollowed, where 
part of the sartorius muscle is placed ; and be- 
low the posterior spinal process there is a very 
large niche in the bone, which, in the recent 
subject, has a strong ligament stretched over 
its lower part, from the os sacrum to the sharp- 
pointed process of the ischium ; so that a great 
hole is formed, through which pass the great 
sciatic nerve and the posterior crural vessels, 
under the pyriform muscle, part of which is 
likewise lodged in this hole. The lowest, 
thickest, and narrowest part of the ilium, in 
conjunction with the other two portions of each 
os innominatum, helps to form the acetabulum 
for the os femoris. 

The os ischium, or hip-bone, which is the 
lowest of the three portions of each os innomi- 
natum, is of a very irregular figure, and usually 
divided into its body, tuberosity, and ramus. 
The body externally forms the inferior portion 
of the acetabulum, and sends a sharp-pointed 
process backward, called the spine of the is- 
chium. This is the process to which the liga- 
ment is attached, which was just now described 
as forming a great foramen for the passage of 
the sciatic nerve. The tuberosity is large and 
irregular, and is placed at the inferior part of 
the bone, giving origin to several muscles. In 
the recent subject, it seems covered with a car- 
tilaginous crust; but this appearance, as in the 
spine of the ilium, is nothing more than the 
tendinous fibers of the muscles that are inserted 
into it. The tuberosity, which is the lowest 
portion of the trunk, supports us when we sit. 
Between the spine and the tuberosity is ob- 
served a sinuosity, covered with a cartilaginous 
crust, which serves as a pulley, on which the 
obturator muscle plays. From the tuberosity, 
the bone, becoming narrower and thinner, forms 
the ramus or branch, which, passing forward 
and upward, makes, with the ramus of the os 
pubis, a large hole, of an oval shape, the fora- 
men magnum ischii, which aftbrds, through its 
whole circumference, attachment to muscles.. 
This foramen is more particularly noticed in 
describing the os pubis. 

The os pubis, or share-bone, which is the 
smallest of the three portions of the os innomi- 
natum, is placed at the upper and fore part of 
the pelvis, where the two ossa pubes meet, and 
are united to each other by means of a very 
strong cartilage, which constitutes what is call- 
ed the symphysis pubis. Each os pubis may be 
divided into its body, angle, and ramus. The 
body, which is the outer part, is joined to the 
os ilium. The angle comes forward to form the 
symphysis, and the ramus is a thin apophysis, 
which, uniting with the ramus of the ischium, 
forms the foramen magnum ischii, or thyroideum, 
as it has been sometimes called, from its resem- 

371 



INS 

blaucc to a door or shield. This foramen is 
somewhat wider above thau below, and its 
greatest diameter is from above downward, and 
obliquely from within outward. In the recent 
subject it is almost completely closed by a 
strong, fibrous membrane, called the obturator 
ligament. Upward and outward, where we 
observe a niche in the bone, the fibers of this 
ligament are separated to allow a passage to 
the posterior crural nerve, an artery, and vein. 
The great uses of this foramen seem to be to 
lighten the bones of the pelvis, and to afford a 
convenient lodgment to the obturator muscles. 
The three bones now described as constituting 
the os innominatum on each side, all concur to 
form the great acetabulum, or cotyloid cavity, 
which receives the head of the thigh bone ; the 
os ilium and os ischium making each about two 
fifths, and the os pubis one fifth of the cavity. 
This acetabulum, which is of considerable depth, 
is of a spherical shape. Its brims are high, and 
in the recent subject it is tipped with cartilage. 
The brims, however, are higher above and ex- 
ternally than they are internally and below, 
where we observe a niche in the bone (namely, 
the ischium), across which is stretched a liga- 
ment, forming a hole for the transmission of 
blood-vessels and nerves to the cavity of the 
joint. The cartilage which lines the acetabu- 
lum is thickest at its circumference, and thin- 
ner within, where a little hole is to bo observed, 
in which is placed the apparatus that serves to 
lubricate the joint, and facilitate its motions. 
We are likewise able to discover the impression 
made by the internal ligament of the os feinoris, 
which, by being attached both to this cavity 
and to the head of the os femoris, helps to se- 
cure the latter in the acetabulum. The bones 
of the pelvis serve to support the spine and up- 
per parts of the body, to lodge the intestines, 
urinary bladder, and other viscera, and like- 
wise to unite the trunk to the lower extremi- 
ties. But, besides these uses, they are destined, 
in the female subject, for other important pur- 
poses; and the accoucheur finds, in the study 
of these bones, the foundation of all obstetrical 
knowledge. 

INOCULATION. (Inoculatio, onis, f.) The 
insertion of a poison into any part of the body. 
It was first practiced by physicians with that 
of the small-pox, because we had learned from 
experience that by so doing we generally pro- 
cured fewer pustules, and a much milder dis- 
ease, than when the small-pox was taken in a 
natural way. 

Inoculation, cow-rox. Vaccination. 

Inoculation, Jennerian. Vaccination. 

INORGA'NIC. (From in, without, and orga- 
num, an organ.) 1. Without organs; as distin- 
guished from animals and plants which have 
this endowment. 2. In Chemistry, inorganic 
signifies mineral or other bodies which are in 
no way derived from organic products, and are 
capable of resisting a high temperature before 
decomposition. 

IN OS C U L A'T 10 N. (Inosculalio, onis, f. ; 
from in, and osculum, a little mouth.) Anasto- 
mosis. The union of the extremities of vessels. 

INSALIVA'TION. Insalivatio. The ad- 
mixture of food with the saliva of the mouth. 
372 



INS 

Insalu'brious. Unhealthy. 

INSA'NIA. (a, a;, f.) Insanity, or deranged 
intellect. 

INSANITY. InsanUas. Madness. The 
varieties are: 

1. Moral insanity, a morbid perversion of the 
natural feelings and affections simply. 

The three following modifications of tho dis- 
ease may be termed Intellectual insanity, in con- 
tradistinction to the preceding form. They are 
severally, 

2. Monomania, or partial insanity, hi which 
the understanding is partially disordered, or un- 
der the influence of some particular illusion on 
one topic : this was formerly called melancholy. 

3. Mania, or raving madness, in which the 
understanding is generally deranged ; the rea- 
soning faculty, if not lost, is confused and dis- 
turbed in its exercise ; the mind is in a state of 
morbid excitement, and the individual talks ab- 
surdly on every subject to which his thoughts 
are momentarily directed. 

4. Incoherence, or dementia. " Rapid suc- 
cession or uninterrupted alternation of insula- 
ted ideas, and evanescent and unconnected emo- 
tions ; continually repeated acts of extravagance; 
complete forgetfulness of every previous state ; 
diminished sensibility to external impressions; 
abolition of the faculty of judgment; perpetual 
activity." 

We may, then, describe insanity as a chronic 
disease, manifested by deviations from the 
healthy and natural state of the mind, such de- 
viations consisting either in a moral perversion, 
or a disorder of the feelings, affections, and 
habits of the individual, or in intellectual de- 
rangement, which last is sometimes partial, 
namely, in monomania, affecting the understand- 
ing only in particular trains of thought; or 
general, and accompanied with excitement, 
namely, in mania, or raving madness ; or, last- 
ly, confounding or destroying the connections 
or associations of ideas, and producing a state of 
incoherence. 

The following description of mania by Chi- 
aruggi is of extraordinary skill: 

" Among the phenomena of the first stage of 
this disease, we are struck by impetuous, au- 
dacious, shameless habits, a bold, menacing as- 
pect ; the natural evacuations are deficient ; 
the skin becomes of a slaty color ; the forehead 
contracted ; the eyebrows drawn up ; the hair 
bristled; the breathing hurried. Tho counte- 
nance begins to glow ; the eyes become fiery 
and sparkling; the looks are wandering, and 
scarcely ever fixed; the eyelids are by turns 
drawn widely open and closely shut ; the eye- 
balls are prominent, as if pushed forward out of 
the orbits. With thjs wild and menacing ap- 
pearance is combined a patient endurance of 
hunger, and a remarkable insensibility of cold. 
If sleep visits the patient at all, it is short, un- 
quiet, and easily disturbed. In the second 
stage, anger, violence, and the loss of reason 
manifest themselves in their greatest intensity ; 
shrieking, roaring, raging, abusive expressions 
and conduct toward the dearest friends and the 
nearest relations, who are now looked upon as 
the bitterest enemies. The patient tears his 
clothes to tatters, destroys, breaks in pieces 



INS 

whatever comes in his way. A striking and 
characteristic circumstance is the propensity to 
go quite naked. Whoever touches the patient 
is abused or 6truck by him. Strange, confused 
ideas, absurd prejudices, occupy the mind. 
Stillness soon follows, or a murmuring sound, as 
if the patient were alone: on the other hand, 
"when he is alone, talking and gesticulating as if 
he were in company. If such individuals are 
confined and tied during the height of their par- 
oxysms, for their own security or that of others, 
nothing can be compared to the truly satanical 
expression which their countenances display. 
In this state they throw hastily away, with cries 
and shrieks, all the food presented to them, ex- 
cept fluids, which thirst compels them to re- 
ceive. When, after some days, hunger begins 
to be felt, they swallow eveiy thing with brutal 
greediness; they even devour, as it has often 
been observed, their own excrements, which, 
black and offensive, escape from them in great 
quantity, or smear with them clothes, beds, and 
walls. Notwithstanding his constant exertion 
of mind and body, the muscular strength of the 
patient seems daily to increase ; he is able to 
break the strongest bonds, and even chains ; his 
limbs seem to acquire a remarkable nimbleness 
and pliability, and a singular aptitude of per- 
forming movements and actions which appear 
almost supernatural. Chiaruggi saw a woman; 
who, clothed in a strait-waistcoat, and laced 
down in her bed like a child in a cradle, drew 
out her limbs from this double confinement 
with the greatest nimbleness and pliancy. Bold, 
however, and impudent as such patients are, 
yet they are, according to common observation, 
although not without exceptions, easily daunted 
by a strong, threatening voice, by the sight of 
stocks, by close though harmless restraint. 
After their violence has expended itself, they 
become still, gloomy, appear to be reflecting or 
brooding over something; but they break out 
again, before it can be anticipated, into a new 
storm of rage. At length comes on the third 
stage. A real cessation of violent paroxysms 
now ensues, exhaustion, sleep, though unquiet, 
disturbed by fearful dreams. The pulse is 
small, the aspect of the whole body squalid, the 
countenance pallid and meager. The patient 
is obdurately silent, or sings and laughs in a 
strange manner, or chatters with incessant vol- 
ubility. These uncertain intervals, which often 
put on the appearance of fatuity, are frequently 
interrupted by new but short renewals of vio- 
lence. Memory, for the most part, remains un- 
impaired through all the stages, and during the 
highest intensity of the disease the senses ap- 
pear to acquire an unusual degree of acuteness 
and susceptibility. A patient who had recov- 
ered described to Chiaruggi all the scenes of 
his wild revery and long-continued mental per* 
turbation. It has often been observed that 
maniacal patients of this description are never 
attacked by any epidemic, and are seldom af- 
fected by any contagious malady. According 
to Mead and many others, even consumptive 
disorders, dropsies, and other chronic maladies, 
have disappeared on the accession of violent in- 
sanity. When patients are not freed from the 
disease after a succession of attacks, which 



INS 

come on like so many paroxysms of fever, one 
or the other of the following events eusues: 
either the powers of mind are exhausted to that 
degree that the disease subsides into a perma- 
nent fatuity; or this appearance of fatuity is 
only a space of calmness interposed between 
relapses of violent madness, which now and 
then break out, like the eruptions of a volcano, 
after a long period of repose ; or the patient 
falls into a state of melancholy, or of complete 
mental confusion; or, finally, his madness be- 
comes chronical, and he scarcely recovers from 
this condition, in which sense and understand- 
ing appear to be lost in incoherence. Chiaruggi 
saw a woman who had sat during twenty-five 
years on a stone floor, in a fearfully demented 
state, beating the ground with her chains with- 
out ceasing by day or by night." 

There are certain concomitants of insanity 
which have great influence on the treatment 
and prognosis — and principally general paraly- 
sis, which, beginning in the tongue, gradually 
affects the limbs, neck, sphincters, and, finally, 
the whole body. Such cases are nearly always 
fatal, and seem to depend upon chronic inflam- 
mation of the substance of the brain. There is 
a greater tendency to apoplexy, epilepsy, and 
convulsions in the insane, as well as acute in- 
flammations. Phthisis pulmonalis, obstinate 
constipation, and dysentery are remarkably fre- 
quent and fatal in insanity. Cachexies, with 
skin diseases, are also frequent. 

The prognosis, so far as insanity is concerned, 
is rendered unfavorable by the cerebral com- 
plications. Mania seems to be most curable 
when treated early, and occurring in young 
persons under thirty years. In all forms, the 
number of recoveries seldom exceeds two fifths. 

The chief predisposing cavses of insanity are 
hereditary predisposition, the melancholic tem- 
perament, and diseases or injuries of the brain. 
Other causes, however, both moral and physi- 
cal, might be enumerated as predisposing to one 
or other form of insanity : as religious fervor, 
disappointments in business, love, or ambition. 

The chief exciting causes of insanity are in- 
juries and diseases of the brain, intoxication, 
insolation, excess in venery, intestinal irritation, 
and morbid conditions of the uterine system. 

The treatment of insanity resolves itself into 
medical and moral. With respect to the for- 
mer, the general principle which should guide 
our practice is simple. Of the actual physical 
state which constitutes insanity we are entirely 
ignorant : we can not, therefore, at present hope 
to strike at the root of the disease ; we know, 
however, that certain morbid conditions of the 
brain and other organs accompany its progress, 
and exercise an important influence on the 
event of the case ; to these, therefore, the re- 
sources of medicine should be directed, accord- 
ing to the general principles of the science, 
always keeping in view, however, that we are 
not dealing with ordinary idiopathic affections, 
but with the accompaniments of a peculiar and 
usually a protracted malady. Although medical 
treatment has great influence in many cases, the 
moral treatment is, on the whole, the more im- 
portant, since by means of this we have the 
more direct control over the mental disorder. 

373 



INS 

INSE'CTA. Insects. A class of articulated 
animals. 

INSENSIBI'LITY. Loss or absence of sen- 
sation, a symptom in cerebral affections. 

INSE'RTION. Insertio. The attachment 
of a muscle to the part it moves. It is hence 
distinguished from origin. 

Inse'ssus. Inscssio. A hot bath, simple or 
medicated, over which the patient sits. 

Inside'ntia. Any thing floating in urine. 

INSIDIOUS. Insidiosus. Pathologists give 
this name to diseases which do not at first ap- 
pear so formidable as they are, and which are 
apt to elude the attention of the practitioner. 

Insipie'ntia. Syn. with dementia. 

INSOLATIO. (o, onis, f. ; from in, and sol, 
the sun.) Insolation. Exposure to the direct 
rays of the sun. This is a frequent source of 

IN80LUB I'L IT Y. The state in which a 
solid does not lose its form when immersed in a 
fluid : it is usually applied to the action of wa- 
ter on the solid. Solution is but an Inferior 
exhibition of attraction between the fluid and 
solid ; and the line of separation between chem- 
ical action and solution is by no means apparent. 

INSO'MNIA. Insomnia. Insomniata. (From 
in, without, and somnics, sleep.) Sleeplessness ; 
absence of sleep ; watching. It may be a pe- 
culiarity or idiosyncrasy, but is most usually a 
symptom, and especially of nervous diseases. 

INSPIRATION. {Inspiratio, onis, f.; from 
in, and spiro, to breathe.) In Physiology, the 
act of drawing the air into the lungs. See Res- 
piration. 

INSPISSA'TION.- (From in, and spissatus, 
thickened.) The pharmaceutical process of 
evaporating a decoction or juice to a thick con- 
sistence, for the purpose of preservation. 

Instep. The metatarsus. 

INSTILLA'TION. Instillatio. The act of 
pouring a fluid drop by drop. 

INSTINCT. (Instinctus, us, m.) That 
power of living bodies by which they sponta- 
neously assume those modes of action which 
are necessary for the preservation of the indi- 
vidual, or the perpetuation of the species, in- 
dependently of any ratiocination. 

Instinctive motions. Those involuntary 
actions which are excited immediately through 
the nerves — a part of the reflex function. The 
principal instinctive motions are, 1 . The closure 
of the eyelids. 2. The act of sucking. 3. The 
act of closing the hand. 4. The act of swal- 
lowing. 5. The closing of the glottis. 6. The 
action of the sphincters. 7 . Inspiration, as an 
involuntary act. 8. The act of sneezing. 9. 
The act of vomiting. 10. The emission of se- 
men. All these phenomena take place even in 
the anencephalous cluld, on the due application 
of the appropriate stimuli. 

INSTITUTES OF MEDICINE. The the- 
ory of medicine, especially the connection of 
physiology and therapeutics with the practice 
of medicine. 

INSUFFLATION. Insufflatio. (From in, 
and sufflo, to blow.) The act of injecting or 
blowing air or vapor into a cavity, as when to- 
bacco smoke is thrown up the rectum, or the 
process of artificial respiration is established. 
374 



INT 

Insula cerebri. The intermediate lobe of 
the brain. 

INSULATION. (From insula, an island.) 
Applied in electricity to the state of a body 
surrounded by non-conductors. 

I'ntegek. Entire. 

Intege'rrimus. Most perfect or entire. Ap- 
plied to leaves, the margin of which has no 
teeth, notches, or incisions. 

INTE'GRAL PARTICLES. The most mi- 
nute particles of which a body is formed. The 
phrase differs from atoms or elementary parti- 
cles in this respect, that it designates parts 
which may be produced by mechanical sub- 
division, whereas the latter are applied only to 
the chemical constituents of bodies which can 
not be separated by mechanical forces. 

INTE'GUMEN'i. Intcgumentum. (Fromira, 
and tcgo, to cover.) That which covers any 
part of a body or thing. The integument of 
the human body is the skin; and the phrase 
common integuments is employed in anatomy for 
the skin, with the cellular tissue and fat which 
invest the outer parts of the body. 

Intellect. See Mens. 

INTE'MPER ANCE. The abuse of drink or 
food. Intemperance in alcoholic drinks, espe- 
cially of the stronger kinds, as from dram-drink- 
ing, is one of the most serious causes of organic 
disease of the stomach, bowels, and liver, a 
large number of these complaints being tracea- 
ble to this cause only. 

Intempe'riks. Bad constitution or condition 
of the air or human body. 

INTE'NSITY. In Electricity and Galvanism 
this expression is synonymous with quantity, 
and represents the amount of electrical excite- 
ment as betrayed in the heating effects of the 
agent. 

INTE'NTION. Inlcntio. 1. The object pro- 
posed by any one. 2. In Surgery, union by 
the first intention is that which takes place 
without suppuration : the parts, being in close 
contact by means of unirritating dressings, rap- 
idly unite, the exterior cicatrizing. Union by 
the second intention is where suppuration in- 
tervenes before the restoration of the parts. 

INTER-. A prefix (from- inter, between), 
signifying intermediate, or denoting intervals. 

Interakti'cular. Between the joints. 

Intercadent pulse. When there is a su- 
pernumerary pulsation at intervals. 

Interce'llular. Lying between the cells, 
as the intercellular spaces, passages, substance, 
&c. 

Interclavicular. A ligament passing from 
one clavicle to the other. 

INTERCA'LARY DAYS. Those days in 
the course of a fever when an imperfect or in- 
jurious attempt at a crisis is made ; as the third, 
fifth, ninth, thirteenth, and nineteenth. 

INTERCO'STAL. {Intercostalis ; from tit- 
ter, between, and costa, a rib.) A name given 
to muscles, vessels, &c., which are between the 
ribs. 

Intercostal arteries. Arterias intercos- 
talcs. The arteries which run between the ribs. 
The superior intercostal artery is a branch of 
the subclavian. The other intercostal arteries 
are given off from the aorta. 



INT 

Intercostal muscles. Intercostaies externi 
tt interni. Between the ribs on each side are 
eleven double rows of muscles : these are the 
intercostaies externi and interni. The intercos- 
taies externi arise from the lower edge of each 
superior rib, and, running obliquely downward 
and forward, are inserted into the upper edge 
of each inferior rib, so as to occupy the inter- 
vals of the ribs, from as far back as the spine to 
their cartilages; but from their cartilages to 
the sternum there is only a thin aponeurosis 
covering the internal intercostaies. The inter- 
costaies interni arise and are inserted in the 
same manner as the external. They begin at 
the sternum, and extend as far as the angles of 
the ribs, their fibers running obliquely back- 
ward. These fibers are spread over a consid- 
erable part of the inner surface of the ribs, so 
as to be longer than those of the external inter- 
costaies. Some of the posterior portions of the 
internal intercostals pass over one rib, and arc 
inserted into the rib below. These distinc- 
tions, however, are altogether superfluous, as 
they are evidently nothing more than appenda- 
ges of the intercostals. The number of these 
portions varies in different subjects. Most 
commonly there are only four, the first of which 
runs from the second rib to the fourth, the sec- 
ond from the third rib to the fifth, the third 
from the fourth rib to the sixth, and the fourth 
from the fifth rib to the seventh. The internal 
intercostals of the two interior false ribs are 
frequently so thin as to be with difficulty sep- 
arated from the external; and, in some sub- 
jects, one or both of them seem to bo altogether 
wanting. 

Intercostal nerve. Nervus intercostalis. 
<rreat intercostal nerve. Sympathetic nerve. 
The great intercostal nerve arises in the cavity 
of the cranium, from a branch of the sixth and 
•one of the fifth pair, uniting into one trunk, 
which passes out of the cranium through the 
carotid canal, and descends by the sides of the 
bodies of the vertebra; of the neck, thorax, loins, 
and os sacrum: in its course it receives the 
small accessory branches from all the thirty pair 
of spinal nerves. In the neck it gives off three 
cervical ganglions, the upper, middle, and low- 
er, from which the cardiac and pulmonary 
nerves arise. In the thorax it gives off the 
splanchnic or anterior intercostal, which perfo- 
rates the diaphragm, and forms the semilunar 
ganglions, from which nerves pass to all the 
abdominal viscera. They also form in the ab- 
domen ten peculiar plexuses, distinguished by 
the name of the viscus to which they belong, as 
the coaliac, splenic, hepatic, superior, middle, 
and lower mesenteric, two renal, and two sper- 
matic plexuses. The posterior intercostal nerve 
is dispersed in accessory branches about the 
pelvis and ischiatic nerve. 

Intercostal spaces. The intervals between 
the ribs. 

Intercostal veins. These accompany the 
intercostal arteries, and empty their blood into 
the vena azygos. 

INTERCURRENT. Inlercurrens. 1. Dis- 
eases which occur sporadically during the 
!)revalence of epidemic or endemic diseases 
lave been termed intercurrent diseases. 2. 



INT 

Also, a disease which arises in the course of 
another. 

Inte'rcus aqua. Anasarca. 

Intercu'taneus. Subcutaneous. 

Interde'ntium. The intervals between 
teeth of the same order. 

Interdigi'tium. Corns or warts between 
the toes or fingers. 

Interf^mi'neum. The perineum. 

INTERFE'RENCE. In Optics, the phenom- 
enon resulting from the intermixing or inter- 
ference of two rays of fight, whereby bands of 
colors arc produced when their paths bear a 
certain ratio to each other. 

Iaterlu'nius. Epilepsy. 

Interma'xillary. Situated between the 
maxillary or jaw bones. 

Interme'diate. Intermedins. That which 
lies between two other bodies, or is of a mid' 
die nature or quality. 

Intermediate vascular system. The ca- 
pillary system. 

INTERMISSION. Intcrmissio. The inter- 
val which occurs between the paroxysms of 
periodical pains, fevers, &c. In agues, this 
period is almost one of health. 

INTERMITTENT. (Intermittens; from in- 
termitto, to discontinue.) An intermittent dis- 
ease is one which ceases and returns again at 
regular or uncertain periods, as agues, &c. 

Intermittent fever. See Ague. 

Internode. Interne' dis. The space between 
the joints of a plant. 

Interno'dia digitorum. The phalanges. 

Internu'ntii dies. (From internuncio, to 
go between.) Applied to the doctrine of criti- 
cal days synonymously with dies indices. 

Internus auris. 71 mallei. The tensor 
tympani muscle. 

INTERO'SSEI MANUS. These are small 
muscles situated between the metacarpal bones, 
and extending from the bones of the carpus to 
the fingers. They are divided into internal in- 
terossei interni and external interossei externi ; 
the former are to be seen only on the palm of 
the hand, but the latter are conspicuous both 
on the palm and back of the hand. 

Interossei pedis. These small muscles, in 
their situation between the metatarsal bones, 
resemble the interossei of the hand, and, like 
them, are divided into internal and external. 

INTEROSSEOUS. (Interosseus ; from in- 
ter, between, and os, a bone.) Between bones: 
applied to muscles, ligaments, &c., which are 
situated between bones. 

Interosseous arteries. Branches of the 
ulnar and dorsalis carpi arteries, distributed 
over the interosseous ligament of the forearm, 
and between the interossei muscles. 

Inter o'sseous nerve. A branch of the 
median nerve, which passes over the interosse- 
ous ligament of the forearm in company with 
the artery. 

Interpola'ti dies. Intercalary days. 

Interrupted. Interruptus. Broken in its 
regular form. 

Interscapu'lium. 1. The spine of the 
scapula. 2. The fossa on each side of the 
spine. 

INTERSE'PTUM. (um, i, n. ; from inter, 
375 



INT 

■and septum, an inclosure.) The uvula, or the 
septum narium. 

Interseptum virginale. The hymen. 

INTERSPINALS. (From inter, and spina, 
the spine.) Muscles, nerves, &c., are so named 
which are situated between the processes of the 
spine. 

Interspinals. The portions of muscle be- 
tween the spinous processes of the neck, back, 
and loins, distinguished by the names of inter- 
spinales colli, dorsi, ct lumborum. Those which 
connect the processes of the back and loins are 
rather small tendons than muscles : they draw 
' these processes nearer to each other. 

Interstice. An interval. 

INTERSTI'TIAL. (From intprsto, to stand 
between.') Applied to a substance which is 
situated in the interstices of an organ {inter- 
cellular spaces), or to an action which takes 
place in those interstices ; as interstitial matter, 
interstitial absorption, &c. 

I'NTERTRANSVERSA'LES. Four distinct 
small bundles of muscular fibers, which fill up 
the spaces between the transverse processes of 
the vertebrae of the loins and neck, and serve 
to draw them toward each other. 

INTERTRIGO, (o, inis, f. ; from inter, be- 
tween, and tero, to rub.) An excoriation, or 
galling of the skin, about the anus, groins, axilla, 
or other parts of the body, attended with in- 
flammation and moisture. It is most common- 
ly prpduced by the irritation of the urine, or 
from riding ; in infants it often arises without 
any external cause. It is relieved by the liq- 
uor plumbi acetatis dilutus, ointment of oxide of 
zinc, powdered starch, and the compound sar- 
cocolla powder. 

INTERVERTEBRAL. Situated between 
the vertebrse. 

Intervertebral cartilages. The carti- 
lages between the vertebras. 

INTESTI'NA. An order of entozoary ani- 
mals in the system of Cuvier, which compre- 
hends two groups : 1st. Cavitaria : worms 
which have distinct stomachs. 2d. Parenchy- 
mata : worms of a cellular structure, as the tape 
worms. 

Intestinal canal. See Intestine. 

INTES'TINE. (Intestinum, i, n. ; from in- 
tus, within.) The convoluted membranous 
tube that extends from the stomach to the 
anus. The intestines are situated in the cavity 
of the abdomen, and are divided into the small 
and large, which have, besides their size, other 
circumstances of distinction. The whole length 
of the intestinal tube in the human subject is 
about six times that of the body. The small 
intestine comprises about the upper four fifths 
of the tube, and the large intestine the remain- 
ing fifth. • 

The small intestines are supplied internally 
with folds, called valvules conniventes, and have 
no bands on their external surface. The large 
intestines have no folds internally ; are supplied 
externally with three strong muscular bands, 
which run parallel upon the surface, and give 
the intestines a saccated appearance ; they have 
also small fatty appendages, called appendiculce 
epiploicee. 

The first portion of the intestinal tube, for 
376 



INT 

about the extent of twelve fingers' breadth, is 
called the duodenum: it lies in the epigastric 
region, makes three turnings, and, between the 
first and second flexure, receives, by a common 
opening, the pancreatic duct and the ductus 
communis choledochus. It is in this portion of 
the intestines that chylification is chiefly per- 
formed. 

The jejunum commences where the duode- 
num ends, aud is situated in the umbilical re- 
gion. It is every where covered with red ves- 
sels, and, about an hour and a half after a meal, 
with distended lacteals. 

The ileum occupies the hypogastric region 
and the pelvis ; is of a more pallid color than 
the former, and terminates by a transverse 
opening into the large intestines, which is call- 
ed the valve of the ileum, valve of the caecum, or 
the valve of Tulpius. 

The beginning of the large intestines is firm- 
ly tied down in the right iliac region, and, for 
the extent of about four fingers' breadth, is call- 
ed the cttcum, having adhering to it a worm-like 
process, called the processus cad vermiformis, 
or appendieula cccci vermiformis. The colon or 
great intestine then commences : it ascends to- 
ward the liver, passes across the abdomen, under 
the stomach, to the left side, where it is contort- 
ed like the letter S, and descends to the pelvis : 
hence it is divided in this course into the ascend- 
ing portion, the transverse arch, and the sigmoid 
flexure. When it has reached, the pelvis it is 
called the rectum, whence it proceeds, iu a 
straight line, to the anus. 

The intestinal canal is composed of three 
membranes or coats : a common one from the 
peritoneum, a muscular coat, and a mucous or 
villous coat, the villi being formed of the fine 
terminations of arteries and nerves, and the 
origins of lacteals and lymphatics. The mu- 
cous coat is perforated by the ducts of numer 
ous simple glands or follicles, by which it is 
supplied with mucus. These glands are solitary 
or in clusters. The former are named Brun 
ner's glands, and are most numerous in the 
duodenum, though they exist throughout tho 
tube; the latter are named P oyer's glands, 
which are found in the jejunum and ileum, but 
most numerously in the ileum. The intestines 
are connected with the spine by the mesentery; 
the duodenum has also a peculiar connecting 
cellular substance, as have likewise the colon 
and rectum, by means of which the duodenum 
is firmly accreted to the back, the colon to the 
kidneys, and the rectum to the os coccygis, and, 
in women, to the vagina. The remaining por- 
tion of the tube floats in the cavity of the ab- 
domen. The arteries of this canal are branchea 
of the superior and inferior mesenteric, and tho 
duodenal. The veins evacuate their blood into 
the vena porta;. The nerves are branches of 
the eighth pair and intercostals. The lacteal 
vessels, which originate principally from the 
jejunum, proceed to the glands, in the mesen- 
tery. 

Intestinum circumvolutum. The ileum. 

Intestinum crassum, v. grande, v. magnum 
v. plenum. The colon. 

Intestinum tenue. The jejunum and ileum. 

I N T O'L E R A N C E. The condition of the 



INV 

body which indicates the impropriety of em- 
ploying certain remedies, as intolerance of 
blood-letting, antimony, &c. 

INTO'XICANTS. The medicines which 
produce the therapeutical effects witnessed in 
drunkenness, i. e., paralysis with stupefaction : 
■uch are wines, alcohols, ethers, Cannabis Indi- 
es, and protoxide of nitrogen. 

INTOXICA'TION. Intoxicatio. (From in, 
and toxicum, a poison.) The effect of an al- 
coholic liquor taken in excess. Intoxication, 
where profound, presents us with a true case 
of poisoning: there is complete loss of voluntary 
power, the inspirations are few and stertorous, 
and there is occasionally loss of power over the 
sphincters. In such cases death may super- 
vene from apoplexy in a few hours. The treat- 
ment consists in the use of the stomach pump, or 
emetic doses of sulphate of zinc ; enemas of salt 
and water to clear the bowels, and opening the 
jugular vein when the head is much affected. 

I'ntrafolia'ceous. Intrafoliaceus. Within 
the leaves : applied to stipula) which are above 
the foot-stalk, and internal with respect to the 
leaf. 

Intki'nsic A property inherent, or apper- 
taining to, any substance, and not adventitious. 

Intro'itus. An entrance ; the act of enter- 
ing. 

Intro'rse. Introrsum. Turned inward, or 
toward the axis of a body. 

I'NTROSUSCE'PTION. Introsusceptio. 
(From intro, within, and suscipio, to receive.) 
Intus-susceplio. When one portion of intestine 
slips within another, the accident is called m- 
trosusception. It takes place more frequently 
near the termination of the ilium than in any 
other situaton. See Ileac passion. 

INTUMESCE'NTIjE. (From intumesco, to 
swell.) Swellings. An order of diseases in 
Sauvages' Nosology, including polysarcia, pneu- 
matoses, and all cases of great increase of the 
whole or part of the body. 

Intumesce. To swell up. 

I'NTUS-SUSCE'FTION. Intus-svsceptio. 1. 
Introsusception. 2. Nutrition. The interstitial 
deposition of particles, by which the existence 
of living bodies is sustained and their waste 
supplied. ' 

I'ntybus. Cichorium endivia. 

I'NULA. (a, m, f.) 1. Elecampane. 2. A 
genus of plants. Syngcnesia. Polygamia su- 
perfi.ua. Composite:. — /. crithmoides. Caapon- 
ga. The leaves, &c., are pickled for the use of 
the table: they are gently diuretic. — I. dysen- 
ierica. The lesser inula. This was once con- 
sidered as possessing great anti-dysenteric vir- 
tues. — I. helenium. Common inula, or elecam- 
pane. Helenium. It was formerly in high 
estimation in dyspepsia, pulmonary affections, 
and uterine obstructions, but is now fallen into 
disuse. 

I'nulin. A variety of starch, obtained from 
the helenium, dahlia, and other roots. 

INU'NCTION. Inunctio. 1. The act of 
anointing, or rubbing in an ointment. 2. A lin- 
iment or ointment. 

Inu'stion. The operation of a cautery. 

INVAGINA'TED. Invaginatus. (From in, 
and vagina, a sheath.) When one portion of a 



INV 

tube is included in another: applied especially 
to the case of introsusception, where one por- 
tion of intestine is folded within another. 

Invagina'tio. Introsusception. 

INVASION. Invasio. The first portion of 
the attack of a disease is termed the invasion 
of the disease. 

Inverecu'ndum os. The frontal bone. 

INVERMINA'TION. (Inverminatio ; from 
in, and vermis, a worm.) Under the present 
title of invermination we shall consider the mor- 
bid states occasioned by the presence of these 
animals. Worms often inhabit the human in- 
testines without producing any inconvenience, 
but they usually give rise to great irritation. 

1. The primary symptoms are griping pains, 
more particularly about the navel ; the presence 
of worms eliminated with or without the faeces; 
fetid breath; acrid eructations ; slimy stools; 
and inflammation of the bowels. 

2. The secondary symptoms are, occasional 
sickness and vomiting, variable and voracious 
appetite, wasting away of the body, heat and 
itching about the anus, and a vast number of 
sympathetic affections, such as headache, ver- 
tigo, disturbed dreams, grinding of the teeth 
during sleep, picking of the nose, tenesmus, 
paleness of the countenance, dizziness, &c. ; 
and also the formation of a regular disease, as 
verminous colic, a remittent fever, a state that 
stimulates hydrocephalus, convulsion fits, cho- 
rea Sancti Viti, peripneumonia, and even hem- 
orrhages. 

The treatment of verminous symptoms and 
diseases consists in getting rid of the worms, by 
destroying them, or driving them from the 
body, and by strengthening the system gener- 
ally, particularly the alvine canal. In every 
case the bowels must be kept freely open, or 
the vermifuges will not act successfully. 

The list of vermifuges is almost interminable. 
They may conveniently be divided into two 
classes : 

1. Those that dislodge and drive away intes- 
tinal worms by some mechanical or other exter- 
nal action ; as all drastic purges, all oleaginous 
vermifuges, as oil of beech nuts, castor, and 
sulphur; petroleum, sea salt, tin filings, and the 
down of the pods of cowhage. 

2. Those that destroy them by killing them 
before they are expelled ; as the male fern, hel- 
lebore, fetid hellebore, cevadilla, tansy, savine, 
rue, dittany, tobacco, wormseed, oil of turpen- 
tine, the bark of the bulge-water-tree and of the 
cabbage-tree, the spigelias, and Indian scabio- 
sa. Many of these are hardly worth noticing. 

Inversio palpebrarum. Entropium. 

INVE'RSION. Inversio. The turning of 
any thing inside out, or the state of any thing 
turned inside out. 

Inversion of the uterus. See Uterus, in- 
version of. 

INVERTEBRA'TA. Invertebrates. (From 
in, without, and vertebra.) The animals which 
are destitute of an internal osseous system or 
back bone. This subdivision of the animal 
kingdom includes mollusca, articulata, neuma- 
toneura, and acrita. 

Involuce'll. Involucellum. A partial in- 
volucrum. 

377 



IOD 

INVOLU'CRUM. (urn, i, n. ; from in, and 
eolvo, to wrap up; because parts are inclosed 
by it.) A wrapper. I. In Anatomy, 1. A name 
of the pericardium. 2. A membrane which 
covers any part. 

II. In Botany, a leafy calyx, remote from the 
flower: applied particularly to umbelliferous 
plants. 

Involucrum cordis. The pericardium. 

Involucrum membranaceum. The decidua 
reflexa. 

Involucrum .nervorum. The neurilemma. 

Involu'te. Iiivolutus. Rolled inward. 

Involv'entia. Demulcents. 

Inward fits. A popular name for the croup- 
like convulsion.— Undencood. 

FODATE. {Iodas, atis, f.) A compound 
of the iodic acid with a base. 

Io'des. (ludeg; from toe, verdigris.) JEm- 
ginous; of the color of verdigris. Applied by 
Hippocrates to green bilious matters ejected by 
vomiting — eueroi tudeec. 

IO'DIC ACID. Acidum iodic um. It is color- 
less, semi-transparent, and crystallizes in six- 
sided tables, ot a strong acid and astringent 
taste, aud destitute of smell. It is IO5 ; equiva- 
lent, 166*36 ; and forms salts resembling the 
chlorates. 

I'ODIDE. lode. Ioduret. A compound of 
iodine with a simple body. 

Iodide ok ammonium. A deliquescent salt, 
formed by the action of ammonia on solution 
of hydriodic acid. It does not keep well, and 
has been used in ointment in the same cases as 
iodide of potassium. 

Iodide of arsenic This is strongly poison- 
ous, and has only been used externally in some 
cases of herpes, in the form of ointment made 
with gr. iij. of the iodide to fj. of lard. 

Iodide of arsenic and mercury. See Arse- 
nic, and Mercury, iodide of. 

Iodide of barium. This has only been used 
externally to scrofulous swellings. An oint- 
ment may be made with gr. iv. of the iodide to 
5j. of lard. 

Iodide of gold. See Auri iodidum. 

Iodide of iron. See Ferri iodidum. 

Iodides of mercury. See Hydrargyri. 

Iodide of potash. See Potassii iodidum. 

Iodide of starch. Iodidum amyli. ■ A blue, 
insoluble compound, formed by the action of 
iodine on starch. It may be made by adding 
an ounce of finely-powdered starch to a mixture 
of 24 grs. of iodine in a little water, and drying 
at a gentle heat. Dose, 33s., gradually increas- 
ed : m over-doses it produces gastric irritation. 
There is no particular value in the preparation. 

Iodide of sulphur. It is formed by heating 

4 parts of iodine with 1 of sulphur. This has 
been employed by M. Biett in some tuberculous 
affections of the skin. An ointment iB made, 

5 parts of the iodide to 96 of lard, or 8 parts of 
the iodide to 144 of lard, of which a drachm is 
used at one friction. 

Iodide of zinc Dr. Ure recommends this 
as a powerful external remedy for scrofulous 
tumors. The proportion for an ointment is a 
drachm of the iodide to an ounce of lard. Some 
prefer the iodide of zinc to the iodide of potas- 
sium in such cases. 
378 



IOD 

I'ODINE. {Iodium, ii, n. ; from tudec, violet- 
colored.) Iodinium. Iodi'na. Iodine is an 
elementary solid, of a grayish-black color and 
metallic lustre, sp. gr. 495. Its fracture is 
lamellated, and. it is soft and friable to the 
touch. Its taste is very acrid, although it re- 
quires 7 000 parts of water for solution. It gives 
a deep brown stain to the skin, which soon 
vanishes by evaporation. In odor, and power 
of destroying vegetable colors, it resembles 
very dilute aqueous chlorine. The solution is 
of an orange-yellow color, and in small quan- 
tity tinges raw starch of a purple hue. 

It melts at 227° F., and is volatilized, under 
the common pressure of the atmosphere, at the 
temperature of 350°. The vapor is of a rich 
violet color. Its symbol is I, and equivalent 
126-57. It is powerfully electro-negative, and 
resembles chlorine and bromine in its combina- 
tions. It is obtained from sea-weed3. With 
oxygen it forms an oxide and three acids, the 
iodous, iodic, and periodic, and with hydrogen 
the hydriodic acid. 

Iodine exerts a very powerful action on the 
animal economy. In an over-dose it is a violent 
irritant poison. Orfila swallowed 6 grains, and 
was immediately affected with heat, constric- 
tion of the throat, nausea, eructation, salivation, 
and cardialgia. In ten minutes he had copious 
bilious vomitings, and slight colic pains. His 
pulso rose from 70 to 90. About 70 or 80 grains 
proved a fatal dose to dogs. It is to be treated 
by mucilages. 

Iodine, properly administered, is a medicine 
of great efficacy. Its most obvious action is 
that of stimulating the capillary circulation 
throughout the system, aud increasing the ac- 
tivity of the absorbents. Hence it is particu- 
larly adapted to scrofulous and other chronic 
enlargements of the glands, and to enlargements 
of the abdominal viscera. It has been regarded 
as a specific in scrofula, but on very insufficient 
grounds, since its general action above alluded 
to is quite sufficient to explain its beneficial 
effects in many strumous affections. It has 
been found useful as an emmenagogue ; and it 
frequently produces good effects m syphilis, 
acting apparently in a manner somewhat analo- 
gous to mercury. It has been used with various 
success in schirrus, chronic enlargements of the 
glands, joints, periostitis, chronic hydrocephalus, 
and many other cases. It is used internally and 
externally in the form of tincture and ointment. 
See Tinctura iodinii and Unguentum iodinii. 
It is less frequently given alone, however, than 
in combination with the iodide of potassium, 
which renders it more easily soluble in water. 
The common dose of iodine is from gr. i to gr. L 
twice or thrice a day. When long continued, 
it is apt to produce nervous irritability, dis- 
ordered bowels, and wasting of the mammit 
and testes. These effects are called lodistz 
or Iodosis. 

I'odine bath, Lugol's. Iodurcted bath. A 
bath recommended by Lugol in scrofulous dis- 
eases, and often used, with beneficial results. 
The bath for men consists of a solution of 3J. to 
3iij. of iodine, in double the quantity of iodide 
of potassium, dissolved in a pint of water, and 
added to from 200 to 300 quarts of water. The 



IPE 

mixture is made in a wooden bath. For chil- 
dren, gr. xxx. to gr. xxxvj., dissolved in 33. of 
iodide, are mixed in 3G quarts of water. 

J'oihne solutions, Lugol's. Three solutions 
are recommended by Lugol : 1. Stimulating 
washes? consisting of gr. ij. to gr. iv. of iodine, 
dissolved in double the quantity of iodide of 
potassium, and mixed with a pound of water. 
2. A rubefacient solution of iodiue, §ss., in iodide 
of potassium, §j., and six ounces of water. 3. A 
caustic solution, consisting of an ounce of iodine 
and iodide, dissolved in two ounces of water. 
The last has been found a very serviceable ap- 
plication to fungoid excrescences. 

I'odinum. Iodinium. Iodina. Iodine. 

I'odoform. See Carbonis sesqui-iodidum. 

I'ouism. The morbid effects of iodine. 

I'oDO-IITDKAKGlf'HATK OF POTASSIUM. A 

double salt of iodide of potassium and biniodide 
of mercury, made by dissolving three and a half 
grains of iodide of potassium and four and a 
half grains of the biniodide of mercury in water, 
and mixing, so that the solution amounts to one 
fluid ounce. Dose, gtt. ij. to gtt. v., three times 
a day. This preparation lias been highly rec- 
ommended for its equalizing effect on the cir- 
culation, and its action in chronic inflammations 
of the bronchii, dyspepsia, scrofula, cutaneous 
diseases, and diseases attended with dropsical 
effusion. 

I'odosis. The morbid effects of iodine. 

I'odurets. Synonymous with iodides. 

I'odureted. Impregnated with iodine. 

I'ONIDIUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Pcntandria. Monogynia. Violacea:. — I. ipecacu- 
anha, a native of Brazil, yields a root called 
false Brazilian ipecacuanha, containing five per 
cent, of emetine, and of which jss. to $j, is an 
emetic dose. — /. microphyllum of Quito possess- 
es similar properties. This plant is called cui- 
•chunchully by the natives. 

IO'NTHUS. (us, i, m. lovdoc.) 1. The 
down on the face which precedes the beard. 
2. A small tubercle on the face ; a variety of 
acne. 

Io'taci'smus. A defect in the organs of 
speech, which renders a person incapable of 
pronouncing the letter ./ or G soft. 

IPECACUA'NHA. (a, a, f.) Ipecacuau. 
This valuable root is supplied from many spe- 
cies of Viola, and by the cephielis ipecacuan- 
ha. The Psychotria cmetica yields the Peru- 
vian drug. The title of ipecacuan is generally 
given to the roots of the following plants, be- 
sides those mentioned in South America : Viola 
parvijlora, V. Ipecacuanha, V. Calceolaria, Cy- 
nanchum Ipecacuanha, C. tomentosum, and As- 
clepias currassavica; and sometimes to Euphor- 
bia Ipecacuanha, Dorstenia Brasiliensis, and D. 
arifolia. In St. Domingo, several species of 
Ruellia, which provoke vomiting, are named 
false ipecacuan. There is very little of the 
white ipecacuan in the shops. Both the gray 
and the brown varieties of the root are brought 
to this country, packed in bales, from Rio Ja- 
neiro. Both are in short, wrinkled, variously 
bent and contorted pieces, which break with 
a resinous fracture. The gray is about the 
thickness of a small quill, full of knots and 
•deep circular fissures, that nearly reach down 



IPE 

to a white, woody, vascular cord that runs 
through the heart of each piece; the external 
part is compact, brittle, and looks smooth ; the 
brown is smaller, more wrinkled, of a blackish- 
brown color on the outside, and white within: 
the white is woody, and has no wrinkles. 

In choosing ipecacuanha,* the larger roots, 
which are compact, and break with a resinous 
fracture, having a whitish-gray, somewhat semi- 
transparent appearance in the inside of the cor- 
tical part, with a pale, straw-colored medullary 
fibre, are to be preferred. The powder is 
slightly odorous and very nauseous. It owes 
its properties to an extractive substance called 
Emetine, which is sparingly soluble in water 
and alcohol. The dose, as an emetic, is 3j. to 
3ss. ; and as a sudorific and expectorant, gr. j. to 
gr. iij . , in combination. As an emetic, it is mild, 
safe, and certain in its operation ; but it is a 
mistake that, when given in larger doses than 
are necessary, it does not operate violently, but 
only in a shorter space of time. It does not act 
so quickly as many other emetic substances ; 
but it evacuates completely the contents of the 
stomach, and does not so much weaken it as 
antimonial emetics. It is given at the com- 
mencement of continued fevers, the progress of 
which is sometimes cut short by its operation ; 
and it is, also, frequently found to stop the 
paroxysm of an intermittent, when given imme- 
diately before the accession of the cold stage. 
At the commencement of inflammation of the 
pharynx, larynx, and trachea, when the inflam- 
mation dqes not run very high, in cynanche ton- 
sillaris, purulent ophthalmy, abscess, and every 
case in which it is necessary to evacuate the 
stomach, or to increase the energy of the ab- 
sorbent system by full vomiting, ipecacuan has 
iuf+t found useful. In doses sufficient to excite 
nausea, without producing vomiting, ipecacuan 
is given with excellent effects in dysentery and 
obstinate diarrha3a, in which cases its efficacy 
seems to arise in a great degree from the nausea, 
which is kept up by the repetition of the small 
doses, diminishing the arterial excitement and 
determining to the surface. Perhaps, also, to 
the nausea may be attributed much of the bene 
fit which results from the use of ipecacuan in 
spasmodic asthma, dyspnoea, pertussis, and epi- 
lepsy. In nauseating doses, also, owing to the 
nausea lessening the force of the circulation, it 
has been employed with the best success in 
uterine and pulmonary hemorrhages. As a su- 
dorific, it is used in acute rheumatism, arthritic 
affections, dropsy, and other diseases in which 
sweating is necessary. It is generally given, 
in these cases, in combination with opium and 
neutral salts, according to the mode introduced 
by Dover (see Pulvis ipecacuanha compositus). 
Its expectorant powers have been found' ex- 
ceedingly useful in catarrhal affections, pneu- 
monia after bleeding, and in the early stage of 
phthisis, in which its diaphoretic effect is also 
beneficial. 

Ipecacuanha, American. /., spurge. The 
root of the Euphorbia ipecacuanha. 

Ipecacuanha, annulated. I., Brazilian. 
I, Lisbon. I, gray. The root of the Cephaelis 
ipecacuanha, which furnishes most of the drug. 



Ipecacuanha, black. 



/., Peruvian. 
379 



I, 



IRI 

ttriated. The Peruvian root, derived from the 
Psyehotria emetica. 

Ipecacuanha, false Brazilian. The root 
of the Ionidium ipecacuanha. 

Ipecacuanha lozenges. These are made of 
ipecacuanha, sugar, and tragacanth, each con- 
taining one fourth of a grain of the ipecacuanha. 
They form a very convenient medicine in 
slight coughs. 

Ipecacuanha, undulated. I, white. The 
root of the Richardsoniana scabra. 

IPOMjE'A. (a, <b, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Convolvulacem. — I. 
qua'moclit. Batata percgrina. The cathartic 
potato. 

Ipom.«a jalapa, or I. purga, has been shown 
by Dr. Coxe to be the true source of the Mexi- 
can jalap. See Convolvulus jalapa. 

Iqueta'ia. Scrofnlaria aquatica. 

Iracu'ndus. The abductor muscle of the 
eye. 

IRIDA'CEjE. The cornflag tribe of niono- 
cotyledonous plants. Smooth herbaceous plants, 
with leaves equitant ; flowers, hexapetalous, tri- 
androus ; stamens, three ; ovarium, three-celled, 
many-seeded. 

Iridje'a edulis. An edible sea-weed of 
Scotland. 

IRIDECTOMEDIALYSIS. (From iptc, iris, 
eKTOfiri, excision, and Siakvatc, separation.) The 
operation for artificial pupil by excision and 
separation. 

Iridectomia. Iridenclcisis. IHdotomia. See 
Coretomia and the allied words. , 

IRIDENCLEISIS. (From ipie, iris, and ey- 
k\uu>, to inclose.) The strangulation of a de- 
tached portion of the iris. 

Iride'scent. The property of shining with 
many colors, like the rainbow. 

IRI'DIUM. An extremely infusible metal, 
found with another, called osmium, in the black 
powder left after dissolving platinum. Its sp. 
gr. is 21-8 to 26-0; equivalent, 98-84 ; and sym- 
bol, Ir. 

I'RIS. (is, idis, f.) 1. In Anatomy, the 
septum between the anterior and posterior 
chambers of the eye, which is perforated in the 
middle by the pupil. 2. In Botany, a genus 
ofplants. Triandria. Monogynia. Iridacem. 
— -J. florentina. Florentine orris. The recent 
root is acrid and purgative; when dry, it has 
a pleasant odor of violets, and is used in den- 
tifrices. — /. florentine. See Iris florentina. 
. — I. germanica. The common iris, or flow- 
er-de-luce. Iris nostra. The fresh root has a 
strong, disagreeable smell, and an acrid, nau- 
seous taste. It is powerfully cathartic. — I. nos- 
tra. Iris germanica. — 7". palustris. See Iris 
pseudacorus. — /. pseuda'corus. The yellow 
water-flag. The root is given internally, when 
perfectly dry, and possesses considerable as- 
tringent power. The expressed juice is said 
to be a useful application to serpiginous erup- 
tions and scrofulous tumors. 

Irish moss. Chondrus crispus. 

IRI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from iris, the name 
of a membrane of the eye. The more proper 
term is Iriditis.) Inflammation of the iris: it 
produces the symptoms of deep-seated or inter- 
no! inflammation of the eye. See Ophthalmitis. 
:J80 



IRR 

IRON. Ferrum. Iron is abundantly distrib- 
uted in ores, combined with sulphur, carbonic 
acid, oxygen, &c., from which it is obtained by 
smelting. It is very ductile and tenacious, may 
be welded, and is susceptible of magnetism. 
Sp. gr., 7'7, and melts at a high point. It de- 
composes water at a red heat, and combines 
readily with oxygen and other electro-nega- 
tives. Steel and cast iron are carburets of this 
metal. It forms four compounds with oxygen, 
the protoxide, FeO, which is the base of the 
green sulphate and other salts; the black ox- 
ide, Fe 3 C>4, which is magnetic, and produced by 
the smith's forge; the peroxide, FejOs, which 
is also a base, many of the salts of which are 
red; and the ferric acid, FeO a . which has an 
acid reaction, and forms salts with potash, ba- 
ryta, &c. Its symbol is Fe, and equivalent. 
27-18. 

Medical virtues. — The general medicinal prop- 
erties of the compounds of iron, and the several 
preparations of it, are to constringo the fibres, 
to quicken the circulation, to promote the dif- 
ferent secretions in the remoter parts, and at 
the same time to repress inordinate discharges 
into the intestinal tube. By the use of chalyb- 
eates, the pulse is very sensibly raised; the 
color of the face, though before pale, changes 
to a florid red ; the alvine, urinary, and cuticu- 
lar excretions are inci-eased. 

Iron is given in most cases of debility and 
relaxation ; in passive hemorrhages ; in dyspep- 
sia, hysteria, and especially chlorosis, and in 
most of the cachexia;. For the preparations, 
see Ferrum. 

Iron, hydrated peroxide of. See Fcrri 
sesquioxydum kfdratum. 

IRREDU'CIBLE. Not capable of being re- 
stored to the natural position; applied in sur- 
gery to those fractures, hernias, or luxations in 
which expeditious restoration is impracticable. 

IRRIGATION. Irrigatio. The systematic 
watering or moistening of any part of the body, 
especially by the dropping of water. It is a 
powerful antiphlogistic moans, and attended 
with sedative effects. 

IRRITABILITY. ( Imtabilitas, atis, f. ; 
from irrito, to provoke.) Vis insita of Haller. 
Vis vitalis of Gaertner. Oscillation of Boer- 
haave. Tonic power of Stahl. Muscular pow- 
er of Bell. Inherent power of Cullen. The 
property of the muscular and other living fibres 
to be thrown into action under certain stimuli, 
whether nervous, chemical, or mechanical. 

IRRI'TANT. Irritans. That which produces 
irritation in a vital organ. Irritant agents re- 
semble stimulants in some degree. They may 
be mechanical, chemical, or specific, in the lat- 
ter case producing an action in a remote organ 
without apparent contact. 

IRRITA'TION. Irritalio. 1. The action of 
a stimulus on a part endowed with irritability, 
or the state of a part the irritability of which is 
excited by a stimulus. The term is applied to 
the action both of natural and morbid stinquli. 
but more frequently the latter. 2. The affec- 
tion induced by the presence of morbid matters 
&c., in the stomach and bowels, &c, which 
produces symptoms resembling those of arach 
nitis, pleuritis, peritonitis, &c. 3. A subacute 



ISC 

inflammation of an organ is frequently called 
an irritation of the part. 

ISA'TINE. A product of the oxidation of 
blue indigo, by heating it with weak nitric acid. 
It forms beautiful red crystals, of sparing solu- 
bility, and capable of sublimation. Formula, 
C16H5NO4, or blue indigo plus two atoms of ox- 
ygen. By the action of potash it is converted 
into isatinic acid, and into isatyde when an al- 
coholic solution is mixed with sulphuret of am- 
monium : the latter is composed of isatine plus 
one atom of hydrogen. Chlorine, bromine, and 
some of their compounds produce a number of 
compounds by replacing one or two atoms of 
the hydrogen of isatine : these are termed chlo- 
risaline, bromisatine, &c, and also produce acids 
by the action of potash, respectively called 
chlorisatinic, &c, acids. 

I'SATIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
Tctradynamia. Siliquosa. Leguminosee. — /. 
tinctoria. Glastmn. Woad. It yields an in- 
ferior indigo. 

I'sca. lona. A fungous excrescence grow- 
ing on the oak and hazel. 

ISCH-. Ischi-. Ischo-. A prefix (from 
fCT^w, to restrain), signifying a check or hinder- 
ance ; also, from the ischium bone. 

Ischje'mia. The suppression of a customary 
discharge of blood. 

Ischje'mon. Any medicine which restrains 
bleeding. 

ISCHIA'DIC. Ischiatic. Appertaining to 
the ischium. 

Ischiadic artery. A branch of the internal 
iliac, which passes out at the ischiadic foramen, 
between the pyriform and gemelli muscles, in 
company with the great sciatic nerve. It is 
distributed within the pelvis to the rectum and 
the internal obturator, pyriform, coccygeal, and 
levator ani muscles ; after its passage out of the 
pelvis, it is distributed chiefly to the rotator 
muscles of the thigh. It sends a twig down on 
the surface of the sciatic nerve. 

Ischiadic foramen. See Innominatum os. 

Ischiadic notch. See Innominatum os. 

Ischia'lgia. Sciatica. 

Ischiatic Ischiaticus. See Ischiadic. 

Ischiatic nerve. See Sacro-sciatic nerve. 

ISC HI' AGRA, (a, ee, f.; from ia X iov, the 
haunch, and ay pa, a seizure.) This name has 
been given to hip gout, and also to neuralgia of 
the sacro-sciatic nerve. See Sciatica. 

Ischidro'sis. Suppression of the perspira- 
tion. 

I'SCHIAS. (as, adis, f. Io^tac.) The hip 
gout. A rheumatic affection of the hip joint. 

Ischiatoce'le. See Ischiocele. 

Ischioble'nnia. A suppression of a habitual 
or morbid discharge of mucus. 

I'schio-caverno'sus. The erector penis 
muscle. 

ISCHIOCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from io X cov, the 
hip, and Knln, a tumor.) A hernia at the ischi- 
adic foramen. See Hernia. 

Ischio-clitoreana arteria. The branch 
of the internal pudic, which furnishes the two 
arteries of the clitoris. 

Ischio-clitorianus. The nerve of the clitoris 
— a branch of the pudic. 

Ischio-clitoride'us. The erector clitoridis. 



ISC 

Ischio-cocctge'us. The coccygeus muscle 

Ischio-kemoralis. The adductor magnua 
femoris. 

Ischio-fjjmoro-peroneus. The biceps fe- 
moris. 

Ischio-perinea'lis. The transversus perinei. 

Ischio-popliti-tibial. The semi-membrano- 
sus muscle. — Chaussier. 

Ischio-pr^tibialis. The semi-tendinous 
muscle. — Chaussier. 

Ischio-prosta'ticus. The muscular fibres, 
called transversus perinei alter. 

Ischio-pubi-femoralis. The adductor mag 
nus femoris. — Dumas. 

Ischio-pubi-prostaticus. The transversus 
perinei. — Dumas. 

Ischio-trochanteria'ni. The gemelli mus- 
cles. — Chaussier. 

Ischio'sis. Sciatica. 

I'SCHIUM. (um, i, n. ; from 10x1c, the loin ; 
so named because it is near the loin.) A bone 
of the pelvis of the foetus, and a part of the os 
innominatum of the adult. See Innominatum os. 

Ischnopho'nia. A tenuity or shrillness of 
the voice. 

Ischno'tis. Emaciation. 

Ischolo'chia. Suppression of the lochia. 

Ischome'nia. Amenorrhcea. 

Ischure'tic. Ischureticus. Having the 
power of relieving a suppression of the urine. 

ISCHU'RIA. Ischuria vera. (From tor^'w, 
to restrain, and ovpov, the urine.) A retention 
of urine. When there is a frequent desire of 
making water, attended with much difficulty in 
voiding it, the complaint is called a dysury: 
and when there is a total retention of urine, it 
is known by the name of an ischury. Both 
ischuria and dysuria are distinguished into 
acute, when arising in consequence of inflam- 
mation; and chronic, when proceeding from 
any other cause, such as calculus, &c. 

The causes which give rise to these diseases 
are an inflammation of the urethra, occasioned 
either by venereal sores, or by a use of acrid in- 
jections, tumor or ulcer of the prostate gland, 
inflammation of the bladder or kidneys, con- 
siderable enlargements of the hemorrhoidal 
veins, a lodgment of indurated faeces in the rec- 
tum, spasm at the neck of the bladder, the ab- 
sorption of cantharides applied externally or 
taken internally, and excess in drinking either 
spirituous or vinous liquors; but particles of 
gravel sticking at the neck of the bladder, or 
lodging in the urethra, and thereby producing 
irritation, prove the most frequent cause. Gouty 
matter falling on the neck of the bladder will 
sometimes occasion these complaints. 

There are four species of ischuria : 

1. Ischuria renalis, coming after a disease of 
the kidneys, with a troublesome sense of weight 
or pain in that part. 

2. Ischuria ureterica, after a disease of the 
kidneys, with a sense of pain or uneasiness in 
the course of the ureters. 

3. Ischuria vesicalis, marked by a frequent 
desire to make water, with a swelling of the hy- 
pogastrium, and pain at the neck of the bladder. 

4. Ischuria urethralis, marked by a frequent 
desire to make water, with a swelling of the hy- 
pogastrium, and pain of some part of the urethra. 

381 



I so 

In dysury there is a frequent inclination to 
make water, attended with a smarting pain, 
neat, and difficulty in voiding it, together with 
a sense of fullness in the region of (Be bladder. 
The symptoms often vary, however, according 
to the cause which has given rise to it. If it 

Eroceed from a calculus in the kidney or ureter, 
esides the affections mentioned, it will be ac- 
companied with nausea, vomiting, and acute 
pains in the loins and regions of the ureter and 
kidney of the side affected. When a stone in 
the bladder, or gravel in the urethra, is the 
cause, an acute pain will be felt at the end of 
the penis, particularly on voiding the last drops 
of urine, and the stream of water will either be 
divided into two, or bo discharged in a twisted 
manner, not unlike a corkscrew. If a scirrhus 
of the prostate gland has occasioned the sup- 
pression or difficulty of urine, a hard, indolent 
tumor, unattended with any acute pain, may 
readily be felt in the perineum, or by introdu- 
cing the finger in ano. 

Dysury is seldom attended with much danger, 
unless, by neglect, it should terminate in a total 
obstruction. Ischury may always be regarded 
as a dangerous complaint, when it continues for 
any length of time, from the great distension 
and often consequent inflam mation which ensue . 
In those cases where neither a bougie nor a 
catheter can be introduced, the event, in all 
probability, will be fatal, ns few patients will 
submit to an operation for drawing off the urine 
before a considerable degree of inflammation 
and tendency to gangrene have taken place. 

Ischuria spasmodica. Suppression of urine 
from spasm of the bladder. $ 

Ischuria spuria. When the urine does not 
reach the bladder. 

Ischuria vesicalis k muco. A complaint of 
children and old men, in which the urine is 
very turbid and ropy, and comes away with 
difficulty and pain. It arises from an irritable 
condition of the prostate or bladder, and is to 
be treated by mucilages, solution of potash, and 
copaiba, when fever is absent; otherwise, by 
antiphlogistics. 

Isikglass. Ichthyocolla. 

Isis nobii.is. Red coral. 

ISO-. A prefix (from taoc, equal), denoting 
equality or similarity. 

Isochi'menal. Having the same winter tem- 
perature. See Isothermal. 

I'sochroma'tic. Having the same color. 

ISO'CHRONOS. (From taoc, equal, and 
Xpovog, time.) Isochronous. Applied to two 
or more actions which are performed in an equal 
length of time ; thus the pulsations of the ar- 
teries throughout the body are isochronous, or 
very nearly so. 

Iso'crates. Wine mixed with an equal 
quantity of water. 

Iso'dromus. Isochronos. 

I'solateb. Synonymous with insulated. 

I'solu'cine. A principle found in the Poly- 
gala senega. 

ISOME'RIC. (From taoc, equal, and pepog, 
a part.) In Chemistry, compounds which con- 
sist of the same elements united in the same 
ratio, and yet differ in their sensible properties. 

ISO'MERISM. (From «7«r, equal, and fie- 
382 



ISO 

pio/ioc, a portioning out.) The state of an iso- 
meric compound. See Isomeric. 

ISOMORPHISM. (From taoc, and popty, 
form.) Similarity of figure. Having the same 
crystalline form; this is associated with the 
same number of atoms, but of unlike elements, 
and also with similar properties. Thus, alum 
consists of sulphuric acid, alumina, and potash; 
but either of these bodies may be replaced by 
certain other isomorphous bodies ; the sulphuric 
acid by the*elenic, chromic, or manganic acids: 
the last two of these produce a difference of 
color in the crystal, but little else. The alu- 
mina may be replaced by peroxide of iron, ses- 
quioxide of manganese, or sesquioxide of chro- 
mium; and the potash by soda or oxide of 
ammonium. Thus, the alum may have none of 
its primary constituents, but isomorphous atoms 
of the same number. 

Isomo'rphous groups. The substances which 
can mutually replace one another entirely or 
in part, belong to the same isomorphous group. 
Several groups have been detected, of which 
the following are known : 

1. 

Silver Ag. 

Gold Au. 

2. 

Arsenious acid (in its unusual form) Ag^Os- 

Sesquioxide of antimony .... SbzOs* 

3. 

Alumina AfaOa. 

Sesquioxide of iron Fe*Oa. 

" chromium .... CV3O1. 

" manganese . . . MmOa*. 

4. 

Phosphoric acid POs. 

Arsenic acid AsOa, 

5. 

Sulphuric acid SOs. 

Selenic acid SeOa. 

•Chromic acid CrOa. 

Manganic acid MnOa- 

6. 

Hypermanganic acid MnzOi, 

Hyperchloric acid CIO?. 

7. 

Salts of potash KO. 

Salts of oxide of ammonium . . . NH*0~ 

8. 
Oxide of silver ....... AgO. 

Oxide of sodium NaO. 

9. 

Baryta BaO. , 

Strontia SrO. 

Lime (in arragonite) CaO. 

Oxide of lead PbO. 

10. 
Lime (in Iceland spar) .... CaO. 

Magnesia MgO 

Protoxide of iron FeO. 

" manganese .... MnO 

" zinc ZnO 

" cobalt CoO. 

" nickel NiO. 

" copper CiiO. 

" lead(inplumbocalcite) PbO. 

ISO'PODA. (From taoc, and ttouc, a foot.) 
Au order of crustacean animals which has all 



JAB 

me legs alike, and calculated for locomotion 
and prehension. 

Isosta'thmos. ItroaraOuog. A medicine for 
a cough used by the Greeks. 

ISOTHE'RMAL. (From laoc, and dsp/in, 
heat.) Having the same average temperature. 
Geographical lines drawn over the surface of 
countries, and passing through places having 
the same average heat, are termed isothermal 
lines. They are very irregular, in consequence 
of the occurrence of mountains and large lakes 
or surfaces of water, which modify the temper- 
ature. The terms Isothermal and Isochimenal 
are used also; the first, to designate a line 
showing the places having the same summer 
heat, and the last, those with the same mean 
winter temperature. 

According to Humboldt, the isothermal line 
which corresponds to the temperature of 32° 
F. passes between Ulea, in Lapland, lat. 66°, 
and Table Bay, on the coast of Labrador, lat. 
54°. The isothermal line of 41° passes near 
Stockholm, lat. 59£°, and St. George's Bay, 
Newfoundland, lat. 48°. The line of 50° pass- 
es through the Netherlands, lat. 51°, and near 
Boston, in the United States, lat. 42£° ; that of 
59° between Rome and Florence, lat. 43°, and 
Raleigh, in North Carolina, lat. 36°. In all 
these cases, we see that the isothermal lines, in 
passing from the western side of the continent 
of Europe to the eastern coast of America, de- 
viate very considerably toward the south, the 
deviation in one case amounting to 11£° of lati- 
tude. In passing over the American continent 
they again recede to the northward; and in 
California, and to the north of that peninsula, 
along the western side of the continent, the 
annual temperature is nearly the same as under 
similar latitudes in the west of Europe. From 
the western to the eastern side of the old con- 
tinent, the flexure of the isothermal curves and 
the diminution of the mean annual temperature 
under the same parallels are not less conspicu- 
ous. The isothermal line of 55° passes through 
Nantes, lat. 47°, and Pekin, lat. 39fc°. Edin- 
burgh and Kasan (in the east of Russia) have 
the same latitude; but the mean annual tem- 
perature of the former is 48°, while that of the 
second is below 38° F. 



J AL 

Issue. See Fonticulus. 

Issue peas. These are turned from the smalt 
orange berries, or Cura<;oa oranges. 

I'STHMION. Isthmus. (From io6poc, a 
narrow piece of land between two seas.) The 
fauces, or passage between the mouth and 
gullet. 

Isthmi'tis. Inflammation of the throat. 

Isthmus hepatis. The lobulus anonymous 
of the liver. 

Isthmus of the thyroid gland. A band 
of fibres which unites the two divisions of the 
thyroid gland. 

Isthmus Vieussenii. The ridge surrounding 
the remains of the foramen ovale, in the right 
auricle of the human heart. 

Itch. See Scabies. 

Itch, baker's. I, bricklayer's. I, grocer's. 
See Psoriasis. 

Itch insect. Acarus scabiei. 

I'TER. A passage communicating between 
two or more parts. 

Iter ad infundibulum. The foramen com- 
mune antcrius of the brain. See Encepkalon. 

Iter a falato ad aurem. The Eustachian 
tube. See Auris. 

Iter a tertio ad quartum ventriculum. 
The aquaxluctus Sylvii. 

Itinera'rium. The catheter; also, a staff 
used in cutting for tho stone. 

I'TIS. A suffix (from lttjc, v. irauoc, hasty), 
used to denote inflammation : for this purpose, 
it is added to the genitive case of the Greek 
word for the organ affected. 

I'VA FRUTE'SCENS. A corymbiferous 
plant, which produces the Mexican quinquina, 
celebrated in its native country as a febrifuge. 

Iva pecanga. Smilax sarsaparilla. 

I'VORY. The dust is occasionally boiled to 
form jelly, instead of isinglass, for which it is a 
bad substitute. In 100 parts there are 24 gel- 
atine, 64 phosphate of lime, and 0*1 carbonate 
of lime. 

Ivory black. Animal charcoal. 

Ivy. Hedera helix. 

Ivy, ground. Glecoma hederacea. 

I'xia. Carlina gummifera 

Ixia. l!;ia. A varix. 

Ixine. Atractylis gummifera.. 



eJ ACE' A. (a, ee, f.) 1. A name given to 
several herbs; among others, to the pansy. 2. 
•A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia 
frustranea. Composita. 

Jaceranta tinga. Acorns calamus. 

Jacinthus. Hyacinthus. 

Jack-by-the-hedge. Erysimum alliaria. 

Jacob^'a. Senecio Jacobaea. 

Jacob's membrane. Membrana Jacobi. A del- 
icate membrane covering the retina. See Eye. 

Jacobson's nerve. Jacobson's anastomosis. 
See Petrous ganglion. 

JACTITATION. Jactitatio. The constant 
tossing arising from restlessness in acute dis- 
eases. 

Jaen bark. See Cinchona barks, variov$. 



Jagga'ry. Coarse palm sugar. 

JALA'P. Jala' pa. Jala'pium. The root 
of the Ipomcea jalapa of Mexico ; a well-known, 
valuable purgative. Dose, gr. x. to 3j. See 
Convolvulus jalapa. 

Jalapa alba. White jalap. See Convolvu- 
lus mechoacan. 

Jala'pin. The chief resin of jalap, of a soft 
consistence, and soluble in ether. Formula, 
C«H340jo- Jalapic acid is another acid resin 
of the same body, existing in small quantity. 
It is also called Rhodcoretine. Formula, C49 
HjsOm. 

Jaleyrac A village of Auvergue, where 
there is a mineral spring containing carbonates 
of soda and lime. 

383 



JEC 

Jamaica bark. See Cinchona barks, 
false. 

Jamaica bark-tree. The Bursera gummi* 
/era, which yields a terebinthinate resin, of 
an agreeable flavor. 

Jamaica, climate of. See West Indies. 

Jamaica kino. See Coccoloba uvifera. 

Jamaica pepper. See Myrtus pimenta. 

JAMAICI'NA. Jamaicine. An azotized alka- 
loid, derived from the cabbage-bark-tree (An- 
dira incrmis). It is of a brownish-yellow color, 
crystallizable, fusible, soluble, and very bitter. 
It appears to be an active purgative. 

Ja'mblichi sales. A preparation with sal 
ammoniac, some aromatic ingredients, &c 

James's analeptic pills. These are made 
of equal parts of James's powder, ammoniacum, 
and the aloes and myrrh pill beat up with tinc- 
ture of castor. 

James's powder. See Antimonialis pulvis. 

Jamestown weed. Datura stramonium. 

Ja'nipha manihot. A synonym of Jatropa 
manihot. 

•JA'NITOR. 1. A door-keeper. 2. The py- 
lorus, from its being at the entrance of the in- 
testine. 

Janua emplastuum. An old plaster contain- 
ing betony. 

Januarii cataplasma. An old cataplasm 
used in diseases of the spleen. 

Janitrix. The vena porta. 1 . 

Japan earth. See Acacia catechu. 

Japan sago. The fecula of the Cycas rcvo- 
iuta, and other cycada?. 

Japo'nica terra. Acacia catechu. 

Jasmines. A natural iamily of plants, of 
which the genus jasminum is the type. 

JA'SMINUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Diandria. Monogynia. Jasminccc. — J. offici- 
nale. The jessamine. The essential oil has 
been used as a liniment in paralysis and rheu- 
matism. 

Jasminum arabicum. A synonyme of Cof- 
fea arabica. 

Jaspacha'tes. Jaspar agate. 

Jasper. Jaspis. A sub-species of rhoin- 
boidal quartz. 

JA'TROPH A. (a, <c, f.) A genus of plants. 
Moncecia. Monadclphia. Euphorbiacew. — J. 
curcas. The physic nut. The seed is oblong 
and black. It atfords a quantity of oil, which 
is given, in many places, as the castor oil is in 
this country, to which it is veiy nearly allied. 
The seeds of the J. multifida are of an oval and 
triangular shape, of a pale brown color, are 
called purging nuts, and give out a similar oil. 
—J. elastica. The juice of this plant affords 
Indian rubber. — J. manihot. The plant which 
yields the cassada root. Some species have an 
acrid root, which, however, becomes mild by 
the action of heat. 

Ja'tropic acid. Syn. of crotonic acid. 

Jaundice. See Icterus. 

Jaundice, black. Melaena. 

Jaw-bone. The maxillary bone. 

Jaw, fallen. Trismus nascentium. 

Jecora'ria. 1. Marchantia polymorpha. 2. 
An epithet of the basilic vein, because it was 
usually opened in diseases of the liver. 

Jectiga'tio. A species of epilepsy. 
384 



JU.G 

JE'OUE. (ur, oris, or jecinoris, n.) The 
liver. See Liver. 

Jecur uterinum. The placenta. 

Jeju'nitas. Jejunium. Hunger. 

Jejuni'tis . Inflammation of the jejunum. 

JEJU'NUM. (um, i, n. ; from jejunus, hun- 
gry or empty.) Jejunum intestinum. The 
second portion of the small intestines, so called 
because it is generally found empty in the dead 
body. 

Jelly. See Gelatine. 

Jelly, vegetable. Pectine. 

Jerusalem artichoke. Helianthus tubero- 
sus. 

Jerusalem cowslips. Pulmonaria offici- 
nalis. 

Jerusalem oak. Chenopodium botrys. 

Jerusalem oak, American. Chenopodium 
anthelminticum. 

Jerusalem sage. Pulmonaria officinalis. 

JE'RVINE. Jcrvina. A vegetable alkaloid, 
obtained by M. Simon from the rhizome of 
Veralrum album, in which it exists along with 
veratria. It is a crystalline powder; fusible, 
insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, and form- 
ing sparingly soluble salts with sulphuric, ni- 
tric, and hydrochloric acid, but a very soluble 
acetate. Its formula is C00H45N2O3. 

Jessamine. Jasminum officinalis. 

Jesuit a'nus cortex. Jesuiticus cortex. Cin- 
chona bark. 

Jesuit's bark. Cinchona bark. 

Jesuit's drops. Balsamum polychrestum. 
Elixir venereum. Composed of guaiac, Peru- 
vian balsam, and sarsaparilla. The Tinctura 
benzoini composita of the present day frequent- 
ly answers to this name. 

Jewell's calomel. A very fine calomel, 
obtained by subliming along with vapor of 
water. 

Jew's ears. Teziza auricula. 

Jew's pitch. Bitumen Judaicum. 

Joint. See Arlicuhis. 

Joint, stiff. See Anchylosis. 

Jointed. See Articidatus. 

Judjei compositio. An application consist- 
ing of lime, nitre, and urine, recommended by 
Celsus against gangrene. 

Judjei emplastrum. The name of two plas- 
ters, one recommended by Celsus for a broken 
head, and the other by Aetius as a detergent 
and iuc amative. 

Judicato'rii dies. Critical days. 

Jugal process. The zygomatic pi'ocess. 

Jugai nerves. The zygomatic nerves. 

JUGA'LIS. (From jugum, ayoke.) Jugal: 
appertaining to the cheek, or os jugale. • 

Jugale os., (So called from its resemblance, 
or because it is articulated to the bone of the 
upper jaw, like a yoke. ) Os mala. Os zygo- 
maticum. The cheek bone. The ossa mala- 
rum are the prominent square bones which 
form the upper part of the cheeks. They are 
situated close under the eyes, and make part 
of the orbit. 

Jugalis sutura. Jugal suture. The sagit- 
tal suture, and also the zygomatic suture, have 
been so called. 

Jugame'ntum. The cheek bone. 

JU'GLANS. (ans, andis, f.) A genus of 



JUN 

plants. Moncecia. Polyandria. Juglandaceee. 
— I. cincrea. I. cathartica. Juglans. (U. S.) 
The butter-nut. An extract of the root bark is 
laxative in doses of gr. x. to 33s. 

Juglans hegia. The walnut-tree. Juglans. 
The green fruit is very astringent : an extract is 
used as a vermifuge, and the rind also enters 
into the Lisbon diet-drink, which is anti-vene- 
real. 

JU'GULAR. (Jugularis; from jugulum, the 
throat.) Belonging to the throat. 

Jugular fossa. A cavity in the suture of 
the temporal and occipital bone, in which is 
lodged the commencement of the iuternal jugu- 
lar veins. 

Jugular veins. The veins so called ran 
from the head down the sides of the neck, and 
are divided, from their situation, into external 
and internal. The external, or superficial jugu- 
lar vein, receives the blood from the frontal, 
angular, temporal, auricular, sublingual, or 
ranine, and occipital veins. The internal, or 
deep-seated jugular vein, receives the blood 
from the lateral sinuses of the dura mater, the 
laryngeal and pharyngeal veins. Both jugu- 
lars unite, and form, with the subclavian vein, 
the superior vena cava, which terminates in 
the superior part of the right auricle of the 
heart. 

Ju'gulum. The throat, or anterior part of the 
neck. 

JU'GUM PENIS. An improper instrument 
for the purpose of compressing some portion of 
the urethra to prevent the dribbling of urine in 
cases of incontinence. 

Jujuba. Jujube. Rhamnus zizyphus. 

JU'LEP. Julapium. Julepus. Those forms 
of medicine which are now called mixtures, 
were formerly called juleps, as camphor julep, 
the mistura camphora. 

July-flower. Dianthus caryophyllus. 

Jumnisum. Yeast. — Ruland. 

Jumble beads. The seeds of the Abrus pre- 
catorius. 

JU'NCUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Hexandria. Monogynia. 

Juncus odoratus. Andropogon schccnan- 
thus. 

JUNGERMANNIA'CE^E. (Jungermannia, 
one of the genera. ) A very small natural%rder 
of acrogenous or cryptogamic plants, resem- 
bling mosses in appearance, and, like them, 
growing upon the bark of trees, and in damp 
ground in shady places. They bear their seeds 
m cases containing spiral threads, whicn, by 
their elasticity, disperse the former when ripe. 
Until lately they were considered to form a 
part of Hepatica. 

Jungle fever. A remittent fever of India, 
similar to the yellow fever. 

Juniper. Juniperus communis. 
Bb 



Jtrz 

Juniper resin. Sandarach; an exudation 
from the Juniperus communis. 

Juniperum vinum. Wine impregnated with 
the flavor of juniper berries. 

JUNI'PERUS. (us, i, f.) 1. A genus of 
plants. Dimcia. Monadelphia. Coniferce. 2. 
The berries of Juniperus communis. 

Juniperus communis . The -juniper-tree. 
Juniperus. The tops and berries are aromatic, 
diuretic, and carminative, from the oil (Oleum 
juniperi) they contain. The tree also yields 
the resin called gum sandarach. 

Juniperus lycia. This was supposed to 
yield the Olibanum, or frankincense, a resin of 
an aromatic odor. 

Juniperus oxycedrus. J.phanicea. Berry 
cedar. The wood yields, by distillation, the 
fetid oil called Huile de cade. What is called 
American olibanum exudes from the bark. 

Juniperus sabina. The savin-tree. Sabina. 
Savina. Sabina sterilis. The leaves and tops 
possess a hot, aromatic, and disagreeable taste, 
due to an essential oil (Ol. sabina). They are 
stimulant, emmenagogue, and diuretic, and also 
used as a vermifuge, and to procure abortion. 
Externally, savin is recommended as an escha- 
rotic to foul ulcefs, syphilitic warts, &c. A 
strong decoction of the plant in lard and wax 
forms a useful ointment to keep up a constant 
discharge from blisters, &c. See Ceratwm 
sabina;. 

Juniperus virginiana. Red cedar; an in- 
digenous plant, commonly called savine: it is 
somewhat similar to the J. sabina in property. 

Ju'piter. Tin. 

JURIBALI. An Asiatic tree of the family 
Meliacea:, the bark of which is said to be febri- 
fuge. 

JURISPRUDENCE, MEDICAL. Synony 
mous with Forensic Medicine. 

JUS. (s, uris, u.) Broth or potage. 

Ju'sculum. (urn, i, n.) The same. 

Jussa. Gypsum. — Ruland. 

JUSTPCIA. (a, <c, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diandria. Monogynia. — J.adhatoda. A plant 
of Ceylon, supposed by the natives to have the 
power of expelling the dead foetus. — J. ecbolium. 
A Malabar plant, the roots and leaves of which 
are supposed to be lithontriptic. — J. pectoralis, 
of the West Indies, is slightly astringent. 

Justamond's arsenical caustic. Aprepara- 
tion made by melting together antimony and 
arsenic in fine powder. 

JUVA'NTIA. (Yvorajuvo, to assist.) Those 
means, whether dietic, regiminal, or medicinal, 
which do good to sick people. 

Juxtangi'na. (From juxta, near, and angina, 
a quinsy. ) Inflammation of the muscles of the 
pharynx. 

Juzam. The Arabic name of the tubercular 
elephantiasis, or Elephantiasis Gracorum. 

000 



KER 



KID 



K. 



K. 



The symbol for potassium (kaliuni). 

Kaath. Acacia catechu. 

KiEMPFE'RIA. (a, a-, f.) A genus of plants. 
Monandria. Monogynia.-^-K. galanga. The 
greater galangal root. It is aromatic, and has 
the mixed flavor of pepper and ginger. — K. ro- 
tunda. The officinal zedoary. Zedoaria. The 
roots are in long pieces, zedoaria longa, or in 
roundish pieces, zedoaria rotunda. They have 
an agreeable camphoraceous smell, and a bitter- 
ish aromatic taste. 

Kahi'nca. See Cainca. 

Ka'jeputi oleum. See Melaleuca. 

Kakodtl. See Cacodyl. 

KA'LI. (An Arabian word ; indeclinable.) 
The vegetable alkali. See Potash. 

Kali acetatum. Potassae acetas. 

Kali aeratum.. Potassae carbonas. 

Kali arsenicatum. Potassae arsenias. 

Kali citratum. Potassae citras. 

Kali pr.eparatum. Potassae subcarbonas. 

Kali purum. Potassa fusa. 

Kali sulphuratum. Sulphuretum potassa;. 

Kali tartarizatum. Potassae tartras. 

Kali vitriolatum. Potassa; sulphas. 

Ka'lium. Potassium. 

KA'LMIA. (a, <c, f.) A genus of hand- 
some indigenous shrubs. Decandria. Monogy- 
nia. Ericaceai. — K. latifolia. Mountain laurel ; 
calico bush; is a common evergreen. The 
leaves are narcotic, and produce, in an over- 
dose, nausea, vertigo, temporary blindness, dif- 
ficult respiration, and weak pulse. A Poisoning 
by this plant, which sometimes occurs from eat- 
ing birds that have fed on it, is to be met by 
stimulating emetics (mustard), and nervous 
and arterial stimulauts, as the spiritus ammonias 
aromaticus. The leaves have been used in 
decoction and ointment to cutaneous diseases. 
The dried leaves are, according to Dr. Bigelow, 
inactive in doses of gr. x., in some instances. 
—K. angustifolia, sheep laurel, and K. glauca, 
or swamp laurel, are poisonous. 

Karabi'tis. Phrenitis. 

Kareo. Ripogonum parviflorum. 

Kassander. Convolvulus panduratus. 

Kau'ri resin. Cowdie gum. 

Keeled. Carinatus. 

Keiri. Cheiranthus cheiri. 

Kelp. Incinerated sea-weed. 

Kennel-wort. Scrofularia nodosa. 

Kenospu'dia. A brown study. 

KENTUCKY, SPRINGS OF. There are 
some remarkable mineral waters, called Olym- 
pian springs, near the mouth of the Licking 
River, one of which is sulphureous, another cha- 
lybeate, and a third saline and sulphureous. The 
salines at Big-bone Lick are resorted to by in- 
valids. Near Harrodsburgthere is a spring con- 
taining a large proportion of Epsom salt. 

KERA-. A prefix, used synonymously with 
cera, which see ; as in the case of Keratitis, 
JCeratomus, Keratocele, &c. 

Kerastrosis. Hystriciasis. 

KERATONY'XIS. (From Kepac, a horn, and 
386 



vvaau, to puncture.) A term used in Germany 
to designate an operation for cataract, in which 
the needle is passed through the cornea. 

KE'RMES. Coccus baphica. C. querent 
illicis. Round reddish grains, about the size, 
of peas, obtained from the branches of the scar- 
let oak of southern Europe. The Confectio 
alkermes was prepared with these, which were 
supposed to possess corroborant and astringent 
virtues. 

Kermes mineral. Kermes mineralis. See 
Anlimonii sulphuretum. 

Ke'rva. Ricinus communis. 

Ketchup. The prepared liquor of the mush- 
room, made by sprinkling salt on that vegetable, 
and collecting the fluid which escapes. 

Keyser's pills. They contained an impure 
acetate ofifnercury. 

Kiaster. See Chiastre. 

Kibes. A name for chilblains. 

KIDNEY. An abdominal viscus that secretes 
the urine. There are two kidneys, situated in 
the upper and back part of the abdomen, in the 
lumbar region. The kidney is between four 
and five inches in length ; is rounded anteriorly, 
flattened posteriorly, convex and uniform at its 
outer margin, and has a deep depression or sinus 
toward the vertebrae, surrounded with unequal 
edges, where the renal vessels and nerves enter. 
The right kidney is connected to the liver and 
duodenum, the left to the spleen, and both to 
the muscles on which they are placed, and to 
the renal glands and colon, by cellular sub- 
stance, and by the peritoneum ; which last, 
reflected from the liver and spleen to the kid- 
neys, have by some been called the ligaments 
of the kidneys. They are also connected to the 
aorta and vena cava by their blood-vessels, and 
to the bladder of urine by the ureters. Each 
kidney is surrounded by loose cellular substance, 
which commonly contains a considerable quan- 
tity of fat, from which it is termed tunica adi- 
posa. Under the tunica adiposa there is a mem- 
brane composed of the original proper coat and 
cellufer substance incorporated, which adheres 
closely to the kidney, and is reflected over the 
edges of the sinus, to be joined to the pelvis and 
large vessels. It consists of an outer part called 
cortical, and an inner termed medullary. The 
cortical substance, termed also secerning, sur- 
rounds the kidney, and is about a fourth or third 
part of an inch in thickness ; it likewise sends 
in partitions, which separate the medullary parts 
from each other. The medullary, termed also 
tubular or uriniferous substance, is more com- 
pact and of a paler color than the former, and 
is divided into a number of distinct columns, 
each of which terminates in a projection called 
papilla, vel processus mammillaris. The papilla 
are merely the continuation of the uriniferous 
part, though frequently considered as a third 
division of the substance of the kidney. Each 
kidney has one, and sometimes more arteries, of 
great proportional size, which run transversely 
from the aorta, and a vein still larger than the 



KID 

artery, which terminates in the cava : they enter 
at the sinus of the kidney, and are included in 
cellular substance, which accompanies thefl 
throughout their course. The right renal artery 
is longer than the left, in consequence of the 
vena cava, behind which it passes, being placed 
upon the right side of the aorta. The artery, 
as it approaches the kidney, is divided into 
branches, which are afterward minutely dis- 
tributed through the cortical substance, forming 
arches and anastomoses ; but these are found to 
be much less frequent than are commonly de- 
scribed, for a fine injection thrown into a branch 
of the artery fills only the ramifications belong- 
ing to that branch. The small branches, after 
turning and winding in various directions, pass 
partly toward the surface of the kidney, where 
/hey form irregular stars, some of which supply 
the proper membrane. Others turn inward in 
a waving direction, and form corpuscles, or acini, 
disposed after the manner of clusters of small 
berries, which can only be seen distinctly by the 
assistance of glasses, after a minute injection. 
The corpuscles were considered by Dr. Nichols 
as the globular terminations of blood-vessels, 
and termed by him Globuli arteriarum termini ; 
but these globuli were afterward observed by 
Mr. Hewson and others to consist of small ves- 
sels intimately intermixed. The lymphatics of 
the kidney run from without inward, and ter- 
minate in the lumbar glands, and afterward in 
the thoracic duct. The supeifrcial lymphatics 
are so 6mall as seldom to be seen, excepting in 
the diseased state of this organ. The nerves are 
from the semilunar ganglion, formed by the 
great sympathetic and eighth pair. They com- 
pose a plexus which surrounds the blood-vessels, 
and accompanies them in the kidney. From 
the minute extremities of the renal artery, in 
the corpuscles situated in the cortical substance, 
the uriniferous tubes arise. They are mixed 
with some extremely small blood-vessels, and 
constitute the medullary substance of the kid- 
ney. By degrees they unite into larger tubes, 
which run in a radiated manner, the direction 
being from the outer edge or circumference, 
toward the sinus or inner part of the kidney. 
The radiated tubes, becoming still larger in 
their passage, terminate in the papilla, which 
are of a compressed conical form, and at a little 
distance from each other. The papilla; are 
twelve or more in each kidney, the number 
varying according to that of the original lobes 
of which the kidney is composed, and likewise 
from some of the papilla? being occasionally in- 
corporated with each other. Upon the points 
of the papilla? are the terminations of the urinif- 
erous tubes — large enough to be distinguished 
by the naked eye—through which the urine 
distills from the substance of the kidney. Round 
the root of each papilla, a membranous tube 
arises, termed infundibulum or calix, which re- 
ceives the urine from the papilla. The infundi- 
bula are commonly the same in number with 
the papillae ; the number, however, varying in 
different subjects, two or more of the papilla; 
sometimes opening into the same infundibulum. 
The infundibula join into two or three large 
trunks at the sinus of the kidney, which after- 
ward form a dilatation of considerable size, of 



KNE 

the shape of an inverted cone, and termed pelvis 
of the kidney. The pelvis is placed between 
the principal branches of the renal artery and 
vein, partly within, but the greater part of it 
without the body of the kidney, and contracts 
into a long tube, about the size of a goose-quill, 
called the ureter. 

Kidney, inflammation of. See Nephritis- 

Kidney-shaped. Reniform. 

Ki'dria terrestris. Barbadoes tar. 

KI'ESTEIN. Kjesten. A caseous substance 
which rises on the urine of women after the 
third month of pregnancy. It appears from, 
the second to the sixth day, resembles the float- 
ing globules of fat on cold broth, and falls in 
three or four days to the bottom. It is a very 
valuable test of pregnancy, and appears also in 
the urine whenever the secretion of milk is ar- 
rested in a person suckling. 

Kikekunemalo. A resin similar to copal. 

Ki'ki. Ricinus communis. 

Kina kina. Cinchona. 

Kinate. Kinas. A salt of kinic acid- 

Kincough. Pertussis. 

King's evil. Scrofula. 

King's yellow. Sulphuret of arsenic. 

KINIC ACID. (Acidum kinicum; from kina, 
a name of cinchona.) A peculiar acid found 
in all the species of the genus cinchona, and 
therefore called also cinchonic acid. 

Kinki'na. Cinchona. 

KI'NO. The African kino, which is the best, 
is thought to be the produce of the Pterocarpus 
erinaceus; the Botany Bay kino of the Euca- 
lyptus rcsinifera ; the East India or Amboyna 
kino of the Nauclea Gambir. The predominant 
principles in all are tannin and extractive mat- 
ter. The best menstruum for kino is diluted 
alcohol. The medicinal virtues of kino are 
very similar, though inferior in power to those 
of catechu. The dose in substance is from ten 
grains to half a drachm as an astringent. 

Ki'none. A derivative of kinic acid, obtain- 
ed as a sublimate in golden crystals; soluble, 
volatile, and pungent. Form., C/25H 8 0g. It i» 
readily decomposed by reducing agents. , 

Kino'vic acid. An acid derived from Cin- 
chona nova. 

Ki'otome. Kio'tomus. An instrument of 
Dessault for dividing pseudo-membranous bands- 
in the rectum and bladder. 

Kirchwasser. A liqueur distilled in Switz- 
erland from the Mahaleb cherry. 

Kirkland's neutral cerate. This is pre- 
pared by melting fviij. of lead plaster with 
jiv. of olive oil, stirring in fiv. of prepared 
chalk ; adding to the mixture, when sufficient- 
ly cooled, f iv. of acetic acid, and 3iij. of sugar 
of lead in powder; and, lastly, stirring the 
whole till it is nearly cold. 

Klo'pemania. Kleptomania. Monomania-,, 
with a great desire to commit theft. 

KNEE. The joint of the femur with- the- 
tibia, a complex articulation consisting- of at 
ginglymus, and having the patella in front: 

Knee-holly. See Ruscus. 

Knee-housemaids. A swelling of the knee, . 
from an inflamed condition of the bursa, arising 
from kneeling. 

Knee jointed. Geniculate. 

387 



LAB 

Knee-pan. The patella. 

Knee-scab. The crusta genu equina. 

KNIFE. A cutting instrument used in sur- 
gery, and usually larger than the bistoury. The 
principal are the amputation knife, of large 
size; the double-edged knife, for the division 
of parts between bones ; the lithotomy knife, 
with a long, narrow blade, and the cataract 
knife, of a triangular figure. 

KNOT, PACKER'S. A bandage used to 
arrest hemorrhage from the temporal artery, 
and in dislocations or fractures of the lower jaw. 
A double-headed roller is first applied at its cen- 
ter to one temple, over the compress, and carried 
round to the other temple, crossed, and brought 
back ; here the bandage is crossed so as to 
form a single knot ; one end is then taken over 
the head, and the other under the chin. This 
is repeated several times, so as to form several 
knots, the roller being six or seven yards long. 

Knot, surgeon's. A double knot made by 
passing the thread twice through the same 
noose. 

Knot-grass. Polygonum aviculare. 

Knot-root. Collinsonia canadensis. 

Knox's powder. This consists of eight parts 
of common salt and three of chloride of lime. 
By dissolving an ounce of it in a tumbler of 



LAC 

water, a solution is obtained similar to Labar- 
raque's disinfecting fluid. 
* KOA-KOA. The Hartighsia speclabilis, a 
New Zealand tree of the family Meliacece, the 
leaves of which are very bitter, and have been 
used as a substitute for hops in the manufacture 
of beer. 

Kolto. The plica polonica. 

KOR'E. Kopn. The pupil of the eye. A 
word much used in composition, and properly 
written core: see the compounds of this. 

Koumis. A vinous liquid which the Tartars 
make by fermenting mare's milk. 

Krameria. Crameria triandria. 

Krame'ric acid. An acid found by Peschier 
in the rhatany root. 

Ky'estein. See Kiestein. 

Kreasote. See Creasote. 

KRE'ATIN. (From uptac, flesh.) One of 
the components of the spirit extract of flesh, 
discovered by Chevreul, of an indifferent nature, 
and crystallizing in rectangular crystals. 

KYLL'OSIS. (From nvlloc, crooked.) See 
Club-feet. 

Kymia. A cucurbit. — Rnland. 

Kymit. Sublimed cinnabar. — Ruland. 

Kynanche. Cynanche. 

Kysthos. Kvadoc. The vagina. 



L. 



I A • The symbol for lithium. 

LABARRAQUE'S DISINFECTING FLUID. 
A solution of chloride of soda. 

Labdanum factitium. A mixture of yellow 
wax, hog's lard, and ivory black. 

La'bdanum. Ladanum. 

LABE'LLUM. (mot, i, n.) A little lip. 
The inferior lip of the ringent and personate 
corolla. 

Labial. Ldbialis. Pertaining to the lips. 

LABIA'TjE. An extensive family of plants, 
characterized by a two-lipped, monopetalous 
corolla, an irregular number of stamens, and 
four-lobed ovary. They are mostly herbs, or 
small shrubs, with highly aromatic flowers and 
leaves, as the mint, lavender, sage, &c. None 
of them are known to be poisonous. 

Labiate. Labiatus. Lipped ; having lips. 

LA'BIUM. (mot, j, n.) 1. In Anatomy, the 
lip of animals. 2. In Botany, applied to corols 
of plants, which are termed unilabiate, bilabiate, 
&c. ; and from their position in certain flowers, 
superior, inferior, &c. 

Labium leporinum. Hare-lip. 

Labium pudendi. The parts forming the 
orifice of the female vagina, exterior to the nym- 
phae, are called labia pudendi. 

LABORATORY. Laboratorium. (From 
laboro, to labor.) A place properly fitted up 
for the performance of chemical operations. 

Labour. See Parturition. 

Labour, premature. See Abortion. 

Labrum. 1. The extremities of the lip. 2. 
The upper lip of insects. 

LABYRINTH. (Labyrinthus, i, m.) That 
part of the internal ear which is behind the 
cavity of the tympanum; it is constituted by 
388 



the cochlea, vestibulum, and semicircular ca- 
nals. 

LAC. (Lac, Us, n.) 1. Milk. See Milk. 
2. The name of a peculiar substance produced 
by an insect on certain trees. See Coccus. 

Lac ammoniaci. Mistura ammoniaci. 

Lac amygdalae. Mistura amygdala?. 

Lac asininum. Ass's milk. 

Lac assafetidje. Mistura assafcetidae. 

Lac bubulum. Cow's milk. 

Lac caprje. Goat's milk. 

Lac caprinum. Goat's milk. 

Lac equinum. Mare's milk. 

Lac humanum. Human milk. 

Lac pressum. The curd of milk. 

Lac sulphuris. Sulphur praecipitatum. 

Lac vaccinum. Cow's milk. 

Lac villum. Ewe's milk. 

Lac virgineum. L.virginis. 1. Any milky 
medicine. 2. The Mercurius philosophorum. 

Lacca. See Coccus lacca. 

La'ccic acid. Acidum laccicum. A pecu- 
liar acid, of a wine-yellow color, obtained from 
stick lac. 

Lacer'ated. Torn. 

La'cerus. Rugged. 

LA'CHRYMA. (a, a, f. AaKpv/ia, a tear.) 
A tear. See Tear. 

Lachryma abiegna. Terebinthina argen- 
toratensis. 

LA'CHRYMAL. Lachrymalis. Of or be- 
longing to the tears, or parts near where they 
are secreted; as lachrymal bone, duct, gland, &c 

Lachrymal apparatus. The parts which 
secrete and conduct the tears. These consist 
of the lachrymal gland which secretes the tears; 
of the puncta lachrymalia and ducts, into which 



LAC 

the tears pass from the eye and the eyelids ; 
of the lachrymal sac, which receives the tears 
from the lachrymal ducts; of the nasal duct, 
which conveys the tears from the sac down- 
ward into the nose. 

The lachrymal gland is situated within the 
orbit, at its upper and outer part, beneath the 
fossa, in the orbitar plate of the frontal bone, 
and is about the size of a small almond. The 
gland is of a yellowish-white color, of an oval 
and flattened figure, and is connected with the 
surrounding parts by loose cellular tissue. It 
is composed of numerous small poi'tions united 
by cellular tissue. Its excretory ducts are so 
small in the human subject that they are not 
easily discovered. Their number is from six to 
eight. They leave the gland along its front 
edge, and, descending between the tarsal liga- 
ment and the conjunctiva, perforate the latter 
toward the temporal side of the eye, and near 
the ciliary edge of the upper lid. 

The puncta'lachrymalia are two small orifices 
situated at the edges of the eyelids, just within 
their ciliary margins, and toward the inner side 
of the eye. Each punctum is situated in the 
center of a email eminence, and the two open- 
ings are opposite to each other, so that they 
meet when the eye is shut. 

From the puncta lachrymalia, two small ducts 
are continued through the eyelids to the lachry- 
mal sac. The superior duct proceeds from the 
punctum, first a little upward, and then turning 
inward at an acute angle, is continued obliquely 
downward and inward close to the ciliary bor- 
der of the upper lid, and immediately beneath 
the conjunctiva lining it. The inferior duct 
first descends, and then turning inward at an 
acute angle, is continued obliquely upward and 
inward, and close to the ciliary border of the 
lower lid. In the latter part of their course, 
the two ducts, following the direction of the 
edges of the lids, gradually approach each other, 
and then proceeding transversely behind the 
tendon of the orbicularis palpebrarum, termi- 
nate in the external part of' the lachrymal sac. 
The two ducts may terminate in the sac by dis- 
tinct orifices, or they may unite into a common 
..•duct just before they reach the sac. 

The lachrymal sac is lodged in the groove 
formed by the os unguis, and by the nasal pro- 
cess of the superior maxillary bone. Above it 
is closed, and has a rounded form. Below it 
contracts, and is here continued into the nasal 
duct. 

The nasal duct, continued from the lower end 
of the lachrymal sac, descends obliquely back- 
ward through the canal formed by the os un- 
guis, by the superior maxillary and inferior 
spongy bones. It terminates in the nose on the 
outside of the inferior spongy bone, and at 
about one third from its front extremity, by a 
small slit-like opening. The nasal sac and lach- 
r ymal sac are together about an inch and a 
quarter in length. 

Lachrymal bone. See Unguis os. 

Lachrymal duct. Ductus lachrymalis. The 
excretory duct of the lachrymal gland. See 
Lachrymal apparatus. , 

Lachrymal gland. Glandula lachrymalis. 
A glomerate gland, situated above the external 



LAC 

angle of the orbit, in a depression of the frontal 
bone. Its use is to secrete the tears. See 
Lachrymal apparatus. 

Lachrymal nerve. Nervus lachrymalis. A 
branch of the ophthalmic nerve. 

Lachryma'tio. 1. Epiphora. 2. Profuse 
weeping. 

Lacinia'ted Lacinatus. Jagged ; fringe- 
like ; cut into numerous irregular portions. 

La'cmus. Litmus. 

Laco'nicum. A stove or sweating-room. 

Lacquer. A solution of lac in alcohol. 

La'ctate. A salt of lactic acid with a base. 

Lactate of iron. See Ferri lactas. 

LACTA'TION. (Lactatio, onis, f.; from 
lacteo, to suckle.) The suckling of a child or 
other young animal. 

LA'CTEAL. {Lactens; from lac, milk ; be- 
cause the fluid they absorb looks like milk.) 1. 
In Anatomy, this term is applied to the absorb- 
ents of the mesentery, vasa lactea, which orig- 
inate in the small intestines, and convey the 
chyle from thence to the thoracic duct. They 
are very tender and transparent vessels, possess- 
ed of a great number of valves, which, when 
distended with chyle, give them a knotty ap- 
pearance. They arise from the internal surface 
of the villous coat of the small intestine, perfo- 
rate the other coats, and form a kind of net- 
work, while the greater number unite one with 
another between the muscular and external 
coats. Thence they proceed between the lam- 
inae of the mesentery to the conglobate glands. 
In their course they constitute the greater part 
of the glands through which they pass, being 
distributed through them several times, and 
curled in various directions. The lacteals, hav- 
ing passed these glands, go to others, and at 
length^eek those nearest the mesentery. From 
these glands, which are only four or five, or 
perhaps more, the lacteals pass out and ascend 
with the mesenteric arteiy, and unite with the 
lymphatics of the lower extremities, and those 
of the abdominal viscera, and then form a com- 
mon trunk, the thoracic duct, which, in some 
subjects, is dilated at its origin, forming the 
receptaculum chyli. 

La'cteus. Milky. 

Lacte'scent. Lactescens. (From lac, milk.) 
Milky; abounding with milk, or a milk-like 
fluid. 

LACTIC ACID. Acid of sour milk. By 
evaporating sour whey to one eighth, filtering, 
precipitating with lime-water, and separating 
the lime by oxalic acid, Scheele obtained an 
aqueous solution of what he supposed to be a 
peculiar acid, which has accordingly been term- 
ed the lactic. It is a colorless, syrupy fluid, 
intensely sour, and very soluble ; sp. gr., 1-215 ; 
formula, C 6 H 6 5 +HO. It is the product of the 
lactic acid fermentation, and found in several 
animal secretions, especially urine and gastric 
juice. Its salts are mostly soluble. 

In consequence of the presence of lactic acid 
in matter undergoing digestion, it has been pro- 
posed to make use of this body as a remedy in 
atonic dyspepsia. For this purpose, it may be 
given in doses of gr. ij. to gr. v., in lozenge or 

{)ills, or, what is much more convenient, in the 
brm of sour buttermilk. It is not milk only, 

389 



LAG 

"but most vegetablejuices; and starch, beet-root, 
sour-kraut, &c, in a state of decomposition, 
which liberates lactic acid; and that its presence 
is remarkably conducive to the digestive pro- 
cess, is proved by the rapid fattening of animals 
fed upon these bodies, when soured by its pres- 
ence. 

Lactic acid fermentation*. See Fermenta- 
tion. 
, La'ctica. Arabic for typhus fever. 

LACTI'FEROUS. Lactiferus. (From lac, 
and fcro, to bear.) That which conveys milk, 
as the lactiferous tubes of the mamma. 

Lactiferous swelling. A tumefaction of 
the breast, from the stoppage of one or more of 
the tubes, which should be opened by puncture. 

Lacti'fuge. Lactifuga. That which has 
the property of drying up the secretion of milk. 

La'ctin. Sugar of milk. It nearly resembles 
glucose, but is readily crystallizable. Formu- 
la, C24H2.tO.24. 

LACTU'CA. (a, m, f.) 1. The lettuce. 2. 
A genus of plants. Syngcnesia. Polygamia 
<equalis. ComposiUe. — L. elongata, American 
wild lettuce, is similar in properties to the L. vi- 
rosa. — L. graveolens. Lactuca virosa. — L. sali- 
va. The lettuce. It is esteemed a wholesome, 
aperient bitter anodyne. — L. scari'ola. Lactuca 
sylvestris. This has a greater degree of bitter- 
ness than the lettuce. 

Lactuca virosa. The opium, or strong- 
scented lettuce. L. graveolens. It has a strong 
smell, resembling that of opium, and a bitterish, 
acrid taste, and abounds with a milky juice, in 
which its sensible qualities reside. The in- 
spissated juice, called Lactucarium, is aperient, 
diuretic, and anodyne : it has been used as a 
substitute for opium. Dose, gr. x. to 3j., daily. 

Lactucarium. See Lactuca virosd. The 
inspissated juice of the garden lettuce is also 
called by this name. (U. S.) 

Lactuce'lla. Sonchus arvensis. 

Lactu'cic acid. An acid body detected in 
the milky juice of Lactuca virosa by Klink : it 
closely resembles oxalic acid in its properties. 

Lactuci'mina. The thrush. 

Lactu'cin. A crystalline, yellowish resinoid 
body, bitter and combustible. It possesses an- 
odyne properties. 

Lactu'men. Porrigo larvalis. 

LACU'NA. (a, m, f. ; from lacus, a channel.) 
The mouth or opening of the excretory duct of 
a. muciparous gland, as those of the urethra, and 
other parts. 

Lacunosus. Dotted; pitted. 

La'cus lachryma'rum. 1. A small space in 
the inner angle of the eye, toward which the 
tears flow. 2. The lachrymal sac. 

La'danum. See Cistus crclicus. 

Ladies' bedstraw. Galium aparine. 

Ladies' mantle. Alchemilla arvensis. 

Ladies' smock. Cardamine pratensis. 

LjETIFICA'NTIA. (From Icetifico, to make 
sdad.) Medicines intended to dispel melan- 
choly, as the various diffusible stimulants. 

LjE'VIS. Smooth and even ; level. 

L.EVITAS intestinorum. Diarrhoea, or lien- 
tery. 

Lagenjeform. Bottle-shaped. 

LAGE'TTA LINTEARIA. The Jamaica 
390 



LAN 

lace-bark-tree. A small tree of the family 
Thymelaccce, which resembles mezereon in its 
properties. 

LAGNE'SIS. (From Aayi^c, lustful.) Inor- 
dinate desire for sexual intercourse. A generic 
term in Dr. Good's system, including nympho- 
mania and satyriasis. 

Lagochei'lus. Hare-lip. 

LAGOPHTHA'LMIA. Lagophthalmos. 
(From "kayuoc, a hare, and o<j>6a2uoc, an eye.) 
The hare's eye. A disease in which the eye 
can not be shut. It is either connate or symp- 
tomatic of paralysis, or some disease causing a 
protrusion or enlargement of the eye. 

LAGoro'DiUM. Plantago media. 

Lago'stoma. The hare lip. 

LAKES. Insoluble compounds of coloring 
matters, with alumina, oxide of tin, and other 
bases. 

Lakeweed. Polygonum hydropiper. 

LALLA'TION. Lambdacismus. Vicious 
pronunciation, in which the letter I is rendered 
unduly liquid, or substituted for an r. 

Lalo. Adansonia digitata. 

Lamac. Gum arabic. 

Lambdaci'smus. Lallation. 

LAMBDOIDAL SUTURE. Sutura lamb- 
doidalis. The suture that unites the occipital 
bone to the two parietal bones. So called be- 
cause it has somewhat the shape of the Greek 
letter A. 

Lambdoides os. The os hyoid. 

Lambiti'vum. A linctus. 

LAME'LLA. (a, a, f. ; diminutive of lami- 
na, a plate of metal.) A thin plate of any sub- 
stance. 

LA'MIN A. (a, a;, f. ; from eXau, to beat 
off.) A layer or plate. In Anatomy, a thin 
layer of any organic substance, as a lamina of 
bone, &c. 

Lamina cornea. A lamina at the anterior 
part of the taenia semicircularis. 

Lamina cribrosa. The sieve-like portion 
of the sclerotic coat of the eye, where the optic 
nerve enters. 

Lamina spiralis. The plate of bone which 
winds spirally round the modiolus of the coch- 
lea. 4 

LAMINARIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of sea- 
weeds, of which the L. saccharina and L. digi- 
tata are eaten. 

Laminated. Composed of thin lamina?. 

LA'MIUM. («, ii, n.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Salviacea. — L. 
album. Dead nettle. It may be doubted 
whether it possesses any medicinal properties. 

Lamp-black. A charred resinous substance, 
procured by the imperfect combustion of resin- 
ous bodies. 

Lamprey. Lampern. Petromyzon mari- 
nus. 

Lampsana. Lapsana. 

LA'NA. {a, a, f.) Wool. A species of 
hairy pubescence like wool. 

Lana philosophica. Oxide of zinc. 

Lana'tus. Woolly. 

Lanceola'te. Lanceolatus. Lance or spear 



LANCE'T. Lance' tta. A lancet. An in- 
strument used for bleeding and other purpose* 



LAP 



LAE 



La'ncinating. Lancinans. An acute, dart- 
ing pain, compared to the thrust of a lance into 
the part. It is painfully developed in cancer. 

La'ncisi, nerves of. Some filaments found 
on the anterior portion of the corpus callosum 
are so called. 

Land-scurvy. The Purpura haemorrhagica 
of Bateman, or Morbus maculosus Werlhofii of 
the Germans. 

LA'NGUOR. A state of depression, atony, 
or debility. 

Lantha'nium. Lantanum. A new metal, 
occurring in cerite, and but little known. 

Lanu'go. Soft wool ; down. 

Lao'nica cura'tio. An old method of curing 
the gout, by evacuating the morbid matter by 
topical applications. 

Lapa'cticus. Purgative. — Galen. 

La'para. The flank. This word is used to 
form some compounds, as laparotomy. 

LAPAROCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from lanapa, 
the flank, and Knln, a rupture.) A rupture 
through the side of the belly. 

La'paro-entero'tomy. The operation of 
opening the abdomen through the flank. 

La'pathum. Rumex hydrolopathum. — L. 
acutum. Rumex acutus. 

Lapideous. Stony. 

Lapides cancrorum. See Cancer. 

Lapidi'llum. Lapidillus. A scoop for re- 
moving fragments of stone from the bladder. 

Lapilli cancrorum. See Cancer. 

Lapillous. Stony. 

LAPIS, (is, idis, f.) 1. A stone. 2. A cal- 
culus. 

Lapis ageratus. See Agcratus. 

Lapis bezoar. Bezoar. 

Lapis ceruleus. Lapis lazuli. 

Lapis calaminaris. Calamine. 

Lapis calcareus. Carbonate of lime. 

Lapis cyanus. Lapis lazuli. 

Lapis d IT in us. Lapis ophthalmicus. A 
compound of vitriol, nitre, alum, and cam- 
phor. Beers' lapis ophthalmicus consists of 
equal parts of subacetate of copper, nitre, and 
alum, melted together. It is used to form col- 
lyria. 

Lapis hematites. Haematites. 

Lapis hibernicus. Irish slate. A kind of 
slate containing pyrites, occasionally powdered 
by the common people, and taken in spruce 
beer. 

Lapis hystricis. Bezoar hystricis. 

Lapis infernalis. Potassa fusa. 

Lapis la'zuli. Lapis cyanus. Lapis caru- 
leus. Azure stone. Formerly exhibited as a 
purgative and emetic, and given in epilepsy. 

Lapis lydius. Lydian stone. A flinty slate. 

Lapis medicamentosus. This name has been 
given to two compounds, the one consisting of 
white vitriol, sal ammoniac, cerusse, Armenian 
bole, and vinegar; the latter of iron filings, 
mastich, saffron, aloes, myrrh, &c. The for- 
mer is the one most commonly known by the 
name, and was used as an application to ulcers. 

Lapis ophthalmicus. Lapis divinus. 

Lapis philosophorum. The philosopher's 
stone. A wonderful substance, imagined, to 
have the power of transforming all the baser 
metals into gold, and of curing all diseases. 



Lapis porcinus. Bezoar hystricis. 

Lapis septicus. Potassa fusa. 

Lapis smi.fi. Bezoar simiee. 

Lapis specularis. Selenite. 

Lapis syderitis. The magnet. 

La'ppa. Arctium lappa. 

LA'PSANA. (a, <b, f.) A genus of plants 
Syngenesia. Polygamia eequalis. Composites. 
— L. communis. Dock-cresses. Nipple- wort. 
This plant is a lactescent bitter, and similar to 
chicory, dandelion, and endive. 

Laque'us gu'tturis. A malignant inflam- 
mation of the tonsils. 

La'rbason. Antimony. — Pliny. 

Larch. Pinus larix. 

LARD. Hog's fat melted down. See Adeps 
suilla. 

Larda'ceous. Of the consistence and nature 
of lard. A morbid product found in tumors, 
resembling lard. 

Larix europea. The larch-tree, Pinus 
larix. 

Larkspur. Delphinum consolida. 

Lartigne's pills. Pills of extract of colchi- 
cum, with extract of digitalis, used in France 
in gout. 

La'rva. 1. A mask. 2. The imperfect, or 
caterpillar, and maggot stage of insect existence. 

Larva'lis. Larval: pertaining to a larva. 

LARYNGEAL. Larynge'us. Appertaining 
to the larynx. 

Laryngeal arteries. Branches of the thy- 
roid arteries distributed to the larynx. The 
superior thyroid artery is called laryngeal by 
some anatomists. 

Laryngeal nervjjs. These are the superior 
laryngeal nerve, given off from the pneumogas- 
tric in the upper part of the neck, and the 
inferior laryngeal, more frequently called the 
recurrent of tlie par vagum, which is given off 
from the pneumogastric within the thorax. 

LARYNGISMUS, (us, i.m.j from larynx, 
the windpipe.) A genus of disease of Dr. Good, 
including spasmodic croup. This writer ob- 
serves, that while the general symptoms of the 
L. strididus make a near approach to those of 
croup, the suddenness of its attack, and the ab- 
sence of inflammation, and the peculiar secre- 
tion, form strong pathognomonic distinctions be- 
tween them. 

The spasm suddenly subsides in a short time, 
though it may, perhaps, return in an hour, or 
half an hour, or even a few minutes ; and in the 
interval the patient enjoys perfect ease, though 
the voice is rendered hoarse from the previous 
straining. Croup is, moreover, an exclusive 
disease of children ; stridulous spasm of the 
larynx is sometimes found in adults. The treat- 
ment should be speedy. An emetic of anti- 
mony, with a diaphoretic and purge, are often 
enough; but if the spasm be not overcome, 
opium, and a blister over the throat, should be 
used. 

The late Dr. Hugh Ley, in an able mono- 
graph on laryngismus stridulus, has introduced 
an entirely new pathology of this disease. He 
regards it as arising from pressure on the nerves 
of respiration, in consequence of enlargement 
of the thoracic or cervical absorbent glands; 
and instead of referring the constriction of th« 

391 



L AR 

glottis to spasm of the muscles which close that 
orifice, he refers it to loss of power in the mus- 
cles which open it. The tendency of dentition 
and inflamed and ulcerated states of the scalp 
to produce laryngismus stridulus, is explained 
by Dr. Ley, from their well known influence 
in causing enlargement of the lymphatic glands. 
This view of the subject throws no light on the 
exciting cause of any individual paroxysm ; but 
those which have preceded it are not more 
satisfactory in this respect. Dr. Ley has argued 
the point with much ingenuity, supported by 
great knowledge of the subject ; but it does not 
seem likely that his pathology of this disease 
will be generally adopted. 

LARYNGI'TIS. (is,idis,f.; from larynx, the 
part affected.) A suppurative inflammation of 
the mucous membrane which lines the larynx, 
or the cellular tissue connecting it to the parts 
beneath. It mostly forms a part of croup, or 
more extended inflammation of the air passages, 
having all its characters ; but occasionally the 
inflammation is confined to the larynx. The 
disease makes its approach with the common 
Bymptoms of inflammatory fever ; the voice im- 
mediately becomes hoarse and indistinct, the 
breathing laborious, with a painful sense of con- 
striction in the throat. The fauces are red and 
inflamed, swollen and turgid ; the face and eyes 
partake of the swelling, as in cases of threatened 
strangulation. The symptomatic fever is strong ; 
the larynx is very painful to the touch ; and a 
little pressure here, like an attempt to swallow, 
is productive of spasms, threatening the patient 
with instant death from suffocation, and causing 
him to pant for air. This disease attacks adults. 
Laryngitis, as now described, is an extremely 
acute disease, and destroys by suffocation in a 
few hours, or a day or two, unless promptly and 
actively opposed, and even when the attempt 
to cure is so conducted under the most expe- 
rienced practitioners. 

In the treatment of this disease, the most 
active remedies are to be promptly used : blood- 
letting, generally and locally, and blistering, 
are to be immediately flown to ; and blood 
must be taken from the arm ad deliquium, and 
repeated as the judgment and experience of 
the practitioner may justify and direct. Calo- 
mel, in full doses, should be followed by strong 
infusions of senna with salts while the patient 
can swallow. 

If, notwithstanding the judicious enforcement 
# of these means, the symptoms are still urgent, 
tracheotomy must be performed, and iced lo- 
tions kept about the larynx. 

Laryngitis often exists in a chronic form. 
This is a disease that affords a very different 
state of things: the voice is hoarse, the swallow- 
ing always a little painful, and pressure on the 
larynx gives pain. It is common to coachmen, 
and those who drink drams. It requires de- 
mulcent gargles, mercurial alteratives, leeches, 
and blistering, with great attention to diet, and 
the interdiction of spirits. 

Lartngogra'phy. Laryngo'logy. An ac- 
count or description of the larynx. 

LARYNGO'PHONY. {Laryngophonia; from 
lappy!;, the larynx, and fyuvn, the voice.) The 
sound of the voice as heard through the stethe- 
392 



LAT 

scope applied over the larynx. In disease, la 
ryngophony or pectoriloquy is heard over the 
chest when there is a cavity in the lungs. 

LARYNGO'TOMY. {Laryngolomia, <e, f . ; 
from Tiapvy!;, the larynx, and rc/iva. to cut.) See 
Bronchotomy. 

Laryngo -tracheitis. Croup. 

LA'RYNX. (x, gis, f. Aapuyf.) A cartilag- 
inous cavity, situated, behind the tongue, in the 
anterior part of the fauces, and lined with an 
exquisitely sensible mucous membrane. It is 
composed of the annular or cricoid cartilage, 
the scutiform or thyroid, the epiglottis, and two 
arytenoid cartilages. The superior opening of 
the larynx is called the glottis. The laryngeal 
arteries are branches of the external carotids. 
The laryngeal veins evacuate their blood into 
the external jugulars. The nerves of the larynx 
are from the eighth pair. The use of the larynx 
is to constitute the organ of voice, and to serve 
also for respiration. 

La'ser. Assafoetida. 

LASERPI'TIUM. (w, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifera. 
— L. chironium. Panax. Hercules' all-heal, or 
wound-wort. The seeds and roots are warm, 
and similar to those of the parsnip. The in- 
spissated juice resembles opoponax. — L. latifo- 
lium. White gentian. Genliana alba. The 
root of this plant possesses stomachic, corrobo- 
rant, and deobstruent virtues. — L. siler. Heart- 
wort. The seeds and roots have an agreeable 
smell, and a warm, glowing, aromatic taste. 

LASSITU'DO. (o, onis, f.) Lassitude. A 
feeling of weakness and debility, independent 
of fatigue. 

LA'TENT. Latens. (From lateo, to be hid- 
den.) That which is hidden; thus latent heat 
is that not appreciable by the touch. 

Latent period. Certain diseases lurk in 
the system for a longer or shorter period before 
their presence is manifested by any symptoms ; 
this period is called their latent period. Thus 
we speak of the latent period of small-pox, of 
measles, &c, meaning thereby the time that 
elapses from the moment of infection to the 
accession of the symptoms. 

LA'TERAL. {Lateralis ; from lotus, the 
side.) Situated on the side of any thing. 

Lateral operation. The name given to 
one mode of cutting for the stone, because the 
prostate gland and neck of the bladder are di- 
vided laterally. See Lithotomy. 

Lateral sinus. See Sinus. 

Lateralis morbus. Pleurisy. 

LATERI'TIOUS. (Lateritius, made of brick; 
from later, a brick.) A term applied to a sedi- 
ment resembling brick-dust, occasionally de- 
posited in the urine. 

LATEX. In Botany, the proper or hidden 
juice of a plant. It is highly organized, usually 
milky, containing albuminous, fibrous, and non 
azotized parts. It circulates in a peculiar, an- 
astomosing system of vessels, called the laticif- 
erous tissue, or cinenchyma. 

La'thyris. Tithymalus latifoiius. 

LA'THYRUS. (us,i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosa. The 
vetch. 

Lati'bulum. (From lateo, to lay hid.)" 



LAU 

The fomes, or hidden matter of infectious dis- 
eases. 

La'tica. A quotidian fever with long parox- 
ysms. 

Latissimus colli. The platysma myoides. 
LATISSIMUS D0R8I. A muscle of the hu- 
merus, situated on the posterior partof the trunk. 
It arises from the posterior half of the upper edge 
of the spine of the os ilium, the spinous process- 
es of the os sacrum and lumbar vertebrae, and 
from five or six, and sometimes from seven, and 
even eight, of the lowermost ones of the back ; 
also tendinous and fleshy from the upper edges 
and external surface of the four inferior false 
ribs, near their cartilages, by as many distinct 
slips ; those from the sacrum and lumbar ver- 
tebra?, obliquely upward and forward ; and 
those from the vertebrae of the back, trans- 
versely outward and forward, over the inferior 
angle of the scapula, where they receive a small, 
thin bundle of fleshy fibers. It is inserted by 
a strong, flat, and thin tendon into the fore part 
of the posterior edge of the bicipital groove. 
Its use is to pull the os humeri downward and 
backward, and to turn it upon its axis. 

Lattice-work. Cancellatus. 

Latus. Broad. 

Latus ani. The levator ani muscle. 

LAU'DANUM. («»«, i, n. ; said to be from 
laus, praise, on account of its valuable proper- 
ties.) See Tinctura opii. 

Laudanum abbatis Rousseau. See Rous- 
seau's drops. 

Laudanum liquidum Sydenhami. Vinum 
opii. 

LaudanijM opiatum. L. simplex. Extract- 
um opii. 

Liugh, sardonic. The canine laugh. See 
Jiisus sardonimts. 

Laughing gas. The protoxide of nitrogen. 

LAURA'CEiE. The cinnamon tribe of di- 
cotyledonous plants. Leaves, entire, alternate ; 
flowers, apetalous ; stamens, perigynous ; fruit, 
baccate or drupaceous; seeds, without albu- 
men. 

Laurel. See Laurus. 

Laurel, bboad-leaved. Laurel, mountain. 
Kalmia latifolia. 

Laurel, cherry. L., poison. Prunus lau- 
rocerasus. 

Laurel, spurge. Daphne laureola. 

Laurel water. The distilled water of the 
prunus laurocerasus. 

Laurel, white. Magnolia glauca. 

Laurent, saint. A place five leagues from 
Joyeuse in France, where there is a thermal 
spring of the temperature of 127° F. 

Laure'ola. Daphne laureola. 

Lau'rine. A fatty, camphoraceous, and acrid 
body, derived from the berries of the laurel. 

Lau'roce'rasus. Prunus laurocerasus. 

LAU'RUS. (us, i, and us, f.) 1. The laurus 
nobilis. 2. A genus of plants. Enneandria. 
Monogynia. Lauracea. 

Laurus camphora. See Camphor. 

Laurus cassia. Wild cinnamon-tree. See 
Cinnamomum . 

Laurus cinnamo'mum. See Cinnamomum. 

Laurus culila'wan. See Cinnamomum. 

Laurus nobilis. The sweet bay-tree. The 



LAZ 

leaves and berries have a sweet, fragrant smell, 
and an aromatic, astringent taste. 

Laurus persia. This species yields the 
Avigato pear, which, when ripe, melts in the 
mouth like marrow, which it greatly resembles • 
in flavor. 

Laurus pichu'rim. This is one of the plants 
which produce the pichurim bean, called, also, 
Brazilian, and Carthagena bean. The bean is 
of an oblong-oval shape, heavy, of a brown 
color, and a musky odor. It is aromatic and 
carminative, but is now little used. 

Laurus sa'ssafras. The sassafras-tree. 
Sassafras. The wood has a fragrant smell, 
and a sweetish, aromatic, sub-acrid taste ; the 
root, wood, and bark agree in their medicinal 
qualities, but the bark is the most fragrant. It 
is an ingredient in the Decoctum sarsaparilla 
compositum, or Decoctum lignorum; but the only 
officinal preparation of it is the essential oil, 
which is carminative and stimulant, and may be 
given in the dose of from two drops to ten. 

Lautissima vina. Wines strongly impreg- 
nated with myrrh were formerly so called. 

Lavandula. Lavender. Lavendula spica. 

Lava'tion. Washing or sponging the body. 

Lj'vement. Lavamen. An enema. 

Lavender, French. See Lavendula stm 
chat. 

LAVE'NDULA. (a, a, f.) 1. Common 
lavender. 2. A genus of plants. Didynamia. 
Gymnospermia. Salviacem. — L. spica. The 
common lavender. Lavender oil has been long 
recommended in nervous debilities, and various 
affections proceeding from a want of energy in 
the animal functions. An essential oil, a simple 
spirit, and a compound tincture, are officinal. — 
L. stadias. French lavender. It is much less 
grateful in smell and flavor than the common 
lavender. 

La'ver. 1. The brook-lime. 2. A sea-weed, 
Viva lactuca. 

Laver, shield. See Viva lactuca. 

LAVIPE'DIUM. (um, ii, n. ; from lavo, to 
wash, and pes, the foot.) A bath for the feet. 

LAWSO'NIA INERMIS. The true alkanna, 
or henna of Egypt. The root is astringent, and 
may be used as a substitute for the Anchusa. 

Lax. A diarrhoea. 

LA'XATIVE. (Laxativus; from laxo, to 
loosen.) Gently purgative. 

LAXA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from laxo, to 
loosen; so called from its office to relax.) A 
name applied to muscles, &c, the office of 
which is to relax parts into which they are in- 
serted. 

Laxator tympani. L. auris internus. A 
muscle of the internal ear, that draws the mal- 
leus obliquely forward toward its origin; con- 
sequently, the membrana tympani is made less 
concave, or is relaxed. 

Laxator tympani minor. A very small mus- 
cle of the ear, described as rising from the upper 
part of the meatus auditorius externus, and in 
serted into the inferior part of the handle of the 
malleus. Most anatomists deny its existence. 

Laxity. Laxitas. An atonic or relaxed 
state. 

La'xus. Lax; loose. 

LAZZARETTO. (Italian.) A solitary build- 
393 



LEE 

ing attached to most foreign sea-ports, for the 
performance of quarantine. 

LEAD. Plumbum. A bluish-white metal, 
soft, slightly malleable, little ductile; sp. gr., 
11*38"; melts at 612° F., and soon oxydizes on 
the surface if exposed to air. When exposed 
to pure water it becomes oxydized, and is read- 
ily acted on by acids. Symbol, Pb. Eq., 103*6. 

It forms several compounds with oxygen, of 
which the protoxide, PbO, is a powerful base. 
The carbonate, or white lead, is poisonous. 
For the salts, see Plumbum. 

The oxides of lead are poisonous, and the 
salts have been till lately considered so; but 
the experiments of Dr. A. T. Thomson have ren- 
dered it probable that the carbonate is the only 
really poisonous salt of this metal. See Plumbi 
acetas. The symptoms of lead poison are those 
which constitute the disease called Colica pic- 
tonum. See Colica and Poisons. 

The preparations of lead used in medicine 
are, 1. *The subcarbonate. See Plumbi sub- 
carbonas. 2. The red oxide. See Minium. 3. 
The semivitreous oxide. See Lithargyrum. 
4. The acetate. See Plumbi acetas. 5. The 
solution of the acetate. See Plumbi diacetatis 
liquor. 6. The dilute solution of the acetate. 
See Plumbi diacetatis liquor dilnlus. 7. The 
Iodide. See Plumbi iodidum. 

Lead, red. See Minium. 

Lead, white. Plumbi subcaibonas. 

Leadwoiit. Plumbago europaea. 

Le.e'xa. An old plaster. — JEtius. 

LEAF. Folium. A laminar expansion of a 
plant, generally of a green color, aud perform- 
ing the most important functions of the plant. 

Leafstalk. The petiole. 

Leamington springs. Saline springs at 
Leamington, near Warwick, England. 

LEANNESS. Extenuatio corporis. This 
occurs in many, individuals as a natural state. 
In consumption and atrophy the frame gradu- 
ally wastes away to an extreme degree of lean- 
ness, while, in acute fevers, an equal degree 
of attenuation is often produced in two or three 
weeks. 

Leaping ague. A disease of Scotland, said 
to be characterized by preternatural activity of 
mind and body. 

Leather. T anno- gelatine. An insoluble 
and almost indestructible compound of gelatine 
with tannic acid. 

Leather-wood. Dirca palustris. 

LEBANON SPRINGS. A simple thermal 
water, of 72° F., at Lebanon, near Albany, 
New York. 

Lecanorin. A white, crystalline body, from 
Lecanora tartarea. 

Lectualis. 1. Eelatiug to a bed. 2. A 
chronic disease. 

LE'DUM. (mot, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
.Decandria. Monogynia. Ericacete. — L. pa- 
lustre. Cistus ledon. Marsh tea. This plant 
has a bitter, sub-astringent taste. — L. latifo- 
Hum, or Labrador tea, is considered tonic. 

LEECH. Hirudo. Bdella. A genus of an- 
imals of the order Annelides. The leeches 
H. medicinalis, H. provincialis, and the horse- 
leech, H. sanguisuga, inhabit stagnant waters. 
The mouth is armed with three teeth, and it 
394 



LEN 

sucks by making a vacuum over the wounded 
part. A good European leech will draw two 
drachms of blood, which it disgorges when the 
mouth is rubbed with salt, and may be used 
several times. They bite more freely when 
the part is rubbed with sugar or milk, and the 
leech confined in a glass or small cylindrical 
net of brass wire. When applied to the mouth 
or a cavity, they are to be placed in a proper 
tube. A leech-bite sometimes bleeds obsti- 
nately, but may be arrested by pressure, and 
the application of caustic nitrate of silver. 

Leeches should not be kept in spring water, 
as they very soon die: the vessel should bo 
filled with water from a pond, and the water 
changed sufficiently often. It must not be al- 
lowed to become tinctured with drugs ; and a 
free supply of air is necessary. 

Leek. Allium porrum. 

LEG. Crus. The portion of the lower ex- 
tremity extending from the knee to the foot. 

Leg, swelled. Phlegmasia dolens. 

Le'gna. The extremities of the pudenda 
muliebra. 

LEGU'MEN. (ere, inis, n.) A legume. A 
peculiar, solitary kind of fructification, formed 
of two oblong valves, without any longitudinal 
partition, and bearing the seeds along one of 
its margins only, as the pea, bean. 

Legu'mine. Vegetable casein, derived chief- 
ly from the seeds of leguminous plants. 

LEGUMINO'SjE. (From legumen, a legume.) 
The pea and bean tribe of dicotyledonous plants. 
Herbs or trees with leaves alternate; stamens, 
perigynous, monadelphous, or diadelphous; 
ovarium, superior, solitary, simple ; fruit, leguv 
minous ; seeds, without albumen. 

Legu'minous. Leguminosus. Appertaining 
to a legume. 

Leienteria. Lienteria. 

LEIP-. A prefix (from Tieiitu, to leave), sig- 
nifying a deficiency or want. 

Leiphjs'ma. Anffimia. 

Leipopsy'chia. Syncope. 

Leipotht'mia. Syncope. 

Lei'pyrias. A very malignant continued 
fever, accompanied with erysipelatous affection 
of some of the internal viscera, and in which 
the internal parts are much heated, while the 
external parts are cold. — Oalen. 

Lemithocorton. Helminthocorton. 

Lemon. Citrus medica. 

Lemon, acid of. Citric acid. 

Lemon scurvy-grass. See Cochlcrtria. 

Le'nientia. Medicines which allay irritation. 

LE'NITIVE. (Lenitivus; from lenis, gen- 
tle.) Medicines which operate mildly. 

Lenitive electuary. Confectio senna; com- 
posite. 

LENS. (Lens, tit, f.) 1. The lentil. Er- 
vum lens. 2. In Natural Philosophy, a piece 
of glass or other transparent material, so shaped 
as to be capable of converging or diverging the 
rays of light. 

Lens, crystalline. See Eye. 

LENTI'CULA. 1. A smaller sort of lentil. 
2. A freckle; ephelis. 3. A surgical instru- 
ment, employed for removing the jagged parti- 
cles of bone from the edge of the perforation 
made in the cranium with the trephine 



L E P 



L ES 



Lenticula marina. Fucus nutans. 

LENTI'CULAR. Lcnticularis. Shaped like 
4 lens; of a discoid form. 

Lenticular cataract. See Cataract. 

Lenticular ganglion. The ophthalmic 
ganglion. 

Lenticulare os. The os orbiculare of the 
ear. See Auris. 

Lenticular pa PILL je. Thepapilke situated 
at the posterior part of the tongue. 

Lentiform. The same as lenticular. 

Lenti'go. A freckle; ephelis. Lentigo 
ephelis. — Frank. 

Lentil. Ervum lens. 

Lentil, sea. Fucus natans. 

Lenti'scus. See Pistachia lentiscus. 

LE'NTOR. (or, oris, in. ; from lentus, clam- 
my.) A viscidity or siziness of any fluid. 

Leonti'asis. Elephantiasis. 

LEO'NTODON. (on, ontis, m.) A genus 
of plants. Syngcnesia. Polygamia (cqualis. 
Composite. — L. taraxacum. The dandelion or 
pissabed. The young leaves, in a blanched 
state, have the taste ot endive, and are used as 
ealad. The roasted roots resemble chicory. 
The expressed juice is bitter, aperient, and di- 
uretic. It has been employed with alleged 
advantage in hepatic obstructions, jaundice, 
dropsy, and some cutaneous diseases. The ex- 
tract, Ext. taraxaci, is officinal. 

Leontopo'dium. Filago leontopodium. 

LEONU'RUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospcnnia. Labiatce. — L. 
cardiaca. The mother-wort. The leaves have 
a disagreeable smell and a bitter taste, and are 
said to be serviceable in disorders of the stom- 
achs of children, to promote the uterine dis- 
charge, and to allay palpitation of the heart. 

Leopard's bane. Arnica montana. 

LEP-. LEPI-. A prefix (from "Xtrcac, and 
?.tTZLc, a scale), denoting the presence of scale- 
like parts or appendages. 

Le'pidin. A substance obtained by Leroux 
from the Lepidium iberis. 

LEPI'DIUM. (um,ii,\\.) A genus of plants. 
Tetradynamia. Siliculosa. ■ Cruciferce. — L. 
iberis. Iberis. Sciatica cresses. This plant 
possesses a warm, penetrating, pungent taste, 
like cresses, and is recommended as an antiscor- 
butic, antiseptic, and stomachic. — L. sativum. 
Dittander. This plant possesses warm, nervine, 
and stimulating qualities. 

LEPIDO'PTERA. (From l.emc , a scale, and 
nrepov, a wing.) An order of insects which 
have scaly wings. The butterflies and moths. 

Lepidosarco'ma. A scaly tumor. 

LEPIDO'SIS. (is, is, m. ; from fame, squam- 
ma, a scale.) Scale-skin. See Ichthyosis. 

Lepi'dote. Leprous; covered with scales. 

Lepori'num labium. Leporinum rostrum. 
Hare-lip. 

Lepori'nus oculus. Lagophthalmia. 

LE'PRA. (a, ee, f. ; from Xcnpoc, scaly.) 
The leprosy. This name has been given to 
several diseases. See Lepra arabum, Lepra ju- 
daicum, and Lepra grcecorum; but it is now 
restricted to a common form of cutaneous dis- 
ease, which Dr. Willan describes as character- 
ized by scaly patches of different sizes, but hav- 
ing always nearly a circular form. 



1. Lepra vulgaris exhibits, first, smalL dis- 
tinct elevations of the cuticle, which are red- 
dish and shining, but never contain any fluid ; 
these patches continue to enlarge gradually till 
they nearly equal the dimensions of a dollar 
The scales accumulate on them so as to form a 
thick, prominent crust, which is quickly repro- 
duced. This species sometimes appears first 
at the elbows or on the forearm, but more 
generally about the knee, and may spread over 
the whole body. The constitution remains un- 
affected for years. 

2. Lepra alphos, v. alphoides. The scaly 
patches are smaller than those of the lepra vul- 
garis, and also differ from them in having their 
central parts depressed or indented. This dis- 
order usually begins about the elbow, with dis- 
tinct, eminent asperities, of a dull red color, and 
not much longer than papillae. These, in a short 
time, dilate to nearly the size of a half dime. 
Two or three days afterward the central part 
of them suffers a depression, within which small 
white powdeiy scales may be observed. The 
surrounding border, however, still continues to 
be raised, but retains the same size and the 
same red color as at first. 

3. Lepra nigricans differs little from the 
lepra vulgaris as to its form and distribution. 
The most striking difference is in the color of 
the patches, which are dark and livid. The 
different forms of lepra are exceedingly intract- 
able, often resisting all remedial means. A 
regular diet, frequent ablutions, the use of sul- 
phur and tar ointments where the skin is not 
too irritable, and alteratives internally, consti- 
tute the chief remedies; tar has been administer- 
ed internally with great advantage. If the skin 
be very irritable, a fomentation with infusion 
of the Solanum dulcamara is veiy useful, as 
well as its internal use in doses of two or three 
ounces daily. 

Lepra a'rabum. L. tuberculosa. The tuber- 
cular elephantiasis, or Elephantiasis gratcorum. 

Lepra grcecorum. The term lepra was ap- 
plied by the Greeks to a scaly disease of the 
skin, which a2>pears to correspond with the 
lepra vulgaris of Willan. The alphos corre- 
sponds with the lepra alphoides. The melas 
corresponds with the lepra nigricans. 

Lepra judaic a. Leprosy of the Jews. 
Moses mentions three kinds, viz. : 1. The boak, 
which appears to correspond with the L. al- 
phos. 2. The berat cccha, beras asved, or melas 
of the Greeks. 3. The berat lebena, beras bejas, 
and leuce of the Greeks. 

Lepra mercurials. Eczema mercuriale. 

Lepri'asis. The specific name of Dr. Good 
for leprosy. Lepidosis lepriasis. 

Leprosy. See Lepra. 

LE'PROUS. Leprosus. Affected with lep- 
rosy. 

Lepta'ndria tirginica. Veronica virginica. 

Leptt'ntica. Attenuants. 

Leptt'smus. Emaciation. 

Le'pus. (us, oris, m.) A hare. ■ 

Lere'ma. Dotage. 

Le'ros. Light delirium. 

LESION. (Lcesio, onis, f. ; from leedo, to 
hurt.) An injury. This word is now very 
generally used in pathology ; thus we speak of 

395 



LEU 

lesion, of structure, or organic lesion ; lesion of 
function, &c. 

L e't hal. Lethalis. Mortal ; relating to 
death. 

Lktha'rgicjE arterije. The carotids. 

LETHA'RGIC. Lethargicus. Appertaining 
to lethargy. 

LE'THARGY. (Lethargus, i, m. ; from 
ht]Qt], forgetfulness.) A heavy and constant 
sleep, with scarcely any intervals of waking: 
when awakened, the person answers, but, igno- 
rant or forgetful of what he said, immediately 
sinks into the same state of sleep. Lethargy is 
very nearly allied to mild forms of apoplexy, 
and may arise from the same causes. Retro- 
cedent gout has been known to produce leth- 

ar gy- 

The cure of lethargy is to be attempted by a 
diligent search into the cause, the removal of 
which generally establishes health. If any sup- 
pressed discharge or eruption can be traced, we 
should endeavor to reproduce it by all possible 
means ; and if any general or local plethora ex- 
ist, bleeding, purgatives, and active exercise 
must be resorted to, with an abstemious plan 
of diet. Lethargy is frequently the result of a 
determination of blood to the head, but it is 
also, frequently, a purely nervous affection; 
and, in the latter case, a generous diet is proper, 
with blisters, and medicines which stimulate 
the nervous system, especially ammonia. 

Lethe'a. A name of the poppy. 

Le'theon. The process of inhaling ether. 
See Inhalation of Ether. 

Lettuce. See Lactuca. 

Leucaca'ntha. The cotton-thistle. 

Leuca'nthemum. See Chrysanthemum leu- 
canthemum. 

Leuca'smus. Vitiligo. 

LEUC-. LEUCO-. A prefix (from levnog, 
white), signifying whiteness. 

LEU'CE. (Aevkjj ; from Ievkoc, white.) A 
disease mentioned by the Greek writers, char- 
acterized by smooth, shining patches on the 
skin, on which the hairs turned white and silky, 
and the skin itself, and the subjacent parts, lost 
their sensibility. It is the Vitiligo alba of Cel- 
sus, and the beras bejas of the Arabians. 

Leucele'ctrum. White amber. 

LEU'CINE. A product of the action of pot- 
ash on proteine. It crystallizes in brilliant 
white scales, and is soluble in hot water, al- 
cohol, and ether; with nitric acid it forms 
crystalline needles of nitro-leucic acid. 

Leucola'chanum. Valeriana sylvestris. 

LEUCO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from Ievkoc, 
white.) Leucoma and albugo are often used 
synonymously, to denote a white opacity of the 
cornea of the eye. Both of them, according to 
Scarpa, are essentially different from the nebula, 
for they are not the consequence of chronic 
ophthalmy, attended with varicose veins, and 
an effusion of a milky serum into the texture of 
the delicate continuation of the conjunctiva 
over the cornea, but are the result of violent 
acute ophthalmy. In this state, a dense coagu- 
lating lymph is extravasated from the arteries, 
sometimes superficially, at other times deeply 
into the substance of the cornea. On other oc- 
casions, the disease consists of a firm, callous 
396 



LEV 

cicatrix on this membrane, the effect of an 
ulcer or wound, with loss of substance. The 
term albugo strictly belongs to the first form of 
the disease, leucoma to the last, more particu- 
larly when the opacity occupies the whole, or 
the chief part of the cornea. If inflammation 
still exists, antiphlogistics are to be used; and 
otherwise, topical stimulants to favor absorp- 
tion. 

LEUcoNYMPHiE'A. Nymphaea alba. 

Leucopa'thta. The albino state. 

Leucopha'gium. Blanc-mange. 

LEUCOPHLEGMA'SIA. (a, a, f.; from 
TievKoc , white, and tp?,eyua, plegm. ) A tendency 
in the system to a dropsical state, known by a 
pale color of the skin, a flabby condition of the 
solids, and a redundancy of serum in the blood. 

Leucophlegma'sia dolens. Phlegmasia do- 
lens. 

Leucophlegma'tic Affected with, or ap- 
pertaining to, leucophlegmasia. 

Leuco'piper. White pepper. 

Leucopy'ria. Hectic fever. 

LEUCORRHCE'A. (a, m, f.; from levnoc, 
white, and peu, to flow.) Fluor albus. The 
whites. A secretion of whitish mucus from the 
vagina of women, arising from debility, or a 
chronic inflammation of the organs. The dis- 
charge is attended with some foetor, smarting 
in making water, pains in the back and loins, 
anorexia, and atrophy. In some cases the dis- 
charge is of so acrid a nature as to produce ef- 
fects on those who are connected with the 
woman somewhat similar to venereal matter, 
giving rise to excoriations about the glans penis 
and prajputium, and occasioning a discharge 
from the urethra. 

Immoderate coitiqn, injury done to the parts 
by difficult and tedious labors, frequent mis- 
carriages, immoderate flowings of the menses, 
profuse evacuations, poor diet, an abuse of tea, 
and other causes, giving lise to general debility, 
or to a laxity of the parts more immediately 
concerned, are those which usually produce the 
discharge. Besides the discharge, the patient 
is frequently afflicted with severe and constant 
pains in the back and loins, loss of strength, 
failure of appetite, dejection of spirits, paleness 
of the countenance, chilliness, and languor. 
Where the disease has been of long continu- 
ance, and very severe, a slow fever, attended 
with difficult respiration, palpitations, faintings, 
and swellings of the lower extremities, often 
ensues. 

It is to be treated by hygienic means, especi- 
ally mild exercise, and a non-stimulating, nutri- 
tious diet ; astringents are sometimes useful as 
an injection. The cause, whatever it be, should 
be sought after, and removed, if possible. 

LEVA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from levo, to lift 
up.) A muscle, the office of which is to lift up 
the part to which it is attached. 

Levator anguli oris. A muscle situated 
above the mouth, which draws the corner of 
the mouth upward, and makes that part of the 
cheek opposite to the chin prominent, as in 
smiling. It arises, thin and fleshy, from the 
hollow of the superior maxillary bone, between 
the root of the socket of the first grinder and 
the foramen infra orbitarium, and is inserted 



LEV 

into the angle of the mouth and under lip, 
where it joins with its antagonist. 

Levator ani. Levator magnus sen internus 
of Douglas. A muscle of the rectum. It arises 
from the os pubis, within the pelvis, as far up 
as the upper edge of the foramen thyroideum 
and joining of the os pubis with the os ischium, 
from the thin, tendinous membrane that covers 
the obturator internus and coccygaeus muscles, 
and from the spinous process of the ischium. 
From these origins, its fibres are inserted into 
the sphincter ani, acceleratores urinae, and an- 
terior part of the two last bones of the os coc- 
cygis, surrounding the extremity of the rectum, 
neck of the bladder, prostate gland, and part of 
the vesiculae seminales. Its fibres, joining with 
those of its fellow, form a funnel-shaped hole, 
that draws the rectum upward after the evacu- 
ation of the faeces, and assists in shutting it. 
The levatores ani also sustain the contents of 
the pelvis, and assist in ejecting the semen, 
urine, and contents of the rectum, and, perhaps, 
by pressing upon the veins, contribute to the 
erection of the penis. 

Levator ani parvus. Transversus peri- 
nei. 

Levator coccygis. The coccygeus muscle. 

Levator labii inferioris. Levator menti. 
It arises from the lower jaw, at the roots of the 
alveoli of two incisor teeth and the cuspidatus, 
and is inserted into the under lip and skin of 
the chin. 

Levator labii superioris al^que nasi. 
A muscle of the mouth and lips, that raises the 
Upper lip toward the orbit and a little outward ; 
it serves, also, to draw the skin of the nose up- 
ward and outward, by which the nostril is di- 
lated. It arises by two distinct origins: the 
first, broad and fleshy, from the external part of 
the orbitar process of the superior maxillary 
bone, immediately above the ioramen infra or- 
bitarium ; the second, from the nasal process of 
the superior maxillary bone, where it joins the 
os frontis. The first portion is inserted into the 
upper lip and orbicularis muscle ; the second, 
into the upper lip and outer part of the ala nasi. 

Levator labii superioris proprius. A 
muscle of the upper lip. It arises under the 
edge of the orbit, and is inserted into the upper 
lip. 

Levator oculi. See Rectus superior oculi. 

Levator palati. Levator palati mollis of 
Albinus. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from 
the extremity of the petrous portion of the tem- 
poral bone, where it is perforated by the Eus- 
tachian tube, and also from the membraneous 
part of the same tube, and is inserted into the 
whole length of the velum pendulum palati, as 
far as the root of the uvula, and unites with its 
fellow. Its use is to draw the velum pendulum 
palati upward and backward, so as to shut the 
passage from the fauces into the mouth and 
nose. 

Levator palati mollis. See Levator palati. 

Levator palpebrje superioris. A proper 
muscle of the upper eyelid, that opens the eyes 
by drawing the eyelid upward. It arises from 
the upper part of the foramen opticum of the 
■phenoid bone, above the rectus superior oculi, 
near the trochlearis, and is inserted by a broad, 



LIC 

thin tendon into the cartilage that supports the 
upper eyelid. 

Levator parvus. See Transversus permei. 

Levator proprius scapulje. See Levator 
scapulae. 

Levator scapul.e. Levator proprius scap- 
ula. A muscle situated on the posterior part 
of the neck, that pulls the scapula upward and 
a little forward. It is a long muscle, nearly 
two inches in breadth, and is situated obliquely 
under the anterior edge of the trapezius. It 
arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the transverse 
processes of the four, and sometimes five supe- 
rior vertebras colli, by so many distinct slips, 
which soon unite to form a muscle that runs 
obliquely downward and outward, and is in- 
serted, by a flat tendon, into the upper angle 
of the scapula. Its use is to raise the scapula 
upward and a little forward. 

Levatores costarum. See Intercostal mus- 
cles. 

LEVER. Vectis. An obstetrical instrument 
for aiding the descent of the child's head through 
the pelvis. It is applicable to the same cases 
as the forceps, but the latter is a preferable in- 
strument, and the lever is now hardly ever used. 
It is improperly called a lever, as it does not 
act on the principle of the lever ; it resembles 
a single blade of the forceps. 

Leviathan penis. Priapusceti. The penis 
of the whale, which, when dried and powdered, 
was formerly used in leucorrhoea and dysentery. 
• LEVIGATION. (Leevigatio, onis, f. ; from 
Imvigo, to make smooth.) The reduction of a 
hard substance by trituration to an impalpable 
powder. 

Levi'sticum. Ligusticum levisticum. 

Levi'tas intestinorum. Lientery. 

Lexipha'rmacon. Alexipharmacon. 

Lexipyre'ticus. Febrifuge. 

Ley. See Lixivium. 

Leyden jar. L. phial. See Electricity. 

LIA'TRIS SPICATA. An indigenous bulb- 
ous plant, which, with other species, are said 
to be diuretic. 

Liba'dium. The lesser centaury. 

Libanion. A collyrium. — Paul of ^Egina. 

Libano'tis. Rosemary. 

Li'banus. 1. The cedar of Lebanon. 2. The 
frankincense- tree. 

Liber. The inner bark of trees. * 

Libu'rnum. Viburnum lantana. 

Li'chanus. The fore finger. 

LI'CHEN. (A.eixvv, or At^v. Lichen, enis, 
or enos, m.) 1. In Pathology, an extensive 
eruption of papulae affecting adults and children, 
connected with internal disorder, usually ter- 
minating in scurf; recurrent, not contagious. 
The varieties of lichen are distinguished under 
the # denominations of simplex, agrius, pilaris, li- 
villus, tropicus, circumscripta, and urticatus. 

Lichen simplex. — Distinct red papula? arise 
first about the cheeks and chin, or on the arms, 
accompanied with an unpleasant sensation of 
tingling, which is somewhat aggravated during 
the night. In about a week the color of the 
eruption fades, and the cuticle begins to sep- 
arate. The duration is from ten to twenty 
days. The febrile state, at the beginning of 
this disorder, lasts five or six days : it is gener 

397 



LIC 



LIE 



ally relieved on the appearance of the erup- 
tion. 

Lichen circumscriptus is characterized by clus- 
ters or patches of papulae, which have a well- 
defined margin, and are of an irregularly circu- 
lar form. Some of them are stationary for a 
week or two, and disappear ; but others extend 
gradually, by new papulated borders, into large 
figured forms, which coalesce. As the borders 
extend, the central areae become even, but con- 
tinue slightly red and scurfy. 

Lichen agrius is preceded by nausea, pain in 
the stomach, headache, loss of strength, and 
deep-seated pains in the limbs, with fits of cold- 
ness and shivering ; which symptoms continue 
several days, and are sometimes relieved by 
the papulous eruption. The papula; are distrib- 
uted in clusters, or often in large patches, chiefly 
on the arms, the upper part of the breast, the 
neck, face, back, and sides of the abdomen; 
they are of a vivid red color, and have a red- 
ness, or some degree of inflammation, diffused 
round them to a considerable extent, and at- 
tended with itching, heat, and a painful tingling. 

Lichen pilaris. — This is merely a modifica- 
tion of the first species of lichen, and, like it, 
often alternates with complaints of the head, or 
stomach, in irritable habits. The peculiarity 
of the eruption is, that the 6mall tubercles or 
asperities appear only at the roots of the hairs 
of the skin, being probably occasioned by an 
enlargement of their bulbs, or an unusual full- 
ness of the blood-vessels distributed to them. 

Lichen lividus. — The papula; characterizing 
this eruption are of a dark red or livid hue, 
and somewhat more permanent than in the 
foregoing species of lichen. 

Lichen tropicus. — Prickly heat. It consists 
of numerous papullae, about the size of a small 
pin's head, and elevated so as to produce a 
considerable roughness on the skin. The papu- 
lae are of a vivid red color, and often exhibit an 
irregular form, two or three of them being in 
many places united together; but no redness 
or inflammation extends to the skin in the in- 
terstices of the papula). 

Dr. Bateman has introduced another species, 
Lichen urticatus. — In its first appearance it is 
in irregular, inflamed wheals, so closely resem- 
bling the spots excited by the bites of bugs or 
gnats as almost to deceive the observer. The 
inflammation, however, subsides in a day or 
two, leaving small, elevated, itching papulae. 
There may be a recurrence for months. It is 
peculiar to children. 

A species of lichen has lately been described 
by M. Biett under the name of Lichen gyratus, 
in which the papula? are arranged in a spiral 
form. 

Most of the forms of lichen require little 
treatment. Laxatives, bathing, mild diet, suit- 
able clothing, exercise, and occasionally a mild 
ointment or tonic remedy, is all that is neces- 
sary. 

II. In Botany, a genus of plants. Crypto- 
gamia. Algm. There are several species, some 
of which are used in medicine. 

Lichen aphthosus. Muscus camutalis. 
This is said to have a good effect in some com- 
plaints of the intestines. 
398 



Lichen arboreus pullus. Lichen olivarius. 

Lichen caninus. The ash-colored ground 
liverwort. L. terrestris. L. cinereus terrestris. 
Formerly supposed to cure hydrophobia. 

Lichen cinereus terrestris. See Lichen 
caninus. 

Lichen cocciferus. L. coccineus. Lichen 
pyxidatus. 

Lichen islandicus. Cetraria islandica. 

Lichen marinus. Ulva lactuca. 

Lichen olivarius. Tree liverwort. L. ar- 
boreus pullus. An infusion of this is considered 
as strengthening to the lungs, and given in 
hemorrhages, and against old coughs. 

Lichen plicatus. It is slightly astringent, 
and is applied with that intention to bleeding 



Lichen prunastri. This is astringent, and 
is used to strengthen the lungs. 

Lichen pulmonarius. L. arboreus. Pecto- 
ral moss. Tree lungwort. Oak lungs. This 
sub-astringent and rather acid plant was once 
in high estimation in the cure of diseases of the 
lungs. 

Lichen pyxidatus. The cup moss. L. 
pyxidatus major. L. coccineus. Used by the 
common people in the cure of hooping-cough. 

Lichen rocceixa. Canary archel. Herb 
archel. Roccella. R. tinctorum. This plant has 
been employed mediciually with success in al- 
laying the cough attendant on phthisis, and in 
hysterical coughs. The principal use is as a 
blue dye, litmus. 

Lichen saxatilis. Muscus cranii humani. 
Usnea. This moss, when growing on the hu- 
man skull, was formerly in high estimation in 
epilepsies. 

Lichen velleus. This has the same virtues 
as the lichen pulmonarius. 

Lichenia'sis strophulus. Strophulus. 

Liche'nin. The starchy matter of lichens. 

LICHE'NS. Lichenis. Plants of a very low 
organization, which grow on the bark of trees 
or rocks, when they form a kind of incrustation, 
or upon the ground, when they consist of irreg- 
ular lobes parallel with the earth's surface. Oc- 
casionally, in all situations, they are found in a 
branched state ; but their subdivisions are gen- 
erally irregular, and without order. Their fruc- 
tification consists of hard nuclei, called shields, 
which break through the upper surface of the 
thallus, or main substance of the lichen, are of 
a peculiar odor and texture, and contain the 
reproductive particles. Lichens abound in the 
cold and temperate parts of the world. The 
greater part are of no known use ; but some, as 
the reindeer moss ( Cenomycc rangifcrina), the 
Iceland moss {Cetraria islandica), and various 
species of Gyrophora, are capable of sustaining 
life, either in animals or man. The Iceland 
moss, when deprived of its bitterness by soak- 
ing in an alkali, and then boiled, becomes, in- 
deed, a diet recommended to invalids. Others 
are used as tonic medicines, as Variolaria fagi- 
nea and Parmelia parietina. Their principal 
use is, however, that of furnishing the dyer 
with brilliant colors : orchall, cudbear, and pe- 
rolle, with many more, are thus employed. 

LI'EN. {en, enis, m. ; from Tie 10c, soft or 
smooth.") The spleen. See Spleen. 



LIG 

Lien sinarum. Nymphaea nelumbo. 

LIENTE'RIA. (a, ee, f.; from Tietoc, smooth, 
and evrepov, the intestine.) Lientery. See 
Diarrhcea. 

Lienteria urinalis. Diabetes. 

LIFE. Bloc. Vita. The word life has 
been used in two acceptations: in the one it 
means the aggregate of the phenomena result- 
ing from the activities of an organized body ; 
in the other it means the cause of those activi- 
ties. 

Haller established the existence of two great 
modifications of vital power, namely, sensibility 
and irritability. The former of these he be- 
lieved to reside exclusively in the brain and 
nerves, the latter in the muscular fibre. He 
believed that the muscles have a nervous pow- 
er, or vis nervea, distributed to them from the 
brain through the nerves, distinct from their 
proper irritability, or vis insita. We now rec- 
ognize an animal and an organic sensibility; an 
animal and an organic contractility, of which 
last, irritability is one of the species; or, ac- 
cording to Bichat, an organic life, consisting of 
the force which maintains the functions of the 
part and repairs waste, and an animal life, which 
is the life of relation to other objects by vision, 
locomotion, intelligence, voice, &c. 

Life-everlasting. Gnaphalium margarita- 
ceum. 

LI'GAMENT. {Ligamentum, i, n. ; from 
ligo, to bind.) An elastic and strong mem- 
brane, connecting the extremities of the mova- 
ble bones. Ligaments are divided into capsu- 
lar, which surround joints like a bag, and con- 
necting ligaments. The use of the capsular 
ligaments is to connect the extremities of the 
movable bones, and prevent the efflux of sy- 
novia; the external and internal connecting 
ligaments strengthen the union of the extremi- 
ties of the movable bones. The ligaments of 
the joints and viscera are described under the 
several parts. 

Ligamenta ala'ria. Alar ligaments. Two 
ligaments of the knee joint, a major and a mi- 
nor, are named alar, from their wing-like shape. 

Lioamejita inters pinalia. Interspinous 
ligaments. The ligaments which pass between 
the spinous processes of the vertebra?. 

Ligamenta intertransversalia. Inter- 
transverse ligaments. The ligaments which pass 
between the transverse processes of the verte- 
bra;. 

Ligamenta radiata. The ligaments pass- 
ing between the inner end of the clavicle and 
the sternum ; also, those which pass from the 
extremities of the cartilages of the ribs over the 
sternum. 

Ligamenta subflava. See Spinal cord. 

Ligaments, crucial. The ligaments which 
cross each other within the knee joint. 

Ligaments, lateral. Ligaments situated 
at the sides of a joint, as the lateral ligaments 
of the knee and wrist. 

Ligaments, vaginal. The sheath-like liga- 
ments of the flexor tendons of the fingers. 

Ligamentum annulare. Annular or ring- 
like ligament : the name of a strong ligament 
"»n each ankle and wrist. 

Ligamentum arteriosum. The ductus ar 



LIG 

teriosus 6f the foetus, which becomes a ligament 
after birth, is so called. 

Ligamentum brachio-cubitale. The bra- 
chio-cubital ligament. The expansion of the 
lateral ligament, which is fixed in the inner 
condyle of the os humeri, runs over the cap- 
sular, to which it closely adheres, and is inserted 
like radii on the side of the great sigmoid cavity 
of the ulna; it is covered on the inside by several 
tendons, which adhere closely to it, and seem 
to strengthen it very considerably. 

Ligamentum brachio-radiale. Thebrachio- 
radial ligament. The expansion of the lateral 
ligament which runs over the external condyle 
of the os humeri, is inserted round the coronary 
ligament, from thence all the way down to the 
neck of the radius, and also in the neighboring 
parts of the ulna. Through all this passage it 
covers the capsular ligament, and is covered by 
several tendons adhering closely to both. 

Ligamentum capsulare. See Ligaments. 

Ligamentum ciliare. See Ciliary ligament. 

Ligamentum conoides. A ligament which 
passes from the root of the coracoid process to 
the clavicle. 

Ligamentum deltoides. The triangular lig- 
ament which passes from the malleolus internus 
of the tibia to the astragalus, os calcis and os na- 
viculare. 

Ligamentum denticulatum. A ligament ex- 
tending the whole length of the spinal marrow. 

Ligamentum fallopii. The round ligament 
of the uterus, and also Poupart's ligament, have 
been so called. 

Ligamentum infundibuliforme. The liga- 
ment which joins the atlas to the occipital bone. 

Ligamentum interclaviculare. The liga- 
ment which joins the two clavicles behind the 
top of the sternum. 

Ligamentum interosseum. The ligament 
uniting the radius and ulna, and also that be- 
tween the tibia and fibula. 

Ligamentum latum. The broad ligament 
of the liver, and that of the uterus. 

Ligamentum nuch^:. Cervical ligament. A 
strong ligament which arises from the perpen- 
dicular spine of the occipital bone, and descends 
on the back part of the neck, adhering to the 
spinous processes of the cervical vertebra;. 

Ligamentum orbiculare. The ligament 
which binds the neck of the radius to the ulna. 

Ligamentum ovarii. The thick, round por- 
tion of the broad ligament of the uterus, by 
which the ovarium is connected with the ute- 
rus. 

Ligamentum tosticum Winslovii. Posterior 
ligament of Winslow. This consists of irregular 
bands, passing obliquely over the back part of 
the capsular ligament of the knee joint from the 
external condyle of the femur to the upper and 
inner part of the tibia. 

Ligamentum Poupartii. Fallopian ligament. 
Poupart's ligament. A ligament extending from, 
the anterior superior spinous process of the ilium 
to the crista of the os pubis. 

Ligamentum rhomboides. Ligamentum 
rkomboideum. The ligament which binds the 
clavicle to the first rib. 

Ligamentum rotundum. The round liga- 
ment of the uterus. See Uterus. 

399 



LIG 

Ligamentum teres. The round ligament of 
the hip joint. See Femoris os. 

Ligamentum trapezoides. Ligamentum tra- 
pezoideum. A ligament which passes from the 
point of the coracoid process of the scapula to 
the under edge of the clavicle. 

Ligamentum triangulare. A ligament ex- 
tending from the coracoid to the acromial pro- 
cess of the scapula. 

LI'GATURE. (Ligatura, a, f. ; from ligo, 
to bind. ) A thread or silk of various thickness, 
covered with white wax, for the purpose of 
tying arteries or other parts. Ligatures should 
be round and very firm, so as to allow their 
being tied with some force, without risk of 
breaking. 

LIGHT. Lux. Light is that which proceeds 
from any body producing the sensation of vision, 
or perception of other bodies, by depicting an 
image of external objects on the retina of the 
eye. 

Explanation of certain terms in optics. — A ray 
of light is an exceedingly small portion of light 
as it comes from a luminous body. A medium 
is a body which affords a passage for the rays 
of light. A beam of light is a body of parallel 
rays. A pencil of rays is a body of diverging or 
converging rays. Converging rays are rays 
which tend to a common point. Diverging rays 
are those which come from a point, and contin- 
ually separate as they proceed. The radiant 
point is the point from which diverging rays 
proceed. The focus is the point to which the 
converging rays are directed. 

Light is distinguished into two kinds, viz., 
natural light, proceeding from the sun and stars, 
and artificial light, proceeding from bodies 
which are strongly heated : this glowing or 
shining appearance is called incandescence. The 

Jmenomena of light may be referred to the fol- 
owiug heads : 

1. Radiation, or the emission of light, like 
that of caloric, in all directions, in the form of 
radii, or rays. A collection of such rays ac- 
companying each other, is termed a pencil. The 
radiant point is the point from which diverging 
rays proceed; the focus, the point into which 
converging rays are collected. 

2. Reflection, or the rebound of a ray of light, 
as of caloric, from a polished surface ; the angle 
of incidence being equal to the angle of reflec- 
tion. 

3. Refraction, or the break of the natural 
course of a ray of light, as it passes into a trans- 
parent substance, as glass or water ; this is 
termed ordinary refraction. If a ray fall upon 
the surface of Iceland spar, or certain other sub- 
stances, it will be split into two portions, making 
an angle with each other, and each pursuing its 
own separate course; this is called double re- 
fraction ; one of these rays following the same 
rule as if the substance were glass or water, the 
other undergoing extraordinary refraction. 

4. Polarization, or the property by which a 
ray of light, after its emergence from the sub- 
stance, or reflection from the surface of a body, 
acquires poles or sides with different properties, 
in relation to the plane of its incidence. Polar- 
ized light may be procured from common light 
in three ways, viz. : 1. By reflection from the 

400 



LIG 

surfaces of transparent and opaque bodies. 2. 
By transmission through several plates of un- 
crystallized bodies. 3. By transmission through 
bodies regularly crystallized, and possessing the 
property of double refraction, as Iceland spar, 
rock crystal, &c. 

5. Decomposition, or the division of a ray of 
light in traversing a prism into its constituent 
colors ; the appearance thus produced is called 
the prismatic spectrum. See Prism. 

6. Phosphorescence, or the emission of light 
from certain substances. These are artificial 
compounds, as Canton's phosphorus ; some bod- 
ies when strongly heated, as lime ; certain ma- 
rine animals, in the living or dead state, as the 
medusa ; certain animalcules, as the fire-fly of 
the West Indies, the glow-worm, &c. ; vegeta- 
ble substances, as rotten wood, &c. 

The light of the sun is very complex, contain- 
ing seven colors, and other agents than simple 
light, as heat and the chemical rays. It is essen- 
tial to the production of the green matter of 
vegetation and the welfare of animals. 

Light carbureted hydrogen. Carbureted 
hydrogen gas. 

Ligne'ous. Ligneus. Woody. 

LI'GNIN. Lignine. The pure fibre of wood, 
divested of starch and other impurities ; accord- 
ing to Payen, it consists of an investing or cellu- 
lar matter, cellulose, C12H10O10, isomeric with 
starch, the true internal matter, or lignin, being 
Csf.Hj^O-jo. Fine linen from hemp or flax is in- 
soluble in water, decays very slowly, and is 
converted into dextrine by the action of dilute 
sulphuric acid and heat, and finally into starch 
sugar. 

Li'gnone. An alcoholic spirit found in pyr- 
oxylic spirit. 

Ligno'sus. Ligneous. 

LI'GNUM. (mot, i, n.) Wood. 

Lignum agallochi veri. See Lignum aloes. 

Lignum aloes. L.agallochiveri. L.aquilte. 
L.calambac. L.'aspalathi. Aloes wood. Sup- 
posed to be from the Excaaria agallocha, the 
bark as well as the milk of which is purgative. 

Lignum aquilje. L. aspalathi. Lignum 
aloes. • 

Lignum braziliense. Caesalpina. 

Lignum calambac Lignum aloes. 

Lignum campechense. Hajmatoxylon. 

Lignum colubrinum. Strychnos colubrina. 

Lignum indicum. Guaiacum. 

Lignum moluccense. Croton tiglium. 

Lignum nephriticum. Guilandina. 

Lignum pavan.e. Croton tiglium. 

Lignum rhodium. Aspalathus. 

Lignum sanctum. Guaiacum. 

Lignum santali rubri. Pterocarpus 

Lignum sappan. Hsematoxylon. 

Lignum serpentinum. Ophioxylum. 

Lignum vitje. Guaiacum officinale. 

Lignum's antiscorbutic drops. A quack 
preparation of corrosive sublimate. 

LI'GULA. (a, a, i.\ a strap.) 1. The 
clavicle. 2. The glottis. 3. A measure con- 
taining ten scruples. 4. The small transparent 
membrane on the margin of the sheath and base 
of the leaves of grasses. 

Ligula'te. Ligulatus. Strap-shaped 
shaped like a strap or ribbon. 



LIM 

LIGUS'TICUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
— L. levisticum. Lovage. Levisticum. The 
odor is very strong and ungrateful ; its taste 
is warm and aromatic. It abounds with a yel- 
lowish, gummy, resinous juice, very much re- 
sembling opoponax. Its virtues are carmina- 
tive, diaphoretic, and deobstruent ; therefore it 
is chiefly used in hysterical disorders and uter- 
ine obstructions. The leaves, eaten in salad, 
are accounted emmenagogue. The root, which 
is less ungrateful than the leaves, is said to pos- 
sess similar virtues, and may be employed in 
powder 

LIGU'STEUM. (urn, i. n.) A genus of 
plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Oleacca. — L. 
vulgarc is the privet: the leaves are slightly 
astringent and bitter. 

LILIA'CEjE. A family of endogenous plants, 
remarkable for their brilliant flowers, including 
the lilies, hyacinths, tuberoses, &c. They are 
characterized by six petals, six stamens, supe- 
rior ovary, anthers bursting inwardly. 

Lilia'ceous. Liliaccus. Resembling the lily; 
Buch plants as have a liliaceous corolla and a 
three-lobed stigma. 

Lilia'cine. A bitter, crystallizable body ob- 
tained from the lilac. 

Liliaci'nus. Liliacinc. Lilac color. 

Lilia'go. The Anthcricum liliastrum; for- 
merly said to be alexiphannic and carmina- 
tive. 

LI'LIUM. {urn, ii, n.) A genus of plants. 
Hcxandria. Monogynia. Liliacea. — L. can- 
didum. L. album. The white lily. The roots 
are mucilaginous and emollient. — L. conval- 
Hum. See Convallaria majalis. — L. croceum 
See Hemerocallis. — L. martagon. The mar- 
tagon lily. Linnaeus tells us that the root of 
this plant forms a part of the ordinary food of 
the Siberians. — L.purpurcum. L.rubrum. See 
Hemerocallis. 

Lily. See Lilium. 

Lily, may. Convallaria majalis. 

Lily, water. Nymphaca alba. 

Lily, white. Lilium candidum. 

Lily of the valley. Convallaria majalis. 

Li'ma bakk. See Cinchona barks, various. 

LIMATU'RA. (a, a, f.; from lima, a file.) 
File-dust; filings. 

Limatuka ferri. Iron filings. These, when 
taken internally, become more or less oxidized 
in the stomach and intestines : they act, there- 
fore, as a mild chalybeate. The dose is from 
gr. v. to 3ss. 

Limatura stanni. Tin filings. See Stan- 
num. 

LI'MAX. (ax, acis, m. ; from limits, slime.) 
The slug. It was formerly much used hi de- 
coction for consumption and atrophy. 

LIMB US. (us. i, m.) The limb, brim, or 
border. In Botany, applied to a part of the 
corolla. See Corolla. 

Limbus luteus. The foramen of Scemmer 
'Jig- 

Lime. Citrus limetta. 

LIME. Calx. The oxide of calcium. It 

s obtained by heating marble, limestone, chalk, 

cr oyster shells at a red heat ; is white, friable, 

ens a hot, caustic taste, and the properties of an 

C c 



LIN 

alkali ; sp. gravity, 2*3. By exposure to moist- 
ure it slacks, and becomes a hydrate, losing 
much of its caustic quality. It is a powerful 
base, uniting with most acids; its presence in 
solution is made known by the insoluble white 
precipitate it forms with oxalate of ammonia. 
Its formula is CaO; eq., 28*5. 

Several preparations of lime are used medi- 
cinally. See Calcis chloridum, Calcis liquor, 
Calcii chloridum, Calcii chloridi liquor, Creta 
prceparala, Potassa cum calce. 
Lime-tree. Tilia europaea. 
Lime-water. Calcis liquor. 
Limne'mic. Limnamicus. Pertaining to a 
marsh; paludal. 

LFMON. (Hebrew.) A lemon. See Ci- 
trus mcdica. 

Limonade, minerals. Mineral lemonade. 
The French, strangely enough, give this name 
to water acidulated with a mineral acid, and 
sweetened. Those preparations are used as 
drinks in fevers and inflammations. 

Limonade, nitric Water acidulated with 
nitric acid, and sweetened. 

Limonade, sulphuric Water acidulated 
with sulphuric acid, and sweetened. 

Limonade, tartaric Water acidulated 
with tartaric acid, and sweetened. 
Limonia malus. The lemon. 
LIMO'NIUM. 1. The lemon. 2. Valeriana 
rubra. 3. Polygonum fagopyrum. 4. Pyrola 
rotundifolia. 5. Statice limonium, which is said 
to possess astringent properties. 

LIMO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from hifioc, hunger.) 
Morbid appetite. A genus of diseases, charac- 
terized by depraved, excessive, or defective 
appetite . — Good. 

Limosis avens. Insatiable appetite.. 
Limosis expers. Anorexia. 
Limosis iielluonum. Gluttony. 
Limosis pica. Pica. 

LINA'CEiE. The flax tribe of dicotyledon- 
ous plants. Herbaceous plants, with leaves 
usually alternate ; flowers, symmetrical, polype- 
talous; stamens, hypogynous; ovarium, entire, 
many-celled ; seeds, compressed and inverted. 
L I N A M E'N T U M. (From linum, linen.) 
Lint ; a tent of lint for a wound. 
Linangi'na. Cuscuta europaea. 
Lina'ria. Antirrhinum linaria. 
LI'NCTUS. (us, us, m. ; from lingo, to lick.) 
Lohoc. Eclegma. Elexis. Elegma. Eclectos. 
Ecleitos. [Hindus. A loch; a lambative. A 
term in pharmacy, that is generally applied to 
a soft substance, of the consistence of honey, 
which is licked off the spoon. 

LI'NEA. (a, a, f. ; from linum, a thread.) 
A line: applied to some parts which have a 
line-like appearance. 

Linea alba. Linea centralis. A tendinous 
line that extends from the scrobiculus cordis to 
the navel, and from thence to the pubes. It is 
formed by the tendinous fibres of the internal 
obliqufe ascending, and the external oblique 
descending muscles, and the transversalis, in- 
terlaced with those of the opposite side. 

Linea aspera. The rough edge along the 
posterior edge of the femur. 

Linea ilio-pectinea. The lateral margin of 
the brim of the pelvis, formed by the upper 

401 



LIN 

edge of the os pubis and the lower and inter- 
nal margin of the ilium. 

Linea innominata. Lifiea ilio-pectinea. 

Linea quadrata. The posterior intertro- 
chanteric line, along which the quadra tus is at- 
tached. 

Linea semilunaris. The white line on the 
outer margin of each rectus muscle of the belly, 
formed by the union of the abdominal tendons. 

Lineje transversa. The lines which cross 
the recti muscles of the abdomen. 

LINBA'R. Linearis. Strap-shaped. 

Lineatus. Lineate, or streaked. 

Ling. Gadua molva. 

LI'NGUA. (a, a, f. ; from lingo, to lick up.) 
The tongue. See Tongue. 

Lingua avis. L.passerina. The seed-vessel 
of the Fraxinus. Sparrow's tongue. 

Lingua canina. Cynoglossum officinale. 

Lingua cervina. Scolopendrium vulgare. 

LI'NGUAL. Lingualis. Relating to the 
tongue. 

Lingual artery. A branch of the external 
carotid in the tongue : it is called the ranino 
artery. 

Lingual nerve. 1. The hypo-glossus nerve. 
2. A branch of the inferior maxillary, or third 
branch of the fifth pair. 

LINGUA'LIS. Lingual muscle. Basio-glos- 
tut. A muscle of the tongue. It arises from the 
root of the tongue laterally, and runs forward 
between the hyo-glossus and genio-glossus, to 
be inserted into the tip of the tongue, along 
with part of the stylo-glossus. Its use is to con- 
tract the substance of the tongue, and to bring 
it backward. 

Lingue'tta t^aminosa. A thin process of 
gray matter, extending upon the valve of 
Vieussens. 

Lingula'te. Lingulatus. Linguiformis. 
Tongue-shaped. 

Liniment. See Linimentum. 

Liniment, anodyne. Linimentum opii. 

Liniment, Kentish's. Linimentum tere- 
binthina?. 

Liniment of mercury. Linimentum hydrar- 
gyri compositum. 

Liniment of verdigris. Linimentum a?ru- 
ginis. 

Liniment, volatile. Linimentum ammoniac. 

LINIME'NTUM. (urn, i, n.j from lino, to 
anoint.) A liniment. A medicament of a me- 
diate consistence, between an ointment and oil, 
used to rub upon diseased parts. A medicine 
similarly applied, but of thinner consistence, is 
called an embrocation. 

Linimentum aru'ginis. (Ph. L.) Liniment 
of verdigris. Take of verdigris, powdered, jj. ; 
vinegar, f. f vij. ; clarified honey, §xiv. Dis- 
solve the verdigris in the vinegar; strain; add 
the honey gradually, and boil it down to a 
proper consistence. Stimulant, detergent, and 
slightly escharotic: applied to indolent ulcers, 
syphilitic sores, and diluted as a gargle. 
Linimentum album. Ceratum cetacet. 
Linimentum ammo'nije. (U. S.) Linimentum 
ammonite fortius. Volatile liniment. Strong lin- 
iment of ammonia. Take aqua ammonia?, f. 
fss. ; olive oil, f. ?ij. Shake until they unite. 
A. stimulating application and rubefacient. 
402 



LIN 

Linimentum ammonite compositum. (Ph. 
E.) Compbund liniment of ammonia. Take 
of strong aqua ammonia, f. fv. ; tincture oi 
camphor, f. f ij. ; spirit of rosemary, f. jj. Mix. 
Rubefacient, vesicating, and caustic. 

Linimentum ammonia sesquicarbo'natis. 
(Ph. L.) Linimentum ammonia subcarbonatis. 
Liniment of sesquicarbonate of ammonia. Take 
of solution of sesquicarbonate of ammonia, f. 
§j . ; olive oil, f. ^ iij . Shake them together until 
they unite. A stimulating liniment, mostly 
used to relieve rheumatic pains; milder than 
the linimentum ammonias. 

Linimentum anodynum. Linimentum opii. 

Linimentum aqua calcis. Linimentum cab- 
cis. (U. S.) Liniment of lime-water. This 
consists of equal parts of linseed oil and lime- 
water. An application to burns and scalds. 

Linimentum arcei. Unguentum elemi com- 
positum. 

Linimentum ca'mphora. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
Camphor liniment. Take of camphor, 5j . ; olive 
oil, f. fiv. Dissolve. Anodyne and resolvent. 

Linimentum camphors compo'situm. (Ph. 
L.) Compound camphor liniment. Take of 
camphor, f iiss. ; solution of ammouia, fviiss. ; 
spirit of lavender, a pint. Mix the ammonia 
and spirit in a glass retort, aud distill a pint. 
Dissolve the camphor in the product. An an- 
odyne stimulant in paralytic, spasmodic, and 
rheumatic diseases, and for bruises, sprains, &c. 

Linimentum canthari'dis. (U. S.) Lini- 
ment of blistering flies. Take of Spanish flies, 
in powder, ?j.; oil of turpentine, Oss. Digest 
three hours in a water-bath, and strain. Rube- 
facient and epispastic. There is a French Lin- 
imentum cantharidis camphoratum, consisting of 
soap, camphor, oil, and tincture of cantharides : 
a mild rubefacient. 

Linimentum crotonis. Liniment of croton 
oil. Mix of croton oil, one part ; olive oil, five 
parts. Used as a counter-irritant, it produces 
a pustular eruption. 

Linimentum hydra'rgyri compositum. 
(Ph. L.) Mercurial liniment. Take of strong 
mercurial ointment, prepared lard, of each, sfiv. ; 
camphor, jj. ; rectified spirit, f. $j. ; solution of 
ammonia, f. fiv. Powder the camphor with 
the spirit, then rub it with the ointment and 
lard; then add gradually the ammonia, and 
mix. If it be frequently or largely applied, it 
affects the mouth more rapidly than the mercu 
rial ointment. 

Linimentum opii. (Ph. I*.) Linimentum 
opiatum. This consists of compound soap lini 
ment, f. Jvj., and tincture of opium, f. fij. It 
is a resolvent anodyne embrocation. 

Linimentum saponaceum hydrosulphura- 
tum. (Ph. P.) A French preparation of com- 
mon 6oap, five parts ; oil of poppy, ten parts ; 
and sulphuret of potassium, one part. Used in 
itch and cutaneous affections. 

Linimentum saponis. See Tinctura saponit 
camphorata. 

Linimentum sapo'nis compo'situm. Com- 
pound soap liniment. Linimentum saponis cam- 
phoratum. (U. S.) Take of soap, fiij. ; cam- 
phor, 5j.; oil of rosemary, oil of origanum, of 
each, f. 3J. ; alcohol, Oj. Dissolve the camphor 
and oils in the spirit, then add the soap, and 



LIP 

macerate Until melted. Anodyne and mild 
stimulant. 

Li.NiMEXTUM saponis cum opio. Linimentum 
opii. 

Linimentum simplex. (Ph. E.) Simple 
liniment. Take of olive oil, four parts ; white 
wax, one part. Melt. Also, the Ungucntum 
ccrcE. 

Linimentum tereiii'nthin.e. (U. S.) Tur- 
pentine liniment. Take of resin cerate, Ibj. ; 
oil of turpentine, Oss. Mix. Applied to burns. 

Linimentum terebi'nthin-e vitriolicum. 
Vitriolic liniment of turpentine. Take of olive 
oil, f. fx. ; oil of turpentine, f. giv. ; dilute sul- 
phuric acid, 3iij. Mix. This preparation is 
said to be efficacious in chronic affections of the 
joints, and in the removal of long-existing ef- 
fects of sprains and bruises. 

Linimentum volatile. Linimentum ammo- 
nite sesquicarbonatis. 

LINNjE'A. (a, w, f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Angiospermia. — L. borealis has a 
bitter, subastringent taste, and is used in the 
form of fomentation for rheumatic pains. 

LINNjE'AN SYSTEM. The sexual system. 
A plan of classifying plants on the number 
and position of the stamens and pistils of the 
flower. 

Linospe'rmum. Linum usitatissimum. 

Linozo'stis. Mercurialis vulgaris. 

Linseed. Linum usitatissimum. 

LINT. Li'nteum. Charpie. A soft, woolly 
substance, made by scraping old linen cloth, 
and employed in surgery as the common dress- 
ing in all cases of wounds and ulcers, either 
simply, or covered with different unctuous sub- 
stances. 

LI'NUM. (mot, i, n. Aivov.) 1. Linseed. 
2. A genus of plants. PctUandria. Pentagynia. 
Linacccc. — L- catharticum. L. minimum. Purg- 
ing flax. It is an effectual and 6afe cathartic. 
A handful infused in half a pint of boiling water 
is the dose for an adult. — L. usitatissimum. 
Common flax. The seeds have an unctuous, 
mucilaginous, sweetish taste. On expression, 
they yield a large quantity of oil ; boiled in 
water, they yield a large proportion of a strong 
mucilage, which is in use as an emollient or 
demulcent in cough, hoarseness, and pleuritic 
symptoms, and is likewise recommended in 
nephritic pains and stranguries. The meal of 
the seeds is also much used externally, in emol- 
lient and maturating cataplasms. The express- 
ed oil is purgative. 

Lip. See Labium. 

Lipa'ria. Obesity. 

LIPAROCE'LE. (From ?,inapo(, fat, and 
nrfkr), a tumor.) A fatty tumor. The name 
has been especially given to a fatty tumor in the 
scrotum. 

Liparotri'chia. A diseased condition of 
the hair, in which it is more oily than natural. 
— Frank. 

LIP A' S MA. (Ainao/ia; from %nraivu, to 
grow fat.) The Greek name for any medicine 
used externally by inunction, for the purpose 
of fattening the body. 

LIPO'MA. (From Intac, fat.) An encysted 
fatty tumor. 

Lipopsy'chia. Syncope. 



LIQ 

Lipothy'mia. Syncope. 

LIPPITU'DO. (o, mm, f.; from lipput, 
blear-eyed.) Blear-eyedness. A chronic dis- 
ease of the tarsi, the result often of acute oph- 
thalmia. It consists in an exudation of a puri- 
form matter from the margin of the eyelids. 
This matter glues the tarsi of the eyelids to- 
gether during the night. The margins of the 
eyelids are red, and tumid, and painful. When 
it affects the angles of the eyes, it is called L. 
angularis; when there is much itching, L. pru- 
riginosa ; and the syphilitic eruption of the 
eyelids of infants, L. syphilitica neonatorum. 

Lipy'ria. See Leipyria. 

Liqua mumia. Human fat. — Ruland. 

Liqua'tion. A process of separating tin, 
lead, &c, by melting. * 

Liquefa'cient. That which has the prop- 
erty of liquefying the solids. 

LIQUEFACTION. Liquatio. Liqueficatio. 
The conversion into a liquid. The word is, 
therefore, in some instances, synonymous with 
fusion, in others with deliquescence, and in oth- 
ers with solution. 

LIQUEUR. A strong aromatic spirit. 

Liqu'id. Liquidum. A feebly elastic fluid. 

LIQUIDA'MBAR. (ar, aris, f.) A genus 
of plants. Monatcia. Polyandria. — L. styra- 
ci'flua. The tree which affords both the liquid- 
ami iar and liquid storax. The liquidambar is 
a resinous juice of a yellow color, inclining to 
red, at first about the consistence of turpentine, 
by age hardened into a solid, brittle mass. 
The Styrax liquida is also obtained from this 
plant by boiling. Their use is chiefly as stom- 
achics, in the form of plaster. 

Liquiri'tia. Glycirrhiza glabra. 

LI'QUOR. (or, oris, m. ; from liqueo, to be- 
come liquid.) A liquor: applied to some prep- 
arations, before called waters ; as the aqua am- 
monite, &c. 

Liquor .ethere'us oleo'sus. Oleum a;the- 
reum. 

Liquor jETHereus vitriolicus (sulphuri- 
cus). See JEther sulphuricus. 

Liquor aluminis compositus. (Ph. L.) 
Compound solution of alum. Take of alum, 
sulphate of zinc, of each, fj. ; boiling water, 
Oiij. Dissolve, and strain. A detergent and 
astringent wash ; also used as a collyrium and 
injection. 

Liquor ammonle. See Ammonia. 

Liquor ammoni.e acetatis. See Ammonia 
acetatis liquor. 

Liquor ammonia carbonatis. L. ammonia 
sesquicarbonatis. See Ammonia sesquicarbona- 
tis liquor. 

Liquor ammonia hydro'sulpha'tis. Am- 
moniac hydrosulphuretum. 

Liquor amnii. See Amnios. 

Liquor anodynus mineralis. Spiritus eefhe- 
ris sulphurici compositus. 

Liquor anodynus vegetabilis. A mixture 
of equal parts of acetic ether and rectified spirit 
of wine. 

Liquor antimonii tartarizati. See Anti- 
monii tartarizati liquor. 

Liquor aquilegius. Spirit of wine. 
Liquor argenti nitratis. (Ph. L.) Take 
of nitrate of silver, y.; distilled water, f.fj. Dk 

403 



LIQ 

solvo. Keep it in a well-closed bottle, preserved 
from the light. 

Liquor arsenicalis. See Arscnicalis liquor. 

Liquor arsenici et hydrargyri hydrio- 
DATis. See Arsenic, and Mercury, iodide of. 

Liquor barii chloridi. (U.S.) L. baryta 
muriatis. See Barii ckloridum. 

Liquor, Boyle's fuming. Ammonite hydro- 
sulphuretum. 

Liquor calcii chloridi. See Calcii chlori- 
di liquor. 

Liquor calcis. See Calcis liquor. 

Liquor chorii. A gelatinous fluid which 
lies between the chorion and amnios in early 
gestation. It forms tho false waters. 

Liquor cotunnii. See Cotunnius, liquor of . 

Liquor cupri ammo.niati. See Liquor cupri 
ammonio-sulphatis. 

Liquor cupri ammonio-sulphatis. (Ph. L.) 
Solution of ammonio-sulphate of copp6r. Dis- 
solve a drachm of the ammonio-sulphate of 
copper in a pint of distilled water. It is a mild 
escharotic and detergent wash for indolent ul- 
cers, &c. 

Liquor cupri sulphatis compositus. Take 
of alum and sulphate of copper, fijj. ; sulphuric 
acid, 3ij. ; water, Oij. A powerful styptic. 

Liquor entericus. The mucous secretion 
of the bowels. 

Liquor ferri alkalini. See Ferri alkalini 
liquor. 

Liquor ferri iodidi. (U. S.) Solution of 
iodide of iron. Take of iodine, fij.; iron fil- 
iugs, 5j.; clarified honey, f. Jv. ; distilled wa- 
ter, q. s. Dissolve the iodine in fx. of the water, 
in a glass vessel, and add the iron slowly. Heat 
the mixture until it begins to appeal - green, 
then add the honey; warm again, and filter. 
Wash the filter with distilled water, and collect 
until 5xx. of solution are obtained in all. It is 
to be kept in closely-stopped bottles. Dose, 
gtt. x*. to gtt. xxx. 

Liquor hydrargyri nitrici. (Ph. P.) A 
solution of nitrate of mercury. 

Liquor hydrargyri oxymuriatis. L. h. bi- 
chloridi. See Hydrargyri bichloridum. 

Liquor iodini compositus. (U. S.') Com- 
pound solution of iodine. Take of iodine, 3vj. ; 
iodide of potassium, fiss. ; distilled water, Oj. 
Dissolve. Dose, gtt. v. to gtt. xij. 

Liquor mineralis anodynus Hoffma#ni. 
Hoffmann's anodyne liquor. See Spiritus eethe- 
ris sulphurici compositus. 

Liquor Morgagni. A fluid found between 
the crystalline lens and its capsule. 

Liquor morphije sulphatis. (U. S.) Solu- 
tion of sulphate of morphia. Take of sulphate 
of morphia, gr. viij. ; distilled water, Oss. Dis- 
solve. Dose, f. 3J., or gr. |th of morphia, or f. 
jij., equal to gr. fth. 

Liquor muci. The pellucid and non-coagu- 
lable fluid hi which the mucous particles float. 

Liquor nervinus bangii. Tinctura setherea 
camphorata. 

Liquor of ammonia. See Ammonia. 

Liquor of Scarpa. The aqua labyrinthi. 

Liquor opii sedativus of Battley. An 
aqueous solution of opium. — Pereira. 

Liquor pericardii. The serous fluid of the 
;pericardium. 
404 



LIT 

Liquor potass^;. See Potassce liquor. 

Liquor plumbi diacetatis (subacetatis, U, 
S.).. See Plumbi diacetatis liquor. 

Liquor potassjs arsenitis. (U. S.) See 
Arsenicalis liquor. 

Liquor potassce citratis. Solution of ci- 
trate of potass; used as a gentle diaphoretic. 

Liquor potassii iodidi compositus. (Ph. 
L.) A weak solution of the liquor iodini com- 
positus. 

Liquor puris. The pellucid and albumi- 
nous fluid in which the pus globules swim. 

Liquor sanguinis. The clear albuminous 
fluid of blood, in which the globules are sus- 
pended. The plasma. 

Liquor seminis. The transparent fluid of 
semen, in which the granules, &c, float. 

Liquor silicum. A solution of silicious mat- 
ters in potash, made by fusing them together. 

Liquor sous, chlorinate. (U. Si) Liq. 
soda; chloridii. Liq. soda; oxymuriaticce. So- 
lution of chloride of soda." Take of chloride of 
lime, Ibj. ; carbonate of soda, Jbij. ; water, Ciss. 
Make a solution of the soda in three pints of 
water, and of the chloride in the remainder. 
Filter these solutions, and mix them ; and, last- 
ly, decant the clear parts. Preserve it in well- 
stopped bottles, in the dark. Used as a dis- 
infectant, to foul ulcers, &c, and internally in 
putrid fevers, &c. Dose, gtt. x. to f. 3J. 

Liquor subcarbonatis (carbonatis) potas- 
sm,. See Potassm carbonatis liquor. 

Liquor volatilis cornu cervi. A solution 
of sesquicarbonate of ammonia with some aro- 
matic. 

Liquor (Swietenis) of Van Swieten. L. 
syphilicvs Turneri. See Hydrargyri bichlori- 
dum. 

Liquor tartari emetici. See Antimonii 
tartarizati liquor. 

Liquor zinci sulphatis cum camphora. See 
Aqua zinci sulphatis cum camphora. 

Liquorice. See Glycirrhiza. 

Liquorice, Spanish. See Glycirrhiza. 

Lire'lla. In Botany, a sessile receptacle, 
containing polyspermous elytra, as in opegra- 
pha. 

Lisbon diet drink. Decoctum lusitanicum. 

LIRIODE'NDRON TULIPIFERA. The tu- 
lip-tree. The bark of the root is officinal. It 
is an aromatic bitter, and a good tonic. The 
dose, in powder, is 3SS. to 31J. 

LITHAGO'GUE. Lithagogus. (From li- 
Ooc, a stone, and ayu, to bring away.) Having 
the power of expelling the stone. Formerly 
applied to medicines supposed to expel small 
calculi from the kidneys or bladder. 

Litharge. See Lithargyrum. 

Litharge plaster. Emplastrum lithargyri. 

LITHA'RGYRUM. (urn, i, n. ; and us, i, m. ; 
from TiiBoc, a stone, and apyvpoc, silver.) Lith- 
argyrus. Litharge. An impure protoxide of 
lead, in an imperfect state of vitrifaction. The 
white is called litharge of silver, and the red 
has been improperly called litharge of gold. 

LITHE'CTASY. (From lidog, a stone, and 
eKramc, dilatation.) Cystectasy. The opera- 
tion for the removal of stone from the bladder, 
by slowly dilating the neck of the bladder 
without cutting or lacerating the prostate, ar. 



LIT 

incision being first made in the perineum, and 
the membranous portion of the urethra opened. 

LITHI'A. A rare alkali, the oxide of hth- 
ium. It closely resembles potash and soda. 
The carbonate is sparingly soluble. Symbol, 
LO; eq., 1462. 

Li'thias. Lithiate. A salt of lithic acid, 
with a base. 

LITHI'ASIS. (is, is, f. ; from lidoc, a stone.) 
1. The formation of stone or gravel. 2. A dis- 
ease of the eyelids, in which their margins are 
beset with small, hard tumors. 

LI'THIC. Lithicus. Relating to the uric 
acid, as the lithic diathesis. 

Lithic acid. Uric acid. 

Lithic acid calculus. See Calculi, urinary. 

LITHI'UM. (um,i,n.) A white metal, 
the basis of lithia. Sym., L. ; . equiv., 6"42. 

Lithoi'des. Stone-like; applied to the pe- 
trous portion of the temporal bone. 

LITHO'LAB UM. (From lidoe, a stone, and 
Tia/iSavu, to seize.) An instrument for extract- 
ing the stone from the bladder. Civiale thus 
names the forceps he uses in the operation of 
lithotrity. 

Litho'logy. Lithologia. A discourse or 
treatise on calculi. 

LITHONTRITTIC. (Lithontripticns ; from 
?udoc, and rpcCu, to wear away.) In the strict 
sense of this term, a lithontriptic medicine should 
be one which has the power of breaking up and 
dissolving calculi. It is now generally applied 
rather to such medicines as have a power of ob- 
viating the calculous diathesis. See Calculi, 
urinary. 

LITHONTRITTOR. The name of an in- 
strument for reducing calculi in the bladder 
into small particles or powder, which is then 
washed out or voided with the urine. The 
following instruments are used by Baron Ileur- 
teloup : 

" Vinstrumcnt a trois branches, avec un foret 
simple," consisting of a canula, three tcuacula, 
and a drill, for crashing stones equal in diameter 
to the drill. 

" L' instrument a trois branches, avec le mandrin 
a virgule," applicable to stones of from eight 
to ten lines in diameter; the u virgule" or 
shoulder, being employed to excavate the cal- 
culus. 

" L' instrument a quatrc branches," or " jrince 
H forceps," adapted to stones of from twelve to 
eighteen lines in diameter, and furnished with 
a " mandrin a virgule," the " virgule" of which 
makes a larger excavation than that of the pre- 
ceding instrument. 

" Le brisc coque," or the shell-breaker, adapt- 
ed to breaking down the shell formed by the 
previous excavations; and also flat and small 
stones. 

LITHOSPE'RMUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus 
of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Bora- 
gincoe. — L. officinale-. Cromwell. The seeds 
are occasionally used as diuretic, and for ob- 
viating stranguiy, in the form of emulsion. 

Litho'tome. Cystotonms. 

LITHO'TOMY. (Lithotomia, a, f. ; from 
Aidoe, a stone, and reuvu, to cut.) The opera- 
tion of cutting into the bladder, in order to ex- 
tract a stone. Several methods have been rec- 



LIV 

ommended for performing this operation, but 
there are only two which can be practiced with 
any propriety. One is, where the operation is 
to be performed immediately above the pubes, 
in that part of the bladder which is not cover- 
ed with peritoneum, called the high operation. 
The other, where it is done in the perineum, 
by laying open the neck and lateral part of the 
bladder, so as to allow of the extraction of the 
stone, called the lateral operation, from the 
prostate gland of the neck of the bladder be- 
ing laterally cut. The lateral operation is the 
common one. The high operation is only used 
under particular circumstances. 

LITHO'TRITY. (Lithotritia, a, f . ; from 
"kiQoc, and TiTpau, to break.) The operation of 
breaking and comminuting a vesical calculus by 
means of a peculiar forcep, so that its fragments 
may be discharged with the urine. This opera- 
tion has been practiced with great success, in 
many instances, by Civiale, Heurteloup, Cos- 
tello, and others. It appears to be applicable 
in a much larger number of cases than might at 
first have been supposed ; but it is the opinion 
of the best surgeons that, although very exten- 
sively useful, it can never entirely supersede 
lithotomy, which will be required when the 
stone is above a certain size, and in children. 

Lithotki'psy. Synonyme of lithotrity. 

Lithu'ria. Urine containing uric acid and 
urates. 

LITMUS. A prepared blue coloring matter, 
used by chemists spread on paper to detect the 
presence of acids, which turn it red. 

Litra. Airpa. A pound weight. 

Litre. A French measure, equal to 2"1135 
pints English. 

Li'tron. Niter. 

Li'tus. A liniment. 

LI' VER. Knap. Hepar. A large abdomi- 
nal viscus, of a deep red color, situated undef 
the diaphragm, in the right hypochondrium, its 
smaller portion occupying part of the epigastric 
region. In the adult it generally weighs from 
three to four pounds. In the foetus it is much 
larger proportionally than in the adult. The 
use of the liver is to secrete the bile. In the 
human body, the liver is divided into two prin- 
cipal lobes, the right of which is by far the 
largest. They are divided on the upper side by 
a broad ligament, and on the other side by a 
considerable depression or fossa. Between and 
below these two lobes is a smaller lobe, called 
lobulus spigelii. This is situated between the 
two greater lobes, but rather belonging to the 
right great lobe. From its situation deep be- 
hind, and from its having a perpendicular pa- 
pillary projection, it is called also lobulus poste- 
rior, or papillatus. To the left side it lias the 
fissure for the lodgment of the ductus venosus; 
on the right, the fissure for the vena cava ; and 
above, it has the great transverse fissure of the 
liver, for the lodgment of the cylinder of the 
porta; obliquely to the right, and upward, it 
has a connection with the lower concave sur» 
face of the great lobe, by the lobulus caudatus, 
which Winslow calls one of the roots of the 
lobulus spigelii. It is received into the bosom 
of the lesser curve of the stomach. On the un- 
der surface of the liver there are two small 

405 



LIV 

lobes or processes, namely, the lobulus anony- 
mus and lobulus caudatus. The lobulus anony- 
mus is the anterior point of the right lobe of the 
liver. Others define it to be that space of the 
great lobe between the fossa of the umbilical 
vein and gall-bladder, and extending forward, 
from the fossa, for the lodgment of the vena 
portae, to the anterior margin of the liver. It 
is called, also, lobulus quadralus, and lobulus ac- 
cessorius. 

The lobulus caudatus is a tail-like process of 
the liver, stretching downward from the middle 
of the great right lobe to the lobulus Spigelii. 
It is behind the gall-bladder, and between the 
fossa vena; portarum and the fissure for the 
lodgment of the vena cava. 

The ligaments of the liver are five in number, 
and consist of duplicatures of the peritoneum. 
1. The right lateral ligament, which connects 
the thick right lobe with the posterior part of 
the diaplmigm. 2. The left lateral ligament, 
which connects the convex surface and margin 
of the left lobe with the diaphragm, and, in 
those of whom the liver is very large, with the 
oesophagus and spleen. 3. The broad or mid- 
dle suspensory ligament, which pusses from the 
diaphragm into the convex surface, and sep- 
arates the right lobe of the liver from the left. 
It descends from above through the largo fis- 
sure to the concave surface, and is then dis- 
tributed over the whole liver. 4. The round 
ligament, which in adults consists of the umbili- 
cal vein, indurated into a ligament. 5. The 
coronary ligament. 

The liver has two surfaces, one superior, 
which is convex and smooth, and one inferior, 
which is concave, and has holes and depres- 
sions to receive, not only the contiguous viscera, 
but the vessels running into the liver. 

The margins of the liver are also two in 
number : the one, which is posterior and supe- 
rior, is obtuse; the other, situated anteriorly 
and inferiorly, is acute. 

The small lobes on the under surface of tho 
liver, which have just been described as the 
lobulus anonymus and lobulus caudatus, are call- 
ed, by some anatomists, tubercles of the liver. 

Upon looking on tho concave surface of this 
viscus, a considerable fissure is obvious, known 
by the name of the fissure of the liver. 

In order to expose the sinus, it is necessary 
to remove the gall-bladder, when a considera- 
ble sinus, before occupied by the gall-bladder, 
will be apparent. 

The blood-vessels of the liver are the hepatic 
artery, the vena porta;, and the vena cava; he- 
patica;, which are described under their proper 
names. The absorbents of the liver arc very 
numerous. The liver has nerves, from the great 
intercostal and eighth pair, which arise from the 
hepatic plexus, and proceed, along with the he- 
patic artery and vena porta;, into the substance 
of the liver. On tearing the substance of the 
liver, or pressing it between the fingers, it will 
be perceived to consist of a number of small, 
hard glandular bodies, connected by cellular 
membrane. These are called acini, from their 
resemblance in shape to grape-stones. They 
are also called lobules ; but this creates confu- 
sion, because larger masses of the liver are also 
406 



LIV 

called lobules. We shall, therefore, designate 
them as acini. The small vessels, which re- 
ceive the bile secreted by the acini, are called 
pori biharii : these converge together through- 
out the substance of the liver toward its under 
surface, and at length form one trunk, called 
ductus hepaticus, which conveys the bile into 
either the ductus communis choledochtts or the 
ductus cysticus. See Gall-bladder. 

The liver and its vessels are invested by a 
membrane called the capsule of Glisson, which 
will presently be described ; and it is covered 
by the peritoneum, like the other abdominal 
viscera. 

The well-known use of the liver is to secrete 
the bile. Various opinions, however, have been 
entertained as to the intimate structure of the 
liver, and the parts immediately concerned in 
the secretion of the bile. The late researches 
of Mr. Kieruan have gone far to detennine 
these points. The following is an abstract of 
his most important observations. 

The vessels of the liver are : 

I. The hepatic veins, which consist of, 

a. The intra-lobular hepatic veins, which are 
contained within the lobules : one of these oc- 
cupies the center of each lobule, and receives 
the blood from four or six smaller branches 
which terminate in it. The intra-lobular veins 
correspond in their ramifications with the form 
of the lobules, whose substance is placed around 
them ; and, as will presently be shown, they re- 
ceive the blood from a plexus formed in the 
lobule by the portal vein. 

b. Hepatic veins, which are contained in 
canals formed by the lobules: these, for the 
sake of perspicuity, we shall call canalicular 
veins. The formation of the canals differs ac- 
cording to the relation of the contained vessel 
to the intra-lobular veins : where the intra-lob- 
ular terminate directly in the canalicular vein, 
the canal of the latter is necessarily formed by 
the bases of the lobules resting upon it, and the 
contained vein is termed sub-lolndar ; where the 
camalicular vein is not formed immediately by 
the intra-lobular, but by the junction of several 
other canalicular veins, the canal containing it 
is formed by a tubular inflection of the surface 
of the liver ; so that, in the one case, the canals 
are formed by the continuity of the bases of the 
lobules, and in the other, by the continuity of 
those surfaces which will be presently described 
as capsular. 

II. The portal veins, hepatic ducts, and hepatic 
arteries, which must be described together, be- 
cause they accompany each other throughout 
their course, being all contained in the portal 
canals. These canals begin at the transverse 
fissure, where they are continuous with the con- 
cave surface of the liver ; and, bke those of the 
larger hepatic veins, they are formed by the cap- 
sular surfaces of a certain number of the lobule3. 

To understand the distribution of the vessels 
contained in these canals, we must trace the 
course of Glisson's capsule. The liver is invest- 
ed by a membrane, which stands related to it 
much as the pia mater does to the brain : it is 
a cellulo-vascular membrane, which is reflected 
inward at the transverse fissure, and incloses in 
a sheath the portal veins, the hepatic arteries 



LIV 

the ducts, the nerves, and the absorbents : it is 
here that it is called the capsule of Glisson, in 
the ordinary language of anatomists. A con- 
tinuation of this membranous sheath accom- 
panies the contained vessels to their minutest 
ramifications ; it enters the interlobular fissures, 
and, with the vessels, forms the capsules of the 
lobules ; it finally enters the lobules, and, with 
the blood-vessels, expands itself over the secret- 
ing biliary ducts.. Hence arises a natural di- 
vision of the capsule into three portions — a 
vaginal, an interlobular, and a lobular portion. 

At the transverse fissure, the duct, the vein, 
and artery divide into branches, which enter the 
vortal ca?ials, invested with the above-described 
membrane, the membrane lining the canals and 
inclosing the vessels. These branches, again, 
divide and subdivido into smaller branches, 
which enter smaller canals; and every canal, 
however small, contains one principal branch 
of each of these vessels ; frequently, however, 
two ducts and two arteries are contained in the 
same canal. 

To the larger vessels the terms hepatic ducts, 
portal veins, and hepatic arteries may be re- 
stricted, in order to distinguish them from the 
branches. The excreting ducts are composed 
of the hepatic ducts contained in the canals, of 
their vaginal branches, also contained in canals, 
and of the interlobular branches, which, arising 
from the vaginal branches, ramify in the inter- 
lobular fissures. The interlobular ducts enter 
the lobules, in which they form plexuses : these 
plexuses may be called the lobular-biliary , or 
secreting biliary plexuses, the ducts composing 
them being the secreting organs of the bile. 
The excreting ducts and their branches are in- 
variably accompanied by the arteries and portal 
veins, and their branches, the former conveying 
blood to their coats, the latter conveying it from 
them. A duct is never unaccompanied by an ! 
arteiy and a vein, the vein being always a 
branch of the portal. The veins and arteries j 
also enter the lobules : the vein* form plexuses, j 
the branches of which terminate in the intra- 
lobular hepatic veins ; and, from the blood cir- 
culating through these plexuses, the bile is se- 
creted. The lobular arteries are exceedingly 
minute, and few in number: they are the nu- 
trient vessels of the lobules, and probably ter- 
minate in the plexuses formed by the portal 
vein. From the ducts, veins, and arteries, 
therefore, three sets of branches arise, namely, 
the vaginal, the interlobular, and the lobular 
branches. 

It has, then, been shown, that all the vasa 
vasorum of the liver are branches of the hepatic 
artery and portal vein; that branches of the 
portal vein arise in the coats of the hepatic veins 
themselves ; and that the veins of the coats of 
the vessels constitute the hepatic origin of the 
portal vein. The arterial blood having circu- 
lated through the coats of the vessels, becomes 
venous, and is conveyed by the veins arising in 
the coats of the vessels into those branches of 
the portal vein which correspond to the vessels 
in the coats of which the veins arise : thus, from 
the coats of the vaginal ducts, veins, and arter- 
ies, they convey the blood into the vaginal veins; 
and from the coats of the interlobular ducts, 



LOA 

veins, and arteries, into the interlobular veins. 
From the coats of the hepatic veins and inferior 
cava, the blood is conveyed into the interlobular 
portal veins. In the vaginal and interlobular 
veins, the blood conveyed from the coats of the 
vessels becomes mingled with the proper portal 
blood. This mixed blood is conveyed by the 
interlobular veins into the lobular venous plex- 
uses, in which the lobular arteries probably 
terminate after having nourished the secreting 
ducts. From the mixed blood circulating 
through the plexuses, the bile is secreted by 
the lobular or secreting biliary plexuses. 

The blood which enters the liver by the he- 
patic artery fulfills three functions : it nourishes 
the liver ; it supplies the excreting ducts with 
mucus ; and, having performed these purposes, 
it becomes venous, enters the branches of the 
portal vein, and contributes to the secretion of 
the bile. The portal vein fulfills two functions : 
it conveys the blood from the artery, and the 
mixed blood to the coats of the excreting ducts. 
It has been called the vena arteriosa, because it 
ramifies like an arteiy, and conveys blood for 
secretion ; but it i3 an arterial vein in another 
sense, being a vein to the hepatic artery, and an 
artery to the hepatic vein. The hepatic veins 
convey the blood from the lobular venous plex- 
uses into the vena cava inferior. 

Liver, granulated, hob-nailed, mammilla- 
ted, tuberculated. See Cirrhosis. 

Liver, inflammation of. See Hepatitis. 

Liver of sulphur, l'otassii sulphuretum. 

Liver spot. Cloasma. 

Liverwort. Marchantia polymorpha. 

Liverwort, American. Ilepatica ameri- 
cana. 

Liverwort, ash-colored. Lichen caninus. 

Liverwort, ground. Lichen caninus. 

Liverwort, Iceland. Cetraria islandica. 

Liverwort, noble. Marchantia polymor- 
pha. 

Liverwort-tree. Lichen olivarius. 

LIVIDI'TY. Lividilas. See Livor. 

LI' VOR. (or, oris, m. ; from liveo, to be 
black and blue.) Lividity. A dark color of 
the skin of any part, produced by a bruise or 
other cause. Certain states of the circulation 
occasion lividity ; thus a part is livid when 
about to pass from the state of erysipelas into 
that of gangrene; and the complexion of the 
face is livid in diseases which obstruct the pul 
monary circulation. 

LIX. (Lix, licis, f.) Ashes, or water mixed 
with ashes. It is most frequently used to sig- 
nify wood ashes. 

Lixi'vial. (Lixivialis; from lix, wood-ash.) 
Salts extracted by lixiviation. 

LIXIVIA'TION. Lixiviatio. The process 
of dissolving, by warm water, the saline and 
soluble particles of cinders or ashes. 

Lixi'vium. A ley. 

Lixivium baponarium. L. caustimm. See 
Potassec liquor. 

Lixivium tartari. See Potassce subcarbon- 
atis liquor. 

Ln. Lanthanum. 

Loadstone. The magnet, especially the nat. 
ural magnet. 

Loa'thing. Disgust. 

407 



LOC 

Lobate. Lobatus. Lobed. Divided into 
segments or lobes. 
Lobe. Lobus. 
Lobed leaf. Lobate. 

LOBE'LIA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The lobelia in- 
flata. (U.S.). 2. A genus of plants. Synge- 
nesia. Monogamia. Lobeliacea. — L. cardinalis. 
Cardinal flower. The root of this is esteemed 
vermifuge. — L. infiata. Indian tobacco. Blad- 
der-podded lobelia. It is a sedative, the opera- 
tion of which is very similar to that of tobacco, 
but is safer and more manageable. It has been 
found very useful in some cases of asthma, and 
has also been employed in other diseases of the 
air passages, and as an arterial sedative in fevers, 
as it acts in the same way as large doses of tar- 
tarized antimony. It acts as an emetic in doses 
of 3j. — L. syphilitica. Blue cardinal flower. 
The root tastes like tobacco, and is emetic, and 
a drastic purge. It has been used in decoction 
as an anti-syphilitic. — L. tupa. This is a very 
violent acnd poison. Even the odor of the 
flowers is said to cause excessive vomiting. — L. 
urens. This also is a very poisonous plant. 

LOBE'LIACEjE. The lobelia tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants or 
shrubs, with leaves alternate ; flowers, axillary 
or terminal; stamens, syngenesious ; ovarium, in- 
ferior ; fruit, capsular. 

Lobe'line. Lobelina. A semi-fluid aromatic 
and acrid body, found m Lobelia inflata, and said 
to resemble nicotine. 

Lobster. Cancer gammarus. 

LO'BULUS. {us, i, m. ; diminutive of lobus, 
alobe.) A small lobe. — L. accessor ins. •L.anon- 
ymus. L. caudatus. L. Spigelii. See Liver. 

Lobulus auris. The lower lobe of the ear. 

Lobulus pneumogastricus. A lobule of the 
cerebellum, near the origin of the eighth pair 
of nerves. 

Lobulus of the par vagum. A small tuft at 
the inferior part of the cerebellum. 

LO'BUS. (us, i, m.) A lobe ; the more or 
less separate parts of which some of the viscera 
are composed ; as glands, the ear, the liver, &c. 

LOCAL. Localis. Belonging to a part and 
not the whole. A common division of diseases 
is into general and local. 

LOCALES. (The plural of localis.) The 
fourth class of Cullen's Nosology, which com- 
prehends morbid affections that are partial, and 
includes eight orders, viz., Dysesthesia; Dyso- 
rexice, Dyscinesiw, Apocenoscs, Epischescs, Tu- 
mores, Ectopia, and Dialyses. 

Localis membrana. The pia mater. 

LO'CHIA. (From Xo^cvw, to bring forth.) 
The cleansings. A discharge from the uterus of 

Smrturient women after labor. It is sanguineous 
or three or four days, and afterward serous. 
It lasts from fourteen to twenty-one days. 

LOCHIORRHCE'A. (From Ao^ta, and peu, 
to flow.) An excessive discharge of the lochia. 
— Sugar. 

Locked jaw. See Trismus. 
LO'COMO'TION. Locomotio. (From locus, 
a place, and moveo, to move.) The capacity of 
moving from place to place. 

LOCULAME'NTUM. (um,i, n.) In Botany, 
means the space or cell between the valves and 
partitions of a capsule. 
408 



LON . 

Lo'culici'dal. When thefcursting of a cap 
sule takes place along the dorsal suture of th» 
carpels. 

Lo'cus niger. A dark mark in the center of 
the section of the eras cerebri. 

Lo'cus perforatus. Pons Tar ini. A gray- 
ish substance situated between the crura cere- 
bri, and much perforated by vessels. 

LOCU'STA. 1. The spikelet of grasses. 2. 
Valeriana locusta. 

Logwood. Haematoxylon campechianum. 

Lohoch. Looch. Loch. A linctus. 

LOIMIC. (Loimicus ; from "Kol/jloc, a pesti- 
lence.) Appertaining to a pestilence. 

Loins. The lumbar region of the back. 

Lomenta'ce.e. An order of plants in Lin- 
nams's Fragments, consisting of such as have 
legumes and not papilionaceous corollas. 

Lomenta'ceous. Lomcntaceus. Of the na- 
ture of a lomentum. 

LOME'NTUM. 1. A Latin name for the 
meal of beans. 2. Bread made of such meal. 

3. The name of a pigment used by the ancients. 

4. In Botany, a bivalve pericardium, divided 
into cells by very small partitions, never lateral 
like those of the legume. 

Lonchi'tis. Asplenium ceterach. 

Longaon. Longanon. The rectum. 

LONGE'VITY. Longccvitas. The prolonga- 
tion of life to a period much above 70 years. 
According to the tables of mortality of Phdadel- 
phia, only one in 100 attain an age over 100' 
years. In modern times, Thomas Parr reached 
152; Henry Jenkins, 169; Peter Torten, 185; 
John Roriu and wife, 172 and 164 ; and it would 
appear that the longevity of the moderns is 
greater than that of the ancients ; but this is a 
matter which must remain in doubt, from the 
want of sufficient data. 

LO'NGING. A common phrase for the ca- 
pricious appetite of some nervous women during 
uterine gestation. When it is not manifested for 
injurious articles, it is well to gratify the long- 
ing, lest the woman should become nervous 
and distressed f>y it ; but a taste for alcoholic 
drinks, frequently assumed at this time, should 
not be encouraged. 

LONGI'SSIMUS. The longest. Parts are so 
named from their length, compared to that of 
others ; as longissimus dorsi, &c. 

Longissimus dorsi. This muscle, which 
is somewhat thicker than the sacro-lumbalis,. 
arises with that muscle between it and the 
spine. It ascends upward along the spine, and 
is inserted by small double tendons into the 
posterior and inferior part of all the transverse 
processes of the vertebra; of the back. From 
its outside it sends off several bundles of fleshy 
fibres, interspersed with a few tendinous fila- 
ments, which are usually inserted into the lower 
edge of the ten uppermost ribs, not far from 
their tubercles. The use of this muscle is to 
extend the vertebral of the back, and to keep 
the trunk of the body erect ; by means of its 
appendage it likewise serves to turn the neck 
obliquely backward, and a little to one side. 

Longissimus femoris. The sartorius. 

Longissimus manus. Flexor tertii internodii 
pollicis. 

Longissimus oculi. Obliquus superioroculi 



LOP 

LONGITU'DINAL. Longitudinalis. Parts 
are so named from their direction. 

Longitudinal sinus. Longitudinal sinus of 
the dura mater. A triangular canal, proceed- 
ing in the falciform process of the dura ma- 
ter, immediately under the bones of the skull, 
from the crista galli to the tentorium, where it 
branches into the lateral sinuses. The longitu- 
dinal sinus has a number of fibres crossing it, 
which are called Chorda Willisii. Its use is to 
receive the blood from the veins of the pia 
mater, and convey it into the lateral sinuses, to 
be carried through the internal jugulars to the 
heart. The inferior longitudinal sinus is that 
situated along the lower edge of the falx. It 
receives blood from the falx, corpus callosum, 
&c., and discharges it into the torcula Herophili. 

Long-sightedness. See Presbyopia. 

LO'NGUS. Long. In Anatomy, some parts 
are so named from their comparative length ; 
as longus colli, &c. 

Longus colli. A muscle, situated close to 
the anterior and lateral part' of the vertebra; of 
the neck. Its outer edge is in part covered by 
the rectus interims major. It arises, tendinous 
and fleshy, within the thorax, from the bodies 
of the threo superior vertebra; of the back, lat- 
erally; from the bottom and fore part of the 
transverse processes of the first and second ver- 
tebra; of the back, and of the last vertebra; of 
the neck ; and likewise from the upper and an- 
terior points of the transverse processes of the 
sixth, fifth, fourth, and third vertebra; of the 
neck, by as many small, distinct tendons ; and 
is inserted, tendinous, into the fore part of the 
second vertebra of the neck, near its fellow. 
This muscle, when it acts singly, moves the 
neck to one side ; but, when both act, the neck 
is brought directly forward. 

LONICE'RA. (a, <c, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. — L. dieritilla. Dier- 
villa. The young branches are employed as a 
remedy in gonorrhoea and suppression of urine. 
— L. pericli'menum. Common honey-suckle, 
formerly used in the cure of asthma, for cleans- 
ing sordid ulcers, and removing diseases of the 
ekin. 

LOOCH. Lohock. Alinctus. The French 
Pharmacopoeia contains several of these, but 
they are of no moment, being usually demul- 
cent preparations for coughs, of which traga- 
canth, yellow of egg, almonds, and the pectoral 
syrups are the chief components. 

Loose-strife. Lythrum salicaria. 

Loose-strife, CREEPING. Lysimachia num- 
mularia. 

Looseness. Diarrhoea. 

LO'PEZ. Radix lopeziana. Radix indica 
lopeziana. The root of an unknown tree, grow- 
ing, according to some, at Goa. It appears 
that this medicine has been remarkably effect- 
ual in stopping colliquative diarrhoeas, which 
had resisted the usual remedies. Those attend- 
ing the last stage of consumptions were partic- 
ularly relieved by its use. It seemed to act, 
not by an astringent power, but by a faculty of 
restraining and appeasing spasmodic and inor- 
dinate motions of the intestines. Dr. Gaubius 
compares its action to that of simarouba, but 
thinks it more efficacious. 



LOT 

Lopha'dia. Lophia. The first vertebra of 
the neck. 

Loqua'city. A symptom in hysteria and 
slight mental affections. 

Loquela abolita. Aphonia. 

LORDO'SIS. (Aopdwtric; from hopdoe, curv- 
ed, bent.) A curvature of the spine forward. 
— Hippocrates. 

Lori'ca. A kind of lute, with which vessels 
were coated before they were put into the 
fire. 

Lorind matricis. An imaginary epilepsy 
of the womb. 

LOTIO. (o, onis, f.) A lotion. 

Lotio acidi pyrolignei. Lotion of pyrolig- 
neous acid. |L Acid, pyrolign., 3\j. ; aq. dis- 
tillat., fvj. Misce. This is injected into the 
meatus auditorius by Mr. Buchanan for the 
purpose of improving the secretion within the 
passage, and stopping morbid discharge from 
it. (See his Illustrations of Acoustic Surgery, 
8vo, Lond., 1825.) In particular cases, attend- 
ed with much irritability, ho uses the following 
formula : R-. Plumbi acet., gr. x. ; acid, pyro- 
lign., gutt. xx. ; aq. distillat., ?vj. Misce. 

Lotio aluminis. Alum lotion. JL Aluminis, 
§ ss. ; aquae distillatae, Ibj. Misce. Sometimes 
used as an astringent injection, sometimes as 
an application to inflamed parts. 

Lotio ammonia acetatis. Lotion of acetate 
of ammonia. $. Liq. ammon. acetatis; spirit, 
vin. rectif. ; aqua; distillata;, sing., 3iv. Misce. 
Properties discutient. 

Lotio ammonus hydrochloratis. Lotion of 
sal ammoniac, or muriate of ammonia. A strong 
lotion, of 5j. to f ij. of the salt to f. f xij. of water, 
is a resolvent and discutient wash, and applied 
to contusions, ecchymoses, white swellings, tu- 
mors, chilblains, &c. A weaker lotion,, of 3j. 
to jiv. of the salt to Oj. of water, is used as a 
wash in itch, to ulcers, and as an injection in 
leucorrhcea and gonorrhoea. 

Lotio ammonije muriatis cum aceto. Lo- 
tion of muriate of ammonia and vinegar. R-. 
Ammon. mur., f ss. ; aceti, alcohol, sing., ibj. 
Misce. This is one of the most efficacious dis- 
cutient lotions. It is, perhaps, the best applica- 
tion for promoting the absorption of extravasa- 
ted blood in cases of ecchymosis, contusions, 
sprains, &c. 

Lotio ammonia opiata. Lotion of ammonia 
and opium. R-. Spiritus ammon. comp., 3iiiss. ; 
aquae distillata;, 3iv. ; tinct. opii, gss. Misce. 
Applied by Kirkland to some suspicious swell- 
ings in the breast, soda and bark being also given 
internally. 

Lotio boracis. Lotion of borax. R-. Bora- 
cis, 3J. ; aq. simplicis, jiiis. ; spir. vinos., 5S8. 
Misce. This lotion is recommended by Sir 
Astley Cooper as one of the best applications to 
sore nipples. 

Lotio calcis composita. Black wash. Add 
about 3J. of calomel to a pint of lime-water, and 
shake the mixture well. When used, the black 
powder of oxide of mercury should be shaken 
up, for its properties depend on this. It is a 
favorite application to venereal sores, and for 
this purpose may be made much stronger. It 
is also useful in ringworm and other cutaneous 
affections. 

409 



LOU 

Lotio flava. L. phagedenica. See Yellow 
wash. 

Lotio gall.e. Lotion of gall nuts. ft. Gal- 
laruin contusarum, 3IJ. ; aquae ferventi.s, Ibj. To 
be macerated one hour, and strained. This as- 
tringent lotion is sometimes used with the view 
of removing the relaxed state of the parts, in 
cases of prolapsus ani, prolapsus uteri, &c. 

Lotio het.leboei albi. Lotion of veratrum 
album. ft. Decocti hellebori albi, Ibj.; potassie 
sulphured, gss. ; ol. lavend., gutt. iv. Misce. 
Occasionally applied to tinea capitis, and some 
other cutaneous diseases. 

Lotio iiydrargyri amygdalixa. Amygda- 
line lotion of corrosive sublimate. ft. Amygda- 
liirum amarum, fij. ; aqua; distill., Ibij. ; hy- 
drarg. oxymuriatis, 9j. Rub down the almonds 
with the water, which is to be gradually pour- 
ed on them; strain the liquor, and then add 
the oxynmriate of mercury. This will cure 
several cutaneous affections. 

Lotio hydrargyri oxymuriatis. Lotion of 
corrosive sublimate. ft. Hydrargyri oxymuri- 
atis, gr. ijss. ; arabiei guninii, gss. ; aqua) dis- 
tillate, Ibj. Misce. 

Lotio hydrargyri oxymuriatis composita. 
Compound lotion of corrosive sublimate, ft. 
Hydrarg. oxymur., gr. x. ; aq. distillat. bullien- 
tis, Jss. ; tinct. canthar., §ss. Misce. Applied 
by Dr. H. Smith to scrofulous swellings. 

Lotio nigra. Lotio phagedenica mitis. See 
Lotto calcis composita. 

Lotio opii. Opium lotion. ft. Opii purif., 
yss. ; aqua; distillata;, Ibj. Misce. A good ap- 
plication to irritable, painful ulcers. It is best 
to dilute it, especially at first. 

Lotio picis. Compound lotion of tar. R. 
Pieifl liquid©, fiv. ; calcis, §vj. ; aqu;e ferventis, 
Ibiij . To be boiled till half the water is evap- 
orated. The rest is then to be poured off for 
use. This ajiplication is sometimes employed 
in tinea capitis, and for the removal of an exten- 
sive redness frequently surrounding old ulcers 
of the legs, in persons whose constitutions are 
impaired by copious porter-drinking, gluttony, 
and other forms of intemperance. 

Lotio plumbi acetatis. Lotion of acetate 
of lead. ft. Liq. plumbi acet., sij. ; aq. distill., 
Ibij.; spirit, vinos, tenuioris, sij. The first and 
last ingredients are to be mixed before the wa- 
ter is added. Tho common white wash; an 
application universally known. 

Lotio potassii sulphureti. Lotion of sul- 
phuret of potassium, ft. Potassii sulph., 3ij. ; 
aqme distill., Ibj.; ol. lavend., gutt. iv. Misce. 
Used in cases of porrigo, psoriasis, lepra, &c. 

Lotio zinci sulphatis. Lotion of sulphate 
of zinc. R. Zinci sulphatis, 31J.; aq. ferventis, 
Ibj. Misce. Sometimes used in lieu of the 
lotio plumbi acet. It forms a good astringent 
application for a variety of cases. When diluted 
with one additional pint of water, it is the com- 
mon injection for gonorrhoea. 

LO'TION. {Lotio, onie, f . ; from lavo, to 
wash.) An external fluid application or wash. 
Lotions are usually applied by wetting linen 
with them, and keeping it on the part affected. 

Loti'um. A Latin name of urine. 

Louse. See Pediculus. 

Lousi'ness. See Phthiriasis. 
410 



LUM 

Lovage. Ligusticum levisticum. 

Love-apple. Solanum lycopersicum. Tho 
tomato. 

Low spirits. Hypochondriasis. 

Loxa bark. See Cinchona barks, various. 

LOXA'RTHROS. (From Aofoc, oblique, 
and apdpov, a joint.) Loxarthrus. An obliquity 
of the joint, or wrong position of the parts form- 
ing a joint, without dislocation or spasm, as in 
the case of a club foot. 

Lo'xia. Wry neck. 

Lozenge. See Trochiscus. 

LU'CID. Liicidus. Clear; transparent. In 
Medicine, applied to the intervals of quiet and 
apparent reason in mental affections; as lucid 
interval. 

Lu'dus HELMONTii. Lvdus Paracclsi. 1. A 
species of marl formerly believed to be effica- 
cious in calculous disorders. 2. A calculus from 
the human bladder. 

LU'ES. {es, is, f. ; from Xvu, to dissolve, be- 
cause it produces dissolution.) 1. A pestilence 
or poison. 2. Syphilis. 

Lues deieica. Epilepsy. 

Lues indica. Frambojsia. 

Lues neurodes. A typhus fever. 

Lues venerea. Syphilis. 

Lugol's preparations of iodine. See Io- 
dine. 

Lu'jula. Oxalis acetosella. 

LUMBA'GO. (o, inis, f. ; from lumbus, the 
loin.) A rheumatic affection of the muscles 
about the loins. 

LUMBAR. Lumbalis. Belonging to the 
loins ; as lumbar region, &c. 

Lumbar abscess. Psoas abscess. The ab- 
scess sometimes forms a swelling about Pou- 
part's ligament; sometimes below it; and fre* 
quently the matter glides under the fascia of the 
thigh. Occasionally it makes its way through 
the sacro-ischiatic foramen, and assumes rather 
the appearance of a fistula in ano. The uneasi- 
ness in the loins, and the impulse communicated 
to the tumor by coughing, evince that the dis- 
ease arises in the lumbar region ; but it must be 
confessed that we can hardly ever know the 
existence of the disorder, before the tumor, by 
presenting itself externally, leads us to such in- 
formation. The lumbar abscess is sometimes 
connected with diseased vertebra, which may 
either be a cause or effect of the collection of 
matter. The disease, however, is frequently 
unattended with this complication. 

The situation of the symptoms of lumbar ab- 
scess renders this affection liable to be mis- 
taken for some other, viz., lumbago and nephrit- 
ic pains, and, toward its termination, for crural 
or femoral hernia. The first, however, is not 
attended with the shivering that occurs here ; 
and nephritic complaints are generally discov- 
erable by attention to the state of the urine. 
The distinction from crural hernia is more dif- 
ficult. In both, a soft, inelastic swelling is felt 
in the same situation ; but in hernia it is attend- 
ed with obstructed faeces, vomiting, &c, and its 
appearance is always sudden, while the lumbar 
tumor is preceded by various complaints before 
its appearance in the thigh. In a horizontal 
posture, the abscess, also, totally disappears, 
while the hernia does not. If it be discovered 



LUN 

before the formation of pus, blisters, counter- 
irritation, moxas, and leeches are to be used to 
prevent suppuration, otherwise the matter is to 
be discharged, and restoratives used to sustain 
the strength. 

Lumbar plexus. It is formed of the anteri- 
or branches of the first four lumbar nerves. 

Lumbar region. Rcgio lumbalis. The loins. 

Lumbaris externus. Qundratus lumborum 
muscle. 

Lumbarus ixtkrxis. Psoas magnus muscle. 

Lumbo-sacral. Belonging to the lumbar 
and sacral regions. 

LUMBKICA'LIS. (From lumbricus, the 
earth-worm.) Kesembliug the earth-worm. 
An epithet of certain muscles. 

Lumbricales manus. Fidicinalcs. The 
small flexors of the fingers which assist the 
bending the fingers when the long flexors are 
111 full action. They arise, thin and fleshy, from 
the outside of the tendons of the flexor profun- 
dus, a little above the lower edge of the carpal 
ligaments, and are inserted by long, slender 
tendons into the outer sides of the broad tendons 
of the interosseal muscles, about the middle of 
the first joints of the fingers. 

Lumbricales pedis. Four muscles like the 
former, that increase the flexion of the toes, and 
draw them inward. 

Lumbricoi'des. Like the lumbricus. 

LUMBRI'CUS. The common earth-worm, 
and the long, round worm which inhabits the 
intestines of man and other animals. See En- 
tozoa. 

Lumbricus terrestris. The earth-worm. 

Lumbus veneris. Achillea millefolium. 

LUNA, (a, ce, f. ; the moon. ) The alchem- 
ical name of silver. 

Luna cornea. Chloride of silver. 

Luna fixata. Oxide of zinc. 

Lunar caustic. Argenti nitras. 

LUNA'RE OS. One of the bones of the car- 
pus ; so named from its shape. 

Lunaria. Ophioglossum lunaria. 

Lunaria rediviva. Bulbonach. A plant 
formerly esteemed as a warm diuretic. 

Lu'nate. Crescent shaped. 

LU'NATIC. (Lunaticns; from lima, the 
moon.) Applied, 1. Adjectively, to any disease 
supposed to be influenced by the changes of 
the moon. 2. Substantively, to a maniac. 

Lunatus. Lunulatus. 

LUNG. Pulmo. The lung in the right cav- 
ity of the chest is divided into three lobes, that 
in the left cavity into two. They hang in the 
chest, attached at their superior part to the 
neck by means of the trachea, and are separated 
by the mediastinum. They are also attached 
to the heart by means of the pulmonary vessels. 
The substance of the lungs is of four kinds, viz., 
vesicular, vascular, bronchial, and parenchyma- 
tous. The vesicular substance is composed of 
the air cells. The vascular invests those cells 
like a network. The bronchial is formed by 
the ramifications of the bronchia throughout the 
lungs, having the air cells at their extremities ; 
and the spongy substance that connects these 
parts is termed the parenchyma. The lungs 
are covered with a fine membrane, a reflection 
of the pleura, called plettra-pulmonalis. The 



LUP 

internal surface of the air cells is covered with 
a very fine, delicate, and sensible mucous mem- 
brane, which is continued from the larynx 
through the trachea and bronchia. T he arteries 
of the lungs are the bronchial, a branch of the 
aorta, and the pulmonary, which circulates the 
blood through the air cells to undergo a certain 
change. The pulmonary veins return the blood 
that has undergone this change, by four trunks, 
into the left auricle of the heart. The bron- 
chial veins terminate in the vena azygos. The 
nerves of the lungs are from the eighth pair and 
great intercostal, through the pulmonary plexus. 
The absorbents are of two orders : the superfi- 
cial, and the deep-seated ; the former are more 
readily detected than the latter. The glands 
of these viscera are called bronchial. They are 
muciparous, and situated about the bronchia. 

In youth the lungs are of a light red color, 
or grayish ; but they become ol a bluish and 
darker color with age, and appear marbled, ex- 
hibiting numerous spots of black matter. The 
lungs of an infant which has breathed float in 
water, but this is not the case if it has not 
respired. See Docimasia. 

Lung-wort. Pulmonaria officinalis. 

Lung-wort-trke. Lichen pulmonarius. 

Lunulari.s. See Lunulatus. 

Lunula'tus. Lunatus. Lunularis. Lunu- 
late : crescent-shaped, or half-moon-like. 

LU'PIA. (From Xvneu, to molest.) 1. A 
genus of disease, including encysted tumors, 
the contents of which are of a pultaceous con- 
sistence; as mcliccris, atheroma, steatoma, and 
osteosteatoma. 

Lupino's us. The poirigo lupinosa. 

LUPI'NUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Diadclphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — L. 
albus. The white lupin. The seed was used 
as food. It is occasionally exhibited to remove 
worms, and made into poultices. 

LU'PULIN. Lupuline. The yellow, frag- 
rant matter of hops, supposed to be the pollen. 

Lu'pulus. Humulus lupulus. 

LU'PUS. (us, i, m. ; a wolf.) 1. A malig- 
nant disease of the face, otherwise called noli 
me tangere. See Noli vie tangere. 2. The term 
was intended by Dr. Willan to comprise, to- 
gether with the " noli me tangere," affecting 
the nose and lips, other slow tubercular affec- 
tions, especially about the face, commonly 
ending in ragged ulcerations of the cheeks, 
forehead, eyelids, and lips, and sometimes oc- 
curring in other parts of the body, where they 
gradually destroy the skin and muscular parts 
to a considerable depth. Sometimes the dis- 
ease appears in the cheek circularly, or in the 
form of a sort of ringworm, destroying the sub- 
stance, and leaving a deep and deformed cica- 
trix: other parts are occasionally the seat of 
this disease. 

By the knife or the caustic, a separation has 
sometimes been made of the morbid from the 
sound parts, and the progress of the disease 
arrested. And in some cases, where the ulcer- 
ation was very slow, and unaccompanied by 
much inflammation, the internal use of arsenic 
has been found beneficial. 

Lupus cancrosus. Cancer. 

Lupus vorax. Herpes exedens. 
411 



LYC 

Lurid. Luridus. 1. A pale yellowish-pur- 
ple color. 2. Ghastly. 

Lu'rid.«. An order of plants in Linnseus's 
Fragments, consisting of those which are highly 
poisonous, as Datura, Solarium, Nicotiana. 

LU'SCITAS. (From luscus, blind of one 
eye.) Beer gives this name to a distortion of 
the eyeball which resembles squinting, but 
differs from it in the inability to move the af- 
fected eye when the other is closed. 

LUSUS NATURAE. A sport of nature; a 
monster. 

Lute. Lutum. 

Lutea corpora. Corpus luteum. 

Lute'ola. Reseda luteola. 

Lute'oline. The yellow coloring matter of 
the Reseda luteola is thus named by Chevreuil. 

Lu'teus. Yellow. 

Lu'trum. Aovrpov. A bath. Also, an oph- 
thalmic medicine. 

LU'TUM. (um, i, n. ; the Latin for clay or 
mud.) C amentum. Lute. A composition with 
which chemical vessels were covered, to pre- 
serve them from the violence of the fire, and to 
close exactly their joinings. 

LUXA'TION. (Luxatio ; from luxo, to put 
out of joint.) A dislocation of a bone from its 
proper cavity. See Dislocation. 

Lyca'nche. Synonymous with cynanchc. 

Lycanthro'pia. A species of melancholy, 
in which the patients leave their houses in the 
night, and wander about like wolves. 

Lychnis segetum. Agrostemma githago. 

Lyco'ctonum. A species of aconitum; aconite. 

LYCOPE'RDON. 1. Lycoperdon bovista. 
2. A genus of fungi. — L. bovista. The puff- 
ball. A round or egg-shaped fungus. It dries 
internally into a very fine, light brownish dust, 
which is used by some to stop hemorrhages. — 
L. cervinum. Deer-ball has the character of 
being aphrodisiac. — L. tuber. The truffle, or 
Tuber cibarium. A solid fungus, of a globular 
iigure, which grows under the surface of the 
ground, and attains the size of a potato. It 
has a rough, blackish coat, and is destitute of 
fibres. There are several species, all of a 
grateful flavor, esteemed by connoisseurs. 

L y c o p e'r sicum. Solanum lycopersicum. 
The tomato. 

LYCOPO'DIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Cryptogamia. Lycopodiacca. — L. cla- 
vatum. The club-moss. Lycopodium. This 
plant affords a great quantity of sporules, which 
are much esteemed in some places to sprinkle on 
young children, to prevent excoriation. A de- 
coction of the herb is said to be a specific in the 
cure of the plica polonica. — L. selago. Upright 
club-moss. The decoction of this plant acts 
violently as a vomit and a purgative, and was 
formerly employed to produce abortions. 

LYCO'PSIS. (is, idis, f.) 1. A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 2. The 
pharmacopoDial name of the wall bugloss, /<>/«- 
um agyptiacum, the Asperago ccgyptiaca of Will- 
denow. 

LY'COPUS. (us, i, in.) A genus of plants. 
Diandria. Monogynia. Salviacem. — L. euro- 
prnus. This plant is sometimes used as an as- 
tringent. — L. virginicus is said to be a mild 
anodyne. 

412 



L YM 

Lycore'xia. Lycorexis. Morbid appetite. 
Lye. An alkaline solution. 
Ly'gmus. Avyfioc. The hiccough. 
Lying in. Parturition. 
LYMPH. Lympha. The liquid contained 
in the lymphatic vessels. Two processes may 
be employed to procure lymph. One is to lay 
bare a lymphatic vessel, divide it, and receive 
the liquid that flows from it ; but this is a meth- 
od difficult to execute, and besides, as the lym- 
phatic vessels are not always filled with lymph, 
it is uncertain : the other consists in letting an 
animal fast during four or five days, and then 
extracting the fluid contained in the thoracic 
duct. 

The liquid obtained in either way has, at first, 
a slightly opaline rose color. It has a strong, 
spermatic odor ; a salt taste ; it sometimes pre- 
sents a slight yellow tinge, and at other times 
a red madder color. 

But lymph does not long remain liquid ; it 
coagulates. Its rose color becomes more deep, 
an immense number of reddish filaments are 
developed, irregularly arborescent, and very 
analogous in appearance to the vessels spread 
in the tissue of organs. 

When we examine carefully the mass of 
lymph thus coagulated, we find it formed of 
two parts: the one solid, and forming a great 
many globules, among which the liquid re- 
mains. 

The solid part of the lymph, which may be 
called the clot, has much analogy with that of 
the blood. It becomes red by the contact of 
oxygen gas, and purple when plunged in car- 
bonic acid. 

The specific gravity of lymph is to that of 
distilled water as 1022-28 to 1000-00. 

Chevreuil analyzed the lymph of the dog. 

Water 926-4 

Fibrin 4-2 

Albumen 61-0 

Muriate of soda 6-1 

Carbonate of soda 1-8 

Phosphate of lime ) 

Phosphate of magnesia . . . > 0-5 
Carbonate of lime ) 

Total 1000-0 

Subsequent analysts have found some fat. 
L'Heretier obtained -05 per cent. 

Its specific gravity is greater than that of 
water ; in consistence it is thin, and somewhat 
viscid. The quantity in the human body appears 
to be very great, as the system of the lymphatic 
vessels forms no small part of it. The lym- 
phatic vessels absorb this fluid from the tela 
cellulosa of the whole body, from all the viscera, 
and the cavities of the viscera ; and convey it 
to the thoracic duct, to be mixed with the chyle. 

1. The use of the lymph is to return the super- 
fluous nutritious fluid from every part. 2. The 
serous exudation of membranes is sometimes 
improperly called lymph. 

Ly'mphadenitis. Inflammation of a lym- 
phatic gland. 

Lymph cataract. Spurious cataract. See 
Cataract. 

Lymph globules. Lymph corpuscules. The 
globules floating in lymph. 



L YM 

Lympha'ngiolo'gia. A treatise on the lym- 
phatics. 

LYMPHA'TIC. (Lymphaticus ; fromlympha, 
lymph.) 1. Of the nature of lymph. 2. The 
name of an absorbent vessel, that carries a 
transparent fluid or lymph. The lymphatic 
vessels of the human body arc small and trans- 
parent, and originate in every part of the body. 
With the lacteal vessels of the intestines, they 
form what is termed the absorbent system. Their 
termination is in the thoracic duct. See Ab- 
sorbent, Lacteal, and Thoracic duct. 

Lymphatics of the head and neck. — Absorbents 
are found on the scalp and about the viscera of 
the neck, which unite into a considerable branch, 
that accompanies the jugular vein. Absorbents 
have not been detected in the human brain. 

The absorbents from the right side of the 
head and neck and from the right arm pass 
into the angle between the right subclavian 
and the jugular vein, and form a trunk which 
lies upon the light subclavian vein, and receives 
a very considerable number of lymphatic ves- 
sels from the right side of the head, thyroid 
gland, neck, the arm, the right side of the thorax 
and diaphragm, from the lungs of this side, and 
from thti parts supplied by the mammary artery. 
Both in this and in the great trunk there are 
many valves. 

Of the upper extremities. — The absorbents of 
the upper extremities are divided into super- 
ficial and deep-seated. The superficial absorb- 
ents ascend under the skin of the hand in every 
direction to the wrist, from whence a branch 
proceeds upon the posterior surface of the fore- 
arm to the head of the radius, over the internal 
condyle of the humerus, up to the axilla, re- 
ceiving several branches as it proceeds. An- 
other branch proceeds from the wrist along the 
anterior part of the forearm, and forms a nct- 
Toork, with a branch coming over the ulna from 
the posterior part, and ascends on the inside of 
the humerus to the glands of the axilla. The 
deep-sealed absorbents accompany the larger 
blood-vessels, and pass through two glands about 
the middle of the humerus, and ascend to the 
glands of the axilla. The superficial and deep- 
seated absorbents having passed through the ax- 
illary glands, form two trunks, which unite into 
one, to be inserted with the jugular absorbents 
into the thoracic duct, at the angle formed by 
the union of the subclavian with the Jugular 
vein. 

Lymphatics of the inferior extremities. — These 
are also superficial and deep-seated. The su- 
perficial ones lie between the skin and muscles. 
Those of the toes and foot form a branch, which 
ascends upon the back of the foot, over the 
tendon of the cruraeus anticus, forms, with other 
branches, a plexus above the ankles, then pro- 
ceeds along the tibia over the knee, sometimes 
passes through a gland, and proceeds up the 
inside of the thigh to the subinguinal glands. 
The deep-seated absorbents follow the course of 
the arteries, and accompany the femoral artery, 
in which course they pass through some glands 
in the leg and above the knee, and then proceed 
to some deep-seated subinguinal glands. The 
absorbents from about the external part of the 
• pubes proceed to the inguinal glands. The 



LYS 

subinguinal and inguinal glands send forth sev- 
eral branches, which pass through the abdomi- 
nal ring into the cavity of the abdomen. 

Of the abdominal and thoracic viscera. — The 
absorbents of the lower extremities accompany 
the external iliac artery, where they are joined 
by many branches from the uterus, urinary 
bladder, spermatic cord, and some branches ac- 
companying the internal iliac artery ; they then 
ascend to the sacrum, where they form a plexus, 
which proceeds over the psoas muscle, and, 
meeting with the lactcals of the mesentery, form 
the thoracic duct, or trunk of the absorbents, 
which is of a serpentine form, about the size of 
a crow-quill, and runs up the dorsal vertebra?, 
through the posterior opening of the diaphragm, 
between the aorta and vena azygos, to the angle 
formed by the union of the left subclavian and 
jugular veins. In this course it receives the 
absorbents of the kidneys, which are superficial 
and deep-seated, and unite as they proceed to- 
ward the thoracic duct; and the absorbents of 
the spleen, which are upon its peritoneal coat, 
and unite with those of the pancreas — a branch 
from the plexus of the vessels passing above 
and below the duodenum, and formed by the 
absorbents of the stomach, which come from 
the lesser and greater curvature, and are united 
about the pylorus with those of the pancreas 
and liver, which converge from the external 
surface and internal parts toward the porta? of 
the liver, and also by several branches from the 
gall-bladder. 

Use of Lymphatics. — The office of these ves- 
sels is to take up substances which are applied 
to their mouths : thus the fluid of circumscribed 
cavities, and of the cells Ojf' the cellular mem- 
brane, are removed by the lymphatics of those 
parts ; and thus mercury and other substances 
are taken into the system when rubbed on the 
skin. 

Lymphatic gland. See Gland. 

Lymphatic veins. The absorbents. 

Lymphatics. Lymphatic system or vessels- 
See Lymphatic. 

Lymphiza'tio.v. The effusion of coagulable 
lymph. 

Lymphochk'zia. Serous diarrhoea. 

Lympho'sis. The elaboration of lymph. 

Lynch's embrocation. This consists of olivo 
oil, scented with some volatile oils, and colored 
with alkanet root. 

Lyncu'rium. The tourmaline. 

Lyngodes. A fever in which hiccough is a 
prominent symptom. — Hippocrates. 

Lypema'nia. Melancholy. 

Lypo'ma. Lipoma. 

LY'RA. (a, a, f. ; from Xvpa, a lyre, or mu- 
sical instrument.) Psalterium. Corpus psaU 
loides. The triangular medullary space be- 
tween the posterior crura of the fornix of the 
cerebrum, which is marked with prominent 
medullary fibres, that give it the appearance 
of a lyre. 

LY'EATE. Lyratus. Lyre-shaped. 

Ly'kus. Arnica montana. 

Lysigy'ia. Relaxation of limbs. — Hippocro' 

LYSIMA'CHIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — L. nummu- 

413 



MAC 

jtma,. Money- wort. It was formerly account- 
ed vulnerary, and to possess antiscorbutic and 
astringent qualities. — L. purpurea. Lythrum 
salicaria. 

Lysipnos. Avonrovog. The epithet of an 
antidote, consisting of opium, henbane seeds, 
mandrake, and other narcotics, &c. 

LYSSA. (a, a. f. Avooa, rabies.) Hydro- 
phobia. 



MAG 

Lyssode'ctus. One who labors under hy- 
drophobia. 

LY'THRUM. (wro,»,n.) A genus of plants. 
Dodecandria. Digynia. — L. salicaria. Willow- 
herb. The herb, root, and flowers possess a 
considerable degree of astringency. 

LYTTA. (a, a-, f.) The name of a genu* 
of insects. See Cantharis. 



M. 



M. 



Contraction for manipulus, a handful ; 
and misce : thus m. f. /must, signifies mix, and 
let a draught be made. 

Macandou. (Javanese.) A tree growing 
in Malacca, the fruit of which is roasted and 
eaten as a cure for dysenteries, cholera mor- 
bus, and other complaints. — Bontius. 

Macapatli. Sars.iparilla. 

MACARO'NI. A preparation from wheat, 
containing an excess of gluten, and suitable as 
a gluten bread, in diseases requiring that arti- 
cle. 

Mack. Ma'cis. See Myrislica moschata. 

Macedonia* parsley. See Bubon. 

Macedonicum seme v. Smyrnium olusatrum. 

M A' C E R. The bark of the root of a tree 
growing in Malabar. It is astringent, and used 
against alvine fluxes. — Piso. 

MAC ERA'TION. (Maccratio, onis, f. ; from 
macero, to soften by water. ) An infusion, either 
with or without heat, wherein the ingredients 
are intended to be almost dissolved in order to 
extract their virtues. 

Macerona. Smyrnium olusatrum. 

MACHAO'NIA ARS. Medicine has been 
bo called from Machaon, the son of -Esculapius. 

MA'CIES. (es, ci, f. ; from maceo, to grow 
lean.) Emaciation. See Marasmus. 

Mackarel. Scomber scomber. 

MACRO-. A prefix (from fiaicpoc, large), 
signifying magnitude, largeness. » 

Macrobio'tic Long-lived. 

Macroce'phalus. 1. Having a large head. 
2. Physeter macrocephalus. 

Macro'piper. Piper longum. 

MACROPNCE'A. (a, a, f. ; from nattpoe, 
long, and irveu, to breathe.) That 6tate of the 
breathing in which the inspiration is long and 
deep. 

Macro'tys racemosa. Acetrea racemosa. 

MA'CULA. (a, as, f.) A spot; a perma- 
nent discoloration of some portion of the skin, 
often with a change of its texture, but not con- 
nected with any disorder of the constitution. 

Macula germinativa. Nucleus germinati- 
vus of Wagner. 

Macula matricis. A mother's mark. See 
Ncevus maternus. 

Macula. An order of Dr. Willan's cutane- 
ous diseases, which comprises those discolora- 
tions of the skin which are permanent, and 
most of which are the result of an alteration of 
the natural texture of the part. It compre- 
hends Epkelis, Ncevus, Opilus, and moles. 

Macula hepatica. Cloasma. 

Macula volatica. Pityriasis fugaz. 
414 



Macula'tk. Maculaius. Spotted. 

Mad apple. Solatium melongena. 

Madar. See Mudar. 

MADARO'SIS. (is, eos, f. Madapomc; from 
fiadapoc, bald or smooth.) Falling off" of the 
hair, especially of the eye-lashes. 

Madden's vegetable essence. This con- 
sists chiefly of the Infusum rosm compositum, 
with an increased proportion of acid. 

Madder. Rubia tiuctorum. 

MADEIRA, CLIMATE OF. This island is, 
in the equability of its temperature, the most 
desirable place known for the consumptive 
where the necessary comforts can be procured. 
Both the summer and winter are mild, and it is 
therefore fitted for the permanent residence of 
the patient. 

Madness. Insanity. 

Madness, canine. See Hydrophobia. 

Ma'dor. Moisture. A sweating. 

Madwort, Galen's. See Marrubium. 

Magellanicus cortex. See Wintera. 

Maggot pimple. Acne punctata. 

Magisterium plumbi. Carbonate of lead. 

MA'GISTERY. (Magisterium, ii, n. ; from 
magister, a master.) Magistery. A term used 
by the old chemists to signify a peculiar and 
secret method of preparing any medicine, as it 
were, by a masterly process. The term was 
also long applied to all precipitates. 

Magistery of bismuth. The sub nitrate of 
bismuth. See Bismuth. 

Magistra'l. Extemporaneous. 

MAGISTRA'LIS. Such medicines as are 
prescribed extemporaneously. 

MA'GMA. (a, atis, n. ; from uacow, to blend 
together.) 1 . A thick ointment. 2. The dregs 
of any thing after the thinner parts are strained 
off'. 3. A confection. 

MA'GNES. A loadstone or magnet. 

Magnes arsenicalis. Arsenical magnet. A 
composition of equal parts of antimony, sulphur, 
and arsenic, mixed and melted together so as 
to become a glassy body. 

Magnes epilepsia. Native cinnabar. 

MAGNE'SIA. (a, a, f.) 1. The ancient 
chemists gave this name to such substances as 
they conceived to have the power of attracting 
any principle from the air. 2. The name of 
one of the alkaline earths, having a metallic ba- 
sis, called magnesium. 
■ Magnesia calcinata. See Magnesia usta. 

Magnesia, Henry's. A preparation of the 
calcined magnesia, remarkable for its condens- 
ed state. 

Magnesia usta. M. calcinata. M. pu- 



MAG 

ra. Calcined magnesia. The protoxide of 
magnesium. A white, very sparingly soluble, 
earthy body, with slight alkaline reaction. It 
forms a hydrate with water, and readily neu- 
tralizes most acids. Symbol, MgO ; eq., 20*67 ; 
sp. gr., 2-3. It is readily -obtained by heating 
common magnesia to redness. 

It is given as an absorbent and antacid in 
cardialgia, spasms, convulsions, and tormina of 
the bowels of infants ; pyrosis, flatulencies, and 
other diseases of the prima via; ; constipation, 
leucorrhcea, rickets, scrofula, crusta lactea, and 
podagra. The dose for an adult is from a scru- 
ple to a drachm. 

Magnesia VITRIOL AT a. See Magnesia: sul- 
phas. 

Magnesia water. Aerated magnesian wa- 
ter. Fluid magnesia. This is made by mixing 
half an ounce of carbonate of magnesia with 
one gallon of water, and impregnating it with 
ten times its volume of carbonic acid gas, by 
means of a forcing pump. It is a good antacid, 
and the carbonic acid it contains renders it a 
salutary stimulant to the stomach. 

MagnesijE carbonas. Magnesia subcarbo- 
nas. Magnesia alba. Carbonate of magnesia. 
It may be made as follows : Take of sulphate 
of magnesia, four pounds; carbonate of soda, 
four pounds and eight ounces ; distilled water, 
four gallons. Dissolve the carbonate of soda 
and the sulphate of magnesia separately in two 
gallons of the water, and strain ; then mix, and 
boil the liquors, stirring constantly with a spat- 
ula for a quarter of an hour; lastly, pour off 
the liquors, and wash the precipitated powder 
with boiling distilled water, and dry it. It is in 
the form of very fine powder, considerably re- 
sembling flour in its appearance and feel ; it has 
no sensible taste on the tongue ; it gives a faint 
greenish color to the tincture of violets, and 
converts turnsole to a blue. It is employed 
medicinally as an absorbent, antacid, and pur- 

fative, in doses of from half a drachm to two 
rachms. 

Magnesije sulphas. Sulphas magnesias pu- 
rificata. Magnesia vitriolata. Sal calharticus 
amariis. Sal catharticum amarum. Sulphate 
of magnesia. Epsom salt. Bitter purging salt. 
This salt exists in several mineral springs, as 
that of Epsom, from which it was formerly ob- 
tained : it is now afforded, however, in greater 
abundance and more pure, from the bittern left 
after the extraction of salt from sea-water. 
When pure, it crystallizes in small quadrangu- 
lar prisms, terminated by quadrangular pyra- 
mids or dihedral summits. Its taste is cool 
and bitter. It is very soluble, requiring only 
an equal weight of cold water, and three fourths 
its weight of hot. It effloresces in the air, 
though but slowly. If it attracts moisture, it 
contains muriate of magnesia or of lime. Ex- 
posed to heat, it dissolves in its own water of 
crystallization, and dries, but is not decom- 
posed nor fused but with extreme difficulty. 

Epsom salt is a mild purgative, operating 
with sufficient efficacy, and in general with 
ease and safety, rarely occasioning any gripes, 
or the other inconveniences of resinous purga- 
tives. Six or eight drachms may be dissolved 
in a proper quantity of common water, or four, 



MAG 

five, or more in a pint or quart of the purging 
mineral waters. These solutions may likewise 
be so managed, in small doses, as to produce 
evacuation from the other emunctories : if the 
patient be kept warm, they increase perspira- 
tion, and, by moderate exercise in the cool air r 
the urinary discharge. Some allege that this 
salt has a peculiar effect in allaying pain, as in 
colic, even independently of evacuation. 

MAGNE'SIUM. The white, malleable, and 
fusible metallic base of magnesia. Sym., Ms. ; 
eq., 12-69. 

Magnesium, oxide of. Magnesia. 

Magnesium, chloride of. This has been 
recommended as a saline aperient in the dose 
of an ounce, but is less useful than the sulphate 
of magnesia. 

MAGNET. (Magncs, efis, m. Mayvnc, 
fiayvnTnc.) The loadstone. See Magnetism 
and Electricity. 

Magnetic oxide of iron. The mixed prot- 
oxide and peroxide, or ferroso-ferric oxide of 
iron, remarkable for its magnetic properties. 

MA'GNETISM. There are some native ox- 
ides of iron which have the remarkable prop- 
erty of attracting iron. These are called load- 
stones, magnetic iron ores, or natural magnets. 

If a bar of tempered steel be rubbed in a 
certain direction with a loadstone, it acquires a 
similar property of attracting iron, and perma- 
nently retains this property. If a slender bar 
of iron be rendered magnetic, and poised on a 
fulcrum, or suspended by a thread, so as to ad- 
mit of free horizontal motion, it will vibrate 
north and south. The ends so directed are 
called its north and south poles. 

A temporary magnet is that made of soft or 
pure iron, around which a current of electricity 
or galvanism is made to circulate along a spiral 
wire. It attains great power for the time that 
the fluid passes only, and may bo made and 
broken with astonishing frequency. 

Magnetism, animal. Mesmerism. A hy- 
pothesis that the action of the nervous fluid of 
one person can be made to control that of an- 
other, causing him to lose consciousness ia 
part, and act and think like his maguetizer, 
&c, &c. Nothing of the kind can be done ; 
but very nervous persons can be thrown into a 
nervous condition resembling sleep, hysteria, 
or catalepsy. The maguetizer proceeds by 
motions of his hands, or passes. 

MAGNETO-ELECTRICITY. Magneto-elec- 
tric induction. The electrical current induced 
in a spiral or helix of wire, in the center of 
which a fixed or temporaiy magnet is intro- 
duced. A capital magneto-electric machine by 
Clark is made for medical purposes. 

MAGNO'LIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of handsome 
flowering trees. Polyandria. Polygynia. Mag- 
noliaccai. The Magnolia glauca, M. acuminata, 
and M. tripctala are officinal, and the magnifi- 
cent M. grandifolia is equally entitled to no- 
tice. The bark, and especially that from the 
root, is, when fresh, aromatic, pungent, and 
bitter ; and in doses of a drachm, frequently 
given, has been found serviceable in intermit* 
tents, especially where a typhoid tendency ex- 
isted. It is gently stimulant, tonic, and diapho- 
retic, and may be used in the form of dilute 

415 



MAL 

tincture, and powder of the fresh root; but 
drying and infusion impair its virtues. 

Magnum dei bonum. Cinchona bark. 

MAGNUM OS. The third bone of the low- 
er row of bones of the carpus, reckoning from 
the thumb toward the little finger. 

Magy'daris. The root of the laserwort. 

Mahagony. Mahagoni. Swietenia maha- 
goni. 

Mahaleb. A species of cherry. 

Mahmoudy. Scammony. 

Mahy's plaster. The United States Phar- 
macopoeia substitutes for this the Emplaslrum 
plumbi carbonatis. 

Maidenhair. M., Canada. M., English. 
See Adiantum. 

Maidenhair, black. M., common. See^ls- 
plenium. 

Maidenhair, golden. See Polytrichum. 

Maidenhair-tree. Ginan itsio. The Ging- 
ko biloba. In China and Japan, the fruit is said 
to promote digestion, and to purge. The oil 
is used at the table. 

Maize. Indian corn. Zea mays. 

Majanthemum. Convallaria majalis. 

Majora'na. Origanum majorana. 

Majorana syriaca. Teucrium marum. 

MAL. (French.) A disease. 

Mal de la rosa. Rosa asturica. Lepra as- 
turica. A disease endemic in the Asturias. It 
appears to be a variety of pellagra. 

Mal dk San Laza'ro. A severe leprosy, 
common in the southern islands of the West 
Indies, Colombia, and the upper portion of 
South America. 

Mal de Siam. Yellow fever. 

Mal del Sole. Pellagra. 

Mal des ardens. The name of a pestilen- 
tial erysipelas or carbuncle, which was endemic 
in France in the twelfth century. 

Mal rouge de Cayenne. Cayenne lepi'osy. 
A disease which commences with an eruption 
<jf red spots, and in the progress of which the 
body becomes covered with fungous ulcers of a 
red color. It appears to be allied to elephan- 

MA'LA. (a,*, I) The cheek. 

Malabar plum. Eugenia jambos. 

Malabathri oleum. Oil of cassia. 

Malaba'thrinum unguentum. It is com- 
pounded of myrrh, spikenard, malabatllrum, 
and many other aromatic ingredients. 

Malaba'thrum. The leaf of the cassia. 

Malacca bean. Avicennia tomentosa. 

Malacca radix. Sagittaria alexipharmica. 

Malacence'phalon. Simple softening of 
the brain, without change of structure. — Crag- 
gie. 

Ma'lache. Malva sylvestris. 

MALA'CIA. (a, a, f. ; from /lakaKOc, soft ; 
effeminate.) Longings. Whimsical or depraved 
appetite, such as sometimes occurs in pregnant 
women, chlorotic girls, &c. 

MALACO'SIS. (From fialaiioc, soft.) Soft- 
ening. Mollities. A generic term for those 
diseases in which the most prominent patho- 
logic result is softening. 

MALACO'STEON. {urn, i, n. ; from (lala- 
koc, soft, and ooteov, a bone.) A softness of 
the bones. Mollities ossium. A disease of the 
416 



MAL 

bones, wherein they can be bent without frac- 
turing them, in consequence either of the inor- 
dinate absorption of the phosphate of lime, or 
from its want. In rickets, the bones only yield 
and become distorted by slow degrees ; but in 
the present disease they may be at once bent 
in any direction. All the cases of this dis- 
ease on record have proved fatal, no means of 
cure having yet been found. On dissection of 
those who have died, all the bones, except the 
teeth, have been found unusually soft, so that 
scarcely any of them could resist the knife ; the 
periosteum has been found thicker than usual ; 
and the bones have been found to contain a 
great quantity of oily matter and little earth. 

Mala'ctica. Emollient remedies. 

Malaguetta pepper. Grains of paradise. 

MALA'GMA. (a, atis, n. MaAay/za; from 
juaTiaoo-u, to soften.) A cataplasm or emollient 
application. 

MALA'R. Malaris. (From mala, the cheek.) 
Relating to the cheek ; as malar bone, malar 
process. 

MALA'MBO BARK. Matias bark. The 
bark of a tree of Colombia, South America, 
used as a substitute for cinchona. 

MALA'RIA. The Italian name for marsh 
miasm : hence malarious. 

Malarum ossa. Mala; os. See Jugale os. 

Ma'late. Malas. A salt of malic acid. 

MA'LE. 1. The masculine species of ani- 
mals. 2. Ma at/. The arm-pit. 

Male fern. Aspidium filix mas. 

Male impotency. See Sterility. 

Male orchis. Orchis mascula. 

Male speedwell. Veronica officinalis. 

MALFORMATION. Malformatio. A devi- 
ation from the normal development. This 
may be either from deficiency, from excess, from 
displacement, or from irregular growth. 

Male'ic acid. A volatile crystalline acid, 
obtained by distilling malic acid. It is bibasic. 
form., C 8 H 2 6 ,2HO, and is isomeric with the 
aconitic acid. 

MALIC ACID. Acidnm malicum. The 
acid of apples, pears, &c. It is colorless, deli- 
quescent, soluble in alcohol and water, and has 
not been crystallized. It is bibasic. Formula, 
C 8 H„0 8 +2HO. 

MALI'GNANT. Malignus. A term applied 
to pestilential fevers, and to local diseases of an 
incurable nature, as cancer and fungus harnia- 
todes. 

Malignant fever. See Typhus. 

Malignant sore throat. See Tonsillitis. 

Malingerer. A soldier feigning disease. 

MALIS. Maliasmus. A diseased condition 
of the skin, produced by parasitical insects. 
The species are : M. pedicuii. Lousiness. — M. 
dracunculi. M. filarice. The Guinea-worm 
disease. — M. acari. Tick bites. 

MALLEABI'LITY. (Malleabilitas ; from 
malleus, a hammer.) The property which sev- 
eral metals possess of being extended under 
the hammer into thin plates. 

Malleamothe. Pavctte. Pavate. Erysip- 
elas curans arbor. A shrub which grows in 
Malabar. The leaves, boiled in palm oil, cure 
the impetigo; the root, powdered and mixed 
with ginger, is diuretic. 



MAL 

MALLE A'TIO. A form of chorea, in which 
the person has a convulsive action of one or 
both hands, which strike the knee like a hammer. 

Mallei anterior. M. cxternus. The laxa- 
tor tympani muscle. 

Mallei internus. The tensor tympani. 

MALLE'OLAR. Malleolaris. Relating to 
the ankles ; as the malleolar arteries, which are 
derived from the anterior tibial artery. 

MALLE'OLUS. (us,i, m.) The termination 
of the tibia at the ankle is called malleolus in- 
ternus, and the corresponding part of the fibula 
malleolus cxternus. 

MA'LLEUS. (us, i, m. ; a hammer.) A 
bone of the internal ear is so termed from its 
shape. 

Mallow. Malva sylvestris. 

Mallow, marsh. Althaea officinalis. 

Mallow, vervain. Malva alcea. 

Malograna'tum. The pomegranate. 

Malpighi, acini of. See Kidney. 

MALPI'GHIA. (a,a,f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Trigynia. — M. glabra. The Bar- 
badoes cherry. — M. mourella. The bark is 
astringent, and is used in Cayenne as a febrifuge. 

Malpighian vessels of insects. Biliary 
pouches found in some insects as substitutes for 
the liver. 

MALT. Grain which has become sweet, 
from the conversion of its starch into sugar, by 
an incipient growth or germination artificially 
induced, called malting. 

Ma'ltha. Mineral pitch. 

Maltha'cticus. Emollient; softening. 

Ma'lting. The process of inducing the sac- 
charine fermentation, or germination, in malt or 
other grains. Moisture, warmth, and air are 
necessary. The change is produced by the in- 
cipient decay of the gluten of the grain, where- 
by diastase is formed, which, acting upon the 
starch, converts it into sugar, by the same mole- 
cular process as inordinary fermentation; and 
if the process be not arrested by heat or drying, 
it goes on to the vinous, acetous, and putrefac- 
tive fermentations. 

MA'LUM. (um,i, n.) 1. A disease. 2. An 
apple. 

Malum canum. M. cotoneum. The quince. 

Malum citreum. The citron. 

Malum insanum. Solanum melongena. 

Malum medicum. The lemon. 

Malum mortuum. A disease that appears in 
the form of a pustule, which soon forms a dry, 
brown, hard, and broad crust. It is seldom 
attended with pain, and remains fixed for a 
long time before it can be detached. It is 
mostly observed on the tibia and 03 coccygis, 
and sometimes on the face. 

Malum pilare. See Plica. 

M'alus. Pyrus malus. The apple. 

Malus indica. Bilimbi billing-bing. A tree 
of the East Indies. The juice of the root is 
cooling, and drank in fevers. The leaves are 
boiled, and made into a cataplasm with rice. 
The juice of the fruit is used in almost all ex- 
ternal heats, dipping linen rags in it, and ap- 
plying them to the parts. It is drank, mixed 
with arrack, to cure diarrhoeas. The ripe fruit 
is eaten as a delicacy, and the unripe made into 
a pickle for the use of the table. 
Dd 



MAM 

MA'LVA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants 
Monadelphia. Polyandria. Malvacece. -. — M . 
a'lcea. M. verbenaca. The vervain mallow. 
This, like to the other mallows, abounds with 
a mucilage, and is good for pectoral drinks. — 
M. arborea. Alcea rosea. — M. rotundifolia. 
Round-leaved mallow. The whole herb and 
root possess similar virtues to the common mal- 
low. — M. sylvestris. The common mallow. 
M. vulgaris. Malva. The leaves and flowers 
are principally used in fomentations, cataplasms, 
and emollient enemas. — M. verbenaca. Malva 
alcea. — M. vrdgaris. Malva sylvestris. 

MALVA'CEiE. The mallow tribe of dicotyl- 
edonous plants. Herbaceous plants, trees, or 
shrubs, with leaves alternate ; flowers, polypet- 
alous ; stamens, hypogynous, monadelphous ; 
fruit, cajisular or baccate, containing seed with 
crumpled cotyledons. 

Malvavi'scus. Althaea officinalis. 

MALVERN WATER. Malvern, in Wor- 
cestershire, England, has a well of water con- 
taining carbonate and sulphate of soda, &c. 

Mama-pian. The chief or master yaw of 
frambcesia. 

Mami'lla. 1. The breast of man. 2. The 
nipple. 

Mami'ra. The doronicum ? 

MA'MMA. («, a, f.) The organ which se- 
cretes the milk in mammiferous animals. The 
bosom. In the human female the mammas are 
two globular bodies, composed of common in» 
teguments, adipose substance, and lacteal glands 
and vessels, and adhering to the anterior and 
lateral region of the thorax. On the middle of 
each breast is a projecting portion, termed the 
papilla, or nipple, in which the excretory ducts 
of the glands terminate, and around which is a 
colored disc of sebaceous glands, called the 
areola. 

MAMMA'LIA. (From mamma.) A great 
division of the animal kingdom, comprising ani- 
mals which suckle their young. 

MAMMARY. Mammillary. Relating to the 
mamma or breast. 

Mammary abscess. A collection of matter 
in the breast, arising from previous inflamma- 
tion of its substance. It is a frequent occmv 
rence in the early period of lactation. 

Mammary arteries. Arteria mammillares. 
The internal mammary artery is a branch of 
the subclavian, and gives off the mediastinal, 
thymal, and pericardial arteries. The extern. 1 
mammary arteries are branches of the axillary. 

Mammary gland. The organ of the mamma 
which secretes the milk. 

Mammary" arcoma. A tumor of the appear* 
ance and consistence of the mamma, found in 
various parts of the body. 

Mammary veins. Vena mammillares. These 
vessels accompany the arteries, and evacuate 
their blood into the subclavian vein. 

Mam me a Americana. The tree (Polyaiv 
dria. Monogynia) affords a delicious fruit, 
called mammea. It is much cultivated in Ja- 
maica. 

Mammi'fera. The same as mammalia. 

MAMMI'LLA. The nipple. 

Mammill'ary. Mammillaris. Appertaining 
to the nipple or breast. 

417 



MAN 

Mammillary eminences. The corpora albi- 
cantia. 

Mammilla'ted. Mammiform. Mastoid; re- 
sembling a teat; tuberculated. 

Man. See Homo. 

Manchineel. Hippomane manicella. 

Mancura'na. Onganum vulgare. 

MANDI'BULA. (a, ce, f . ; from mando, to 
chew.) The jaw. See Maxilla inferior. 

Mandra'gora. Atropa mandragora. 

Mandragori'tes. Wine in which the roots 
of the mandrake are infused. 

Mandrake. Atropa mandragora. 

Manduca'tion. Manducatio. Mastication. 

MANGANE'SE. (Manganesium, ii, n.) A 
white, hard, brittle metal; sp. gr., 8; almost in- 
fusible, and readily acted on by oxygen and 
acids. Symbol, Mg; equivalent, 27-7. There 
are several oxides, of which the black (Mg0 2 ) is 
much used in the arts, and as a source of oxygen 
in chemistry. 

Manganese, black oxide of. M., binoxide 
of. M., peroxide of. The native black oxide. 
It has been employed to dust sores with, in 
the same way as the lapis calaminaris, and is 
used in the production of chlorine gas. 

Manganese, sulphate of. A salt proposed 
as a cathartic, in doses of fss. to ?j., by Dr. 
Thomson, but said to be emetic by Dr. Goolden, 
and efficacious, in doses of jj., by Dr. Ure. 

Manganic acid. Manganeseous acid. Man- 
ganesic acid. The compound MgC>3. It exists 
in the green mineral chameleon, which is a 
manganate of potash, but has not been insula- 
ted. 

Mangel wursel. Beta hybrida. 

M A N G I' F E R A. (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — M. indica. 
The mango-tree of Asia. Mangoes, when ripe, 
are juicy, of a good flavor, and so fragrant as to 
perfume the air to a considerable distance. 

Mango. Mangifera indica. 

Mangostana. Mangosteen. Garcinia man- 
gostana. 

MA'NIA. (Mavta; from fiaivo/iai, I rage.) 
Furious madness. See Insanity. 

Mania a potu. M. temulentia. Delirium 
tremens. 

Ma'niac. One attacked by mania. 

Ma'nica Hippo'cratis. Hippocrates' sleeve. 
A strainer of a conical shape, made of linen or 
flannel, and used for pharmaceutical purposes. 

Maniguetta. Amomum granum paradisi. 

Ma'nihot. .Tatropha manihot. 

Manio'des. Maniac. 

MANIPULATION. The art of handling im- 
plements with skill and success; and, when 
applied to Chemistry, the knowledge of chem- 
ical processes, and address in performing them. 

Manipulator. One skillful in manipulation. 

Mani'pulus. A handful. 
1 MA'NNA. (a, ce, f.) A peculiar saccharine 
matter which exudes from many plants. See 
Fraxinus ornus. It is a gentle laxative in doses 
of 3J. to 3iv. 

Manna brigantiaca. M. de Briancon. M. 
of the larch. A species of manna, brought from 
tiie neighborhood of Briancon, in Dauphiny, 
and being an exudation from the larch. 

Manna calabrina. Calabrian manna. 
418 



MAR 

Manna canulata. Flaky manna, or manna 
concreted on straw or chips. 

Manna metallorum. Calomel. 

Manna thuris. A coarse powder of oliba- 
num was sold by this name. 

Ma'nnite. The sugar of manna. It is crys- 
talline, and non-fermentable. Form., C6H7O6. 

Manso'rius. The masseter. 

Manstrupa'tion. Manstrupatiok Mastur- 
bation. 

Mantle, ladies'. Athamanta cretensis. 

Manubrium manus. The radius. 

Manulu'vium. A hand bath. 

Marble. Crystallized massive carbonate of 
lime. 

MA'NUS. (us, us, f.) The hand. 

Manus christi perlat^:. Troches pre- 
pared with pearls, sugar, and rose-water. 

Manus christi simplices. Troches pre- 
pared with sugar and rose-water. Rose lozen- 
ges. 

Manus del The name of an old resolvent 
plaster. It consisted of wax, myrrh, olibanum, 
ammoniacum, inastich, galbanum, oil, &c. 

Maple sugar. See Acer saccharinum. 

Mara'nda. A species of myrtle of Ceylon. 
A decoction of the leaves is said to be excellent 
against the venereal disease. 

MARA'NTA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
Monandria. Monogynia. Marantacete. — M ■ 
arundinacea. The root of this and M. comesa 
are cultivated in the West Indies for arrow-root, 
which is a kind of starch. It is in no respect 
superior to the well prepared farina of potatoes. 

Maranta gala'nga. Galanga minor. The 
smaller galangal. The roots are used medici- 
nally as an aromatic. It is brought from China. 
Two kinds of galangal are mentioned in the 
pharmacopoeias : the greater galangal, obtained 
from the Kcempferia galanga of Linnams ; and 
the smaller galangal, the root of the Maranta 
galanga. 

Maranta'ceje. A natural family of plants, 
of which the genus maranta is the type. 

MARA'SMUS. (us, i, m. ; from fiapatvu, to 
grow lean.) Emaciation. A wasting away of 
the flesh. The term marasmus was long ago 
used collectively, to comprehend atrophy, ta- 
bes, and phthisis. Extenuation or leanness is 
not necessarily a disease; for many persons 
who are peculiarly lean are peculiarly healthy, 
while some there are who take pains to fall 
away in flesh, that they may increase in health, 
and become stronger ; but if an individual grow 
weaker as he grows leaner, it affords a full 
proof that he is under a morbid influence ; and 
it is this influence, this conjunction of extenua- 
tion and debility, that is imported by the term 
marasmus, and its synonym emaciation. See 
Atrophia, Tabes, Phthisis. 

Marathri'tes. Wine impregnated with 
fennel. 

Marathrophy'llum. Peucedanum offici- 
nale. 

Mara'thrum. Auethum fosniculum. 

Marathrum sylvestre. Peucedanum offi 
cinale. 

Marcasi'ta. Marcasite. Pyrites. 

Marcasita alba. Bismuth. 

Marcasita plumbea. Antimony. 



MAR 

Marce'scent. Marcescens. Withering ; 
decaying. 

MARCET'S BLOWPIPE. A spirit-lamp 
urged by a jet of oxygen from a suitable reser- 
voir. 

MARCHA'NTIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Cryptogamia. Hepaticm. — M. poly- 
morphs Liverwort. Star liverwort. It has 
a slightly pungent and bitter taste ; is aperient, 
resolvent, and antiscorbutic. 

MA'RCOR. (or, oris, m. ; from viarceo, to 
become lean.) Leanness; emaciation. 

MARCO'RES. The first order in the class 
Cachexia; of Cullen's Nosology, which embra- 
ces those diseases that are characterized by 
universal emaciation. 

Mare's-tail. Hippuris vulgaris. 

Marga'ric acid. Acidum margaricum. So 
called on account of its pearly appearance. An 
acid obtained from margarine. 

Marga'rine. A fatty body, soluble in ether, 
and abounding in human fat. When saponi- 
fied, it yields margaric acid, which, distilled 
with lime, gives margarone, a substance like 
spermaceti. 

MARGARI'TA. {a, ee, f. ; from fiapyapov, a 
pearl.) 1. The pearl. A small calcareous con- 
cretion, of a bright, transparent whiteness, found 
on the inside ot the shell of the Avicula marga- 
ritifera, Mya margaritifera, &c. Pearls con- 
sist of alternating concentric layers of mem- 
brane and carbonate of lime. They were 
formerly exhibited as antacids. 2. A tumor 
xipon the eye resembling a pearl. 

Marga'rone. See Margarine. 

Margaryl. A hypothetical compound rad- 
ical ; form.', CmO^- 

Margina'te. Marginatus. Bordered. 

Marigold. Calendula officinalis. 

Marigold fig. Mesembryanthemum crys- 
tallinum. 

Marigold, marsh. Caltha palustris. 

Marine acid. Muriatic acid. 

Marine salt. Soda; murias. 

Mari'sca. A hemorrhoidal tumor. 

Marjoram. Marjora'na. See Origanum. 

Ma'rmalade. A conserve of quinces and 
sugar, or of other fruits, as orange marmalade. 

MARMA'RYGA. (a, <e, f. ; fiapfxapvyn ; from 
fiapfiaipu, to shine.) The appearance of sparks 
or coruscations before the eyes. 

Ma'rmon. Marble. 

MARRIOTTE'S LAW. Boyle's law. The 
law which expresses the constant relation be- 
tween the bulk and pressure of a permanent 
gas; the elasticity or pressure being directly 
proportional to the density, and inversely to 
the bulk. 

Marriotte's dry vomit. Equal parts of tar- 
tar emetic and sulphate of copper. 

MARROW. Medulla. The fat secreted by 
the small arteries of its proper membrane, and 
contained in the medullary cavities of the long 
cylindrical bones. It differs very little from 
the fat of the cellular membrane. 

Marrow, spinal. See Spinal cord. 

Marrubia'strum. Ballota nigra. 

MARRU'BIUM. (urn, it, n.) A genus of 
plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. habiatm. 
— M. album. Marrubiumvulgare. — M. alyssum. 



MAS 

Galen's mad wort ; said to be a specific in cases 
of hydrophobia and in the bites of the rattle- 
snake. — M. aquaticum. Water horehound : lax- 
ative corroborant. — M. 'hispanicum. M. verti- 
cillatum. Sideritis syriaca. — M. nigrum fceti- 
dum. Ballota nigra. — M. vulgare. M. album. 
Marrvbium.. Common horehound. A favorite 
remedy with the common people in coughs 
and asthmas. The usual dose is from half an 
ounce to an ounce in infusion, two or three 
times a day ; that of the extract, from gr. x. 
to 388. 

MARS, (s, tis, m.) Iron. 

Mars alkalizatus. A mixture of iron with 
an alkali. 

Mars solubilis. The ferrum tartarizatum. 

Mars sulphuratus. Iron filings and sul- 
phur deflagrated together. 

MARSEILLES, CLIMATE OF. This is 
hot, dry, irritating, and subject to cold winds ;. 
it is, therefore, altogether unfit for the invalid. 

Marseilles hart-wort. Seseli tortuoBum. 

Marseilles vinegar. Acetum prophylacti- 
cum. 

MARSH. A shallow pond or lake; a fen. 
The exhalations of marshes, especially in the 
spring and autumn, at sunrise and sunset, are 
peculiarly noxious. From this cause intermit- 
tent fevers and remittents are chiefly produced ; 
even yellow fever, and sometimes plague, owe* 
their origin to this cause. 

Marsh-mallow. Althaea officinalis. 

Marsh tea. Ledum palustre. 

Marsh's test for arsenic. See Arscmowu 
acid. 

Marsh rosemary. Statice caroliniana. 

Marsh trefoil. Menyanthes trifoliata. 

Marshall's cerate. This consists of palm 
oil, 3V. ; calomel, ?j. ; sugar of lead, Jss. ; and 
citrine ointment, jij. — Hooper. 

MARSU'PIAL. (Marsupialis; from marsup- 
ium, a purse.) 1. The obturator internus mus- 
cle. 2. An animal which has a pouch formed 
by a reflection of the skin of the abdomen, in 
which the young are nourished for some time 
after their exclusion from the uterus, as in the 
opossum and kangaroo. 

Marsupia'lia. Marsupial animals. Mam- 
miferous animals characterized by the marsupial 
pouch. 

MARTIAL. (Martialis; from Mars, iron.V 
Relating to iron, or such as are impregnated, 
therewith. 

Martial .ethiops. The protoxide of iron.- 

Martial salts. Salts of iron. 

Martiai?es flores. See Ferri ammonio~ 
chloridum. 

Martpa'tum unguentum. Soldier's oint- 
ment. Ointment of laurel, rue, marjoram, &c. 

Ma'rtis limatura pr^parata. Purified* 
filings of iron. 

MA'RUM. M. creticum. M. cortusi. ST. 
syriacum. M. verum. Teucrium marum. 

Marum vulgare. Thymus mastichina. 

Marvi'sum. Malmsey wine. 

Mas. (as, arts, m.) Male. 

Ma'schale. Maff^oAj?. The arm-pit. 

Maschali'ster. The second dorsal vertebra 

Mablach. An opiate. 

MA'SSA. (a, a, f. ; from uaaau, to blend 
419 



MAS 

together.) Amass. A term generally applied 
to the compound out of which pills are to be 
formed. 

Massa carnea Jacobi Sylvii. The flexor 
longus digitorum pedis. 

Massalis. An alchemical name of mercury. 

Masse'sis. Mastication. 

MASSE'TER. (er, eris, m.; from fiaoaaofiai, 
to chew ; because it assists in chewing.) A 
muscle of the lower jaw, situated on the side of 
the face. It is a short, thick muscle, which 
arises, by fleshy and tendinous fibers, from the 
lower edge of the malar process of the maxillary 
bone, the lower horizontal edge of the os mala;, 
and the lower edge of the zygomatic process of 
the temporal bone. The two layers of fibers, 
of which it seems to be composed, cross each 
other as they descend, the external layer ex- 
tending backward, and the internal one slanting 
forward. It is inserted into the basis of the 
coronoid process, and into all that part of the 
lower jaw which supports the coronoid and 
condyloid processes. Its use is to raise the 
lower jaw, and, by means of the above-men- 
tioned decussation, to move it a little forward 
and backward in the act of chewing. 

Massete'ric. Massetcricus. Relating to the 
•masseter muscle. 

MASSICOT. The yellow oxide of lead. 

Massoy cortex. See Cortex massoy. 

Masterwort. Imperatoria. 

Mastic Pistacia lentiscus. 

MASTICATION. (Masticatio ; from mas- 
tico, to chew.) Chewing. The function by 
which the food is comminuted, mixed with the 
saliva, and reduced to a form fit for deglutition, 
and a state fit for digestion. 

MASTICATORY. A medicine intended for 
chewing. 

Ma'stiche. See Pistacia lentiscus. 

Mastich-herb. Thymus mastichina. * 

Mastich, Syrian*. Teucrium marum. 

Mastich-tree. Pistacia lentiscus. 

MasticheLje'um. Oil of mastich. 

Masti'china. Thymus mastichina. 

Masticot. Massicot. 

MASTI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from fiaaroc, the 
breast, and trie, which implies inflammation.) 
Phlegmonous inflammation of the breast. It 
-commonly affects those who are suckling. It 
is characterized by tumefaction, tension, heat, 
redness, and pain ; and comes sometimes in 
both breasts, but most commonly in one. Fever 
generally attends the disease. It is sometimes 
very quickly formed, and, in general, without 
any thing preceding to show it ; but now and 
then a slight shivering is the forerunner. This 
disease terminates either in resolution, in sup- 
puration, or scirrhus. It is the result of cold, 
and always terminates favorably in good con- 
stitutions. It is to be treated as other abscesses. 

Mastix. See Mastiche. 

MASTODY'NIA. (a, a, f. ; from fiaaroc, and 
o6vvti, pain.) Pain in the mamma. This is not 
a very uncommon affection, and is generally of 
a neuralgic character. 

Mastody'nia apostematosa. See Mastitis, 
and Mammary abscess. 

MA'STOID. (Mastoideus ; from fiaaroc, a 
breast, and eiSoe, resemblance.) Nipple-like. 
420 



MAT 

1. Those processes of bone shaped like a nip 
pie. 2. The sterno-cleido-mastoideus muscle. 

Mastoid foramen. Foramen mastoideum. A 
hole in the temporal bone of the skull, by the 
side of the mastoid process. It transmits a vein 
to the lateral sinus. 

Mastoideus. The sterno-cleido-mastoideus 
muscle. 

Mastoideus lateralis. The trachelo-mas- 
toideus. 

Masto'ncus. A tumor of the breast. 

MASTURBATION. Self-pollution with the 
hand ; a beastly and degrading vice, producing 
mental and moral imbecility, and bringing on 
nervous, dyspeptic, and cardiac diseases. 

Matali'sta radix. A root of South America, 
where it is given as a purgative in the dose of sij . , 
its action being rather mdder than that of jalap. 

Mate'. Ilex paraguayensis. 

MA'TER. (ter, tris, f. ; a mother.) 
membranes of the brain are thus called. 

Mater metallorum. Quicksilver. 

Mater perl arum. Mother of pearl. 

MATE'RIA. (o, ee, f.) 1. Matter. 2. A 
term applied to those substances collectively 
which are adapted to some particular purpose. 

Materia alimentaria. The various substan- 
ces used as food and drink. 

Materia medica. 1. A general class of sub- 
stances, both natural and artificial, which are 
used in the cure of diseases. 2. The science 
which treats of medicines. The most perfect 
classification of medicines is alphabetically, 
for all possess several virtues, and different 
properties under varying circumstances ; there- 
fore, they can only be forced into arbitrary po- 
sitions. The principal subdivisions, or groups 
of the materia medica, are, 



Two 



Astringents, 
Tonics, 
Emollients, 
Corrosives, 
Stimulants, 
Sedatives, 
Narcotics, 
Refrigerants, 
Antispasmodics, 
Demulcents, 
Antacids, 
Materia perla'ta. 



Antalkalines, 

Antiseptics, 

Errhines, 



Expectorants, 
Emetics, 
Cathartics, 
Diuretics, 
Diaphoretics, 
Emmenagogues, 
Abortives. 
If, instead of crystalliz- 
ing the salts contained in the liquor separated 
from diaphoretic antimony, an acid be poured 
into it, a white precipitate is formed, which is 
an oxide of antimony. This has been called 
materia perlata. 

Mathieu's vermifuge. This consisted of 
two electuaries, the one for killing the worms, 
and the other for expelling them. The first 
was composed of tin filings, f j. ; fern root, 3yj. ; 
worm seed, fss. ; resinous extract of jalap, sul- 
phate of potash, of each 3J., with a sufficient 
quantity of honey. 

The second electuary was composed of jalap 
and sulphate of potash, of each 9ij. ; scammony, 
9j. ; gamboge, x. grs., with a sufficient quantity 
of honey. 

The first electuary was given hi the dose of 
a tea-spoonfull every three hours for two days, 
and then the second was used in the same way. 
Matico. Piper angustifolium. 



MAX 

MATLOCK. A village in Derbyshire, which 
has a tepid (66°) spring, holding the carbonate 
of lime in solution. 

Mato'nia cardamomum. One of the carda- 
mon plants. See Cardamoms. 

MA'TRASS. Matracium. A chemical ves- 
sel of glass or other material, having a round or 
oval shaped body, and a long neck. 

Ma'tres cerebri. The meninges or cover- 
ings of the brain. 

Matricaria. Medicines appropriate to dis- 
orders of the uterus. 

MATRICARIA. («,<c,f.) A genus of plants. 
Syngensia. Polygamia superflua. Composite. 
— M. chamomilla. Common wild corn, or dog's 
chamomile. Its virtues are similar to those 
of the Matricaria parthenium, but inferior. — 
M. parthenium. Common feverfew. Mothers' 
wort. The leaves and flowers have a strong 
odor and bitter taste. It is stomachic, tonic, 
and emmenagogue. 

MA'TRIX. (ix,icis,{. Manjp.) 1. The 
womb. See Uterus. 2. The earthy or stony 
matter which accompanies ores. 

MATTER. 1. Every object which has sen- 
sible properties. 2. The common name for 
pus and other morbid evacuations. 

Matthew's injection. A diluted tincture 
of cantharides. 

Matthew's pills. These consist of opium, 
black hellebore, Starkey's soap, of each ?iv. ; 
saffron, fviij., made into a mass with a little 
oil of turpentine. — Hooper. 

MATU'RATIVE. Matu'rans. (From ma- 
turo, to ripen.) That which promotes the sup- 
puration of tumors, as heat, moisture, and stim- 
ulants. 

MATURATION. Maturatio. That process 
which succeeds inflammation, by which pus is 
collected in an abscess. 

MATURITY. Maturus. Ripeness; the 
state of perfect development. 

Maudlin. Achillea ageratum. 

Mauro-marson. Marrubium vulgare. 

Maw-worm. The ascaris vermicularis. See 
Entozoa. 

MAXI'LLA. (a, a, f. ; from jiaaaau. to 
chew.) The jaw, both upper and lower. 

Maxilla, inferior. The lower jaw. 

Maxilla, superior. The upper jaw. 

Maxillare inferius os. Maxilla, inferior. 
Mandibula. . The lower jaw, which, in its fig- 
ure, may be compared to a horse-shoe, is at 
first composed of two distinct bones ; but these, 
soon after birth, unite together at the point of 
the chin, so as to form only one bone. The su- 
perior edge has an alveolar process. This, as 
* well as that of the upper jaw, is furnished with 
cavities for the reception of the teeth. The 
posterior part of the bone, on each side, rises 
perpendicularly into two processes, one of 
which is called the coronoid, and the other the 
condyloid process. The first of these is the 
highest : it is thin and pointed. The condyloid 
process is narrower, thicker, and shorter than 
the other, terminating in an oblong, rounded 
head, which is formed for a movable articula- 
tion with the cranium, and is received into the 
fore part of the fossa of the temporal bone. 
The union is furnished with an articular carti- 



MAX 

lage^ and ligaments. There is great mobility iu 
the joint: it moves not only upward and down- 
ward, but laterally. At the bottom of each 
coronoid process, on its inner part, is a foramen 
or canal, which extends under the roots of all 
the teeth, and terminates at the outer surface 
of the bone near the chin. Each of these fo- 
ramina affords a passage to an artery, vein, and 
nerve, which send off branches to the sevefal 
teeth. 

Maxillare superius os. Maxilla, superior. 
The superior maxillary bones constitute the 
most considerable portion of the upper jaw, are 
two in number, and generally remain distinct 
through life. Their figure is exceedingly ir- 
regular. On each of these bones are observed 
several eminences. One of these is at the up- 
per and fore part of the bone, and, from its 
making part of the nose, is called the nasal pro- 
cess. Internally, in the inferior portion of this 
process, is a fossa, which, with the os unguis, 
forms a passage for the lachrymal duct. Into 
this nasal process, likewise, is inserted the 
short, round tendon of the musculus orbicularis 
palpebrarum. Backward and outward, from 
the root of the nasal process, the bone helps to 
form the lower side of the orbit, and this part 
is therefore called the orbitar process. Behind 
this orbitar process the bone forms a consider- 
able tuberosity ; and at the upper part of this 
tuberosity is a channel, in which passes a branch 
of the fifth pair of nerves, which, together with 
a small artery, is transmitted to the face through 
the external orbitar foramen, which opens im- 
mediately under the orbit. Where the bone 
on each side is joined to the os mala?, and helps 
to form the cheeks, is observed what is called 
the malar process. The lower and anterior 
parts of the bone make a kind of circular sweep, 
in which are the alveoli, or sockets for the 
teeth : this is called the alveolar process. Above 
tlfis, and just behind the fore teeth, is an irreg- 
ular hole, called the foramen incisivum, which, 
separating into two, serves to transmit small 
arteries and veins, and a minute branch of the 
fifth pair of nerves, to the nostrils. There are 
two horizontal lamellae behind the alveolar 
process, which, uniting together, form part of 
the roof of the mouth, and divide it from the 
nose. Where the ossa maxillaria are united to 
each other, they project somewhat forward, 
leaving between them a furrow, which f eceives 
the inferior portion of the septum nasi. Each 
of these bones is hollow, and forms .a consider- 
able sinus under its orbitar part, the antrum 
Highmorianum, and is lined with the pituitary 
membrane. 

The ossa maxillaria not only serve to form 
the cheeks, but likewise the. palate, nose, and 
orbits : and, besides their union with each oth- 
er, they are connected with the greatest pert 
of the bones of the face and cranium, viz., with 
the ossa nasi, ossa malarum, ossa unguis, ossa 
palati, os frontis, os sphenoides, and os eth- 
moides. 

MAXILLARY. (Maxillaris; from marilla, 
the jaw. ) Appertaining to the jaw. 

Maxillary artery. Arteria maxillar\s. A 
branch of the external carotid. The external 
maxillary is the fourth brauch of the carotid ; 

421 



MEC 

it proceeds anteriorly, and gives off the facial 
or mental, the coronary of the lips, and the an- 
gular artery. The internal maxillary is the 
next branch of the carotid ; it gives off the 
spheno-maxillary, the inferior alveolar, and the 
spinous artery. 

Maxillary bone, INFERIOR. See Maxillare 
infer ins os. 

Maxillary bone, superior. See Maxillare 
superius os. 

Maxillary gland. Glandula maxillaris. 
The gland so called is conglomerate, and situ- 
ated under the angles of the lower jaw. The 
excretory ducts of these glands are called War- 
thonian, after their discoverer. 

Maxillary nerve. Nervus maxillaris. 
The superior and inferior maxillary nerves are 
branches of the fifth pair, or trigemini. The 
former is divided into the spheno-palatine, pos- 
terior alveolar, and the infra-orbital nerve. The 
latter is divided into two branches, the internal 
lingual, and one more properly called the infe- 
rior maxillary. 

Maximum. The greatest amount. 

May-apple. Podophyllum peltatum. 

May-lily. Convallana majalis. 

May-weed. Anthemis cotula. 

Mays, Indian. Zea mays. 

MEAD. An old English liquor made from 
the honeycombs from which honey has been 
drained out, by boiling in water, and then fer- 
menting. 

Meadow crowfoot. Ranunculus acris. 

Meadow, queen of the. Spinea ulmaria. 

Meadow saffron. Colchicum autumnale. 

Meadow saxifrage. Peucedanum silaus. 

Meadow-sweet. Spiraea ulmaria. 

Meadow thistle, round-leaved. Cnicus. 

Measles. See Rubeola. 

Measures. See Weights and Measures. 

MEA'TUS. (us, us, m.) A passage. 

Meatus auditorius externus. The exter- 
nal passage of the ear. See Auris. 

Meatus auditorius internus. The inter- 
nal passage of the ear. See Auris. 

Meatus cecus. The Eustachian tube. 

Meatus cuticularis. A pore of the skin. 

Meatus cysticus. The gall-duct. 

Meatus urinarius. The orifice of the ure- 
thra. In women, this is situated in the vagina, 
immediately below the symphysis of the pubes, 
and behind the nymphoe. 

Mecca balsam. See Amyris gileadensis. 

MECHA'NICAL. Mechanicus. That which 
relates to the sensible properties of masses of 
matter. Mechanical remedies, in medicine, are 
such as act by irritation, when applied to a 
surface, and are not understood to influence the 
vital force. — Mechanical school, or sect, was 
that body of physicians who attributed disease 
to a change in the mechanical properties of the 
blood and other parts of the body. 

Mecha'nics. The science which takes into 
consideration the physical properties and move- 
ments of masses. 

MECHA'NISM. (From (iTjxavtf, a machine.) 
The arrangement of the parts of a body or ma- 
chine. 

Mechoaca'nna. Convolvulus mechoacanna. 

MreHOACANNA nigra. The jalap plant. 
422 



MED 

Meckel's ganglion. See Sphenopalatine 
ganglion. 

Me'con. Papaver somniferum. 

MECO'NIC ACID. Acidum meconicum. 
The acid combined with morphia in opium. 
When pure it is crystalline, colorless, soluble, 
tribasic. Formula, Ci 4 HOii+3HO. It forms 
with the salts of iron a blood-red solution, and 
combines with most bases. By heat it is con- 
verted into the bibasic comenic acid. It has 
no medicinal properties. 

Meco'nine. A neutral, white, crystalline, 
volatile , and soluble body, found in opium. The 
composition is C10H5O4, and it is supposed to 
be inert. 

Meco'nis. ^Innuvic. 1. The poppy. 2. 
Lactuca virosa. 

MECO'NIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from finicuv, the 
poppy.) 1. Opium. The inspissated juice of 
the Papaver somniferum. 2. The green ex- 
crementitious substance that is found in the 
large intestines of the foetus. 

MEDE'OLA VIRGINICA. An indigenous 
perennial plant, the root of which is said to be 
useful in dropsies. 

ME'DIAN. Medianus. That which occu- 
pies the central or middle position. This term 
is applied to vessels, &c, from their situation 
between others. 

Median nerve. The second branch of the 
brachial plexus. 

Median vein. The situation of the veins of 
the arms is extremely different in different in- 
dividuals. When a branch proceeds near the 
bend of the arm, inwardly from the basilic vein, 
it is termed the median basilic, and when a vein 
is given off from the cephalic in thjB like man- 
ner, it is termed the median cephalic. When 
these two veins are present, they mostly unite 
just below the bend of the arm, and the com- 
mon trunk proceeds to the cephalic vein. 

Medianum. See Mediastinum. 

MEDIASTFNUM. (m, i, n. ; quasi in me- 
dio stans, as being in the middle.) The mem- 
braneous septum, formed by the duplicature of 
the pleura, that divides the cavity of the chest 
into two parts. It is divided into an anterior 
and posterior portion. 

Mediastinum cerebri. The falciform pro- 
cess of the dura mater. 

ME'DIATE. Mediatus. A term of relation 
to two extremes, applied to that which is in 
the middle between them. 

Mediate auscultation. See Auscultation. 

Medica malus. The lemon. 

MEDICAL. Medicus. Appertaining to 
medicine. 

Medicamenta'ria ars. The art of making 
and preparing medicines. 

MEDICAME'NT. (Medicamentum ; from 
medico, to heal.) A medicine. 

Medic*amento'sus lapis. An old astringent 
preparation of oxide of iron, litharge, alum, 
nitre, sal ammoniac, and vinegar. 

Medica'ster. A quack. 

Medicated. Medicatus. Imbued with the 
properties of a medicine. Thus wine of aloes 
is a medicated wine. 

Medicina di.ete'tica. That department 
which regards the regulation of the diet, &c. 



MED 



MEL 



Medicina diaso'stica. M. conservativa. 
Hygiene. 

Medicina gymna'stica. That part of medi- 
cine which relates to exercise. 

Medicina herme'tica. The application of 
chemical remedies to the cure of diseases. 

Medicina prophyla'ctica. That part of 
medicine which relates to preservation ol health 
or prevention of diseases. 

Medicina tristi'ti.*:. Common saffron. 

MEDI'CINAL. (Medicinalis ; from medi- 
cina, medicine.) Having the power of restor- 
ing health or removing disease. 

Medicinal days. Critical days. 

Medicinal hours are those wherein it is 
supposed that medicines may be taken to the 
greatest advantage, commonly reckoned in the 
morning (fasting), about an hour before dinner, 
about four hours after dinner, and at going to 
bed; but in acute cases, the times are to be 
governed by the symptoms and aggravation of 
the distemper. 

MEDICINE. {Medicina, a, f. J fvommedico, 
to heal.) 1. The science and art which relate 
to the preservation of health, and the allevia- 
tion or cure of disease. 

Medicine admits of numerous divisions, of 
which the most general are into Physiology, 
which teaches the healthy functions of the 
body; Pathology, which teaches its morbid 
conditions ; Semeiotics, which teach the symp- 
toms of disease ; Hygiene, which teaches how 
to preserve health ; Therapeutics, which teach 
how to treat diseases, and include physic, sur- 
gery, and obstetrics; Pharmacy, which teaches 
the nature and virtues of drugs, and the mode 
of preparing and administering them. 

There are^ certain sciences which are called 
accessory to medicine. Some of these, although 
regarded as merely accessory in a logical view 
of the subject, are in reality the very founda- 
tions of medicine. Thus Anatomy is the basis 
of physiology and pathology ; Botany, Chemis- 
try, and Mineralogy are the basis of pharmacy. 

2. Any substance used for the alleviation or 
cure of a disease. 

Medi coctio. A kind of medicated apomel. 

Medic o-chirurgical. Relating both to 
medicine and surgery. 

ME'DICUS. 1. A physician. 2. Belonging 
to medicine. 

Medi malagma. A digestive malagma. 

Medina. A species of ulcer. — Paracelsus. 

Medine'nsis vena. Gordius medinensis. 

Mmitu'llium. The same as Diploe 

Medius. Middle; median. 

Medius venter. The thorax. 

Medlar. Mespilus germanica. 

Medorrh'qsa. Gonorrhoea. 

Medorrh'cea vagina. M. uteri. Leucor- 
rhoea. 

ME'DULLA. (a, ce, f. ; quasi in medio ossis.) 
1. The marrow. 2. The pith of vegetables. 
3. The white substance of the brain is called 
medulla, or the medullary part, to distinguish 
it from the cortical. 

Medulla cassie. The pulp of the cassia 
fistula. 

Medulla oblongata. Cerebrum elongatum. 
The commencement of the spinal cord, which 



rests upon the basilary process of the occipital 
bone. See Encephalon. 

Medulla spinalis. The spinal marrow or 
spinal cord. See Spinal cord. 

MEDULLARY. (Medullaris; from medul- 
la, marro^.) Resembling marrow. 

Medullary membrane. The vascular mem- 
brane lining the cavities of the hollow bones. 

Medullary sarcoma. Fungus hamiatodea. 

Medullary substance. Substantia medul- 
laris. 1. The white or internal substance of 
the brain. 2. The internal substance of the 
kidney. 

Medullin. The name given by Dr. John to 
the pith of the sun-flower. 

Megalospla'nchnus. One who is pot-bel- 
lied. — Hippocrates. 

Me'grim. Hemicrania. 

MEIBOMIUS'S GLANDS. Meibomii glan- 
dules. The small glands which are situated, be- 
tween the conjunctive membrane of the eye 
and the cartilage of the eyelid. 

MEL. (Mel, mellis, n.) Honey. It has a 
white or yellowish color, a soft and grained con- 
sistence, and a saccharine and aromatic smell. 
It consists of honey sugar (mannite), muci- 
lage, and an acid. Honey contains some nutri- 
ment, and is a softening and slightly aperient 
remedy : mixed with vinegar, it forms oxymel. 
Honey, when mixed with water, is susceptible 
of the vinous fermentation without the addition 
of yeast. 

Mel acetatum. Oxymel. 

Mel .egyptiacum. Linimentum airuginis. 

Mel boracis. Honey of borax. Take of 
borax, powdered, a drachm; clarified honey, 
an ounce. Mix. This preparation is found 
very useful as a locaL application in aphthous 
affections of the mouth and fauces. 

Mel despumatum. Clarified honey, which 
is directed to be made by melting honey in a 
water-bath, and then removing the scum. 

Melpr.<eparatum. (U.S.) Prepared 
honey. Take of clarified honey, Oss. ; dilate 
alcohol, Oj. ; prepared chalk, fss. Mix; boil, 
filter, and evaporate the clear honey to a spe- 
cific gravity of 1-32. 

Mel rose. Honey of roses. Take of red- 
rose petals, dried, four ounces ; boiling water, 
two pints and a half; clarified honey, five 
pounds. Macerate the rose petals in the water 
for six hours, and strain ; then add the honey 
to the strained liquor, and, by means of a water- 
bath, boil it down to a proper consistence. An 
admirable preparation for the base of various 
gargles and collutories. It may also be em- 
ployed with advantage, mixed with extract of 
bark, or other medicines, for children who have 
a natural disgust to medicines. 

Mel scilljE. Oxymel scilla?. 

Mel scille coMrosnus. Syrupus scilke 
compositus. 

Mela. (Mt/^j?; from fiau, to search.) A 
probe. 

MELjE'NA. (a, S, f.; from peTiac, black.) 
McTiaiva vovaoc of the Greeks. The disease, so 
called by Hippocrates, consists in the vomiting 
of a concrete blood of a blackish-red color. 
By modern writers it is applied to a discharge 
of dark-colored, grumous, pitchy-looking stools, 

423 



MEL 

usually conjoined with vomiting of blood. It is 
caused by hemorrhage from the gastro-enteric 
mucous membrane, or organic diseases of the 
abdominal viscera. 

Melena choljEa. The black jaundice. 

Mel.ena cruenta. See Melana. % 

Meljena fungosa. Fungus hsematodes. 

MBLALEU'CA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Polyandria. Icosandria. Myrlaceee. 
— M. cajeputi. M. Icucadendron. M. minor. 
The plant said to afford the cajeput oil, oleum 
cajeputa. Cajeput oil is of a green color, per- 
fectly limpid, and so completely volatile that 
it evaporates entirely, leaving no residuum. Its 
odor, when first imported, resembles that of a 
mixture of turpentine and camphor : it soon, 
however, acquires a peculiar fragrance. It is a 
very powerful medicine, and in high esteem in 
India and Germany, in the character of a gen- 
eral remedy in chronic and painful diseases. 
Taken into the stomach in the dose of five or 
six drops, it heats and stimulates the whole sys- 
tem, proving, at the same time, a very certain 
diaphoretic, by which, probably, the good ef- 
fects it is said to have in dropsies and intermit- 
tent fevers are to be explained. For its efficacy 
in various convulsive and spasmodic complaints, 
it is highly esteemed. The dose is from two to 
six, or even twelve drops. 

Me'lam. See Mellone. 

Melamphy'llum. Acanthus mollis. 

Melampo'dium. Helleborus niger. 

Melampy'rin. A neutral body like gum, 
from the melampyrum nemorosum. 

MELANAGO'GUE. (From pelae, and ayu, 
to expel.) That which purges off black bile. 

Melanchlo'rus. Mc/lay^Aupof. The Greek 
epithet of a troch and a plaster. 

MELANCHO'LIA. (a, ec, f.; from fie?Mc, 
and x ^ 7 !' bile.) Melancholy. A form of in- 
sanity. See Insanity. 

Mkla'sic acid. (Me/laf, black.) An acid 
principle discovered by Dr. Marcet in black 
urine. Also applied to a black substance ob- 
tained by the action of moisture and air on sal- 
icyluret of potassium. Form., C10H4O3. 

Melanoma. See Melanosis. 

Melano'piper. Piper nigrum. 

Melanorrhi'zon. Helleborus niger. 

MELANO'SIS. (From fieTiavou, to become 
black.) A species of morbid deposit first de- 
scribed by Laennec. It is of the same color as 
the pigmentum nigrum ; and, according to Vau- 
quelin and Berzelius, is a similar substance. 
Melanotic matter is found encysted in irregular 
masses, infiltrated into the texture, or deposit- 
ed on the surface of organs, in which case the 
matter is liquid ; lastly, associated with other 
morbid formations in malignant tumors, as with 
cancer, fungus hsematodes, &c. No organ seems 
to be exempt from this disease ; but the cellular 
and adipose textures are most frequently affect- 
ed with it. It is not uncommon in the lungs, 
and gives rise to a form of phthisis. This dis- 
ease is called black cancer by Dupuytren, and 
melanoma by Dr. Carswell. Melanosis, like 
cancer and fungus haematodes, is a malignant 
and incurable disease. The only chance of 
saving the patient is by extirpation or amputa- 
tion, where these are practicable. Melanosis 
424 



MEL 

is more common in the horse than in man, and 
it is observed that white and gray horses are 
more subject to it than those of any other color. 

Melano-urine. Urine of a black color, 
usually due to blood. 

Melante'ria. Sulphate of iron. 

MELANTHA'CEjE. The colchicum tribe 
of monocotyledonous plants. Herbs with a 
rhizome, sometimes fleshy; leaves, sheathing at 
the base; flowers, 'hexapetaloideous, tubular; 
stamens, six ; ovarium, three-celled ; seeds, aL- 
buminous. 

Melanthele'um. Oil extracted from the 
seeds of the Nigella sativa. 

Mela'nthium. Nigella sativa. 

Me'las. 1. Black. 2. Lepra nigricans. 

MELASMA. (From [lelac, black.) Melas- 
mus. A disease that appears not unfrequently 
upon the tibia of aged persons, in form of a livid 
black spot, which in a day or two degenerates 
into a very foul ulcer. 

Melaspe'rmum. Nigella sativa. 

Melasses. Molasses. 

Mela's sic acid. The name of the acid that 
is present in melasses or treacle ; it is also pro- 
duced by boiling sugar with alkaline solutions. 

Melatro'phia. Wasting of the limbs. 

Meleagris gallipova. The turkey. 

Melege'ta. Meleguetta. Grains of paradise, 

Melei'os. A species of alum. 

Meli. Me/U. Honey. See Mel. 

ME'LIA AZEDARAC. Pride of China. A 
tree of the family Meliacem, much cultivated in 
the Southern States for shade. The bark of 
the root is cathartic and emetic, and used in de- 
coction as a vermifuge ; dose, one or two table- 
spoonfuls eveiy two hours, of a decoction made 
of fiv. of the bark to a quart of water, boiled 
down to a pint. 

MELI'CERIS. (it, idis, f. ; from fieXi, honey, 
and Kepag, wax.) Meliceria. An encysted tu- 
mor, the contents of which resemble honey in 
consistence and appearance. 

Meli'craton. Wine mixed with honey. 

Meligei'on. A foetid humor discharged 
from ulcers, attended with a caries of the bone, 
of the consistence of honey. 

Melilot. Melilotus. 

Melilo'tus. Trifolium melilotus officinalis. 

M e l 1 m e'l u m. A liquor prepared with 
quinces and honey. 

Meliphy'llum. Melissa officinalis. 

MELI'SSA. (a, d, f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiatee. — M. 
calamintha. Common calaminth. This^)lant 
smells like wild mint, and is used in form of 
tea against weakness of the stomach, flatulent 
colic, uterine obstructions, hysteria, &c. — M. 
citrina. Melissa officinalis. — M. grandiflora. 
Mountain calamint. It is moderately pungent, 
and more aromatic than common calamint. — 
M. nepeta. Field calamint. Spotted calamint. 
It was formerly used as an aromatic. — M. offici- 
nalis. Balm. It has a roughish, aromatic taste, 
and a pleasant odor like the lemon. It was 
formerly much esteemed in nervous diseases. 

Melissa turcica. See Dracocephalum. 

Melissophy'llum. Melittis melissophyllum- 

Melitjemia. Diabetes ; so called from the 
presence of sugar in the blood. 



MEL 

Meliti'smus. The name of a linctus, of 
which honey was an ingredient. 

MELITTIS MELISSOPHYLLUM. The 
mountain balm. Didynamia. Oymnospermia. 
This plant is seldom used in the present day : 
it is said to be of service in uterine obstructions 
and calculous diseases. 

Melitto'ma. A confection made with 
honey. 

Melizo'mum. A drink with honey. 

Mella'go. A name for any medicine of the 
consistence of honey. 

Melli'na. A drink with honey. 

Me'llita. Preparations of honey. 

ME'LLONE. A compound radical, derived 
from the sulphocyauide of potassium. It is a 
grayish powder, of the composition C 6 N 4 ; sym- 
bol, Me; equivalent, 92-94. With hydrogen it 
forms the hydromellonic acid, a gelatinous and 
sparingly soluble compound ; with potassium it 
also combines directly, forming the mellonide of 
potassium, MeK. Melam, which is one of the 
products of the slow decomposition by heat of 
sulphocyanide of ammonium, has a composition 
which relates it to mellone, being Ci2NnH 9 , or 
2Me-j-3NHs. Melam, like mellone, is converted 
into cyanuric acid by reagents; it is also con- 
verted into an artificial organic base (melamine) 
by the action of boiling potash. This is capa- 
ble of neutralizing acids : it consists of Me-(-2 
NHs. 

Me'lo. 1. The melon. Cucumis melo. 2. 
Staphyloma. 

Meloca'rpus. The fruit of the aristolo- 
chia. 

ME'LOE. 1. A name formerly given to the 
genus Cantharis, which see. 2. The name of 
a genus of coleopterous insects, with blistering 
properties. — M. proscarabmus. This insect, 
when touched, exudes from each joint of its 
legs an acrid fluid, of an oily consistence and 
deep yellow color ; said to be useful against hy- 
drophobia, &c. They are a strong poison, caus- 
ing suffocation, vomiting, and death. — M. va- 
riabilis. This is said to have the same acrid 
properties as the above. Besides the above, the 
M. pustulata is employed in China, the M. 
majalis in Europe, and the M. trianthemce in 
Hindostan, as blistering flies. 

Me'loe niger. The insect so called by 
Professor Woodhouse is the cantharis atrata. 

Meloe vesicatorius. Cantharis. 

Melolontha vitis. Cantharis vesicatoria. 

Melon. Cucumis melo. 

Melon, water. Cucurbita citrullus. 

Melo'ngena. Solanum melongena. 

MELOPLA'STIC. (From \itfkov, the cheek, 
and nhaoou. to form.) Relating to the restora- 
tion of the cheek ; hence the tneloplastic opera- 
Hon is that for the restoration of any part of the 
cheek injured or lost by wounds, ulcers, or 
burns. 

MELO'SIS. (Mt]?iuoic; from [iij'kt], a probe.) 
Exploration by means of a probe. 

Melo'tis. MijAonc. A little probe ; also, 
that particular instrument contrived to search or 
cleanse the ear with, commonly called Atiri- 
tcalpium. 

MELOTHRIA PENDULA. The small, 
creeping cucumber plant. Triandria. Mono- 



MEM 

gynia. The American bryony. The inhabitants 
of the West Indies pickle the berries of this 
plant, and use them as we do capers. 

MEMBRA'NA. (a, a , f.) See Membrane 
and Texture. 

Membrana adiposa. Adipose membrane. 

Membrana arachnoidea. Arachnoid mem- 
brane. 

Membrana capsulo-pupillaris. A vascular 
membrane, extending backward from the pu- 
pillar margin of the iris in the foetus of the 
mammalia and of man, and connecting the mar- 
gin of the capsule of the lens with the margin 
of the iris. 

Membrana cellulosa. See Texture. 

Membrana corticalis. The external trans- 
parent coat of the ovum of mamjnalia, before 
the formation of the embryo, as observed by 
Von Baer. 

Membrana decidua. The deciduous mem- 
brane which is developed upon the inner sur- 
face of the uterus before the ovum reaches the 
organ. It consists of a whitish-gray, moist, and 
sott mass, similar to coagulated fibrin, anil en- 
tirely formed of nucleated cells. 

Membrana germinativa. The germinal 
membrane ; the earliest development of the 
germ in fishes and the amphibia, in the form 
of a thin stratum of yolk of definite extent. It 
gradually extends itself over the whole surface 
of the yolk, so as to assume the form of a vesicle 
including the mass of yolk. 

Membrana hyaloidea. The transparent 
membrane which encloses the vitreous humor 
of the eye. 

Membrana intermedia. A term applied to 
the membrane which, in the ovum of the bird, 
lies between the rudimentary nervous centers 
and the mucous layer of the germinal mem- 
brane. 

Membrana Jacobi. Jacob's membrane. A 
delicate membrane which invests the external 
surface of the retina, first described by Dr. 
Jacob of Dublin. See Eye. 

Membrana media. The name given by the 
earlier writers to that part of the allantois which 
lies in contact with the amnion, and which con- 
tains but few vessels. 

Membrana nictitans. Palpebra tertia. Pal- 
pebra interna. A sort of third eyelid, which 
exists in most quadrupeds, and in birds. It is 
placed at the inner corner of the eye, and varies 
in shape and extent in different animals, accord- 
ing to circumstances. 

Membrana pigmenti. The internal layer of 
the choroid membrane, which retains the pig- 
mentum nigrum in its place. 

Membrana pinguidinosa. Adipose mem- 
brane. 

Membrana pituitaria, or schneiderian. 
The membrane which lines the cavities of the 
nose. 

Membrana pupillaris. Velum pupilla. A 
very delicate membrane, of a thin and vascular 
texture, and an ash color, arising from the in- 
ternal margin of the iris, and totally covering 
the pupil in the foetus till the seventh month, 
when it gradually disappears. 

Membrana reticularis. Cellular mem* 
brane. 

425 



MEM 

Membrana ruyschia'na. The internal lam- 
ina of the choroid membrane of the eye. 

Membrana sacciformis. A synovial mem- 
brane which forms a duplicature between the 
radius and the ulna. 

Membrana schneideria'na. The mucous 
membrane which lines the nose and its cavities, 
secretes the mucus, and affords a surface for the 
expansion of the olfactory nerves. 

Membrana semilunaris. The name given 
to the conjunctiva at that part of its course 
where it is posterior to the caruncula, and a 
little external to it. This membrana semilu- 
naris has been supposed to be the rudiment of 
the membrana nictitans, or the third eyelid of 
the lower imimals. 

Membranj^ympani. The membrane cover- 
ing the cavity of the drum of the ear, and sep- 
arating it from the meatus auditorius externus. 

Membrana versicolor. The name of a brill- 
iant and variously-colored membrane, which 
forms part of the choroid in many animals. Mr. 
Dalrymple denies that any such membrane ex- 
ists in the human eye. 

Membrana vitellina. The vitelline mem- 
brane, lying within the ovicapsule, and sur- 
rounding the yolk of the ovum. 

Membranaceous. Membranaccus. Of the 
laminated form of a membrane. 

MembranjE reunientes. A term recently 
applied by Rathke to certain parts of the em- 
bryo of all the vertebrate classes. To the very 
thin membranous part of the abdominal walls 
in the embryo ho gives the name of membrana 
reuniens inferior, and to the corresponding part 
in the dorsal region the name of membrana re- 
uniens superior; while he reserves the terms 
lamina; abdominales and laminee dorsales for the 
thicker parts of the abdominal and dorsal re- 
gions of the embryo, which, advancing from 
each side, at length meet above and below in 
the middle line. When these thicker laminae 
haVe thus united and inclosed the cavities to 
which they belong, the membrana) reunientes 
have lost their office. 

MEMBRANE. (Membrana, m, f. ; quod mem- 
bra tegat; because it covers the limbs.) In 
Anatomy, a thin, expanded substance, composed 
of cellulur texture, the elastic fibres of which 
are so arranged and woven together as to .allow 
of great pliability. For the varieties of mem- 
brane, see Texture. 

Membrane, basement, or primary. See 
Cell. 

Membranes of the fcetus. The tissues 
which envelop the fcetus are the decidua, cho- 
rion, and the amnion. 

Membraniform. Membraniformis. Of the 
laminated form of a membrane. 

Membrano'logy. Membranologia. Applied 
to that part of anatomy which treats of mem- 
branes. Hymenology. 

Mkmbrano'sus. The tensor vaginae fem- 
oris. 

Membranous. Membrano' sits. Having the 
structure or texture of a membrane. 

Membranu'la. A small or delicate mem- 
brane. 

ME'MBRUM. A member; a limb. 

Mbmbrum virile. The penis. 
426 



MEN 

Memo'h.ij: os. The occipital bone. 

Menagogue. Emmenagogue. 

MENDO'SUS. (From rhendax, counterfeit.) 
This term is used by some in the same sense as 
spurious or illegitimate : Mendoscc costee, false or 
spurious ribs ; Mendosa sutura, the squamous or 
bastard suture of the skull. 

MENINGE'AL. Meningeus. Relating to the 
meninges, or membranes of the brain. 

Meningeal arteries. The arteries which 
creep on the external surface of the dura mater 
are so called. The principal is the middle 
meningeal, meningca media, or spinous artery 
of the dura mater, which is a branch of the 
internal maxillary, and enters the cranium 
through the spinous foramen of the sphenoid 
bone. There are also two small arteries, called 
anterior and posterior meningeal, the former a 
branch of the internalcartotid,and the latter of 
the vertebral. 

MENI'NGES. (The plural of meninx.) The 
name given to the pia mater and dura mater of 
the brain. 

MENINGI'TIS. ( From finviyt, a membrane 
of the brain.) Inflammation of the membranes 
of the brain or spinal cord. See Encephalitis, 
and Spinal cord, diseases of the. 

Meni'ngo-cephalitis. Inflammation of the 
brain and membranes. 

Meningo'phylax. An instrument to guard 
the membranes of the brain while the bone is 
cut or rasped after the operation of the trepan. 

Meningo'sis. The junction of bones by 
means of membrane. 

ME'NINX. (x,gis,f. MnviyZ.) Before the 
time of Galen, meninx was the common term 
of all the membranes of the body ; afterward 
it was appropriated to those of the brain. See 
Dura mater and Pia mater. 

Menis pe'rmic acid. An acid of the seeds of 
menispermum cocculus. 

Menispe'rmine. A white, crystalline, fusi- 
ble alkaloid, derived from the testa of the coc- 
culus indicus, along with an isomeric body, call- 
ed parameninpermine. Formula, C18H12NO2. 

MENISPE'RMUM. (um,i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Diwcia. Dodecandria. Menisperma- 
cea:. — M. cocculus. The plant bearing the coc- 
culus indicus, Indian berries, or Indian cockles. 
They are brought from Malabar and the East 
Indies ; are poisonous, bringing on nausea, faint- 
ing, and convulsions. They are frequently em- 
ployed to intoxicate or poison fishes. The del* 
eterious ingredient is an alkaloid called picro- 
toxia. Cocculus indicus is little used in medi- 
cine, but is sometimes employed to kill vermin 
and render beer intoxicating. 

Menispermum palmatum. See Cocculut 
palmatus. 

Menispermum tuberculatum. M. verru- 
cosum. This Chinese plant is tonic and some- 
what astringent. The Bengal menispermum 
cordifolium possesses similar properties. 

Menoli'psis. The cessation of the men- 
ses. 

MENORRHAGIA, (a, a, f. ; from finvia, 
the menses, and pnyvvpi, I break out.) Has- 
morrhagia uterina. Flooding. An immoderate 
flow of the menses or blood from the uterus, 
characterized by pains in the back, loins, and 



MEN 

belly, similar to those of labor, attended with a 
preternatural flux of blood from the vagina, or 
a discharge of menses more copious than natu- 
ral. Dr. Cullen distinguishes six species : 

1 . Menorrhagia rubra ; bloody, from women 
neither with child nor in childbirth. 

2. Menorrhagia alba ; serous, usually called 
the fluor albus. See Lcucorrhaea. 

3. Menorrhagia viliorum, from some local 
disease, as ulcer, cancer, &x. 

4. Menorrhagia lochialis, from women after 
delivery. See Lochia. 

5. Menorrhagia abortus. See Abortion. 

6. Menorrhagia Ndbothi, a serous discharge 
from the vagina in pregnant women. 

This disease seldom occurs before the age of 
puberty, and is often an attendant on pregnancy. 
It is, in general, a very dangerous aft'ection, more 
particularly if it occur at the latter period, as it 
is then often so rapid and violent as to destroy 
the female in a very short time, where proper 
means are not soon adopted. Abortions often 
give rise to floodings, and at any period of 
pregnancy, but more usually before the fifth 
month than at any other time. Moles, in con- 
sequence of an imperfect conception becoming 
detached, often give rise to a considerable de- 
gree of hemorrhage. 

The causes which most frequently give rise 
to floodings are violent exertions of strength, 
sudden surprises and frights, violent fits of pas- 
sion, great uneasiness of mind, uncommon long- 
ings during pregnancy, over-fullness of blood, 
profuse evacuations, general weakness of the 
system, external injuries, as blows and bruises, 
and the death of the child, in consequence of 
which the placenta becomes partially or wholly 
detached, and when the placenta is attached 
over the os uteri. 

The treatment must differ according to the 
particular causes of the disease, and according 
to the different states of constitution under 
which it occurs. The hemorrhage is more fre- 
quently of the active kind, and requires the an- 
tiphlogistic plan to be strictly enforced, especi- 
ally obviating the accumulation of heat in every 
way, giving cold, acidulated drink, and using 
cold, local applications ; the patient must re- 
main quiet in the horizontal 2'osture ; the diet 
be of the lightest and least stimulant descrip- 
tion ; and the bowels kept freely open by cool- 
ing laxatives, as the neutral salts, &c. It may 
be sometimes advisable in robust, plethoric fe- 
males, particularly in the pregnant state, to take 
blood at an early period, especially where there 
is much pain, with a hard pulse ; digitalis and 
antimonials in nauseating doses would also be 
proper under such circumstances. But where 
the discharge is rather of a passive character, 
tonic and astringent medicines ought to be 
given: rest and the horizontal position are 
equally necessary, costiveness must be obviated, 
and cold, astringent applications may be materi- 
ally useful, or the escape of the blood may be 
prevented mechanically. In alarming cases, 
perhaps, the most powerful internal remedy is 
the superacetate of lead, combined with opium, 
which latter is often indicated by the irritable 
state of the patient. A nourishing diet, with 
gentle exercise in a carriage, and the prudent 



MEN 

use of the cold bath, may contribute to restore 
the patient when the discharge has subsided. 

MENO'STASIS. (From firjv, a month, and 
araacc, a cessation.) Menostasia. A suppres- 
sion or retention of the menses. 
Mens. The mind. 

Me'nsa. A table. The second lobe of the 
liver is so called by some old writers. 

ME'NSES. (From mensis, a month.) The 
sanguineo-serous fluid discharged at the men- 
strual periods. See Menstruation. 

Menses, immoderate flow of the. See 
Menorrhagia. 

Menses, interruption of. See Amcnor' 
rhaa. 

Menses, retention of. See Amcnorrhaa. 
Menstrual flux. The menses. 
MENSTRUA'TION. (Menstruatio, onis, f.; 
from menses. ) From the uterus of e veiy healthy 
woman who is not pregnant, or who does not 
suckle, there is a discharge of a sanguineous 
fluid, at certain periods, from the time of pu- 
berty to the approach of old age; and from the 
periods or returns of this discharge being month- 
ly, it is called menstruation ; and the discharge 
is called catamenia, and menses. 

At whatever time of life this discharge comes 
on, a woman is said to be at puberty, though of 
this state it is a consequence, and not a cause. 
The early or late appearance of the menses may 
depend upon the climate, the constitution, the 
delicacy or hardness of living, and upon the 
manners of those with whom young women 
converse. In this country, girls begin to men- 
struate from the thirteenth to the sixteenth 
year of their age, and sometimes at a later pe- 
riod, without any signs of disease ; but if they 
are luxuriously educated, it commences at a 
more early period. 

Some girls begin to menstruate without any 
preceding indisposition ; but there are generally 
appearances or symptoms which indicate the 
change which is about to take place. These 
are usually more severe at the first than in the 
succeeding periods ; and they are similar to 
those produced by uterine irritation from other 
causes, as pains in the back and inferior extrem- 
ities, complaints of the viscera, with various 
hysteric and nervous affections. These com- 
mence with the first disposition to menstruate, 
and continue till the discharge comes on, when 
they abate or disappear, returning, however, 
with considerable violence in some women, at 
every period during life. The quantity of fluid 
discharged at each evacuation depends upon 
the climate, constitution, and manner of living ; 
it usually amounts to about five or six ounces. 
The discharge commonly lasts from three to six 
days. 

It is a secretion from the uterus, and differs 
from blood in not coagulating. It fits the uterus 
for conception; and, according to modern ob- 
servations, occurs at the time of the passage of 
an ovum from the ovary. It is usually arrested 
about the forty-fifth year of age, but may stop 
from forty to fifty -five years. It is only during 
the years of menstruation that conception oc- 
curs. 

Menstruation, painful. M., laborious. 
Dysmenorrhcea. „ 

427 



MEN 

Menstruation, profuse. Menorrhagia. 

Menstruation, vicarious. When the nat- 
ural discharge is arrested, and hemorrhage oc- 
curs from the nose, lungs, or other organs. 

MEN'STRUUM. (urn, i, u.) A solvent. 
The principal are water, alcohol, ether, oils, and 
acid and alkaline liquors. 

MENSURATION. Mensuralio. A means 
of exploring the chest by measurement. For 
this purpose a piece of tape is extended from 
the median line, over the sternum to the spinal 
processes of the dorsal vertebra, at various 
points, and first on the one side and then on the 
other. In a well-formed chest, the measures 
will be equal on each side; but when there is 
effusion on one side, the measures there will be 
in excess, or when there is wasting of the lung 
from any cause, the chest on that side will be 
contracted. In hypertrophy and dilatation of 
the heart, the cardiac side will be of greater 
extent than the right side. 

Menta. Mentula. 

MEN'TAGRA. (a, <e, f. ; from mmtum, the 
chin, and ay pa, a prey.) An eruption about 
the chin, forming a tenacious crust, like that on 
a scald head. See Sycosis. 

Mentagra infantum. A species of porrigo. 

ME'NTAL. Mcntalis. 1. Relating to the 
mind. 2. In Anatomy, relating to the chin (from 
mentum, the chin), as the mental artery, &c. 

Mental foramen. The outer orifice of the 
inferior dental foramen, situated on the outer 
side of the inferior jaw bone, under the canine 
tooth. It gives passage to the mental nerve 
and artery. 

ME'NTHA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiatcc. — M. 
aquatica. Menthastrum. Mentha rotundifolia 
palustris. Water-mint. It is less agreeable 
than the spearmint, and in taste more bitter and 
pungent. — M. cataria. Nepeta cataria. — M. 
cervi'na. Hart's pennyroyal. This plant pos- 
sesses the virtues of pennyroyal in a very great 
degree, but is remarkably unpleasant. — M. 
crispa. Curled-leaved mint. This species of 
mentha has a strong and fragrant smell ; its taste 
is warm, aromatic, and slightly bitter. — M. 
piperita. Peppermint. M. piperitis. It has 
a more penetrating smell than any of the other 
mints; a strong, pungent taste. The stomachic, 
antispasmodic, and carminative properties of 
peppermint render it useful in flatulent colics, 
hysterical affections, retchings, and qther dys- 
peptic symptoms, acting as a cordial, and often 
producing an immediate relief. Its officinal 
preparations are, an essential oil, a simple water, 
and a spirit. Dose, of the oil, gtt. j. to gtt. iij. 
— M. pulegium. Pennyroyal. Pulegium. Pw 
legium regale. Pulegium latifolium. This plant 
is considered as a carminative, stomachic, and 
emmenagogue. The officinal preparations of 
pennyroyal are, a simple water, a spirit, and an 
essential oil. Dose, of the oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. v. 
— M. saracenica. Tanacetum vulgaris. — M. sa- 
liva. M. spicata. Mentha viridis. — M. viridis. 
M. vulgaris. Spearmint. Mint. It is not so 
wann to the taste as peppermint, but has a more 
agreeable flavor. Its medicinal qualities are 
much less than those of peppermint. The of- 
ficinal preparations of spearmint are, an essen- 
428 



MER 

rial oil, a conserve, a simple water, and a spirit. 
Dose, of the oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. v. 

Mentha'strum. Mentha aquatica. 

Mento-labial. Relating to the chin and lip 

Mento-labialis. The depressor labii infe- 
rioris. 

Me'ntula. The penis, or the clitoris. 

Mentu'lagra. A disorder of the penis, 
causing impotence. 

ME'NTUM. (um,i,n.) The chin. 

MENYA'NTHES. (es, eos, or is, f.) A 
genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
Gentianacece. — M. trifoliata. The buck-bean. 
Menyanthes. The whole plant is so extremely 
bitter, that in some countries it is used as a sub- 
stitute for hops in the preparation of malt liquor. 
It is an excellent tonic, laxative, and of use in 
skin diseases and scurvy. 

Meny'anthine. The bitter extractive of the 
buck-bean. 

MEPHI'TIC. Mephiticus. Applied to that 
which emits a noxious smell or exhalation. 

Mephitic acid. The carbonic acid. 

Mephitic air. Nitrogen. 

MEPHI'TIS. (it, is, f.; from mephuhith, a 
blast, Syr.) A poisonous exhalation. 

MERCA'PTAN. A remarkable fluid, belong- 
ing to the ethyl group, in which sulphur replaces 
the oxygen, the form, being C 4 H 6 S2. Its sp. 
gr. is '842 ; it is inflammable, smells like onions, 
and possesses the singular property of com- 
bining with mercury and other metals to form 
mercaptides. 

MERCU'RIAL. Mercurialis. 1. Contain- 
ing mercury, or relating to mercury. 2. Lively, 
active, sanguine. 

Mercurial disease. M. rash. Eczema 
mercurialis. 

Mercurial erethrism. See Erethrism. 

MERCURIA'LIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of 
plants. Dicecia. Enneandria. — M. annua. 
French mercury. It is an emollient oleraceous 
herb, gently aperient. — M. perennis. M. sylves- 
tris and M . tnontana sylvestris. The dog's mer- 
cury. A poisonous plant. It produces vomit- 
ing and purging. • 

MERCU'RIUS. (us, i, m.) Mercury. See 
Mercury, and Hydrargyrum. 

Mercurius acetatus. See Hydrargyrt 
acetas. 

Mercurius alkalizatus. See Hydrargy- 
rum cum cretd. 

Mercurius calcinatus. See Hydrargyri 
oxydum rubrum. 

Mercurius chemicorum. Quicksilver. 

Mercurius cinereus. Hydrargyri oxydum 
nigrum. 

Mercurius cinnabarinus. See Hydrargyri 
sulphurctum rubrum. 

Mercurius corrosivus. Corrosive subli- 
mate. M. .corrosivus albus. See Hydrargyri 
chloridum corrosivum. 

Mercurius corrosivus ruber. Red pre- 
cipitate. See Hydrargyri oxydum rubrum. 

Mercurius corrosivus sublimatus. See 
Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum. 

Mercurius cosmeticus. Hydrargyrum am 
moniatum. 

Mercurius dulcis sublimatus. Calomel. 
See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 



MER 

Mercurius emkticus flavus. See Hydrar- 
gyri sulphas flavus. 

Mercurius mortis. See Algaroth. 

Mercurius prjecipitatus albus. See Hy- 
drargyrum ammoniatum. 

Mercurius prjecipitatus dulcis. Calomel. 
See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 

Mercurius prjecipitatus nicer. See Hy- 
drargyri oxydum nigrum. 

Mercurius prjecipitatus ruder. M. pra:- 
cipitatus corrosivus. Red precipitate. See Hy- 
drargyri oxydum rnbrum. 

Mercurius vitje. See Algaroth. 

MERCURY. Hydrargyrum. Hydrargyrus. 
Mercurius. Quicksilver. A brilliant white met- 
al, fluid above 39° F. ; sp. «., 13-54. It boils at 
620° F., becoming volatilized, unchanged in 
vacuo, but passing into the red oxide if long ex- 
posed to air. Symbol, Hg; eq., 202; but it is 
also taken at 101 by some chemists, which cir- 
cumstance has produced great confusion in the 
nomenclature, as the swZi-compounds of one set 
of authors represent the proto-sulta of the other ; 
the proto-compounds of one the bi-salts of 
others. Thus calomel is a subchloride in one 
case, and chloride in the other ; corrosive sub- 
limate is called chloride and bichloride of mer- 
cury. The term mercurous compounds is also 
used to designate the proto-compounds, and 
mercuric salts the bi-compounds. It is readily 
dissolved by nitric acid. It forms two oxides, 
HgO, the black or protoxide, and HgO^, bin- 
oxide or peroxide, and there are analogous com- 
pounds of mercury with chlorine, iodine, bro- 
mine, sulphur, &c. 

Medical use. — The compounds of this metal 
are very important articles in the materia med- 
ica. There is scarcely a disease against which 
some of the preparations are not exhibited ; and 
over the venereal disease it is believed by many 
practitioners to possess a specific power. The 
red sulphuret is used in fumigation where a 
rapid effect is desired on the system ; and the 
metal has been used to remove obstructions in 
the bowels by its weight. 

Mercurial preparations act generally on the 
system by stimulating the absorbents, and lo- 
cally on the injured organ. It increases the 
pulse, produces an irritable condition, and 
sometimes a slight hectic (Erethrismus mercu- 
rialis). During this state, the patient is very 
liable to cold and febrile attacks. Locally, it 
affects the bowels, producing painful purging ; 
or the mouth, causing irri table gum3, fetid 
breath, and may lead to inflammation and gan- 
grene. These effects are to be arrested in the 
first case by opium, and in the second by as- 
tringents, gargles, cathartics, mineral acids, and 
bark, in all cases stopping the further supply 
of mercury. This medicine does little injury 
unless long used, but in some persons it produ- 
ces great prostration, tremblings, irregular ac- 
tion of the heart, coldness, or it may give rise to 
the peculiar eruption called Eczema mercuriale. 

For the preparations of mercury, see Hy- 
drargyrum, Pilula hydrargyri, and Unguentum. 

Mercury, American. Rhus radicans and 
R. toxicodendron are so called in the Northern 
States. 

Mercury, dog's. Mercurialis perennis. 



MES 

Mercury, English. Chenopodium bonus 
henricus. 

Mercury, French. Mercurialis annua. 

MEROBALNE'UM. (From fiepoc, a part, 
and PaXaveiov, a bath.) A partial bath, as a 
hip-bath, bath for the feet, &c. 

MEROCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from p.epoc, the 
thigh, and Kr\kn, a tumor.) A femoral hernia. 
See Hernia. 

Me'ros. The thigh. 

Me'rus. Genuine or unadulterated; as me- 
rum vinum, pure wine. 

Mesarje'um. The mesentery. 

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM CRYSTA'LLI- 
NUM. The ice plant. Icosandria. Penta- 
gynia. The juice, in a dose of four spoonfulls 
every two hours, is asserted to have removed ob- 
stinate spasmodic affections of the neck of the 
bladder, which did not yield to other remedies. 

MESENTERIC. Mcsentericus. Belonging 
to the mesentery. See Mesentery. 

Mesenteric artery. Artcria mesenterica. 
Two branches of the aorta in the abdomen are 
so called. The superior mesenteric is the sec- 
ond branch of the abdominal aorta: it is dis- 
tributed upon the mesentery, and gives off the 
ileo-colica, colica dextra, and colica media. The 
inferior mesenteric is the fifth branch of the 
abdominal aorta : it sends off the colica sinistra, 
and its termination forms the internal hemor- 
rhoidal. 

Mesenteric glands. Glandulce mesenteric^. 
These are conglobate, and are situated here 
and there in the cellular membrane of the mes- 
entery. The chyle from the intestines passes 
through these glands to the thoracic duct. 

Mesenteric nerves. Nervorum plexus mes- 
entericus. The superior, middle, and lower 
mesenteric plexuses of nerves are formed by 
the branches of the great intercostal nerves. 

Mesenteric veins. Vena! mesenterica:. 
They all run into one trunk, which evacuates 
its blood into the vena porta;. See Venaporta:. 

Mesenteri'tis. Peritonitis. 

ME'SENTERY. (Mesenterium, ii, n. ; from 
fieaoc, the middle, and evrepov, an intestine.) 
A membrane in the cavity of the abdomen at- 
tached to the vertebra; of the loins, and to which 
the intestines adhere. It is formed of a dupli- 
cative of the peritoneum, and contains within 
it adipose membrane, lacteals, lymphatics, lac- 
teal glands, mesenteric arteries, veins, and 
nerves. Its use is to sustain the intestines in 
such a manner that they possess both mobility 
and firmness ; to support and conduct with 
safety the blood-vessels, lacteals, and nerves; 
to fix the glands, and give an external coat to 
the intestines. 

It consists of three parts: one uniting the 
small intestines, which is the proper mesentery; 
another connecting the colon, termed meso- 
colon ; and a third attached to the rectum, 
termed mesorectum. See Mesocolon. 

Mesera'ic. Meseraicus. Mesenteric. 

Mesi're. A disorder of the liver mentioned 
by Avicenna, accompanied with a sense of 
heaviness, tumor, inflammation, pungent pain, 
and blackness of the tongue. 

Me'site. An ethereal body existing in py- 
roxylic spirit. 

429 



M BS 

Mesitic alcohol. Acetone. 

Mesityle. A compound radical of Dr. Kane. 
Formula, CeH s . According to this author, ace- 
tone is the hydrated oxide of mesityle. 

Mesit'ylene. An oily fluid, boiling at about 
300° F., derived from the distillation of acetone 
■with fuming sulphuric acid. Formula, CeH*. 

Mesmerism. Animal magnetism. 

MESO-. MESOS-. A prefix (from fieaoc, 
the middle), signifying the middle state or posi- 
tion. 

Meso'carp. The central portion of the peri- 
carp of seeds; this is called the sarcocarp in 
fleshy fruits. 

Mesocje'cum. The reflexion of the peri- 
toneum which keeps the ciecuin in its place. 

Mesoce'phalon. The pons varolii. 

MESOCO'LON. (on, i, m. ; from fieaoc, the 
middle, and Ku"kov, the colon.) The portion of 
the mesentery to which the colon is attached. 
In the pelvis, the peritoneum spreads itself be- 
fore the rectum. Where that intestine becomes 
loose, and forms the sigmoid flexure, the peri- 
toneum rises considerably, with a figure adapt- 
ed for receiving the hollow colon. But above, 
on the left side, the colon is connected with 
but little loose peritoneum, spread upon the 
psoas muscle as high as the spleen, where the 
part which gives a coat to the colon, being ex- 
tended under the spleen, receives and sustains 
that viscus in a hollow superior recess. 

Afterward the peritoneum, from the left kid- 
ney, from the interval between the kidneys, 
from the large vessels, and from the right kid- 
ney, emerges forward under the pancreas, and 
forms a broad and sufficiently long continuous 
production, called the transverse mesocolon, 
which, like a partition, divides the upper part 
of the abdomen, containing the stomach, liver, 
spleen, and pancreas, from the lower part. The 
lower lamina of this transverse production is 
continued singly from the right mesocolon to 
the left, and serves as an external coat to a 
large portion of the liver, and descending part 
of the duodenum. But the upper lamina de- 
parts from the lumbar peritoneum at the kid- 
ney, and region of the vena cava, farther to the 
right than the duodenum, to which it gives an 
external membrane, and beyond this and the 
colon it is joined with the lower lamina, so 
that a large part of the duodenum lies within 
the cavity of the mesocolon. Afterward, in 
the region of the liver, the mesocolon is in- 
flected, and, descending over the kidney of the 
same side, includes the right of the colon, as far 
as the intestinum caecum and the appendix, and 
terminates almost at the bifurcation of the aorta. 

Mesocra'nium. The crown of the head, or 
vertex. 

Mesodm'itis. Inflammation of the medias- 
tinum. 

Mesoga'strium. The umbilical region of 
the abdomen. 

Meso-glo'ssus. The genio-glossus muscle. 

Mesolobe. The corpus callosum. — Chaus- 
sier. 

Mesome'ria. The parts between the thighs. 

Mesompha'lium. The navel. 
Mesophl'^um. The middle portion of the 
bark, of a green color. 
430 



MET 

Meso'phryum. The part between the eye- 
brows. 

Mesophy'llum. The green, cellular, central 
portion of the leaf. 

Mesopleu'rii. The intercostal muscles. 

Meso'sperm. The central envelope of the 
seed. 

MESORE'CTUM. (urn, i, n. ; from fieooc T 
and rectum. ) The portion of peritoneum which 
connects the rectum to the pelvis. 

MESO'THENAR. The name given by Win- 
slow to the muscular mass consisting of the ab- 
ductor, and part of the short flexor of the thumb. 

Mesotho'rax. The central division of in- 
sects. 

MESOTFCA. Diseases affecting the sub- 
stance of organs without derangement of the 
general health. — Good. 

Mesoxalic acid. An acid derived from 
alloxan. It is crystalline, sour, and bibasic. 
Formula, C a H 4 ,2HO. 

Mespilus germanica. The medlar-tree. 
Rosacea. The immature fruit is astringent, and 
the seeds mucilaginous. 

META-. A prefix (from \tera, after, with), 
denoting change. 

META'BASIS. (From uera6acvu, to di- 
gress.) Metabolc. A change of remedy, of 
practice, or disease; or any change from one 
thing to another, either in the curative indica- 
tions, or the symptoms of a distemper. 

Meta'bole. See Metabasis. 

Metabo'lic That which passes through 
organic transformations, as the class of winged 
insects. 

METACARPAL. Metacarpalis. Belonging 
to the metacarpus. 

Metacarpal bones. See Metacarpus. 

Metacarpal phalanges. The phalanges ol 
the wrist. 

M ETAC A'RPUS. (From fiera, after, and 
napnoc, the wrist.) Metacarpium. That part 
of the hand which is between the wrist and the 
fingers. It has five longitudinal bones that are 
situated between the wrist and the fingers, 
which are distinguished into the metacarpal 
bone of the thumb, fore finger, &c. 

M e t a c e'to n e. A colorless liquid, with an 
agreeable odor, boiling at 183° F., obtained 
in the distillation of sugar with lime. Formula, 
C 6 H 6 0. 

Metaco'ndylos. The last joint of a finger. 

Metacore'sis. Metastasis. 

Metalde'hyde. A hard, crystalline, inodor- 
ous solid, resulting from the spontaneous trans- 
formation of aldehyde. 

METALLU'RGIA. (a, a, f. ; from (itrak- 
\ov, a metal, and epyov, work.) Metallurgy. 
That part of chemistry which relates to the 
treatment of metals. 

METAL. (Metallum, i, n. MeraMov.) 
Metals are the most numerous class of ele- 
mentary chemical bodies, distinguished by the 
following general characters : 

1. A peculiar lustre, which continues in the 
streak, and in their smallest fragments. 

2. They are fusible by heat ; and in fusion 
may retain their lustre and opacity. 

3. They are all conductors of electricity and 
caloric. 



MET 

4. Many are malleable, or may be drawn 
into wire, and are called ductile. 

5. When their saline combinations are elec- 
trolized, the metals separate at the negative 
pole. 

6. When exposed to the action of oxygen, 
chlorine, iodine, sulphur, bromine, or pnos- 
phorus, and at an elevated temperature, they 
generally take fire ; and, combining with one 
or other of these six elements in definite pro- 
portions, are converted into earthy or saline- 
looking bodies, called oxides, chlorides, iodides, 
sulphurets, bromides, phosphurets, &c. 

7. They are capable of combining in their 
melted state with each other, in almost every 
proportion, constituting the important order of 
metallic alloys, in which the characteristic lustre 
and tenacity are preserved. 

A list may be found under the word Element; 
for their properties, see the metals severally. 
Metallic. Of the nature of a metal. 
Metallic brush. A metallic brush was 
recommended by Westring lor the purpose of 
conveying galvanism to a part. 

METALLIC TINKLING. An auscultatory 
sound heard where there exists within the 
chest a preternatural cavity containing air, or 
when air is present in the cavity of the pleura. 
It resembles the sound produced by gently 
striking with a pin a glass or metallic cup, or 
by letting grains of sand fall into a glass. 

Laennec supposed that this sound was always 
indicative of the coexistence of pneumothorax, 
empyema, and a fistulous communication be- 
tween the pleura and the bronchi. It is now 
ascertained, however, that neither the effusion 
• of a liquid nor a bronchial fistula are necessaiy 
to its development, although these circumstan- 
ces are most frequently coexistent with pneu- 
mothorax, and a fistulous opening is generally 
instrumental in the production of the sound. 
The metallic tinkling occurs as a sign of pneu- 
mothorax, or of a large excavation in the sub- 
stance of the lungs, the former being the cause 
in a great majority of instances. There is a 
variety of the metallic tinkling called the am- 
phoric resonance, or metallic resonance — 
bourdonnement amphorique of Laennec : it re- 
sembles the sound produced by blowing quickly 
and forcibly into an empty decanter, or other 
large vessel with a small aperture. The two 
sounds above mentioned often pass into each 
other, or coexist or alternate with each other, 
in the same case ; generally speaking, however, 
the sound seems to partake more of the ampho- 
ric character when the cavity containing the air 
is very large. 

Metallic tractors. Dr. Perkins, in the 
last century, introduced a method of treating 
diseases by drawing over the affected part two 
small metallic rods, made of different metals. 
These rods were called metallic tractors, and 
the operation was called tractoration. The use 
of tractors has been called Perhinism. 

ME'TALLOID. (From /ueraJWoi/, a metal, 
and ettiog, resemblance.) The metallic bases 
of the alkalies and earths were at first called 
metalloids, but they are now classed with the 
metals. 

Mftame'ric Isomeric. 



MET 

Metamorph'opsia. A species of depraved 
vision, in which the image of objects is chan- 
ged from opacities or clouds in the eye, or in 
which imaginary objects appear to be seen. 

METAMO'RPHOSIS. (From (ieto, and 
fiop<pn, form. ) Transformation. In Physiology, 
the changes, both chemical and of cellular de- 
velopment, and death, through which any tex- 
ture, fluid, or organ of the body passes ; and the 
existence and continuance of which is essential 
to life, if it be not the condition of life. 
Metape'dium. The metatarsus. 
Meta'phrenum. That part of the back 
which is behind the diaphragm. 

Metaporopoie'sis. A morbid change in the 
extremities of the capillary vessels. — Galen. 

METAPTO'SIS. (From {leTamnTa, to di- 
gress.) A change or transition of one disease 
into another. 

META'STASIS. (From ^eflwrjf/u, to change, 
to translate.) The translation of a disease from 
one part to another, as that of gout to the stom- 
ach, or of rheumatism to the heart, &c. 
Metasy'ncrisis. Metaporopoiesis. 
Metasyncri'tica. Medicines calculated to 
remove a metasyncrisis. 

METATARSAL. Metatarsals. Belonging 
to the metatarsus. 

Metata'rso-phala'ngean articulations. 
The junctions of the metatarsal bones and pha- 
langes of the toes. 

METATA'RSUS. (From uera, after, and 
rapcoe, the tarsus.) That part of the foot be- 
tween the tarsus and toes. It consists of five 
longitudinal bones, which are distinguished into 
the metatarsal bone of the great toe, fore toe, 
&c. 

Metathe'sis. Transposition. 
Mete'lla nux. Strychnos nux vomica. 
METEORI'SM. Meteorismus. (From fierc 
uptfo, to raise on high.) A distension of the 
abdomen, or any part of it, with wind. 
Me'teorolite. A meteoric stone. 
METEORO'LOGY. (From fiereupoc, aerial, 
and /loyof, a discourse.) The science which 
investigates atmospheric phenomena, as the pro- 
duction of dew, clouds, the progress of winds, 
the climate, and fluctuations of temperature of 
given places on tHfe earth. 

MethjEmachymia. Transfusion. 
Methe'glin. A drink prepared from honey 
by fermentation. 

Methemeri'nus. Quotidian. 
ME'THODE NUME'RIQUE. The numeri- 
cal method. A method of reaching the general 
laws of disease by the inductive process, as rec- 
ommended by M. Louis. 

Methodic medicine. Medicine as practiced 
by the methodic sect. See Methodici. 

METHO'DICI. A sect of ancient physicians, 
of which Themison was the head. They en- 
deavored to reduce medicine to exact rules, 
and supposed that all diseases arose from con- 
striction or rigidity of the fibres. 

Methodus medendi. See Therapia. 
Methoma'nia. An irresistible desire for 
liquors. 

METHY'LE. A hypothetical compound 
radical, of the form. C 2 H 3 ; symbol, Mt. It is 
analogous with ethyl. The oxide of methyl 

431 



MIC 

has the same properties as ether. The hydra- 
ted oxide, MtO,HO, is pyroxilic spirit. There 
are also compounds with chlorine, iodine, and 
other haloid bodies. 

Metopantra'lgia. Pain in the frontal sinuses. 

Meto'pion. An ointment containing galba- 
mim. 

Metopo'scopy. Physiognomy. 

Meto'pum. The forehead. 

ME'TRA. (a, a, f. ; from firiTTjp, a mother.) 
The womb. See Uterus. 

Metka'lgia. Pain in the womb. 

Metratre'sia. Morbid closure of the uterus. 

Metremphra'xis. Obstruction of the womb. 

Metre. The French lineal standard of 
39-371 English mches. 

Metre'nchyta. Injections for the womb. 

Metre'nchytes. A syringe to inject fluids 
into the womb. 

METRI'TIS. (From firjrpa, the womb.) In- 
flammation of the womb. See Hysteritis. 

Metrocarci'noma. Cancer of the womb. 

Metroce'le. Hernia vaginalis. 

Metroh-e'mia. Congestion of blood in the 
uterus. 

METROMA'NIA. (a, a, f.) 1. Nympho- 
mania. 2. Musomania, a form of disease in 
which the patient recites verses extempore. 
In the latter case it is derived from fiovoa, a 
song, and fiavia, madness. 

Metropathia. An affection of the womb. 

METRO-PERITONITIS. Inflammation of 
the womb and peritoneum, as in some cases of 
puerperal fever. 

Metro-phlebitis. Puerperal fever. 

Metroptosis. Prolapsus uteri. The de- 
scent of the uterus through the vagina. 

Metrorrhagia. Hemorrhage from the 
womb. 

Metroto'mia. The Caesarian operation. 

Me'um. Me'u. iEthusa meum. 

Mexican seed. Ricinus communis. 

Mexican tea. Chenopodium ambrosioides. 

MEZE'REUM. (urn, ii, n.) Mezereon. 
See Daphne, the bark of the root of mezereum. 

Mezereum acetatum. Thin slices of the 
bark of fresh mezereon root are to be steeped 
for twenty-four hours in common vinegar. Some 
practitioners direct this application to issues 
when a discharge from them can not be encour- 
aged by the common means. 

Mo. Magnesium. 

MI' ASM. Miasma. (Mtao/ia; from /iiatvu, 
to infect. ) Any emanation capable of produ- 
cing disease, either from sick persons, marshes, 
or other sources. 

Mica panis. The crumb of bread. 

MICRO-. A prefix (from [wepog, small), in- 
dicating smallness ; as Microcephalus, one with 
a small head, &c. 

MI'CROCOSM. Microcosmus. (From fii- 
xpoc, and /coo//oc, a world.) A little world; 
that which is veiy intricate in its parts : hence 
physiologists call man a microcosm. 

Microcosmic salt. The phosphate of soda 
and ammonia. 

Microglossia. Congenital smallness of the 
tongue. 

Microme'lus. One having small limbs. 

MICRO'METER. (From/wcpoc, and perpov, 
432 



MIL 

a measure.) An instrumsnt attached to mi 
croscopes and telescopes, for the purpose of 
measuring minute objects. It may consist of 
two parts or wires, one of which is gradually 
approximated to the other by a screw, the mo- 
tion of which is marked by an index. 

Mi'cropylk. The foramen of a seed. 

Micro'rchis. One whose testicles are unu- 
sually small. 

MICROSCOPE. (From fiinpoe, small, and 
okotteu, to view. ) All optical instrument which 
enables us to see and examine objects which 
are too minute to be seen by the naked eye. 
Microscopes are single or compound, according 
to the nature of their construction ; a single mi- 
croscope being one through which, whether it 
consists of a single lens or a combination of 
lenses, the object is viewed directly; and a 
compound microscope one in which two or 
more lenses are so arranged that an enlarged 
image of the object formed by one of them is 
magnified by the second, or by the others, if 
there are more than two, and seen as if it were 
the object itself. A single microscope is no 
more than a magnifying glass. 

Micros phy'xia. A debility and smallness 
of the pulse. 

Mictio. Mictus. Micturition. 

MICTU'RITION. Micturitio. (From mic- 
turio, to urinate.) The act of making water. 

Midriff. See Diaphragms, 

Midwife. A woman who assists other 
women in child-birth. 

MIDWIFERY. That branch of medicine 
which relates to the management of parturition, 
and the treatment of women after delivery. 
See Obstetrics. 

Migka'na. A Corruption of hemicrania. 

Mi'kanio guaco. See Guaco. 

Mi'ldew. A general name for the minute 
and destructive fungi which assail linen, meats, 
and other substances. 

MILDEW MORTIFICATION. Gangrcena 
ustilaginea. A dry gangrene arising from the 
use of mildewed grain, especially ergot. 

Milfoil. Achillea millefolium. 

MILIA'RIA. Miliary fever. (From milium, 
millet : so called because the small vesicles 
upon the skin resemble millet-seed.) A dis- 
ease characterized by fever ; cold stage consid- 
erable ; hot stage attended with anxiety and 
frequent sighing ; perspiration of a strong and 
peculiar smell ; eruption, preceded by a sense 
of pricking, first on the neck and breast, of 
small red pimples, which in two days become 
white vesicles, desquamate, and are succeeded 
by fresh pimples. Miliary fever has been ob- 
served to affect both sexes, and persons of all 
ages and constitutions ; but females of a delicate 
habit are most liable to it, particularly in child- 
bed. Moist, variable weather is most favorable 
to its appearance, and it occurs usually in the 
spring and autumn. It is by some said to be a 
contagious disease, and has been known to pre- 
vail epidemically. 

Very violent symptoms, such as coma, delir- 
ium, and convulsive fits, now and then attend 
miliary fever, in which case it is apt to prove 
fatal. A numerous eruption indicates more 
danger than a scanty one. The eruption being 



MIL 

steady is to be considered as more favorable 
than its frequently disappearing and coming 
out again, and it is more favorable when the 
places covered with the eruption appear swell- 
ed and stretched than when they remain flaccid. 
According to the severity of the symptoms and 
depression of the system, is the danger greater. 
The fever, and other symptoms of miliaria, 
point out the necessity of supporting the patient 
through the disease ; but eveiy thing that heats 
and stimulates the skiu should be avoided. 
The bowels are to be kept open by cooling 
laxatives of sulphate of magnesia iu infusion of 
roses, cascarilla, calumba, and the like, which, 
with cooling drinks, light bed-clothes, and a cool 
atmosphere, will, in most instances, effect a 
cure. 

When miliary eruptions come out in other dis- 
eases, it is generally from continued sweating, 
and then it requires bark, wine, and acids. 

MILI'OLUM. A small tumor on the eyelids, 
resembling in size a millet-seed. 

M ilitaris herba. Achillea millefolium. 

MI'LIUM. 1. Millet. Panicum miliaceum. 
2. A veiy white and hard tubercle, in size and 
color resembling a millet-seed. Its seat is im- 
mediately under the cuticle, so that, when press- 
ed, the contents escape, appearing of a sebace- 
ous nature. 

Milium sons. Lithospermum officinale. 

MILK. Lac. A fluid secreted by peculiar 
glands in the breasts of the class of animals 
called Mammalia, for the nourishment of their 
young. Milk is an emulsion of fat globules in a 
fluid. It differs much in composition, according 
to the food and animal; but cow's milk aver- 
agesin 100parts,of butter, 3-0; casein, 4-8; sugar 
of milk, 4*4 ; and *51 parts saline matter, chiefly 
phosphates, with free soda, and chloride of sodi- 
um and potash; 87-0 parts water. On stand- 
ing, cream rises spontaneously, and the casein 
is coagulated by any acid substance or by ren- 
net. Milk, on reaching the stomach, is coagu- 
lated, the casein and butyraceous parts digest- 
ed, and the water absorbed. It is, perhaps, 
the most innocent diet known to us, and best 
suited to those of feeble digestion. By keep- 
ing, &c, the sugar becomes converted into lac- 
tic acid, and the caseous or cheesy matter co- 
agulates. 

Milk, ass's. Lac asininum. It has a strong 
resemblance to human milk. It is quite a favor- 
ite diet for consumptives. 

Milk, ewe's. Lac ovillum. It is rich in 
cream and butter. 

Milk, goat's. It is richest in cream, and 
contains much butter. 

Milk, human. Lac humanum. The milk 
most frequently begins to be secreted in the last 
months of pregnancy ; but on the third day after 
delivery, a serous milk, called colostrum, is sep- 
arated, and at length pure milk is secreted co- 
piously in the breasts. 

If the secretion of milk be daily promoted by 
suckling an infant, it often continues many 
years, unless a fresh pregnancy supervene. It 
appears that not more than two pounds of milk 
are obtained from five or six pounds of meat. 
The fluid is much affected by the food, and pe- 
culiarly liable to be affected by the odors and 
Ee 



MIL 

qualities of vegetable substances and acids, as 
well as medicines. 

Womens' milk differs much from that of the 
cow ; it contains less of the caseum and but- 
ter, and more sugar, and in these respects re- 
sembles that of the ass and mare. 1000 parts 
contain about 120 of solid food. 

Milk, maee's. Lac equinum. This is thin- 
ner than that of the cow, but scarcely so thin as 
human milk. Its cream can not be converted 
into butter by agitation. The whey contains 
much sugar. 

Milk-blotch. The crusta lactca, a species 
of porrigo. Porrigo larvalis. 

Milk-fever. Febris lactea. 

MILK SICKNESS. Trembles. A contagious 
disease of the cattle of certain districts ot the 
Western States, more especially Indiana and Illi- 
nois : one of the infected districts lies for 100 
miles near the banks of the Wabash. The ani- 
mals are poisoned by some 'article of food or 
drink; their breath is foetid, eyes bloodshot, 
gait staggering and wild ; when driven, they 
iall into convulsions, and frequently die. The 
milk, butter, cheese, and meat of such animals 
are highly poisonous, two or three ounces bring- 
ing on the same disease in man and other ani- 
mals in from six hours to four days. In man it 
commences with foetid breath, general uneasi- 
ness, lassitude, loss of nervous power, vomiting 
frequently with blood, loss of appetite, consti- 
pation, loss of biliary secretion, and, finally, all 
the symptoms of low typhus fever, with nervous 
tremors and delirium, the brain and meninges 
becoming inflamed : it is very fatal. The cheese 
and butter of the infected districts are abund- 
antly exported to St. Louis, Louisville, &c, and 
frequently produce fatal effects. It is probable 
that the extensive poisoning in this city (New 
York) in the spring of 1840, arose from cheese 
imported thence. 

The treatment is very doubtful, but should 
proceed as in typhus fevers, by sustaining the 
strength, and allaying nervous irritability. 

There seems to be much connection between 
this peculiar disease and the malignant pustule 
which affects cattle in Europe, and occasionally 
the seaboard states, except only that it is said 
to be strictly local, in places now infested, hav- 
ing been so for 100 years, as known to the set- 
tlers, and there is no pustule produced. 

Milk, snake's. Euphorbia corollata. 

Milk, sugar of. Lactin. 

Milk-teeth. See Teeth. 

Milk-thistle. Carduus marianus. 

Milk-vetch. Astragalus excapus. 

Milk-weed. Asclepias syriaca. 

Milk-wort. Polygala vulgaris. 

Milk-wort, rattle-snake root. Polygala 
senega. 

Millar's asthma. Laryngismus stridulus. 

Miblefo'lium. Achillea millefolium. 

Millemo'rbia. Scrofularia nodosa. 

MI'LLEPES. (es, edis, m. ; from mille, a 
thousand, and pes, a foot : named from its nu- 
merous feet.) The thousand-feet. Several 
insects are known under this name : 1. The Ar- 
madillo vulgaris, or officinalis, the pill mille- 
pede; 2. The porcellio scaler; 3. The oniscus 
asellus, or common wood-louse. 

433 



MIN 

Millet. Panicum miliaceum. 

Millet-seed rash. Miliaria. 

Milligramme. A thousandth part of a 
gramme, or 0'0154 of a grain. 

Millimetre. The thousandth part of a 
metre, or 003937 of an English inch. 

Mill-mountain. Linum catharticum. 

Milpho'sis. ~M.i?,<puoic. A baldness of the 
eyebrows. 

Mi'ltos. MtArof. Red lead. 

Miltwaste. Asplenium ceterach. 

Milzade'lla. Angelica archangelica. 

MIMO'SA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Polysomia. Moncecia. Mimosa. — M. catechu. 
Acacia catechu. — M.nilotica. M. Senegal. Aca- 
cia vera. 

MIND. This term, like life, is used in two 
acceptations : in the one, it signifies the phe- 
nomena arising from the exercise of the power 
of thinking ; in tlje other, it signifies the think- 
ing power or principle itself. The mind of man 
possesses certain faculties, which are called sen- 
Motion, association, memory, imagination, judg- 
ment, and will. 

1. Sensation enables us to perceive from ex- 
ternal objects simple ideas. 

2. Association combines simple ideas, to form 
those which are complex. 

3. Memory is the power by which ideas are 
retained, and recalled in the order in which 
they were, originally impressed on the mind. 

4. Imagination combines the ideas of things 
which have been actually perceived, to form a 
whole which has no existence but in the mind. 

5. Judgment is the power by which we com- 
pare the ideas acquired by the exercise of the 
other faculties, determine their relations, and 
discern truth from falsehood. 

6. Will is the power which determines to 
action, and rules those functions which are 
called voluntary, as opposed to those which are 
involuntary. 

Mindkre'uus's spirit. Liquor ammonias 
acetatis. 

MINE'RAL. Mineralis. Applied to any in- 
organic substance. 

MINE'RAL KINGDOM. That department 
of nature which includes minerals or inorganic 
bodies. 

Mineral acids. See Acid, mineral. 

Mineral oil. Petroleum. 

Mineral pitch. Bitumen. 

Mineral poisons. See Poisons. 

Mineral solution. Arsenicalis liquor. 

Mineral waters. Aqua; minerales. Natural 
springs of water, impregnated with substances 
foreign to the common composition of water, 
which exert some marked action on the ani- 
mal economy. They may be thermal or cold. 
There are five classes : 1. Acidulous Waters ; 
2. Alkaline Waters; 3. Chalybeate Wa- 
ters ; 4. Sulphureous Waters ; 5. Saline 
Waters. 

1. Acidulous Waters owe their properties 
chiefly to carbonic acid. They sparkle when 
drawn from the spring or when poured into a 
glass; have an acidulous taste, and become 
rapid when exposed to the air. They gener- 
ally contain, also, carbonates of soda, bicarbon- 
ates of lime, of magnesia, and of iron. Of this 
434 



MIN 

class are the waters of Saratoga, Ballston, and 
the Sweet Springs of Virginia. 

2. Alkaline Waters owe their properties to 
the carbonate of an alkali. They display an 
alkaline reaction. Alkaline springs are not very 
numerous. 

3. Chalybeate Waters owe their properties 
to iron, in combination generally with carbonic 
acid ; and as this is usually in excess, they are 
often acidulous as well as chalybeate. The 
metal is found also in the form of a sulphate, 
but the instances of this are very rare. 

Chalybeate waters have a styptic or inky 
taste ; they are, when newly drawn, transparent, 
and strike a black with tincture of nutgalls; but 
an ochry sediment, a hydrated peroxide of iron, 
soon falls, and the water loses its taste. If the 
iron be in the state of sulphate and hydrochlo- 
rate, however, no sediment falls; and the black 
color is produced by the above test even after 
the water has been boiled and filtered. 

They are powerful tonics, and employed in 
dyspepsia, scrofulous affections, cancer, ame- 
norrhoea, chlorosis, and the other diseases of de- 
bility for which the artificial preparations of 
iron are used. 

4. Sulphureous waters derive their char- 
acter chiefly from sulphureted hydrogen gas, 
which in some of them is uncombined, while in 
others it is united with lime or an alkali. They 
are transparent when newly drawn from the 
spring, and have the foetid odor of rotten eggs, 
which is gradually lost by exposure to the air, 
and the water becomes turbid. When they are 
strongly impregnated with the gas, they redden 
infusion of litmus; and, even in a weak state, 
they blacken silver and lead. Besides contain- 
ing sulphureted hydrogen gas, they are not un 
frequently, also, impregnated with carbonic 
acid. They generally contain chloride of mag- 
nesium, or other saline matters, which modify 
their powers as a remedy. 

They are* resorted to chiefly for the cure of 
cutaneous eruptions, and are applied locally as 
well as drunk. They are slightly sudorific, 
purgative, and diuretic, and are apt to occasion 
in some patients headache of short duration di- 
rectly they are drunk. They are also employ- 
ed for curing visceral and scrofulous obstruc- 
tions, torpor of the intestines, and some dys- 
peptic and hypochondriacal cases. The sul- 
phur springs in Virginia are the most celebrated 
in this country, but they are numerous. 

5. Saline mineral waters owe their prop- 
erties altogether to saline compounds. Those 
which predominate, and give their character to 
the waters of this class, are either, 

1. Salts, the basis of which is lime; 

2. Chloride of sodium and magnesium ; 

3. Sulphate of magnesia ; 

4. Alkaline carbonates, particularly carbo- 
nate of soda. 

Most of the waters are mentioned under their 
separate heads. 

Mineralis. Mineral. 

MINERA'LOGY. (Mineralogia, at, f. ) That 
part of natural history which relates to minerals. 

MINER'S ELBOW. An enlargement of the 
bursa over the olecranon, occurring in miners 
who are forced to rest much on the elbow. 



M l8 

Mima Us. A dull red color. 

Minim. Sec Minimum. 

MTN1MUM. (urn, i, n.) A minim. The 
sixtieth part of a fluid drachm. It corresponds 
nearly to a drop of water, but equals 120 to 
140 drops of alcoholic fluids. 

Mi'nium. Red oxide of lead. 

Minium gr.ecorum. Native cinnabar. 

Mint, pepper. Mentha piperita. 

Mint, water. Mentha aquatica. 

MISANTHROTY. Misanthropia. Hatred 
of men and society, a symptom in melancholy 
and hypochondriasis. 

Miscarriage. Abortion. 

Misere're mei. Ileac passion. 

Mislaw. Musa paradisiaca. 

Misletoe. Viscum album. 

Misopto'cus. The gout. 

MISTURA. (as, a, f.) A mixture. A fluid 
composed of two or more ingredients. It is 
mostly contracted in prescriptions thus, miff., e. 
g., /. mist., which means, let a mixture be made. 

Mistura acaci.£. See Mucilago acacia:. 

Mistura althe'.e. Decoctum altheae. 

Mistura ammoniaci. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
Mixture of ammoniacum. Take of ammonia- 
cum, 3ij. ; water, Oss. Rub the ammoniacum 
with the water gradually till they are thor- 
oughly mixed. Expectorant. Dose, f. fj. 

Mistura amygdal.b. (U. S.) M. atnygda- 
latum. Almond mixture or emulsion. Take 
of almond confection, ?j.; distilled water, Oss. 
Mix and strain. Demulcent. 

Mistura AssAFffiTinA. (U. S.,Ph. L.) Mix- 
ture of assafoetida. Take of assafoetida, 3ij. ; 
water, Oss. Rub with the water till thoroughly 
mixed. Used in enema. 

Mistura assafqstida pro clysmate. Ene- 
ma fcetidum. 

Mistura camphors. Camphor mixture. 
See Aqua camphorce. 

Mistura cascarill.s: composita. (Ph. L.) 
Compound mixture of cascarilla. Take of in- 
fusion of cascarilla, f. fxvij.; vinegar of squill, 
f. fj.; compound tincture of camphor, f. gij. 
Mix. Said to be useful in chronic affections of 
the mucous membranes of the lungs. Dose, f. 
5j. to f. figs. 

Mistura cornu usti. Decoction of harts- 
horn. Omitted from the London Pharmacopoeia 
in the last edition. 

Mistura creasoti. M. crcazotcc. (Ph. E.) 
Creasote mixture. Take of creasote and acetic 
acid, of each, Hlxvj. ; compound spirit of juni- 
per and simple syrup, of each, f. |j. ; water, f. 
fxiv. Mix the creasote and acid, and add the 
water gradually; lastly, add the spirit and 
syrup. For its use, see Creasote. Dose, f. jj. 
to f. fij., or more. 

Mistura cret*. M. calcis carbonatis. (U. 
S.) Chalk mixture. Take of prepared chalk, 
Jss. ; sugar, gum arabic, of each, 31J. ; cinna- 
mon water, and water, of each, f. f iv. Mix. 
Antacid and absorbent. Dose, f. §j. t to f. fij. 

Mistura ferri aromatica. (Ph. D.) An 
imperfect chalybeate of Peruvian bark, caluin- 
ba, and iron filings. 

Mistura ferri composita. (U. S.) Com- 

Sound mixture of iron. Take of myrrh, pow- 
ered, 3J.; carbonate of potash, gr. xxv.; rose 



MOC 

water, Oss. ; sulphate of iron, powdered, 9j. ; 
spirit of lavender, f. fss. ; sugar, 3J. Rub to- 
gether the myrrh, the spirit, and carbonate of 
potash ; and, during the trituration, add gradu- 
ally, first, the rose water with the sugar, and 
lastly, the sulphate of iron. Pour the mixture 
immediately into a proper glass vessel, and stop 
it. Tonic and emmenagogue. Dose, f. ;j. tof. 
jiss., three times a day. 

Mistura gentians composita. (Ph. L.) 
Compound mixture of gentian. Take of com- 
pound infusion of gentian, f. fxij. ; compound 
infusion of senna, f. §vj. ; compound tincture of 
cardamom, f. s-ij. Mix. A laxative and tonic 
mixture, used in dyspepsia with constipation. 
Dose, fj. to fjss. 

Mistura guai'aci. (Ph. L.) Compound 
mixture of guaiacum. Take of guaiacum resin, 
3iij.; sugar, fss. ; mucilage of gum, f. fss. ; cin 
namon water, §xix. Rub the guaiacum with 
the sugar, then with the mucilage, and pour on 
the cinnamon water gradually. Dose, f. ?j. 
to f. fij. 

Mistura Griffithii. Mistura ferri com- 
posita. 

Mistura hordei. (Ph. E.) Decoctum hor 
dei compositum. 

Mistura moschi. (Ph. L.) Musk mixture. 
Take of musk, gum acacia, powdered, sugar, of 
each, 3uj. ; rose water, a pint. Rub the musk 
first with the sugar, then with the gum, and add 
the rose water by degrees. Antispasmodic. 
Dose, f. Jj. to f. ?ij. 

Mistura scammonii. (Ph. E.) Mixture of 
scammony. Take of resin of scammony, gr. 
vjj. ; unskimmed milk, f. giij- Triturate the 
resin with a little milk, and when it is suspend- 
ed, add the rest slowly. An agreeable purga- 
tive draught. 

Mistura spiritus vini gallici. (Ph. L.) 
Brandy, cinnamon water, a ?iv. ; the yolks of 
two eggs ; refined sugar, f ss. ; and oil of cinna- 
mon, ill ij. It is used as a stimulant in the last 
stage of low fever, and is well adapted to that 
purpose. Dose, 5 ss. to fiss. 

Mite. Acarus. 

Mithridate mustard. Thlaspi campestrc. 

MITHRIDA'TIUM. («m, w, n.) Mithri- 
date. This composition originally consisted of 
but few ingredients, viz., twenty leaves of rue, 
two walnuts, two figs, and a little salt. It was 
afterward altered, and the number of ingre- 
dients increased to sixty-one, and it contained 
opium. 

Mitral valve. Valvula mitralis. The valve 
at the orifice of the left ventricle of the heart ; 
so named from its resemblance to a mitre. 

Mi'va. An old name of marmalade. 

Mixed fever. See Synochus. 

MIXTURE. See Mistura. 

Mo,. Molybdenum. 

MNEMO'NICS. (From pvaofiu, to recol- 
lect.) The art of assisting the memory by 
signs; artificial memory. 

Mo'aning. A diminutive of groaning. 

MOBI'LITY. Mobilitas. In. Physiology, 
great nervous susceptibility, often joined with a 
tendency to convulsive affections. — Cvllen. 

Mochli'a. The reduction of a dislocated 
bone. 



MOL 



MON 



MODI'OLUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of mo- 
dius, a measure.) The central pillar of the 
cochlea of the ear. See Auris. 

MODUS OPERANDI. The mode of curing ; 
an obscure term, inasmuch as the method of 
cure is often unknown. The modus operandi 
of medicines is one of the most debatable parts 
of medicine, and the following views seem to 
be each, in part, correct : 

1. That some act by contact. 

2. That some are absorbed into the blood. 

3. That some act by impressing a change on 
an organ which is propagated elsewhere by the 
nerves. 

Mofette. Nitrogen. 

MOFFAT SPRINGS. A cold, sulphureous 
water, at Moffat, in Scotland. 

Mogilalia. A difficulty of articulating cer- 
tain syllables. 

"MO'LA. (a, ce, f.) 1. Knee-pan. 2. A mole, 
or shapeless mass of flesh in the uterus. See 
Mole. 

MOL'AR. Molaris. (From mola, a mill- 
stone.) A name given to the grinding-teeth. 

Molares dentes. The grinding-teeth. See 
Teeth. 

Molares glandulje. Molar glands. Two 
salivary glands situated on each side of the 
mouth, between the masseter and buccinator 
muscles, the excretory ducts of which open 
near the last dens molaris. 

M L A'S S E S. The uncrystallizable sugar, 
combined with acid and extractive matters, 
which drains off from muscovado sugar; also, 
the refuse of the process of refining sugar. 

Moldavica. Dracocephalum moldavicum. 

MOLE. Mola. By this term authors have 
intended to describe different productions from 
the uterus. By some it has been used to sig- 
nify eveiy kind of fleshy substance, particular- 
ly those which are properly called polypi ; by 
others, those only which are the consequence 
of imperfect conception, or when the ovum is 
in a morbid or decayed state; and by many, 
which is the most popular opinion, every co- 
agulum of blood which continues long enough 
in the uterus to assume somewhat of an or- 
ganized form, and to have only the fibrous part, 
as it has been called, remaining, is denominated 
a mole. 

Molecu'lar forces. The chemical forces, 
as distinguished from mechanical forces, the 
latter of which act on masses, while the former 
operate on molecules. Fermentation, galvanic 
action, and chemical action are molecular 
forces. 

Molecular motions. Those changes in the 
grouping of elementary molecules which arise 
in fermentation, catalysis, eremacausic and gal- 
vanic decompositions, &c. 

MO'LECULE. The smallest particles into 
which a mass can be conceived to be divided. 

Molecule, Purkinjean. The pellucid cen- 
ter discoverable in the cicatricula of the egg ; 
the germinal vesicle. 

MolendinX'ceous. Like a windmill ; re- 
sembling the sails of a windmill. 

Molle. Schinus molle. 

MOLI'MEN. (From molior, to move.) A 
cause which influences the system to certain 
436 



effects; the word is nearly synonymous with 
diathesis. 

Mollifica'tion. Softening. 

MOLLI'TIES. (es, ei, f. ; from mollis, soft.) 
A softness; applied to bones, nails, and other 
parts. 

Mollities cerebri. Ramollissement of the 
brain ; a pathological state of the brain, in which 
it is preternaturally soft. 

Mollities ossium. Malacosteon. 

Mollities unguium. A preternatural soft- 
ness of the nails : it often accompanies chlorosis. 

MOLLU'SCA. (From mollis, soft.) A great 
division of invertebral animals, including shell- 
fish, snails, slugs, &c. 

MOLLUSCUM. Mollusca. A disease of the 
skin, characterized by the appearance of nu- 
merous tubercles, of slow growth and little sen- 
sibility, and of vaiTious sizes, from that of a vetch 
to that of a pigeon's egg. These contain a 
sebaceous matter, and are of various forms, 
some being sessile, globular, or flattish, and 
some attached by a neck, and pendulous. The 
growth of the tubercles is apparently unconnect- 
ed with any constitutional disorder : they show 
no tendency to inflammation or ulceration, but 
continue through life, having apparently no 
natural termination. They are readily removed 
by caustic, the knife, or ligature. 

Molluccense lignum. Croton tiglium. 

Mo'ly. MoAv. Allium moly. 

Molyb'date. Molybdas. A saltofmolybdic 
acid. 

MOLYBDE'NUM. (urn, i, n.) Molybdena. 
It is a white, brittle, and very infusible metal. 
Sp. gr., 8-6; eq., 47*8; sym., Mo. It forms 
with oxygen MoO, MoOj, Mo0 3 : the last is the 
molybdic acid. 

Molybdena. Molybditis. Molybdenum. 

Moly'bdos. MoXnCJof. Lead. 

MOME'NTUM. Moment. In Physics, the 
available force of a moving body, that is, its 
velocity multiplied into its weight. 

Momi'scus. That part of the teeth which is 
next the gums, and which is often covered with 
a foul tartareous crust. 

MOMO'RDIC A. (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
plants. Monascia. Syngenesia. Cucurbitacem. 
— M. elaterium. Wild or squirting cucumber. 
Elaterium. The dried sediment from the juice 
of this plant is the elaterium of the shops. It 
has neither smell nor taste, and is the most 
powerful hydragogue cathartic in the whole 
Materia Medica. Its efficacy in dropsies is 
said to be considerable ; it, however, requires 
great caution in the exhibition. From the 
eighth to the half of a grain should be given at 
first, and repeated at proper intervals until it 
operates. The cathartic principle of this sub- 
stance is elatin. 

Momordica balsamina. The balsam apple, 
an East Indian plant, yields a fruit much esteem- 
ed as a vulnerary. 

Momordi'cine. Elaterium. 
M N-. MONO-. A common prefix (from 
fiovoc, single), denoting unity. 

MONAD. Monas. (From fiovoc, unity.) 1. 
The most minute and rudimentary infusorial 
animals. 2. The cells of the animal body are 
termed m»nads. 3. A particle or atom 



MON 

MONADE'LPHIA. Monadelphous. (From 
povoc, alone, and aSehfyia, a brotherhood.) 
Plants with hermaphrodite flowers, in which 
all the stamina are united below into one body 
or cylinder, through which the pistil passes. 

MONA'NDRIA. Monandrous. (From povoc, 
alone, and avnp, a husband.) Plants with 
hermaphrodite flowers, which have only one 
stamen. 

MONA'RDA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diandria. Monogynia. Labiatce. — M.fistulosa. 
The purple monarda. The leaves of this plant 
have a fragrant smell, an aromatic and some- 
what bitter taste, and possess nervine, stomachic, 
and deobstruent virtues . An infusion is recom- 
mended in the cure of intermittent fevers. — M . 
punctata. Horsemint. The monarda of the U. 
S. Pharmacopoeia is indigenous, and yields, by 
distillation, an essential oil (Oleum monardce), 
which is stimulant and powerfully rubefacient. 
MONE'SIA. An astringent and stomachic 
extract, from the bark of an unknown South 
American tree. The dose is gr. ij. to 3j. 
Money-wort. Lysiraachia nummularia. 
Moniliform. Moniliformis. Necklace-like. 
Monk's rhubarb. Rumex alpinus. 
Monk's hood. Aconitum napellus. , 
MONN'INA POLYSTA'CHIA. A South 
American plant of the family Polygalacea, the 
bark of which is a powerful astringent. 

Monoble'psis. An affection in which the 
vision of both eyes is confused, while it is clear 
with one only. 

Monochi.a'mydeous. Flowers which have 
but one envelope. 

Monochro'matic. Having but one color. 
Monocolum. The caecum. 
MONOCOTYLE'DON. (en, onis, f. ; from 
(iovoc, one, and kotvXtj6uv, a cotyledon.) Hav- 
ing one cotyledon or seed-lobe. 

Monocotyle'dones. A tribe of plants which 
have only one cotyledon ; as the grass and 
corn tribe, palms, orchis, &c. The endogenous 
plants. 

Mono'culus. 1. The name of a bandage 
adapted to cover only one of the eyes. 2. A 
one-eyed monster. 

MONCE'CIA. Monwcious. (From povoc, 
alone, and oticia, a house.) A class of plants 
having male and female organs in separate 
flowers, but on the same plant. 

Monog'astric. Having but one stomach. 
Monogr'aph. A treatise on one subject. 
MONOGY'NIA. Monogynous. (From 
fi.ovoc, and yvvn, a woman, or wife.) An order 
of hermaphrodite plants with one pistil. 

Monohe'meros. A disease of one day's 
duration, or a medicine which cures in one day. 
Mono'icus. Monoecious. 
Mono'machov. The caecum. 
MONOMANIA, (a, a, f. ; from povoc, one, 
and paivopai, I rage ; i. e., being irrational on 
one subject only.) A form of insanity. See 
Insanity. 

Monope'gia. Hemicrania. 
Monope'talous. Monopetalus. One- 
petaled. 

Monophy'llous. Monophyllus. One-leafed. 
Monopla'stic That which does not change 
its form. • 



MOR 

Mono'rchis. An epithet for a person that 
has but one testicle. 

Monose'palous. Having an undivided calyx. 
Monospermous. Monospermus. Having one 
seed. 

MONS VENERIS. The triangular eminence 
immediately over the os pubis of women, that 
is covered with hair. 

MONSTER. Monstrum. Any remarkable 
exception to the ordinary laws of nature. In 
Physiology, the term is applied to anomalies 
of organization in which the individual differs 
greatly in physical conformation or dimension 
from other individuals of the species to which 
it belongs. 

Mo'ntanin. The bitter principle of the St. 
Lucia bark, the Exostema jloribunda. 

Monthly courses. The menses. SceMen- 
struation. 

MONTI'CULUS. (us, i, m.) A little 
mountain. 1. This name has been given to 
small eminences on the anterior part of the 
thalamus nervi optici. 2. The mons veneris. 

MONTPE'LLIER, CLIMATE OF. This 
city, in the southeast of France, was at one time 
considered one of the best residences for con- 
sumptives; but it is hot, dry, and subject to 
sharp winds : hence it is now regarded as alto- 
gether unfit for their abode. 

MOON. This satellite was formerly consid- 
ered as very influential in producing disease, 
and exacerbating the attacks of mania. Such 
views are now abandoned to the superstitious. 
Moon-wort. Ophioglossum lunaria. 
Morbi publici. M. popularcs. Epidemics. 
MO'RBID. (From morbus, a disease.) Re- 
lating to disease ; diseased. 

Morbid anatomy. The dissection of dis- 
eased organs. 

Morbid temperature. Any departure from 
the normal temperature of 96° to 98°. A re- 
markable elevation of temperature is sometimes 
observable in the last stage of cholera and other 
diseases. 

Morbi'lli. Rubeola. Measles. 
Morbilli regulares. Measles. — Sydenham. 
Morbo'sum augmentum. A diseased growth. 
Morbo'sus. Morbose. Sickly; diseased. 
MORBUS, (us, i,m.) A diseaBe. 
Morbus aphrodisius. Syphilis. 
Morbus arquatus. The jaundice. 
Morbus articularis. Gout. 
Morbus astralis. Epilepsy. 
Morbus attonitus. The epilepsy and apo- 
plexy are so called by some writers. 
Morbus Brightii. Bright's disease. 
Morbus caducus. M. comitialis. Epilepsy. 
Morbus ceruleus. Cyanosis. 
Morbus cceliacus. Mucous diarrhoea. 
MORBUS COXA'RIUS. Hip disease. A scrof- 
ulous disease nearly allied to white swelling. 
It usually occurs in youth. The patient for a 
long time complains only of a weakness and 
weariness of the limb, attended with a slight 
halt in walking, and a particular uneasiness 
about the knee, and little or no pain. The dis- 
eased limb will be found much emaciated and 
considerably lengthened, even to sevei-al inches. 
If the acetabulum be pressed upon, or the joint 
rudely handled, the pain in it is exquisite. If 

437 



MOR 

the nates be examined after the disease has 
made a little more progress, that of the affected 
side will be found to be larger, to have lost its 
natural roundness, and to have acquired a flat- 
tened form, all aiising from the increased size 
of the joint, and from the emaciation of the 
glutaii muscles. When the disease has arrived 
at this stage, there is considerable pain, on the 
joint being pressed upon, particularly on the 
fore part, a little below the groin, and toward 
the outside of the thigh, where the joint is 
more superficial. 

At this period of the disease, the lymphatic 
inguinal glands, as in white swelling of the 
knee, are sometimes enlarged. 

The second stage is that which is accompa- 
nied by or terminates in suppuration, and takes 
place with greater or less rapidity, according 
to the activity of the inflammation. When sup- 
puration ensues, the disease generally termi- 
nates in one of two ways: either, after the 
suppuration is established, the head of the thigh 
bone and the acetabulum being carious, an an- 
chylosis takes place without the matter point- 
ing externally ; or, the synovial membrane and 
capsular ligament ulcerating, the soft parts sur- 
rounding the joint inflaming, swelling, and 
forming an abscess, the matter bursts out exter- 
nally, and a serous fluid is discharged, mixed 
with curdly flakes. Not unfrequently, in this 
case, the patient dies, exhausted by the profuse 
discharge and hectic fever. 

When it has terminated in suppuration, there 
takes place a remarkable retraction or shorten- 
ing of the limb. The head of the bone is now 
plainly out of the socket ; and, in consequence 
of the destruction of the cartilages, ligaments, 
and bone forming the acetabulum, the muscles, 
more especially those which are implanted into 
the trochanters, retract the bone, and shorten 
the limb to a considerable extent. When the 
disease has been of long duration, not only all 
the soft parts immediately connected with the 
joint are destroyed, but the caries, destroying 
the acetabulum, penetrates deep into the bones 
of the pelvis, attacks the head of the femur, and 
even extends to its neck. 

In the earliest stage, blistering, leeches, and 
fomentations afford relief, but the great remedy 
is an extensive caustic issue introduced in the 
hollow behind and below the great trochanter, 
with complete rest. If the joint has suppurated 
or become carious, the limb ought to be kept 
extended, because, should it anchylose, the ex- 
tended position is the most serviceable in which 
the limb can be fixed. While we pursue these 
local means, the constitutional treatment in the 
advanced stage of the disease should be the 
same as in lumbar abscess : opiates to mitigate 
pain, diluted sulphuric acid to restrain hectic 
sweats, and bark, wine, and generous diet, to 
support the strength. 

Morbus d.emoniacus. M. deificus. M. di- 
vinus. Epilepsy. 

Morbus fellifluus. Cholera. 

Morbus gallicus. The venereal disease. 

Morbus Herculeus. The epilepsy. 

Morbus hispanicus. Syphilis. 

Morbus indicus. M.italicus. The venerea! 
disease. 

438 



MOR 

Morbus interlunius. M. insputatus. Epi- 
lepsy. 

Morbus infantilis. M. magnvs. The epi- 
lepsy. 

Morbus maculosus Werlhofii. Purpura 
hemorrhagica. 

Morbus mercurialis. Eczema mercu- 
riale. 

Morbus metallicus. Colica pictonum. 

Morbus Niger. Melaena. 

Morbus pallidus. Chlorosis. 

Morbus psoadicus. Lumbar abscess. 

Morbus regius. The jaundice. 

Morbus sacer. The epilepsy. 

Morbus saltatorius. Chorea. 

Morbus Sancti Johannis. M. St. Valentine. 
Epilepsy. 

Morbus scelestus. M. scleniacw. Epilepsy. 

Morbus strangulatorius. Cynanche ma- 
ligna. 

Morbus truculentus infantum. Croup. 

Morbus virgineus. Chlorosis. 

Morchella esculenta. An edible and 
agreeable fungus. This and the M. gigas are 
the morels mostly used. 

MORDANT. In dyeing, the substance com- 
bined with the vegetable or animal fiber, in 
order to fix the dye. 

Mordi'cant. Mordicans. Color mordiccms : 
A pungent heat. 

Morel. Morchella esculenta. 

More'tus . A cordial in which syrup of mul- 
berries was an ingredient. 

Morga'gni, humor or liquor of. A trans- 
parent liquid found between the crystalline 
lens and its capsule. 

MO'RIA. (a, a, f. ; from pupoc, foolish.) 
Morocis. A term of somewhat vague applica- 
tion, but most generally used to signify that 
variety of monomania in which the illusion is 
of a joyous character, and the patient a hero, a 
great genius, &c. 

Moribund. Moribundus. Dying. 

MORI'NGA. (a, <b, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diadclphia. Decandria. Cruciferm. — M. qp- 
tcra yields ben oil, remarkable for resisting a 
great cold without freezing. 

Moringa pterygosperma. The behen or 
horseradish tree. A tropical shrub, the roots 
of whicfy are pungent, and the seed yield the 
bland oil of ben or behen. The wood was 
formerly known under the name of Lignum ne- 
phriticum. 

Moriopla'sty. Morioplastke. Autoplasty. 
The restoration of lost parts. 

Mo'ro. A small abscess resembling a mul- 
berry. 

Morochtus lapis. Morochitcs. An ancient 
name of the agaric mineral. 

Morosis. See Moria. 

Morotro'phium. Morocomium. A lunatic 
asylum. 

Morphe'a. Lepra alphoides. 

Morphe'tine. An amorphous orange body, 
obtained by oxydizing the sulphate of morphia. 

Morphew. An old English name for vari- 
ous cutaneous affections of the face. 

MO'RPHIA. (a, a, f.) A principle of 
opium and the poppy. It crystallizes in right 
rhombic prisms ; is hard, colorless, bitter ; al- 



MOB 

most insoluble in water and ether, but soluble 
in alcohol. It is alkaline in its reaction, and 
has the composition of C35H20NO6. Morphia 
is colored red by nitric acid, brownish-red by 
iodic acid, and it strikes a deep blue with solu- 
tion of perchloride of iron. The salts of mor- 
phia most used are the hydrochlorate, acetate, 
sulphate, and citrate, all of which can be form- 
ed by acting on the alkaloid by the respective 
acids ; and this is the method recommended by 
the United States' Pharmacopoeia. The same 
work adopts the following process for obtaining 
morphia: Take of opium, sliced, fbj. ; distilled 
water, alcohol, of each q. s. ; solution of ammo- 
nia, f. fvj. Macerate the opium in the water, 
kneading it thoroughly, and evaporate so as to 
have Ovj. of filtered infusion; add to this Ov. 
of alcohol, and f. fiij. of the ammonia, mixed 
with Oss. of alcohol. In twenty-four hours 
add the rest of the ammonia, mixed with Oss. 
of alcohol. The crystals deposit by rest, and 
may be further purified by dissolving in hot 
alcohol, and filtering through animal charcoal. 

Medical Properties. — In doses of from a quar- 
ter of a grain to one grain, morphia and its salts 
produce a sense of fullness in the head, dis- 
turbed vision, sometimes headache, giddiness, 
somnolency, or disturbed sleep ; the pupils are 
usually contracted, the pulse is commonly slow 
and small, but may be soft and full. When 
these effects subside, there is muscular feeble- 
ness, impaired appetite, and constipation. In 
larger doses there is great cerebral excitement, 
sudden convulsive movements, excessive weak- 
ness, and, finally, in poisonous doses, symptoms 
of apoplexy. The distinction between the ac- 
tion of the salts of morphia and opium is in 
producing less excitement, constipation, diaph- 
oresis, and headache. Dose, as an anodyne, gr. 
£th to Jth, in solution, which has been increased 
to gr. ij. in cases of insanity. For endermic 
use, gr. j. to gr. iss. is employed. The muriate 
or acetate is commonly preferred. 

Morphije acetas. Morphinm acelas. Ace- 
tate of morphia. It is usually amorphous, 
slightly colored, and requires a little acetic acid 
to enable it to dissolve altogether in water. 
The dose is gr. |th to gr. jjth. 

Morphia citras. Citrate of morphia. This 
has been recommended by Magendie, who di- 
rects a solution of sixteen grains of morphia 
with eight of citric acid in an ounce of water, 
to which a few drops of a solution of cochineal 
may be added. Of this mixture, the dose is 
gtt. vj. to gtt. x. 

Morphine hydrochloras. Morphia muri- 
as. Hydrochlorato or muriate of morphia. 
When pure, it is in feathery crystals ; colorless, 
bitter ; soluble in twenty parts of cold water. 
It is officinal in most of the pharmacopoeias, 
and the dose is gr. $th to Jth. 

Morphije sulphas. (U. S.) Sulphate of 
morphia. It is crystalline and soluble. There 
is an officinal solution, the Liquor morphia sul- 
phatis, made in the' proportion of one grain to 
the ounce of water, and of which f. 3J. to f. 31J . 
is a dose. 

Morphine. Morphina. Morphia. 

MORPHO'LOGY. (From uop<j>n, form, and 
/loyoc a discourse.) A theory in botany which 



MOB 

refers all the parts of inflorescence to the leaf, 
and regards them but as modifications. 

MORPHO'NOMY. (From pop$r}, and vo/ioc, 
a law.) The law of development or organic 
formation. 

Mo'rpio. Pediculus pubis. 

MORS. Mortis. Death ; the cessation of life 
without undue violence. 

Morsel'lus. A lozenge. 

Mo'rsulus. 1. A little mouthful. 2. A 
lozenge. 

MO'RSUS. (us, us, m. ; from mordeo.) A 
bite, sting, or grasp. 

Morsus dia'boli. The fimbria; of the Fallc 
pian tubes. 

Morsus ventri'culi. Cardialgia. 

Mort de chien. The spasmodic cholera of 
hot climates. 

Morta. Pemphigus. 

Mo'rtal. Morta lis. Subject to death. 

MORTALITY. Mortalitas. The rate or 
proportion of deaths in a given place, disease, 
&c. The mortality of different countries diners 
from the climate, food, and moral condition of 
the inhabitants. The statistical details upon 
which the estimates of mortality in any place 
must be based, are seldom of much value except 
those formed within a few years. It would 
appear from these that in the United States the 
average duration of life is forty years, while in 
South America it is but thirty years, and in 
Europe about forty-three years. 

Mortality, bills of. The register kept In 
cities of the deaths, marriages, and births. 

MORTAR. A cup-shaped vessel of strong 
materials, for the purpose of pulverizing solids, 
&c. Mortars are commonly made of brass or 
hard earthen-ware, but for chemical purposes 
are of agate and hard steel. 

Mortari'olum. 1. A little mortar. 2. The 
socket of a tooth. 

MORTIFICATION. (Mortificatio, onis, f. ; 
from mors, death, and fio, to become.) When 
any part of a living individual loses its vitality, 
so that the circulation and all the other func- 
tions cease, it is said to be in a state of mortifi- 
cation. It may be acute and chronic; the former 
is also sometimes called humid gangrene, and 
the latter dry gangrene. 

The terms gangrene and mortification are 
often used synonymously ; but gangrene prop- 
erly signifies the state which immediately pre- 
cedes mortification, while the complete morti- 
fication, or absolute death of a part, is called 
sphacelus. A part which has passed into the 
state of sphacelus is called a slough. When a 
part becomes gangrenous it loses its natural 
heat and sensibility, it becomes livid, and vesi- 
cations appear on its surface. Although this 
state generally leads to that of complete morti- 
fication, a degree of vitality remains, and in 
some rare instances the circulation is re-estab- 
lished, and the part restored to health. When 
sphacelus has taken place, the part becomes 
black and putrid ; it is entirely dead and dis- 
organized, and the living system must either 
cast it off, or sink from the effects of the ab» 
sorption of putrid matter. In the former case 
a distinct line of demarcation of a vivid red is 
seen between the dead and live parts. 

439 



MOR 

The ordinary causes of mortification are, in- 
flammation, particularly that of the erysipela- 
tous kind; interruption of the circulation, or 
innervation of parts ; severe mechanical injury ; 
intense cold ; certain poisonous articles of food ; 
and specific contagion. 

Mortification, supervening on inflammation 
or injury, is attended with a sudden and over- 
whelming depression of the vital powers ; the 
pulse is very rapid and feeble, the countenance 
cadaverous, and the surface of the body covered 
with a cold sweat. Hiccough is a common 
symptom, especially in mortification of the ab- 
dominal viscera; as in cases of strangulated 
hernia. The following are peculiar cases : 

1. Gangrcena senilis, or clry gangrene of old 
age, which usually commences in the shape of 
a purple or black spot on the under surface of 
one of the smaller toes, and gradually extends 
up the limb. It is sometimes attended with 
great pain and constitutional disturbance, prov- 
ing rapidly fatal, and at other times with hardly 
any pain, little derangement of the system, and 
a more protracted, though equally fatal issue. 

2. The mortification arising from ergotism. 
See Secale cornutum. 

3. Hospital gangrene. Phagedama gangre- 
nosa, which is generally supposed to arise from 
specific contagion. It consists in a very rapid 
destruction of parts, not by the formation of 
ordinary sloughs, but by the conversion of the 
parts into an ash-colored viscid substance, in- 
terspersed with bloody specks. It appears to be 
an affection intermediate between phagedenic 
ulceration and ordinary gangrene. It prevails 
only in hospitals, where it is sometimes a per- 
fect scourge, attacking every wound, however 
trivial, so that the slightest operation can not be 
performed with safety. 

Treatment. — The first injury to the part is of 
an active kind: there is symptomatic fever, and 
fiill, quick pulse : in this stage, bleeding, pur- 
gation, antiphlogistic regimen, and hot poultices 
to the part, are necessary to hinder the gan- 
grenous termination ; but if these do not suc- 
ceed, the pulse becomes feeble, the fever passes 
away — then nutritious soups, wine, carbonate 
of ammonia, bark, and small doses of opium, fre- 
quently given, are the chief remedies. 

It will be advisable to apply stimulant reme- 
dies to excite the ulcerative inflammation, by 
which the dead are separated from the living 
parts, as cloths dipped in camphorated spirits 
of wine, turpentines, and l-esins, in the form of 
hot dressings, tincture of myrrh and bark, warm 
vinegar, and the red oxide of mercury. 

When the gangrene is situated in the ex- 
tremities, and the farther progress of the disease 
is stopped, we either wait for the natural separa- 
tion, treating the ulcerated surface like a com- 
mon sore, or we perform amputation at a higher 
point in the limb. In general, it will be better 
to amputate as soon as the gangrene has stopped, 
and the line of separation is fairly marked ; be- 
cause, in this case, we have it in our power to 
remove the limb at the place most convenient 
for making a serviceable stump. We heal the 
wound by the first intention, by which we effect 
a cure in a far shorter time than we could cic- 
atrize a large ulcerated surface ; and we always 
440 



MOT 

procure a stump covered by a cushion of strony 
integuments, including the true skin ; whereas, 
after natural separation, the stump is only cov- 
ered with a tender cuticle, which is prone to 
ulcerate upon the slightest accident. 

Mo'rum. Morus nigra. 

MORUS NIGRA. The black mulberry-tree. 
Mulberries abound with a deep violet-colored, 
mucilaginous, and acid j uice, which allays thirst, 
partly by refrigerating, and partly by exciting 
an excretion of mucus from the mouth and 
fauces. The bark of the root is said, by Andree. 
to be useful in cases of taenia. 

Moschelje'um. A compound aromatic oil, 
containing musk. 

Mosaic gold. Aurum musivum. 

Moschata nux. Myristica moschata. 

Mosch. Musk. 

Moscha'tus. Musky. 

MO'SCHUS. (us, i, m. ; Mosch, Arabian.) 
Musk. See Moschus mosckiferus. 

Moschus moschiferus. The musk animal, 
a ruminating quadruped resembling the ante- 
lope. The musk is secreted in a small pouch 
near the navel. It is slightly unctuous, of a 
black color, having a strong, durable smell, and 
a bitter taste. It yields part of its active matter 
to water by infusion ; by distillation the water 
is impregnated with its flavor ; alcohol dissolves 
it, its impurities excepted. It is prescribed as 
a powerful antispasmodic, in doses of three 
grains or upward, even to half a drachm, in the 
greater number of spasmodic diseases, espe- 
cially in hysteria and singultus, and also in dis- 
eases of debility. In typhus it is employed to 
remove subsultus tendinum, and other symp- 
toms of a spasmodic nature. In cholera it fre- 
quently stops vomiting; and, combined with 
ammonia, it is given to arrest the progress of 
gangrene. 

Moseley's pills. These consist of rhubarb 
and ginger. 

Mosquito. Culex. 

MOSS. The species of musci which grow 
on walls, old wood, trees, damp ground, &c. 

Moss, carrageen. M.,Irisk. Chondrua 
crispus. 

Moss, pectoral. Lichen pulmonarius. 

Moss, sea. Fucus helminthocorton. 

Mosy'llum. Cinnamon. 

MOTHER. 1. Mater. 2. Applied to many 
chemical preparations and plants. 

Mother of pearl. The shining internal 
part of those shells which produce pearls. 

Mother of thyme. Thymus serpyllum. 

Mother-water. When sea water, or any 
other solution containing various salts, is evap- 
orated, and the crystals taken out, there always 
remains a fluid containing deliquescent salts, 
and the impurities, if present. This is called 
the mother-water. « 

Mother-wort. Leonurus cardiaca. 

Mother's mark. M. spots. Nawus. 

Motility. Motivity. The power of moving. 

MO'TION. Motio. Motus. 1. The act of 
movement : it is commonly used for a motion 
of the bowels. 2. In Physiology, motions are 
divided into voluntary, and excited when it is 
produced by the reflex function. We have also 
a limited degree of movement spoken of as the 



• M UC 

motion of irritability, as in the contraction of 
the muscular fibre of the heart, and ciliary mo- 
tion, which is seen in the ciliae of animals, and 
of the cells of mucous tissues. 

MOTOR, (or, oris, m. ; from moveo, to 
move.) A mover or stirrer: applied to mus- 
cles, &c. 

Motor oculi. See Motores oculorum. 

Motor oculi externus. The sixth pair of 
nerves. 

Motor tract. The prolongation of the an- 
terior columns of the spinal marrow through the 
pons varolii iuto the crura cerebi, along which 
the three motor nerves arise. 

Moto'ues oculorum. (Nervi motores ocu- 
lorum; so called because they supply the mus- 
cles which move the eye.) The third pair of 
nerves of the brain. They arise from the crura 
cerebri, and are distributed on the muscles of 
the bulb of the eye. 

Motory. Motor. Motive. That which is 
concerned in movement; that which produces 
movement. 

Motos. Moroe. Lint. 

Mould. Fontanella. 

MOULDPNESS. That state of early decay 
in which numerous minute fungi are produced. 

Mountain ash. Sorbus aucuparia. 

Mountain parsley, black. Athamanta 
oreoselinum. 

Mouse-ear. Hieracium pilocella. 

MOUTH. Os. The aperture in animals by 
which the food is taken in. In man, parts 
which constitute it are the common integuments, 
the lips, the muscles of the upper and under 
jaw, the palate, two alveolar arches, the gums, 
the tongue, the cheeks, and salivary glands. 
The bones of the mouth are the two superior 
maxillary, two palatine, the lower jar, and 
thirty-two teeth. The arteries of the external 
parts of the mouth are branches of the infra-or- 
bital, inferior alveolar, and facial arteries. The 
veins empty themselves into the external jugu- 
lars. The nerves are branches from the fifth 
and seventh pair. The use of the mouth is for 
mastication, speech, respiration, deglutition, suc- 
tion, and taste. 

Mouth, sore. Aphtha. 

MOXA. A process of counter-irritation, pro- 
duced by burning a small cone or cylinder of 
prepared cotton wool, the pith of the sun- 
flower, or other combustible body, on the skin, 
and thus forming an eschar. The cotton wool 
burns more rapidly if prepared by soaking in a 
solution of nitre, and drying. 

Moxa Japanica. Artemisia chinensis. 

Moxibu'stion. The cauterization by moxa. 

Mu'cate. Mucas. A salt of mucic acid. 

MUCIC ACID. Acidum mucicum. A white, 

{mlverulent, slightly soluble acid, produced 
rom grape sugar or gum by the action of nitric 
acid. Formula, Ci2H 8 Ou-f-2HO. By heat it is 
partly converted, into the volatile pyromucic acid. 

MU'CILAGE. (Mucilago, inis,f.) An aque- 
ous solution of gum. 

MUCILAGINOUS. Mucilaginosus. Gummy. 

Mucilaginous extracts. Extracts that 
readily dissolve in water, scarcely at all in spirits 
of wine, and undergo spirituous fermentation. 

Mucilago. Mucilage. 



MUG 

Mucilago acacije. (U. S., Ph. L.) Muci- 
lage of acacia. Mucilago gummi arabici. Take 
of acacia gum, powdered, fiv. ; boiling water, 
Oss. Rub the gum with the water gradually. 
Demulcent. 

Mucilago a'myli. (Ph. L.) Starch muci- 
lage. Take of starch, 3iv. ; water, a pint. Rub 
together, and boil. Demulcent; used in ene- 
mas. 

Mucilago seminis cydonii. See Dccoctum 
cydonia. 

Mucilago tragacanthje. (Ph. D.) Muci- 
lage of tragacanth. Take of tragacanth, pow- 
dered, 3j.; water, f. fviij. Macerate till dis- 
solved. A pleasant demulcent. 

Mu'cin. The animal matter of mucus. 

Muciparous. Producing mucus; a name 
given to the follicles of the mucous membrane. 

Mucoca'rneus. An abscess which is partly 
fleshy and partly mucous. 

Mucoce'le. A distension of the lachrymal 
sac with mucus. 

Muco-enteritis. Enteritis. 

Mu'cor. Mucus. Mouldiness. 

Muco'sity. Mucositas. Mucous; having 
somewhat the nature of mucus. 

MU'COUS. Mucosus. (From mucus.) Of 
the nature of mucus. 

Mucous glands. Glandula mucosa. Mu- 
ciparous glands. Glands that secrete mucus r 
such as the glands of the Schneiderian mem- 
brane of the nose, the glands of the fauces, 
oesophagus, stomach, intestines, bladder, ure- 
thra, &c. 

Mucous membrane. Mucous web. See 
Texture. 

Mucronata cartilago. Mucronatum os. 
The ensiform cartilage of the sternum. 

Mucrona'te. Mucronatus. Sharp-pointed ? 
dagger-pointed. 

Mucu'na pruriens. Dolichos pruriens. 

MUCUS, (us, i, m. ; from (iv^a, the mucus 
of the nose.) The secretion of the mucous 
membrane. It forms a layer of greater or less 
thickness on their surfaces, and it is renewed 
with more or less rapidity ; the water it con- 
tains evaporates under the name of mucous ex- 
halation; it also protects these membranes 
against the action of the air, of the aliment, the 
different glandular fluids, &c. It is secreted 
by the epithelial cells, and contains their de- 
bris, with albuminous and saline matters, and 
much water. 

Mu'cus Malpighia'nus. The rete mucosum. 

MUCUS, VEGETABLE. Gum. 

MU'D AR. The Indian name of the Calotro- 
pis gigantea, an asclepiadaceous plant. The 
bark of the root is esteemed alterative and su- 
dorific, and employed in venereal and cutaneous 
affections in the dose of gr. iij. to gr. 36s. The 
dried milky juice is said to be a bitter prepara- 
tion, and contains a peculiar body called mu- 
darine. 

Mu'ffle. A small, semicylindrical vessel of 
earthen-ware, with slits on the upper side, in 
which cupels are placed in the furnace, so that 
their contents may be strongly heated, and yet 
exposed to the action of air. 

Mugwort. Artemisia vulgaris. 

Mugwort, chinense. Artemisia chinense. 
441 



MUR 



MUS. 



Mv'lm.. Pustules contracted either by heat 
or cold. 

Mulberry. Moras nigra. 

MuLBE'RRr calculus. The oxalate of lime 
calculus. See Calculus. 

Mule. See Hybrid. 

Mule's fern. Asplenium hemionitis. 

Mulie'bria. 1. The menses. 2. The vulva. 

Mullein. Verbascum thlaspus. 

Mullet. See Mullus. 

MU'LLUS. A genus of fishes, of the order 
Thoracici. — M. barbalus. M. ruber. The red 
surmullet. — Af. sarmuletus. The striped sur- 
mullet. 

Mulsum. Hydromeli. 

Multa'ngular. Multangulavis- Many cor- 
nered or angular. 

Multicuspidati. The three large molars. 

MULTI'FIDUS. Multifid. Divided into 
many parts. 

Multifidus spina:. Under this name Albi- 
nus has included those portions of muscular 
flesh, intermixed with tendinous fibres, which 
lie close to the posterior part of the spine, and 
which Douglas and Winslow have described as 
three distinct muscles, under the names of trans- 
rcrsales, or transverso-spinales, of the loins, back, 
and neck. The multifidus spina; arises, ten- 
dinous and fleshy, from the upper convex sur- 
face of -the os sacrum, from the posterior adjoin- 
ing part of the ilium, from the oblique and 
transverse processes of all the lumbar vertebra;, 
from the transverse processes of all the dorsal 
vertebra;, and from those of the cervical verte- 
bra?, excepting the three first. From all these 
origins the fibres of the muscles run in an oblique 
direction, and are inserted, by distinct tendons, 
into the spinous processes of all the vertebra; of 
the loins and back, and likewise into those of 
the six inferior vertebra of the neck. When 
this muscle acts singly, it extends the back 
obliquely, or moves it to one side ; when both 
muscles act, they extend the vertebra; back- 
ward. 

M ultiflo'rcs. Many-flowered. 

Multiforme os. Ethmoid bone. 

Multilobular. Multilocularis. Having 
many cells : applied to seed-vessels. 

Mu'ltivartitk. Mult/ partita. i. Having 
many and deep divisions. 

Mu'ltipes. ]. The wood-louse. 2. The 
polypus. 

Mu'ltivalve. Multivalvis. Having more 
than two valves. 

Mummy. Mumia. Powder of mommy was 
long considered alexi2>hartnie. 

Mumps. Parotitis. 

MUNDICATI'VUS. Mtindificans. (From 
mundo, to cleanse.) Having the property of 
purifying and cleansing away foulness. 

Mungos. Ophiorrhiza mungos. 

MURiE'NA. (a, ie, f.) A genus of fishes of 
the order Apodes. — Af. anguilla. The com- 
mon eel. — Af. conger. The conger, or sea eel. 
— Af. helmet. M. rotnana. The Roman eel. 

Mural. Muralis. Appertaining to a wall. 

Mura'ria. Asplenium murale. 

Mure'xan. Purpuric acid. A product of 
the decomposition of uric acid. 

M ure'xide . Purpurate of ammonia : a crys- 
442 



talline body of a rich red by transmitted, and 
green by a reflected light. It is derived from 
uric acid. Formula, CnHeNoOs. 

Muria. Brine. 

Muriacite. Gypsum. 

MU'RIAS. (as, atis, f.) A muriate or 
chloride. 

Murias ammonite. Ammonia; murias. 

Murias antimonii. Chloride of antimony. 

Murias barytje. Barii chloridum. 

Murias calcis. Calcii chloridum. 

Murias ferri. Ferri chloridum. 

Murias ferri ammoniacalis. Ferri am- 
monio-chloridum. 

Murias hydrargyri. There are two mu- 
riates of mercury. See Hydrargyri chloridum 
mite, and Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum. 

Murias hydrargyri ammoniacalis. Hy- 
drargyrum ammoniatum. 

Murias hydrargyri oxygenatus. See Hy- 
drargyri lichloridum corrosivum. 

Murias potassje. Potassii chloridum. 

Murias potass.e oxygenatus. Potasaa; 
chloras. 

Murias sod.e. Sodii chloridum. 

Murias stibii. Chloride of antimony. 

MURIA'TIC. (Muriaticus; from muria, 
brine.) Belonging to sea-salt. 

Muriatic acid. Hydrochloric acid. 

Muriatic acid, oxygenated. Chlorine. 

Muriatic ether. Ether hydrochloric. 

Muricate. Muricatus. Sharp-pointed. 

Murmur, respiratory. See Auscultation- 

MU'SA. (a, ee,f.) A genus of plants. Poly- 
gamia. Monascia. Musacecc. — M. paradisi'aca. 
The plantain-tree of the tropics, the fruit of 
which supplies the natives with much of their 
food. — M. sapicntum. The banana. M.fructu 
cucumcrino breviori. The fruit of this is smaller, 
and more luscious. 

Musadi. Sal ammoniac. 

MU'SCA. (a, a;, f. Mvioicn; from /iv£u, to 
murmur.) A very extensive genus of insects, 
of the order Diptera. The fly. 

Musca hispanica. Cantharis. 

Musc;e volitantes. Pseudoblepsis. 

MUSCLE. (Musculus, i, m. ; a diminutive 
of mus, a mouse, from its resemblance to a flay- 
ed mouse.) Muscles are formed of bands of 
muscular fibre, made fast at the extremities into 
ligaments, by which they are attached to bones 
and other parts; they are plentifully supplied 
with nerves, for the most part from the mter- 
costals, and with arteries, veins, and absorbents.. 
Some are inclosed in a sheath of condensed cel- 
lular tissue, others merely separated by ordi- 
nary cellular tissue. The muscles are called 
rectilinear, penniform, compound, &c, accord- 
ing to the direction of their fibres. Those that 
are opposed in action are called antagonists; 
those which conspire, congeners. Muscles are 
voluntary, or subject to the will, or involuntary, 
as the heart, intestinal muscles, bladder, &c, 
acting independently of it, or, like the respira 
tory muscles, may be of both kinds, or mixed. 
When they terminate in a round ligament, it is 
called a tendon; when in a flat expansion, an 
aponeurosis. The origin of a muscle is the most 
fixed point to which its tendon is attached, and 
the movable point is called its insertion 



"MUS 



MUS 



A Table of the Muscles. 

[The reader will observe that all the muscles 
are in pairs, except those marked thus *.] 

Muscles of the integuments of the cranium : 
Occipito frontalis.* Corrugator supercilii. 

Muscles of the eyelids: Orbicularis palpe- 
brarum. Levator palpebral superioris. Ten- 
sor tarsi. 

Muscles of the eyeball : Rectus superior. 
Rectus inferior. Rectus intcrnus. Rectus ex- 
tcmus. Obliquus superior. Obliquus inferior. 

Muscles of the nose and mouth : Levator pal- 
pebral superioris alaquc nasi. Levator labii 
superioris proprius. Levator anguli oris. Zy- 
gomaticus major. Zygomaticus minor. Buc- 
cinator. Depressor anguli oris. Depressor labii 
inferioris. Orbicularis 07-is* Depressor labii 
superioris alaque nasi. Constrictor nasi. Le- 
vator mcnli vel labii inferioris. 

Muscles of the external ear : Superior auris. 
Anterior auris. Posterior auris. Helicis major. 
Helicis minor. Tragiciis. Antitragicus. Trans- 
versus auris. 

Muscles of the internal ear: Laxator tym- 
panal. Membrana tympani. Tensor tympani. 
Stapedius. 

Muscles of the lower jaw : Temporalis. Mas- 
seter. Pterygoideus externus. Ptcrygoideus 
internus. 

Muscles about the anterior part of the neck : 
Platytma myoides. Sterno-cleido-mastoideus. 

Muscles between the lower jaw and os hy- 
oides : Digaslricus. Mylo-hyoidcus. Genio- 
hyoideus. Genio-glossus. Hyo-glossus. Lin- 
gualis. 

Muscles situated between the os hyoides 
and trunk : Sterno-hyoidcus. Crico-hyoideus. 
Sterno-thyroideus. Thyro-hyoidcus. Crico-thy- 
roideus. 

Muscles between the lower jaw and os hy- 
oides laterally: Stylo-glossus. Stylo-hyoides. 
Stylo-pkaryngeus. Circumflexus. Levator palati 
mollis. 

Muscles about the entry of the fauces : Con- 
strictor isthmi faucium. Palato-pharyngeus. 
Azygos uvula;.* 

Muscles situated on the posterior part of the 
pharynx : Constrictor pharyngis superior. Con- 
strictor pharyngis medius. Constrictor pharyn- 
gis inferior. 

Muscles situated about the glottis: Crico- 
arytanoideus posticus. Crico-arytanoideus lat- 
eralis. Thyro-arytanoideus. Arytcenoideus ob- 
liquus* Arytcenoideus transversus* Thyro- 
epiglottideus. Arytcena-epiglottideus. 

Muscles situated about the anterior part of 
the abdomen: Obliquus descendens externus. 
Obliquus ascendens internus. Transversalis ab- 
dominis. Rectus abdominis. Pyramidalis. 

Muscles about the male organs of generation: 
Dartos* Cremaster. Erector penis. Acceler- 
ator urina. Transversus perinci. 

Muscles of the anus: Sphincter ani* Le- 
vator ani* 

Muscles of the female organs of generation : 
Erector clitoridis. Sphincter vagina. 

Muscles situated within the pelvis: Obturator 
internus. Coccygeus. 

Muscles situated within the cavity of the 
abdomen: Diaphragma* Quadralus lumbo- 



rum. Psoas parvus. Psoas magnus. lliacus 
internus. 

Muscles situated on the anterior part of the 
thorax: Pectoralis major. Subclavius. Pec- 
toralis minor. Serratus major anticus. 

Muscles situated between the ribs and within 
the thorax : Intercostales externi. Intercostales 
interni. Triangularis. 

Muscles situated on the anterior part of the 
neck, close to the vertebra : Longus colli. Rectus 
internus capitis major. Rectus capitis internus 
minor. Rectus capitis lateralis. 

Muscles situated on the poiterior part of the 
trunk: Trapezius. Lalissimus dorsi. Serratus 
posticus inferior. Rhomboideus. Splenitis. Ser- 
ratus superior posticus. Spinalis dorsi. Leva- 
tores costarum. Sacro-lumbalis. Longissimus 
dorsi. Complexus. Trachclo-mastoideus. Le- 
vator scapula. Semi-spinalis dorsi. Multifidus 
spina. Semi-spinalis colli. Transversalis colli. 
Rectus capitis posticus minor. Obliquus capitis 
superior. Obliquus capitis inferior. Scalenus. 
Intcrspinalcs. Intertransvcr sales. 

Muscles of the superior extremities : Supra- 
spinalus. Infraspinatus. Teres minor. Teres 
major. Deltoidcs. Coraco-brachialis. Subscapu- 
laris. 

Muscles situated on the os humeri: Biceps 
flexor cubili. Brachialis internus. Biceps ex- 
tensor cubiti. Anconeus. 

Muscles situated on the forearm : Supinator 
radii longus. Extensor carpi radialis longior. 
Extensor carpi radialis brevior. Extensor di- 
gitorum communis. Extensor minimi digiti. 
Extensor carpi ulnaris. Flexor carpi ulnaris- 
Palmaris longus. Flexor carpi radialis. Pro- 
nator radii teres. Supinator radii brevis. Ex- 
tensor ossis metacarpi pollicis manus. Extensor 
primi internodii. Extensor secundi intcmodii. 
Indicator. Flexor digitorum sublimis. Flexor 
digitorum profundus. Flexor longus pollicis. 
Pronator radii quadratus. 

Muscles situated chiefly on the hand : Lum- 
bricalcs. Flexor brevis pollicis manus. Oppo- 
nens pollicis. Abductor pollicis manus. Ad- 
ductor pollicis manus. Abductor indicis manus. 
Palmaris brevis. Abductor minimi digiti manus. 
Abductor minimi digili. Flexor parvus minimi 
digiti. Interossei interni. Interossei externi. 

Muscles of the inferior extremities: Pectir 
nalis. Triceps adductor femoris. Obturator ex- 
ternus. Gluteus maximus. Gluteus minimus. 
Gluteus medius. Piriformis. Gemini. Quadra- 
tus femoris. 

Muscles situated on the thigh : Tensor vagina 
femoris. Sartorius. Rectus femoris. Vastus 
externus. Vastus intcrnus. Cruralis. Semi- 
tendinosus. Semi-membranosus. Biceps flexor 
cruris. Popliteus. 

Muscles situated on the leg: Gastrocnemius 
externus. Gastrocnemius internus. ■ Plantaris. 
Tibialis anticus. Tibialis posticus. Peroneus 
longus. Peroneus brevis. Extensor longus di- 
gitorum pedis. Extensor proprius pollicis pedis. 
Flexor longus digitorum pedis. Flexor longus 
pollicis pedis. 

Muscles chiefly situated on the foot : Exten- 
sor brevis digitorum pedis. Flexor brevis digi- 
torum pedis. Lumbricales pedis. Flexor brevis 
pollicis pedis. Abductor pollicis pedis. Ad- 

443 



MUS 



M YE 



ductor polite is pedis. Abductor minimi digit i 
pedis. Flexor brevis minimi digiti pedis. Trans- 
versales pedis. Interossei pedis externi. In- 
terossei pedis interni. 

MUSCULAR. (Muscularis; from musculus, 
a muscle.) Belonging to a muscle. 

Muscular fibre. Fibra muscularis. Mus- 
cles are composed of parallel»bundles of fibres, 
which, when separated as far as practicable, 
are found to be tubes imperfectly cylindrical. 
The tubes are surrounded with a transparent 
membrane, and average a diameter of T^th of 
an inch in man. ^"he bounding membrane is 
called the myolemma. These tubes are striated 
in the voluntary muscles ; non-striate, and fur- 
nished with knots at frequent intervals, in the 
muscles of organic life. The case contains ele- 
mentary globules in either kind, but these are 
arranged in lines or fibrillar in the former, and 
are merely contained in the sheath in the latter. 
The fibrillar have a diameter of -j-jrroirth of an 
inch. The size of the non-striated tube is from 
2 Att to sbVts"- These two forms of muscular 
fibre differ only in regard to development, the 
striated being the most developed. Between the 
tubes are arranged cellular tissue, uniting them, 
and transmitting blood-vessels, lymphatics, and 
an incredible number of nervous fibres, all of 
which are arranged in loops, and return upon 
themselves. The contraction of the fibre is due 
to the change of form of the ultimate cellules 
of the fibrilliE, the myolemma having nothing 
to do with it. 

Muscu'lar nerve. The fourth pair. — Wins- 
low. 

Muscu'lo-cuta'neous. Pertaining to the 
skin and to a muscle. 

Muscu'lo-cutaneous nerve. 1. The ex- 
ternal cutaneous nerve of the brachial plexus. 
2. A branch of the external popliteal nerve. 

Muscu'lo-rachidian. Pertaining to the 
spine and a muscle. 

Muscu'lo-spiralis. The radial nerve. 

Musculus. (us, i, m.) A muscle. See Mus- 
cle. 

Musculus acclivis. Obliquus ascendens 
internus. 

Musculus auxiliarius. M. Fallopii. Py- 
ramidalis. 

Musculus cutaneus. Platysma nryoides. 

Musculus Eustachii. Tensor tympani. 

Musculus fascije lat.<e. Tensor vaginae 
femoris. 

Musculus patienti.e. Levator scapula?. 

Musculus stapedius. Stapedius. 

Musculus supercilii. Corrugator supercilii. 

Musculus testis. Cremaster. 

Musculus tubje nov«. Circumflexus 
palati. 

MU'SCUS. (us, i, m. ; from fioaxoe, tender.) 
A moss. A cryptogamous plant, which has its 
fructification contained in a capsule. See Li- 
chen. 

Muscus clavatus. Lycopodium. 

Muscus cranii humani. Lichen saxatilis and 
Usnea. 

Muscus erectus. Lycopodium selago. 

Muscus islandicus. Cetraria islandica. 

Muscus marinus. Conferva rupestris. 

Muscus maritimus. Corallina officinalis. 
444 



MUSCUS SQUAMOSUS TERRESTRIS. LyCOpO- 

dium. 

Mushroom. See Agaricus and Fungus 
Mushroom, goat's-beard. Clavaria. 
Mushroom, hedgehog. Hydnum ermaceum. 
Mushroom sugar. Sugar derived from ergot 
Mu'sia pattrie. Moxa. 
Mu'sico-ma'nia. Musomania. Melancholy, 
with a passion for music ; or when the passion 
for music is extravagant. 
Musk. See Moschus. 

M U S K, A R T I F I C I A L. Let three fluid 
drachms and a half of nitric acid be gradually 
dropped on one fluid drachm of rectified oil of 
amber, and well mixed. Let it stand twenty- 
four hours, then wash it well, first in cold, and 
then in hot water. One drachm of this resinous 
substance, dissolved in four ounces of rectified 
spirit, forms a good tincture, of which the mean 
dose is twenty minims. In preparing the above, 
great attention should be given to the washing 
the resin, otherwise it is offensive to the stomach. 
Musk-cranesbill. Geranium moschatum. 
Musk-melon. Cucumis melo. 
Musk-seed. Hibiscus abelmoschus. 
Mussel. Mytilus edulis. 
MUSSE'NDA. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
dria. Monogynia. — M. frondosa. Ray attrib- 
utes a cooling property to an infusion or decoc- 
tion of this plant, which the Indians drink by 
the name of beleson. 

MUSSITA'TION. Mussitatio. A movement 
of the lips, as in the act of speaking, with little 
or no audible speech. It indicates great cere- 
bral debility, and is an unfavorable symptom in 
low fevers. 

MUST. The expressed juice of the grape. 
Mustard. See Sinapis. 
Mustard, hedge. Erysimum alliaria. 
Mustard, mithridate. M., treacle. Thlas- 
pi arvense. 
Mustard, yellow. Sinapis alba. 
Mu'ticus. Beardless; awnless. 
MUTI'TAS. (as, atis, f. ; from mutus, dumb.) 
Dumbness. See Aphonia. 

Muti'tas surdo'rum. The speechlessness 
of deaf persons. 

Myaca'ntha. Ruscus aculeatus. 
Myasthe'nia. Muscular debility. 
My'ces. MvKnc. A fungus. 
Mycode'rma cerevisi.e. The fungoid bodies 
found in yeast. 

Mycode'rma acetje. The mother-vinegar, 
or fungoid development found at the bottom 
of vinegar casks. 

Myco'melinic acid. An acid procured by 
heating a solution of alloxan with ammonia. 
Formula, C 8 H 5 N 4 0fi. 
MYCTE'RES. Mvkttipvc. The nares. 
Mycteropho'nia. Nasal voice. 
Myde'sis. A corruption from redundant 
moisture; but Galen applies it particularly to a 
purulent discharge from the eyelids. 

Mt'don. A fleshy fungus in a fistulous ulcer. 
MYDRI'ASIS. (is, is, f. Mvdpiamc ; deri- 
vation doubtful. ) A preternatural dilatation of 
the pupil. 

MYELI'TIS. (From pveloc, marrow.) 
This name has been given to inflammation of 
the substance of the spinal cord. 



MYO 

MYLABRIS. A genus of coleopterous in- 
sects. — M. variabilis. This is brought from 
China, and is used as a substitute for canthari- 
des. — M. cichorii. This species is said to be 
the same with the bnprestis of the Greeks, which 
Pliny tells us was used as a vesicatory. 

Myla'cris. The patella, or knee-pan. 

My'le. ~Mvlr). 1. The knee-pan. 2. A 
mole in the uterus. 

Mylo-glossus. Some fibres of the constric- 
tor pharyrigis superior have been so called. 

MY'LO HYOIDE'US. It is a thin, flat mus- 
cle, situated between the lower jaw and the os 
hyoides, and is covered by the anterior portion 
of the digastricus. It arises from all the inner 
surface of the lower jaw, as far back as the in- 
sertion of the pterygoideus internus ; it joins 
its fellow, to form one belly, with an interme- 
diate tendinous streak, or linea alba, which ex- 
tends from the chin to the os hyoides, where 
both muscles are inserted into the lower edge 
of the basis of that bone. Its use is to pull the 
os hyoides upward, forward, and to either side. 

Mylo-pharyngeus. The constrictor pharyn- 
gis superior. 

Myoce'phalum. An incipient staphyloma. 

Myocoili'tis. Inflammation of the muscles 
of the belly. 

Myo'deso'psia. Muses volitantes. 

Myody'nia. Tain in the muscles. 

Myo'ides. 1. Like a muscle. 2. The pla- 
tysma myoides. 

MYOLE'MMA. (From five, and lefijia, a 
covering.) The transparent tube which con- 
tains the muscular fibrilla). See Muscular fibre. 

MYO'LOGY. (Myologia, <e, f. ; from five, a 
muscle, and 2.oyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine 
of the muscles. 

MYO'PIA. (a, <e, f. ; from jivu, to contract, 
and uip, the eye.) Near-sightedness: persons 
are considered near-sighted who can not see dis- 
tinctly above twenty inches. The term is also 
applied to the exercise of vision at shorter dis- 
tances than usual. In short-sightedness, the 
rays of light are brought to a focus at a point 
too near the crystalline lens to impress a dis- 
tinct image on the retina. This disease arises 
from, 1. Too great a convexity of the cornea. 
2. Too great a longitude of the bulb. 3. Too 
great a convexity of the anterior superficies of 
the crystalline lens. 4. Too great a density of 
the cornea, or humors of the eye. 5. Too di- 
lated a pupil. 6. Infants, from the great con- 
vexity of the cornea, are often myopes ; but, by 
degrees, as they advance in years, they per- 
ceive objects more remotely, by the cornea 
becoming less convex. The palliative of this 
disease is a pair of concave spectacles, or mini- 
fying classes. 

MY'OPS. (ops, opts, n. ; from fivo, to con- 
tract, and utp, the eye.) One who is near- 
sighted. 

MYO'SIS. (is, is, f. Mvuatc.) A disease 
of the eye, which consists in a contraction or 
too small perforation of the pupil. 

MYOSITIS. Inflammation of a muscle. It 
is the term applied by Sagar to acute rheuma- 
tism- 

Myoso'tis. Hieracium pilosella. 

MYO'TOMY. (Myotonia, <b, f. ; from five, 



MYR 

and refivu, to cut.) The anatomy of the mus 
cles. 

MYRI'C A. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diacia. Telrandria. Amentacea. — M. ceri'- 
/era. The berries yield a green wax. The 
root is strongly astringent.— M. gale. Dutch 
myrtle, or sweet willow. The leaves, flowers, 
and seeds have a strong, fragrant smell, and a 
bitter taste. The infusion, given internally, is 
stomachic and vermifuge. 

Mvri'cin. The ingredient of wax remaining 
after digestion in alcohol. See Cera. 

MYRI'STICA. (a, m, f.) «A genus of plants. 
Dimcia. Monadelphia. Myrislicacea. — M. 
aromatica. M. moschata. M. officinalis. The 
nutmeg and mace tree. 1. The seed or kernel 
(Nux myristica, Myristica nucleus) of the nut- 
meg is aromatic and stomachic, and much used 
in diarrhoeas and dysenteries. There i* also 
reason to believe that it has a narcotic power, 
which resides in the essential oil. It contains 
an expressed solid oil, which yields the Myris- 
tic acid by saponification. 2. Mace is the arillus 
of the nutmeg. A thick, tough, reticulated, 
unctuous membrane, of a reddish-yellow color, 
which envelops the nutmeg. It has a pleas- 
ant, aromatic smell, and a warm, bitterish, mod- 
erately pungent taste. It owes its properties 
to a solid oil (Myristica adeps), which is some- 
times used externally as an unguent. — M. nux. 
See Myristica moschata. — M. otoba. This spe- 
cies grows in Santa Fe, and also produces a 
nutmeg. 

MYRME'CIUM. A moist, soft wart, about 
the size of a lupin, with a broad base, deeply 
rooted, and very painful. It grows on the 
palms of the hands and soles of the feet. 

Myro'balan. See Myrobalanus. 

MYROBA'LANUS. (us, i, f.) A myroba- 
lan. A dried fruit of the plum kind, brought 
from the East Indies. All the myrobalans have 
an unpleasant, bitterish, very austere taste. 
They are said to have a gently purgative, as 
well as an astringent and corroborating virtue. 
— M. bellirica. The belliric myrobalan. — M. 
che'bula. The chebule myrobalan. — M. citri- 
na. Yellow myrobalan. — M. dmblica. The 
emblic myrobalan. — M. indica. The Indian, 
or black myrobalan, of a deep black color. 

Myrole'. A French term for a medicated 
volatile oil. 

My'ron. An ointment or medicated oil. 

Myro'nic acid. A bitter, active acid of 
black mustard. 

Myrospe'rmum. Synonym of myroxylon. 

Myro'syne. An indifferent azotized body, 
analogous to emulsin, found in the black mustard. 

MYRO'XYLON. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Leguminosa. 
— M. peruiferum. The tree which yields Pe- 
ruvian balsam. It is a resinous substance, com- 
bined with benzoic acid and volatile oil, and 
has a fragrant odor. The balsam is cordial, 
pectoral, and a restorative stimulant and tonic . 
Dose, gtt. x. to f. 3J. Externally it is recom- 
mended as a useful application to relaxed ulcers 
not disposed to heal. 

Myro'xylon toluifera. See Toluifera 
baltamum. 

MY'RRHA. (a, a, f. ; Hebrew.) Zuvavn 
445 



N AK 

M.vppa. Myrrh. Supposed to be exuded from 
the Balsamodendron myrrha. Good myrrh is of 
a turbid black-red color, solid and heavy, of a 
peculiar smell and bitter taste. It is a gum- 
resin. Its medicinal effects are warm, corrob- 
orant, and antiseptic : it has been given as an 
emmenagogue in doses of from five to twenty 
grains. The tincture is applied to ulcers, and 
other external affections of a putrid tendency ; 
and also as a wash, when diluted, for the teeth 
and gums. 

My'rrhis. Scandix odorata. 

Myrsinkl.s'um. Oil of myrtle. 

Myrtaca'ntha. Ruscus aculeatus. 

MYRTA'CE.E. The myrtle tribe of dicotyl- 
edonous plants. Trees or shrubs with leaves 
opposite, entire, and marked with transparent 
dots ; flowers, polypetalous ; stamens, perigyn- 
ous ; carpella, concrete ; inferior ovarium, with 
several cells. 

Myrti'danum. An excrescence growing on 
the trunk of the myrtle ; formerly used as an 
astringent. 

Myrtiform caruncles. M. glands. Ca- 
vunculse myrtiformes. 

Myrti'formis. The compressor naris. 

MyRTir.LUs. Vaccinium myrtillus. 

Myrti'tes. An old medicine, prepared with 
honey and the juice of the myrtle berries. 

Myrtle. See Myrtus. 

Myrtle, Dutch. Myrica gale. 

My'rtochei'lides. The nymphaj. 

My'rton. WLvprov. The clitoris. 

MY'RTUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
Icosandria. Monogynia. Myrtacece. — M. bra- 
bantica. See Myrica gale. — M. caryophy'llata. 
The clove-bark-treo. The bark is a warm aro- 



N AP 

matic, of the smell of clove spice. — M. comma 
nis. The common myrtle. — M. communis ital- 
ica. The berries are recommended in alvine 
and uterine fluxes, and other disorders from re- 
laxation and debility. They have a roughish 
and not unpleasant taste, and appear to be 
moderately astringent and aromatic. — M. pimen- 
ta. Jamaica pepper, or allspice. Pimenta. 
This spice is moderately warm, of an agree- 
able flavor. The pharmacopoeias direct an 
aqueous and spirituous distillation to be made 
from these berries, and also an essential oil. 
Dose of the powder, gr. x. to 9j. 

My'stax. 1. The mustache. 2. The upper 
lip. 

MY'STRUM. An ancient measure. — M.mag- 
num contained three ounces and eight scru- 
ples when used for wine, and three ounces 
when used for oil. — M. parvura contained 
twenty scruples of wine, or six drachms of oil. 

MY'TILUS. (us, i,m.) A genus of shell- 
fish. — M. edu'lis. The edible muscle. It some- 
times disagrees, producing indigestion, nettle- 
rash, or a comatose affection. — M. margariti'f- 
cms. The pearl muscle. 

My'crus. A sort of sinking pulse, the sec- 
ond stroke of which is less than the first, the 
third less than the second, &c, the pulse thus 
diminishing. Of this there are two kinds: the 
first is when the pulse sinks progressively till 
it ceases; the other when it rallies again in 
some degree, but finally fails. 

Myxa. Mv£a. Mucus. 

Myxosarcoma. A tumor, partly fleshy and 
partly mucous. 

My'xter. Myxoter. The nose or nostril. 

Myze'sis. Sucking. 



N. 



N. 



• 1 . The symbol for nitrogen. 2. In pre- 
scriptions, a contraction for numero, in num- 
ber. 

Na. The symbol of sodium, from natrium. 

NA'BOTH'S GLANDS. Nabothi glandula, 
v. ovulm. The mucous follicles of the mucous 
membrane of the interior surface of the neck 
of the uterus. 

Na'creous. Reflecting iridescent light, like 
pearl. 

Na'cta. An abscess of the breast. 

Na'ducem. A uterine mole. 

NjE'VUS. (us, i, m.) A natural mark, spot, 
or blemish. — N. maternus. A mother's mark. 
A mark on the skin of children, which is born 
with them. It may be dark blue or red, super- 
ficial, or like a tumor, and consists of a small 
aneurism by anastomosis. In the latter case 
they are to be removed by the knife, ligature, 
or caustic. 

Na'i corona. Cowhage. 

Nail. See Unguis. 

NAJA. A genus of venomous Asiatic ser- 
pents, including the N. vulgaris, or cobra di 
capello, and JV. hagc, the aspic or asp. Their 
bite is to be treated as that of the rattlesnake. 

Naked. Nudus. 
44C 



Na'kir. Wandering pains in the limbs.— 
Schenck. 

Nanceic acid. Lactic acid. 

Nanus. A dwarf. 

Nape of the neck. Nucha. 

Nape'llus. Aconitum napellus. 

Na'ph^; flores. Orange flowers. 

NA'PHTHA. (a, te, f. Na<p6a.) A native 
combustible, oily liquid, of a yellowish-white 
color, perfectly fluid and shining. It exhales 
an agreeable bituminous smell. It occurs in 
considerable springs on the shores of the Caspian 
Sea, in Sicily, and Italy. It is used instead of 
oil, and differs from petroleum obtained by 
distilling coal only by its greater purity and 
lightness. This fluid has been used as an ex- 
ternal application for removing old pains, ner- 
vous disorders, such as cramps, contractions of 
the limbs, paralytic affections, &c. ; and inter- 
nally as a vermifuge, and in asthma and con- 
sumption. 

Naphtha vitrioli. ^Ether sulphuricus. 

NA'PHTHALINE. A grayish-white sub- 
stance, found during the rectification of the 
petroleum of the coal-gas works, iucrusting the 
pipes. It may be obtained in thin white scales, 
of a pearly brightness, by slow resublimation 



NAR 

in glass vessels. Its specific gravity is 1*048* 
It is insoluble in water, but very soluble in 
ether, and moderately so in alcohol and oils. Its 
form is CioH*. 

Napium. Lapsana communis. 

NAPLES, CLIMATE OF. This is altogether 
unsuited for the consumptive, from the wind, 
called the sirocco, which renders the temper- 
ature very changeable. 

Napus dolcis. Brassica rapa. 

Napus sylvestris. Brassies rapa. 

Napy. See Sinapi. 

Narca'phthum. NapKa(j>8ov. An aromatic 
bark brought from India. It was used in fumi- 
gations. 

NARCE'INE. Narceina. A white crystal- 
line, slightly bitter, indifferent principle of opi- 
um; slightly soluble in water, and fusing at 
198° F. The diluted mineral acids strike a 
blue color with it, but do not form salts. It is 
supposed to be inert. Composition, CmHmNOij. 

NARCFSSUS. {us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Amarylli- 
dacecc. — N. pseudonarcissus. Common daffo- 
dil. The root is emetic and cathartic, and the 
flowers are said to be antispasmodic. The 
dose of the former is rij. ; that of the latter, 
3j., or more. — JV. odorus and N. lazcta are also 
emetic. 

NARCO'SIS. Narcotism. (Nao/cwfftf ; from 
vapKou, to stupify.) The effect of a narcotic. 
Stupefaction, with loss of nervous power, and 
frequently vertigo, stertorous respiration, dila- 
ted pupil, convulsive movements. When this 
is the result of poisoning, stimulating emetics, 
of which mustard is the best, should be admin- 
istered. The bowels are to be cleaned by stim- 
ulating injections, and the patient aroused by 
stimulating drinks and bodily motion. 

NARCO'TIC. {Narcoticus; from vapKou, to 
stupify.) Medicines which have the power of 
stupifying and diminishing the activity of the 
nervous system. Most narcotics have a degree 
of stimulating power, and this is manifested 
chiefly when they are given in small doses, 
while a full dose generally produces the nar- 
cotic effect at once, without any apparent stim- 
ulation preceding it. 

To this class belong opium, hemlock, hen- 
bane, belladonna, aconite, stramonium, cam- 
phor, digitalis, tobacco, alcohol, ether, nux vom- 
ica, leopard's bane, hop, strong-scented lettuce, 
and a variety of other substances. Prussic acid 
has been considered as a narcotic, but it does 
not seem properly referrible to this class. It 
Beems to be a direct sedative. 

NA'RCOTINE. Narcotina. It crystallizes 
in small, colorless, brilliant prisms, almost in- 
soluble in water. It is a very weak base; 
form., C«HiMNOi5. It is stupifying, and pro- 
duces all the unpleasant effects of opium. It is 
not used, but some of its salts are said to be 
employed in the East Indies in intermittents. 

Narcotism. See Narcosis. 

Nard, Celtic Valeriana celtica. 

Nard, Indian. Andropogon nardus. 

NARD OF THE ANCIENTS. Spikenard. 
(Napdof IvdiKt) of Dioscorides.) This appears 
to be the root of the Nardostachys Jatamansi of 
Decandolle, a valerianaceous plant of the mount- 



NAS 

ains of India, still much esteemed as a perfume 
and stimulating medicine. 

Nardo'stachys. See Nard of the ancients. 

Nardus itauca. Lavendula spica. 

Nardus Montana. N. rustica. Asarum eu- 
ropaeum. 

Narifuso'ria. Medicines dropped into the 
nostrils have been so called. 

NA'RIS. {is, is, f.) The nostril. The cav- 
ity of the nostrils is of a pyramidal figure. The 
two nostrils are composed of fourteen bones,, 
viz., the frontal, two maxillary, two nasal, two 
lachrymal, two inferior spongy, the sphenoid, 
the vomer, the ethmoid, and two palatine bones, 
which form several eminences and cavities. 
The eminences are the septum narium, the cav- 
ernous substance of the ethmoid bone, called 
the superior conchae, and the inferior spongy 
bones. The cavities are three pair of pituitary 
sinuses, namely, the frontal, sphenoid, and max- 
illary ; the anterior and posterior foramina of 
the nostrils ; the ductus nasalis, the sphenopal- 
atine foramina, and anterior palatine foramina. 
All these parts are covered with periosteum, 
and a pituitary membrane which secretes the 
mucus of the nostrils. The arteries of this cav- 
ity are branches of the internal maxillary. The 
veins empty themselves into the internal jugu- 
lars. The nerves are branches of the olfactory, 
ophthalmic, and superior maxillary. The use 
of the nostrils is for smelling, respiration, and 
speech. 

Na'rta. A plant used in ointments. 

NASAL. Nasalis. (From nasus, the nose.) 
Appertaining to the nose ; for the parts of the 
nose, see Naris. 

Nasal fossa:. The cavity of the nares. See 
Naris. 

Nasal nerve. A branch of the ophthalmic, 
which passes to the inside of the orbit, and 
gives off a branch which enters the nose by 
the foramen orbitarium*internum anterius, re- 
enters the cranium through the cribriform plate 
of the ethmoid bone, and again descends through 
the same plate to the nose. 

Nasal spines. 1. The superior nasal spine 
occupies the center of the nasal notch of the os 
frontis. 2. The inferior nasal spine is formed 
by the junction of the two upper maxillary 
bones, and is found at the inferior portion of the 
nares. 3. The posterior nasal spine is formed 
by the union of the two palate bones, and is • 
situated at the posterior part of the palatine arch. 

Nasalis labii superioris. The orbicularis 
oris. 

Nasa'rium. The mucus of the nose. 

Nasca'le. 1. A pessary. 2. A compress of 
lint, or other soft material impregnated with 
some medicament, intended to be introduced 
into the vagina. — P. Morel. 

Nasca'phthum. Naona$dov. Narcaph- 
thon. • 

NA'SCENT. (From nascor, to be born.) In 
the act of being produced or developed. In 
Chemistry, this word is much used to distinguish, 
the difference in activity between many ele- 
ments, as hydrogen, nitrogen, &c, when first 
liberated from compounds, and when existing 
in the gaseous state. The active body is there 
fore termed nascent hydrogen, oxygen, nitro 

447 



NAT 



NEC 



een, &c. More recently, Berzelius has intro- 
duced the word allotropism to distinguish the 
fact of a variable state of activity found in most 
elements, and the notation a, ft, y, 6, to rep- 
resent the precise state of the element; thus 
we have alpha hydrogen, which is nascent or 
active hydrogen, and ft hydrogen, which is the 
ordinary gas. The allotropic states of elements 
seem to depend upon the molecular conditions 
of the atoms, as respects the action of electric- 
ity, light, and heat, for by the exposure of an 
nlpha element to a suitable force, it is convert- 
ed into the beta, gamma, or delta condition. 
Shonbein has showed this in the case of iron, 
which, from the alpha or active state, is thrown 
into the inactive by a galvanic shock ; and Dr. 
Draper has also shown that ft chlorine is con- 
verted into a chlorine by the sun's light. 

Nasi depressor. Depressor labii superioris 
aloeque nasi. 

NASI OSSA. The two small bones of the 
nose, that are so termed, form the bridge of the 
nose. In figure they are quadrangular and ob- 
long. 

Nasi'tis postica. Angina nasalis. 

Naso-loba'ris. The name given by Chaus- 
sier to one of the filaments of the nasal nerve. 

Naso-ocula'ris. Soemmering's name for the 
nasal branch ^)f the ophthalmic nerve. 

Naso-pa'latine ganglion. A small ganglion 
situated in the anterior palatine foramen. 

Naso-palatine nerve. A twig sent out from 
the spheno-palatine ganglion. 

Naso-fa'lpebral muscle. The orbicular 
muscle of the eye. — Chamsier. 

Naso-supercilia'ris. The corrugator super- 
eilii muscle. 

NASTU'RTIUM. {urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Cniciferee. 
— N. aquaticum. Sisymbrium nasturtium. — JV. 
hortensc. Lepidium sativum. — N. indicum. 
Tropa?olum majus. * 

Na'sum dilataxs. The pyrmidalis nasi. 

NA'SUS. (us, i, m.) The nose. The ex- 
ternal part of this organ is composed of the dor- 
sum, or bridge of the nose ; the lobe, or tip of 
the nose ; the alee nasce, or sides of the nostrils ; 
and the columna, or inferior termination of the 
septum. See Naris. 

Na'tans. Floating. 

Nata'tion. Swimming. 

NA'TES. (es, is, f.) 1. The buttocks. 2. 
Two of the eminences of the brain, called tu- 
bercula quadrigemina, are so named from their 
resemblance. 

Nates cerebri. The tubercula quadrigem- 
ina. 

Na'trium. Sodium. 

NEOR^'MIA. (From venpoe, death, and 
cu/ia, blood.) Death, beginning by the de- 
struction of the vital condition of the blood, as 
in cholera. 

NATRON. 1. Soda. 2. A native salt, the 
impure sub carbonate of soda. 

Natron muriatum. Sodae inurias. 

Natron pr.kparatum. Soda? subcarbonas. 

Natron tartarisatum. Soda tartarizata. 

Natron vitriolatum. Soda? sulphas. 

Natul.«. (Diminutive of nates.) The two 
uppermost of four small eminences of the brain. 
448 



NATURAL. Naturalis. Appertaining to 
nature. 

Natural history. A description of natural 
objects, as animals, plants, insects, fishes, min- 
erals, fossils. 

Natural orders. N. families. A division 
or arrangement of animals, plants fee., from 
their habits or characters. 

Natural philosophy. Physics mechanical 
philosophy. The science which investigates 
the mechanical laws of nature ; and the rela- 
tions of weight, movement, pressure, or of me- 
chanical forces on masses. 

Natura'lia. The parts of generation. 

Nau'clea gambir. A plant which yields a 
kind of catechu. 

NAU'SEA. (a, a, f. Navtrea; from vavc, a 
ship ; because it is a sensation similar to that 
produced by sailing in a ship.) An inclination 
to vomit without effecting it. See Sickness. 

Nau'sea marina. Sea-sickness. 

NAU'SEANT. Nauseans. Producing nau- 
sea; that which depresses the vital energy, 
and diminishes the heart's action. Small doses 
of ipecacuanha, tartar emetic, and other emet- 
ics, often repeated, produce this effect. 

Nausiosis. Nautia. Nausea. 

Nauticus musculus. The tibialis posticus. 

Navew. Brassica rapa. 

Navi'cclar. Naricularis. Boat-like ; sca- 
phoid. 

NAVICULA'RE OS. Naviformeos. A bone 
of the tarsus is so called, from its supposed re- 
semblance to a boat. 

Naviformis. Navicular. 

Neapolita'nus mo'rbus. The venereal dis- 
ease. 

Near-sightedness. See Myopia. 

Neat's-foot oil. Oleum bubulum. 

NE'BULA. (a, a, f. ; from vEtj>efy.) 1. A 
superficial opacity of the cornea, occupying only 
its outer layer. 2. The cloud-like appearance 
in the urine, after it has been a little time at 
rest. 

NECK. Collum. The parts which form the 
neck are divided into external and internal. 1. 
The external parts are the common integu- 
ments, several muscles, eight pair of cervical 
nerves, the eighth pair of nerves of the cere- 
brum, and the great intercostal nerve ; the two 
carotid arteries, the two external jugular veins, 
and the two internal ; the glands of the neck, 
viz., the jugular, submaxillary, cervical, and 
thyroid. 2. The internal parts are the fauces, 
pharynx, oesophagus, larynx, and trachea. 3. 
The bones of the neck are the seven cervical 
vertebra?. 

Necro'des. Pertaining to death. 

Necro'logy. A discourse on death. 

Necrophobia. Morbid dread of death. 

Necropneumo'nia. Gangrene of the lungs. 

Necrosco'pical. Relating to the examina- 
tion of dead bodies. 

NECRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from venpou, to de- 
stroy. ) This word, the strict meaning of which 
is only mortification, is, by the general consent 
of surgeons, confined to an affection of the 
bones. The death of parts of bones was not 
distinguished from caries by the ancients. 
However, necrosis and caries are essentially 



NEP 

different ; for, in the first, the affected part of 
the bone is deprived of the vital principle ; but 
this is not the case when it is simply carious. 
Caries is very analogous to ulceration, while 
necrosis is exactly similar to mortification of 
the soft parts. 

Necrosis ustilagi'nea. A painful convul- 
sive contraction of the limbs. See Raphania. 

Necrot'omy. Dissection. 

Ne'ctar. A drink of wine and honey. 

Necta'rium. The nectary or honey-cup of 
flowers. 

Nedy'ia. The intestines. 

Nedys. 'Nr)6vc. The belly. 

Needhamia'na corpora. Needham?s bodies. 
The spermatozoa found in the seminal reser- 
voirs of the loligo. 

NEEDLE. In Surgery, a number of sharp- 
pointed, delicate knives, some of which have 
an eye, are so called. 

Needle, acupuncture. See Acupunclura- 
tion. 

Needle-bearer or carrier. The porte-ai- 
guille. A pair of small forceps. 

Needle, cataract. A delicate knife, at- 
tached to a handle, for the purpose of depress- 
ing or cutting up the lens iii cataract. The 
point varies considerably, being triangular and 
curved in Scarpa's ; flat and curved in Dupuy- 
tren's; flat, with a semicircular cutting point, 
in Hey's; and spear-pointed in Beer's, Sie- 
bold's, &c. 

Needle, hare-lip. A silver pin, furnished 
with a movable steel head, which is taken off 
as soon as the needle is inserted, the ligatae 
being wrapped around the pin. 

Needle, seton. A long, narrow lancet, 
pierced at the head for the thread or tape. 

Needle, suture. A curved, flat needle, 
both edges of which usually cut, but sometimes 
the point only ; also, the hare-lip' needle. 

Needle-shaped leaf. Acerosus. 

Negro cachexy. See Cachexia. 

Neusra. The lower part of the belly. 

Nemoro'se. Nemorosus. Appertaining to a 
grove or wood. 

NEO'PLASTY. Neoplastice. (From veoc, 
new, and nXaoou, to form.) The reparation 
of parts by granulations, adhesions, or auto- 
plastic processes. — Burdach. 

Nep. Nepeta cataria. 

Nepa theophrasti. Spartium sconarium. 

NEPE'NTHES. (Nnnevdeg; from vn, priv., 
and nevdoc, grief.) 1. A remedy much cele- 
brated among the ancients for allaying grief. 
2. A name given by Theodore Zwinger to a 
composition of opium, saffron, lignum aloes, cro- 
cus solus, and ambergris. The laudanum of 
Paracelsus. 3. A genus of plants. Dicecia. 
Polyandria. 

NE'PETA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiatce. — N. 
cataria. The nep, or cat mint. Nepetella. The 
leaves have a moderately pungent, aromatic 
taste, and a strong smell, like an admixture of 
spearmint and pennyroyal. The herb is rec- 
ommended in uterine disorders, dyspepsia, and 
flatulency, and much used in domestic medi- 
cine. 

Nepete'lla. The lesser catmint. 
Ff 



NEP 

Ne'phela. The same as nebula. 

Nepheloi'des. Cloudy: applied to the 
urine. 

NEPHRALGIA, (a, «, f. ; from ve<ppog, the 
kidney, and akyoc, pain.) Pain in the kidney. 

Nephrelmi'ntic Relating to the presence 
of worms in the kidney. 

Nephremphra'xis. Obstruction of the kid- 
neys. — Ploucquet. 

NEPHRITIC. Nephrilicus. Appertaining 
to the kidney, or acting on the kidney. 

Nephritic wood. Lignum nephriticum. The 
wood of the Moringa aptcra. 

Nephritica. Medicines which act on the 
kidneys. 

Nephritica aqua. A spirituous distillation 
of nutmeg and hawthorn flowers. 

NEPHRITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from ve<j>poc, a 
kidney.) Inflammation of the kidney. This 
disease is known by fever, pain in the region 
of the kidneys, and shooting along the course 
of the ureter ; drawing up of the testicles ; 
numbness of the thigh ; vomiting ; urine high 
colored, and frequently discharged ; costive- 
ness, and colic pains. Nephritis may be symp- 
tomatic of calculus, gout, &c. ™ 

When the disease is protracted beyond the 
seventh or eighth day, and the patient feels an 
obtuse pain in the part, has frequent returns of 
chilliness and shiverings, there is reason to ap- 
prehend that matter is forming in the kidney, 
and that a suppuration will ensue. 

The disease is to be treated by bleeding, 
general and local, the warm bath, or fomenta- 
tions to the loins, emollient glysters, mucilagi- 
nous drinks, cathartics, and the general anti- 
phlogistic plan. Blisters are inadmissible in 
this disease ; but the linimentum ammonise, or 
other rubefacient application, may in some 
measure supply their place. Opium will often 
prove useful, particularly where the symptoms 
appear to originate from calculi, given m the 
form of glyster or by the mouth. In affections 
of a more chronic nature, where there is a dis- 
charge of mucus or pus, by urine, in addition 
to suitable tonic medicines, the uva ursi in 
moderate doses, or some of the terebinthinate 
remedies, may be given with probability of 
relief. 

Nephritis albuminosa. Bright's disease. 

NEPHRO-. A prefix (from vefypoc, the kid- 
ney), relating to the kidney; as Nephro-pletk- 
oric, pertaining to a congested state of the kid- 
ney ; Nephro-spastic, relating to spasm in the 
kidney. 

Nephroce'le. Hernia of the kidney. 

Nephrodium filix mas. The new name for 
the Aspidium fXix mas, which see. 

Nephrohje'mia. Congestion of the kidney 

Nephrolithiasis. The gravel. 

Nephro'lithos. A renal calculus. 

Nephrolo'gy. Nephogra'phy. A treatise 
on the kidney. 

Nephro'ncus. Tumefaction of the kidney. 

Nephrople'gia. Paralysis of the kidney. 

Nephropyo'sis. Suppuration of the kidney. 

NE'PHROS. Neftioc. The kidney. See 
JCidttcu '• 

NEPIIRO'TOMY. (Nepkrotomia, a, f.; 
fijpm vetypoc, a kidney, and Ttftvu, to cut.) 1. 

449 



NEE 

The operation of extracting a -stone from the 
kidney, a proceeding which, perhaps, has nev- 
er been actually put in practice. The cutting 
into the kidney, the deep situation of this vis- 
cns, and the want of symptoms by which the 
lodgment of a stone in it can be certainly dis- 
covered, will always be strong objections to 
the practice. 2. The dissection of the kidney. 

Nepi'otes. Infancy. 

NE'RIUM. (mot, it, n.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Apocyncce. — N. an- 
tidysente'ricum. The tree which yields the co- 
daga pala bark. Cortex codagce palm. It grows 
on the coast of Malabar. The bark has an 
austere, bitter taste, and is recommended in 
diarrhoea, dysentery, &c, as an astringent. — 
N. oleander. Rose bay. The wood is poison- 
ous; a decoction of the leaves, bark, &c., is 
used to destroy vermin and cure itch. — N. tine- 
torium. This tree of Hindostan affords indigo. 

Ne'roli oleum. Essential oil of orange 
flowers. 

Neroni'ana. Blood-letting. 

Nerva'lia ossa. The parietal bones. 

Nervams. Nervous. 

NERVE. (Nervus, i, m. ; from vevpov.) The 
nerves are those long white cords which arise 
from the brain and spinal cord, and are dis- 
tributed to all parts of the frame, endowing it 
with sensation and motion. The nerves are 
distinguished into cerebral and spinal : the cere- 
bral nerves are generally reckoned as nine 
pairs; the spinal are thirty pairs, and are di- 
vided into twelve pair* of dorsal, five pair of 
lumbar, and five of sacral. 

Cerebral Nerves. 

1. The first pair, or olfactory. These rise 
from the under and back part of the anterior 
lobes of the cerebrum by three filaments, two 
of which are white, and one gray. One of the 
white filaments may be traced into the corpus 
striatum. Each olfactory nerve forms a bulb on 
the cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone. From 
this, numerous filaments, which are distinguish- 
ed into internal, middle, and external, pass 
through the foramina of the cribriform plate, 
and are distributed to the Schneiderian mem- 
brane. 

2. The second pair, or optic nerves. These 
arise partly from the nates, and partly from the 
optic thai; tin i. They proceed forward, beneath 
the crura cerebri, to which they adhere, and 
meet from the opposite sides in front of the 
sella turcica, forming a commissure. The 
nerves then diverge, and each passes through 
the foramen opticum into the orbit, and ex- 
pands into the retina. 

3. The third pair, or rnotorcs oculorum. 
These arise from the under, inner, and back 
part of the crura cerebri. They penetrate the 
dura mater, pass through the cavernous sinuses, 
and proceed through the foramina lacera an- 
teriora into the orbit, where they are dis- 
tributed to all the muscles of the eyeball, ex- 
cept the superior oblique and the abductor. 
Each gives a filament to the ophthalmic gan- 
glion 

4. The fourth pair, pathctici, or trochleares. 
These arise from the valve of Vieussens. They 
pass between the crura cerebri and cerebellum 

450 



NER 

to the cavernous sinus, along the outer side of 
which they run to the foramina lacera anteriora r 
through which they enter the orbit, and are dis- 
tributed chiefly to the superior oblique muscle 
of the eyeball. They are the smallest of the 
cerebral nerves. 

5. The fifth pair, or trigemini. These are 
the largest of the cerebral nerves. One is given 
off' on each side, from the lower and anterior 
part of the crus cerebelli, near its junction with 
the tuber annulare. It consists of very nu- 
merous filaments, which are divisible into two 
fasciculi, of which the anterior or smaller may 
be traced through the pons varolii to the me- 
dullaryfibers prolonged from the corpus pyram- 
idale, while the posterior and larger fasciculus 
is found to arise from the corpus restiforme. 
The compound nerve, thus constituted, enters 
the dura mater just below the tentorium, and 
passes into a canal formed for it by that mem- 
brane. Here the fasciculi, which form the 
nerve, diverge: those derived from the pos- 
terior root form the Gasserian ganglion ; while 
those derived from the anterior root pass for- 
ward beneath the ganglion. From the anterior 
margin of the Gasserian ganglion arise the oph- 
thalmic, superior maxillary, and inferior maxil- 
lary nerves. The portion which separates from 
the rest, and passes beneath the ganglion, makes 
its exit from the cranium at the same foramen 
as the inferior maxillary nerve, with which it 
immediately afterward incorporates. Now the 
ophthalmic and superior maxillary are nerves 
of sense only ; but the inferior maxillary is also 
a motor nerve, which power it derives from 
that portion which has been just described as 
unconnected with the ganglion. Hence the 
trigeminal nerve, taken as a whole, is a com- 
pound nerve, entirely analogous to those of the 
spine. For the distribution of the three great 
branches of this nerve, see Ophthalmic nerve 
and Maxillary nerve. 

6. The sixth pair, or abducenles. These arise 
on each side from the tuber annulare, near the 
groove which divides it from the medulla ob- 
longata. They pass along the basilar process 
of the occipital bone, penetrate the dura mater, 
pass through the cavernous sinus, and enter the 
orbit through the foramen lacerum anterius, to 
be distributed to the abductor muscle of the 
eyeball. 

7. The. seventh pair. Each of these consists 
of two nerves, the facial or porlio dura, and the 
auditory or portio mollis. See Porlio dura and 
Portio mollis. 

8. The eighth pair. These consist on each 
6ide of three distinct nerves, the glossopharyn- 
geal, the nervus vagus, and the nervus acces- 
sorius. 

The glosso-pharyngeal nerve and the nervus 
vagus are situated at the upper and lateral part 
of the medulla oblongata. The nervus acces- 
sorius ascends along the side of the spinal cord 
and medulla oblongata to join the other two 
nerves. 

The glosso-pharyngeal nerve arises on each 
side by several filaments from the lateral part 
of the medulla oblongata, immediately below 
the tuber annulare, and behind the corpus 
olivare. These filaments unite into a single 



NER 

nerve, which is situated directly above the 
nervus vagus. It is distributed to the root of 
the tongue, pharynx, and larynx. 

The nervus vagus arises by many fila- 
ments, arranged perpendicularly along the 
lateral part of the medulla oblongata, imme- 
diately below the origins of the glosso-pharyn- 
geal nerve. These filaments form six or eight 
cords, which are united in the form of a flatten- 
ed band. 

The glosao-pharyngeal nerve and the nervus 
vagus proceed together outward and forward 
to the foramen lacerum posterius, through which 
they pass out of the cranium. 

The nervus accessorius arises by several fila- 
ments from the lateral part of the spinal cord, 
between the anterior and posterior origins of 
the cervical nerves. They unite into a single 
nerve, which ascends through the foramen mag- 
num into the skull, and thence proceeds out- 
ward to the foramen lacerum posterius, through 
which it passes with the two other divisions of 
the eighth pair. 

For the distribution of the two latter nerves, 
see Pneumogastric nerve and Accessorius nervus. 

9. The ninth pair, Ungual, hypo-glossal, or 
■motores lingua;. Each nerve arises by numer- 
ous filaments from the furrow between the cor- 
pus pyramidale and corpus olivare. It passes 
through the anterior condyloid foramen, de- 
scends behind the posterior portion of the di- 
gastric muscle, and forms an arch with its con- 
vexity downward ; it then passes between the 
mylo-hyoid and hyo-glossus muscles to the 
tongue, throughout the muscular substance of 
which it is distributed. From the above-men- 
tioned arch, a twig, termed descendens noni, runs 
down in front of the sheath of the common car- 
otid artery to the sterno-hyoid, sterno-thyroid, 
and adjacent muscles. 

Soemmering and other anatomists have di- 
vided the encephalic nerves into twelve pairs, 
viz., 1. The olfactory. 2. The optic. 3. Mo- 
tores oculorum. A. Pathetici. 5. Trigemini. 
6. Abducenles. 7. Facial. 8. Auditory. 9. 
Glosso-pharyngeal. 10. Nervus vagus. 11. 
Accessory nerves. 12. Lingual. 

This arrangement, though not commonly 
adopted, is the true and natural one, as the 
twelve pairs of nerves just enumerated are per- 
fectly distinct. 

Spinat. Nerves. 

Those nerves are called spinal which pass 
out through the lateral or intervertebral foram- 
ina of the spine. They consist of thirty-one 
pairs ; and each nerve has two roots, the one 
rising from the anterior, and the other from the 
posterior column of the cord. The fibres of the 
posterior root converge, and, while yet enclosed 
in the sheath of the cord, form a ganglion. The 
fibres of the anterior root converge in like man- 
ner, passing by the ganglion, unite with the 
fibres of the posterior root, and form one nerve. 
Each nerve thus formed is therefore a com- 
pound nerve. The researches of Sir C. Bell 
have demonstrated that the spinal nerves have 
a double function; the anterior nerves being 
motor nerves, and the posterior, sensatory 
nerves. The spinal nerves are divided into 
cervical, dorsal, lumbar, and sacral nerves. 



NER 

Cervical Nerves. 

The cervical nerves are eight pairs. 

The first are called the occipital at suboccipi- 
tal : they arise from the beginning of the spinal 
marrow, pass out between the margin of the 
occipital foramen and atlas, form a ganglion on 
its transverse process, and are distributed about 
the occiput and neck. 

The second pair of cervical nerves send a 
branch to the accessory nerve of Willis, and 
proceed to the parotid gland and external ear. 

The third cervical pair supply the integu- 
ments of the scapula, the trapezius, and trian- 
gularis muscles, and send a branch to form with 
others the diaphragmatic nerve. 

The fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth 
pair all converge to form the brachial plexus, 
from which arise the six following : 

Nerves of the Upper Extremities. 

1. The supra-scapular. 

2. The subscapidar. 

3. The thoracic, which are usually three in 
number. Two of them are anterior, and dis- 
tributed to the pectoral muscles. The third, a 
very long branch, is posterior, and distributed 
to the serratus magnus muscle. 

4. The circumflex, or axillary nerve, which 
sometimes arises from the radial nerve. It runs 
backward and outward around the neck of the 
humerus, and ramifies in the muscles of the 
scapula. 

5. The external cutaneous, which perforates 
the coraco-brachialis muscle to the bend of the 
arm, where it accompanies the median vein as 
far as the thumb, and is lost in its integuments. 

6. The internal cutaneous, which descends 
on the inside of the arm, where it bifurcates. 
From the bend of the arm the anterior brartch 
accompanies the basilic vein, to be inserted 
into the skin of the palm of the hand ; the pos- 
terior branch runs down the internal part of 
the forearm, to vanish in the skin of the little 
finger. 

7. The median nerve, which accompanies the 
brachial artery to the cubit, then passes be- 
tween the brachialis internus, pronator ro- 
tundus, and the perforatus and perforans, under 
the ligament of the wrist to the palm of the 
hand, where it sends off branches in every di- 
rection to the muscles of the hand, and then 
supplies the digital nerves, which go to the ex- 
tremities of the thumb, fore, and middle fingers. 

8. The ulnar nerve, which descends between 
the brachial artery and basilic vein, between 
the internal condyle of the humerus and the 
olecranon, and divides in the forearm into an 
internal and external branch. The former pass- 
es over the ligament of the wrist and sesamoid 
bone to the hand, where it divides into three 
branches, two of which go to the ring and little 
finger, and the third forms an arch toward the 
thumb, in the palm of the hand, and is lost in 
the contiguous muscles. The latter passes over 
the tendon of the extensor carpi ulnaris and 
back of the hand, to supply also the two last 
fingers. 

9. The radial nerve, which sometimes gives 
off the axillary nerve. It passes backward, 
about the os humeri, descends on the outside 
of the arm, between the brachialis externus and 

451 



. . NER 

interims muscles, to the cubit ; then proceeds, 
between the supinator longus and brevis, to the 
superior extremity of the radius, giving off va- 
rious branches to adjacent muscles. At this 
place it divides into two branches; one goes 
along the radius, between the supinator longus 
and radialis intenius, to the back of the hand, 
and terminates in tho interosseous muscles, the 
thumb, and three first fingers ; the other passes 
between the supinator brevis and head of the 
radius, and is lost in the muscles of the forearm. 
Dorsal Nerves. 

The dorsal nerves are twelve pairs in num- 
ber. The first pair gives off a branch to the 
brachial plexus. Tho upper dorsal nerves are 
distributed to the muscles of the back, inter- 
costals, serrati, pectoral, abdominal muscles, 
and diaphragm. The five inferior pairs go to 
the muscles of the thorax and abdomen. 
Lumbar Nerves. 

Tho five pair of lumbar nerves are bestowed 
about the loins and muscles, skin of the abdo- 
men and loins, scrotum, ovaria, and diaphragm. 
The second, third, and fifth pair unite and form 
the obturator nerve, which descends over the 
psoas muscle into the pelvis, and passes through 
the foramen thyroideum to the obturator mus- 
cle, triceps, pectineus, &c. 

The third and fourth, with some branches of 
the second pair, form the crural nerve, which 
passes under Poupart's ligament with the fem- 
oral artery, sends off branches to the adjacent 
parts, and descends, in the direction of the sar- 
torius muscle, to the internal condyle of the fe- 
mur, whence it accompanies the saphena vein 
to the internal ankle, to be lost in the skin of 
the great toe. 

The fifth pair are joined to the first pair of 
the sacral nerves. 

Sacral Nerves, and Nerves of the Infe- 
rior Extremities. 

There are five pair of sacral nerves, all of 
which arise from the cauda equina, or termina- 
tion of the medulla spinalis, so called from the 
nerves resembling the tail of a horse. The four 
first pair give off branches to the pelvic viscera, 
and are afterward united to the last lumbar, to 
form a large plexus, which gives off* 

The ischiatic nerve, the largest in the body. 
The ischiatic nerve, immediately at its origin, 
sends off branches to the bladder, rectum, and 
parts of generation ; proceeds from the cavity 
i of the pelvis through tho ischiatic notch, be- 
tween the tuberosity of the ischium and great 
trochanter, to the ham, where it is called the 
■popliteal nerve. In tho ham it divides into two 
branches. 

1. The peroneal, which descends on the fib- 
ula, and distributes many branches to the mus- 
cles of the leg and back of the foot. 

2. The tibial, which penetrates the gastroc- 
nemii muscles to the internal ankle, passes 
through a notch in the os calcis to the sole of 
the foot, whero it divides into an internal and 
external plantar nerve, which supply the mus- 
cles and aponeurosis of the foot and the toes. 

Besides the encephalic and spinal nerves, 

there is a set of nerves constituting what is 

called the sympathetic or ganglionic system. 

yhis has, till of late years, been described as a 

452 



NER 

single nerve, called the great sympathetic or 
great intercostal, arising from the fifth and sixth 
cerebral nerves; but it is, in truth, a great col- 
lection of ganglia, connected by filaments with 
each other, arid with almost every nerve of the 
frame. For a description of its course, see In- 
tercostal nerve. 

According to the views of Sir C. Bell, there 
is a particular system of nerves which minister 
to respiration. The medulla oblongata is com- 
posed of three fasciculi on each side : an ante- 
rior, which gives origin to nerves of motion ; a 
posterior, which gives origin to nerves of sen- 
sation ; and a middle, which gives rise to res~ 
piratory nerves. 

A great portion of the spinal nerves concur 
in producing the respiratory movements; but 
there are certain nerves which are the special 
respiratory nerves of particular regions, and are 
therefore most important. 

These are, 

1 . The porlio dura, or respiratory of the face. 

2. The nervus vagus, or respiratory of the 
larynx. 

3. The glossopharyngeal. 

4. The accessory nerve, or superior respira- 
tory. * 

5. The phrenic, or great internal respiratory. 
C. The posterior thoracic, or external respira- 
tory. 

Nerveless. Enervis. 

N E ' R V I N E . (Nervimis ; from nervus, a 
nerve.) Neurotic. Applied to that which re- 
lieves disorders of the nerves. All the anti- 
spasmodics, and the various preparations of 
bark and iron aro nervines. 

Nervorum resolutio. Apoplexy and palsy 
have been so called. 

NERVOUS. Nervosus. Appertaining to a 
nerve. Applied, in Medicine, to fevers and af- 
fections of the nerves, and to medicines which 
act on the nervous system. 

Nervous attack. An attack of pain, spasm, 
rheumatism, and nervous symptoms generally. 

Nervous centers. The brain, spinal mar- 
row, and ganglia. See Nervous matter. 

Nervous diathesis. That description of 
constitution which predisposes to nervous dis- 
eases. 

Nervous diseases. See Neuroses. 

Nervous fever. See Typhus. 

Nervous fluid. See Nervous system. 

Nervous headache. See Cephalalgia. 

Nervous matter. The substance of tho 
nervous system is distinctly separable into two 
kinds : that of the ganglia and centers, and that 
of the long nerves and plexuses. The gangli- 
onic system is also called the nerves of organic 
life, and the long nerves those of animal life, or 
of relation ; and in the inferior animals are oft- 
en absent. The structure of these differs es- 
sentially. The long nerves consist of & fibrous 
system. They are composed of minute trans- 
parent tubes, of ■Apth to | A jtfa of an inch in 
diameter, and less in the brain. This contains, 
firstly, a hollow cylinder of opaque white mat- 
ter (Schwann's), and secondly, in the center of 
the latter is a thread of the transparent or cine- 
ritious nervous matter, constituting the axis 
cylinder. Bundles of these fibres are usually 



NER 

inclosed in a cellular neurilemma, which also 
serves to insulate them. In the development 
of the fibrous nervous tissue, the tube is formed 
of an accretion of cellules, and the nervous cen- 
ters are subsequently introduced. The fibrous 
system constitutes the white or medullary por- 
tion of the brain, and of all the long nerves. 
Its function appears to be solely the transmis- 
sion or conduction of nervous influences from 
the organic portions. The terminations of this 
system dip into all the other tissues of the body, 
and are looped, returning upon themselves, so 
far as examination has been made. A plexus 
of these seems to be intended for the accumu- 
lation of sensory or motory power from several 
ganglia into one structure, by which paralysis 
is in some measure averted. The fibres are 
farther divided into afferent or centripetal, or 
those which convey nervous impressions from 
the outside or periphery to the inner ganglia, 
and efferent or centrifugal fibres. 

The organic, ganglionic, or vesicular nervous 
tissue (gelatinous of Heme) is found in the cin- 
eritious matter of the brain, the spinal cord, 
ganglia, axis cylinder of fibrous nervous tissue, 
and is also dispersed over the tissues on which 
the nerves of sense are scattered, as the pitui- 
tary membrane, retina, papillae of the tongue, 
and, in all probability, over every part of the 
periphery where the fibres terminate or are 
looped. This tissue consists of globules, called 
nerve or ganglion globules. They are not nec- 
essarily associated in any definite course, but 
often lie amid fibrous nervous tissue, blood- 
vessels, or are scattered over surfaces. The 
primary form of the globule is spherical, but 
they are flattened, stellated, &c, under the in- 
fluence of pressure. They exhibit the rudiment 
of a nucleus usually, are j^j-th to rjtv^ 1 °f au 
inch in diameter, and contain granules of trans- 
parent cineritious nervous rrfatter, without any 
of the white substance. In the ganglia, brain, 
&c., their mass appears colored, but this arises 
from the . presence of pigment cellules. The 
globules usually occupy the centre of ganglia, 
but in the brain are arranged on tho outside; 
and in every case their position is such as to 
allow them to be abundantly supplied by blood- 
vessels. Function. — The vesicular tissue is that 
in which all nervous activity, sensation, and 
impression occurs. It is grouped at both ends 
of the conducting or fibrous tissue, and under- 
goes constant metamorphosis under the stimu- 
lus of appropriate agents. The metamorphosis 
occurs from the periphery inward, and the re- 
sult (imponderable or nervous fluid) is con- 
veyed by the fibres to remote organs, and there 
another change occurs in the vesicular tissue, 
which affects the adjacent organ. The result of 
this metamorphosis is the production of changed 
tissues, perhaps the white substance, and, sec- 
ondly, phosphoric acid, which is known to in- 
crease in the uriue with nervous activity, and 
to be derivable but in small quantity from the 
other tissues. The principal feature of the 
metamorphosis is, therefore, the oxydation of 
the phosphorus of the vesicular tissue ; the re- 
sult, an imponderable nervous influence, very 
analogous to, but different from, electricity. 
Accompanying this, there is a constant accre- 



NEB 

tion of nerve aliment from the blood freely 
circulating amid the vesicles. The effects of 
metamorphosis in the ganglionic system is four- 
fold: 1st. The production of sensation. 2d. Of 
motion. 3d. The reflex action of the spinal 
system, by which involuntary actions are car- 
ried on by the specific excitement of different 
bodies, as in the case of respiration, degluti- 
tion, &c. 4th. In the local vesicular matter of 
tissues and ganglia, it is accompanied with 
suitable changes in the tissues and organs they 
control, as secretion, repair, &c, &c. 

The essential condition of nervous activity is 
an abundant supply of pure arterial blood ; but 
the function can nflt be maintained without 
rest, during which repair occurs. If rest be 
withheld, waste occurs, and irritability, and a 
condition approaching to inflammation arises. 
If the circulation be in excess by reason of its 
rapidity, the nervous development is exalted to 
disease, delirium and convulsions occur. If 
congestion arises, by which the supply of aera- 
ted blood is nearly cut off, nervous prostratiou 
arises ; the samo result flows from impure 
blood and deficiency of blood. On the other 
hand, all the functions of the nervous system 
are exalted by an active circulation ; sensation 
is keener, the mind more vigorous. An excited 
circulation in parts gives rise to pain, even in 
organs which are usually passive. 

The composition of nervous matter, accord- 
ing to Fremy, is as follows : 100 parts contain 
20 of solid matter, one third of which is fibrin 
and albumen, derived from the neurilemma and 
investing tissue ; one third common fat, choles- 
terine, cerebric and oleophosphoric acid, and 
the other third of osmazomc, which is a pro- 
teine compound undergoing change, and saline 
matters. Nervous matter, and especially the 
brain, is remarkable for the large proportion 
of phosphorus present in its tissue. This 
amounts to from 8 to 18 parts in 1000, or one 
twentieth to one thirtieth of the whole solid 
portion. Moreover, it has been observed that 
there is a deficiency of this element in the 
brain of idiots. 

Cerebric acid is a white, crystalline, and gran- 
ular solid, slightly soluble in hot water, in 
which it also becomes of a gelatinous appear- 
ance. It is a fat acid, and forms insoluble 
compounds for 'the most part. It is distin- 
guished from most fats by containing both ni- 
trogen and phosphorus, and is peculiar to> the 
nervous system. 

Oleophosphoric acid is dissolved in combi- 
nation with soda by ether. It forms soapB 
with alkalies, and, when boiled in water or 
alcohol, is resolved into a neutral oil, called 
Ccrcbroleinc, and two per cent, of phosphoric 
acid. This oil is almost identical with oleine 
of human fat. The oleophosphoric acid is not 
known in a pure state ; but it is very remark- 
able that it totally disappears as the brain pu- 
trefies, leaving us to infer that it may be the 
product of the metamorphosis of cerebric acid 
by oxydation in the functions of the brain and 
nervous system, and an intermediate step to- 
ward tho removal of the effete phosphoric acid 
and restoration of oleine to general nutrition. 

NERVOUS SYSTEM. This consists of the 
453 



NEB 

«mcephalos and its nerves ; the spinal cord and 
its nerves; and the ganglia of the sympathetic, 
and filaments connecting them with each other. 

The brain is generally considered as the organ 
of the mind. Physiologists, in general, have 
considered the brain as a single organ. Drs. 
Gall and Spurzhcim, however, regard it as a 
congeries of organs, each of which is the seat 
of somo particular intellectual power, moral 
quality, or animal instinct. 

Several conjectures have been formed as to 
the particular functions of the cerebellum. The 
only two which seem worthy of any attention 
are those of Flourens and Gall. Flourens found 
in his experiments on animals, that when the 
cerebellum was removed, the animals retained 
the power of moving their muscles, but were 
no longer able to combine their action into ordi- 
nary movements, and were incapable. of stand- 
ing, walking, springing, Hying, &c. M. Flou- 
rens hence concludes that the cerebellum is the 
regulator of motion, and this opinion is couute 
nanced in some degree by the experiments of 
several other physiologists. Dr. Gall regards the 
cerebellum as the organ of the sexual instinct. 

Sir C. Bell regards the central portion of the 
medulla oblongata as presiding over respiration, 
and giving origin to the nerves which minister 
to that function. The anterior and posterior 
columns of the spinal marrow preside respect- 
ively over common motion and sensation. Dr. 
M. Hall has fouud, that in the case of the spinal 
nerves, the action is of a reflex kind, and due 
in every case to the action of a stimulus, wheth- 
er mechanical, chemical, or mental. In the 
simplest case, the extremity of the nerve, as of 
a sphincter, is irritated by an appropriate stim- 
ulus. It contracts independently of the will ; 
and even if the cerebrum be removed, this irri- 
tation being communicated to the spinal cen- 
ter, it gives rise to an appropriate motion. 
Thus a morsel of food throws the muscles of 
the pharynx into action. 

Less is positively known of the functions of 
the sympathetic than of any other portion of the 
nervous system. The most prevalent ideas are, 
that it is either the source of that power by 
which the organic functions are carried on, or 
the medium through which the actions of the 
different parts of the nervous system are in some 
way combined and modified for the production 
of the organic functions. 

Attempts have been made at different times 
to explain the intimate actions which take place 
in the nerves when they are thrown into op- 
eration. Thus it has been supposed that the 
nerves contain a subtle fluid, called the nervous 
fluid, on the motions of which sensation and 
voluntary motion depend. Another hypothe- 
sis, maintained by Hartley, refers the phenom- 
ena of the nervous system to vibrations in the 
nervous substance. 

Dr. Wilson Philip, from his well-known and 
striking experiments on the power of galvan- 
ism in sustaining the action of parts after their 
nervous communication with the brain is cut 
off, infers that the nervous and galvanic ener- 
gies are identical. 

Nervous quinsy. The globus hystericus. — 
Heberden. 

454 



NEU 

Ne'rvus. (us, i, m.) A nerve. 

Nervus sympatheticus medius. The fifth 
pair. 

Nestiatria. The treatment of disease by 
fasting. 

Nes'tis. NnoTie. The jejunum. 
• Nettle. Urtica dioica. 

Nettle, dead. Lamium album. 

Nettle-rash. See Urticaria. 

NEURA'LGIA. (a, ts, f . ; from vevpov, a 
nerve, and aTiyoc, pain.) Pain in a nerve. 
Various parts of the body are liable to be affect- 
ed with excruciating pain, which is quite inde- 
pendent of any inflammation of the part, and 
which may often be traced in the course of the 
nerves. Such affections all come under the 
head of neuralgia. In many cases they appear 
to be strictly idiopathic; in some, they are 
symptomatic of derangement in the digestive 
or other functions ; and in a third class of cases 
they are the result of injuries of the nerves from 
accidents or surgical operations. The principal 
seats of neuralgia are, tke branches of the fifth 
pair of nerves ; the sacro-sciatic nerve ; the 
nerves of the female breast ; and those of the 
hands and feet. When the disease occupies 
the branches of the fifth pair of nerves, it is 
called neuralgia facialis, or tic douloureux; 
when it is seated in the sacro-sciatic nerve, it is 
often confounded with very different affections, 
under the name of sciatica. »In a few cases of 
neuralgia, the neurilemma has been observed 
to be inflamed; and hence it has been hastily 
inferred that neuralgia consists in inflammation 
of a nerve ; in the majority of cases, however, 
no such appearances are to be detected; and 
hence, when they occur, they are to be regard- 
ed as merely an effect of the disease. 

The treatment of neuralgia will vary greatly 
according to its cause. Where it is symptom- 
atic, the primary disease is to be 'attacked; 
when it is idiopathic, powerful tonic medicines, 
morphia, leeches, and local counter-irritation 
are generally found the most effectual means of ' 
cure. Veratrine, aconitine, daturine. and bella- 
donna have of late years received much notice 
iu neuralgia, applied in ointment or endermi- 
cally. Carbonate of iron, in large doses, seems 
to have been more frequently successful than 
any other remedy, but bark and arsenic are 
also in many instances decidedly useful. Where 
the disease has any tendency to periodicity, the 
bark is to be preferred to any other medicine. 
Division of the affected nerve has often been re- 
sorted to, but the relief derived from this is very 
temporary, for the nervous connection is no 
sooner re-established than the pain returns. In 
a few melancholy instances, neuralgia is utterly 
incurable, and the patient dies worn out by 
years of torture, which admits of only partial 
relief from large quantities of opium. 

Neuralgia cubito-digitalis. When the 
pain is from the minor condyle to the hand. 

Neuralgia faciei. Tic douloureux. Neu- 
ralgia along the facial nerve. 

Neuralgia, femoro-popliteal. Sciatica. 

Neuralgia of the heart. Angina pectoris 

Neurasthe'nia. Irritability; debility of the 
nerves. 

NEURILE'MMA. (a, atis, n. ; from vevpov. 



NIC 

and ?.cfifia, the bark or covering.) The sheath 
which invests the nerves, and also the several 
fibrils of which they are composed. 

Neu'rine. The fatty and albuminous matter 
of which the nerves are formed. See Nervous 
matter. 

Neuritis. Inflammation of a nerve. 
Neurobla'cia. *Insensibility in a nerve. 
Neurody'nia. Neuralgia. 
Neurography. Neurology. A treatise on 
the nerves. 

NEUROLOGY. (Ncurologia, a, f. ; from vev- 
pov, and \oyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of 
the nerves. 

NEURO'MA. Neuroma 'Hon. A painful tu- 
mor situated on a nerve, and being a swelling 
of it, or placed at the extremity of a nerve, as 
in the case of the painful subcutaneous tubercles 
of Wood. 

Neurome'tores. The psoas muscles. 
' Neu'ron. A nerve. 

Neurono'sos. Neurosis. A disease of a 
nerve. 

Neuropa'thic. Relating to a disease of the 
nerves. 

NEURO'PTERA. (From vevpov, and nrepov, 
awing.) The name of an order of insects with 
four membranous wings of similar length. 

NEURO'SES. (PI. Neurosis.) Nervous dis- 
eases. The second class of Culleu's Nosology is 
so called: it comprehends affections in which 
sense and motion are disturbed, without either 
idiopathic pyrexia or topical disease. 

NEUROSTHE'NIA. (From vevpov, and o6e- 
voc, force.) Preternatural nervous excitation; 
the condition of inflammation in the nerves. 

NEUROTICA. (From vevpov, a nerve.) 
Nervous; appertaining to the nerves: applied 
to, 1. Diseases of the nervous system. 2. Ner- 
vine medicines. 

NEURO'TOMY. {Ncurotomia, cc, f I ; from 
vevpov, and re/ivu, to cut.) The dissection of 
the nerves, or the division of a nerve. 

Neur-ypno'logy. An account of the nerv- 
ous sleep produced by fatiguing the muscles of 
the eye, and commonly called magnetic sleep. 
NEUTRAL. Neutralis. In Chemistry, saline 
•compounds wnich do not possess the characters 
of an acid or alkali. 

Neutral mixture. The liquor potassa? ci- 
tratis, made by saturating lemon juice with bi- 
carbonate of potash ; a pleasant refrigerant and 
diaphoretic. Dose, 31J. to 53s. 

NEUTRALIZATION. Nculralisatio. When 
acid and alkaline matter are combined in such 
proportions that the compound does not change 
the color of litmus or violets, they are said to 
be neutralized. 

New Italian doctrine. Contro-stimulus. 
New Jersey tea. Ceauothus americana. 
New leather sound. An auscultatory sound 
resembling the creaking of the leather of a new 
saddle. It is supposed to arise from the friction 
of the heart on the pericardium when the lat- 
ter is roughened by disease from consolidated 
lymph, &c. ^ 

Ni. Nickel. 

Nicaragua wood. The wood of ccesalpina 
-echinata. 

NI'CKEL. A metal of great hardness, of a 



NIP 

uniform texture, and of a color between silver 
and tin; and magnetical. Symb.,Ni. Equiv., 
29-57. 

NICOTIA'NA. (a,a,f.) 1. Tobacco. 2. A 
genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 80- 
lanacem. — N. americana. Nicotiana tabacum. — 
N. minor. Nicotiana rustica. — N. rustica. Green 
tobacco. This is much weaker than the Virgin- 
ian tobacco. — JV. taba'cum. The Virginian to- 
bacco. Tabacum. The leaves are narcotic, 
emetic, purgative, diuretic, and sternutatory. A 
decoction of the leaves is sometimes applied as a 
wash in porrigo, scabies, and other cutaneous 
affections. The fumes and infusion are employ- 
ed as enemata in strangulated hernia and some 
other cases; they occasion extreme faintness 
and relaxation, and require to be used with 
proper caution, lest these effects take place to 
a fatal extent. Vauquelin has obtained a pecu- 
liar principle from this plant, in which its active 
properties reside. See Nicolin. Other species, 
as the N. fruticosa, paniculata persica, and 
quadrivalvis, yield also tobacco when prepared. 

Nicotia'nin. Tobacco camphor. A stearop- 
ten obtained by distilling prepared tobacco with 
water ; it is volatile, solid, and extremely acrid, 
having the smell of tobacco. It is produced by 
the curing of the leaves, not being found in the 
green plant. 

NI'COTIN. Nicotina. It is a colorless oily 
alkali, and has the peculiar taste and smell of the 
plant. It dissolves both in water and alcohol ; 
is volatile and poisonous. Formula (CioHgN)? 

NICTITA'TION. Nictitatio. Twinkling, or 
winking of the eyes. 

Ni'dulans. (From nidulor, to place in a 
nest.) Nidulate. Hidden, as in a nest. 

NIGE'LLA. (a, a;, f.) A genus of plants. 
Polyandria. Pentagynia. — N. qfficinarum. 
Agrostemma githago. — N. sativa. Devil in a 
bush. Fennel flower. This plant was formerly 
employed medicinally as an expectorant and 
deobstruent, but is now fallen into disuse. 

Nigella'strum. Agrostemma githago. 

Niger. Black. 

Night-blindness. See Hemeralopia. 

Nightmare. See Ephialtes. • 

Nightshade, American. Phytolacca de- 
candria. 

Nightshade, deadly. Atropa belladonna. 

Nightshade, Palestine. Solanum sanctum. 

Nightshade, woody. Solanum dulcamara. 

NIGRI'TIES. (From niger, black.) A ca- 
ries is called nigrities ossium ; a blackness of the 
bones. 

Nigritu'do. Melanosis. 

Nihil album. Nihilum album. A name 
formerly given to the flowers or oxide of zinc. 

Ninzi radix. Ninzin. Sium ninsi. 

NIPPLE. Papilla. The small projecting 
body in the middle of the breasts of women. 
See Mamma. 

Nipple shield. A disk of box-wood or ivory, 
made of such a figure as to fit the nipple, so 
that the infant can draw milk without biting or 
irritating it when ulcerated. The elevation cor- 
responding to the nipple is perforated, and cov- 
ered with a prepared teat made of the skin of a 
cow's teat. 

Nipple-wort. See Lapsana. 

455 



NIT 

Nirles. Herpes phlyctamodes. 

Ni'sus. Effort; straining. 

NISUS FORMATIVUS. A creative or form- 
ative effort. This phrase is used by Blumen- 
bach synonymously with vital activity. 

Ni'tidus. Polished; smooth; shining. 

NI'TRAS. (as, atis, f.) A nitrate. A salt 
of nitric acid with a salifiable base. 

Nitras ammonije. Ammonia nitrata. Nitrate 
of ammonia. This salt has been employed in- 
ternally as a diuretic and deobstruent, and ex- 
ternally as a discutient. It is also sialagogue. 
But its principal use is as the source of protox- 
ide of nitrogen, which it yields at a gentle heat. 

Nitras argenti. See Argenti nitras. 

Nitras calcis. Nitrate of lime. Calcareous 
nitre. By particular treatment this salt becomes 
phosphorescent. See Baldwin's phosphor us. 

Nitras potasses. Nitre. 

Nitras potass^: fusus. Sal prunella:. Ni- 
trum tabulatum. This salt, besides the nitric 
acid and potash, contains a little sulphuric acid. 

Nitras sod.e. Alkali mineralc nitratum. 
Nitrnm cubicum. Nitrate of soda. A neutral 
salt composed of soda and nitric acid. Its vir- 
tues are similar to those of nitrate of potash, for 
which it may be safely substituted. 

NITRATE. See Nitras. 

Nitrate of potash. See Nitre. 

Nitrate of silver. See Argcnti nitras. 

NI'TRE. (Nirpov. Nitrum, i, n.) Salt- 
■petra. Potassce nitras. Saltpetre. Nitre is 
procured abundantly from natural beds in India. 
It may also be made artificially by combining 
decaying animal and vegetable matter with 
moist earth and lime, and washing the mixture 
occasionally, by which nitrate of lime is obtain- 
ed, which, being treated with wood ashes, is con- 
verted into nitrate of potash. When pure, it is 
found in anhydrous, colorless, six-sided prisms, 
with dihedral summits. It is soluble in seven 
parts of water at 60°. It is fused below a red 
heat, and decomposed by farther heat. It has 
a cooling, saline taste ; is refrigerant and diu- 
retic ; dose, gr. v. to sss. It is a powerful an- 
tiseptic and detergent body, and an irritant 
poison in large doses. It is an ingredient in gun- 
powder and fireworks. Composition, KO,NO,->. 

NI'TRIC. (Nitricus ; from nitrum.) Of, or 
belonging to, nitre. 

Nitric acid. Acidum nitricum. It is ob- 
tained by the action of sulphuric acid and heat 
on nitrate of potash or soda. When pure, it is a 
colorless fluid, of a pungent odor, extremely 
caustic, sp. gr. 1-5, and contains fifty-four parts 
of real acid and nine of water, being a definite 
compound, the anhydrous acid being unknown; 
formula, NOs-f-HO. The acid is used as a 
caustic to warts and indolent ulcers. Aquafortis 
of commerce is impure dilute nitric acid, and 
contains from 25 to 50 per cent, of acid. Dilute 
acid — acidwm nitricum dilutum ( U. S.) — consists 
of acid, f. 3J.; water, f. 3ix. This is farther 
diluted in practice, and used in typhoid fevers, 
chronic affections of the liver, and as a tonic 
and febrifuge. Dose, gtt. x. to 3ss. in a glass of 
water. When long used it produces ptyalism. 

Nitric oxide. Deutoxide of nitrogen. 

Nitric oxide of mercury. See Hydrargyri 
nitrico-oxydum. 
456 



NOC 

Nitrico-oxydum htdrargyri. See Hydras 
gyri nitrico-oxydum. 

NI'TROGEN. (Nitrogenium, ii, n.; from 
virpov, nitre, and yevvau, to generate.) Azoto. 
An elementary, colorless, inodorous gas, form- 
ing four fifths of the atmosphere, irrespirable, 
not supporting combustion^and having in this 
state no activity. Sym., N. ; eq., 14-06 ; sp. gr., 
•972. It forms five compounds with oxygen, 
of which NO, the protoxide, is the laughing 
gas, and NOs, nitric acid. Nitrogen, with hy- 
drogen, NH 3 , forms ammonia. This substance 
abounds in animal products, and in the most 
nutritious parts of vegetables. 

Nitrogen, deutoxide of. A compound of 
N0 2 . It is a transparent gas, and appears some- 
times to act as a compound radical. 

Nitrogen, protoxide of. See Nitrogen. 

Nitro-leucic acid. See Leucine. 

NI'TRO-MURIA'TIC ACID. Acidum nitro- 
muriaticum (U. S.). Aqua rcgia. Mix nitric 
acid, fiv., and muriatic acid, ?viij. They be- 
come yellow, and acquire the power of readily 
dissolving gold. This mixture evolves chlorine. 
It is used in a very dilute state to sponge the 
feet, &c, and as an internal remedy in chronic 
affections of the liver and obstinate constipa- 
tion, but is very irritant, and not to be used 
where febrile symptoms exist. Dose, 111 v. to 
HI x., in a wine-glass of water. 

Nitro-sa'ccharic acid is formed by the re- 
action of nitric acid on sugar of gelatine. It is 
colorless, crystallized in prisms, and soluble. 
Form., (C 8 H 7 N. 2 05+2N0 5 )4-4HO.— Mulder. 

Nitro-salicyi.ic acid. See Salicyle. . 

NI'TROUS. Nilrosus. Of, or belonging to, 
nitre, or its combinations. 

Nitrous acid. Acidum nitrosum. The red 
fumes produced by exposing binoxide of nitro- 
gen to oxygen. It may be condensed by cold 
or pressure into a colorless fluid, and. consists 
of NO<. It is soluble in nitric acid, but decom- 
posed by water. 

Nitrous oxide. Protoxide of nitrogen. 
Laughing gas. 

Ni'trum. Nitre. 

Nitrum flammans. Nitrate of ammonia. 

Nitrum purificatum. Purified nitre. 

Nitrum stibiatum. Nitrum antimoniatum. 
Anodynum mineralc. An old preparation, made 
by dissolving the antimonium diaphorcficum in 
water, and evaporating to dryness. 

Nitrum vitriolatum. Sodaa sulphas. 

NO'BILIS. (Quasi noscibUis; from nosco, 
to know.) Noble. Some objects of natural 
history, so called by way of eminence: thus 
gold and silver are called noble metals, and no- 
bilis is the specific name of several plants. 

NOC T AM BUL A'TION. (Noctambulatio, 
onis, f. ; from nox, night, and ambulo, to walk.) 
Sleep-walking. Oneirodynia activa. 

Noctisu'rgium. Sleep-walking. 

Nocturnal blindness. See Hemeralopia 
and Nyctalopia. 

NOCTURNAL EMISSION. An emission of 
semen during the night, from weakness of the 
generative function or libidinous dreams. I* 
is to be treated by tonics in the former case, 
and by the antiphlogistic regimen in plethoric 
youth. 



NOM 

Nodding. Nutans. 

NODE. (Nodus, i, in. ; from anad, Hebrew, 
to tie.) 1. In Surgery, a bard, circumscribed 
tumor, proceeding from a bone, and caused by 
a swelbng of the periosteum. Nodes appeat on 
every part of the body, but are more common 
on such as are thinly covered with muscles, as 
the os frontis, forepart of the tibia, radius, and 
ulna. As they increase in size, they become 
more painful, from the distension they occasion 
in the periosteum. When they continue long, 
the bone becomes completely carious. Syphi- 
litic nodes are treated by iodide of potassium 
and frictions over the part with unguentum hy- 
drargyri. 2. In Botany, the joints that have 
small elevations, as observed in the stems of 
grasses, &c. 

Nodo'sus. Nodose; knotty. 

NO'LI ME' TA'NGERE. Lupus. A species 
of malignant herpes or lupus, affecting the skin, 
and not uufrequently the cartilages of the nose, 
very difficult to cure, because it is exasperated 
by most applications. The disease generally 
commences with small, superficial spreading 
ulcerations, which become more or less con- 
cealed beneath furfuraceous scabs. The whole 
nose is frequently destroyed by the progressive 
ravages of this peculiar disorder, which some- 
times can not be stopped or retarded by any 
treatment, external or internal. 

Nodulus. A little node. 

Nodus cerebri. The pons varolii. 

NO'MA. (a, <b, f. ; from vefiu, to eat.) Can- 
cer aquaticus. An ulcer that attacks the skin, 
and often the cheek or vulva of young girls. It 
appears in the form of red and somewhat livid 
spots; is not attended with pyrexia, pain, or 
tumor, and in a few days becomes gangrenous. 
It is to be treated by caustics; and tonics inter- 
nally, or, if seen early, by the antiphlogistic 
plan. 

NOMENCLATURE. The authorized and 
methodical words of a science. In Chemistry, 
a good nomenclature has been one of the most 
important steps toward the rapid advance of the 
science. 

Nomenclature, anatomical. The terms 
above, below, inside, outside, can convey correct 
ideas of the relative position of the different 
parts of a body only while the body and all its 

Earts remain in the same position ; now this not 
eing the case with the living animal body, in- 
finite confusion arises from the use of such 
terms. The late Dr. Barclay, of Edinburgh, 
made a very praiseworthy attempt to introduce 
terms which should apply equally well in all 
positions of the body ; and it is a great pity that 
bis "Anatomical Nomenclature" has not been 
generally adopted, for it is very simple, and ad- 
mjjably suited to the end in view. The follow- 
ing table exhibits the names given by Dr. Bar- 
clay to the different aspects of the body : 

1. Aspects of the head, neck, and trunk. — A 

Eerpendicular plane, dividing the body into 
alves, is called the mesial plane. The aspect 
of any part looking toward this plane is called 
its mesial aspect ; the aspect of a part looking 
to the right of this plane is its dextral aspect, 
and to the left, its sinistral aspect. 

2. Aspects of the head : 



NOS 

Inial. Looking toward the occiput (iviov} 
Coronal. Toward the crown of the head. 
Basilar. Toward the base of the skull. 
Glabellar or antinial. Toward the space- 
between the eyebrows. 

3. Aspects of the neck and trunk : 
Atlantal. Looking toward the atlas. 
Sacral. Toward the sacrum. 
Dorsal. Toward the back. 
Sternal. Toward the sternum. 

4. Aspects of the four extremities : 
Proximal. Looking toward the end nearest 

the trunk. 

Distal. Toward the end farthest from the 
trunk. 

5. Aspects of the atlantal extremities : 
Radial. Looking toward the radius. 
Ulnar. Toward the ulna. 

Anconal. Toward the ancon or olecranon. 
Thenal. Toward the palm of the band 
(devap). 

6. Aspects of the sacral extremities : 
Tibial. Looking toward the tibia 
Fibular. Toward the fibula. 
Rotular. Toward the rotula or patella. 
Popliteal. Toward the poples or ham. 

7. Terms of aspect common to the head, neck, 
trunk, extremities, and viscera : 

Dermal. Looking toward the skin. 

Peripheral. Toward the circumference. 

Central. Toward the centre. 

All these adjective terms are converted into 
adverbs by substituting d for the terminal I or r. 

Thus, what is generally called the upper sur- 
face of the diaphragm is the atlantal surface; 
and adverbially, that surface is said to be situated 
atlantad. 

The under surface of the brain is its basilar 
surface ; and adverbially, it is said to be situated 
basilad. 

Noni descendens. A branch of the ninth 
pair of nerves. See Nerve. 

NON-NATURALS. Res non-naturalcs. Un 
der this term the old physicians comprehended 
air, eating and drinking, sleep and watching, mo- 
tion and rest, the retentions and excretions, and 
the affections of the mind. 

Nooth's apparatus. An apparatus contrived 
by Dr. Nooth for impregnating water with gas- 
es, particularly the carbonic acid. 

No'pal. Nopalnochetzth. The cactus that 
feeds the cochineal insect. 

Norlandica bacca. Rubus arcticus. 

NO'RMAL. Normalis. (From norma, a rule.) 
According to rule ; regular ; usual. 

Norris's drops. According to Dr. Paris, this 
is a solution of emetic tartar in rectified spirit; 
with the addition of some vegetable coloring 
matter. 

Norton's drops. A colored solution of cor- 
rosive sublimate. 

Nose. Nasus. See Nares. 

Nose, bleeding of the. Epistaxis. 

Nosocomia'lis. Nosocomial. Appertaining 
to a hospital, as febris nosocomialis. 

NOSOCOMI'UM. (um, ii, n. ; voooicofieiov ; 
from voaoc, a disease, and Ko/ito, to take care 
of.) Nosodochium. A hospital or infirmary for 
the sick. 

Noso'des. Sickly; insalubrious. 

457 



NOT 

Nosogje'ny. The origin of diseases. 
Nosodochi'um. A hospital. 
NOSO'GRAPHY. Nosographia. The de- 
cription of diseases. 
NOSO'LOGY. (Nosologia, ce, f. ; from voooc, 



NUC 

and Aoyof , a discourse.) That division of med- 
ical science which considers the most appro 
priate names of diseases, and their methodical 
arrangement or classification. 

The following is Cullen's system : 



CLASS I.— PYREXLE. 



8. Ophthalmitis. 

9. Phrenitis. 

10. Cynanche. 

11. Pneumonitis. 

12. Carditis. 

13. Peritonitis. 

14. Gastritis. 

15. Enteritis. 

16. Hepatitis. 

17. Splenitis. 

18. Nephritis. 

19. Cystitis. 

20. Hysteritis. 

CLASS II.- 

4C. Chlorosis. 

Obder III. 
SPASMI. 

47. Tetanus. 

48. Convulsio. 

49. Chorea. 

50. Raphanin. 

51. Epilepsia. 

52. Palpitatio. 

CLASS III.— 
§ 2. Flatuostt. 

70. Pneumatosis. 

71. Tympanites. 

72. Physometra. 
§ 3. Aquosa. 

73. Anasarca. 

74. Hydrocephalus. 

75. Hydrorachitis. 

76. Hydrothorax. 

CLASS IV.- 

§ 2. AppetUus deficientes. 

105. Anorexia. 

106. Adipsia. 

107. Anaphrodisia. 
Order III. 

DYSCYNESLE. 

108. Aphonia. 

109. Mutitas. 

110. Paraphonia. 

111. Psellismus. 

112. Strabismus. 

113. Dysphagia. 

114. Contracture. 
Order IV. 

APOCENOSES. 

115. Profusio. 

116. Ephidrosis. 

117. Epiphora. 

118. Ptyalismus. 

119. Enuresis. 

NOSTA'LGIA. (a, ce, f. ; from vootoc, a re- 
turn, and aXyoc, pain.) A vehement desire for 
revisiting one's country, attended with melan- 
choly, loss of appetite, and want of sleep. 

Nostoc. Temella nostoc. 

Nostoma'nia. The madness of nostalgia. 

Nostril. See Naris. 

NO'STRUM. This word means our own, and 
is applied to quack or private medicines. 

No'tence'phalus. (From vutoc, the back, 
and eyKefyaXoc, the brain. ) A monster in which 
the brain forms a hernia behind, and rests upon 
the dorsal vertebrae which are open posterior- 
ly.— O. St. Hilaire. 

Notch. A depression, as the ethmoidal notch, 
&c. 

Notched. Erosus. 
458 



Order I. 

FEBRES. 

§ 1. Intermittentes. 

1. Tertiana. 

2. Quartana. 

3. Quotidiana. 

§ 2. Continues. 

4. Synocha. 
•6. Typhus. 

6. Synochus. 

Order II: 
PHLEGMASIA. 

7. Phlogosis. 



Order I. 
COMATA. 

41. Apoplexia. 

42. Paralysis. 

Order II. 
ADYNAMIA. 

43. Syncope. 

44. Dyspepsia. 

45. Hypochondriasis. 



Order I. 
MARCORES. 
«7. Tabes. 
<58. Atrophia. 

Order II. 
INTUMESCENTIA. 
§ 1. Adiposes. 
69. Polysarcia. 



Order I. 
DYSESTHESIA. 

90. Caligo. 

91. Amaurosis. 

92. Dysopia. 

93. Pseudoblepsis. 

94. Dysecoia. 

' 95. Paracusis. 

96. Anosmia. 

97. Agheustia. 

98. Anaesthesia. 

Order II. 

DYSOREXIA. 

§ 1. AppetUus erronei. 

99. Bulimia. 

100. Polydipsia. 

101. Pica. 

102. Satyriasis. 

103. Nymphomania. 

104. Nostalgia. 



21. Rheumatismus. 

22. Odontalgia. 

23. Podagra. 

24. Arthropuosis. 

Order III. 
EXANTHEMATA. 

25. Variola. 

26. Varicella. 

27. Rubeola. 

28. Scarlatina. 

29. Pestis. 

30. Erysipelas. 

31. Miliaria. 

•NEURO'SES. 

53. Asthma. 

54. Dyspnoea. 

55. Pertussis. 

56. Pyrosis. 

57. Colica. 

58. Cholera. 

59. Diarrhoea. 

60. Diabetes. 

CACIIEXLE. 

77. Ascites. 

78. Hydrometra. 

79. Hydrocele. 

§ 4. Solida. 

80. Physconia. 

81. Rachitis. 

Order III. 
IMPETIGINES. 

82. Scrofula. 

-LOCALES. 

120. Gonorrhoea. 

Order V. 
EPISCHESES. 

121. Obstipatio. 

122. Ischuria. 

123. Dysuria. 

124. Dyspermatismus. 

125. Amenorrhoea. 

Order VI. 
TUMORES. 

126. Aneurisms. 

127. Varix. 

128. Ecchymoma. 

129. Scirrhus. 

130. Cancer. 

131. Bubo. 

132. Sarcoma. 

133. Verruca. 

134. Clavus. 



32. Urticaria. 

33. Pemphigus. 

34. Aphtha. 
Order IV. 

HAMORRHAGIA. 

35. Epistaxis. 

36. Hemoptysis. 

37. Heemorrhois. 
38< Menorrhagia. 

Order V. 
PROFLUVIA- 

39. Catarrhus. 

40. Dysenteria. 



61. Hysteria. 

62. Hydrophobia. 

Order IV. 
VESANIA. 

63. Amentia. 

64. Melancholia. 

65. Mania. 

66. Oneirodynia. 



83. Syphilis. 

84. Scorbutus. 

85. Elephantiasis. 

86. Lepra. 

87. Framboesia. 

88. Trichoma. 

89. Icterus. 



135. Lupia. 

136. Ganglion. 

137. Hydatis. 

138. Hydarthrue. 

139. Exostosis. 

Order VII. 
ECTOPIA 

140. Hernia. 

141. Prolapsus. 

142. Luxatio. 

Order VIII. 
DYALYSES. 

143. Vulnus. 

144. Ulcus. 

145. Herpes. 

146. Tinea. 

147. Psora. 

148. Fractura. 

149. Caries. 



NO'TIIUS. (NoOoc, spurious.) Spurious. 
Bastard. Sec Bastard. 

Notle'us. The spinal marrow. 

Nouffler's remedy, Madame. A vermifuge 
treatment, consisting of a decoction of aspidium 
filix mas, followed by a drastic purge of calomel 
scammony, and contrayerva. ^ 

Nube'cula. The same as nebula 

Nucamentum. Amentum. 

Nucesta. Myristica moschata. 

NU'CHA. (a, ce, f. ; Arabic.) Nucha capitis. 
The hind part or nape of the neck. The part 
is so called where the" spinal marrow begins. 

Nuci'sta. The nutmeg. 

Nucleated cell. That which is furnished 
with one or more cytoblasts or nuclei. 
»NU'CLEUS. (us, i, m. ; a nuce, from the 



NYC 

nut.) 1. A kernel or fruit inclosed in a hard 
shell. 2. When the center of growth is a glob- 
ule, tumor, or morbid concretion, which has an 
obvious difference from the surrounding parts. 
3. A cytoblast. " 

Nucleus cicatricul.*:. A granular mass 
situated beneath the germinal disk in the hen's 
egg, also called cumulus proligerus, or nucleus 
of the germinal disk. 

Nucleus germinativus. The germinal spot 
found in the germinal vesicle of the ovum. It 
is synonymous with macula germinativa. 

Nu'cula. A little nut. 

Nucula saponaria. Sapindus siiponaria. 

Nu'dus. Naked. 

Numidia melea'guis. The guinea-fowl. 

Nummula'ria. Lysimachia nummularia. 

Nut. Nux. 

Nut, Barbadoes. N., purging. .Tatropha 
curcas. 

Nut, butter. Juglans cinerea. 

Nu'tans. Nutant: drooping or nodding. 

Nutmeg. Myristica moschata. 

NUTRITION. (NutrUio,onis,f.) The func- 
tion by which the molecular changes and de- 
compositions of the body is repaired ; by which, 
notwithstanding the loss which occurs in mus- 
cular structure by motion, the muscle does not 
waste away, but actually increases by action. 
It is the result of the imbibition from the blood 
of its appropriate food by each system of cel- 
lules throughout the body. In a more enlarged 
sense, it includes the great functions of diges- 
tion, respiration, circulation, secretion, and in- 
nervation, by which the appropriate food of 
each organ is prepared and brought to the part. 

Nutri'tion, force of. Plastic force. 

Nutritive center. A cell which originates 
a succession of cellules. 

Nutritious. Nntricius. Capable of sustain- 
ing life. 

Nutri'tum unguentum. A composition of 
litharge, vinegar, and oil. 

NUX. (x, cis, f.) A fruit which has a hard 
shell. 

Nux aquatica. Trapa natans. 

Nux aromatica. Myristica moschata. 

Nux barbadensis. .Tatropha curcas. 

Nux cathartica. N. cathartica americana. 
N. medica. Jatropha curcas. 

Nux metella. N. mechil. Strychnos nux 
vomica. 

Nux moschata. N. myristica. Myristica 
moschata. 

Nux fistacia. Pistacia vera. 

Nux furgans. Jatropha curcas. 

Nux serapioxis. Ignatia amara. 

Nux vomica. Strvchnos nux vomica. 

NYCTALO'PIA. \a, a, f.; from yvf, the 
night, and uf, an eye.) A defect in vision, by 
which the person sees little or nothing in the 
day, but in the evening and night sees tolerably 
well. This disease is dependent upon a pecu- 
liar irritability of the retina, produced by two 
very different causes : a sudden exposure to a 
stronger light than the eye has been wont to 
sustain, and a deficiency of the pigmentum ni- 
grum. 



NYS 

Sedative applications, as dilute tincture of 
belladonna, and the internal use of hyoscyamus 
and conium, with cinchona or cascarilla, are 
likely to be beneficial where the disease pro- 
ceeds from an accidental irritability, taking 
care to remove the causes. In old age, and an 
early deficiency of the black pigment, medicine 
can do but little. 

Ny'ctalops. One who sees only in the night; 
also, the disease called nyctalopia. 

Nycthe'merum. The space of twenty-four 
hours. 

Nycto'basis. Walking in the sleep; som- 
nambulism. 

NY'MPHA. (a, a, f. ; from vvfupa, a water- 
nymph.) A membranous and fleshy fold, situ- 
ated just within the external labia of the female 
parts of generation, one on each side. 

NYMPIIjE'A. (a,«,f.) A genus of plants. 
Polyandria. Monogynia. Ranunculacees. — N. 
alba. The white water-lily. Formerly employ 
ed as a demulcent and slightly anodyne remedy. 
— N. glandifcra. Nympnoe nelumbo. — N. lotus. 
The Egyptian lotus. The root is used as food. 
— N. lutca. The yellow water-lily. N. major 
Intra. Formerly used as the JV. alba. — N. ne- 
lumbo. The pontic, or Egyptian bean. N. in- 
dica. The fruit is eaten either raw or boiled, 
and is a tonic and astringent. 

Nymphoi'des. Resembling the water-lily. 

NYMPHOMANIA, (a, a, f. ; from vv^a, 
nympha, and fiavia, madness.) Excessive and 
violent desire for coition in women. It is a 
species of temporary madness, or a high degree 
of hysterics. Its immediate cause is a preter- 
natural irritability of the uterus, and nympha?, 
and clitoris of women, or an unusual acrimony 
of the fluids in these parts. Its presence is 
known by the wanton behavior of the female; 
she speaks and acts with unrestrained obsceni- 
ty, and, as the disorder increases, she scolds, 
cries, and laughs by turns. While reason is % 
retained, she is silent, and seems melancholy, 
but her eyes discover an unusual wantonness. 
The symptoms are better or worse until the 
greatest degree of the disorder approaches, and 
then, by every word and action, her condition 
is too manifest. The strong and sanguineous 
require bleeding and cooling purgatives, with 
an abstemious diet, to remove this disease ; and 
the nervous and irritable, sedatives, tonics, and 
a more generous diet. If it arise from local 
causes, as acrid secretions, irritation of the 
parts, the attention must also be turned to re- , 
moving these by leeches, lotions, anodynes, 
&c. Marriage, or sexual intercourse, is the 
most natural remedy. 

NYMPHO'NCUS. (From vvfi<j>a, and oyicog, 
a tumor.) A swelling of the nympha), or a tu 
mor of the nymphse. 

NYMPHO'TOMY. (Nymphotomia, a, f. ; 
from vv/itfia, and re/ivu, to cut.) The operation 
of removing the nympha, when too large or 
diseased. 

NYSTA'GMUS. (us, i, m. ; from vvarau, to 
nod sleepily.) An involuntary movement of 
the eyes, such as happens when a person is 
very sleepy. 



459 



OBL 



OBL 



O. 



o. 



The symbol for oxygen; also, a con- 
traction in medical formulae for octarium, a pint. 
Oak-tree. Seo Qjuercus. 
Oak, Jerusalem. Chenopodium botrys. 
Oak, sea. Fucus vesiculosus. 
Oak leather. Xylostroma giganteum. 
Oak lungs. Lichen pulmonanus. 
Oat. See Avena. 

Obcorda'te. Obcordatus. Inversely heart- 
shaped. 
Obel^'a. The sagittal suture of the skull. 
Obeli'scothe'ca. Cystus helianthemum. 
OBE'SITY. {Obesitas, atis, f. ; from obesus, 
fat.) See Polysarcia. 

Object glass. In a microscope, the lens 
nearest to the body under examination. 

OBLI'QUUS. Oblique. 1. In Anatomy, a 
term applied to parts Irom their direction. 2. 
In Botany, it means the same, as radix obliquus, 
but sometimes it means twisted. Folium obli- 
quum, for example, is a leaf, one part of which 
is vertical, the other horizontal ; as in Fritilla- 
Ha obliqua. 

Obliquus ascendens abdominis. See Ob- 
liquus intcmus abdominis. 

Obliquus ascendens internus. See Obli- 
quus interims abdominis. 

Obliquus auris. See Laxator tympani. 
Obliquus capitis inferior. Seo Obliquus 
inferior capitis. 

Obliquus capitis superior. See Obliquus 
superior capitis. 

Obliquus descenders abdominis. See Ob- 
liquus externus abdominis. 

Obliquus descendens externus. See Ob- 
liquus externus abdominis. 

Obliquus externus. See Obliquus externus 
abdominis. 

Obliquus externus abdominis. A muscle 
of the abdomen. It is a broad, thin muscle, 
fleshy posteriorly, and tendinous in the middle 
and lower part, and is situated immediately 
under the integuments, covering all the other 
muscles of the lower belly. It arises from the 
lower edges of the eight, and sometimes, 
though rarely, of the nine inferior ribs, not far 
from their cartilages, by as many distinct fleshy 
portions. From these several origins, the fibres 
of- the muscle descend obliquely forward, and 
soon degenerate into a broad and thin aponeu- 
rosis, which terminates in the linea alba. About 
an inch and a half above the pubes, the fibres 
of this aponeurosis separate from each other, so 
as to form an aperture, which extends oblique- 
ly inward and forward, and more than an inch 
in length, and is wider above than below, be- 
ing nearly of an oval figure. This is what is 
sometimes, though erroneously, called the ring 
of the abdominal muscles, annulus abdominis, 
for it belongs only to the external oblique. 
This opening, or ring, serves for the passage 
of the spermatic vessels in men, and of the 
round ligament of the uterus in women, and is 
of a larger size in the former than in the latter. 
The two tendinous portions, which, by their 
460 



separation, form this aperture, are called the 
columns of the ring. The anterior, superior, and 
inner column passes over the symphysis pubis, 
and is fixed to the opposite os pubis. The pos- 
terior, inferior, and exterior column approaches 
the anterior one as it descends, and is fixed be- 
hind and below it to the os pubis of the same 
side. The fibres of that part of the obliquus 
externus which arises from the two inferior 
ribs, descend almost perpendicularly, and are 
inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the outer 
edge of the anterior half of the spine of the 
ilium. From the anterior superior spinous pro- 
cess of that bone, the external oblique is 
stretched, tendinous, to the os pubis, forming 
what is called PouparVs, or Fallopius's, or the 
inguinal ligament. This muscle serves to draw 
down the ribs in expiration ; to bend the trunk 
forward when both muscles act, or to bend it 
obliquely in one side, and, perhaps, to turn it 
stightly upon its axis, when either acts singly ; 
it also raises the pelvis obliquely when the ribs 
are fixed ; it supports and compresses the ab- 
dominal viscera, assists in the evacuation of the 
urine and faeces, and is likewise useful in par- 
turition. 

Obliquus inferior. See Obliquus inferior 
capitis, and Obliquus inferior oculi. 

Odliquus inferior capitis. A muscle of 
the head. It is veiy obliquely situated between 
the two first vertebras of the neck. It arises, 
tendinous and fleshy, from the middle and outer 
side of the spinous process of the second verte- 
bra of the neck, and is inserted, tendinous and 
fleshy, into the lower and posterior part of the 
trausverse process of the first vertebra. Its use 
is to turn the first vertebra upon the second, as 
upon a pivot, and to draw the face toward the 
shoulder. 

Obliquus inferior oculi. Obliquus minor 
oculi of Winslow. An oblique muscle of the 
eye, that draws the globe of the eye forward, 
inward, and downward. It arises, by a nar- 
row beginning, from the outer edge of the or- 
bitar process of the superior maxillary bone, 
near its junction with the lachrymal bone, and, 
running obliquely outward, is inserted into the 
sclerotic membrane of the eye. 

Obliquus inferior sive major. See Obli- 
quus inferior capitis. 

Obliquus internus. See Obliquus internus 
abdominis. 

Obliquus internus abdominis. A muscle of 
the abdomen. It is situated immediately under 
the external oblique, and is broad and thin like 
that mnscle. It arises from the spinous pro- 
cesses of the three inferior lumbar vertebra, 
the os sacrum, from the whole spine of the ilium, 
and from two thirds of the posterior surface of 
Poupart's ligament ; it likewise sends off some 
fibres, which descend upon the spermatic cord 
as far as the tunica vaginalis of the testis, and 
constitute the cremaster muscle, which sur 
rounds, suspends, and compresses the testicle. 
From these origins, the fibres of the interna. 



OBS 

oblique run in different directions, and are in- 
serted into the cartilages of the fifth, fourth, and 
third of the false ribs, into the lower edge of the 
cartilage of the second false rib, and the linea 
alba; the posterior layer is inserted into the 
cartilages of the first of the false, and the last of 
the true ribs, and likewise into the liuea alba. 
This muscle serves to assist the obliquus ex- 
ternus. 

Obliquus major abdominis. See Obliquus 
externui abdominis. 

Obliquus major capitis. See Obliquus in- 
ferior capitis. 

Obliquus major oculi. See Obliquus supe- 
rior oculi. 

Obliquus minor abdominis. See Obliquus 
interims abdominis. 

Obliquus minor capitis. See Obliquus su- 
per-ior capitis. 

Obliquus minor oculi. See Obliquus infe- 
rior oculi. 

Obliquus superior capitis. This little mus- 
cle, which is nearly of the same shape as the 
recti capitis, is situated laterally between the 
occiput and the first vertebra of the neck. It 
arises from the upper and posterior part of the 
transverse process of the first vertebra of the 
neck, and, ascending obliquely inward and back- 
ward, is inserted into the occipitis, behind the 
back part of the mastoid process. The use of 
this muscle is to draw the head backward, and 
assist in its rotatory motion. 

Obliquus superior oculi. Trochlcaris. 
An oblique muscle of the eye, that rolls the 
globe of the eye, and turns the pupil downward 
and outward. It arises from the edge of the 
foramen opticum, runs straight to the upper part 
of the orbit, where a cartilaginous trochlea is 
fixed to the inside of the internal angular pro- 
cess of the os frontis, through which its tendon 
passes, and runs a little downward and outward, 
inclosed in a loose membranaceous sheath, to 
be inserted into the sclerotic membrane. It 
rolls the eye inward. 

Obliquus superior sive minor. See Ob- 
liquus superior capitis. 

Obliquus superior sive trochlearis. See 
Obliquus superior oculi. 

OBLITERATION. In medical language, 
the disappearance of any part of the animal 
body that has become useless ; thus the ductus 
venosus is obliterated after birth. 

Obli'vion. Oblivio. Amnesia ; failure of the 
memory. 

Oblo'ngus. Oblong. 

Oboma'sum. The fourth stomach of rumi- 
nants. 

Obova'te. Obovatus. Nearly of an oval 
shape. Ovate, with a broader end uppermost. 

OBSERVATION. Observatio. The act of 
thoroughly examining and recording phenom- 
ena. 

Obsidia'num. 1. Obsidian. 2. Glass of an- 
timony. 

OBSOLETE. Obsoletus. In the language 
of Botany, it is applied to parts of plants which 
are by nature imperfectly developed, or of 
which only a vestige remains. 

OBSTETRIC. (Obstetricus; from obstetrix, 
a midwife.) Belonging to midwifery. 



OCC 

OBSTE'TRICS. Midwifery. The art of as- 
sisting women in childbirth, and treating their 
diseases during pregnancy and after delivery. 

Obstipa'tion. Costiveness. 

Obsti'pus. Obstipitas. Wry neck. 

OBSTRUCTION. Obstructs. A stoppage 
or hinderance. In Medicine, it is used very 
vaguely for the arrest of a function or secretion, 
as obstruction of the liver. 

Obstru'ctio alvi. O. intestinalis. Consti- 
pation. 

OBSTRUENS. (From obstruo, to shut up.) 
Closing the orifices of the ducts or vessels. 
Medicines supposed to have this power have 
been called obstruentia. 

OBTUNDENTS.- Obtundcns. (From ob- 
tundo, to make blunt.) Having the property 
of obviating or blunting irritation; as bland, 
oily, or mucilaginous matters, which form a 
covering on inflamed and irritable surfaces, par- 
ticularly those of the stomach, lungs, and anus. 

OBTURA'TOR. {or, oris, m. ; from obturo, 
to shut up.) A stopper up, or that which cov- 
ers any thing. 

Obturator artery. A branch of the hypo- 
gastric or epigastric, which passes out at the 
obturator foramen, and is distributed to the an- 
terior part of the thigh. 

Obturator externus. A small, flatmuscle, 
situated obliquely at the upper and anterior 
part of the thigh, between the pectinalis and 
the fore part ot the foramen thyroideum, and 
covered by tho abductor brevis femoris. It 
arises from all the inner half of the circumfer- 
ence of the foramen thyroideum, and from part 
of the obturator ligament. Its radiated fibres 
collect and form a strong roundish tendon, 
which runs outward ; and, after adhering to 
the capsular ligament of the joint, is inserted 
into a cavity at the inner and back part of the 
root of the great trochanter. The chief uses ot 
this muscle are to turn the thigh obliquely out- 
ward. 

Obturator foramen. The large foramen 
between the ischium and pubis. 

Obturator internus. A considerable mus- 
cle, a great part of which is situated within the 
pelvis. It arises from somewhat more than the 
upper half of the internal circumference of the 
foramen thyroideum of the os innominatum. 
It is composed of several distinct fasciculi, which 
terminate in a roundish tendon that passes out 
of the pelvis through the ischiatic notch ; and 
after running between the two portions of the 
gemini, which inclose it as in a sheath, is in- 
serted into the cavity at the root of the great 
trochanter. This muscle rolls the os femoris 
obliquely outward. 

Obturator ligament. A fibrous membrane 
which nearly covers the foramen. 

Obturator nerve. A nerve of the thigh, 
that is lost upon the muscles situated on the in- 
side of the thigh. 

Obtu'se. Oblusus. Blunt. 

O C C I'P I T A L. Occipitalis. Belonging to 
the occiput or back part of the head. 

Occipital artery. A branch given off by 
the external carotid beneath the parotid gland, 
and which supplies the muscles of the occipital 
bone. 

461 



OCT 

Occipital bone. Os occipitis. This bone 
forms the posterior and inferior part of the skull, 
is of an irregular figure, convex on the outside, 
and concave internally. Its external surface, 
which is very irregular, serves for the attach- 
ment of several muscles. The inferior portion 
of the bone is stretched forward in form of a 
wedge, and hence is called the cuneiform, pro- 
cess, or basilary process. At the base of this 
process are two condyles. In the inferior por- 
tion is the foramen magnum. Besides this, 
there are four other smaller foramina, viz., two 
before, and two behind the condyles. On look- 
ing over the internal surface of the os occipitis, 
we perceive the appearance of a cross, formed 
by a very prominent ridge, which rises upward 
from near the foramem magnum, and by two 
transverse sinuosities, one on each side of the 
ridge. This cross occasions the formation of 
four fossae, two above and two below the sinu- 
osities. The os occipitis is joined, by means of 
the cuneiform process, to the sphenoid bone, 
with which it often ossifies. It is connected to 
the parietal bones by the lambdoidal suture, aud 
to the temporal bones by the additamentum of 
the temporal suture. 

Occipi'to-atloid. That which is connected 
with the occiput and atlas. 

Occipito-axoid. That which is connected 
with the occiput and axis, or second vertebra. 

Occipito-fronta'lis. A single broad mus- 
cle, that covers the cranium, pulls the skin of 
the head backward, raises the eyebrows up- 
ward, and, at the same time, draws up aud wrin- 
kles the skin of the forehead. It arises from 
the posterior part of the occiput, goes over the 
upper part of the os parietale and os frontis, and 
is lost in the eyebrows. 

O'CCIPUT. The back of the head. 

OCCLU'SION. Occlusio. The state of being 
shut ; imperforation ; as occlusion of the pupil ; 
occlusion of the rectum. 

Occlu'sus. Occluse; shut up; closed. 

Occu'r.T. Occultus. Hidden. 

Ocheteu'ma. The opening of the nostril. 

O'chetus. A canal or duct. 

O'cheus. The scrotum. 

O'CHRA. 1. Ochre. 2. The fore part of 
the tibia. 

Ochra'ceus. Ochre-like; applied to desig- 
nate a yellowish color striped with brown. 

Ochtho'des. An indolent ulcer. 

Ocima'strum. A species of basil. 

O'CIMUM. («?»,«,n.) Ocymum. A genus 
of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. La- 
bxatm. — O. basi'licum. Common or citron basil. 
It is supposed to possess nervine qualities. — 
O. caryophylla'tum. O. minimum. Small or 
bush basil. It is mildly balsamic. 

Ocob. Sal ammoniac. — Ruland. 

OCO'TEA. A genus of plants. Lauracea. — 
O. pichu'ria. This, as well as the Laurus pichu- 
rim, is said to yield the pichurim bean. — O. 
cy'mbarum. This yields the Orinoco sassafras. 

O'CREA. The membrane that enfolds the 
flower-stalks in Cyperus, &c. 

Octahe'dron. A regular solid of eight sides. 
It is the most common form of crystal, and may 
be primary, or derived from the cube or from 
the tetrahedron. 
462 



ODO 

Octa'nus. An erratic intermitting fever 
which returns every eighth day. 

OCTA'NDRIA. Octandrous. (From oktu, 
eight, and avr/p, a husband.) A class of plants- 
having hermaphrodite flowers, with eight sta- 
mens. 

OCTA'RIUS. A piut ; the eighth part of a 
gallon. It contains sixteen fluid ounces in 
officinal measures. 

Octavus humeri. O. humeri Placentini. 
Teres minor. 

OCU'LAR SPECTRES. Imaginary bodies 
resembling flies, lights, spots, &c, floating be- 
fore the eyes. 

Ocula'ria. Euphrasia officinalis. 

Ocula'ris communis. The motor oculi nerve, 

Oculi adductor. See Rectus internus. 

Oculi attollens. See Rectus superior. 

Oculi cancrorum. See Cancer. 

Oculi depressor. See Rectus inferior. 

Oculi elevator. See Rectus superior. 

Oculi levator. See Rectus superior. 

Oculi obliquus inferior. See Obliquus in 
fcrior oculi. 

Oculi obliquus major. See Obliquus supe- 
rior oculi. 

Oculi obliquus minor. See Obliquus inferior 
oculi. 

OCU'LIST. One who treats diseases of the 
eye especially. 

Oculo-musculares. Vicq d'Azyr gives this 
name to the third pair of nerves. 

OCULO-MUSCULARES COMMUNES. ChaUSsier 

thus calls the third pair of nerves. 

Oculo-musculares externi. Chaussier 
gives this name to the sixth pair of nerves. 

Oculum movens primus. See Rectus inter 
nus. 

Oculum movens quartus. See Rectus in 
ferior. 

Oculum movens secundus. See Rectus ex 
ternus. 

Oculum movens tertius. See Rectus supe- 
rior. 

OCU'LUS. (us, i, m. ; from okkoc, the eye.) 
The eye. See Eye. 

Oculus bovinus. Hydrophthalmia. 

Oculus bovis. Chrysanthemum leucanthe- 
mum. 

Oculus bubulus. Hydrophthalmia. 

Oculus cesius. Glaucoma. 

Oculus elephantinus. Hydrophthalmia 

Oculus genu. The knee-pan. 

Oculus lachrymans. Epiphora. 

Oculus purulentus. Hypopion. 

OCYTO'CIC. Oxytocic. (From of vc, quick, 
and tokoc, labor.) That which expedites par- 
turition ; as ergot. 

Odaxe'smos. (OdaS-r/o/xoc.) A pungent itch- 
ing; especially that which is felt in the gums 
of children before the protrusion of the teeth. 

ODOME'TER. (From ofioc, a road, and 
Herpov, a measure.) A wheel, the axis of which 
turns a graduated scale, so that the distance 
over which it passes on a road is recorded in 
feet and miles. It may be attached to a car- 
riage wheel, or rolled along by the hand. 

Odontago'gos. The name of an old instru 
ment to draw teeth. 

ODO'NTAGRA. (a, a, f. ; from oiove, a 



ODO 

tooth, and aypa, a seizure.) 1. An instrument 
for drawing teeth. 2. A toothache arising from 
retrocedent gout. 

ODONTALGIA, (a, a, f. ; from oihve, a 
tooth, and aXyoc, pain.) Odonlia. Odaxismus. 
The toothache. A violent pain in the teeth, 
most frequently in the molares. Toothache 
arises from caries, inflammation of the gums, 
nervous diseases, &c.; hence we have O. cario- 
sa, O. scorbutica, O. catarrhalis, O. arthritic a, 
O. gravidarum, O. hysterica, O. rheumatica, &c. 

Many empirical remedies have been proposed 
for its cure. When the affection is purely 
rheumatic, blistering behind the ear will almost 
always remove it ; but when it proceeds from 
a carious tooth, the pain is much more obstinate. 
In this case it has been recommended to touch 
the pained part with a hot iron, with oil of 
vitriol or creasote, in order to destroy the ach- 
ing nerve ; to hold spirits or ether in the mouth; 
to put a drop of oil of cloves, cajeput, or thyme 
into the hollow of the tooth, or a pill made of 
camphor, opium, and oleum caryophylli. Others 
recommend gum mastich, dissolved in oleum 
terebinthina?, applied to the tooth upon a little 
cotton. But one of the most useful applications 
of this kind is strong nitric acid, diluted with 
three or four times its weight of spirit of wine, 
and introduced into the hollow of the tooth 
either by means of a hair pencil or a little cot- 
ton. If the tooth be not too carious, cleaning 
the cavity and filling it with gold, tin foil, dry 
phosphate of lime, &c, is usually practiced. 
When the pain is not fixed to one tooth, leeches 
applied to the gum are of great service. But 
very often all the foregoing remedies will fail, 
and the only infallible cure is to draw the tooth. 

Odontalgic. Odontalgicus- Relating to the 
toothache. 

Odo'ntia. Odontalgia. 

Odonti'asis. Dentition. 

ODO'NTICUS. (From o6ovc, a tooth.) 
Odontic. Appertaining to the teeth. 

Odon'tis. A species of lychnis. 

Odontitis. Inflammation of a tooth. 

Odontogly'phum. An instrument for scaling 
and scraping the teeth. 

ODO'NTOID. Odontoides. Tooth-like. See 
Dentatus. 

Odonto'lithos. The tartar upon the teeth. 

ODONTOLOGY. Odontoloxia; fromoowr, 
and loyoc, a discourse.) The anatomy of the 
teeth. 

Odontophy'ia. Teething. 

Odontotri'mma. A dentifrice. 

O'DOR. {Odor, oris, m.; from odeo, i. e., 
oleo, to smell.) Smell. The emanation of an 
odoriferous body ; it is generally ascribed to a 
portion of the body converted into vapor. 

ODORI'FEROUS. ( Odoriferous ; from odor, 
a smell, and fero, to bear.) Having a smell. 

Odoriferous glands. Glandvla odoriferas. 
Small glands which are situated around the 
corona glandis of the male, and under the skin 
of the labia majora and nymphse of females. 
They secrete a sebaceous matter, which emits 
a peculiar odor. 

Odo'rin. A very pungent empyreumatic oil, 
obtained by rectifying oil of bones. 
• Odocs. A tooth. 



(ENA 

CE'a. Crataegus terminalis. 

(ECONOMY. ( QHconomia, m, f. ; from oikoc, 
a house, and vojioc, a law.) The conduct of 
Nature, in any of her departments, in preserving 
bodies and following her usual order. — GS. ani- 
mal. OZconomia animalis. The aggregate of 
those organs, functions, and laws on which the 
life of an animal depends. — (E. vegetable. The 
aggregate of the organs, functions, and laws on 
which the life of a vegetable depends. 

CEDF/MA. (a, atis, n. Oidnfia, oiioe ; from 
oideo, to swell.) This word is sometimes used 
by Hippocrates for a tumor of any kind, but it 
is now restricted to a minor degree of anasarca. 
See Anasarca. 

(Edema arsenicalis. The puffiness of the 
eyelids and face, produced by the continued 
use of arsenical medicines. It is also a symp- 
tom of slow poisoning by arsenic. The arse- 
niureted hydrogen gas, when inspired, produces 
this effect within a few hours. 

(Edema cerebri. A morbid state of the 
brain, in which it appears injected with a 
watery fluid. 

GEdema compact. 03. concrete. Induration 
of the cellular tissue. 

OZdema glottis. GZdc'me dela glotte. An- 
gina adematosa. An o?dematous swelling of the 
mucous membrane surrounding the aperture 
of the glottis. It occurs chiefly in persons de- 
bilitated by chronic diseases, or convalescents 
from acute ones. It produces paroxysms of suf- 
focation with crowing inspiration, which last a 
few minutes and return at intervals. The in- 
tervals become shorter as the disease advances, 
and the patient dies, generally in the course of « 
a few days. The affection is almost uniformly 
fatal, and no known treatment makes any im- 
pression on it. Tracheotomy or laryngotomy 
should be performed in such cases. 

(Edema hystericum. G2. fugax. GZ. 
spasticum. The anasarca hystericum. 

(Edema lacteum. Phlegmasia dolens. 

GSdema of the lungs. The serous infiltra- 
tion into the tissue of the lungs that often follows 
pneumonia and the exanthemata. The respira- 
tion is rendered laborious thereby, the respira- 
tory murmur being almost lost, although the 
thorax is distended ; there is also a slight rale 
crepitant. On percussion the sound is clear. 
The cough may be attended by fluid expectora- 
tion, and there may be puerile respiration at 
the summit of the lung. This condition usually 
subsides during a well-managed convalescence, 
but should be met by diuretics, exercise, and 
sudorifics. 

OZdema puerpe'rum. Phlegmasia dolens. 

GUdema uvu'l*. See Staphyledema. 

(Ede'mato'des. Like to an oedema. 

GSde'mosa'rca. A tumor, partly an oedema 
and sarcoma. 

(ENA'NTHE. (c, es, f.) A genus of umbel- 
liferous plants. Pentandria. Digynia. — CE. 
crocata. The hemlock dropwort. QHnanthe. 
An active poison, that has too often proved 
fatal by being eaten in mistake instead of wa- 
ter-parsnip. The juice, cautiously exhibited, 
promises to be an efficacious remedy in invet- 
erate scorbutic eruptions. It is a violent poison 
in large quantities, producing convulsions, teta- 

463 



(ESO 

nus, and death ; and is to be treated by vomit- 
ing, if practicable. In smaller doses, as fss. 
of the juice, it produces vertigo, vomiting, and 
rigors. 

(ENA'NTHIC ETHER. A volatile oily body, 
to which the peculiar vinous flavor of wine is 
owing ; by boiling with potash it becomes con- 
verted into cenanthic acid (ChHi302,HO) and 
alcohol. Liebig traces its existence to the free 
tartaric and racemic acids of certain grapes, 
which yield the oil by their transformation. 

(Enel^'um. A mixture of oil and wine. 

GENO-. A prefix (from oivoc, wine), relating 
to the presence of wine ; containing wine, as 
ainogala, milk and wine. 

(Eno'meli. Wine sweetened with honey. 

(Enosta'gma. Spirit of wine. 

(Enothe'ra biennis. The evening primrose. 
A common indigenous plant, said to be useful 
as an external application to tinea capitis and 
«jkiii diseases. 

CE'nothio'nic acid. Sulphovinic acid. 

(ESOPHAGjE'US. This name has been given 
to the muscular fibres surrounding the upper 
part of the oesophagus. 

(ESOPHAGEAL. Relating to the gullet or 
oesophagus. 

(Esophageal cords. The long branches of 
the par vagum, which descend along the oesoph- 
agus. 

(Esophageal glands. The mucous follicles 
of the oesophagus. 

(Esophageal tube. The oesophagus. 

(ESOPHAGI'SMUS. (us, i, m.) A term 
applied by some to inflammation of the oesopha- 
gus, by others to dysphagia, and by Vogel to 
spasmodic stricture of the oesophagus. 

(ESOPHAGI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from ossopha- 
gas, the seat of the disease, and itis, inflamma- 
tion.) Inflammation of the oesophagus. It is 
not a common disease, but does exist both in a 

Jmlegmonous and erysipelatous form. The cel- 
ular tissue that connects its coats may be the 
seat of the inflammation, which, like phlegmon- 
ous inflammation in any other part, may bo re- 
solved, or end in suppuration. The surface of 
the membrane which lines the oesophagus may 
be inflamed, and extend more or less through- 
out its whole extent. 

The symptoms of this disease are a sense of 
heat or burning in the oesophagus, with painful 
and difficult deglutition, and these generally 
circumscribed, or confined to a part which is 
pointed out by the patient : if it be high in the 
canal, it will be in the neck ; if low, in the back, 
between the shoulders, and under the sternum. 

As an idiopathic disease, it is veiy rare. 
Dissections have found inflammation here in 
fatal cases of hydrophobia. In stricture, small- 
pox, measles, and tumors in the neighborhood, 
it is symptomatic. The cure is to be effected 
by the usual means, bleeding, saline purgatives, 
and blistering ; and if the fever which attends 
be of the phlogistic character, and urgent, by a 
perseverance in their use, and the exhibition 
of diaphoretics. 

(ESOPHAGO'TOMY. (CEsophagotomia, 
from oiootfiayoc, the gullet, and tejivu, to cut.) 
The operation of cutting into the gullet to ex- 
tract a foreign body. 
464 



OIL 

(ESO'PHAGUS. (us, i, m. ; from out, to. 
carry, and (payu, to eat : because it carries the 
food into the stomach. The membranous and 
muscular tube that descends from the pharynx 
to the upper orifice of the stomach. It is com- 
posed of three tunics or membranes, viz., a com 
mon, muscular, and mucous. Its arteries are 
the oesophageal branches, which arise from the 
aorta. The veins empty themselves into the 
vena azygos. Its nerves are from the eighth pair 
and great intercostal; and it is every where, 
under the internal or mucous membrane, sup- 
plied with glands that separate the mucus of the 
oesophagus, in order that the masticated bole 
may readily pass down into the stomach. 

(Estroma'nia. Nymphomania. 

(E'STRUM. (From oiorpoe, venereal orgasm.) 
1. The orgasm, or strong excitement experi- 
enced during the operation of the appetites or 
passions. — CE. venereum. The excitement dur- 
ing coition. 2. The clitoris. 

(E's ypos. CEsype. The oily matter from the 
wool of sheep. 

Offa alba. O. helmontiana. A white coag- 
ulum formed by a mixture of rectified spirit of 
wine with urine. 

OFFTCINAL. (Officinalis; from officina, a 
shop.) Any medicine directed by the Pharma- 
copoeia, and receiving the assent of physicians. 

Offusca'tio. Amaurosis. 

OIL. See Oleum. 

Oil, almond. See Oleum amygdala:. 

Oil of allspice. See Oleum pimento: 

Oil of amber. Oleum succini. 

Oil, British. An empirical embrocation for 
contusions and sprains, containing linseed oil, 
oil of turpentine, and petroleum. 

Oil, carron. Linimentum calcis. 

Oil, castor. See Ricinus communis. 

Oil of chamomile. See Anthemis nobilis 

Oil of cod-liver. Oleum jecoris aselli. 

Oil of corn spirit. Oil of grain. Hydrated 
oxide of arayl. 

Oil, Dipple's. See Oleum animale. 

Oil, empyreumatic Oleum animale. 

Oil of euphorbia. An expressed oil from the 
ripe seeds of the Euphorbia lathyrus, or spurge 
caper. When fresh it is inodorous and insipid, 
but soon becomes rancid and acrimonious. Five 
to ten drops are said to be powerfully purga- 
tive, but it does not act uniformly. 

Oil, fixed. An organic substance, fluid or 
solid, readily combustible, composed of oleine, 
stearine, or margarine, variously combined, and 
commonly consisting of two of these. Oils are 
saponifiable by alkalies, and all contain glyce- 
rine. When heated they yield a variety of pro- 
ducts, of which sebacic acid, margaric acid, and 
acroleine are remarkable. 

Oil of garlic This essential oil contains 
sulphur, and is remarkable for its aoridity and 
volatility. It is obtained from the bulbs. It is 
a sulphuret of allyl, Cs^-f-S. A small quantity 
is found in assafoetida. 

Oil, Haerlem. An empirical preparation of 
oil of turpentine, balsam of sulphur, &c. , used in 
nephritic complaints. 

Oil of linseed. See Oleum lini. 

Oil of mace. See Oleum macu. 

Oil of neat's-foot. Oleum bubulum. 



OLE 

Oil, nut. Juglans cinerea. 

Oil, olive. See Olea europcea. 

Oil, palm. See Cocos butyracea. 

Oil of pennyroyal. See Oleum pule/pi. 

Oil of peppermint. See Oleum menthce pi- 
per itce. 

Oil of potato. The same as oil of corn spirit. 

Oil, rock. See Petroleum. 

Oil of spearmint. See Mentha viridis. 

Oil of spir-ea. See' Salicyle. 

Oil, sulphureted. See Oleum sulphuralum. 

Oil of tar. The impure, red-colored volatile 
oil, resembling oil of turpentine, obtained by 
distilling tar with water. Oleum picis liquidsa. 

Oil of vitriol. See Sulphuric acid. 

Oil, volatile. Volatile or essential oils are 
altogether different, in a chemical point of view, 
from fixed oils. They are not compounds of 
glycerine with fat acids, but are compounds of 
carbon and hydrogen, and susceptible of con- 
version into acids or resins by the action of ox- 
ygen. They are aromatic, pungent, and often 
extremely volatile. They are divided into 
three classes: 1. Those without oxygen, and 
containing carbon and hydrogen in the ratio of 
CsH4 ; as oil of turpentine, juniper, savine, oil 
of elemi resin, oil of lemons, cedret, orange rind, 
copaiba, cubebs pepper. 2. Those essential oils 
which consist of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. 
The formulae of these differ, but many resemble 
O10H10O. To this class belong nearly all the 
ordinary essential oils, except the above. 3. 
This class includes those essential oils which 
contain, besides the preceding elements, sul- 
phur. They are extremely pungent, and often 
foetid; as the essential oil of mustard, garlic, 
assafcetida, &c. 

Oinomania. Delirium tremens. 

Ointment. See Ungucntum. 

Okra'. Qkra gumbo. Hibiscus csade?Uus. A 
malvaceous annual, the fruit of which abounds 
in a demulcent mucilage. 

OLDENLA'NDIA. (a,<c,f.) Agenusofplants. 
Pentandria. Digynia. Umbclliferce. — O. umbel- 
la 'la. The roots of this plant, of Coromandel, 
are used by dyers and calico printers as madder. 

O'LEA. (a, cc, f.) Agenusofplants. Mo- 
nandria. Monogynia. Oleaccce. — O. europcea. 
The olive. Oliva, and Olea saliva. The fruit 
is put, while green, into salt and water for the 
table, and pressed for oil when ripe. Olive oil 
{oleum oliva;) is emollient, and laxative in large 
doses. It is chiefly used in liniments. 

OLEA DEST1LLATA. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
O. essentialia. (Ph. D.) O. volatilia. (Ph. E.) 
Distilled or essential oils. These are prepared 
by placing the herbs, flowers, &c, in a still, 
covering with water, and distilling into a large 
refrigeratory. The oil passes over with water, 
and after impregnating it with some portion, 
begins to separate, and is to be collected for 
use and stopped in tight vessels. Essential oils 
are usually very pungent, and possess the me- 
dicinal property of the plant from which they are 
derived. The officinal oils of the United States 
Pharmacopoeia are, 

Oleum anisi. Oil of anise. See Pimpinella 
anisi. 

Oleum cari (carui). Oil of caraway. See 
Carum carui. 
Gg 



OLE 

Oleum chenopodii. Oil of wormsoed See 
Chenopodium anthelminticum. 

Oleum fosniculi (O. foeniculi dulcis, PL 
D.). Oil of fennel. See Anethum faniculum. 

Oleum Gaultherije. Oil of partridge berry. 
See Gaultheria procumbens. 

Oleum hedeomjE. Oil of American penny- 
royal. See Hedeoma pulegioides. 

Oleum juniperi. Oil of juniper. Seejwni- 
pcrus communis. 

Oleum Lavandula. Oil of lavender. See 
Lavandula spica. 

Oleum Mentha piperita. Oil of pepper- 
mint. See Mentha piperita. 

Oleum menthje viridis. Oil of spearmint. 
See Mentha viridis. 

Oleum monardje. Oil of horsemint. See 
Monarda punctata. 

Oleum origani. Oil of marjoram. SeeOri- 
ganum vulgare. 

Oleum pimentjs. O. volatile myrti pimenta. 
Oil of pimenta. See Myrtus pimenta. 

Oleum pulegii. Oil of European pennyroyal. 
See Mentha pulegium. 

Oleum rosmarini. (U. S.) O. roris marini. 
(Ph. D.) Oil of rosemary. See Rosmarinus 
officinalis. 

Oleum sassafras. (U. S.) O. volatile lauri 
sassafras. (Ph. E.) Oil of sassafras (bark of 
the root.). See Laurus sassafras. 

For the other essential oils, not officinal in 
the United States Pharmacopoeia, see the plants 
which yield them. 

Olea fixa. (U. S.) Olea expressa. O. 
pinguia. Fixed or expressed oils, distinguish- 
ed from the preceding by want of volatility. 
They are obtained by pressing the seeds, &c, 
either without previously heating them, or after 
boiling or roasting. They are for the most part 
bland, lighter than water, and vary in consist- 
ence from tallow and suet to olive oil. By ex- 
posure to air they nearly all absorb oxygen and 
become rancid, or precipitate resinous bodies; 
hence they are to be preserved in well-stopped 
vessels. Some oils, as linseed, rape, walnut, 
nut, are so prone to oxydation, especially after 
heating, as to be called drying oils, from the 
resinous products they yield. 

Olea fugacia. Those essential oils, as of 
flowers, which are extremely volatile. 

Olea medicinalia. Oils in which drugs are 
boiled or infused. 

OLEA'CE^E. The olive tribe of dicotyle- 
donous plants. Trees or shrubs with leatoes op- 
posite ; flowers, regular, monopetalous, hermaph- 
rodite, or dioecious; stamens, two; ovarium, sim- 
ple, superior, two-celled ; seeds, pendulous. 

Oleagi'nous. Eesembling oil ; oily. 

Olea'men. Oleamenlum. A liniment of oils. 

Olea'nder. See Ncrium oleander. 

Olea'ster. The wild olive. 

OLE'CRANON. (on, i, n. ; from alevt), the 
ulna, and Kpavov, the head.) The elbow, or 
process of the ulna, upon which a person leans. 

Olefiant gas. Heavy carbureted hydrogen 
Hydruret of acetyl, AcH. 

Oleic acid. Acidum oleicum. An acid pro- 
duced by the saponification of oleine. Form., 
C^H^O*. When distilled it yields sebacio 
acid. 

465 



OLE 



OLE 



Oleine. The fluid part of fixed oils and fats ; 
oleate of glycerine. 

O'lene. QAevn. The cubit, or ulna. 

Oleo-phosphoric acid. An acid of the brain. 
See Nervous matter. 

Oleo-resins. The native combinations of 
resins with essential oils, which form various 
terebinthinate and balsamic substances. 

O'leo-ri'cinate. A salt formed by oleoricinic 
acid with a base. 

O'leo-rici'nic acid. Elaiodic acid. An acid 
from saponified castor oil. 

OLEOSACCHARUM. (urn, i, n. ; from 
oleum, oil, and sacckarum, sugar.) An essential 
oil, ground up with sugar. 

OLERA'CEOUS. Oleraceus; from olus, a 
pot-herb.) Of the nature of pot-herbs. 
• Olera'cej;. Plants like beets, chenopodium, 

spin a go, &c. 

Olette spring. In France, department of 
East Pyrenees. It is hot ; temperature 190° F. 

O'LEUM. (urn, ei, n. ; from olea, the olive.) 
A fat or unctuous body, either solid or fluid, in- 
soluble in water, combustible with flame, and 
volatile in different degrees. They are distin- 
guished into fat, and essential oils. Under the 
former head are comprehended oil of olives, 
almonds, rape, ben, linseed, hemp, cocoa, &c. 
Essential oils differ from fat oils by the follow- 
ing characters : their smell is strong and aro- 
matic ; their volatility is such that they arise 
with the heat of boiling water, and their taste 
is very acrid. They are obtained by pressure, 
distillation, &c., from strong-smelling plants, as 
that of peppermint, aniseed, caraway, &c. The 
use of fat oils in the arts and in medicine is 
very considerable : they are medicinally pre- 
scribed as relaxing, emollient, and laxative 
remedies; they enter into many medical com- 
pounds, such as unguents, plasters, &c, and 
they are often used as food. Essential oils are 
employed as cordial, stimulant, and antispas- 
modic remedies. 

Oleum abietinum. The resinous juice which 
exudes spontaneously from the silver and red 
firs. It is supposed to be superior to that ob- 
tained by wounding the tree. 

Oleum jethereum. (U. S.) Ethereal oil. 
Oleum vini. Take of alcohol, Oij. ; sulphuric 
acid, Oiij. ; solution of potash, f. ?ss. ; distilled 
water, f. 5j. Mix the acid and spirit cautiously, 
and allow it to stand for twelve hours ; then dis- 
till until a black froth arises, and immediately 
remove the retort from the sand bath. Separ- 
ate the supernatant liquor from the heavier, 
and expose the former to the air for a day. 
Add to it the solution of potash mixed with the 
water, and agitate. Lastly, when sufficiently 
washed, separate the ethereal oil which sub- 
Bides. It is of a yellow color ; penetrating, aro- 
matic odor, and somewhat sharp and bitter 
taste. Its specific gravity is 1-133. It is insol- 
uble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether. 
It is used only for the preparation of the spirit- 
us eetherts sulpkurici compositus. 

Ethereal oil is, according to Serullas and 
Liehig, a double sulphate of oxide of ethyle 
(ether) and etherole. Its formula is CsHsOi-f- 
2SO3. Its properties seem to be similar to 
those of ether in a concentrated degree. 
46(5 



Oleum ammoniatum. See Lin. amm. fortius.. 

Oleum amygdala. A very bland, well-fla- 
vored oil, expressed from almonds. 

Oleum animale. Oleum animate Dippelii. 
An empyreumatic oil obtained by distillation 
from bones and animal substances. It is some 
times exhibited as an antispasmodic and diaph- 
oretic in the dose of from ten to forty drops. 

Oleum anthe'midis. Oil of chamomile; for 
merly called Oleum c Jloribus chamameli. See 
Anthemis nobilis. 

Oleum anthos. Oleum rosmarini. 

Oleum badia'ni. The volatile oil of stat 
aniseed (Illicium anisatum). It resembles oil ot 
anise, and is used to adulterate it. 

Oleum balsa'mi. The balsam of Mecca, ob 
tained from the Amyris gileadensis. 

Oleum benzo'ini. Volatile oil of benzoin. 
This rises when benzoin is heated in a sand 
bath, and may then be separated from the ben- 
zoic acid and empyreuma by distillation with 
water. It is a perfume, and said to be sudorific 
when taken internally. 

Oleum berga'mii. O. bergamotm. The per- 
fumed oil of the Citrus bergamiai 

Oleum bubu'lum. (U. S.) Neat's-foot oil, 
obtained by boiling the feet of oxen which 
have been deprived of the hoof. It remain* 
fluid at a low temperature. 

Oleum cajupu'ti. (U. S.) Cajuput oil. 
The essential oil of the leaves of the Melaleuca 
cajupuli, prepared in the East Indies. It is of 
a bluish-green color, camphorous odor, sp. gr 
- 97, and extremely volatile. It is highly stim 
ul'ant, antispasmodic, and diaphoretic. Dose, 
gtt. ij. to gtt. x., in emulsion or with sugar. 

Oleum calcis. Linimentum calcis. 

Oleum camphoratum. See Linimentum cam 
phora. 

Oleum carpathicum. See Balsamum car- 
pathicum. 

Oleum ca'rui. O. cari. Formerly called 
Oleum essentialc carui. Oleum essentiale e se- 
minibus carui. The oil of caraway is an admi- 
rable carminative, diluted with rectified spirit 
into an essence, and then mixed with an)* 
proper fluid. See Carum carui. 

Oleum caryophy'lli. (U. S.) The stimu 
lant and aromatic oil of the clove. Dose, gtt. 
ij. to gtt. v., in mixture. 

Oleum ce'drinum. Essentia de cedro. The 
oil of the peel of citrons, obtained without dis» 
filiation, in Italy. 

Oleum cinnamo'mi. Oil of cinnamon. A 
warm stimulant and pleasant stomachic. Giv- 
en in the dose of from one to three drops, rubbed 
down with some yolk of egg, in a little wine, 
it allays disturbance of the stomach from mor« 
bid instability, and is particularly serviceable 
in debility of the prima; viae after cholera. It is 
much used dissolved in water. 

Oleum copaiba. (Ph. E.) Essential oil of 
copaiba. Take of copaiba, jj. ; water, Oiss. 
Distill, separate the oil from the distillate, and 
return the water to the retort so long as any oil 
can be separated from it. It is colorless, aro- 
matic, and acrid to the taste; sp. gr., 0878. 
It is isomeric with oil of turpentine : CioH g . It 
has all the properties of the balsam. Dose, gtt. 
x. to gtt. xx.. to be increased, given on sugar. 



OLE 

Oleum cornu cervi. Oil of hartshorn. An- 
imal oil. This is applied externally as a stim- 
ulant iii paralytic affections of the limbs. 

Oleum croto'nis. Oleum tiglii. 

Oleum cube'b.*. (U. S., Ph. E.) Volatile 
oil of cubebs. Distill the powder of cubebs 
with water. About ten and a half per cent, 
of the oil is obtained. It is nearly colorless, 
odorous, hot and pungent to the taste. For- 
mula, Ci 5 Hi 2 . The oil, by keeping, depos- 
its colorless crystals of Cubeb stearopten. It is 
an admirable substitute for the powder. Dose, 
at first, gtt. x. to gtt. xij., gradually increased, 
to be given in emulsion or on sugar. 

Oleum e vitellis. Oil of eggs. This is 
obtained by boiling the yolks of eggs and press- 
ing them. It is used on the Continent for oxy- 
dizing mercury. 

Oleum ergo't.«. The oil of ergot of the 
shops is the ethereal tincture evaporated at a 

Sentle heat. It is slightly colored, but becomes 
ark by age ; is oily, and rather acrid. It pos- 
sesses the peculiar properties of ergot in doses 
of gtt. xx. to gtt. 1., given in weak spirits and 
water. — Wright. 

Oleum fili'cis maris. Oil of male fern. An 
ethereal or alcoholic extract. It appears to be 
eminently anthelmintic in doses of f. 3ss. to f. 
3J., in pill, followed by castor oil or other ca- 
thartics. 

Oleum gabianum. See Gabianum oleum. 

Oleum jatro'ph.k curca'dis. Oil of physic- 
nut. It resembles croton oil in its action. 

Oleum je'coris aselli. Cod-liver oil. There 
are several varieties, but that which is common 
is of a brown color, and has the odor of cod 
liver. It contains a minute quantity of iodine 
and bromine, and is used in chronic rheumatism 
and scrofulous diseases. It also appears to be 
beneficial in chronic skin diseases. The medi- 
cine produces no apparent action, and must be 
continued a long time. Dose, f. fss., increased 
to f. ^iij., three times a day. 

Oleum juniperi. Oleum essentiale juniperi 
baccce. Oleum essentiale e baccis juniperi. Oil 
of juniper. Oil of juniper berries possesses 
stimulant, carminative, and stomachic virtues, 
in the dose of from two to four drops, and in a 
larger dose proves highly dfciretic. It is often 
administered in the cure of dropsical complaints, 
when the indication is to provoke the urinary 
discharge. See Juniperus communis. 

Oleum lava'ndul.*. Oleum essentiale lav- 
endulce. Oleum essentiale e Jloribus lavendula. 
Oil of lavender. Though mostly used as a per- 
fume, this essential oil may be exhibited inter- 
Bally, in the dose of from one to five drops, as 
a stimulant in nervous headaches, hysteria, and 
debility of the stomach. See Lavandula spica. 

Oleum lauri. Oleum laurinum. It is ex- 
pressed from bay-berries, and is sometimes 
rubbed on sprains and bruises unattended with 
Inflammation. 

Oleum limo'nis. The essential oil of lemons 
possesses stimulant and stomacnic powers, but 
Is principally used externally, mixed with oint- 
ments, as a perfume. 

Oleum lini. Linseed oil is emollient and 
demulcent in the dose of from half an ounce 
to an ounce. It is frequently given in the form 



OLE 

of clyster in colics and obstipation. Cold-drawn 
linseed oil, with lime water and extract of lead, 
forms, in many instances, the best application 
for burns and scalds. See Linum usitatissimum. 

Oleum lini cum calce. Linimentum calcis. 

Oleum lucu piscis. See Esox lucius. 

Oleum macis. Oleum myristica; expressum. 
Oil of mace. A fragrant sebaceous substance, 
expressed in the East Indies from the nutmeg. 
There are two kinds. The best is brought in 
stone jars, is somewhat soft, of a yellow color, 
and resembles in smell the nutmeg. The other 
is brought from Holland, in flat, square cakes. 
The weak smell and faint color warrants our 
supposing it to be the former kind sophistica- 
ted. Their use is chiefly external, in form of 
plaster, unguent, or liniment. 

Oleum ma'cidis. Oleum macis stillatitium. 
Essential oil»of mace. It is of a pale yellow 
color, and has the aromatic flavor and stimulant 
properties of the mace. 

Oleum malabathri. An oil similar in flavor 
to that of cloves, brought from the East Indies, 
where it is said to be drawn from the leaves of 
the cassia-tree. 

Oleum martis per deliquium. The liquid 
muriate of iron was formerly so called. 

Oleum menthje piperita. Formerly called 
Oleum essentiale mentha piperitidis. Oil of 
peppermint. Oil of peppermint possesses all 
the active principles of the plant. It is mostly 
used to make the simple water. Mixed with 
rectified spirit, it forms an essence, which is 
put into a variety of compounds, as sugar-drops 
and lozenges, which are exhibited as stimu- 
lants, carminatives, and stomachics. See Men- 
tha piperita. 

Oleum Mentha viridis. Formerly called 
Oleum essentiale mentha saliva. Oil of spear- 
mint. This essential oil is mostly in use for 
making the simple water, but may be exhibit- 
ed in the dose of from two to five drops as a 
carmiuative, stomachic, and stimulant. See 
Mentha viridis. 

Oleum MORRiiuiE. See Oleum jecoris aselli. 

Oleum myri'sticje. The essential oil of 
nutmeg is an excellent stimulant and aromatic, 
and may be exhibited, in every case where 
such remedies are indicated, with advantage. 

Oleum myristicjj expressum. Oleum macis. 

Oleum neroli. See Ncroli oleum. 

Oleum oliv.e. O. olivarum. See Olea eur 
ropaa. 

Oleum origani. Formerly called Oleum 
essentiale origani. Oil of origanum. A very 
acrid and stimulating essential oil. It is em- 
ployed for alleviating the pain arising from 
caries of the teeth, and for making the simple 
marjoram water. See Origanum. 

Oleum palm.*:. See Cocos butyracea. 

Oleum petr*. Naphtha. 

Oleum petrj. vulgare. British oil. Com- 
mon oil of petre. This is variously made, but 
most frequently with oil of turpentine, Barba 
does tar, and oil of rosemary. 

Oleum phospho'ratum. (Ph. Bor.) Phos- 
phorated oil. Take of phosphorus, in small 
pieces, gr. xij.; fresh almond oil, f. 5j. Melt 
the phosphorus in the oil by a water bath, and 
then agitate as long as it appears to dissolve 

467 



OLE 

any. An oun< e fakes up about gr. iv. Given 
as a nervous stimulant in cases of great pros- 
tration from typhoid diseases. Dose, gtt. v. to 
gtt. x., in emulsion, to begin with. 

Oleum picis liquids. t ,Oleumpini rubrum. 
Oil of tar. An impure oil of turpentine distill- 
ed from tar. It is sometimes used as a topical 
application in tinea and cutaneous affections, in 
the form of ointment. 

Oleum pimento. See Myrtus pimenta. 

Oleum pini. Oleum terebinthina!. 

Oleum pulegii. Formerly called Oleum es- 
sentiale pulegii. Oil of Europeau pennyroyal. 
A stimulant and antispasmodic oil, which may 
be exhibited in hysterical and nervous affec- 
tions. See Mentha pulegium. 

Oleum pyr'o-ammale. Oleum animale. 

Oleum ricini. See Ricinus communis. 

Oleum rosmarini. Formerly«called Oleum 
essentiale roris marini. Oil of rosemary. The 
essential oil of rosemary is an excellent stimu- 
lant, and may be given with great advantage 
in nervous and spasmodic affections of the 
stomach. See Rosmarinus officinalis. 

Oleum sabi'na;. Oil of savine. See Juni- 
pcrus sabina. 

Oleum sassafras. Obtained from the root 
>of sassafras by distillation with salt water. An 
•agreeable stimulating carminative and sudorific. 

Oleum sesa'mi. (U. S.) Oil of bennc. A 
•colorless bland oil expressed from the seeds of 
the Sesamum orientate, and used as food in the 
East. In large doses it is laxative. 

Oleum sina'peos. This is pressed from the 
husks of black mustard seed. It resembles 
coarse linseed oil, and has but little acrimony. 
It is used as a liniment in rheumatism. 

Oleum spice. An inferior oil of lavender. 

Oleum su'ccim. (U. S.) Oil of amber. 
Mix the amber with its weight of fine sand, 
and distill from a glass retort, over a sand bath, 
the heat gradually increasing. The result is an 
acid liquid, an oil, and concrete acid. Separ- 
ate the oil, and preserve it in well-stopped bot- 
tles. Used in liniments. 

Oleum succini rectifica'tum. (U.S.) Rec- 
tified oil of amber. Take of oil of amber, Oj . ; 
water, Ovj. Distill over four pints, and separ- 
ate the oil. It is nearly colorless, or of an am- 
ber color ; limpid ; a strong odor, acrid taste ; 
sp. gr., 075 ; boils at 186°. Externally it is 
rubefacient ; internally, stimulant, antispasmod- 
ic, and emmenagogue. Dose, gtt. x. to gtt. 
■xv., in emulsion. 

Oleum sulphu'ratum. See Balsamum sul- 
phuris. 

Oleum syrije. See Dracocephalum moldav- 
.icum. 

Oleum tartari per deliquum. Solution of 
carbonate of potash. 

Oleum templi'num. Oleum templinum ve- 
rum. A terebinthinate oil, obtained from the 
fresh cones of the Pinus pumilio of Linnaeus. 

Oleum terebinthina. Oil of turpentine. 
For the uses, see the Oleum terebinthina puri- 
fication. 

Oleum terebinthina purificatum. Oleum 

terebinthina; rectificatum. (Ph.L.) Purified oil of 

turpentine. Take of oil of turpentine, a pint ; 

water, four pints. Distill the oil cautiously. 

468 



OME 

Stimulant, diuretic, and sudorific virtues are 
attributed to this preparation, in the dose of 
from ten drops to twenty, which are given in 
rheumatic pains of the chronic kind, especially 
sciatica. Its chief use internally, however, is 
as an anthelmintic and styptic. In cases of 
tape-worm it is given in doses of from ?ss. to fij. 
eveiy eight hours, till the worm is expelled. 
It is a remedy of extraordinary power in such 
cases. Uterine, pulmonic, gastric, intestinal, 
and other hemorrhages, when passive, are 
more effectually relieved by oil of turpentine 
than by any other medicine. Externally, it is 
applied, mixed with ointments and other appli- 
cations, to bruises, sprains, rheumatic pains, 
indolent ulcers, burns, and scalds. 

Oleum terra. Petroleum. 

Oleum tiglii. (U. S.) Croton oil. The 
expressed oil of the seeds of the Croton tig- 
Hum. It is obtained from the East Indies,.and 
is a brownish oil, of a disagreeable odor and 
acrid taste. It is a drastic purge in doses of 
one, two, or three drops, and should be given 
in pill, but in mania and difficult deglutition 
may be applied to the tongue ; whenever there 
is intestinal irritation it should not be used. It 
has also been used externally as a counter-irri- 
tant, as it produces a pustular eruption. 

Oleum vi.vi. Oleum tethereum. 

Oleum vitrioli. Sulphuric acid. 

Oleum vitrioli dulce. Oleum urthereimi. 

Oleum vivum. Bitumen. 

Olfa'ction. The faculty of smelling. 

OLFACTORY. Olfactorius. Relating to 
the sense or apparatus of smelling. 

Olfactory foramina. The foramina of the 
cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone. 

Olfactory nerves. Ncrvi olfactorii. The 
first pair of nerves are so termed, because they 
are distributed to the organs of smelling. 

Olfa'ctus. The sense of smell. 

Oli'banum. Juniperus lycia. 

OLIG-. OLIGO-. A prefix (from oXiyoc, 
little, few), denoting paucity, smallness, pover 
ty, as in Oligmmia, anaemia. 

Oligochy'lus. Little nutritious. 

Oligotrophia. Deficient nourishment 

Olisthe'ma. A luxation. 

Oli'va. See Oka europeca. 

Oliva'ceous. Of an olive color. 

OLIVA'RIS. (From oliva, the olive.) Re* 
sembling the olive : applied to two eminences 
on the lower part of the medulla oblongata, 
called corpora olivaria. 

Olive. See Olea curopcea. 

Olive, spurge. See Daphne mezereum. 

O'LIVILE. The name given by Pelletier to 
the substance which remains after gently evap- 
orating the alcoholic solution of the gum which 
exudes from the olive-tree. It is a white, brill- 
iant, starchy powder. 

Olophly'ctis. Phlyctama. 

Olopho'nia. Congenital malformation of 
the vocal organs. — Good. 

Olusa'trum. Smyrnium olusatrum. 

O'magra. Gout in the shoulder. 

Oma'sum. Omasus. The third stomach of 
ruminants ; the manyplies. 

OMENTFTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from omentum, 
the caul.) Epiploitis. Inflammation of the 



ON A 

omentum or epiploon. It usually occurs only 
in connection with general inflammation of the 
peritoneum. See Peritonitis. 

M E ' N T U M. (um, i, n. ; from omen, an 
omen : so called because the soothsayers proph- 
esied from an inspection of this part.) The 
omentum or caul. Epiploon. It is a duplica- 
ture of the peritoneum, with more or less of fat 
interposed. It is distinguished into the great 
omentum and the little omentum. 

1. The omentum majus, omentum gastrocoli- 
cum, arises from the whole of the great curva- 
ture of the stomach, and even as far as the 
spleen, from whence it descends loosely behind 
the abdominal parietes, and over the intestines 
to the navel, and sometimes into the pelvis. 
Having descended thus far, its inferior margin 
turns inward and ascends again, and is fastened 
to the colon and the spleen, where its vessels 
enter. 2. The omentum minus, or omentum hcpat- 
ico gastricum, arises posteriorly from the trans- 
verse fissure of the liver. It is composed of a 
duplicature of peritoneum, passes over the duo- 
denum and small lobe of the liver : it also pass- 
es by the lobulus spigelii and pancreas, proceeds 
to the colon and small curvature of the stomach, 
and is implanted, ligamentous, into the oesoph- 
agus. It is in this omentum that Winslow dis- 
covered a natural opening, the foramen of Wins- 
low. 

Besides the greater and lesser omentum, some 
anatomists distinguish a colic omentum, which 
binds down the colon, and a gastro-splenic 
omentum, which passes between the stomach 
and the spleen. 

OMNl'VOROUS Omnivorus. Animals 
which feed both upon flesh and vegetables aro 
called omnivorous. 

OMO-. A prefix (from u/.(.oc, the shoulder), 
pertaining to the shoulder. 

O'moco'tylk. The glenoid cavity 
* O'MO-HYOIDE'US. A muscle situated be- 
tween the os hyoides and shoulder, that pulls 
the os hyoides obliquely downward. It arises 
from.the superior costa of the scapula, near the 
semilunar notch, and is inserted into the base 
of the os hyoides. 

O'mopla'ta. The scapula. 

Omoplato-hyoideus. The omo-hyoideus. 

Omo'tribes. Oil from unripe olives. 

Ompha'cinum. Oil from unripe olives. 

Ompha'cion. Omphacium. Verjuice. 

Omphaci'tes. Wine from unripe grapes. 

Omphaco'meli. The juice of unripe grapes 
and honey. 

O'mphaloca'rfus. Galium aparine. 

O'mphaloce'le. Hernia umbilicalis. 

O'mphalomanti'a. The divination of mid- 
wives, who pretend to foretell the number of 
the future offspring from the number of knots 
in the navel-string of the child that is born. 

Ompha'lo-mesentekic vessels. The vitel- 
line vessels ; delicate vessels which supply the 
umbilical vesicles of the fcotus. 

Omphalophy'ma. Omphalo'ncus. Swelling 
of the umbilicus. 

O'MPHALOS. The navel. See Umbilicus. 

Omphalotomy. The cutting of the navel 
string. 

O'nanism. Onania. Masturbation. 



OPE 

Oncos. A tumor; hence oncoses, tumors. 

ONEIRODYNIA, (a, m, f. ; from ovetpov, a 
dream, and otivvn, anxiety.) Disturbed imagi- 
nation during sleep. There are two species : 1. 
Oneirodynia activa, walking in the sleep. 2. 
Oneirodynia gravens, or nightmare. Ephialtes. 

Oneiro'gmos. Oneiro' gonos. 1. A venereal 
dream. 2. An emission of the semen during 
sleep. 

Onion. Allium cepa. 

Onion, sea. Scilla maritima. 

ONI'SCUS. 1. The stock-fish. 2. The slow- 
worm. 3. A genus of apterous insects. — O. 
asellus. The wood-louse. 

Onobry'chis. Hedysarum onobrychis. 

Onomatolo'gia. Nomenclature. 

ONO'NIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosa. — O. 
spinosa. O. arvensis. The roots have a faint, 
unpleasant smell, and sweetish, bitterish, some- 
what nauseous taste. They are considered ape- 
rient and diuretic. 

ONOPO'RDIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Syngencsia. Polygamia cequalis. Com- 
posites. — O. acanthium. The cotton thistle. 
The expressed juice has been recommended in 
cancer, in the form of poultice. 

ONO'SMA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pcntandria. Monogynia. — O. echioides. The 
plant, the root of which is called Anchusa lutca 
It is supposed to possess emmenagogue virtues. 

ONY'CHIA. (a, a, f. ; from owf, the nail.) 
A whitlow at the side of the finger nail. 

Onychographo'sis. Curvamre of the nails, 
as in hectic. 

Onychophy'ma. Thickening of the nails. 

Onychoptosis. Falling off of the nails. 

O'NYX. (yx, ychis, m. Ovv!;.) In Sur- 
gery, an abscess, or collection of pus between 
the lamellae of the cornea. The diagnostic 
signs are, a white spot or speck, prominent, soft, 
and fluctuating. It is sometimes superficial, 
arising from inflammation ; not dangerous, for 
it vanishes when the inflammation is resolved 
by the use of astringent collyria. 

In other instances it is a deep abscess, seated 
between the lamellar of the cornea, sometimes 
breaking internally, and forming a hypopium : 
when it opens externally, it leaves a fistula upon 
the cornea; whenever the pus is exsiccated 
there remains a leucoma. 

OoEi'nr.s. The aqueous humor. 

OON. An egg, ovum; hence Oology, a de- 
scription of ova ; Oophoron, the ovary. 

Oozing tumor of the labium. A rare tumor 
of the labia majora, which discharges a watery 
fluid. 

OPACITY. {Opacitas, alls, f.) The proper- 
ty of obstructing the passage of light. Opacity 
of the cornea is leucoma ; opacity of the lens or 
its membrane constitutes cataract. 

O'paline. Of a milky, iridescent color, like 
the opal. 

Opaq.uk. Opacns. Incapable of transmitting 
light. 

OPERA'TION. Operatio. A process requir- 
ing labor ; and in common language, the action 
of a purgative. In Surgery it signifies the cut- 
ting or acting on parts for various purposes. In 
Chemistry, the preparation of bodies. 

469 



or h 



OPH 



Operculatk. Opcrculatus. Having a lid- 
like cover. Applied in zoology and botany. 

OPE'RCULUM. (urn, i, n. ; a cover or lid.) 
The lid or cover of the peristomum of mosses. 
It is also found in some univalve shells, as a 
calcareous lid to the mouth of the shell. 

OPHI'ASIS. (is, is, f.) A form of porrigo 
decalvans, which commences at the occiput, 
and winds to each ear, and sometimes to the 
forehead. 

Ophidians. Animals resembling the snake. 

OPHIOGLO'SSUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus 
of ferns. — O.lunaria. Moon-wort. The leaves 
are astringent, and used against fluxes. — O. os- 
munda. Osmuuda regalis. — O. spicalum. Ad- 
der's tongue. Ophioglossum vulgatum, and 
Ophioglossum. Formerly n celebrated vulner- 
ary. 

OPHIORRHI'ZA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 

?lants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. — O. mnngos. 
'he root is the Radix scrpcntum of the pharma- 
copoeias. Mungos radix. The bitter root is 
much esteemed in Java, Sumatra, &C, as pre- 
venting the effects of the bite of the naja and 
the mad dog. It is also said to be a cure for 
intestinal worms. , 

Ophiosco'rodon. Broad-leaved garlic. 

Ophiosta'phylum. Bryonia alba. 

Ophiosto'ma. A genus of intestinal worms 
furnished with two lips. 

OPHIO'XYLUM. (>,m, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — O. serpen- 
ii'iium. The tree yielding lignum serpentum. 
It is very bitter. It is said to be efficacious in 
the cure of 1 lie bite of venomous serpents, anil 
malignant diseases. 

O'PHRYS. (y«, os, i'. Ofpvc ; from o<j>v<;, 
the eyebrow.) I. The lowest part of the fore- 
head, where the eyebrows grow. 2. An herb,' 
so called because its juice was used to make 
the hah of the eyebrows black. 

Ophthalmalgia. Paul in the eye. 

OPHTHA'LMIA. (a, w. f. ; from o^aA.uor, 
the eye.) A term universally applied to an in- 
flammation of the membranes of the eye, or of 
the whole bull) of the eye ; but which, accord- 
ing to the modern nomenclature of diseases, 
should bo called ophthalmitis. See Ophtkal- 

OPHTHALMIC. (Ophthalmicus, i, m. ; 
from oipdaX/ioc, an eye.) Relating to the eye. 

Ophthalmic artery. A branch of the inter- 
nal carotid, which enters the orbit through the 
foramen opticum ; it supplies the eyeball and 
the parts around it, and gives off branches to 
the lachrymal gland, to the membrane of the 
ethmoid bone, to the nose, and to the forehead. 

Ophthalmic ganglion. Ganglion ophthal- 
micum. Lenticular ganglion. This ganglion 
is formed in the orbit by the union of a branch 
of the third or fourth pair with the first branch 
of the fifth? pair of nerves. 

Ophthalmic nerve. Nervus ophthalmicus. 
The first branch given off from the Gasserian 
ganglion of the fifth pair of nerves. It divides 
into the lachrymal, frontal, and nasal nerves, 
and gives a filament to the great sympathetic. 

Ophthalmici externi. SeeMotoresoculorum. 

OPHTHALMITIS, (itit, itidis, f.; from 
oQdakpoc, the eye.) Ophthalmia. An injlam- 
470 



mation of one or more of the membranes con- 
stituting the eye, or of the whole bulb of the 
eye. It has the following species : 

I. Ophthalmitis conjunctiva;. — Conjunctival 
ophthalmia. This is the common inflammation 
of the eye, which is usually produced by a cold 
wind, dust, or any external irritation, &c. It 
generally begins with the appearance of a net- 
work of blood-vessels on some part of the con- 
junctiva of the eyeball or eyelids. The eyelids 
become swollen and tender, and the redness 
soon covers the whole conjunctiva; there is in- 
creased discharge of tears, intolerance of light. 
There is more or less of constant pain, and a 
sensation as if particles of fine sand had in- 
sinuated themselves under the eyelid, accom- 
panied by a great heat and pricking pain. A 
glutinous matter is now secreted, especially in 
the night, which causes the eyelids to stick very 
firmly together. It is no unusual thing for the 
disease to commence in one eye, and in a day or 
two to seize the other. Mild cases of conjuncti- 
val ophthalmitis generally run their course in a 
few days, and cease spontaneously, or are remo- 
ved by the application of a few leeches to the 
temples, a purgative, abstaining from the usual 
diet, and remaining in a dark place. The best 
local applications are a warm and filtered de- 
coction of poppy-heads, or one fluid drachm of 
the tinctura opii in eight fluid ounces of dis- 
tilled water. The eye should bo well cleansed 
from the glutinous matter with warm milk and 
witter ; and when the pain abates, and the ves- 
sels of the inflamed part become relaxed, solu- 
tions of acetate of lead, nitrate of silver, sulphate 
of alum, and zinc, will be best calculated to re- 
move the disease. There is an acute form, in 
which an active antiphlogistic treatment is nec- 
essary. 

There are three forms of conjunctivis, which 
terminate rapidly in suppuration, as follows: 

1 . Egyptian ophthalmia is that which prevails 
in Egypt. This is extremely rapid, painful, and 
unfortimate in its termination, the conjunctiva 
and cornea becoming ulcerated in a few hours, 
and causing the escape of the aqueous humor 
and loss of vision if not checked, or granulations 
form on the conjunctiva of the eyelids, and pro- 
duce so much irritation as to cause loss of vis- 
ion ultimately. 

The treatment consists in giving full emetic 
doses of tartar emetic every few hours during 
the first inflammatory stage, and removing the 
diseased conjunctiva of the eyelids, or the gran- 
ulations, with the knife, and applying a wash of 
solution of nitrate of silver or alum. 

2. Gonorrheal ophthalmia presents the symp- 
toms of purulent inflammation of the conjunctiva 
in its most intense form. It is produced by 
contact of gonorrhceal matter. The treatment 
must be very active, and a solution of nitrate of 
silver of gr. x. to water f. fj. is to be used at 
once as a lotion. 

3. Ophthalmia purulenta. O. infantum. The 
purulent ophthalmia of infants occurs very soon 
after birth, and is usually produced by cold, 
though in some instances it may arise from the 
irritation of acrimonious or specific secretions. 
It usually makes its appearance within the first 
week or fortnight from birth. Solution of nitrate 



OPH 

of silver, aqua camphors, a blister to the tem- 
ple, and purgatives, are the proper remedies. 

II. Ophthalmitis tarsalis. — Here the inflam- 
mation is confined to the eyelids, and especial- 
ly to Meibomius's glands. Psorophthalmia. 
The secretion of the glands becomes acrimoni- 
ous, the eyes become irritated, the lids glued 
together, and the tarsal ligament ulcerated. 
Treatment: dilute nitrate of mercury ointment 
to the tarsus, a drop of vinum opii to the eye, 
and antiphologistic measures. 

III. Sclerotitis. — Inflammation of the sclerot- 
ica. In this affection the inflamed vessels are 
distinctly seen to be under the conjunctiva, and 
-a bright red zone surrounds the cornea. The 
cornea and pupil look hazy, and sometimes the 
iris participates in the inflammation, but seldom 
in any severe degree. The pupil, however, is 
generally somewhat contracted and sluggish in 
its movements. The pain becomes aggravated 
toward night, and there is a considerable de- 
gree of symptomatic fever and derangement of 
the general functions of the system. 

This form of disease has been called rheumatic 
ophthalmia, but it does not appear to have any 
connection with rheumatism. The treatment 
is not materially different from that of conjunc- 
tival ophthalmia, with this exception, that the 
application of nitrate of silver, which is so emi- 
nently useful in the purulent ophthalmia, is al- 
ways injurious in sclerotitis. 

IV. Corncitis. — Inflammation of the cornea. 
This is a chronic disease, most, common in the 
scrofulous constitution, and about the age of 
puberty. It lasts for months, and sometimes 
for years. It occupies chiefly the conjunctiva 
covering the cornea, and the superficial layers 
of the cornea itself. The redness of the in- 
flamed part is not considerable : the inflamed 
vessels are small, forming a zone round the 
cornea, and sometimes ramifying toward its 
center. In the early stage, the local remedies 
are those adapted to acute ophthalmia; when 
all active inflammation has ceased, the vinum 
opii and astringent collyria are applicable. 
Blisters are very useful throughout the disease. 

V. Iritis. — Inflammation of the his. This 
may be acute or chronic, idiopathic or symp- 
tomatic, common or specific ; and according to 
these circumstances the symptoms vaiy con- 
siderably. The general symptoms of iritis are 
a zone of a pale pink color around the cornea : 
as the inflammation advances the redness of the 
vessels increases, and those of the conjunctiva 
also become injected ; the iris undergoes a re- 
markable change of color; if it be naturally 
dark it becomes reddish-brown, if naturally 
light it becomes greenish. In the severer cases 
lymph is effused into the chambers of the eye, 
and the iris contracts adhesions to the capsule 
of the lens, the cornea, or the ciliary processes; 
the power of vision is much diminished, and 
sometimes fails altogether ; there is deep-seated 
pain in the orbit, forehead, and side of the head, 
which is frequently increased at night. 

Iritis arises from wounds of the iris, from 
cold, and the other common causes of inflam- 
mation, from syphilis, scrofula, gout, and rheu- 
matism. 

Notwithstanding the distinctions laid down 



OPH 

by authors between the several varieties of 
iritis, an attentive consideration of the history 
of the case will generally be found the best 
means of diagnosis. There are three prominent 
indications in the treatment of iritis : first, to 
allay the inflammation which is to be effected 
by the same means as in common cases of acute 
ophthalmia; secondly, to prevent the effusion of 
lymph, for which the antiphlogistic treatment is 
available in some degree, but which is most ef- 
fectually fulfilled by bringing the system speedi 
ly under the action of mercury, the effect of 
which should be induced in a strong degree, 
and sustained till all danger is over ; thirdly, to 
prevent adhesions, which is fulfilled by keeping 
the pupil dilated with belladonna, but which 
can only be effected after the acute symptoms 
are subdued, as the belladonna has no effect on 
the pupil while active inflammation prevails. 

In the treatment of the specific forms of iritis, 
we must have reference not only to general 
principles, but to the particular diseased state of 
the constitution of which they are symptomatic, 
and select our remedies accordingly : thus col- 
chicum is thought to be particularly efficacious 
in the arthritic forms, and mercury in the 
venereal. 

VI. The choroid coat and the return are also 
liable to inflammation. Choroiditis seldom oc- 
curs except in connection with iritis. Retinitis 
is generally the result of over-exertion of the 
sight in the examination of objects," or of ex- 
posure to too vivid a light. Its tendency is to 
produce amaurosis more or less rapidly, as it is 
more or less acute. The acute form requires 
absolute rest of the eye, entire darkness, and 
the antiphlogistic treatment. 

Such are some of the chief phenomena of in- 
flammation, as developed in the different tex- 
tures of the eye. In many cases the common 
forms of ophthalmia are combined in one gen- 
eral inflammation of the eyeball, which, ii not 
subdued, terminates in suppuration, and the 
complete destruction of the organ, which bursts, 
evacuates its contents, and shrinks into the 
orbit. 

Ophtha'lmo-blenorkhce'a. Purulent oph- 
thalmia. 

Ophthalmo-carcino'ma. Cancer of the 
eye. 

Ophthalmoce'le. Exophthalmia. 

OPHTHALMODYNIA. (a, a, f. ; from 
otpOatyoc, and odvvn, pain.) A vehement pain 
in the eye, without, or with very little redness, 
and not produced by inflammation. It may be 
the result of rheumatism, gout, hysteria, &c. ; or 
produced by incipient organic diseases, as can- 
cer, fungus ha;matodes ; or an affection purely 
of the nerves. The cure requires the removal 
of the cause. When an intermittent affection, 
the internal use of bark is beneficial. 

Ophthalmography. Ophthalmology. A 
treatise on the eye. 

OPHTHALMOPLEGIA. (From o<p6a7ifioc, 
and itXtjogu, to strike.) Paralysis of one or 
more of the muscles of the eye. 

Ophthalmopo'nia. Inflammation of the eye. 

OPHTHALMOPTO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from 
o^dalfioQ, and irruaic, a fall.) A protrusion of 
the globe of the eye on the cheek, canthus, or 

471 



OPP 



O RB 



upward, the globe itself being scarcely altered 
in magnitude. 

OPHTHA'LMOS. The eye ; also a prefix 
in some words, as Ophthalmoscopic^, the art of 
examining the eyes for the discovery of disease. 
—Ophthalmostatum, a speculum oculi for fixing 
the eye. — Ophthalmotomy, extirpation of the 
eye. — Ophthalmoxysis, scarification of the con- 
junctival membrane. 

O'piane. Another name for narcotine. 

O'PIATE. Opiatum. 1. Any preparation 
of opium. 2. An anodyne. 

O'pion. Omov. Opium. 

Opi'sthenar. The back of the hand. 

Opisthocra'nium. The c.- 'jut. 

Opi'sthocypho'sis. A curvature of the spine 
backward. 

OPISTHO'TONOS. {os, i, m. ; from oniadev, 
backward, and reivu, to draw.) That form of 
tetanus in which the body is bent backward. 

Opisto-gastric. The cceliac artery. 

O'PIUM. (mot, ii, n. Ontov, probably from 
cmoc, juice.) The inspissated juice of the 
poppy. See Papaver somniferum. 

Opium de Rousseau. See Rousseau's drops. 

Opoba'lsamum. Amyris gileadensis. 

Opocalpason. See Opocarpason. 

Opocarpason. Opocalpason. OnoKapxaoov. 
OiroxaTinaaov. See Carpams. 

OPODEL'DOC. Formerly it signified a 
plaster for all external injuries, but now is con- 
fined to the camphorated soap liniment. 

Opodeldoc, Steer's. This is composed of 
Castilesoap, rectified spirit, camphor, oilsof rose- 
mary and marjoram, and solution of ammonia. 

Opodeoc-e'le. An ischiatic hernia. 

OPO'PANAX. {ax, acts, f.) 1. The gum- 
resin of opopanax chironum. 2. A genus of 
umbelliferous plants. — O. chironium. The 
plant which yields opopanax by exudation from 
incisions made in the root. It is brought from 
Turkey and the East Indies, and is, like the 
foetid gums, antispasmodic and emmenagogue. 
Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. 

Opo pia. The bones of the eyes. 

Opoponax. Opopanax. 

Opo'rice. A conserve of ripe fruits. 

OPPILA'TION. (Oppilatio, onis, f.{ from 
oppilo, to shut up.) Oppilation is a close kind 
of obstruction. 

Oppilati'vus. Shutting up the pores of the 
skin. 

OPPO'NBNS. Opposing. A name given to 
some muscles from their office. 

Opponens minimi digiti. A small muscle 
attached along the inner edge of the fifth meta- 
carpal bone, and inserted into the anterior an- 
nular ligament of the wrist ; it draws the fifth 
metacarpal bone inward, and thus tends to in- 
crease the hollow of the hand. 

Opponens pollicis. See Flexor ossis meta- 
earpi pollicis. 

Oppo'situs. Opposite to each other. 

OPPRESSION. {Oppressio, onis, f.) 1. A 
sensation of weight, as oppression of breathing, 
when it seems to be difficult to breathe from a 
sense of weight obstructing respiration ; and, in 
like manner, oppressio praxordiorum, which 
is a feeling of pressure about the preecordia. 
i. Oppressio cerebri. Catalepsy. 
472 



Opsi'gonos. The dens sapiential. 

Opsionu'si. Diseases of vision. 

OPTIC. (Opticus; from onTopai, I see.) 
Relating to vision. 

Optic commissure. The union of the optic 
nerves in front of the sella turcica. 

Optic foramen. A foramen of the sphenoid 
bone, through which the optic nerves and ves- 
sels pass. 

Optic nerves. Nervi optici. The second 
pair of nerves of the brain. See Nerve- 

OPTICS. (From onrofiat, I see.) That 
branch of natural philosophy which treats of 
the properties of light and vision. 

Opu'ntia. Cactus opuntia. 

Ora serrata. The posterior serrated edge 
of the ciliary processes is so called. 

Orache. Atriplex sativa. 

Orange. Citrus aurantium. 

Orange peas. The immature fruit of the 
Curacoa orange, or Aurantia curassaventia. 

ORBI'CULAR. {Orbicularis; from orbicn- 
lus, a little ring.) Round. 

Orbicula're os. 1. A bone of the carpus. 
2. A small bone of the internal ear. SeeAuris. 

Orbicularis oris. A muscle of the mouth, 
formed in a great measure by those of the lips ; 
the fibres of the superior descending, those of 
the inferior ascending, and decussating each 
other about the corner of the mouth, they run 
along the lip to join those of the opposite side, 
60 that the fleshy fibres appear to surround the 
mouth like a sphincter. Its use is to shut the 
mouth, by contracting and drawing both lips 
together, and to counteract all the muscles that 
assist in opening it. 

Orbicularis palpebrarum. O. oculi. A 
muscle common to both the eyelids. Orbicu- 
laris palpebrarum ciliaris. It arises from the 
outer edge of the orbitar process of the superior 
maxillary bone, and from a tendon near the in- 
ner angle of the eye. The fibres run round to 
the outer angle of the eye, and are inserted into 
the nasal process of the superior maxillary bone 
by a short, round tendon, covering the anterior 
and upper part of the lachrymal sac, which ten- 
don can be easily felt at the inner canthus of 
the eye. The use of this muscle is to shut the 
eye by drawing both lids together ; the fibres, 
contracting from the outer angle toward the in- 
ner, press the eyeball, squeeze the lachrymal 
gland, and convey the tears toward the puncta 
lachrymalia. 

Orbicularis palpebrarum ciliaris. See 
Orbicularis palpebrarum. 

Orbicula'te. Orbicularis. Round and flat. 

Orbiculus ciliaris. The ciliary circle. 

O'RBIT. {Orbitum, i, n.) The two cavities 
under the forehead, in which the eyes are situ- 
ated, are termed orbits. Each orbit is com- 
posed of seven bones, viz., the frontal, maxillary, 
jugal, lachrymal, ethmoid, palatine, and sphe- 
noid. The use of this bony socket is to main- 
tain and defend the organ of sight and its adja- 
cent parts. 

Orbital arc h . The upper margin of the orbit. 

Orbital fissure, superior. The sphenoidal 
fissure. 

Orbital fissure, inferior. The maxillary 
fissure. 



ORG 

Orbital nerve. A branch of the superior 
maxillary: it subdivides into a malar and tem- 
poral branch. 

ORBITAR. Orlitaris. Relating to the orbit 
or socket of the eye. 

Orbitary foramina. See Frontis os. 

Orcheoce'le. Orcheodocele. Orchiocele. 
Orchitis. 

Orcheoto'my. Orcheodotomy. Castration. 

ORCHIDA'CEjE. Herbaceous, gynandrous 
endogens, with remarkably irregular and beau- 
tiful flowers; they bear bulbs containing an 
agreeable farina (salep), for which the Orchis 
musculo, and morio are partially cultivated. 
They aro natives of calcareous soils. In the 
tropics, the species and genera often become 
splendid parasites. 

Orchil. Archil. Lichen roccella. 

O'RCHIS. (is, is, m. Opxic.) 1. A testicle. 
2. (Orchis, itis, f.) A genus of plants. Gy- 
nandria. Diandria. Orchidacece. — O. bifolia. 
The butterfly orchis, the root of which is used 
indifferently with that of themale orchis. — O. 
mascula. The male orchis. The root is mu- 
cilaginous, and yields bassorine, or salep. — O. 
morio. The salep root. This is a farinaceous 
powder imported from Turkey. 

ORCHI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from opxic, a tes- 
ticle.) Inflammation of the testicle. Swelled 
testicle. The most common cause of it is a sup- 
pression of the discharge of a clap ; but it takes 
place from blows, and all the causes of inflam- 
mation. When it takes place in the progress 
of a clap, it is a sympathetic inflammation, and 
it often follows every kind of irritation on the 
urethra, whether produced by strictures, injec- 
tions, or bougies. The swelling and inflamma- 
tion appear suddenly, and as suddenly disap- 
pear, or go from one testicle to the other. The 
epididymis remains swelled, however, even for 
a considerable time afterward. There is ten- 
derness, pain, weakness in the loins, colic, and 
sometimes vomiting. 

Orchitis, with stoppage .of the discharge of 
clap, is apt to be attended with strangury. A 
very singular thing is, that the inflammation 
more frequently comes on when the irritation in 
the urethra is going off" than when at its height. 

This disease requires perfect rest, and the 
same treatment as inflammation of any other 
viscus. General bleeding, leeches, and cold 
applications are necessary. The bowels are to 
be purged from time to time, and a strict anti- 
phlogistic diet enforced as long as there is fever- 
ish excitement. Opiates at bedtime are re- 
quired when there is much pain. 

O'rchos. The extremities of the eyelids, 
where the eyelashes grow. 

Orcho'tomy. Orchotamia. Castration. 

Oreoseli'num. Athamanta oreoselinum. 

Ore'xis. A desire or appetite. 

ORGAN. (Opyavov. Organum, i, n.) An 
organ is a part of an animal or vegetable which 
has a determined office in its economy: thus 
the eye is the organ of vision, and the ear of 
hearing; the muscles are the organs of motion, 
&c. A catenation of organs destined to one 
function is called an apparatus : thus, although 
the lungs be the immediate organ of respira- 
tions the apparatus of respiration consists of the 



OR I. 

lungs, air passages, muscles, and nerves, &c., of 
respiration, without which the function could 
not be performed. 

ORGA'NIC. Organicus. 1. Possessed of 
organs; appertaining to organization, or sus- 
ceptible of organization : thus we speak of or- 
ganic bodies, organic functions, and organic 
matter. 2. Relating *> an organ. Pathologists 
call those organic diseases in which there is a 
visible change in the structure of the organ, as 
opposed to diseases of function, in which the 
action only of the organ is changed. 

Organic chemistry. The chemistry of or- 
ganic matters, or such as are directly or indi- 
rectly derived from plants or animals. The 
investigation or analysis of such bodies is prox- 
imate or ultimate : the former when the parts 
are merely separated by solvents, as water, al- 
cohol, ether, and acids; the latter when the 
elementary composition is ascertained. Car- 
bon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, combined 
in binary, ternary, or quaternary compounds, 
with a small amount of saline matters, form the 
majority of organic bodies ; sulphur and phos- 
phorus are present in a few only. The modern 
process of organic analysis is briefly described 
in Kane's and in Graham's Chemistry. These 
manipulations require great experience and 
skill. Vegetable tissues are distinguished from 
animal by the great amount of nitrogen in the 
latter. 

Organic force. The plastic force whereby 
the development of cellules is effected. 

Organic molecules. Certain animated cel- 
lules or monads, supposed by Spallanzani to 
exist in the semen of males. These have re- 
ceived the name of vital germs, spermatozoa, 
homunculi, and animalcules. 

ORGANISATION. Organization. Organ- 
isatio. The construction of the parts of an ani- 
mal or vegetable body, with reference to a de- 
termined function. 

O'RGANISM. This term is generally ap- 
plied to the sum total of the organs and powers 
which give rise to the phenomena of life in any 
living being. 

Organoge'ny. The formation of the organs. 

Organography. A treatise on the organs 

Organoto'my. Anatomy. 

O'RGASM. (Orgasmus, i, m. Opyaa/ioc ; 
from opyau, to desire vehemently.) A state of 
excitement and vital turgescence of any organ : 
applied especially to the organs of generation, 
the excitement of which is termed the venereal 
orgasm. 

Orga'stica. Diseases affecting the orgasm. 
The second order of the class Genetica of Good. 

Orge'at. A drink made with syrup of al- 
monds. 

Ori'cia. A species of fir. 

Orienta'lia folia. The leaves of senna. 

Orifi'cium. The orifice or entrance of any 
organ or thing. 

ORFGANUM. (um, i, n. Opeiyavov.) 1. 
The Origanum vulgare. 2. A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiatm. — O. 
crelicum. O. dictamnus. Dittany of Crete. 
The leaves have been recommended as an em- 
menagogue and alexipharmic. — O. marjorana. 
Sweet marjoram. It is more fragrant than the 

473 



ORY 

wild marjoram. — O. syriacum. Teucrium ma- 
ruin. — O. vulgare. Wild" marjoram. Origa- 
num heracleoticum. Origanum, This plant 
has an agreeable aromatic smell, a pungent taste, 
and is said to be emmenagogue, tonic, stoma- 
chic, &c. The dried leaves are employed in 
medicinal baths and fomentations. The essen- 
tial oil is officinal. % 

O'RIGIN. In Anatomy, the commencement 
of a muscle, as distinguished from its insertion 
into the part it moves. 

Oris constrictor. Orbicularis oris. 

Orleana terra. Annotto. Bixa orel- 
lana. 

Ormskiuk medicine. An alleged remedy for 
hydrophobia, invented by a Mr.- Hill, of Orms- 
kirfc. 

ORNITHO'LOGY. (From opvi£, a bird, and 
Aoyoc, an account.) That department of natu- 
ral history which treats of birds. 

Ornithopo'dium. The Ornithopus perpusil- 
lus and the Ornithopus scorpioides have been 
so called. 

O'rnus europjEa. The modern name for 
the Fraxinus ortius. 

OROBA'NCHE. (e, es, f.) A genus of 
plants. Gynandria and Didynamia. Angio- 
spermia. — O. virginiaca is said to have been 
used in Martin's cancer powder. 

Orobry'chis. Orobauche. 

O'ROBUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosa;. — O. tu- 
bcrosus. The heath-pea. The root of this 
plant is said to be nutritious. 

ORPIMENT. (Orpimentum, i, a.) A sul- 
phuret of arsenic. It is used as a pigment and 
as a depilatory. 

Orpine. Sedum telephium. 

O'rrhos. Oppog. Serum; whey. Also, in 
Medicine, 1. The perineum. 2. The extremity 
of the sacrum. 

Orris. Iris florentina. 

Orseille. Lichen roccella. 

ORTHO-. A prefix (from opdoc, erect, 
straight), denoting the erect or straight posi- 
tion. 

Orthoco'lon. A stiff joint, with an extend- 
ed state of the limb. 

ORTHOPjE'DIA. Orthope'dic (From 
opdoc, and naic, a child.) That branch of sur- 
gery which relates to the correction of the de- 
formities of children, especially club foot. 

O R T H O P N OE 'A. (a, m, f. ; from opdoc , 
erect, and irvoi], breathing. ) Inability of breath- 
ing in the recumbent posture, so that the pa- 
tient is obliged to sleep propped up by pillows, 
as in hydrothorax and other cases. 

Orthopnea cardiaca. Angina pectoris. 

Orthopnea convulsiva. Asthma. 

Orthopnea cynanchica. O. membranacca. 
Croup. 

Orthopte'ra. Straight-winged insects ; as 
the locusts, grasshoppers. 

Orthotro'pal. When the embryo is straight, 
and corresponds with the ends and axis of the 
seed. 

Orvieta'num. An old antidote to poisons. 

ORY'ZA. (a, a, f. ; from orez, Arabic.) 1. 
Rice. 2. A genus of plants. Triandria. Di- 
gynia. Graminea. — O. sativa. The rice plant. 
474 



06 

This grain contains little azote. Being nearly 
all starch, it has a tendency to constipate those 
persons who are unused to it. The decoction 
is demulcent. 

Os. The symbol of osmium. 

OS. 1. (os, ossis, n. ; Heb., ozam, strength?) 
A bone ; a hard, dry part of the body, of a 
whitish color, and composed of a spongy, com- 
pact, or reticular substance. Bones are long 
and hollow, or flat and compact, &c. Most 
have several processes and cavities ; that at the 
end of a bone, if smooth and round, is called its 
head; and its condyle when flattened either 
above or laterally. The part beneath the head 
is the neck. Rough processes are called tuber- 
osities, or tubercles; but the longer and more 
acute, spinous or styloid processes. Thin, broad 
processes, with sharp extremities, are the crit- 
tm, or sharp edges. Some are distinguished by 
their form, as the alar, or pterygoid ; mamillary, 
or mastoid ; dentiform, or odontoid, &c. 



A liable of the Bones. 



( Frontal . 

Bones of the J! 8 ™* 1 , ' 
cranium orJ Occipital 

skull . . .) lT P °-A 
Lthmoid . 

Sphenoid 

Superior maxillary 

Jugal .... 

Nasal .... 

Bones of the i Lachrymal . . 

face . . .1 Palatine . . . 

Inferior spongy 

Vomer . . . 

k Inferior maxillary 

f Incisores . . . 

Dentes or teeth < Cuspidati . » 

f Molares . . . 

Bones of the { TT ., 

tongue . .jHyoidesos 

Bones of the f Malleus . 
ear, within J Incus . . 
the temporal ] Stapes 
bones . . (^Orbiculare 

i Cervical 

« f Vertebra? / Dorsal 

g, ! f Lumbar 

» j Sacrum . 
' §5 t Coccygis os 

" Sternum 
Ribs 

Innominata ossa 
Clavicle . 
Scapula . 
Humeri os 
Ulna . . 
w ( Radius . 

H C Naviculare os 

j Lunare os . 
{ I Cuneiforme os 

( Carpus or J Orbiculare os 
wrist j Trapezium os 
I Trapezoides os 
I Magnum os 
^ Unciforme os 

pq H Metacarpus 

{Phalanges 



The thorax 
The pelvis . 
The shoulder 
The arm . 
The forearm 



\ 



■?< 



no. 
I 
2 



1 
I 
8 
4 
20 



2 

2 
2 
7 

12 
5 
1 
1 
1 

24 



2 
2 
2 

I 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
10 
28 






osc 

tL, f The th igh . . Femur 2 

i Patella 2 

» TheA?«- . 3 Tibia 2 

( Fibula 2 

(Calcaneus .... 2 
Astragalus .... 2 
Cuboides os ... 2 
Naviculars os . . . 2 
l_ Cuneiformia ossa . . 6 

Metatarsus 10 

k Phalanges 28 



Sesamoid bones of the thumb and great 
toe, occasionally found 

Total 248 

Bone consists of gelatine, &c, 33*3 ; phos- 
phates of lime and magnesia, 54*2 ; carbonate 
of lime and other salts, of soda, &c, la^. — Ber- 
zelius. But the composition of different bones 
and those of various animals differ. The animal 
matter may be dissolved out by hot water in a 
digester ; it yields a soup containing gelatine 
and fat. On the other hand, the phosphates 
and earthy matter may be dissolved by strong 
acids, the gelatine remaining in the shape of 
the bone. By burning, the animal matter is 
destroyed, and the earthy porta fall to pieces, 
showing that the animal matter serves to bind 
together the mineral. In mollities ossium there 
is a deficiency of gelatine, and iu the ulceration 
or gangrene of bones it is that part that is de- 
stroyed. By distillation, bones yield an impure 
ammonia. 

2. (Os, oris, n.) The mouth. 1. In Anat- 
omy, applied to openings of parts ; as os exter- 
num and internum, os tinea:, &c. 

Os externum. The entrance into the vagina 
is so named, in opposition to the mouth of the 
uterus, which is called the os internum. 

Os internum. The orifice or mouth of the 
uterus. 

Os lbonis. Antirrhinum linaria. 

Os sefije. The cuttle-fish bone. When 
powdered, it is used as an absorbent and denti- 
frice, and consists of carbonate of lime, with a 
little animal matter. 

Os spongiosum. The spongy bones are two 
in number, ossa spongiosa inferior a. The eth- 
moid bone has two turbinated portions, also 
called the superior spongy bones, ossa turbinata. 
They consist of a spongy lamella in each nostril. 
The convex surface of this lamina is turned to- 
ward the septum narium, and its concave part 
toward the maxillary bone, covering the open- 
ing of the lachrymal duct into the nose. From 
their upper edge arise two processes : the pos- 
terior hangs upon the edge of the antrum High- 
morianum ; the anterior joins the os unguis, and 
forms a part of the lachrymal duct. They are 
lined with the pituitary membrane; and, be- 
sides their connection with the ethmoid bone, 
are joined to the ossa maxillaria superiora, ossa 
palati, and ossa unguis. Besides the ossa spongi- 
osa inferiora, there are sometimes two others, 
situated lower down, one in each nostril. 

Os tince. The mouth of the womb. 

Osce'do. (o, inis, f.) The thrush. Also, 
yawning. — Turton. 

O'scheai.. Relating to the scrotum. 



OST 

Oschk o-c arci'soma. Chimney-sweeper's 
cancer. 

OSCHEOCELE, (e, es, f. ; from oaxeov, the 
scrotum, and kvIv, a tumor.) 1. Any tumor of 
the scrotum. 2. A scrotal hernia. 

O'SCHEON. Oa X eov. The scrotum. 

Oscheophy'ma. A swelling of the scrotum. 

Oschi'tis. Inflammation of the scrotum. 

Oscilla'tio. Boerhaave gives this name to 
muscular irritability. 

Oscilla'tion. Movement similar to that of 
the pendulum. 

OSCILLATO'RIA. Plants of the lowest or- 
ganization, living in wet or damp places, and 
consisting of threads, which have sometimes an 
apparent movement. 

O'scitant. Oscitation. Yawning or gaping. 

Osculato'rius. The sphincter muscle of the 
lips. 

O'smazomi:. Extract of meat, having the 
smell of broth. It is a proteine compound in a 
changed condition. 

O'sme. Odor. 

OS'MIUM. A metal discovered by Tennant 
among fragments of crude platina, and so called 
by him from the pungent and peculiar smell of 
its oxide, osmic acid. 

Osmono'si. Diseases of the faculty of smell. 

OSMU'NDA. (a, at, f.) A genus of ferns.— 
O. lunaria. Ophioglossum lunaria. — O. regalit. 
The osmund-royal. Filix Jlorida. Its root 
possesses astringent and emmenagogue virtues. 

Osphre'sis. The sense of smell. 

O'sphys. Oo<j>v(. The loins. 

Ossa incisoria. See Ossa inter maxillaria. 

Ossa intermaxillaria. Quadrupeds have 
two bones of the face which do not exist in man. 
They are situated between the superior maxil- 
lary bones, and are called ossa intermaxillaria, 
ossa incisoria, or ossa labialia. These bones 
contain the roots of the incisor teeth in animals 
which possess these teeth, but they exist also in 
the edentata. 

Ossa labialia. See Ossa intermaxillaria. 

Ossa spongiosa. See Os spongiosum. 

Ossa usta alba. O.calcinata. Bones burned 
into a white powder, consisting of a subphos- 
phate of lime. It is used as an absorbent, and 
in cases of rickets. Dose, gr. x. to 33s. 

O'SSEOUS. Osseus. Bony. 

OSSl'CULUM. {urn, i, n. ; diminutive of os, 
a bone.) A little bone. 

Ossicula auditus. O. auris. The small 
bones of the internal ear are four in number, 
viz., the malleus, incus, stapes, and os orbicu- 
lare, and are situated in the cavity of the tym- 
panum. 

Ossicula Bertini. Cornua sphenoidalia. 
The triangular processes of the sphenoid bone, 
or ossa triangularia. 

OSSIFICATION. (Ossiflcatio, onis, f.; from 
os, a bone, and /a«'o, to make.) The formation 
of bone. See Osteogeny. 

Ossi'pragus. Osteocolla. 

Ossi'vorus. A particular kind of tumor oc- 
curring in the thigh. — Ruysch. 

OST-. OSTEO-. A prefix (from oareov, a 
bone), denoting the presence of a bone orosseous 
matter. 

OS'TAGRA. (From oareov, a bone, and 
475 



OST 

ay pa, seizure.) A forceps to take out bones 
with. 

Ostea'lgia. Pain in a bone. 

Ostki'tes. Osteocolla. 

Ostempye'sis. Ostempyosis. Suppuration oc- 
curring in the interior of a bone. 

OSTEOCO'LLA. (a, as, f. ; from oareov, and 
koTlTlou, to glue.) Glue-bone, or bone-binder. 
A particular carbonate of lime, formerly applied 
to fractured bones to promote the formation of 
callus. 

Osteoco'pus. Osteody'nia. Pain in a bone. 

Osteogene'tic. That which favors the for- 
mation of bone or callus. 

Osteoge'nicus. Osteogeneticus. 

OSTEO'GENY. (Osteogenia, a. f. ; from 
oareov, a bone, and yeveia, generation.) The 
growth of bones. In the rudimentary state 
there is a gelatinous or cartilaginous tissue, more 
or less of the figure of the bone ; into this, in pro- 
oess of development, red blood-vessels ramify 
and accumulate toward one or more points (the 
points of ossification) ; they then commence the 
deposition ot phosphate of lime, &c. From those, 
as radii, the ossification is continued through- 
out the whole texture, the vessels being soon 
hidden by the deposit. In this way the con- 
dyles and heads of the long bones are fonned 
separately from the shaft, and not perfectly 
united until the fifteenth year. From this time 
throughout fife the bone is supplied with absorb- 
ents as well as arteries, and the function of waste 
and repair goes on slowly, but in the same way 
as in other tissues. 

OSTEO'GRAPHY. (Osteographia, ec, f . ; 
from oareov, and ypa<j>u, to describe.) A descrip- 
tion of the bones. 

Osteo'hthos. Osteocolla. 

OSTEO'LOGY. (Osteologia, a, f . ; from 
oareov, and "koyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine 
of the bones. 

Osteo'ma. A bony tumor. 

OSTEOMALACIA. ( From oareov, and uala- 
*of, soft.) Softness of the bones. Malacosteon. 

Oste'o.v. A bone. 

Osteono'si. Osteoxu'si. Diseases of the 
bones. 

Osteofce'dion. An ossified foetus. 

O'STEO-SARCO'MA. (From oareov, and 
aapKufia, a fleshy tumor.) Osteo-sarcogis. 1. 
Any tumor which contains a mixture of bony 
and soft matter. It is most commonly applied, 
however, to a tumor commencing in the me- 
dullary structure of a bone, and afterward 
blended with osseous matter. Such tumors 
may be of a malignant character or otherwise. 
2. Spina ventosa. 

Osteo-sarcosis. See Osteosarcoma. 

Osteo'sis. Ossification; osteogeny. 

O'STEO-STEATO'MA. (From oareov, and 
oreap, fat.) A tumor composed of fatty and 
heny matter. 

OSTEOTO'MIST. (From oareov, and reuvo, 
to cut.) A strong pair of forceps, the upper ends 
of which are made of a cutting oval ring, for the 
purpose of cutting the bones of the foetus in utero. 

Osteoto'my. The cutting of a bone. 

Osthk'xia. Osthexy, or the ossific diathesis. 

Osti tis . Inflammation of the membranes of 
a bone. 

47G 



OVA 

Ostia'rius. The pylorus. 

OSTI'OLUM. (urn, i, n.; diminutive of 
ostium, a door.) A little door. The valves of 
the heart have been called ostiola. Also, the 
small openings or mouths of vessels. 

O'STIUM. (um, ii, n.) A door or opening. 
A foramen. 

Ostium abdominale. The opening of the 
fimbriated end of the Fallopian tube. 

Ostium uterinum. The opening of the Fallo- 
pian tube into the utenis. 

Ostrea edu'lis. The common oyster. 
They are easy of digestion, and nutritious. The 
shells ( Ostrea testes) are similar in properties to 
the carbonate of lime. See Creta. 

Ostrea maxima. The scallop. 

Ostruthium. Imperatoria ostruthium. 

Osyris alba. Poet's cassia, or gardrobe; 
Poet's rosemary. Dicecia. Triandria. The 
whole shrub is astringent. 

Otacou'stic A synonym of acoustic. 

OTA'LGIA. Otagra. (From ovc, uroc, the 
ear, and ahyoe, pain.) The ear ache. 

Ota'lgic. Otalgicus. Pertaining to otalgia. 

Ote'nchytes. A syringe for the ears. 

OTIC. O'ticus. Appertaining to the ear, as 
the otic ganglion. 

Otic ganglion. A ganglion of the inferior 
maxillary nerve, at the inner margin of the fora- 
men ovale of the sphenoid bone. 

Oti'tes. The little finger. 

OTI'TIS. (is, idis, f . ; from ovc, the ear.) 
Inflammation of the internal ear. Otitis is 
known by pain in the internal part of the ear, 
confusion of sound, deafness, and more or less 
fever. It is not uncommon with children, but 
is seldom attended with much disturbance of 
the system. 

It is sometimes a serious disease, producing 
much fever and even delirium, and ending in 
suppuration. The treatment is by bleeding, 
blisters, and purges. 

Otoco'nite. A morbid calcareous concretion 
found in the sack of the vestibule. 

Otogra'phy. Otolo'gy. A treatise on the ear. 

Otoli'th. A natural calcareous body found 
in the labyrinth of fishes. 

Ototo'my. A dissection of the ear 

OTOPLASTY. Otoplastice. ( From ovc, the 
ear, and nXaoou), to form.) An operation for 
the restoration of the external ear when de- 
stroyed. 

Otoplatos. Otoplados. A foul ulcer behird 
the ear. 

OTOPYO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ovc, and irvov 
pus.) A purulent discharge from the ear. 

OTORRHEA, (a, *, f. ; from ovc, and peu, 
to flow. ) A discharge from the ear, usually of 
puriform matter, as in chronic otitis. 

Otto op roses. Oleum rosae. 

Ounce. See Weights and Measures 

O'uron. Ourema. Urine. 

OURA'RI. A powerful poison, derived from 
the Strychnos toxifera of Guayana. It produces 
death by convulsions and a loss of power in the 
respiratory muscles. 

O'cjtre. Unusual ; strange ; not tasteful. 

Ova^lis. Oval. 

O V A'R IAN. ( Ovarianus ; from ovarium. > 
Ovarial ; belonging to the ovarium. 



ovu 

OVA'RIUM. Ovary. (Diminutive of ovum, 
an egg.) The ovaria are two flat, oval bodies, 
about an inch in length, and rather more than a 
half in breadth and thickness, suspended in the 
"broad ligaments, about the distance of one inch 
from the uterus, behind and a little below the 
Fallopian tubes. They include a number of 
vesicles, or ova, joined to the internal surface 
of the ovaria by cellular threads or pedicles, 
and contain a fluid which has the appearance of 
thin lymph. They differ very much in their 
number in different ovaria. The outer coat of 
the ovaria is given by the peritoneum; and 
whenever an ovum is passed into the Fallopian 
tube, a fissure is observed at the part through 
which it is supposed to have been transferred. 
These fissures healing, leave small longitudinal 
cicatrices on the surface. The corpora* lutea 
are oblong glandular bodies, of a yellowish col- 
or, found in the ovaria of all animals when preg- 
nant, and, according to some, when they are 
salacious. They are said to be calyces, from 
which the impregnated ovum has dropped. 
They are largest and mcst conspicuous in the 
early state of pregnancy, and remain for some 
time after delivery, when they gradually fade 
and wither till they disappear. The ovaria are 
the seat of a particular kind of dropsy, which 
most commonly happens to women at the time 
of the final cessation of the menses, though not 
^infrequently at a more early period of life. It 
is of the encysted kind, the fluid being some- 
times limpid and thin, and at others discolored 
and gelatinous. In some cases it has been 
found contained in one cyst, often in several ; 
and in others the whole tumefaction has been 
composed of hydatids not larger than grapes. 
The ovaria are also subject, especially a short 
time after delivery, to inflammation, terminating 
in suppuration, and to scirrhous and cancerous 
diseases, with considerable enlargement. In 
the former state, they generally adhere to some 
adjoining part, as the uterus, rectum, bladder, 
or external integuments, and the matter is dis- 
charged from the vagina by stool, by urine, or 
by an external abscess of the integuments of the 
abdomen. 

Ovary. The ovarium. 

Ovate. Ovatus. Egg-shaped. 

Ovica'psule. The membrane which en- 
virons the ovule in the ovary. In the higher an- 
imals it is of a different substance from the rest 
of the ovary. 

O'VIDUCT. (Oviductus; from ovum, and 
ductus, a canal.) The duct or canal through 
which the ovum, or egg, passes. In the human 
species, the Fallopian tube is so called, which 
runs from the ovary to the bottom of the womb. 

Oviductus muliebris. The Fallopian tube. 

OVI'PAROUS. (Oviparus; from ovum, and 
pario, to bring forth.) Animals which exclude 
their young in an egg. 

Ovis aries. The common sheep. 

Ovorum test.e. Egg-shells. 

OVO-VIVI'PAROUS. Animals which bring 
forth an egg in which the foetus is already alive, 
the process of incubation being carried on in 
the body of the parent. This occurs in some 
of the shark family. 

Ovula graafiana. The Graafian vesicle. 



OVU 

The serous transparent vesicles found in the 
structure of the ovary, and which constitute the 
ova which are to be hereafter developed. 

Ovula Nabothi. Naboth's glands. 

O'VULE. 1. Ovulum. 2. The rudimentary 
seed inclosed in the carpels of plants. It con 
tains a nucleus and two tunics, and is impregna 
ted by the direct entry of the boyau of the pollen. 

Ovu'liger. A kind of hydatid found in the 
wrist joint. — Raspail. 
. Ovu'line. The decidua reflexa. 

O'VULUM. (um, i, n. ; diminutive of ovum.) 
A little egg. 

O'VUM. (um, i, n. ; from the Greek uov, an 
egg.) An egg. In physiological language this 
term is applied to the capsule containing the 
prolific germ of animals. Thus the egg of a 
bird, the vesicles (Graafian vesicles) found in 
the ovarium of mammiferous animals, the spawn ' 
of fishes, ai - e all ova. 

The fowl's egg is variously used in pharmacy : 
the white (album ovi) to clarify fluids ; the yel- 
low (vitellus ovi) to suspend camphor and resins 
in emulsion ; the shell (testa ovi) as an absorb- 
ent in the place of chalk, and tho oil (oleum ovi) 
as an emollient. 

Of the Eggs of the Human Ovarium. — Tho 
vesicles in the ovarium of females are called 
the eggs, ova or ovula. When fecundation 
takes place in one or more of these, they pass, 
after a short time, along the Fallopian tube 
into tho uterus. It would appear, from recent 
observations, that at the time of heat in animals, 
or at the menstrual period in the human female, 
a particular vesicle or more take on a certain 
development, becoming a Graafian vesicle, and 
rising to the surface of the ovarium ; if impreg- 
nation does not take place, this merely devel- 
ops an internal spherical membrane, the rudi- 
ment of the yolk bag, and a germinal spot with 
a pellucid center or zona pellucida, and then 
bursting the ovicapsule, escapes into the uterus, 
and is carried away with the menses. On the 
other hand, impregnation takes place when the 
spermatozoa of the male semen, reaching the 
fissure over the pellucid point of the germinal 
spot, becomes attached, or capable of acting 
thereupon. The result of this action is the pro- 
duction of two cellules in the pellucid center, 
which become developed into the mulberry mass 
of physiologists. 

The mulberry mass, consisting of a congeries 
of cellules, develops in its progress three mem- 
branous tissues ; by the greater expansion of 
some of its cells, these take place on the side of 
the yolk cellule, or yolk bag, and are together 
called the germinal membrane ; but, in reality, 
consist of the rudiments of a serous layer, which 
is outermost, a middle mucous layer, and an in- 
ternal vascular layer. This germinal membrane 
completely invests the nutritious matter of the 
yolk bag, constituting a temporary stomach. 
Of this development, it is only a part of the mul- 
berry mass, consisting of a central cell (the area 
pellucida), and the cells arranged around it, form- 
ing the cicatricula, or germ spot of the germinal 
membrane, which are permanent. The nucleus 
of the central cell, area pellucida, or embryonic 
cell, undergoes rapid development, and changes 
its form from a ring to a pear-shaped body, and 

477 



ovu 

finally appears a9 two parallel lines, inclosing 
a space between them which enlarges at one 
end ; this, which is the rudiment of the spinal 
marrow and brain, is called the primitive trace 
in the incubated egg. The latter portion of 
these changes take place in the uterus of vivip- 
arous animals. We have, in these parts, the 
rudiments of the tissues to be developed in the 
foetus: from the primitive trace, the nervous 
centers ; from the vascular layer of the germinal 
membrane, the vascular system, which at first 
consists of an extensive set of minute vessels, 
meeting in two trunks to form the omphalo-mcs- 
enteric vessels of the foetus, whereby its nutrition 
is secured, these being the rudiments of the um- 
bilical vessels. The thickening of the trunk, 
into which the two vessels unite, forms the punc- 
tum saliens, or first rudiment of the heart. The 
rudiment of the digestive apparatus is formed 
by the approach of the ends of the mucous layer 
immediately below the embryo : this fold forms 
a cavity, which becomes pinched off from the 
yolk bag. In mammals the separation of the 
abdominal cavity from the yolk bag is delayed, 
and the rudiment adhering to the umbilical cord 
is known by the name of the umbilical vesicle. 
In the mean time, the outer or serous layer of 
the yolk bag is becoming developed into the 
6ac of the amnion. 

Development of the ovum in the uterus. — The 
ovum, in the first moments of its abode in the 
uterus, is free and unattached; in the course of 
the second month it becomes covered with fil- 
aments, which ramify in the manner of blood- 
vessels, and are implanted into the decidua. 
In the third month they are seen only on one 
side of the ovum, are more deeply implanted 
into the deciduous membrane, and, taken to- 
gether, form the placenta. The ovum, in the 
rest of its surface, presents only a. soft, floccu- 
lent layer, called the decidua rcflexa. 

At first its two membranes have yielded to 
its enlargement while becoming thicker or 
more resisting: the exterior is called the chorion, 
the other the amnion. The liquid contained by 
the latter augments in proportion to the volume 
of the ovum. In the second month of preg- 
nancy there exists also a certain quantity of 
liquid between the chorion and amnion, but it 
disappears during the third month. 

Up to the end of the third week the ovum pre- 
sents nothing indicative to the eye of the pres- 
ence of the germ ; the contained liquid is trans- 
parent, and partly coagulable as before. At this 
period there is seen, on the side where the ovum 
adheres to the uterus, something slightly opaque 
and gelatinous, all the parts of which appear 
homogeneous; in a short time certain points 
Become opaque, two distinct vesicles are form- 
ed, nearly equal in volume, and united by a 
pedicle, one of which adheres to the amnion by 
a small filament. Almost at the same time a 
red spot is seen in the midst of this last, from 
■which yellowish filaments are seen to take their 
rise : this is the heart, and the principal sanguif- 
erous vessels. At the beginning of the second 
month the head iB very visible, the eyes form 
two black points, very large in proportion to 
the volume of the head ; small openings indicate 
the place of the ears and nostrils ; the mouth, at 
478 



OVU 

first very large, is contracted afterward by the 
development of the lips, which happens about 
the sixtieth day, with that of the ears, nose, ex- 
tremities, &c. 

The development of all the principal organs 
happens successively until about the middle of 
the fourth month ; then the state of the embryo 
ceases, and that of the foetus begins, which is 
continued till the termination of pregnancy. 
All the parts increase with inore or less rapid- 
ity during this time, and draw toward the form 
which they must present after birth. Before 
the sixth month the lungs are very small, the 
heart large, but its four cavities are confounded, 
or at least difficult to distinguish ; the liver is 
large, and occupies a great part of the abdomen; 
the gall-bladder is not full of bile, but of a col- 
orless*fluid, not bitter; the small intestine, 1 in 
its lower part, contains a yellowish matter, in 
small quantity, called the meconium ; the testi- 
cles are placed upon the sides of the superior 
lumbar vertebra? ; the ovaria occupy the same 
position. At the end of the seventh month, the 
lungs assume a reddish tint which they had not 
before ; the cavities of the heart become dis- 
tinct ; the liver preserves its large dimensions, 
but removes a little from the umbilicus ; the bile 
shows itself in the gall-bladder ; the meconium 
is more abundant, and descends lower in the 
great intestine; the ovaria tend to the pelvis; 
the testicles are directed to the inguinal rings. 
At this period the foetus is capable of life, that 
is, it could live and breathe if expelled from the 
uterus. Every thing becomes more perfect in 
the eighth and ninth months. We can not here 
follow the interesting details of this increase of 
the organs ; they belong to anatomy : we shall 
consider the physiological phenomena that re- 
late to them. 

Functions of the ovum and of Ike fostus. — 
The circulation is the best known of the func- 
tions of the foetus: it is more complicated than 
that of the adult, and is performed in a manner 
quite different. 

In the first place, it can not be divided into 
venous and arterial ; for the foetal blood has sen- 
sibly every where the same appearance, that 
is, a brownish-red tint: in other respects it is 
much the same as the blood of the adult ; it co- 
agulates, separates into clot and serum, &c. 

The placenta is the most singular, and one of 
the most important organs of the circulation of 
the foetus. It adheres, by its exterior surface, 
to the uterus, presents irregular furrows, which 
indicate its division into several lobes or cotyle- 
dons. Its foetal surface is covered by the chori- 
on and amnion except at its center, into which 
the umbilical cord is inserted. Its parenchyma 
is formed of sanguiferous vessels, divided and 
subdivided: They belong to the divisions of 
the umbilical arteries, and to the radicles of the 
vein of the same name. The vessels of one lobe 
do not communicate with those of the adjoining 
lobes ; but those of the same cotyledon anasto- 
mose frequently, for nothing is more easy than 
to make injections pass from one to another. 

The umbilical cord extends from near the 
center of the placenta to the umbilicus of the 
child; its length is often near two feet; it is 
formed by the two umbilical arteries and the 



o vu 

vein, connected by a very close cellular tissue, 
and it is covered by the two membranes of the 
ovum. 

In the first months of pregnancy, a vesicle, 
which receives small vessels, being a prolonga- 
tion of the mesenteric. artery and the meseraic 
vein, is found in the body of the cord, between 
the chorion and the amnion, near the umbilicus. 
It contains a yellowish fluid, which seems to be 
absorbed by the veins of its parietes. 

The umbilical vein, arising from the placenta, 
and then arriving at the umbilicus, enters the 
abdomen, and reaches the inferior surface of 
the liver ; there it divides into two large branch- 
es, one of which is distributed to the liver, 
along with the vena porta, while the other soon 
terminates in the vena cava, under the name of 
the ductus venosus. This vein has two valves, 
one at the place of its bifurcation, and the other 
at the junction with the vena cava. 

The heart and large vessels of the fetus ca- 
pable of life are very different from what they 
become after birth : the valve of the vena cava 
is large ; the partition of the auricles presents 
a large opening, provided with a semilunar 
valve, called the foramen ovale. The pulmonary 
artery, after having sent two small branches to 
the lungs, terminates almost immediately in the 
aorta, in the concave aspect of the arch ; it is 
called, in this place, the ductus arteriosus. 

The last character proper to the circulating 
organs of the foetus is the existence of the um- 
bilical arteries, which arise from the internal 
iliacs, are directed over the sides of the bladder, 
attach themselves to the urachus, pass out of 
the abdomen by the umbilicus, and go to the 
placenta, where they are distributed as just 
mentioned. 

The motions of the heart are very rapid in 
the foetus ; they generally exceed 120 in a min- 
ute: the circulation possesses, necessarily, a 
proportionate rapidity. 

What are the relations of the circulation of 
the mother with that of the fetus? Anato- 
mists differ in this respect. It was long be- 
lieved that the uterine arteries anastomosed 
directly with the radicles of the umbilical vein, 
and that the last divisions of the arteries of the 
placenta opened into the veins of the uterus ; 
but the acknowledged impossibility of making 
matters injected into the uterine veins pass into 
the umbilical veins, and reciprocally to cause 
liquid matters injected into the umbilical arte- 
ries to reach the veins of the uterus, caused 
this idea to be renounced. It is, at present, 
generally admitted, that the vessels of the pla- 
centa and those of the uterus do not anastomose, 
but that the passage of fluid is by imbibition. 

The cutaneous and mucous follicles are de- 
veloped, and seem to possess an energetic 
action, especially from the seventh month ; the 
skin is then covered by a pretty thick layer of 
sebaceous matter, secreted by the follicles. 
The mucus is also abundant in the two last 
months of gestation. 

All the glands employed in digestion have a 
considerable volume, and seem to possess some 
activity: the action of the others is little known. 

Of the functions of the fetus little is known. 
The stomach and upper intestines contain, at a 



OXA 

late period, a fluid somewhat resembling chyle, 
and the lower bowels a toughish, yellowish- 
green matter, called the meconium, but the 
origin and office of these is unknown. 

Ovum philosophicum. Ovtim ckymicum. A 
cucurbit. 

Ox. Bos taurus. 

O'XACID. An acid, the active element of 
which is oxygen. 

Ox-eye daisy. The Chrysanthemum hucan- 
themum. 

Ox's tongue. Picri8 echiodes. 

O'XALATE. (Oxalas, atis, f.) A salt of 
oxalic acid with a salifiable base. 

OX A' LIC ACID. Acidum oxalicum. A 
vegetable acid apd product of the action of 
nitric acid on starch or sugar. In the crystal- 
lized state it is colorless; an oblique rhombic 
prism; soluble in eight parts of water; in- 
tensely sour. It is composed of CjOa.HO-f- 
2HO; is a powerful acid, and extremely poi- 
sonous, producing inflammation of the stomach 
and intestines in doses of 31J. Antidote, chalk 
mixture or lime water. It is not necessary in 
medicine, but is much used in the arts, and is, 
especially in combination with ammonia, a val- 
uable test for lime. 

Oxalic ether. Oxalate of ethyle. A color 
less aromatic liquid ; sp. gr. 1-093, boiling at 
364° F. It may be preserved under water, if 
pure. It is formed by distilling four parts of su- 
peroxalate of potash, five of sulphuric acid, and 
four of alcohol, at 90° centig., mixing the prod- 
uct with water, and washing. Its formula is 
AeO,C 2 3 . 

When an excess of ammonia is added to the 
ether, oxamide is precipitated, a white, crystal- 
line powder, insoluble in cold water. Formula, 
C2O2-J-NH2, which is interesting from its being 
converted into oxalate of ammonia by boiling 
with a very small amount of an acid, and from 
being produced from oxalate of ammonia by 
heat. 

When the ether, or an alcoholic solution, is in 
excess, and the ammonia less in quantity, it 
forms beautiful pearly crystals, formerly called 
oxamethan, now considered the oxamate of 
ethyle, or AeOANHaO,;. 

OXALIDA'OEifi. The wood-sorrel tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, un- 
der-shrubs, or trees, with leaves alternate ; flow- 
ers, symmetrical ; stamens, hypogynous ; fruit. 
capsular. 

0' X A L I S. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Pentagynia. Oxalidacete. — O. ace- 
losella. Wood-sorrel. The leaves are esteem- 
ed refrigerant, antiscorbutic, and diuretic. Its 
sourness is derived from the presence of a 
quodroxalate of potash. 

Oxa'lme. A mixture of vinegar and salt. 

OXALU'RIA. That condition of the urine in 
which oxalates are developed. It is very fre- 
quent, especially in dyspepsia, and diseases at- 
tended with great loss of flesh. The oxalate of 
lime forms minute octahedral crystals, readily 
discovered by the microscope. 

OXALU'RIC ACID. A product of the de- 
composition of parabanic acid by ammonia. It 
is a crystalline white powder, decomposable by 
long boiling in water into oxalate of urea and 

479 



OX Y 

free oxalic acid. Its formula is CtjNallaOT-f-HO, 
and -it is one of the resultants of the continued 
action of oxygen on uric acid. 

Oxamide. See Oxalic ether. 

Oxame'than. See Oxalic ether. 

O'XIDE. (Oxydum, i, n.) A compound of 
oxygen with an element or other body. Nu- 
merous oxides are, however, called acids when 
they become sour, or are capable of neutrali- 
zing alkalies. The most powerful oxides are 
protoxides ; and these are bases. A protoxide 
contains one equivalent of oxygen ; a binoxide 
or deutoxide, two equivalents; a sesquioxide, 
three, with two equivalents of the base ; a trit- 
oxide or teroxide, three equivalents of oxygen ; 
a quadroxide, four equivalents ; and a peroxide 
represents the highest state of oxydation, which 
varies much with different bodies. A dioxide 
is a compound of one equivalent of oxygen with 
two of base. 

Oxide of carbon, gaseous. Carbonic ox- 
ide. 

Oxiodic acid. Iodic acid. 

Oxyalco'hol blow-pipe. See Marcd? s blow- 
pipe. 

Oxyca'ntha. Berberis vulgaris. 

Oxyce'drus. 1. A kind of cedar. 2. Spanish 
juniper. 

Oxychloiuc acid. Perchloric acid. 

Oxychloride. Oxychloruret. A com- 
pound in which chlorine is united to a metallic 
oxide. 

Oxychlokide of antimony. See Al- 
garoth. 

Oxyco'ccos. Vaccinium oxycoccos. 

Oxy'cratum. Oxycrate: dilute vinegar with 
honey. 

Oxycro'ceum empla'strum. An old ano- 
dyne plaster. 

OXYDA'TION. Oxidation. (Oxydatio, 
onis, f.) The process of converting substances 
into oxides by combining them with oxygen. 

Oxyde'rcicus. Having the property of 
strengthening the sight. 

Oxydum arsenici album. See Arsenic. 

Oxydum cupri viride acetatum. Verdi- 
gris. See JErugo. 

Oxydum ferri luteum. See Ferri sesqui- 
oxydum. 

Oxydum ferri nigrum. Black oxide of 
iron. The scales which fall from iron, when 
heated, consist of iron combined with oxygen. 
This is not a protoxide, as formerly supposed, 
but consists of Fe 3 0.i. These have been em- 
ployed medicinally as a chalybeate, but they 
are not powerful. 

Oxydum ferri rubrum. Red oxide of iron ; 
the peroxide. Its properties are less active 
than those of the protoxide. 

Oxydum hydrargyri cinereum. O. hy- 
drargyri nigrum. See Hydrargyri oxydum. 

Oxydum hydrargyri rubrum. See Hy- 
drargyri binoxidum. 

Oxydum plumbi album. See Plumbi sub- 
carbonas. 

Oxydum plumbi rubrum. See Minium. 

Oxydum plumbi semivitreum. See Lithar- 
gyrus. 

Oxydum stibii album. See Antimonii oxy- 
dum. 

480 



OXY 

Oxydum stibii semivitreum. Glass of anti- 
mony. See Antimonii vitrum. 

Oxydum stibii sulphuratum. Crocus of 
antimony. See Antimony. 

Oxydum zinci sublimatum. See Zinci oxy- 
dum. 

OXYECOI'A. (From ofyc, and anoy, the 
sense of hearing.) Preternatural acuteness of 
the sense of hearing. It is generally symptom- 
atic of irritation of the brain. 

Oxyga'la. Sour milk. 

Oxy'garum. Garum and vinegar. 

O'XYGEN. (Oxygenium, ii, n. ; from o£t>c, 
acid, and yevvau, to generate.) Oxygen gas is 
an elastic and invisible element, without taste 
or odor. Its specific gravity is ri057 ; and 100 
cubic inches weigh 34*129 grains. Its equiva- 
lent is 8 on the hydrogen and 100 on the oxygen 
scale ; symbol, O. It is little soluble in water 
It is indispensable to respiration, but produces 
death by over-excitement if pure. It is the 
great supporter of combustion. It combines 
with every combustible body, with all the 
metals, and with the greater number of vegeta- 
ble and animal substances. 

The act of its combining with bodies is call- 
ed oxydation or oxygenation ; and the bodies 
with which it is combined are either oxides or 
acids. 

There are a great number of bodies from 
which we may, by art, obtain oxygen gas. It 
is most amply obtained from the oxides of 
manganese, lead, or mercury; from nitrate of 
potash, chromate of potash, and from chlorate 
of potash. It is procured with great ease by 
warming a mixture of peroxide of manganese 
and chlorate of potash. 

Oxygen exists to the extent of 23 per cent, 
by weight in air, forms 8 parts in 9 of water, 
and is found in nearly every mineral and or- 
ganic body to a large amount. 

This element is the most active in nature, 
producing change in metals and organic struc- 
tures, bringing about the decay of minerals and 
all organized bodies. 

Oxygen water. Water charged with oxygen 
by the pressure of three or more atmospheres. 
It is said to be serviceable as a gentle stimulant 
to the stomach in atonic dyspepsia. 

Oxygenated muriatic acid. Chlorine. 

Oxygenation. Oxydation. 

Oxy'glycum. A kind of apomel. 

OXY-HY'DROGEN BLOW-riPE. A form 
of apparatus for the combustion of a jet of hy- 
drogen in oxygen gas. Dr. Hare's blow-pipe 
consists of two gasometers, in which the separ- 
ate gases are stored. They each discharge 
their contents through a tube furnished with a 
stop-cock into a compound jet made by pass- 
ing brass wire into a tube. The brass wire is 
so closely packed as to hinder the passage of 
the flame backward into the tubes. The name 
of the oxy-hydrogen blow-pipe has a tempera- 
ture far beyond the hottest available furnace, 
and is capable of melting many bodies which 
would be otherwise infusible, and hence is of 
great service in the arts. 

Oxyiode. The synonym of iodate. 

Oxyla'pathum. Rumex acutiy. 

O'XYMEL. (el, elis, n. ; from ofrc, acid, and 



PAD 

[u7u, honey.) Honey and vinegar boiled to a 
syrup. Take of clarified honey, ten pounds ; 
acetic acid, a pint and a half. Heat the honey, 
and add the acid to it. (Ph. L.) This prepara- 
tion of honey and vinegar possesses expectorant 
virtues, and is given with this intention in hu- 
moral asthma and other diseases of the che6t, 
iu doses of one or two drachms. It is also em- 
ployed in the form of gargle, when diluted 
with water. 

Ox y mel iEitUGiNis. O. cvpri subacctatis. 
See Linimentum angiitis. 

Oxymel co'lchici. Oxymel of meadow-saf- 
fron is an acrid medicine, and altogether super- 
seded by the Vinum colchici. 

Oxymel scilla:. Take of clarified honey, 
Ibiij.; vinegar of squills, Oij. Boil them in a 
glass vessel, with a slow fire, to the proper 
thickness. This oxymel is an excellent ex- 
pectorant. In an over-dose it acts as an emetic. 
The dose is from 3ss. to 31J. It is a very fre- 
quent ingredient in cough mixtures. 

Oxymel simplex. Oxymel. 

Oxymuiuas HYDitAiiGYni. Hydrargyri chlo- 
ridum corrosivum. 

Oxymuiuas potass.e. Potassa? chloras. 

Oxymuriate of lime. The bleaching salt 
of lime. See Calcis chloridum. 

Oxymuriatic acid. Chlorine. 

Oxymy'rrhine. Oxymy'rsine. Myrtus com- 
munis. 

Oxyno'sema. Oxynosos. Oxynusos. Acute 
disease. 

Oxyodic Iodic. 

OXYO'PIA. (a, cb, f. ; from otjvc , acute, and 
uip, the eye.) The faculty of seeing more acute- 
ly than is usual. 

Oxyosphresia. Acuteness of smell. 



PAI 

Oxyphlegma'sia. An acute inflamma- 
tion. 

Oxyphq:'nia fructus. The tamarind. 

Oxypho'nia. Paraphonia. 

OXYPRO'TEIN. The tritoxide of protein, 
being the substance forming the buffy coat of 
inflamed blood. Formula, C 4 oH 31 N 15 -J-HO f 
of Mulder. It appears to possess the neutral- 
izing properties of an acid. 

Oxypru'ssic acid. The chlorocyanic acid. 

Oxyre'gmia. An acid eructation. 

Oxyrinchus. Raia oxyrinchus. 

Oxyrrho'dinon. Oil of roses and vinegar. 

Oxysa'ccharum. A composition of vinegar . 
and sugar. 

O'xysalt. A salt in which oxygen exists 
both in the acid and base. 

Oxysul'phuret. The sulphuret of a metal- 
lic oxide. 

Oxyta'rtarus. Acetate of potash. 

OXYTOCUS (OfyTOKOf;; from ofyc, quick, 
and tikto), to bring forth.) Expediting de- 
livery. 

Oxytriphy llum. Oxalis acetosella. 

O X Y U'R IS. Oxyunis. (From ofuc , sharp, 
pointed, and ovpa, the tail.) The thread-worm, 
or ascaris. See Entozoa. 

Oyster. Ostrea edulis. 

Oyster laver, green. Ulva lactuca. 

OZJI'NA. {a, a, f. ; from ofy a stench.) 
An ulcer situated in the nose, discharging a 
fetid purulent matter, aud sometimes accompa- 
nied with caries of the bones.. It is usually 
connected with venereal or scrofulous dis- 
ease. 

Ozoxe. The odoriferous body produced by 
the action of the electrifying machine. 

O'zymum. See Ocymum. 



P. 



X • 1. The symbol for phosphorus. 2. Pu- 
gillus, a pugil, or eighth part of a handful ; also, 
pars or partes, a part or parts. 

PA'BULUM. (um, i, n. ; from pasco, to 
feed.) Food; aliment. 

Pabulum vitje. The food of life. Such are 
the different kinds of aliment. The animal 
heat was so called. 

Pachy.e'mia. Pafhcemia. A thick state of 
the blood. 

PACHYBLEPHARO'SIS. Pacheablepharo- 
sis. (From iraxvc, thick, and (3Xe(f>apov, the 
eyelid.) Morbid thickening of the eyelid from 
inflammation of its tissues, or the presence of 
excrescences. 

PACHYDE'RMA. Pachydermata. (From 
Tra^'ur, and dep/xa, the skin.) An order of mam- 
mifers characterized by the thickness of their 
hide, as the elephant, rhinoceros, &c. 

Pachy'ntica. Medicines which have the 
property of incrassating or thickening the fluids. 

Pa'cinian corpuscles. Small nervous tu- 
bercles found on the nerves of the hand and 
foot, and rarely upon other spinal nerves or 
the branches of the great sympathetic. Their 
office is unknown. 

Pad. A small cushion placed on splints, &c, 
He 



to adapt them to the limbs, or to parts subject- 
ed to pressure. 

Pjeda'nchonk. A fatal kind of angina pecu- 
liar to children, described by some old writers. 

Pje'darthro'cace. The joint evil. The 
scrofulous affection of the joints to which chil- 
dren are subject. 

Pje'datro'phia. The emaciation of children ; 
tabes mesenterica. 

Pje'diatri'a. The medical treatment of 
children. 

PjE'DO-NOSOLOGY. Pmdonosologia. 
(From Tratc, a child, vooog, a disease, and Aoyor, 
a discourse.) The study of the diseases of 
children. 

PiEDOTRO'PHIA. (From Tratc, a child, 
and rpe(pu, to nourish.) That department of 
hygiene which relates to the nourishment of 
infants and children. 

PjEO'NIA. (a, a, f.) 1. The pseony. 2. 
A genus of plants. Polyandria. Digynia. 
Ranunculaceee. — P. officinalis. All parts of the 
common paeony, and especially the root, were 
formerly used in epilepsy, but they are now 
considered almost inert. 

Pa'gina. The surface of a leaf. 

Paigil. Primula veris. 

481 



PAL 

Pain.* Dolor. 

PAINS, AFTER. The pains experienced 
by lying-in women after the birth of the child. 
They are often extremely severe, and require 
the use of camphoraceous anodynes. 

Pains, labour. See Parturition. 

Paint, Indian. Sanguinaria canadensis. 

Painter's colic. See Colica pictonum. 

Pakfong. The white copper of the Chi- 
nese, said to be an alloy of copper, nickel, and 
zinc. 

Palatal. Palatine. 

Palate. See Palatum. 

PALA'TI OS. The palate bone. The pal- 
ate is formed by two bones of very irregular 
figure. Each of these may be divided into four 
parts, viz., the inferior, or square portion, the 
pterygoid process, the nasal lamella^ and or- 
bitar process. The square part helps to form 
the palate of the mouth. The upper part of its 
internal edge rises into a spine, which makes 
part of the septum narium. The pterygoid pro- 
cess is united with the pterygoid process of the 
sphenoid bone, with which it helps to form the 
pterygoid fossa). The nasal lamella is nothing 
more than a very thin, bony plate, which arises 
from the upper side of the external edge of the 
square part of the bone. The orbitar process is 
more irregular than any other part of the bone. 
It has a smooth surface, when it helps to form 
the orbit. This fourth part of the os palati like- 
wise helps to form the zygomatic fossa on each 
side, and there its surface is concave. Between 
this orbitar process and the sphenoid bone a 
hole is formed, through which an artery, vein, 
and nerve are transmitted to the nostrils. This 
hole is called the posterior palatine foramen. 

Palati tensor. See Circumflexus palati. 

PA'LATINE. Palatinus. Appertaining to 
the palate. 

Palatine arteries. There are two : 1. The 
superior, or palato-maxillary, a branch of the in- 
ternal maxillary, distributed to the velum palati 
and nasal fossae. 2. The inferior palatine, a 
small branch of the facial. 

Palatine foramina. There are two, the 
anterior and posterior. See Foramen incisorium 
and Palati os. 

Palatine nerves. These are three branch- 
es derived from the sphenopalatine ganglion. 

Palato-labialis. The external maxillary 
artery. — Chaussier. 

Pala'to-pharynge'us. A muscle situated at 
the side of the entry of the fauces. It arises 
from the middle of the velum pendulum palati, 
at the root of the uvula, posteriorly, and from 
the tendinous expansion of the circumflexus 
palati. The fibres are collected within the pos- 
terior arch behind the tonsils, and run backward 
to the top and lateral part of the pharynx, 
where the fibres are scattered and mixed with 
those of the stylo-pharyngeus. It is inserted 
into the edge of the upper and back part of the 
thyroid cartilage. Its use is to draw the uvula 
and velum pendulum palati downward and 
backward, and at the same time to pull the 
thyroid cartilage and pharynx upward, and 
shorten it. 

Palato-salpinge'us. Circumflexus palati. 

Palato-sT4Philinus. See Azygos uvula. 
482 



PAL 

PALA'TUM. (urn, i, n. ; from polo, to nedg« 
in.) The palate, or roof of the mouth. 

Palatum durum. The hard or bony palate. 

Palatum molle. The soft palate. This lies 
behind the bony palate ; and from the middle 
of it the uvula hangs down. 

Pa'lea. Palma. Chaff. 

Palea'ceus. Paleaceous; chaffy, or covered 
with chaff. 

Palimpi'ssa. Dried pitch. 

Palindro'mia. A regurgitation of humors to 
the more noble parts ; the return of a distem- 
per. — Hippocrates. 

Paliu'rus. Rhamnus paliurus. 

PALLA'DIUM. A metal, associated with 
platina ; scarcely distinguishable from the crude 
platina, though it is harder and heavier. 

PALLIATIVE. ( Palliativus ; from pallio, 
to dissemble.) Applied to any thing which is 
given with an intent to palliate or relieve a dis- 
ease, but is not capable of effecting a cure. 

Pallidws morbus. Chlorosis. 

PA'LLOR. (From palleo, to be pale.) Palo 
ness; the appearance of the countenance in 
those suffering from anoemia, chlorosis, and 
some organic diseases. 

Pallor virginum. Chlorosis. 

Palm. See Palma. 

Palm oil. The solid, fragrant oil of the elais 
guiueensis. It contains a peculiar acid, the 
Palmitic. 

PA'LMA. (a, m, f. ; from naUu, to move.) 
1. The palm ofthe hand. 2. A palm tree. 

Palma ady. See Ady. 

Palma Christi. Ricinus communis. 

PALMA'CEiE. Palma. Palms. The chief 
division of endogens. Palms attain often an al- 
titude of nearly 100 feet, and are capped by a 
magnificent frond of leaves. Their fruit is usu- 
ally of great value, affording much sugar or oil. 

Palmar arch. The radial artery forms an 
arch iu the palm of the hand, which is called 
the deep palmar arch, and the ulnar artery one 
which is called the superficial palmar arch. 
See Radial artery and Ulnar artery. 

Palmar aponeurosis. See Palmaris longus. 

PALMA'RIS. Belonging to the hand. 

Palmaris brevis. Palmaris brevis vel caro- 
quadrata of Douglas. A small, thin, cutaneous 
flexor muscle of the hand, situated between the 
wrist and the little finger. Fallopius tells us 
that it was discovered by Cananus. Wiuslow 
names it palmaris cutaneus. It arises from a 
small part of the internal annular ligament and 
inner edge of the aponeurosis palmaris, and is 
inserted by small bundles of fleshy fibres into 
the os pisiforme, and into the skin and fat that 
cover the abductor minimi digiti. This mus- 
cle seems to assist in contracting the palm ofthe 
hand. 

Palmaris cutaneus. See Palmaris brevis. 

Palmaris longus. A flexor muscle of the 
arm, situated on the forearm, immediately under 
the integuments. It arises from the inner' con- 
dyle ofthe os humeri, terminates in a long, slen- 
der tendon, which, near the wrist, separates 
into two portions, one of which is inserted into 
the internal annular ligament, and the other 
loses itself in a tendinous membrane, that is 
nearly of a triangular shape, and extends over 



PAN 

tho palm of the hand, from the carpal ligament 
to the roots of the fingers, and is called apo- 
neurosis palmaris. Some of the fibres of this 
expansion adhere strongly to the metacarpal 
bones, and separate the muscles and tendons of 
each finger. This muscle bends the hand, and 
may assist in its pronation : it likewise serves to 
stretch the aponeurosis palmaris. 

Palma'te. Palmatus. Hand-shaped. 

Pa'lmine. A white, crystalline fat, formed 
by the action of nitrous acid on castor oil. It is 
a palmate of glycerine. 

Palmi'pides. Web-footed birds. 

Pa'lmos. Palmus. A palpitation of the 
•Heart. 

Pa'lmula. A date. 

Palo de vaca. The galactodendron utile. 

PALPA'TION. Palpatio. (From palpo, to 
feel.) Manual examination. Exploration. 

PA'LPEBRA. (a, ce, f. ; a. palpitando, from 
their frequent motion. ) The eyelid, distinguish-. 
ed into upper and under; at each end they 
unite and form the canthi. 

Palpebr.k superioris, levator. See Le- 
vator palpebrce superioris. 

Palpebrarum aperiexs rectus. See Le- 
vator palpebral superioris. 

Pa'lpebral. Appertaining to the palpebra. 

PALPITATION. (Palpitatio, onis, f. ; from 
palpito, to beat, leap, or throb.) 1. A throb- 
bing motion of any part, particularly of the 
heart. 2. When the strokes of the heart are in- 
creased in frequency or force. 

Pa'lpus. Palpitation of the heart. 

Palsy. Paralysis. 

Palsy, lead. The paralysis of the hands 
produced by lead poison. 

Palsy, mercurial. Erethrismus mercuri- 
alis. 

Palu'dal. Relating to a marsh or swamp. 

Palus sanctus. Guaiacum wood. 

Palu'stris. Palustrine. Relating to a 
marsh, lake, or swamp. 

Pamphi'lium. A plaster of Galen. 

PAMPI'NIFORM. (Papiniformis ; from 
pampinus, a tendril, and forma, a likeness.) 
Resembling a tendril ; applied to the spermatic 
cord and the thoracic duct. 

PAN-. A prefix (from nav, neuter of nac, 
all), signifying all, every one, eveiy thing. 

PANACE'A. (a, a;, f. ; from nav, all, and 
atteouai, I cure.) A universal remedy. 

Panacea anglica. P. solutiva. Magnesia. 

Panacea dulcis holsatije. P. duplicata. 
P. glauberi. The sulphate of potash. 

Panacea lapsorum. The arnica montana. 

Panacea mercurialis. Calomel. 

Panacea vegetabilis. Saffron. 

PANA'DA. Panata. Panatella. (Italian.) 
Bread boiled in water to the consistence of 
pap. 

Panale'thes. An old cephalic plaster. 

Pa'naris. Panaritia. Paronychia. 

Pa'nary. Pertaining to bread. 

PA'NAX. (ax, acis, f.) A genus of plants. 
Polygamia. Diacia. Araliacea:. — P. quinque- 
folium. Ginseng. The root is sweetish and 
warm. The Chinese ascribe extraordinary vir- 
tues to it, but it is of little value. 

Panchymaoo'gum minerals. Calomel; 



PAN 

Panchymago'gus. An old term for medi- 
cines, supposed to purge all humors. 

Panc(e'nus. Synonymous with epidemic. 

Pancra'tium. 1. An athletic exercise used 
by the Greeks. 2. The squill. Scilla maritima. 

PA'NCREAS. (as, atis, n.; from nav, all, 
and icpeac, flesh.) A glandular viscus of the 
abdomen, of a long figure, situated in the epi- 
gastric region under the stomach. The pro- 
longed portion at the right extremity has been 
called. Pancreas ascllii. It is composed of 
numerous small glands, the excretory ducts of 
which unite and form one duct, called the pan- 
creatic duct, which perforates the duodenum 
with the ductus communis choledochus, and 
conveys a fluid, in its nature similar to saliva, 
into the intestines. The pancreatic artery is a 
branch of the splenic. The veins evacuate 
themselves into the splenic vein. Its nerves 
are from the par vagum and great intercostal. 
The use of the pancreas is to secrete the pan- 
creatic juice, which is to be mixed with the 
chyle in the duodenum. The precise office of 
this secretion is unknown. 

Pancreas asellii. See Pancreas. 

TANCREA'TIC. Pancreaticus. Of, or be- 
longing to, the pancreas. 

Pancreatic duct. Bee Ductus pancreaticus. 

Pancreatic juice. See Pancreas. 

Pancreatic sarcoma. A variety of tumor 
described by Abernethy, occurring among the 
lymphatic glands of the subcutaneous tissue, 
and having the tuberculated appearance and 
color of the pancreas. 

Pancreati'tis. Inflammation of the pan- 
creas. 

Pa'ncreatoid. Resembling the pancreas. 

Pancreato'ncus. A hard tumor of the pan 
creas. 

Pancre'ne. The pancreas. 

Pandali'tium. A whitlow. 

PANDE'MIC. (Pa?idemicus ; from nav, all, 
and Snpoc, the people.) Synonymous with 
epidemic. 

PANDICULATION. (Pandiculatio, onis, f. ; 
from pandiculo, to gape and stretch.) Yawn- 
ing and stretching, such as often accompanies 
the cold fit of an ague. 

Pandu'riform. Panduriformis. Fiddle- 
shaped. A leaf which is oblong, broad at the 
two extremities, and contracted in the middle. 

PANI'CLE. A species of compound in- 
florescence, which bears the flowers in a sort of 
loose, subdivided bunch or cluster, without any 
order, appearing like a branched raceme. 

Panic ula'te. Panicuthtus. Like a panicle. 

PA'NICUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of grasses. 
— P. italicum yields the Italian millet-seed. — 
P. miliaceum yields the millet-seed. 

PA'NIS. (is, is, m.) Bread. 

Panis cuculi. Oxalis acetosella. 

Panis porci'nus. A species of cyclamen. 

PANNI'CULUS. (us, i,m.; a small piece of 
cloth ; from pannus, cloth . ) Applied, in Anato- 
my, to the adipose membrane, panniculus adi- 
posus ; and to the subcutaneous muscle of quad- 
rupeds and birds, panniculus carnosus. 

Panno'nica. Hypochseris maculata. 

PA'NNUS. (K),t,m.; a piece of cloth.) 1. 
A tent for a wound. 2. A disease of the eye. 

483 



P AP 

See Pterygium. 3. An irregular mark upon the 
skin. 

Pannus lenticularis. Ephelis. 

Pannus hepaticus. Diffused symptomatic 
ephelis. 

PaWchia. A bubo in the groin. 

PANOPHO'BIA. (a, a, f. ; from Ilav, a 
Greek deity, and tpo6oc, fear.) That kind of 
melancholy which is principally characterized 
by groundless fears. 

Panophthalmitis. Inflammation of the 
whole eye. 

Pansy. Viola tricolor. 

Pantago'gue. Expelling all morbid humors. 

Panto'lmius. A troch described by 
Paulus iEgineta. 

Pa'nting. Anhelation. 

Pantophobia. See Panophobia. 

PA'NUS. (us, i, in.; « weaver's roll.) 1. 
A glandular tumor or bubo. 2. Synonymous 
with phygethlon. 

PAPA'VER. (er, eris, n.) 1. A genus of 
plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Papaver- 
acem. 2. The white poppy, papaver album. 

Papaver album. P. officinale. The white 
poppy. See Papaver somniferum. 

Papaver erraticum. See Papaver rhosas. 

Papaver nigrum. The black poppy. A 
variety of the white poppy producing black 
seeds. 

Papaver rhceas. P. erraticum. The red 
poppy. The heads of this species, like those 
of the somniferum, contain a milky juice of a 
narcotic quality, from which an extract is pre- 
pared that has been successfully employed as a 
narcotic. The flowers have somewhat of the 
smell of opium, and a mucilaginous taste, ac- 
companied with a slight degree of bitterness. 
A syrup of the flowers is thought useful as an 
anodyne and pectoral, and is prescribed in 
coughs and catarrhal affections. 

Papaver somni'ferum. The white poppy, 
from which opium is obtained. This is the con- 
creted milky juice of the capsule or head of the 
poppy, and is brought from Turkey, Egypt, and 
the East Indies. 

It should be of a rich brown color, a tough 
consistency, and a tolerably smooth and uniform 
texture. Its peculiar narcotic smell should be 
strong and fresh. Its taste is nauseously bitter, 
and slightly warm and acrid. When good 
opium is carefully dried, it becomes brittle, and 
affords a yellow-brown powder. The East In- 
dia opium is darker, has an empyreumatic smell, 
and is not as active as the Turkey. 

Opium consists of morphia, narcotine, codeine, 
and other less important bases, with mucilage, 
oil, &c. It yields its properties fully to alco- 
hol, and partially to water. Opium is stimulant 
in small doses, sedative and narcotic in larger. 
It is exhibited in painful and spasmodic affec- 
tions, quiets irritability of the gastric and intes- 
tinal muscular coat, promotes the alterative ac- 
tion of mercury, and seems to suppress abnor- 
mal excess in the secretions. It is contra-indi- 
cated in inflammatory affections of the brain, 
and in fever before the bowels have been re- 
lieved ; but under other circumstances is freely 
administered. In intermittents it often breaks 
up a paroxysm. In acute inflammations, given 
484 



PAR 

in large doses, it sometimes breaks up the irri- 
tation at once. In typhoid diseases and gan- 
grene it acts as a cordial. In over-doses it ia 
poisonous, producing tremors, torpor, and apo- 
plexy. The patient is to be roused and kept 
awake, and emesis produced by sulphate of 
zinc or a mixture of mustard. Vomiting is to be 
encouraged, and the bowels opened by enemas ; 
subsequently, the strength is to be sustained by 
stimulants. Dose, as a stimulant, gr. \ to gr. \ ; 
as a sedative, gr. j. to gr. v. 

The capsules, or heads of the poppy, are also 
directed for medicinal use in the form of fomen- 
tation — see Decoctumpapaveris; and the syrupus 
papaveris, prepared from them, is a useful an- 
odyne, which often succeeds in procuring sleep 
whero opium fails : it is, however, more espe- 
cially adapted to children. The seeds of this 
species of poppy contain a bland oil, and in 
many places are eaten as food : as a medicine, 
they have been usually given in the form of 
emulsion in catarrhs, stranguries, &c. 

PAPAVERA'CEjE. The poppy tribe of dico- 
tyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, with 
leaves divided, alternate ; flowers, polypetalous, 
single on long peduncles ; petals, four, or some 
multiple of four, cruciate; stamens, hypogynous; 
ovarium, solitary ; seeds, numerous. 

Papaw. The Carica papaya. 

Papilionace.&. A name for the leguminosae. 

PAPILIONACEOUS. (From papilio, a but- 
terfly, which it resembles.) Papilionaceus. 
Butterfly-like. Applied to the corolla of plants, 
like the pea and bean. 

PAPI'LLA. («, a, f. J from pappus, down.) 
1. The nipple of the breast. See Mamma. 2. 
The fine termination of a nerve, &c. ; as the 
nervous papillce of the tongue, skin, &c. 

PAriLL^E medullares. Small eminences on 
the medulla oblongata. 

Papillo'sus. Papillose ; pimpled. 

Pappo'sus. Pappose ; furnished with a pap- 
pus of seed-down. 

PA'PPUS. (us, i, m. ; from naniToc.) 1. In 
Anatomy, the hair on the middle of the chin. 2. 
The seed-down. 

PA'PULA. (a, ee, f. ; diminutive of pappa, 
a nipple.) A very small and acuminated eleva- 
tion of the cuticle, with an inflamed base, not 
containing a fluid, nor tending to suppuration. 
The duration of papulae is uncertain, but they 
terminate, for the most part, in scurf. 

PAPULiE. Pimples. An order in Dr. Wil- 
lan's arrangement of cutaneous diseases, char- 
acterized by very small and acuminated eleva- 
tions of the cuticle, with an inflamed base, very 
seldom containing a fluid, or suppurating, and. 
commonly terminating in scurf. The order con- 
tains Strophulus, Lichen, and Prurigo. 

PA'R. (ar, oris, n. ; a pair.) A. pair; ap- 
plied more especially to the pairs of nervea 
arising from the brain. 

Par cucullare. So Casserius calls the crieo' 
arytcenoid muscle. 

Par vagum. The eighth pair of nerves. See 
Pneumogastric nerve. 

PARA-. A prefix (from irapa, near, about), 
signifying resemblance, diminution, or defect* 
ive. 

Paraba'nic acid. An animai acid, derived 



PAR 

from the action of nitric acid on uric acid or 
alloxan. It is a colorless, crystalline body, of 
the composition C e N 2 Cv2HO, and one of the 
products of the. oxydation of uric acid. 

PARABY'SMA. (a, atis, n.; napa6va/xa; 
from irapa6vu, to intrude, to cram in, to con- 
gest.) Turgesceuce. Dr. Good has applied 
this term to a genus of diseases comprehended 
by Cullen and others under that of physconia. 
PARACELSISTS. The followers of Para- 
celsus, who first introduced mineral remedies, 
and laid the foundation of the present decisive 
treatment in the place of the ancient mode of 
exhibiting simples. 

PARACENTESIS, (is, is, f. ; from irapaicev- 
teu, to pierce through.) Tapping. The opera- 
tion of evacuating the water in ascites, dropsy 
of the ovarium, &c. 

Para'cme. Decline. 

PARA'COE. (From irapa, diminutive, and 
okovu, to hear.) Dullness of hearing. 

Paracolle'ticus. Agglutinant; causing the 
union of parts pretematurally separated. 

Para'cope. YiapaKOTZTj. A slight delirium. — 
Hippocrates. 

Paracru'sis. (Tlapanpovaig; from irapaxpov- 
Ofiai, to be delirious.) A slight delirium. 

PARACU'SIS. (is, is, i.; from irapa, 
wrong, and aitovu, to hear. ) Depraved hearing. 
There are three species: 1. P. imperfecta, or 
deafness ; when existing sounds are not heard 
as usual. 2. P. imaginaria; when imaginary 
sounds are heard, not from without, but excited 
within the ear. 3. P. acris. P. oxycoia. Pain- 
fully acute hearing, a symptom in otalgia and 
cerebral diseases. In attempting the removal of 
deafness, the first thing to be done is to remove 
from the auditory canal every thing that may 
obstruct the passage to the ear, as wax, tumors, 
&c, by syringing with warm water, which will 
cause the person to hear. If the internal ear, 
or the immediate organ of hearing, be the seat 
of the cause of deafness, little can be done, be- 
cause the cause is not known ; but blisters be- 
hind the ear, stimulating applications to the 
auditory canal and around the ear, are often 
useful. 

Paracy'anogen. A solid black substance, 
isomeric with cyanogen, which is left in the 
retort after the decomposition of the cyanide 
of mercury, &c. 

PARACYE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from irapa, badly, 
and kvtjolc, pregnancy.) Extra-uterine or mor- 
bid pregnancy. 

Paracyna'nche. Cynauche. 

Paradise, grains of. Paradisi grana. See 
Amomum granum paradisi. 

Para'dox. A statement which appears ab- 
surd and contrary to experience, but is never- 
theless true. 

Para'ffine. A fatty, indifferent substance, 
derived from the distillation of coal-tar. 

PARAGEU'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from irapa, badly, 
and yevu, gustum prasbco. ) Morbid or depraved 
taste. 

Paraglo'ssa. A swelled, prolapsed, or dis- 
placed tongue. 

Parago'ge. The articulation of a bone. 



Paraguay tea. Ilex paraguayensis 
Parala'mpsis. Some writers use th 



this word 



PAR 

to express a cicatrix in the transparent part of 
the cornea of the eye. 

Para'lias. Euphorbia paralias. 
Paralla'gma. Parallaxis. The transposition 
of a solid part from its proper place ; as where 
one part of a broken bone lies over another. 

Paralle'la. A scurfy, syphilitic eruption, 
affecting only the palms of the hands, and run- 
ning down them in parallel lines. — Forestut. 

Paralo'phia. The lower and lateral part of 
the neck, near the vertebra?. 

PARA'LYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from trapalvu, to 
loosen or weaken.) Palsy. A disease known by 
a loss or diminution of the power of voluntary 
motion, affecting any part of the body. The most 
usual form of palsy is when one side of the body 
is affected : it not uncommonly seizes the lower 
extremities, or all parts below the pelvis ; some- 
times the arms only ; and occasionally a part, as 
one side of the face, one eyelid, the tongue, or 
the muscles of deglutition. Cullen has four 
species: 1. P. partialis, when partial, or palsy 
of some particular muscle. 2. P. hemiplegica, 
when it affects one side longitudinally. 3. P. 
paraplegica, palsy of one half of the body, taken 
transversely, as both legs and thighs. 4. P. 
venenata, when it arises from the sedative effects 
of poison. 

Paralysis is also symptomatic of several dis- 
eases ; as worms, scrofula, syphilis, &c. 

It may arise in consequence of an attack of 
apoplexy. It may likewise be occasioned by 
any thing that prevents the flow of the nervous 
power from the brain into the organs of motion ; 
as tumors pressing on the spinal cord or on 
the nerves. It may also be occasioned by the 
metastasis of morbid actions to the head by the 
suppression of usual evacuations, and by the 
pressure made on the nerves by luxations, frac- 
tures, wounds, or other external injuries. The 
long-continued application of sedatives will like- 
wise produce palsy, as we find those whose oc- 
cupations subject them to the constant hand- 
ling of white lead, and those who are much ex- 
posed to the poisonous fumes of metals or min- 
erals, are very apt to be attacked with it. What- 
ever tends to relax and enervate the system 
may likewise prove an occasional cause of this 
disease. 

It usually comes on with a 6udden and imme- 
diate loss of the motion and sensibility of the 
parts ; but in a few instances it is preceded by 
a numbness, coldness, and paleness, and some- 
times by slight convulsive twitches. When the 
head * s much affected, the eye and mouth are 
drawn on one side, the memory and judgment 
are much impaired, and the speech is indistinct 
and incoherent. If the disease affects the ex- 
tremities, and has been of long duration, it not 
only produces a loss of motion and sensibility, 
but likewise a considerable flaccidity and wast- 
ing away in the muscles of the parts affected. 

When palsy attacks any vital part, such as 
the brain, heart, or lungs, it soon terminates 
fatally. When it arises as a consequence of 
apoplexy, it generally proves very difficult to 
cure. Paralytic affections of the lower extrem- 
ities, ensuing from any injury done to the spinal 
marrow by blows and other accidents, usually 
prove incurable. Palsy, although a dangerous 

485 



PA R 

■disease in even* instance, particularly at an ad- 
vanced period of life, is sometimes removed by 
the occurrence of a diarrhoea or fever. 

The general indications are, to remove, as far 
as possible, any compressing cause, and to rouse 
the nervous system. It will sometimes be 
proper, where the attack is sudden, the disease 
originating in the head, with great determina- 
tion of blood to that part, particularly in a pleth- 
oric habit, to open the temporal artery or jugular 
vein, or apply cupping-glasses to the neck, and 
exhibit active purges, with the other means 
pointed out under apoplexy. But where the 
patient is advanced in life, of a debilitated con- 
stitution, and not too full of blood, the object 
should rather be to procure regular and healthy 
discharges from the bowels, obviate irritation 
in the brain by blisters in the neighborhood, 
and procure a steady determination to the skin 
by gently stimulant diaphoretics, as ammonia, 
guaiacum, &0., in moderate doses, regularly per- 
severed in. Emetics have been sometimes very 
useful under these circumstances, but would be 
dangerous where congestion in the brain exist- 
ed. Certain narcotic substances have been 
found occasionally successful, as aconite, arnica, 
toxicodendron, mix vomica, and opium; but the 
tendency of the latter to produce fullness of the 
vessels of the head must greatly limit its use. 
Various local means of increasing the circulation 
and nervous energy in the affected parts are re- 
sorted to in this complaint, often with decided 
benefit. In all cases it is jiroper to keep up 
sufficient warmth in the limb, or the disease 
may be rendered incurable. But in addition 
to this, in tedious cases, fomentations, the vapor 
bath, friction, electricity, and a variety of stimu- 
lant, rubefacient, or even vesicatory embroca- 
tions, liniments, and plasters, may assist mate- 
rially in the recovery of the patient. In those 
cases where there is pain discovered over some 
of the lumbal" or dorsal vertebra;, with loss of 
power below the affected portions, issues, mox- 
as, and other cauteries are employed over the 
part, and occasionally with great advantage. A 
suitable diet, according to the habit of the pa- 
tient, warm clothing, the prudent use of the cold 
bath, and other means calculated to strengthen 
the system, must not be neglected. 

Paralysis agitans. The shaking palsy. 
Synclonus ballismus. 

Paralysis, Bell's. The paralysis of the 
face, arising from a lesion of the portio dura of 
the seventh pair of nerves. 

Paralysis hkrba. Primula veris. 

Paralysis rachialgia. Colica pictonum. 

Paralysis spinalis. Paralysis paraplegica. 
See Paralysis. 

Paralytic stroke. See Paralysis. 

Para'lyzers. A subdivision of narcotics, 
including conia, and such agents as produce 
effects resembling a transient paralysis. — Pa- 
reira. 

PARAME'NIA. (a, m, f. ; from irapa, badly, 
and ptTjv, the menses ) Disordered menstrua- 
tion. The species are, Dysmenorrhea, Amenor- 
rhea, Menorrhagia, and Vicarious Menstruation. 

Paramenispe'rmine. A principle existing 
with menispermine in the testa of cocculus in- 
dicus. 

486 



PAR 

Parame'ria. The inner part of the thigh. 

Par'amesus. The ring finger. 

PARARAMO'RPHIA. (From irapa, wrong, 
and uoptyrj, form.) 1. Morbid structure. Ap- 
plied to organic diseases. 2. Thebaine. 

Parana'phthaline. A body accompanying 
naphthaline in coal-tar. 

Paraneuri'smus. A nervous disease. 

Parance'a. Paranoia. Synonymous with 
dementia. 

Parape'chyum. The arm from the elbow to 
the wrist. 

PARAPHIMO'SIS. {is, is, f . ; from irapa, 
about, and <j>i/xou, to bridle.) When the pre- 
puce, being retracted, can not be returned again 
over the glans, but makes a sort of ligature be- 
hind the corona. Cold lotions and leeches gen- 
erally reduce the inflammation and remove the 
constriction; but if it does not give way to 
these, and the glans is strangulated, it will be 
necessary to divide the prepuce in order to set 
it at liberty. See Phimosis. 

PARAPHO'NIA. (a, a, f.; from irapa, 
wrong, and (j>uvtj, sound.) Alteration of the 
voice. Dr. Cullen makes the following species: 
1. P. puberum. The voice of puberty. 2. P. 
rauca. The voice hoarse and rough, from dry- 
ness, or a flaccid tumor of the fauces. 3. P. 
rcsonans. Rough voice, from obstruction of 
the nares, with hissing sound in the nose. 4. 
P. palatina. From the uvula being wanting, 
or divided, and commonly attended with hare- 
lip, the voice rough, obscure, and disagreeable. 
5. P. clangens. An acute, shrill, and weak- 
toned voice. 6. P. comatosa. A sound emitted 
at inspiration, from relaxation of the velum 
palati and of the glottis. 

In all these instances the change of the voice 
is symptomatic, and the cure depends on the 
removal of the primary disease. 

PARA'PHORA. (a, a, f. ; from napafopu, 
to transfer. ) A slight kind of delirium, or light- 
headedness in a fever. Some use this word for 
a delirium in general. 

PARAPHRENE'SIS. (is, is, f.) A de- 
lirium ; also, a paraphrenias. 

Paraphrenias. Synonym of diaphragm- 
atitis. 

Paraphro'nia. Delirium. 

PARAPHRO'SYNE. (From irapaippoveu, to 
be estranged iii mind.) Mental derangement; 
used in the same sense as mania. 

Paraphrosyne temulenta. Delirium 
tremens. 

Paraphimosis. See Paraphimosis. 

PARAPLE'GIA. (a, a, f.; from irapa- 
irhrjoau, to strike inharmoniously.) Palsy of 
the upper or lower half of the body. See 
Paralysis. 

Parapleuritis. Pleurodynia. 

Parapople'xia. A slight apoplexy. 

PARA'PSIS. (is, is, f. ; from irapa, per- 
peram, and airrouai, tango.) Dr. Mason Good's 
generic name for disorders of the sense of 
touch. 

Pararthre'ma. A subluxation. 

Pararrh'ythmos. A pulse not suitable to 
the age of the person. 

Parasckpa'stra. A bandage to go round 
the whole head. — Galen. 



PAR 

Para'schide. A splinter of a broken bone. 

Parasi'ta. Parasites. 

Parasite. An animal or plant that is para- 
sitical. 

PARASl'TICAL. {Parasiticus; from irapa- 
GLToe, a parasite.) Parasitic. An animal is so 
termed that receives its nourishment from the 
bodies of others; as worms, polypi, hydatids, 
&c. A plant is so called that does not take 
root in the earth, but sends its roots into other 
plants. 

Paras pa'dia. When the urethra opens at 
the side of the penis. 

Paka'sphagis. The neck near the clavicles. 

PARA'STATES. ( YlapaaraTrjc ; from nape a- 
TTj/ii, to stand near.) Any thing situated near 
another. Applied by the Greek anatomists to 
the epididymis, to the prostate gland, and to the 
commencement of the vas deferens. 

Parastre'mma. A convulsive distortion of 
the mouth, or any part of the face. 

Parasynanche. Cynanche parotidea. 

Parata'rtaric acid. Racemic acid. 

PARA'THENAR. («r, oris, n. ; from napa, 
near, and devap, the sole of the foot.) Wins- 
low called a portion of the abductor of the lit- 
tle toe by the name of paralhenar major, and 
the short flexor of the same toe he called para- 
thenar minor. 

Paratrg'phe. Imperfect or misdirected nu- 
trition. 

Pa'rchment sound. See Bruit dc parchemin. 

Pare'ccrisis. Disordered secretion. 

PAREGO'RIC. (Paregoricus ; from napa- 
yopeu, to mitigate, to assuage.) Anodyne. 

Paregoric elixir. The tinctura camphoraj 
composita. 

Parei'a. Tlapsta. The cheek. 

Parei'ra brava. Cissampelos pareira. 

Parence'phalis. The cerebellum. 

Parenchephalocele. A hernia of tho cere- 
bellum. 

PARE'NCHYMA. (a, atis, n. ; from na- 
oeyxvu, to strain through ; because the ancients 
believed the blood was strained through it.) 
1. The spongy and cellular substance or tissue 
that connects parts together. It is applied to 
the connecting medium of the substance of the 
viscera. 2. The green, succulent layer of tho 
leaf or bark. 

Pa'resis. An imperfect palsy. 

PAR PETAL. (Parietalis; from paries, a 
wall.) Appertaining to a wall, or to the side 
of an object. 

Parieta'le os. The parietal bones are two 
arched and somewhat quadrangular bones, sit- 
uated one on each side of the superior part of 
the cranium. The only foramen toward the 
upper and posterior part (the parietal foramen) 
serves for the transmission of a small vein to the 
longitudinal sinus. On the inside of their up- 
per edge is a furrow, which corresponds with 
the longitudinal sinus of the dura mater ; and 
lower down, toward their posterior and inferior 
angle, is a smaller one for part of the lateral 
sinuses. 

PARIETA'RIA. (a,<c,f.) A genus of plants. 
Polygamia. Monacia. — P. officinalis. The 
wall pellitory. It was formerly in high esti- 
mation as a diuretic. 



PAR 

Parietes. (The plural of paries.) A name 
given to those parts which form enclosures. 

Pari'lline. Pariglin. The same as smila- 
cine. 

PA'RIS. (it, it, {A A genus of plants. Oc- 
tandria. Tetragynia. — P. quadrifolia. The 
herb Paris, or true love. It is narcotic and 
emetic. 

PARI'STHMIA. (From napa, and urrO/uov, 
tho fauces.) 1. The parts constituting the fau- 
ces. 2. Inflammation of the fauces. — Hippo- 
crates. 

Paristhmio'tomus. An old instrument with 
which the tonsils were scarified. 

PARISTHMPTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from nap 
ladfitov, the tonsil gland.) Inflammation of the 
fauces; cynanche. 

Paris white. Prepared chalk. 

Park-leaves. Hypericum androsamrum. 

Parodo'ntis. A painful tubercle upon the 
gums. 

Parody'nia. Morbid or perverted parturi- 
tion. 

Parodynia secundaria. dolorosa. The 
after-pains. 

Paroni'ria. Disturbance of the sleep by 
unpleasant dreams. 

PARONYCHIA, (a, a, f.; from napa, 
about, and ovvi; , the nail. ) A whitlow, or whit- 
loe, of the finger. These abscesses are situated 
more or less deep, which has induced the 
writers upon the subject to divide them into 
several species : accordingly, they have ranged 
them under four heads, agreeably to the places 
where they are formed. The first kind is form- 
ed under the cuticle, on one side of the nail, 
and sometimes all round it. The second is 
seated in the fat lying under the skin, between 
that and the sheath which involves the flexor 
tendons. The third is described by authors to 
be formed within the sheath ; and they still add 
a fourth species, arising between the periosteum 
and the bone, which they call felon. Poultices 
are particularly useful in whitlow. In all cases 
where the pus is deep seated, the abscess must 
be opened with the lancet. 

Paro'pije. The external angles of the eyes. 

PARO'PSIS. (is, is, f.; from napa, badly, 
and oipic, visus, sight.) Dr. Mason Good's ge- 
neric term for disorders of the sense of vision. 
See Dysopia. 

Paro'psis illusoria. Pseudoblepsis. 

Paropsis lateralis. Lateral vision. See 
Dysopia. 

Taropte'sis. A provocation of sweat by a 
fire or the dry bath. 

Parora'sis. Weak or depraved sight.— - 
Galen. 

PARORCH^'DIUM. (um, ii, n. ; from napa, 
and opxifitov, a testicle.) Malposition of tho 
testicle, whether consisting in its detention in 
the abdomen or at the groin, or in a retraction 
of the organ into the groin. 

Paro'rchido-enterocele. Intestinal hernia, 
complicated with malposition of the testicle.— 
Sauvages. 

Paro'smia. Parosmis. Morbid or depraved 
smell. 

Paro'stia. Defective ossification. 

Parotide'us. The parotid gland. 
487 



PAR 

PAROTID GLAND. Glandula parotidea. 
Parotit. A large conglomerate and salival 
gland, situated under the ear, between the 
mammillary process of the temple bone and the 
angle of the lower jaw. The excretory duct 
of this gland perforates the buccinator muscle, 
and opens into the mouth opposite to the space 
between the second and third molar tooth of 
the upper jaw. It secretes the saliva. 

Parotido'ncus. A swelling of the parotid 
gland. 

PARO'TIS. 1. The parotid gland. 2. An 
inflammatory swelling of the parotid gland. 

PAROTI'TIS. lis, idis, f. ; from parotis, 
the parotid gland, and itis, inflammation.) Cy- 
nanche parotidea. The mumps. An inflamma- 
tion of the parotid gland. As the inflammation 
takes place, the cheeks become swollen and 
painful, there is difficulty iu opening the mouth 
and in swallowing. Very little constitutional 
derangement attends this disease. It is believ- 
ed to be contagious. It attacks children, and 
declines about the fourth or sixth day. It is 
seldom of moment, and is treated by applying 
flannel or stimulating liniment, and opening the 
bowels ; but it may pass by metastasis to the 
testes, mamma?, or brain. It may, however, 
become malignant in scrofulous and cachectic 
persons. 

PA'ROXYSM. {Paroxysmus, i, m. ; from 
irapol-vvu, to aggravate.) 1. An obvious in- 
crease of the symptoms of a disease which lasts 
a certain time and then declines. 2. A period- 
ical attack or fit of a disease, as that of an ague. 

Parsley. Apium petroselinum. 

Parsley, black mountain. Athamanta oreo- 
selinum. 

Parsley, fool's. CEthusa cynapium. 

Parsley, Macedonian. Bubon macedoni- 
cum. 

Parsley, stone. Amomum verum. 

Parsnip. Pastinaca sativa. 

Parsnip, cow's. Heracleum spondylium. 

Parsnip, water. Sium nodiflorum. 

Parthenia'strum. Parthe'nium. Matri- 
caria parthenium. 

Parthenium mas. Tanacetum vulgare. 

Parti'te. Partitus. Cut, as it were, almost 
to the base ; and, according to the number of 
incisions, bipartite when two, tripartite when 
three, quadripartite when four, quinque-partite 
when five, &c. 

Pa'rtridge-berry. Gaultheriaprocumbens. 

Partu'rient. Parturiens. Pertaining to 
childbed ; the lying-in state. 

Parturifa'cient. That which assists or 
causes parturition ; as ergot. 

PART URI'TION. (Parturitio, onis, f. ; from 
pario, to bring forth young.) The expulsion 
of the foetus from the uterus. A viable foetus 
may be born at seven months, or even before, 
but this seldom occurs, it being usually nine 
months old before birth ; but instances are re- 
lated where the child was ten months old; 
hence the French have allowed that a child 
may be legitimate when born 299 days after 
conception. 

The physical causes that determine the exit 
of the foetus are the contraction of the uterus, 
and that of the abdominal muscles ; by their 
488 



PAR 

force the liquor amnii flows out, the head of 
the foetus is engaged in the pelvis, it goes 
through it, and soon passes out by the vulva, 
the folds of which disappear. These different 
phenomena take place in succession, and con- 
tinue a certain time ; they are accompanied with 
pains more or less severe, with swelling and 
softening of the soft parts of the pelvis and ex- 
ternal genital parts, and with an abundant mu- 
cous secretion in the cavity of the vagina. All 
these circumstances, each in its own way, favor 
the passage of the foetus. 

To facilitate the study of this complicated 
action, it must be divided into several periods. 

The first period of childbirth. — Itis constitu- 
ted by the precursory signs. Two or three 
days before childbirth, a flow of mucus takes 
place from the vagina, the external genital parts 
swell, and become softer: it is the same with 
the ligaments that unite the bones of the pelvis; 
the cervix uteri flattens, its opening is enlarged, 
its edges become thinner; slight pains, known 
by the name oi flying pains, are felt in the loins 
and abdomen. 

Second period. — Pains of a peculiar kind 
come on : they begin in the lumbar region, and 
seem to be propagated toward the cervix uteri 
or the rectum; they are renewed only after 
considerable intervals, as a quarter or half an 
hour. Each of them is accompanied with an 
evident contraction of the body of the uterus, 
with tension of its neck, and dilatation of the 
opening: the finger, directed into the vagina, 
discovers that the envelopes of the foetus are 
pushed outward, and that there is a considerable 
tumor, which is called the waters: the pains 
very soon become stronger, and the contractions 
of the uterus more powerful; the membranes 
break, and a part of the liquid escapes; the 
uterus contracts on itself, and is applied to the 
surface of the foetus. 

Third period. — The pains and contractions 
of the uterus increase considerably; they are 
instinctively accompanied by the contraction of 
the abdominal muscles. The woman who is 
aware of their effect is inclined to favor them, 
in making all the muscular efforts of which she 
is capable: her pulse then becomes stronger 
and more frequent, her face is animated, her 
eyes shine, her whole body is in extreme agita- 
tion, and perspiration flows in abundance. The 
head is next engaged in the pelvis : the occiput, 
placed at first above the left acetabulum, is di- 
rected inward and downward, and comes below 
and behind the arch of the pubis. 

Fourth period. — After some instants of re- 
pose, the pains and. expulsive contractions re- 
sume all their activity : the head presents itself 
at the vulva, makes an effort to pass, and suc- 
ceeds when there happens to be a contraction 
sufficiently strong to produce this effect. The 
head being once disengaged, the remaining 
parts of the body easily follow, on account of 
their smaller volume. The section of the um- 
bilical cord is then made, and a ligature is put 
round it at a short distance from the umbilicus. 

Fifth period. — If the accoucheur has not pro- 
ceeded immediately to the extraction of the 
placenta after the birth of the child, slight pains 
are felt in a short time, the uterus contracts 



PAR 

freely, but with force enough to throw off the 
placenta, and the membranes of the ovum : this 
expulsion bears the name of delivery. During 
the twelve or fifteen days that follow childbirth, 
the uterus contracts by degrees upon itself, the 
woman suffers abundant perspirations, her mam- 
mas are distended by the milk that they secrete ; 
a flow of matter, which takes place from the 
vagina, called lochia, first sanguiferous, then 
whitish, indicates that the organs of the woman 
resume, by degrees, tho disposition that they 
had before conception. 

Such is the course of a natural labor, the ac- 
complishment of which implies the completion 
of the natural term of gestation — a proper con- 
firmation on the part of the mother — and a nat- 
ural development and normal position of the 
part of the foetus. Various deviations from 
these conditions give rise to different irregular- 
ities in the process of parturition, attended with 
greater or less danger to the mother and child. 
The subdivision of labors has been carried by 
many writers to a frivolous degree of minute- 
ness, especially by some French authors. The 
classification adopted by Dr. Burns is perhaps 
the most practically useful. It is as follows : 
Class I. Natural labor. Labor taking place at 
the end of the ninth month of pregnancy; 
the child presenting the central portion of the 
sagittal suture, and the forehead being direct- 
ed at first toward the sacro-iliac symphysis ; a 
due proportion existing between the size of 
the head and the capacity of the pelvis : the 
pains being regular and effective; the pro- 
cess not continuing beyond twenty-four hours, 
seldom above twelve, and veiy often not for 
six. No morbid affection supervening, capa- 
ble of preventing delivery, or endangering 
the life of the woman. 

This comprehends only one order. 
Class II. Premature labor, or labor taking 
place considerably before the completion of 
the usual period of utero-gestation, but yet 
not so early as necessarily to prevent the 
child from surviving. 

This comprehends only one order. 
Class III. Preternatural labors, or those in 
which the presentation, or position of the 
child, is different from that which occurs in 
natural labor ; or in which tha uterus contains 
a plurality of children, or monsters. 
This comprehends seven orders. 
Order 1. Presentation of the breech. 
Order 2. Presentation of the inferior ex- 
tremities. 
Order 3. Presentation of the superior ex- 
tremities. 
Order 4. Presentation of the back, belly, 

or sides of the child. 
Order 5. Malposition of the head. 
Order 6. Presentation of the funis. 
Order 7. Plurality of children, or mon- 
sters. 
Class IV. Tedious labor, or labor protracted 
beyond the usual duration; the delay not 
caused by the malposition of the child, and 
the process capable of being finished safely, 
without the use of extracting instruments. 
This comprehends two orders. 
Order 1. Where the delay proceeds from 



PAS 

some imperfection or irregularity of mus- 
• cular action. 
Order 2. Where it is dependent principally 
on some mechanical impediment. 
Class V. Laborious or instrumental labor; la- 
bor which can not be completed without the 
use of extracting instruments, or altering the 
proportion between the size of the child and 
the capacity of the pelvis. 

This comprehends two orders. 
Order 1. This case admitting the use of 
such instruments as do not necessarily 
destroy the child. 
Order 2. The obstacle to delivery being so 
great as to require that the life of the 
child should be sacrificed for the safety 
of the mother. 
Class VI. Impracticable labor ; labor in which 
the child, even when reduced in size, can 
not pass through the pelvis. 

This comprehends only one order. 
Class VII. Complicated labor ; labor attended 
with some dangerous or troublesome acci- 
dent or disease, connected in particular in- 
stances with the process of parturition. 
This comprehends six orders. 
Order 1. Labor complicated with uterine 

hemorrhage. 
Order 2. Labor complicated with hemor- 
rhage from other organs. 
Order 3. Labor complicated with syncope. 
Order 4. Labor complicated with convul- 
sions. 
Order 5. Labor complicated with rapture 

of the uterus. 
Order 6. Labor complicated with suppres- 
sion of urine, or rupture of the bladder. 
The number of irregular labors, as compared 
with the natural, does not amount to more than 
two per cent., and those requiring the use of 
instruments do not exceed four to six in a thou- 
sand. 

PA'RTUS. (us, us, m. ; from pario, to bring 
forth young.) 1. Labor. 2. The young when 
brought forth. 

PARU'LIS. {is, idis, f. ; from irapa, near, 
and ov?lov, tho gum.) An inflammation, boil, 
or abscess in the gums. A gum-boil is often a 
primary disease, depending on an inflammation 
of the gums from accidental and common caus- 
es, in which case the lancet, or leaving it to 
nature, soon restores the gum to a healthy 
state. But sometimes it arises from a carious 
tooth, or from cutting the dentes sapientise. 
From the first of these the gum-boil frequently 
returns, and requires the removal of the tooth ; 
from the latter, much irritation is often pro- 
duced, and the jaw and face swell considerably. 
If there be constitutional disturbance with it, 
leeches and purgatives are to be resorted to. 

Paru'ria. Morbid secretion or discharge 
of urine. 

Pa'sma. A dry powder to sprinkle over the 
body. See Catapasma. 

PA'SSA. 1. A grape or raisin. 2. A whit- 
low. — Paracelsus. 

Passa minor. Uva passa minor. 
PASSIFLO'RA. («,«,f.) A genus of plants. 
Gynandria. Pentandria. Passiflortz.—P. law- 
rifolia. Bay-leaved passion-flower. A native 

489 



PAT 

of Surinam. The fruit is grateful. — P. mali- 
fortnis. Apple-shaped granadilla. The fruit 
is esteemed a delicacy in the West Indies. 

Passio. In medical language, a disease or 
affection. 

Passio hysterica. See Hysteria. 

Passio ileaca. See lleac passion. 

PASSION. (Yladmia. Passio, onis, f. ; from 
potior, to suffer.) By passion is generally un- 
derstood an instinctive feeling become extreme 
and exclusive. The passions have great influ- 
ence on health, and ai'e hence divided into de- 
pressing and animating. See Pathema animi. 

Passion, cceliac. Diarrhoea coeliaca. 

Passion, hysteric. Hysteria. 

Passion, ileac. Ileac passion. 

PA'SSIVE. Passivus. A medical term ap- 
plied to the varieties of disease in which the 
vital force or tone of the organs seems to be 
diminished, and there js little reaction. When 
the affection is the result of debility, as passive 
hemorrhage, it occurs by exudation of the blood. 

Pa'ssula. A small raisin. 

Passula major. A raisin. 

Passula'tus. Applied to some medicines 
in which raisins are the chief ingredients. 

Pa'ssum. Raisin wine. 

Pa'sta. A cake or lozenge. 

Pasti'lles, fumigating. See Fumigating 
pastilles. 

PASTI'LLUM. (urn, i, n. ; diminutive of 
pasta, a lozenge.) Pastillus. A pastil or troch. 

PASTINA'CA. (a, a, f.) 1. The parsnip. 
2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. 
Umbellifcra. — P. opopanax. See Opopanax. — 
P. saliva. The parsnip. Its roots are sweet 
and nutritious. The wild roots are used as a 
diuretic. 

PATE ARSENICALE. Arsenical paste. 
This consists of seventy parts of cinnabar, 
twenty-two of dragon's blood, and eight of 
white arsenic, made into a paste with saliva at 
the time of its application. It was much used in 
France as a caustic to destroy cancerous tumors. 

PATE'LLA. (a, a, f. ; diminutive oipatina, 
a dish.) Rotula. The knee-pan. A small flat 
bone, which in some measure resembles the 
common figure of the heart, and placed at the 
fore part of the joint of the knee. Anteriorly 
it is a little convex, and rough for the insertion 
of muscles and ligaments; posteriorly it is 
smooth, covered with cartilage, and divided 
by a middle longitudinal ridge into two slight- 
ly concave surfaces, both exactly adapted to the 
pulley of the os femoris. 

Pa'tens. Patent. Expanding. Spreading. 

PATHE'MA. (a, atis, n.) Passion; emo- 
tion; affection. 

Pathemata animi. Passions of the mind. 
These are divided into the exciting and de- 
pressing ; and each of these, again, in a medical 
point of view, info such as excite suddenly and 
with temporary violence, or more slowly and 
permanently. 

Passions are subdivided into, 

1. Exciting* 

a. In a violent degree; as rage, intense en- 
thusiasm, b. More moderately ; as joy, emula- 
tion, desire, hope, benevolence, love. 

2. Depressing. 

490 



PD 

a. In a violent degree; as terror, grief, b. 
More moderately ; as fear, jealousy, envy, re- 
sentment. 

3. Calming ; as veneration, admiration, con- 
templation. 

Persons of strong, active imaginations, san- 
guine in temperament, and eager in their pur- 
suits and expectations, are most liable to, and 
suffer most from, the violently exciting passions. 
The effects are often apoplexy, palsy, hemor- 
rhage, jaundice. The depressing passions are, 
in different degrees, sedative. The more vio- 
lent ones are sometimes fatal in a moment. 
The others slowly undermine the constitution, 
weaken every function, and produce indigestion 
and dropsy. 

PATHE'TICUS. (Pathetic; from nadoc, an 
affection.) Appertaining to the passions. . 

Pathetici. The fourth pair of nerves. 

Patheticus musculus. The superior ob- 
lique muscle of the eye. 

PATHOGE'NY. Pathogenic. (From ira- 
6oc, a disease, and yeveaic, generation.) That 
portion of pathology which relates to the origin 

PATHOGNOMONIC. (Pathognomonics ; 
from 'nadoc, a disease, and yivoanu, to know. ) 
A term given to those symptoms which are 
peculiar to a disease. They are also termed 
proper or characteristic symptoms. 

PATHO'LOGY. (Pathalogia, a, f. ; from 
•xadoc, a disease, and Xoyoc, a discourse.) The 
doctrine of diseases. That branch of medicine 
which treats of the nature of diseases. It is 
divided into general pathology, which regards 
what is common to a number of diseases taken 
as a class; and special pathology, which treats 
of individual diseases. 

Pathological anatomy. The dissection of 
diseased structures. 

Patho'mania. Moral insanity. See Insanity. 

Pa'thos. Tladoc. An affection; a disease. 

Patie'ntia. Patience. Rumex patientia. 

Pa'tor na'rium. The sinus, cavity, or chasm 
of the nose. , 

Patrum cortex. Cinchona bark. 

Pa'tulous. Patulus. Open: a descriptive 
term often used. 

Patu'rsa. The venereal disease. 

Paul's betony. Veronica officinalis. 

Paulina confectio. See Aristarchi antido- 
tus paulina. 

PAULLI'NIA. (a, a;, f.) A genus of sapin- 
daceous plants. — P. sorbilis. A plant of South 
America, and especially Brazil, the seeds of 
which are used in the form of extract, and call- 
ed Guarana or Guarine, as a stimulating tonic. 
This substance has been introduced into Euro- 
pean pharmacy, and was supposed to contain 
a peculiar principle termed guarine, but which 
is found to be theine or caffeine, the same sub- 
stance as exists in tea and coffee. 

Pavana. See Croton tiglium. 

Pavi'lion of the ear. The expanding por- 
tion, or ala auris of the ear. 

Pavo cristatus. The pea-fowl. The flesh 
of this bird is delicate when young. 

PA'VOR. (or,oris,m.) 1. Fear. 2. The itch. 

Pb. The symbol for lead ; plumbum. 

Pd. The symbol for palladium. 



TEC 

Pea. Pisum sativum. 

Pea-fowl. Pavo cristatiis. 

Peach. Amygdalus persica. 

Peagle. Primula veris. 

Pear. Pyrus communis. 

Peari,. See Margarita. 

Pearlash. An impure carbonate of potash. 

Pearl barley. See Hordeum. 

PEARL WHITE. The subnitrato of bis- 
muth. 

Pearson's solution. This consists of a so- 
lution of one grain of arsenito of soda in a fluid 
ounce of water. 

Pe'ccant humors. Secretions or fluids in a 
diseased state. 

Peche'dion. Uiixetiiov. The perineum. 

Pechegu'era. A pulmonary disease occur- 
ring in infants of three or four months in South 
America, and which is speedily fatal. 

Pechurim. See Pichurim. 

Pechy'agra. The gout in the elbow. 

Pe'chys. ItqxvQ. The cubit, or elbow. 

Pechyty'rbe. The scurvy. — Forest. 

Pecquet's duct. See Thoracic duct. 

PE'CTEN. (en, inis, m.) The pubes. 

Pe'ctic acid. See Pcctine. 

PECTINA'LIS. (So named from its arising 
at the pccten, or pubes.) Pectinams of authors. 
A small flat muscle, situated obliquely between 
the pubes and the little trochanter, at the up- 

Eer and anterior part of the thigh. It arises, 
road and fleshy, from the anterior edge of the 
os pectinis, or pubis, as it is more commonly 
called, as far as its spine ; and, descending ob- 
liquely backward and outward, is inserted, by 
a short and broad tendon, into the upper and 
anterior part of the linea aspera of the os femo- 
ris, a little below the lesser trochanter. This 
muscle serves to bend the thigh, by drawing'it' 
upward and inward, and likewise assists in 
rolling it outward. 

Pectina'te. Pectinalus. (From pectcn, a 
comb.) 1. Comb-like; having the appearance 
of a comb. 2. The fasciculated muscular fibres 
of the right auricle of the heart are called mus- 
culi pectinali. 

Pectinjeus. See Pcctinalis. 

Pectinous. Relating to pectine. 

PE'CTINE. A, non-azotized and indifferent 
body of plants, abounding in fruits and some 
roots. It closely resembles gum tragacanth, 
and is gelatinous. By the action of alkalies it 
yields an uncrystallizable acid, the pectic, C12 
H 8 O 10 +2HO. 

PECTORAL. (Pectoral-is ; from pectus, the 
breast.) Appertaining to the breast. Pectoral 
medicines are those which relieve diseases of 
the chest. 

Pectoral moss. Lichen pulmonarius. 

Pectoralis major. A broad, thick, fleshy, 
and radiated muscle, situated immediately un- 
der the integuments, and covering nearly the 
whole anterior part of the breast. It arises 
from the cartilages of the fifth and sixth ribs, 
almost the whole length of the sternum, and 
from more than a thud of the anterior part of 
the clavicle. From these origins the fibres run 
in a folding manner toward the axilla, and are 
inserted, by a broad tendon, into the os humeri, 
above the insertion of the deltoid muscle, and 



PED' 

at the outer side of the groove which lodges the 
tendon of the long head of the biceps. This 
and the latissimus dorsi form the cavity of the 
axilla, or arm-pit. Its use is to move the arm 
forward, or to raise it obliquely toward the 
oternum. 

Pectoralis minor. A small, fleshy, and 
digitated muscle, situated at the anterior and 
lateral part of the thorax, immediately under 
the pectoralis major. It arises from the upper 
edges of the third, fourth, and fifth ribs, near 
where they join their cartilages, and is inserted, 
by a flat tendon, into the upper part of the cor- 
acoid process of the scapula. The principal 
use of this muscle is to draw the scapula for 
ward and downward ; and when that is fixed, 
it may likewise serve to elevate the ribs. 

PECTORI'LOQUY. (Pectoriloquium ; from 
pectus, the chest, and loquor, to speak ; so call- 
ed because the voice seems as it it proceeded 
directly from the chest of the patient.) When 
the stethescope is applied over an excavation 
of the lungs which communicates with the 
bronchia?, the voice appears to come direct 
through the tube of the instrument from the 
chest of the patient to the ear of the auscultator. 
This phenomenon is called pectoriloquy. It is 
distinguished into perfect, imperfect, and doubt- 
ful. The two latter are with difficulty distin- 
guishable from bronchophony, and are not at 
all to be depended on unless in conjunction 
with the symptoms. Pectoriloquy is most fre- 
quently heard in the subclavicular and axillary 
regions, because vomica) are most frequently 
formed in the upper part of the lungs. Pecto- 
riloquy may be suspended if the bronchial 
tubes, which communicate with the excavation, 
be obstructed. If the morbid cavity communi- 
cate with a great number of bronchia, or with 
the cavity of the pleura, the pectoriloquy is 
much diminished, or ceases altogether. 

Pectoris os. See Sternum. 

Pe'ctus. The breast or thorax. 

Pectu'sculum. The metatarsus. 

Peda'te. Pcdatus. Like a bird's foot. 

Pede'thmus. Pedesis. A pulsation. 

Pedicellate. Pcdiccllatus. Having a small 
or partial stalk. 

Pedice'llus. A small flower-stalk. 

Pe'dicle. A little stalk. 

Pedicula'ria. Delphinium staphisagria. 

PEDICULA'RIS. (is, is, m.) A genus of 
plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. Louse- 
wort. The P. palustris is said to kill lice. It 
is somewhat acrid, and has been used in decoc- 
tion as an application to indolent ulcers. 

PEDICULA'TION. Morbis pcdicularis. 
That disease of the body in which lice are con- 
tinually bred on the skin. 

PEDI'CULUS. (us, i, m.) A louse. A 
genus of insects, of the order Aplera. Two 
species are found on the human body, the P. 
humanus, the common louse, infesting the head ; 
and the P. pubis, or crab-louse, found chiefly 
on the pubes. They are destroyed by mer- 
curial preparations, tobacco infusion, &c. 

Pedicus. Extensor brevis digitomm pedis. 

PEDILU'VIUM. (From pes, the foot, and 
lavo, to wash.) A bath for the feet. 

Pe'dion. The sole of the foot. 

491 



TEL 



PEL 



Pedi'tio. Epilepsy. 
• Pe'dora. Sordes of the e) es, ears, and feet. 

PEDU'NCLE. Pedunculus A flower-stalk, 
or that which springs from the stem, and bears 
the flowers and fruit, and not the leaves. 

Pedicellus is a partial flower-stalk, the ulti- 
mate subdivision of a general one ; as in the 
cowslip. 

Peduncles of the brain. The crura 
cerebri. 

Peduncles of the cerebellum. See En- 
cephalos. 

Peduncles of the medulla oblongata. 
The corpora restiformia. 

Pedunculate. Pedunculatus. Growing on 
a fruit-stalk : opposed to sessile. 

Peganel^'um. Oil of rue. 

PE'GANUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Dodecandria. Monogynia. — P. ha'rmala. The 
Assyrian wild rue : the same in its properties 
with the common rue. 

Pe'ge. UriyT). The internal angles of the 
eye were called pcgce. 

Pelada. A species of baldness : a shedding 
of the hair from a venereal cause. 

Pela'rium. A collyrium. 

Peleca'nus. An instrument to draw teeth. 

Pelio'ma. YleJuufia. An extravasation of 
blood of a livid color. 

Pelio'sis. Purpura hemorrhagica. 

Pe'llis. The skin. 

Pellis summa. The epidermis. 

PELLA'GRA. (a, a, f.) Pelagra. Ele- 
phantiasis Italica ; from its great frequency in 
some parts of Milan and Padua. 

About March or April, a shining red spot ap- 
pears on the back of the hand, or some part of 
the body, resembling the common erysipelas, 
but without much itching or pain ; this elevates 
the skin a little, producing numerous small tu- 
bercles of different colors ; the skin becomes 
dry, and cracks. At length it falls off in white 
furfuraceous scales ; but the shining redness un- 
derneath still continues; the health is good. 
Next spring the skin disease extends; the health 
now suffers slightly; headache and despond- 
ency occur; in the winter every thing ap- 
J)ears well again; but in the third spring, or 
ater, the cerebral symptoms become very man- 
ifest; vertigo, extreme melancholy, and, Anal- 
ly, delirium, with great emaciation occur, com- 
plicated with bulimia, or entire loss of appetite, 
storpor, and frightful convulsions. Before the 
latter symptoms even ten years may elapse. 
It is epidemic to certain unhealthy districts, 
and is to be treated by change of air, habitual 
cleanliness, warm bathing, nutritious diet, and 
tonics. 

PELLI'CLE. Pellicula. (From pellis, the 
skin.) A slender skin. In Medicine, it is ap- 
plied to such an appearance on the surface of 
urine ; and to very delicate membraneous pro- 
ductions. In Botany, to the delicate skin which 
covers some seeds and other parts. In Chem- 
istry, a delicate formation of crystals, &c., on 
the surface of a fluid. 

Pellitory. See Parietaria. 

Pellitory, bastard. Achillea ptarmica. 

Pellitory of Spain. Anthemis pyre- 
thrum. 

492 



Pe'lma. The sole of the foot. 

Pelosin. A colorless body, of an alkaline re- 
action, derived from the root of the Cissampelos 
pareira. 

Pe'lta. The shield of lichens. 

Pelta'lis cartila'go. The scutiform car- 
tilage of the larynx. 

Pelta'te. Peltatus. Target-shaped. 

PE'LVIO. Pelvicus. Pertaining to the 
pelvis. 

Pelvic aponeurosis. The ligamentous at- 
tachments of muscles to the brim of the pelvis 
and the upper part of the iliac fascia. 

Pelvi-trochante'ric. That which relates 
to the pelvis and great trochanter of the fe- 
mur. 

PELVTMETER. An instrument for meas- 
uring the diameter of the pelvis in the living 
body. Two French instruments bear this name, 
but are not used, because the index finger is a 
better pelvimeter than any mechanical contriv 
ance. The first is a pair of callipers with blunt 
points, the measures with which are taken on 
the outside of the body; the other, called the 
pelvimeter of Coutouly, is a sliding scale, which 
is introduced within the vagina, and extended 
so that the ends may be over the sacrum and 
symphysis pubis. 

PE'LVIS. {is, is, f. ; from ne?.vc, a basin. ) 
It is composed of the two ossa innominata, the 
os sacrum, and os coccygis. It contains the 
rectum and urinary bladder, the internal organs 
of generation, and is lined and covered by mus- 
cles and common integuments. 

It is wide and expanded at its upper part, 
and contracted at its inferior aperture. The 
upper part is bounded by an oval ring, which 
parts the cavity of the pelvis from the cavity of 
the abdomen, the linea ilio-pcctinea, or su- 
perior strait. This circle is denominated the 
brim of the pelvis : it is formed by a continued 
and prominent line along the upper part of 
the sacrum, the middle of the ilium, and the 
upper part, or crest of the os pubis. The low- 
er part of the pelvis is denominated the out- 
let or inferior strait. It is composed by the 
arch of the ossa pubis, and by the sciatic nga- 
ments. 

In a female pelvis, the distance between the 
os sacrum and os pubis, or the antero-posterior 
diameter in the bone, is 4£ inches at the brim ,- 
that between the two ossa ilia, 5J inches, and 
the oblique diameter about 4| inches. At the 
outlet the proportions are reversed, the distance 
between the symphysis pubis and os coccygis 
being longer than that between the ossa ilia. 
The depth of the fore part of the pelvis, at the 
symphysis of the pubis, measures about an inch 
and a half; behind it is six inches, and at the 
sides, 3i inches. 

The pelvis has two axes, the direction of 
which must be carefully attended to by the 
obstetrician. The axis of the brim is indicated 
by a straight line drawn from the umbilicus to 
the point of the coccyx ; the axis of the outlet by 
a straight line drawn from the first bone of the 
sacrum to the orifice of the ragina. 

Pelvis auris. The cochlea of the ear. 

Pelvis cerebri. The infundibulum. 

Pelvis of the kidneys. See Kidney. 



r en 

Pemphigoides. The name of a fever accom- 
panied with an eruption of vesicles. 

PE'MPHIGUS. (us, i, m. ; from mutf, a 
bubble or vesicle.) P. helveticus, P. major, and 
P. minor. An eruption, consisting of vesicles of 
various sizes, from a pea to a walnut, and most- 
ly attended by fever. The eruption is trans- 
parent, like small bladders filled with a pellucid 
or slightly-colored fluid. The vesicle is mostly 
almond-shaped, and has an inflamed base, and 
when it breaks the part is disposed to ulcerate. 
The fever may be either synocha or typhus. It 
is ushered in by sickness at stomach, great op- 
pression about the pracordia, headache, lassi- 
tude, and weariness on the least exertion, with 
stiffness and rigidity of the joints. The erup- 
tion comes out as veiy small, distinct red spots, 
a little elevated above the surface of the skin, 
and much resembling the first appearance of the 
small-pox. It is not contagious in the simple 
forms. The fever in pemphigus is mostly a 
mild or malignant typhus, and requires the same 
remedies — port wine and bark, with mineral 
acids. The best application to the eruption, 
when the vesicles break, is finely-powdered 
starch. 

PE'MPHIX. (ix, igis, f. ; Ile^tf, a vesicle 
or bubble.) See Pemphigus. 

Pkmptje'us. An ague, the paroxysm of which 
returns every fifth day. 

PENjE'A. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants. 
Tetrandria. Monogynia. — P. mucronata and 
P. sarcocolla are said to yield sarcocolla. This 
is brought from Persia and Arabia in small 
grains of a pale yellow color, and is a gummy 
body. 

Pe'ndulous. Pendulus. Pendant; hanging 
down. 

PE'NETRATING. Penetrans. (From pene- 
tro, to pierce through.) 1. Applied to a medi- 
cine supposed to pass through the pores and 
stimulate. 2. To a wound which pierces the 
splanchnic cavities. 

Penici'llifoem. Penicilliformis. Pencil- 
shaped. 

PENIGI'LLUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of 
peniculum, a brush.) Penicillum. 1. A tent or 
pledget. 2. The secreting extremities of the 
vena portse are called pcnicilli. See Liver. 

Peni'dium. White barley-sugar. 

PE'NIS. (is, is, m. ; a pendendo, from its 
hanging down. ) Membrum virile. It is divided 
by anatomists into the root, body, and head, or 
glans penis. It is composed of common integ- 
uments, two corpora cavernosa, and one corpus 
spongiosum, which surrounds a canal, the ure- 
thra, that proceeds from the bladder to the apex 
of the penis, where it opens by the meatus uri- 
narius. The fold of the skin that covers the 

flans penis is termed the prepuce, and the 
and which ties the prepuce to the under sur- 
face of the glans is called the franum prasputii. 
The arteries of the penis are from the hypogas- 
tric and ischiatic. The veins of the penis form 
the vena magna penis, which empties itself into 
the hypogastric vein. The glands of the penis 
are Cowper's glands, the prostate, muciparous, 
and odoriferous glands. The nerves of the 
penis are branches of the sacral and ischiatic. 
Penis ce'rebri. The pineal gland. 



PER 

Penis mulie'bris. The clitoris. 

Penniform. Penniformis. Resembling a 
writing-pen or feather. 

Pennyroyal. Mentha pulegium. In the 
United States, the Hedeoma pulegioides has re- 
ceived this name. 

Pennyroyal, hart's. Mentha cervina. 

Pentada'ctylon. 1. The herb cinquefoil 
2. The castor-oil plant. 

PENSACOLA, CLIMATE OF. This place 
is one of the best situations for the valetudina- 
rian in the United States, the temperature being 
remarkably mild, and the position sufficiently 
sheltered from severe winds. 

Penta'gon. Pentagonal; five-sided. 

PENTA'NDRIA. Pentandrous. (From 
irevre, five, and avrjp, a husband.) The plants 
which have hermaphrodite flowers and five 
stamens. 

Pentaneu'ron. Plantago lanceolata. 

Pentapha'rmacon. Any medicine consisting 
of five ingredients. 

Pentaphylloi'des. Fragaria sterilis. 

Pentaphy'llum. Potentilla reptans. 

Pentaphy'llous. Pentaphyllus. Five- 
leaved : applied to leaves, calyces, &c. 

Pentapleu'rum. Plantago lanceolata. 

Penta'tomum. Potentilla reptans. 

Pento'robus. Preonia officinalis. 

PENZANCE, CLIMATE OF. This place, 
in Cornwall, England, possesses one of the most 
genial and regular climates in Britain, and is a 
good winter residence for the consumptive. 

Peony. Fseonia officinalis. 

Pepa'nsis. Pcpasmus. Maturation or con- 
coction. Applied by the humoral pathologists 
to the humors of the living body. 

Pepa'sticus. Applied formerly to medicines 
supposed to promote concoction. 

Pe'pita nux. St. Ignatius's bean. 

Pe'plus. Peplos. Peplion. Euphorbia peplus. 

PE'PO. (From nerrro, to ripen.) A fleshy, 
succulent pericarpium, the seeds of which are 
inserted into the sides of the fruit. The gourd. 

Pepper. See Piper. 

Pepper, dulce. Fucus pinnatifidus. 

Pepper, Guinea. P., Cayenne. Capsicum 
annuum. 

Pepper, Jamaica, ^fyrtus pimenta. 

Pepper, poor man's. Polygonum hydro- 
piper. 

Pepper, wall. Sedum acre. 

Pepper, water. Polygonum hydropiper. 

Pepperidge bush. Berberis vulgaris. 

Peppermint. Mentha piperita. 

Pepperwort. Lepidium iberis. 

PE'PSIN. Pepsine. (From ireitTU, to di- 
gest. ) A substance existing in the gastric juice, 
and upon which its activity depends. It is a 
modification of albumen, and appears to act like 
a ferment. See Digestion. 

Pe'ptic Pepticus. Digestive. 

PER-. A prefix denoting excess, and much 
used in chemistry. 

PERACU'TE. Peracutus. Very sharp : ap- 
plied to diseases when very severe, or aggra- 
vated beyond measure. 

Pe'rca. A genus of fishes. Order, Acan 
thopterygii. — P.fluvta'tilis. The perch. 

Perception. See Mind. 

493 



PER 

Perchlo'ric acid. A compound of CIO7; 
it is crystalline. Hyperchloric acid. 
• PERCOLA'TION. (Percolatio, onis, f . ; 
strained through ; from percolo, to strain or 
filter.) A term generally applied to animal 
secretion, from the office of the glands being 
thought to resemble that of a strainer in trans- 
mitting the liquors that pass through them. 

Percu'ssio. Apoplexy. 

PERCU'SSION. (From percutio, to strike.) 
In medical language this term signifies the 
striking of any part of the surface of the body 
with the hand, in order to ascertain by the 
sound the healthy or diseased condition of the 
subjacent parts. This mode of exploration is 
applied principally to the chest and abdomen. 

In order for the proper performance of per- 
cussion on the chest, the patient should, if pos- 
sible, be in a sitting posture, and the chest cov- 
ered with a light linen garment, which prevents 
the peculiar sound produced by the stroke of 
the hand upon the naked chest. In striking 
the chest, the fingers of the operator should be 
held with their extremities in one line, and kept 
firm in this position by the opposition of the 
thumb. The stroke should be made with the 

[)oints of the fingers, and directed perpendicu- 
arly on the part ; it should also be made with 
equal force in the different parts of the chest 
examined. Percussion is sometimes perform- 
ed with the intervention of a piece of wood, 
ivory, or other sonorous body : it is then term- 
ed mediate percussion. The ivory instrument 
generally used for this purpose is called a plex- 
imeter. 

The thorax of a healthy individual gives out 
a clear sound on percussion in its anterior and 
lateral parts. Whenever, in the progress of dis- 
ease, any denser substance takes the place of 
air within the thorax, there is a corresponding 
diminution of sonorousness: hence hepatiza- 
tion and tubercles of the lungs, hypertrophy 
of the heart, effusions of serum, lymph, or other 
matters, all occasion a diminution of sound in 
the regions which they respectively occupy ; 
while in pulmonary emphysema, pneumo- 
thorax, and large empty excavations in the sub- 
stance of the lungs, the sound on percussion is 
greater than natural. In percussing the abdo- 
men, the patient should, be laid on his back. 
See Bruit. 

PERCU'TEURAMARTEAU. One of Baron 
Heurteloup's lithotrity instruments, in which 
the stone is crushed by the blows of a mallet 
instead of the pressure of a screw. 

Perde'tum. Sium sisarum. 

Perdi'cium. Parietaria officinalis. 

PERE'NNIAL. Perennis. Lasting natural- 
ly more than two years. 

Perennial worm-grass. Spigelia mari- 
landica. 

Perete'rion. The trepan. 

PERFECT. A flower is said to be perfect 
or complete that has both calyx and corolla, 
and one or more stamens and pistils. 

Perfo'lia'ta. Bupleurum perfoliatum. 

Perfo'liate. Perfoliatus. Leaves which 
eurround the stem at their base. 

PE'RFORANS. See Flexor profundus per- 
forans. 

494 



PER 

Perforans casserii nervus. The external 
cutaneous nerve. 

Perforans profundus. See Flexor longus 
digitorum pedis profundus perforans. 

Perforans tertii internodii digitorum 
pedis. See Flexor longus digitorum pedis pro- 
fundus perforans. 

Perforans vulgo profundus. P. manus. 
See Flexor profundus perforans. 

Perfora'ta. Hypericum perforatum. 

Perfora'tio ventriculi. Perforation of the 
stomach; gastrobrosis. 

PERFORATION. Pcrforatio. (From per- 
foro, to pierce.) A term employed to denote 
a solution of continuity, from disease of the 
parietes of a hollow organ, as of the intestines, 
or from accidents. 

/Spontaneous perforation is that which occurs 
without having been preceded by any percepti- 
ble modification of function, local or general. 

PERFORATOR. An obstetrical instrument 
for the purpose of opening the foetal head while 
in utero. Smellie's forceps. See Cranium, per- 
foration of. 

PERFORA'TUS. (From perforo, to pierce 
through.) Applied to muscles. 1. Flexor brevis 
digitorum pedis and flexor sublimis perforatus. 
2. The coraco-brachialis muscle. 

Perforatus, seu flexor secundi internodii 
digitorum pedis. See Flexor brevis digitorum 
pedis perforatus sublimis. 

Perfri'gio. Pcrfrigcratio. Extreme cold- 
ness; shivering. 

Pergame'nous. Like parchment. 

PERI-. (From itept, around.) A prefix sig- 
nifying around, about, or enveloping, as peri- 
cardium, enveloping or surrounding the heart. 

Perije'resis. A circular or curved incision 
about a tumor. 

Peria'mma. An amulet. 

PERIA'NTH. Pcrianthium. (From nepi, 
and avdoc, a flower). The calyx, especially 
when colored like a corolla. 

Perible'psis. That kind of wild look which 
is observed in delirious persons. 

Peri'bole. Round. A translation of mor- 
bific humors from the center to the surface of 
the body. — Hippocrates. , 

PERIBRO'SIS. (From irepi, around, and 
PpuoKU, to eat.) An ulceration or erosion at 
the corners or uniting parts of the eyelids. It 
most frequently affects the internal commissure. 
It arises from the acrimony of the tears, or from 
segylops, which sometimes extends to the cor- 
ners of the eyelids. 

PERICARDI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from -.xtpi- 
Kapdtov, the pericardium.) Inflammation of the 
pericardium. See Heart, diseases of the. 

PERICA'RDIUM. (urn, ii, n.J from irepi, 
about, and Kap&La, the heart.) The membran- 
ous bag that surrounds the heart, and the ar- 
terial and venous trunks connected with it. 
The pericardium consists of two layers, an ex- 
ternal or fibrous, and an internal or serous. 
The serous membrane lines the fibrous one, 
and is reflected over the heart after the manner 
of serous membranes in general. Its use is to 
secrete and contain the vapor of the pericar- 
dium, which lubricates the heart, and thus pre- 
serves it from concreting with the pericardium. 



PER 

PERICA'RP. (From nepi, about, and mp- 
nog, a seed.) The seed-vessel or covering of 
the seed of plants. 

PERICA'RPIUM. (From nepi, about, and 
carpus, the wrist.) A medicine applied to the 
wrist. 

Perich^'tium. A scaly sheath investing 
the base of the, fruit-stalk ol some mosses, as in 
the genus Hypnum. 

P E R 1 H O'N D R I U M . (w,«,n.; from 
nepi, about, and xovdpoc, a cartilage.) The 
fibrous membrane that covers a cartilage. 

Perichri'sis. Perichriston. A liniment. 

Peri'clasis. A compound fracture. 

Pericly'menum. Lonicera periclimenum. 

PERICNE'MIA. (a, m, f.; from nepi, and 
itvtjutj, the tibia.) The parts about the tibia. 

PERICRA'NIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from vept, 
and Kpaviov, the cranium.) The fibrous mem- 
brane of the bones of the cranium. 

Peridiastole. In interval of time next af- 
ter the diastole of the heart. 

Peri'dium. The round, membraneous, dry- 
case of the seeds of some angiospermous mush- 
rooms. 

Peridi'dymus. The serous covering of the 
testicle. 

Periglo'ttis. The epiglottic gland. 

Perigo'nium. The perianth, or coverings 
of the stamens in flowers. 

Peri'graphe. Vesalius applies this term to 
the linece transversa: of the rectus abdominis 
muscle. 

Feri'gynous. When the petals and stamens 
are attached to the sides of the calyx. 

Perily'mph. The liquor of Cotunnius. 

Pe'rin. Hnpiv. 1. A testicle. 2. The pe- 
rineum. 

Perineocele. A rupture in the perineum. 

Perineus transversus. Transversus peri- 
naei. 

Perine'al. Relating to the perineum. 

PERINE'UM. (um, i, n. ; from neptveu, to 
flow round, because that part is generally 
moist.) The space between the anus and or- 
gans of generation. 

Perine'uron. The neurilemma. 

Periny'ctis. Synonymous with epinyctides. 

PERIOD. (Periodus, i, m. ; nepiodog ; from 
nepi, about, and odoc, a way.) A stated time. 
In medical language there are said to be five 
periods of a disease : the invasion, the augment, 
the state or full development of the disease, the 
decline, and the termination. With respect to 
intermittent diseases, the term period is some- 
times applied synonymously with interval, that 
is, it means the time that elapses from the com- 
mencement of one paroxysm to the commence- 
ment of the next. 

Perio'dic acid. A compound of IO7, analo- 
gous to the perchloric acid, and but little known. 

Periodical diseases. Diseases of which the 
symptoms recur at stated intervals, as agues. 

PERIODI'CITY. The disposition of certain 
phenomena to recur at stated times. 

Periods of life. The most remarkable pe- 
riods in the life of man after birth are Infancy, 
Dentition, Puberty, the Climacteric period, and 
that of Decay. 

Periodus lunaris. The menstrual period. 



PER 

Periodus sanguinis. The circulation of the 
blood. 

Periody'nia. An acute circumscribed pain. 
— Hippocrates. 

Perio'rbita. The periosteum of the orbit. 

PERIO'STEUM. (um, i, n. ; from nepi, and 
oareov, a bone.) The fibrous membrane which 
invests the external surface of all the bones. 

Periosti'tis. Inflammation of any portion 
of the periosteum. 

Periosto'sis. A tumor formed by a thick- 
ening of the periosteum. 

Periphery. The circumference; the out- 
side of the body, or of any object. 

Periptiimosis. Phimosis. 

Peripleumo'nia. Pneumonia. 

PERIPLOCA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of ascle- 
piadaceous plants, of which P. indica (of Will- 
denow) or Hemidesmus indicus (of R. Brown) 
furnishes Indian sarsaparilla, and P. scammonia 
(Linnaeus) the Smyrna scammony. 

Periply'sis. A profluvium or excessive dis- 
charge. 

PERIPNEUMONIA, (a, cc, f. ; from nepi, 
and nvevfiuv, the lung.) Peripneumony, or in- 
flammation of the lungs. See Pneumonitis. 

Peripneumonia notha. P.catarrhalis. Bas- 
tard or spurious peripneumony. See Bron- 
chitis, chronic. 

PERIPYE'MA. Peripyesis. (From nepi, 
and nvov, pus.) A collection of matter about 
any part, as round a tooth, in the gums. 

PERIRRHCE'A. (From nepippeu, to flow 
about.) A reflux of humors in a dropsical or 
other case to any of the larger emunctories for 
its excretion. 

Periscyphismus. Periscythismus. 

P e r 1 s c y t h i's m u s . A surgical operation, 
which consisted in making transverse incisions 
in the forehead, and triangular ones above the 
temples. 

Perisperm. The testa of a seed. 

Perispha'lsis. Circumduction. 

PERISTA'LTIC. (Peristalticus ; from ne- 
piareXTiu, to contract.) The vermicular motion 
of the intestines, by which they contract and 
propel their contents, is called the peristaltic 
motion. 

PERISTAPHYLI'NUS. (From nepi, about, 
and OTja<t>v?.n, the uvula.) Applied to two mus- 
cles connected with the uvula. 

Peristaphylinus externus. The circum- 
flexus palati. 

Peristaphylinus internus. The levator 
palati. 

Perista'phylo-pharynge'us. The upper 
portion of the palato-pharyngeus muscle. 

Periste'rium. Verbena officinalis. 

Periste'rna. The lateral portions of the 
thorax. 

Peristo'le. The peristaltic action. 

Peristome. Peristomium. Peristoma. The 
fringe-like margin of many mosses. 

Peristro'ma. The mucous coat of the intes- 
tines. — Pecquet. 

PERISY'STOLE. (e, es, f. ; from napiarel- 
/lu, to compress.) The pause or time between 
a contraction and dilatation of the heart. It is 
so short, a portion of time as to be scarcely per- 
ceptible, except in dying persons. 

495 



PEE 

Perithe'cium. The sac-like fructification of 
some fungi. 

Perito'me. A circular cut. 

Peritonjeore'xis. A bursting of the peri- 
toneum. 

PERITONE'UM. (um, i, n. ; from irepireivu, 
to extend round.) A serous membrane, by 
which all the viscera of the abdomen are sur- 
rounded. It begins from the diaphragm, which 
it completely lines, and at the last fleshy fibres 
of the ribs, and the external lumbar fibres, it 
•jompletes the septum, in conjunction with the 
pleura, with which it is continuous through the 
various intervals of the diaphragm. Posterior- 
ly, it descends before the kidneys ; anteriorly, 
behind the abdominal muscles. It dips into 
the pelvis from the bones of the pubes, passes 
over the bladder, and descends behind ; and 
being again carried backward at the entrance 
of the ureters, in two lunar folds, it rejoins 
upon the intestinum rectum that part of itself 
which invests the loins, and in this situation 
lies before the rectum. It has various prolon- 
gations for covering the viscera. The shorter 
productions of this membrane are called liga- 
ments, and are formed by a continuous redu- 
plication of the peritoneum,, receding from its 
inner surface, inclosing cellular substance, and 
extending to some viscus, where its plates sep- 
arate, and, having diverged, embrace the vis- 
cus ; but the intermediate cellular substance 
always accompanies this membranaceous coat, 
and joins it with the true substance of the vis- 
cus. Of this short kind of production, three 
belong to the liver, one or two to the spleen, 
and others to the kidneys, and to the sides of 
the uterus and vagina. By these means, the 
tender substance of the viscera is defended 
from injury by any motion or concussion, and 
their whole mass is prevented from being mis- 
placed by their own weight, and from injuring 
themselves, being securely connected with the 
firm sides of the peritoneum. It invests the 
intestines, being prolonged into folds forming 
the mesentery and epiploon. It is, like other 
serous tissues, a complete sack. 

PERITONI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from ireptTo- 
vaiov, the peritoneum.) Inflammation of the 
peritoneum. When inflammation takes place 
in the peritoneal covering of the viscera, the 
symptoms are similar to those which inflamma- 
tion of the viscera produces ; and the disease 
takes the name of the viscus in which the dis- 
ease is: thus, inflammation of the peritoneal 
covering of the liver produces symptoms of 
hepatitis; that of the stomach, symptoms of 
gastritis, and so on. The symptoms of pertoni- 
tis, when the viscera are not affected, are, ten- 
derness in the part when pressed, and fixed 
pain, accompanied by fever, and, generally, 
considerable disturbance of the system. It may 
be produced by any of the causes of inflamma- 
tion, and requires the free use of the lancet, 
leeches, blisters, the warm bath, and fomenta- 
tions, and the same internal remedies as reduce 
inflammatory fever, and inflammation in other 
parts. There is a particular form of peritonitis 
incident to lying in women, which is sometimes 
epidemic, and which is very violent and fatal. 
See Puerperal fever. There is a chronic form 
496 



PER 

of peritonitis, which may either be primary, or 
consecutive on the acute. Its course is usually 
protracted, and its symptoms obscure. It is 
generally fatal. 

Peritonitis, ttphoh^emic. Puerperal fever. 

Peritro'pal. When the embryo of a seed 
is turned from the axis nearly to a right angle. 

Perityphlitis. Inflammation of the cellular 
tissue about the caecum. 

Periwinkle. Vinca minor. 

Perizo'ma. 1. A girdle. 2. The diaphragm; 
a truss. 

Perkinism. See Metallic tractors. 

Per'la. A pearl. Margarita. 

Perlate acid. Superphosphate of soda. 

Permanent. Persistent. 

Permanga'nic acid. A compound of Mg 3 Or 
existing in the red mineral chameleon. It may 
be obtained as a crimson solution from perman- 
ganate of baryta by the action of sulphuric acid. 

PERMEABI'LITY. (From permeo, to pass 
through.) That property of certain bodies, as 
membranes, the cellular tissue, &c, of allowing 
particular gases and fluids to pass through their, 
substance. It is the result of a capulary or 
porous texture. 

PE'RNIO. (o, onis, m.) A chilblain. A 
chilblain is a painful inflammatory swelling, of 
a deep purple or leaden color, to which the 
fingers, toes, heels, and other extreme parts of 
the body are subject, on being exposed to a 
severe degree of cold. Protection from cold and 
stimulating embrocations are to be employed. 

Perni'trate. Pernitras. A nitrate of the 
peroxide of a metal, as pernitrate of iron. See 
Ferri pernitras. 

Perodacty'leus. The flexor longus digito- 
rum pedis profundus perforans. 

Perome'lia. Congenital want of any limb. — 
Good. 

PE'RONE. (From neipu, to fasten ; so called 
because it fastens together the' tibia and the 
muscles.) The fibula. , 

Perone'al. Relating to the fibula. 

Peroneal artery. The fibular artery; a 
branch of the popliteal. 

Peroneal nerve. The external popliteal 
nerve is the peroneal. 

Perone'us. Hepovacoc- Belonging to the 
fibula. 

Peroneus anticus. See Peroneus brevis. 

Peroneus brevis. This muscle is the pero- 
neus secundus, seu anticus, of Douglas ; the pero- 
neus medius, seu anticus, of Winslow; and the 
peronaus secundus of Cowper. It arises from 
the anterior and outer part of the fibula, its 
fibres continuing to adhere to the lower half of 
that bone. Its round tendon passes through the 
groove in the malleolus externus, along with 
that of the peroneus longus, after which it runs 
in a separate groove to be inserted into the up- 
per and posterior part of the tubercle at the 
basis of the metatarsal bone that supports the 
little toe. Its use is to assist the peroneus 
longus. 

Peroneus longus. This muscle, peroneui 
primus, seu posticus, of Douglas ; peroneus max* 
imus, seu posterior, of Winslow ; and peronaut 
primus of Cowper, is situated somewhat ante* 
riorly along the outer side of the leg. It arise* 



PER 

from the external lateral part of the head of the 
tibia, the upper anterior surface, and outer side 
of the fibula. It terminates in a long, round 
tendon, which runs obliquely behind the mal- 
leolus interims, where it passes through a car- 
tilaginous groove in common with the peroneus 
brevis, being bound down by an annular liga- 
ment. When it has reached the os calcis, it 
quits the tendon of the peroneus brevis, and 
runs obliquely inward along a groove in the os 
cuboides, under the muscles on the sole of the 
foot, to be inserted into the outside of the pos- 
terior extremity of the metatarsal bone that sup- 
ports the great toe. Near the insertion of this 
muscle we find a small bursa mucosa. This 
muscle draws the foot outward, and likewise 
assists in extending it. 

Peroneus maximus. P. posticus. P. primus. 
See Peroneus longus. 

Peroneus medius. P. secundus. See Pero- 
neus brevis. -0 

Peroneus tertius. This is the name given 
by Albinus to a muscle, which by some writers 
is called nonns Vesalii, or Vesalius's ninth mus- 
cle of the foot, but by most considered in the 
present day as a portion of the extensor longus 
digitorum pedis. It is situated at the anterior, 
inferior, and outer part of the leg, along the out- 
er edge of the last-described muscle, to which 
it is intimately united. It arises, fleshy, from the 
anterior surface of the lower half of the fibula, 
and from the adjacent part of the interosseus 
ligament. Its fibres run obliquely downward 
toward a tendon which passes under the annu- 
lar ligament, and then running obliquely out- 
ward, it is inserted into the root of the metatar- 
sal bone that supports the little toe. This mus- 
cle assists in bending the foot. 

PERO'XIDE. The highest state of oxydation 
of any compound without acid properties. 

Perosfla'nchnica. Congenital want of a 
portion of the viscera. — Good. 

Perry. A vinous liquor made from pears. 

Pe'rsea. The name given to the genus 
Laurus by Sprengel. 

Pe'rsica. The peach. Amygdalus persica. 

Persica'ria. Polygonum persicaria. 

Persi'cus ignis. Persian Jire. Anthrax. 

Persi'mmon. Diospyros virginiana. • 

Persi'stent. Persistens. Permanent. 

Persistens febris. A regular intermitting 
fever, the paroxysms of which return at con- 
stant and stated periods. 

Persona'ta. Arctium lappa. 

PERSONATE. Personatus. (From persona, 
a mask.) A term applied to a gaping blossom 
or monopetalous corolla, when irregular, and 
closed by a kind of palate, as in Antirrhinum. 

PERSPIRATION. (Pcrspiratio, onis, f.) 
The fluid secreted by the sudoriparous follicles. 
These are very minute follicles, situated in the 
adipose cellules below the corium, and termi- 
nating in the ridges of the skin by a single spi- 
ral or tortuous tube. The number averages 
twenty-eight hundred in a square inch of the 
skin, and seven millions over the whole body. 
Their secretion is usually thrown off as a vapor, 
being heated by the body ; but, under a high 
dew-point, and when in great excess, it be- 
comes a fluid. In these two states it is called 
Ii 



PER 

insensible and sensible perspiration, or sweat. 
This fluid consists chiefly of water ; it also con- 
tains lactic acid, epithelium scales, carbonic 
acid, salts of soda, potash, and phosphates, the 
solid contents varying from J to 1$ per cent. 
The total amount from the body varies with the 
temperature, amount of water drank, and dew- 
point, from 1£ pounds to five or more pounds 
daily. Besides this there is exhaled, by com- 
mon evaporation from the lungs, about eighteen 
ounces of fluid daily, which is called the pulmo- 
nary exhalation, and is a fixed quantity. It ap- 
pears that upward of 100 grains of effete azo- 
tized matter is discharged from the skin daily. 
The kidneys act vicariously with the skin m 
the amount of fluid thrown off in the day, and 
under different circumstances. Besides the 
sudoriparous glandulce, certain parts of the skin 
are furnished with sebaceous follicles, especially 
the axilla?, &c. These glands are of the same 
general structure as the foregoing, but often 
more complex ; they secrete the oily and odor- 
ous matter of the skin, which mixes with the 
perspiration. 

Perspiration varies in respect to, 1. The tern' 
perature of the atmosphere. — Thus men have a 
more copious, viscid, and higher-colored sweat 
in summer than in winter, and in warm coun- 
tries than in colder regions. 2 . Sex. — The sweat 
of a man is said to smell more acrid than that 
of a woman. 3. Age. — The young are more 
subject to sweat than the aged, who, during 
the excessive heat of the summer, scarcely sweat 
at all. 

In disease, the importance of perspiration is 
made very apparent, fevers being associated 
with its absence or diminution, and a favorable 
crisis being frequently seen in connection with 
its re-establishment. Hence the importance of 
diaphoretics in medicine. 

Persu'lphate. Persulphas. The sulphate 
of a peroxide, as persulphate of iron. See Ferri 
persulphas. 

PERTURBATION. (From perturbo, to dis- 
turb.) In Medicine, disturbance of the natural 
progress of a disease by therapeutic agents. 
Pcrturbating medicine, a term applied to a mode 
of treating diseases by very active means, fitted 
to change their natural course or arrest their 
progress. 

PERTU'SSIS. (is, is, f. ; from per, much, and 
tussis, cough.) The hooping-cough. A disease 
known by a convulsive strangulating cough, 
accompanied with a peculiar sonorous inspira- 
tion or whoop, returning by fits, that are usually 
terminated by vomiting ; and by its being con- 
tagious. 

It attacks children ; occurs but once ; the fits 
are most violent at night and morning; and it 
usually lasts six weeks or more ; but if it con- 
tinues during a longer time, change of air is 
necessary. Hooping-cough usually subsides 
without danger, but it may induce inflammation 
of the bronchia), convulsions, hydrocephalus, 
and other fatal affections of the brain or lungs. 
When vomiting occurs naturally, nature adopts 
the most effective treatment, and the disease is 
of short duration. In plethoric patients bleed- 
ing may be necessary, but the principal de- 
pendence is in nauseating doses of ipecacuanha* 

497 



PES 

The bowels should be kept open, a blister em- 
ployed in severe cases, and assafoetida and sed- 
atives where the complaint does not readily give 
way, and the convulsive symptoms are severe. 
Warm clothing, and a mild, abstemious diet, 
are necessary. 

Peruvian balsam. Myroxylon peruiferum. 

Peruvian bark. Peruvianus cortex. See 
Cinchona. 

Peruvian ipecacuanha. The root of the 
Psychotria emetica : it is exported from Cartha- 
gena, and constitutes the striated or black ipe- 
cacuanha. 

Peruvianus cortex flavus. Cinchona cor - 
difolia. 

Peruvianus cortex ruber. Cinchona ob- 
longifolia. 

PERVE'RSION. Perversio. 1. A change 
which is of a morbid nature. 2. A diseased 
state of the humors. 

P E R V I G PL I U M. ( urn, ii, n. ; from per, 
much, and vigilo, to watch.) Watching, or a 
want of sleep. 

Pervi'nca. Vinca minor. 

PES. (es, cdis, m. ; a foot.) The foot. It 
consists of the tarsus, metatarsus, and toes. It 
has its proper muscles and tendons, arteries, 
veins, and nerves. 

Pes accessorius. A swelling on the outer 
wall of the cornu ammonis, somewhat resem- 
bling the hippocampus major, but of smaller size. 

Pes alexandrinus. Anthemis pyrethrum. 

Pes anseri'nus. The radiated expansion of 
the portio dura on the side of the face. 

Pes cati. Gnaphalium dioicum. 

Pes colombi'nus. Geranium rotundifolium. 

Pes equinus. Club foot. 

Pes hippocampi. Two columns at the end 
of the fornix of the brain, which diverge poste- 
riorly. See Encephalos. 

Pes leonis. Alchemilla vulgaris. 

Pes tigridis. A species of Ipomeaa. 

PE'SSARY. (Pessarium, ii, n.; from neaaoc, 
a small stone.) An instrument made of wood, 
ivory, caoutchouc, or other materials, introduced 
into the vagina to support the uterus in cases 
of prolapsus, or in vaginal hernia?. Pessaries 
are of various forms; as the globe pessary, the 
ring pessary, the conical pessary, &c. 

Pessu'lus. Pessus. A pessary. 

Pestile'nce. A plague. 

PESTILE'NTIAL. (Pestilentialis ; from 
pettis, the plague.) A disease which is epi- 
demic and malignant. 

Pestile'nt-wort. Tussilago petasites. 

Pestilo'chia. Aristolochia virginiana. 

PE'STIS. ( From perdo, to destroy.) Peslis 
contagiosa. P. orientalis. The plague, a disease 
characterized by typhoid fever, which is con- 
tagious in the extreme ; prostration of strength, 
vomiting of bilious matter, buboes, and carbun- 
cles; petechiae, hemorrhage, and colliquative 
diarrhaia. It is miasmatic, requires a high tem- 
perature for its development, and is remarkably 
fatal, running its course in four or five days, 
sometimes less. There is little hope from treat- 
ment, but that for severe typhus is the best, 
with every exertion to maturate the buboes 
when they appear ; and the most rapidly fatal 
cases occur without these abscesses. The dis- 
498 



PET 

ease is peculiarly malignant in the Levant and 

Egypt. 

Dissections have discovered the gall bladder 
full of black bile, the liver very considerably 
enlarged, the lungs, kidneys, and intestines be- 
set with carbuncles. They have likewise dis- 
covered all the other appearances observed in 
typhus fever. The plague may be communica- 
ted by inoculation with the matter of the buboes. 

Pestis bellica. Typhus gravior. 

Pestis nigra. The black pestilence, or black 
death of the fourteenth century. It originated 
in Asia, and passed over the world, and is said 
to have destroyed a fourth part of the people of 
that time. It was a true Eastern plague, with 
black petechia?, and attended by a typhoid 
pneumonia. 

PE'TAL. {Pelalum, i, n.) The name of 
the colored leaflets of the corolla of a flower. 

Petaloi'des. 1. Resembling a petal. 2. 
Urine which has in it flaky suMltances resem- 
bling leaves. — Hippocrates- 

Peta'sites. Tussilago petasites. 

PETE'CHIA. (a, <c, f.) Peticula. A red 
or purple spot, which resembles a flea-bite. It 
arises from a small extravasation of blood under 
the skin. When the extravasation is larger, so 
as to resemble a bruise, it is called a vibex. 
Petechia? and vibices are common in malignant 
fevers. 

Petechia sine febre. Purpura simplex. 

Pete'chial. Having, or resembling, pete- 
chia?. 

Petechial scurvy. Scorbutus. 

Peti'olar. Petiola'ris. Fixed to the peti- 
ole or leaf-stalk. 

Peti'olate. Petiola'tus. Leaves which are 
furnished with a stalk. 

PETI'OLUS. (us, i, m. ; from petalum, a 
leaf.) A petiole. The leaf-stalk of a plant. 

Petra'pium. Bubon macedonicum. 

PETRO'LEUM. Petrelm'um. (From nerpa, 
a rock, and oleum, oil.) A natural liquid bitu- 
minous substance. 

Petroleum barbadense. Barbadoes tar. A 
veiy dark-colored liquid bitumen, brought from 
Trinidad and other places. 

Petroleum rubrum. A species of naphtha 
from the village of Gabian in Languedoc. 

Petroleum sulphuratum. See Balsamum 
sulphuris barbadense. 

Petromyzon fluviatilis. The lesser lam- 
prey. — P. bronchialis. The lampem. — P. ma- 
rinus. The true lamprey. 

Petro-occipital. Belonging to the petrous 
portion of the temporal bone and the occipital 
bone, as the suture between these. 

Petro-pharyngjeus. The constrictor pha- 
ryngis superior. 

Petro-salpingo-pharyngeus. The levator 
palati mollis muscle. 

Petro-salpingo staphylinus. The levator 
palati. 

Petrosal sinus. See Sinus. 

Petroseli'num. P. vulgare. Apium. — P. 
macedonicum. Bubon macedonicum. 

Petro-sphenoidal suture. The small su- 
ture situated between the anterior margin of 
the petrous portion of the temporal bone and 
the posterior margin of the sphenoid bone. 



PHA 

Petro-staphylinus. The levator palati mol- 
lis muscle. — Chaussier. 

PETRO'SUS. Petrous. (From nerpa, a 
rock.) A portion of the temporal bone is the 
os petrosum, or petrous portion, on account of 
its great hardness. See Temporis os. 

Petrous ganglion. Petrosal ganglion. See 
Ganglion petrosum. 

PEUCE'DANUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifcrce. 
— P. officinale. Hog's fennel. The root has a 
fetid smell, and an acrid, unctuous, bitterish 
taste. The dried juice yields a gum-resin. 
Both are recommended as nervine and anti- 
hysteric. — P. si'laus. Meadow saxifrage. The 
roots, leaves, and seeds have been commended 
as aperients, diuretics, and carminatives. 

Pewter. An alloy of 17 parts of antimony 
to 1 00 parts of tin, with a little copper. 

PEYER'S GLANDS. Peyeri glandulm. 
The clustered mucous glands of the small intes- 
tines, especially the ileum. See Brunner's 
glands, and Intestines. 

PEZI'ZA. (a, a, f.) A genus of fungi. — 
P. auricula. Jew's ears. A membranaceous 
fungus resembling the human ear. It is astrin- 
gent. 

PHA'CIA. (Qania, a lentil.) A cutaneous 
spot or blemish, called by the Latins lentigo 
and lenticula. 

Phaci'tis. Inflammation of the crystalline 
lens. * 

Phacohymeni'tis. Inflammation of the cap- 
sule of the crystalline lens. 

PHAGEDENA, (a, ee, f.; from <j>ayu, to 
eat.) A species of ulcer that spreads very rap- 
idly. 

Phagedena gangrenosa. Hospital gan- 
grene. 

Phagede'nic. Phagedtenicus. 1. An ulcer- 
ation which spreads very rapidly. 2. An es- 
charotic body. 

Phalacro'sis. Baldness. 

Pha'lacrum. A probe. — Turton. 

Phala'nges. The plural of phalanx. 

Phalango'sis. 1. An affection of the eye- 
lids, where there are two or more rows of hairs 
upon them. 2. Ptosis. 

PHA'LANX. (a;, gis, f. ; from (jtarKay^, a 
battalion.) The small bones of the fingers and 
toes are distinguished into the first, second, and 
third phalanges. 

PHA'LARIS. (is,idis,i.) A genus of plants. 
Gramincce. — P. canariensis. Canary grass. 
The seed are ground into meal, and make a 
coarse sort ofVbread in the Canaries. 

Phallo'carcino'ma. Cancer of the penis. 

PHA'LLUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The penis. 2. 
A genus of fungi. — P. csculenlus. The morel 
fungus. It grows on moist banks and wet pas- 
tures in May, and is used as a delicacy, in the 
same manner as the truffle, for gravies and 
stewed dishes, but has an inferior flavor. — P. 
impudicus. The stinkhorn. 

PHANEROGA'MOUS. Phancrogamia. 
(From tyavtpog, distinct, and yapoc, marriage.) 
Those plants which bear perfect flowers, as dis- 
tinguished from the cryptogamia. 

PHANTA'SMA. Phantasm. (From <f>av- 
Ta£u, to make appear.) The imaginary per- 



PH A 

ception of an object. It may arise from disease 
of the eye or of the sensorium. 

PHARMACEU'TIC. (Pharmaceutics; 
from (jiap/xaKevu, to exhibit medicines.) Be- 
longing to pharmacy. 

Pharmaceu'tice. Pharmacy. 

Pharmaci'en. (French.) An educated 
druggist. 

Pharmacochy'mia. Pharmaceutic chemis- 
try. 

Pharmacodynamics. That branch of ma- 
teria medica which treats of the effects or 
power of medicines. 

Pharmacogno'sia. That part of pharmacy 
which treats of the simple drugs. 

PHARMACOLOGY. (Pharmacologia, a,as, 
f. ; from fyapuanov, and Tioyoc, a discourse.) The 
study of Pharmacy. 

PHARMACOPOEIA, (a, ce, f. ; from $ap- 
uaKov, and noieu, to make.) 1. The art of pre- 
paring medicines. 2. A dispensatory. 

Pharmacopo'la. A druggist. 

Pharmacopo'lium. A drug store. 

Pharmacopo'sia. A liquid medicine. 

Pharmacothe'ca. A medicine chest. 

Pharma'cum. A medicine or poison. 

PHARMACY. (Pharmacia, ee, f. ; from (j>ap~ 
uanov, a medicine. ) The art of preparing rem- 
edies for the treatment of diseases. 

Pharynge'thron. The pharynx, or fauces. 

PHARYNGE'AL. (Pharyngeus ; from 
cjiapvy!;, the pharynx.) Belonging to, or affect- 
ing the pharynx. 

Pharyngeal arteries. The superior or 
pterygopalatine artery is a branch of the in- 
ternal maxillary. The inferior arises from the 
external carotid on a level with the facial artery, 
and divides into a pharyngeal and meningeal 
branch. 

Pharyngeal nerve. A branch of the pneu- 
mogastric or eighth pair, distributed to the 
pharynx. This nerve, uniting with the glosso- 
pharyngeal, the superior laryngeal, and with 
branches from the first cervical plexus, form the 
network of nervous filaments called the pharyn- 
geal plexus. 

PHARYNGI'TIS. (a, idis, f. ; from pharynx, 
and if is, inflammation.) An inflammation of the 
membrane which forms the pharynx. It is 
known by the unnatural florid color of the 
pharynx, especially about the lower part of the 
fauces; and this is accompanied by feverish- 
ness of the inflammatory kind, which is seldom 
considerable. In most cases of phlegmonous 
tonsillitis the pharynx is also affected. Dr. Cul- 
len declares that he never saw a case in which 
the inflammation was confined to the pharynx t 
it constantly spreads in a greater or less degree 
to the tonsils and neighboring parts. The mode 
of treatment is the same as in tonsillitis. 

Pharyngitis, diphtheric Inflammation of 
the pharynx, with the formation of false mem- 
brane. ' 

Pharyngitis, follicular. Inflammation of 
the mucous follicles of the pharynx, sometimes- 
extending to the larynx, and constituting one 
variety of the clergyman's sore throat. 

Pharyngo'cele. A morbid enlargement of 
the pharynx and gullet. 

PHARYNGOPLE'GIA. (From ^apvjf, and 
499 



PHI 

nXeaau, to strike.) Pkaryngolysis. Paralysis 
- of the pharynx, a symptom of general paralysis 
or of approaching death. 

Pharyngo-staphyli'nus. A muscle origi- 
nating in the pharynx, and terminating in the 
uvula. The palato-pharyngeus. 

Pharyngo'tome. Pharyngotomus. A spring 
lancet furnished with a case, for scarifying the 
tonsils. 

PHARYNGOTO'MIA. (a, a, f.; from 
Qapvyi;, and te/ivu, to cut.) 1. The operation 
of cutting into the pharynx. 2. Scarification 
of the tonsils. 

PHARYNX, (x, git, f. _ Atto tov <j>epu, be- 
cause it conveys the food into the stomach.) 
The muscular bag at the back part of the 
mouth. It is shaped like a funnel, adheres to 
the fauces behind the larynx, and terminates in 
the oesophagus. Its use is to receive the masti- 
cated food, and to convey it into the oesophagus. 

PHASE'OLUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminoscc. 
— P. cre'ticus. Cajan. Cayan. A decoction 
of the leaves is said to restrain bleeding from 
piles. — P. vulgaris. The kidney-bean. 

Phasianus co'lohicus. The pheasant. — P. 
gallus. The common or domestic fowl. 

Pha'tnium. The socket of a tooth. 

Phausi'nges. A blister or pustule produced 
by heat. 

PHELLA'NDRIUM. (um,ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferee. 
— P. aquaticum. Water-iennel, or fine-leaved 
water-hemlock. It possesses narcotic and pois- 
onous qualities, which are best counteracted by 
acids, after clearing the prima3 via?. 

Phenecin. A purple substance obtained by 
Mr. Cram from indigo ; the hydrate of indigo. 

Pheni'gmus. ' A disease accompanied with a 
red color of the skin without fever. — Sauvagcs. 

PHENOMENON. In the plural phenomena. 
(From tyaivojiat, to appear.) A remarkable oc- 
currence. The phenomena of a disease are its 
symptoms. 

Phi'ala. A phial, or small bottle of one, two, 
or a few ounces contents. 

Philadel'phus. Galium aparine. 

Philia'tros . An amateur, or student of med- 
icine. 

Philonium londinense. Confectii opii. 

Philosopher's stone. Lapis philosopho- 
rum. 

PHILLY'RIA. (a,a,{.) A genus of plants. 
Diandria. Monogynia. Mock privet. The 
P. media and P. latifolia yield a peculiar crys- 
talline principle of a bitter taste and supposed 
tonic properties, called phillyrine. 

PHl'LTRUM. (um,i,n.; from^t^ew,tolove.) 
1. A philtre, or medicine to excite love. 2. The 
groove between the nose and the upper lip. 

Phimo'sicus. Relating to phimosis. 

PHIMO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from <j>i/wu, to tie 
or bind up.) A constriction of the extremity 
of the prepuce, which, preventing the glans 
from being uncovered, is often the occasion of 
many troublesome complaints. If the constric- 
tion can not be overcome by leeches, poultices, 
-or the hot bath, the prepuce is to be divided by 
a bistoury passed along a director previously 
introduced. 
500 



PHL 

Phlebecta'sia. Dilation of a vein. — Alibert. 

Phlebes aetioi. The temporal veins. 

Phle'bion. A vein. 

PHLEBI'TIS. (From <j>lef, a vein, and itis, 
the terminal denoting inflammation.) Inflam- 
mation of a vein. Veins are liable to two forms 
of inflammation, namely, the circumscribed and 
the diffuse. The first occurs only from injuries, 
and we have continual examples of it in the 
healing of wounded veins, which takes place 
by adhesive inflammation, as in other textures. 
The diffuse inflammation of veins may arise 
spontaneously or from injuries. It has most 
frequently been observed in consequence of the 
operation of venesection. A striking instance 
of its idiopathic occurrence is presented in the 
case of uterine phlebitis. See Puerperal fever. 

Diffuse inflammation of veins gives rise to the 
most formidable symptoms. The patient is af- 
fected with adynamic fever, and extreme rest- 
lessness, anxiety, and depression. Severe and 
frequent rigors take place, and secondary in- 
flammations occur in various parts of the body, 
which terminate rapidly in effusion of pus or 
lymph ; more frequently the former. It gen- 
erally terminates in death, preceded by a high- 
ly typhoid state, a black tongue, fluttering 
pulse, and low delirium. It was, till lately, 
supposed that the fatal effects of inflammation 
of a vein arose from the extension of the dis- 
eased action to the heart ; but it is now«ascer- 
tained that the bad symptoms arise from the in- 
troduction of pus into the blood, which acts as 
a poison, and is a frequent cause of abscess in 
the viscera and other parts. It has been further 
proved that the abscesses in the viscera, joints, 
&c, which occasionally follow great surgical 
operations, and which have hitherto appeared 
so unaccountable, have their real origin in phle- 
bitis. Diffuse inflammation of veins, though 
generally suppurative, is not necessarily so: 
and veins, as well as arteries, have sometimes 
had a portion of their canal obliterated by ad- 
hesive inflammation. The treatment of diffuse 
phlebitis, arising from injury, must at first be 
decidedly antiphlogistic, as the only chance of 
preventing suppuration and its formidable con- 
sequences resides in the early subjugation of 
the inflammatory action. It is not easy to de- 
termine how far general bleeding is likely to 
be serviceable in this case, because, although it 
be the most powerful of all the means of arrest- 
ing the primary inflammation, it is calculated 
rather to accelerate than to retard the progress 
of suppuration, if this have actually commenced 
in any part distant from that first affected. 
When pus has been taken into the blood and 
contaminated the whole system, and given rise 
to secondary suppuration, much need not bo 
said about the treatment, as the evil is quite be- 
yond our control. The only remedies indicated 
are stimulants, opium, &c, as in the worst form 
of typhus. 

Phlebitis crural. Phlegmasia dolens. 

Phlebitis uterine. Puerperal fever. 

PHLE'BOLITE. (Phlebo'lithus; fromtfaeV, 
a vein, and Xidoc, a stone.) A venal calculus. 
Small calculi, varying in. size from that of a 
millet-seed to that of a pea, have been found in 
different veins, most frequently in those of the 



PHL 

uterus, bladder, prostate gland, and rectum. 
They appear to be generally of an oval form, a 
yellow color, a concentric lamellated texture, 
and calcareous or phosphatic composition. 

PHLEBORRHA'GIA. (From ftop, and 
pijywfti, to break out.) A rupture of a vein. 

Phleborrhe'xis. Synonym of phleborrha- 
gia. 

Phlebotome. A fleam or lancet. 

PHLEBO'TOMY. (Phlebotomia, a,f. ; from 
pTittf), and re/ivu, to cut.)" The opening of a 
vein. See Venesection. 

PHLEGM. (Phlegma, atis, n.) 1. One of 
% the primary humors of the body, according to 
the Greek physiologists. 2. Inflammation. — 
Hippocrates. 3.* The viscid mucus expecto- 
rated. 

Phlegmago'gue. Expectorant. 

PHLEGMASIA. ' (a, ce, f. ; from fksya, to 
burn.) Inflammation. 

Phlegmasia dolens. Phlegmasia lactea. P. 
alba. A disease which mostly occurs to women 
soon after delivery ; and hence it has been call- 
ed the puerperal tumid leg. The disease usu- 
ally appears from ten to sixteen days after par- 
turition : the symptoms are pyrexia, stiffness of 
the thigh ; pain and weight, mostly on one side ; 
the thigh becomes hot, tender, and white ; the 
pain becomes excruciating, and extends along 
the leg ; there is oedema ; the crural veins can 
frequently be traced as a hard cord ; the swell- 
ing extends, and the pain diminishes. The 
limb may become of thrice its natural size; it 
does not pit, but is unyielding, and presents hard 
knots in various parts. This state of things 
lasts for several weeks, when the limb returns to 
its natural state, the affection ending in resolu- 
tion. This disease is now well known to be an 
inflammatory affection of the crural and uterine 
veins, arising from the presence of the gravid 
uterus, &c, the swelling being due to an effu- 
sion of serum and coagulable lymph, which is 
reabsorbed. But it sometimes ends in suppu- 
ration, and the formation of ulcers difficult to 
heal, or in gangrene. Some of the veins are 
often obliterated. 

The cure is to be attempted first by leeches 
applied down the course of the limb, poppy- 
head fomentations, and alvine evacuants; and 
afterward, as soon as the inflammatory symp- 
toms have abated, by local stimulants, so as to 
excite the torpid absorbents to increased action, 
of which the volatile liniment, with laudanum, 
may be advantageously used by frictions. Mer- 
curial liniment is occasionally beneficial. The 
chronic weakness is to be removed by a con- 
tinuation of the friction, bathing, an elastic band- 
age round the limb, pure air, and, if necessary, 
bark, cascarilla, and a generous diet. 

PHLEGMASIA. Inflammations. The sec- 
ond order in the Pyrexia; of Cullen, character- 
ized by pyrexia, with topical pain and inflam- 
mation ; the blood, after venesection, exhibiting 
a buffy coat. 

Phlegmatopy'ra. Adeno-meningeal fever. 

Phlegmatorrha'gia. A cold. 

Phlegmhymeni'tis. Phlegmymenitis. In- 
flammation of a mucous membrane. 

PHLE'GMON. (on, onis, m. ; from ^Keyu, 
to burn.) Phlegmone. An inflammation of that 



PH(E 

kind which is otherwise called healthy inflam* 
motion ; such as attacks the cellular tissue, end- 
ing in resolution or suppuration, as in an ab- 
scess. 

Phle'gmonoid. Resembling phlegmon. 

Phlegmonoid erysipelas. Erysipelas. 

Phlegmonous. Of the nature of phlegmon. 

Phlegmonous inflammation. Inflammation 
leading to suppuration. 

PHLOGI'STIC. (Phlogisticus ; from 0?lo- 
ytfu, to burn.) Inflammatory. 

Phlogi'ston. A supposed general inflamma- 
ble principle of Stahl. 

Phlogisticated air. Nitrogen gas. 

PHLOGO'SIS. (From Qloyou, to inflame.) 
Inflammation. See Inflammation. 

Phlogo'tic Phlogoticus. Inflammatory. 

PHLORI'DZINE. (From floioc, bark, and 
pi&, a root.) A crystalline principle closely re- 
sembling salicine, and having tonic and febri- 
fuge properties, extracted from the bark of the 
root of the apple, pear, plum, &c, trees. The 
crystals are deposited from a decoction of these 
barks as it cools ; *hey have a sp. gr. of 1-429, 
and are readily soluble in water at 70° F., or 
above, or in alcohol, and but little soluble in 
cold water or ether. The composition of phlo- 
ridzine is C42H23O18+6HO ; hence it only differs 
from salicine in containing two atoms more of 
oxygen. 

It has been found very serviceable in inter- 
mittents, ten to twenty grains arresting a par- 
oxysm. 

By the action of boiling dilute sulphuric acid 
it is converted into a resinous body, Phloretine, 
C30H15OK)? When moist phloridzine is ex- 
posed to the action of air and ammonia, it is con- 
verted into a deep red color, which dissolves in 
ammonia, and may be precipitated by acids: 
this is called Phtoridseine, and has the compo- 
sition C43H29N2O26, or phloridzine plus eight 
equivalents of oxygen and two equivalents of 
ammonia. When dried, it forms a rich blue 
coloring matter, similar to indigo. 

P H L Y C T M'N A. (a, m, f. QXvuraivai, 
small bladders; from ty"kv&, to boil.) A small 
pellucid vesicle, that contains a serous fluid. 

Phly'ctenoid. Resembling a phlyctama. 

Phlycti'dium. A circular pustule encircled 
by an inflamed zone, as in the small-pox. f 

Phly'ctis. A tumor with great heat. 

Phly'sis. 1. Phlyctama. 2. A whitlow. 

Phlyza'cium. See Pustule. 

Phlyzacion. Ecthyma. 

Phobodi'psia. (a, a, f. ; from $o6eu, to fear r 
and diipij, thirst.) Fear of drinking. 

Phocenic acid. See Phocenine. 

PHOCE'NINE. M. Chevreuil found in the 
oil of the porpoise (Delphinium phocana) a pe- 
culiar fatty matter mixed with elaine. This he 
named Phocenine. When saponified it yields • 
a volatile odoriferous acid, called the Phocenic 
acid. 

Ph(eni'ceus. Crimson. 

Ph<enici'smus. The measles. — Plouquet. 

Ph(ENIci'tes lapis. The lapis judaicus. 

Phceni'cius morbus. The tubercular ele- 
phantiasis. 

Phosni'gmus. 1. A red eruption on the skin, 
without fever. 2. A rubefacient. 

501 



PHO 

PHCE'NIX. (ix,icis,f.) A genua of palms. 
—P. dactyli'fera. The date-tree. 

PHO'NICUS. (From <j>uvv, the voice.) Re- 
lating to the voice. 

Pho'nica. Phonono'si. Diseases of the vo- 
cal organs. 

Phora. Gestation. 

Pho'sgene gas. Chloro-carbonic acid. 

PHO'SPHATE. (Phosphas,^tis,l) A salt 
of phosphoric acid with a base. 

Phospha'tic acid. Phosphoric acid. 

Phosfhatic diathesis. A morbid state of 
the constitution, tending to the formation of cal- 
culi of the phosphates. 

Pho'sphite. Phosphis. A salt of phosphor- 
ous acid. 

PHOSPHORESCENCE. Phosphorescentia. 
The luminous appearance which is presented 
by phosphorescent bodies. 

Phosfhore'scent. Having the property of 
being luminous in the dark. 

PHOSPHORIC ACID. Acidum phosphori- 
cum._ The acid compound of phosphorus and 
oxygen, POs; equiv., 71-4. *It exists in three 
forms : bibasic (pyrophosphoric acid) acid ; gla- 
cial, or metaphosphoric acid, obtained by fusing 
the hydrated ; and, 3dly, the hydrated, or tn- 
basic acid. The glacial acid is used to a small 
extent in medicine: it is intensely sour, very 
soluble, and deliquescent; sp. gr., 2-68. It is 
sparingly used as a febrifuge in the form of 
lemonade, and as an injection, but does not 
seem to be superior to other acids. Phosphoric 
acid exists abundantly in bones, the urine, and 
most animal fluids, in combination with bases. 
It is also found in the mineral and vegetable 
kingdom. 

Phosphorous acid. Acidum phosphor osum. 
It is very sour, reddens vegetable blues, and 
neutralizes bases ; is deliquescent, and a pow- 
erful deoxydizing agent. Formula, P0 3 ;.eq., 
55-4. 

PHO'SPHORUS. (us, i, m. ; from Que, light, 
and <j>epo, to bear.) An extremely combustible 
element, of a grayish-yellow color, consistence 
of wax; sp. gr., 1-77, melting at 113°, and boil- 
ing at 572° F. ; phosphorescent in the dark, 
and emitting a white smoke in the air. It may 
_be distilled if air be absent, otherwise it in- 
flames and becomes oxydized. It is insoluble 
in water, but dissolves in oils and ether. Its 
symbol is P; eq., 31*4. This element is ob- 
tained by decomposing bones, and it is present 
in nearly every tissue of the human body/com- 
bined with proteiue, &c. It forms four com- 
pounds with oxygen; P 2 Oj the oxide; PO, 
hypophosphorous acid ; PO3, phosphorous acid ; 
and the phosphoric acid, P0 6 . It also com- 
bines with the metals, forming phosphurets, and 
% with chlorine, &c. With hydrogen it yields 
two gaseous bodies, of which one is self-inflam- 
mable in the air, the phosphureted or perphos- 
phureted hydrogen. It is soluble in ether, and 
the JEther phosphoralus (q. v.) is one mode 
of administering it. It is a powerful nervous 
stimulant, but may cause death from inflamma- 
tion of the stomach; hence it is rarely employ- 
ed. Begin with a dose of Jyth to £th of a grain, 
"in ether or emulsion, during the day. It often 
acts as a stimulus to the generative function. 
502 



PHR * 

Pho'sphuret. Phosphuretum. A combina- 
tion of phosphorus with a metal. 

Phosphureted hydrogen. See Phosphorus. 

Photoge'nic Produced by the action of 
light. The Daguerreotype (which see) is some- 
times called a photogenic drawing. 

PHOTOGRAPHY. (From Que, fmdypa<pn, 
a painting.) The art of painting with light, as 
in the case of the Daguerreotype. There are 
many processes of photography, all of which 
resolve themselves into the production of a per- 
manent impression on the surface of a metal or 
paper, by the decomposing action of light, usu- 
ally the sun's light, on chemical preparations , 
covering the surface. The Cyanotypc of Sir J. 
F. Herschel, in which the painting is of a deli- 
cate blue color on paper, is one of the best 
phototypes after the Daguerreotype. The Col- 
lotype of Mr. Talbot is of a neutral tint, and 
is produced by the tanno-gallate of silver. 

Photo'meter. An instrument for measuring 
the intensity of light. Dr. Ritchie's instrument 
is best known ; there is also a valuable photo- 
meter by Sir' J. Herschel. 

Photoma'nia. A fit of insanity produced by 
the action of light. 

PHOTOPHOBIA, (a, a-, f. ; from 90c, light, 
and <j>u6eu, to dread. ) Such an intolerance of 
light that the eye, or, rather, the retina, can 
scarcely bear its irritating rays. Such patients 
generally wink or close their eyes in light, 
which they can not bear without exquisite pain 
or confused vision. The proximate cause is too 
great a sensibility in the retina. It is a particu- 
lar symptom of internal ophthalmia. When 8 
symptom of any disease, it requires the treat, 
ment of that disease; and when a mere nervous 
affection, cold bathing, cold applications to the 
eyes, and tonics are proper. 

PHOTO'PSIA. (a, a. f . ; from fug, and 
oipic, vision.) Lucid vision. An affection of 
the eye in which the patient perceives luminous 
rays, ignited lines, or coruscations. 

Phototy'pe. A drawing or engraving pro- 
duced by the action of light. See Photography. 

Phragmi'tes. Arundo phragmites. 

Phra'gmus. The rows of teeth. 

PHRE'NES. (From typrjv, the mind; be- 
cause the ancients imagined that the mind was 
seated there.) 1. The pracordia. 2. The di- 
aphragm. 

Phrene'sis. Phrenetiasis. Cephalitis. 

Phre'nic. Phrcnicus. Belonging to the di- 
aphragm. 

Phrenic arteries. See Diaphragmatic ar- 
teries. 

Phrenic nerve. Diaphragmatic nerve. It 
arises from a union of the branches of the third, 
fourth, and fifth cervical pairs on each side, 
passes between the clavicle and subclavian ar- 
tery, and thence descends by the pericardium 
to the diaphragm. 

Phrenic veins. See Diaphragmatic veins. 

PHRENI'CA. (From <ppnv, the mind.) An 
order of diseases of Dr. Good, characterized by 
error, perversion, or debility of one or more of 
the faculties of the mind. 

PHRENI'TIS. (is, idis, f. Qpevmc; from 
<j>pqv, the mind.) Phrensy. Inflammation of 
the brain. See Encephalitis. 



• PHT 

Phrenitis latrans. Hydrophobia. 

PHRENO'LOGY. (Phrenologia,<e,U from 
^prjv, the mind, and loyog, a discourse.) That 
system of mental philosophy which regards the 
brain as made up of numerous (42) parts, each 
subservient to a particular affection, instinct, or 
quality. The development of each of these 
qualities is associated with the relative size of 
the organ in different brains. Of the general 
principle that the size of the brain and its pe- 
culiar development is connected with the intel- 
ligence of an individual, there is little doubt, 
but the location of 42 organs is probably very 
premature. The following are the organs : 



1. Conservation. 

2. Alimentation. 

3. Destruction. 

4. Cunning. 

5. Courage. 

6. Choice of places. 

7. Concentration. 

8. Attachment for life, or 
marriage. 

9. Attachment. 

10. Reproduction. 

11. Philoprogbnitiveness. 

12. Property. 

13. Circumspection. 

14. Perception of substance 
or objects. 

15. Configuration. 

16. Size. 

17. Distance. 

18. Geometrical sense. 

19. Resistance. 

20. Localities. 

21. Numbers. 

22. Order. 



23. Time. 

24. Language. 

25. Coloring. 

26. Eventuality. 

27. Talent for construc- 
tion. 

28. Musical talent. 

29. Talent for imitation. 

30. Comparison. 

31. Causality. 

32. Discrimination. 

33. Vanity. 

34. Self-esteem. 

35. Firmness, persever- 
ance. 

36. Conscience. 

37. Veneration. 

38. Hope. 

39. Benevolence. 

40. Sentiment of the mar- 
vellous. 

41. Poetical sentiment. 

42. Sentiment of the beau- 
tiful in arts. 



Phrensy. See Phrenitis. 

Phrice'. $ptKTj. An intense sensation of 
cold ; a shivering. 

Phrico'des febius. Febris horrificus. 

Phtha'rma. A generic term for the diseases 
of the eye ; hence P. calligo is calligo, P. cat- 
aracta is cataract, &c. 

Phtheiriasis. See Phthiriasis. 

Phtheiro'ctanum. Phtheirium. Delphini- 
um staphisagria. 

PHTHIRIA'SIS. (is, is, vel cos, f. ; from 
■ <j>6etp, a louse.) Morbus pcdiculbsits. Pedicu- 
latio. Phtheiriasis. A disease in which sev- 
eral parts of the body generate lice, which often 
puncture the skin, and produce little sordid ul- 
cers. 

Phthi'sicus. Phthinodes. Phthisical. Re- 
lating to consumption or phthisis. 

Phthisiolo'gy. Phthisiologia. A treatise 
on phthisis. 

Phthisi-pneumoxia. Phthisis pulmona- 
lis. 

PHTHPSIS. (is, is, or cos, f. $0iair, from 
tydio, to consume.) Wasting of the frame, from 
whatever cause; but in the medical language 
of the present day the term is restricted to the 
disease commonly called pulmonary consump- 
tion, or phthisis puhnonalis. 

Phthisis is often confounded with other dis- 
eases of the lungs, especially chronic bronchi- 
tis, but is now confined to the disease produced 
by the development of tubercles in the lungs. 
This is, for the most part, a hereditary disease 
of cold, changeable climates, which may be ex- 
cited by almost every cause, and usually ap- 
pears between the fourteenth and twenty-fifth 



PHT 

year. Those laboring under the tubercular di- 
athesis have usually a fair or sallow complex- 
ion, small chest, light eyes and hair, swollen 
upper lip, large veins, Blight frame; are usually 
irritable, sensitive, and often of an active and 
brilliant nature. Such persons, even from child- 
hood, are subject to a form of dyspepsia (stru- 
mous dyspepsia). There is a constant furred 
tongue, with red papilla?, flatulence, clayey 
stools, foetid breath, thirst, night sweats, cold 
hands and feet, restlessness at night. The 
complexion becomes pasty ; the child languid, 
irritable ; the throat is liable to irritation ; the 
tonsils are often permanently enlarged ; epistax- 
is may occur ; the bowels are irregular, and dis- 
charges of mucus and blood, with undigested 
food, occur ; in other words, the tubercular or 
strumous cachexia is established. 

A cold, or almost any cause, gives rise to the 
production of tubercles, and true phthisis arises. 
In this there are three stages: 1st, there is a 
dry, almost constant cough ; constriction of the 
chest, weight in the sternum, dyspnoea, languor, 
loss of appetite, dejection. The patient con- 
tinues thus a long time, and is very subject to 
colds. 2d. The cough becomes very harassing, 
especially at night and morning ; there is an ex- 
puition of puriform matter ; the dyspnoea is very 
oppressive, the emaciation great ; the pulse is 
full, hard, and frequent (120) ; there is fever in 
the morning and evening, colliquative sweats, 
irregular bowels, often haemoptysis. 3d. Con- 
finned hectic is established ; colliquative sweats 
and diarrhoea occur ; aphtha? of the fauces ; ex- 
cessive debility and emaciation ; the feet swell 
and become cold ; nails of a livid color, and in- 
curved; the mind is often clear and hopeful to 
the last few days, when a slight delirium often 
occurs. This course is run in from three to 
eighteen months. The disease, when confirm- 
ed and extensive, is nearly always fatal ; recov- 
eries do, however, occur when the tubercles 
are few in number. 

The physical signs of these three stages are, 
1 st. A slight dullness on percussion toward the 
summit of one or both lungs; the respiratory 
murmur is there weaker, and the voice and 
cough more resonant, with wheezing. 2d. The 
inspiration is bronchial, the sound on percussion 
is duller, the expiration loud, the resonance of 
the voice and cough increased. 3d. The tu- 
bercles being softened, there is unusual reso- 
nance of the voice ; the percussion becomes clear 
in some parts ; there is a subcrepitant rale, and 
even a gurgling sound, and then pectoriloquy ; 
there is also cavernous tracheal inspiration and 
expiration. 

Treatment. — If it be recognized early, a suit- 
able diet to overcome the dyspepsia, warm 
clothing, pure air and exercise, and a removal 
to a genial climate, as that of Madeira, the 
Azores, some portions of Florida, and the West 
Indies, is the most certain means of treatment, 
and may save the patient. If this stage be 
past, there is nothing left but palliatives, and 
reliance on the natural energy of the system. 
Counter-irritation, digitalis, and antimony are 
used in the inflammatory stage ; subsequently 
the treatment consists in alleviating urgent 
symptoms, as the cough, diarrhoea, and sweats, 

503 



PHY 

by anodynes, antacids, and the last by the min- 
eral acids. The strength is to be sustained. 

Dr. W. Philip calls the rapidly fatal form of 
phthisis, in which the dyspeptic symptoms are 
very obvious, Dyspeptic Phthisis. 

Phthisis cancerous. Cancer, or enceph- 
aloid tumor of the lung. 

Phthisis dorsalis. See Tabes dor salts. 

Phthisis dyspeptic See Phthisis. 

Phthisis laryngea. The wasting and hectic 
occasioned by ulceration of the larynx in the 
worst cases of chronic larnygitis. 

Phthisis mesenterica. See Tabes mesen- 
terica. 

Phthisis pulmonalis. P. scrofulosa. P. 
tuberculosa. See Phthisis. 

Phthisis trachealis. A chronic inflamma- 
tion of the trachea, producing ulcerations, hec- 
tic, and wasting. 

Phthisu'ria. Diabetes mellitus. 

Phthoe. $0on. The same as Phthisis. 

Phthore'. Fluorine. 

PHTHO'RIUS. (*0opio f ; fr° m <l> e °P a > an 
abortion.) Promotive of abortion. 

Phu. Valeriana phu. 

Phycoma'ter. The gelatinous matter found 
on the ground, on trees, &c, in which the 
sporules of algffi and fungi vegetate. 

PHYGE'THLON. (^vyedlov; from <pvu, 
to grow.) Inflammation of the subcutaneous 
lymphatic glands. 

Phylacte'ry. An amulet. 

PHYLLA'NTHUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of 
plants. Monmcia. Monadclphia. — P. cmblica. 
The Indian tree from which the emblic myro- 
balan is obtained. 

Phylli'tis. Scolopendrium vulgare. 

Phyllo'dium. A leaf-like petiole. 

PHY'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from Qvu, to pro- 
duce.) 1. A tubercle or phlegmon on any ex- 
ternal part of the body. 2. A genus of cuta- 
neous diseases in Willan, including terminthus, 
epynictis, furunculus, and anthrax. 

Phymato'sis. An excrescence. 

Phymo'sis . Synonym of phimosis. 

PHY'SALIS. (it, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanacea:. — P. al- 
kekengi. The winter-cherry, or Alkekengi. 
The berries are recommended as a diuretic in 
dropsical and calculous diseases. They were 
also thought sedative ; the dose is five or six of 
the fruit, or fj. of the juice. — The P. viscosa, 
which is indigenous, is said to be a remarkable 
diuretic. 

Phy'scia islandica. The Cetraria islandica. 

PHYSCO'NIA. (a, a, f. ; from tyvonuv, a big- 
bellied fellow.) Any enlargement of the abdo- 
men: known by a tumor occupying chiefly one 
part of the abdomen, increasing slowly, and nei- 
ther sonorous nor fluctuating. The species are, 

1. Physconia hepatica. — Enlarged liver, which 
may arise from morbid turgescence of the bile- 
ducts, scrofula in children, or from tumors. 

2. Physconia peritonei. — Tumefaction of the 
peritoneum. One instance of this was from 
the acephalocyst, or headless bladder-worm. 

3. Physconia splenica. An obvious increase 
of the size of the belly. Enlarged spleen may 
occur in agues, or from tumors and morbid 
conditions. 

504 



PHY 

4. Physconia omentalis. — Enlarged omentum 
from tumors and morbid growths. 

5. Physconia renalis. — An enlargement of the 
kidney produced by morbid growths. 

6. Physconia uterina. — This is, perhaps, the 
most frequent case of physconia. The uterus 
itself, and its appendages, are often diseased, 
and so enlarged as to cause a great swelling of 
the abdomen, and often at a period and under 
circumstances to favor the opinion of the female 
being pregnant. The swelling may be caused 
by restrained menses, from obstruction in the 
vagina; by other secretions into the uterus or 
its appendages ; by depositions of morbid sub- 
stances, either cartilaginous, cephalomatous, or 
of other natures ; by many diseased states of 
the ovaria; by ovarial, tubal, or extra-uterine 
foetation, &c. In the first case, the obstruction 
is to be removed by the knife, or suitable 
means. 

7. Physconia mesenterica. — Many cases are 
recorded of glandular enlargements of the mes- 
entery causing this disease, but they are rare. 

8. Physconia intcstinalis. — Pendulous or pot 
belly. A laxity of the intestinal canal produ- 
ces an enlargement of the belly, which is cured 
by tonics, diet, and exercise. Morbid growths 
of the intestines also occasionally cause phys- 
conia. 

PHYSE'MA. Physesis. (From (j>v(rau, to 
inflate.) 1. A windy tumor. 2. Tympanitis. 

Physeter macroce'phalus. The sperma- 
ceti whale. Spermaceti, called in the pharma- 
copoeia Cetaccum, is an oily, concrete, crystal- 
line, semitransparent matter, obtained from the 
cavity of the cranium of several species of 
whales, but principally from the Physeter ma- 
crocephalus, or spermaceti whale. It is emol- 
lient, and mostly used in cerates, ointments, &c. 

PHYSIC. (hvaiKTi; from <]>vcnc, nature.) A 
term originally signifying natural philosophy, 
but in modern language restricted to that branch 
of medicine which forms the province of the 
physician, as opposed to that of the surgeon. 

Physic, Indian. Gillenia trifoliata. 

Physic-nuts . The nuts of the Jatropha cur- 
cas. 

Physical. Relating to the external or tan- 
gible properties or effects of things. 

PHYSICIAN. One who is empowered to 
practice physic by the laws of the land, or who 
is furnished with a diploma of doctor of medi- 
cine. 

Physici'en. (French.) One who is inti- 
mately acquainted with physics, that is, with 
natural philosophy. 

PHYSICS. (From <j>voic, nature.) The sci- 
ence of the laws of nature, more especially of 
the movements, pressure, and sensible proper- 
ties of things. The word is now used to des- 
ignate natural philosophy. 

PhYsio-autocratia. The vis medicatrix 
naturae. 

PHYSIOGNOMY. (Physio gnomia ; from. 
<pvotc, nature, and yivuoKu, to know.) The 
art of judging of the characters of individuals 
by their countenances, gestures, and other ex- 
ternal peculiarities. There is a kind of physi- 
ognomy which is of great importance in the 
practice of medicine, and which embraces the 



THY 

expression of the countenance as affected by 
certain diseased states : the complexion of the 
face and of the whole surface of the body, the 
attitude of the patient, and his manner of speak- 
ing and moving. The practitioner, who has a 
discerning and experienced eye in medical 
physiognomy, will attain, in many cases, to a 
readiness of diagnosis, and a certainty of prog- 
nosis, which will astonish those who have neg- 
lected this study. The reader will find many 
accurate remarks on the physiognomy of dis- 
ease in Dr. Marshall Hall's work on Diagnosis. 
The principal traits observable in the coun- 
tenance are, 

1. The oculo-zygomatic trait, commencing at 
the greater angle of the eye, and lost a little 
below the projection formed by the cheek 
bone. This is the index of disorders of the 
cerebro-nervous system. 

2. The nasal trait, beginning at the upper 
part of the ala nasi, and embracing in a semi- 
circle, more or less perfect, the outer line of the 
orbicularis oris. A trait is sometimes observed 
toward the middle of the cheek, forming a kind 
of tangent with the nasal trait, and sometimes 
constituting the dimple of the cheeks; this is 
called the gcnal trait. These indicate disorders 
of the digestive passages and abdominal viscera. 

3. The labial trait, beginning at the angle of 
the lips, and lost on the lower portion of the 
face. It indicates diseases of the heart and air 
passages. 

4. To these may be added the face grippee, 
or pinched-in face, a term applied by the French 
to the expression of the countenance in peri- 
tonitis; the features are altered, and appear 
drawn up toward the forehead, which is wrin- 
kled, and the nose pointed. 

PHYSIO'LOGY. (Physiologia, ce, f. *i»crt- 
oXoyta; from (jivotc, nature, and "koyoc, a dis- 
course.) This term, in its original meaning, is 
synonymous with natural philosophy, and in 
this sense it was used by the Greeks. It is now 
restricted, however, to that branch of natural 
knowledge which relates to the laws of life and 
the functions of living beings. Physiology is 
divided into general and special, the former 
having for its object the general laws of life, 
the latter the functions of particular organs. It 
is also divided, like anatomy, into human, which 
relates to man, and comparative, which relates 
to the inferior animals and to vegetables. 

Phy'sis. <i>voie. Nature; life. 

Physock'lia. Tympanitis. 

Physoce'le. Pneumatocele. 

Physoce'phalus. Emphysema of the head. 

PHYSOME'TRA. (a, a, f. ; from Qvoaw, to 
inflate, and finrpa, the womb.) Hysterophyse. 
A windy swelling of the uterus. A tympany 
of the womb, characterized by a permanent 
elastic swelling of the hypogastrium, from flatu- 
lent distension of the womb. It is a rare dis- 
ease, and seldom admits of a cure. 

Physo'ncus. A windy tumor. 

Physotho'rax. Pneumothorax. 

Phyte'lephas. A genus of plants inhabiting 
America. The Tagua plant. Caleza de Negro. 
Buttons are made of the hardened albumen of 
the fruit, or vegetable ivory. 

PHYTEU'MA. (a, atit, n.) A genus of 



PIC 

plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — P. orotcu- 
lare. Horned rampions. By some supposed 
efficacious in the cure of syphilis. 

Phytogra'phy. Phytographia. A descrip- 
tion of plants. 

PHYTOLA'CCA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
plants. Decandria. Decagynia. Phytolacca. 
— P. decandra. Poke-weed. Poke-berry. 
American nightshade. The root and berries 
are said to have an anodyne quality, and the 
juice of the root is violently emetic and ca- 
thartic. It is used in rheumatism and some 
cutaneous affections. Dose of the dried root, 
gr. j. to gr. v. ; and as an emetic, gr. xx. to 3ss. 

PHYTO'LOGY. (Phytologia, a, f. ; from 
ipvrov, an herb, and Xoyoc, a discourse.) The 
natural history of plants. Botany. 

Phytoto'my. Phytotomia. An account of 
the internal texture of plants. 

PI'A MA'TER. Localismcm.br ana. Meninx 
tenuis. A thin membrane, almost wholly vas- 
cular, that is firmly accreted to the convolu- 
tions of the cerebrum, cerebellum, medulla ob- 
longata, and medulla spinalis. Its use appears 
to be, to distribute the vessels to, and contain 
the substance of, the cerebrum. 

Pian. Framboesia. 

Piar. n*ap. Fat. 

PIARHiEMIA. (From map, fat, and aipa, 
blood.) A morbid condition of the blood, in 
which it contains uncombined fat. Fat has 
been found in the blood more especially in 
Asiatic cholera, pneumonia, and hepatitis. In 
this case the serum is milky, and fat globules 
are readily discovered by the microscope. Dr. 
Sion found in a case of mammary abscess 11*7 
per cent, of fat in the blood, and, according to 
some writers, this proportion was exceeded in 
some cases of Asiatic cholera. 

PI'CA. («, a, f.) Depraved appetite, with 
strong desire for unnatural food. It is very 
common as a symptom of disease in pregnancy, 
dyspepsia, and chlorosis. 

Picaci'smus. Pica. 

PICA'MAR. (From in pice amarum.) A 
colorless oil existing with creasote in the heavy 
oil of tar. It has a specific gravity of 1-10, and 
is very pungent and bitter; it boils at 510° F. 
It has an acid reaction. 

Picatio. Pica. 

Pi'cea. Pinus picea. 

PIOHU'RIM CORTEX. A highly aromat- 
ic bark, the produce of a species of Laurus pi- 
churim. The odor is like that of cinnamon 
It is much esteemed in the cure of dysenteries, 
and for allaying obstinate vomitings. 

Pichdris. Faba pichurim. 

PiCRiE'NA excelsa. The tree which yields 
the Jamaica quassia wood. 

Picria. Bitterness. 

PICRIC ACID. Nitro-picric acid. A prod- 
uct of the action of nitric acid on indigo, silk r 
aloes, &c. It forms pale yellow scales of a 
silvery lustre, soluble in hot water, and of a 
very bitter taste. It is fusible and volatile, and' 
its salts are crystalline, and explode when heat- 
ed. Its formula is Cis \ „p,2L > 0,HO. 

Picrin. A bitter substance obtained from 
foxglove, and 6aid to be the impure Digitaline- 

505 



PIL 

PI'CRIS. (is, idis, f.) A genus of plants. 
Syngenesia. Polygamic/, aquales. Composites. 
— P. echoides. The common ox-tongue. The 
leaves are said to relax the bowels. 

Picrogly'cion. Impure solanine derived 
from the dulcamara. 

Picroliche'nine. An intensely bitter non- 
azotized crystalline body found in Variolara 
amara. 

Pi'cromel. Bilin rendered impure by the 
action of acetic acid. 

P I C R O T O'X I N. Picrotoxia. Picrotoxic 
acid. The poisonous principle of the cocculus 
indicus. It crystallizes in white, brilliant, semi- 
transparent four-sided prisms, which are bitter 
and soluble ; they produce a kind of intoxica- 
tion: about ten grains will kill a dog. This 
substance is, according to Pelletier and Couerbe, 
a feeble acid, and not an alkaloid. Its compo- 
sition is O12H7O5, but this is doubtful. 
Piedmont truffle. Lycoperdon tuber. 
Pie'strum. An Instrument to compress the 
head of a dead fetus, for its more easy extrac- 
tion from the womb. 

Pig-nut. Bunium bulbocastanum. 
Pigmenta'rius. A druggist. 
Pigment cells. Cellules, wherever situated, 
which contain coloring matter, as the pigment 
cells of the pigmentum nigrum. 

PIGME'NTUM. (urn, i,x\.; from pingo, to 
paint.) A pigment. This name is given by 
anatomists to a mucous substance found in the 
eye, which is, 1. The pigment of the iris, which 
covers the posterior surface of the iris, and is 
called also uvea, from the resemblance of its 
color to that of the grape. 2. The pigment of 
the choroid membrane, a black or brownish 
mucus, which covers the anterior surface of the | 
choroid membrane, and is called pigmentum 



PIL 

of copper and moistened card, placed alternate 
ly. These have no power of developing elec- 
tricity by their own action, but are capable of 
receiving a charge by being placed in the cir- 
cuit of a powerful voltaic battery, and of thus 
acquiring, though in an inferior degree, the 
properties of the battery itself. 

PILES. Hemorrhoids. Piles are small tu- 
mors produced by the dilatation of the hemor- 
rhoidal Veins and cellular coat of the rectum, 
whereby erectile tumors of a spongy nature are 
formed ; these are either internal or extruded, 
and discharge mucous or blood. 

Piles occur mostly in sedentary persons of a 
relaxed habit, and are produced from violence 
at stool and during pregnancy. They are ac- 
companied by uneasiness in the loins and rec- 
tum, inability to use exercise without distress, 
costiveness, and general ill health. 

Treatment. — Rest, the horizontal posture, 
laxatives, abstinence, and the topical applica- 
tion of the unguentum gallae compositum. If 
there be great irritation, leeches, cooling lo- 
tions, and more active astringents may be used, 
as solutions of sulphate of zinc ; iron, or alum 
combined with opium, where the pain is se- 
vere. 

The most common arrangement of piles is 
into, 

1. The blind piles, or internal piles, as they ex- 
ist in their simplest state, consisting of nothing 
more than a varicose state of the veins, with 
more or less thickening of the internal mem- 
brane of the bowel. 

2. The mucous piles, in which the mucous 
follicles are excoriated, and pour out a quantity 
of mucus, which mixes with some pus or sanies, 
and is discharged. 

3. The bleeding piles, which are attended with 



nigrum. This substance is the same as the bjeeding, from excoriation, stricture, &c. 



black matter of melrena, the lungs, freckles, 
«fec. The depth of its shade varies with the 
color of the hair and skin. 

Pigmentum indicum. Indigo. 

Pike. The esox lucius. 

Pi'la hy'stricis. The bezoar hystricis. 

Pi'la mari'na. A globular mass of marine 
plants, formerly esteemed in scrofula and as an 
anthelmintic. 

Pila're malum. Trichiasis. An unnatural 
condition of the hair. 

Pila'tio. A capillary fracture of the skull. 

Pilchard. The clupea pilchar.dus. 

PILE, GALVANIC. An apparatus for ex- 
hibiting the phenomena of galvanism, and con- 
sisting of a pile or column of metallic plates of 
zinc and copper, and discs of wet card, placed 
in succession to each other in the same regular 
order throughout the series. 

Pile of De Luc. — An electrical column, con- 
structed of pieces of paper, silvered on one side 
by means of silver leaf, and alternating with 
thin leaves of zinc, the silvered surfaces of the 
paper discs being always in the same direction. 

Dry pile.— The inappropriate name of an ar- 
rangement of pairs of metallic plates, separated 
by layers of farinaceous paste, mixed with com- 
mon salt. The apparatus evidently owes its 
efficacy to the moisture of the paste. 

Secondary piles. — Piles formed simply of discs 
506 



4. The excrescenlial, in which there are fleshy 
excrescences about the verge of the anus or 
within the gut. These are mostly large, loose, 
and flabby within the bowel, and of great size ; 
and externally they are of various shapes, re- 
sembling, as it was supposed, figs, on which 
account they have been denominated fid, con- 
dylomata. They are to be removed by the 
knife. 

Pile'ous. Pilosus. Relating to the hair. 

PI'LEUS. 1. The cap of a gymnospermous 
fungus, which forms the upper round part or 
head, as in Boletus and Agaricus. 2. A kind of 
nipple-shield. 

Pilewort. Ranunculus ficaria. 

Pill. See Pilula. 

Pill, blue. Piluke hydrargyri. 

Pill, compound calomel. P., Plummer's. 
See Pilula: hydrargyri chloridi composite. 

Pill, mercurial. Pilulae hydrargyri. 

Pilose'lla. Hieracium pilosella. 

Pilosella major. Hypochaeris minima. 

Pilo'sus. Hairy. 

Pilous. Pilosus. Hairy. 

PILU'LA. (a, a, f. ; diminutive of pila, a 
ball.) A medicine of a globose form, subsolid 
consistence, and about five grains weight. The 
consistence of pills is best preserved by keep- 
ing the mass in bladders, and occasionally moist- 
ening it. The mass for a number of pills being 



PIL 

ascertained, it may be divided by a role on a 
tile, or by a machine. 

Pilule alepha'nginjE. Piluloe aloephanginee. 
■Pills composed of aloes and aromatics. 

Pilule aloes. (U. S.) P. aloeticce. (Ph. 
E.) Aloetic pills. Take of powdered aloes 
and soap, each, fj. Beat with water into a 
proper mass, and divide into 240 pills. Dose, 
from two to four pills, as a cathartic. 

PiLULfi ALOES ET ASSAFffiTIDfi. (U. S. & 

Ph. E.) Pills of aloes and assafoetida. Take 
of assafoetida, aloes, and soap, each, gss. Beat 
with water into a proper mass, and divide into 
180 pills. Used in costive dyspepsias. Dose, 
two or three pills. 

PiLULfi ALOES COMPOSITE. (Ph. L. & D.) 

Compound aloetic pills. Take of aloes, pow- 
dered, fj. ; extract of gentian, jss. ; oil of cara- 
way, forty minims; simple syrup, sufficient. 
Form a uniform mass. From fifteen to twenty- 
five grains prove moderately purgative and 
stomachic. 

PiLULfi ALOES ET FERRI. (Ph. E.) Fills of 

aloes and iron. Take of sulphate of iron, three 
parts ; aloes, two parts ; aromatic powder, six 
parts; confection of roses, eight parts. Mix 
thoroughly, and divide into five grain pills. A 
valuable emmenagogue in atonic states. Dose, 
from one to three pills. 

Pilule aloes et myrrhs. (U.S.) P. aloes 
cum myrrha. (Ph. L. & D.) Aloetic pills with 
myrrh. Take of aloes, jij. ; saffron, ?ss. ; myrrh, 
5 j. ; simple syrup, sufficient. Beat into a uni- 
form mass. From ten grains to a scruple of this 
pill prove stomachic and laxative, and are cal- 
culated for delicate females, especially where 
there is uterine obstruction. 

PiluljE Asiatics. Asiatic pills. Arsenious 
acid, gr. lv. ; black pepper, powdered, 3ix. ; gum 
arabic, sufficient to make 800 pills. Extensively 
used in the East Indies in syphilis, elephantiasis, 
&c. Each pill contains gr. T j of arsenic. 

Pilule ASSAF<ETiDfi. (U. S.) Assafoetida 
pills. Take of assafoetida, §iss. ; soap, f ss. In- 
corporate with water, and divide into 240 pills. 
Antispasmodic. Dose, from two to three pills. 

Pilule assafo:tid.#:. (Ph. E.) P. assafmti- 
da composites. Pilulae galbani compositre. 

PlLUL.fi CAMBOGIfi COMPOSITE. (Ph. L.) 

Compound gamboge pills. Take of gamboge, 
powdered, 3J. ; aloes, powdered, 3iss. ; ginger, 
powdered, 33s. ; soap, two drachms. Mix. 
Active purgative. Dose, from gr. x. to 3j. 

Pilulae cathartics; composite. (U. S.) 
Compound cathartic pills. Take of compound 
extract of colocynth, in powder, ?ss. ; extract 
of jalap,, in powder, and calomel, of each, 3iij. ; 
gamboge, in powder, 9ij. Form into a mass 
with water, and divide into 180 pills. Dose, 
from two to three pills. 

PlLUL.fi CALOMELANOS ET OPII. (Ph. E.) 

Calomel and opium pills. Take of calomel, three 
parts; opium, one part; confection of roses, 
sufficient. Mix, and divide into pills, each con- 
taining gr. ij. of calomel. Each pill contains 
two thirds of a grain of opium. Valuable in 
rheumatism, and various inflammatory and pain- 
ful diseases, and to produce ptyalism. 

PiLULfi cochije. P.coccicB. P . colocynthidis . 
These are made from the Edinburgh receipt for 



PIL 

colocynth, and contain more aloes than the ex- 
tract of the London Pharmacopoeia. 

PlLUL.fi COLOCYNTHIDIS ET HYOSCYAMI. (Ph. 

E.) Pills of colocynth and henbane. Take of 
compound extract of colocynth, two parts; ex- 
tract of hyoscyamus, one part. Mix. The 
henbane diminishes the pain and griping of the 
purge. Dose, gr. v. to gr. x. 

Pilule conh coMPosiTfi. (Ph. L.) Com- 
pound pills of hemlock. Take of extract of 
hemlock, 3V. ; ipecacuanha, powdered, 3J. ; mu- 
cilage, sufficient to make into mass. Antispas- 
modic, slightly narcotic, and expectorant, and 
used in spasmodic coughs, &c. Dose, gr. y. to 
gr. x., three times a day. 

PiLULfi copA'iBfi. (U. S.) Copaiba pills. 
Take of copaiba balsam, § ij. ; fresh magnesia, 
3J- Mix, and let the mass solidify ; this requires 
several hours. Divide into 200 pills. Dose, 
from two to six pills. 

PiLULfi CUPRI AMMONIATI. (Ph. E.) P. CU- 

pri ammoniureti. Take of ammoniated copper, 
powdered, one part ; bread crumb, six parts ; 
solution of carbonate of ammonia, sufficient. 
Beat into a proper mass, and divide into pills, 
each containing half a grain of the ammoniated 
copper. Antispasmodic, and used in chorea, 
epilepsy, &c. Dose, from one to five or more 
pills, gradually increased. 

PiLULfi de caccio'nde. Astringent pills 
containing catechu. 

PiLULfi de cynoglosso. A French formula. 
They contain opium, hyoscyamus, myrrh, oliba- 
num, saffron, castoreum, &c. Anodyne. 

PlLUL.fi DIGITALIS ET SCILLfi. (Ph. E.) Pills 

of foxglove and squill . Take of digitalis leaves, 
squill root, dried and powdered, each, one part ; 
aromatic electuary (powder), one part. Beat 
into a proper mass with syrup, and divide the 
mass into four grain pills. Diuretic. Used in 
dropsies arising from disease of the heart. Dose, 
one or two pills. 

PiLULfi FERRI CARBOXAT1S. (U. S.) Pills of 

carbonate of iron. Take of sulphate ofiron, fiv. ; 
carbonate of soda, fv. ; clarified honey, fiiss. ; 
syrup and water, sufficient. Dissolve the iron 
and soda each in a pint of water ; add to each 
a f. §j. of syrup, and then mix them in a quart 
bottle well stoppered ; set it by for the precipi- 
tate to subside ; collect the precipitate, wash it 
with warm water sweetened with syrup (f. jj. 
to the Oj.) so long as it acquires a saline taste. 
Place the precipitate on a flannel cloth, express 
as much water as possible, and mix the mass 
with the honey. Lastly, warm the mixture 
over a water bath until it has a proper consist- 
ence. 



PiLULfi FERRI COMPOSIT.fi. (U. S., Ph. L., D., 

& E.) P. ferri cum myrrha. Compound iron 
pills. Pills of iron and myrrh. Take of myrrh, 
powdered, 31J. ; carbonate of soda, sulphate of 
iron, of each, 3J- '. syrup, a sufficient quantity. 
Rub the myrrh with the carbonate of soda; add 
the sulphate of iron, and rub them again ; then 
beat the whole together, and divide into 80 pilla. 
These pills answer the same purpose as the 
mistura ferri composita. The dose is from ten 
grains to one scruple. 

PiLULfi FERRI SULPHATIS. (Ph. E.) Pills 

of sulphate of iron. Take of dried sulphate of 

507 



PIL 

iron, two parts ; extract of taraxacum, five parts ; 
confection of roses, two parts ; liquorice root, 
powdered, three parts. Beat together, and di- 
vide into five grain pills. Each pill contains 
five sixths of a grain of the salt of iron. An 
astringent and stimulating tonic. Dose, from 
one to three pills. 

PlLULJE GA'lbANI COMPOSITJE. (U. S., Ph. L. 

& D.) Compound galbanum pills. Take of 
galbanum, jj. ; myrrh, sagapenum, of each, f isa. ; 
assafoetida, fss. ; simple syrup, sufficient. Beat 
until they form a uniform mass, of which make 
480 pills. A stimulating antispasmodic and 
emmenagogue. Dose, from 9j. to 38s. 

Pilulje gummi. P. gummosa. Pilulic gal- 
bani composite. 

Pilule ex helleboro et myrrha. A French 
vermifuge and emmenagogue* pill. 

Pilule hydrargyri. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) 
Mercurial pills. Blue pill. Take of mercury, 
5j. ; confection of roses, jiss. ; liquorice root, 
powdered, §89. Rub the mercury with the con- 
fection until the globules disappear ; then add 
the liquorice root, and beat the whole together. 
Divide into 480 pills. Dose, from five grains to 
a scruple. Three grains of the mass contain one 
of mercury. 

Pilule hydrargyri chloridi composite. 
P. hydrargyri submuriatis composites. Com- 
pound pills of chloride of mercury. Take of 
calomel, oxysulphuret of antimony, each, 31J. ; 
guaiacum resin, powdered, ^ss.; treacle, 31J. 
Rub until they are incorporated. It is exhibited 
as an alterative in a variety of diseases, espe- 
cially cutaneous eruptions, pains of the venereal 
or rheumatic kind. Dose, from five to ten grains. 
In about five grains of the mass there is one 
grain of calomel. 

PlLULJE HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDI MITIS. (U. S.) j 

Calomel pills. Take of calomel, § ss. ; gum ara- 
ble, powdered, 3J. Mix together, and then add 
syrup, q. s. Mix, and make 240 pills. Each 
pill contains one grain. 

PlLULJE HYDRARGYRI IODIDI. (Ph. L.) Pills 

of iodide of mercury. Take of iodide of mer- 
cury, 3J. ; confection of dog-roses, siij. ; ginger, 
powdered, 3J. Beat them until they are in- 
corporated. Dose, from five to ten grains. For 
the virtues, see Hydrargyri iodidum. 

Pilulje IPECACUANHA COMPOSITE. (Ph. L.) 
P. ipecac, cum opio. Compound pills of ipecac- 
uanha. Take of compound powder of ipecac- 
uanha, 3iij.; squill, fresh dried, ammoniacum, 
each,3J.; mixture of gum acacia, sufficient. Beat 
until incorporated. These pills are anodyne, 
diaphoretic, and expectorant. Dose, from five 
to ten grains. 

Pilule orii. (U.S.) Pills of opium. Take 
of opium, powdered, 3J. ; soap, gr. xij. Mix, 
and make 60 pills. Dose, one pill. 

Pilulje plumbi opiate. (Ph. E.) Acetate 
of lead and opium pills. Take of acetate of lead, 
Bix parts ; opium, powdered, one part ; confec- 
tion of roses, one part. Make into four grain 
I nils; each contains three grains of acetate of 
ead and half a grain of opium. Valuable in 
dysentery, profuse secretions, or hemorrhage of 
the bronchial mucous membrane, and severe 
diarrhoea. Dose, from one to three grains. 

Pilulje quinije sulphatis. (U. 8.) Pills 
508 



PIL 

of sulphate of quinine. Take of sulphate (di 
sulphate) of quinine, 5 j. ; gum arabic, powdered, 
3\j- ; syrup, q. s. Mix, and divide into 480 
pills. Each contains one grain. 

Pilulje rhei. (U. 8.) Pills of rhubarb. 
Take of rhubarb, powdered, 3VJ. ; soap, 31J. 
Mix, and make 120 pills. Each contains three 
grains of rhubarb. 

Pilulje rhei compositje. (U. S. & Ph. E.) 
Compound pills of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, 
powdered, §j.; aloes, powdered, 3vj.; myrrh, 
powdered, Jss. ; soap, 3J. ; oil of peppermint, 
388. ; syrup, sufficient. Mix the powders to- 
gether, then beat the whole until incorporated, 
and divide into 240 pills. These pills form a 
good stomachic laxative. Dose, from gr. x. to 
gr. xx. 

Pilule rhei et ferri. (Ph. E.) Pills of 
rhubarb and iron. Take of dried sulphate of 
iron, four parts ; extract of rhubarb, ten parts ; 
confection of roses, five parts. Make into five 
grain pills. Tonic and stomachic. Dose, from 
two to four pills. 
Pilulje rufi. PiluUe aloes et myrrha?. 
Pilulje subcarbonatis sodje. (Ph. E.) 
Take of the carbonate of soda, dried, four parts; 
hard soap, three parts. Make into pill mass. 
Antacid. 

Pilulje thebaicje. Opium pills. 
Pilulje veratrije. (Turnbull.) Veratria 
pills. Take of veratria, gr. j. ; extract of hy- 
oscyamus, liquorice powder, of each, gr. xij. 
Make 12 pills, of which one may be taken every 
three hours. May be used in neuralgia, gout, 
rheumatism. 

Pilulje sagape'ni compositje. (Ph. L.) 
P. aloes et assafmtida. (Ph. E.) Compound 
pills of sagapenum. Take of sagapenum, jj. ; 
aloes, 3SS. ; syrup of ginger, sufficient. Beat 
them until incorporated. These are laxative and 
antispasmodic. Dose, from five to ten grains. 
Pilulje sapo'nis compositje. (U. S.,Ph. L.) 
P. saponis cum opio. (Ph. D.) Pills of soap 
and opium. P. saponacece. Take of opium, 
powdered, fss. ; soap, jij. Beat together un- 
til incorporated, and divide into 240 pills. Five 
grains of the mass contain one of opium. 

Pilulje scillje compositje. (U. S.) P. 
scUlae cum zingiberis. Compound squill pills. 
Take of squill root, powdered, 3J. ; ginger root, 
powdered, ammoniacum, powdered, of each, 
3y.; soap, 3iij.; syrup, sufficient. Mix, and 
divide into 120 pills. An expectorant and 
diuretic pill, mostly administered in the cure 
of asthma and dropsy. Dose, from ten grains 
to a scruple. 

Pilulje sty'racis compositje. (Ph. D.) 
P. e styracc. Compound pills of storax. Take 
of purified storax, 3iij. ; opium, powdered, saf- 
fron, each 3J. Beat them together until incor- 
porated. These pills are balsamic, stimulant, 
and slightly expectorant. They are used in 
chronic pulmonary affections. Dose, from gr. 
iii. to gr. x. 

PI'LUS. (Ilt/loc, wool cajrded.) The short 
hair which is found all over the body. The 
hair of the head, eyebrows, and eyelids are 
termed pili congeniti; and that which grows 
from the surface of the body after birth, pilt 
postgeniti. 



PIN 

Pimele. Fat. 

Pimeli'tis. Inflammation of the adipose 
tissue. 

PIMELO'SIS. (From trtfukri, fat.) The 
conversion of any texture into fat by disease ; 
as Pimelosis hepatica, fatty degeneration of the 
liver. 

Pime'nta. Pime'nto. Myrtus pimenta. 

Pimpernel. Anagallis arvensis. 

Pimpernel, water. Veronica beccabunga. 

PIMPINE'LLA. (a, <e, f.) A genus of 
plants. Pcntandria. Digynia. Umbelliferee. 
— P. alba. A variety of the P. magna.— P. 
ani'sum. The anise plant. Anisnm. A native 
of Egypt. Anise seeds have an aromatic smell, 
and a pleasant, warm, and sweetish taste. An 
essential oil and distilled water are prepared 
from them, which are employed in flatulencies 
and gripes, to which children are more especial- 
ly subject: also hi weakness of the stomach, 
diarrhoeas, and loss of tone in the primae viae. 
Dose of the oil, gtt. iij. to gtt. x. — P. italica. 
Sanguisorba officinalis. — P. magna. The great- 
er pimpinella. P. nigra. The root has been 
extolled by some in the cure of erysipelatous 
ulcerations, tinea capitis, rheumatism, and other 
diseases. — P. nigra. Pimpinella magna. — P. 
saxi'fraga. Bumet saxifrage. The roots have 
an unpleasant smell, and a hot, pungent, bit- 
terish taste ; they are recommended by several 
writers as a stomachic and stimulant. 

Pimple. Papula. 

Pinaste'llum. Peucedanum silaus. 

Pinchbeck. An alloy of copper and zinc, 
made to imitate gold foil, and called Dutch 
gold. 

Pinckne'ya pubens. See Georgia bark. 

Pine. See Pinus.* 

Pine-apple. Bromelia ananas. 

Pine-thistle. Atractylis gummifera. 

Pinea. Pinus pinea. 

Pi'neal. Like the fruit of the pine. 

PINEAL GLAND. Glandula pincalis. A 
small heart-shaped gland, about the size of a 
pea, situated immediately over the corpora 
quadrigemina in tho brain. See Encephalos. 

Pineus purgans. Jatropha curcas. 

PINGUE'DINOUS. (Pinguedinosus ; from 
pinguis, fat.) Fatty; greasy. 

Pingue'do. Fat. 

PINGUI'CULA. (a, a, f.) 1. A form of 
pterygium. 2. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
Monogynia. — P. vulgaris. Butterwort. Sani- 
cle. The leaves are cathartic, and applied to 
chaps. 

Pinhones indici. Jatropha curcas. 

Pinic acid. An acid found in colophony. 
It crystallizes in triangular plates, and reacts 
like an acid. 

Pink, Indian. P., Carolina. P. root. Spi- 
gelia marilandica. 

PI'NNA. (a,a;, f. Tlivva, awing.) 1. The 
name of the latter and inferior part of the nose, 
and the broad part of the ear. 2. The leaflet 
of a pinnate leaf. 

Pinna'culum. A pinnacle: applied former- 
ly to the uvula, from its shape. 

Pinna'te. Pinnatus. A leaf which has 
several leaflets proceeding laterally from one 
stalk. 



PIN 

Pin n ati fid. Pinnatifidus. Leaves which 
are cut transversely into several oblong parallel 
segments. 

Pi'nnula. The leaflet of bipinnate and tri 
pinnate leaves. 

Pint. Octarius. A measure of the eighth 
of a gallon : the imperial pint of sixteen fluid 
ounces contains 34-659 cubic inches. 

PI'NUS. (us, i, and us, f.) A genus of 
gymnospermous plants. Monwcia. Monadel- 
phia. Conifera. 

Pinus abies. The Norway spruce-fir, which 
affords the Burgundy pitch and common frank- 
incense. 1. Pix burgundica. P. abietis. (U. 
S.) P. arida. The prepared resin. When 
genuine it has a very peculiar odor; and, al- 
though brittle in cold weather, it assumes a te- 
nacious viscidity when gently heated or knead- 
ed in the warm hand. It therefore forms an 
excellent adhesive and gently stimulating plas- 
ter, exciting some degree of irritation, and oft- 
en a slight serous exudation from the parts to 
which it is applied, and is used in pulmonary 
affections, rheumatisms, &c. 2. Abietis resina. 
Thus. Common frankincense. This is a spon- 
taneous exudation. It is applicable to the same 
purposes as Burgundy pitch. 

Pinus australis. P. paluslris- The long- 
leaved Southern pine. 

Pinus balsamea. The balsam of Gilead fir- 
tree. Canada balsam. The Canada balsam is 
one of tho purest turpentines. For its proper- 
ties, see Turpentine. 

Pinus canadensis. The hemlock pine. The 
pitch derived from it, Pix canadensis, is also 
called hemlock gum. 

Pinus cedrus. The true cedar. 

Pinus cembra. This affords the Carpathian 
balsam and Briancon turpentine, and the shoots 
the Riga balsam, by distillation. This balsam, 
called Oleum Germanis and Oleum Carpaihir 
cum, is obtained both by wounding the young 
branches and boiling them. It is mostly dilut- 
ed with turpentine, and comes to us in a very 
liquid and pellucid state, rather white. 

Pinus larix. The tree which yields the 
larch agaric, and Venice turpentine. The larch- 
tree. The Venice turpentine issues spontane- 
ously through the bark. It is thin ; of a clear 
whitish or pale yellowish color; a hot, pun- 
gent, bitterish, disagreeable taste, and a strong 
smell, without any thing of the aromatic flavor 
of the Chian kind. Orenburgh gum and Bri- 
ancon manna exude from the bark of this tree. 

Pinus mughos. The pinus pumilio. 

Pinus picea. The silver fir, or common fir. 
From it is obtained the Strasburgh turpentine, 
by puncturing the small vesicles of the bark in 
which it is contained, and common turpentine 
by larger incisions. 

Pinus pinaster. The cluster pine, which 
yields Bordeaux turpentine, &c. 

Pinus pinea. The stone pine-tree. Tho 
young and fresh fruit are eaten ; they are nutri- 
tive, aperient, and diuretic. 

Pinus pumi'lio. Mountain pine. Mughos 
pine. The turpentine, Hungarian balsam, ex- 
udes from this tree. 

Pinus rigida. Tha, barren pine. A pine 
which yields much turpentine and tar. 

509 



PIS 

Pinus sylvestris. The Scotch fir. Com- 
mon turpentine is the fluid which flows out on 
the tree being wounded in hot weather; by 
distillation with water it yields the Oleum tere- 
Mnthinee, the residue being common resin. The 
white, harder turpentine of winter is the Resina 
fiava, or R. alba. The Pix liquida, or tar, is 
produced by cutting the wood into pieces, 
which are inclosed in a large oven constructed 
for the purpose. It is well known for its eco- 
nomical uses. Tar water, or water impregna- 
ted with the more soluble parts of tar, was 
some time ago a very fashionable remedy in a 
variety of complaints, but in the present prac- 
tice it is not much used. Common pitch is tar 
inspissated ; it is now termed in the Pharmaco- 
poeia, Pix nigra. 

PFPER. (er, eris, n.) Pepper. A genus 
of plants. Diandria. Trigynia. Piperacece. 

Piper album. See Piper nigrum. 

Piper angustifolium. The matico plant of 
Peru. 

Piper betel. The leaf of this plant is chew- 
ed by the Malays. 

Piper brasihanum. P. calecuticum. Cap- 
sicum annuum. 

Piper caryophyllatum. Myrtus pi- 
menta. 

Piper caudatum. Piper cubeba. 

Piper cobe'ba. The plant yielding cubebs. 
It is a warm spice, of a moderately pungent 
taste, imported from Java. Of late cubebs have 
been successfully given internally in the cure of 
the common gleet and clap. Dose, 3SS., in pow- 
der. There is an oil extracted from them, the 
Oleum cubeba. Dose, gtt. x. 

Piper decorticatum. White pepper. 

Piper favasci. The clove-berry-tree. 

Piper guineense. P. hispanicum. P. indi- 
«un. Capsicum annuum. 

Piper jamaicense. Myrtus pimenta. 

Piper longum. Long pepper. The berries 
are gathered while green. They possess the 
same qualities as the Cayenne pepper, in a 
weaker degree. 

Piper lusitanicum. Capsicum annuum. 

Piper methyeticum. The cava plant of the 
Sandwich Islands, the root of which is inebri- 
ating. 

Piper murale. Sedum acre. 

Piper nigrum. P.aromaticum. Black pep- 
per. Black and white pepper are obtained 
from the same plant, but the latter is cleared of 
the black covering which gives color to the 
former. They owe their aromatic pungency 
to an oily resin, and contain a white, crystalline 
substance, called Piperine, which is an anti- 
periodic, and used in intermittent fever like 
quinine. 

PI'PERINE. Piperina. A white, crystalline 
principle of pepper; form., C34H19NO6. See 
Piper nigrum. 

Piperi'tus. Peppered. 

Pipsi'ssewa. Chimaphilla umbellata. 

PISA, CLIMATE OF. Pisa, in Italy, has 
been long celebrated for its mild and moist cli- 
mate ; it is, however, relaxing and somewhat 
oppressive. It is a favorable residence for con- 
sumptive patients and those laboring under 
chronic bronchitis. 
510 



PIT 

PISCI'DIA ERYTHRINA. The Jamaica 
dogwood-tree, a small tree of the West Indies. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. The fruit is used to 
poison fish, and is acrid and narcotic. 

PISCES. (Plural of piscis, a fish.) One of 
the great subdivisions of the vertebrata, includ- 
ing the fishes which respire in water. 

Pisi'form. Pisiformis. Pea-like. 

PISIFO'RME OS. The fourth bone of the 
first row of the carpus. 

Pismire. Formica rufa. 

Piss-a-bed. Leontodon taraxacum. 

Pissaspha'ltus. Bitumen. 

Pisseljelium. Petroleum. I 

PISTA'CIA. (a, ce,f.) A genus of plants. 
Dicecia. Pentandria. Terebinthcecea. — P. len- 
tiscus. The tree which affords mastich. — P. 
terebinthus. The tree which gives out the Cy- 
prus, Ohio, or Chian turpentine. — P. vera. The 
tree which affords the pistachio nut. The nut 
is sweet and oily. 

Pistachio nut. See Pistacia vera. 

PISTI'L. PistUlum. The female organ of 
a flower ; also the ovary. 

Pistilli'ferous. Pistil-bearing: applied to 
flowers or florets which contain one or more 
pistils, but no stamens. . 

Pistolo'chia. Birthwort. Aristolochia pis- 
tolochia. 

Pisum sativum. The common pea. A very 
nutritious, but somewhat flatulent article of 
food, of which there are many varieties. 

Pit of the stomach. The epigastrium. 

Pitai'na. A new crystalline alkaloid ob- 
tained from the Pitaya cinchona. 

Pitaya bark. One of the false cinchonas, 
the history of which is very obscure. 

Pitch. Pinus sylvestris. 

Pitch, Burgundy. Pinus abies. 

Pitch, Jew's. Bitumen judaicum. 

Pitch-tree. See Pinus abies. 

Pitcher-shaped. Urceolate. Ascidiatus. 

Pittacal. A blue coloring matter of heavy 
oil of tar, resembling indigo, and probably azo- 
tized. 

Pitta'cium. A pitch plaster. 

Pitto'ta. Medicines containing pitch. 

PITTSBURG SPRING. A chalybeate and 
saline spring, situated at about four miles from 
the city. 

PITUI'TA. (a, a.f.) Phlegm; that is, vis- 
cid mucus. 

Pitu'itary. Pituitarius. Of, or belonging 
to mucus. 

Pituitary body. See Pituitary gland. 

Pituitary fossa. The sella turcica of the 
sphenoid bone. 

Pituitary gland. Olandula pituitaria. 
Corpus pituitarium. A process of the brain, 
situated in a duplicature of the dura mater, in 
the sella turcica of the sphenoid bone. See 
Encephalos. 

Pituitary membrane. Membrana pituitaria. 
Schneiderian membrane. The mucous mem- 
brane that lines the nostrils, and sinuses com- 
municating with the nose, is so called, be- 
cause it secretes the mucus of those parts, to 
whioh the ancients assigned the name of Pitu~ 
it a. 

PITYRI'ASIS. (is, is, f. ; from mrvpov, bran ; 



PL A 

co named from its branny-like appearance.) A 
genus of scaly diseases. It consists of irregular 

Jmtches of small thin scales, which repeatedly 
brm and separate, but never collect into crusts, 
nor are attended with redness or inflammation, 
as in the lepra and scaly tetter. 

1 . Pityriasis capitis. — Dandriff. Cleaning 
theparts with soap and water, and combing, are 
necessary. 

2. Pityriasis rubra. — The cuticle is at first 
only red and rough, but soon becomes mealy 
or scurfy, and exfoliates, leaving a similar red 
cuticle underneath, which undergoes the like 
process, the scaliness becoming greater as the 
exfoliation is repeated. This complaint is at- 
tended with a dry and unperspiring surface, a 
troublesome itching, and a feeling of stiffness. 
There is also a general languor and restlessness. 
When the redness and scales disappear, the 
patches are left of a yellowish or sallow hue. 
It is treated by sarsaparilla and gentle altera- 
tives. 

3. Pityriasis versicolor. Chloasma. — It chief- 
ly affects the arms, chest, and abdomen. It is 
diffused very irregularly, and being of a brown 
color, it exhibits a singular checkered appear- 
ance on the skin, and usually lasts for years. 

Pity'ron. Bran. 

PIX. (ix, ids, f . ; from niaca.) Pitch. 
See Pinus sylvestris. 

Pix abietis. P. alba. See Pinus abies. 

Pix arida. See Pinus abies. 

Pix bru'tia. A thick and resinous kind of 
pitch'used by the ancients. 

Pix burgundica. See Pinus abies. 

Pix canadensis. See Pinus canadensis. 

Pix liquida. Tar. See Pinus sylvestris. 

Pix nigra. P. alra. Pitch. 

Pix sicca. P. solida. Pitch. 

Pi, Platinum. 

PLACE'BO. (I will please.) An epithet 
given to any medicine adapted rather to please 
than benefit the patient. 

PLACE'NTA. (From nlanovcs a cake.) P. 
uterina. The after-birth. A soft, spongy organ, 
formed of the uterine decidua, chorion, and 
numerous vessels from the umbilical cord. The 
vessels are arranged in tufts, consisting of loops 
of capillaries. These, being covered by the de- 
cidua, push themselves into the venous sinuses 
formed by the uterine vessels of the mother, 
and by contact with her oxygenized blood, the 
fluid they convey becomes arterialized. The 
placenta, therefore, serves as the organ of res- 
piration for the foetus as well as a means of 
supply of blood by penetration. The placenta 
is ovoidal, about six inches across and one 
thick. It is, for the most part, attached to the 
anterior and upper part of the uterus, but occa- 
sionally lies over the os uteri, producing dan- 
gerous hemorrhage before and at the time of 
labor. It is subject to various diseases of struc- 
ture intimately connected with the death of the 
foetus and miscarriage. 

Placenta febrilis. Theaguecake. See Ague. 

Placenta prjevia. When the placenta lies 
over the mouth of the womb. 

Placenta sanguinis. The coagulum of the 
blood. 

Placenta, vegetable. A cellular tissue 



P L A 

within the carpels of plants, and from which 
the ovules arise. 

Place'ntula. A rudimentary placenta. 

Plada'rotes. A soft, discolored tumor with- 
in the eyelid. 

PLAGUE. See Pestis. 

Plague, black. See Pestis nigra. 

Plague, cold. A congestive fever of the 
Southern States, in which there is little or no 
reaction. It may be a pneumonia, or of a bil- 
ious character. 

Pla'gula. A compress, pledget, or splint. 

Plaice. The pleuronectes platessa. 

Plaited. Plicate. 

Plana'ria latruscu'la. The distoma he- 
patica. 

Planche's roTioN. Mistura scammonii fla- 
vored with cherry-laurel water. 

PLANE. (From planum, flat.) A superfi- 
cies, or surface without curvature, every point 
of which falls within a series of straight linen. 

Plane'tes. JlXavTjTtjc. Erratic; wander- 
ing : sometimes applied to intermittent fevers. 

PLANT. (Planta, m, f.) An organized 
body belonging to the vegetable kingdom. 

PLA'NTA. 1. A plant. 2. The lower part 
of the sole of the foot, comprehended between 
the tarsus and toes. 

PLANTA'GO. {o, inis, f.) 1. The Planta- 
go major. 2. A genus of plants. Tetrandria. 
Monogynia. Plantaginem. — P. coro'nopus. 
Buck's-horn plantain. Its medicinal virtues 
are the same as other plantains. — P. latifolia. 
Plantago major. — P. major. The broad-leaved 
plantain. The leaves have an austere, bitter- 
ish, subsaline tasto, and are said to be refriger- 
ant, attenuating, astringent, and diuretic. — P. 
psy'llium. The branching plantain, or flea- 
wort. The decoction of the seeds is recom- 
mended in hoarseness and asperity of the fau- 
ces. 

Plantain. Plantago major. 

Plantain-tree. Musa sapientum. 

Plantain, water; Alisma plantago 

P L A'N TAR. Plantaris. Appertaining to 
the sole of the foot. 

Plantar aponeurosis. The strong, tendi- 
nous expansion which lies under the integu- 
ments in the sole of the foot. 

Plantar arteries. Two branches of the 
posterior tibial. 

Plantar ligaments. The ligaments on the 
under side of the foot, which unite the tarsal 
and metatarsal bones. 

Plantar nerves. There are two: 1. The 
internal plantar, derived from the posterior 
tibial, and supplying the first three toes, &c. 
2. The external plantar, which is distributed 
to the outer side of the fourth and the fifth toe, 
and the muscles of the outer side of the foot. 

PLANTA'RIS. The plantar muscle. A 
muscle of the foot, situated on the leg, that as- 
sists the soleus, and pulls the capsular ligament 
of the knee from between the bones. It arises 
from the upper and back part of the outer con- 
dyle of the os femoris. It adheres to the cap- 
sular ligament of the joint ; and, after running 
obliquely downward and outward for the space 
of three or four inches, along the Second origin 
of the gastrocnemius internus and under the- 

511 



PLE 

gastrocnemius externus, terminates in a long, 
thin, and slender tendon, which adheres to the 
inside of the tendo Achillis, and is inserted into 
the inside of the posterior part of the os calcis. 
Its use is to assist the gastrocnemii in extend- 
ing the foot. 

Planti'grada. Plantigrade animals. Mam- 
mifers which walk on the sole of the foot. 

PLANUM OS. The orbitary plate of the 
ethmoid bone is so called from its plane surface. 

Pla'nus. Flat; smooth. 

PLASMA. (From Trlaaou, to form.') The 
liquor sanguinis. The fluid portions of living 
blood in which the corpuscles float. It is not 
to be confounded with the serum of the blood, 
inasmuch as it differs from serum in the pres- 
ence of soluble fibrin. 

Plaster. See' Emplastrum. 

Plaster of Paris. Gypsum. 

PLASTIC. Plastieus. (From 7r?,aaau, to 
form.) 1. Having the power of forming or 
producing parts ; as Plastic force, the formative 
power ; Plastic element, that from which growth 
takes place. 2. That which may be molded, 
as Plastic clay. 

Pla'ta. The shoulder-blade. 

Plati'asmus. A defect of sf>eech, produced 
by an excessive development or broadness of 
the lips, as in the negro. 

PLATI'NUM. Platina. A white, brilliant, 
malleable, and ductile metal; almost infusible; 
sp. grav., 21/5. It is not acted upon by ordina- 
ry solvents, but is dissolved by aqua regia, be- 
ing converted into the chloride. Symbol, Pt; 
equivalent, 9868. It is of great value in 
chemistiy for crucibles, from its infusibility and 
indestructibility. The bichloride, PtCl2, is a 
test for potash, and forms interesting double 
6alts with the alkaline salts. The bichloride 
and chloride of platinum and sodium have 
been used in medicine in the same way as the 
corresponding salts of gold, but without any 
particular advantage. 

Platinum, spongy. A porous kind of plati- 
num, obtained by heating the chloride of plati- 
num and ammonium to redness. It possesses 
the remarkable property of causing hydrogen 
and oxygen to unite, and other similar changes 
to take place. 

Platinum, black. A black, pulverulent 
preparation of platinum, similar in its effects to 
spongy platinum. 

Platyco'ria. An enlarged pupil. 

Platyophtha'lmum. Antimony. 

PLATY'SMA-MYOIDES. Mmculus cuta- 
neus of Winslow. A thin muscle on the side of 
the neck, immediately under the skin, that as- 
sists in drawing the skin of the cheek down- 
ward ; and when the mouth is shut, it draws 
all that part of the skin to which it is connected 
below the lower jaw upward. 

Ple'ctan*. The cornua uteri. 

Ple'ctrum. The styloid process of the tem- 
poral bone ; also the uvula. 

PLEDGET. A small compress of lint, to be 
applied over wounds, ulcers, &c, to protect 
them, or absorb the discharge. 

Plenck's solution. Mercury rubbed with 
■mucilage until it is so far divided as to become 
«uspended in the mixture. 
512 



PLE 

Ple'res archo'nticum. An old cephalic 
powder mentioned by Lemery. 

Plero'sis. Ple'smone. See Plethora. 

PLESIOMO'RPHISM. (From nXijococ, 
near, and fiopfq, form.) A term used to denote 
a similarity between different crystals in their 
angles, but not an identity. 

PLETHORA, (a, m, f. lUtfflwpa; from 
ir?i.T)du, to fill.) An excessive fullness of the 
blood-vessels. This may be conceived to arise 
from an increased quantity of blood, or a di- 
minished capacity of the vessels ; in the former 
case it is called plethora ad molem ; in the lat- 
ter, plethora ad spatium. When the quantity 
of blood is too great for the strength of the ves- 
sels, it is called plethora ad vires. Plethora 
may arise from a highly entonic state of the ar- 
terial system, and is called sanguine plethora ; 
or from a lax and weak state of the arterial sys- 
tem, in which case it is called serous plethora 
or atonic plethora. 

Pleumonia. See Pneumonitis. 

PLEU'RA. (a, m, f. Tlkevpa, a rib, or the 
side of the chest.) The serous membrane 
which lines the internal surface of the thorax, 
P. costalis, and covers its viscera, P. pulmona- 
lis. The cavity of the thorax is every where 
lined by this membrane, which consists of two 
distinct portions or bags, which, by being appli- 
ed to each other laterally, form the septum call- 
ed the mediastinum: this divides the cavity 
into two parts, and is attached posteriorly to 
the vertebne of the back, and anteriorly to the 
sternum. The two lamina? of the septum do 
not every where adhere to each other ; for at 
the lower part of the thorax they are separated, 
to afford a lodgment to the heart; and at the 
upper part of the cavity they receive between 
them the thymus gland. The pleura is plenti- 
fully supplied with arteries and veins from the 
internal mammary and the intercostals. Its 
nerves, which are veiy inconsiderable, are de- 
rived chiefly from the dorsal and intercostal 
nerves. The surface of the pleura, like that of 
the peritoneum and other membranes lining 
cavities, is constantly bedewed with a serous 
moisture, which prevents adhesions of the vis- 
cera. 

Pleura'lgia. Pleurodynia. 

Pleurenchy'ma. The woody, or fusiform 
tissue of plants. 

Pleu'risy. Pleuritis. 

Pleurisy, false. Pleurodynia. 

Pleurisy root. Asclepias tuberosa. 

Pleurisy, rheumatic. Pleurodynia. 

PLEURI'TIS. (it, idis, f. ; from nlevpa, the 
pleura. ) Pleurisy or inflammation of the pleura. 
It assumes an acute and a chronic form. 

1. Acute pleurisy. — In some instances the in- 
flammation is partial, or affects one place in par- 
ticular, which is commonly on the right side ; 
but, in general, the morbid action is communi- 
cated throughout its whole extent. The disease 
is occasioned by exposure to cold, and by all 
the causes which usually give rise to other in- 
flammatory complaints; and it attacks chiefly 
those of a vigorous constitution and plethoric 
habit. In consequence of the previous inflam- 
mation, it is apt, at its departure, to leave be- 
hind a thickening of the pleura, or adhesions to 



P LE 

the ribs and intercostal muscles, which either 
lay the foundation of future pneumonic com- 
plaints, or render the patient more susceptible 
of the changes of the atmosphere than before. 

It comes on with an acute pain in the side, 
which is much increased by making a full in- 
spiration, and is accompanied by flushing in the 
face, increased heat over the whole body, rigors, 
difficulty of lying on the side affected, together 
with a cough and nausea, and the pulse is hard, 
strong, and frequent, and vibrates under the 
finger, when pressed upon, not unlike the tense 
string of a musical instrument If blood is 
drawn and allowed to stand for a short time, it 
will exhibit a thick, buffy coat on its surface. 
If the disease be neglected at its onset, and the 
inflammation proceeds with great violence and 
rapidity, the lungs themselves become affected, 
the passage of the blood through them is stop- 
ped, and the patient is suffocated ; or, the in- 
flammation goes on to suppuration, and an ab- 
scess is formed ; or an effusion of pus or serum 
in the pleural cavity. When the substance of 
the lungs as well as the pleura is affected, the 
case is called pleuro-peripneumony. Tho prog- 
nosis in pleurisy must be drawn from the se- 
verity of the symptoms. If the fever and in- 
flammation have run high, and the pain should 
cease suddenly, with a change of countenance, 
and a sinking of tho pulse, great danger may be 
apprehended ; but it the heat and other febrile 
symptoms abate gradually, if respiration is per- 
formed with greater ease and less pain, and a 
free and copious expectoration ensues, a speedy 
recovery may be expected. If the case come 
early under treatment, and vigorous practice be 
used, the prognosis in pleurisy may almost al- 
ways be favorable, as it is more under the con- 
trol of the lancet than any other case of inflam- 
mation. 

The treatment of pleurisy consists in large 
bleedings from the arm, repeated if necessary, 
with the application of leeches or cupping- 
glasses; purgatives, diaphoretics, blisters, and 
a strict antiphlogistic regimen. 

2. Chronic pleurisy. — This is principally a 
disease of advanced life, and seems most fre- 
quent in those addicted to tho use of ardent 
spirits. It is very obscure in its symptoms, and 
is generally fatal, bronchitis supervening toward 
the termination. Chronic inflammation of tho 
pleura gives rise to the thickening of the mem- 
brane, extensive adhesions, hydrothorax, and 
empyena. Occasional leeching and counter-ir- 
ritation by blisters form the only treatment 
likely to do any good. 

Pleuritis bronchialis. P. humida. Bron- 
chitis. 

Pleuritis spuria. Pleurodynia. 
* Pleuroce'le. Hernia of the pleura. 

Pleuro-colle'sis. An adhesion of the 
pleura. 

PLEURODYNIA. (a, a, f. ; from nlevpa, 
and odvvT], pain. ) A pain in the side, but chiefly 
used for rheumatism over the intercostal mus- 
cles. It is removed by warm flannel, dry cup- 
ping, or a blister. 

Pleuropa'thia. A disease of the lungs. 

Ple u'ro-pneumo'nia. Pleuro-peripneumo- 
nia. • 

Kk 



PLD 

PLEU'RO-PERIPNEUMO'NIA/ (From 
irXevpa, and nepinvm/iovia.) Inflammation of 
the pleura and substance of the lungs existing 
together. 

Pleuro'rrhiea. A false term intended to 
signify a discharge from the lungs. 

FLEURORTHOPNiE'A. (a, m, f. ; from 
n?.evpa, the pleura, opdoc, upright, and ttveu, to 
breathe.) A pleurisy in which tho patient can 
not breathe without keeping his body upright. 

Pleurostho'tonos. Pleurothotonos. 

PLEUROTHO'TONOS. (From nl.evpo6ev, 
to ono side, and reivu, to bend.) That form 
of tetanus in which the body is bent to one 
side. 

PLEXI'METER. (From ^Irj^ic, percussion, 
and fierpov, a measure.) The name given by 
M. Piorry to the ivory plate which he uses in 
mediate percussion. The middle finger of the 
left hand is the best pleximeter. 

PLEX'US. (us, ms, m. ; from plccto, to twine 
or knit.) A network : applied to blood-vessels, 
absorbents, and nerves, when many are near 
together, the branches crossing and intertwin- 
ing in the form of a net. 

Plexus cardi'acus. The cardiac plexus of 
nerves which is formed by the union of the 
eighth pair of nerves with the great sympathetic. 

Plexus choroi'des. Choroid plexus. A 
plexus of vessels situated in the lateral ventricle 
of the brain. See Encephalos. 

Plexus glandulosi peyert. Peyer's glands. 

Plexus, median. The 6olar plexus. 

Plexus pampinifo'rmis. The plexus of 
blood-vessels about the spermatic cord. 

Plexus pulmo'nicus. The pulmonic plexus 
of nerves which is formed by the union of the 
eighth pair of nerves with the great sympa- 
thetic. 

Plexus reticularis. The network of ves- 
sels under the fornix of the brain. 

Plexus retiformis. The spongy tissue of 
the vagina. . 

Plexus, solar. P. Solaris. An assemblage 
of ganglia, and interlaced and anastomosing fila- 
ments, surrounding the two semilunar ganglia 
of the abdomen. It gives off numerous fila- 
ments, which accompany, under the name of 
plexuses, all the branches given off by the ab- 
dominal aorta. Thus, from the solar plexus are 
derived the phrenic, the gastric, the hepatic, 
plexus, &c. 

PLI'CA. (a, a:, f. ; from plico, to entangle.) 
A plait or fold : applied by anatomists to the 
longitudinal folds of the mucous membrane 
(plica? longitudinales). 

Plica polonica. Plaited hair. A disease 
of the hairs, in which they become long and 
coarse, and matted and glued into inextricable 
tangles. It is peculiar to Poland, Lithuania, 
and Tartary. 

Plica semilunaris. A slight doubling of the 
conjunctiva on the outer side of the caruncle. 

Plica'ria. Lycopodium clavatum. 

Plicate. Plica'tus. Plaited; folded. 

Plin'thius. Hkivdioc. The fourfold band- 
age. 

FLUGGING. The introduction of lint or 
pieces of rag into a wound, the vagina, uterus, 
Sec., to stop hemorrhage or sustain the parts. 

513 



PLU 

The tampon or plug may be rendered astrin- 

fent by immersion in a cold decoction of oak 
ark, solution of acetate of lead, &c., or other- 
wise medicated. 

Plum. Prunus domestica. 

Plum, Malabar. Eugenia jambos. 

Plumace'olus. A pledget. 

Plumba'gin. A principle detected by Du- 
long in the root of the Plumbago curopma. 

PLUMBAGO, (o, inis, f.) 1. A native 
form of carbon, of an unctuous and soft con- 
sistency, metallic brilliancy, and nearly incom- 
bustible; used for lead pencils, crucibles, &c. 
2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
Plumbaginece. — P. europaa. Toothwort. The 
root was formerly esteemed as a cure for the 
toothache, arising from caries. 

Plumbi ace'tas. P. supcracetas. Acetate 
of lead. Sugar of lead. It possesses sedative 
and astringent qualities in a very high degree. 
It is constantly used in lotions, and, combined 
with opium, is useful in hemorrhages. The 
dose is from one to three grains. It is poison- 
ous only when it is decomposed and deposits 
the carbonate. 

Plumbi diacetatis liquor. Plumbi acctatis 
liquor. Plumbi subacetalis liquor. (U. S.) 
Solution of diacetato of lead. Goulard's ex- 
tract. Take of acetate of lead) §xvj. ; oxide of 
lead, powdered, fixss. ; water, 4 pints. Boil 
for half an hour, agitating frequently, and when 
the liquor is cool, add as much distilled water 
as will make it up to six pints, and strain. This 
has long been a celebrated refrigerant applica- 
tion in cases of local inflammation. It is to be 
mixed with distilled water in the proportion of 
from one to two drachms to a pint of water. 

Plumbi diacetatis liquor dilutus. Liquor 
plumbi acelatis dilutus. Aqua vegeto mineralis. 
Aqua lithargyri acetati composita. Diluted so- 
lution of diacetate of lead. Take of solution 
of diacetate of lead, a fluid drachm and a half; 
distilled water, a pint ; weak spirits, two fluid 
drachms. Mix. This is an unnecessary for- 
mula, as every surgeon dilutes the Goulard's 
extract with water according to his own dis- 
cretion. 

Plumbi chlo'ridum. Chloride of lead. 
Take of acetate of lead, nineteen ounces ; boil- 
ing distilled water, three pints ; chloride of so- 
dium, six ounces. Dissolve the acetate of lead 
and chloride of sodium separately, the former 
in three pints of distilled water, and tfye latter 
in one pint. The liquors being then mixed to- 
gether, wash the precipitate, when cold, with 
distilled water, and dry it. It is used for pre- 
paring the hydrochlorate or muriate of morphia. 

Plumbi iodi'dum. (Ph. L.) Iodide of lead. 
Take of acetate of lead, nine ounces; iodide of 
potassium, seven ounces ; distilled water, a 
gallon. Dissolve the acetate of lead in six 
pints of the water, and filter. Add to the solu- 
tion the iodide of potassium, dissolved in two 
pints of the water; wash the precipitate, and 
dry it. The iodide of lead, as obtained by the 
above process, is a bright yellow powder, little 
soluble in cold water, but readily so in boiling 
water, from which it is again deposited, on 
cooling, in the form of crystalliue scales. 

This medicine has been found very effectual 
514 



PNE 

in resolving scrofulous tumors, and in the hands 
of M. Velpeau has succeeded when iodine and 
its other compounds have failed. The dose is 
from half a grain to four grains. An officinal 
ointment is now prepared from it. See Tin- 
guentum plumbi iodidi. 

Plumbi oxydum hydra'tum. Hydrated ox- 
ide of lead. Take of solution of diacetate of 
lead, six pints; distilled water, three gallons; 
solution ot potash, six pints, or as much as may 
be sufficient to precipitate the oxide. Mix. 
Wash the precipitate with water until nothing 
alkaline remains. This is used for preparing 
the disulphate of quinine. 

Plumbi oxidum semivitreum. See Lithar- 
gyrum. 

Plumbi oxidum (oxydum) rubrum. Red 
lead. 

Plumbi carbo'nas. Plumbi subcarbonas. 
Subcarbonate of lead ; commonly called cerusse, 
or white lead. This article is made in the large 
way in white-lead manufactories, by exposing 
thin sheets of lead to the vapor of vinegar. This 
preparation is seldom used in medicine or sur- 
gery but for the purposo of making other prep- 
arations, as the acetate. It is sometimes em- 
ployed medicinally in form of powder and oint- 
ment, to children whose skin is fretted. It 
should, however, be cautiously used, as there is 
great reason to believe that complaints of the 
bowels of children originate from its absorption. 

Plumbi subcarbonas. See Plumbi carbonas. 

PLU'MBUM. (wm, i, n.) Lead. In cases 
of poisoning by the preparations of lead, the 
best antidote is a solution of a sulphate, as 
Epsom salt, sulphate ofsoda, or dilute sulphurk 
acid. See Colica pictonum. 

Plumbum candidum. Tin. 

Plumbum cinereum. Bismuth. 

Plumbum nigrum. Black lead. 

Plumbum rubeum. The philosopher's stone 
is so called in some old books. 

Plumbum ustum. Burnt lead. 

Plumme'ri pilulje. Plummer's pills. See 
Pilules hydrargyri chlondi composites. 

Plumo'se. Plumosus. Feathered. 

Plu'mula. A little feather. The upper part 
of the embryo. 

Plunket's cancer remedy. Take of ranun- 
culus fiammula, one handful ; dog's fennel, 
three sprigs, both well pounded; brimstone, in 
powder, three middling thimbles-full; white 
arsenic, the same quantity : incorporate all in 
a mortar, and make into small balls the size of 
a nutmeg, and dry in the sun. These balls 
must be powdered and mixed with the yolk of 
an egg, and laid over the sore or cancer upon 
a piece of bladder, which must be cut to the 
size of the sore, and smeared with the yolk of 
an egg. The plaster must not be stirred until 
it drops off of itself, which will be in a week. 
Clean bandages are often to be put on. 

Pluviome'ter. A rain gauge. 

PNEUMA. (From nvevp, nvevfiaToc, wind, 
air, gas.) Denoting the presence of air. 

Pneumarthro'sis. (From izvevjia, and ap- 
6f)ov, a joint.) The secretion of air into an 
articular cavity. It may occur after articular 
rheumatism, and usually disappears spontane- 
ously in a few days or hours. 



PNE 

PNEUMA'TIC. (Pneumaticus ; from nvev- 
pa, wind ; relating v. air.) Of, or belonging to, 
air or gas. 

Pneumatic trough. Any wooden or metal- 
lic vessel used for the purpose of making ex- 
periments with gases. For this purpose it is 
nearly filled with water, mercury, or some 
other fluid. 

Pneuma'tica. Disease of the air passages. 
— Good. 

PNEUMATICS. (From nvevpa, air.) The 
science which investigates the physical proper- 
ties of air and elastic fluids. 

P NEUMATOC E'L E. (e, cs, f. ; nvevpa, 
wind, and Krjhj, a tumor.) A tumor distended 
with air or gas. It has been applied especially 
to a distension of the scrotum with gas, which 
may happen when there is a scrotal hernia, and 
the intestine is distended with gas, or when the 
scrotum is emphysematous. 

Pneumato'meter. A graduated gasometer, 
by which the quantity of inspired air can be 
measured. 

Pneumato'mphalus. A hernia distended 
with gas. 

PNEUMATOSIS. (From irvevpaTou, to in- 
flate.) Emphysema. Windy swelling. The 
species are, 

1. Pneumatosis spontanea, without any mani- 
fest cause. 

2. Pneumatosis traumatica, from a wound. 
•i. Pneumatosis venenata, from poisons. 

4. Pneumatosis hysterica, with hysteria. 

Pneumatosis is known by a collection of air 
in the cellular texture under the skin, render- 
ing it tense, elastic, and crepitating. Air in 
the cellular membrane is confined to one 
place ; but in a few cases it spreads universal- 
ly over the body, and occasions a considerable 
degree of swelling. It sometimes arises spon- 
taneously, which is, however, a very rare oc- 
currence, or comes on immediately after child- 
birth, in consequence of rupture of the lungs ; 
but it is most generally induced by some wound 
or injury done to the thorax, and which affects 
the lungs, in which case the air passes from 
these, through the wound, into a surrounding 
cellular membrane, and from thence spreads 
over the whole body. 

Pneumatosis is attended with an evident 
crackling noise, and elasticity upon pressure; 
and sometimes with much difficulty of breath- 
ing, oppression, and anxiety. 

We are to consider it as a disease by no means 
unattended with danger; but more probably 
from the causes which give rise to it, than any 
hazard from the complaint itself. In every 
species the air may be let out by very small 
punctures with a lancet, and a bandage ap- 
plied where it can be used. The poisonous 
species require the internal administration of 
the antidote for the particular poison ; and the 
other species are cured by anti-hysterical reme- 
dies. 

Pneumatosis abdominis. Tympanitic. 

Pneumatosis enterica. P. ventriculi. Flat- 
ulence. 

Pneumatotho'rax. Pneumothorax. 

PNEUMOGA'STRIC NERVE. (Yvovairvtv- 
uuv , the lung, and yaornp, the belly, so named 



PNE 

from its distribution.) Nervus vagus. Par va- 
gum. A nerve which arises on each side by 
many filaments, from the lateral part of the 
medulla oblongata, immediately below the or- 
igin of the glosso-pharyngeal nerve. It passes 
out of the cranium along with the glosso-pha- 
ryngeal nerve, through the foramen lacerum 
posterius. Immediately after quitting the cra- 
nium it is slightly enlarged for about an inch 
of its course, forming what is called its gangli- 
onic enlargement. It descends in the neck at 
the outer and back part of tne common carotid 
artery, in the cellular sheath of which it is in- 
cluded. In the neck it gives off the pharyngeal 
branch, the superior laryngeal, and twigs which 
contribute to form the cardiac plexus. It pass- 
es into the chest between the subclavian artery 
and vein, girding off the inferior laryngeal or 
recurrent nerve, which twines round the sub- 
clavian artery on the right side, and the aorta 
on the left. In the chest it sends twigs con- 
tributing to the formation of the pulmonary and 
oesophageal plexuses. Lastly, entering the ab- 
domen, it is finally dispersed on the stomach, 
sending twigs to the omentum and to the 
neighboring abdominal plexuses. 

Pneumography. A description of the lungs. 

Pneu'-mo-h^morrha'gica. Hemorrhage from, 
the lungs, as opposed to broncho-hamorrhagia,. 
or hemorrhage* from the bronchia. 

Pneumolo'gy. A treatise on the lungs. 

Pneumon. The lungs. 

Pneumo'nia. See Pneumonitis. 

Pneumonia, typhoid. P., bilious. P., ery- 
sipelatous. Inflammation of the lungs, accom- 
panied with inflammation of the mucous mem- 
brane. 

Pneumonica. Diseases affecting the lungs. 
— Good. 

Pneumoni'tic Relating to pneumonitis. 

PNEUMONITIS, (is, idis, f . ; from irvev- 
puv, the lung, and itis, inflammation.) Inflam- 
mation of the lung. It is characterized by 
fever, difficulty of breathing, cough, and a sense 
of weight and pain in the thorax. It attacks 
principally those of a robust constitution and 
plethoric habit, and occurs most frequently in 
the winter season and spring of the year. At 
the commencement of the disease the pulse is 
usually full, strong, hard, and frequent; but in 
a more advanced stage it is commonly weak, 
soft, and often irregular. In the beginning the 
cough is frequently dry and without expec- 
toration; but in some cases it is moist, even 
from the first, and the matter spit up is various 
both in color and consistence, and is often 
streaked with blood. 

If relief is not afforded in time, and the in- 
flammation proceeds with such violence as to 
endanger suffocation, the vessels of the neck 
will become turgid and swelled ; the face will 
alter to a purple color; an effusion of blood 
will take place into the cellular substance of the 
lungs, so as to impede the circulation through 
that organ, and the patient will soon be de- 
prived of life ; or suppuration, apoplexy, or en- 
gorgement of blood. Coagulable lymph may 
also be thrown out, and produce hepatization ; 
or gangrene may occur. 

Physical Signs. — At first there is dullness 



POD 

on percussion, and a crepitant rale ; the voice 
is rather more resonant than usual. If it end in 
suppuration, there is coarse mucous rale, with 
increased dullness on percussion. If hepatiza- 
tion occur, the percussion is veiy dull; there 
is no rale, but bronchial respiration, and great 
resonance of the voice and cough. 

Our opinion as to the event is to be drawn 
from the symptoms which are present. A high 
degree of fever, attended with delirium, great 
difficulty of breathing, with acute pain, and dry 
cough, denote great danger; on the contrary, 
an abatement of the febrile symptoms, and of 
the difficulty of breathing and pain, taking 
place on the coming on of a free expectoration, 
or the occurrence of any other critical evacua- 
tion, promise fair for the recovery of the pa- 
tient It usually comes to a favorable crisis in 
about twelve days. 

In the early period of this disease we may 
hope, by active measures, to bring about im- 
mediate resolution; but when it is more ad- 
vanced, we must look for a discharge by ex- 
pectoration, as the means of restoring the part 
to a healthy state. Wo should begin by large 
and free bleeding. The bowels must be well 
evacuated in the first instance, and subsequent- 
ly kept regular ; and antimonials may be given 
with great advantage, to promote the dischar- 
ges from the skin and lungs. This is one of 
the cases in which the use of veiy large doses 
of emetic tartar has been especially advocated. 
Digitalis is proper, also, as lessening the activity 
of the circulation. The antiphlogistic regimen 
is to bo observed, except that the patient will 
not bear too free exposure to cold. After the 
urgent febrile symptoms have subsided, coun- 
ter-irritation is very useful. 

PNEUMO'NIC. {Pneumonicus ; tomitveth 
(iuv, the lung.) Appertaining to the lungs. 

Pneumono'ses. Diseases of the lungs. 

Pneumopericardium. Effusion of air into 
the cavity of the pericardium. — Lacnncc. 

Pneu'mo-pleuri'tis. An inflammation of the 
lungs and pleura. 

Pneumorrha'gia. Haimoptysis. 

Pneumotho'e. Phthisis pulmonalis. 

PNEUMOTHORAX. Pneumatolhorax. 
(From irvevuav, and dupa!;, the chest.) An in- 
filtration of air, usually with some fluid, into 
the cavity of the pleura. It is usually connect- 
ed with pleurisy, or other diseases of the lungs, 
occurring suddenly, and being fatal in its re- 
sult. Where the amount of gaseous matter is 
great, the affected side is distended ; it also 
emits a clear sound on percussion. If there be 
a communication by ulceration between the 
bronchial tubes aud the pleura, there will be 
metallic resonance on auscultation, and metal- 
lic tinkling when there is both gas and fluid in 
the pleural cavity. 

Pneumoto'my. Dissection of the lungs. 

Pneu'sis. Respiration. 

Pniga'lium. The nightmare. 

Pnigopho'bia. Suffocation; angina pec- 
toris. 

Pnix. A sense of suffocation. 

Pny'ma. A boil. 

Pod. Siliqua. 

>PO'DA6RA. (From Trove, the foot, and 
51C 



POI 

aypa, a taking or seizure.) Gout in the foot. 
See Gout. 

Podagra'ria. iEgopodium podagraria. 

Podarthkoca'ce. Caries of the articulation 
of the foot. 

Pode'cium. The peculiar foot-stalk of the 
tubercles in the cup lichens. 

Podogy'nium. The stalk on which the ovaiy 
is placed in the passion-flower, &c. 

Podoni'ptrum. A bath for the feet. 

PODOPHY'LLUM. (urn, i, n.) A genua 
of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Podo- 
phyllm. — P. pelta'tum. May-apple. The fruit 
is edible, and the root cathartic in the dose of 
a scruple. The leaves are said to be poisonous. 

Podospe'rm. The funicle or little stalk of 
the ovule and seed by which it is attached to 
the placenta of the carpel. 

Podothe'ca. An anatomical preparation of 
the scarf-skin of the foot. 

Poeci'ua. The piebald skin. 

Pogo'n. A beard. 

Pogo'nia. A beard on a female. 

POISON. Vencnum. Toxicum. That which, 
when applied externally, or taken into the hu- 
man body, uniformly effects such a derange- 
ment in the animal economy as to produce dis- 
ease, may be defined a poison. 

Poisons are divided, with respect to the 
kingdom to which they belong, into animal, 
vegetable, mineral, and aerial. 

When a substance produces disease, not only 
in mankind, but in all animals, it is distin- 
guished by the term common poison; as arsenic, 
corrosive sublimate, &c. ; while that which is 
poisonous to man only, or to animals, and oft- 
en to one genus merely, is said to be a relative 
poison; thus aloes is poisonous to dogs and 
wolves ; the Phcllandrium aquaticum kills hor- 
ses, while oxen devour it greedily, and with 
impunity. Stramonium is a favorite food of 
goats, but poisonous to man. 

Poisons have been arranged by Orfila into 
four classes, namely, irritant, narcotic, narcoti- 
co-acrid, and. septic, or putrefiant. Dr. Christi- 
son excludes the last, or septic class, thus reduc- 
ing poisons to three classes. The following 
enumeration of poisons is taken from his excel- 
lent treatise on poisons : 

I. Irritant Poisons. 

The characteristic operation of these is to 
excite inflammation of the alimentary canal in 
some part, or throughout the whole of its course. 
To this class belong 
The mineral acids. 
Phosphorus. 
Sulphur. 
Chlorine. 
Iodine. 

Hydriodate of potash. 
Bromine. 
Oxalic acid. 
The fixed alkalies. 
Nitre. 

Alkaline and earthy chlo- 
rides. 
Lime. 

Ammonia and its salts. 
Alkaline sulphurets. 
The compounds of arsenic. 
The compounds of mercu- 

The compounds of cop- 
per. 



The compounds of t 
ny. 

The compounds of tin, sil- 
ver, gold, platinum, bis- 
muth, chrome, and zinc. 

The compounds of lead 
and of baryta. 

Euphorbia. 

Castor oil seeds. 

Physic-nut. 

Bitter cassadn. 

Manchineel. 

Croton oil. 

Bryony. 

Colocynth. 

Elaterium. 

Ranunculus. 

Anemone. 

Caltha. 

Clematis. 



POI 



Trollius. 


Cantharidcs. 


Mezereon. 


Poisonous fish. 


Arum. 


Venomous serpents and in- 


Gamboge. 


sects. 


Daffodil. 


Diseased and decayed ani- 


Jalap. 


mal matter. 


Sarin. 


Mechanical irritants. 



II. Narcotic Poisons. 
These are such as produce, chiefly or solely, 
symptoms of disorder of the nervous system. 
To this class belong 



Opium. 

Hyoscyamus. 

Lactuca. 

Solan um. 

Hydrocyanic acid. 

The vegetable substances 
which contain hydrocy- 
anic acid: Bitter almonds 
— Cherry-laurel — Peach 
— Cluster cherry — Moun- 
tain ash. 



Nitric oxide gas. 
Chlorine gas. 
Ammoniacal gas. 
Muriatic acid gas. 
Sulphurated hydrogen. 
Carbureted hydrogen. 
Carbonic acid. 
Carbonic oxide. 
Nitrous oxide. 
Cyanogen. 
Oxygen. 



III. Narcotico-acrid Poisons. 
These possess a double action, being both 
local irritants, like those of the first class, and 
producing a remote effect on the nervous sys- 
tem, like those of the second. To this class 
belong 



Nightshade. 

Thorn-apple. 

Tobacco. 

Lobelia. 

Hemlock. 

Water hemlock. 

Hemlock dropwort. 

Fool's parsley. 

Monk's-hood. 

Black hellebore. 

Ipecacuanha. 

Squill. 

White hellebore. 

Meadow saffron. 

Foxglove. 

Strychnia. 

Nux vomica. 

.St. Ignatius's bean. 



False angustura. 
Camphor. 
Cocculus indicus. 
Upas antiar. 
Coriaria myrtifolin. 
Poisonous fungi. 
Poisonous mosses. 
Secale cornutum. 
Mouldy bread. 
Darnel grass. 
Seeds of lathyrus cicera. 
Seeds of the bitter vetch. 
Seeds of the common la- 
burnum. 
Alcohol. 
Ether. 
Some empyrcumatic oils. 



Method of detecting Poisons. 

When sudden death is suspected to have been 
occasioned by the administration of poison, 
either willfully or by accident, the testimony 
of the physician is occasionally required to con- 
firm or invalidate this suspicion. He may also 
be sometimes called upon to ascertain the cause 
of the noxious effects arising from the presence 
of poisonous substances in ai'ticles of diet ; and 
he should, therefore, learn the simplest and 
most practicable modes of obtaining, by exper- 
iment, the necessary information. 

The only poisons, however, that can be clear- 
ly and decisively detected by chemical means 
are those of the mineral kingdom. Arsenic 
and corrosive sublimate are most likely to be 
exhibited with the view of producing death ; 
and lead and copper may be introduced unde- 
signedly, in several ways, into our food and 
drink. The continued and unsuspected opera- 
tion of the two last may often produce effects 
less sudden and violent, but not less baneful to 
health and life, than the more active poisons; 
and their operation generally involves, in the 
pernicious consequences, a greater number of 
sufferers. 

Method of detecting Arsenic. — This is detailed 
under the head of Arsenious acid. 

Method of detecting Corrosive Sublimate. — It 



POI 

may be collected by treating the contents of 
the stomach in the manner described under 
arsenic ; but as it is more soluble than arsenic, 
no more water must be employed than is barely 
sufficient, and the washings must be carefully 
preserved for examination. 

If a powder should be collected by this oper- 
ation, which proves, on examination, not to be 
arsenic, it may be known to be corrosive sub- 
limate by the following characters : 

a. Expose a small quantity of it, without any 
admixture, to heat in a glass tube. Corrosive 
sublimate will be ascertained by its rising to 
the top of the tube, lining the inner surface in 
the form of a shining white crust. 

b. Dissolve another portion in distilled wa 
ter; and it may be proper to observe how 
much of the salt the water is capable of taking 
up. 

c. To the wateiy solution add a little lime- 
water. A precipitate of an orange-yellow color 
will instantly appear. 

d. To another portion of the solution add a 
single drop of a dilute solution of subcarbonate 
of potash. A white precipitate will appear; 
but, on a still farther addition of alkali, an or- 
ange-colored sediment will be formed. 

e. The carbonate of soda has similar effects. 

f. Sulphureted water throws down a dark- 
colored sediment, which, when dried and 
strongly heated, is wholly volatilized, without 
any odor of garlic. 

For the detection of corrosive sublimate, Syl- 
vester has recommended the application of 
galvanism, which exhibits the mercuiy in a 
metallic state. If a gold wire be used, it is 
stained white. 

Carbonate of Baryta. — It is soluble in muri- 
atic acid, and may be precipitated as a white 
powder by any soluble sulphate, and this pow- 
der is insoluble in acids. 

Method of detecting Copper or Lead. — Copper 
and lead sometimes gain admission into articles 
of food, in consequence of the employment of 
kitchen utensils of these materials. 

1. If copper be suspected in any liquor, its 
presence will be ascertained by adding a solu- 
tion of pure ammonia, which will strike a beau- 
tiful blue color. It is also easily detected by a 
galvanic circle. 

2. Lead is occasionally found, in sufficient 
quantity to be injurious to health, in water that 
has passed through leaden pipes, or been kept 
in leaden vessels, and sometimes even in pump 
water, in consequence of that metal having been 
used in the construction of the pump. Acetate 
of lead has also been known to be fraudulently 
added to bad wines. 

Lead may be discovered by adding to a por- 
tion of the suspected water about half its bulk 
of water impregnated with sulphureted hydro- 
gen gas. If lead be present, it will be mani- 
fested by a dark brown or blackish tinge. This 
test is so delicate, that water condensed by the 
leaden worm of a still-tub is sensibly affected 
by it. Lead is also detected by a similar effect 
ensuing on the addition of sulphuret of ammo- 
nia, or potash. A solution of chromate of pot- 
ash produces a yellow precipitate, as does also- 
iodide of potassium. 

517 



POI 

Treatment of Poisoning. 

As general preparatives to the treatment of 
poisoning, it is a good rule to administer muci- 
laginous or oily draughts, and use the stomach- 
pump or emetics ; if, however, we know at first, 
the particular poison, its antidotes are to be used 

Antidotes are of two kinds. One kind takes 
away the deleterious qualities of the poison be- 
fore it comes within its sphere of action, by al- 
tering its chemical nature. The other controls 
its poisonous action after it has begun, by ex- 
citing a contrary action in the system. In the 
early ages of medicine almost all antidotes were 
believed to be of the latter description, but, in 
fact, very few of the kind are known. 

In the instance of external poisoning, the 
main object of the practitioner is to prevent the 
poison from entering the blood, or to remove it 
from the local vessels which it has entered. 

One mode, which has been known to the pro- 
fession from early times, and, after being long 
in disuse, was lately revived by Dr. Barry, and 
applied with success to man, is the application 
of cupping-glasses to the part where the poison 
has been introduced. This method may act in 
various ways. It certainly prevents the farther 
absorption of the poison by suspending for a 
time the absorbing power of the vessels of the 
part covered by the cup. It also sucks the 
blood out of the wound, and, consequently, 
washes the poison away with it. But possibly 
it likewise compresses the nerves around, and 
prevents the impression made by the poison on 
their sentient extremities from being transmit- 
ted along their filaments. 

Another mode is by the application of a lig- 
ature between the injured part and the trunk, 
so as to check the circulation. This is a veiy 
ancient practice in the case of poisoned wounds, 
and is known even to savages. But as usually 
practiced it is only a temporary cure. As soon 
as the ligature is removed the effects of the 
poison begin. It may be employed, however, 
for many kinds of poisoning through wounds, 
so as to effect a radical cure. We have seen 
that most poisons of the organic kingdom are 
in no long time either thrown off by the system 
or decomposed in the blood; hence, if the 
quantity given has not been too large, recovery 
will take place. Now, by means of a ligature, 
which is removed for a short time at moderately 
distant intervals, a poison, which has been in- 
troduced into a wound beyond the roach of ex- 
traction, may be gradually admitted into the 
system in successive quantities, each too small 
to cause death or serious mischief, and be thus, 
in the end, entirely removed and destroyed. 
Such is a practical application which may be 
made of some ingenious experiments performed 
not long ago by M. Bouillaud with strychnia, 
the poisonous principle of mix vomica. 

The last mode to be mentioned is by a com- 
bination of the ligature with venesection, de- 
duced by M. Verniere from his experimental 
researches. Suppose a fatal dose of extract of 
nux vomica has been thrust into the paw of a 
dog : M. Verniere applies a tight ligature round 
the limb, next injects slowly as much warm 
water icto the jugular vein as the animal can 
safely bear, and then slackens the ligature. 
518 



POI 

The state of venous plethora thus induced com 
pletely suspends absorption. The ligature if 
next tied so as to compress the veins without 
compressing the arteries of the limb, and a vein 
is opened between the wound and the ligature 
in such a situation that the blood which flows 
out must previously pass through, or at least 
near, the poisonous wound. When a moderate 
quantity has been withdrawn, the ligature may 
be removed with safety ; and the extraction of 
the poison may be farther proved by the blood 
that has been drawn being injected into the 
veins of another animal, for rapid death by te- 
tanus will be the result. It is not improbable 
that in this plan the preliminary production of 
venous plethora may be dispensed with, and 
then the treatment may be easily and safely ap- 
plied to the human subject. 

The following is a brief sketch of the treat- 
ment in cases oi the effects of some of the prin- 
cipal poisons. 

Arsenic. — For the treatment of poisoning by 
arsenic, see Arscnious acid. 

Bismuth. — No specific antidote is known for 
the oxide or for the subnitrate of this metal. 
Milk and mucilaginous diluents should be given 
along with purgatives. 

Salts of Copper. — The sulphurets of the al- 
kalies, sugar, and albumen have all gained rep- 
utation as antidotes to these poisons ; the alka- 
line sulphurets are now entirely disregarded; 
albumen and sugar have each been made the 
subject of recent experiments, and both appear 
to be of some utility, though neither have any 
claim to rank as specifics. 

Emetic Tartar. See Antimonium tartariza- 
turn. 

Preparations of Lead. — The antidote to these 
is Epsom or Glauber's salts, the acid of which 
forms an insoluble aud harmless sulphate. 

Preparations of Mercury. — The only one of 
these much known as a poison is the coiTosive 
sublimate. Its antidote is albumen : as soon, 
therefore, os it is known to have been swallow- 
ed, the white of eggs should bo given, mixed 
with water, every two or three minutes. If 
eggs can not be obtained, largo draughts of 
milk may be useful as a substitute. Inflamma- 
tion is to be combated by the ordinary means, 
as also the ptyalism occasioned by this in com- 
mon with the other preparations of mercury. 

Preparations of Silver. — Of these the nitrate 
only requires to be noticed. It is decomposed 
by muriate of soda. A table-spoonfull of com- 
mon salt may be dissolved in a pint of water, 
and a wine-glassfull given every five minutes. 
This may be followed by mucilaginous drinks. 

Preparations of Tin. — These are decomposed 
by all vegetable infusions and animal fluids. 
Milk is as good an antidote as any. 

Zinc. — The sulphate of zinc, or white vitriol, 
will generally prove an antidote to itself, being 
one of the most powerful emetics known. The 
vomiting should be encouraged by diluents, and 
any bad consequences that may ensue treated 
on ordinaiy principles. 

Little is known of the effects of the oxide ; 
it is, however, poisonous. 

The Mineral Acids. — When the sulphuric, nit- 
ric, or muriatic acid has been swallowed, cal- 



r oi 

clued magnesia, mixed with water, should be 
immediately administered ; or, if this be not at 
hand, chalk or soap, which can always be pro- 
cured in one form or another, may be substitu- 
ted for it. Neither chalk nor the alkaline car- 
bonates are to be preferred, on account of the 
great extrication of gas occasioned by their de- 
composition, but may be given in the absence 
of the more appropriate antidote. Bland dilu- 
ents are to be used when the acid is neutralized. 
Inflammation is to be obviated by the ordinary 
means. 

Oxalic Acid. — The antidote for this is cal- 
cined magnesia or chalk, which give rise to the 
formation of insoluble salts. Alkalies are better 
than useless, but they form with it soluble salts, 
which are themselves irritant poisons, though in 
a less degree than the acid. 

Hydrocyanic Acid. — In any considerable dose 
this is almost immediately fatal. The exhibi- 
tion of strong stimuli, as ammonia, &c, cold 
affusion, bleeding from the jugular vein, and a 
mixture of carbonate of potash and the proto 
and per sulphate of iron. See Hydrocyanic acid. 

Alkalies and their Carbonates. — These are 
best neutralized by vinegar. 

Nitre. — Mucilaginous diluents and opium are 
most serviceable : bleeding may also be re- 
quired. 

Lime. — For this also the best antidote is vin- 
egar. 

Baryta and its Salts. — Sulphate of magnesia 
causes the formation of an insoluble sulphate, 
and should therefore be given largely diluted 
with water. 

Muriate of Ammonia. — Vomiting is to bo en- 
couraged by large draughts of warm water, and 
inflammatory or nervous symptoms to be treat- 
ed in the ordinary way. 

Phosphorus. — No antidote is known for this. 
Large draughts of water or demulcents are nat- 
urally indicated, and emetics. 

Alcohol. — The effects of excessive intoxication 
from alcoholic liquors are best counteracted by 
the immediate use of a strong emetic, as the 
sulphate of zinc or copper, and the stomach- 
pump. Vomiting should be encouraged by 
draughts of warm water, and the intestines 
stimulated by saline enemata. Should there 
appear to be great determination of blood to 
the head, venesection, and the application of 
cold to the head, are indicated. 

Acrid vegetable Poisons. — For these we have 
no specific antidotes. The same general treat- 
ment is applicable in all cases of poisoning by 
acrid vegetable substances. If the poison has 
occasioned vomiting, it is to be encouraged by 
large draughts of warm water ; and if the sen- 
sibility of the stomach has been overpowered, 
vomiting is to be excited by the sulphate of 
zinc or other active emetic, or the stomach-* 
pump is to be used, and the intestines stimula- 
ted by purgatives which are not «f an acrid 
character. Inflammation of particular textures 
is to be treated on the usual principles. 

Narcotic and narcotico-acrid vegetable Poisons. 
— The first indication is to evacuate the stom- 
ach. When the poison is evacuated, a strong 
infusion of coffee or vinegar, diluted with water, 
may be given with advantage. Determination 



POL 

of blood to the head, and inflammation of par- 
ticular textures, are to be obviated by the usual 
means, but with due reference to the depressed 
state of the nervous power. If the surface be- 
come cold, friction, and the application of 
warmth, are indicated, and the internal use of 
ammonia may sometimes be useful. 

Poison of Fish. — The symptoms arising from 
eating poisonous fish are so anomalous and 
variable that general rules for their treatment 
can hardly be given, and the practitioner is 
thrown on his individual judgment in each par- 
ticular case ; vomiting and purging, and dilu- 
ents, are indicated to get rid ol the offending 
matter, and weak alkaline solutions have been 
thought useful. Spasm is to be allayed by opi- 
um, and inflammation by the ordinary means. 

Cantharides. — Sweet oil should be given in 
largo quantity to excite vomiting, and linseed 
tea or milk as a demulcent. Emollient ene- 
mata are to be administered. Inflammation of 
the intestinal canal or urinary passages is to be 
treated on ordinary principles. 

Bite of venomous Serpents. — The first indica- 
tion is to prevent the absorption of the poison, 
which is fulfilled by the instantaneous applica- 
tion of a tight ligature above the wound. The 
bitten part is then to be cut out, or destroyed 
by caustic. The application of a dry cupping- 
glass may suspend the absorption of the poison ; 
but such an apparatus is seldom at hand, under 
circumstances in which persons are liable to be 
bitten by serpents, and it also requires to be 
removed before the knife or caustic can be ap- 
plied to the part; the ligature is, therefore, 
every way preferable. Immediately sucking 
the wound is an efficacious mode of extracting 
at least some of the poison, and it may be done 
with impunity if the cuticle of the lips and 
lining membrane of the mouth be every where 
entire. The second indication is to support the 
system against the effect of the virus, if absorb- 
ed : this is to be attempted by the use of pow- 
erful stimulants, especially ammonia combined 
with diaphoretics. The Tanjore pill, so ceh> 
brated in India as an antidote to the bites of 
serpents, is said to consist of arsenic, pepper, 
mercury, and the juice of the Asclepias gigantea. 
The inflammation of the surrounding parts, 
which follows the bite of some serpents, is of 
the unhealthy kind, tending to gangrene, and 
is to be treated accordingly. 

Venomous Insects. — Hartshorn and oil may 
be gently rubbed on the injured part; and if 
much inflammation ensue, an emollient poultice 
may be applied. 

See, also, the particular substances for their 
therapeutical action and antidotes. 

Poison berry. The melia azedarac. 

Poison fangs. The hollow teeth in the up- 
per jaws of vipers, rattlesnakes, &c., through 
which the poison is discharged into the wounds 
they make. Only such snakes as have poison 
fangs are venomous. 

Poison nut. Strychnos mix vomica. 

Poison oak. Rhus toxicodendron. 

Poison vine. Rhus radicans. 

Poke-berry. P. weed. Phytolacca decandra. 

Polar. Having reference to poles or polar- 
ity. 

519 



POL 

POLA'RITY. That property of bodies in 
consequence of which, when free, they arrange 
themselves in certain determinate directions, as 
in the case of the magnetic needle. 

Polariza'tion. The state of a body or agent 
which exhibits polarity. Thus light, heat, &c., 
are susceptible of polarization. 

Polarized light. See Light. 
. POLEMO'NIUM. {urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Polemoni- 
acccc. — P. cezruleum. Greek valerian, or Ja- 
cob's ladder. The root is astringent. 
Polenta. A farinaceous food. 
POLES. In Geometry, the extremities of 
the axis of rotation of a sphere or spheroid. 
Hence, in Chemistry, we speak of the poles of 
atoms in the phenomena of cohesion and affin- 
ity, denoting thereby the points on their surfaces 
where union occurs under these and other for- 
ces. In Electricity and Galvanism, the poles 
are the points or parts which develop the phe- 
nomena of attraction and repulsion. These 
are termed the north and south, or austral and 
boreal poles, in the magnet. In the galvanic 
circle or battery, the poles or discharging wires 
are termed respectively the negative or positive 
pole, or the anode and cathode. 

Poley-mountain. Teucrium montanum. 
Polia'ter. A physician authorized to prac- 
tice in a town. — Castelli. 

POLICE, MEDICAL. All that relates to 
the preservation of health in towns, and during 
epidemics. The questions of quarantine, the 
establishment of sanatory cordons, the registra- 
tion of births and deaths, belong to this depart- 
ment of medicine. 

POLIO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ttoAoc, candi- 
dus, white or hoaiy.) A disease of the hairs, 
in which they are prematurely gray or hoary. 
Polium creticum. Teucnum creticum. 
Polium montanum. Teucrium montanum. 
Pollack. Gadus pollacius. 
PO'LLEN. The fertilizing powder which 
adheres to the anthers of the flowers of plants, 
and is thrown out chiefly, in warm, dry weather. 
Pollen tube. The boyau, or delicate tubu- 
lar extension of the pollen grain after it reaches 
the surface of the stigma. The tube passes 
down the lax tissue of the stigma to the ovule, 
and conveys thereto the fovilla, or internal fluid 
of the granule. 

Po'llenin. A peculiar substance, insoluble, 
and extremely combustible, obtained from the 
pollen of tulips. 

Po'llex. The thumb, or great toe. 
POLLUTION. Pollutio. In Medicine, the 
involuntary emission of semen at night during 
sleep. This may be the result of a plethoric 
state of the organs of generation, or a want of 
tone arising from excess of venery, or masturba- 
tion, and is to be treated according to the cause. 
Pollution, self. Masturbation. 
POLY-. (From irolvc, many.) A prefix 
signifying fullness ; a large number. 

POLYADE'LPHIA. Polydclphous. (From 
no2.vc, many, and aielfyoe, a brother.) Plants 
with' hermaphrodite flowers, in which several 
stamina are united by their filaments into three 
or more distinct bundles. 
Poly-si'mia. Plethora. 
520 



POL 

POLYA'NDRIA. Polyandrous. (From 
ttoTlvc, many, and avnp, a husband.) Planta 
with hermaphrodite flowers, furnished with 
several stamina, that are inserted into the con> 
mon receptacle of the flower. 
Polycho'lia. Excess of bile. 
Polychre'stus. Polychrest. Having many 
virtues or uses. 

Poly'chroite. The coloring matter of saf- 
fron. 

POLYCHRO'ME. A crystalline body found 
in quassia and some other vegetables, which 
imparts to water a singular opaline play of 
colors. Its formula is CieHaO^flO. 

Polyda'ctylus. Having a supernumerary 
finger or toe. 

POLYDI'PSIA. (a, a, f. ; from mtXvg. much, 
and diipn, thirst.) Excessive thirst. It is most- 
ly symptomatic of fever, dropsy, excessive dis- 
charges, or poisons. 

POLY'GALA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Diadelphia. Octandria. Polygalece. 
— P. amara. A bitter plant. Its virtues are 
balsamic, demulcent, and corroborant. — P. ru- 
bella (U. S.) is veiy similar. — P. senega. The 
rattlesnake milkwort. Seneka. The root of 
this plant was formerly much esteemed as a 
specific against the poison of the rattlesnake, 
and as an antiphlogistic in pleurisy, pneumonia, 
&c. It is expectorant and diuretic. Its dose 
is from ten to thirty grains. — P. virginiana. 
See Poly gala senega. — P. vulgaris. Common 
milkwort. The root of this plant is somewhat 
similar in taste to that of the seneka, but much 
weaker. 

POLYGA'LEjE. The milkwort tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Shrubs or herbaceous 
plants with leaves generally alternate ; flowers, 
polypetalous, unsymmetrical ; stamens, hypogyn- 
ous ; ovarium, two-celled ; fruit, dehiscent. 

Poly'galic acid. An acrid acid found in the 
Polygala senega, and other species. It is the 
active principle, and is soluble in water. Form- 
ula, C22H18O11. 

Poly'galine. Polygalic acid. 
POLYGA'MIA. Polygamous. (From iroAvc, 
many, and yafioc, a marriage.) A class of 
plants, consisting of plants having hermaphro- 
dite flowers, and likewise male and female 
flowers, or both. The orders of this division 
are Monacia, Diacia, and Triascia. 

Polyga'strica. A class of infusorial animal- 
cules, having many alimentary pouches. 

POLYGO'NACE,E. The buckwheat tribe 
of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants 
with leaves alternate ; flowers, occasionally uni- 
sexual ; stamens, definite ; ovarium, superior ; 
seed, with farinaceous albumen. 
Polygo'natum. Convallaria. 
POLYGO'NUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Octandria. Trigynia. Polygonacea. 
— P. aviculare. The knot-grass. This plant 
is said to lje useful in stopping hemorrhages, 
diarrhoeas, &c. — P. bacci'ferum. A species of 
equisetum. — P. bistorta. The officinal bistort. 
Bistorta. Every part manifesto a degree of styp- 
tic action on the taste, and the root is a pow- 
erful astringent. The common dose of bistort 
root, in substance, is fifteen or twenty grains ; in 
urgent cases it is extended to a drachm. Its 



POL 

astringent matter is totally dissolved both by 
water and rectified sphits. — P. divaricatum. 
The Eastern buckwheat plant. The roots, re- 
duced to a coarse meal, are an ordinary food of 
the Siberians. — P. fago'pyrum. The buck- 
wheat. — P. hydro' piper. Poor-man's pepper, 
biting arsesmart, lake-weed, and water pepper. 
Hydropiper. The leaves have an acrid, burn- 
ing taste. They have been recommended as 
possessing antiseptic, aperient, diuretic virtues ; 
and given in scurvies and cachexies, asthmas, 
hypochondriacal and nephritic complaints, and 
wandering gout. The first leaves have been 
applied externally, as a stimulating cataplasm. 
—P. latifolium. Polygonum aviculare. — P. 
mas. Polygonum aviculare. — P. minus. Her- 
niaria glabra. — P. perskaria. Pcrsicaria. This 
plant is said to possess vulnerary and antiseptic 
properties ; with which intentions it is given in 
wine to restrain the progress of gangrene. 

POLYME'RIC. (From tzoavc, fiepoc, a part.) 
A name given to a compound in which the ratio 
of the elements is the same with another body, 
but the number of atoms is greater. 

Polymeri'smus. An excess in the organs or 
parts of the body. 

Polyo'psia. A defect of vision, iu which a 
person sees more objects than are present. 

Polyperia. Congenital misconstruction. — 
Good. 

Polype'talous. Polypetahis. Many-pe- 
taled. 

Polyphagia. Pica. 

Polyphy'llous. Polyphyllus. Many-leaved. 
Polypla'stic Passing through several 
changes of form. 

POLYPO'DIUM. (?«, ii, n.) A genus of 
ferns. — P. aculeatum. Spear-pointed fern. — P. 
calaguala. The root Radix calaguala has been 
exhibited internally, with success, in dropsy; 
and it is said to be efficacious in pleurisy, con- 
tusions, abscesses, &c. — P. filix mas. Aspid- 
ium filix mas. — P. quercinum. Polypodium 
vulgare. — P. vulgare. Polypody of the oak. 
The root has a sweetish taste : a decoction of 
it was formerly used as a purgative. 
Polypody, male. Aspidium filix mas. 
Polypody of the oak. Polypodium vul- 
gare. 
Polypo'id. Like a polypus. 
Polypo'sia. Great thirst. 
PO'LYPUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A genus of 
zoophytes. 2. A tumor, most commonly met 
with in the nose, uterus, or vagina, but also ex- 
isting in the pharynx, liver, and other organs. 
It assaults the mucous membranes chiefly, is 
more or less pyriform in figure, and suspended 
from a stalk. 

Polypi vary from each other, according to the 
different causes that produce them, and the 
alterations that happen in them ; they may be 
mucous, soft, fleshy, scirrhous, or cancerous. 

The polypus of the uterus is of three kinds 
in respect to situation: it either grows from 
the fundus, the inside of the cervix, or from the 
lower edge of the os uteri. The first case is* 
the most frequent, the last most uncommon. 
Polypi of the uterus are shaped like a pear, 
and have a thin pedicle. They are almost in- 
variably of that species which is denominated 



POM 

fleshy or membranous, hardly ever being scir- 
rhous, cancerous, or ulcerated. These tumors, 
if they resist the action of astringents, are to be 
removed by the knife, ligature, or caustic. 

3. The coagulated substance which is found 
in the cavities of the heart of those who are 
some time in articulo mortis, is improperly 
called a polypus. m 

Polypus bronchialis. A membranous se- 
cretion thrown off from the bronchial tubes, 
and produced by inflammation. 

POLYSA'ROIA. (a,m,U from itoavc, much, 
and cap!;, flesh.) Troublesome corpulency, 
obesity, or fatness. 

Polyse'palous. Having many sepals. 
Polysoma'tia. Corpulency. 
Polyspa'stum. A forcible instrument for 
reducing luxations. 

Polyspe'rmous. Polyspcrmus. Havingmany 
seeds. 

POLY'STOMA. (a, atos, n. ; from -koavc, 
many, and aro/na, a mouth.) A genus of worms. 
— P. pinguicula. This species has been found 
by Treutler in a fatty tumor covering the ovary 
of a female. 

POLY'TRICHUM. (urn, i, n.) Polytrycon. 
A genus of mosses. — P. commune. The golden 
maidenhair. It possesses, in an inferior degree, 
astringent virtues. 

POLYTRO'PHIA. (From jtoavc, and rpe^w, 
to nourish.) Excessive nutrition of an organ or 
part, whereby it acquires a state of hypertrophy. 
Polyu'ria. Polyure'sis. Diabetes. 
POMA'CE^E. The apple tribe of dicotyle- 
donous plants. A subdivision of rosacea;. Trees 
or shrubs with leaves alternate ; flowers, polypet- 
alous ; stamens, perigynous ; fruit, a pomum, 
one to five celled. 
Poma'ceum. Cider. 

Poma'mbra. Pomum ambrce. An odoriferous 
ball made of ambergris, musk, civet, aromatics, 
&c. It was used by embalmers to put into the 
orbits, after taking out the eyes. 
Poma'tum. A fragrant ointment. 
Pomegranate. Punica granatum. 
Pommade d'Alyon. Unguentum acidi nitrici. 
Pommade d'Autenrieth. Tartar emetic oint- 
ment, made with 3J. of tartar emetic to 3vij. of 
lard. A severe vesicant. 

Pommade de gondret. Vesicating pomatum 
of ammonia. Take of lard, 3vj. ; almond oil, 
3ij. ; suet, 31J- Melt together, and, while hot, 
pour into a phial, and add of liq. ammonia, 3xij., 
and shake together. This produces blistering 
in four or five minutes. 

PO'MPHOLYX. (yx, ygis, f. ; from no/Kpoc, 
a bladder.) I. A small vesicle or bubble. II. 
A cutaneous disease described by Dr. Willan as 
an eruption of bullae, appearing without any in- 
flammation round them, and without fever, and 
therefore differing most materially from the 
pemphigus described by nosologists. There are 
three varieties: 

1. Pompholyx benignus exhibits a succession 
of transparent bullae, about the size of a pea, or 
sometimes of a hazel-nut, which break in three 
or four days, discharge their lymph, and soon 
heal. They appear chiefly on the face, neck, 
and extremities; and occur in boys in hot 
weather, in infants during dentition, and in 

521 



POP 

youug persons of irritable habit from eating 
acrid vegetable substances, or from swallowing 
a few grains of mercury. 

2. Pompholyx diutinus is a tedious and pain- 
ful disorder, and is usually preceded for some 
weeks by languor and lassitude, headache, sick- 
ness, and pains in the limbs. Numerous red 
pimple-like elevations of the cuticle appear, 
with a sensation of tingling, which are presently 
raised into transparent vesications, that become 
as large as a pea within twenty-four hours, and 
if not broken, afterward attain the size of a wal- 
nut. If they are rubbed off prematurely, the 
excoriated surface is sore and inflamed, and does 
not readily heal. The bullae continue to arise 
in succession on different parts of the body, and 
even reappear on the parts first affected, in 
some cases for several weeks. <it chiefly attacks 
aged and debilitated persons, and is to be treated 
by bathing, tonics, cordials, and diuretics. It 
is also symptomatic in some fevers. 

3. Pompholyx solltarius is a rare form of the 
disease, which seems to affect only women. 
One large vesication appears usually in the 
night, after a sensation of tingling in the skin, 
and rapidly distends itself, so as to contain some- 
times a tea-cupfull of lymph : within forty-eight 
hours it breaks, discharging its fluid, and leaving 
a superficial ulceration. Near this another bulla 
arises in a day or two, &c. Cinchona internally, 
and linseed poultices, followed by light dress- 
ings to the sores externally, were employed with 
advantage in three cases seen by Dr. Willan. 
III. The oxide of zinc. 

Po'mphos. A bladder of air or wateiy fluid. 

PO'MUM. (mot, i, n.) 1. An apple. 2. A 
fleshy pericarpium, containing a ca2>sule within 
it, with several seeds; a fruit resembling an 
apple. 

Pomum Adami. Adam's apple. The pro- 
tuberance in the anterior part of the neck, 
formed by the fore part of the thyroid gland. 

Pomum amoris. Solanum lycopersicum. 

PONDE'RABLE. (From pondus, weight.) 
That which possesses weight, as distinguished 
from imponderable matter, such as light, heat, 
and electricity. 

Pondo. A pound weight. 

PO'NS. (s, tis, m.) A bridge. 

Pons hepatis. The lobulus anonymus of 
the liver. 

Pons taiuni. A layer of grayish substance, 
connected oil either side with the crura cerebri, 
and forming the locus perforatus of the floor of 
the third ventricle. 

Pons varo'lii. Varolius's bridge. An em- 
inence of the medulla oblongata, the tuber an- 
nulare : called pons from its arched appearance. 
See Encephalos. 

Ponticum mel. A poisonous kind of honey. 

Poor-man's pepper. Polygonum hydropiper. 

Poplar. See Populus. 

Poplar, American. The liriodendron tuli- 
piferum. 

PO'PLES. (es, ids, m.) The ham, or back 
part of the knee joint. 

Poplite'al. Poplitcus. Appertaining to the 
ham. 

Popliteal aneurism. Aneurism in the ham. 
See Aneurism. 
522 



TOR 

Popliteal artery. Arteria poplitea. The 
continuation of the crural arteiy through the 
hollow of the ham. 

Popliteal nerves. The two branches into 
which the sciatic divides in the popliteal space. 

POPLITE'US. A small muscle which rises 
from the external condyle of the femur and 
back part of the capsular ligament of the knee 
joint, and is inserted into the ridge at the up- 
per and inner part of the tibia, a little below 
the head. The use of the popliteus is to assist 
in bending the leg, and to rotate it inward when 
bent; also, to prevent the capsular ligament 
from being pinched in the motions of the knee 
joint. 

Poppy. See Papaver. 

Poppy, horned. Argemone. 

Poppy, red corn. Papaver rhoeas. 

Poppy, white. Papaver somniferum. 

POPU'LINE. A silky, light, perfectly white 
crystalline principle, obtained from the bark 
and leaves of the Populus tremula. It is not 
known to contain nitrogen, but appears to play 
the part of an alkaloid, being dissolved by acids 
and precipitated by alkalies. It has a bitter 
and sweetish taste ; melts, when heated, into a 
colorless fluid, and is very little soluble even 
in hot alcohol. It is supposed to be allied to 
salicine, which exists with it in the bark of the 
aspen. The febrifuge properties of the aspen 
are supposed to depend upon this principle. 

PO'PULUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The Populus ni- 
gra. 2. A genus of trees. Dicecia. Octaii' 
dria. Ameiitacem. — P. balsamifera. One of 
the trees supposed to produce tacamahaca. — 
P. nigra. The black poplar. The young 
buds were formerly employed in an officinal 
ointment. They have a yellow, unctuous, 
odorous, balsamic juice. — P. tremula, the Eu- 
ropean aspen, and P. tremuloides, the American 
aspen. The properties of these are similar: 
the bark is febrifuge and tonic, and has been 
used with advantage in the form of decoction 
in agues. Braconnot has found an alkaloid in 
the bark of the aspen, which he names Populine. 

Porca'te. Grooved; a surface which has 
many parallel ridges running across it. 

Porce'lain. Decomposed feldspar, of which 
fine ware is made. Porcelain capsules and 
vessels are highly esteemed by chemists, from 
their capacity to resist a high temperature. 

Porcela'inous. Having the gloss and hard- 
ness of porcelain. 

PORCE'LLIO. A genus of apterous insects, 
or, more properly, of isopodous annelides. — P. 
scaler. Sclater. The same virtues have been 
ascribed to it as to millepedes. 

Porcupine disease. Ichthyosis. 

Po'rcus. A hog. Sus scrofa. 

PORE. (Poms, i,m.) A passage. 1. The 
minute opening of the exhalant and absorbent 
vessels, whereby exhalation and absorption are 
supposed to take place. 2. The capillaries and 
intercellular passages are called pores. 

Po'ri bilia'rii. The biliary pores or ducts 
|hat receive the bile from the penicilli of the 
liver, and convey it to the hepatic duct. See 
Liver. 

Poroce'le. A hard tumor of the scrotum. 

Poro'mphalum. A hard tumor of the navel. 



FOB 

POROSITY. (From porus, a passage.) The 
property of bodies whereby they transmit fluids 
through their pores. 

POROTIC. Poroticus. (From nupoc, cal- 
lus.) A medicine or other body having the 
property of assisting the formation of callus. 
, Porphyra. See Scorbutus. 

Porphyra hemorrhagica. Purpura he- 
morrhagica. 

Porphyro'xix. A new alkaloid, supposed 
to exist in Bengal apium. 

Porphyry. A hard granitic stone. 

Porra'ceous. Of a green color, like a leek. 

Porrect. Extending. 

Porret. Allium porrum. 

PORRI'GO. (o, o?iis, f . ; d porrigendo I 
from its spreading abroad.) Ring- worm of the 
*;calp. Scald head. A genus of disease in Dr. 
Willau's arrangement, which is contagious, and 
principally characterized by an eruption of the 
pustules called favi and achorcs, unaccompa- 
nied by fever. The species are, 

1. Porrigo larvalis. Crustaiactea. This 
is almost exclusively a disease of infancy. It 
commonly appears first on the forehead and 
cheeks, in an eruption of numerous minute and 
whitish achorous pustules, which are crowded 
together upon a red surface. These soon break, 
and discharge a viscid fluid, which concretes 
into thin yellowish scabs. As the pustular 
patches spread, the discharge is renewed, and 
continues also from beneath the scabs, increas- 
ing their thickness and extent, until the fore- 
head, cheeks, and even the whole face, become 
enveloped as by a mask, whence the epithet 
larvalis, the eyelids and nose alone remaining 
exempt from the incrustation. When the scab 
ultimately falls off and ceases to be renewed, 
;i red. elevated, and tender cuticle, marked 
with deep lines, and exfoliating several times, 
is left behind ; differing from that which suc- 
ceeds to impetigo, inasmuch as it does not 
crack into deep fissures. The eruption is 
sometimes extended to the neck and breast, 
but it is most commonly unaccompanied with 
constitutional disturbance, subsiding without ill 
effects. The irritation, however, may, in weak- 
ly children, produce a cachectic state, ending 
in hectic. The treatment, in the early stage, 
consists in ablutions to the surface and gentle 
laxatives, with alterative doses of calomel. A 
mild astringent ointment may be used as the 
discharge ceases; and when it has passed away, 
a diluted ointment of nitrate of mercury to gen- 
tly stimulate the skin. Chalybeates and bark 
will be found useful to restore the child's 
health, and avert a second attack. The hy- 
drargyrum cum creta and preparations of sul- 
phur are great favorites in the treatment of this 
disease. 

2. Porrigo furfurans. In this form of the 
disease, which commences with the eruption 
of small achorcs, the discharge from the pus- 
tules is small in quantity, and the excoriation 
slight : the humor, therefore, soon concretes, 
and separates in innumerable thin laminated 
scabs, or scale-like exfoliations. At irregular 
periods, the pustules reappear, and the dis- 
charge being renewed, the eruption becomes 
moist; but it soon dries again, and exfoliates. 



POR 

It is attended with a good deal of itching, and 
some soreness of the scalp, to which the dis- 
ease is confined ; and the hair, which partially 
falls off, becomes then less strong in its texture, 
and sometimes lighter, in its color. Occasion- 
ally the glands of the neck are swelled and 
painful. This affection attacks adult females 
chiefly, and is not to be mistaken for lepra, 
psoriasis, or pityriasis, in which there is no dis- 
charge. In the treatment, it is useful to shave 
the head, and apply, during the inflammatory 
stage, ointment of zinc or acetate of lead, with 
frequent ablutions; but in the inactive state, 
stimulating ointments, containing nitrate of 
mercury, the nitric oxide, tar, creasote, sulphur, 
or the oiutment of nitric acid, will be found 
severally useful in different cases. 

3. Porrigo lupinosa is characterized by the 
formation of dry, circular scabs, of a yellowish- 
white color, set deeply in the skin, with elevated 
edges, and a central indentation or depression, 
sometimes containing a white, scaly powder, 
and resembling, on the whole, the seeds of lu- 
pines. These scabs are formed upon small 
separate clusters of achorcs, by the concretion 
of the fluid which exudes when they break; and 
they acquire, when seated on the scalp, the size 
of a sixpence. Frequently there is also a thin, 
white incrustation, covering the intervening 
parts of the scalp, which commonly exfoliates ; 
but, if allowed to accumulate through inatten- 
tion to cleanliness, it forms an elevated crusta- 
ceous cap. The disease, however, is not exclu- 
sively confined to the head, but sometimes ap- 
pears on the extremities, where the little white 
and indented scabs do not exceed two lines in 
diameter. This variety of porrigo is liable to 
increase much if neglected, and is usually tedi- 
ous and of long duration. 

The use of soap and water, or a weak solu- 
tion of potash or muriatic acid, will be necessary 
in removing the scabs. When this is effected, 
the application of an ointment, containing the 
powder of cocculus indicus (3ij. to gj, of lard), 
is found veiy serviceable ; this may be followed 
by the stimulating ointments mentioned under 
the previous species. 

4. Porrigo scutulata, ringworm of the scalp. 
It appears in distinct and even distant patches, 
of an irregular circular figure, upon the scalp, 
forehead, and neck. It commences with clus- 
ters of small, light yellow pustules, which soon 
break, and form thin scabs over each patch, 
which, if neglected, become thick and hard by 
accumulation. If the scabs are removed, how- 
ever, the surface of the patches is left red and 
shining, but studded with slight, elevated points 
or papulae, in some of which minute globules 
of pus again appear in a few days. By these 
repetitions of the eruption of ackores, the in- 
crustations become thicker, and the areas of 
the patches extend, often becoming confluent, 
if the progress of the disease be unimpeded, so 
as to affect the whole head. As the patches 
extend, the hair covering them becomes lighter 
in its color, and sometimes breaks off short; and, 
as the process of pustulation and scabbing is re- 
peated, the roots of the hair are destroyed, and 
at length there remains uninjured only a narrow 
border of hair round the head. 

523 



POR 

This very unmanageable form of porrigo gen- 
erally occurs in children of three or four years 
old and upward, and often continues for several 
years. Whether the circles remain red, smooth, 
and shining, or become dry and scurfy, the pros- 
pect of a cure is still distant ; for the pustules 
will return, and the ulceration and scabbing 
will be repeated. It can only be considered as 
about to terminate when the redness aud exfol- 
iations disappear together, and the hair begins 
to grow of Its natural color and texture. 

The disease originates in cachectic children, 
especially where cleanliness is neglected, and 
is, like the other species, communicated by con- 
tact of the ichor. The treatment is to be con- 
ducted on the same principles as in the P. fur- 
furans, but it is much more intractable. In 
the irritable state, sedatives and slightly astrin- 
gent lotions and ointments, with frequent ab- 
lution, are necessary. An ointment containing 
calomel will be found very useful in producing 
desiccation. In the inactive stage the stimula- 
ting ointments are employed, and occasionally 
a lotion of six to ten grains of nitrate of silver to 
f. 5j. of water, is extremely valuable. In ca- 
chectic children internal medicines will be ne- 
cessary, especially the vinum ferri. 

.5. Porrigo decalvans. This singular variety 
of the disease presents no appearance whatever 
except patches of simple baldness, of a more or 
less circular form, on which not a single hair 
remains, while that which surrounds the patches 
is as thick as usual. The surface of the scalp 
within these area? is smooth, shining, and re- 
markably white. It is probable, though not 
ascertained, that there may be an eruption of 
minute achores about the roots of the hair in 
the first instance, which are not permanent, and 
do not discharge any fluid. The disease, how- 
ever, has been seen to occur, in one or two 
instances, in a large assemblage of children, 
among whom the other forms of the porrigo 
prevailed. But in other cases, and also in 
adults, it has appeared where no communica- 
tion could be traced or conjectured. The area? 
gradually enlarge, and sometimes become con- 
fluent, producing extensive baldness, in which 
condition the scalp remains many weeks, espe- 
cially if no curative measures are adopted. The 
hair, which begins to grow, is of a softer texture 
and lighter color than the rest ; and in persons 
beyond the middle age, it is gray. The only 
treatment found of service in this obstinate af- 
fection is shaving the head, and applying stim- 
ulating liniments and ointments until the new 
hair has a healthy appearance. 

6. Porrigo favosa. This species of the 
disorder consists of an eruption of the large, 
soft, straw-colored pustules denominated favi. 
These are not, in general, globular, with a regu- 
larly circular margin, but somewhat flattened, 
with an irregular edge, and surrounded by a 
slight inflammation. They occur on all parts 
of the body : sometimes on the scalp alone, and 
sometimes on the face, or on the trunk and ex- 
tremities only ; but most commonly they spread 
from the scalp, especially from behind the ears 
to the face, or from the lips and chin to the 
scalp, and occasionally from the extremities to 
the trunk and head. They are usually accom- 
524 



POR 

!>anied with considerable itching. Children 
rom six months to four years of age are most 
liable to this eruption ; but adults are not un- 
frequently affected with it. The pustules, es- 
pecially on the scalp, appear at first distinct, 
though near together ; but on the face and ex- 
tremities they generally rise in irregular clus- 
ters, becoming confluent when broken, and dis- 
charging a viscid matter, which gradually con- 
cretes into greenish or yellowish semi-trans- 
parent scabs. 

The ulcerating blotches seldom continue long 
or extend far before the lymphatic system ex- 
hibits marks of irritation, probably from the 
acrimony of the absorbed matter. When the 
scalp or face is the seat of the disease, the glands 
on the sides of the neck enlarge and harden, 
being at first perceived like a chain of little tu- 
mors lying loose under the skin ; and the sub- 
maxillary and parotid glands are often affected 
in a similar manner. At length some of them 
inflame, the skin becomes discolored, and they 
suppurate slowly, and with much pain and irrita- 
tion. The eruption, in these situations, is like- 
wise very often accompanied by a discharge 
from behind the ears, or from the ears them- 
selves, with a tumid upper lip, and inflamma- 
tion of the eyes, or obstinate ulcerations of the 
edges of the eyelids. When the eruption ap- 
pears on the trunk, although the pustules there 
are smaller and less confluent, and the scabs 
thinner and less permanent, the axillary glands 
are liable to be affected in the same way. 

The duration of this form of porrigo is very 
uncertain; but it is, on the whole, much more 
manageable than the porrigo scutulata and de- 
calvans. Ymmg infants often suffer severely 
from the pain and irritation of the eruption, and 
of the glandular affections which it induces ; 
and those who are bred in large towns, and are 
ill fed and nursed, are thus sometimes reduced 
to a state of fetal marasmus. 

The treatment is both internal and external ; 
the former resembles that laid down for P. 
larvalis, while the external is that recommend- 
ed in P. decalvans. But change of air, exer- 
cise, and a course of sulphur waters will be 
found particularly useful. 

Po'rrum. Po'mts. The leek. Allium por- 
rum. 

Port wine. See Vinum. 

PO'RTA. {a, tc, f. : a door or gate : « por- 
tando, because through it the blood is carried 
to the liver.) 1. That part of the liver where 
its vessels enter. 2. The vulva. 

Portje vena. Portal vein. See Vena 
porta:. 

Portaiguille. The French name for the 
acutcnaculum, a small pair of forceps to cany 
a needle. 

Portal blood. The blood of the portal 
veins. It is of a darker color, less coagulable and 
firm than ordinary venous blood. On analysis, 
it is found to contain more fat, hasmatin, and 
ha^maphaein, and less fibrin than venous blood. 
Its circulation through the liver is principally 
for the separation of the excess of the three first 
substances, from which the bile is in a great 
measure formed. 

Portal circulation. The circulation of 



POS 

the venous blood derived from the abdominal 
viscera through the liver. 

Porter. A kind of beer made with dark 
malt, molasses, &c. If of good quality, as the 
London and Philadelphia porter, it is one of the 
best stimulating tonics for convalescents and 
cachectic persons that we possess; but the in- 
ferior acid kinds, drugged with cocculus in- 
dicus, are to be avoided. 

PO'RTIO. (o,onis,f.) A portion or branch: 
applied to two nerves. 

Portio dura. One branch of the seventh 
pair of nerves is called portio dura, the hard 
portion, from its being of a firm consistence ; 
and the other the portio mollis, or soft portion, 
from its softer consistence. The portio dura, or 
facial nerve, arises near the pons, from the cms 
of the brain, enters the petrous portion of the 
temporal bone, gives otf a branch into the tym- 
panum, which is called the chorda tympani, and 
then proceeds to form the pes anserinus on the 
face, from which the integuments of the face 
are supplied with nerves. See Auris. 

Portio mollis. Auditory nerve. Acoustic 
nerve. This nerve arises from the medulla ob- 
longata and fourth ventricle of the brain, enters 
the petrous portion of the temporal bone, and is 
distributed on the internal ear by innumerable 
branches, not only to the cochlea, but also to 
the membrane lining the vestibulum and semi- 
circular canals, and is the immediate organ of 
hearing. See Auris. 

Portland arrow-root. P. sago. The fee 
ula of the arum maculatum. 

Portland powder. An old and celebrated 
gout remedy, consisting of equal parts of gen- 
tian, birthwort, the tops and leaves of german- 
der, ground-pine, and lesser centaury, dried, 
powdered, and sifted. It is now fallen into 
disuse. 

Portona'rium. The pylorus, or right orifice 
of the stomach. Also, the duodenum. 

PORTULA'CA. (a,ee,{.) 1. The purslane. 
Portulaca oleracea. 2. A genus of plants. Do- 
decandria. Digynia. Portulaccee. — P. oleracea. 
Edible purslane. The plant abounds with a 
watery and somewhat acid juice, and is often 
put into soups, or pickled with spices. It is 
said to be antiseptic and aperient. 

PO'RUS. (ws, i, m.) A pore or duct, as of 
the skin 

Porus opticus. The opening in the re- 
tina through which the arteria centralis retinae 



Po'sca. Vinegar and water mixed. 

Pose. Common catarrh. 

POSO'LOGY. Posologia. (From noooc, 
quantity, and loyoc, a discourse.) That de- 
partment of therapeutics which treats of the 
quantities of medicines to be prescribed. 

POSSE'TUM. (urn, i, n.) Posset. Milk 
curdled with wine, treacle, or any acid. 

POSTE'RIOR. Parts are so named from 
their relative situation. 

Posterior annularis. Musculus posterior 
annularis. An external interosseal muscle of 
the hand, that extends and draws the ring 
finger inward. 

Posterior auris. The retrahens auris. 

Posterior indicis. P. indicts manus. Mits- 



POT 

cuius posterior indicis. An internal interosseal 
muscle of the hand, that extends the fore finger 
obliquely, and draws it outward. 

Posterior indicis pedis. The abductor 
indicis pedis. 

Posterior medii. P. medii digiti manus. 
An external interosseal muscle of the hand, that 
extends the middle finger, and draws it out- 
ward. 

Posterior medii digiti manus. The ab- 
ductor medii digiti pedis. 

Posterior tertii digiti. The adductor 
tertii digiti. 

Positive electricity. Excess of electrici- 
ty. See Electricity. 

POSTHE. (From noaOiov, the prepuce.) 
The prepuce of the glans penis. The word is 
used in the composition of a few infrequent 
terms ; as Posthioplasty, the formation of a new 
prepuce by an operation; Posthitis, inflamma- 
tion of the prepuce ; Posthoncus, a swelling of 
the prepuce. 

POSTI'CUS. Situated behind. Applied to 
muscles, from their position; as Serratus pos- 
ticus ; Tibialis posticus. 

POST-MORTEM. After death ; applied to 
autopsies or post-mortem examinations for the 
detection of the changes of structure produced 
by disease, or the causes of death. 

Po'table. Pota'bilis. Fit to be drank. 

PO'TASH. {Potassa, as, f.) Vegetable al- 
kali. Kali. The hydrated protoxide of potas- 
sium. See Potassium. 

The pure hydrate of potassa, or potassa fusa, 
is solid, white, and extremely caustic; in mi- 
nute quantities, changing the- purple of violets 
and cabbage to a green, and yellow turmeric 
to a reddish-brown. It rapidly attracts hu- 
midity from the air, passing into the oleum tar- 
tari per deliquium. The composition of hy- 
drate of potash is one equivalent of protoxide 
of potassium (47-17) -f- one equivalent of water 
(9) = 5G # 17. The water readily gives way to 
most acids, and there are produced the salts of 
potash. 

It is used in surgery as the potential caute- 
ry for forming eschars; and was formerly em- 
ployed in medicine, diluted with broths, as a 
lithontriptic. For surgical purposes it is cast 
into cylindrical sticks. In Chemistry it is very 
extensively employed, both in manufactures 
and as a reagent in analysis. It is the basis of 
all the common soft soaps. For the important 
salts of potash, see Potassa, Potasses, and Po- 



Potashes, commercial. The washed or lix- 
iviated ashes of trees, especially of oaks, hick- 
ories, and the maples. The ash, mixed with 
lime, is leached in'barrels or vats, and the clear 
solution, being drawn off, is evaporated in large 
iron pots set in a furnace. When the fluid be- 
comes black and of the consistence of thick 
molasses, it is subjected to the highest heat of 
a wood fire for some hours; by this means 
much of the combustible matter is burned. As 
soon as the fused matter becomes quiet, it is dip- 
ped out by iron ladles into iron pots, where it 
congeals ; this, broken into pieces and barreled, 
forms commercial potash. Pearlash is made 
by transferring the black potash into a rever- 

525 



POT 

beratory furnace, and stirrni g it while hot : this 
is continued until it acquires a whitish color. 

Composition. — American potash consists of 
85*7 parts caustic potassa, 15*4 sulphate of po- 
tassa, 2-0 common salt, 11-9 carbonic acid and 
water, and 2 insoluble matter in 115 parts. 
Pearlash contains 75"4 caustic potash, 8'0 sul- 
phate, 0'4 common salt, 30 - 8 carbonic acid and 
water, 06 insoluble matter in 115 parts. 

Potassa cum calce. Calx cum kali puro. 
Causticum commune fortius. Take hydrate of 
potash, lime, of each an ounce. Rub them to- 
gether, and preserve in a well-stopped bottle. 
This is the caustic in common use with surgeons 
for making issues, and for other purposes. 

Potassa fusa. P. caustica. See Potash. 

Potassa impura. See Potashes, Commercial. 

Potassa: acetas. Acetate of potash. Kali 
acctatum, sal diureticus. Take of carbonate of 
potash, a pound; acetic acid, tweuty-six fluid 
ounces; distilled water, twelve fluid ounces; 
add the carbonate of potash to the acid, pre- 
viously mixed with the water, to saturation, 
then strain. Evaporate the liquor in a sand 
bath, the heat being cautiously applied, until 
the salt is dried. Acetate of potash is consid- 
ered a good diuretic, and it is, perhaps, as good 
and as uncertain as most medicines of this class. 
The dose is from ten grains to two scruples 
every eight hours. 

Potassa: antimonio tartras. Tartar emet- 
ic. Antimonium tartarizatum. 

Potass.*: arsenias. See Arsenic acid. 

Potassa arsenis. Arsenite of potash. See 
Arsenic and Arscnicalis liquor. 

Potassa: bicarbonas. Bicarbonate of pot- 
ash. Supercarbonate of potash. This salt is 
now in general use for all purposes in which it 
is desirable to disengage the greatest quantity 
of carbonic acid, and it is made in considerable 
quantity for the market. It crystallizes in 
square prisms; has a urinous, but not caustic 
taste; changes the syrup of violets green ; boil- 
ing water dissolves five sixths of its weight, and 
cold water one fourth. Its specific gravity is 
2*012. When it is very pure and well crystal- 
lized, it effloresces on exposure to a dry atmo- 
3 mere, though it was formerly considered as 
eliquescent. It is antacid, and may be used 
in effervescing draughts. Dose, gr. x. to sss. 

Potassa bisulphas. Potassa; supersulphas. 
Bisulphate of potash. Take of the salt which 
remains after the distillation of nitric acid, two 
pounds; sulphuric acid, one pound; boiling 
water, six pints. Dissolve the salt in the water, 
and add the acid to it, and mix. Lastly, boil 
down and set aside, that crystals may be formed. 

This salt consists of two equivalents of sul- 
phuric acid, one of water, *and two of potash. 
It has a very acrid, bitter taste, and is very sol- 
uble in water. It is styptic, tonic, refrigerant, 
and purgative, and is given in combination with 
other medicines of that class, especially rhubarb, 
in the dose of from ten grains to a drachm. 

Potass m bitartras. See Potassd supertar- 
tras. 

Potass .as carbonas. P. carbonas purus. 
Carbonate of potash. Kali prmpapatum. Po- 
tassa; subcarbonas. Sal absinthii. Sal tartari. 
Subcarbonate of potash. Take of impure car- 
526 



POT 

bonate of potash, two pounds; distilled water 
a pint and a half. Dissolve the impure carbo- 
nate of potash in the water, and strain; then 
pour it off into a proper vessel, and evaporate 
the water, that the liquor may thicken ; then 
stir it constantly with a spatula until the salt 
concretes. 

This salt contains one equivalent of each in<- 
gredient. It is antacid and diuretic. The dose 
is from ten grains to half a drachm. It is in 
common use for forming the effervescent saline 
draught, in the proportion of a scruple to the 
juice of one lemon. It is more accurately neu- 
tralized by seventeen grains of citric acid. The 
citrate of potash thus formed is a slight dia- 
phoretic. 

Potass a chloras. Chlorate of potash. 
Formerly called oxymuriate of potash. This 
has been recommended as an alterative and 
anti-scrofulous medicine, but appears to have 
but little virtue. It may be given with bark 
and bitters, in the dose of from ten grains to a 
scruple, three times a day. It is extensively 
used in the laboratory for obtaining oxygen. 

Potassa: et ferri tartras. See Ferri po- 
tassio-tartras. 

Potassa; et soda tartras. See Soda po- 
tassio-tarlras. 

Potassa; hydras. See Potash. 

Potassa: hydriodas. See Potassii iodidum. 

Potassa; liquor. Solution of potash. Aqua 
potassa. A. kali purl. Take of carbonate of 
potash, fifteen ounces ; lime, eight ounces; boil- 
ing distilled water, a gallon. Dissolve the car- 
bonate of potash in half a gallon of the water ; 
sprinkle a little of the water upon the lime in 
an earthen vessel, and when the lime is slacked, 
add the rest of the water. The liquors being 
immediately mixed together in a close vessel, 
shake them frequently until they are cold. 
Then set by, that the carbonate of lime may 
subside. Lastly, keep the supernatant liquor, 
when poured off, in a green glass bottle, well 
stopped. 

This preparation is antacid and diuretic, and 
possesses great power in allaying irritability of 
the mucous membranes, especially those of the 
intestinal canal and urinary passages. The 
dose is from fflx. to 3., in almond emulsion, or 
some other bland liquid. 

Potassa: murias. See Potassii chloridum. 

Potassa: nitras. See Nitre. 

Potassa: oxymurias. See Potassa chloras. 

Potassa; quodroxalas. P. oxalas. P. s«- 
peroxalas. Quodroxalate of potash. Salt of 
wood-sorrel. Binoxalate of potash. Salt of lem- 
ons. It is crystallized in oblique prisms, and 
consists of one atom of potash, with four of ox 
alic acid. It is sour and soluble. It is used to 
remove ink stains, and in the arts, and has 
been introduced into medicine as a refrigerant, 
but is not of any particular value, and has oc- 
casionally produced poisonous effects. 

Potassa subcarbonas. See Potassa; carbo- 
nas. 

Potassa: subcarbovas impurus. Potash of 
commerce. 

Potassa sulphas. Formerly called Kali 
vitriolatum, Sal polychrestus. Take of the salt 
which remains after the distillation of nitric 



POT 

acid, two pounds ; boiling water, two gallons. 
Ignite the salt in a crucible uutil the excess of 
sulphuric acid is entirely expelled, then boil it 
in the two gallons of water until a pellicle floats, 
and the liquor being strained, set it aside that 
crystals may be formed. The liquor being 
poured off, diy them. The crystals are in hex- 
ahedral prisms, terminated by hexagonal pyra- 
mids, but susceptible of variations. Its crys- 
tallization by quick cooling is confused. The 
taste of this salt is bitter, acrid, and a little sa- 
line. It is soluble in five parts of boiling water, 
and 16 parts at 60°. In the fire it decrepitates, 
and is fusible by a strong heat. It consists of 
one equivalent of sulphuric acid and one of 
potash. 

The virtues of this salt are cathartic, diuretic, 
and deobstruent ; with which intentions it is 
administered in a great variety of diseases, as 
constipation, suppression of the lochia, fevers, 
icterus, dropsies, milk tumors, &c. The dose 
is from one scruple to half an ounce. 

POTASSjE SULPHAS CUM SULPHURE. This is 

formed by deflagrating uitre with sulphur, and 
possesses similar properties with the sulphate. 

PotassjE sulphuretum. See Potassii sul- 
phuretum. 

Potassje supersulphas. See Potassa bi- 
sulphas. 

Potasses supertautras. Now called Po- 
tasses bitartras. Supertartrate of potash. Bi- 
tartrate of potash. Cream of tartar. This is 
made by purifying the tartar of commerce. See 
Tartar. It consists of two atoms of tartaric 
acid, one of potash, and one of water. It is of 
a pleasant acid taste, and little soluble in wa- 
ter. It is given internally as a refrigerant, 
diuretic, and purgative ; and in the latter char- 
acter, formed into an electuary with a little 
jalap and ginger, it is, perhaps, as certain and 
as good a hydragogue as we possess. The 
dose, as a diurectic, is 33s., often repeated ; as 
a cathartic, 31J. to jvj. 

Potass.k tartras. Tartrate of potash ; for- 
merly called Kali tartarizatum. Take of bitar- 
trate of potash, powdered, three pounds ; car- 
bonate of potash, sixteen ounces, or as much as 
may be sufficient; boiling water, six pints. 
Dissolve the carbonate of potash in boiling wa- 
ter, then add the bitartrate of potash, and boil. 
Strain the liquor, and afterward boil it down 
until a pellicle floats, and set it aside that crys- 
tals may be formed. The liquor being poured 
off, dry these, and again evaporate the liquor 
that crystals may be produced. 

This is a mild and excellent purgative, and 
is also diuretic; the dose is from one to six 
drachms. It is most frequently given in com- 
bination with senna, or the resinous cathartics, 
the operation of which it accelerates and ren- 
ders milder. 

Potassii buo'midum. Bromide of potassium. 
Hydrobromate of potash. Take of bromine, 
two ounces ; carbonate of potash, two ounces 
and one drachm ; iron filings, an ounce ; dis- 
tilled water, three pints. First add the iron, 
and afterward the bromine, to a pint and a 
half of the distilled water. Set them by for 
half an hour, frequently stirring them with a 
spatula. Apply a gentle heat, and when a 



POT 

greenish color appears, pour in the carbonate 
of potash dissolved in the remainder of the wa- 
ter. Strain, and wash what remains in two 
pints of boiling distilled water, and again strain. 
Let the mixed liquors be evaporated, so that 
crystals may be formed. 

This is a stimulant and deobstruent medi- 
cine, somewhat resembling the iodide of potas- 
sium in its action, but more powerful. M. 
Magendie has used it in scrofula, amenorrhea, 
and hypertrophy of the heart, and Dr. Robert 
Williams has found it beneficial in cases of en 
larged spleen. The dose is from five to ten. 
grains twice or thrice a day, in solution. 

Potassii chlo'ridum. Chloride of potassium. 
Muriate of potash. Hydrochlorate of potash. 
Sal febrifugus Sylvii. Sal digcslivus. This 
salt is laxative and diuretic. It was formerly 
in high esteem for the cure of intermittents. 
Dose, twenty grains. 

Potassii cyanidum. P. cyanuretum. Cyan- 
ide or cyanuret of potassium. Hydrocyanate 
of potash. It is made by keeping the ferro- 
cyanide of potassium at a red heat, in a close 
vessel, for some hours, and then washing the 
residue, filtering, and setting aside to crystal- 
lize. It is used to form hydrocyanic acid, or as 
a substitute, in doses of one fourth of a grain. 

Potassii ferrocyanuretum. P. ferrocya- 
nidnm. See Fcrrocyanide of potassium. 

Potassii hydrargyro-iodidum. See Iodo- 
hydrar gyrate of potassium. 

Potassii iodidum. P. ioduretum. Iodide 
of potassium. Hydriodate of potash. Take of 
iodine, six ounces ; carbonate of potash, four 
ounces; iron filings, two ounces; distilled wa- 
ter, six pints. Mix the iodine with four pints 
of the water, and add the iron, stirring them 
frequently with a spatula for half an hour. 
Apply a gentle heat, and when a greenish col- 
or occurs, add the carbonate of potash, first dis- 
solved in the two pints of water, and strain. 
Wash what remains with two pints of boiling 
distilled water, and again strain. Let the mix- 
ed liquors be evaporated, so that crystals may 
be formed. 

This is always given in solution. It is given 
in the same cases as iodine, and generally in 
solution with it, as it has the property of ren- 
dering iodine more soluble in water. The 
dose is one grain, gradually increased to two-, 
or somewhat more, three times a day. Exter- 
nally, it is applied in the form of an ointment. 
See Ungucntum potasses hydriodatit. 

Potassii iodidi liquor compositus. Com- 
pound solution of iodide of potassium. Take 
of iodide of potassium, ten grains ; iodine, five 
grains ; distilled water, a pint. Mix, that they 
may bo dissolved. 

This mixture is also called lodureted iodide 
of potassium. The dose is from two to six 
drachms'. 

Potassii sulphure'tum. Hepar sulphuris. 
Kali sulphuralum. Sulphuret of potassium. 
Liver of sulphur. Take of sulphur, an ounce ; 
carbonate of potash, four ounces. Rub them 
together, and place them upon the fire in a 
covered crucible until they have united. 

Sulphuret of potassium is inodorous when 
dry, but when moistened with or dissolved in 

527 



POT 

water, a partial decomposition of both the water 
and the sulphuret takes place, and sulphurated 
hydrogen gas is evolved. The sulphuret of po- 
tassium has an acrid, bitter taste; it is hard, 
brittle, of a liver color, and stains the skin 
brown. By exposure to the air it attracts 
moisture ; its color changes to a pale green ; it 
exhales sulphureted hydrogen. 

The liver of sulphur has been employed in 
gouty and rheumatic cases, in cutaneous dis- 
eases, and as an expectorant. It is very disa- 
greeable, and should bo largely diluted. Dose, 
3ss. It is chiefly employed in baths, and lotions 
to be used for tinea, itch, and other cutaneous 

ulS6ilS6S 

POTA'SSIUM. (urn, ii, n.) The metallic 
basis of potash. If a thin piece of solid hydrate 
of potash be placed between two discs of plati- 
num, connected with the extremities of a vol- 
taic apparatus of 200 double plates, four inches 
square, it will soon undergo fusion ; oxygen 
will separate at the positive surface, and small 
metallic globules will appear at the negative 
surface. These consist of the substance called 
potassium, discovered by Sir II. Davy early in 
October, 1807. 

Potassium is possessed of very extraordinary 
properties. It is lighter than water, its sp. gr. 
being - 865. At common temperatures it is 
solid, soft, and easily molded by the fingers. 
At 150° F. it fuses, and in a heat a little be- 
low redness it rises iu vapor. It is perfectly 
opaque. When newly cut, its color is splen- 
dent white, like that of silver, but it rapidly 
tarnishes in tho air. To preserve it unchanged, 
it is inclosed in a small phial with pure naphtha. 
Its equivalent is 39 # 15; symbol, K, fromKalium. 
It conducts electricity like tho common metals. 
When thrown upon water, it acts with great 
violence, and swims upon the surface, burning 
with a beautiful light of a red color, mixed 
with violet. The water becomes a solution of 
pure potash. When moderately heated in the 
air it inflames, burns with a red light, and 
throws off alkaline fumes. Placed in chlorine, 
it spontaneously burns with great brilliancy. 
It combines in two proportions with oxygen, 
and forms the protoxide KO, or potash, which 
can only be procured in the pure state by burn- 
ing potassium in dry air, and the peroxide KO3. 
Potassium will deprive nearly all bodies of 
their oxygen at ordinary temperatures. It also 
combines with great avidity with all the haloid 
bodies, with hydrogen, &c. It is used by the 
chemist as a deoxydizing agent. 

Potassiureted hydrogen. A self-inflamma- 
ble gas, consisting of potassium and hydrogen. 

Potato. The solanum tuberosum. 

Potato, Spanish. Convolvulus batatas. 

Potential cautery. See Cautery. 

POTENTI'LLA. (a, m, f.) 1. The poten- 
tilla anserina. 2. A genus of plants. Icosan- 
dria. Polygynia. Rosacea:. — P. anseri'na. 
The silver weed, or wild tansy. Argentina. 
The leaves of this plant possess mildly astringent 
and corroborant qualities, but are seldom used. 
— P. reptans. The common cinquefoil, or five- 
leaved grass. The roots of this pftmt have a 
bitterish, styptic taste. They were used by 
the ancients in the cure of intermittents. and to 
528 



PRE 

arrest hemorrhage ; and in later times they 
have been in esteem as an astringent in diarrhoea 
and other fluxes. — P. tormentilla. See Tor 
mentilla. 

POTE'RIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Monoscia. Polyandria. — P. sangui 
sorba. The Burnet saxifrage, the leaves ot 
which have an astringent quality. 

Potio calcis carbonatis. Mistura creta;. 

POTION. {Potio, ionis, f.; from poto, to 
drink.) A medicated drink, the same as e 
mixture in pharmacy. See Mistura. 

Potion, pectoral. A mixture consisting o 
15 drops of dilute hydrocyanic acid with f gij. 
of infusion of ground ivy, and f. fj. of syrup ot 
althaea. Dose, f. z]-, every six hours. — Magcndie. 

POTT'S DISEASE OR CURVATURE. An 
gular curvature of the spine forward, resulting 
from caries of the bodies of the vertebra, or de 
struction of the intervertebral cartilage. 

Potus. Drink. 

Potus antatrophicus. A drink made ot 
the yolk of an egg beaten in a quart of water, 
with a little salt. Hufeland recommends this 
as an ordinary drink in the mesenteric diseases 
of children. 

POUCH. 1. In Anatomy, sacculus, a mor- 
bid dilatation of any part of a canal ; as the in- 
testine. 2. In Botany, a silicula. 

Poultice. See Cataplasma. 

Pounce. Powdered gum sandarach. 

Pound. See Weights and Measures. 

Poupart's ligament. Ligamentum Pou- 
partii. See Obliquus exlcrnus abdominis. 

POWDER. Tho preparation of a medicine 
by simple pulverization, or by mixing the pow- 
der of several drugs for the officinal species. 
See Pulvis. 

Powder, antimoxial. See Antimonialis 
pulvis. 

Powder of burned hartshorn with opium. 
See Pulvis cornu usti cum opio. 

Powder, compound, of chalk. See Pulvis 
creta; compositus. 

Powder, compound, of chalk, with opium. 
See Pulvis creta; compositus cum opio. 

Powder of faynard. A styptic powder, 
said to consist of the charcoal of beech wood. 

Powders of castillon. They are made of 
sago, tragacanth, chalk, and cochineal, and have 
been much recommended in simple diarrhoea. 

Power, tonic See Irritability. 

Pox. P., French. Syphilis. 

PRiE-. Before ; in advance of. A prefix, 
but now usually spelled without the diphthong, 
as preparation. 

PRjECO'RDIA. («, orum, n. pi. ; from pree, 
before, and cor, the heart.) The fore part of 
the region of the thorax. 

Prjemo'rse. Pramorsus. Truncated; bitten 
off. 

Prjepara'ntia vasa. The spermatic vessels 
of the testicles. 

Pra'sinus. Prasine. A grass-green color 
of the purest tint. 

Pra'sium. MaiTubium vulgaro. 

Pra'sum. The leek. 

PRA'XIS. (is, eos, f. ; from npaaau, to per- 
form.) The practice of any thing, as of med- 
icine. 



PRE 

Precipitant. That which precipitates. 

Precipitate, red. Preecipitatum rubrum. 
See Hydrargyri nitrico-oxidum. 

Precipitate, white. Preecipitatum album. 
See Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. 

PRECIPITA'TION. {Prcecipitatio, onis, U 
from pracipito, to cast down.) The separation 
from a solution of a powder by the addition of 
a peculiar chemical compound, called the pre- 
cipitant. 

PRECO'CITY. Precocity. Premature de- 
velopment of any faculty. 

P R E C U'R S O R Y. Pracursorins. That 
which precedes. 

Predisposing cause. Predisposition. Causa 
prmdisponens. The causes connected with the 
constitution, temperament, and malformation of 
a person, and tending to disease. See j*Etio- 
logia. 

PREDISPOSITION. Prcedispositio. That 
constitution, or state of the solids or fluids, or 
both, which disposes the body to assume any 
particular diseased action. 

PRE'GNANCY. Gestatio uterina. The 
state of being with child. The ordinary term 
, of pregnancy is 280 days, but may be protract- 
ed to 300 days. There is usually but one foetus, 
or product of conception, but there may be two 
(twins) or three {trigeminal pregnancy). The 
development of the germ may also be in the 
parietes of the uterus {interstitial pregnancy) ; 
in the Fallopian tube {tubal pregnancy) ; in the 
ovary {ovarian pregnancy), or in the abdominal 
cavity {abdominal pregnancy) ; all which are 
cases of extra-uterine pregnancy, and are ex- 
tremely rare. 

Signs of Pregnancy. — During the first four- 
teen or fifteen weeks, the signs of pregnancy 
are very ambiguous, and can not be depended 
on; for, as they proceed from the irritation of 
the womb on other parts, they may be occasion- 
ed by every circumstance which can alter the 
natural state of that organ. 

The first circumstance which renders preg- 
nancy probable is the suppression of the period- 
ical evacuation, which is generally accompanied 
with fullness in the breasts, headache, flushings 
in the face, and heat in the palms of the hands. 

The abdomen, some weeks after pregnancy, 
becomes flat, from the womb sinking, and hence 
drawing down the intestines along with it ; but 
this can not be looked upon as a certain sign 
of pregnancy, because an enlargement of the 
womb from any other cause will produce the 
same effect. 

Many women, soon after they are pregnant, 
become very much altered in their looks, and 
have peculiar irritable feelings, inducing a dis- 
position of mind which renders their temper 
easily ruffled, and inciting an irresistible pro- 
pensity to actions of which, on other occasions, 
they would be ashamed. There is also morn- 
ing sickness, with a tendency to vomiting, and 
often intractable emesis. 

In such cases, the features acquire a peculiar 
sharpness, the eyes appear larger, and the 
mouth wider than usual ; and the woman has 
a particular appearance, which can not be de- 
scribed, but with which women are well ac- 
quainted. And there is often a dark areola 
L L 



PRE 

around the nipple ; but this is a sign of little im- 
portance. 

From the fourth month the signs of preg- 
nancy are less ambiguous, especially after the 
womb has ascended into the cavity of the ab- 
domen. In general, about the fourth month, 
the motions of the child begin to be felt by the 
mother ; and hence a sign is furnished at that 
period called quickening. 

After the fourth month tho womb rises grad- 
ually from the cavity of the pelvis, enlarges the 
abdomen, and pushes out the navel. The pro- 
gressive increase of the abdomen, along with 
suppression of the menses, after having been 
formerly regular, and the consequent symp- 
toms, together with the sensation of quickening 
at the proper period, and the secretion of milk 
in the breasts, afford the only true marks of 
pregnancy. 

As every practitioner must naturally wish to 
distinguish pregnancy from disease, the disor- 
ders which resemble it should be thoroughly 
understood, and also their diagnostics. Gen- 
erally speaking, there is no difficulty in ascer- 
taining whether a woman be pregnant or not 
after the fifth month; but before this period, 
the most skillful examination may not be able 
to resolve the point; and a judicious practi- 
tioner, in case of doubt, will be careful not to 
commit himself by a rash decision. One of the 
most certain signs of pregnancy is the ballotte- 
ment, or passive motion of the foetus, when the 
uterus is acted upon by the hands in a particu- 
lar manner. See Ballottemcnt. Toward the 
end of the fifth month tho active movements 
of the foetus may often be excited by striking 
with the finger on the cervix uteri ; this is un- 
equivocal. The signs of pregnancy derived 
from auscultation are quite conclusive where 
they exist ; but the converse of the proposition 
does not hold, and we must by no means decide 
that a woman is not pregnant because the aus- 
cultatory signs are absent. See Auscultation. 

Pregnancy, afcetal. P., false. False preg- 
nancy, in which tho germ is converted into a 
mole, hydatid, or some abnormal product, or in 
which the uterus is developed from morbid 
growths without conception. 

Pregnancy, complex. Where there is a 
mole, hydatids, or other morbid products along 
with a foetus. 

Pregnancy, extra-uterine. When the de- 
velopment of the ovum takes place elsewhere 
than in the uterus. See Pregnancy. 

Pregnancy, morbid. Diseased pregnancy, 
from disturbance of the uterus or general system. 

Prehe'nsile. Adapted for seizing upon* 
The hand is a prehensile organ. 

Prehe'nsio. Catalepsy. 

PREHE'NSION. (From prehendo, to sur- 
prise.) The act of seizing upon. 

Prelu'mbar. In front of the loins. 

Premature labor. See Abortion. 

Premo'nitory. That which admonishes be- 
fore, or prepares. 

PREPARA'TION. Prceparatio. An object 
made ready by some process: as a pharma- 
ceutical preparation ; an anatomical preparation, 
that is, a skeleton, or part of the body, intend- 
ed to exhibit its organization. 

529 



PEE 

PEE'PUCE. (Prceputium, ii, n.) The cu- 
taneous fold that covers the glans penis. The 
clitoris of the female has the same covering in 
miniature, called praputium clitoridis. 

PRESBYO'PIA. (a, ee, f.; from npeo6vc, 
old, and uip, the eye ; because it is frequent 
with old men.) Long-sightedness. That de- 
fect of the sight by which objects close are seen 
confusedly, but at remoter distances distinctly. 

1. It is sometimes caused by a flatness of the 
cornea. Forasmuch as the cornea is flatter, so 
much the less and more tardy it refracts the 
rays into a focus. This may arise, 1st. From a 
want of aqueous or vitreous humor. 2d. From 
a cicatrix, which diminishes the convexity of 
the cornea. 3d. From a natural conformation 
of the cornea. 

2. Another cause of it is too flat a crystalline 
lens; this evil is most common to the aged — 
or it may happen from a wasting of the crystal- 
line lens. 

3. It may likewise be produced by too small 
density of the cornea or humors of the eye. 

The best remedy for supplying the deficient 
convexity of the cornea, as well as the deficient 
irritability of the iris, is convex spectacles; 
adapting their power to the precise demand of 
the eye, and increasing it as the demand grows 
more urgent. 

Presby'tia. Presbyte. Presbyopia. 

PRESCRIPTION. Prmscriptio. A recipe 
or formula for the exhibition of medicines. We 
distinguish in prescriptions, 1. The basis, or 
active ingredient. 2. The adjuvant, or that 
which promotes the operation of the former. 
3. The corrigens, or that which corrects any 
thing injurious or unpleasant in the operation 
of the active ingredient. 4. The constituent, 
or that which gives the whole a commodious 
or agreeable form. 

Prescriptions, abbreviations of. The fol- 
lowing abbreviations are much used in writing 
prescriptions : 

A. Aa. Ana, of each ingredient. 

Abdom. Abdomen, the belly. 

Abs. febr. Absente febre, in the absence of 
fever. 

Add. Adde et addantur, add, let there be 
added; addendus, to be added; addendo, by 
adding. 

Ad def. animi. Ad defectionem animi, to 
fainting. 

Ad 2 vie. Ad duas vices, at twice taking. 

Ad gr. acid. Ad gratam aciditatem, to an 
agreeable sourness. 

Ad lib. Ad libitum, at pleasure. 

Admov. Admove, apply ; admoveatur or ad- 
moveantur, let there be applied. 

Ad redd, preec. Ad recidivum praecavendum, 
to prevent a relapse. 

Adst. febre. Adstante febre, when the fever 
is on. 

Aggred. febre. Aggrediente febre, while the 
fever is coming on. 

Altern. horis. Alternis horis, every other 
hour. 

Aliquant. Aliquantillum, a very little. 

Alvo adst. Alvo adstricta, when the bowels 
are bound. 

Amp. Ampins, large. 
530 



PRE 

Anodyn. Anodynus, anodyne. 
Apert. Apertus, clear, open. 
Applic. Applicetur, let there be applied. 
Aq. bull. Aqua bulliens, boiling water. 
Aq. coram. Aqua communis, common water. 
Aq. dest. Aqua destillata, distilled water. 
Aq.ferv. Aqua fervens, boiling water. 
Aq.font. Aqua fontana, spring water. 
Aq. marin. Aqua marina, sea water. 
Aq. pluv. Aqua pluvialis, rain water. 
Aq. pur. Aqua pura, pure water. 

B. A. Balneum arenae, a sand bath. 

Bain, marice. Balneum mariae, a salt-water 
bath. 

Bain. tep. Balneum tepidum, a warm bath. 

Bain. vap. Balneum vaporis, a vapor bath. 

Bib. Bibe, drink. 

Bis ind. Bis indies, twice a day. 

Bol. Bolus, a bolus. 

Bull. Bulliat, let it boil. 

Bitty. Butyrum, butter. 

Cap. Capiat, let him take. 

Ceerul. Cajruleus, blue. 

Cat. Cataplasma, a cataplasm. 

Cath. Catharticus, cathartic. 

C. C. Cucurbitula cruenta, a cupping-glass. 
C. M. Cras mane, to-morrow morning. 

C. N. Cras nocte, to-morrow night. 

Coch. ampl. Cochleare amplum, a large 
spoon. 

Cochl. infant. Cochleare infantis, a child's 
spoon. 

Cochl. magn. Cochleare magnum, a large 
spoon. 

Cochl. mod. Cochleare modicum, a dessert 
spoon. 

Cochl. med. Cochleare medium, the same as 
cochleare modicum. 

Cochl. parv. Cochleare parvum, a small 
spoon. 

Col. Colatus, strained. 

Colat. Colatur, let it be strained ; colatura?, 
of or to the strained liquor. 

Colent. Colentur, let them be strained. 

Comp. Compositus, compounded. 

Conf. Confectio, a confection. 

Cong. C. Congius, a gallon. 

Cont. rem. Continuantur remedia, let the 
medicines be continued. 

Cort. Cortex, bark. 

Cop. Copiosus, abundant. 

Coq. Coque, boil; coquantur, let them be 
boiled. 

Crast. Crastinus, for to-morrow. 

C. V. Cras vespere, to-morrow evening. 

Cucurb. cruent. A cupping-glass. 

Cuj. Cuj us, of which. 

Cujnsl. Cujuslibet, of any. 

Cyath. them. Cyatho these, in a cup of tea. 

Deanr. pil. Deaurentur pilulae, let the pills 
be gilded. 

Deb. spiss. Debita spissitudo, a proper con- 
sistence. 

Decub. Decubitus, of lying down. 

i>e d. in d. De die in diem, from day to day. 

Dec. Decanta, decanted. 

Dej. alvi. Dejectiones alvi, stools, feces. 

Dep. Depuratus, purified. 

Det. Detur, let it be given. 

Dext. lat. Dextra lateralis, right side. 



PRE 

Dicb. alt. Diebus alternis, every other day. 

Dieb. tert. Diebus tertiis, every third day. 

Dig. Digeratur, let it be digested. 

Dil. Dilutus, diluted. 

Diluc. Dilucolo, at day-break. 

Dim. Dimidium, one half. 

Dir. prop. Directioae propria, with a proper 
direction. 

Dist. Distillata, distilled. 

Diuturn. Diuturnus, long continued. 

Div. Divide, divide. 

Donee alv. bis dej. Donee alyus bis dejiciat, 
until two stools have been obtained. 

Donee alv. sol. fuer. Donee alvus soluta 
fuerit, until a stool has been obtained. 

Drach.. Drachma, a drachm. 

Ed. Edulcora, sweeten. 

Efferv. Effervescentia, effervescence. 

Ejusd. Ejusdem, of the same. 

Elect. Electuarium, electuary. 

Emp. Emplastrum, a plaster. 

Enem. Enema, a clyster ; enemata, clysters. 

Ex. vel extr. Extractum, extract. 

Exhib. Exhibe, give, or exhibiatur, let it be 
given. 

Ext. sup. alut. Extende super alutam, spread 
upon leather. 

F. ft. Fiat, let a be made. 

F. S. A. Fiat secundum artem, let it be made 
according to the rules of art. 

F. h. Fiat haustus, let a draught be made. 

F. pil. xij. Fac pilulas duodecim, make 12 
pills. 

Feb. dm: Febre durante, during the fever. 

Fern, intern. Femoribus intends, to the inner 
part of the thighs. 

F. venas. or F. V. S. Fiat vena;sectio, bleed. 
Filt. Filtra, filter. 

Fist. arm. Fistula armata, a clyster pipe and 
bladder fit for use. 

Flor. Flores, flowers. 

Fl. Fluidus, liquid ; also, by measure. 

Fol. Folium, a leaf, or folia, leaves. 

Fontic. Fonticulus, an issue. 

Fot. Fotus, a fomentation. 

Fruct. Fructus, fruit. 

Frust. Frustillatim, in small pieces. 

Garg. Gargarisma, a gargle. 

Gel. quav. Gelatina qu&vis, in any kind of 
jelly. 

G. G. G. Gummi gutta? Gambiae, gamboge. 
Gr. Granum, a grain ; grana, grains. 

Gtt. Gutta, a drop ; guttae, drops. 

Gum. Gummi, gum. 

Gult. quibusd. Guttis quibusdam, with a few 
drops. 

Guttat. Guttatim, by drops. 

Har. pil. sum. iij. Harum pilularum suman- 
tur tres, let three of these pills be taken. 

Haust. Haustus, a draught. * 

Hb. Herb a, the plant. 

H. d. or hor. decub. Hora decubitus, at going 
to bed. 

Hebdom. Hebdomada, a week. 

Hestern. Hestemus, of yesterday. 

Hirud. Hirudo, a leech ; hirudines, leeches. 

H. 8. or hor. som. Hora somni, just before 
going to sleep ; or, on retiring to rest. 

Hor. «n. spatio. Horae umus spatio, at the 
end of an hour. 



PRE 

Hor. interm. Horis intermediis, at the inter- 
mediate hours between what has been ordered 
at stated times. 

Inc. Incide, cut. 

Ind. Indies, from day to day, or daily. 

In pulm. In pulmento, in gruel. 

Inf. Infusum, infusion. 

Inj. enem. Injiciatur enema, let a clyster be 
given. 

Inject. Injectio, an injection. 

Jul. Julepus, a julep or mixture. 

Lot. del. Lateri dolenti, to the side affected. 

lb. Libra, a pound weight, or wine pint: 
when preceded by Arabic figures, avoirdupois 
weight is meant; but when succeeded by Ro- 
man numerals, troy weight, or pint measures. 

Lim. Limones, lemons. 

Liq. Liquor, liquor. 

Lot. Lotio, lotion. 

M. Misce, mix ; mensura, by measure ; man- 
ipulus, a handful. 

Mac. Macera, macerate. 

Man. Manipulus, a handful. 

Mane pr. Mane primo, very early in the 
morning. 

Mass. Massa, a mass. 

Mediet. Medietas, half. 

Me^dioc. Mediocris, middle sized. 

Mi. pan. Mica panis, crumb of bread. 

Min. Minimum, the 60th part of a drachm 
measure. 

Mist. Mistura, a mixture. 

Mitt. Mitte, send ; mittatur or mittantur, 
let there be sent. 

Mitt. sang, ad $xij. salt. Mittatur sanguis 
ad uncias duodecim saltern, take away at leasl 
12 ounces of blood. 

Mod. prces. Modo prascriptio, in the manner 
directed. 

Mor. sol. More solito, in the usual way. 

Mucil. Mucilago, mucilage. 

N. Nocte, at night. 

Narthec. Narthecium, a gallipot, 

No. Numero, in number. 

N. M. Nux moschata, a nutmeg. 

0. Octarius, a pint. 

01. Oleum, oil. 

Ol. lini s. i. Oleum lini sine igne, cold- 
drawn linseed oil. 

Omn. alt. hor. Omnibus alternis horis, every 
other hour. 

Omn. hor. Omni hora, every hour. 

Omn. bid. Omni biduo, every two days 

Omn. bih. Omni bihorio, every two hours 

Omn. man. Omni mane, every morning. 

Omn. noct. Omni nocte, every night. 

Omn. quadr. hor. Omni quadrante hone, 
every quarter of an hour. 

O. O. O. Oleum olivaj optimum, best olive 
oil. 

Ov. Ovum, an egg. 

Oxym. Oxymel. 

P. Pulvis, powder; pondere, by weight;, 
pilula, pill. 

P. jE. Partes requales, equal parts. 

Ph. D. Pharmacopoeia Dublinensis. 

Ph. E. Pharmacopoeia Edinensis. 

Ph. L. Pharmacopoeia Londinensis. 

Paracent. aid. Paracentesis abdominis, top- 
ping. 

591 



PRE 

Part. off. Partem affectam, the part affected. 

Part, dolent. Partem dolentem, the part in 
pain. 

Part. vie. Partitis vicibus, to be given in 
divided doses instead of all at once. 

Per. op. emet. Peracta operatione emetici, 
when the operation of the emetic is finished. 

Per salt. Per saltum, by leaps, i. e., from an 
artery. 

Pit. Pilula, a pill ; or pilulao, pills. 

Plen. riv. Pleno rivo, in a full stream. 

Post sing. sed. liq. Post singulas sedes liqui- 
das, after every loose stool. 

Ppt. vel prep. Preeparata, prepared. 

P. r. n. Pro re nata, according as circum- 
stances may require. 

P. rat. cet. Pro ratione aetatis, according to 
the age of the patient. 

Pro pot. com. vel pro pot. ord. Pro potu com- 
muni vel ordinario, for a common drink. 

Prox. Inc. Proxima luce, the day before. 

Pug. Pugillus, a gripe between the finger 
and thumb ; pug. lit., a little fist. 

Pulp. Pulpa, the pulp. 

Pulv. Pulvis, powder. 

Q. p. Quantum placet, as much as you 
please. 

Q. Q. H. vel quad, quart, hor. Qu&que 
quarta hora, every four hours. 

Q. s. Quantum sufficiat, as much as is suf- 
ficient. 

Quadrihor. Quadrihorio, every four hours. 

Quadrupl. Quadruplicate, four times as much. 

Quamp. Quamprimum, immediately. 

Qudq. vel quisq. Quaque or quisque, every 
one. 

Qnor. Quorum, of which. 

Q. V. Quantum volueris, as much as you 
wish. 

R. Recipe, take. 

Rad. Radix, root. 

Ras. Rasura;, shavings. 

Rect. Rectificatus, rectified. 

Red. in pulv. Redactus in pulverem, pow- 
dered. 

Redig. in pulv. Redigatur in pulverem, let 
it be reduced into powder. 

Reg. hep. Regio hepatis, region of the liver. 

Reg. umb. Regio umbilici, region of the 
navel. 

Repet. Repetatur or repetantur, let it or 
them be repeated. 

S. A. Secundum artem, according to art. 

Saceh. Saccharum, sugar. 

Scap. Scapula, the shoulder-blade. 

Scrob. cord. Scrobiculus cordis, the pit of 
'the stomach. 

■ Sed. Sedes, a stool. 
Sem. Semen, seed. 

Semidr. Semidrachma, half a drachm. 
Setnih. Semihora, half an hour. 
Sept. Septimana, a week. 
Serv. Serva, keep or preserve. 
Sesunc. Sesuncia, an ounce and a half. 

■ Sesquih. Sesquihora, half an hour. 
Setae. Setaceum, a seton ; also a sieve. 
Seq. luce. Sequenti luce, the following day. 
Si n. val. Si non valeat, if it does not an- 
swer. 

Si op. sit. Si opus sit, if there be occasion. 
532 



PRE 

Si vir. perm. Si vires permittant, if the 
strength will bear it. 

Sign. n. pr. Signetur nomine proprio, write 
upon it the usual name, not the trade name. 

Signat. Signatura, a label. 

Sing. Singulorum, of each. 

S. S. S. Stratum super stratum, layer upon 
layer. 

Sol. Solutio, solution. 

Solv. Solve, dissolve. 

S. O. S. vel si op. sit. Si opus sit, if there 
be occasion. 

Spt. Spiritus, spirit. ♦ 

Sq. Squama, scale. 

Ss. Semis, a half. 

St. Stet, let it stand ; stent, let them stand. 

Sub Jin. coct. Sub finem coctionis, when the 
boiling is nearly finished. 

Subsulph. Subsulphas, a subsulphate. 

Subtep. Subtepidis, lukewarm. 

Succ. Succus, juice. 

Sum. Sumo, to take ; sumendus, to be taken. 

Sum. tal. Sumat talem, let the patient take 
one like this. 

S. V. Spiritus vinosus, ardent spirit of any 
strength. 

S. V. R. Spiritus vinosus rectificatus, spirit 
of wine. 

S. V. T. Spiritus vinosus tenuis, proof spirit, 
or half and half spirit of wine and water. 

Syr. Syrupus, syrup. 

Tempt, dext. Tempori dextro, to the right 
temple. 

T. O. Tinctura opii, tincture of opium ; 
generally confounded with laudanum, which is, 
properly, the wine of opium. 

T. O. C. Tinctura opii camphorata, pare 
goric elixir. 

TV. vel linct. Tinctura, tincture. 

Trit. Tritura, triturate. 

Troch. Trochiscus, a troch or lozenge. 

Ult. prcescr. Ultimo praescriptus, the last 
ordered. 

Umb. Umbilicus, the navel. 

Ung. Unguentum, ointment. 

list, ut liq. anim. Usque ut liquerit animus, 
until fainting is produced. 

U. S. Pharmacopoeia of the United States. 

Utend. Utendus, to be used. 

Vent. Ventriculus, the stomach. 

V. O. S. Vitello ovi solutus, dissolved in 
the yolk of an egg. 

Vom. urg. Vomitione urgente, when the 
vomiting begins. 

V. S. Venaesectio, bleeding. 

Zz. Zingiber, ginger. 

HI . Minimum, a minim. 

Gr. Grana, a grain. 

9. Scrupulum, a scruple, equal to 20 grains 
troy. 

3- Drachma, a drachm, equal to three scru- 
ples; or, in liquids (f. y.), the Jth part of an 
ounce measure. 

5. Uncia, an ounce troy; or, in liquid* 
(£ ?j-)» tne -j^j-th P art of a wine pint. 

fi>. Libra, a pound. 

ss. Semissis, half. 

j., one ; ij., two ; iij., three, &c. 

PRESENTA'TION. In Obstetrics, the part 
of a foetus which is situated immediately over tho 



PBI 

os uteri : this is to be discovered by an exami- 
nation per vaginam. The presentation is said 
to be natural when the vertex of the head, the 
feet, knees, or breech presents; and a preter- 
natural, or cross presentation, when any other 
part presents. In most preternatural cases, 
turning is necessary to put the child into a nat- 
ural position. 

Prespinal. Prcespinalis. The anterior sur- 
face of the spine ; before the spine. 

Pre tibial. Prcctibialis. In front of the 
tibia. 

Priapeia. Nicotiana rustica. 

Priapi'scus. (From ■npianoe, the penis.) 
1. A tent made in the form of a penis. 2. A 
bougie. 

PRI'APISM. Priapismus. A continual erec- 
tion of the penis, arising from morbific causes. 
The application of cold lotions, with the ad- 
ministration of camphor and opium, sometimes 
removes it. 

Pria'pus. The penis. 

Prickle. See Aculeus. 

Prickly. See Aculeatus. 

Prickly ash. Aralia spinosa and xanthoxy- 
lam fraxineum. 

Prickly heat. See Lichen tropicus. 

Pride op China. P. of India. Melia aze- 
darach. 

PRIMLE VIM. The first passages. The 
stomach and the intestinal tube. The lacteals 
are called the sccundce vice, and, lastly, the blood- 
vessels, which are supplied by the lacteals, are 
the via: tertiee. 

PRIMARY. Primarius. A term in very 
general use in Pathology. It is applied to dis- 
eases, to their symptoms, causes, &c, and de- 
notes priority in opposition to what follows, or 
"what is secondary : thus, when inflammation of 
the diaphragm produces furious delirium, the 
primary disease is the paraphrenitis ; so when 
gall-stones produce violent pain and vomiting, 
which are followed by jaundice, white faeces, 
brown urine, &c, the pain and vomiting are 
primary symptoms, the jaundice and white 
stools are secondary. 

Primary teeth. See Teeth. 

Primine. The outermost envelope of the 
ovule of plants. 

PRIMI'PARA. (From primus, first, and 
pario, to bring forth.) A woman for the first 
time in the parturient state. 

Primi'tijE. The first discharge of waters in 
parturition. 

Primrose, evening. Oenothera biennis. 

PRI'MULA. (a, w, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Primulacea. The 
primrose genus. The P. verus, or cowslip, has 
an agreeable flavor. The P. vulgaris, or prim- 
rose, is said to be sternutatory. 

Pri'nceps alexipharmacorum. The angelica. 

PRINCIPLE. Principium. A term some- 
what vaguely used by chemists. Sometimes it 
means a component part ; thus we speak of the 
constituent principles of bodies. At other times 
it means a substance, on the presence of which, 
certain qualities, common to a number of bod- 
ies, depend ; thus we speak of an acidifying 
principle. Lastly, the substances peculiar to 
animal and vegetable bodies, which result from 



PRO 

particular modes of combination of ordinary 
matter, are termed the proximate principles of 
animal and vegetable bodies. 

PRINOS VERTICILLATUS. Black alder. 
An indigenous shrub. Hexandria. Monogy- 
nia. The bark is tonic and astringent. It is 
much used in domestic medicine in intermit- 
tents, diarrhoea, and gangrenous sores, in the 
form of decoction. Dose of the bark, 3ss. to <y. 

Priono'des. 1. Serrated. 2. The sutures. 

PRFOR. The first. A term applied to some 
muscles and various parts from their order. 

Prior annularis. Musculus prior annula- 
ris. Fourth interosseous of Winslow. An in 
ternal interosseous muscle of the hand. 

Prior indicis. Extensor tertii internodh 
indicis of Douglas. An internal interosseal 
muscle of the hand, which draws the fore finger 
inward toward the thumb, and extends it ob- 
liquely. 

Prior medii. Musculus prior medii. Secoftd 
interosseous of Douglas. An external interos- 
seous muscle of the hand. 

PRISM. A solid contained by planes, of 
which the two that are opposite are equal, simi- 
lar, and parallel, and all the rest parallelograms. 
Prisms take particular names from the figures 
of their ends, or opposite, equal, and parallel 
sides. When the ends are triangles, they are 
called triangular prisms; when the ends are 
pentagonal, pentagonal prisms; and so on. A 
right prism has its sides perpendicular to its 
ends; an oblique prism is that in which the 
sides are oblique to the ends. The solid con- 
tent of a prism is found by multiplying the area 
of the base into the perpendicular altitude; 
hence all prisms are to one another in the ratio 
compounded of their bases and altitudes. The 
optical prism is of three similar sides. 

Prisma'tic. Prismaticus. 1. Prism-shaped. 
2. The colors which arise from the action of a 
transparent prism on the solar beam are called 
prismatic colors. These are red, orange, yel- 
low, green, blue, indigo, and violet. 

PRO-. (From npo, before.) A common pre- 
fix, meaning in front of, in advance of. 

PRO RE NATA. A term frequently used 
in extemporaneous prescriptions, and implying 
occasionally, as circumstances may require. 

PRO'BANG. A flexible piece of whalebone, 
with an oval piece of ivory or a piece of sponge 
fixed to the end. It is used by surgeons to 
push down into the stomach foreign bodies 
which stick in the oesophagus. 

PROBE. (From probo, to try.) A surgical 
instrument, of a long and slender form, used to 
try the depth of wounds. 

Pro'bole. An apophysis. 

Probo'scis. A snout or trunk. 

Proca'rdium. The pit of the stomach. 

PROCATA'RCTIC. (Procatarcticus; from 
irpoKarapxu, to go before.) Occasional: ap- 
plied to a remote cause of disease ; as exposure 
to cold, unusual exertion, &c. 

PRO'CESS. (Processus, us, m. ; from proce- 
do, to go before.) In Anatomy, a production 
of any part. 

Proce'ssus a cerebello ad testes. Two 
processes which pass from the corpora quadri. 
eemina to the cerebellum. 

533 



PRO 

Processus annularis. The pons varolii. 

Processus cmci vermiformes. See Intes- 
tine. 

Processus caudatus. See Liver. 

Processus ciliaris. See Eye. 

Processus mamilla'res. A name formerly' 
applied to the bulbs of the olfactory nerves. 

PROCIDE'NTIA. (a, ce, f. ; from procido, 
to fall down.) A complete falling down of any 
part; thus, procidentia ani, 'uteri, vaginas, &c. 
See Prolapsus. 

Proco'ndylus. The first joint of the finger 
next the metacarpus. 

PROCTALGIA, (a, ce, f. ; from npuKrog, 
the fundament, and aXyoc, pain.) A violent 
pain in the anus. It sometimes takes place 
suddenly from exposure to cold, from irritating 
faeces, but it is mostly symptomatic of some 
disease, as piles, scirrhus, prurigo, cancer, &c. 

Proctatre'sia. Imperforate anus. 

flPRO'CTICA. (From npunroc, the anus.) 
Diseases of the anus without primary inflamma- 
tion. — Oood. 

Pkocti'cus. Appertaining to the anus. 

PROCTI'TIS. (is, idis, f . ; from irpunTog, 
the anus.) Inflammation of the internal or mu- 
cous membrane of the lower part of the rectum. 

Proctoce'le. Prolapsus ani. 

Pro'ctocystoto'mia. When the operation of 
lithotomy is performed by cutting into the 
bladder through the septum, lying between 
the bladder and rectum. 

Pro'ctoleucoiirike'a. A purging of white 
mucus. 

Proctorrhos'a. A purging of mucus. 

Proctos. HpuKToc. The anus. 

Puocu'mbent. Procumbent. Trailing, and a 
little bent upward. 

Prodro'mus. The period immediately be- 
fore the attack of a disease. 

Productio. An apophysis. 

Produ'ctiox. 1. A process. 2. That which- 
is produced. 

Proegu'minos. Proeguminal. Precedent: 
the Bame as predisposing. 

Proeo'tia. Genital precocity. 

PROFLU'VIA. Fluxes. The fifth order of 
Cullen's class Pyrexia. 

Profmjvii cortex. See Nerium antidysen- 
tericum. 

PROFLU'VIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from projluo, 
to flow out.) A flux. 

Profundus. 1. Deep seated. 2. The Flex- 
or profundus perforans. 

PROFU'SIO. A flow of any of the fluids, 
not attended by fever ; as a loss of blood. 

Progi.o'ssis. The tip of the tongue. 

PROGNO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from npo, before, 
and yivooitu, to know.) The foretelling the 
event of diseases from their symptoms. 

Prognostic. Prognosticus. 1. Adjectively, 
relating to prognosis. 2. Substantively, a prog- 
nosis. 

Projectu'ra. An apophysis. 

Prola'bium. The membrane of the lips. 

PROLA'PSUS. (us, i, m.; from prolabor, 
to slip down.) A protrusion or falling down 
of a part of a viscus: applied to the uterus, 
anus, &c. 

Prolapsus ani. A falling down of the low- 
634 



PRO 

er part or extremity of the bowel. It is a very 
common occurrence in infancy, and, indeed, 
not uncommon at any period of life. It is a 
prominent protrusion of the internal membrane 
of the gut, through the sphincter, beyond what 
is natural ; for a small portion always protrudes" 
every time the faeces are expelled, and goes 
back as the sphincter contracts. In most in- 
stances this protruded part is easily returned 
by gentle pressure with the fingers. Cold and 
astringent lotions and stimulants mostly effect 
a cure after removing the apparent causes : if 
these should fail, clipping off a small portion of 
the relaxed and protruded membrane will be 
beneficial, or applying a ligature, if there should 
be any fear of hemorrhage. Where such treat- 
ment is not deemed improper, an instrument 
must be contrived to keep the bowel in its 
place. 

Prolapsus iridis. Protrusion of the iris, or 
a part of it, through a wound of the cornea. 
Staphyloma iridis. 

Prolapsus uteri. A fulling down of jthe 
womb. When the relaxation is so great that 
the uterus protrudes through the external parts, 
the case is called Procidentia uteri. It arises 
from loss of tone of the parts, and is to be rem- 
edied by keeping the patient in the horizontal 
posture, and the use of astringent injections. 
A pessaiy or suitable truss is often useful. An 
operation has been proposed for the l'estoration 
of the parts, where these means ai - e without 
effect. It consists in diminishing the outlet of 
the vagina, by producing the union of a portion 
of the labia pudendi. The strength of the pa- 
tient should be^ in all cases improved as far as 
possible. 

Prolapsus uvulae. (Edema of the uvula. 

Prolapsus vaginae. When one portion of 
the vagina subsides into a lower portion. It 
may be merely relaxation of the vagina; pro- 
lapsus; or procidentia, when a portion pro- 
trudes at the os externum. 

Prole'pticus. Applied to those diseases, 
the paroxysms of which anticipate each other, 
or return after less and less periods of intermis- 
sion. 

Prolecta'tion. The choosing or separating 
of the finer or better pai'ts from the worse. 

Pro'licide. The destruction of one's chil- 
dren. 

Pro'lifer. Prolific, or proliferous : applied 
to those stems which shoot out new branches 
from the summit of the former ones. 

PROLI'FIC. Prolificus. (From proles, a 
child, and facio, to make.) The capacity of 
begetting children or offspring. 

Prolige'rous. Proligerus. Bearing the 
offspring. 

Prometopi'dium. Prometopis. The skin 
upon the forehead. 

Prominent. Prominent. Projecting. 

Prominentia. A protuberance. 

Promontory. Promontorium. A projection 
of the inner ear. See Auris. 

PRONATION. Pronatio. The act of turn- 
ing the palm of the hand downward. 

PRONA'TOR. (or, oris, m.) A name given 
to two muscles of the hand, the pronator radii 
quadratus and pronator radii teres, the use of 



' 



PRO 

which is to perform the opposite action to that 
of the supinators, viz., pronation. 

Pronator quadratus. See Pronator radii 
quadratus. 

Pronator radii urevis. See Pronator ra- 
dii quadratus. 

Pronator radii quadratus. Pronator 
quadratus of Douglas and Albinus. Pronator 
quadratus sive transversus of Winslow. Pro- 
nator radii brcvis sen quadratus of Cowper. 
This, which is named from its use and its shape, 
is a small fleshy muscle, situated at the lower 
and inner part of the forearm, and covered 
by the tendons qf the flexor muscles of the 
hand. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from 
the lower and inner part of the ulna, and 
runs nearly in a tranverse direction, to be in- 
serted into that part of the radius which is op- 
posite to its origin, its inner fibres adhering to 
the interosseous ligament. This muscle assists 
in the pronation of the hand, by turning the 
radius inward. 

Pronator radii TXRE8. Pronator teres of 
Albinus and Douglas. Pronator teres, sive obli- 
quus, of Winslow. A small muscle situated at 
the upper and anterior part of the forearm. It 
is called teres, to distinguish it from the prona- 
tor quadratus. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, 
from the anterior and inferior part of the outer 
condyle of the os humeri ; and tendinous from 
the corouoid process of the ulna, near the inser- 
tion of the brachialis interims. The median 
nerve passes between these two portions. From 
these origins the muscle runs obliquely down- 
ward and outward, and is inserted, tendinous 
and fleshy, into the anterior and convex edge 
of the radius, about the middle of that bone. 
This muscle, as its name indicates, serves to 
turn the hand inward. 

Pronerva'tio. A tendon or aponeurosis. 

Pro'nus. Having the face downward. Ap- 
plied to the under surface of a leaf. 

Proof spirit. Dilute alcohol of sp. gr. - 930. 

Prop. Fulcrum. 

PROPA'GO. (o, inis, f.) A slip, layer, or 
cutting of a plant. Some anatomists have call- 
ed the smaller branches of vessels and nerves 
propagines. 

PROPHYLA'CTIC. (Prophylactic™ ; from 
■xpotyvTiaaou, to guard against.) Any means 
used with a view to guard against diseases are 
to called. 

Prophyla'xis. Preventive treatment. 

Pro'prius. Proper. 

PROPTO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from irpoirnTTu, to 
fall down.) Proptoma. 1. A protrusion or fall- 
ing down of any part : applied, like prolapsus, 
to the uterus, rectum, &c. 2. A relaxation of 
parts, as the scrotum, breasts, &c. 

Propye'ma. A premature collection of pus. 

Pro'ra. The occiput. 

Prosarthro'sis. Syn. with Diarthrosis. 

PROSE'CTOR. (From proseco, to cut. ) 
The person who dissects the subject for ana- 
tomical demonstration. 

Prosenchy'ma. Fusiform or woody tissue. 

Prosopalgia. Facial neuralgia. 

Pro'sopon. TLpoouirov. The face. 

Prospe'gma. A fixing of humors in one 
spot. 



PRO 

Pro'sphysis. 1. Adhesion. 2. Adhesion of 
the eyelids. 

Prostasis. An abundance of morbid hu- 
mors. 

PROSTATE. (Prostatus; from npoiaTV\u, 
to stand before. ) Standing before ; jutting out. 

Prostate gland. Glandula prostata. A 
very large, cordate, firm gland, situated be- 
tween the neck of the urinary bladder and the 
bulbous part of the urethra. It secretes the 
white fluid, which is emitted into the urethra 
during coition by ten or twelve ducts, that open 
near the verumontanum. This gland is very 
liable to inflammation, scirrhus, and cancer. 

Prostate, inferior muscle of the. See 
Transversus perinei alter. 

Prosta'tic. Prostaticus. Appertaining to 
the prostate gland. 

Prostatic concretions. Calculi of the pros- 
tate gland, according to Dr. Wollaston con- 
sisting of phosphate of lime tinged wjjh the 
prostatic fluid. 

Prostatic urethra. That portion of the 
urethra which passes through the prostate gland : 
it is the most dilated. 

Prostaticus superior. The compressor 
prostatic. 

Prostatitis. Inflammation of the prostate 

Prostato'ncus. Swelling of the prostate. 

Prosta'te. Prostratus. Depressed. 

PROSTRA'TION. Prostratio. A great loss 
of voluntary power over the muscles ; great de- 
pression of strength. The asthenic or adynamic 
state. 

PRO'TEINE. (From npurevu, to hold the 
first place.) The basis of albumen, fibrin, ca- 
sein, and other important and nutritious azotized 
principles. It is procured from these bodies 
by making a solution of them in a gentle heat 
with potash, until their sulphur is entirely re- 
moved, and afterward adding acetic acid, which 
precipitates the proteine. It is a gelatinous 
solid of a gray color while hydrated, but by 
drying becomes of the texture and appearance 
of transparent horn, but brittle. Fresh proteine 
is very soluble in the acetic and phosphoric 
acids; it also dissolves in hot concentrated hy- 
drochloric acid, forming a deep blue or purple 
solution, which becomes black by boiling. It 
combines both with acids and alkalies. Mul- 
der, to whom wo are indebted for the discov- 
ery of this most important body, proposes for it 
the formula C40H31N6O12 ; Liebig imagines that 
C48H36N6O14 is a more useful formula for theo- 
retical purposes. 

Proteine is therefore the organic basis of the 
principles albumen, fibrin, casein, and is also 
the body from which nearly all the azotized an- 
imal tissues are derived. The above principles 
are compounds of proteine with sulphur and 
phosphorus: thus, 10 atoms of proteine (Pr) 
-j-S-i-P is albumen derived from the egg; 
Frio-t-Sa-J-P is another form of albumen, de- 
rived from the blood ! Prio-j-S.P is fibrin ; 
Pno-f-S is casein ; and Pri5-f-S is globulin. Be- 
sides these direct compounds of proteine, it ap- 
pears that all the varieties of animal tissues may 
be traced to changes impressed upon proteine. 
Thus, according to Liebig, muscular flesh is 
Pr,HO,H ; arterial membrane, Pr,2HO ; mucus. 

535 



PRU 



PRU 



Pr,3H0; chondrin, Pr,4HO,20; horny tissue, 
Pr,NH 3 ,30 ; gelatinous tissue, 2Pr,3NH 3 ,HO,70 ; 
from which it would appear that the changes 
are of the nature of oxidation, and the combi- 
nation of water and ammonia. 

When fibrin or albumen are boiled a long 
time with access of air, they become resolved 
into a soluble and insoluble body ; the first is 
the tritoxide of proteine, and is the same as the 
buffy coat of the blood ; the other is a binoxide. 

Prote'inous. Proteina'ceous. Pertaining to 
proteine. Applied to those alimentary princi- 
ples which contain proteine, or those bodies 
which are derived from proteine. 

Prothe'sis. That part of surgery which re- 
lates to the employment of additional parts to 
repair injuries, as the use of the glass eye, &c. 

Protid. A product of the action of potash 
on proteine. It is of a bright yellow color, pul- 
venzable, and soluble in water and alcohol. 
Its formula is C13H9NH4. 

PROTO-. (From irpuroc, the first.) A pre- 
fix, signifying the first degree, precedence. It 
is much employed in chemistry to mark the 
principal combination of bodies, when they 
combine in the proportion of one atom of each 
substance, as protoxide, protiodide. 

Proto'gala. The colostrum. 

PROTOPA'THIC. (Protopathicus ; from 
■rrpaToe, first, and nadoc, a disease.) Applied to 
the symptoms of diseases in the same sense as 
primary. 

Pro'tosalt. The salt of a protoxide. 

PROTRA'CTOR. In Surgery, an instrument 
for drawing extraneous bodies out of wounds. 

PROTUBBRA'NTIA. 1. A protuberance on 
any part. 2. An apophysis. 

Protcberantia annularis. The pons va- 
rolii. 

Protuberantia cylindrica. P.cylindroides. 
The comu ammonis. 

PRO'XIMATE. Proximus. The next in 
order. 

Proximate analysis. That kind of analysis 
which consists in the determination of the com- 
pound bodies present, and not of the elements, 
which latter constitutes the ultimate analysis. 

Proximate cause. Causa proximo; so 
called, because, when the exciting cause begins 
to have effect, it is the proximate, or next thing 
that happens. The proximate cause of a dis- 
ease is the disordered action in which the dis- 
ease consists : in other words, the disease itself. 

Proximate principle. See Principle. 

Pru'na. The carbuncle. 

Prune. The primus domestica. 

PRUNE'LLA. (a, <e,f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiata. — P. 
vulgaris. It was recommended as an astrin- 
gent in hemorrhages and fluxes, as also in gar- 
gles against aphtha: and inflammation of the 
fauces. 

Pru'num. A plum or prune. 

Prunum gallicum. Prunus domestica. 

Prunum sylvestre. Prunus spinosa. 

PRU'NUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
Icosandria. Monogynia. Rosacea. — P. arme- 
niaca. The apricot. — P. avium. The black 
cherry-tree. — P. cerasus. The red cherry-tree. 
—P. domestica. The plum or damson tree. — 
536 



P. lauro-cerasus. The poison laurel, cherry 
laurel, bay laurel, and Alexandrian laurel. The 
leaves have a bitter, styptic taste, with a flavor 
of bitter almonds. The leaves have been em- 
ployed for culinary purposes, and especially in 
custards, &c. ; but as the poisonous quality of 
this laurel is now known to be the prussic acid, 
the public ought to be cautioned against its in- 
ternal use. — P. padus. The wild cluster, or 
bird-cherry tree. Padus. The bark and ber- 
ries of this shrub are used medicinally. The 
former, when taken from the tree, has a fra- 
grant smell, and a bitter, subastringent taste, 
somewhat similar to that of bitter almonds. 
Made into a decoction, it cures intennittents. 
and it has been recommended in the cure of 
several forms of syphilis. The berries are said 
to cure the dysentery. — P. spinosa. The sloe- 
tree. P. sylvestris. The fruit is employed 
in gargles, in tumefactions of the tonsils and 
uvula, and, from its astringent taste, was for- 
merly much used in hemorrhages, &c. 

Prunus virginiana. The wild cherry. An 
indigenous tree, officinal in the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia. The bark is bitter, and aromatic to 
the taste, and possesses tonic and sedative prop- 
erties ; the latter in consequence of the presence 
of an oil resembling the oil of bitter almonds. 
It is a medicine of great value hi cases of de- 
bility of the gastric mucous membrane, with 
nervous instability, which so often occurs in 
dyspepsia. It reduces the pulse in large doses. 
It has also been used in intennittents. The 
dose of the powder is 3SS. to 3J. The infusion is 
officinal. 

PRURI'GO. (o, inis, f. ; from prurio, to 
itch.) Pruritus. Prurigo is a papulous erup- 
tion. As it arises from different causes, or at 
different periods of life, and exhibits some va- 
rieties in its form, it is described by Dr. Willan 
under the titles of prurigo mitis, prurigo formi- 
cans, and prurigo senilis. In these the whole 
surface of the skin is usually affected ; but there 
are likewise many causes of local prurigo, which 
will be afterward noticed according to their 
respective situations. 

1. The prurigo mitis originates without any 
previous indisposition, in young persons, gener- 
ally in spring, or the beginning of summer. It 
is characterized by soft and smooth elevations 
of the cuticle, somewhat larger than the papulae 
of the lichen, from which they also differ by 
retaining the usual color of the skin; for they 
seldom appear red, or much inflamed, except 
from violent friction. They are not, as in the 
other case, accompanied with tingling, but with 
a sense of itching almost incessant. This is, 
however, felt more particularly on undressing, 
and often prevents rest for some hours after 
getting into bed. When the tops of the papula? 
are removed by rubbing or scratching, a clear 
fluid oozes out from them, and gradually con- 
cretes into thin black scabs. 

When persons affected with it neglect wash- 
ing the skin, or are uncleanly in their apparel, 
the eruption grows more inveterate, and at 
length, changing its form, often terminates in 
the itch. A steady perseverance in tepid lotion* 
of water, and of the warm bath, is mostly of in- 
finite service. Sulphur, magnesia, soda, nitrate 



PRU 

of potash, are useful internally, and also, where 
there is debility, the internal use of cinchona 
and the mineral acids. 

2. The prurigo formicans is a much more ob- 
stinate and troublesome disease than the fore- 
going. It usually affects persons of adult age. 
Its duration is from four months to two or three 
years, with occasional short intermissions. The 
papulce are sometimes larger, sometimes more 
obscure, than in the preceding species ; but are, 
under every form, attended with an incessant, 
stinging, and almost intolerable itching. They 
are diffused over the whole body, except the 
face, feet, and palms of the hands : they appear, 
however, in greatest number on those parts 
which, from the mode of dress, are subjected to 
tight ligatures, as about the neck, loins, and 
thighs. 

Although the prurigo formicans is never, like 
the former species, converted into the itch, yet 
it does occasionally terminate in a pustular dis- 
ease, not contagious. For the most part, it is 
necessary, in attempting the cure of this spe- 
cies, to attend to, and remove, if possible, some 
hepatic or other visceral obstruction, by an al- 
terative course of medicine. When there is a 
state of debility, tonics, with mineral acids and 
nourishing diet, must be resorted to. Steel is 
also serviceable. Chlorine, soda, and bitters, 
with saline aperients, are, in common cases, of 
great benefit. Veiy dilute ammoniacal lotions, 
or weak sulphur waters, applied externally, 
tend to allay the itching. 

3. Prurigo senilis. — This affection does not 
differ much in its symptoms and external ap- 

Eearances from the prurigo formicans, but has 
een thought by medical writers to merit a dis- 
tinct consideration, on account of its peculiar 
inveteracy. The prurigo is perhaps aggravated, 
or becomes more permanent in old age, from 
the dry, condensed state of the skin and cuticle 
which often takes place at that period. Those 
who are affected with it in a high degree have 
little more comfort to expect during life, being 
incessantly tormented with a violent and uni- 
versal itching. The state of the skin in the 
prurigo senilis is favorable to the production of 
an insect, the pediculus humanus, more especi- 
ally to the variety of it usually termed body-lice. 
Warm bathing gives temporary ease in this 
complaint. Sulphur waters are beneficial. Lo- 
tions of nitric and oxymuriatic acid are very 
useful ; thirty minims of the former to ten fluid 
ounces of pure water, and as much muriatic 
acid in addition when the former fails. Sea- 
water bathing, and the application of sea water, 
are also very beneficial. Internally, such med- 
icines must be given as are calculated to meet 
constitutional defects. Tonics, with mineral 
acids, are in most cases useful ; and, when dys- 
pepsia exists,, bitters with alkalies. 

In connexion with the foregoing aeries of 
complaints, Dr. Willan mentions some prurigin- 
ous affections which are merely local, as follows: 
Prurigo podicis. — Ascarides in the rectum 
excite a frequent itching and irritation about 
the sphincter ani, which ceases when the cause 
is removed by proper medicines. A similar 
complaint often arises, independently of worms, 
hemorrhoidal tumors, or other obvious causes, 



PRU 

which is mostly found to affect persons engaged 
in sedentary occupations, and may be referred 
to a morbid state of secretion in the parts, found- 
ed, perhaps, on a diminution of constitutional 
vigor. The itching is not always accompanied 
with an appearance of papula? or tubercles: it 
is little troublesome during the day time, but 
returns every night soon after getting into bed, 
and precludes rest for several hours. The com- 
plaint continues in tins form during three or 
four months, and has then an intermission, till 
it is produced again by hot weather, fatigue, 
watching, or some irregularity in diet. The 
same disease occurs at the decline of life, under 
a variety of circumstances. 

Women, after the cessation of the catamenia, 
are liable to be affected with this species of pru- 
rigo, more especially in summer or autumn. 
The skin between the nates is rough and papu- 
lated, sometimes scaly, and a little humor is dis- 
charged by violent friction. Along with this 
complaint there is often an eruption of itching 
papula; on the neck, breast, and back; a swell- 
ing and inflammation of one or both ears, and a 
discharge of matter from behind them, and from 
the external meatus autlitorius. 

The prurigo prccputii is owing to an altered 
state of secretion on the glans penis and inner 
surface of the prasputium. If the fluid be se- 
creted in too large a quantity, that excess may 
be restrained by washes made with the liquor 
plumbi acetatis, or by applying the unguentum 
plumbi acetatis. 

Prurigo urethralis. — Avery troublesome itch 
ing sometimes takes place at the extremity ot 
the urethra in females, without any manifest 
cause. Probably, however, the itching may be 
occasioned by a morbid state of the neck of the 
bladder, being, in some instancy connected 
with pain and difficulty of making^ater. 

An itching at the extremity of the urethra in 
men is produced by calculi, and by some dis- 
eases of the bladder. ' 

Prurigo pubis. — Itching papula? often arise on 
the pubes, and become extremely sore if their 
tops are removed by scratching. They are oc- 
casioned sometimes by neglect of cleanliness, 
but more commonly by a species of pediculus, 
which perforates the cuticle, and thus derives 
its nourishment, remaining fixed in the same 
situation. These insects are termed by Lin- 
naeus, &c, pedicuh pubis : they do not, how- 
ever, affect the pubes only, but often adhere to 
the eyebrows, eyelids, and axillae. 

Prurigo scroti. — The scrotum is affected 
with a troublesome and constant itching from 
ascarides within the rectum, from friction by 
violent exercise in hot weather, and very usual- 
ly from the pediculi pubis. Another and more 
important form of the complaint appears in old 
men, sometimes connected with the prurigo 
podicis, and referrible to a morbid state of the 
skin, or superficial gland of the part. The 
scrotum, in this case, assumes a brown color, 
also becoming thick, scaly, and wrinkled. The 
itching extends to the skin covering the penis, 
more especially along the course of the urethra, 
and has little respite either by day or night. 

The Prurigo pudendi muliebris is somewhat 
analogous to the prurigo scroti in men. It it 

537 



PSE 

often a symptomatic complaint in the lichen and 
lepra ; it likewise originates from ascarides irri- 
tating the rectum; and is, in some cases, con- 
nected with a discharge of the fluor albus. 

A similar affection arises in consequence of a 
change of state in the genital organs at the time 
of puberty, attended with a senes of most dis- 
tressing sensations. 

Deep ulcerations of the parts seldom take 
place in the prurigo pudendi, but the appear- 
ance of the aphthae on the labia and nympha? is 
by no means unusual. From intercourse with 
females, under these circumstances, men are 
liable to be affected with small ulcerations on 
the glans, and inside of the praputium, which 
prove troublesome for a length of time, and 
often excite an alarm, being mistaken for 
chancres. 

Women, after the fourth month of their preg- 
nancy, often suffer greatly from the prurigo 
fradendi, attended with aphtha;. These, in a 
ew cases, have been succeeded by extensive 
ulcerations : such instances are, however, ex- 
tremely rare. The complaint has, in general, 
some intervals or remissions; and the small 
ulcers usually disappear soon after delivery, 
whether at the full time or by a miscarriage. 

PRURFTUS. (us, us, m. ; from prurio, to 
itch.) See Prurigo. 

Prussian blue. A compound of a rich blue 
color well known as a pigment. See Fori fcr- 
'•o-sesquicyanidum. 

Pru'ssiate. A cyanide or ferrocyanide. 

Prussiate ok iron. Prussian blue. 

Prussiate of mercury. See Hydrargyri 
cyanuretum. 

Prussiatk of potash. See Ferrocyanide. of 
Potassium. 

Pru's subacid. Acidum prussicum. See 
HydrocyaWl acid and Acidum hydrocyanicum. 

Pru'ssine. Cyanogen. 

PSALLOFDES. (From ipal'Aoc, a stringed 
instrument, and el5oc, s» likeness.) An appear- 
ance on the under surface of the fornix of the 
brain is called corpus psalloides. 

Psalte'rium. The corpus psalloides. See 
Encephalos. 

Psammo'des. Sand-like. Applied to urine 
which deposits a sandy sediment. 

PSELLFSMUS. (us, i, m. ; from ipeMifr, 
to stammer or hesitate in speech.) Defect of 
speech, in which the articulation is imperfect 
or depraved. Cullen has the following species: 

1. Pscllismus balbuticns. — Lisping ; vicious 
multiplication of labials. 

2. Psellismus emollicns. — Vicious substitution 
of soft for harsher letters. 

3. Pscllismus lallans. — Lullaby-speech; vi- 
cious pronunciation of the letter I. 

4. Psellismus ringens. — Rotacismus; vicious 
pronunciation of the letter r. 

5. Pscllismus lagostomatum. — Vicious pro- 
nunciation occasioned by hare-lip. 

6. Pscllismus acheilos. — Vicious pronuncia- 
tion arising from defect of lip. 

7. Psellismus hwsitans. — Hesitation. 
Psellismus metallicus. The stammering 

which sometimes attends mercurial erythrismus. 
Pse'llotes. Psellismus. 
PSEUD-. PSEUDO-. (From ^eviric, false.) 
538 



PSO 

A very frequent prefix, denoting a false, spun 
ous, or apparent thing. 

Pseudaco'ia. Pseudacoe. Pseudacutis- 
False, perverted, or imaginary audition. 

Pseuda'corus. Iris pseudacorus. 

PSEU'D^ESTHE'SIA. (a, a, f. ; from ^evioc , 
false, and aiadavo/iai, to feel.) Imaginary or 
false feeling, or imaginary sense of touch in or- 
gans which have no existence. 

Pseudarthro'sis. A false joint. 

PSEUDOBLE'PSIS. {it, is, f. ; from ^evdrjc, 
false, and /3/lei/uc, sight.) Imaginary vision of 
objects, characterized by depraved sight, cre- 
ating objects, or representing them different 
from what they are. 

The appearances constituting false sight are 
mostly symptomatic or sympathetic, and ao 
cpmpany inflammation of or about the eyes or 
brain ; also fever*, hysteria, syncope, lethargy, 
apoplexy, &c. 

Pseudo-croup. Laryngismus stridulus. 

Pseu'do-cye'sis. False conception. 

Pseu'do-mela'nthium. Agrostemma githago. 

PSEUDO-ME'MBRANE. A false mem- 
brane, or organized layer of lymph, effused in 
consequence of inflammation. 

Pseudo-mo'rphia. Pscudomorphinc. An in- 
active base, forming crystalline scales, found in 
some kinds of opium. 

Pseudo-phthi'tis. Emaciation without tu- 
bercles of the lungs. 

Pseudo-pleuritis. Pleurodynia. 

Pseudo-pyre'thrum. Achillea ptannica. 

Pseudore'xia. Perverted appetite. 

Pseudo-syphilis. See Syphilis. 

Pseudotoxin. A substance obtained by 
Brandes from the watery extract of belladonna. 
It is yellow, soluble, and colored green by the 
salts of iron. 

Pseudy'men. A false membrane. 

PSFDIUM. A genus of plants. Icosandria. 
Monogynia. — P. pomi'ferum. P. pyrifcrum. 
Tho apple gaava. A tropical fruit. 

Psilo'thra. Applications to remove the 
hair. 

Psilo'thrum. Bryonia alba. 

Psimmy'thium. Cerusse, or white lead. 

PSO'iE. (Voai, the loins.) Alopeces. Ne- 
phrometra:. Neurometeres. 1. The loins. 2. 
The name of two pairs of muscles in the loins. 

PSO'AS. (From ipoai, the loins.) Belong- 
ing to the loins. 

Psoas abscess. See Lumbar abscess. 

Psoas magnus. Psoas, seulumbarisinternuB, 
of Winslow. This is a long, thick, and very 
considerable muscle, situated close to the fore 
part and sides of the lumbar vertebra?. It arises 
from the bodies of the last vertebra? of the back, 
and of all the lumbar vertebra; laterally, as well 
as from the anterior surfaces of their transverse 
processes, by distinct tendinous and fleshy slips, 
that are gradually collected into one mass. It 
unites with the iliacus internus, descends along 
with that muscle under the ligamentum Fal- 
lopii, and goes to be inserted at the bottom of 
the trochanter minor, and a little below that 
process. Between the tendon of this muscle 
and the ischium we find a considerable bursa 
mucosa. This muscle, at its origin, has some 
connection with the diaphragm, and likewise 



PSO 

with the quadratus lumborum. It is one of the 
most powerful flexors of the thigh forward, 
and may likewise assist in tuming.it outward. 
When the inferior extremity is fixed, it may 
help to bend the body forward; and in an 
erect posture it greatly assists in preserving the 
equilibrium of the trunk upon the upper part 
of the thigh. 

Psoas parvus. This muscle is situated upon 
the psoas magnus, at the anterior part of the 
loins. It arises from the side of the uppermost 
vertebra of the loins, and sometimes, also, from 
the lower edge of the last vertebra of the back, 
and from the transverse processes of each of 
these vertebra) ; it then extends over part of 
the psoas magnus, and terminates in a thin, flat 
tendon, which is inserted into that part of the 
brim of the pelvis where the os pubis joins the 
ilium. From this tendon a great number of 
fibres are sent off, which form a thin fascia, 
that covers part of the psoas magnus and ilia- 
cus intemus, and gradually loses itself on the 
fore part of the thigh. In tho human body this 
muscle is very often wanting. Its use seems 
to be to assist the psoas magnus in bending the 
loins forward; and when we are lying upon 
our back, it may help to raise the pelvis. 

Psoas sive lumbaris internus. See Psoas 
magnus. 

Psoitis. Inflammation of the psoas muscles. 
It may terminate in lumbar abscess. 

Psolo'ncus. A swelling of the penis, or the 
glans penis. 

Pso'ra. "irupa. The itch. See Scabies. 

Psora leprosa. P. squamosa. Psoriasis. 

PSORA'LEA. (a, a, f ) A genus of plants. 
Diadelphia. Dccandria. — P. glandulosa is a 
Chilian shrub, esteemed vulneraiy. — P. penta- 
phy'lla. The Mexican contrayerva, Contra- 
ycrva nova, which is by many as much esteemed 
as the Dorstenia. It was introduced into Eu- 
rope soon after the true plant, from Guiana as 
well as Mexico. 

P S O R I 'A 8 I S. (is, is, f. ; from ipupa, the 
itch.) The disease to which Dr. Willan gives 
this title is characterized by a rough and scaly 
state of the cuticle, sometimes continuous, some- 
times in separate patches, of various sizes, but 
of an irregular figure, and for the most part ac- 
companied with rhagades or fissures of the skin. 
From lepra it may be distinguished, not only 
by the distribution of the patches, but also by 
its cessation and recurrence at certain seasons 
of the year, and by the disorder of the consti- 
tution with which it is usually attended. Dr. 
Willan gives the following varieties: 

1. Psoriasis guttata. — This complaint ap- 
pears in small, distinct, but irregular patches 
of laminated scales, with little or no inflamma- 
tion round them. The patches very seldom 
extend to the size of a sixpence. The scale 
formed upon each of them is thin, and may bo 
easily detached, leaving a red, shining base. The 
patches are often distributed over the greatest 

Eart of the body, but more particularly on the 
ack part of the neck, the faoi, breasts, arms, 
loins, thighs, and legs. The psoriasis guttata 
often appears on children in a sudden eruption, 
attended with a slight disorder of the constitu- 
tion, and spreads over the body within two or 



PSO 

three days.. In adults it commences with a 
few scaly patches on the extremities, proceeds 
very gradually, and has a longer duration than 
in children. Its first occurrence is usually in 
the spring season, after violent pains in the 
head, stomach, and limbs. During the summer 
it disappears spontaneously, or may be soon 
removed by proper applications, but it is apt to 
return again early in the ensuing spring, and 
continues so to do for several successive years. 
There is a syphilitic variety of this species. 

2. The Psoriasis diffusa spreads into large 
patches, irregularly circumscribed, reddish, 
rough, and fissured, with scales interspersed. 
It commences, in general, with numerous mi- 
nute asperities, or elevations of the cuticle, 
more perceptible by the touch than by sight. 
Upon these, small, distinct scales are soon after 
formed, adhering by a dark central point, while 
their edges may be seen white and detached. 
In the course of two or three weeks all the in- 
tervening cuticle becomes rough and fissured, 
appears red, raised, and wrinkled, the lines of 
the skin sinking into deep furrows. The scales 
which form among them are often slight, and 
repeatedly exfoliate. Sometimes, without any 
previous eruption of papula;, a large portion of 
the skin becomes dry, harsh, cracked, reddish, 
and scaly, as above described. The parts most 
affected by psoriasis diffusa are the cheeks, 
chin, upper eyelids, and comers of the eyes, 
the temples, the external ear, the neck, the 
fleshy parts of the lower extremities, and the 
forearm, from the elbow to the back of tho 
hand, along the supinator muscle of the radius. 
The fingers are sometimes nearly surrounded 
with a loose, scaly incrustation ; the nails crack 
and exfoliate superficially. When limited to 
the back of the hand, where it often appears in 
bakers, it is called the baker's itch. The scaly 
patches likewise appear, though less frequently, 
on the forehead and scalp, on the shoulders, 
back, and loins, on the abdomen and instep. 
The psoriasis diffusa is attended with a sensa- 
tion of heat, and with a very troublesome itch- 
ing, especially at night. 

As the complaint declines, the roughness, fis- 
sures, scales, &c, disappear, and a new cuticle 
is formed, at first red, dry, and shriveled, but 
which, in two or three weeks, acquires the 
proper texture. The duration of the psoriasis 
diffusa is from one to four months. 

3. The Psoriasis gyrata is distributed in nar- 
row patches or stripes, variously figured : some 
of them are nearly longitudinal ; some circular 
or semicircular, with vermiform appendages; 
some are tortuous or serpentine ; others like 
earth-worms or leeches : the furrows of the cuti- 
cle being deeper than usual, make the resem- 
blance more striking, by giving them an annu- 
lated appearance. There is a separation of 
slight scales from the diseased surface, but no 
thick incrustations are formed. The psoriasis 
gyrata has its remissions and returns, like the 
psoriasis diffusa ; it also exhibits, in some cases, 
patches of the latter disorder on the face, scalp, 
or extremities, while the trunk of the body is 
checkered with the singular figures above de- 
scribed. 

4. Psoriasis palmaria. — This very obstinate 

539 



PSO 

species of tetter is nearly confined to the palm 
of the hand. It commences with a small, harsh, 
or scaly patch, which gradually spreads over the 
whole palm, and sometimes appeal's in a slighter 
degree on the inside of the fingers and wrist. 
The surface feels rough from the detached and 
raised edges of the scaly laminae ; its color often 
changes to brown or black, as if dirty ; yet the 
most diligent washing produces no favorable 
effect. The cuticular iurrows are deep, and 
cleft at the bottom longitudinally, in various 
places, so as to bleed on stretching the fingers. 
A sensation of heat, pain, and stiffness in the 
motions of the hand, attend this complaint. Tt 
is worse in winter or spring, and occasionally 
disappears in autumn or summer, leaving a soft, 
dark red cuticle ; but many persons are troubled 
with it for a series of years, experiencing only 
very slight remissions. Shoemakers have the 
psoriasis palmaria locally, from the irritation of 
the wax they so constantly employ. In braziers, 
tinmen, silversmiths, &c, the complaint seems 
to be produced by handling cold metals. 

5. Psoriasis labialis. — The psoriasis some- 
times affects the lip without appearing on any 
other part of the body. Its characteristics are, as 
usual, scaliness, intermixed with chaps and fis- 
Bures of the skin. The scales are of a consid- 
erable magnitude, so that their edges are often 
loose, while the central points are attached; a 
new cuticle gradually forms beneath the scales, 
but is not durable. In the course of a few hours 
it becomes dry, shriveled, and broken; and, 
while it exfoliates, gives way to another layer 
of tender cuticle, which soon, in like manner, 
perishes. 

6. Psoriasis scrotalis. — The skin of the scro- 
tum may be affected in the psoriasis diffusa like 
other parts of the surface of the body; but some- 
times a roughness and scaliness of the scrotum 
appears as an independent complaint, attended 
with much heat, itching, tension, and redness. 
The above symptoms are succeeded by a hard, 
thickened, brittle texture of the skin, and by 
painful chaps or excoriations, which are not 
easy to be healed. 

7. Psoriasis infantilis. — Infants between the 
ages of two months and two years are occasion- 
ally subject to the dry tetter. Irregular scaly 
patches, of various sizes, appear on the cheeks, 
chin, breast, back, nates, and thighs. They are 
sometimes red, and a little rough or elevated ; 
sometimes excoriated, then again covered with 
a thin incrustation ; and, lastly, intersected by 
chaps or fissures. The general appearances 
nearly coincide with those of the psoriasis dif- 
fusa ; but there are several peculiarities in the 
tetters of infants which require a distinct con- 
sideration. 

8. The Psoriasis invcterata is characterized 
by an almost universal scaliness, with a harsh, 
dry, and thickened state of the skin. It com- 
mences with a few irregular though distinct 
patches on the extremities. Others appear af- 
terward on different parts, and, becoming con- 
fluent, spread at length over all the surface of 
the body, except a part of the face, or sometimes 
the palms of the hands aud soles of the feet. 
The skin is red, deeply furrowed or wrinkled, 
stiff and rigid, so as somewhat to impede the 

540 



PTE 

motion of the muscles and of the joints. So 
quick, likewise, is the production and separa- 
tion of scales, that large quantities of them are 
found on the bed on which a person affected 
with the disease has slept. They fall off in the 
same proportion by day, and, being confined 
within the linen, excite a troublesome and per- 
petual itching. 

Treatment. — The*same general plan is appli- 
cable to the different modifications of psoriasis, 
the period of its duration and the degree of 
irritability being carefully attended to. In the 
commencement of the eruption, when it appears 
suddenly, and the constitution is obviously dis- 
ordered, a moderate antiphlogistic treatment 
must be pursued. A gentle purgative should 
be administered, and the diet made light by 
abstracting every thing stimulant. This regi- 
men, indeed, is requisite throughout the course 
of the disease. When the constitutional dis- 
turbance has subsided, the use of alkalies, com- 
bined with sulphur or with an infusion of cin- 
chona, together with tepid washing, will grad- 
ually remove the complaint. A decoction of 
bran, a little cream, or oil of almonds, sometimes 
produces case to the itching; but any admixture, 
even of the oxide of zinc, or preparations of 
lead, with these liniments, is commonly detri- 
mental. But the more local and less inflamma- 
tory eruption of psoriasis is considerably alle- 
viated by local expedients. The palmar aud 
scrotal varieties are deprived of the dryness and 
itching by exposure to the vapor of hot water, 
and by the application of dilute unguentum 
hydrargyri nitratis. In the psoriasis of the lips, 
nothing acrid can be borne ; and much of the 
cure depends upon securing the parts from irri- 
tation, even from heat and cold, by a constant 
covering of some mild ointment or plaster. 

Pso'ric. Psoricus. Appertaining to psora. 

PSOROPHTHA'LMIA. (a,«,fj from ipapa, 
the itch, and o<j>6a?Lfioc, the eye.) Fsorophthal- 
my. An inflammation of the eyelids, attended 
with ulcerations, which itch very much. The 
cause is an acrimony secreted by the glands of 
the eyelids. See Ophthalmitis. 

PSYCHAGO'GUBS. (From ipvxv, the mind, 
and ayu, to move.) Applied by Schneider to 
medicines which have the power of restoring 
the senses ; as volatiles and stimulants, which 
recover a patient from syncope. 

Psyche. The mind or soul. 

Ps'ychical. Relating to the mind. 

PSYCHOLOGY. (Ptyehohgia, <c, f. ; from 
ipvxv, the soul, and Aoyog, a discourse.) The 
doctrine of the mind or soul. Mental philos- 
ophy. 

Psycho'tkia EMETIC A. One of the plants 
yielding ipecacuanha, which see. 

Psychromj'tkum. A cold bath. 

Psy'chticus. Refrigerant. 

PSYDRA'CIUM. (urn, ii, n.; from >t>;yor, 
cold.) A species of pustule. See Pustule. 

Psyoracia. Ecthyma. — Frank. 

Psy'ixium. Plantago psyllium. 

Pta'rmica. * So called because it irritates 
the nose. Achillsea ptarmica. 

PTA'RMICUS. (UTapfitKos; from Trraipu, 
to sneeze.) Ptarmic. Sternutatory. 

PTB'RIS. (is, idis, f.) So called from the 



PTE 

likeness of its leaves to wings. A genus of ferns. 
— P. aquili'na. The common brake, or female 
fern. Filix fmmina. The root was esteemed 
an anthelmintic. 

PTEROCA'RPUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Diadelphia. Dccandria. Lc gummosa. 
— P. draco. This is one of the species which 
yields dragon's blood. — P. crina'ceus. The tree 
wMch is supposed to yield the African kino. — 
P. marsupium yields the East Indian kino. — P. 
santali'nus. The red sanders-tree. Red San- 
ders has been esteemed as a medicine ; but its 
only use attaches to its coloring property. The 
juice of this tree, like that of some others, af- 
ibrds a species of sanguis draconis. 

PTERY'GIUM. Pterygion. (Hrepv!;, a 
wing.) 1. In Pathology, a membraneous ex- 
crescence which grows upon the internal can- 
thus of the eye chiefly, and expands itself over 
the albuginea and cornea toward the pupil. It 
appears to be an extension or promulgation of 
the fibres and vessels of the canine ula lachry- 
malis, or semilunar membrane, appearing like a 
wing. It is sometimes a pellucid pellicle, thin, 
of a cineritious color, and unpainful, growing 
out from the caruncula lachrymalis. In other 
cases it is thick, of a red color, attended with 
fullness of the vessels on the white of the eye, 
and stretches over the cornea like fasciculi of 
vessels. This was called pannus : this pannus 
is occasionally of various colors, painful and 
cancerous. The pterygium pingue, or pinguic- 
ula, is a small substance, like lard or fat, soft, 
without pain, and of a light yellow color, which 
commonly is situated in the external angle of 
the eye, and rarely extends to the cornea, but 
often remains through life. 2. In Botany, a 
wing. See Ala. 

Pterygopalatine. That which relates to 
the pterygoid process and the palate, as the 
ptery go-palatine canal and the ptery go-palatine 
artery, or superior. pharyngeal. 

Pte'rygo-pharynge'us. See Constrictor 
pharyngeus superior. 

Pte'rygo-staphyli'nus exte'rnus. See Le- 
vator palati. 

PTE'RYGOID. (Pterygoides. Pterygoide- 
us ; from nrepvt;, a wing, and Eidog, resem- 
blance.) Resembling the wing of a bird. 

Pterygoid artery. 1. The superior pharyn- 
geal artery, a branch of the internal maxillary. 
2. The branches furnished to the pterygoid 
muscles. 

Pterygoid canal. Pterygoid fossa. See 
Sphenoides os. 

Pterygoid nerves. 1. The vidian nerve. 
2. The branches of the inferior maxillary nerve 
distributed to the pterygoid muscles. 

Pterygoid processes. The wing-like pro- 
cesses of the sphenoid bone. See Sphenoides os. 

Pterygoideum os. See Sphenoides os. 

Pterygoide'us externus. (Pterygoideus; 
from its belonging to the processus pterygoides.) 
Pterygoideus minor of Winslow. Musculus 
cdaris externus. A muscle placed, as it were, 
horizontally along the basis of the skull, be- 
tween the pterygoid process and the condyle 
of the lower jaw. It usually arises by two 
distinct heads, one from the outer wing of the 
pterygoid process and a small part of the os 



PTY 

maxillare adjoining to it; the other, from a 
ridge in the temporal process of the sphenoid 
bone. From these origins the muscle forms a 
strong fleshy belly, which descends almost 
transversely outward and backward, and is in- 
serted, tendinous and fleshy, into a depression 
in the fore part of the condyloid process of the 
lower jaw, and into the anterior surface of the 
capsular ligament that surrounds the articula- 
tion of that bone. When both the muscles act 
together, they bring the jaw horizonally for- 
ward. When they act singly, the jaw is moved 
forward, and to the opposite side. The fibres 
that are inserted into the capsular ligament 
serve likewise to bring the movable cartilage 
forward. 

Pterygoideus internus. Ptery goideus ma- 
jor of Winslow. This muscle arises, tendinous 
and fleshy, from the whole inner surface of the 
external ala of the pterygoid process, filling all 
the space between the two wings; and from 
that process of the os palati that makes part of 
the pterygoid fossa. Thence the muscle de- 
scends obliquely downward, forward, and out- 
ward, and is inserted, by tendinous and fleshy 
fibres, into the inside of the lower jaw, near its 
angle. Its use is to raise the lower jaw, and to 
pull it a little to one side. 

Pterygoideus major. See Pterygoideus in- 
ternus. 

Pterygoideus minor. See Pterygoideus ex- 
ternus. 

Pte'rygo-staphyh'nus. Chaussier's name 
for the circumflexus palati muscle. 

Pteryx. HrepvS;. A wing ; ala. 

Ptilo'sis. (From tttiXoc, bald.) See Ma- 



PTI'SANA. (a, a, f. ; from -ktkjcu, to de- 
corticate, bruise, or pound.) A ptisan. A de- 
coction made of decorticated barley, raisins, 
liquorice, or other vegetable matters. The 
French physicians use a variety of ptisans. See 
Tisane. 

PTO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from irnrru, to fall.) 
A falling down of the upper eyelid. See Ble- 
pharoptosis. 

Ptosis iridis. Prolapsus iridis. . 

PTYA'LAGOGTJE. (Ptyalagogus ; from 
iTTvaXov, spittle, and ayu, to excite.) A medi- 
cine, or any thing which promotes a discharge 
of the saliva or causes salivation. 

PTYALINE. An albuminous constituent of 
saliva, having the power of a ferment. It forms 
less than 0'5 per cent, of the secretion. It does 
not appear to be materially different from pep- 
sine, and dissolves both amylaceous and pro- 
teinous bodies, according as it is alkakine or 
acid. 

PTY'ALISM. (Ptyalismus, i, m. ; from 
"KTvaXil^u, to spit.) A ptyalism; salivation, or 
increased secretion of saliva. This is often pro- 
duced by the expectation of agreeable food, and 
is symptomatic of diseases of the mouth and 
salivary gland. 

Ptyalism, mercurial. In whatever mode 
introduced into the system, quicksilver often 
produces salivation, and that after a short time, 
and even from a small quantity. The discon- 
tinuance of mercury is the cure : it soon sub- 
sides : but it is often attended with much irt- 

541 



PUP 

convenience, ae a high degree of irritation, not 
only of the mouth and fauces, but of the system 
generally. The common course of symptoms 
is this : the mouth feels uncommonly hot, and 
there is a coppery or metallic taste ; the lingual 
and sublingual glands swell ; aphthous vesicles 
appear, and terminate in minute and offensive 
ulcerations ; the tongue swells ; the throat be- 
comes sore ; feverishness and sleeplessness su- 
pervene, and are often present from an early 
period of the disease ; and there is an eruption. 
See Eczema rubra. 

In attempting the cure of mercurial salivation, 
the attention is to be directed to the local state 
of the fauces, and the general state of the sys- 
tem. The bowels are to be kept soluble with 
saline aperients. Acidulated gargles of barley- 
water, with nitre, citric acid, and the like, will 
often be sufficient, or very dilute compound in- 
fusion of roses ; but the best of all gargles by 
far is the chloride of soda or lime, so diluted as 
not to produce more than just a sensible sting- 
ing in the mouth. 

Ptyali'smus. See Ptyalism. 

Ptyali'smus iners. Slavering. 

Pty'alum. The mucus ejected from the 
bronchia. 

Pitsmaco'cus. Ptysmagoguc. Expec- 
torant. 

PU'BERTY. The transition from childhood 
to youth ; or that period of life when the indi- 
vidual acquires the power of propagation. 

PU'BES. (<?s, is, f.) The external part of 
the organs of generation of both sexes, which, 
after puberty, is covered with hair. 

Pube'scence. Pubcsccntia. The down or 
hairs of leaves. 

Pube'scent. Pubesccns. Clothed with a 
soft wool or hair. 

PUBIC. PubiiEus. Relating to the pubis, 
either the bone or the soft parts about it. 

PUBIS OS. A separate bone of the foetal 
pelvis. See Innominatum os. 

Pu'ccoon. Sanguinaria canadensis. 

Pude'ndagra. Any disease of the genital 
organs. 

PUDE'NDUM. (urn, i, n. ; from pudeo, to 
be ashamed.) Pudenda. The parts of gener- 
ation. 

Pudendum muliebre. The female parts of 
generation. 

PU'DIC. (Pudi'cus; from pudor, shame.) 
Belonging to the pudenda. 

Pudic arteries. Arteria: pudi 1 cat. Pudendal 
arteries. The arteries which supply the parts 
of generation. These are, 1 . The internal pu- 
dic. Sometimes simply called the pudic, which 
is a branch of the internal iliac, and gives off 
the external hemorrhoidal and perineal arteries, 
and those of the penis. 2. The external pudic 
arteries, varying m number, and rising from the 
common femoral artery. 

Pudic nerve. This is formed on each side 
by fibrils from all the cords which enter into 
the constitution of the great sciatic nerve. It 
arises in two fasciculi, which pass through the 
lower part of the iliac notch, and between the 
sacro-sciatic ligaments to join the pudic artery, 
the branches of which they accompany, bearing 
the same names. 
542 



PUE 

PU'ERILE. Puerilis. (From pucr, a boy 
or child.) That which is childish. Applied 
to the sonorous respiration of children. See 
Auscultation. 

Pueri'lis morbus. The epilepsy. 

PU'ERPERA. (From puer, and pario, to 
bring forth. ) A lying-in woman ; one who has 
recently been delivered. 

PUE'RPERAL. Puerperalis. Appertaining 
to child-bearing; as puerperal convulsions, 
puerperal fever, &e. 

Puerperal convulsions. See Convulsions. 

Puerperal fever. Several distinct affec- 
tions have been treated of under this name, the 
principal of which are, 

1. Peritonitis. 

2. An adynamic febrile disease, supposed to 
bo of a contagious nature, and of which peri 
toneal inflammation is a prominent feature. 

3. Inflammation of the uterus or its append- 
ages. 

4. Inflammation of the uterine veins and 
lymphatics. 

Puerperal Peritonitis. — The peritoneum lin- 
ing the abdomen, or that covering the intes- 
tines, may be inflamed alone, or the disease 
may be combined with inflammation of the 
uterus. 

Peritoneal inflammation may be caused by 
violence during delivery, or the application of 
cold, or the injudicious use of stimulants. Those 
who have suffered from uterine hemorrhage 
after delivery are most liable to this disease, 
as well as to inflammation of the uterus. It 
may not come on for three weeks after delivery, 
but it usually appears on the second day ; and 
it may often be observed that the pulse contin- 
ues frequent from the time of delivery. It is 
preceded or attended by shivering, and sickness 
or vomiting, and is marked by pam in the belly, 
which is sometimes very universal, though in 
other cases it is at first confined to one spot. 
The abdomen very soon becomes swelled and 
tense, and the tension rapidly increases. The 
pulse is frequent, small, and sharp, the skin hot, 
the tongue either clean, or white and dry, the 
patient thirsty ; she vomits frequently, and the 
milk and lochia usually are obstructed. These 
symptoms often come on very acutely, but they 
may also approach insidiously. But, whether 
the early symptoms come on rapidly or slowly, 
they soon increase, the belly becomes as large 
as before delivery, and is often so tender that 
the weight of the bedclothes can scarcely be 
endured ; the patient also feels much pain when 
she turns. The respiration becomes difficult, 
and sometimes a cough comes on, which ag- 
gravates the distress; or it appears from the 
first, attended with pain in the side, as a prom- 
inent symptom. Sometimes the patient has a 
great inclination to belch, which always gives 
pain. The bowels are either costive, or the 
patient purges bilious or dark-colored fa;ces. 
These symptoms are more or less acute, accord- 
ing to the extent to which the peritoneum is 
aflected. They are, at first, milder and more 
protracted in those cases where the inflamma- 
tion begins in the uterus, and in such, the pain 
is often not very great nor very extensive for 
some time. In fatal cases, the swelling and 



PUE 

tension of the belly increase, the vomiting con- 
tinues, the pulse becomes very frequent and ir- 
regular, the fauces are aphthous, the extremities 
become cold, and the pain usually ceases rather 
suddenly. The patient has unrefreshing slum- 
ber, and sometimes delirium mite, but she may 
also remain sensible to the last. The disease 
usually proves fatal within live days, but may 
be protracted for eight or ten days, or even 
longer. Sometimes this disease ends in suppu- 
ration, and the nbscess points and bursts ex- 
ternally. 

The patient is only to be saved by vigorous 
means and great attention. If the pulse con- 
tinue above a hundred in the minute for 
twenty-four hours after delivery, there is reason 
to apprehend that some serious mischief is 
about to happen; and, therefore, unless the 
frequency depend decidedly on debility, pro- 
duced by great hemorrhage, &c, we ought to 
open the bowels freely, and give a diaphoretic. 
We must carefully examine the belly, and if it 
be full, or painful on pressure, or if the patient 
be inclined to vomit, we ought instantly to open 
a vein, and use purgatives. One copious bleed- 
ing, on the very invasion of the disease, is more 
useful than ten afterward; and the delay of 
two hours may be the loss of the patient, whose 
danger, even under the most active practice, is 
extreme. In peritoneal inflammation, blood- 
letting is imperiously called for at a very early 
period; and the evacuation is to be repeated 
or not, according to its effects, and the constitu- 
tion of the patient. If she have borne it ill, 
and not been relieved, when it was used first, 
there is reason to apprehend that the case has 
not been simple peritoneal inflammation, but 
malignant puerperal fever. If she bear it well, 
and the pulse becomes slower and fuller, and 
the pain abate, we are encouraged to repeat it. 
After the lancet has been early used, if pain 
continue, many leeches, or the scarificator, 
should be applied to the most painful part. 
The abdomen should then be covered by a warm 
poultice. A large dose of opium, that is, three 
grains, is to be administered after the bleeding, 
and repeated according to circumstances, in 
smaller doses. The bowels are, at the very 
first, to be opened freely with calomel, or some 
other purgative, which ought to be given in a 
large dose, particularly calomel, for ordinary 
doses do no good. After effusion has begun, 
and debility is produced, cordials, of which 
wine is the best, should be given, and anodyne 
clysters are to be administered. There are one 
or two cases recorded where the fluid has been 
either spontaneously discharged by an opening 
taking place in the intestine, or artificially, by 
paracentesis, and with a good effect. 

A modification of this disease is not unfre- 
quent, in which the inflammatory affection, in 
bo far as traces are left after death, is apparent- 
ly very limited in extent, as well as inconsider- 
able in degree. The pain seems to arise more 
from high sensibility of the nerves than from 
actual inflammation of the parts, and it often 
shoots in the direction of some particular ab- 
dominal nerve; for instance, the ilio-pubal. 
There is, at first, either circumscribed pain, or 
wandering pain, like gripes. Dr. Gooch has 



PUE 

detailed several cases of this disease, which, in 
some instances, seemed to proceed from the 
griping operation of a brisk purgative ; in others, 
from severe after-pains, more especially when 
the patient, in her ordinary state, was delicate 
and nervous. 

Chronic inflammation of the peritoneum is 
not very unfrequent, and may last for somo 
weeks. It is attended with constant pain in . 
some parts of the abdomen, but it is not un- 
bearable ; the belly is -tender, the pulse fre- 
quent, the thirst urgent, and, often, the mind 
is affected as in hysteria, or a train of hysterical 
symptoms supervenes, which may lead off the 
attention from the seat of the disease. It re- 
quires, at first, blood-letting, and then the fre- 
quent use of laxatives, with repeated blisters. 

Malignant Puerperal Fever. — There can be 
no doubt that in particular seasons a contagion 
has prevailed, inducing fever in the puerperal 
state, attended with the symptoms of the pre- 
ceding inflammatory diseases, in some instances 
proving fatal rather from mere exhaustion than 
from inflammation ; in others, leaving marks of 
great inflammation or of suppuration. It is not, 
therefore, to be expected that either the post- 
mortem examination, or the individual symp- 
toms during life, should be very different from 
peritonitis, &c, the chief distinction being in 
the complication with a malignant influence, 
and in the patient being neither benefited by, 
nor bearing depletion so copiously as should 
have been both warranted and useful hi the 
simple affection. 

The description, therefore, in many of the 
essential points, must be much the same as that 
of hysteritis, &c. 

i Malignant puerperal fever sometimes begins 
in an insidious manner, without that shivering 
which usually gives intimation of the approach 
of a serious malady. But, generally, shivering 
is perceived, and varies considerably in degree, 
being either slight or pretty severe. The first 
symptoms, independent of the shivering, are, 
frequency of pulse, oppression, nausea, or retch- 
ing, pain in the head, particularly over the eye- 
brows. The night is passed with little sleep, 
much confusion, and, occasionally, some delir- 
ium. It must not, however, be unnoticed that, 
in many instances, there is no headache in any 
stage of the disease, nor any sickness or vomit- 
ing in the beginning. In some, the temper is, 
from the first, uncommonly irritable ; in others, 
there is much timidity, or listlessness, or apathy. 
Hysterical symptoms not unfrequently super- 
vene. From the beginning of the attack, or very 
soon afterward, pam is felt in the belly, at first 
slight, but it presently increases ; and, in some 
instances, the abdomen becomes so tender that 
even the weight of the bedclothes is produc- 
tive of distress. There is great distention of 
the abdomen. The degree of pain, its seat, 
and period of accession, vary in different cases. 
In some, it evidently begins in the uterus, nev- 
er going entirely off, yet being subject to severe 
exacerbation, accompanied, with sense of bear- 
ing down. Sometimes severe pain, like spasm, 
attacks the iliac region, and extends down the 
thigh, and toward the bladder and pubis. The 
face is sometimes flushed at first, or the cheeks 

513 



PUE 

are suffused ; but the countenance, in general, 
is pale and ghastly, the eyes are without ani- 
mation, and the lips and angles of the eyes are 
white. When the face is flushed, the cheeks 
are generally covered with a broad patch of 
deep red, while the brow and other parts are 
cadaverous, or covered with perspiration. The 
whole features indicate anxiety, if not terror, 
and great debility. Vomiting frequently occurs 
at the very commencement, and, in that case, 
it is bilious. In the course of the disease, it 
sometimes becomes so frequent that nothing 
will stay in the stomach, and, toward the con- 
clusion of the fever, the fluid thrown up is dark 
colored, and frequently fetid. There is a great 
dejection of mind, languor, with general debil- 
ity of the muscular fibres, and the patient lies 
chiefly on her back ; or there is so much list- 
lessness that she sometimes makes little com- 
plaint. The skin is not veiy hot, but is rather 
clammy and relaxed. The tongue is pale or 
white at first, but presently becomes brown, 
and, uniformly, aphtha? appear in the throat, 
and extend down the oesophagus, and over all 
the inside of the mouth. From the irritability 
of the stomach and bowels, it is probable that 
these organs participate in the tender state; 
and from the cough which is excited, the upper 
part of the larynx seems also to be affected. It 
lias already been mentioned that, from the first, 
the pulse is very frequent, and is, at that pe- 
riod, fuller than in simple peritoneal inflamma- 
tion, but it soon becomes feeble. The thirst is 
not always great; at least, the patient often is 
careless about drink. The bowels are often, 
at first, bound, but afterward, especially about 
the third day, they usually become loose, and 
the stools ai-e dark, fetid, and often frothy. 
This evacuation seems to give relief. It is, in- 
deed, peculiarly deserving of remark, that often 
in this disease, either from spontaneous or arti- 
ficial evacuation, or sometimes without any 
perceptible cause, there is a delusive calm, and 
the patient is supposed to be better. The urine 
is dark colored, has a brown sediment, and is 
passed frequently, and with pain. The lochial 
discharge is diminished, and has a bad smell, 
or is changed in appearance, or gradually ceas- 
es ; and it is observable that the reappearance 
of the lochia, if they had been entirely sup- 
pressed, which is not common, is not critical. 
The secretion of milk stops, and tho patient 
inquires very seldom about the child. In some 
cases pleuritic symptoms occur. As the disease 
advances, the pulse becomes more frequent, 
and weaker, or tremulous. In bad cases, the 
swelling of the belly increases rapidly ; but the 
pain does not always keep pace with the swell- 
ing, being sometimes least when the swelling 
is greatest, and in the end it generally goes en- 
tirely off. The breathing becomes laborious 
in proportion as the belly enlarges. The strength 
sinks; the pulse, always frequent, becomes 
weak and tremulous ; the throat and mouth 
become sloughy ; perhaps the stools are passed 
involuntarily ; hiccough sometimes takes place ; 
and the patient usually dies before the fifth day 
of the disease, but in some cases not until the 
fourteenth; in others, so early as the second 
day. In some instances, death is preceded by 
544 



TUB 

low delirium or stupor. In others, the mind 
continues unimpaired till within a few minutes 
of dissolution, and the patient is earned oft 
after a fit of a convulsive kind. 

This fever attacks generally on the second, 
or sometimes on the third day after delivery, 
but it has also occurred so late as after a week. 
The earlier it attacks, the greater is the danger, 
and few women recover who have the belly 
much swelled. 

It is most frequent and most fatal in hospitals. 
In private practice it is less malignant, though 
still very dangerous. It is sometimes epidemic, 
and in some instances it has been easy to trace 
the contagion from one woman to another. 
When this fever is prevalent, women, after 
abortion, are liable to it, as well as those who 
have reached the full time. Unmarried women 
who attended the sick have also died with 
many of its symptoms. 

The treatment of the low fever of lying-in 
women does not differ materially from that of 
epidemic typhus, complicated with local inflam- 
mation. Venesection, to a moderate extent, is 
sometimes useful at the commencement of the 
disease; but large or repeated bleedings can 
never be borne, nor must bleeding be practiced 
at all in an advanced stage of the disease. 
Leeches to the abdomen are more useful than 
general blood-letting. The bowels should at 
first be cleared out by a full dose of calomel and 
a saline purgative, and laxatives may afterward 
be given as they are required ; but, as the dis- 
ease advances, diarrhoea is more common than 
constipation. There is, perhaps, no medicine 
so serviceable in this disease as opium. It allays 
pain and irritation, checks the vomiting, which 
gs so frequent and distressing, and obviates 
diarrhoea. Opiate enemata are frequently ser- 
viceable in allaying tenesmus. Blisters to the 
abdomen are recommended by some practition- 
ers, but objected to by others as increasing irri- 
tation. Cloths wet with warm oil of turpentine 
seem to be much preferable, and often produce 
a very soothing effect on the internal pain, while 
they excite a degree of counter-irritation on the 
surface. In the advanced stage of the disease, 
stimulants are indicated, and wine, camphor, 
and the sulphate of quinine may be adminis- 
tered ; but when the powers of the constitu- 
tion begin to sink in this disease, it is hardly 
possible to rally them, and the case is almost 
always fatal. 

Inflammation of the Uterus or its Appendages. 
— A general description of this will be found in 
the article Hysteritis. 

Inflammation of the Veins and Lymphatics of 
the Uterus. — Uterine phlebitis is an affection 
which has only attracted attention of late years. 
An interesting account of it has been given by 
Dr. Robert Lee, from which the following is 
taken. Dr. Lee considers a large proportion of 
the cases called typhoid puerperal fever as re- 
ferrible to uterine phlebitis. 

In women who have enjoyed good health 
during pregnancy, and in whom the process of 
parturition has been easily accomplished, uter- 
ine phlebitis occasionally commences within 
twenty-four hours after delivery, with pain, 
more or less acute, in the region of the uterus, 



PUE 

accompanied or followed by a severe rigor, or 
a succession qf rigors, a suppression of the lo- 
chial discharge, acceleration of the pulse, head- 
ache, or slight incoherence of intellect, with 
most distressing sensation of general uneasiness, 
and sometimes by nausea and vomiting. These 
symptoms, after a short duration, are succeeded 
by increased heat of the body, tremors of the 
muscles of the face and extremities, rapid, feeble 
pulse, anxious and hurried respiration, great 
thirst, with bupvvn, dry tongue, and frequent 
vomiting of green-colored matters. The sen- 
sorial functions usually become much affected, 
and there is a state of drowsy stupor or violent 
delirium and agitation, which is followed by 
symptoms of extreme exhaustion; the whole 
surface of the body not unfrequently assumes a 
deep and peculiar sallow or yellow color ; the 
abdomen sometimes becomes swollen and tym- 

Eanitic, and some of the remote organs of the 
ody, such as the lungs, heart, brain, liver, and 
spleen, or the articulations and cellular mem- 
brane of the extremities, suffer disorganization 
from congestion, or a rapid and destructive in- 
flammation. 

There is scarcely an organ of the body which 
has not been observed to become secondarily 
affected from suppuration of the uterine veins. 
The vessels of the brain sometimes become 
greatly congested, and lymph is effused upon 
the surface of the pia mater, or serum into the 
ventricles; portions of the brain have become 
softened and disorganized, or purulent infiltra- 
tions have taken place into the cerebral sub- 
stance. 

In other individuals, whoso lungs had pre- 
viously been healthy, a rapid and destructive 
inflammation of the pleura has taken place, or 
portions of the pulmonary texture have become 
condensed, of a dark red color, or infiltrated 
with pus. In three cases where there had only 
been obscure pain in the chest during life, with 
slight cough and dyspnoea, a copious effusion of 
lymph and serum was found to have taken place 
into the cavities of the thorax ; the pleura was 
covered with false membranes, and portions of 
the lung had fallen into a state of complete gan- 
grene. In one individual the pleura had given 
way by sloughing, and the light side of the chest 
was distended with air. 

In uterine phlebitis, the mucous membrane 
lining the stomach has also been observed by 
M. Dance to have been reduced to the state of 
a diffluent pulp, and the substance of the spleen 
has been extensively softened and disorganized ; 
the eyes have also become suddenly affected 
with destructive inflammation, and the vision 
has been lost many days before the termination 
of life. 

Deposits or infiltrations of pus, of enormous 
extent, also take place in the cellular membrane, 
between the muscles of the extremities, and 
often in the neighborhood of the joints; the 
cartilages of the joints themselves become ul- 
cerated, and pus is formed within the capsular 
ligaments. 

All these affections appear to have a common 

origin, and can not be referred to any other 

cause than to the morbid condition of the veins 

of the uterus. The purulent or other secretions, 

M M 



PUE 

formed by inflammation within the cavities of 
these vessels, probably produce the whole of 
the injurious effects now described, by entering 
the system, and contaminating the mass of blood 
in like manner as poisons do when absorbed in 
the body. 

The effects of inflammation in the uterine 
veins are the formation of adventitious mem- 
branes on their inner surface, and the deposition 
of coagula of lymph or of purulent matter with- 
in their cavities. 

Coagula of the fibrin of the blood, which 
often extend a considerable distance into the 
uterine veins, are formed in the orifices of these 
vessels after every labor, and are the principal 
means employed by natui - e for the permanent 
suppression of uterine hemorrhage. These may 
be distinctly perceived for a long period after 
delivery, and they have a form and color differ- 
ent from the coagula produced by inflamma- 
tion. 

The inflammation may be limited to the veins, 
but not unfrequently the muscular tissue con- 
tiguous to them participates in the inflammation, 
and becomes of a dark red or blackish brown 
color, and of an unusually 6oft consistence. The 
peritoneal covering may also be affected, and 
the usual consequences of puerperal peritonitis 
then ensue. 

Inflammation having once begun, either in 
the spermatic or hypogastric veins, it is liable 
to spread continuously to the veins of the whole 
uterine system, to those of the ovaria, of the 
Fallopian tubes, and broad ligaments. The 
vena cava itself does not always escape, the in- 
flammation spreading to it from the iliac or from 
the spermatic veins. This occurrence seldom 
takes place to a great extent through'the medi- 
um of tho spermatic, the inflammation usually 
terminating abruptly at the opening of the sper- 
matic into it on the right side, or of the renal 
on the left. If it pursues, as it sometimes does, 
the direction of tho kidneys, the substance of 
these organs, as well as their veins, may be in- 
volved in the disease. 

When the inflammation affects the hypogas- 
tric veins, it may extend from these to the iliac 
and femoral veins, and thus give rise to all the 
phenomena observed in phlegmasia dolens. 

Though it is a most dangerous disease, it is 
not invariably fatal. 

With respect to the treatment of uterine 
phlebitis, Dr. Lee states, that, in cases where 
venesection at the invasion of the disease has 
been employed, the relief obtained has only- 
been temporary, if at all experienced, and, in 
some instances, the abstraction of only a few 
ounces of blood from the arm has produced 
alarming syncope. When the local pain is se- 
vere, leeches and warm fomentations seem to 
be the appropriate remedies ; but, as far as our 
observations go, we are in possession of no re- 
medial means which effectually control these 
varieties of inflammation of the deeper-seated 
structures of the uterus, which we have attempt- 
ed to describe. The French practitioners have 
great confidence in the action of mercury push- 
ed quickly to salivation. Dr. Lee states that 
he gave this practice a fair trial, and that it 
failed, although he earned it to a great extent, 

545 



PUL 

and brought the system under the influence of 
mercury in less than twenty-four hours : yet 
the progress of the symptoms was not arrested, 
and the patients died, as others had done where 
the remedy had not been administered. 

Inflammation of the uterine absorbents is not 
a common case. Dr. Robert Lee has given 
four examples of it, in one of which the absorb- 
ents were found filled with pus. The local 
symptoms are often so obscure as altogether to 
escape detection during life ; while the consti- 
tutional affection, which often strikingly resem- 
bles the effect of a specific poison, is so violent 
as to yield to no treatment, however early or 
vigorously employed. 

Puffball. See Lycoperdon. 

Pu'ffinkss. An inflated condition of the in- 
teguments, arising from the infiltration of gas 
or serum. 

P U G I ' L L U S. (us, i, m. ; and urn, i, n. ; 
from pugnus, the fist.) A pugil, or eighth part 
of a handful. A very indefinite measure. 

Phle'gium. Mentha pulegium. 

Pulegium cervi'num. Mentha cervina. 

Pu'lex. A genus of apterous insects, of 
which the P. irritans is the flea, and P. pene- 
trans the chigoe. 

Pulica'ria. Plantago psyllium. 

Pulicularis morbus. Typhus has been so 
named from the petechia?, resembling flea-bites, 
which accompany it. 

PU'LMO. (o, onis, m. Uvev/iuv.) The 
lung. See Lung. 

P'ULMONA'RIA. (a, «, f.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Lung-wort. 
— P. arbor ea. See Lichen pulmonarius. — P. 
lutea. See Hypochajris. — P. officinalis. The 
spotted lung-wort. Jerusalem cowslips. P. 
maculata. The leaves have no peculiar smell, 
but, in their recent state, manifest a slightly 
astringent and mucilaginous taste: they have 
been supposed to be demulcent and pecto- 
ral. 

PU'LMONARY. Pulmonalis. Belonging to 
the lungs. 

Pulmonary artery. The pulmonary artery, 
arteria pulmonalis, arises from the right ventri- 
cle of the heart, and soon divides into the right 
and left branches, which ramify throughout the 
lungs, and form a beautiful network on the air 
vesicles, where they terminate in the veins, ve- 
na pulmonales, whose branches at length form 
four trunks, which empty themselves into the 
left auricle of the heart. 

Pulmonary circulation. The lesser circu- 
lation through the lungs. See Circulation. 

Pulmonary consumption. See Phthisis. 

Pulmonary plexus. Bronchial plexus. The 

E lex us of nerves formed at the back of the 
ronchia by the par vagum and great sympa- 
thetic. See Trachea. 

Pulmonary transpiration. The aqueous 
vapor which is thrown out in expiration. 
Pulmonary vein. See Pulmonary artery. 
Pulmo'nic. Pulmonicvs. Of, or belonging 
to, the lungs. 

Pulmoni'tis. Pneumonitis. 
Pulp. Pvlpa. The soft, succulent portions 
of plants, fruits, &c. 

Pulpo'sus. Pulpy; soft. 
546 



PUL 

Puls. Pultes. Pulpa. A thick porridge, 
or panada. ^ 

Pulsatilla nigricans. Anemone praten- 
sis. 

PULSA'TION. Pulsatio. The beating of 
the pulse, or any movement resembling it. 

Pulsative. Pulsativus. Applied to a pain 
accompanied with throbbing. 

PULSE. Pulsus. The beating of the heart 
and arteries. ■ The pulse is generally felt at the 
wrist, by pressing the radial artery with the 
fingers. The action depends upon the impulse 
given to the blood by the heart : hence physi- 
cians feel the pulse to ascertain the quickness 
or tardiness of the blood's motion, the strength 
of the heart, &c. 

Pu'lsele'ssness. A peculiar failure or spas- 
modic cessation of the pulse, often accompanied 
by pain in the epigastrium ; the Entasia aero- 
tismus of Dr. Good. 

Pulsilo'gium. Pulsileginm. An instrument 
for measuring the pulse. 

Pulsima'ntia. Prognosis by the pulse. 

Pulsus cordis. The impulse of the heart. 

Pulsus dicrotus. A rebounding pulse, 
which conveys the impression of a double pul- 
sation. 

Pulsus venosus. P. venarum. The venous 
pulse. A pulsation occasionally noticed in the 
jugular veins, and arising from the regurgita- 
tion of a portion of the blood from the right 
ventricle to the right auricle. It may denote 
obstruction of the pulmonary arteries. 

Pulta'ceous. Having the consistence of 
ptds, or porridge. 

Pulveru'lent. In the state of powder. 

Pulvi'llus. A pad. 

Pulvi'nar. Pulvinarium. A medicated 
cushion, as of hops. 

PU'LVIS. (is, ens, m.) A powder. This 
form of medicine is either coarse or very fine, 
simple or compound. In the compounded 
powders the intimate and complete admixture 
of the several ingredients, and more especially 
in those to which any of the more active sub- 
stances, as opium, scammony, &c., are added, 
can not be too strongly recommended ; and for 
this purpose it may be proper to pass them, af- 
ter they are mixed mechanically, through a fine 
sieve. Compound powders were formerly call- 
ed species. 

Pulvis aloes compositus. (Ph. L.) Com- 
pound powder of aloes. Pulvis aloes cum gua~ 
iaco. Take of aloes, jiss. ; guaiacum resin, fj. ; 
compound powder of cinnamon, fss. Powder 
the aloes and guaiacum separately; then mix. 
The dose is from gr. x. to 9j. It is a warm, 
aperient, laxative powder. 

Pulvis aloes et canell^:. . (U. S.) P. aloes 
cum canclla. (Ph. D.) Powder of aloes and 
canella. Hicra picra. Take of aloes, fly. ; ca- 
nellabark, fiij. Powder. Emmenagogue and 
cathartic. Dose, gr. x. to 3j. 

Pulvis aloes cum ferro. This possesses 
aperient and deobstruent virtues, and is mostly 
given iu chlorosis and constipation. 

Pulvis aluminis compositus. (Ph. E.) Com- 
pound powder of alum. Take of alum, four 
parts; kino, one part. Rub into a powder 
Astringent and styptic. Used in hemorrhages, 



P U L 

»nd externally to indolent ulcers. Dose, gr. v. 
to 9j. 

Pulvis antily'ssus. A nostrum for hydro- 
phobia. 

Pulvis antimonialis. P. antimonii compos- 
itus. See Antimonialis pulvis. 

Pulvis aroma'ticus. (U. S. & Ph. B.) Aro- 
matic powder. Take of cinnamon, cardamoms, 
and ginger, each, ?ij. Make a fine powder. 
Stimulant and carminative. Chiefly used as an 
adjuvant. Dose, gr. x. to jss. 

Pulvis arthriticus Ducis Portlaxdi. See 
Portland powder. 

Pulvis arthriticus Turneri. Turner's 
gout powder. This consisted of turbeth min- 
eral, hennodactyl, scammony, and the berries 
of the dwarf elder, of each, equal parts. It 
was given at intervals with a view of prevent- 
ing the return of the gout. Dose, from gr. xv. 
to 3ij. 

Pulvis asari compositus. (Ph. D.) Com- 

!>ound asarabacca powder. Take asarabacca 
eaves, dried, §j. ; lavender flowers, dried, 3J. 
Make a powder. Powerfully errhine. Dose, 
gr. v. to gr. viij. 

Pulvis basilicus. Basilic powder. Royal 
powder. This consisted of diagryJium, cream 
of tartar, and calomel, of each, equal parts. It 
was used principally as a vermifuge for children, 
in a dose of from six to fifteen grains. 

Pulvis Capucinorum. Powdered covadilla. 
Used to destroy lice in the head. 

Pulvis Carthusianorum. Antimonii sul- 
phuretum rubrum. 

Pulvis cephalicus. There are many pow- 
ders prepared under this name, and most of 
them contain some agreeable aromatic, and 
many some asarabacca. 

Pulvis cerussj; compositus. This is most- 
ly used in the form of collyrium, lotion, or in- 
jection, as a mucilaginous sedative. 

Pulvis chelarum cancri compositus. An 
antacid and astringent powder, mostly given to 
children with diarrhoea and acidity of the pri- 
mae via?. 

Pulvis cinnamomi compositus. (Ph. L.) 
Compound powder of cinnamon. Take of cin- 
namon bark, §ij.; cardamom seeds, giss. ; gin- 
ger root, fj. ; long peppers, fss. Rub them 
together, so as to make a very fine powder. 
The dose is gr. x. to xv. An elegant stimu- 
lant, carminative, and stomachic powder. 

Pulvis Cobbii. Pulvis tunguinensis. Cobb's 
powder. Tonquin powder. This once cele- 
brated powder consists of sixteen grains of 
musk, and forty-eight grains of cinnabar, to be 
taken mixed in a gill of arrack. It was regard- 
ed as a specific in hydrophobia. 

Pulvis Comitis Warwice.vsis. See Corna- 
ehinus pulvis. 

Pulvis comitiss^;. Cinchona powder. 

Pulvis contrayerva compositus. Take 
of contrayerva root, powdered, § v. ; prepared 
shells, Ibiss. Mix. A febrifuge diaphoretic. 
Obsolete. 

Pulvis cornu usti cum opio. P. opiatus. 
Powder of burned hartshorn with opium. Not 
now officinal. 

Pulvis cretx compositus. (Ph. L. & D.) 
Compound powder of chalk. Pulvis e bolo 



PUL 

compositus sine opio. Take of prepared chalk, 
Ibss. ; cinnamon bark, ?iv. ; tormentil root, aca- 
cia gum, of each, f j. ; long peppers, § ss. The 
dose is from 3ss. to 9j. An astringent, car- 
minative, and stomachic powder. 

Pulvis cret,e compositus cum opio. (Ph. 
L. & D.) P. crcta opiatus. Compound pow 
der of chalk with opium. Take of compound 
powder of chalk, sjviss. ; hard opium, powder- 
ed, 9iv. Mix. An anodyne astringent. The 
dose is from one scruple to two in diarrhoeas-. 

Pulvis diaphoreticus. Pulvis ipecacuanha? 
cum opio. 

Pulvis Doveri. Pulvis ipecacuanha? cum 
opio. 

Pulvis escharotica arsexicalis. The pate 
arsenicale. 

Pulvis ipecacuanha cufo opio. (U.S.) P. 
ipecacuanha; compositus. Compound powder of 
ipecacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha, root, pow- 
dered, hard opium, powdered, of each, 3J. ; sul- 
phate of potash, powdered, §j. Mix. A di- 
aphoretic powder, similar to that of Dr. Dover, 
which gained such repute in the cure of rheu- 
matisms, and other diseases arising from ob- 
structed perspiration and spasm. The dose is 
from five grains to a scruple. 

Pulvis Jacob i. See Antimonialis pul- 
vis. 

Pulvis jalaps compositus. (U. S., Ph. E. 
& D.) Compound powder of jalap. Take of 
jalap, 3 iij . ; bitartrate of potash, gvj. A hydra- 
gogue purgative. Dose, from one to two scru- 
ples. 

Pulvis Jesuiticus. Cinchona powder. 

Pulvis kino compositus. (Ph. L. & D.) 
Compound powder of kino. Take of kino, 
3xv. ; cinnamon bark, ?ss. ; hard opium, 3J. : 
make a very fine powder. The proportion of 
opium this astringent coutains is one part in 
twenty. The dose is from five grains to a 
scruple in chronio diarrhoea. 

Pulvis myrrh* compositus. A stimulant, 
antispasmodic, and emmenagogue powder of 
myrrh, rue, savine, and castor. 

Pulvis parturiens. P. parturifaciens. P. 
partam accclerans. Powder of ergot. 

Pulvis pro cataplasmate. (Ph. D.) Pow- 
der for a poultice. Take of linseed meal, one 
part; oatmeal, two parts. (Corn meal would 
be much better.) 

Pulvis rhei compositus. (Ph. E.) Com- 
pound powder of rhubarb. Take of magnesia, 
Ibj. ; powdered ginger, § ij. ; powdered rhu- 
barb, ?iv. Mix thoroughly. Antacid, and a 
mild stomachic laxative for children. Dose, 
for adults, 3j. to 3SS. 

Pulvis sali'nus compositus. (Ph. E.&D.) 
Compound saline powder. Take of common 
salt, sulphate of magnesia, each, four parts ; sul- 
phate of potash, three parts. Apeiient* Dose, 
3ij. to 3iij- 

Pulvis scammonii compositus. (Ph.L.&D.) 
Compound powder of scammony. Take of 
scammony, hard«extract of jalap f of each, fij. ; 
ginger root, f ss. : reduce separately to a very 
fino powder, and mix. -From ten to fifteen 
grains or a scruple are exhibited as a stimula- 
ting cathartic. Used in worm coses. 

Pulvis scammonii cum aloe. A stimulating 
547 



PUN 



PUR 



cathartic, in the close of from ten to fifteen 
grains. 

PULVIS SCAMMONII CUM CALOMELANE. Scam- 

mony powder with calomel. Scammony, 3J. ; 
calomel and sugar, each 388. A vermifuge ca- 
thartic, in the dose of from ten to fifteen grams. 

Pulvis SEN'S* compositus. Compound 
powder of senna. Take of senna leaves, super- 
tartrate of potash, of each, §ij. ; scammony gum- 
resin, 5SS. ; ginger root, jij.: make a very fine 
p'owder. A hydragogue stimulating cathartic. 
Dose, 3j. to 3j. 

Pulvis spongije ustjE. (Ph. D.) Powder 
of burned sponge. Dose, 3J. to jij. Iodine is 
now substituted. 

Pulvis stanni. (U. S.) Powder of tin. 
Take of tin any quantity. Melt in an iron ves- 
sel, and, while it is cooling, stir until it is re- 
duced to a powder, which is to be passed through 
a sieve. Used as an anthelmintic. Dose, 3J. 
to 3ij., with honey or molasses, to be followed 
in a few hours by a brisk cathartic. 

Pulvis sternutatorius. Pulvis asari com- 
positus. 

Pulvis stypticus. Pulvis alumnus com- 
positus. 

Pulvis stitticus Helvetic. See Stypticnm 
llelvetii. 

Pulvis tragaca'nth;e compositus. (Ph. L. 
& E . ) Compound powder of tragacanth. Take 
of tragacanth, powdered, acacia gum, powder- 
ed, starch, of each, §iss. ; sugar, f iij. : powder. 
A demulcent vehicle. 

Pumex. Pumice. 

Pumice. A porous volcanic substance. 

Pumilio. Pumilus. Dwarf. 

Puna. The vcta, or sensation of sickness and 
depression experienced in the elevated places 
of the Andes. 

Puncta lachrymalia. Sec Lachrymal ap- 
paratus. 

Pu'nctate. Puncta'tus. Dotted. 

Puncti'cul*. Petechia;. 

PU'NCTUM. (urn, i, n. ; from pungo, to 
prick.) A point. Applied, in anatomy, to 
several minute objects. 

Punctum aureum. Formerly, when a hernia 
of the intestines was reduced by an incision 
made through the skin and adipose membrane, 
quite down to the upper part of the spermatic 
vessels, a golden wire was fixed and twisted 
there so as to prevent the descent of any thing 
down the tunica vaginalis. This operation was 
called Punctum aureum. 

Punctum lachrymale. See Lachrymal ap- 
paratus. 

Punctum saliens. The first appearance of 
the heart in the embryo. See Ovum. 

Punctu'ra. 1. A puncture. 2. Paracentesis. 

PUNCTURED WOUND. A wound made 
■with a long instrument, and having considera- 
ble depth. It is a dangerous wound, from the 
number of textures involved. 

Pungent. Sharp and stinging. 

PU'NICA. {a, <e, f.) A genus of plants. 
.Tcosandria. Monogynia. — P. grana'tum. The 
pomegranate. Granatum. The rind of the 
iruit, and the flowers called Balaustine flotoers, 
are the parts directed for medicinal use. They 
■are very astringent, and have successfully been 
548 



employed as such in diseases, both internally 
and externally. The bark of the fruit is also 
considered an excellent vermifuge. Dose, 3J. 
in decoction. 

Puni'ceus. Puniceal, or of a fine bright red 
color. 

PUPIL. (Pupilla, a, f. ; from pupa, a babe ; 
because it reflects the diminished image of the 
person who looks upon it, like a puppet.) The 
round opening in the middle of the iris. See 
Eye. 

Pupil, artificial. 1. The operation of cut- 
ting through the iris when it is closed. 2. The 
operation by which a new pupil is formed when 
the natural aperture has become useless from 
an opacity of the cornea or other causes. 

Pupil, closed. See Synizesis. 

PUPILLA'RIS. (From pupilla, the pupil.) 
Of, or belonging to, the pupil. 

Pupillaris membrana. Pupillary membrane : 
See Membrana pupillaris. 

Pupilla: velum. See Membrana pupil- 
laris. 

Purblindness. Myopia. 

Purgame'ntum. A purge. 

PtJRGA'TioN. Purgatio. Catharsis. The ac- 
tion of a purge ; an evacuation. 

Purga'tiones. The menses. 

PURGATIVE. Applied adjectively and sub- 
stantively to whatever increases the peristaltic 
motion of the bowels, so as to considerably in- 
crease the alvino evacuations. See Cathartic. 

Purge. A purgative. 

Purging flax. Linum catharticum. 

Purging-nut. Jatropha curcas. 

PU'RIFORM. {Puriformis ; from pus, and 
forma, resemblance.) Resembling pus. 

Purl. A beverage prepared by infusing com- 
mon wormwood in ale. 

Purple powder of Cassius. See Aurum 
stanno paratum. 

Purples. Purpura hannorrhagica. 

PU'RPURA- («, cc, f. Tlop<j>vpa, or purpura, 
a purple color.) An efflorescence consisting of 
small, distinct, purple specks and patches, at- 
tended with general debility, but not always 
with fever, which are caused by an extravasa- 
tion of the vessels under the cuticle. It is di- 
vided into the five following species : 

1. Purpura simplex. — This has the appear- 
ance of petechia?, without much disorder of the 
constitution, except languor, pain in the limbs, 
and a sallow complexion. The petechia? are 
most numerous on the breast, inside of the arms 
and legs, and are of various sizes, and common- 
ly circular. There is no itching or other sensa- 
tion attending the petechia?. 

2. Purpura hemorrhagica. Land, scurvy. 
This is considerably more severe : the petechia* 
are of larger size, and interspersed with vibices 
and ecchymoses, resembling the marks left by 
the strokes of a whip, or by violent bruises. They 
appear first on the legs, and afterward on the 
thighs, arms, and trunk of the body ; the hands 
being more rarely spotted with them, and the 
face generally free. They are of a bright red 
color when they first appear, but 60011 become 
purple or livid, and when about to disappear 
they change to a brown or yellowish hue : the 
cuticle over them appears smooth and shining, 



PUR 

but is not sensibly elevated; in a few cases, 
however, it has been seen raised into a sort of 
vesicle, containing black blood. This more 
particularly happens in the spots which appear 
on the tongue, gums, and palate, and inside of 
the cheeks and lips, where the cuticle is ex- 
tremely thin : the gentlest pressure on the skin, 
even feeling the pulse, will often produce a pur- 
ple blotch, like that which is left after a severe 
bruise. 

There is a great tendency to hemorrhage, 
which may be fatal. The bleeding occurs from 
the gums, nostrils, throat, inside of the cheeks, 
tongue, and lips, and sometimes from the lining 
membrane of the eyelids, the urethra, and ex- 
ternal ear; and also from the internal cavities 
of the lungs, stomach, bowels, uterus, kidneys, 
and bladder. 

There soon arises a cachectic state with ex- 
treme languor. The disease may last a few 
days, or be prolonged to months or years. It 
attacks both sexes, usually before puberty, and 
especially those who are confined in unhealthy 
and close rooms. 

In the slighter degrees of purpura occurring 
in children who are ill fed and nursed, and who 
reside in close places, or in women shut up in 
similar situations, and debilitated by anxiety; 
the use of tonics, with the mineral acids, and 
wine, will be adequate to the cure of the dis- 
ease, where a good diet and exercise are super- 
added ; but in those who are well fed, and en- 
joy a pure air, it is probably associated with 
some congestion; and mercurial alteratives, the 
mineral acids, chalybeates, and general altera- 
tives will be necessary. 

3. Purpura urticans is distinguished by com- 
mencing in the form of rounded and reddish 
elevations of the cuticle, resembling wheals, 
without tingling or itching. These tumors 
gradually dilate ; but within one or two days 
they subside to the level of the surrounding 
cuticle, and their hue becomes darker, and at 
length livid. They are most common on the 
legs, where they appear with petechia;, but 
also appear on the arms, thighs, breast, &c. 

It usually occurs in summer and autumn, and 
lasts from three to five weeks. Some oedema 
of the extremities usually accompanies it, and 
it is occasionally preceded by a stiffness and 
weight of the limbs. The same rules of treat- 
ment apply to this as to the preceding varieties 
of the disease. 

4. Purpura senilis appears principally along 
the outside of the forearm, in elderly women, 
in successive dark purple blotches, of an ir- 
regular form, and various magnitude : eacli of 
these continues from a week to ten days, when 
the extravasated blood is absorbed. 

Tonics or any other expedient do not appear 
to exert any influence over the eruption. 

5. Purpura contagiosa is an eruption of pete- 
chia? which occasionally accompanies typhoid 
fevers: where they occur in close situations, 
they are merely symptomatic, and are very 
rarely seen. 

Purpura alba. Purpura rubra. Many 
writers term the miliary fever, when the pus- 
tules are white, purpura alba ; and when they 
are red, purpura rubra. 



PUS 

Purpura nautica. Sea scurvy. 

Purpura scorbutica. The dark-colored 
blotches which appear on tho skin in scurvy. 

Purpurate of ammonia. Murexide. 

PURPU'REUS. Purple: applied to desig 
nate a particular color. See Color. 

Purpu'ric acid. Murexan. 

PURPU'RINE. The uro-erythrine of Simon. 
A red pigment of urine, made very apparent 
by adding hydrochloric acid to the warm ex- 
cretion. It is abnormally developed in ob- 
structions of the portal system, rendering the 
urine of a pink color, or giving pink deposits. — 
Golding Bird. 

PU'RRING TREMOR, A peculiar vibration, 
compared to the purring of a cat, communica- 
ted to the hand in those states of the heart or 
arteries in which the bellows or rasp sound is 
detected by auscultation. It is the Bruissement 
of Corvisart, and tho Frcmisscment cataire of 
Laennec. It requires a stronger current of the 
blood than is necessary to produce the bellows 
sound, and exists only in hypertrophies, or 
where there is a regurgitation of blood from the 
ventricles into the auricles, or from the arteries 
into the ventricles. 

Pu'rsiness. Obesity; and especially the 
short breathing of fat persons. 

Purslane. Portulaca oleracea. 

PU'RULENT. (Purulens; from pus.) Of 
the nature of pus. 

Purulent ophthalmia. See Ophthalmitis. 

PUS. (us, uris, n. ; pi. pura. Ylvoc.) Mat- 
ter. A whitish, bland, cream-like fluid, heavier 
than water, found in abscesses, or on the surface 
of sores. It is distinguished, according to its 
nature, into laudable or good pus, .scrofulous, 
serous, and ichorous pus, &c. 

Pus taken from a healthy ulcer, near the 
source of circulation, as on the arm or breast, 
readily separates from tho surface of the sore, 
the granulations underneath being small, point- 
ed, and of a florid red color, and has the follow- 
ing properties: it is nearly of the consistence 
of cream ; is of a white color, and, when cold, 
is inodorous, but when warm, has a peculiar 
smell. Examined by a microscope, it is found 
to consist of two parts — of globules, and a trans- 
parent colorless fluid, the liquor puris; the 
globules are probably white, at least they ap- 
pear to have some degree of opacity, and are 
larger than those of the blood. 

Pus is readily distinguished from mucus by 
the presence of globules, and by the action of 
potash, as this agent dissolves mucus, but only 
concretes pus into a ropy mass. 

Pusillatum. Pusulatum. A coarse powder. 

Pustula oris. See Aphtha. 

PU'STULE. (Pustula, a little pustule ; from 
pus, matter.) An elevation of the cuticle, from 
inflammation of some of its parts, sometime* 
globate, sometimes conoidal in its form, and 
containing pus or lymph, which is, in general, 
discolored. 

Pustules are various in their size, but the di- 
ameter of the largest seldom exceeds two lines. 
There are many different kinds of pustules, 
properly distinguished in medical authors by 
specific appellations, as, 

1. Phlyzacium, a small pustule containing 
549 



P YO 

pus, and raised on a hard, circular, inflamed 
base of a vivid red color. It is succeeded by a 
tbiok, hard, dark-colored scab. 

2. Psydracium, according to Dr. Willan, a 
minute pustule, irregularly circumscribed, pro- 
ducing but a slight elevation of the cuticle, and 
terminating in a laminated scab. Many of 
these pustules usually appear together, and be- 
come confluent. When mature, they contain 
pus, and, after breaking, discharge a thin, wa- 
tery humor. 

The genera impetigo, porrigo, ecthyma, va- 
riola, and scabies, which Dr. Willan includes 
under the order of pustuluc, have nothing in 
common in their character, except the appear- 
ance of pustules in some stage of their progress ; 
for some aro contagious and others not, some 
are acute and others chronic. See, also, Achor 
and Favus. 

Pustule, malignant. An exceedingly fatal 
adynamic disease, induced by a peculiar virus 
occasionally found in the bodies of diseased 
cattle and in anatomical subjects. It is highly 
contagious, and produces a universal gangrene. 
It is called malignant pustule from the appear- 
ance of a livid pustule on the body in some 
stage of the disease. 

PUTA'MEN. (en, inis, n. ; from pvto, to 
cut.) The bark or paring of any vegetable, as 
the walnut. 

Putre'do. Hospital gangrene. 

PUTREFA'CTION. (Putref actio ; bommf 
trefacio, to make rotten, to cause to putrefy.) 
Putrid fermentation. Putrefaotivo fermenta- 
tion. The decomposition of animal and vege- 
table matters attended with a fetid exhalation. 
The solid and the fluid matters are resolved 
into gaseous compounds and vapors, which es- 
cape ; and into earthy matters, which remain. 
It is a species of fermentation, which see. 

Putrid fever. See Typhus. 

P YE LPT IS. (From nvelot, the pelvis.) 
Inflammation of the pelvis and calyces of the 
kidney. 

Pyelonephritis. Inflammation of all the 
parts of the kidney. 

Pye'sis. Suppuration. 

PY'INE. (From irvov, pus.) A substance 
soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, and non- 
coagulable by heat, derived by Giiterbock from 
pus. It is identical with the tritoxide of pro- 
teine according to Mulder, but does not appear 
to be a uniform constituent of pus. 

Pylemphra'xis. (From irvXn, a gate (porta), 
and efuf>pai;tc, obstruction.) Obstruction of the 
vena porta). 

PYLO'RIC. (Pyloricus; from pylorus.) 
Belonging to the pylorus. 

Pyloric artery. Artcria pylorica. A 
branch of the hepatic artery, distributed to the 
pylorus and lesser curvature of the stomach. 

PYLO'RUS. (its, i, m. ; from irvkv, an en- 
trance, and upeu, to guard : because it guards, 
as it were, the entrance of the bowels.) The 
inferior aperture of the stomach, which opens 
into the intestines. 

Pyo'des. Purulent. 

PYOGE'NESIS. Pyogenia. (From Trove, 
and yeveaic, generation.) The ibrmation or 
elaboration of pus. This appears to be a reg- 
550 



P YE 

ular secretion from the blood, formed by the 
false membrane occupying the surface of the 
wound or the sides of the abscess. It is an in- 
teresting fact that pyine, a peculiar component 
of pus, is highly oxydized fibrin, and agrees with 
the matter of the buffy coat of the blood (the 
tritoxide of proteine). 

Pyoge'nic. Pyogenicus. Related to the 
formation of pus ; suppurative. 

PYOH'jE'MIA. (From irovc, and aifia, 
blood.) A morbid state of the blood, in which 
pus globules occur therein. This is the case in 
hectic fevers, phlebitis, and, according to Gul- 
liver and others, whenever there is suppuration 
going on in the system. The presence of pus 
in the blood is best ascertained by the micro- 
scope, the pus globules being yellowish-white, 
tuberculated with three to five nuclei, larger 
than the chyle globules, and usually grouped 
in threes, (burs, and fives, whereas chyle glob- 
ules are perfectly spherical, and swim singly. 
If there be a large amount of pus, Donne's test 
will detect it in the blood. This consists of the 
addition of ammonia, which forms a clear solu- 
tion with blood, but converts the pus into a 
stiff jelly. 

Pyon. Hove. Pus. 

PYOPOIE'TIC. (From irvov, pus, and rroieu, 
to make.) Suppurative. 

Pyophtha'lmus. Hypopyon. 

PYORRHCE'A. (From irvov, pus, and peu, 
to flow.) A purulent discharge. 

Pyo'sis. A suppuration. 

PYOU'RIA. (From irvov, pus, and ovpov, 
urine.) Pyuria. A purulent state of the urine. 

Pyracid. An acid which is most active at a 
red heat, as the silicic, phosphoric, boracic. 

PY'RAMID. Pyramis. 1. A geometrical 
solid, the surfaces of which are triangular planes, 
and the sections polygons, decreasing in size 
from the base to the apex. The pyramid is said 
to be triangular, quadrangular, pentagonal, 
&c, according to the number of its angles. 
Most prismatic crystals are terminated with 
pyramids. 2. A conical bony projection in the 
cavity of the tympanum. 

PYRA'MIDAL. (Pyramidalis : so called 
from its form.) Of the figure of a pyramid. 

Pyramida'le -os. The cuneiform bone. 

Pyramidalia corpora. See Corpus pyram.- 
idale. 

PYRAMID A'L IS. Pyra midalis Fallopii. 
Pyramidalis vel succcnturiatus. A muscle in 
the front of the abdomen. It is a very small 
muscle, situated at the bottom of the fore part 
of the rectus, and is covered by the same apo- 
neurosis that forms the anterior part of the sheath 
of that muscle. It arises, by short, tendinous 
fibres, from the upper and fore part of the oh 
pubis. From this origin, which is seldom more 
than an inch in breadth, its fibres ascend some- 
what obliquely, to be inserted into the linea 
alba, and inner edge of the rectus, commonly 
at about the distance of two inches from the 
pubes. Its use seems to be to assist the lower 
part of the rectus. 

Pyramidalis faciei. See Levator labii su- 
perioris alceque nasi. 

Pyramidalis nasi. A few fibres of the oc 
cipito-frontalis muscle, which descend over the 



PYR 

Basal bones, and are inserted into the compres- 
sor nasi. 

PYRE'CTICA. (From nvperoc, fever.) The 
family of fevers; the first order in the class 
Hcematica. — Good. 

Py'rene. A colorless, crystalline body, ob- 
tained from pitch. — Laurent. 

Pyrenoides. Kernel-shaped : applied to 
the odontoid process of the second vertebra. 

Pyrete'rium. The fire-hole of a furnace. 

Pyrethri'n. An acrid, resinous body found 
in the bark and root of the pellitory of Spain, 
Anacyclus (anthcmis) pyrcthrum. 

Pyre'thrum. Anthemis pyrethruin. 

Pyreturum sylvestre. Achillea ptarmica. 

PYRE 'TIC (Pyreticus; from xvp, fire.) 
Appertaining to fever. 

Pyre 'tine. A yellow sublimate which 
cornea over toward the end of the distillation 
of amber. 

Pyrkto'logy. Pyretologia. The doctrine 
of fevers. 

Pyre'tos. Uvperoc. A fever. 

PYRE'XIA. (a, as, f.; from vvp, fire.) 
Fever. 

PYREXIAE. Febrile diseases. Tho first 
class of Cullen's Nosology; characterized by 
frequency of pulse after a cold shivering, with 
increase of heat, and especially, among other 
impaired functions, a diminution of strength. 

Pyre'xial. Pyre.cialis. Febrile. Apper- 
taining to fever. 

PYRPFORM. (Pyriformis; from pyrus, the 
pear, and forma, likeness.) Pear-like; pear- 
shaped. 

PYRIFO'RMIS. Pyriformis, seu iliacus ex- 
ternus. Pyriformis sive pyramidalis of Wins- 
low. A small, radiated muscle of the pelvis, 
situated under the glutams maximus, along the 
inferior edge of the gluteus minimus. It arises, 
by three or four tendinous and fleshy origins, 
from the anterior surface of the second, third, 
and fourth pieces of the os sacrum. P'rom these 
origins the muscle grows narrower, and, passing 
out of the pelvis below the niche in the poste- 
rior part of the ilium, from which it receives a 
few fleshy fibres, is inserted by a roundish ten- 
don into the upper part of the cavity, at the 
root of the trochanter major. The use of this 
muscle is to assist in moving the thigh outward, 
and a little upward. 

Pyrites. Minerals of a metallic appear- 
ance, especially the sulphurets of iron and cop- 
per. 

PYRMONT. A village in Westphalia, Ger- 
many, which has a celebrated acidulous cha- 
lybeate water. Pyrmont water, Aqua Pyrmon- 
tana, is of an agreeable, though strongly-acidu- 
lated taste, and emits a large portion of gas : it 
contains muriates of soda and magnesia; sul- 

})hates of soda and magnesia ; carbonates of iron, 
ime, and magnesia ; and a quantity of free car- 
bonic acid. 

Pyrmont water, artificial. Take of sul- 
phate of magnesia, gr. xv. ; common salt, gr. v. ; 
carbonate of magnesia, gr. x. ; iron filings, gr. v. ; 
water, Oiij. Impregnate with carbonic acid 
under three atmospheres of pressure. 

PYRO- PYR-. (From nvp, fire.) A pre- 
fix, denoting the action or presence of fire or of 



P YE 

heat. Chemical principles which have passed 
through the ordeal of fire are often adorned with 
this prefix. 

PYRO-ACETIC SPIRIT. Pyro-acetic tether. 
Acetone. A substance obtained along with acetic 
acid by the destructive distillation of the ace- 
tates. When pure, it is a colorless limpid 
liquid of a peculiar penetrating odor. It is 
highly inflammable ; sp. gr., 0792. It boils at 
132°. It mixes readily with water, alcohol, 
ether, and turpentine. Its formula is C3H3O, 
or hydrated oxide of mesityle {Kane). It has 
been used in phthisis and pulmonary com- 
plaints. 

Py'ro-digitali'na. The empyreumatic oil 
obtained by distilling dried foxglove leaves. 
It seems to be an active poison, producing 
paralysis, &c. 

Pyro-ga'llic acid. An acid which sublimes 
when gallic acid is heated to 420° F. It forms 
white soluble crystals; form., C6H3O3. 

Pyro-ki'nic acid. An acid obtained by the 
action of heat on kinic acid. 

Py'rola. See Chimaphilla. 

Pyroligneous acid. Acidum pyrolignosum. 
Acetic acid distilled from wood. See Acetic 
acid. 

Pyroligneous ether. Methylic ether. 

Pyroligneous spirit. Pyroxylic spirit. 

Pyro-ma'lic acid. Maleic acid. 

Py'ro-meco'nic acid. An acid obtained 
from meconic acid by tho aid of heat; form., 
C lp H 3 5 ,HO. 

Pyro'meter. An instrument to measure the 
higher degrees of heat, to which the thermom- 
eter can not be applied . Daniell's pyrometer is 
the only one of any value. 

Pyro-mucic acid. One of the products of 
the distillation of mucic acid : it forms brilliant 
white scales, fusible at 266°, and volatile : it is 
readily soluble. Formula, CioH 3 05,HO. 

Pyro'phorus. An artificial product, which 
takes fire or becomes ignited on exposure to 
the air. 

Py'ro-phosphoric acid. Bibasic phosphoric 
acid, containing two atoms of water. It may 
be formed by heating phosphoric acid to 417° 
P'. for some time. 

PYRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from irvpoa, to burn.) 
Water-brash ; black water. A burning pain in 
the stomach, attended with copious eructation, 
generally with watery fluid. This fluid has been 
found by Mr. Goodsir to contain the acetic and 
lactic acids, and a peculiar cryptogamic plant, 
called by him the Sarcina ventriculi. See Car- 
dialgia. 

Pyro-tartaric and pyro-racemic acids. 
Products of the distillation of tartaric acid. 

Pyrote'chnia. 1. Formerly applied to 
chemistry. 2. The art of making fireworks. 

Pyrotho'nide. Empyreumatic oil of paper 
or rags. 

Pyuo'tica. Caustics. 

Pyroxa'lic spirit. An alcoholic spirit ob- 
tained from the distillation of wood ; sp. gr., 
•786 ; boils at 152°. Formula, hydrated oxida 
of methyle. 

PY'RUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Icosandria. Ptntagynia. Pomacece. — P. an- 
cuparia. The mountain ash, the leaves of 

551 



QUA 

which, when distilled, are said to yield prussic 
acid. — P. communis. The pear-tree. Pears, 
when ripe, are easy of digestion ; the fermented 
juice is perry. — P. cydonia. The quince-tree. 
The fruit is termed Cydonium malum, or quince. 
Quince seeds are used in decoction in aphthous 
affections, and excoriations of the mouth and 
fauces. — P. malus. The apple-tree. Apples, 
in general, when ripe, afford a pleasant and 
easuy-digestible fruit ; but, when the stomach 
is weak, they are very apt to remain unaltered 
for some days, and to produce dyspepsia. They 
are gently laxative to some persons. 



QUA 

Pyu'lca. Medicines which draw pus to- 
ward the surface. 

Pyu'lcum. A syringe used to extract pus 
from the cavity of any sinuous ulcer. — Ambrose 
Pare. Galen mentions a pyulcum, but it is not 
clear what sort of an instrument it was. 

Pyuria. See Pyoturia. 

Pyxaca'ntha. The barberry. 

Pyxidium. A compound fruit, dehiscing by 
a transverse suture. 

PY'XIS. {is, idis, f. ; from jrufoc , the box- 
tree.) 1. A box. 2. A pill-box. 3. The 
acetabulum. 



Q. 



Q. 



P. An abbreviation of quantum placet, 
as much as you please. See Prescriptions. 

Quack. A charlatan. 

Quadra'ngular. Quadrangularis. Four- 
cornered. 

Qua'drans. A quarter. 

Quadrates. See Depressor labii inferioris. 

QUADRA'TUS. (From quadra, a square: 
so called from its figure.) Square-figured. 

Quadratus dorsi. The qudratus lumborum. 

Quadratus femoris. A musole of the thigh, 
situated on the outside of the pelvis. It is a 
flat, thin, and fleshy muscle, but not of the 
shape its name would seen to indicate. It is 
situated immediately below the gemini. It 
arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the external 
surface and lower edge of the tuberosity of the 
ischium, and is inserted by short tendinous 
fibres into a ridge which is seen extending from 
the basis of the trochanter major to that of the 
trochanter minor. Its use is to bring the os 
femoris outward. 

Quadratus gen.e. See Platysma myoidcs. 

Quadratus labii inferioris. See Depressor 
labii inferioris. 

Quadratus lumborum. Quadratus, seulum- 
baris extcrnus, of Wiuslow. A muscle situated 
laterally, at the lower part of the spine. It 
arises, tendinous and fleshy, from about two 
inches from the posterior part of the spine of 
the ilium. From this broad origin it ascends 
obliquely inward, and is inserted into the trans- 
verse processes of the four superior lumbar ver- 
tebrae, into the lower edge of the last rib, and, 
by a small tendon that passes up under the dia- 
phragm, into the side of the last vertebra of the 
back. When this muscle acts singly, it draws 
the loins to one side ; when both muscles act, 
they serve to support the spine, and perhaps to 
bend it forward. In laborious respiration, the 

auadratus lumborum may assist in pulling down 
le ribs. 

Quadratus maxilla inferioris. See Pla- 
tysma myoides. 

Quadratus radii. See Pronator radii quad- 
ratus. 
Quadridenta'tus. Four-toothed. 
Quadri'fid. Four-cleft. 
Quadrige'mina tube'rcula. The corpora 
quadrigemina, or nates and testes of the brain. 
See Encephalos. 
Quadrige'minus primus. The pyramidalis 
552 



muscle. — Q. secundus ct tertius. The ischio- 
trochanterianus. 

Quadriloba'te. Four-lobed. 

Quadrilocula'r. Four-celled. 

Quadritarti'te. With four divisions. 

Quadriva'lve. With four valves. 

QUADRU'MANA. {Quatnor, four, and 
manus, a hand.) An order of mammiferous 
animals which have four hands, as monkeys. 

Qua'druped. An animal having four feet. 

Quadru'plici. Fourfold. 

QUARANTINE. (From the Italian qua- 
rantina, which is from quaranta, forty, because 
forty days is its ordinary duration.) The term 
during which persons or goods coming from an 
infected port are kept from landing, or confined 
in a lazaretto. The term of the quarantine is 
often not nearly so long as forty days. 

Quars. A gall-stone. — Ruland. 

QUARTAN. {Quartanus, fourth.) Occur- 
ring every fourth day. See Ague. 

Quarta'rius. The fourth part of a gallon; 
a quart. 

Quartern. A fourth part of a pint; a gill. 

QUASSIA, (a, m, f.) 1. The bitter wood of 
the Quassia excelsa or Picrama excelsa. 2. A 
genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Si- 
marubacea;. — Q. amara. The Surinam quassia 
tree. It is almost the same in properties as the 
next. — Q. excelsa. Picrwna excelsa. The 
Jamaica or W. Indian quassia. Quassia wood 
has no sensible odor ; its taste is that of a pure 
bitter, more intense and durable than that of 
almost any other known substance ; it imparts 
its virtues more completely to watery than to- 
spirituous menstrua. The watery extract is 
from a sixth to a ninth of the weight of the 
wood, the spirituous about a twenty-fourth. 
This bitter extract has been considered as a 
principle sui generis, and named quassina, or 
quassile. The medicinal virtues ascribed to 
quassia are those of a tonic, stomachic, anti- 
septic, and febrifuge. It has been found very 
effectual in restoring digestion, expelling flatu- 
lencies, and removing habitual costiveness, pro- 
duced from debility of the intestines, and com- 
mon to a sedentary life. It may be given in in- 
fusion, or in pills made from the watery extract: 
the former is generally preferred, in the propor- 
tion of three or four scruples of the wood to 
twelve ounces of water. 

Quassia simarouba. Simarouba officinalis. 



QUI 

Quassin. Quasstte. See Quassia. 

Quate'rnary. Having four parts or ele- 
ments. 

Qua'tiuo. The astragalus. 

Queen of the meadow. Spiraea ulmaria. 

Queen's root. Stillingia sylvatica. 

Quercera. Epialus. 

Quercitanus pulvis. Calomel. 

Quercitron bark. See Quercus tmc- 
toria. 

Que'rcula. Teucrium chamaxlrys. 

QUE'RCUS. (us, us, f.) 1. The oak. 2. 
A genus of trees. Monascia. Polyandria. Gu- 
puliferce. — Q. alba. The white oak is officinal 
in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, but the Spanish 
oak, Q. falcata, and Q. prinos, are also used. 
The bark of these is very astringent, and some- 
what tonic and febrifuge ; the decoction is also 
much used as a topical application to relaxed 
tissues, indolent ulcers, prolapsus ani et uteri, 
hemorrhoids, &c. Dose of the powder, 33s. to 
5_j. — Q. cerris. See Quercus infectoria. — Q. 
e'sculus. — The Italian oak, the acorns of which 
are esculent. — Q. infecto'ria. Q. cerris. The 
gall oak. Galla, Galla maxima orbiculata, and 
Nux galla, or gall-nut. Galls are of various 
forms and sizes, and no less different with re- 
gard to their internal structure. The best are 
heavy, knotted, and of a bluish color, and are 
obtained from Aleppo. They are nearly en- 
tirely soluble in water, with the assistance of 
heat. From 500 grains of Aleppo galls, Sir 
Humphrey Davy obtained, by infusion, 185 
grains of solid matter, which, on analysis, ap- 
peared to contain 130 of tannin. Oak-galls are 
supposed to be the strongest astringent in the 
vegetable kingdom. Both water and spirit 
take up nearly all their virtue, though the spir- 
ituous extract is the strongest preparation. The 
powder is, however, the best form; and the 
dose is from a few grains to half a drachm. — 
Q. marina. Sea oak. Tho Fucus vesiculosus. 
— Q. phellos. The willow-leaved oak, the 
acorns of which are much sweeter than chest- 
nuts, and much eaten by the Indians. — Q. ro- 
bur. The English oak-tree. Its medical prop- 
erties are the same, as those of the Q. alba. — 
Q. suber. The cork-tree. The bark or cork, 
when burned, is applied as an astringent appli- 
cation to bleeding piles, and to allay the pain 
usually attendant on hemorrhoids, in the form 
of ointment. Pessaries and other surgical in- 
struments are also made of it. — Q. tinctoria. 
The black oak. This species is a native of the 
United States, and yields the quercitron bark, 
used as a yellow dye. 

QUI'CKENING. The period of pregnancy 
when the motion of the child first becomes 
perceptible to the mother; also, the peculiar 
effects which are frequently observed when the 
uterus quits the pelvis, and rises into tho ab- 
dominal cavity, viz., fainting, sickness, &c. 
The usual period of quickening is the eighteenth 
week after conception. 

Quicklime. Fresh-burned lime. 

Quicksilver. See Mercury, and Hydrargy- 
rum. • 

Quid pro quo. These words are applied 
synonymously with succedaneum, or one thing 
made use of to supply the defect of another. 



QUI 

QUI'NA. («, a>, f.) Quinine. Quinia. The 
alkali obtained from the bark of the Cinchona 
cordifolia and other species. 

As tho sulphate of quina is now prepared on 
a large scale for medical use, the readiest way 
of obtaining the quina is to decompose a solu- 
tion of the sulphate by means of ammonia. 

Quina, when pure, is of a white color. Its 
taste is intensely bitter. It is very sparingly 
soluble in water, even when boiling. It is 
readily soluble in boiling alcohol, which, when 
evaporated, leaves it in the form of a viscid 
mass. It is distinctly alkaline, and forms salts 
with the acids. It crystallizes with difficulty ; 
but M. Pelletier has obtained it crystallized in 
fine silky flocculi, by submitting to spontaneous 
evaporation a very pure alcoholic solution. Its 
composition is C20H12NO2. 

The medicinal properties of quina agree as 
nearly as possible with those ot its sulphate; 
and as the latter is more readily prepared, the 
uncombined alkali is seldom used. 

A number of new salts of quinine have of late 
been introduced into medicine, as the citrate, 
tartrate, acetate, phosphate, &c., but more es- 
pecially the valerianate of quinine, which is 
thought to be a valuable tonic in cases where 
there is want of nervous tone, and in the de- 
pression of typhoid diseases. The citrate of 
iron and quinine, a preparation which adds 
chalybeate properties to the tonic action of qui- 
nine, is also highly recommended in scrofula 
and chlorosis. 

The other salts of quina, as the acetate, ci- 
trate, &c, have the properties of the sulphate, 
but in an inferior degree. The disulphate of 
quina is accordingly the only preparation of 
this alkali in general use. See Quina: disulphas. 

Quinia blanca. Copalche bark. 

Quina-quina. See Cinchona. 

QuinjE disulphas. (Quinia; sulphas. U.S.) 
Disulphate of quina. The commercial sulphate 
of quinine, prepared on a large scale in France, 
and imported from thence. This preparation 
is a hydrated disulphate of quina, and consists 
of two atoms of quinine +S03-f-8HO. a.s a 
medicine, it possesses the febrifuge power of 
tho cinchona bark in the highest degree, and it 
is applicable to every instance in which the 
bark is exhibited, except as a stomachic bitter 
in dyspepsia, in which case it often proves too 
stimulating, and is inferior in efficacy to a de- 
coction of the bark. - The dose is from one 
grain to ten. In cases of ague, after the primae 
viae have been properly cleared, three grains 
of the sulphate given every three hours during 
the intermission will prevent the access of the 
paroxysm with a .certainty that seems almost 
magical. It appears, also, to act as a prophy- 
lactic against intermittents, if taken occasion- 
ally. 

Quin.*: sulphas. Sulphate of quina. Quina 
combines with sulphuric acid in two propor- 
tions, forming a neutral sulphate and a disul- 
phate. The former consists of one equivalent 
of the acid and of the alkali, and eight of water; 
the latter of one equivalent of acid, two of qui- 
na, and eight of water. 

Qu'inary. Quinarius. Of the number five 

Quince. Pyrus cydonia. 

553 



RAD 

Quincunx. An arrangement of five bodies, 
so that four are placed at the four angles of a 
square, and one in the centre. 

Quinetine. A red or violet coloring matter 
derived from sulphate of quinine. 

Quinsy. Cynanche. 

Quinia. Quinina. See Quina. 

Quinine, sulphate of. See Quina: disul- 
pkas. 

Qo'inoa. Cheuopodiuin quinoa. 

QU'INOGEN. The hypothetical radical of 
the cinchona alkaloids : its formula is C20H12N, 
and cinchonine, quinine, and aricineare the first, 
second, and third oxide. 

Qui'noline. An artificial base of an oily con- 



R AD 

sistence, and volatile, obtained by distilling qui- 
nine, cinchonine, or strychnine. It is supposed 
to be identical with leukol. Formula, CigHgN. 

Quinon. Quinoyle. A product of the dis- 
tillation of kinic acid. It is a compound radical. 
Formula, CmHgOg. 

Quinquefo'lium. Potentilla reptans. 

Quinquina. See Cinchona. 

Quinquina, Mexican. Iva frutescens 

Quinta essentia. The quintessence. 

Quintan. An ague, the paroxysms of which 
occur every fourth day. See Ague. 

Quotidian. An intermittent, the paroxysms 
of which occur every day. See Ague. 

QuiNTu'ruci. Five-fold. 



R. 



R. 



The symbol for rhodium. 

R. Recipe; take. See Prescriptions. 

Rabbit. Lepus cuniculus. 

RA'BIES. (es, ei, f.) Madness: generally 
applied to the disease in dogs, otherwise called 
hydrophobia. See Hydrophobia. 

Rabies canina. Hydrophobia. 

Racemic acid. Paratartaric acid. 

RACE'MUS. (us, i, m. ; from ramus.') A 
raceme, cluster, or bunch. A species of inflo- 
rescence, being a pedunculated spike. 

Rachia'lgia. See Rhachialgia. 

Rachi'dian. Pertaining to the rhachis or 
spinal column. 

Rachis. See Rhachis. 

Rackasi'ri balsamum. Balsamuin rackasiri. 

Raco'sis. A relaxation of the scrotum. 

RA'DIAL. (Radialis; from radius, the name 
of a bone.) Belonging to the radius. 

Radial artery. Arteria radialis. A branch 
of the humeral artery that runs down the side 
of the radius. 

Radial nerve. The musculo-spinal nerve. 
It is derived from the four inferior branches of 
the brachial plexus, and is distributed to the 
muscles of the arm and hand. 

Radialis externus brevior See Extensor 
carpi radialis brevior. 

Radialis externus longior. See Extensor 
carpi radialis longior. 

Radialis externus primus. See Extensor 
carpt radialis longior. 

Radialis internus. See Flexor carpi radi- 
alis. 

Radialis secundus. See Extensor carpi 
radialis brevior. 

RADIATED. Radiatus.. Radiate. Ar- 
ranged in diverging lines ; stellated. 

RADIATION. (From radius, a ray.) The 
emission of light, heat, &c, from a center, in 
straight lines, to every point of a sphere. 

RA'DICAL. (Radicalis; from radix, the 
root or base.) 1. In Chemistry, applied to that 
which is considered as constituting the distin- 
guishing part of an acid, by its union with oxy- 
gen or some other acidifying principle ; or to 
that which is capable of combining with ele- 
mentary agents. It is called a compound rad- 
ical when it consists of more than one element. 
554 



2. In Botany, a leaf which springs from toe 
root. 

Ra'dicant. Radicans. A stem which cUngs 
to another body for support by means of root- 
like processes. 

Radi'cle. Radicula. A radicle, rootlet, or 
little root. 

Radio-carpal. Belonging to the radius and 
wrist. 

Radish, garden. Raphauus sativus. 

Radish, horse. Cochlearia armoracia. 

RA'DIUS. (us, ii, m.) 1. In Anatomy, a 
bone of the forearm. Like the ulna, it is of a 
triangular figure, but it differs from that bone 
in growing larger as it descends. Of its two 
extremities, the uppermost and smallest is 
formed into a small, rounded head, furnished 
with cartilage, and hollowed at its summit, for 
an articulation with the little head at the side 
of the pulley of the os' humeri. The round 
border of this head, next the ulna, is formed for 
an articulation with the lesser sigmoid cavity of 
that bone. This little head of the radius is sup- 
ported by a neck, at the bottom of which, lat- 
erally, is a considerable tuberosity, into the pos- 
terior half of which is inserted the posterior 
tendon of the biceps. Immediately below this 
tuberosity the body of the bone may be said to 
begin. We find it slightly curved throughout 
its whole length, by which means it is enabled 
to cross the ulna without compression. The 
lowest part of the bone is formed into an oblong 
articulating cavity, divided into two by a slight 
transverse rising. This cavity is formed for an 
articulation with the bones of the wrist. To- 
ward the anterior and convex surface of the 
bone, this cavity is defended by the styloid pro- 
cess of the radius, which is covered with a car- 
tilage that is extended to the lower extremity 
of the ulna; a ligament is likewise stretched 
from it to the wrist. Besides this large cavity, 
the radius has another much smaller one, oppo- 
site its styloid process, which is lined with car- 
tilage, and receives the rounded surface of the 
ulna. 2. In Botany, the margin of the disk of 
a flower. 3. A line stretching from, the centre 
of a circle to its circumference. 

RADIX, (ix, ids, f.) A root. 1. In Bot- 
any, that part of a plant which imbibes its 



RAN 



RAP 



nourishment, producing the herbaceous part 
and the fructification, and which consists of the 
eaudex, or body, and radicles. — Linnams. 2. 
In Anatomy, the term radix is applied to some 

fiarts which are inserted into others ; as the 
angs of the teeth, the origin of some of the 
nerves, &c. 

Radix bengale. See Cassumnniar. 

Radix bkasiliensis. Callicocca ipecacu- 
anha. 

Radix dui.cis. Glycyrrhiza glabra. 

Radix Indiana. Callicocca ipecacuanha. 

Radix rosea. Rhodiola rosea. 

Radix kubka. Rubia tiuctoruui. 

Radix ursina. iEthusa meum. 

Ra'dula. A wooden spatula or scraper. 

Radzygk. Norwegian leprosy, said to re- 
«-emblo framboesia. 

Ragwort. Senecio .Tacobuca. 

Ra'ia. A genus of fishes. Chondropterygia. 
The following are sometimes eaten as food: 
R.batis. The skate. — R.clacata. The thorn- 
back. — R. oxyri'nchus. The sharp-nosed ray. 

Raia torpe'do. The torpedo or electric ray. 
This inhabits the Mediterranean. The touch 
of this fish conveys an electric shock. It is 
hard of digestion, and seldom eaten. 

Rainbow worm. The herpes iris. 

Raisin. See Vitis vinifera. 

Rale. See Rlwnchus. 

Rama'lis vena. The vena porta;. 

RAME'NTA. (a, a, f. ; a radcndo.) Fil- 
ings, as those of iron, zinc, &c. 

Rame'ntum. A species of pubescence of 
plants. 

Ra'mex. A rupture. 

RAMIFICATION. Ramificalio. The sub- 
division and branching of arteries, nerves, and 
other parts. 

RAMOLLI'SSEMENT. (French.) A term 
applied by the French pathologists to morbid 
softening of the texture of an organ ; as Ramol- 
lissement du cervcau, softening of the substance 
of the brain. 

Ra'mose. Ramcus. Ramosus. Branched. 

Ramosi'ssimus. Much brdnched. 

Ra'muxus. Ramusculits. A little branch. 

RA'MUS. (us, i, m.) A branch, or pri- 
mary division of a stem into lateral stems. 

RA'NA. A genus of animals. Amphibia. 
Rcptilia. The frog. — R. csculenta. The 
French edible frog ; the flesh is nutritious, and 
easily digested. 

Rajici'dity. The change which oils and 
fats undergo by oxydation from exposure to 
the air. 

Rani'nus. Raninc. 1. Appertaining to a 
frog. 2. The name of an artery, called, also, 
Arteria ranina. Sublingual artery. The sec- 
ond branch of the external carotid. 

RA'NULA. (a, m, f . ; from rana, a frog: 
said to be so called because the tumor resem- 
bles a frog, or because the patient croaks like a 
frog ; neither of which, however, is true.) Ba- 
trachos. Hypoglossus. Hypoglossum. Rana. 
An inflammatory or indolent tumor under the 
tongue. These tumors are of various sizes and 
degrees of consistence, seated on either side of 
the framum. Children, as well as adults, are 
sometimes affected with them. Their contents 



are various : in some they resemble the saliva 
in others, the glairy matter found in the cells 
of swelled joints. Sometimes it is said that a 
fatty matter has been found in them ; and in 
by far the greatest number of cases, we find 
that the contents resemble the saliva itself. 
This, indeed, might be expected, for the cause 
is to be looked for in an obstruction of the sali- 
vary ducts. Obstructions here may arise from 
a cold, inflammation, and from obstruction by 
a stony matter, seemingly separated from the 
saliva. As these tumors are not usually attend- 
ed with much pain, they are sometimes neglect- 
ed till they burst of themselves, which they 
commonly do when arrived at the bulk of a 
large nut. As they were produced originally 
from an obstruction in the salivary duct, and 
this obstruction can not be removed by the 
bursting of the tumor, it hence happens that 
they leave an ulcer extremely difficult to heal, 
nay, which can not be healed at all till the 
cause is removed. 

RANUNCULA'CFJE. The crowfoot tribe 
of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, 
with divided leaves, opposite or alternate; ca- 
lyx, of 3-6 sepals ; petals, 5-15, hypogynous ; 
stamens, hypogynous, indefinite in number; 
fruit, distinct ; simple carpels, and albuminous 
seeds. They are nearly all acro-narcotic. 

Ranunculoi'des. Caltha palustris. 

RANU'NCULUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The plant 
called Ranunculus bulbosus. (U. S.) 2. A ge- 
nus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ra- 
nanculacea;. The great acrimony of most of 
the species of ranunculus is such, that, on be- 
ing applied to the skin, they excite itching, 
redness, and inflammation, and even produce 
blisters, tumefaction, and ulceration of the part. 
On being chewed, they corrode the tongue ; 
and, if taken into the stomach, may bring on 
all the deleterious effects of an acrid poison. 
The most virulent of the Liiuiicun 6pecies are 
the R. bulbosus, sccleratus, acris, arvensis, thora, 
and illyricus. They are very seldom employ- 
ed, but may be used as vesicants where better 
substances are not at hand. Their activity de- 
pends upon a volatile principle, lost by drying 
or heating. In cases of poisoning, the general 
plan appropriate to acrid medicines is to be 
followed, that is, emetics succeeded by dilu- 
ents, and emollient and mucilaginous prepara- 
tions, to be given by the mouth and injection. 
The species treated of by medical writers are 
as follows: JR. aborlivus. R. acris. R. pra- 
tensis. The meadow crowfoot. — R. albus. 
The plant which bears this name in the phar- 
macopoeias is the Anemone nemorosa of Lin- 
naeus. — R. bulbosus. Bulbous-rooted crowfoot. 
— R. ficaria. R. vermis. The pilewort. — R. 
flammula. The smaller water crowfoot, or 
spearwort. — R. sceleratus. Marsh crowfoot. 

RAPE. Carnal connection with a woman 
by violence and against her will. 

RAPHA'NIA. Convulsio raphania. Crip- 
ple disease. A genus of disease in the class 
Neuroses, and order Spasmi, of Cullen ; charac- 
terized by a spasmodic contraction of the joints, 
with convulsive motions, and a most violent 
pain returning at various periods. It begins 
with cold chills and lassitude, pain in the head, 

555 



R AS 



REC 



and anxiety about the prsecordia. These symp- 
toms are followed by spasmodic twitchings in 
the tendons of the fingers and of the feet, dis- 
cernible to the eye, heat, fever, stupor, delir- 
ium, sense of suffocation, aphonia, and horrid 
convulsions of the limbs. After these, vomiting 
and diarrhoea come on, with a discharge of 
worms, if there are any. About the eleventh 
or the twentieth day, copious sweats succeed, 
or purple exanthemata, or tabes, or rigidity of 
all the joints. 

Raphani'strum. Raphanus raphanistrum. 

RA'PHANUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The radish. 
2. A genus of plants. Tetr adynamia. Silicu- 
losa. CrucifercB. — R. rusticans. Cochlearia 
armoracia. — R. salivus. R. hortcnsis. R. ni- 
ger. The radish. The several varieties of this 
plant are said to have been employed medicin- 
ally in the cure of calculous affections. The 
juice, made into a syrup, was given to relieve 
hoarseness. Mixed with honey or sugar, it was 
administered in pituitous asthma; and, as an 
antiscorbutic, its efficacy is generally acknowl- 
edged. — R. sylvestris. Lepidium sativum. 

RA'PHE. (e, es, f. Patpn, a suture.) A 
suture. Applied to parts which appear as if 
they were sewed together. 

Raphe cerebri. R. corporis callosi. The 
longitudinal eminence of the corpus callosum 
of the brain is so called, because it appears 
somewhat like a suture. 

Raphe scroti. R.perinei. The rough em- 
inence which divides the scrotum, as it were, 
in two. It proceeds from the root of the penis 
inferiorly and along the perineum. 

RAPHIANCISTRON. (From pa<j>iov, a nee- 
dle, and ayniorpov, a hook.) An instrument 
consisting of a needle and hook combined, used 
for the formation of an artificial pupil. 

Ra p h id e s . The small acicular crystals found 
in the texture of some plants, usually oxalates 
of lime. 

Rapi'strum. Crambe orientalis and hispa- 
nica. 

RA'PTUS. (us, us, m. ; from rapio, to seize 
violently.) A sudden or violent seizure. 

Raptus h.emorrhagicus. The outbreaking 
of a hemorrhage. 

Raptus nervorum. The cramp. 

Raptus supinus. Opisthotonos. 

Ra'pum. 1. The turnip. Brassica rapa. 2. 
The Campanula rapunculus. 

Rapu'nculus. Campanula rapunculus. 

Rapunculus corniculatus. Phyteuma or- 
biculare. 

Rapus. Brassica rapa. 

RAREFA'CTION. (From rarefacio, to make 
thin. ) The diminution of the density of a body ; 
as of a gas, by the agency of caloric. 

Rash. See Exanthema. 

RASP SOUND. Bruit de rape. Bruit de 
lime a bois. An auscultatory sound resembling 
rasping on a piece of wood. A rougher sound 
of the same kind is called the saw sound, Bruit 
de scie. These sounds are a high degree of the 
bellows sound, and nearly always indicate or- 
ganic disease of the heart. They are most de- 
veloped in those cases where the orifices of the 
heart are contracted from disease of the valves. 

R\SPATO'RIUM. (From rado, to scrape.) 
55fi 



Rasortum. Scalprum. A raspatory. An in- 
strument for rasping bones. 
Raspberry. Rubus idams. 
RASU'RA. (a, m, f. ; from rado, to scrape.) 
1. A rasure or scratch. 2. The raspings or 
shavings of any substance. 

Ratifi'a. A liquor prepared by imparting 
to ardent spirits the flavor of various kinds of 
fruits. 

Ratio. 1. Proportion. 2. A reason or ex- 
planation. 

RATIONAL TREATMENT. In Medicine, 
that course of treatment of a disease which is 
founded on reason and ratiocination, and is not 
merely the result of routine or experience. 
The latter is empirical treatment. 
Rattle. Rale. See Rhonchus. 
RATTLES. A term very generally applied 
by nurses to the rattle-like, noisy breathing oft- 
en heard in persons who are in the act of death, 
and which arises from an accumulation of mu- 
cus in the air passages. 

Rattlesnake. Crotalus horridus. 
Rattlesnake-root. Polygala senega. 
RAUCE'DO. (o, onis, f. ; from, rancus. 
hoarse.) Raucitas. Hoarseness. A rough- 
ness of the voice, arising from some disease of 
the larynx or trachea, as catarrh, &c. 
Raucedo paralytica. Aphonia. 
RAY. The emanation of an imponderable 
body, as a ray of light, heat, &c. , A calorific 
ray is that which is capable of impressing thu 
sensation of heat ; a luminous ray, the impression 
of light; a chemical ray, that which accom- 
plishes chemical changes on certain surfaces. 

Ray of a flower. The margin of the disc 
of a composite flower. 

REA'CTION. An effort to overcome the 
force or action of an external agent. In Medi- 
cine, the vital excitement which follows de- 
pression, whether produced by disease or ex- 
ternal agents. 

REA'GENT. Test. A substance used in 
chemistry to detect the presence of other 
bodies. 

REA'LGAR. Protosulphuret of arsenic. 
RECEIVER. A chemical vessel adapted to 
the neck or beak of a retort, alembic, or other 
distillatory vessel, to receive and contain the 
product of distillation. 

RECEPTA'CULUM. Receptacle. (From 
recipio, to receive.) 1. In Anatomy, a name 
given by anatomists to a part of the thoracic 
duct. See Reccptaculum chyli. 2. In Botany, 
the common basis or point of connection of the 
other parts of the fructification of plants ; by 
some called the Thalamus and the Placenta. 
. Receptaculum chyli. Reccptaculum Pec- 
queti, because Pecquet was the fir6t to describe 
it. A dilatation at the commencement of the 
thoracic duct, generally opposite the third lum- 
bar vertebra. This dilatation varies in size in 
different subjects, and in some there is none at 
all. J 

Recipe. R\ Take. 

RECLINA'TION. One of the operations 
used for the cure of cataract. See Cataract. 
Reclina'tus. Reclining. 
RECREMENTI'TIAL HUMORS. Those 
secretions which are again absorbed and em- 



REC 

ployed in the economy, as bile, saliva, gastric 
juice. 

Recrude'scence. The aggravation of a dis- 
ease after a partial remission. 

RECTIFICA'TION. (Rectificatio, onis, f.; 
from rectus, right, and fio, to be made.) A 
second distillation, by which volatile substances 
are farther purified. 

Recto-vaginal. Belonging to the rectum 
and vagiua, as the recto-vaginal septum or 
fistula. 

RE'CTUM. (um, i, n. ; so named from an 
erroneous opinion that it was straight.) The 
last portion of the large intestines, terminating 
in the anus. See Intestine. 

RE'CTUS. (us, i, m.) Straight. Several 
parts of the body, particularly muscles, are so 
called from their direction. 

Rectus abdominis. A long and straight 
muscle, situated near its fellow, at the middle 
and fore part of the abdomen, parallel to the 
linea alba, and between the aponeurosis of the 
other abdominal muscles. It arises sometimes 
by a single broad tendon from the upper and 
inner part of the os pubis, but more commonly 
by two heads, one of which is fleshy, and origi- 
nates from the upper edge of the pubis, and the 
other tendinous, from the inside of the symphysis 
pubis, behind the pyramidalis muscle. From 
these beginnings, the musclo runs upward the 
whole length of the linea alba, and becoming 
broader and thinner as it ascends, is inserted by 
a thin aponeurosis into the edge of the cartilago 
ensiformis, and into the cartilages of the fifth, 
sixth, and seventh ribs. This aponeurosis is 
placed under the pectoral muscle, and some- 
times adheres to the fourth rib. The fibres of 
this muscle are commonly divided by three ten- 
dinous intersections, which were first noticed 
by Berenger, or, as ho is commonly called, 
Carpi, an Italian anatomist, who flourished in 
the sixteenth century. One of these intersec- 
tions is usually where the muscle runs over the 
cartilage of the seventh rib ; another is at the 
umbilicus ; and the third is between these two. 
Sometimes there is one, and even two, between 
the umbilicus and the pubes. When one or 
both of these occur, however, they seldom ex- 
tend more than halfway across the muscle. As 
these intersections seldom penetrate through 
the whole substance of the muscle, they are all 
of them most apparent on its anterior surface, 
where they firmly adhere to the sheath : the 
adhesions of the rectus to the posterior layer of 
the internal oblique are only by means of cel- 
lular membrane, and of a few vessels which 
pass from one to another. 

The use of the rectus is to compress the fore 
part of the abdomen : it may likewise serve to 
bring the trunk forward, and to raise the pelvis. 

Rectus abducens oculi. See Rectus ex- 
ternus oculi. 

Rectus adducens oculi. See Rectus inter- 
ims oculi.' 

Rectus arterior brevis. See Rectus capitis 
* intemus minor. 

f Rectus anterior longus. See Rectus capi- 
tis intemus major. 

Rectus attollens oculi. See Rectus supe- 
rior oculi. 



REC 

Rectus capitis anticus longus. SeeRectm 
capitis intemus major. 

Rectus capitis internus major. A muscle 
situated on the anterior part of the neck, close 
to the vertebra;. Rectus internus major of Al- 
binus, Douglas, and Cowper. Rectus anterior 
longus of Winslow. It is a long muscle, thick- 
er and broader above than below, where it is 
thin, and terminates in a point. It arises, by 
distinct and flat tendons, from the anterior 
points of the transverse processes of the five in- 
ferior vertebrae of the neck, and, ascending ob- 
liquely upward, is inserted into the anterior 
part of the cuneiform process of the occipital 
bone. The use of this muscle is to bend the 
head forward. 

Rectus capitis internus minor. Reclusin- 
tcrnus minor. Winslow calls it rectus anterior 
brevis. It is in part covered by the rectus ma- 
jor. It arises, fleshy, from the upper and fore 
part of the body of the first vertebra of the 
neck, near the origin of its transverse process, 
and, ascending obliquely inward, is inserted 
near the root of the condyloid process of the 
occipital bone, under the last-described muscle. 
It assists in bending the head forward. 

Rectus capitis lateralis. Rectus lateralis 
Fallopii of Douglas. Rectus lateralis of Cow- 
per. This muscle is somewhat larger than the 
rectus minor, but resembles it in shape, and i3 
situated immediately behind the internal jugu- 
lar vein, at its coming out of the cranium. It 
arises, fleshy, from the upper and fore part of 
the transverse process of the first vertebra of 
the neck, and, ascending a little obliquely up- 
ward and outward, is inserted into the occipital 
bone, opposite to the stylo-mastoid hole ot the 
os temporis. This muscle serves to pull the 
head to one side. 

Rectus capitis posticus major. This mus- 
cle, which is the rectus major of Douglas and 
Winslow, and the rectus capitis posticus minor 
of Albinus, is small, short, and flat, broader 
above than below, and is situated, not in a 
straight direction, as its name would insinuate, 
but obliquely, between the occiput and the 
second vertebra of the neck, immediately un- 
der the complexus. It arises, by a short, thick 
tendon, from the upper and posterior part of 
the spinous process of the second vertebra of 
the neck ; it soon becomes broader, and, ascend- 
ing obliquely outward, is inserted, by a flat 
tendon, into the external lateral part of the 
lower semicircular ridge of the os occipitis. 
The use of this is to extend the head, and pull 
it backward. 

Rectus capitis posticus minor. This is the 
rectus minor of Douglas and Winslow. It is 
smaller than the last-described muscle, but re- 
sembles it in shape, and is placed close by its 
fellow, in the space between the recti majores. 
It arises, by a short, thick tendon, from the up- 
per and lateral part of a little protuberance m 
the middle of the back part of the first vertebra 
of the neck, and, becoming broader and thinner 
as it ascends, is inserted, by a broad, flat tendon, 
into the occipital bone, immediately under the 
insertion of the last-described muscle. The use 
of it is to assist the rectus major in drawing lha 
head backward. 

557 



RE 

Rectos cruris. See Rectus femoris. 

Rectus deprimens oculi. See Rectus in- 
ferior oculi. 

Rectus externus oculi. The outer straight 
muscle of the eye : called, also, Abductor oculi, 
Iracundus, and Indignabundus. It arises from 
the bony partition between the foramen opticum 
and lacerum, being the longest of the straight 
muscles of the eye, and is inserted into the 
sclerotic membrane, opposite to the outer can- 
thus of the eye. Its use is to move the eyes 
outward. 

Rectus femoris. A straight muscle of the 
thigh, situated immediately at the fore part. 
Rectus sivc gracilis anterior of Winslow. 
Rectus cruris of Albums. It arises from the 
os ilium by two tendons. The foremost and 
shortest of these springs from the outer surface 
of the inferior and anterior spinous process of 
the ilium ; the posterior tendon, which is thick- 
er and longer than the other, arises from the 
posterior and outer part of the edge of the coty- 
loid cavity, and from the adjacent capsular liga- 
ment. These two tendons soon unite, and form 
an aponeurosis, which spreads over the anterior 
surface of the upper part of the muscle ; and 
through its whole length we observe a middle 
tendon, toward which its fleshy fibres run on 
each side in an oblique direction, so that it may 
be 6tyled a penniform muscle. It is inserted, 
tendinous, into the upper edge and anterior sur- 
face of the patella, and from thence sends off a 
thin aponeurosis, which adheres to the superior 
and lateral part of the tibia. Its use is to ex- 
tend the leg. 

Rectus inferior oculi. The inferior of the 
straight muscles of the eye. It arises within 
the socket, from below the optic foramen, and 
passes forward to be inserted into the sclerotic 
membrane of the bulb on the under part. It 
pulls the eye downward. 

Rectus internus femoris. See Gracilis. 
.Rectus internus oculi. The internal 
straight muscle of the eye. It arises from the 
inferior part of the foramen opticum, between 
the obliquus superior and the rectus inferior, 
being, from its situation, the shortest muscle of 
the eye, and is inserted into the sclerotic mem- 
brane opposite to the inner angle. Its use is 
to turn the eye toward the nose. 

Rbctus lateralis Fallopii. See Rectus 
capitis lateralis. 

Rectus major capitis. See Rectus capitis 
posticus major. 

Rectus superior oculi. The uppermost 
straight muscle of the eye. It arises from the 
upper part of the foramen opticum of the sphe- 
noid bone, below the levator palbebrao superi- 
oris, and runs forward to be inserted into the 
superior and fore part of the sclerotic membrane 
by a broad and thin tendon. 

RECU'RRENT. Rccurrens. Running back. 
A term applied to the branches of arteries, 
nerves, &c., which send branches upward from 
their place of origin. 

Recurrent nerve. Nervus recurrens. A 
branch given oft" from the par vagum, on each 
side, in the cavity of the thorax, is so called. 
The right is given off near the subclavian artery, 
which it surrounds, and is reflected upward to 
558 



REG 

the thyroid gland ; the left a little lower, and 
reflected around the aorta, to the oesophagus, as 
far as the larynx. They are both distributed 
to the muscles of the larynx and pharynx. 

Recurved. Recu'rvus. Rccurvatus. Bow- 
ed, or turned backward. 

Red antimony. See Antinionii vitrum. 

Red gum. Red gowti. See Strophulus. 

Red liquor. A solution of crude acetate of 
iron. 

Red precipitate. See Hydrargyri oxydum 
rubrum. 

Red sanders. Fterocarpus sautalinus. 

Re'ddle. A species of red ochre. 

REDU'CTION. 1. In Surgery, the return- 
ing of a dislocated bone into its proper place. 
2. In Chemistry, the operation of producing a 
metal from its ores or compounds. 

•REFLECTION. (From refleclo, to bend 
back.) 1. In Anatomy, a duplicature, or fold 
of membrane. 2. In Optics and Mechanics, the 
rebound, or motion in a new direction, which 
takes place when a moving body impinges on 
a resisting surface. The direction of the new 
motion is always related to that of the incidence, 
the angles being equal, 

REFLEX. Reflex action or function. This 
name has been given to those instances of nerv- 
ous action in which an impression made on the 
extremity of one nerve is propagated to the ex- 
tremity of another, through the intervention of 
the nervous centers. 

Refle'xed. Rejlcxus. Reflected; bentback- 
ward. 

REFRA'CTION. (From refraclus, broken 
back.) A change in the course of a ray, pro- 
duced by its passage from a rare to a dense 
medium, or the reverse. The amount of re- 
fraction depends upon the degree of difference 
between the media. 

Refraction, double. A phenomenon pro- 
duced by Iceland spar and other minerals. A 
ray of light falling upon these crystals in cer- 
tain directions, is divided into two parts, and 
hence produces two images. 

Refra'ctus. Bent back, as if broken. 

REFRI'GERANT. (Refrigerans ; from re- 
frige ro, to cool.) Possessed of the property of 
allaying the heat of the body or of the blood. 

Refrigerato'ry. A vessel filled with wa- 
ter, or surrounded with ice, to condense vapors,, 
or to make cool any substance which passes 
through it. 

Regeneration. The reproduction of injur- 
ed parts. 

RE'GIMEN. {en, inis, f. ; from rega, to 
govern.) A term employed in medicine to ex- 
press the regulation of the diet and habits of an 
individual, with a view to the preservation of 
health or the cure of disease. 

Regina prati. Spiraea ulmaria. 

REGION. Regio. In Anatomy, certain ar- 
tificial spaces on the body, marked out for the 
convenience of description. 

RE'GIUS. (From rex, a king.) Royal : ap- 
plied, 1. In Pathology, to the jaundice. 2. In. 
Chemistry, to the noble metals, especially gold, 
and to a preparation, the aqua regia, which has * 
the power of dissolving gold. 

Regma. A three-celled dehiscent fruit 



REM 

REGULAR. Rcgularis. In Pathology, ap- 
plied to diseases which observe their usual 
course, in opposition to irregular, in which the 
course of symptoms deviate from what is usual; 
as regular gout, regular small-pox, &c. 

Regular gout. See Gout. 

Regular small-pox. See Variola. 

RE'GULUS. Metallic matters when separ- 
ated from other substances by fusion. 

Regulus antimonii martialis. Martial reg- 
ulus of antimony. An old preparation, made 
by heating purified iron filings in a crucible, 
adding sulphuret of antimony, fusing them, then 
adding nitre, fusing the whole together, cool- 
ing, and separating the regulus from the scoriae, 
then fusing a second and third time, with the 
addition of some more nitre each time. 

Regulus of antimony. See Antimony. 

Regulus ok arsenic. See Arsenic. 

Regulus jovialis. An alloy made by fusing 
antimony and tin. 

Regulus veneris. An alloy of antimony 
and copper. 

REGURGITATION. Regurgitalio. The 
act by which a canal, or reservoir of the body, 
throws back its contents to relieve itself from 
repletion. The puking of milk by infants is 
also called regurgitation. 

RE'LAPSE. The return of a disease soon 
after its cessation. 

RELAXATION. In Pathology, diminution 
of the natural and healthy tone ot parts. 

REMEDY. Remc'dium. (a re, and medcor, 
to cure.) A remedy, or that which is employ- 
ed with a view to prevent, palliate, or remove 
a disease. 

Remedium divinum. Imperatoria. 

REMI'SSION. Remisio. A partial cessation 
of febrile symptoms in the course of a remittent 
or other fever. 

Remittens icterodes. Yellow fever. 

REMITTENT. {Remittens; from remitto, 
to assuage or lessen.) Applied to diseases, the 
symptoms of which diminish very considerably, 
but return again, so as not to leave the person 
free from the disease until it changes its charac- 
ter or vanishes. 

Remittent fever. — Aremittent fever ischar- 
acterized by the usual symptoms of febrile ac- 
tion, which becomes much more intense once 
or oftener every four-and-twenty hours, and 
then remits. This exacerbation is widely differ- 
ent from the paroxysm of an intermittent. In 
a remittent, however marked the diminution 
of the fever, there is still a considerable degree 
of it, and nothing like au apyrexial state. This 
genus of fever sometimes exists in a mild form, 
sometimes in the most malignant. It is a com- 
mon disease with infants, and it may be observ- 
ed that the febrile affections of children have 
almost always more or less tendency to the re- 
mittent type. The infantile remittent is gener- 
ally produced by intestinal irritation; but re- 
mittent fevers in general are caused by marsh 
miasmata, and by peculiar poisons of vegetable 
and animal origin. The malignant remittent of 
v warm climates is called bilious remittent, from 
the great disorder of the hepatic system ; yellow 
fever, from the yellow tinge which it commu- 
nicates to the skin ; and jungle fever, from the 



REM 

origin of the poison which produces it in swamps 
and jungles. 

1. Mild remittent fever. — In this the pulse 
is very frequent (90 to 100), but regular through- 
out; the debility is not considerable, and the skin 
soon becomes relaxed, and perspires freely. It 
attacks young persons of relaxed habits, who 
are weakly, and commences mostly with some 
disturbance of the bowels. It occurs at all sea- 
sons of the year, but more frequently in the au- 
tumn. Fatigue, cold, or long exposure to the 
sun's heat often bring it into action. The pa- 
tient complains of drowsiness, and is very lan- 
guid ; is occasionally chilly, and afterwardflush- 
ed, but without perspiration ; the thirst is con- 
siderable, and attended by nausea and total loss 
of appetite. In the course of the day, but usu- 
ally toward evening, the pulse quickens, the 
heat increases, and at length terminates in a 
sweat, whicli after a time goes off, leaving the 
skin hot and dry, and the pulse still very quick. 
This exacerbation sometimes occurs at noon, 
and sometimes also in the night. If the disease 
be left to itself, the symptoms augment in se- 
verity daily; the head occasionally, but more 
frequently the liver, or some other abdominal 
viscus, gives proof of being loaded and oppress- 
ed, and the restlessness is intolerable ; or a sud- 
den bilious purging or vomiting supervenes, and 
carries pff the complaint by a salutary crisis.. 
It generally gives way to purgatives, especi- 
ally mercurial ones, followed by saline purga- 
tives with senna, and the febrile symptoms be- 
ing mitigated in the intervals by saline sudorifics. 
The diet should consist of very little more than 
farinaceous drinks. As soon as the pulse sinks, 
or the sweat is considerable, and the skin moist 
and not much heated, mild tonics, especially the 
mineral acids, with a light infusion of colum- 
ba, gentian, quassia, chamomile, cascarilla, or 
cinchona, will complete the cure, though the 
disease usually runs on for ten days or a fort- 
night. 

2. Infantile remittent. It is usually as- 
cribed to worms, which are occasionally its 
cause; but the most common by far is crude 
accumulations in the bowels, from which the 
digestion proceeds imperfectly, producing great 
general irritation, and considerable languor. 
The belly becomes tumid and painful, and the 
food is nauseated. The head becomes hot, 
heavy, and often comatose, the disease simi- 
lating in this stage the commencement of hy- 
drocephalus, with which it is very frequently 
confounded. See Hydrocephalus. The skin is 
pale or livid, with occasional flushes in the 
cheeks. Remittents in the infantile andjuvenile 
periods of life are almost always accompanied 
by a sluggish state of the bowels, and require 
the exhibition of calomel, with jalap and scam- 
mony; and if this do not act, its operation 
must be assisted by the infusion of senna, with 
sulphate of magnesia or potash. Until the 
bowels are well cleared, the fever goes on in- 
creasing ; but under a course of brisk cathartics, 
in conjunction with perfect quiet, good ventila- 
tion, and light farinaceous drinks and diet, it 
wifl usually give way in a week or a fortnight. 
Particular symptoms are to be opposed by their 
appropriate remedies : thus, if there be much 

559 



REM 

coma, the head should be bathed with a cold or 
evaporating lotion of dilate acetic acid or spirit, 
or the feet fomented ; if there be bilious diar- 
rhoea," the purgative plan is to be abandoned, 
and the pains of the bowels allayed by absorb- 
ents, demulcents, and mild anodynes ; if there 
be bilious or other vomitings, carbonic acid wa- 
ter, with very mild aperients, until the irrita- 
bility of the stomach is allayed. 

3. Bilious or autumnal remittent. — Au- 
tumnal remittents commence with lassitude, a 
general soreness over the body, yawning, in- 
quietude, and most of the other concomitants 
of febrile action. As some of the larger organs 
have been more affected by the influence of the 
miasm than the rest, wo find them giving way 
in proportion: hence the head is sometimes 
severely affected with pain or heaviness; the 
bowels are overloaded with bile ; or the stomach 
is exquisitely irritable, and rejects whatever is 
introduced into it. Generally the stomach suf- 
fers more disturbance than any other organ; 
and, along with the sickness, there is in many 
cases a troublesome looseness. Sometimes, 
however, the bowels are costive, and the stom- 
ach but little affected. The violence of the 
symptoms is commonly in proportion to the vio- 
lence of the incursion. The exacerbation ordi- 
narily takes place at noon, or early in the after- 
noon, and consists in an increase of heat and of 
the pulse ; for there is rarely any preceding chill, 
and as rarely any salutary moisture when the 
heat diminishes. The night is passed under 
extreme restlessness, vomiting, and mild delir- 
ium ; and thus the fever continues, with strong 
exacerbations about noon or night, and obvious 
remissions. 

At the very commencement of this fever, an 
emetic is generally found serviceable, as it not 
only clears the stomach of vitiated secretions, 
but is one of the best means of determining to 
the skin. The use of the lancet must depend 
on the circumstances of the particular case. 
Where the onset is violent, and particularly 
where the patient is plethoric, or of a vigorous 
habit, it may be employed with advantage in- 
stantly and freely ; for without it, from the ur- 
gency of the symptoms, there can be little doubt 
that some large organ or other will soon become 
locally affected with congestion or effusion, 
■which is always to be avoided as one of the 
worst symptoms that can occur; and if thei'o be 
reason to suspect that such local affection exist 
at the time of the attack, and more especially 
that it be the cause of it, copious depletion will 
be still more necessary ; for in this case not 
only is the fever to be contended with, but an 
inflammation of the affected organ to be guard- 
ed against. Except in these cases there is no 
eall for the lancet, but, on the contrary, the loss 
of blood is injurious. This is particularly true 
in the Southern States, and in the case of South- 
erners just removed to the north. 

The common saline diaphoretics, either effer- 
vescing or not, will commonly take off the burn- 
ing heat of the skin ; or where the stomach is 
not in an irritable state, the antimonial powder, 
or small doses of the tartarized antimony, may 
be given ; and with such remedies, and pedilu- 
via or fomentation to the feet at night, the fever 
560 



REM 

will mostly be diminished. Dilute acids are 
highly useful in form of drinks: as imperial, 
lemonade, oranges, the subacid fruits, and infu- 
sions of mint, balm, &c, where the bowels are 
not irritable. Mild aperients of rhubarb, sul- 
phate of potash, infusion of senna, or cassia 
electuary, are the best aperients from time to 
time, unless the bilious or constipated. condition 
of the bowels demand calomel, or the more 
active purgatives. 

4. Malignant remittent. — The yellow and 
jungle fevers owe their production unquestion- 
ably to marsh miasm; and hence they are so 
common in the swampy soils and morasses of 
the warm regions. Dr. Mosely gives an ex- 
cellent account of these malignant remittents: 
" When a new comer is seized with a sudden 
loss of strength, and a desire of changing for rest 
into every position, without finding it in any* 
those symptoms which constitute the endemial 
fever may be expected. The following day, 
but sometimes within twelve hours from the 
first indisposition, the violence of the disease 
will commence thus : There will be a faiiitness, 
and generally a giddiness of the head, with a 
small degree of chilliness and horror, but never 
a rigor. Then immediately will succeed a high 
degree of fever with great heat, and strong beat- 
ing in all the arteries of the body, particularly 
observable in the carotid and temporal arteries; 
flushings in the face, gaspings for cool air, white 
tongue, but tinged with yellow, after the vomit- 
ing has commenced; excessive thirst, redness, 
heaviness, and burning in the eyes ; heaviness 
and darting pains in the head and small of the 
back, and often down the thighs; pulse quick, 
generally full and strong, in some cases quick, 
low, and vacillating ; skin hot and dry, some- 
times with a partial and momentary moisture ; 
sickness of stomach from the first, which in- 
creases with the disease ; and, immediately after 
any thing is taken to quench the thirst, vomit- 
ing succeeds, iu which bilious mat* er is brought 
up ; anxiety and stricture, soilness, and intense 
heat about the praccordia; great restlessness, 
heavy respiration, sighing, urine deep colored, 
and but little in quantity. This is the first stage 
of the fever, and may continue twenty-four, 
thirty-six, forty-eight, or sixty hours; and this 
constitutes its inflammatory period. 

" The second stage begins with the abatement 
of many of the preceding symptoms, and the 
rise of others ; sometimes with a deceiving tran- 
quillity, but with perturbation if the patient 
should fall into a sleep ; then a yellow tinge is 
observed in the eyes, neck, and breast; the heat 
subsides, and sometimes with a chilliness ; but 
not with that sort of strong rigor which, when * 
it happens, terminates the disease by sweat, or 
by copious bilious evacuations upward and 
downward. The retchings are violent, and turn 
porraceous; the pulse flags, but is sometimes 
high and sometimes soft; the skin soft and 
clammy; the urine in small quantity, and of a 
dark, yellowish-brown color; the tongue, in 
some cases, is dry, harsh, and discolored; in 
others, furred and moist ; there ia confusion in 
the head, and sometimes delirium, with the eyes 
glassy. This stage of the disease sometimes 
continues only for a few hours ; sometimes for 



REM 

twelve, twenty-four, thirty-six, or forty-eight 
hours, but never longer. 

" In the third and last stage of the fever, the 
pulse sinks, and becomes unequal and intermit- 
tent, sometimes very quick ; frequent vomiting, 
with great straining and noise in vomiting, and 
what is brought up now is more in quantity, and 
has the appearance of the grounds of coffee, or 
is of a slate color. Nothing can be retained in 
the stomach ; difficult breathing, black tongue, 
cold, clammy sweats, eyes hollow and sunk, 
yellowness round the mouth and temples, and 
soon after over the whole body. 

" The symptoms become gradually more ag- 
gravated, accompanied with subsultus tendi- 
num, black urine, deadly coldness of the limbs, 
delirium, falteriug speech, hemorrhage, or ooz- 
ing of blood from the mouth and nostrils, cor- 
> ners of the eyes and ears, black bloody vomit- 
ing and stools, vibices, hiccough, muttering, 
coma, death." 

After the first prostration of strength, the dis- 
ease runs on violently till the sensorial power is 
exhausted. Through its entire course, till the 

{>atient is sinking, the intellect is not particu- 
arly disturbed, and the organs principally af- 
fected are the abdominal. In some cases the 
disease opens with great violence, and rushes 
forward at once to its acme, and the patient is 
cut off in four-and-twenty hours. Though the 
remittents, in hot climates, generally pursue the 
course of febrile action that has been described, 
it is sometimes otherwise, and even in milder 
climates ; for it sometimes commences more 
like an intermittent, and sometimes it more re- 
sembles a continued fever, in which it has term- 
inated, and occasionally in an intermittent. 

It would appear that in the case of plethoric 
persons coming from the north, a copious bleed- 
ing, with from ten to twenty grains of calomel 
every four hours, is necessary at the outset: 
this treatment is to be assisted by diaphoretics 
and saline purges, and counter-irritation, and as 
soon as the inflammatory stage has subsided , qui- 
nine and mineral acids are to be administered. 
This treatment does not, however, answer in 
the cose of those long under the influence of 
marsh miasm and a high temperature. In such 
cases bleeding brings about fatal results ; calo- 
mel and saline medicines are first given, and 
followed as soon as possible by quinine, &c. 

In all cases where the remission is without 
any inflammatory condition — in alt cases where 
there is a flabby state of the fibre, and more 
especially where there is a septic diathesis, bit- 
ters, such as calumba, serpentaria, and quassia, 
with mineral acids, will be required ; and in a 
more decided malignant state, quinine, cascaril- 
la, cinchona, and the like, as directed against 
typhus, should be administered, with brandy 
and cordials ad libitum. 

Particular symptoms call for particular rem- 
edies. 

a. Where there is congestion in the vascular 
system of an organ, topical bleedings are nec- 
essary, in addition to general blood-letting ; and 
cold applications also, especially iced water, 
diluted spirit, and evaporating lotions to the 
shaved head, the epigastric region, or wherever 
the congestion may be. 
Nn 



KEN 

b. Nausea and vomiting will be best opposed 
by mild aperients in the effervescing state ; by 
carbonic acid from yeast, beer, or soda-water j 
but the best remedy against continued vomiting 
of porraceous, chocolate-ground-like, or slate- 
colored fluids from the stomach, is a punch 
made with brandy, lemon-juice, and Cayenne 
pepper, from the last of which the. benefit is 
said to result. 

c. Comatose states call for stimulating cata- 
plasms and fomentations, and cold, evaporating 
lotions to the head. Blisters have very seldom 
been useful. 

5. Ardent remittent. Burning remittent.- 
A form of malignant remittent, which appears 
to be the same disease with the causus of the 
ancients. It is characterized by extreme heat, 
violent thirst, a rough and black tongue, the 
complexion inclined to yellowness, and the sal- 
iva bilious. There is commonly an acute ach- 
ing in the head, nausea, great anxiety of the 
praccordia, with frequently a gnawing pain at 
the stomach. The bowels aie unusually cos- 
tive, particularly at the commencement of the 
disease. The tongue, mouth, nostrils, and, in- 
deed, the whole surface of the body, is parched 
and fiery hot; the pulse is full and strong; the 
voice hoarse ; the breath short and quick ; oc- 
casionally delirium. It chiefly attacks the 
young and vigorous, who bear it better than 
old persons. The treatment of this fever is 
precisely that of a synocha. 

C. Typhoid remittent. Asthenic remittent. 
— The several forms of remittent fevers which 
have been described, have shown a tendency 
to a synochous or mixed type. There is, how- 
ever, another, which clearly evinces a typhoid 
tendency from the very commencement ; for it 
is ushered in by extreme debility, both of the 
action of the heart, of the mental faculties and 
moving powers, and the common symptoms of 
typhus in the most aggravated form. It occurs 
in localities where the marsh miasm is more 
than usually malignant and concentrated, or 
where its effects on the system are favored by 
other depressing influences, as in the case of 
dispirited and ill-provided armies in unhealthy 
localities, or of a crowded, squalid, and ill-fed 
population. The disease then assumes the ap- 
pearance of a highly congestive typhus, and 
the remedies which are applicable in the one 
are equally so in the other. 

Re'mora. 1. Ononis spinosa. 2. The name 
of two old instruments, not now used. 

REMOTE. In Pathology, applied to the 
more distant causes of diseases. See ^Etiology. 

REN. (e«, enis, m. Ren, airo tov peiv ; be- 
cause through them the ujine flows.) The 
kidney. See Kidney. 

RE'NAL. (Renalis; from ren, the kidney.) 
Appertaining to the kidney. 

Renal artery. See Emulgent. 

Renal gland. Renal capsule. Supra-renal 
gland. The supra-renal glands are two hollow 
bodies, placed one on each side upon the kid- 
ney. They are covered by a double tunic, and 
their cavities are filled with a liquor of a brown- 
ish-red color. Their figure is triangular, and 
they are larger in the fcetuS th^i the kidneys ; 
but in adults they are less than the kidneys. 

561 



RES 

The right is affixed to the liver, the left to the 
spleen and pancreas, and both to the diaphragm 
and kidneys. They have arteries, veins, lym- 
phatics, and nerves; their arteries arise from 
the diaphragmatic, the aorta, and renal arteries. 
The vein of the right supra-renal gland empties 
itself into the vena cava, that of the left into 
the renal .vein : their lymphatic vessels go di- 
rectly to the thoracic duct: they have nerves 
common alike to these glands and the kidneys. 
Thoy have no excretory duct, and their use is at 
present unknown. 

Renal vein. The emulgent vein. 

Renes succenturiati. The renal capsules. 

Re'niform. Reniformis. Kidney-shaped. 

Re'nnet. It is obtained by macerating the 
dried, salted stomach of the calf in water. The 
solution possesses the power of coagulating 
milk. 

Re'nuens. The rectus anticus capitis minor 
muscle. 

Repa'ndus. Repand: waved; serpentine. 

RBPE'LLENT. (Repellens ; from repello, 
to drive back.) Applications are sometimes so 
named which make diseases or an inflammation 
recede, as it were, from the surface of the body; 
as ice, astringents, &c. 

Re'pent. Rcpens. Creeping. 

REPERCU'SSION. The overcoming or res- 
olution of a tumor, abscess, or eruption by the 
action of repellents. 

Replicate. Replica'tus. Folded ; plaited 
bo as to form a groove or channel. 

REPRODUCTION. (From reproduco, to 
produce again.) The function by which living 
animals reproduce their like. Generation. 

REPTI'LIA. ( From rcpo, to creep. ) A 
class of vertebrated animals, containing the 
snakes, frogs, lizards, &c. 

REPULSION. (Repulsio, onis, f. ; from re- 
pello, to repel.) All matter possesses a power 
which is in constant opposition to attraction. 
This agency, which is equally powerful and 
equally obvious, acts an important part in the 
phenomena of nature, and is called the power 
of repulsion. Repulsion, or the separation of 
atoms, is also an effect of heat, whereby fluids 
are converted into vapors, &c. 

Res naturai.ks. The naturals. According 
to Boerhaave, these are life, the cause of life, 
and its effects. 

Res non-naturales. See Non-naturals. 

Res venerea. Coition. 

RESE'CTION. An operation for the removal 
of false joints or the ends of carious bones by 
the saw. 

RESE'DA. (a, w, f.) A genus of plants. 
Dodecandria. Trpzynia. — R. luteola. The 
dyers' weed. Dioscorides mentions it as useful 
in jaundice. 

RESIN. (Resina, a, f. ; from peu, to flow ; 
because it flows spontaneously from the tree.) 
The name resin is used to denote solid, brittle, 
semi-translucent, and inflammable substances, 
of vegetable origin, with a bright fracture, solu- 
ble in alcohol, and usually affording much soot 
by their combustion. They are likewise solu- 
ble in oils, but not at all in water; and act as 
icids toward t^e alkalies. They are oxides of 
-the volatile oils, but not volatile themselves. 
562 



RES 

Resin, black. See Resina nigra. 

Resin of bile. See Biliary resin. 

Resin of copper. Protochloride of copper, 

Resin, elastic Caoutchouc. 

Resin, white. See Resina alba. 

Resin, yellow. See Resina fiava. 

Resina alba. The inspissated juice of the 
Finns sylvestris, &c. The residuum of the dis- 
tillation of oil of turpentine is also called, by 
some, white resin. 

Resina flava. Yellow resin is that which 
remains in the still after distilling oil of turpen- 
tine from common turpentine mixed with wa- 
ter. It is of very extensive use in surgery as 
an active detergent, and forms the base of the 
ceratum resina. 

Resina nigra. Colophony. The most com- 
mon resin which remains in the retort after dis- 
tilling oil of turpentine from common turpentine. . 

Resina novi belgii. Botany Bay gum. 

Resinatum vinum. Wine impregnated with 
the resin of fir. Anciently used as a stomachic. 

Resolutio nervorum. Palsy. — Celsus. 

RESOLUTION. (Resolutio; from resolvo, 
to loosen.) 1. A termination of inflammation, 
in which the disease disappears without any 
abscess, mortification, &c. See Inflammation. 
2. The dispersion of swellings, indurations, &c. 

RESOLVENT. (Resolvens; from resolvo, to 
loosen.) This term is applied by surgeons to 
such substances as discuss inflammatory and 
other tumors. 

RESONANCE OF THE VOICE. The aus- 
cultatory observation of the sounds of the voice 
See Auscultation. 

Reso'rption. The reabsorption of an excre- 
tion or secretion. 

Re'spirable. Capable of being respired 
without injury. 

' RESPIRA'TION. (Respiratio, onis, f. ; from 
respiro, to take breath.) The process of the 
inhalation and expiration of air into the lungs. 
The process consists of two operations : the ac- 
tion of the muscles in dilating and contracting 
the thorax, whereby the air is drawn in and ex- 
pelled, and, secondly, the changes impressed 
upon atmospheric air in the lungs. 

The number of inspirations in a minute av- 
erages from 18 to 20, but differs with the indi- 
vidual, and the state of rest or activity. It is 
supposed that the lungs may contain 280 cubic 
inches of air, and that 40 are changed in each 
inspiration. It does not appear that there is 
any increase of air expired over that respired, 
although it is usually warmer, and contains 
much more moisture. 

The air diffused into the cavities of the lungs 
comes in contact with the bounding membraue 
of the cellules, over which the minute branches 
of the pulmonary artery and vein ramify. A 
change is impressed on the blood of these ves- 
sels by the penetration of the oxygen of the air, 
and this is accompanied by the passage out- 
ward, by common capillary action or exosmose, 
of carbonic acid from the blood ; the quantities 
interchanged are nearly, if not quite, equal. The 
moisture of the lungs also rises into the air, and, 
with the carbonic acid, are thrown out by ex- 
piration. Hence expired air contains but from 
seventeen to eighteen per cent, of oxygen, and 



RET 

from three to four per ceiit. of carbonic acid, 
and is not longer fit to sustain life. According 
to Sir H. Davy and Lavoisier, thirty-two cubic 
inches of oxygen are consumed in a minute by 
a healthy man, but the quantity varies with the 
sex, strength, activity, and state of disease of 
different persons. 

Respiration, artificial. The establishment 
of a process resembling respiration in asphyx- 
iated persons. See Asphyxia. 9 

Respiration, proof of. See Docimasia. 

Respiration, puerile. See Auscultation. 

RESPIRATOR. A little frame consisting of 
several layers of fine silver wire, to be adjusted 
before the mouth. It is intended to warm the 
inspired air, and is used by persons subject to 
chronic bronchitis and pulmonary affections. 

RESPIRA'TORY. Relating to respiration. 
* Respiratory murmur. Puerile respiration. 
See Auscultation. 

Respiratory nerves. A set of nerves pro- 
ceeding from a narrow white bundle between 
the corpus olivare and corpus restiforme. 

Respiratory tract. A narrow band of 
white substance, situated behind the corpus 
olivare, and descending along the side of the 
medulla oblongata. — C. Bell. 

Rest-harrow. Ononis spinosa. 

Re'sta bo'vis. Ononis spinosa. 

Resupinate. Resupina'tus. Reversed. 
When the upper surface is turned downward. 

RESUSCITATION. (Resuscitatio, onis, f. ; 
from resuscito, to rouse or awake ) Revivifica- 
tion. The restoring of persons apparently dead 
to life. See Asphyxia. • 

Retching. An ineffectual effort to vomit. 

RE'TE. (e, is, n. ; so called a. retinendis 
piscibus.) A net: a term applied very gen- 
erally, in Anatomy and Natural History, to cel- 
lular membrane, nerves, vessels, and other parts 
which appear like a net or web. 

Rete Malpighi. The rete mucosum. 

Rete mirabile. The network of blood-ves- 
sels at the basis of the brain of quadrupeds. 

Rete mucosum. A mucous substance situa- 
ted between the cuticle and true skin. 

Rete vasculosum. The plexus retiformis. 

Rete vasculosum testis. A network formed 
by the vasa recta at the upper and back part of 
the testis. 

RETENTION. {Rctentio, onis, f. ; from re- 
Unco, to keep back.) The keeping back of any 
thing which should be expelled : applied to the 
excretions, but particularly to the urine. See 
Suppression. 

Retention of the menses. Amenorrhea. 

Retention of urine. Rctentio urina;. A 
collection of urine within the bladder, the per- 
son not being able to expel it. This is some- 
times partial, and sometimes total. This state 
occurs in old age from debility: it is frequently 
the result of an affection of the nerves of the 
bladder, over-distension of the bladder, inflam- 
mation, hernia, and other displacements of the 
abdominal viscera; pressure on the neck of the 
bladder from several causes, and from strict- 
ures; and pressure of tumors in the course of 
the urethra, as enlarged prostate gland, uterus, 
&c. ; and from foreign bodies lodging in the 
urethra. For the cure of this disease, attention 



REV 

must be given to the removal of those diseases 
from which it arises, and to the removal of all 
obstructions. The palliative cure is drawing 
off the urine by a catheter. A want of tone in 
the bladder is most relieved by chalybeates and 
bark, and spasmodic stricture by fomentations* 
warm bath, and cinchona and opium. 

RETI'CULAR. {Reticularis; from rete, a 
net.) Rcticulatus. Interwoven like a web.. 

Reticulatus. Reticular. 

Reti'culum. A little net or web. 

Re'tiform. Retiformis. Net-like. 

RETINA, (a, a, f. ; from rete, a net.) The 
fourth or innermost membrane of the eye, ex- 
panded within the choroid coat to the ciliary 
ligament. It is the true organ of vision, and is 
formed by an expansion of the pulp of the optic 
nerve. See Eye and Vision. 

RETINA'CULUM. 1. An old instrument 
for keeping the bowels in their place during the 
operation for hernia, or castration. 2. A com- 
press used in amputation. 3. Certain little 
bands which attach the ovulum to the sides oi 
the Graaffian vesicle. , 

RETINITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from retina, the 
name of the part, and the terminal His, which 
imports inflammation.) Inflammation of the re- 
tina. See Ophthalmitis. 

RETORT. A chemical vessel employed in 
distillation. They differ in form and material ; 
and when pierced with a hole in their roof, are 
called tubulated retorts. They are made of 
common glass, stone-ware, iron, &c. 

Retra'ction. The state of being retracted 
or drawn up. 

RETRA'CTOR. A muscle, the office of 
which is to retract the part into whioh it is in- 
serted. 

Retractor anguli oris. See Buccinator. 

RETRAHENS. Drawing back. 

Retrahens auris. Retrahens auricula of 
Albinus. Retrahens auriculam of Cowper. Two 
small bundles of muscular fibres which arise 
from the external and posterior part of the mas- 
toid process of the temporal bone, immediately 
above the insertion of the stemo-cleido-mas- 
toideus muscle. They are inserted into that 
part of the back of the ear which is opposite to 
the septum, which divides the concha and 
scapha. Their use is to draw the ear back- 
ward, and stretch the concha. 

RETROCE'DENT. Relroce'dens. Retrv 
gradus. When a disease that moves about from 
one part to another, and is sometimes fixed, has 
been some time in its more common situation, 
and retires from it, it is said to be retrocedent. 

Retrocedent gout. See Arthritis. 

Rethoce'ssion. The transference of a dis- 
ease from the surface to the interior. 

Retrograde. Retrocedent. 

RETROVERSION. Retroversio. Turning- 
back : applied to the uterus, bladder, and other 
organs. 

Retroversion of the uterus. See Uterus, 
retroversion of. 

Retu'se. Retusus. Indented. 

REVE'LLENT. Derivative : that which 
draws inflammatory or diseased action from a 
part. 

Reverberatory furnace. See Furnace. 
563 



RHA 

Revert Aphelxia. 

Revivifica'tion. Resuscitation; restoration. 

Revolu'te. Revolntus. Rolled back. 

REVULSION. {Revulsio; from revello, to 
draw away.) 1. An old term, signifying the 
drawing of humors a contrary way. 2. Deriva- 
tion. 

Revu'lsive. Revellent. Derivative. 

Reynolds's specific. The vinum colchici. 

Rhaba'rbarum. Rhubarb. See Rheum. — 
R. album. Convolvulus mechoacan. — R. mon- 
achorum. Rumex patientia. 

Rhaba'rberin. Rhabarberic acid. The yel- 
low, crystalline coloring matter of rhubarb. 

RHACHIA'LGIA. Rachialgilis. (From 
paxig, the spine, and aXyoc, pain.) A pain in 
the spine ; spinal irritation. Formerly applied 
to the Colica pictonum. 

Rhachip ara'l ysis . Paraplegia. 

Rhachiphy'ma. A tumor on the spine. 

Rhachirrhe'uma. Lumbago. 

RHA'CHIS. {is, eos, f. Faxes, tho spine of 
the back.) 1. In Anatomy, the spine. See 
Spine. 2. In Botany, the common stalk of 
flowers. 

RHACHISAGRA. {a, a, f. ; from pa X '.c , the 

3 pine of the back, and ay pa, a seizure.) A sud- 
en pain in the spine : applied to gout fixed in 
the spine of the back. 

Rhachitje. Rhachicci. Tho spinal mus- 
cles. 

RHACHI'TIS. {is, idis, f. ; from pa%ic, the 
spine of the back.) The rickets. A disease 
known by a large head, prominent forehead, 
protruded sternum, flattened ribs, big belly, and 
emaciated limbs, with great debility. It is 
usually confined in its attack between the two 
periods of nine months and two years of age, 
seldom appearing sooner than the former, or 
showing itself for tho first time after the latter 
period. The bones and spine of the back are 
variously distorted, and disinclination to muscu- 
lar exertion follows. 

In the treatment of rickets, besides altering 
any improprieties in the regimen and residence 
which may have co-operated in producing it, 
those means should be employed by which the 
system may be invigorated. Where the bones 
are inclined to bend, care must be taken not to 
throw the weight of the body too much upon 
them. 

Rhagades ani. See Anus, fissure of. 

RHA'GAS. {as, adis, f. ; from pnyvvfii, to 
break or bruise.) 1. A common fissure, chap, 
or cleft. 2. A malignant, dry, and deep cu- 
taneous fissure. 

Rhagoi'des. Applied to the uvea of the 
eye. 

RHAMNA'CEjE. The buckthorn tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs with 
leaves alternate; flowers, axillary or terminal, 
polypetalous ; petals, cucullate; stamens, pe- 
rigynous; ovarium, superior ; seeds, albuminous. 

RHA'MNUS. {us, i, m. Yap,voc.) 1. The 
buckthorn. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
Monogynia. Rhamnacece. — R. catharticus. 
Buckthorn. Purging buckthorn. The berries 
of this shrub contain a pulpy, deep green juice, 
of a faint, unpleasant 'smell, a bitterish, acrid, 
nauseous taste, which operates briskly by stool, 
564 



RHE 

producing thirst, dryness of the mouth and fau 
ces, and severe gripings : at present it is rarely 

Srescribed, except as a drastic purge. The 
ose is said to be about twenty of the fresh 
berries in substance. The syrup is officinal. 
See Syrupus rhamni. — R . frangula. The black 
alder. All the parts of this shrub are astringent 
and bitter. The bark is most astringent; a 
decoction of it has cured agues, and is often 
used to re\)el inflammatory tumors of the throat, 
by way of gargle. The inner yellow bark of 
the trunk or root, given to 3ij., vomits, purges, 
and gripes; but joined with aromatics, it op- 
erates more agreeably. The berries are very 
similar to those of the buckthorn. — R. infec- 
torius yields the Avignon, or yellow berries. 
They are used by dyers when unripe. — R. pali- 
urus, Christ's thorn, is diuretic and astringent. 
— R. zizyphus. The tree which affords the 
jujube. A half-dried fruit of. the plum kind, 
about the size and shape of an olive. 

Rhapo'nticin. A yellow, crystalline, and 
tasteless body, deiived from some specimens of 
European rhubarb. 

Rhapo'nticum. Rhapontic rhubarb. 

Rhaponticum vulgare officinarum. Cen- 
taurea centaurium. 

Rhatany root. Rhafania. See Crameria 
triandria. 

Rhe'gma. A laceration. 

Rhe'in. The name given by M. Vaudin to 
a substance procured by treating rhubarb with 
ether, Rhabarberin. 

% RHEOME'TER. (From peu, to flow, and 
lierpov, a measure.) A small machine for break- 
ing and re-establishing the electrical current of 
an electro-magnetic or galvano-magnetic instru- 
ment. 

Rheum. See Rhevma. 

RHE'UM. («?», i, n.) 1. A genus of plants. 
Enneandria. Trigynia. Polygonaccm. 2. 
Rhubarb ; a well-known and highly-valued 
drug. Good rhubarb is bitter, slightly astrin- 
gent, and aromatic. It is laxative, stomachic, 
and astringent. The infusion possesses the 
purgative properties more fully than the tinc- 
ture or powder. It is particularly useful in 
diarrhoeas and dyspepsia, from its tendency to 
restore the tone of the mucous membrane. 
Dose of the powder, as a tonic and stomachic, 
gr. v. to 3ss. ; as an aperient, 3j. to ri. 

There are several kinds of rhubarb in the 
market, of which the Russian, Bucharian, or 
Turkey, and Chinese, or East Indian, are the 
best kinds. There is also an English, French, 
and German rhubarb, somewhat inferior. The 
Chinese, which is most frequent among us, is 
of a paler color and less aromatic than the Rus- 
sian, but also cheaper and quite as good in 
quality. 

The sources of the Chinese and Russian rhu- 
barbs are unknown; they are supposed to be 
derived from more than one plant, and the 
Rheum palmatum yields a root most nearly re- 
sembling that imported. 

The European rhubarb is derived from the 
root, usually five years old, of Rheum palmatum, 
undulatum, compactum, and rhaponticum. 

Some specimens of rhubarb, derived from 
the Himalayan Mountains, are produced from 



RHE 

Rheum emodi, Webbianum, Moorcroftianum, 
and spiciforme. 

Rhapontic rhubarb, which was used by the 
ancients, is from the R. rhaponticum, which is 
indigenous in Thrace : it is now cultivated also 
in France, but is inferior. It has a reddish-gray 
color outwardly, and is marbled with red and 
white in a radiated manner, the rays proceed- 
ing from the center outwardly. It is mucilagin- 
ous, astringent, and of a disagreeable odor. 

RHE'UMA. (a, atis, n. ; from pcu, to flow.) 
1. Rheum. The discharge from the nostrils, or 
air passages, arising from cold. 2. Any mucous 
discharge ; v&Rheuma gastros (Galen), diarrhoea. 
— Rhemna uteri, leucorrhoea. 

Rheumata'lgia. Chronic rheumatism. 

RHEU'MATISM. (Rhcumatismus, i, m. ; 
pevfiaTicfioc, from psv/iari^u, to be afflicted with 
defluxions. ) Rheumatism is an affection of the 
extremities and external coverings of the hu- 
man body, occupying the muscular, tendinous, 
and fibrous textures, and characterized by pain, 
stiffness, and swelling of a joint, with or with- 
out fever, according to the violence of the dis- 
order. In common life, a threefold distinction 
is made, viz., into rheumatism, the rheumatic 
gout, and the rheumatic fever. 

Acute rheumatism. Rheumatic fever. — It 
is ushered in by a sudden attack of rigors, fol- 
lowed by the usual symptoms of pyrexia, and 
is particularly distinguished by the great pain 
and swelling which affect one or more joints, 
coupled with an utter inability to move them, 
and veiy commonly with considerable redness. 
The affected joints are acutely tender to the 
touch. The pains are aggravated toward night, 
and for the most part, at all times, by external 
heat. The swelling does not commonly take 
the form of the joint, but is diffused over the 
cellular membrane in its neighborhood. Several 
joints are commonly affected at the same time, 
and there is rapid metastasis. 

In this fever the pulse seldom exceeds 100, 
and is full, soft, and round ; the skin is usually 
moist, and there is seldom any cerebral affec- 
tion. There is thirst, but seldom nausea. The 
inflammation also usually terminates without 
any effusion, but is extremely liable to re- 
lapses from exposure. In very severe cases 
there is an extension to the heart, producing 
carditis. 

Rheumatism is certainly the most tedious of 
all the acute inflammations. In many cases it 
appears to run a defined course, which does not 
admit of being shortened by any process of 
treatment, and in a certain length of time to 
wear itself out. This is seldom less than a 
month, or longer than six weeks. That the 
acute sometimes terminates in a state of chronic 
rheumatism can not be doubted; but, instead 
of being a frequent occurrence, as is often im- 
agined, this is, in fact, rare; and though the 
recovery from genuine acute rheumatism is te- 
dious, it is usually perfect. 

Rheumatic «out. Arthritis, or inflammation 
of synovial membrane. — In some instances, the 
swelling will be found to take the exact form 
of the joint, or of a bursa in its neighborhood. 
This affection is simple inflammation of the sy- 
novial membrane. By some pathologists it is 



RH E 

imagined that such a disease is altogether dis» 
tinct from true rheumatism, and the term or 
thritis has been applied to it. It occurs both 
with and without fever. It is said to differ 
from rheumatism in its causes, progress, and 
treatment, as well as in the character of its 
symptoms. It is this form of fibrous inflamma- 
tion which occurs as a secondary effect of gon- 
orrhoea. It is frequently confined to a single 
joint, as the knee or the elbow. It exhibits 
less tendency to shift its situation from one 
joint to another. Lastly, it has been observed 
that the synovial or bursal rheumatism is more 
under the control of local remedies, especially 
leeches and blisters, than the more common or 
diffuse form. 

Treatment. — Acute rheumatism is at all times 
a tedious, and rarely a dangerous disease; a 
large proportion of cases recover with very 
slight care; and in many, medical treatment 
is of little farther service than as obviating the 
tendency to internal inflammation. 

Three plans of treatment have been advised 
in the acute rheumatism. 1. The usual anti- 
phlogistic system, consisting of blood-letting, 
purgatives, saline and antimonial medicines. 2. 
Calomel and opium. 3. Bark. It will be 
found, however, that bleeding in the com- 
mencement, and the use of an antiphlogistic 
diet, are the most efficacious means. The fur- 
ther treatment of the disease may commonly 
be intrusted to purgatives, calomel and opium, 
antimony, colchicum, and the common saline 
diuretics ; but venesection must bo again had 
recourse to, at any period, if symptoms of car- 
diac or other internal inflammation supervene. 
Local applications, whether warm, cold, or 
stimulating, seem to be rather injurious than 
otherwise. 

Chronic rheumatism. — In the great majori- 
ty of cases, primary rheumatism is of the chro- 
nic kind. Indeed, the very rarity of acute 
rheumatism is sufficient to point out that the 
chronic is not often the sequel of the acute 
form of the disease. Chronic rheumatism is 
characterized by pain of the joints, aggravated 
by motion, stiffness of the joints, thickening of 
the several structures in their vicinity, or in- 
creased effusion into the synovial bags. It is 
readily distinguished from the acute rheuma- 
tism by the absence of inflammatory fever, and 
of redness in the affected part. 

1. Three species of true rheumatism may be 
distinguished. The first is that which is con- 
nected with a certain degree of obscure febrile 
excitement in the system, and which would be 
more correctly designated by the term subacute 
rheumatism. It is known by the pains occa- 
sionally shifting their situation suddenly, as in 
the acute form of the disease, and by their being 
increased by warmth, and especially, at night, 
by the warmth of the bed. The frequent oc- 
currence of oedema along with the affection of 
the joints may serve to distinguish this from 
the other species of the disease. Those joints 
which are surrounded by a large mass of mus- 
cular substance, and which are the most con- 
stantly exerted, are especially liable to it, such 
as the hip, and the joints of the lumbar verte- 
bra;. This state of chronic rheumatism is ac- 

565 



RHE 

companied by a white tongue, thirst, a quick- 
-ened pulse, and a costive state of the bowels. 

2. The second species of chronic rheumatism 
is marked, not by any degree of excitement in 
the system, but by the absence of constitutional 
symptoms. Hence it is not unreasonable to 
believe that there may be a loss of tone in the 
affected part. It is not so common as the pre- 
ceding species, but it sometimes follows it. 
Stiffness of the joint is here the prominent 
symptom. Pain, in this form of the complaint, 
is often not at all felt except on motion, or on 
occasion of changes in the heat or moisture of 
the atmosphere. It is relieved rather than in- 
creased by the warmth of bed. The pain and 
stiffness do not shift from joint to joint. Spon- 
taneous coldness of the limb, and even a degree 
of paralytic torpor, are often complained of by 
the patient. The pulse is seldom quick, or the 
tongue white. 

3. The third species of chronic rheumatism 
is attended with permanent derangement in 
the structure of the joint. This form chiefly 
affects the fingers, but it has been seen, also, in 
the knees and ankles. It is principally met 
with in women, after they have passed the 
period of menstruation. It is attended with 
pain of the joint, particularly severe at night. 

Chronic rheumatism is generally thought to 
be an affection of the fibrous tissues, but is un- 
questionably often purely nervous. It is pro- 
duced by exposure to partial currents of air, to 
moisture, arises from sprains, and is among the 
effects of syphilis and the abuse of mercury. It 
is very tedious, but never fatal of itself. 

Treatment. — No general rules of much im- 
portance can be laid down for the guidance of 
the student in the treatment of chronic rheu- 
matism, but the following points are worthy of 
notice: 

1. In some of the forms of subacute rheu- 
matism, particularly lumbago and sciatica, the 
local abstraction of blood by cupping will bo 
productive of great benefit. Where the pains 
are very severe, it may be even necessary to 
take blood from the arm, which in this state 
of disease will always be found cupped and 
buffy. 

2. The cure of chronic rheumatism may oc- 
casionally be effected by promoting diaphoresis. 
The warm bath may be directed twice in the 
week, provided the pulse be perfectly free from 
all activity. In the same description of cases 
which are benefited by diaphoretics, the vinum 
colchici may be given with great advantage. 
Where this irritates the bowels, it should be 
omitted, and a common saline effervescing 
draught substituted. 

3. Great benefit is experienced in all forms 
of chronic rheumatism by strict attention to the 
bowels. 

"4. Where great torpor and debility of the 
general system prevail, stimulant and tonic med- 
icines of different kinds have been administered 
with advantage. The good effects of all these 
remedies will be considerably aided by the 
diligent use of stimulating embrocations (such 
as the compound camphor or soap liniment), 
friction alone appearing to be a powerful means 
of exciting the languid action of the vessels. 
56fi 



RHE 

The following formula is strongly recommend 
ed by Dr. Bardsley : 

#. Linimenti saponis compositi, fij. 
Liquoris ammonia;, 
Tincturae cantharidis, 

— opii, sing., 3ij. Misce. 

Fiat linimentum. 

In all cases of chronic rheumatism of long 
standing, permanent stiffness of the joint is 
chiefly to be dreaded, to which nothing con- 
tributes so much as neglect of the due exercise 
of the j oint . Exercise, therefore, should always 
be strongly recommended to a rheumatic pa- 
tient. In a few cases, where torpor and stiff- 
ness predominate, the introduction of needles 
into the skin and subjacent cellular membrane 
has proved serviceable. This practice is called 
acupuncturation. 

5. Mercury, pushed so as to affect the mouth, 
is very effectual in the cure of rheumatic affec- 
tions of a chronic nature. The best mode of 
administration is five grains of Plummer's pill, 
taken every night at bedtime. 

C. No one remedy, perhaps, is of such gener- 
al application in the treatment of chronic rheu- 
matism as warm bathing, general and topical. 
In that severe form of the disease which has 
been called nodosity of the joints, scarcely any 
thing else can be relied on to soothe the pain 
and relax the rigid fibres. The efficacy of the 
wann mineral waters, even in very obstinate 
cases, is generally acknowledged. They are 
applicable, however, only in that species of 
rheumatism which is unattended by inflamma- 
tory excitement. The vapor bath is a remedy 
of very decided efficacy, when there is effusion 
into the joints of long standing, which the usual 
antiphlogistic measiu'es have failed to reduce. 

7. In all cases of chronic rheumatism, pain 
is, if possible, to be relieved ; and, generally, 
opium will be found the only effectual resource. 
The best forms of administering opium in this 
disease are Dover's powder (pulv. ipecac, com- 
pos.), in the dose of ten grains every night at 
bedtime. Where opium in every form dis- 
agrees with the system, the extracts of conium 
or hyoscyamus may be substituted ; but the 
relief they afford is very trifling. It is to be 
observed, however, that the exhibition of drugs 
is quite a secondary matter in the treatment of 
common rheumatism. Our chief dependence 
is in suitable clothing ; flannel should be worn 
next to the skin; great care should be taken 
not to expose the person to draughts of air, in 
the dewfall, or to wet; and, in addition, the diet 
must be very plain and nutritious, the exercise 
considerable, and the residence in a mild, uni- 
form, and dry air. Hence change of residence 
is one of the chief means of breaking up an old 
rheumatism. 

There are three forms of chronic rheumatism 
which have acquired specific denominations. 
They are sciatica, or rheumatism about the hip 
joint; lumbago, rheumatism in the loins and 
back ; and pleurodynia, rheumatism in the in- 
tercostal muscles. 

Rheuma'tismus. 1. Rheumatism. 2. Diar- 
rhoea. — Alex, of Thralles. 

Rheuma'tismus cancro'sus. R. larvatus. 
Tic douloureux ; facial neuralgia. 



RHO 

Rheumatophv'ra. Acute or febrile rheuma- 
tism. 

Rheu'mic acid. Oxalic acid. 

Rhe'umin. The rhabarberin of Gieger. 

Rhe'xls. P»?fic. A rupture, or bursting of 
any part. 

Rhin. Piv. The nose. 

Rhinje'us. The compressor lnuis. 

Rhina'lgia. Pain in the nose. 

Rhine'nchytes. A syringe for the nose. 

Rhinopho'nia. The nasal voice. 

RHINOPLA'STIC OPERATION. (From piv, 
the nose, and nlaoou, to form.) The operation 
of restoring a mutilated nose. It is clone by 
, paring away the edges of the injured orgau, and 
then cutting a flap of skin from the forehead of 
sufficient size to make good the mutilation, and 
adjusting it to the nose by means of sutures. 
The flap is not entirely severed from the fore- 
head, but its connection is maintained over a 
small surface for the supply of blood. 

Rhinorrha'gia. Epistaxis. Bleeding at the 
nose. 

Rhisokkha'phv. The removal of a portion 
of the skin of the nose, and uniting the cut 
edges, as in epicanthus. 

Rhiza. Ptfa. A root. 

Rhi'zagra. An instrument lor taking out 
the roots or stumps of teeth. A punch. 

Rhiza'nths. Rhizanthec. A small group of 
plants resembling the fungi, but having distinct 
sexes. 

RHIZOME. Rhizoma. A root-stock ; a pros- 
trate stem, which throws out roots from the un- 
der side. • 

RHIZO'PHORA. (a, cr, f.) A genus of 
plants. Dodecandria. Monogynia. — R. gym- 
norhi'za. The mangrove, the juice of the root 
of which is applied in the East to the bites of 
serpents. 

Rhodia. See Rhodiola. 

RHODIOLA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Dicecia. Octandria. — R. rosea. Rosewort. 
The Radix rhodia. When thy, it has a very 
pleasant smell, like the damask rose. Poultices 
in which this root enters as a chief ingredient 
are said to allay violent pains of the head. 

RHO'DIUM. A rare metal found in crude 
platina. It is a hard white metal. Specific 
gravity, 11-0 ; equivalent, 52*2 ; symbol, R. 

Rhodium lignum. Rosewood. 

RHODIZO'NIO ACID. An important body 
obtained from carbonic oxide. When this gas 
is heated with potassium, union takes place, 
and there is formed a dark olive powder, con- 
sisting of C7O7+K3; this is termed the oxycai'- 
buret of potassium. If placed in water, hy- 
drogen is thrown off", and then results the Rho- 
dizonatc of potash, CSOj-f-SKO. The salts of 
rhodizonic acid are of a red color. When the 
rhodizonate of potash is heated in solution, it is 
resolved into Oxalate of potash, free potash, and 
Croconate of potash. Thus, C 7 07-l-3KO=KO-|- 
C 2 3 ,KO+C 5 4 ,KO. 

RHODODE'NDRON. (on,i,n.) A genus of 
plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Ericaceee. — 
R. chrysanthemum. The yellow rhododendron. 
The leaves of this Siberian plant are remark- 
ably sedative in their effects', and have been 
recommended in rheumatism. The dose is 3J. 



RHO 

to 3ij., of the dried leaves, in decoction. In 
over-doses they are an acro-narcotic poison. 

Rhodo'meli. Honey of roses. 

Rhodome'nia. A genus of seaweeds.. The 
R. palmata is the fucus saccharatus. 

Rhcsa'deje. The Papaveracce. 

Rhce'as. (as, ados, m.) Papaver rhoeas. 

Rhombohe'dron. A solid, the sides of 
which are rhombs. 

RHOMB. Rhombus. A plane quadrilateral 
figure, the angles of which are never 45°, and 
in which the sides are equal. 

Rhomboid. Rhomboidal. A plane, differing 
from the rhomb only in the circumstance that 
the sides are in pairs, and not all equal. 

RHOMBOIDE'US. The name of a muscle 
of the scapula. Rhomboidcus major and minor. 
This muscle is situated immediately under the 
trapezius. We find it usually, though not al- 
ways, divided into two portions, which Albums 
describes as two distinct muscles. The upper- 
most of these, or rhomboideus minor, arises, ten- 
dinous, from the spinous processes of the three 
inferior vertebra) of the neck, and fi - om the liga- 
mentum colli; the lowermost, or rhomboideus 
major, arises, tendinous, from the spinous pro- 
cesses of the back : the former is inserted into 
the basis of the scapula, opposite to its spine ; 
the latter into all the basis of the scapula below 
its spine. Its use is to draw the scapula ob- 
liquely upward and directly backward. 

RHO'NCHUS. (us,i, m. Yoyxoc, rhonchus, 
slertor.) A rattling or wheezing sound. The 
term is applied in auscultation to any preter- 
natural sound accompanying respiration, occa- 
sioned either by the passage of the air through 
fluids obstructing the bronchia or air cells, or 
by constriction of the bronchial tubes. It is 
also called rattle — rale of the French writers. 

There are five species of rattle or rhonchus : 

1. The crepitous. Rale crepitant. — This is 
produced by the successive bursting of minute 
bubbles of a uniform size, and resembles in 
sound the decrepitation of salt over a gentle 
fire. It takes place when the air cells are fill- 
ed with blood, or some fluid of similar consist- 
ence; hence it is observed in the first degree 
of pneumonia, in oedema of the lungs, and in 
the state called engoument. 

2. The mucous. Rale muqueux. — This is 
similar to the sound heard in the windpipe of 
dying persons. It is produced by the passage 
of air through a liquid of some tenacity forming 
bubbles, varying in size and number ; hence the 
sound of the mucous rattle varies considerably, 
according to circumstances. It occurs when 
the bronchia are obstructed with blood, mucus, 
pus, or a mixture of these. Hence it is met 
with in bronchitis, hajmoptysis, phthisis, and 
pneumonia. When the mucous rattle occurs 
in an excavation of the lungs, arising from an 
abscess or any other cause, the sound is aug- 
mented, and it is called cavernous rattle. 

3. The sonorous. Rale sonore. — This is a 
sound which, when slight, resembles the coo- 
ing of a dove, but when stronger, is not unlike 
the sound of snoring. It arises from narrow- 
ing of the bronchial tubes. It is heard in bron- 
chitis. 



4. The sibilant. 



Rale sibilant. — This has a 
567 



RIB 



RIS 



great variety of sound : sometimes it resembles 
a slight chirping, or the clicking of a small valve ; 
at others it is like whistling, more or less sharp 
or grave. It arises from narrowing of the small- 
er bronchial tubes, or from their obstruction by 
very viscid muous. It is therefore heard in 
bronchitis. 

5. The crackling. — This resembles the sound 
caused by the inflation of a dry bladder. It is 
heard only during inspiration, and arises from 
the penetration of air into dry and unequally 
dilated cells. It is heard in pulmonary em- 
physema. 

The different rattles above described are 
heard during coughing as well as breathing, 
and are then generally more distinct. 

Rhopalo'sis. Plica. 

Rhubarb. See Rheum. 

Rhubarb, monk's. Rumex patientia. 

RHUS, (us, i, f. and m.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Trigynia. Terebinthacem. — R. 
coriaria. Italian sumach. Elm-leaved sumach. 
A small tree of the south of Europe. This ap- 
pears to be perfectly innocent. Both the leaves 
and berries are used medicinally, as astringents 
and tonics. — R. glabrum. Common indigenous 
sumach. (U. S.) The fruit is refrigerant and 
tonic, the leaves astringent. — R. metopium. 
The hog-gum-tree of the West Indies yields a 
resinous juice resembling copaiba when fresh, 
and used as a diuretic and topical application 
by the natives. — R. radicans. Rhus toxicoden- 
dron. — R. toxicodendron. R. radicans. Poi- 
son oak, or sumach. The dried leaves have 
been used in paralysis and herpes, but in the 
fresh state are very poisonous. The dose of the 
dried leaves may be from half a grain, gradual- 
ly increased to four grains, two or three times 
a day. — R. vemix. Swamp sumach. This 
and the former are well known for their nox- 
ious effects upon some persons. They produce 
an erysipelatous inflammation, which, howev- 
er, usually subsides without injury. 

Rhuthe'nium. A supposed new metal in 
Ural ia n platina. 

RHY'AS. (as,adis,i. Pvac.) A disease of 
the eye, consisting in a decrease or defect of the 
lachrymal caruncle. The defect may becongeni- 
tal, or it may originate from excision, erosion, or 
acrimony. It induces an incurable epiphora. 

RHYTHM. (From pvdfioc, regular move- 
ment.) In Medicine, the regular pulsations of 
the heart, and the pulse, which are said to be 
in rhythm when equable in force, &c. 

RHYTIDO'SIS. PvTidumc. Corrugation of 
any part. Atrophy or shriveling up of the eye- 
ball. 

Rib. See Costa. 

RI'BES. (es, is, n.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Monogynia. Grossulacea. — R. 
nigrum. The black currant. It is said to be 
peculiarly useful in sore throats, and to possess 
a diuretic power in a very considerable degree. 
— R. rubrum. The red currant. It is esteem- 
ed to be moderately refrigerant, antiseptic, at- 
tenuant, and aperient. It may be used with 
considerable advantage to allay thirst in most 
febrile complaints, to lessen an increased secre- 
tion of bile, and to correct a putrid and scorbutic 
etate of the fluids. 
568 



Riblkss. Enervis. 

Ribwort. Plantago lanceolata. 

Rice. Oryza sativa. 

RICHARDSO'NIA. (a, «, f.) A genus of 
rubiaceous plants, of which R. braztticnsis vel 
scabra yields the undulated, or white ipecac- 
uanha. 

Richweed. Acta?a racemosa. 

RI'CINUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The castor-oil 
plant. 2. A genus of plants. Moncecia. Mon- 
adelphia. Euphorbiacem. — R. communis. R. 
vulgaris. The castor-oil plant. The seeds of 
this plant are a drastic cathartic, but the oil ex- 
pressed from them is mild, thick, of a nauseous 
taste, and a safe and speedy cathartic in doses . 
of f. 3iv. to f. §j. The disagreeable taste of cas- 
tor oil is in a measure removed by brandy or 
alcohol; and it may be advantageously com- 
bined with one third of the tinctura sennse 
composita. 

Ricinub major. Jatropha curcas. 

Rickets. See Rhachitis. 

RI'CTUS. (its, us, m. ; from ringo, to grin.) 
The grinning mouth, or opening between the 
two lips of a ringent or personate flower. 

Riga balsam. The balsamum carpathicum. 

Rigid. Rigidus. Hard, with some degree 
of inflexibility or brittleness. 

RI'GOR. (or, oris, m. ; from piyeu, to shiver.) 
A sudden coldness, attended by a shivering, 
more or less perfect ; a symptom which ushers 
in many diseases, especially fevers and acute 
inflammations of internal parts : it also is pro- 
duced by nervous complaints, and by some op- 
erations, as passing a bougie, &c. 

Rigor mortis. The muscular rigidity which 
takes place a few hours after death. 

RI'MA. (a, a, f.) A fissure or opening. 

Rima glo'ttidis. The opening of the larynx, 
through which the air passes in respiration. 

Rimo'sus. Full of cracks. 

RIMU. A taxaceous tree of New Zealand, 
the Dacrydium cuprcssinum : the extract of the 
bark resembles kino. 

Ri'mula. A small fissure. 

Ring. Annulus. 

RING, FEMORAL. An opening bounded in 
front by Poupart's ligament, behind by the 
pubes, on the outer side by the femoral vein, on 
the inner by Gimbernat's ligament. 

Ring, external abdominal. A triangular 
opening above the crest of the pubes, formed 
by separation of the fibres of the aponeurosis 
of the obliquus externus. 

Ring, internal abdominal. An oblique 
opening ia the fascia transversalis, about half 
an inch above Poupart's ligament. 

Ring-worm. Herpes circinatus. 

Ring-worm of the scalp. See Porrigo. 

Ri'ngent. Ringens. Gaping: applied to 
the corolla of flowers. 

RIPOGO'NIUM PARVIFLO'RUM. The 
kareao, or sarsaparilla of New Zealand. A plant 
of the family Smilacea, said to possess the 
same properties as sarsaparilla: it yields 12 per 
cent, of extract. 

Risagon. Cassumuniar. 

Risigallum. An old name of orpiment. 

Risorius. A- portion of the platysma my- 
oides. — Santorini. 



R08 

RI'SUS. (us, us, m.) Laughter. 

Risus caninus. See Spasmus cynicus. 

Risus sardonicus. R. spasticus. Sardonic 
laugh. Sardiasis. A kind of convulsive grin, 
observed chiefly in cases of tetanus and inflam- 
mation of the diaphragm. It gives a peculiarly 
horrible aspect to the countenance. 

ROASTING. A chemical process, generally 
performed in crucibles, by which mineral sub- 
stances are divided, some of their principles 
being volatilized, and others changed, so as to 
prepare them for other operations. 

ROB. (Rob, dense. Arabic.) An old term 
for an inspissated juice. 

Rob antisyphilitique. A French medicine, 
which consists of a rob or syrup, made of the 
Arxmdo phragmites, sarsaparilla, and aniseed, 
with the addition of corrosive sublimate. 

ROBI'NIA. (a, <c, f.) A genus of trees. 
Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — R. 
amara of Cochin China yields tonic roots, much 
used in diarrhoEa. — R. pseudacacia. The com- 
mon locust-tree. The flowers are said to be an- 
tispasmodic. 

Ro'borant. Roborans. Corroborant. 

Roc cell a. Lichen roccella. 

Roche alum. Alumen rupeum. 

Roche's embrocation. A celebrated nos- 
trum for the hooping-cough. It consists of olive 
oil, mixed with about half its quantity of the 
oils of cloves and amber. 

Rochelle salt. Soda tartarizata. 

Rockambole. The allium scorodoprasum. 

Rock oil. Petroleum. 

Rocket. R., Roman. R., wild. Brassica 
eruca. 

RODE'NTIA. An order of mammalia, in- 
cluding the rats, squirrels, rabbits, and gnaw- 
ing animals. 

Rod-shaped. Virgate. 

ROLLER. A long, narrow cotton or linen 
bandage, in common use with surgeons. 

Roman vitriol. Sulphate of copper. 

ROME, CLIMATE OF. The climate of 
Rome is veiy genial, and remarkably still and 
equable ; it is hence highly commended by Sir 
James Clark as a place of residence for the 
phthisical, especially during winter. 

Root. Radix. 

Rorella. Drosera rotundifolia. 

ROS. (os, oris, ra..; from the Hebrew.) Dew. 

Ros calabrinus. Calabrian manna. 

Ros marinus. Rosmarinus officinalis. 

Ros solis. Drosera rotundifolia. 

RO'SA. (a, a, f.) 1. Sometimes used for 
erysipelas. 2. A genus of plants. Icosandria. 
Polygynia. Rosacea. — jR. alba. The white 
rose. The flowers have inferior virtues to those 
of the damask. — R.canina. R. sylvestris. The 
dog-rose, or wild brier. The fruit, called heps 
or hips, has a sourish taste, and obtains a place 
in the pharmacopoeias in the form of conserve. 
It is employed to give form to more active 
remedies, in pills, boluses, linctuses, &c. — R. 
eentifolia. The damask, cabbage, or hundred- 
leaved rose. R. damascena. R. pallida. The 
pharmacopoeias direct a syrup to be prepared 
from the petals of this rose, which is found to 
be a pleasant and useful laxative for children, 
or to obviate costiveness in adults. This flower 



ROS 

yields the rose oil and water .—R . galliea. The 
red or French rose. R. rubra. The flowers are 
used for their astringent qualities, which are 
most considerable before the petals expand; 
and, therefore, in this state they are chosen for 
medicinal use, and ordered in different prepa- 
rations, as those of a confection, a honey, an in- 
fusion, and a syrup. The infusion of roses (in 
fusum rosce) is a grateful, cooling subastringent, 
and is useful in hannoptysis and other haomor- 
rhagic complaints; its efficacy, however, de- 
pends on the sulphuric acid added. 

ROSACEA. The rose tribe of dicotyledo- 
nous plants. Herbaceous plants and shrubs, 
with leaves alternate; flowers, polypetalous ; 
stamens, perigynous ; ovaria, superior, solitary, 
or several ; fruit, one-seeded nuts, or acini, or 
follicles containing several seeds. 

Rosa'ceus. Rose-like; rose-colored 

Rosacic acid. There is deposited from the 
urine of persons laboring under gout and in- 
flammatory fevers, especially intermittents, a 
sediment of a rose color. It was called rosacic 
acid by Proust, but is only uric acid stained 
with uro-erythrine. 

ROSA'LIA. (a, m, f.) A name which seems 
to have been applied both to measles and scar- 
latina. 

Rose. See Rosa; also, Erysipelas. 

Rose, Christmas. Helleborus niger. 

Rose-rash. Roseola. 

Rose-root. Rosea radix. Rhodiola rosea. 

Ros ebay willow-herb. Epilobium angus- 
tifolium. 

Rosemary. Rosmarinus officinalis. 

ROSE'OLA. (a, ce, f. ; from rosa, a rose : so 
called from the color of the rash.) A rose-col- 
ored efflorescence, variously figured, without 
wheals or papula;, and not contagious. It is 
mostly symptomatic, occurring in connection 
with different febrile complaints, and requiring 
no deviation from the treatment respectively 
adapted to them. 

Its principal varieties are: 1. Roseola mstiva. 
This appears first on the face and neck, and in 
the course of a day or two is distributed over 
the whole body, producing a considerable de- 
gree of itching and tingling. It wholly disap- 
pears by the fifth day. Light diet and acidula- 
ted drinks, with occasional laxatives, palliate the 
symptoms. 2. The Roseola autumnalis occurs 
in children in the autumn, in distinct circular 
or oval patches, which gradually increase to 
the size of a shilling, and ore of a dark damask* 
rose hue. 3. The Roseola annulata occurs on 
almost every part of the body, in rose-colored 
rings, with central areas of the usual color of 
the skin. 4. Roseola infantilis is a closer rash, 
occurring in infants during the irritation of den- 
tition, ot disordered bowels, and in fevers. 5. 
Roseola variolosa occurs previously to the erup- 
tion both of the natural and inoculated small- 
pox, but seldom before the former. It appears 
in the inoculated disease on the second day of 
the eruptive fever, which is generally the ninth 
or tenth after inoculation. It is first seen on 
the arms, breast, and face, and on the follow- 
ing day it extends over the trunk and extrem- 
ities. It continues three days. G. Roseola 
vaccina appears generally in a congeries of dots 



ROU 

and small patches, but is sometimes diffuse, like 
the former ; it takes place on the ninth or tenth 
day after vaccination, at the place of inocula- 
tion, and at the same time with the areola that 
is formed round the vesicle, from whence it 
spreads irregularly over the whole surface of 
the body. 7. Roseola miliaris often accompa- 
nies an eruption of miliary vesicles after fever. 

Ro'seus. Of a rose-red color. 

Rosewood. A beautiful wood well known 
in commerce. It is said by Don to be the 
produce of the Physocalymnia floribunda. The 
powder has been used as an errhine. 

Rosewort. Rhodiola rosea. 

Rosin. The resin of the turpentine pines. 
Colophony. 

ROSMARINUS, (us, i, m.) 1. Rosemary. 
2. A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. 
LabiatecB. — R. officinalis. R. hortensis. The 
common rosemary. The leaves and tops of this 
plant have a fragrant, aromatic smell, and a 
bitterish, pungent taste. They are said to be a 
nervous stimulant. The oil {Oleum rosmarini) 
is officinal ; it is used in the compound spirit of 
lavender and soap liniment. Dose of the oil, 
gtt. ij. to gtt. vj. 

Rosmarinus sylvestris. Ledum palustre. 

Roste'llum. A little beak. See Corculum. 

Rostrate. Rostra' lus. Having a bill.or 
beak. 

ROS'TRUM. (um, i, n. ; from rodo, to gnaw; 
because birds use it to tear their food with.) 
1. A beak. 2. The flesh which hangs between 
the divisions of the double hare-lip is called 
Rostrum leporinum. 

Rosy-drop. Acne rosacea. 

Rota'ceous. Rotaceus. Wheel-like. 

Rotaci'smus. The harsh or aspirated vibra- 
tion of the letter r or p. 

Rotang. Calamus rotang. 

ROTA'TION. Rotatio. A revolving motion. 
I. The motion of a limb around its joint. 2. In 
Obstetrics, the spontaneous and circular motiou 
of the fetus upon the planes of the pelvis. 

ROTA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from roto, to 
turn.) A muscle, the office of which is to ro- 
tate the part upon which it acts. 

Rotate. Rotatus. Wheel-like. 

ROTI'FERA. An order of infusory animals, 
furnished with circular ciliated organs near the 
mouth, which appear to be constantly moving. 

Ro'tula. 1. The patella. 2. A lozenge. 

Rotundus. Round. 

Rouge. See Cartkamns tinctorius. 

ROUND. Rotundus. Many parts of ani- 
mals and vegetables receive this name from 
their shape; as round ligaments, round fora- 
men, &c, and leaves, stems, seeds, &c. 

Round-leaved sorrel. Rumex scutatus. 

Round ligament. Ligamentum rotundum. 
A bundle of vessels and fibres contained in a 
duplicature of the peritoneum, that proceeds, 
one from each side of the uterus, through the 
abdominal rings, and is attached to the pubis. 

Roup. Croup. 

Rousseau's drops. Gouttes de I' Abbe Rous- 
seau. Laudanum Abbalis Rousseau. Vinum 
opii fermentalione paratum. Take of honey, 
Jxij. ; warm water, Ibiij. ; set it in a warm place 
till it begins to ferment, then add opium, 1 iv., 
570 



RUB 

dissolved in jxij. of water ; let it ferment for a 
month ; evaporate it to f x. ; strain, and add 
rectified alconol, s=ivss. 

Royal preventive. A quack lotion, consist- 
ing of a solution of acetate of lead. It is sold 
as a preventive against the venereal disease. 

Royal stitch. An old operation for the 
cure of inguinal hernia, which consisted in put- 
ting a ligature round the neck of the sac, where- 
by adhesive inflammation was excited. 

RUBE'DO. (o, inis,i.; from ruber, red.) A 
diffused, but not spotted, redness in any part of 
the skin, such as that which arises from blush- 
ing. 

RUBEFACIENT. (Rubefaciens ; from ru- 
befacio, to make red.) Any substance is so 
called which, when applied a certain time to 
the skin, induces a redness without blistering. 

RUBE'OLA. (a, ee, f. ; from rubeo, to be- 
come red.) The measles; called, also, Mor- 
billi. This disease is known by inflammatory 
fever, hoarseness, dry cough, sneezing, drowsi- 
ness; about the fourth day, eruption of small 
red points, discernible by the touch, which, 
after three days, end in mealy desquamation. 
The blood, after venesection, exhibits an inflam- 
matory crust. In addition to the symptoms al- 
ready related, it is remarkable that the eyes 
and eyelids always show the presence of this 
disease, being somewhat inflamed and suffused 
with tears. The fever continues during the 
whole progress of the disease. In systems of 
nosology, several varieties of measles are men- 
tioned, but they may all be comprehended un- 
der two heads : the one attended with more or 
less of the symptoms of general inflammation, 
the other accompanied by a typhoid diathesis. 

The measles may prevail at all seasons of the 
year as an epidemic, but the middle of winter 
is the time they are usually most prevalent ; and 
they attack persons of all ages, but children are 
most liable to them. They prove most unfa- 
vorable to such as are of a plethoric or scrofu- 
lous habit. Like the small-pox, they very sel- 
dom affect persons more than once during life. 
Their contagion appears to be of a specific na- 
ture. On the ninth or eleventh day, no trace 
of redness is to be found, but the skin assumes 
its wonted appearance ; yet, unless there have 
been some considerable evacuations, either by 
the skin or by vomiting, the patient will hardly 
recover strength, but the cough will continue, 
the fever return with new violence, and bring 
on great distress and danger. 

In the more alarming cases, spasms of the 
limbs, subsultus tendinum, delirium, or, what 
more frequently happens, coma, supervene. 
This last symptom so frequently attends the 
eruptive fever of measles, that by some prac- 
titioners it is regarded as one of its diagnostics. 

The measles, even when violent, do not gen- 
erally manifest a typhoid tendency; but it some- 
times happens that such a disposition prevails, 
both in the course of the disease and at its 
termination. In such cases, petechia are to 
be observed interspersed among the eruptions ; 
and these last become livid, or assume almost a 
black color. Hemorrhages break out from dif- 
ferent parts of the body ; the pulse becomes 
frequent, feeble, and perhaps irregular; nni- 



RUB 

versal debility ensues, and the patient is destroy- 
ed. 

In those cases where there is much fever, 
with great difficulty of breathing, and other 
symptoms of pneumonic inflammation, or where 
there is great debility, there will always be 
considerable danger ; but the consequences at- 
tendant on the measles are in general more to 
be dreaded than the immediate disease ; these, 
which are termed the sequela; of measles, are 
hectic, pneumonia, the development of phthisis 
or scrofula, ophthalmia, diarrhoea, dysentery, 
and sometimes dropsy. 

Willan has pointed out a spurious kind of 
measles, Rubeola sine catarrho, in which there 
is little fever or catarrh, and which is not a 
preservative against the attack of true measles. 

Treatment. — As it usually appears, the object 
is to moderate the accompanying fever, and at- 
tend to the state of certain organs, particularly 
the lungs and the bowels. When there are no 
urgent local symptoms, it will be commonly 
sufficient to pursue the general antiphlogistic 
plan, avoiding, however, too free or sudden 
exposure to cold, keeping the bowels open, and 
encouraging diaphoresis by mild antimonials, 
&c. Sometimes, however, in plethoi'ic habits, 
especially where the lungs are weak, it will be 
proper to begin by a moderate abstraction of 
blood. Where the eruption has been impru- 
dently checked, much distress usually follows, 
and it will be advisable to endeavor to bring it 
out again by the warm bath, with other means 
of increasing the action of the cutaneous ves- 
sels. Should an inflammatory determination to 
the lungs occur, more active evacuations must 
be practiced. (See Pneumonitis.) The cough 
may be palliated by expectorants, demulcents, 
&c. ; and an occasional emetic will be proper 
when there is much wheezing. Where diar- 
rhoea takes place, it is better not to attempt to 
suppress it at once ; but, if troublesome, mod- 
erate it by small doses of opium, assisted, per- 
haps, by astringents. At the decline of the dis- 
order, much attention is often required to pre- 
vent phthisis pulmonalis supervening. Should 
the disorder ever put on a typhoid character, 
the general plan pointed out under Typhus 
must be pursued. 

Ru'ber. Red. 

RU'BIA. {a, ee, f.) A genus of plants. 
Tetrandria. Monogynia. Rubiacem. — R. tinc- 
torum. The madder plant. Dyer's madder. 
The roots were formerly considered as a deob- 
struent, detergent, and diuretic, but are now 
very seldom used. 

RUBIACE'jE. The cinchona tribe of dico- 
tyledons. Trees, shrubs, and herbs with leaves 
simple, entire, opposite, rarely verticillate ; 
flowers, rather unisexual by abortion, gamope- 
talous, perigynous, four to five divisions; sta- 
mens, alternate, with lobes of corolla; fruit, 
baccate, capsular, or drupaceous ; one or many 
celled, the cells one or many seeded ; seeds with 
large albumen. 

Rubi'ginous. Rubiginosus. Of a rusty color. 

RUBI'GO. (o, inis, f. ; a colore rubro, from 
its red color.) 1. Rust. 2. The red mildew 
or rust of grain plants. , 

Rubigo cupri. Verdigris. 



RUM 

Rubigo fkkri. Ferri sesquioxydum. 

Rdbi'nus. R. verus. Anthrax. 

Ru'brin. Haematosin. 

Ru'bula. The yaws. — Good. 

RU BUS. {us, i, m.) A genus of plants 
Icosandria. Polygynia. Rosacea: — R. arcti 
cus. The shrubby strawberry. The berries, 
Baccce norlandicte, are recommended by Lin- 
naeus as possessing antiseptic, refrigerant, and 
antiscorbutic qualities. — R. ceesius. The dew- 
berry plant, the fruit of which resembles the 
blackberry in appearance and qualities. — R. 
chamamorus. The cloudberry or knotberry. 
The fruit is said to be refrigerant and antiscor- 
butic. — R. fruticosus. The common bramble. 
The blackberry. The hemes are wholesome 
and gently aperient. — R. idaus. The raspber- 
ry. The fruit allays heat and thirst, and pro- 
motes the natural excretions. A syrup was 
formerly officinal. — R. tHvialis, low black- 
berry or American dewberry, and R. villosus, 
hedge blackberry, are officinal in the United 
States. Both theso plants yield an astringent 
and tonic root, very useful in the simple diar- 
rhoea of the summer. Dose of the small roots, 
or of the bark of the larger, 9j. to 3ss., in pow- 
der or decoction. 

Ru'ctus. (us, us, m.) An eructation. 

Ruk. Ruta graveolens. 

Ruk, goat's. Galega officinalis. 

Rue, wall. Asplenium murale. 

Kufi pilule. Rufus's pills. A compound 
very similar to the pilula aloes cum myrrha. 

Ru'fus. Of a brownish-red orange color. 

Ru'ga. (a, </>, f.) A wrinkle. 

Ru'gine. An instrument to remove the dis- 
eased parts of bones. 

Rugo'se. Rugosus. Rugged ; wrinkled. 

RUM. Spirilus Jamaicensis. A spirituous 
liquor distilled from molasses. 

Ru'men. The first stomach of ruminants; 
the paunch. 

RU'MEX. (ex, icis, m.) 1. The dock. 2. 
a genus of plants. Hexandria. Trigynia. 
Polygonacem. — R. acetosa. The common sor- 
rel. Sour dock. The leaves are sour, but not 
the root, which is bitter. — R. acutus. The 
sharp-pointed wild dock. The decoction of the 
root of this plant is used in Germany to cure 
the itch, and in leprous and impetiginous affec- 
tions. It is astringent, tonic, and perhaps al- 
terative. — R. alpinus. The monks' rhubarb. 
The root is laxative. — R. aquaticus. Rumex 
hydrolapathum. — R. britannicus. Yellow-root- 
ed dock. (U. S.) The root of this is very sim- 
ilar to that of the Rumex hydrolapathum. — R. 
crispus. — The crisp-leaved dock, formerly used 
as an antiscorbutic. — R. hydrolapathum. R. 
aquaticus. The leaves manifest considerable 
acidity, and are said to possess a laxative qual- 
ity. The root is strongly astringent, and has 
been much employed, both externally and in- 
ternally, for the cure of some diseases of the 
skin, as scurvy, lepra, lichen, &c. The root, 
powdered, is said to be an excellent dentifrice. 
Dose, 3J. of the dried root, in decoction. — R 
obtusi/olius. Blunt-leaved dock (U. S.) re- 
sembles in properties the Rumex alpinus. — R. 
patientia. The garden patience.' The root of 
this plant is supposed to possess the virtues of 

571 



EUP s 

rhubarb, but iii an inferior degree. It is ob- 
viously more astringent than rhubarb, but comes 
very far short of its purgative virtue. — R. san- 
guineus. The bloody dock, the root of which 
has an austere and astringent taste, and is some- 
times given in the cure of diarrhoeas. — R. scu- 
tatus. The French sorrel. Its virtues are sim- 
ilar to those of common sorrel. Rumex acetosa. 
RUMINA'NTIA. . Ruminants. Those ani- 
mals which chew the cud; as the ox, deer, 



RUMINA'TION. {Ruminatio, onis, f.) A 
second mastication, or the chewing of the food 
that has been swallowed and is again brought 
up into the mouth. Chewing the cud. Among 
quadrupeds, this function is peculiar to the or- 
der of animals called Pecora by Linnaeus, and 
Ruminantia by Cuvier, which have four stom- 
achs. A less perfect kind of rumination is ob- 
served in some fish, and, as a morbid phenom- 
enon, it sometimes occurs in the human species. 

Runcinate. Runcina'tus. Notched, with 
the segments turned back. 

Rundlet. An umbellule. 

Runner. The sarmentum. 

Rupellensis sal. Soda tartarizata. 

Rupert's drops. Pyriform drops of unan- 
nealed glass, which burst into atoms when any 
part is broken off. 

R U P I A. . (a, a, £ ; from pvaoc, sordes, as 
indicative of the ill smell and sordid condition 
of the diseased parts.) An eruptive disease, 
characterized by an appearance of broad and 
flattish vesicles, in different parts of the body, 
which do not become confluent : they are slight- 
ly inflamed at the base, slow in their progress, 
and succeeded by an ill-conditioned discharge, 
which concretes into thin and superficial scabs, 
that are easily rubbed off, and presently regen- 
erated ; which circumstance serves to mark the 
distinction between rupia and ecthyma. It 
appeal's under several forms : 

1. Rupia simplex consists of little vesications, 
containing, on their first appearance, a clear 
lymph, and appearing on many parts of the 
body. They leave the surface of a livid or 
blackish color, as if from a thickening of the 
rete mucosum. 

2. Rupia promincns is distinguished by ele- 
vated conical scabs, which are gradually formed 
upon the vesicated bases. A fluted scab is first 
generated, and with some rapidity (e. g., in the 
course of the night), as the fluid of the vesica- 
tion concretes. This extends itself by the suc- 
cessive small advancement of the red border, 
upon which a new scab arises, raising the con- 
cretion above it, so as ultimately to form a 
conical crust, not unlike the shell of a small 
limpet. 

These varieties of rupia are to be combated 
by supporting the system, by means of good, 
light, nutritious diet, and by the use of altera- 
tive and tonic medicines, such as Plummer's 
pill, cinchona, and sarsaparilla. 

3. Rupia escharotica affects only infants and 
young children, when in a cachectic state ; 
whence, among the poor, where it is common- 
ly seen, it often terminates fatally. The vesi- 
cles generally occur on the loins, thighs, and 
lower extremities, and appear to contain a cor- 

572 



RYT 

rosive sanies : many of them terminate with 
gangrenous eschars, which leave deep pits. 

Rupia syphilitica. See Syphilis. 

Rupture. Ruptura. Hernia. 

Rupture-wort. Herniaria glabra. 

RU'SCUS. {us, i, m.) 1. The Ruscus acu- 
leatus. 2. A genus of plants. Diacia. Syn- 
genesia. — R. aculeatus. The butcher 's-broom. 
Knee-holly. The root, which is somewhat 
thick, knotty, and furnished with long fibres, 
externally brown, internally white, and of a 
bitterish taste, has been recommended as an 
aperient and diuretic in dropsies, urinary ob- 
structions, and nephritic cases. It is seldom 
used. — R. hypoglossum. The Vvularia. This 
plant was formerly used against relaxation of 
the uvula, but is now laid aside for more astrin- 
gent remedies. 

Rush. The plants of the genus Cyperus, Ca- 
rex, &c, are called rushes. 

Rush-nut. Cyperus esculentus. 

Rush, sweet. The andropogon schsenan- 
thus and acorus calamus. 

Ruspini's styptic. According to Dr. A. T. 
Thomson, this consists chiefly ot a solution of 
tannic acid in alcohol, diluted with rose water. 

Ruspini's tincture. This consists of orris 
root, cloves, and ambergris, digested in alcohol. 
It is intended to preserve the teeth. 

Russia ashes. The impure potashes. 

Rust. The oxide or crust which forms on 
metals, especially iron, when exposed to the 
air. 

RU'TA. (a, m, f.) 1. Common rue. 2. A 
genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Ru- 
taccm. — R. grave 'olens. The common rue. It 
has a strong, unpleasant smell, and a bitter, 
hot, penetrating taste ; the leaves are so acrid, 
that, by much handling, they have been known 
to irritate and inflame the skin. It is, doubt- 
less, a powerful stimulant, and is considered, 
like other fetid medicines, as possessing atten- 
uating, deobstruent, and antispasmodic pow- 
ers. The dose of the leaves is from fifteen 
grains to two scruples. 

Ruta muraria. Asplenium murale. 

RUTACE'iE. The rue tribe of dicotyle- 
donous plants. Herbaceous plants with leaves 
alternate, dotted ; flowers, symmetrical ; petals, 
alternate with the divisions of the calyx ; 
stamens, hypogynous; ovarium, entire, celled; 
fruit, capsular. 

Ruta'ceum. An infusion of rue in vine- 
gar. 

Ruthe'nium. A new metal found by M. 
Claus in platinum ores, and nearly resembling 
iridium and rhodium. 

Ru'tula. A small species of rue. 

Ruyschia'na tu'nica. The internal surface 
of the choroid membrane of the human eye, 
which Ruysch imagined was a distinct lamina 
from the external surface. 

Rye. Secale cereale. 

Rye, spurred. Secale cornutum. 

Rymer's cardiac tincture. This consists 
of capsicum, camphor, cardamom seeds, rhu- 
barb, aloes, and castor, infused in proof spirit, 
with the addition of a very small quantity of 
sulphuric acid. 

Rytis. Pun?. A wrinkle. 



SAC 



SAC 



s. 



s. 



The symbol for sulphur. 

S. A. The contraction of secundum artem. 
See Prescriptions. 

Sabadilla. Veratrum sabadilla. 

Sabadilline. See Veratria. 

SABBA'TIA. (a, a, f.) 1. The American 
centaury. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
Monogynia. Gentianacece. — S. angularis. An 
indigenous bitter herb, resembling gentian in 
properties. Dose, 3ss. to $j., in infusion. 

Sabi'na. (a, <b, f.) Juniperus sabina. 

SA'BULOUS. (Sabulosus; from sdbulum, 
fine gravel.) Gritty; sandy. Applied particu- 
larly to the phosphatic matter in urine. 

SABU'REA. \a, as, f.) Dirt ; sordes ; filth. 
Foulness of the stomach, of which authors men- 
tion several kinds, as the acid, the bitter, the 
empyreumatic, the insipid, the putrid. 

SACCA'TUS. Saccated: encysted, or con- 
tained in a bag-like membrane. Applied to 
dropsical tumors, &c. 

Saccharic acid. An acid produced by the 
action of dilute nitric acid on sugar. It is isom- 
eric with mucic acid. 

Saccharomy'ces. Syn. of toruhe. 

SA'CCHARUM. (um,i,n.) 1. Sugar. 2. A 
genus of plants. Triandria. Digynia. Gra- 
minaceee. — S. acernum. Maple sugar. — 8. al- 
bum. Refined sugar. — 8. aluminis. Alum 
mixed with dragon's blood and dried. — S. can- 
adense. Maple sugar. — S. candidum. Sugar 
candy. — S. non purificatum. Brown or unpuri- 
fied sugar. — S. officinale. The cane from which 
sugar is obtained. — 8. purificatum. Refined or 
loaf sugar. — S. saturni. Plumbi acetas. 

Saccho-lactic acid. Mucic acid. 

Sacculi adiposi. The bursae mucosa) of the 
joints. 

SA'CCULUS. {us, i, m. ; diminutive of sac- 
cus, a bag. ) A little bag. 

Sacculus chyliferus. The receptaculum 
chyli. 

Sacculus cordis. The pericardium. 

Sacculus lachrymalis. The lachrymal sac. 

Sacculus laryngis. A pouch extending up- 
ward from the ventricle of the larynx to the 
upper border of the thyroid cartilage. 

Sacculus mucosus. A mucous sac lying be- 
hind the tendon of the rectus femoris. 

Sacculus proprius. The smaller of the two 
sacs of the vestibulum, formed by the expan- 
sion of the auditory nerve. The large sac is 
called utriculus communis. 

SA'CCUS. (us, i,m.) A bag. 

Saccus lachrymalis. The lachrymal sac. 

SA'CER. (From sagur, secret, Heb.) Sa- 
cred. 1. Applied to some diseases : hence 
Morbus sacer, the epilepsy ; Ignis sacer, the ery- 
sipelas, &c. 2. Sacer musculus, the transver- 
salis lumborum. 

Sack. Sherry wine. 

Saclactic acid. Mucic acid. 

Sacra herba. Verbena officinalis. 

Sacra tinctura. A tincture made of aloes, 
canella alba, and mountain wine. 



SA'CRAL. Sacratts. Of, or belonging to, 
the sacrum, as sacral arteries, veins, nerves, &c . 

Sa'cro-coccyce'us. A muscle arising from 
the sacrum, and inserted into the os coccygis. 

Sacro-coxalgia. Rheumatism of the hip 
joint. 

Sacro-iliac. Relating to the os sacrum and 
ilium. 

Sacro-ischiatic. Belonging to the sacrum 
and ischium. 

SA'CRO-LUMBA'LIS. Sacro-lumbaris of 
authors. A long muscle extending from the os 
sacrum to the lower part of the neck, under the 
serrati postici, rhomboideus, trapezius, and latis- 
simus dorsi. It arises from the posterior part 
of the os sacrum; from the posterior edge of 
the spine of the ilium ; from all the spinous pro- 
cesses; and from near the roots of the transverse 
processes of the lumbar vertebra?. At the bot- 
tom of the back it separates from the longissimus 
dorsi, with which it had before formed, as it 
were, only one muscle, and ascending oblique 
ly outward, gradually terminates above in a 
very narrow point. Its tendinous side sends 
off as many long and thin tendons as there are 
ribs. The lowermost of these tendons are 
broader, thicker, and shorter than those above ; 
they are inserted into the inferior edge of each 
rib, where it begins to be curved forward to- 
ward the sternum, excepting only the upper- 
most and last tendon, which ends in the pos- 
terior and inferior part of the transverse pro- 
cess of the last vertebra of the neck. From the 
upper part of the five, six, seven, eight, nine, 
ten, or eleven lower ribs (for the number, 
though most commonly seven or eight, varies 
in different subjects), arise as many thin bun- 
dles of fleshy fibres, which, after a very short 
progress, terminate in the inner side of this mus- 
cle, and have been named by Steno musculi ad 
sacro lumbalem accessorii. Besides these, we 
find the muscle sending off a fleshy slip from its 
upper part, which is inserted into the posterior 
and inferior part of the transverse processes of 
the five inferior vertebrae of the neck, by as 
many distinct tendons. This is generally de- 
scribed as a distinct muscle. Diemerbroeck, 
and Douglas and Albinus after him, call it cer- 
vicalis descendens ; Winslow names it transver- 
salis collateralis colli. Morgagni considers it 
as an appendage to the sacro-lumbalis. The 
uses of this muscle are to assist in erecting the 
trunk of the body, in turning it upon its axis 
or to one side, and in drawing the ribs down- 
ward. By means of its upper slip, it serves to 
turn the neck obliquely backward or to one 
side. 

Sa'cro-scia'tic ligaments. The ligaments 
which connect the ossa innominata with the os 
sacrum. 

Sacro-vertebral. Belonging to the os sa- 
crum and the vertebra. 

SA'CRUM. («m, i, n.) Os sacrum. The 
os sacrum derives its name from its being offer- 
ed in sacrifice by the ancients, or perhaps from 

573 



SAF 

its supporting the organs of generation, which 
they considered as sacred. In young subjects 
it is composed of five or six pieces, united by 
■ cartilage ; but in more advanced age it becomes 
one bone, in which, however, we may still easily 
distinguish the marks of the former separation. 
Its shape has been sometimes compared to an 
irregular triangle ; and sometimes, and perhaps 
more properly, to a pyramid flattened before 
and behind, with its basis placed toward the 
lumbar vertebra?, and its point terminating in 
the coccyx. We find it convex behind, and 
slightly concave before, with its inferior portion 
bent a little forward. Its anterior surface is 
smooth, and affords four, and sometimes five 
transverse lines, of a color different from the 
rest of the bone. These are the remains of the 
intermediate cartilages by which its several 
pieces were united in infancy. Its posterior 
convex surface has several prominences, the 
most remarkable of which arc its spinous pro- 
cesses : these are usually three in number, and 
gradually become shorter, so that the third is 
not so long as the second, nor the second as the 
first. This arrangement enables us to sit with 
ease. Its transverse processes are formed into 
one oblong process, which becomes gradually 
smaller as it descends. At the superior part of 
the bone we observe two oblique processes, of 
a cylindrical shape, and somewhat concave, 
which are articulated with the last of the lum- 
bar vertebrae. At the base of each of these ob- 
lique processes is a notch, which, with such an- 
other in the vertebra; above it, forms a passage 
for the twenty-fourth spinal nerve. In view- 
ing this bone, either before or behind, we ob- 
serve four, and sometimes five holes on each 
side, situate at each extremity of the transverse 
lines which mark the divisions of the bone. Of 
these holes, the anterior ones, and of these again, 
the uppermost, are the largest, and afford a 
passage to the nerves. The posterior holes are 
smaller, covered with membranes, and destined 
for the same purpose as the former. Sometimes 
at the bottom of the bone there is only a notch, 
and sometimes there is a hole common to it and 
the os coccygis. The cavity between the body 
of this bone and its processes, for the lodgment 
of the spinal marrow, is triangular, and becomes 
smaller as it descends, till at length it terminates 
obliquely on each side at the lower part of the 
bone. Below the third division of the bone, 
however, the cavity is no longer completely 
bony, as in the rest of the spine, but is defend- 
ed posteriorly only by a very strong membrane ; 
hence a wound in this part may be attended with 
the most dangerous consequences. This bone 
is articulated above with the last lumbar ver- 
tebrae ; laterally, it is firmly united, by a broad, 
irregular surface, to the ossa iunominata, or hip 
bones ; and below it is joined to the os coccygis. 
In women the os sacrum is usually shorter, 
broader, and more curved than in men, by 
which means the cavity of the pelvis is more 
enlarged. 

Safflower. Carthamus tinctorius. 

Saffron. Crocus sativus. 

Saffron, bastard. S. flower. Carthamus 
tinctorius. 

Saffron, meadow. See Colchicum. 
574 



SAL 

Saffron of antimony. See Antimonu vi- 
trutn. 

Saffron of steel. A red oxide of iron. 

SAGAPE'NUM. (wwi, i, n.) A gum-resin 
from an unknown umbelliferous plant. Saga- 
penum is brought from Persia and Alexandria 
in large masses, externally yellowish, internal- 
ly paler, and of a horny clearness. Its taste is 
hot and biting, its smell of the alliaceous and 
fetid kind, and its virtues are similar to those 
which have been ascribed to assafcetida, but 
weaker, and, consequently, it is^less powerful in 
its effects. 

Sage. Salvia officinalis. 

Sage of Bethlehem. S. of Jerusalem. See 
Pulmonaria. 

Sage of virtue. Salvia hortensis minor. 

SAGI'TTAL. (Sagittalis; from sagitta, an 
arrow.) Shaped like an arrow. 

Sagittal suture. (Sutura sagittalis; bo 
named from its lying between the coronal and 
lambdoidal sutures, as an arrow betwixt the 
string and the bow.) Sutura virgata, obelcea, 
rhabdoides. The suture which unites the two 
parietal bones. 

SAGITTA'RIA. («, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Monacia. Polyandria. — S. alexir 
pharmaca. The name of the plant called Ma- 
lacca, cultivated in the West Indies for its root, 
which is supposed to be a remedy for the wounds 
of poisoned arrows. The root of this species, 
called Radix malacca, is sometimes used medi- 
cinally. — S. sagittifolia. The common arrow- 
head, the roots of which are esculent, but not 
very nutritious. 

Sagittate. Sagitta'tus. Arrow-shaped. 

Sago. Sagu. The starchy farina of the 
cycas circiualis and other palm-like plants. 

St. Anthony'b fire. Erysipelas. 

St. Ignatius's bkan. Ignatia amara. 

St. James's wort. Senecio jacobaea. 

St. John's wort. St. Peter's wort. Hyperi- 
cum perforatum. . 

St. Vitus's dance. Chorea. 

SAINT AUGUSTINE, CLIMATE OF. This 
sea-port, in Florida, possesses a mild climate, but 
its equability is somewhat disturbed by winds, 
which nyike it less desirable for the consump- 
tive invalid than Tampa Bay or Mobile. 

SAL. (al, alts, m., and, rarely, neut.) Salt. 
A compound, in defiuite proportions, of an acid, 
with an alkali, earth, or metallic oxide. When 
the proportions of the constituents are so ad- 
justed tliat the resulting substance does not af- 
fect the color of infusion of litmus, it is then 
called a neutral salt. When the predominance 
of acid is evinced by the reddening of these in- 
fusions, the salt is said to be acidulous, and the 
prefix super or hi is used to indicate this ex- 
cess of acid. If, on the contrary, the acid mat- 
ter appears to be in defect, or short of the quan- 
tity necessary for neutralizing the alkalinity of 
the base, the salt is then said to be with excess 
of base, and the prefix sub is attached to its. 
name. 

Sal absinthii. Potassae carbonas. 

Sal acetosell.*:. See Oxalis acctosella, 

Sal jegyptiacum. Nitre. 

Sal alembroth. See Alcmbroth. 

Sal alkahnus fixus. See Alkalifixum. 



SAL 

Sal alkalinus volatilis. Sesquicarbonate 
of ammonia. 

Sal ammoniac. See Ammonite murias. 

Sal ammoniacum acetosum. See Ammonia 
acetatis liquor. 

Sal ammoniacum liquidum. See Ammonia 
acetatis liquor. 

Sal ammoniacum martiale. Sec Fcrri am- 
monio-chloridum. 

Sal ammoniacum secretum glauberi. See 
Sulphas ammonia. 

Sal ammoniacum vegktabile. See Ammonia 
acetatis liquor. 

Sal ammoniacus fixus. Calcii chloridum. 

Sal ammoniacus nitrosus. See Nitras am- 
monia. 

Sal anglicum. Epsom salts. 

Sal antimonii. Antimonium tartarizatum. 

Sal argenti. Argenti nitras. 

Sal catharticus amarus. See Magnesia 
tulphas. 

Sal catharticus anglicanus. See Mag- 
nesia sulphas. 

Sal catharticus Glauberi. See Soda sul- 
phas. 

Sal chalybis. Sulphate of iron. 

Sal communis. See Sodii chloridum. 

Sal cornu cervi volatilis. See Ammonia 
sesquicarbonas. 

Sal culinaris. See Sodii chloridum. 

Sal de duobus. See Potassa sulphas. 

Sal digestivus. Chloride of potassium. 

Sal digestivus sylvii. Acetate of potash. 

Sal diureticus. See Potassa acefas. 

Sal epsomensis. See Magnesia sulphas. 

Sal febrifugus sylvii. Chloride of potas- 
sium. 

Sal fontium. S.fossilis. S. gemma. Com- 
mon salt. 

Sal Glauberi. See Soda sulphas. 

Sal herbarum. See Potassa carbonas. 

Sal marinus. See Sodii chloridum. 

Sal martis. See Fcrri sulphas. 

Sal martis mi?riaticum sublimatum. See 
Ferri ammonio-ckloridum. 

Sal mirabilis Glauberi. See Soda sul- 
phas. • 

Sal muriaticus. See Sodii chloridum. 

Sal perlatum. Phosphate of soda. 

Sal plantarum. See Potassa carbonas. 

Sal polychrestus. Bee Potassa sulphas. 

Sal polychrestus Glaseri. See Potassa 
sulphas. 

Sal polychrestus Seignetti. See Soda 
tartarizata. 

Sal prunell.*:. Nitrate of potash, cast into 
flat cakes or round halls. 

Sal Rupellensis. See Soda tartarizata. 

Sal Saturni. See Plumbi acetas. 

Sal sedativus. See Boracic acid. 

Sal seidlicensis. Sulphate of magnesia. 
See Sedlitz. 

Sal Seignetti. See Soda tartarizata. 

Sal succini. See Succinic acid. 

Sal tartari. See Tartaric acid. 

Sal thkrmarum carolinarum. See Mag- 
nesia sulphas. 

Sal vegetabilis. See Potassa tartras. 

Sal volatilis. See Spiritus ammonia aro- 
vtaticus and Ammonia subcarbonas. 



SAL 

Sal volatilis sahs ammoniaci. See Am- 
monia sesquicarbonas. 

Salaam convulsion. A convulsion attend 
ed with bowings of the head. 

Sala'ciousness. Salacitas. Inordinate pur 
suit of venery. 

Sale p. Salap. See Orchis morio. 

Salica'ria. Lythrum salicaria. 

SA'LICINE. Salicina. A principle discov- 
ered in the bark of most species of willow. It 
crystallizes in fine, silky, colorless scales; is 
neutral; soluble in warm water and alcohol. 
Sulphuric acid changes it to a red color. Its 
formula is C42H23O16-J-GHO. It is an intense 
bitter, and for a time gained reputation as a 
substitute for quinine in ague, which, however, 
it has failed to maintain. It is a very valuable 
stomachic bitter, and often agrees with the 
stomach where quinine proves too stimulating. 
Dose, gr. iv. to gr. vj. 

SALICO'RNIA. \a,a,f.) A genus of plants. 
Monandria. Monogynia. Chcnopodiacea. — S. 
europaa. The jointed glasswort. This plant 
is gathered and sold for samphire, and forms 'a 
good pickle with vinegar. 

SALICY'LE. A hypothetical radical, of the 
form. Ci 4 H 5 0.i; symbol, Sa. The hydurct, or 
Salicylous acid, SaH., is found in the essential 
oil of the meadow-sweet. It is colorless, oily, 
fragrant, pungent; sp. gr., 1-173; boiling at 380°. 
It combines with the haloid bodies and bases. 
Salicylic acid is formed when the above is heated 
with hydrate of potash. Its formula is Sa0 2 II. 
It is crystalline, and very similar to benzoic 
acid. 

Salifiable. Having the property of forming 
a salt. 

SALI'NE. (Salinus; from sal, salt.) Of a 
salt nature. 

Saline draught. Take of bicarbonate of 
potash or soda, 3j. to 33s.; tartaric or citric acid, 
gr. xv. to gr. xxv.; water, with syrup, Jviij. 

Salinuca. Valeriana celtica. 

Salire'tine. A resinous body produced by 
the action of dilute sulphuric acid on salicine. 
Formula, OsoHitO^HO. 

SALI'VA. {a, a, f. ; a salino sapore, from its 
salt taste, or from oiaXoc, spittle.) The fluid 
secreted by the salivary glands. These are the 
parotid glands, the submaxillary glands, the 
sublingual glands. 

The saliva has little odor, scarcely any taste ; 
sp. gr., 1 -008. It is opalescent.and rather viscid: 
about twelve ounces are secreted daily. 1000 
parts contain about 11 of solid matter, of which 
two are ptyaline; there is about - 5 of fat, the 
rest being epithelium scales, mucus, saline mat- 
ter, with - 9 sulphocyanide of potassium. M ialhe 
announces the presence of a substance resem- 
bling, in its action, diastase ; and Leuchs has al- 
ready converted starch into sugar by the action 
of saliva. 

Saliva encloses a considerable volume of ox- 
ygen, which no doubt becomes serviceable in 
digestion. It is also alkaline, and may give tone 
to the stomach. During a meal three or four 
ounces are produced. 

Sali'val. Salivalis. Of, or belonging to, the 
saliva. 

Salival ducts. The excretory ducts of the 
575 



SAL 

salival glands. That of the parotid gland is 
called the Stenonian duct; those of the sab- 
maxillary glands, the Warthonian ducts; and 
those of the sublingual, the Rivinian ducts. 

Salival glands. Those glands which se- 
crete the saliva are so termed. See Saliva. 

Sali'vans. Productive of salivation. 

Saliva'ria. Anthemis pyrethrum. 

Sa'livary. The same as salival. 

Salivary calculi. Concretions, chiefly of 
phosphates with animal matter, found in the 
salivary glands or their ducts. 

SALIVATION. (Salivalio, onis, f.; from 
saliva, the spittle.) See Ptyalism. 

SA'LIX. (ix, ids, f. ; from sala, Heb.) A 
genus of plants. Dimcia. Diandria. Amen- 
tacecc. — S. alba. Salix fragilis. — S. caprea. The 
systematic name of a species of willow, the bark 
of the branches of which possesses the same vir- 
tues with that of the fragilis. — S. fragilis- The 
systematic name of the common crack willow. 
The bark of the branches of this species mani- 
fests a considerable degree of bitterness to the 
taste, and is very astringent. It is recommend- 
ed as a good substitute for Peruvian bark, and 
is said to cure intermittents and other diseases 
requiring tonic and astringent remedies. Not 
only the bark of this species of salix, but those 
also of several others, possess similar qualities, 
particularly of the Salix alba and Salix pentan- 
dra, both of which are recommended in some 
pharmacopoeias. But Dr. Woodville is of opin- 
ion that the bark of the Salix triandra is more 
effectual than that of any other of this genus. 
The dose is from 9j. to jj. of the powdered 
bark. See Salicinc. 

Sa'lmo. A genus of fishes, of the order Ab- 
•dominales. The salmon. 

Salpingo-cyesis. Tubal pregnancy. The 
development of the foetus in the Fallopian tube. 

SALPI'NGO-PHARYNGE'US. (From oal- 
Trty!;, a trumpet, and fyapvy!;, the pharynx.) 
This muscle is composed of a few fibres of the 
palato-pharyngeus, which it assists in dilating 
the mouth of the Eustachian tube. 

Salpi'ngo-staphyli'nus. (From oahntyt;, a 
trumpet, and aratyvXri, the uvula.) See Levator 
palati. 

Salpingo-stafhylinus internus. See Le- 
vator palati. 

Salpinx. SaXniy!;. A tube or trumpet. 

Salsepa'rin. Smilacine. 

Salsify. Tragopogon pratense. 

SALSO'LA. (a, a, f ) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Digynia. Chenopodiacea. Sev- 
eral species are collected and burned for barilla. 
— S. kali. A plant which affords barilla. 

Salt. See Sal. 

Salt, common. Chloride of sodium. 

Salta'tio. Dancing : hence Salt alio Sancti 
Vili for chorea. 

Saltpetre. Nitre. 

Saltus Viti. Chorea. 

Saltwort. Salsola kali. 

Salubri'ous. Salubritas. Healthy. 

SALVATE'LLA. The vein which runs along 
the little finger, unites on the back of the hand 
with the cephalic of the thumb, and empties its 
blood into the internal and external cubital 
veins. » 

576 



SAN 

Salve. The common name for an ointment. 
See Unguentum. 

Salver-shaped. Hypoc'rateriform. 

SALVIA, {a, as, f.) 1. Salvia officinalis, 
or sage. 2. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
Monogynia. Salviaeea. — S. hortensis minor 
The small sage, or sage of virtue. — S. lyrata. 
Cancer weed. — S. officinalis. The garden sage. 
In ancient times sage was celebrated as a rem- 
edy of great efficacy. It has a fragrant, strong 
smell, and a warm, bitterish, aromatic taste, 
like other plants containing an essential oil. — 
S. sclarea. The garden clary. Sclarea hispa- 
nica. The leaves and seeds are recommended 
as corroborants and antispasmodics. They have 
a bitterish, warm taste, and a strong smell, of 
the aromatic kind. The seeds are infused in 
white wine, and imitate muscadel. 

Samara. A species of capsule of a com- 
pressed form, and dry, coriaceous texture, with 
one or two cells. 

SAMBU'CUS. (us,i,f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Trigynia. Caprifoliacecc. — S- 
e'bulus. The dwarf- elder, or danewort. S- 
humilis and S. herbacea. The root, interior 
bark, leaves, flowers, berries, and seeds of this 
plant have been administered medicinally, in 
moderate doses, as resolvents and deobstruents, 
and, in larger doses, as hydragogues. — S . nigra. 
S. vulgaris. S. arborea. The elder-tree. This 
plant has an unpleasant narcotic smell. The 
parts proposed for medicinal use are the inner 
bark, the flowers, and the berries. These parts 
are aperient, and said to be deobstruent and 
sudorific, 

Samian earth. Sami terra. A kind of clay 
from Samos. 

Samphire. Crithmum maritimum. 

Sampsu'chum. Sampsuchus. Amaracum. 

Sana'bile. Sanabilis. Curable. 

Sanatio. Curation. 

SANATIVE. (From sano, to cure.) That 
which cures diseases. 

Sancti Antonii ignis. See Erysipelas. 

Sanctum semen. The wormseed, or santo- 
nicum. 

Sandalifo'rmis. Sandal or slipper like. 

SA'NDARACH. {Sandaracha, m, f. ; from 
saghad narak, Arabic.) This name has been 
given to a kind of gum-resin, and also to real- 
gar, or sulphuret of arsenic. 

Sandara'cha a'rabum. Gum sandarach. 
See Juniperis communis. 

Sandaracha grje'corum. Realgar. 

Sand-bath. See Bath. 

Sanders. Pterocarpus santalinus. 

SANGUIFICA'TION. (Sanguificatio; from 
sanguis, blood, and facio, to make.) A natural 
function of the body, by which the chyle is 
changed into blood. 

Sanguifluxus. Hemorrhage. 

Sanguina'lis. Polygonum aviculare 

SANGUINARIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Papavera- 
cece. — S. canadensis. Blood-root. Puccoon. 
An indigenous perennial plant, the root of 
which is an acrid stimulating emetic and nar- 
cotic. The powdered root has been used in 
rheumatism, pulmonary affections, and as an es- 
charotic to fungoid growths. The dose as an 



SAN 

emetic is gr. x. to 9j. ; but it is not recom- 
mended for this purpose, as it reduces the pulse 
in the same way as digitalis. 

Sangui'narine. An alkaline principle said 
to exist in the root of the Sanguinaria cana- 
densis, and, probably, the same as cheleryth- 
rine. 

SANGUI'NEOUS. (Sanguineus; from san- 
guis, blood.) Bloody ; appertaining to the 
blood. 1. In Natural History, a red or blood 
color. 2. In Physiology and Pathology, applied 
to certain conditions of the body, to diseases, 
and to appearances of the solids and fluids ; as 
sanguineous temperament, sanguineous apo- 
plexy. 

Sanguineous apoplexy. See Apoplexy. 

Sanguinis missio. Blood-letting. 

Sangui'nolent. Tinged with blood ; bloody. 

Sanguipu'rgium. A gentle fever, or such a 
one as, by its discharges, was supposed to puri- 
fy the blood. 

SA'NGUIS. (is, inis, m.) Sec Blood. 

Sanguis draconis. Dragon's blood. 

SANGUISO'RBA. (a, m, f.) A genus of 
plants. Triandria. Monogynia. — S. officinalis. 
The Italian pimpernel, which was formerly 
much esteemed as an astringent, but is not now 
hi use. 

Sanguisu'ga. The leech. See Leech. 

Sanguisugum. A barbarous term for a con- 
gestion of blood in the heart. 

Sanicle. Sanicula europaja. 

Sanicle, Yorkshire. Pinguicula vulgaris. 

SANI'CULA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Digynia. Umbeliifercc. — S. ebo- 
race7isis. Pinguicula vulgaris. — S. europaa. 
The sanicle. Sanicula mas. This plant was 
formerly recommended as a mild astringent. 
Its sensible qualities are a bitterish and some- 
what austere taste, followed by an acrimony 
which chiefly affects the throat. 

Sanido'des. Saniodcs. One with a narrow, 
flat chest. 

SA'NIES. (es, ei, f.) A thin, unhealthy 
discharge, with or without an admixture of 
blood or pus, from fistula; or ill-conditioned sores. 

Sa'nitas. Health. 

SANTA CRUZ. This West Indian island is 
often selected as a place of residence for the 
consumptive, Hut is, on the whole, inferior to 
the other West Indian Islands. 

SA'NTALUM. (mot, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Tetrandria. Monogynia. Sanders. 
— S. album. The white and yellow sanders: 
called, also, Santalum citrinum and Santalum 
pallidum. The yellow sanders has an agree- 
able odor, like roses, and is much esteemed in 
the East as a perfume. 

Santalum rubrum. Pterocarpus santa- 
linus. 

Santoli'na. Artemisia santonica. 

Santolina cham-e-cyparissus. The sys- 
tematic name of the lavender cotton. 

Santo'nicum. Artemisia santonica. 

Santonin. A non-azotized crystalline body, 
derived from the artemisia santonica. 

SANTORI'NI FISSU^RjE. The fissures or 
interruptions in the cartilaginous portion of the 
meatus auditorius externus are so named, after 
Santorini. 

Oo 



SAP 

Santorini tubercula. The little projec- 
tions on the top of the arytenoid cartilages 
which support the ligaments of the glottis. 

Santorini ven.e emissorls:. See Emissoria 
santorini. 

Sap. The ascending unelaborated fluid of 
plants, which is little more than the water of 
the soil. 

Saphada. A name given by Paracelsus to a 
scaly disease of the hairy scalp, resembling tinea, 
except that the scales are reddish. 

SAPHE'NA. (From aatync, conspicuous.) 
Vena saphena:. The two large veins of the leg, 
which ascend from the toes over the external 
and internal ankle, and evacuate part of the 
blood from the foot into the popliteal veins. 

Sapid. Possessed of taste ; not insipid. 

SAPI'NDUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
Octandria. Digynia. The soap-tree. — S. sa- 
ponaria. The plant which affords the soap- 
nuts, or soap-berries ; called, also, Baccaibsrmu- 
denscs. A globular fruit, about the size of a 
cherry, yellow, glossy, and so transparent as to 
show the spherical black nut within. The tree 
grows in Jamaica. It is said that the cortical 
part of this fruit has a bitter taste, that it raises 
a soapy froth with water, and that it is a medi- 
cine of singular and specific virtue in chlorosis. 

SA'PO. (o, onis, m.) Soap. A compound, 
in definite proportions, of certain acids in oils, 
fats, or resins, with a salifiable base, usually soda 
or potash. These oily and fat bodies are com- 
pounds of the stearic, oleic, margaric, &c., acids, 
with glycerine, and by the action of alkalies are 
decomposed, and stearates, &c, of the alkalies 
formed. 

The medicinal soap, Sapo amygdalinus, is 
made with oil of sweet almonds, and half its 
weight of common potash. Common or soft 
soap, Sapo mollis, is made of potash and oil or 
tallow. Spanish, or Castile soap, Sapo durus, 
of oil of olives and soda or barilla. Soap was 
formerly much used in jaundice, but is now 
seldom employed except externally as a resolv- 
ent and detergent. 

Sapo terebi'nthinje. Starkey's soap. This 
is made of one part of dried and warm subcar- 
bonate of potash, and three parts of oil of tur- 
pentine. The heated alkali is to have the oil 
of turpentine gradually blended with it in a 
warm mortar. Indolent swellings were for- 
merly rubbed with this application, and some 
chronic affections of the joints might be bene- 
fited by it. 

SAPONA'RIA. (a, m, f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Digynia. Caryophyllacea. — S. 
nu'cula. The soap-nut. See Sapindus. — S. 
officinalis. The soapwort, or bruisewort. The 
root is employed medicinally ; it has no pecu- 
liar smell ; is sweetish, glutinous, somewhat bit- 
ter, and slightly acrid. It is said to be altera- 
tive, and was formerly used in syphilis, gout, 
rheumatism, and jaundice, in the form of de- 
coction. 

Sapo'nka. The name of a pectoral modi 
cine, prepared with infusion of violets, sugar 
and oil of almonds. 

Saponification. The act of submitting oily 
bodies to the action of a strong solution of pot 
ash or soda, with* heat. 

577 



S AR 

SAPONULE. Saponulus. A combination 
of a volatile or essential oil with different bases ; 
as Saponule of ammonia, &c. 

Sapo'ta. Achras sapota. 

Sappan lignum. Ctesalpinia sappan. 

Sapropy'ra. Typhus gravior. 

Sapros. "Lanpog. Foul; putrid. 

Saracen's consound. Solidago virgaurea. 

SARATO'GA SPRINGS. StateofNew 
York. There are numerous springs, but the 
principal is the Congress Spring. This contains 
carbonates of soda, in ignesia, lime, and iron ; 
and it is said, also, iodides of sodium and po- 
tassium. It is highly charged with carbonic 
acid gas. Some of the springs contain sulphu- 
reted hydrogen ; but, on the whole, they may 
be considered very valuable saline springs. 

Sarcimina'lis. The allantoid. 

Sarcina ventriculi. A minute (-pJ^th of 
an inch) square, transparent, yellowish cryp- 
togamic plant, found by Mr. Goodsir in the 
fluid of Pyrosis. 

Sarci'tks. Anasarca. 

SA'ROIUM. Sarcion. (D'uninutivo of 
aap!;, flush.) A caruncle, or small fleshy excres- 
cence. 

Sarcocarp. The fleshy part of fruits. 

SAUCOCE'LE. (e, es, f . ; from aap?, flesh, 
and KifAr), a tumor.) Hernia carnosi. Scir- 
rhus or cancer of the testicle. It commences 
a3 a hard tuinir, more or less tuberculated, and 
may be nearly free from pain. In this state 
it may remain for years; but in other cases it 
takes on the inflammatory state very rapidly. 
There is darting pain, reaching to the loins, 
and the parts run into an ulcerated state, which 
finds its way through the integuments. A 
phagedenic ulcer is produced, with hard edges, 
or there is a bleeding fungus. 

Sometimes an accumulation of water takes 
place in the tunica vaginalis, producing that 
mixed appearance called the hydro-sarcocelc. 
At other times there is no fluid in the cavity 
of the tunica vaginalis; but the body of the 
testicle itself is formed into cells, containing 
either a turbid kind of water, a bloody sanies, 
or a purulent fetid matter. Sometimes the dis- 
order seems to bo merely local, that is, confined 
to the testicle, not proceeding from a tainted 
habit, nor accompanied with diseased viscera, 
the patient having all the general appearances 
and circumstances of health, and deriving his 
local mischief from an external injury. At 
other times, a pallid, leaden countenance, in- 
digestion, frequent nausea, colicky pains, sud- 
den purgings, &c.. sufficiently indicate a vitiated 
habit and diseased viscera, winch diseased visce- 
ra may also sometimes be discovered and felt. 

The progress, also, which it makes from the 
testis upward, toward the spermatic cord, is 
Yery uncertain; the disease occupying the tes- 
ticle only, without affecting the cord, in some 
subjects for a great length of time; while in 
others it totally spoils the testicle very soon, 
and almost as soon seizes on the spermatic 
cord. The only efficacious remedy is extirpa- 
tion of the testicle before the disease has af- 
fected the neighboring parts. 

Sarcoco'lla. See Pen<ea mncrpnata. 
Sarcoco'lune. A principh: of Sarcocolla. 
578 



S AR 

It may be obtained by evaporating to dryness 
an alcoholic or watery solution. 

S a' r c o-e p i p l o c e'l e. An omental hernia 
complicated with a fleshy tumor. 

Sarco-hydrocele. See Sarcocele. 

Sarcole'mma. The myolemma. 

Sarco'log Y. The anatomy of the soft parts. 

SARCO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from aaoKOu), car- 
ncum reddo.) A fleshy tumor or excrescence. 

Sarcoma scroti. Sarcocele. 

Sarco'matous. Sarcomatosum. Fleshy tu- 
mors are called sarcomatous tumors 

Sarco'mphalus. A fleshy excrescence about 
the navel. 

Sarcophyi'a. A fleshy excrescence. 

Sarcophy'llk. The fleshy or cellular por- 
tiou of the leaf. 

SARCO'PTES. A genus of minute insects, 
of which S. scabici or S. hominis is the itch in- 
sect. See Acarus scabiei. 

Sarcopyo'dks. Having the appearance of 
flesh and pus mixed together. 

SARCO'SIS. (is, is, f.; aapnuoic.) 1. The 
generation of flesh. 2. A fleshy tumor. 

Sarcosto'sis. The same as Osteosarcoma. 

Sarco'tic. Synonymous with incarnative. 

Sarcous. Fleshy; pertaining to flesh. 

Sardi'asis. Risus sardonicus. 

Sardius lapis. Sarda. Carnelian. 

Sardonic laugh. Risus sardonicus. 

Sarma'tica lu'es. The plica polonica 

Sarmknta'ckous. Sarmentaceus. Having 
twigs or runners. 

Sarmentosk. Trailing, or having runners. 

SARMK'NTUM. (urn, i, n. ; from sarpo, to 
prune, lop, or cut off.) A twig; a runuer. 

SARSAPARl'LLA. (a, a, f . ; from sarza, 
a brier, and parilla, a little vine — Spanish: a 
thorny little vine.) The root of several species 
of smilax. It is bitterish, mucilaginous, aud 
slightly flavored. Sarsaparilla is regarded as 
alterative, demulcent, and diuretic, but its me- 
dicinal properties are somewhat questionable. 
The officinal preparations are the decoction and 
syrup, which see. The commercial varieties 
are, 

Jamaica sarsaparilla. — Red-bearded sarsa- 
parilla, perhaps the root of the Smilax officina- 
lis. Its bark has a red tint, and its roots are 
furnished with numerous fibrous ■rootlets called 
the beard. It is imported in bundles of spi- 
rally-folded roots, and is hence called Sarsapa- 
rilla rotunda. 

Brazilian sarsaparilla. — Lisbon, Portugal, or 
Rio Negro sarsaparilla, said to be the root of 
the Smilax syphilitica. It is brought unfolded, 
with its roots tied iu buudles in a parallel di- 
rection, and hence called Sarsaparilla lonea. 

Lima sarsaparilla. — Formerly brought from 
Lima, now from Valparaiso ; probably the root 
of the Smilax officinalis. It is imported folded. 

Honduras sarsaparilla- — Mealy sarsaparilla, 
so termed from the mealy appearance which it 
presents when broken ; probably the root of 
the Smilax officinalis. It is imported folded. 
This is the variety used in the United States. 

Vera Cruz sarsaparilla. — The root of the 
Smilax medica. It is imported unfolded. — Pc- 
reira. 

Sarsaparilla, false. Aralia nudicaulis. 



SAX 

Sarsaparilla germanica. Carex hirta. 

Sarsaparillin. Saleeparin. 

SARTO'RIUS. Sartorins seu longissimus 
femoris of Cowper. This flat and slender mus- 
cle is situated immediately under the integu- 
ments, and extends obliquely from the upper 
and anterior part of the thigh, to the upper, an- 
terior, and inner part of the tibia, being inclosed 
by a thin membraneous sheath, which is de- 
rived from the adjacent fascia lata. It arises 
by a tendon from the outer surface and inferior 
edge of the anterior superior spinous process of 
the ilium, and is inserted, by a thin tendon, into 
the inner part of the tibia, near the inferior part 
of its tuberosity, and for the space of an inch or 
two below it. This tendon sends off a thin 
aponeurosis, which is spread over the upper 
and posterior part of the leg. This muscle 
serves to bend the leg obliquely inward, or to 
roll the thigh outward, and at the same time 
to bring one leg across the other, on which 
account Spigelius first gave it tho name of Sar- 
torins, or the tailor's muscle. 

Sarx. Sflpf. Flesh. 

Sarza. Sarsaparilla. 

Sa'ssafras. Lauras sassafras. 
. Sassafras, swamp. Magnolia glauca. 

Satanus devorans. Antimony. 

Sate'llites. The veins which accompany 
the arteries are called Vena: satellites. 

Sa'the. Eadn. The penis. 

Satura'ntia. Medicines which neutralize 
acid in the stomach. 

B ATU R A' T I ON. (Saturatio, axis, f. ) A 
term employed, in Chemistry and Pharmacy, 
to express that state of a body in which it has 
dissolved as much of another body as it is ca- 
pable of doing, or in which the acrid.' acid, or 
caustic properties of an agent are subdued and 
lost by union. 

SATUREI'A. («, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospcrmia. Salvia ceee. — S. 
capitata. The ciliated savory. It possesses 
similar virtues to thyme, but in a stronger de- 
gree. — S. hortensis. S. sativa. The summer 
aavory. It has a warm, aromatic, penetrating 
taste, and smells like thyme, but is milder. 

Satu'rnus. Saturn. Lead. 

SATYRIASIS. (««,&» m.; from Sanger, a 
eatyr; because they are said to be greatly ad- 
dicted to venery.) Excessive and violent de- 
sire for coition in men. 

Sat y'ri o n. Saty'rium. Orchis mascula. 

Sauce-alone. Erysimum alliaria. 

Saucer. Scutella. 

Sauer-kraut. Cabbage preserved in brine. 
It is considered highly antiscorbutic. 

Saunders. Snntalnm album. 

Saunders, red. Pterocarpus santalinus. 

Sau'nia. An old demulcent medicine. 

SAURIA. Savrians. (From aavpa, a liz- 
ard.) The order of reptiles including the liz- 
tjds, crocodiles, alligators, &c. 

Savine. Savina. Juniperus sabina. 

Savinf. ointment. Ceratum sabina;. 

Savory. Satureia hortensis. 

SAXI'FRAGA. {a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Digynia. Saxifragea;. — S. an- 

flica. Peucedanum silaus. — S. crassifolia. 
'he root of this species of saxifrage is extolled 



SC A 

by Professor Pallas as an antiseptic. — S. gran~ 
ulata. S. alba. The white saxifrage. Sup- 
posed to bo diuretic, but probably without me- 
dicinal properties.— S. rubra. Spiraea filipen- 
dula. — S. vulgaris. Peucedanum silaus. 

Saxifrage. See Saxifraga. 

Saxifrage, burnet. Pimpinella saxifraga- 

Saxifrage, English. S., meadow. Peuce 
danum silaus. 

Saxifrage, white. Saxifraga granulate. 

Saxifragus. Lithontriptic. 

Saxon blue. The sulphate of indigo. 

S a x o'n i c u s pu'lyis. A powder formerly 
thought alexipharmic. It consisted of the roots 
of wild and cultivated angelica, of vincetoxi 
cum, marshmallow, polypody of the oak, net 
tie, and valerian, with the bark of mezereon 
root, and seeds of herb Paris. 

SAW. A surgical instrument, like the com- 
mon saw, for cutting through bones and osse- 
ous tumors. 

Saw, chain. See Chain-saw. 

Saw, Hey's. A small saw with a curved 
cutting edge, used in removing pieces of de- 
pressed bone in fractures of the skull. The 
curvature is in the perpendicular plane, and 
not in every plane, as in the case of the tre- 
phine. 

Sb. Antimony. 

SCAB. A hard substance covering super- 
ficial ulcerations, and formed by a concretion 
of the fluid discharged from them. 

Sca'bkr. Rough to the touch. 

SCA'BIES. (<% ci, f . ; from scabo, to 
scratch.) Psora. The itch. This disease is 
characterized by an eruption of pustules or of 
small vesicles, wh'ch are subsequently inter- 
mixed with, or terminate in, pustules; it is ac- 
companied by constant and distressing itching, 
but not with fever, and is in all varieties conta 
gions. It appears occasionally on every part 
of the body, the face only excepted; but most 
abundantly about the wrists and fingers, the 
fossa of the nates, and the flexures of the joints. 
Willan has four species: 

1. The Scabies papuliformis, or rank itch, 
consists in an extensive eruption of minute itch- 
ing vesicles, which ate slightly inflamed and 
acuminated, resembling papula? when examined 
by the naked eye ; they are at all periods most 
numerous, and often intermixed with a few 
phlyzacious pustules, containing a thick yellow- 
matter. 

2. The Scabies lymphalica, or watery itch, Is 
distinguished by an eruption of transparent 
vesicles, of a considerable size, and without any 
inflammation at their base. They arise in suc- 
cession, with intense itching, chiefly round the 
wrists, between the fingers, on the back of the 
hands, and on the feet and toes; they often oc 
cur, also, about the axilla?, the Hams, the bend 
of the elbows, and fossa of the nates, where 
they are intermixed with pustules ; but they 
do not frequently appear, like the papuliform 
species, over the breast and epigastrium, nor 
on the thighs and unper parts of the arms. 

In a day or two the vesicles break, and some 
of them heal, under the little scab that concretes 
upon them : but others inflame, and become 
pustules, which discharge, at length, a yellow 

579 



SC A 

matter, and extend into small ulcerated blotch- 
es, over which a dark scab is ultimately form- 
ed ; so that, during the progress of the erup- 
tion, all these appearances are intermixed with 
each other: the vesicles and pustules, the ex- 
coriated blotches discharging pus, the minute 
dry scabs, and the larger ones succeeding the 
ulceration, may be observed at the same time. 
This circumstance constitutes one of the points 
of diagnosis between this and other vesicular 
diseases. 

3. The Scabies purulenta, or pocky itch, con- 
sists of distinct prominent yellow pustules, 
which have a moderate inflammation round 
their bases, and which maturate and break in 
two or three days, and then ulcerate, with in- 
creasing pain and inflammation. 

4. Scabies cachectica. This variety of scabies 
exhibits, in different parts of the body, all the 
appearances which belong to the three forego- 
ing species. It is occasionally, also, combined 
with patches resembling lichen, psoriasis, or 
impetigo, especially in adults, or young persons 
approaching the term of puberty; whence it 
assumes an ambiguous character. In several 
instances, this form of scabies has been obvious- 
ly contagious in its double character ; and, after 
the_ scabious affection has disappeared, the im- 
petiginous patches have remained for some time 
in a drier form, and yielded very slowly to med- 
icine ; for, although this form of scabies does 
not so readily spread by contagion, it is much 
more obstinate, under the use of remedies, than 
the preceding. 

Some writers have ascribed the origin of the 
itch, in all cases, to the presence of a minute in- 
sect breeding and burrowing in the skin, while 
others have doubted the existence of such an 
insect. Both these opinions appear to be*in- 
correct; and, probably, that of Sauvagesis right, 
who considers tho insect as generated only in 
soine cases of scabies, and, therefore, speaks of 
a Scabies vcrmicularis as a separate species. 

Among the remedies appropriated to the cure 
of scabies, sulphur has long been deemed to 
possess specific powers. It may be assisted by 
frequent bathing and saline medicines in the 
cachectic and inveterate forms. 

SOABIO'SA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Telrandria. Monogynia. — S. arvensis. The 
common field scabious. This plant possesses 
a bitter and subastringent taste, and was for- 
merly much employed in tho cure of some lep- 
rous affections and diseases of the lungs. — S. 
tucci'sa. The devil's-bit scabious. It has sim- 
ilar properties with the preceding species. 

Scabious . Erigeron heterophyllum and phil- 
adelphium. 

Scabri'deus. Rough: applied to plants. 

Scabri'ties. Roughness ; lichen. 

SCA'L A A ladder or staircase. 

Scala ty'mpani. The superior spiral cavity 
of the cochlea. See Auris. 

Scala vesti'buli. The inferior spiral cavity 
of the cochlea. See Auris. 

Scald. See Ambustio. 

Scald-head. Porrigo favosa. 

SCALE. Squama. 1. In Natural History, 
the small lamina; which cover the surface of 
fishes, serpents, &c. 2. In Pathology, a lamina 
580 



SC A 

of morbid cuticle, hard, thickened, whitish, and 
opaque, of a very email size, and irregular, often 
increasing into layers, denominated crusts 
Both scales and crusts repeatedly fall off, and 
are reproduced in a short time. 

Scale, dry. Psoriasis. 

SCALE'NUS. (From onafyvoc, irregular or 
unequal.) A muscle situated at the side of tho 
neck, between the transverse processes of the 
cervical vertebra? and the upper part of the 
thorax. The ancients, who gave it its name 
from its resemblance to an irregular triangle, 
considered it as one muscle. Vesalius and Wins- 
low divide it into two, Fallopius and Cowper 
into three, Douglas into four, and Albinus into 
five portions, which they describe as distinct 
muscles. Without deviating in the least from 
anatomical accuracy, it may be considered as 
one muscle divided into three portions. The 
anterior portion arises commonly from the trans- 
verse processes of the six inferior vertebrae of 
the neck, by as many short tendons, and, de- 
scending obliquely outward, is inserted, ten- 
dinous and fleshy, into the upper side of the first 
rib, near its cartilage. The axillary artery passes 
through this portion, and sometimes divides it 
into two slips, about an inch and a half above 
its insertion. The middle portion arises, by 
distinct tendons, from the transverse processes 
of the four last vertebras of the neck, and de- 
scending obliquely outward and a little back- 
ward, is inserted, tendinous, into the outer and 
upper part of the first rib, from its root to within 
the distance of an inch from its cartilage. The 
space between this and the anterior portion af- 
fords a passage to the nerves going to the upper 
extremities. It is in part covered by the third 
or posterior portion, which is the thinnest and 
longest ofthe three. This arises from the trans- 
verse processes of the second, third, fourth, and 
fifth vertebras of the neck by distinct tendons, 
and is inserted into the upper edge of the second 
rib, at the distance of about an inch and a half 
from its articulation, by a broad, flat tendon. 
The use of the scalenus is to move the neck to 
one side when it acts singly, or to bend it for- 
ward when both muscles act; and, when the 
neck is fixed, it serves to elevate the ribs and 
dilate the chest. 

Scalenus primus. See Scalenus. 

Scalenus secundus. See Scalenus. 

Scalenus tertius. See Scalenus. 

Scallop. Ostrea maxima. 

SCALPE'L. Scalpellum. (From scalpo, to 
scratch or carve. ) A scalpel or common dissect- 
ing knife. 

Sca'lprum. A denticular raspatory, used in 
trepanning. 

Scaly. See Squamose. 

SC AMMO'NIUM. A purgative resinous body 
resembling jalap, derived from the Convolvuht* 
scammonia, which see. 

Scammony. Convolvulus scammonia. 

Scammony, Montpellier. Cynanchum mont« 
peliacum. 

Sca'ndens. Scandent. Climbing : applied 
to stems. 

SCA'NDIX. (ix, icis, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. — S. cere- 
folium. The officinal chervil. It is slightly 



SC A 

aromatic, and gently aperient and diuretic. — 
<S. odorata. The sweet cicely, or Myrrhis, pos- 
sesses virtues similar to the common chervil. 

SCA'PHA. (From cuanTu, to make hollow.) 
1. The cavity of the external ear, between the 
helix and antihelix. 2. The name of a double- 
headed i - oller. 

SCA'PHOip. (ScapJioides ; from aaa^n, a 
boat, and eidoc, resemblance.) Boat-like. See 
Navicularc os. 

Sc a'phium oculare. The shell used for arti- 
ficial eyes. See Artificial eye. 

Sca'ptin. A brown extractive matter, slightly 
acrid, obtained from foxglove by Radig. 

SCA'PULA. (a, <r,f.) The shoulder-blade. 
This bone, which approaches nearly to a tri- 
angular figure, is fixed to the upper, posterior, 
and lateral part of the thorax, extending from 
the first to about the seventh rib. The anterior 
and internal surface is irregularly concave, from 
the impression of the sub-scapulaiis muscle. Its 
posterior and external surface is convex, and 
divided into two unequal fossa) by a consider- 
able spine, which, rising small from the pos- 
terior edge of the scapula, becomes gradually 
higher and broader as it approaches the ante- 
rior and superior angle of the bone, till at length 
it terminates in a broad and flat process at the 
top of the shoulder, called the acromion. This 
bone also presents an articulating surface, the 
glenoid cavity; and has a long process, called 
the coracoid process, which arises from the su- 
perior edge. 

Scapulary. • Scapula'ria. (a, m, f . ; from 
scapula, the shoulder bone.) A bandage for the 
shoulder blade. 

SCA'PULAR. (Scapularis; from scapula, 
the shoulder bone.) Belonging to the scapula ; 
as the scapular arteries and veins, which are 
branches of the subclavian and axillary. 

Scapulo-hu MKiiAt. Pertaining to the scapula 
and humerus. The shoulder joint is the scapulo- 
humeral articulation. 

SCA'PUS. "The scape, or a stalk which 
springs from the root, and bears the flowers and 
fruit, but not the leaves. 

Scar. See Cicatrix. 

Scarborough. The name of a town in York- 
shire, noted for its ferruginous springs. 

Scarf-skin. See Cutis. 

SCARIFICATION. (Scarificatio; fromscar- 
ijico, to scarify.) A superficial incision niado 
with a lancet, or a surgical instrument called 
a scarificator, for the pui-pose of taking away 
bk)od or letting out fluids, &c. 

SCARIFICATOR. An instrument used by 
surgeons to evacuate blood. It is made in the 
form of a box, in which are fitted ten, twelve, or 
more lancets. The instrument is so construct- 
ed that the depth to which the lancets penetrate 
may be made greater or less, at the option of the 
operator. See Cupping. 

Scari'ola. S. gallorum. Lactuca 6cariola. 

Sca'rious. Scariosus. Applied, in Botany, 
to any part of a plant which is thin, dry, and 
semi-transparent. 

SCARLATI'NA. (a, «•, f.; from scarlatlo, 
the Italian for a deep red.) The scarlet fever. 
A disease characterized by contagious fever, the 
lace swelling, and a scarlet eruption appearing 



SC A 

on the skin in patches, which, after three ot 
four days, ends in the desquamation of the cuti- 
cle. It usually assails youth in the spring, and 
seldom occurs again in the same person. It 
has two species : 

1. Scarlatina simplex, S. benigna, the mild 

2. Scarlatina cynanchica or anginosa, with 
ulcerated soi-e throat. 

Dr. Willan has added to these a third, called 
maligna, which is now generally believed to be 
the same disease with the Cynanclic maligna 
or malignant sore throat. See Tonsillitis. 

Scarlatina simplex resembles the measles, 
but is to be distinguished by the absence of the 
cough, watoiy eye, running at the nose, and 
sneezing. In some cases, however, the diag- 
nosis is very difficult; so much so that the dis- 
ease almost appears to be hybrid between 
scarlet fever and measles. 

It begins, like other fevers, with languor, 
lassitude, confusion of ideas, chills, and shiver- 
ings, alternated by fits of heat. The thirst is 
considerable, the skin dry, and the patient is 
often incommoded with anxiety, nausea, and 
vomiting. About the third day, the scarlet ef- 
florescence appears on the skin, which seldom 
produces, however, any remission of the fever. 
On the departure of the efflorescence, which 
usually continues out only for three or four 
days, a gentle sweat comes on, the fever sub- 
sides, the cuticle or scarf-skin then falls oft' in 
small scales, and the patient gradually regains 
his former strength and health. 

On the disappearance of the efflorescence in 
scarlatina, it is, however, no uncommon occur- 
rence for an anasarcous swelling to affect the 
whole body ; but this, in most cases, yields 
easily to proper treatment. 

Scarlatina anginosa, in several instances, ap 
preaches very near to the malignant form. The 
patient is seized, not only with a coldness and 
shivering, but likewise with great languor, de- 
bility, and sickness, succeeded by heat, nausea, 
vomiting of bilious matter, soreness of the 
throat, inflammation and ulceration in the ton- 
sils, &c, a frequent and laborious breathing, 
and a quick and small depressed pulse. When 
the efflorescence appears, which is usually on 
the third day, it brings no relief; on the con- 
trary, the symptoms are much aggravated, and 
fresh ones arise. 

On the first attack the fauces are often much 
inflamed ; but this is usually soon succeeded by 
grayish sloughs, which give the parts a speckled 
appearance, and render the breath more or less 
fetid. The patient is often cut off iu a few 
days J and, even if he recovers, it will be by 
slow degrees ; dropsical swellings, or tumoi's of 
the parotid and other glands, slowly suppura- 
ting, being very apt to follow. 

Scarlatina maligna. — This is a stage of the 
preceding more than a new variety. The 
symptoms at first are pretty much the same, 
but some of the following peculiarities are after- 
ward observable: the pulse is small, indistinct, 
and irregular ; the tougue, teeth, and lips cov- 
ered with a brown or black incrustation ; a dull 
redness of the eyes, with a dark red flushing of 
the cheeks, deafness, delirium, or coma ; the 
breath is extremely fetid ; the respiration rat- 

581 



SC A 

thng and laborious, partly from viscid phlegm 
clogging the fauces ; the deglutition is constrict- 
ed and painful ; and there is a fulluess and livid 
color of the neck, with retraction of the head. 
In an advanced stage of the disease, where 
petechia;, and other symptoms characteristic 
of putrescency, are present, hemorrhages fre- 
quently break forth from the nose, mouth, and 
other parts. 

When scarlatina is to terminate in health, the 
fiery redness abates gradually, and is succeed- 
ed by a brown color ; the skin becomes rough, 
and peels off' in small scales; the tumefaction 
subsides, and health is gradually restored. On 
the contrary, when it is to terminate fatally, the 
febrile symptoms run very high from the first 
of its attack ; the skin is intensely hot and dry ; 
the pulse is very frequent, but small; great 
thirst prevails ; the breath is very fetid ; the ef- 
florescence makes its appearance on the second 
day, or sooner, and about the third or fourth is 
probably interspersed with large livid spots ; 
and a high degree of delirium ensuing, or hem- 
orrhages breaking out, the patient is cut off 
about the sixth or eighth day. In some cases 
a severe purging arises, which never fails to 
prove fatal. Some, again, where the symptoms 
do not run so high, instead of recovering, as is 
usual, about the time the skin begins to regain 
its natural color, become dropsical, fall into a 
kind of lingering way, and are carried off in the 
course of a few weeks. 

Treatment. — In the scarlatina simplex, little 
is required except clearing the bowels, and 
observing the antiphlogistic regimen. But 
where the throat is affected, and the fever 
runs higher, more active means become neces- 
sary, varying according to the type of this, 
whether synochial or typhoid. In general, we 
may begin by exhibiting a nauseating emetic, 
which, besides its effect on the fever, may be 
useful in checking inflammation in the throat ; 
and occasionally the repetition of such a reme- 
dy, after a time, may answer a good purpose ; 
but commonly it will be better to follow up the 
first by some cathartic remedy of sufficient ac- 
tivity. Then, so long as the strength will al- 
low, we may endeavor to moderate the fever 
by mercurial and antimonial preparations, or 
other medicines promoting the several secre- 
tions, by steadily pursuing the antiphlogistic 
regimen, and occasionally applying cold water 
to the skin, when this is very hot and diy. 
Sometimes severe inflammation in the throat, 
at an early period, may render it advisable to 
apply a few leeches externally, or blisters be- 
hind the ears ; and gargles of nitrate of potash, 
the mineral acids, &c, should bo used from 
time to time. But where the disorder exhibits 
the typhoid character, with ulcers in the throat, 
tending perhaps to gangrene, it is necessary to 
support the system by a nutritious diet, with a 
moderate quantity of wine, and tonic or stimu- 
lant medicines, as the cinchona, calumba, am- 
monia, &c. ; the acids will also be very proper, 
from their antiseptic as well as tonic power; and 
stimulant antiseptic gargles should be frequent- 
ly employed, as the mineral acids sufficiently 
diluted, with the addition of tincture of myrrh, 
or these mixed with decoction of bark, &c. 
582 



SCI 

Scarlet fever. See Scarlatina. 

Scarred. Cicatrisatus. 

Scelos. 2/ceAof. The leg. Hence Scelon* 
cus, a swelled leg. 

Sceloty'rbe. 1. Chorea; shaking palsy. 
2. Sauvages makes Scelotyrbe an order of d:s- 
eases, including chorea and shaking palsy 

Scheele's green. Arsenite of copper. 

Scheelium. Tungsten. 

Scherli'evo. Mai de Schcrlicvo. A viruv 
lent syphilis said to prevail in Croatia. 

Scheroma. Dry inflammation of the eye. 

Schindylesis. An immovable articulation. 

Schinel.k'um. Oil of mastich. 

SCHI'NUS. A genus of plants of the order 
Terebinthina. — S. mnlli yields the Peruvian 
mastich. 

Schneider's membrane. See Membrana 
Schneider ma. 

Schcenan'thus. Andropogon schcenanthus. 

Schcenolagu'rus. Trifolium arvense. 
^ SCHOOLEY'S MOUNTAIN. This place, in 
New Jersey, has a chalybeate and saline-mineral 
spring much resorted to. 

Schwann, white substance of. The ex- 
terior cylinder of white nervous matter in which 
the fibrous variety is inclosed. See Nervous 
matter. 

SCIA'TIC. (Sciaticus; from ischiaticus.) 
Belonging to the ischium. 

Sciatic artery. The ischiadic artery. 

Sciatic nerve. The sacro-sciatic nerve. 

Sciatic notch. See Innomipatum os. 

SCIATICA. Two very different diseases 
have been confounded under this name — rheu- 
matism, or rheumatic gout in the hip joint, and 
neuralgia of the sacro-sciatic nerve. 

Sciatica cresses. Lepidium iberis. 

SCI'LLA. («,«, f.) 1. Squill. 2. A genus of 
plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliacca;.— 
S. Jiispanica. The Spanish squill. — S. maritima. 
The officinal squill. Squilla. A native of Si- 
cily, Spain, and Syria, growing on the sea-coast. 
The fresh bulb is extremely acrid and poison- 
ous, but becomes somewhat milder by drying. 
The dried root is bitter, nauseous, and some- 
what acrid ; it yields its virtues to alcohol, vin- 
egar, and water. It is diuretic and expectorant 
in doses of gr. j. to gr. iij., and emetic and pur- 
gative in doses of gr. x. to gr. xv. In dropsical 
cases it has long been esteemed the most cer- 
tain and effectual diuretic with which we are 
acquainted; and in asthmatic affections, or dysp- 
noea, occasioned by the lodgment of tenacious 
phlegm, it has been the expectorant usually em- 
ployed. Its activity is said to depend on a prin- 
ciple called Scillitine. — S. nutans. This plant 
was, until very lately, called Hyacinthus non 
scriplus. It is well known by the name of blue- 
bells, and is said to be an inferior astringent. 

Scilli'tes. A wine impregnated with squills. 

SCI'LLITINE. Scillitina. A white, trans- 
parent, deliquescent acrid substance, of a resin- 
ous nature, extracted by Vogel from squills. 

Sci'ncus. The Nile lizard, formerly used in 
medicine. 

Scirrho'ma. Scirrhocele. Scirrhus. 

Scirrhous sarcoma. Abernethy gave this 
name to an indurated, smooth, painless, and vas- 
cular tumor of glandular structures. 



SCO 

SCI'RRHUS. (us, i, m. ; from oiuppou, to 
harden.) Scirrhoma. Scirrhosis. This term 
has been applied to any very hard glandular 
tumor, but it is now usually restricted to the 
early or occult stage of cancer. See Cancer. 

Scirrhus scroti. Sarcocele. 

SCI'SSORS. In Surgery, the blades of the 
scissors are variously curved, to answer different 
purposes. 

Scissu'kje. Rhagades; fissures. 

SCITAMI'NE.E. The ginger tribe of mon- 
ocotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants with 
a creeping, often-jointed rhizome; leaves, sim- 
ple, sheathing ; flowers, tripetaloideous ; sta- 
mens, three, distinct ; ovarium, three-celled ; 
fruit, capsular, three- celled, many - seeded ; 
seeds, with or without an arillus. 

Scitami'neus. Scitamineous ; dainty. 

ScLA'nEA. Salvia sclarea. 

Sclkrectomia. The removal of a portion of 
the sclerotic coat to form an artificial pupil. 

Sclere'mus. Sclercmia. Induration of the 
cellular tissue. 

Sclerencephalia. Preternatural induration 
of the brain. 

SCLERI'ASIS. (From aiclripou, to harden.) 
.Scleroma. Sclerosis. A hard tumor or indu- 
ration ; a scirrhus. 

SCLERO-. (From on/jjpoc, hard.) A pre- 
fix, indicating hardness. 

SCLEROPHTHA'LMIA. (a, a, f . ; from 
CKkvpoc, hard, and o<pda%/j,og, the eye.) A dry, 
painful state of the eye and eyelids, accom- 
panied with swelling and hardness. 

Sclkeo-sarcoma. A hard, fleshy excres- 
cence. 

Sclerosis. See Scleriasis. 

SCLERO'TIC. (Sclerotic ns; from ontojpou, 
to harden.) Hard: applied to a membrane of 
the eye. 

Sclerotic coat. Tunica sclerotica. Mem- 
brana sclerotica. Sclcrotis. The membrane of 
the eye, situated immediately under the con- 
junctiva. See Eye. 

Scleroticony'xis. Scleronyxis. The per- 
foration of the sclerotic coat of the eye. 

Sclerotis. The sclerotic coat. 

Sclerotitis. Inflammation of the sclerotic 
coat. 

Sclero'tium ci.avus. Ergot. 

Sclery'sma. Induration. 

Sclopetaria aqua. Eau d'arquebusade. 

Sclopetopla'ga. A gun-shot wound. 

SCOBS. The filings, scales, or raspings of 
any metal or wood. 

SCOLI'OSIS. (From oko'Alou, to twist.) A 
distortion of the spine: rhachitis. 

Scolloped. Crenate. 

SCOLOPAX. A genua of bird3 of the order 
Gratia. — S. gallina'go. The common snipe. 
— S. rusti'cola. The woodcock. 

Scolopk'nt>ria. Asplenium ceterach. 

SOOLOPE'NDRIOM. (««,«, n.) A genus 
of ferns. — 5. vulgar e. Asplenium scolopendri- 
um. It has a slightly astringent and mucilagin- 
ous sweetish taste, and is pectoral and demul- 
cent. 

Scolopomachm'rium. An incision-knife. 

Sco'lymus. Cinara scolymus. 

SCOMBER. A genus of fishes, of the order 



SCO 

Thoracici. — S. scomber. The common mackflr 
rel. — S. thynnus. The tunny fish. 

SCOOP. A surgical instrument like a spoon, 
to remove foreign bodies with. 
Scopa regia. Ruscus aculeatus. 
Scoracra'sia. Involuntary evacuation of the 
faeces. 

Scorbu'tic Affected with scorbutus or 
scurvy. 

SCORBU'TUS. (us, i, m. ; from schorboet, 
Germ.) -Porphyra of Dr. Good. The scurvy. 
A disease characterized by extreme debility; 
complexion pale and bloated; spongy gumB; 
livid spots on the skin ; breath offensive ; cede- 
matous swellings in the legs; hemorrhages; 
foul ulcers ; fetid urine ; and extremely of- 
fensive stools. The scurvy is a disease of an 
adynamic character, much more prevalent hi 
cold climates than in warm ones, and which 
chiefly affects sailors, and such as are shut up 
in besieged places, owing, as is supposed, to 
their being deprived of fresh provisions, and a 
due quantity of acescent food, assisted by the 
prevalence of cold and moisture, and by such 
other causes as depress the nervous energy, as 
intemperance, confinement, want of exercise, 
neglect of cleauliness, much labor and fatigue, 
sadness, despondency, &c. 

The scurvy comes on gradually, with heavi- 
ness, weariness, and unwillingness to move 
about, together with dejection of spirits, consid 
erable loss of strength, and debility. As it ad 
vances in its progress, the countenance becomes 
sallow and bloated, respiration is hurried on the 
least motion, the teeth become loose, the gums 
are spongy, the breath is very offensive, livid 
spots appear on different parts of the body j old 
wounds, which have been long healed up, break 
out afresh ; severe wandering pains are felt, par- 
ticularly by night; the skin is dry, the urine small 
in quantity, turning bluo vegetable infusions to 
a green color; and the pulse is small, frequent, 
and, toward the last, intermitting; but the in- 
tellect is, for the most part, clear and distinct. 
By an aggravation of the symptoms, the dis- 
ease, in its last stage, exhibits a most wretched 
appearance. The joints become swelled and 
stiff, the tendons of the legs are rigid and con- 
tracted, general emaciation ensues, hemorrha- 
ges break forth from different parts, fetid evac- 
uations are discharged by stool, and a diarrhoea 
or dysentery arises, which soon terminates the 
life of the patient. 

Scurvy, as usually met with on shore, or 
where the person has not been exposed to the 
influence of the remote causes before enume- 
rated, is unattended by any violent symptoms : 
slight blotches, with scaly eruptions on different 
parts of the body, and a sponginess of the gums, 
are the chief ones to be observed. 

In the cure as well as the prevention of scur- 
vy, much more is to be done by regimen than 
by medicines, obviating, as far as possible, the 
several remoto causes of the disease, but par- 
ticularly providing the pationt with a more 
wholesome diet, and a large proportion of fresh 
vegetables; and it has been found* that" those 
articles are especially useful which contain a 
native acid, as oranges, lemons, &c. Vinegar, 
sauer-kraut, and acid substances have been used 

583 



SCR 

with much advantage : also brisk fermenting 
liquors, as spruce beer, cider, and the like. 
Horseradish and cruciferous plants are highly 
commended, and vegetables generally. The 
spongy state of the gums may be remedied by 
washing the mouth with some of the mineral 
acids sufficiently diluted, or perhaps mixed with 
the decoction of cinchona. The stiffness of the 
limbs which remains may be removed by the 
warm bath, and friction with the flesh-brush. 
Sco'rdium. Teucrium scordium. 
SCORIAE, (a, m, f. ; from CKup, excrement.) 
Dross ; the refuse of metals. The refuse or use- 
less parts of any substance. 

Scoro'doprasum. Allium scorodoprasum. 
Sco'rodu*. Garlic. 

Scorpioi'des. Scorpiii rus. Myosurus scor- 
pioides. 

SCORPION. A genus of insects, the sting of 
which is highly poisonous. The proper treat- 
ment is to apply a dilute lotion of ammonia to 
the wounded part, and if symptoms of prostra- 
tion come on, to use alcoholic drinks and the 
carbonate of ammonia. 

SCORZONE'RA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Syngcncsia. Polygamiaaqualis. Com~ 
positm. — /S. hispanica. The esculent viper's 
grass. — S. humilis. The officinal viper's grass. 
Goat's grass. Viper's grass. The root has been 
employed medicinally in hypochondriacal dis- 
orders and obstructions of the viscera. 

SCOTODI'NUS. (ns,i,m.; onorodivoc; from 
okotoc, darkness, and Sivoe, a giddiness.) Sco- 
todinia. Scotoma. Scolodinos. Scotodinc. Gid- 
diness, with impaired sight. This may arise 
from some disease of the brain ; but it is most 
commonly symptomatic of disorder of the di- 
gestive organs. It is frequently accompanied 
with ringing in the ears. 
Scoto ma. See Scotodinus. 
Scott's acid bath. The nitro-muriatic acid 
bath. See Balneum. 

Scrobicula'te. Scrobiculus. Hollowed; 
having deep, round foramina. 

SCROBI'CULUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of 
scrobs, a ditch. ) A hollow : the pit of the stom- 
ach is called Scrobiculus cordis. 
Scro'fa. The sow. Sua scrofa. 
SCRO'FULA. (a, cc, f. ; from scrofa, a sow, 
because hogs are supposed to be much affected 
by it.) Scrofula is a disease very difficult to 
define : it consists in hard, indolent tumors of 
the conglobate glands in various parts of the 
body, but particularly in the neck, behind the 
% ears, and under the chin, which, after a time, 
suppurate and degenerate into ulcers, from 
which, instead of pus, a white curdled matter, 
somewhat resembling the coagulum of milk, is 
discharged. It is most common between the 
third and seventh year of childhood, but it may 
arise at any period between this and the age of 
puberty. 

The scrofulous diathesis, when strongly 
marked, is generally indicated by certain ex- 
ternal peculiarities of appearance. The greater 
part of scrofulous persons have a fair and soft 
skin, and rosy complexion, large blue eyes, and 
a tumid upper lip ; their constitution is languid 
and yet irritable ; the muscles are slender and 
, deficient in tono, and there is a general irrita- 
584 



SCR 

bility of the mucous membranes. A smallei 
class of scrofulous individuals are characterized 
by a dark, sallow complexion, black hair, a 
harsh skin, and a torpid constitution, and in 
such it is very inveterate. It is, for the most 
part, hereditary. 

Dr. Cullen supposed scrofula to depend upon 
a peculiar constitution of the lymphatic system. 
Whatever may be the proximate cause of scrof- 
ula, the most certain indication of its existence 
is the deposition of that kind of morbid matter 
called tuberculous matter. There is scarcely any 
organ of the body which is not occasionally the 
seat of scrofulous tubercle. In children, the 
lymphatic and mesenteric glands arc most fre- 
quently affected. In those past pub'erty the 
lungs are most liable to tubercles, which give 
rise to the disease called tubercular phthisis. 
See Phthisis. 

The remote causes of scrofula arc all of a de- 
bilitating nature, and embrace every thing that 
lowers or reduces the tone of the living fibre, 
and puts the system out of that state of firm and 
vigorous action which keeps the scrofulous diath- 
esis most effectually in a state of subjection ; 
and hence the common debilitating powers of 
cold and damp, low and unwholesome food, 
want of cleanliness, and a close and suffocating 
atmosphere, are the most usual incidental 
sources or excitants of scrofula. But for these 
causes the scrofulous predisposition might be 
overcome, or remain dormant in the constitution 
through life, and show itself in the next gener- 
ation, without having in the least disturbed the 
present. 

The first appearance of the disorder is com- 
monly in that of small oval or spherical tumors 
under the skin, unattended by any pain or dis- 
coloration. These appear, in general, upon the 
sides of the neck, below the ear, or under the 
chin ; but, in some cases, the joints of the el- 
bows or ankles, or those of the fingers and 
toes, are the parts first affected. In these in- 
stances we do not, however, find small mova- 
ble swellings, but, on the contrary, a tumor 
almost uniformly surrounding the joint, and in- 
terrupting its motion. After some length of 
time, the tumors become larger and more fixed; 
the skin which covers them acquires a purple 
or livid color, and being much inflamed, they at 
last suppurate and break into little holes, from 
which, at first, a matter, somewhat puriform, 
oozes out ; but this changes, by degrees, into a 
kind of viscid serous discharge, much inter- 
mixed with small pieces of a white substance,, 
resembling the curd of milk. 

The tumors subside gradually, while the ul 
cers at the same time open more, and spread 
unequally in various directions. After a time 
some of the ulcers heal, but other tumors quick 
ly form in different parts of the body, and pro- 
ceed on, in the same slow manner as the for- 
mer ones, to suppuration. In this manner the 
disease goes on for some years ; and appearing 
at last to have exhausted itself, all the ulcers 
heal up, without being succeeded by any fresh 
swellings, but leaving behind them a scar of 
considerable extent. This is one of the mildest 
forms under which scrofula presents itself In 
more virulent cases, the eyes are particularly 



SCR 

the seat of the disease, and are affected with 
ophthalmia, giving rise to ulcerations in the 
tarsi, and inflammation of the tunica adnata, 
terminating not unfrequently in an opacity of 
the transparent cornea. 

In similar cases the joints become affected; 
they swell, and are incommoded by excruciating 
deep-seated pain, which is much increased upon 
the slightest motion. The swelling and pain 
continue to increase, and the muscles 6i the 
limb become at length much wasted. Matter 
is soon afterward formed, and this is discharged 
at small openings made by the bursting of the 
skin. If the progress of the disease be not ar- 
rested, it extends to the ligaments and car- 
tilages, and produces a caries of the neighbor- 
ing bones. Hectic fever at last arises, and, in 
the end, often proves fatal. 

When scrofula is confined to the external sur- 
face, it is by no means attended with danger, 
although, on leaving one part, it is apt to be re- 
newed in others ; but when the ulcers spread, 
erode, and become deep, without showing any 
disposition to heal; when deep-seated collec- 
tions of matter form among the small bones of 
the hands and feet, or in the joints, or tuber- 
cles in the lungs, with hectic fever, arise, the 
consequences will be fatal. 

Cullen distinguishes four species of scrofula: 

1 . Scrofula vulgaris, when it is without other 
disorders, external, and permanent. 

2. Scrofula mesenterica, when internal, with 
Joss of appetite, pale countenance, swelling of 
the belly, and an unusual fetor of the excre- 
ments. • See Tabes mesenterica. 

3. Scrofula fugax. This is of the most sim- 
ple kinds it is seated only about the neck, and, 
for the most part, is caused by absorption from 
sores on the head. 

4. Scrofula Americana, when it is joined 
with the yaws. 

In conducting the treatment of this disease, 
we must always recollect that it is one of de- 
bility, so that our chief dependence must be on 
a tonic and stimulating plan, so modified as to 
meet the patient's age, idiosyncrasy, and man- 
ner of life. It is of the utmost importance to 
select a dry, equable, and salubrious situation 
for the residence of the patient. The diet 
should be as invigorating as the stomach will 
bear, and consist of a free use of tender beef 
and mutton, dilute wine, and good porter. The 
use of the cold bath is very useful. Tonic and 
stimulant medicines are to be exhibited regu- 
larly, either alone, or in combination with al- 
kalies or acids, or some of the antiscrofulous 
remedies, among which the principal are the 
preparations of iodine, cinchona, chalybeates, 
the compound calomel pill, alterative mercuri- 
als, not, however, to be pushed to salivation, 
the alkalies, with decoctions of sarsaparilla, and 
colt's-foot. Hyoscyamus and conium are prefer- 
red to opium where there is much pain ; they 
are also applied in poultices. The clothing is 
to be regulated so as to keep the body warm, 
but not heated. 

Scrofula mesenterica. Tabes mesenterica. 

SCROPHULA'RIA. (a, m, f.) A genus of 
plants in the Linnaean system. Didynamia. 
Angiosperrnia. Scrofulariacece. — S. aqualica. 



SC Y 

Greater water figwort. Water betony. The 
leaves were formerly in high estimation against 
piles, tumors of a scrofulous nature, inflamma- 
tions, &c. — S. minor. Ranunculus ficaria. — S. 
nodosa. The figwort. Scrophularia vulgaris. 
Scrophularia. Common figwort. The root 
and leaves of this plant have been celebrated 
both as an internal and external remedy against 
inflammations, the piles, scrofulous tumors, and 
old ulcers ; but they are not now used. 

SCROPHULARIA'CE^E. The figwort 
tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Hei'baceous 
plants with leaves opposite ; flowers, irregular, 
unsymmetrical ; stamens, 2 or 4, didynamous; 
fruit, capsular; seeds, albuminous. 

SCROTAL. Scrotalis. Belonging to the 
scrotum. 

Scrotal hernia. A protrusion of any of the 
contents of the abdomen into the scrotum. 
See Hernia. 

Scrotifo'rm. Purse-like; bag-like. 

Scrotoce'le. A scrotal hernia. 

SCRO'TUM. (iim, i, n. ; quasi scorlcum, a 
leather coat.) The bag of common integu- 
ments which covers the testicles. 

Scrotum cordis. The pericardium. 

SCRU'PLE. A weight of twenty grains. 

SCUDAMORE'S GOUT MIXTURE. Take 
of magnesia, gr. xv. to 3j.; sulphate of mag- 
nesia, 3J. to 3ij. ; vinegetr of squill (Acctum col- 
chici), 3J. to 3ij.; mix with f. §j. of any pleas- 
ant aromatic water. This draught is to be 
repeated every four or six hours. 

SCURF. Furfura. Small exfoliations of the 
cuticle, or scales like bran, which occur natu- 
rally on the scalp, and take place after some 
eruptions on the skin, a new cuticle being 
formed underneath during the exfoliation. 

Scurvy. Scorbutus. 

Scurvy-grass. Cochlearia officinalis. 

Scurvy, land. S., f.lcchial. Purpura ha> 
morrhagica. 

Scurvy of the Alps. Pellagra. 

SCU'TIFORM. Sculiformis. (From scutum, 
a shield, and forma, likeness.) Shield-like. 

Scutiform cartilage. The thyroid cartilage. 

SCUTE'LLA. A little dish or cup. Applied 
to the round, flat, or shallow conceptacle of" 
lichens. 

SCUTELLARIA, (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labia' 
tece. — S. galericula'ta. The skull-cap. It has a 
bitter taste and a garlic-like smell, and is said 
to be serviceable against ague. — S. hyssopifolia 
and S. integrifolia are veiy bitter, and may _ * 
prove tonic. — S. laterifldra. This plant was sup- 
posed to be prophylactic against hydrophobia. 

Scute'llum. A small scutella. 

S C Y ' B A L A. (Plural of scybalum ; from 
oicv6a?L0v, faices.) Dry, hard excrement: ap- 
plied to such as has become hard, and formed 
into small rounded nodules. 

Scymetar-shape. Acinaciform 

Scy'phiform. Goblet-shaped. 

Scyphopho'rus pyxidatus. The Lichen pyx- 
idalus. 

Scy'phus auditorius. S. Vieussenii. The 
infundibulum of the cochlea. 

Scyphus cerebri. The infundibulum of the 
brain. 

385 



SEC 

Scythica uadix. Liquorice root. 

Scytode'fsic acid. Tannic acid. 

Se. The symbol of selenium. 

SEA. Mare. The air of the sea, the effects 
produced on the system by the motion of a ves- 
sel, the water of the ocean, and its contents, all 
come under the attention of the physician. 

1. Sea air is prescribed in a variety of ca- 
chectic complaints, especially external scrofula. 
It is more stimulating than the air of the coun- 
try. 

2. Sea sickness. — An intense nausea, with 
violent retching, which varies, in respect of 
daration, in different persons, upon their first 

Soing to sea. The chief, if not the only reme- 
y, is to accommodate the body to the motion 
of the ship, retaining the vertical position, and 
not vibrating with the vessel. 

3. Sea water — This is arranged among the 
simple saline waters. Bathing m tho sea is one 
of the most powerful tonics we possess, and 
owes its efficacy no less to the free exposure of 
the body to the bracing sea breeze than to the 
quality of the water. The disorders for which 
tho internal use of sea water has been and may 
be resorted to, are, in general, the same for 
which all the simple saline waters may be used. 
The peculiar power of sea water and sea salt as 
a discutient, employed either internally or ex- 
ternally, in scrofulous" habits, is well known, 
and is attended with considerable advantage 
when judiciously applied. 

Sea-belts. Fucus saccharinus. 

Sea green. Glaucous. 

Sea-holly. Eryngium maritimnm. 

Sea-moss. Conferva rupestris and coralline 
officinalis. 

Sea-oak. Fucus vesiculosa. 

Sea-onion. Scilla maritima. 

Sea-salt. Sodii chloridum. 

Sea-wrack. Fucus vesiculosa. 

Sealed earth. Sigillata terra. 

Seam. See Suture. 

Searching. See Sounding. 

SEBA'CEOUS. (Sebaceus; from sebum, 
suet.) Suety : applied to glands which secrete 
a suety humor, and to the matter secreted. 

Sebaceous glands. Follicles, or pyriform, 
hollow glands, situated over the skin, about the 
prepuce and labia majora, which throw out a 
thick, oily secretion, destined to lubricate the 
skin. 

SEBA'CIC. (Scbacicas; from sebum, suet.) 
Of, or belonging to, suet, or such fat-like sub- 
stances. 

Sebacic acid. The sebacic acid may be ob- 
tained by distilling suet, lard, See., and boiling 
the product with water, when it is deposited 
on cooling. It is inodorous; taste slight; its 
crystals are small white needles ; its formula is 
C/ioH8C>3,HO. It combines with earthy, alka- 
line, and metallic bases, and forms salts called 
sebates. 

Sebadilla. See Cevadilla. 

Se'bate. A salt of sebacic acid. 

Sebesten. Sebestina. Cordia myxa. 

SECA'LE. (c, i, n.) 1. Rye. 2. A genus 

of plants. Triandria. Digynia. Gramina- 

■cew. — S. cercale. The rye plant. Rye corn is 

principally used as an article of diet, and for 

586 



SEC 

distilling whisky. Rye is said to be less nour- 
ishing than wheat, but is a sufficiently nutritive 
and wholesome grain. 

SECALE CORNUTUM. Secale cornicula- 
turn. Ergot. Spurred rye. A black, curved, 
morbid excrescence, like the spur of a fowl, 
which is found in the spike of the rye, espe- 
cially in hot climates, when a great heat sud- 
denly succeeds to much moisture. This dis- 
eased state is produced by the attack of a 
parasitic fungus, the JLrgotceiia abort if aciens. 
Ergot has a mealy, and then a rancid, nause- 
ous, and biting taste, which remains a long 
time, and causes the mouth and fauces to be- 
come dry. 

The secale cornutuin has a singular effect 
on the animal economy. The meal or flour 
sprinkled on a wound excites a heat and then 
a numbness in the part, and soon after in the 
extremities. When eaten, it produces lassitude, 
formication, weakness of the joints, with con- 
vulsive movements occurring periodically (ra- 
fhania, or convulsiones ccrcales). Of those so 
affected, some become maniacal; others epi- 
leptic or tabid ; and some have a thirst not to 
be quenched; and livid eruptions and cutane- 
ous ulcers are not uncommon. The disease 
continues from ten days to two or three months, 
and longer. It also terminates in loss of sensa- 
tion, and diy gangrene, more or less complete, 
constituting the Necrosis cerealis. 

As a medicine, the secale comutum is given 
internally to excite the action of the uterus in 
an atonic state of that organ ; and, during par- 
turition, to excite the contraction of the uterus 
when this is insufficient. It is observed that 
the uterine contractions brought on by the use 
of ergot are quite different in their character 
from ordinary labor-pains, being highly spastic, 
and continued almost without intermission till 
delivery is effected. Hence, before its use, we 
must be carefiil to adjust the child in a natural 
position, and see that the pelvis is well shapen, or 
a rupture of the uterus may be the consequence. 
The ergot has been used in powder, tincture, 
decoction, and infusion. The powder is given 
in the dose of from gr. x. to 9j., in any appro- 
priate vehicle. The decoction may be made 
with 3iij. to §xij. of water, boiled down to one 
half, and given in doses of ji., at intervals of 
ten minutes, according to the effect. The in- 
fusion, which is the form generally preferred, 
may be made with half a drachm to half a pint 
of boiling water, and one half administered at 
a time. The tincture is little used. The med- 
icine must be fresh, and well preserved in 
close vessels, or it wifi have lost its efficacy. A 
great part of the ergot found in the shops is 
good for nothing. Ergot has also been found 
useful in leucorrhoea, and is capable of produc- 
ing abortion. It is also thought to be anti- 
hemorrhagic. 

The antidote to the ill effects produced in the 
mouth and fauces by eating bread which has 
this poison, is milk. Against the convulsions — 
vomits, saline purgatives, glysters, submuriate 
of mercury as a purgative, are first to be given : 
and, after the prima? viae have been duly clean- 
ed, stimulants of camphor, ammonia, and ether 
with opium. In the necrosis, rectified oil of 



SBC 

turpentine is very beneficial in stopping its prog- 
ress, and then warm, stimulating Fomentations 
and poultices. 

SECE'RNENTS. (From sccerno, to separ- 
ate.) The secernents are a supposititious set of 
capillaries, which convey and deposit matters 
separated from the blood and nutritious fluids 
of the body, for the repair and reproduction of 
parts ; they are opposed to tho absorbents. 

SECONDARY. Something that acts as sec- 
ond, or in subordination to another. Thus, in 
diseases, we have secondary symptoms. 

Secondary amputation. When, in cases of 
compound fracture, or other severe injury, am- 
putation is immediately performed, it is called 
■primary amputation; but when it is deferred 
till the immediate effects of the injury on the 
constitution have passed away and suppuration 
is established, it is called secondary amputation. 

Secondary fever. That febrile affection 
which arises after a crisis, or the discharge of 
some morbid matter, as after the declension of 
the small-pox or the measles. 

Secondary hemorrhage. Hemorrhage oc- 
curring after wounds or operations, not imme- 
diately, but at a time when, supposing a healthy 
state of the parts, it would not have happened. 
Thus, after amputation, when the arteries have 
been tied, the stump has been dressed, and the 
patient been in bed some hours, a hemorrhage 
will sometimes take place from the small ves- 
sels. Again, after the ligature of an aneurismal 
artery, the vessel may ulcerate, and hemorrhage 
ensue. These cases arc called secondary hem- 
orrhage. 

SECRE'TION. (Secretio, onis, f.) A func- 
tion in a living body, arranged by physiologists 
under the head of natural actions. It is by this 
function that a part of the blood escapes from 
the organs of circulation, and diffuses itself, ei- 
ther preserving its chemical properties, or dis- 
persing after its elements have undergone an- 
other order of combinations. 

The animal secretions are arranged by Bos- 
tock into the aqueous, albuminous, mucous, gelat- 
inous, fibrinous, oleaginous, resinous, and saline. 
Magendie's arrangement is into three sorts : 

1. The exhalations, such as the ha lit us of the 
serous membranes, of the synovial membranes, 
of the mucous membranes, and the insensible 
and sensible perspiration. 

2. The follicular secretions, as the secretion 
of mucus by the mucous membrane, the secre- 
tion of sebaceous matter by the skin, of cerumen 
hi the ear, and of odoriferous matters by the 
glandulaa odorifera, &c. 

3. The glandular secretions, as tho secretion 
of bile, the pancreatic, salivary, gastric, seminal, 
urinary, and other elaborated fluids, which are 
the result of a much more complete alteration 
of the blood than the exhalations. 

SECTIO. (to, ionis, f.) A section; an in- 
cision. The different operations in which there 
is a deep cut made into a cavity were formerly 
termed sectio; as Seclio vesicalis, Sectio alta, 
&c., for lithotomy. 

Sectio C^sauea. The Ciesarian opera- 
tion. 

SE'CUNDINES. The after-birth, and mem- 
branes which are expanded from its edge, and 



SEG 

which form a complete envelope of the foetus 
and its waters, go under the name of seen?' 
dines. 

SECUNDUM ARTEM. According to art. 
A term frequently used in prescriptions. 
Secu'riform. Shaped like an ax. 

SE'DATIVE. (Sedati'ms; from sedo, to 
ease or assuage.) Applied adjectively and sub- 
stantively to medicines or other means which 
dimmish the animal energy, without destroying 
life. 

Sedative salt. Boracic acid. 

Sedentaria oss a. The bones on which one 
sits — the os coccygis and ischia. 

Sedes. The anus; the fasces 

Sedge. Iris pseudacorus. 

SE'DIMENT. The heavy parts in liquids 
which fall to the bottom. 

Sediment, lateritious. See Lateritious. 

SE'DLITZ. Scidlitz. Seydschutz. A vil- 
lage of Bohemia. Its water contains a large 
quantity of sulphate of magnesia, sulphates of 
soda and lime, carbonic acid, carbonates of 
lime and magnesia. It is a simple saline. 

Sedlitz powders. These consist of two dif- 
ferent kinds of powders : one consists of a mix- 
ture of tartrate of soda, 3ij., and bicarbonate of 
soda, 3ij. ; the other consists of tartaiic acid, 
grs. xxxv. For a dose, dissolve the former 
powder in half a pint of water, and the latter 
in a wine-glassfull ; then mix the solutions, and 
drink while effervescing. It is a cooling ape- 
rient. 

SE'DUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Pentagynia. Crassulacece. — S. 
acre. S. minus. This plant is, in its recent 
state, extremely acrid ; hence, if taken in large 
doses, it is both emetic and cathartic, and, if 
applied to the skin, frequently produces vesica- 
tions and erosions. It has been much recom- 
meded in the form of decoction as an antiscor- 
butic and in intermittents. It has also been 
applied externally as a vesicant. — S. majus. 
Sempervivum tectorum. — S. minus. Sedum 
acre. — S. telephium. Telephium. It was for- 
merly ranked as an antiphlogistic, but is now 
forgotten. 

Seed. See Semen. 

Seed-bud. The germen. 

Seed-lobe. The cotyledon. 

Seed-vessel. The pericarp. 

Seeds, cold. The seeds of cucumber, gourd, 
melon, and water-melon, were called the four 
cold seeds; the seeds of endive, lettuce, pur- 
slane, and succory, were called the four lesser 
cold seeds, in the old pharmacy. 

Seeds, hot. The old pharmaceutists called 
the seeds of anise, caraway, cummin, and fen- 
nel, the four greater hot seeds; the seeds of bish- 
op's weed, stone parsley, smallage, and wild 
carrot, were called the four lesser hot seeds 

Seeing. See Vision. 

Sega'line. Ergotine. 

Se'gment. Scgmentum. Applied to the 
parts of divided leaves. 

Segmoid valves. The valves of the pulmo- 
nary artery have been so called, from their re- 
sembling segments of circles. 

Segregata. Applied to the last order of the 
class Syngenesia. See Syngenesia. 

587 



SEM 

Seignette's salt. The tartrate of potash 
and soda. See Soda potassio-tartrat. 

Seiriasis. The coup de soleil. 

Sela'go. Lycopodium selago. 

Selatus. Solat. Quicksilver. 

Sele'nic acid. A volatile and crystallizable 
acid, consisting o§Se03- 

SELE'NIUM. {urn, ii, n.) An elementary 
body resembling sulphur. Its equivalent is 
39'6 ; symbol, Se. 

Self-heal. Prunella vulgaris. 

Seli'bra. Half a pound. 

SELI'NE. (e,cs, f. ; from atknvn, the moon ; 
because it is opaque, and looks like a little 
moon.) A disease of the nails, in which white 
spots are occasionally seen in their substance. 

Seli'num galbaniferum. A synonym of 
Bubon galbcmum. The Greek name of parsley. 

SE'LLA TU'RCICA. (So called from its 
supposed resemblance to a Turkish saddle.) 
Ephippium. Sella equina. A cavity in the 
sphenoid bone, containing the pituitary gland, 
surrounded by the four clinoid processes. 

SELTZER A place in Germany, about ten 
miles from Frankfort on the Maine, where there 
is a mineral water containing muriate of soda, 
carbonates of magnesia, soda, and lime, and a 
large quantity of free carbonic acid. It is ape- 
rient, and slightly tonic. 

Seltzer water, artificial. Take of hy- 
drochloric acid, itlxxxv. ; dissolve in water, Oj. ; 
add of white marble, gr. iij. Stop the bottle. 
Then add of carbonate of magnesia, gr. v., and 
carbonate of soda, gr. xxxij. Stop until wanted. 

Sembe'lla. Haifa pound. 

SEMECA'RPUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Pcntandria. Trigynia. — $. anacar- 
dium. The marking-nut-tree. The nut is used 
to mark linen. 

Semeio'l'ogy. Semeiotics. 

Semeio'sis. See Semeiotics. 

SEME 10' TIC. Scmciolicits. Sauriosis. 
Relating to the signs of disease. 

SEMEIO'TICS. Scmciotice. (Vrom oijfieiov, 
a sign.) That part of medicine which consid- 
ers the signs of disease. All the circumstances 
of the patient's constitution and habits ; the 
knowledge of what may have formerly taken 
place and what now exists, form a part of se- 
meiotics ; for, without such inquiry and con- 
sideration, the judgment is not likely to be 
correctly formed as to the probable tendency, 
duration, or termination of a disease. It is di- 
vided, therefore, into, 1. The diagnosis, or a 
consideration of the signs or nature of the 
symptoms of any disease, with a view of ascer- 
taining what the disease is ; and which signs 
are called diagnostic. 2. The j)rognosis, or 
the judgment respecting the course, tendency, 
and termination of a disease. 

SE'MEN. (en, inis, n. ; from scro, to sow.) 
1. A seed. 2. The seed or prolific liquor of 
animals secreted in the testicles, and carried 
through the epididymis and vas deferens into 
the vesicuhe seminales, to be emitted sub coitu 
into the female vagina, and there to penetrate 
and impregnate the ovule in the ovarium. 

Semen consist's of two parts, a milky fluid 
derived from the prostata gland, and a thicker 
mucilaginous portion secreted by the testes. 



SEM 

There is about Bix per cent, of solid matter in 
it, consisting of fibrous particles, formerly call- 
ed spermatozoa (see Spermatozoon) and semi- 
nal granules. It exhales a peculiar odor, for- 
merly called the aura seminis, and supposed to 
be of great importance in producing concep- 
tion ; has an alkaline reaction, and is denser than 
water. The animal matter is said to be pecu- 
liar, and is called spermatin by some authors. 

It is a well-established fact that chastity is 
peculiarly conducive to the development of the 
body and mind, and that venereal excesses, or 
masturbation, are followed by debility, tabes 
dorsalis, and a state of languor and inanity 
nearly allied to idiotcy. 

Semen adjowaen. A seed imported from 
the East, of a pleasant smell, a grateful, aro- 
matic taste, somewhat like savory. It pos- 
sesses exciting, stimulating, and carminative 
virtues, and is given in the East in nervous 
weakness, dyspepsia, flatulency, and heartburn. 
It is the produce of the Ammi copticum. 

Semen agave. An East Indian seed exhibit- 
ed in atonic gout. 

Semen contra. A strong aromatic bitter, 
derived from the artcmisia sieberi or artemisia 
santonica. 

Semen sanctum. Artemisia santonica. 

Semen psyllii. The mucilaginous seeds of 
the plantago psyllium and other species. 

Semen veneris. Scales of brass. — Ruland. 

SEMI-. (From semis, half.) A common pre- 
fix signifying half: it is often written ss. in pre- 
scriptions. 

Se'mi-ami>lexica'ul. A leaf, which half, or 
in part only, embraces the stem. 

SEMICIRCULAR CANALS. These canals 
arc three in number, and take their name from 
their figure. They belong to the organ of hear 
ing, are situated in the petrous portion of the 
temporal bone, and open into the vestibulum 
See Auris. 

SEMICU'PIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A half-bath, 
or such as receives only the hips or extremities. 

Se'micyli'ndrical. That which is flat on 
one side and round on the other. 

Semi-interosseus indicis. The abductor 
indicis manus. 

Semi-interosseus tollicis. The opponens 
pollicis. 

SEMI L U'N A R. Semilunaris. Half-moon 
shaped. The ganglia formed by the great sym- 
pathetic nerve on its entrance into the abdo 
men, from which nerves are sent to all the 
viscera. See Intercostal nerve. 

Semilunar fibro-cartilages. Two falci- 
form fibro-cartilages, situated around the head 
of the tibia, and between it and the femur. 

Semilunar valves. The three valves at the 
beginning of the pulmonary artery and aorta are 
so termed, from their half-moon shape. 

SE'MI-MEMBRANO'SUS. A muscle of the 
thigh. It arises from the outer surface of the 
tuberosity of the ischium, rims at first under 
the long head of the biceps, and afterward be- 
tween that muscle and the semi-tendinosus. At 
the lower part of the thigh it becomes narrow- 
er again, and terminates in a short tendon, which 
is inserted chiefly into the upper and back part 
of the head of the tibia, but some of its fibres 



SEM 

are spread over the posterior surface of the 
capsular ligament of the knee. Between this 
capsular ligament and the tendon of the muscle 
wo find a small bursa mucosa. The tendons 
of this and the last-described muscle form the 
inner hamstring. This muscle bends the leg, 
and seems likewise to prevent the capsular liga- 
ment from being pinched. 

Se'minal. Pertaining to a seed or the semen. 

Semini'ferous. Bearing seeds or semen. 

Semi-neuvosus. The semi-tendinosus. 

Skminis ejaculator. The accelerator urine. 
* Semiolo'gy. Semeiotics. 

Se'mi-orbi'cular. Semi-orbicularis. Having 
the shape of half a globe. 

Semi-orlicularis oris. The orbicularis 
oris. 

SEMI-SPIN ALIS COLLI. Semi-spinalis she 
transverso-spinalis colli of Winslow. Spinalis 
ccrvicis of Albinus. Spinalis colli of Douglas. 
Transversalis colli of powper. A muscle -sit- 
uated on the posterior part of the neck, which 
turns the neck obliquely backward and a little 
to one side. It arises from the transverse pro- 
cesses of the uppermost six vertebra) of the 
back by as many distinct tendons, ascending 
obliquely under the complexus, and is inserted 
into the spinous processes of all the vertebrae of 
the neck except the first and last. 

Semi-spinalis dorsi. Scmi-spinalis cxternus 
seu transverso-spinalis dorsi of Winslow. Semi- 
spinatus of Cowper. A muscle situated on 
the back, which extends the spine obliquely 
backward. It arises from the transverse pro- 
cesses of the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth 
vertebrae of the back, by as many distinct ten- 
dons, which soon grow fleshy, and then become 
tendinous again, and are inserted into the spi- 
nous processes of all the vertebra) of the back 
above the eighth, and into the lowermost of the 
neck, by as many tendons. 

Semi-spinalis externus. See Semi-spinalis 
dorsi. 

Semi-spinatus. See Semi-spinalis dorsi. 

Semi-tendinosus. This muscle, which is the 
semi-nervosus of Douglas and Winslow, is sit- 
uated obliquely along the back part of the 
thigh. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the 
inferior, posterior, and outer part of the tuber- 
osity of the ischium, in common with the long 
head of the biceps cruris, to the posterior edge 
of which it continues to adhere, by a great 
number of oblique fibres, for the space of two 
or three inches. Toward the lower part of the 
os femoris it terminates in a round tendon, 
which passes behind the inner condyle of the 
thigh bone, and, becoming flat, is inserted into 
the upper and inner part of the ridge of the 
tibia, a little below its tuberosity. This ten- 
don sends off an aponeurosis, which helps to 
form the tendinous fascia that covers the mus- 
cles of the leg. This muscle assists in bending 
the leg, and, at the same time, draws it a little 
inward. 

Semoli'n a. Fine flour rolled into little masses 
by the assistance of water. 

Sempe'rvirens. Evergreen. 

SEMPERVPVUM. {urn, i,n.) A genus of 
plants. Dodecandria. Polygynia. Crassu- 
lacece. — S. acre- Sedum acre. — S. tectorum. 



SEN 

The house-leek or sengreen. The leaves of 
this plant have a slight subacid austerity: they 
are frequently applied by the vulgar to bruises 
and old ulcers. 

SENE'CIO. (o, onis, m. ) A genus of plants. 
Syngcncsia. Polygamia superjlua. Composita:. 
— S. Jacobwa. St. James's wort. Ragwort. 
The leaves have a roughish, bitter, subacrid 
taste, extremely nauseous. The root is of an 
astringent nature. A decoction of it was for- 
merly deemed good for wounds and braises. — 
S. madraspatanus. Seuecio pseudo-china. — S. 
pseudo-china. Bastard china. This plant grows 
in Malabar. The root greatly resembles the 
China root in appearance and qualities. — S. vul- 
garis. Groundsel. Scnecio. This plant is fre- 
quently applied bruised to inflammations and 
ulcers, as a refrigerant and antiscorbutic. 

Senecionideje. A subdivision of the family 
Composita), inclftding the genera Anthemis, Se- 
necio, Artemisia, &c. 

Senectus. Old age. See Age. 

Se'nega. Polygala senega. 

Senega milkwort. Polygala senega. 

Senegal gum. Acacia vera. 

Se'negine. The polygalic acid. 

Seneka. Polygala senega. 

Seneka oil. Petroleum. 

Sengreen. Sempervivum tectorum. 

SE'NNA. (a, <e, f. ; from senna, an Arabic 
word, signifying acute.) The senna of com- 
merce is the produce of several plants of the 
genus Cassia. The following sorts aro known 
in commerce: 

1 . Tinnevelly senna. The leaves of the Cassia 
elongata, the finest senna of commerce. 2. 
Acute-leaved senna. The leaves of the Cassia 
acutifolia ; the principal part of the senna con- 
sumed in Great Britain is produced by this 
species; it is, however, much adulterated. 3. 
Mecca senna. The leaves of the Cassia lance- 
olata, according to Forskhal. 4. Tripoli senna. 
The leaves of the Cassia athiopica, of very uni- 
form appearance. 5. Aleppo and Italian senna. 
The leaves of the Cassia obovata, of inferior 
quality : this species is probably identical with 
the Cassia obtusa of Roxburgh. 6. Alexandria 
senna. The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia, C. 
obovata, and sometimes C. mihiopica, always 
mixed with the leaves of Cynanchum argel, 
and other plants. This is the kind mostly found 
in the shops. 

The odor of senna leaves is faint, rather dis- 
agreeable, and sickly ; the taste slightly bitter, 
aromatic, sweetish, and nauseous. The active 
principle of senna is Cathartine. It is uncrystal 
lizable, of a reddish-yellow color, and has a bit- 
ter, nauseous taste. It is soluble in alcohol and 
in water, but insoluble in ether. 

Senna is purgative, generally operating un- 
der four hours after it is taken; and is well 
adapted for all cases in which the bowels re- 
quire to be certainly, yet moderately evacuated. 
It should be combined with an aromatic, as it 
frequently produces griping. The dose of the 
leaves is from 3j. to $j., given in infusion, &c. 

Senna, American. The leaves of the Cassia 
marilandica : they are very similar to senna, and 
act in doses one third larger. 

Senna pauperum. Senna, bladder. Colutea 
589 



SEP 

arborescens of Linnaeus, the leaves of which 
purge and vomit. 

Senna scorpium. Coronilla emerus. 

SENSA'TION. Sensatio. When an impres- 
sion made on the extremity of a nerve is com- 
municated to the sensorium, so as to excite the 
consciousness of the mind, it is called a sensation. 

SENSES. The channels of communication 
by which the mind derives the material of 
thought from the external world, and the exer- 
cise of which depends on the property of sen- 
sibility modified by particular organs to especial 
ends. Man is generally considered to be en- 
dowed with five senses, namely, sight, hearing, 
smell, taste, and touch. Besides these, we have 
a very distinct consciousness of the action of our 
own muscles, or a muscular sense, which was 
first pointed out and ingeniously commented on 
by Dr. Browne. The several powers of the 
mind, as memory, imagination* judgment, the 
passi6ns, &c, have been called internal senses. 

SENSIBI'LITY. Scnsibilitas. That faculty 
of living parts by which they are capable of re- 
ceiving impressions, which increase, diminish, 
alter, or suspend their actions. Sensibility is 
usually divided into animal sensibility, which 
gives rise to sensations, and organic sensibility, 
which calls into action the organic contractility. 

Sensorial. Appertaining to the sensorium. 

SENSO'RIUM. {urn, ii, n.) The common 
centre at which all the impressions of sense arc 
received. This common centre is the brain. 

Sensorium commune. The brain. 

Sensory. Sentient; endowed with sensa- 
tion. 

Se'nsus. A sense. 

Sentico'sus. Thorny; brier-like. 

SE'NTIENT. Sentiens. This term is applied 
to those parts which are more susceptible of feel- 
ing than others, as the sentient extremities of 
the "nerves, &c. 

Sentis. A thorn. 

Sentis caninus. See Rosa canina. 

Se'pal. The divisions of the calyx are called 
sepals. 

SEPARATO'RIUM. (From separo, to sepa- 
rate.) 1. An instrument for separating the pe- 
ricranium from the skull. 2. A chemical vessel 
for separating essential parts of liquids. 

Sepedonoge'nesis. Sept do genesis. Aseptic 
tendency, as in typhus and putrid diseases. 

SE'PIA. (a, a, f.) A genusof cephalopodous 
mollusca. — S. officinalis. The cuttle fish. Sepi- 
um. The bone, or, more properly, the internal 
shell of this animal, consists of membranous lay- 
ers hardened by carbonate of lime. It was 
frrmerly used in medicine, but is now only em- 
ployed as a dentifrice. The animal also fur- 
nishes a brown pigment. 

8epi.« os. Sepia officinalis. 

Sepium. Sepia officinalis. 

8k'psis. annate. Putrefaction. 

Septfoil. Tormetilla erecta. 

SE'PTIC. (Septicns; from ennu, to putrefy.) 
Relating to putrefaction. 

Septici'dal. That form of dehiscence in 
which the lateral junction of the carpels is torn 
apart. 

Septifra'gal. When the fissure is along the 
dorsal suture of the carpels. 
590 



SER 

Septopy'ra. Typhus gravior. 
SE'PTUM. (km, i, n. ; from aepto, to separ 
ate.) 1. A partition : applied to membranes, 
bones, &c, which divide parts ; as Septum na- 
rium, &c. 2. In Botany, the dissipement formed 
by two cohering carpels. 

Septum auricu'larum. The partition be- 
tween the auricles of the heart. 

Septum cerebelli. A process of the dura 
mater, dividing the cerebellum perpendicularly 
into two principal parts. 

Septum cerebri. The falciform process of 
the dura mater is sometimes so called. 

Septum cordis. S. ventriculorum. The par- 
tition between the two ventricles of the heart. 

Septum encephali. The tentorium. 

Septum lucidum. S.pcllucidum. S. medium 
cerebri. The thin and tender portion of the 
brain, dividing the lateral ventricles from each 
other. 

Septum narium. Th* partition between tho 
nostrils, 

Septum pectiniforme. The imperfect pec- 
tinated partition which runs along the middle 
of the corpus cavernosum penis. 

Septum pellucidum. The septum lucidum. 

Septum scal.e. The lamina spiralis of the 
internal ear. 

Septum scroti. The division formed by tho 
dartos, whereby the scrotum is divided into two 
unequal parts. 

Septum thoracis. The mediastinum. 

Septum transversum. The diaphragm. 

SEQUE'LA. (a, a, f. ; from scqnor, to fol- 
low.) In Medicine, any secondary affection 
which follows upon a disease. Thus the sequela: 
of scarlet fever or measles arc anasarca, the de- 
velopment of phthisis, scrofula, &c. 

SEQUE'STRUM. (urn, i, n. ; from sequestro, 
to detach.) The dead portion of bone cast off 
by necrosis. 

Sera'pias. The dried root of the Orchis 
mono. 

Sf.rapinum. Sagapenum. 

Serene drop. Amaurosis. 

Seri'cf.us. Silky. 

SERI'CUM. 1. Silk. When bumed, it had a 
place in the dispensatories under the name of 
Scricum tostum. 2. A fine pubescence on plants. 

Sericum anglicum. Court-plaster. 

Se'ris. "LepLc. Endive. 

Sermountain. Laserpitium montanum. 

SEROLIN. A peculiar fatty matter of the 
blood, non-saponifiable, and but little soluble in 
hot alcohol. It forms flocks of a fatty, nacreous 
appearance, is perfectly neutral, melts at 97° F., 
and may be partially distilled. 

Serosity. Synonymous with serum. 

SE'ROUS. (Scrosus; from serum.) Relating 
to serum. 

Serous apoplexy. See Apoplexy. 

Serous membranes. Delicate tissues of the 
form of a closed sack, and secreting a thin hali- 
tus, but not pouring out an excretion, except 
when inflamed. The peritoneum, arachnoid, 
pleura, &c, are of this kind. 

Serous plethora. See Plethora. 

Serpenta'ria. Aristolochia serpentaria. 

Serpentaria braziliensis. See Cainca. 

Serpentaria gallorum. Arum europaeura. 



SER 

Serpentaria viiuu.ma.na. Aristolochia Ber- 
pentaria. 

Serpentum lignum. Ophioxylum. 

Serpentum radix. Ophiorrhiza. 

Serpiginous. Resembling serpigo ; any tet- 
ter or ulceration that cicatrizes in one part as it 
extends in another. 

SERPI'GO. (From serpo, to creep ; because 
it creeps on tho surface of the skin by degrees.) 
A ringworm or tetter. Herpes exedens. 

Serpy'llum. Thymus serpyllum. 

Serpyllum vulgare. Thymus vulgaris. 

Serra'ta. See Serratula. 

Se'rrate. ' Sera'tus. Serrated. Having the 
margin or edge divided into teeth like those of 
a saw. 

SERRA'TULA. (a,a:,f.) A genus of plants. 
Syngenesia. Polygamia aqualis. Composite. 
— 3. amara. A species of saw-wort, which is 
said to cure agues. — 8. arvcnsis. The creeping 
way-thistle. This plant was formerly used as 
an application to resolve scirrhous tumors, and 
is now considered useful against piles. 

SERRATUS. (From serra, a saw.) Ser- 
rated. 1. Applied to leaves when the teeth are 
pointed, and resemble those of a saw. 2. In 
Anatomy, applied to muscles and other parts, 
from their serrated appearance. 

Serratus anticus. See Pectoralis minor. 

Serratus magnus. Serratiis major anticus 
of Douglas and Cowper. Serratus major of 
Winslow. It is a broad, fleshy muscle, of a very 
irregular shape, and is in part covered by tho 
subscapularis, pectoralis, and latissimus dorsi. 
It arises, by fleshy digitations, from the eight su- 
perior ribs, and is inserted, fleshy, into the whole 
basis of the scapula internally, between the in- 
sertion of the rhomboides and the origin of the 
subscapularis, being folded, as it were, about 
the two angles of the scapula. This muscle 
may easily be divided into two or even three 
portions. The latter division has been adopted 
by Winslow. The first of these portions is the 
thick and short part of tho muscle that arises 
from the first and second ribs, and is inserted 
into tho upper angle of the scapula, its fibres 
ascending obliquely backward. The second 
portion arises from the second rib, behind the 
origin of the first portion, and likewise from the 
third and fourth ribs: this portion is thin and 
short, and its fibres run nearly in a horizontal 
direction, to be inserted into the basis of the 
scapula. The third and most considerable por- 
tion is that which arises from the fifth, sixth, 
seventh, and eighth ribs, and is inserted into the 
lower angle of the scapula. The serratus mag- 
nus serves to move the scapula forward ; and it 
is chiefly by the contraction of this muscle that 
the shoulder is supported, when loaded with 
any heavy weight. The ancients, and even 
many of the moderns, particularly Douglas and 
Cowper, supposed its chief use to be to dilate 
the thorax, by elevating the ribs ; but it can 
only do this when the scapula is forcibly raised. 

Serratus major anticus. See Serratus 
magnus. 

Serratus minor anticus. See Pectoralis 
minor. 

Serratus posticus inferior. This is a thin 
muscle, of considerable breadth, situated at the 



SES 

bottom of the back, under the middle part or 
the latissimus dorsi. It arises by a broad, thin 
tendon, in common with that of the last-men- 
tioned muscle, from the spinous processes of 
the two, and sometimes of the three inferior 
dorsal vertebra;, and from three, and sometimes 
four, of those of the lumbar vertebra?. . It then 
becomes fleshy, and, ascending a little oblique- 
ly outward and forward, divides into three, and 
sometimes four fleshy slips, which are inserted 
into the lower edges of the three or four infe- 
rior ribs, at a little distance from their cartilages. 
Its use seems to be to pull the ribs downward 
backward, and outward. 

Serratus superior posticus. This is a 
small, flat, and thin muscle, situated at the up 
per part of the back, immediately under tho 
rhomboideus. It arises, by a broad, thin ten- 
don, from the lower part of the ligamentum 
colli, from the spinous process of the last ver- 
tebrae of the neck, and the two or three upper- 
most of the back, and is inserted into the sec- 
ond, third, fourth, and sometimes fifth ribs, by 
as many distinct slips. Its use is to expand 
the thorax, by pulling tho ribs upward and out- 
ward. 

Skrre'-arte're. An instrument of Des- 
champs for compressing an artery. 

Skrre'-NCEUD. A French instrument, intend- 
ed to assist in tying a knot on art.ories. 

Seurui-a'tus. Serrulate, or minutely serrato. 

Sertula camtana. Trifolium melilotus. 

Sertu'lum. A simple umbel. 

SE'RUM. (ttiB, i, n.) 1. The whey of 
milk. 2. The yellowish fluid which separates 
from the blood when cold and at rest. See 
Blood. 

Serum aluminosum, Alum whey. Made 
by boiling 31 j. of alum in a pint of cow's milk, 
and straining. This was formerly esteemed as 
an astringent in the different proiluvia. 

Serum oatharticum. Purging whey. Take 
of fresh damask rose buds, picked, an ounce ; 
put them into two pounds of common whey 
over night, and strain and drink it next morn- 
ing. 

Serum lactis. Whey. 

Serum scohbuticum. Take of the leaves of 
succory and sorrel, of each, twelve handfulls; 
fir tops, scurvy grass, and water-cresses, of each, 
four ounces ; coriander seeds, one ounce. When 
bruised, add to them of orange juice, four oun- 
ces, and common whey, four pounds. Let them 
stand for a little, then press out the liquor, 
sweeten it with a little refined sugar, and clar- 
ify for use. This used to be drunk as an anti- 
scorbutic, in the quantity of two or three pinta 
a day. It will not keep, and therefore must 
be made as it is wanted. 

Serum sinapinum. Mustard whey. Thisis 
made by boiling a pint of milk with half an 
ounce of bruised mustard seed, and straining. 
This is sometimes used as a diuretic in dropsy, 
in the dose pf a quarter of a pint three times a 
day. 

Service-tree. Sorbus nucuparia. 

SE'SAMOID. (Sesamoidevs ; from atinn/tti, 
a kind of grain, and eufac, likeness.) Like the 
sesamum seed. Applied, in Anatomy, to sev 
eral parts, from their shape. 

591 



SEV 



SHO 



Sesamoid bones. Ossa sesamoidea. The 
little bones which are found at the articulations 
of the great toes, and sometimes at the joints 
of the thumbs ; now and then we meet with 
them upon the condyles of the os femoris, at 
the lower extremity of the fibula, under the os 
cuboides of the tarsus, &c. 

Sesamoidea corpora. See Corpora sesa- 
moidea. 

SE'SAMUM., (mot, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Angiospermia. Bignoniaccm. — 
S. orientalc. Scsamum. The seeds yield a 
bland oil on expression. The feeds of the S. 
indicum are very similar. 

SE'SELI. (Gen. Scsclcos; n. Zeoeli.) A 
genus of plants. Pcntandria. Digynia. Um- 
bellifercc. — 8. cre'licum. The seeds are said to 
be diuretic. — S. marsiliense. Seseli tortuosum. 
— S. torhiosnm. The hartwort of Marseilles. 
The seeds of this plant are directed for medici- 
nal use, and have a warm, biting taste, and a 
greater degree of pungency than those of the 
Laser pitium. 

SE'SQUI. This word, joined with any num- 
ber, weight, measure, &c, signifies one and a 
half; as Sesqui granum, a grain and a half. 

SE'SSILE. (Scssilis, setting close.) A term 
applied to any part of a plant that is not eleva- 
ted on a kind of stalk : hence Flores scssiles, 
Folia scssilia, &c. 

SE'TA. (a, ce, f. ; from ,\'flt~a, a bristle.) A 
bristle. 1. In Anatomy, a long, rigid hair, such 
as is on the neck of swine. 2. A bristle, applied 
in botanical language to a hollow, rigid, sharp- 
pointed hair. 

SETAEQUINA. The horse-hair worm. 
Helminthus gordii. It very much resembles a 
horse-hair ; is four to six inches long, and found 
in marshy and putrid waters. It is remarkably 
common in Lapland, and, being swallowed 
with the water, is said to produce a distressing 
colic, the Colica lapponica. 

Seta'ceum. A seton. 

Seta'ceous. Setaceus. Bristly. 

Setifo'rm. Sctiformis. Bristly. Applied 
to parts of plants ; as the nectary of the Peri- 
ploca greeca. 

SE'TON. Setaceum. An artificial sinus 
made under the skin by means of the seton- 
needle, which carries with it a portion of thread 
or silk, a part of which is drawn through daily, 
and thus keeps up a constant irritation. Setons 
were formerly much used to establish a perma- 
nent derivative action in obstinate chronic in- 
flammations and irritations, as in phthisis, oph- 
thalmia, epilepsy, &c, but are not now much 
used. 

Setose. Seto'sus. Bristly. 

Setterwort. Helleborus foetidus 

SEVEN DAYS' DISEASE. An epileptic 
affection of South America, said to seize upon 
infants of seven days of age, and supposed to 
be similar to the Trismus infantilis of the West 
Indies. , 

SE'VUM. Suet. The fat of the omentum. 
That of the sheep and ox is in common use for 
various purposes. 

Sevum ceti. Spermaceti. 

Sevum ovile. S. ovillum. Mutton suet. 

Sevum prjeparatum. Mutton suet melted 
592 



over a slow fire, and strained through linen. 
It is demulcent and emollient. 

SEX. Sexus. The distinction between ani- 
mals of the same species in their generative ap- 
paratus. 

Sexes of plants. The stamens and pistils: 
the former are the male organs, the latter the 
female. 

Sextans. Sextant. 1. A sixth part of a 
pound. 2. A sixth part of a circle. 

Sextarius. A Roman measure equal to a 
pint and a half. 

SEXUAL. Scxualis. Appertaining to the 
sexes. 

Sexual actions. Sexual functions. Those 
functions proper to each sex, by which the spe- 
cies is propagated ; as the excretion of semen 
in men; menstruation, conception, the evolu- 
tion of the fhitus, parturition, &c, in women. 

Sexual organs. The organs of generation. 

Sexual system of plants. The system in- 
vented by Linnaeus, and founded on the parts 
of fructification. 

Shaddock. The fruit of the Citrus decuma 
na. 

Shaft. Styltis. The style of the flower 

Shaggy. See Hirsute and Chorion. 

Shaking palsy. Synclonus agitans 

Shallot. Allium ascalonicum. 

SHAMPOO'ING. Massage. Kneading. _ A 
process which consists of kneading or pressing 
the muscles, and extending the joints, with fric 
tion. It is done after the bath by assistants 
and is a matter of luxury, as well as a thera 
pontic means, among Eastern nations. 

Sheath. See Vagina and Spatha 

Sheathing. See Vaginans. 

Shedding. See Caducus. 

Shedding-teeth. See Teeth. 

Sheep-laurel. Kalmia angustifolia. 

SHELL. The hard covering or external 
skeleton of testaceous and crustaceous animals, 
and of insects. The shells of the testaceous 
mollusca consist of carbonate of lime and animal 
matter ; those of the Crustacea, of a mixture of 
carbonate and phosphate of lime, with animal 
matter. 

Shell lac. A resinous body which exudes 
from several East Indian trees, as the Croton 
lacciferum, Ficus indica, &c. It is found wher- 
ever the twigs are punctured by the Coccus 
lacca. 

SHERBE'T. (An Arabic word.) A cooling 
summer drink, prepared with the juice of fruits 
and water variously sweetened and flavored. 
Sherbets are much used in the East. 

Shield-laver. Ulva umbilicalis. 

Shin. The anterior part of the tibia. 

Shingles. Herpes zoster. 

Shoot. Surculus. 

Sho'rea camphorifera. A sy nonym of the 
Dryobalanops aromatica. 

Short-sightedness. Myopia. 

Shoulder-blade. The scapula. 

SHOW or SHOWS. Labor-show. The name 
given by midwives to the mucous secretion 
which precedes parturition. It commences 
usually some two days before, and is attended 
with trifling pains. 

Shower-bath. See Balneum. 



SIC 

Shrimp. Cancer crangon. 

SHRUB. 1. A low, bushy tree. 2. A li- 
queur, consisting of acid fruits, sugar, and vari- 
ous substances to give flavor, digested in rum 
or brandy. 

Shrubby. Fruticose. 

SHUDDERING. An involuntary and some- 
what spasmodic movement, usually arising as a 
precursor of shivering, but being also produced 
by mental operations. See, also, Fremitus. 

Si. Silicon. 

Si'agon. liayuv. The jaw. 

Siago'nagra. The gout in the jaw. 

SIA'LAGOGUE. (Sialago'gus; from oialov, 
saliva, and ayu, to expel.) Medicines are so 
called which excite an uncommon flow of sali- 
va : such are mercurial preparations, pyrethrum, 
&c. 

Siali'sma. Sialorrhasa. Salivation. 

Sia'lon. liaTiov. Saliva; spittle. 

SI'BBENS. Sivvens. A disease which is 
endemic in some of the western counties of 
Scotland. It strikingly resembles the yaws in 
many respects, but entirely differs in others. 
It is propagated, like syphilis, by the direct ap- 

Elication of contagious matter. This disease 
as not yet been thoroughly investigated. 

Si'ccation. Siccatio. Drying. 

SI'CCATIVE. Si'ccans. (From sicco, to 
diy.) Having a drying property: applied to 
desiccative medicines. 

Siccha'sia. "ZiKxaot-a- The lassitude, de- 
bility, and anorexia peculiar to women with 
child. 

SICKNESS. 1. A disease of any kind. 2. 
A particular state of the stomach, which occurs 
under three forms, nausea, retching, and vom- 
iting. 

Nausea is a tendency to vomit, but there is 
no rejection. It depends on a disposition in the 
peristaltic motion of the stomach and bowels 
to become inverted : if the inversion take place, 
retching and vomiting result ; but if it do not, 
the effect is merely a nausea. Nausea lowers 
the pulse, contracts the small vessels, occasions 
cold perspiration, severe rigors, and trembling, 
and diminishes, as long as it lasts, the actions, 
and even the general powers of life. The act 
of retching, and.vomiting more especially, on 
the contrary, rouses rather than depresses, puts 
to flight all the preceding symptoms, and often 
restores the system to itself. 

Nausea and vomiting are sometimes idio- 
pathic affections, but more frequently sympto- 
matic and sympathetic : hence they occur in 
colic, cholera, in the accession of fevers, repell- 
ed gout, and many affections of the head. 

From such a variety of causes, it is but nat- 
ural to conclude the remedies must be very 
vaiious. The sympathetic and symptomatic 
affections require the removal of the primary 
disease. The best palliatives against all nausea 
and vomiting are carbonic acid gas, in the form 
of an effervescing saline draught ; and small do- 
ses of opium. Lemon ice, or very cold lemon- 
ade, is often serviceable, and more especially 
if made with a strong infusion of mint. 

Sickness, country. 8., home. See Nostalgia. 

Si'cula. The beet. 

Sicyo'ne. A cucurbit. 
Pp 



SIL 

Sida abu'tilon. This malvaceous plant is 
mentioned by Avicenna. It is mucilaginous. 

SIDERA'TIO. ( , onis, f. ; from sidus, a 
planet ; because it was thought to be produced 
by the influence of the planets.) 1. An apo 
plexy. 2. A palsy. 3. A slight erysipelas. 

Siderum. Phosphuret of iron. 

Sidhee. Sidje. Gunjah. 

SIFFLE'MENT. (French.) Whistling. 
An auscultatory sound; the sifflcmcnt module, 
See Auscultation of the heart. 

SIGAU'LTI AN OPERATION. The pro- 
posed operation of Sigault to divide the sym- 
physis pubis in those cases where the pelvic 
diameters were deficient. It should never be 
done. 

SIGESBE'CKIA. («, a-, f.) A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia swperfi.ua. 
Compositce. — S. orientalis. A plant which is said 
to be useful in removing strangury, and in cal 
culous diseases, gout, and fluor albus. 

Sight. See Vision. . 

Sight by day. See Hemeralopia. 

Sight by night. See Nyctalopia. 

Sight, dimness of. See Caligo. 

Sight, lateral. See Dysopia. 

SIGILLA'TUS. Sealed: applied formerly 
to several earths, which were formed into little 
cakes, and stamped or sealed, and were called 
Terrce sigillatw. 

SIGI'LLUM. {urn, i, n. ; diminutive of sig- 
num, a sign.) A seal or image. 

Sigillum beat.*: marijs. Tamus commu- 
nis. 

Sigillum hermeticum. The hermetic seal. 

Sigillum Solomonis. Convallaria polygona- 
tum. 

Sigillum virginitatis. The hymen. 

SPGMOID. (Sigmoides; from the Greek 
letter f , sigma, and udoc, a likeness. ) Resem- 
bling the Greek letter sigma. Applied to sev- 
eral parts ; as the valves of the heart, the car- 
tilages of the trachea, the semilunar cavities of 
the bones, and the flexure of the colon. 

Sigmoid flexure. A fold of the colon, where 
the rectum commences. See Intestine. 

Sigmoid valves. The semilunar valves of 
the aorta and pulmonary artery. 

Signa critica. See Crisis. 

Signa diagnostica. See Diagnosis 

SIGNATURES, DOCTRINE OF. A hy 
pothesis which prevailed in medicine until the 
last century, that the medical virtues of plants 
were indicated by marks on the root, stem, 
leaves, &c, and that they were proper reme 
dies for diseases similarly distinguished. 

Si'gnum. A sign. See Semeiotics. 

SILENE VIRGINICA. The Catchfiy, an 
indigenous caryophyllaceous plant, the roots of 
which are said to be anthelmintic. 

Siler. Laserpitium siler. 

Silex. Flint. See Silica. 

SI'LICA. Flint. Silicic acid. A compound 
of silicon with three atoms of oxygen. It is one 
of the most common bodies in nature in the 
free state, and combined in the silicates. Its 
combining number is 47*21 ; equivalent, SiOs. 

Si'licate. A compound of the silicic acid 
with a base. See Silica. 

Sili'cium. Silicon. 

593 



SIN 

SILICON. The basis of silicic acid ; a brown 

Jiowder, spontaneously inflammable. Equiva- 
ent, 22-18; symbol, Si. 

SILFCULA. (a, te, f.) A pouch or pod, 
that is scarcely longer than broad. 

SILICULC/SA. The name of the first order 
of the class Tetradynamia of the Linnrean sys- 
tem of plants, containing such as have a broad, 
short pod. 

SI'LIQUA. (a, cb, f.) A long, dry, mem- 
branaceous pericarpium, pod, or seed-vessel, of 
two valves, separated by a linear receptacle, 
along the edges of each of which the seeds are 
arranged alternately. 

Siliqua'strum. The capsicum. 

SILIQUO'SA. The name of the second or- 
der of the class Tetradynamia of the Linnaeau 
system of plants, containing such as have long 
pods. 

Siliquo'sj-:. Cruciferaj. 

Siliquosa indica. Its juice is said to be 
alexipharmic. 

Siliqco'sus. Siliquose. Having pods. 

Silk-weed. Asclepiaa syriaca. 

Si'lphium. (Zalaph, Arabian.) Assafcetida, 
or the plant which affords it. 

Silver. See Argentum. 

Silver, nitrate of. Argenti nitras. 

Silver-weed. Potentilla anserina. 

Silvic acid. One of the acids present in 
rosin. 

SIMAROU'BA. (a, ec, f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Monogynia. Simaroubaccat. — S. 
officinalis. Quassia simarovba. Mountain dam- 
son. The tree which yields the simarouba 
bark. It is a native of Carolina, the West In- 
dies, and South America. The medicinal part 
is the bark of the root; the wood, though enu- 
merated in the Materia Medica of the Dublin 
College, is entirely inert. It is tonic, and con- 
tains a peculiar bitter principle named Qvassine. 
The dose of the powder is from 3j. to 388. ; that 
of the infusion, one to two ounces See Infu- 
sum simarovba:. 

SIMARUBA'CEiE. The quassia tribe of di- 
cotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs with 
leaves alternate ; flowers, polypetalous ; stamens, 
twice as many as the petals, hypogyuous ; ova- 
rium, four or five celled ; fruit, indehiscent 
drupes. 

Simple bitters. Those bitters, as calumba, 
quassia, &c, which are destitute of astringency. 

Simple substance/ See Element. 

Simples. Medical herbs. 

Sinamine. See Thiosinnamine. 

Sin ape'. Sinapis nigra. 

Sinapelje'um. Oil of mustard. 

Sinapi. Sinapis nigra. 

SINA'PIS. (is, is, f., and e, is, n., and t, n., 
indeclinable.) 1. Sinapis nigra. 2. A genus 
of plants. Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Cru- 
eifera. — S. alba. The white mustard plant. 
It is somewhat less pungent than the black 
species. — S. nigra. Common black mustard. 
Binape and Sinapi. The seeds have an acrid, 
pungent taste, and, when bruised, this pungency 
•hows its volatility by powerfully affecting the 
organs of smell. The active principle of black 
mustard is due to a volatile oil, which does not 
pre-exist in the seed, but is developed in the 
594 



SIN 

same way as hydrocyanic acid from bitter al- 
monds by the action of water. It is the pro- 
duct of the action of myrosyne on myronic acid, 
and is a powerfully acrid, vesicating, and vola- 
tile body; sp. gr., 1-01; boiling at 298 F. ; 
formula, CnHsNSj ( Gregory). This is not to be 
confounded with the expressed oil, which is 
bland. Mustard is considered as capable of pro- 
moting the appetite, assisting digestion; and by 
stimulating the fibres, it proves a general rem- 
edy in paralytic affections. Joined to its stim- 
ulant qualities, it frequently, if taken in consid- 
erable quantity, opens the body, and increases 
the urinary discharge; and hence it has been 
found useful in dropsical complaints. In the 
dose of a table-spoonfull, the powder acts as a 
stimulating emetic, and is employed for this pur- 
pose in cases of poisoning by opium. Exter- 
nally, flour of mustard, made into poultice, is 
frequently used as a stimulant or sinapism. 

Sinapi'sine. A crystalline, fatty body of 
black mustard, not to be confounded with the 
essential oil of mustard. 

SINAPFSM. Sinapismus. (From sinapis, 
of which it is made.) Cataplasma sinapi. A 
mustard poultice. A name given to a mixture 
of mustard and warm water, or vinegar, in the 
form of poultice, generally applied to the calves 
of the legs or soles of the feet, as a stimulant, 
and employed in low states of fevers and other 
diseases, and intended to supersede the use of a 
blister. See Cataplasma sinapis. 

Sina'pium. An infusion or decoction of mus- 
tard seed. 

Sinapo'line. An artificial base formed by 
the action of moist hyd rated oxide of lead on 
essential oil of mustard. It is soluble in hot 
water, alcohol, and ether, and consists of 
C, 4 H| 2 N,0. 2 . 

Sl'NClPUT. (ut, itis, n.) The fore part of 
the head. See Caput. 

Si'ne pa'ri. Azygos. 

Sinkw. A tendon. 

SINGU'LTUS. (us, us, m.) The hiccough. 
A convulsive motion of the diaphragm and parts 
adjacent. The most common cause is some ac- 
cidental irritation of the stomach from food or 
wind, and hence it is so common among chil- 
dren. It is also produced by the irritation of 
worms, acidity, and a bilious condition of the 
stomach. It is usually removed in children by 
warm carminatives, and in youth and adults 
by a little cold water, camphor julep, volatile 
alkali, or a sudden fright. 

It is sometimes, however, very troublesome, 
and is then mostly a symptomatic or sympa- 
thetic affection. In the latter state, it results 
from gall-stones, hepatic diseases, ulcers of the 
stomach, and many diseases of the abdominal 
viscera. Hiccough is one of the nervous symp- 
toms which sometimes becomes habitual, and 
will not yield to remedies. 

Sintoe bark. The bark of the Cinnamomum 
sintoe, very similar in properties with the Culil- 
awan bark. See Cinnamomum. 

Sinua'te. Sinvatus. Indented. Having a 
waved and irregular outline. 

Si'nuous. Sinuosus. Having an irregular, 
winding course ; tortuous. Applied to some 
fistulous wounds or ulcers. 



SIR 

SINUS, (us, us, m.) 1. A cavity or de- 
pression. 2. In Surgery, a long, narrow, hol- 
low track, leading from some abscess, diseased 
bone, &c. 3. The veins of the dura mater are 
termed sinuses. They are several in number, 
the principal of which are, 1. The longitudinal 
sinus, which rises anteriorly from the crista 
galli, ascends and passes between the two lam- 
ina of the falciform process to where this pro- 
cess ends. It then opens into, 2. Two lateral 
sinuses, distinguished into right and left, which 
lie in the crucial spine of the os occipitis. 3. 
The inferior longitudinal, which is a small sinus 
situated at the acute inferior margin of the falx. 
4. The torcular Herophili, or fourth sinus. 5. 
The cavernous sinuses. 

Sinus aortici. The depressions situated be- 
tween the semilunar valves and the trunk of 
the aorta. 

Sinus arteriosus. The left auricle of the 
heart. 

Sinus coronarius. S. circularis. A small 
sinus nearly surrounding the pituitary fossa. 

Sinus cox.e. The acetabulum. 

Sinus falciformis. The longitudinal sinus. 

Sinus gen.e pituitarius. See Antrum High- 
morianum. 

Sinus, lateral. See Lateral sinuses. 

Sinus, longitudinal. See Longitudinal 
sinus. 

Sinus maxillary. See Antrum. 

Sinus muliebris. The vagina. 

Sinus pocularis. A little depression at the 
commencement of the caput galliuaginis. 

Sinus renum. The pelvis of the kidney. 

Sinus terminalis. A circular venous canal, 
which surrounds the area vasculosa of the in- 
cubated egg. 

Sinus urogenitals. A duct running into 
the urachus in the foetus, and receiving the ex- 
cretory ducts of the Wolffian bodies, ureters, 
and generative apparatus. 

Sinus uteri. Sinuses of the uterus. The 
large veins contained within the walls of the. 
uterus. During gestation they become im- 
mensely enlarged. 

Sinus vesm portarum. Sinus of the vena) 
porta. The entrance into the liver. 

Sinus venarum cavarum. Sinus of the vena 
cava. The right auricle of the heart. 

Sinus venarum pulmonalium. The left au- 
ricle of the heart. 

Sinus venosus. The right auricle. 

Sinuses, frontal. See Fronlis os. 

Sinuses of the dura mater. See Sinus. 

Sinuses of the larynx. The ventricles of 
the larynx. 

Sinuses of Morgagni. Minute openings on 
the mucous membrane of the urethra. 

Sinuses of Valsava. Depressions behind 
the semilunar valves of the aorta and pulmonary 
artery. 

Sinuses, pulmonary. The depression be- 
, hind the semilunar valves of the pulmonary 
artery. 

Sinuses, vertebral. The two large veins 
which run the whole length of the spinal canal. 
Bee Spinal cord. 

Siphita parva. Chorea. — Paracelsus. 

SIRI'ASIS. (is, is, f. ; fromatpoc, the cavity 



8LE 

of the fontanella.) An inflammation of the 
brain, said to be peculiar to children, and at 
tended with a hollowness of the eyes and de- 
pression of the fontanella: it is described by 
Paulus. 

Si'saruji. Si'scr. Sium sisarum. 

SI'SON. (on, i, n. Stffwv.) A genus of 
plants. Pcntandria. Digynia. Umbclliferee. 
— S. ammi. The plant which affords the Ammi 
vcrum. The seeds have a grateful smell, some- 
what like that of origanum, aud were formerly 
administered as a carminative. 

SISYMBRIUM, (aw, it, n.) A genus of 
plants. Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Crucifera. 
— S. nasturtium. The water-cress. This plant 
grows plentifully in brooks and stagnant waters. 
The leaves have a moderately pungent taste, like 
that of mustard seed, but much weaker. They 
are considered highly antiscorbutic. — S. sophia. 
The herb sophia. Sophia chirurgorum. It was 
formerly given internally in hysterical affections 
and uterine hemorrhages, and the seeds are 
said to bo efficacious in destroying intestinal 
worms. 

Sitio'logy. Sitiologia. Synonymous with 
Dietetics. 

Sition. Iiitlov. Aliment; food. 

Sitis. (is, is, f.) See Thirst. 

SI'UM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Pcn- 
tandria. Digynia. Umbellifera:. — S. aromati- 
cum. The amomum is sometimes so called. — 
S. ninsi. The root is called Radix ninsi, Ninzin, 
and Nindsin. It possesses similar, though weak 
er properties than ginseng. — S. nodifiorum. 
The creeping water-parsnip. This plant is 
thought to be antiscorbutic. — S. sisarum. The 
siser or skirret. The root of this plant is edi 
ble, but now out of use. 

SIZE. 1. In the Arts, an impure hydrated 
gelatine. 2. In Medicine, this word is often 
used to designate the buffy coat of the blood. 

Skate. Raia batis. 

SKELETON. Sceletos. When the bones of 
the body are dried and preserved in their natu- 
ral situation, and deprived of the flesh, the as- 
semblage is called a skeleton; and the assem- 
blage of all the bones of the animal, when hung 
in their respective situations by means of wire, 
is denominated an artificial skeleton, in oppo- 
sition to a natural one, when the bones are re- 
tained in their proper places by means of their 
natural ligaments. See Os. 

Skin. See Cutis. 

Skin, scarf. The epidermis. 

SKIN-BOUND DISEASE. A disease of in- 
fancy, attended with a hard, tightly stretched, 
cold, aud swollen skin : it originates in chronic 
inflammation of the subcutaneous cellular tissue. 

Skink. See Scincus. 

Skirret. Sium sisarum. 

Skull. Cranium. 

Skull-cap. The genus Scutellaria. 

Skunk cabbage. Dracontium faetidum. 

Slavering. Driveling. 

SLEEP. Somnus. That state of the body- 
in which the exercise of the external senses is 
suspended according to a natural law, and in- 
dependently of any diseased state. The end 
and design of sleep is both to renew the vital 
energy which has been exhausted through the 

595 



SMI 

day, and to assist nutrition. In sleep the cere- 
bral hemispheres and ganglia of special sense 
are inactive, but the medulla oblongata, spinal 
cord, and ganglia of the great sympathetic ex- 
hibit considerable activity, although not so 
much as during the day. 

Sleep-walking. Somnambulism. 

Sleeplesness. Agrypnia. 

SLING. A bandage suspended around the 
neck for the purpose of sustaining the forearm.* 

Sloe. Primus sylvestris. 

SLOUGH. A portion of mortified substance 
adhering to an ulcer or gangrenous sore : it is 
in a moist state, and not dried, as in the case of 
an eschar. 

Smallage. Apium graveolens. 

Small-pox. Variola. 

Smalt. A blue pigment derived from cobalt. 

Smara'gdine. Of an emerald color. 

Sme'ctica. Detergents. 

Sme'gma. SfiTjypa. Soap. 

Smegma preputii. The sebaceous matter 
secreted by the prepuce and glans. 

SMELL. Olf actus. There escapes from 
almost eveiy body in nature certain particles 
of an extreme tenuity, which are carried by the 
air often to a great distance. These particles 
constitute odors. The sense of smell is destined 
to perceive and appreciate them. 

The olfactory apparatus may be represented 
as a sort of sieve, placed in the passage of the 
air, and intended to stop and examine every 
foreign body that may be mixed with the air, 
particularly the odors. This apparatus is com- 
posed of the pituitary membrane which covers 
the nasal cavities, of the membrane which cov- 
ers the sinuses, and of the olfactory nerve. 

The pituitary membrane covers the whole 
extent of the nostrils, and is continued beyond 
their edges, so that the air can not traverse the 
nostrils but in a long, narrow direction. Its sur- 
face presents an infinity of small projections, 
which have been considered by some as nerv- 
ous papilla:, by others as mucous follicles, but 
which, according to all appearance, are vascu- 
lar. Over every part of this tissue the olfactory 
nerve is distributed, to take cognizance of odors, 
and convey their effects to the brain. 

Smellome's eye salve. This consists of 
half a drachm of verdigris, finely powdered, 
and rubbed with oil, and then mixed with an 
ounce of yellow basilicon. 

Smelt. Salmo eperlanus. 

SMILA'CEiE. A family of endogenous 
climbing shrubs, of which the genus Smilax is 
the type. 

Smi'lacine. A non-azotized, crystalline 
principle detected hi the root of Sarsaparilla. 
Formula, C16H13O5. 

Smilaspekic acid. An acid obtained from 
the hemidesmus indicus. 

SMI'LAX. (ax, acts, f.) A genus of plants. 
Dimcia. Octandria. Smilacece. — S. china. 
The systematic name of the China root tree. 
China. Smilax aspera chinensis. China root. 
It was formerly in esteem in the cure of the 
venereal disease, and cutaneous disorders. — S. 
Chinese. Smilax china. — S. sarsaparilla. One 
of the plants formerly supposed to yield sarsa- 
parilla. See Sarsaparilla. 
596 



SOD 

Smi'le. 2/iiA.n. A curved bistoury, sharp oa 
both edges. 

Smy'rna. 2/zvpva. Myrrh. 

Smyrnion hortense. Imperatoria ostru- 
thium. 

SMY'ENIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferm. 
— S. olusa'trum. Alexanders. This plant was 
formerly cultivated in gardens for culinary use, 
but is now superseded by celery. The seeds 
are bitter and aromatic, and the roots are more 
powerfully bitter. — S. rotundifolium. The 
blanched leaves of this species are said to be 
more agreeable than those of the olusatrum. 

Sn. Tin. 

Snail. See Helix. 

Snail-seeded glasswort. Salsola kali. 

Snake, rattle. Crotalus horridus. 

Snake-killing birthwort. Aristolochia an- 
guicida. 

Snakeroot. Aristolochia serpentaria and 
polygala senega. 

Snakeroot, black. Aetata racemosa. 

Snakeroot, button. Eryngium aquaticum. 

Snakeroot, Canada. Asarum canadense. 

Snakeweed. Polygonum bistorta. 

Snakewood. Colubrinum lignum. 

Snap-dragon. Antirrhinum majus. 

Sneezewort. Achillea ptarmica. 

SNEEZING. Sternutatio. A convulsive ac 
tion of the muscles of the chest, arising com- 
monly from irritation of the nostrils. It very 
seldom requires medical assistance. It some 
times, however, is otherwise; and cases are 
recorded in foreign, and particularly German 
works, of its having been sometimes both per- 
manent and violent, sometimes periodical and 
fatal. These severe cases are usually produced 
by sympathy with some remote part, as the 
lungs and stomach. 

Snipe. Scolopax gallinago. 

Snoring. Stertor. 

Snuff, cephalic Pulvis asari composirus. 

Snuffles, morbid. Coryza maligna. 

Soap. Sapo. 

Soap-berry. Soapwort. Saponaria offici- 
nalis. 

Sob. A spasmodic inspiration and expiration. 

SOCIA PAROTIDIS. A lobe of the parot- 
id gland, sometimes separated from the princi- 
pal mass of the gland. 

SO'DA. (a, m, f. ; an Arabic word.) The 
name now universally given to the mineral al- 
kali, or natron. Soda is the protoxide of so- 
dium, a white, caustic powder scarcely known, 
the caustic soda of chemists being the hydrate 
of soda. Its formula is NO ; equivalent, 40-32. 

Soda, in the form of an impure carbonate, is 
procured in a limited quantity by the incinera- 
tion of seaweeds (Kelp) and sea-shore plants 
(Barilla) ; but the principal supply is from the 
sulphate of soda, obtained by decomposing sea 
salt. It is a powerful base, and isomorphous 
with potash. i| 

Soda, acetate of. See Soda: acetas. 

Soda, borate of. See Soda biboras. 

Soda boracicata. See Sodce biboras. 

Soda, carbonate of. See Sodce carbonas. 

Soda caustica. The hydrated protoxide of 
soda. 



SOD 

Soda hispanica. See Soda impura. 

Soda hispanica purificata. See Soda car- 
bona*. 

Soda, hydrate of. Soda caustica. Hy- 
drated protoxide of soda. It is prepared from 
the carbonate by caustic lime, in the same way 
as potassa. It is a white, deliquescent, highly 
caustic body, very similar to potassa. Its formula 
isNaO+HO; equivalent, 40-32. 

Soda, hyperoxymuriate of. See Soda chlo- 
ras. 

Soda impura. Impure soda. Soda. Barilla. 
The produce of the incineration of sea-shore 
plants. It is used in soap-making and for coarse 
purposes, and consists chiefly of carbonate of 
soda. The soda ash of the present day is, how- 
ever, very superior to the old soda impura, being 
a fair carbonate of soda. 

Soda, impure. See Soda impura. 

Soda muriata. See Soda: nutria*. 

Soda, muriate of. See Soda: murias. 

Soda muriatica. See Soda: murias. 

Soda, nitrate of. This salt, also called cubic 
or Peruvian nitre, is found abundantly in Peru. 
*It crystallizes in rhombohedrons, and is deli- 
quescent ; in other respects it has precisely the 
same qualities as nitrate of potash. 

Soda, phosphate of. See SoiUc pkosphas. 

Soda phosphorata. See Soda: phosphas. 

Soda powders. These are sold as an ex- 
temporaneous substitute for soda water. They 
are put up in blue and white papers, tho former 
containing half a drachm of carbonate of soda, 
mid the latter twenty-five grains of tartaric 
acid. They form a refreshing saline draught. 

Soda, protoxide of. See Soda. 

Soda, Spanish. Sep Soda impura. 

Soda, subcarboxate of. See Soda: carbonas. 

Soda, subcarboxate of, dried. See Soda: 
carbonas exsiccata. 



See Soda: .sulphas. 
See Soda: polassio-lar- 

See Soda: jiolassio-lar- 

Seo Soda; potassio-tar- 



Soda, sulphate of. 

Soda tartarizata. 
tras. 

Soda, tartarized. 
tras. 

• Soda, tartrate of 
tras. 

Soda water. This refreshing drink is formed 
by dissolving carbonate of soda in water, and 
supersaturating it with carbonic acid, under 
pressure. It affords a salutary stimulus to the 
stomach, and is useful in cases of debility of that 
organ, accompanied with acidity. That com- 
monly sold for soda water is, however, little 
more than water saturated with carbonic acid, 
or a solution of carbonate of soda , into which air 
is condensed. 

Sodje acetas. Acetate of soda. A salt formed 
of a combination of acetic acid with the soda. 
Its virtues are similar to those of the acetate of 
potash. 

Sodje 1UB0RA3. Sod&bora.s. Biborate of soda. 
Borate of soda. Borax. 

Borax is found native in tho East, and like- 
wise in South America, and purified in the la- 
boratories. 

Purified borax, or biborate of soda, is white, 
transparent, in the form of six-sided prisms, ter- 
minating in three-sided or six-sided pyramids. 
Its taste is styptic. When exposed to heat it 



SOD 

swells up, boils, loses its water of crystalliza- 
tion, and becomes converted into a porous, 
white opaque mass, commonly called calcined 
borax. It requires about eighteen times its 
weight of water to dissolve it at the tempera- 
ture of 60° F. ; but water at the boiling heat 
dissolves three times this quantity. 

The biborate of soda is rarely used internally 
in modern practice. It is supposed by some 
to be, in doses of half a drachm or two scruples, 
diuretic and emmenagogue. Its solution is in 
common use as a cooling gargle, in cases of 
aphtha?. It may be used in the proportion of 
3j . to 3ij . to a pint of water. The officinal honey 
of borax is used in the same cases. See Mel 
boracis. 

Sodje bicarboxas. The bicarbonate of soda 
may be formed by passing a stream of carbonic 
acid gas through a strong solution of the car- 
bonate of soda. In its medicinal qualities it 
agrees with the carbonate. 

Sodje boras. See Soda; biboras. 

Sodje carbonas. Carbonate of soda. This 
salt is in common use as an antacid in the dose 
offrom grs. x. to 3SS. ; combined with the resin- 
ous purgatives, it renders their action milder. 

Sodje carbonas exsiccata. Take of car- 
bonate of soda, a pound ; expose it to a proper 
degree of heat hi a vessel until it is dry ; then 
heat it to redness ; and, lastly, rub it to powder. 
By the above process the carbonate of soda is 
deprived of its water of crystallization, and, con- 
sequently, of its disposition to e ffloresce . Hence 
it can bo given in pill, which the hydrated car- 
bonate can not. 

Sodje chloras. The chlorate of soda; a 
salt formed in the same way, and having simi- 
lar properties with the chlorate of potash. It 
is seldom used medicinally. 

Sodje chlorinatje liquor. See Liquor so- 
dee chlorinata; (U. S.). 

Sodje hydriodas. See Sodii iodidum. 

Sodje hyfochloris. Hypochlorite of soda, 
the basis of the disinfecting liquid. See Liquor 
soda; chlorinates. 

Sodje liquor kffervescens. Soda water is 
directed under this name in tho last London 
Pharmacopoeia-. See Soda water. 

Sodje murias. See Sodii chloridum. 

Sodje phosphas. Phosphate of soda. Tri- 
basic phosphate of soda. Phosphorated soda. 
A compound of phosphoric acid and soda, ob- 
tained by saturating with carbonate of soda 
the impure phosphoric acid separated from 
calcined bones by sulphuric acid, and then fil- 
tering the liquor, evaporating, and crystallizing. 
The phosphate of soda is cathartic, and, having 
little taste, is termed tasteless purging salt. 
The dose is from fss. to fj. 

Sodje potassio-tartras. Soda tartarizata. 
Potassio-tartratc of soda. Sodio-tartratc of pot- 
ash. Take of subcarbonato of soda, twenty 
ounces ; supertaitrate of potash, powdered, two 
pounds ; boiling water, ten pints. Dissolve the 
subcarbonato of soda in the water, and add 
gradually the supertartrate of potash ; filter the 
solution through paper, and evaporate it until a 
pellicle forms upon tho surface ; then set it by 
that crystals may form. Having poured away 
the water, dry these ciystals upon bibulous pa- 

597 



SOL 

per. It possesses mildly cathartic, diuretic, and 
deobstruent virtues, and is administered in do- 
ses of from one drachm to an ounce as a ca- 
thartic, and in the dose of twenty to thirty 
grains as a diuretic. 

Soo-E sesquicarbonas. An imperfect bicar- 
bonate, resulting from a mixture of the carbon- 
ate and bicarbonate. 

Sodje subboras. See Soda biboras. 

Sod-E sur.CAUBONAs. See Soda; carbonas. 

SoDiE subcarbonas kxsiccata. See Soda 
carbonas cxsiccala. 

Soda; sulphas. Sulphate of soda. Glau- 
ber's salt. Sulphate of soda is bitter and saline 
to the taste. It is soluble in 2*85 parts of cold 
water, and 0-8 at a boiling heat. It crystal- 
lizes in hexagonal prisms, beveled at the ex- 
tremities, sometimes grooved longitudinally, 
and of very large size, when the quantity is 
great. These effloresce completely into a white 
powder if exposed to a dry air, or even if kept 
wrapped up in paper in a dry place ; yet they 
retain sufficient water of crystallization to un- 
dergo the aqueous fusion on exposure to heat, 
but, by urging the fire, melt. It possesses ca- 
thartic and diuretic qualities, and is esteemed 
as a mild cathartic. The dose is from one 
drachm to one ouuce. 

Sodii auro-terchloridum. Sec Auri ct so- 
dii ckloridum. 

Sodii chloridum. Sodii chlorurctum. Chlo- 
ride of sodium. Muriate of soda. Common 
salt. This useful substance is very abundant in 
nature, both as a mineral and in salt springs, 
and the ocean. It is a compound of one equiv- 
alent of chlorine with one equivalent of sodium. 
It possesses antiseptic, tonic, emetic, cathartic, 
and resolvent qualities, and is frequently em- 
ployed in form of clyster, fomentation, lotion, 
pediluvium, and bath, in obstipation, against 
worms, gangrene, scrofulous tumors, herpetic 
eruptions, arthritis, &c. 

Sodii iodi'dum. Iodide of sodium. Hydri- 
odate of soda. This possesses nearly the same 
medicinal properties as the iodide of potassium, 
but is little employed. 

SO'DIUM. (um, it, n.) The metallic base 
of soda. This metal closely resembles potas- 
sium, and is obtained in the same way. It is 
soft, of the appearance of silver; sp.gr., "934; 
melts at 194° F., and is volatile. It decom- 
poses water, but does not burst into flame Unless 
the water is hot. Its symbol is Na ; equiva- 
lent, 23*3. It is seldom or never used. The 
protoxide, NaO, is soda; the chloride, common 
salt. The iodide and bromide have been spoken 
of as substitutes for the corresponding potash 
6<dts, and are very similar in properties. 

Sodium, auro-terchloride of. See Auri et 
sodii chloridum. * 

Sodium, chloride ok. Common salt. 

Sodium, oxide of. Soda. 

Soft palate. The velum pendulum 
palati. 

Soft soap. A soap, the basis of which is 
potash. 

Softening of the brain. Kamollissement 
of the brain. * 

SOL. {Sol, solis, m.) The sun. Gold was 
so called by the older chemists. 
598 



SOL 

Sola'men. Consolation ; applied to a car- 
minative. 

SOLANA'CEjE. The nightshade tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants or 
shrubs, with leaves alternate ; flowers, monope- 
talous, regular ; stamens inserted into the corol- 
la; ovarium, two-celled; fruit, succulent. 

SOLANINE. Solania. A crystalline alka- 
loid derived from dulcamara and other species 
of solanum, and from the shoots of the potato. 
Most of its salts are non-crystallizable, but the 
sulphate resembles sulphate of quinine. It is 
poisonous in doses of several grains, and is but 
imperfectly examined. The formula appears 
to be C 84 H78N028? 

SOLA'NUM. {urn, i, n.) 1. The bitter- 
sweet. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
Monogynia. Solanacea — S. dulcamara. Bit- 
ter-sweet. Woody nightshade. Dulcamara. 
Solanum scandens. Solanum lignosum. The 
roots and stalks of this nightshade, upon being 
chewed, first cause a sensation of bitterness, 
which is soon followed by a considerable de- 
gree of sweetness, and hence the plant obtain- 
ed the name of bitter-sweet. The berries have 
not yet been applied to medicinal use; they 
excite violent vomiting and purging. The 
younger branches (Caules dulcamara) are di- 
rected for use in the pharmacopoeias, and they 
may be employed either fresh or dried, making 
a proportionate allowance in the dose of the 
latter for some diminution of its powers by dry- 
ing. Boiling water extracts all the active mat- 
ter of the plant. Solanine has been extracted 
from this plant, and also another body called 
Picroglycion by Pfaff, but which Pelletier con- 
siders to be a mixture of sugar and solanine. 
Dulcamara is, on the whole, an uncertain medi- 
cine : it has been chiefly recommended in 
rheumatism, chronic affections of the bronchii, 
skin diseases, and as an alterative in cachexies. 
Its sensible properties are diaphoretic, slightly 
narcotic, and alterative. The dose of the pow- 
der is 9j., gradually increased to sj. or more, 
but it is mostly given in decoction. See De- 
coctum dulcamara;. — S. fatidum. Datura stra- 
monium. — S. lethale. Atropa belladonna. — S. 
lignosum. See Solanum dulcamara. — S. lycoper- 
sicum. The love-apple plant, or Tomato. The 
fruit is considered cooling and nutritive. — S. me- 
longena. The mad-apple plant, or egg fruit. — 
S. nigrum. The garden nightshade: it is very 
similar to the dulcamara. — S. racemosum. Phy- 
tolacca decandra. — S. sanctum. The Pales- 
tine nightshade ; the fruit of which is globular, 
and in Egypt much eaten by the inhabitants. 
— S. tuberosum. The potato plant. — S. vesi- 
carium. Physalis alkekengi. 

Solar. Pertaining to the sun. 

Solar txexus. See Plexus, solar 

Soldane'lla. Convolvulus soldanella. 

Sole. 1. The under surface of the foot. 2 
The fish, Pleuronectes solea. 

SO'LEN. 'ZuItjv. 1. A tube or channel. 2. 
A cradle for a broken limb. 

Solena'rium. A catheter. 

SOLE'US. {us, i, m.) See Gastrocnemius 
Mterniis. 

SOLIDA'GO. {o, onis, f. ) A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Poli/gamiasuperflua. Com- 



SOM 

posita ; division, Corymbiferte. — S. odora. 
(Solidago, U. S.) Sweet-scented golden rod. 
The leaves are esteemed aromatic and stimu- 
lant, and said to be a good substitute for tea. — 
jS. virgaurea. The golden rod. Virga aurea. 
The leaves and flowers of this plant are recom- 
mended as aperient and tonic in urinary ob- 
structions, and it is said by some to be useful 
in stopping internal hemorrhages. 

SOLID. 1. In Natural Philosophy, bodies, 
tin! particles of which cohere so lirmly as not 
to be separated without some degree of fdrce, 
are called Solids. 2. In Anatomy, the solids are 
the bones, ligaments, membranes, muscles, 
nerves, and vessels. 

SOLI'DISM. The medical doctrine which 
regards the vital properties of the body as resi- 
dent in the solids, and not the fluids. Accord- 
ing to this view, disease results from the action 
of morbific causes on the vital endowment of 
the solids. 

Solita'rius. Solitary. 
So'lium. A species of tape-worm. See 
Ttenia. 

Solomon's anti-impetigines. A solution of 
corrosive sublimate. 

Solomon's balm of gilead. An aromatic 
tincture, of which brandy and cardamom seeds 
appear to be the principal ingredients. Some 
say it contains cautharides. 

Solomon's seal. Convallaria polygonatum. 
SO'LUBLE. 1. Capable of dissolving, espe- 
cially in water. 2. When applied adjectively 
to the bowels, it means in a somewhat relaxed 
state. 

Soluble cream of tartar. A solution of 
bitartrate of potash with borax. 

Soluble tartar. The tartrate of potash. 
Solum. The sole of the foot. 
SOLU'TIO. (is, ionis, f.) A solution. This 
term was formerly applied to the pharmaceutical 
preparation now termed Liquor, which see. 

Solutio arsenicalis. See Arsenicalis li- 
quor. 

Solutio calcis. See Calcis liquor. 
Solutio chlorinii. See Chlorine water. 
Solutio potassii iodidi iodureta. See 
Liquor iodini composila. 

Solutio sulphatis cupri composita. (Ph. 
E.) Aqua cupri vitriolati composita. Com- 
pound solution of sulphate of copper. Take of 
sulphate of copper and sulphate of alumina, 
each, three ounces; water, two pounds; sul- 
phuric acid, an ounce and a half. Boil the sul- 
phates in the water that they may be dissolved ; 
then filter through paper, and add the acid. It 
is sometimes used as a styptic, and, when large- 
ly diluted, as an astringent collyrium. 

SOLUTION. Solutio. 1. An intimate com- 
mixture of solid bodies with fluids, into one 
seemingly- homogeneous liquor. The dissolv- 
ing fluid is called a menstruum or solvent. 2. A 
crisis. 

Solution of continuity. A surgical phrase 
for a wound ; the separation of parts formerly 
united. 

SOLUTI'VE. Solntivus. (From solvo, to 
loosen.) Laxative ; gently purgative. 
Solvent. See Menstruum. 
SOMA'TIC. Somaticns. (From auua. the 



SOB 

body.) That which pertains or relates to the 
body. 

Somatology. Soma'tomy. Anatomy. 

SOMNA'MBULISM. (From somnus, sleep, 
and ambulo, to walk.) This term is applied to 
sleep-walking, and also to a particular state in- 
duced by what is called animal magnetism. 

SOMNI'FEROUS. (Somniferus; from som- 
nus, sleep, and fero, to bring.) Having tho 
power of inducing sleep. 

Somnilo'quium. Talking in the sleep. 

Somnole'ncy. Somnolentia. Sleepiness; a 
common symptom of some cerebral affections. 

So'mnium. A dream. 

SO'MNUS. (us, i, m.) Sleep. 

SO'NCHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
Syngenesia. Polyeamia cequalis. Compositm. 
— S. arvensis. The greater hawkweed. A 
feebly astringent plant. — S. oleraceus. The 
sow-thistle. Most of the species of sonchos 
abound with a milky juice, which is very bit- 
ter, and said to possess diuretic virtues. It is 
sometimes employed with that intention. 

Soot. Fuligo. 

Sophi'a. Sisymbrium sophia. 

SOPHISTICATION. Sophisticatio. Adulter- 
ation ; counterfeiting or adulterating any thing. 

SOFHO'RA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Monogynia. Leguminosee. — S. 
heptaphylla. A shrub, the root and seeds of 
which are sometimes called anticholerica : they 
are both intensely bitter, and said to be useful 
in cholera, colic, and dysury. — S. tinctoria is a 
synonym of Baptisia tinctoria. 

Sophroniste'res. The last of the grinding 
teeth. 

So'piens. Soporific. 

SO'POR. (or, oris, m.) A profound sleep, 
in which the person can be roused only with 
difficulty. It is a symptom in many cerebral 
diseases. 

SoporarijE arterijE. Arterim soporales. 
The carotid arteries. 

Soporific Sopori'ferous. Soporifcrus. 
Possessed of the power of inducing sleep. 

So'ra. (Arabic.) The nettle-rash. 

Sorbastre'lla. Pimpinella saxifraga. 

So'rbate. A malate. 

SORBEFA'CIENT. Sorbefaciens. < Absorb- 
ent ; a remedy that promotes absorption. 

Sorbic acid. Malic acid. 

SO'RBUS. (us, i, f., and um, i, n.) A genus 
of plants. Icosandria. Trigynia. Pomacea. 
— S. aucuparia. The wild service-tree. The 
berries of this plant are astringent, and, it is 
said, have been found serviceable in allaying 
the pain of calculous affections in the kidneys. 
— S. domestica is tho cultivated service-tree, the 
fruit of which is astringent When unripe, and a 
pleasant acid when ripe. 

SO'RDES. (es, is, f.) When the matter 
discharged from ulcers is rather viscid, gluti- 
nous, of a brownish-red color, somewhat re- 
sembling the grounds of coffee, or grunjous 
blood mixed with water, it is thus named. 
Other fetid excrementitious substances are also 
called sordes, as the matter which forms round 
the teeth in fever, &c. « 

SORE. An ulcer or excoriation. 

Sore, bay. An endemic disease at the Bav 
599 



SPA 

of Honduras, which Dr. Mosely considers as a 
true cancer, commencing with an ulcer. 

Sore mouth, gangrenous. Cancram oris. 

Sore throat. See Cynanche. 

Sore throat, clergyman's. A chronic af- 
fection of the pharynx and larynx, occurring in 
clergymen and public speakers of a feeble con- 
stitution or scrofulous diathesis. It is called a 
follicular pharyngitis, but is more or less con- 
nected with the larynx. The treatment consists 
in mild antiphlogistic measures, washing the 
parts with a solution of niti-ate of silver, and at- 
tention to the constitutional defects of the indi- 
vidual. Change of air, and rest from speaking, 
are also necessary to effect a cure. 

Soreness. Painful tenderness; a common 
symptom of inflammation in a part. 

Sorrel. Rumex acetosa. 

Sorrel, French. Kumex scutatus. 

Sorrel, round-leaved. Rumex scutatus. 

Sorrel-tree. Andromeda arborea. 

Sorrel, wood. Oxalis acetosella. 

Soro'sis. A compound fruit, being a succu- 
lent spike, as the mulberry. 

SOUND. 1. A metallic instrument, like a 
solid catheter, which surgeons introduce through 
the urethra into the bladder, to discover wheth- 
er there bo a stone in this viscus or not. 2. The 
impression produced on the auditory nerve by 
certain vibrations. See Auris. 

SOUNDING. Searching;. The exploration 
of the bladder by means of the sound. 

Sounds, auscultatory. See Auscultation 
and Bruit. 

Sour dock. Rumex acetosa. 

Southern wood. Artemisia abrotanum. 

Sow. Sus scrofa. 

Sow-bread. Cyclamen ouropamm. 

SPA. 1. A general denomination for a min- 
eral spring. 2. A town in France, in the de- 
partment of the Ourte, famous for its mineral 
water, which is a very strongly acidulous cha- 
lybeate. 

Spa'dix. A spike, surrounded by a sheath 
or spathe. 

SPAGI'RISTS. An ancient set of physicians, 
who accounted for disease and other changes of 
the body on chemical principles. 

Spagyria. Chemistry. 

Spain, tellitory of. Anthcmis pyrethrum. 

SPANHjEMIA. (From anavoc, poor, and 
aijia, blood.) Poverty of the blood, from the 
want of fibrin and hasmatosine, and excess of 
water. This condition is said to occur in scrof- 
ula, chlorosis, scurvy, typhus, passive hemor- 
rhages, &c. 

Spanish fly. See Cantharis. 

Spanish liquorice. Glycyrrhiza glabra. 

SPA'RADRAP. % Sparadrapum. An adhe- 
sive plaster spread on silk, linen, cotton, or pa- 
per; as court-plaster. 

SPARGANO'SIS. {is, is, f. ; from anapyau, 
to swell.) 1. A swelling. 2. A milk abscess. 

Spa'rsus. Dispersed; irregularly scattered. 

SPA'RTIUM. (um, it, n. Zirapnov of Di- 
oscorides.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. 
Decandria. Lcguminosm. — S. junceum. The 
Spanish broom. Its medicinal properties re- 
semble those of the S. scoparium. — S. purgans. 
The leaves of this species are purgative, and the 
COO 



SPE 

seeds strongly so. — S. scoparium. The common 
broom. Genista. The tops and leaves of this 
plant are employed medicinally : they have a 
bitter taste, and are recommended for their 
purgative and diuretic qualities in hydropic 
cases. 

Spasm. See Spasmus. 

Spasm of the larynx. Spasm of the glottis. 
Laryngismus stridulus. 

SPA'SMA. {a, atis, n. ; from arrow, to draw.) 
That voluntary straining which takes place in 
any vehement exertion, contraction, or exten- 
sion of a muscle, as in running, riding, or bear- 
ing heavy burdens. It differs from spasmus, 
which is an involuntary, and generally a mor- 
bid contraction of a muscle. 

SPASMI. Spasmodic diseases. The third 
order of the class Neuroses of Cullen, charac- 
terized by a morbid contraction or motion of 
muscular fibres. 

SPASMO'DIC. Spasmodicus. Spasmoticus. 
Belonging to a spasm or convulsion. 

Spasmodic asthma. See Asthma. 

Spasmodic cholera. See Cholera. 

Spasmodic colic. See Colica. 

Spasmodic croup. Laryngismus stridulus. 

Spasmodic stricture. See Stricture. 

Spasmo'logy. Spasmologia. A treatise on 
convulsions. 

S PA'S M US. {us, i, m. ; from anau, to 
draw.) A cramp, spasm, or convulsion. An 
involuntary contraction of the muscular fibres, 
or that state of the contraction of muscles which 
is not spontaneously disposed to alternate with 
i - elaxation. When the contractions alternate 
with relaxation, and are frequently and preter- 
naturally repeated, they are called convulsions. 
Spasms are distinguished by authors into clonic 
and tonic spasms. In clonic spasms, which are 
the true convulsions, the contractions and re 
taxations are alternate, as in epilepsy; but in 
tonic spasms the member remains rigid, as in 
locked-jaw. See Convulsion, Tonic spasm, and 
Tetanus. 

Spasmus cynicus. Risus caninus. A con- 
vulsive affection of the muscles of the face and 
lips on one side, which involuntarily forces the 
muscles of those parts into a species of grinning 
distortion. The term is used by some authors 
synonymously with Risus sardonicus. 

Spastic. Spasticns. Spasmodic. 

Spa'the. Spatha. A sheath or covering of 
an immature flower, which bursts longitudi- 
nally. 

Spathome'le. An edged probe. 

SPA'TULA. (Diminutive of spatha, a broad 
instrument.) An instrument like a knife for 
spreading salve. 

Spatula'te. Spatulatus. Of a roundish fig- 
ure, tapering into an oblong base. 

Spearmint. Mentha vindis. 

Spear-shaped. Hastate; lanceolate. 

Spearwort, water. Ranunculus ffammula. 

SPECIES. (es,ei, f.) 1. Individual animals, 
plants, and minerals agreeing in their appear- 
ances or composition. Individuals or species 
differing in circumstances arising from accident, 
are termed varieties. The circumstances which 
are common to one or more species give rise to 
a division, or the formation of a genus. Se& 



SPE 

Genus. 2. An obsolete name for powders ; as 
Species aromaticce, Species diambrce, &c. 

SPECIFIC. Specificus. Applied, 1. To 
that which acts on some particular organ more 
than on others; thus, ipecacuanha appears to 
have a specific action on the respiratory mucous 
membrane. 2. To a medicine possessed of sov- 
ereign efficacy in the cure of a particular dis- 
ease ; thus, sulphur is sometimes considered as 
a specific for the itch, and bark for the ague. 

Specific gravitt. See Gravity, specific. 

Speci'llum. A probe. 

SPECTACLES. An optical contrivance, con- 
sisting of a metallic frame supporting two lenses 
adjusted to the eyes. The lenses are to be 
more or less concave for the short-sighted, and 
convex for the far-sighted. 

SPECTRUM. 1. A spectre or optical illu- 
sion. 2. The elongated image of the sun or 
a radiant formed by a transparent prism. 

SPE'CULUM. (urn, i, n. ; from specio, to 
view.) 1. A mirror. 2. An instrument for 
opening or obtaining a view of internal parts. 
It commonly consists of a metallic cylindrical 
tube of two or more parts, the inner surface of 
which is highly polished. The parts are so ad- 
justed together as to be capable of separating 
by a screw. 

Speculum AM. An instrument for distend- 
ing the anus while an operation is performed 
upon the parts within. 

Speculum metal. An alloy of two parts of 
copper and one part of tin, for making metallic 
mirrors. 

Speculum oculi. An instrument by which 
the eyelids are kept open and the eye fixed. 

Speculum oris. An instrument to force open 
the mouth. 

Speculum vaginae. An instrument to assist 
in any operation belonging to the vagina or os 
uteri. 

Speculum veneris. Achillea millefolium. 

Speech. See Voice. 

Speechlessness. Aphonia. 

Speediman's pills. These consist of aloes, 
myrrh, rhubarb, extract of chamomile, and es- 
sential oil of chamomile. 

Speedwell. Veronica officinalis. 

Speedwell, female. Antirrhinum elatine. 

Spe'ltre. Spelter. Speltrum. Zinc. 

Sperm. Sperma. Seed ; semen. 

Spermace'ti. Cetaceum. 

SPERMA'TIC. (Spermaticus; from otreppa, 
seed.) Belonging to the testicle and ovary; as 
the spermatic artery, cord, and veins. See Testis. 

Spermatic arteries. See Testis. 

Spermatic plexus. There is one on each 
side of the body, formed by filaments from the 
renal plexus. The nerves follow the spermatic 
tirtcriGS 

SPERMATOCELE, (e, es, f. ; from anep/xa, 
seed, and nrfkn, a tumor.) A swelling of the 
testicle or epididymis. In this case the swell- 
ing is accompanied by pain extending to the 
loins, without inflammation. 

Spermatopoie'tic Having the property of 
increasing the secretion of semen. 

SPERM ATORRHCE'A. (a, a>, f. ; from anep- 
ua, semen, and peu,fiuo.) Seminal flux. See 
Gonorrhoea. 



SPH 

SPERM ATOZO'ON. (-zoa, pi.; {rommrepiia, 
and Cwov, an animal.) The thread-like repro- 
ductive bodies of the spermatic cells of animals, 
and some plants, remarkable for their vivacious 
movements. The human spermatozoon is ^.th 
of a line in length, and resembles, in figui-e, the 
tadpole. It is supposed to find its way to the 
Fallopian tubes, and to come directly in contact 
with the ovule, to produce its fertilization. 

Spermothe'ca. A dilatation of the oviduct 
of some insects to store the sperm of the male, 
and to permit the fertilization of ova for a long 
period of time. 

Spermode'rm. The testa or external cover- 
ing of a seed. 

Sphace'lia segetum. A name for the fungus 
producing ergot. 

SPHACELI'SMUS. (us, i, in. ; from ofaice- 
2.1&, to gangrene.) 1. A gangrene. 2. An in- 
flammation of the brain. 

SPHA'CELUS. (us, i, m. ; from o<j>aico, to 
destroy.) Complete mortification. See Morti- 
fication. 

SpHiENOiDEs. Sphenoides. 

Sph^era'nthus indicus. The Adaca, a plant, 
of Malabar, which is acrid and aromatic, and 
said to be used in piles, the itch, and cholera. 

Sph^ero'coccus crispus. The fucus crispus. 

SPH;£RO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from cfyaipa, a 
globe.) A fleshy globular protuberance. 

Spheno-staphylinus. Levator palati. 

SPHE'NOID. (Sphenoides; from ocjinv, a 
wedge, and eidoc, a likeness; because it is fixed 
in the cranium like a wedge.) Wedge-like: 
applied to a bone of the skull. See Sphe- 
noid bone. 

Sphenoid bone. Sphenoides os. The sphe- 
noid bone is wedged in amid the other bones of 
the head, and is of a more irregular figure than 
any other bone. It has been compared to a bat 
with its wings extended. 

We distinguish in this bone a body or mid- 
dle part, and its wings or sides, which arc much 
more extensive than its body. 

Each of its wings, or lateral processes, is di- 
vided into two parts. Of these, the uppermost 
and most considerable portion, helping to form 
the deepest part of the temporal fossa on each 
side, is called the temporal process. The other 
portion makes a part of the orbit, and is there- 
fore named the orbitar process. The back part 
of each wing is called the spinous process; and 
the two processes, which stand out almost per- 
pendicular to the basis of the skull, have been 
named pterygoid processes. Each of these pro- 
cesses has two plates and a middle fossa facing 
backward : of these plates the external one is- 
the broadest, and the internal one the longest. 
The lower end of the internal plate forms a kind 
of hook (Hamular process), over which passes 
the round tendon of the circumflexus palati. 

Its foramina are four on each side. The three 
first serve for the passage of the optic, superior 
maxillary, and inferior maxillary nerves; tho 
fourth transmits the largest artery of the dura 
mater. On each side we observe a considerable 
fissure, which, from its situation, may be called 
the superior orbitar fissure. Through it pass 
the third and fourth pair of nerves, a branch of 
the fifth, and likewise tho sixth pair. Lastly at 

601 



SPH 

the base of each pterygoid process we observe 
a foramen, which is named pterygoidean, and 
sometimes Vidian, from Vidius, who first de- 
scribed it. Through it passes a branch of the 
external carotid, to be distributed to the nose. 

The os sphenoides, on its internal surface, af- 
fords three fossae. Two of these are consider- 
able ones : they are formed by the lateral pro- 
cesses, and make part of the lesser fossa; of the 
basis of the skull. The third, which is smaller, 
is on the top of the body of the bone, and is 
•called sella turcica, from its resemblance to a 
Turkish saddle.. In this the pituitary gland is 
placed. At each of its four angles is a process. 
They are called the clinoid processes, and are 
distinguished by their situation into anterior 
and posterior processes. The two latter are 
frequently united into one. 

Within the substance of the os sphenoides, 
immediately under the sella turcica, we find 
two cavities, separated by a thin, bony lamella. 
These are the sphenoidal sinuses. They are 
lined with the pituitary membrane, and, like 
the frontal sinuses, separate a mucus, which 
passes into the nostrils. In some subjects there 
is only one cavity; in others, though more rare- 
ly, we find three. 

SPHENOIDAL. Sphenoidal™. Belonging 
to the sphenoid bone. 

Sphenoidal suture. Sidura sphenoidalis. 
The sphenoidal and ethmoidal sutures are those 
which surround the many irregular processes of 
these two bones, and join them to each other 
and to the vest. 

SPHE'NO-MAX'ILLARY. Sphcno-maxilla- 
ris. Relative to the sphenoid and maxillary 
bones. 

Sphe'no-maxi'llary fissure. Inferior or- 
bitary fissure. Foramen laccrnminferius. For- 
amen spheno-maxillare. A hole situated at the 
posterior part of the angle formed by the union 
of the internal and inferior parietes of the orbit. 
It is constituted, above, by the sphenoid bone ; 
below, by the superior maxillary and palate 
bones; and before, by the malar bone; and forms 
a communication between the orbital - cavity and 
the zygomatic fossa. 

Sphe'no-max'illary fossa. A depression at 
the union of the spheno-maxillary and pterygo- 
maxillary fissures. 

SPHE^NO-PAL'ATINE. Sphcno-palatinus. 
That which relates to the sphenoid and palate 
bones. 

Sphe'no-pal'atine ar'tery. The termina- 
tion of the internal maxillary. It enters at the 
posterior part of the superior meatus of the nose, 
through the spheno-palatine foramen, and rami- 
fies on the pituitary membrane covering the 
septum, the cornua, aud the meatus. 

Sphe'no-pal'atine foramen. A round .aper- 
ture, formed by the vertical portion of the os 
palati and the sphenoid. It establishes a com- 
munication between the nasal fossa? and the 
zygomatic fossa. 

Sphe'no-pal'atine gan'glion. Ganglion of 
Meckel. A small or triangular ganglion,, of va- 
riable size, situated without the foramen sphe- 
no-palatinum, in the pterygo-maxillary fissure. 
It seems suspended, by several nervous fila- 
ments, to the trunk of the superior maxillary 
602 



SPH 

nerve, and gives off internal or spheno-palatine 
filaments, inferior or palatine filaments, and a 
posterior filament, which is the Vidian or ptery- 
goid nerve. 

Sphe'no-pal'atine nerves. Lateral nasal 
nerves. These arise from the ganglion of 
Meckel, at its inner part, and enter the nasal 
fossa; by the spheno-palatine foramen. They 
are five or six in number, and distribute their 
filaments to the outer and inner parietes of the 
nasal fossa;. One of the most remarkable 
branches is the Naso-palaline. 

Spheno-falati'nus. The levator palati. 
SPHE'NO-PARI'ETAL. Sphcno-parietalis. 
Belonging to the sphenoid and parietal bones. 

Sphe'no-pari'etal su'ture. This is formed 
by the articulation of the extremity of the great- 
er ala of the sphenoid with the anterior and in- 
ferior angle of the parietal bone. 

Spheno-pterygo-palatinus. Spheno-salpin- 
go-staphylinus. The circumflexus palati muscle . 

Spheno-staphylinus, The levator palati. 

SPHE'NO-TEM'PORAL. Sphcno-temporalis. 
That which belongs to the sphenoid and tem- 
poral bones. 

Sphe'no-tem'poral su'ture. The suture at 
the articulation of the great ala; of the sphenoid 
bono with the squamous portion of the tem- 
poral. 

SPHINCTER, {er, eris, m.; from a<j>iyyu, 
to compress.) The name of several muscles, 
the office of which is to shut or close the aper- 
ture around which they are placed. 

Sphincter ani. Sphincter extemus of Albi- 
mis and Douglas. Sphincter cutaneus of Wins- 
low. A single muscle of the anus, which shuts 
the passage through the anus into the rectum, 
and pulls down the bulb of the urethra, by 
which it assists in ejecting the urine and semen. 
It arises from the skin and fat that surrounds 
the verge of the anus on both sides, near as far 
as the tuberosity of the ischium ; the fibres are 
gradually collected into an oval form, and sur- 
round the extremity of the rectum. It is insert- 
ed by a narrow point into the perineum, accel- 
eratores urina;, and transversi perinau ; and be- 
hind into the extremity of the os coccygis, by 
an acute termination. 

Sphincter ani cutaneus. See Sphincter ani. 

Sphincter ani externus. See Sphincter ani. 

Sphincter ani internus. Albinus and Doug- 
las call the circular fibres of the muscular coat 
of the rectum, which surround its extremity, by 
this name. 

Sphincter cutaneus. See Sphincter ani. 

Sphincter externus. See Sphincter ani. 

Sphincter gulje. The superior constrictor 
of the pharynx. 

Sphincter labiorum. See Orbicularis oris. 

Sphincter oculi. S. palpebrarum. The 
orbicularis palpebrarum. 

Sphincter oris. See Orbicularis oris. 

Sphincter vagina. This muscle arises from 
the sphincter ani and from the posterior side of 
the vagina, near the perineum ; from thence it 
runs up the side of the vagina, near its external 
orifice, opposite to the nympha;, covers the 
corpus cavernosum, and is inserted into the craa 
and body or union of the crura clitoridis. Its 
use is to contract the mouth of the vagina. 



SF I 

Sphincter vesica. A few fibres around the 
neck of the bladder, which do not, however, 
form a sphincter, have been so called. 

Sphingo'ntos. Astringent. 

Spho.voy'lium. Acanthus mollis and herac- 
Ieum spondyliuni. 

Sphrongidium. Columnula. 

Sphy'gmicus. Relating to the pulse. 

Sphygmolo'gia. A treatise on the pulse. 

Sphygmometer. An instrument which was 
intended to enable the observer to see the action 
of the arteries more distinctly. 

SPHY'GMOS. (os, i, in.; from otjivtjeo, to 
leap or rebound.) The pulse. 

Sphyxis. Pulsation. 

SPICA. (a, ee, f.) A spike. 1. A species 
of inflorescence, consisting of one common stalk 
bearing numerous sessile flowers. 2. An ear of 
corn. 3. The common spiral bandage, the 
turns of which cross, and form spaces like a V. 

Spica brevis. Alopecuris pratensis. 

Spica celtica. Valeriana celtica. 

Spica fcemina. Common lavender. 

Spica indica. Nardus indica. 

Spica inguinali.*. A bandage for ruptures 
in the groin. 

Spica duplex. A double spiral bandage. 

Spica mas. Broad-leaved lavender. 

Spica nardi. Nardus indica. 

Spica simplex. A common spica bandage. 

Spice-wood. The laurus benzoin. 

Spices. The warm, aromatic, and agreeable 
drugs, such as cinnamon, nutmeg, pimenta, &c. 

SPI'CULA. (a, m, f. ; a diminutive of pica.) 

1. A spikelet, applied to grasses. 2. A pointed 
piece of bone is termed a spicula of bone. 

SPIGE'LIA. (a,a,i.) 1. The Indian pink. 

2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
Spigeliacea. — S. anthelmintica. A plant of the 
West Indies and South America. It is anthel- 
mintic and narcotic : its virtues are similar to 
those of the Indian pink. — S. marilandica. S 
lonicera. Perennial worm-grass, or Indian pink. 
The whole of this plant, but most commonly 
the root, is employed as an anthelmintic. Dr. 
Hope has written in favor of this plant, in con- 
tinued and remitting low worm-tevers. It is 
slightly narcotic. The dose of the powder, as 
an anthelmintic, is $j. to adults, and gr. x. to 
3j. for children of four years old: it should be 
mixed with a purgative or with calomel. 

Spigelian lobe. See Liver. 

Spignel. iEthusa meum. 

Spikelet. A small spike, as in grasses. 

Spikenard. See Nard of the ancients. 

Spike-stalk. Rhachis. 

SPILA'NTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Syngenesia. Polygamiacequalis. Com- 
posila:. — S. acmella. The balm-leaved spilan- 
thus. This plant possesses a glutinous bitter 
taste, and a fragrant smell. The herb and seed 
are said to be diuretic and emmenagogue, and 
useful in dropsies, jaundice, fluor albus, and cal- 
culous complaints, given in infusion. 

Spilo'sis. A synonym of Epichrosis. 

Spilsbury's antiscorbutic drops. These 
consist of corrosive sublimate, 313. ; prepared 
sulphuret of antimony, 31J. ; gentian root, orange 
peel, of each, 31J. ; shavings of red sanders, 3J. ; 
digested with a pint of proof spirit, and strained. 



SP1 

SPI'LUS. (us, i, m. ; from ermloc, macula.) 
A spot or discoloration of the skin. A mother's 
mark has been so called when in the form of a 
mere spot. 

SPI NA. (a, <p, f. ; quasi spiculina, diminu 
tive of spica.) A thorn. I. In Anatomy, 1. 
The back bone. See Vertebra. 2. The shin 
bone : so called on account of its sharp edge. 
II. In Botany, a thorn of a plant. A prickly 
armature of plants, not easily removed by the 
finger, and proceeding from the woody part of 
the plant. 

Spina acida. Berberis vulgaris. 

Spina .egyptiaca. Acacia vera 

Spina bifida. See Hydrorachis. 

Spina cervina. Rhamnus catharticus. 

Spina hirci. Astragalus tragacautha. 

Spina infectoria. S.purgatrix. Rhamnua 
catharticus. 

Spina ventosa. 1. A tumor arising from an 
internal caries of a bone. The term is a very 
vague one, and has been applied by some to ab- 
scess within a bone, by others to necrosis, and 
by others, again, to white swelling. 2. In the 
present day it usually signifies an encysted tu- 
mor of a bone, the parietes of which are form- 
ed with bone, and lined with a membrane of 
a serous texture, which secretes a serous fluid 
rather than pus. 

SPINA'CIA. (a, <p, f.) A genus of plants. 
Diatcia. Pentandria. Chenopodiaccte. — S- 
oleracea. The spinach. This plant has been 
employed for medicinal purposes in the cure of 
phthisical complaints : made into a poultice, by 
boiling the leaves and adding some oil, it forms 
an excellent emollient. 

Spin.e ventositas. A caries of a bone with 
an encysted tumor. 

SPINAL. Spinalis. Belonging to the spine 
of the back; as spinal nerves, spinal cord, spinal 
diseases, &c. 

Spinal cord. Medulla spinalis. Spinal 
marrow. This is a continuation of the medulla 
oblongata. It begins directly behind the origin 
of the ninth pair of nerves ; is invested by the 
same membranes as the brain, and has an ad- 
ditional partial involucrum from the ligamentous 
membrane which lines the bodies of the verte- 
bra?. On the inner side of the ligamentous lin- 
ing the dura mater is situated, which passes 
out of the cranium by the foramen magnum oc- 
cipitis, and forms a cylindrical sheath, which 
loosely envelops the spinal marrow, and ex 
tends as far as the os sacrum. At its egress 
from the cranium it is intimately connected 
to the beginning of this fibrous lining, but 
below the first vertebra of the neck this inti- 
mate connection between the dura mater and 
inner ligament of the vertebra; is discontinued, 
a cellular fatty substance, which surrounds the 
dura mater throughout the. rest of the canal, be- 
ing interposed between that membrane and the 
ligament. The dura mater is only in contact 
with the tunica arachnoidea ; and this, also, only 
in contact with the pia mater, and lying so loose- 
ly over the latter as to be separated from it with 
facility through the whole length of the spine, 
by making a puncture in it, and distending it 
with air. The spinal marrow, like the brain, 
consists of a cortical and medullary substance 

603 



SPI 

but differs in this respect, that the cineritious 
matter is placed within the medullary. Upon 
the surface of the spinal marrow, while lying in 
its natural situation, many transverse wrinkles 
or folds are observed, which allow it to be ex- 
tended in the motions of the vertebrae. It is 
divided into two lateral portions or cords, which 
are separated from each other externally by an 
anterior and posterior fissure continued from 
the medulla oblongata; and each of the lateral 
portions is in some measure subdivided by a 
superficial furrow into a large anterior and 
small posterior cord. The lateral portions are 
firmly united together by fine cellular substance, 
but, without lacerating either, may be separa- 
ted from each other, before as well as behind, 
to near their middle, where they are connected 
by a layer of cineritious matter, which passes 
from the one cord into the other. When the 
medulla spinalis is divided transversely, the cin- 
eritious substance is observed to have a cruci- 
form appearance, corresponding with the cords 
of which it is composed. The body of the 
spinal marrow descends in the child to the 
twelfth dorsal, and in the adult as far as the sec- 
ond lumbar vertebra, and terminates there by 
a conical point, which is concealed by fasciculi 
of nerves. The spinal cord gives rise on each 
side to a number of nerves, the origin and dis- 
tribution of which are described in the article 
Nerve. 

The arteries of the spinal cord consist, of an- 
terior and posterior spinal arteries, and of many 
additional branches communicating with others 
from the adjacent vessels. The veins of the 
spinal marrow accompany their arteries, and 
afterward terminate in the sinus venosi of the 
spine. The sinus venosi consist of one on each 
side of the spinal marrow, which runs exterior 
to the dura mater, being chiefly lodged in the 
cellular substance, and in the ligamentous mem- 
brane which lines the fore and lateral parts of 
the vertebral canal. They extend from the for- 
amen magnum of the occipital bone to the under 
end of the os sacrum, and are so irregular on 
their surface, and so much divided and subdi- 
vided within by the openings of veins, as in 
many parts to have the appearance of cells. At 
the different vertebra? they are joined by cross 
branches, which have a semilunar form, like 
the surface of the bones which surround them. 
They communicate at their superior extremity 
with the lateral sinuses, and with the occipital 
when present, and send numberless branches 
outward, which open into the veins, the arteries 
of which anastomose with those of the spinal 
marrow. 

Spinal cord, diseases of the. The dis- 
eases of the spinal cord and its membranes, like 
those of the contents of the cranium, are so fre- 
quently consecutive on inflammation, of an 
acute or chronic kind, that an account of the 
phenomena and effects of this morbid action, 
when seated in the cord or its investing mem- 
branes, may suffice to give a general notion of 
their pathology. 

Acute inflammation of the spinal cord and Us 

membranes. — This affection is distinguished by 

pain, more or less acute, extending throughout 

the length of the spine, or confined to the cer- 

004 



SPI 

vical, dorsal, or lumbar region. It is much in- 
creased by every movement of the spine, and is 
said, by some authors, to be increased by ex- 
ternal pressure on the spine, while others deny 
this. The pain lancinates from the origin of the 
spinal nerves, and extends to different parts, ac- 
cording to the portion of the cord affected. In 
many cases the pain is more or less intermittent. 
There is usually acute pain at the epigastrium, 
sometimes extending over the whole abdomen, 
and increased on pressure, while various parts 
of the surface of the body have their sensibility 
exalted, so that the patient shrinks from the 
slightest touch. The heart palpitates, and the 
patient has a sense of constriction and weight 
about the praecordia, with difficulty of breathing. 
The pulse is generally frequent, small, and 
hard ; sometimes full ; or small and weak. 
The sensorial functions are generally little dis- 
turbed. 

When the commencement of the cord is 
chiefly affected, spasms of the pharynx occur, 
resembling those of hydrophobia; the jaw. is 
locked, and the voice extinct. According to 
Ollivier, when the tuber annulare and adjacent 
portion of the brain are inflamed, universal 
palsy ensues, followed by asphyxia and death. 
When the cervical portion of the cord is the 
seat of disease, the muscles of the neck and up- 
per extremities, and the external muscles of 
respiration, are principally affected. Inflam- 
mation of the dorsal portion of the cord pro- 
duces opisthotonos ; and that of the lumbar por- 
tion, spasmodic or paralytic affections of the 
pelvic viscera; in both cases the lower limbs 
are generally paralyzed or convulsed. When 
hemiplegia arises from inflammation of the spinal 
cord, it usually affects the side of the body cor- 
responding with that half of the cord which is 
diseased. The common sensibility of the sur- 
face and the sense of touch are variously exalt- 
ed, abolished, or deranged ; sometimes the 
limbs are perfectly insensible, at others the pa- 
tient can not bear to be touched. 

Where the inflammation is confined to the 
anterior or posterior columns of the cord, it may 
be expected that the sensibility or the power 
of voluntary motion will be influenced accord- 
ingly. The disorder of the functions, of which 
a sketch has just been given, does not always 
exist: in a very acute case, related by Dr. 
Abercrombie, there was intolerable pain, but 
neither convulsions nor palsy. 

Such are the general symptoms of acute in- 
flammation of the contents of the spinal canal, 
without reference to any distinction between 
inflammation of the substance of the cord and 
that of its membranes. Such a distinction, 
however, doubtless exists; and the difficulty 
of establishing it arises from the fact, that in 
most cases the cord and its membranes are 
simultaneously affected. According to Ollivier, 
the sensibility of the surface is always exalted 
in spinal meningitis, while in inflammation of 
the substance of the cord it is generally dimin- 
ished. On a comparison of the best marked 
cases, it would appear that spinal meningitis is, 
on the whole, more frequently attended with 
general tonic spasm ; while in myelitis the mus- 
cles of the back only are thus affected, and those 



SPI 

of the limbs with paralysis or clonic spasm. In 
arachnitis, also, the bowels, though sometimes 
loose, are generally obstinately constipated, as 
in tetanus ; while hi myelitis, diarrhoea almost 
constantly prevails. 

Inflammation of the spinal cord is liable to be 
mistaken for several other diseases. Thus, in 
acute inflammation of the membranes, all the 
more prominent symptoms of idiopathic tetanus 
are frequently present: the trismus; the spas- 
modic affection of the muscles of deglutition ; 
the constrictive pain at the epigastrium ; and 
the universal tonic spasms. The two disorders 
may, however, be distinguished by the pres- 
ence of fever in the one, and its absence in the 
other ; and by the local pain which attends the 
inflammatory disease. 

Inflammation of the cervical portion of the 
spinal cord approximates closely, in its symp- 
toms, to hydrophobia; and if we conceive a per- 
son who has been bitten by a suspected dog, to 
oe seized, from some other cause, with inflam- 
mation of the cervical portion of the spinal cord, 
with its accompanying spasms of the pharynx, 
and general clonic convulsions, it is evident that 
this case might not be easily distinguished from 
hydrophobia. The local pain, however, and 
the trismus, which very frequently occurs in the 
case under consideration, but very rarely, if 
ever, in hydrophobia, together with the different 
mode of accession of the two diseases, may 
generally suffice for their discrimination. It 
may be suspected, however, that certain cases 
of hydrophobia, reported to have been cured by 
blood-letting, may have been nothing more nor 
less than inflammation of the cervical portion of 
the spinal cord. 

There are several other affections, especially 
rheumatism, with which inflammation of the 
spinal cord, in its acute or chronic form, may, 
by a possibility, be confounded ; but these it is 
unnecessary to dwell on. 

Chronic inflammation of the spinal cord and 
its membranes. — This is generally attended with 
little local pain, and the chief symptoms consist 
in palsy, cramp, anaesthesia, disordered func- 
tions of the viscera, and rapid emaciation of the 
frame. 

The principal causes of inflammation of the 
spinal cord and its membranes appear to be ex- 
ternal injury, and exposure to cold and damp, 
as lying on wet grass. The chronic form seems 
sometimes to arise from venereal excesses, and 
other kinds of debauchery. 

The changes of structure resulting from spinal 
meningitis are thickening and opacity of the 
membranes, effusions of serum, blood, or pus, 
and gelatinous or albuminous exudations. 

The substance of the cord is subject to a 
variety of lesions, i-esulting from inflammation ; 
and these are generally similar to the morbid 
changes which take place in the substance of 
the brain. Such are, 1. Softening, either super- 
ficial, or affecting the whole thickness of the 
cord. The softening is sometimes attended 
with increase of volume, or hypertrophy. 2. In- 
duration, which is attended with increase of 
volume. Softening of the cord appears to re- 
mit from chronic much more frequently than 
from acute inflammation ; and induration of the 



SPI 

cord seems to be always a result of chronic di» 
ease. 3. Suppuration, which may be more or 
less extensive. Dissolution of the substance of 
the cord into a matter resembling pus has been 
sometimes found to have occurred throughout 
the whole extent of the* cord. 4. Gangrene, 
which .resembles the same state as it occurs in 
the substance of the brain, and like it, also, is 
rare. 

Inflammation of the contents of the spinal 
canal is a highly dangerous disease, and the 
chronic more so than the acute. 

The principles of treatment are the same with 
those already stated as applicable to inflamma- 
tion of the brain and its membranes, with the 
exception of the local application of cold. 

Spinal irritation. A general term for sub- 
inflammatory affections of the spinal cord or its 
membranes. 

Spinal marrow. See Spinal cord. 

Spinal nerve. The spinal accessory, or ac 
cessory of Willis. See Nerve. 

Spinalis cervi'cis. This muscle, which is 
situated close to the vertebra} at the posterior 
part of the neck and upper part of the back, 
arises, by distinct tendons, from the transverse 
processes of the five or six uppermost vertebras 
of the back, and, ascending obliquely under the 
complexus, is inserted, by small tendons, into 
the spinous processes of the sixth, fifth, fourth, 
third, and second vertebra? of the neck. Its use 
is to extend the neck obliquely backward. 

Spinalis colli. See Scmi-spinalis colli. 

Spinalis dorsi. Transversalis dorsi of Win- 
slow. A tendinous and fleshy mass, which is 
situated along the spinous processes of the back 
and the inner side of the longissimus dorsi. 

It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the spi- 
nous processes of the uppermost vertebra? of the 
loins, and the lowermost ones of the back, and 
is inserted into the spinous processes of the nine 
uppermost vertebra) of the back. 

Its use is to extend the vertebra?, and to as- 
sist in raising the spine. 

Spindle-shaped. Fusiform. 

Spine. See Vertebra. 

Spine'scens. Spinescent: becoming hard 
and horny. 

SPINOUS. Spinosus. Applied, in Anatomy 
and Natural History, to any object resem- 
bling a spine or thorn, or beset with spines or 
thorns. 

Spira'cula. Spiracles. 1. The breathing 
pores of insects. 2. The pores of the skin. 

SPIR^'A. (a, m, f.) 1. The Spirmatomen- 
tosa. 2. A genus of plants. Icosandria. Pen- 
tagynia. Rosacea. — S. africana. Diosma cre- 
nata. — S. filipendula. The officinal dropwort. 
Filipendula. The root of this plant possesses 
astringent properties. — S. tomentosa. This in- 
digenous species, called, also, Hardhack (Spi- 
raa, U. S.), is tonic and astringent, and used in 
diarrhoeas in the form of extract of the root. 
Dose, gr. v. to gr. xv. for an adult. — S. trifolia- 
ta. Gillenia trifoliata. — S. ulmaria. The mead- 
ow-sweet. Queen of the meadows. Ulmaria. 
This is a beautiful and fragrant plant. The 
leaves are recommended as mild astringents. 
The flowers were supposed to possess antispas- 
modic and diaphoretic virtues. 

60:> 



SPI 

SPIRAL. Spiralis. A curved line, which 
continually recedes from the center. 

Spiral bandage. The common roller, which 
is wound spirally round a limb, and is the most 
commonly used of all bandages. 

Spiral vessels. Fusiform cellules in plants, 
having a fibre wound spirally around their inte- 
rior, which is capable of being drawn out. 

Spiratio. Respiration. 

SPIRIT. See Spiritus. 

Spirit, rectified. Alcohol. 

Spirit of alum. The acid liquid distilled 
from common alum. It contains sulphuric and 
sulphurous acid. 

Spirit of bone. S. of hartshorn. The same as 
Liquor volatilis cornu cervi. Impure ammonia. 

Spirit of salt. Hydrochloric acid. 

Spirit of sal volatile. Spiritus ammonia; 
aromaticus. 

Spirit of tin. Perchloride of tin. 

Spirit ok turpentine. Oil of turpentine. 
Oleum tcrebinthinee. 

Spirit of verdigris. Acetic acid. 

Spirit of wine, camphorated. Spiritus 
camphora;. 

SPI'RITUS. (us, lis, m.; spirit.) 1. The 
breath. 2. This name was formerly given to 
all volatile substances collected by distillation. 
Three principal kinds were distinguished: in- 
flammable or ardent spirits, acid spirits, and 
alkaline spirits. 3. The word spirit is now al- 
most exclusively confined to the various prep- 
arations of alcohol and ether. 

Spiritus a;theris aromaticus. (Ph. L.) 
Aromatic spirit of ether. Take of cinnamon 
bark, bruised, 3 i i j . ; cardamom seeds, powder- 
ed, 3J8S. ; long peppers, powdered, ginger root, 
diced, each, 3J. ; spirit of sulphuric ether, a 
pint. Macerate for fourteen days in a closed 
glas3 vessel, and strain. An excellent stimula- 
ting and stomachic compound, which is admin- 
istered in debility of the stomach and nervous 
affections. Dose, f. 33s. to f. 3J. 

Spiritus jEtheris hydrochlorici. Spiritus 
murialico-alhereus. In the Edinburgh Phar- 
macopoeia of 1735 this was ordered to be pre- 
pared by digesting one part of hydrochloric 
acid with three parts of alcohol for several 
days, and distilling slowly. Similar to the spir- 
itus aefheris nitrici. 

Spiritus ^etheris nitrici. (U. S.) Sweet 
spirit of nitre. Spirit of nitric ether. Take of 
nitrate of potash, powdered, Ibij.; sulphuric 
acid, Ibiss. ; alcohol, Oixss. ; dilute alcohol, Oj. ; 
carbonate of potash, fj. Mix the nitrate of 
potash and acid in a glass retort, pour in the 
alcohol gradually, digest with a gentle heat for 
two hours, then raise it, and distill over a gal- 
lon. To this distilled liquor add the dilute al- 
cohol and carbonate of potash, and distill again 
one gallon. This is a pleasant aromatic spirit, 
with diaphoretic, stimulant, antispasmodic, and 
diuretic action. Dose, gtt. xx. to f. 3J. 

Spiritus jstheris sulphurici. (U. S.) 
j&ther sulphuricus cum alcoliole. Spiritus athe- 
ris vitriolici. Sweet spirit of vitriol. Take of 
sulphuric ether, Oj.; alcohol, Oij. Mix. (Ph. 
E.) This preparation has the same medicinal 
properties as sulphuric ether, but is less active. 
Dose, f. 388. to f. 3iy. 
606 



SPI 

Spiritus etherm sulphurici compositus. 
(U. S., Ph. L.) Take of sulphuric ether, f. 
f viij.; alcohol, f. fxvj. ; ethereal oil, f. 3iij. Mix. 
A stimulating antispasmodic. It is exhibited in 
fevers, nervous affections, hysteria, &c. Dose, 
from f. 3ss. to f. 31J. 

Spiritus ammonle. (Ph. L.) Spirit of am- 
monia. Take of muriate of ammonia, ?x. ; 
carbonate of potash, ?xvj.; rectified spirit, wa- 
ter, of each, Oiij. Mix, and distill three pints. 
A stimulating antispasmodic, chiefly used in 
liniments. The Spiritus ammonite (U. S.) is 
the Alcohol ammoniatum, which sec. 

Spiritus ammonia aromaticus. Aromatic 
spirit of ammonia. S. ammonia: compositus. 
See Alcohol ammoniatum aromaticum. 

Spiritus ammonia fo:tidus. (Ph. L.) Fe- 
tid spirit of ammonia. Take of muriate of am- 
monia, fx.; carbonate of potash, ?xvj. ; recti- 
fied spirit, water, of each, Oiij. ; assafoetida, fv. 
Mix ; then, by a gentle fire, distill three pints. 
A stimulating antispasmodic, employed to asth- 
matic and hysterical patients. Dose, f. 38s. to 
f. 3J. The preparation of this name of the Ph. 
E. contains the caustic spirits of ammonia. 

Spiritus ammonia succinatus. Succinated 
spirit of ammonia. See Tinctura ammonia 
compositus. 

Spiritus anisi. (Ph. L.) Spirit of aniseed. 
Take of aniseed, bruised, fx.; proof spirit, Cj. ; 
water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gen- 
tle fire. A stimulating carminative and stom- 
achic. The dose is from f. jss. to f. 3J. The 
Spiritus anisi compositus (Ph. D.) contains, also, 
angelica seeds. 

Spiritus armoracue compositus. (Ph. L. 
& D.) Compound spirit of horseradish. Take 
of horseradish root, fresh and sliced, dried or- 
ange peel, of each, §xx. ; nutmegs, bruised, 
3v. ; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oij. Mix, and 
distill a gallon by a gentle fire. A very warm 
stimulating compound, given in gout, rheu- 
matic and spasmodic affections of the stomach, 
and in scorbutic disorders. The dose is f. 3SS. 
to f. 31V. 

Spiritus camphorje. (U. S.) S. cam- 
phor atus. Spirit of camphor. Take of cam- 
phor, ?iv. ; alcohol, Oij. Dissolve. A stimula- 
ting medicine, used as an external application 
against chilblains, rheumatism, palsy, numb- 
ness, and gangrene. It may be given internal- 
ly in emulsion. Dose, gtt. x. to f. 3J. 

Spiritus carui. (Ph. L.) S. cari carui. 
Spirit of caraway. Take of caraway seeds, 
bruised, 5xx. ; proof spirit, Cj. ; water, Oij. 
Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Car- 
minative. The dose is f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 

Spiritus cinnamomi. (Ph. L.) S. laurt 
cinnamomi. Spirit of cinnamon. Take of oil 
of cinnamon, 31J. ; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oj. 
Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Stim- 
ulant. Dose, f. 3J. to f. f ss. 

Spiritus cassia; contains oil of cassia instead 
of oil of cinnamon. 

Spiritus colchici ammoniatus. The tinc- 
tura colchici composita (Ph. L.). 

Spiritus cornu cervi. Ammonia; sesqui- 
carbonas. 

Spiritus frumenti. Spirits distilled from 
corn ; as whisky, gin, &c. 



SPI 

Spiritus gallicus. French brandy. 

Spiritus jamaicensis. S. sacchari. Rum. 

Spiritus juniperi compositus. (U. S., Ph. 
L. & D.) Compound spirit of juniper. Take 
of juniper berries, bruised, fxv. ; caraway 
seeds, bruised, fennel seeds, bruised, of each, 
§ij. ; dilute alcohol, Cj. ; water, Oij. Mix, and 
distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Diuretic. 
Dose, f. 3'j- to 3iv. 

Spiritus lavenduljs. (U. S., Ph. L.) S. 
latendulce simplex. Spirit of lavender. Take 
of fresh lavender flowers, Ibij. ; rectified spirit, 
Cj. ; water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by 
a gentle fire. A stimulating antispasmodic. 
Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3»v. A perfume. 

Spiritus lavendul.« compositus. (U. S.) 
S. lavendulm compositus matthicc. Compound 
spirit of lavender. Take of spirit of lavender, 
Oiij.; spirit of rosemary, Oj.; cinnamon bark, 
bruised, ?j. ; nutmegs, bruised, |ss. ; cloves, 
3ij. ; red sunders wood, sliced, 311J. Macer- 
ate for fourteen days, and strain. An elegant 
and useful antispasmodic and stimulant, in very 
general use against nervous diseases, lowness 
of spirits, and weakness of the stomach, taken 
on a lump of sugar. Dose, f. sss. to f. 313. 

Spiritus lumbricorum. The earth-worm 
distilled with spirit and water. 

Spiritus Mentha piperita. (Ph. L.) S. 
menthec pipcritidis. Spirit of peppermint. Take 
of oil of peppermint, 3iij.; proof spirit, Cj.; 
water, Oj. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gen- 
tle fire. This possesses all the properties of 
the peppermint, with the stimulating virtues 
of the spirit. Dose, f. 3S8. to f. 31J . 

Spiritus pulegii. Spirit of pennyroyal. 

Spiritus Mentha pulegii. (Ph. L.) This 
is prepared in the same manner as the spirit 
of peppermint. Antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3ss. 
to f. 3jj. 

Spiritus menthee viridis. (Ph. L.) S. 
menthee sativoe. Spirit of spearmint. This, 
also, is prepared in the same manner. 

Spiritus millepedarum. Millepedes dis- 
tilled with dilute alcohol. Obsolete. 

Spiritus mindereri. See Ammonia acetatis 
liquor. 

Spiritus myristicje. (U.S.) S.myristicoe 
moschatce. Spirit of nutmeg. Take of nut- 
megs, bruised, §ij.; proof spirit, Cj. ; water, 
Oj. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. 
A stimulating and agreeable spirit, possessing 
the virtues of the nutmeg. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3iv. 

Spiritus nitri (nitrici) dulcis. See Spiri- 
tus adhcris nitrici. 

Spiritus nitri duplex. See Acidum nitro- 
sum and Nitric acid. 

Spiritus nitri fumans. See Acidum nitro- 
sum and Nitric acid. 

Spiritus nitri Glauberi. See Acidum ni- 
trosum and Nitric acid. 

Spiritus nitri simplex. The dilute nitrous 
acid. See Acidum nitricum dilulum. 

Spiritus nitri vulgaris. A very dilute 
nitric acid. 

Spiritus orvzm. Spirits distilled from rice ; 
as arrack. 

Spiritus pimentje. (U. S., Ph. L.) Spiritus 
pimento. Spiritus myrti pimenta. Spirit of 
pimenta. This is prepared in the same manner 



SPL 

as the Spiritus myristicai. A stimulating aro- 
matic medicine. Dose, from f. 388. to f. 3iv. 

Spiritus pulegii. See Spiritus menthee 
pulegii. 

Spiritus raphani compositus. See Spiritus 
armoracim compositus. 

Spiritus rectificatus. Alcohol. 

Spiritus rector. The aroma of a plant. 

Spiritus rosmarini. (U. S. &Ph. L.) Spirit 
of rosemary. Take of oil of rosemary, jH.j 
proof spirit, Cj. ; water, Oj. Mix, and distill a 
gallon by a gentle fire. A very fragrant spirit, 
mostly employed for external purposes in con- 
junction with other resolvents. 

Spiritus salis. Hydrochloric acid. 

SriRITUS SALIS AMMONIAC! AQUOSUS. See 

Ammonia sesquicarbonas. 

Spiritus salis ammoniaci causticus. Aqua 
ammonia). 

Spiritus salis ammoniaci dulcis. See Spir- 
itus ammonia;. 

Spiritus salis ammoniaci simplex. See 
Ammonia: sesquicarbonas. 

Spiritus salis Glauberi. S. salis marini 
Hydrochloric acid. 

Spiritus rectificatus. Alcohol. 

Spiritus tenuior. Dilute alcohol. Proof 
spirit, which is about half the strength of recti- 
fied, is much employed for preparing tinctures 
of resinous juices, barks, roots, &c. 

Spiritus vini gallici. French brandy. 

Spiritus vitrioli. Sulphuric acid. 

Spiritus vitrioli dulcis. Spiritus aetheris 
sulphurici. 

Spiritus vitrioli tenuis. Acidum sulphuri- 
cum dilutum. 

Spiritus volatilis fcetidus. Spiritus am- 
monias foetidus. 

Spiroid canal. The aquaiductus Fallopii 
is so named by Chaussier. 

Spiro'ptera hominis. A small parasitical 
worm sometimes found in the urine and kid 
ney. 

SPIROMETER. (From spiro, to breathe, 
and uerpov, a measure.) An instrument for the 
purpose of measuring the amount of air inhaled 
in a given time. 

Spissa'ntia. A body which inspissates or 
thickens. 

Spit. Sputum. 

Spitting of blood. Haemoptysis. 

Spittle. Saliva. 

Spla'nchna. The intestines. 

SPLA'NCHNIC. {Splanchnicus; fromewXay- 
Xvov, an entrail.) Belonging to the entrails. 

Splanchnic cavities. The cavities of the 
abdomen, chest, and head. 

Splanchnic nerve. A branch of the great 
intercostal nerve. See Intercostal nerve. 

SPLA'NCHNICA. A genus of diseases in 
Dr. Good's system, including those of the ab 
dominal organs without primary inflammation. 

Splanchnogra'phy. The anatomy of the 
viscera. 

Splanchnology. Splanchnologia. A treat- 
ise on the viscera. 

Spla'nchnon. ~Zn7>ayxvov. An intestine or 
viscus. 

Splanchnopa'thy. Disease of the intestines. 

SPLEEN. (Splen, enis, m. Zirlnv.) Lien 
607 



SPL 

The spleen or milt is a spongy viscus, of a dark 
color, and variable form and magnitude. In 
the normal condition it is placed in the left hy- 
pochondrium, between the eleventh and twelfth 
false ribs. 

The internal structure of the spleen is, by 
some anatomists, considered as cellular, the cells 
communicating with each other and with the 
branches of the splenic vein. The mass of the 
spleen appears to be formed of a collection of 
reddish-brown granules, though the red sub- 
stance contains very small, whitish bodies, first 
observed by Morgagni. They are distinct in 
6ome of the inferior animals; but in the human 
subject, their existence is asserted by some anat- 
omists and denied by others. 

The vessels of the spleen are, the splenic 
artery, coming from the coeliac artery, which, 
considering the size of the spleen, is much 
larger than is requisite for the mere nutrition 
of it. This goes, by serpentine movements, out 
of its course, over the pancreas, and behind the 
stomach, and, after having given off branches to 
the adjacent parts, it is inserted into the con- 
cave surface of the spleen. It is afterward 
divided into smaller branches, which are again 
divided into others yet smaller, delivering their 
blood immediately to the veins, but emitting it 
nowhere else. The veins at length come to- 
gether into one, called the splenic vein; and, 
having received the larger coronary vein of the 
stomach, besides others, it constitutes the left 
principal branch of the vena porta?. 

The nerves of the spleen are small ; they sur- 
round the arteries with their branches ; they 
come from a particular plexus, which is formed 
of the posterior branches of the eighth pair, and 
the great intercostal nerve. 

Lymphatic vessels are sometimes seen on the 
surface of the human spleen. 

The use of the spleen has not hitherto been 
determined. We merely know, says Professor 
Muller, that its importance in the economy is 
not great: the experiments of numerous observ- 
ers have shown that it may be extirpated with- 
out any remarkable ill consequence. 

The function of the spleen probably consists 
in the production of some change in the blood 
which circulates through its tissue, and in thus 
contributing to the process of sanguification ; or 
in the secretion of a lymph of peculiar nature, 
wlrich, being mixed with the contents of the 
lymphatic and lacteal system coming from other 
parts, tends to perfect the formation of the 
chyle. 

The blood of the splenic vein, according to 
Tiedemann and Gmelin, does not differ from 
other venous blood ; they saw it coagulate like 
the blood of other organs. The older physiol- 
ogists, and, more recently, Autenrieth, maintain, 
however, that the blood has peculiar characters. 
Schultz, too, found the blood of the vena portae 
of a darker, blacker tint than other venous 
blood ; and the dark color was most evident in 
animals which were fasting. Neither neutral 
salts nor the action of the air had the effect of 
rendering it of a brighter red color ; its coagu- 
lum was less firm than that of other blood, and 
it contained less fibrin and albumen, but more 
fatty matter. These results have also been 
60S 



SPL 

verified by the analysis of Simon, who further 
observed that the quantity of globules was much 
greater, and the coloring matter more abundant. 
The term spleen is often applied to hypo- 
chondriasis. 

Spleenwort. See Asplenium. 

Splena'lgia. A pain in the spleen Or its 
region. 

Splenemphr'axis. Obstruction of the spleen. 
— Vogcl. 

SPLE'NETIC. Splenetictis. Belonging to 
the spleen. 

SPLENIC. Splenicus. Relating to the spleen, 
as the arteries, nerves, &c, of the spleen. 

SPLENI'TIS. (is, idis, f.; from oirtyv, the 
spleen.) Inflammation of the spleen. Charac- 
terized by fever, tension, heat, tumor, and pain 
in the left hypochondrium, increased by press- 
ure. This disease, according to Juncker, comes 
on with a remarkable shivering, succeeded by 
a most intense heat, and very great thirst; a 
pain and tumor are perceived in the left hypo- 
chondrium; and the paroxysms, for the most 
part, assume a quartan form ; when the patients 
expose themselves for a little to the free air, their 
extremities soon grow very cold. Like the liver, 
the spleen is also subject to a chronic inflam- 
mation, which often happens after agues, and 
is called the ague cake. It attacks persons of 
a very plethoric and sanguine habit of body 
rather than others, but is very rare. 

During the acute stage of splenitis, we must 
follow the antiphlogistic plan, and by the appli- 
cation of blisters near the part affected. If it 
should terminate in suppuration, we must en- 
deavor to discharge the pus externally, by fo- 
mentations or poultices. 

Spi.e'nium. 1. Spleenwort. 2. A compress 

SPLE'NIUS. Splenitis capitus, and Splenitis 
colli of Albinus. A flat, broad, and oblong mus- 
cle. It arises from the four or five superior 
spinous processes of the dorsal vertebra; ; from 
the last of the neck ; and from the ligamentum 
colli. It is inserted, by two distinct tendons, 
into the transverse processes of the two first 
vertebra? of the neck, sending off some few 
fibres to the complexus and levator scapuke ; 
tendinous and fleshy into the upper and poste- 
rior part of the mastoid process, and into a ridge 
on the occipital bone, where it joins with the 
root of that process. This muscle may be easily 
separated into two parts. When it acts singly, 
it draws the head and upper vertebrae of the 
neck obliquely backward ; when both act, they 
pull the head directly backward. 

SPLENIZA'TION. A morbid change of the 
texture of the lung, whereby it becomes of a 
dark color, and resembles the spleen. 

Splenoce'le. A hernia of the spleen. 

Splenohje'mia. Engorgement of the spleen. 
It occurs in typhus, intermittents, and other dis- 
eases. 

Spleno'ncus. Tumefaction of the spleen; 
ague cake. 

SPLINT. A long piece of wood, tin, or 
strong pasteboard; employed for preventing the 
ends of broken bones from moving so as to in- 
terrupt the process by which fractures unite. 

Splint-bone. The fibula. 

Split-cloth. A bandage which consist* of 



SPO 

a central portion and six or eight tails. It is 
used principally for the head. 

SPO'DIUM. Zmdiov. An ancient prepar- 
ation of zinc and other bodies. — 8. abaisir. 
Burned ashes. Metallic oxides, and a compo- 
sition of white lead and oil.— S. album. Bone 
earth.— S. arabum. Burned ivory.— S. grtt- 
corum. Album grircum. 

Spondylalgia. Pain in the back bone. 

Spondy'lium. Heracleum spondylhun. 

SPO'NDYLUS. («*, i, m. Zirwivfatc, a 
vertebra.) The spine or back bone. 

Sponge-tent. See Spongia prmparata. 

SPO'NGIA. (a, <r, f. Zxoyyoc ; airoyyia.) 
Sponge. A genus of marine zoophytes. It 
contains iodine. Sponge-tents are employed by 
surgeons to dilate fistulous ulcers, &c. Spongia 
officinalis is the species in ordinary use. 

Spongia piue par at a. Prepared sponge. 
Sponge-tent. This is formed by dipping pieces 
of sponge in hot melted emplastrum cera com- 
positum, and pressing them between two iron 
plates. As soon as cold, the substance thus 
formed may be cut into pieces of any shape. 

Spongia usta. Burned sponge. Cut the 
sponge into pieces, and beat it, that any ex- 
traneous matters may be separated ; then burn 
it in a close iron vessel until it becomes black 
and friable ; lastly, rub it to a very fine powder. 
This preparation was exhibited with bark in 
the cure of scrofulous complaints and broncho- 
cele. It contains a portion of iodine, which now 
supersedes the sponge as a medicine. Tho 
dose is from a scruple to a drachm. 

SPO'NGIOLE. (Diminutive of spongia, a 
sponge.) A spongelet, or small oval body 
terminating each of the capillary roots in plants, 
and analogous, in its absorbing power, to the 
ampullulae of the human intestine. 

SPONGIOSA OSSA. These bones are situ- 
ated in the under part of the side of the nose : 
they are of a triangular form and spongy appear- 
ance : externally they are convex ; internally 
they are concave ; the convexity is placed to- 
ward the septum nasi, and the concavity out- 
ward. At the upper part of the bone are two 
Jirocesses, the anterior of which ascends, and 
brms part of the lachrymal groove, and the 
posterior descends, and forms a hook to make 
part of the maxillary sinus. 

Spongio'sum os. 1. The ethmoid bone. 2. 
See Spongiosa ossa. 

Spongoid inflammation. Fungus hsema- 
todes. 

Spongoi'des. The ethmoid bone. 

Spongos. The tonsil. 

SPONGY. Spongiosus. Applied very gen- 
erally to express a texture resembling that of a 
sponge. 

SPONTANEOUS. (Spontc, of one's own 
free will. ) A term applied to any physiological 
phenomenon which takes place without exter- 
nal agency ; to diseases which occur without 
external cause, &c. 

SPORADIC. (Sporadicus; from aneipu, to 
sow.) Diseases which are not epidemic, but 
occur here and there from causes affecting only 
the individual, are called sporadic diseases. 

Spora'ngium. The case or receptacle con- 
taining the spores. 

Qq 



STA 

Spore. Sporule. The minute rudimentary 
seeds of the cryptogamia. 

Spobi'dia. The covering of the spores ; the 
spore-like bodies of alga). 

Spotted fever. See Fever, Spotted. 

Spotted lungwort. See Pulmonaria. 

Sprain. See Subluxation. 

Sprat. Clupea sprattus. 

Spreading. Diffusus. 

SPRUCE. 1. A particular species of fir. 
The pinus abies. 2. A fermented liquor, called 
spruce beer, prepared from tho spruce fir. It 
is found a useful antiscorbutic. 

Spu'ma. Froth. 

Spuma cerevisls. Yeast. 

Spumo'sus. Frothy. 

Spunk. Boletus ignarius. 

Spur. Calcar. 

Spurge. See Euphorbia. 

Spurge-flax. Daphne gnidium. 

Spurge-laurel. Daphne laureola. 

Spurge-olive. Daphne mezereum. 

Spurious. Nothus. 

Spurred. Calcaratus. 

Spurred rye. Ergot. 

Sputa. Plural of sputum. 

Sputamen. See Sputum. 

SPU'TUM. (um, i, n. ; from spuo, to spit.) 
1. That which is cast out of the mouth merely 
by spitting. 2. Expectorated matter, or that 
which comes from within the chest and is spit 
out. 

SQUA'MA. (a, m, f.) A scale. An opaque 
and thickened lamina of the cuticle. 

SQUAMAE. Scaly diseases; these are com- 
monly produced by some degree of inflamma- 
tion of the true skin, over which they are form- 
ed ; but occasionally, as in the slighter forms 
of pityriasis, the cuticle alone, or with the rete 
mucosum, appears to be in a morbid condition. 
The four genera of scaly diseases are, Lepra, 
Psoriasis, Pityriasis, and Ichthyosis. 

Squama'ria. Plumbago europaea. 

Squama'tus. Squamate. Scaly. 

SQUA'MOUS. Squamosum. Scaly; arrang- 
ed like scales on a fish. 

Squamous suture. The suture which unites 
the squamous portion of the temporal bone with 
the parietal. 

Squarro'se. Squarrosus. Rough; scabby; 
scurfy; scaly. 

Squill. Squilla. Scilla maritima. 

Squills, vinegar of. Acetum scillae. 

Squinancy. Cynanche tonsillaris. 

Squina'nthus. Andropogon schsenanthus. 

Squinting. See Strabismus. 

Sr. The symbol of strontium. 

STA'CHYS. (ys,yos,m.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia. Gymnospermia. — S.falida. Bal- 
lota nigra. — S. palustris. Clown's woundwort 
or all-heal. Not used. 

Sta'cte. A kind of myrrh. 

Sta'cticon. Instillation; also an eye-water. 

STAFF. A grooved steel instrument intro- 
duced through the urethra into the bladder, to 
guide the knife in the operation of lithotomy. 

STAGE. A period or degree of a disease 
Thus some diseases are described as exhibiting 
a stage of access, of decline ; others, a hot or 
cold stage. 

609 



STA 

Sta'gma. 1. Any distilled liquor. 2. Sul- 
phuric acid. 

Stagna'tion. A retardation of the fluids of 
a part, or a congestion. 

STAHLIANS. The followers of Stahl, also 
called Animists, and their school is called the 
Dynamic school. , 

STALAGMI'TIS. (w, is, f.) A genus of 
plants. Polygamia. Monacia. — S. cambo- 
gioi'des. This and several other species of 
stalagmitis yield a kind of gamboge : the true 
gamboge, however, is the produce of the Oar- 
cinia cambogioides. 

Stala'gmus. Distillation. 

Stalk. Scape. 

STA'LTICUS. . (From oreMo, to contract.) 
Healing: applied to medicines which were 
supposed to have that power. 

STAMEN, (en, inis, n.) The male genital 
organ of plants, found generally within the cor- 
olla, near the pistil. It consists of the anther 
and filament. 

STAMINA. In Physiology and Pathology, 
applied to the degree of strength and vigor in 
the constitution. 

Sta'minal. Staminalis. Relating to the 
stamen. 

Stamini'ferous. Having stamens. 

Stamme'king. Balbuties bkesitas. See Psel- 
lismus. 

Standard. The vexillum of a flower. 

Stanni pulvis. S. limatnra. Tin, finely di- 
vided, is exhibited internally as a vermifuge : 
it acts mechanically, and the fine filings are 
more effectual than the powder. 

Stannic acid. The peroxide of tin. 

BTA'NNUM. (urn, i, n.) See Tin. 

Stannum fomatum. Tin foil. 

STAPE'DIUS. Musculus stapes of Cowper, 
and Pyramidal- stapedial of Dumas. A muscle 
of the internal ear. See Auris. 

STATES, (es, edis, m.) A bone of the in- 
ternal ear, so called from its resemblance to a 
stirrup. See Auris. 

Staphisa'gria. Delphinium staphisagria. 

Staphisi'nk. An alkaloid body found with 
delphine in the stavesacre. It is poisonous, 
and probably a modification of delphine. 

Staphyl*:mato'ma. A tumor of the uvula 
containing effused blood. 

STA'PHYLE. Zra<M»7. The uvula. 

Sta phy li'nus . Applied, in Anatomy, to parts 
connected with the uvula. 

Btaphylinus kxternus. The circumflexus. 

Staphyli'tis. Inflammation of the uvula. 

Staph ylo-pharyngeus. 1 he palato-pharyn- 
geus muscle. 

STAPHYLCEDE'MA. (Edema uvnlat. A 
relaxation of the uvula from inflammation or 
infiltration. If it becomes permanently relax- 
ed, there is difficult deglutition, and irritation of 
the larynx and pharynx. In such cases it is to 
be remedied by astringent lotions, scarifications, 
or excision. 

STAPHYLOMA, (a, atis, n. ; from ora- 
0Vtfffi a grape.) S. cornea. S. conicum. Sta- 
phyloma of the cornea. Sugar-loaf staphyloma. 
A disease of the eyeball, in which the cornea 
loses its natural transparency, rises above the 
fevel of the eye, and successively even projects 
610 



STE 

beyond the eyelids, in the form of an elongated 
whitish or pearl-colored tumor, which is some- 
times smooth, sometimes uneven, and is attend- 
ed with a total loss of sight. The proximate 
cause is an effusion of thick humor between the 
lamellae of the cornea. The remote causes are, 
an habitual ophthalmia, contusions, and fre- 
quently a deposition of the variolous humor in 
the small-pox. * 

It requires the aid of surgery to remove all 
the adventitious growths or collections of fluid, 
and the use of detergent lotions and such caus- 
tic applications as can with safety be applied. 

Staphyloma of the iris. S. iridis. Pro 
lapsus iridis. 

Staphyloma racemosdm. When the whole 
iris is protruded. 

Staphyloma sclerotica. Staphyloma of 
the sclerotic. When the projecting portion of 
the eye is situated on the sclerotic coat. 

Staphylo'ncus. Tumefaction of the uvula; 
staphyledema. 

STAPHYLORRA'PHY. Staphylorrhaphia. 
(From ora^vXtj, the uvula, and patyri, a suture.) 
The operation of uniting a cleft palate. The 
edges of the membrane of the palate are paired, 
and then brought together by the interrupted 
suture. 

Staphylosis. Staphyloma. 

Star-anise. Illicium anisatum. 

Star-grass. Aletris farinosa. 

Star-like. Stellate. 

Star-shoot. Tremella nostoc. 

Star-thistle. Carlina acaulis. 

Starch. Amylum. 

Starkey's pills. The same as Maltkews's 
pills. 

Starkey's soap. Sapo terebinthinee. 

STA'SIS. "Lraatc. (From arau, to stand.) 
A condition of the fluids, in which they are sup- 
posed to be nearly stagnant. 

STA'TICE. (e, es, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Pmtagynia. Plumbaginece. The 
herb sea-thrift. — <S. caroliniana. Marsh rose- 
mary. This plant is astringent, and used in 
dysentery, and as a gargle in ulcerated sore 
throats. — S. limonivm. The sea-thrift. Sea- 
lavender, or red behen. The roots possess 
astringent and tonic qualities, but not in a very 
remarkable degree. 

STA'TICS. That department of physical 
science which investigates the conditions of 
equilibrium. It is the converse of dynamics. 

Stationary fever. Stationa'ria febris. A 
fever endemical in a place for many years. — 
Sydenham. 

STATISTICS, MEDICAL. Vital statistics. 
The detail of facts connected with the deaths, 
births, diseases, epidemics, &c, of any given 
place. 

Sta'tus. A state or condition; applied 
synonymously with diathesis and temperament, 
as Status nervosus, the nervous diathesis. 

Stavf.sacre. Delphinium staphisagria. 

STEAM. The vapor of water at a high tem- 
perature. When produced under pressure, it is 
termed high-pressure steam, and its heat is in- 
creased ovfr 212°. The expression, a steam 
bath, means ouly a vapor bath at a high tem- 
perature; it is a powerful sudorific aud relaxant. 



8TE 

Steam doctor. A quack who pretends to 
cure all diseases by the steam bath. 

STE'AR. SreojO, gen. arearoc. Fat. 

Stearaconot. One of the fats of the brain, 
according to Couerbe. 

Stearic acid. The acid obtained by sapon- 
izing stearine, and decomposing the soap by a 
dilute acid. It is a brilliant, white, soft body, 
insoluble in water ; melts at 167°. Formula, 
0«H«A+2HO. 

Ste'arine. (From areap, fat.) Iho solid 
component of fats, resembling wax; a stearate 
of glycerine. 

Stearoptene. A name given to the concrete 
portion, or camphor of volatile oils. 

Steatoce'le. A fatty tumor of the scrotum. 

STBATO'MA. (a, alls, n. j from areap, fat.) 
An encysted tumor, the contents of which are 
of a fatty consistence. 

STEEL. Chalybs. 1. The tinest iron, com- 
bined with about one per cent, of carbon. 2. 
In Pharmacy, the preparations of iron are 
sometimes called preparations of steel, as Steel 
■wine for Vinum ferri. 

Steer's opodeldoc. See Opodeldoc, Steer's. 

Stegno'sis. A constriction ; a constipation. 

Stegno'tics. Stcgnotica. Astringents. 

STE'LLA. 1. A star. 2. A bandage cross- 
ed like an X, or with many crossings like a star. 

Stella'te. Stellatus. Star-like. 

Stelochites. Osteocolla. 

Stem. See Caulis and Stipe. 

Ste'ma. 2r«/«. The penis. 

Stemless. Acaulis. 

Stemless milk-vetch. Astragalus excapus. 

Stenothorax. One with a narrow chest. 

Stephens's remedy, Mrs. A pill of soap 
and lime, followed by a tonic mixture with 
soap. It was once famous as a lithontriptic. 
_ STERCORA'CEOUS. Stercorarius. Rela- 
ting to, or being of the nature of, excrement. 

STERCU'LIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Monadelphia. Polyandria. — S. urens yields the 
Basso ra gum. 

Ste'rcus. (us, i, m.) Excrement; faeces; 
fimus. 

Stercos diaboli. Assafootida. 

STEREO'TICA. (From tsrepeoc, hard, 
sol id. ) Lesions or deformities of the hard parts. 
A genus of diseases in Good's Nosology. 

Stereu'sin. Stearoptene. 

STERI'LITY. (Sterilitas, atis, f.; from 
sterilis, barren.) In Physiology and Pathology, 
sterility is" the want of power to get or bear a 
child ; hence it applies to both the male and 
female. It may arise from malformation, but 
is usually the result of debility in the sexual 
organs, arising in men from venereal excesses, 
intemperance, or strictures ; and in females 
from disordered menstruation, leucorrhoea, or 
chlorosis. The treatment in these cases rests 
on the removal of the debility by touics, espe- 
cially cold bathing, chalybeates, and in judicious 
dieting. When it arises from stricture it must 
be overcome by the appropriate means. 

STERNA'LGIA. (a, a;, f. ; from arepvov, 
the sternum or chest, and ahyoc, pain.) 1. Pain 
about the sternum, which is often very severe, 
and may arise from rheumatism, gout, dyspep- 
sia, and other diseases. 2. Angina pectoris. 



STE 

Sterno-clavicular articulation. The 
joint formed by the clavicle and sternum. 

Stbrno-cleido-hyoideus. See Stcrno-hy- 
oideus. 

Sterno-cleido-mastoideus. Sterno-mastoi- 
deus and cleido-mastoidcus of Albinus. A mus- 
cle on the anterior and lateral part of the neck, 
which turns the head to one side, and bends it 
forward. It arises by two distinct origins : the 
antetior from the top of the sternum, near it3 
junction with the clavicle ; the posterior from 
the upper and anterior part of the clavicle. 
They unite a little above the anterior articula- 
tion of the clavicle ; and the muscle is inserted 
into the mastoid process, and, gradually becom- 
ing thinner, is extended as far back as the 
lambdoidal suture. 

Sterno-costalks. These muscles are situa- 
ted at each side of the under surface of the ster- 
num, upon the cartilages of the third, fourth, fifth, 
and sixth ribs. Their number varies from three 
to six, but most usually there are four. The 
lowermost of the sterno-costales arises from the 
edge and inner surface of the lower part of the 
cartilugo ensiformis, where its fibres intermix 
with those of the diaphragm and transversalis 
abdominis. Its fibres run nearly in a transverse 
direction, and are inserted, by a broad, thin ten- 
don, into the inner surface of the cartilage of the 
sixth rib, and lower edge of that of tho fifth. 
The second and largest of the sterno-costales 
arises, tendinous, from the cartilago ensiformis 
and lower part of the sternum laterally, and, 
running a little obliquely outward, is inserted 
into the lower edge of the cartilage of the fifth, 
and sometimes ot the fourth rib. The third 
arises, tendinous, from the sides of the middle 
part of the sternum, near the cartilages of tho 
fourth and fifth ribs, and, ascending obliquely 
outward, is inserted into the cartilage of the 
third rib. The fourth and uppermost, which 
is the most frequently wanting, arises, tendinous, 
from the beginning of the cartilage of the third 
rib and the adjacent part of the sternum, and 
running almost perpendicularly upward, is in- 
serted by a thin tendon (which covers a part of 
the second internal intercostal) into the carti- 
lage and beginning of the bony part of the second 
rib. All these muscles are more or less inter- 
mixed with one another at their origin, and this 
probably occasioned them to be considered as 
one muscle. 

Ste'rno-hyoide'us. As this muscle arises 
from the clavicle as well as from the sternum, 
Winslow calls it sterno-cleido-hy oideus. It is a 
long, flat, and thin muscle, situated obliquely 
between the sternum and os hyoides, behind 
the lower part of the mastoideus, and covering 
the sterno-thyr oideus and the hyo-thyroidens. It 
arises, by very short tendinous fibres, from the 
cartilaginous part of the first rib, from the up- 
per and inner part of the sternum, from the cap- 
sular ligament that connects that boue with the 
clavicle, and commonly from a small part of the 
clavicle itself; from thence, ascending along 
the anterior and lateral part of the neck, we see 
it united to its fellow, opposite to the inferior 
part of the larynx, by means of a thin mem- 
brane, which forms a kind of tinea alba. After 
this the two muscles separate again, and each 

611 



STE 

passing over the side of the thyroid cartilage, 
is inserted into the basis of the os hyoides, im- 
mediately behind the insertion of the last-de- 
scribed muscle. Its use is to draw the os hy- 
oides downward. 

Sterno-mastoideus. See Stcmo-cleido-mas- 
toidcus. 

Ste'rno-thyhoidk'us. This is flat and thin, 
like the sterno-hyoideus, but longer and broad- 
er. It is situated at the fore part of the neck, 
between the sternum and thyroid cartilage, and 
behind the sterno-hyoideus. It arises, broad 
and fleshy, from the upper and inner part of 
the sternum, between the cartilages of the first 
and second ribs, from each of which it receives 
some few fibres, as well as from the clavicle, 
where it joins with the sternum. From thence, 
growing somewhat narrower, it ascends, and, 
passing over the thyroid gland and the cricoid 
cartilage, is inserted, tendinous, into the lower 
and posterior edge of the rough line of the thy- 
roid cartilage, immediately under the insertion 
of the sterno-hyoideus. Now and thon a few 
of its fibres pass on to the os hyoides. Its use 
is to draw the thyroid cartilage, and, conse- 
quently, the larynx, downward. 

Ster.vody'nia. Sternalgia. 

Sternodynia syxcopialis. Angina pectoris. 

STE'RNUM. (um,i,n.) Pectoris os. The 
breast bone. The sternum is the oblong, flat 
bone placed at the fore part of the thorax. In 
the adult state it consists of three, and some- 
times only of two pieces, the two lower por- 
tions being united into ono ; and very often, in 
old subjects, the whole is formed into one bone. 
The upper portion forms an irregular square. 
On each side, superiorly, we observe an oblong 
articulating surface, covered with cartilage in 
the recent subject, for receiving the ends of the 
clavicles. The whole of its anterior surface is 
slightly convex, and within it is slightly con- 
cave. Its edge, on each side, affords four artic- 
ulating surfaces, for the third, fourth, fifth, and 
sixth ribs, and parts of articulating surfaces at 
its upper and lower parts, for the second and 
seventh ribs. The third and inferior portion of 
the sternum is separated from the former by a 
line. From its shape, and its being constantly 
in a state of cartilage in young subjects, it has 
been commonly named cartiiago xiphoides, en- 
siformis, or sword-like cartilage. 

Sternutamento'ria. Achillea ptarmica. 

Sternutame'ntum. That which produces 
sneezing; snuff. 

STERNUTA'TIO. (io, ionis, f.) Sneezing. 

Ste'rnutatory. Ei-rhine. 

STE'RTOR. (or, oris, m.) A loud and 
deep sound produced in the larynx and fauces ; 
a snoring respiration. 

STE'THESCOPE. (From arrfioc, the chest, 
and OKorreu, to explore.') An instrument in- 
vented by Laennec to aid auscultation. It is 
"made of cedar wood, of a cylindrical form, 
about eleven inches long, and about an inch 
and a half in diameter. It has a cylindrical 
perforation throughout its whole length, and is 
divided into two parts. The end of one or 
both parts terminates in a funnel-shaped cavity. 
There are several modifications of the stethe- 
flcope, of which, perhaps, the most convenient 
612 



S TI 

is one somewhat shorter than that above de- 
scribed, without any division in the middle, 
and furnished with rather a broad and very 
slightly concave ear-plate. In using this in- 
strument, care is to be taken that it is kept 
perfectly flat upon the part to which it is ap- 
plied by the funnel-shaped end, while the other 
end should be in close contact with the ear. 
Silk covering, as causing a cracking sort of 
noise, and a thick dress, as obscuring the sound 
of respiration, should be avoided ; but linen or 
flannel dress may remain on the person without 
disadvantage. When applied over the heart, 
the funnel end is plugged by a piece of perfo • 
rated cedar wood. 

STHE'NIA. (From adevoc.) Strength; ex- 
cess of vital power. That state of the body 
which disposes to inflammatory diseases, in op- 
position to those of debility, which arise from 
asthenia. 

Sthenic. Slkenicus. 1. Such diseases as 
arise from accumulated excitability. 2. In- 
flammatory. 3. Active. 

Stibia'lis. Antimonial: appertaining to an- 
timony. 

Stibii essentia. Antimonial wine. 

Sti'bious. Stibiosus. Antimonial. 

S T I'B I U M. (urn, ii, n. Stimmi, oTi/xfii.) 
The ancient name of antimony. See Antimony. 

STI'GMA. (a, atis, n. 2nyua ; from oti&. 
to prick or to brand.) I. In Pathology, 1. A 
small red speck on the skin, occasioning no el- 
evation of tho cuticle. Stigmata are generally 
distinct, or apart from each other. They some- 
times assume a livid color, and are then termed 
petechia and purpura;. 2. Nsevus maternus. 
II. In Botany, that part of the female organ of 
a plant which is placed at the summit of the 
style. 

Stilbo'ma. A cosmetic. 

Still. An apparatus for distillation, usually 
on a large scale, and somewhat resembling the 
alembic. 

Stillate. A distilled fluid. 

STILLICTDIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from stillo, 
to drop, and cado, to fall.) A dropping. A 
strangury, or discharge of the urine drop by 
drop. Also, the pumping upon a part. 

STILLINGIA. (a,a,t.) A genus of plants. 
Monozcia. Monadelphia. Euphorbiacea;. — 8. 
sylvatica. Queen's root. Stillingia. (U. S.) 
The root is said to be purgative and alterative, 
and useful as a substitute for sarsaparilla. 

Stimato'sis. Stymatosis. 

Sti'mmi. 2tiu/xi. Antimony. 

STIMULANT. (Stimulans ; from stimulo, 
to stir up.) Possessed of the power of excit- 
ing the animal energy. Stimulants are divided 
into general and topical, according as they af- 
fect the whole system or a particular part. 
Those general stimulants, the effect of which is 
very fugacious, are termed diffusible stimulants; 
as ether, alcohol. 

STI'MULUS. (us, i, m. ; from anyfioc, stim- 
ulus, a sting or spur.) In Pathology and Phys- 
iology, that which rouses the action or energy 
of a part. 

Stinking lettuce. Lactuca virosa. 

STI'PES. (es, His, m.) A. stipe or stem of 
a fungus, fe<":, or palm. 



I 



STO 

stipita'tus. Standing on a pillar or pedicle. 

STI'FULE. Stipula. A leafy appendage to 
the proper leaves, or to their footstalks. 

Stipular. Stipularis. Belonging to the 
stipula of plants. 

Stitch. A sharp spasmodic pain in the in- 
tercostal muscles is commonly so called. 

Stizolobium. Dolichos pruriens. 

STOCKING, LACED. A strong stocking of 
idothorwash leather, made to be laced up in 
front. It is used to produce equal compres- 
sion along the leg. 

St(e'chas. Lavendulae stoechas. 

Stcechas citrina. See Onaphalium. 

STO'LON. A sucker or scion. A runner 
which proceeds from the roots of some plants, 
and takes root in the earth. 

Stoloni'ferous. Stoloniferns. rutting forth 
stolons. 

Sto'ma. 2to/i. The month. 

STOMACA'CE. (From aro/xa, the mouth, 
and KaKoc, evil.) Cancrum oris. Gangrena 
oris. Canker of the mouth. A foetor of the 
mouth, with a bloody discharge from the gums, 
which are ulcerated along their edges. The 
remedies for this disease are, acid gargles with 
myrrh, and the internal exhibition ot mineral 
acids, with bark or cascarilla;' good food, espe- 
cially a proper quantity of vegetables, and oc- 
casional purgatives ; the cold bath, and walking 
exercise. It occurs chiefly in scurvy. 

STO'MACIi. (Stomachus, i, m. Sropaxoc', 
from orofia, tho mouth, and x EU > t° pour.) A 
membranous receptacle, situated in tho epi- 
gastric region, which receives the food from 
the oesophagus. Its figure is somewhat oblong 
and round: it is largest on tho left side, and 
gradually diminishes toward its lower orifice, 
where it is the least. Its superior orifice, where 
the oesophagus terminates, is called the cardia, 
or cardiac orifice ; the inferior orifice, where 
the intestine begins, the pylorus. 

The stomach, like the intestinal canal, is com- 
posed of three coats or membranes : 1. The out- 
ermost, which is very firm, and from tho peri- 
toneum. 2. The muscular, which is very thick, 
and composed of various muscular fibres. 3. 
The innermost, mucous, or villous coat. These 
coats are connected together by cellular mem- 
brane. The arteries of the stomach come chiefly 
from the cosliac artery, and are distinguished 
into the coronary, gastro-epiploic, and short ar- 
teries ; they are accompanied by veins which 
have similar names, and which terminate in the 
vena porta). The nerves of the stomach are 
very numerous, and come from the eighth pair 
and sympathetic nerve. The lymphatic vessels 
are distributed throughout the whole substance, 
and proceed immediately to the thoracic duct. 

Stomach, inflammation of. See Inflamma- 
tion of the stomach and intestines. 

Stomach-pump. An instrument for removing 
poisonous fluids from the stomach, and inject- 
ing water, or bland and nutritious fluids, to an- 
swer particular indications. It is an exhausting 
and condensing syringe, furnished with a long 
oesophagus tube. To inject liquids, the exhaust- 
ing end is placed in the fluid, and the condens- 
ing end, furnished with the tube, is introduced 
into the stomach. In using the stomach-pump, it 



STB 

is necessary to introduce into the patient's mouth 
a bit of wood, perforated in the centre for the 
passage of the tube. To draw liquids from the 
stomach, the tube is attached to the exhausting 
end of the syringe. 

STOMA'CHIC. Stomachicus. That which 
excites and strengthens the action of the stom- 
ach. 

Stoma'chica pa'ssio. Gastrodynia. 

Stomachus. Stomach. 

Sto'mata. The minute apertures found on 
the under side of the leaves of most plants. 

STOMATITIS. (From aropa, the mouth, and 
itis, inflammation. ) Inflammation of the mouth. 
This may be aphthous or follicular, gangrenous 
or pseudo-membraneous, with the exudation of 
a false membrane. These varieties are to bo 
treated according to general principles. They 
are also frequently symptomatic. 

Stomatopa'nus. Tumefaction of the glands 
of the mouth. 

Stomatophy'ma. A swelling of the mouth. 

Stomatorrhagia. Hemorrhage from the 
mouth. 

Stone. See Calculus. 

Stone-crop. Sedum acre. 

Stone-pock. The acne indurata. 

Stone-root. Collinsonia canadensis. 

Storax. See Styrax. 

Storax, liquid. S. liquida. Seo Liquidam- 
bar. 

Storax rubra officinalis. Cascarilla bark. 

Storax, white. Peruvian balsam. 

Storey's worm-cakes. These consist of calo- 
mel and jalap, made up into cakes, and colored 
with vermilion. 

STRABI'SMUS. (us, i, m. ; from <jrpa6tfr, 
to squint.) Squinting. An affection of the eyes, 
in which the axes of the two do not retain their 
natural relation. Squinting may be spasmodic, 
and symptomatic of cerebral affections, or it 
may be confirmed, and due to preternatural 
shortness of one of the muscles of the eyeball. 
In this case, the most speedy remedy is to di- 
vide the muscle. Children are very prone to 
squinting from habit, and this,' growing upon 
them, becomes, after a time, a permanent de- 
fect. In such cases, the habit is broken up by 
adjusting to the eye an opaque screen pierced 
with a central aperture. 

Strabositas. Strabismus. 

Strabot'omy. The operation of cutting the 
muscles of the eye in squinting. 

Stra'men came'lorum. Andropogon schai- 
nanthus. 

Stramo'nine. An alkaloid base, said to ex- 
ist with daturine in the stramonium. 

STRAMO'NIUM. (um,ii,n.) The officinal 
name of the Datura stramonium, which see. 

Stra'ngalis. A hard, painful tumor in the 
breast, from obstruction of the flow of milk. 

STRANGULATION. Strangulatio. The 
close constriction of a part. Thus a hernia is 
said to be in a state of strangulation when the 
contents of the rupture are so constricted by the 
margins of the opening through which they have 
passed as to interrupt their natural functions. 
In legal medicine it means the forcible constric- 
tion of the trachea, by which respiration is sus- 
pended. 

. 613 



STB 

Strangula'tion, uterine. Hysteria. 

STRA'NGURY. (Stranguria, a, f.; from 
arpay^, a drop, and ovpov, urine.) A difficulty 
and pain in passing the urine, which is excreted 
by drops. 

Strap-shaped. Ligulate. 

Stratio'tes. Stratioticum. Achillea mille- 
folium. 

Stra'tum. A layer. 

Straw. Culm; culmus. 

Strawberry. Fragaria vesca and virgini- 
ana. 

STRE'MMA. (a, atis, n. Srpefiua; from 
OTpE<f>u, to turn.) A strain or sprain of the parts 
about a joint. 

STRE'NGTH. Vigor: a tonic condition of 
the tissues of the body ; great muscular devel- 
opment. 

Strengthening medicine. Tonics are so 
called. Chalybcates. 

Strengthening plaster. Empl&strura 
ferri. . 

Strepitosus morbus. A disease once said 
to be common on the Austrian Alps, in which 
emphysematous tumors arise on the neck, face, 
and arms, which, when not quite full of air, 
crepitate like a dry bladder. 

Stria'te. Striata*. Scored; marked with 
long lines; grooved. 

STRUCTURE. (Strictura, <r, f.) A dim- 
inution or contracted state of some tube or duct 
of the body, as the oesophagus, intestines, ure- 
thra, vagina, &c. It is either organic, that is, 
accompanied with actual thickening of the walls 
of the canal, or spasmodic. 

Stri'ctus. Stiff and straight. 

STRIDOR DENTIUM. Grinding of the 
ieeth. A common symptom during sleep in 
oi»ildren affected with worms or other intestinal 
imlation. It occurs also in fevers, as a symptom 
»f irritation of the braiu. 

Stri'ga. A bristle-like pubescence. 

Stri'gil. A flesh-brush. 

Strigme'ntum. The strigment, filth, or 
sr.des scraped from the skin in baths and places 
jf exercise. 

Strigo'sus. Furnished with strigue. 

Strobilifoum. Slrobiliformis. In the form 
jf a cone. 

STRO'BILUS. (us,i, in.) A cone. A cat- 
kin, hardened and enlarged into a seed-vessel, 
an example of .which is in the pines and firs. 

STRC/NGYLUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
intestinal worms in Rudolphi's classification. — 
d. gigas. This species of worm is said to have 
been found in the human kidney. It is of con- 
siderable length, being from five inches to up- 
ward of a foot. It has a flat, obtuse head, and 
the mouth is furnished with six flattish papilla;. 

STRO'NTIA. Strontian. The protoxide of 
strontian, a powerful base, nearly resembling 
baryta and lime. It is not used in medicine, 
and its salts are said not to be poisonous. 

STRO'NTIUM. fan, ii, n.) The metallic 
base of strontia. It is very similar to barium. 
The equivalent is 43-8, and symbol, Sr. 

STRorm'oLUM. A little, curved, gland-like 
part near the scar or base of some seeds. 

Stro'phos. Tormina. 

STROPHULUS, (us, i, m.) A papular 
614 . 



STR 

eruption peculiar to infants, and exhibiting a 
variety of forms, which are described by Dr. 
Willan under the titles of interlinctus, albidus 
confertus, volaticus, and candidus. 

1. Strophulus interlinctus, the red gum or red 
gown. — The papulae characterizing this affection 
rise sensibly above the level of the cuticle, are 
of a vivid red color, and commonly distinct from 
each other. Their number and extent variei 
much in different cases. They appear most con- 
stantly on the cheeks, forearm, and back of the 
hand, but are sometimes diffused over the whole 
body. The papula; are, in many places, inter- 
mixed with stigmata, and often with red patches 
of a larger size, which do not, however, occasion 
any elevation of the cuticle. The eruption usu- 
ally terminates in scurf, or exfoliation of tho 
cuticle : its duration, however, is very uncertain 
This complaint occurs chiefly within the tWG 
first months of lactation. It is not always ac- 
companied with, or preceded by, any disorders 
of the constitution, Tbut appears occasionally in 
the strongest and most healthy children. It is 
however, commonly associated with alvine dia 
turbance. 

2. The Strophulus albidus, by some termed 
the white gum, is merely a variety of strophulus 
intertinctus. In the place of the red eruptior 
there is a number of minute whitish specks, a 
little elevated, and sometimes, though not con 
stantly, surrounded by a slight redness. 

3. The Strophulus confertus. — An eruption 
of numerous papilla?, varying in their size, ap- 
pears on different parts of the body in infants, 
during dentition, and has thence been denomi- 
nated the tooth-rash, or rank red gum. The 
papulce are smaller, and set more closely to- 
gether than in the red gum ; their color is not so 
vivid, but they are generally more permanent. 

4. The Strophulus volaticus is characterized 
by an appearance of small circular patches, or 
clusters of papula;, arising successively on dif 
ferent parts of the body. The number of pap 
ulas in each cluster is from six to twelve. Both 
the papulae and their interstices are of a high 
red color. These patches continue red, with 
a little heat or itching, for about four days, when 
they turn brown, and begin to exfoliate. As 
one patch declines, another appears at a small 
distance from it ; and in this manner the com- 
plaint often spreads gradually over the face, 
body, and limbs, not terminating in less than 
three or four weeks. This complaint has been 
by some writers denominated ignis volaticus 
infantum. 

5. Strophulus candidus. — In this form of 
strophulus, the papulae are larger than in any 
of the foregoing species. They have no inflam- 
mation round their base ; their surface is very 
smooth and shining, whence they appear to be 
of a lighter color than the adjoining cuticle. 

There is seldom much necessity for medi- 
cine. If the bowels be out of order, they are to 
be attended to ; otherwise, cleanliness, a bland 
diet if tho child is not suckled, and attention 
to the clothing, are all that is necessary. 

Stroughton's elixir. An aromatic tincture 
made with, gentian, serpentaria, orange peel, 
cardamoms, &c. 

STRU'CTURE. In Physiology, 1 The ar- 



STR 

rangcmeut of the tissues of a plant or animal. 
2. A texture or membrane. 

STRU'MA. (a, ee, f.) 1. Generally applied 
to scrofula. 2. Bronchocele. 

Struma tyrolensium. Cretinism. 

Stru'mous. Strumosus. Of the naturo of 
scrofula. 

Stru'thium. Imperatoria ostruthium. 

STRY'CHNIA. (a,te,t\) Strychnine. The 
alkaloid obtained from the Strychnos nux vomi- 
ca. Take of finely-rasped nux vomica, Ibiv. ; 
lime, §vj.; muriatic acid, fiij. ; and a sufficient 
quantity of alcohol, sulphuric acid, ammonia, 
and water. Boil the nux vomica with one half, 
and then the other half of the muriatic acid, so 
as to exhaust it thoroughly ; strain, and add the 
lime in fine powder ; collect the precipitated 
strychnia. Take this up by alcohol, and boil 
the solution with dilute sulphuric acid ; decolor 
by animal charcoal, and finally precipitate the 
pure strychnia by ammonia, and dry on blotting 
paper. 

Pure strychnia is crystallized in very small 
four-sided prisms, terminated by four-sided low 
pyramids. It has a white color ; its taste is in- 
tolerably bitter, leaving a metallic impression 
in the mouth. It is destitute of smell. It is 
not altered by exposure to the air. It is very 
little soluble in cold water, 100,000 parts of 
that liquid dissolving only 15 parts of strychnia ; 
but it dissolves in 2500 times its weight of boil- 
ing water. Its formula is CUsHsgNsQt. — Reg- 
nault. 

The action of strychnia on the animal econo- 
my is precisely analogous to that of the alco- 
holic extract of nux vomica, only much more 
powerful. Half a grain blown into the throat 
of a rabbit has produced trismus in two min- 
utes, and death in five ; and the eighth of a 
grain taken into the stomach has proved fatal 
to a strong dog. In minute doses strychnia has 
been found a very useful medicine, especially 
in paralytic cases, and it appears preferable to 
the extract of nux vomica, as being of more uni- 
form strength. Dr. Ryan, who has used it very 
extensively, speaks in high terms of its efficacy 
in a variety of nervous diseases. The dose is 
Jjth of a grain morning and evening, in pill, re- 
peated more frequently as the patient gets ac- 
customed to it. Dr. Ryan has rqet with few 
patients who would bear more than T s ^ths of a 
grain in the course of a day. Applied to the 
skin, it causes violent pain, and produces co- 
pious suppuration when applied on a blistered 
surface ; it is not safe to use more than from a 
quarter to half a grain in this way. The salts 
of strychnia, of which the sulphate, hydro- 
chlorate, and nitrate are used, may be made by 
bringing these acids in contact with strychnia. 

Strychnine. Strychnina. See Strychnia. 

STRYCHNOMA'NIA. (a, *, f . ; from 
CTpvxvoc, nightshade, and fiavia, madness.) So 
the ancients called the disorder produced by 
eating the deadly nightshade. 

STRY'CHNOS. (os, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Apocyna- 
cete. — 8. colubrina, a tree of the East Indies. 
It yields the Lignum colubrinum, which contains 
strychnia. — S. nux vomica. The tree which 
yields the poison-nut. Nux vomica. Nux me- 



STY 

tella. It is a native of the East Indies. The 
bark is commonly known as the false angustura 
bark, and is very bitter and poisonous. The 
seed of the fruit is the officinal nux vomica : it 
is flat, round, about an inch broad, and near a 
quarter of an inch thick, with a prominence in 
the middle on both sides, of a gray color, cov- 
ered with a kind of woolly matter, and inter- 
nally hard and tough like horn. To the taste 
it is extremely bitter, but has no remarkable 
smell. Rectified spirit is its best solvent. Nux 
vomica is one of the most powerful of the veg- 
etable poisons, and is of the narcotico-acrid kind. 
The effects of this drug upon different animals 
appear to be rather uncertain. With some an- 
imals it produces its effects almost instanta- 
neously; with others, not till after several 
hours, when laborious respiration, followed by 
torpor, tremblings, coma, and convulsions, usu- 
ally precede the fatal spasms, or tetanus, with 
which this drug commonly extinguishes life. 
A fatal dose is about jij. It was formerly rec- 
ommended in a variety of complaints, especial- 
ly dysentery, but is now considered serviceable 
in paralysis and cases of deficient innervation. 
The alcoholic extract is the form in which it is 
most frequently given. The dose of this is from 
gr. £ to gr. i., given, at first, twice a day, and 
afterward more frequently. The dose of the 
powdered nut is gr. v., gradually increased to 
3j. or 3ss. The nux vomica is now gen- 
erally superseded by its active principle, the 
strychnia, which possesses all its virtues in a 
highly concentrated form. See Strychnia. — 
S. pseudo-quina. This Brazilian species yields 
a tonic and febrifuge bark, not at all poisonous, 
and used as a substitute for cinchona. — S. Sane- 
ti Ignatii. Ignatia amara. — S. m tieute. This 
species produces the Upas tieute, one of the 
strong Java poisons. See Upas. — S. toxifera 
yields the active agent of the Ourari or Woora- 
ri poison of Guayana, which produces paraly- 
sis, with convulsions and suspended respiration. 
— S. volubilis. Ignatia amara. 

Stu'nned. Laboring under a concussion of 
the brain. 

Stupe. Stupa. See Stuppa. 

STUPEFA'CIENT. (Stupcfaciens ; from 
stupe facia, to stupefy.) Of a stupefying quali- 
ty ; narcotic. 

STU'POR. (or, oris, m. ; from stupeo, to be 
senseless.) Insensibility; lethargy. 

STU'PPA.- 1. A stupe. A piece of cloth or 
flax soaked in a warm liquid, and applied as a 
fomentation. 2. Tow. 

Stu'prum. A rape. 

Sturgeon. Acipensor sturio. 

STU'TTERING. A high degree of stammer- 
ing, which is a nervousness influencing the mus- 
cles of speech. 

Sty. Hordeolum. 

STY'LIFORM. Styliformis. Shaped like 
a style or rod. Applied to processes of bones 
and parts of plants. 

STY'LO-. Names compounded of this word 
belong to muscles which are attached to the 
styloid process of the temporal bone. 

STYLO-CERATO-HYOinEUs. See Stylo-hyoidms. 

STYi.o-CHONnRo-HYoiDEUS. See Stylo-hyoi- 
dans. 

615 



STY 

Stylo-gloss us. A muscle situated between 
the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, which 
draws the tongue aside and backward. It ari- 
ses, tendinous and fleshy, from the styloid pro- 
cess, and from the ligament which connects 
that process to the angle of the lower jaw, and 
is inserted into the root of the tongue, runs 
along its sides, and is insensibly lost near its tip. 

Stylo-hyoideus. A muscle situated be- 
tween the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, 
which pulls the os hyoides to one side, and a 
little upward. It is a small, thin, fleshy mus- 
cle, situated between the styloid process and os 
hyoides, under the posterior belly and middle 
tendon of the digastricus, near the upper edge 
of that muscle. It arises, by a long, thin ten- 
don, from the basis and posterior edge of the 
styloid process, and, descending in an oblique 
direction, is inserted into the lateral and ante- 
rior part of the os hyoides, nefir its horn. The 
fleshy belly of this muscle is usually perforated 
on one or both sides, for the passage of the 
middle tendon of the digastricus. Sometimes, 
though not always, we find another smaller 
muscle placed before the stylo-hyoideus, which, 
from its having nearly the same origin and in- 
sertion, and the same use, is called stylo-hyoi- 
deus-alter. The use of these muscles is to pull 
the os hyoides to one side, and a little upward. 

Stylo-hyoideus alter. See Stylo-hyoideus. 

Stylo-mastoid foramen. Foramen stylo- 
mastoideum. A hole between the styloid and 
mastoid process of the temporal bone, through 
which the portio dura of the auditory nerve 
passes to the temples. 

Stylo-maxillary. Belonging to the styloid 
process and jaw. 

Stylo-pharyngeus. A muscle situated be- 
tween the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, 
which dilates and raises the pharynx and thy- 
roid cartilage upward. It arises, fleshy, from 
the root of the styloid process, and is inserted 
into the side of the pharynx and back part of 
the thyroid cartilage. 

Styloid process. A long, slender process 
of the temporal bone. 

STY'LUS. (us, i,m.) 1. A pencil or rod. 

2. A probe. 3. The style or shaft of a flower. 

. STYMATO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from arvu, to 

have a priapism.) A violent erection of the 

penis, with a bloody discharge. 

Stypsis. Constriction; the action of a styptic. 

Stypte'ria. Alum. 

STY'PTIC. (Stypticus ; from gtv$u, to con- 
Btringe.) A term applied to those substances 
which possess the power of stopping haemor- 
rhages, such as turpentine, alum, creasote, sul- 
phate of iron, copper, zinc, &c. 

Stypticum Helvetii. Helvetius's styptic. 
A preparation of iron filings and tartar, made 
up to a proper consistence with French bran- 
dy. See Eaton s styptic. 

Styraci'flua. See Liquidambar. 

STY'RAX. (ax, acis, m. and f.) A genus of 
plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Styracece. — 
8. alba. Myroxylon peruiferum. — S. benzoin. 
The tree which affords the gum benzoin. Ben- 
zoin is usually in large, brittle masses. When 
chewed it imparts very little taste, except that 
it impresses on the palate a slight sweetness. Its 
616 



SUB 

smell, especially when rubbed or heated, is ex- 
tremely fragrant and agreeable. It consists of 
a resin in combination with benzoic acid. Its 
preparations are esteemed against inveterate 
coughs and phthisical complaints unattended 
with much fever; it has also been used as a 
cosmetic, and in the way of fumigation, for the 
resolution of indolent tumors. The acid of ben- 
zoin is employed in the Tinclura camphorm com- 
posita, and a tincture is directed to be made of 
the balsam. — 8. calami' ta. Storax in the cane; 
because it was formerly brought to us in reeds 
or canes. See Styrax officinalis. — 8. colata. 
Strained storax. — 8. liquida. Liquidambar. — 
8- officinalis. The tree which yields the solid 
storax. A balsamic resin nearly resembling 
benzoin. Storax was formerly used in catarrhal 
complaints, coughs, asthmas, obstructions, &c. 
— S. rubra. Red storax, or storax in the tear; 
a fine variety of storax. 

Sty'role. The essential oil of storax. When 
heated to a certain point, it becomes a limpid 
solid. 

SUB-. A prefix (from sub, under, beneath), 
signifying underneath, or inferior; but in de- 
scriptive terms it often means somewhat or par- 
tially, as subovate, subcordate, partially ovate, 
somewhat cordate. 

Subala'ris vena. The vein of the axilla. 

Subarachnoide'an fluid. The serous fluid 
existing between the arachnoid and pia mater 
membranes. , ' 

Subcarbonas potass.'e. See Potasscc car- 
bonas. 

Subcarbonas ferri. See Ferri sesquioxy- 
dum. 

Subcarbonas plumbi. See Plumbum. 

Subca'rbonate. Subcarbonas. A carbonate 
in which the base predominates, or which has 
the power of neutralizing more acid. 

Subcartilaginous. Subcartilaginosus. Of 
a structure approaching to that of cartilage. 

Subchlo'ride of mercury. Calomel. See 
Hydrargyrum chloridum mite. 

SUBCLAVIAN. (Subclaviculus ; from sub, 
beneath, and clavicula, the clavicle.) That 
which is, or passes, under the clavicle. 

Subclavian artery. The right subclavian 
arises from the arteria innominata, and proceeds 
under the chwicle to the axilla. The left sub- 
clavian arises from the arch of the aorta, and 
ascends under the left clavicle to the axilla. 
The subclavians in their course give off the in- 
ternal mammaiy, the inferior thyroid, the ver- 
tebral, the cervicalis superficialis, the superior 
intercostal, and the supra-scapular. 

Subclavian vein. This receives the blood 
from the veins of the arm, and runs into the- 
vena cava superior. 

Subcla'vius. A muscle situated on the an- 
terior part of the thorax, which pulls the clavi- 
cle downward and forward. It arises, tendi- 
nous, from the cartilage that joins the first rib 
to the sternum, and is inserted, after becoming 
fleshy, into the inferior part of the clavicle, 
which it occupies from within an inch of the 
sternum as far outward as to its connection, by 
a ligament, with the coracoid process of the 
scapula. 

SUBCRUR/E'US. A name of two little mus- 



SUB 

cular slips sometimes found under the cruraeus: 
they are inserted into the capsular ligament, 
which they pull up. 

Subcrue'ntus. Appealing somewhat like 
blood : applied to certain excretions. 

SUBCUTA'NEOUS. (Subcutaneus ; from 
sub, under, and cutis, the skin.) Under the 
skin: a name given to the platysma myoides 
muscle, and to some nerves, vessels, glands, 
&c, which are very superficial. 

Subcutaneous glands. .Glandula subcuta- 
nea. These are sebaceous and sudoriparous 
glands lying under the skin, which they perfo- 
rate by their excretory ducts. 

Subdiaphragma'tic plexus. A plexus fur- 
nished by the solar plexus, the branches of 
which are distributed to the diaphragm. 

SUBER. (cr, eris, n.) Cork. The bark of 
the Quercus suber. 

Sube'ric. Subericus. Appertaining to cork. 

Suberic acid. Acidum subcricum. A white 
granular acid, obtained from cork, stearic acid, 
&c., by nitric acid. Its formula is CsHoOs-f- 
HO. 

SUBINFLAMMA'TION. 1. Slight arterial 
excitation. 2. Broussais means by this term 
excitement of the lymphatic system. 

Subintrans febris. Frank gives this name 
to what is usually called an anticipating quo- 
tidian. 

Sublimame'^tum. Any pendulous substance 
which floats in the middle of the urine. 

SU'BLIMATE. 1. Any thing which is sub- 
limed. See Sublimation. 2. Corrosive subli- 
mate. 

Sublimate, corrosive. The bichloride of 
mercury. See Hydrargyri chloridum corrosi- 
vum. 

S U B L I M A' T I O N. (Sublimalio, 07iis, f. ; 
from subhmo, to raise or sublime.) A process 
by which volatile substances are raised by heat, 
and again condensed in a solid form. 

Sublimis. See Flexor brevis digitorum pedis 
and Flexor sublimis pcrforatus. 

SUBLINGUAL. Sublingualis. A name 
given to parts immediately under the tongue. 

Sublingual artery. The lingual artery, or 
a branch of this artery. 

Sublingual glands. G. Bartholinianm. G. 
Riviniance. The glands which are situated 
under the tongue, and secrete saliva. Their 
excretory ducts are called Rivinian, from their 
discoverer Rivinus. 

SUBLUXATION. (From sub, diminutive, 
and luxatio, a dislocation.) A sprain. A sprain 
is an injury of a joint in which it has been 
twisted or strained in any direction farther 
than its natural range of motion allows, but with- 
out actual dislocation of the bones. In every 
sprain, the ligaments of the joint are preter- 
naturally stretched, and in severe ones they are 
often partially torn. Hence follows inflamma- 
tion of" the ligaments and the soft parts surround- 
ing the joint, and in bad cases of the capsular 
ligament itself. Sprains are a very troublesome 
class of injuries, and will often keep a patient 
confined much longer than fractures, or even 
dislocations. 

In the treatment of sprains, the first indica- 
tion is to allay inflammation; and where this 



SUB 

is considerable, the copious and repeated ap- 
plication of leeches is often required, with 
purgatives, and an antiphlogistic regimen, and 
sometimes general blood-letting. The local ap- 
plications may consist of cold lotions or hot fo- 
mentations, according to circumstances. When 
all danger of inflammation is past, the joint is 
to be strengthened by friction with stimulating 
liniments, the application of bandages, &c. 
While acute inflammation prevails, perfect rest 
of the joint must be insisted on ; when weak- 
ness merely is present, gentle exercise is ser- 
viceable. 

SUBMAXILLARY. Submaxillaris. Situa- 
ted below the maxilla, or jaw. 

Submaxillary ganglion. A small ganglion 
formed of the vidian nerve, and communicating 
with the lingual. It is close to, and supplies, 
the maxillary gland. , 

Submaxillary gland. The maxillary gland. 

Submental artery. A small artery of the 
chin, derived from the facial artery. 

SUBMERSION. (Submcrsio ; from submer- 
go, to rink under water.) Drowning. See 
Asphyxia. 

Subme'rsed. Submcrsus. Under water. 

Submu'rias. A submuriate or chloride. 

Submurias hydrargyri. Calomel. See 
Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 

Subo'rbitar. Infra-orbitar. 

Suborbitar nerve. The suborbitavy nerve, 
a branch of the fifth pair, more usually called 
infra-orbitary. 

Subramo'sus. A little branched. 

Subrotund. Roundish ; nearly globular : 
applied to several parts of plants. The leaf of 
the Pyrola is subrotund. 

Subru'brim. Modified haiinatin. 

Subsalt. A salt having an atomic excess 
of base and a disalt. 

SUBSCAPULARS. Infra-scapularis. A 
muscle situated under the scapula. It is com- 
posed of many fasciculi of tendinous and fleshy 
fibres, which arise from all the basis of the 
scapula internally, and likewise from its supe 
rior as well as from one half of its inferior cos 
ta, unite to form a considerable flat tendon, 
which adheres to the capsular ligament, and is 
inserted into the upper part of the lesser tuber- 
osity at the head of the os humeri. The prin- 
cipal use of this muscle is to roll the arm inward. 
It likewise serves to bring it close to the ribs ; 
and, from its adhesion to the capsular ligament, 
it prevents that membrane from being pinched. 

Substa'ntia. A substance. 

Substantive colors. Those pigments which 
unite directly with the fibre, as distinguished 
from adjective colors, which require a mor- 
dant. 

SUBSTITUTION, DOCTRINE OF. A 
chemical doctrine advanced by M. Dumas, to 
the effect that the grouping of the elements of 
many organic compounds is so permanent and 
essential a feature of the compound, that one of 
more atoms or elements may be substituted by 
others, often entirely different, without break- 
ing up the grouping, or much injuring the sen- 
sible properties of tho body. See Chemical 
types. 

SUBSU'LTUS TE'NDINUM. Weak con- 
617 



sue 

vulsive motions or twitchings of the tendons. 
These twitchings of the tendons are most com- 
mon in the extreme stages of debility, produced 
by low nervous and typhus fevers, and are gen- 
erally the harbingers of a fatal termination. 
They are, in these cases, weak convulsions, in- 
terruptedly undulating from one limb to an- 
other, too feeble to raiso the limb itself, though 
sufficiently powerful to be felt in the muscle 
and along its tendon : they affect the wrist and 
ankles the most. 

Subsurdi'tas. Partial deafness. 

Subte'pid. Lukewarm. 

Subu'beres. Infants at the breast. 

Subula'tk. Subulatus. Awl-shaped ; some- 
what linear. 

Succa'go. The juice of any fruit. 

SUCCEDA'NEUM. (urn, i,n.) A medicine 
substituted for another. . 

Succenturia'ti mu'sculi. The pyramidales 
muscles. 

Succenturiati renes. Two glands lying 
above the kidneys. The renal glands. 

Su'cci scorbutic!. The juice of scurvy- 
grass, &c. 

Succinate. A salt of the succinic acid. 

Succi'ngens membrana. The diaphragm. 

SUCCr'NIC. (Succinicus ; from succinum, 
amber. ) Of, or belonging to, amber. 

Succinic acid. Acidum succinicum. Sal 
succini. An acid distilled from amber, and also 
produced by the action of nitric acid on mar- 
garic and other fat acids. It crystallizes in 
prisms, and readily sublimes. Its formula is 
C4H2O3, and it may be hydrous or anhydrous. 
Its taste is somewhat sharp, and it reddens 
powerfully tincture of litmus. It is soluble 
in both water and alcohol, and much more so 
when they are heated. It has been considered 
antispasmodic and diuretic in doses of gr. v. to 
3j. 

SU'CCINUM. (nm, i, u.) Amber. A 
beautiful bituminous substance, which takes a 
good polish, and, after a slight rubbing, be- 
comes electric. It is fossil, and found princi- 
pally in Prussia. Amber is a hard, brittle, com- 
bustible, tasteless substance, sometimes per- 
fectly transparent, but mostly semi-transparent 
or opaque, and of a glossy surface : it is found of 
all colors, but chiefly yellow or orange, and often 
contains leaves or insects. Its specific gravity 
is from 1'0G5 to 1-100; its fracture is even, 
smooth, and glossy. It has all the characters 
if a fossil resin. By distillation it yields an oil 
Oleum succini), succinic acid, and an acid 
matter. See Oleum succini and Succinic acid. 

Succinum cinereum. Ambergris. 

Succinum griseum. Ambergris. 

Succi'sa. Scabiosa succisa. 

Succory. Cichorium intybus. 

Su'cculent. Succulcns- Juicy; full of fluid. 

Succule'ntus. Juicy; full of juice. 

SU'OCUS. (us, i, m.) Juice. The express- 
ed juice of a plant is termed Succus, and is a 
pharmaceutical preparation, especially in the 
case of belladonna, aconitum, hyoscyamus, and 
conium. Such juices may be preserved by ad- 
mixture with alcohol, or by drying ; in the latter 
oaae they form the Succi inspissati of pharmacy. 

Succus cochlearije compositus. A warm 
618 



SUG 

aperient and diuretic, mostly exhibited in the 
cure of diseases of the skin arising from scurvy. 

Succus cyreniacus. Juice of laserwort. 

Succus gastricus. The gastric juice. 

Succus heliotropii. Croton tinctorium. 

Succus indicus purgans. Gamboge. 

Succus liquiritl*:. Glycyrrhiza glabra. 

SUCCU'SSION. A mode of exploring the 
chest, which consists in shaking the patient's 
body, and listening to the sounds thereby pro- 
duced. It is employed in the diagnosis of hy 
drothorax. Ballottement (which see) is some- 
times called succussion. 

Sucker. Stolon. 

Su'ckling. Lactation. 

SUDA'MEN. (en, inis, n. ; from sudor, 
sweat.) Sudamina are vesicles resembling 
millet seeds in form and magnitude, which ap- 
pear suddenly, without fever, especially in the 
summer time, after much labor and sweating. 

SUDA'TIO. (o, onis, f. ; from sudor, sweat.)' 
A sweating. See Ephidrosis. 

Sudatoria febris. The sweating sickness. 
The sudor anglicus. 

SUDATO'RIUM. A sweating room. 

Sudato'rius. Relating to perspiration. 

SU'DOR. (or, oris.) Sweat or perspiration. 

Sudor anglicus. The sweating sickness. 
A very extraordinary epidemic, which made its 
appearance in England in 1485, and recurred at 
several intervals up to 1551. Its nature is not 
well known, but it appears to have been a ma- 
lignant, adynamic, and contagious fever. 

Sudori'fic Sudorificus. A synonym of 
diaphoretic. See Diaphoretic. 

Sudoripa'rous glandules or follicles. 
See Perspiration. 

Suet. Sevum. 

Suffime'ntum. A perfume. 

Suffi'tus. A fumigation. 

SUFFOCA'TION. (o, onis, f.) 1. Suffoca- 
tion. 2. Threatened suffocation from want of 
a sufficient quantity of air. See Asphyxia. 

Suffocatio hysterica. The globus hysteri- 
cus ; called, also, Suffocatio uterina, from the 
supposed connection of hysteria with an affec- 
tion of the uterus. 

Suffocatio stridula. Croup. 

Suffocative breast-pang. Angina pectoris. 

Suffrutico'se. Somewhat woody or shrub- 
by. 

SUFFUMIGA'TION. (Suffumigatio, onis, f. ; 
from sub, under, and fumigo, to smoke.) The 
burning of odorous substances to remove a bad 
smell, or destroy miasma. 

Suffusio auriginosa. The jaundice. 

Suffusio nigra. Amaurosis. 

SUFFUSION. (Suffusio, onis, f.) 1. A 
cataract. 2. Amaurosis. 3. An extravasation 
of some humor, as the blood; thus we say, a 
suffusion of blood in the eye, when it is what is 
vulgarly called bloodshot. 

SUGAR. One of the indifferent and ordinary 
products of plants, procured by inspissating the 
juice, and allowing the sugar to crystallize. It 
is recognized by its flavor. Chemists distin- 
guish a variety of species of sugar, of which the 
crystallizable, or cane sugar, and uncrystalliza- 
blo, or difficultly crystallizable, or grape sugar 
(glucose), are the representatives : these differ 



SUL 

in composition, cane sugar being CisHuOu, and 
grape sugar, Ci 3 H 14 0m; but their chief distinc- 
tion rests in the circumstance that grape sugar 
is capable of undergoing fermentation, whereas 
cane sugar must first be converted into glucose 
to ferment. Grape sugar is identical with that 
from fruit*, green stalks, and with diabetic and 
starch sugar. Sugar for commercial purposes 
is obtained chiefly from the cane, but the beet 
is also extensively manufactured, and the maple 
yields a large quantity. It is a demulcent and 
antiseptic. For the Varieties of sugar, see the 
specific names, and also Sacchamm. 

Sugar, maple. Acer saccharinum. 

Sugar of lead. Plumbi acetas. 

Sugar of milk. Lactin. 

Sugar, tests for. The existence of sugar 
in urine, blood, &c, makes it very important to 
have some certain tests for its presence. Trom- 
mels test is as follows: add to the clear fluid 
sufficient sulphate of copper to give a slight 
blue color ; separate this fluid from any precipi- 
tate ; add excess of solution of potash, so that the 
hydrated oxide of copper at first thrown down 
may be redissolved; on gently heating, a de- 
posit of red suboxide of copper falls if sugar be 
present. Capezzuoli's test is £> add a few 
grains of blue hydrated oxide of copper, then 
excess of potash ; if sugar bo present, the fluid 
becomes reddish, and in a few hours the deposit 
becomes yellow. Moore's test is to add to urine 
half its weight of solution of potash, heat to boil- 
ing, and if sugar be present it becomes of a 
brown color. 

SUGILLATION. (Sugillalio; from sugillo, 
to bruise.) A bruise, or ecchymosis by exter- 
nal causes. A spot or mark made by a leech 
or cupping-glass. 

SUICIDE. Self-murder. Suicide is mostly 
the result of a settled melancholy, but may 
take place in delirium, or in a sudden and over- 
whelming fit of despondency. 

Sulca'te. Sulcatns. Furrowed; grooved; 
marked with deep lines running lengthways. 

SU'LCUS. A groove or furrow; generally 
applied to the bones. 

SU'LPHAS. (as, atis, f.) A sulphate or salt 
formed by the union of the sulphuric acid with a 
salifiable base. For the sulphates, see the bases. 

Sulpha'mide. A compound of sulphurous 
acid with amidogene. 

Sulpha'milic acid. The bisulphate of oxide 
of amyle: an acid analogous to the sulphovinic. 

Sulphas aluminosus. See Alumen. 

Sulphas antimonii. Sulphate of antimony. 
Vttriolum antimonii. This is formed by boiling 
powdered antimony in sulphuric acid. A white 
saline mass results, which, when thrown into 
water, is resolved into a soluble supersulphate 
and an insoluble substdphatc. 

Sulphas quin.«:. See Quince disulpkas. 

Sulphate. A salt of the sulphuric acid. 

Sulphate of lime. Gypsum. 

Su'lphide. A synonym of sulphuret. 

Su'lphis. Sulphite. A salt of the sulphu- 
rous acid. 

SULPHO-. Sulph-. A prefix, from sulphur, 
signifying the presence of sulphur or sulphuric 
acid. 

Sulpho-bknzide. A neutral crystalline body, 



SUL 

soluble in ether, and melting at 212° F. It i» 
obtained by the action of anhydrous sulphuric 
acid on benzin. Formula, C13H5SO2. 

Sulpho-benzoic acid. A white crystalline 
acid, formed of anhydrous sulphuric acid and 
benzoic acid. It is bibasic. Formula, BzO, 
S0 3 -f-2HO. 

Sulphocyamde. A compound of sulphocy- 
anogen. The sulphocyanide of potassium is a 
very valuable chemical test for the discovery 
of peroxide of iron and other metallic solutions. 
It is also said to exist in the saliva and other 
animal fluids. 

SULPHOCYA'NOGEN. The bisulphuret of 
cyanogen, CyS 2 ; symbol, Csy. It is produced 
when the ferrocyanide of potassium is heated 
with sulphur, but has not yet been insulated 
with certainty. It performs all the officeB of a 
compound radical. With hydrogen it forms 
the Hydro-sulphocyanic acid (CsyH), which is 
a strong acid, and has the odor of acetic acid. 
It produces the sulphocyanides with metals. 

Sulpho-gly'ceric acid. A compound of 
glycerine with sulphuric acid : G10 5 ,HO,2SC*3. 
Its salts are analogous to the sulphovinates. 

Sulpho-indigotic acid. The solution of in- 
digo in sulphuric acid. 

Sulphole'ic acid. A product of the action 
of sulphuric acid on oleine. 

Sulpho-ma'rgaric acid. A product of the 
action cf sulphuric acid on margarine. 

Sulpho-methy'lic acid. Bisulphate of oxide 
of methyle : MtO,2S0 3 ,HO. It is very analo- 
gous to sulphovinic acid. 

Sulpho-naphtha'lic acid. A compound 
made by dissolving naphthaline in sulphuric 
acid. 

Sulpho-pro'teic acid. A compound of sul- 
phuric acid and proteine, of a gelatinous ap- 
pearance. When dry, it is a yellow, tough 
mass, insoluble in water, alcohol, and ether, 
but soluble in solution of potash and ammonia. 
There is, also, a sulpho-bi-proteic acid, formed, 
by adding diluted sulphuric acid to a solution 
of proteine in acetic acid. 

Sulpho-salts. A salt, both ingredients of 
which are sulphurets. 

Sulpho-sina'pism. The name formerly given 
to the active matters of black mustard. 

Sulphovi'nic acid. Bisulphate of ethyle: 
AeO,2S0 3 +HO. A syrup-like liquid, of a sour 
taste. Its salts are very soluble, and decom- 
pose at the boiling point. It is produced when 
sulphuric acid is heated with alcohol, and is 
one of the essential steps of etherification. 

SU'LPHUR. (ur, uris, n.) Sulphur. Brim- 
stone. An elementary body, very abundant in 
nature. Its equivalent is 16-12, and symbol, S. 

Sulphur is a combustible, brittle body, of a 
pale lemon-yellow color. Its specific gravity 
is 1'990. It is destitute of odor, except when 
rubbed or heated. It frequently crystallizes in 
entire or truncated octahedra, or in needles. 
It is a non-conductor of electricity, and hence 
it becomes electric by friction. When heated, 
it first softens before it melts, and its fusion 
commences at 218° F. : it is capable of sublim- 
ing at a lower temperature, and takes fire at 
.560°. In the beginning of fusion it is very flu 
id, but by continuing the heat it grows tough, 

619 



SUL 

and its color changes to a reddish-brown. If 
in this condition it be poured into water, it re- 
mains as soft as wax, and yields to auy impres- 
sion. In time, however, it hardens again, and 
recovers its former consistence. 

Sulphur is a powerful electro-negative body, 
uniting with most elements, and forming sul- 
phurets. It forms six compounds with oxygen, 
and unites with hydrogen, chlorine, iodine, and 
other haloid bodies. 

Sulphur has been long an esteemed article of 
the Materia Medica. It stimulates the system, is 
laxative, and promotes the insensible perspira- 
tion. It pervades the whole habit, and transpires 
through the pores of the skin, as appears from the 
sulphureous smell of persons who have taken it, 
and from silver being stained in their pockets 
of a blackish color. It is a celebrated remedy 
against cutaneous diseases, particularly itch, 
both given internally and applied externally. 
It has likewise been recommended in rheu- 
matic pains, gout, rickets, atrophy, coughs, 
asthmas, and other disorders of the chest and 
lungs, and particularly in catarrhs of the chro- 
nic Kind; also in colica pictonum, worm cases, 
and to lessen salivation. In hemorrhoidal af- 
fections it is very useful ; but in most of these 
cases it is advantageously combined with some 
cooling purgative, especially supertartrate of 
potash. Dose, 3J. to 3ij. 

Sulphur antimonii pr^cipitatum. See An- 
timonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. 

Sulphur auratum antimonii. See Antimonii 
sulphuretum prcecipitatum. 

Sulphur lotum. Washed sulphur. Flores 
sulphuris loti. Take of sublimed sulphur, a 
pound. Pour on boiling water, so that the acid, 
if there be any, may be entirely washed away; 
then dry it. The dose is from half a drachm to 
two drachms. 

Sulphur, milk ok. See Sulphur pracipi- 
tatum. 

Sulphur prcecipitatum. Lac sulphuris. 
Milk of sulphur. Take of sublimed sulphur, a 
pound ; fresh lime, two jiounds ; water, four 
gallons. Boil the sulphur and lime together in 
the water ; then strain the solution through 
paper, and drop in as much muriatic acid as 
may be necessary to precipitate the sulphur; 
lastly, wash this by repeated affusions of water 
until it is tasteless. This preparation is mostly 
preferred to the flowers of sulphur, in conse- 
quence of its being free from impurities. The 
lose is from half a drachm to three drachms. 

Sulphur, precipitated. See Sulphur prce- 
"ipitatum. 

Sulphur sublimatum. The sublimed flowers 
of sulphur. 

Sulphur vivum. Native sulphur. 

Sulphur, washed. Sulphur lotum. 

Sulphur waters. Those mineral springs 
which contain sulphureted hydrogen are so 
called. 

Sulphur-wort. Peucedanum officinale. 

SULPHU'REOUS. Sulphureus. 1. Of, or 
Belonging to, sulphur. 2. Applied, in Natural 
History, to designate a bright pale yellow, with- 
out any orange tinge. " 

Su'lphurous acid. Acidum sulphurosum^ 
An extremely pungent gaseous acid, produced 
620 



SUL 

by burning sulphur in air. Its formula is SOj ; 
equivalent, 32-14. It is very soluble in water, 
and is a powerfully deoxydizing and bleaching 
agent. Its salts are termed sulphites. 
Sulphuret. A compound of sulphur. 
Sulphuret of antimony. See Antimonii sul- 
phuretum. 

Sulphuret of carbon. Alcohol of sulphur. 
Bisulphuret of carbon. It may be obtained by 
transmitting the vapor of sulphur over fragments 
of charcoal heated to redness in a tube of por- 
celain. The compound, as it is formed, should 
be conducted by means of a glass tube into cold 
water, at the bottom of which it is collected. 
To free it from moisture and adhering sulphur, 
it should be distilled at a low temperature in 
contact with chloride of calcium. Bisulphuret 
of carbon is a transparent, colorless, inflamma- 
ble liquid, which is remarkable for its high 
refractive power. Its specific gravity is T272. 
It has an acid, pungent, and somewhat aromatic 
taste, and a very fetid odor. It is exceedingly 
volatile ; its vapor at 63-5° F. supports a col- 
umn of mercury 7-36 inches long; and at 108° 
F. it enters into brisk ebullition. From its 
great volatility it may be employed for pro- 
ducing intens^pold. It dissolves both sulphur 
and phosphorus. 

Sulphureted hydrogen. An extremely 
fetid and inflammable gaseous compound of 
sulphur and hydrogen, SH; equivalent, 17*12. 
It is procured by decomposing the sulphurets : 
is thrown off from decaying animal matters; and 
has the smell of rotten eggs. Water absorbs 
about three times its volume, and natural so- 
lutions are found in the sulphur springs. The 
gas is highly poisonous when respired : one part 
in 1500 of air destroying a bird. The aqueous 
solution has been much employed in natural 
waters as a remedy for cutaneous and chronic 
hepatic affections. A bath has also been recom- 
mended in rheumatic affections. The solution 
is very important in the laboratory as a test for 
the metals. In cases of poisoning by it, the 
patient should be freely exposed to the air. 

SULPHURE'TUM. (urn, i, n.) Sulphuret. 
A combination of sulphur with an alkali, earth, 
or metal. 

Sulphuretum ammonije. A sulphuret of am- 
monium. Boyle's or Beguine's fuming spirit. 
Sulphuret of ammonia is obtained in the form 
of a yellow, fetid, fuming liquor, by passing 
sulphureted hydrogen through a solution of am- 
monia. It excites the action of the absorbent 
system, and diminishes arterial action, and has 
been given internally in diseases arising from 
the use of mercury, phthisis, diseases of the skin, 
and phlegmasia; ; externally it is prescribed in 
the form of bath in paralysis, itch, and other 
cutaneous diseases. See Ammonice hydro-sulphu- 
return. 

Sulphuretum antimonii pr^cipitatum. See 
Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. 

Sulphuretum calcii. Sulphuret of calcium. 
Principally. used to form a medicated bath for 
various diseases of the skin. 

Sulphuretum hydrargyri nigrum. See 
Hydrargyri sulphuretum nigrum. 

Sulphuretum sodii. Sulphuret of sodium. 
A combination of sodium and sulphur. It is 



SUM 

analogous to the sulphuret of potassium, which 
see. 

Sulphuketum STiBii nativum. Siclphuretum 
slibii nigrum. Antimonium crudum. Native 
sulphuret of antimony. It is from this ore that 
the preparations of antimony are made. See 
Antimony. 

SULrHU'RIC. Sulphuricus. Belonging to 
sulphur. 

Sulphuric acid. Acidum sulphuricum. 
Acidum vitriolicum. A powerful acid, of an ex- 
tremely caustic nature, fluid, oily, colorless; 
specific gravity, 1-845. It is usually of the 
composition, sulphur+3 oxygen-f-water ; sym- 
hol, S0 3 ; equivalent, 40-16. It freezes at —15° 
F., and boils at 620° F. This is the strongest 
commercial acid, but chemists are acquainted 
with other forms ; thus there is an anhydrous 
acid, being a white crystalline powder, with an 
intense affinity for water; there is also a dihy- 
drate, HO,S0 3 +S0 3 , called the fuming acid of 
Nordhausen, obtained by distilling dry sulphate 
of iron, which is of great value in the arts. 

The common hydrated acid, SO3+HO, is ob- 
tained on an immense scale by burning sulphur 
with nitre, and conveying the fumes into leaden 
chambers containing water, and charged with 
steam and common air; the acid thus obtained 
contains an excess of water, and is evaporated 
in platina vessels. Sulphuric acid exerts a 
strong affinity for water, combining with the 
evolution of heat, and forming a number of hy- 
drates. The strength of the acid is always de- 
termined by the specific gravity. It is the 
most powerful acid known, and forms salts with 
every base. These salts (sulphates) are readily 
known in solution by the action of chloride of 
barium, which forms an insoluble white sul- 
phate in them. 

This acid is not much used in medicine. In 
the concentrated state it is a violent caustic, dis- 
organizing the part instantly ; accidents some- 
times occur from the breaking of vessels, &c, 
and in such cases the nearest alkaline body or 
carbonate is to be instantly applied to the part, 
as lime, chalk, potash, soap, soda, magnesia, or 
their carbonates, &c, for the purpose of neutral- 
izing the acid. In a very diluted state it is re- 
frigerant and tonic, and much used to dissolve 
the disulphate of quinine. The Acidum sul- 
phuricum dilutum, containing one part of com- 
mercial acid in fourteen parts, is officinal ; the 
dose is from fllx. to f. 33s., but it should not be 
long used, as it produces a gastro-enteric irrita- 
tion which may become permanent. This di- 
luted acid has also been used with lard as a 
stimulant ointment in chronic skin diseases, and 
as a rubefacient. There is also an aromatic 
acid (Acidum sulphuricum aromalicum), which 
is somewhat more tonic. 

Sulphuris flores. See Sulphur sublimatum. 
Sulphuris iodidum. See Iodide of sulphur. 
Sulphuris lac. See Sulphur pracipitatum. 
Sulphydric acid. Sulphureted hydrogen. 
Sultan-flower. Centaurea moschata. 
Su'mach. The Rhus coriaria, Rhus glabra, 
and other species. 

Sumbul root. Musk root. An Eastern drug, 
derived from an umbelliferous plant, and pos- 
sessing a strong odor of musk. 



SUP 

Summer complaint. Diarrhoea. 

Summer rash. Lichen tropicus. 

Sunburn. Ephelis. 

Sun-dew. Drosera rotundifolia. 

Sun-stroke. Coup de soleil. 

SUPER. Above. A common prefix. 

Superarse'nias potassje. Superarseniate 
of potash. A compound of potash with excess 
of arsenic acid. It was called Macquer's arseni- 
cal salt, from its discoverer, and has been 
sometimes given in medicine ; it possesses simi- 
lar properties to those of the white oxide of 
arsenic. 

Superbus. The rectus superior oculi. 

Superci'liart. Superciliaris. Belonging 
to the eyebrows. The superciliary ridges or 
arches are the prominences on the frontal bone 
under the eyelashes. 

SUPERCI'LIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; so called be- 
cause it is supra cilium.) The eyebrow. 

Supercilium veneris. Achillea millefolium. 

SUPERFICIAL. (From super and fades, 
the face, or the outer surface.) That which is 
upon the surface, as the fascia, which is placed, 
beneath the integument, over every part of the 
body. 

SurERFiciALis vol-e. The name of a branch 
of the radial artery, which is distributed to the 
muscles and integuments of the vola, or palm. 

Superficies. The exterior surface of any 
thing. 

Supe'rfluus. Superfluous: abounding; in 
excess. 

SUPERF(ETA'TION. (Superfcetatio, onis, 
f. ; from super, above or upon, and fatus, a 
foetus.) The impregnation of a woman already 
pregnant. How far this is a possible case has 
for ages been a matter of controversy among * 
physiologists and medical jurisconsults, and it 
remains so to the present time. There seem 
to be, however, some well-authenticated cases. 

Supergemina'lis. The epididymis. 

Supergenua'lis. The patella, or knee-pan. 

Superimpregna'tio. See Superfatation. 

SUPE'RIOR. A term in general use as re- 
gards the relative situation of parts. 

Superior auris. The attollens aurem mus- 
cle. 

Superli'gula. The epiglottis. 

Superpurga'tio. An excessive evacuation 
by stool. 

Supers alt. A salt containing more equiva- 
lents of acid than of base. 

SUPERSCAPULA'RIS. Two muscles are 
so called: the superscapularis superior, more 
commonly called supraspinatus, and the super- 
scapularis inferior, more commonly called in- 
fraspinatus. 

Su perus. Above. 

SUPINATION. (Supinatio, onis, f.; from ' 
supino, to lay with the face upward.) The act 
of turning the palm of the hand upward, by 
rotating the radius upon the ulna. 

SUPINA'TOR. A name given to those mus- 
cles which turn the hand upward. 

Supinator brevis. See Supinator radii 
brevis. 

Supinator longus. See Supinator radii 



Supinator radii brevis. Supinator brevis 
621 



SUP 

stve minor of Winslow. This small muscle, 
which is tendinous externally, is situated at the 
upper part of the forearm. It arises from the 
lower and anterior part of the outer condyle of 
the os humeri, and from the outer edge and 
posterior surface of the ulna, adhering firmly to 
the ligament that joins the radius to that bone. 
From these origins its fibres descend forward 
and inward, and are inserted into the upper, 
inner, and anterior part of the radius around 
the cartilaginous surface upon which slides the 
tendon of the biceps, and likewise into a ridge 
that runs downward and outward below this 
surface. It assists in the supination of the hand 
by rolling the radius outward. 

Supinator radii longus. Supinator longus 
stve major of Winslow. A long, fiat muscle, cov- 
ered by a very thin, tendinous fascia, and sit- 
uated immediately under the integuments along 
the outer convex surface of the radius. It 
arises, by very short, tendinous fibres, from the 
anterior surface and outer ridge of the os hu- 
meri, about two or three inches above its ex- 
ternal condyle, between the brachialis internus 
and the triceps brachii ; and likewise from the 
anterior surface of the external intermuscular 
membrane, or ligament, as it is called. About 
the middlo of the radius, its fleshy fibres term- 
inate in a flat tendon, which is inserted into the 
inner side of the inferior extremity of the radius, 
near the root of its styloid process. This mus- 
cle not only assists in rolling the radius out- 
ward, and turning the palm of the hand up- 
ward, on which account Riolanus first gave it 
the name of supinator, but it likewise assists in 
pronation, and in bending the forearm. 

Suppositorium uterinum. A pessary. 

SUPPOSITO'RY. Suppositorium. (From 
tub, under, and pono, to put.) A medicinal 
substance to be put into the rectum, there to 
remain aud dissolve gradually. 

Suppressed menses. See Amenorrhea. 

SUPPRESSION. (Suppressio, onis, f. ; from 
supprimo, to withhold.) The total defect or 
non-secretion of an excrementitious fluid ; as a 
suppression of urine, in which the kidneys se- 
crete none. 

Suppu'rans. Suppurative. 

SUPPURA'TION. (Suppuratio, onis, f.; 
from snpp71.ro, to suppurate.) The formation 
of pus. See Inflammation, Abscess, and Pus. 

SUPPURA'TIVES. A variety of epispastics, 
producing phlegmonous inflammation : they dif- 
fer in this respect from vesicants and rubefa- 
cients, which produce cry thematic inflamma- 
tion. 

SU'PRA. Above. This word, affixed to the 
name of an object, denotes something situated 
above that object, as Supra-renal gland, &c. 

Supra-costales. The intercostal muscles. 

Supra-decompo'situs. More than doubly 
compound : a botanical term, applied to leaves. 

Supra-fomaceoos. Situated above the leaf. 

Supra-o'rbitar. Supra-orbitaris. Situated 
above the orbit. 

SUPRA-SPINA'TUS. Supra-spinatus sen 
svpra-scapularis of Cowper. A muscle of the 
arm. It is of considerable thickness, and fills 
the whole of the cavity or fossa that is above the 
spine of the scapula. It arises, fleshy, from the 
622 



SUT 

whole of the base of the scapula that is above 
its spine, and likewise from the spine itself, and 
from the superior costa. Opposite to the basis 
of the coracoid process, it is found beginning to 
degenerate into a tendon, which is at first cov- 
ered by fleshy fibres, and then passing under 
the acromion, adheres to the capsular ligament 
of the os humeri, and is inserted into the upper 
part of the large tuberosity at the head of the 
os humeri. This muscle is covered by a thin 
fascia, which adheres to the upper edge of the 
superior part of the basis, as well as to the up- 
per edge of the spine of the scapula. The prin- 
cipal use of the supra-spinatus seems to be to 
assist in raising the arm upward ; it may like- 
wise serve to move the scapula upon the hu- 
merus. 

Su'ra. 1. The calf of the leg. 2. The 
fibula. 

Su'rculus. Tho stem of mosses. 
SU'RDITAS. (as, tatis, f.) Deafness. See 
Aphonia and Paracusis. 

SURFEIT. The consequence of excess in 
eating or drinking, or of something unwhole- 
some or improper in the food. It consists in a 
heavy load or oppression of the stomach, with 
nausea, sickness, impeded perspiration, and, at 
times, eruptions on the skin. 

Su'rgeon. One who practices surgery. 
SURGERY. Chirurgia. That department 
of the healing art which is more particularly 
devoted to the cure of diseases, injuries, and 
abnormal developments affecting the external 
parts of the body. 

Surinam bark. The bark of the Andira in- 
ermis. 

Surinamine. A crystalline principle of tho 
Surinam bark. 

Sus. A genus of animals. Mammalia. Pa- 
chyderma. — S. scrofa. The hog. 

Suspended animation. See Asphyxia. 
Suspension. Suspensio. Hanging. Secds- 
phyxia. 

SUSPENSO'RIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from sus- 
pendeo, to hang.) A suspensory: a bag, or 
bandage to suspend any part. 

Suspensorium he/fatis. The broad liga- 
ment of the liver. 

Suspensorius testis. The cremaster mus- 
cle. 

Suspensory. That which suspends ; sus- 
pensorium. 

SUSU'RRUS. (us, i, m.; from susurro, to 
murmur.) 1. A buzzing noise, like that of bees. 
2. A whisper, or low tone of voice. 

SUTU'RE. Sutura. (From suo, to join to- 
gether.) A junction or union. 1. In Surgery, 
the uniting the lips of a wound by sewing. A 
number of different kinds of sutures have been 
recommended by writers on surgery, but all of 
them are now reduced to two, namely, the 
twisted and the interrupted, called, also, the 
knotted suture. The twisted suture is made in 
the following manner : Having brought the di- 
vided parts nearly into contact, a pin is to be 
introduced from the outside inward, and carried 
out through the opposite side to the same dis- 
tance ; a firm wax ligature is then to be passed 
around it, making the figure of 8, by which the 
wounded parts are drawn gently into contact. 



SYC 

The number of pins is to be determined by the 
extent of the wound : half an inch, or at most 
three quarters, is the proper distance between 
two pins. The interrupted suture consists of 
single stitches made with a curved needle and 
thread, and the interruption is only the distance 
between the stitches. 2. In Anatomy, the word 
suture is applied to the union of bones by means 
of dentiform margins, as in the bones of the cra- 
nium. See Temporal, Sphenoidal, Zygomatic, 
Transverse, Coronal, Lambdoidal, and Sagittal 
Sutures. 

Swallow-wort. See Hirundinaria. 

Swan. Cygnus olor. 

Sweat. See Perspiration. 

Sweating sickness of Malwah. A violent 
malignant cholera. 

Sweet-flag. Acorus calamus. 

Sweet marjoram. Origanum marjorana. 

Sweet navew. Brassica rapa. 

Sweet rush. Andropogon schamanthus. 

Sweet sultan. The centaurea moschata. 

Sweet willow. Myrica gale. 

SWE'LLING. A morbid increase of any 
part ; a tumor. 

Swelling, white. See Hydarihrus. 

SWIETE'NIA. (a.eej.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Monogynia. — S. febri'fuga. The 
red dye-wood tree. The bark of this tree was 
proposed as a substitute for cinchona, and ap- 
pears to have some febrifuge power, though not 
at all equal to that of the cinchona. The dose 
is 3j. to 3j. — S. maha'goni. The mahogany 
tree. The bark of the wood of this tree is of a 
red color internally; has an astringent, bitter 
taste ; and yields its active matter to water. It 
has been proposed as a substitute for Peruvian 
bark, and has been used as such. Dose, half a 
drachm. 

Swimming of the head. Vertigo. 

Swine-pox. See Varicella. 

Swoon. Syucope. 

Sword-fish. Xiphias gladius. 

Sword-shaped. Lanceolate and ensiform. 

Sycamore. See Sycamore. 

Syco'ma. See Sycosis. 

SYCOMORE. (Sycomorus; from ovkov, a 
fig, and fiupov, a mulberry.) The sycomore fig, 
a native of Egypt. The white sap has been es- 
teemed laxative and vulnerary. 

Sycon. Syconus. A fruit like a fig. 

SYCO'SIS. (is, is, f.) A cutaneous disease, 
which consists of an eruption of inflamed, but 
not very hard tubercles, occurring on the beard- 
ed portion of the face (S. menti) and on the 
scalp (S. capillitis) in adults, and usually clus- 
tering together in irregular patches. The tu- 
bercles are red and smooth, and of a conoidal 
form, and nearly equal to a pea in magnitude. 
Many of them continue in this condition for 
three or four weeks, or even longer, having at- 
tained their full size in seven or eight days ; but 
others suppurate very slowly and partially, dis- 
charging a small quantity of thick matter, by 
which the hairs of the beard are matted to- 
gether, so that shaving becomes impracticable, 
from the tender and irregular surface of the 
Bkin. There is also considerable itching. 

The treatment consists at first of poultices 
and fomentations, and after the inflammatory 



SYM 

stage, of the ointment of nitrate of mercury, 
and other stimulating and desiccative ointments. . 
The health is affected, and requires attention : 
tonics are indicated. 

Sylvius, digestive salt of. See Sal diges- 
tion \m Sylvii. 

SYMBLE'PHARUM. Symblepharosis. 
(From aw, with, and fifaQapov, the eyelid.) A 
concretion of the eyelid to the globe of the eye. 
This chiefly happens in the superior, but very 
rarely in the inferior lid. The causes of this 
concretion are a bad conformation of the parts, 
ulcers of the cornea, imprudent scarifications r 
or burns, especially if the eye remains long 
closed after the accident. 

Symbolo'gica. A synonym of symptomatol- 
ogy. 

SYMBOLS, CHEMICAL. An abbreviated 
mode of expressing the composition of bodies. 
The substances, instead of being written at full 
length, are indicated by the first and sometimes 
second letter of their names. See Equiva- 
lents. 

SYMMETRY. (Symmetria, a, f. ; from aw, 
with, and (lerpov, a measure. ) The correspond- 
ence of parts in size and shape. 

SYMMETRICAL. Endowed with sym- 
metry. In Anatomy, organs are said to be sym- 
metrical which are divided by the median line 
of the body into halves, which resemble each 
other more or less exactly. 

Sympa'sma. See Catapasma. 

SYMPATHETIC. Sympathetica. Relating 
to sympathy. 

Sympathetic ink. An ink or coloring matter 
which becomes invisible in the cold, and colored 
when heat or an appropriate agent is applied. 
There are several, but the best is the chloride 
of cobalt, which becomes green when warmed, 
fades away when cold, and can be reproduced 
a number of times. 

Sympathetic nerve. See Intercostal nerve. 

SYMPATHY. (Sympatki'a, ee, f. Zvfina- 
Beta ; from aw, with, and naOoc, affection.) 
That relation of the organs and parts of the liv- 
ing body to each other, whereby an action ex- 
cited in one part induces a corresponding action 
in another part. 

The sympathies may be arranged into tho 
reflex and the direct ; the former arising through 
the instrumentality of the brain and spinal 
nerves; the latter taking place independently 
of them, through the ganglionic nerves, and 
chiefly those -which are distributed to the 
blood-vessels, and which form communicating 
cords between the viscera. 

Sympho'resis. Congestion. 

Symphyseo'tomy. Symphyso'tomy. The Si- 
gaultian operation. 

Symphy'sia. The union of parts properly 
separate. — Breschet. 

SY'MPHYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from av^vu, to 
grow together.) A connection of bones by in- 
tervening cartilage or other texture. 

SY'MPHYTUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Boragina- 
ceee. — S. maculosum. Pulmonaria officinalis. — 
S. minus. Prunella vulgnris. — S. officinale. 
The comfrey. The* roots abound wiih a viscid 
glutinous juice, whose virtues are similar to 

623 



SYN 

those of the mallow. — S. petraum. Cons rnons- 
peliensis. 

Sympjloca'rpus fcetidus. The Dracontium 
foetidum. 

SYMPTOM. (Symptoma, ce, f. ; from ovfin- 
rufia, a coincidence.) The sign of a disease, 
consisting in some deviation from the natural 
and healthy functions of the part. 

Symptoma'tic. That which is a symptom 
of an affection. 

Symptomatom/gv. The study of the signs 
of disease; diagnosis. 

Symptomatolo'gist. One who treats the 
symptoms of disease, instead of ascertaining 
their causes. 

Symptc/sis. Atrophy; emaciation. 

SYN-. Sym. (From aw, with.) A com- 
mon prefix of woi'ds derived from the Greek, 
signifying union, adhesion, similarity, &c. 

Syna'nchia. Asperula cynanchica. 

Synaptase. The emulsion of black mustard. 

SYNARTHROSIS, (is, is, f. ; from avvap- 
dpou, to articulate.) That mode of connection 
of bones in which they do not admit of motion 
on each other. It has three species, viz., su- 
ture, harmony, and gomphosis. 

Synastomosis. Anastomosis. 

Synca'rpous. When the carpels of a fruit 
are united together. 

SYNCHONDROSIS, (is, is, f.; from aw, 
with, and x ov ^P°C> a cartilage.) A species of 
symphysis, in which one bone is united with 
another by means of an intervening cartilage. 

Synchondroto'mia. The operation of divid- 
ing the symphysis pubis. 

Synchronous. Occurring in the same time. 

Sy'nchysis. 1. A confusion of the humors 
of the eye from injury or other cause. 2. A 
dissolution of the vitreous humor. — Benedict. 

SY'NCLONUS. (From aw, together, and 
itkovoc, agitation.) A genus in Good's Nosolo- 
gy, including diseases characterized by tremu- 
lous and clonic agitation of the muscles, espe- 
cially when excited by the will. 

Synclonus balli'smus. The shaking palsy. 
A disease of advanced life, consisting of a great 
sense of weakness in the hands and arms, grad- 
ually extending to the legs and muscles of the 
neck, with trembling, and ultimately constant 
and vehement agitation. In the last stages of 
this affection, the urine and faeces are involun- 
tarily discharged. The treatment is somewhat 
indefinite, as it occurs in broken-down consti- 
tutions, and especially drunkards. Frictions, 
the hot bath, and counter-irritation along the 
spine are most useful. 

SY'NCOPE. (e, es, f. ; ovy/coirr/, from avy- 
kotttu, to strike or cut down.) Fainting or 
swooning. An affection in which the respira- 
tion and action of the heart either cease, or be- 
come much weaker than usual, with paleness 
and coldness, arising from diminished energy 
of the brain, or from organic affections of the 
heart. The species are : 

1. Syncope cardiaca, the cardiac syncope, 
arising without a visible cause, and with violent 

Sanitation of the heart during the intervals, and 
epending generally on some organic affection 
of the heart or neighboring vessels. 

2. Syncope occasionaHs, the exciting cause 

624 



SYN 

being manifest. The disease is sometimes pre 
ceded by anxiety about the preecordia, a sense 
of fullness ascending from the stomach toward 
the head, vertigo, or confusion of ideas, dimness 
of sight, and coldness of the extremities. The 
attacks are frequently attended with, or end in 
vomiting, and sometimes in epileptic or other 
convulsions. The causes are sudden and violent 
emotions of the mind, pungent or disagreeable 
odors, derangement of the prima; visu, debility 
from preceding disorders, loss of blood, spon- 
taneous or artificial, the operation of paracen- 
tesis, &c. An ordinary fainting-fit is a matter 
of little importance, and occurs frequently in 
persons who are in general perfectly healthy. 
The actions of the system will generally be 
spontaneously restored in a short time. This 
is accelerated by the horizontal position, which 
throws the blood on the brain, and thereby 
stimulates it to resume its wonted functions. 
Cold water sprinkled on the face or chest, and 
the internal administration of gentle stimulants 
as soon as the patient can swallow, may also be 
resorted to. The more formidable kinds of syn- 
cope, which arise from diseases of the heart or 
great vessels, or from profuse hemorrhage, need 
not be noticed here, as their consideration be- 
longs to the particular case in connection with 
which they occur. 

Syncope angino'sa. Angina pectoris. — 
Parry. 

Syndesmoi.o'gv. A treatise on the ligaments. 

Synde'smo-pharynge'us. The constrictor 
pharyngis medius. 

SYNDESMOSIS, (is, is, f. ; from avvdeafioc. 
a ligament.) That species of symphysis in which 
the bones are united by ligament. 

SYNDE'SMUS. (us, i, m. Zwdea/ios ; from 
awdeu, to bind together.) A ligament. 

SYNECHI'A. (a, ce, f. Ivvexeia, continu- 
ity.) A concretion of the iris with the cornea, 
or with the capsule of the crystalline lens. The 
remote causes are, a collapse of the cornea, a 
prolapsus of the iris, a tumefied cataract, hypo- 
pium, or original malformation, 

SYNGENE'SIA. Syngenesions. (From aw, 
together, and yeveaig, generation.) The name 
of a class of plants in the sexual system of 
Linnaeus,, consisting of plants in which the an- 
thers are united into a tube, the filaments on 
which they are supported being mostly separate 
and distinct. The flowers are compound. 

SYNIZE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from owifr, con- 
sido, to meet.) Closed pupil. A perfect con- 
cretion of the pupil. It is known by the ab- 
sence of the pupil, and a total loss of vision. 
The species are : 1. Congenital. 2. Simple, the 
pupil being closed or obliterated from a gradual 
contraction, and, at length, coalition of the mus- 
cular fibres of the iris, unattended by any other 
change of the eye. 3. Accidental, from an in- 
flammation or ulceration of the uvea or iris, or 
from a defect of the aqueous or vitreous humor. 
4. Complicated, or that which is complicated 
with some other ocular disease. Medicines are 
only serviceable in the simple species, in which 
the tincture of belladonna often effects a cure ; 
applications of stimulating solutions, as sulphate ' 
of zinc, dilute alcohol, ether, »r t > also useful. 
When these are of no service, an artificial pupil 



Birr 

may bo made, either by excision, incision, or 
separation, according to the appearance of the 
closure. 

Synxeuro'sis. Synonymous with Syndes- 
mosis. 

SY'NOCHA. (a, ee, f. ; from avvtxo, to con- 
tinue.) Inflammatory fever. 

SY'NOCHUS. {us, i, m. ; from avvexu, to 
continue.) That form of fever which is con- 
tinuous; and at first inflammatory, but which 
becomes typhoid in its later stages. The fever 
of small-pox, scarlet fever, are of this mixed 
kind. The treatment in the early stages is an- 
tiphlogistic, and in the later that which is ap- 
propriate to typhus. 

Synochus putris. Typhus gravior. 

Synosteo'logy. A treatise on the joints. 

Synosteotomy. Dissection of the joints. 

SYNO'VIA. An unctuous and serous fluid 
secreted from certain glands in the joint in 
which it is contained. Its use is to lubricate 
the cartilaginous surfaces of the articulator/ 
bones, and to facilitate their motions. 

SYNOVJAL. Synovialis. Of, or belonging 
to, the synovia, or the fluid of the joints. 

Synovial glands. Glandules synoviales. 
The fatty fimbriated structure, found within the 
cavities of some joints. 

Synovial membrane. The membrane which 
lines the cavities of the joints, and secretes the 
synovia. 

Sy'ntasis. Tension. 

Sy'ntaxis. Articulation. 

SYNTENO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from avv, with, 
and TEvuv, a tendon.) A species of articulation 
where the bones are connected together by ten- 
dons. 

Synte'xis. A marasmus. 

SY'NTHESIS. (is, is, f. ; from own%i, I 
compose.) Combination. 

Syntheti'smus. The reduction of a fracture. 

Synulo'ticus. Conducive to the healing of 
a wound. 

Synyme'nsis. A junction by membrane. 

SY'PHILIS. (From ouploc, filthy, or from 
avv and tyiXeu, mutual love.) The venereal 
disease; certain morbid changes produced in 
various textures of the human body by the ac- 
tion %{ a specific morbid poison. Some writers, 
however, extend the meaning of the expression 
further ; for they make it comprehend not only 
syphilis, or the true venereal disease, but also 
clap, or gonorrhaa, sores of different descrip- 
tions on the genitals, and numerous effects or 
accompaniments of the latter complaints. 

Syphilis can not be propagated from individ- 
ual to individual through the medium of the 
breath, nor of the atmosphere, nor apparently 
through the medium of any of the ordinary nat- 
ural secretions. With the exception of what 
may happen between a syphilitic pregnant fe- 
male and the child in her womb, only one way 
is positively known in which the disease can 
be communicated, and that is through the me- 
dium of the specific poison, blended at the time 
of its application with pus, or some other mor- 
bid secretion. Such infectious matter begins 
its action by exciting inflammation, followed by 
a pimple or pustule, which is gradually con- 
verted into an ulcer. Of course, such ulcer is 



SYP 

almost always on the parts of generation; but 
if a person accidentally prick himself with a 
lancet infected with venereal matter, or if such 
matter happen to come in contact with any 
abraded part of the skin, syphilis may then 
commence in other situations. 

The symptoms of syphilis are divided into 
primary and secondary : the primary consist 
of various forms of ulceration on the genitals, or 
other parts to which the venereal matter may 
be applied, and specific inflammation of the 
glands, called buboes; the secondary consist of 
a variety of constitutional diseases. 

Primary symptoms. — Primary venereal sores 
are of several kinds. The most remarkable one 
is that which was so well described by Mr. 
Hunter, and is called, accordingly, the Hunterian 
chancre. It is characterized by a tendency to 
assume a circular form, by an excavated surface, 
the tenacious and adherent quality of the matter 
produced on it, and by its hard, cartilaginous 
base and margin. It generally begins as a pim- 
ple or minute vesicle, which enlarges, and soon 
breaks and ulcerates. Generally speaking, ve- 
nereal ulceration does not extend itself with 
great rapidity ; neither is it the common char- 
acter of the Hunterian chancre to make quick 
progress. Nevertheless, exceptions to this state- 
ment do occur, and these seem to depend on the 
state of the health ; for when this is in an unfa- 
vorable condition, or certain forms of constitu- 
tional disturbance and irritability prevail, the 
ulceration will spread with greater quickness 
than usual. When the sore is situated on the 
prepuce or the frsenum, there is usually more 
inflammation present than when it is situated 
on the glans. When the ulcer is on the glans, 
it is less painful, but more disposed to give rise 
to hemorrhage. What is termed phymosis is 
an inflammation, a thickening, and a contraction 
of the extremity of the prepuce, rendering it 
impossible to draw it back so as to uncover the 
glans : this case is less frequently a consequence . 
of the Hunterian chancre than of some other 
primary sores on the penis. 

Another kind of primary sore is that which 
is generally called the superficial ulcer with, 
raised edges ; it is not accompanied by indura- 
tion, but its margin is veiy high; it is often 
seen on the outside of the prepuce ; and fre- 
quently is not a single sore, but accompanied 
by others of the same nature ; sometimes by 
two, three, four, or more. In many instances, 
we see them surrounding the orifice of the pre- 
puce, producing a thickening of it and phymo- 
sis, which may continue long after the cure of 
the sores. They are frequently very obstinate, 
and it may be long before any impression can 
be made upon them, whether mercury be given 
in full quantities, or merely in alterative doses. 
After five or six weeks, they generally yield 
to common treatment, to mild alterative plans, 
namely, to small doses of mercury, aperient 
medicines, and antimonials, and sometimes to 
tonics, bark, sarsaparilla, and the mineral acids. 
The black or yellow wash, and lotions of the 
sulphate of copper or zinc, are the best appli- 
cations. 

Another description of primary sore is the 
phagedenic, as it is termed, a corroding ulcer 

695 



S YP 

without granulations, corresponding to the de- 
scription of phagedenic sores in general. It is 
destitute of any remarkable degree of surround- 
ing induration, but its circumference is of a liv- 
id red color. It is invariably rendered worse 
by mercury, a fact as well established as any 
thing yet made out, with regard to the treat- 
ment of venereal complaints. In this form of 
the disease, when the treatment is injudiciously 
conducted, the whole of the penis will frequent- 
ly be destroyed in a very short time. Some- 
times considerable hemorrhage takes place, and 
a useful hint is afforded by it ; for we common- 
ly observe that, after loss of blood, the extension 
of the ravages of the disease stops, or is sus- 
pended for a time; and hence we may infer 
that venesection will frequently be useful in 
the early stages of the disease, a truth fully con- 
firmed by experience. 

Another primary sore is called the sloughing 
ulcer. It appears first as a black spot, which 
increases, and is thrown off, leaving exposed 
to view a corroded or phagedenic surface. Af- 
ter the slough has separated, an ulcer remains 
of a painful character, with a dark blue or livid 
crimson margin. In this manner the disease 
will go on, alternately sloughing and ulcerating, 
sometimes till nearly all the external parts of 
generation are destroyed. It appears that any 
sore may assume the phagedenic or sloughing 
condition from the bad state of the constitution, 
or from neglect or injudicious treatment. 

The venereal poison, in its passage through 
the inguinal glands, frequently gives rise to in- 
flammation and enlargement of them, which, in 
many instances, is followed by suppuration and 
ulceration. The swelling, abscess, or sore thus 
produced, is termed a bubo ; though, if the pa- 
tient happened to have a primary venereal sore 
on one of his fingers, he might have a bubo just 
' above the elbow, near the inner edge of the 
biceps, or in the axilla; so that a bubo does 
. not always imply a disease in the groin. But 
the poison of syphilis may make its way into 
the system, without exciting any inflammation 
in the absorbent glands of the groin, or other 
region of the body. 

Secondary Symptoms. — Previously to the oc- 
currence of secondary symptoms, the constitution 
• may generally be observed to be somewhat dis- 
ordered; there is more or less fever present, 
with accelerated pulse, headache, loss of appe- 
tite, pains in the limbs, and inability to sleep. 
Indeed, almost all patients are particularly rest- 
less for two or three days before the appear- 
ance of any secondary symptoms ; that is, before 
they complain of a sore throat, or perceive any 
traces of cutaneous disease about them. Ac- 
cording to the Huiiteriau doctrines, when sec- 
ondary symptoms take place, they are more 
disposed to occur in some parts of the body 
than in others. On this account, Mr. Hunter 
divides the parts affected into two orders: the 
first order consisting of those in which the sec- 
ondary symptoms usually first show themselves, 
namely, the throat and skin, with which parts 
the iris is also to bo arrauged;- the second, in- 
cluding parts *u which the disease produces its 
influence at a later period, as the periosteum 
and the bones, to which may be added the 
626 



SY P 

nose, in which ulceration of the mucous mem- 
brane, the ozoena syphilitica, with or without 
disease of the bones, is very common: in the 
second order of parts are likewise to be inclu- 
ded the ear and the testicle, to which organs, 
however, the effects of syphilis less frequently 
extend than to the other parts here specified. 
It is generally considered that the interval be- 
tween the primary and the secondary symp- 
toms is on an average from six to twelve weeks; 
but it may extend to several months, or, ac- 
cording to some reports, to one or two years. 
The earliest secondary symptoms generally 
commence within three months from the cure 
of the primary sore ; but they may come on 
much more quickly, or even before the prima- 
ry sore is healed. Almost every surgeon has 
had opportunities of seeing cases in which there 
were at the same time an uncured chancre, an 
unhealed bubo, a sore throat, an iritis, and so 
forth, all existing together. 

The cutaneous eruption presents considerable 
varieties. One form of syphilitic eruption is 
characterized by being scaly, and of a copper 
or reddish-brown color; small coppeV-colored 
spots first showing themselves, and the cuticle 
then peeling off. Some of these blotches con- 
join, so as to form extensive patches ; but others 
of the same color, and decidedly syphilitic, are, 
on account of their diminutive size and partic- 
ular figure, sometimes termed the lenticular 
syphilitic lepra. If the disease advance further, 
scabs will form, suppuration will take place 
under them, and the result be a secondary ve- 
nereal ulcer, which, when thus produced, affects 
principally such parts of the skin as are in con- 
tact with other portions of the cutis, like the fold 
of the nates, the angle between the scrotum and 
thigh, or in the armpit. In these situations the 
eruption has a raised surface, from which a 
whitish matter frequently oozes. These cop- 
per-colored scaly blotches generally first appear 
on the face, hands, and wrist, and afterward on 
the breast and extremities, where they are par- 
ticularly numerous, and assume the form of le- 
pra or psoriasis. There is another circumstance 
deserving of attention, namely, when the palm 
of the hand or the sole of the foot, where the 
cuticle is very thick, is affected, an appearance 
is produced, constituting what is often termed 
the syphilitic lepra, and psoriasis of the hands 
and feet. There are four forms of cutaneous 
eruption : The first of these is the scaly, which 
often corresponds to the Hunterian chancre, and 
is in the form either of psoriasis or lepra. The 
second is the papular, so called from the char- 
acter of its eruption, which consists of inflamed 
pimples, and may follow gonorrhoea, aud what 
some surgeons call the gonorrheal -ulcer of the 
prepuce and corona glandis. The third is 
named the tubercular, as being attended with 
an eruption of this character; and the fourth is 
the pustular variety, so called also from the ap- 
pearance of the cutaneous affection. The pro- 
jecting incrustations, which are conical, or in 
the form of limpet-shells, constitute the appear- 
ance known by the name of the venereal rupia, 
which may follow an eruption originally either 
tubercular or pustular. One important fact to 
be remembered is, that papular and pustular 



gyp 

eruptions, when they have reached a certain 
stage, may be attended with a scaly appearance, 
which is, therefore, not exclusively the feature 
of lepra and psoriasis. This circumstance may, 
perhaps, explain some cases in which the erup- 
tion seems to consist of scaly spots, and pustules 
and pimples, more or les3 mixed together. 

Secondary venereal •ulceration of the skin is 
often preceded by an eruption, some part of 
which, after repeated desquamation and scab- 
bing, is converted into sores; but, in other in- 
stances, chronic inflammation takes place, inde- 
pendently of any eruption, and ulceration fol- 
lows ; and occasionally inflammation, suppura- 
tion, and secondary venereal ulceration will 
occur over nodes. Secondary venereal ulcers 
have not any regular and constant appearance ; 
they are frequently of a round shape, more or 
less chronic, and with an irregular, foul, ash- 
colored surface ; while others evince the pecu- 
liarity of healing in the centre and extending at 
the circumference, the unhealed part being of a 
tawny color, with sharp edges and a foul bot- 
tom. 

Besides these secondary symptoms presenting 
themselves as affections of the skin, we must not 
omit to specify the ragged, ulcerated fissures 
and clefts seen on the nates, or about the anus 
(rhagades ani), and especially in the fold at the 
lower part of the nates, and between the peri- 
neum and the thigh, or sometimes even about the 
roots of the finger nails. In the latter event 
matter forms under the na.il, which becomes 
detached, and the discharge is remarkable for 
its strong, fetid, and peculiarly disagreeable 
smell. Such is the venereal whitlow, as it is 
sometimes named. 

Some excrescences in venereal patients, taking 
place especially about the genitals, perineum, 
and anus, receive different names, according to 
their various shape and consistence ; aa warts, 
condylomata, fici, &c. They are frequently ac- 
companied with ulceration, or purulent dis- 
charge from the urethra or vagina; and they 
often grow from parts which have been ulcer- 
ated, though now healed. These are effectually 
removed by the knife or scissors. 

Ode of the most common secondary symptoms 
is ulceration of the fauces, tonsils, and soft palate — 
in other words, a sore throat. What has gen- 
erally been considered as the most unequivocal 
specimen of syphilitic ulceration of the throat, 
is remarked to come on without much previous 
inflammation, to begin on the surface of the part 
affected, and to extend more and more deeply ; 
so that, when situated on the tonsils, an appear- 
ance is produced as if a portion of them had 
been scooped away. The sore has a sharp, 
prominent margin, and its excavated surface is 
covered with yellow, adhesive matter, that can 
not readily be separated from it. 

Besides this description of sore throat, there 
is another, consisting in superficial, but foul and 
wide-spreading ulcerations of the tonsils, velum 
pendilum palati, and upper portion of the 
pharynx, accompanied by considerable pain, 
restlessness, and fever. On account of its ap- 
pearance, it is frequently called the ulcerous ex- 
coriation of the throat. 

In certain other cases, the ulcers of the throat 



SYP 

have a phagedenic character, and are disposed, 
under improper treatment, to destroy the whole 
of the soft palate, and to extend their ravages to 
the pharynx, and even sometimes to the larynx, 
causing destruction of its cartilages, and endan- 
gering life. With this form of sore throat, when 
the constitution is in an unfavorable state from 
the injudicious use of mercury, there is a ten- 
dency to the production of caries and necrosis 
in the bones of the palate, and even in the up- 
per jaw bone and the ossa spongiosa ; but if 
the disease be properly treated, and the em- 
ployment of too great a quantity of mercury be 
avoided, the patient will generally escape the 
serious mischief to which I have alluded. 

One species of iritis, or inflammation of the 
iris, is an affection ranking as a secondary symp- 
tom of syphilis. After the appearance of dis- 
ease of the skin, or sore throat, the iris some- 
times inflames: this affection, which may fol- 
low, or accompany, various kinds of syphilitic 
eruptions, and is usually attended with pains in 
the limbs and joints, is noticed in the article 
Ophthalmitis. 

With regard to venereal affections of the bones 
and joints, if the swelling has come on sudden- 
ly, seems to be chiefly seated in the periosteum, 
and the pain is not remarkably aggravated at 
night, we may generally conclude that it is not 
a venereal affection. True syphilitic nodes are 
mono indolent in their progress than the swell- 
ings just referred to ; and the pain of them is 
always more severe at night than in the day. 
They are particularly disposed to occur on the 
central portions of the long cylindrical bones, 
and on such parts of the bones as are not cover- 
ed by any great thickness of soft parts. Hence, 
the front surface of the tibia, the superficial part 
of the ulna, the sternum, the clavicle, and the 
cranium, are often the seat of nodes. 

There is one curious circumstance in relation 
to nodes, namely, they are alleged to be rarely 
produced in syphilis, unless the patient has 
been using mercury; but in this, as in other 
cases of venereal diseases of the bones, it is 
probably the imprudent and excessive use of 
mercury that gives rise to them. 

Treatment of Syphilis. — Till of late years a 
very pernicious notion prevailed with respect 
to syphilis, namely, that it never underwent a 
spontaneous cure, but proceeded to destroy one 
texture after another till the patient fell a victim 
to its fury. 11113 belief, in connection with the 
absolute reliance on the specific and exclusive 
powers of mercury, frequently gave rise to a 
most destructive line of practice. But it has 
been conclusively proved that it may be cured 
without mercury, and, indeed, that it may be 
cured without any lemrdies. 

Taking for granted what is now established 
beyond doubt, that syphilis is fu ceptible of 
cure by the natural efforts of the cotistitution, 
when vigorous, and exercised under favorable 
circumstances, and susceptible also of the in- 
fluence of remedies quite independently of any 
specific effect, it becomes obvious that the dis- 
ease should be treated, in a great measure, on 
geueral principles, the application of which 
must depend on the judgment of the practi- 
tioner in each individual case. The following 

627 



S Y P 

general account of the mercurial treatment is 
taken from the excellent chapter on syphilia in 
Mr. S. Cooper's First Lines of the Practice of 
Surgery, the source from which the greater 
part of the present article is derived. 

Whenever mercury is given, the wisest plan 
is to give it in moderation, and, above all things, 
to avoid the pernicious custom of putting the 
patient under a course, in which the mercury 
is given rapidly and profusely, and continued 
for an immoderate length of time. Experience 
has fully convinced me, that in no variety of 
chancre, nor in any other stage of the venereal 
disease, is it proper to give mercury so unmer- 
cifully, and for so long a period as was former- 
ly done. At all events, violent and long saliva- 
tions should be given up. This practice, as 
Mr. Cooper can state from his own observation 
in the foul wards of St. Bartholomew's Hospi- 
tal, during a period of twelve years, instead of 
being more successful than the present meth- 
ods, often led to the most dreadful mutilations, 
and the number of those who lost their palates 
and noses was infinitely greater than what is 
now observed. When mercury is given, it is 
to be so administered as merely to produce a 
moderate affection of the gums and salivary 
glands, and not to occasion a total derangement 
of the whole economy. When the patient's 
health is seriously impaired, as a general rule, 
mercury should be postponed till an amelipra- 
tion in that respect has taken place. Even 
those practitioners who place tho greatest re- 
liance on mercury as a specific, aud still main- 
tain that it ought to be called so, qualify their 
assertions by admitting that it ought not to be 
given under every condition of tho system; 
they candidly allow that neither the condition 
of the parts, nor that of the constitution, is at all 
times such as will let mercury be given with 
impunity ; they confess that its rash and un- 
scientific employment will aggravate the symp- 
toms ; and they specify two cases in which its 
use is generally erroneous, namely, during ex- 
cessive weakness of the system, and while the 
disease is complicated with excessive inflam- 
mation. But these are not the only states in 
which it should usually be prohibited: it should 
not be given during any great derangement of 
the system from diarrhoea, or fever, or from 
what is termed erethrismus, a peculiar state of 
constitution, in which the patient labors under 
excessive irritability, weakness, palpitation of 
the heart, and other evils from the mercury al- 
ready given. There are some constitutions in 
which this condition is liable also to be induced 
by a very slight quantity of mercury, and when 
it is present, the patient may die suddenly on 
making any trivial exertion. 

Mercury is used either topically, that is, as a 
i direct application to sores, nodes, and other lo- 
cal affections, or constitutionally, being intro- 
duced into the system either through the me- 
dium of the stomach or the skin. 

Among topical mercurial preparations, the 
black wash is in very common use for venereal 
sores, both primary and secondary. It should 
vary in strength according to circumstances. 
With regard to the manner of using it : if the 
*ore or sores are on the outside of the prepuce, 
628 



S YP 

a piece of lint is dipped in tho lotion and ap» 
plied to them ; but if the sores are under tho 
prepuce, the introduction of lint into that situa- 
tion would create too much irritation, and the 
lotion may therefore be occasionally injected 
under the prepuce with a small syringe. The 
yellow wash, used in the same manner, contains 
two grains of corrosive chloride of mercury in 
each ounce of lime water. In general, mer- 
curial ointments are not very good applications 
for venereal sores of any description; certainly 
they are not equal, in point of efficacy, to many 
other applications. Sometimes, however, the 
unguentum hydrargyri nitratis, blended with 
the unguentum cetaceum, or with zinc oint 
ment, in various proportions, may be usefully 
employed. Another manner of using mercury 
topically is that of fumigation. Mr. S. Cooper 
has seen sore throats, chancres, and other ul- 
cerations, which had resisted for weeks and 
months every plan that could be devised, as- 
sume a healthy appearance, and heal up rapid- 
ly, after fumigation had been tried a few times. 
With respect to the introduction of mercury 
into the system from the surface of the body, 
this can be accomplished either by rubbing 
mercurial ointment into the skin, or by mer- 
curial fumigation of an extensive portion of the 
surface of the body. Friction with the mer- 
curial ointment, the ordinary method, aud most 
generally adopted, as requiring no machine for 
the purpose, is practiced by the patient him- 
self, who rubs some part of his body, which is 
frequently tho inside of the thigh, for a quarter 
of an hour or twenty minutes before the fire, 
sometimes once a day and sometimes twice, 
with half a drachm or a drachm of the oint- 
ment. This practice has been, however, in a 
great measure, diminished. In certain cases, we 
are indeed obliged to direct mercurial frictions, 
as when the stomach and bowels will not bear 
even a small quantity of mercury, which occa- 
sionally happens, or when it is necessary to re- 
sort to more plans than one, in order to bring 
the system under the influence of the mineral. 
Under these, and perhaps a few other circum- 
stances, we may be called upon to prescribe 
frictions, as well as internal preparations. 

Fumigating the surface of the body is not at 
present deemed so necessary and eligible a 
method of putting a patient under the influenco 
of mercury as some of its admirers once en- 
deavored to instill into the minds of the profes- 
sion. It is attended with considerable trouble 
and inconvenience ; it requires a particular 
machine, somewhat resembling a sedan chair, 
in which the patient sits naked, with his head 
out of an opening at the top of it. At the bot- 
tom of the machine is an iron heater, on which 
a preparation of mercury is thrown, which is 
sublimed, and covers all the surface of the pa- 
tient's body. The preparation of mercury em- 
ployed for this purpose is the gray oxide. 

Of the internal preparations, the pilula hy- 
drargyri, or common blue pill, has the greatest 
reputation ; it is one of the mildest of ali the in- 
ternal preparations ; the common dose of it is 
five grains ; but frequently we are called upon 
to give a larger dose, and sometimes a smaller; 
from three to ten grains may be stated to bo 



SYP 

the ordinary average quantity proper to be 
iven iu the twenty-four hours. We may join 
it with other medicines, according to circum- 
stances, as with the sulphate of quinine, the ex- 
tract of conium, and various other medicines. 
We often combine the blue pill with a small 

auantity of opium, in order to lessen its ten- 
ency to affect the bowels. 
Calomel is not so extensively employed for 
the cure of syphilitic complaints. The corrosive 
chloride of mercury, or corrosive sublimate, in 
the dose of one eighth of a grain twice or 
thrice a day, or other preparations of mercury, 
are sometimes employed. It is customary to 
use with the mercury the compound decoction 
of sarsaparilla, or decoction of mezereon, cin- 
chona, and other bodies. The iodide of potas- 
sium has also received much commendation in 
the treatment of nodes and secondary symp- 
toms. Besides the use of mercury and sarsa- 
parilla, the steps of the treatment are based on 
general principles, and not peculiar to this dis- 
ease. 

One caution is necessary in the employment 
of mercury, namely, to watch its effects very 
attentively, for it will act differently iu differ- 
ent individuals. Some will be violently saliva- 
ted by a few grains of blue pill, or a scruple of 
blue ointment, while others will use from one 
to three drachms of it daily for months together, 
with no manifest effect on the function of the 
salivary glands, bowels, or other organs. The 
doses of mercurial preparations must then bo 
regulated by circumstances ; indeed, it is wholly 
impossible to give any precise rules on this 
head, on account of the different effects of the 
mineral on different individuals. The safest 
plan is always to begin with small quantities of 
mercury, watching the effects of the medicine, 
and being guided by them, and stopping it 
when the salivation increases, or erethrism. &.c, 
occur. 

Syphilis indica. Frambcusia. 
SY'PHILOID. (Syphiloidcs ; from syphilis, 
and eidoc, resemblance.) Syphilis pseudo-syph- 
ilis. Like syphilis. The name of a disease 
which resembles syphilis. There are many 
diseases which have a close resemblance to tho 
venereal in its primary and constitutional forms : 
these have all been called syphiloid. Tho prin- 
cipal of this family of diseases is the pseudo- 
syphilis, or bastard pox, of Hunter and Aber- 
nethy. 

It mostly commences with local symptoms, 
though not always; but the local symptoms have 
a less resemblance to those of genuine syphilis 
than the constitutional by which they are suc- 
ceeded. A few foul and highly irritable sores 
are unexpectedly discovered on the genitals, 
commonly larger than chancres, and less thick- 
ened than indurated, about the size of a half 
dime, and frequently sprouting with fungous 
granulations. Rarely, but very rarely, they 
have the appearance of a true chancre. (These 
are sometimes succeeded by buboes, and some- 
times not; and, where buboes take the lead, 
they run their course more rapidly, and with 
more inflammation, thaii in the true disease, 



SYR 

means without mercury, or constitutional symp- 
toms of any kind ; but not unfrequently, in a 
few weeks or months, they are followed by a 
soreness and ulceration of the tonsils, copper- 
colored spots over the body, and nodes or 
swellings of the periosteum in various bones ; 
and sometimes these symptoms change their 
order of succession, or appear single. 

In a few instances, the constitutional symp- 
toms take the lead, and the local follow. In 
all these cases, the virus seems to be more active 
and irritating than that of genuine syphilis ; but 
which, while it pursues, though with much ir- 
regularity, the same general path, runs through 
its course much quicker, and is more effectually 
coped with by the natural strength, or remedial 
effort of the constitution. These affections re- 
quire tonics and gentle stimulants, being vari- 
eties of cachexy. 

Syri* oleum. A fragrant essential oil, dis- 
tilled from the Canary balsam plant, or Molda- 
vica. 

Syrianherii mastich. Teucrium mastichi- 
na. 

SYRI'GMUS. (2vpty/j.oc ; frpm ovpife, to 
make a sound by blowing through a pipe.) 
This term has been applied to ringing in the 
ears. See Tinnitus aurium. 

Sy'ringa vulgaris. The common lilac. Its 
seeds are used in France as a tonic and febrifuge. 
Syringo'tomum. A knife to cut fistulas. 
SY'RINX. (x, gis, f. Svptyf, from the He- 
brow.) A pipe. A syringe. A fistula. 

Syrmai'smus. A gentle evacuation by vomit 
or stool. — Hippocrates. 

SYROP. The French for a syrup. 
Syrop he capillaire. Syrupus capillorum 
veneris. Syrup of capillaire. A syrup much 
used in France as a pectoral. It is made with 
maidenhair, liquorice water, and sugar. 
Syrup. See Syrupus. 

Syrup, hive. (U.S.) Syrupus scillre com- 
posite. 

SYR U' PUS. {us, i, m. Serab, a potion, 
Arabic.) The name syrup is given to sugar 
dissolved in water. The French are very fond 
of syrups, and make great numbers by sweet- 
ening infusions of various substances; but the 
form is rather objectionable from the occurrence 
of fermentation, and the nauseous taste of many 
of the compounds. 

Syrups are generally made with the juice of 
vegetables or fruits, or by adding vegetable ex- 
tracts, decoctions, or infusions, or other substan- 
ces. To keep syrups without fermenting, it is 
necessary that their temperature should t>e at- 
tended to, and kept as near 55° as possible A 
good cellar will answer this purpose. They 
should have the sp. gr. of 1*8 19 when cold, un- 
less otherwise directed. 

Syrupus. (U. S.) S. simplex. Simple 
syrup. Take of refined sugar, ibiiss. ; water, 
Oj. Dissolve with a gentle heat, removing any 
scum, and strain while hot. 

Syrupus aceti. (Ph. E.) Sugar and vine- 
gar. A refrigerating syrup. See Oxymel. 

Syrupus allii. (U. S.) Syrup of garlic. 
Take of fresh garlic, sliced, § vj. ; distilled vin- 



vi.; 
and spread to a greater number of circumja- egar, Oj. ; sugar, Ibij. Digest the garlic in Vin- 
cent glands. These often heal bv the ordinary egar four days; express; allow it to become 

629 



SYR 

clear, and make a syrup with the clear liquor. 
A stimulating expectorant, used in the coughs of 
children. Dose, f. 3J., for a child of one year. 

Syrupus ai.thjr'x. (Ph. L.) Syrup of 
marshmallow. Take of the fresh root of marsh- 
mallow, bruised, f viij. ; refined sugar, Ibiiss. ; 
water, Oiv. Boil down the water with the 
marshmallow root to half, and press. Set it by 
for twenty-four hours to subside ; then pour off" 
the clear liquor, add the sugar, and boil down. 
An emollient and demulcent, given in coughs, 
hoarseness, &c. Dose, f. 3J. to 5SS. 

Syrupus amygda'm. (U. S.) S. amygda- 
I arum. Syrup of almonds. Syrup of orgeat. 
Take of sweet almonds, blanched, Ibj. ; bitter 
almonds, blanched, §iv. ; water, Oiij. ; sugar, 
Ibvj. Rub up the almonds with fiij. of the wa- 
ter and Ibj. of sugar, into a paste. Mix with 
the rest of the water; strain with strong ex- 
pression; add the sugar to the fluid, and make 
a syrup. Demulcent, slightly sedative; used 
in coughs and as a drink. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 31J. 

Syrupus antiscorbu'ticus. S. armoracim 
composltus. A French syrup of horseradish, 
buckbean, water cresses, and bitter orange, 
with wine ancf cinnamon. 

Syrupus aromaticus. S. dc artcmisia com- 
posiltts. A French syrup of artemisia and twelve 
aromatic herbs and seeds. Tonic. 

Syrupus aura'ntu corticis. (U.S.) S.au- 
rdnlii. Syrup of orange peel. Take of fresh 
orange peel, jij.; boiling water, Oj.; refined 
sugar, Ibiiss. Macerate the orange peel in the 
water for twelve hours in a covered vessel ; then 
pour off the liquor, and add the sugar. A pleas- 
ant bitter ana stomachic, used to flavor mix- 
tures. 

Syrupus caryophy'i.li huiuu. (Ph. E.) 
Syrup of clove pinks. Aromatic. 

Syrupus co'j.chici. (Ph. E.) Syrup of 
colchicum, or meadow saffron. Take of tho 
fresh roots of colchicum, sliced, 5j. ; vinegar, 
f. fxyj. ; refined sugar, sxxvj. Macerate with 
tho vinegar two days, shaking occasionally; 
strain, with gentle expression; add the sugar 
to the liquid, and make a syrup. Diuretic and 
antiarthritic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. §ss. 

Syrupus croci. (Ph. L. & E.) Syrup of 
saffron. Take of saffron, 3x. ; boiling water, 
Oj.; refined sugar, ibiij. Macerate the saffron; 
strain, and add the sugar. This imparts a beau- 
tiful color to liquids, and is sometimes employ- 
ed as a cordial. 

Syrupus t>e kin a kin a cum vino. A French 
syrup made with infusion or extract of cincho- 
na, with wine. 

Syrupus de mercurio. 8. hy&rargyri. A 
French blue pill, made with gum and syrup. 
Dose, gr. iij. to gr. viij. 

Syrupus domksticus. Syrupus rhamni. 

Syrupus empykeumaticus. Molasses. Trea- 
cle. 

Syrupus ferri iouisi. Swap of iodide of 
iron. According to the Ph. E., take of dry 
iodine, 200 grs. ; fine iron wire, cleaned, 100 
grs. ; white sugar, powdered, f ivss. ; distilled 
water, f. Jvj. Boil the iodine, iron, and water 
in a glass matrass until f. gij. of fluid remain. 
Filter, while hot, into a matrass containing the 
sugar ; make a syrup, adding water to make up 
630 



SYR 

f. f vj. Twelve minims contain one grain of io- 
dide. It is a convenient means of administering 
the iodide, and keeps better than the solution. 

Syrupus ferri sesquini'tratis. A solution 
of sesquinitrate (pernitrate) of iron in syrup. 
Useful in obstinate chronic diarrhoeas. 

Syrupus ipecacua'nha:. (U.S.) Syrup of 
ipecacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha, in coarse 
powder, jj. ; dilute alcohol, Oj. ; syrup, Oij. 
Make a tincture; in fourteen days filter; evap- 
orate to f. 5ij. ; filter again ; then add the syrup, 
and evaporate to a proper consistence. This 
may bo made by displacement. Emetic and 
expectorant. Emetic dose for a child of one 
year, f. 3J. to f. 3y- 

Syrupus krame'ri^:. (U. S.) Syrup of 
rhatany. Take of extract of rhatany, ^ij. ; wa- 
ter, Oj. ; sugar, Ibiiss. Dissolve the extract, 
and make a syrup. Astringent. Dose, for a 
child of one year, f. 3J. 

Syrupus i.imo'nis. (U. S.) S. limonum. S. 
sued limonis. Syrup of lemon. Take of lemon 
juice, strained, Oj. ; refined sugar, Ibij. Dis- 
solve, and make a syrup. A very pleasant, 
cooling, and acid syrup, which may be exhibit- 
ed with advantage in febrile and bilious affec- 
tions, in drinks. 

Syrupus mori. (Ph. L.) Syrup of mulberry. 
S. mororum. Take of mulberry juice, strained, 
Oj. ; refined sugar, Ibiiss. Dissolve, and make 
a syrup. Aperient and demulcent. May be 
given in fever drinks. 

Syrupus papa'veris. (Ph. L.) S. papaveris 
albi. S. e meconio. S. de meconio, give diacodium. 
Syrup of poppies. Take of the prepared cap- 
sules of white poppy, Ibiij. ; refined sugar, ibv. ; 
boiling water, Cv. Boil down the capsules in 
the water to two gallons, and press out the liquor 
strongly. Boil down the liquor again, after be- 
ing strained, to four pints, and strain it while 
hot. Set it by for twelve hours to clear; boil 
down the clear liquor to two pints, then add 
the sugar, and dissolve. A useful anodyne prep- 
aration. Dose, for an adult, f. 31J. to f. 3iv. 

Syrupus tapaveris erratici. Syrupus 
rhceados. 

Syrupus rhamni. (Ph. L.) Syrup of buck- 
thorn. Take of the fresh juice of buckthorn 
berries, Oiv. ; ginger root, sliced, allspice, pow- 
dered, 3vj. ; refined sugar, Ibiv. Set by the 
juice for three days, that the feculencies may 
subside, and strain. To a pint of the clear juice 
add the ginger and allspice ; then macerate at 
a gentle heat four hours, and strain ; boil down 
what remains to one pint and a half; mix the 
liquors, add the sugar, and dissolve. Cathartic. 
Dose, f. fss. to f. 5j. 

Syrupus rhei. (U.S.) Syrup of rhubarb. 
Take of rhubarb, bruised, §ij. ; boiling water, 
Oj.; sugar, Ibij. Macerate the rhubarb in wa- 
ter twenty-four hours; strain, and make the 
syrup. Laxative. Dose, for a child of one 
year,f. 3J. to f. 3«j- 

Syrupus rhei aroma'ticus. (U. S.) Aro- 
matic syrup of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, 
bruised, giiss. ; cloves and cinnamon, bruised, 
each, fss. ; nutmegs, bruised, 313- ; dilute alco- 
hol, Oij.; syrup, Ovj. Make a tincture; in 
fourteen days strain, and evaporate to Oj., and 
mix in the syrup previously warmed. It may 



8 YR 

be made by displacement, and is a carminative 
laxative. Dose, for a child of one year, f. 3J-? 
for an adult, f. fss. to f. ?j. 

Syrupus khk'ados. (rh. L.) Syrup of 
red poppy. Take of red poppy petals, fresh, 
ftj. ; boiling water, Oj.; refined sugar, Ibiiss. 
Having heated the water in a water bath, add 
gradually the red poppy petals, frequently stir- 
ring them ; then remove the vessel, and macer- 
ate for twelve hours ; next press out the liquor, 
and set it by to settle ; lastly, add the sugar, and 
dissolve. This is used merely as a coloring 
matter. 

Syrupus ribis nigri. Syrup of black cur- 
rants. Aperient and diuretic qualities are at- 
tributed to this preparation. 

Syrupus rosjE. (Ph. L.) S.roscecentifolice. 
Syrup of roses. S. rosarum solutivus. S. e 
rosis siccis. Take of damask rose petals, dried, 
fvij. ; refined sugar, Ibvj. ; boiling water, Oiij. 
Macerate the rose petals in the water for twelve 
hours, and strain ; then corporate the strained 
liquor, by means of a water bath, to two pints ; 
then add the sugar, and dissolve. A useful lax- 
ative for children.' Dose, from 3J. to § ss. 

Syrupus rosje ga'llics. (Ph. E.) Syrup 
of red roses. Take of dried red rose petals, 
jij. boiling water, Oj.; pure sugar, 5 xx. Make 
an infusion ; strain ; and, adding the sugar, boil 
to a syrup. Slightly astringent ; used as a col- 
oring matter. 

Syrupus rubiidjEi. Syrup of raspberry. A 
pleasant aperient syrup for children. 

Syrupus rutje. Syrup of rue. Made by 
adding ten drops of oil of rue to a pint of syrup, 
and used by some nurses as a carminative for 
children. 

Syrupus sarsapari'll.e compositus. (U. 
S.) Compound syrup of sarsaparilla. Take 
of sarsaparilla, bruised, Ibij. ; guaiacum wood, 
rasped, giij.; damask rose petals, senna, liquorice 
root, bruised, each, §ij. ; oil of sassafras, oil of 
anise, each, HI v. ; oil of gaultheria, filiij. ; dilute 
alcohol, Ox. ; sugar, Jbvhj. Macerate the roots, 
wood, and leaves in the alcohol fourteen days ; 
express, and filter. Evaporate the tincture to 
Oiv. ; filter, and make a syrup ; to which add, 
by trituration, the oils. The last edition of the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia also directs this prepara- 
tion to be made with water instead of alcohol, 
and by displacement. The roots, &c, are to be 
macerated with Oiij. of water for twenty-four 
hours ; transferred to a displacement apparatus, 
and a gallon of liquid drawn off. This is to be 
evaporated, &c, according to the above. Al- 
terative. Dose, f.^j. or more, three or four 
times a day. W 

This is an imitation of the Syrupus de sarsa- 
parilla el senna, or Syrop de cuisinier of the 
French. 

Syrupus sarzjc. (Ph. L. & E.) S. sar- 
saparilla. Syrup of sarsaparilla. Take of the 
sliced root of sarsaparilla, fxv. ; boiling water, 
Oj. ; sugar, ?xv. Macerate the root in the wa- 
ter for twenty-four hours; then boil down to 
four pints, and strain the liquor while hot ; then 
add the sugar, and evaporate to a proper con- 
sistence. It is used chiefly as an adjunct to the 
decoction. 



SYS 

Syrupus scillje. (U.S.) Syrup of squill. 
Take of vinegar of squill, Oj.; sugar, flrij. Make 
a syrup. Expectorant, &c. Dose, f. 3J. to 
f- 3ij- 

Syrupus sciLLiE compo'situs. (U.S.) Com- 
pound syrup of squill. Take of squill root, 
bruised, senega root, bruised, each, f iv. ; emet- 
ic tartar, gr. xlviij.; water, Oiv.; sugar. Ibiijas. 
Make a decoction of the roots and warer ; add 
the sugar to the strained liquor; evaporate to 
Oiij. of syrup, and add the tartar emetic while 
warm. Useful in dry coughs, croup. It is ex- 
pectorant or emetic, according to the dose. 
For an adult, f. 3ss. is expectorant. 

Syrupus sene'ce. (U. S.) Syrup of sene- 
ga. Take of senega root, bruised, §iv. ; wa- 
ter, Oj. ; sugar, ftj. Make a decoction, boil to 
one half, strain, and make the syrup. It may 
be made by displacement. An expectorant. 
Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3ij. 

Syrupus senn.e. (U. S.) Syrup of senna. 
Take of senna leaves, § ij. ; fennel seed, bruised, 
fj. ; refined sugar, ?xv. ; water, boiling, Oj. 
Macerate the senna leaves and fennel seeds in 
the water for an hour, with a gentle heat; 
strain the liquor, and make a syrup. A useful 
purgative for children. Dose, for a child, f. 
3J. ; for an adult, f. |j., or more. 

Syrupus simplex. Syrup; syrupus. 

Syrupus toluta'ni. Syrup of Tolu. Take 
of tincture of Tolu, f. §j.;' syrup, Oiss. Mix, 
and evaporate to a proper consistence. A use- 
ful balsamic syrup, calculated to allay coughs 
and hoarsenesses. 

Syrupus vi'olje. (Ph. E.) Syrup of violet 
flowers. A mild laxative for young children. 

Syrupus zingi'beris. (U.S.) Syrup of gin- 
ger. Take of tincture of ginger, f. ?iv. ; syrup, 
Cj. Mix, and evaporate to a proper consist- 
ence. A carminative and stomachic syrup. 
Dose, f. sj. to siij. 

SYSPA'SIA. (a, a:, f. ; from ovairau, con* 
traho, convello.) A spasm. 

SYSSARCO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from aw, and 
cap!;, flesh.) A species of union of bones, in 
which one bone is united to another by means 
of an intervening muscle. In this manner the 
os hyoides is connected with the sternum and 
other parts. 

SYSTA'TIC. Systaticus. (From awiaTjjfu, 
I associate.) Applied by Dr. Good to designate 
nervous diseases which affect several, or all, the 
sensorial powers simultaneously. 

SYSTEM. Systcma. (From aw, with, and 
iaT7)(ii, I place.) 1. An association of organs 
or parts destined to carry out some purpose ; 
as the human system, the solar system. 2. A 
methodical classification of objects or ideas. 

System, absorbent. See Absorbent and Lym- 
phatic. 

System, genital. See Generation, organs of . 

System, nervous. See Nerve. 

System, vascular. The arteries and veins. 

Systemic circulation. The circulation 
throughout the body, as distinguished from that 
through the lungs, or the pulmonic circulation. 

S Y ' S T O L E. (c, es, f. ; from avareXlu, to 
contract.) The contraction of the heart. 

Systre'mma. The cramp. 



631 



TAB 



T AL 



T. 



JL BANDAGE. A bandage so named from 
its figure. It is principally used for supporting 
the dressings, after the operation for fistula in 
ano : also, in diseases of the perineum, and those 
of the groin, anus, &c. 

Ta. The symbol of columbium. 

Taba'cum. Tobacco. See Nicotiana. 

Tabasheer. The silica found in the hollow 
stem of the bamboo. 

TABB'LLA. (a, a, f. ; diminutive of tabula, 
a table.) A lozenge. See Trochiscus. 

TA'BES. (cs, is, f. ; from the Hebrew 3Nn , 
tab, to pine away or consume.) A wasting of 
the body, characterized by emaciation, weak- 
ness, and fever, but without any cough or spit- 
ting. The distinction of modern nosologists 
between atrophy and tabes is, that the latter 
is accompanied by fever, while atrophy is 
not. 

Tabes mesenterica. T. scrofulosa. T. 
glandularis. This consists of a scrofulous affec- 
tion of the mesenteric glands, which are the 
seat of a tubercular deposit. The disease is 
connected with a morbid condition of one or 
more of the organs of nutrition, including those 
of digestion and assimilation, and is uniformly 
accompanied with emaciation, irritability, and 
some degree of hectic fever. 

Scrofulous tabes begins with languor and 
want of appetite, pain in the back and loins, 
fullness, and, as the disease advances, pain and 
tenderness of the abdomen. The belly is en- 
larged, while the limbs are in a state of atro- 
phy. These symptoms arc accompanied or 
succeeded by a chalky appearance, and want 
of consistency in the alvine evacuations, as if 
the chyle wore rejected by the absorbents, and 
left in the state of a milky fluid in the intes- 
tines, and the functions of the liver were at the 
same time impaired, the natural tinge of the 
bile being wanting. The evacuations are also 
sometimes mixed with mucus and blood, and 
are attended by pain, irritation, and tenesmus, 
somewhat resembling those which occur in a 
mild dysentery. Occasionally, also, there are 
symptoms of dropsy, and especially ascites. 
The appetite, in some cases, becomes ravenous, 
and worms are sometimes found in the faces. 

The treatment of this species of tabes is sim- 
ilar in every respect to that of the other forms 
of scrofula. Very small doses of the gray oxide 
of mercury, or blue pill, carefully guarding 
against relaxing the bowels and acting on the 
gums, may be beneficially employed, with mild 
tonic bitters, conium, and sarsaparilla ; and, in 
most cases, benefit is derived from a steady 
perseverance in chalybeates. But the princi- 
pal reliance is to be placed in change of air, a 
warm, equable climate being selected, with at- 
tention to tho diet, exercise, and hygienic 
means generally. 

Tabes dorsalis. A marasmus, with dys- 
peptic symptoms, great prostration, feebleness 
of intellect, weakness of the loins, sometimes 
gleet and impotence, terminating in hectic. It 
632 



is said to arise from venereal excesses, and es 
pecially from masturbation. 

The cure of this species is to be attempted, 
and often is effected, by attention to the mind ; 
by avoiding the causes ; by change of scene, 
and country air, with a nutritive and invig- 
orating diet; cold bathing, especially in the 
sea ; and the moderate use of wine, with cha- 
lybeates, cinchona, and myrrh ; and abstinence 
from venery. 

Tabes coxaria. A wasting of the thigh and 
leg from an abscess, or other cause, in the hip. 

Tabes pulmonalis. See Phthisis. 

Tabes saturnina. The wasting from lead 
poison ; colica pictonum. 

Tabes urinalis. Diabetes. 

Ta'bid. Tabidus. Emaciated, consumptive, 
or suffering from tabes. 

TABU'L A. (a, «•, f. ) A table or an extended 
surface. 1. Applied, in Anatomy, to the layers 
forming the bones of tho head. These are said 
to be formed of a tabula externa, or external 
plate, and tabula vitrea, v. interna, the internal 
table, which is very hard and brittle, and is often 
broken by blows on the head, while the ex- 
ternal table remains whole. 2. A lozenge or 
trochiscus. 

TACAMAHA'CA. \a, ee, f.) A resinous 
substance of a yellowish-brown color, slightly 
aromatic taste, and fragrant smell. 

TA'CCA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants of 
the family Taccacew, inhabiting the East Indies. 
The T. pinnatifida and T. oceanica yield a kind 
of arrow-root. 

TACITU'RNITY. Tacitumitas. Prolonged 
and morbid silence ; a symptom of nervous af- 
fections, especially melancholy. 

TA'CT. Passive sensation, whereby the cu- 
taneous and mucous membrane is made sensi- 
ble of the presence of a body without being able 
to examine its parts. 

Ta'ctus. Tact. 

T^'da. A medicated torch for fumigations 

T/E'NIA. (a, ts, f. Taivta, a Greek word, 
signifying a fillet or tape.) The tape-worm. A 
genus of' intestinal worms, characterized by a 
long, flat, and jointed body. See Entozoa. 

Tjenia hippocampi. The plaited edge of the 
posterior eras of the fornix. See Encephalos. 

Taenia semicircularis. T. semicircularit 
Halleri. A flattened white line, running in the 
groove between the optic •malamus and corpus 
striatum. See Encephalos. 

T^nia tarini. A yellowish band which lies 
over the vena corporis striata. 

Ta'ffetas. A sparadrapum ; a plaster spread 
on silk, as court-plaster. 

Tail. Cauda. 

Talc. A laminated transparent magnesian, 
mineral. 

TALIACOTIAN OPERATION. An opera- 
tion for thereparation of lost or defective parte, 
first introduced by Caspar Taliacotius. He pro- 
ceeded in the restoration of noses, and other 
parts, by partially detaching a portion of skin 



TAN 

from the arm, moulding it to a proper shape, 
causing adhesion, and, finally, detaching it alto- 
gether from the arm, so that it remained in its 
new situation. Operations of this kind are called 
Taliacotian operations, from their discoverer, 
and Rhinoplastic, Cheiloplaslic, &c, according 
to the part restored. Of late years several suc- 
cessful operations for new noses have been per- 
formed, and this is now always done by turn- 
ing down a flap of integument from the fore- 
head. 

Ta'lfa. Talparia. 1. The mole. 2. Ap- 
plied formerly to a kind of atheromatous tumor 
under the scalp, which sometimes produces 
caries and sinuses, bun-owing under the scalp. 

Talipes. Club-foot, which see. 

Tallicoonah oil. Kitndah oil. An oil pro- 
cured from the seeds of the Carapa toulouconna 
of Sierra Leone, said to be very valuable as an 
anthelmintic. 

TA'LUS. (us, i, m. ; from taxillus, a small 
die.) 1. The ankle. 2. A bone of the ankle; 

TAMA D RI'NDUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Monadelphia. Triandria. Legumi- 
nosce. — T. indica. The tamarind-tree. It grows 
in hot climates, and is abundant in the West 
India islands. The preserve, called in the shops 
tamarinds, consists of the fruit. The tamarind 
is employed as a laxalive and refrigerant, and 
especially in bilious disorders, in which the 
cathartic, antiseptic, and refrigerant qualities 
of the fruit have been found equally useful. It 
is given as a drink. 

Tamari'scus. The tamarix. 

TA'MARIX. (ix, ids, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Digynia. Porlulacea. — T.gallica. 
The tamarisk-tree. The bark, wood, and leaves 
of this tree were formerly employed medicinal- 
ly, the former for their aperient and corroborant 
virtues in obstructions of the liver, the latter 
in icterus, haemoptysis, and some affections of 
the skin. 

Tame-poison. Asclepias viucetoxicum. 

Tampa bay. See Florida, climate of. 

Ta'mpon. (French.) A plug; hence Tam- 
ponnement, plugging. See Plugging. 

I'anace'tic acid. A crystallizable acid ob- 
tained from tansy. 

Tanace'tine. A non-azotized, resinous mat- 
ter, of an intensely bitter taste, said to exist in 
the tansy. 

TANACE'TUM. («m,i,n.) 1. Tansy. 2. A 
genus of plants. Syngensia. Polygamia tuper- 
flua. Composite. — T. balsami'ta. The officinal 
costmary, or alecost. An herb with a fragrant 
smell, somewhat like that of mint, formerly 
esteemed as a corroborant, carminative, and 
emmenagogue. — T. horten.se. The tanacetum 
balsamita. — T. vulgare. Common tansy. The 
leaves and flowers have a strong, not very dis- 
agreeable smell, due to the essential oil (the 
Oleum tanaceti), and a bitter, somewhat aromat- 
ic taste. They are tonic, stomachic, anthelmin- 
tic, and emmenagogue. It has been much used 
as a vermifuge. Tansy is also recommended 
in hysteria, especially when this disease is sup- 
posed to proceed from menstrual obstructions. 
This plant may be given in powder in the quan- 
tity of a drachm or more for a dose ; but it has 



TAR 

been more commonly taken in infusion, or drank 
as tea. 

Tana'sia. Tanacetum vulgare. 

Taneka'ha. An astringent substance, used 
also as a red dye, obtained from the Phyllocladus 
trichomanoides, a taxaceous tree of New Zea- 
land. 

TA'NGHICIN. Tanginin. Tanguine. 
Tangin-camphor. A crystalline, neutral, and 
violently poisonous principle, derived from the 
extractive matter of the nuts of the Cerbera tan- 
ghin. It produces convulsions, violent efforts 
to vomit, and death. 

Tanghi'nia veneni'fera. A synonym of the 
Cerbera tanghin. 

TA'NNICACID. A vegetable acid existing 
in most astringent barks and fruits, especially 
in gall-nuts, sumach, kino, catechu. When pure 
it is a neaily white powder, veiy soluble and 
astringent. The aqueous solution absorbs air, 
and becomes changed into gallic and ellagic 
acids. The principal property of tannic acid is its 
ability to precipitate gelatine, and to form there- 
with an insoluble tanno-gelatine, which is the 
basis of leather. It also forms black compounds 
with persalts of iron. It is tribasic. Formula, 
C18H5O9-I-3HO. Tannic acid has been used in 
injections, but the decoction of gall-nuts or oak- 
bark will be found active enough for most pur- 
poses. If given internally, the dose is gr. ij., as 
a powerful astringent. 

Tannin. Tannic acid. 

Tannin, artificial. The dark substance 
obtained by the action of nitric acid on many 
carbonaceous matters. 

Tanno'-gelatine. A flocculent, insoluble, 
and nearly indestructible compound of tannio 
acid and gelatine, forming the basis of leather. 

Tansy. Tanacetum vulgare. 

Tansy, maudlin. Achillea ageratum. 

Tansy, wild. Potentilla anserina. 

Ta'ntalum. A synonym of Columbium. 

Tapering. Acuminate; attenuate. 

TAPE'TUM. A shining spot in the eyes of 
feline and other animals. It is said to assist vis- 
ion in the dusk. 

Tape-worm. See Entozoa. 

Tapioca. Jatropha manihot. 

Tapting. See Paracentesis. 

Ta'psus. Verba8cum nigrum. 

Tar. See Pinus sylvestris. 

Tar, Barbadoes. See Petroleum. 

Tar ointment. Unguentum picis liquids;. 

Tar water. A once celebrated remedy, 
but now neglected more than it deserves. It is 
made by infusing tar in water, stirring it from 
time to time, and, lastly, pouring off the clear 
liquor, now impregnated with the color and 
virtues of the tar. It is drank in many chronic 
affections, particularly of the lungs and skin. 

Taragon. Artemisia dracunculus. 

Taranti'smus. See Tarentula. 

Tarantula. See Tarentula. 

Tara'xacum. (urn, i, n.) Leontodon tarax- 
acum. 

Tara'xis. Tdrachc. A slight inflammation 
of the eye. 

Tarchon sylvestris. Achillea ptarmica. 

Tare. Ervum crvilla. 

TARE'NTULA. (a, a, f.; from Tarcnlum.) 
633 



TAR 



TEA 



An uiiimul of the class Arachnida, and order Pul- 
inonata. The tarantula is a native of the south 
of Europe, and is one of the largest European 
spiders. Wonderful stories have been told of 
the effects of its bite, which was said to produce 
a state of melancholy and stupor, attended with 
an extreme sensibility to music, and susceptible 
of relief only by dancing to the sound of the 
flute, or other instrument, till the patient fell 
down quite exhausted. This affection was call- 
ed Tarantism. The real effects of the bite of 
the tarentula, as ascertained by modern experi- 
ment, is very similar to those of the common 
scorpion. 

Target-shaped. Peltate. 

Ta'ro. Arum esculentuni. 

Ta'rsal. Tarseus. That which relates to 
the tarsus. 

Tarsi extensor minor. See Plantaris. 

TA'RSUS. (us,i, m. Tapaoc.) 1. The in- 
step, or that part of the foot which is between 
the leg and metatarsus : it is composed of seven 
bones, viz?, the astragalus, os calcis, os navicu- 
lare, os cuboides, and three ossa cuneiformia. 2. 
The thin cartilage situated ut the edges of the 
eyelids, to preserve their firmness and shape. 

TARTAR. ( Tartar um, i, n.) 1. The de- 
posit which is attached to the inside of hogs- 
heads containing wine. It is impure cream of 
tartar. 2. The phosphatic deposit on the teeth 
of persons of uncleanly habits. 

Tartar, cream of. The supertartrate of 
potash. See Potassai bilartras. 

Tartar emetic. Autimouiiim tartariza- 
tum. 

Tartar, Oil of. PotasstB carbonatis liquor. 

Tartar, regenerated. Potassa? acetus. 

Tartar, salt of. Potassu) carboiias. 

Tartar, soluble. Potassse tartras. 

Tartar, vitriolated. Potassa; sulphas. 

Tartaric acid. Acidum tartaricum. The 
vegetable acid existing in cream of tartar. It is 
found in numerous fruits. It is obtained by sat- 
urating the juice of such fruits with lime, and 
subsequently decomposing by sulphuric acid. 
The pure acid is colorless, soluble, and crystal- 
lizes in rhombic prisms. It is bibasic ; formula, 
C 8 H 4 Oio-f2HO. Diluted with water, it is refrig- 
erant, and much used in effervescing draughts. 

Crystallized tartaric acid contains four atoms 
of water; by heating until it melts, one atom 
is driven off, and tartralic acid formed ; by 
further heating to 342°, another atom is lost, 
and then is formed the tartrelic acid. 

Tartarum. Tartar. 

Tartarum emeticum. Antimonium tartari- 
zatum. 

Tartarum regeneratum. Potassa* acetas. 

Tartarum solubile. Potassue tartras. 

Tartarus ammonije. Tartras ammoniat. 

Tartarus chalybeatus. Ferri potassio-tar- 
.tras. 

TA'RTRAS. (as, atis, f.) A tartrate or salt 
formed by the combination of tartaric acid with 
a salifiable base ; as tartrate of soda, potash, 
&c. 

Tartras ammonia:. Tartrate of ammonia. 

A salt composed of tartaric acid and ammonia. 

Its virtues are diaphoretic, diuretic, and deob- 

etruent. It is prescribed in fevers, atonic ex- 

634 



anthemata, catarrh, arthritic and rheumatic 
pains, hysterics, spasms,. &c. 

Tartras potass.*. Potasses tartras. 

Tartras potass.*: acidulus. Potassa? bi- 
tartras. 

Tartras potass.*: acidulus ferratus. The 
ferri potassio-tartras. 

Tartras potass.*: acidulus stibiatus. An- 
timonium tartarizatum. 

Tartras soda:. Soda; potassio-tartras. 

Ta'sis. Extension; tension. 

TASTE. Gustus. Flavors are only the im- 
pressions of certain bodies upon the organ of 
taste. Bodies which produce it are called sapid. 
The tongue is the principal organ of taste : 
however, the lips, the internal surface of the 
cheeks, the palate, the velum pendulum palati, 
the pharynx, and msophagits, are susceptible of 
receiving impressions by the contact of sapid 
bodies. All the nerves with which those parts 
are provided that are intended to receive the im- 
pressions of sapid bodies may be considered as 
belonging to the apparatus of taste. Thus the 
inferior maxillary nerves, many branches of the 
superior, among which it is necessary to notice 
the threads which proceed from the spheno- 
palatine ganglion, particularly the naso-palatint 
nerve of Scarpa, the nervo of the ninth pair, 
glosso-pharyngeus, appear to be employed in 
the exercise of taste. The lingual nerve of the 
fifth pair is that which tllatomists consider the 
princpal nerve of taste, and, as * reason, they 
say that its threads are continued into the vil- 
lous and conical papilla of the tongue. 

Tasteless purging-salts. Phosphate of 
soda. See Soda phosphas. 

TAURIN. A product of the action of dilute 
hydrochloric acid on bilin. It remains in solu- 
tion, crystallizes in colorless prisms, is hard, 
and has a cooling taste ; formula, C1NH7O10, or, 
according to Lowig, a binoxalate of ammonia 
and water. It has been recently shown ip con- 
tain 26£ of sulphur. 

TA'XIS. (From raoou, to put in order.) 
An operation by which those parts which have 
quitted their natural situation are replaced by 
the hand without the assistance of instruments, 
as in reducing hernia, &c. 

TAXUS BACCATA. The European yew- 
tree. Tho berries are said to be poisonous, 
producing convulsions, dilated pupil, and other 
symptoms of an acro-narcotic poison. 

Te. The symbol of tellurium. 

Tea. See Thea. 

Tea berry. Gaultheria procumbens. 

Tea oil. A highly fragrant and agreeable 
oil, expressed from the seeds of the Camellia 
oleifera. 

TEAR. Lachryma. The limpid fluid se- 
creted by the lachrymal glands. It consists of 
water, with only one per cent, of solids, being 
chiefly common salt and mucus. The tears 
are absorbed by the orifices of the puncta 
lachrymalia; from thence they are propelled, 
through the lachrymal canals, into the lachry- 
mal sac, and flow through the ductus nasalis 
into the cavity of the nostrils, under the inferior 
turbinated bone. The lachrymal sac appears 
to be formed of longitudinal and transverse 
muscular fibres ; and its three orifices are fur- 



TEL 

mshed with small sphincters, as the spasmodic 
constriction of the puncta lachrymalia proves, 
if examined with a probe. 
Teat. The nipple. 
Teasel. The dipsacus fullonum. 
Tecnocto'nia. Infanticide. 
Tectum argenti. Bismuth. 
Te'ctus. Covered. 

Teel seeds. The seeds of the Sesamum ori- 
entate. 

TEETH. Small bones fixed in the alveoli 
of the upper and under jaw. Their number 
varies in different subjects ; but it is seldom 
seen to exceed thirty-two, and it will very rarely 
be found to be less than twenty-eight. They 
are divided into three classes, the incisors, ca- 
nine, and molar teeth. The, incisors are the 
four teeth in the fore part ot each jaw : they 
have each of them two surfaces, which meet in 
a sharp edge. In the upper jaw they are usu- 
ally broader and thicker, especially the two 
middle ones, than those of the under jaw. The 
canine, or cuspidati, are the longest of all the 
teeth. There is one of these teeth on each 
side of the incisors, so that there are two in 
each jaw. Their fangs differ from those of the 
incisors only in being much larger, and their 
shape may be easily described to be that of an 
incisor with its edge worn off, so as to end in a 
narrow point instead oj" a thin edge. The mo- 
lars, or grinders, of which there are ten in each 
jaw, are so called, because, from their size and 
figure, they are calculated for grinding the food. 
The canines and incisors have only one fang, 
but the three last grinders in the under jaw 
have constantly two fangs, and the same teeth 
in the upper jaw three fangs. The grinders 
likewise differ from each other in their appear- 
ance. The two first on each side, or bicuspids, 
resemble the canine teeth. The last grinder is 
shorter and smaller than the rest, and from its 
coming through the gums later than the rest, 
and sometimes not appearing till late in life, is 
called dens sapiential. 

In young children there are but twenty teeth, 
called temporary, or milk teeth, because they 
are all shed between the ago of seven and four- 
teen, and are supplied by others of a firmer 
texture, with large fangs, which remain till 
they become affected by disease, or fall out in 
old age, and are, therefore, called the perma- 
nent, or adult teeth. 

Teeth, tartar of. See Tartar. 

Teething, difficult. See Dentition, diffi- 
cult. 

Tegula hibernica. Lapis hibernicus. 

Te'gumen. Tegumenlum. An integument. 

TE'GUMENTS. Under the term common 
teguments, or integuments, anatomists compre- 
hend the cuticle, rete mucosum, skin, and adi- 
pose membrane, as being the covering of every 
part of the body except the nails. See Cutis. 

TE'LA. (a, m, f. ; from texo, to weave.) A 
web of cloth; a texture of the body. The cel- 
lular membrane is so called, from its likeness to 
a fine web. 

Tela adifosa. The tissue in which fat is 
deposited. 

Tela aranearum. T.aranea: The spider's 
web ; formerly employed as a mechanical 



TEM 

styptic, and sometimes internally in intermit 
tents, and as an antispasmodic remedy. 

Tela cellulosa. The cellular tissue. 

Tela choroidea. The velum interposition. 

Telamo'neo. Bandages; dressings. 

Tela mucosa. The cellular membrane. 

TELANGIECTASIS. (From rrjle, remote, 
avyeiov, a vessel, and einaaic, dilatation.) Those 
cases in which the minute branches of arteries 
are affected, as in nasvus and varicose aneurism 

Tele'fhium. Sedum telephium. 

Te'llureted hy'drogen. A gaseous com 
bination of tellurium and hydrogen nearly re- 
sembling sulphureted hydrogen. 

Tellu'ric acid. The peroxide of tellurium. 

TELLU'RIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A metal of a 
tin-white color, verging to lead-gray, with a 
high metallic lustre, of a foliated fracture, and 
very brittle, so as to be easily pulverized. Its 
equivalent is 6425 ; symbol, Te. It has two 
oxides, which have acid properties, the Tellu- 
ric acid and Tellurous acid. 

TEMPERAME'NT. (From tempera, to mix 
together.) In ancient physiology, the different 
mixture of the four cardinal humors, and the 
predominance of one or the other, gave rise to 
four distinct temperaments, namely, the san- 
guine, the choleric, the phlegmatic, and the 
melancholic. The constitution of every indi- 
vidual was supposed to be conformed to some 
one of these temperaments, or to a mixture of 
several of them. In the present day, the term 
temperament means the peculiar habit of the 
body, and its species are based on the predom- 
inance of certain tissues. There are five tem- 
peraments recognized : 

1. The sanguine, or sanguineous, in which 
the circulatory apparatus is most developed. 
It is characterized by a full habit, soft skin, 
ruddy complexion, largo veins, blue eyes, and 
red, yellow, or auburn hair. The individual 
has a frequent, full pulse, is liable to inflamma- 
tory or dynamic affections, is of considerable 
strength, and possesses a vivid imagination, but 
is liable to too rapid a succession of emotions. 

2. The bilious, or choleric temperament. — 
This is usually associated with a dark yellow 
ish countenance, black hair, prominent veins, 
strong, hard, and frequent pulse, black eyes. 
In such there are violent passions and emo- 
tions, with a determination of character which 
almost amounts to inflexibility. 

3. The melancholic, or atrabiliary tempera- 
ment. — This is a modification of the bilious 
temperament, in which the vividness of the sen- 
sations is replaced by a gloomy cast of mind. 
The pulse is hard and contracted; the bowels 
are sluggish, and the vital operations slow and 
obstructed. This temperament is, in a measure, 
the result of disease, the long continuance of 
study, griefs, or untoward circumstances, and 
it engenders a suspicious frame of mind, allied. , 
to the lowest forms of melancholy. 

4. The phlegmatic, or lymphatic temperament 
consists in an undue development of the lym- 
phatic system. The frame is bulky, the flesh 
soft, countenance fair, pulse weak and slow, 
eyes blue and unmeaning, the sensations dull, 
and the vital operations feeble. There is a dis- 
position to sloth, with mental indifference 

C35 



TEM 

5. The nervous temperament. — In this there 
is an emaciated frame, with vivid and rapidly- 
changing sensations; the circulation is usually 
rapid, but soft; the lymphatic system is defi- 
cient. This condition is usually the result of 
inordinate mental application or nervous ex- 
citement. 

Tempe'rants. Refrigerants. 

T E'M PBRATURE. A definite degree of 
sensible heat, as measured by the thermometer. 

Tempe'ries. Temperament. 

Tempering. The operation of cooling steel 
and iron at certain temperatures, for the pur- 
pose of regulating their hardness. 

TE'MPLE. ( Tempus, oris, n.) Tho lateral 
and flat parts of the forehead : so called because 
the ravages of time are often first perceptible 
by the hair on the temples turning gray. 

Tempora. Tho temples. 

TE'MPORAL. {Temporalis; horn tempus.) 
Belonging to the temple. 

Temporal aponeurosis. The strong aponeu- 
rosis which arises from the upper edge of the 
temporal bone, the malar and zygomatic arch. 

Temporal artery. Arteria temporalis. A 
branch of the external carotid, which runs on 
the temple, and gives off the frontal artery. 

Temporal bone. Os temporis. Two bones 
situated one on each side of the head, of a very 
irregular figure. They are usually divided into 
two parts, one of which, from the manner of its 
connection with the neighboring bones, is call- 
ed os squamosum, and the other os petrosum, 
from its irregularity and hardnqss. In both 
these parts there are processes and cavities to 
be described. Externally there are three pro- 
cesses : one anterior, callefl the zygomatic pro- 
cess, which is stretched forward to join with the 
os mala?, and thus forms the bony bridge, under 
which the temporal muscle passes ; one poste- 
rior, called the mastoid or mammillary process, 
from its resemblauce to a nipple ; and one in- 
ferior, called the styloid process. The depres- 
sions and cavities are, 1. A large fossa, which 
serves for the articulation of the lower jaw. 2. 
A long fossa behind the mastoid process, where 
the digastric muscle has its origin. 3. The 
meatus auditorius externus. 4. The stylo-mastoid 
foramen, or aqueduct of Fallopius, which affords 
a passage to the portio dura of the auditory, or 
seventh pair of nerves. 5. Below, and on the 
fore part of the last foramen, is a cavity in which 
the beginning of the internal jugular vein is 
lodged. G. Before, and a little above the fossa, 
is the orifice of a foramen, through which pass 
the internal carotid artery and two filaments of 
the intercostal nerve. 7. At this part is the 
orifice of a canal, forming part of the Eustachian 
tube. The internal surface of the bono may 
easily be divided into three parts. The first, 
uppermost, and largest, is the squamous part, 
which is slightly concave from the impression 
of the brain. The second, which is the petrous 
part of the boue, forms a hard, craggy protu- 
berance, nearly of a triangular shape. On jts 
posterior side we observe a large foramen, 
which is the meatus auditorius internus, which 
receives the seventh pair. About the middle 
of its anterior surface is a small foramen, hiatus 
Fallopii, which opens into the aqueduct of Fal- 

P 36 



TEN 

lopius, and receives a twig of the portio dura 
of the seventh pair of nerves. Below this is 
the third part, which may be called the lamb- 
doidal angle of the temporal bone. It is con- 
cave from the impression of the brain ; it helps 
to form the posterior and inferior fossse of the 
skull, and has a considerable furrow, in which 
is lodged part of the lateral sinus. Within the 
petrous part of these bones there are several 
cavities, processes, and bones, which belong al- 
together to the ear, do not enter into the forma- 
tion of the cranium, and are described under 
the article Auris. 

Temporal fossa. The hollow in which the 
temporal muscle is situated. 

Temporal muscle. A muscle of the lower 
jaw, situated in the temple. It arises, fleshy, 
from the lower, lateral, and anterior part of the 
parietal bone ; from all the squamous portion of 
the temporal bone ; from the lower and lateral 
part of the os frontis ; from the posterior sur- 
face of the os malae ; from all the temporal pro- 
cess of the sphenoid bone ; and sometimes from 
a ridge at the lower part of this process. It is 
of a semicircular shape, and its radiated fibres 
converge, so as to form a strong middle tendon, 
which is inserted into the coronoid process of 
the lower jaw, and is continued down to the 
body of the bone. The principal use of the. 
temporal muscle is to draw the lower jaw up- 
ward, as in the action of biting ; and as it passes 
a little forward to its insertion, it may, at the 
same time, pull the condyle a little backward. 

Temporal nerves. 1. Branches of the fifth 
pair given off from tho inferior maxillary. 2. 
The divisions of the seventh pair supplied to 
the temporal region. — Soemmering. 

Temporo-maxillary articulation. The 
articulation of the jaw bone. 

Temporo-maxillary nerves. The branches 
of the facial distributed to the temporal and 
maxillary regions. — Bichat. 

Temule'ntia. Drunkenness; or a condition 
resembling, or proceeding from, drunkenness. 

TE'NACITY. (From teneo, to hold.) The 
degree of force with which the particles of a 
body adhere together. Those substances which 
are of great tenacity, as some metals, can be 
drawn into fine wire. 

TENA'CULUM. (From teneo, to hold.) A 
pointed hook attached a handle, to hold arteries 
which are to be tied. 

Tenaculum, Assalini's. A small pair of 
forceps, furnished with a spring between the 
handles to keep the jaws closed. It is used 
to hold and compress small arteries which are 
to be tied, and is a very serviceable instrument 
where there is no assistant present. 

Tench. Cyprinus tinea. 

TE'NDON. ( Tendo, inis, vel onis, m. ; from 
lendo, to stretch out or extend.) The white 
and glistening extremity of a muscle. 

Tendo Achillis. Achillis tendo. 

Tendons, twitching of the. Subsultus 
tendinum. 

Tendril. Cirrus. 

TENE'SMUS. (as, i, m. ; from teivu, to 
constringe.) 1. A frequent inclination to go to 
stool, without a discharge, accompanied by 
straining and pain, and protrusion of the bowel. 



TER 

It is often a symptomatic affection of diseases 
of the urinary bladder, uterus, prostate gland, 
piles, worms, and organic diseases of the rec- 
tum. The best remedies are opium, prepara- 
tions of lead, and fomentations. A starch glyster, 
with laudanum, is, perhaps, the most effectual 
in allaying the irritation. 2. It is also some- 
times used as a synonym of dysentery .^ 

Tennant's bleaching powder. The chlo- 
ride of lime. 

Tenonta'gra. Gout or rheumatism in a 
tendon. 

TENO'TOMY. Tenotomia. (From tenon , 
a tendon, and te/xvu, to cut.) The operation 
of dividing a tendon. The term is now, how- 
ever, applied to the cutting of fasciae, muscles, 
and other tissues which serve to contract parts 
of the body, and produce deformities. 

Tension. The state of being extended or 
stretched. 

TE'NSOR. (or, oris, m. ; from tendo, to 
stretch.) A muscle, the office of which is to 
extend the part to which it is fixed. 

Tensor fala'ti. See Circumflexus palatl. 

Tensor tarsi. T. Horneri. A small mus- 
cle of the inner canthus of the eye, discovered 
by Professor Horner. It arises from the os un- 
guis, and divides into two parts, to be inserted 
about the two lachrymal ducts. 

Tensor ty'mpani. A muscle of the internal 
ear. See Auris. 

Tensor vaginje femoris. A muscle situated 
on the outside of the thigh, which stretches the 
membranous fascia of the thigh, assists in the 
abduction of the thigh, and somewhat in its ro- 
tation inwai'd. It arises by a narrow, tendi- 
nous, and fleshy beginning from the external 
part of the anterior, superior spinous process 
of the ilium, and is inserted a little below the 
great trochanter into the membranous fascia. 

TENT. A roll of lint or piece of sponge for 
dilating openings, sinuses, &c. 

Tent-sponge. See Spongia. 

Tentwort. Asplenium murale. 

TENTA'CULUM. {urn, i, n. ; from tento, 
to feel.) A feeler. Tentacula are mobile ap- 
pendages, destitute of joints, of various conform- 
ations, possessed by many invertebral animals, 
and which serve as organs of touch, or the 
means of attachment to foreign bodies. 

T E N T O'R I U M . {urn, ii, n. ; b, tendendo.) 
A process of the dura mater, separating the cer- 
ebrum from the cerebellum. It extends from 
the internal horizontal spine of the occipital 
bone, directly forward to the cella turcica of 
the sphenoid bone. 

Te'pid. Tepidus. Warm; slightly warm. 

TERATO'LOGY. (From repag, a monster, 
and loyoc , a discourse.) A treatise on monsters. 

Terbium. A supposed new metal existing 
with yttria. 

Te'rcine. The third or innermost covering 
of the ovule. 

Terebe'lla. A trepan. 

TEREBFNTHINA. (a, a, f. ; from Tepe6tv- 
6oc, the turpentine -tree.) Turpentine, the 
produce of pine and fir trees. See Turpentine. 

Terebinthina argentoratensis. Strasburg 
turpentine. 

Terebinthina canadensis. Canada turpen- 



TER 

tine or balsam. The exudation of the frinus 
balsamea. 

Terebinthina chia. T. cypria. The Chi- 
an or Cyprian turpentine, which exudes from 
the pistacia terebinthus. 

Terebinthina communis. See Pinus syl- 
vcstris. 

Terebinthina veneta. Venice turpentine. 
See Pinus larix. 

Terebinthina vulgaris. See Pinus and 
Turpentine. 

Terebinthin.e oleum. Oil of turpentine. 
See Oleum tercbinthince purijicatum. 

Terebra'tio. Trepanning. 

TE'RES. Round; cylindrical: applied to 
some muscles and ligaments; as Teres major, 
Ligamcntum teres, &c. 

Teres ligamentum. The ligament at the 
bottom of the socket of the hip joint. 

Teres major. This muscle, which is longer 
and thicker than the teres minor, is situated 
along the inferior costa of the scapula, and is in 
part covered by the deltoides. It arises, fleshy, 
from the outer surface of the inferior angle of 
the scapula, and likewise from the lower and 
posterior half of the inferior costa of the scapu- 
la. Ascending obliquely toward the os humeri, 
it passes under the long head of the triceps 
brachii, and then becomes thinner and flatter, to 
form a thin tendon of about an inch in breadth, 
and somewhat more in length, which runs im- 
mediately behind that of the latissimus dorsi, 
and is inserted along with it into the ridge at 
the inner side of the groove that lodges the long 
head of the biceps. These two tendons are in- 
cluded in a common capsula, besides which, 
the tendon of this muscle adheres to the os hu- 
meri by two other capsules which we find placed 
one above the other. This muscle assists in the 
rotatory motion of the arm, and likewise in 
drawing it downward and backward, so that 
we may consider it as the congener of the latis- 
simus dorsi. 

Teres minor. The teres minor is a thin, 
fleshy muscle, situated along the inferior edge 
of the infra-spinatus, and is in part covered by 
the posterior part of the deltoides. It arises, 
fleshy, from all the convex edge of the inferior 
costa of the scapula; from thence it ascends 
obliquely upward and forward, and terminates 
in a flat tendon, which adheres to the lower 
and posterior part of the capsular ligament of 
the joint, and is inserted into the lower part of 
the great tuberosity of the os humeri, a little 
below the termination of the infra-spinatus. 
The uses of this muscle are similar to those of 
the infra-spinatus. 

Teretiu'sculus. Roundish. 

Te'retrum. The trepan. 

TERGE'MINUS. Doubly twin-forked : ap- 
plied to a leaf-stalk when it has two leaflets at 
the end of each branch, and two more at the 
division of the fork. 

Te'rgum. The back. 

Termina'lis. Terminal. 

Termi'nthus. Ecthyma. 

Te'rnary. Ternarius. Relating to the 
number three ; arranged in threes. 

Tern ate. Terna'tus. Applied to a leaf 
which consists of three leaflets. 

637 



TE8 

Te'rjjus. Arranged in threes. 

TE'RRA. (a, a, f.) Earth. See Earth. 

Terra absorbens. An absorbent earth, dis- 
tinguishable from other earthy substances by 
its solubility in acids. 

Terra catechu. Acacia catechu. 

Terra damnata. Caput mortuum. 

Terra foliata tartari. Potassae acetas. 

Terra japonica. Acacia catechu. 

Terra lemnia. T. livonica. See Bole. 

Terra marita. Curcuma longa. 

Terra ponderosa. Baryta. 

Terra ponderosa salita. The chloride of 
barium. 

Terra sigillata. See Bole. 

TerrvE oleum. Petroleum. 

Terre'nus. Terrene: belonging to the 
earth. 

TERTIAN AGUE. Tertiana. Tertian fe- 
ver. See Ague. 

Tertiana duplex. A tertian fever that re- 
turns every day ; but the paroxysms are unequal, 
every other fit being alike. 

Tertiana duplicata. A tertian fever re- 
turning every other day; but there are two 
paroxysms in one day. 

Tertiana triplex. A tertian fever return- 
ing every day ; every other day there are two 
paroxysms, and but one in the intermediate 
day. 

Tertiana'ria. Scutellaria galericulata. 

Tertium sal. (From tertius, third.) A 
neutral salt, as being the product of an acia and 
an alkali, making a third body different from 
either. 

TESSELLA'TUS. (From tessera, a square.) 
Tesselated ; checkered. 

Te'ssera. The cuboid bone. 

TEST. Any reagent which, added to a sub- 
stance, enables us to discover its ohemical na- 
ture or composition. 

Test, lung. See Docimasia pulmonum. 

Test, Marsh's. See Arseniovs acid. 

Test paper. Paper stained with litmus, 
turmeric, or any reagent. 

TE'STA. (a, m, X. ; quasi tosla; from torreo, 
to burn.) 1. The shell of a molluscous animal. 
2. The immediate coverings of the seed. 

Testa'ceous. Testaceus. Having a shell, 
or of the nature of shell. 

TEST.fi PREPARATfi. Prepared oyster-shells. 
Wash the shells, previously cleared of dirt, with 
boiling water, then prepare them by repeated 
washings. This is merely carbonate of lime. 

Testes cerebri. The tubercula quadrigem- 
ina. 

Testicle. See Testis. 

Testicle, swelled. See Orchitis. 

Testi'culus. 1. The testicle. 2. The or- 
chis mascula. 

TE'STIS. (is, is, m. ; a witness : the testes 
being the witnesses of virility.) Orchis. The 
testicle. Two oval bodies situated within the 
ecrotum, and covered by a strong, white, and 
dense coat, called the tunica albuginea. Each 
testicle is composed of small vessels of great 
length, bent in a serpentine direction, and con- 
voluted into little masses, separated from one 
another by cellular partitions. In each parti- 
lion there is a duct receiving semen from these 
638 



TET 

vessels; and all the ducts constitute a net, which 
is attached to the tunica albuginea. From this 
network twenty or more vessels arise, all of 
which are variously contorted, and, being re- 
flected, ascend to the posterior margin of the 
testis, where they unite into one common duct, 
bent into serpentine folds, and forming a firm 
body called the epididymis. The spermatic ar- 
teries are branches of the aorta. The spermatic 
veins empty themselves into the vena cava and 
emulgent vein. The nerves of the testicle are 
branches of the lumbar and great intercostal 
nerve. The use of the testicle is to secrete the 
semen. 

Testis fosminje.* T. muliebris. The ovary. 

TESTU'DO. (o, inis, f.) 1. A tortoise. 2. 
A melicerous tumor of the scalp, of a flattened 
shape, has been so called, from a fancied resem- 
blance to a tortoise. 

TETA'NIC. Tetanicus. Appertaining to 
tetanus, as Tetanic spasm. 

TETA'NICS. The class of medicines which 
augment the irritability of the muscular fibre, 
and in larger doses produce convulsions, a» 
strychnine and the substances containing it. * 

Tetanine. Strychnine. 

TE'TANUS. (us, i, m; reravoc; fvomreivu, 
to stretch.) Spasm with rigidity. A disease 
of the spinal nervous system, characterized by 
a general spastic rigidity of the muscles. The 
varieties of tetanus are, 1 . Trismus, the locked 
jaw. 2. Opisthotonos, where the body is thrown 
back by spasmodic contractions of the muscles. 
3. Emprosthotonos, the body being bent for- 
ward. 4. Plcuroihotonos, where the body is 
bent to one side. 

These affections arise more frequently in 
warm climates than in cold ones, and are very 
apt to occur when much rain or moisture quickly 
succeeds to extremely dry and sultry weather. 
They attack persons of all ages, sexes, and tem- 
peraments, but the male sex more frequently 
than the female, and those of a robust aud vig- 
orous constitution than those of a weak habit. 

Tetanic affections are occasioned either by 
exposure to cold, or by some irritation of the 
nerves, in consequence of local injury by punc- 
ture, ineision, or laceration ; hence the distinc- 
tion of tetanus into idiopathic and traumatic. 
Lacerated wounds of tendinous parts prove, in 
warm climates, a never-failing source of these 
complaints. The locked jaw frequently arises 
in consequence of the amputation of a hmb. 

Tetanus is also distinguished into acute and 
chronic. When the disease has arisen in con- 
sequence of a puncture, or any other external 
injury, tho symptoms show themselves generally 
about the eighth day; but when it proceeds 
from exposure to cold, they generally make 
their appearance much sooner. In some in- 
stances it comes on suddenly, and with great 
violence ; but it more usually makes its attack 
in a gradual manner, in which case a slight 
stiffness is at first perceived in the back part of 
the neck, which, after a short time, becomes 
considerably iucreased, and at length renders 
the motion of the head both difficult and painful. 
With the rigidity of the head there is likewise 
an uneasy sensation at the root of the tongue 
together with some difficulty in swallowing, and 



TET 

a great tightness is perceived about the chest, 
with a pain at the extremity of the sternum, 
shooting into the back. A stiffness also takes 
place in the jaws, which soon increases to such 
a height that the teeth become so closely set to- 
gether as not to admit of the smallest opening. 
This is what is termed the locked jaw, or trismus. 

In some cases the spasmodic affection extends 
no further. In others, the spasms at this stage 
of the disease, returning with great frequency, 
become likewise more general, and now affect 
not only the muscles of the neck and jaws, but 
likewise those of the whole spine, so as to bend 
the trunk of the body very forcibly in some one 
direction. 

During the whole "course of the disorder, the 
abdominal muscles are violently affected with 
Bpasm, obstinate costiveness prevails, and both 
the flexor and extensor muscles of the lower ex- 
tremities are commonly affected at the same 
time, so as to keep the limbs rigidly extended. 
The muscles of the head, arms, and all the vol- 
untary muscles also become rigid as the affec- 
tion progresses. The countenance becomes 
hideously distorted, and expresses great dis- 
tress; the strength is entirely exhausted; the 
pulse becomes irregular; and one universal 
spasm puts a period to a most miserable state 
of existence. 

Attacks of tetanus are seldom attended with 
any fever, but always with violent pain, and the 
spasms do not continue constantly, but there is 
Bome remission. The mind generally remains 
undisturbed to the last. 

When tetanic affections arise in consequence 
of a wound or local injury, they are almost sure 
to prove fatal ; but when the disease is idio- 
pathic, it may, in many cases, be removed by 
a timely use of proper remedies, although a con- 
siderable space will probably elapse before the 
patient will be able to recover his former 
strength. The chronic form of tetanus is much 
less fatal than the acute. The acute form usu- 
ally destroys the patient within four days, 
though sometimes the fatal event is protracted 
to a much longer period ; generally speaking, 
however, if the patient survives the fourth day, 
the symptoms begin to remit in their violence, 
and there is a fair chance of recovery. If the 
patient be alive, and the powers of the consti- 
tution keep up at the expiration of a week, 
there is great hope of a favorable isaue : in this 
case the symptoms may gradually assume a 
chronic form, and wear themselves out in a pe- 
riod varying from some weeks to many months. 

The general indications of cure are, 1. To 
remove any local irritation which may appear 
to have excited the disease. 2. To lessen the 
general irritability and spasmodic tendency. 
3. To restore the tone of the system. The 
treatment consists of copious bleeding in the 
case of plethoric persons, with the administra- 
tion of active purges, and large doses of opium. 
Where there is locked jaw, the medicines are 
administered by glyster. In the idiopathic dis- 
ease, mercurial alteratives are frequently ad- 
vantageous ; the application of cold along the 
epine is also resorted to in India with affirmed 
advantage. 

Tktanus infantum. See Trismus infantum. 



TEU 

Tetanus maxilla; inferioris. Lock jaw. 
See Tetanus. 

Tetart-k'us. A quartan fever. See Ague. 

TETRADYNA'MIA. Tetradynamou*. 
(From rcooapec, four, and ivvapic, power.) A 
class of hermaphrodite plants containing six 
stamens, four of which are long, and two snort. 

Tetra'gonus. Four-cornered ; quadrangu- 
lar; square. 

TETRAGY'NIA. (o, <t, f. ; from reooaptc, 
four, and yvvrj, a wife.) An order of plants 
having four pistils. 

Tetrao tetrix. The black grouse. 

Tetramyrum. An ointment of four ingre- 
dients. 

T*ETRA'NDRIA. Tetrandrous. (From re- 
rpag, a quaternary, and avnp, a husband.) A 
class of plants with hermaphrodite flowers, hav- 
ing four stamens. 

Tetranthe'ra pichurim. The plant which 
yields the Faba pichurim. 

Tetrape'talous. Tetrapctalus. Having 
four petals. 

Tetrapha'rmacum. A Greek ointment of 
wax, resin, pitch, and lard. 

Tetraphy'llous. Tctraphyllus. Four- 
leaved. 

Tetraspe'rmous. Telraspermus. Four- 
seeded. 

Tetter. T. dry. Psoriasis. 

Tetter, humid. Impetigo. 

Tetterwort. Chelidonium majus. 

TEU'CRIUM. {urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labi* 
atecB. — T. capitatum. The poley-mountain of 
Montpelier. — T. chamaidrys. The common 
germander. Chammdrys. This plant, called 
also creeping germander, small germander, and 
English treacle, has a moderately bitter and 
somewhat aromatic taste. It was in high re- 
pute among the ancients in intermittent fevers, 
rheumatism, and gout. Either water or spirit 
will extract its virtues, but the watery infusion 
is more bitter. — T. chammpUys. The common 
ground-pine. ChamapUys. It has a moderate- 
ly bitter taste, and a resinous, not disagreeable 
smell, somewhat like that of the pine. The 
tops or leaves were recommended as aperients, 
and corroborants of the nervous system, and are 
said to be particularly serviceable in uterine 
obstructions and paralytic affections. — T. ere* 
ticum. The poley-mountain of Candy. The 
plant is indigenous in the island of Candy. It 
has a moderately aromatic smell, and a nause- 
ous, bitter taste. It is said to be aperient and 
corroborant. — T. iva. French ground-pine. 
It is weaker, but of similar virtues to the Teu- 
crium chamaepitys. — T. marum. The Marum 
germander. It grows plentifully in Greece, 
Egypt, and Syria. The leaves and younger 
branches, when recent, on being rubbed be- 
twixt the fingers, emit a volatile aromatic 
smell, which readily excites sneezing; to the 
taste they are bitterish, accompanied with a 
sensation of heat and acrimony. It is recom- 
mended as a stimulant, aromatic, and deob- 
struent ; and Bergius speaks highly of its utility. 
Dose, ten grains to half a drachm of the pow- 
dered leaves, given in wine. At present, how- 
ever, marum is chiefly used as an errhine. — T. 

639 



THE 

ecordmm. The water germander. Scordium. 
The leaves of this plant have a smell somewhat 
like garlic ; they are bitterish and slightly pun- 
gent. The plant was formerly in high estima- 
tion, but is now fallen into disuse, although 
recommended by some in antiseptic cataplasms 
and fomentations. 

TEXTURE. (Textura; from texo, to weave.) 
It is observed in the living body that there are 
certain common organized materials of which 
the different distinct parts are formed, and 
which are the same in appearance, properties, 
aud diseases, in whatever part they are found. 
Such are cellular membrane, bone, muscular 
fibre, &c. These parts are called the textures 
or tissues of the body. 

The following is an enumeration of the tex- 
tures according to Bichat : 

1. Cellular ) 

2. Nervous, animal 

3. Nervous, organic 

4. Arterial 

5. Venous 

6. Exhalant 

7. Absorbent, with their glands 

8. Osseous 

9. Medullary 

10. Cartilaginous 

11. Fibrous *- Systems. 

12. Fibrocartilaginous 

13. Muscular, animal 

14. Muscular, organic 

15. Mucous 

16. Serous 

17. Synovial 

18. Glandular 

19. Dermoid 

20. Epidermoid 

21. Pilous 
Textus. A texture. Tcxtus organicus v. 

parenchymalis. The cellular tissue. 

Th. The symbol for thorium. 

THA'LAMUS. (us, i, m. Qalafioc, a bed.) 
1. In Anatomy, a part of the brain from which 
the optic nerve derives one of its origins. See 
Encephalos and Nerve. 2. In Botany, the re- 
ceptacle. 

Thalamus nervi optici. See Encephalos. 

Thalasso'meli. A Greek cathartic medi- 
cine. 

THALI'CTRUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranuncu- 
lacem. — T. ftavum. The poor man's rhubarb. 
The root of this plant is said to be aperient and 
stomachic, and to come very near in its virtues 
to rhubarb. 

Tha'llus. The frond of a lichen; and the 
fibrous portion of a fungus from which the cap 
springs. 

Tha'natos. Qavaroc, death ; hence Than- 
otology, a discourse on the causes of death. 

THA'PSIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferat. — T. as- 
clepias. The deadly carrot. The root operates 
violently as an emetic and cathartic. It is not 
used in the practice of the present day. 

Tha'psus. Verbascum thapsus. 

THE'A. (a, ce, f.) Tea. The dried leaves 
of the tea-shrub, of which there are two species, 
viz., I. The Thea nigra, bohea, or black tea; 
and, 2. The T. viridis, or green tea, both of 
which are natives of China or Japan, where 
they attain the height of five or six feet. 

Much has been said and written on the me- 
640 



THE 

dicinal properties of tea. In its natural state it 
is a narcotic plant, on which account the Chinese 
refrain from its use till it has been divested of 
this property by keeping it at least for twelve 
months. If, however, good tea be drank in 
moderate quantities, with sufficient milk and 
sugar, it invigorates the system and produces a 
temporary exhilaration ; but when taken too co- 
piously, it is apt to occasion weakness, tremor, 
palsies, and various other symptoms arising from 
narcotic plants, while it contributes to aggra- 
vate hysterical and hypochondriacal complaints. 
The properties of tea depend upon the presence 
of theine or caffein ; and, with coffee, it pos- 
sesses the remarkable quality of satisfying the 
appetite, aud rendering solid food less neces- 
sary. 

Thea germanica. Veronica officinalis. 

Theba'icus. Theban : applied to articles 
which come from Thebes. 

Thebaine. A base existing in opium. It is 
almost insoluble in water ; alkaline, and has the 
formula C25H14HO3. — Kane. 

Thebe'sii fora'mina. The orifices of veins 
in the cavities of the heart. See Heart. 

THE'CA. (a, ce, f . ; from ndn/it, I place.) 
A case, sheath, or box. 1. The canal of the ver- 
tebral column. 2. The capsule or dry fructifi- 
cation adhering to the top of the stem of moss- 
es, lichens, &c. 

Theca vertebralis. The vertebral canal. 

Thelitis. Inflammation of the nipple. 

THE'NAR. (ar,aris,n.) Bevap. The palm 
of the hand or sole of the foot. 

Thenar eminence. The fleshy mass under 
the thumb. 

THEINE. A synonym of Caffein. 

THEOBRO'MA. («,«,f.) A genus of plants. 
Polyadclphia. Decandria. — T. caca'o. The tree 
which yields cocoa. Cocoa is the name given 
to the seed, which is of the size of a kidney bean, 
and is inclosed in a thin shell. These seeds are 
very oily, and apt to disagree with persons of 
weak digestion or of a bilious habit of body. 
It is ground and boiled for a drink, or manu- 
factured with spices into chocolate. 

Theobro'mine. A crystalline substance, very 
similar to caffein, found in cocoa seeds. Its 
formula is C9H5N3O2. 

Theople'gia. Theoplexia. Apoplexy. 

THEORY. (From tieupeu, to contemplate.) 
An argument based on the contemplation of 
numerous facts. It differs from an hypothesis in 
the circumstance that the latter is a speculation 
based on mere imagination, and not on facts. 

Theory of medicine. The philosophical ex- 
planation of the phenomena of physiology, pa- 
thology, and therapeutics. 

THERAPEI'A. (a, ce, f. ; from depanevu, to 
heal.) Therapia.- See Therapeutics. 

THERAPEU'TICS. Therapeutice. (From 
■Q-epanevu, to cure.) Therapia. Methodus me- 
dendi. Therapia, or therapeutice, is that divis- 
ion of pathology which considers the applica- 
tion of the remedies and means employed with 
a view to prevent and to cure diseases. The 
cure of a disease depends on the removal of its 
proximate cause. This is effected either by the 
power of nature alone, or conjointly with the 
assistance of art, so that the cure of a disease 



THE 

may be said to be either natural or artificial. 
The power of uature, denominated the vis med- 
icatrix natures, is inherent in the solids and 
fluids, and it is by its exertion that a stop is 
often put to the progress of a disease, or that it 
is cured without the administration of medicine; 
and it is also by its co-operation that the medi- 
cal art is so beneficial. 

The assistance with which medical art is en- 
abled to attempt, and to effect, the cure of dis- 
eases, is arranged under three heads: 1. The 
hygienic, which embraces the diet and regimen. 

2. The medicinal, which regards the administra- 
tion of medicines, both external and internal. 

3. The surgical, or the assistance of manual 
and instrumental operations. 

THERFACA. (a, a, f.; from drip, a ven- 
omous or ferocious animal.) 1. A name given 
to several confections, especially of an alexi- 
pharmic kind. 2. Treacle, or molasses. 

Theriaca andromachi. Mithridatium. 

Theriaca cdelestis. The tinctura opii. 

Theriaca Damocratis. Mithridatium. 

Theriaca edinensis. Confectio opii. 

Theriaca germanorum. A rob of juniper 
berries. 

Theriaca londinensis. A cataplasm of cum- 
min seed, bay-berries, germander, snakeroot, 
cloves, and honey. 

Theriaca rusticorum. Garlic. 

Theriaca veneta. Venetian theriac. Mith- 
ridatium. 

Therio'ma. A malignant nicer. 

THE'RMA. (a, m, f. ; from Sepun, heat.) A 
warm bath or spring. 

The'rmal. Warm. 

Therma'tica. Calefacients. 

The'rme. QepfiTj. Heat. 

THERMO-ELECTRICITY. Electricity pro- 
duced by the action of heat. This is effected 
whenever two metals of different conducting 
powers are soldered together at one place, and 
the junction is heated. A current of electricity 
is immediately set in motion from the warmed 
junction, and circulates along the wires ; it is 
of considerable tension, but of little power. The 
existence of such a current is ascertained by 
the use of a delicate galvanometer. 

THERMO'METER. ( Thermometrum, i, n. ; 
from ftepfin, heat, and /lerpov, a measure.) An 
instrument for measuring the degrees of heat. A 
thermometer is a fine tube of glass hermetical- 
ly sealed, and blown at one end into a hollow 
globe. The bulb and part of the tube are filled 
with mercury, or some other fluid. When we 
bring the bulb in contact with a hot body, the 
mercury expands, and of course rises in the 
tube; but when we plunge it into a cold body, 
the mercury contracts, and of course falls in the 
tube. To this tube is attached a scale, divided 
into conventional degrees, to measure the ex- 
pansion or amount of heat. Fahrenheit's scale 
is almost exclusively used in America and Eng- 
land ; the Centigrade in France. On the former, 
the or zero is the temperature of a mixture of 
equal parts of snow and salt ; the freezing point 
of water is 32°, and the boiling point of water, 
212°. On the Centigrade, the is the freezing 
point of water, and 100° the boiling point. AU 
measures below zero are marked — or minus. 
Ss 



THL 

These different modes of graduation are easily 
convertible : the scale of the Centigrade is re- 
duced to that of Fahrenheit by multiplying by 
nine and dividing by five, or that of Fahrenheit 
to it by reversing the process. Thus : 

C. 100°X9=900-r5=180-H2 o =212 o F - 

Or, by reversing the order: 

F. 212°— 32=180 X5=90<K-9=100° C 
A table is added, showing the correspondence 

of the two thermometers : 



Falir. 


Cent. 


Fahr. 


Cent 


212 


100- 


100 


37-77 


200 


93-33 


90 


32-22 


190 


87-77 


80 


26-66 


180 


82-22 


70 


21-11 


170 


76-66 


60 


15-55 


160 


71-11 


50 


10- 


150 


65-55 


40 


4-44 


140 


60- 


32 


0- 


130 


55-55 


20 


— 6-66 


120 


48-88 


10 


—12-22 


110 


43-33 





—17-77 



Thermo'scope. A thermometer. 

Thermometer, Breguet's. An extremely 
delicate thermometer, made of a helix of com- 
pound foil, usually platina and silver, the upper 
end of which is fixed, and the lower carries an 
index, which traverses over a graduated circle. 
When warmed, the different expansion of the 
metals causes the helix to become elongated, 
and the needle is thus carried more or less 
round the circle, according to the degree of 
heat. 

THE'SIS. Qeaic. A dissertation on a cer- 
tain subject or # proposition. An essay prepared 
by a medical student who is a candidate for the 
degree of Doctor of Medicine. 

Theve'tia ahoval. A tree of Brazil, said 
to produce a violently poisonous fruit or nut. 

Thieves' vinegar. Acotum prophylacticum. 

Thigh. See Femur. 

Thighbone. See Femoris os. 

Thionc'ric acid. A bibasic, crystallizable, 
and very soluble acid, obtained by the action 
of sulphurous acid on alloxan. Its formula is 
C8N 3 H fl 8 ,SO*-r-2HO. 

THIOSI'NNAMINE. An artificial alkaloid, 
formed by the union of ammonia with the essen- 
tial oil of mustard. Its formula is CsHsNaSj. It is 
bitter, and produces crystalline compounds with 
the chlorides of platinum and mercury. By the 
action of dry oxide of lead it loses its sulphur 
and two atoms of hydrogen, and becomes con 
verted into Sinnamine. 

THIRST. Sitis. I. In Physiology, the sensa- 
tion by which we experience a desire to drink. 
II. In Pathology, this is frequently morbid, and 
in this state it is either in excess or deficient. 

1. Immoderate thirst, though a common symp- 
tom in most febrile diseases, occasionally exists 
as an idiopathic disease {Polydipsia). 2. Thirst- 
lessness. — This is an unusual state. Sauvages, 
in his Nosology, mentions two instances of it. 
Absence of thirst is sometimes symptomatic of 
inflammation of the brain. 

Thistle. See Carduus. — T., blessed. Cen- 
taurea benedicta.— • T., carline. Carlina acaulis. 
— T., creeping. Serratula arvensis. — T., holy. 
Centaurea benedicta. — T., ladies'. T; milk. 
Carduus marianus. — T. , pine. Carlina gummif 
era. — T., way. Serratula arvensis. 

Thla'sis. Thlasma. A contusion. 
641 



THR 

THLA'SPI. (pi,n., indeclinable.) A genus 
tV plants. Tetradynamia. Siliculosa. Cruci- 
fera. Two species of thlaspi were directed in 
the pharmacopoeias: Thlaspi arvense, or treacle 
mustard, and Thlaspi campestre, or mithridate 
mustard. The seeds of both have an acrid, 
biting taste, resembling mustard, with which 
they agree nearly in qualities. 

Thoracentesis. Tapping, or paracentesis 
of the chest. 

THORA'CIC. (Thoracicus; from thorax, 
the chest.) Belonging to the thorax or chest. 

Thoracic aorta. See Aorta, thoracic. 

Thoracic artery. The external mammary 
artery. 

Thoracic duct. Ductus thoracicus. Duc- 
tus Pecquetlii. The trunk of the absorbents. 
It is of a serpentine form, and about the diame- 
ter of a crow-quill, and lies upon the dorsal 
vertebrae, between the aorta and vena azygos, 
extending from the posterior opening of the 
diaphragm to the angle formed by the union of 
the left subclavian and jugular veins, into which 
it opens and evacuates its contents. In this 
course the thoracic duct receives the absorbent 
vessels from almost every part of the body. 

Thoracody'ne. Pleurodynia. 

Thoracy'stis. Encysted dropsy of the 
chest. 

Thoracici. An order of fishes in the Lin- 
naean system, which have the ventral fins under 
the pectoral. 

THO'RAX.t {ax, acis.. m. ; frpm iSopeu, to 
leap ; because in it the heart leaps.) The chest, 
or that part of the body situated between the 
neck and the abdomen. The external parts of 
the thorax are, the common integuments, the 
breasts, various muscles, and the bones of the 
thorax. The parts within the cavity of the 
thorax are, the pleura and its productions, the 
lungs, heart, thymus gland, oesophagus, thoracic 
duct, arch of the aorta, part of the vena cava, 
the vena azygos, the eighth pair of nerves, and 

}>art of the great intercostal nerve. The chest, 
ike the abdomen, is divided by imaginary lines 
into certain regions. These are, a right and 
left humeral, a right and left subclavian, a right 
and left mammary, a right and left axillary, a 
right and left subaxillary, a right and left scapu- 
lary, a right and left intrascapulary, and a right 
and left subscapulary . 

THORI'NA. (a, a, f.) A rare earthy ox- 
ide, discovered in 1816 by Berzelius. It re- 
sembles zirconia. 

Thori'num. The metallic base of thorina. 

Thorn, Egyptian. Acacia vera. 

Thorn-apple. Datura stramonium. 

Thornback. Raia clavata. 

Thoro'ughwort. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 

Thread. Filamentum. 

Thread-shaped. Filiform. 

Thread-worm. See Entozoa. 

Threk-edged. Trigonus; trigonate. 

Three-fibred. Trinervus. 

Thrke-lobkd. Trilobate. 

Thrida'ce. Lactucarium. 

Thrix. 6ptf. A hair. 

Throat. The anterior part of the neck. 

Thpombo'sis. The same as thrombus. 

THRO'MBUS. {us, i, m. ; from Vpou6ou, to 
642 



THY 

clot.) A small tumor which sometimes arises 
after bleeding, owing to the blood escaping 
from the vein into the cellular structure sur- 
rounding it. 

Thrush. See Aphtha. 

Thr y'p t i c u s. Synonymous with Lithon- 
triptic. 

Thu'ris co'rtex. A name of the cascarilla 
bark. See Crolon clcutheria. 

THUS, (us, uris, n. ; from -&vu, to sacri- 
fice: so called from its great use in sacrifices.) 
Frankincense. This name is given to the resin 
of the Pinus abics, and also that of the Junipcrus 
lycia. 

Thus judjeorum. See Thymiama. 

Thus masculum. See Juniperus lycia. 

THUY'A. (a, m, f.) A genus of plants. 
Monascia. Monadclphia. Conifer a. — T. occi- 
dentalis. The tree of life. Arbor vita. The 
leaves and wood were formerly in high estima- 
tion as resolvents, sudsrifics, and expectorants, 
and were given in phthisical affections, inter- 
mittent fevers, and dropsies. The distilled oil 
of the leaves is said to be a good anthelmintic. 

Thyla'cion. A word formerly used for the 
bag formed by the membranes of the foetus at 
the orifice of the womb before birth. 

Thy'mbra. Satureia hortensis. 

Thymbra hispanica. Thymus mastichina. 

Thyme. See Thymus. 

Thymelos'a. Daphne gnidium. 

THYMIA'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from ■dvp.a, an 
odor.) Musk-wood. Thus judaorum. A spe- 
cies of bark in small, brownish-gray pieces, 
brought from Syria. It has an agreeable bal- 
samic smell, approaching to that of liquid sto- 
rax, and a subacrid, bitterish taste, accompa 
nied with some slight astringency. 

Thymio'sis. Framboesia. — Swediaur. 

Thymi'tes. Wine impregnated with thyme. 

Thy'mium. A small wart upon the skin. 

Thymoxa'lme. A medicine composed chiefly 
of thyme, vinegar, and salt. 

THY'MUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A small warty 
excrescence. 2. Common thyme. 3. A genua 
of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. La- 
biatea. — T. cilra'tus. Thymus serpyllum. — T. 
creticus. Satureia capitata. — T. mastichina. 
The common herb mastich. A low, shrubby 
plant of Spain, which is employed as an er- 
rhine. It has a strong, agreeable smell, like 
mastich. — T. serpyllum. Wild thyme, or moth- 
er of thyme. This plant has the same sensi- 
ble qualities as the garden thyme, but a milder 
and rather more grateful flavor. Lemon thyme, 
the Serpyllum citratum, is a variety. It is very 
pungent, and has a particularly grateful odor, 
approaching to that of lemons. — T. vulgaris. 
The common thyme. It has an agreeable, aro- 
matic smell, and a warm, pungent taste, and is 
said to be resolvent, emmenagogue, tonic, and 
stomachic. 

Thymus gland. Qvpoc. A gland of con- 
siderable size in the foetus, situated in the an- 
terior duplicature or space of the mediastinum, 
under the superior part of the sternum. An 
excretory duct has not. yet been detected, but 
lymphatic vessels have been seen going from it 
to the thoracic duct. Its use is unknown. 

THYRO-. Thyreo-. A prefix, from thyroid, 



TIB 

denoting a connection with the thyroid car- 
tilage. 

Thy'ro-arytjenoide'us. Thyro-arytanoid. 
A muscle situated about the glottis, which pulls 
the arytasnoid cartilage forward nearer to the 
middle of the thyroid, and consequently short- 
ens and relaxes the ligament of the larynx. 

Thyro-epiglottideus. A small muscle aris- 
ing from the thyroid cartilage, and inserted 
into the side of the epiglottis. It is usually con- 
sidered a part of the thyro-arytacnoideus. 

Thyro-hyoide'us. Thyro-hyoid. A muscle 
situated between the os hyoides and trunk, 
which pulls the os hyoides downward, and the 
thyroid cartilage upward. 

Thyro-pharyngeus. Tho constrictor pha- 
ryngis inferior. 

T'h yro-pharyngo-staphylinus. The palato- 
pharyngeus. 

Thyro-phra'xia. A bronchocele. 

Th yro-staphyli'nus. The palato-pharyn- 
geus. 

THY'ROID. Thyreoid. (Thyroides; from 
tivpeoc, a shield, and eiSoc, resemblance; from 
its supposed resemblance to a shield.) Re- 
sembling a shield. 

Thyroid cartilage. Cartilago thyroides. 
Cartilago scntiformis. Scutiform cartilage. The 
cartilage which is placed perpendicular to the 
cricoid cartilages of the larynx, constituting the 
anterior, superior, and largest part of the larynx. 
It is harder and more prominent in men than in 
women, and forms what is called the pomum 
Adami in man. 

Thyroid gland. Glandula thyroides. A 
largo glandiform body, situated upon the cri- 
coid cartilage, trachea, and horns of the thyroid 
cartilage. No excretory duct has been detect- 
ed, and the use of the organ is not yet known. 

Thy'roideal. Thyroidcus. Pertaining to 
the thyroid gland or cartilage. 

Thyroideal arteries. The superior thy- 
roideal artery arises from the external carotid. 
It gives oft* a laryngeal and crico-thyroid branch, 
and is then distributed to the thyroid gland. 
The inferior artery arises from the subclavian, 
gives oft" several small branches, and is distrib- 
uted to the inferior part of the gland. 

Thyr'sus. A deuse aud close panicle, more 
or less of an ovate form. 

Ti. The symbol of titanium. 

TI'BIA. (a, <s, f.) The larger bone of the 
fore leg. It is of a long, thick, and triangular 
shape, and is situated on the internal part of 
the leg. Its upper extremity is large, and flat- 
tened at its summit into two articulating sur- 
faces, a little concave, and separated from each 
other by an intermediate irregular protuber- 
ance. Each of these, in the recent subject, is 
covered by a cartilage, which extends to the in- 
termediate protuberance, where it terminates. 
They receive the condyles of the os femoris. 
Under the edge of the external cavity is a cir- 
cular flat surface, covered with cartilage, which 
serves for the articulation of tho fibula; and at 
the fore part of the bone is a considerable tu- 
berosity, of an inch aud a half in length, to 
which the strong ligament of the patella is fixed. 

The body of the tibia is smaller than its ex- 
tremities, and, being of a triangular shape, has 



TIN 

three surfaces. Of these, the external one is 
broad, and slightly hollowed by muscles above 
and below ; the internal surface is broad and 
flat, and the posterior surface is narrower than 
the other two, and nearly cylindrical. This last 
has a slight ridge running obliquely across it, 
from the outer side of the upper end of the bone 
to about one third of its length downward. Of 
the three angles which separate these surfaces, 
the anterior, from its sharpness, is called the 
spine, or .shin. 

The tibia enlarges again a little at its lower 
extremity, and terminates in a pretty deep cav- 
ity, by which it is articulated with the upper- 
most bone of the foot. Its internal side is form- 
ed into a considerable process, called the malle- 
olus interims, or inner ankle. At its back part 
we find a groove, lined with a thin layer of car- 
tilage, in which slide the tendons of the flexor 
digitoriim lougus, and of tho tibialis posticus; 
and a little behind this is a smaller groove, for 
the tendon of the flexor longus pollicis. On the 
sido opposite to the malleolus internus, the cav- 
ity is interrupted, and immediately above it ia 
a rough, triangular depression, which is furnish- 
ed with cartilage, and receives the lower end 
of the fibula. 

TI'BIAL. ( Tibialis ; from tibia, the bone of 
the leg.) Belonging to the tibia. 

Tibial aponeurosis. The prolongation of 
the femoral aponeurosis over the fore leg. 

Tibial arteries. Artericc tibiales. The two 
principal branches of the popliteal artery ; the 
one proceeds forward, and is called the anterior 
tibial; the other backward, and is called the 
posterior tibial, of which the external tibial, the 
fibular, the external and internal plantar, and 
the plantar arch, are branches. 

Tibia'lis. Tibial. 

Tibialis anti'cus. A flexor muscle of the 
foot, situated on the leg, which bends the foot 
by drawing it upward, aud at the same time 
turns the toes inward. 

Tibialis gracilis. The plautaris. 

Tibialis posticus. A flexor muscle of the 
foot, situated on the leg, which extends the foot, 
and turns the toes inward. 

Tibio-tarsal articulation. The joint form- 
ed by the tibia and foot ; the ankle joint. 

TIC DOULOUREUX. A French term sig- 
nifying a painful spasm. It is usually applied 
to facial neuralgia. See Neuralgia. 

Tick. See Acarus. 

TICKLING. An unpleasant excitation of 
the cutaneous nerves, either by handling or from 
disease. 

Tiglia grana. Tiglii oleum. See Croton 
tiglinm. 

TI'LIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of trees. Poly- 
andria. Monogynia. — T. europma. The lime- 
tree, or linden. The flowers of this tree are 
supposed to possess anodyne and antispasmodic 
virtues. 

Ti'lmus. Floccilation, or picking of the bed- 
clothes. 

Timac Cissampelos caapeba. 

Ti'midus. Timid : the rectus inferior oculi 
muscle. 

TIN. Stannnm. A soft metal, of a yellow- 
ish-white color ; malleable, though not very te- 

643 



TIN 

Tiaoious. Its specific gravity is 7*29. It melts 
at about 442° F. Its equivalent is 57*9, and 
symbol, Sn. It forms with oxygen the pro- 
toxide, SnO ? the sesquioxide, SnaCfo ; and per- 
oxide, or stannic acid, SnCfo ; it also forms com- 
pounds with most haloid bodies. The chloride, 
or butter of tin, is a violent cathartic. 

The uses of tin in the arts are veiy numerous, 
but it is seldom employed in the cure of dis- 
eases : the filings, however, have been used as 
a mechanical vermifuge, and the foil is em- 
ployed by dentists. 

Tin, sulphuret of. Aurum musivum. 

TFNCA. (a, a, f.) The tench fish. 

Tincjs os. (So called from its resemblance 
to a tench's mouth.) The mouth of the ute- 
rus. 

Tincal. Crude borax. Sodoe biboras. 

Tincto'rius. Dyeing ; that which dyes. 

TINOTURA. (a, «, f. ; from tingo, to dye.) 
A tincture. A solution of the active portions 
of any medicine in alcohol or other menstrua. 
Alcohol of sp. gr. 0*835 (rectified spirit) is em- 
ployed for resinous bodies, and dilute alcohol, 
or proof spirit, for such as yield their properties 
partly to water. Ether and the preparations 
of ammonia are sometimes used. The drug is 
commonly bruised or reduced to a coarse pow- 
der, digested with the alcohol at the ordinary 
temperature for fourteen days, being frequently 
shaken, the remains expressed, and then the 
fluid filtered through bibulous paper. The 
Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia prescribes digestion 
at a temperature of 90° to 100° F., and seven 
days. Many of the tinctures can be prepared 
by displacement. In this case the drug should 
be well pounded, and moistened with spirit 
from six to twelve hours before it is subjected 
to percolation. Tinctures should be kept well 
stopped to avoid the evaporation of their spirit. 
The modern tinctures take the place of the 
elixirs, alcoholates, essences, and quintessences 
of former times. 

TlNCTURA ACETATIS FERRI CUM ALCOHOLS. 

(Ph. D.) Nearly the same as the tinctura fer- 
ri acetatis. 

Tinctura acidi sulphurici. Acidum sul- 
phuricum aromaticum. 

Tinctura aconiti. (U. S.) Tincture of 
aconite, or monkshood. Take of aconite, ?iv. ; 
dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate fourteen days, 
express, and filter ; or prepare by displacement. 
Used as an embrocation in neuralgia. The 
dose internally is HI x. It must be employed 
cautiously. 

Tinctura .etherea cum fhosphoro. Ethe- 
real solution of phosphorus. A French prepar- 
• ation, consisting of phosphorus, 4 parts, dis- 
solved in 200 parts of sulphuric ether. It is 
objectionable, as the rapid evaporation of the 
ether sets free the phosphorus. The Oleum 
phosphoratum is much more eligible. Dose, 
gtt. v. to gtt. x., as a nervous stimulant. 

Tinctura aloes. (U. S. &Ph. L.) Tincture 
of aloes. Take of aloes, powdered, fj. ; ex- 
tract of liquorice, jiij. ; water, Oiss. ; alcohol, 
Oss. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. 
Stomachic and purgative. In chlorotic cases 
and amenorrhoea, it is preferred to other purges. 
Dose, f. 3ij- to f. 5j. 
644 



TIN 

Tinctura aloes jethe'rea. (Ph. E.) Ethe- 
real tincture of aloes. Take of Socotrine aloes, 
myrrh, each, in powder, fiss. ; saffron, ?j. ; 
spirit of sulphuric ether, Sbj. Digest the myrrh 
with the ether four days, then add the saffron 
and aloes, and digest four days more; filter. 
Stimulant, emmenagogue, and cathartic. Dose, 
f. jj. to f. 3ij- 

Tinctura aloes et myrrhe. (U. S.) T. 
aloes composita. Compound tincture of aloes. 
Take of aloes, powdered, f iij. ; saffron, 3jj. ; 
tincture of myrrh, Oij. Macerate for fourteen 
days, and strain. Purgative and emmenagogue. 
It is a useful application to old indolent ulcers. 
Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 31J. 

Tinctura aloes vitriolata. Tinctura aloes 
aetherea. 

Tinctura ama'ra. Tinctura gentianaj com- 
posita. 

Tinctura ammoni.e composita. (Ph. L.) 
Compound tincture of ammonia. Take of mas- 
tich, 3ij.; rectified spirit, f.3ix. ; oil of lavender, 
Hlxiv. ; oil of amber, 1tliv. ; strong solution of 
ammonia, Oj. Macerate the mastich in the 
spirit, that it may be dissolved, and pour off 
the clear tincture; then add the other ingre- 
dients, and shake them all together. This 
supersedes the Spiritus ammonia; succinatus. 
Stimulant antispasmodic. Dose, fix. to f. 3ss. 

Tinctura angustura. Tinctura cusparise. 

Tinctura assafce'tidje. (U. S.) Tincture 
of assafcetida. T.faetida. Take of assafoetida, 
§iv. ; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
and strain. Antispasmodic and stimulant. Dose, 
f. 3ss. to 3ij. ,y 

Tinctura assafcetida ammonia'ta. The 
spiritus ammonias fcetidus. 

Tinctura aurantii. (Ph. L. & E.) Tinc- 
ture of orange peel. T. corticis aurantii. Take 
of bitter orange peel, dried, fiiiss. ; proof spirit, 
Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. 
A mild and pleasant stomachic bitter, used as 
an adjunct. 

Tinctura balsami tolutani. Tincture of 
balsam of Tolu. See Tinctura tolutani. 

Tinctura belladonna. (U. S.) Tincture 
of belladonna. Take of belladonna leaves, 
dried, f iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate four- 
teen days, express, and filter. Dose, gtt. xx. 
to gtt. 1. 

Tinctura benzoini composita. (U. S.) T. 
benzoes composita. Compound tincture of ben- 
zoin. Friar's balsam. Take of benzoin, jiij. ; 
storax balsam, strained, f ij. ; balsam of Tolu, 
5j. ; aloes, fss. ; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
fourteen days, and strain. A stimulant and ex- 
pectorant. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 31J. Also, much 
used to heal ulcers and cuts. 

Tinctura buchu. (Ph. D.) T. bucku. (Ph. 
E. ) Tincture of buchu. Take of buchu leaves, 
powdered, 5 v. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest 
seven days, express, and filter; or prepare by 
displacement. Tonic, sudorific, and diuretic. 
Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 

Tinctura calumbe. T. colombee. (U. S.) 
Tincture of calumba. Take of calumba root, 
bruised, ?iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate 
for fourteen days, and filter. It may be made 
by displacement. Stomachic and tonic. Dose, 
3j. to 3iij. 



TIN 

Tinctura camphorje. (U. S.) See Spirit- 
fcs campnorec. 

Tinctura camphor* composita. T. opii 
camphorata (U. S.). Compound tincture of 
camphor. Take of camphor, 3ij. ; opium, pow- 
dered, benzoic acid, each, 3J.; oil of anise, f. 
3J. ; clarified honey, ;ij. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. 
Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. This is 
a useful diaphoretic anodyne. Dose, f. 3J- to f. 
§ss. 

Tinctura cantharidis. (U. S.) Tincture 
of blistering fly. T. lyttm and T. cantharidum. 
Take of blistering flies, pounded, ?j. ; dilute al- 
cohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
strain. It may be prepared by displacement. 
This is a veiy acrid, diuretic, and stimulating 
preparation, which should always be adminis- 
tered with great caution. Dose, 111 x. to f. 3J. 

Tinctura capsici. (U. S.) Tincture of cap- 
sicum (Cayenne pepper). Take of capsicum, 
bruised, 5,j. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by dis- 
placement. An arterial stimulant; also used 
as a gargle, when diluted. Dose, Hlx. to f. 33. 

Tinctura cardamomi. (U. S.) Tincture 
of cardamom. Take of cardamom seeds, bruis- 
ed, fiv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
fourteen days, and filter ; or make by displace- 
ment. A stimulating carminative. Dose, f. 3J. 
to f. 5 ss. 

Tinctura cardamomi composita. (Ph. L. 
& E.) Compound tincture of cardamom. T. 
stomachica. Take of cardamom seeds, cara- 
way seeds, powdered, each, 3iiss. ; cochineal, 
powdered, 3J. ; cinnamon bark, bruised, 3V. ; 
raisins, stoneA Jy. ; proof spirit, Oij. Macer- 
ate for fourteen days, and strain. A useful and 
elegant carminative and cordial. Dose, f. 3j. 
to f. fss. 

Tinctura cascarill.e. (Ph. L. &E.) Tinc- 
ture of cascarilla. Take of cascarilla bark, 
powdered, § v. ; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for 
fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by dis- 
placement. A stimulating aromatic tonic. Dose, 
f. 3j. to f. 3 ij. 

Tinctura cassia. (Ph. E.) Tincture of 
cassia. Take of cassia bark, in coarse powder, 
giijss. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest seven days, 
express, and filter ; or prepare by displacement. 
Used as an adjuvant. Dose, f. jj. to f. 3ij. 

Tinctura castorei. (U. S.) Tincture of 
castor. Take of castor, powdered, fij.; alco- 
hol, Oij. Macerate for seven days, and filter. 
A powerful stimulant and antispasmodic, most- 
ly exhibited in hysterical affections in a dilute 
form. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 31J. 

Tinctura castorei ammoniata. (Ph. E.) 
Ammoniatcd tincture of castoreum. Take of 
castor, 5iiss. ; assafcetida, 3X. ; spirit of ammo- 
nia, Oij. Digest seven days, express, and filter. 
Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, f. 333. to 
£ 3ij- 

Tinctura catkchu. (U. S.) Tincture of 
catechu. T.japonica. Take of catechu, fiij. ; 
cinnamon bark, bruised, 5y. ; dilute alcohol, 
Oij- Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. 
An aromatic astringent, mostly given in pro- 
tracted diarrhoea. Dose, f. 38s. to f. 31J. 

Tinctura cicut*. Tinctura conii. 

Tinctura cinchona. (U. S.) Tincture of 



TIN 

cinchona. T. corticis peruviani simplex. Take 
of cinchona bark, powdered, f vj. ; dilute alco- 
hol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, 
and filter. It may be prepared by displace- 
ment. Dose, f. 3J. to f. fss. 

Tinctura cinchona ammoniata. (Ph. L.) 
Ammoniated tincture of cinchona. Volatile 
tincture of bark. Take of lance-leaved cincho- 
na bark, powdered, fiv. ; aromatic spirit of am- 
monia, Oij. Macerate for ten days, and strain. 
Tonic, antacid, and stimulant. Dose, f. ^j. to 
f- 3ij- 

Tinctura cinchonje composita. (U. S.) 
Compound tincture of cinchona (Peruvian 
bark). Take of cinchona bark, in coarse pow- 
der, sjij. ; orange peel, bruised, ^iss. ; Virginia 
snakeroot, bruised, 3iij.; saffron, cut, red San- 
ders wood, rasped, each, 3J. ; dilute alcohol, f. 
§ xx. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and 
filter ; or proceed by displacement. Tonic 
and stomachic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3 iij . 

Tinctura cinnamomi. (U. S.) Tincture of 
cinnamon. Take of cinnamon bark, bruised, 
5 iij . ; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen 
days, and filter. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iij. or more. 
Tinctura cinnamomi composita. (U. S.) 
Compound tincture of cinnamon. T. aromati- 
ca. Take of cinnamon bark, bruised, 5j. ; car- 
damom seeds, braised) J ss. ; ginger root, sliced, 
3iij. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen 
days, and filter ; or it may be prepared by dis- 
placement. A warm aromatic. Dose, f. 3ss. 
to f. 3ij. 

Tinctura colchici. Tinctura colchici 
seminis. (U. S.) T. scmiimm colchici. Tinc- 
ture of colchicum. Take of the seeds of col- 
chicum, sjiv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
fourteen days, express, and filter; or prepare by 
displacement. Similar to the wine of colchi- 
cum. Dose, HI xx. to 3J. 

Tinctura colchici composita. (Ph. L.) 
Compound tincture of colchicum. Take of col- 
chicum seeds, bruised, § v. ; aromatic spirit of 
ammonia, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
strain. Diuretic, stimulant, and antacid. Dose, 
f. 3ss. to f. 3J. 

Tinctura conii. (U. S.) Tincture of hem- 
lock. Take of the dried leaves of hemlock. 
giv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest for fourteen 
days, express, and filter. This tincture pos- 
sesses all the active properties of the hemlock. 
It may be made by displacement. Dose, 3SS. 
to 3J. 

Tinctura colomb.e. (U. S.) Tincture of 
calumba;. 

Tinctura croci. (Ph. E.) Tincture of 
saffron. Take of saffron, fij. ; dilute alcohol, 
Oij. Macerate, or proceed by displacement. 
Emmenagogue in doses of f. sij- Used as a 
coloring material. 

Tinctura cubebje. (U. S.) Tincture of 
cubebs. Take of cubebs, bruised, jir. ; dilute 
alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, ex- 
press, and filter. It may be prepared by dis- 
placement. It ii used in the same cases as 
cubebs, and should be given in full doses, as 
two or three drachms. 

Tinctura cusparij:. (Ph. K.) Tincture 
of cusparia (angustura bark.) Take of cu#- 
paria bark, powdered, fivss. ; dilute alcohol,. 

645 



TIN 

Oij. Made by maceration or displacement. 
A stomachic tonic. Dose, f. 3J- to f. 31J- 

TlNCTURA DIGITALIS. (U.S. &Ph. L.) TillC- 

ture of foxglove. Take of foxglove leaves, 
dried, §iv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
fourteen days, express, and filter. This tinc- 
ture possesses the properties of the plant. Dose, 
ten to forty minims. P'or its virtues, see Digi- 
talis. 

Tinctura ergot.e. Tinctura secalis cornuti. 

Tinctura ferri acetatis. (Ph. D.) Tinc- 
ture of acetate of iron. Take of acetate of pot- 
ash, two parts ; sulphate of iron, one part ; and 
rectified spirit, twenty-six parts. It is a mild 
chalybeate. Dose, illx. to jj. 

Tinctura ferri ammoniati. See Tinctura 
ferri amnion io-chloridi. 

Tinctura ferri ammonio-chlohidi. (Ph. 
L.) Tincture of aminonio-chloride of iron. 
T. ferri ammoniati. T. ferri ammoniac alis. 
T. ftorum martialium. T. martis Mynsichti. 
Take of ammonio-chloride of iron, jiv. ; proof 
spirit, Oj. Digest aud strain. Thin is an ex- 
cellent chalybeate, and may bo given with cin- 
chona in dropsical and other cachetic diseases. 
Dose, half a fluid drachm to two drachms. 

Tinctura ferri muriatis. See Tinctura 
ferri sesqui-cldoridi. 

Tinctura ferri chloriui. (U. S.) Tinc- 
tura ferri sesqui-culoridi. Tincture of mu- 
riate of iron. T. ferri muriatis. T. martis 
in spirilu salis. Take of scsquioxide of iron, 
ibss. ; muriatic acid, Oj. ; alcohol, Oiij. Pour the 
acid upon the scsquioxide of iron in a glass ves- 
sel, and shake it occasionally for three days; 
then add the spirit, and strain. Cline strongly 
recommends this in ischuria, and many diseases 
of the kidneys aud urinary passages. Dose, 
ten to twenty drops. It is chalybeate, astrin- 
gent, and styptic. 

Tinctura galbani. (Ph. D.) Tinctm-c of 
galbanum. Take of galbanum, bruised, §ij. ; 
ddute alcohol, Oij. Digest seven days, and 
filter. Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, 
f. $j. to f. siij. 

Tinctura gallje. (U. S.) T. gallarum. 
Tincture of galls. Take of galls, powdered, 
jiv. ; proof spirit, Oiij. Macerate for fourteen 
days, and strain. It may be prepared by dis- 
placement. Astringent. E>ose, jss. to 31J. 

Tinctura gentian.e composita. (U. S.) 
Compound tincture of gentian. T. amara. 
Take of gentian root, braised, § ij. ; orange peel, 
dried, 5j. ; cardamom seeds, braised, f ss. ; dilute 
alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, ex- 
press, and filter. It may be prepared by dis- 
placement. Tonic and stomachic. Dose, f. 3Jj. 

Tinctura guai'aci. (U. S.) Tincture of 
guaiacum. Take of guaiacum resin, powder- 
ed, Ibss. ; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen 
days, and strain. Stimulant, diaphoretic, and 
antiarthritic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3IJ. 

Tinctura guaiaci ammoniata. (U. S.) T. 
guaiaci cemposita. Ammoniated tincture of 
guaiacum ; formerly called Tinctura guaiacina 
lolatilis. Take of guaiacum resin, powdered, 
5'iv. ; aromatic spirit of ammonia, Oiss. Mac- 
erate for fourteen days, and filter. Dose, f. 3J. 
to f. 31.1- 

Tinctura helle'bori. (U. S.) T. helle- 
646 



TIN 

borinigri. Tincture of black hellebore. Take 
of black hellebore root, bruised, fiv. ; dilute 
alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
strain. It may be prepared by displacement. 
Dose, f. 33s. to f. 3J. For its virtues, see Helle- 
borus niger. 

Tinctura humuli. See Tinctura lupuli. 

Tinctura hyoscy'ami. (U.S.) Tincture of 
henbane. Take of henbane leaves, dried, fiv. ; 
proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
and strain. It may be prepared by displace- 
ment. Anodyne. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 31J- 

Tinctura iodi'ni. (U. S.) Tincture of 
iodine. Take of iodine, 5J.; alcohol, Oj. Dis- 
solve. It spoils by keeping, and deposits the 
iodine when mixed with water. Used exter- 
nally or added to liniments. 

Tinctura iodi'nii composita. (U. S. &Ph. 
L.) Compound tincture of iodine. Take of 
iodine, §ss. ; iodide of potassium, §j. ; rectified 
spirit, Oj. Dissolve. A convenient formula for 
administering iodine. Dose, ten minims, grad- 
ually increased to sixty. 

Tinctura jalap.e. (U.S.) Tincture of jal- 
ap. Take of jalap root, powdered, §viij. ; di- 
lute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
and strain. It may be prepared by displace- 
ment. Cathartic. Dose, f. 31J. 

Tinctura kino. (Ph. L. & E.) Tincture 
of kino. Take of kino, powdered, giiiss. ; proof 
spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
strain. All the astringency of kino is possessed 
by this preparation. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 31J. 

Tinctura Krame'rije. (U.S.) T. Crameria 
Tincture of rhatany. Take ot rhatany root, 
powdered, §vj.; dilute alcohol Oij. Either 
macerate or proceed by displacement. Astrin- 
gent. Dose, f. 3J. 

Tinctura lactu'carii. (Ph. E.) Tincture 
of lactucarium. Take of lactucarium, in fine 
powder, f iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest or 
prepare by displacement. Each f. 3J. contains 
gr. vj. of lactucarium. Anodyne. Dose, 1Uxx. 
tof. 3J. 

Tinctura Lavandula' composita. See 
Spiritus lavandulm compositus. 

Tinctura lobe'lije. (U. S. & Ph. E.) 
Tinctura of lobelia (Indian tobacco). Take of 
lobelia iurlata, dried and powerded, jiv. ; dilute 
alcohol, Oij. Prepare by maceration or dis 
placement. Emetic and antispasmodic in doses 
off. 3J. to f. sij., repeated every two or three 
hours until emesis. Expectorant in doses of 
111 xx. to f. 3ss. 

Tinctura lobelia ;etherea. (Ph. E.) 
Ethereal tincture of lobelia. Take of lobelia, 
dried and powdered, §v. ; spirit of sulphuric 
ether, Oij. Digest seven days, or proceed by 
displacement. Antispasmodic and expectorant. 
Dose, HI xx. to f. 3J. 

Tinctura lupuli. T. humuli. (U. S.) 
Tincture of hops. Take of hops, fv. ; dilute 
alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
strain. Tonic and sedative. Dose, 3J. to 31J. 
or more. 

Tinctura lupuli'nje. (U. S.) Tincture of 
lupulin. Take of lupulin, ?iv. ; alcohol, Oij. 
Macerate for fourteen days, and 'filter. Arc*- 
matic, tonic, and soporific. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3ij. 

Tinctura LYTTiE. See Tinctura cantharidi* 



TIN 

Tinctura moschi. (Ph. D.) Tincture of 
musk. Take of musk, powdered, 3ij. ; alcohol, 
•Oj. Macerate for seven days, and filter. An- 
tispasmodic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 

Tinctura myrrhs. (U. S.} Tincture of 
myrrh. Take of myrrh, bruised, fiv. ; alcohol, 
Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. 
Applied to ulcers, and used as a gargle. 

Tinctura nucis vomicje. (Ph. D.) Tinc- 
ture of nux vomica. Take of nux vomica, rasp- 
ed, sjij. ; alcohol, fviy. Macerate for seven 
days, and filter. Used where nux vomica or 
strychnia are indicated. Dose, 111 v. to HI x. It 
is also used externally as an embrocation to 
paralyzed parts. 

Tinctura olei mentis piperi't;e. (U. S.) 
Tincture (essence) of peppermint. Dissolve 
f. gij. of oil of peppermint in Oj. of alcohol. 
Dose, gtt. v. to gtt. x. 

Tinctura olei Mentha vi'ridis. (U. S.) 
Tincture (essence) of spearmint. Dissolve f. 
51J. in alcohol Oj. 

Tinctura opii. (U.S.) Tincture of opium. 
Laudanum. Take of opium, powdered, § iiss. ; 
dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
express, and filter. It has the stimulant and 
narcotic action of opium. Twenty-five drops, 
or about thirteen minims, contain one grain of 
opium. Dose, 111 x. to f. jjj. 

Tinctura opii aceta'ta. (U. S.) Acetated 
tincturo of opium. Black drop. Take of 
opium,- §ij. ; vinegar, f. 3xy. ; alcohol, Oss. 
Macerate for fourteen days, express, and fil- 
ter. Twenty drops contain about one grain of 
opium. 

Tinctura opii ammonia'ta. (Ph. E.) Am- 
moniated tincture of opium. Take of benzoic 
acid, saffron, each, 3\j. ; opium, sliced, fss. ; 
oil of anise, 3J. ; spirit of ammonia, OH. Digest 
seven days, and filter. Stimulant and antispas- 
modic. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J. Each drachm and 
a quarter contains one grain of opium. 

Tinctura opii camphorata. (U.S.) Tinc- 
tura camphors composita. 

Tinctura quas'sle. (U. S.) Tincture of 
rjnassia. Take of quassia, rasped, gij.; dilute 
alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, or 
proceed by displacement. Tonic. Dose, f. 3J. 
to f. 31J. The Tinctura quassia: composita of the 
Edinb. Ph. also contains cinnamon and raisins. 

Tinctura rhei. (U. S.) Tincture of rhu- 
barb. T . rhabarbari. T. rhabarbari spirituosa. 
Take of rhubarb root, bruised, giij.; cardamom 
seeds, bruised, § ss. ; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate 
for fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by 
displacement. Dose, f. 3J.to 31J., as a stomachic. 

Tinctura rhei composita. (Ph. L.) Com- 
pound tincture of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb 
root, sliced, ^iiss. ; liquorice root, bruised, 3vj. ; 
ginger root, sliced, 3iij. ; proof spirit, Oij. Mac- 
erate for fourteen days, with a gentle heat, and 
strain. This is a mild stomachic aperient. Dose, 
f. fss. to fiss. 

Tinctura rhei et aloes. (U. S.) Tinc- 
ture of rhubarb and aloes. Take of rhubarb, 
bruised, 3X.; aloes, powdered, 3vj. ; cardamoms, 
bruised, 3"ss. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
fourteen days, express, and filter. Stomachic 
and cathartic. Dose, f. 31J- to f. fj. 

Tinctura rhei et gentia'njE. (U. S.) 



TIN 

Tincture of rhubarb and gentian. Take of 
rhubarb, bruised, fij.; gentian root, bruised, 
Jss. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for four- 
teen days, express, and filter. It may also be 
prepared by displacement. Stomachic and ton- 
ic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 

Tinctura rhei et senn.e. (U. S.) Tinc- 
ture of rhubarb and senna. Take of rhubarb, 
bruised, ?j. ; senna, 3ij. ; coriander, bruised, 
fennel seed, bruised, each, 3J. ; red sanders, 
rasped, 31 j . ; saffron, liquorice, each, 388.; raisins, 
stoned, ibss. ; dilute alcohol, Oiij. Macerate 
lor fourteen days, express, and filter. Stoma- 
chic and cathartic. Dose, fss. to f. jj. 

Tinctura sacra. Vinum aloes. 

Tinctura sangui'narije. (U.S.) Tincture 
of bloodroot. Take of bloodroot, bruised, fiv. ; 
dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
express, and filter. It may be prepared by dis- 
placement. See Sanguinaria canadensis. 

Tinctura sapo'nis camphora'ta. (U. S.) 
Camphorated tincture of soap (soap liniment). 
Take of soap, § iv. ; camphor, fij. ; oil of rose- 
mary, f. §ss. ; alcohol, Oij. Digest the soap 
with the alcohol till it is dissolved ; filter, and 
add the camphor and oil. An anodyne lini- 
ment. 

Tinctura scill^:. (U. S.) Tincture of 
squill. Take of squill root, dried, ?iv. ; dilute 
alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteon days, and 
strain. It may be prepared by displacement. 
The virtues of the squill reside in the tincture, 
which is ad ministered in doses of from ten drops 
to a fluid drachm. 

Tinctura seca'lis cornu'ti. (Apothecaries' 
Hall, L.) Tincture of ergot. Take of ergot; 
in powder, §ij. ; dilute alcohol, Oj. Digest for 
fourteen days, express, and filter. An excel- 
lent preparation, containing the active proper- 
ties of ergot. Dose, f. 3J., repeated every ten 
minutes until its effect is apparent. 

Tinctura senn« composita. (Ph. L.) 
Tincture of senna. Take of senna leaves, 
giiiss. ; caraway seeds, bruised, 3iiiss. ; carda- 
mom seeds, bruised, 3J. ; raisins, stoned, Jr.; 
proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
and strain. A carminative, aperient, and purga- 
tive, in doses of from two fluid drachms to a 
fluid ounce. 

Tinctura sennje et jalap.e. (U. S.) Tinc- 
ture of senna and jalap. Take of senna, fiij. ; 
jalap, powdered, fj. ; coriander seeds, caraway 
seeds, bruised, each, gas. ; cardamom seeds, 
bruised, jnj. ; sugar, jiv. ; dilute alcohol, Oiij. 
Macerate lor fourteen days, or prepare by dis- 
placement. Cathartic. Dose, f. 31J. to f. jj. 

Tinctura serpentaki.*. (U.S.) Tincture 
of serpentary. Tincture of Virginian snakeroot 
T. serpentaricc virginiana:. Take of serpentary 
root, bruised, ?iij. ; proof spirit, Oy. Macerate 
for fourteen days, and strain. It may be pre- 
pared by displacement. Tonic and stimulant. 
Dose, f. 3J- to f. 31J. 

Tinctura stramonii. (U. S.) Tincture of 
stramonium (thorn-apple). Take of stramoni- 
um seeds, bruised, fiv..; dilute alcohol, Oij. 
Macerate for fourteen days, or prepare by dis- 
placement. It has the properties of stramo- 
nium. Dose, at first, tit x. to fllxx., to be in- 
creased until some obvious effects arise. 

647 



TIT 

Tinctura thebaica. Tinctura opii. 

Tinctura tolutani. (U. S.) Tincture of 
Tolu. Take of balsam of Tolu, § iij. ; alcohol, 
Oij. Dissolve and filter. Used in making the 
syrup of Tolu. 

Tinctura valerians. (U. S.) Tincture 
of valerian. T. Valeriana simplex. Take of 
valerian root, f iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macer- 
ate for fourteen days, and strain ; or proceed by 
displacement. An antispasmodic, used in con- 
junction with others. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 

Tinctura valerians ammoniata. (U. S.) 
T. Valeriana composita. T. Valeriana volatilis. 
Ammoniated tincture of valerian. Take of va- 
lerian root, f iv. ; aromatic spirit of ammonia, 
two pints. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
strain. A strong antispasmodic and stimulating 
tincture. Dose, f. 33s. to f. 313. 

Tinctura vera'tri. T.veratrialbi. Vinum 
vcratri. 

Tinctura zinci aceta'tis. (Ph. D.) Tinc- 
ture of acetate of zinc. Take of sulphate of 
zinc, acetate of potash, each, one part; alcohol, 
sixteen parts. Rub the salts together, and add 
the alcohol; filter through paper. An astrin- 
gent collyrium and injection. 

Tinctura zingi'beris. (U. S.) Tincture 
of ginger. Take of ginger root, bruised, fviij.; 
alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
strain ; or prepare by displacement. A stimu- 
lating carminative. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J. 

Tincture. See Tinctura. 

Ti'nea. T. capitis. The scald head. See 
Porrigo. 

TINNITUS AURIUM. Ringing in the ears. 
A common symptom in many cerebral dis- 
eases. 

Tintement metallique. See Metallic tink- 
ling. 

TISANE. Ptisane. A French term for mu- 
cilaginous and pectoral drinks. The basis of 
these is usually the decoction of barley. 

TISSUE. A term introduced by the French 
anatomists for the textures which compose the 
different organs of animals. 

Tissue, areolar. T., porous. The cellu- 
lar tissue. 

Tissue, accidental. A false tissue ; the re- 
sult of a morbid process, as the membrane of 
croup, cancerous growths, tubercles. 

Titanic acid. AcidumlUanicum. The per- 
oxide of titanium, which acts on alkalies as a 
feeble acid. 

TITA'NIUM. A rather scarce metal, of 
great hardness, a copper color, extreme in- 
fusibility ; sp. gr., 5 8; equivalent, 24; sym- 
bol, Ti. 

Tithonic Relating to tithonicity. 

T I T H O N I C I'T Y. The chemical force or 
rays existing in the spectrum, whether solar or 
from artificial light. Dr. Draper has made an 
extended series of experiments to prove that it 
is an independent imponderable, distinct from 
light, heat, and electricity. 

Tithonogra'pht. The same as photography. 

Tithono'meter. An instrument to measure 
the force of the chemical rays in any ray of 
light. 

Titht'«alus. Euphorbia cyparissias. 

Tithtmalus paralias. Euphorbia paralias. 
648 



TON 

Tithymeljea. Daphne. 

Titi'llicum. The arm-pit. 

TITUBA'TION. (From titubo, to stagger 
or waver.) Restlessness, with an inclination to 
constant change of position. The fidgets. 

Toad-flax. Antirrhinum linaria. 

Tobacco. Nicotiana tabacum. 

Tobacco, English. Nicotiana rustica. 

Tobacco, Virginian. Nicotiana tabacum. 

TOCOLOGY. (From tokoc, parturition, and 
Xoyoc.) Obstetrics. 

TOE. Digitus pedis. Each toe consists of 
three distinct bones, disposed in rows, called 
phalanges, or ranks of the toes. The great toe 
has but two phalanges; the others have three 
ranks of bones, the joints of which are formed 
by a round head on one bone, and by a pretty 
deep hollow for receiving it in the one above it. 
They also consist of muscles, nerves, blood- 
vessels, and integuments. 

Toffania aqua. See Aquelta. 

TOLERANCE. (From tolero, to bear.) The 
ability to bear any medicine or agent, especially 
blood-letting. 

Tolu balsam. Toluifera balsamum. 

Toluidine. A volatile base, obtained from 
balsam of Tolu. 

TOLUI'FERA. («,«,£) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Monogynia. — T. balsamum. The 
tree which affords the Tolu balsam ; balsa- 
mum tolutanum ; balsam of Tolu. It grows in 
South America. The balsam is obtained by 
making incisions into the bark of the tree ; it 
thickens, and, in time, becomes concrete ; has 
a fragrant odor, and a warm, sweetish taste. 
It dissolves entirely in alcohol, and communi- 
cates its odor and taste to water by boiling. It 
contains benzoic acid. It has been used as an 
expectorant ; but its powers are very inconsid- 
erable, and it is at present employed principal- 
ly on account of its flavor. It is directed by 
the pharmacopoeias in the Syrupus tolutani and 
Tinctura tolutani. , 

Tolutanum balsamum. See Toluifera bal- 
samum. 

Toma'tum. Tomato. Solanum lycopersi- 
cum. 

Tombac A white alloy of copper with ar 
senic. 

Tombeki. (Arabic.) A highly narcotic East- 
ern species of the lobelia, used for smoking 

Tomei'um. An incision-knife. 

Tomento'se. Downy; woolly. 

TOME'NTUM. (urn, i, n. ; a flock of wool.) 
1. In Anatomy, applied to the small vessels on 
the surface of the brain, which appear like 
wool. 2. In Botany, a downy pubescence. 

Tomentum cerebri. The small vessels that 
penetrate the cortical substance of the brain 
from the pia mater, which, when separated 
from the brain, and adhering to the pia mater, 
give it a flocky appearance. 

TONE. (Tovof, from reivu, to extend.) 
The natural and healthy tension of the muscular 
fibre. 

TONGUE. Lingua. A soft, fleshy viscus, 
constituting the organ of taste. It is composed 
of muscular fibres, covered by a mucous mem- 
brane, on which are a great number of nervous 
papillae, particularly at the apex and lateral 



TON 

parts. About a quarter of an inch from its base 
is a little round pit, called the foramen ctecum, 
which seems to form a sort of reservoir for the 
contiguous mucous follicles. The papillae of 
the tongue are distinguished into the lenticular, 
which are from ten to fifteen in number, and 
are situated near the base of the tongue; the 
capitate or fungiform, smaller and more numer- 
ous than the preceding, and situated toward the 
edges and tip of the tongue ; the conical or py- 
ramidal, which are verynumerous, and dispersed 
over the whole upper surface of the tongue ; the 
filiform, which are few in number, and situated 
close to the tip of the tongue. The arteries of 
the tongue are branches of the ranine and labial. 
The vems empty themselves into the great Un- 
guals, which proceed to the external jugular. 
The nerves come from the eighth, ninth, and 
fifth pair. 

Tongue, black. A typhoid fever, which 
was endemical in the Western States in the win- 
ter ofd842-3. 

Tongue-shaped. Lingulate. 

TO'NIC. Tonicvs. A rigid contraction of 
the muscles, which lasts for some time without 
relaxation, is called a Tonic spasm. 

Toni'city. The elasticity of living parts. 

TO'NICS. (From tovou, to strengthen.) Ap- 
plied to those means which increases the tone 
of the muscular fibre, and impart vigor to the 
whole system. Tonics are divided into mineral 
and vegetable. The principal mineral tonics are 
the preparations of iron, zinc, copper, arsenic, 
silver, bismuth, mercury, and the mineral acids. 
The vegetable tonics consist chiefly of the bit- 
ters, quinine, salicine ; the aromatics also have 
a degree of tonic power. Cold is also a power- 
ful tonic. 

Tonics, mental. Those mental emotions 
which excite the body, as confidence, hope, 
and any pleasurable amusement. 

Tonka bean. The Tonquji bean. 

To'nos. Tonic spasm. 

TO'NSIL. (Tonsilla,a-,f.) An oblong, sub- 
oval gland, situated on each side of the fauces, 
and opening into the cavity of the mouth by 
twelve or more large excretoiy ducts. 

Tonsilla'rum gangr-kna. See Tonsillitis 
maligna. 

TONSILLI'TIS. (is,idis,f.) There are two 
species of inflammation of the tonsils, the one 
phlegmonoid, the other erythematous or erysip- 
elatous: they are perfectly distinct diseases. 1. 
Tonsillitis phlegmonoides. The common quin- 
sy, or inflammatory sore throat of most writers. 
It begins with a soreness or stiffness about one 
side of the throat ; the swallowing becomes im- 
peded ; the mouth is clammy ; and when the 
J 'aw is moved, or there is any attempt to swal- 
ow, there is a pain extending from the throat 
to the ear. These symptoms are attended with 
more or less pyrexia. If the inflammation be 
not resolved, the part becomes more tumid, 
deglutition more impeded, the febrile symptoms 
exacerbate more violently; suppuration soon 
follows, and, though the patient be in the great- 
est misery from the symptoms already mention- 
ed, the abscess bursts, and he is instantly re- 
lieved. The suppuration occasionally extends 
I'ound the pharynx, and a large quantity of pus 



TON 

is evacuated, either by spontaneous rupture or 
by an opening from the lancet. This species of 
tonsillitis is produced by cold, and is a common 
disease in spring and autumn, and seldom at- 
tended with any danger. It is never conta- 
gious, and mostly attacks the young and san- 
guine. It is apt to produce a disposition to re- 
turn from slight causes. 

At the very commencement, the inflammation 
is occasionally, though not often, resolved by 
bleeding or leeching. A purgative, and the an- 
tiphlogistic diet are required, with iced acidu- 
lated gargles, and such antifebrile remedies as 
are recommended against inflammation. Many 
quinsies are resolved by nauseating doses of tar- 
tar emetic, given every one or two hours for a 
day. Stimulating applications to the throat are 
often efficacious. 

When the abscess has burst, or the pus is 
evacuated, veiy little after-treatment is requir- 
ed: detergent gargles; and nourishment soon 
put all right again. 

2. Tonsillitis maligna. This is the ulcerated, 
speckled, malignant, putrid, or gangrenous sore 
throat of authors. It is also called Angina ma- 
ligna and Cynanche maligna. The inflammation 
is usually superficial on the membrane which 
covers the tonsils, and does not affect the cel- 
lular tissue beneath. No sooner does the in- 
flammation take place, than it passes immedi- 
ately into small ulcers, which have a varied ap- 
pearance, being whitish, gray, brown, or black; 
of smaller or larger extent, sometimes the size 
of a pea, and sometimes much larger ; mostly 
spreading so as to extend over the pharynx and 
the whole fauces, into the nostrils, and even 
around the glottis, and down the oesophagus. 
As these ulcerations increase, they have a slough- 
ing appearance ; and the membrane of the fau- 
ces is occasionally separated in large sloughs. 
The local affection is attended from its com- 
mencement with typhoid fever; the pulse is 
small, and rapid ; the heat considerable ; the 
prostration great; and there is mostly some 
disturbance of the sensorium. The disease is 
highly contagious, and. usually epidemic; and, 
according to the nature of the epidemic, the 
character of the fever, and other circumstances, 
the danger is to be appreciated. A very fre- 
quent concomitant of the malignant, ulcerated 
sore throat is a scarlet eruption over the body, 
in a simple form, or with blotches of a scarlet 
color, with petechia;, or vibices. This mostly 
increases the danger. When attended with an 
eruption, malignant tonsillitis appears very sim- 
ilar to scarlet fever of a bad type. 

When the local symptoms are mild, the fever 
is seldom great, and the danger comparatively 
little. 

In conducting the cure, cleanliness, pure air, 
and a free ventilation are here of the utmost 
importance, and especially the removing of all 
the excretions and cleansings of the fauces, 
which contain the contagion in its most active 
form. The remedies are similar to those recom- 
mended against typhus and gangrene. The ni- 
tro-muriatic%cid is here an excellent remedy, 
as are the acids generally. 

Cinchona, cascarilla, and calumba are the best 
tonics : their infusions and decoctions, and the 

649 



TOR 

sulphate of quinine, may be made into mixtures, 
and acidulated with either of the acids. If the 
bowels, from the free use of acids, become 
loose, aromatics and astringents are proper, with 
spiced wine and cordials. 

Tho local treatment consists in the use of 
stimulating gargles, especially of port wine, 
capsicum, or the mineral acids. In the admin- 
istration of these, the best rule is to proportion 
them to the effect they produce. The diet 
should consist of arrow-root, gruel, jellies, and 
the like, with wine or brandy. Good bottled 
porter is an excellent medicine. 

Tooth. See Teeth. 

Toothache. Odontalgia. 

Tooth-rash. Strophulus. 

Tooth-shape. Dentate. 

Tophaceous. Resembling a soft stone. 

TO'PHUS. (us, i, m. Toph, Hebrew.) 1. 
A toph, or soft swelling on a bone. 2. A con- 
cretion in the joints.' 3. Gravel. 

TO'PICAL. (Topicns; from tottoc, a place.) 
Medicines applied to a particular part are called 
Topical. 

Topina'rja. The same a.s Talpa. 

TO'RCULAR. (From torqueo, to twist.) 1. 
A press. 2. The tourniquet. 

Torcular hero'phili. The press of Hero- 
philus ; the fourth sinus of the dura mater. 

Tordylium officinale. Seseli creticum. 

Torenia asiatica. A small Malabar plant, 
the juice of which is said to cure the clap. 

Tormkntit.. Tormentilla erecta. 

TORMENTI'LLA. (a, a, f.) 1. Tormentilla 
erecta. 2. A gtenusof plants. Icosandria. Mon- 
ogynia. Rosacea;. — T. erecta. The upright 
soptfoil. The root has a strong, styptic taste: 
it has long been held in estimation as a good 
astringent. It is chiefly used in infusion as an 
injection. 

TORME'NTUM. Tho ileac passion was so 
called, from its severely painful nature. See 
Ileac passion. 

TORMINA. (PI. of Tormen, inis, n.) 1. 
Severe griping pains in the bowels. 2. Dys- 
entery. — Cclsus. 

Toro'sus. Protuberant, 

Torpe'iio. Raia torpedo. The electrical 
ray. 

TO'RPOR . ( From lorpeo, to be benumbed. ) 
A numbness, inactivity, or deficient sensation. 

Torricellian vacuum. The vacuum which 
occurs above the mercury in a long barometer 
tube. 

TO'RSION. Torsio. Twisting. The twist- 
ing or torsion of a divided artery will stop hem- 
orrhage, and it is occasionally used for this pur- 
pose. 

Torsion balance. Coulomb's electrom- 
eter. 

Torsk. The Gad us ciliaris and brosme. 

TORTICO'LLIS. (is, is, m. ; from torqueo, 
to twist, and collum, the neck.) The wiy neck. 
See Wry neck. 
• To'rtilis. Twisted. 

Tortuo'sus. Tortuous; twisted. 

Tortu'ra oris. A wry mouth. 

TORU'LiE. (PI. of torula.) Microscopic 
confervoid bodies discoverable in fermenting 
fluids. They are tubular. Diabetic or saccha- 
650 



TRA 

rine urine, which has been placed on one side 
for a short time in warmth, develops them ; and 
they constitute a safe test of this condition of 
the urine. 

Torulo'sus. Torulous. Bulged out at in- 
tervals, like a cord with several knots in it. 

Torus. 1. A twisted cord. 2. The recepta- 
cle of a flower. 

TOUCH. Tactus. The sense by which we 
are enabled to know the properties of bodies 
by feeling them. This arises from the presence 
of the fibrillar of the sensory nerves being dis- 
tributed over every part of the skin. 

Touch-me-not. The noli me tangere. 

Touchwood. Boletus ignarius. 

TOU'RNIQUET. (French ; from tourner, to 
turn.) An instrument used for stopping the 
flow of blood into a limb by compressing the 
main artery. The tourniquet is used to stop 
hemorrhage till some more permanent means 
can be put in effect, as during the amputation 
of a limb. It is unnecessary to describe the 
tourniquet, which is in constant use among sur- 
geons. 

Tous les mois. A farina derived from the 
rhizome of the Canna coccinea. 

Toxica'ria mac assarie'nsis. A name of the 
Bolmn upas. See Upas. 

Toxicode'ndrum. Rhus toxicodendron. 

Toxicoh^'mia. Poisoning of the blood. 

TOXICO'LOGY. ( Toxicologic, a:, f. ; from 
roi-iKov, a poison, and hoyoe, a discourse.) The 
study of poisons. See Poison. 

To'xicum. (urn, i, n. ; to^lkov.) A poison. 
See Poison. 

Toxite'sia. The artemisia or uiugwort. 

TRABE'CULA. (a, a:, f.) Applied to the 
thread-like processes in the longitudinal sinus 
of the dura mater, and to tho small medullary 
fibres of the brain, which constitute the com- 
missures. 

TRACHE'A. ^a, te, f. Tpaxeia, from its 
roughness; from rpaxve, rough.) Trachelos. 
The windpipe. The trachea is a cartilaginous 
and membranous canal, through which the air 
passes into the lungs. Its upper part is the 
larynx. From the larynx the canal begins to 
take the name of trachea, or arteria aspera, and 
extends from thence as far down as the fourth 
or fifth vertebra of the back, where it divides 
into two branches, which are the right and left 
bronchial tubes. Each of the bronchia ramifies 
through the substance of a lobe of the lungs 
by an infinite number of branches, which are 
formed of cartilages, separated from each other, 
like those of the trachea, by an intervening 
membranous and ligamentous substance. Each 
of these cartilages is nearly of an annular figure; 
and they become gradually less and less in their 
diameter. As the branches of the bronchia be- 
come more minute, their cartilages become more 
and more annular and membranous, till at length 
they become perfectly so. The trachea is fur- 
nished with fleshy or muscular fibres, some of 
which pass through its whole extent longitudi- 
nally, while the others are carried round it in a 
circular direction, so that, by the contraction or 
relaxation of these fibres, it is enabled to short- 
en itself, and likewise to dilate or contract the 
diameter of its passage. The trachea and its 



TRA 

branches, in all their ramifications, are furnished 
with a great number of small glands, which are 
lodged m their cellular substance, and discharge 
a mucous fluid on the inner surface of these 
tubes. 

The trachea receives its arteries from the 
carotid and subclavian arteries, and its veins 
pass into the j ugulars. Its nerves arise from the 
recurrent branch of the eighth pair, and from 
the cervical plexus. 

Tra'cheal. Pertaining to the trachea. 
Tracheitis infantum. Croup. 
Trache'lagra. The gout or rheumatism in 
the neck. 

Trache'uum. Campanula trachelium. 
TRACHE'LO-. A prefix, from rpaxn^oc , the 
neck. Appertaining to the neck. 
Traciieloce'le. Bronchocele. 
Trache'i.O-DIAFHRAGMATIC NERVES. The 
four pair of cervical nerves. 

Trache'lo-mastoide'us. A muscle situated 
on the neck, which assists the complexus, but 
pulls tho head more to one side. It is the com- 
plexus minor scu mastoidcus lateralis of Wins- 
low. It arises from the transverse processes 
of the five inferior cervical vertebra;, where it 
is connected with the transversalis cervicis, and 
of the three superior dorsal, and it is inserted 
into the middle of the posterior part of the 
mastoid process. 

Trachelo'phyma. A bronchocele. 
TRACHEO'TOMY. (Trackcolomia, m, f.J 
from rpaxeia, the trachea, and reuvu, to cut.) 
See Bronchotomy. 

TRACHI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from rpaxeia, 
the windpipe, and Ms, the terminal, which de- 
notes inflammation.) Inflammation of the tra- 
chea. See Croup. 

TRACHO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from rpa X vc, 
rough.) An as])erity in the internal superficies 
of the eyelid. It often produces a violent oph- 
thalmia, and a severe pain, as often as the eye- 
lid moves. It may be produced from sand 
falling between the eye and the eyelid of per- 
sons travelling. It also arises from caruncles, 
or fleshy warts, and from hard pustules grow- 
ing in the internal superficies of the eyelid. 
Tractors, metallic. Perkinism. 
TRAC'TUS. (its, i, in. ; from traho, to draw.) 
A drawing in length ; a region ; a space ; a tract. 
Tractus motorius. Mbtor tract; the name 
given to the prolongation of the corpora pyra- 
midalia through the pons varolii into the crura 
cerebri. The motor nerves arise from this 
tract. 

Tractus opticus. Optic tract; a flattened 
band, which arises from the thalamus opticus, 
and turns round the cms cerebri. 

Tractus respiratorius. Respiratory tract; 

a name given by C. Bell to a narrow white band, 

which descends along the side of the medulla 

, oblongata at tho bottom of the lateral sulcus. 

Tragaca'nth. Tragaca'ntha. Astragalus 

tragacantha. 

Tragaca'nthin. Bassorin. 
TRA'GICUS. A proper muscle of the ear, 
which pulls the point of the tragus a little for- 
ward. 

Tra'oium. The Dictauinus albus. 
Traoo'ckrus. The aloe plant. 



TRA 

TRAGOPO'GON. (on, mis, m.) A genus 
of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia. Compos- 
ite. — T. pratense. The common goat's beard. 
The young stems of this plant are eaten like 
asparagus. The root is also excellent, and was 
formerly used medicinally as a diuretic. 

Trago'pyrum. The Polygonum fagopyrum. 
Tragori'ganum. Applied formerly to sev- 
eral species of Origanum. 

Tragoseli'num. Pimpinella saxifraga. 
TRA'GUS. (us, i, m.) In Anatomy, a small 
cartilaginous eminence of the external ear. 
Trailing. Procumbent. 
Tra'mis. Tpapic. The raphe. 
Trance. See Catalepsy and Ecstasy. 
TRANSFORM A'T ION. In Pathology, a 
morbid change in a part, which consists in the 
conversion of its texture into one which is nat- 
ural to some other part ; as when soft parts are 
converted into cartilage or bone. 

TRANSFU'SION. (Transfusio, onis, f.; 
from transfundo, to pour from one vessel into 
another.) The transmission of blood from one 
living animal to another by means of a canula. 
This was practiced with various success in the 
last century. 

The most important experiments on transfu- 
sion which have lately been performed are 
those of Or. Bluudell, who has established both 
the safety and utility of replenishing the vessels 
of persons sinking from the effects of hemor- 
rhage, from the veins of another healthy human 
being. In the opinion of Dr. Blundcll, a very 
moderate quantity of fresh blood is sufficient to 
| turn the balance wavering between life and 
I death: he considers half a pint: fir a pint as an 
ample supply-. The operation of transfusion 
] must be performed with a. well-adjusted ap- 
! paratus, and with the utmost caution, that no 
I air be injected along with the blood, an acci- 
I dent the fatal consequences of which are well 
1 known. 

Translation ok diseases. Metastasis. 
TRANSPIRA'TION. Transpiratio. The 
exhalation of moisture from the body or lungs, 
as iu*porspiratioii. 

Tit A N S U I) A'T I O N. Transudate, The 
passing of fluids through the cells or pores of 
any thing. The term should be distinguished 
from perspiration, which implies a function by 
which the perspired fluid is secreted from the 
blood, whereas by transudation the blood or 
other fluid merely oozes through unaltered. 
Exosmose. 

TRANSVERSA'LIS. Applied very gener- 
ally in the several departments of nature, espe- 
cially in Anatomy, to muscles, vessels, &c., 
which have a transverse direction. 

Transversalis abdominis. A muscle situa- 
ted on the anterior part of the abdomen: so 
named from its direction. It arises posteri- 
orly from the cartilages of the seven lower 
ribs, being there connected with the intercost- 
als and diaphragm ; also, from the transverse 
process of the last vertebra, of the back, from 
those of the four upper vertebra' of the loins, 
from the inner edge of the crista ilii, and from 
part of Poupart's ligament; and it is insert- 
ed into the inferior bone of the sternum, and 
almost all the length of the linea alba. Its 

651 



TEA 

use is to support and compress the abdominal 
viscera. 

Transversalis anticus primus. See Rec- 
tus capitis lateralis. 

Transversalis cervicis. See Longissimus 
dorsi. 

Transversalis colli. A muscle situated 
on the posterior part of the neck, which turns 
the neck obliquely backward, and a little to 
one side. 

Trans versalis dorsi. See MulHJidus 
spina. 

Transversalis major colli. See Longis- 
simus dorsi. 

Transversalis nasi. The compressor nans. 
Transversalis pedis. A muscle of the foot, 
which it contracts, by bringing the great toe 
and the two outermost toes nearer each other. 
Transverse suture. Sutura transversalis. 
This suture runs across the face, and sinks down 
into the orbits, joining the bones of the skull to 
the bones of the face, but with so many irreg- 
ularities and interruptions that it can scarcely 
be recognized as a suture. 

Transverso-spinalis. See Multifidus spina. 
TRANSVE'RSUS. Transverse: placed 
across. 

Transversus auris. A muscle of the ex- 
ternal ear, which draws the upper part of the 
concha toward the helix. 

Transversus perin^i. A muscle of the or- 
gans of generation, which dilates the bulb of 
the urethra, and assists the action of the levator 
ani. 

Transversus perin.ei alter. Prostaticus 
inferior of Wiuslow. A small muscle occasion- 
ally found accompanying the former. 

TRA'PA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
Tetrandria. Monogynia. — T. natans. The 
plant which yields the Nux aquatica. The 
fruit is of a sweet, farinaceous flavor, somewhat 
like that of the chestnut, and is said to be nu- 
tritious and demulcent. 

Trape'ziform. Trapcziformis. Of the 
shape of a trapezium. 

TRAPE'ZIUM. (mot, ii, n. ; a geometrical 
figure.) The first bone of the second row of 
the carpus, so called from its shape. 

TRAPE'ZIUS. (us, ii, m. ; from rpaxe&ov, 
the name of a geometrical figure : so named 
from its shape.) Cucullaris. A muscle situa- 
ted immediately under the integuments of the 
posterior part of the neck and back. It arises 
by a thick, rouud, and short tendon, from the 
lower part of a protuberance in the middle of 
the occipital bone, and from the rough line 
that is extended from thence toward the mas- 
toid process of the os temporis, and by a thin 
membranous tendon, which, covers part of the 
complexus and splenius. It then runs down- 
ward along the nape of the neck, and rises, 
tendinous, from the spinous processes of the 
two lowermost vertebras of the neck, and from 
the spinous processes of all the vertebra? of the 
back, being inseparably united to its fellow, the 
whole length of its origin, by tendinous fibres, 
which, in the nape of the neck, form what is 
called the Ligamentum. colli, or the cervical lig- 
ament. It is inserted, fleshy, into the broad 
and posterior half of the clavicle, tendinous and 
CV2 



TRI 

fleshy into one half of the acromion, and into 
almost all the spine of the scapula. 

This muscle serves to move the scapula in dif- 
ferent directions. Its upper descending fibres 
pull it obliquely upward ; its middle transverse 
ones pull it directly backward ; its inferior fibres, 
which ascend obliquely upward, draw it oblique- 
ly downward and backward. 

The upper part of the muscle acts upon the 
neck and head, the latter of which it draws 
backward, and turns upon its axis. It like- 
wise concurs with other muscles in counteract- 
ing the flexion of the head forward. 

TRAPEZOI'DES OS. (From rpane&oc, the 
trapezium, and eiifoc, resemblance.) The sec- 
ond bone of the second row of the carpus. 

TRAUMA'TIC. (Traumaticus ; from rpav- 
fia, a wound.) Relating to a wound. 
Traveler's joy. Clematis vitalba. 
Treacle. Molasses. The refuse of the man- 
ufacture of sugar. 

Treacle, mustard. Thlaspi arvense. 
Treacle, Venice. Mithridatium. 
Tree liverwort. Lichen olivarius. 
Tree, primrose. CEnothera biennis. 
Trefoil. See Tnfolium. 
Trefoil, acacia. The Spartium spinosum. 
Trefoil, marsh. T., water. Menyanthes 
trifoliata. 

Tre'mbles. The milk sickness. 
Tremella nostoc Nostoc commune. An 
indigenous greenish jelly, found in stagnant wa- 
ters, which is edible. 

Tre'mor. (or, oris, m.) Trembling. 
TREPA'N. ( Trepa'num, i, n. ; from Tpvnau, 
to perforate.) A surgical instrument, bearing 
much resemblance to a wimble, and worked in 
the same manner. It is used for cutting a cir- 
cular portion of bone out of the skull. It is su- 
perseded by the trephine. 

Trepa'nning. The operation of using the 
trepan. 

TREPHI'NE. It consists of a cylindrical 
saw, with a handle placed transversely, like 
that of a gimlet, and has a perforator or center 
pin, which is fixed into the skull, and forms an 
axis on which the circular edge of the saw ro- 
tates, and which is removed as soon as the teeth 
of the saw have made a groove in which they 
can work steadily. 

Trephi'ning. The operation of using the 
trephine. 

Tresis. A perforation or wound. 
TRIA'NDRIA. Triandrous. (From rpcic, 
three, and avqp, a man.) Plants which have 
three distinct stamens. 

Triangularis. Triangular. 
Triangularis oris. The depressor oris. 
Triangularis sterni. See Sternocostales. 
Tribulus aquaticus. Trapa natans. 
Tricauda'lis. Having three tails. 
T R I'C EPS. (eps, ipitis; from tres, three, , 
and caput, a head.) Three-headed. 

Triceps adductor ff.moris. Under this ap- 
pellation are comprehended three distinct mus- 
cles. See Adductor brcvis, A. longus, and mag- 
mis femoris. 

Triceps auris. See Relrahens auris. 
Triceps cruris. A name given to the vas 
tus internus and externus cruraus. 



TRI 

Triceps extensor cubiti. This muscle oc- 
cupies all the posterior part of the os humeri, 
and is described as two distinct muscles by 
Douglas, and as three by Winslovv. It arises 
by three heads. The first, or long head (the 
long head of the biceps externus of Douglas ; an- 
coneus major of Winslow, as it is called) springs, 
by a flat tendon of an inch in breadth, from the 
anterior extremity of the inferior costa of die 
scapula, near its neck, and below the oiigin of 
the teres minor. The second head (the short 
head of the biceps externus of Douglas; anconeus 
externus of Winslow) arises, by an acute, ten- 
dinous, and fleshy beginning, from the upper 
and outer part of the os humeri, at the bottom 
of its great tuberosity. The third head (brachi- 
alis externus of Douglas, anconeus intcrnus of 
Winslow), which is the shortest of the three, 
originates, by an acute, fleshy beginning, from 
the back part of the os humeri, behind the flat 
tendon of the latissimus dorsi. These three 
portions unite about the middle of the arm, so 
as to form one thick and powerful muscle, 
which adheres to the os humeri to within an 
inch of the elbow, where it begins to form a 
broad tendon, which, after adhering to the cap- 
sular ligament of the elbow, is inserted into 
the upper and outer part of the olecranon, and 
sends off a great number of fibres, which help 
to form the fascia on the outer part of the fore- 
arm. The use of this muscle is to extend the 
forearm. 

TRICHIASIS. Tri'chia. (From dpi?, a 
hair.) 1. A disease of the eyelashes, in which 
they are turned in toward the bulb of the eye. 
2. Plica. 

' TRICHI'NA SPIRALIS. A species of en- 
tozoon, consisting of very minute oblong cysts, 
found in the muscles of voluntary motion. 

TRICHI'SMUS. (us, i, m. ; from Spi%, a 
hair. ) A species of fracture which appears like 
a hair, and is almost imperceptible. 

TRICHOCE'PHALUS. (us, i, m. ; from 
#/m? , a hair, and netya'kn, the head. ) The hair- 
headed worm. See Entozoa. 

TRICHO'MA. (a, alis, n.; from %?, a 
hair.) The plaited hair. See Plica. 

Tricho'manes. Asplenium trichomanes. 
TRICHOMO'NAS VAGINALIS. An infuso- 
rial of an elliptical figure, and twice the size of 
the blood globules found by Donne in the pus 
of syphilitic vaginitis. 

TRICHO'SIS. (Tpi X uair, from fyu£ a 
hair.). Under this name Dr. Good arranges a 
genus, which embraces most of the diseases of 
the hair. 

Tricho'tomous. Trichotomus. Divided by 
threes. Applied in Natural History. 

TRICHU'RIS. (is, idis, f.; from fyuf, a 
hair.) The long hair-worm. See Entozoa. 

Trico'ccous. Three-seeded. 
• TRIOU'SPID. (Tricuspis, tricuspidatus ; 
from tres, three, and cuspis, a point.) Three- 
pointed. 

Tricuspid valve. The valve situated be- 
tween the auricle and ventricle, on the right 
side of the heart. 

Tricuspidate. Tricuspidatus. Tricuspid. 
Trifacial nerve. The fifth pair of nerves. 
Tri'fid. Trifidus. Three-cleft. 



TRI 

TRIFO'LIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosa. 

— T. acetosum. Oxalis acetosella. — T. aquat- 
icum. Menyanthes trifoliata. — T.arvense. The 
hare's-foot trefoil ; not now used. — T. aureum. 
The Anemone hepatica. — T. caballinum. See 
Trifolium melilotus officinalis. — T. hepaticum. 
Anemone hepatica. — T. melilotus officinalis. 
The officinal melilot. M$ilolus. T. odoratum. 
This plant has been said to be resolvent, emol- 
lent, and anodyne. Its taste is unpleasant, sub- 
acrid, subsaline, but not bitter; when fresh it 
has scarcely any smell ; in drying it acquires a 
pretty strong one, of the aromatic kind, but not 
agreeable. The principal use of melilot has 
been in clysters, fomentations, and other ex- 
ternal applications. — T paludosum. Menyan- 
thes trifoliata. 

Triga'stric Having three bellies. 

TRIGE'MINI. (Trigeminus; from tret, 
three, and geminus, double; threefold.) The 
fifth pair of nerves. See Nerve. 

TRIGONE'LLA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
plants. Diadelphia. Decandna. Leguminosa. 

— T.fcenum gr cecum. The fenugreek. Fatnum 
grcecum. It is a native of Montpellier. The 
seeds have a strong, disagreeable smell, and an 
unctuous, farinaceous taste, accompanied with a 
slight bitterness. They are esteemed as assisting 
the formation of pus in inflammatory tumors ; 
and the meal, with that intention, is made into 
a poultice with milk. 

Trigo'nus. Trigonal, or three-cornered. 
T R I G Y' N I A. Trigynous. (From rpeic , 
three, and yvvr), a female. ) Plants having three 
pistils. 

, TRI'LOBATE. Trilobatus. Trilobus. 
Thrce-lobed. Applied to parts of animals and 
plants which are so shaped. 

Trilo'cular. Trilocularis. Three-celled. 

Tiune'rvis. Three-nerved. Three-ribbed; 
applied to leaves, &c. 

Trinitatis herba. Trinity kerb. Anemone 
hepatica. 

TRIO'STEUM. (w, i, m.) A genus of 
plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. Caprifoli- 
acece. The T. perfoliatum, or fever root, finds 
a place in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. The bark 
of the root is cathartic in doses of 3j. to 33., and 
emetic in larger doses. 

Tripartite. Tripartitus. Divided into 
three. Applied to parts of animals and vege 
tables. 

Tripa'strum ape'ludis. Tripastrum Archi 
medis. A surgical instrument for extending 
fractured limbs ; so named because it resemblea 
a machine invented by Apellides or Archimedes, 
for lanching of ships, and because it was work- 
ed with three cords. 

Triphy'llous. Triphyllus. Three-leaved. 

Tripi'nnate. Tripinnatus. Triply pinnate. 
Applied to a pinnated leaf, of which the second- 
ary petioles produce tertiary petioles on which 
the leaflets are implanted. 

Tripline'rvis. Triply-ribbed. 

Triplo'pia. Vims triplicatus. A species of 
disordered vision, in which objects are said to 
be seen triple. 

TRIQUE'TRA OSSI'CULI. Ossicula war- 
miana. The triangular-shaped bones which are 

653 



TRO 

found mostly in the course of the lambdoidal 
suture of the skull. 
Trique'trum. (wot, i, n.) A triangle. 
Trique'trus. Three-sided. 
TRI'SMUS. (us, i, m. ; from Tptfe, to gnash.) 
Locked jaw. Spastic rigidity of the under jaw. 
There are two species: 1. Trismus nascentium, 
attacking infants during the two first weeks 
from their birth. S.jjTrtontM traumaticus, at- 
tacking persons of all ages, and arising from 
wounds. See Tetanus. 

Trisfla'nchnic nerve. The great sympa- 
thetic nerve. See Intercostal nerve. 
Tri'ssago. Teucrium chauuedrys. 
Tritao'fhya. A fever similar to a tertian. 
Trita'us. A tertian fever. See Ague. 
TRI'TICUM. (tim,i, n.) A genus of plants. 
Triandria. Digynia. Graminacea:. — T. rc- 
vens. Dog's-grass. Couch-grass. A very com- 
mon grass, the roots of which are agreeably 
sweet, and possess aperient properties. — T. hy- 
bernum. Wheat. 

Tri'torium. A mortar. 
TRITURATION. ( Trituratio, onis, f. ; from 
tero, to rub or grind.) The act of reducing a 
solid body into a subtile powder. It i9 per- 
formed mostly by the rotatory motion of a pestle 
in metallic, glass, or wedgewood mortars, or by 
grinding. 

Tri'vial. In Botany, the trivial name is the 
same as the specific. 

TROC A'R. The name of an instrument used 
in tapping for the dropsy. It consists of a pointed 
Btilet, partially inclosed in a cannula. 

TROCHANTER, (er, ri, m.; from rpo X afr, 
to run ; because the muscles inserted into them 
perform the office of running.) The name of two 
processes of the thigh bone, which aro distin- 
guished into the greater and lesser. See Femur. 
Trochanterian. Relating to the trochanter. 
TROCHI'SCUS. (us, i, m.; diminutive of 
Tpo\oc, a wheel.) A troch or round tablet. 
Troches and lozenges are composed of powders 
made up with glutinous substances into little 
■Mikes, and afterward dried. 

Trochisci creta. Troches of chalk. Take 
of prepared chalk, jiv. ; gum arabic, in powder, 
3j. ; nutmeg, in powder, 3J.; sugar, in powder, 
5vj. Mix intimately; then add sufficient water 
to make a mass, and divide into troches, weigh- 
ing each ten grains. Absorbent and antacid. 

Trochisci glycyrrhiza et opii. Troches 
of liquorice and opium. Take of powdered 
opium, ?ss. ; liquorice, sugar, gum arabic, in 
powder, each, § x. ; oil of anise, f. 31J. Mix. 
Add water sufficient to make a mass; make 
into troches, weighing each six grains. Demul- 
cent and anodyne. 

Trochisci ipecacuanha. Troches of ipe- 
cacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha, in powder, 
Jss. ; sugar, in powder, 3 xiv. ; arrow root, in 
powder, fiv. ; mucilage of tragacanth, a sufficient 
quantity. Mix, and divide into troches, each 
weighing ten grains. Expectorant. 

Trochisci magnesia. Troches of magnesia. 
Take of magnesia, ?iv. ; sugar, fly. ; nutmeg, in 
powder, ?j.; mucilage of tragacanth, a sufficient 
quantity. Rub the magnesia, sugar, and nut- 
meg together; add the mucilage, and form into 
troches, each weighing ten grains. Antacid. 
654 



TUB 

Trochisci Mentha piperita. Troches of 
peppermint. Take of oil of peppermint, f. 3J. ; 
sugar, in powder, ibj.; mucilage of tragacanth, 
q. s. Mix, and divide into troches, each weigh- 
ing ten grains. Carminative. 

TRO'CHLEA. (a, <s, f. Tpo^/Ua, a pulley; 
from rpe^w, to run.) A kind of cartilaginous 
pulley, through which the tendon of one of the 
muscles of the eye passes. 

Trochlea'ris. The obliquus superior oculi. 
Trochlea'tor. A nerve : so called because 
it supplies the musculus trochlearis of the eye. 
See Pathetici. 

TROCHOI'DES. (From Tpo X oc, a wheel, and 
eidoc, resemblance.) Axea commissura. A spe- 
cies of movable connection of bones, in which 
one bone rotates upon another ; as the first cer- 
vical vertebra upon the odontoid process of the 
second. 

TROr/E'OLUM. (urn, i, 11.) A genus of 
plants. Octandria. Monogynia. — T. ma jus. 
Greater Indian cress, or nasturtium. The fresh 
plant has a taste like cresses, and is recommend- 
ed in scurvy. 

Trophe. Tpofrj. Food; aliment; nutrition* 
Trophis Americana. The fruit of this plant 
is a rough, red berry, which is eaten in Ja- 
maica. 

Trowel-shaped. Deltoid. 
TRUE. Verus. Formerly applied to desig- 
nate diseases, when they were really what the 
name implied, and in opposition to those which 
only simulated them : hence Peripneumonia 
vera and P. notha. 

Truffle. Tuber cibarium. 
Trunca'ted. Truncatus. Lopped; appear- 
ing as if cut oft*. 

TRU'NCUS. (us, i, m.) The trunk. In 
Anatomy, applied to the body strictly so called. 
It is divided into the thorax, or chest, the abdo- 
men, or belly, and the pelvis. . 

TRUSS. (From the French trousse.) A 
bandage for a hernia. It consists of a steel spring 
which carries two pads, one of which is adjust- 
ed over the back as a point of support, and the 
other over the hernia. 

TU'BA. (a, a, f. ; from tubus, any hollow 
vessel.) A tube. In Anatomy, applied to sev- 
eral canals, -as the Eustachian tube, Fallopian 
tube, &c. 

Tuba eustachia'na. The Eustachian tube. 
A tube which forms a communication between 
the cavity of the tympanum and the posterior 
nares. See Auris. 

Tuba fallopia'na. The Fallopian tube. A 
canal which arises at each side of the fundus of 
the uterus, and ends near the ovarium. 
Tube. Tuba. 

TU'BER. (er, eris, n. ; from lumeo, to swell.) 
An old name for an excrescence. 1. In Anatomy, 
applied to some parts which are rounded, as 
Tuber annulare, &c. 2. In Surgery, a knot or 
swelling in any part. 3. In Botany, a subter-* 
ranean stem, like the potato. 4. A genus of 
fungi. See Lycoperdon. 

Tuber annulare. Tubtrculum annulare. 
See Pons varolii. 

Tuber cibarum. The truffle. A round, tu 
berculated, subterrene fungus, much esteemed 
as a delicacy. 



TUB 

Tuber cinereum. An eminence of gray 
matter, forming part of the floor of the third 
ventricle of the brain. 

Tuber ischii. The tuberosity of the ischium. 
TU'BERCLE. {Tuberculum, i, n.; dimin- 
utive of tuber.) A tubercle. 1. In Anatomy, 
applied to several elevations. 2. In Pathology, 
a peculiar morbid product occurring in various 
textures of the body, in connection with the 
scrofulous, or, as it is now frequently termed, 
the tubercular diathesis. It occurs in isolated 
roundish masses, or infiltrated in the texture of 
organs. The matter which forms tubercles is 
of a dull whitish-yellow or yellowish-gray col- 
or, opaque, and varying in form and consistence 
according to the stage of development of the 
tubercle, and the texture of the part in which 
it is formed. 

It is the general opinion of pathological anat- 
omists that there is scarcely any texture of the 
body which may not occasionally become the 
Beat of tubercle. It has been found on the sur- 
face of mucous and serous membranes, within 
mucous follicles, within lymphatic vessels, in 
the cellular membrane, and in the blood, espe- 
cially in that contained in the cells of the spleen. 
Their presence gives rise to many severe and 
incurable diseases, as well as to the less formi- 
dable glandular affections which infest the scrof- 
ulous constitution, especially in early life. See 
Phthisis, Scrofula, Tabes, &c. 

TUBE'RCULA. An order in Willan's Cuta- 
neous Diseases, consisting of defined, small, 
hard, superficial tumors, circumscribed and per- 
manent, or suppurating partially. It compre- 
hends nine genera, viz., Phyma, Verruca, Mot- 
luscvm, Vitiligo, Acne, Sycosis, Lupus, Elephan- 
tiasis, and Frambatsia. 

Tubercula arantii. Corpora arantii. 

Tubercula quadrige'mina. Four white 
oval tubercles of the brain, two of which are 
situated on each side, at the posterior part of 
the third ventricle, and over the aqueduct of 
Bylvius. The ancients called them nates and 
testes, from their resemblance in 6hape to those 
parts. See Encephalos. 

Tube'rcular. Tuberculatus. 1. Tubercu- 
late : tubercled ; having small warts or tuber- 
cles. 2. Relating to the presence of tubercles, 
as Tubercular consumption. 

TuBEitcur.o'sis. The (scrofulous diathesis. 

Tuberculous. Tubercular. 

Tuberculum annulare. The tuber annu- 
lare. 

Tuberculum Loweri. An eminence in the 
right auricle of the heart where the two venae 
cava; meet: so called from Lower, who first 
described it. See Heart. 

Tu'berose. Tuberosus. Tuberous : knob- 
bed. 

TUBEROSITY. Tuberositas. An eminence 
or projection on a bone. 

Tu'bular. Tubularis. Tube-like. 

TUBULATED. Tubulatns. 1. Synony- 
mous with Tnbulous. 2. A retort which has a 
small tubular production at its upper and back 
part, with a stopper adapted to it, is called a 
Tuhulatei retort. 

TU'BULI LACTI'FERI. The ducts or tubes 
in the nipple through which the milk passes. 



TUN 

Tubuli seminiferi. Vasa seminalia. Mi- 
nute tubes, constituting the parenchyma of the 
testis. According to the observations of Monro, 
they do not exceed the one two-hundredth part 
of an inch in diameter. 

Tubuh uuiniferi. Minute, convergent, ex- 
cretory tubes, constituting the tissue of the tu- 
bular substance of the kidney. Their orifices 
are called the Ducts of Bellini. 

Tubulorum corona. The circle of minute 
tubes surrounding each of Beyer's glands in the 
intestines. 

Tu'bulous. Tubulosus. Tubular 

Tu'bulus. A small tube or duct 

Tuft. Seo Capitulum and Cyme. 

Tulip-tree. Liriodendron tulipiferum. 

TUME'F ACTION. A transient swelling. 

TUMOR. Tumour. ( Tu mor, oris, m.; trom 
tumco, to swell.) In a wide acceptation, a tu- 
mor means a swelling of any part, of whatever 
kind, and from whatever cause. The term, 
however, is usually restricted to a permanent 
swelling, while the swelling which arises from 
inflammation, and ceases along with the cause, 
is more generally called tumefaction. Tumors 
are commonly distinguished into Sarcomatous r 
firm, and of a fleshy consistence ; and Encysted, 
consisting of a sac containing matter more or 
less pulpy, or fluid. 

I. Sarcomatous Tumors. — These were divided 
by Abemethy into, 1. Common vascular, or or- 
ganized sarcoma, including tumors which ap- 
pear to be composed of the lymph of the blood, 
rendered more or less vascular by the growth 
of vessels through it. 2. Adipose sarcoma, in- 
cluding fatty tumors. 3. Pancreatic sarcoma, 
so called from the resemblance of its structure 
to that of the pancreas. 4. The Mastoid, or 
Mammary sarcoma, so called from the resem- 
blance of its structure to that of the mammary 
gland. 5. The Tuberculated sarcoma, com- 
posed of numerous small, firm, roundish tumors, 
of various sizes and colors, connected with 
each other by cellular membrane. 6. Medul- 
lary sarcoma, so called from its resembling the 
medullary matter of the brain. It is the Fun- 
gus hcematodes of other writers. 7. The Car- 
cinomatous sarcoma, or cancerous tumor. Of 
these different kinds of tumors, the common vas- 
cular, the adipose, and the pancreatic are con- 
sidered as dev id of any malignity; the tuber- 
culated, medullary, and carcinomatous are high- 
ly malignant: the mammary sarcoma was placed 
by Mr. Abemethy betweeu the two. 

II. Encysted tumors. These are distinguished 
into, 1. Steatomatosis, or those containing afa^tty 
matter. 2. Melicerous, containing matter some- 
what resembling honey. 3. Atheromatous, con- 
taining a pap-like matter. 

TUNBRIDGE WELLS. In the village of 
Tuubridge, England. They are chalybeate, 
and charged with carbonic acid. 

Tu'ngstate. A salt of the tungstic acid. 

TU'NGSTEN. A rare metal of a grayish- 
white or iron color, with considerable brilliancy, 
very hard and brittle. Its specific gravity is 
17-14; equivalent, 99-7 ; symbol, W. There 
are two oxides, the brown, and the yellow or 
tungstic acid. 

TU'NIC. ( Tunica, te, f. ; a coat, a tucndo 
655 



TUR 

corpore, because it defends the body.) A mem- 
brane or covering ; as the coats ot the eye, &c. 

Tunica aciniformis. See Iris. 

Tunica adnata. The conjunctiva. 

Tunica albuginea oculi. The albuginea 
oculi. 

Tunica albuginea testis. The albuginea 
testis. 

Tunica arachnoidea. The arachnoid mem- 
brane. 

Tunica cellulosa Ruyschii. The cellular 
coat of the intestines. 

Tunica choroides. The choroid membrane. 

Tunica conjunctiva. The conjunctiva. 

Tunica cornea. The cornea of the eye. 

Tunica elytroides. The tunica vaginalis. 

Tunica erythroides. The cremaster. 

Tunica filamentosa. The false or spongy 
chorion. See Chorion. 

Tunica Jacobi. Jacob's membrane. 

Tunica retina. The retina. 

Tunica vaginalis testis. See Testis. 

Tunica vasculosa testis. A vascular mem- 
brane lying upon the inner surface of the tunica 
albuginea, and constituting the nutrient mem- 
brane of the testis. 

Tunica vasculosa retina. The inner and 
fibro-vascular lamina of the retina, which sup- 

Eorts the outer medullary, pulpy, or mucous 
imina. 

Tunica villosa.' The villous, or inner coat 
of the intestines. 

Tunica'tus. Covered with an envelope. 

TU'RBIN ATE. ( Turbinates ; from turbo, a 
top. ) Shaped like a top. 

Turbinated bones. The superior spongy 
portion of the ethmoid bone, and the inferior 
spongy bones, are so called by some writers. 
See Spongiosa ossa. 

Turbina'tum. The pineal gland. 

Turbina'tus. Turbinate ; shaped like a top. 

Tu'rbith, Montpellier. Globularia aly- 
pum. 

Tu'rbot. The Pleuronectes maximus. 

TURGE'SCENCE. Turgescentia. A con- 
dition of active congestion without perverted 
action. A state of distension. 

Tu'rgid. Turgidus. Swollen; turgid. 

Tu'rgor vitalis. Turgescence. 

Turkey. Meleagris gallipova. 

Turli'ngton's balsam. A popular expec- 
torant and vulnerary, said to be made as fol- 
lows : alcohol, Oviij. ; benzoin, fxij. ; liquid 
storax, giv. ; socotrine aloes, fj.; Peruvian bal- 
sam, fij. ; myrrh, fj.; angelica root, fss. ; bal- 
sanj of Tolu, fiv. ; extract of liquorice root, jiv. 
Digest for seven days, and strain. 

Tu'rio. A young unexpanded shoot. 

Turmeric Curcuma longa. 

Turner's cerate. The ceratum calaminae. 

TU'RNING. In Obstetrics, the operation of 
bringing down the feet, or lower extremities of 
the child in utero, for the purpose of facilitating 
parturition when the labor is impeded or unfa- 
vorable. 

Turnip. Brassica rapa. 

Turnsole. Heliotropium europaeum. 

TURPE'NTINE. Terebinthina. The viscid 
and resinous juice of the pine trees. Those 
employed medicinally are, 1. The Chian or 
656 



TYM 

Cyprus turpentine, from the Pistacia terebin* 
thus. 2. The common turpentine, from the 
Pinus sylvestris, and other species. 3. The 
Strasburg turpentine, from the Pinus picea. 4. 
The Venice turpentine, from the Pinus larix. 
All these are stimulating diuretics and deter- 
gents. They also stimulate the primae viae, and 
prove laxative, but are now seldom given in- 
ternally. The oil (Oleum terebinthince) is not 
only preferred for external use as a rubefacient, 
but also internally as a diuretic and styptic, the 
latter of which qualities it possesses in a very 
high degree. It is also a powerful local stimu- 
lant and detersive. Crude turpentine is much 
used by some surgeons as an application to 
burns. See Ambustio. 

Turpeth mineral. Turpethum mineralc. 
Sulphas hydrargyri flavus. 

Turpe'thum. Convolvulus turpethum. 

Turu'nda. A tent or suppository. 

TUSSILA'GO. (o, inis, f . ; from tussis, a 
cough : because it relieves coughs.) 1. The tus- 
silago farfara. 2. A genus of plants. Syngene- 
sia. Polygamia superflua. ' Compositte. — T. . 
fa'rfara. Tussilago vulgaris. Colt's-foot. This 
plant has a rough, mucilaginous taste, but no re- 
markable smell. The leaves have been esteem- 
ed as possessing demulcent and pectoral virtues, 
and much used in catarrhal and scrofulous dis- 
eases. — T. petasites. The butter-bur. Pela- 
sites. Pestilent-wort. The roots of this plant 
are recommended as aperient. They have a 
strong smell, and a bitterish acrid taste. 

TU'SSIS. (is, is, f. ; from the Hebrew word 
for sneezing.) A cough. See Cough. 

Tussis convulsiva. T. ferina. See Per- 



TUTAMI'NA. Parts which seem to protect 
certain organs, as the skull, which has been call- 
ed Tutamina cerebri. 

Tutena'g. Zinc. 

TUTIA. (a, <b, f.) Tutty. An impure 
oxide of zinc. 

Tutia pr.eparata. Prepared or washed 
tutty, mixed with any common cerate, was for- 
merly used to apply to the eye in debilitated 
states of the conjunctive membrane. 

Tutsan. Hypericum androsaemum. 

Tutty. See Tutia. 

Twins. Two children born at a birth. 

Twining. Volubilis. 

Twin-forked. Bigeminus. 

Ty'chica. Fortuitous lesions. — Good. 

Tylo'sis. Tyloma. An induration of the 
margin of the eyelids. 

Tympani membrana. Membrana tympani. 

TYMPANI'TES. (es, ce, m. ; from Tv/iiravov. 
a drum : so called because the belly is distend- 
ed with wind, and sounds like a drum when 
struck.) Tympany. An elastic distension of 
the abdomen, with costiveness and atrophy, 
but no fluctuation. Species: 1. Tympanites in- 
testinalis, a lodgment of wind in the intestines, 
known by the discharge of wind giving relief 
2. Tympanites abdominalis, when the wind is ih 
the cavity of the peritoneum. 

The intestinal species of tympanites is sel- 
dom an idiopathic disease, but mostly depend- 
ent on some other, as indigestion, colic, &c. ; 
in which case it is removed by those remedies 



TEL 

which are proper against dyspepsia and colic. 
The tympanites abdomiiialis is a veiy rare dis- 
ease indeed. When it exists, it mostly super- 
venes upon other diseases, and is then called Me- 
teorism . Ulcerated bowels, strangulated hernia, 
gangrene of the intestines, produce it, when the 
parietes of the bowels burst. It may also be 
caused by abscesses bursting into the abdomen, 
and by gangrene of any of its viscera. Tapping 
the abdomen has been resorted to, but without 
effecting a cure. It is generally fatal. 

Tympanites, uterine. Physometra. 

Tympani'tis. Inflammation of the tympa- 
num of the ear. 

TY'MPANUM. (vm, i, n. Tvuxavov, a 
drum.) The drum or barrel of the ear. See 
Auris. 

Ty'mpany. Tympanites. 

TY'PHA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
Monmcia. Triandria. Graminacea. — T. aro- 
matica. Acorus calamus. — T. latifolia. The 
broad-leaved cat's-tail, or reed-mace. The 
young shoots are eaten like asparagus. 

TYPHLO-ENTERITIS. Typhlitis. (From 
rvdXoc, the ccecum.) Inflammation of the 
ccecum, which may produce disorganization 
and perforation of that portion of the intestines. 

Typhoh.emia. A disorganized state of the 
blood, such as exists in the worst forms of typhus. 

TY'PHOID. Typhoides. Typhodes. Re- 
sembling typhus. A low fever. See Fever, 
typhoid. 

TYPHOMA'NIA. {a, a, f. ; from tvQoc, 
stupor, and /xavta, madness.) The low, mutter- 
ing delirium which accompanies typhoid fevers. 

TY'PHUS. (us, i, m. ; from Tv<poc, stupor.) 
A form of continued fever characterized by ex- 
treme depression of the nervous powers, and 
imperfect reaction of the vascular system, giv- 
ing rise to changes in the circulating fluids, and 
remarkable disorder of all the secretions. Any 
of the ordinary causes of fever may give rise to 
typhus ; for the typhoid form is often dependent 
upon the state of the constitution on which the 
cause is acting, as evincing a great deficiency 
of nervous power. But the most common cause 
by far is contagion, or a febrile miasm, the ac- 
tivity of which is much increased by the crowd- 
ing of a number of individuals in close and ill- 
ventilated places, also by filth, insufficient nu- 
triment, and other causes which tend to de- 
press the vital power. 

As typhus fever originates from different caus- 
es, and all these causes are modified in their 
action by collateral circumstances, it follows 
that it must be accompanied by different symp- 
toms, and appear under different degrees, of 
severity. Hence a general distinction o? typhus 
into Typhus mitior, mild typhus, or nervous fe- 
ver, and Typhus gravior, severe, or malignant 
typhus. 

1. Typhus mitior. Nervous fever. Slow fever. 
— Characterized by slight shiverings ; heavy or 
vertiginous headache ; great oppression about 
the prajcordia; nausea; frequent sighing; de- 
spondency; whey-like urine; with the ordinary 
heat of skin, thirst, and febrile symptoms, which 
exacerbate once or twice a day, and are ac- 
companied in many cases by low, muttering de- 
lirium. But as the disease advances, all the 
Tt 



T EM 

symptoms of sensorial debility become more se 
vere ; the skin, which has hitherto been mostly 
dry, will now be covered with profuse, clammy, 
weakening sweats, while the heat is still incon- 
siderable, and the countenance pale and sunken. 
The perspiration is often offensive to the smell, 
and has a sour odor. About the tenth day the 
weakness greatly increases ; all the limbs be- 
come tremulous ; and the tremors soon become 
convulsive, with a despondency and alienation 
of mind, at first observable only in the night, 
but soon continuing with little intermission. 
This delirium is of the mildest form. The dis- 
ease often runs on to the twenty-first day, and 
occasionally to a much longer period. It very 
seldom vanishes under an obvious crisis, but 
gradually becomes more aggravated in its symp- 
toms, till it reaches a fatal termination ; or, by 
a gradual subsidence of the severity of the 
symptoms, it slowly advances to convalescence, 
indicated by a disposition to natural sleep; 
more steadiness and firmness of pulse ; a more 
favorable countenance ; a tongue more florid at 
its edges ; a firmer, and more collected mind ; 
and a returning desire for food. 

When the patient is of a sound constitution, 
and not debilitated by age, nervous fever is 
seldom fatal. In some instances, however, it 
is protracted without any obvious cause, and 
continues till the vital powers are completely 
exhausted, and the patient sinks. Nervous fe- 
ver, when characterized by slight symptoms, 
but an unusually lengthened and tedious course, 
forms what is more especially called Slow fever: 
the case is a very intractable one, and very little 
under the control of art. 

2. Typhus gravior. Malignant typhus. Pu- 
tridfevcr. Pestilential fever. Petechial 1 fever. 
— At the onset of this form of fever, the patient 
is seized with great languor and dejection of 
spirits, extreme depression and loss of muscular 
strength, universal weariness and soreness, pains 
in the head, back, and extremities, and rigors ; 
the eyes appear full, heavy, yellowish, and often 
a little inflamed ; the temporal arteries throb ; 
the tongue is covered with a brownish-colored 
mucus, and soon becomes dry and parched ; 
the respiration is commonly laborious, and in- 
terrupted with deep sighing; the breath is of- 
fensive and hot; the body costive; the urine 
nearly natural, or pale ; the pulse is frequent, 
small, hard, and fluttering, a trifling circum- 
stance causing it to become very rapid and un- 
equal. There is sometimes a great load, feeling 
of heat, and oppression of the stomach, and not 
uncommonly bilious vomiting, when the disease 
is called Typhus biliosus. As the disease advan- 
ces, the pulse generally increases in frequency, 
but is, in many cases, not above the healthy 
standard, and in some cases below it, not being 
more than forty or sixty in the minute. Great 
debility is now present, and great heat and dry- 
ness of the skin ; oppression of the heart, with 
anxiety, sighing, and moaning; the thirst is 
usually moderate, and the tongue, gums, teeth, 
month, and lips are covered with a brown or 
blackish tenacious fur ; the speech becomes in- 
articulate, scarcely intelligible ; the patient con- 
sequently mutters, and is mostly very delirious. 
The fever continuing to increase still more in, 

657 



TYP 

violence, symptoms of an altered state of fluids 
occur, which were referred by the older writers 
to putrefaction. The breath becomes highly 
offensive ; the urine deposits a black and fetid 
sediment; the stools are dark, offensive, and 
pass off insensibly ; hemorrhages issue from the 

fums, nostrils, mouth, and other parts of the 
ody ; petechia?, and sometimes vibices, appear 
on the surface ; the pulse intermits and sinks ; 
the extremities grow cold; and hiccough en- 
sues, followed by death. 

When typhus does not terminate fatally, it 
generally begins, in temperate and cold climates, 
to diminish about the fourteenth day, or begin- 
ning of the third week, and goes off gradually 
without any evident crisis ; it is not uncommon, 
however, for sleep and perspiration to announce 
the favorable change. In warm climates, the 
fever seldom lasts so long, but mostly terminates 
in five or eight days. The prognosis will be 
unfavorable where the nervous power is greatly 
prostrated, the fluids much changed, or where 
there is dysentery or spontaneous hemorrha- 
ges. 

In simple typhus, that is, where the disease 
is characterized by its general symptoms, with 
a moderate reaction of the arterial system, and 
without marked symptoms of local inflamma- 
tion, the treatment should be directed to sus- 
taining the vital powers by a proper regulation 
of the diet, to keeping the bowels regular, and 
to obviating the disordered state of the secre- 
tions. The diet should be light and moderately 
nutritious ; the disordered state of the abdomi- 
nal secretions obviated by occasional doses of 
calomel; diarrhoea, if excessive, restrained by 
the cretaceous mixture, combined, if necessary, 
with small doses of opium ; the hot and dry 
state of the skin obviated by saline diaphoretics, 
with minute doses of antimony, and by spong- 
ing the surface with cold water. Thirst is to 
be allayed by the free use of acidulated drinks. 
If there be considerable inflammation of any 
viscus or membrane, leeches often applied, and 
counter-irritation, is more to be depended on 
than general bleeding, which often prostrates 
the system. 

In the advanced stages of the disease, if 
there be much nervous irritation, opiates com- 
bined with diaphoretics are highly serviceable; 
and, if great debility prevail, wine in moderate 
quantities may be given with advantage, but it 
is seldom required. 

The treatment of inflammation accompany- 
ing adynamic fever often severely taxes the 
judgment of the practitioner; it may happen, 
on the one hand, that local inflammation con- 
tinues so acute as to endanger disorganization 
of a vital part, and, on the other hand, that anti- 
phlogistic means have been pushed as far as 
prudence will admit; under these circumstan- 
ces mercury is sometimes a valuable auxiliary, 
enabling us to arrest the local inflammation and 
to save the patient. In the advanced stages, 
complicated with local inflammation, the vital 
power, if severely depressed, must be supported 
by stimnlauts, even though the inflammatory 
action still continue. The case is one which, 
in a great measure, baffles our art; we have 
two opposite evils to contend against, and we 
658 



TYP 

must choose the less : if the patient can be kept 
alive for a certain time, there is a hope that the 
local affection may subside as the fever ap- 
proaches the termination of its natural course ; 
while, if we persevere in an antiphlogistic regi- 
men, the powers of life will almost inevitably 
sink. Wine is the best stimulant in typhus, and 
is most effectual when given in moderate quan- 
tities, frequently repeated. Opium, in small 
and repeated doses, is also a valuable medicine, 
and camphor may be usefully combined with 
it. Sulphate of quinine is much relied on by 
some practitioners, but it generally does more 
harm than good where there is local inflamma 
tion. Blisters afford a means of combating in 
flammation after blood-letting is inadmissible, 
but they often increase the general irritation 
and distress : their effect seems to be more ben- 
eficial where the seat of the inflammatory ac- 
tion is within the cranium, than when it is in 
the thorax or abdomen. 

In the congestive form of typhus, either the 
morbid cause is so concentrated, or the powers 
of the system so inadequate to contend against 
it, that arterial reaction is overpowered, or very 
insufficiently established; hence the pulse is 
extremely feeble, the surface cold, and the 
countenance collapsed. The first indication, 
therefore, is, if possible, to rouse the arterial 
system, and thus to convert the disease into one 
or other of its more tractable forms — the simple 
or the inflammatory. For this purpose there is, 
perhaps, no more effectual means than to excite 
strong vomiting, by which a salutary reaction is 
often established. A full dose of ipecacuanha 
will generally be the most eligible emetic, as it 
has little teudency to irritate the gastro-enteric 
membrane ; tartrate of antimony is to be avoid- 
ed, as it has that tendency in a high degree 
In addition to full vomiting, the warm bath and 
gentle stimulants will be found serviceable. If 
reaction can not be set up, the case will be 
speedily fatal. It is from this cause that fever, 
in its more formidable epidemic visitations, is, 
in a few instances, so rapidly fatal. 

It is not to be inferred, from the distinctions 
just laid down, that the two most severe forms 
of typhus are exclusively inflammatory or con- 
gestive ; for a low, insidious form of inflamma- 
tion is frequently going on in the gastro-enteric 
or bronchial membrane^ or in the membranes 
of the brain, while the general character of the 
disease is that of deficient arterial action. In 
these cases, all that we have to do is to support 
nature, for assuredly art can do very little. 

From the brief survey we have just taken of 
the treatment of typhus fever, three prominent m 
general indications may be deduced : 

1. To assist arterial reaction when deficient. 

2. To subdue local inflammation, or, if we 
can not do so (which happens in a great majority 
of cases), to keep it below the point of disor- 
ganization. 

3. To sustain the vital powers by a proper 
regulation of the diet, and the judicious use of 
stimulants wiien required. 

Typhus ca'uck.rum. The jail fever. 
Typhus castrknsis. The camp fever 
Typhus gravior. The more malignant spe- 
cies of typhus. 



ULN 

The yellow fever. 



See 



Typhus ictero'des 
R emittent fever. 

Typhus mitior. The milder form of typhus 
or nervous fever. 

Typhus nervosus. The nervous fever. 

Typhus petechiams. Typhus with purple 
ppots. 



UMB 

Tyrannis. Typavvic. An ancient antidote, 
consisting of an immense number of things. 
Tyreme'sis. A vomiting of curd-like matter. 
Tyri'asis. The tubercular elephantiasis. . 
Tyrium emplastrum. An old plaster 
Tyro'ma. A cheese-like tumor. 



u. 



u. 



• The symbol for uranium. 

Ula. The gums. 

ULCER. ( Ulcus, eris, n. ; ehuoc.) A puru- 
lent solution of continuity of the soft parts of an 
animal body. Ulcers may arise from a variety 
of causes, as all those which produce inflamma- 
tion, from wounds, specific irritations of the ab- 
sorbents, from scurvy, cancer, the venereal or 
scrofulous virus. They are variously denomi- 
nated : the following is the most frequent divis- 
ion: 1. The simple ulcer, which takes place 
generally from a superficial wound. 2. The 
tinuous, that runs under the integuments, and 
the orifice of which is narrow, but not callous. 
J. The fistulous ulcer, or fistula, a deep ulcer, 
.vith a narrow and callous orifice. 4. The fun- 
gous ulcer, the surface of which is covered with 
fungous flesh. 5. The gangrenous, which is 
livid, fetid, and gangrenous. 6. The scorbutic, 
which depends on a scorbutic acrimony. 7. 
The venereal, arising from the venereal disease. 
8. The cancerous ulcer, or open cancer. See 
Cancer. 9. The carious ulcer, depending upon 
a carious bone. 10. The inveterate ulcer, which 
is of long continuance, and resists the ordinary 
applications. 11. The scrofulous ulcer, known 
by its having arisen from indolent tumors, its 
discharging a viscid, glairy matter, and its indo- 
lent nature. 

Ulckra serpentia oris. See Aphtha. 

Ulcerated sore throat. See Cynanchc. 

Ulceration. Ulceratio. The formation of 
an ulcer. 

Ulcus, (us, eris, n.) An ulcer. 

ULI'TIS. Inflammation of the gums. 

Ulma'ria. Spiraea ulmaria. 

U'lmin. Ulmic acid. Humic acid. 

U'LMUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The common elm. 
2. A genus of trees. Pentandria. Digynia. 
TJlmacea:. — TJ. campestris. The common elm. 
The inner tough bark of this tree yields a large 
amount of mucilage, which has been recom- 
mended in nephritic cases, and externally as a 
useful application to burns. — TJ. fulva. U. 
americana. The slippery elm. The decoction 
of the bark ishighly muci'agi nous and demulcent. 

U'LNA. (a, <e, f. ; from u^evn, the ulna or 
cubit.) The larger bone of the forearm. At 
its upper extremity are two considerable pro- 
cesses, of which the posterior is the olecranon, 
and the smaller and interior the coronoid pro- 
cess. Between these the extremity of the bone 
is formed into a deep articulating cavity, called 
the greater sigmoid cavity, to distinguish it from 
the lesser sigmoid cavity. The olecranon, called 
also the anconoid process, begins by a consid- 
erable tuberosity, which is rough, and serves for 
the insertion of muscles, and terminates in a 



kind of hook, the concave surface of which 
moves upon the pulley of the os humeri. This 
process forms the point of the elbow. The 
coronoid process is sharper at its extremity than 
the olecranon, but is much smaller, and does not 
reach so high. At the external side of the cor- 
onoid process is the lesser sigmoid cavity, which 
is a small, articulating surface, lined with carti- 
lage, on which the round head of the radius 
plays. The lower extremity of the bone is 
smaller as it descends, nearly cylindrical, and 
slightly curved forward and outward. Just be- 
fore it terminates it contracts so as to form a 
neck to the small head with which it ends. On 
the outside of this little head is a small process, 
called the styloid process, from which a strong 
ligament is stretched to the wrist. The head 
has a rounded articulating surface on its inter- 
nal side, which is covered with cartilage, and 
received into a semilunar cavity formed at the 
lower end of the radius. 

U'LNA R. (Ulnaris; from ulna, the bone, 
so flamed.) Belonging to the ulna. 

Ulnar artery. One of the branches into 
which the brachial artery divides at the bend of 
the arm. It passes down the inner side of the 
forearm, gives off" the ulnar recurrent, the an- 
terior and posterior interosseous, and terminates 
by forming the superficial palmar arch. 

Ulnar nerve. See Nerve. 

Ulnaris externus. See Extensor carpi ul- 
naris. 

Ulnaris internus. See Flexor carpi ulnaris. 

Ulo'ncus. Epulis; a swelling of the gums. 

1?lorrha'gia. Bleeding from the gums. 

Ulo'tic Cicatrizant. 

UL'VA. (a, a, f.) A genus of seaweeds.— - 
TJ. lactu'ea. Oyster-green laver. It is refriger- 
ant and nutritive, and is used as a luxury. — V. 
umbilicalis. Shield laver. This is said to be 
edible and nourishing when well cooked. 

U'MBEL. Umbella. A species of inflores- 
cence, in which several flower-stalks, nearly 
equal in length, spread from one common cen- 
ter, their summits forming a level, convex, or 
even globose surface ; more rarely a concave 
one, as in the hemlock, carrot, cow-parsnip, &c. 

UMBELLI'FERjE. ( Umbella, an umbel,and 
fero, to bear.) The umbel-bearing tribe of di- 
cotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, with 
leaves usually divided ; flowers in umbels; calyx, 
entire or five-toothed ; petals, five, alternate 
with five stamens; ovarium, didymous, with two 
styles, and solitary pendulous ovula. 

Umbelli'ferous. Plants are so called which 
have umbels. 

Umbe'llule. Umbellula. A partial or little 
umbel. See Umbel. 

Of 



UNG 



UNG 



UMBILICAL. (Umbilicalis; from umbilicus, 
the navel.) Of, or belonging to, the navel. 

Umbilical cord. Funis umbilicalis. Funic- 
idns umbilicalis. The navel string. A cord- 
like substance, about half a yard in length, that 
proceeds from the navel of the foetus to the cen- 
ter of the placenta. It is composed of a cutane- 
ous sheath, certular substance, one umbilical 
Vein, and two umbilical arteries: the former 
conveys the blood to the foetus from the placen- 
ta, and the latter return it from the foetus to the 
placenta. 

Umbilical hernia. Sec Hernia umbilicalis. 

Umbilical region. That portion of the ab- 
domen which is situated around the navel. 

Umbilical vesicle. A small sac situated 
between the chorion and amnios, and connect- 
ed to the foetus by a duct, an artery, and a vein. 

UMBILICA'TUS. Having a cavity or dimple 
resembling a navel. Applied in Natural His- 
tory ; and in Botany, to leaves, fruits, stigmata, 
&c. 

UMBILI'CUS. («», *, m.) The navel. 

Umbilicus marinus. A submarine produc- 
tion, found on rocks and the shells ot fishes, 
about the coast of Montpellier, and said to be a 
useful anthelmintic and diuretic. 

U'mbo. The center of the pileus of a fungus. 

Umbre'lla-tree. Magnolia tripetala. 

UNCA'RIA GAMBIR. An East Indian m- 
biaceous plant, yielding the gambir catechu, or 
terra japonica of commerce. 

U'NCTFORM. (Unciformis; from uncus, a 
book, and forma, a likeness.) Hook-like: ap- 
plied to bones, &c. 

Unciform bone. The last bone of the second 
row of the carpus or wrist ; so named from its 
hook-like process, which projects toward the 

Ealm of the hand, and gives origin to the great 
gament by which the tendons of the wrist arc 
bound down. 

Unciform processes. The hamular process 
of the sphenoid bone. 

U'nciaj An ounce. 

Uncina'te. Hooked at the end. 

U'ncus. Uncinus. A hook. 

Undula'ted. Undulatus. Waved. 

Und-ula'tion. A fluctuation, or wave-like 
movement. 

Unedo papyracea. Arbutus unedo. 

Unequal. Inequalis. 

UNGUE'NTUM. (urn, i, n.; from, ungo, to 
anoint.) An ointment. The usual consistence 
of ointments is about that of butter. Some 
officinal ointments receive the name of Cerates 
in different pharmacopoeias. See, therefore, 
Ceratum. 

Unguentum acidi nitrici (Ph. D.) and Ungu- 
entum acidi nitrosi (Ph. E.). Ointments con- 
taining about f. 3vj. of acid to ftj. of lard. For- 
merly used in cases where the U. hydrargyri 
mitratis is now employed. 

Unguentum acidi sulphurici. (Ph. D.) 
Ointment of sulphuric acid. Take of sulphuric 
acid, 3J. ; prepared lard, 5j. Mix. Used in itch 
and eruptive affections. 

Unguentum aconitinje. See Aconitine oint- 
ment. 

Unguentum jegyptiacum. Linimentum a?ru- 
ginis. 

660 



Unguentum .eruginis. Unguentum cupri 
subacetatis. 

Unguentum ammonie. See Pommade de 
Gondret. 

Unguentum antimonii. (U.S.) U.antimonii 
potassio-tartralis. (Ph. L.) U. antimoniale. 
(Ph. E.) Tartar emetic ointment. Take of 
tartar emetic, 5H. ; lard, §j. Mix. A drachm, 
rubbed two or three times on a part, produces 
a painful pustular eruption, and it is used as a 
powerful counter-irritant. 

Unguentum aqu.e ros.e. (U.S.) Ointment 
of rose water. Cold cream. Take of rose water, 
oil of almonds, each, f. 51J. ; spermaceti, $ ss. ; 
white wax, jj. Melt, by a water bath, the oil, 
spermaceti, and wax together; then add the 
water, and stir till cold. A cooling and emol 
lient application. 

Unguentum arma'rium. A celebrated sym- 
pathetic ointment, which it was believed would 
cure wounds if the weapon which inflicted them 
were smeared with it, without any application 
to the wound itself. 

Unguentum cantha'ridis. (U. S.) Ungu- 
entum lyttte. Ointment of the blistering fly. 
Take of the blistering fly, rubbed to a very fine 
powder, jij.j distilled water, Oss. ; resin cerate, 
§ viij . Boil the water with the blistering fly to 
one half, and strain. Mix with the cerate, and 
evaporate to the proper consistence. Some- 
times used to keep a blister open ; but the sa- 
vine cerate is to be preferred. 

Unguentum cer.e. Unguentum simplex. 

Unguentum ceta'cei. (Ph. L.) Spermaceti 
ointment. Unguentum spermaceti. Take of 
spermaceti, jvj.; white wax, 3ij.; olive oil, f. 
§iij. Melt. A simple emollient ointment. 

Unguentum citrinum. Citrine ointment. 
The unguentum hydrargyri nitratis. 

Unguentum cocculi. (Ph. E.) Ointment 
of cocculus indicus. Take of the kernels of 
cocculus indicus, powdered, one part; lard, 
five parts. Mix. Used to destroy vermin, and 
in cases of porrigo. 

Unguentum conii. (Ph.D.) Hemlock oint- 
ment. Take of the fresh leaves of hemlock, 
and prepared hog's lard, of each, Ibij. The 
hemlock is to be bruised in a marble mortar 
and mixed with the lard. They are then to 
be gently melted over the fire, and strained 
through a cloth. It is applied to cancerous, 
scrofulous, and other ill-conditioned sores. 

Unguentum creaso'ti. (U. S.) Take of 
creasote, f. 3|s. ; lard, melted, §j. Rub them 
together till they are mixed. A stimulant oint- 
ment. It has been used in porrigo. 

Unguentum cupri subacetatis. (U. S.) 
Ointment of subacetate of copper. Verdigris 
ointment. Take of subacetate of copper, in fine 
powder, ?j. ; simple ointment, gxv. Melt the 
ointment and mix in the powder. Stimulating, 
and a mild escharotic to fungous granulations. 

Unguentum e'lemi. (Ph. LA Unguentum 
elemi compositum. Ointment of elemi. Take of 
elemi, ftrj. ; common turpentine, ?x. ; prepared 
suet, Ibij.; olive oil, f. jij. Melt the elemi with 
the suet, mix in the turpentine and oil, and 
strain. Applied to indolent ulcers, chilblains, 
chronic ulcers after burns, and indolent tu» 
mors. 



PNG 

Unguentum gall^e. (U. S.) U. gallarum. 
(Ph.D.) Ointment of gall-nuts. Take of pow- 
dered galls, | j. ; lard, f vij. Mix. Astringent. 
Used to piles and indolent ulcers. 

Unguentum gallc compositum. (Ph. L.) 
Unguentum galla et opii. Take of galls, pow- 
dered, 3ij. ; lard, fij.; opium, powdered, 3ss. 
Mix them. An astringent and anodyne oint- 
ment, applied chiefly to hemorrhoidal tumors. 

Unguentum hydrargyri. (U. S.) U. hy- 
drargyri fortius. (Ph. L.) Strong mercurial 
ointment. U. coeruleum fortius. Blue oint- 
ment. Take of purified mercury, Ibij. ; lard, 
fxxiij. ; suet, Jj. Rub the mercury until the 
globules disappear. In very general use for 
mercurial frictions. 

Unguentum hydrargyri ammoniat'i. (U. 
S.) U. hydrargyri ammonio-chloridi. (Ph. L.) 
U. hydrargyri prccipitati albi. U. calcis hy- 
drargyri alba. U. mercurio-prccipitati. Take 
ofammouio-chloride of mercury, 3J. ; lard, fiss. 
Mix. A mild detergent ointment, used in skin 
diseases and to destroy lice. 

Unguentum hydrargyri biniodidi. (Ph. 
L.) Ointment of biniodide of mercury. Take 
of biniodide of mercury, fj. ; wax, f ij. ; lard, 
fvj. Mix. Used to scrofulous and syphilitic 
ulcerations. 

Unguentum hydrargyri iodidi. (Ph. L.) 
Prepared in a similar manner with the above. 

Unguentum hydrargyri chloridi. Calo- 
mel ointment. Take of calomel, 3J. ; lard, fj. 
Mix. Very valuable in skin diseases, and to 
heal ulcers and excoriations. 

Unguentum hydrargyri mitius. (Ph. L.) 
Mild mercurial ointment. Take of strong mer- 
curial ointment, Ibj. ; prepared lard, Ibij. Mix. 

Unguentum hydrargyri nitratis. (U. S.) 
U. hydrargyri nitrati. Ointment of uitfate of 
mercury. Take of purified mercury, fj. ; nitric 
acid, f. 3xj.: lard, fiij.; neat's-foot oil, f. fix. 
Dissolve the mercury in the acid ; then, while 
the liquor is hot, mix it with the lard and oil 
melted together. A stimulating and detergent 
ointment. Tinea capitis, psor-ophthalmia, in- 
dolent tumors on the margin of the eyelid, and 
ulcers in the urethra, are cured by its applica- 
tion. 

Unguentum hydrargyri nitratis mitius. 
Contains three times the amount of lard and oil. 

Unguentum hydrargyri oxidi rubri. (U. 
S.) U. hydrargyri nitrico-oxidi. Ointment of 
nitric oxide of mercury. Take of nitric oxide 
of mercury, powdered, fj.; lard, £viij. Mix. 
An excellent stimulating and escharotic oint- 
ment. 

Unguentum hydrargyri prccipitati albi. 
Ointment of white precipitate of mercury. The 
unguentum hydrargyri ammoniati. 

Unguentum iodini, (U. S.) Iodine oint- 
ment. Take of iodine, gr. xx. ; alcohol, 111 xx. ; 
lard, fj. Mix. Used to glandular swellings. 

Unguentum iodini compositum. (U. S. & 
Ph. L.) Compound ointment of iodine. Take 
oriodine, 33s. ; iodide of potassium, 3J. ; alcohol, 
f. 3J. ; lard, fij. Mix. Applied by way of fric- 
tion to goitre, scrofulous tumors, &c. . 

Unguentum lyttc See Unguentum. can- 
tharidis. 

Unguentum mezerei. (U.S.) Ointment of 



UNG 

mezereon. Take of mezereon, sliced across r 
fiv. ; lard, fxiv. ; white wax, f ij. Moisten the 
root with alcohol, and beat to a mass ; digest 
with the lard twelvehours in a salt-water bath; 
express strongly; cool slowly; separate the 
lard from the dregs, and remelt with the wax. 
Used, like the savine cerate, to keep up the 
discharge of blisters, issues, &c. 

Unguentum ophthalmicum. Ophthalmic 
ointment of Janin. Take of prepared hog'B 
lard, f ss. ; prepared tutty, Armenian bole, of 
each, 31J.; white precipitate, 3J. Mix. This 
celebrated ointment may be used for the same 
diseases of the eye and eyelid as the unguentum 
hydrargyri nitratis. It must be at first weak- 
ened with about twice its quantity of hog's 
lard. 

Unguentum oxidi hydrargyri. Unguent- 
um hydrargyri rubri. 

Unguentum picis aridc U. picis nigra. 
See Unguentum resina nigra. 

Unguentum picis liquids. (U. S., Ph. L. 
& D.) Tar ointment. U. picis and U. e pice. 
Take of tar and suet, each, ibj. Melt together, 
and strain the mixture through a linen cloth. 
This is applicable to cases of tinea capitis, and 
many eruptive complaints ; also, to some kinds 
of irritable sores. 

Unguentum plumbi cardonatis. (U. S. & 
Ph.D.) Ointment of carbonate of lead. Take 
of- carbonate of lead, powdered, fij.; simple 
ointment, Ibj. Cooling and desiccative. 

Unguentum plumbi compositum. (Ph. L.) 
Compound ointment of lead. Take of prepared 
chalk, f viij. ; distilled vinegar, f. Jvj, ; plaster of 
lead, Ibiij. ; olive oil, Oj. Melt the plaster in the 
oil with a slow fire; then gradually add the 
chalk, separately mixed with the vinegar, the 
effervescence being finished, and stir constant- 
ly until they have cooled. Used as a dressing 
for indolent ulcers. 

Unguentum plumbi iodidi. (Ph. L.) Oint- 
ment of iodide of lead. Take of iodide of lead, 
fj. ; lard, f viij. Rub together, and mix. Em- 
ployed by way of friction to chronic enlarge- 
ment of the joints and indolent scrofulous tu- 
mors. 

Unguentum potassii iodidi. Unguentum 
potass^: hydriodatis. (Ph. D.) Ointment 
of iodide of potassium. Take of iodide of po- 
tassium, 9j. ; lard, fj. Mix. Used to glandu- 
lar swellings. It should be stronger, 

Unguentum potassii bromidi. Ointment of 
bromide of potassium. Take of bromide of 
potassium, 3J.; lard, ?j. Applied to glandular 
and scrofulous swellings. 

Unguentum resins flavje. Ceratumresinee. 

Unguentum resinje nigrje. Pitch ointment. 
U. basilicum nigrum, vel tetrapharmacum. 
Take of pitch, yellow wax, yellow resin, of 
each, fix. ; olive oil, f. f xvj. (Ph. L.) Melt 
together, and strain through a linen cloth. 
This is useful for the same purposes as the tar 
ointment. 

Unguentum sambuci. (Ph. L.) Elder oint- 
ment. U. sambucinum. Take of elder flowers, 
prepared lard, each, Ibij. Boil the elder flow- 
ers in the lard until they become crisp ; then 
strain the ointment through a linen cloth. A 
cooling and emollient preparation. 

661 



UNI 

Unguentum saturninum. Ceratum plumbi 
acetatis. 

Unguentum scrophulabia;. (Ph. D.) Oint- 
ment of scrophularia. Take of the fresh leaves 
of scrophularia nodosa, lard, each, Ibj.; suet, 
Ibj. Boil the leaves in the fats till they are crisp, 
then express. Used in cutaneous diseases. 

Unguentum simplex. (U.S.) Simple oint- 
ment. Take of white wax, Ibj. ; lard, Ibiv. 
Melt at a moderate heat, and stir till cold. 
Emollient. 

Unguentum stramoxii. (U. S.) Ointment 
of stramonium (thorn-apple). Take of fresh 
stramonium leaves, cut, Ibj. ; lard, Ibiij. ; yellow 
wax, Ibss. Boil the leaves in lard until crisp ; 
strain through linen; add the wax, previously 
melted, and stir till cold. Anodyne. Applied 
to irritable ulcers, &c. 

Unguentum sulphuris. (U. S.) Sulphur 
ointment. Take of sublimed sulphur, Ibj. ; lard, 
Jbij. Mix. The most effectual preparation to 
destroy the itch. It is also serviceable in the 
cure of other cutaneous eruptions. 

Unguentum sulphuris compositum. (U. S.) 
Compound sulphur ointment. Take of sub- 
limed sulphur, 5J.; nitrate of potash, 3ij.; am- 
moniated mercury, benzoic acid, each, 3J. ; oil 
of bergamot, sulphuric acid, each, f. 3J.; lard, 
ibss. Mix. Used in itch and against vermin. 

Unguentum sulphuris iodidi. Ointmentof 
iodide of sulphur. Take of "iodide of sulphur, 
1 part; of lard, 18 parts. — Magendie. A pow- 
erful stimulant and resolvent, of great value in 
obstinate chronic skin diseases. 

Unguentum tabaci. (U. S.) Ointment of 
tobacco. Take of fresli tobacco leaves, cut, 5j. ; 
lard, Ibj. Boil till the leaves are crisp, and 
strain through linen. Applied to irritable ul- 
cers and eruptions. 

Unguentum tartari emetici. Unguentum 
antimonii. 

Unguentum veratri. (Ph. L.) U. vera- 
tri albi. (U. S.) U. hellebori albi. Take of 
white hellebore root, powdered, ^ij. ; prepared 
lard, Jviij. ; oil of lemons, 111 xx. Mix. Used in 
itch. 

Unguentum zinci. (Ph. L.) U. zinci oxi- 
di. (U.S.) Zinc ointment. Take of the ox- 
ide of zinc, 5j. ; lard, Jvj. Mix. A very useful 
application in chronic ophthalmia and relaxed 
tilcers. 

U'NGUIS. (is, is, m. ; from ovuf, a hook.) 
1. In Anatomy, the nail. The nails are horny 
lamina; situated at the extremities of the fingers 
and toes. 2. In Surgery, an abscess or collec- 
tion of pus between the lamella:' of the cornea of 
the eye : so called from its resemblance to the 
lunated portion of the nail of a finger. 3. In 
Botany, the claw: applied to the thin lower 
part of the petal of a polypetalous corolla. 

Unguis os. The lachrymal bone is so named 
from its resemblance to a nail. 

Ungulate. Shaped like a nail. 

U'nicus. Single. 

Uniflo'rus. Bearing one flower. 

Uniform. iEcmalis. 

Unilateral. Unilateralis. On one side 
only. 

Unilocular. Unilocular™. One<elled. 

U'nio. Margarita. 
662 



UKE 

UNION BY THE FIRST INTENTION. 
This phrase is applied by surgeons to the heal- 
ing of wounds by adhesion, without suppuration 
or granulation. 

UNIT JAR. A Leyden jar invented by Mr. 
Harris, which is charged with determinato 
quantities of electricity. 

United. See Connate. 

U'nivalve. One-valved. 

Unoc'ulus. Unioculus. Having but one 
eye. 

U'PAS. The name given in Java to several 
deadly poisons, of which' the Bohun upas and 
Upas tieute are the most remarkable. They be- 
long to different genera, and owe their poison 
ous properties to different principles. 

1. The Bohun upas. — This is a bitter gum- 
resin, which exudes from incisions in tlie bark 
of a large tree, called Antiar, or Antsjar, by the 
Javanese. It is the Antiaris toxicaria, or Ipo 
toxicaria of botanists, an urticaceous tree. The 
Bohun upas is a deadly and rapid poison, which, 
if excluded from the air, retains its activity for 
an unlimited time. Its deleterious powers are 
due to Antiar in. It is a powerful arterial seda- 
tive, and also produces convulsions. 

2. The Upas tieutt, or Tjettek, is the produce 
of the Strychnos tieute, and owes its deadly 
power to Strychnia. 

U'RACHUS. (us, i, m. ; ovpaKoc, from ovpov, 
urine.) Urinaculum. The ligamentous cord 
that arises from the basis of the urinary bladder, 
which it runs along, and terminates in the um- 
bilical cord. In the foetus of brute animals, 
which the ancients mostly dissected, it is a hoi- * 
low tube, and conveys the urine to the allan- 
toid membrane. 

UR^E'MIA. (From urea, and atpa, blood.) 
A generic term for those diseases in which the 
blood contains an excess of urea. This occurs 
in Bright's disease and Asiatic cholera. 

Ura'gium. The apex of the heart. 

Urami'le. A product of the action of hy- 
drochloric or sulphuric acid on thionuric acid. 
It is a crystalline, feathery powder, of the form. 
C 8 N 3 H50g. Uramilic acid is said to be derived 
from it by boiling with dilute sulphuric acid. 

URANISCOPLA'STY. Uraniscoplasti'ce. 
(From vpcmiCKoc, the palate, and nXaoou, to 
form.) An operation for the restoration ir 
formation of the soft palate. 

Uraniscorrhaphy. Staphylorrhaphy. 

Urani'scus. The palate. 

URA'NIUM. An elementary, rare metal, of 
a grayish color, and soft ; sp. grav. about 8 ; 
equivalent, 217*2 ; symbol, U. It is very infu- 
sible. There are two oxides, the protoxide 
and peroxide, the latter of which is of a fine 
yellow color, and used in painting porcelain 
and glass. 

U'RATE. (Uras, atis, f.) A compound of 
uric or lithic acid with a salifiable base. 

Urate of soda. This is the principal in- 
gredient in gouty calculi. 

Urce'ola. Parietaria officinalis. * 

Urceola'te. Urccolatus. Swelling or egg- 
shaped, like a common jug. 

URE'A. (a, a, f. ; from urina.) A con- 
stituent of urine. It is an organic base, form- 
ing salts with nitric, oxalic, acetic, and other 



URE 

acids. When pure it crystallizes in four-sided 
prisms, and resembles nitre in appearance and 
taste. It dissolves both in water and alcohol. 
It is partly decomposed into ammonia and 
cyanuric acid by heat, and, indeed, consists of 
a peculiar form of cyanate of ammonia, C2NO, 
HO.NHs, and may be made artificially. Urea 
has been employed in medicine as a diuretic in 
doses of gr. xv. to 9j. 

Ure'chysis. Effusion of urine into the cel- 
lular membrane. 

UEE'DO. (From uro, to burn.) 1. An itch- 
ing or burning sensation of the skin, which ac- 
companies many diseases. The nettle-rash is 
also so called. 2. A genus of parasitical fungi. 

Uresis. The act of voiding the urine. 

URE'TER. (er, cris, m. ; from ovpov, urine.) 
The membranous canal which conveys the urine 
from the kidney to the urinary bladder. At its 
superior part it is considerably the largest, oc- 
cupying the greatest portion of the pelvis of the 
kidney ; it then contracts to the size of a goose- 
quill, and descends over the psoas magnus mus- 
cle and large crural vessels into the pelvis, in 
which it perforates the urinary bladder very 
obliquely. Its internal surface is lubricated 
with mucus to defend it from the irritation of 
the urine in passing. 

Uretera'lgia. Pain in the course of the 
ureter. 

URETERITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from ovpnrrjp, 
the ureter.) Inflammation of the ureter. Its 
symptoms and treatment are the same as those 
of inflammation of the kidney and urinary blad- 
der. 

URE'THRA. (a, a, f . ; from ovpov, the 
urine.) A membranous canal, which in the 
male runs from the neck of the bladder, through 
the inferior part of the penis, to the extremity 
of the glans penis, in which it opens by a lon- 
gitudinal orifice, called the meatus urinarius. In 
this course it first passes through the prostate 
gland, and is there distinguished by the name 
of the prostatic iiretkra ; it then becomes much 
dilated, and is known by the name of the bulb- 
ous part, in which is situated a small round 
eminence, called the caput gallinaginis, or veru- 
montanum, around which are ten or twelve ori- 
fices of the excretory ducts of the prostate gland, 
and two of the spermatic vessels. The remain- 
ing part of the urethra contains a number of 
triangular mouths, which are the lacuna:, or 
openings of the excretory ducts of the mucous 
glands of the urethra. In the female the urethra 
is much shorter and straighter than in the male. 
It is about an inch and a half long, and appears 
a little below the clitoris. 

Urethra'lgia. Pain in the urethra ; clap. 

URETHRI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from ovprjttpa, 
the urethra.) An inflammation of the urethra. 
Inflammation may take place on this membrane, 
as on other mucous membranes, and from the 
same causes ; but it is, however, generally ex- 
cited by calculous and gouty complaints, and 
most commonly by the venereal poison. 

Urethritis venerea. Gonorrhoea virulentaf 
maligna, syphilitica. The clap. It originates 
from impure coition. The time that a clap will 
take before it makes its appearance, after infec- 
tion, has not been ascertained. It most usually 



URE 

is perceptible in the space of from six to four- 
teen days, and, in a male, begins with an un- 
easiness about the parts of generation, such as 
an itching in the glans penis, and a soreness and 
tingling sensation along the whole course of 
the urethra ; soon after which, whitish matter is 
seen at its orifice, and also some degree of burn- 
ing upon making water. In the course of a few 
days the discharge increases, assumes a green- 
ish or yellowish hue, and will become thinner, 
and lose its adhesiveness : the parts will also be 
occupied with some degree of redness and in- 
flammation; a considerable degree of pain ajid 
scalding heat will be experienced on every at- 
tempt to make water. Sometimes, though 
rarely, the poison acts on the mucous membrane 
behind and all around the glans penis, and a 
similar discharge of vitiated mucus takes place 
to that which escapes from the urethra, and 
there may be produced a phymosis or paraphy- 
mosis. Where the inflammation prevails in a 
very high degree, on the taking place of an 
erection, the penis is curved downward, with 
great pain : this is called a chordec. 

The adjacent parts sympathizing with those 
already affected, the bladder becomes irritable, 
and incapable of retaining the urine for any 
length of time, which gives the patient a fre- 
quent inclination to malic water, and he feels 
an uneasiness about the scrotum, perineum, 
and fundament. Moreover, the glands of the 
groins grow indurated and enlarged, or perhaps 
the testicles become swelled and inflamed, in 
consequence of which he experiences excru- 
ciating pains, extending from the seat of the 
complaint up into the small of the back : he 
gets hot and restless, and a feeble symptomatic 
fever arises. 

If the disease be neither irritated by any ir- 
regularity of the patient, nor prolonged by the 
want of timely and proper assistance, then, in 
the course of about a fortnight or three weeks, 
the discharge, from having been thin and dis- 
colored at first, will become thick, white, and of 
a ropy consistence ; and, from having gradually 
begun to diminish in quantity, will at last cease 
entirely, together with every inflammatory 
symptom whatever ; whereas, on the contrary, 
if the patient has led a life of intemperance and 
sensuality, has partaken freely of the bottle and 
high-seasoned meats, and has, at the same time, 
neglected to pursue the necessary means, it 
may then continue for many weeks or months, 
and on going off, may leave a weakness or gleet 
behind (the Gonorrhaa mucosa), which may lay 
the foundation of strictures of the urethra. 

In the case of women, clap is much less 
severe than in men, from the absence of chordee, 
and the shortness of the urethra. Nor are they 
incommoded with phymosis or strictures. 

Treatment. — During the inflammatory stage, 
a low diet, mucilaginous drinks, and antiphlo- 
gistic means are necessary. In ordinary cases, 
saline aperients combined with nitre, and the 
use of cold lotions to the penis, are sufficient ; 
but when the inflammation is very great, 
leeches to the perineum will bo necessary. 
Subsequently, if there be gleet, copaiba, cubebs, 
and the terebinthinates generally, with astrin- 
gent injections, will be useful. Chordee ie 

663 



URI 

frequently abated by tbe use of the extract or 
ointment of belladonna or stramonium applied 
to the part. The patient should keep quiet, 
resting on his back for a few days, and take 
care that the parts are frequently cleansed. 

Urethrophra'xis. Obstruction of the 
urethra. . 

Urethroplasty. An operation to restore 
the urethra in cases of defect or accidental in- 
jury. 

^Urethrorrha'gia. A discharge of blood 
from the urethra.' 

Uretic. Ureticus. Diuretic. 

U'rias. (From ovpov, urine.) The urethra. 

URIC. Uricus. Appertaining to urine. 

Uric acid. TJrilic acid. A component of 
urine, usually in small quantity in that of man, 
but becoming veiy great in the urine of ser- 
pents and birds. It forms calculi both in the 
free state and combined with ammonia, and is 
often deposited as a sediment of a reddish color 
in diseased urine. When pure it is a white, 
crystalline, very insoluble powder, with acid 
properties. It readily combines with the al- 
kalies and other bases. The urate of ammonia, 
which is a frequent form of calculus, is very in- 
soluble. Its formula is C10N4H3O5+HO, the 
first term of which represents a hypothetical 
radical called Uryle. The presence of uric acid 
is detected by dissolving it in weak nitric acid, 
evaporating the solution, which becomes pink, 
and adding an excess of ammonia when a pur- 
ple color is produced ; this is murexide or pur- 
purate of ammonia. 

Uric oxide. The xanthic oxide, a rare in- 
gredient of calculi. It is a white powder, solu- 
ble in potash. A solution in dilute nitric acid 
becomes yellow when evaporated to dryness. 
Formula, C B H 3 N 2 02. 

Urina'culum. The urachus. 

Uri'n^: ardor. See Dysuria. 

U'RINAL. Urinatorium. A receiver made 
so as to he adapted to the penis in cases of in- 
continence of urine. It usually consists of a 
flat metallic case-bottle containing a sponge. 

Urina'ria. Leontodon taraxacum. 

U'RINARY. ( Urinarius ; from nrina, 
urine.) Appertaining to urine. 

Urinary bladder. Vesica urinaria. The 
bladder is a membranous pouch, capable of 
dilatation and contraction, situated in the lower 
part of the abdomen, immediately behind the 
symphysis pubis, and opposite to the beginning 
of the rectum. Its figure is nearly that of a 
short oval. It is broader on the fore and back 
than on the lateral parts ; rounder above than 
below, when empty ; and broader below than 
above, when full. It is divided into the body, 
neck, and fundus, or upper part ; the neck is a 
portion of the lower part, which is contracted 
by a sphincter muscle. This organ is made up 
of several coats ; the upper, posterior, and lateral 
parts are covered by a reflection of the peri- 
toneum, which is connected by cellular sub- 
stance to the muscular coat. This is composed 
of several strata of fibres, the outermost of which 
are mostly longitudinal, the interior becoming 
gradually more transverse, connected together 
by reticular membrane. Under this is the cel- 
lular coat, which is nearly of the same structure 
664 



URI 

with the tunica villosa of the stomach. Wins- 
low describes the internal or villous coat as 
somewhat granulated and glandular; but this 
has been disputed by subsequent anatomists. 
However, a mucous fluid is poured out con- 
tinually from it, which defends it from the acri- 
mony of the urine. Sometimes the internal 
surface is found very irregular, and full of rugae, 
which appear to be occasioned merely by the 
strong contraction of the muscular fibres, and 
may be removed by distending it. The sphinc- 
ter does not seem to be a distinct muscle, but 
merely formed by the transverse fibres being 
closely arranged about the neck. The urine is 
received from the ureters, which enter the pos- 
terior part of the bladder obliquely ; and when 
a certain degree of distension has occurred, the 
muscular fibres are voluntarily exerted to ex- 
pel it. 

Urinary calculus. See Calculus, urinary. 

URINE. (Urina, «, f. Ovpov ; from opovu, 
to rush out.) The liquid secreted in the kid- 
neys, and dropping down from them, guttatim, 
through the ureters, into the cavity of the urinary 
bladder. The secretory organ is composed of 
the arterial vessels of the cortical substance 
of the kidneys, from which the urine passes 
through the uriniferous tubuli and renal papillae 
into the renal pelvis, whence it flows, drop by 
drop, through the ureters into the cavity of the 
urinary bladder, where it is detained some 
hours, and at length, when abundant, elimi- 
nated through the urethra. 

This excretion is properly divided into three 
kinds: 1st, the Urina potus, which flows soon 
after drinking; 2d, U. chyli, or U. cibi, secret- 
ed after a meal; and, 3d, U. sanguinis, secret-. 
ed some hours after, or in the morning, and 
representing the true secretion from the blood ; 
of specific gravity 1-015 to 1-025. The urine 
consists of from 25 to 31 of solids in 1000 parts ; 
on an average, these are: of urea, 12-0; uric acid, 
0-4 ; fixed salts, being phosphates, sulphates, 
and chlorides of soda, potash, lime, magnesia, 
or their bases, 7*0; and of organic matters, as 
mucus, epithelium cells, coloring matter, hip- 
puric or lactic acids, 8-6 ; the rest being water. 
Of this there is voided daily, as an average, in 
health 20,320 grs., containing 568 grs. of solid 
matter. The urea and uric acid herein repre- 
sent the amount of azotized tissue destroyed in 
the day, and vary with the activity, strength, 
and health of the patient. They are also in- 
creased by an animal diet. Healthy urine, 
when voided, is clear, amber colored, and the 
transparency is but slightly affected when cold ; 
otherwise it is either turbid when voided, or 
soon becomes so, and is variously changed in 
color. The following table of Dr. G. Bird gives 
the diagnosis of sediments in the urine. 

Table for discovering the nature of saline de- 
posits in the Urine by chemical reagents and by 
the microscope. 

1. by chemical reagents. 

1. Deposit, white 2. 

" colored 5. 

2. " dissolved by heat . . Urate of ammonia . 
" insoluble by heat . . 3. 

3. " soluble in liquor am- } p vat j n „ 



monia 
insoluble in 






URI 

4. Deposit, soluble in acetic acid Earthy phosphates. 

" insoluble Oxalate of lime. 

5. " visibly crystalline . . Uric acid 
" amorphous .... 6. 

6. " readily soluble by heat Urates. 

" slowly dissolved by > Urates stained by 
heat 5 purpurine. 

II. BY THE MICROSCOPE. 

"i. Deposit, white 2. 

" colored 5. 

{Insoluble by heat- 
Phosphate of lime. 
Soluble by heat — 
Urate of ammonia. 
" in denned crystals . 3. 

3. " in prismatic crystals . Triple phosphate. 
" in octahedral or tubu- ) . 

lar crystals . . j 

4. " in octahedra .... Oxalate of lime. 

" in tobies eor . compound } c y stlne -' 

& " in transparent crystals Uric acid. 

" amorphous, or in ) Urates of ammonia 
spherical masses . $ or soda. 

Besides these indications of disease, the urine 
may contain albumen {Albuminuria) ; grape 
sugar, Melituria {Diabetes) ; it may be charged 
with bile where the hepatic function is disturb- 
ed, and be of a brown color; when deeply 
colored with Purpurine, and of a red or pink 
color, disease of the liver and portal system are 
present. Blood is also found in diseased urine, 
and detected by the figure of the globules ; it 
occurs where hemorrhage takes place from any 
part of the urinary apparatus, or from morbid 
growths attended with a sanguineous discharge. 
Torulee, or vibriones, and other minute animal- 
cules have also been found in this secretion. 

The urine has been variously named accord- 
ing to the excess of one of its components — as 
Azoturia, when the amount of urea is in excess; 
Oxaluria, where salts of oxalic acid are pres- 
ent, as in dyspeptics; Cy anuria and Melanuria, 
where it is of a bluish and black color ; Cystin- 
uria, when it deposits cystine. The urine is 
also rendered odorous by the ingesta, as aspara- 
gus, turpentine ; or colored, as by rhubarb, 
madder, &c. 

Urine, albuminous. This coagulates by 
heat and nitric acid. It is found in various dis- 
eases, but especially the granular degeneration 
of the kidney or Bright's disease, and in drop- 
sies. 

Urine, alkaline. Urine containing an ex- 
cess of earthy phosphates has an alkaline reac- 
tion ; and also from the presence of carbonate 
of ammonia. The latter body is found where 
there is severe prostration, and especially after 
strains or injurious blows on the spine. 

Urine, bloody. Hsematuria. 

Urine, diabetic This contains grape sugar. 
See Diabetes, and Sugar, tests for. 

Urine, dropsical. This is subject to early 
decomposition, from containing albumen. 

Urine, dyspeptic The urine of dyspeptics 
contains an excess of urates, and is therefore 
subject to deposits, and often to early putrefac- 
tion. The Urina cibi also frequently contains 
oxalic acid. The triple phosphate is also present 
in the worst cases. 

Urine flux. Diabetes. 

Urine, gouty. In this there is an excess of 
uric acid and urates, especially of soda ; the se- 
cretion is often turbid at the time of emission. 



URT 

Urine, hysterical. Clear and colorless, like 
Nervous urine. 

Urine, milky. That which is of a whitish 
aspect, from various causes, as an excess of mu- 
cus and phosphates, &c. 

Urine, nervous. It is almost colorless, 
abundant, and very thin. 

Urine, phosphatic That which contains 
an excess of earthy phosphates. It is indica- 
tive of nervous prostration and the formation 
of calculus if it be constant ; otherwise it is not 
unusual in the Urina cibi of dyspeptic persons, 
but in this case is absent in the Urina sanguinis. 

Urine, purpuric The urine with a rose 
colored deposit of purpurine, found in acute 
diseases, especially of the liver and portal cir- 
culation. 

Urine, purulent. Urine containing pus, 
usually derived from the kidney, bladder, or 
urethra. 

Urine, retention of. See Retention of 
urine. 

Urine, spermatic. Urine containing a few 
spermatozoa. 

Urine, suppression of. See Ischuria. 

Urini'ferous. Carrying urine : as the Tu- 
buli uriniferi. 

Urino'meter. A hydrometer to take the 
specific gravity of urine. 

U'rinous. Resembling urine. 

Urobe'nzoic acid. Hippuric acid. 

Urocri'sia. The judgment formed of dis- 
eases by the examination of urine. 

Urodialy'sis. A suspension of the function 
of the kidney. 

Urogla'ucin. See Uroxanthin. 

Uroli'th. A urinary calculus. 

Urolithiasis. Lithiasis. 

Uron. Ovpov. The urine. 

URONO'LOGY. Uranolo'gia. {From ovpov, 
and Tioyoc, a discourse.) A treatise on the 
urine. 

Uropla'nia. A translation of the urine to 
some part of the body where its presence is 
unnatural, as to the skin, the ventricles of the 
brain, &c. 

Uropo'ietic That which favors fhe secre- 
tion of urine. 

Urorrha'gia. Urorrhaa. Diabetes. 

Uroses. Disease of the urinary organs. — 
Alibert. 

Urosco'pia. Uroscopy. The inspection of 
urine for the determination of disease. 

UROSTE'ALITH. In a renal calculus ex- 
amined by Heller was found a peculiar saponi 
liable fat, to which he gave this name. It 
partially fuses at a low temperature, and burns 
with a peculiar odor resembling benzoin. 

Urotjs acid. Uric oxide. 

UROXA'NTHIN. A yellow pigment of dis- 
eased urine, which, according to Heller, is de- 
rived from a change in urea. It is itself sub- 
ject to change into a blue pigment, Uroglavcin, 
or into a red coloring matter, Urrhodin. 

Urrho'din. See Uroxanthin. 

Ursi'na radix. iEthusa meum. 

URTI'CA. {a, te,f.) A genus of plants. 
Monoecia. Tetrandria. Urticacem. — U.dioica. 
The stinging nettle. The young shoots possess 
diuretic and antiscorbutic properties. — U. mor<- 

065 



UTE 

tua. Lamium album. — U- pilulifera. U. ro- 
mana. The pill-bearing nettle. The seed was 
formerly given against diseases of the chest. — 
TJ. urens. The lesser nettle. It possesses sim- 
ilar properties to the U. dioica. 

URTICA'CEiE. The nettle tribe of dico- 
tyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs with leaves, 
alternate ; flowers, apetalous, solitary, or clus- 
tered ; ovarium, superior, two-celled ; fruit, a 
simple, indehiscent nut. 

UBTICA'BIA. (a, a:, f. ; from urtica, a net- 
tle.) The nettle-rash; also called Febris urti- 
cata. An eruption on the skin like the wheals 
caused by the sting of a nettle. The little ele- 
vations called the nettle-rash often appear in- 
stantaneously, especially if the skin be rubbed 
or scratched, and seldom stay many hours in 
the same place, and sometimes not many min- 
utes. No part of the body is exempt from 
them ; and where many of them rise together, 
and continue an hour or two, the parts are 
often considerably swelled, which particularly 
happens on the arms, face, and hands. In 
some constitutions they last only a few days, in 
others many months. 

Urticaria is sometimes attended with fever 
and sometimes not. Bateman describes six 
varieties of this disease, viz., Urticaria febrilis, 
U. evanida, U. persistans, U. conferla, U. subcu- 
tanca, U. tubcrosa. 

All that is required in the treatment is gentle 
aperients and cool clothing. The best appli- 
cation to allay the itching is dilute vinegar, or 
camphor water and vinegar. 

Urtica'tion. The whipping a paralytic or 
benumbed limb with nettles, in order to restore 
its feeling. 

U'SNEA. (a, cc, f.) A lichen, more espe- 
cially that found adhering to the skull when 
exposed to the air in damp places. 

Usquebaugh. Originally whisky; now ap- 
plied to a liqueur. 

Ussac. The gum ammoniacum of the Greeks. 

Ustila'go. 1. A parasitical fungus. 2. Er- 
got. 

U'stion. A burn. 

U'TERINE. Uterinus. Appertaining to the 
womb. 

Uterine artery. A branch of the hypogas- 
tric or of the internal pudic. It is distributed 
over the uterus in numerous tortuous branches, 
which become greatly dilated during preg- 
nancy. 

Uterine fury. Nymphomania. 

Uterine gestation. Utcro-gestalion. Preg- 
nancy. 

Uterine muscle of Buysch. The oblique 
fibres of the fundus of the uterus. 

Uterine souffle. See Auscultation. 

U'TEEUS. («*, i, m. Tarepa.) The 
womb. A muscular receptacle, of the shape 
of a compressed pear, situated in the cavity of 
the pelvis, above the vagina, and between the 
urinary bladder and rectum. The upper part 
is called the fundus, the lower the cervix and 
mouth (os uteri) ; the space between them, the 
body. The uterus is about three inches in 
length, about two in breadth at the fundus, and 
one at the cervix. Its thickness is preserved 
throughout pregnancy, chiefly by the enlarge- 
666 



UTE 

ment of the veiiis and lymphatics, there being a 
smaller change in the size of the arteries. The 
cavity of the uterus corresponds with the ex- 
ternal form : that of the cervix leads from the 
os uteri, where it is very small, in a straight 
direction, to the fundus, where it is expanded 
into a triangular form, with two angles (cornua 
uteri) opposed to the entrance into the Fal- 
lopian tubes. At the place of junction be- 
tween the cervix and the body of the uterus, 
the cavity is smaller than it is in any other 
part. The mucous coat of the vagina is reflect- 
ed over the os uteri, and is continued into the 
membrane which lines the cavity of the uterus. 
The substance of the uterus, which is very 
firm, is composed of arteries, veins, lymphatics, 
nerves, and several sets of muscular fibres, 
viz., the circular, longitudinal, and oblique, 
curiously interwoven and connected together 
by cellular membrane. Its arteries are derived 
from the hypogastric or pudic. The veins are 
very numerous, and their size in the unim- 
pregnated state is proportioned to that of the 
arteries; but their enlargement during preg- 
nancy is such that the orifices of some, when 
divided, will admit even of the end of a small 
finger. 

Tho uterus is supplied with nerves from the 
lower mesocolic plexus, and from two small, 
flat, circular ganglions, which are situated be- 
hind the rectum. These ganglions are joined 
by a number of small branches from the third 
and fourth sacral nerves. The ovaria derive 
their nerves from the renal plexus. From the 
angles at the fundus of the uterus two processes 
originate, called, from the name of the first 
describer, the Fallopian tubes. They are about 
thi-ee inches in length, and, becoming smaller 
in their progress from the uterus, have an un- 
even, fringed termination, called the fimbria;. 
Through this canal the communication between 
the uterus and ovaria is preserved. The Fallo- 
pian tubes assist in forming the broad ligaments 
of the uterus. From each angle of the uterus, 
a little before and below the Fallopian tubes, 
the round ligaments arise ; these pass out of the 
pelvis through the ring of the external oblique 
muscle. The uterus is liable to many diseases, 
the principal of which are retroversion and its 
falling down, hydatids, dropsy, polypes, inflam- 
mation, ulceration, cancer. 

Uterus, inversion of. This is mostly pro- 
duced by unskillfully pulling away the placenta, 
and is only to be remedied by a restoration of 
the uterus to its proper state before it contracts ; 
without which, perpetual barrenness must ne- 
cessarily ensue, and the person be subject for 
life to a difficulty of walking, and other mal- 
adies. 

Uterus, irritable. An inflammatory and 
neuralgic condition of the uterus, in which there 
is considerable pain, especially on standing and 
moving, and at the periods of menstruation. 
There is pain on pressure, and tumefaction of the 
os uteri . It is a tedious and distressing affection, 
often lasting for years. Antiphlogistic reme- 
dies, leeches around the anus, anodyne injec- 
tions, the horizontal posture, are the principal 
remedies. 

Uterus, retroversion of. This occurs 



V AG 

when the fundus is turned backward and down- 
ward upon its cervix, between the vagina and 
rectum, and the os uteri is turned forward to 
the pubis, and upward, in proportion to the 
descent of the fundus, so that, by an examina- 
tion per vaginam, it can not be felt, or not with- 
out difficulty. There is extreme pain, a sup- 
pression of urine, and, by the continuance of 
this, great distension of the bladder; there is 
also obstinate constipation, produced by the 
pressure of the retroverted uterus upon the 
rectum. The retroversion of the uterus has 
generally occurred about the third month of 
pregnancy, and sometimes after delivery it may 
likewise happen, where the ii torus is, from any 
cause, enlarged to the size it acquires about the 
third month of pregnancy. 

Uterus, kupture of. This occurs dining 
parturition, and is known by the cessation of 
labor-jmins, recession of the loetus, and the oc- 
currence of alarming faintings, vomiting, &c. 
The child is to be instantly delivered by the 
feet, and every means are to be adopted to 
cause the uterus to contract. A favorable ter- 
mination is scarcely to be expected. 

UTRI'CULUS. (us, i, m. ; dim. of utcr, abot- 



V AL 

tie: so called from its shape.) 1. The womb. 
2. A little bag, bladder, or hollow vesicle. 

U'VA. (a, ce, f.) 1. An unripe grape. 2. 
A tumor resembling a grape. 

Uva passa major. A raisin. See Vitis. 

Uva pass a minor. The dried currant. 

Uva ursi. Arbutus uva ursi. 

U'VEA. (a, <e, f.) The black pigment on 
the back part of the iris. 

Uvea, commissure of the. The ciliary lig- 
ament. 

U'VULA. (a, a, f. ; dim. of uva, a grape.) 
The small, conical, fleshy substance hanging iu 
the middle of the velum pendulum palati, over 
the root of the tongue. It is composed of the 
common membrane of the mouth, and a small 
muscle resembling a worm, which arises from 
the union of the palatine bone, and descends to 
the tip of the uvula. 

Uvula vesi'cje. A small eminence in the 
neck of the bladder, which constitutes the apex 
of the triangle at the Tore part of the bladder, 
of which the openings of the ureters indicate 
the posterior angles. 

Uvula'ria. Ruscus hypoglossum. 

Uvuli'tis. Inflammation of the uvula. 



V. 



V. 



The symbol for vanadium. 

VACClUATIOiN. The insertion of the mat- 
ter to produce cow-pox. See Cow-pox. 

Va'ccine matter. The lymph from the 
vaccine pustule. 

Vaccinia. See Cow-pox. 

Vaccixic acid. A fatty acid obtained from 
butter. 

V A C C I'N I U M. (um, ii, n.) A genus of 
plants. Octandria. Monogynia. Ericacccc. 
— V.mijrtillus. The myrtle-berry. The baccae 
myrtilloruin are esteemed antiscorbutic, and, 
when dry, possess astringent virtues. — V. oxy- 
coccos. The cranberry-plant. Vaccinia palus- 
tris. The berries are pleasantly acid and cool- 
ing. — V. vitis ida-a. The red whortle-berry. 
Vitis ideca. The leaves are very astringent. 
They are said to mitigate the pain of calculous 
diseases. The ripe berries are aperient and 
refrigerant. 

Vacu'um. An empty space. 

VAGI'NA. (a, a, i.) Vagina uteri. The 
canal which leads from the external orifice of 
the female pudendum to the uterus. It is com- 
posed of two coats, the first or innermost of 
which is mucous, interspersed with many ex- 
cretory ducts, and contracted into small trans- 
verse folds, particularly at the fore and back 
part. The second coat is composed of a firm 
membrane, in which muscular fibres are not 
distinctly observable, but which is endowed, to 
a certain degree, with contractile powers like 
a muscle. This is surrounded by cellular mem- 
brane, which connects it to the neighboring 
parts. The upper and posterior two fifths of 
the vagina is also covered by the peritoneum. 
The entrance of the vagina is constricted by 
muscular fibres, which serve as a sphincter. 
The upper part is connected to the circumfe- 



rence of the os uteri, but not in a straight line, 
the os uteri protruding into the vagina. 

VAGI'NAL. Vaginalis. Belonging to the 
vagina, or to a sheath. 

Vaginal artery. The artery distributed to 
the vagina. It arises from the hypogastric, ute- 
rine, or pudic. 

Vaginalis tunica. Tunica vaginalis 
testis. 

Vagi'nans. Sheathing. 

Vagina'tus. Sheathed. 

VAGINI'TIS. Irritation or inflammation of 
the vagina, such as occurs in some forms of leu- 
corrhcea. 

Vagi'no-hysterio'tomv. An operation in 
which an incision is made into the uterus 
through the vagina. 

VAGlNO-RECTAL FISSURE. A fissure or 
opening existing between the vagina and rec- 
tum, in consequence of which the faeces pass 
from the rectum into the vagina. It is one of 
the effects of badly-managed parturition. The 
treatment consists in performing the operation 
of elytrorrhaphy as soon as the patient is in a 
condition to permit it. 

Vagino-ure'thral fissure. A fissure ex- 
isting in the membrane between the vagina and 
urethra. . 

Vagino-ve'sical fissure. A fissure existing 
iu the membrane between the vagina and blad- 
der. It is often the effect of badly-managed 
parturition, and to be treated as in the case of 
vagino-rectal fissure. 

VAGI'TUS. Squalling; the cry of the new 
born babe. 

Valerian. Valeriana officinalis. 

Valebian, oil of. Valerole. The essential 
oil of valerian root possesses the pungent, cam- 
phoraceous odor of valerian. It undergoes con* 

667 



VAL 

siderable chauge by keeping, depositing a cam- 
phor, and forming valerianic acid. 

VALERIA'NA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The Valeriana 
officinalis. 2. A genus of plants. Triandria. 
Monogynia. Valerianacece. — V. celtica. The 
Celtic nard. The root of this plant, a native of 
the Alps, has been recommended as a stomach- 
ic, carminative, and diuretic. — V. locusta. Va~ 
Icrianella olitoria. Corn salad. This is culti- 
vated in gardens for an early salad. — V. major. 
Valeriana phu. — V. officinalis. Officinal va- 
lerian. Wild valerian. The root is a campho- 
raceous antispasmodic, and is exhibited in con- 
vulsive and hysterical diseases. The dose of 
the powder is from grs. x. to 3J., three times a 
day or oftener. — V. phu. The garden valerian. 
The root is said to be efficacious in removing 
rheumatism, especially sciatica ; and also invet- 
erate epilepsies. — V. sylvestris. Valeriana of- 
ficinalis. 

VALERIANATES . The valerian tribe of 
dicotyledonous plants. Herbs with leaves op- 
posite ; flowers, corymbose, panicled, or m 
heads; stamens instinct; ovarium, inferior, two- 
celled ; fruit, dry iudehiscent. 

Valerianella olitoria. Valeriana locusta. 

VALERIANIC ACID. An interesting acid 
found in oil of valerian which has been exposed 
to the air, and also produced from amilic alcohol 
by the action of dry hydrate of potash. It is a 
limpid, oily fluid, of a strong, peculiar smell. 
Its sp. gr. is 0-94, boiling at 290° F. It has 
acid properties, and consists of CioHg03,HO. I* 
is therefore related to the amyl group. Va- 
lerianic acid is supposed to be an active nervous 
6timulant, and, combined with quinine, as the 
valerianate of quinine, to bo a valuable medicine 
in cases requiring stimulating nervous tonics. 

VALETUDINA'RIAN. 1. One who is in 
delicate health. 2. One who is extremely anx- 
ious about health, and constantly imagines him- 
self sick. 

VA'LGUS. 1. Bandy-legged; having the 
legs bent outward. 2. A kind of club-foot, 
which see. 

Vallet's tills. Pilulae ferri carbonatis. • 

Va'llum. The eyebrow. 

VALVE. (Valvec, folding doors.) 1. In 
Anatomy, a membranous elongation in canals, 
which prevents the reflux of fluids : applied to 
the valve of the colon, and to thin and transpa- 
rent membranes situated within arteries, veins, 
and absorbeuts. 2. In Botany, the divisions of 
the fruit. 

Valve of Bauhin. V. of Fallopius. The 
ileo-coecal valve. 

Valve of the colon. See Intestine. 

Valve, triglochin. The tricuspid valves. 

Va'lvula. A little valve. 

Valvula coli. The valve of the colon. 

Valvula Eusta'chii. A membranous semi- 
lunar valve, situated at the mouth of the in- 
ferior vena cava. 

Valvula mitralis. The mitral valve. 

Valvula semilunaris. The semilunar 
valves. 

Valvula triglochin. The tricusj id valves. 

Valvula Tulpii. See Intestine. 

Valvula Vieusse'nii. V. cerebri. V. Willis- 
tii. A thin lamiua which ascends behind the 
868 



VAR 

tubercula quadrigemina toward the cerebel- 
lum. 

Valvule conniventes. The semilunar folds 
formed of the mucous coat of the small intes- 
tines. They are most numerous in the jejunum. 
and gradually disappear in the ileum. Their 
use is to increase the absorbent surface of the 
intestines. 

VANA'DIUM. A new metal associated with 
lead and iron. It is white, brittle, and refrac- 
tory. Its equivalent is about 68, and it forms 
three compounds with oxygen, of which the 
deutoxide, VOj, is Vanadic acid. 

Vanilla. Vanelloc. Epidendrum vanilla. 

VA'POR. ( Vapor, oris. ) A highly-expanded 
liquid. It diners from a gas in the circumstance 
that it is condensiblo by cold and pressure. 

Vapor bath. See Balneum. 

Vapor douche. The projection of a stream 
of watery vapor on any part of the body, by 
means of a proper syringe or otherwise. ■ 

Vapora'rium. A vapor bath. 

Vaporiza'tion. The conversion of a fluid 
into the state of vapor. 

Vapors. Hypochondriasis ; hysteria ; mel* 
aucholy. 

Va'rec Kelp; the ashes of seaweeds. 

Vareni. Flatus furiosus. 

VARICE'LLA. (Diminutive of variola, the 
small-pox.) The chicken-pox or water-pox. 
The eruption in this disease consists of vesicles 
scattered over the body : they are mostly smooth 
and transparent, lentil shaped, or irregularly cir- 
cular, flattened at the top; the fluid at first pel- 
lucid, then whitish, afterward straw-colored 
( Varicella lymphalica). Sometimes the vesicles 
are pointed, and the fluid clear throughout the 
disease ; and this is termed the swine-pox. There 
is little febrile disturbance unless the eruption 
is confluent. About the third or fourth day the 
vesicles burst, and concrete into puckered scabs, 
which fall off, and leave no cicatrices or marks. 
The eruption of varicella does not come out all 
nearly together, but one crop after another, for 
several days. It requires merely an aperient, 
except when the fever is high. 

Varices . The plural of varix. 

VARICOCE'LE. (From varix, a distended 
vein, and icnln, a tumor.) Cirsoccle. A swell- 
ing of the veins of the scrotum, or spermatic 
cord : hence it is divided into the Scrotal vari- 
cocele, and Varicocele of the spermatic cord, 
known by feeling hard vermiform vessels in the 
course of the spermatic cord. See Cirsocele. 

Varicifo'rmes para'statje. The vasa def- 
erentia at their commencement. 

Varicifo'rmis. Variciform. Resembling a 
varix. 

Varico'mphalus. A varicose tumor of the 
navel. 

Va'ricose. Varicosus. Resembling varix. 

Varico'sitas conjunctiva. Cirsophthalmia. 

Vari'cula. Varicose enlargement of the 
veins of the conjunctiva. — M. A. Severimis. 

Variega'tus. Variegatedt 

Variety. Varietas. See Species. 

VARI'OLA. (a, te, f. ; from vari, pimples.) 
The small-pox. A disease distinguished by 
acute fever, eruption of red pimples on the 
third to the fifth day. which on the eighth or 



VAR 

tenth contain pus, and afterward drying, fall off 
in crusts. It is of a very contagions nature, and 
may be produced by iuoculation. It makes its 
attack on people of all ages, but youth are most' 
liable to it; and it usually prevails in the spring 
and summer. 

The small-pox. is distinguished iuto the dis- 
tinct and confluent. 

Four different states, or stages, are to be ob- 
served in the small-pox : first, the febrile ; sec- 
ond, the eruptive ; third, the maturative ; and, 
fourth, that of scabbing. When the diseaso has 
arisen naturally, and is of the distinct kiud, the 
eruption is commonly preceded by a redness in 
the eyes, soreness in the throat, pains in the 
head, back, and loins, weariness and faintness, 
alternate fits of chilliness and heat, thirst, nau- 
sea, inclination to vomit, and a quick pulse. 
About tho third or fourth day, the eruption 
shows itself in littlo red spots on the face, neck, 
and breast, and these continue to increaso in 
number and size for threo or four days longer, 
at the end of which time they aro to be observ- 
ed dispersed over several parts of tho body. If 
the pustules are not very numerous, tho febrile 
symptoms will generally go off on the appear- 
ance of tho eruption, or will moderate The 
suppuration commences about the fifth or sixth 
day. Should the pustules be perfectly distinct 
and separate from each other, the suppuration 
will probably be completed about the eighth or 
ninth day, and they will thon bo filled with a 
thick yellow matter ; but should they run much 
into each other, it will not be completed till 
some days later. When tho pustules aro very 
thick and numerous on the face, it is apt, about 
this time, to become much swelled; the voice 
is hoarse, and saliva runs from tho mouth. 
About the eleventh day the swelling subsides, 
and is succeeded by swelling in the linnds and 
feet, after which the pustules break and dis- 
charge their contents ; and then becoming dry, 
fall in crusts, leaving the skin of a brownish- 
red color. In those cases where the pustules 
are large, and aro late in becoming dry and 
falling off, they are very apt to leave pits be- 
hind them ; but where they are Bmall, suppu- 
rate quickly, and are few in number, they nei- 
ther leave any marks behind them, nor do they 
occasion much affection of the system. 

In the confluent small-pox, the fever which 
precedes the eruption is much more violent 
than in the distinct, being attended usually with 
great anxiety, heat, thirst, nausea, vomiting, 
and a frequent and contracted pulse, and often 
with coma or delirium. In infants, convulsive 
fits are apt to occur, which either prove fatal 
before any eruption appears, or they usher in a 
malignant species of the disease. 1 he pustules 
run into one another, the spaces being of a livid 
color; the affected parts are also much swollen. 
The scabs leave deep pits. Sometimes livid 
spots appear interspersed among the pustules, or 
there is a discharge of -blood Dy urine, stool, 
and from various parts of tho body. The fever, 
which, perhaps, bad suffered some slight re- 
mission from the time the emption made its ap- 
pearance to that of maturation, is often renew- 
ed with considerable violence, and is called the 
secondary fever ; and this is the most dangerous 



VA S 



state of the diseaso, from its taking on the form 
of typhus. The course of small-pox may be 
interrupted by an attack of measles, the latter 
often tanning its career first. 

Distinct small-pox is seldom very dangerous ; 
but the confluent is extremely so, especially 
where the fever is severe. When there is a 
great tendency to the typhoid form, the disease 
usually proves fatal between the eighth and 
eleventh day, but, in some cases, not till the 
fourteenth or sixteenth. If not fatal, it is very 
apt to induce various morbid affections, as a 
predisposition to inflammatory complaints, oph- 
thalmia, and \iisceral inflammations, but more 
especially diseases of the thorax ; and not tin- 
frequently it excites scrofula into action. The 
favorable symptoms are a swelling of the hands 
and feet as the swelling of the face subsides, 
and a regular courso of tho emption. The unfa- 
vorable symptoms are, high fever, flattening und 
subsidence of tho eruption, and the invasion of 
inflammatory affections of the lungs, or conges- 
tions occurring in the viscera, with low typhus. 
In the distinct species, the treatment is gen- 
tly antiphlogistic ; in the confluent, the meas- 
ures necessary against typhus fever are to bo 
employed. 
Variola sruniA. Varicella. 
Variola vaccina. See Cow-pox. 
Vaiuum os. The cuboid bone. 
VARIOLOID. 1. Diseases resembling the 
small-pox. 2. Modified small-pox, such as oc- 
curs sometimes from inoculation, or which may 
take place at the time of vaccination, or many 
years after, during tho prevalence of an epi- 
demic of small-pox. It is usually very mild. 

VA'RIX. (ix, icis, m. ; from varus, i. e., 
obtortus.) A dilatation of a vein. A disease 
known by a soft tumor on a vein which does 
not pulsate. Varicose veins mostly become 
serpentine, and often form a plexus of knots, 
especially in tho groins and scrotum. This dis- 
easo is relieved by cold applications and press- 
ure from bandages; and but seldom by ligature. 
VA'RUS. This term has been applied, ad- 
jcclivcly, to one whose legs are bent inward ; 
substantively, to pimples on tho face, and to 
misplaced gout. Seo Club-foot and Acne. 
Varus tunctatus. Acne punctata. 
Va'rvicitk. A native oxide of manganese. 
VAS. ( Vas, vasis, n.) A vessel. 
Vas de'ferens. A duct which arises from 
the epididymis, and passes through the inguinal 
ring, as part of the spermatic cord, into the 
cavity oftho pelvis, and terminates in the ve- 
sicula seminal is. Its use is to convey the semen 
secreted in tho testicle, and brought to it by 
the epididymis, into the vesicula seminalis. 

Vasa brevia. The arteries which come from 
tho spleen, and run along tho large arch of the 
stomach to the diaphragm. 

Vasa deferentia muliebra. The Fallopian 
tubes. 

Vasa efferentia. The absorbent vessels, as 
they pass out of a lymphatic gland, are so called. 
Vasa inferentia. The absorbent vessels 
which pass into a lymphatic gland. 

Vasa praparantia. A name given by tho 
old anatomists to the spermatic vessels. 

Vasa seminalia. Tubuli seminiferi. Very 
669 



VEG 

minute tubes, constituting the parenchyma of 
the testis. 

Vasa umbilicalia. The name of the blood- 
vessels of the allantois. 

Vasa vasorum. The very minute vessels 
which supply the arteries and veins. 

Vasa vortico'sa. The contorted vessels of 
the choroid membrane of the eye. 

VA'SCULAR. Vascularis. That which re- 
lates to the vessels or tubes of the body. The 
Vascular system is the aggregate of the tubular 
apparatus of the body, and includes the arte- 
ries, veins, and lymphatics ; but it is also used 
to hidicate the blood-vessels onry. See Circle 
lation and Lymphatic vessels. 

VASCULA'RES. One of the primary divis- 
ions of the vegetable kingdom, including those 
plants which contain elongated cellules or 
tubes, as distinguished from the Cellulares. 

Va'sculum aberrans. A small convoluted 
duct connected with the duct of the epididymis. 

VA'STUS. (us, i, m.) The name of certain 
muscles. 

Vastus externus. A large, thick, and fleshy 
muscle, situated on the outer side of the thigh: 
it arises, by a broad, thick tendon, from the 
lower and anterior part of the great trochanter, 
and upper part of the linea aspera ; it likewise 
adheres, by fleshy fibres, to the whole outer 
edge of that rough line. Its fibres descend ob- 
liquely forward, and adhere to the crurasus, 
with which it continues to be connected to the 
lower part of the thigh, where it terminates in 
a broad tendon, inserted into the upper part of 
the patella. 

Vastus interNCS. This muscle is situated 
at the inner side of the thigh. It arises from 
between the fore part of the os femoris and the 
root of the lesser trochanter, and from all the 
inner side of the linea aspera. Like the vastus 
externus, it is connected with the cruraous, but 
it continues longer fleshy than that muscle. A 
little above the knee its outer edge unites with 
the rectus, after which it is inserted, tendinous, 
into the upper part and. inner side of the patel- 
la, sending off an aponeurosis which adheres to 
the upper part of the tibia. 

Vault. Fornix. 

Vaulted. Forniciform. 

Vauqueline. Stiychnia. 
. Veal skin. Vitiligo. 

Vectis. A lever. See Lever. 

VEGETABLE. Vegetabilis. An organism 
consisting of cells, either simple (Cellulares) or 
modified (Vascularcs), permeated by gases, 
and having the power of converting inorganic 
matters, as air, water, and carbonate of ammo- 
nia, into organic matters, as sugar, gum, lignin, 
oils, albumen, and their compounds. Vegeta- 
bles may be aerial, aquatic, or attached to the 
earth. Thoy possess the vital endowment of 
generating cytoblasts, but have no nervous sys- 
tem. In the latter particular, and the power 
many possess of decomposing carbonic acid in 
sunlight, they differ from animals. 

Vegetable alkalies. See Alkaloids. 

Vegetable jelly. Pcctine. 

Vegetable kingdom. The aggregate of veg- 
etables. This kingdom has been variously 
classified for the convenience of naturalists, but 
670 



VEI # 

the systems of Linnaeus and Jussieu, the latter 
modified by Richard, De Candolle, Brown, and 
Lindley, are the only two which are now re- 
tained. The artificial or sexual system of Lin- 
nams depends upon the number- of pistils and 
stamens, and their positions in the flower : the 
terms used are to be found in this work. Jus- 
sieu grouped plants by their affinity in struct- 
ure, adopting the inflorescence and structure 
of the seeds principally. This is the natural 
system, the great superiority of which causes it 
to obscure every other. The principal families 
are mentioned in the text, and they are worthy 
of study on the part of the physician, from the 
interesting connection which often exists be- 
tween the external form and sensible proper- 
ties of groups, as in the Solanaceae, Rauuncu- 
iacese, &c. 

Vegetable physiology. The study of the 
functions of plants. 

VEGETATION. 1. The state of a vegeta- 
ble, or, collectively, the vegetable kingdom. 2. 
A growth or distribution of parts in minerals 
resembling a plant. 3. In Surgery, a morbid 
growth resembling a fungus, but not usually of 
a malignant nature. 

Vegeto-alkalies. See Alkaloids. 

VE'HICLE. Vchicu'lum. In Pharmacy, the 
menstruum in which medicines are dissolved 
or suspended. 

Veil. Calyptra. 

VEIN. ( Vena, <z, f.) A long, membranous 
canal, which continually becomes wider, does 
not pulsate, and returns the blood from the ar- 
teries to the heart. All veins originate from 
the capillary vessels which connect the arteries 
and veins, and terminate in the auricles of the 
heart; e. g., the vena) cavse in the right, and 
the pulmonary veins in the left auricle. They 
are composed, like arteries, of three tunics or 
coats, which are much more slender than in the 
arteries, and are supplied internally with semi- 
lunar membranes, or folds, called valves. Their 
use is to return the blood to the heart. 

The blood is returned from every part of the 
body, except the lungs, into the right auricle, 
from three sources : 1. The vena cava superior, 
which brings it from the head, neck, thorax, 
and superior extremities. 2. The vena cava 
inferior, from the abdomen and inferior extremi- 
ties. 3. The coronary vein receives it from the 
coronary arteries of the heart. 

1. The vena cava superior. — This vein 
terminates in the superior part of the right 
auricle, into which it evacuates the blood from 
the right and left subclavian vein, and the vena 
azygos. The right and left subclavian veins 
receive the blood from the head and upper ex- 
tremities in the followiug manner : 

The veins of the fingers, called digitals, re- 
ceive the blood from the digital arteries, and 
empty it into the cephalic of the thumb, which 
runs on the back of the hand along the thumb, 
and evacuates its blood into the external radial. 

The salvatella, which runs along the little 
finger, unites with the former, and empties its 
blood into the internal and external cubital 
veins. At the end of the forearm are three 
veins, called the great cephalic, the basilic, and 
the median. 



VEI 

The great cephalic runs along the superior 

J>art of the forearm, and receives the blood 
rom the external radial. 

The basilic ascends on the under side, and 
receives the blood from the external and inter- 
nal cubital veins, and some branches which ac- 
company the brachial artery, called vena: satel- 
lites. 

The median is situated in the middle of the 
forearm, and arises from the union of several 
branches. These three veins all unite above 
the bend of the arm, and form the brachial. 

The brachial vein, which receives all their 
blood, and is continued into the axilla, where 
it is called the axillary. 

The axillary vein. This receives also the 
blood from the scapula, and superior and in- 
ferior parts of the chest, by the superior and in- 
ferior thoracic vein, the vena muscularis, and 
the scapularis. The axillary vein then passes 
under the clavicle, where it is called the sub- 
clavian, which unites with the external and 
internal jugular veins, and the vertebral vein, 
which brings the blood from the vertebral si- 
nuses ; it receives, also, the blood from the me- 
diastinal, pericardiac, diaphragmatic, thymic, in- 
ternal mammary, and laryngeal veins, and then 
unites with its fellow to form the vena cava su- 
perior, or, as it is sometimes called, vena cava 
descendens. 

The blood from the external and internal 
parts of the head and face is returned, in the 
following manner, into the external and inter- 
nal jugulars, which terminate in the subclavi- 
an : 

The frontal, angular, temporal, auricular, sub- 
lingual, and occipital veins receive the blood 
from the parts after which they are named; 
these all converge to each side of the neck, and 
form a trunk, called the external jugular vein. 

The blood from the brain, cerebellum, me- 
dulla oblongata, and membranes of these parts, 
is received into the lateral sinuses, or veins of 
the dura mater, one of which empties its blood 
through the foramen lacerum in basii cranii on 
each side into the internal jugular, which de- 
scends in the neck by the carotid arteries, re- 
ceives the blood from the thyroideal and internal 
maxillary veins, and empties itself into the sub- 
clavians within the thorax. 

The vena azygos receives the blood from the 
bronchial, superior, oesophageal, vertebral, and 
intercostal veins, and empties it into the superior 
cava. 

2. Vena cava inferior. — The vena cava in- 
ferior is the trunk of all the abdominal veins, 
and those of the lower extremities, from which 
parts the blood is returned in the following man- 
ner. 

The veins of the toes, called the digital veins, 
receive the blood from the digital arteries, and 
form on the back of the foot three branches, one 
on the great toe, called the cephalic, another 
which runs along the little toe, called the vena 
saphena, and a third on the back of the foot, 
vena dorsalis pedis ; and those on the sole of the 
foot evacuate themselves into the plantar veins. 

The three veins on the upper purt of the foot 
coming together above the ankle, form the an- 
terior tibial; and the plantar veins, with a 



VEN 

branch from the calf of the leg, called the sural 
vein, form the posterior tibial ; a branch also as- 
cends in the direction of the fibula, called the 
peroneal vein. These three branches unite be- 
fore the ham into one branch, the sub-popliteal 
vein, which ascends through the ham, carrying 
all the blood from the foot : it then proceeds 
upon the anterior part of the thigh, where it is 
termed the crural or femoral vein, receives sev- 
eral muscular branches, and passes under Pou- 
part's ligament into the cavity of the pelvis, 
where it is called the external iliac. 

The arteries which are distributed about the 
pelvis evacuate their blood into the external he- 
morrhoidal veins, the hypogastric veins, the in- 
ternal pudic, the vena magna penis, and obtura~ 
tory veins, all of which unite in the pelvis, and 
form the internal iliac vein. 

The external iliac vein receives the blood 
from the external pudendal veins, and then 
unites with the internal iliac at the last vertebra 
of the loins, forming the common iliac ; the two 
common iliacs then form the vena cava inferior , 
or ascendens, which ascends on the right side 
of the spine, receiving the blood from the sacral, 
lumbar, emulgent, right spermatic veins, and the 
vena cava hepatica ; and, having arrived at the 
diaphragm, it passes through the right foramen, 
and enters the right auricle of the heart, into 
which it evacuates all the blood from the ab- 
dominal viscera and lower extremities. 

Vena cava hepatica. — This vein ramifies in 
the substance of the liver, and brings the blood 
into the vena cava inferior from the branches 
of the vena porta, a great vein which carries the 
blood from the abdominal viscera into the sub- 
stance of the liver. The trunk of the vena porta?, 
about the fissure of the liver, in which it is sit- 
uated, is divided into the hepatic and abdominal 
portions. The abdominal portion is composed 
of the splenic, meseraic, and internal hemor- 
rhoidal veins. These three venous branches 
carry all the blood from the stomach, spleen, 
pancreas, omentum, mesentery, gall-bladder, 
and the small and large intestines, into the 
sinus of the vena porta?. The hepatic portion 
of the vena porta? enters the substance of the 
liver, divides into innumerable ramifications, 
which secrete the bile, and the superfluous 
blood passes into corresponding branches of the 
vena cava hepatica. 

Velame'ntum bombyci'num. The mucou& 
membrane of the intestines. 

VE'LUM. (um,i,n.) A veil. 

Velum interpositum. V. vasculosum. The 
tela choroidea of the brain. 

Velum pendulum palati. Velum. Velum 
palatinum. The soft palate. The soft part of 
the palate, which forms two arches, affixed 
laterally to the tongue and pharynx. 

Velum PUPrLL^:. Mernbrana pupillaris. 

VE'NA. (a, m, f. ; from venio, to come : be- 
cause the blood comes through it.) A vein. 
See Vein. 

Vena azygos. Azygos vena. 

Vena medinensis. Medinensis vena. 

Vena portje. Vena portarium. The great 
vein, situated at the entrance of the liver, which 
receives the blood from the abdominal viscera, 
and carries it iuto the substance of the livor- 

671 



VER 

It is distinguished into the hepatic and abdomi- 
nal portion: the former ramifies through the 
substance of the liver, and carries the blood 
destined for the formation of the bile, which is 
returned by branches to the trunk of the vena 
cava ; the latter is composed of three branches, 
viz., the splenic, mesenteric, and internal hae- 
morrhoidal veins. 

VenjE lacteje. The lacteals. 

VENISECTION. Venesection. ( Venccsec- 
tio, onis, f. ; from vena, a vein, and scctio, to 
cut.) The opening of a vein. By modern sur- 
geons this operation is usually performed on the 
veins at the bend of the arm, and the external 
jugular. The current of blood should be free, 
and the amount taken sufficient to produce ap- 
proaching faintness, to secure the full effects of 
bleeding. 

Venena'tus. Poisonous. 

Vene'num. A poison. 

VENE'REAL. Venereus. Of, or belonging 
to, sexual intercourse. 

Venereal disease. Commonly it means 
syphilis. See Syphilis and Urethritis venerea. 

Venery. Coition. 

Venom. A poison. 

Veno'sus. Veiny; veined. 

Venous hum. See Bruit de diablc. 

VE'NTER. (ter, tris, f.) The belly. The 
older writers apply this term to the abdomen, 
Venter infimns. The chest was called Venter 
medius; and the head, Venter supr emus. 

VENTILATION. The act of renewing the 
air of a room or other confined place by solicit- 
ing a current from without. It is of the first 
importance for the preservation of health, and 
as a therapeutic means in low fevers and other 
diseases. 

VE'NTRICLE. {Ventriculus, i, m. ; from 
venter.) A term applied by anatomists to the 
cavities of the brain and heart. See Encephalos 
and Heart. 

Ventricle of arantius. A small cavity at 
the point of the calamus scriptorius of the brain. 

Ventricles of the larynx. Two depres- 
sions in the larynx, situated immediately above 
the chordae vocales. 

Ventrico'sus. Ventricose: distended; bel- 
lying. 

VENTRI'CULUS. (us,i,m.) The stomach; 
a cavity ; a ventricle. 

Ventriculus callo'sus. The gizzard of 
birds. 

Ventriculus pulmona'ris. The right ven- 
tricle of the heart. 

Ventriculus succenturiatus. That por- 
tion of the duodenum which is surrounded by 
the peritoneum is sometimes so large as to re- 
semble a second stomach, and is so called by 
some writers 

VENTRI'LOQUISM. (Ventriloquismus; 
from venter, and loquor, to speak.) The art of 
so modulating the voice as to give the by- 
standers an impression that it proceeds from 
various distances. 

Ve'nula. A small vein. 

Ve'nus. Copper. 

VERA'TRIA. (a,«,f.) Veratrine. A veg- 
etable alkaloid obtained from the Veratrum sab- 
adiUa and V. album. It is white, pulverulent, 
672 



VER 

has no odor, but excites violent sneezing, and 
is very acrid. Its formula appears to be 
C34H26NO6. It produces violent vomiting in 
very small doses, and, according to some exper- 
iments, a few grains may cause death. It is in- 
soluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether. 
It is said to be a drastic purge in the dose of 
one twelfth of a grain. It has been lately rec- 
ommended as a topical stimulant in neuralgic, 
rheumatic, and other painful diseases. It is . 
also applied in the form of liniment made with 
from six to twelve grains to an ounce of alco- 
hol, or in that of an ointment consisting of 35s. 
of the veratria mixed with 3L of olive oil, and 
5j. of lard. The sulphate, tartrate, and other 
salts can be formed by acting on the base. 

Veratrine. See Veratria. 

VERA'TRUM. {urn, i, 11.) A genus of 
plants. Polygamia. Monascia. Melanthacccc. 

— V. album. White hellebore, or veratrum. 
Every part of the plant is extremely acrid and 
poisonous. The dried root has a durable, nau- 
seous, and bitter taste, burning the mouth and 
fauces : when powdered, and applied to is- 
sues or ulcers, it produces griping and purg- 
ing ; if snuffed up the nose, it proves a violent 
sternutatory. The root is a violent purgative ; 
it likewise acts very powerfully upon the nerv- 
ous system, producing great anxiety, tremors, 
vertigo, syncope, interrupted respiration, sink- 
ing of the pulse, convulsions, spasms, and death. 
Veratrum has been found useful in mania ; ep- 
ilepsy, and other convulsive complaints ; and 
especially in the different eruptions ; herpes, 
lepra, and other scaly diseases. As a powerful 
stimulating and irritating medicine, its use has 
been resorted to in desperate cases only, and 
even then it ought first to be exhibited in very 
small doses, as a grain, and in a diluted state, 
and to be gradually increased, according to the 
effects, which are generally of an alarming na- 
ture. Its active agent is veratria. — V. nigrum. 
Helleborus niger. — V. sabadilla. Indian caustic 
barley. Sevadilla. The seeds are administer- 
ed with very great success as a vermifuge, and 
are also diuretic and emetic. The dose to a 
child, from two to four years old, is two grains; 
from hence to eight, five grains ; from eight to 
twelve, ten grains. — V. viridc. American helle- 
bore is an indigenous swamp species ; it is sim- 
ilar to the V. album in properties, but is said 
not to be purgative. 

VERBA'SCUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanacece. 

— V.blatta'ria. Moth mullein. This is demul- 
cent. — V. nigrum. Black mullein. The V. ni- 
grum and V. thapsus appear to be ordered in- 
differently by this name in the pharmacopoeias. 
The flowers, leaves, and roots are used occa- 
sionally as mild astringents. — V. thapsus. The 
yellow mullein. 

VERBE'NA. (a, a:, f.) A genus of plants. 
Decandria. Monogynia. Verbenacea. — V. fa- 
mina. Erysimum alliaria. — V. officinalis. Ver- 
vain. Verbenaca. This plant is destitute of 
odor, and has but slight bitterness and astrin- 
gency. 

Verdigris. The subacetate of copper. 

Verjuice. An acid liquor pressed from 
green grapes or apples. 



VER 

Vermicular. Vermicularis. Shaped like, 
or having the properties of a worm. 

Ve'rmiform. Vermiformis. Worm-like. 

VERMIFOKM PROCESS. Processus and 
Protuberantia vermiformis. The substance 
which unites the two hemispheres of the cere- 
bellum like a ring ; and which forms a process, 
so called from its resemblance to an earth-worm 
rolled up. 

VE'RMIFUGE. (Vermifugus; from vermis, 
a worm, and fugo, to drive away.) Anthel- 
mintic. 

Vermilion. Cinnabar. 

Vermin a'tion. That diseased state, when 
the skin is infested by vermin. 

Vermi'nous. Produced by worms. 

VE'RMIS. (is, is, m.) A worm. The 
name generally given to the parasitical animals 
that infest the animal body. See Entozoa and 
Invermination . 

Vermis cerebri. Brain-worm. This name 
has been given to the Hungarian camp fever. 

Vermis mordicans. V. repens. A species 
of herpetic eruption on the skin. 

Vermis terrestris. Lumbricus terrestris. 

VERNA'TION. (From ver, the spring.) 
The manner in which the leaves of plants are 
folded or wrapped up, and expand in the spring. 

VE'RNIX CASE'OSA. The sebaceous mat- 
ter which invests the foetus. It consists of oily 
matters, epithelium scales, with a small quan- 
tity of saline matter. 

VERNO'NIA. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants. 
Syngenesia. Polygamia swperjlua. Composite. 
— V. anthelminlica. Calagirah. An East In- 
dian plant, much celebrated as a tonic, the 
seeds of which are considered a valuable ver- 
mifuge. 

VERO'NICA. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
Monogynia. Veronicaceas. — V.bcccabunga. V. 
aquatica. The water-pimpernel and brook- 
lime. The j uice of the fresh plant is refrigerant 
and antiscorbutic. — V. mas. V. officinalis. Ve- 
ronica. It was formerly used as a pectoral, 
but is now justly forgotten. 

Ve rres. The boar. 

Verricula'ris tu'nica. The retina of the 
eye. 

VERRU'CA. (a, a;, f. ) A wart, or thicken- 
ing and induration of the cuticle, which is raised 
up in different forms. They are readily de- 
stroyed by caustic, ligature, or the knife. 

Verruca'ria. Heliotropium europaeum. 

Verruco'se. Warty. 

Versa'tilis. Versatile : vane-like. 

VE'RTEBRA. (a, as, f. ; from verio, to turn. ) 
One of the bones of which the spine is formed. 
The spine is composed of two irregular pyra- 
mids, which are united at the os sacrum. The 
vertebrae which form the upper and longest 
pyramid are called true vertebra?, and those 
which compose the lower pyramid, or the os 
sacrum and coccyx, are termed false vertebrae. 
The true vertebrae are divided into the cervical, 
dorsal, and lumbar. 

In each of the vertebrae, as in other bones, 
we may remark the body of the bone, its pro- 
cesses, and cavities. The body may be com- 
pared to part of a cylinder cut off transversely: 
convex before, and concave behind. Each ver- 



VER 

tebra has commonly seven processes. First, 
the spinous process, which is placed at the 
back part of the vertebra. Two others are 
called transverse processes, and are placed on 
each side of the spinous process. The four 
others, which are called oblique processes, are 
much smaller. There are two on the upper and 
two on the lower part of each vertebra, rising 
from near the basis of the transverse processes. 
They are the articular processes. 

There is in evciy vertebra, between its body 
and processes, a foramen for the lodgment of 
the spinal marrow. Besides this, there are four 
notches on each side of every vertebra, be- 
tween the oblique processes and the body of 
the vertebra. These form passages for blood- 
vessels, and for the nerves that pass out of the 
spine. The vertebrae are united together by 
means of fibro-cartilage. Besides the connec- 
tion by means of this intervertebral cartilage, 
there are many strong ligaments, which unite 
the bones of the spine to each other. Some of 
these ligaments are extenial, and others inter- 
nal. 

The cervical vertebras are seven in number; 
their bodies are smaller, and of a firmer text- 
ure, than the other bones of the spine. The 
transverse processes are short, and forked. At 
the bottom of each of these processes there is 
a foramen, for the passage of the cervical (ver- 
tebral) artery. The spinous process is like- 
wise shorter than that of other vertebrae, and 
forked at its extremity. Their oblique pro- 
cesses are large, and very oblique. The first, 
second, and seventh bone are of a peculiar 
form. The first, or atlas, forms a kind of bony 
ring. At the middle of its convex fore part is 
a small tubercle, which is the body. To this a 
ligament is attached, which helps to strengthen 
the articulation of the spine with the os occipi- 
tis. The back part of this anterior portion is 
concave, and covered with cartilage where it 
receives the odontoid process of the second 
vertebra. The posterior arch is larger than the 
anterior one. The transverse processes, one on 
each side, ai*e longer and larger than those of 
the other vertebra?, and are perforated at their 
basis for the passage of the cervical artery. 
The articulating surfaces are also very large. 
The second, or dentata, has an upright process 
on its body, which is of a cylindrical shape, 
slightly flattened, however, behind and before. 
It articulates with the atlas. By this means 
the rotatory motion of the head is chiefly per- 
formed. The seventh vertebra has its spinal 
process of great length, so that it has been call 
ed vertebra prominens. 

The dorsal vertebras, which are twelve in 
number, are of a middle size, between the cer- 
vical and lumbar vertebrae. The bodies are 
more flattened at their sides, more convex be- 
fore, and more concave behind, than the other 
bones of the spine. Their upper and lower sur- 
faces are nearly horizontal. Their spinous pro- 
cesses are long, flattened at the sides, divided 
at their upper and back part into two surfaces 
by a middle ridge. The transverse processes 
are of considerable length and thickness, and 
are turned obliquely backward. Anteriorly 
they have an articulating surface for receiving 

673 



TES 

the tuberosity of the ribs, except in the eleventh 
and twelfth of the dorsal vertebne, to which 
the ribs are articulated by their heads only. 

The lumbar vertebra are five in number. 
Their bodies are larger than those of the dorsal 
vertebrae. Their spinous processes are short 
and thick, of considerable breadth, erect, and 
terminated by a kind of tuberosity. Their 
oblique processes are of considerable thickness. 
Their transverse processes are thin and long, 
except in the first and last vertebra?, where they 
are much shorter, that the lateral motions of the 
trunk might not be impeded. The os sacrum 
and os coccygis belong more correctly to the 
pelvis. 

VB'RTEBRAL. Vertebralis. Appertaining 
to the vertebrae, or bones of the spine. 

Vertebral artery. Arteria vertebralis. A 
branch of the subclavian, proceeding through 
the vertebrae to within the cranium, where, with 
its fellow, it forms the basilary arteiy, the in- 
ternal auditory, and the posterior arteiy of the 
dura mater. 

Vertebral column. See Vertebra and 
Spinal cord. 

Vertebral disease. Rhachitis. 

Vertebral sinuses. See Sinuses, vertebral. 

VERTEBRA'TA. One of the primary divis- 
ions of the animal kingdom, containing all the 
animals furnished with a spine. 

VE'RTEX. (ex, icis, m. ; from verto.) The 
crown of the head. The os verticis is the pari- 
etal bone. 

Ve'rtical. Verticalis. Perpendicular. 

Verticalia ossa. The parietal bones. 

VERTICTLLUS. A whorl ; when the flow- 
ers or leaves surround the stem in a ring nearly 
on the same plane. 

Verticis os. The parietal bone. 

VERTI'GO. (o, inis, f. ; from verto, to turn 
about.) Giddiness or swimming of the head ; 
a dizziness, with a fear of falling, and more or 
less confusion of the mind and senses. The 
predisposing causes of this affection are such as 
produce debility or exhaustion of the nervous 

Eower, and the exciting causes are whatever 
as a tendency to disturb the uniformity with 
which the nervous power is distributed. Dys- 

Septic persons, those who are faint from sud- 
en and violent evacuations, want of food, or a 
long course of labor, are very subject to it. It 
m also symptomatic of fevers and most inflam- 
mations. 

Verumo'ntanum. The caput gallinaginis of 
the urethra. 

Vervain. Verbena officinalis. 

Vervain, female. Erysimum alliaria. 

Vesa'nia. Madness. 

VESA'NIjE. The fourth order in the class 
Neuroses of Cullen, comprehending diseases in 
which the judgment is impaired, without either 
coma or pyrexia. 

VESI'CA. (a, a, f.) A bladder. 

Vesica fellis. The gall bladder. 

Vesica natato'ria. The air bladder of 
fishes. 

Vesica urinaria. The urinary bladder. 

VESICAL. Vesicalis. Relating to the uri- 
nary bladder, as vesical arteries, &c. See Uri- 
nary bladder. 
674 



VES 

Vesica'nts. Vesicatory substances. 

VESIOA'TORY. Vesicato'rius. (Froxaves- 
ica, a bladder: because it raises a bladder.) 
Having the property, when applied to the skin, 
of raising a bladder. Various substances pro- 
duce this effect on the skin, but the powder of 
the cantharis, or blistering fly, operates with 
certainty and expedition, and is made use of for 
the purpose. Blisters act by diverting pain 
and inflammation to the surface. When it is 
not wished to maintain a discharge from the 
blistered part, make a puncture in the cuticle 
to let out the fluid, aftd dress with simple ce- 
rate or olive oil ; but when the case requires 
keeping up a secretion of pus, the surgeon must 
remove the whole of the detached cuticle with 
a pair of scissors, and dress the excoriated sur- 
face with diluted savine ointment ; the canthar- 
idis ointment has also been used, but is apt to 
produce strangury. 

VE'SICLE. ( Vesicula, ce, f. ; a diminutive 
of vesica, a bladder.) 1. A small bladder. 2. 
An elevation of the cuticle, or bladder-like tu- 
mor in any part, containing a transparent watery 
fluid. 

Vesico-vaoinal. Relating to the bladder 
and vagina. 

VESI'CULA. (a, a, f.) A vesicle; a small 
bag or bladder. In Pathology, a small, round- 
ish elevation of the cuticle, containing lymph, 
but which may become opaque. It is usually 
succeeded by scurf or small scales. 

Vesicula fellis. The gall bladder. 

Vesicula umbilicalis. A small vesicle of 
the foetus, to be seen about the fifteenth day 
from impregnation, and beginning to disappear 
after the seventh week. See Ovum. 

VESIOULiE. (Plural of vesicula.) An order 
of cutaneous diseases in the system of Bateman. 

Vesicula divm barbar*. The confluent 
small-pox. 

Vesicul* gingivarum. The thrush. 

Vesicula Graafianje. Graafian vesicles. 

Vesiculk Nabothi. Vesicles of Naboth. 
The follicles in the interior of the cervix uteri. 

Vesicula pulmonales. The air-cells of the 
lungs. 

Vesiculje seminales. Two membranous 
receptacles, situated on the back part of the 
bladder, above its neck. The excretory ducts 
are called ejaculatory ducts. They proceed to 
the urethra, into which they open by a peculiar 
orifice at the top of the verumontanum. They 
have vessels and nerves from the neighboring 
parts, and are well supplied with absorbent 
vessels, which proceed to the lymphatic glands 
about the loins. The use of the vesiculae semi- 
nales is to receive the semen brought into them 
by the vasa deferentia, to retain, somewhat in- 
spissate, and to discharge it sub coitu into the 
urethra. 

VESTCULAR. Vesicularis. Having the 
appearance of vesicles; like small cellules or 
bladders. 

Vesicular fever. Pemphigus. 

Vesicular nervous tissue. See Nervous 
matter. 

VE'SPA. (a, ce, f.) * A genus of insects, of 
the order Hymenoptera. — V. crabro. The hor- 
net. The sting is very severe, and the effect 



VIN 



VIN 



best allayed by dilute ammonia. — V. vulgaris. 
The common wasp. 

V E'S S E L. Vas. In Anatomy, a tubular 
canal ; the arteries, veins, lymphatics, and ab- 
sorbents are called the vessels of the body. 

VESTI'BULE. Vestibulum. 1. A cavity of 
the internal ear, between the cochlea and semi- 
circular canals. 2. The triangular space lying 
between the nymphae, bounded above by the 
clitoris, and below by the orifice of the urethra. 

Vesti'tus. Clothing. 

VETA. An acute headache, with great pros- 
tration, common in the region of the Andes. 

Ve'terinary. Relating to beasts of burden : 
hence Veterinary surgery, or farriery. 

Vexi'llum. The large, uppermost petal of a 
papilionaceous flower. 

VI'A. (a, m, f.) A way or passage. Used 
in Anatomy. 

Viability. The state of a child which is 
viable. See Viable. 

VIABLE. Applied to a new-born child, to 
express its capability of sustaining extra-uterine 
and independent life. Hence Viability. 

Vim lachrymales. The lachrymal appa- 
ratus. 

VI'BEX. (ex, icis; plu. Vibiccs.} A large 
purple spot which appears under the skin m 
certain malignant fevers. 

Vi'bratory. Having a quick oscillating or 
swinging motion ; quivering. 

VIBRIO'NES. (Plural of vibrio.) Minute 
animalcules, of a linear figure and low organi- 
zation, sometimes found in the urine of emaci- 
ated persons. Fuchs has recognized two spe- 
cies, Vibrio cyanogenus and V. xanthogenus, in 
specimens of the blue and yellow diseased milk. 

Vibri'ss^:. The hairs growing inside the 
nostrils. 

Viburnum lantana. Liburnum. The ber- 
ries are considered astringent. 

VICHY SPRINGS. In the department of 
Allier, France. They are thermal, and contain 
variable proportions of carbonic acid, carbonate 
of soda, carbonates of lime, magnesia, and iron, 
sulphate and muriate of soda, &c. 

VI'CIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Di- 
adelphia. Decandria. heguminosa. — V.faba. 
The common bean. Beans are very nutritious, 
but in delicate stomachs may produce flatulency. 

Victorialis longa. Allium victoriale. 

Vidian nerve. V. canal. The pterygoid 
nerve and canal. 

VIGILANCE. Pervigilium. Continued 
wakefulness. This, when attended by anxiety, 
pain in the head, loss of appetite, and diminu- 
tion of strength, is by Sauvages and Sagar con- 
sidered as a genus of disease, and is called 
Agrypnia. 

VI'LLOUS. Villosus. Shaggy ; applied, in 
Anatomy, to a velvet-like arrangement of fibres 
or vessels, as in the mucous membrane. 

Villous membranes. The mucous mem- 
branes. 

VI'LLUS. («s, t, m.) 1. The minute papillae 
which arise on the surface of mucous mem- 
branes, forming do wnj^ tissue. 2. A species of 
hairy pubescence. 

Vi'men. A slender and flexible twig. 

VI'NCA. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 



Monogynia. — V. minor. The lesser periwinkle. 
V. pervinca. It possesses bitter and astringent 
virtues. 

Vinceto'xicum. Asclepias vincetoxicum. 

Vine. Vitis vinifera. 

Vine, white. V., wild. Bryonia alba. 

Vinegar. See Acetum. 

Vinegar, aromatic. Acetum aromaticum. 

Vinegar of squills. Acetum scilhe. 

Vinegar, thieves'. Acetum prophylacti- 
cum. 

VINUM. (urn, i, n.) Wine. The ferment- 
ed juice of the grape and other fruits. Various 
wines are recognized as officinal by the pharma- 
copoeias. The Vinum of the Ph. U. S. is Ten- 
eriffe, a variety of Madeira; dry, rather acid, 
and containing about fourteen per cent, of al- 
cohol. Sherry is the officinal wine of the Ph. 
L., E., & D., and is severally called Vinum 
album (E.), V. album Hispanicum (D.); and V. 
Xericum (L.). This, when pure, is a dry, strong 
wine without acidity. The wines used by in- 
valids should be old, and free from acidity ; but 
claret, port, Champagne, &c, are sometimes 
prescribed to meet certain indications as well 
as to act as diffusible stimulants. (See Wine.) 
The wines so employed are comprised in the 
following list: V. Burgundicum. Burgundy; 
light, acid, and astringent. — V. Campanicum. , 
Champagne. It is sparkling and acid, acts as a 
diffusible stimulant rapidly, and is calculated, 
by the presence of free carbonic acid, to allay 
vomiting. — V. Canarinum. Teneriffe. — V. 
Lusita'nicum, V. rubrum Portuga'licum. Port 
wine. When old and in good condition, it is 
strong, and slightly astringent. It is tonic as 
well as stimulant, and of great service for inva- 
lids whose system is lax, but may disagree with 
a weak stomach. — V. Madera'icum. Madeira. 
It is very strong and slightly acid. It is pro- 
cured of better quality than the others in the 
U. S., and is well adapted to the aged, infirm, 
and convalescents. — V. Rhena'num. Rhine 
wine. The hocks are light, acid wines, well 
adapted to cases where there is a phosphatic 
deposit in the urine: they are diuretic, and very 
mild stimulants. In cases of low fever they are 
to be preferred, unless more powerful stimu- 
lants become necessary. — V. Rubellum. Claret. 
The clarets, of which Lafitte aud Chateau Mar* 
gaux are the best, are light, acid, and astringent 
wines. They therefore combine a tonic prop, 
erty with the stimulant and diuretic. They are, 
with the Rhine wines, very improper in gouty 
cases. 

VINA MEDICA'TA. Medicinal wines. 
Preparations differing little from tinctures, ex- 
cept in the smaller quantity of alcohol they con- 
tain. They do not keep as well as tinctures, aud 
should be prepared in small quantity. Teneriffe 
or Canary wine is the officinal wine of the U. 
S., and the preparations are made by macerating 
without heat for fourteen days. The following 
are the important preparations. There are many 
in the French Codex too complex and useless to 
bo inserted here. These wines are indeed of 
little importance, since they may be extempo- 
raneously imitated by the addition of one hulf 
water to the corresponding tinctures, and are 
now omitted from the London Pharmacopoeia. 

675 



VIN 

"Visum aloes. (U. S.) Wine of aloes. Tinc- 
tiira hieree. Tinctura sacra. Take of pow- 
dered aloes, 5j. ; cardamom seeds, bruised, gin- 
ger, each, 3J. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for four- 
teen days, occasionally shaking the mixture, 
and filter. A stomachic purgative. Dose, f. 
jss. to f. fj. 

Vinum amaru M. Vinum gentiana> composi- 
tion. 

VlNUM ANTIMONII POTASSIO-TARTRATIS. V. 

antimonii tartarizati. See Antimonii tartariza- 
ti vinum. 

Vinum chalybea'tum. Vinum ferri. 

Vinum co'lchici radicis. (U. S.) Wine of 
colchicum roots. Take of the cormus of col- 
chicum, bruised, Ibss. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for 
fourteen days, shaking occasionally, and strain ; 
or prepare by displacement. Dose, gtt. xl. to 

f- 3j- 

Vinum co'lchici seminis. (U. S.) Wine of 
colchicum seeds. Take of colchicum seeds, 
bruised, §iv. ; wine, Oij. Macerate for four- 
teen days, express, and filter. Used in gout 
and rheumatism. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. 

Vinum emeticum. Antimonii tartarizatum : 
vinum. 

Vinum ergo't^e. (U. S.) Wine of ergot. 
Take of ergot, bruised, §ij. ; wine, Oj. Mac- 
erate for fourteen days, express, and filter. 
Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J., to assist labour. 

Vinum ferri. Wine of iron. V. chalybea- 
tum. Take of iron filings, §ij. ; wine, Oij. Mix, 
and set the mixture by for a month, occasion- 
ally shaking it; then filter it through paper. 
Not used. 

Vinum gentians compositum. (Ph. E.) 
Compound wine of gentian. Take of gentian 
root, bruised, fss. ; cinchona bark, bruised, f j. ; 
orange rind, dried, jij. ; canella bark, bruised, 
3J. ; dilute alcohol, f. §iv. ; sherry wine, Oiiss. 
Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. Stoma- 
chic and tonic bitters. Dose, f. 31J. to f. 3iv. 

Vinum ipecacuanha. (U.S.) Wine of ipe- 
cacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha root, bruised, 
5j. ; wine Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
strain. The dose, when used as an emetic, is 
from f. 3iv. to f. 3j. ; as a diaphoretic, about 33s. ; 
and it is expectorant in the dose of ten or fifteen 
drops several times a day. 

Vinum opii. (U.S.) Wine of opium. Take 
of powdered opium, fij. ; cinnamon bark, 
bruised, cloves, bruised, of each, jj.j wine, Oj. 
Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. 
The dose and effects are similar to those of tinc- 
ture of opium. It is veiy useful in chronic 
ophthalmia, two or three drops being intro- 
duced into the eye every day. This practice 
was introduced by Mr. Ware. 

Vinum rhei. (U. S.) Wine of rhubarb. 
Take of rhubarb, bruised, § ij. ; canella bark, 
bruised, 33. ; dilute alcohol, f. fij. ; wine, Oj. 
Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. 
Stomachic and laxative. Dose, f. Jss. to f. f j. 

Vinum ta'baci. (U. S.) Wine of tobacco. 
Take of tobacco, ?j. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for 
fourteen days, express, and filter. A danger- 
ous narcotic and antispasmodic. Not used. 

Vinum vera'tri albi. (U. S.) Wine of 
white hellebore. Take of veratrum root, bruis- 
ed, ?iv. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, 
676 



VIS 

and filter. Dose, gtt. xxx., to be gradually in- 
creased. 

VI'OLA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Syn- 
genesia. Monogynia. Violacea. — V. calceo- 
laria. It affords a kind of ipecacuanha. — V. 
canina. The dog violet. The root excites 
vomiting and purging in the dose of a scruple 
of the dried root. — V. ipecacuanha. It yields a 
species of ipecacuanha root. — V. lutea. Chei- 
ranthus cheiri. — V. odorata. Sweet violet. 
Viola. The recent flowers have an agreeable 
sweet smell, and a mucilaginous bitterish taste. 
They are laxative, and said to possess an ano- 
dyne and pectoral quality. — V. palustris. Pin- 
guicula palustris. — V. parviflo'ra. This plant 
affords a kind of ipecacuanha. — V. pedata. An 
indigenous species, thought to be a good pec- 
toral demulcent. — V. tricolor. Heart's-ease. 
Pansy. It is very mucilaginous, and slightly 
laxative. Several German writers extol it in 
Crusta lactca. 

VIOLA'CE^E. (Viola, a violet.) The violet 
tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbs with 
leaves usually alternate ; flowers, polypetalous ; 
petals, hypogynous; stamens, alternate with the 
petals; ovarium, one-celled, many-seeded. 

Viola'ceous. Violaceus. A deep bluish- 
purple or violet color. 

Viola'ria. Violet. See Viola. 

Vi'oline. Violina. The emetic principle of 
the ipecacuan violets, similar to emetine. 

Viper. Vi'pcra. The Coluber berus. 

Viper-grass. See Scorzonera. 

Viper aria. Viperi'na. Aristolochia ser- 
pentaria. 

Virga aurea. Solidago virgaurea. 

Virga'ta sutura. The sagittal suture. 

Virga'tus. Rod-shaped. 

VIRGINIA, SPRINGS OF. Several mineral 
springs in the valley of Western Virginia have 
great medicinal value. The warm spring is a 
thermal of 97° F. ; the hot spring has a tem- 
perature of 107° ; and both are slightly sulphur- 
ous. The sweet springs are highly acidulous. 
The white sulphur is a strong sulphurous water, 
and the red sulphur is sulphurous and chalyb 
eate. 

Virgin's bower. Clematis vitalba. 

Virgin's milk. Lac virgineum. 

Virgina'le claustrum. The hymen. 

Virgula. The penis. 

Virility. Manhood ; adult age. 

Vi'rulent. Virosus. Poisonous; pertain- 
ing to a virus. 

VI'RUS. (us, i, m.) A poison. In the lan- 
guage of Pathology, any matter which is the 
product of a disease, and is capable of producing 
that disease in a healthy individual by inocula- 
tion or absorption through the cuticle, is called 
the virus of that disease : thus we speak of the 
virus of small-pox, of the venereal virus, &c. 

VIS. (Vis, viris, f.) Power. In Physiology, 
applied to the vital power and its effects: hence 
Vis vita:, Vis insita, Vis irritabilis, Vis nervea, &c. 

Vis a tergo. Any moving power acting 
from behind. 

Vis conserva'trix.* Vis medicatrix. 

Vis elastica. Elasticity. 

Vis insi'ta. This property is defined by 
Haller to be that power by which a muscle. 



VIS 

when wounded, touched, or irritated, contracts, 
independently of the will of the animal that is 
the subject of the experiment, and without his 
feeling pain. 

Vis medica'trix nature. Vis conscrvatrix. 
A term employed by physicians to express that 
healing power in an animated body, by which, 
when diseased, the body is enabled to regain 
its healthy actions. 

Vis mortua. That property by which a 
muscle, after the death of the animal, or imme- 
diately after having been cut out from a living 
body, contracts. 

Vis nervosa. Vis nervea. The power of 
the muscles by which they act when excited 
by the nerves, as opposed to the Vis insifa, or ir- 
ritabilis. 

Vis plastica. V. formativa. The forma- 
tive energy which spontaneously operates in 
animals. 

Vis viTjE. The vital power. 

VI'SCERA. (Plural of viscus.) The intes- 
tines; the organs of the body. 

Vi'sceral. Relating to the intestines, or to a 
viscus. 

VISCIDITY. ( Visciditas ; from viscus, vis- 
cid.) Viscosity: glutinous; sticky; clammy. 

Viscosity. Viscositas. Viscidity. 

Viscous fermentation. A fermentation 
which takes place in vegetable juices at 90° to 
100° F., attended with the production of lactic 
acid, mannite, and a gummy substance. 

VIS'CUM. (urn, i, n., and us, i, m.) A 
genus of parasitical plants. Dicccia. Tetran- 
dria. Caprifoliacece. — V. album. V. qucrci- 
nus. The mistletoe. This plant was anciently 
thought of great virtue in epilepsy and nervous 
diseases. 

VI'SCUS. (us, cris,*n. ; plural, viscera.) 
A bowel. The organs contained in any of the 
three great cavities, especially of the thorax 
and abdomen, are called viscera. 

VISION. (Visus, us, m.) The function 
which enables us to perceive the magnitude, 
figure, color, distance, &c, of bodies. The or- 
gans which compose the apparatus of vision 
are described in the article Eye. 

Optically considered, the eye is a camera ob- 
scura, the retina being sensible to the undula- 
tions of light, and receiving a change therefrom, 
which is conveyed to the brain by means of the 
optic nerve. The lens and humors of the eye 
are destined to collect the rays of light into a 
focus, for their proper action on the retina; 
and if there be any flattening or morbid change 
in these parts, vision is impeded or destroyed. 
The amount of light entering is beautifully regu- 
lated by the iris, which contracts and dilates in 
proportion to the quantity and its brilliancy, 
diminishing the pupil to a mere point in the 
full glare of the sun. The pigment of the eye 
also serves a highly important purpose, by ab- 
sorbing all the rays which are out of the axis, 
and hindering them from producing the confu- 
sion of vision which would otherwise occur. 
It is also suspected that the pigment represents 
the matter which has been changed by the 
action of light on the retina; for we can not 
conceive that this agent should produce such 
a marked effect without inducing chemical 



VIT 

change. According to this view, the retina, a9 
was suggested by Dr. Moser, is very similar in 
its chemical history to a Daguerre plate. 

Under ordinary circumstances, vision is most 
distinct, for small objects, at a distance of about 
eight inches. In abnormal or diseased condi- 
tions of the eye, this point will be advanced or 
removed according as the globe is flattened or 
elongated, producing the defects called long 
and short sightedness. The apparent size o? 
an object depends upon the rays of light with 
which it is seen; the more convergent these 
are, the greater will be the size; hence dis- 
tance, which diminishes the convergence or 
angle under which the object is seen, also di- 
minishes the apparent size ; and convex lenses, 
as in the microscope, which rapidly condense 
light, improve the magnitude of objects. The 
eye is not, however, a perfect machine, for the 
impression of an object remains there during 
an appreciable time, about the one sixtieth of a 
second, so that vision becomes confused when 
the change of objects is as rapid as this, the im- 
ages being run into one another. This fact is 
the basis of several ingenious optical toys. 
There are, also, two spots in the retina where 
vision does not take place; at the entrance of 
the arteria centralis retina? and the foramen of 
Soemmering. The muscles of the eye exercise 
some influence in elongating or diminishing its 
diameter, for the purpose of adapting it to the 
examination of near and distant objects. 

Optical illusions arise from the above defects 
of the eye, but chiefly from errors in the mental 
appreciation of the size, distance, position, and 
relation of objects. Thus we judge of distance 
from the size and brilliaucy of objects, and are 
continually under the impression that large 
masses which are very distant may be near, or 
that bright objects are at hand. The defects 
called ocular spectra seem to be due to disease, 
or a defect of the retina or brain, for the most 
part. They consist in the perception of objects 
which are imaginary, or in the presence of 
moving motes, or bodies of a false color. The 
moving motes are supposed by some to arise 
from the presence of opaque particles in the 
aqueous humor. 

Vision, defective. — V. lateral. Se*e Dys~ 
opia. 

Visus. Vision. 

Visus defiguratus. See Pseudoblepsis. 

Visus duplicatus. See Diplopia. 

VI'T A. (a, a, f. ; from vivo, to live. ) See Life. 

Vitje lignum. Guaiacum officinale. 

Vital air. Oxygen. 

Vital force. Vis vita?. The formative force, 
which arranges the materials of growth, repro- 
duces cellules, endows all parts of the body 
with irritability and sensibility, and resists the 
destructive action of numerous morbific agents. 

Vital principle. See Life. 

Vitalba. Clematis vitalba. 

VITE'LLINE. VUellinus. 1. Pertaining to 
the yolk of the egg. 2. Of a yellow or orange 
color. 

Vitelline vessels. The omphalo-mesen- 
teric vessels of the incubated egg. 

Vite'llus. 1. The yolk of an egg. 2. The 
albumen of seeds. • 

677 



VIT 

VI'TEX. (ex, ids, f.) A genus of plants. 
Didynamia, Angiospermia. — V. agnus castus. 
The chaste tree. The seeds, when fresh, are 
fragrant, and have an acrid, aromatic taste. For- 
merly they were celebrated as anti-aphrodisiac. 

Viti saltus. See Chorea. 

VITILI'GO. (o, inis, f. ; from vitulus, a calf.) 
Veal skin. Celsus includes the three varieties 
of lepra, the alphos, melas, and leucc, under the 
name vitiligo. Dr. Willan applies the name 
to a tubercular disease which is somewhat rare, 
and perhaps but little known. It is character- 
ized by the appearance of smooth, white, shin- 
ing tubercles, which rise on the skin, inter- 
mixed with shining papula). 

Vitiligo hepatica. Symptomatic diffused 
ephelis. — Sauvages. 

VI'TIS. (is, is, f.) 1. The grape. 2. A ge- 
nus of plants. Pentamlria. Monogynia. Vv- 
tacece. — V. alba. Bryonia alba. — V. coHnthiaca. 
The dried fruit or raisin called Passa corinthi- 
aca. The small raisins called currants. — V. 
idcea. — Vaccininm oxycoccus. — V. marina. Fu- 
cus natans. — V. sylvcstris. White bryony. — 
V. vini'fera. The grape vine. The expressed 
juice of the unripe fruit has a harsh, sour taste : 
it is called verjuice, and was formerly much es- 
teemed, but is now superseded by the juice of 
lemons ; for external use, however, particularly 
in bruises and sprains, verjuice is still employed, 
and considered to bo a very useful application. 
The dried fruit is termed Uva passa major. 
Passula major, the raisin. 

Vitium scrofulosum. The scrofulous diath- 
esis. 

Vitra'ria. Parietariu officinalis. 

VITRE'OUS. (Vitrens; from vitrum, glass.) 
Glassy ; transparent ; polished like glass. 

Vitreous humor. Corpus vitreum. Vitreous 
body. The pellucid body which fills the whole 
bulb of the eye behind tho crystalline lens. 

Vitrifica'tion. The conversion of any sub- 
stance into a substance like glass. 

Vitriol. Sulphate of iron. 

Vitriol, acid of. Sulphuric acid. 

Vitriol, blue. Sulphate of copper. Cupri 
sulphas.. 

Vitriol, oreek. Sulphate of iron. Ferri 
sulphas. 

Vitriol, oil of. Sulphuric acid. 

Vitriol, Roman. Cupri sulphas. 

Vitriol, sweet spirit of. Spiritus aitheris 
sulphurici. 

Vitriol, white. Sulphate of zinc. Zinci 
sulphas. 

VlTRIOLATED KALI. PotasSO! SlllphaS. 

Vitri'olum. Sulphate of iron. See Ferri sul- 
phas. 

Vitriolum album. See Zinci sulphas. 

Vitriolum cojruleum. See Cupri sulphas- 

Vitriolum romanum. See Cupri sulphas. 

Vitriolum vikide. See Herri sulphas. 

VI'TRUM. (urn, i, n.) Glass. Powdered 
glass has been used as an irritating stimulant to 
the eye, to remove specks of the cornea. 

Vitrum antimonii. See Antimonii vitrum. 

Vitrum antimonii ceratum. A diaphoretic 
compound, made of powdered glass of antimony 
and yellow wax melted together, and pulver- 
ized when cold. 
678 



VOI 

Vitrum hypoclepticum. A funnel to separ- 
ate oil from water. 

Vitt.«. The little receptacles of umbellif- 
erous seeds, containing their aromatic oil. 

Vitta'tus. Spotted. 

VIVE'RRA. (a, a, f.) A genus of digiti- 
gradous quadrupeds. — V. civetta. The ash-col- 
ored civet or weazel. See Civetta. — V. zibe 1 - 
tha. The civet cat. See Zibethum. 

VIVI'PAROUS. Viviparus. In Zoology, an 
animal which brings forth its young alive is 
styled viviparous, in opposition to one which is 
oviparous, or lays eggs. 

VIVISE'CTION. (From vivus, living, and 
sectio, to cut.) Tho act of opening or cutting 
into living animals for the purpose of making 
physiological observations. The practice is 
looked upon with great repugnance by the pro- 
fession, and is only to be employed where the 
point to be determined is of considerable im- 
portance. 

Vivus. Living. 

VOCAL CORDS. Chorda vocales. Vocal 
ligaments. Two ligaments which pass, one on 
each side, from the base of the arytaenoid car- 
tilage, and are inserted into the thyroid carti- 
lage. They are particularly connected with tho 
formation of the voice. See Voice. 

VOICE. Vox. The sound which is pro- 
duced in the larynx at the instant when the 
air traverses this organ, either to enter or go 
out of the trachea. 

The Apparatus of Voice. — The larynx ought 
properly to be considered as the organ of voice. 
Its size varies according to age and sex, being 
small in children and women, greater in young 
men, and still larger in adult age. 

The larynx consists of four cartilages and 
three fibro-cartilages.* The cartilages are the 
cricoid, the thyroid, and the two arytenoid 
The thyroid joins with the cricoid by the ex 
trend ty of its two inferior horns. In the living 
state, the thyroid is fixed with respect to the 
cricoid. Every arytcenoid cartilage is articula 
ted with the cricoid by means of a surface, 
which is oblong, and concave in a transverse 
direction. The cricoid presents a surface which 
is similarly disposed to that of the arytcenoid, 
with this difference, that it is convex in the 
same direction in which the other is concave. 
Round the articulation there is a synovial cap- 
sule, firm before and behind, and movable with- 
out and within. Before the articulation is the 
thyro-arytccnoid ligament ; behind is a strong 
ligamentous band, that might be called crico- 
arytcenoid, on account of the manner in which 
it is fixed. Thus disposed, the articulation ad- 
mits only of lateral movements of the arytcenoid 
upon the cricoid cartilage. No movement for- 
ward or backward can take place, nor a certain 
movement up and down, mentioned in anatom- 
ical books, which none of the muscles is so dis- 
posed as to produce. This articulation ought 
to be considered as a simple lateral ginglymus. 
The fibro-cartilages of the larynx are the epi- 
glottis, and two small bodies that are found 
above the top of the arytcenoid cartilages, and 
that have been called by Santorini capitula 
cartilaginum aryttsnoidearum. 

The muscles are, 1st. The crico-thyroid, the 



VOI 

use of which is to raise the cricoid toward the 
thyroid cartilage. 2d. The muscles crico-ary- 
tanoideus posterior, and the crico-arytcenoideus 
lateralis, the use of which is to draw outward 
the arytamoid cartilages, in separating them 
from one another. 3d. The arytenoid muscle, 
which draws the arytenoid cartilages together. 
4th. The thyro-arytcenoideus, a knowledge of 
which is more important than that of all the 
muscles of the larynx, because its vibrations 
produce the vocal sound. This muscle forms 
the lips of the glottis, and the inferior, superior, 
and lateral sides of the ventricles of the larynx. 
5th. Lastly, the muscles of the epiglottis, which 
are the thyro-epiglottidcw, the arytamo-epiglot- 
tideus, and some fibres that may be considered 
as the vestige of the glosso-epiglottideus muscle 
that exists in some animals, whose contraction 
has an influence upon the position of the epi- 



The larynx is covered within by a mucous 
membrane. This membrane, in passing from 
the epiglottis to the arytaenoid and thyroid car- 
tilages, forms two folds, called the lateral liga- 
ments of the epiglottis. They concur in the 
formation of the superior and inferior ligaments 
of the glottis. The vessels of the larynx present 
nothing remarkable. The nerves are the su- 
perior and inferior laryngeal, and the recurrent 
nerve. 

The interval which separates the thyro-ary- 
tamoid muscles, and the arytenoid cartilages, is 
called the glottis. In the dead body the glot- 
tis presents the appearance of a longitudinal 
slit of about eight or ten lines long, and two Or 
three wide: it is wider behind than before. 
Here the two sides meet at the point of their 
insertion into the thyroid cartilage. The pos- 
terior extremity of the glottis is formed by the 
arytenoid muscles. If the arytamoid cartilages 
are brought together so as to touch on their in- 
ternal faces, the glottis is diminished nearly a 
third of its length. It then presents a slit which 
is from five to six inches long, and from half a 
line to a line broad. The sides of this slit are 
called the vocal cords {chordae vocales), lips 
of the glottis, or rima glotlidis. These lips of 
the glottis vibrate in the production of" the 
voice. Above the inferior ligaments of the 
glottis are the ventricles of the larynx, the cavi- 
ty of which is larger than it seems at first sight. 
The superior, inferior, and external sides of it 
are formed by the thyro-arytamoid muscle, 
turned upon itself. The extremity, or anterior 
side, is formed by the thyroid cartilage. By 
means of these ventricles, the lips of the glottis 
are completely isolated upon their upper side. 
Above the opening of the ventricles are the su- 
perior ligaments of the glottis. They are formed 
by the superior edge of the thyro-arytaenoid 
muscle; and covered by the mucous membrane 
of the larynx. 

Production of the Voice. — The ah being 
pressed from the lungs, proceeds into the tra- 
chea. This pipe very soon becomes contract- 
ed, and the air is forced to pass through a nar- 
row slit, the two sides of which are vibrating 
plates, which permit and intercept the air, and 
by these alternations produce sonorofts undu- 
lations in the transmitted current of air. For 



VOM 

this effect, it is necessary that the thyro-aryta 
noid muscles be tense, and this does not take 
place if the recurrent nerves which supply them 
be cut; then the voice is lost. The tone and 
intensity of the voice depend on the size of the 
larynx and the Btrength of the chest, and the 
compass or number of notes which can be 
sounded, on the capacity of elongating and de- 
pressing the trachea, and the contraction or 
dilatation of the larynx. Hence the compass 
of the voice is susceptible of improvement by 
practice. 

Voice, articulate. Speech; the effect of 
modifying the sound emitted by the larynx in 
its passage over the tongue, and through the 
nostrils, teeth, and lips. 

Voice, bleating. V., goafs. Egophony. 

Voice, cavernous. V., tracheal. See Aus- 
cultation. 

Vo'la. The palm of the hand. 

VO'LATILE. ( Volatilis ; from volo, to fly.) 
Substances the particles of which have a tend- 
ency to evaporate or diffuse themselves through 
the air at ordinary temperatures ai - o called vol- 
atile substances : such are ether, ammonia, &c. 

Volatile alkali. Ammonia. 

Volatile salt. Sesquicarbonate of ammonia. 

Volatility. The property of becoming 
evaporated or diffused through the air. 

Volatiliza'tion. The act of rendering a 
body soluble or vaporous by heat. 

Volse'lla. A probang. See Probang. 

VOLTAIC PILE. A galvanic pile of a num- 
ber of zinc and copper pairs, separated by 
pieces of woolen cloth steeped in a solution of 
salt or other agent. 

Voltaism. Galvanism. 

VOLTAME'TER. An instrument for meas- 
uring the activity of a galvanic circle. It con- 
sists of a bottle containing acidulated water, 
in which the poles can be made to terminate, 
so that decomposition takes place therein. The 
bottle has a tube along which the resulting 
gases flow to a graduated vessel: otherwise it 
is closed. The activity of the current is there- 
fore measured by the quantity of gas evolved 
in a given time. 

Volubile. Volubilis. Twining. 

VOLUME. The apparent space occupied 
by a body. The less the density of a body, the 
greater is its volume. 

VOLUNTARY. Relating to the will. Those 
muscles which are thrown into action in obe- 
dience to the will are called voluntary muscles, 
in opposition to the involuntary, which act in- 
dependently of it. Motions eft'ected by the ac- 
tion of the voluntary muscles arc termed volun- 
tary motions. 

Voluntary motions. See Voluntary. 

Voluntary muscles. See Voluntary. 

Vo'lva. The wrapper or covering of many 
of the fungi. 

Vo'lvulus. (From volvo, to roll up.) Ileac 



passion. 
Volvulus terrestris. 



The Convolvulus 



minor. 

VO'MER. (er, eris, m. ; a plough-share.) A 
slender, thin bone, separating the nostrils from 
each other. It is attached to the ethmoid and 
pterygoid bones. 

679 



WAT 

VOMICA, (a, a, f. ; from vomo, to Bpit up.) 
In a wide sense, an abscess in any of the vis- 
cera ; the term, however, is restricted to an ab- 
scess in the substance of the lungs, usually that 
formed by the suppuration of tubercles. 

VO'MITING. Vomitio. A forcible ejection 
of food, or any other substance, from the stom- 
ach, through the oesophagus and mouth. It is 
preceded by nausea, dizziness, and a flow of sal- 
iva, with a salt taste in the fauces. The mechan- 
ism of vomiting consists in the contraction of 
the diaphragm, abdominal muscles, and stomach, 
thrown into action by a reflex action of the par 
vagum nerve. It usually arises from irritation 
of the stomach and gastro-enteric membrane, 
but is often symptomatic of affections of the 
brain, testicles, kidney, and uterus. If very 
obstinate, it may be relieved by effervescing 
drinks, aromatics, or sinapisms applied over the 
stomach. 

Vomiting of blood. Hajmatemesis. 

Vo'mitio. Vomiting. 



WEI 

VOMITURITION, (o, onis, f.) Retching,, 
or the ineffectual effort to vomit. 

Vomitus cruentus. Hrematemesis. 

Vo'racious appetite. Bulimia. 

Vox. (vox, vocis, f.) The voice. 

Vox abscissa. A loss of voice. Aphonia. 

Vui.nerab.ia aqua. Eau d'arquebusade. 

VU'LNERARY. Vulnerarius. (From mi- 
nus, a wound.) That which assists the healing 
of wounds. 

VU'LNUS. (us, eris, n.) A wound. See 
Wound. 

Vulnus sclope'ticum. A gun-shot wound. 

Vulpis morbus. Alopecia, or baldness. 

Vultus. The countenance. See Fades. 

VU'LVA. (a, «, f. The womb.) Applied 
by anatomists, 1. To the external parts of gen- 
eration in the female. 2. The foramen com- 
mune anterius of the brain. 

Vulva'ria. Chenopodium vulvaria. 

Vulvo-uterine canal. The vagina. 



w. 



w. 



The symbol for tungsten. 

Wade's drops. Compound tincture of ben- 
zoin. 

WAISTCOAT, STRAIT. A strong, wash- 
leather coat, put on maniacs to restrain their 
motions : it is fastened behind the back, and 
has long arms. 

Wakefulness. See Agrypnia. 

Wake-robin. Arum maculatum. 

Wall-flower. Cheiranthus cheiri. 

Wall-pellitory. Parietaria officinalis. 

Wall-pepper. Seduni acre. 

Wall-rue. Asplenium murale. 

Wallwort. Sambucus ebulus. 

Walnut. See Juglans. 

Ward's essence for headache. The com- 
pound camphor liniment. 

Ward's paste. A remedy for the piles, 
nearly the same as the Confectio piperis nigri. 

Ward's red drops. A strong solution of 
emetic tartar in wine. 

Ward's white drops. A preparation made 
by dissolving mercury in nitric acid, and adding 
a solution of carbonate of ammonia, or of cor- 
rosive sublimate and carbonate of ammonia. 

Warner's cordial. A tincture made with 
rhubarb, senna, saffron, liquorice, raisins, and 
brandy. 

Wart. See Verruca. 

Warty. Verrucose. 

Wash. A lotion. 

Washerwoman's scall. A variety of psori- 
asis diffusa. 

Wa'sting. Atrophy. 

Watchfulness. See Agrypnia. 

WATER. Aqua. A transparent fluid, with- 
out color, smell, or taste. Water absolutely 
pure does not exist in nature, but may be pre- 
pared by careful distillation : that from rain and 
snow is the purest. It has a specific -gravity of 
100 at 60° F., freezes at 32°, and boils at 212°. 
Ite composition is one atom of oxygen with one 
of hydrogen (HO), and equivalent, 9. Water 
680 



is a necessary and abundant component in the 
animal and vegetable kingdom, the objects of 
both of which consist of seven to nine tenths of 
this fluid. In minerals it is often chemically 
combined, acting the part of a weak acid, and 
forming hydrates; or it is present as a crystal- 
lizing agent, giving a regular form to the body : 
in this state it is called the water of crystalliza- 
tion. Water in the form of ice, and when te- 
pid, warm, or in vapor, is an 'important agent 
in medicine, but more as the vehicle of heat 
or cold than from any qualities of its own, ex- 
cept as a diluent. For the pharmaceutical va- 
rieties of water, see Aqua. 

Water-brash. Pyrosis. 

Water-cress. Sisymbrium nasturtium. 

Water-cure. Hydropathy. 

Water-dock. Rumex hydrolapathum. 

Water-flag, yellow. Iris pseudacorus. 

Water-germander. Teucrium scordium. 

Water-hemp. Eupatorium cannabinum. 

Water in the head. Hydrocephalus. 

Water in the chest. Hydrothorax. 

Water-lily, white. Nymphaea alba. 

Water-lily, yellow. Nymphaea lutea. 

Water-parsnep. Sium nodiflorum. 

Water-pepper. Polygonum hydropiper. 

Water-plantain. Alisma plantago. 

Water-pox. Varicella. 

Water-zizania. W.rice. 25izania aquatica. 

Watery gripes. Lienteria. See Cholera 
infantum. 

Waved. Undulated. 

Wax. See Cera. 

WEB. Tela. Applied to that which re- 
sembles a web| as the arachnoid membrane, 
cellular tissue, &c. 

Web-eye. Caligo. 

Web, mucous. The cellular membrane. 

Web, muscular. Pannus carnosus. 

Webster's pills, Lady. An aloetic pill. 

Wedg#s*haped. Cuneiform. 

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. Apotheca- 



WEI 

ri« have for some time practiced a division of 
weights and measures peculiar to themselves, 
and different from the standards; hence their 
system is called Apothecaries 1 Weight,andapoth- 
ecaries' measure. 

1. Apothecaries' Weight. 

1 pound, libra, ft contains 12 ounces. 

1 ounce, uncia, f "8 drachms. 

1 drachm, drachma, 3 " 3 scruples. 

1 scruple, scrupulum, 9 " 20 grams. 

1 grain, granum, gr. 

ft 5 3 3 gr. French gram. 

Or, 1 = 12 — 96 — 288 = 5760 — 372-96 
1 = 8 = 24 = 480 = 31-08 
1 = 3 = 60 = 3-885 
I = 20 = 1-295 
1 = 0-06475 

2. Avoirdupois Weight. 
dr. grs. grammes. 

= 256 = 7000- =453-25 

= 16 = 437-5 = 28-328 
1 = 27-34375= 1-7705 



lb. 
1 = 



oz. 

18 

1 



WEI 

1 ft avoirdupois equals 1 lb., 2 oz., 280 grs 
apothecaries' or troy. 

3. Apothecaries 1 , or Wine Measure. 
1 gallon, congius, 0, contains 8 pints. 
1 pint, octarius, O, contains 16 ounces. 
1 ounce, fluiduncia, f. 3, contains 8 fluid drachms. 
1 fluid drachm, fiuidrachma, f. 3, contains 60 

minims. 
1 minim, minima, HI, equals 1 drop of water. 

C O f. 5 f. 3 cubic in. litres. 

Or, 1=8 = 128 = 1024 = 231- =3-78515 

1 = 16 = 128 = 28-875 =0-47298 

1= 8= 1-8047=0-02957 

1 = 0-2256=0-00396 

4. Imperial Measure, adopted by the London and 

Edinburgh Pharmacopoeias. 
C O f. 5 f. 3 

1 = 8 = 160 = 1280 

1 = 20 = 160 

1 = 8 



TEENCH WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

1. Measures of Length : the Metre being at 32°, and the Foot at 62°. 
English inches. 



Millimetre 


= 


•03937 








Centimetre 


= -39371 




English Measures. 




Decimetre 


= 3-93710 




Mil. Fur. Yds. Feet. In. 




Metre 


= 39-37100 




10 3-371 


Decametre 


= 393-71000 




10 2 9-7 




Hecatomet 


•e = 3937-10000 




109 1 1- 




Kilometre 


= 39371-00000 




4 213 1 10-2 




Myriametre = 393710-00000 




6 1 156 6- 




2. Measures of Capacity 




Apothecaries' or wine Measure. 






Cubic inches. 


Tons. 


Hhds. Gal. Pints. 




Millitre = 


•06103 = 





16-2318 minims. 


Centilitre = 


•61028 = 





2-7053 fluid drachms 


Decilitre = 


6-10280 = 





3-3816 fluid 


ounces. 


Litre = 


61-02800 = 





2-1133 




Decalitre = 


610-28000 = 





2 5-1352 




Hecatolitre = 


6102-80000 = 





26-419 




Kilolitre = 


61028-00000 = 


1 


1219 




Myrialitre = 


610280-00000 = 


10 


1 589 






3. 


Wei e 


*hts. 






English grains. 








Milligramme = -0154 








Centigramme = -1544 








Decigramme = 1-5444 




Troy. Avoirdupois. 




Gramme 


= 15-4440 


Lbs. Oz. Dr. Gr. Lbs. Oz. " Dr. 




Decagramme = 154-4402 


= 


2 34-3 = 00 5-65 




Hectogramme = 1544-4023 


= 


3 1 43-4 =0 3 8-5 




Kilogramme 


= 15444-0234 


= 


2 8 1 14- =2 3 5- 




Myriagramme = 154440-2344 


— 2 


6 9 4 20- = 22 1 2- 






ROMAN WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 




Urna. Libra. Uncia. Denarius 


Scrupulus. Sextans. Chalcus. 


Grs. Troy. 


Amphora . .#= 


2 = 80 =960 = 


3720 


= 20160 = 40320 = 403200 = 


420480 


Urna . 


1 = 40 =480 = , 


3360 


= 10080 = 26160 = 210600 = 


210240 


Congius 




I = 10 =120 = 


840 


= 2540 = 5040 = 50400 = 


52920 


Sextarius . 




. 15 = 20 = 


140 


= 420 = 840 = 8400 = 


8760 


Libra 




.1 1 = 


84 


= 252 = 504 = 5040 = 


5256 


Hemin'a . 




• • V 


60 


= 180 = 360 = 3600 = 


3759 


Acetabulum 






2| = 


15 


= 45 = 90 = 900 = 


939 


Sesqui-cyathus . 






2| = 


15 


= 45 = 90 = 900 = 


939 


Cyathus . 






. 1? = 


10 


= 30 = 60 = 600 = 


626 


Sescuncia 






1* = 


10* 


= 31* = 63 = 630 = 


657 


Uncia 






1 — 


7 


= 21 = 42 = 420 = 


438 


Cochleare 






% 


2* 


= 7* = 15 = 150 = 


156 


Drachma . 






, , 


1 


= 3 = 6 = 60 mm 


62| 


Denarius . 






• 


1 


= 3 = 6 = 60 m 
681 


62| 



WHI 



Scrupulus 

Scrupulus dimidatas 

Obolus 

Sextans 

Chalcus 

APPROXIMATE MEASURES. 

Besides these measures, other irregular meas- 
ures of uncertain contents are used : 

A table-spoonful, cochlearium magnum — of 
syrup, f ss. ; distilled waters, 3iijss. to §ss. ; spir- 
its and tinctures, 31], to 3HJ. 

A desert-spoonful, cochlearium mcdiocre=of 
water, 31J. 

A tea or coffee spoonful, cochlearium parvum 
=of syrup, 3J. to 31J. ; distilled waters, 9jss. to 
3ij. ; spirit and tinctures, 9j. to 3jss. ; light 
powder, as magnesia, 9ss. to 9j. ; heavy pow- 
der, as sulphur, 9jss. to 9ij. ; metallic oxide, 3J. 
to JBiiij. 

A thimbleful, clypeola metallica pro digilis, is 
usually the same as a tea-spoonful. 

A tea-cup, vasculum pro thea=f. fiij. to §iv. 

A wine-glass, scyphus pro vino, cyathus=f. 
?jss. to f. 51J. 

Weld. Woad. The Resela luteola. 

WELDING. The property which the parti- 
cles of iron possess of adhering together by the 
stroke of the hammer at a high heat. 

WEN. A circumscribed indolent tumor, 
without inflammation, and found on neai'ly ev- 
ery part of the body. They are usually seba- 
ceous. 

WESTERN ISLANDS. The Azores, the 
climate of which is among the most favorable 
for consumptive patients, being warm, equable, 
and moist. 

WEST INDIES. The climate is, as a mat- 
ter of course, warm, and in some islands pret- 
ty equable, but in others there is much violent 
wind. Jamaica, Barbadoes, and St. Vincent's 
are preferred. 

Wharton's duct. Ductus Wartonianus. 

WHEAL. An elevation of the skin, like 
that produced by a sharp stroke of a cane, and 
which is seen in some forms of nettle-rash. 

Wheal-worm. Acarus autumnalis. 

Weaning. The final separation of an infant 
from the breast. 

WHEAT. Triticum. The seeds of the 
Triticum hibernum and astivum. The nutri- 
tiousness of any specimen of wheat flour de- 
pends upon the proportion of gluten it contains, 
which should be at least twelve per cent. 

Wheat, buck. Polygonum fagopyrum. 

Wheat, Indian, W., Turkey. Zea mays. 

Wheel-shaped. Rotate. 

WHEEZING. A noisy respiration produced 
by obstruction of the air passages. 

Whelk. A small tubercle which does not 
Suppurate ; the same as lonthus. 

WHEY. The fluid part of milk which re- 
mains after the curd has been separated. 

WHISKY. An alcohol obtained by distill- 
ing malt, corn, or rye. Common whisky con- 
tains about 60 to 75 per cent, of alcohol. 

White arsenic Arsenious acid. 

White gum. Strophulus. 

White leg. Phlegmasia dolens. 

White op the eye. Albuginea oculi. 
682 



WIN 

Scrupulus. Sextans. Chalcua. Gra.TroT, 

1 m 2 = 20 = 201 

i = 1 = 10 m 101 

1 m 10 = 101 

1 - 10 = 10* 

1 m i A 

White swelling. Hydarthrus. 

White wood. Liriodendron tulipiferum. 

Whites. Leucorrhoea. 

Whiting. Gadus merlangus. 

Whitlow. Paronychia. 

Whooping-cough. Pertussis. 

Whorl. Verticillus. 

Whortleberry, bears'. Arbutus uva ursL 

Whortleberry, red. Vaccinium oxycoc- 
cus. 

Widow-wail. Daphne mezereum. 

Wild carrot. Daucus sylvestris. 

Wild cherry. Prunus virginiana. 

Wild cucumber. Momordica elaterium. 

Wild navew. Brassica napus. 

Wildfire rash. Strophulus volaticus. 

Willow. See Salix. 

Willow-herb. Lythrum salicaria. 

Willow-herb, rosebay. Epilobiuin angus- 
tifolium 

Willow-leaved oak. Quercus phellos. 

Wilson's gout tincture. An infusion of 
colchicum. 

Wilson's muscle. The compressor ure- 
thra). 

•Wind contusion. The disorganizing action 
of the blow of a spent ball, which was former- 
ly supposed to arise from the wind of the ball. 

Windy. Flatulent. 

WINE. Fermented grape-juice or must; 
also liquors that have become spirituous by fer- 
mentation. 

The must or juice of grapes consists of albu- 
minous matters, grape sugar, fecula, bitartrate 
of potass, and other salts. In the process of 
fermentation, the sugar is converted in part or 
entirely into alcohol and carbonic acid, the al- 
buminous matters become decomposed into an 
insoluble yeast, and with the fecula precipita- 
ted ; and the bitartrate, but slightly changed, 
yields the bouquet of the wine. The difference 
of wines depends upon the proportions of these 
parts, and the manner of fermentation. When 
much sugar is present, the wine is either strong 
or sweet ; when the fermentation is very slow, 
it becomes sparkling. 

The strongest wines, as Madeira, Port, Sher- 
ry, Raisin wine, Teneriffe, contain from 20 to 
25 per cent, of alcohol ; Hermitage, Sauterne, 
Burgundy, and some clarets, 15» to 17 per cent. ; 
Champagne, Hocks, Chablis, Frontignac, Cote 
Roti, Tokay, from 11 to 14 per cent. 

The wines employed in medicine should be 
ripe, of the mildest quality, and free from un- 
necessary acidity. Port wines are preferred 
where a tonic effect is desired, but good Ma- 
deira is perhaps most worthy of confidence, 
from its being procured of better quality. For 
the wines used officinally, and the pharmaceut- 
ical preparations, see Vinum. 

Wine is universally admitted to be of impor- 
tant service, especially in fevers of the typhous 
kind, in which it is found to raise the pulse, 
support the Btrength, promote a diaphoresis, 



WOB 

and improve the state of the blood; and in 
many cases it proves of more immediate advan- 
tage than the Peruvian bark. Delirium, which 
is the consequence of excessive irritability, and 
a defective state of nervous energy, is often en- 
tirely removed by the free use of wine. In 
malignant sore throat; hi the secondary fever of 
small-pox, when attended with great debility ; 
in gangrenes, and in typhus fevers, it is to be 
considered as a principal remedy ; and in almost 
all cases of languor, and of great prostration 
of strength, wine is experienced to be a more 
grateful and efficacious cordial than can be 
furnished from the whole class of aromatics 
end tonics. 

Wing. Ala. 

Winged. Alate and pinnate. 

Winter berry. Prinos verticillatus. 

Winter cherry. Physalis alkekengi. 

Winter-green. See Chimaphilla. 

Wintera aromatica. Drimys winteri. 

Winteranus spurius. Canella alba. 

Winter's bark. Drimys winteri. 

Wistar's cough lozenges. The trochisci 
glycyrrhizae cum opio. 

Witch-hazel. Hamamelis virgiuica. 

Woad. Isatis tinctoria. 

Wolffian body. W. bodies. See Corpus 
Wolffianum. 

Wolf's-bane. Aconitum napellus. 

Womb. See Uterus. 

Womb, falling of the. Prolapsus uteri. 

Womb, inflammation of. See H^steritis. 

Womb, tympanites of the. Physometra. 

Wood. Lignum. 

Woodcock. Scolopax rusticola. 

Wood-louse. Oniscus asellus. 

WOODS. Woods, sudorific. A name given 
in Pharmacy to the wood of guaiacum, sassafras, 
and sometimes to that of mezereum, and to chi- 
na and sarsaparilla. 

Wood-sorrel. ' Oxalis acetosella. 

Wood spirit. Pyroxylic spirit. 

Wood-spirit group. The compounds of 
methyle. 

Woody fibre. Cells of an elongated or fusi- 
form kind, filled with lignin. 

Woody nightshade. Solanum dulcamara. 

WOOLFE'S APPARATUS. A series of 
glass receivers, with three necks, used in distil- 
lation, where it is desired to condense separately 
the products which come over. 

Woolly. Lanate. 

Wo'orari. Wooraly. The Ourari poison, 
which see. 

Worm-bark. . Andira inermis. 

Worm disease. See Invermination. 

Worm fever. The bilious remittent of in- 
fants. 



WRY 

Worm-grass, perennial. Spigelia marilan 
dica. 

Worm, guinea. See Dracunculus. 

WO'RMIAN BONES. Ossa Wormiana 
Ossa triquetra. The little bones found in the 
course of* the sutures of the head. 

Worms. See Entozoa. 

WO'RMSEED. This name is given in tho 
United States to the seeds of the Chenopodium 
anlhelminticum, but in Britain to the flowers, 
tops, and seeds of the Artemisia santonica. 

Wormseed oil. The essential oil of the 
Chenopodium anthelminticum. It is of a very 
disagreeable taste, but a valuable anthelmintic 
for children. The dose is gtt. iv. to gtt. x., 
in emulsion. 

WORMWOOD. The genus Artemisia, which 
see. Commonly it is used for the Artemisia ab- 
sinthium. 

WORT. An infusion of malt. It has been 
found useful in the cure of the scurvy. 

Wort, St. John's. W., St. Peter's. Hy- 
pericum perforatum. 

WOUND. (Vulnus, eris, n.) A solution of 
continuity in any of the soft parts of the body, 
occasioned by external violence. Wounds are 
distinguished into incised, punctured, contused, 
lacerated, and poisoned. Wounds heal by ad- 
hesion, or the first intention, or by suppuration, 
granulation, and cicatrization. See Abscess. 
Incised wounds, in healthy subjects, will gen- 
erally heal by the first intention, if properly 
treated. Wounds attended with slight lacera- 
tion, and punctured wounds, will sometimes do 
the same. Severe lacerated wounds, contused 
wounds, and poisoned wounds, never heal in 
this manner. Gun-shot wounds are always at- 
tended with sloughing, which renders their 
treatment more uncertain than in other cases, 
from the occurrence of secondary hemorrhage. 

Wound balsam. Tinctura benzoini com- 
posita. 

Wound, dissection. See Dissection wound. 

Woundwort. Laserpitium chironium. 

Wrench. A sprain or subluxation. 

Wri'nkle. A small fold of skin. 

Wrinkled. Rugose; rugosus. 

Wrist. Carpus. 
• WRY NECK. Torticollis. Caput obslipum. 
A permanent inclination of the head toward 
one of the shoulders, not arising from distortion 
of the vertebra). It most frequently arises from 
a contraction of the integuments of the neck 
from burns, or cicatrices from other causes ; but 
sometimes from a permanent contraction of the 
sterno-mastoid or platysma myoides muscle. 
It has sometimes been cured by a division of 
the muscles and integuments, with proper at- 
tention after the operation. 

683 



YBL 



YUO 



X, 



.A.. 



-ALA'PPA. Jalap. 

Xanthic acid. An oily acid discovered by 
Zeise. It forms yellow precipitates with sev- 
eral metallic salts. 

Xanthic oxide. Uric oxide. 

Xa'nthin. A yellow coloring matter of mad- 
der. 

XA'NTHIUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
plants. Monaecia. Pentandria. — X. strumari- 
■um. The lesser burdock. This herb was for- 
merly esteemed in the cure of scrofula. 

Xanthochy'mus ovaliformis. One of the 
trees yielding gamboge. 

Xanthohje'matin. Modified hasmatin of a 
yellow color. 

Xanthophy'll. The yellow coloring matter 
of autumnal leaves, and of fruits and flowers. It 
is a modification of chlorophyll. 

XANTHORRHI'ZA. (a,<c,f.) A genus of 
plants. Pentandria. Polygynia. Ranuncu- 
lacecs. — X. apiifolia, or X. tinctoria. Yellow 
root. It is officinal in the United States. The 
loot possesses properties very similar to calum- 
ba, and is a simple bitter. Dose, 3ij., in infusion. 

XANTHORRH(E'A. («, <z, f.) A genus of 
plants of the tribe Asphodelca. — X. Aasti'lis. 
X. arborea. The grass-tree of New South 
Wales. It produces the Botany Bay gum or 
resin, which is said to be tonic and stomachic, 
and very useful in relaxed states of the gastro- 
enteric mucous membrane. Dose, 3ss., in tinc- 
ture. 



XANTHOXY'LUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus 
of trees. Dioecia. Pentagynia. Terebinthacece. 
— X. 'fraxineum. The prickly ash. The bark 
of this indigenous tree is officinal, and resem- 
bles mezereon in properties. It may be used 
in decoction as a stimulating sudorific. The 
dose is 3ij., in decoction. It is sometimes used 
as a stimulating wash, or in powder as a topical 
irritant. 

Xera'sia. A disease of the hair. — Ga- 
len. 

Xerocolly'rium.' A dry collyrium. 

XEROPHTHALMIA, (a, 0, f. ; from frpog, 
dry, and o<j>da%[iia, an inflammation of the eye.) 
A dry inflammation of the eye, with diminished 
secretion of tears. 

Xi'phium. Iris pseudacorus. 

XI'PHOID. (Xiphoides; from ft^of, a 
sword, and eidoe, likeness.) Sword-like: hence 
xiphoid cartilage for the cartilago ensiformis. 

Xy'lite. A volatile alcoholic liquid found 
in crude pyroxylic spirit. Its formula appears 
to be O12H12O5. An excess of potash converts 
it into xylitic oil, naphtha, and resin. 

Xyloaloes. Lignum aloes. 

Xylobalsamum. Amyris gileadensis 

Xy'loidine. A product of the action of 
strong nitric acid on starch. It is a white, 
very inflammable powder, of the form. C6H4O4, 
N0 5 . 

Xylostro'ma giganteum. Oak-leather 
This funs™ is found in the cracks of oaks 



Y. 



X • The symbol for yttrium. 

Yam. Dioscorea alata. 

Yarrow. Achillea millefolium. 

Yawning. Oscitation. 

Yaws. Frambonsia. 

Yeast. Fermentum. 

Yeast cataplasm. Y. poultice. Cataplas- 
raa fermenti. 

Yellow arsenic. Y., king's. Orpiment; 
the yellow sulphuret of arsenic. See Arsenic. 

Yellow fevkr. Remittent fever. 

Yellow root. X:uithoirhiza apiifolia. 

Yellow sandkks. Santalum album. 

YELLOW-WASH. Red-wash. A lotion 
made by Adding corrosive sublimate to lime- 
water, in the proportion of two grains to an 
ounce. I< is in common use as an application 
to venerea » sores. 
( %i 



Yew-tree. Taxus baccata. 

Yoked. Conjugate ; conjugatus. 

Yolk. Vitellus. 

Yorkshire sanicle. Pinguicula vulga 
ris. 

Ypsi'lo-glo'ssus. The hyo-glossus muscle 

Ypsi'loi'des os. The os hyoides. 

Y'TTRIA. A rare earth, of a white color ; 
insoluble, insipid, and inodorous. Specific grav- 
ity, 4*842. It is an oxide of Yttrium. 

Yttrium. The metallic basis of yttria. It 
resembles aluminum, and has an equivalent of 
32-2. 

YU'CCA. («,«,£) A genus of plants. 
Hexandria. Monogynia. — Y. gloriosa. Adam's 
needle. The roots are tuberose, and abound 
in a coarse meal. 



Z IN 



ZIN 



z 



z. 



JAFFRAN. Crocus sativus. 

Zaffre. Impure oxide of cobalt. 

Zamia integrifolia. This and other species 
of Zamia furnish the Florida arrow-root. 

Za'rza. Sarsaparilla. 

ZE'A. (a, a, f.) A genus of graminaceous 
plants. — Z. mays. Indian corn. Its seeds are 
very nutritious, containing from eight to twelve 
parts of albuminous matters, from five to ten of 
oil, and about seventy of starchy matters. The 
meal forms excellent poultices. 

ZBDOA'RIA. (a, «,f.) 1. Zedoary, an in- 
ferior kind of ginger. 2. The Ksempferia ro- 
tunda. 

Ze'ine. An albuminous body of corn. 

Ze'rna. An ulcerated impetigo. 

ZERO. The commencement of any scale ; 
marked : the zero of Fahrenheit's thermome- 
ter is 32° below the melting point of ice.^ De- 
grees of heat, &c., below the zero, are marked 
— minus ; those above, -f- plus. 

Zeru'mbet. The rhizome of the Curcuma 
zerumbet, similar to ginger. 

ZIBE'THUM. (urn, i, n.) The civet. A 
soft, unctuous, odoriferous substance, of a whit- 
ish, yellowish, or brown color, contained in the 
excretory follicles near the anus of the Viverra 
zibetha of Linnaeus. It has a grateful smell 
when diluted, and an unctuous, subacrid taste, 
and is thought to possess stimulating, nervine, 
and antispasmodic virtues. 

Zigzag. Fexuose; fllexuosus. 

Zi'mone. That part of gluten which is insol- 
uble in alcohol. 

ZINC. {Zincum, i, n., a German word.) 
This metal is of a crystalline, bluish-white color, 
somewhat brighter than lead, of considerable 
hardness, and rather brittle. Its sp. gr. is from 
6-9 to 7-2; heated between 210° and 300° F., 
it has so much ductility that it can be drawn 
into wire or rolled. It fuses at 700° F., and, 
if exposed to the air, burns, forming dense 
white vapors of oxide. It is of great use in 
the arts, as it changes but slowly in air. It is 
used in solders, and for the production of gal- 
vanism. Its oxide combines with most acids. 
Equivalent, 32-3; sym., Zn. 

Zinc, butter of. Z., chloride of. Zinci 



chloridum. 

Zinc, cyanide of. 
Cyanuretum zinci. 

Zinc, vitriolated. 



Z., cyanuret of. See 

See Zinci sulphas. 
Zinci acetas. Acetate of zinc. It is readi- 
ly formed by decomposing a solution of 190 
grains of acetate of lead by 143 grains of crys- 
tallized sulphate of zinc. The resulting solu- 
tion of acetate of zinc is to be decanted, filtered, 
and set aside to crystallize. It crystallizes in 
pearly, oblique, rhomboidal plates ; has a bitter, 
metallic taste, and is very soluble. It is an 
acetate of the protoxide of zinc. It is identical 
in properties with the sulphate. Dose, as a 
tome, gr. ss. to gr. ij; as an emetic, 3ss. to 9j. 
It is chiefly used as an astringent wash and in- 
jection. 



The Dublin Pharmacopoeia has a Tinctura 
zinci acetatis, consisting of about four grains of 
the salt in a fluid ounce of the tincture. 

Zinci carbonas impura. See Calamine. 
Zinci chloridum. Z. chloruretum. Chlo- 
ride of zinc. Butter of zinc. Muriate of zinc. 
It is prepared by dissolving zinc in hydrochlo- 
ric acid, drying, and fusing in a matrass. Jt is a 
soft, deliquescent solid, of a grayish color, semi- 
transparent, soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 
Its composition is ZnCl. It is a powerful and 
acrid caustic, and in over-doses an acrid poison, 
affecting also the nervous system, and produc- 
ing great prostration, with vomiting. The al- 
kaline carbonates, especially carbonate of soda, 
will act as a partial antidote. It has been much 
recommended as a caustic or stimulating lotion 
in cancerous sores, fungous haematodes, obsti- 
nate syphilitic or scrofulous ulcers. Internally, 
Hufeland recommends it to be given in dosea 
of gr. j. to. gr. ij., dissolved in ether (^Ethet 
zinci). It is supposed to be a valuable altera 
tive in scrofula, epilepsy, chorea, and other 
nervous diseases. 

Zinci cyanidum. Z. cyanurettim. See Cy 
anuretum zinci. 

Zinci hydrocyanus. Cyanuretum zinci. 

Zinci iodidum. See Iodide of zinc. 

Zinci oxydum. Zincum calcinatum. Prot 
oxide of zinc. Flowers of zinc. Its properties 
are analogous to those of the sulphate, if given 
in much larger doses, but it is chiefly used as 
an external astringent. See Unguentum zinci. 

Zinci oxydum impurum. Tutty; tutia. 

Zinci sulphas. Sulphate of zinc. White 
vitriol. It is transparent, colorless, crystallizes 
in large right rhombic prisms, has an astrin- 
gent metallic taste, is veiy soluble in water, 
but insoluble in alcohol. The crystals consist 
of ZnO, S0 3 -f-7Aq. In small doses of gr. j. to 
gr. iij., it is an astringent and tonic ; in doses 
of 3ss. to 9j., a speedy and safe emetic ; and in 
over-doses, an irritant poison, the antidotes for 
which are astringent solutions ; and perhaps the 
alkalies or their carbonates. It is principally 
used as an emetic, and externally as an eye- 
wash, and injection in gleet and leucorrhoJa, in 
solution (gr. j. to gr. x. to f. 5j. of water). 

Zi'ncode. The positive pole, or anode. 

ZI'NCOID. Zinco'ides. Like zinc: applied, 
in Galvanism, to the plate of zinc, or its substi- 
tute, which forms the active portion of the gal- 
vanic circle. 

Zincoly'te. Synonym of Electrolyte; a 
body capable of galvanic decomposition by the 
zincous pole. 

Zincoly'sis. Synonym of Electrolysis. 

Zincous element. The positive element of 
a compound, as opposed to the chlorous or nega- 
tive element. 

Zincum. See Zinc. 

Zincum calcinatum. Zinci oxydum. 

Zincum vitriolatum. Zinci sulphas. 

Zincum vitriolatum purlficatum. Zinci 
sulphas. 

685 



zoo 

ZI'NGIBER. (Zingiberis, is, f.) A genus 
of plants. Monandria. Monogynia. Zingi- 
beracete. — Z. album. White ginger. Ginger 
root when deprived of its radicles and skin. — 
Z. nigrum. Black ginger. The root suffered 

to dry with its radicles Z. officinale. The 

ginger plant. Zingiber commune. Zinziber. 
Ginger is an active aromatic, stimulant, and car- 
minative, and serviveable in flatulent colics, de- 
bility, and laxity of the stomach and intestines. 
The dose is gr. x. to 3ss. 

Zingiber cekmanicum. Arum maculatum. 

Zinziber. Zingiber. 

ZIRCO'NIA. Zircon. A rare earth of the 
zircon or jargon and hyacinth. It is a fine 
white powder, tasteless, somewhat harsh to the 
touch, and insoluble. It unites with most acids ; 
is insoluble in pure alkalies; but the alkaline 
carbonates dissolve it. The metallic base of 
this earth, named Zirconium, was discovered 
by Berzelius in 1824. It is a sesquioxide. The 
equivalent of the metal is 33-62 ; symbol, Zr. 

Zirco'nium. See Zirconia. 

ZIZA'NIA. (a, te, f.) A genus of plants. 
Monoecia. Hexandria. Graminacece. — Z. 
aqualica. Water rice. It grows abundantly 
on the margin of the Western rivers and lakes. 
The grain was highly esteemed by the Indians. 

Zi'zyphus. Rhamnus zizyphus. 

Zn. Zinc. 

Zoanthro'pia. A melancholy in which the 
patient thinks himself converted into an ani- 
mal. 

ZONA, (a, a, f.) A zone or belt. 

Zona cimaris. The ciliary 'ring of the 
eye. 

Zona herpetica. Herpes zoster. 

Zona pellucida. A pellucid center or spot 
of the young ovum. 

Zona tendinosa. A whitish circle around 
the right auriculo-ventricular orifice. 

Zona virginitatis. The hymen. 

Zonu'la. A, little zone or belt. 

Zonula Zinnii. The ciliary ligament. 

Zoochy'my. Animal chemistry. 

Zoocy'st. A hydatid, an animal formed of 
a membranous cyst distended with an aqueous- 
fluid. 

ZOOGE'NESIS. Zoogeny. (From 1-ouv, 
an animal, and yevedle, generation.) The his- 
tory of the development and growth of an ani- 
mal from the ovum to maturity. 

ZOO'LOGY. (Zoologia, ce, f. ; from frjov, an 
animal, and loyoc, a discourse.) That part of 
natural history which treats of animals. See 
Animal kingdom. 

Zoo'nic. Zoonicvs. Appertaining to an an* 
mal substance. 

Zoonic acid. Impure acetic acid. 

ZOONO'MIA. (a, a, f. ; from $uov, an ani 
686 



Z YT 

mal, and vopoe, a law.) The laws of organic 
life. 

ZOOPHYTE. (Zoophyton, i, n. ; from foov, 
and Qvtov, a plant.) An animal of low organi. 
zation, such as the sponges, entozoa, infusoria. 
A term which has been very vaguely applied 
in Natural History. Cuvier calls all the radiated 
animals zoophytes. 

Zoo'tic acid, Zooticum acidum. Hydro- 
cyanic acid. 

ZQOTOMY. (Zootomia, a, f. ; from foov, 
and te/ivu, to cut.) The dissection of animals. 

Zo'ster. The shingles. Herpes zoster, 

Zr. The-symbol of zirconium. 

Zu'char. (Arabic.) Sugar. 

Zumic acid. Lactic acid. 

ZYGO'MA. (a, <b, f. ; from C,vyoc, a yoke.) 
Th* cavity under the zygomatic process of the 
temporal bone and os make. 

ZYGOMATIC. Zygomaticus. Belonging to 
the zygoma. 

Zygomatic process. A process of the malar 
bone, and another of the temporal bone, are so 
called. 

Zygomatic suture. Sutura sygomatica. 
The union of the zygomatic process of the tem- 
poral bone to the cheek bone. 

Zygomaticus major. This muscle arises 
from the cheek bone, near the zygomatic su- 
ture, taking a direction downward and inward 
to the angle of the mouth. It is a long, slender 
muscle, which ends by mixing its fibres with 
the orbicularis oris, and the depressor of the 
Hp. 

Zygomaticus minor. This muscle arises a 
little higher up than the zygomaticus major, 
upon the cheek bone, but nearer the nose ; it is 
much more slender than that muscle, and is 
often wanting. It is the zygomatic muscle that 
marks the face with that line which extends 
from the cheek bone to the corner of the mouth, 
which is particularly distinguishable in some 
persons. The zygomatic muscles pull the an- 
gles of the mouth up as in laughter, and from, 
in this way, rendering the face distorted, it has 
obtained the name of distortor oris. The strong 
action of this muscle is more particularly seen 
in laughter, rage, or grinning. 

ZYGOPHYLLA'CEjE. The bean caper 
tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Trees, shrubs, 
and herbaceous plants, with leaves opposite; 
flowers, polypetalous, symmetrical; stamens T 
hypogynous ; ovarium, many-celled ; fruit, cap- 
sular. 

Zygophyllum fabago. Fabago. This plant 
is a good bitter, and much used by the Syrians 
as an anthelmintic. 

Zy'mome. Zimone. 

Zytho'gala. A mixture of beer and milk- 
Posset-drink. 



THE END.